Choose the experimental features you want to try

This document is an excerpt from the EUR-Lex website

Document C(2022)7550

    COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING DECISION on the adoption of the work programme for 2023-2024 within the framework of the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation and on its financing

    C/2022/7550 final

    COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING DECISION

    of 6.12.2022

    on the adoption of the work programme for 2023-2024 within the framework of the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation and on its financing

    THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

    Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

    Having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2018/1046 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 July 2018 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union, amending Regulations (EU) No 1296/2013, (EU) No 1301/2013, (EU) No 1303/2013, (EU) No 1304/2013, (EU) No 1309/2013, (EU) No 1316/2013, (EU) No 223/2014, (EU) No 283/2014, and Decision No 541/2014/EU and repealing Regulation (EU, Euratom) No 966/2012 1 (“the Financial Regulation”), and in particular Article 110 thereof,

    Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/695 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 April 2021 establishing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation, laying down its rules for participation and dissemination, and repealing Regulations (EU) No 1290/2013 and (EU) No 1291/2013 2 ( “Regulation (EU) 2021/695”), and in particular Article 8, paragraphs (1), (2) and (3), thereof, 

    Having regard to Council Decision (EU) 2021/764 of 10 May 2021 establishing the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation, and repealing Decision 2013/743/EU 3  (“Council Decision (EU) 2021/764”), and in particular Article 13(2), point (b), thereof,

    Whereas:

    (1)Pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2021/695, and in order to ensure the implementation of Council Decision (EU) 2021/764, it is necessary to adopt a multiannual financing decision, which constitutes the multiannual work programme for 2023-2024. Article 110 of the Financial Regulation establishes detailed rules on financing decisions.

    (2)It is appropriate to authorise the award of grants without a call for proposals and to provide for the conditions for awarding those grants.

    (3)The envisaged assistance is to comply with the conditions and procedures set out by the restrictive measures 4 adopted pursuant to Article 29 TEU, Article 75 TFEU or Article 215 TFEU.

    (4)It is necessary to allow for the payment of interest due for late payment on the basis of Article 116(5) of the Financial Regulation.

    (5)The maximum Union contribution for the implementation of the Specific Programme in 2023 includes part of EFTA contribution which is fixed for 2023 as 2.89% of the appropriations. The maximum Union contribution for the implementation of the Specific Programme in 2024 includes part of EFTA contribution which is estimated for 2024 as 2.89% of the appropriations.

    (6)In order to allow for flexibility in the implementation of the work programme, it is appropriate to allow changes which should not be considered substantial changes for the purposes of Article 110(5) of the Financial Regulation. 

    (7)Pursuant to Article 62(1)(c) of the Financial Regulation indirect management is also to be used for the implementation of the work programme.

    (8)The Commission is to ensure a level of protection of the financial interests of the Union with regard to entities and persons entrusted with the implementation of Union funds by indirect management as provided for in Article 154(3) of the Financial Regulation. To this end, such entities and persons are to be subject to an assessment of their systems, rules and procedures in accordance with Article 154(4) of the Financial Regulation 5 and, as the case may be, to appropriate supervisory measures in accordance with Article 154(5) of the Financial Regulation before a contribution agreement is signed.

    (9)The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Programme Committee established by Article 14 of Council Decision (EU) 2021/764.

    HAS DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:

    Article 1
    The work programme

    The multiannual financing decision, constituting the multiannual work programme for the implementation of the Specific Programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation for 2023-2024 (“work programme”), as set out in Annexes I to XIII, is adopted.

    Article 2
    Union contribution

    1.The maximum Union contribution for the implementation of the actions in the framework of the specific programme implementing Horizon Europe for 2023 is set at EUR 7 572 593 690.00, and shall be financed from the appropriations entered in the following lines of the general budget of the Union:

    (a)budget line 01.020102: EUR 889 101 000.00;

    (b)budget line 01.020103:EUR 320 260 000.00;

    (c)budget line 01.020210: EUR 1 010 447 782.00, of which EUR 454 190 735.00 from NGEU appropriations;

    (d)budget line 01.020220: EUR 284 882 415.00;

    (e)budget line 01.020230: EUR 171 398 454.00;

    (f)budget line 01.020240: EUR 1 677 017 997.00 , of which EUR 453 704 557.00 from NGEU appropriations;

    (g)budget line 01.020250: EUR 1 648 474 731.00, of which EUR 452 975 495.00 from NGEU appropriations;

    (h)budget line 01.020260: EUR 1 056 391 235.00;

    (i)budget line 01.020302: EUR 69 540 076.00;

    (j)budget line 01.020401: EUR 393 750 000.00;

    (k)budget line 01.020402: EUR 51 330 000.00.

    The appropriations provided for in the first subparagraph of this paragraph may also cover interest due for late payment.

    The implementation of this Decision for 2023 is subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for 2023, following the adoption of that budget by the budget authority or as provided for in the system of provisional twelfths.

    2.The maximum Union contribution for the implementation of the actions in the framework of the specific programme implementing Horizon Europe for 2024 is set at EUR 5 892 555 932.00, and shall be financed from the appropriations entered in the following lines of the general budget of the Union:

    (a)budget line 01.020102: EUR 913 157 000.00;

    (b)budget line 01.020103:EUR 333 800 000.00;

    (c)budget line 01.020210: EUR 521 198 929.00;

    (d)budget line 01.020220: EUR 260 150 000.00;

    (e)budget line 01.020230: EUR 161 489 000.00;

    (f)budget line 01.020240: EUR 1 118 000 000.00;

    (g)budget line 01.020250: EUR 1 114 885 000.00;

    (h)budget line 01.020260: EUR 903 900 000.00;

    (i)budget line 01.020301: EUR 25 000 000,00;

    (j)budget line 01.020302: EUR 85 576 003.00;

    (k)budget line 01.020401: EUR 404 130 000.00;

    (l)budget line 01.020402: EUR 51 270 000.00.

    The appropriations provided for in the first subparagraph of this paragraph may also cover interest due for late payment.

    The implementation of this Decision for 2024 is subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for 2024, following the adoption of that budget by the budget authority or as provided for in the system of provisional twelfths.

    Article 3
    Methods of implementation and entrusted entities or persons

    The budget implementation tasks related to the actions carried out by way of indirect management, as set out in the Annexes II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI and XII, shall be entrusted to the entities or persons referred to therein.

    Article 4
    Flexibility clause

    Cumulated changes to the allocations to specific actions not exceeding 20% of the maximum Union contribution set in the first and second paragraphs of Article 2 of this Decision shall not be considered to be substantial for the purposes of Article 110(5) of the Financial Regulation, where those changes do not significantly affect the nature of the actions and the objective of the work programme.

    The increase of the maximum Union contribution set in the first and second paragraphs of Article 2 of this Decision shall not exceed 20%.

    The authorising officer responsible may apply the changes referred to in the first paragraph. Those changes shall be applied in accordance with the principles of sound financial management and proportionality.

    Article 5
    Grants

    Grants may be awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with the conditions set out in the Annexes. Grants may be awarded to the bodies referred to in the Annexes II, III, IV, V, VII, VIII and XI.

    Done at Brussels, 6.12.2022

       For the Commission

       Mariya GABRIEL
       Member of the Commission

    (1)    OJ L 193, 30.7.2018, p. 1.
    (2)    OJ L 170, 12.5.2021, p. 1.
    (3)    OJ L 167, 12.5.2021, p. 1.
    (4)     www.sanctionsmap.eu Note that the sanctions map is an IT tool for identifying the sanctions regimes. The source of the sanctions stems from legal acts published in the Official Journal (OJ). In case of discrepancy the OJ prevails.
    (5)    Except for the cases of Article 154(6) of the Financial Regulation, where the Commission may decide not to require an ex-ante assessment
    Top

    EN

    Annex I

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    1.General Introduction

    General introduction 1

    Welcome to the Horizon Europe work programme 2023 - 2024

    Horizon Europe is the EU flagship programme for research and innovation. It sets the best minds in Europe and the rest of the world to work on delivering excellent solutions to the key issues of our time, supporting the EU’s policy priorities and building a better future for the next generations in Europe.

    This work programme will cover the years 2023-2024. It will foster excellence in research and support fellowships, training and exchanges for researchers through Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions, build more connected and efficient European innovation ecosystems, create world-class research infrastructures, support the green and digital transitions and target global challenges while supporting European industrial competitiveness, including through the EU Missions. Finally, it will widen participation in the programme and strengthen the European Research Area.

    This introduction describes how these actions will underpin EU policy priorities, and presents the main features of this work programme, which are aimed in particular at enhancing its impact and delivering results.



    About this work programme

    Horizon Europe supports research and innovation especially through work programmes, which set out funding opportunities for research and innovation activities. 2  

    This introduction covers the following components of Horizon Europe for 2023-2024:

    ·Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions; 

    ·Research infrastructures; 

    ·Health;

    ·Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society;

    ·Civil Security for Society;

    ·Digital, Industry and Space;

    ·Climate, Energy and Mobility;

    ·Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment;

    ·European innovation ecosystems;

    ·Widening participation and spreading excellence, and reforming and enhancing the European R&I system; 

    ·EU Missions (covering 2023 3 ).

    In addition to the work programme parts mentioned in the above, the General Annexes to this work programme set out the general conditions applying to the calls of the work programme such as eligibility rules; details on how to submit an application; and how the Commission services evaluate applications.

    The Commission is committed to security research and envisages proposing to the Horizon Europe Programme Committee by the end of 2022 an amendment to this work programme to increase the budget for the cluster ‘Civil security for society’.

    Getting started

    Are you interested in applying for funding through Horizon Europe? On the Funding and Tenders Portal you can see which topics are currently open for applications. The network of National Contact Points stands ready to answer any questions you might have on the application process in your own language.

    You can also find more about the Horizon Europe programme at the Horizon Europe web page .



    Delivering on EU policy priorities

    With this work programme, the EU will invest around €13.5 billion in research and innovation that will shape the future of Europe. A substantial part of this funding will be dedicated to targeted actions that support the green and digital transitions for our societies and economies as well as our security, resilience and a sustainable recovery following the COVID-19 pandemic. The aim of Horizon Europe in general, and this work programme in particular, is to create opportunities for the EU and the world of tomorrow from the challenges of today.

    In the light of the new geo-political situation following Russia’s unjustified military invasion of Ukraine, this work programme will place a special emphasis on actions that contribute to a safe and secure Europe, help reduce energy- and other dependencies and build a more robust economic base. In particular, actions included will help accelerate the clean energy transition in line with the REPowerEU Plan 4 , improve food security, cybersecurity, help ensure open strategic autonomy and reduce dependencies on critical raw materials, and accelerate delivery of the Green Deal. For example, a package of actions across the ‘Climate, Energy and Mobility’, ‘Digital, Industry and Space’ and ‘Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment’ clusters in particular will aim to speed up the clean energy transition. In addition, this work programme includes targeted actions to support Ukraine such as reinforcing Ukrainian researchers’ access to European research infrastructures while the EU Mission for Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities will support a number of Ukrainian cities in integrating the principles of climate neutrality in their reconstruction.

    The European Commission encourages all potential participants in actions in this work programme to create, where possible, opportunities for the affected persons and entities, in particular researchers and innovators previously active in Ukraine, Ukrainian researchers and innovators who are unable to return to Ukraine in the given circumstances as well as those who remain in Ukraine but have limited means to continue their work. 5

    In order to support our commitment to make the EU the world’s first climate-neutral continent by 2050, Horizon Europe will direct a minimum of 35% of the funding available to climate objectives. These funds will be used for projects that advance the science of climate change, develop solutions to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and to adapt to the changing climate. For example, activities will accelerate the transition towards zero-pollution production, clean energy and mobility in a sustainable and fair way, help adapt food systems and support the circular and bio-economy, maintain and enhance natural carbon sinks in ecosystems, and foster adaptation to climate change. Jointly such activities will be fundamental to create the new products, services and business models needed to sustain or enable EU industrial leadership and competitiveness, and to create new markets for climate neutral and circular products.

    The New European Bauhaus is an initiative in the wider context of the European Green Deal, which aims to show the benefits of the green transition in people’s daily lives and living spaces. Research and innovation policy is an integral part of the New European Bauhaus’s enabling framework 6 . Horizon Europe contributes by supporting, across many areas and disciplines, the holistic transformation of the built environment and land-use complex with a regenerative design approach. 7

    In support of the digital transition, this work programme will foster research and innovation to make this decade Europe’s digital decade, and lay the ground work to ensure that all actors of society, including enterprises, master the complex interplay of technology and humankind, for a better society and life, fully respecting universal human rights and planetary boundaries. For instance, actions supported by this work programme will help to maximise the full potential of human-centric digital tools and data-enabled research and innovation in a wide range of sectors, such as healthcare, cultural and creative industries, energy and mobility as well as food production, and support the deep transformations required for the modernisation of traditional industrial models. Using an EU- coefficient type calculation systems it is estimated that 34.5% of funds in the presented work programme, and 36.5% of funds across all parts of Horizon Europe contribute to the digital transition. This equals overall investments of €9.6 billion during 2023-2024. The overall investment into main digital activities, i.e. the development of core digital technologies, is estimated at €3.6 billion in 2023-24.

    Finally, this work programme will direct investments of more than €1 billion in 2023 from NextGeneration EU to help repair the immediate economic and social damage brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic and to create a post-COVID-19 Europe that is greener, more digital, more resilient, more inclusive and better fit for the current and forthcoming challenges. This is done through topics contributing to a green, digitally-enabled recovery, through modernising health systems, topics contributing to research capacities, including for vaccine development, and supporting actions to increase preparedness for future crisis.

    Investing in the green transition, climate action and biodiversity

    The green transition guides significant parts of Horizon Europe’s investments. The commitment to spend at least 35% of resources on climate action and strengthen investments in biodiversity applies to the entirety of Horizon Europe including the European Research Council (ERC), the European Innovation Council (EIC) and Institutionalised European Partnerships. These are not included in this work programme.

    Taking into account all work programmes and planning documents for Horizon Europe 2023-2024 8 it is estimated that overall 35.6% of funds will contribute to climate action; and 8.5% to biodiversity related policy objectives.

    The parts of the present work programme dedicated to the clusters of Pillar II, ‘Global Challenges and European Industrial Competitiveness’, research infrastructures, widening participation & strengthening the European research area, European innovation ecosystems and the EU Missions together contribute €5.67 billion to climate action, equal to 42.2% of the present work programme budget. Furthermore, these parts will contribute €1.67 billion to biodiversity, equal to 12.4% of the present work programme budget. €242 million of the contributions to biodiversity are from the activities described in the EU Missions. The investment in climate action is a good approximation of investments in the green transitions, monitoring of expenditure will provide more precise data also on other aspects like investments in ‘clean air’ or specific SDGs.

    Contributions to climate action are made by 90% of the budget of cluster ‘Climate, energy, transport’ (€2.27 billion), 55% of the cluster ‘Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment’ (€998 million), 48% of the cluster ‘Digital, Industry and Space’ (€1.32 billion) and 5.5% of the cluster ‘Health’ (€80 million).  The actions described in the work programme part on EU Missions allocate €401 million, equal to 65.3% of the Missions’ allocated budget, to climate action.

    To ensure a contribution over 35% in the lifetime of the Horizon Europe programme the expenditure estimates will be updated continuously. The methodology to generate these estimates is based on the ‘EU-coefficients’ methodology 9 .



    Delivering on the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024

    This work programme for 2023-2024 is a key step in delivering on the priorities set out in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan for 2021-2024 10 . Based on the overarching EU policy priorities, the Strategic Plan sets out four key strategic orientations and 15 impact areas. These are based on 32 expected impacts that have been defined in an inclusive and ambitious strategic planning process. Each expected impact is targeted via dedicated packages of actions in the work programme. These are termed ‘destinations’, because they indicate both the specific direction and the ultimate point of arrival of the projects to be supported through Horizon Europe. An overview of all expected impacts of the Strategic Plan and the corresponding destinations in the work programme parts for the six clusters can be found in the appendix to this introduction.

    From EU priorities to work programme destinations

    The four key strategic orientations in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024 each define a set of higher-level objectives where research and innovation investments are expected to make a difference. The four key strategic orientations are:

         

    Below, each key strategic orientation is presented along with its impact areas. For each impact area, some examples are given to illustrate the activities in the work programme that will implement it.

    A - Promoting an open strategic autonomy 11 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains

    As set out in the Versailles declaration 12 following Russia’s unjustified military invasion of Ukraine on 24 February 2022, Europe’s economic base needs to be more resilient, competitive and fit for the green and digital transitions, while leaving no one behind. Current strategic dependencies related to sensitive areas such as critical raw materials and the digital area are evident across the EU society and economy and need to be addressed. Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, new technologies have kept our businesses and public services running and our family and social bonds afloat. A number of these are now thoroughly ingrained in our everyday lives, and today, the data economy lies at the heart of innovation and job creation. The European Union has the ambition of empowering European citizens with digital solutions rooted in our common values and enriching the lives of all of us. This work programme will help shape innovative technologies and solutions in a wide range of applications, paving the way to a resilient, inclusive, regenerative and circular economy, reducing strategic dependencies. Thereby, it will also underpin the open strategic autonomy of Europe and its global leadership in digital and emerging enabling technologies.

    A total number of eleven expected impacts contribute to this key strategic objective and its four impact areas, all of which are being put into effect through this work programme. The following examples provide an illustration of how this is achieved:

    ØTo promote industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people, the co-programmed Partnership on Artificial Intelligence, Data and Robotics will drive the development of human-centric, trustworthy, safe and robust technologies that will boost new markets and applications and that are compatible with Europe’s ethical standards and values. A dedicated action will also examine humanistic deployment of artificial intelligence and related technologies. Within the quantum field, this work programme will target efforts to ensure that Europe will have its first computer with quantum acceleration by 2025, also paving the way for Europe to be at the cutting edge of quantum capabilities by 2030. Efforts will also support the ambitions of the future European Chips Act, including by supporting research at lower Technology Readiness Levels (TRL) 13  in micro-electronics and integration technologies for industrial solutions.

    ØIn order to attain secure and cybersecure digital technology, this work programme supports research and innovation on cybersecure technology and its implications. For this work programme, efforts will include actions aimed at enhancing prevention and deterrence of advanced forms of cyber threats and cyber-dependent crime and tracing of cryptocurrency transactions.

    ØWith a view to supporting a competitive and secure data-economy, a wide-ranging effort on critical raw materials is undertaken, targeting all steps of the value chain from exploration, extraction, processing and up- and recycling. Furthermore, this work programme will support efforts to develop advanced materials that can substitute critical raw materials, for instance in applications for the new energy innovation, promoting a circular economy and resource efficiency while reducing strategic dependencies.

    ØTo make available high quality digital services for all, it fosters research and innovation on, for example, innovative approaches to empower the cultural and creative industries, including its many micro enterprises, to reap the benefits of using digital technologies, creating more appealing and valuable products, services and experiences for its users. Collaborative platforms for cultural heritage and cultural and creative industries will be supported, including a cloud platform for European cultural heritage institutions. Such platforms will strengthen the collaboration and co-creation among cultural heritage institutions and with other stakeholders in the cultural heritage domain, widen access for citizens and strengthen research.

    B - Restoring Europe’s ecosystems and biodiversity, and managing sustainably natural resources

    Human activities create pressures on natural resources that go far beyond sustainable levels. This is affecting ecosystems and their capacity to provide multiple services for human well-being, while natural resources are being further degraded because of the impacts of climate change. The European Union has the ambition to halt biodiversity decline, protect and preserve ecosystems, manage natural resources on land and sea in a sustainable way, thereby ensuring food and nutrition security as well as a clean and healthy environment for all. Horizon Europe will thus advance knowledge, build capacities and provide innovative technologies and solutions to support the state and functioning of ecosystems, to ensure a clean and healthy environment and sustainable management of natural resources that provides for our needs and contributes to climate neutrality and adaptation.

    The following examples give an idea of how the three impact areas under this orientation are being implemented through this work programme:

    ØWith a view to developing sustainable food systems from farm to fork on land and sea, this work programme supports research and innovation on sustainable farming, fisheries and aquaculture as well as the transformation of food systems.  It does so through a wide range of actions, including the European partnership on accelerating farming systems transition and the European partnership on safe and sustainable food systems for people, planet and climate, also focusing on R&I to promote the production, provision and safe consumption of alternative sources of protein. Actions also aim to make use of the latest digital technologies to revolutionise fisheries control and contribute to ensuring sustainable fishing.  A number of initiatives also aims to enhance collaboration with Africa on these topics. Furthermore, specific initiatives aim to use advanced materials for sustainable agriculture, by creating more sustainable agrochemicals. At the other end of the food system, this work programme will also help create biodegradable polymers for sustainable packaging materials.    

    ØAs a contribution to clean and healthy air, water and soil, this work programme will support research and innovation to prevent environmental contamination, for example with actions focusing on halting emissions of pollution to air, soil and water; also promoting sustainable use of pesticides; protecting drinking water and managing urban water pollution, enabling chemicals and materials that are safe and sustainable by design 14  and increasing environmental performances and sustainability of processes and products, e.g. in construction products and textiles. Related actions will also create new knowledge about the role of environmental pollution in human health. 

    ØTo enhance ecosystems and biodiversity on land and in waters, actions will focus on understanding and addressing the main drivers of biodiversity loss; promote biodiversity protection and restoration and help develop new biodiversity friendly practices in agriculture, forestry, industry and aquaculture, for instance by promoting pollinator friendly farming systems. This work programme also supports the European Biodiversity Partnership: Biodiversa+.

    C - Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy

    The European Union has the ambition to substantially reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 55% in 2030, to become climate neutral by 2050 and turn into a more sustainable, bio-based, climate-neutral, circular, non- toxic and competitive economy. This requires unprecedented changes in the way we produce, trade, build, move around and consume, which will spur our technological, economic and societal transformation and contribute to a green recovery. This work programme will help transform the EU into a provider of green solutions for the benefit of all, and position Europe as a technological and industrial leader in the green transition industry, in order to make the EU climate neutral by transitioning all economic sectors.

    This work programme contributes significantly to achieving the four impact areas under this orientation through seven expected impacts, as shown by the following examples:

    ØTo promote climate change mitigation and adaptation, this work programme supports climate sciences and responses and cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition through dedicated destinations and topics throughout the work programme.

    ØWith a view to reducing energy dependencies and promote affordable and clean energy, this work programme supports a broad portfolio of clean and efficient demand side technologies as well as renewable energy technologies – helping to improve the competitiveness of more mature technologies and nurturing emerging technology solutions – and their smart integration into the overall energy system, thus boosting the energy transition in all its dimensions. One focus area in this regard is supporting a competitive and sustainable European battery value chain.

    ØTo further advance smart and sustainable transport, research and innovation activities will pave the way for zero-emission, safe, resilient transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods, for example in the field of Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM). Efforts are also focused to promote zero-emission road transport; accelerating climate neutral hydrogen-powered/electrified aviation and sustainable waterborne transport.

    ØAs a considerable contribution to regenerative, circular and clean economy, this work programme will advance research and innovation on climate neutral, circular and digitised production and support the European Partnerships Made in Europe, Processes4Planet and Clean Steel, which will demonstrate EU leadership in the transformation of the manufacturing and energy-intensive industries into circular and carbon-neutral sectors. This work programme will also pave the way to the development of chemicals and materials fit for the twin digital and green transition through the Safe and Sustainable by Design approach 15 . Finally, efforts include a project to create one hundred circular model households, which will pilot efforts aimed at making European households sustainable through inclusive circular practices.

    D - Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society

    Social cohesion and inclusiveness and the health, well-being, rights and security of its citizens are central aims of the EU’s policies and programmes. To uphold such objectives, the EU needs to tackle the negative consequences of manifold challenges, such as those arising from demographic change, globalisation, climate changes, evolving security threats and rapid technological change. These are putting the well-being of citizens and communities under strain, thereby challenging business models, public services, as well as the foundations of the single market and social rights. Investments under Horizon Europe will be instrumental for the EU to develop stronger health systems, improve health technologies and develop the knowledge and innovations that underpin the health and well-being of all its citizens. Furthermore, Horizon Europe will facilitate the development of innovations, policies and institutions to safeguard democratic governance, foster civic participation and enhance trust in democratic institutions, tackling polarisation and extremism. These will safeguard and promote Europe’s common values and cultural heritage, and support creative ways of cultivating independent critical thinking and inclusive debates. It will support innovative solutions for connecting education and training to emerging social and labour market needs while improving societal adaptation and citizens’ engagement in the green and digital transitions. It will also reinforce disaster risk management, border management and law enforcement while mitigating the negative effects of acute crises.

    This key strategic objective and four impact areas encompasses ten expected impacts, all of which become operative through the Horizon Europe work programme, as these examples illustrate:

    ØTo secure good health and high-quality accessible healthcare, this work programme will contribute with a wide-ranging number of activities targeting the young as well as the ‘silver’ generations, with personalised medicine and special care for people in vulnerablesituations 16 , as we are adapting to the post-pandemic life, for instance with actions aimed to create evidence-based interventions for promotion of mental and physical health in changing working environments (post-pandemic workplaces).

    ØTo promote a secure, open and democratic EU society, it will foster research on how to protect, nurture and reshape democracies, through topics such as ‘Detecting, analysing and countering foreign information manipulation and interference’; ‘Disinformation by state authorities: developing a better understanding of information suppression’ and ‘Computational Social Science approaches in research on democratic legitimacy, resilience of democratic institutions and the new patterns of democratic participation’. It will also support critical infrastructures against physical and cyber threats to reinforce the EU resilience of critical entities, in order to anticipate the future risk landscape, the increasingly tight interdependencies between different sectors, and also the increasingly interdependent relationships between physical and digital infrastructures.

    ØTo create a resilient EU prepared for emerging threats, research and innovation will enhance Europe’s disaster-resilience, including through actions to enhance pandemic preparedness, e.g. by developing new broad spectrum anti-viral therapeutics for infectious diseases with epidemic potential, and creating new knowledge to better understand the relationship between infectious and non-communicable diseases. It will also support actions aimed at improving preparedness for health emergencies. With a view to supporting the European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA)’s objectives, this work programme will promote investments in research to improve Europe’s preparedness and ability to respond to serious cross-border threats to health.

    ØFinally, to foster inclusive growth and new job opportunities, research and innovation under this work programme will help assessing and strengthening the complementarity between new technologies and human skills; and tackling inequalities in the green and digital transitions through specific topics.

    The EU Missions

    Horizon Europe has introduced the EU Missions as a new concept for the EU framework programmes. EU Missions address some of the greatest global challenges that affect our daily lives. They have ambitious, clear and targeted objectives that are time-bound, realistic and measurable. They are rooted in research and innovation and they will employ a portfolio approach to tackle these challenges using instruments across diverse disciplines and policy areas in a joined-up way.

    With this work programme, the Commission launches an investment of more than €600 million for 2023. The investment will support research and innovation which is expected to result in, for example, better prepared local and regional authorities to face climate-related risks, the restoration of at least 25 000 km of free-flowing rivers, Climate City Contracts with 100 cities, the roll-out of robust soil monitoring programmes or optimise minimally-invasive diagnostic cancer interventions. The actions included directly support key overarching EU priorities such as the European Green Deal, a Europe fit for the Digital Age, the Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan and an Economy that works for people.

    The Commission invites researchers and innovators as well as citizens and all interested stakeholders to take part in the five Missions:

    Adaptation to Climate Change: support at least 150 European regions and communities to become climate resilient by 2030.

    This Mission will turn the urgent challenge of adapting to climate change into an opportunity to make Europe resilient, fair and prepared to deal with climate disruptions, such as extreme weather events, drought, wildfires, heat or sea level rise. The Mission will support European regions to be prepared for the inevitable changes and extreme events and share experiences and solutions to prevent loss of lives and livelihoods.

    Cancer: improving the lives of more than 3 million people by 2030 through prevention, cure and for those affected by cancer including their families, to live longer and better.

    The Mission on Cancer will support Member States, regions and communities on cancer control, even more so in light of the disruptive effect of the COVID-19 pandemic. It will enhance understanding of cancer, boost prevention, optimise diagnosis and treatment, improve quality of lives of patients and their families and ensure equitable access to care across Europe. The Mission will put citizens, including patients, at the centre of research and innovation, and research and innovation at the centre of policy development.

    Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030

    Man-made and climate-driven changes are putting our ocean and waters and consequently our societies at a serious risk. The Mission’s new, systemic approach will address the ocean and waters as one and play a key role in achieving climate neutrality and restoring nature. The Mission will preserve aquatic ecosystems and biodiversity by protecting 30% of the EUs sea area as well as restoring marine eco-systems and 25.000 km of free flowing rivers, prevent and eliminate pollution by reducing plastic litter at sea, nutrient losses and use of chemical pesticides by 50% and make the blue economy climate-neutral and circular with net-zero maritime emissions.

    100 Climate neutral and smart cities by 2030

    Producing more than 70% of global CO2 emissions, cities play a pivotal role in achieving climate neutrality by 2050. Through the novel instrument of Climate City Contracts that closely involve citizens, at least 100 cities will be supported in their ambition to become climate-neutral by 2030. They will lead in green and digital innovation and they will demonstrate solutions that will enable all other cities to follow suit by 2050. On 28 April 2022, the Commission announced 17 the selection of the 112 cities from Member States and Associated Countries that will be participating in the mission and with whom Climate City Contracts will be concluded.

    A Soil Deal for Europe: 100 living labs and lighthouses to lead the transition towards healthy soils by 2030

    Life on Earth depends on healthy soils, but they are under threat, making us more vulnerable to food insecurity and extreme weather events. The Mission will engage with people, create effective partnerships across sectors and territories to protect and restore soils. It will contribute to Green Deal targets relating to sustainable farming, climate resilience, biodiversity and zero-pollution.

    Supporting EU priorities through international cooperation in research and innovation

    International cooperation in research and innovation is essential for tackling global challenges more effectively and underpins all the key strategic orientations of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024. It also enables Europe to access resources, know-how, scientific excellence, value chains and markets that are developing outside the EU.

    In line with the EU global approach to research and innovation 18 , this work programme will tap into the opportunities offered by international cooperation in order to maximise the impact of its actions. It includes dedicated actions to support and strengthen cooperation through international initiatives in areas such as renewable energies, global health, environmental observations, ocean- coastal and arctic research, disaster management, and fair, healthy and environment-friendly food systems. It also builds on the ambitious and comprehensive ‘Africa Initiative’ and introduces the ‘Mediterranean Initiative’, which identifies relevant topics across different clusters to respond to the new R&I Agenda developed with the Union for the Mediterranean.

    The openness of the work programme to international cooperation will be balanced with the need to safeguard EU interests in strategic areas, in particular to promote the EU’s open strategic autonomy and its technological leadership and competitiveness. In a limited number of cases for actions related to Union strategic assets, interests, autonomy or security, actions will be limited to cooperation between legal entities established in Member States only, Member States and Associated Countries, and/or certain third countries. For duly justified and exceptional reasons, participation can also be limited to legal entities established in the Union or in Associated Countries that are not directly or indirectly controlled by non-associated third countries or by legal entities of non-associated third countries, or make the participation of the controlled entities subject to conditions set out in the work programme.

    The EU is a front-runner of international openness in R&I, at the same time, international cooperation can involve risks and challenges that must be taken into account. To support R&I actors in mitigating such risks, the Commission has published a toolkit for tackling foreign interference in R&I 19 . It is strongly recommended that participants in Horizon Europe actions familiarise themselves with this publication and consider its relevance for the proposals they intend to submit.

    Strengthening framework conditions for research and innovation

    This work programme will also strengthen the framework conditions for research and innovation within the EU by contributing to a stronger European research and innovation ecosystem, including through wider participation, greater mobility for researchers and world class research infrastructures.

    The work programme part for Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions (MSCA) respond to Europe’s continuing need for a highly-skilled and resilient human capital base in research and innovation that can easily adapt to, and find sustainable solutions for, current and future challenges. The MSCA make an important contribution by supporting researchers’ training and mobility through bottom-up and excellence-driven research in the framework of doctoral networks, postdoctoral fellowships 20 , staff exchanges and citizen outreach, thereby equipping researchers with new knowledge and skills and providing them with international and inter-sectoral exposure. A special area of focus is providing researchers at risk with tailored support in their new geographical area. The MSCA also have a structuring impact on higher education institutions and other R&I entities way beyond academia by widely spreading excellence and setting standards for high-quality researcher education and training, not only across the European Research Area (ERA) but also worldwide. 

    Europe’s research and innovation system depends on world-class research infrastructures that are open and accessible to all researchers in Europe and beyond. Through the dedicated work programme part, excellent research and breakthrough science and innovation will be supported with cutting-edge, interconnected, specialised and sustainable Research Infrastructures. Special focus areas will be the further development of the European Open Science Cloud, thereby supporting open access to digital services for all European researchers; the support for access and integration of other research infrastructures services, including in the field of health and the green and digital areas but also to enable curiosity driven research in all scientific domains, and the development of the next generation of scientific tools and solutions for research and innovation.

    As also set out in the New European Innovation Agenda 21 , the urgent challenges of today are inherently complex and systemic and will not be solved by individual actors or territories in isolation. To foster enabling innovation ecosystems across Europe requires a systemic approach that is inclusive and collaborative, involves diverse actors, institutions and places, maximises the value of innovation to all and ensures equitable diffusion of its benefits. The work programme part on European Innovation Ecosystems (EIE) supports concrete actions to help create interconnected, inclusive and more efficient innovation ecosystems across Europe that draw on the existing strengths of European, national, regional and local ecosystems and pulls in new, less well-represented stakeholders and less advanced in innovation territories. Furthermore, it supports cooperation between innovation players, for instance with actions aimed at strengthening cooperation between academia and industry, or deep tech companies led by women. It also provides opportunities for innovative SMEs cooperation with European and/or international partners through funding market-led, cross-border, R&I collaborative projects and providing accompanying measures.

    The European Research Area (ERA) foresees a single, borderless market for research, innovation and technology across the EU based on excellent, competitive, open and talent driven research.Actions on Open science, Citizen Science, Gender and Ethics as well as a broad spectrum of actions to prioritise investments and reforms, improve access to excellence and reduce the research divide and geographical disparities in research and innovation performance, translate R&I results into the economy and deepen the ERA are presented in the current work programme part on Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area. The goal is to have a Union, where knowledge and a highly skilled workforce circulate freely; where research outputs are shared rapidly and efficiently; where researchers benefit from attractive careers and gender equality is ensured.

    Ensuring continuity and bringing in new features

    The work programme for 2023-2024 is shaped around the successes of and lessons learned from the work programme 2021-2022 and EU’s previous research and innovation framework programmes. It continues and builds on a number of key elements, such as open access to research data and results, which have proven their worth and relevance. It also features a number of important novelties introduced with Horizon Europe to further streamline and enhance the programme:

    Gender equality – Gender equality is a cross-cutting priority in Horizon Europe and concerns all programme parts. The appropriate consideration of the gender dimension in research and innovation content 22 is mandatory for all applicants across the whole programme, unless the non-relevance of sex and/or gender analysis is indicated at topic level. Furthermore, Horizon Europe is promoting gender equality through sustainable institutional change by requesting that applicants (public bodies, research organisations and higher education establishments) have in place a gender equality plan as an eligibility criterion.

    Widening participation - While keeping excellence as the main feature, a wide spectrum of measures will foster participation in the work programme actions and facilitate collaborative links. For instance, the ex-post ‘Hop on’ feature will allow existing project consortia to expand by including participants from so-called ‘low R&I performing countries’, in order to build collaborative links and reduce the research and innovation divide.

    Synergies by design – The deployment and uptake of research results and innovative solutions developed in this work programme, and Horizon Europe in general, will be facilitated in cooperation with EU funding programmes. To foster synergies between Horizon Europe and other EU programmes and policies, they are considered in the design of the work programmes, level, as well as throughout all relevant implementation steps, such as project selection, management, communication, dissemination and exploitation of results. For instance, a set of guidelines on new opportunities to maximise the synergies between Horizon Europe and the European Regional Development Fund programmes was published in July 2022. 23

    Making sustainable investments –  The topics in this work programme and their expected outcomes will support mid- and long-term policy objectives, including those of a green and digital transition. The ‘Do no harm’-principle (Green Oath) applies to all EU programmes as expressed in the agreement on the Multiannual Financial Framework. 24 To that end, the the proposed outcomes of topics in this work programme have been screened for potential detrimental effects on the green transition and on the objectives of the Green Deal related policies. 25 Potential applicants and participants to actions in this programme can also contribute to this aim by reflecting on minimising the direct environmental impacts from their activities in their application form (proposal part B template) e.g. in their choice of methods, the organisation of work notably the related travel, and from future use of the results. 26  

    Social innovation – i.e. innovation for societal impact and innovation with citizens, academics, entrepreneurs, and public administrators as co-designers, co-developers, and co-implementers is a cross-cutting priority in Horizon Europe. Social innovation recognises the sociotechnical nature of all innovations, benefits the need for society to own innovation, and serves the profound changes in social practices required, inter alia, to achieve, the digital and energy transition, climate-neutrality, sustainable management of natural resources, and greater societal resilience in the face of health, climatic and other hazards.

    Trustworthy technologies - All projects supported by this work programme will be in line with EU values and adhere to the highest ethics and integrity standards. Horizon Europe is spearheading the artificial intelligence ethics by design agenda. Due diligence will be required to make sure all AI-based systems or techniques used or developed will be trustworthy: ethical, lawful and robust, with particular attention to safety, accuracy, reliability and explainability.

    What you will find in this work programme

    Each part of this work programme, except for this Introduction, the MSCA part and the General Annexes, is designed around a series of coherent packages of calls for proposals and impact-driven destinations and topics.

    Each destination describes socio-economic challenges to be addressed and the related expected impacts that R&I activities will contribute to.

    In many cases, destinations correspond directly to an expected impact identified in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024, as shown in the overview below. Together, the destinations of this work programme cover the 32 expected impacts in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024.

    Under each destination, one or more topics describe the expected outcomes and the scope of the research and innovation activities to be supported. The expected outcomes are the desired effects of the project in the medium term such as the uptake, diffusion, use and/or deployment of the project’s results by direct target groups. The scope describes the area of research/innovation that needs to be tackled if the expected outcomes are to be successfully addressed, without prescribing the method to achieve them. It is therefore up to the creativity and skill of the applicants to design a project that will generate results and substantially contribute to the expected outcomes and impacts.

    Each topic also sets out the general conditions, deadlines, budget, and any specific conditions that may apply. The topics are grouped under calls for proposals, which is a technical term for a number of topics that share the deadline for the opening of the topic for submission of applications.

    The graphic below gives an overview of the relationship between policy priorities and project results and explains the various terms used in this context.

    Horizon Europe implementation logic – overview





    (1)

     

    (2)

    See Council Decision (EU) 2021/764.

    (3)

    As set out the Regulation (EU) 2021/695, art. 8(5) an assessment of the first missions established under the Programme shall take place no later than 2023 and before any decision is taken on creating new missions, or on continuing, terminating or redirecting ongoing missions. The assessment is foreseen by 2023.

    (4)

    See the RePower EU plan here .

    (5)

    Please note that the criteria for evaluation of proposals remain unchanged. The creation of such opportunities is voluntary and does not affect the ranking of proposals.

    (6)

    COM(2021) 573 final. Read the Communication here .

    (7)

    European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, Schellnhuber, H., Widera, B., Kutnar, A., et al., Horizon Europe and new European Bauhaus NEXUS report, 2022, can be found here .

    (8)

    The Horizon Europe components European Research Council, Marie Sklodowska Curie Actions, the European Innovation Council, the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, as well as the Institutionalised European Partnerships based on Articles 185/187 TFEU and the direct actions by the Joint Research Centre have a combined budget of 12.043 billion equal to 46.81% of Horizon Europe total. The calculation includes a 60% share for climate action of budgets set aside for a potential missions related amendment for 2024.

    (9)

    EU-coefficients are based on the internationally recognized Rio-markers methods originally developed by OECD (see further information here .) The EU coefficients assigns 0-40-100% markers to actions and their budgets depending on climate action having a major impact (100%), a significant impact (40%) or a marginal impact (0%) of an activity. In this work programme the - coefficients are applied to every topic described for climate action, biodiversity, clean air, digital transition and artificial intelligence. For other parts of Horizon Europe they are applied to larger groups of actions and in general to awarded projects for expenditure monitoring and documentation. Actions can be assigned more than one coefficient if they contribute substantially to more than one of the related objectives.

    (10)

     C(2021)1602: COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING DECISION adopting the 2021-2024 strategic research and innovation plan in the framework of the specific programme implementing Horizon Europe – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation. The Strategic Plan 2021 – 2024 can be found here .

    (11)

    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1–2 October 2020.

    (12)

    The declaration is available here .

    (13)

    The definition of Technology Readiness Levels (TRL) is available in the General Annexes to this work programme.

    (14)

    Read more about the Safe and Sustainable by Design Framework and the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for chemicals and materials here .

    (15)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials_en#sustainable-by-design-approach-towards-a-sustainable-future  

    (16)

    E.g. .groups of people and/or patients vulnerable from a social, financial, or health perspective, or at risk of discrimination, such as migrants, Roma people, trans and intersex people, specific age and gender groups (that intersects with other aspects of vulnerability, such as elderly women), indigenous people, homeless people, people in poverty or at risk of poverty, people with disabilities or patients with complex conditions.

    (17)

    See the press release here .

    (18)

    COM(2021) 252. Read the Communication here .

    (19)

    Tackling R&I foreign interference: staff working document, 2022. See the document here  

    (20)

     Aiming to enhance nuclear expertise and excellence as well as synergies between Horizon Europe and the Euratom Research and Training Programme, nuclear researchers are eligible to participate in MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships supported by an annual financial contribution from the Euratom Research and Training Programme.

    (21)

    A New European Innovation Agenda: COM(2022) 332 final. See the communication here

    (22)

    Integrating the gender dimension in research and innovation content is an umbrella term for integrating sex and/or gender analysis, that is, ensuring that the biological characteristics and the social/cultural features of both women and men, as well as gender equality objectives, are taken into account as relevant in the content of research and innovation projects. For more information see: https://ec.europa.eu/info/news/gendered-innovations-2-2020-nov-24_en

    (23)

    See the guidelines here .

    (24)

    See further information here .

    (25)

    For Horizon Europe’s innovation support provided closer to commercialisation, by this work programme and as well as the European Innovation Council, the European Commission want to apply standards that are not lower than those of the EU taxonomy regulation that apply to commercial activities and investments. The ambition to raise standards and environmental performance is reflected in the formulation of topics, their scope and expected outcomes.

    (26)

    Please note that the criteria for evaluation of proposals remain unchanged. Evaluators will not score applications in relation to their compliance with the principle unless explicitly stated in the work programme.

    Top

    EN

    Annex II

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    2. Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions

    Table of contents

    Introduction    

    MSCA Doctoral Networks    

    Call - MSCA Doctoral Networks 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-DN-01-01: MSCA Doctoral Networks 2023    

    Call - MSCA Doctoral Networks 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-DN-01-01: MSCA Doctoral Networks 2024    

    MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships    

    Call - MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-PF-01-01: MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2023    

    Call - MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-PF-01-01: MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2024    

    MSCA Staff Exchanges    

    Call - MSCA Staff Exchanges 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-SE-01-01: MSCA Staff Exchanges 2023    

    Call - MSCA Staff Exchanges 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-SE-01-01: MSCA Staff Exchanges 2024    

    MSCA Co-funding of regional, national and international programmes    

    Call - MSCA COFUND 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-COFUND-01-01: MSCA COFUND 2023    

    Call - MSCA COFUND 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-COFUND-01-01: MSCA COFUND 2024    

    MSCA and Citizens    

    Call - MSCA and Citizens 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-CITIZENS-01-01: European Researchers' Night and Researchers at Schools 2024-2025    

    MSCA Support    

    Call - MSCA Feedback To Policy 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-FTP-01-01: MSCA Feedback To Policy 2023    

    Call - Trans-national cooperation among Marie Skłodowska-Curie National Contact Points (NCP) 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-NCP-01-01: Trans-national cooperation among Marie Skłodowska-Curie National Contact Points (NCP) 2024    

    Call - MSCA International Cooperation 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-INCO-01-01: MSCA International Cooperation 2024    

    Call - MSCA for Researchers at Risk 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-RR-01-01: MSCA Researchers at Risk 2024    

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

    Grants not subject to calls for proposals    

    1. Presidency event: MSCA Spanish Presidency Conference 2023    

    2. Presidency event: MSCA Belgian Presidency Conference 2024    

    3. Support to the Marie Curie Alumni Association    

    4. MSCA Special Needs Allowances to Horizon 2020 legacy projects    

    Procurements    

    1. Public Procurement for Events and Outreach    

    Other budget implementation instruments    

    1. External Expertise    

    Budget    

    Specific conditions for the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions    

    DEFINITIONS    

    1. MSCA DOCTORAL NETWORKS    

    1.1.    Applicable unit contributions    

    1.2.    Admissibility    

    1.3.    Eligibility    

    1.4.    Award criteria    

    1.5.    Procedure    

    1.6.    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements    

    2. MSCA POSTDOCTORAL FELLOWSHIPS    

    2.1.    Applicable unit contributions    

    2.2.    Admissibility    

    2.3.    Eligibility    

    2.4.    Award criteria    

    2.5.    Procedure    

    2.6.    Legal and Financial set-up of the Grant Agreements    

    3. MSCA STAFF EXCHANGES    

    3.1.    Applicable unit contributions    

    3.2.    Admissibility    

    3.3.    Eligibility    

    3.4.    Award criteria    

    3.5.    Procedure    

    3.6.    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements    

    4. MSCA COFUND    

    4.1.    Applicable unit contributions    

    4.2.    Admissibility    

    4.3.    Eligibility    

    4.4.    Award criteria    

    4.5.    Procedure    

    4.6.    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements    

    Table 1: Country correction coefficients (CCC) for Doctoral Networks and Postdoctoral Fellowships living allowances    

    Introduction

    The European Union needs a strong, resilient, flexible and creative human resource base, with the right combination of skills to match the future needs of the labour market, to innovate and to convert knowledge and ideas into products and services for economic and social benefit. The Covid-19 crisis has highlighted once more the importance of the Union’s reliance on a highly skilled research-based human capital that is able to detect and tackle upcoming challenges, to communicate scientific evidence to policy-makers and the public at large, and to work across disciplines.

    In this context, the Union must reinforce its efforts to encourage more young women and men to make a career in research, promote its attractiveness for top talents from around the world, retain its own researchers and reintegrate those working elsewhere. The Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions (MSCA) are the main instrument at Union-level to do so. Since their launch in 1996, they have become the Union’s reference programme for doctoral education and postdoctoral training. Between 2014 and 2020, in the context of Horizon 2020, the MSCA have supported 65 000 researchers in Europe and beyond, both doctoral candidates and more experienced researchers, and have funded over 1 000 excellent international doctoral networks.

    The MSCA strongly contribute to excellent research, boosting jobs, growth and investment by equipping researchers with new knowledge and skills and providing them with an international as well as inter-sectoral exposure (including through academia-business collaboration), to fill the top positions of tomorrow.

    The MSCA do not only have a positive impact on individual researchers, they also contribute to the development of excellent doctoral programmes, postdoctoral training programmes and collaborative research projects. They have a structuring impact on higher education institutions and other entities way beyond academia by widely spreading excellence and setting standards for high-quality researcher education and training, not only across the European Research Area (ERA), but also worldwide. Positive structuring effects on organisations include:

    1.increasing the quality of researchers’ training and supervision offered;

    2.strengthening research capacity (e.g. ability to attract funding);

    3.improving human resources practices and procedures, and providing fairer and more attractive working conditions for researchers, including through career guidance and development;

    4.building new and sustainable international and inter-sectoral partnerships and networks; better transfer of knowledge between sectors and disciplines, enhancing their global reputation and visibility.

    Main principles applying to the MSCA

    Excellence

    The MSCA focus on excellence in various aspects: excellence does not only apply to the individual fellows supported or the collaborations fostered and knowledge transferred, but also to the R&I methodologies applied, the research conducted as well as the training, supervision and career guidance provided. Long-term investment in people pays off, as indicated inter alia by the number of Nobel Prize winners who have been either former MSCA fellows or supervisors.

    Mobility

    The MSCA are based on the principle of physical mobility: researchers who receive funding have to move from one country to another to acquire new knowledge, skills and competences, and develop their research career. Researchers are also strongly encouraged to move between sectors and disciplines.

    While virtual mobility does not have the same multifaceted impact on the development of individuals and sustainable cooperation among organisations as physical mobility, it can however complement it, facilitate long-distance collaboration and be an effective means to faster achieving research and training objectives. In this regard, all MSCA proposals are encouraged to explore opportunities offered by e-infrastructures and related services, in particular those provided through GEANT 1 , the pan-European research and education network.

    Bottom-up and open to the world

    The MSCA are open to all domains of research and innovation, chosen freely by the applicants in a fully bottom-up manner, addressed under the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. In addition, Postdoctoral Fellowships can also address domains covered by the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community (Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025). All MSCA will complement top-down collaborative research activities, notably contributing to the EU Missions.

    The MSCA have also a strong international dimension: international cooperation is particularly encouraged as it allows institutions to set-up strategic collaborations worldwide, attracts foreign talents to Europe and provides European researchers with access to unique expertise, facilities, testing environments or data available only outside Europe.

    Recruitment, working/employment conditions and inclusiveness

    The principles of the European Charter for Researchers and Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers ( Charter and Code ) promoting open, merit-based and transparent recruitment and attractive working and employment conditions are a cornerstone of the MSCA and all funded host organisations must put effort into applying them. The MSCA pay particular attention to equal opportunities and inclusiveness. In line with the Charter and Code, all MSCA-funded projects are encouraged to embrace diversity and take measures to facilitate mobility and counter-act gender and disability-related barriers to it.

    MSCA projects are also encouraged to facilitate access by researchers at risk 2 , through tailored support and career services, including job search assistance in the researcher’s new geographical area.

    Supervision

    The MSCA promote effective supervision, which contribute to creating a supportive environment for the researchers to conduct their work. In line with the principles set out in the Charter and Code, MSCA beneficiaries must ensure adequately supervision or mentoring and appropriate career guidance. Supervision is one of the crucial elements of successful research. Guiding, supporting, directing, advising and mentoring are key factors for a researcher to pursue his/her career path. In this context, all MSCA-funded projects are encouraged to follow the recommendations outlined in the Guidelines for MSCA supervision 3 .

    Open Science and Responsible Research and Innovation

    The MSCA endorse Open Science and Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) through engaging society at large, integrating the gender and ethical dimensions, promoting Open Science practices through targeted training activities, ensuring open access to research outcomes, including FAIR 4 data handling, encouraging formal and informal science education and feeding back research results into teaching and education.

    European Green Deal

    The MSCA support bottom-up and frontier/applied research contributing directly to the European Commission’s commitment to tackling climate and environmental-related challenges. Under Horizon Europe, the MSCA will significantly contribute to promote sustainable research in line with the European Green Deal, the United Nation’s 2030 Agenda and the Sustainable Development Goals. All MSCA-funded projects are encouraged to address the principles of the MSCA Green Charter 5 and implement measures to minimise the environmental footprint of their activities.

    Synergies

    The MSCA promote the creation of strong links with the cohesion policy funds 6 and the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) 7 , notably by creating synergies through its COFUND action and enabling complementarities via awarding a Seal of Excellence 8 certificate to proposals submitted to mono-beneficiary MSCA calls. The Seal is awarded to proposals that exceed all the evaluation thresholds set out in this work programme but cannot be funded due to lack of budget. The MSCA also encourage complementarities with other parts of Horizon Europe, such as the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) 9 , and synergies with other Union programmes, notably Erasmus+ 10 , including its European Universities Initiative.

    MSCA Intervention areas

    There are five main MSCA intervention areas as set out in the Council Decision establishing the specific programme implementing Horizon Europe (Annex 1, page 11-13). All individual Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions contribute to these intervention areas to one extent or the other:

    1.Nurturing Excellence through Mobility of Researchers across Borders, Sectors and Disciplines;

    2.Fostering new Skills through Excellent Training of Researchers;

    3.Strengthening Human Capital and Skills Development across the European Research Area;

    4.Improving and Facilitating Synergies;

    5.Promoting Public Outreach.

    The following Actions within the MSCA are implementing these intervention areas:

    Action

    Main Objective

    MSCA Doctoral Networks

    The MSCA Doctoral Networks aim to train creative, entrepreneurial, innovative and resilient doctoral candidates, able to face current and future challenges and to convert knowledge and ideas into products and services for economic and social benefit. The MSCA Doctoral Networks will raise the attractiveness and excellence of doctoral training in Europe. They will equip researchers with the right combination of research-related and transferable competences and provide them with enhanced career perspectives in both the academic 11 and non-academic sectors through international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary mobility combined with an innovation-oriented mind-set.

    MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships

    The goal of MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships is to enhance the creative and innovative potential of researchers holding a PhD, wishing to acquire new skills through advanced training, international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary mobility. MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships are open to excellent researchers of any nationality, including researchers wishing to reintegrate in Europe, researchers who are displaced by conflict as well as researchers with high potential aiming for a career restart in research. The scheme also encourages researchers to work on research and innovation projects in the non-academic sector.

    MSCA Staff Exchanges

    MSCA Staff Exchanges promote innovative international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary collaboration in research and innovation through exchanging staff and sharing knowledge and ideas at all stages of the innovation chain. The scheme fosters a shared culture of research and innovation that welcomes and rewards creativity and entrepreneurship and helps turn ideas into innovative products, services or processes. It is open to research, technical, administrative and managerial staff.

    MSCA COFUND

    MSCA COFUND co-finances new or existing doctoral programmes and postdoctoral fellowship schemes at national, regional or international level with the aim to spread the best practices of the MSCA including international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary research training, as well as international and cross-sectoral mobility of researchers at all stages of their career.

    MSCA and Citizens

    MSCA and Citizens, through the European Researchers’ Night, aims to bring research and researchers closer to the public at large, to increase awareness of research and innovation activities and to boost public recognition of science and research education. It will also show the role of the researcher for the society and economy, as well as the impact of researchers’ work on citizens’ daily lives, and aim at raising young people’s interest for research and scientific careers.

    MSCA Doctoral Networks

    The MSCA Doctoral Networks aim to train creative, entrepreneurial, innovative and resilient doctoral candidates, able to face current and future challenges and to convert knowledge and ideas into products and services for economic and social benefit.

    The MSCA Doctoral Networks will raise the attractiveness and excellence of doctoral training in Europe. They will equip researchers with the right combination of research-related and transferable competences and provide them with enhanced career perspectives in both the academic and non-academic sectors through international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary mobility combined with an innovation-oriented mind-set.

    Expected impact

    Proposals under this Action should contribute to the following expected impacts:

    1.Strengthen Europe's human capital base in R&I by training highly-skilled doctoral candidates;

    2.Improve the attractiveness of researchers’ careers notably through better working and employment conditions of doctoral candidates in Europe;

    3.Enhance talent and knowledge circulation across the R&I landscape, through international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary mobility;

    4.Increase Europe's attractiveness as a leading research destination;

    5.Enhance the quality of R&I contributing to Europe's sustainable competitiveness;

    6.Establish sustainable collaboration between academic and non-academic organisations;

    7.Foster the culture of open science, innovation and entrepreneurship.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this Action:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-DN-01

    434.80

    28 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-DN-01

    451.15

    27 Nov 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    434.80

    451.15

    Call - MSCA Doctoral Networks 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-DN-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 12

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 30 May 2023

    Deadline(s): 28 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-DN-01-01

    TMA Doctoral Networks

    434.80

    Not relevant

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-DN-01-01

    TMA Doctoral Networks - Industrial Doctorates

    434.80

    Not relevant

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-DN-01-01

    TMA Doctoral Networks - Joint Doctorates

    434.80

    Not relevant

    Overall indicative budget

    434.80

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Eligibility conditions

    The general conditions are described in General Annex B. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see the specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The general procedure is described in General Annex F. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for MSCA at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The general conditions are described in General Annex G. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-DN-01-01: MSCA Doctoral Networks 2023

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    For supported doctoral candidates

    1.New research and transferable skills and competences, leading to improved employability and career prospects within and outside academia;

    2.New knowledge allowing the conversion of ideas into products and services, where relevant;

    3.Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact.

    For participating organisations

    1.Improved quality, relevance and sustainability of doctoral training programmes and supervision arrangements;

    2.Enhanced cooperation and transfer of knowledge between sectors and disciplines;

    3.Increased integration of training and research activities between participating organisations;

    4.Boosted R&I capacity;

    5.Increased internationalisation and attractiveness;

    6.Regular feedback of research results into teaching and education at participating organisations.

    Scope: MSCA Doctoral Networks will implement doctoral programmes, by partnerships of universities, research institutions and research infrastructures, businesses including SMEs, and other socio-economic actors from different countries across Europe and beyond. MSCA Doctoral Networks are indeed open to the participation of organisations from third countries, in view of fostering strategic international partnerships for the training and exchange of researchers.

    These doctoral programmes will respond to well-identified needs in various R&I areas, expose the researchers to the academic and non-academic sectors, and offer training in research-related, as well as transferable skills 13 and competences relevant for innovation and long-term employability (e.g. entrepreneurship, commercialisation of results, Intellectual Property Rights, communication). Proposals for doctoral networks can reflect existing or planned research partnerships among the participating organisations.

    The selection procedure for doctoral candidates must be open, transparent and merit-based, in line with the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers. The vacancy notice (to be widely advertised internationally, including on the EURAXESS 14 website) must mention if the published rates include all employer and employee's taxes and contributions. If possible, the gross salary (net salary + employee’s taxes and contributions) should be published.

    MSCA Doctoral Networks are encouraged to lead to Industrial or Joint Doctorates.

    Industrial Doctorates

    Through Industrial Doctorates, doctoral candidates will step outside academia and develop skills in industry and business by being jointly supervised by academic and non-academic organisations, both of which can be established in the same EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    Joint Doctorates

    Joint Doctorates represent a highly integrated type of international, inter-sectoral and multi/interdisciplinary collaboration in doctoral training. They lead to the delivery of joint, double or multiple doctoral degrees 15 recognised in at least two EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries.

    Supervisory Board

    Each MSCA Doctoral Network should have a clearly identified supervisory board co-ordinating network-wide training, research and in particular supervision activities in line with the Guidelines for MSCA supervision, while establishing continuous communication and exchange of best practice among the participating organisations to maximise the benefits of the partnership.

    Training activities

    MSCA Doctoral Networks should exploit complementarities between participating organisations and foster sharing of knowledge and networking activities for example through the organisation of workshops and conferences. Proposed training activities should respond to well identified needs in various R&I areas, with appropriate references to inter- and multidisciplinary fields and follow the EU Principles for Innovative Doctoral Training 16 . They should be primarily focused on developing new scientific knowledge through original research on personalised projects.

    Inter-sectoral secondments of researchers to other participating organisations, including in third countries, are encouraged when relevant, feasible and beneficial for the researchers and in line with the project objectives. This will increase the employability of the researchers outside academia.

    Doctoral Networks should develop substantial training modules, including digital ones, addressing key transferable skills and competences common to all fields and fostering the culture of Open Science, innovation and entrepreneurship as well as good scientific conduct such as research integrity. In particular, Doctoral Networks should adequately prepare doctoral candidates for increased research collaboration and information-sharing made possible by new (digital) technologies (e.g. collaborative tools, opening access to publications and to other research outputs including data, FAIR data management, societal engagement and citizen science, etc.).

    Supervision

    Particular attention is paid to the quality of supervision and mentoring arrangements as well as career guidance. Joint supervision of the researchers is mandatory for Industrial and Joint Doctorates.

    Career Development Plan

    A Career Development Plan must be established jointly by the supervisor and each recruited doctoral candidate. In case of joint supervision, such a plan should be established involving all supervisors. In addition to research objectives, this plan comprises the researcher's training and career needs, including training on transferable skills, teaching, planning for publications and participation in conferences and events aiming at opening science and research to citizens. The plan, established at the beginning of the recruitment, should be revised (and updated where needed) within 18 months.

    Call - MSCA Doctoral Networks 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-DN-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 17

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 29 May 2024

    Deadline(s): 27 Nov 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-DN-01-01

    TMA Doctoral Networks

    451.15

    Not relevant

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-DN-01-01

    TMA Doctoral Networks - Industrial Doctorates

    451.15

    Not relevant

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-DN-01-01

    TMA Doctoral Networks - Joint Doctorates

    451.15

    Not relevant

    Overall indicative budget

    451.15

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Eligibility conditions

    The general conditions are described in General Annex B. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see the specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The general procedure is described in General Annex F. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for MSCA at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The general conditions are described in General Annex G. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-DN-01-01: MSCA Doctoral Networks 2024

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    For supported doctoral candidates

    1.New research and transferable skills and competences, leading to improved employability and career prospects within and outside academia;

    2.New knowledge allowing the conversion of ideas into products and services, where relevant;

    3.Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact.

    For participating organisations

    1.Improved quality, relevance and sustainability of doctoral training programmes and supervision arrangements;

    2.Enhanced cooperation and transfer of knowledge between sectors and disciplines;

    3.Increased integration of training and research activities between participating organisations;

    4.Boosted R&I capacity;

    5.Increased internationalisation and attractiveness;

    6.Regular feedback of research results into teaching and education at participating organisations.

    Scope: MSCA Doctoral Networks will implement doctoral programmes, by partnerships of universities, research institutions and research infrastructures, businesses including SMEs, and other socio-economic actors from different countries across Europe and beyond. MSCA Doctoral Networks are indeed open to the participation of organisations from third countries, in view of fostering strategic international partnerships for the training and exchange of researchers.

    These doctoral programmes will respond to well-identified needs in various R&I areas, expose the researchers to the academic and non-academic sectors, and offer training in research-related, as well as transferable skills 18 and competences relevant for innovation and long-term employability (e.g. entrepreneurship, commercialisation of results, Intellectual Property Rights, communication). Proposals for doctoral networks can reflect existing or planned research partnerships among the participating organisations.

    The selection procedure for doctoral candidates must be open, transparent and merit-based, in line with the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers. The vacancy notice (to be widely advertised internationally, including on the EURAXESS 19 website) must mention if the published rates include all employer and employee's taxes and contributions. If possible, the gross salary (net salary + employee’s taxes and contributions) should be published.

    MSCA Doctoral Networks are encouraged to lead to Industrial or Joint Doctorates.

    Industrial Doctorates

    Through Industrial Doctorates, doctoral candidates will step outside academia and develop skills in industry and business by being jointly supervised by academic and non-academic organisations, both of which can be established in the same EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    Joint Doctorates

    Joint Doctorates represent a highly integrated type of international, inter-sectoral and multi/interdisciplinary collaboration in doctoral training. They lead to the delivery of joint, double or multiple doctoral degrees 20 recognised in at least two EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries.

    Supervisory Board

    Each MSCA Doctoral Network should have a clearly identified supervisory board co-ordinating network-wide training, research and in particular supervision activities in line with the Guidelines for MSCA supervision, while establishing continuous communication and exchange of best practice among the participating organisations to maximise the benefits of the partnership.

    Training activities

    MSCA Doctoral Networks should exploit complementarities between participating organisations and foster sharing of knowledge and networking activities for example through the organisation of workshops and conferences. Proposed training activities should respond to well identified needs in various R&I areas, with appropriate references to inter- and multidisciplinary fields and follow the EU Principles for Innovative Doctoral Training 21 . They should be primarily focused on developing new scientific knowledge through original research on personalised projects.

    Inter-sectoral secondments of researchers to other participating organisations, including in third countries, are encouraged when relevant, feasible and beneficial for the researchers and in line with the project objectives. This will increase the employability of the researchers outside academia.

    Doctoral Networks should develop substantial training modules, including digital ones, addressing key transferable skills and competences common to all fields and fostering the culture of Open Science, innovation and entrepreneurship as well as good scientific conduct such as research integrity. In particular, Doctoral Networks should adequately prepare doctoral candidates for increased research collaboration and information-sharing made possible by new (digital) technologies (e.g. collaborative tools, opening access to publications and to other research outputs including data, FAIR data management, societal engagement and citizen science, etc.).

    Supervision

    Particular attention is paid to the quality of supervision and mentoring arrangements as well as career guidance. Joint supervision of the researchers is mandatory for Industrial and Joint Doctorates.

    Career Development Plan

    A Career Development Plan must be established jointly by the supervisor and each recruited doctoral candidate. In case of joint supervision, such a plan should be established involving all supervisors. In addition to research objectives, this plan comprises the researcher's training and career needs, including training on transferable skills, teaching, planning for publications and participation in conferences and events aiming at opening science and research to citizens. The plan, established at the beginning of the recruitment, should be revised (and updated where needed) within 18 months.

    MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships

    The goal of MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships is to enhance the creative and innovative potential of researchers holding a PhD and who wish to acquire new skills through advanced training, international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary mobility. MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships will be open to excellent researchers of any nationality. The scheme also encourages researchers to work on research and innovation projects in the non-academic sector and is open to researchers wishing to reintegrate in Europe, to those who are displaced by conflict, as well as to researchers with high potential who are seeking to restart their careers in research.

    Through the implementation of an original and personalised research project, MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships aim to foster excellence through training and mobility and to equip researchers with new skills and competences in order to identify solutions to current and future challenges. Postdoctoral researchers are encouraged to engage with society at large to make the results of their research visible to citizens and to involve citizens, civil society and end-users in co-creation of research content when relevant.

    Expected impact

    Proposals under this Action should contribute to the following expected impacts:

    1.Enhance the creative and innovative potential of researchers holding a PhD and wishing to diversify their individual competences and skills through advanced training, international, interdisciplinary and inter-sectoral mobility while implementing excellent research projects across all sectors of research;

    2.Strengthen Europe's human capital base in R&I with better trained, innovative and entrepreneurial researchers;

    3.Enhance the quality of R&I contributing to Europe's competitiveness and growth;

    4.Contribute to Europe's attractiveness as a leading destination for R&I and for good working conditions of researchers;

    5.Facilitate knowledge transfer and brain circulation across the ERA;

    6.Foster the culture of open science, innovation and entrepreneurship.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this Action:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-PF-01

    260.47

    13 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-PF-01

    270.75

    11 Sep 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    260.47

    270.75

    Call - MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-PF-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 22

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 12 Apr 2023

    Deadline(s): 13 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-PF-01-01

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

    221.40

    Not relevant

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-PF-01-01

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - Global Fellowships

    39.07

    Not relevant

    Overall indicative budget

    260.47

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Eligibility conditions

    The general conditions are described in General Annex B. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see the specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The general procedure is described in General Annex F. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for MSCA at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The general conditions are described in General Annex G. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-PF-01-01: MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2023

    Specific conditions

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 221.40 million.

    Type of Action

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 39.07 million.

    Type of Action

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - Global Fellowships

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    For supported postdoctoral fellows

    1.Increased set of research and transferable skills and competences, leading to improved employability and career prospects of MSCA postdoctoral fellows within academia and beyond;

    2.New mind-sets and approaches to R&I work forged through international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary experience;

    3.Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact.

    For participating organisations

    1.Increased alignment of working conditions for researchers in accordance with the principles set out in the European Charter for Researchers and the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers;

    2.Enhanced quality and sustainability of research training and supervision;

    3.Increased global attractiveness, visibility and reputation of the participating organisation(s);

    4.Stronger R&I capacity and output among participating organisations; better transfer of knowledge;

    5.Regular feedback of research results into teaching and education at participating organisations.

    Scope: Fellowships will be provided to excellent researchers undertaking international mobility. Applications will be made jointly by the researcher and a beneficiary in the academic or non-academic sector.

    Postdoctoral Fellowships either can take place in Europe (i.e. in an EU Member State or a Horizon Europe Associated Country) or in a Third Country not associated to Horizon Europe:

    1.European Postdoctoral Fellowships are open to researchers of any nationality who wish to engage in R&I projects by either coming to Europe from any country in the world or moving within Europe. The standard duration of these fellowships must be between 12 and 24 months.

    2.Global Postdoctoral Fellowships are open to European nationals or long-term residents 23 who wish to engage in R&I projects with organisations outside EU Member States and Horizon Europe Associated Countries. These fellowships require an outgoing phase of minimum 12 and maximum 24 months in a non-associated Third Country, and a mandatory 12-month return phase to a host organisation based in an EU Member State or a Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    Specific eligibility conditions apply to MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships in the research areas covered by the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025 24 .

    Secondments

    Researchers receiving a Postdoctoral Fellowship may opt to include a secondment phase, within the overall duration of their fellowship in any country worldwide. The secondment phase can be a single period or be divided into shorter mobility periods.

    For European Postdoctoral Fellowships, secondments cannot exceed one third of the requested duration of the action (excluding from the duration of the action any additional period for a non-academic placement) and should be in line with the project objectives, adding significant value and impact to the fellowship.

    For Global Postdoctoral Fellowships, optional secondments are permitted for up to one third of the outgoing phase. A maximum of three months of such secondments can be spent at the start of the project at the beneficiary (or associated partners linked to the beneficiary), allowing the researcher to spend time there before going to the associated partner in the Third Country. This period of maximum three months will be considered as part of the outgoing phase.

    Secondments cannot take place during the mandatory twelve-month return period to the host organisation in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    Placements in the non-academic sector

    Postdoctoral Fellowships can provide an additional period of up to six months to support researchers opting for a placement at the end of the project to work on R&I projects in an organisation from the non-academic sector established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country 25 . While this possibility is also available to fellows recruited in the non-academic sector, such a placement must be implemented at a different non-academic host organisation established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country 26 . The request for such a non-academic placement must be an integral part of the proposal, explaining the added-value for the project and for the career development of the researcher, and will be subject to evaluation. This incentive aims at promoting career moves between sectors and organisations and thereby stimulate innovation and knowledge transfer while expanding career opportunities for researchers.

    If the placement does not meet the requirements (taking place in an academic organisation or in a Third Country), the proposal will be evaluated without taking into account the placement. This might affect the final score.

    Training activities

    The training activities implemented under the Postdoctoral Fellowships should include training for key transferable skills 27 , foster innovation and entrepreneurship, (e.g. commercialisation of results, Intellectual Property Rights, communication, public engagement and citizen science), foster good scientific conduct such as research integrity and promote Open Science practices (open access to publications and to other research outputs including data, FAIR data management, societal engagement and citizen science etc.).

    Career Development Plan

    In order to equip MSCA postdoctoral fellows with skills that enhance and expand their career opportunities inside and outside academia, a Career Development Plan should be established jointly by the supervisor(s) and the researcher. In addition to research objectives, this plan should comprise the researcher's training and career needs, including training on transferable skills, teaching, planning for publications and participation in conferences and events aiming at opening science and research to citizens. The Plan will have to be submitted as a project deliverable at the beginning of the action and can be updated when needed.

    Euratom

    Aiming to enhance nuclear expertise and excellence as well as synergies between Programmes, organisations active in nuclear research established in one of EU Member States or countries associated to the Euratom Research and Training programme 2021-2025, are eligible to participate 28 . MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships in this area of research will be supported by the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025 through an indicative annual financial contribution of EUR 1 million to the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships call 29 .

    ERA Fellowships

    The ERA Fellowships implemented through Work Programme Annex 11, Widening Participation and Strengthening the European Research Area, provide specific support to researchers to undertake their fellowship in a widening country 30 . This will help spread excellence and contribute to fostering balanced brain circulation in widening countries.

    Call - MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-PF-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 31

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 10 Apr 2024

    Deadline(s): 11 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-PF-01-01

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

    230.14

    Not relevant

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-PF-01-01

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - Global Fellowships

    40.61

    Not relevant

    Overall indicative budget

    270.75

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Eligibility conditions

    The general conditions are described in General Annex B. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see the specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The general procedure is described in General Annex F. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for MSCA at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The general conditions are described in General Annex G. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-PF-01-01: MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2024

    Specific conditions

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 230.14 million.

    Type of Action

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.61 million.

    Type of Action

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - Global Fellowships

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    For supported postdoctoral fellows

    1.Increased set of research and transferable skills and competences, leading to improved employability and career prospects of MSCA postdoctoral fellows within academia and beyond;

    2.New mind-sets and approaches to R&I work forged through international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary experience;

    3.Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact.

    For participating organisations

    1.Increased alignment of working conditions for researchers in accordance with the principles set out in the European Charter for Researchers and the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers;

    2.Enhanced quality and sustainability of research training and supervision;

    3.Increased global attractiveness, visibility and reputation of the participating organisation(s);

    4.Stronger R&I capacity and output among participating organisations; better transfer of knowledge;

    5.Regular feedback of research results into teaching and education at participating organisations.

    Scope: Fellowships will be provided to excellent researchers undertaking international mobility. Applications will be made jointly by the researcher and a beneficiary in the academic or non-academic sector.

    Postdoctoral Fellowships either can take place in Europe (i.e. in an EU Member State or a Horizon Europe Associated Country) or in a Third Country not associated to Horizon Europe:

    1.European Postdoctoral Fellowships are open to researchers of any nationality who wish to engage in R&I projects by either coming to Europe from any country in the world or moving within Europe. The standard duration of these fellowships must be between 12 and 24 months.

    2.Global Postdoctoral Fellowships are open to European nationals or long-term residents 32 who wish to engage in R&I projects with organisations outside EU Member States and Horizon Europe Associated Countries. These fellowships require an outgoing phase of minimum 12 and maximum 24 months in a non-associated Third Country, and a mandatory 12-month return phase to a host organisation based in an EU Member State or a Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    Specific eligibility conditions apply to MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships in the research areas covered by the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025 33 .

    Secondments

    Researchers receiving a Postdoctoral Fellowship may opt to include a secondment phase, within the overall duration of their fellowship in any country worldwide. The secondment phase can be a single period or be divided into shorter mobility periods.

    For European Postdoctoral Fellowships, secondments cannot exceed one third of the requested duration of the action (excluding from the duration of the action any additional period for a non-academic placement) and should be in line with the project objectives, adding significant value and impact to the fellowship.

    For Global Postdoctoral Fellowships, optional secondments are permitted for up to one third of the outgoing phase. A maximum of three months of such secondments can be spent at the start of the project at the beneficiary (or associated partners linked to the beneficiary), allowing the researcher to spend time there before going to the associated partner in the Third Country. This period of maximum three months will be considered as part of the outgoing phase.

    Secondments cannot take place during the mandatory twelve-month return period to the host organisation in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    Placements in the non-academic sector

    Postdoctoral Fellowships can provide an additional period of up to six months to support researchers opting for a placement at the end of the project to work on R&I projects in an organisation from the non-academic sector established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country 34 . While this possibility is also available to fellows recruited in the non-academic sector, such a placement must be implemented at a different non-academic host organisation established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country 35 . The request for such a non-academic placement must be an integral part of the proposal, explaining the added-value for the project and for the career development of the researcher, and will be subject to evaluation. This incentive aims at promoting career moves between sectors and organisations and thereby stimulate innovation and knowledge transfer while expanding career opportunities for researchers.

    If the placement does not meet the requirements (taking place in an academic organisation or in a Third Country), the proposal will be evaluated without taking into account the placement. This might affect the final score.

    Training activities

    The training activities implemented under the Postdoctoral Fellowships should include training for key transferable skills 36 , foster innovation and entrepreneurship, (e.g. commercialisation of results, Intellectual Property Rights, communication, public engagement and citizen science), foster good scientific conduct such as research integrity and promote Open Science practices (open access to publications and to other research outputs including data, FAIR data management, societal engagement and citizen science etc.).

    Career Development Plan

    In order to equip MSCA postdoctoral fellows with skills that enhance and expand their career opportunities inside and outside academia, a Career Development Plan should be established jointly by the supervisor(s) and the researcher. In addition to research objectives, this plan should comprise the researcher's training and career needs, including training on transferable skills, teaching, planning for publications and participation in conferences and events aiming at opening science and research to citizens. The Plan will have to be submitted as a project deliverable at the beginning of the action and can be updated when needed.

    Euratom

    Aiming to enhance nuclear expertise and excellence as well as synergies between Programmes, organisations active in nuclear research established in one of EU Member States or countries associated to the Euratom Research and Training programme 2021-2025, are eligible to participate 37 . MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships in this area of research will be supported by the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025 through an indicative annual financial contribution of EUR 1 million to the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships call 38 .

    ERA Fellowships

    The ERA Fellowships implemented through Work Programme Annex 11, Widening Participation and Strengthening the European Research Area, provide specific support to researchers to undertake their fellowship in a widening country 39 . This will help spread excellence and contribute to fostering balanced brain circulation in widening countries.

    MSCA Staff Exchanges

    MSCA Staff Exchanges promote innovative international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary collaboration in research and innovation through exchanging staff and sharing knowledge and ideas at all stages of the innovation chain. The scheme fosters a shared culture of research and innovation that welcomes and rewards creativity and entrepreneurship and helps turn ideas into innovative products, services or processes. It is open to research, technical, administrative and managerial staff supporting R&I activities.

    Expected impact

    Proposals under this Action should contribute to the following expected impacts:

    1.Increase international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary mobility of research staff within Europe and beyond through collaborative research networks and activities;

    2.Strengthen the R&I human capital base in Europe and beyond;

    3.Increase Europe's attractiveness as a leading destination for R&I;

    4.Contribute to Europe's competitiveness and growth through high-quality R&I;

    5.Foster the culture of open science, innovation and entrepreneurship.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this Action:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-SE-01

    78.50

    28 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-SE-01

    81.23

    05 Mar 2025

    Overall indicative budget

    78.50

    81.23

    Call - MSCA Staff Exchanges 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-SE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 40

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 05 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 28 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-SE-01-01

    TMA Staff Exchanges

    78.50

    Not relevant

    Overall indicative budget

    78.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Eligibility conditions

    The general conditions are described in General Annex B. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see the specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The general procedure is described in General Annex F. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for MSCA at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The general conditions are described in General Annex G. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-SE-01-01: MSCA Staff Exchanges 2023

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    For staff members

    1.Increased set of research and transferable skills and competences, leading to improved employability and career prospects within and outside academia;

    2.More knowledge and innovative ideas converted into products, processes and services;

    3.More entrepreneurial mind-sets, testing new and innovative ideas;

    4.Increased international exposure leading to extended networks and opportunities;

    5.Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact.

    For participating organisations

    1.Innovative ways of cooperation and transfer of knowledge between sectors and disciplines;

    2.Strengthened and broader international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary collaborative networks;

    3.Boosted R&I capacity.

    Scope: MSCA Staff Exchanges involve organisations from the academic and non-academic sectors (including SMEs) from across the globe.

    Support is provided for international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary mobility of R&I staff leading to knowledge transfer between participating organisations.

    Mobility through secondments

    The organisations constituting the partnership contribute directly to the implementation of a joint R&I project by seconding and/or hosting eligible staff members. Such a project must explore activities that can be based on previous work but should go beyond and generate or strengthen long-term collaborations. Secondments must involve physical mobility 41 of the eligible staff members and must always take place between legal entities independent from each other.

    MSCA Staff Exchanges can address three dimensions of mobility: international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary 42 . While exchanges between organisations within EU Member States and Horizon Europe Associated Countries should mainly be inter-sectoral, same-sector exchanges 43 are also possible under the condition that they are interdisciplinary. Interdisciplinarity is not required for same-sector exchanges with non-associated Third Countries.

    Secondments between institutions established in non-associated Third Countries or within the same EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country are not eligible.

    The collaborative approach of MSCA Staff Exchanges should exploit complementary competences of the participating organisations and create synergies between them. The secondments should be essential to achieve the joint project’s R&I activities. The project should inter alia enable networking activities and the organisation of workshops and conferences, to facilitate sharing of knowledge and testing of innovative approaches for specific R&I topics.

    Skills’ development

    For participating staff members, the project should offer new skills acquisition and career development perspectives. Participating organisations must ensure that the seconded staff are adequately mentored.

    Call - MSCA Staff Exchanges 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-SE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 44

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 10 Oct 2024

    Deadline(s): 05 Mar 2025

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-SE-01-01

    TMA Staff Exchanges

    81.23

    Not relevant

    Overall indicative budget

    81.23

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Eligibility conditions

    The general conditions are described in General Annex B. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see the specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The general procedure is described in General Annex F. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for MSCA at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The general conditions are described in General Annex G. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-SE-01-01: MSCA Staff Exchanges 2024

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    For staff members

    1.Increased set of research and transferable skills and competences, leading to improved employability and career prospects within and outside academia;

    2.More knowledge and innovative ideas converted into products, processes and services;

    3.More entrepreneurial mind-sets, testing new and innovative ideas;

    4.Increased international exposure leading to extended networks and opportunities;

    5.Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact.

    For participating organisations

    1.Innovative ways of cooperation and transfer of knowledge between sectors and disciplines;

    2.Strengthened and broader international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary collaborative networks;

    3.Boosted R&I capacity.

    Scope: MSCA Staff Exchanges involve organisations from the academic and non-academic sectors (including SMEs) from across the globe.

    Support is provided for international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary mobility of R&I staff leading to knowledge transfer between participating organisations.

    Mobility through secondments

    The organisations constituting the partnership contribute directly to the implementation of a joint R&I project by seconding and/or hosting eligible staff members. Such a project must explore activities that can be based on previous work but should go beyond and generate or strengthen long-term collaborations. Secondments must involve physical mobility 45 of the eligible staff members and must always take place between legal entities independent from each other.

    MSCA Staff Exchanges can address three dimensions of mobility: international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary 46 . While exchanges between organisations within EU Member States and Horizon Europe Associated Countries should mainly be inter-sectoral, same-sector exchanges 47 are also possible under the condition that they are interdisciplinary. Interdisciplinarity is not required for same-sector exchanges with non-associated Third Countries.

    Secondments between institutions established in non-associated Third Countries or within the same EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country are not eligible.

    The collaborative approach of MSCA Staff Exchanges should exploit complementary competences of the participating organisations and create synergies between them. The secondments should be essential to achieve the joint project’s R&I activities. The project should inter alia enable networking activities and the organisation of workshops and conferences, to facilitate sharing of knowledge and testing of innovative approaches for specific R&I topics.

    Skills’ development

    For participating staff members, the project should offer new skills acquisition and career development perspectives. Participating organisations must ensure that the seconded staff are adequately mentored.

    MSCA Co-funding of regional, national and international programmes

    MSCA COFUND co-finances new or existing doctoral programmes and postdoctoral fellowship schemes with the aim of spreading the best practices of the MSCA including international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary research training, as well as international and cross-sectoral mobility of researchers at all stages of their career.

    In practice, MSCA COFUND provides complementary funding for doctoral or postdoctoral programmes managed by entities established in EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries. Those co-funded programmes must follow MSCA’s good practice in terms of international recruitment and minimum standard of employment for the recruited fellows as described in the European Charter for Researchers and Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers.

    Expected impact

    Proposals under this Action should contribute to the following expected impacts:

    1.Enhance talent and knowledge circulation across the R&I landscape, through international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary mobility, including by supporting regional or national smart specialisation strategies when appropriate;

    2.Align practices with MSCA policies based on the European Charter for Researchers and the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers;

    3.Improve the attractiveness of researchers’ careers notably through better working and employment conditions;

    4.Strengthen Europe's human capital base in R&I by training highly-skilled researchers;

    5.Increase Europe's attractiveness as a leading R&I destination;

    6.Enhance the quality of R&I contributing to Europe's sustainable competitiveness;

    7.Establish sustainable collaboration between academic and non-academic organisations;

    8.Foster the culture of open science, innovation and entrepreneurship.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this Action:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-COFUND-01

    96.57

    08 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-COFUND-01

    99.28

    06 Feb 2025

    Overall indicative budget

    96.57

    99.28

    Call - MSCA COFUND 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-COFUND-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 48

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 10 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 08 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-COFUND-01-01

    TMA-Cofund-Doctoral

    96.57

    Not relevant

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-COFUND-01-01

    TMA-Cofund-Postdoctoral

    96.57

    Not relevant

    Overall indicative budget

    96.57

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Eligibility conditions

    The general conditions are described in General Annex B. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see the specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The general procedure is described in General Annex F. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for MSCA at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The general conditions are described in General Annex G. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-COFUND-01-01: MSCA COFUND 2023

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    For supported doctoral candidates or postdoctoral researchers

    1.Deeper and more diverse set of research-related and transferable skills and competences;

    2.Improved employability and career prospects both within academia and beyond;

    3.New mind-sets and approaches to R&I work forged through international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary experience;

    4.Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact.

    For participating organisations

    ·Enhanced quality and sustainability of research training;

    ·Increased global attractiveness, visibility and reputation of the participating organisation(s);

    ·Stronger R&I capacity and output among participating organisations;

    ·Increased contribution of the participating organisations to the local, regional and/or national socio-economic ecosystems;

    ·Regular feedback of research results into teaching and education at participating organisations.

    Scope: Applicants submit proposals for new or existing doctoral or postdoctoral programmes with an impact on the enhancement of human resources in R&I at regional, national or international level. These programmes will be co-funded by MSCA COFUND.

    Proposed programmes can cover any research disciplines ("bottom-up"), but exceptionally can also focus on specific disciplines, notably when they are based on national or regional Research and Innovation Strategies for Smart Specialisation (RIS3 strategies). In this case, the range of covered disciplines should allow reasonable flexibility for the researchers to define their topic.

    Funding synergies with Cohesion policy funds and the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) are strongly encouraged 49 , 50 .

    A Career Development Plan must be jointly established by the supervisor and each recruited researcher upon recruitment. In addition to research objectives, this Plan comprises the researcher's training and career needs, including training on transferable skills, teaching, planning for publications and participation in conferences and events aimed at opening science and research to citizens. The Plan must be established at the beginning of the recruitment and should be revised (and updated where needed) within 18 months.

    COFUND takes the form of:

    A) Doctoral programmes

    Doctoral programmes offer research training activities to allow doctoral candidates to develop and broaden their skills and competences. They will lead to the award of a doctoral degree in at least one EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country. The training activities should be based on the EU Principles on Innovative Doctoral Training .

    Substantial training modules, including digital ones, addressing key transferable skills and competences common to all fields, fostering good scientific conduct such as research integrity, and fostering the culture of Open Science, innovation and entrepreneurship will be supported. They will include, inter alia, training on the use of collaborative tools and approaches, opening access to publications and to other research outputs including data, FAIR data management, societal engagement and citizen science.

    On top of compulsory international mobility, applicants are encouraged to include elements of cross-sectoral mobility and interdisciplinarity into their programmes. Collaboration with a wider set of associated partners, including from the non-academic sector, will be positively taken into account during the evaluation. These organisations may provide hosting or secondment opportunities or training modules in research or transferable skills.

    Particular attention is paid to the quality of supervision and mentoring arrangements as well as career guidance. The selection procedure for doctoral candidates must be open, transparent and merit-based, in line with the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers. The vacancy notice (to be widely advertised internationally, including on the EURAXESS 51 website) must mention if the published rates include all employer and employee's taxes and contributions. If possible, the gross salary (net salary + employee’s taxes and contributions) should be published.

    B) Postdoctoral Programmes

    Postdoctoral Programmes fund individual advanced research training and career development fellowships for postdoctoral researchers. The programmes should offer training to develop key transferable skills and competences common to all fields, foster good scientific conduct such as research integrity, foster innovation and entrepreneurship and promote and (where appropriate) reward Open Science practices (open access to publications and to other research outputs including data, FAIR data management, societal engagement and citizen science, etc.).

    Postdoctoral Programmes should have regular selection rounds following fixed deadlines or regular cut-off dates, allowing fair competition between researchers. The selection procedure for postdoctoral candidates must be open, competitive, merit-based and with a transparent international peer review, in line with the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers. The vacancy notice (to be widely advertised internationally, including on the EURAXESS website) must mention if the published rates include all employer and employee's taxes and contributions. If possible, the gross salary (net salary + employee’s taxes and contributions) should be published.

    On top of compulsory international mobility, applicants are encouraged to include elements of cross-sectoral mobility and interdisciplinarity into their programmes. Researchers will be able to freely choose a research topic and the appropriate organisation to host them, fitting their individual needs.

    Call - MSCA COFUND 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-COFUND-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 52

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 08 Oct 2024

    Deadline(s): 06 Feb 2025

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-COFUND-01-01

    TMA-Cofund-Doctoral

    99.28

    Not relevant

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-COFUND-01-01

    TMA-Cofund-Postdoctoral

    99.28

    Not relevant

    Overall indicative budget

    99.28

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Eligibility conditions

    The general conditions are described in General Annex B. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see the specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The general procedure is described in General Annex F. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this work programme part.

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for MSCA at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The general conditions are described in General Annex G. See exceptions and specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-COFUND-01-01: MSCA COFUND 2024

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    For supported doctoral candidates or postdoctoral researchers

    -Deeper and more diverse set of research-related and transferable skills and competences;

    -Improved employability and career prospects both within academia and beyond;

    -New mind-sets and approaches to R&I work forged through international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary experience;

    -Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact.

    For participating organisations

    ·Enhanced quality and sustainability of research training;

    ·Increased global attractiveness, visibility and reputation of the participating organisation(s);

    ·Stronger R&I capacity and output among participating organisations;

    ·Increased contribution of the participating organisations to the local, regional and/or national socio-economic ecosystems;

    ·Regular feedback of research results into teaching and education at participating organisations.

    Scope: Applicants submit proposals for new or existing doctoral or postdoctoral programmes with an impact on the enhancement of human resources in R&I at regional, national or international level. These programmes will be co-funded by MSCA COFUND.

    Proposed programmes can cover any research disciplines ("bottom-up"), but exceptionally can also focus on specific disciplines, notably when they are based on national or regional Research and Innovation Strategies for Smart Specialisation (RIS3 strategies). In this case, the range of covered disciplines should allow reasonable flexibility for the researchers to define their topic.

    Funding synergies with Cohesion policy funds and the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) are strongly encouraged 53 , 54 .

    A Career Development Plan must be jointly established by the supervisor and each recruited researcher upon recruitment. In addition to research objectives, this Plan comprises the researcher's training and career needs, including training on transferable skills, teaching, planning for publications and participation in conferences and events aimed at opening science and research to citizens. The Plan must be established at the beginning of the recruitment and should be revised (and updated where needed) within 18 months.

    COFUND takes the form of:

    A) Doctoral programmes

    Doctoral programmes offer research training activities to allow doctoral candidates to develop and broaden their skills and competences. They will lead to the award of a doctoral degree in at least one EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country. The training activities should be based on the EU Principles on Innovative Doctoral Training .

    Substantial training modules, including digital ones, addressing key transferable skills and competences common to all fields, fostering good scientific conduct such as research integrity, and fostering the culture of Open Science, innovation and entrepreneurship will be supported. They will include, inter alia, training on the use of collaborative tools and approaches, opening access to publications and to other research outputs including data, FAIR data management, societal engagement and citizen science.

    On top of compulsory international mobility, applicants are encouraged to include elements of cross-sectoral mobility and interdisciplinarity into their programmes. Collaboration with a wider set of associated partners, including from the non-academic sector, will be positively taken into account during the evaluation. These organisations may provide hosting or secondment opportunities or training modules in research or transferable skills.

    Particular attention is paid to the quality of supervision and mentoring arrangements as well as career guidance. The selection procedure for doctoral candidates must be open, transparent and merit-based, in line with the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers. The vacancy notice (to be widely advertised internationally, including on the EURAXESS 55 website) must mention if the published rates include all employer and employee's taxes and contributions. If possible, the gross salary (net salary + employee’s taxes and contributions) should be published.

    B) Postdoctoral Programmes

    Postdoctoral Programmes fund individual advanced research training and career development fellowships for postdoctoral researchers. The programmes should offer training to develop key transferable skills and competences common to all fields, foster good scientific conduct such as research integrity, foster innovation and entrepreneurship and promote and (where appropriate) reward Open Science practices (open access to publications and to other research outputs including data, FAIR data management, societal engagement and citizen science, etc.).

    Postdoctoral Programmes should have regular selection rounds following fixed deadlines or regular cut-off dates, allowing fair competition between researchers. The selection procedure for postdoctoral candidates must be open, competitive, merit-based and with a transparent international peer review, in line with the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers. The vacancy notice (to be widely advertised internationally, including on the EURAXESS website) must mention if the published rates include all employer and employee's taxes and contributions. If possible, the gross salary (net salary + employee’s taxes and contributions) should be published.

    On top of compulsory international mobility, applicants are encouraged to include elements of cross-sectoral mobility and interdisciplinarity into their programmes. Researchers will be able to freely choose a research topic and the appropriate organisation to host them, fitting their individual needs.

    MSCA and Citizens

    MSCA and Citizens aims to bring research and researchers closer to the public at large, to increase awareness of research and innovation activities and to boost public recognition of science and research education. It will show the role of the researcher for the society and economy, as well as the impact of researchers’ work on citizens’ daily lives. It also aims to raise the interest of young people in research and scientific careers.

    MSCA and Citizens will address the general public, attracting people regardless of the level of their scientific background, with a specific focus on families, pupils, students, and notably those who do not have easy access to, and thus are less inclined to engage in, STEAM fields (science, technology, engineering, arts and mathematics) or research activities. Inclusiveness should be key, in view of broadening access to science and research to all.

    MSCA and Citizens should also promote gender balance and inclusiveness in science, Open Science, and Responsible Research and Innovation.

    These objectives will be pursued through the organisation of the European Researchers’ Night and the implementation of the Researchers at Schools initiative.

    The European Researchers ‘Night is the largest research communication and promotion event taking place across EU Member States and Horizon Europe Associated Countries.

    The Researchers at Schools initiative aims to strengthen the connection between research and education, by bringing researchers to schools and other pedagogical and educational centres to encourage interaction with pupils at all levels of primary and secondary education. Researchers and pupils will meet to talk about current and future challenges of our societies and the related key role of research. Pupils will learn directly about research projects and activities addressing the EU priorities and main orientations.

    Expected impact

    Proposals under this Action should contribute to the following expected impacts:

    ·Enhance engagement with citizens on R&I;

    ·Increase awareness among the general public of the importance and benefits of R&I and its concrete impact on citizens’ daily life;

    ·Contribute to the diffusion and the promotion of excellence research projects across Europe and beyond;

    ·Raise the interest of young people in science and research careers;

    ·Contribute to a better understanding of the European Union policies and programmes among the general public;

    ·Support school teachers and educators in developing a scientific approach around priority topics and creating a learning opportunity for pupils through a direct interaction with researchers.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this Action:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-CITIZENS-01

    15.42

    25 Oct 2023

    Overall indicative budget

    15.42

    Call - MSCA and Citizens 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-CITIZENS-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 56

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 57

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 20 Jun 2023

    Deadline(s): 25 Oct 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-CITIZENS-01-01

    CSA

    15.42

    0.10 to 0.30

    50

    Overall indicative budget

    15.42

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-CITIZENS-01-01: European Researchers' Night and Researchers at Schools 2024-2025

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.10 and 0.30 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.42 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    For researchers

    ·Enhanced opportunities to interact with citizens and local, regional and national authorities;

    ·Improved communication skills and competences to interact with a non-research audience, notably with pupils and students.

    For organisations

    ·Increased reputation and visibility of participating organisations in terms of hosting excellence research projects towards the general public and possible future students;

    ·Researchers’ work made more tangible, concrete, accessible, and thus opening research and science to all;

    ·Improved outreach to all audiences, and notably those who do not have an easy access to science and research activities;

    ·Better communication of R&I results and activities to society, increased and strengthened opportunities for citizens’ engagement.

    Scope: Proposals should cover both the organisation of the European Researchers’ Night and the implementation of the Researchers at Schools initiative.

    The European Researchers' Night takes place every year, on the last Friday of September 58 . It supports events that can last up to two days: they can start on Friday and continue the following day. Pre-events, prior to the main event, and related post-events, such as wrap-up meetings or small-scale follow-up events, can also be organised. It is the occasion for a Europe-wide public and media event for the promotion of research careers.

    The European Researchers’ Night targets the general public, addressing and attracting people regardless of the level of their scientific background, with a special focus on young people and their families, pupils and students, and notably those who do not have easy access to, and thus are less inclined to engage in STEAM fields (science, technology, engineering, arts and mathematics) or research activities.

    The Researchers at Schools initiative brings researchers to schools and other pedagogical and educational centres to interact with pupils on societal challenges and on the key role of research to address them. Pupils will thus also learn directly about research projects and initiatives related to EU main priorities.

    Types of activities

    European Researchers’ Night activities can combine education with entertainment, especially when addressing young audiences. They can take various forms, such as exhibitions, hands-on experiments, science shows, simulations, debates, games, competitions, quizzes, etc. Where appropriate, engagement with educational institutions should be sought in order to encourage formal and informal science education with the aim of improving the scientific knowledge base. The European Researchers’ Night should be highlighted as a European (and Europe-wide) event, and each proposal should promote the European Union and its impact on citizens’ daily life in the most appropriate way, according to the set-up and the configuration of the event, its location and its activities.

    Researchers at Schools activities will allow researchers to showcase their work and interact with pupils. Researchers will engage with teachers, educators and pupils on challenges related to climate change, sustainable development, health and other issues related to the European Commission priorities and main orientations, such as the European Green Deal or the EU Missions. The Researchers at Schools activities should take place at any time during the project duration and should be subject to a dedicated promotion, particularly towards schools and other pedagogical and educational centres.

    Involvement of researchers funded by Horizon Europe or previous Framework Programmes, notably by the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions, is highly encouraged.

    Both the European Researchers’ Night and Researchers at Schools initiative should promote gender balance, diversity and inclusiveness in science in terms of planned activities and researchers involved.

    The European Commission has defined priorities, notably through the EU Missions, which aim to tackle challenges faced by our societies. Applicants are encouraged to focus on, and include activities relating to these priorities identified by the Missions in their events.

    Partnerships and coordination at regional, national or cross-border levels will be strongly encouraged aiming at a good geographical spread and avoiding overlaps. Activities carried-out in non-associated third countries are not eligible for funding.

    High-quality applications not retained due to lack of funding may be granted the status of associated events.

    Eligible costs will take the form of lump sum contributions as stipulated in Decision of 11 March 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions and unit contributions for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions under the Horizon Europe Programme.

    Applicants are encouraged to submit proposals covering activities for both 2024 and 2025, including the organisation of two successive editions 59 (2024 and 2025) of the European Researchers’ Night and implementation of Researchers at Schools activities during the project duration.

    MSCA Support

    MSCA Support includes a set of activities organised through calls for proposals to promote, support and complement the MSCA implementation. They will cover:

    ·the exploitation of the MSCA contribution to EU policies and priorities;

    ·the facilitation of cooperation between MSCA National Contact Points (NCPs);

    ·the promotion of the MSCA at international level;

    ·the support to European and national initiatives and programmes in support of researchers at risk.

    Expected impact

    Proposals under MSCA Support should contribute to some of the following expected impacts:

    ·Ensure a coordinated and strategic monitoring, assessment and dissemination of the MSCA results and best practices vis-à-vis relevant EU priorities (including EU Missions) and ERA objectives;

    ·Improve and further professionalise MSCA NCP services allowing a wider diffusion of the programme, lowering entry barriers for newcomers and increasing the overall quality of submitted proposals;

    ·Contribute to a more strategic international cooperation in MSCA in line with R&I mutual interests and EU external policies;

    ·Strengthen co-operation between European and national initiatives and programmes in support of researchers who are experiencing threats to their life, liberty, or research career, and those who are forced or have been forced to flee because of such threats.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this Action:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-FTP-01

    2.00

    06 Jun 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-NCP-01

    2.00

    04 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-INCO-01

    2.00

    04 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-RR-01

    1.50

    14 Jan 2025

    Overall indicative budget

    2.00

    5.50

    Call - MSCA Feedback To Policy 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-FTP-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 60

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 61

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 07 Mar 2023

    Deadline(s): 06 Jun 2023

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-FTP-01-01

    CSA

    2.00

    1.50 to 2.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    2.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-FTP-01-01: MSCA Feedback To Policy 2023

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    The evaluation committee will be composed partially or fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    ·Coordinated monitoring and exploitation of the contribution of Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe MSCA projects 62 to the EU Missions 63 ;

    ·Enhanced interaction between MSCA beneficiaries, researchers and policymakers, on research results and their contribution to policy developments, and greater collaboration among MSCA beneficiaries and researchers themselves particularly in view of possible follow-up partnerships and funding opportunities 64 ;

    ·Detailed MSCA portfolio analysis in the EU Missions areas;

    ·Recommendations for strengthening the policy impact of the MSCA;

    ·Assessment of the contribution of the MSCA to the ERA policy objectives related to support for researchers’ training and skills development, and intersectoral cooperation;

    ·Strengthened synergies and complementarities between the MSCA and other relevant EU-funded initiatives and programmes linked to the EU Missions, researchers’ training, skills and career development and related intersectoral cooperation.

    Scope: While the bottom-up nature of the MSCA is and will remain its core principle, there is a need to have an overview of the funded research portfolio and make stronger thematic links between MSCA projects, raise visibility of their impact on ERA priority areas and gather stakeholder feedback on ways to maximise the MSCA impact. Given the thematic diversity of MSCA-funded projects, the scope of this call cannot cover all the areas to which the MSCA contribute. It should be seen as a pilot to map areas and types of intervention for possible similar actions in the future that will support a broader policy feedback process.

    One of the objectives of this action is to support ongoing and planned Commission initiatives 65 which focus on exploiting and assessing the impact of Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe projects results in relation to thematic and cross-cutting priorities, including the EU Missions.

    It also aims to assess the extent to which MSCA projects achieve two of the core horizontal policy objectives of the programme: the development of researchers’ training, skills and career and the related promotion of intersectoral collaboration.

    Activities should therefore include the contribution and impact of MSCA projects in relation to:

    ·The EU Missions and societal challenges they address;

    ·Researchers’ skills development, including but not limited to the skills needed to tackle the thematic areas of the Missions;

    ·Cooperation between academic and non-academic organisations 66 , with the emphasis on the business sector.

    The activities should contribute to strengthening complementarities between ongoing MSCA projects, especially with a view to better exploiting their results and maximising their impact vis-à-vis the thematic and cross-cutting priorities mentioned above.

    The proposed activities should include:

    ·Consolidating the ongoing EU Missions cross-portfolio analysis to make full use of MSCA projects results and analyse their contribution to each individual Mission;

    ·Identifying good practice examples of cooperation between academic and non-academic organisations, with a special emphasis on the business sector as well as the main obstacles for stronger intersectoral cooperation in MSCA;

    ·Identifying researchers’ training, skills and career development needs (both research-related and transferable) to tackle societal challenges, including those covered by the Missions;

    ·Exploring ways to consolidate the available training material developed in MSCA projects, especially on transferrable skills, and exploring how to make it more broadly accessible for further exploitation;

    ·Following up the existing policy feedback activities under the MSCA, particularly through coordination with the ongoing Commission activities (cluster events, studies and analyses) and through regular consolidation of the outcomes and deliverables of policy feedback activities;

    ·Supporting/complementing existing communication and dissemination efforts by the European Commission 67 to promote and share MSCA success stories and examples of good practice in the thematic and horizontal priorities of this call (EU Missions, intersectoral cooperation, researchers’ training, skills and career development);

    ·Identifying good practice of synergies between MSCA projects and other relevant programmes and initiatives;

    ·Providing practical recommendations on how to better exploit MSCA project results and enhance impact in the areas of EU Missions, intersectoral cooperation and researchers’ skills and career development in line with the call’s objectives.

    ·Analysing trends in research to feed back into the MSCA and Commission R&I policy. Due to their bottom-up nature, the MSCA provide a valuable resource for tracking changing research trends and can provide and evidence base for any changes in the latter stages of Horizon Europe as well as the design of subsequent framework programmes;

    The expected deliverables should include a combination of analytical reports, ad hoc policy briefs, stakeholders’ events and meetings, policy roundtables and different communication and dissemination support actions, such as:

    - Studies, analyses, reports looking into trends and developments in MSCA relevant to:

    ·The EU Missions, including citizens’ engagement activities;

    ·Researchers’ skills and career development and training;

    ·Intersectoral cooperation between academia and other sectors (businesses, industry, SMEs, public administration, civil society organisations, etc.), as well as motivation and obstacles to engage in such cooperation;

    ·Examples of synergies and complementarities with other EU/national/regional programmes and frameworks.

    - Consolidation of projects results for policy feedback and communication and dissemination purposes;

    - Dissemination and networking activities using the results of cluster events and communities of practice identified for the events; consulting project beneficiaries on policy needs, dissemination based on reports and feedback from cluster events; providing input into coordination of cluster events (e.g. suggesting themes, format and structure of cluster events);

    - Synthesis of coordination activities linked to policy feedback and the improved exploitation of MSCA projects results: e.g. preparatory briefings, follow-up reports, feedback consolidation linked to MSCA cluster events, ad hoc policy briefs and monitoring of exploitation opportunities.

    The maximum duration of the action is 48 months.

    Call - Trans-national cooperation among Marie Skłodowska-Curie National Contact Points (NCP) 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-NCP-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 68

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 69

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 16 May 2024

    Deadline(s): 04 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-NCP-01-01

    CSA

    2.00

    1.50 to 2.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    2.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-NCP-01-01: Trans-national cooperation among Marie Skłodowska-Curie National Contact Points (NCP) 2024

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Participants other than associated partners must be Horizon Europe national support structures (e.g. NCP) responsible for MSCA and officially nominated to the Commission, from a Member State or Associated Country.

    Only if and for as long as Horizon Europe structures have not been officially nominated when the call opens, will national support structures responsible for MSCA nominated for Horizon 2020 be eligible.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in non-associated third countries are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action in a capacity other than as an associated partner.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The evaluation committee will be composed partially or fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    ·An improved and professionalised NCP service across Europe, thereby helping simplify access to Horizon Europe calls, lowering the entry barriers for newcomers, and raising the average quality of proposals submitted;

    ·​Harmonised and improved trans-national cooperation between NCPs;

    ·More consistent level of NCP support services across Europe and beyond, notably in widening countries;

    ·Increased participation of third-country NCPs in the activities of the action.

    Scope: The objective is to facilitate the trans-national co-operation between National Contact Points (NCPs) for the MSCA, including those established in Third Countries, with a view to identifying and sharing good practices and raising the general standard of support to applicants, taking into account the diversity of actors and experiences.

    Support will be given to a consortium of formally nominated MSCA NCPs. The activities will be tailor-made to the needs and priorities of the NCPs concerned and may include benchmarking, joint workshops, enhanced cross-border brokerage events, training sessions linked to the MSCA and wider R&I priorities and tools, twinning and mentoring schemes. Special attention will be given to enhancing the competence of MSCA NCPs, including helping newcomers and less experienced NCPs to rapidly acquire the know-how accumulated by their peers. Cooperation with other EU networks such as Euraxess Worldwide, Enterprise Europe Network, COST, will be encouraged to increase the visibility to potential beneficiaries, especially in the non-academic sector.

    Addressing the R&I gap

    There still is a research and innovation gap across Europe and discrepancies remain between European countries in their capacity to attract funding and researchers. This gap is observed in the MSCA as well. Particular emphasis on continuing the efforts to close this gap will mark the first years of the MSCA under Horizon Europe. Therefore, specific measures to support the NCPs in “widening countries,” such as training and mentorship schemes, should be organised to stimulate more high-quality applications with beneficiaries in these countries and increase their success rate in MSCA.

    Attract researchers from third countries

    The MSCA are the main EU instrument to attract researchers from Third Countries to Europe. Specific measures to encourage Third-Country NCPs to create contacts and participate in the activities of the project (e.g. training, twinning, mentoring, and other capacity building and networking activities) should be foreseen.

    The focus throughout should be on issues specific to the MSCA and should not duplicate actions foreseen in the NCP network under “Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area”.

    The consortium should have a good representation of experienced and less experienced NCPs and include NCPs from widening countries.

    Submission of a single proposal is encouraged. NCPs choosing not to participate as a member of the consortium are nevertheless invited and encouraged to participate in the project activities (e.g. workshops).

    The expected duration of the action will be 36 months.

    Call - MSCA International Cooperation 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-INCO-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 70

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 71

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 14 May 2024

    Deadline(s): 04 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-INCO-01-01

    CSA

    2.00

    1.50 to 2.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    2.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-INCO-01-01: MSCA International Cooperation 2024

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    The evaluation committee will be composed partially or fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    ·Broader and more strategic promotion of international cooperation opportunities offered through MSCA;

    ·Monitoring progress, opportunities and challenges in MSCA bilateral and bi-regional cooperation with main international partner countries and regions;

    ·Strengthening complementarities with other relevant promotion and cooperation initiatives funded through Horizon Europe or other EU programmes.

    Scope: The objective is to foster international cooperation in MSCA in Horizon Europe, through a dedicated support action to complement and ensure coordination between existing promotion channels at local level, and ensure consistency with formal R&I policy dialogues at bilateral and regional levels. Focus should be given:

    ·At bilateral level on countries having concluded bilateral Science and Technology Agreements with the EU (Algeria, Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Egypt, India, Japan, Jordan, Korea, Mexico, Morocco, New Zealand, South Africa, Switzerland, Tunisia, Ukraine and the United States).

    ·At regional level, on bi-regional research and innovation policy dialogues, established notably with the African Union, ASEAN, LAC, Mediterranean partner countries, Eastern Partnership countries and Western Balkans.

    Based on the outcomes of a study 72 on the MSCA international dimension in Horizon 2020, activities to be implemented should include:

    ·Policy support to bilateral/bi-regional cooperation: assessing main cooperation trends, opportunities and challenges related to local developments in the R&I/higher education domain; identifying possible gaps versus joint priorities and participation of prominent local stakeholders; reviewing existing cooperation mechanisms (info relays, training, co-funding schemes) relevance and efficiency for MSCA; identifying main existing or planned cooperation initiatives to build upon, as well as major local players, networks and associations to be prioritized; qualitative monitoring of the participation in the different MSCA calls; preparing background reports ahead of joint committee meetings and regional dialogues; providing contributions to newsletters and periodic reports from existing information relays, e.g. Euraxess Worldwide, EU Delegations.

    ·Promotion of MSCA cooperation opportunities: identifying main local/bilateral or bi-regional events to target for MSCA promotion and opportunities for ad-hoc events co-located with bilateral/regional policy dialogues; liaising with local MSCA info relays, including local NCPs, Euraxess Worldwide offices, EU Delegations/S&T Counsellors, National Erasmus+ Offices, Enterprise Europe Network and other stakeholders/association representatives to identify coordinated promotion plans; organising MSCA promotion and training sessions (including through the physical participation of EU trainers when relevant); liaising with the EU NCP coordination platform to coordinate promotion activities with MSCA NCPs

    ·Cross cutting activities: analysing consistency with EU R&I bilateral and bi-regional, cooperation roadmaps and action plans, people-to-people dialogues, synergies with promotion events and activities related to Horizon Europe, including ERC or COST and other EU programmes (in particular Erasmus+).

    The expected duration of the action is 36 months.

    Call - MSCA for Researchers at Risk 2024

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-RR-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 73

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 74

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 12 Sep 2024

    Deadline(s): 14 Jan 2025

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-RR-01-01

    CSA

    1.50

    1.00 to 1.50

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    1.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-RR-01-01: MSCA Researchers at Risk 2024

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    The evaluation committee will be composed partially or fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    ·A more consistent and sustained level of coordination and preparedness for supporting researchers at risk at European, national and institutional level;

    ·Improved support to researchers at risk through the provision of policy recommendations, as well as advice and assistance on their implementation;

    ·A more sustainable and professionalised support network/structure/system for researchers at risk across Europe, facilitating access to funding and networking opportunities, creating level playing field for applicants to European and national R&I programmes, and raising the quality of submitted proposals;

    ·More synergies between initiatives supporting researchers at risk funded by EU programmes (such as Horizon Europe and Erasmus+) and national or institutional actors;

    ·Increased exposure of researchers at risk to the industry and to the non-academic sector;

    ·Greater awareness in Europe and beyond on why researchers are at risk and ways to support them.

    Scope: To build on the available results of past and on-going Researchers at Risk initiatives 75 further support is envisaged towards national and international organisations working with researchers at risk and aiming to enhance and professionalise their activities. It should further facilitate and strengthen cooperation and linkages between European, national and institutional initiatives and programmes, increasing awareness on why researchers are at risk, as well as identifying and delivering the best possible solutions to the challenges these researchers are confronted with.

    The support action should be aligned with the general objectives of the MSCA, in particular scientific excellence, skills and career development, inter-sectoral mobility, equal opportunities and inclusiveness, attractive working conditions, work/life balance, while fostering open science, innovation and entrepreneurship. It should not duplicate other actions foreseen under Horizon Europe or other EU-funded programmes such as Erasmus+, but rather build synergies between these programmes. The activities carried out under this support action should complement actions in Member States and third countries associated to Horizon Europe.

    The expected duration of the action is 36 months.

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

    Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    1. Presidency event: MSCA Spanish Presidency Conference 2023 76

    The challenges the world is facing require a joint response from policymakers, society, academia, and industry. We have witnessed how science and scientists have become, more than ever, fundamental in the global response to current crisis. Moreover, science is also a key dimension of the EU digital and green transitions. However, much needs to be done in order to make even more of scientific knowledge and highly skilled professionals with a scientific background towards addressing EU´s vision.

    The role of MSCA in the following areas will be discussed in the MSCA Conference: How to foster knowledge interfaces that better connect science, policy making, industry and society and how to diversify scientific career paths while ensuring to nurture these interfaces, keeping in mind the relevance of gender equality in the European Research & Innovation Area (ERA).

    The Conference will target the following expected outcomes:

    ·MSCA towards addressing global challenges

    ·MSCA fostering the connection between science, policy making, industry and society

    ·How MSCA can contribute to diversify scientific career paths

    ·How MSCA can contribute to gender equality in the European Research & Innovation Area (ERA)

    Legal entities:

    FECYT F.S.P. (Spanish Foundation for Science and Technology), C/Pintor Murillo, 15 – 28100 Alcobendas (Madrid)

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    Indicative timetable: Third quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.15 million from the 2023 budget

    2. Presidency event: MSCA Belgian Presidency Conference 2024 77

    The Conference will address the following subjects:

    ·A reworked Charter and Code, the competence framework, career observatory (incl. Open Science) and the reforming of research assessment of researchers;

    ·Showcasing excellent open science practices from the first running Horizon Europe MSCA projects;

    ·Scientific impact: how to rhyme the long term impact of the research (as requested in the proposal) with MSCA also supporting fundamental bottom-up science where the outcome and its applications may still be unknown?

    ·Societal/economic impact: the importance of the MSCA and its bottom-up nature for innovation;

    ·Sharing the perspectives of fellows, supervisors, institutions and policy makers on two novelties of HE: the Green Charter and Guidelines on Supervision;

    ·Synergies between European instrument to support R&I: do transnational alliances of European universities integrate MSCA calls in their strategy and what are the results so far?

    ·Gender inequalities in careers and the issue of precarious careers, in particular the tension between sustainable careers versus unsustainable funding: what role can universities and funders play in supporting long-term career opportunities in a context of short-term funding?

    Legal entities:

    Service Public de Wallonie, Place Joséphine Charlotte 2 5100 Namur

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    Indicative timetable: Second quarter 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.15 million from the 2024 budget

    3. Support to the Marie Curie Alumni Association

    Expected Outcome: This coordination and support action is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    ·A well-functioning MCAA, providing useful services to its members;

    ·Relevant policy feedback to the European Commission;

    ·An expanded network of MSCA alumni;

    ·Improved networking and cooperation among MSCA alumni;

    ·Improved visibility, sustainability, reach, relevance and impact of the MSCA.

    Expected Impact:

    ·Increase the impact of the Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions through greater networking and cooperation between MSCA fellows (current and past);

    ·Promote the outreach and visibility of the MSCA at European and Global level;

    ·Promote Europe as an excellent research destination;

    ·Enhance the policy feedback to the European Commission on the MSCA and EU policies more broadly.

    Scope:

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation. The use of a grant to identified beneficiary is justified by the particular role and purpose of the MCAA, its unique nature and the fact that the association gathers around 20.000 MSCA alumni.

    This action should support the MCAA in achieving the following objectives:

    ·Supporting the functioning of the MCAA, foster its expansion and growth on the European and international stage;

    ·Facilitating professional networking and career development of former and current MSCA fellows;

    ·Encouraging networking and cooperation among members from different countries, sectors of the economy and across scientific disciplines;

    ·Enabling alumni to act as MSCA ambassadors and promoters within the global research and innovation community, but also for the European Commission and EU Delegations throughout the world;

    ·Provide feedback to the European Commission on the MSCA to constantly improve its success, relevance and impact; and provide feedback on relevant EU policies.

    The beneficiary may provide financial support to third parties (individual members of the MCAA as well as Working Groups and Chapters). The support to third parties can be provided in the form grants, prizes or similar forms of support. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 10 000. The conditions for financial support to third parties defined in General Annex B do not apply.

    Eligible activities include inter alia:

    -Organisation of physical and virtual MCAA governance body meetings according to the need of the MCAA;

    -Organisation of General Assembly meetings of the MCAA and annual MCAA Conference;

    -Support for Alumni, Chapters and Working groups;

    -Maintenance and continuous development of the MCAA’s IT infrastructure and website, including the membership database;

    -Data collection and provision of structured feedback on the MSCA, including online surveys, in agreement with the Commission, to obtain feedback on EU policy topics, on the MSCA, on the development of the network or any other topic of interest to both parties.

    The following deliverables will have to be submitted:

    -Yearly work plans on the functioning and growth of the MCAA submitted at month 6 and updated at month 18;

    -A long-term plan for the evolution of the MCAA submitted at month 6, and updated at month 18;

    -A communication plan to be submitted 6 months after the beginning of the grant;

    -A progress report at month 6 and month 18.

    The expected duration of the action is 36 months.

    The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions. The evaluation committee can be assisted by external experts if required.

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: second quarter 2024

    Legal entities:

    MCAA-Marie Curie Alumni Association, MCAA, c/o Inovamais, Avenue des Arts, 24, B-1000 Brussels, Belgium

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    Indicative budget: EUR 4.00 million from the 2024 budget

    4. MSCA Special Needs Allowances to Horizon 2020 legacy projects

    The MSCA pay particular attention to accessibility and inclusiveness and foresee financial support for the additional costs entailed by recruited or seconded researchers/staff members with disabilities whose long-term physical, mental, intellectual or sensory impairments 78 are as such that their participation in MSCA would not be possible without extra financial support.

    Beneficiaries of Horizon 2020 ITN, IF, RISE and COFUND grants can continue to apply for a dedicated special needs grant. This grant will cover the additional costs that researchers/staff members with disabilities face due to the increased costs of their mobility. It can also be used to ensure necessary assistance by third persons or for adapting their work environment 79 . It cannot cover costs which are already covered by another source, such as social security or health insurance.

    The support will be granted based on the request submitted by the coordinator of the MSCA grant (Horizon 2020 ITN, IF, RISE and COFUND grants) to the granting authority. The request can be submitted at any moment during the implementation of the MSCA grant, when the need arises. The request should contain a description of the special needs, the type of support and the budget requested. The request will be evaluated by the granting authority and, if needed, an assistance by external experts may be requested.

    Once agreed, the MSCA grant agreement will be formally amended and the requested amount for the special needs will be covered by the increase of the budget in the Management cost category. This extra amount will be paid together with the payment of the balance. The support will be limited to a maximum of EUR 60 000 per researcher/staff member.

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    Indicative timetable: Throughout 2023 and 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.20 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.10 million from the 2024 budget

    Procurements

    1. Public Procurement for Events and Outreach

    During 2023 and 2024, the Commission will organise several events (conferences and workshops) dedicated to the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions and to contribute to leading research conferences. Moreover, a dedicated campaign will be organised to ensure the visibility of the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions and funded projects to the general public.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.50 million from the 2024 budget

    Other budget implementation instruments

    1. External Expertise

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of ongoing actions (grant agreements, grant decisions, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation and where appropriate include ethics checks, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.50 million from the 2024 budget

    Budget 80

    Budget line(s)

    2023 Budget(EUR million)

    2024 Budget(EUR million)

    Calls

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-DN-01

    434.80

    from 01.020102

    434.80

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-DN-01

    451.15

    from 01.020102

    451.15

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-PF-01

    260.47

    from 01.020102

    260.47

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-PF-01

    270.75

    from 01.020102

    270.75

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-SE-01

    78.50

    from 01.020102

    78.50

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-SE-01

    81.23

    from 01.020102

    81.23

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-COFUND-01

    96.57

    from 01.020102

    96.57

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-COFUND-01

    99.28

    from 01.020102

    99.28

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-CITIZENS-01

    15.42

    from 01.020102

    15.42

    HORIZON-MSCA-2023-FTP-01

    2.00

    from 01.020102

    2.00

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-NCP-01

    2.00

    from 01.020102

    2.00

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-INCO-01

    2.00

    from 01.020102

    2.00

    HORIZON-MSCA-2024-RR-01

    1.50

    from 01.020102

    1.50

    Other actions

    Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

    0.35

    4.25

    from 01.020102

    0.35

    4.25

    Public procurement

    0.50

    0.50

    from 01.020102

    0.50

    0.50

    Expert contract action

    0.50

    0.50

    from 01.020102

    0.50

    0.50

    Estimated total budget

    889.10

    913.16



    Specific conditions for the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions

    DEFINITIONS

    The following definitions apply:

    'Academic sector' means public or private higher education establishments awarding academic degrees, public or private non-profit research organisations 81 and International European Research Organisations (IERO) 82 .

    'Non-academic sector' means any socio-economic actor not included in the academic sector and fulfilling the requirements of the Horizon Europe Rules for Participation.

    'Associated partners' are entities which participate in the action, but without the right to charge costs or claim contributions. They contribute to the implementation of the action, but do not sign the grant agreement. Associated partners may not employ the researchers under the action 83 .

    'Associated partners linked to a beneficiary' are organisations with an established capital or legal link with the beneficiary, which is not limited to the action nor specifically created for its implementation. These entities implement action tasks described in Annex 1 of the grant agreement, i.e. hosting and training of researchers in Doctoral Networks and Postdoctoral Fellowships and hosting and seconding staff in Staff Exchanges. The associated partners linked to a beneficiary do not have the right to claim unit contributions and may not employ the researcher under the action. In addition, they must fulfil the eligibility conditions 84 for participation and funding applicable to the beneficiary they are linked to. The type of link and involvement of such entities must be clearly described in the proposal and will be assessed as part of the evaluation.

    'Beneficiaries' are the legal entities that sign the grant agreement (either directly or through an accession form) and have the responsibility for the proper implementation of the action. They contribute directly to the implementation of the research, transfer of knowledge and training activities. Depending on the type of MSCA action, this involves recruiting, supervising, hosting, training or seconding researchers/research staff or managing and/or funding programmes.

    ‘Implementing partners’ means third parties implementing the MSCA COFUND Doctoral or Postdoctoral programmes by recruiting researchers. Implementing partners can receive financial support from the beneficiary.

    Implementing partners that are identified in the proposal must include a letter of commitment in the proposal to ensure their active participation in the action. The involvement of any implementing partner for which no such evidence of commitment is submitted will not be taken into account during evaluation.

    ‘Interdisciplinarity’ means the integration of information, data, techniques, tools, perspectives, concepts or theories from two or more scientific disciplines. The term discipline refers to the first level of MSCA keywords 85 .

    1.MSCA DOCTORAL NETWORKS

    1.1.Applicable unit contributions

    The EU contribution for MSCA Doctoral Networks will take the form of unit contributions, as stipulated in Decision of 11 March 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions and unit contributions for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions under the Horizon Europe Programme.

    The following budget categories apply:

    MSCA Doctoral Networks

    Contributions for recruited researchers

    per person-month

    Institutional unit contributions

    per person-month

    Living allowance

    Mobility allowance

    Family allowance (if applicable)

    Long-term leave allowance (if applicable)

    Special needs allowance (if applicable)

    Research, training and networking contribution

    Management and indirect contribution

    EUR 3 400

    EUR 600

    EUR 660

    EUR 4 000 x % covered by the beneficiary

    requested unit 86

    x (1/number of months)

    EUR 1 600

    EUR 1 200

    A country correction coefficient applies to the living allowance in order to ensure equal treatment and purchasing power parity for all researchers. This coefficient is the one applicable to the country of the recruiting beneficiary (see Table 1 at the end of this Work Programme part). The living allowance is a gross amount, including compulsory deductions under national law, such as employer and employee social security contributions and direct taxes. The beneficiary must recruit each eligible doctoral candidate under an employment contract or equivalent direct contract with full social security coverage (including sickness, parental, unemployment and invalidity benefits, pension rights, benefits in respect of accidents at work and occupational diseases). An exemption from this rule can be accepted only in cases where national legislation or the equivalent internal regulations of International European Research Organisations (IERO), entities created under Union law, or an international organisation, prohibit this possibility and subject to the prior agreement of the granting authority.

    When an employment contract cannot be provided, the beneficiary may exceptionally recruit the doctoral candidate under a 'fixed-amount fellowship'. In this case, the living allowance will be halved and the beneficiary must ensure that the doctoral candidate enjoys minimum social security coverage (including sickness, parental and invalidity benefits, and benefits for accidents at work and occupational diseases).

    The beneficiary must pay to the doctoral candidates at least the amount of the living allowance (minus all compulsory deductions under national legislation). A top-up may be paid to the researchers in order to complement this contribution. In addition to the living allowance, all doctoral candidates must receive a mobility allowance. This allowance covers their additional, private mobility-related costs (e.g. travel and accommodation costs), not their professional costs under the action, which are covered by the research, training and networking contribution.

    If the recruited doctoral candidate has or acquires family obligations during the action duration, i.e. persons linked to him/her by (i) marriage, or (ii) a relationship with equivalent status to a marriage recognised by the legislation of the country or region where this relationship was formalised; or (iii) dependent children who are actually being maintained by the researcher, the family allowance must be paid to him/her as well.

    The long-term leave allowance contributes to the personnel costs incurred by the beneficiaries in case of the researchers’ leave, including maternity, paternity, parental, sick or special leave, longer than 30 consecutive days. The special needs allowance contributes to the additional costs for the acquisition of special needs items and services for researchers with disabilities, whose long-term physical, mental, intellectual or sensory impairments 87 are certified by a competent national authority, and of such nature that their participation in the action may not be possible without them (e.g. assistance by third persons, adaptation of work environment, additional travel/transportation costs). These special needs items or services must not have been funded from another source (e.g. social security or health insurance). Both long-term leave and special needs allowances should be requested when the need arises. The research, training and networking contribution should cover, for example, costs for training and networking activities that contribute directly to the researchers’ career development (e.g. participation in conferences, trips related to work on the action, training, language courses, seminars, lab material, books, library records, publication costs), research expenses, visa-related fees and travel expenses, additional costs arising from each secondment of six months or less, which require mobility from the place of residence (e.g. travel and accommodation costs).

    The management and indirect contribution should cover the beneficiary’s additional costs in connection with the action (e.g. personnel costs for project management/coordination, indirect costs).

    The above rates apply to doctoral candidates devoting themselves to their project on a full-time basis. Researchers may, in agreement with the supervisor and beneficiary and with prior approval by the granting authority, implement their project on a part-time basis. Such a request is limited to personal or family reasons. In cases of part-time work, the doctoral candidates must work at least 50% of the full working time in their recruiting organisation for the action funded by the MSCA. The recruiting beneficiary should report costs as pro rata of the applicable full-time unit contributions.

    1.2.Admissibility

    The following exception to the General Annex A applies:

    ·The page limit of the application is 30 pages (excluding annexes).

    1.3.Eligibility

    Given the specific nature of MSCA Doctoral Networks, the following exceptions and additional eligibility criteria apply. This section also contains eligibility conditions, which apply during action implementation but cannot be verified at proposal stage.

    ·All proposals must indicate if they are resubmitted from the previous MSCA Doctoral Networks call under Horizon Europe.

    ·Proposals submitted to the previous call of MSCA Doctoral Networks under Horizon Europe and having received a score of less than 80% must not be resubmitted the following year.

    1.3.1.Participating organisations

    ·Applications must be submitted by a consortium including at least three independent legal entities, each established in a different EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country and with at least one of them established in an EU Member State. Should none of them be entitled to award a doctoral degree, a university or a consortium/grouping of academic/research institutions entitled to award a doctoral degree must be added to the project as an associated partner or an associated partner linked to a beneficiary.

    ·Not more than 40.0% of the EU contribution may be allocated to beneficiaries in the same country or to a single International European Research Organisation (IERO) or international organisation.

    ·International organisations with headquarters in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country will be deemed to be established in this Member State or Associated Country.

    ·Affiliated entities are not allowed to participate as they cannot claim costs in MSCA Doctoral Networks.

    ·All beneficiaries must recruit at least one doctoral candidate. They are required to host at their premises and supervise recruited researchers, or use associated partners linked to them to do so 88 .

    ·In order to reach the objectives of Joint Doctorates, at least three independent legal entities must be entitled to award doctoral degrees. At least two of the institutions conferring a joint, double or multiple doctoral degree must be established in an EU Member State and/or Horizon Europe Associated Country. An applicant from the academic sector, which has transferred the right of awarding a doctoral degree to a consortium/grouping of academic/research institutions to which it belongs to, is also eligible. Applicants must provide, at the time of the submission of the proposal, a pre-agreement to award a joint, double or multiple degree to the doctoral candidate(s). The proposal should indicate from which institutions a researcher is expected to receive the degree(s).

    ·Joint Doctorates must set up a joint governance structure with joint admission, selection, supervision, monitoring and assessment procedures.

    1.3.2.Recruited researchers

    ·Supported researchers must be doctoral candidates, i.e. not already in possession 89 of a doctoral degree at the date of the recruitment. 

    ·Researchers must be enrolled in a doctoral programme leading to the award of a doctoral degree in at least one EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country, and for Joint Doctorates in at least two.

    ·Recruited researchers can be of any nationality and must comply with the following mobility rule: they must not have resided or carried out their main activity (work, studies, etc.) in the country of the recruiting beneficiary for more than 12 months in the 36 months immediately before their recruitment date.

    For 'International European Research Organisations' (IERO), 'international organisations', or entities created under Union law, the researchers must not have spent more than 12 months in the 36 months immediately before their recruitment in the same appointing organisation.

    Compulsory national service, short stays such as holidays and time spent by the researcher as part of a procedure for obtaining refugee status under the Geneva Convention 90 are not taken into account.

    ·Secondments are eligible for up to one third of the actual months spent implementing the research training activities under the action. This limitation does not apply in the case of Industrial Doctorates and Joint Doctorates.

    ·In case of industrial doctorates, doctoral candidates must spend at least 50% of their fellowship duration in the non-academic sector.

    1.3.3.Duration of the action

    ·The duration of the action must not exceed 48 months from the starting date set out in the grant agreement (including the time needed to recruit and select the doctoral candidates), except in the case of joint doctorates where this maximum duration is 60 months.

    ·The duration of each fellowship (on the basis of full-time employment) is minimum 3 and maximum 36 months, except in the case of joint doctorates, where this maximum duration is 48 months.

    ·The overall EU contribution for MSCA Doctoral Networks actions is limited to a maximum of 540 person-months.

    1.4.Award criteria 

    ·Proposals will be evaluated by experts on the basis of the award criteria 'excellence', 'impact' and 'quality and efficiency of the implementation'.

    ·Evaluation scores will be awarded for each of these criteria, and not for the different aspects listed in the table below. Each criterion will be scored out of 5. Scores will be awarded with a resolution of one decimal place and will be subject to a weighting factor as indicated in the table below.

    ·Proposals scoring equal to or above 70% will be considered for funding — within the limits of the available call budget. Other proposals will be rejected.

    Excellence

    Impact

    Quality and efficiency
    of the implementation

    Quality and pertinence of the project’s research and innovation objectives (and the extent to which they are ambitious, and go beyond the state of the art)

    Contribution to structuring doctoral training at the European level and to strengthening European innovation capacity, including the potential for:

    a) meaningful contribution of the non-academic sector to the doctoral training, as appropriate to the implementation mode and research field

    b) developing sustainable elements of doctoral programmes

    Quality and effectiveness of the work plan, assessment of risks and appropriateness of the effort assigned to work packages

    Soundness of the proposed methodology (including interdisciplinary approaches, consideration of the gender dimension and other diversity aspects if relevant for the research project, and the quality of open science practices)

    Credibility of the measures to enhance the career perspectives and employability of researchers and contribution to their skills development

    Quality, capacity and role of each participant, including hosting arrangements and extent to which the consortium as a whole brings together the necessary expertise 

    Quality and credibility of the training programme (including transferable skills, inter/multidisciplinary, inter-sectoral and gender as well as other diversity aspects)

    Suitability and quality of the measures to maximise expected outcomes and impacts, as set out in the dissemination and exploitation plan, including communication activities

    Quality of the supervision (including mandatory joint supervision for industrial and joint doctorate projects)

    The magnitude and importance of the project’s contribution to the expected scientific, societal and economic impacts

    50%

    30%

    20%

    Weighting

    1.5.Procedure

    ·Proposals must be submitted to only one of eight 'main evaluation panels': Chemistry (CHE), Social Sciences and Humanities (SOC), Economic Sciences (ECO), Information Science and Engineering (ENG), Environment and Geosciences (ENV), Life Sciences (LIF), Mathematics (MAT), Physics (PHY). Industrial and joint doctorates will be ranked in the scientific panel of submission. Each panel will establish a ranked list.

    ·The distribution of the indicative budget of the call will be proportional to the number of eligible proposals received in each panel. If the budget allocated to any panel exceeds the requirements of all proposals positively evaluated 91 in that panel, the excess budget will be reallocated to the other panels based on the distribution described above. Equally, if the allocated funding to a panel is insufficient to fund the highest ranked proposal in that panel, the necessary budget will be transferred from the other panels based on the distribution described above, in order to ensure that the highest ranked proposal can be funded. In order to ensure budget optimisation and an equitable success rate across panels, the excess budget remaining after the initial allocation of funding to the proposals in the panels may be transferred between panels.

    Ex-aequo Proposals

    ·When the total scores of two or more proposals are equal (ex-aequo cases), the priority order will be established as follows:

    1)The proposals will be prioritised according to the scores they have been awarded for the criterion ‘Excellence’. When these scores are equal, priority will be based on scores for the criterion ‘Impact’.

    2)If necessary, the gender balance among the supervisors named in the proposal will be used as a factor for prioritisation.

    3)If a distinction still cannot be made, the panel may decide to further prioritise by considering other factors such as gender and other diversity aspects in the research activities, participation of the non-academic sector (including involvement of SMEs), geographical diversity 92 , international cooperation, favourable employment and working conditions or relationship to the Horizon Europe objectives in general. These factors will be documented in the panel report.

    1.6.Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The following exceptions and additional conditions apply:

    ·Eligible costs must take the form of unit contributions, as stipulated in Decision of 11 March 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions and unit contributions for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions under the Horizon Europe Programme.

    ·When associated partners are involved, beneficiaries are encouraged to sign a partnership agreement with them to regulate the internal relationship between all participating organisations. The partnership agreement(s) must comply with the grant agreement.

    ·Beneficiaries must ensure full access — on a royalty-free basis — for the recruited researchers to background and results needed for their activities under the action.

    ·The following deliverables will have to be submitted for grants awarded under this topic:

    -establishment of a supervisory board of the network;

    -progress report submitted within 30 days after one year from the starting date of the action;

    -mid-term meeting organised between the participants and the granting authority;

    -mobility declaration submitted within 20 days after the recruitment of each researcher and updated (if needed) via the Funding & Tenders Portal Continuous Reporting tool;

    -career development plan: a document describing how the individual Career Development Plans have been established (listing also the researchers for whom such plans have been put in place), submitted before the mid-term meeting; 

    -evaluation questionnaire completed by each recruited researcher and submitted at the end of the research training activity; a follow-up questionnaire submitted two years later;

    -data management plan submitted at mid-term and an update towards the end of the project if needed;

    -plan for the dissemination and exploitation of results, including communication activities, submitted at mid-term and an update towards the end of the project.

    2.MSCA POSTDOCTORAL FELLOWSHIPS

    2.1.Applicable unit contributions

    The EU contribution for MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships will take the form of unit contributions, as stipulated in Decision of 11 March 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions and unit contributions for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions under the Horizon Europe Programme.

    The following budget categories apply:

    MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships

    Contributions for the recruited researcher

    per person-month

    Institutional unit contributions

    per person-month

    Living allowance

    Mobility allowance

    Family allowance (if applicable)

    Long-term leave allowance (if applicable)

    Special needs allowance (if applicable)

    Research, training and networking contribution

    Management and indirect contribution

    EUR 5 080

    EUR 600

    EUR 660

    EUR 5 680 x % covered by the beneficiary

    requested unit 93

    x (1/number of months)

    EUR 1 000

    EUR 650

    A country correction coefficient applies to the living allowance in order to ensure equal treatment and purchasing power parity for all researchers 94 . For European Postdoctoral Fellowships, this coefficient is the one applicable to the country of the beneficiary. For the Global Postdoctoral Fellowships two different country correction coefficients apply:

    -For the outgoing phase: the coefficient of the country where the postdoctoral researcher is hosted (i.e. the country of the associated partner hosting the outgoing phase);

    -For the return phase: the coefficient of the country where the postdoctoral researcher returns to (i.e. the country of the beneficiary).

    The country correction coefficients are listed in Table 1 at the end of this Work Programme part. The living allowance is a gross amount, including compulsory deductions under national law, such as employer and employee social security contributions and direct taxes.

    The beneficiary must recruit the postdoctoral researcher under an employment contract or equivalent direct contract with full social security coverage (including sickness, parental, unemployment and invalidity benefits, pension rights, benefits in respect of accidents at work and occupational diseases). An exemption from this rule can be accepted only in cases where national legislation or the equivalent internal regulations of International European Research Organisations (IERO), entities created under Union law, or an international organisation, prohibit this possibility and subject to the prior agreement of the granting authority.

    When an employment contract cannot be provided, the beneficiary may exceptionally recruit the postdoctoral researcher under a 'fixed-amount fellowship'. In this case, the living allowance will be halved and the beneficiary must ensure that the postdoctoral researcher enjoys minimum social security coverage (including sickness, parental and invalidity benefits, and benefits for accidents at work and occupational diseases).

    The beneficiary must pay to the postdoctoral researcher at least the amount of the living allowance (minus all compulsory deductions under national legislation). A top-up may be paid to the researcher in order to complement this contribution. In addition to the living allowance, the postdoctoral researcher must receive a mobility allowance. This allowance covers his/her additional, private mobility-related costs (e.g. travel and accommodation costs), not professional costs under the action, which are covered by the research, training and networking contribution.

    If the postdoctoral researcher has or acquires family obligations during the action duration, i.e. has persons linked to him/her by (i) marriage, or (ii) a relationship with equivalent status to a marriage recognised by the legislation of the country or region where this relationship was formalised; or (iii) dependent children who are actually being maintained by the researcher, the family allowance must be paid to him/her as well.

    The long-term leave allowance contributes to the personnel costs incurred by the beneficiary in case of the researcher’s leave, including maternity, paternity, parental, sick or special leave, longer than 30 consecutive days. The special needs allowance contributes to the additional costs for the acquisition of special needs items and services for researchers with disabilities, whose long-term physical, mental, intellectual or sensory impairments 95 are certified by a competent national authority, and of such nature that their participation in the action may not be possible without them (e.g. assistance by third persons, adaptation of work environment, additional travel/transportation costs). These special needs items or services must not have been funded from another source (e.g. social security or health insurance). Both long-term leave and special needs allowances should be requested when the need arises. 

    The research, training and networking contribution should cover, for example, costs for training and networking activities that contribute directly to the researchers’ career development (e.g. participation in conferences, trips related to work on the action, training, language courses, seminars, lab material, books, library records, publication costs), research expenses, visa-related fees and travel expenses, additional costs arising from optional secondments (e.g. travel and accommodation costs).

    The management and indirect contribution should cover the beneficiary’s additional costs in connection with the action (e.g. personnel costs for project management, indirect costs).

    The above rates apply to postdoctoral researchers devoting themselves to their project on a full-time basis. Researchers may, in agreement with the supervisor and beneficiary and with prior approval by the granting authority, implement their project on a part-time basis. In addition to the possibility to request part-time work for personal or family reasons, postdoctoral fellows may opt to work part-time in order to pursue supplementary activities. These might include creating a company, pursuing another research project 96 , or engaging in advanced studies not related to the MSCA grant. Part-time arrangements are not allowed during the outgoing phase of the Global Postdoctoral Fellowships. Any supplementary activities carried out part-time in parallel with the MSCA action must be agreed upon by the researcher and the beneficiary and approved by the granting authority.

    If the action is implemented on a part-time basis, the researcher must dedicate at least 50% of his/her working time to the action funded by the MSCA 97 . The beneficiary should report costs as pro rata of the applicable full-time unit contributions.

    2.2.Admissibility

    The following exceptions to the General Annex A apply:

    ·The page limit of the application is 10 pages (excluding annexes). 

    2.3.Eligibility

    Given the specific nature of MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships, the following exceptions and additional eligibility criteria apply. This section also contains eligibility conditions, which apply during action implementation but cannot be verified at proposal stage.

    ·All domains of research and technological development are eligible for funding (including areas of research covered by the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025).

    ·Proposals involving the same recruiting organisation (and for Global Postdoctoral Fellowships also the associated partner hosting the outgoing phase) and individual researcher submitted to the previous call of MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships under Horizon Europe and having received a score of less than 70% must not be resubmitted the following year.

    ·Only one proposal per individual researcher can be submitted. In case of several proposals involving the same individual researcher, only the last submitted one will be considered eligible.

    ·If proposals with the same research objectives and work plan are submitted for different researchers, only the first submitted one will be considered eligible.

    2.3.1.Participating organisations

    ·Applications must be submitted by a single independent legal entity, established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country. This is a mono-beneficiary action.

    ·The associated partner hosting the outgoing phase in Global Postdoctoral Fellowships must include a letter of commitment in the proposal to ensure their active participation in the action.

    ·Applications in the research areas of research covered by the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025 must be submitted by a single independent legal entity, established in an EU Member State or a country associated to the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025. Nuclear-related proposals submitted by entities established in other countries will be ineligible 98 .

    ·Affiliated entities are not allowed to participate as they cannot claim costs in MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships.

    ·International organisations with headquarters in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country will be deemed to be established in this Member State or Associated Country.

    ·The beneficiary must employ and supervise the researcher during the action.

    2.3.2.Recruited researchers

    ·Supported fellows must be postdoctoral researchers at the date of the call deadline, i.e. in a possession of a doctoral degree 99 . Applicants who have successfully defended their doctoral thesis but who have not yet formally been awarded the doctoral degree will also be considered as postdoctoral researchers and will be considered eligible to apply. The successful defence must be unconditional (no further requirements/corrections that need to be addressed) and take place before the call deadline. Supporting documentation may be requested.

    ·At the call deadline, supported researchers must have a maximum of 8 years full-time equivalent experience in research, measured from the date of award of the doctoral degree. Years of experience outside research and career breaks (e.g. due to parental leave 100 ), will not count towards the amount of research experience. For nationals or long-term residents of EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries who wish to reintegrate to pursue their research career in EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries, years of experience in research in third countries will not be considered in the above maximum.

    ·Recruited researchers must comply with the following mobility rule: they must not have resided or carried out their main activity (work, studies, etc.) in the country of the beneficiary (for European Postdoctoral Fellowships), or the host organisation for the outgoing phase (for Global Postdoctoral Fellowships) for more than 12 months in the 36 months immediately before the call deadline.

    Researchers wishing to reintegrate from a third country must either be based in a third country at the call deadline, or have moved directly from a third country to an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country within the last 12 months before the call deadline.

    For 'International European Research Organisations' (IERO), 'international organisations', or entities created under Union law, the researchers must not have spent more than 12 months in the 36 months immediately before the call deadline, in the same appointing organisation.

    Compulsory national service, short stays such as holidays and time spent as part of a procedure for obtaining refugee status under the Geneva Convention 101 are not taken into account.

    ·Supported researchers can be of any nationality. However, researchers going to a third country (‘Global Postdoctoral Fellowship) or researchers who wish to reintegrate to Europe (i.e. in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country), must be nationals or long-term residents of EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries. Long-term residence means a period of legal and continuous residence within EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries of at least five consecutive years. Absences of less than six consecutive months and no more than ten months over the whole period are permitted when calculating the five years.

    Researchers who are refugees in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country according to the Geneva Convention may also apply to both European and Global Postdoctoral Fellowships, irrespective of whether they are long-term residents or not, if they fulfil the other eligibility conditions.

    ·Applicants in the research areas covered by the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025 must recruit nationals or long-term residents of an EU Member State or a country associated to the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025

    2.3.3.Duration of the action

    ·European Postdoctoral Fellowships should last between 12 and 24 months. Global Postdoctoral Fellowships should last between 24 and 36 months, consisting of 12 to 24 months for the outgoing phase and 12 months for the return phase.

    ·If requested and justified in the proposal, an additional period of up to six months at the end of the project can be awarded to researchers who will spend that period in a non-academic organisation established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    2.4.Award criteria

    ·Proposals will be evaluated by experts on the basis of the award criteria 'excellence', 'impact' and 'quality and efficiency of the implementation'.

    ·Evaluation scores will be awarded for each of these criteria, and not for the different aspects listed in the table below. Each criterion will be scored out of 5. Scores will be awarded with a resolution of one decimal place and will be subject to a weighting factor as indicated in the table below.

    ·Proposals scoring equal to or above 70% will be considered for funding — within the limits of the available call budget. Other proposals will be rejected.

    Excellence

    Impact

    Quality and efficiency
    of the implementation

    Quality and pertinence of the project’s research and innovation objectives (and the extent to which they are ambitious, and go beyond the state of the art)

    Credibility of the measures to enhance the career perspectives and employability of the researcher and contribution to his/her skills development

    Quality and effectiveness of the work plan, assessment of risks and appropriateness of the effort assigned to work packages 

    Soundness of the proposed methodology (including interdisciplinary approaches, consideration of the gender dimension and other diversity aspects if relevant for the research project, and the quality of open science practices)

    Suitability and quality of the measures to maximise expected outcomes and impacts, as set out in the dissemination and exploitation plan, including communication activities

    Quality and capacity of the host institutions and participating organisations, including hosting arrangements

    Quality of the supervision, training and of the two-way transfer of knowledge between the researcher and the host

    The magnitude and importance of the project’s contribution to the expected scientific, societal and economic impacts

    Quality and appropriateness of the researcher’s professional experience, competences and skills

    50%

    30%

    20%

    Weighting

    2.5.Procedure

    In Postdoctoral Fellowships, proposals will be evaluated by one of eight 'main evaluation panels': Chemistry (CHE), Social Sciences and Humanities (SOC), Economic Sciences (ECO), Information Science and Engineering (ENG), Environment and Geosciences (ENV), Life Sciences (LIF), Mathematics (MAT), Physics (PHY). Each panel will establish two ranked lists, one for European and one for Global Postdoctoral Fellowships.

    European and Global Postdoctoral Fellowships will have separate budgets. The distribution of respective available funds will be proportional to the number of eligible proposals received in each main evaluation panel. If the budget allocated to any panel exceeds the requirements of all proposals positively evaluated 102 in that panel, the excess budget will be reallocated to the other panels based on the distribution as above. Equally, if the allocated funding to a panel is insufficient to fund the highest ranked proposal in that panel, the necessary budget will be transferred from the other panels based on the distribution as above, in order to ensure that the highest ranked proposal can be funded. In order to ensure budget optimisation and an equitable success rate across panels, the excess budget remaining after the initial allocation of funding to the proposals in the panels may be transferred between panels.

    Ex-aequo Proposals

    ·When the total scores of two or more proposals are equal (ex-aequo cases), the priority order will be established as follows:

    1) The proposals will be prioritised according to the scores they have been awarded for the criterion ‘Excellence’. When these scores are equal, priority will be based on scores for the criterion ‘Impact’.

    2)If necessary, the gender balance among successful applicant researchers will be used as a factor for prioritisation.

    3)If a distinction still cannot be made, the panel may decide to further prioritise by considering other factors such as gender and other diversity aspects in the research activities, participation of the non-academic sector (including involvement of SMEs), geographical diversity 103 , favourable employment and working conditions or relationship to the Horizon Europe objectives in general. These factors will be documented in the panel report.

    Seal of Excellence

    ·Seals of Excellence will be awarded to applications with a total score equal to or higher than 85%, but which cannot be funded due to lack of budget available to the call.

    2.6.Legal and Financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The following exceptions and additional conditions apply:

    ·Eligible costs must take the form of unit contributions, as stipulated in Decision of 11 March 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions and unit contributions for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions under the Horizon Europe Programme.

    ·When associated partners are involved, the beneficiary is encouraged to sign a partnership agreement with them to regulate the internal relationship between all participating organisations. The partnership agreement(s) must comply with the grant agreement.

    ·The beneficiary must ensure full access — on a royalty-free basis — for the recruited researcher to background and results needed for his/her activities under the action.

    ·The following deliverables will have to be submitted for grants awarded under this topic:

    -mobility declaration submitted within 20 days of the start of the research training activities and updated (if needed) via the Funding & Tenders Portal Continuous Reporting tool;

    -career development plan of the recruited researcher, submitted at the beginning of the action (not later than 6 months after its start) and updated if needed throughout the project;

    -evaluation questionnaire completed by the recruited researcher and submitted at the end of the research training activity; a follow-up questionnaire submitted two years later;

    -data management plan submitted within the first 6 months of the project;

    -plan for the dissemination and exploitation of results submitted towards the end of the project.

    3.MSCA STAFF EXCHANGES

    3.1.Applicable unit contributions

    The EU contribution for MSCA Staff Exchanges will take the form of unit contributions, as stipulated in Decision of 11 March 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions and unit contributions for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions under the Horizon Europe Programme.

    The following budget categories apply:



    MSCA Staff Exchanges

    Contributions for seconded staff members

    per person-month

    Institutional contributions

    per person-month

    Top-up allowance

    Special needs allowance (if applicable)

    Research, training and networking contribution

    Management and indirect contribution

    EUR 2 300

    requested unit 104

    x (1/number of months)

    EUR 1 300

    EUR 1 000

    The top-up allowance for the seconded staff member contributes to travel, accommodation and subsistence costs related to the secondment.

    The special needs allowance contributes to the additional costs for the acquisition of special needs items and services for staff members with disabilities, whose long-term physical, mental, intellectual or sensory impairments 105 are certified by a competent national authority, and of such nature that their participation in the action may not be possible without them (e.g. assistance by third persons, adaptation of work environment, additional travel/transportation costs). These special needs items or services must not have been funded from another source (e.g. social security or health insurance). The special needs allowance should be requested when the need arises. 

    The research, training and networking contribution should cover costs for training, transfer of knowledge and networking activities, as well as research expenses.

    The management and indirect contribution should cover the beneficiary’s additional costs in connection with the action (e.g. personnel costs for project management/coordination, indirect costs).

    3.2.Admissibility

    The following exception to the General Annex A applies:

    ·The page limit of the application is 30 pages (excluding annexes).

    3.3.Eligibility

    Given the specific nature of MSCA Staff Exchanges, the following exceptions and additional eligibility criteria apply. This section also contains eligibility conditions, which apply during action implementation but cannot be verified at proposal stage.

    3.3.1.Participating organisations

    ·Applications must be submitted by a consortium including at least three independent legal entities in three different countries, two of which established in a different EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    ·International organisations with headquarters in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country will be deemed to be established in this Member State or Associated Country.

    ·The European Commission Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding. 

    ·Affiliated entities are not allowed to participate as they cannot claim costs in MSCA Staff Exchanges.

    ·Only legal entities that are established in EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries can be beneficiaries.

    ·If all participating organisations are from the same sector (i.e. either only academic or only non-academic), there must be at least one organisation from a non-associated Third Country.

    ·Secondments within EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries must be between different sectors (academic and non-academic), except for interdisciplinary secondments, which must be limited to a maximum of one third of the total months spent under the action.

    ·For secondments from associated partners linked to a beneficiary, only the sector (academic or non-academic) of the beneficiary counts; the linked associated partners will be considered to belong to the same sector as their beneficiary.

    ·Secondments must be between different countries 106 ; secondments between non-associated third countries are not eligible.

    ·Secondments must be performed on a full-time basis.

    ·Associated partners must include a letter of commitment in the proposal to ensure their active participation in the action. The involvement of any associated partner for which no such evidence of commitment is submitted will not be taken into account during evaluation.

    3.3.2.Seconded staff members

    ·Secondments are open for researchers at any career stage (from doctoral candidates to postdoctoral researchers 107 ), as well as administrative, managerial and technical staff supporting R&I activities under the action.

    ·Supported staff members must be actively engaged in or linked to R&I activities for at least one month (full-time equivalent) at the sending institution before the first period of secondment.

    ·After the period of secondment, seconded staff should return to their sending institution, thus maximising the impact of the action for knowledge sharing and long-term collaboration.

    3.3.3.Duration of the action

    ·The maximum duration of the project is 48 months from the starting date set out in the grant agreement. 

    ·The overall EU contribution for MSCA Staff Exchanges amounts to a maximum of 360 person-months per project.

    ·Secondments must last at least one month and cannot be longer than 12 months for the same staff member (independently of the number of organisations the staff is seconded to).

    ·The secondment of a staff member may be split into several stays with one or several beneficiaries or associated partners.

    ·Secondments beyond the project duration cannot be funded.

    3.4.Award criteria 

    ·Proposals will be evaluated by experts on the basis of the award criteria 'excellence', 'impact' and 'quality and efficiency of the implementation'.

    ·Evaluation scores will be awarded for each of these criteria, and not for the different aspects listed in the table below. Each criterion will be scored out of 5. Scores will be awarded with a resolution of one decimal place and will be subject to a weighting factor as indicated in the table below.

    ·Proposals scoring equal to or above 70% will be considered for funding — within the limits of the available call budget. Other proposals will be rejected.

    Excellence

    Impact

    Quality and efficiency
    of the implementation

    Quality and pertinence of the project’s research/innovation objectives (and the extent to which they are ambitious, and go beyond the state of the art)

    Developing new and lasting research collaborations, achieving transfer of knowledge between participating organisations and contributing to improving research and innovation potential at the European and global level

    Quality and effectiveness of the work plan, assessment of risks, and appropriateness of the effort assigned to work packages 

    Soundness of the proposed methodology (including international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary approaches, consideration of the gender dimension and other diversity aspects if relevant for the research project, and the quality of open science practices)

    Credibility of the measures to enhance the career perspectives of staff members and contribution to their skills development

    Quality, capacity and role of each participant, including hosting arrangements and extent to which the consortium as a whole brings together the necessary expertise 

    Quality of the proposed interaction between the participating organisations in light of the research and innovation objectives.

    Suitability and quality of the measures to maximise expected outcomes and impacts, as set out in the dissemination and exploitation plan, including communication activities

    The magnitude and importance of the project’s contribution to the expected scientific, societal and economic impacts.

    50%

    30%

    20%

    Weighting

    3.5.Procedure

    ·Proposals will be evaluated by one of eight 'main evaluation panels': Chemistry (CHE), Social Sciences and Humanities (SOC), Economic Sciences (ECO), Information Science and Engineering (ENG), Environment and Geosciences (ENV), Life Sciences (LIF), Mathematics (MAT), Physics (PHY). Each panel establishes a ranked list.

    ·The distribution of the indicative budget of the call will be proportional to the number of eligible proposals received in each panel. If the budget allocated to any panel exceeds the requirements of all proposals positively evaluated 108 in that panel, the excess budget will be reallocated to the other panels based on the distribution as above. Equally, if the allocated funding to a panel is insufficient to fund the highest ranked proposal in that panel, the necessary budget will be transferred from the other panels based on the distribution as above, in order to ensure that the highest ranked proposal can be funded. In order to ensure budget optimisation and an equitable success rate across panels, the excess budget remaining after the initial allocation of funding to the proposals in the panels may be transferred between panels.

    Ex-aequo Proposals

    ·When the total scores of two or more proposals are equal (ex-aequo cases), the priority order will be established as follows:

    1) The proposals will be prioritised according to the scores they have been awarded for the criterion ‘Excellence’. When these scores are equal, priority will be based on scores for the criterion ‘Impact’.

    2)If a distinction still cannot be made, the panel may decide to further prioritise by considering other factors such as gender and other diversity aspects in the research activities, participation of the non-academic sector (including involvement of SMEs), geographical diversity 109 , international cooperation, favourable working/secondment conditions or relationship to the Horizon Europe objectives in general. These factors will be documented in the panel report. 

    3.6.Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The following exceptions and additional conditions apply:

    ·Eligible costs must take the form of unit contributions, as stipulated in Decision of 11 March 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions and unit contributions for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions under the Horizon Europe Programme.

    ·When associated partners are involved, beneficiaries are encouraged to sign a partnership agreement with them to regulate the internal relationship between all participating organisations. The partnership agreement(s) must comply with the grant agreement.

    ·Grants awarded under this topic might be linked to other actions funded by Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe.

    ·Beneficiaries must ensure full access — on a royalty-free basis — for the staff members to background and results needed for their activities under the action.

    ·The following deliverables will have to be submitted for grants awarded under this topic:

    mid-term meeting organised between the participants and the granting authority;

    progress report submitted within 30 days after one year from the starting date of the action;

    mobility declaration submitted within 20 days of the secondment of each seconded staff member, and updated (if needed) via the Funding & Tenders Portal Continuous Reporting tool;

    evaluation questionnaire completed by the seconded staff members and submitted at the end of their secondments; a follow-up questionnaire submitted two years later;

    data management plan submitted at mid-term and an update towards the end of the project if needed;

    plan for the dissemination and exploitation of results, including communication activities submitted at mid-term and an update towards the end of the project.

    4.MSCA COFUND

    4.1.Applicable unit contributions

    The EU contribution for MSCA COFUND will take the form of unit contributions, as stipulated in Decision of 11 March 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions and unit contributions for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions under the Horizon Europe Programme.

    The following budget categories apply:

    MSCA COFUND

    Contributions for recruited researchers and institutional contributions

    per person-month

    COFUND allowance

    Long-term leave allowance (if applicable)

    Special needs allowance (if applicable)

    Doctoral programmes

    EUR 2 800

    EUR 2 800 x % covered by the beneficiary

    requested unit 110

    x (1/number of months)

    Postdoctoral programmes

    EUR 3 980

    EUR 3 980 x % covered by the beneficiary

    The COFUND allowance contributes to:

    -costs of the researchers including the remuneration payable to the individual doctoral or postdoctoral researchers recruited under an employment contract/equivalent direct contract with full social security coverage and complying with the applicable social security legislation, as well as the mobility costs and, if applicable, the family costs, and/or

    -costs related to the training, research expenses, transfer of knowledge and networking activities of researchers, costs of managing the action and indirect costs.

    The long-term leave allowance contributes to the personnel costs incurred by the employer in case of the researchers’ leave, including maternity, paternity, parental, sick or special leave, longer than 30 consecutive days. The special needs allowance contributes to the additional costs for the acquisition of special needs items and services for researchers with disabilities, whose long-term physical, mental, intellectual or sensory impairments 111 are certified by a competent national authority, and of such nature that their participation in the action may not be possible without them (e.g. assistance by third persons, adaptation of work environment, additional travel/transportation costs). These special needs items or services must not have been funded from another source (e.g. social security or health insurance). Both long-term leave and special needs allowances should be requested when the need arises.

    The beneficiary or implementing partner must recruit each eligible researcher under an employment contract or 'equivalent direct contract' with full social security coverage (including sickness, parental, unemployment and invalidity benefits, pension rights, benefits in respect of accidents at work and occupational diseases). An exemption from this rule can be accepted only in cases where national legislation or the equivalent internal regulations of International European Research Organisations (IERO), entities created under Union law, or an international organisation, prohibit this possibility and subject to the prior agreement of the granting authority.

    When an employment contract cannot be provided, the beneficiary or the implementing partner may exceptionally recruit the researcher under a 'fixed-amount fellowship'. In this case, the COFUND allowance will be halved and the beneficiary must ensure that the researcher enjoys minimum social security coverage (including sickness, parental and invalidity benefits, and benefits for accidents at work and occupational diseases).

    In principle, researchers should be employed full-time. The above rates apply to researchers devoting themselves to their project on a full-time basis. Researchers may, in agreement with the supervisor and beneficiary and with prior approval by the granting authority, implement their project on a part-time basis. Part-time work due to professional reasons can be requested by COFUND postdoctoral researchers only.

    In cases of part-time work, researchers must work at least 50% of the full working time in their recruiting organisation for the action co-funded by the MSCA, whether they are working part-time for family or other reasons. The beneficiary should report costs as pro rata of the applicable full-time unit contributions.

    The EU contribution is limited to EUR 10 million per beneficiary per call. If an applicant submits two or more successful applications totalling more than EUR 10 million within one call, the applicant will be required to decide which of these proposals to implement.

    The table above specifies the unit contributions for the co-funding of regional, national and international programmes. The EU contribution can be used to support any cost items of the programme (remuneration costs, mobility costs, family costs, research, training and networking costs, management and indirect costs). Individual cost items may be fully or partially funded through other resources including EU programmes other than Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe, such as the Cohesion policy funds, provided that double-funding is avoided.

    Applicants must specify in their proposal the total cost of their proposed programme and in particular the amounts that will be provided for the benefit of the researchers and for the organisation(s) that will implement the programme. This information will be needed to evaluate the adequateness of employment and working conditions of the researchers. The monthly gross remuneration, i.e. salaries, social security contributions, taxes and other costs or compulsory deductions under national legislation linked to in the remuneration, and the mobility costs for the benefit of the researchers must be:

    -For researchers recruited under an employment contract: not lower than EUR 2800 (for doctoral candidates) and EUR 3980 (for postdoctoral researchers);

    -For researchers recruited under a fixed-amount fellowship: not lower than EUR 1400 (for doctoral candidates) and EUR 1990 (for postdoctoral researchers).

    4.2.Admissibility

    The following exceptions to the General Annex A apply:

    ·The page limit of the application is 30 pages (excluding annexes).

    ·Where doctoral or postdoctoral programmes are implemented as financial support to third parties through implementing partners, applications must not include a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results, including communication activities, because the scope of these activities will not be known at application stage.

    4.3.Eligibility

    Given the specific nature of MSCA COFUND, the following exceptions and additional eligibility criteria apply. This section also contains eligibility conditions, which apply during action implementation but cannot be verified at proposal stage.

    4.3.1.Participating organisations

    ·Applications must be submitted by a single entity established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    ·Affiliated entities are not allowed to participate as they cannot claim costs in MSCA COFUND.

    ·The conditions for financial support to third parties defined in General Annex B do not apply.

    ·International organisations with headquarters in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country will be deemed to be established in this Member State or Associated Country.

    ·The beneficiary will be responsible for the availability of the necessary complementary funds to implement the proposal.

    ·In each COFUND action, a minimum of three researchers must be recruited. COFUND proposals foreseeing research training for fewer than three researchers will be deemed ineligible.

    ·Associated partners that commit to provide financial contribution must include a letter of commitment in the proposal. The financial contribution from any of these associated partners for which no such evidence of commitment is submitted will not be taken into account during evaluation.

    4.3.2.Recruited researchers

    ·Recruited researchers can be of any nationality (see also specific condition for COFUND Postdoctoral Programmes below) and must comply with the following mobility rule 112 : they must not have resided or carried out their main activity (work, studies, etc.) in the country of the recruiting beneficiary or implementing partner for more than 12 months in the 36 months immediately before the deadline of the co-funded programme's call.

    For International European Research Organisations’ (IERO), 'international organisations' or entities created under Union law, the researchers must not have spent more than 12 months in the 36 months immediately before the deadline of the co-funded programme's call, in the same appointing organisation.

    Compulsory national service, short stays such as holidays and time spent as part of a procedure for obtaining refugee status under the Geneva Convention 113 are not taken into account.

    ·Supported researchers must be either doctoral candidates or postdoctoral researchers, depending on the action:

    oFor COFUND Doctoral Programmes, researchers must be doctoral candidates, i.e. not already in possession 114 of a doctoral degree at the deadline of the co-funded programme's call.

    Researchers must be enrolled in a doctoral programme leading to the award of a doctoral degree in at least one EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    oFor COFUND Postdoctoral Programmes, researchers must be in possession of a doctoral degree 115 at the deadline of the co-funded programme's call. Researchers who have successfully defended their doctoral thesis but who have not yet formally been awarded the doctoral degree will also be considered as postdoctoral researchers and will be considered eligible to apply. The successful defence must be unconditional (no further requirements/corrections that need to be addressed) and take place before the call deadline. Supporting documentation may be requested.

    ·For COFUND Postdoctoral Programmes: researchers must be nationals or long-term residents of an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country, in case the main part of the research training activities is carried out in a country other than an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    ·Limitations regarding the researchers' origin and destination should be avoided. Researchers who are already permanently employed by the organisation hosting them cannot be funded by COFUND.

    4.3.3.Duration of the action

    ·The maximum duration of the action must be 60 months from the starting date set out in the grant agreement. It also includes the time that is needed to select and recruit the researchers.

    ·The minimum duration of each fellowship (on the basis of full-time employment) must be three months.

    ·For Postdoctoral Programmes where the main part of the research training activity does not take place in an EU Member State or a Horizon Europe Associated Country (i.e. outgoing phase), the researcher should carry out a mandatory return period of 12 months at the premises of the beneficiary or the recruiting implementing partner. A maximum of three months can be spent at the start of the action at the beneficiary (or any other organisation mentioned in the description of the action), allowing the researcher to spend time there before the outgoing phase. Secondments cannot take place during the mandatory twelve-month return period to the host organisation in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country.

    ·The duration of the secondments should be limited to a maximum of one third of the actual months spent implementing the research training activities under the action or, if applicable, of the duration of the outgoing phase for Postdoctoral Programmes.

    4.4.Award criteria 

    ·Proposals will be evaluated by experts on the basis of the award criteria 'excellence', 'impact' and 'quality and efficiency of the implementation'.

    ·Evaluation scores will be awarded for each of these criteria, and not for the different aspects listed in the table below. Each criterion will be scored out of 5. Scores will be awarded with a resolution of one decimal place and will be subject to a weighting factor as indicated in the table below.

    ·Proposals scoring equal to or above 70% will be considered for funding — within the limits of the available call budget. Other proposals will be rejected.

    Excellence

    Impact

    Quality and efficiency
    of the implementation

    Quality and novelty of the selection / recruitment process for the researchers (transparency, composition and organisation of selection committees, evaluation criteria, equal opportunities, the gender dimension and other diversity aspects) and quality and attractiveness of the appointment conditions, including competitiveness of the salary for the standards of the hosting countries

    Strengthening human resources good practices at institutional, regional, national or international level, in particular through aligning the practices of participating organisations with the principles set out by the EU for human resources development in research and innovation

    Quality and effectiveness of the work plan, management structures, assessment of risks and appropriateness of the effort assigned to work packages 

    Quality and novelty of the research options offered by the programme in terms of science, interdisciplinarity, inter-sectorality and level of international mobility. Quality of open science practices

    Credibility of the proposed measures to enhance the career perspectives and employability of researchers and contribution to their skills development

    Quality and capacity of the host institution(s) and participating organisations (where appropriate), including hosting arrangements and extent to which they bring together the necessary expertise to successfully implement the research training programme 

    Quality, novelty and pertinence of the research training programme (including transferable skills, inter/multidisciplinary, inter-sectoral and gender as well as other diversity aspects)

    Suitability and quality of the measures to maximise the expected outcomes and impacts, as set out in the dissemination and exploitation plan, including communication activities

    Quality, novelty and pertinence of the supervision, career guidance and career development arrangements

    50%

    30%

    20%

    Weighting

    4.5.Procedure

    ·In COFUND, the evaluation will be organised in two different panels, Doctoral Programmes and Postdoctoral Programmes, but a single ranking list will be produced.

    Ex-aequo Proposals

    ·When the total scores of two or more proposals are equal (ex-aequo cases), the priority order will be established as follows:

    1) The proposals will be prioritised according to the scores they have been awarded for the criterion ‘Excellence’. When these scores are equal, priority will be based on scores for the criterion ‘Impact’.

    2)If a distinction still cannot be made, the panel may decide to further prioritise by considering other factors such as gender and other diversity aspects in the research activities, participation of the non-academic sector (including involvement of SMEs), geographical diversity 116 , synergies with Cohesion policy funds, support to Smart Specialisation Strategies, or relationship to the Horizon Europe objectives in general. These factors will be documented in the panel report.

    Seal of Excellence

    ·Seals of Excellence will be awarded to applications with a total score equal to or higher than 85%, but which cannot be funded due to lack of budget available to the call.

    4.6.Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The following exceptions and additional conditions apply:

    ·Eligible costs must take the form of unit contributions, as stipulated in Decision of 11 March 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions and unit contributions for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions under the Horizon Europe Programme.

    ·When associated partners are involved, the beneficiary is encouraged to sign a partnership agreement with them to regulate the internal relationship between all participating organisations. The partnership agreement(s) must comply with the grant agreement.

    ·The beneficiary may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants, based on the MSCA unit contributions.

    ·Grants awarded under this topic may be linked to actions funded under the Cohesion policy funds, i.e. synergy actions.

    ·The beneficiary must ensure full access — on a royalty-free basis — for the recruited researchers to background and results needed for their activities under the action.

    ·The following deliverables will have to be submitted for grants awarded under this topic:

    mid-term meeting organised between the participants and the granting authority;

    mobility declaration submitted within 20 days of the start of the research training activities, for each researcher, and updated (if needed) via the Funding & Tenders Portal Continuous Reporting tool;

    -career development plan: a document describing how the individual Career Development Plans have been established (listing also the researchers for whom such plans have been put in place), submitted towards the end of the project; 

    evaluation questionnaire completed by each recruited researcher and submitted at the end of the research training activity; a follow-up questionnaire submitted two years later;

    data management plan submitted at mid-term and an update towards the end of the project if needed;

    plan for the dissemination and exploitation of results, including communication activities submitted at mid-term and an update towards the end of the project.

    Table 1: Country correction coefficients (CCC) for Doctoral Networks and Postdoctoral Fellowships living allowances    
    For countries where the correction coefficient is not indicated, the Commission will decide on a case-by-case basis.

    Country Code 117

    CCC

    EU Member States

    AT

    106,3%

    BE

    100,0%

    BG

    54,8%

    CY

    77,5%

    CZ

    79,1%

    DE

    98,3%

    DK

    132,0%

    EE

    80,3%

    EL

    81,6%

    ES

    91,3%

    FI

    119,5%

    FR

    116,4%

    HR

    75,5%

    HU

    72,0%

    IE

    119,5%

    IT

    97,4%

    LT

    72,8%

    LU

    100,0%

    LV

    76,0%

    MT

    88,1%

    NL

    109,6%

    PL

    70,5%

    PT

    84,3%

    RO

    65,4%

    SE

    125,4%

    SI

    83,3%

    SK

    78,1%

    Third Countries

    AE

    94,0%

    AL

    59,0%

    AM

    77,7%

    AO

    130,0%

    AR

    62,5%

    AU

    100,9%

    AZ

    82,1%

    BA

    63,9%

    BB

    112,8%

    BD

    81,2%

    BF

    95,0%

    BI

    81,3%

    BJ

    91,9%

    BO

    83,9%

    BR

    84,7%

    BW

    62,9%

    BY

    66,8%

    BZ

    79,9%

    CA

    95,2%

    CD

    151,9%

    CF

    109,3%

    CG

    117,3%

    CH

    128,6%

    CI

    94,6%

    CL

    69,5%

    CM

    87,8%

    CN

    90,0%

    CO

    67,6%

    CR

    77,6%

    CU

    82,5%

    CV

    69,6%

    DJ

    87,2%

    DO

    61,4%

    DZ

    67,9%

    EC

    79,4%

    EG

    67,4%

    ER

    120,4%

    ET

    81,9%

    FJ

    73,5%

    FO

    132,0%

    GA

    107,9%

    GE

    62,2%

    GH

    73,9%

    GM

    68,8%

    GN

    84,2%

    GT

    87,3%

    GW

    81,9%

    GY

    71,7%

    HK

    115,4%

    HN

    77,4%

    HT

    85,0%

    ID

    73,0%

    IL

    107,2%

    IN

    73,8%

    IS

    130,5%

    JM

    84,4%

    JO

    98,8%

    JP

    103,3%

    KE

    85,6%

    KG

    73,7%

    KH

    78,6%

    KM

    75,7%

    KR

    95,5%

    KZ

    71,9%

    LA

    89,8%

    LB

    116,2%

    LI

    128,6%

    LK

    77,4%

    LR

    149,6%

    LS

    56,2%

    MA

    72,6%

    MD

    63,2%

    ME

    61,6%

    MG

    85,6%

    MK

    50,7%

    ML

    90,0%

    MM

    67,0%

    MR

    68,1%

    MU

    73,3%

    MW

    60,9%

    MX

    60,3%

    MY

    67,2%

    MZ

    71,7%

    NA

    66,9%

    NC

    107,4%

    NE

    80,0%

    NG

    85,2%

    NI

    67,3%

    NO

    128,7%

    NP

    87,8%

    NZ

    98,9%

    PA

    76,8%

    PE

    88,0%

    PG

    99,8%

    PH

    81,3%

    PK

    54,8%

    PS

    112,5%

    PY

    63,0%

    RS

    57,7%

    RU

    97,3%

    RW

    81,6%

    SA

    83,4%

    SB

    112,7%

    SD

    107,8%

    SG

    124,4%

    SL

    107,1%

    SN

    98,4%

    SR

    69,1%

    SV

    72,2%

    SZ

    61,3%

    TD

    100,1%

    TG

    82,8%

    TH

    78,8%

    TJ

    58,4%

    TL

    88,7%

    TM

    82,9%

    TN

    67,4%

    TR

    64,5%

    TT

    81,8%

    TW

    84,7%

    TZ

    67,9%

    UA

    68,5%

    UG

    67,2%

    UK

    136,9%

    US

    102,3%

    UY

    89,7%

    UZ

    68,0%

    VE

    139,2%

    VN

    61,3%

    VU

    104,8%

    WS

    82,2%

    XK

    70,2%

    YE

    104,4%

    ZA

    55,3%

    ZM

    74,8%,

    ZW

    98,3%

    (1)     http://www.geant.org
    (2)    The term ‘researcher at risk’ refers to researchers at all stages of their career who are experiencing threats to their life, liberty, or research career, and those who are forced or have been forced to flee because of such threats.
    (3)     https://ec.europa.eu/msca/supervision . While the Guidelines for MSCA supervision are non-binding, funded-projects are strongly encouraged to take them into account.
    (4)    FAIR = Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable.
    (5)     https://ec.europa.eu/msca/green_charter . While the MSCA Green Charter is non-binding, funded-projects are strongly encouraged to take into account the principles it sets out.
    (6)    “Synergies between Horizon Europe and ERDF programmes (Draft Commission Notice)” C(2022) 4747 final. https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/news/all-research-and-innovation-news/synergies-guidance-out-2022-07-06_en
    (7)    The Recovery and Resilience Facility supports reforms and investments undertaken by Member States. The aim is to mitigate the economic and social impact of the coronavirus pandemic and make European economies and societies more sustainable, resilient and better prepared for the challenges and opportunities of the green and digital transitions.
    (8)     https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/funding/funding-opportunities/seal-excellence/funding-opportunities-under-msca_en
    (9)    “Synergies between the Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions and the European Institute of Innovation and Technology”. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/40f1a820-2cc2-11ed-975d-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
    (10)    “Synergies between the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions and Erasmus+ in the area of higher education”. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/f4d7d733-19ba-11ec-b4fe-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/
    (11)    See definitions at the end of the Work Programme part
    (12) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (13)    As an illustration, Eurodoc published a list of such transferable skills at: http://eurodoc.net/skills-report-2018.pdf
    (14)     https://euraxess.ec.europa.eu/
    (15)    Every time this Work Programme part refers to doctoral degrees, this means that the degrees have to be recognised as such by the relevant authorities of the country or countries concerned.
    (16)     principles_for_innovative_doctoral_training.pdf
    (17) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (18)    As an illustration, Eurodoc published a list of such transferable skills at: http://eurodoc.net/skills-report-2018.pdf
    (19)     https://euraxess.ec.europa.eu/
    (20)    Every time this Work Programme part refers to doctoral degrees, this means that the degrees have to be recognised as such by the relevant authorities of the country or countries concerned.
    (21)     principles_for_innovative_doctoral_training.pdf
    (22) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (23)    See eligibility conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.
    (24)    See eligibility conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.
    (25)    For proposals in the research areas covered by the Euratom Research and Training Programme, the organisation from the non-academic sector must be established in an EU Member State or a country associated to the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025
    (26)    idem
    (27)    As an illustration, Eurodoc published a list of such transferable skills at: http://eurodoc.net/skills-report-2018.pdf
    (28)    See eligibility conditions at the end of this Work Programme part
    (29)    As indicated in the Euratom Work Programme
    (30)    These countries are aligned with Work Programme part 11, Widening Participation and Strengthening the European Research Area
    (31) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (32)    See eligibility conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.
    (33)    See eligibility conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.
    (34)    For proposals in the research areas covered by the Euratom Research and Training Programme, the organisation from the non-academic sector must be established in an EU Member State or a country associated to the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025
    (35)    idem
    (36)    As an illustration, Eurodoc published a list of such transferable skills at: http://eurodoc.net/skills-report-2018.pdf
    (37)    See eligibility conditions at the end of this Work Programme part
    (38)    As indicated in the Euratom Work Programme
    (39)    These countries are aligned with Work Programme part 11, Widening Participation and Strengthening the European Research Area
    (40) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (41)    Virtual mobility is not allowed for secondments.
    (42)    Interdisciplinarity means the integration of information, data, techniques, tools, perspectives, concepts or theories from two or more scientific disciplines (see definitions at the end of this Work Programme part).
    (43)    See specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.
    (44) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (45)    Virtual mobility is not allowed for secondments.
    (46)    Interdisciplinarity means the integration of information, data, techniques, tools, perspectives, concepts or theories from two or more scientific disciplines (see definitions at the end of this Work Programme part).
    (47)    See specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.
    (48) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (49)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/regions/index.cfm?pg=synergies
    (50)     The Recovery and Resilience Facility supports reforms and investments undertaken by Member States. The aim is to mitigate the economic and social impact of the coronavirus pandemic and make European economies and societies more sustainable, resilient and better prepared for the challenges and opportunities of the green and digital transitions.
    (51)     https://euraxess.ec.europa.eu/
    (52) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (53)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/regions/index.cfm?pg=synergies
    (54)     The Recovery and Resilience Facility supports reforms and investments undertaken by Member States. The aim is to mitigate the economic and social impact of the coronavirus pandemic and make European economies and societies more sustainable, resilient and better prepared for the challenges and opportunities of the green and digital transitions.
    (55)     https://euraxess.ec.europa.eu/
    (56) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (57)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (58)    Except for countries which for strong cultural reasons would be prevented from organising any action addressing the public at large on such a date.
    (59)    The expected contribution for projects covering two editions of the European Researchers’ Night and Researchers at Schools activities is between EUR 0.1 and 0.3 million, but this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting different amounts.
    (60) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (61)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (62)    This refers to MSCA Innovative Training Networks, Individual Fellowships, Research and Innovation Staff Exchanges, COFUND, NIGHT in Horizon 2020, and MSCA Doctoral Networks, Postdoctoral Fellowships, Staff exchanges, COFUND, MSCA and Citizens in Horizon Europe.
    (63)     EU Missions in Horizon Europe | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (64)    E.g. by following up outcomes and feedback received from MSCA cluster events through ensuring interaction with and between stakeholders
    (65)    E.g. Horizon Results Platform, Horizon Results Booster
    (66)    See definitions at the end of this Work Programme part
    (67)    E.g.: Horizon Results Platform and Booster, Euraxess
    (68) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (69)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (70) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (71)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (72)     https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/b15de047-216e-11ea-95ab-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-112180987
    (73) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (74)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (75)    Eg. Inspireurope ( Inspireurope - SAR Europe ) ; Inspireurope+ ; MSCA4Ukraine
    (76)    MSCA Presidency Conference 2023: MSCA towards addressing global challenges
    (77)    Research careers in and outside academia
    (78)    See Article 1 of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.
    (79)    See Article 5 of the Council Directive 2000/78/EC of 27 November 2000 establishing a general framework for equal treatment in employment and occupation.
    (80) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
    (81)

         If requested by the granting authority, institutions with self-declared research organisations status must provide evidence that their main objective is to carry out research and/or technological development. An assessment will be made on the basis of indicators such as share of research budget, volume of scientific publications and/or registered patents.

    (82)

       'International European Research Organisation' (IERO) means an international organisation, the majority of whose members are EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries, and whose principal objective is to promote scientific and technological cooperation in Europe (see Article 2(15) of the Regulation establishing Horizon Europe - the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation, laying down its rules for participation and dissemination.

    (83)

         For Global Postdoctoral Fellowships and COFUND Postdoctoral Programmes outgoing phase, this restriction does not apply. The associated partner hosting the outgoing phase can conclude an additional employment contract with the researcher to ensure adequate medical/social insurance in the outgoing country.

    (84)

         See specific conditions at the end of this Work Programme part.

    (85)

          MSCA Keywords.pdf (europa.eu)

    (86)

         The pre-defined categories are as follows: EUR 3 000, EUR 4 500, EUR 6 000, EUR 9 500, EUR 13 000, EUR 18 500, EUR 27 500, EUR 35 500, EUR 47 500 and EUR 60 000.

    (87)

         See Article 1 of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.

    (88)

     In exceptional cases, where a beneficiary is established in a country different from the place where the recruited researcher is hosted, the country correction coefficient of the hosting entity is taken into account during the grant agreement preparation process, in order to ensure the correct budget calculation.

    (89)

     Researchers who have successfully defended their doctoral thesis but who have not yet formally been awarded the doctoral degree will not be considered eligible.

    (90)

         1951 Refugee Convention and the 1967 Protocol.

    (91)

       Measured as proposals having passed all relevant evaluation thresholds.

    (92)

    Defined as the number of EU Member States or Associated Countries represented in the proposals, not otherwise receiving funds from projects higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget).

    (93)

    The pre-defined categories are as follows: EUR 3 000, EUR 4 500, EUR 6 000, EUR 9 500, EUR 13 000, EUR 18 500, EUR 27 500, EUR 35 500, EUR 47 500 and EUR 60 000.

    (94)

     In exceptional cases, where a beneficiary is established in a country different from the place where the recruited researcher is hosted, the country correction coefficient of the hosting entity is taken into account during the grant agreement preparation process, in order to ensure the correct budget calculation.

    (95)

    See Article 1 of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.

    (96)

    Part-time work cannot be requested in order to participate in another MSCA grant at the same time.

    (97)

    An exception to this limit may be granted for medical reasons

    (98)

    See Euratom Work Programme 2021-2025 and the Horizon Europe Programme guide available on the Funding and Tender Opportunities Portal (https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/how-to-participate/reference-documents;programCode=HORIZON ) for up-to-date information on the current list of countries associated to the Euratom Programme’’

    (99)

    A medical doctor degree will be accepted only when it corresponds to a doctoral degree or if the researcher can demonstrate his/her appointment in a position that requires doctoral equivalency (e.g. professorship appointment). Medical doctor degrees corresponding to basic medical training as defined in Annex V of Directive 2005/36/EC will not be considered a doctoral degree

    (100)

    Maternity: for each child born within the above mentioned eligibility period of 8 years, 18 months will be deducted from the experience in research unless the applicant can document a longer parental leave prior to the call deadline. Paternity: for each child born within the above mentioned eligibility period of 8 years, the documented time of parental leave taken until the call deadline will be deducted from the experience in research.

    (101)

    1951 Refugee Convention and the 1967 Protocol.

    (102)

       Measured as proposals having passed all relevant evaluation thresholds.

    (103)

    Defined as the number of EU Member States or Associated Countries represented in the proposal, not otherwise receiving funds from projects higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget).

    (104)

    The pre-defined categories are as follows: EUR 3 000, EUR 4 500, EUR 6 000, EUR 9 500, EUR 13 000, EUR 18 500, EUR 27 500, EUR 35 500, EUR 47 500 and EUR 60 000.

    (105)

    See Article 1 of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.

    (106)

    Secondments to and from branches and departments established in non-associated third countries without separate legal personality that are part of legal entities established in EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries can take place with entities established in any country other than the country where they are physically located and the country of their mother legal entity.

    (107)

    In possession of a doctoral degree. Possession of a doctoral degree is defined as a successfully defended doctoral thesis, even if the doctoral degree has yet to be awarded.

    (108)

       Measured as proposals having passed all relevant evaluation thresholds.

    (109)

    Defined as the number of EU Member States or Associated Countries represented in the proposal, not otherwise receiving funds from projects higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget).

    (110)

    The pre-defined categories are as follows: EUR 3 000, EUR 4 500, EUR 6 000, EUR 9 500, EUR 13 000, EUR 18 500, EUR 27 500, EUR 35 500, EUR 47 500 and EUR 60 000.

    (111)

    See Article 1 of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.

    (112)

    Existing programmes with international mobility applying for COFUND can deviate from this rule if duly justified in the proposal by the applicant. The existing mobility rule will be evaluated by the independent experts to judge if it is in the spirit of the MSCA mobility rule.

    (113)

         1951 Refugee Convention and the 1967 Protocol.  

    (114)

     Researchers who have successfully defended their doctoral thesis but who have not yet formally been awarded the doctoral degree will not be considered eligible.

    (115)

    A medical doctor degree will be accepted only when it corresponds to a doctoral degree or if the researcher can demonstrate his/her appointment in a position that requires doctoral equivalency (e.g. professorship appointment). Medical doctor degrees corresponding to basic medical training as defined in Annex V of Directive 2005/36/EC will not be considered a doctoral degree.

    (116)

    Defined as the number of EU Member States or Associated Countries represented in the proposal, not otherwise receiving funds from projects higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget).

    (117)

        ISO 3166 alpha-2 , except for Greece and the United Kingdom (EL and UK used respectively instead of GR and GB).

    Top

    EN

    Annex III

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    3. Research Infrastructures

    Table of contents

    Introduction    

    DESTINATION – DEVELOPING, CONSOLIDATING AND OPTIMISING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH INFRASTRUCTURES LANDSCAPE, MAINTAINING GLOBAL LEADERSHIP (INFRADEV)    

    Call - Developing, consolidating and optimising the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-01: Concept development for a research infrastructure to manage, integrate and sustain large medical cohort studies    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-02: Early phase implementation of ESFRI Projects which entered the ESFRI Roadmap in 2018    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-03: Consolidation of the RI landscape – Individual support for evolution and long-term sustainability of pan-European research infrastructures    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-04: Consolidation of the RI landscape – development of complementarities, synergies and/or integration between a set of pan- European research infrastructures    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-05: Preparation of common strategies for future development of RI technologies and services within broad RI communities    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-06: Strengthen the bilateral cooperation on research infrastructures with Latin America    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-07: Strengthening the international dimension of ESFRI and/or ERIC research infrastructures    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-08: Preparatory phase of new ESFRI research infrastructure projects    

    Call - Developing, consolidating and optimising the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01-01: Research infrastructure concept development    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01-02: Strengthen the bilateral cooperation on research infrastructures with Africa    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01-03: Consolidation of the RI landscape – Individual support for evolution, long term sustainability and emerging needs of pan-European research infrastructures    

    DESTINATION – ENABLING AN OPERATIONAL, OPEN AND FAIR EOSC ECOSYSTEM (INFRAEOSC)    

    Call - Enabling an operational, open and FAIR EOSC ecosystem (2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-01: Build on the science cluster approach to ensure the uptake of EOSC by research infrastructures and research communities    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02: Development of community-based approaches for ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-03: Planning, tracking, and assessing scientific knowledge production    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-04: Next generation services for operational and sustainable EOSC Core Infrastructure    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-05: EOSC Architecture and Interoperability Framework    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-06: Trusted environments for sensitive data management in EOSC    

    Call - Enabling an operational, open and FAIR EOSC ecosystem (2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-01: FAIR and open data sharing in support of the mission adaptation to climate change    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-02: Supporting the EOSC Partnership in further consolidating the coordination and sustainability of the EOSC ecosystem    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-03: Enabling a network of EOSC federated and trustworthy repositories and enhancing the framework of generic and discipline specific services for data and other research digital objects    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-04: Long-term access and preservation infrastructure development for EOSC, including data quality aspects    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-05: Innovative and customizable services for EOSC Exchange    

    DESTINATION – RESEARCH INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES TO SUPPORT HEALTH RESEARCH, ACCELERATE THE GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION, AND ADVANCE FRONTIER KNOWLEDGE (INFRASERV)    

    Call - Research infrastructure services to support health research, accelerate the green and digital transformation, and advance frontier knowledge (2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01-01: Research infrastructure services to enable R&I addressing main challenges and EU priorities    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01-02: Research infrastructure services advancing frontier knowledge    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01-03: Research infrastructure services advancing frontier knowledge: co-fund pilots with pan-European RIs and/or national RIs    

    DESTINATION – NEXT GENERATION OF SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTATION, TOOLS AND METHODS AND ADVANCED DIGITAL SOLUTIONS (INFRATECH)    

    Call - Next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools, methods, and advanced digital solutions for RIs (2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-TECH-01-01: New technologies and solutions for reducing the environmental and climate footprint of RIs    

    Call - Next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools, methods, and advanced digital solutions for RIs (2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-01: R&D for the next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools, methods, solutions for RI upgrade    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-02: Development of tools, solutions, modules to enable R&I on the social aspects of the green transition    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-03: New digital twins for Destination Earth    

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-04: AR/VR-empowered digital twins for modelling complex phenomena in new RI application areas    

    DESTINATION – NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN RESEARCH AND EDUCATION - ENABLING COLLABORATION WITHOUT BOUNDARIES (INFRANET)    

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

    Grants to identified beneficiaries    

    1. Coordination and Monitoring of the European Research Infrastructure Consortia (ERICs)    

    2. Enhanced depositing services for digital research objects for Horizon Europe beneficiaries - enriching the EOSC environment of FAIR repositories    

    3. Implementation of the EOSC monitoring mechanism    

    4. Swedish Presidency conference on Research Infrastructures 2023    

    5. Spanish Presidency conference on Research Infrastructures 2023    

    Specific Grant Agreements to FPA    

    1. SGA to the FPA for Research and Education Networks (2024)    

    Expert contract actions    

    1. External expertise 2023    

    2. External expertise 2024    

    Budget    

    Specific Features for Research Infrastructure    

    Introduction

    The overall objective of the Research Infrastructures Programme under Horizon Europe is to empower Europe through world-class and accessible research infrastructures, as part of an integrated European research and technology infrastructures landscape.

    Research infrastructures (RIs) 1 , including the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC), and technology infrastructures (TIs) are crucial enablers of research and technological innovation and drivers of multidisciplinary and data-intensive science.

    Europe will benefit from an integrated, inter-operable and effective ecosystem of RIs and TIs that helps covering the continuum of needs from fundamental knowledge creation to technology deployment and supports the implementation of Open Science policies as well as European technology leadership.

    Previous European Framework Programmes have made a significant contribution towards a more efficient, open and effective use of national research infrastructures and have developed, with the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures (ESFRI), a coherent and strategy-led approach to policy making and national investments on pan-European research infrastructures. The work with ESFRI triggered, so far, the development of 63 European research infrastructures, of which 41 have already been implemented, across all fields of science, mobilising close to €20 billion in investments 2 .

    Twenty-three of these research infrastructures have been established as European Research Infrastructure Consortia (ERIC) – a legal form enshrined in EU law and the only EU regulation in the European Research Area (ERA) framework – that enables joint funding and integration of resources from Member States (MSs) and Associated Countries (ACs) and secures their commitment to continuing support. The EU, its MSs and the ACs invest together in the research infrastructures also through the Cohesion Policy, building research capacities at regional/national level with a view to deploy research results into markets.

    Europe has a rich landscape of research infrastructures. For the future, smart investments will be required to drive the development of new research infrastructures to fill knowledge gaps, support emerging needs and scientific breakthroughs, and respond to new challenges, notably in the field of health and in the context of the green and digital transitions. At the same time, efforts to optimise and consolidate the existing capacities, avoiding fragmentation and unnecessary duplications, will provide the ERA with a more effective and interlinked and well-functioning research infrastructure landscape. Such RIs landscape and its continuous evolution and upgrade will make the ERA increasingly attractive for researchers and talents from all over the world. It is therefore necessary to foster synergies between RI funding instruments (European and national) to align R&I investments, ensure access to excellence and translate research results for the benefit of the society and the economy. Increasing resilience of research infrastructures is also a relevant issue, particularly in the context of the recovery from the crises related to the COVID-19 pandemic and the economic-political situation. Depending on the evolution of the situation, it could be considered starting the preparation of an investment roadmap for the reconstruction of Ukrainian research infrastructures.

    The new ERA policy agenda includes a specific action on strengthening the sustainability, accessibility and resilience of research infrastructures in the ERA. The ESFRI White Paper 3 , also puts a new emphasis on the consolidation of a European research infrastructure ecosystem underpinning the ERA, on the role the existing facilities at European and national level can play to address the EU’s broad policy priorities, together with scientific challenges, and on the needs to integrate new research infrastructures in strategic areas to enhance R&I capacities in Europe. RIs, as highlighted in the ESFRI White Paper, have the potential to contribute to local and regional socio-economic development by triggering the creation of and playing a central role in knowledge innovation hubs. In this context, closely interacting with local businesses and industry, RIs support regional research priorities and the implementation of the Smart Specialization Strategies (S3), thus contributing to the alignment of priorities at EU level.

    In the RI landscape, the EOSC offers a horizontal, pan-European, inter-operable, federated ecosystem of standards, technologies and services, along with rules of engagement, which will enable and enhance seamless access to and reliable re-use of research outputs, i.e. data, software and other digital objects, included those generated or collected by research infrastructures, supporting the whole research data life-cycle from discovery and mining to analysis, storage and management. High-speed connectivity (GÉANT) underpins the development of EOSC and provides fast, trusted and reliable connectivity for researchers in Europe and beyond. Activities to deliver the EOSC as a trusted virtual environment supporting Open Science and data and service-driven research will be co-designed with MS/ACs and stakeholders in the framework of the proposed EOSC European partnership. Its further development is also required by a specific action, in the new ERA policy Agenda, for enabling the open sharing of knowledge and the re-use of research outputs. This will allow Europe to seize data-intensive research and innovation opportunities and enable breakthroughs at the crossroads of different disciplines by a broad interdisciplinary user community. The deployment of an EOSC will be ensured through a platform based on a federated core, enabling access to a wider ecosystem of data and services, as well as use of integrated High-Performance Computing (HPC), Cloud, data, networks and Artificial Intelligence (AI) resources.

    EU Framework Programmes have so far fostered the opening at EU level of RIs to trans-national users, enabling all researchers in Europe and beyond to have access to the best RIs they need for their research. These efforts have radically transformed the availability of state-of-the-art facilities for researchers, reinforcing Europe’s strong research performance and its ability to react rapidly, for example in providing reference materials worldwide to respond to the coronavirus outbreak. Up to now, this approach has been mainly science driven.

    As European RIs have the potential to enhance society’s long term and consistent problem-solving capacity, new efforts are now needed to maintain Europe at the forefront of science and to ensure the provision of customised, multidisciplinary, impact-oriented and integrated RI services and resources to accelerate the transition towards a socially inclusive green and digital future and to support an effective and responsive health system as well as evidence-based policy-making. In this regard, Research Infrastructures can substantially contribute to the objectives of Horizon Europe clusters, missions and partnerships in Pillar II as well as to support its innovation dimension.

    The Research Infrastructures work programme under Horizon Europe will address the global environmental, social and economic challenges, in line with the renewed ERA, which requires an explicit contribution of research and technology infrastructures to Europe’s wider policy objectives, thus maximizing the contribution of science and technology to the needs of the society and increasing Europe’s competitiveness. Research infrastructures will also continue to support fundamental, curiosity-driven and disruptive research in order to secure the excellence of European research and achieve future technological progress.

    To cope with new challenges and ensure leadership of Europe in frontier research, RIs need to be maintained at the forefront of science and technological developments. To this extent, the Research Infrastructures work programme will support the development of innovative cutting-edge scientific instrumentation, software and methods. These developments, carried out in cooperation and co-creation with industry, will advance the industrial technological level in Europe and lead to breakthrough technological and societal innovation.

    Training for RI users, as well as strengthening the RI scientific, technical and managerial competencies of staff, will underpin all the activities implemented under the Research Infrastructures work programme, thus contributing to the education and employment opportunities of the next generation of researchers, technologists and high level science managers. In addition, the possibility for RI staff to participate in the 2023 pilot EIC internship scheme will promote their entrepreneurial culture and upskilling. A well-functioning RIs landscape and its continuous evolution and upgrade will make the ERA attractive for researchers and talents from all over the world.

    The Research Infrastructures work programme is structured around the following five destinations:

    1.Destination - Developing, consolidating and optimising the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (INFRADEV), to contribute to a strong, excellent and impactful European Research Area, by reinforcing RI capacities in Europe, their role at the global level and the policy-making in this field;

    2.Destination - Enabling an operational, open and FAIR EOSC ecosystem (INFRAEOSC), aiming at delivering a “Web of FAIR Data and Services” for Science: a trusted virtual environment supporting Open Science, based on key horizontal core functions, with their corresponding e-infrastructures, and service layers accessible to researchers across disciplines throughout Europe;

    3.Destination - RI services to support health research, accelerate the green and digital transformation, and advance frontier knowledge (INFRASERV), with a focus on the provision of integrated RI services to enable R&I addressing major societal challenges, including health challenges, the green and digital transformation and the resilience to crises, as well as to support curiosity-driven research and advancement of frontier knowledge in broad scientific domains;

    4.Destination - Next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools and methods and advanced digital solutions (INFRATECH), to enable new discoveries and keep Europe’s RIs at the highest level of excellence, while paving the way to innovative solutions to societal challenges and new industrial applications, products and services;

    5.Destination - Network connectivity in Research and Education – Enabling collaboration without boundaries (INFRANET), providing high-bandwidth networks and network services to interconnect researchers, data and computing resources in a non-discriminatory way regardless of the location of the users and the resources to allow scientists to conduct excellent research.

    Horizon Europe is the research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that shares policy objectives. Applicants should consider and actively seek synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from, other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as ERDF 4 , ESF+ 5 , JTF 6 , EMFF 7 , EAFRD 8 and InvestEU 9 ), where appropriate, as well as private funds or financial instruments. The ERDF focuses amongst others on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF.

    DESTINATION – DEVELOPING, CONSOLIDATING AND OPTIMISING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH INFRASTRUCTURES LANDSCAPE, MAINTAINING GLOBAL LEADERSHIP (INFRADEV)

    Over recent years, the European Commission, Member States (MS) and Associated Countries (AC) have been closely collaborating, in particular within the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures (ESFRI), to develop an integrated and efficient ecosystem of research infrastructures (RIs) in Europe, which encompasses single-sited facilities, distributed facilities integrating resources across the European Research Area, as well as networks of national facilities and which serves researchers and engineers in all S&T fields, from basic to applied research. To facilitate integration and pooling of resources for the development of new capacities, a legal instrument has also been developed at European level, the European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) that provides favourable conditions for the establishment and operation of large European infrastructures supported jointly by several MSs and ACs as well as by third countries. While Member States remain central in the development and financing of public RIs, the Union and ESFRI play a catalysing and leveraging role in driving the integration between national efforts.

    The challenges for the near future are to consolidate and optimise the European Research Infrastructure landscape and enhance its capacity to support frontier research and address the emerging and new scientific and societal objectives associated with the transition towards a sustainable and resilient Europe. In addition, there is the need to define and implement an effective and sound RI strategy in Europe, in close cooperation with ESFRI, MSs and ACs, which is complemented by and interlocks with the long-term ambition of creating an integrated Technology Infrastructure (TI) landscape, the latter is supported in Pillar II of Horizon Europe Programme (HE). Such a strategy would also help in exploiting synergies between RI and TI financed from Horizon and massive investments in infrastructures from ERDF.

    This destination aims to create a world-leading coherent, responsive, sustainable and attractive RI landscape in Europe, by reducing its fragmentation at European, national and regional level, ensuring coordination of efforts and fostering alignment of priorities among MSs and ACs, connecting RIs to the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC), and which is able to support national and regional R&I ecosystems. The support to a European strategy for Research Infrastructures as well as activities to enhance the role of RIs for international cooperation and science diplomacy will also be covered under this destination.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several of the following impacts:

    1.Disruptive research and breakthrough science and innovation through cutting-edge, interconnected and sustainable Research Infrastructures;

    2.Strengthened scientific excellence and performance and efficiency of the European Research Area, increasing its attractiveness to researchers from all over the world;

    3.Coordinated research infrastructure capacity among countries and regions, also by exploiting possibilities given by the smart specialisation processes;

    4.Reinforced R&I capacities enabling systemic changes needed for a truly transformative societal and economic recovery and a strengthened resilience of critical sectors, as outlined in the Recovery Plan;

    5.Improved European response, in cooperation with international players, to emerging socio-economic and related scientific and technological challenges at global level.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01

    79.55

    18.00

    09 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01

    23.50

    12 Mar 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    79.55

    41.50

    Call - Developing, consolidating and optimising the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (2023)

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 10

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 11

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 06 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 09 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-01

    RIA

    3.00

    1.00 to 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-02

    CSA

    7.50

    1.00 to 1.50

    5

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-03

    RIA

    22.00

    18.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    10

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-04

    RIA

    20.00

    2.00 to 5.00

    5

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-05

    CSA

    12.50

    1.50 to 2.50

    5

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-06

    CSA

    3.75

    0.75 to 1.50

    3

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-07

    CSA

    7.80

    1.00 to 1.50

    5

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-08

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    79.55

    18.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-01: Concept development for a research infrastructure to manage, integrate and sustain large medical cohort studies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 12 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.support to planning and decision making at the national level (e.g. funding bodies, governments) and at European level (e.g. ESFRI) through a sound science case, including expected scientific breakthrough, a gap analysis and a feasibility/design study for a future research infrastructure to manage, integrate and sustain large medical cohort studies;

    2.ensuring stewardship and long-term availability of data and samples related to existing and future large medical cohort studies for their re-use for secondary research;

    3.strengthening and integration of existing capacities in the field;

    4.new services and access opportunities available to the research community, allowing to better tackle medical challenges.

    Scope: This topic aims at supporting the development of new concepts for a research infrastructure at European level, to manage, integrate and sustain large medical cohort studies. The possibility to extend the scope of already existing infrastructures and/or integrate in a sustainable way existing pan-European and national capacities to cover this need and provide RI services for large medical cohort studies should be assessed as a first option, identifying what is missing and the necessary new developments. Such an infrastructure will also enable an appropriate exploitation of past investments by EU framework programmes or other European funders on the development of medical cohorts.

    The numerous and diverse medical cohort studies in Europe, initiated at Member States level or in the context of EU-funded projects, require major resource investments to be set up, mature and serve multiple research queries over long period of times. The research potential (e.g. statistical power or geographical coverage) of individual cohorts can be scaled up, when similar, sufficiently compatible individual cohorts (e.g. in different EU countries) are harmonized and integrated. A research infrastructure could ensure the needed long term sustainability for cohorts and the technical platform for data integration across cohorts as well as a properly implemented data access governance. Proposals for the new RI concept development will tackle all key questions concerning the technical and conceptual feasibility of an effective RI service offer, at EU level, to manage, integrate and sustain large medical cohort studies.

    In this respect, proposals should address all following aspects:

    1.demonstrate relevance in relation to ERA, including to the existing landscape, and the advancement with respect to the state-of-art of the new sustainable integrated service or infrastructure;

    2.highlight the research challenges the new sustainable integrated service or research infrastructure will make possible to address, including at global level;

    3.indicate the gaps in the research infrastructure landscape it will cover and the synergies with other existing infrastructures at European and global level, including those co-financed from other EU instruments (e.g.: Cohesion policy);

    4.indicate, when relevant, the potential impact of this research infrastructure at regional level.

    Proposals should also convincingly demonstrate that the project will effectively:

    1.identify suitable IT technologies and the architecture (e.g. single site or distributed, …) for the research infrastructure;

    2.identify scientific user communities (and their related needs) that will benefit from access to RI services, including scientific data and instrumentation, and plan the research services to be offered to users;

    3.assess and identify suitable governance models and implement strategies for institutional/stakeholders’ commitment and engagement;

    4.develop initial financial plans for the implementation and operation of the infrastructure as well as preliminary ideas for long-term sustainability, including synergies with other funds and programmes (e.g.: ERDF);

    5.develop plans for an efficient data curation and preservation and for the provision of GDPR compliant access to data managed by the infrastructure, in line with the FAIR principles to the extent possible.

    Projects could pilot the harmonization of a limited number of European strategic cohorts, that are sustained in the long-term for generating evidence in a given field, aiming at integrating their respective data sets so as to enable cross-cohort queries. Synergies with successful proposals under the HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-05 13 topic should be sought.

    When relevant, environmental (including climate-related) impacts and the optimisation of resource and energy use, as well as the gender dimension of cohort studies, should be integrated in the concept development of the new research infrastructures.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-02: Early phase implementation of ESFRI Projects which entered the ESFRI Roadmap in 2018

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 14 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.enhanced ERA excellence and attractiveness through the availability of additional capacities;

    2.consistent and well-structured research infrastructures ecosystem in Europe;

    3.solid Member States/Associated Country engagement in pan-European research infrastructures, leading to their full implementation;

    4.long-term perspective for investments in research infrastructures;

    5.synergies and complementarities between new and existing research infrastructures, including technology infrastructures and infrastructures financed by ERDF.

    Scope: This topic targets the research infrastructure projects which entered the ESFRI Roadmap in 2018 15 , due to their scientific excellence and organisational maturity as well as to their strategic importance for the European Research Area and the structuring of the European research infrastructure ecosystem.

    Although these ESFRI Projects have received EU funding for their preparatory phase and initial commitment from Member States/Associated Countries, the early stages of the research infrastructure life cycle are particularly challenging, also considering additional difficulties linked to the COVID-19 pandemic and the current energy crisis. Past monitoring exercises on ESFRI infrastructures highlighted recurrent bottlenecks hampering their full implementation and start of operation phase. Building on such experiences, proposals are expected to identify and address the most critical issues that could prevent or delay the entering of these ESFRI Projects into the implementation phase.

    Support can be provided for activities, such as enlargement of the membership; establishment of the governance structure and legal entity; securing the funding; finalisation of the distributed architecture; development of ICT and data management solutions (including possible open access to data); development of access policies and users’ strategies; consolidation of the international dimension; consolidate their service offer, assessing possible expansion to new user communities/new needs; addressing staff and procurement related issues. Proposals should focus on the activities addressing the identified bottlenecks.

    Proposal consortia should involve all stakeholders necessary to move the project forward and ensure financial commitments (including national/regional ministries/governments, research councils or funding agencies).

    Proposals should explain any synergies and complementarities with previous or current EU grants.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-03: Consolidation of the RI landscape – Individual support for evolution and long-term sustainability of pan-European research infrastructures

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: due to the scope of this topic, consortia must include at least one of the ESFRI Landmarks 16 or European Research Infrastructures Consortia (ERICs) 17 .

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 80% of the eligible costs in order to establish the endorsement by the RI funders, which should provide the remaining share of the developments covered by the Grant Agreements and foster their sustainability.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.better structured and strengthened European research infrastructure landscape;

    2.new services available to a wider user community, including participants in other parts of Horizon Europe, allowing to better tackle scientific and societal challenges;

    3.increased capacity to address EU policy priorities and/or support EU industry;

    4.reinforced global competitiveness of the European Research Area;

    5.reduction of environmental (including climate-related) impacts as well as optimisation of resource and energy consumption integrated through the full life cycle of research infrastructures;

    6.increased long-term sustainability of European research infrastructures;

    Scope: This topic targets the consolidation of the EU RI landscape through the support, together with member countries, to the strengthening, long-term sustainability, reorientation or evolution of ESFRI Landmarks or other European Research Infrastructure Consortia (ERICs). Activities aimed at ensuring long-term sustainability include enlargement of the membership or broadening the base of participating countries, international cooperation, revision of business/funding plan, development of managerial and technical skills for RI staff, and structuring and strengthening of national nodes. Support can also be provided to the development of solutions helping the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic consequences on service provision, such as extension of remote and virtual access, or on the management of the infrastructure itself. Activities for reorientation or evolution should fill gaps in the RI landscape, enabling the RI to address new research or societal challenges and/or serve new user communities, increasing and improving service capacity and/or integrating new resources/facilities. Proposals should explain any synergies and complementarities with previous or current EU grants.

    Specific attention should be given, where relevant, to the greening of technologies and methodologies used by the research infrastructure, to the interaction with industry/SMEs, to the fostering of the innovation potential – including the social innovation potential – of the infrastructures, and to their integration into local, regional and global innovation ecosystems.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-04: Consolidation of the RI landscape – development of complementarities, synergies and/or integration between a set of pan- European research infrastructures

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: due to the scope of this topic, consortia must include at least 2 different ESFRI Landmarks 18 and/or European Research Infrastructures Consortia 19 (ERICs).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 20 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.better structured, integrated and strengthened European research infrastructure landscape;

    2.solid concepts and/or comprehensive plans for the integrated research infrastructures, to support decision making at national and European level, leading to increased sustainability, operational and financial efficiency;

    3.increased synergies between research infrastructures;

    4.increased capacity to address EU policy priorities and/or support EU industry;

    5.reinforced global competitiveness of the European Research Area.

    Scope: This topic targets the consolidation and improved functioning of the EU RI landscape through the support to the development of complementarities, synergies and/or integration between a set (two or more) of ESFRI Landmarks and/or other European Research Infrastructure Consortia (ERICs).

    Proposals could address either a tighter operational integration between infrastructures, or instead the feasibility and the planning of a merging between infrastructures, which could be targeted in future by a specific topic. The rationale and the potential benefits of the planned consolidation action should be clearly spelled out in the proposals.

    1.When addressing an operational integration, projects will develop complementarities and/or synergies between infrastructures, at thematic and/or cross-disciplinary level, to optimise the functioning of the RI landscape. The development of complementarities (e.g. through service level agreements for the sharing of horizontal/common services/tools, including external ones) should lead to increased efficiency and prevent unnecessary duplications. Synergies should be exploited to address complex research challenges and EU priorities and should be implemented through cooperation mechanisms ensuring sustainable and long term integration of services and resources (e.g. common horizontal services, joint scientific services). The needed joint staff skill development, including exchange programmes among the participating RIs, could also be supported. The expected EU contribution for this first option should range between EUR 2 and 5 million.

    2.When addressing a merging between infrastructures, proposals should provide evidence that the project will effectively involve the funders of the different infrastructures, develop the concept of the merged infrastructure in all its dimensions, including governance, legal form and operation, and define the operational steps and the financial forecast for the actual merging process. The expected EU contribution for this second option should be around EUR 2 million.

    Proposals should explain any synergies and complementarities with previous or current EU grants.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-05: Preparation of common strategies for future development of RI technologies and services within broad RI communities

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 21 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.More comprehensive analysis of research infrastructure services available to European scientists;

    2.Analysis of technology needs and service gaps in European research infrastructures at strategic level;

    3.Common long-term strategies for development of technologies and services in pan-European Research Infrastructures;

    4.More effective RI landscape in Europe;

    5.Increased capacity of European RIs to respond to emerging needs;

    6.Better integration of the research infrastructure communities across the thematic areas.

    Scope: Proposals should analyse long-term scientific developments and trends in wide scientific domains, and how to enhance research capacities to support them. In the chosen domain, proposals should identify the future research infrastructure needs for technology or innovation, as well as service gaps in relation to key scientific challenges and policy priorities. The objective is to define common plans or roadmaps for future RI technology and services, including their digitalisation when relevant, and their long-term development pathways, taking into account the current state of the art, the international landscape and their environmental (including climate-related) impact and energy consumption.

    Actions under this topic should be carried out by thematic consortia of research infrastructures. Closer collaboration with and involvement of ESFRI clusters and related research infrastructures is needed to ensure appropriate thematic coverage of the RI landscape, foster a coordinated development of these common plans or roadmaps, reducing the risk of overlaps between future services, and improve the division of tasks among research infrastructures. Other partners needed to address the above mentioned objective can also be included in the consortia.

    Proposals should plan for structured and long-term engagement with other relevant stakeholders and foresee dedicated activities to develop synergies and complementarities with the other projects selected under this topic, earmarking appropriate resources.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-06: Strengthen the bilateral cooperation on research infrastructures with Latin America

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.75 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.75 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all countries of the LAC region are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply to those proposals with the objective ‘cooperation in strategic areas’: in order to achieve the expected objectives of the action, the consortium must include at least two ESFRI or ERIC infrastructures 22 and at least two legal entities established in two different LAC countries. This additional eligibility criterion does not apply to proposals with the objective ‘policy coordination’.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 23 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.contribution to the EU-CELAC Strategic roadmap, in particular its ‘Research Infrastructures’ pillar;

    2.strengthening EU-LAC bi-regional scientific collaboration;

    3.enhanced EU-LAC cooperation on research infrastructures in strategic areas;

    4.enhanced research capacities in the LAC region and in the EU.

    Scope: Actions under this topic, in line with the EU-CELAC SOM 24 strategic approach 25 , will build on the outputs of the EU-CELAC Research Infrastructure Working Group, and will address one of the two following objectives:

    Cooperation in strategic areas:

    Proposals should:

    1.Support the rollout of bi-regional cooperation in one or more of the priority areas identified by the EU-CELAC Research Infrastructure Working Group through the Horizon 2020 grant EU-LAC RESINFRA 26 (energy, health, biodiversity and climate change, food security and information and communication technologies);

    2.Implement specific actions aimed at enhancing RI performance and impact in both regions, such as joint initiatives in management and staff development, developing new services (in particular remote access), sharing data or supporting reciprocal access. Activities should take into account the Sustainability Plan developed by the EU-CELAC Research Infrastructure Working Group through the grant EU-LAC RESINFRA.

    Proposals should focus in particular on collaboration agreements in the long term that would remain open to potential new participants in the LAC region.

    For proposals with the objective ‘cooperation in strategic areas’ the Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    Policy coordination:

    Proposals should:

    1.Monitor the development of EU-LAC bi-regional cooperation projects;

    2.Identify future cooperation priorities based on the respective road-mapping exercises;

    3.Foster the exchange of best practices between the EU and LAC on issues of common strategic relevance such as regional road-mapping processes, research infrastructure management, RI funding along the life-cycle, sharing of data as well as co-development of research and innovation capacity. This will be done through the organization of dedicated workshops and meetings between relevant communities in both regions (research infrastructures, ministries, funding agencies), through study visits or bi-regional staff exchanges, or through dedicated training programmes;

    4.Identify remaining bottlenecks to research infrastructures cooperation between the two regions, stimulate the development of favourable framework conditions and develop specific initiatives involving research infrastructures;

    5.Support the development of RI staff by stimulating the establishment of shared staff exchange and training programmes between EU and CELAC (with attention to female and young researchers).

    For proposals with the objective ‘policy coordination’, the Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around 0.75 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    Selected actions under both objectives will be expected to report on their progress to the EU-CELAC Research Infrastructures Working Group.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-07: Strengthening the international dimension of ESFRI and/or ERIC research infrastructures

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.80 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in non-associated third countries are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: in order to achieve the expected objectives of the action, consortia must include, as beneficiary, at least one ESFRI Landmark and/or European Research Infrastructures Consortium (ERIC) 27 and, as beneficiary or as associated partner, at least one legal entity established in a non-associated and non-European third country.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 28 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.new or enhanced, effective cooperation of European research infrastructures with key international partners;

    2.strengthened position of European RIs in the global RI landscape;

    3.increased opportunities for the development of global research infrastructures;

    4.increased capacity to address societal challenges with a global dimension;

    5.reinforced global competitiveness and performance of the European Research Area.

    Scope: This topic aims at supporting the cooperation of pan-European research infrastructures with their international (non-European) counterparts, and/or at fostering the international engagement of ESFRI and ERIC research infrastructures through their involvement in global research infrastructure initiatives.

    Proposals should deal with shared objectives and governance, building on the criteria developed by the Group of Senior Officials on Global Research Infrastructures 29 . Proposals will look in particular at the following:

    ·the long-term sustainability of joint activities;

    ·opportunities (access and data sharing) available to European scientists in these research infrastructures;

    ·ensuring global interoperability and reach;

    ·reaching international agreements on the reciprocal use, openness or co-financing of infrastructures;

    ·launching pilot access initiatives;

    ·exchanging good practices between user communities and managers of research infrastructures as regard for instance harmonisation of tests, standards, reference materials, interoperability and data handling.

    While the main target of this topic is the cooperation between an individual pan-European infrastructure and its international counterparts in one or more third countries, proposals could also involve a set of pan-European infrastructures with their international counterparts if appropriate, in particular when cooperation is necessary for addressing complex phenomena with a global dimension. Proposals should duly justify and explain the EU benefit of any EU contribution requested by non-associated third countries, to allow the assessment of their appropriateness.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-08: Preparatory phase of new ESFRI research infrastructure projects

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 30 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.structuring effect on ERA;

    2.the scientific excellence of the European landscape of sustainable RI enhances problem-solving capacities to address challenges in science, industry and society;

    3.solid ground for the decision making on new research infrastructures is available to MS/ACs, their funding bodies and other relevant stakeholders (e.g.: international organisations, third countries; foundations; etc.);

    4.long-term perspective for RI investments;

    5.consistent and well-functioning European research infrastructures ecosystem through the development of synergies and complementarities between new and existing research infrastructures, including technology infrastructures and infrastructures financed by ERDF.

    Scope: This topic supports the preparatory phase of new ESFRI research infrastructure projects identified in the 2021 update of the ESFRI Roadmap, which have never been supported before for their preparatory phase. These ESFRI projects have been selected for the excellence of their scientific case and for their strategic importance for the European Research Area and the structuring of the European research infrastructure ecosystem.

    Proposal consortia should involve all the stakeholders necessary to move the project forward, to take the decisions, and to make financial commitments, before construction can start (including, but not limited to, national/regional ministries/governments, research councils or funding agencies from the countries that have already declared their commitment in the application to ESFRI). Operators of research facilities, research centres, universities, and industry may also be involved whenever appropriate.

    Proposals for research infrastructure preparatory phases will tackle all key questions concerning legal, financial and technical issues leading to the establishment of a new research infrastructure and ensuring commitment of Member States/Associated Countries to their long-term operation and use in all fields of science.

    In this respect, proposals should address all following aspects:

    1.the development of legal and financial frameworks/plans relating to the setting-up, construction and/or integration of national resources, operation and decommissioning of the research infrastructure as well as its Governance structure; the complementarities between national and EU instruments (such as the European Structural and Investment Funds or the European Investment Bank) and/or innovative financing solutions (e.g.: pre-commercial procurement; public-private partnerships);

    2.the preparation of legal and financial agreements, including site, governance, internal rules, financing of the new research infrastructures. These are deliverables that should be finalised before the end of the project (e.g.: through a Memorandum of Understanding; a 'signature-ready' document for the setting-up and the actual implementation of the research infrastructure);

    3.the establishment of plans for logistics and human resources management, in relation to the construction/integration and future operation, including RI service provision as well as for an efficient data curation and preservation and for the provision of access to data collected or produced by the future infrastructure, in line with the FAIR principles;

    4.the technical challenges concerning the joint development, transfer of knowledge and implementation of key RI technologies and the completion of the final technical design of the infrastructure;

    5.the development of plans for the provision of RI services to identified scientific user communities;

    6.the relevance of the RI for science and society, including its socio-economic impacts at local/regional level and links with the smart specialisation strategies at regional level.

    Environmental (including climate-related) impacts as well as the optimisation of resource and energy use should be integrated in the Preparatory phase of new research infrastructures.

    Proposals should explain any synergies and complementarities with previous or current EU grants.

    Call - Developing, consolidating and optimising the European research infrastructures landscape, maintaining global leadership (2024)

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 31

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 32

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 06 Dec 2023

    Deadline(s): 12 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01-01

    RIA

    14.00

    1.00 to 3.00

    5

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01-02

    CSA

    1.50

    1.00 to 1.50

    1

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01-03

    RIA

    8.00

    2.00 to 4.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    23.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01-01: Research infrastructure concept development

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 33 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.support to planning and decision making for research infrastructures at the national (e.g. funding bodies, governments) and European level (e.g. ESFRI) through solid science cases, including expected scientific breakthrough, gap analyses and feasibility/design studies for future research infrastructures or major upgrades of existing ones;

    2.a better alignment of the development of the research infrastructure landscape with the advancements of excellent science, frontier research and technology innovation;

    3.increased performance, scientific capacity and excellence of the European research infrastructure landscape;

    4.new services and access opportunities available to the research community, allowing to better tackle scientific and societal challenges;

    5.reduction of environmental (including climate-related) impacts as well as optimisation of resource and energy consumption integrated in the very early phase of development of new research infrastructures or major upgrades of existing ones.

    Scope: This topic aims at supporting the development of new concepts for the next generation of research infrastructures of European interest 34 , single/multi sited, distributed or virtual, that none or few countries might individually be able to implement. All fields of research can be considered.

    Major upgrades of existing infrastructures may also be considered if the end result is significantly transformative and equivalent to a new infrastructure concept. The possibility to extend the scope of already existing infrastructures and/or integrate in a sustainable way existing pan-European and national capacities to address the specific RI service needs, should indeed be assessed as a first option, identifying what is missing and the necessary new developments.

    Proposals for RI concept development will tackle all key questions concerning the technical and conceptual feasibility of new or upgraded fully fledged user facilities.

    In this respect, proposals should address all following aspects:

    1.demonstrate relevance in relation to ERA, including to the existing landscape, and the expected advancement with respect to the state-of-art of the new or upgraded infrastructure;

    2.highlight the research challenges the new or upgraded research infrastructures will make possible to address, including at global level;

    3.indicate the gaps in the research infrastructure landscape the new or upgraded infrastructure will cover and the synergies with other existing infrastructures at European and global level, including those co-financed from other EU instruments (e.g.: Cohesion policy);

    4.indicate, when relevant, the potential impact of the new research infrastructure at regional level.

    Proposals should also convincingly demonstrate that the project will effectively:

    1.identify technologies and the architecture (e.g. single site or distributed, …) for developing the research infrastructure;

    2.identify scientific user communities (and their related needs) that will benefit from access to RI services, including scientific data and instrumentation, and develop the planning of research services to users;

    3.identify governance options as well as strategic approaches for institutional/stakeholders’ commitment and engagement and for ensuring a wide membership;

    4.develop initial financial plans for the implementation and operation of the new or upgraded RI as well as preliminary ideas for long-term sustainability, including synergies with other funds and programmes (e.g.: ERDF);

    5.develop plans for an efficient data curation and preservation and for the provision of access to data collected or produced by the future infrastructure, in line with the FAIR principles.

    Proposals considering just a new component of a research infrastructure are not in scope of this topic.

    When relevant, environmental (including climate-related) impacts as well as the optimisation of resource and energy use should be integrated in the concept development of new or upgraded research infrastructures. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01-02: Strengthen the bilateral cooperation on research infrastructures with Africa

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: in order to achieve the expected objectives of the action, the consortium must include, as beneficiaries or associated partners, at least two legal entities established in two different African Union member states 35 .

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all African Union member states 36 are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 37 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.contribution to the new Commission strategy with Africa, notably to the following specific objectives: rapidly enhance learning, knowledge and skills, research and innovation capacities (with attention to female and young researchers);

    2.enhanced research capacities in Africa;

    3.enhanced Euro-African cooperation in R&I.

    Scope: This topic aims at fostering EU-Africa cooperation in Research Infrastructures, sharing of good practices and experiences to facilitate the development of a strategic approach for structuring RI capacities at pan-African level in fields other than those addressed by topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-DEV-01-02.

    Proposals should build on existing cooperation activities between African and European countries and take into account the outcomes of previous and ongoing initiatives. The potential contribution to ongoing global initiatives, where relevant, should be taken into account.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01-03: Consolidation of the RI landscape – Individual support for evolution, long term sustainability and emerging needs of pan-European research infrastructures

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: due to the scope of this topic, consortia must include at least one of the ESFRI Landmark 38 or European Research Infrastructures Consortia (ERICs) 39 .

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 80% of the eligible costs in order to prove the endorsement by the RI funders, which should provide the remaining share, of the developments covered by the Grant Agreements and foster their sustainability.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.better structured and strengthened European research infrastructure landscape;

    2.new services available to a wider user community, including participants in other parts of Horizon Europe, allowing to better tackle scientific and societal challenges;

    3.increased capacity to address EU policy priorities and/or support EU industry;

    4.reinforced global competitiveness of the European Research Area;

    5.reduction of environmental (including climate-related) impacts as well as optimisation of resource and energy consumption integrated through the full life cycle of research infrastructures;

    6.increased long-term sustainability of European research infrastructures.

    Scope: This topic targets the consolidation of the EU RI landscape through the support, together with member countries, to the strengthening, long-term sustainability, reorientation or evolution of ESFRI Landmarks or other European Research Infrastructure Consortia (ERICs). Its specific scope could however be further defined to address specific emerging needs identified and agreed at EU level. Activities aimed at ensuring long-term sustainability include enlargement of the membership or broadening the base of participating countries, international cooperation, revision of business/funding plan, development of managerial and technical skills for RI staff, and structuring and strengthening of national nodes. Support can also be provided to the development of solutions helping the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic consequences on service provision, such as extension of remote and virtual access, or on the management of the infrastructure itself. Activities for reorientation or evolution should fill gaps in the RI landscape, enabling the RI to address new research or societal challenges and/or serve new user communities, increasing and improving service capacity and/or integrating new resources/facilities. Proposals should explain any synergies and complementarities with previous or current EU grants.

    Specific attention should be given, where relevant, to the greening of technologies and methodologies used by the research infrastructure, to the interaction with industry/SMEs, to the fostering of the innovation potential – including the social innovation potential – of the infrastructures, and to their integration into local, regional and global innovation ecosystems.

    DESTINATION – ENABLING AN OPERATIONAL, OPEN AND FAIR EOSC ECOSYSTEM (INFRAEOSC)

    The European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) is an ecosystem of research data and related services. It encompasses rules of engagement, standards, abstractions, technologies, and services, which will enable and enhance seamless access to and reliable re-use of FAIR 40 research outputs (i.e. data and other digital objects), including those generated or collected by other research infrastructures, and covering the whole research data life cycle (generation, storage, sharing and publishing, discovery, access, processing, management, analysis, re-use, etc.). The EOSC will contribute to the European Strategy for Data, including its thematic common interoperable data spaces, and the provision of secure and FAIR-enabling European cloud services.

    EOSC development has been supported through a series of Horizon 2020 projects and an interim EOSC governance structure preparing the next stage of EOSC development for the period after 2020. These projects have contributed to the creation of a pan-European access mechanism; coordination of national activities for EOSC on-boarding; connection of European research infrastructures (e.g. ERIC and other world-class RIs) and existing e-infrastructures; initial development and operationalisation of the FAIR principles and a FAIR-compliant certification scheme for research data; the EOSC portal providing access to a range of services, guidelines and training; and the development and provision of a number of research-enabling value-added services, including distributed data processing and management (both public and commercial). From 2021, the EOSC partnership will help ensuring directionality (common vision and objectives) and additionality (complementary commitments and contributions) of the stakeholders involved.

    Building on this progress, the INFRAEOSC destination aims to continue to develop the EOSC in a more cohesive and structured manner so that it becomes a fully operational enabling ecosystem for the whole research data lifecycle. This ecosystem includes FAIR research data commons (e.g. data, services, tools), based on key horizontal core functions, with corresponding e-infrastructures and service layers accessible to researchers across disciplines throughout Europe, leading to a “Web of FAIR Data and Services” for Science. The EOSC ecosystem will contribute a data space for science, research and innovation articulated with the other data spaces described in the European Strategy for Data.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several of the following impacts:

    1.Transforming the way researchers as well as the public and private sectors create, share and exploit research outputs (data, publications, protocols, methodologies, software, code, etc.) within and across research disciplines, leading to better quality, validation, more innovation and higher productivity of research;

    2.Facilitating scientific multi-disciplinary cooperation, leading to discoveries in basic research and solutions in key application areas;

    3.Seamless access to and management of increasing volumes of research data following FAIR principles (that are open as possible) and other research outputs stimulating the development and uptake of a wide range of new innovative and value-added services from public and commercial providers

    4.Improving trust in science through increased FAIRness, openness and quality of scientific research in Europe, supported by more meaningful monitoring and better facilitators for reproducibility, validation and re-use of research results, and by improving pathways for the communication of science to the public.

    All software developed under this destination should be open source, licensed under a CC0 public domain dedication or under an open source licence as recommended by the Free Software Foundation 41 and the Open Source Initiative 42 .

    All projects that will be financed under this destination are expected to participate in concertation activities in the framework of the EOSC Partnership.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01

    69.00

    09 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01

    61.00

    12 Mar 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    69.00

    61.00

    Call - Enabling an operational, open and FAIR EOSC ecosystem (2023)

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 43

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 44

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 06 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 09 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-01

    RIA

    25.00

    Around 25.00

    1

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 8.00

    1

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-03

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 8.00

    1

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-04

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 10.00

    1

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-05

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-06

    RIA

    15.00

    Around 5.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    69.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-01: Build on the science cluster approach to ensure the uptake of EOSC by research infrastructures and research communities

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 25.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply due to the scope of this topic:

    Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

    1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. Given that the financial support to third parties is a primary aim of the action, and taking into account the nature of the work to be supported and the cross-RI, cross-domain nature of the intended open science projects and services, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 250 000. The selection of the third parties to be supported will be based on an external independent peer review of their proposed work. Research infrastructures which are beneficiaries/affiliated entities of the consortium awarded may exceptionally also be recipients of financial support to third parties. Proposals must explain how they will ensure that such beneficiaries/affiliated entities are not involved in the selection procedure of the calls, in order to avoid conflicts of interest and maintain confidentiality.

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    Beneficiaries must deposit the digital research data generated in the action in a trusted repository federated in the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) in compliance with EOSC requirements.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support all researcher communities across Europe to contribute to and benefit from a user-oriented EOSC;

    2.Populate EOSC Exchange with FAIR data, horizontal services and thematic services of relevance to users in several scientific domains and beyond;

    3.Develop and demonstrate through cascading grants concrete scientific benefits of open science and FAIR practices through cross-disciplinary use cases;

    4.Increased alignment of operation of ESFRI and international RIs at the subdomain, domain and interdisciplinary levels in function of the progressive deployment of the EOSC Core, EOSC Exchange and EOSC sustainability models;

    5.Provide feedback and requirements for the evolution of the EOSC ecosystem.

    Scope: This topic aims to extend the level of cross-domain collaboration and EOSC alignment initiated in Horizon 2020 with the science cluster projects 45 . It also capitalises on the experience gained by these cluster projects in enabling open science practices, FAIR implementation and managing open calls for disciplinary and multi-disciplinary science projects to involve smaller or less structured communities with less experience in open science, and to support communities lacking relevant competence centres.

    Proposals should cover the following two activities:

    1) Consolidate common EOSC approaches between the RI communities involved in the five science clusters, help to sustain composable EOSC-onboarded services from and across RIs participating in these clusters and support community-based competence centres for continued EOSC-alignment and extended outreach towards new or underrepresented user communities.

    This activity should contribute to firmly install the connection to the EOSC ecosystem (including the EOSC onboarding of digital resources), the implementation of open science practices and the management of FAIR research digital objects into the core operation of ESFRI projects and landmarks and other relevant world class research infrastructures with a European dimension. The activity should increase the use and impact of RI resources especially through increased customisation and composability of services, higher amount of FAIR and open data for reuse and strengthened exploitation of the EOSC-Exchange.

    Through pilots, the activity should test models by which services intended for users of one infrastructure are made available cross-border to a wider audience via the EOSC Exchange, as well as financial models for cross-RI service provision through the EOSC.

    This activity should also further develop and extend existing networks of competence centres on FAIR and open practices and EOSC resources provisioning, enhancing relevant support to all research communities. Focus should be put on aligning and networking those competence centres to also support and train less-engaged, less-structured communities. The activity should establish a mechanism to collect operational needs coming from the user communities and to interact with future operator(s) of the EOSC platform.

    2) Demonstrate and pilot the use of EOSC resources by multiple research communities through cross-RI and/or cross-domain open science projects and services.

    This activity aims to engage with multiple research communities (academic and industry) to address multi-disciplinary questions of high societal relevance and to accelerate their uptake of RI and EOSC resources (data, services, policies, interoperability framework). Targeted user communities for these open science projects and services should extend beyond the RI communities involved in the H2020 science clusters. Special attention should be put on involving user group(s) also from outside the H2020 INFRAEOSC community including - when relevant - citizen scientists and “the long tail” of science. Proposals should demonstrate how the project plans to reach out to multiple scientific communities. The role of University Associations or Learned Societies to trigger community engagement in this activity should be explored.

    This activity should be implemented through open calls for cross-RI and/or cross-domain science projects and services through a cascading grant mechanism. Given that the financial support to third parties is a primary aim of the action, at least EUR 18 million of the EU contribution for this topic should be used in this scope 46 . The activity should build on the experience already gained by the science clusters in calling for expressions of interests, implementing open calls and carrying out science projects. The financial support to third parties related to these open calls should be sized between EUR 100 000 and 250 000 for a duration of 12 to 24 months. The open calls should encourage, where applicable cross-RI and/or cross-domain collaborations. They should foresee the use of data and services already on-boarded to the EOSC platform and/or bring new research digital objects and RI services to the EOSC Exchange. The proposals should support the FAIR principles and take up relevant FAIR metrics and EOSC policies. The open calls under this activity should respect the conditions laid out in Section B of the General Annexes, including transparency, equal treatment, conflict of interest and confidentiality. Research infrastructures which are beneficiaries/affiliated entities of the consortium awarded may exceptionally also be recipients of financial support to third parties. Proposals must explain how they will ensure that such beneficiaries/affiliated entities are not involved in the selection procedure of the calls, in order to avoid conflicts of interest and maintain confidentiality.

    To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC including relevant actions awarded under the topics of the HORIZON-INFRA-2021-SERV-01 call, and under the topics HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-06 and HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03. To this extent, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02: Development of community-based approaches for ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply due to the scope of this topic:

    Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

    1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights:

    1.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    2.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its intellectual property rights which are part of the results and are needed for further developing the European Open Science Cloud to legal entities identified by the granting authority and established in Member States or countries associated to the Horizon Europe Framework Programme. Such access rights are limited to non-commercial use.

    Beneficiaries must deposit the digital research data generated in the action in a trusted repository federated in the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) in compliance with EOSC requirements.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.A framework of community curation is established and promoted that ensures quality of software and code across the different disciplines.

    2.Infrastructure, tools and services are deployed that allow researchers to properly develop, describe with proper metadata, version, archive, share and reuse research software.

    3.The notion of software quality is defined in the context of EOSC and builds upon established practices by the FAIR and other communities.

    4.Baseline quality indicators along the notion of “minimum quality” are defined for the different types of digital objects targeted (software, code, etc), taking into account the concept of “fit for purpose”.

    5.The quality of research software, both from the technical and organizational point of view for research software is improved, both in general (e.g. software for data analysis) and in particular for software used in the services offered through EOSC.

    6.Software is developed in a sustainable way and its reuse is maximised.

    Scope: Research software and code are digital objects that are becoming increasingly important for the EOSC ecosystem and beyond. The overall objective of this topic is to improve the quality of software and code, as well as the quality of other digital objects based on code such as workflows, computational models, etc. Software sustainability is being mainstreamed across Europe and quality software is key for improving the reproducibility of research and can also represent a first-class research output on par with publications and datasets. Preservation and sustainability of software are vital areas of development in the EOSC ecosystem and best practices from various communities need to be aligned to maximise software reuse.

    Proposals should therefore cover the following activities:

    1.Foster alignment of existing initiatives by promoting coherence and developing community guidelines.

    2.Promote the use of already existing common technical specifications, standards or infrastructure, endorsed by the various scientific communities.

    3.Define software delivering and packing best practices towards software reusability, including deployment descriptions, packaging methodologies, integration on problem solving collaborative environments such as notebooks.

    4.Ensure integration of infrastructure, tools and services not just for software but also for computational models, workflows and anything that is code-based. This should include a Continuous Integration & Continuous Deployment (CI/CD) setup for codes and live testing on relevant data.

    5.The systems and services developed within the scope of the topic should be flexible and scalable in their deployment by making use of cloud technologies, such as containers, to allow an easy integration with the future EOSC Core infrastructure.

    6.Define a baseline of Source Code quality based on coding principles and coding best practices, including API and documentation. Provide tools for the automatic testing of conformance.

    7.Develop minimum quality certification frameworks through automated checks, pipelines and digital badges. Provide indication of code maturity within the software life cycle.

    8.Allow for the integration of automatic testing for security vulnerability and license infringements.

    9.Ensure optimal and sustainable software archival practices and mainstream software citation and correct attribution for inclusion in novel research assessment frameworks.

    10.Incentivise open, community-driven and sustainable software development, involving labs as well as individuals (long-tail of science). Establish software green houses which nurture and support new codes and integrate with software quality tools.

    11.Develop FAIR metrics frameworks for digital objects such as software, code, computational models, workflows, etc.

    12.Develop or align pre-existing training materials for software development skills, digital badges, etc.

    To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC. Proposals should also take into account the work of the EOSC Synergy project with its Software Quality as a Service approach.

    In addition, proposals should take into account and collaborate with the resulting projects from the topics HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-03 and HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-04, aligning common elements of quality between data and software, as well as adopting novel metrics for assessing research impact. Synergies should also be developed with the resulting project from the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05, especially with potential metrics and indicators to assess the FAIRness of digital objects.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-03: Planning, tracking, and assessing scientific knowledge production

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply due to the scope of this topic:

    Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

    1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights:

    1.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    2.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its intellectual property rights which are part of the results and are needed for further developing the European Open Science Cloud to legal entities identified by the granting authority and established in Member States or countries associated to the Horizon Europe Framework Programme. Such access rights are limited to non-commercial use.

    Beneficiaries must deposit the digital research data generated in the action in a trusted repository federated in the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) in compliance with EOSC requirements.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Data Management Plans (DMPs) are standardised across disciplines to the extent possible. Their machine-actionability is supported by their integration in pertinent automated workflows, and by a pervasive and comprehensive use of Persistent Identifiers for a wide array of digital objects (e.g., publications, data, software, workflows, storage, organisations, projects, funders, services, researchers, facilities, companies, etc.) to exploit the underlying interconnection.

    2.The evaluation of DMPs (assessing their completeness and adequacy) is increasingly automated relying on, for example, semantic web technologies, and building on existing and new evaluation metrics.

    3.Scientific Knowledge Graphs (SKGs) are widely adopted to enable a transparent research ecosystem, promoting provenance tracking and facilitating an increasing consideration to diverse research outputs in research assessment.

    4.Policies, models, licencing frameworks, workflows, and tools enable a cross-country and cross-discipline collaborative implementation of metrics to assess and improve the FAIRness of a wide range of digital objects beyond publications and data, including software, workflows, etc.

    Scope: Scientific knowledge production rapidly increases, and coherent methodologies, workflows and tools are needed to carefully plan research activity, track its impact and contribution, and assess its compliance with the FAIR principles to ensure a maximised gain from previous efforts.

    Data Management Plans (DMPs) have become essential companions to the research practice to ensure adequate planning and anticipate and overcome hurdles linked, for example, to the production and storage of data. However, DMPs are heterogeneous and limited efforts have taken place to promote their machine-actionability or to automatise their evaluation.

    Science Knowledge Graphs (SKGs) are essential and flexible tools to monitor and track events of science linked to provenance, publishing, citation, data processing, data and software usage, service consumption. SKGs provide an underlying interconnected graph of science events that DMPs can link to, but their application goes far beyond this, and related impact services can allow SKGs to visualise the research activity, through open science indicators, bibliometrics, quality, performance, impact, popularity, etc.

    Evolving practices on the assessment of research give increasing value to open science contributions, to the diversity of research activities and outputs beyond publications and data, and to their potential impact. A wide range of digital objects beyond publications and data, including preprints, software, code, workflows, and processes, such as open peer-reviews, require an enhanced traceability. In addition, coherent and comprehensive metrics are required to assess and improve the FAIRness of a wide range of digital objects.

    Proposals should address all the following activities, aimed at improving:

    1.Planning of research activities

    1.Contribute to the standardisation and homogenisation of domain-agnostic elements in DMPs, building on previous efforts (e.g., Science Europe guidelines, HE DMP template, etc.), develop guidance on how DMPs can be made FAIR (including through deposition, publication, etc.) and seek integration in pertinent automated workflows;

    2.Ensure the pervasive and comprehensive use of PIDs for preprints, publications, open peer-reviews, data, software, workflows, storage, organisations, projects, funders, services, researchers, facilities, companies, patents, etc., and their interconnection with DMP standards;

    3.Develop use cases and proof of concept instances of machine-actionability of DMPs, in alignment with developments of Scientific Knowledge Graphs (SKGs) to maximise the interconnection between the different elements in the research ecosystem;

    4.Automate, to the extent possible, the evaluation of DMPs (assessing their completeness and adequacy) through, e.g., semantic web technologies, building on new and existing DMP evaluation metrics (e.g., Science Europe evaluation rubric);

    2.Tracking research contributions and their impact

    1.Promote the adoption of interoperable SKGs at international, national, regional, cross-border, cross-discipline level. Foster the interoperability across SKGs by supporting common models including agreed metadata formats, protocols to enhance the traceability of digital objects and enable the use of SKGs for research assessment metrics;

    3.Assessing compliance with the FAIR principles

    1.Extend FAIR metrics guidance, tools, and models, (e.g., FAIR Data Maturity Model) to meet the needs of thematic domains, and to cover a wide range of digital research objects;

    2.Define a trusted governance to measure successful compliance with metrics/tests and identify mechanisms by which adherence to trusted community-specific standards (e.g., minimal information requirements, representation schemas, terminologies, etc.) can be objectively and transparently measured. Encourage community endorsement of the mechanisms by which FAIRness of digital objects is measured;

    3.Define minimum levels of FAIRness for a wide spectrum of digital objects;

    4.Explore the relevant boundary conditions, mechanisms, and requirements through which services, processes and activities can be FAIR-inducing, and lead to FAIR-by-design digital objects and investigate their impact in mainstreaming FAIR across the research practice.

    Proposals should acknowledge, build upon, and, where relevant, collaborate with, Working and Interest Groups (WG, IG) of the Research Data Alliance (e.g., FAIR Data Maturity Model IG, Data Management Plan WG, etc.).

    Concerning the activities on "Tracking research contributions and their impact”, proposals should establish strong links and effective collaboration with projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-04, that will develop a framework for interlinking and managing community-based SKGs and related services.

    Additionally, complementarities should be sought with the resulting project from the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05, and with the ESFRI clusters, especially concerning the implementation of metrics to measure the FAIRness of digital objects. Synergies should be exploited with the resulting projects from the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-01 in what regards the development of SKGs, which should build on the information provided through the services and tools that will gather and monitor information and data on the use and uptake of research outputs, and of open science practices across borders and disciplines. Synergies and collaboration should also be developed with the resulting projects from topics HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-45 and HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-11 that are expected to pilot and implement new metrics for rewarding open science practices and for the broader research assessment.

    To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-04: Next generation services for operational and sustainable EOSC Core Infrastructure

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply due to the scope of this topic:

    Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

    1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights:

    1.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    2.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its intellectual property rights which are part of the results and are needed for further developing the European Open Science Cloud to legal entities identified by the granting authority and established in Member States or countries associated to the Horizon Europe Framework Programme. Such access rights are limited to non-commercial use.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 47 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Next generation of enabling infrastructure and services for EOSC Core, beyond the current Minimum Viable EOSC platform 48 .

    2.Enhanced design of the EOSC Core functionalities, including resource registry and catalogues, data and service management system, publishing workflow, persistent identifiers, AAI federation, order management, configuration management, monitoring, accounting and helpdesk, and taking into account the need of the data-driven scientific use cases and multi-disciplinary research projects.

    3.Advanced integration and composability of data sources, software tools, research outcomes and other assets within the EOSC execution framework that is enabled and supported by the next-generation of EOSC Core infrastructure.

    4.Sustainable service incubation and technology testbed infrastructure for developing and testing the next generation of the EOSC Core functionalities integrated and staged into the operational EOSC Core platform in production.

    Scope: The EOSC-Core and EOSC-Exchange provide the technological backbone of the federated EOSC ecosystem, supported by the EOSC Interoperability Framework and guidelines, allowing users to discover, share, and exploit resources on the EOSC platform. Data-driven user experience is a fundamental aspect for further development of the EOSC Core, allowing user feedback for the continuous improvement of the EOSC platform’s functionality in an open manner.

    Proposals are expected to cover one or several of the following activities:

    1.Improve the EOSC Core execution framework by enhanced composability and interoperability of cross-domain data, services, tools and other research objects and resources: by using ontologies (or a collection of controlled vocabularies), EOSC Core should make it easier for various scientific users communities to understand and exchange data and services across disciplines by facilitating better data interoperability. EOSC Core should develop towards applying Digital Rights Vocabulary to clearly express IPR inflation over digital objects.

    2.Design and develop components of a comprehensive EOSC Integration Service suite as part of the next-generation EOSC Core that supports seamless integration and composability of applications, tools and services. The EOSC Integration Service should, at the minimum, include a library of predefined adapters, connectors and APIs according to the types of scientific and research data, applications, tools and services on which integrations can be performed. An event/messaging hub, based on the publish-subscribe principle, can be provided at the core of the Integration Service suite for asynchronous data/metadata exchange. A user-friendly visual mapper interface can enable the mapping of connections between applications by dragging source connectors onto target adapters.

    3.Provide open Application Programming Interface (API) registry, management, development and testing workflow, platform and tools for EOSC Core service users. A data-driven API monitoring tool should oversee security, compliance, and performance. It should send alerts towards the EOSC Core monitoring function as well as support built-in integrations with messaging services. An end-to-end API testing solution for testers and developers should facilitate an approach where test cases are in natural languages that helps the conveyance between scientific users and research tool/service providers.

    4.Support custom-made front-end portal development environment for various scientific communities, utilizing the EOSC Core portal back-end functions via integration services. A potentially low-code development environment for community portal services should offer seamless integration with the EOSC Core functions and other service integration functionalities with the EOSC Exchange applications and services out-of-the-box. Personalization and AI-driven recommendation software should support the ultimate user experience.

    5.Facilitate an independent EOSC service incubator and technology development environment that can serve as an open experimentation “testbed” for the EOSC stakeholders proposing the next-generation of tools and services for EOSC Core and Exchange in production.

    6.Ensure financial sustainability assurance and readiness assessment processes, tools, workflows and services applied for the next-generation of EOSC Core and horizontal services to ensure seamless end-user experience and frictionless DevOps cycles.

    The activities need to demonstrate alignment with those of the EOSC Partnership and the EOSC MVE platform 49 operators. Proposals should involve and be driven by one or more representatives of the relevant actors of the field, in particular those directly involved in the EOSC Partnership.

    The proposals for the next generation of EOSC Core infrastructure services are expected to leverage the functionalities of the Smart Middleware Platform (SMP) developed through the Digital Europe Programme (DEP) for common data spaces.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-05: EOSC Architecture and Interoperability Framework

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply due to the scope of this topic:

    Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

    1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 50 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Robust governance structure, coordination and maintenance of the EOSC Interoperability Framework and guidelines to support operations.

    2.Well-established design, specification and review processes for the EOSC architectural building blocks that compose the EOSC Interoperability Framework.

    3.Independent, multi-stakeholder Architecture Board collecting feedback and functional requirements from cross-community use cases to share, access, analyse and re-use resources via services.

    4.Support for standards development, adoption and certification. EOSC cannot enable FAIR and support interoperability without standards to describe and understand digital objects.

    5.Scientific and research community engagement for the EOSC Interoperability Framework.

    Scope: The EOSC Architecture and Interoperability Framework coordination and governance seeks to ensure that interoperability is built, encouraged and maintained with structure, fairness and transparency.

    Achieving interoperability is essential in order to federate services, integrate data and enable interoperation with applications or workflows for analysis, storage and processing. The EOSC Interoperability Framework (EOSC IF) provides the procedures and services required to support a flexible framework of standards and guidelines that facilitate the interoperability and composability of EOSC resources in the EOSC-Exchange via the EOSC-Core. The overall EOSC architecture should be overseen by an independent Architecture Board.

    Proposals are expected to cover the following activities:

    1.Provide structure to manage, update, circulate and promote the EOSC Interoperability Framework and guidelines to support and enable interoperability within EOSC. Such a governance structure should include:

    1.A high-level body that has the oversight and the responsibility for the EOSC IF, is formally responsible for endorsing new and/or deprecating guidelines into the EOSC IF.

    2.Independent sub-groups that can assess that requests for inclusion into the EOSC IF are compliant with a minimum set of requirements namely: maturity, community uptake, the existence of a group that maintains the item that has been proposed for inclusions and some governing model that allows for its evolution.

    2.Coordinate the establishment of IFs and the making of existing IFs available through a library/repository, support the dialogue on establishing IFs. The EOSC Interoperability Framework governance should define:

    1.A process for submitting, consulting and accepting guidelines/other frameworks.

    2.A structured proposal template and library providing information about the EOSC IF and guidelines.

    3.Community consultation to achieve ratification.

    4.A registry/repository for accepted guidelines and frameworks, where artefacts will be curated using an agreed EOSC profile.  

    5.Publicity, documentation and training about EOSC IF.

    3.Support communities in making their IFs available through EOSC IF library.

    4.Provide organizational framework for establishing an independent, multi-stakeholder Architecture Board that can collect feedback and recommendations from the stakeholders, oversee and advice the EOSC MVE 51 deployment and operation.

    5.Define processes and guidelines to enable EOSC Core delivery and to ensure openness of EOSC so that it can adapt with the evolving requirements of the EOSC stakeholders.

    The activities should demonstrate alignment with those of the EOSC Partnership and the EOSC MVE platform operators. Proposals should involve and be driven by one or more representatives of the relevant actors of the field, in particular those directly involved in the EOSC Partnership.

    Activities should be aligned with those of the scientific communities, many of which have already their interoperability practices in place. The Architecture Board should work in close cooperation with the EOSC MVE platform operators and act as advisory function to the architecture deployment.

    The beneficiaries are expected to work closely with the national Competence Centres, liaise with the EOSC Association working groups and task forces producing interoperable specifications and align to relevant community governance (e.g., RDA, IETF, Science Clusters, etc.), to ensure that a sustainable governance framework is adopted that collaborates with the other relevant bodies in the field.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-06: Trusted environments for sensitive data management in EOSC

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply due to the scope of this topic:

    Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

    1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights:

    1.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    2.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its intellectual property rights which are part of the results and are needed for further developing the European Open Science Cloud to legal entities identified by the granting authority and established in Member States or countries associated to the Horizon Europe Framework Programme. Such access rights are limited to non-commercial use.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 52 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Expansion of EOSC’s access to resources provided by public authorities, including national agencies, in highly sensitive areas, such as the health sector, governmental statistics or geo-spatial applications, that ensures the opening of these valuable data sets for novel research through a standard set of methods able to effectively enable sensitive data sharing/processing/analysis;

    2.Emergence of trusted environments for management and sharing of sensitive data in order to facilitate new ways of using sensitive data sets;

    3.Demonstration that FAIR data workflows with sensitive data are securely possible and can benefit both the data providers and the wider science community.

    Scope: The data sets of public authorities are often very sensitive and therefore restricted for access. Sensitive data is not only offered by public authorities, but also commercial entities. It is vital for EOSC to enable its users to engage with such sensitive data sources.

    Safe rooms, safe pods and secure remote access environments all present challenges to physical and logical security even within a single discipline, whilst transdisciplinary norms and transnational legislation present additional challenges. The providers of the sensitive data need environments with high standards of security and privacy guarantees that these datasets require. At the same time the solutions should enable easy access for users and offer practical solutions for working at large scale of data sources, computational resources, and users.

    The aim of this topic is to develop and implement a robust set of methods, practices and environments to effectively enable sensible data sharing/processing. They should be general enough to be applicable in a certain country/region and in cross-border scenarios. Proposals should take into account the existing and forthcoming work and policies in the area (e.g. Medical Informatics Platform 53 , European Health Data Space 54 ) but also engage with additional challenges and domains, for example where governmental statistical data or location and time sensitive data are required for analytics, machine learning and/or artificial intelligence.

    Proposals are expected to cover the following activities:

    1.Explore the possibility of creating specific Public Authorities’ Government Zones in EOSC, providing tailored access control and engaging closely with public authorities to establish safe and secure access to their data for FAIR data processing.

    The proposed work should include:

    1.exploring possible solutions to move all or parts of a workflow on sensitive data to a secure data storage and to allow users to receive only aggregated and desensitised results;

    2.support for publishing anonymised data into repositories that are compliant with the EOSC Interoperability Framework;

    3.exploration and demonstration of possible solutions and approaches for data anonymization, including (subsets of) sensitive metadata;

    4.exploration and demonstration of possible solutions and approaches, such as blockchain, for access control management and maintenance of a secure and decentralized record of transactions of trusted and non-trusted parties;

    5.data processing workflows that keep sensitive data encrypted on disk and memory, including assessment of the cost of the encryption;

    6.investigation on data protection legislations on national and European level on the impact of using sensitive data in cloud hosted workflows across computer centres in different countries/regions;

    7.explore and demonstrate compliance with federated architecture solutions.

    To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to demonstrate how they intend to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership. They should also demonstrate how they will coordinate with other relevant EOSC projects and provide concrete plans and sustainable solutions on how to integrate with the operational EOSC to benefit future users. The proposals should engage with public authorities, and if appropriate also private sector, to showcase the benefit of this data-sharing for their own research and data analytics. The proposals should include data from more than one sector to demonstrate the general applicability of the proposed solutions.

    The proposed work should demonstrate how the impact of developed solutions on data governance and stewardship is documented. It should highlight good practices for providing sensitive data in a cloud environment and provide solutions on how a high-level of security can be maintained in a fast changing (cloud) technology landscape. Appropriate handling of sensitive data through third-party security audits and approaches and standards to record access to sensitive data for monitoring purposes should be considered. Links to related projects from relevant topics, e.g. HORIZON-HLTH-2022-IND-13-02 55 should be established.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Call - Enabling an operational, open and FAIR EOSC ecosystem (2024)

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 56

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 57

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 06 Dec 2023

    Deadline(s): 12 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-01

    RIA

    16.00

    6.00 to 8.00

    2

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-02

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-03

    CSA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-04

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 8.00

    1

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-05

    RIA

    28.00

    Around 7.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    61.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-01: FAIR and open data sharing in support of the mission adaptation to climate change

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply due to the scope of this topic:

    Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

    1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    Beneficiaries must deposit the digital research data generated in the action in a trusted repository federated in the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) in compliance with EOSC requirements.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Seamless interactions between EOSC, operational data spaces or environments (e.g. the DRMKC Risk Data Hub, the European Climate Adaptation Platform (Climate Adapt), relevant Copernicus Services, the GEOSS Portal, the EOSC platform, etc.), researchers and other stakeholders contributing to adaptation to climate change to store, share, access, analyse and process research data and other research digital objects from their own discipline, across research infrastructures, disciplines and national borders;

    2.Open and FAIR data is the new norm for research contributing to adaptation to climate change;

    3.EU-wide sharing of research data relevant to this area is shown to be a critical mechanism to facilitate climate adaptation across Member States and Associated Countries with involvement of the regions and local authorities;

    4.EOSC grows into a trusted research and innovation data space and service platform in Europe that articulates with the Green Deal data space and supports the interdisciplinary research community involved in mission climate adaptation;

    5.Contribute to the Horizon Europe EOSC Partnership and other relevant partnerships related to adaptation to climate change.

    Scope: Reuse of research data within and across disciplines and borders require openness, infrastructure capacity, better handling, careful management, machine actionability and seamless access to services all along the data life cycle. The Horizon Europe mission areas recognise upfront that providing access to data, knowledge and digital services through federated infrastructures is a key enabling condition for success. In addition, European Partnerships tackling complex societal challenges through multi-disciplinary approaches are facing important challenges in the European R&I systems, including poor data interoperability. In recent years, different scientific communities have started developing ‘thematic clouds’ or ‘data spaces’ within their domain of research and innovation. The EOSC provides the enabling framework to share, connect and upscale best practices and services by the communities to implement FAIR principles for (open, where possible) data sharing and management. Access to an initial EOSC federation of research infrastructures and their services is being consolidated and concepts such as FAIR data management and FAIR-by-design digital research outputs (data, publications, software, code, protocols, etc.) become more prominent.

    The overall objective of this topic is to accelerate research and innovation under the mission climate adaptation through better access, management, interoperability, reuse and citation of digital information, to be achieved by using and integrating EOSC resources ranging from EOSC federated infrastructures, services and data to guidelines, best practices, tools and metrics for the management of FAIR and open data, and to extend these resources to the relevant climate adaptation domains that are less familiar with EOSC.

    This should be achieved through cross-domain, strategic use cases of direct relevance to the implementation plan of the mission climate adaptation and its objective to support at least 150 European regions and communities to become climate resilient by 2030.

    The use cases should demonstrate the value of sharing FAIR and open research data, help to establish data sharing and management practices within the involved communities and across the Member States, the Associated Countries and their involved regions, leveraging European research infrastructures and e-Infrastructures. The use cases should provide feedback to the EOSC Partnership on the desired future evolution of the EOSC platform. Special attention should be put on aspects of data harmonisation, data quality assurance, integration and validation of data collections and models, data privacy and security, big-data analysis and machine learning methods, as well as on the socio-economic dimension. Proposals should also foster the creation of user environments that researchers in this field can then use to seamlessly interact with digital information in the framework of the EOSC ecosystem.

    Proposals should provide for activities to collaborate with relevant European Partnerships. Synergies with Horizon Europe Cluster 5 activities and other relevant initiatives, including actions stemming from Cohesion policy programmes, are welcome. Research and innovation should build on results of Horizon 2020 in the field of climate adaptation and, where relevant, support the Destination Earth initiative. Applicants should consider already established ESFRI research infrastructures and efforts by relevant ESFRI cluster projects (e.g., ENVRI-FAIR).

    To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC. In particular, areas such as data interoperability, metadata and vocabularies, the use of persistent identifiers or AAI, proposals should coordinate and establish a feedback mechanism with the awarded proposal/s from the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05 in order to ensure alignment with EOSC policies and to identify common useful tools and resources as well as relevant data repositories that comply with EOSC guidelines.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-02: Supporting the EOSC Partnership in further consolidating the coordination and sustainability of the EOSC ecosystem

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply due to the scope of this topic:

    Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

    1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. Given that the financial support to third parties is a primary aim of the action, and due to the nature of the work to be supported, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 100 000. The selection of the third parties to be supported under each grant will be based on an external independent peer review of their proposed work.

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 58 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.EOSC increases the level of coordination of national and European initiatives, creating mechanisms of mutual learning, replication of best practices and joint activities. This expected outcome will be achieved mainly through financial support to third parties in the form of cascading grants;

    2.EOSC increases the level of coordination and directionality among EOSC-related initiatives and Horizon Europe funded actions, ensuring a more proactive and impactful approach towards attaining the SRIA objectives. This expected outcome will be achieved through targeted financial support to third parties in the form of cascading grants;

    3.Step forward towards a more sustainable EOSC that enables smooth transnational access to data and services, trough the test and implementation of coherent business models;

    4.Facilitated access to information to and from all EOSC stakeholders across countries, institutions, networks and initiatives is increasingly enabled.

    Scope: Support the further implementation of an effective pan-European cooperation framework and a thriving EOSC ecosystem in which stakeholders from all parts of the European Research Area pull together in a strategic and coordinated manner to ensure the achievement of the EOSC Partnership objectives. This support will take the form of a combination of lump sum funding and cascading grants.

    The investments on EOSC federated resources, the support to enlarge the portfolio of generic services and to stimulate specific communities in populating EOSC with data and services, are non-exhaustive examples of national and institutional contributions that are planned and need effective coordination. Proposals should support the EOSC community at large by reinforcing the coordination mechanisms that link the EOSC partnership with:

    1.the Member States and their actions and programmes on supporting EOSC, Open Science and other digital related initiatives that could contribute to and enable the “Web of FAIR data” and to pull resources towards shared and heterogeneous digital infrastructures,

    2.and the network of providers and users’ representatives that commonly work on technical solutions, standards and support the change of culture towards Open Science.

    It is also important to actively support coordination mechanisms and enhance synergies between activities by the EOSC Association and its members, initiatives and EU-funded projects working under the EOSC umbrella to deliver on the priorities set forth in the Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda of the EOSC European partnership.

    In the context of coordination and harmonisation of a pan-European federated infrastructure, the sustainability of EOSC requires further development and implementation, notably the identification and testing of cost models and business models are needed to support the federated access to institutional, national and European capacity.

    Proposals are expected to cover the following activities:

    1.Enhancing the EOSC coordination to targeted investments and contributions: this activity should aim at establishing a more dynamic and responsive interconnection of national nodes forming an effective EOSC coordination network. National nodes should act as EOSC national hubs to sensitise government and governmental agencies to enhance the connection of EOSC to digital infrastructures, beyond scientific infrastructures. Several countries have already implemented a network or a consortium that represents all the national stakeholders, the proposals should promote and support the creation of such structures in countries where those are not yet implemented. National nodes will have to promote funding synergies and foster collaboration with public authorities and the private sector, encouraging private investments to further develop the EOSC ecosystem. National nodes should also strengthen the connection of the EOSC related national initiatives to the “Green and Digital transition” 59 . The nodes should foster collaboration, mutual learning and joint activities and the network should proactively interact with the EOSC Association, sharing best practices and inform of investments that could be replicated or aggregated. To address this activity, the proposals should enhance the existing coordination actions implemented by the EOSC Association with the Member States and with the international organisations (RPOs and providers) that are already members and that can catalyse investments in EOSC related initiatives. Additionally, about EUR 1 million should be foreseen to support third parties through cascading grants, with EUR 100 000 as maximum amount to be granted to each third party, to:

    1.Kick-start the coordination nodes in countries where similar structure that could act as nodes have not yet been established;

    2.Promote and/or coordinate joint actions and investments between countries or distributed infrastructures;

    3.Coordinate international initiatives that aim at further strengthen the EOSC ecosystem.

    2.Strengthen collaboration and alignment within the portfolio of EU-funded projects, activities conducted by the EOSC Association and its members and other initiatives contributing to the objectives of the EOSC SRIA. Activities should maximise the added value of joint work and cross-project endeavours to accelerate EOSC deployment and evolution. This activity should allocate about EUR 1 million to support third parties through cascading grants, with EUR 50 000 as maximum amount to be granted to each third party, to promote actions related to, but not limited to:

    1.Supporting additional collaborative activities amongst EU-funded projects and the EOSC Association contributing to the EOSC implementation (e.g. cross-project strategic analyses, syntheses and policy feedback, joint engagement strategies, common exploitation strategies to accelerate EOSC deployment) that would benefit from pooling expertise, and bring clear added value as compared to what individual projects or initiatives might accomplish;

    2.Building strategic and operational synergies within and beyond the EOSC ecosystem, including with other European partnerships or projects from outside the INFRAEOSC destination, such as for example, international or national projects contributing to the twin green and digital transitions, as appropriate;

    3.Implementation of clear financial models to support for long term financial sustainability of the main building blocks of EOSC as defined in the FAIR Lady report “Solutions for a Sustainable EOSC” to ensure federated access to existing capacity. This activity is key element to strengthen the governance framework of EOSC and it will simplify and amplify access to resources and avoid fragmentation. It is therefore important to:

    1.Capitalise on the results of the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-02 and on the work of the EOSC Task Force on sustainability, and coordinate the piloting of financial models for the EOSC-Core;

    2.Evaluate and build upon existing financial models and the accounting mechanisms for data and IT services to ensure sustainability of the EOSC-Exchange and the federated cross-border and/or cross-disciplinary data and service provision; taking into account of the different types of organisations (public vs private) and resources (e.g. rivalrous vs non-rivalrous);

    3.Consequently, adopt the most adequate solution to ensure smooth access to transnational resources in EOSC.

    To implement the last point, the proposals should also capitalise on (1) the existing financial and accounting practices of the European Research Infrastructures and other initiatives that function in a distributed and transnational framework, and on (2) the virtual access mechanism based on the projects funded under the topic H2020-INFRAEOSC-07-03. Collaboration should be established with projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-01.

    The selected project will be expected to align with the EOSC Partnership. Proposals should involve and be driven by one or more representatives of the relevant actors of the field, in particular those directly involved in the EOSC Partnership.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-03: Enabling a network of EOSC federated and trustworthy repositories and enhancing the framework of generic and discipline specific services for data and other research digital objects

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply due to the scope of this topic:

    Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

    1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights:

    1.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    2.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its intellectual property rights which are part of the results and are needed for further developing the European Open Science Cloud to legal entities identified by the granting authority and established in Member States or countries associated to the Horizon Europe Framework Programme. Such access rights are limited to non-commercial use.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 60 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.A European network of trustworthy repositories is established that will enhance the EOSC ecosystem, contribute to the consolidation of Open Science practices and support European researchers.

    2.The concept and requirements of trustworthy repositories are harmonised and therefore support the European funders in better addressing the Open Science provisions in their programmes

    3.Data depositing ecosystem in Europe are adequately supported, providing a common voice for research digital repositories to better interact with the research and innovation policy making and to respond in a more coordinated and cohesive manner to the need of the European researchers.

    Scope: Providing access to data is one of the key elements of Open Science that promotes sound, and reproducible scientific research. Implementation of FAIR data principles throughout the research data life cycle is a key goal of the European Open Science Cloud and digital repositories are the first line of implementation of such principles. For many funding programmes in Europe, researchers have the obligation to deposit their data in repositories that ensure provision of Persistent and Unique Identifiers (PID), community accepted metadata schemas, data access and usage licences, that in sum are trustworthy. There is currently no generally accepted list of such repositories, whereas general registries of repositories list more than 2,000 of them. However, the maturity and trustworthiness of these repositories is difficult to assess. Identifying an appropriate repository can therefore be a challenging task for researchers, their organisations, and funding organisations. In some disciplines, researchers work with discipline-specific repositories which already have certain policies and standards in place that meet the needs of the specific community. Other repositories serve a more general research public, and their policies and standards are necessarily more generic as well. Some repositories have been certified as trustworthy repositories by one of several acknowledged certification bodies.

    In Horizon Europe the Commission has introduced the definition of trusted repositories 61 ; such definition is in line with the commonly accepted definition of trustworthy repository.

    EOSC, among its objectives, aims at federating European trustworthy repositories to enhance access and use of research data. While the federated environment provides a technical interconnection, the creation of a collaborative network of trusted repositories will be able to enhance the quality and responsiveness of the entire EOSC ecosystem as piloted by the Horizon 2020 project FAIRsFAIR. Such network could build upon existing initiatives that already highlight a sizeable list of repositories such as those that are certified CoreTrustSeal or NestorSeal, that are part of thematic or geographical coordination network like CLARIN, SSHOC, CESSDA or national open science clouds.

    This network could also make use of the current effort of technology providers, within EOSC and beyond, that offer technology solutions that support digital preservation, develop innovative services and improve the technical connection among the repositories. The mutual learning and peer-to-peer support that the network should promote and implement, may strongly affect the adoption of FAIR practices and services and establish common programmes for training. Moreover, repositories differently from libraries, have not yet consolidated a European wide representation that could be achieved though the European network of trustworthy repositories.

    The proposals under this topic should address the following actions, and could use the support to third party granting mechanism where such support would be an added value:

    1.Create a European network of trustworthy digital repositories following FAIR-enabling principles with disciplinary and geographical spread to:

    1.Foster the harmonisation of the definition of trusted repositories generically and per discipline

    2.Support repositories to achieve such status and be a recognised authoritative source of quality data

    3.Assist new repositories with consolidated requirements and peer to peer support

    2.Build a lean governance for the network to moderate, coordinate and provide common directionality and a common legal understanding within the repositories and a common voice with stakeholders and policymaker ecosystems e.g. to secure adequate funding, stronger representation in the EOSC environment, etc.

    3.Enhance the technical federation with standards, APIs and solutions that could enhance the access to resources, including machine to machine interaction e.g. to ensure users can access data in one repository through another, to allow repositories in the network to offer each other back up services, etc.

    4.Increment the framework of services of repositories in the network notably for storage, curation and also for innovative solutions (such as on-demand or in-house provisioning of digital repositories as a service ) that will support institutions and communities;

    5.Promote stable general and discipline-oriented initiatives to support consolidation of metadata schemas and vocabularies, standards in formats and services and to foster interoperability.

    To ensure complementarity of outcomes, proposals are expected to cooperate and align with activities of the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate with relevant initiatives and projects contributing to the development of EOSC. Notably, synergies and complementarities should be sought with projects funded under the topics HORIZON-INFRA-2021-EOSC-01-05, and should continue to build on outcomes from the Horizon 2020 project FAIRsFAIR. Close cooperation is also expected with the projects funded under the topics HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-01, and HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-04.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-04: Long-term access and preservation infrastructure development for EOSC, including data quality aspects

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply due to the scope of this topic:

    Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

    1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights:

    1.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    2.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its intellectual property rights which are part of the results and are needed for further developing the European Open Science Cloud to legal entities identified by the granting authority and established in Member States or countries associated to the Horizon Europe Framework Programme. Such access rights are limited to non-commercial use.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Practices, standards and tools for long-term preservation are mainstreamed in the EOSC ecosystem.

    2.The emergence of a European distributed infrastructure for long-term preservation and access is adequately supported.

    3.The sustainability of long-term preservation among the European scientific community is significantly enhanced.

    Scope: In the digital and data driven paradigm promoted by Open Science, data is at the core of the scientific process and its production grows at ever increasing rates. The volume of data currently is many-fold larger compared to just two years ago. In science there are many intermediate data objects being created through the phases of research activities and they are managed within the research data lifecycle in which curation and preservation are key elements to make accessible data that are interoperable and reusable. Costs and physical limitations of storage and service capacity lead to the difficult question of what is worth long term preserving narrowing the selection to data and other digital objects that will have long-term benefits to science and society.

    Coordination to harmonise practices and standards within and across the different scientific fields and adequate infrastructures are necessary to implement the level of curation and preservation needed and to offer the related services that differ in practice and effort per discipline ant type of data.

    Considering that European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) aims at addressing many of the challenges faced when dealing with ensuring the long-term preservation of data along with the growing uptake of FAIR principles, the proposals under this topic are expected to:

    1.Establish a minimum set of practices and a general framework to identify what data is candidate to long term preservation based on their use, benefit and quality.

    2.Support the creation of long-term preservation and access strategies and processes among the different scientific disciplines.

    3.Engage and collaborate with domain specific networks, creating new ones where necessary, that will consolidate practices and standards, such as metadata and ontologies, that will strengthen long-term access and preservation and support reproducibility, integrity and validity.

    4.Build upon existing services and enrich EOSC with tools to store and access digital data for long periods, automate and federate certain specialised curation and preservation tasks.

    5.Create an expert curation network (discipline oriented) that will enhance and facilitate the curation process and the digital preservation actions to ensure data remain accessible as technology changes.

    6.Identify within EOSC and consolidate a network of repositories and archives for long-term preservation to address economy of scale and better support the European science ecosystem. Such network will have to be a superset of the network of trusted repositories of which the development and coordination will be supported under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-03.

    7.Capitalise on the results of the ARCHIVER project and address sustainability solutions to ensure long-term preservation services in the EOSC ecosystem.

    Within the action of establishing “a minimum set of practices and a general framework to identify what data is candidate to long term preservation” the quality of the data is a factor that plays a pivotal role in developing strategies that will support the decision of what is worth to preserve for long-term. The technical quality of data is related to the structure of the information objects, their adherence to standards, the use of commonly identified formats and the completeness of metadata that describes it. On a deeper level, quality is also the assessment of its “fitness” for the intended scope and further reuse. Quality assessment to support preservation has to primarily consider the effective contribution of data for the intended end point and the need of long term access but also the intra- and cross-disciplinary interest for reuse in other contexts and the richness of documentation that enables reuse. Technical soundness is a necessary but not sufficient discriminant and other quality assessments need to be based on set of evaluation principles and indicators that need to be developed and largely adopted by the different scientific disciplines. Therefore, the proposals under this topic are additionally expected to:

    1.Coordinate disciplinary networks where wide representations of universities, research performing organisations, digital repositories, building on existing practices, will

    1.Develop, and promote guidelines to produce high quality data;

    2.Agree on standards to assess the quality of data and

    3.Widely promote the above among the European research ecosystem.

    2.Define, with experts from the disciplinary networks common requirements for data quality that are valid across disciplines.

    The selected proposals will be expected to align with the EOSC Partnership and to coordinate an collaborate with the projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-03 with regards to the interconnection of repositories and other archiving infrastructure, and with the projects funder the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02, especially with regards to the quality dimension explored under that topic.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-05: Innovative and customizable services for EOSC Exchange

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 28.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply due to the scope of this topic:

    Additional sub-criterion for Impact:

    1.The extent to which the proposed work incorporates the necessary coordination efforts and resources with other relevant projects and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) governance structure in the context of the EOSC Partnership.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights:

    1.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    2.Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its intellectual property rights which are part of the results and are needed for further developing the European Open Science Cloud to legal entities identified by the granting authority and established in Member States or countries associated to the Horizon Europe Framework Programme. Such access rights are limited to non-commercial use.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Next generation EOSC provides researchers with the means to easily access complete datasets and analysis platforms and provide services that support reproducibility, as well as ensuring long-term preservation and long-term availability of these research data and tools.

    2.Ecosystem of novel tools and services, as many new FAIR-by-design datasets as possible, whereby researchers are able to deliver much more rapidly the outputs of each part of the research lifecycle, including data and software, with the same level of precision as they deliver publications today.

    3.Enhanced services and tools for researchers to lower the bar and underpin the initial research planning and preparation phase (i.e. entry phase) of the research lifecycle.

    Scope: The aim is to provide researchers with a set of highly innovative new services via the EOSC Exchange. These would exploit, in a structural way, the cloud-based EOSC Core technologies and horizontal European compute and data management capacities that are part of the Minimum Viable EOSC platform in production.

    To be customizable and scalable, all developments should be tested against 2-3 real life use cases from a variety of scientific domains. The proposals should cooperate with the EOSC Testbed facility (to be funded under HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-04) as well as other relevant and related projects and e-Infrastructures and large user communities. Joint use cases and testing across individual project boundaries are encouraged.

    Proposals are expected to cover the following activities in the order of priorities from high to low:

    1.Improve the technology readiness level (TRL) of the EOSC Exchange components in testing, development and staging. Add new features based on the evolving requirements from research communities, where possible, prioritizing open source software and tools for wide availability and uptake.

    2.Further develop the ecosystem of research data and related services, covering the whole data lifecycle, from discovery and mining to storage, management, analysis and reuse.

    3.Facilitate the collection and analysis of heterogeneous and/or large-scale data sets right from the sources where they are produced.

    4.Support automatic production of FAIR data at the research instruments and support infrastructures by metadata automation tools and techniques available via EOSC Exchange.

    5.Add layers to the federated EOSC Data Lake that collects unstructured, semi-structured and structured data sets in order to provide customizable Data Warehouse and Data Mart services used by researchers to prepare for data analytics.

    6.Support data streaming and real-time data management and analytics integration into EOSC Exchange. Provide an integrated workflow for historical batch data and real-time streaming data management and analytics.

    7.Propose scalable and reliable messaging/even hubs, based on the publish-subscribe principle, for real-time data sources to be integrated into EOSC.

    The proposed services should be integrated in the EOSC Exchange service platform and proposals should include sufficient provisions to address the integration, including appropriate IPR and licence agreements. The resources that the services will offer should be clearly identified in the proposals. The sustainability model for the long-term availability of services can rely on EOSC. Participation of the private sector, in particular SMEs, is recommended for both the development and further exploitation of the project results. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    DESTINATION – RESEARCH INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES TO SUPPORT HEALTH RESEARCH, ACCELERATE THE GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION, AND ADVANCE FRONTIER KNOWLEDGE (INFRASERV)

    Inclusive access to the services provided by research infrastructures in the European Research Area is essential both for the quality of the research produced and for the training of researchers. Easy access to high-quality resources, based on clear conditions and with appropriate funding, is an important and attractive feature of the EU research and innovation system, allowing researchers to move within or from outside Europe to perform their research. An open landscape of RIs in Europe contributes to the circulation of skills and attraction of talents and promotes European cohesion.

    The support under past Framework Programmes of trans-national and virtual access to RIs has opened to research communities across Europe state-of-the-art services and resources for their scientific activities. RIs are key players in the generation of knowledge and drivers of scientific excellence in Europe. In conjunction with the European Open Science Cloud and Technology Infrastructures, they are crucial enablers of research and innovation. The provision of services at EU level has been so far mainly organised per types of infrastructures or disciplines. The complexity and urgency of the socio-economic and environmental transition that Europe is facing requires interdisciplinary approaches and a new challenge-driven provision of customised services able to accelerate the pace of the research cycle and the delivery of solutions.

    Actions under this destination will provide efficient and customised research infrastructure services to drive and enable the transition toward a sustainable Europe and a prosperous economy. RI services (e.g. access to unique scientific tools and facilities, samples provision, processing and analysis, data and modelling services) will be directed to support R&I addressing main challenges and EU priorities, including an effective and responsive health system and to accelerate the transition towards a green and digital future. Specific alignments and synergies with priorities in Pillar 2 will be developed and research infrastructure support will duly contribute to the identified missions and partnerships under Horizon Europe. At the same time, research infrastructures, which are key players in the generation of fundamental knowledge and drivers of scientific excellence in Europe, will also continue enabling the advancement of frontier knowledge in areas complementary to those addressed through a challenge-driven approach.

    Actions under this destination are invited to facilitate a fast-track access for Ukrainian researchers from government controlled territories, through specific outreach activities, support in preparing applications to the access calls, selection priority at equal scientific merit, as well as extended ad-hoc training and duration of visits (beyond 3 months).

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to several of the following impacts:

    1.Reinforced research infrastructures capacity to provide at scale and across the EU services to support excellent research to address societal challenges, and Horizon Europe missions and partnerships’ objectives;

    2.Enhanced and increased society’s long-term and consistent problem-solving capacity and evidence-based policy making in areas linked to health, and the green and digital transition, including a better understanding of socio-economic implications, through the provision of innovative, customised and efficient RI services;

    3.New discoveries and knowledge breakthroughs enabled by access provision to the best and in some cases unique state-of-the-art RIs;

    4.A new generation of researchers trained to optimally exploit all the essential and advanced tools for their research;

    Cross-fertilisation and a wider sharing of knowledge and technologies across disciplines and between academia and industry and businesses.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01

    142.10

    14.90

    09 Mar 2023

    Overall indicative budget

    142.10

    14.90

    Call - Research infrastructure services to support health research, accelerate the green and digital transformation, and advance frontier knowledge (2023)

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 62

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 63

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 06 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 09 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01-01

    RIA

    105.00

    11.00

    8.00 to 14.50

    8

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01-02

    RIA

    25.10

    3.90

    8.00 to 14.50

    2

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01-03

    COFUND

    12.00

    2.00 to 5.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    142.10

    14.90

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01-01: Research infrastructure services to enable R&I addressing main challenges and EU priorities

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 14.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 116.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    As proposals need to give information on the research infrastructures providing access, the page limit of the application is 100 pages.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: given the specific nature of this topic, access provision activities must be included in the proposal. Please read carefully the provisions under the section “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” at the end of this work programme part before preparing your application.

    Considering the Union’s interest to make accessible to its researchers the most advanced research infrastructures, wherever they are in the world, legal entities established in Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, India, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Switzerland, United Kingdom and USA, which provide, under the grant, access to their research infrastructures to researchers from Member States and Associated Countries, are exceptionally eligible for funding from the Union under this topic.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply:

    For the 'Excellence' criterion, in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspects will also be taken into account:

    1.The extent to which the access activities (trans-national and/or virtual access) will offer access to the state-of-the-art infrastructures of European interest in the field, high quality services, and will enable users to conduct excellent research.

    2.The extent to which the project will contribute to facilitating and integrating the access procedures, to improve the services the infrastructures provide and to further develop their on-line services.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants are not required to include in their proposal a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of the results as the main objective of these actions is the service provision.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering as many areas for service provision as possible, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but also to proposals that address a scientific challenge and EU priority area not covered by a higher-ranked proposal, provided that the proposals attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for trans-national and virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    For all areas:

    1.provision of innovative, customised and efficient RI services enhancing and increasing society’s long-term and consistent problem-solving capacity and evidence-based policy making;

    For RI services to enable research linking environmental factors to human health

    1.better risk assessment tools and data evidence to anticipate and mitigate negative environmental implications on human health;

    2.evidence to inform policy making and public health bodies with respect to assessment and management of environmental risks for human health;

    3.wider access to specialised RI services to underpin the competitiveness of the European industry and of SMEs active in the field of risk assessment and management of environmental impact on human health.

    For RI services for improving clinical research in the paediatric area

    1.advancement of paediatric medicines and other therapeutic and diagnostic approaches for this population group to markets and towards clinical use;

    2.accelerated availability of solutions and products to paediatric patients in need;

    3.wider access to rationally designed RI services across Europe to underpin the competitiveness of the European industry and of biotech SMEs developing paediatric medicines and treatment and diagnostic devices;

    4.joining forces of research infrastructures and paediatric competence networks in EU Member States and Associated Countries, to facilitate paediatric research in the context of pertinent EU regulatory environment;

    5.availability of innovative tools to conduct paediatric clinical trials, for the re-use of population and historical data, and for enhanced data sharing across actors at different care levels and across regions in Europe.

    For RI services for climate-change risks

    1.enhanced and integrated cross-disciplinary RI capacities addressing climate related-risks in Europe and in particular support relevant R&I objectives of Horizon Europe clusters 5 and 6, or of the mission on climate adaptation;

    2.harmonisation of data policies and management of IPRs and ethical issues; interoperability across disciplines and with risk management platforms;

    3.researchers in the environment and climate change able to optimally exploit the research infrastructure services relevant for their research.

    For RI services for sustainable Arctic/polar regions

    1.enabling/facilitating science for understanding and predicting key processes in polar regions in the context of climate change;

    2.enhanced and further integrated RI capacities in polar regions in support of EU Arctic Policy, European Green Deal and international climate initiatives.

    For RI services for healthy ocean and waters

    1.enabling/facilitating R&I for clean oceans and waters, as well as for climate change;

    2.enhanced and further integrated RI capacities in support of the development phase of the Mission “Restore our Ocean and waters by 2030”, European Green Deal and international climate initiatives.

    For RI services for sustainable aquaculture, fisheries and blue economy

    1.enabling/facilitating R&I for sustainable aquaculture, fisheries and the blue economy;

    2.enhanced and further integrated RI capacities in support of the Common Fisheries Policy, the Farm to Fork Strategy, the sustainable blue economy and the European Green Deal.

    For RI services for renewable energy technologies and systems

    1.enabling research and innovation to increase energy efficiency and foster a wider use of renewable energy, supporting the objective of the European Green Deal of a climate neutrality by 2050, the ‘Fit for 55’ energy targets and the SET-Plan action on integrating renewable technologies in the energy systems;

    2.wider access for academic and industrial researchers to enhanced and further integrated RI services in support of the green transition.

    For RI services for innovative applications of nanoscience and nanotechnology

    1.enabling research and innovation on innovative nanoscience and nanotechnology applications to support European scientific and industrial competitiveness, including on innovative solid state, biological and soft materials, needed for the green and digital transition;

    2.cross-fertilisation and transfer of knowledge and technologies across diverse scientific disciplines and material classes;

    3.wider access for academic and industrial researchers to enhanced and further integrated RI services for fostering the application of nanoscience and nanotechnology to address emerging socio-economic needs;

    4.enhanced competitiveness of European industry in the field through access to the broadest spectrum of advanced research tools;

    5.positioning the top-level research infrastructures in the field as reliable innovation partners for world-wide researchers and European innovators;

    6.enhanced safety of R&D activities on nanomaterials and their use, reducing possible health and environmental risks.

    For RI services to enhance the EU capacity for the development of semiconductors

    1.enabling research and innovation in support to the competitiveness and autonomy of the European semiconductor industry and to the European Chips Act;

    2.wider access for academic and industrial researchers to enhanced and further integrated RI services in the field;

    3.transfer of knowledge and technologies between academic-research institutions and the semiconductor industry in order to advance further the digital transition.

    For RI services for shaping the future generation society

    1.scientific evidence for the successful implementation of Next Generation EU, including the societal dimension of the recovery from the crisis as well as the ongoing economic, social and environmental transformations;

    2.insight on the ways different societal groups, including the young people, can get actively involved and contribute to the development of EU missions;

    3.contribution to the definition and support to the development of the EU Youth strategy;

    4.provision of evidence on specific patterns and skills to foster active inclusion of various societal groups as active citizens and actors of positive change.

    Scope: This topic aims at providing trans-national access (on-site or remote) and/or virtual access to integrated and customised RI services for challenge-driven research and innovation in each of the areas listed below, offered by a wide range of complementary and interdisciplinary top level research infrastructures.

    Access also includes ad hoc users’ training and scientific and technical support. Training courses for using the infrastructures may also be supported. Training courses and ad hoc users’ training will prepare the new generations of researchers to properly exploit leading-edge RIs, and should provide them with appropriate skills for data stewardship.

    Activities to facilitate and integrate the access procedures, to further develop the remote or virtual provision of services and to improve, customise and harmonise the services the infrastructures will also be supported, including for better serving the needs of open EU industrial research and innovation.

    While the main goal of this topic is access provision to existing services, limited development of new services, relevant to the challenges, can also be supported, including joint/cross-RI services, provided that the resulting services are opened and offered already under the actions (short term R&D) and that the long term sustainability of such services is ensured by the participant RIs. The long term R&D for new instrumentation, tools, methods and advanced digital solutions will continue to be supported under destination INFRATECH.

    Proposals should adhere to the guidelines and principles of the European Charter for Access to Research Infrastructures 64 .

    Data management (and related ethics issues), interoperability, as well as the connection of digital services (e.g. data services) to the European Open Science Cloud, should be addressed where relevant.

    Proposals should duly take into account major European or international initiatives relevant in the domain. Whenever appropriate, they should foster the use and deployment of (open) global standards.

    Proposals should make available to researchers a wide and comprehensive portfolio of complementary research infrastructure services, including data services, and customised workflows to enable R&I addressing the set challenge. To this extent, they should involve, as beneficiaries, affiliated entities, third parties, or external providers of purchased services, the necessary interdisciplinary set of research infrastructures of European interest 65 that provide such services. The inclusiveness of the portfolio of services offered by the proposal will be taken into account in the Excellence score. Proposals including only few of the research infrastructure services relevant to the scope will be scored lower.

    Access could also be open, under certain conditions, to third countries’ researchers to work on global challenges. Research infrastructures from third countries 66 may be involved when appropriate, in particular when they offer complementary or more advanced services than those available in Europe.

    Proposals should consider the inclusion of infrastructures that can facilitate a rapid transition of research findings to innovations and therefore, to society.

    Proposals should include an outreach and engagement plan to actively advertise their services to targeted research communities and, if applicable, to relevant industries, including SMEs.

    Proposals are expected to exploit synergies and to ensure complementarity and coherence with other EU grants supporting access provision.

    Proposals should include the list of services/installations 67 opened by research infrastructures for trans-national or virtual access and the amounts of units of access made available for users. Further conditions and requirements relating to access provisions that applicants should fulfil when drafting a proposal are given in the “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” section of this work programme part. Compliance with these provisions will be taken into account during evaluation.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    In 2023, this topic will target the following scientific challenges and EU priority areas:

    RI services to enable research linking environmental factors to human health

    Human health is strongly dependant on exposure to environmental factors 68 as well as socio-economic and lifestyle factors. Proposals should integrate and give access to a wide range of monitoring and experimental RI services to investigate the effect of environmental exposure. Services should be provided to user projects aiming to characterize environmental risk factors (e.g. of chronic health conditions) and/or to develop innovative tools and methods for deciphering the causal pathways and the prevention of associated diseases. Integration of multiple types of data reaching from environmental exposure measurements to granular human omics, analytical and clinical data including also socio-economic and lifestyle data, in line with One-Health approach, is key for this type of research at the interface of environmental and health research.

    Types of services to be offered to users of the infrastructures would include, amongst others: collecting samples and data on environmental risk factors including on socio-economic, occupational and life style factors; high throughput measurements to quantify substances (and/or energy types) of concern including not targeted measurements of chemical mixtures (or other pollutants) as well as exposure markers; integration of diverse data types including human omics data to develop exposure markers; harmonisation and access to advanced bioinformatics tools to investigate the environmental and human health interactions; support for experimental work such as state of the art research models to test for stressor and outcome correlations; access to relevant data available from population cohorts; access to available and relevant data bases on environmental factors (e.g. pollutants, temperature, noise); GDPR-compliant access to relevant sensitive human data including from human biomonitoring i.e. measurements in biosamples.

    Actions should customise and further develop RI services to meet the needs of ongoing research in the field. Appropriate links and complementarities should be ensured with relevant ongoing initiatives and resources, such as pertinent ESFRI roadmap efforts, e.g. EIRENE, the European Human Exposome cluster, the IPCHEM database, the EC Knowledge Centre on Cancer 69 , the European Microwave Signature Laboratory, the candidate European Partnership for the Assessment of Risks from Chemicals (PARC), and other H2020 and Horizon Europe relevant projects including the ones emerging from the 2023 and 2024 ‘Environment and health’ calls of Cluster 1 - Health.

    Proposals could consider, for their inclusion in the service portfolio, relevant services and expertise offered by the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC), and in particular by its Molecular Ecotoxicology and Microbiology laboratory  70 . The laboratory is equipped with advanced instruments, such as the MinION™ for nanopore sequencing, and digital polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and provides access to the next generation sequencing (NGS) facility at the JRC. Furthermore, the laboratory has in house in vitro tests and cell culture facilities for detection of pollutants particularly concerning human health.

    For this area an EU contribution between EUR 12.00 and 14.50 million should allow the related outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    RI services for improving clinical research in the paediatric field

    Paediatric healthcare in EU and worldwide is often hampered by an enduring lack of specific medicines and therapies tailored for use in paediatric population. Proposals should integrate and give access to RI services to enable and accelerate R&I towards innovative biomedical products and therapies for children, including new-borns. They should support in particular, but not limited to, clinical R&I projects addressing therapeutic, diagnostic and prevention measures for paediatric disease management and help these projects to meet regulatory requirements for licensure and clinical use of paediatric medicines and medical devices.

    Due to the peculiarities of paediatric clinical research with study subjects often dispersed across Europe, RI services offered should include innovative trial designs and novel monitoring tools, including the necessary support at local level. GDPR compliant and regulatory acceptable access and re-use of relevant population, historical and real world care data should be facilitated, as should be the harmonisation of respective ethics reviews across Europe.

    As paediatric research is often faced with locally dispersed case incidences, wider geographical outreach and international collaboration beyond Europe, including with LMIC (Low-to-Middle-Income Country) is strongly encouraged.

    Appropriate links and alignment should be ensured with EU level initiatives such as EnprEMA, proposed Horizon Europe partnerships such as the Innovative Health Initiative, the Transforming Health and Care Systems partnership, a Personalised Medicine, an ERA for Health Research, and the planned partnership on Rare Diseases research.

    Data management should duly cater for interoperability of data services, while contributing to GDPR compliant access modalities as required in the European Health Data Space. Metadata, statistical and anonymised data sets should duly be FAIRificated to become accessible under the European Open Science Cloud.

    For this area an EU contribution between EUR 12.00 and 14.50 million should allow the related outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    RI services for climate-change risks

    Climate change and land use are increasing the frequency and severity of natural hazards notably floods, storm surges, landslides, droughts, desertification, cryosphere melting and fires as well as their negative impacts in Europe. Research to advance the understanding of the interlinked processes and to develop new knowledge and tools necessary to better predict, mitigate and adapt to these risks requires an unprecedented integrated and strongly cross-disciplinary approach as well as access to very diverse research infrastructures (such as observatories, experimental facilities, modelling capacities or data infrastructures).

    Proposals will bring together key complementary and possibly heterogeneous national and European research infrastructures to provide effective access to an integrated wide range of RI services (e.g.: observations, models and experimental platforms) necessary for highly cross-disciplinary research and innovation addressing climate-related multi-hazard risks in the EU and Associated Countries, including their social dimension. Actions will in particular offer, when appropriate, fit-for-purpose access modalities facilitating the joint selection and or coherent scheduling of cross-disciplinary user project(s) by several research infrastructures, ad-hoc support and training of (new) users, customised R&I data, data products, scientific services including joint services by complementary infrastructures. Actions will develop interoperability among the research infrastructures as well as with relevant initiatives and programmes and facilitate the use of external data and services, such as Copernicus services, to further develop their portfolio of multi- and cross-disciplinary scientific services.

    Actions should design customised and/or new RI services taking into account the needs of ongoing research in the field and of existing disaster risk management knowledge platforms and networks (e.g. the JRC Disaster Risk Management Knowledge Centre). Due attention to the latest development of Horizon Europe priorities, its Missions and Partnerships will ensure appropriate links and complementarities. Actions should provide for a flexible approach to address ad-hoc R&I specific requests and to respond to long-term or recurrent needs.

    Proposals could consider, for their inclusion in the service portfolio, relevant services and expertise offered by the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC), and in particular by its Molecular Ecotoxicology and Microbiology laboratory  71 , for the detection of antimicrobial resistance genes, viral RNA in water by quantitative PCR, metagenomics analysis of water samples, as well as in-house bioassays systems for detection of chemical pollutants’ mixture analysis.

    For this area an EU contribution between EUR 12.00 and 14.50 million should allow the related outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    RI services for sustainable Arctic/polar regions

    Polar regions are facing rapid changes and new challenges due to climate change, biodiversity loss and increasing economic interest. Major research efforts are ongoing to understand and predict these changes including their impact on other regions, identify solutions and provide evidenced-based information such as needed by the European Green Deal and the EU Arctic policy. However, extreme conditions and low population density limit the opportunities to access in-situ platforms and make difficult the collection of data, the monitoring of complex processes.

    Proposals should provide access to a wide portfolio of complementary research infrastructures and their services needed to address the scientific challenges of polar regions. Building on past integration of access to terrestrial stations, fixed and mobile observing platforms, research vessels operating in Polar Regions including icebreakers, core repositories and data infrastructures, proposals should further integrate, customise or combine services and adapt modalities of access to facilitate interdisciplinary research on complex processes in Polar Regions. Proposals should ensure appropriate links with relevant European and international initiatives and with projects developing under Horizon Europe and ongoing coordination efforts such as in the EU Polar Cluster. When appropriate, research infrastructure services should benefit from Copernicus, GEOSS and EMODNET initiatives. Similarly, relevant data generated by the projects should be made available to these initiatives.

    Complementarity and synergies with relevant other areas under this topic should be considered.

    For this area an EU contribution between EUR 12.00 and 14.50 million should allow the related outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    RI services for healthy ocean and waters

    The Mission ‘Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030’ aims to deliver on precise targets for protecting and restoring ecosystems and biodiversity, for zero pollution, and for moving towards climate-neutrality, within the EU’s ocean, seas and waters. Research and innovation underpinning the solutions and technologies to reach these ambitious objectives will mobilise RI capacities in Europe and beyond and will require complementarity and synergies between national and European efforts, including from other parts of Horizon Europe and for access to the most needed and unique research infrastructures.

    Proposals should provide access to a wide portfolio of complementary research infrastructures and their services in support of the research and innovation contributing to the implementation plan of the Mission and of the European Partnership ‘A climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy’. Building on past integration of access to facilities such as marine and freshwater experimental facilities, analytical platforms, fixed and mobile observing platforms and research vessels, proposals should further integrate, customise or combine services and adapt modalities of access to facilitate the development phase of the Mission, Partnership and relevant research and innovation activities for a clean environment and for climate actions. Proposals should ensure appropriate links with relevant European and international initiatives and with projects developing under Horizon Europe. When appropriate, research infrastructures services should benefit from Copernicus, GEOSS, EMODNET and the European Digital Twin of the Ocean (DTO) initiatives. Similarly, relevant data generated by the projects should be made available to these initiatives.

    Proposals could consider, for their inclusion in the service portfolio, relevant services and expertise offered by the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC), and in particular by its Molecular Ecotoxicology and Microbiology laboratory  72 . The laboratory is equipped with advanced instruments, such as the MinION™ for nanopore sequencing, and digital polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and provides access to the next generation sequencing (NGS) facility at the JRC for microbiome analysis and skilled experts in the field of molecular based methodologies.

    Complementarity and synergies with relevant other areas under this topic should be considered.

    For this area an EU contribution between EUR 12.00 and 14.50 million should allow the related outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    RI services for sustainable aquaculture, fisheries and blue economy

    Sustainable fisheries and aquaculture are part of the Farm to Fork Strategy and also contribute to the Sustainable Blue Economy Strategy 73 . At the same time, advances in biotechnology tools (e.g. -omics, bioinformatics) increasingly expose the potential of aquatic bioresources. However, research and innovation is needed to ensure sustainability and resilience of the blue economy as well as to unlock its potential.

    Proposals should provide access to a wide portfolio of complementary research infrastructures and their services needed to address the scientific challenges in support of the Common Fisheries Policy, the Farm to Fork Strategy and the Sustainable Blue Economy Strategy. Building on past integration of access to facilities such as inland and marine aquaculture experimental platforms, marine biological resources and analytical platforms, relevant marine data and observing platforms, proposals should further integrate, customise or combine services and adapt modalities of access to facilitate interdisciplinary research addressing EU priorities. Proposals should ensure appropriate links with relevant European and international initiatives, with projects developing under Horizon Europe and with the European Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive blue economy. When appropriate, research infrastructures services should benefit from Copernicus, GEOSS, EMODNET and the European Digital Twin of the Ocean (DTO) initiatives. Similarly, relevant data generated by the projects should be made available to these initiatives.

    Complementarity and synergies with relevant other areas under this topic should be considered.

    For this area an EU contribution between EUR 12.00 and 14.50 million should allow the related outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    RI services for renewable energy technologies and systems

    Increased energy efficiency and wider use of renewable energy play a key role in achieving, the European Green Deal goal of a climate neutrality by 2050 and the ‘Fit for 55’ energy targets. The wide and concerted efforts that researchers and innovators are devoting in finding new solutions to accelerate the green transition, should be supported and enabled by the most advanced research and testing facilities.

    Under previous Framework Programme research infrastructures for various types of renewable energy, for energy efficiency and smart grids have served their respective communities enabling advanced R&D. Building on these experiences these different facilities and testing platforms should now make a further step and integrate their services to create a unique entry point to a wide and integrated catalogue of complementary services for all researchers and innovators working for a more green and efficient energy.

    Proposals should integrate services provided by the key research infrastructures in the EU and Associated Countries in the fields of solar power (photovoltaic and concentrated solar power), hydrogen, biofuels, offshore renewable energy (ORE), integrated grids and energy storage. Broader access at EU level should be provided to services for research, development and testing of renewable energy systems including grid integration across a range of TRLs. Services can also be customised and combined for an integrated and interdisciplinary support to R&I, along the entire value chain, from materials, technology development to applications.

    The provision of effective and integrated RI services will help academic and industrial researchers to address the challenges of the green transition towards higher shares of renewable energy and a more decentralised and low-intensity energy supply. It will also enhance research in areas relevant to the EU missions on Climate change and Emission-free cities, as well as to the Blue Economy Partnership and to the SET-Plan action on integrating renewable technologies in the energy systems.

    Proposals should ensure appropriate links with relevant European and international initiatives, including the two above mentioned missions.

    For this area an EU contribution between EUR 12.00 and 14.50 million should allow the related outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    RI services for innovative applications of nanoscience and nanotechnology

    The advancements in nanoscience and nanotechnology have demonstrated the potential of working at nanoscale for applications in a wide range of industrial sectors, such as electronic, food, and packaging, just to mention few. Nanotechnologies are also crucial for the development of medical devices, including drug delivery systems and biosensors. To enlarge the array of applications and push further the use of nanoscience and nanotechnology for finding effective solutions to emerging socio-economic needs, researchers and innovators need the most advanced research and testing facilities.

    The research infrastructures in the field (e.g. experimental installations for micro- and nanofabrication, analytical and modelling/simulation facilities, …), including those relevant for the synthesis and the nanoscale characterization of solid state, biological and soft materials required for innovative applications, should build on past integration of access to their facilities in previous Framework Programmes and reach an higher and more interdisciplinary level of integration to offer access, through a single entry point, to a coherent and complementary set of services, customising and combining them when necessary, to support academic and industrial research teams. Safety issues of nanomaterials, which could come in close contact with humans and be dispersed in the environment, should be taken into account for reducing the possible health and environmental risks early on in the innovation process.

    Proposals could consider, for their inclusion in the service portfolio, relevant services and expertise offered by the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC), and in particular by its Nanobiotechnology Laboratory 74 on the physical and chemical characterisation of advanced (nano)materials, nanosystems and macromolecules.

    For this area an EU contribution between EUR 12.00 and 14.50 million should allow the related outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    RIs services to enhance the EU capacity for the development of semiconductors

    The creation of a competitive European ecosystem for the design and the production of semiconductors is a major EU priority, as underlined by EC President Von der Leyen in her State of Union address. Semi-conductors are nowadays the engine of almost anything we use for economic activities, mobility and leisure and the undoubted basis of the digital transition. The recent production crisis caused by the shortage of semi-conductors demonstrated the worrying dependency of Europe from Asia. The new European Chips Act, announced by the Commission, should precisely address the lack of competitiveness and technological sovereignty of the EU in this field. One of the foreseen actions is to link together and strengthened world-class research, design and testing capacities in the EU.

    Waiting for new capacities to be built, the existing research infrastructures (e.g, nano-electronics infrastructure, printing facilities for electronics, facilities for ion beam-modification or cosmic radiation hardening of semiconductors, …), including the ones which in previous Framework Programme have already integrated and opened their services at EU level, should now come together and create a unique entry point, for academic and industrial researchers, to a wide and integrated catalogue of complementary services enabling R&D on leading-edge semiconductors, including the ones for the next generation of computing paradigms, and new innovative way to produce them. In order to better serve this EU priority and facilitate interdisciplinary research, services should also be customised, combined as necessary, and possibly expanded.

    Proposals should ensure appropriate links, synergies and complementarities, also in terms of TRLs, with relevant activities in other parts of Horizon Europe and other initiatives at EU level in this field.

    For this area an EU contribution between EUR 12.00 and 14.50 million should allow the related outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    RI services for shaping the future generation society

    Proposals should provide effective access to an integrated, wide range of RI services enabling research into the transformation towards a future European society in line with the goals envisaged by Next Generation EU. Research infrastructures, such as relevant surveys, social data archives, collections and repositories, will provide physical, remote or virtual access to relevant resources and make available and integrate existing data through a single point of access. This could include in particular data on the perceptions of various societal groups of the main problems and challenges facing the EU in the next decades and the way these groups can be better represented in the decision-making process and involved in the formulation of policies and actions at EU level, as well as in the implementation of the EU Missions action plans. The specific needs of Young people in Europe, from different backgrounds and belonging to different groups, will be particularly taken into account. By providing services to researchers in this field, research infrastructures will help the implementation of the Next Generation EU priorities and will contribute to the dialogue on the EU Youth strategy. Development of specific skills and competences to better exploit the available resources to address this challenge as well as curation and preparation of data for access (e.g. anonymization) can be included in the services provided by research infrastructures within this topic. The development and implementation of new relevant data-related services can also be supported, provided that these new services are opened and offered already under the actions and that their long term sustainability is ensured by the participant RIs.

    For this area an EU contribution between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million should allow the related outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01-02: Research infrastructure services advancing frontier knowledge

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 14.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 29.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    As proposals need to give information on the research infrastructures providing access, the page limit of the application is 100 pages.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: given the specific nature of this topic, access provision activities must be included in the proposal. Please read carefully the provisions under the section “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” at the end of this work programme part before preparing your application.

    Considering the Union’s interest to make accessible to its researchers the most advanced research infrastructures, wherever they are in the world, legal entities established in Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, India, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Switzerland, United Kingdom and USA, which provide, under the grant, access to their research infrastructures to researchers from Member States and Associated Countries, are exceptionally eligible for funding from the Union under this topic.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply:

    For the 'Excellence' criterion, in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspects will also be taken into account:

    1.The extent to which the access activities (trans-national and/or virtual access) will offer access to the state-of-the-art infrastructures of European interest in the field, high quality services, and will enable users to conduct excellent research.

    2.The extent to which the project will contribute to facilitating and integrating the access procedures, to improve the services the infrastructures provide and to further develop their on-line services.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants are not required to include in their proposal a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of the results as the main objective of these actions is the service provision.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering as many scientific domains for service provision as possible, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but also to proposals that address a scientific domain not covered by a higher-ranked proposal, provided that the proposals attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for trans-national and virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.wider, simplified, and more efficient access to the best research infrastructures available to researchers to conduct curiosity-driven research, irrespective of location;

    2.breakthrough and leading-edge research enabled by advanced research infrastructure services made available to a wider user community;

    3.improved and harmonised RI services and broader use of RI resources across the EU and Associated Countries deriving from the exploitation of synergies and complementarities;

    4.a new generation of researchers trained to optimally exploit all the essential tools for their research;

    5.cross-disciplinary fertilisations and a wider sharing of information, knowledge and technologies across scientific fields fostered by closer interactions between researchers active in and around research infrastructures;

    6.better management, including implementing FAIR data principle, of the continuous flow of data collected or produced by research infrastructures.

    Scope: This topic aims at providing trans-national access (on-site or remote) and/or virtual access to integrated and customised RI services for curiosity-driven research in wide scientific domains, offered by a wide range of complementary and interdisciplinary top level research infrastructures. Scientific domains are identified on the basis of a Multi-Annual Priority Setting (MAPS) exercise aiming at achieving a balanced coverage of scientific disciplines addressed under the INFRASERV destination as well as complementarities with Horizon 2020 ongoing grants offering access provision. Within identified domains, emerging areas of research can also be served. The MAPS follows the taxonomy used in the ESFRI Roadmap.

    In 2023, the scientific domains called under this topic are:

    1.Biosphere: terrestrial biodiversity and ecosystems, including forest;

    2.Astronomy and Astroparticle physics;

    3.Arts and Humanities.

    An EU contribution between EUR 12.00 and 14.50 million for the first two domains and between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million for the third domain, should allow the expected outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    Access also includes ad hoc users’ training and scientific and technical support. Training courses for using the infrastructures may also be supported. Training courses and ad hoc users’ training will prepare the new generations of researchers to properly exploit leading-edge RIs, and should provide them with appropriate skills for data stewardship.

    Activities to facilitate and integrate the access procedures, to further develop the remote or virtual provision of services and to improve, customise and harmonise the services the infrastructures will also be supported.

    While the main goal of this topic is access provision to existing services, limited development of new services, relevant to specific scientific challenges in the identified domains, can also be supported, including joint/cross-RI services, provided that the resulting services are opened and offered already under the actions (short term R&D) and that the long term sustainability of such services is ensured by the participant RIs. The long term R&D for new instrumentation, tools, methods and advanced digital solutions will continue to be supported under destination INFRATECH.

    Proposals should adhere to the guidelines and principles of the European Charter for Access to Research Infrastructures 75 .

    Data management (and related ethics issues), interoperability, as well as the connection of digital services (e.g. data services) to the European Open Science Cloud, should be addressed where relevant.

    Proposals should duly take into account major European or international initiatives relevant in the domain. Whenever appropriate, they should foster the use and deployment of (open) global standards.

    Proposals should make available to researchers a very wide and comprehensive portfolio of complementary research infrastructure services, including data services, which are relevant for frontier research in the domain. To this extent, they should involve, as beneficiaries, affiliated entities, third parties, or external providers of purchased services, the necessary interdisciplinary set of research infrastructures of European interest 76 that provide such services. The inclusiveness of the portfolio of services offered by the proposal will be taken into account in the Excellence score. Proposals including only few of the research infrastructure services relevant to the scope will be scored lower.

    Access could also be open, under certain conditions, to third countries’ researchers to work on global scientific challenges. Research infrastructures from third countries 77 may be involved when appropriate, in particular when they offer complementary or more advanced services than those available in the EU and Associated Countries.

    Proposals should include an outreach and engagement plan to actively advertise their services to the research communities in the specific domains.

    Proposals are expected to exploit synergies and to ensure complementarity and coherence with other EU grants supporting access provision.

    Proposals should include the list of services/installations 78 opened by research infrastructures for trans-national or virtual access and the amounts of units of access made available for users. Further conditions and requirements relating to access provisions that applicants should fulfil when drafting a proposal are given in the “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” section of this work programme part. Compliance with these provisions will be taken into account during evaluation. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01-03: Research infrastructure services advancing frontier knowledge: co-fund pilots with pan-European RIs and/or national RIs

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    As proposals need to give information on the research infrastructures providing access, the page limit of the application is 100 pages.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply, due to the specific nature of this topic:

    1.Access provision activities must be included in the proposal. Please read carefully the provisions under the section “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” at the end of this work programme part before preparing your application.

    2.Consortia must include at least 3 different research infrastructures from 3 different Member states or Associated countries, each of them being an ESFRI infrastructure, and/or a European Research Infrastructures Consortium (ERIC) or another research infrastructure of European interest (i.e. a research infrastructure 79 which is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located). Such research infrastructures, and the beneficiaries that own/operate them, must be explicitly identified in the proposals.

    Considering the Union’s interest to make accessible to its researchers the most advanced research infrastructures, wherever they are in the world, legal entities established in Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, India, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Switzerland, United Kingdom and USA, which provide, under the grant, access to their research infrastructures to researchers from Member States and Associated Countries, are exceptionally eligible for funding from the Union under this topic.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply:

    For the 'Excellence' criterion, in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspects will also be taken into account:

    1.The extent to which the access activities (trans-national and/or virtual access) will offer access to the state-of-the-art infrastructures of European interest in the field, high quality services, and will enable users to conduct excellent research.

    2.The extent to which the project will contribute to facilitating and integrating the access procedures, to improve the services the infrastructures provide and to further develop their on-line services.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants are not required to include in their proposal a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of the results as the main objective of these actions is the service provision.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 70% of the eligible costs as the provision of trans-national access is an activity with strong European added value that is not usually supported by national funding bodies.

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 100 000 as the costs of research infrastructure services widely differ depending on the type of research infrastructure, and in some case can lead to such upper limit. Research infrastructures which are beneficiaries/affiliated entities of the consortia awarded may exceptionally also be recipients of financial support to third parties. Proposals must explain how they will ensure that such beneficiaries/affiliated entities are not involved in the selection procedure of the calls, in order to avoid conflicts of interest and maintain confidentiality.

    Eligible costs may take form of unit costs for trans-national and virtual access to research infrastructures as defined in the Decision authorising the use of unit costs for the actions involving trans-national and virtual access (see Annex 2 of the Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement).

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.wider, simplified, and more efficient access to the best research infrastructures available to researchers to conduct curiosity-driven research, irrespective of location;

    2.the access programmes to research infrastructures in the EU and Associated Countries enhance their openness at European level, embracing the support, with national funding, to a share of trans-national users in their normal operation;

    3.breakthrough and leading-edge research enabled by advanced research infrastructure services made available to a wider user community;

    4.improved and harmonised RI services and broader use of RI resources across the EU and Associated Countries deriving from the exploitation of synergies and complementarities;

    5.a new generation of researchers trained to optimally exploit all the essential tools for their research;

    6.cross-disciplinary fertilisations and a wider sharing of information, knowledge and technologies across scientific fields fostered by closer interactions between researchers active in and around research infrastructures;

    7.better management, including implementing FAIR data principle, of the continuous flow of data collected or produced by research infrastructures.

    Scope: This topic aims at piloting the co-funding, with Member States and Associated Countries, of programmes of access to research infrastructures at EU level. The programme should provide trans-national access (on-site or remote) and/or virtual access to services offered by a set of similar or complementary advanced national or pan-European research infrastructures, to enable curiosity-driven interdisciplinary research. Proposals can address all scientific domains.

    Proposals should explain how the EU funding in support of the common access programme will be complemented by other national or international funding sources providing the remaining co-funding rate, and pool the necessary financial resources to implement joint calls for the provision of access to research infrastructures.

    The access programme to research infrastructures may be implemented either directly by the consortium, with the provision of trans-national and virtual access by beneficiaries, third parties or external providers of purchased services, or, alternatively, through the mechanism of financial support to third parties. Proposals should clearly specify which of the two options (direct implementation or through financial support to third parties) they will use to implement the co-fund action. In both cases national or international access programme managers, including the legal entities of distributed European RI, are expected to be core partners in the consortia.

    In the case of financial support to third parties, the applicants to the open calls, launched under the action to provide financial support to third parties, should be the users together with the research infrastructures they need, including nodes of distributed ESFRI or ERIC infrastructures. The financial support should cover the costs incurred by the infrastructures/nodes to provide access (actual costs, calculated on the basis of unit costs, or a combination of the previous two), as well as the travel and subsistence of users if visits are needed to use the infrastructures, plus any specific work from RI staff and users necessary to customise the RI services. Research infrastructures which are beneficiaries/affiliated entities of the consortia awarded may exceptionally also be recipients of financial support to third parties. Proposals must explain how they will ensure that such beneficiaries/affiliated entities are not involved in the selection procedure of the calls, in order to avoid conflicts of interest and maintain confidentiality.

    Access also includes ad hoc users’ training and scientific and technical support for preparing and running the user projects. Training courses for using the infrastructures may also be supported. Training courses and ad hoc users’ training will prepare the new generations of researchers to properly exploit leading-edge RIs, and should provide them with appropriate skills for data stewardship.

    Activities to facilitate and integrate the access procedures, to further develop the remote or virtual provision of services and to improve, customise and harmonise the services the infrastructures may also be supported.

    While the main goal of this topic is access provision to existing services, limited development of new services, relevant to the specific scientific challenges, can also be supported, including joint/cross-RI services, provided that the resulting services are opened and offered already under the actions (short term R&D) and that the long term sustainability of such services is ensured by the involved RIs. The long term R&D for new instrumentation, tools, methods and advanced digital solutions will continue to be supported under destination INFRATECH.

    Proposals should adhere to the guidelines and principles of the European Charter for Access to Research Infrastructures 80 .

    Data management (and related ethics issues), interoperability, as well as the connection of digital services (e.g. data services) to the European Open Science Cloud, should be addressed where relevant.

    Proposals should duly take into account major European or international initiatives relevant in the domain. Whenever appropriate, they should foster the use and deployment of (open) global standards.

    Proposals should make available to researchers a wide and rich portfolio of research infrastructure services, including data services, which are relevant for frontier research in the chosen scientific area. To this extent, they should involve the necessary interdisciplinary set of research infrastructures of European interest 81 that provide such services. The relevance of the service portfolio will be taken into account in the Excellence score.

    Access could also be open, under certain conditions, to third countries’ researchers to work on global scientific challenges. Research infrastructures from third countries 82 may be involved when appropriate, in particular when they offer complementary or more advanced services than those available in Europe.

    Proposals should include an outreach and engagement plan to actively advertise their services to the research communities in the chosen area.

    Proposals are expected to exploit synergies and to ensure complementarity and coherence with other EU grants supporting access provision.

    Proposals should include the list of services/installations 83 made available by the action for trans-national or virtual access and the amounts of units of access made available for users. Further conditions and requirements relating to access provisions that applicants should fulfil when drafting a proposal are given in the “Specific features for Research Infrastructures” section of this work programme part. Compliance with these provisions will be taken into account during evaluation. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    DESTINATION – NEXT GENERATION OF SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTATION, TOOLS AND METHODS AND ADVANCED DIGITAL SOLUTIONS (INFRATECH)

    Scientific communities cannot adequately respond to current research challenges without having access to state-of-the-art scientific instruments and tools. Their constant adaptation, upgrading and innovation, as the underlying technologies develop at a very rapid pace, is critical for providing the optimal conditions for scientific advancements and discoveries in Europe.

    The aim of this destination is the development of ground-breaking RI technologies, including scientific instruments, tools, methods, and advanced digital solutions, to enable new discoveries and keep RIs in the EU and Associated Countries at the highest level of excellence in science, while also paving the way to innovative solutions to societal challenges and new industrial applications, products and services. New instruments and tools (such as advanced sensors, imaging devices, light source detectors, high-tech developments for accelerators, robots/automated solutions) and advanced digital solutions (e.g. digital twins, data analytics and AI tools, etc.) for RI upgrade, will enable innovative solutions to be found even for the most demanding scientific and societal challenges.

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several of the following impacts:

    1.Enhanced global competitiveness and technological excellence of the EU and Associated Countries in an extremely fast-moving environment through investments into the development, of forward-looking technical instruments and tools for European RIs.

    2.Enhanced competitiveness of EU and Associated Countries industry through co-development with industrial actors of advanced RI technologies and technology transfer;

    3.Opening up of new areas of research and development of new industrial applications/products;

    4.Development of skills of RI staff aligned with the advancements of the RI technologies;

    5.Transdisciplinarity, cross-fertilisation and a wider sharing of knowledge and technologies between academia and industry;

    6.Wider use of AI in research and enhanced data-driven research across the EU and Associated Countries.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-TECH-01

    25.00

    09 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01

    136.00

    12 Mar 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    25.00

    136.00

    Call - Next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools, methods, and advanced digital solutions for RIs (2023)

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-TECH-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 84

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 85

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 06 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 09 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-TECH-01-01

    RIA

    25.00

    Around 5.00

    5

    Overall indicative budget

    25.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-TECH-01-01: New technologies and solutions for reducing the environmental and climate footprint of RIs

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: due to the specific nature of this topic, consortia must include at least 3 different research infrastructures, each of them being an ESFRI infrastructure 86 , and/or a European Research Infrastructures Consortium 87 (ERIC) or another research infrastructure of European interest (i.e. a research infrastructure 88 which is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located). Such research infrastructures, and the beneficiaries that own/operate them, must be explicitly identified in the proposals.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 89 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.reduction of environmental (including climate-related) impacts;

    2.optimisation of resource and energy consumption integrated through the full life cycle of research infrastructures;

    3.increased long-term sustainability of European research infrastructures.

    Scope: The aim of this topic is to deliver innovative technologies and solutions which reduce the environmental and climate footprint of RIs through the full life cycle of research infrastructures. Proposals should identify common methodologies, among the concerned RIs, to assess environmental impact and strategies to reduce it, as well as efficiency gains in the broader ecosystem.

    Proposals should address the following aspects, as relevant:

    1.new technologies and solutions for research infrastructures enabling transformative resource efficiency (e.g. energy consumption) and reduction of environmental (including climate-related) impacts, including, when relevant, more sustainable and efficient ways of collecting, processing and providing access to data;

    2.validation and prototyping;

    3.training of RI staff for the operation and use of the new solutions;

    4.action plans to deploy the new developments at wider scale and ensure their sustainability;

    5.measures to ensure an environmentally effective integration of the solutions in the local contexts;

    6.societal engagement to foster acceptance of the solutions in the local and regional communities.

    Consortia should be built around a leading core of at least 3 world-class research infrastructures, being ESFRI infrastructures, European Research Infrastructures Consortia (ERICs) and/or other world-class research infrastructures of European interest 90 and can include a wider set of RIs. Other technological partners, including industry and SMEs, should also be involved, thus promoting innovation and knowledge sharing through co-development of new technical solutions for research infrastructures.

    Proposals should built on and explain any synergies and complementarities with previous or current EU grants, including grants funded under other parts of the Framework Programmes.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Call - Next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools, methods, and advanced digital solutions for RIs (2024)

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 91

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 92

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 06 Dec 2023

    Deadline(s): 12 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-01

    RIA

    62.00

    5.00 to 10.00

    7

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-02

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-03

    RIA

    45.00

    Around 15.00

    3

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-04

    RIA

    24.00

    Around 12.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    136.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-01: R&D for the next generation of scientific instrumentation, tools, methods, solutions for RI upgrade

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 62.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: due to the specific nature of this topic, consortia must include at least 3 different research infrastructures, each of them being an ESFRI infrastructure 93 , and/or a European Research Infrastructures Consortium 94 (ERIC) or another research infrastructure of European interest (i.e. a research infrastructure 95 which is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located). Such research infrastructures, and the beneficiaries that own/operate them, must be explicitly identified in the proposals.

    The specific conditions for actions with PCP/PPI procurements in section H of the General Annexes apply to grants funded under this topic.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.enhanced scientific competitiveness of European research infrastructures;

    2.enhanced RI capacities to address research challenges and EU policy priorities;

    3.foundations for the development of innovative companies;

    4.increased collaboration of research infrastructures with universities, research organisations and industry;

    5.increase of the technological level of industries through the co-development of advanced technologies for research infrastructures and creation of potential new markets;

    6.integration of research infrastructures into local, regional and global innovation systems and promotion of entrepreneurial culture.

    Scope: The aim of this topic is to deliver innovative scientific instrumentation, tools, methods and solutions which advance the state-of-art of RIs in the EU and Associated Countries, and show transformative potential in RIs operation. The related developments, which underpin the provision of improved and advanced services, should lead research infrastructures to support new areas of research and/or a wider community of users, including industrial users.

    Cutting-edge technologies will also enhance the potential of RIs to contribute addressing EU policy objectives and socio-economic challenges.

    Proposals should ensure complementarity with actions funded under the previous 2022 call (topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-TECH-01-01 in the 2021-2022 work programme), targeting different instrumentation, tools, methods and solutions.

    Proposals should address the following aspects, as relevant:

    1.Research and development of new scientific instrumentation, tools and methods for research infrastructures taking into due account resource efficiency (e.g. energy consumption) and environmental (including climate-related) impacts. This could also include the development of new, more sustainable and efficient methods of collecting data and/or of providing access, including remote and digital, as well as digitalisation of instrumentation, services and results;

    2.their technology validation and prototyping;

    3.training of RI staff for the operation and use of these new solutions. When relevant, developing skills on technical validation to industrial standards;

    4.the innovative potential for industrial exploitation of the solutions and/or for the benefits of the society, including facilitating proof of concept for use by SMEs.

    Consortia should be built around a leading core of at least 3 world-class research infrastructures, being ESFRI infrastructures, European Research Infrastructures Consortia (ERICs) and/or other world-class research infrastructures of European interest 96 and can include a wider set of RIs. Other technological partners, including industry and SMEs, should also be involved, thus promoting innovation and knowledge sharing through co-development of new technical solutions for research infrastructures.

    Proposals may include PCP 97 subcontracting activities as described in part H of the General Annexes of the work programme. This option encourages the use of public procurements for the competitive development of new specific solutions, whilst opening market opportunities for industry and researchers active in the EU and Associated Countries. By establishing the procurement process in consecutive phases, the PCP activity can support the development of competing designs, prototypes, and solution testing. This ensures that investment risks do not prevent tackling specific scientific and technological issues, and allows to approach a problem from different angles and to test different solutions.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-02: Development of tools, solutions, modules to enable R&I on the social aspects of the green transition

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: due to the specific nature of this topic, consortia must include at least 2 different research infrastructures, each of them being an ESFRI infrastructure 98 , and/or a European Research Infrastructures Consortium 99 (ERIC) or another research infrastructure of European interest (i.e. a research infrastructure 100 which is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located). Such research infrastructures, and the beneficiaries that own/operate them, must be explicitly identified in the proposals.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 101 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.enhanced RI capacities to address research challenges and EU policy priorities, in particular the green transition;

    2.new RI services and data related to the social aspects of green transition;

    3.increased support of RI services for the EU Missions and Partnerships linked to the green transition;

    4.harmonized data sets that are accessible and complemented by tools that facilitate the collection, analysis, and visualization of the data;

    5.strengthened collaborations between research infrastructures and broader stakeholders, including civil society, in addressing sustainability challenges at multiple scales.

    Scope: The aim of this topic is to deliver innovative tools, solutions and modules to enable research infrastructures to support studies and assessment on the social aspects of the green transition, advancing the state-of-art of RIs in the EU and Associated Countries, and showing transformative potential in their operation in line with the ambition of the European Union. Social aspects of the green transition may include: energy poverty and transport poverty, green jobs and skills, gender and equality aspects of the green transition, or other aspects of the fair transition towards climate neutrality. Proposals should link new modules on green transition to the data collection of European surveys, also integrating and harmonising what already exists at national and EU level.

    Proposals should address all the following aspects:

    1.research and development for the new tools, solutions, modules which will enhance existing research infrastructures;

    2.their validation, prototyping and deployment

    3.the development of a sustainability plan for the new modules.

    4.the innovative potential for their exploitation for the benefits of the society.

    Consortia should be built around a leading core of at least 2 world-class research infrastructures, being ESFRI infrastructures, European Research Infrastructures Consortia (ERICs) and/or other world-class research infrastructures of European interest 102 and can include a wider set of RIs and other technological partners.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-03: New digital twins for Destination Earth

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 45.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 or higher by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results (intellectual property rights), which are needed for further developing, implementing and monitoring the European Commission’s Destination Earth initiative , to the entities that are signatories of the Contribution Agreements for implementing the initiative (European Space Agency (ESA), European Centre for Medium-Range Weather Forecasts (ECMWF) and European Organisation for the Exploitation of Meteorological Satellites (EUMETSAT)). Such access rights are limited to non-commercial and non-competitive use.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 103 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Emergence of new science-based digital twin infrastructures to be gradually integrated in Destination Earth 104 ;

    2.Establishment of new digital standards for software (including simulation and simulation-observation data fusion) and data for Destination Earth;

    3.Standards- and science-based approach for modelling, predicting and assessing the Earth systems and their socio-economic impact.

    Scope: Destination Earth, for which the operational capacity building is funded from the Digital Europe Programme, aims to develop a high precision digital model of the Earth to model, monitor and simulate natural phenomena and related human activities. As part of European Commission’s Green Deal and the Digital Strategy, Destination Earth (DestinE) will contribute to achieving the objectives of the twin transition, green and digital.

    As part of the build-up of Destination Earth, continuous preparatory scientific and technical developments need to be carried out to ensure integration of new digital twins, covering new areas, into the Destination Earth digital twin framework.

    The aim is to develop new digital twin infrastructures that the core simulation, data fusion and supporting software infrastructures for high-performance computing and data handling can be seamlessly integrated with the Destination Earth platform components. These infrastructures should optimally support the scientific and technical performance of the entire digital twin ecosystem of Destination Earth.

    The intended integration can be performed at different levels, for example: (i) directly integrated in the existing Destination Earth simulation and data fusion system (i.e. full integration mode), (ii) integrated in a sequential workflow where new digital twins operate their own simulation and data fusion tasks interfacing with the existing Destination Earth digital twins (i.e. coupling mode) or (iii) as data post-processing applications without own Earth-system component simulation tasks (i.e. post-processing mode).

    Proposals should address all the following aspects:

    1.development of additional and/or improved, advanced, very high-resolution, complex Earth-system model components representing, for example, atmosphere, ocean, land surface, hydrology, cryosphere and biosphere in the Earth-system simulation framework of Destination Earth;

    2.collecting advanced Earth observation data from satellites, established airborne and ground-based observatories as well as novel technologies (for example drones, buoys, IoT sensors) linked for use in the data fusion framework of Destination Earth for simulation and observation;

    3.ensure appropriate representation of uncertainty to produce reliable estimates of both monitored and predicted states of the new components;

    4.development of scientific components of impact models associated with the new topical components for the management of user specific applications in areas such as renewable energy, food, water and health;

    5.development of software and data handling infrastructures that use and enhance the extreme-scale computing and data handling infrastructure of the Digital Twin Engine of Destination Earth; support and enhance both the workflow management established by the existing Digital Twin Engine and its operation through the DestinE Core Service Platform and the data handling established by the existing Digital Twin Engine and its operation through the DestinE Data Lake.

    Proposals should take advantage of the opportunities and developments offered by existing Horizon Europe research and innovation actions (RIA) developing new simulation and observation capabilities, emerging ICT infrastructures (e.g., EuroHPC), research infrastructures and related projects, and HPC 105 Centers of Competence and Excellence (such as ESiWACE for weather and climate prediction and ChEESE for solid Earth applications) and the work towards the European Digital Twin of the Ocean 106 . Where the implementing entities of Destination Earth (European Space Agency (ESA), European Centre for Medium-Range Weather Forecasts (ECMWF) and European Organisation for the Exploitation of Meteorological Satellites (EUMETSAT)) and other key organisations in the field (e.g. Mercator Ocean) are not members of the consortium, the proposals should demonstrate how they intend to collaborate with or involve them. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01-04: AR/VR-empowered digital twins for modelling complex phenomena in new RI application areas

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 or higher by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results (intellectual property rights), which are needed for further developing, implementing and monitoring the European Commission’s Destination Earth initiative , to the entities that are signatories of the Contribution Agreements for implementing the initiative (European Space Agency (ESA), European Centre for Medium-Range Weather Forecasts (ECMWF) and European Organisation for the Exploitation of Meteorological Satellites (EUMETSAT)). Such access rights are limited to non-commercial and non-competitive use.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 107 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Availability of advanced modelling and prediction capabilities aimed at industrial, scientific or policy end users on fundamental, complex and socio-economically relevant real-life phenomena, including consideration of the possibility to replace, where appropriate, the need for physical experiments and interventions by using digital twins.

    2.Enhanced competitiveness and improved effectiveness of European RIs;

    3.Better integration of RIs into local, regional and global innovation and decision support systems.

    Scope: The aim of this topic is to deliver digital twin solutions which advance the state-of-art of European RIs and show transformative potential in RI operations. The solutions should pave way for new ways to conduct experiments by the RIs through AR/VR (augmented reality/virtual reality) empowered digital twins. Mixed reality (XR) technologies can also be considered. The focus is on newer application areas, such as healthcare, safety and security, to understand complex real-world systems, particularly in application areas constrained by specific physical limitations (like radiation, pressure or temperature). The related developments, which underpin the provision of improved and advanced services, should lead RIs to support new areas of research and/or a wider community of users, including clearly identified and involved industrial, scientific or policy end users and enhance the potential of the RIs in addressing EU policy objectives and socio-economic challenges.

    Proposals should address all of the following aspects:

    1.development of digital twin solutions for RIs that take advantage of AR/VR technologies for interactive visualisation and bring together the available relevant data resources in the specific topical area;

    2.include technology validation and prototyping activities to cope with a large and representative application area to test the relevance of the solutions with the needs of relevant industrial, scientific or policy end users;

    3.prepare for take-up of the developed solutions by clearly identified and involved industrial, scientific or policy end users, and include relevant training for the operation and use of these new solutions.

    Consortia should include world-class RIs, like ESFRI infrastructures, European Research Infrastructures Consortia (ERICs) and/or other world-class RIs of European interest. Relevant technological partners from the industry and SMEs should be involved to the activities and to promote innovation and knowledge sharing through co-development of new technical solutions for RIs.

    Clearly identified industrial, scientific and/or policy end users should be involved through an iterative development process. Clearly defined use cases should demonstrate the potential of these new solutions within the involved communities and beyond. If appropriate, links to the Destination Earth (DestinE) initiative 108 could be established, either by contributing directly to future application areas of DestinE or by making use of DestinE model/data resources. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    DESTINATION – NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN RESEARCH AND EDUCATION - ENABLING COLLABORATION WITHOUT BOUNDARIES (INFRANET)

    The way scientific research is conducted has dramatically changed over the last years. Network, storage and computing services provide the foundation to conduct modern scientific research.

    Today the data for research is generated from countless sources and large instruments across the globe (e.g. CERN/Copernicus/Galileo/ESO 109 /SKA 110 ) and stored in data repositories. In this context, a key element of the on-going research evolution is the availability and findability of data outside the specific scientific communities. With the advances in virtualization technologies, AAI and automation, data and resources can be easily combined on the cross-disciplinary basis to complement scientific research processes.

    Enabling scientists to conduct excellent research requires high-bandwidth networks and network services to interconnect researchers, data and computing resources in a non-discriminatory way regardless of the location of the users and the resources.

    The federation of National Research and Education Networks (NRENs) shape a fundamental building-block of Europe’s e-infrastructure landscape, delivering a pan-European network for scientific excellence, research, education and innovation by providing an integrated catalogue of services for connectivity, collaboration, security, trust-and-federated identity that ensure Europe remains at the forefront of collaborative research.

    The target of the Destination under this work programme is to carry on building upon the Framework Partnership Agreement's 111 expected outcomes, delivering state of the art network connectivity, above-net innovative services and operational excellence for the NRENs and their researchers.

    The Specific Grant Agreements (SGAs) implementing the FPA action plan are included under "Other actions". Therefore there is no call for topics under this Destination.

    Proposals for SGAs under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to all the following impacts:

    1.Further increase core R&E's network capacity towards delivering Terabit connectivity, where technically and economically feasible;

    2.Evolve the service catalogue to offer tailored combination of services to the scientific communities, to address new challenges in online education, such as data handling and educational connectivity beyond educational institutions;

    3.Leverage Trust and Identity Services, including contributions to national, European, and global standardisation and regulation, and interoperable frameworks to facilitate data-centric collaboration and adoption of FAIR data principles;

    4.Take the pan-European R&E network and partners security to the next level, for example by installing frameworks and processes for fast, federated and coordinated responses to computer security incidents across European's NRENs and communities;

    5.Develop collaboration in new fronts, for example, by further provisioning services through a pan-European procurement framework, or extending the NRENs’ federation leveraging open platforms and doing proof-of-concepts of advanced technologies and services to support international and cross-disciplinary research like Fibre Acoustic Sensing, SMART Cables and Metrology and Quantum Communication Infrastructures, where technically and financially possible;

    6.Achieve connectivity globally and foster Europe’s international cooperation policy objectives in line with the European Gateways Communication and the objectives of green and digital transition.

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

    Grants to identified beneficiaries

    1. Coordination and Monitoring of the European Research Infrastructure Consortia (ERICs)

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.European and national authorities, funding agencies, ESFRI, research infrastructures, research organisations, higher education institutions, umbrella associations and other ERA stakeholders have access to updated and consolidated data and information on ERICs;

    2.impact and visibility of the ERICs and role of the ERIC Forum are enhanced; compliance with the ERIC Regulation can be further assessed and strengthened; assessment of the implementation of the ERIC Regulation is facilitated including in identifying possible need for revision;

    3.evidence for future strategic development of the ERICs, best practices, common approach for monitoring such as developed by ESFRI, identification of key performance indicators and indicators on impact.

    Expected Impact: Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to several of the expected impacts of Destination INFRADEV.

    Scope: The European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) 112 legal framework facilitated the establishment and operation of more than twenty pan-European research infrastructures 113 , enhanced trust among funding countries to jointly invest in these infrastructures and contributed in integrating and structuring the research infrastructure landscape. The Commission published in October 2021 the assessment of an expert group on the implementation of the ERIC Regulation 114 . The expert group recommended, among others, to develop a structure ‘allowing to specify the data to be acquired, curated and assessed to give a detailed overview of the ERIC system and of each ERIC, including all its operational sites, hubs and nodes’ to further consolidate the integration of the ERICs in the European Research Area; to address fragmentation, improve coordination and reinforce governance and sustainability; to improve links with society, economy and competitiveness; and to strengthen the global approach.

    The Regulation requires each ERIC to produce an annual report covering the scientific, operational and financial aspects of its activities. However, the level of details of these reports is not defined.

    The ERIC Forum, set up to ensure coordination and secretariat support for the ERICs, has successfully delivered in its objectives and corresponds to a well-needed support activity.

    In this context, the proposal should address, inter alia, all following aspects:

    Monitoring and reporting

    1.Collecting basic data and information on the ERICs (such as ERIC statutes, memberships, annual reports, links to Commission Decisions, to ERICs websites);

    2.Developing and making available an online platform reflecting the data and knowledge on the ERICs, compliant with FAIR principles with appropriate management of access rights; the platform should notably enable easy upload and update of relevant data and information by the ERICs or their members; the platform should provide effective and tailored access to data and information to the Commission, ESFRI and ERICs stakeholders and the general public;

    3.Identifying and collecting detailed data and information beyond the basic ones, taking into account the work of the above mentioned assessment by the Commission expert group, the EU priorities including the renewed ERA and appropriate consultation of stakeholders such as the ESFRI Stakeholder Forum;

    Analysis in support of research infrastructure policy

    1.Ensuring in particular synergies and compatibility with the activities and outcomes of the ERA Policy Agenda (Action 8) to ‘strengthen sustainability, accessibility and resilience of research infrastructures in the ERA’ including relevance to and interoperability with monitoring initiatives;

    2.Assessing and reporting on the needs and progress of ERICs towards the green and digital transition;

    3.Reporting on consistency and complementarity of ERIC developments with ESFRI as relevant;

    Secretariat and back-office services

    1.Supporting the network of ERICs (‘ERIC Forum’), including a secretariat, in strengthening the structured cooperation between ERICs, the external representation of the ERICs as relevant stakeholders in consultations and other policy actions that could affect them, and by identifying and promoting best practices including for the support of ERICs in preparation;

    2.Developing a strategy for possible shared administrative back-office services among the ERICs, such as standard protocols, templates, reporting, HR, IT, communication or other services, to streamline coordination, optimise resources and support the ERICs in preparation.

    The proposal should ensure close coordination with the Commission including liaising with ESFRI and relevant stakeholders. It should build strongly on the expertise of the individual ERICs as well as on the experience gained as a network in the context of the ERIC Forum.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation as, due to the scope of this action, the potential beneficiaries are uniquely identified as the existing ERICs set up on the basis of the Council Regulation (EC) No 723/2009. They are free to organise themselves as regards which of them will be beneficiaries to achieve the necessary objectives of this action.

    Specific conditions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements: The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    1.Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional access rights: make tools, standards, specifications and all other relevant outputs generated by the action available, through a well-defined mechanism, to the Commission and any other institution responsible for the continuity, beyond the lifespan of the Grant Agreement, of the Observatory on the implementation of the ERIC legal framework.

    2.Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025) 115 .

    Procedure: The evaluation committee will be fully composed by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    Analysis and Experimentation on Ecosystem ERIC, 1 Avenue de la Terrasse, 91190, Gif Sur Yvette, France

    Biobanks and Biomolecular Resources Research Infrastructure Consortium (BBMRI-ERIC), Neue Stiftingtalstrasse 2/B/6, 8010, Graz, Austria

    Central European Research Infrastructure Consortium ERIC, SS. 14, km 163.5 in Area Science Park, 34149, Trieste, Italy

    CESSDA ERIC, Parkveien 20, 5007, Bergen, Norway

    CLARIN ERIC, Drift 10, 3512 BS, Utrecht, Netherlands

    Digital Research Infrastructure for the Arts and Humanities, Avenue de France 190-198, 75013, Paris, France

    EATRIS ERIC, De Boelelaan 1118, 1081 HZ, Amsterdam, Netherlands

    ECCSEL European Research Infrastructure Consortium, Kolbjorn Hejes Vei 1A, 7491, Trondheim, Norway

    ECRIN European Clinical Research Infrastructure Network, 5 Rue Watt, 75013, Paris, France

    Extreme Light Infrastructure ERIC, Za Radnici 835, 252 41, Dolni Brezany, Czechia

    European Marine Biological Resource Centre European Research Infrastructure Consortium, 4 Place Jussieu, 75005, Paris, France

    European Multidisciplinary Seafloor and Water Column Observatory - European Research Infrastructure Consortium (EMSO ERIC), Via di Vigna Murata 605, 00143, Roma, Italy

    European Plate Observing System - European Research Infrastructure Consortium, Via di Vigna Murata 605, 00143, Rome, Italy

    European Social Survey European Research Infrastructure Consortium, ESS ERIC Headquarters City, University of London Nothampton Square, EC1V 0HB, London, United Kingdom

    European Infrastructure of Open Screening Platforms for Chemical Biology European Research Infrastructure Consortium (EU-OPENSCREEN ERIC), Robert-Rossle-Str. 10, 13125, Berlin, Germany

    EURO-ARGO ERIC, Zi de la Pointe du Diable Technopole Brest Iroise, 29280, Plouzane, France

    EURO-BIOIMAGING ERIC, PL 123, 20521, Turku, Finland

    European Spallation Source ERIC, Odarslovsvagen 113, 224 84, Lund, Sweden

    Integrated Carbon Observation System European Research Infrastructure Consortium, Erik Palmenin Aukio 1, 00560, Helsinki, Finland

    INSTRUCT-ERIC, Oxford House, Parkway Court, John Smith Drive, OX4 2JY, Oxford, United Kingdom

    Joint Institute for Very Long Baseline Interferometry as a European Research Infrastructure Consortium (JIV-ERIC), Oude Hoogeveensedijk 4, 7991 PD, Dwingeloo, Netherlands

    E-SCIENCE European Infrastructure for Biodiversity and Ecosystem Research, Plaza de Espana S/N, Sector II-III, 41071, Sevilla, Spain

    European Research Infrastructure Consortium for the Survey of Health, Ageing and Retirement in Europe, Amalienstrasse 33, 80799, Munchen, Germany

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million from the 2023 budget

    2. Enhanced depositing services for digital research objects for Horizon Europe beneficiaries - enriching the EOSC environment of FAIR repositories

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Provision of depositing services for digital research objects that are FAIR-enabling and compliant with Horizon Europe contractual requirements.

    2.Establishment of best practices in the implementation of services that enable the FAIR data principles in scientific repositories.

    Expected Impact: Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to all the following impacts:

    1.Enhanced Open Science policy implementation, notably on FAIR and open data.

    2.Fostering a harmonised approach among initiatives of European funders and institutions on research outputs.

    3.Fostering the expansion of the EOSC federated environment of trusted and FAIR-enabling repositories.

    4.Strengthened collaboration and uptake of best practices among the EOSC community.

    Scope:

    The EU has increasingly supported the implementation of the Open Science policy in successive Research and Innovation Framework Programmes, starting from the Open Access pilot in FP7, adding Open Data provisions in Horizon 2020, and laying down in Horizon Europe a set of provisions for open science practices such as open access to scientific publications, open access to research data and responsible management of research data, notably through the mainstreaming of data management plans and in line with the FAIR principles.

    This evolution has been accompanied by several EU-funded actions to support beneficiaries to better manage their research outputs and to facilitate the implementation of the programme provisions. This has notably included support to the creation of Zenodo, a general-purpose open repository operated by CERN, allowing researchers to deposit research papers, data sets, research software, reports, and any other research related digital outputs. This repository has become a reference for programme beneficiaries when community or institutional repositories are not available or do not respond to the requested provisions.

    The purpose of this action is to further support programme beneficiaries and to lead by example by providing depositing services for digital research objects that are FAIR-enabling and compliant with Horizon Europe requirements.

    The long-lasting collaboration between the Commission and CERN includes a continuous support to the Open Science policy implementation. Within this framework the Commission intends to capitalise on past investments in Zenodo and the unique CERN experience to tailor specific services for Horizon Europe beneficiaries within Zenodo, notably:

    1.a flexible and dedicated user interface that will identify the Horizon Europe users of Zenodo;

    2.a research data management cycle in line with the open access provisions of Horizon Europe, including a framework for data curation;

    3.the implementation of FAIR principles enablers in line with the specificity of the different communities;

    4.flexibility with respect to different metadata schemata and to adapt to new provisions and practices;

    5.access through the EOSC platform and guarantee of compliance with the EOSC Interoperability Framework, as well as compliance with the EOSC Rules of Participation.

    All software developed under this action should be open source, licensed under a CC0 public domain dedication or under an open source licence as recommended by the Free Software Foundation 116 and the Open Source Initiative 117 .

    The Commission considers that a duration of 2 years for this action would be appropriate.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation to the legal entity identified below, as it operates the Zenodo repository.

    Specific conditions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements: The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The beneficiary will be subject to the following additional access rights: Each beneficiary must grant royalty-free access to its results to the EOSC Association for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud. Each beneficiary must also provide directly to the EOSC Association the information the beneficiary deems necessary for monitoring and developing policies and strategies for the European Open Science Cloud.

    Procedure: The evaluation committee will be fully composed by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    CERN – Organisation Européenne pour la Recherche Nucléaire, Esplanade des Particules 1, 1211 Geneva 23 - Switzerland

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.40 million from the 2023 budget

    3. Implementation of the EOSC monitoring mechanism

    Expected outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Operation, maintenance and further development of a policy intelligence tool for monitoring policies, investments, digital research outputs, skills and infrastructure capacities related to the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) with special emphasis on:

    1.enhanced data harvesting from trusted sources,

    2.upgraded interface for user-friendly manual collection of data from EOSC stakeholders,

    3.interactive dashboard for the visualisation and reporting of data on the implementation and uptake of EOSC and Open Science in Europe,

    4.public display of real-time progress of the implementation of EOSC by the Member States and Associated Countries.

    2.Support to the alignment of surveys and monitoring initiatives related to Open Science in Europe;

    Expected impact: Support the EOSC tripartite governance as a monitoring data aggregator to cover trends in Open Science policies, practices, and impact across Europe and fulfil Open Science monitoring requirements arising from the new European Research Area (ERA) Policy Agenda.

    Scope: The new ERA Policy Agenda 118 includes the action to enable the open sharing of knowledge and the re-use of research outputs, including through the development of the EOSC. To assess progress on this action, a monitoring mechanism is required to collect data and benchmark policies, investments, digital research outputs, skills and infrastructure capacities related to the EOSC. This monitoring mechanism shall provide the Commission, the Member States and Associated Countries and the EOSC European Partnership with the baselines, trends, and best practices along the three levels of EOSC implementation (European, national, and institutional). It shall provide FAIR monitoring data allowing the EOSC governance to pursue statistical analyses on-demand to assess the impact of EOSC-related policies and investments.

    A first version of a policy intelligence tool will be rolled out in 2023 under the leadership of OpenAIRE AMKΕ, in the context of the EOSC Future project 119 , to help assessing EOSC implementation at various levels and to contribute to the monitoring of the uptake of Open Science in Europe. There is a need to capitalise on this investment and work and to sustain and evolve the capacity of this policy intelligence tool after 2023.

    The identified beneficiary will:

    1.operate, maintain and further develop the policy intelligence tool for monitoring policies, investments, digital research outputs, skills and infrastructure capacities related to EOSC, and ensure the necessary links to the new ERA monitoring mechanism;

    2.provide an easy-to-use platform to collect, analyse, and visualise data on the implementation and uptake of open science across Europe, both for the parties involved in the EOSC governance and publicly for all stakeholders.

    The policy intelligence tool should collect data automatically from trusted data sources, leveraging on the OpenAIRE established resources and through dedicated surveys to the EOSC stakeholders. It should calculate and make available specific indicators to monitor:

    1.the open sharing of knowledge and the re-use of research outputs across the ERA and beyond,

    2.the EOSC readiness of Member States and Associated Countries and their actions and investments (financial and in-kind contributions) contributing to the EOSC Partnership and the EOSC implementation.

    The tool should also provide an outlook of general policies that are relevant for the EOSC ecosystem and that are shared and updated by key representatives from the EOSC community.

    The beneficiary should investigate sustainability solutions and create a sustainability plan for operating and maintaining the tool beyond the project duration, including potential hand over to willing EOSC related entities.

    The Commission considers that a duration of 3 years for this action would be appropriate. If necessary to implement the action, the beneficiary may award subcontracts covering the implementation of certain action tasks that will be described in the proposal.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation to the legal entity identified below, as it already coordinates the development of this policy intelligence tool.

    In addition, OpenAIRE AMKE is uniquely positioned to provide European wide information on research and scholarly digital outputs and to run and analyse surveys on the subject of Open Science. OpenAIRE is a participatory infrastructure via its established network of 34 National Open Access Desks (NOADs) in the Member States and Associated Countries. It harvests information of open scholarly results and data and provides services for discoverability, accessibility, and monitoring of data-driven research results. The OpenAIRE AMKΕ legal entity is established as a non-profit partnership to ensure a permanent presence and structure for a European-wide policy and open scholarly communication infrastructure.

    Specific conditions:

    Procedure: The evaluation committee will be fully composed by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    OpenAIRE AMKE, 6 Artemidos Str & Epidavrou, 15125 Marousi - Greece

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Third quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.60 million from the 2023 budget

    4. Swedish Presidency conference on Research Infrastructures 2023

    Expected outcomes:

    The conference will contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.strengthened role of research infrastructures (RIs) in enhancing society’s resilience and problem-solving capacity;

    2.further integration of existing RIs into strategic research priorities and broad EU policy priorities with RIs as drivers of innovation and key players in local, regional and European socio-economic development;

    3.increased and facilitated open/safe sharing of data/research outputs, improving the trust in science through increased FAIRness of data and quality of research in Europe.

    Scope:

    Under this action, a Presidency conference on research infrastructures will be supported in 2023. The high-level conference will be organized in the city of Lund with the overall aim of increasing the impact of research infrastructures (RIs). In particular, the conference will address the developed role of RIs in society’s long-term problem-solving capacity – addressing societal challenges – and the open sharing of knowledge and the re-use of research outputs – to allow Europe’s scientists, companies and citizens to seize data-intensive research and innovation opportunities.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals, according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation, to the legal entity identified below.

    Specific conditions

    Procedure: The evaluation committee will be fully composed by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    Utbildningsdepartementet (Ministry of Education and Research), Drottninggatan 16, 103 33 Stockholmn, Sweden

    Vetenskapsradet - Swedish Research Council, Box 1035, 101 38 Stockholm, Sweden

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2023 budget

    5. Spanish Presidency conference on Research Infrastructures 2023

    Expected outcomes:

    The conference will contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.strengthened sustainability of research infrastructures (RIs) including by enhancing their regional and global dimension;

    2.synergies with smart specialisation strategies and coherent funding approaches.

    Scope:

    Under this action, a Presidency conference on research infrastructures will be supported in 2023. The sustainability challenge and the related funding issues will be further addressed taking stock of the developments under former Presidencies notably as regards synergies between EU priorities and funding.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals, according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation, to the legal entity identified below.

    Specific conditions

    Procedure: The evaluation committee will be fully composed by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    Fundacion Espanola para la Cienciay La Tecnologia, F.S.P., FECYT, Calle del Pintor Murillo 15, 28100 Alcobendas, Comunidad de Madrid, Spain

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2023 budget

    Specific Grant Agreements to FPA

    1. SGA to the FPA for Research and Education Networks (2024)

    The consortium of the selected Framework Partnership Agreement 120 for Research and Education Networks, is invited to submit one proposal for a Specific Grant Agreements (SGA) for the second period of the partnership (2023-2024). Activities to be carried out under the SGAs should be in line with the objectives defined in the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) action plan. The proposals will be assessed according to the evaluation criteria described in the specific conditions of the action and the requirements listed in the invitation letter from the Commission.

    Expected Outcomes:

    The concrete expected outcomes per area of activities should be:

    Increase core network capacity and coverage:

    1.Progress towards delivering low latency Terabit capacity, meeting the huge growth in secure network capacity demands and challenges for a paradigm shift in the digital science and computational infrastructures planned over the next 10 years;

    2.Further develop the fibre optic based network infrastructure to the edges of Europe, where technically and economically feasible, including very high-speed terabit capable services to serve the intensive, point-to-point data flows. That should cover transfer of large volumes of data which are routinely required by international scientific endeavours.

    Improve and expand connectivity and collaboration service catalogue offering:

    1.Improve the offering on above-the-net-services, including the use of the underlying connectivity infrastructure and its core building blocks, security and authentication and authorisation Infrastructure (AAI);

    2.Advance by designing and implementing new demand-driven, reliable, secure and multi-domain services for GEANT's R&E community;

    3.Further develop and expand GÉANT’s Trust & Identity services, eduRoam and eduGAIN as the foundation for access to academic resources worldwide and address the next challenges in online education, such as data handling and educational connectivity beyond institutions;

    4.Evolve the federation using open platforms to implement proofs-of-concept for advanced research initiatives, technologies, and services (like distributed acoustic sensing service for submarine cables, or others).

    Leverage Trust and Identity Services:

    1.Extend the interoperability to public and private digital identity platforms, including support for the eIDAS national identity platform (enhanced service offering with advanced group access rights management);

    2.Contribute to national, European and global standardisation and regulation of trust and identity services to maximise the impact of privacy-by-design, and sustainable solutions that are developed in the R&E community;

    3.Collaborate with emerging Trust & Identity Services and standards in the public sector to build interoperable services and a pan-European privacy preserving trust fabric;

    4.Build upon comprehensive and interoperable frameworks and services to facilitate data-centric collaboration and data sharing based on findable, accessible, interoperable, and reusable (FAIR) data principles.

    Take GEANT's network and partners security to the next level:

    1.Analyse best practices and put in place the necessary tools (either via tailored off-the-shelf or in-house developed products) to secure GEANT's high speed networks across different NRENs;

    2.Install the necessary framework and processes for fast, federated and coordinated responses to computer security incidents across European's NRENs and GÉANT infrastructures and communities, extend this by cooperation with the worldwide community of Computer Emergency Response Teams (CERTs) and Computer Security Incident Response Teams (CSIRTs) and develop effective and innovative responses to threat management, wherever feasible;

    3.Assist partner organisations to improve their security posture and address threats in a timely matter and collaborate by providing adequate knowledge, awareness, experience and expertise with an extensive training program, both for basic and expert levels, and provide a security dashboard for NRENs to show actual compliance with standards;

    4.Ensure security-by-design across activities, and investment on keeping pace with methodological developments in the industrial and commercial sector, as well as with new challenges;

    5.Ensure GEANT's network is secure for processing of sensitive data and GDPR compliant data.

    Develop collaboration in new fronts:

    1.Analyse architectural and operational models for global connectivity and data orchestration that enable international and cross-disciplinary research to exploit world-class computing facilities (like the ones by EuroHPC and consortium partners’ national initiatives);

    2.Align to project-wide best practices for software service releases, based on industry standards for quality, maintenance, and deployment, along with defining interface specifications for all delivered services;

    3.Provide the necessary for safe, secure, and cost-effective provision of services through pan-European procurement frameworks (where externally sourced), including an up-to-date collectively procured and managed portfolio of commercial infrastructure-cloud platforms made available to European R&E institutions;

    4.Leverage NRENs federation to become an open pan-European platform for development, proof of concepts, testing, and deployment of advanced research technologies and services (i.e. Fibre Acoustic Sensing, SMART Cables, Metrology and Quantum Communication Infrastructure);

    5.Achieve connectivity globally and foster Europe’s international cooperation policy objectives in line with the European Gateways Communication and the objectives of green and digital transition.

    Specific conditions:

    6-years Framework Partnership Agreement for Research and Education Networks with identified beneficiary and specific grants awarded to identified beneficiary for Research and Innovation Action under the Framework Partnership Agreement.

    In this action the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Purchases of equipment, infrastructure, services or other assets used for the action should be declared as depreciation costs.

    Equipment, infrastructure, services or other assets (such as IRUs) purchased specifically for the activities may be declared as full capitalised costs taking into account that their life span may extend after the duration of the action and beyond the FPA coverage.

    The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts D and G of the General Annexes with the following exceptions for the evaluation criteria:

    For the criterion Excellence the following sub-criteria apply:

    1.Clarity and pertinence of the project’s objectives, including their relevance to the overarching goals of the FPA. Extent to which the proposed work is ambitious, and goes beyond the state-of-the-art.

    2.Soundness of the proposed methodology, including the business model approach on service delivery and provision of innovative services and the related metrics.

    3.Effectiveness and agility in developing new services according to the needs of a wide user base across multiple disciplines for excellent science and research.

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 80.00 million from the 2024 budget

    Expert contract actions

    1. External expertise 2023

    This action will support:

    1.The use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of running actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation, and including ethics checks, where appropriate, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    2.The use of individual experts to advise on, or support, the design and implementation of EU policies on research infrastructures. The activities carried out by the experts will be essential to the development and monitoring of the Union policy and initiatives in this area. The individual experts' tasks will include attending bilateral meetings with Commission services, remote drafting and possible preparatory work. The experts will be highly qualified, specialised, independent experts selected on the basis of their competence and knowledge of the field. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest. This amount is considered to be proportionate to the specific tasks to be assigned to the experts, including the number of meetings to be attended and possible preparatory work.

    3.The use of individual experts for the assessment of ERIC applications, as required under the ERIC Regulation 121 . The experts will be highly qualified independent experts selected on the basis of their specific competence. The experts will provide a report for each of the assessed ERIC application. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest. This amount is considered to be proportionate to the specific tasks to be assigned to the experts.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.41 million from the 2023 budget

    2. External expertise 2024

    This action will support:

    1.The use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of running actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation, and including ethics checks, where appropriate, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    2.The use of individual experts to advise on, or support, the design and implementation of EU policies on research infrastructures. The activities carried out by the experts will be essential to the development and monitoring of the Union policy and initiatives in this area. The individual experts' tasks will include attending bilateral meetings with Commission services, remote drafting and possible preparatory work. The experts will be highly qualified, specialised, independent experts selected on the basis of their competence and knowledge of the field. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest. This amount is considered to be proportionate to the specific tasks to be assigned to the experts, including the number of meetings to be attended and possible preparatory work.

    3.The use of individual experts for the assessment of ERIC applications, as required under the ERIC Regulation 122 . The experts will be highly qualified independent experts selected on the basis of their specific competence. The experts will provide a report for each of the assessed ERIC application. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest. This amount is considered to be proportionate to the specific tasks to be assigned to the experts.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.40 million from the 2024 budget

    Budget 123

    Budget line(s)

    2023 Budget(EUR million)

    2024 Budget(EUR million)

    Calls

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01

    79.55

    18.00

    from 01.020103

    79.55

    18.00

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-DEV-01

    23.50

    from 01.020103

    23.50

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01

    69.00

    from 01.020103

    69.00

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01

    61.00

    from 01.020103

    61.00

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-SERV-01

    142.10

    14.90

    from 01.020103

    142.10

    14.90

    HORIZON-INFRA-2023-TECH-01

    25.00

    from 01.020103

    25.00

    HORIZON-INFRA-2024-TECH-01

    136.00

    from 01.020103

    136.00

    Other actions

    Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

    4.20

    from 01.020103

    4.20

    Specific grant agreement

    80.00

    from 01.020103

    80.00

    Expert contract action

    0.41

    0.40

    from 01.020103

    0.41

    0.40

    Estimated total budget

    320.26

    333.80

    Specific Features for Research Infrastructure

    This section provides further conditions and requirements on access provision that applicants must comply with, for different topics under the INFRASERV destination and for the ‘Research Infrastructure services for rapid research responses to COVID-19 and other infectious disease epidemics’ action of the Research Infrastructures work programme. Compliance with these provisions will also be taken into account during evaluation.

    Trans-national and/or virtual access 124 activities.

    Trans-national access activities

    Trans-national access provision must be implemented as follows:

    Trans-national access to infrastructure services offered under the grant is provided 'free of charge' to selected researchers or research teams (user-groups) including from industry. Access activities should be implemented in a coordinated way so as to improve the overall service provision to the research community. Access may be made available to external users, either in person (‘hands-on’), when the user visits the infrastructure to make use of it, or through the provision to the user of remote scientific services, such as the provision of reference materials or samples, the remote access to a high-performance computing facility, the performance of sample analysis or sample deposition.

    The research infrastructures must publicise widely the access offered under the grant agreement to ensure that researchers who might wish to have access to the infrastructures are made aware of the possibilities open to them. They must open specific calls to invite researchers to apply for access. The research infrastructures must promote equal opportunities in advertising the access and take into account gender issues when defining the support provided to visitors. They must maintain appropriate documentation to support and justify the amount of access reported. This documentation must include records of the names, nationalities, and home institutions of the users within the research teams, as well as the nature and quantity of access provided to them. To this extent, a unit of access to each infrastructure service/installation 125 needs to be identified and precisely defined in the proposal.

    The selection of researchers or research teams must be carried out through an independent peer-review evaluation of the research projects (user projects) they wish to carry out at the infrastructure. The research team, or its majority, must work in countries other than the country(ies) where the infrastructure is located (when the infrastructure is composed of several research facilities, operated by different legal entities, this condition must apply to each facility) except when access is provided by an International organisation, the Joint Research Centre (JRC), an ERIC or similar legal entities with international membership. User teams where all or the majority of users work in third countries can be supported as long as the cumulative access provided to them is below 20% of the total amount of units of access provided under the grant. In exceptional and well justified cases a higher percentage of access to third-country user teams can be set out in the proposal.

    Only user groups that are allowed to disseminate the results they have generated under the action may be eligible for access (unless the users are working for SMEs).

    The duration of stay at a research infrastructure must normally be limited to three months, unless otherwise provided for in the proposal.

    The EU financial support to trans-national access will cover the access costs 126 incurred by the access provider in providing access to the selected researchers, as well as the travel and subsistence costs incurred in supporting visits to the infrastructure of these researchers.

    The access costs charged to the grant will not include capital investments (including depreciation costs of equipment, infrastructure or other assets) nor internally invoiced goods and services, unless otherwise specified in the work programme, while they may cover the running costs of the infrastructure as well as the cost for the logistical, technological and scientific support for users’ access. This includes costs for ad-hoc training users need to use the infrastructure and for preparatory and closing activities that may be necessary to carry out users’ work on the infrastructure.

    Virtual access activities

    Virtual access provision must be implemented as follows:

    Virtual access to research infrastructure is provided through communication networks to users complying with the RI’s access policy, without selecting them. Examples of virtual access activities are provision of access to databases available via Internet, or data deposition services.

    The research infrastructures must publicise widely the access offered under the grant agreement to ensure that researchers who might wish to have access to the infrastructures are made aware of the possibilities open to them.

    The EU financial support to virtual access will cover the access costs 127 incurred by the infrastructure in providing access under the project, including the technological and scientific support researchers need to effectively use the services. Capital investments (including depreciation costs of equipment, infrastructure or other assets) as well as internally invoiced goods and services will not be eligible costs unless otherwise specified under the specific call or topic, in which case only the portion used to provide virtual access under the project can be eligible. A unit of access to each research infrastructure service must be identified and precisely defined in the proposal. The provision of virtual access during the project lifetime will be measured through the units of access defined in the grant agreement and must be periodically assessed by an external board. Eligibility criteria (e.g. affiliation to a research or academic institution) for users can be defined in the proposal, to take into account the access policies of the different RIs.

    (1)    Research infrastructures (RIs) are facilities that provide resources and services for the research communities to conduct research and foster innovation in their fields. Their definition is given in Article 2(1) of EU Regulation 2021/695 of 28 April 2021 establishing Horizon Europe.
    (2)    See https://roadmap2021.esfri.eu/ .
    (3)     https://www.esfri.eu/esfri-white-paper
    (4)    European Regional Development Fund; https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/en/funding/erdf/
    (5)    European Social Fund; https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/en/funding/social-fund/
    (6)    Just Transition Fund; https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal/actions-being-taken-eu/just-transition-mechanism/just-transition-funding-sources_en
    (7)    European Maritime and Fisheries Fund; https://ec.europa.eu/fisheries/cfp/emff_en
    (8)    European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development; https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/rural-development_en
    (9)    InvestEU Programme; https://ec.europa.eu/info/business-economy-euro/economic-and-fiscal-policy-coordination/eueconomyexplained/investeu_en
    (10) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (11)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (12)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (13)    Pandemic preparedness and response: Sustaining established coordination mechanisms for European adaptive platform trial network and cohort network
    (14)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (15)    Projects eligible for support under this topic include: DiSSCo, EHRI, eLTER, EU-IBISBA and METROFOOD-RI.
    (16)    See list of Landmarks in the 2021 ESFRI Roadmap on https://roadmap2021.esfri.eu/
    (17)     European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (18)    See https://roadmap2021.esfri.eu/
    (19)     European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (20)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (21)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (22)    See list of Landmarks in the 2021 ESFRI Roadmap on  https://roadmap2021.esfri.eu/ and list of ERICs on European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) | European Commission (europa.eu) under ERIC Landscape
    (23)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (24)    The Senior Officials Meeting (SOM) on Science and Technology of the EU-CELAC Joint Initiative on Research and Innovation (JIRI)
    (25)    See Latin America and Caribbean | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (26)    See Towards a new EU-LAC partnership in Research Infrastructures | EU-LAC ResInfra Project | Fact Sheet | H2020 | CORDIS | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (27)    See list of Landmarks in the 2021 ESFRI Roadmap on https://roadmap2021.esfri.eu/ and list of ERICs on European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) | European Commission (europa.eu) under ERIC Landscape
    (28)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (29)    Global Research Infrastructures should address the most pressing global research challenges, i.e. those frontiers of knowledge where a global-critical-mass effort to achieve progress is required. Science, technology, innovation, and advanced research training goals should be fully integrated throughout the infrastructure plans from their early development. ( http://www.gsogri.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/gso_framework_criteria.pdf )
    (30)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (31) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (32)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (33)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (34)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located.
    (35)    “African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.
    (36)    “African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.
    (37)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (38)    See list of Landmarks in the 2021 ESFRI Roadmap on https://roadmap2021.esfri.eu/
    (39)     European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (40)    Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable, https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/
    (41)     https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list#SoftwareLicenses
    (42)     https://opensource.org/licenses
    (43) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (44)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (45)    The science cluster projects result from the H2020 topic call INFRAEOSC-04-2018: “Connecting ESFRI infrastructures through Cluster projects”: ENVRI-FAIR (grant 824068), EOSC-LIFE (grant 824087), ESCAPE (grant 824064), PANOSC (grant 823852), SSHOC (823782). These five science cluster projects address the following large thematic research domains: Biomedical Science, Environment and Earth Sciences, Physics and Analytical, Facilities, Social Science and Humanities and Astronomy.
    (46)    Including reasonable administrative and management costs related to the open calls for the financial support to third parties.
    (47)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (48)    The Minimum Viable EOSC (MVE) platform for production, procured through the HE RI WP 21-22, represents the baseline of EOSC functions. They are necessary for forming the added-value and opportunities that EOSC will continue to provide over time.
    (49)    Managed Services for the European Open Science Cloud platform - CNECT/LUX/2022/CD/0023
    (50)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (51)    Managed Services for the European Open Science Cloud platform - CNECT/LUX/2022/CD/0023
    (52)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (53)    https://ebrains.eu/service/medical-informatics-platform/
    (54)    https://ec.europa.eu/health/ehealth-digital-health-and-care/european-health-data-space_en
    (55)    Scaling up multi-party computation, data anonymisation techniques, and synthetic data generation.
    (56) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (57)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (58)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (59)    https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/green-digital
    (60)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (61)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/common/guidance/aga_en.pdf
    (62) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (63)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (64)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/2016_charterforaccessto-ris.pdf
    (65)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located. This includes ESFRI and ERIC infrastructures.
    (66)    See the Eligibility conditions for this topic.
    (67)    “Installation” means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
    (68)    Physical substance (solids, liquids or gas) or energy (e.g. noise, light, electromagnetic fields, radioactive radiation, etc.) present in the environment.
    (69)    The knowledge centre on Cancer and its five pillars: 1) Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Knowledge Gateway 2) The European Cancer Information System (ECIS) and the European Network of Cancer Registries (ENCR) 3) The European Commission Initiatives on Breast and Colorectal Cancers 4) The Cancer Inequalities Registry , 5) The European Platform on Rare Disease Registration (EU RD Platform)
    (70)    For the participation of the JRC see General Annex B.
    (71)    For the participation of the JRC see General Annex B.
    (72)    For the participation of the JRC see General Annex B.
    (73)     https://ec.europa.eu/oceans-and-fisheries/ocean/blue-economy/sustainable-blue-economy_en
    (74)    For the participation of the JRC see General Annex B.
    (75)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/2016_charterforaccessto-ris.pdf
    (76)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located. This includes ESFRI and ERIC infrastructures.
    (77)    See the Eligibility conditions for this topic.
    (78)    “Installation” means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
    (79)    See definition in footnote 1 of this work programme part.
    (80)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/2016_charterforaccessto-ris.pdf
    (81)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located. This includes ESFRI and ERIC infrastructures.
    (82)    See the Eligibility conditions for this topic.
    (83)    “Installation” means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
    (84) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (85)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (86)    See lists of ESFRI infrastructures (Landmarks and Projects) in the 2021 ESFRI Roadmap on https://roadmap2021.esfri.eu/
    (87)     European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (88)    See definition in footnote 1 of this work programme part.
    (89)    This  decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (90)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located.
    (91) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (92)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (93)    See lists of ESFRI infrastructures (Landmarks and Projects) in the 2021 ESFRI Roadmap on https://roadmap2021.esfri.eu/
    (94)     European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (95)    See definition in footnote 1 of this work programme part.
    (96)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located.
    (97) 'Risk-benefit sharing under market conditions' refers to the PCP approach in which procurers share with suppliers at market price the risks and the benefits related to the IPR resulting from the R&D.'Competitive development in phases' refers to the competitive approach to buy the R&D from several competing R&D providers in parallel and to compare and identify the best value for money solutions on the market to address the PCP challenge. To reduce the investment risk for the procurer, reward the most competitive solutions and facilitate the participation of smaller innovative companies, the R&D is also split into phases (solution design, prototyping, original development and validation / testing of the first products), with the number of competing R&D providers being reduced after each phase.     'Pre-commercial procurement' is defined as procurement of R&D services involving risk-benefit sharing under market conditions and competitive development in phases. PCP focuses on the R&D phase before wide commercialisation.
    (98)    See lists of ESFRI infrastructures (Landmarks and Projects) in the 2021 ESFRI Roadmap on https://roadmap2021.esfri.eu/
    (99)     European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (100)    See definition in footnote 1 of this work programme part.
    (101)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (102)    A research infrastructure is of European interest when is able to attract users from EU or associated countries other than the country where the infrastructure is located.
    (103)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (104)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/destination-earth
    (105)    High Performance Computing
    (106)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/eu-missions-horizon-europe/healthy-oceans-seas-coastal-and-inland-waters/european-digital-twin-ocean-european-dto_en
    (107)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (108)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/destination-earth
    (109)    European Southern Observatory
    (110)    Square Kilometer Array
    (111)    GN5-FPA Grant Number 101055563
    (112)    Council Regulation (EC) No 723/2009 of 25 June 2009 on the Community legal framework for a European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) amended by Council Regulation (EU) No 1261/2013 of 2 December 2013: consolidated text
    (113)     ERIC landscape
    (114)     Assessment on the implementation of the ERIC Regulation
    (115)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:  https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (116)     https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list#SoftwareLicenses
    (117)     https://opensource.org/licenses
    (118)    https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-14126-2021-INIT/en/pdf
    (119)    https://eoscfuture.eu/
    (120)    (GN5-FPA n.101055563)
    (121)    Council Regulation (EC) No 723/2009 of 25 June 2009 on the Community Legal Framework for a European Research Infrastructure Consortium.
    (122)    Council Regulation (EC) No 723/2009 of 25 June 2009 on the Community Legal Framework for a European Research Infrastructure Consortium.
    (123) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
    (124)    See Article 18 and Annex 5 of Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement
    (125)    “Installation” means a part or a service of a research infrastructure that can be used independently from the rest. A research infrastructure consists of one or more installations.
    (126)    Access costs will be supported through the reimbursement of the eligible costs specifically incurred by a research infrastructure for providing access to the research teams selected for support under the project, or on the basis of unit costs calculated according to the methodology indicated in the Decision of 5 May 2022, authorising the use of unit costs for the costs of providing trans-national and virtual access in Research Infrastructures actions under the Horizon Europe Programme. In the latter case the access costs will be calculated multiplying the unit cost by the quantity of access provided under the grant. The cost of the unit of access to the infrastructure, i.e. the unit cost, must then be indicated in the proposal. A combination of the two methods mentioned above will also be possible.
    (127)    Access costs will be supported through the reimbursement of the eligible actual costs specifically incurred by a research infrastructure for providing virtual access to identified users under the project, or on the basis of unit costs calculated according to the methodology indicated in the Decision of 5 May 2022, authorising the use of unit costs for the costs of providing trans-national and virtual access in Research Infrastructures actions under the Horizon Europe Programme. In the latter case, the access costs will be calculated multiplying the unit cost by the quantity of access provided under the grant. The cost of the unit of access to the research infrastructure, i.e. the unit cost, must then be indicated in the proposal. A combination of the two methods mentioned above will also be possible.
    Top

    EN

    Annex IV

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    4. Health

    Table of contents

    Introduction    

    Destination 1 – Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society    

    Call - Staying Healthy (Single stage - 2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-STAYHLTH-01-01: The Silver Deal - Person-centred health and care in European regions    

    Call - Staying Healthy (Two stage - 2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-STAYHLTH-01-02-two-stage: Towards a holistic support to children and adolescents’ health and care provisions in an increasingly digital society    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-STAYHLTH-01-05-two-stage: Personalised prevention of non-communicable diseases - addressing areas of unmet needs using multiple data sources    

    Destination 2. Living and working in a health-promoting environment    

    Call - Environment and health (Single stage - 2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-01: Planetary health: understanding the links between environmental degradation and health impacts    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-02: Evidence-based interventions for promotion of mental and physical health in changing working environments (post-pandemic workplaces)    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-03: Health impacts of endocrine-disrupting chemicals: bridging science-policy gaps by addressing persistent scientific uncertainties    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-04: Global coordination of exposome research    

    Call - Environment and health (Two stage - 2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-ENVHLTH-02-06-two-stage: The role of environmental pollution in non-communicable diseases: air, noise and light and hazardous waste pollution    

    Destination 3. Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden    

    Call - Tackling diseases (Single stage - 2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-01: Novel approaches for palliative and end-of-life care for non-cancer patients    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-03: Interventions in city environments to reduce risk of non-communicable disease (Global Alliance for Chronic Diseases - GACD)    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-04: Pandemic preparedness and response: Broad spectrum anti-viral therapeutics for infectious diseases with epidemic potential    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-05: Pandemic preparedness and response: Sustaining established coordination mechanisms for European adaptive platform trials and/or for cohort networks    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-06: Towards structuring brain health research in Europe    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-07: Relationship between infections and non-communicable diseases    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-17: Pandemic preparedness and response: Understanding vaccine induced-immunity    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-18: Pandemic preparedness and response: Immunogenicity of viral proteins of viruses with epidemic and pandemic potential    

    Call - Partnerships in Health (2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-07-01: European Partnership on Rare Diseases    

    Call - Tackling diseases (Two stage - 2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-08-two-stage: Comparative effectiveness research for healthcare interventions in areas of high public health need    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-11-two-stage: Pandemic preparedness and response: Adaptive platform trials for pandemic preparedness    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-13-two-stage: Validation of fluid-derived biomarkers for the prediction and prevention of brain disorders    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-14-two-stage: Tackling high-burden for patients, under-researched medical conditions    

    Call - Tackling diseases (Single stage - 2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-08-12: Pandemic preparedness and response: Maintaining the European partnership for pandemic preparedness    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-08-20: Pandemic preparedness and response: Host-pathogen interactions of infectious diseases with epidemic potential    

    Call - Partnerships in Health (2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-09-01: European Partnership: One Health Anti-Microbial Resistance    

    Destination 4. Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care    

    Call - Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care (Single stage - 2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04-01: Maintaining access to regular health and care services in case of cross-border emergencies    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04-02: Resilience and mental wellbeing of the health and care workforce    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04-03: Environmentally sustainable and climate neutral health and care systems    

    Call - Partnerships in Health (2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-08-01: European Partnership on Personalised Medicine    

    Call - Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care (Two stage - 2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-CARE-04-04-two-stage: Access to health and care services for people in vulnerable situations    

    Destination 5. Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society    

    Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (Single stage - 2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-01: Clinical trials of combined Advanced Therapy Medicinal Products (ATMPs)    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-03: Integrated, multi-scale computational models of patient patho-physiology (‘virtual twins’) for personalised disease management    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-04: Better integration and use of health-related real-world and research data, including genomics, for improved clinical outcomes    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-05: Harnessing the potential of real-time data analysis and secure Point-of-Care computing for the benefit of person-centred health and care delivery    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-08: Pandemic preparedness and response: In vitro diagnostic devices to tackle cross-border health threats    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-09: Developing a Data Quality and Utility Label for the European Health Data Space    

    Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (Two stage - 2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-05-06-two-stage: Innovative non-animal human-based tools and strategies for biomedical research    

    Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (Single stage - 2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-11-02: Bio-printing of living cells for regenerative medicine    

    Destination 6. Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry    

    Call - A competitive health-related industry (Single stage - 2023)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-01: Supporting the uptake of innovative Health Technology Assessment (HTA) methodology and advancing HTA expertise across EU    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-02: Expanding the European Electronic Health Record exchange Format to improve interoperability within the European Health Data Space    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-04: Modelling and simulation to address regulatory needs in the development of orphan and paediatric medicines    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-05: Mapping the hurdles for the clinical applications of Advanced Therapy Medicinal Products (ATMPs)    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-07: Development and harmonisation of methodologies for assessing digital health technologies in Europe    

    Call - A competitive health-related industry (Single stage - 2024)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-IND-06-08: Developing EU methodological frameworks for clinical/performance evaluation and post-market clinical/performance follow-up of medical devices and in vitro diagnostic medical devices (IVDs)    

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-IND-06-09: Gaining experience and confidence in New Approach Methodologies (NAM) for regulatory safety and efficacy testing – coordinated training and experience exchange for regulators    

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

    Grants to identified beneficiaries    

    1. Contribution to the Coalition for Epidemics Preparedness Initiative (CEPI) - vaccine development for priority diseases    

    2. Presidency event - Sweden. Life sciences: The era of precision medicine    

    3. Presidency event - Spain. Genomics-based health strategies: towards personalised and precision medicine    

    4. Presidency event - Belgium. R&I policies for Better Health, Wellbeing and Prosperity    

    5. Presidency event - Hungary. Hungarian priorities in Health research    

    Other Instruments    

    1. External expertise    

    2. Mobilisation of research funds in case of Public Health Emergencies    

    3. Studies, conferences, events and outreach activities    

    4. Subscription to the Human Frontier Science Program Organization    

    Budget    

    Introduction

    The Union and the world are gradually learning how to live with the COVID-19 pandemic. The pandemic laid bare the vulnerabilities of our societies, economies and health care systems and made evident the need for a strong European crisis preparedness and response in which Europe is now decidedly investing. The European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA) created in September 2021 is key to this endeavour. The present work programme will support HERA and Europe’s pandemic preparedness by investing in research into better management of epidemics, adaptable clinical networks for drugs and vaccines and better comprehension of the emergence of cross-border health threats. Particular attention is paid to translational research, to facilitating the development and implementation of new ways to prevent, diagnose, and treat infectious diseases, including the growing problem of antimicrobial drug resistance. Focus is not only on immediate health threats, but also on the wider societal impacts of health crises e.g. on peoples’ mental health and wellbeing and on health care system resilience. Research conducted during the pandemic and following its sequels is pivotal to inform preparedness for potential similar events in the future. The pandemic has also demonstrated the downside of globalisation in which the dependence on global value chains can quickly result in shortages of critical supplies, such as essential medicines or other health technologies.

    To help repair the economic and social damage caused by the coronavirus pandemic, the European Commission, the European Parliament and EU Member States leaders agreed on a Recovery Plan for Europe that will lead the way out of the crisis and lay the foundations for a modern and more sustainable Union. The Health cluster will continue to benefit from financial resources of this Multiannual Financial Framework and from NextGenerationEU (NGEU), the Union’s financing instrument to boost the recovery. It requires research and innovation supporting the recovery of people and communities from COVID-19 but also for making society more resilient and national health systems better prepared to any future public health emergency.

    The Recovery Plan aims the Union to building back better, including through support for the twin digital and green transitions by unlocking the full potential of data-enabled research and innovation for digitised health systems and a competitive and secure data-economy, including on the basis of European Electronic Health Records as well as the establishment of the European Health Data Space. The digital transformation of health and care will help increase the capacity of health care systems to deliver more personalised and effective health and care with less resource wasting. It will contribute, but is not sufficient, to making the Union the first climate-neutral continent by 2050, with zero pollution and zero waste. Additional efforts are needed to also make the delivery of health care, the design of health technologies and their manufacturing more sustainable by reducing energy consumption, waste, pollution and the release of harmful substances, including pharmaceuticals, into the environment.

    Even though research and innovation have the power to uncovering the knowledge and developing the technologies to serve societal well-being, economic prosperity and environmental sustainability, it only can succeed through cooperation of the best research teams with the prospective users of such knowledge and technologies. It is thus of outmost importance to involve those users - like patients and healthy citizens, health care professionals providers and payers, public health authorities and regulators, researchers or innovators from academia and industry - early in the knowledge generation or technology development process, including through patient/citizen engagement, community involvement or other forms of social innovation approaches, such that research and innovation activities are adjusted to the users’ particular expectations, needs, constraints and potential. Any cooperation would benefit from adequate intellectual property management strategies.

    Beyond cooperating along the value chain of knowledge and know-how production and valorisation or within the knowledge triangle (research-education-innovation), it is in the EU’s strategic interest to also reach out and cooperate with other countries outside the EU and on other continents. This applies in particular for multi-lateral cooperation on (global) health issues with countries associated to Horizon Europe but also with other partner countries and regions in the world. In line with the EU’s Global Approach to Research and Innovation 1 , participation in Cluster 1 of Horizon Europe is open to third countries. In support of the Global Gateway Strategy 2 , projects involving international partners should lead to increased scientific knowledge and transfer of technology among partner countries allowing to address global health challenges across the world, thus creating sustainable growth and jobs. Cooperation should take place in a value-based way, creating linkages, not dependencies”.

    The pandemic has demonstrated the importance of effective coordination among EU Member States in the area of health. The European Commission is building a strong European Health Union, in which all EU Member States work together to improve prevention, diagnosis, treatment and aftercare for any disease, including cancer. Research and innovation actions under the Health Cluster will deliver relevant complementary inputs to “Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan” 3 , contributing to actions covering the entire cancer care pathway, including prevention, early detection, diagnosis, treatment, cancer data monitoring, as well as quality of life of cancer patients and survivors.

    For topics in this cluster, consortia could consider their voluntary contribution in terms of data, indicators and knowledge to relevant Joint Research Centre (JRC) platforms for capitalising the knowledge developed in their projects and become more policy relevant 4   5   6   7   8 .

    Horizon Europe is the research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that share policy objectives. Through the programme, special attention is given to ensuring cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium-sized enterprises, and citizens and their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe’s future. Moreover, accelerating the performance and boosting the use and impact of research and innovation also requires it to make use of complementary capacities, such as European research, innovation and space infrastructures and services, or to develop complementary activities in synergy with other European Union funding programmes. Applicants could consider and actively seek complementarities and synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding of additional activities not covered by their proposal from EU, national or regional programmes such as: EU4Health, Digital Europe Programme, European Regional Development Fund (ERDF), European Social Fund (ESF+), Structural Reform Support Programme (SRSP), Just Transition Fund (JTF), European Maritime and Fisheries Fund (EMFF), European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD), European Defence Fund (EDF) or InvestEU. This could involve dedicated calls (EU synergies calls), meaning that actions that have been awarded a grant under such a call could have the possibility to also receive funding under other EU programmes, including relevant shared management funds. Additionally, to encourage multi-actor approaches and to be more effective in achieving impact, applicants could consider synergies with other relevant initiatives funded under the Horizon Europe programme, including the Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs) of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) or the interregional networks funded under the European Innovation Ecosystems (EIE) component of Pillar III. The innovation ecosystems created and nurtured by the EIT-KICs or the EIE can in particular contribute to building communities or platforms for coordination and support actions, sharing knowledge or disseminating and fostering the exploitation of project results. The proposals are also encouraged to explore other forms and means of service provisions distinct to the EIT-KICs, in particular EIT-KIC Health and EIT-KIC Digital.

    All could help to support the development of skills and capacities in research or health systems, as well as accelerating the take-up and use of scientific evidence, new technologies and best practices in health care and by health systems, industries and markets, at national or regional level.

    As examples, the EU4Health programme could help to ensure that the best use is made of research results and facilitate the uptake, scaling-up and deployment of health innovations in healthcare systems and clinical practice. Thereby unlocking the potential of innovation in health, and improving efficiency by avoiding the duplication of activities and optimising the use of financial resources.

    The ERDF focuses, amongst others, on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support investment in research infrastructure, activities for applied research and innovation, including industrial research, experimental development and feasibility studies, building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF 9 .

    The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) offers support to Member States in financing reforms and investments that improve their resilience and their growth potential, mitigate the economic and social impacts from the COVID-19 crisis, including in the area of health, and support the twin green and digital transitions. For project ideas that go beyond the remits of an R&I proposal and directly contribute to the objectives of the RRF it is advisable to check access to funding available at national level in line with the Member States’ approved recovery and resilience plans for a fast and targeted support.

    Notwithstanding the synergies mentioned above, the work programme 2023-2024 of cluster 1 ‘Health’ captures synergies with other clusters based on the challenges and areas of intervention of each destination. Further synergies are encouraged with regard to complementary funding opportunities provided by topics in other clusters and other pillars of Horizon Europe, notably in the European Research Infrastructure work programme (under pillar I) and the European Innovation Council work programme (under pillar III). Additional synergies could also be explored at project-level, i.e. between the portfolio of projects funded either under the same topic or by establishing a portfolio of projects funded under different topics (of the health cluster, of the other clusters 2-6, or of the pillars I/III of Horizon Europe). In particular, applicants to calls of the health cluster are encouraged to consider, where relevant, the services offered by the current and future EU-funded European Research Infrastructures, including the European Open Science Cloud. 10   11 Moreover, if projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, they must make use of European space technologies and services provided by Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used). 12

    In the context of the work programme 2023-2024 of cluster 1 ‘Health’, a clinical study covers clinical studies/trials/investigations/cohorts and is defined as any systematic prospective or retrospective collection and analysis of health data obtained from individual patients or healthy persons in order to address scientific questions related to the understanding, prevention, diagnosis, monitoring or treatment of a disease, mental illness, or physical condition. It includes but it is not limited to clinical studies as defined by Regulation 536/2014 (on medicinal products), clinical investigation and clinical evaluation as defined by Regulation 2017/745 (on medical devices), performance study and performance evaluation as defined by Regulation 2017/746 (on in vitro diagnostic medical devices).

    In the context of the work programme 2023-2024 of cluster 1 ‘Health’, FAIR data are data which meet principles of findability, accessibility, interoperability, and reusability. Data can include exploitation of information and data from European data infrastructures and programmes such as Copernicus, European Space Agency and the GEO initiative. For further details, see the FAIR principles website 13 , the FAIR cookbook 14 and the guides for researchers on how to make your data FAIR. 15

    Where relevant, applicants are encouraged to take advantage of synergies with the Euratom Research and Training Programme (2021-2025). 16

    The work programme 2023-2024 of cluster 1 ‘Health’ is directed towards two Key Strategic Orientations (KSOs) for research and innovation set by Horizon Europe’s strategic plan 2021-2024, notably to creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society (KSO-D) and promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains (KSO-A). It aims to complete the targets set out in the Strategic Plan 2021-2024, mainly along the four impact areas: Good health and high-quality accessible health care; A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats; High quality digital services for all; and A competitive and secure data-economy. More specifically, cluster 1 strives to contribute to six expected impacts as set out by the Strategic Plan, which are the following six destinations of this work programme:

    Destination 1 - Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society: Citizens of all ages stay healthy and independent in a rapidly changing society thanks to healthier lifestyles and behaviours, healthier diets, healthier environments, improved evidence-based health policies, and more effective solutions for health promotion and disease prevention.

    Destination 2 - Living and working in a health-promoting environment: Living and working environments are health-promoting and sustainable thanks to better understanding of environmental, occupational, social and economic determinants of health.

    Destination 3 - Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden: Health care providers are able to better tackle and manage diseases (infectious diseases, including poverty-related and neglected diseases, non-communicable and rare diseases) and reduce the disease burden on patients effectively thanks to better understanding and treatment of diseases, more effective and innovative health technologies, better ability and preparedness to manage epidemic outbreaks and improved patient safety.

    Destination 4 - Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care: Health care systems provide equal access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care thanks to the development and uptake of safe, cost-effective and people-centred solutions, with a focus on population health, health systems resilience, as well as improved evidence-based health policies.

    Destination 5 - Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society: Health technologies, new tools and digital solutions are applied effectively thanks to their inclusive, secure and ethical development, delivery, integration and deployment in health policies and health care systems.

    Destination 6 - Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health-related industry: EU health industry is innovative, sustainable and globally competitive thanks to improved up-take of breakthrough technologies and innovations, which makes the EU with its Member States more resilient and less dependent from imports with regard to the access to and supply of critical health technologies.

    Destination 1 – Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society

    Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-D ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact area ‘Good health and high-quality accessible health care’ and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘citizens of all ages stay healthy and independent in a rapidly changing society thanks to healthier lifestyles and behaviours, healthier diets, healthier environments, improved evidence-based health policies, and more effective solutions for health promotion and disease prevention’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘High quality digital services for all’, ‘Sustainable food systems from farm to fork on land and sea’, and ‘Climate change mitigation and adaptation’.

    People´s health care needs are different, depending on their age, stage of life and socio-economic background. Their physical and mental health and well-being can be influenced by their individual situation as well as the broader societal context they are living in. Furthermore, health education and behaviour are important factors. Currently, more than 790 000 deaths per year in Europe are due to risk factors such as smoking, drinking, physical inactivity, and obesity. Upbringing, income, education levels, social and gender aspects also have an impact on health risks and how diseases can be prevented. Moreover, people´s health can be impacted by a rapidly changing society, making it challenging to keep pace and find its way through new technological tools and societal changes, which both are increasing demands on the individual´s resilience. In order to leave no one behind, to reduce health inequalities and to support healthy and active lives for all, it is crucial to provide suitable and tailor-made solutions, including for people with specific needs. Preventing diseases from developing in the first place is at the core of successful public health programmes in the future.

    As set out in the Strategic Plan 2021-2024, destination 1 focuses on major societal challenges that are part of the European Commission’s political priorities. This is why destination 1 in the work programme 2021-2022 covered immediate urgencies, notably a better understanding and prevention of mental illness, prevention of obesity, digital empowerment in health literacy, understanding the transition from health to disease and making use of AI tools to predict the risk for onset and progression of chronic diseases. The work programme 2023-2024 will complete the ambitions of the Strategic Plan by focussing on holistic and integrated approaches to disease prevention and health promotion, notably healthy ageing, on a life course approach to physical and mental health starting in early childhood and on personalised approaches to prevention of diseases.

    More specifically, research and innovation supported under this destination will provide new tools, digitally enabled solutions and evidence-based health and care services to prevent and delay progression of age-related diseases. Research and innovation will also provide tailor made strategies and solutions to support children and adolescents adopting and maintaining person-centred healthy lifestyles. Specific measures will be developed to educate and empower citizens of all ages and throughout their life to play an active role in the self-management of their own health and self-care, to the benefit of an active and healthy ageing. This destination will also call for proposals specifically aiming to develop integrated and holistic personalised disease prevention strategies, making use of multiple data sources, including real-world health data. This initiative will build on the impressive advances made in the area of personalised medicine to treat diseases, but here the focus will be on personalised approaches to prevent rather than treat diseases.

    Dialogue and coordination between stakeholders and policymakers as well as integration across different settings will be needed to develop more effective cross-sectoral solutions for holistic approaches to health promotion and disease prevention and deliver improved evidence-based health for all.

    In view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Opportunities for potential synergies exist between projects funded under the same topic, but also between other projects funded under another topic, cluster or pillar of Horizon Europe. In particular, this could involve projects related to European health research infrastructures (under pillar I of Horizon Europe), the EIC strategic challenges on health and EIT-KIC Health (under pillar III of Horizon Europe), or in areas cutting across the health and other clusters (under pillar II of Horizon Europe). For instance, with cluster 2 “Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society” such as on health inequalities, on other inequalities affecting health, or on citizens’ behaviour and engagement; with cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space” such as on digital tools, telemedicine or smart homes; with cluster 5 “Climate, Energy and Mobility” such as on urban health or on mitigating the impact of road traffic accidents and related injuries; with cluster 6 “Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment” such as on the role of nutrition for health (incl. human microbiome, mal- and over-nutrition, safe food), personalised diets (incl. food habits in general and childhood obesity in particular) and the impact of food-related environmental stressors on human health (incl. marketing and consumer habits). 17

    Expected impacts:

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to staying healthy in a rapidly changing society, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

    1.Citizens adopt healthier lifestyles and behaviours, make healthier choices and maintain longer a healthy, independent and active life with a reduced disease burden, including at old ages or in other vulnerable stages of life.

    2.Citizens are able and empowered to manage better their own physical and mental health and well-being, monitor their health, and interact with their doctors and health care providers.

    3.Children and adolescents are empowered to better monitor and manage their physical, social and mental health with a view to lifelong healthy lifestyles.

    4.Society benefits from reduced economic and health burden from avoidable sickness, disease and premature death. Efficiency is increased by targeting scarce resources in appropriate, cost-effective ways, to areas of high social return, contributing to an improvement and optimisation of health and well-being of citizens and reduction of health inequalities.

    5.Citizens´ trust in knowledge-based health interventions and in guidance from health authorities is strengthened, including through improved health literacy, resulting in increased engagement in and adherence to effective strategies for health promotion, disease prevention and treatment, while digital literacy inequalities are minimised.

    6.Health policies and actions for health promotion and disease prevention are knowledge-based, people-centred, personalised and thus targeted and tailored to citizens' needs, and designed to reduce health inequalities.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-STAYHLTH-01

    40.00

    13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-STAYHLTH-01-two-stage

    80.00

    19 Sep 2023 (First Stage)

    11 Apr 2024 (Second Stage)

    Overall indicative budget

    40.00

    80.00

    Call - Staying Healthy (Single stage - 2023)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-STAYHLTH-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 18

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 19

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 12 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-STAYHLTH-01-01

    RIA

    40.00 20

    15.00 to 20.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    40.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-STAYHLTH-01-01: The Silver Deal - Person-centred health and care in European regions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 15.00 and 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several impacts of destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed at, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes: 

    1.Citizens and patients will get effective, preventive, integrated, coordinated, evidence-based and people-centred high-quality health and care services to identify and tackle or prevent multi-morbidities, frailty, biologically or mentally reduced capacities, (sensory) impairments, dementia and/or neurodegeneration, fostering mental and physical health, wellbeing and quality of life. These could include, but are not limited to, assistive technologies, nutrition and physical activity, adaptation of work and workplace, health-promoting age-friendly working, home and community environments, better equality of access to health and care services through community-based and integrated care models, also digitally enabled.

    2.Primary and community-based health and care services will be better equipped to early identify people at risk of developing non-communicable diseases (NCDs) and multi-morbidities. They will have integrated and cost-effective intervention tools to help prevent, monitor and manage progression of age-related diseases, conditions and disabilities, while promoting healthy lifestyles, ageing in place 21 , as well as physical and mental wellbeing among the elderly.

    3.Older people, including those receiving long-term care, will be empowered to take an active role in the management of their own physical and mental health, as well as increase their social interactions and wellbeing through better health literacy, educational programmes, trainings and platforms, including with the help of innovative and digitally enabled solutions.

    4.Citizens, all relevant stakeholders, public authorities, cities and rural environments, as well as health care providers will be engaged to ensure the introduction to and the integration of age-friendly, mental and physical health promoting innovative care pathways and digitally enabled solutions into the daily life and wellbeing of the ageing population, with the aim of leaving no-one behind.

    The proposals should provide appropriate indicators to measure performance and progress towards the relevant expected outcomes.

    Scope: This topic aims to implement strategies and actions in line with the Green Paper on Ageing 22 , the EU Long-term care report 23 , the ‘Healthier Together’ – EU Non-Communicable Diseases Initiative 24 , the new EU Care Strategy 25 , which strive to address demographic change and enable better health and care for Europe’s growing ageing societies, as well as to harness the potential of the Silver Economy 26 . NCD prevention is highly relevant to reduce the need for long-term care. New tools and integrated care models are needed, reinforcing primary, community- and home-based health and long-term care provision, through better early detection and management of diseases among older people in an increasingly ageing society and overburdened health and care systems.

    The topic encourages the participation of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), as well as of European, national and regional authorities and civil society, in order to strengthen the scientific and technological expertise of SMEs in the health and care domain, promote the European Health- and Age-Tech; and improve the uptake of innovative health and care solutions in the EU and Associated Countries.

    The applicants should ensure that the developed solutions, technologies and adoption policies are driven by the needs of citizens and patients of old age and ensure their involvement. Co-creation, co-design with end-users and particular consideration of the diversity of the needs, mental and physical abilities, living and socio-economic conditions as well as life-situations of older people are required, including provision of training to citizens, patients, formal and informal carers.

    The proposed research and innovation should focus on all of the following aspects:

    1.Consolidate high-quality effective, integrated, innovative and digitally enabled person-centred health and long-term care services and solutions, both in primary care, hospital and home settings, around older people's needs for physical and mental health, care and wellbeing, strengthened disease prevention, rehabilitation and for staying active and healthy as people age. Such integrated and holistic solutions could include, but are not limited to, integrated care solutions, serious games, connected wearables, ambient sensors, social robots, assistive technologies, age-friendly environments, diagnostic screenings, self-monitoring devices, robotics and others 27 , tackling age-related physical and mental diseases and co-morbidities.

    2.Develop and provide evidenced-based new approaches, coordinated care models and pathways, for delivering effective, person-centred health and long-term care solutions at the system and community level. These should be based on the needs of healthy and vulnerable older people for increased physical, mental and nutritional resilience vis-à-vis inequality of access to health and care, rapidly changing societies and health and care systems, and ensure better skills, empowerment and improved health and digital literacy through appropriate trainings and activities.

    3.Support adoption and market innovation of novel health and care solutions, co-created with and designed for older age-related health conditions. The support could be provided through large-scale testing and deployment piloting, guidance on relevant HTA and CE procedures, demonstrating cost-effectiveness, as well as through stakeholder involvement and policy collaboration on European 28 , local, regional 29 , and international 30 , 31 level, exchange of best practices (twinnings), and, when relevant, collaboration with the EC-funded large-scale pilots on Active and Healthy Living 32 and the Reference Sites Collaborative Network.

    This topic addresses consortia including research partners and innovative technology providers, such as SMEs and/or organisations that can offer the range of activities required to address the objectives of the topic; the latter could for example be based on Digital Innovation Hubs, digital health accelerators, incubators and knowledge hubs, Centres offering Pilot Lines or similar technology, business and/or knowledge transfer organisations.

    The proposals should be highly integrated, ambitious, go beyond simple networking and provide appropriate indicators to measure progress, impact, cost-effectiveness and adoption in the Europe. Dissemination and involvement of policymakers, both at national and regional level, as well as civil society organisations in a European wide geographical balanced matter is essential, as the results of this action are expected to have European wide impact.

    Selected projects under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in joint activities as appropriate. These joint activities could, for example, take the form of clustering of projects and involve joint coordination and dissemination activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices and adoption strategies on regional, national and European level. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant preparation phase with the European Commission. Applicants should plan a necessary budget to cover this collaboration.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Call - Staying Healthy (Two stage - 2024)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-STAYHLTH-01-two-stage

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 33

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 34

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 30 Mar 2023

    Deadline(s): 19 Sep 2023 (First Stage), 11 Apr 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-STAYHLTH-01-02-two-stage

    RIA

    30.00

    8.00 to 10.00

    3

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-STAYHLTH-01-05-two-stage

    RIA

    50.00

    8.00 to 12.00

    5

    Overall indicative budget

    80.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-STAYHLTH-01-02-two-stage: Towards a holistic support to children and adolescents’ health and care provisions in an increasingly digital society

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For the second stage, the thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 35 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several impacts of destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed at, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes: 

    1.Children, adolescents and their parents/carers are educated and empowered in prevention strategies involving personalised approaches and solutions (also through the use of digital tools) to manage, maintain and improve children’s and adolescents' own health, physical activity, nutrition habits, leisure needs, mental and social well-being, in full respect of the privacy of individuals.

    2.Children and adolescents, including those from vulnerable contexts, monitor their health risks, adopt healthy lifestyles at home, at school and in the community and interact with their doctors and carers (receiving and providing feedback), also through the means of digitally enabled solutions, better health literacy, training and critical thinking.

    3.Thanks to better co-creation, training, digital and health literacy, children, adolescents, parents and carers across Europe access and use person-centred, widely available solutions for children and adolescents’ health, care and wellbeing, appropriate to a rapidly changing and increasingly digitalised society, also considering the risk of digital addiction.

    The proposals should provide appropriate indicators to measure the progress towards the relevant expected outcomes.

    Scope: Laying the ground for a healthy life starts in childhood. Accordingly, and in line with the HealthyLifestyles4All Initiative 36 , the ‘Healthier Together’ – EU Non-Communicable Diseases Initiative 37 , and the Communication of the Commission on enabling the Digital Transformation of Health and Care 38 , 39 , the main goal of the research and innovation should be to promote healthier societies by developing holistic solutions that foster healthy lifestyles from early age with long-term impact(s).

    Digitalisation poses risks but can also be a driving force for empowering young citizens, who are growing up in an increasingly digitised world, in taking an active role in the management of their own health conditions, mental and social well-being, and promote healthy lives and disease prevention, through innovative solutions, coordinated person-centred care models and better health literacy.

    The topic encourages the participation of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), as well as of European, national and regional authorities and civil society, in order to strengthen the scientific and technological expertise of SMEs in the health and care domain to promote the uptake of innovative health and care solutions in Europe.

    The proposed research and innovation should focus on several of the following aspects:

    1.Develop and advance person-centred, evidence-based and coordinated disease prevention intervention solutions to support children and adolescents’ health and care in an increasingly digital society. The effectiveness of the intervention solutions should be evaluated, inter alia, in terms of health outcomes, (comparative) cost-effectiveness, implementation facilitators and barriers. The target group should include children and adolescents up to 25 years of age from different socio-economic backgrounds.

    2.Develop and integrate innovative, privacy preserving tools and technologies, such as (but not limited to) activity trackers, sensors, serious games, platforms and robotics, Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) in coordinated and integrated care models, to help children and adolescents lead healthy, active and social lifestyles, prevent diseases, as well as to better monitor and manage their physical, social and mental health. Empower children and adolescents to navigate the health and care systems, interact with their doctors, formal and informal carers, social circles, as well as better manage their own health at home, in the community and at school, taking into account specific youth psychiatric risk factors, the risk of addiction, as well as the geographic, social and economic determinants of health and digital literacy inequities.

    3.Stimulate the adoption of person-centred approaches and solutions for better health, care and well-being of children and adolescents, by including stakeholders from all the relevant sectors (including but not limited to education, leisure, social innovation, healthcare, Medtech, media and citizens) in the co-creation, design, planning and adoption of the solutions, as well as the training of their end-users.

    4.Develop and disseminate evidence-based guidance and tools for children and adolescents promoting healthy balance between a sedentary digitised lifestyle and a more active non-digitised lifestyle in support of their physical, mental and social health and well-being on short- and long-term basis.

    5.Develop, implement (pilot and/or scale-up) and promote person-centred tools and interventions for better physical and mental wellbeing, addressing the risks of digital addiction and overconsumption, isolation and mental illness, by promoting physical, intellectual or artistic activities, social interaction and providing mental health support and treatment.

    In all instances, gender as well as demographic, geographic and socio-economic aspects should be duly taken into account.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise and the involvement of youth throughout the project in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Moreover, greater involvement of non-health sectors directly affecting risk factors and determinants of health, for example (physical) environment, food and nutrition, security, education, sports, finance, industry is desirable/encouraged, as relevant.

    Proposals should be highly integrated, ambitious, go beyond simple networking and provide appropriate indicators to measure progress and impact.

    Selected projects under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in joint activities as appropriate. These joint activities could, for example, take the form of clustering of projects and involve joint coordination and dissemination activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices and adoption strategies on regional, national and European level. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant preparation phase with the Commission. Applicants should plan a necessary budget to cover this collaboration.

    Applicants invited to the second stage and envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-STAYHLTH-01-05-two-stage: Personalised prevention of non-communicable diseases - addressing areas of unmet needs using multiple data sources

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For the second stage, the thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 40 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several impacts of destination 1 “Staying healthy in a rapidly changing society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim at delivering results that are directed at, tailored towards and contributing to several of the following expected outcomes: 

    1.Citizens have access to and use effective personalised prevention schemes and health counselling (including through digital means) that take into account their individual characteristics and situation. Individuals can be assigned to particular groups based on their characteristics, and receive advice adequate to that group. Stratification of a population into groups showing similar traits allows for effective personalised disease prevention.

    2.Health professionals use effective, tried and tested tools to facilitate their work when advising both patients and healthy individuals. Public health programme owners gain insight into the specificities and characteristics of disease clusters within the population through stratification. This can then be used to facilitate the identification of population groups with elevated risk of developing certain diseases and improve the programmes, update them and design effective strategies for optimal solutions and interventions.

    3.National and regional programmes make better use of funds, data infrastructure and personnel in health promotion and disease prevention, primary and secondary healthcare. They can consider the use of new or improved ambitious policy and intervention options, with expected high population-wide impact, for effective health promotion and disease prevention.

    4.Companies generate opportunities for new product and service developments to cater to the needs of the healthcare service and individuals.

    Scope: Non-communicable diseases (NCDs) are responsible for the majority of the disease burden in Europe and are the leading cause of avoidable premature death. The human and financial cost of NCDs is high and expected to grow. Reducing the burden of NCDs requires a holistic approach and tackling health inequalities across the board. Preventing NCDs from developing in the first place will be at the core of successful public health programmes in the future.

    Personalised approaches and the development of targeted interventions have led to an impressive progress in several fields of medicine and have been included in many treatments. However, the use of stratification and individualisation in guiding prevention strategies is still not widely in use even though examples of its potential are accumulating. Identifying people at risk of developing a particular disease before the disease starts to manifest itself with symptoms greatly improves treatment options. It is estimated that about two thirds of all NCDs are preventable, many affecting people who are unaware of their disease risks or do not have access to information pertaining to the management of the condition.

    Personalised prevention is the assessment of health risks for individuals based on their specific background traits 41 to recommend tailored prevention 42 . This can include any evidence-based method 43 . Personalised prevention strategies complement general public health prevention programmes without replacing them, optimising the benefit of both approaches. Personalised prevention is ideally suited to the use of large data sets, computational and omics approaches, with design and use of algorithms, integrating in-depth biological and medical information, machine learning, artificial intelligence (AI) and ‘virtual twin’ technology, taking into account explainable and transparent AI 44 .

    The funded projects will work towards reducing the burden of NCDs in line with the ‘Healthier Together’ – EU Non-Communicable Diseases Initiative 45 . This does not limit the scope of projects under this topic to particular diseases as any disease area of interest, co-morbidities and health determinants 46 can be addressed.

    Accordingly, the proposed research is expected to deliver on all of the following points:

    1.Enable the understanding of areas of unmet need in NCDs prevention, possibly also addressing disease mechanism, management of disease progression and relapse. Providing new approaches for prevention, focussing on the digitally supported personalised dimension, that can be adopted and scaled up.

    2.Devise new or improved ambitious policy and intervention options, with expected high population-wide impact on the target groups in question. To be proposed and made available for effective health promotion and disease prevention including targeted communication strategies to successfully reach out to the risk groups.

    3.Design an integrated, holistic approach that includes several of the following aspects: genetic predisposition to NCDs, meta-genomics, epigenomics, the microbiome, metabolomics, sleep disorders, large cohorts, molecular profiling in longitudinal health screening, impact of lack of physical activity, novel predictive biomarker candidates, diets and nutrition, eating habits for designing customised dietary patterns (geographical variation), and the influence of choice environment on personal choices.

    4.Study the ethical, legal and social aspects as well as health economics of the personalised prevention tools and programmes being developed. Consider optimal health counselling and communication to the patients/citizens. Address legal aspects of balancing the right not to know and the obligation of helping people in danger.

    Furthermore, the proposed research is expected to deliver on several of the following points:

    1.Develop and validate effective strategies to prevent NCDs and optimise health and well-being of citizens (including the most vulnerable). Propose the strategies to policymakers along with mechanisms to monitor their progress. The strategies need to be aligned with relevant national and European health laws and policies.

    2.Provide scientific evidence on interactions between the genetic predisposition to multifactorial diseases and environmental factors or environmental triggers. Propose scientifically supported personalised prevention strategies that ensure how to modify the environmental drivers of behavioural risk factors.

    3.Develop new computational tools combining and analysing comprehensive data with different dimensions 47 to identify risk factors and modifiers. Creating procedures and algorithms to combine information from different sources (with standardised common data models) to generate risk scores for several diseases and provide health promotion recommendations for the individual as advised by healthcare professionals. Furthermore, develop advanced computational modelling techniques 48 for predicting disease risk and predisposition (addressed together in an integrative approach) and identifying the optimal solution/intervention for different target groups and individuals.

    4.Develop tools and techniques to increase the efficiency and cost- effectiveness of on the one hand interventions, adjusting their scope, characteristics and resources, and on the other hand healthcare infrastructure and how it promotes and delivers health promotion, disease prevention, and care effectively to the different population groups.

    5.Design tools to collect various data to advance health promotion and disease prevention and strategies for providing omics essays for the general patient with a focus on cost-effectiveness and flexibility.

    6.Determine how to optimise the benefits of physical activity, smart monitoring of physical activity and sedentary behaviour with measurable data, addressing barriers to uptake and implementation of healthy lifestyles in daily life, understanding what promotion methods work and why, behavioural science to understand healthier choice environments. Balancing the ecosystem associated with the economic, social, and health consequences of NCDs. Affordability related consideration should be taken into account to ensure accessibility of new tools and techniques.

    7.Conduct data mining of real-world data and develop quantifiable and distinguishable indicators from wearables data, taking into account ‘light-weight’ AI means to ensure patient privacy and short reaction times.

    8.Demonstrate with a practical prototype on a given health challenge: from multimodal data collection to identification of an effective prevention strategy to be tested and validated for one or several NCDs.

    Where relevant, the projects should contribute to and create synergies with ongoing national, European and international initiatives such as the European Partnership for Personalised Medicine, the ‘Healthier Together’ - EU Non-Communicable Diseases Initiative 49 , Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan and the Mission on Cancer, WHO’s 9 targets for NCDs, the EMA ‘Darwin’ network 50 etc.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Where relevant, activities should build on and expand results of past and ongoing research projects. Selected projects under this topic are expected to participate in joint activities as appropriate, possibly including also related projects from other call topics. This can take the form of project clustering, workshops, joint dissemination activities etc. Applicants should plan a necessary budget to cover this collaboration.

    Applicants invited to the second stage and envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Destination 2. Living and working in a health-promoting environment

    Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-D ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact area ‘A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats’ and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘living and working environments are health-promoting and sustainable thanks to better understanding of environmental, occupational, social and economic determinants of health’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘Good health and high-quality accessible health care’, ‘Climate change mitigation and adaptation’, and ‘Clean and healthy air, water and soil’. The environment we live and work in is a major determinant of our health and well-being. Environmental factors are estimated to account for almost 20% of all deaths in Europe. The impacting factors on both physical and mental health and wellbeing are not all identified nor their effects comprehensively understood and accounted for to support evidence-based policy- and decision-making. Therefore, Destination 2 aims at filling knowledge gaps in the understanding of the impacts on our health and well-being of those environmental, occupational and socio-economic risk factors that have the most significant or widespread societal impacts. In this work programme, Destination 2 focuses on pollution, disrupting chemicals, environmental degradation, climate and other environmental exposures in living and working environments. The results will support the EU’s environment and health policies and overarching policy frameworks such as the European Green Deal, the Chemical Strategy for Sustainability, the EU Adaptation Strategy, the EU Biodiversity Strategy 2030, the 8th Environment Action Programme, the EU Strategic Framework on Health and Safety at Work as well as the WHO European Environment and Health Process (EHP). Strong collaborations across sectors and with other Horizon Europe clusters dealing with issues such as agriculture, food, environment, climate, biodiversity, mobility, security, urban planning, social inclusion and gender will be needed to ensure that maximal societal benefits are reached. Thus, in view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. All topics are open to international collaboration to address global environment and health challenges.

    Expected impacts:

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to living and working in a health-promoting environment, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

    1.Policymakers and regulators are aware and well informed about environmental, socio-economic and occupational risk factors as well as health-promoting factors across society;

    2.Environmental, occupational, social, economic, fiscal and health policies and practices at the EU, national and regional level are sustainable and based on solid scientific evidence. These include overarching policy frameworks such as the European Green Deal, the Chemical Strategy for Sustainability, the 8th Environment Action Programme, the EU Adaptation Strategy, the Farm to Fork Strategy 51 , the EU Biodiversity Strategy 2030, the EU Strategic Framework on Health and Safety at Work and the European Environment and Health Process led by the World Health Organization;

    3.The upstream determinants of disease - related to choices in energy generation, agricultural and food processing practices, industrial production, land use planning, built environment and construction - are known, understood and reduced;

    4.The health threats and burden resulting from hazardous chemicals, biodiversity degradation and air, water and soil pollution and contamination is reduced, so that the related number of deaths and illnesses is substantially reduced by 2030;

    5.Living and working environments in European cities and regions are healthier, more inclusive, safer, resilient and sustainable;

    6.The adaptive capacity and resilience of populations and health systems in Europe to climate and environmental change-related health risks is strengthened;

    7.Citizens’ health and well-being is protected and promoted, and premature deaths, diseases and inequalities related to environmental pollution and degradation as well as unhealthy lifestyles are prevented;

    8.Citizens understand better complex environment and health issues, and effective measures to address them and support related policies and regulation.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02

    103.00

    13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-ENVHLTH-02-two-stage

    60.00

    19 Sep 2023 (First Stage)

    11 Apr 2024 (Second Stage)

    Overall indicative budget

    103.00

    60.00

    Call - Environment and health (Single stage - 2023)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 52

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 53

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 12 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-01

    RIA

    30.00 54

    5.00 to 6.00

    5

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-02

    RIA

    30.00 55

    5.00 to 6.00

    5

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-03

    RIA

    40.00 56

    6.00 to 7.00

    7

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-04

    CSA

    3.00 57

    Around 3.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    103.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-01: Planetary health: understanding the links between environmental degradation and health impacts

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to optimise synergies and increase the impact of the projects, all projects selected for funding from this topic will form a cluster and be required to participate in common networking and joint activities (and in determining modalities for their implementation and the specific responsibilities of projects). Depending on the scope of proposals selected for funding, these activities may include:

    1.Attendance of regular joint meetings (e.g., common kick-off meeting and annual meetings).

    2.Periodic report of joint activities (delivered at each reporting period).

    3.Common dissemination and communication activities (which may include, for example: a common dissemination and communication strategy, web portal and visual identity, brochure, newsletters).

    4.Common Data Management Strategy and Common Policy Strategy (including joint policy briefs).

    5.Thematic workshops/trainings on issues of common interest.

    6.Working groups on topics of common interest (e.g. data management, communication and dissemination, science-policy link, scientific synergies).

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 2 ‘Living and working in a health-promoting environment’. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to most of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Climate and environmental policies are supported with better knowledge on the Earth natural systems and human health interactions;

    2.Sustainable planetary health policies which foster co-benefits to human health and the health of ecosystems are supported with robust evidence;

    3.Cross sectorial and multidisciplinary scientific collaborations, including expertise in public health and One Health, are established;

    4.Public authorities rely on indicators about the impacts on human health of changes or degradation of natural systems to support adaptation and mitigation strategies to natural hazards;

    5.Policymakers have better tools to improve the predictive capability and preparedness as well as to envision prevention strategies to deal with the impacts on human health of changes or degradation of ecosystems;

    6.Citizens are engaged and informed about the impact of natural systems’ degradation on human health and behaviours aiming at the conservation of ecosystems are promoted.

    Scope: Globally, life quality and expectancy have increased to unprecedented levels over the last decades due to the significant public health, agricultural, industrial and technological achievements of the 20th century. On the other hand, the ongoing trend of environmental degradation and global climate and environmental changes has introduced new pressures, which involve large impacts on human health and might put at risk the recent public health gains.

    Among others, climate change, biodiversity loss, biological invasions, environmental pollution, changes in land use and degradation, deforestation, thawing permafrost (in polar regions, and particularly in the Arctic), overfishing, new animal diseases and acidification of water bodies can result in reduced food and water availability and safety and increased exposure to factors causing infectious and non-communicable diseases. Additionally, changes in weather and climate extremes have been observed across the globe, resulting in an increase of the frequency and intensity of extreme weather events such as heavy precipitation and floods, heat waves and hot extremes, droughts and tropical cyclones.

    There is increasing evidence showing that many of these environmental stressors and changes can cause profound short- and long-term negative impacts on human health and well-being, contributing to increased morbidity and mortality worldwide. Understanding and acting upon these challenges calls for a multidisciplinary, cross-sectorial and trans-border approach ranging from the local to the global scale. The effects can be direct due to increases in floods, heatwaves, water shortages, landslides, exposure to ultraviolet radiation, exposure to pollutants, among others, or indirect and complex, as climate change -mediated or ecosystem-mediated. In addition, it is imperative that the solutions and initiatives chosen to prevent environmental degradation are safe for human health and the environment.

    Planetary health is a concept focused on the interdependencies between human health and the state of earth’s complex natural systems. A key focus is on understanding how the current trend of human-related environmental degradation can affect the health and well-being of current and future generations. The Rockefeller Foundation-Lancet Commission on Planetary Health 58 published a report in 2015, laying the foundation for the development of this important new field of study 59 . In 2020 the Helsinki declaration 60 was published, resulting from a conference where participants discussed how to implement the planetary health approach in Europe in the context of the European Green Deal. Planetary health is also a priority topic in the research agenda in environment, climate and health proposed by the Coordination and support action HERA 61 .

    Applicants are invited to submit proposals providing actionable evidence for policymakers to take preventive actions to protect the human health and wellbeing by exploring the links between human health and environmental degradation in an integrated and comprehensive manner. More fragmented contributions focused on less studied aspects such as the links between climate change and health and, between biodiversity and health, will also be considered.

    To advance the knowledge on planetary health to support policymaking in this area, the applicants should address several of the following activities:

    1.Provide strengthened evidence for health and wellbeing impacts of planetary changes, considering a systems thinking framework or a fragmentary approach focused on the impacts of climate change and biodiversity loss on human health (for biodiversity loss, proposals should not focus on the connection between the biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation with the prevention of zoonotic emerging diseases since this topic will be covered by CL6-2023-BIODIV: Interlinkages between biodiversity loss and degradation of ecosystems and the emergence of zoonotic diseases);

    2.Provide improved understanding and modelling of human–ecological systems interactions and ecosystem-mediated effects on human health and well-being, including the attribution of health outcomes to environmental change;

    3.Provide a methodology to identify and prioritise threats for public health caused by environmental degradation, with a view to improving preparedness of health systems to these threats, through structured processes that move from evidence to recommendations and decisions;

    4.Investigation how infections agents that might have the capacity to adapt to other host species can spread via the environment, and how this type of insight might lead to enhanced monitoring strategies;

    5.Lay the foundations for integrated surveillance systems considering already established monitoring systems (e.g. systematic wastewater monitoring) and using available and newly collected health, socioeconomic, and environmental data for defined populations over longer time periods. This would provide early detection of emerging disease outbreaks (e.g. zoonotic diseases, potential permafrost release of new and old pathogens) or changes in nutrition and non-communicable disease burden and support the assessment of the integrated health, environmental, and socioeconomic effect of policies and technologies.

    6.Explore strategies to reduce environmental damage and harmful emissions (e.g. air pollution) including assessment of health co-benefits through engagement with relevant HE partnerships and missions;

    7.Explore implications of planetary health for health systems and public health and identify opportunities to mitigate adverse health impacts of environmental degradation;

    8.Improve risk communication to policymakers, public authorities, industry and the public and support evidence-informed decisions by policymakers, by increasing capacity to do systematic reviews and provide rigorous policy briefs;

    9.Advance knowledge and actions to reduce the burden of non-communicable diseases while reducing the environmental pressure in areas like nutrition, physical activity, and mobility, and to assess the integrated health, environmental, and socioeconomic effect of those actions (i.e. behaviour change interventions, policies or new technologies);

    10.Provide better understanding on adaptation to climate and other environmental changes to protect human health, including the interactions between different planetary boundaries and the need to integrate adaptation and mitigation strategies;

    11.Improved health impact assessment approaches accounting for environmental externalities and estimating the cost and benefits of interventions versus no action.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Researchers should carefully integrate distributive considerations in their analysis by considering, where relevant, disaggregated effects for different socio-economic groups.

    In order to optimise synergies and increase the impact of the projects, all projects selected for funding from this topic will form a cluster and be required to participate in common networking and joint activities. Without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities, proposals should allocate a sufficient budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and to cover the costs of any other potential common networking and joint activities.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-02: Evidence-based interventions for promotion of mental and physical health in changing working environments (post-pandemic workplaces)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to optimise synergies and increase the impact of the projects, all projects selected for funding from this topic will form a cluster and be required to participate in common networking and joint activities (and in determining modalities for their implementation and the specific responsibilities of projects). Depending on the scope of proposals selected for funding, these activities may include:

    1.Attendance of regular joint meetings (e.g., common kick-off meeting and annual meetings).

    2.Periodic report of joint activities (delivered at each reporting period).

    3.Common dissemination and communication activities (which may include, for example: a common dissemination and communication strategy, web portal and visual identity, brochure, newsletters).

    4.Common Data Management Strategy and Common Policy Strategy (including joint policy briefs).

    5.Thematic workshops/trainings on issues of common interest.

    6.Working groups on topics of common interest (e.g. data management, communication and dissemination, science-policy link, scientific synergies).

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 2 ‘Living and working in a health-promoting environment’. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to most of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Public authorities and regulators are supported with evidence-based guidance to design occupational health policies;

    2.Public authorities, employers, organisations and social partners (e.g. trade unions and employer organisations) are better supported with tools, evidence-based intervention options and guidelines to promote mental and physical well-being and health in the workplace;

    3.Public authorities and the scientific community have access to FAIR data 62 and robust evidence on direct links between psychosocial and physical risk factors at the workplace (considering also individual differences such as age, gender, cultural background, bodily/cognitive abilities) and specific health outcomes;

    4.Public authorities, regulators and social partners are informed by evidence on the costs, benefits, sustainability and expected challenges of available solutions;

    5.Public authorities and employers take advantage of the best available knowledge (including new innovations and ways for action) to support interventions and solutions on the design of the built working environment and promote healthier behaviours at the workplace;

    6.Public authorities and employers develop adequate measures to prevent and reduce the negative outcomes of exposure to psycho-social and physical risk factors in the workplace and support recovery;

    7.Workers are more protected against work-related hazards and informed about effective prevention approaches based on specific and appropriate measures and health enhancing behaviours;

    8.Workers living with a chronic disease and/or recovering from a mental of physical health problem are supported to continue/return to work.

    Scope: The digital and green transitions (referred to as ‘twin transition’) have been changing the workplace at a rapid pace, leading to new forms of work (e.g. hybrid work, gig economy jobs) or changes in the forms of management and work organisation (e.g. through algorithmic decision-making and digital worker performance monitoring) for workers across the spectrum. These changes have varying impacts on the working conditions, income and health and occupational safety both for skilled and unskilled workers. Furthermore, they contribute to the high costs of work-related illnesses and accidents for employers and the European economy in general.

    Mental health and ergonomic-related problems affect a significant number of EU workers. Musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs) are one of the most common work-related health problems in the EU and workers and managers commonly identify stress, depression and anxiety as serious psychosocial outcomes of workplace exposures. Changes in the organisation of work can bring flexibility that allows more people to enter the labour force, but may also lead to psychosocial problems (for example, insecurity, compromised privacy and rest time, inadequate OSH and social protection, as well as stress due to excessive or atypical working hours, performance monitoring by algorithms and similar AI applications).

    Some workplaces have either become exclusively virtual or they have evolved into a ‘hybrid’ model (e.g. multilocational working, home office), some work tasks and processes performed virtually and others requiring physical presence 63 . A significant number of jobs are performed at clients’ premises or require workers to commute long distances and/or cross borders regularly. Such workers are facing additional legal, social, environmental and economic issues. Data on how these affect their mental/physical health and well-being is scarce.

    The emergence and persistence of the COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated the pace of change, causing, in some cases, additional challenges for workers’ mental health (differentially affecting certain segments of the working force) and intensifying already existing physical risk factors (e.g. ergonomic risks). The European Pillar of Social Rights Action Plan 64 aims to promote a healthy, safe and well-adapted work environment in the EU and relies on Horizon Europe for research and innovation supporting economic and social resilience and sustainability. The EU strategic framework on health and safety at work 2021-2027 65 recognises the needs, challenges and opportunities that technological innovation and the pandemic bring for the working population and calls for strengthening the evidence-base for policymaking and implementation.

    To address the issues described above, research actions under this topic should include several of the following activities:

    1.Provide adequate and robust data on the impact (positive and negative) that the ongoing changes in the workplace are having on the mental and physical health of different categories of workers and working sectors (e.g. teleworkers, cross-border commuters, gig economy workers, and vulnerable groups such as women, migrants and young and older workers with increased demonstrated risk for MSDs), including gender and intersectional analyses, where appropriate;

    2.Generate evidence (including data) not only on mental health, but also on mental well-being at the workplace and how changing work organisation due to the twin transitions and the pandemic affects workers’ work-life balance and work ability;

    3.Generate evidence (including data) on the importance of risk factors (such as stress caused by new working environments, static postures and physical inactivity, physically strenuous and highly repetitive work arising from the workplace design) in the development of chronic and acute diseases;

    4.Increase the understanding of the links between different health-promoting factors in the working-built environment and physical and mental health outcomes, and how these may be mutually reinforcing;

    5.Explore the health impacts of changing working times, including excessive and atypical working hours and work in different time zones that blur work from leisure time, limiting recovery. Effects should consider a wide range of diseases;

    6.Provide recommendations for effective interventions to prevent occupational risks and support the mental and physical health and well-being at individual (worker), organisation (employer) and policy (government) levels for different sectors/types of work, including an analysis on their cost-effectiveness, sustainability and barriers to implementation at national and/or EU level;

    7.Advance the development of a scientific framework addressing Occupational safety and health (OSH) across policies and sectors and support new and sustainable (future-proof) tools, guidelines and policies concerning the evaluation and design of physical and psychosocial work environment;

    8.Provide tools and approaches to anticipate new OSH risks, also taking account of lessons learnt from the COVID-19 pandemic, for instance in relation to digital technologies and associated new ways of working.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Researchers should carefully integrate distributive considerations in their analysis by considering, where relevant, disaggregated effects for different socio-economic groups.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative 66 by interacting with the NEB Community, NEBLab and other relevant actions of the NEB initiative through sharing information, best practice, and, where relevant, results.

    In order to optimise synergies and increase the impact of the projects, all projects selected for funding from this topic will form a cluster and be required to participate in common networking and joint activities. Without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities, proposals should allocate a sufficient budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and to cover the costs of any other potential common networking and joint activities.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-03: Health impacts of endocrine-disrupting chemicals: bridging science-policy gaps by addressing persistent scientific uncertainties

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to optimise synergies and increase the impact of the projects, all projects selected for funding from this topic will form a cluster and be required to participate in common networking and joint activities (and in determining modalities for their implementation and the specific responsibilities of projects). Depending on the scope of proposals selected for funding, these activities may include:

    1.Attendance of regular joint meetings (e.g., common kick-off meeting and annual meetings).

    2.Periodic report of joint activities (delivered at each reporting period).

    3.Common dissemination and communication activities (which may include, for example: a common dissemination and communication strategy, web portal and visual identity, brochure, newsletters).

    4.Common Data Management Strategy and Common Policy Strategy (including joint policy briefs).

    5.Thematic workshops/trainings on issues of common interest.

    6.Working groups on topics of common interest (e.g. data management, communication and dissemination, science-policy link, scientific synergies).

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 2 ‘Living and working in a health-promoting environment’. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Public authorities including EU risk assessment bodies and regulators are supported with scientific evidence to implement the comprehensive European Union Framework on Endocrine Disruptors 67 , Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability Towards a Toxic-Free Environment 68 , EU legislation on plant protection products 69 and EU occupational safety and health legislation 70 ;

    2.Public authorities improve their risk assessment, management and communication through access to FAIR data 71 and more robust evidence on the causal links between exposure to endocrine disruptors and health outcomes for which insufficient data exist;

    3.Research community has better data on the role of endocrine disruptors and other co-factors (e.g., lifestyle, behavioural, socio-economic) to enable a better understanding of their individual or combined health impacts;

    4.Public authorities and the scientific community take advantage of latest methodologies for advancing the understanding of health impact of exposures;

    5.Public authorities, employers and citizens rely on practical evidence-informed guidelines for exposure prevention and reduction;

    6.Citizens are engaged and informed about the health impact of exposures to endocrine disruptors and risk-preventing behaviours are promoted.

    Scope: The function and regulation of the endocrine system in humans and other species is of high biological complexity. Endocrine disrupting chemicals (EDCs or endocrine disruptors) are chemical substances that alter the functioning of the endocrine system and negatively affect the health of humans and animals. They may either be of synthetic or natural origin.

    EDCs are of increasing importance in chemical regulations in the European Union. According to the Comprehensive European Union Framework on Endocrine Disruptors, adopted in 2018, the EU strategic approach on endocrine disruptors for the years to come should be based on the application of the precautionary principle. This approach would aim at, inter alia, minimising overall exposure of humans and the environment to endocrine disruptors, paying particular attention to exposures during important periods of development of an organism, such as foetal development and puberty, possibly integrating a life course approach, as well as accelerating the development of a thorough research basis for effective and forward-looking decision-making. This includes research for the further management of chemicals (including multi-constituent chemicals as well as chemical mixtures), the understanding of the mechanistic effects of endocrine disruptors and their dose-response relationships (including at the molecular and cellular level through the use of new approach methodologies, such as ‘multiomics’, cheminformatics, in vitro 2D and 3D models, in vivo models and computational approaches), and the collection, sharing, harmonisation and combination of robust data sources.

    Closing existing knowledge gaps in the understanding of EDC effects will support more effective and evidence-based regulations at the European level.

    Bringing together, inter alia, (molecular) epidemiologists, exposure scientists, toxicologists, endocrinologists, health care practitioners and risk assessors, research actions under this topic should focus on the understanding of the impact of exposures at critical life stages as regards development of diseases later in life, focusing on the several health endpoints for which there is currently less information available. Advantage should be taken of existing biobanks and disease registries and/or cohorts, with carefully planned measurement strategies and clearly worked-out hypotheses. The nature of the dose-response relationships and whether effects are threshold-dependent should be addressed in the study designs. Similarities between endocrine systems and certain health outcomes across species should be exploited to improve understanding of functioning of the endocrine system. Finally, research should attempt at identifying predictive biomarkers (e.g. from liquid biopsies such as saliva, urine, blood) that would allow the tracing of endocrine disrupter-mediated health effects in a shorter period of time than normally would be required for epidemiological studies.

    Research actions under this topic should provide forward-looking mechanistic information on potential hazards and health risks of exposures to EDCs, through innovative molecular epidemiological, multifactorial models and systems biology approaches, exploiting the use of state of the art non-animal methodologies when relevant, and should include several of the following activities:

    1.Studying the impact of EDCs on target organs and in multi-organ models, and physiological barriers, such as the placenta, the blood-brain barrier, the blood-saliva barrier, intestinal, pulmonary and immune cells as well as their interaction with microbiota. This should include the provision of a thorough understanding of dose-response relationships;

    2.Elucidating health endpoints for which insufficient data exist, such as disturbances in the development and functioning of the nervous and cardiovascular systems, the immune system, bone development and disease, obesity, diabetes, hormone-dependent cancers and fertility (e.g. minipuberty, prepuberty and puberty);

    3.Providing better biological and imaging biomarkers to predict EDC-mediated health outcomes, including the quantitative probabilities of having an adverse effect based on such biomarkers;

    4.Gaining better insights into the developmental origins of health and disease, especially for those where less data are available. Assessing the occurrence and relevance of multi- and transgenerationally inherited effects, including molecular and epigenetic mechanisms that drive multigenerational effects;

    5.Gaining better insights into the most sensitive windows of susceptibility, during which exposure are of particular importance for health effects;

    6.Better understanding of the effects of chemicals and chemical mixtures on the underlying mechanistic crosstalk between endocrine axes, endocrine pathways and other key biological systems, including immune, neurological and metabolic functions;

    7.Improving the understanding of chemical mixture effects, including with other toxins and at low doses. The role of the microbiome in the activation or detoxification of these chemicals should be explored where relevant.

    8.Investigating biological effects of realistic mixtures to get a more detailed understanding of the endocrine effectome, taking advantage of computational toxicology and development of up-to-date models;

    9.Performing comparative analysis between species, assessing similarities to human endocrine system and health outcomes and exploiting non-mammalian species as test organisms, e.g. non-mammalian vertebrates and invertebrates to predict effects or raise concern about potential effects in humans or vice versa;

    10.Exploiting systems biology approaches in order to understand how exposure to an EDC results in an altered phenotype, a process that implies complex interactions across multiple levels of biological organisation.

    Aspects such as gender, regional variations, socioeconomics and culture should be considered, where appropriate. Proposals should ensure that chemical monitoring data are shared in IPCHEM 72 through involvement with the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC). Proposals should also consider involving JRC with respect to the value it could bring in providing an effective interface between the research activities and regulatory aspects and/or to translating the research results into validated test methods and strategies fit for regulatory purpose. In that respect, the JRC will collaborate with any successful proposal and this collaboration, when relevant, should be established after the proposal’s approval.

    Applicants should be acquainted with planned activities under the European partnership for the assessment of risks from chemicals PARC 73 . PARC will be informed about successful proposals. Successful proposals will be invited to establish synergies with PARC and take advantage of the partnership as a facilitator for open data and methodology sharing with risk assessors and their scientific networks.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    In order to optimise synergies and increase the impact of the projects, all projects selected for funding from this topic will form a cluster and be required to participate in common networking and joint activities. Without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities, proposals should allocate a sufficient budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and to cover the costs of any other potential common networking and joint activities.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02-04: Global coordination of exposome research

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, legal entities established in the United States of America may exceptionally participate as a beneficiary or affiliated entity, and are eligible to receive Union funding.

    Coordinators of projects must be legal entities established in an EU Member State or Associated Country.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    In order to achieve the expected objectives, namely the establishment of a forward-looking cooperation framework in the area of the exposome, the consortium must include at least one legal entity established in a country other than a Member State or an Associated Country.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 2 ‘Living and working in a health-promoting environment’. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Environment and health research community, research-policymaking authorities, research funders and other relevant stakeholders work together at the European and international level towards establishing a medium-long-term Global Human Exposome Network;

    2.Environment and health research community, authorities working at the science-policy interface and research funders provide options for functioning, financing and governance of a medium-long-term Global Human Exposome Network also considering the strengthening of the coordination of the European Human Exposome Network;

    3.Relevant stakeholders profit from a strengthened coordination and collaboration globally among different fields of research and innovation with relevance to deciphering the human exposome;

    4.A roadmap and a R&I agenda for international cooperation in specified areas of exposome research and innovation, including, among others, recommendations for exchange of knowledge and data, policy uptake, technological and conceptual approaches and promotion of global level coordinated initiatives on the exposome are made available to the relevant international stakeholders;

    5.The coordination of research initiatives, infrastructures, facilities and resources in the area of the Exposome in Europe is supported and reinforced;

    6.The interoperability and harmonisation between data and studies is increased facilitating the exchange and use of information across research disciplines and groups.

    Scope: The concept of the exposome refers to the totality of environmental exposures from conception onwards, including its external (e.g. diet, lifestyle, occupational and environmental factors) and internal components (e.g. epigenomics, metabolomics). Developing a comprehensive Human Exposome Project would present a fundamental shift in looking at health, by moving research away from ‘one exposure, one disease’ understanding to a more complex picture upon which to build solid, cost-effective preventive actions and policies. At its most complete, the efforts could resemble in scope the Human Genome Project.

    The European Human Exposome Network (EHEN) 74 , a cluster of 9 projects funded since 2020 for five years from Horizon 2020, is currently the world’s largest network of projects studying the impact of environmental exposure on human health with an exposome angle. Together, the network of projects aims to study the combination of exposures to pollutants and other stressors, across different life stages and socio-economic conditions, via a number of exposure vehicles such as consumption patterns, lifestyle and working and living environment, and their collective effect on human health.

    At the international level, some related activities are ongoing in, e.g., the US (National Institute for Environmental Health Sciences) and Japan. Currently, there is only sporadic cooperation initiatives between the ongoing research at the EU level and important research groups outside Europe. However, in order to fulfil the promise of deciphering the human exposome, a large-scale effort similar to the Human Genome Project could be envisaged, for which a preparatory coordination and support action would be highly useful to identify and discuss the research needs and specific areas of potential cooperation at the global level. Additionally, both at the European and global level better coordination is essential to foster new opportunities to collect, harmonise, combine and analyse large data sets emanating from new and evolving technologies. This offers also new possibilities to understand the pathways leading from a multitude of environmental exposures to the global health burden of common chronic diseases. Standardisation and interoperability of data is also needed to assure access to quality data sources at the European and global level.

    On the policy side, the outcomes of advancing the exposome research can touch upon and contribute to a better implementation of a wide range of policies and EU priorities such as the EU Chemicals Strategy 75 , Zero Pollution Action Plan 76 , the European Green Deal 77 and climate policies 78 , among others. The benefits of cooperation would also extend to international initiatives such as activities of the World Health Organization related to environment and health 79 and the United Nations activities on climate 80 and environment 81 .

    Accordingly, proposals should cover, among others, most of the following activities:

    1.Proposal for a common agreed conceptual framework for the exposome;

    2.Proposal for options for a global governance structure for a Global Human Exposome Network taking advantage of and connecting to the existing research infrastructures and services in the area of the Exposome at the European level;

    3.Agreed technologies needed to decipher the external and internal exposome, support longitudinal studies and potential for international cooperation;

    4.Proposal for data mining, analysis, opportunities for harmonisation, interoperability, and standardisation in data collection, knowledge storage and transfer, and bioinformatics needs at the European and global level;

    5.Cooperation between population and patient cohorts, integrating a large number of variables and comprehensive environmental datasets, and biobanks, also covering the perinatal period;

    6.Facilitation of the regulatory uses of results including for regulatory science and risk assessment.

    Proposals should interact with existing research infrastructures, services and research projects in the area of the exposome (namely the European Human Exposome Network but also other related projects and actions supported through Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe) and build on and integrate the work being developed in these initiatives. The composition of the applicant consortia should ensure a broad and balanced geographical representation of Member States and Associated Countries and the proposals should involve also Widening Member States and Associated Countries. International cooperation beyond EU with interested parties is required.

    Call - Environment and health (Two stage - 2024)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-ENVHLTH-02-two-stage

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 82

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 83

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 30 Mar 2023

    Deadline(s): 19 Sep 2023 (First Stage), 11 Apr 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-ENVHLTH-02-06-two-stage

    RIA

    60.00

    7.00 to 8.00

    8

    Overall indicative budget

    60.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-ENVHLTH-02-06-two-stage: The role of environmental pollution in non-communicable diseases: air, noise and light and hazardous waste pollution

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For the second stage, the thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 84 .

    In order to optimise synergies and increase the impact of the projects, all projects selected for funding from this topic will form a cluster and be required to participate in common networking and joint activities (and in determining modalities for their implementation and the specific responsibilities of projects). Depending on the scope of proposals selected for funding, these activities may include:

    1.Attendance of regular joint meetings (e.g., common kick-off meeting and annual meetings).

    2.Periodic report of joint activities (delivered at each reporting period).

    3.Common dissemination and communication activities (which may include, for example: a common dissemination and communication strategy, web portal and visual identity, brochure, newsletters).

    4.Common Data Management Strategy and Common Policy Strategy (including joint policy briefs).

    5.Thematic workshops/trainings on issues of common interest.

    6.Working groups on topics of common interest (e.g. data management, communication and dissemination, science-policy link, scientific synergies).

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 2 ‘Living and working in a health-promoting environment’. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.National and EU authorities apply user-friendly tools to produce and use generated data on the impact of pollutants on health;

    2.National and EU authorities benefit from access to robust and transparent indicators for health impact assessment to monitor efficacy of pollution-mitigating actions and policies;

    3.Policymakers and other stakeholders, e.g. public authorities such as urban planners, health professionals, employers, civil society organisations and citizens, use developed guidelines to take action to prevent pollution-related illnesses and impairments, and choose healthier lifestyles and behaviours;

    4.EU, national and regional authorities receive guidance and recommendations for updates of (1) scientific evidence about health risks caused by environmental pollutants (2) advice on management and mitigation of these health risks and (3) guidance and recommendations for updates of limit values for different classes of pollutants in the environment; these recommendations should take into account vulnerable population groups and people with increased vulnerability because of pre-existing medical conditions;

    5.The implementation of the Zero-Pollution Action Plan, the Chemical Strategy for Sustainability and the EU legislation on air quality, noise and waste continue to be supported by a strong evidence-base;

    6.Relevant actors in our daily lives, e.g. medical personnel, building engineers, teachers, urban planners etc., have access to information such as training courses on pollution and health impacts.

    Scope: The European Green Deal set out by the European Commission recognises that man-made environmental pollution is an increasing threat for human health and wellbeing. Opinion polls 85 show that climate change, air pollution, and waste are the three most important environmental issues that European citizens are concerned about. Over three-quarters (78%) of respondents believe that environmental issues have a direct effect on their daily life and health.

    Pollution affects a large number of people in Europe and beyond: A 2018 assessment attributed 16% of total global mortality to pollution-related disease. Over 7 million people die of exposure to polluted air every year worldwide 86 . For 2019, the European Environment Agency has estimated that around 350 000 premature deaths in the EU can be attributed to air pollution (namely from particulate matter, nitrogen dioxide and ozone) 87 . Today, more than 1 in 4 Europeans is exposed to traffic noise levels dangerous to their health in their homes, schools and workplaces 88 . The increase of artificial light at night (ALAN) in cities has altered the natural light levels in the environment and extended human activities to the usually dark hours. It has been estimated that more than 80% of the world population is living under light polluted skies 89 . Waste 90 continues to be a persistent environmental issue in Europe, and it is estimated that there are 2.5 million contaminated sites in Europe, with potentially significant adverse health effects 91 .

    The global burden from non-communicable diseases (NCDs) has consistently increased over the last decades, being now estimated to account for 70% of deaths globally (World Health Organization). The growing burden of chronic diseases will also be a challenge for Europe’s healthcare systems, these diseases already accounting for an estimated 70-80% of healthcare costs. Currently, around 50 million European citizens suffer from two or more chronic conditions and most of these people are over 65. 92 The most recent WHO environmental burden of disease estimations suggest that, annually, 13% of deaths (630 000) in the WHO Europe region are attributable to environmental stressors and an EEA report concluded that, 90% of deaths attributable to the environment result from non-communicable diseases, including cancers, cardiovascular diseases, stroke, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, mental, behavioural and neurological disorders, diabetes, kidney disease and asthma 93 . While early childhood deaths have declined, the years lived with disability have increased, particularly with chronic disease.

    The proposed research should strengthen the knowledge base available to policymakers regarding pollution-disease associations and causal mechanisms at different phases of the life course, taking advantage of latest molecular, cellular and computational technologies to elucidate biological pathways from exposure (including combined exposures) to disease. The work should bring together toxicology, exposure science, public health engineering and environmental epidemiology, and build on data from sources such as pollution-related databases, disease registries, epidemiological studies and biobanks, environmental and human biomonitoring data and new generated data and could consider citizen science and other innovative approaches. All exposure routes should be considered where relevant (oral/digestive tract, inhalation, dermal).

    The focus of this topic should be on three areas where the understanding of and evidence on causality should be strengthened to overcome the current paucity of data and respond to calls from policymakers. The applicants should focus on at least one of the following three aspects:

    1.Air pollution, especially in the urban environment, taking into account existing evidence, notably the latest WHO air quality guidelines of 2021 and their recommendations on different pollutants 94 , including on pollutants of emerging concern, looking at e.g. ultrafine particles and interactions with aeroallergens, black carbon, sand and dust storms and impact on human health;

    2.Noise pollution and light pollution impact on human health;

    3.Pollution from hazardous waste (e.g. pharmaceuticals, illicit drugs, e-waste, plastics (including nano- and microplastics)) in heavily contaminated environments and adverse health outcomes.

    Several of the following activities should be included:

    1.Research activities to strengthen the evidence base for pollution-disease associations and underlying causality mechanisms and biological pathways, taking into account combined exposures and mechanisms of increased sensitivity in susceptible groups;

    2.Delivery of FAIR data 95 on causal associations between environmental risk factors and health outcomes, in particular for air pollutants of emerging concern, specifically ultrafine particles, black carbon, and others, taking into account vulnerable population groups and specific exposure situations in a life-course approach including vulnerable early-stages of life and transgenerational risks;

    3.Development of user-friendly tools for systematic mining and assessment of the knowledge generated and translation into best practices and to improve the assessment of individual life-exposure to pollutants;

    4.Proposals for environmental limit values for the studied pollutants and generation of health impact indicators, where relevant and taking into account existing standards and evidence;

    5.Development of guidelines and socio-economic and decision support tools for different actors including policymakers, health professionals and citizens to take action to prevent pollution-related illnesses and impairments, and to enable the choice of healthier lifestyles and behaviours;

    6.Identification of cross-sectoral interventions (case studies) with the potential for remediating pollution and risk of exposure and improving human health and well-being in the short/medium term;

    7.Development of training courses on pollution and health impacts to inform professionals impacting our daily lives e.g. medical personnel, engineers, teachers, urban planners;

    8.Design of best-practice evidence-based communication actions for fact-based risk and benefit communication and improving citizen awareness of pollution and preventive actions, offsetting dissemination of misinformation;

    9.Undertaking case studies to demonstrate the added societal value of tools, methodologies and guidelines developed and the implementation of resulting actions to decrease health impacts of exposures.

    Aspects such as gender, regional variations, socioeconomics and culture should be considered, where appropriate. Proposals should ensure that chemical monitoring data are shared in IPCHEM 96 through involvement with the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC). In that respect, the JRC will collaborate with any successful proposal and this collaboration, when relevant, should be established after the proposal’s approval.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    In order to optimise synergies and increase the impact of the projects, all projects selected for funding from this topic will form a cluster and be required to participate in common networking and joint activities. Without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities, proposals should allocate a sufficient budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and to cover the costs of any other potential common networking and joint activities.

    Applicants invited to the second stage and envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Destination 3. Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden

    Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-D ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact area ‘Good health and high-quality accessible healthcare’ and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘health care providers are able to better tackle and manage diseases (infectious diseases, including poverty-related and neglected diseases, non-communicable and rare diseases) and reduce the disease burden on patients effectively thanks to better understanding and treatment of diseases, more effective and innovative health technologies, better ability and preparedness to manage epidemic outbreaks and improved patient safety’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats’, ‘Climate change mitigation and adaptation’, and ‘High quality digital services for all’.

    Communicable and non-communicable diseases cause the greatest amounts of premature death and disability in the EU and worldwide. They pose a major health, societal and economic threat and burden. Many people are still suffering from these diseases and too often dying prematurely. Non-communicable diseases, including mental illnesses and neurodegenerative diseases, are responsible for up to 80% of EU health care costs 97 . These costs are spent on the treatment of such diseases that to a large extent are preventable. Furthermore, only around 3% of the health care budgets are currently spent on preventive measures although there is a huge potential for prevention. Infectious diseases, including emerging infectious diseases and infections resistant to antimicrobials, remain a major threat to public health in the EU but also to global health security. Deaths caused by antimicrobial resistance (AMR) could exceed 10 million per year worldwide according to some predictions 98 .

    To further advance, there is an urgent need for research and innovation to develop new preparedness and prevention measures, public health interventions, diagnostics, vaccines, therapies, alternatives to antimicrobials, as well as to improve existing preparedness and prevention strategies to create tangible impacts, taking into account sex/gender-related issues. This will require international cooperation to pool the best expertise and know-how available worldwide, to access world-class research infrastructures and to leverage critical scales of investments on priority needs through a better alignment with other funders of international cooperation in health research and innovation. The continuation of international partnerships and cooperation with international organisations is particularly needed to combat infectious diseases, to address antimicrobial resistances, to respond to major unmet medical needs for global health security, including the global burden of non-communicable diseases, and to strengthen patient safety.

    In this work programme, destination 3 will focus on major societal challenges linked to the Commission’s political priorities such as the fight against cancer and other non-communicable diseases, better diagnosis and treatment of rare diseases, preparedness and response to and surveillance of health threats and epidemics, reduction of the number of antimicrobial-resistant infections, improving vaccination rates, demographic change, mental health and digital empowerment in health literacy. In particular, the topics under this destination will support activities aiming at: i) better understanding of diseases, their drivers and consequences, including pain and the causative links between health determinants and diseases, and better evidence-base for policymaking; ii) better methodologies and diagnostics that allow timely and accurate diagnosis, identification of personalised treatment options and assessment of health outcomes, including for patients with a rare disease; iii) development and validation of effective intervention for better surveillance, prevention, detection, treatment and crisis management of infectious disease threats; iv) innovative health technologies developed and tested in clinical practice, including personalised medicine approaches and use of digital tools to optimise clinical workflows; v) new and advanced therapies for non-communicable diseases, including rare diseases developed in particular for those without approved options, supported by strategies to make them affordable for the public payer; and vi) scientific evidence for improved/tailored policies and legal frameworks and to inform major policy initiatives at global level (e.g. WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control; UNEA Pollution Implementation Plan).

    In view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Opportunities for potential synergies exist between projects funded under the same topic but also between other projects funded under another topic, cluster or pillar of Horizon Europe (but also with ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020). In particular, this could involve projects related to European health research infrastructures (under pillar I of Horizon Europe), the EIC strategic challenges on health and EIT-KIC Health (under pillar III of Horizon Europe), or in areas cutting across the health and other clusters (under pillar II of Horizon Europe). For instance, with cluster 3 “Civil security for society” such as on health security/emergencies (preparedness and response, medical countermeasures, epidemic outbreaks/pandemics, natural disasters and technological incidents, bioterrorism); with cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space” such as on decision-support systems or on geo-observation and monitoring (e.g. of disease vectors, epidemics); or with cluster 6 “Food, bioeconomy, natural resources, agriculture and environment” such as on health security and AMR (one-health: human/animal/plant/soil/water health). In addition, while focusing on civilian applications, there may be there may be synergies with actions conducted under the European Defence Fund, notably in the field of defence medical countermeasures.

    Based on needs that emerged during the management of COVID-19, some research and innovation actions under Destination 3 should support the mission of the European Health Emergency and Response Authority (HERA) to strengthen Europe’s ability to prevent, detect, and rapidly respond to cross-border health emergencies by ensuring the availability and access to key medical countermeasures. Other actions should deliver relevant complementary inputs to the “Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan” 99 in order to cover the entire cancer care pathway, including prevention, early detection, diagnosis, treatment, cancer data monitoring, as well as quality of life of cancer patients and survivors. Furthermore, synergies and complementarities will be sought between Destination 3 and the implementation of the EU4Health Programme (2021-2027) 100 . These synergies and complementarities could be achieved, notably through mechanisms based on feedback loops, enabling on the one hand to identify policy needs that should be prioritised in research and innovation actions and facilitating on the other hand the implementation of research results into policy actions and clinical practice, thereby providing an integrated response across sectors and policy fields.

    Expected impacts:

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to tackling diseases and reducing disease burden, and more specifically to several of the following impacts:

    1.Health burden of diseases in the EU and worldwide is reduced through effective disease management, including through the development and integration of innovative diagnostic and therapeutic approaches, personalised medicine approaches, digital and other people-centred solutions for health care. In particular, patients are diagnosed early and accurately and receive effective, cost-efficient and affordable treatment, including patients with a rare disease, due to effective translation of research results into new diagnostic tools and therapies.

    2.Premature mortality from non-communicable diseases is reduced by one third (by 2030), mental health and well-being is promoted, and the voluntary targets of the WHO Global Action Plan for the Prevention and Control of NCDs 2013-2020 are attained (by 2025), with an immediate impact on the related disease burden (DALYs) 101 , 102 , 103 .

    3.Health care systems benefit from strengthened research and innovation expertise, human capacities and know-how for combatting communicable and non-communicable diseases, including through international cooperation. In particular, they are better prepared to respond rapidly and effectively to health emergencies and are able to prevent and manage communicable diseases transmissions epidemics, including within healthcare settings.

    4.Citizens benefit from reduced (cross-border) health threat of epidemics and AMR pathogens, in the EU and worldwide 104 , 105 .

    5.Patients and citizens are knowledgeable of disease threats, involved and empowered to make and shape decisions for their health, and better adhere to knowledge-based disease management strategies and policies (especially for controlling outbreaks and emergencies).

    The EU benefits from high visibility, leadership and standing in international fora on global health and global health security.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03

    224.00

    13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-07

    50.00

    19 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-two-stage

    125.00

    19 Sep 2023 (First Stage)

    11 Apr 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-08

    52.00

    11 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-09

    100.00

    11 Apr 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    274.00

    277.00

    Call - Tackling diseases (Single stage - 2023)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 106

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 107

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 12 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-01

    RIA

    50.00 108

    6.00 to 7.00

    8

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-03

    RIA

    20.00 109

    3.00 to 4.00

    5

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-04

    RIA

    50.00 110

    7.00 to 8.00

    7

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-05

    CSA

    3.00 111

    1.00 to 2.00

    2

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-06

    CSA

    1.00 112

    Around 1.00

    1

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-07

    RIA

    30.00 113

    6.00 to 7.00

    5

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-17

    RIA

    20.00 114

    7.00 to 8.00

    5

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-18

    RIA

    50.00 115

    7.00 to 8.00

    7

    Overall indicative budget

    224.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-01: Novel approaches for palliative and end-of-life care for non-cancer patients

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Reduced health-related suffering and improved well-being and quality of life of patients in need of palliative and end-of-life care and their professional and family caregivers.

    2.Patients have early and better access to palliative or end-of-life care services of higher quality and (cost) effectiveness.

    3.Patients and their professional and family caregivers are able to engage meaningfully with the improved evidence-based and information-driven palliative care joint decision-making process.

    4.Health care providers and health policymakers have access to and use the improved clinical guidelines and policy with respect to pain and/or other symptoms management, psychological and/or spiritual support, and palliative or end-of-life care for patients.

    5.Reduced societal, healthcare and economic burden associated with increasing demands of palliative or end-of-life care services that is beneficial for citizens and preserves sustainability of the health care systems.

    Scope: The complexity of health conditions related to life-threatening and chronic diseases, acute and chronic pain, late or long-term side effects as consequences of diseases and also their treatments affect quality of life of patients and their families and pose an immense societal and economic burden. Palliative 116 and end-of-life care approaches improve quality of life of patients and professional and family caregivers through the prevention and relief of suffering by means of early identification, assessment and treatment of pain and other factors such as physical, psychosocial and spiritual problems. Although a variety of interventions are in use, they are often not adequately validated or adapted to the specific needs of patients affected by complex diseases or their co- or multimorbidities. Therefore, a need exists to strengthen the evidence base for available patient-centred effective interventions improving quality of life and outcomes of patients of all ages in the domains of palliative and end-of-life care.

    Proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Demonstrate the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of newly proposed or specifically adapted pharmacological and/or non-pharmacological interventions to improve well-being and quality of life of patients suffering from life-threatening and chronic diseases 117 (including disabilities). Whenever relevant, serious late and long-term side effects of disease treatments or symptoms that occur at the end of life of patients should be considered. The legal and ethical aspects of the proposed interventions should be taken into consideration and be fully addressed.

    2.Prove the feasibility of integrating the proposed interventions in current pain management, palliative and/or end-of-life care regimes and healthcare systems across Europe. The complex human, social, cultural and ethical aspects that are necessarily managed by those care regimes and healthcare systems should be reflected from patients’ as well as those of their professional and family caregivers’ perspectives. The views and values of patients and their caregivers (including families, volunteers, nurses and others) should also be appropriately taken into account in patient-centred care decisions.

    3.Identify and analyse relationships between sex, gender, age, disabilities and socio-economic factors in health and any other relevant factors (e.g. ethical, familial, cultural considerations, including personal beliefs and religious perspectives, etc.) that could affect health equity 118 to the proposed interventions, including equitable access.

    4.Analyse the barriers and opportunities to re-invigorating and enhancing timely social inclusion and active engagement of patients in need of palliative and end-of-life care and their caregivers.

    5.Provide implementation strategies and guidelines of patient-centred communication for health and social care professionals as well as standards for evidenced based communication trainings for caregivers, considering the potential of social innovation approaches or tools.

    6.When relevant, provide policy recommendations for pain management, psychological and/or spiritual support, and palliative or end-of-life care of patients.

    Randomised clinical trials and observational studies, targeting different age groups, should be considered for this topic. Proposals should give a sound feasibility assessment, provide details of the methodology, including an appropriate patient selection and realistic recruitment plans, justified by available publications and/or preliminary results.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Proposals should consider a patient-centred approach that empowers patients, increase health literacy in palliative and end of life care, promotes a culture of dialogue and openness between health professionals, patients and their families, and unleashes the potential for social innovation.

    All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, including internationally, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-03: Interventions in city environments to reduce risk of non-communicable disease (Global Alliance for Chronic Diseases - GACD)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to most of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Health care practitioners and providers in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) and/or those in high-income countries (HICs) serving vulnerable populations have access to and use specific guidelines to implement health interventions that decrease risk factors of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) associated with city 119 environments.

    2.Public health managers and authorities have access to improved insights and evidence on the NCDs caused or impacted by city environments and which factors influence the implementation of preventive actions that address risk behaviours in concerned city populations. They use this knowledge to design improved city planning policies to diminish health associated risks.

    3.Adopting an implementation science approach to studying interventions in different city contexts, researchers, clinicians and authorities have an improved understanding how specific interventions can be better adapted to different city environments and how the interventions could be scaled within and across cities taking into account specific social, political, economic and cultural contexts.

    4.Public health managers and authorities use evidence-based strategies and tools for promoting population health in equitable and environmentally sustainable ways, enabling cities to better address the challenges of rapid urbanisation, growing social inequalities, and climate change.

    5.Communities, local stakeholders and authorities are fully engaged in implementing and taking up individual and/or structural level interventions and thus contribute to deliver better health.

    Scope: The European Commission is a member of the Global Alliance for Chronic Diseases (GACD) 120 . This topic is launched in concertation with the other GACD members and aligned with the 8th GACD call.

    The topic is focused on implementation research with the potential to reduce the risks of NCDs in cities in LMICs and/or vulnerable populations in HICs. Proposals should focus on implementation science around evidence-based interventions that promote healthy behaviours, and that have the potential to profoundly reduce the risk of chronic diseases and multi-morbidity.

    Non-communicable diseases, such as diabetes, cardiovascular disease, neurological diseases, respiratory diseases, certain cancers, and mental health disorders, are the leading cause of morbidity and mortality in both LMICs and HICs 121 . The COVID-19 pandemic has brought these chronic diseases further into the spotlight, as the majority of those who have experienced severe illness and/or death have had one or more underlying NCD. Reducing the burden of NCDs is therefore critical to building more resilient, equitable, and healthier societies.

    Air, water, and soil pollution; lack of greenspace; urban heat islands; lack of safe infrastructure for walking, cycling, and active living; and wide availability of tobacco, alcohol, and unhealthy foods and beverages drive the NCD epidemic in city environments 122 . More than half of the world’s population currently live in cities and this number is projected to rise to 68% by 2050. There is an urgent need to equip local authorities and policymakers with strategies for maximising the health-promoting potential of cities, while minimising or reversing environmental degradation and health inequities.

    Cities provide tremendous social, cultural, and economic opportunity, and have the potential to become engines of good health and support climate change adaptation 123 . Innovative health-focused programmes, policies, and infrastructure, such as public smoking bans, bikeable streets, greenspace, and vehicle emission laws, can shape the behaviours of millions of people and decrease exposure to environmental contaminants. Applicants to the current call are invited to conduct implementation research that leads to improved understanding of how specific interventions can be better adapted to different city environments and/or scaled within and across cities, taking into account unique local social, political, economic, and cultural contexts.

    The proposed implementation research must be focus on addressing NCD risk factors associated with city environments and related health inequities. In all cases, the selected study population(s) must live in cities, which may include informal settlements near urban centres, peri-urban environments, and city centres. The study population may include people with existing NCDs, those without existing NCDs, or a combination of both. Applicants are encouraged to take a life course approach, adapting the intervention to one or more key life stage(s) critical for reducing lifelong NCD risk.

    Proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Select one or more city/ies in which the research will be conducted. Applicants must justify why a particular context is considered a city.

    2.Select one or more evidence-based interventions known to reduce NCD risk factor(s) associated with city environments. Applicants should justify the choice of intervention(s) and provide evidence of the intervention’s effectiveness, acceptability, feasibility, and potential for long-term health and other impacts. Applicants may also wish to consider implementation research focusing on the WHO Best Buys, though this is not a requirement.

    3.Adapt these intervention(s) for selected study population(s) based in one or more city/ies, taking into account the unique social, political, economic, and cultural context(s). Applicants should justify why these adaptations will not compromise the known effectiveness of the selected intervention(s).

    4.Provide a research plan for investigating how to promote the uptake and/or scale-up of the intervention(s) in the selected study population(s), using validated implementation research frameworks.

    5.Specifically address issues of equitable implementation to ensure interventions reach the populations that need them the most.

    6.Have an appropriate strategy for measuring both implementation research outcomes and real-world effectiveness outcomes and indicators (related to NCD prevention and, if feasible, planetary health and/or non-health sectors).

    7.Demonstrate a commitment to stakeholder engagement.

    8.Demonstrate a commitment to planetary health in that the proposed intervention, implementation strategies and research practices minimise the consortium’s ecological footprint.

    9.Provide a sustainability plan or describe a pathway to sustain the proposed intervention after the funding ends.

    The proposed interventions of focus may fall under one or both of the following themes:

    Theme 1: Behavioural change interventions

    These interventions comprise of innovative approaches to helping people live in cities maintain good physical and mental health despite infrastructural, environmental, climate, and social challenges. Behavioural interventions might include, but are not limited to, programmes and policies that target alcohol and tobacco use, sleep, exercise promotion, healthful nutrition (e.g. in school canteens), addressing the psychosocial impacts of climate change and climate change related disasters, and reducing exposure to environmental contaminants.

    Theme 2: Interventions that focus on modifying the built environment 124

    These interventions focus on modifying the built environment to improve its health-promoting potential 125 . Proposals should aim to inform urban design such that it reduces NCD risks; for example, by improving a city’s walk- or bike-ability, increasing green space to reduce the health impacts of air pollution or extreme heat, reducing environmental toxins, addressing homelessness or unsafe housing, improving accessibility of healthy foods, decreasing widespread advertising for tobacco and alcohol, or reducing noise and air pollution from road traffic. For proposals that focus on modifying the built environment, applicants should demonstrate that the intervention will be able to withstand expected impacts from climate and/or improve resilience to the health impacts of climate change in city environments.

    Applicants should be able to show that the city government or community-based organisation that they partner with has a dedicated budget for the construction, maintenance, and/or scale up of the proposed intervention(s), especially for large infrastructure projects. Applicants should also be able to show that the timelines of the research and construction of infrastructure projects will align such that it will be possible to answer the proposed implementation research questions over the proposed duration, and such that the research results will be available in time to inform stakeholder decisions about how the project is implemented, improved, and/or scaled up.

    Proposals should include a plan on how to measure implementation research outcomes and the intervention’s real-world efficacy in preventing NCDs. In case health outcomes might not be apparent over the duration of the study period, and applicants may therefore instead include plans to measure the intervention’s impact on upstream health indicators, such as those related to the social determinants of health, or to measure other proxy health outcomes. Where feasible and relevant, applicants should also describe a plan for evaluating the planetary health and/or climate impacts of an intervention’s implementation. Applicants are also encouraged to develop a plan for measuring outcomes or indicators relevant to non-health or environmental impacts, especially when working on projects with multi-sectoral themes (for example, themes that cut across health and transportation, social services, waste management, etc.).

    Projects should consider the structural and social determinants of health and discuss their potential impact on the effective implementation of the intervention(s) in city environments. Of interest is also the EU Mission on Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities 126 .

    Projects should be gender-responsive and consider socioeconomic, racial or other factors that relate to equitable impacts of the intervention or barriers to equitable implementation. The aim should be to adapt and scale-up the implementation of these intervention(s) in accessible and equitable ways in order to prevent or delay the onset of chronic diseases in real-life settings. Poverty, racism, ethnic discrimination, physical and mental ableism, ageism, and other inequities are directly associated with reduced potential for health promotion and disease prevention. If there is a focus on a particular population in this context, then the reason for this should be justified.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Proposals should present a strategy to include the relevant policymakers, local authorities, as well as other stakeholders such as community groups, or other individuals or organisations involved in the implementation of the intervention, from the development to the implementation knowledge translation phase.

    Applicants are encouraged to propose activities to increase research capacity and capability in the field of implementation research among researchers, health professionals, and public health leaders through skill building, knowledge sharing, and networking. In this regard, they may propose plans for capacity building within their proposal, especially, but not exclusively, for early career researchers and for members from lower resourced environments, such as LMICs or indigenous communities.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-04: Pandemic preparedness and response: Broad spectrum anti-viral therapeutics for infectious diseases with epidemic potential

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The scientific and clinical communities have an increased knowledge on viruses with epidemic potential and in particular a better understanding of different potential mechanisms of action for the development of broad-spectrum anti-viral therapeutics for these viruses.

    2.The scientific and clinical communities have access to novel approaches for the development of anti-viral therapies for emerging and re-emerging infections in the context of epidemic and pandemic preparedness.

    3.The scientific and clinical communities have access to experimental broad-spectrum anti-viral candidates against emerging or re-emerging viral infections for further clinical investigation.

    4.A diverse and robust pipeline of broad-spectrum anti-viral drug candidates is available for emerging and re-emerging viral infections, increasing therapeutic options for clinical deployment in case of an epidemic or pandemic.

    Scope: As shown by the COVID-19 pandemic, infectious diseases remain a major threat to health and health security in the EU and globally. Viral disease emergence is expected to accelerate due to among other, climate change, and thus a proactive approach to the development of anti-viral therapeutics in preparedness for future infectious disease outbreaks is needed. The availability of broad-spectrum anti-viral therapies would provide a critical preparedness measure against future health threats, due to infectious disease epidemics or pandemics.

    Proposals should develop and advance broad-spectrum anti-viral compounds and develop novel approaches to the development of such compounds, which target viruses with high epidemic or pandemic potential for the EU, such as those included in the list of priority diseases of the World Health Organization (WHO) 127 , with particular attention to those meeting the criteria identified by the Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA) 128 .

    Proposals should cover viruses for which there are no currently available effective therapeutics or for which the therapeutics available are sub-optimal, and are expected to incorporate state-of-the-art screening technology and innovative approaches to identify new targets for antiviral compound development. Emphasis should be put on the research and development of broad-spectrum antivirals, which may include repurposing of previously approved or in-pipeline drugs. Proposals could also include elucidation of mode-of-action for candidate anti-viral therapeutics.

    Proposals should aim to diversify and accelerate the global therapeutic research and development pipeline for emerging and re-emerging viral infections, and to strengthen the current leading role of the EU in therapeutic research and development.

    Proposals should address all of the following areas:

    1.Preclinical work and proof-of-concept/first-in-human studies and early safety and efficacy trials for testing new or improved anti-viral therapeutics, with a clear regulatory and clinical pathway. Phase IIb/III phase trials will not be supported.

    2.Innovative delivery systems and suitable safety profiles for broad use should be considered when possible. Attention should be paid to critical social factors such as sex, gender, age, socio-economic factors, ethnicity/migration, and disability.

    3.Application of novel approaches and widely applicable workflows (e.g. artificial intelligence) for rapid and reliable identification of broad-spectrum anti-viral therapeutics.

    Applicants are expected to engage with regulatory bodies in a timely manner to ensure adequacy of the actions from a regulatory point of view.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-05: Pandemic preparedness and response: Sustaining established coordination mechanisms for European adaptive platform trials and/or for cohort networks

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, legal entities established in the United States of America may exceptionally participate as a beneficiary or affiliated entity, and are eligible to receive Union funding.

    Coordinators of projects must be legal entities established in an EU Member State or Associated Country.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The research community sustains appropriate coordination mechanisms 1) among different EU-wide adaptive platform trials and/or 2) among established cohorts in Europe and beyond with a view for better pandemic preparedness and response,

    2.The adaptive platform trial and/or the cohort networks maximise coordination and harmonisation of their respective studies within their relevant network for maximum research efficiency and optimal evidence generation.

    3.The European adaptive platform trial and/or the cohort networks coordinate with the European Pandemic Preparedness Partnership, and are well connected to each other and to relevant other regional and global initiatives.

    Scope: The COVID-19 pandemic research response has illustrated the importance of clinical research preparedness, as well as the benefit gained from the coordination between European clinical research initiatives. Two key pillars of such clinical research in pandemic preparedness and response are the clinical (interventional) trials and the cohort (observational) studies.

    The large-scale European COVID-19 clinical trials have been gathered under a network for COVID-19 therapeutic trials 129 and a network for COVID-19 vaccine trials 130 and strong common coordination mechanisms between the trials have been established. The recently launched Ecraid 131 is a European clinical research network that has been in development since before the COVID-19 pandemic. The EU-funded projects conducting cohort research in Europe and globally have also come together to establish stronger coordination between them.

    This topic aims at maintaining and strengthening existing strategic coordination mechanisms across adaptive platform trials and across cohort studies in Europe and beyond for avoiding redundancies, promoting complementarities and facilitating cooperation among EU-funded clinical research for infectious diseases. Proposals should strengthen the leading role of the EU in clinical research preparedness for future epidemics and pandemics, through ensuring coordination of the European adaptive platform trials and of the European cohort studies. The coordination mechanisms support the longer-term perspective of preparedness for future infectious disease epidemics and pandemics, where the networks enable the conduct of perpetual platform trials and of perpetual strategic cohorts with the in-built agility to pivot to emerging diseases when an epidemic strikes.

    Proposals should describe a coordination mechanism for adaptive platform trials and/or for cohort research. The coordination mechanism builds on existing coordination efforts for these networks, providing strategic support and vision for the perpetual trials and cohort studies belonging to the networks in the context of pandemic preparedness. Within the adaptive platform trial network, the coordination mechanism supports reflections e.g. on the diversity of the trial target populations (e.g. primary care or hospitalised patients) or on different possible medical countermeasures (e.g. therapeutics, vaccines), etc. Within the cohort network, the coordination mechanism supports reflections e.g. on diversity in type of cohorts and research questions to be addressed, or on harmonised approaches to data collection and analysis, etc.

    Proposals should address proper connections with relevant European initiatives and organisations, such as the European Pandemic Preparedness Partnership, the European Health Preparedness and Emergency Response Authority (HERA), as well as the European Medicines Agency (EMA) and the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control (ECDC). Synergies with successful proposals under the HORIZON-INFRA-2023-DEV-01-01 topic should be sought, and collaboration with other relevant research infrastructures should be envisaged. Proposals should also be open to engage with global initiatives such as the Global Research Collaboration for Infectious Disease Preparedness (GloPID-R) 132 , the Global Health EDCTP3 Joint Undertaking 133 , or the World Health Organization (WHO).

    Proposals should address the following areas:

    1.Fostering a trusted and proactive environment within the coordination mechanism that supports the timely exchange of research results, allows for discussion on challenges encountered in their research and finding solutions together to ensure cooperation and synergy within each network;

    2.Developing a common approach for the European clinical research to enable pragmatic solutions to shared challenges across European clinical trials and/or cohorts for pandemic preparedness and response, guaranteeing the best interest of European trial or study patients or volunteers;

    3.Promoting an optimal use of resources, based on a sound scientific approach and maximising the value added for the generation of scientific evidence, through a common baseline approach towards protocol development, harmonised and FAIR data 134 collection and analysis leveraging existing initiatives;

    4.Involving relevant European stakeholders, such as representatives from regulatory authorities, industry, policymakers, patient organisations, etc., as well as relevant non-European networks and stakeholders;

    5.Promoting the visibility and attractiveness of European adaptive platform trials and/or cohorts for clinical investigators in Europe and beyond ; as well as active communication with the science community, patient advocacy groups and other stakeholders, to develop trust, and also promote innovative approaches;

    6.Partners within the coordination mechanism should develop a plan to ensure its sustainability. Coordination with the European Pandemic Preparedness Partnership and the European Health Preparedness and Emergency Response Authority (HERA) is expected.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-06: Towards structuring brain health research in Europe

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, legal entities established in the United States of America may exceptionally participate as a beneficiary or affiliated entity, and are eligible to receive Union funding.

    Coordinators of projects must be legal entities established in an EU Member State or Associated Country.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to most of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Policymakers, funders and other relevant stakeholders 135 identify and agree on the governance structure and implementation modalities, allowing for an efficient establishment of a potential future partnership.

    2.Policymakers, funders and other relevant stakeholders build on the knowledge gathered in past studies performed at EU and national level.

    3.Policymakers, funders and other relevant stakeholders identify and agree on common research priorities and research needs, also taking into consideration developments at the international level where relevant.

    4.Policymakers, funders and other relevant stakeholders develop and align national and regional research strategy plans with long-term sustainability in mind.

    5.Policymakers and funders commit to providing financial support that will allow for a comprehensive, impact-driven structuring of the field of European brain health research.

    Scope: Member States and Associated Countries have agreed to step up their coordination in the area of brain research, which could take the form of a European partnership on Brain Health 136 in the second Strategic Plan of Horizon Europe 137 .

    Proposals should address all of the following aspects:

    1.Develop a structured system of exchange of information between policymakers, funders, and other relevant bodies 138 in order to establish synergies and avoid duplication of efforts. The aim is to structure brain health research in Europe and pave the way for a possible future partnership.

    2.Develop a strategic research and innovation agenda, taking into account the efforts already undertaken by EU-supported actions 139 . The strategic research and innovation agenda will identify a number of measurable, scientific-technological priorities and socio-economic objectives, supported by an appropriate analysis.

    3.Develop plans for a governance structure of a future partnership, as well as implementation modalities with long-term sustainability in mind, and under the leadership of an EU Member State or Associated Country.

    4.Ensure a broad geographical representation of European countries and plan for inclusion of all main related research initiatives, as well as key organisations and associations. In this way, the coordination action should reflect the ‘umbrella’ role of a future initiative that will structure brain health research in Europe, and make it more impactful.

    5.Consider international initiatives by engaging with global organisations 140 , as well as with global initiatives and research organisations 141 in the field.

    6.Elaborate on platforms and tools for use by the research community, including on how they can best complement, integrate with each other. In this context, infrastructures already developed at the European 142 or national level that enable sharing of samples, quality data and advanced analytical tools should be included in the analysis. Reflections should also be made on how the future initiative can contribute to the development of the European Health Data Space.

    This coordination action implies the preparation and organisation of meetings, as well as support to information exchange with relevant stakeholder groups and with the public.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-07: Relationship between infections and non-communicable diseases

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to the following expected outcomes:

    1.All players along the health care value chain are provided with new knowledge for a better understanding of the links (e.g. causalities) between infectious diseases (IDs) and non-communicable diseases (NCDs) and comorbidities, including knowledge on host risk factors that impact the development of disease progression for NCDs and/or IDs.

    2.Researchers and clinicians are provided with a robust evidence base that will contribute to the development of new or improved tools to diagnose and prevent the development and aggravation of non-communicable disease(s) as well as early treatment and management of patients suffering from co-morbidities following an infectious disease.

    3.Healthcare practitioners have access to knowledge to guide them on preventive measures, on early identification of diseases onset and of those patients at risk of developing severe disease progression, and on the optimal treatment of patients.

    When NCDs are related to infectious diseases with pandemic potential, healthcare practitioners will be provided with new evidence to help them make informed decision on the management of the diseases in the future. Public health authorities will be better prepared to issue targeted recommendations linked or not to the use of specific medical countermeasures in crisis times.

    Scope: Increasing evidence suggests that several infections might influence the development of many non-communicable diseases (e.g. multiple sclerosis, Alzheimer, post-covid-19 condition 143 ), or that NCD may be influenced by concurrent presence in the same individual of one (or more) infections. On the other hand, NCDs might represent risk factors for IDs.

    The proposals are expected to elucidate and provide a better understanding of causative links between infections and non-communicable diseases onsets, and/or the impact of infections on the exacerbation of existing NCDs or vice versa, in children and/or adults. The analysis of genetics, immune status, immune or inflammatory responses, microbiome, lifestyle and/or other relevant factors (e.g. differences in age, sex/gender, vaccination status, ethnicity) should be integrated to get information for prevention, early diagnosis, risk factors, and to better understand causative links as well as the progression of those non-communicable diseases.

    In determining the connection between one or multiple concomitant infection(s) and the development of non-communicable disease(s), the proposals might address any infection including those with pandemic potential (viral, bacterial, or fungal) with non-communicable diseases of major importance. Research on cancer is excluded as it will be covered by the Mission on Cancer.

    Special attention should be given to vulnerable individuals, such as those with known existing preconditions. 

    Preclinical research, observational studies and/or clinical studies can be considered for this topic. Proposals could include patient follow-up to identify conditions that may appear only after a patient has recovered from the infectious disease. Those proposals including clinical evaluation should give a sound feasibility assessment, provide details of the methodology, including an appropriate patient selection and realistic recruitment plans, justified by available publications and/or preliminary results.

    The applicants are encouraged to incorporate artificial intelligence (AI) tools that enable advanced quality data analysis and for assessing and predicting the risk of developing a disease and/or the risk of disease progression/severity where relevant.

    Projects funded under this topic that focus on COVID-19 and post COVID-19 condition (also known as long-COVID) are strongly encouraged to collaborate and build links with (one of) the relevant EU-funded projects, such as ORCHESTRA 144 . They should also pay special attention and link to the newly established European COVID-19 data sharing platform 145 .

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-17: Pandemic preparedness and response: Understanding vaccine induced-immunity

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The scientific and clinical communities have an increased knowledge of vaccine-induced immunity and, in particular, a better understanding of factors that affect the magnitude, breadth, nature and duration of immunity to vaccine antigens.

    2.The scientific and clinical communities have an increased knowledge of the durability and breadth of vaccine-induced immunity in vulnerable populations and older age groups.

    3.The scientific and clinical communities have an increased knowledge of correlates of protection for pathogens with epidemic potential to allow the development of effective vaccines.

    4.The scientific and clinical communities have an increased knowledge of the characteristics that influence vaccine effectiveness to allow for novel approaches for the development of vaccines for emerging and re-emerging infections, including antigenic variants, in the context of epidemic and pandemic preparedness.

    Scope: As shown by the COVID-19 pandemic, vaccines are a critical component needed to bring infectious disease pandemics under control. The availability of effective vaccines that are able to induce a strong and durable immune response are critical to respond to health threats caused by infectious disease epidemics or pandemics. A proactive approach to understanding the factors that affect vaccine durability and strength is necessary to ensure development of effective vaccines for future infectious disease outbreaks.

    Proposals should study vaccine-induced immunity in the general population and vulnerable groups. Proposals should look both at the magnitude and breadth of initial immune responses and the duration of immunity after vaccination with different vaccine types (mRNA, vector, inactivated, subunit, attenuated,…). Proposals should assess how sex (e.g. male vs female, pre- vs postmenopausal), age (childhood vs adolescent vs elderly) and/or lifestyle (e.g. obesity, drug addiction, diet, sport) affect the immune response. Proposals may also examine genetic and other molecular factors that may influence immune response in humans. Proposals should pursue a multi-omics approach in order to foster a deep understanding of vaccine induced immunity.

    Proposals should identify correlates of protection that can be used to develop vaccines against viruses meeting the criteria for pathogens with high pandemic potential as identified by HERA 146 .

    Proposals should also assess how pre-existing conditions or chronic infections influence the immune response.

    Proposals should aim to improve the global vaccine research and development pipeline for emerging and re-emerging viral infections, and to strengthen the current leading role of the EU in vaccine development, and therefore contributing to the work of the European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA).

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03-18: Pandemic preparedness and response: Immunogenicity of viral proteins of viruses with epidemic and pandemic potential

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The scientific and clinical communities have an increased knowledge on viruses with epidemic and pandemic potential and in particular a better understanding of viral targets for vaccine development.

    2.The scientific and clinical communities have access to novel approaches for the prevention and treatment for emerging and re-emerging infections in the context of epidemic and pandemic preparedness.

    3.The scientific and clinical communities have access to experimental vaccine candidates against emerging or re-emerging viral infections for further clinical investigation.

    4.A diverse and robust pipeline of vaccine candidates is available for emerging and re-emerging viral infections, increasing therapeutic options for clinical deployment in case of an epidemic or pandemic.

    Scope: As shown by the COVID-19 pandemic, infectious diseases remain a major threat to health and health security in the EU and globally. Viral disease emergence is expected to accelerate due to among other factors, climate change, and thus a proactive approach to the development of vaccines and inhibitors for the cellular uptake of viruses in preparedness for future infectious disease outbreaks is needed. The availability of vaccines against pathogens with high pandemic potential meeting the criteria identified by the Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA) 147 would provide a critical preparedness measure against future health threats.

    Proposals should identify targets for optimal vaccine design for those pathogens where information on host-pathogen interaction and viral surface structures is already available. These surface structures may require further characterisation. It is necessary to determine the extent of genetic variation with a view to develop vaccines with variant efficacy. In addition, it is necessary to develop animal and alternative models for the testing of vaccine candidates and for the kinetics, strength, breadth and persistence of the immune response. Proposals should focus on the following viruses: Hendra and Nipah Virus, Lassa virus, Crimean Congo haemorrhagic fever virus, Rift Valley fever virus, Ebola and Marburg virus, Dengue virus, Yellow Fever virus, Zika virus, West Nile fever virus and Chikungunya virus.

    Proposals should provide innovative approaches with the aim to diversify and accelerate the global pandemic preparedness research and development pipeline for emerging and re-emerging viral infections, and to strengthen the role of the EU in therapeutic research and development, and therefore contributing to the work of the European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA).

    Proposals should address several of the following areas:

    1.Identification of key antigenic targets for the priority pathogens as mentioned above.

    2.Improvement or, if necessary, establishment of animal models for the testing of vaccine candidates where alternative models are not available.

    3.Characterisation of the immunogenicity of antigenic targets in appropriate animal or alternative models and in pre-clinical tests.

    4.Inclusion, if possible, of proof-of-concept studies in humans of the vaccine candidate.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Call - Partnerships in Health (2023)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-07

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 148

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 149

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 12 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 19 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-07-01

    COFUND

    50.00

    Around 50.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    50.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-07-01: European Partnership on Rare Diseases

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 50.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding. Because the US contribution will be considered for the calculation of the EU contribution to the partnership, the concerned consortium of research funders from eligible EU Members States and Associated Countries must expressly agree to this participation.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of the action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. Given the type of action and its level of ambition, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 10.00 million.

    The funding rate is 50% of the eligible costs. This is justified by the pooling of proposers' in-kind contributions and in-house activities and by the nature of activities to be performed: in addition of joint calls, highly integrative activities (EU clinical trial preparedness, training, patients’ empowerment activities etc.) contributing to enhance the rare disease research and innovation ecosystem in Europe and beyond.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The EU is reinforced as an internationally recognised driver of research and innovation in rare diseases (RD) and thereby substantially contributing to the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals related to rare diseases;

    2.Research funders align, adopt and implement their RD research policies allowing for the optimal generation and translation of knowledge into meaningful health products and interventions responding to the needs of people living with a rare disease across Europe and globally.

    3.The RD research community at large benefit from and use an improved comprehensive knowledge framework integrating the EU, national/regional data and information infrastructures to improve translational research.

    4.People living with a rare disease benefit from a more timely, equitable access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality healthcare, taking stock of highly integrated research and healthcare systems.

    5.Researchers, innovators - as well as people living with a rare disease and their advocates (as co-creators) - effectively constitute and operate into an integrated research and innovation ecosystem to deliver cost-effective diagnosis and treatments.

    6.Public and private actors, including civil society (e.g. NGOs, charities), establish coordinated and efficient multi-stakeholder collaborations at EU and national (including regional) levels, allowing for more effective clinical research, for example aiming at improved success rates of therapeutic development.

    Scope: The Partnership should contribute to priorities of the “Communication on effective, accessible and resilient health systems” (COM(2014) 215 final), the “Communication on enabling the digital transformation of health and care in the Digital Single Market; empowering citizens and building a healthier society” (COM(2018) 233 final) and support the objectives of the new EU4Health Programme (COM(2020) 405 final, Regulation (EU) 2021/522 150 ).

    This partnership should also contribute to achieving the objectives of the Pharmaceutical Strategy for Europe 151 , in terms of fulfilling unmet medical needs (e.g. for rare diseases with so called “orphan medicinal products” 152 ) and ensuring that the benefits of innovation reach patients in the EU.

    Thanks to its capacity to bring together different stakeholders (e.g. research funders, health authorities, healthcare institutions, innovators, policymakers), the Partnership will create a critical mass of resources and to implement a long-term Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA).

    The co-funded European Partnership on rare diseases should be implemented based on the priorities identified in the SRIA and through a joint programme of activities ranging from coordinating and funding transnational research to highly integrative and community-driven ‘in-house’ activities such as innovation strategies for the efficient exploitation of research results, EU clinical trial preparedness activities, optimisation of research infrastructures and resources, including networking, training and dissemination activities. It should be structured along the following main objectives:

    1.Launch joint transnational calls for RD research and innovation priorities as defined in the SRIA, resulting in financial support to third parties, based on the annual work plans;

    2.Develop a European Clinical Research Network to accelerate the clinical trial readiness of the RD research community in Europe, to improve the research and innovation potential of RD stakeholders and facilitate the cost-effective clinical development of new therapies;

    3.Develop and consolidate the capacity building of the RD data ecosystem by supporting the federated access/sharing of FAIR 153 research data, information resources to ensure the effective and fast translation of the research results to safe and effective health innovations;

    4.Integrate basic, pre-clinical and clinical research to reduce the burden for people living with a rare disease.

    5.Support research in relevant medical fields and intervention areas (prevention, diagnosis, treatment), while improving the utilisation of existing health technologies in clinical practice;

    6.Support the scientific work of the International Rare Disease Research Consortium.

    The Partnership is open to all EU Member States, as well as to countries associated to Horizon Europe and will remain open to third countries wishing to join. The Partnership should include or engage with the following actors:

    1.Ministries in charge of R&I policy, as well as national and regional R&I and technology funding agencies and foundations;

    2.Ministries in charge of health and care policy, as well as national and regional healthcare authorities, organisations and providers (including providers members of the European Reference Networks);

    3.Research infrastructures;

    4.Patients organisations;

    5.Industry;

    6.Charities.

    The Partnership may also encourage engagement with other relevant Ministries and research funders. It should involve other key actors from civil society and end-users, research and innovation community, innovation owners, health and care systems owners/organisers and health and care agencies.

    The Partnership’s governance structure should enable an upfront strategic steering, effective management and coordination, daily implementation of activities and ensure the use and uptake of the results. Importantly, the EU Member States, as public funders should have a leading role in the governance and strategic steering of the whole Partnership, including in the co-design and the strategic orientations of the ‘in-house’ activities, such as consolidating the research & innovation ecosystem, clinical trial preparedness for the community, contribution to ERA, training activities etc.). Moreover, the management structure should allow the coordinated input of key stakeholders, including but not limited to the research and innovation community, patients and citizens, health and care professionals, formal and informal care organisations, and innovation owners.

    To ensure coherence and complementarity of activities and leverage knowledge and investment possibilities, the Partnership is expected to establish relevant collaborations with other Horizon Europe partnerships (institutionalised and co-funded) and missions as set out in the working document on ‘Coherence and Synergies of candidate European Partnerships under Horizon Europe’ 154 as well as to explore collaborations with other relevant activities at EU and international level. The proposal should also consider synergies with EU programmes, including but not limited to EU4Health, the Digital Europe Programme (DIGITAL), the European Social Fund Plus (ESF+), the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) 155 , InvestEU, the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) and the Technical Support Instrument (TSI).

    Cooperation with international organisations, and non-European institutions and experts may be considered. Participation of third countries is encouraged. Their commitments to the Partnership would not be eligible for the calculation of EU funding. Applicants should describe in their proposal the methodology for their collaboration and the aims they want to achieve with this kind of collaboration.

    Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives.

    Collaboration with the EU agency involved in authorising orphan medicinal products, the European Medicines Agency (EMA), should be considered to enhance the sharing of knowledge and data regarding orphan medicinal products and rare diseases, while national agencies producing knowledge on orphan medicinal products and rare diseases may also join the Partnership, e.g. as beneficiaries.

    When defining calls for proposals, this Partnership needs to consider the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Collaboration with the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) must be considered to materialise the sharing of (meta)data regarding registries for rare diseases, exchanging data for clinical studies and research based on a unified pseudonymisation tool provided by the European Platform on Rare Disease Registration (EU RD Platform) and related tools and services, as well as in other areas of mutual interest, such as training and capacity building.

    The total indicative budget for the partnership is up to EUR 150 million and subject to the effective implementation of the commitments made by the members of the consortium. The Commission envisages to include new actions in its future work programmes to provide continued support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

    The expected duration of the partnership is seven to ten years.

    Call - Tackling diseases (Two stage - 2024)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-two-stage

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 156

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 157

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 30 Mar 2023

    Deadline(s): 19 Sep 2023 (First Stage), 11 Apr 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-08-two-stage

    RIA

    45.00

    6.00 to 7.00

    7

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-11-two-stage

    RIA

    30.00

    8.00 to 10.00

    3

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-13-two-stage

    RIA

    25.00

    6.00 to 8.00

    3

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-14-two-stage

    RIA

    25.00

    6.00 to 7.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    125.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-08-two-stage: Comparative effectiveness research for healthcare interventions in areas of high public health need

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 45.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For the second stage, the thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 158 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to most of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Health policymakers are aware of the healthcare interventions (pharmacological, non-pharmacological or technological interventions; including preventive and rehabilitative actions) that are identified as working best for the specific population groups from the point of view of safety, efficacy, patient outcomes, adherence, quality of life, accessibility, and (cost-) effectiveness.

    2.Health professionals have access to and use the improved clinical guidelines on the optimal treatment of patients and prevention of diseases e.g. through vaccines. Considerations made in the guidelines include the harmonisation and standardisation of care for high burden diseases or conditions throughout Europe, as well as possible individualised needs of patients.

    3.The scientific and clinical communities make effective use of state-of-the-art information, data, technologies, tools and best practices to develop interventions that are sustainable.

    4.Citizens, patients, prescribers, and payers receive more accurate information on available healthcare interventions via ad hoc communication platforms.

    5.The scientific and clinical communities make wide use of the newly established open access databases and/or integrate them with existing open access infrastructures for storage and sharing of collected data according to FAIR 159 principles.

    Scope: Effective, affordable and accessible healthcare for diverse population groups is challenging and complex. For example, specific needs underlie the delivery of effective preventive actions and therapeutic treatments to a rapidly growing elderly population, often presenting comorbidities and associated polypharmacy. The paediatric population, including children born preterm, has also its specific needs in specially adjusted therapeutics and early interventions to address emerging health and developmental problems. Similar to the elderly population, the paediatric population is often excluded from many clinical trials that generate the evidence base for healthcare interventions. Women, including pregnant women, are also often under-represented in clinical studies and access to quality healthcare is frequently inadequate. Other population groups with limited access to quality healthcare and/or under-representation in clinical studies include low-income groups, and refugees. Intersectionality within these groups also needs consideration.

    Proposals should address most of the following:

    1.Compare the use of currently existing (pharmacological, non-pharmacological and technological) healthcare interventions in specific population groups (or selected subgroups). While there is no restriction on diseases or conditions, preference will be given to proposals focusing on interventions with high public health relevance 160 .

    2.Ensure acceptability and sustainability of the healthcare intervention through early involvement of ‘end users’ (e.g. patients, care providers) in the design of the study (integrating patient valued outcomes) and, where possible, in the research process including implementation. Additionally, proposals should take into account the diversity of health systems in different regions of Europe to allow large-scale uptake.

    3.Consider involving HTA bodies in order to create synergies and accelerate the practical implementation of the results. Where relevant, existing work of EU-funded projects such as EUnetHTA 161 should be also taken into account.

    4.Consider issues of particular relevance for the target populations, for example, multimorbidity, complex chronic conditions, polypharmacy, substance misuse, vaccine efficacy, compliance, age, gender specificities and diseases with high societal burden (including but not limited to e.g. musculoskeletal diseases and mental health disorders). Special consideration should be given to fulfilling all ethical requirements.

    5.For the chosen population, assess clinical and safety parameters, as well as health and socio-economic outcomes (e.g. quality of life, patient mortality, (co)morbidity, costs, and performance of the health system). Agreed core outcome sets (COS) should be used as endpoints in conditions where they already exist, in other cases, efforts should be made to agree on such COS. Consider using new instruments and methods for determining the burden of disease and for evaluating the effects of the interventions. Low-cost innovations should also be considered.

    6.Inclusion of patient organisations and associations of caregivers and other healthcare professionals is recommended.

    7.Clinical trials, including pragmatic clinical trials, observational studies, use of existing health data in different study designs, creation of large-scale databases and performing meta-analyses may be considered for this topic. Use of existing data should always be considered to add value, increase quality and increase implementation speed of the study. Regarding databases, sustainability after the proposed action's end also needs to be considered.

    8.The proposed research needs to take into account sex and gender aspects.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    The Commission will ensure an overall coordination mechanism between the projects funded under this topic to catalyse the exchange of knowledge, as well as the development and adoption of best practices. Proposals are expected to budget for the attendance to regular meetings. Projects resulting from this call will be invited to share and discuss their case studies amongst themselves and with relevant stakeholders at the EU level, and necessary resources should be allocated to this task.

    Applicants invited to the second stage and envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-11-two-stage: Pandemic preparedness and response: Adaptive platform trials for pandemic preparedness

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For the second stage, the thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 162 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.A diverse and comprehensive EU landscape of multi-country adaptive platform trials (i.e. able to study multiple interventions in a disease or condition in a perpetual manner, thus allowing modification to the trial after its initiation without undermining its validity and integrity) that assess vaccines and therapeutics for infectious diseases, and have the capacity to pivot rapidly in the case of epidemic or pandemic health threats.

    2.Innovative and improved design of clinical studies, suited for pandemic preparedness, is available for the clinical research community, taking into account the high safety standards in the European regulatory environment.

    3.Trial sites across multiple countries have the capacity to deliver robust clinical evidence in a diverse European population, using harmonised research methods, data collection and analysis.

    Scope: As shown by the COVID-19 pandemic, infectious diseases remain a major threat to health and health security in the EU and globally. Health threats are expected to arise due to among others, climate change, and thus a need for proactive approaches to ensure timely availability of medical countermeasures during disease outbreaks is anticipated. The conduct of perpetual adaptive platform trials, with the in-built agility to pivot when an epidemic strikes, is key to be prepared for infectious disease epidemics or pandemics.

    This topic aims to provide funding to adaptive clinical platform trials that may be implemented routinely outside of an epidemic or pandemic context, but that are designed to be ready for the timely assessment of novel diagnostics, therapeutics or vaccines in the face of an epidemic or pandemic.

    Proposals should develop the wide range of elements needed to sustain multi-country adaptive platform trials, including the trial implementation capacity, laboratory analysis capacity, and a harmonised approach to the collection, storage, sharing and analysis of FAIR 163 data.

    Proposals should ensure timely engagement with regulatory authorities and bodies. Proposals should consider the European regulatory environment and take full use of the European capacity to deliver quality trials, including the possibility for registration of new medical products. Proposals should strengthen the leading role of the EU in clinical research preparedness for future epidemics and pandemics.

    The proposals should address the following areas:

    1.Development of robust clinical evidence that contributes to the knowledge base for the diagnosis, treatment and prevention of infectious diseases. Sex, gender, age, ethnicity and socio-economic factors should be taken into account.

    2.Known hurdles related to ethical, administrative, regulatory, legal and logistical aspects should be anticipated and addressed to the extent possible, in order to avoid such barriers when the trial needs to pivot in response to an epidemic or pandemic.

    3.Engagement with clinical researchers and biostatisticians, to increase capacity for the design and implementation of adaptive platform trials across Europe.

    Collaboration and coordination with existing adaptive platform trials in the EU is expected, where relevant, as well as with the coordination mechanisms established under topic HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE- 3.05 and with the European Medicines Agency (EMA). Collaboration and coordination with other organisations and other regional and global initiatives, such as Global Health EDCTP3 Joint Undertaking 164 , the Global Research Collaboration for Infectious Disease Preparedness (GloPID-R) 165 , the European Pandemic Preparedness Partnership and the European Health Preparedness and Emergency Response Authority (HERA) should be envisaged. International cooperation is encouraged.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Applicants invited to the second stage and envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-13-two-stage: Validation of fluid-derived biomarkers for the prediction and prevention of brain disorders

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For the second stage, the thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 166 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to most of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The scientific and clinical communities make effective use of state-of-the-art information, data, technologies, tools and best practices to underpin the development of the diagnostics, and as such can also facilitate the development of effective therapeutics and/or preventive strategies.

    2.The scientific and clinical communities advance the field through a better understanding of mechanisms underlying brain disorders at the molecular, cellular and systemic level.

    3.The scientific and clinical community make wide use of newly established and where relevant open access databases and/or integrate them with existing infrastructures for storage and sharing of collected data according to FAIR 167 principles, thereby encouraging further use of the data.

    4.Policymakers, funders, scientific and clinical communities, patient organisations, regulators and other relevant bodies are informed of the research advances made, while health professionals envisage use of the biomarker tests for early detection of the disorder and for guiding patients in the selection of personalised treatments/interventions.

    5.Patients and caregivers are sufficiently engaged with the research, which also caters for their needs.

    Scope: Treatments for some high-burden brain disorders are potentially on the horizon 168 . Consequently, many patients and citizens will want to know if they are eligible for these treatments. For some disorders, a definitive diagnosis is difficult, expensive and time-consuming. Simple blood or other fluid-derived (e.g. saliva, urine, sweat) tests for markers that may indicate early signs of the disorder, and which can be deployed for widespread clinical use are needed.

    The brain disorders within the scope of this topic fall under two categories, namely those listed under chapters six and eight of the International Classification of Diseases 169 . Proposals in the area of mental disorders are encouraged.

    Proposals should address all of the following aspects:

    1.Proposals should aim to validate biomarkers that can reliably confirm early stages of the human brain disorder and guide treatment/ intervention selection 170 .

    2.Proposals should aim to provide evidence supporting the regulatory acceptance of the biomarkers 171 .

    3.Exploitation of existing data, biobanks, registries and cohorts is expected, together with the generation of new key data.

    4.Inclusion of patients or patient organisations in the research is strongly encouraged, as to ensure that their views are considered.

    5.Sex and gender aspects, age, socio-economic, lifestyle and behavioural factors should be taken into consideration in the study.

    6.To enable sharing of samples, quality data and advanced analytical and digital tools, consideration should be made for using infrastructures already developed at the European 172 or national level.

    7.To enable the management of brain disorders, consideration should be made in demonstrating the gained cost efficiency.

    8.SME participation is encouraged.

    Applicants invited to the second stage and envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-14-two-stage: Tackling high-burden for patients, under-researched medical conditions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For the second stage, the thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 173 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to most of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The scientific and clinical communities make effective use of state-of-the-art information, data, technologies, tools and best practices to better understand the condition, underpinning the development of diagnostics, therapeutics and/or preventive strategies.

    2.The scientific and clinical community exchange data, knowledge and best practices, thereby strengthening their collaboration and building knowledge and care networks in Europe and beyond.

    3.The scientific and clinical community make wide use of newly established and where relevant open access databases and/or integrate them with existing infrastructures for storage and sharing of collected data according to FAIR 174 principles, thereby encouraging further use of the data.

    4.Policymakers and funders are informed of the research advances made and consider further support in light of the sustainability of the studies.

    5.Patients and caregivers are constructively engaged with the research, which also caters for their needs.

    6.Health professionals have access to and use improved clinical guidelines on diagnosis and/or treatment of the condition.

    Scope: A number of medical conditions fail to be recognised and/or be correctly diagnosed in a significant proportion of patients. As a consequence they are inadequately treated and often can become a chronic burden for the patient. These medical conditions 175 may be insufficiently researched even though they manifest with high prevalence 176 , 177 . This topic excludes rare diseases.

    Proposals should address all of the following aspects:

    1.Proposals should address the gaps in robust, scientific evidence for improved policies and practices to tackle such medical condition(s), and aim at identifying the pathophysiological mechanism(s) (e.g. genetic, cellular and molecular) and potential risk factors (e.g. psychological and environmental) of the medical condition(s) through basic, pre-clinical and/or clinical research. These efforts should underpin the development of diagnostics, therapeutics, and/or preventive strategies for the condition.

    2.Proposals should demonstrate that the medical condition(s) under study is/are insufficiently understood, inaccurately diagnosed or inadequately treated in a significant proportion of patients, and as such represent a high burden for patients and society. This could be through referencing key literature.

    3.Sex and gender aspects, age, ethnicity, socio-economic, lifestyle and behavioural factors should be taken into consideration. In addition, the emotional and societal long-term effects of these chronic disorders for the affected individuals should be addressed.

    4.Where applicable, the development of biomarkers and other technologies for diagnosis, monitoring in patients, and stratification of patient groups should be considered.

    5.Where applicable, the development of clinically relevant, (non-)human model systems that can complement clinical investigations should be considered.

    6.Exploitation of existing data, biobanks, registries and cohorts is expected, together with the generation of new (e.g. genomics, epigenomics, transcriptomics, proteomics) data.

    7.To enable sharing of samples, quality data and advanced analytical tools, it is encouraged to make use of existing infrastructures developed at the European 178 or national level.

    8.Inclusion of patients or patient organisations in the research is strongly encouraged, to ensure that their views are considered.

    9.SME participation is strongly encouraged.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Applicants invited to the second stage and envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Call - Tackling diseases (Single stage - 2024)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-08

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 179

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 180

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 26 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 11 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-08-12

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-08-20

    RIA

    50.00

    7.00 to 8.00

    5

    Overall indicative budget

    52.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-08-12: Pandemic preparedness and response: Maintaining the European partnership for pandemic preparedness

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, legal entities established in the United States of America may exceptionally participate as a beneficiary or affiliated entity, and are eligible to receive Union funding.

    Coordinators of projects must be legal entities established in an EU Member State or Associated Country.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Research funders, policymakers and the research community maintain a consolidated research and innovation framework for the European partnership for pandemic preparedness, including the Partnership’s objectives, governance and ways of working/operationalisation;

    2.Research funders, policymakers and the research community are aligned towards common objectives and have a common understanding of the long-term Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda for the Partnership;

    3.European research funders are supported by a dynamic and efficient secretariat in their coordination efforts for pandemic preparedness research;

    4.Healthcare providers, European and international stakeholders engage with the appropriate partners through the research and innovation framework for the partnership.

    Scope: The COVID-19 pandemic illustrated how unilateral research initiatives may lead to a fragmented research landscape, with substantial room for efficiency gains in the development of the highly needed evidence to guide policy actions when facing an emergency. The European partnership for pandemic preparedness is working to improve the EU’s preparedness to predict and respond to emerging infectious health threats by better coordinating funding for research and innovation at EU, national (and regional) level towards common objectives and an agreed Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda. Such a partnership contributes to building a coherent European Research Area (ERA), enabling Member States, Associated Countries and the European Commission to rapidly and jointly support research and innovation in pandemic preparedness.

    The Partnership is expected to continue to build on existing pandemic preparedness networks and research infrastructures 181 , and work in synergy with the Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA).

    Proposals should foresee administrative and technical support through a secretariat to maintain and support the European partnership on pandemic preparedness.

    Proposals should include all of the following activities:

    1.Provide an efficient secretariat for the European partnership for pandemic preparedness

    2.Provide administrative and organisational support to the Members in the European partnership for pandemic preparedness;

    3.Provide strong scientific support on topics requested by the GloPID-R Chairs, scientific advisors or (working) groups;

    4.Actively engage with relevant stakeholders and initiatives in the area of pandemic preparedness, ensuring collaboration and coordination, and avoiding duplication; e.g. the Global Health EDCTP3 Joint Undertaking, GloPID-R, WHO R&D blueprint, ACT-Accelerator, etc.;

    5.Implement strong communication and dissemination activities at EU level and in Member States and Associated Countries, on the purpose, activities and outputs of the European partnership for pandemic preparedness, both outside and during epidemic/pandemic episodes;

    6.Establish coordination and collaboration with relevant initiatives related to pandemic preparedness such as HERA to ensure complementarity and avoid overlaps;

    7.As relevant, apply a cross-cutting, interdisciplinary One Health approach; 

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-08-20: Pandemic preparedness and response: Host-pathogen interactions of infectious diseases with epidemic potential

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The scientific and clinical communities have an increased knowledge on viruses with epidemic potential and in particular a better understanding of pathogen–host interactions for the targeted development of vaccines and inhibitors for the prevention of viral infection and the viral transmission during pathogenesis.

    2.The scientific and clinical communities have access to novel approaches for the prevention and treatment for emerging and re-emerging infections in the context of epidemic and pandemic preparedness.

    3.The scientific and clinical communities have access to experimental vaccine candidates and candidates that inhibit cellular uptake of viruses against emerging or re-emerging viral infections for further clinical investigation.

    A diverse and robust development pipeline of vaccine candidates and candidates that inhibit cellular uptake of viruses is available to fight emerging and re-emerging viral infections, increasing therapeutic options for clinical deployment in case of an epidemic or pandemic.

    Scope: As shown by the COVID-19 pandemic, infectious diseases remain a major threat to health and health security in the EU and globally. Viral disease emergence is expected to accelerate due to among other factors, climate change, and thus a proactive approach to the development of vaccines and inhibitors for the cellular uptake of viruses in preparedness for future infectious disease outbreaks is needed. The availability of vaccines and candidates that inhibit cellular uptake of viruses would provide a critical preparedness measure against future health threats, in particular against pathogens with high pandemic potential meeting the criteria identified by the Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA) 182 .

    Proposals should follow innovative approaches to characterise host-pathogen interactions with a view to inhibit viral replication, viral proteases, viral exit strategies and to develop therapeutic antibodies and vaccines that target viruses with high epidemic or pandemic potential for the EU. Proposals should focus on the following viruses: Hendra and Nipah virus, Lassa virus, Crimean Congo haemorrhagic fever virus, Rift Valley fever virus, Ebola and Marburg virus, Dengue virus, Yellow Fever virus, Zika virus, West Nile fever virus and Chikungunya virus. Proposal should take into account sex and gender aspects.

    Proposals should aim to diversify and accelerate the global therapeutic research and development pipeline for emerging and re-emerging viral infections, and to strengthen the current leading role of the EU in therapeutic research and development, and therefore contributing to the work of the European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA).

    Proposals should address several of the following areas:

    1.Identification and characterisation of receptors on the host cell that enable the docking and internalisation of a virus with a particular emphasis on the diversity of cellular entry receptors and tissue specificity.

    2.Identification and characterisation of viral surface proteins that are capable of interacting with host target cells.

    3.Characterisation of the mechanism of viral uptake in the host cell with regard to the topology and the dynamics of the host receptor – virus ligand interaction.

    4.Identification of receptor and ligand (sub)units that could be targeted by preventive or therapeutic intervention.

    Proposals could consider the inclusion of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) research infrastructure (Nanobiotechnology laboratory) for biophysical characterisation of recombinant proteins, antigens and therapeutic antibodies, and its expertise at the interface between the research activities and regulatory aspects. In that respect, the JRC will consider collaborating with any successful proposal and this collaboration, when relevant, should be established after the proposal’s approval.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Call - Partnerships in Health (2024)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-09

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 183

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 184

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 26 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 11 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-09-01

    COFUND

    100.00

    Around 100.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    100.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-09-01: European Partnership: One Health Anti-Microbial Resistance

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 100.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 100.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding. Because the US contribution will be considered for the calculation of the EU contribution to the partnership, the concerned consortium of research funders from eligible EU Members States and Associated Countries must expressly agree to this participation.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of the action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. Given the type of action and its level of ambition, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 10.00 million.

    The funding rate is 30% of the eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 3 “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The EU’s response to curb antimicrobial resistance (AMR) is improved and the EU is reinforced as an internationally recognised driver of research and innovation on AMR thereby substantially contributing to the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals related to AMR;

    2.EU and national agencies, the scientific communities, policymakers and funders enhance their collaboration and coordination for a strengthened ‘One Health (OH) approach to fight antimicrobial resistance (AMR)’ forming a strong and structured ecosystem with shared evidence, tools and methodologies cutting across sectors;

    3.Research funders, policymakers, relevant agencies and authorities, and the research community are in a position to close the current gaps and break existing silos on AMR in accordance with the European One Health Action Plan against AMR 185 ;

    4.Research funders align, adopt and implement their research policies and activities allowing for the optimal generation of novel solutions to prevent and treat infectious diseases affected by AMR, improved surveillance and diagnosis and control of the spread of resistant microorganisms, testing and validation of such solutions and facilitating their uptake or implementation responding to the needs to reduce the burden of AMR;

    5.The EU is strengthened as an internationally recognised actor for OH AMR substantially contributing to global cooperation and coordination by expanding beyond Europe;

    6.The research community at large benefit from and use an improved comprehensive knowledge framework integrating the EU, national/regional data and information infrastructures to improve transnational research.

    Scope: The partnership should contribute to the priorities set in the European One Health Action plan to fight AMR that provides a European framework with actions focused on areas with the highest added value for Member States, including boosting research development and innovation.

    In this, the European partnership on One Health AMR should allow coordinating, aligning of activities and funding among countries in the EU and beyond, as well as facilitating national coherence between different services/ministries with responsibility for the various aspects of AMR and sectors involved (e.g. human and animal health, agriculture, environment, innovation).

    This partnership should also contribute to achieving the objectives of the Pharmaceutical Strategy for Europe 186 , in terms of fulfilling unmet medical needs on AMR and ensuring that the benefits of innovation reach patients in the EU, and support the objectives of the new EU4Health Programme 187 , as well as supporting the objectives of the Farm to Fork Strategy 188 .

    Thanks to its capacity to bring together different stakeholders (e.g. research funders, health authorities, citizens, healthcare institutions, innovators, policymakers), the Partnership will create a critical mass of resources and implement a long-term Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA).

    The co-funded European Partnership on One Health antimicrobial resistance should be implemented through a joint programme of activities ranging from coordinating transnational research efforts to other activities such as coordination and networking activities, capacity building programmes, brokerage and mobility programmes, work on research infrastructures and resources, including training and dissemination activities.

    The implementation of the future European Partnership for OH AMR should contribute to build a European Research and Innovation Area (ERA) to rapidly and jointly support research and innovation in the fight against AMR.

    It should be structured along the following 3 main objectives:

    1. Collaboration and alignment of Research and Innovation agendas on OH AMR

    The Partnership should mobilise and link key AMR stakeholders, encompassing the human, veterinary, agricultural and environmental disciplines and including a broad spectrum of pathogens, bacteria, fungi, parasites and viruses, through a cross-cutting, interdisciplinary one health approach. It should provide a framework to close the current knowledge gaps and break existing silos in the AMR research landscape, facilitating the integration of national and international scientific and policy communities with industry and the civil society.

    For this, the partnership could support, although no limited to, the following activities:

    1.Joint strategic programming and global coordination of research and innovation through an agreed One Health AMR SRIA (covering the scientific areas Therapeutics, Surveillance, Diagnostics, Transmission, Prevention and Intervention, environment and social behavioural science).

    2.Target research and innovation efforts to actual needs (challenge-driven) of policymakers and stakeholders.

    3.Create a transnational system that supports collaboration between EU, MS and international initiatives.

    2. Boost Research and Innovation

    The Partnership should strengthen the European Research Area by supporting excellence in innovative research, capacity building, programmes for development of talent, widening the engagement of countries and sectors not yet involved.

    For this, the partnership could support, although no limited to, the following activities:

    1.Support excellent OH AMR research and development of new prevention methods, interventions, treatments and diagnostics through annual joint transnational research calls and research network calls.

    2.Develop new tools and instruments to support research and innovation.

    3.Support networking, training and mobility of researchers.

    4.Facilitate sharing and use of data and research infrastructure.

    3. Develop solutions

    1.Facilitate translation of scientific knowledge into innovative solutions.

    2.Connect, merge and align dissemination of outputs with other initiatives to support evidence-based policy in whole One Health domain.

    3.Societal engagement by bridging science to society creating awareness of AMR challenges, value creation, support the wellbeing of citizens and sustainability of the environment.

    The partnership should also:

    Strengthen the OH AMR ecosystem with integrating activities engaging key actors for AMR encompassing the field of human, veterinary and environmental disciplines and the broad spectrum of pathogens, including fungi and viruses.

    Implement collaborative activities with International Organisations such as the World Health Organization (WHO), the World Animal Health Organisation (WOAH), the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), United Nations Environmental Programme (UNEP), the G7 and G20 fora, and the global AMR R&D Hub, with the aim to avoid duplication of efforts. International cooperation is encouraged also with low- and middle-income countries where AMR is highly prevalent and prone to spread to Europe.

    Establish robust communication and effective information exchange between diverse scientific disciplines and among multiple sectors of the society (as patients, clinicians, veterinarians, pharmacists, food producers, pharmaceutical industry, policymakers and researchers (including those working in the social sciences and humanities).

    The Partnership’s governance structure should engage upfront the relevant actors to coordinate, steer and frame the research and innovation activities, facilitate the use and uptake of the results and contribute to a science-based communication of the risk of spread of AMR. The Partnership’s governance and operational structures should also foster a dialogue on sustainability, beyond funding from EU research and innovation framework programmes.

    The governance should involve key stakeholders, including but not limited to the research and innovation community, patients and citizens, health and care professionals, and innovation owners.

    The Partnership is open to all EU Member States, as well as to countries associated to Horizon Europe and will remain open to third countries wishing to join.

    The Partnership should build on, be complementary to and go beyond the existing initiative JPIAMR 189 .

    To ensure coherence and complementarity of activities and leverage knowledge and investment possibilities, the Partnership is expected to establish relevant collaborations with other Horizon Europe partnerships (institutionalised and co-funded, such as the future Animal Health and Welfare partnership 190 ) and missions as set out in the working document on ‘Coherence and Synergies of candidate European partnerships under Horizon Europe’ 191 as well as to explore collaborations with other relevant activities at EU and international level. The proposals should also consider synergies with EU programmes, including but not limited to EU4Health. The Partnership should align with EU-wide initiatives on open access and FAIR data 192 .

    Cooperation with international organisations, private sector and non-European institutions and experts may be considered. Participation of third countries is encouraged. Their commitments to the Partnership would not be eligible for the calculation of EU funding. Applicants should describe in their proposal the methodology for their collaboration and the aims they want to achieve with this kind of collaboration.

    Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives.

    When defining calls for proposals, this Partnership needs to consider if to require the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Destination 4. Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care

    Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-D ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact areas ‘Good health and high-quality accessible health care’ and ‘A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats’, and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘Health care systems provide equal access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care thanks to the development and uptake of safe, cost-effective and people-centred solutions, with a focus on population health, health systems resilience, as well as improved evidence-based health policies’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘Climate change mitigation and adaptation’, ‘High quality digital services for all’ and ‘A Competitive and secure data economy’.

    Health systems are affected by limitations in sustainability and resilience, challenges which have been reinforced by the COVID-19 crisis that has also revealed inequalities in access to high-quality health care services. Our health systems need to become more effective, efficient, accessible, fiscally and environmentally sustainable, and resilient in order to cope with public health emergencies, to adapt to environmental challenges like climate change and to contribute to social justice and cohesion. Therefore, the transformation and modernisation of our health systems will be one of the biggest challenges in the economic recovery-bound future, but it will also be a time of opportunity for generating evidence, taking advantage of digital and data-driven innovation and developing more flexible and equitable health systems.

    Under this destination, research and innovation aims at supporting health care systems in their transformation to ensure fair access to sustainable health care services of high quality for all citizens. Funded activities should support the development of innovative, feasible, implementable, financially sound and scalable solutions in the various dimensions of health care systems (e.g. governance, financing, human and physical resources, health service provision, and patient empowerment). Ultimately, these activities should improve governance and provide decision-makers with new evidence, methods, tools and technologies for uptake into their health care systems and supporting health care professionals and providers and allocating resources according to citizens’ health needs and preferences, while ensuring fiscal and environmental sustainability to assure those needs can be met on the long-term. Funded activities should adopt a patient-centred approach that empowers patients, promotes a culture of dialogue and openness between citizens, patients, caregivers, health care providers and other relevant stakeholders, and unleashes the potential for social innovation.

    In this work programme, destination 4 will focus on the following issues:

    1.Accelerating the development of personalised medicine in the EU and Associated Countries, especially through a public-public cofunded partnership on personalised medicine

    2.Increasing access to health and care services for patients and citizens, and especially for people in vulnerable situations and at risk of discrimination

    3.Improving the resilience and mental wellbeing of the health and care workforce, including informal carers

    4.Enhancing development and uptake of research and innovation in health and care systems, including environmental transformation of the systems and contributions to the European Green Deal.

    In view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Opportunities for potential synergies exist between projects funded under the same topic but also between other projects funded under another topic, cluster or pillar of Horizon Europe (but also with ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020). In particular, this could involve projects related to European health research infrastructures (under pillar I of Horizon Europe), the EIC strategic challenges on health and EIT-KIC Health (under pillar III of Horizon Europe), or in areas cutting across the health and other clusters (under pillar II of Horizon Europe). For instance, with cluster 2 “Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society” such as on health economics and economic models, on cost-effectiveness, fiscal sustainability and accessibility of health care, or on adaptation of public health systems to societal challenges (climate change, environmental degradation, migration, demographic change, emerging epidemics and One Health AMR) thereby contributing to building resilience; with cluster 3 “Civil Security for Society” such as on security of health care infrastructures, incl. digital health infrastructures, health systems preparedness and response to disasters and other emergencies, and quality and safety of medicine (counterfeit and substandard medicine, illicit drugs, One Health AMR); with cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space” such as on cybersecurity of (public) health systems, products and infrastructures of digitalised health and care, or on health impact assessment (e.g. related to consumer products, working place innovation); with cluster 5 “Climate, Energy and Mobility”; and cluster 6 “Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment”.

    Expected impacts:

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

    1.Health and social care services and systems have improved governance mechanisms and are more effective, efficient, accessible, resilient, trusted and sustainable, both fiscally and environmentally. Health promotion and disease prevention will be at their heart, by shifting from hospital-centred to community-based, people-centred and integrated health care structures and successfully embedding technological innovations that meet public health needs, while patient safety and quality of services are increased.

    2.Health care providers are trained and equipped with the skills and competences suited for the future needs of health care systems that are modernised, digitally transformed and equipped with innovative tools, technologies and digital solutions for health care. They save time and resources by integrating and applying innovative technologies, which better involve patients in their own care, by reorganising workflows and redistributing tasks and responsibilities throughout the health care system, and by monitoring and analysing corresponding health care activities.

    3.Citizens are supported to play a key role in managing their own health care, informal carers (including unpaid carers) are fully supported (e.g. by preventing overburdening and economic stress) and specific needs of more vulnerable groups are recognised and addressed. They benefit from improved access to health care services, including financial risk protection, timely access to quality essential health care services, including safe, effective, and affordable essential medicines and vaccines.

    4.Health policy and systems adopt a holistic approach (individuals, communities, organisations, society) for the evaluation of health outcomes and value of public health interventions, the organisation of health care, and decision-making.

    The actions resulting from the calls under this destination will also create strong opportunities for synergies with the EU4Health programme and in particular to contribute to the goals under the general objective “protecting people in the Union from serious cross-border threats to health and specific objective 4 “to strengthen health systems, their resilience and resource efficiency”.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04

    60.00

    13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-08

    100.00

    13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-CARE-04-two-stage

    30.00

    19 Sep 2023 (First Stage)

    11 Apr 2024 (Second Stage)

    Overall indicative budget

    160.00

    30.00

    Call - Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care (Single stage - 2023)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 193

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 194

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 12 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04-01

    RIA

    20.00 195

    4.00 to 6.00

    4

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04-02

    RIA

    20.00 196

    4.00 to 6.00

    4

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04-03

    RIA

    20.00 197

    4.00 to 6.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    60.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04-01: Maintaining access to regular health and care services in case of cross-border emergencies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4 “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Decision- and policymakers have access to modelling tools and foresight studies (including cost studies on the non-access to health and care services) on health and care systems 198 for anticipating regular 199 and unplanned health and care demand during large-scale cross-border emergencies 200 .

    2.Decision- and policymakers and health and care providers can better facilitate and manage access to regular health and care delivery during cross-border emergencies.

    3.Decision- and policymakers and health and care providers avail of management frameworks including organisational models for handling unplanned health and care demand linked to cross-border emergencies, while maintaining necessary regular health and care provision.

    4.Health and care professionals have access to training on how to deliver regular health and care services (including by means such as telemedicine) during cross-border health emergencies.

    5.Health and care professionals, citizens and patients access advanced digital tools enabling managed access to regular health and care services, complemented by other modes of health and care delivery (e.g., telemedicine, self-care, prioritised care).

    6.Patients can be involved in the co-design and co-production of health and care delivery models during cross-border emergencies and can benefit from better access to regular health and care services during such periods.

    7.Health and care providers and health and care professionals have access to knowledge and data on, and innovative solutions to combat, decreasing demand for regular health and care services resulting from an ongoing emergency (e.g. patients are avoiding visits to hospitals because they are worried about additional infections or do not want to add extra burden on the health and care systems).

    Scope: Since the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, health and care systems have been facing unprecedented challenges. Many systems were overwhelmed and fell short on available supplies, staff, and critical infrastructure. Beyond the initial challenges posed by the pandemic, its prolonged duration has strained health and care facilities and providers, and had a negative impact on regular health and care provision. Disruptions in routine and non-emergency medical care access and delivery have been observed. It is hence timely to take stock and identify lessons for maintaining care delivery.

    Another recent emergency situation that has had a great impact on health and care systems is the war in Ukraine and the resulting migration to bordering countries. Also under these circumstances, it is important to have the right tools for maintaining access to regular health and care services, while also accommodating the more urgent needs of migrants, for example.

    The goal is to be better prepared for the multiple challenges faced by health and care systems during emergencies, and ensure that necessary access to regular health and care services can be maintained.

    Proposals for research and innovation should focus on health and care systems, and actions are expected to address several of the following:

    1.Analysis and evaluation of different epidemics or other emergencies response measures in Member States and Associated Countries aimed at maintaining access to regular health and care services. Cost studies on not maintaining access to health and care services during cross-border emergencies.

    2.Development of innovative tools and models for maintaining access to regular health and care services during cross-border emergencies – for example developing modelling and foresight tools to assess and anticipate impact of cross-border emergencies on regular health and care delivery; developing novel technical solutions or organisational management models, including training, for regular care delivery in future cross-border emergencies; demonstrating applicability of novel modelling tools, management frameworks and organisational models in selected areas of regular health and care services (e.g. chronic diseases, mental health disorders, trauma care).

    3.Development and implementation of digital tools and of effective communication strategies based on digital health literacy studies – for example developing, implementing and generating evidence of benefit of novel digital systems connecting health and care professionals, citizens and patients at-scale, helping maintain access to health and care services during emergencies (including but not limited to smart appointment management, chronic disease self-management applications, primary care and/or referral caseload prioritisation and management incl. triage, increasing clinical practice efficiency, management of health care professionals’ caseload, integrated telecare suites complemented by new computational methods such as AI/machine learning, etc.).

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Interdisciplinary research is thus encouraged, including the involvement of SSH disciplines considered essential for health and care planning and delivery in different social contexts and for the evaluation of health economical aspects.

    All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals should include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase.

    Synergies should be sought with potentially complementary research initiatives, data stewards, custodians and research infrastructures such as the European Observatory on Health Systems and Policies, the Population Health Information Research Infrastructure, the future European co-funded partnerships 201 , such as the partnership on Transforming Health and Care Systems (THCS), and relevant EU health policy initiatives such as the European Health Data Space (EHDS) 202 and the nascent Health Emergency Response Authority (HERA) 203 .

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04-02: Resilience and mental wellbeing of the health and care workforce

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4 “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Health and care workers receive support (including mental health support), access to tools and guidance that enhances their wellbeing and ability to adapt to changing working conditions, as a result of new technologies, new work models or unexpected adverse events, including during public health emergencies and when under ethical stress.

    2.Decision- and policymakers, employers and social partners in the health and care sectors 204 have knowledge of the specific risks for the resilience, mental health and well-being of health and care professionals and informal carers. They have access to solutions (regulatory, organisational, technological, educational, HR, health services) to prevent and manage them, based on the integrated development of work processes and wellbeing at work and on the study of effects of clustered work stressors on work ability and recovery from work.

    3.Funders of health and care provision have access to evidence, novel approaches and cost-effective recommendations for interventions supporting the mental health and well-being of health and care workers at individual, organisation and sector levels.

    4.Policymakers cooperate with relevant stakeholders, including health and care professionals associations and social partners to foster specific solutions to improve resilience and well-being of health workers and carers including informal carers 205 , and fight the accumulation of stressors.

    Scope: A resilient workforce in the health and care sectors is essential for the sustainability and prosperity of our societies. However, careers in the health and care sector can be physically and mentally taxing by submitting health professionals and carers to psychosocial risks (for example heavy workload, stressful working conditions, risk of exposure to infectious agents, precariousness, ethical stress etc.). Many health professionals and carers also commute to work or have migrated to work in a new country. This adds to the struggle of health and care systems to attract new people to their workforce, but also to maintain the ones already working. A combination of factors such as changes in work organisation, budgetary and administrative pressures faced by health and care systems, systemic shortages of health professionals, precarious working conditions, structural inequalities and leaps in technological innovation may leave health and care workers with feelings of helplessness, physical or mental vulnerability or moral injury.

    Technological innovations (including digitisation, big data and artificial intelligence applications) provide opportunities for a more efficient provision of health and care services, and for lightening the workload of health and care workers. However, they also create new risks, potentially affecting the mental wellbeing of the workforce. For example, new skills, requirements, new organisational models, performance monitoring by algorithms, lack of control or accountability in workplace decisions, ethical questions, are elements that can increase stress and hamper the ability of health and care workers to function in their jobs on a daily basis.

    The COVID-19 pandemic has put a strain on health and care workers’ resilience and exacerbated mental health issues that were already a problem pre-pandemic, ranging from anxiety due to increased workload to burnout and post-traumatic stress disorder. Informal carers suffer from similar stress, potentially caused by different factors, such as the need to provide care which keeps them away from employment and puts them at an increased risk of poverty. Lack of acknowledgement that one’s mental health is deteriorating, barriers to seeking help or the stigma that still surrounds mental illness may impede people from addressing such problems early enough. Different socio-economic groups are affected to different extents: in emerging virus outbreaks prior to the COVID-19 pandemic lower educational level among other things was associated with higher risk for adverse psychological outcomes among health workers 206 .

    Successful proposals should address several of the following activities:

    1.Collect and analyse new evidence and data generation – on occupation-specific factors building the resilience, mental health well-being of health and care workers, or informal carers. Where appropriate, evidence should be gathered and analysed on the interplay of such factors with non-occupation specific factors (e.g. genetic, social etc.). Where relevant, such evidence should be target-group specific, considering variation of challenges for professionals working in various settings (primary care, hospitals, residential care institutions, disadvantaged geographic locations).

    2.Develop action-oriented recommendations to policymakers, employers, social partners and relevant civil society organisations at the appropriate levels (EU, national, regional, local) based on evidence generated by the proposed action. Such recommendations should suggest (cost-)effective policy interventions or elements for further research aiming to promote the resilience, mental health and well-being of health and care workers. They should be based on cost-benefit studies and ex-ante evaluations of proposed interventions.

    3.Develop, or identify, innovative solutions (including digitally enabled ones), organisational models and management approaches to support health policymakers, employers and formal or informal health and care workers in promoting resilience, mental health and well-being in the workplace.

    4.Develop financing and resource allocation models to ensure access to support and mental health services for health and care workers and informal carers.

    5.Carry out testing and validation activities for new or improved solutions 207 improving conditions for health and care workers or informal carers according to specific factors influencing their mental well-being.

    Proposals can identify one or more worker groups or informal carers as target of R&I activities, based on credible scientific criteria.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, health and care professionals associations and (informal) carers associations, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals should include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase.

    With women making up over 70% of EU health care professionals and employees in the care sector and a great part of informal carers, an appropriate gender approach is essential in research and policy interventions, to prevent or mitigate workplace inequalities and imbalances. Researchers and policymakers should also take into account the inclusion dimension, as a significant share of health professionals or care workers typically come from minority groups, whether through declared or undeclared work.

    Proposals should consider potential synergies and avoid overlaps with ongoing calls or actions funded under EU or national programmes for example the future cofunded partnership on Transforming Health and Care Systems (THCS).

    Proposals are encouraged to take into account, when relevant, the EU Strategic Framework on Health and Safety at Work (2021-2027) 208 , the report on mental health 209 and most importantly, the recommendations and analysis presented in the Expert Panel on effective ways of investing in health (EXPH) opinion on supporting the mental health of the health workforce and of other essential workers.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04-03: Environmentally sustainable and climate neutral health and care systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4 “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Policy and decision makers, providers of health and care, health and care workers and citizens have increased knowledge on how today’s health and care systems 210 are not environmentally sustainable, what the possible costs of that are (today and future) and where improvements are possible with maintained or improved quality of care (optimal patient safety not being jeopardised) and possible investments needed.

    2.Policy and decision makers and providers of health and care services have access to innovative solutions, organisational models (including financing models), and guidelines and recommendations that reduce the pollution and carbon emissions stemming from health and care systems, so that health and care provision can become more sustainable and cost-effective while maintaining or improving quality of care thanks to the reduction of energy and materials use, decreased carbon emissions, reduced waste and discharges, and efficient resource management.

    3.Monitoring and reporting of carbon emissions and pollution is mainstreamed through a life-cycle approach and with standard methods in the health and care systems.

    Scope: The health care sector is responsible for 4-5% of global total carbon emissions 211 , and generates significant demands for energy and materials, as well as dangerous waste streams that may cause air, soil and water pollution. At the same time, health and care provision generally experiences less pressure to decarbonise and improve its circularity than other sectors of the economy. With the European Green Deal, the EU commits to reducing net greenhouse gas emission by at least 55% by 2030, and to reach no net emissions by 2050, and the health and care systems are not exempt. Research and innovation can support by ensuring a smooth transformation while maintaining or improving quality of health and care services.

    Health and care systems are undergoing structural changes, for example by strengthening primary care and community-based care, strengthening digitalisation and making sure patients are treated or cared for at the most efficient level. This offers the possibility to connect structural changes with an environmental transformation.

    During COP26, 18 countries (including two EU Member States) have committed to cutting all carbon emissions from their health systems over the next 10 to 30 years and during the same period in total fifty countries (including six EU Member States) have committed to creating climate resilient, low carbon, sustainable health systems.

    In February 2022, the WHO published a report on the waste that had been generated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, even more emphasising the need to improve waste management systems of the health and care systems 212 . The report states that 30% of healthcare facilities word-wide, and 60% in the least developed countries, are not fit to handle the waste generated even when not taking the extra waste generated by the pandemic into account. Not only does this pose environmental risks such as water and air pollution, but it also poses a risk to health workers’ safety by increasing the risk of being exposed to stick injuries, burns and pathogenic microorganisms.

    Research and innovation activities under this topic should be specific to health and care sectors. They should include cost studies when relevant (environmental impacts and benefits to be quantified through the life cycle thinking approach (e.g. LCA/SLCA), to be effectively implemented in line with the European Green Deal and the Zero Pollution Action Plan) and piloting research results onsite in hospitals or other care settings while generating accessible knowledge could be included. Apart from that, successful proposals should address several of the following:

    1.Research and innovative solutions for decarbonisation of hospitals and other care providers: improvements in new and existing building stock, decarbonisation of energy supply to premises, reduction in energy demand of hospital sites and other care facilities (for example heating and cooling, hot water, laundry, cooking, transport systems).

    2.Research and innovative solutions for increased circularity of hospitals or other care providers that integrate the zero-pollution ambition: such as solutions to reduce waste, improved waste management practices (with a possible focus on water effluents and Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR)), increased circularity (for example sustainable use of linen).

    3.Research and innovative solutions for decarbonisation and greening of supply chains and material inflows: reduction of single-use plastics, substitution of anaesthetic gases and inhalers with high global warming potentials (GWPs), substitution of conventional pharmaceuticals with green(er) alternatives, low-carbon supply chains of food, waste reduction, management models on for example prescription of pharmaceuticals.

    4.Development of a framework to measure and benchmark the environmental footprint of the health and care sectors or improving infrastructures for relevant collecting, sharing, accessing and processing of data.

    Projects with interdisciplinary teams representing the health and care sectors, and the environmental sector or other relevant sectors are welcome.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals should include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase.

    Applicants are encouraged to consider how their proposals can contribute in the context of the European Green Deal 213 , and to take into account the principles of the Circular Economy Action Plan 214 , the Zero Pollution Action Plan 215 as well as the Technical guidance on the climate proofing of infrastructure in the period 2021-2027.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Call - Partnerships in Health (2023)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-08

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 216

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 217

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 12 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-08-01

    COFUND

    100.00 218

    Around 100.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    100.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-08-01: European Partnership on Personalised Medicine

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 100.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 100.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding. Because the US contribution will be considered for the calculation of the EU contribution to the partnership, the concerned consortium of research funders from eligible EU Members States and Associated Countries must expressly agree to this participation.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 30% of the eligible costs.

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of the action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. Given the type of action and its level of ambition, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 10.00 million.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4, notably “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality healthcare”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.European countries and regions, along with international partners, are engaged in enhanced collaborative research efforts for the development of innovative personalised medicine approaches regarding prevention, diagnosis and treatment;

    2.Healthcare authorities, policymakers and other stakeholders develop evidence-based strategies and policies for the uptake of personalised medicine in national or regional healthcare systems;

    3.Health industries, policymakers and other stakeholders have access to efficient measures and investments to allow swift transfer of research and innovation into market;

    4.Health industries and other stakeholders can accelerate the uptake of personalised medicine through the adoption of innovative business models;

    5.Healthcare authorities, policymakers and other stakeholders use improved knowledge and understanding of the health and costs benefits of personalised medicine to optimise healthcare and make healthcare systems more sustainable;

    6.Healthcare providers and professionals improve health outcomes, prevent diseases and maintain population health through the implementation of personalised medicine;

    7.Stronger and highly connected local/regional ecosystems of stakeholders, including innovators, are in place and facilitate the uptake of successful innovations in personalised medicine, thus improving healthcare outcomes and strengthening European competitiveness;

    8.Citizens, patients and healthcare professionals have a better knowledge of personalised medicine and are better involved in its implementation;

    9.Stakeholders cooperate better and establish a network of national and regional knowledge hubs for personalised medicine.

    Scope: Personalised medicine is a medical model using characterisation of individuals' phenotypes and genotypes (e.g. molecular profiling, medical imaging and lifestyle data) for tailoring the right health strategy. Personalised medicine shows great promise and has already led to ground-breaking developments in treatment of many diseases. Through this approach, better health outcomes can be achieved by preventing disease and providing patient-centred care tailored to the needs of citizens. There have been important investments in personalised medicine over the last decades. However, producing knowledge, translating it into clinical applications and accelerating innovation uptake are complex, time-consuming and involve multiple stakeholders. There is a need to facilitate the uptake of health technology innovations and ensure a rapid and effective implementation of personalised medicine on a larger scale in Europe. To this end, the creation of a research and innovation (R&I) partnership with a focus on personalised medicine represents a unique strategic opportunity to bring together stakeholders, create synergies, coordinate R&I actions and leverage the efforts to accelerate the evolution of healthcare toward personalised medicine.

    The partnership should build on knowledge gained from supportive initiatives like the International Consortium of Personalised Medicine (ICPerMed), the European Research Area Network for Personalised Medicine (ERA-PerMed), several Coordination and Support Actions (CSAs) funded by the EC under Horizon 2020, the one million genomes initiative as well as with an increasing number of associated and related initiatives, research infrastructures and capacities in Europe and beyond.

    The partnership should facilitate exchange of information and good practices among countries, provide robust guidance and tools, will network institutional stakeholders and involve regional ecosystems. It should stimulate service, policy and organisational innovations, as well as the integration of biomedical and technological innovations for the benefit of the European citizens and the European industry. The partnership should bring together a broad range of actors with a common vision of future personalised medicine. Through the objectives of Horizon Europe, the partnership should contribute to achieving the following European Commission priorities:

    1.Promoting our European way of life

    2.An economy that works for people

    3.A Europe fit for the digital age

    4.A European green deal

    The partnership will also contribute to priorities of the “Communication on effective, accessible and resilient health systems” (COM(2014) 215 final), the “Communication on enabling the digital transformation of health and care in the Digital Single Market; empowering citizens and building a healthier society” (COM(2018) 233 final) and the Europe's Beating Cancer Plan.

    Thanks to its capacity to bring together different stakeholders (e.g. research funders, health authorities, healthcare institutions, innovators, policymakers), to create a critical mass of resources and to implement a long-term Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA), the partnership should address the following objectives:

    1.Putting Europe at the forefront of research and innovation through the support of multidisciplinary actions open to international cooperation;

    2.Establishing a European national and regional network of research and innovation systems dedicated to personalised medicine;

    3.Translating basic research into clinical applications that make a difference for patients, their families and healthcare professionals;

    4.Filling scientific knowledge gaps, producing evidence and developing guidance and tools in priority areas for the development and the deployment of personalised medicine;

    5.Integrating big data and digital health solutions in research and personalised healthcare;

    6.Strengthening the European healthcare industry and accelerating the uptake of personalised medicine solutions;

    7.Developing appropriate ecosystems for the implementation of successful personalised medicine approaches and a swift uptake of relevant innovations by healthcare systems;

    8.Providing socio-economic evidence of the feasibility of personalised medicine approaches for its uptake by sustainable healthcare systems;

    9.Improving health outcomes for citizen and patients and ensuring a wide access to advanced personalised medicine intervention approaches to all.

    The European Partnership for Personalised Medicine 219 is to be implemented through a joint programme of activities ranging from research to coordination and networking activities, including training, demonstration, piloting and dissemination activities, to be structured along the following main building blocks:

    1.Joint implementation of the SRIA;

    2.Joint annual calls for R&I activities, applied R&I, pilots;

    3.Capacity building activities;

    4.Activities to enhance the skills of the relevant personalised medicine workforce, and improve citizen relevant awareness and literacy;

    5.Deployment activities through pilots, innovation procurement and financial support mechanisms,

    6.Flanking measures.

    The Partnership is open to all EU Member States, as well as to countries associated to Horizon Europe and will remain open to third countries wanting to join. It should include the following actors:

    1.Ministries in charge of R&I policy, as well as national and regional R&I and technology funding agencies and foundations;

    2.Ministries in charge of health and care policy, as well as national and regional healthcare authorities, organisations and providers.

    The Partnership may also encourage engagement with other relevant Ministries and will involve other key actors from civil society and end-users, research and innovation community, innovation owners, healthcare systems owners/organisers and healthcare agencies.

    The Partnership’s governance structure should enable an upfront strategic steering, effective management and coordination, daily implementation of activities and ensure the use and uptake of the results. The governance should leave sufficient space for involving the key stakeholders, including but not limited to R&I community, patients and citizens, healthcare professionals, formal and informal care organisations, and innovation owners.

    Financial commitments and in-kind contributions are expected to be provided for the governance structure, the joint calls and other dedicated implementation actions and efforts for national coordination.

    To encourage national coordination and avoid an excess of grant signatories it is recommended to limit their number to two per country. However, in duly justified cases this number could differ, including for countries with decentralised administration to allow for participation of regional authorities in charge of R&I policy and health and care policy.

    To ensure coherence and complementarity of activities and leverage knowledge and investment possibilities, the Partnership is expected to establish relevant collaborations with other European partnerships and missions as set out in the working document on ‘Coherence and Synergies of candidate European Partnerships under Horizon Europe’ 220 as well as to explore collaborations with other relevant activities at EU and international level. On top of this, the proposal should consider synergies with EU programmes, including but not limited to EU4Health, DEP, ESF+, ERDF 221 , InvestEU, RRF and TSI.

    The Partnership should align with EU-wide initiatives on open access and FAIR data 222 .

    Cooperation with international organisations, and non-European institutions and experts should be considered. Applicants should describe in their proposal the methodology for their collaboration and the aims they want to achieve with this kind of collaboration.

    Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties.

    Call - Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care (Two stage - 2024)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-CARE-04-two-stage

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 223

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 224

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 30 Mar 2023

    Deadline(s): 19 Sep 2023 (First Stage), 11 Apr 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-CARE-04-04-two-stage

    RIA

    30.00

    4.00 to 6.00

    5

    Overall indicative budget

    30.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-CARE-04-04-two-stage: Access to health and care services for people in vulnerable situations

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For the second stage, the thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 225 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 4 “Ensuring access to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Decision- and policymakers, service providers, and health and care workers have better availability to and make use of knowledge on barriers to access to health and care services 226 experienced by people in vulnerable situations and at risk of stigma or discrimination (from now on referred to as people in vulnerable situations) 227 .

    2.Decision- and policymakers, providers and health and care workers have access to innovative solutions to promote and improve access to health and care services for people in vulnerable situations.

    3.Decision- and policymakers and providers have access to reliable quantitative data on health inequalities in access to health and care services for people in vulnerable situations.

    4.People in vulnerable situations are better equipped in terms of health and digital literacy, knowledge about their rights etc. when it comes to access to health and care services.

    5.People in vulnerable situations are involved in the design and implementation of research and innovation activities concerning access to health and care services.

    Scope: Equal and needs-based access to health and care services are important values of the EU, as well as central principles within the Member States (for example 2006 Council Conclusions on Common values and principles in European Union Health Systems, European Pillar of social rights). At the same time, plenty of evidence indicates that there is unmet need for health and care services. Although financial barriers are an important part of the explanation 228 , it is also evident that even in countries where co-payment is low or even zero, access to health and care services differs between groups. Certain groups are more at risk of not accessing all the health and care services they need, depending among other factors, on their socio-economic and legal status, age, sex and gender identity, (dis)ability, ethnicity and geographical location.

    For example, the life expectancy for the Roma people – the largest ethnic minority in the EU – is on average ten years shorter than the general population. This is because, due to poor socio-economic conditions and ethnic segregation, many Roma people live in enclaves where equal opportunities to services including infrastructure are lacking. Due to these inequalities that are also rooted in antigypsysim 229 , Roma people are facing much greater difficulties accessing and receiving standard health and care services including prevention compared to other citizens 230 .

    There are significant health inequalities between the LGBTIQ community and the population as a whole. One part of the explanation is reluctance to seek health and care services because they have experienced or fear hostile reactions. Trans- and intersex people still struggle to access quality and affordable medication and care, both related to general health services and specific health care relating to transition, such as a lack of relevant medication or surgical procedures 231 .

    Compared to men, older women have a higher poverty risk also due to lower pay and lower pensions. They face a higher risk to live longer in poorer health, so their overall need for health and especially care services is therefore higher. People living in difficult socio-economic situations, such as homeless people or people at the risk of poverty may experience similar issues. For migrants and refugees, uncertain legal status, fear of public authorities, or language difficulties may cause additional barriers to seeking adequate health and care services.

    Whilst factors outside the health and care sector also have an impact on people’s access to health and care services, health and care systems can influence and facilitate access through accessibility, costs, referrals and attitudes.

    Another aspect concerns access to data regarding certain groups. Whereas data on access to health and care when it comes to factors related to socio-economic characteristics, geographical barriers, sex, and age is more accessible, data on people in vulnerable situations (often due to the problem of sensitivity of data) is often less accessible, contributing to making the situation of these groups less visible.

    Activities under this call should focus on groups that are in vulnerable situations from a social, financial or health perspective, or at risk of discrimination, such as migrants, Roma people, trans and intersex people, specific age and gender groups (that intersects with other aspects of vulnerability, such as elderly women), indigenous people, homeless people, people in poverty or at risk of poverty, people with disabilities or patients with complex conditions. Where relevant, activities should use intersectional approaches to consider, inter alia, socioeconomic factors, geography, citizenship, age, sex and gender identity, and ethnicity.

    Next to the above-mentioned, research and innovation activities under this topic should address several of the following:

    1.Different types of barriers - different barriers to study could be financial, geographic, social, marginalisation and discrimination. When relevant, health and digital literacy aspects should be analysed. The selection of factors should be context specific as groups suffering from access barriers vary a lot across EU countries and at subnational level. The principle of needs-based health and care should be taken into account.

    2.Access to what? – for example: what part of the health and care system (from prevention, primary care and long-term care to tertiary care, any specific services, e.g. mental care) do different groups have access to? Is integrated care provided for these groups taking into account their particular needs? How much health and care services do different groups access?

    3.Solutions - What measures are needed to counter inequalities in health and care access and make sure that vulnerable groups access health and care services and that access is based on needs (measures to educate, support and empower vulnerable groups can be included here)? What are the costs, at different levels, to develop these solutions? Piloting of measures could be included. Community-based and/or co-created initiatives and peer-support approaches: what works and how can these be supported, sustained and/or integrated in the wider service landscape.

    4.Better data – improving access and quality of data will contribute to identify people in vulnerable situations’ health needs and implement targeted measures corresponding to the challenges that each group experiences. The data could for example explore effectiveness of provided care (metrics helping to assess if provided care addresses the root causes of inequalities) or new valid methodologies to identify the unmet health related needs of people in vulnerable situations. Quantitative and qualitative data on inequalities in prevention, prevalence and treatment of different morbidities.

    5.Cost analyses - The cost of inequalities in access to health and care services: Quantitatively and/or qualitatively measure the negative impact on not taking measures for helping people in vulnerable situations have access to health and care services including prevention.

    Proposals are expected to involve the people/groups studied in the design and implementation of the research and innovation activities and where relevant service providers and other stakeholders.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. Therefore, proposals should include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase.

    When relevant, funded actions should build on the work done by the European Joint Action on Health Equity Europe (JAHEE) and the upcoming activities under the EU4Health Programme (Direct grants to international organisations (WHO): supporting Member States in improving access to healthcare and effectiveness of health coverage, taking into account vulnerabilities of specific groups and targeted intervention and access to mental health for people in vulnerable situations).

    Also, when relevant, projects should build on, and are encouraged to consider how their proposals can contribute to, the Commission’s LGBTIQ Equality Strategy 2020-2025, the EU Strategy for the rights of persons living with disabilities, EU strategy on the rights of the child the Child Guarantee, the Gender Equality Strategy, the EU Roma Strategic Framework and the EU Strategy for the Rights of Persons with Disabilities 2021-2030 232 .

    Projects are encouraged to coordinate their activities with the planned European Partnership on Transforming Health and Care Systems, the Cancer Mission, the Cancer Inequalities Registry and the EU Non-Communicable Diseases Initiative.

    Projects may explore the Health Systems Performance Assessment (HSPA) Report on more effective ways of measuring access to healthcare, published in 2021. The report provides a collection of tools used on the ground to better understand needs of people in vulnerable situations and adapt the health coverage to ensure more effective care.

    2021 Country Profiles published in the framework of the State of Health in the EU can be used as a source of basic comparable data on health inequalities.

    Applicants invited to the second stage and envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Destination 5. Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society

    Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-A ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact area ‘High quality digital services for all’ and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘Health technologies, new tools and digital solutions are applied effectively thanks to their inclusive, secure and ethical development, delivery, integration and deployment in health policies and health and care systems’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘A competitive and secure data-economy’, ‘Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people’, and ‘Good health and high-quality accessible health care’.

    Technology is a key driver for innovation in the health care sector. It can provide better and more cost-efficient solutions with high societal impact, tailored to the specific health care needs of the individual. However, novel tools, therapies, technologies and digital approaches face specific barriers and hurdles in piloting, implementing and scaling-up before reaching the patient, encountering additional challenges such as public acceptance and trust. Emerging and disruptive technologies offer big opportunities for transforming health care, thereby promoting the health and well-being of citizens. Unlocking this potential and harnessing the opportunities depends on the capacity to collect, integrate and interpret large amounts of data, as well as ensure compatibility with appropriate regulatory frameworks and infrastructures that will both safeguard the rights of the individual and of society and stimulate innovation to develop impactful solutions. In addition to existing European Research Infrastructures, the European Health Data Space will promote health-data exchange and facilitate cross-border research activities. Moreover, the European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA) aims to improve to improve the EU's readiness for health emergencies by supporting research, innovation and development of technologies and medical countermeasures needed against potential cross-border health threats. This destination aims to promote the development of tools, technologies and digital solutions for treatments, medicines, medical devices and improved health outcomes, taking into consideration safety, effectiveness, appropriateness, accessibility, comparative value-added and fiscal sustainability as well as issues of ethical, legal and regulatory nature.

    In this work programme destination 5 has a strong focus on the personalisation of health technologies and will address the following issues:

    Developing computational systems for point-of-care applications, developing and validating computational models of physiological systems and integrating health data from different sources, for better patient management and improved clinical outcomes;

    Fostering translational biomedical research and advancing regenerative medicine approaches into clinical settings and manufacturing;

    Preparing for potential cross-border health threats through the development of innovative in-vitro-diagnostics;

    Supporting the establishment of the European Health Data Space by designing a data quality label.

    In view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Opportunities for potential synergies exist between projects funded under the same topic but also between other projects funded under another topic, cluster or pillar of Horizon Europe (but also with ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020). In particular, this could involve projects related to European health research infrastructures (under pillar I of Horizon Europe), the EIC strategic challenges on health, the European Innovation Ecosystems (EIE) interregional networks on health and EIT-KIC Health (under pillar III of Horizon Europe) or in areas cutting across the health and other clusters (under pillar II of Horizon Europe), like, for instance, with cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space” on digitalisation of the health sector or key enabling technologies.

    Expected Impacts

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway towards unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society, and more specifically to several of the following expected impacts:

    1.Europe’s scientific and technological expertise and know-how, its capabilities for innovation in new tools, technologies and digital solutions, and its ability to take-up, scale-up and integrate innovation in health care is world-class.

    2.Citizens benefit from targeted and faster research resulting in safer, more sustainable, efficient, cost-effective and affordable tools, technologies and digital solutions for improved (personalised) disease prevention, diagnosis, treatment and monitoring for better patient outcome and well-being, in particular through increasingly shared health resources (interoperable data, infrastructure, expertise, citizen/patient driven co-creation) 233 .

    3.The EU gains high visibility and leadership in terms of health technology development, including through international cooperation.

    4.The burden of diseases in the EU and worldwide is reduced through the development and integration of innovative diagnostic and therapeutic approaches, personalised medicine approaches, digital and other people-centred solutions for health care.

    5.Both the productivity of health research and innovation, and the quality and outcome of health care is improved thanks to the use of health data and innovative analytical tools, such as artificial intelligence (AI) supported decision-making, in a secure and ethical manner, respecting individual integrity and underpinned with public acceptance and trust.

    6.Citizens trust and support the opportunities offered by innovative technologies for health care, based on expected health outcomes and potential risks involved.

    Legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05

    214.00

    13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-05-two-stage

    25.00

    19 Sep 2023 (First Stage)

    11 Apr 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-11

    25.00

    11 Apr 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    214.00

    50.00

    Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (Single stage - 2023)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 234

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 235

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 12 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-01

    RIA

    50.00 236

    8.00 to 10.00

    5

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-03

    RIA

    50.00 237

    8.00 to 10.00

    5

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-04

    RIA

    35.00 238

    8.00 to 10.00

    4

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-05

    IA

    35.00 239

    8.00 to 10.00

    4

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-08

    IA

    40.00 240

    5.00 to 7.00

    6

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-09

    CSA

    4.00 241

    Around 4.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    214.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-01: Clinical trials of combined Advanced Therapy Medicinal Products (ATMPs)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed towards and contributing to several of the following Expected Outcomes:

    1.Healthcare providers increase their knowledge on the potential of combined ATMPs and get access to innovative treatment options with demonstrated health benefits for unmet medical needs;

    2.Developers and manufacturers of combined ATMPs obtain scientific evidence on the proposed therapeutic approach;

    3.Patients benefit from new advanced therapies delivered through the combined ATMPs;

    4.EU companies get a better market position in the field of combined ATMPs.

    Scope: The subjects of this topic are combined ATMPs (Advanced Therapy Medicinal Products) according to the definition of the ATMP-regulation (EU 1394/2007, Article 2d). Such combined ATMPs are composed of an ATMP and one or more medical devices or one or more active implantable medical devices, and their cellular or tissue part must either contain viable cells or tissues, or non-viable cells or tissues liable for exerting the primary action on the human body.

    The combined ATMPs should be more effective than current state-of-the-art solutions on the European market owing to improved features like personalisation, accuracy, reliability and usability and contribute to long-term sustainability (faster and affordable) of European health systems.

    Research should focus on advanced stages of clinical development with regulatory work on the Medical Device part completed and safety studies of the combination product in an advanced stage.

    Proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Phase 2 clinical trials and above of combined ATMPs focussing on:

    1.technologies ready to undergo interventional clinical trials in patients/end users assessing the usability and clinical performance, and/or

    2.technologies that have demonstrable safety/performance profiles and should undergo clinical validation in view of their inclusion into guidelines for specific clinical pathways.

    2.Delivery of safe and clinically validated combined ATMPs that are compliant with current European regulatory requirements. The related regulatory work should be considered as an essential component and the proposed work should involve consultation/interaction with competent regulatory agencies such as the European Medicines Agency (EMA) or national regulatory agency. Applicants are encouraged to seek regulatory and/or Health Technology Assessment (HTA) advice as appropriate.

    The topic invites proposals that include innovative treatments for any medical condition excluding rare diseases that are ready to be assessed for clinical efficacy (performance and clinical benefit) in a specific indication on a big number of patient cohorts; already existing market solutions are not in the scope of this topic.

    Sex and gender aspects, age, socio-economic, lifestyle and behavioural factors and any other non-health related individual attributes should be taken into consideration. SME participation is strongly encouraged.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-03: Integrated, multi-scale computational models of patient patho-physiology (‘virtual twins’) for personalised disease management

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed towards and contributing to several of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Clinicians and other healthcare professionals have access to and/or use validated multi-scale computational models of individual patients for delivering optimised and cost-effective patient management strategies superior to the current standard of care.

    2.Healthcare professionals benefit from enhanced knowledge of complex disease onset and progression by recourse to validated, multi-scale and multi-organ models.

    3.Clinicians and patients benefit from new, improved personalised diagnostics, medicinal products, devices, and therapeutic strategies tailored to the individual patient patho-physiology.

    4.Citizens and patients have access to validated ‘virtual twin’ models enabling the integration of citizen-generated data with medical and other longitudinal health data, and benefit from early detection of disease onset, prediction of disease progression and treatment options, and effective disease management.

    Scope: This topic will contribute to the consolidation of existing virtual twin models and support research to move towards a more integrated human virtual twin, with the aim to accelerate translational research towards cost-effective development of new health technologies. Furthermore, ‘virtual twin’ patient models hold the potential of transforming clinical processes and healthcare with longitudinal monitoring, making personalised medicine, disease prevention and individualised patient management a reality.

    Proposals are expected to contribute to the virtual human twin roadmap and ecosystem supported under the Digital Europe Programme 242 , with models aligned and interoperable with those linked to the repository developed thereunder.

    The proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Develop multi-scale and multi-organ, dynamic, interoperable, modular computational models, capable of accurately simulating the individual patient patho-physiology, spanning different anatomical scales, from the molecular to cell, tissue, organ and systems level, as necessary. Proposals should be multidisciplinary and focus on groups of communicable and/or non-communicable diseases with commonalities within the same or across different medical domains, including co-morbidities. SME(s) participation is encouraged with the aim to strengthen the scientific and technological basis of SME(s) and valorise their innovations towards citizen and patient benefit.

    2.Advance the state of the art in multi-scale modelling by employing diverse modelling methodologies, including but not limited to: mechanistic modelling, artificial intelligence, agent-based and network physiology as a means for modelling the healthy state, disease onset, progression, treatment and recovery. Availability of the necessary diverse data types (e.g. data from lab tests, medical imaging, wearables, sensors, medical check-ups, mHealth devices, longitudinal health monitoring etc.) should be demonstrated and the sex/gender dimension should be investigated.

    3.Integrate standardised spatiotemporal multi-scale models as a basis for developing personalised ‘virtual twin’ models taking account of patient individual characteristics, medical and health status history for advancing personalised disease management. Proposals should ensure that the development of ‘virtual twin’ models is driven by the end-users/citizens/healthcare professionals needs and their active involvement throughout the development process. Furthermore, applicants should utilise appropriate IT solutions for model visualisation and demonstrate their accessibility and usability for clinical uptake.

    4.Validate multi-scale patient-specific models and generate evidence that results can deliver clinically meaningful, real-world observations for the human diseases under study. Applicants should implement proof-of-concept, feasibility studies in relevant end user environments and/or real-world settings, and collect evidence of utility vis-à-vis current clinical practice. Dynamic ‘virtual twin’ models and simulations as clinical decision support tools will need be shown to improve prognosis, medical diagnosis, treatments and health outcomes across the continuum of diseases evolution, including co-morbidities and long-term care as appropriate. An exploitation strategy and a business plan, including regulatory and industrial input, should be developed for accelerating clinical and/or market uptake.

    The proposals should adhere to the FAIR data 243 principles and adopt data quality standards, GDPR-compliant data sharing, access and data integration procedures based on good practices developed by the European research infrastructures. In relation to the use and interpretation of data, special attention should be paid to systematically assess for bias and/or discrimination (sex/gender, ethnic, minority and vulnerable groups aspects). Proposals are invited to consider adopting recommendations for in-silico models construction and validation. 244

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-04: Better integration and use of health-related real-world and research data, including genomics, for improved clinical outcomes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 35.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed towards and contributing to most of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Researchers, innovators and healthcare professionals benefit from better linkage of health data from various sources, including genomics, based on harmonised approaches related to data structure, format and quality, applicable across certain disease areas and across national borders.

    2.Researchers, innovators, healthcare professionals and health policymakers have access to advanced digital tools for the integration, management and analysis of various health data re-used in a secure, cost-effective and clinically meaningful way enabling the improvement of health outcomes.

    3.By linking and using effectively more data and new methods and tools, including artificial intelligence, researchers, innovators and healthcare professionals are able to advance our understanding of the risk factors, causes, development and optimal treatment in disease areas where genomics integrated with other health data, spanning from clinical to e.g. lifestyle, offer potential for novel and more comprehensive information.

    4.Healthcare professionals and health policymakers benefit from data-driven solutions and reinforced evidence base for decisions addressing health and care challenges.

    5.Citizens can be offered data-driven patient-focused health interventions, resulting in improved disease prevention, diagnosis, treatment and monitoring towards better patient outcomes and well-being.

    6.Citizens’ trust in the sharing and re-use of health data for research and healthcare increases due to the application of advanced technologies and data governance preserving data privacy and security.

    Scope: Health data bear vast information potential in many disease areas, to significantly improve the outcomes and efficiency of healthcare delivery, unlock new research and innovation avenues, and inform public health policy across Europe. There is a huge need of integration, use and deployment of health data from multiple sources for effectively addressing the challenges of medical research underpinning diagnostics, therapy guidance and implementation decisions on new therapies. Such integration requires linking data of different types, disease areas and provenance which are scattered in repositories and databases across Europe.

    This topic aims to support proposals focusing on the integration of health data from multiple sources (e.g. electronic health records, genomics, medical imaging, laboratory and diagnostic results, pathogen data, public health registries and other clinical research data) by linking real-world and clinical research data. The data integration should be exemplified in several use-cases, i.e. well-justified groups of diseases (excluding cancer), within and/or across medical domains, and pave the way towards improved health outcomes. At least one of those use cases should build on the use of whole genome sequence data.

    The consortium should ensure wide coverage of EU and associated countries, contributing significantly to health data standardisation, while catering for the diversity of health data sources.

    To enhance synergies and avoid overlaps of activities, the proposals are expected to align with and complement the relevant European initiatives, in particular the European Health Data Space (EHDS), the 1+Million Genomes initiative (1+MG) and the European Open Science Cloud.

    The applicants have to demonstrate that the necessary data sources are, or will be, effectively, timely and legally available for the proposed research activities.

    The proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Identification of the barriers to health data integration and access as needed for the selected use cases, and of specific existing tools, technological solutions and coordination and standardisation agreements addressing those barriers. Issues to be covered include semantic ontologies, data standards and formats, data quality, data storage, management and access modalities, as well as enhanced findability of relevant datasets through improved metadata standards and data catalogues.

    2.New approaches to assemble large, easily findable and lawfully accessible high-quality datasets integrating multiple types of health data leading to improved clinical outcomes (e.g. new care solutions, personalised disease management, advanced diagnostic tools), taking into account data FAIRification 245 and inter-operability needs.

    3.New techniques, support tools, mechanisms and modalities to enable GDPR compliant access to sensitive personal data, including genomics, allowing for their re-use across borders and integration of different types of data relevant to human health. Legal and ethical frameworks should duly consider the heterogeneity in national and sectorial rules and procedures for data access and re-use.

    4.Data management approaches for cross-border distributed data storage and processing, enabling remote collaboration, electronic consent management, data provenance tracking, and scalability of data management resources, ensuring data privacy and security, and resulting in robust support to advanced, innovative clinical workflows. Joint data governance is expected to be piloted among several clinical centres across Europe.

    5.Development of a data analytics platform applying distributed learning and artificial intelligence approaches to query and aggregate efficiently, effectively and securely data from multiple sources for multiple use cases (groups of diseases), to monitor patients' health status, analyse causal inference, support diagnosis and health policymakers, and establish recommendations for patients and other stakeholders.

    The proposals should adhere to the FAIR data 246 principles and build on existing and justified tools and harmonisation efforts, such as widely used standards for encoding the different types of health data and inter-operability for cross-sector collaborations. Also the data collection, management and/or modelling should build on ongoing EU and international efforts to avoid possible duplication of efforts and fragmentation. In particular, projects are expected to take into account the legislation, if available, on the EHDS, so as to align project activities with pertinent EHDS infrastructure efforts that provide for the secondary use of health data as regards e.g. cross-border access to data, cross-border infrastructures, data quality and utility labelling. The achievements of the relevant past and ongoing EU-funded projects and initiatives, and good practices developed by the European research infrastructures, should be duly considered and used. Close involvement of patients and end-users is crucial to ensure that the project outcomes are relevant, widely accepted and feasible in real-world settings.

    The tools developed by the projects are expected to be widely accessible and amenable to necessary updates after the project’s end for further use by interested parties. Datasets generated during the project should be accessible to researchers and innovators. For example, genomic data and linked patient level data are expected to be made accessible for secondary use through the 1+MG data infrastructure.

    This topic requires an effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-05: Harnessing the potential of real-time data analysis and secure Point-of-Care computing for the benefit of person-centred health and care delivery

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 35.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Healthcare professionals benefit from secure, highly performant Point-of-Care computing technologies and devices able to process and analyse vast amounts of real-time data at the point of care, combined with extended reality and visualisation techniques, to enable continuous monitoring and/or fast real-time health status checks in clinical settings and workflows.

    2.Patients and clinicians benefit from wider access to real-time diagnosis, screening, monitoring and treatments using novel imaging and/or robotics systems and/or Point-of-Care devices that are seamlessly integrated in care environments and workflows.

    3.Quicker reaction times and improved patient safety in care settings.

    4.Researchers and healthcare professionals have more opportunities to use, extract value from and contribute to the uptake of real-time health data and/or Point-of-Care computing; existing technologies and methods are expected to progress from their current technology readiness levels (TRL), from TRL 3-4 to at least TRL 7 247 .

    5.Health and care settings benefit from reduced energy consumption of Point-of-Care tools, devices and systems, and/or data analysis.

    Scope: The proposals are expected to develop and test innovative tools, devices and systems for point-of-care applications, including but not limited to robotics, photonics, bio-sensing, artificial intelligence etc. These would provide clinicians with real-time imaging, data analysis and interactive visual presentation for understanding and diagnosing diseases, facilitating risk-assessment, prevention, and carrying out medical interventions with improved patient safety. The proposals should demonstrate advancement and integration of technologies from proof-of-concept to prototype demonstration in operational environment. Devices and systems should be designed, developed and tested vis-à-vis defined use cases, based on the appropriate involvement of clinicians and other stakeholders, ensuring they can be seamlessly integrated into existing digital infrastructures and clinical workflows. The use cases in care settings could include but are not limited to surgery workflows, Intensive Care Unit workflows and integration of remote patient monitoring into clinical workflows. Data quality, integration and interoperability, as well as issues of cybersecurity and data protection have to be addressed. Design should take gender specificities into account. Clinical studies should be an integral part of the work proposed, with developmental iteration steps and consultation of regulators included as appropriate. Establishing synergies with AI Testing and Experimentation Facilities, European Digital Innovation Hubs and other similar initiatives is encouraged. Proposals must include a short description of initial business plan as part of the exploitation activities.

    The proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Development and clinical validation of compact, cost- and energy-efficient, extended reality-enabled and other Point-of-Care devices and systems, with fast/real-time response times as required, reliable and capable of integration into clinical settings and workflows.

    2.Development and validation of instruments, continuous monitoring systems and/or analysis algorithms, including artificial intelligence approaches, for the analysis of biological samples, enabling detection of biomarkers in body fluids and tissues in clinical settings.

    3.Development and validation of imaging systems with a high spatial resolution down to the cellular level allowing for immediate clinical interventions. Single imaging modalities or the combination of different imaging modalities should be made compatible with other imaging tools and with state-of-the-art and/or novel medical technologies and devices, for example those used to remove tissues in precision surgery (e.g. robotic surgery).

    4.Advancements in the use of Point-of-Care computing, data modelling, extended reality and/or machine learning/AI technologies applied to diagnosis and risk assessment in cases requiring very fast, near to real-time response times in clinical settings and workflows. In addition, projects should showcase how distributed systems bringing computation and storage physically close to where data is generated and used can most effectively deliver actionable outputs for person-centred health care, contributing to improved patient safety, in the areas of for example healthy living support, remote patient monitoring, surgery workflows or acute care.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-08: Pandemic preparedness and response: In vitro diagnostic devices to tackle cross-border health threats

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The scientific and clinical communities, including health care providers and payers, as well as regulators, health systems and patients benefit from innovative diagnostic solutions that are better suited to tackle cross-border health threats.

    2.The scientific and clinical communities have access to novel and improved methodologies for detection of pathogens with pandemic potential in humans and for timely discovery of other health threats, such as chemical, radiological and nuclear threats, including considerations on detection in animals and environmental conditions (One Health approach).

    3.A diverse and robust pipeline of in vitro diagnostics 248 is available, increasing options for clinical deployment in case of an epidemic or pandemic.

    Scope: As shown by the COVID-19 pandemic, infectious diseases remain a major threat to health and health security in the EU and globally, this is also the case for other health threats that can be linked for instance to terror attacks. New cross-border health threats are expected to emerge in the coming years and therefore it is essential to promote advanced research of medical countermeasures that can be used to detect, prevent and treat in case of a new health emergency. One of the most important aspects in crisis preparedness times is to ensure the availability of diagnostics that can contribute to detecting and characterising health threats.

    Proposals should develop and advance on new in vitro diagnostics relevant for detecting and characterising cross-border health threats and develop novel approaches to the development of medical countermeasures targeting threats identified by HERA 249 .

    Proposals should cover pathogens with pandemic potential in humans or other health threats, such as chemical, radiological and nuclear threats for which there are no existing diagnostics or where clinical practice could benefit from innovation. Emphasis should be put on the development of new diagnostics, innovative catch-all methodologies, or on the improvement of existing health technologies advancing diagnostics and characterisation of health threats, applying the One Health approach when relevant.

    Proposals should aim to diversify and accelerate the global diagnostic research and development pipeline to tackle cross-border health threats, and to strengthen the current leading role of the EU in research and development, and therefore contributing to the work of the European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA).

    Attention should be paid to critical social factors such as sex, gender, age, socio-economic factors, ethnicity/migration, and disability.

    Proposals should include a clear regulatory path to market in order to ensure future compliance with the legal requirements. Proposals should address several of the following areas:

    1.Proof-of-concept/early studies linked e.g. to performance evaluation of new diagnostics that facilitate screening, detection of the presence or exposure to a cross-border health threat or determination of infectious/disease status through human samples, included but not limited to the list of high impact health threats identified by HERA, as well chemical, radiological and nuclear threats for which there is a lack of in vitro diagnostics or existing diagnostics have a sub-optimal performance.

    2.Data-driven diagnostic and prognostic platforms with AI and other advanced data analytics functionalities, adaptable to respond to new and multiple pathogens/threats, e.g. covering prototype viruses.

    3.Innovative systems linked to high sensitivity/specificity profiles adaptable for broader use should be considered, such as portable, faster, more compact or accurate devices and technologies, including the possibility to develop point of care or self-tests.

    4.Innovative diagnostics sampling methods or samples bringing a significant improvement, such as less invasive sampling methods.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Proposals should consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) in regard to its experience on the performance evaluation of in vitro diagnostic devices, with respect to the value it could bring in providing an effective interface between research activities and regulatory aspects and/or to translating research results into validated test methods and strategies fit for regulatory purpose. In that respect, the JRC will consider collaborating with any successful proposal and this collaboration, when relevant, should be established after the proposal’s approval.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05-09: Developing a Data Quality and Utility Label for the European Health Data Space

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, legal entities established in the United States of America may exceptionally participate as a beneficiary or affiliated entity, and are eligible to receive Union funding.

    Coordinators of projects must be legal entities established in an EU Member State or Associated Country.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim to deliver results that are directed towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Data Users (researchers, innovators, regulators, policymakers, clinicians) are able to identify the most relevant datasets that meet their specific needs through a label describing accurately and in a standard way the quality and utility dimensions of the datasets, as proposed in the legal provisions of the European Health Data Space (EHDS).

    2.Data holders have clear specifications for dataset quality and utility labelling to comply with the requirements proposed in the EHDS legal provisions. In addition to that, data holders have access to a maturity model with the requirements a dataset needs to fulfil to achieve higher levels of data quality and utility.

    3.European and National public funders ensure that the datasets, for which they provided funding for the creation and curation of, are more widely available, furthering their reuse for secondary uses as proposed in the EHDS legal provisions (research, innovation, regulatory work, policymaking, personalised medicine).

    4.The European Commission has access to a set of specifications for the data quality and utility label supporting the implementation of the EHDS legal provisions.

    Scope: A vast quantity of health datasets exist across Europe, from multiple sources (individual care, medical registries, social, environmental behavioural, wellbeing, clinical trials, research, administrative, etc.), and of varying quality. This represents a tremendous opportunity for the reuse of this data for purposes other than for the one for which they were originally collected and spur the development of better prevention strategies, diagnoses, treatments and care plans.

    The European Health Data Space (EHDS) will provide a common EU framework for secondary use of health data such as research, innovation, regulatory purposes, policymaking and personalised medicine. It will enable data users to have access to large amounts of health data through health data access bodies empowered with the EHDS legal provisions to overcome existing limitations regarding the processing of health data for secondary uses.

    To support data users in the discovery and selection of datasets for their purposes, there is a growing need to develop a data quality and utility framework to articulate the characteristics and the potential usefulness of datasets. This framework will also support data holders in identifying and addressing areas of improvement which can, in turn, allow for wider and better use of these datasets.

    Several initiatives have developed or are developing guidelines and recommendations for health data quality, however, these typically focus on specific data types (i.e. 1+ Million Genome Initiative 250 ) or areas of applications (i.e. European Medicines Agency – EMA and Heads of Medicines Agencies’ Big Data Steering Group activities to support medicines regulation 251 ). Similarly, previous studies and initiatives have addressed specific dimensions of ‘data quality’ for health data but none are offering a framework suitable for the breadth of data types and encompassing the quality and utility elements proposed in the EHDS legal provisions. The proposed framework should take into account the various needs of data users whilst at the same time avoid becoming an excessive burden on data holders which will need to produce the data quality and utility label.

    Proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Perform a mapping of existing data quality and utility principles/initiatives/frameworks (i.e. EMA/HMA Big Data Stakeholders Group Data quality efforts, TEHDAS Data Quality Working Group 252 , EOSC-LIFE 253 Health Data Research UK’s data quality and utility framework 254 , and relevant data principles, resources and tools (FAIR, FAIR Cookbook, etc.) 255 ;

    2.Conduct various stakeholder consultations, integrating all relevant data users and data holders of health data, EHDS Health Data Access Bodies (HDABs) and other relevant actors to validate data user needs and adequately take into account relevant initiatives when developing the proposed framework;

    3.Develop a framework (set of technical specifications) for the data quality and utility label that supports the implementation of the EHDS legal provisions and the roll out of the label by the data holders and EHDS Health Data Access Bodies;

    4.Pilot and evaluate the use of the proposed framework (as a label and as a maturity model) on a datasets sample representing the wide-ranging data types (such as electronic health records, genomics datasets, medical registries, administrative data, etc.) and taking into account the needs of all data users identified.

    5.Develop recommendations for the successful implementation and adoption of the data quality and utility label and maturity model across European Member States considering the maturity levels regarding secondary of health data.

    The consortium should be composed of representatives from data users, data holders, health data access bodies, and other relevant stakeholders to the scope of secondary use of health data, adequately covering the diversity of heath data types and users’ needs across European Member States.

    Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (Two stage - 2024)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-05-two-stage

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 256

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 257

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 30 Mar 2023

    Deadline(s): 19 Sep 2023 (First Stage), 11 Apr 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-05-06-two-stage

    RIA

    25.00

    4.00 to 8.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    25.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-05-06-two-stage: Innovative non-animal human-based tools and strategies for biomedical research

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For the second stage, the thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 258 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed towards and contributing to several of the following Expected Outcomes:

    1.Researchers utilise tools and strategies that are more relevant to the human situation as compared to the currently used animal models.

    2.Fewer live animals are used in biomedical research.

    3.Health technology developers will get access to improved human-relevant tools or strategies allowing for a faster pace of innovation.

    4.Legislators and regulators will benefit from strengthened EU leadership in non-animal based biomedical research that is socially accepted and sustainable.

    5.Healthcare providers and patients will benefit from innovative tools or strategies opening up novel biomedical concepts enabling improved disease prediction, prevention and treatment.

    Scope: The proposal(s) should develop and/or use tools and strategies that address critical areas of biomedical research where animal-models are currently used but are of limited translational value for investigation and development of prevention and treatment. Such advanced tools and strategies should aim at a better understanding of the pathogenesis of disorders that feature a high impact on public health and exhibit a high rate of animal use or severe animal suffering, and enable to develop biomedical concepts with increased translational value, thereby ultimately leading to improved disease prediction, prevention and treatment.

    The proposals should address all of the following aspects:

    1.The innovative tools and strategies should include a variety of technologies and methodological approaches such as –omics and other high-throughput procedures, human-derived cell-based material, organoids, micro-physiological systems, and in-silico models.

    2.The newly proposed tools and strategies should demonstrably advance the state-of-the-art in specific areas of biomedical research.

    3.Prospects and avenues for dissemination, knowledge sharing, uptake or translation into health policies of the proposed tools and strategies within the EU should be provided.

    4.Aspects such as harm and cost-benefit assessment as well as ease of production with respect to current practices should also be considered.

    5.Criteria for model qualification and standardisation should be developed in well-justified use-case contexts to demonstrate their translational values.

    Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) to provide added-value regarding such aspects as supporting validation of emerging approaches, promotion of research results, and the interfacing with the regulatory community. In this respect, the JRC is open to collaborate with any successful proposal after the selection process has been completed.

    All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Applicants invited to the second stage and envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Call - Tools and technologies for a healthy society (Single stage - 2024)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-11

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 259

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 260

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 26 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 11 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-11-02

    RIA

    25.00

    6.00 to 8.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    25.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-11-02: Bio-printing of living cells for regenerative medicine

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 5 “Unlocking the full potential of new tools, technologies and digital solutions for a healthy society”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim for delivering results that are directed towards and contributing to several of the following expected Outcomes:

    1.Biomedical scientists will access entire bio-printing units for regenerating human tissue.

    2.Availability of larger-scale bio-printed tissues for biomedical research purposes to both industry and academia.

    3.Healthcare professionals acquire information on the safe and effective use of advanced therapies.

    4.Healthcare providers dispose of tools enabling them to treat conditions of unmet medical need.

    5.Individual patients will benefit from a personalised approach to their respective medical condition thanks to the bio-printed regenerative medicine solution.

    Scope: Regenerative medicine is a branch of translational research in tissue engineering and molecular biology which deals with the "process of replacing, engineering or regenerating human cells, tissues or organs to restore or establish normal function". 3D-printing in general is considered an advanced manufacturing technique and 3D-printing of non-viable biomaterials to serve e.g. as scaffold for cell growth or as structure for medical devices is already broadly used.

    However, bio-printing technology involving living cells is still in early stages of development, but has a huge potential for tissue engineering, drug testing and other biomedical applications. Tissue-specific functional 3D bio-printing is a new approach for transplantation applications in regenerative medicine, relying on the fabrication of tissues and organs with respect to the desired shape and function and their delivery and application in vivo. “In-situ bio-printing” known as printing cells and biomaterials directly onto or in a patient, or 4D bio-printing, which introduces a “time” variable that allows 3D printed materials to change shape or function when external stimulus is applied, are recent developments facing multiple additional challenges.

    Despite some success of 3D bio-printing with thin tissue, thick tissue and complex organs remain a bottleneck because it is difficult to sufficiently mimic their metabolic needs, and the scientific knowledge about their intimate architecture and interplay with other tissues are not sufficiently elucidated. Next to these limitations are a lack of standardised manufacturing protocols and standardised bio-ink formulations with tuneable properties, unstable cellular behaviour, material biocompatibility and printability, etc. Taken together, 3D bio-printing is confronted with several challenges that currently hamper its large-scale deployment.

    To overcome these challenges, researchers should work in multidisciplinary teams with engineers, biomedical scientists, cell biologists and medical doctors and proposals should address most of the following activities:

    1.Design the best bio-printing strategy for at least one type of tissue thanks to a better understanding of the interconnections of the different cell types inside the chosen tissue or organ

    2.Develop or improve existing equipment able to print bio-constructs with higher resolution in a shorter time using various biomaterials and different cell types

    3.Cover all steps of the bio-printing suite, including cell collection, cell differentiation and expansion, imaging, modelling, bio-ink formulation, actual bio-printing, nutrient supply, process monitoring and cell-construct delivery at target site

    4.Scale-up the chosen bio-printing technology to a GMP-conform manufacturing process

    5.Combine different bio-printing technologies in order to obtain fully functional synthetic constructs of complex tissues or organs.

    Regulatory knowledge of the field is desired and should be documented through contacts with relevant national or international European regulatory authorities.

    The chosen medical area (tissue, organ, condition) should be duly justified. Sex differences at the cellular level should be taken into consideration.

    Preclinical stage and early clinical development are eligible. The involvement of SMEs is encouraged.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Destination 6. Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry

    Calls for proposals under this destination are directed towards the Key Strategic Orientation KSO-A ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains’ of Horizon Europe’s Strategic Plan 2021-2024. Research and innovation supported under this destination should contribute to the impact area ‘A competitive and secure data-economy’ and in particular to the following expected impact, set out in the Strategic Plan for the health cluster: ‘EU health industry is innovative, sustainable and globally competitive thanks to improved up-take of breakthrough technologies and innovations, which makes the EU with its Member States more resilient and less dependent from imports with regard to the access to and supply of critical health technologies’. In addition, research and innovation supported under this destination could also contribute to the following impact areas: ‘Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people’, ‘High quality digital services for all’, and ‘Good health and high-quality accessible health care’.

    The health industry is a key driver for growth and has the capacity to provide health technologies to the benefit of patients and providers of health care services. The relevant value chains involve a broad variety of key players from supply, demand and regulatory sides. In addition, the path of innovation in health is long and complex. The development of novel health technologies is generally associated with uncertainties and market barriers due to expensive and risky development (e.g. high attrition rate in pharmaceutical development), high quality and security requirements (e.g. clinical performance, safety, data privacy and cybersecurity) and market specificities (e.g. strong regulation, pricing and reimbursement issues). In addition, the growing concern about environmental issues is putting more pressure on this industry. Therefore, there is a need for research and innovation integrating various stakeholders to facilitate market access of innovative health technologies (medical technologies, pharmaceuticals, biotechnologies, digital health technologies).

    In order to address these challenges, in particular green and digital transitions and proper supply of health technologies and products, destination 6 will focus on research and innovation activities that aim at:

    1.Facilitating the production of pharmaceuticals in compliance with the objectives of the European Green Deal.

    2.Developing methodologies, guidelines and standards, assessment studies, and structuring activities adapted to digital solutions and interventions for GDPR compliant translation into health care practice, including inter-operability, cyber-security and data confidentiality.

    3.Supporting public authorities with better methodologies and interdisciplinary approaches to assess and value new health technologies and interventions.

    In view of increasing the impact of EU investments under Horizon Europe, the European Commission welcomes and supports cooperation between EU-funded projects to enable cross-fertilisation and other synergies. This could range from networking to joint activities such as the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. Opportunities for potential synergies exist between projects funded under the same topic but also between other projects funded under another topic, cluster or pillar of Horizon Europe (but also with ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020). In particular, this could involve projects related to European health research infrastructures (under pillar I of Horizon Europe), the EIC strategic challenges on health and EIT-KIC Health (under pillar III of Horizon Europe), or in areas cutting across the health and other clusters (under pillar II of Horizon Europe). For instance, with cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space” such as on industrial research and innovation infrastructures (pilot plants, testing and simulation facilities, open innovation hubs); additive manufacturing and other production technologies (incl. bio manufacturing); safe, smart and sustainable materials.

    Expected Impacts:

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry, and more specifically to one or several of the following expected impacts:

    1.Health industry in the EU is more competitive and sustainable, assuring European leadership in breakthrough health technologies and open strategic autonomy in essential medical supplies and digital technologies, contributing to job creation and economic growth, in particular with small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs).

    2.Health industry is working more efficiently along the value chain from the identification of needs to the scale-up and take-up of solutions at national, regional or local level, including through early engagement with patients, health care providers, health authorities and regulators ensuring suitability and acceptance of solutions.

    3.European standards, including for operations involving health data, ensure patient safety and quality of healthcare services as well as effectiveness and interoperability of health innovation and productivity of innovators.

    4.Citizens, health care providers and health systems benefit from a swift uptake of innovative health technologies and services offering significant improvements in health outcomes, while health industry in the EU benefits from decreased time-to-market.

    5.Health security in the EU benefits from reliable access to key manufacturing capacity, including timely provision of essential medical supplies of particularly complex or critical supply and distribution chains, such as regards vaccines or medical radioisotopes.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06

    56.00

    13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-IND-06

    12.00

    11 Apr 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    56.00

    12.00

    Call - A competitive health-related industry (Single stage - 2023)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 261

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 262

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 12 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 13 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-01

    CSA

    5.00 263

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-02

    RIA

    8.00 264

    3.00 to 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-04

    RIA

    25.00 265

    4.00 to 6.00

    5

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-05

    CSA

    3.00 266

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-07

    RIA

    15.00 267

    7.00 to 8.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    56.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-01: Supporting the uptake of innovative Health Technology Assessment (HTA) methodology and advancing HTA expertise across EU

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, legal entities established in the United States of America may exceptionally participate as a beneficiary or affiliated entity, and are eligible to receive Union funding.

    Coordinators of projects must be legal entities established in an EU Member State or Associated Country.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim to deliver results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Identification of the most innovative HTA methods developed by EU-funded projects, which respond to the needs of HTA bodies and are ready to be used in real-life settings. Endorsement by HTA bodies of such innovative methods would allow for advancing HTA methodology and improve evidence-based decision making, and patient access to novel health technologies

    2.Dissemination among EU HTA bodies of robust innovative HTA methods and tools developed by EU-funded projects.

    3.Harmonisation of HTA expertise across EU though the development of a training programme developed in collaboration with academia. The training should address HTA expertise in general, as wells as expertise in joint HTA to be carried out at EU level in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2021/2282, based on the methodological guidelines elaborated by the Coordination Group on HTA.

    4.Contribution to a successful implementation of the HTA Regulation as well as to building an EU methodological HTA framework fit for purpose and fit for the future.

    Scope: HTA bodies have the responsibility to assess the added value of new health technologies and advise on its reimbursement and use within a healthcare system. Due to the rapid pace at which technology advance and in order to support decision making in an appropriate manner, HTA experts have to adapt/revise regularly their methodology. Whilst EU-funded projects in the field of HTA have addressed some of the research needs of the HTA bodies (e.g. methods of analysis, use of real-world data, use of patient reported outcomes), translation of their results/recommendations into HTA work remains limited.

    Advancing HTA methodology and expertise could benefit from a more systematic dialogue between HTA bodies and academia. Therefore, this action could represent an excellent opportunity for both those generating and those using the evidence to come together and discuss the key HTA methodological issues.

    Under the newly adopted Regulation (EU) 2021/2282, the Coordination Group on HTA will have to adopt methodological guidelines for joint HTA work (e.g. joint clinical assessments, joint scientific consultation), to regularly review, and where necessary update them. The project could provide input to issues identified by the Coordination Group as important for future updates/revisions of HTA methodology for joint HTA work.

    The topic is divided into two strands of activities, with applicants tackling both in their proposals:

    1.Implementation of innovative HTA methods: EU-funded research projects (e.g. COMED, IMPACT-HTA, HTx, GetReal, EHDEN) developed innovative methods aiming at addressing HTA bodies’ needs. Identifying which of these methods are ready to be used in real-life settings is a first crucial step towards broader uptake and dissemination. Successful implementation of innovative methods in actual HTA practices will contribute to provide a timely response to HTA challenges (e.g. use of real-world data in HTA) also providing a sound scientific resource for updates of methodological guidelines by the Coordination Group on HTA for joint activities as requested by the Regulation (EU) 2021/2282. HTA bodies/agencies participating in such activities will gain expertise in those methods that could be later transferred to other bodies/agencies using the training framework developed in the second strand of work.

    2.Advancing HTA expertise across the EU and Associated Countries should be carried out through a training programme tailored to the needs of HTA bodies, which may include twinning activities between HTA bodies/agencies to develop expertise and facilitate knowledge sharing among HTA bodies/agencies in the EU. The training programme is expected to contribute to the harmonisation of HTA practices in the EU that will in turn contribute to a greater consistency of health technology assessments across the EU and Associated Countries. Thus, the training programme should also support the engagement of HTA experts from Member States and EEA countries in carrying out joint HTA work starting January 2025 (i.e. implementation date of the Regulation on HTA), with the aim to produce high-quality and robust joint clinical assessments. The training programme should include all the necessary elements for carrying out robust assessments at national and EU level. Regarding the latter, the training programme should also promote the dissemination of the methodological guidelines to be adopted by the Coordination Group on HTA (based on the methodology developed and fine-tuned by EUnetHTA joint actions and EUnetHTA21 service contract).

    The proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Identification of innovative methods and tools, in particular those developed in EU-funded projects able to address HTA bodies' needs (in different areas: relative effectiveness assessment, cost-effectiveness assessment, etc.)

    2.Identifications of barriers to the uptake of these methods (and potential associated tools, e.g. open-source software to run cost-effectiveness analyses)

    3.Use cases (based on the needs identified by HTA bodies) to facilitate the endorsement by HTA bodies of innovative methods

    4.Development of an implementation plan including supporting tools and training modules (by researchers, alone or in collaboration with HTA bodies, to be delivered to HTA bodies/agencies)

    5.Recommendations for broader dissemination.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-02: Expanding the European Electronic Health Record exchange Format to improve interoperability within the European Health Data Space

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. More specifically, this topic aims at supporting activities that are contributing to the following impact area: “High quality digital services for all.” To that end, proposals under this topic should aim to deliver results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes, and provide appropriate qualitative and quantitative indicators to measure their progress and specific impact:

    1.European Health Record (EHR) stakeholders (e.g. developers, suppliers, integrators, and operators) have at their disposal and use fit-for-purpose standards, guidelines, and toolsets for prioritised health information domains to address interoperability of EHRs in line with the principles set in the EEHRxF Recommendation 268 , contributing also to security and privacy.

    2.Stakeholders have at their disposal better quality and better integrated health datasets within the European Health Data Space, 269 to foster innovations in the health sector and leverage the potential of new analytics solutions such as AI and big data, get new insights and detect trends from aggregated data, including for cross-border health threats.

    3.Citizens are provided with an expanded access to their health data, also across borders, and innovative digital services for high-quality health and care across the EU.

    Scope: EHR interoperability has yet to become a reality in a number of use cases and health information domains. It is a complex, multi-dimensional challenge. EHRs across the Member States are diverse; so are languages, cultures, and practices in the health sector. Different technical specifications, technologies and clinical terminologies are used, involving a range of stakeholders, within and across care settings.

    Proposals should address all of the following:

    1.Research, develop and validate harmonised interoperability formats for sharing data in specific priority health information domains that should be selected with reference to the EU policies and priorities. The output formats should enable EHR interoperability across the Member States and address cross-border health data exchange by design and in line with the principles set in the EEHRxF Recommendation.

    2.Leverage and scale up the potential of EHR through enhanced interoperability to improve the quality, safety, and efficiency of patient care, enforce patients' right to data portability, enhance care coordination, guide crisis planning, reduce medical errors, and lower costs. For example, based on the lessons learnt from COVID-19, enable incorporating EHR data into the early stages of clinical crisis planning and leveraging it to identify potential cross-border health threats based on analysis of patients’ data trends.

    3.Address semantic interoperability for prioritised information domains so that the transmitted health record contains standardised coded data.

    4.Maximise synergies with relevant initiatives, activities and programmes, building upon previous and linking to on-going actions 270 .

    5.Closely coordinate and collaborate with various stakeholders, from patients and healthcare professionals to EHR providers, healthcare industry (including SMEs), policymakers and legislators to progress towards a more comprehensive EHR interoperability.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-04: Modelling and simulation to address regulatory needs in the development of orphan and paediatric medicines

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim to deliver results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Developers and regulators have access to robust modelling and simulation tools to accelerate the effective development of orphan and/or paediatric medicinal products.

    2.Clinical researchers, developers and regulators use accurate computational models to improve the statistical robustness in clinical trials intended for small populations and guide cost-effective clinical trial designs.

    3.Clinical researchers and regulators have access to accurate in-silico tools for assessing the actionable use of real-world data and for successfully estimating the risk-benefit effects in clinical trials for small populations.

    4.Regulators develop guidance for the use of validated computational models to support a robust extrapolation framework and facilitate the safety and efficacy assessment in the process of regulatory appraisal of orphan and/or paediatric medicinal products.

    Scope: In its "Regulatory Science Strategy to 2025", the European Medicines Agency included specific recommendations to optimise the capabilities of modelling and simulation in the medicines development process and in particular to benefit special populations and neglected patient populations.

    Orphan drug development faces numerous challenges, including low disease prevalence, patient population heterogeneity and strong presence of paediatric patient populations. Consequently, clinical trials for orphan and/or paediatric medicines are often smaller than traditional large-scale randomised ones and they require the development of efficient trial designs relevant to small.

    Model-based approaches are significantly advantageous in small populations, as extrapolation tools for rationalising and increasing the statistical robustness in clinical trial designs and pharmacometric studies.

    The topic will support research and innovation activities focusing on the development of diverse modelling and simulation methods, as tools for addressing some of the regulatory needs in the clinical development cycle of new orphan and paediatric medicinal products. The topic is not intended to implement new preclinical/clinical studies but to use the existing knowledge/data for assessing and optimising the performance of mature in-silico models in the regulatory context with the goal of improving the clinical trial designs for small populations. Availability of the relevant data to address the requirements of the topic is an indispensable condition that must be demonstrated at the proposal submission.

    Proposals should involve national healthcare product regulatory bodies and the European Medicines Agency (EMA) in order to catalyse an effective collaboration between the researchers and the regulators. The active involvement of patient representatives is required in all phases of the research and innovation activities. Furthermore, SME(s) participation is encouraged with the aim to strengthen their scientific and technological basis.

    The proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Establish a multidisciplinary approach for assessing the utility of mature computational models, as tools for supporting the optimal design of innovative clinical trials for small populations and as fit-for-purpose solutions for enabling the regulatory scientific advice and marketing authorisation assessment of orphan and/or paediatric medicines, including their pharmacovigilance follow-up.

    2.Calibrate and optimise mature computational models for enhancing their clinical performance, by using relevant sources of patient data (e.g. natural history and observational clinical studies, medical records, registries, pharmacovigilance and longitudinal studies etc.). The models should include a variety of modelling methods and in particular hybrid solutions linking quantitative mechanistic modelling with advanced statistical modelling (e.g. quantitative systems pharmacology, disease mechanistic models, physiology-based pharmacodynamic/pharmacokinetic models, Bayesian modelling, artificial intelligence algorithms etc.).

    3.Assess validated in-silico models for their capability to increase the statistical robustness, improve the risk/benefit assessment in small population clinical trials, and for their accuracy to predict and extrapolate the therapeutic and dose effects, taking into account the patient’s genotypes/phenotypes, disease characteristics/stage variables and/or clinical/surrogate endpoints for delivering robust evidence of safety and efficacy of the orphan and paediatric medicines under study. The assessment of the in-silico models should be demonstrated in use cases representing well-justified group(s) of rare and/or paediatric diseases with commonalities, such as shared molecular denominators/disease pathways within the same and/or across different medical areas, excluding cancer and infectious diseases.

    4.Benchmark of diverse computational models by showcasing their simulation performance in virtual patient cohorts and by demonstrating that the models’ synthetic data estimates match to actual clinical trial data. This should lead to an assessment of the performance and credibility of a model simulation in the context of their specific use for regulatory purposes. Benchmark studies should be performed in the use cases mentioned above. Availability of clinical trials data and other relevant data is an indispensable requirement that must be demonstrated at the proposal submission.

    5.Set-up the criteria for the performance and credibility assessment of any relevant computational models for small population clinical trials to progress on their regulatory qualification and acceptability. Further develop and disseminate standards for the design, performance assessment and reporting of modelling and simulation tools with an emphasis on those of high regulatory value for accelerating the clinical development of orphan and paediatric medicinal products.

    The proposals should adhere to the FAIR data 271 principles, adopt data quality standards, data integration operating procedures and GDPR-compliant data sharing/access good practices developed by the European research infrastructures, where relevant. Proposals are invited to consider adopting recommendations for in-silico models construction and validation 272 . Data-intensive proposals, particularly those using data from patient registries, should take stock of the tools and services provided by the European Platform on Rare Disease Registration (EU RD Platform). For example, retrospective registry data are expected to be made accessible via EU RD platform, if reasonably feasible.

    All projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. This could also involve networking and joint activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes. Therefore, proposals are expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other potential joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The details of these joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase. In this regard, the Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with relevant stakeholders.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-05: Mapping the hurdles for the clinical applications of Advanced Therapy Medicinal Products (ATMPs)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, legal entities established in the United States of America may exceptionally participate as a beneficiary or affiliated entity, and are eligible to receive Union funding.

    Coordinators of projects must be legal entities established in an EU Member State or Associated Country.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim to deliver results that are directed towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Challenging aspects of regulation, policy, safety, efficacy, manufacturing, organisation, infrastructure, decision-making, and commercialisation are identified for speeding up the equitable clinical applications of ATMPs.

    2.European regulatory frameworks are adapted to novel scientific progress, especially those related to platform approaches, genome editing, interface with medical devices, artificial intelligence.

    3.Competent authorities in the Member States can propose adapted pricing and reimbursement schemes that allow European citizens to benefit from novel ATMPs.

    4.Academic and SME developers and manufacturers of ATMPs have an increased knowledge of the regulatory aspects.

    5.The decentralised manufacturing of ATMPs is consistent across health care centres.

    Scope: New pioneering treatments called Advanced Therapy Medicinal Products (ATMPs), including cell and gene therapies, have the potential to bring new cures to patients affected by diseases with limited or no available treatments. However, several hurdles impede or slow down the access of ATMPs to patients in the EU and Associated Countries. These include e.g. regulatory challenges, underlying scientific uncertainties, differences in assessing the values of ATMPs by the various Health Technology Agencies (HTA), difficulties to perform randomised-controlled clinical trials or to obtain long-term safety and effectiveness data, the lack of harmonised approaches to the reimbursement of the high upfront costs by health systems, manufacturing processes, etc.

    The proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Map the regulatory, safety and efficacy assessment, manufacturing, organisational and infrastructural needs to improve the translation of ATMPs from preclinical development to clinical use.

    2.Address the gaps and uncertainties in regulatory and policy aspects pertinent to complex innovative ATMPs.

    3.Address predictivity of preclinical data for safety and efficacy testing of ATMPs. Improved novel models could be proposed.

    4.Tackle decision-making processes relating to ATMPs, such as for instance the assessment of their values, the demonstration of the long-term safety and effectiveness, or new pricing and reimbursement frameworks.

    5.Propose opportunities for an improved knowledge of the regulatory processes among academic ATMP developers.

    6.Involve regulatory authorities, Health Technology Agencies (HTA), clinicians, ethics committees, and patients, with the aim to ensure higher clinical use of ATMPs. The findings of the project will be available to competent authorities, ATMP developers and manufacturers as well as to national/regional funding agencies.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06-07: Development and harmonisation of methodologies for assessing digital health technologies in Europe

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at addressing digital transition challenges through supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. More specifically, this topic aims at supporting activities that are contributing to the following impact area: “High quality digital services for all”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim to deliver results that are directed towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Policymakers in the EU have at their disposal a methodological framework and standardised approaches for assessing digital health technologies, that helps them make evidence-based decisions regarding the introduction of digital health technologies in their health and care systems with added value for patients and society.

    2.Regulators have access to robust, scientifically underpinned evaluation methodologies.

    3.EU citizens gain faster access to safe and well-performing person-centred digital technologies and are empowered through these tools.

    4.Health technology developers are better informed and dispose of more guidance on the evidence needed to demonstrate the added value of digital health technologies and have better insights on market predictability.

    5.(Digital) Health Industry/digital health technology developers and HTA bodies can contribute to the development of EU harmonised Health Technology Assessment (HTA) rules based on common principles.

    6.Improved cross-border use and interoperability of digital health tools and services throughout the EU and Associated Countries.

    7.Increased trust in digital health technologies and better integration of digital health tools and services in health and care systems.

    Scope: Digital health technologies have been driving a revolution in health and care ranging from general use of computers to algorithms designed to assist radiologists and radiotherapists in detecting and treating diseases, from robotic surgery to artificial intelligence, machine learning, computer aided decision models, and from mobile apps helping patients to self-manage their disease to electronic health records.

    Digital health technologies are expected to further contribute to better people-centred health and care systems and have the vast potential to improve our ability to accurately prevent, diagnose and treat diseases.

    However, assessing the added value and health benefits for patients and society pose a number of challenges in particular of methodological and technical nature. Best practice for common approaches in methodology for digital health are lacking, especially in the digital health tools that include artificial intelligence algorithms. A framework for the assessment of the digital transformation of health services and its impact is vital to generate the evidence required for decision-making on stimulating, using and/or funding digital health strategies at various levels in the health and care systems.

    The Expert Panel on effective ways of investing in Health (EXPH) recommended in its report ‘Assessing the impact of digital transformation of health services 273 ’, further investment in the development of assessment methodologies and in a European repository for evaluation methods and evidence of digital health services.

    To date, such assessment frameworks are relatively scarce, especially those addressing the transformative aspects of healthcare delivery on the organisational and operational level.

    The proposals are expected to develop and harmonise methodologies for assessing digital health technologies (including mhealth apps and telehealth, as well as Artificial Intelligence powered health technologies) in order to facilitate assessment of their added value at individual, health system and society levels and facilitate the cross-border deployment of digital health services within the EU. Existing Health Technology Assessment (HTA) methodology is well developed for health technologies such as medicinal products, but also for some categories of medical devices; however digitalisation raises new methodological challenges to the standardisation of assessment criteria such as privacy, cybersecurity, data storage and handling, interoperability, usability etc. Also including aspects like learning curves, iterative development of innovations, variability between settings, determining optimal timing of evaluations in the development process (maturity) are not yet solved.

    Proposals are expected to build on existing frameworks such as (but not restricted to) ‘Model for Assessment of Telemedicine’ (MAST framework – Kidholm et al., 2012) and the results of previous EU-funded projects in particular (but not restricted to) COMED, project that already identified HTA challenges of telehealth and mhealth, and mHealth hub 274 .

    Proposals should consider involving the JRC to take advantage of its expertise on assessment frameworks of innovative health technologies and its activities at the interface between research and regulatory aspects and/or in translating assessment results into best practice recommendations anchored in EU policies. In that respect, the JRC is open to collaborate with any successful proposal after its approval.

    The proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Develop and/or expand a general methodological framework and standardised approaches to assess digital health technologies with a particular focus on criteria such as privacy, cybersecurity, data quality, data storage and handling, interoperability etc.;

    2.Comply with the relevant requirements proposed in the European Health Data Space (EHDS) legal provisions;

    3.Test the robustness of the developed methodologies on minimum 3 different digital health technology use cases;

    4.Pilot the development of common specifications to the harmonisation of assessment frameworks (pre-market and post-market phases) throughout the EU and Associated Countries;

    5.Include end-users of digital health technologies (be it professionals, care users or citizens), developers of digital health technologies, producers of health services, regulators and governments;

    6.Collect best practice for common approaches in methodology for digital health technology assessment and develop an open access European repository for evaluation methods, studies, results and evidence of digital health technologies and services;

    7.Contribute to a framework to evaluate and monitor whether the uptake and use of digital health services contribute to the overall goals of the health and care system;

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Call - A competitive health-related industry (Single stage - 2024)

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-IND-06

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 275

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 276

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 26 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 11 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-IND-06-08

    RIA

    10.00

    8.00 to 10.00

    1

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-IND-06-09

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    12.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-IND-06-08: Developing EU methodological frameworks for clinical/performance evaluation and post-market clinical/performance follow-up of medical devices and in vitro diagnostic medical devices (IVDs)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, any legal entity established in the United States of America is eligible to receive Union funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim to deliver results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Patients gain faster access to innovative, safe and well-performing medical devices;

    2.Regulators have access to sound scientific resources for clinical/performance evaluation guidance and development of common specifications as foreseen in Article 9 of the Medical Device Regulation (MDR);

    3.Notified bodies, by their direct participation to the production of documents, will have a harmonised way of assessing the clinical evidence in the pre-market and post-market phases; furthermore their network 277 , will be enhanced;

    4.Health technology developers gain insight on the evidence needed to demonstrate that their devices meet MDR clinical requirements throughout their lifetime. They will also have more guidance on the use of real-world data for their clinical development strategies.

    Scope: The Medical Device Regulation (MDR) and in vitro diagnostic medical device Regulation (IVDR) provides a new regulatory framework where reinforcement of clinical/performance evaluation of medical devices and IVDs, and in particular high-risk medical devices, is a key element. The confirmation of conformity with the relevant general safety and performance requirements set out in the MDR and IVDR 278 is based on clinical data and its assessment (clinical/performance evaluation), including the evaluation of the acceptability of the benefit-risk- ratio. Within this new framework, the clinical/performance evaluation should follow a defined and methodologically sound procedure based on the critical evaluation of the relevant scientific literature, a critical evaluation of the results of all available clinical investigations/performance studies, as well as consideration of currently available alternative treatment options for the device under evaluation. Clinical/performance evaluation has to be updated throughout the life cycle of the device. Hence, clinical/performance evaluation can draw on multiple types of data including data from initial clinical investigations/performance studies and data gathered by the manufacturer's post-market surveillance system. To operationalise this new requirement, research is needed to help regulators develop common methodological frameworks (including common specifications 279 ) on the clinical evidence needed to demonstrate safety, performance and clinical benefit all along the life cycle of devices taking into account the type of device and clinical intended purpose.

    Such methodological frameworks and standardised approaches are particularly needed for high-risk medical devices, e.g. implantable and class III medical devices, class C and D IVDs, medical device software (including AI enabled devices and next generation sequencing) and other highly innovative devices.

    In order to address the differences between evidence generation for medical devices and IVDs, the project should be tackled taking into account those differences.

    Proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Development of a framework for a life-cycle approach to evidence generation and evaluation of high-risk and innovative medical devices and IVDs. This framework will provide a description of the types of evidence i) that meet safety and performance for market access, and ii) that have to be generated to fulfil post-market responsibilities. When appropriate it would be beneficial to consider to what extent the framework could be relevant to demonstrate relative effectiveness as needed for Health Technology Assessment. As regards highly innovative devices, particular attention may be paid to defining acceptable levels of uncertainty in terms of benefit-risk ratio at market entry as well as the type of post-market follow-up to be implemented to generate additional clinical evidence able to reduce this uncertainty. This could be particularly relevant for devices e.g. having no or little similarities with existing devices in terms of intended purpose, mode of action, materials or, for IVDs, with no existing reference materials.;

    2.For medical devices, a pilot to support development of common specifications which would set the stage for a common specification ecosystem for medical devices in the EU 280 , including the development of standardised/common endpoints and associated health outcomes measures by technology type and where relevant by clinical intended purpose;

    3.Development of a general methodological approach to define, determine and update the state of the art for different device technologies. The robustness of the developed approach should be evaluated on 3 different medical device types and 3 different IVD types;

    4.Possible use of registries and other sources of real-world data for demonstration of regulatory compliance both pre- and post-market: minimum requirements for data quality, completeness and data reliability, statistical methods for data analysis, methods for limiting biases, methods for data linkage, determination of what acceptable evidence can be drawn from registries;

    5.Methodology for bridging studies for devices and IVDs with iterative development: assessment of data coming from previous versions of the device and where relevant integration of that data into the device’s clinical investigation/performance study and gap assessment between the different versions of the device;

    6.Identification of relevant quantitative and qualitative methodologies for integrating evidence derived from various data sources in the clinical evaluation/performance evaluation;

    Proposals should build on relevant completed and ongoing initiatives in the field, in particular (but not restricted to) EU-funded initiatives. 281 Proposals should involve researchers who are specialised in the clinical/performance evaluation of medical devices/IVDs and in the use of real-world data to evaluate medical products. Proposals should involve national competent authorities, notified bodies, IVD laboratories as well as Health Technology Assessment bodies and could involve patients’ representatives where relevant.

    Applicants envisaging to include clinical studies should provide details of their clinical studies in the dedicated annex using the template provided in the submission system. See definition of clinical studies in the introduction to this work programme part.

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-IND-06-09: Gaining experience and confidence in New Approach Methodologies (NAM) for regulatory safety and efficacy testing – coordinated training and experience exchange for regulators

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In recognition of the opening of the US National Institutes of Health’s programmes to European researchers, legal entities established in the United States of America may exceptionally participate as a beneficiary or affiliated entity, and are eligible to receive Union funding.

    Coordinators of projects must be legal entities established in an EU Member State or Associated Country.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at supporting activities that are enabling or contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination 6 “Maintaining an innovative, sustainable and globally competitive health industry”. To that end, proposals under this topic should aim to deliver results that are directed, tailored towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.European regulators gain state-of-the-art knowledge on different NAMs that are being proposed for the assessment of the safety and efficacy of chemicals and pharmaceuticals;

    2.European regulators understand better the shortcomings of the current tools based on animal procedures for the assessment of chemicals and pharmaceuticals;

    3.European regulators collaborate on a framework on how to assess the safety of chemicals based on NAM-data and how to classify the hazardous properties based on such data;

    4.European regulators collaborate on a similar framework for assessment of safety and efficacy of pharmaceuticals based on NAM-data;

    5.Citizens benefit from the supply and use of chemicals and pharmaceuticals that have been assessed through NAMs that are better predicting potential effects in humans than the current assessment methods;

    6.Industry has an improved competitive position with the availability of harmonised and standardised NAM-based assessment tools that are faster and more flexible;

    7.European Commission and Member States regulators are responding to the societal demand to move away from animal testing.

    Scope: There is increasing scientific evidence pointing to the limitations of animal testing for safety and efficacy assessment of chemicals and pharmaceuticals. Europe is also experiencing a strong societal demand to move away from animal testing. Scientific progress of the past two decades has produced a number of animal-free New Approach Methodologies (NAMs) that have the potential to be used instead of the animal models that are currently employed for such testing. However, knowledge, experience and confidence on how results from the NAM assays could be used is still lacking among regulators, which could limit the industry’s use of NAMs because of lack of legal certainty when generating safety and health data requested by EU legislation.

    The proposals should focus on alternatives to the use of animals for regulatory safety and efficacy testing. Applicants should propose activities that bring together NAM developers and NAM users with European regulators responsible for the safe use of chemicals (e.g. industrial chemicals, pesticides, biocides and cosmetics) and pharmaceuticals in order to inform on NAM solutions available and to encourage the building of a framework on how these NAMs could be most effectively used in the different decision-making contexts. For NAMs applicable to chemical risk assessment, collaboration with existing initiatives such as the Partnership for the Assessment of Risks from Chemicals (PARC) and the ASPIS cluster of projects (Animal-free Safety Assessment of chemicals: Project cluster for Implementation of novel Strategies) is encouraged.

    To build such a framework the proposals should address all of the following:

    1.develop technical and regulatory readiness criteria

    2.reflect on how to provide mechanisms to support technology transfer, i.e. bringing promising NAMs to the market (including optimisation and transferability assessment)

    3.discuss how to standardise NAMs and NAM-based strategies via OECD, CEN, ISO, ICH, VICH and other international organisations, as applicable

    4.provide technical training for Contract Research Organisations (CROs) applying NAMs for regulatory purposes

    5.promote dialogue (involving companies, regulatory bodies on EU level, including ECHA, EMA and EFSA and Member States authorities) on how to integrate and interpret data from NAMs and facilitate their uptake for safety and efficacy testing of chemicals (including pesticides) and pharmaceuticals, while addressing the lack of reliability and shortcomings of the current tools based on animal procedures

    6.identify obstacles in EU legislation for the regulatory use of NAMs and propose options/changes in the EU regulatory framework which address these obstacles and facilitate the uptake and use of NAMs

    Proposals should consider involving the JRC to take advantage of its expertise and relevant activities in bridging research and regulatory communities and facilitating uptake of NAMs for regulatory application. In that respect, the JRC is open to collaborate with any successful proposal after its approval.

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

    Grants to identified beneficiaries

    1. Contribution to the Coalition for Epidemics Preparedness Initiative (CEPI) - vaccine development for priority diseases

    This is a topic for a grant awarded without a call for proposals (Article 195 (e) of the EU Financial Regulation). CEPI is a key global initiative that comprehensively and systematically addresses vaccine development for priority pathogens causing epidemic and pandemic threats.

    CEPI has been a key partner for implementing the common Union response to the COVID-19 epidemic. With this funding, CEPI will be able to award grants to third parties through competitive calls for proposals. The focus will be on development of new medical countermeasures to prevent and contain infectious diseases that have epidemic potential, before these diseases become global health emergencies. The call(s) will be issued by CEPI, to fund advanced pre-clinical as well as clinical research on new vaccines for the prevention of emerging and re-emerging infectious diseases, with a view to preventing future epidemics. It will be aligned with activities of the European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA) and a new Partnership for Pandemic Preparedness.

    Expected Outcome:

    Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination: “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”.

    Project Results under this action are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Health care providers have access to newly developed medical countermeasures against prioritised pathogens with epidemic potential.

    2.Citizens benefit from improvements in prevention and containment of epidemics.

    3.Research funders, policymakers and the research community will have better tools and solutions to achieve the Sustainable Development Goal 3.3 282 , “to combat communicable diseases" and to implement 3.B “to support the research and development of vaccines for the communicable diseases that primarily affect developing countries, and provide access to affordable essential vaccines”.

    Scope:

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (e) of the EU Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation to the legal entities identified below as CEPI has been a key partner for implementing the common Union response to the COVID-19 epidemic.

    The Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) is an international non-profit association established under Norwegian Law. It was founded by the Governments of Norway, Germany, Japan, India, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and the Wellcome Trust, and launched during the World Economic Forum in Davos 2017. Its objective is to finance and coordinate the development of new medical countermeasures to prevent and contain infectious diseases that have epidemic potential, before these diseases become global health emergencies. The Horizon Europe funding will be used to enhance and expand CEPI’s activities. This action will also contribute to the implementation of the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation and the EU’s development policy, in particular attention will be given to the constraints national health systems face in low- and middle-income countries.

    Accordingly, the proposals should cover all of the following activities:

    1.Vaccine research and development for emerging pathogens to stop future epidemics.

    2.Research to advance adaptable vaccine technologies that can be used for rapid vaccine and immunoprophylactic development against previously unknown pathogens.

    3.Engagement with relevant stakeholders in the area of epidemic preparedness ensuring collaboration and coordination and avoiding duplication.

    This action is expected to engage with other relevant initiatives, such as the new Partnership for Pandemic Preparedness.

    With the grant from the European Union, CEPI will be able to award one or several grants to third parties through competitive calls for proposals. The call(s) will be issued to fund advanced pre-clinical as well as clinical research on new vaccines for the prevention of emerging and re-emerging infectious diseases, with a view to preventing future epidemics. For this purpose this action is also expected to engage with HERA. The expected recipients of the grant(s) issued by CEPI include research institutes, universities, SMEs as well as large companies, all active in research and innovation on new and improved vaccines.

    Award criteria:

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply: The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements:

    The funding rate will be 70%.

    Financial support provided by CEPI to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives as CEPI does not have the capacity to develop new medical countermeasures itself. The maximum amount to be granted to a third party is EUR 35 million. This is justified by the high cost of development for new vaccines, that reach tens of millions of Euros 283 .

    Legal entities:

    Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations, Marcus Thranes gate 2, 0473 Oslo, Norway

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Programme co-fund action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: 4th Quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 35.00 million from the 2023 budget

    2. Presidency event - Sweden. Life sciences: The era of precision medicine

    This action will cover the organisation of a conference by the Swedish Presidency, focusing on precision medicine.

    The conference aims at creating a forum for knowledge exchange and networking to seize the opportunities that precision medicine brings to promote a modern healthcare. The conference will focus on three aspects of precision medicine. The first aspect is data-driven implementation, with a focus on access to large amounts of data and structures for implementation in healthcare through EHDS (European Health Data Space). A second aspect is ethics, which will become even more important with new genetic technologies, increased use of sensitive personal data and market interests. The third aspect will address precision prevention through early detection and diagnosis, as well as disease-preventing actions. The perspectives of sustainability and patient participation will be highlighted across all three aspects.

    Award criteria:

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply: The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure:

    The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements:

    The funding rate will be 100%.

    Legal entities:

    Swedish Ministry of Enterprise and Innovation, Herkulesgatan 17, SE 103 33 Stockholm, Sweden

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: First Quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2023 budget

    3. Presidency event - Spain. Genomics-based health strategies: towards personalised and precision medicine

    This action will cover the organisation of an event by the Spanish Presidency, focusing on personalised medicine.

    Personalised medicine has gained significant attention over the last decade as technologies for understanding biological differences between individuals have advanced dramatically. There are many potential benefits of personalised medicine and its development will change the way in which some health services are delivered. Within the last decade, the EU has launched a series of initiatives, of different nature, aimed at promoting personalised medicine: regarding genomic medicine; the European Genome initiative, promoting collaborative consortia; ERA PerMed and ICPerMed, the construction of the EHDS (European Health Data Space) within the Digital Health Strategy of the EU and the forthcoming Genomic Data Infrastructure. However, personalised medicine is a wide area of study which still have some challenges to tackle.

    The Spanish presidency event should be focused on the following aspects of personalised medicine:

    1.Innovative health strategies based on genomics and personalised and precision medicine to respond to unmet medical needs: improvements in cancer treatment, and prognosis of rare diseases, prevention of common and complex diseases or high sensitivity to infectious diseases.

    2.Transnational joint efforts in personalised healthcare: European consortia and partnerships.

    3.Personalised medicine as a scientific tool for global health cooperation for bridging Europe and the African and Latin American regions.

    Award criteria:

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply: The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure:

    The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements:

    The funding rate will be 100%.

    Legal entities:

    Fundación Española para la Ciencia y la Tecnología - FECYT, FECYT, MCIN, C/ Pintor Murillo 15 - 28100 Alcobendas, Madrid, Spain

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Second Quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2023 budget

    4. Presidency event - Belgium. R&I policies for Better Health, Wellbeing and Prosperity

    This action will cover the organisation of two conferences by the Belgian Presidency: “Europe united against old and new pandemics” and “The convergence of technologies driving R&I towards the development of healthcare of the future”.

    The conference “Europe united against old and new pandemics” will be informed by the CSAs preparing the EU R&I partnerships on pandemic preparedness and response and on One Health AMR. The conference should provide a platform to discuss and agree on the next steps for the EU-partnership on pandemic preparedness and response and its role in supporting HERA. Taking stock of the lessons learned from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and embracing a “One Health - Planetary Health” approach, the conference should help prepare for any pandemic threat - whether from emerging infectious diseases or antimicrobial resistance.

    The conference should reach out to policymakers and stakeholders in science, innovation and public health as well as the European Commission.

    The conference “The convergence of technologies enabling R&I for the healthcare of the future” should focus on the convergence of technologies such as bio-, nano-, digital technologies and engineering, which, in combination with omics data supplemented by health and real-world data have the potential to push the boundaries of R&I in the field health. However without proper integration of genomic and health data, R&I is hampered. Integrating the Genome Data Infrastructure (GDI) into the European Health Data Space would enable breakthroughs.

    The conference should address the challenges linked to integrating genomics, and health and real-world data, as well as the role and potential of converging technologies to accelerate the development of personalised and preventive health management. Technologies such as single cell technologies, innovative medical technologies and -omics analyses including human microbiomics and lab- or cell-on-chip developments can accelerate the insights into what determines health and disease and allow for true personalisation of health management and preventive approaches.

    The conference should draw on advances in the fields of cancer and rare diseases and may also focus on the needs for skills of the future related to genomic medicine and data governance.

    The conference should involve the member state ministries of R&I and public health as well as the European Commission.

    Award criteria:

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply: The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure:

    The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements:

    The funding rate will be 100%.

    Legal entities:

    Flemish region the Department of Economy, Science and Innovation, Avenue du Port 88, 1000 Brussels

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Fourth Quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2024 budget

    5. Presidency event - Hungary. Hungarian priorities in Health research

    This action will cover the organisation of two conferences on Hungarian Health priorities in relation to the Hungarian Presidency, namely Brain Health and the Health impacts of Climate Change.

    The conferences should provide platforms for knowledge exchange and networking and should draw on contributions from international organisations, research organisations, funders and policymakers including the European Commission as well as patient representatives.

    The Brain Health conference should aim at creating a forum for reviewing existing and potential brain health research initiatives including a possible future EU R&I partnership in the area of brain health. Brain Health is an emerging and growing concept that encompasses neural development, plasticity, functioning, and recovery including mental health aspects in a life course perspective. Numerous interconnected social and biological determinants (incl. genetics) play a role in brain development and brain health throughout the life course. Some of the aspects of brain health are strongly linked to ageing, working, lifestyle and social life situations. Dementia and other brain disorders will impose an ever-growing burden on the healthcare systems due to the ageing of Europe’s population. Developing effective and high quality health and social care for these conditions will require holistic and person-centred multisectoral and interdisciplinary research collaborations spanning the fields of health promotion and disease prevention, treatment, care and rehabilitation across the lifespan and building on the active engagement of citizens and patients, their families and carers, as appropriate.

    The conference on the Health Impact of Climate Change should focus on the protection of the health and well-being of citizens from the climate change induced risks and impacts. Climate changes induce events such as changes in biodiversity, disruption of ecosystems and land use, global warming and heat waves, changes in UV exposure, drought or flooding. These events are influencing globally the incidence and spread of infectious diseases and increasing pollution, thereby causing new threats to human health. To tackle the health impacts of climate change an interdisciplinary approach is needed. The conference should create a forum to discuss possible solutions and technological development to contain and reduce the health impact of emerging threats imposed by climate change, to share best practices in climate policies and actions.

    Award criteria:

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply: The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure:

    The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements:

    The funding rate will be 100%.

    Legal entities:

    National Research, Development and Innovation Office, Kéthly Anna tér 1, Budapest 1077, Hungary

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Second Quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2024 budget

    Other Instruments

    1. External expertise

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of running actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation, for ethics checks, for the evaluation of large actions annual work plans, as well as for compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion. A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 2.00 million from the 2024 budget

    2. Mobilisation of research funds in case of Public Health Emergencies

    Expected Outcome:

    Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several expected impacts of destination: “Tackling diseases and reducing disease burden”.

    Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome: Allow the Union to respond to Public Health Emergencies.

    Scope:

    In case of a public health emergency 284 (such as a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) according to the World Health Organization, a public health emergency under Decision 1082/2013/EU or under applicable national frameworks and regulations), funding will be mobilised for:

    1.The award of grants without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (b) of the EU Financial Regulation 285 in exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies. At that time, the Funding & Tenders Portal will open a dedicated section where proposals can be submitted. This will be communicated to the National Contact Points. The invitation to apply for funding will be open to all eligible entities or be limited to targeted entities, taking into account the need to achieve the underlying objectives in a quick and efficient manner considering the exceptional circumstances; and/or

    2.The award of additional funding for ongoing grant agreements funded through EU Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation to cover additional activities specifically linked to the public health emergency, in exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies. Providing such additional funding to ongoing EU Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation grants that can support pertinent short- and mid-term research efforts to confront the public health emergency will save valuable time and allow addressing the situation with the appropriate urgency. Restricted calls for expression of interest or proposals will develop such additional activities or add additional partners to existing EU Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation actions.

    It is expected that quality-controlled data are shared in accordance with the FAIR 286 principles. The use of harmonised protocols in collaboration with other actors is recommended for this purpose.

    The standard eligibility and admissibility criteria, evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria, maximum funding rate and conditions for providing financial support to third parties, are provided in the General Annexes.

    The beneficiaries must comply with the public emergency related provisions listed in the General Annexes concerning the project implementation under - Intellectual Property Rights (IPR), background and results, access rights and rights of use (article 16 and Annex 5) for the duration of the Public Health Emergency; and under Communication, dissemination, open science and visibility (article 17 and Annex 5) during the entire duration of the action and for four years after the end of the action.

    The following derogations to the evaluation procedure described in General Annexes D and F apply to open invitations to submit applications:

    In order to ensure a balanced portfolio covering responses to different aspects of the public health emergency, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking, but also to those projects that enhance the quality of the project portfolio through synergies between projects and avoidance of overlaps, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    The action may also include justified derogations from the standard limits to financial support to third parties. Where applicable, the relevant grant agreement options will be applied.

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (b)

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Will depend on the Public Health Emergency

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 2024 budget

    3. Studies, conferences, events and outreach activities

    A number of specific contracts will be signed under existing framework contracts in order to: (i) support the dissemination and exploitation of project results; (ii) contribute to the definition of future challenge priorities; (iii) undertake citizen surveys such as Eurobarometers, (iv) carry out specific evaluations of programme parts; and (v) organise conferences, events and outreach activities. Should existing framework contracts prove unsuitable or insufficient to support the abovementioned activities, one or more calls for tender may be launched as appropriate.

    Subject matter of the contracts envisaged: studies, technical assistance, conferences, events and outreach activities.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: 2023 and 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 10.48 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 2.30 million from the 2024 budget

    4. Subscription to the Human Frontier Science Program Organization

    An annual subscription to the international Human Frontier Science Program Organization (HFSPO) 287 will allow researchers from EU non-G7 Member States to fully benefit from the Human Frontier Science Program (HFSP) and contribute to the implementation of the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation.

    An amount of EUR 1 Million in 2023 and EUR 1 Million in 2024 is set aside in order to enable initiatives to help the affected scientific community in and from areas recently severely ravaged by conflict and/or war on European ground.

    Type of Action: Subscription action

    Indicative timetable: 2023 and 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 6.30 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 6.30 million from the 2024 budget

    Budget 288

    Budget line(s)

    2023 Budget(EUR million)

    2024 Budget(EUR million)

    Calls

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-STAYHLTH-01

    40.00

    from 01.020210

    16.00

    from 01.020210 - NGEU

    24.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-STAYHLTH-01-two-stage

    80.00

    from 01.020210

    80.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-ENVHLTH-02

    103.00

    from 01.020210

    43.50

    from 01.020210 - NGEU

    59.50

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-ENVHLTH-02-two-stage

    60.00

    from 01.020210

    60.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-03

    224.00

    from 01.020210

    93.00

    from 01.020210 - NGEU

    131.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-DISEASE-07

    50.00

    from 01.020210

    50.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-03-two-stage

    125.00

    from 01.020210

    125.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-08

    52.00

    from 01.020210

    52.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-09

    100.00

    from 01.020210

    100.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-04

    60.00

    from 01.020210

    27.00

    from 01.020210 - NGEU

    33.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-CARE-08

    100.00

    from 01.020210

    50.00

    from 01.020210 - NGEU

    50.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-CARE-04-two-stage

    30.00

    from 01.020210

    30.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-TOOL-05

    214.00

    from 01.020210

    87.31

    from 01.020210 - NGEU

    126.69

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-05-two-stage

    25.00

    from 01.020210

    25.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-TOOL-11

    25.00

    from 01.020210

    25.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2023-IND-06

    56.00

    from 01.020210

    26.00

    from 01.020210 - NGEU

    30.00

    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-IND-06

    12.00

    from 01.020210

    12.00

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    104.82

    from 01.020210

    104.82

    Other actions

    Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

    35.60

    0.60

    from 01.020210

    35.60

    0.60

    Expert contract action

    2.00

    2.00

    from 01.020210

    2.00

    2.00

    Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195

    1.00

    1.00

    from 01.020210

    1.00

    1.00

    Public procurement

    10.48

    2.30

    from 01.020210

    10.48

    2.30

    Subscription action

    6.30

    6.30

    from 01.020210

    6.30

    6.30

    Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.24

    from 01.020210

    0.24

    Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

    3.00

    from 01.020210

    3.00

    Estimated total budget

    1010.45

    521.20

    (1)    COM(2021) 252 final
    (2)    JOIN(2021) 30 final
    (3)     https://health.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2022-02/eu_cancer-plan_en_0.pdf
    (4)    The European Cancer Information System ( ECIS ) and the European Network of Cancer Registries ( ENCR )
    (5)     European Commission Initiatives on Breast and Colorectal Cancer
    (6)     European Cancer Inequalities Registry
    (7)    European Platform on Rare Disease Registration ( EU RD Platform ) – for rare cancers
    (8)     Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Knowledge Gateway
    (9)    “Synergies between Horizon Europe and ERDF programmes (Draft Commission Notice)” https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/news/all-research-and-innovation-news/synergies-guidance-out-2022-07-06_en
    (10)    2018 Roadmap of the European Strategy Forum on Research Infrastructures (ESFRI) with the ESFRI research infrastructures list (pp 15-17), https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/research_and_innovation/esfri-roadmap-2018.pdf ; European Research Infrastructures, Commission website: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/strategy/european-research-infrastructures_en ; List of entities legally established as European Research Infrastructure Consortium (ERIC) https://www.eric-forum.eu/the-eric-landscape .
    (11)    European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) https://www.eosc-portal.eu ; European COVID-19 Data Platform / COVID-19 Data Portal https://www.covid19dataportal.org .
    (12)    European space technology based earth observation, positioning, navigation and timing services provided by: Copernicus, the European Union's Earth observation programme https://www.copernicus.eu/en/copernicus-services ; Galileo, the European Global Satellite Navigation System (GNSS) https://www.gsc-europa.eu/galileo/services/galileo-initial-services ; and the European Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS) https://www.gsa.europa.eu/egnos/services .
    (13)     https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles
    (14)     https://faircookbook.elixir-europe.org/content/home.html
    (15)     https://www.openaire.eu/how-to-make-your-data-fair
    (16)    The Euratom programme supports research on the protection of citizens, including patients, benefiting from screening, early detection, diagnostics, cancer therapy and care involving radiation sources. It aims at better understanding the effects of medical exposure to ionising radiation, optimisation of radiological protection, and safe use and reliable supply of medical radionuclides.
    (17)    Strategic Plan 2021-2024 of Horizon Europe, Annex I, Table 2.
    (18) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (19)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (20)    Of which EUR 24.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (21)    ‘The ability to live in one's own home and community safely, independently, and comfortably, regardless of age, income, or ability level’.
    (22)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/1_en_act_part1_v8_0.pdf
    (23)     https://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp?catId=738&langId=en&pubId=8396
    (24)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/non-communicable-diseases/overview_en
    (25)     https://www.europarl.europa.eu/legislative-train/theme-promoting-our-european-way-of-life/file-european-care-strategy
    (26)    A new multi-policy approach is recommended by the “Silver Economy Study”: the ageing population promises more economic growth and jobs. Silver Economy Study: How to stimulate the economy by hundreds of millions of Euros per year | Shaping Europe’s digital future (europa.eu)
    (27)    EU-funded large-scale pilots on Active and Healthy Ageing https://www.opendei.eu/healthcare-sector/
    (28)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/eip-aha and http://www.aal-europe.eu/ and http://www.rscn.eu/
    (29)    Such as the Reference Sites Collaborative Network, http://www.rscn.eu/
    (30)    International cooperation EU-Japan: Digital health and ageing Smart living environments for ageing people. September 2021; DOI: 10.2759/13059; Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union: ISBN 978-92-76-38187-7
    (31)     https://idih-global.eu
    (32)     https://www.opendei.eu/healthcare-sector/
    (33) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (34)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (35)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (36)     https://sport.ec.europa.eu/healthylifestyle4all
    (37)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/non-communicable-diseases_en
    (38)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/ehealth
    (39)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/communication-enabling-digital-transformation-health-and-care-digital-single-market-empowering
    (40)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (41)    (Epi-)genetic, biological, environmental, lifestyle, social, behavioural, etc.
    (42)    Possibly along with digitally supported disease management schemes.
    (43)    For example: medication, diet programmes, early diagnostics, monitoring, lifestyle advice and modification, specific training/exercise, psychosocial interventions, meditation, etc.
    (44)    See: European strategic research agenda in artificial intelligence: https://www.elise-ai.eu/work/agenda-and-programs
    (45)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/non-communicable-diseases/overview_en
    (46)    Social and economic environment; physical environment; individual characteristics; behaviour.
    (47)    For example, genomic, biomarkers, metagenomics, diet, synthetic data, lifestyle, wearables (physical activity), mental health, gender, age, physical and social environment.
    (48)    Computational techniques, e.g., virtual twin; deep, fair and/or federated machine learning; AI and symbolic AI.
    (49)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/non-communicable-diseases_en
    (50)     https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/about-us/how-we-work/big-data/data-analysis-real-world-interrogation-network-darwin-eu
    (51)     https://food.ec.europa.eu/horizontal-topics/farm-fork-strategy_en
    (52) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (53)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (54)    Of which EUR 17.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (55)    Of which EUR 17.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (56)    Of which EUR 24.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (57)    Of which EUR 1.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (58)     https://www.thelancet.com/pdfs/journals/lancet/PIIS0140-6736(15)60901-1.pdf
    (59)    “Our definition of planetary health is the achievement of the highest attainable standard of health, well-being, and equity worldwide through judicious attention to the human systems—political, economic, and social—that shape the future of humanity and the Earth’s natural systems that define the safe environmental limits within which humanity can flourish. Put simply, planetary health is the health of human civilisation and the state of the natural systems on which it depends”
    (60)    A call for urgent action to safeguard our planet and our health in line with the helsinki declaration – ScienceDirect, https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0013935120314973
    (61)     https://www.heraresearcheu.eu/
    (62)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (63)    The future of working in a virtual environment and occupational safety and health, https://osha.europa.eu/en/publications/future-working-virtual-environment-and-occupational-safety-and-health
    (64)     https://op.europa.eu/webpub/empl/european-pillar-of-social-rights/en/
    (65)     https://osha.europa.eu/en/safety-and-health-legislation/eu-strategic-framework-health-and-safety-work-2021-2027
    (66)     https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
    (67)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/policies/endocrine-disruptors_en
    (68)     Chemicals strategy (europa.eu)
    (69)     https://www.efsa.europa.eu/en/efsajournal/pub/5311
    (70)     EU Strategic Framework on Health and Safety at Work 2021-2027 | Safety and health at work EU-OSHA (europa.eu)
    (71)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (72)     IPCheM Portal (europa.eu)
    (73)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/horizon-hlth-2021-envhlth-03-01
    (74)     https://www.humanexposome.eu/
    (75)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/chemicals-strategy_en
    (76)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/zero-pollution-action-plan_en
    (77)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
    (78)     https://ec.europa.eu/clima/index_en
    (79)     https://www.who.int/health-topics/environmental-health ; https://www.euro.who.int/en/health-topics/environment-and-health
    (80)     https://www.un.org/en/climatechange
    (81)     https://www.unep.org/
    (82) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (83)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (84)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (85)    E.g. Eurobarometer 501 – 2020- https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_20_331
    (86)     Air pollution (who.int)
    (87)    For more details, see Briefing no. 19/2021: Health impacts of air pollution in Europe, 2021
    (88)     EEA 2020 report on Healthy environment, healthy lives: how the environment influences health and well-being in Europe
    (89)     Evaluating the Association between Artificial Light-at-Night Exposure and Breast and Prostate Cancer Risk in Spain (MCC-Spain Study) | Environmental Health Perspectives | Vol. 126, No. 4 (nih.gov)
    (90)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/topics/waste-and-recycling_en
    (91)    Data presented at the Ministerial Meeting on Environment and Health, Ostrava, CZ (2017)
    (92)     European Commission 2020 Report on the Impact of Demographic Change
    (93)     EEA 2020 report on Healthy environment, healthy lives: how the environment influences health and well-being in Europe
    (94)    World Health Organization. (‎2021)‎. WHO global air quality guidelines: particulate matter (‎PM2.5 and PM10)‎, ozone, nitrogen dioxide, sulfur dioxide and carbon monoxide. World Health Organization. https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/345329 .
    (95)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (96)     IPCheM Portal (europa.eu)
    (97)    Currently, around 50 million people in the EU are estimated to suffer from two or more chronic conditions, and most of these people are over 65. Every day, 22 500 people die in Europe from those diseases, counting of 87% of all deaths. They account for 550 000 premature deaths of people of working age with an estimated €115 billion economic loss per year (0.8% of GDP).
    (98)    AMR is estimated to be responsible for 25 000 deaths per year in the EU alone and 700 000 deaths per year globally. It has been estimated that AMR might cause more deaths than cancer by 2050.
    (99)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12154-Europe-s-Beating-Cancer-Plan
    (100)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/funding/eu4health_en
    (101)    WHO Global Action Plan for the Prevention and Control of NCDs 2013-2020 (resolution WHA66.10), https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241506236
    (102)    Including for instance the following voluntary targets (against the 2010 baseline): A 25% relative reduction in the overall mortality from cardiovascular diseases, cancer, diabetes, or chronic respiratory diseases; Halt the rise in diabetes and obesity; An 80% availability of the affordable basic technologies and essential medicines, including generics, required to treat major non-communicable diseases in both public and private facilities.
    (103)    Disability-adjusted life year (DALY) is a quantitative indicator of overall disease burden, expressed as the number of years lost due to ill-health, disability or early death.
    (104)    WHO global action plan on antimicrobial resistance, 2015
    (105)    EU One Health Action Plan against AMR, 2017
    (106) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (107)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (108)    Of which EUR 30.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (109)    Of which EUR 11.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (110)    Of which EUR 30.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (111)    Of which EUR 1.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (112)    Of which EUR 0.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (113)    Of which EUR 17.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (114)    Of which EUR 11.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (115)    Of which EUR 30.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (116)     https://www.who.int/cancer/palliative/definition/en/
    (117)    Proposals focused on cancer-related research are not in the scope of this topic. The supportive, survivorship, palliation and end-of-life care of cancer patients was already covered by the specific topic in the Cluster Health Work Programme 2021-2022. Applicants are invited to check the Work Programme of the Mission on Cancer for further funding opportunities for this research areas.
    (118)     https://www.who.int/topics/health_equity/en/
    (119)    Non-rural settings; a densely populated urban or peri-urban environment. Cities may also include informal settlements and slums surrounding city centres. Applicants can justify why a particular context may be considered a city.
    (120)     https://www.gacd.org/
    (121)    WHO. Noncommunicable Diseases. 2021. https://www.who.int/en/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/noncommunicable-diseases .
    (122)    WHO Urban health 2022 and https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/urban-health
    (123)     https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/WHO-NMH-PND-2019-9
    (124)    The man-made components of the environment, such as building, traffic, sewage, parks, and other infrastructure.
    (125)    Proposals are intended for research that helps guide the implementation and/or scale up of the proposed intervention. Therefore, the execution of infrastructural interventions (e.g., constructing bike lanes or housing, etc.) is not in the scope of this topic.
    (126)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/eu-missions-horizon-europe/climate-neutral-and-smart-cities_en
    (127)     https://www.who.int/activities/prioritizing-diseases-for-research-and-development-in-emergency-contexts
    (128)     https://health.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2022-07/hera_factsheet_health-threat_mcm.pdf
    (129)     https://covid19trials.eu/en
    (130)     https://vaccelerate.eu/
    (131)     https://www.ecraid.eu/
    (132)     https://www.glopid-r.org/
    (133)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/health-research-and-innovation/edctp_en
    (134)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (135)    Other relevant stakeholders include researchers, health care providers and practitioners, patients, citizens, regulators and industry.
    (136)    In the context of the partnership, ‘brain health’ should be interpreted as a concept that encompasses neural development, neuroplasticity, brain functioning, and recovery across the life course, including mental health and wellbeing elements.
    (137)    This topic does not pre-judge the content of the second Strategic Plan of Horizon Europe.
    (138)    Relevant bodies include EU-supported initiatives, scientific and clinical societies, patient organisations, regulators and the industry.
    (139)    This includes the common research agenda developed by the ‘European Brain Research Area’ (EBRA) project, as well as the strategic research agendas of the partnerships: ‘EU Joint Programme – Neurodegenerative Disease Research’ (JPND), ‘Network of European Funding for Neuroscience Research’ (NEURON), ‘Human Brain Project’ (HBP) and the ‘Innovative Medicines Initiative’ (IMI) and its successor the ‘Innovative Health Initiative’ (IHI).
    (140)    Global organisations include the World Health Organization (WHO), the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and the Global Alliance for Chronic Diseases (GACD).
    (141)    Entities include the global brain initiatives, the International Initiative for Traumatic Brain Injury Research (InTBIR) and the International Brain Research Organisation (IBRO).
    (142)    EU-supported infrastructures include, for example, the BBMRI-ERIC infrastructure for biobanking, the EBRAINS research infrastructure, and various platforms developed by the Innovative Medicines Initiative (IMI) and its successor the Innovative Health Initiative (IHI).
    (143)     https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/WHO-2019-nCoV-Post_COVID-19_condition-Clinical_case_definition-2021.1
    (144)     https://orchestra-cohort.eu/
    (145)     https://www.covid19dataportal.org/
    (146)     https://health.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2022-07/hera_factsheet_health-threat_mcm.pdf
    (147)     https://health.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2022-07/hera_factsheet_health-threat_mcm.pdf
    (148) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (149)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (150)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=uriserv:OJ.L_.2021.107.01.0001.01.ENG
    (151)    COM(2020) 761 final, https://ec.europa.eu/health/medicinal-products/pharmaceutical-strategy-europe_en
    (152)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/medicinal-products/orphan-medicinal-products_en
    (153)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (154)    Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, A4 Partnership Sector, October 2020: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/ec_rtd_coherence-synergies-of-ep-under-he_annex.pdf
    (155)    “Synergies between Horizon Europe and ERDF programmes (Draft Commission Notice)” https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/news/all-research-and-innovation-news/synergies-guidance-out-2022-07-06_en
    (156) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (157)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (158)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (159)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (160)    Interventions addressing diseases or conditions that are particularly frequent, have a high negative impact on the quality of life of the individual and/or are associated with significant costs where savings can be achieved.
    (161)     https://www.eunethta.eu/
    (162)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (163)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (164)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/health-research-and-innovation/edctp_en
    (165)     https://www.glopid-r.org/
    (166)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (167)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (168)    For example, the Nature news feature (March, 2022): Could drugs prevent Alzheimer’s? These trials aim to find out. doi: https://doi.org/10.1038/d41586-022-00651-0
    (169)    International Classification of Diseases 11th Revision (ICD-11), developed by the World Health Organization (WHO); Chapter 6: ‘Mental, behavioural or neurodevelopmental disorders’; Chapter 8: ‘Diseases of the nervous system’.
    (170)    The biomarker should link to a clinical meaningful endpoint.
    (171)    The European Medicines Agency (EMA) offers scientific advice to support the qualification of innovative development methods for a specific intended use in the context of research and development into pharmaceuticals.
    (172)    EU-supported infrastructures include, for example, the BBMRI-ERIC infrastructure for biobanking, the EBRAINS research infrastructure, and various platforms developed by the Innovative Medicines Initiative (IMI) and its successor the Innovative Health Initiative (IHI).
    (173)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (174)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (175)    High-burden medical conditions could for instance include those that are either life-threatening or lead to chronic invalidity or a severely reduced quality of life.
    (176)    Examples of medical conditions include Lyme disease, Chronic Fatigue Syndrome and back pain.
    (177)    The European Commission is commissioning an independent scoping study to help identify under-researched high-burden medical conditions and define the type of research and/or research priorities to better address the different needs of patients with these conditions.
    (178)    A variety of infrastructures have been developed at European level and include, for example, the BBMRI-ERIC research infrastructure for biobanking, while others are being developed like the ‘Federated European infrastructure for genomics data’.
    (179) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (180)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (181)     European Research Infrastructures | European Commission (europa.eu) , BY-COVID ( https://by-covid.org/ ), ISIDORe ( https://isidore-project.eu/ ) and PHIRI ( https://www.phiri.eu/ )
    (182)     https://health.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2022-07/hera_factsheet_health-threat_mcm.pdf
    (183) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (184)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (185)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/system/files/2020-01/amr_2017_action-plan_0.pdf
    (186)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0761
    (187)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=uriserv%3AOJ.L_.2021.107.01.0001.01.ENG
    (188)     https://food.ec.europa.eu/horizontal-topics/farm-fork-strategy_en
    (189)     https://www.jpiamr.eu/
    (190)    Refer to topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-2
    (191)    Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, A4 Partnership Sector, October 2020: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/ec_rtd_coherence-synergies-of-ep-under-he_annex.pdf
    (192)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (193) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (194)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (195)    Of which EUR 11.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (196)    Of which EUR 11.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (197)    Of which EUR 11.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (198)    “Health and care systems” implies a broader notion than “health systems” or “healthcare systems” notably encompassing all parts of health systems and health related parts of social care systems.
    (199)    Regular care refers to the care that would be expected to be needed and delivered under normal circumstances. This includes all types of morbidities (chronic diseases, mental health disorders, trauma care etc.) and also all parts of the health and care systems (prevention, follow-up, long-term care, primary care, both in- and out hospital care etc.), as well as related support services such as laboratories.
    (200)    Cross-border emergency refers to an emergent situation that spreads or entails a significant risk of spreading across the national borders of Member States and Associated Countries, and which may necessitate coordination at Union level in order to ensure a high level of human health protection (Art. 2(1) Regulation on serious cross-border threats to health). In this topic, only emergency situations with a high impact on health systems are included.
    (201)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/european-partnerships-horizon-europe/candidates-european-partnerships-health_en
    (202)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/ehealth-digital-health-and-care/european-health-data-space_en
    (203)    COM(2021) 576 final
    (204)    “Health and care systems” implies a broader notion than “health systems” or “healthcare systems” notably encompassing all parts of health systems and health related parts of social care systems.
    (205)    OECD definition: “Informal carers are defined as people providing any help to older family members, friends and people in their social network, living inside or outside of their household, who require help with everyday tasks.”
    (206)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/system/files/2021-10/028_mental-health_workforce_en_0.pdf
    (207)    Practices can be shared via the Best Practice Portal ( pb-portal (europa.eu) . Examples of interventions that were initiated to tackle the mental health impact of the pandemic are also available on the pages of the dedicated web space on that topic on the Health Policy Platform https://webgate.ec.europa.eu/hpf/
    (208)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52021DC0323&from=EN
    (209)     https://health.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2021-05/ev_20210510_mi_en_0.pdf
    (210)    “Health and care systems” implies a broader notion than “health systems” or “healthcare systems” notably encompassing all parts of health systems and health related parts of social care systems.
    (211)     https://www.thelancet.com/action/showPdf?pii=S2542-5196%2820%2930271-0
    (212)     https://www.who.int/news/item/01-02-2022-tonnes-of-covid-19-health-care-waste-expose-urgent-need-to-improve-waste-management-systems
    (213)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
    (214)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/circular-economy-action-plan_en
    (215)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/zero-pollution-action-plan_en
    (216) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (217)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (218)    Of which EUR 50.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (219)    More information on the planned European Partnerships is available on the Horizon Europe Webpage.
    (220)    Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, A4 Partnership Sector, October 2020: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/ec_rtd_coherence-synergies-of-ep-under-he_annex.pdf
    (221)    “Synergies between Horizon Europe and ERDF programmes (Draft Commission Notice)” https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/news/all-research-and-innovation-news/synergies-guidance-out-2022-07-06_en
    (222)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (223) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (224)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (225)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (226)    “Health and care systems” implies a broader notion than “health systems” or “healthcare systems” notably encompassing all parts of health systems and health related parts of social care systems.
    (227)    Groups of people and/or patients vulnerable from a social, financial, or health perspective, or at risk of discrimination, such as migrants, Roma people, trans and intersex people, specific age and gender groups (that intersects with other aspects of vulnerability, such as elderly women), indigenous people, homeless people, people in poverty or at risk of poverty, people with disabilities or patients with complex conditions.
    (228)    See for example OECD Health at a glance 2021.
    (229)    Antigypsyism (a form of racism against Roma people) is a historically rooted structural phenomenon that appears at institutional, social and interpersonal levels.
    (230)    The EU Roma strategic framework for equality, inclusion and participation sets up the ambitious goal to lessen the life expectancy gap and ensure that by 2030 Roma women and men live 5 years longer. https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/eu_roma_strategic_framework_for_equality_inclusion_and_participation_for_2020_-_2030_0.pdf
    (231)    stateofart_report_en.pdf (europa.eu) The Commission’s Health4LGBTI project concluded that trans and intersex-focused research is needed that addresses health inequalities and healthcare.
    (232)    (under the European Pillar of Social Rights) Delivering on the European Pillar of Social Rights - Employment, Social Affairs & Inclusion - European Commission (europa.eu) Union of equality: Strategy for the rights of persons with disabilities 2021-2030 - Employment, Social Affairs & Inclusion - European Commission (europa.eu) https://ec.europa.eu/social/BlobServlet?docId=23598&langId=en
    (233)    Commission Communication on the digital transformation of health and care; COM(2018) 233 final.
    (234) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (235)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (236)    Of which EUR 30.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (237)    Of which EUR 30.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (238)    Of which EUR 20.69 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (239)    Of which EUR 20.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (240)    Of which EUR 24.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (241)    Of which EUR 2.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (242)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/digital-2021-deploy-01-twins-health;callCode=DIGITAL-2021-DEPLOY-01 DIGITAL-2021-DEPLOY-01-TWINS-HEALTH
    (243)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (244)    ISO-paper under development “ Recommendations and requirements for predictive computational models in personalized medicine research — Part 1: Guidelines for constructing, verifying and validating models ”.
    (245)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (246)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (247)    From proof-of-concept/technology validated in lab to at least prototype demonstration in operational environment; the definitions used in H2020 for TRLs apply under this topic: https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/other/wp/2016_2017/annexes/h2020-wp1617-annex-g-trl_en.pdf
    (248)    As defined in Guidance on Classification Rules for in-vitro Diagnostic Medical Devices for Regulation (EU) 2017/746 MDCG 2020-16 rev.1: https://ec.europa.eu/health/system/files/2022-01/md_mdcg_2020_guidance_classification_ivd-md_en.pdf
    (249)     https://health.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2022-07/hera_factsheet_health-threat_mcm.pdf
    (250)     https://b1mg-project.eu/work-packages/wp3
    (251)     https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/about-us/how-we-work/big-data
    (252)     https://tehdas.eu/packages/
    (253)     https://www.eosc-life.eu/
    (254)    Development of a data utility framework to support effective health data curation: https://informatics.bmj.com/content/28/1/e100303?utm_source=twitter&utm_medium=social&utm_term=hootsuite&utm_content=sme&utm_campaign=usage
    (255)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (256) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (257)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (258)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (259) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (260)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (261) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (262)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (263)    Of which EUR 2.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (264)    Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (265)    Of which EUR 14.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (266)    Of which EUR 1.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (267)    Of which EUR 8.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (268)    Commission Recommendation on a European Electronic Health Record exchange Format (EEHRxF) (C(219)800)
    (269)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/ehealth-digital-health-and-care/european-health-data-space_en
    (270)    Such as “Support for European eHealth Interoperability roadmap for deployment” https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/sc1-hcc-07-2020 ; “Prototyping a European interoperable Electronic Health Record (EHR) exchange” https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/sc1-dth-08-2018 ; “Setting up a European Electronic Health Record Exchange Format (EEHRxF) Ecosystem” https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/horizon-hlth-2022-ind-13-05
    (271)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (272)    ISO-paper under development “ Recommendations and requirements for predictive computational models in personalized medicine research — Part 1: Guidelines for constructing, verifying and validating models ”.
    (273)    ASSESSING THE IMPACT OF DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION OF HEALTH SERVICES, Report of the Expert Panel on effective ways of investing in Health (EXPH) - https://ec.europa.eu/health/system/files/2019-11/022_digitaltransformation_en_0.pdf
    (274)     https://mhealth-hub.org/
    (275) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (276)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (277)    Article 49 – Coordination Group of notified bodies
    (278)    Annex I General safety and performance
    (279)    Mandatory applicable “technical standards” providing to the manufacturers means of proving conformity with the safety and performance legal requirements, issued by Commission as Implementing Acts.
    (280)    building on previous initiatives such as PARENT, CORE-MD, JAMS
    (281)    e.g. PARENT (PAtient REgistries iNiTiative) Joint Action, CORE-MD (Coordinating Research and Evidence for Medical Devices) H2020 research project, JAMS (Joint Action on Market Surveillance of Medical Devices) initiative
    (282)     https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/topics/sustainabledevelopmentgoals
    (283)    Gouglas, D. et al.: Estimating the cost of vaccine development against epidemic infectious diseases: a cost minimisation study. Lancet Global Health Vol. 6 (12) E1386-E1396. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/S2214-109X(18)30346-2 , https://www.thelancet.com/journals/langlo/article/PIIS2214-109X(18)30346-2/fulltext
    (284)    Should there be no Public Health Emergency in 2023 or 2024, the indicative budget may be reallocated.
    (285)    Article 195 (b) of the Financial Regulation 2018/1046 "Grants may be awarded without a call for proposals only in the following cases: […] (b) in other exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies;”.
    (286)    See definition of FAIR data in the introduction to this work programme part.
    (287)    The European Commission is a member of the HFSP Organization (HFSPO) and has funded HFSP under previous Framework Programmes
    (288) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
    Top

    EN

    Annex V

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    5. Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society

    Table of contents

    Introduction    

    DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH ON DEMOCRACY AND GOVERNANCE    

    Call - Standing up for democracy    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-01: Detecting, analysing and countering foreign information manipulation and interference    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-02: Developing a better understanding of information suppression by state authorities as an example of foreign information manipulation and interference    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-03: New approaches for combatting corruption and other undue influences on political decision-making    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-04: The emotional politics of democracies    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-05: The climate imperative and its impact on democratic governance    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-06: Democratic governance for times of disruptive changes to the social contract    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-07: Intersectionality and equality in deliberative and participatory democratic spaces    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-08: Political perspectives for the Eastern Neighbourhood and the Western Balkans    

    Call - Past, present and future of democracies    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-01: Protest politics and cultures of opposition in democracy    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-02: Multilevel governance in times of digital and climate transitions    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-03: What is the long-term impact of rule of law and other European values on socio-economic outcomes?    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-04: The interrelation between social, cultural and political identities, as well as the sense of belonging, and democracies    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-05: Gender-roles in extremist movements and their impact on democracy    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-06: Computational Social Science approaches in research on democracy    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-07: Digital democracy    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-08: Culture, the arts and cultural spaces for democratic participation and political expression, online and offline    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-09: The role and functioning of public administrations in democratic systems    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-10: Political participation in multilingual spaces    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-11: Future scenarios and young visions for European democracy 2040    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-12: Testing and implementation of research results fostering democracy and governance    

    DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH ON EUROPEAN CULTURAL HERITAGE AND CULTURAL AND CREATIVE INDUSTRIES - BUILDING OUR FUTURE FROM THE PAST    

    Call - Research and innovation on cultural heritage and CCIs - 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    GREEN    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-01: Advanced technologies for remote monitoring of heritage monuments and artefacts    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-02: Cultural and creative industries for a sustainable climate transition    

    DIGITAL    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-03: Re-visiting the digitisation of cultural heritage: What, how and why?    

    INNOVATIVE    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-04: Cultural heritage in transformation – facing change with confidence    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-05: Fostering socio-economic development and job creation in rural and remote areas through cultural tourism    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-06: A world leading European video game innovation system    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-07: Promoting cultural literacy through arts education to foster social inclusion    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-08: Cultural and creative approaches for gender-responsive STEAM education    

    Call - A European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage - 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-01: A European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-02: A European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage – Innovative tools for digitising cultural heritage objects    

    Call - Research and innovation on cultural heritage and CCIs - 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    GREEN    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-01: New European Bauhaus – Innovative solutions for greener and fairer ways of life through arts and culture, architecture and design for all    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-02: Cultural and creative industries for a sustainable climate transition    

    DIGITAL    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-03: Leverage the digital transition for competitive European cultural and creative industries    

    INNOVATIVE    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-04: Europe’s cultural heritage and arts – promoting our values at home and abroad    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-05: Strategies to strengthen the European linguistic capital in a globalised world    

    DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH on SOCIAL and ECONOMIC TRANSFORMATIONS    

    Call - Inclusiveness in times of change    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01: Remote working arrangements and their economic, social and spatial effects    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02: Towards sustainable economic policy paradigms    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03: Global Shortages and Skill Partnerships    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04: Bridging the migration research to policy gap    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05: Efficiency and effectiveness of investment in high-quality education and training    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06: Mapping of longitudinal data and assessment of inequalities in education, training and learning achievements    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07: Tackling European skills and labour shortages    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-08: Integrated care solutions leading to better quality, person-centred long-term care and overcoming territorial inequalities in their provision    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-09: Addressing housing inequalities in a sustainable, inclusive and affordable way    

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-10: Tackling inequalities in the green and digital transitions    

    Call - A sustainable future for Europe    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01: Policy recommendations from socio-economic impacts of loneliness in Europe    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02: Strengthen economic fairness and resilience of active labour market policies and address high unemployment    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03: Minimise costs and maximise benefits of job creation and job destruction    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04: Social services: economic and social returns and value added    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05: Social dialogue in the new world of work    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06: Beyond the horizon: A human-friendly deployment of artificial intelligence and related technologies    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07: Methodologies for teamworking of researchers – reinforcing transversal collaborative skills, behavioural and implementation sciences    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-08: Arts and cultural awareness and expression in education and training    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-09: The role of social economy in addressing social exclusion, providing quality jobs and greater sustainability    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-10: Effective education and labour market transitions of young people    

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-11: Assessing and strengthening the complementarity between new technologies and human skills    

    Grants to identified beneficiaries    

    1. Presidency event (ES) – Conference ‘Cultural and creative industries, cities and citizens and their role in the New European Bauhaus’    

    2. Presidency event (BE) - Conference ‘Combining SSAH and STEM expertise in evidence-informed policymaking’    

    3. Presidency event (HU) - Conference ‘Skills development for smart specialisation’    

    4. Presidency event (PL) – Conference ‘Europe and mobilities: challenges and opportunities for socio-economic transformations’    

    Other budget implementation instruments    

    1. Expertise for the design, implementation and evaluation of Cluster 2, Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society    

    2. Expertise for the design, implementation and evaluation of Cluster 2, Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society    

    3. External expertise    

    4. External expertise    

    5. Mobilisation of research funds in case of Emergencies 2023    

    6. Mobilisation of research funds in case of Emergencies 2024    

    Budget    

    Introduction

    Cluster 2, ‘Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society’ aims to meet EU goals and priorities on enhancing democratic governance and citizens participation, on the safeguarding and promotion of cultural heritage, and to respond to and shape multifaceted social, economic, technological and cultural transformations. Cluster 2 mobilises multidisciplinary expertise of European social sciences and humanities (SSH) for understanding fundamental contemporary transformations of society, economy, politics and culture. It aims to provide evidence-based policy options for a socially just and inclusive European green and digital transition and recovery.

    The EU is strongly committed to the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), many of which have an important impact on culture, creativity, and inclusive society, notably: SDG 1 (No poverty), SDG 3 (Good Health and Well-being), SDG 4 (Quality Education), SDG 5 (Gender Equality), SDG 8 (Decent Work and Economic Growth), SDG 10 (Reduced Inequalities), SDG 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities), SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production), SDG 16 (Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions), with their specific targets to achieve a better and more sustainable future for all.

    Proposals are invited against the following three (3) destinations:

    Activities contributing to the destination "Innovative Research on Democracy and Governance", will provide knowledge, data and scientifically robust recommendations to reinvigorate democratic governance and improve trust in democratic institutions. In the long-term, this will contribute to help safeguard fundamental rights to empower active and inclusive citizenship. By doing so, they will also strengthen accountability, transparency, effectiveness and trustworthiness of rule of law-based institutions and policies. Activities will develop recommendations to protect liberties and the rule of law, and shield democracy from multidimensional threats. They will aim to expand political participation, social dialogue and social inclusion, civic engagement and gender equality. The destination will also mobilise social sciences and humanities expertise for analysing and responding to the consequences of Ukraine’s invasion by Russia and the changing geopolitical context of European neighbourhood and enlargement policies.

    Activities contributing to the destination "Innovative Research on the European Cultural Heritage and the Cultural and Creative Industries", will promote better access and engagement with cultural heritage and improve its protection, enhancement and restoration. Research and innovation will support sustainable growth and job creation through the cultural and creative industries and contribute to integrate them into the European industrial policy as drivers for innovation and competitiveness. Two calls of the destination will support the establishment of a digital European cultural heritage collaborative space. 1

    At the same time, through the destination "Innovative Research on Social and Economic Transformations", actions will help tackle social, economic and political inequalities, support human capital development and contribute to a comprehensive European strategy for inclusive growth. This also involves understanding and responding to the impacts of technological advancements and economic interconnectedness with a view to social resilience and reach the objectives set out by the Action Plan of the European Pillar of Social Rights. The destination will also support EU migration and mobility policies while promoting integration and fair digital and green transitions.

    Horizon Europe is the research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that shares policy objectives. Through the programme, special attention will be given to ensuring cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium enterprises, and citizens and their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe’s future. Calls could be EU Synergies calls, meaning that projects that have been awarded a grant under the call could have the explicit possibility to also receive funding under other EU programmes, based on a strategic approach including relevant shared management funds. To enable synergies by design in this context, project proposers should consider and actively seek strategic combinations with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from, other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as ERDF , ESF+ , JTF , EMFF , EAFRD and InvestEU ), where appropriate, as well as private funds or financial instruments.

    The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) aims at financing projects that directly tackle the economic and social impacts from the Coronavirus crisis and support the green and digital transition. For project ideas that directly contribute to these objectives and that have a strong focus in one Member State it is advisable to check access to the RRF for a fast and targeted support.

    Complementarities and synergies with other relevant Union programmes will be sought, for Cluster 2 in particular with regard to the take-up of research results and innovative solutions developed under Horizon Europe via the following programmes:

    1.Creative Europe: it improves the safeguarding and valorisation of cultural heritage and further support the cultural and creative sector. Creative Europe can improve sectorial networking and cooperation of Member States and non-EU Participating Countries in the Creative Europe Programme 2 in order to apply the latest technologies, stimulate new scientific approaches and boost innovation potential stemming from Horizon Europe.

    2.Erasmus+: it supports efforts to efficiently use the potential of Europe’s talent and social assets in a lifelong learning perspective throughout the education, training and youth fields. It promotes measures for the inclusion of people with fewer opportunities, including newly arrived migrants, and supports skills development and active citizenship, encouraging young people to engage and learn to participate in civic society and democratic life, raising awareness about EU values, including via online platforms and tools for virtual cooperation. As regards Cluster 2, Erasmus+ projects could benefit for instance from the use of innovative practices for migrant integration in education, up-take of innovative methods for citizen engagement and education for fostering EU values and democracy stemming from Horizon Europe.

    3.Global Europe, the EU’s Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument: it supports and consolidates democracy, rule of law and human rights, supports civil society organisations outside the EU, further stability and peace and addresses other global challenges including migration and mobility. The actions can benefit from drawing on the findings in H2020 and Horizon Europe projects regarding trust in governance, tackling disinformation and active citizenship.

    4.Digital Europe Programme (DEP): while Horizon Europe supports research and development of digital technologies, DEP supports the wide uptake and deployment of innovative digital solutions, areas of public interest (including public administration, justice and education), by setting up and making accessible Europe-wide data spaces and platforms and providing SMEs and public administrations access to the latest digital technologies, for example via Digital Innovation Hubs. Priority actions for the first two years of DEP include “Safer internet for kids”, a “Platform for combating disinformation”, support the EU language technology industry in developing and deploying latest AI-based technologies in all EU languages and the EU digital platform for cultural heritage, Europeana, supporting digital transformation of cultural heritage institutions.

    5.Reform Support Programme: when supporting the efforts of the national authorities in improving their administrative capacity to design, develop and implement reforms, the technical support instrument of the Reform Support Programme can benefit from the good practices, innovative processes and methodologies identified or developed in H2020 and Horizon Europe projects, and get access to the expertise in research bodies in H2020 and Horizon Europe projects.

    6.Justice, Rights and Values Fund: the Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values programme can, in its support to civil society organisations for encouraging and facilitating active participation in the construction of a more democratic Union and awareness rising of EU rights and values, draw on the results of H2020 and Horizon Europe projects in the field of citizens’ engagement.

    7.European Social Fund Plus (ESF+) aims to promote social cohesion and equip people with the skills needed for the evolving demands of the labour market. Member States and regions can use the ESF+ to mainstream and upscale innovative technologies and solutions in the areas of employment, social inclusion, education and training, including successful models and practices developed under Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe. In addition, the ESF+ can support operations and researchers granted a Seal of Excellence under Horizon Europe.

    8.European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) focuses amongst others on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support investment in research infrastructure, activities for applied research and innovation, including industrial research, experimental development and feasibility studies, building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF. It helps governments reap the benefits of digitisation and also encourages investments in social and cultural infrastructure, the development of cultural services and the conservation of cultural heritage.

    9.European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD) can also benefit from the dissemination and take-up of R&I results in the field of cultural heritage, in particular in rural and remote areas.

    10.The InvestEU Programme could also fund the uptake of R&I results related to Cultural and Creative Industries (CCI) and cultural heritage.

    11.The Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund (AMIF) supports the EU migration policy to strengthen and develop all aspects of the common European asylum system, support legal migration to the Member States and effective integration policies. It contributes to countering irregular migration. Horizon Europe contributes to the implementation of the AMIF providing an evidence base for policies and projects, as regards asylum protection, legal and irregular migration management and migrant integration.

    Complementarities and synergies with other parts of Horizon Europe will be ensured, in particular regarding cluster 1, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Cluster 1 will fund actions to promote and protect human health and well-being, decrease the burden of diseases and communities, and support the transformation of health care systems in their efforts towards better health promotion and disease prevention while ensuring fair access for everyone to innovative, sustainable and high-quality health care. Cluster 2 will focus on the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic such as mental health related issues, loneliness and their socio-economic impacts; effects of ageing on society including health care systems as well as focus on other factors impacting well-being. Cluster 3 will fund actions supporting security for society, including security for cultural heritage from the operational point of view and R&I to develop tools for enhanced criminal investigation capabilities for law enforcement agencies to prevent criminal acts and mitigate their impacts, including cybercrime and violent radicalisation. Cluster 2 will invest on the preventive aspect of protecting cultural heritage and in analyses of drivers behind violent political transformations, developing recommendations on how to address radicalisation from the angle of education and the functioning of and trust in democratic processes and institutions. Cluster 4 will fund actions focusing on developing and testing digital and industrial technologies, while Cluster 2 will focus on using existing digital technologies for R&I in areas supporting the expected impacts for Cluster 2 (reinvigorate democratic governance, help unfold the full potential of cultural heritage, arts and cultural and creative sectors, foster social and economic resilience and sustainability, and inclusive growth). Cluster 5 aims at delivering a just transition to a climate-neutral, resource-efficient, fair and resilient society and economy based on advanced climate science, pathways and responses to climate change (both in terms of mitigation and adaptation) and behavioural transformations. Cluster 2 will also contribute evidence on how to reach these results, based on the study of societies and economies we live in, in terms of socio-economic transformations and related democratic processes and governance, education and training policies, social investment and welfare. Cluster 6, among others, will foster a sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of rural, coastal and urban areas, providing opportunities for synergies with Cluster 2 actions on cultural landscapes, cultural heritage protection, spatial inequalities, migration, demography and well-being.

    The cross-cluster complementarities are set out in detail in the Strategic Plan of Horizon Europe for 2021-2024.

    In line with the EU’s Global Approach to Research and Innovation, and as for the Work Programme 2021-2022, the Work Programme 2023-2024 will remain almost completely open to the participation of non-associated third countries to all Research and Innovation Action (RIA) and Innovation Action (IA) topics. In support of the Global Gateway Strategy 3 , projects involving international partners should lead to increased scientific knowledge and transfer of technology among partner countries allowing to address global challenges across the world and create sustainable growth and jobs. Cooperation should take place in a value-based way, creating linkages, not dependencies”.

    The topics in this cluster require the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH ON DEMOCRACY AND GOVERNANCE

    The invasion of Ukraine by Russia, which unfolds ominously while this work programme is prepared, has deep and extraordinary consequences on European security, international relations, as well as trust in democratic systems and in the media. However, it cannot be seen as an isolated event. It is part of an accelerated and ever intensifying movement of rejection and challenge of democracy and of the liberal international order. Indexes and reports measuring the overall situation of democracies in the world confirm their increased fragility and vulnerability over the last years: a process labelled as a “long democratic recession”, a shift in the nature of “autocratisation” or a “global expansion of authoritarian rule”, which quantitatively translates into the increase of the number of countries moving towards authoritarianism and the overall decline of the quality of democracies.  4

    Interdisciplinary research on the past and present challenges to and facilitators of democracy can help to understand them better, with a view to strengthen their resilience and stability. It will also help to counter the shift from governance based on expertise, rules-based multilateralism and consensual policymaking towards majoritarianism, unilateralism, nationalism, populism and polarisation. It will foster democracy’s further development with a view to enhancing representation, participation, openness, pluralism, tolerance, the effectiveness of public policy, non-discrimination, civic engagement, the protection of fundamental rights and the rule of law. These reflect the European Union’s values as defined in Article 2 of the EU Treaty 5 .

    Expected impact:

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impacts of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

    1.Democratic governance is reinvigorated by improving the accountability, transparency, effectiveness and trustworthiness of rule-of-law based institutions and policies and through the expansion of active and inclusive citizenship empowered by the safeguarding of fundamental rights.

    The implementation of the research activities of the destination will assist in the re-invigoration and modernisation of democratic governance. The aim is to develop evidence-based innovations, policies and policy recommendations, as well as institutional frameworks that expand political participation, social dialogue, civic engagement, gender equality and inclusiveness. Activities will also contribute to enhancing the transparency, effectiveness, accountability and legitimacy of public policymaking. They will help improving trust in democratic institutions, safeguarding liberties and the rule of law and protecting democracy from multidimensional threats. Rich historical, cultural and philosophical perspectives, including a comparative dimension, will set the frame for soundly understanding present developments and help to map future pathways. In the medium to long term, the knowledge, data, scientifically robust recommendations and innovations generated will enhance decision-making on all aspects relevant to democratic governance. As the Destination aims directly at citizen engagement and at producing lasting change, it is of particular importance that the research and innovation actions promote the highest standards of transparency and openness. When applicable, it is encouraged to open up the process, criteria, methodologies and data to civil society in the course of the research.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01

    75.00

    14 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01

    95.00

    07 Feb 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    75.00

    95.00

    Call - Standing up for democracy

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 6

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 7

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 14 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 14 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-01

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-02

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-03

    RIA

    12.00

    5.00 to 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-04

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-05

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-06

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-07

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-08

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    75.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-01: Detecting, analysing and countering foreign information manipulation and interference

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Protect democratic processes in the EU from Information Manipulation and Interference (FIMI) 8 by foreign actors while preserving the fundamental rights and freedoms underlying these processes.

    2.Increase our ability to pro-actively detect, analyse and counter foreign attempts to harm the integrity of our democratic processes by creating a better understanding of the Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures (TTPs) involved in these attempts, with the aim to improve our ability to technically attribute them to specific foreign actors.

    3.Increase our understanding of the behavioural and societal effect – both short- and long-term – of those attempts.

    4.Develop and extend the solution-space for policymakers, private stakeholders, and civil society actors to counter FIMI and raise resilience to it. Also, improve our understanding of the efficiency and potential negative side-effects of such solutions and propose mitigating measures.

    5.Improve our normative and theoretical understanding of the tensions between the value/norm of a free, pluralistic, and democratic society, FIMI, and domestic anti-democratic forces.

    Scope: Foreign Information Manipulation and Interference (FIMI) is a key global challenge and needs to be addressed in full respect of fundamental rights like the freedom of speech, freedom of expression and media freedom. 9 A pre-condition for counter-acting efforts to undermine such democratic values is an understanding of the Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures (TTPs) used to manipulate information environments in an intentional, harmful and coordinated manner. Understanding these TTPs and having the means to share them with stakeholder and partners, allow democratic governments to impose costs and efficiently disrupt the ‘supply chain’ for manipulated information.

    This research will therefore look at (1) how to create a common understanding of parameters needed to provide technical attribution, (2) how these TTPs can be identified and gathered and (3) how they can be stored and shared in an adequate privacy-compliant environment. While there are existing proposals (like the DISARM framework 10 ), more research is needed on the practicability and potential pitfalls of these frameworks. There are also ongoing efforts to create an interoperable Information Sharing and Analysis Centre (ISAC) 11 which would provide a means for the various stakeholders to systematically and efficiently exchange information of TTPs used by threat actors, to which this research could contribute.

    As most of the activities qualified as FIMI are not defined as “illegal” under national and international law, another important research angle is to what extent FIMI is used in conjunction with illegal activity such as cyber-attacks or hate speech. More specifically, the research should look at the following specific contexts in which TTPs may appear: how foreign actors use proxies within their own territory and abroad to support their activities; how TTPs related to FIMI are used in combination with TTPs outside the FIMI remit, such as cyber criminality; how FIMI campaigns may target individual policymakers and/or social groups in attempts to influence decision-making processes in politics, economy or societal affairs, taking into account relevant characteristics of the targeted groups (e.g. gender, socioeconomic background, ethnicity). Likewise, the connections between foreign actors and their ecosystem with domestic democratic and anti-democratic forces should be explored – how do they influence each other, how do they align their TTPs and/or how could connections be addressed politically, without interfering in the democratic process. Other forms of foreign interference like elite capture, the use of foreign direct investment, or threats of armed attacks as means of influence, are also in the scope of the research this topic aims to cover. Contributions from behavioural, cognitive, political, legal and communication disciplines, among others, should ensure the required multidisciplinary coverage of such a research plan.

    Based on these insights and research, response options should be proposed to give policymakers, but also stakeholders from civil society and private industry, solutions and options to implement as appropriate. These should take into account existing responses and tools, thereby extending and improving the solution space. All the possible response options need to be in full respect of fundamental rights and freedoms and potential risks of any such options should be outlined, e.g. how illiberal democracies, authoritarian regimes and domestic anti-democratic forces could exploit them for their own purposes. Given the very intense ongoing multilateral efforts to tackle this threat, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

    Proposals are encouraged to develop links and use outcomes in particular from the projects financed under HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-03: Disinformation and fake news are combated and trust in the digital world is raised. They should also foresee appropriate collaboration with the ongoing Horizon 2020 action EU-HYBNET 12 . Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-02: Developing a better understanding of information suppression by state authorities as an example of foreign information manipulation and interference

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understanding on how to protect fundamental rights and freedoms from possible threats stemming from the use of information suppression as part of Foreign Information Manipulation and Interference (FIMI 13 ) by authoritarian regimes.

    2.In-depth conceptual and practical understanding of how authoritarian states worldwide have used and use information suppression – and the specific Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures (TTPs) involved – in their foreign policy, foreign information manipulation operations.

    3.Increased understanding of the behavioural and societal effect – both short- and long-term – of information suppression.

    4.Develop policy recommendations, toolkits and methodologies to detect and address information suppression in the EU, associated and third countries.

    Scope: Foreign Information Manipulation and Interference (FIMI) goes beyond the much-used concept of “disinformation”, which focusses on the active promotion of messages and pushing out of false/misleading content. FIMI also includes other aspects of how the information environment and civic discourse can be manipulated, notably through the suppression of independent and critical voices. Information suppression can take many forms but has the opposite goal to active promotion of messages. It aims to eliminate – or suppress – from the public sphere certain voices or messages. Information suppression by authoritarian actors can be domestic but also reach outside of their borders. Domestic information suppression has been observed, for instance, surrounding the Russian invasion of Ukraine with a large scale crackdown on freedom of speech and freedom of the media (including social media) and cutting internet connections and access to mobile data use. Information suppression is also systematically employed by the Chinese Communist Party domestically but also outside of its borders.

    Different facets of information suppression should be examined by means of multidisciplinary approaches bringing together historical, social, legal, political, behavioural and communication disciplines among others. Which countries outside the EU have used information suppression in a systematic manner as part of their policies and how could a conceptual definition of information suppression look like to incorporate all parts of such activity? This should include a collection of cases and examples of information suppression by different actors to establish such a conceptual definition and create an evidence base. The research should also look at both the domestic and cross-border dimensions of suppression and catalogue the tactics, techniques and procedures (TTPs) that have been used to suppress information by different actors. This should focus on different aspects, ranging from the individual (harassment, intimidation, etc.) 14 to the society (restriction of fundamental rights and freedoms, including repression of women and minority rights) to the media (restriction of media freedom, pressuring foreign media outlets or journalists), academia (instigating self-censorship, using visa or archive access to pressure foreign researchers) as well as pressure on private industry (forcing social media companies to comply with national, authoritarian rules; using economic coercion to force international companies to be silent on certain issues, etc). A compendium of such TTPs should be created, with examples of such TTPs to document their use.

    Information suppression can target any critical and independent voice; however, targeting the diaspora outside of the country’s territory has been observed as one vector. The research should generate an understanding of how diaspora communities are being targeted by information suppression and how FIMI actors try to co-opt them as agents of information suppression.

    This research will generate a better understanding of the functioning of information suppression as well as its behavioural and societal effects (e.g. self-censorship etc.). This research should contribute to an analytical methodology of how to identify and analyse information suppression in its different forms; it should give policy recommendations on how to reduce the vulnerability to information suppression, how to protect the targets of information suppression and how to respond to it. The policy recommendations, toolkits and methodologies on how to identify information suppression and protect against it should be made accessible to civil society and stakeholders.

    Proposals are encouraged to develop links and eventually use outcomes from the projects financed in particular under HORIZON-CL3-2021-FCT-01-03: Disinformation and fake news are combated and trust in the digital world is raised. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-03: New approaches for combatting corruption and other undue influences on political decision-making

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased knowledge and data on political corruption and other undue influences 15 on policymaking and policy implementation, and on how these impact the understanding of democracy and rule of law and the adherence of citizens to those values.

    2.Advance knowledge on the use of technologies (including AI, blockchain, encrypted data analysis...) to prevent and detect corruption and other undue political influence in the EU and its neighbourhood.

    3.Reinforce national and EU legislative tools for preventing and fighting corruption, so as to bridge the gap between a fertile corruption measurement landscape and the different levels of commitment shown by governments to the prevention of and fight against corruption.

    Scope: Beyond its financial and economic costs, corruption and undue influence – whether real or perceived – erodes the social contract underpinning democracies, and hence the system’s credibility and legitimacy. By undermining democracy and exacerbating inequalities, corruption and policy/state/ elite capture in general decrease the legitimacy of the democratic system and pave the way for citizen’s distrust and populist narratives. Despite abundant strategies, toolkits, approaches and indicators produced over the last two decades to win the fight against corruption, it can be argued that the practical results of anticorruption efforts have been disappointing. The problem appears resistant to solution and new / digitally enabled forms of undue influence seem to emerge.

    Corruption and anticorruption are about human behaviour and require therefore multifaceted and multidisciplinary research. Proposals should aim at bringing together the contributions from behavioural and political economists, psychologists and anthropologists, historians, lawyers, political scientists, communication scholars, etc. Their research findings should contribute to a deeper understanding of corruption and further the evaluation of the quality of democracy and good governance. Proposals under this topic should aim at reproducing the level of ambition, both in terms of consortium composition and the breath, range and duration of their research plan, of the FP7 collaborative project ANTICORRP. 16

    On the conceptual level, research under this topic should build a solid and encompassing understanding of (i) the cross-border character of new expressions of political corruption involving a constellation of actors cutting across the political, administrative, financial and commercial spheres; (ii) integrity and its relationship to corruption and the requirements of effective models of integrity management, both in the public and private sectors; (iii) the role played by the data analytics sector in political communication to malignly influence and disrupt politics in foreign jurisdictions; (vi) and the role played by investigative journalism in strengthening accountability by revealing transnational corruption and illicit financial flows. Studying, especially through comparative and historical research, rhetorical, linguistic and cultural aspects of corruption will help to develop a stronger theoretical ground for the critical analysis of social representations of corruption. The role of education and media, in particular social media, and their impact on how corruption is socially constructed, perceived and dealt with in the public sphere, deserves special attention.

    On the practical side, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with countries from the EU Neighbourhood and accessing countries. Proposals should look at tools to strengthen public-private partnerships for fighting corruption, including inter-institutional and inter-sectorial collaborations among different stakeholders (such as small/large enterprises mentorship), or transparent guidelines for the inclusion of interest groups in political processes. Understanding the potential use of technologies (e.g. artificial intelligence, encrypted data analysis, blockchain, building information modelling…) to detect, prevent and combat corruption and other undue influences should receive particular attention, without overlooking their potential misuse. The analysis of open government experiences and dissemination of practices of civic tracking systems, as opportunities of transparency and prevention of corruption, may also contribute to the assessment of the hopes and challenges of digital anti-corruption efforts. While abundant corruption indexes help to understand different angles of this problem, most of them are perception based and/or focus on particular issues. Overall overviews of corruption within the EU are difficult and proposals should aim to overcome this shortfall.

    Proposals are encouraged to seek synergies and collaboration whenever possible with projects funded under the topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-FCT-01-05: Effective fight against corruption.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-04: The emotional politics of democracies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better informed political decision-making through a thorough understanding of the interactions between emotions, values, identities, collective and individual experiences, and beliefs in informing political decision-making, and how they impact democratic governance.

    2.Better integration of the emotional dimension of politics in policies to foster and promote European democracies and values.

    3.Boosted trust in governance through improved attention towards the emotional needs of citizens, and establishment of emotional ties when developing and communicating policies.

    4.Improved communication of evidence-based policies that resonate with the emotional needs and conditions of citizens.

    5.Enhance scientific evidence, from multidisciplinary disciplines, around emergent social interaction and communication concepts for the upcoming era of digital universes and intertwined real and virtual life. Build scenarios on how this may impact democracies and propose policy recommendations accordingly.

    Scope: With a rise in polarisation and affective citizenship in European democracies, the role of emotions has become central in debates about democracy. This has become more evident when considering the role of social media and certain political narratives in targeting and capitalising on such emotions.

    In this context, proposals under this call should examine the role of affect and emotions (such as hope, resentment, happiness, fear, dissatisfaction, frustration, solidarity, hatred, envy, shame, pride, humiliation, etc.) in European democracies, how they interact with values, identities 17 , experiences and beliefs, and how this impacts democracies and democratic governance.

    Using longitudinal analyses and cross-country comparisons, proposals would contribute to understanding how changing emotional landscapes, feeling rules, display norms and shifts in popular feelings interact with practices and values core to democratic politics. Examples of this might include, but are not limited to, participation and political mobilisation; voting trends; trust, disinformation and post-truths; identitarian movements; activism and social movements; collective action and collective responsibility; extremism, etc. Proposals are encouraged to consider political narratives, campaigns and styles of leadership that build on such emotional politics, and the role of traditional and social media in fostering such public emotions.

    Proposals are invited to use current events as case studies. Climate change, the COVID-19 pandemic and its consequences, as well as the brutal aggression of Ukraine by Russia, elicit a variety of collective emotions (anxiety, pessimism, nostalgia, etc.), which have broader societal and political implications. Emotion-based responses to these crises (e.g. blaming others, outgroup hostility, hope for the better future, collective solidarity, etc.) correlated with socio-demographic and political factors (including dis/trust in political institutions and leaders, perception of in/efficacy, dis/interest in politics etc.) might have an impact on political participation patterns. What might it be? And in what ways can emotional resilience be increased in a post-pandemic Europe? Proposals are also encouraged to evaluate the role and use of emotions in political communication.

    In addition, proposals should ideate and pilot innovative ways to build on the emotional dimension of democracies to foster and promote democratic practices and European values. They should also provide concrete guidelines on how to better listen to the emotional needs of citizens and take them into account when developing policies, with a view to boost trust in governance. This includes exploring better ways to communicate evidenced-based policies that resonate with the emotional needs of citizens and create emotional ties. Proposals can also put forward training or awareness raising activities to ensure informed decision-making.

    Finally, proposals should provide a robust evidence base and forward-looking scenarios around emergent social interaction and communication concepts for the upcoming era of digital universes and intertwined real and virtual life. At a time when social media monetise emotions, and with the growing popularity of metaverses and multiverses, how emotions displayed in and arising from digitally-mediated communication may impact democracies should be investigated.

    Researchers are encouraged to use a combination of methods from different fields, to build novel and mixed-methods research designs, concepts and theories that allow understanding the interplay between emotion and democratic politics.

    Case studies may include countries outside of the European Union and Associated Countries, with a view to shed light on the target geographical area by way of comparison.

    Proposals are encouraged to seek synergies and collaboration whenever possible with relevant projects selected under previous EU-funded calls. 18 Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-05: The climate imperative and its impact on democratic governance

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhance the ability of democratic governance to address complex and long-term challenges, through better understanding of the socio-political dimension of the climate crisis (including climate movements) and its impact on democratic governance, participation and social cohesion; the impact of the green transition on public governance and democratic practices, their legitimacy and responsiveness; and the increasing role of non-majoritarian institutions in decision-making.

    2.Enhance the capacity of democratic governance to mobilise and engage citizens through participation, and better-informed decision-making and communication to citizens on climate related policies, based on learnings from the management of the COVID-19 pandemic, disaster and end-time scenarios analysis, and other historic examples for such political and societal imperatives.

    3.Improve policymaking approaches at all levels of government through recommendations to address the climate imperative in a democratic manner supported by citizens, balancing it with other policy imperatives, including the role of education in fostering climate literacy.

    4.Encourage international cooperation through better understanding of the supranational challenges of the climate crisis, and of the consequences of climate crisis scenarios on demand for democratic structures, international politics and citizen engagement.

    Scope: Climate movements have highlighted the question of whether urgent climate goals can be met while respecting democratic processes, maintaining trust, legitimacy and efficiency of democratic institutions. A large segment of society, on the other hand, perceives the changes on their personal lifestyle needed to mitigate or adapt to climate change as too burdensome, or focuses on other priorities, e.g. policy imperatives linked to financial or security issues. Policies adopted under the climate transition will not be pain-free, increasing the difficulty for democratic governments seeking re-election to legislate effectively to meet the demands of the climate crisis. Social inequalities increase the risk that the less advantaged segments of society will be more negatively impacted by the climate crisis and policies made for the climate transition. The common global goals for the climate transition also highlight the deficiencies of governance on supranational issues.

    At the same time, the climate imperative also opens up avenues for innovative civic participation in an existential policy area.

    Thus, proposals under this topic should help reinvigorate democratic governance by suggesting pathways for improved effectiveness of rule-of-law based institutions and policies, notably pathways for open government practices that enable active civic participation throughout the policymaking process. They should help strengthen social and economic resilience and sustainability through a better understanding of the relationship between democratic governance and the climate imperative.

    Proposals should use the lessons of history as well as analysis of the current situation and best practices to make policy recommendations for the future. In the light of existing tensions between democratic governance and climate imperatives, proposals should examine how societies have dealt with bottom-up participation in the past, whether more inclusive and politically democratic societies are better able to develop prevention and mitigation policies, and what new structures we need to tackle the climate imperative, to effectively address its complexity, urgency, and long-term impacts. Proposals are encouraged to consider social innovation activities to stimulate social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. Gender and intersectional aspects (e.g. ethnicity, socioeconomic background) should be considered, particularly regarding citizen engagement, civic participation, and climate literacy.

    Proposals should seek synergies and complementarity with other clusters, partnerships and missions of the Horizon Europe Programme, notably the Clean Energy Transition Partnerships, as well as with other EU programmes and financing instruments to maximise its impact in the long term. Proposals within this call can be the needed link to get the project outcomes out of partnerships to the policymakers who can directly implement them for maximum effective results. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-06: Democratic governance for times of disruptive changes to the social contract

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understanding of ways to account for the need for evaluation and changes in the social contracts in the EU Member States countries through theoretical, philosophical, political, historical, legal, normative and comparative studies, amongst others.

    2.Investigate and propose safeguards and mechanisms that need to be in place in those circumstances when questioning the very foundations of the social contract.

    3.Scenarios for how new social contracts in EU Member States could look like or approaches for how to develop the narratives for new social contracts, accounting for the fact of the EU membership and the rights and duties that go with it.

    Scope: A social contract is the intellectual construct referring to the agreement between members of a society, community, or organisation that spells out the obligations, functions, and rights of each citizen agreeing to the contract. The classic concept of social contract also implies the notion of the individual renunciation of some freedoms, in exchange for core public goods, including the right to democratic participation and the protection that societal life can offer. When the social contract fails to uphold its end of the bargain and leaves its citizens disappointed, there is a risk of social unrest and political instability. The COVID-19 pandemic exposed social and economic inequalities, leading to calls for a new social contract at national, EU and global levels based on inclusivity, participation and sustainability. Such calls may include requests for new articulations of the basic justifications, functions, rights and duties of democratic societies and their citizens likewise.

    Some societies flourish while others struggle to maintain the social fabric, hardly avoiding the breakdown of their social contracts. Certain forms or configurations of the social contract appear more successful than others, and not necessarily because of their immutability or endurance. Instead, flexibility, adaptability, trust and resilience seem to be factors of success, in particular vis-à-vis external shocks or disruptive forces (a pandemic, abrupt technological changes, wars…). Such disruptions may hit a pre-exiting equilibrium, bringing to the light dimensions unforeseen by the existing social contract and putting it under stress. In such situations, the social contract could withstand, in the case of better prepared societies, and continue delivering after necessary adaptations, or alternatively could break up, not resisting the pressure, and open the door to the establishment of a new contract through some dramatic or arduous exercise.

    In order to identify the factors that drive, or contribute to, the social success of certain societies and their social contract models, proposals are invited to use narrative approaches (historical, legal, anthropological methods and analysis) or data-driven / computer-based approaches, or mixed approaches. In terms of the geographical scope of the research, proposals should focus on EU and/or Member States societies, while international cooperation allowing comparative perspectives in view of extrapolations relevant to EU policies is also encouraged.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-07: Intersectionality and equality in deliberative and participatory democratic spaces

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Develop a thorough theoretical understanding of deliberative and participatory democratic practices through an intersectional lens that engages with structures of power, and identify limitations and opportunities for improvement of such spaces.

    2.Enhance the design, implementation and evaluation of deliberative and participatory processes at different levels of government (local, regional, national, European), with a focus on marginalised and vulnerable communities, by including an intersectional approach that allows accounting for power relations at all processes of design.

    3.Develop and pilot innovative designs for citizen engagement that consider intersectionality and allow for other types of participation and deliberation, and enhancing democracy, by addressing political inequality in such participatory spaces.

    Scope: There has been a recent push to overcome the limits of representative democracy and reinvigorate democratic participation through participatory and deliberative democratic innovations at local, regional, national and European level. Such processes have aimed to bring power and decision-making closer to citizens, and have contributed to reimagining the meaning of democracy and to further fostering the involvement of citizens in democratic life.

    Nevertheless, difficulties remain as regards the meaningful involvement of minorities and marginalised communities. Despite the implementation of quotas and processes to ensure parity in such democratic spaces, ensuring equality has been proved to be a challenge. In many cases, when the principle of parity has been achieved, there has been a difficulty to ensure meaningful engagement and safe and equal spaces for all. And while many efforts are focused on better including under-represented groups into such spaces, less actions are targeted at making majority populations and non-marginalised communities more understanding and tolerant towards so-called, perceived 'Others'. Proposals should contribute to reinvigorating democracy and enhancing citizen participation by designing, envisioning and piloting processes of democratic innovation where overcoming the accumulation and intersection of discrimination or stigmatisation is a core part of the process.

    For this, proposals should offer both conceptual and practical insights into designing, implementing and evaluating more inclusive participatory processes. Thus, research should help to identify the limitations of participatory exercises, and draw power analysis that provide insights into the systemic exclusion and reproduction of inequalities in certain democratic spaces. This could also include behavioural insights to enhance participation of marginalised groups and the deconstruction of biases or unwelcoming practices by majority groups and privileged communities. Furthermore, they should contribute to innovation through the piloting and testing of alternative models of participatory democratic practices and mini publics that allow for meaningful engagement between marginalised or vulnerable communities and mainstream communities (counter/alternative publics, community deliberation, intercultural dialogues, multilevel deliberations, theatre and artistic interventions, etc.). This should take into account the challenges marginalised communities face in different geographic locations, such as rural and urban areas. Proposals may consider the role of digital technologies in such innovative designs.

    Proposals may draw on the results of deliberative / participatory democracy related EU projects, in particular under Horizon 2020. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    Proposals are encouraged to collaborate with the JRC Competence Centre on Participatory and Deliberative Democracy, 19 particularly with respect to the design and evaluation of innovative and inclusive participatory processes, including concepts, frameworks and implementation thereof as part of alternative models of participatory democratic practices.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01-08: Political perspectives for the Eastern Neighbourhood and the Western Balkans

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: In order to achieve the expected outcomes of the action, the consortium must include at least one entity from the following countries: Georgia, Republic of Moldova or Ukraine.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improvement of the European Union’s neighbourhood policy and accession process, thanks to a clear vision for the political agenda of the European Union towards the Eastern Neighbourhood countries and the Western Balkans, based on a deep and nuanced analytical basis.

    2.Forecast and scenarios of the geopolitical ambitions of Russia, China and other countries towards the countries of the Eastern Neighbourhood and accession candidates.

    3.Strengthened resilience and foreign policy arsenal of the European Union against military threats on the European continent thanks to policy recommendations.

    Scope: The political and economic consequences of the Russian invasion of Ukraine go well beyond Ukrainian borders. The European Union had to change overnight from a neighbourhood policy focused on incremental reform to one that is about the survival of some Eastern Neighbourhood countries as independent, self-determined states. Ukraine’s application for European Union membership has been immediately replicated by Georgia and Moldova. Russian and Chinese influence in some accession candidate countries is on the rise. This opens crucial questions about the European Union’s enlargement strategy, requiring not only political answers but also academic reflection and expertise. Therefore, proposals are expected to analyse the European Union’s current neighbourhood and enlargement strategy and toolbox in the light of the new situation where military aggression or the threat with it and political exploitation of economic dependencies are once more used as foreign policy tools in Europe. Based on this, they should provide innovative perspectives on the origins and evolutions of policies aimed at stabilising and democratising the Eastern Neighbourhood along with evidence-based policy options to adapt this strategy to the new state of play.

    Furthermore, in the context of the accession process, there is need to strengthen mechanisms of compliance with the acquis in the area of social policies and to strengthen social cohesion to avoid brain drain and care drain in Eastern Partnership and Western Balkans countries.

    Proposals are invited to take this dimension into account when developing robust evidence-based, forward-looking visions for the political agenda of the European Union towards the Eastern Neighbourhood and the Western Balkans.

    In addition, the Russian ambition to have a sphere of influence in the former Soviet Union countries puts governments in the Eastern Neighbourhood in a much more vulnerable position. It increased their dependencies on big geopolitical powers, be it the West, China or Russia. It also highlighted Russia’s ambition to play an even more decisive political role in the larger region, including the power to install governments of its choice through a return to Cold War tactics. Is this shift back to brutal military intervention the sign of a new age in international relations and new geopolitical blocks? Proposals are expected to analyse and forecast possible scenarios regarding Russia, but also China and other countries’ geopolitical ambitions towards the countries of the Eastern Neighbourhood, grounded in a historical perspective. Based on sound and robust analyses, they should provide policy recommendations, scenarios and options to strengthen the Union’s resilience and diplomatic arsenal in a potential new era of military intervention on the continent. They are also expected to provide evidence-based advice on whether the European Union should factor military interventions into its foreign policy toolbox, and offer perspectives as to what implications that would entail.

    Proposals are strongly encouraged to involve stakeholders, including non-state actors and citizens, from the countries in the topic scope. The consortium must include at least one entity from the following countries: Georgia, Republic of Moldova or Ukraine. Legal entities from these countries must take part in the project as beneficiaries.

    Participation of Ukrainian researchers in exile with refugee status and employed by eligible beneficiaries is strongly encouraged and would be an asset.

    International cooperation is strongly encouraged.

    Proposals are encouraged to network with and build on previously funded projects under the Horizon Europe calls 20 , Horizon 2020 or other EU programmes, e.g. Global Europe 21 , as appropriate. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    Call - Past, present and future of democracies

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 22

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 23

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 04 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 07 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-01

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-02

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-03

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-04

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-05

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-06

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-07

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-08

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-09

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-10

    RIA

    6.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-11

    RIA

    4.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-12

    CSA

    4.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    95.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-01: Protest politics and cultures of opposition in democracy

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Practical understanding of the role and evolution of all forms of opposition (protest, cultural opposition, non-compliance, subversion, activism), their different platforms (physical and online), and their impact on democracy, including in resisting the rise of authoritarian tendencies and in taking down authoritarian regimes.

    2.Policy recommendations based on a deep analysis of the potential shift from traditional party structures to social mobilisation and activism as means for democratic participation, including drivers and factors that might play a role in fostering such forms of politics.

    3.Innovative forms of non-conflictual constructive engagement, which can channel social and community mobilisation and protest resulting from lack of/limited channels for democratic civic engagement and collective political action.

    4.Rebuilding citizens’ trust in the impact and validity of electoral processes at various levels.

    Scope: Citizens increasingly disengage from traditional party politics and voting as a way to express political views, values and beliefs. On the other hand, recent years have seen diverse forms of political protest, social and artistic movements and activism, flourish both offline and online. In fact, the Eurobarometer Youth Survey 2021 showed that a majority of young people in Ireland, Spain and Belgium, amongst others, consider participating in forms of street politics equal to, or more effective, than voting.

    Research proposals under this topic should analyse further the shift towards politics of collective action, and their impact on European democracies, including their role in resisting the rise of authoritarian tendencies and in taking down authoritarian regimes. This could refer to both online and offline forms of collective political action, including artistic forms of protest (audiovisual art, literature, music, etc.). Proposals should consider drivers and factors that play a role in fostering such forms of politics (emotional, gender, socioeconomic, cultural, historical, generational, geopolitical, geographical etc.), including the role of social media platforms. This should be contextualised in a historical study of the role of protest movements and their impact on democracy. Proposals may analyse local, regional, national as well as transnational movements, mobilisation, and democracy within the European Union.

    Proposals should consider the relationship between (i) collective action as a way to channel democratic grievances and (ii) limited channels for citizen participation, thus analysing the implications of further citizen support for democracy combined with the dissatisfaction with the current democratic channels (with a special focus on accessibility and inclusiveness of democratic channels such as voting for vulnerable people, mobile citizens, migrants, etc.). This could also mean exploring self-organised alternative forms of citizen participation (such as assemblies) and other innovative forms of non-conflictual constructive engagement.

    The growing defiance towards the ‘usefulness’ of voting and electoral processes should also be addressed. Voting abstention as a mean to protest against a perceived lack of options, and how to remediate disengagement with electoral processes, can be a particular focus. Proposals should propose concrete paths to rebuild citizens’ trust in the impact and validity of electoral processes at various level, from local to European.

    Special attention could be put on younger generations, who have vastly participated in shaping the public sphere with their activism in movements such as Pride, Fridays for Future and feminist mobilisations. A focus could also be on violence and extremist movements’ influence, for instance on protests against COVID-19 public health measures. How social networks act as a factor to increase societal resilience and as a way to pressure political change could also be investigated. Finally, how formal education contexts are integrating these new manifestations into citizenship education could also be explored. As new forms of political participation are still very much urban-based, proposals should include a specific focus on how to constructively channel rural youth’s discontent.

    Proposals are encouraged to make use of participative methodologies and to draw on a combination of methods and literature.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged in particular with countries from the MENA region.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    Proposals are encouraged to collaborate with the JRC Competence Centre on Participatory and Deliberative Democracy, 24 particularly in respect to innovative forms of non-conflictual constructive engagement and its potential to transform democracies and democratic systems.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-02: Multilevel governance in times of digital and climate transitions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Encourage international cooperation through better understanding of the articulation between local, regional, international and transnational governance.

    2.Encourage the development and implementation of policy in two areas of transnational and multi-level importance: the digital and climate transitions, also taking into account how does the division of policy ownership in multi-level governance systems impact the effectiveness of policymaking in these two policy areas.

    3.Lead to better-informed decision-making and policy implementation at national and EU levels, based on the identification of where the tensions and the opportunities are in top-down and bottom-up policymaking. The development of community-based innovations in the field of democratic governance and processes, notably at the level of cities and regions, and evaluation of their implications for social development, cohesion and inclusion.

    4.Provide policy recommendations on improvements and alternative pathways for the national and local implementation of EU law that are endorsed by the targeted public administrations, including through experimentation in deliberative processes.

    Scope: The threat of climate change will require changes in the ways in which we organise our societies, action at all levels of government, and coordination between these levels so that actions are taken at the most appropriate one and complement each other effectively. Optimising complementarity will also be important to face the challenge of staff shortage to tackle the climate transition.

    The digital transition is also at the heart of the question of multi-level governance of major transitions: for instance, the COVID-19 pandemic has changed practices, and shown that further paths can be followed in order for digitalisation to be moulded to benefit the climate, and society.

    The EU Green Deal and digital strategy, and their national and local implementation strategies, are the policy roadmaps to be examined under this topic.

    Proposals should analyse how different levels of government in the EU work in developing and implementing policy on the digital and climate transitions. Where is collaboration and collective agenda-setting most effective, in order for climate and digital roadmap goals to be met? How does the division of policy ownership in multi-level governance systems impact the effectiveness of policymaking in these two policy areas: where are the gaps, and where are the duplications? Questions of responsiveness and legitimacy might also be considered.

    Proposals should also analyse the development of community-based innovations in the field of democratic governance and processes, notably at the level of cities and regions, and evaluation of their implications for social development, cohesion and inclusion.

    Given the very particular situation of border regions, proposals could analyse innovative legal instruments, organisational set-ups, cross-border democratic processes that strengthen cross-border cooperation and ultimately the resilience of cross-border territories.

    As the innovation part of this action, proposals should experiment with community-led innovations in one or both policy areas, such as through deliberative processes, or engaging social innovation partners and citizens representatives.

    Based on this analysis, proposals should suggest pathways for better-informed decision-making at national and EU levels based on the identification of where the tensions the opportunities are in top-down and bottom-up policymaking, and policy implementation.

    Proposals should form partnerships with government authorities at the relevant levels, in order for their policy recommendations on improvements and alternative pathways for the national and local implementation of EU law to be more likely to be endorsed by the targeted public administrations.

    Proposals are encouraged to collaborate with the JRC Competence Centre on Participatory and Deliberative Democracy 25 , which provides expertise in particular with respect to experimentation with community-led innovations through deliberative and other participatory processes and approaches.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-03: What is the long-term impact of rule of law and other European values on socio-economic outcomes?

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Policy recommendations based on a better understanding of the impact of rule of law and other European Union values on socio-economic outcomes of individuals and states.

    2.Enhanced knowledge of the social cost aspects of weakening the rule of law and robust quantification strategies in the area of rights and freedoms in the national and European context.

    3.New datasets for this area of research, incorporating a systematic use of historical experiences, economic and econometric history approaches in conjunction with legal and political history analysis, where adequate.

    Scope: Recent insights into the role of networks for the creation of value (for instance, the use of network models by human resources departments to estimate existing or future staff value, or the use of network theories to enrich the understanding of financial systems and related risks) have yet to be transferred in an important manner to areas of study dealing with important public/common goods such as rule of law and the various human and fundamental rights and freedoms established by European Union law. It is well understood that networks can amplify asset values in an important manner. How do structural features and metrics of societal networks impact that value of common/public goods? Is it possible to identify similar magnifying effects? And how can they be measured, in which unit can they be expressed? On the other hand value created within one particular network may not be transferable to another network without significant losses. What factors will determine the importance of such losses?

    Variables under scrutiny may go beyond those used in the European Commission’s annual Rule of Law Report (variables such as baskets of opportunities, capabilities, etc.) as well as areas of outcomes that do not figure in this report and yet have important impacts on justice and inequality.

    In addition, networks can also create value for individuals and clubs (club goods) that transfer the benefits of public goods (such as tax-funded education in elite institutions) to individual families, specific social groups and their descendants. Such social and economic captures, which have always existed, persist and in many cases have become stronger over time, thus reinforcing inequalities in the modern age. Similarly, the value of environmental public goods/commons might benefit only better off residents of certain types of cities. Such examples can be multiplied. Proposals should also map this type of value creation in a quantitative manner.

    Proposals should explore changing valuation of public/common goods depending on different network topologies. They should investigate how are metrics of social (persons, individuals, not social media networks) and contractual (private contracts, private trades) networks associated with varying valuations public/common goods. Based on that, proposals should improve knowledge of the social cost aspects of weakening the rule of law. They should provide robust quantification strategies in the area of rights and freedoms in the national and European context.

    Proposals should investigate historical developments to provide better understanding of present situation and present challenges.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-04: The interrelation between social, cultural and political identities, as well as the sense of belonging, and democracies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Provide a comprehensive analysis of the interrelations between social, cultural and political identities, the sense of belonging and identification with a group, and democracy, including in matters of political representation, participation and trust. This includes considering the intersecting, fluid and fragmented dimension of identities and their relation to the need to belong as well as values.

    2.Build on findings to formulate policy recommendations to address, prevent and correct negative trends, including piloting of strategies and frameworks to prevent discrimination, marginalisation and alienation. Insights on how to contribute to encompassing identities with concrete policy recommendations are highly encouraged.

    3.Develop critical insights into the ways in which processes of social, cultural and political participation can contribute to further fostering the sense of belonging/ownership to local, national and European democratic institutions and processes, or the diffusion of antagonistic identities or social norms.

    Scope: The role of identities and the sense of belonging in democracies is of uttermost importance, where both have been key to define and understand political participation in democratic societies. In the past few years, Europe has arguably experienced an increased fragmentation of identities, given rapid generational, demographic, social, religious and political changes. Simultaneously, the pandemic has highlighted the importance of communities in times of uncertainty. This has opened up questions about the negative impact that such fragmenting trends might have on democratic life, as well as the barriers that certain groups face to be actively and meaningfully engaged in democratic participation, among these youths, migrants, and LGBTIQ+ collectives.

    Conversely, it can be argued that the involvement of certain communities in democratic processes of decision-making (through quotas, but also through other participatory processes at different levels such as participants sortition) can contribute to further foster the sense of belonging to a democratic society, and further increase their participation in democratic life.

    In this context, proposals should help further investigate the way that democracy and its key tenets such as political representation, participation or trust are interrelated to social, cultural, and political identities and a sense of belonging and identification with different communities. This includes gender, ethnic, multicultural, multilingual and spatial identities and subjectivities, amongst others, taking into account the cumulative effects of discrimination. To better understand social identities and their role in shaping political and social discourse, proposals could consider the condition of migration and refugees, segregation as well as inclusion; the notion of European identity and heritage; people with disabilities; perception of belonging to urban/rural communities, to local communities or to diasporas; the role of media and social media in identity fragmentation, mixtures of ethnic, political and religious identities; the role of the cultural and artistic sectors in representing the diversity of identities (cinema, film series, literature, etc.).

    Proposals should identify and explore barriers and factors that limit or impact the engagement of certain communities in democratic practices and processes, and erode their political participation, representation or trust in democratic institutions. Moreover, they should consider and propose policies, frameworks and recommendations to prevent and revert such negative trends, as well as ways to further foster the sense of belonging to democratic societies. This could include the piloting of participatory processes or civic engagement activities targeted at identifying and discussing the issues underpinning the sense of democratic belonging in said communities. Identities do not happen in a vacuum. People are attached to groups that grant them an identity that has currency in the social domain: being identified as a member of a certain group grants social capital. They belong to groups they value and that cater to their social and psychological needs. Proposals should therefore also develop critical insights into the ways in which processes of social, cultural and political participation can contribute to further fostering the sense of belonging/ownership to local, national and European democratic institutions and processes.

    Finally, proposals may also study social representations and intergroup stereotypes, which determine to which groups individuals choose to belong. The benefits of group membership and identification, including the social capital that comes with group projects as an inherent part of social representations, may also be analysed. In that regard, the role of identification and belonging in the diffusion of antagonistic identities or social norms online and offline should be studied.

    It is important that proposals integrate an intersectional, historical, fluid and multiple approach towards identities, as well as consider the varying concepts and experiences of “belonging” and “identification”, as well as the possibility to develop several feelings of belonging to different communities simultaneously.

    Proposals should also utilise participatory methods for research, involving academic and non-academic actors, with a focus on community empowerment. They might utilise methodologies that build on disciplines such as political and social psychology, behavioural politics, history, sociology, gender and race theories, religious studies, post-colonial studies, etc.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged. Proposals may consider social innovation activities to stimulate social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    Proposals are encouraged to collaborate with the JRC Competence Centre on Participatory and Deliberative Democracy, 26 in particular with respect to the design and utilisation of participatory methodologies and how they consider, shape or transform individual and group identities. Proposals are also encouraged to collaborate with the JRC unit working on the Enlightenment 2.0 research programme, 27 particularly with respect to the influence of identities in evidence uptake, political decision-making and effective remedies that can benefit collective decision-making.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-05: Gender-roles in extremist movements and their impact on democracy

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Develop a critical understanding of the construction and performance of gender roles in extremist, identitarian and nationalist movements and their impact on democracy, EU values and fundamental rights.

    2.Provide evidence-based insights into the role of online communities in the promotion of reactionary, identitarian and extremist ideals, focusing in particular on different forms of masculinity from an intersectional perspective and drawing on engagement with these communities and platforms.

    3.Examine gender roles in political leadership styles and narratives, especially in nationalist and extremist parties, and their impact on democratic participation, decision-making and trust in governance, and propose alternative models for more democratic leadership.

    4.Develop innovative methods, policy approaches and tools to tackle antidemocratic narratives and tendencies, characterised by identitarian, nationalist and extremist ideals.

    Scope: While gender and feminist scholarship in democracy tends to focus on the role of women and female representation, the role of men and different forms of masculinity are equally important to gain a comprehensive understanding of the impact of gender roles and inequalities on democratic discourse, decision-making and governance.

    The past years have witnessed a rise of identitarian (alt-right), reactionary and other extremist politics, arguably strengthened by the pandemic and the isolation it created. Many of these ideals and politics are developing in online forums and platforms, often characterised by a contempt for the ‘liberal’ elite and perceived as tools for the radicalisation of (young) men. In extreme cases, such politics have been openly hostile towards women, LGBTIQ+ collectives and people with a minority racial or ethnic background, and even openly advocated for violence towards them, leading to increased hate speech, harassment, and hate crimes. More research is needed into these groups and milieus, especially through active engagement and deliberation with them on their perceptions around socio-political change, fundamental rights, and anxiety about perceived threats to their gendered identity. Therefore, proposals should develop strategies and practical solutions for the engagement and deliberation with men involved in reactionary, identitarian, or far-right nationalist online forums, and examine the influence of the online discourse in such platforms on the constitution of extremist movements, as well as their relation to mainstream (online) platforms and political discourse. This includes, but is not limited to, an analysis and engagement with different types of masculinity, how these relate to political violence, gender-based violence, and hate crimes, and perceptions around EU values and socio-political change. Interdisciplinary approaches, connecting social and political sciences with the use of information and communication technologies, including artificial intelligence, are particularly encouraged for this topic.

    Moreover, the increased uncertainty and political challenges generated by the pandemic, has been coupled with a turn towards hyper-masculinistic modes of leadership and politics that require further analysis. In this context, proposals should consider the interrelation between top-down hyper-masculinistic leadership styles and bottom-up identitarian, nationalist and other extremist movements developing in online spaces, and analyse their impact on democratic participation, decision-making and trust in governance. Historical experiences of leadership and politics in crisis situations may also be considered in this regard.

    Building on the evidence-based insights, proposals should develop innovative methods, policy approaches and tools for policymakers and practitioners to address the underlying roots of violent, discriminatory and illiberal political discourse and actions in both public and online spaces. This could include awareness-raising and training activities on the threats of identitarian and reactionary ideals for democracy and EU values, as well as innovative practices to deliberate with the targeted communities.

    Proposals are encouraged to build on past EU-funded projects as well as plan to exploit potential synergies with project(s) funded under HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-04: Radicalisation and gender.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-06: Computational Social Science approaches in research on democracy

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Insights into various aspects of democracy, its institutions, its capacity to adapt to changing circumstances, interaction with structural socio-economic patterns utilising Computational Social Science 28 (CSS) to identify systematic patterns to test working hypotheses.

    2.Develop and test methodologies that combine and integrate CSS and other Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) methods to study democratic governance, overcoming traditional academic boundaries in the field and producing synthetic data and simulation environments to stage full scale experiments which otherwise are reserved to historical study.

    3.Use of critical approaches to data and datafication of social data, the development of alternative approaches to research including critical software studies, digital studies, and critical media studies, and development of clear and concise policy recommendations for harmonising CSS approaches with GDPR guidelines in order to encourage and facilitate such studies.

    Scope: Social sciences have not yet fully embraced the breakthrough of computational science that took place in past years with costs for data transport and data storage ceasing to be a limiting factor for data-driven social science. Developing new crosscutting tools of social and computational science will indeed contribute to better understanding how the EU society acts.

    At the same time, although big data (including personal data) has become widespread and minable, datasets available to researchers for scientific enquiry are not so easily available, only under restricted regimes, or they vary in quality. Another important limitation to using these datasets is the respect of data protection regulations put in place by the European Union legislation (for instance GDPR). With CSS it could be critically examined where there is need for more data access to what kind of data, and also where there is not enough high-quality data at all. Proposals are therefore expected to propose new strategies and approaches on how to deal with data, and the lack thereof, in a way that fully complies with the EU’s notion of privacy and personal data.

    A promising avenue in this respect is the creation and use for research of synthetic data sets, including full-scale synthetic reference populations. Those can link, while not interfering with personal data use restrictions, highly granular data set. As a result, empirical analysis can much better cater for distributional impacts across a wide range of types of households, and individual socio-economic backgrounds, and the impact of socio-economic policies in different geographical settings can be studied at the same level of detail as currently the case in environmental studies.

    Thematically, proposals may choose whichever research focus, in the area of democracy, deemed relevant to exploit the potential of CCS. They may concentrate on testing age-old questions of political economy and political sociology and see how they change or survive when tested in a highly granular simulation environment, as synthetic population data allows to do, or they may identify more recent topics such as political communication, political participation, or resilience of democracies, in relation to structural socio-economic patterns. They may also do methodological research with access to new data sources, develop new methods, or refine existing ones, like social network analysis.

    Concrete efforts should be made to ensure that the data produced in the context of the funded projects is FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Re-usable), particularly in the context of real-time data feeds, exploring workflows that can provide “FAIR-by-design” data, i.e., data that is FAIR from its generation. Proposals should leverage the data and services available through European Research Infrastructures federated under the European Open Science Cloud, as well as data from relevant Data Spaces in the data-driven analyses. Additionally, efforts should be made to increase the data availability in European Research Infrastructures federated under the European Open Science Cloud by depositing generated data in relevant infrastructures.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    Proposals are encouraged to collaborate with the JRC and its Centre for Advance Studies and project on Computational Social Science for Policy.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-07: Digital democracy

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Policymakers, practitioners and researchers gain increased understanding of digital democracy, the challenges and opportunities involved in digital democratic deliberations, the current state of the art and the framework conditions supporting its successful implementation.

    2.Informed investment decisions of (any level) government based on mapping future trends, emerging next practices, related participation culture and engagement strategies for building a thriving digitally enhanced public sphere in Europe.

    Scope: The COVID-19 pandemic made e-democracy more relevant and influential than ever before since access to the physical public sphere was limited. Through digital platforms and social media, individuals continue to voice their opinions, expose and mobilise for social movements, fostering change and raising awareness of democracy and fundamental rights. Citizens turned to digital media and collaborative platforms to deal with public affairs, exercising active citizenship virtually. Digital democracy platforms expand the opportunities for democratic deliberations through better and faster political information exchange, public dialogue, engagement in public decision-making and exercising voting rights in political elections. Digital democracy can also play an active role in creating and deepening societal change. However, digital solutions are also more vulnerable to disruption e.g. cybersecurity and privacy threats, misinformation campaigns or digital lobbying, attempting to impact public decision-making, including political election outcomes, and is likely to bring important ethical challenges concerning digital education and digital literacy, access to information, built-in bias, etc.

    Increased level of participation between government and citizens requires radical changes and major investment making public administrations more relevant to the social, economic, political and technological environment. To prepare public administrations for increased engagement with the broader public, structures and processes need to be put in place, human and financial resources allocated, an ecosystem of intermediaries and representative organisations defined, most suited technological solutions identified, making public deliberation and moderation in the digital age an integral part of a governmental and also societal ‘culture of participation’.

    For this aim, proposals should investigate - building on existing literature and data - the most recent developments, especially as regards the pandemic-induced innovative e-democracy and e-participation solutions at all levels of governance (international, EU, national, regional, local). Historical analysis will allow the consideration of the wider and long-term impacts of e-participation on democracy, political and civic culture, and international cooperation will facilitate the exchange of good practice and success stories. The framework conditions i.e. rules, policies and processes; ways of working (partnerships, structures, collaboration); people (skills, culture and values, leadership); knowledge (data, learning) that support next level democratic participation (emerging and next practices) should be investigated. Research should pay particular attention to digital inclusion as a key challenge and essential element of inclusive citizen participation in public deliberations for a healthy digitally enabled democracy through equal participation irrespective of citizen's income level, education, ethnicity, gender, religion, language used, ability, geographical location, etc., and to the digital divide between generations.

    Based on lessons learnt from existing good practice cases and experiences, proposals should consider the citizens’ perspectives in building digital democracy tools and processes, including related technical aspects (e.g. gamification, artificial intelligence). The involvement of different stakeholders, including public administrations, end-users, political actors and the private sector is strongly encouraged to foster dialogue and understanding between diverse interest groups in democratic deliberations, enhance the legal frameworks and safeguards against threats and challenges (e.g. fraud prevention in e-voting), overcoming polarisation and reaching better public policy outcomes.

    Proposals are encouraged to collaborate with the JRC Competence Centre on Participatory and Deliberative Democracy, 29 particularly with respect to new emerging forms of democratic participation – through or assisted by – digital means, as well as to the innovative application of frameworks and methods for citizen engagement in building and experiencing digital democracy tools and processes.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-08: Culture, the arts and cultural spaces for democratic participation and political expression, online and offline

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Recommendations on how to foster civic participation through a deep analysis of the use of spaces beyond classic democratic institutions, especially cultural and artistic spaces, as well as cyberspace and metaverses, for political expression.

    2.Forward-looking policy recommendations to ensure that digital spaces (including metaverses and social networks) can, by design, have a positive impact on democratic life and limit potential threats to democracy.

    3.Experimentation of solutions, methods and tools to support democratic behaviour and social well-being for the next generation of social media.

    Scope: Participation in political life through conventional means, such as elections, has become a challenge. Participation rates decrease while parts of society feel unheard by political elites and see electoral processes as inefficient.

    On the other hand, some citizens find alternative outlets to express political opinions, such as protests 30 , expression on social media and in virtual spaces, art creation, music and vocal forms of expressive culture, etc. Cultural, artistic and online spaces (such as public libraries, art exhibition spaces, heritage sites, cultural centres, parks and other public places used temporarily to convey a message, social media platforms, metaverses, etc.) are increasingly positioning themselves as catalysers for social and economic changes. They become privileged places for deliberation and alternative engagement with politics through debate, education and free expression, for instance. Proposals should evaluate how effective they are at channelling bottom-up political energy. They should also propose options as to how those alternative initiatives could feed into the wider political debate (for instance through social innovation). In addition, proposals could look at art and cultural productions (in the broader sense, online and offline) as vectors of political expression, be it in democratic or non-democratic contexts. How efficient are they in mediating political messages? What kind of attacks and counterattacks are targeted at them, with what effects, from the side of the professional politicians and organisations? How are questions regarding the legitimacy of artistic activities answered?

    Aside from physical spaces, virtual spaces for exchange and communication have been very active in the dissemination of political views and have influenced the political debate, notably through the use of popular culture references (memes, etc.) and through cyber-culture. While the link between social media and disinformation as well as political engagement has already been investigated, the revival of virtual alternative universes, such as metaverses, begs for more scientific evidence regarding what impact this will have on democracy. Digital universes have a strong potential to both threaten and nurture democracies. Proposals should propose forward-looking policy recommendations to ensure that such digital spaces can, by design, have a positive impact on democratic life, and to limit the potential threats to democracy. How can these new spaces be exploited as positive tools for citizen engagement? Proposals should also experiment solutions, methods and tools to support democratic behaviour and well-being for the next generation of social media.

    Proposals are expected to investigate cultural activity and engagement, online and offline, as political expression, civic participation and political engagement, historically, in contemporary society, and to provide forecasts for the future. Gender, decoloniality and intersectionality should be taken into account. Investigation of examples and initiatives from outside Europe will be instrumental, given the many interesting experiences of art and activism around the world. Therefore, international cooperation is encouraged. Proposals should produce concrete policy recommendations and design proposals to allow the potential for political engagement through physical and virtual non-traditional spaces to be fully expressed, in an inclusive manner.

    Research methodologies should include field research and participative methods. They may also involve culture and art practitioners and art-based research.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    Proposals are encouraged to collaborate with the JRC Competence Centre on Participatory and Deliberative Democracy, 31 particularly in respect to the development of evidence-informed policy recommendations on how digital universes, such as metaverses, can have positive impacts on democratic systems and democratic life in general.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-09: The role and functioning of public administrations in democratic systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understanding of the changing concept and practices of public administrations and approaches to public management, emerging trends and paradigm shifts, and the role public institutions and public management play in in fostering democratic, economic and social stability.

    2.Mapping emerging innovative solutions in public management and institutional framework conditions (e.g. human resource management policies, leadership, new ways of working, changing public decision- and policymaking, etc.) that enable innovation in public administrations and deepen democratic governance.

    3.Recommendations for European Union Member States on key focus areas and (from local to EU level) actions as regards public administration modernisation and reform agendas, and whole-government innovation strategies for effective, innovative, future-capable and citizen-centric government administrations in Europe.

    Scope: Governments are excessively under pressure today to adapt and respond to rapidly changing global economic, social, political, ecological and technological trends, to develop better public policy outcomes and high-quality public services that respond to the needs of their citizens, and to transform their internal operations on the go, creating modern and innovative public administrations. This area of research intends to investigate how European Union governments are approaching public administration and governance reform i.e. what areas they strategically invest in, what challenges they encounter, what (national, European or international) support (expertise, finance) they capitalise on, and how they generally approach transforming their government administrations (through e.g. systems approaches, open government approaches, innovation portfolio approach, organisational framework conditions enabling innovation, etc.) as they face the challenges of today.

    The true measure of the successful practice of public service lies in the ability of government administrations to remain faithful to the tenets of democratic society (e.g. respect for human dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, the rule of law, human rights, including the rights of persons belonging to minorities). Therefore, particular attention should be paid to the role and functioning of public institutions in democratic systems, their role in fostering democratic, economic and social stability, and in reforming public management and institutions in ways that enhance citizens’ trust in government and active participation in public affairs [e.g. engagement with citizens, open and transparent public decision- and policymaking, e-democracy, participatory and deliberative democracy, experimentation, working with innovation ecosystems (Quadruple and Quintuple Helix models), etc.], including emerging visions and narratives for public management and institutions.

    To this effect, beyond the available literature review and internationally comparable data (e.g. World Economic Forum, United Nations, World Bank, European institutions, etc.), this research will need to involve intensive engagement with national government officials orchestrating and engaged in internal innovation processes, large-scale data collection and analysis, and drawing up illustrative cases from European Union Member States and OECD governments actively working towards improving democratic governance and innovation in government administrations.

    Proposals are also encouraged to collaborate with the JRC unit working on strengthening and connecting science-for-policy ecosystems across the EU, 32 particularly with respect to projects interested in building the analytical foundations for reforms in public administration and in the science, technology and innovation system to improve evidence-informed policymaking processes, the use of expertise in policymaking, the establishment of boundary organisations and competence-building of knowledge brokers, and the public deliberation between science, policymaking, and society at large.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-10: Political participation in multilingual spaces

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Development of a European public space for citizen deliberation through a better understanding of the tools and mechanisms that can overcome barriers to political participation in multilingual spaces.

    2.Better management of linguistic diversity in political participation, from the local to the European level.

    3.Effective use of automated language tools and multilingual means of communication, through analysis of these tools and their impact on democracy-fostering processes.

    Scope: The European Union is made up of a population with a multitude of languages (including sign languages) and dialects, which reflect a mosaic of cultures in constant interaction and evolution. Although this is not new, managing political participation in multilingual spaces is a challenge, particularly with a view to creating a European public space for citizen deliberation.

    The Conference on the Future of Europe has shown that solutions exist to facilitate multilingual communication in a democratic context, including thanks to the use of automated translation tools. However, multi-lingual deliberations tend to crystallise on ensuring that opinions have been rightly conveyed through translation rather than on the outcomes of the discussions and the understanding of cultural codes and perceptions. In other words, how to ensure that multilingual deliberations focus on the content, rather than the form of what is said? How to allow deep and meaningful engagement among participants from diverse linguistic communities? Technological tools may help in virtual settings, but how can these technical innovations be brought into the non-virtual world, in order to address such a deep-rooted societal challenge?

    In addition, multilingual spaces are almost always also multicultural. In other words, the translation process is never limited only to translation between language(s), but involves also intercultural translation. How would it be possible to ensure that notions of identity and belonging at the local, national and European level, be coupled with democratic, open and trusting societies? What role can inter-cultural dimensions of social capital and social dialogue play in strengthening democratic dialogue and on building democratic communities and citizenship (at the national and EU level)?

    Proposals should consider outcomes from the Conference on the Future of Europe. They should explore how deliberations in multilingual settings can be best mediated, by design or through technological assistance. Special attention could be paid to linguistic minorities and people with communication impairments. Proposals under this call are encouraged to make use of participative methodologies and experimental methods. Proposals are encouraged to consider social innovation activities to stimulate social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    Proposals are encouraged to collaborate with the JRC Competence Centre on Participatory and Deliberative Democracy 33 , particularly with respect to experimentation with the design of multilingual deliberative and other participatory processes in light of lessons learned from the implementation of the Conference on the Future of Europe.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-11: Future scenarios and young visions for European democracy 2040

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to the following expected outcome:

    1.Future scenario workflows, roadmap and strategy playbook to achieve the most preferred scenarios for democracy in the European Union 2040, researched, debated and co-developed through iterative, large-scale engagement processes with diverse groups of stakeholders i.e. young European citizens, political and institutional actors and organised civil society.

    Scope: Democracy in the EU faces challenges from rising extremism and polarisation, covert authoritarianism, election interference and the spread of manipulative information. Political democracies are looking for new balances in fast-changing societal contexts while facing countless number of internal and global challenges and changes in power relations. This – in turn – reduces the willingness to undertake reforms that could deepen the European Union further. Nationalistic and populistic tendencies, tensions between national and international frameworks, political and social polarisation jeopardise established values and practices (e.g. parliamentary democracy, the rule of law, separation of powers, democratic dialogue, etc.) and seem to weaken the political clout of the European Union in the long run.

    In light of the current discourse about the need to rethink and redesign virtual and real public spaces and civic engagement, this research will also investigate the future of democracy and its instruments, and will also explore the views of political institutions such as national parliaments and the European Institutions, and those of organised civil society actors as regards their visions for the future, emerging trends such as e.g. participatory and deliberative democracy models that better serve the public good, build trust between governments and citizens, and deepen democracy at large. Particular attention should be paid to the development of future European (and national) public spaces that mutually support one another and work together, and the evolution of the current EU model (with its peculiarities and often quoted democratic deficit) into its best potential.

    With the accelerating complexity of change, there is a growing need to combine solid scientific forecasting methods that rely on objective historical data with qualitative and speculative foresight practices, and with a series of iterative, large-scale (online and in-person) engagements in order to build and co-develop alternative future scenarios that can empower young people living in the EU to proactively shape their collective future in the European Union. In addition, proposals should help to understand the visions of the next generation and how to provide them with the tools to put those visions in practice. It is important to document (e.g. the making-of film, documentary, library of video interviews, etc.) the journey undertaken over time from research through large-scale stakeholder engagements, debates and co-development of outcomes for European citizens to engage with the content as the project is progressing and after its conclusion.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-12: Testing and implementation of research results fostering democracy and governance

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Legal entities established in Algeria, Azerbaijan, Egypt, Jordan, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Palestine 34 and Syria may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and Support Action as a beneficiary (or affiliated entity).

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    1.The topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least two non-academic [end-user] organisations (for instance: local or regional or national government authorities, or any other relevant organisations) from at least two different EU Member States or Associated Countries. The proposals must draw on the results of research and innovation projects that were publicly funded (at EU or national level), and whose end date must be after 1st January 2023.

    2.The proposed actions must not duplicate or replace dissemination and exploitation activities that are part of the initial R&I projects. Proposed actions should go beyond such actions aiming at knowledge transfer and exchange.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 35 .

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 100,000 in order for selected projects to be of a scale ambitious enough to achieve the objectives of the action as outlined in the expected outcomes. The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied. Beneficiaries should refer to General Annex B of the Work Programme for further information and guidance.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Policymakers, practitioners and researchers have increased understanding of the validity of theoretical models, the possibilities to implement recommendations, toolkits, narratives and methodologies and other solutions for issues for democracy and governance stemming [in particular] from Horizon 2020 projects.

    2.Testing and uptake of research results on democracy and governance relevant for the future of democracy in the EU, involving stakeholders (non-science actors, including public bodies, NGOs, civil society organisations, policymakers, educational bodies, other potential end-users of the research results, etc.) to explore their readiness to implement the solutions developed in the previous research and innovation project, possibly adapting the solutions to the respective societal / administrative / political context based on the tests.

    3.Better informed decision-making on changes in democratic processes and governance, based on scientific, policy, legal, etc. conclusions from experiments with the results of such earlier projects in a practical / real life context, that allow to replicate the methods, recommendations for legislative changes, or translate the research results into innovations.

    Scope: The aim is to bring to society the benefits from previously EU-funded research in the field of democracy and governance be it in Horizon 2020 or other relevant programmes (such as Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values Programme or the Global Europe Programme). The proposals have to build on the rich stock of actionable recommendations, knowledge, toolkits, educational material, and scientific methods etc. developed in particular by the over 300 Horizon 2020 projects on democracy and governance related issues. For proposals building on Global Europe research in particular, cooperation with third countries is encouraged.

    Proposals have to credibly identify a targeted democracy and/or governance related issue that can be addressed by implementing existing research and innovation results. In addition, proposals should take those research and innovation results further through testing and experimenting in the relevant operational environment, and enhancing the potential take-up of innovative solutions by civil society, public institutions, including educational institutions, and policymakers at all governance levels, including in third countries. Potential instruments for this testing, such as twinning or the launch of open calls for pilots, are possible through financial support to third parties. Proposals suggesting financial support to third parties should lay out the selection criteria that will be used. In addition, proposals should demonstrate the need or interest for the solution they propose by involving end-users in the project design. Proposals should also provide a clear pathway to impact as well as a comprehensive risk assessment plan with different mitigation strategies.

    Proposals should address issues in line with the European Democracy Action Plan or EU policy initiatives that emanated from this Action Plan.

    Possibilities of coordination with related activities funded through in particular the Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values Programme or the Global Europe Programme should be analysed. Cooperation should be sought with the Network for innovative solutions for the future of democracy funded under HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-02-01.

    Proposals should involve end-users (including civil society organisations) and/or strategic partners who can foster the societal impact of the research and innovation results. Possible end-users and strategic partners could include for instance local or regional authorities, schools/universities, cultural institutions, civil society, foundations, political parties, trade unions, or youth organisations. Proposals should also involve practitioners and experts in science communication.

    Besides fostering the societal impact of previous democracy and governance related research and innovation actions, proposals should explore and draw lessons on how the translation between research results in this field and policy actions takes place and what kinds of expertise is needed for achieving this. Proposals could also develop strategies to promote citizens activism and community engagement to build inclusive societies.

    Proposals are also encouraged to collaborate with the JRC Competence Centre on Participatory and Deliberative Democracy, 36 particularly with respect to actions and initiatives directly contributing to the provisions of the European Democracy Action Plan for the promotion of democratic engagement and active participation beyond elections.

    DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH ON EUROPEAN CULTURAL HERITAGE AND CULTURAL AND CREATIVE INDUSTRIES - BUILDING OUR FUTURE FROM THE PAST

    Europe’s rich cultural heritage and strong creative tradition not only reflect our past, but also shape our future. It is by building on this foundation and developing our strengths that we can face the great challenges of our time with confidence, and shape a future based on European values and the respect of human rights. Europe's cultural heritage is well alive because it is the result of the interaction between people and their environment, and above all of the collective effort of EU citizens, who all have the same entitlement to enjoy their human and in particular cultural rights. 37

    Convinced that cultural heritage and the cultural and creative industries are an important part of the "social" dimension of democracy and sustainability, the Horizon Europe calls under this destination invite suggestions for policies and practices to address, at all levels of action, current challenges and provide innovative responses. Europe’s wealth of monuments and sites and its creative diversity of traditions, crafts, arts, architecture, literature, languages, theatre, films, games and music is a unique asset. It enriches our lives, fosters social and cultural cohesion and contributes to a sense of belonging. It also underpins an economy generating more employment than the automotive industry and a similar trade balance as food, drinks and tobacco combined. Many of Europe’s multinationals build their international success on the European heritage and creativity. At the same time, the sector is nurturing large numbers of dynamic small and micro enterprises, creating employment not the least for young people and women, while deploying their creativity not only to generate income but also to contribute to social and cultural sustainability, well-being and projecting European values at home and abroad.

    This destination adopts a people-centred perspective and places cultural heritage and the cultural and creative industries at the very heart of the European economy and its sustainable development. European R&I activities under this destination will support and strengthen European cultural heritage and cultural and creative industries essentially under three areas:

    Green: Europe’s cultural heritage and its cultural and creative industries need to share their responsibilities for adapting to the consequences of climate change, and mobilise their resources to support European citizens and societies for an inclusive, socially and culturally sustainable climate transition. A participatory approach to European cultural heritage and digital transformations in the preservation of tangible and intangible heritage will guide new endeavours.

    R&I actions will focus on, for example, supporting the cultural and creative industries to turn the challenges of the climate transition into opportunities, and become drivers of an inclusive societal transition. R&I actions will foment the development of new environmentally friendly technologies and methods to manage, restore and preserve cultural heritage, with a view to making Europe a world leader in sustainable management of cultural heritage. R&I will also strengthen our capacity to manage anthropogenic threats. Support to the New European Bauhaus initiative is part of this area, integrating the core New European Bauhaus values of sustainability, inclusion and aesthetics.

    Digital: The digital transition promises enormous opportunities for Europe’s cultural heritage and cultural and creative industries, but also serious challenges. It is important to ensure that, through the digitisation, EU citizens benefit from cultural heritage and be enabled to contribute to its enrichment. Digitisation should also provide new training opportunities on creative industries for young citizens in less populated areas.

    R&I actions will focus on, for example, innovative approaches to empower the cultural and creative industries, including its many micro enterprises, to reap the benefits of using digital technologies, creating more appealing and valuable products, services and experiences for its users. R&I actions will deepen our knowledge on what, how and why digitised and digital cultural heritage may be exploited, reaping the benefits while avoiding the many pitfalls, and creating societal value. Collaborative platforms for cultural heritage and cultural and creative industries will be supported. A dedicated call, namely HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01, will support the establishment of a digital European cultural heritage collaborative space, including a cloud platform for European cultural heritage institutions. Such platforms will strengthen the collaboration and co-creation among cultural heritage institutions and with other stakeholders in the cultural heritage domain, widen access for citizens and strengthen research. Please consider below some key characteristics and specific conditions of the call. Also, cooperation between different actors within the cultural and creative industries and between the CCIs and other economic sectors and industries will be strengthened, creating new market opportunities for CCI stakeholders.

    Innovative: To an ever greater degree, creative and cultural aspects drive socio-ecological innovation, participatory democratic processes and economic growth. Successful new digital and physical products and services need to be appealing and attractive, adapted to cultural particularities. Similarly, societal transformations such as the green and digital transitions depend on behavioural changes, which are largely based on changes in lifestyle, culture and perceptions. In such processes, the human is at the centre, and cultural heritage, the arts and the cultural and creative industries are key.

    R&I actions will cover a variety of subjects, such as strengthening the innovation capacity of the cultural and creative industries, and their capability to act as innovation engines. Actions will focus both on cultural heritage and cultural and creative industries holistically, as an innovation ecosystem, and on specific CCI sectors such as music, filmmaking and video games. Actions will also foment innovation in cultural tourism, as well as explore innovative connections between cultural expressions and democracy and politics. Actions will also support the development of new innovative technologies and methods to restore, preserve and manage cultural heritage, as well as re-inforce the role of Europe’s cultural heritage in promoting European values among EU citizens and abroad.

    The innovation ecosystems created and nurtured by the Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs) of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT), in particular the KIC “EIT Culture and Creativity”, may contribute to innovation actions under this destination, and should as appropriate be considered.

    In line with the Commission priorities, R&I actions under this Destination will help promote the European way of life, contribute to achieving the Green Deal goals and support an economy that works for people. They will contribute to the New European Bauhaus 38 initiative, to reaching the UN Sustainable Development Goals and to building a stronger, more participatory and crisis-resilient society and economy. They will support the realisation of the full potential of cultural heritage, arts and cultural and creative industries as drivers of sustainable innovation and a European sense of belonging.

    The topics under the call HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01 aim at supporting the establishment of a digital European cultural heritage collaborative space, including a cloud platform, and contribute to the vision and objectives of the Commission 39 . For the purpose of this call, the collaborative space will be referred to as the “European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage” (ECCCH).

    An ex-ante impact assessment for the ECCCH was carried out between December 2021 and March 2022 by eight renowned independent experts contracted by the Commission 40 . This ex-ante impact assessment examined and described the needs of a digital European cultural heritage collaborative space from the perspective of the foreseen users (cultural heritage institutions, researchers, cultural and creative industries, etc.) and of European societies, thoroughly reviewed existing initiatives that might satisfy parts of these needs, and outlined the most important aspects to consider in implementing such a collaborative space.

    The conclusion of the ex-ante impact assessment is that the ECCCH is highly important to Europe’s cultural heritage institutions and to European societies. In order to address the urgent evolving needs of Europe’s cultural heritage sector in the digital age for specifically adapted collaborative spaces, the European Union will ramp up its investments through the ECCCH, and also the common European Data Space for Cultural Heritage (the Data Space) 41 funded under the Digital Europe programme. The topics under this call are based on the conclusions and recommendations of the experts’ ex-ante impact assessment.

    Some key characteristics of the vision for the ECCCH include:

    a.The ECCCH will be addressed to professionals 42 . It will enable an unprecedented level of lasting collaboration, synergy and co-creation between public and private players that will generate new realms of research, knowledge and creation of societal value.

    b.The basic ECCCH platform will provide easy to use tools for the most important needs.

    c.Active user communities that contribute to training and support, as well as common data models, guidelines and libraries for developing tools (including support for Graphical User interfaces (GUI) and visualisation), will ensure that also less well-equipped institutions will draw the full benefit of the ECCCH.

    d.To enhance collaboration and co-creation, IPR rights of the digital objects stored in the ECCCH and produced by ECCCH-based collaboration will be fully recorded and traceable. Guidelines for the use of IPR rights, such as rights statements provided by RightsStatements.org should be used where appropriate. This will enable new business models in the intersection between cultural heritage and cultural and creative industries.

    e.The long-term sustainability of data and data formats is one of the underlying principles of the ECCCH. The ECCCH will tackle these challenges through its architecture and basic functionalities. The design and architecture of the ECCCH is based on three principles:

    a.digital twins of heritage objects,

    b.digital continuum, tracing all interactions with heritage objects and related data objects,

    c.digital ecosystem, open to all stakeholders, professions and activities to interact with each other and with the digital heritage objects, ultimately leading towards a new generation of multidimensional, interconnected and knowledge-enhanced heritage data forming digital commons, where the ECCCH will play a key role.

    f.The architecture of the ECCCH will ensure an evolutionary design, which will allow the adaption and incorporation of new technologies and tools and to fulfil new user requirements, while discontinuing less used tools.

    g.An open Application Programming Interface will allow new functionality to be developed and incorporated in the ECCCH by different initiatives, and encourage interoperability.

    h.The ECCCH will be open and inclusive, both in terms of the users of the platform and the connections to other related initiatives/platforms such as the Data Space.

    i.The ECCCH should build on the wealth of existing knowledge, technologies and work processes in Europe. It should draw on previous experience and best practice. The ECCCH and the Data Space should complement each other towards the common vision.

    j.The ECCCH should ensure, through its Governance body, the engagement of a wide range of appropriate representatives from Member States and Associated Countries, as well as from related EU initiatives.

    The ECCCH will thus be a genuine collaboration platform, which brings together a wide array of professions, researchers and technologies for museums and other cultural heritage institutions. It will include and develop interactive tools for research, curation, restoration, preservation and for reaching out to citizens and cultural and creative industries, properly protect and manage IPR and allow commercial as well as non-commercial collaboration with a wide range of players.

    All topics under this call are subject to the following conditions:

    a.All software developed should be open source, licensed under a CC0 public domain dedication or under an open source license as recommended by the Free Software Foundation 43 and the Open Source Initiative 44 .

    b.If the use of fully open source software would require disproportional efforts or significantly diminish the quality or performance of the software, and if suitable non open source function libraries exists, such libraries may be used provided that a full user license free of charge for an unlimited period of time is granted to the consortium responsible for the ECCCH as well as to all users of the ECCCH.

    c.All software and other related deliverables should be compliant with the data model and the software development guidelines elaborated by the project funded under topic ‘HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-01’.

    All projects funded should participate in concertation activities with the project funded under topic ‘HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-01’

    Expected impacts:

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

    a.The full potential of cultural heritage, arts and cultural and creative sectors as a driver of sustainable innovation and a European sense of belonging is realised through a continuous engagement with society, citizens and economic sectors as well as through better protection, restoration and promotion of cultural heritage.

    Legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01

    78.00

    14 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01

    35.00

    21 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01

    65.00

    07 Feb 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    113.00

    65.00

    Call - Research and innovation on cultural heritage and CCIs - 2023

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 45

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 46

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 14 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 14 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-01

    RIA

    12.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-02

    RIA

    12.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-03

    RIA

    12.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-04

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-05

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-06

    RIA

    12.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-07

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-08

    CSA

    3.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    78.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    GREEN

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-01: Advanced technologies for remote monitoring of heritage monuments and artefacts

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.New and innovative remote methods to monitor the state of degradation of original materials of cultural heritage monuments, buildings and artefacts.

    2.Innovative on-site monitoring methods of pollutants and the status of previous interventions in cultural heritage buildings, monuments and artefacts in order to select the optimal green and effective conservation strategies and material.

    Scope: Cultural heritage monuments, sites and artefacts are threatened by a variety of natural anthropogenic and environmental factors such as earthquakes, floods or sea level rise, fires, atmospheric pollution, urbanisation and man-made threats. Innovative advanced and cost-effective remote technologies for systematic and representative monitoring of built cultural heritage monuments’ and artefacts state of preservation are needed, addressing limitations of location size and transportability.

    Remote technologies with emphasis on non-destructive techniques should focus on obtaining analytical chemical information regarding pollutants and/or degradation products from previous interventions in monuments, buildings or large size cultural objects, which are not easily accessible or in remote places for representative sampling. Remote chemical mapping should be included too.

    For onsite studies of the chemical or structural state of cultural heritage items (monuments, buildings, artefacts), a toolbox of chemical probes (e.g. fibre optics sensors…), assays and technologies should be adapted. These may include:

    ·Novel transportable equipment for rapid in situ chemical analysis and/or mapping of pollutants and/or degradation products including, when necessary, data from previous interventions. This is crucial not only for monuments or buildings but also for assessing the state of valuable artworks and artefacts in museums, which are difficult or of enhanced danger if removed.

    ·Sensors (including embedded sensors), interferometric or photoacoustic technologies for systematic monitoring of the structural integrity of monuments, buildings and artefacts are also important for their early protection or for determining proactively interventions in response to natural disasters (earthquakes, extreme climate or anthropogenic effects, etc.).

    A variety of other innovative techniques and/or technologies as well as combinations among them might be explored depending on the targeted intervention. The approach(es) developed should integrate modern practice and concepts in conservation and preservation of cultural assets in cooperation with concerned stakeholders in this field.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-02: Cultural and creative industries for a sustainable climate transition

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced and updated understanding of the challenges and opportunities for the cultural and creative industries (CCIs) 47 in relation to a sustainable climate transition.

    2.Research and knowledge-based approach(es) on how innovative business models, including use of new technology, can make Europe’s CCIs true drivers of a sustainable climate transition.

    3.Significant contributions to help European CCIs become better prepared to adapt to and contribute to the climate transition in line with the 2030 goals spelled out under a European Green Deal 48 .

    Scope: The cultural and creative industries (CCIs) are an important source of growth and job creation in the European economy. Moreover, the CCIs play a key role in shaping culture, values and perceptions across the European Union and beyond. Thus, the role of the CCIs in achieving the European Union’s climate transition objectives is crucial.

    At the same time, the CCIs are characterised by a large and diverse number of chiefly small and micro enterprises, as well as by hefty differences across geographical and sectorial divides. Large parts of the CCIs, thus, lack the capacity to take the necessary measures to adapt to and thrive under the climate transition, not to speak of driving this transition.

    Specific approaches are therefore needed to enable Europe’s CCIs to develop their full potential to support a sustainable climate transition.

    Proposals should provide for developing and validating an economically sustainable model, or a portfolio of approaches, that address this challenge. A suitable set of CCI sector(s) or/and cross-sectoral issues should be selected to focus on, which allow significant impacts to be achieved.

    The approach(es) developed should address the adoption of new sustainable business models, including the use of new technologies and possibly the development or adaption of new technological solutions, as well as gaps in skills and capacities. The proposed models should be valid across different Member States/Associated Countries (where appropriate including regions), and address the needs of small, micro as well as larger companies. Different Member States/Associated Countries should therefore be involved, as well as a wide set of stakeholders including concerned policymakers, in order to ensure that solutions developed are effective and realistic.

    Solutions may involve the use of platforms or networks to facilitate sharing investments, facilities or competencies among several companies or across sectors. In such cases, established platforms, networks or clusters for CCIs should be taken into account, to avoid duplication of efforts.

    Proposals should build on existing knowledge, activities and networks, notably the ones funded by the European Union. Furthermore, links should be established and synergies sought with closely related actions, such as relevant R&I actions funded by Horizon Europe or Horizon 2020. In particular, when appropriate cooperation with projects funded under the topic ‘Cultural and creative industries for a sustainable climate transition’ of the Horizon Europe Cluster 2 2024 calls should be sought.

    DIGITAL

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-03: Re-visiting the digitisation of cultural heritage: What, how and why?

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased critical understanding of the potential, opportunities, barriers and risks of digitising cultural heritage.

    2.Research and knowledge-based recommendations and/or method(s) on how the European cultural heritage sector can better manage digitisation of their collections, including setting priorities, ensuring the correct context is reflected on the digital objects created, and guaranteeing their long term durability.

    3.Validated framework(s) that support the cultural heritage sector to make best use of their digital assets, in order to reap the full benefits of the digital transition and avoid the pitfalls.

    4.Significant contributions to help European cultural heritage institutions become more digitally adept, capable of capitalising fully on the opportunities of digital cultural heritage.

    Scope: The cultural heritage sector, as the rest of society, finds itself in the midst of a dramatic digital transition. This transition deeply affects its activities, its organisation, and at times the purpose or existence of its institutions and subsectors.

    A key component of European and national cultural heritage policy has been, and is, the digitisation and subsequent broad access to cultural heritage 49 . Large sums have been invested by the European Union and Member States to digitise collections, monuments and buildings, and more are likely to follow.

    Digitisation of cultural heritage can bring many benefits. In terms of research, preservation, accessibility and of supporting cultural and creative innovation, digitised cultural heritage can be an enormous asset. One of the reasons why these large investments are made is that such digitised objects facilitate a wider, more creative use of Europe’s world-renowned cultural heritage, and the creation of more societal value in Europe and beyond.

    However, along with the benefits of digitising cultural heritage come pitfalls. One risk may be that digitised cultural heritage is used, or misused, out of its context.

    Libraries, museums and archives, as well as other collections, often have long histories. Both the collections they house and the language they use(d) to describe these collections are products of that historical legacy. Taken out of its context, such items may be used to convey messages contrary to the intended, possibly in conflict with European values or the policy of the institutions housing the collections.

    Other risks may emerge from the (perceived) loss of control over the uses of the digital objects, possibly prompting cultural heritage institutions to limit the access to and the use of their digital assets, thus hampering the realisation of the wider societal value digitisation is expected to bring.

    The uses of digitised cultural heritage, and the strategies that might be pursued in order to reap the full benefits while avoiding the pitfalls, have not been thoroughly researched. Proposals should address these gaps in knowledge, and elaborate evidence-based recommendations on how digitisation of cultural heritage can best be managed, as well as on how digitised cultural heritage can best be used.

    The European cultural heritage sector is wide and diverse, comprised of many different actors, from large public institutions to independent artists and artisans. Moreover, the context, the cultural heritage itself and the policy landscape often vary strongly between different countries and regions. This diversity should be taken into account when elaborating recommendations, so that these can realistically be applied across Europe.

    To the extent possible, proposals should build on existing knowledge, activities and networks, notably the ones funded by the European Union. Furthermore, where appropriate links should be established and synergies sought with related actions, such as relevant R&I actions funded by Horizon Europe or Horizon 2020. In particular, funded proposals should liaise with the projects funded under the “European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage” calls in the frame of Horizon Europe Cluster 2, as well as, to the extent appropriate, with projects funded under the Digital Europe programme to establish a European data space for cultural heritage.

    INNOVATIVE

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-04: Cultural heritage in transformation – facing change with confidence

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Deeper and broader understanding of the constantly changing nature of cultural heritage, and of how this understanding can be effectively shared with citizens.

    2.Evidence based method(s), tested in small scale, that deploy a deeper understanding of the transformative nature of cultural heritage to help citizens face current and future societal transformations, change and disruption with greater confidence.

    Scope: Cultural heritage has enormous potential in terms of its contribution to improving the quality of life for people, understanding the past and assisting territorial cohesion 50 . Cultural heritage gives us a sense of identity and belonging, and shape our future. Current policy discourses focus essentially on the need to protect and preserve cultural heritage for the benefit of future generations 51 .

    However, just as culture and society, cultural heritage is in reality subject to constant change. Cultural heritage, ranging from the tangible to the intangible, from narratives and practices to monuments, landscapes and objects, is created, developed, destroyed, re-interpreted and re-valued relentlessly. Moreover, how we interpret, value (or not) and manage our cultural heritage is, necessarily, a function of our currently dominating beliefs, values and other cultural and socio-economic circumstances. In effect, the now dominating discourse emphasising the need to protect and preserve a cultural heritage which is perceived as precious and fragile is a relatively recent phenomenon.

    European citizens and societies are facing an ever-faster pace of cultural, social and technological change, where old habits and beliefs are forcefully replaced by new ones. Every age in the course of history has experienced change to a greater or lesser extent, but it hardly seems an exaggeration to suggest that the world in the 21st century faces epochal changes, which affect every part of society. Subjected to such a dramatically changing environment, it is natural that citizens feel uncomfortable, perhaps lost, and long for the perceived stability of the past.

    Making the constantly changing nature of our cultural heritage, the ongoing creation, destruction and re-interpretation, a more prominent and visible feature in the interaction with users, can potentially help make sense of today’s and tomorrow’s societal transformations. A greater understanding and broader awareness of the transformative nature of our cultural heritage can help put societal changes in perspective, diminish the stress perceived by people affected, and help approaching change with more confidence and less fear. Yet, the transformative nature of cultural heritage and the potential societal benefits it can bring has not been thoroughly researched.

    The challenge is to deepen knowledge in this area, and devise ways to broaden and deepen the understanding of the transformative nature of cultural heritage, with the aim to help citizens face current and future societal transformations with greater confidence. The approach(es) chosen should be evidence based, effective and economically, culturally, politically and environmentally sustainable.

    In order to verify and refine the effectiveness and sustainability of the proposed method(s) across Europe, at least three small scale pilot trials should be carried out in different settings.

    Proposals may choose to focus broadly on a wide spectrum of cultural heritage or only on a highly relevant and potentially high-impact subset. However, the recommended methods should be effective across the cultural, geographic, political and socio-economic diversity of Europe.

    To the extent possible, proposals should build on existing knowledge, activities and networks, notably the ones funded by the European Union. Furthermore, funded proposals may establish links and seek synergies with related actions, such as relevant R&I actions funded by Horizon Europe or Horizon 2020.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-05: Fostering socio-economic development and job creation in rural and remote areas through cultural tourism

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increase the macro-regional cultural tourism cooperation to help the socioeconomic development of rural and remote areas 52 .

    2.Develop cultural tourism 53 and creative tourism 54 business models for rural and remote areas to increase sustainable job opportunities and investments.

    3.Promote an inclusive and sustainable cultural and creative tourism that fosters social inclusion and engagement, respects the needs of local communities, the heritage and the capacity of the rural and remote areas.

    Scope: A large part of European cultural landscapes outside urban territories is rural. Cultural and creative tourism, as a driver of sustainable development, could give visibility to those rural cultural landscapes and have a significant positive impact on the revitalisation of rural and remote areas. It could bring benefits to local communities, foster sustainable development, job creation and social inclusion, by promoting the indigenous cultural history and culture (with its traditions, arts and crafts) as well as the local gastronomy and farming.

    However, increasing cultural and creative tourism in rural and remote areas might not be an easy task, as it requires specific and different policy solutions to address the challenges and specificities of the diversified rural and remote areas. Neighbourhood countries encounter similar challenges and specific problems, which the current one-size-fits-all cultural tourism business models cannot address. In addition, the geographical and cultural similarities within each macro-region provide the basis for cooperation and joint strategies, which could help to profile each region as a cultural tourism destination for key markets, but their full innovation potential is not yet fully exploited.

    Therefore, research and innovative solutions for sustainable cultural and creative tourism development in rural and remote areas (including outermost areas) that will aim at job creation and socio-economic regeneration, taking into consideration the specificities of each region and the diversity of economies should be explored by the research proposals under this topic.

    Research should first explore and analyse how cultural tourism can benefit rural and remote areas as well as should address the challenges and needs of cultural tourism in these areas. Considering that cross-border cooperation might help rural and remote areas to promote the region as an attractive destination, the research should identify existing cross-border and macro-regional strategies for cultural tourism and analyse the level of cooperation of the EU neighbourhood countries and the countries of the same region. The researchers should examine whether the implementation of the existing practices contribute to or burden the balanced development of cultural tourism in rural and remote regions, as well as identify the barriers in their implementation. The proposals are expected to provide recommendations with methodologies, and good practices for improvements and develop cross-border/macro-regional sustainable cultural tourism policy scenarios for rural and remote areas that will aim to connect the more touristic with less touristic and remote destinations and to foster a balanced level of socioeconomic development. Solutions that would include the use of digital technologies to promote less touristic and remote destinations are welcome. The proposals should guarantee an equilibrium between the increase of cultural tourism and the capacity of the sites and the rural areas.

    Cultural and creative tourism business models that will act as catalysts for the cooperation between the rural/remote areas of each region should be developed. Such models should aim at creating new job opportunities, fostering participation of local citizens in cultural tourism and increasing social inclusion, while promoting not only the natural and historical heritage but also the local identity, arts and crafts by engaging tourists with the creative process. The cultural and creative tourism business models and the processes of settlement development that the models might include should consider the protection of nature and built heritage of the rural and remote areas.

    The proposals should also analyse how these business models can be applied to the cultural tourism for rural and remote areas to fully utilise their potential. The proposals may also consider promoting silver economy and silver tourism, through the proposed cultural and creative business models, while they should consider building on relevant H2020 projects. Finally, the topic should contribute to the EU long-term Rural Vision.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-06: A world leading European video game innovation system

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Well founded and prioritised recommendations for European policy, including R&I policy, to support sustained innovation and growth in the European video game industry.

    2.Methodology(ies), supported by evidence, to increment the use of video game know-how and technology to drive innovation in other economic sectors.

    3.Significant contributions towards a thriving European video game industry that contributes decisively to economic growth, job creation, physical and mental well-being as well as to social and cultural cohesion.

    Scope: The video game industry has shown exceptional growth and a fast paced evolution since its inception in the 1970’s. In 2019, the size of the European Union video game market was over EUR 20 billion 55 , a growth of 55% compared to 2014. 51% of the Union’s population played video games in 2019. Most forecasts predict continued rapid growth both in usage, turnover and added value for the foreseeable future.

    The video game industry is in many ways a pioneer when it comes to harnessing the digital transition to create attractive products and rewarding experiences for its users. Also, the video game industry drives the development of new methods and technologies which have proven valuable in other industries, such as the automotive and pharmaceutical industries, as well as in the public sector.

    Thus, the video game industry is not only a key channel of increasing importance for the expression of culture and creativity in Europe, but also a major economic sector in itself, and a vital driver of innovation in other economic sectors. Yet, the potential contributions to European economic growth, well-being, sustainability and social cohesion, and how to mobilise this potential, has not been thoroughly researched.

    Research should address these gaps in knowledge, and develop recommendations for how to support sustained innovation, growth and competitiveness in the European video games sector, as well as for how to encourage the uptake of know-how and new technologies in other economic sectors.

    The European cultural heritage and arts are diverse and uniquely renowned, and the European creative tradition strong. Such factors can constitute an important source of competitiveness for the sector.

    Parts of Europe are often considered examples of success in the video game industry, such as Sweden, France or Finland, where some leading companies are headquartered and where the sector produce sizeable contributions to gross domestic product (GDP) and export revenues. Other parts of Europe, however, punch below their weight. Proposals should therefore involve different Member States/Associated Countries, in order to develop recommendations that are valid on a European scale.

    The value chain – or ecosystem – of the video game industry is complex, diverse and rapidly evolving, as is generally the case in creative industries. Key roles are played by established companies with well-known brands, small independent development companies and freelancers, as well as by distribution platforms of various kinds.

    Proposals do not have to cover the entire ecosystem in all its complexity, but may chose a more limited focus to allow a stronger impact. Research should, however, properly take into account all parts of the ecosystem which are key in accordance with the chosen focus and scope. Proposals should therefore provide for engagement with a wide set of stakeholders, including relevant policymakers, to ensure that solutions/methodologies developed are effective and economically, culturally and politically feasible at a European level.

    Proposals should build on existing knowledge, activities and networks, notably the ones funded by the European Union. Furthermore, funded proposals should establish links and seek synergies with closely related actions, such as relevant R&I actions funded by Horizon Europe or Horizon 2020.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-07: Promoting cultural literacy through arts education to foster social inclusion

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increase understanding of the value of cultural literacy on social cohesion and the increase of tolerance on cultural diversity.

    2.Provide innovative policy solutions that will increase cultural literacy in Europe through formal and non-formal education, as well as ways to integrate them into the education policies.

    3.Foster cultural literacy around European cultures.

    Scope: Cultural literacy may help individuals encounter cultural differences and to elaborate one’s own identity in a respectful social interaction with other people. Cultural literacy is necessary in the current European landscape, which has been intensified due to the various socioeconomic challenges, including misinformation, demographic change and migration, increasing the plurality of cultures and identities. Existing research has examined the importance of cultural literacy, its value in formal and non-formal education, while has examined ways to improve cultural literacy in Europe. However, the challenge is to better understand the value of cultural literacy on social cohesion and inclusion, how we could exploit its benefits through arts in education and what are the best practices/ policies to further integrate it in school and out of school activities. Education and education policies are a key to increasing resilience and cohesion in Europe, however, cultural literacy in education differs among the European countries, while the current policies in Europe commonly have a narrow and normative notion on how to implement this in practice.

    Research proposals should first analyse the role of arts in the different stages of education (primary, secondary and/or higher education), including in non-formal education (especially in cases when non-formal education methods are integrated in formal education curricula) as well as how arts education can enhance/promote cultural literacy, aiming to develop prosperous, inclusive, and sustainable societies.

    The research under this topic should examine the value/impact of cultural literacy on social cohesion and cultural diversity, and analyse how it can assist on the inclusion of disadvantaged groups and minorities into the cultural and social life. This analysis should include an indicative/representative examination of educational systems where cultural literacy education is well integrated as well as systems where it is less integrated or even absent (vis a vis indicators on multicultural competence).

    The research proposals should examine the implementation/development of cultural literacy in Europe in the different stages of education including in non-formal education (taking also into consideration digital experiences) and identify the main barriers and needs for the integration of cultural literacy in education policies. Using the results of previous funded projects under H2020, the proposals should also analyse existing proposed solutions for the inclusion of cultural literacy in formal and informal forms of education and provide recommendations for effective actions for increased access of children and young people on cultural literacy. Proposals should take into consideration digital solutions, such as the interactive digital arts and ludic literacy. Proposals should include a lifelong learning perspective (early childhood education and care, school, vocational education and training and higher education, non-formal learning), and include national, regional and local support for partnerships (for example between schools and arts and cultural heritage organisations), while may consider the role of CCIs.

    Europe needs policies and practices that seek to advance social cohesion and inclusion in a way that reflects the increasingly diverse reality of today’s Europe, supports respect for diversity and difference, and enables the growth of young people’s identities. Therefore, the proposals under this topic should develop innovative policy solutions/recommendations to increase cultural literacy to positively affect society and provide ways that those solutions could be integrated into the education policies in Europe. The proposals should also propose methods that will help countries better assessing the impacts of cultural literacy on the inclusion of all children and young people.

    The participation of countries with diverse educational policies is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01-08: Cultural and creative approaches for gender-responsive STEAM education

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 56 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.A coordination network between organisations from the cultural and creative industries (CCIs), civil society, technological enterprises, secondary and higher education institutions and digital citizen platforms to foster the uptake of artistic, cultural and social science approaches in STEM education, research and innovation.

    2.Increased understanding about the benefits of integrating artistic, cultural and social science approaches in STEM education, research and innovation and its impact on competitiveness, gender equality and career perspectives.

    3.Pilot for the first European Union “STE(A)M week for future women innovators” together with science and technology museums, technological enterprises, secondary and higher education institutions, CCIs and relevant civil society organisations, engaging at least 4000 students in STEM educational activities through cultural and creative approaches.

    4.STEAM skills development and increased interest in new technologies, including those applied to cultural value chains and cultural heritage, to bridge the gender gap.

    Scope: Women have long played an important, but often unacknowledged role in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM), and while the demand for STEM-skills in the labour market is growing to meet the green and digital transitions, women risk losing out on these opportunities due to their underrepresentation in these fields 57 . Similarly, whilst women are overall well represented in many cultural professions, certain cultural and creative sectors which demand more digital and technological skills, such as the gaming and filming industry, still see a stark underrepresentation of women in these fields, as well as persisting gender stereotypes in the content that is produced.

    In order to improve girls’ participation and interest in these fields from an early age, a STEAM approach, featuring creative thinking, and a scientific evidence-based approach, applied arts (the “A” in STEAM), and the teaching of science in political, environmental, socio-cultural contexts, can prove particularly useful. By highlighting the social impact and market relevance of research and innovation, the interdisciplinary STEAM approach can strengthen the appeal of scientific and technological careers, and make new products, including from the CCIs, more gender sensitive.

    The action should establish a coordination network between the CCIs, technological enterprises, SMEs, secondary and higher education institutions, and other relevant organisations, including digital citizen platforms to develop a better understanding of the potential benefits of cultural and artistic approaches in traditional STEM education, research and innovation. This includes examining the effects of such approaches on competitiveness, gender equality, and talent recruitment and retention in STEM-driven innovation, including in CCIs, where women are underrepresented. The network should provide mutual learning opportunities and develop evidence-based recommendations for policymakers and relevant organisations, wishing to adopt a STEAM approach. It should also offer decision-makers and persons in leadership positions training on the aspects that hinder the presence and promotion of women in STE(A)M, including stereotypes and double standards, gender-based violence (including sexual harassment), as well as successful strategies in preventing and overcoming these occurrences.

    In addition, in line with the European Strategy for Universities and the Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027, the coordination network should engage female students in learner-driven experiences in cultural and creative sectors, such as the gaming, filming and music industry, to strengthen their digital skills and broaden their interest in STEM-related skills.

    The network should develop a pilot for an “EU STEAM week for future women innovators”, together with science and technology museums, secondary and higher education institutions, relevant organisations from civil society, digital citizen platforms and the cultural and creative industries. Activities during this week should focus on exploring and learning about science history, STEAM-related skills, and new technologies, like artificial intelligence and virtual reality, through interdisciplinary and creative approaches. The week should engage at least 4000 students aged 11-18 across EU Member States and Associated Countries. Activities should be open to all genders and the participation of girls from minority, socially disadvantaged and rural backgrounds is particularly encouraged.

    Proposals should develop strategies for reproducibility and sustainability of the activities towards new skills’ learning pathways, including through the creation of networks for the participants and follow-up training courses (e.g. summer schools, mentoring, and intersectoral exchange programs).

    Activities may build on outcomes of relevant projects, funded under earlier Framework Programmes (e.g. Equals-EU, shemakes.eu, HYPATIA and Scientix 4) 58 , results funded under the call HORIZON-CL2-2021-HERITAGE-01-03 and HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-09, as well as relevant results from Erasmus+ projects and Creative Europe.

    Call - A European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage - 2023

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 59

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 60

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 10 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 21 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-01

    IA

    25.00

    20.00 to 25.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-02

    RIA

    10.00

    4.00 to 5.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    35.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-01: A European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 20.00 and 25.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    Proposals must include an outline of previously funded projects in areas relevant to the European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage (ECCCH), at both European and national levels, as well as of other pertinent existing digital resources, and they must identify the outputs or resources that could be incorporated in, connected to, or facilitate interoperability with, the ECCCH. Proposals must outline a business plan for the sustainable operation of the structure and activities of the ECCCH after the end of the project.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 61 .

    The use of significant parts of the project budget to purchase or lease hardware equipment or commercial software is strongly discouraged.

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties to cultural heritage institutions, in take-up of tools, technologies and for populating and validating the relevant use cases through experiments. A maximum of 10% of the budget should be dedicated to financial support to third parties. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Beneficiaries will be subject to these additional requirements on outputs:

    All software developed should be open source, licensed under a CC0 public domain dedication or under an open source licence as recommended by the Free Software Foundation 62 and the Open Source Initiative 63 . If the use of open source software components would require disproportional efforts or significantly diminish the quality or performance of the software, proprietary components may be used provided that: an open functional replacement is available; they do not introduce proprietary data formats or Application Programming Interfaces; a full user license free of charge for an unlimited period of time is granted to the consortium responsible for the ECCCH and all its users.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The ECCCH is established as a legal entity, which serves as a Single Entry Point 64 (SEP) and managing body, and is supported by an external independent advisory board that assesses and advises on the technical robustness, effectiveness and usability of the ECCCH platform, its tools and services.

    2.The European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage (ECCCH) enhances the ability of cultural heritage actors to interact across disciplinary, institutional, sectorial and political boundaries and cooperate effectively in advancing research on cultural heritage and in developing innovative solutions for the discovery, recovery, conservation, digitalisation and valorisation of digital, digitised and digitisable cultural heritage objects 65 . This might also facilitate the prevention of illicit trafficking of cultural heritage objects 66 .

    3.Cultural heritage institutions, curators, conservators, researchers, art managers, educators, other cultural heritage professionals and potential users in Europe are aware of, have access to and use the ECCCH platform, its tools and services for the study, digitisation, conservation, valorisation and access to cultural heritage artefacts and related data, in particular for the sharing and preservation of such data, and are involved in its validation and assessment, in view of continuously improving the ECCCH’s performance and use.

    4.Cultural heritage institutions, curators, conservators, researchers, art managers, educators and other cultural heritage professionals apply new working approaches to collaborate across geographic, cultural, and political borders within Europe (and beyond), develop new business models to manage and valorise intellectual property related to cultural heritage artefacts and their digital twins, and unleash the full potential of a digitally enabled cultural heritage ecosystem connecting cultural heritage actors, activities and objects.

    5.The governance and management of the ECCCH is widely accepted, trusted and supported by stakeholders at European, national, regional and local level, in particular by Member States, and its sustainability at legal, technical, financial, human resources and scientific level is ensured.

    6.Participants of past and ongoing EU-funded initiatives, activities and networks are invited to cooperate with the ECCCH-related actions and to contribute with data to the ECCCH and testing of ECCCH tools.

    Scope: This topic aims at designing and establishing a European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage (ECCCH) and demonstrating its basic capacities.

    The cultural heritage sector is in the middle of a digital transition: digital technologies are revolutionising existing workflows, procedures and practices. To support this transition and further enhance research and innovation collaboration and activities in the field, the action should extend and improve the availability of sophisticated digital instruments and provide a platform for data exchange and collaboration to the cultural heritage sector. It should fulfil the requirements of the practitioners in the field by being inclusive, collaborative, interactive, safe, fidelity- and equality-based, and providing open access.

    The overall goal is to define, extend and accelerate the development of a platform for multidisciplinary and multi-sectoral collaboration on cultural heritage, focusing on users’ requirements and ease of use, as well as underpinning an open digital ecosystem that provides the tools and services needed to enable and scale-up future research and innovation in the field.

    The initial focus is on the design and implementation of the basic architecture and governance of the ECCCH. The design and implementation of the ECCCH should be driven by the needs of its users: The professionals with various disciplinary background working on cultural heritage and in related sectors. The governance body of the effort therefore should include a wide representation from the European cultural heritage sector, research organisations, other related initiatives and from Member States and Associated Countries (see further below).

    The project should:

    1.Provide services to both large and small museums and other cultural heritage institutions, thereby bridging the gap between national, regional and local cultural heritage institutions, both public and private.

    2.Establish a pan-European network of key stakeholders from cultural heritage institutions, including a robust scientific and professional community and be open to the cooperative efforts of a wide community of users.

    3.Supervise and steer the overall development strategy for the ECCCH. This includes the collaborative production, enrichment, structuring and dissemination of shared data to support community needs, while at the same time establish clear rules for access and participation and set up a framework for connecting existing communities and initiatives related to research and digital innovation in cultural heritage and cultural and creative industries.

    4.Provide a unified framework for long-term access and preservation of digital(ised) data, both public and private, based on a user-driven and scalable design as well as a general strategy for stimulating the use of innovative tools and services for the ECCCH.

    5.Propose a convincing consortium structure and outline a business plan ensuring viability during and after the implementation of the grant.

    6.Ensure continued maintenance of the ECCCH platform and the required storage, beyond the lifetime of the project and position the digital ecosystem as a key to connecting cultural heritage actors, activities and objects in synergy with the other related initiatives in the field.

    7.Enable semantic representation of multiple data types (various incarnations of 2D and 3D media, video, text), stored in federated repositories according to FAIR principles 67 and encoding data provenance. Previous and current ongoing related European initiatives should be properly taken into account. If appropriate, collaboration with the common European Data Space for Cultural Heritage (the Data Space) should be established.

    8.Allow for efficient web-based visualisation and analysis, and the creation of annotations over visual data.

    Controlled use of data is an important goal. Thus, the ECCCH should support authentication (single user/groups of users), identification of ownership, data rights and traceability of modifications (creation of derived data), data quality/fidelity information, and data security facilities. Technologies enabling access and use from geographic areas with low-performance network connections should be provided. The system should allow national communities/institutions to link and potentially configure their own local clouds in case this is necessary.

    The project should build an inventory of previously funded EU and national initiatives and existing digital resources in areas relevant to the ECCCH, such as for instance EOSC, the Data Space, Europeana or Gaia-X, establish a comprehensive gap analysis and identify the outputs or resources that could be incorporated in, connected to or facilitate interoperability with the ECCCH, with a view to build on previous investments and already available initiatives.

    The proposed open source platform should:

    1.Build on and expand existing standards and consolidated practices for managing the relevant data, including resources such as ontologies, vocabularies and terminologies. Where appropriate, this work should be conducted in collaboration with the Data Space;

    2.Be based on a modular, extensible and evolutionary model, that enables the incorporation of other instruments/tools developed by other subsequent consortia (thus providing libraries and Application Programming Interface (API) for designing tools, including HTML5- and WebGL-compliant Graphical User Interface (GUI) and data visualisation libraries);

    3.Provide instruments for assessing the quality of the data on the platform (and related attributes in the data model), and for monitoring the effectiveness/usage of the tools integrated into the ECCCH;

    4.Along with basic data management layers, the ECCCH should provide the necessary instruments for developing applications working on and integrating with the cloud. These instruments and related libraries should be properly documented by means of software development guidelines, allowing other consortia to design additional tools to extend the ECCCH.

    Demonstrating successfully a selection of essential tools enabling collaborative research and innovation activities of users within the ECCCH that can also serve as good-practice examples for the development of additional professional tools needed for the sustainable functioning of the platform, e.g.:

    1.Integrating and accessing data, providing interactive and batch functionalities for data and metadata stored on the (federated) semantic repository, as well as sophisticated search and retrieval features, with web-based browsers specific for each data type, with compatible GUI;

    2.Data management, to structure, encode, store and analyse all knowledge needed to support curation activities (organisation of catalogues, bibliographies, conservation history of specific artworks, loan and travel history, monitor fraudulent use of museum’s digital assets, etc.).

    All basic infrastructure components should be provided as open-source, with proper documentation and training material to enable other consortia to cooperatively contribute data and tools to the cloud platform, according to the principle of an extensible and evolutionary design of the cloud. The good practice proposed for software documentation should become a reference for other project consortia under topics promoted in future ECCCH calls.

    The ECCCH governance should follow basic requirements. In concrete terms, it should be structured and defined around the following needs: data security, scalability, technical robustness, technical and economic sustainability, independent usability evaluation and long-term assessments, networking, training and community building. 68 To this end, the governance should include a legal entity with a Single Entry Point (SEP), as well as an independent external advisory board. The governance should be properly documented.

    The governance body should include representative stakeholders of existing communities and cultural heritage institutions, potentially involving coordinators of other actions funded under the ECCCH calls and, where appropriate, relevant actions funded under the Digital Europe Programme, such as the Data Space. Furthermore, the governance body should ensure the engagement of appropriate representatives of a wide range of Member States and Associated Countries, as well as of related EU initiatives.

    The governance body should:

    1.drive continuous evaluation processes (integration and interoperability aspects, verification of user interface consistency and usability, and evaluation of effectiveness). These evaluations need to be conducted independently of the funded consortium;

    2.connect technical consortia with the cultural heritage community at large, as well as with an inclusive community of professionals and researchers, through networking and training programs;

    3.capture community expectations and oversee user-based assessments of ECCCH resources;

    4.contribute to the future development agenda of the ECCCH and ensure economic, organisational and technical long-term sustainability.

    5.ensure sustainability after the implementation of the grant.

    The proposal should set out active links and coordination with projects funded under the call HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01, and if appropriate also with relevant projects funded under the Digital Europe programme, to take part in common technical coordination activities, and with a view to ensure synergies with current and previous activities in the field. It is expected to provide clear guidelines and technical support on how the deliverables developed by subsequent projects should be designed and implemented, with the goal of ensuring a proper integration in the ECCCH platform. Therefore, the proposal is expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint meetings and may consider to cover the costs of any other joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage. The Commission may take on the role of facilitator for networking and exchanges, including with additional relevant stakeholders, if appropriate.

    The proposal should also set up and manage a common ECCCH website, where all projects funded under the ECCCH calls should be granted space. It is critical that any interested party from the EU or Associated Countries can access the ECCCH at fair conditions and pricing and with transparent and mutual obligations with regards to, for instance, security, safety and intellectual property rights. This should include the promotion of examples of collaborative work in representative application areas that relate to a large part of the cultural heritage sector.

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties, in particular cultural heritage institutions with regional or local scope or mandate, in view of promoting the take-up of tools and methodologies as well as for demonstrating and validating the relevant use cases through experiments. The financial support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. A maximum of 10% of the budget is expected to be dedicated to financial support to third parties.

    The Commission estimates that a project duration of approximately 5 years is appropriate for the project funded under this topic, in order to ensure that results from future ECCCH actions can be properly incorporated.

    Please also refer to the Destination introduction text to consider some key characteristics of the vision for the ECCCH.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-02: A European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage – Innovative tools for digitising cultural heritage objects

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 69 .

    Beneficiaries will be subject to these additional requirements on outputs:

    All software developed should be open source, licensed under a CC0 public domain dedication or under an open source licence as recommended by the Free Software Foundation 70 and the Open Source Initiative 71 . If the use of open source software components would require disproportional efforts or significantly diminish the quality or performance of the software, proprietary components may be used provided that: an open functional replacement is available; they do not introduce proprietary data formats or Application Programming Interfaces; a full user license free of charge for an unlimited period of time is granted to the consortium responsible for the ECCCH and all its users.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Cultural heritage professionals in Europe, including curators, conservators and researchers of cultural heritage, use a common set of new innovative tools and methods for the digitisation and visualisation of cultural heritage objects (3D and enhanced 2D) with regard to their visible and non-visible properties and characteristics, which are accessible through and connected to the European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage (ECCCH).

    2.The European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage (ECCCH) provides cultural heritage institutions and professionals with enhanced technological and methodological capabilities to study cultural heritage objects, to share related data of their visible and non-visible properties and characteristics, and to develop new forms of collaboration.

    Scope: This topic aims at designing and implementing innovative tools and methods for digitisation of (a) visible characteristics and (b) non-visible characteristics of cultural heritage objects, to be incorporated into the European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage (ECCCH).

    As regards digitisation of visible characteristics of cultural heritage objects, technologies are now satisfying the needs for a considerable part of uses and objects. For instance, in the field of digital documentation of cultural heritage, three-dimensional acquisition and reconstruction methods have been developed in the past twenty years, using photogrammetry and laser scanning techniques to capture the characteristics of physical cultural heritage objects. Such methods already provide robust solutions for the digital reconstruction of the geometry and visual appearance of object surfaces. In addition to these methods, in the field of cultural heritage conservation various non-destructive testing (NDT) techniques have become important technical and scientific means of examination. Such techniques allow understanding the phenomena of deterioration and defining the restoration, conservation and documentation needs of cultural heritage objects.

    Nevertheless, there are still major needs in cultural heritage that require further research and innovation on more advanced digitisation tools and methods:

    1.New AI-powered tools and methods that improve the digitisation process of tangible cultural heritage objects. The robustness and efficiency of the 3D digitisation process should be improved, especially in the case of massive digitisation (for example collections of objects). The accuracy and completeness of surface appearance acquisition should also be improved, as well as the mapping of complex reflectance data on digital surfaces. Furthermore, such solutions should yield new improved methods for post-processing and cleaning of the 3D models produced.

    2.Improved methods for acquiring and processing enhanced 2D representations (e.g. reflectance transformation imaging, multispectral, panoramic), and for better integrating 2D representations with 3D representations.

    3.Future 3D models need to encode other key attributes in addition to the usual geometric and reflectance data, such as local uncertainty information. New tools and methods are therefore needed to calculate and encode local accuracy limits with high precision in reconstructed 3D models. These tools should be capable of producing measurement-based limits of the similarity between the digital model and the physical object at any surface point, as well as algorithmically estimated accuracy boundaries.

    4.To model a complex assembly is a costly effort, and today often requires dismounting the assembly - which is often not possible. Specific digitisation solutions should be developed that are capable of mixing various digitisation approaches (e.g. scanning and computer tomography scans) in order to capture dynamic or hidden characteristics of complex assemblies without dismounting them. 72  

    As regards the study of non-visible characteristics of complex objects, nowadays different techniques are used, e.g. multispectral imaging, X-rays, infrared reflectance, terahertz imaging, etc. Proposals should focus on innovations at the data acquisition level, with a view to improve the quality and usability of the data generated. An important aspect is the robustness, reliability as well as the ease of use of any tool and method for analysing the visible characteristics and non-visible materials properties of cultural heritage objects under real world conditions. In addition, several recent experimental approaches have shown that multimodal analysis techniques should include a temporal dimension, observing the evolution of features and phenomena over time.

    These challenges highlight the need for flexible, transferable, and simple solutions for documenting multimodal analyses. These solutions should include the integration of data acquisitions from different technologies into complex data structures that provide new analysis opportunities for conservation scientists, conservators and curators. This requires the introduction of new visualisation tools that act as virtual environments for scientific exploration, allowing scientists and curators to explore the full material complexity of cultural heritage objects beyond what is visible.

    Large datasets are often generated (e.g., many dozens of images in the case of hyperspectral imaging). To address this, new AI solutions should be developed to generate categorised or pre-analysed data, enabling the selection and/or identification of specific elements, images or regions of interest that exhibit important differences for subsequent analysis and validation by the human expert.

    The tools and methods introduced should focus on geometric and projective consistency of heterogeneous data from different technologies, with respect to different scales of observation and analysis, over a wide spectral range, to produce an integrated digital representation. Spatially localised characterisation of individual material layers is one of the goals, including coupling multi- or hyperspectral analyses with physicochemical characterisation of materials. New methods for access, exploration, and temporal monitoring of acquired data should be developed, including their interactive visualisation and classification.

    The proposed software tools and methods to be developed should go beyond the lab prototype status, should be practical and possible to deploy easily in un-controlled environments (e.g. digitise in a museum room), and should ensure low cost and flexibility of use. The component for data integration into the ECCCH may extend the features of the basic tool developed by the project funded under topic HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-01, with the goal of streamlining the upload of metadata/paradata and of raw sampled data.

    The proposals should demonstrate the potential of the developed tools and methods through representative case studies, conducted in collaboration with relevant stakeholders. These case studies should cover a significant share of the range of cultural heritage objects, materials and conservation/restoration issues. The results of these case studies should produce emblematic data that can serve as models for promoting the re-use of the tool(s) and methods in other contexts and by other users within the ECCCH.

    The proposed tool(s) to be developed should be implemented adopting the low-level libraries established by the project funded under topic HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-01. The tool(s) developed should be compliant with the design of the ECCCH, and should be integrated with the ECCCH before the end of the project, together with proper documentation. All software and other related deliverables should be compliant with the data model and the software development guidelines elaborated by the project funded under topic ‘HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-01’. If appropriate these tools should be developed with a view to a wider deployment, including in the Data Space.

    The proposals should furthermore make provisions to actively participate in the common activities of ECCCH initiative. In particular, the proposals should coordinate technical work with other selected projects and contribute to the activities of the project funded under the topic HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-01.

    The proposals should set up its project website under the common ECCCH website, managed by the project funded under topic HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01-01. The proposal is further expected to include a budget for the attendance to regular joint coordination meetings and may consider covering the costs of any other joint activities without the prerequisite to detail concrete joint activities at this stage.

    Please also refer to the Destination introduction text to consider some key characteristics of the vision for the ECCCH.

    Call - Research and innovation on cultural heritage and CCIs - 2024

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 73

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 74

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 04 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 07 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-01

    IA

    16.00

    3.00 to 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-02

    IA

    13.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-03

    IA

    13.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-04

    IA

    13.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-05

    RIA

    10.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    65.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    GREEN

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-01: New European Bauhaus – Innovative solutions for greener and fairer ways of life through arts and culture, architecture and design for all

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 75 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Innovative solutions, validated in pilot trials, demonstrating how strategic investments in the spirit of the New European Bauhaus initiative 76 in cultural heritage (which may include cultural landscapes) and the CCIs can be successfully realised.

    2.Increase the understanding and visibility of the role that cultural-led innovation integrating the New European Bauhaus approach can play.

    3.Wider involvement and social inclusion of citizens in the preservation and enhancement of cultural heritage through engagement with local ecosystems.

    Scope: The New European Bauhaus, as closely connected to cultural heritage and culture, brings a cultural and creative dimension to the European Green Deal. The September 2021 Communication on the New European Bauhaus 77 , recognises that artists and cultural and creative professionals are essential actors when it comes to reflecting and conveying values, to transmitting new and symbolic meanings, and to ensuring sustainability and enabling societal transformation.

    Proposals should test, demonstrate and refine innovative solutions to achieve strategic investments in cultural heritage and the CCIs in the spirit of the New European Bauhaus initiative and search for links with the ESFRI Research Infrastructures in the Social and Cultural Innovation. 78 . They are expected to bring together researchers, practitioners, managers and entrepreneurs from different cultural and creative industries (e.g. design, fashion, crafts, arts and heritage professionals at large) as well as to engage with the on-the-ground communities. At least 5 small scale-trials under real world conditions should be carried out in a minimum of 3 different Member States/Associated Countries.

    Proposals should tackle at least one of the thematic axes of the New European Bauhaus. They should include an ambitious and credible executive plan that:

    1.Identifies and analyses the challenges and resources of the targeted spaces in terms of the three core values of the New European Bauhaus.

    2.Proposes a set of strategies and methodologies to address the challenges identified, considering the wide variety of actors involved.

    3.Foresees the development and implementation of an ambitious, quality co-design process, based on citizens' and stakeholders' participation, inter-disciplinary, and multi-level collaboration.

    They should highlight the social value of cultural heritage and cultural diversity. The proposed solutions should consider:

    1.Use of renewable materials (e.g. nature-based materials produced sustainably) with a circular economy mind-set

    2.Role of arts, design and quality architecture, in line with quality principles 79 to leverage the full potential of cultural heritage and cultural landscapes

    3.Synergies between crafts and new industrial techniques that can also help revitalising traditional skills

    4.Regeneration, life extension (i.e. smart monitoring, conservation and restoration), re-use and transformation of cultural heritage buildings and landscapes 80 , while ensuring attentive cultural interpretation of the original buildings and respecting their cultural contents and contexts.

    The proposed solutions should be replicable 81 under different cultural, political and societal conditions across Europe. Results should be appropriately documented to serve as guidance for actors in other territories and contexts. Proposals should build on existing knowledge, activities, networks and platforms, notably the ones so far funded by the European Union or under the New European Bauhaus initiative.

    Proposals are expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus initiative by interacting with the New European Bauhaus Community, NEBLab and other relevant actions of the initiative 82 through sharing information, best practice, and, where relevant, results.

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering demonstration activities in diverse geographical areas of the European Union and Associated Countries, grants will be awarded first to the highest ranked application according to the standard procedure described in Horizon Europe General Annexes D and F, followed by other applications that are the highest ranked among those that ensure the most complementary geographical coverage, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. When assessing geographical coverage, the evaluation will take into account the location of the application’s demonstration activities, not the location of the application’s participants/beneficiaries.

    In the context of this topic, geographical areas of the European Union and Associated Countries are NUTS level 1 regions of European Union Member States and of Associated Countries for which they are defined. In the case of Associated Countries without NUTS classification, the country as a whole is to be considered as one geographical area:

    • List of Associated Countries not defined by NUTS level 1: Armenia; Bosnia and Herzegovina; Faroe Islands; Georgia; Kosovo*; Israel; Moldova; Tunisia; Ukraine.

    • List of countries not defined by NUTS level 1 with which association negotiations are being processed or where association is imminent: Morocco.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-02: Cultural and creative industries for a sustainable climate transition

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 83 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Refined and validated approach(es) for Europe’s cultural and creative industries (CCIs) 84 to become true drivers of a sustainable climate transition.

    2.Significant contributions to help European CCIs become better prepared to adapt to and contribute to the climate transition in line with the 2030 goals spelled out under a European Green Deal 85 .

    Scope: The cultural and creative industries (CCIs) are an important source of growth and job creation in the European economy. Moreover, the CCIs play a key role in shaping culture, values and perceptions across the European Union and beyond. Thus, the role of the CCIs in achieving the European Union’s climate transition objectives is crucial.

    At the same time, the CCIs are characterised by a large and diverse number of chiefly small and micro enterprises, as well as by hefty differences across geographical and sectorial divides. Large parts of the CCIs, thus, lack the capacity to take the necessary measures to adapt to and thrive under the climate transition, not to speak of driving this transition.

    Specific approaches are therefore needed to enable Europe’s CCIs to develop their full potential to support a sustainable climate transition.

    Such approaches need to address the adoption of new sustainable business models, including the use of new technologies, production methods and possibly the development or adaption of new technological solutions, as well as gaps in skills and capacities. They should be valid across different Member States/Associated Countries, and address the needs of small, micro as well as larger companies. Such approaches may involve the use of platforms or networks to facilitate sharing investments, facilities or competencies among several companies or across sectors.

    Proposals should provide for testing and refining such model(s) through small scale pilot trials under real world conditions. These pilot trials should verify the economic, social and environmental sustainability of the action(s), as well as the efficacy.

    Proposals should choose a suitable set of CCI sector(s), or/and cross-sectoral issues, to focus on, which allow significant impacts to be achieved. Results should be valid at a European level, therefore the pilot trials need to involve at least five Member States/Associated Countries, as well as CCI companies of different size and origin, according to the focus chosen by the proposal.

    A wide set of stakeholders should be involved, in order to ensure that pilots are developed in an effective and realistic way, so that conclusions can readily be taken up and solutions scaled up effectively.

    Proposals should build on existing knowledge, activities, networks and platforms, notably the ones funded by the European Union. Furthermore, links should be established and synergies sought with closely related actions, such as relevant R&I actions funded by Horizon Europe or Horizon 2020. In particular, proposals should establish links to, and where appropriate build on findings from, projects funded under the topic ‘Cultural and creative industries for a sustainable climate transition’ of the Horizon Europe Cluster 2 2023 calls.

    DIGITAL

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-03: Leverage the digital transition for competitive European cultural and creative industries

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 86 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Validated and refined measures to increase the use of innovative digital technologies by Europe’s cultural and creative industries (CCIs) 87 , with a view to increased competitiveness and sustainability 88 .

    2.Significant contributions to strengthen the ability of European CCIs to contribute to a human-centred digital transition.

    Scope: The cultural and creative industries (CCIs) are an important source of growth and job creation in the European economy. Moreover, the CCIs play a key role in shaping culture, values and perceptions across the European Union and beyond.

    At the same time, the CCIs are characterised by a large and diverse number of chiefly small and micro enterprises, as well as by hefty differences across geographical and sectorial divides.

    The ongoing digital transition brings great opportunities for the CCIs, but also serious threats. The measures taken during the Covid-19 pandemic to reduce contagion forced much human interaction into the digital realm, to a degree illustrating possible consequences of the digital transition. Large parts of the European CCIs were devastated 89 .

    To take full advantage of the many opportunities offered by the digital transition, and avoid the pitfalls, require capacities and competencies that many of Europe’s CCIs currently lack.

    Proposals should provide for devising effective and cost-efficient measures to support CCIs to embrace and make full use of digital technologies for competitiveness and sustainability.

    Proposals should choose a suitable set of CCI sector(s), or/and cross-sectoral issues, to focus on, which allow significant impacts to be achieved. A wide array of digital technologies should be considered, which are deemed crucial to the CCI sector(s) or/and issues chosen. Analytical technologies such as “big data” or “artificial intelligence” could be used for instance to better understand users’ behaviours, to better plan activities or/and to engage deeper with customers. Visualisation and multi-sensorial technologies such as “virtual reality”, “augmented reality” or “extended reality” could be employed to create more attractive products and services.

    The proposed support measures should be effective and efficient across different Member States/Associated Countries, and address the needs of small, micro as well as larger companies. Such measures may involve the use of platforms or networks to facilitate sharing investments, facilities or competencies among several companies or across sectors.

    Funded proposals should set up at least four small scale pilot trials under real world conditions to test and refine the proposed support measures. To ensure validity of the results across different national contexts and company sizes, the pilot trials need to involve at least four different Member States/Associated Countries, as well as CCI companies of different size. A wide set of stakeholders should be involved, in accordance with the focus chosen, with a view to ensure that pilot trials are developed in an effective and realistic manner and that results can readily be taken up by relevant policymakers or/and other decision-makers.

    Proposals should build on existing knowledge, activities, networks and platforms, notably the ones funded by the European Union. Furthermore, links should be established and synergies sought with closely related actions, such as relevant R&I actions funded by Horizon Europe or Horizon 2020. In particular, proposals should, if appropriate, seek collaboration with projects funded under the “European Cloud for Cultural Heritage” call in the frame of Horizon Europe Cluster 2.

    INNOVATIVE

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-04: Europe’s cultural heritage and arts – promoting our values at home and abroad

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 90 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Further increase the visibility of and access to European arts and culture internationally.

    2.Develop and test pilot solutions based on a model that will allow cooperation between local, national and European level and establish strategic alliances between art and cultural sectors and with other sectors.

    3.Assess the effectiveness of good practices, programmes and policies that promote the EU priorities, culture and fundamental values abroad.

    4.Strengthen the CCIs presence worldwide by promoting the European arts internationally.

    Scope: The European Union should endeavour to use its cultural and creative assets to better assert its influence around the world. The arts can play an important role on building the contemporary image of the EU by increasing the visibility of the European identity, cultural heritage and the promotion of its values. In addition to the cultural benefits, the increased visibility of European arts and culture abroad can foster a sustainable and inclusive local, regional and national development and growth, including the growth of the cultural and creative industries (CCIs), while influence countries outside the EU on important societal issues, such as the protection of the environment, peace and security, migration, gender equality, justice, or freedom of expression.

    However, when it comes to the presentation of the European traditional arts and culture abroad there is still lack of cooperation between national and European level. Even though there is a lot of funded research on the benefits of the European arts and culture and the ways to increase their visibility, the EU does not yet have an aligned vision and approach on how to promote the European values and identities through arts and meet common goals on behalf of the EU.

    The objective of this innovation proposal is to test existing practices and policies that enable arts and culture to promote European values and identities outside Europe, allowing people to experience European arts, culture and traditions both in their original environments and settings and by visiting the rich European cultural landscapes. It also aims to identify potential existing barriers and propose a mixed model for cooperation that will take into account participation at the local, national and regional level and the coordination of different sectors and stakeholders. In this analysis, the presence of the cultural and creative industries (CCIs) should be considered.

    Building on existing evidence, including from projects funded under topic HORIZON-CL2-2022-HERITAGE-01-02, proposals should identify creative practices, policies and programmes that aim to increase the attractiveness of the European arts (including digital arts) and culture abroad. They should collect good innovative practices developed at the EU and national level and develop small-scale pilots that will test their efficiency. Proposals should identify and analyse the barriers, shortcomings and needs of the existing policies and practicities and propose policy recommendations for improvements.

    In this context, the proposals should also analyse the extent to which the existing practices and policies encourage coordination among countries as well as coordination among bodies at regional and local levels as well as the role and support of the EU on the cooperation and harmonisation of the Member States’ actions, as regards the of European arts’ promotion abroad.

    The proposals may also look after the potential impacts of new regulations on the arts sector, including the copyright Directive that was adopted in March of 2019, and evaluate their effectiveness as regards their international access to European works of arts and performing arts.

    The proposals should propose pilot policy solutions based on a mixed model that will allow cooperation at local, national and European level, better cooperation of the art sectors and the CCIs, while establish strategic alliances with other sectors.

    The proposed mixed model should be developed and tested in wide and diversified partnerships of stakeholders. The proposals should develop policy recommendations for integrating this innovative mixed model into the arts policies.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01-05: Strategies to strengthen the European linguistic capital in a globalised world

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Strategies for protection of the European linguistic capital at the era of the digital shift in economy, education and communication, which will include socially sustainable and economically affordable implementation measures and processes in the short and medium term.

    2.A deeper understanding of the impact of digitalisation/language related technologies on the European linguistic capital, especially on the endangered languages and identity preservation of EU citizens.

    3.Enhanced cooperation at the European level between experts on the subject and other relevant stakeholders including educational institutions.

    4.Recommendations to inform multilingual policies on further measures to promote the learning and daily use of more than one language, while encouraging European youth to value and possibly undertake humanistic studies in particular in their native languages.

    Scope: European languages are vehicles of our identity, behaviour and cultural perception. Communicating in their native languages, EU citizens connect with their cultural heritage, build their collective and individual identity and better understand the contribution of their national or regional culture to the European culture as a whole. However, in the globalisation era, some languages are dominating, leading gradually to a ‘language oligopoly’.

    More than ever, so-called ‘international languages’ threaten less-spoken languages. The European language capital is at risk of impoverishment. The domination of digital technologies leads to changes in the way people exchange i.e. by disregarding languages’ rules (syntax, semantics and orthography) and underestimating humanistic education. Protecting Europe’s linguistic capital is essential to avoid cultural dilution, to strengthen European identity, culture and creativity and to promote mutual understanding and social inclusion, which serve social, economic and political stability in Europe.

    Therefore, research should address tensions between globalisation and the preservation of European identities as expressed by languages, paying attention to policies and practices regarding the use of national and ‘international’ languages and their place in each country’s cultural, scientific, academic, social, political and economic life. It should develop evidence-based strategies and policy recommendations to help policymakers and stakeholders protect endangered European languages in the context of the massive socio-cultural and economic changes of the present era. Proposals should inform EU multilingualism policy and provide national education (and other) policies with guidance to better link EU citizens with each other as well as with their own language and literature tradition, which are the main repository of the European culture and history. In times when democracy faces cumulative threats, it is particularly important that proposals advise on ways where all languages spoken in Europe can harmoniously coexist and benefit from equal treatment, including the use of language digital technologies. Links can also be made to the projects developed under the topic HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-10: Political participation in multilingual spaces.

    Proposals should develop recommendations that empower citizens to utilise their own language at national, regional and EU level. These recommendations should aim at combating marginalisation of disadvantaged linguistic communities. In pursuing these recommendations, proposals could identify weaknesses of the multilingual policies in the EU (explicit and implicit) and share best practices from other multilingual countries across the globe. In their design, proposals are encouraged to involve young people from the very beginning with a view to grasping their views and perceptions as regards to multilingualism in the EU as well as the most suitable ways to protect their native languages.

    DESTINATION: INNOVATIVE RESEARCH on SOCIAL and ECONOMIC TRANSFORMATIONS

    Europe is being transformed by changes that impact the livelihoods and wellbeing of its citizens. Such changes present important opportunities for the EU to innovate and shape forward looking inclusive societies and economies, while avoiding the mistakes of the past and promoting an inclusive recovery that strengthens economic and social resilience. However, demographic changes, digitalisation, automation, new ways of working, environmental degradation, armed conflicts, energy dependency, the transition to a low carbon economy, health threats and globalisation all pose multidimensional, interconnected and complex social and economic challenges. At the same time, there has been an increase in inequality, poverty and social exclusion, a polarisation of skill needs in the labour market, and a slowdown in convergence in income and employment in most European countries. Inequalities, including housing inequalities, threaten social and territorial cohesion, economic growth and wellbeing. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic and the economic consequences of the Russian invasion of Ukraine have magnified the pervasive inequalities across European societies, with significant differences in the way losses and costs of these crises are distributed in society. To seize the opportunities emerging from socio-economic transformations, including the digital and green transitions, in a strongly connected and integrated world, these challenges need to be better understood and tackled.

    Population ageing increases social protection spending on pensions, health and long-term care and restricts the capacity of the redistributive system to reduce inequality. Policies need to support a transition towards more environmentally-friendly ways of producing and providing private and public services, while ensuring all regions and individuals equally benefit from these transitions and that no one is left behind, in particular when it comes to employment and access to essential services. The European Pillar of Social Rights 91 tries to pave the way towards fair and well-functioning labour markets and social protection systems. Access to social protection for those in need should be ensured, while making sure that everyone can participate in economic, social, political and cultural developments. Social protection supports individuals in emergencies that they can no longer cope with on their own and, in addition, protects them by means of long-term measures – whether in the event of illness, accident, disabilities, need for care (including childcare and long-term care), unemployment or old age. Moreover, mitigation and adaptation strategies are essential to make sure population movements shaped by these transitions are positive for all areas, and do not contribute to deepening the divide between regions or countries.

    Education and training are key long-term factors in preventing and reversing inequalities and promoting equal opportunities, inclusion and social mobility. However, the educational outcomes of young people are still determined to a large extent by the socio-economic status of their parents rather than by their own potential. Without connecting to other social policies, education and training systems may not be able to compensate for all societal inequality, however they have a vital role to play in breaking these patterns and creating a fair and inclusive society. In this context, it is important to reflect on the nature of economic growth and the need to better capture the different dimensions of social progress, including sustainable economic policy paradigms. It is increasingly important to distinguish between the different purposes of measurement: economic activity, social and cultural well-being and sustainability, and to develop relevant indicators. This is particularly the case as the pervasive effects of the COVID-19 pandemic has altered the economic performance and socio-economic fabric of many countries in Europe, bringing also to the fore mental health related issues, loneliness and their socio-economic impacts affecting the well-being of citizens.

    Migration has been a critical component of the makeup of European societies, requiring comprehensive and coordinated European responses in order to ripen its benefits, both inside and outside the EU. The task of research is to better understand migration in a global and EU context, assist in its governance, support security and help the socio-economic as well as civil-political inclusion of migrants in European societies. It can enhance policies, and in particular the EU's agenda on migration as it is expressed in the New Pact for Asylum and Migration 92 .

    The implementation of the research activities in the two calls of this Destination will contribute to a comprehensive and reflective European strategy for inclusive growth, including social, economic, ecological and historical dimensions. It will also contribute to promote research actions and outputs that help design, implement and monitor a socially just and inclusive green and digital transition, notably in relation to social and economic transformations, inclusiveness, skills development and sustainability. Furthermore, actions will deal with the long-term challenges in education and training, talent and labour market and the resilience of our societies. This will strengthen the resilience of the EU and of its citizens, and will ensure that no one is left behind, despite instability and in the face of old and new risks. It will equally support productivity gains and their fair distribution, as well as boosting social and economic resilience that is essential to face situations of unexpected crises such as in the case of COVID-19 or the Russian invasion of Ukraine. The overall knowledge generated, including a holistic understanding of societal well-being, will feed into the design of policy strategies in line with the above mentioned objectives and will facilitate the assessment of policy needs and outcomes in the field of the societal and economic transformations.

    The Destination calls for proposals that may help in reaching these key strategic policy objectives in the EU. It invites proposals to do so by integrating feedback loops with stakeholders and policymakers that may help in developing suggestions and recommendations throughout their lifecycles. These proposals should take into consideration the stakeholders associated to the decisions that are suggested, and should also account for the context in which decisions are made. Therefore, in order to maximise and facilitate the uptake of group-sensitive recommendations in policy, they should include analyses of political and financial trade-offs associated to the recommendations produced, reflecting also on contextual changes needed to implement proposals developed. Proposals are also invited to build upon previous research funded by Horizon 2020, valorising its experience and findings.

    Expected impacts:

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following targeted expected impacts of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

    1.Social and economic resilience and sustainability are strengthened through a better understanding of the social, ethical, political and economic impacts of drivers of change (such as technology, globalisation, demographics, mobility and migration) and their interplay.

    2.Inclusive growth is boosted and vulnerabilities are reduced effectively through evidence-based policies for protecting and enhancing employment, education, social fairness and tackling inequalities, including in response to the socio-economic challenges due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

    80.00

    14 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

    96.00

    07 Feb 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    80.00

    96.00

    Call - Inclusiveness in times of change

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 93

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 94

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 14 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 14 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02

    CSA

    4.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04

    CSA

    4.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-08

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-09

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-10

    RIA

    9.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    80.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01: Remote working arrangements and their economic, social and spatial effects

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understanding of the spatial implications of increased remote working and its challenges for different regions, including urban and rural areas.

    2.Increased understanding on the impact of remote working arrangements on the living and working conditions, including health and safety at work, work-life balance and consequences of cross-border working.

    3.Better understanding of the possible consequences to communal life and society.

    4.Recommendations to help urban and rural areas to shape the trends of remote working cope with the challenges and seize the opportunities.

    Scope: Remote working arrangements have considerably increased during the COVID-19 pandemic, giving a new perspective to a long ongoing debate on a solution which before was primarily an opportunity to improve employees’ work-life balance.

    This phenomenon has the potential to decentralise jobs away from metropolitan areas creating opportunities for both urban and rural areas, including for the less favoured regions. For urban areas, it has, on one hand, the potential to alleviate housing prices and air quality. On the other hand, it can, at the same, change the urban landscape, notably regarding the occupation of buildings and their usage in areas where enterprises may switch completely to remote work arrangements. For rural areas, it can create more dynamism and attract necessary investments, including for essential services such as health care and transport. Moreover, rural areas tend to concentrate key sectors for the green transition, such as agriculture and clean energy production, for which attracting skilled, remote workers could affect particular challenges faced by rural areas, such as an ageing population and skills shortage. Simultaneously, increased attractiveness can also have a negative impact for the local community, for instance due to housing price increase and create pressure over existing infrastructure, as well as accelerate agricultural land take.

    Not all workers can enjoy the benefits of working from home: it is estimated that only approximately 37% of EU-27 workers are in occupations that can be carried out from home. This could aggravate existing spatial segregation and inequalities. Moreover, remote work can significantly change working conditions and affect the health and safety of workers. In addition, employees whose workplace is in a different country than the place of employment may face complications regarding social security and taxation. Finally, the interlinkages of remote working with care duties can deteriorate the work-life-balance and possibly accentuate existing gender gaps.

    Research should investigate how remote working arrangements can affect different spaces, focusing on the urban and rural divide and its impacts on the local communities, including on ethical and social aspects, employment, as well as on administration and infrastructures.

    It should further research how remote working arrangements impact working conditions, notably health and safety of workers, the skills divide, working time, work-life balance and broader social impacts, including family and care arrangements, as well as mental health and loneliness.

    Research activities should also evaluate the consequences of remote working on already existing inequalities, including gender inequality. They should forecast the development of the remote working trend and should identify populations benefitting and populations who run the risk of losing out.

    As remote working is a phenomenon affecting societies on all levels, an outlook and policy recommendations should target policymakers on EU level as well as Member States’, Associated Countries’ and regional/local authorities.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged. Finally, the topic should contribute to the EU Rural Vision.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02: Towards sustainable economic policy paradigms

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 95 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.An established network of relevant policymakers, academic experts, international organisations, non-governmental organisations, civil society organisations, fora and networks working on beyond GDP policy frameworks and measurement of multidimensional well-being, including National Statistical Offices (NSOs) or other national authorities in charge.

    2.An effective science-policy dialogue to increase the usability and acceptability of beyond GDP policy frameworks and well-being indicators.

    3.Policymakers, at European and national level, well informed about how to better incorporate well-being considerations into their work.

    4.Support and methodological guidance to EU Member States and Associated Countries, policymakers, national authorities, and experts on data collection and statistics for the measurement and monitoring of well-being.

    5.Well-working knowledge exchange and coordination on “beyond GDP” policy frameworks and well-being indicators among different stakeholders including through platforms, knowledge repositories, boards of experts, workshops and networking events.

    6.Links with ongoing policy priorities and initiatives, such as the European Green Deal, the 8th Environmental Action Plan (EAP), the European Pillar of Social Rights, the Resilience Dashboards, and the United Nation’s Agenda 2030.

    Scope: GDP is still the main macroeconomic indicator used around the world to quantify economic activity. However, the GDP indicator was never designed to measure human and planetary prosperity and well-being. Since more than a decade now 96 , it is becoming clear that GDP on its own cannot reflect the real level of well-being and development of a society, or the damage done to the environment by certain economic activities and consumption choices 97 . “Beyond GDP” policy frameworks and indicators such as the Eurostat Sustainable Development Goals reporting 98 are needed to measure progress against the global challenges of the 21st century (such as climate change; demographic changes; changing world of work; digitalisation and technological change).

    The transition to a well-being economy is embedded in the United Nation’s 2030 Agenda and the related Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), in the 8th EAP and enshrined in both the 2030 and 2050 priority objectives. Multidimensional “beyond GDP” indicators and policy frameworks are needed to monitor and measure, inform policymaking, improve communication, and promote target setting on social, economic, and environmental objectives. Such indicators are crucial to measure well-being and prosperity as well as environmental and social sustainability at individual, community, national level and international level, while accounting for the principle of "leaving no one behind" and capturing spill over effects of the EU’s activities. Well-being indicators should be used to measure both objective and subjective dimensions, where the latter refers to individual behaviours, social preferences, values systems and social norms.

    Over the past decade, several new well-being indicators have been developed, which have been embraced to various degrees by several governments and international organisations. At the current juncture, the challenge is twofold: 1) to overcome data gaps caused by lack of data collection and insufficient harmonisation and coordination across Member States, and 2) to bring “beyond GDP” policy frameworks and well-being indicators into more active policymaking in a sensible and clearer way. Initiatives under this call should provide tangible solutions to this challenge.

    The goal of the proposals should be to help in particular policymakers and stakeholders, who are not familiar with beyond GDP policy frameworks and well-being indicators, but want to learn how to better incorporate well-being considerations into their work. The proposals should design concrete co-creation tools that support policymakers at the national, regional, local and city levels to develop and analyse policies and programmes with a well-being lens.

    To this end, the proposals should shed light on the synergies between existing data sources, initiatives on beyond GDP, and results from previous funded projects. Proposals could cover actions that provide support and methodological guidance to the EU and Member States, policymakers, national authorities, and experts on data collection and statistics to measure and monitor well-being, sustainability, and resilience. By working together with the relevant policymakers and National Statistical Offices projects could assess, for example, the feasibility of scaling up existing knowledge on well-being, sustainability and resilience metrics by integrating it into more regular and standardised data collection exercises.

    The proposals may also work towards establishing a European network that would help bring existing beyond GDP policy frameworks and well-being indicators into more active policymaking. Such a network should include a broad range of stakeholders representing diverse backgrounds and needs from all EU Member States, including policymakers, academic experts, international organisations, relevant fora and National Statistical Offices or other national authorities in charge, as well as social partners. Proposals are encouraged to also collaborate with the JRC.

    Outputs should, where possible, feed into online learning content accessible to the public and various stakeholders in the form of platforms and knowledge repositories, and thereby open doors for mutual learning opportunities and exchanges of good practices. The proposals are encouraged to build strong networks and liaise with other stakeholders working on well-being through regular exchanges, in the form of, for example, boards of experts, workshops and networking events.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03: Global Shortages and Skill Partnerships

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhance EU migration governance by matching analyses of skills shortages in the EU and in non-EU countries.

    2.Provide tools to decision-makers to navigate skill shortages in EU labour markets.

    3.Present an overview of the trade-offs of filling shortages with migrant workforce vis-à-vis other alternatives such as education/local - and re upskilling/automation.

    Scope: As the EU’s workforce grows older, there is increasing political attention on how to recruit workers with the right skills for a changing labour market. The EU has proposed to develop ‘Talent Partnerships’ 99 with third countries of origin, in order to train and recruit workers from outside of the EU. This type of international partnership based on skills, is premised on the idea that in many sectors shortages are global, and thereby one can develop training centres at lower cost outside of the EU, training people which may then spend their skills both in the origin countries, as well as in the EU. Research has started to look at this promising principle finding interesting practices 100 , yet attention is needed on a macro level to better understand causes and consequences of such shortages globally, in order to envisage scaling up such promising pilots and practices.

    Firstly, research should focus on countries of destination, with a particular focus on the EU (at the national and regional level) in the context of an ageing population with a shrinking workforce and tax base. Proposals should focus on the shortage model that leads to recruitment of foreign workers through skill partnerships, and should assess their existence and their cause, with particular attention on how to define and measure them. This should shed light on the need to expand workforce by recruiting foreign labour, also by assessing viability and trade-offs of other alternatives. These could be, but are not limited to: raising wages, also considering incentives needed employers to do so vis-à-vis foreign worker recruitment; education and upskilling of local workforce, considering the possibility of matching supply and demand of labour depending on the sector and timeframe of the needs; automation, with a focus to investments and incentives needed to reach a level of automation of work in sectors which rely on migrant workforce. As such, proposals should assess causes and consequences of shortages in destination countries warranting the establishment of partnerships with third countries to recruit needed skills.

    Proposals should then focus on third countries of origin, and go beyond single case studies keeping a macro and/or cross-case comparison perspective. Proposals should develop a way to evaluate labour markets and analyse matching needs and shortages compared to the EU. Proposals could combine labour market analyses with a focus on the education system and analyse structures in place for training people for those sectors in need, including spending attention on qualifications obtained in view of EU recognition, as well as on language skills as a factor for migrant integration. Proposals should also analyse the relation between investing in upskilling local workforce in view of recruiting a proportion of this, together with the creation of local human capital that could act as a driver for local development. This could be coupled with a survey in different countries with skilled (migrant) workers, in view of developing a database of microdata on the interaction of developing skills with local development processes. Proposals could take into account mobility patterns and retention initiatives as part of their analysis, as well as the ESCO classification 101 . Overall, such analyses should shed light on conditions which influence positively or negatively local development processes vis-à-vis foreign upskilling and recruitment, analysing conditions which lead domestic institutions to capitalise on the positive effects. Proposals may also include a historical perspective with comparisons with ‘guest worker’ programs of recruitment of foreign workers in the second half of the 20th century, to build on what has worked and what has not in the past. Proposals are encouraged to consider in their analyses in particular the pilot projects on legal migration carried out by the Mobility Partnership Facility 102 , as well as other projects running in this area, inter alia the Flagship Technical Support topic 103 , the European Training Foundation’s ‘Skills Lab’ 104 , THAMM project in North-Africa 105 and the MATCH project 106 .

    As such, proposals should consider both sides of ‘skill partnerships’ including the issues of brain drain and economic development of third countries, and assess the shortage model on which they are premised both in destination and origin countries, looking at the distribution of benefits for destination countries, origin countries and migrants themselves.

    Proposals are encouraged to consider contributing to the Global Gateway Strategy by increasing scientific knowledge and transferring best practices among partner countries. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged, especially with the beneficiaries of topic ‘HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07: Tackling European skills and labour shortages’ to ensure complementarities wherever relevant.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04: Bridging the migration research to policy gap

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 107 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Strengthen EU migration governance by developing methodology and network to share research outputs with decision-makers and practitioners.

    2.Valorise existing research and maximise outputs produced by distilling useful information for policymakers.

    3.Develop series of opportunities for mutual learning between policymakers, practitioners and the research community, based on research outputs and implemented through innovative methodologies and practices.

    Scope: Proposals should build a rigorous method to bridge science to policy relations on migration, building from existing literature not exclusive to migration policy, including on decision-making, organisational studies, behavioural insights, human rights, gender and intersecting aspects (e.g. socioeconomic background, ethnic/minority background, disability) and public policy literature. It should therefore define a strategy towards informing policymaking on migration through evidence, taking into careful consideration all elements of the policy cycle, including: institutions involved, networks of actors and stakeholders, frames, perceptions and narratives that shape the context in which decisions are taken, information available to decision-makers, and finally the way in which policy choices are taken. This should also include consideration of cognition, values, human rights and biases and the role these play in distilling information available and deciding upon a course of action.

    Having developed such a strategy specific to EU migration policymaking at its different levels (supranational, national, local), proposals should make a selection of migration research, and distil useful findings for policymakers. The specific topics on which to focus should be selected in synergy with practitioners and policymakers, identifying research consensus as well as knowledge gaps in the policy processes on which quick advice can be most useful. Proposals are encouraged to focus first on EU funded research and projects (funded through Horizon 2020/Europe, AMIF, ESFD+, EUTF, NDICI), but are also encouraged to look for further evidence available whenever necessary.

    Finally proposals should apply the strategy for engaging with policymakers already from the beginning of their lifecycle to create opportunities for mutual learning between researchers and policymakers, on the topics identified in synergy with practitioners. This should not be limited to a normal dissemination strategy (policy briefs, presentations) aimed at feeding research into policy. It should also include innovative methodologies for exchange and learning, such as, but not limited to: case study analysis, scenario building, and other useful strategies that may help simulate how to manage disagreements and the intrinsic complexity of migration policy making. This should create a network that could for example include participants from EU institutions, Member States, International Organisations, partner Countries, NGOs and other stakeholders, with a view to be sustainable as a basis for exchange beyond the lifetime of the project. The proposals are strongly encouraged to seek ways to work in complementarity and coordination with existing migration networks at the EU level, notably the European Migration Network and the Knowledge Centre on Migration and Demography.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05: Efficiency and effectiveness of investment in high-quality education and training

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Design, develop and use methodologies to evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of specific policy measures or programmes in the field of education and training based on rigorous quantitative research methods, for example randomised controlled trials, natural experiments or other statistical techniques to perform causal evaluations.

    2.Gather evidence to assess costs and benefits to compare the efficiency of policy measures or programmes.

    3.Identify education and training policies ensuring an efficient use of public resources to improve learning outcomes, as well as measures of equity and inclusion of education and training systems.

    4.Develop policy recommendations to inform policy measures, programmes, future evaluations and actions in the field of education and training.

    Scope: Effective and efficient investment in education and training at all educational levels and for all age groups is a prerequisite for enhancing quality and inclusiveness of the education and training systems, improving the education outcomes, meeting the European Education Area objectives and targets, as well as for driving sustainable growth, improving well-being, and building a more inclusive society 108 . The Commission launched an Expert Group on Quality Investment in Education and Training 109 focusing on teachers and trainers, digital education, education infrastructure and learning environments and equity and inclusion.

    Investing effectively and efficiently in education and training has a potential to aid the recovery and contribute to the green and digital transitions of the education and training sector. However, most of the empirical evidence on the evaluation of education and training policies comes from the United States or the United Kingdom. More analysis in EU Member States and Associated Countries is necessary to know if promising policies identified in the academic literature would be effective in a different local context. Moreover, a cost-benefit analysis of the policy measures evaluated is rarely available. Proposals should select education and training policy measures or programmes and assess their effectiveness to improve learning outcomes and measures of equity and inclusion in education and training systems, considering the situation of learners facing disadvantages, and including adult learning. Proposals could complement the quantitative research methods analysis with qualitative research methods. Proposals should also evaluate the costs associated with the policy measures or programmes analysed. Close cooperation with authorities responsible for the education and training policies analysed at the relevant level of Government is essential and should be ensured. Proposals should improve knowledge about the links between the outcomes of policy actions or programmes and their specific contexts, and about conditions for success to enhance the EU value-added. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06: Mapping of longitudinal data and assessment of inequalities in education, training and learning achievements

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Map and collect existing regional or national longitudinal data allowing to follow individual cohorts of students over time and allowing to analyse their learning outcomes, and trends in educational inequalities.

    2.Provide policymakers with an analysis of the available literature and a selection of techniques used to assess inequalities in education, training and learning achievements over time.

    3.Identify the interventions that compensate inequalities in learning outcomes over time based on the analysis of longitudinal data.

    Scope: Long-standing educational inequalities have been pervasive across the European Union and the disruptions related to the COVID-19 pandemic have further aggravated inequalities within and between countries. Despite the richness of analysis, existing initiatives and recommendations, longitudinal studies of individual student cohorts are rare, and it is difficult to follow students, assess their learning outcomes over time and identify trends in education inequalities. It is even more difficult to examine any causal link between educational policies and inequalities in education achievements. Proposals should map and collect surveys with a longitudinal design, following the learning progress of students over time, and linking with information for example on students’ achievement scores, socio-economic background, language spoken at home, migration history, the school they attend, or whether they have attended early care and childhood education. Close cooperation with authorities and/or other institutions owning the data is essential and should be ensured. Proposals should enhance the knowledge base of what shapes the educational outcomes over time, how to best support the learning of all students and reduce education inequalities in the short, medium and long-term. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07: Tackling European skills and labour shortages

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Policymakers are provided with a set of data at European level on skills and labour shortages.

    2.Citizens and policymakers can access to Europe wide sound indicators for skills and labour shortages, comparable across countries.

    3.Provide policymakers with viable pathways to reduce skills shortages and mismatch.

    Scope: Well-functioning and balanced skills and labour market are a precondition for an inclusive society, low unemployment and inequalities, and a thriving economy.

    Globalisation, demographic change and migration, technological change, green transition, and covid-19 crisis are reshaping European societies and economies, the labour market demand is changing at an unprecedented pace. This increases the risks of growing labour shortages, and related skills shortages if there are skills mismatches. Currently, accepted and comparable cross-country indicators on skills and labour shortages are lacking, hindering skills match, cross-country cooperation and supranational policies in order to reduce these issues.

    Hence, research activities are expected to take stock, also building on existing literature and studies, of the current labour shortages across Europe, by sectors and occupational groups, based on a sound methodology and ensuring that data is comparable across countries. Afterwards, proposals should identify the main causes of the labour shortages, with a particular focus on skills needs and skills gaps. The causes may include working conditions (pay, working hours, occupational health and safety, well-being at work, etc.) on labour supply. The proposals should focus on the skills needed for the green and digital transitions with a focus on the “transferability” of existing skills from one sector/occupation to other sectors/occupations (e.g. what is the real gap in skills).

    The proposals may:

    1.focus on shortages forecast;

    2.effect on changing tasks/educational profiles within jobs;

    3.have a regional dimension;

    4.Explore the impact on labour market polarisation and segmentation;

    5.Explore how big data and machine learning can complement conventional data (e.g. surveys and skills forecasts available, such as those of CEDEFOP or of the Pact for Skills)

    6.Explore the “determinants” of education choice and training choice: e.g., family background, local labour market, individual risk propensity, welfare, gender, etc.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged, especially with the beneficiaries of topic ‘HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04: Global Shortages and Skill Partnerships’ to ensure complementarities wherever relevant.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-08: Integrated care solutions leading to better quality, person-centred long-term care and overcoming territorial inequalities in their provision

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased understanding of integrated care and support solutions (within formal and informal long-term care (LTC), but also between social and healthcare) to enhance the quality of the LTC services and of the impact on informal carers and the formal care workforce from the perspective of their skills development and needs.

    2.Promising policy practices in LTC, in particular the potential of ICT to support integrated, person-centred approaches, analysed and policy recommendations developed.

    3.Policymakers at EU/national/local level are provided with evidence on territorial inequalities (e.g. rural-urban) and interdependencies, particularly in relation to gender in the need and provision of LTC and the main drivers contributing to the challenge of regional and intersectional gaps between supply of and demand for formal LTC services.

    Scope: The quality of LTC is affected by a number of factors, including funding, workforce, organisation, and technology. Concerning organisation, new models of integrated care have started to emerge, which aim to structure care services around personal needs to improve user satisfaction, psychological health, and well-being.

    Within many EU Member States and Associated Countries, LTC is typically funded from various sources and organised at different levels. In terms of regulation, funding and service provision, the provision of LTC services may be closely interlinked with (or be part of) policies such as those in healthcare, social care, housing and housing support services, and for people with disabilities. This horizontal division may hamper the co-ordination of care and even service provision. LTC is especially strongly interlinked with the provision of healthcare, as people with LTC needs often have healthcare needs due to multiple chronic conditions or co-morbidities. The provision of integrated care, where different professionals work closely together to address people’s healthcare and LTC needs, is thus essential. Technology can help improve the quality of LTC provision, for instance by personalising service provision, increasing users’ independence, supporting quality-assurance efforts through monitoring of service provision, remote care management, etc.

    Recent reforms include establishing new services, as well as measures reinforcing the integrated delivery of care. The latter measures mostly tackle sectoral disparities between healthcare and social care by setting up co-ordination structures. They are also aimed at improving local and regional management and enhancing co-operation between different providers of homecare.

    In the context of ageing societies, a key challenge is to provide adequate, accessible, and affordable formal LTC services of high quality to those who need it. The availability of formal LTC services differs greatly among EU Member States. With a large increase in demand ahead, already today many people in need of LTC services cannot access or afford them. Among the barriers to ensuring equal access to adequate LTC are geographical disparities or even shortages in supply. Differences in the use of care reflect personal preferences and differences in family structures and socioeconomic backgrounds, as well as the availability and affordability of formal LTC services. For example, effective access to care is often hindered in rural and remote areas. However, data on regional differences of LTC provision is scarce.

    The role of social economy as an important player in innovative practices in care provision is often highlighted. Proposals should identify best innovative practices, including in new and emerging areas, such as platform cooperativism in the field of LTC and in regularising undeclared workers in LTC.

    The call is expected to contribute to the EU Rural Vision and EU Care Strategy. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-09: Addressing housing inequalities in a sustainable, inclusive and affordable way

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Provide guidance on effective measures that can increase the socio-economic integration of marginalised communities, migrants, refugees and disadvantaged groups by reducing housing inequalities and improving access to quality housing.

    2.Provide policymakers with a comprehensive overview of how income and wealth polarisation affect the housing market against the background of changing interest rates and inflation.

    3.Support policymakers in better understanding how the green and digital transition could affect housing inequalities and how “supply-side” land use policies as well as social innovation could help address such inequalities in a sustainable way.

    4.Provide local and regional policymakers with guidance based on best practices to support the development of affordable and inclusive housing facilities, including energy efficient housing.

    Scope: Access to affordable and social housing as well as homelessness remain challenges to foster social inclusion and tackle entrenched poverty across Europe. Energy poverty affects nearly 34 million Europeans who are unable to afford keeping their homes warm. Housing prices have been steadily growing every year and faster than disposable income. Housing is now the highest item of expenditure for European citizens.

    The top 1% wealth shares have risen again recently in Europe, and the gap between asset owners and pure income earners and social transfer recipients is increasing further. During the COVID, high-income workers suffered limited income losses and often increased their savings compared to low-income workers for which the opposite holds. These trends are likely to bring about house purchases (sales) from high-income (low-income) households, reinforcing wealth inequalities in the housing component. Research may provide a mapping of recent household wealth dynamics and their segregation implications.

    The European Green Deal will affect housing markets notably through the Renovation wave and its Affordable Housing Initiative as well as through the revision of the Energy Efficiency and the Energy Performance of Buildings Directives. Increasing the energy efficiency of buildings helps tackling energy-poverty. Research may inform policy measures that ensure energy efficiency and affordable housing go hand in hand and are accessible to all socio-economic groups. Interlinks between housing inequalities and carbon inequalities as well as mobility poverty are of interest too. Research may focus on the relation between housing inequalities and the labour mobility from regions facing job losses to regions generating new jobs in the context of the twin transition. With regard to social and affordable housing, research may shed light on the role social, green and digital innovations can play in addressing housing inequalities.

    Interlinkages between the digital and green transition, sustainable spatial planning, economic regeneration and housing inequalities merit more attention. Links between workplace and housing inequality are multidimensional, with structural conditions, working conditions and family conditions playing important roles. Housing inequalities should not lead to new forms of discrimination in labour markets. Research may inform policy actions to ameliorate the organisation of work from home, notably for vulnerable households. New forms of work could also impact preferences for rental housing compared to homeownership. Research may also look at the role of social economy actors in addressing housing inequalities while stimulating inclusion, economic and social development.

    Research should make a granular assessment of these issues for different geographical areas, degrees of urbanisation, tenure statuses and different household’s compositions. The gender and intergenerational dimensions are essential. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-10: Tackling inequalities in the green and digital transitions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Policymakers at EU/national/local level are provided with a comprehensive view of the risks of widening existing inequalities or create new ones as a result of the twin transition.

    2.Policymakers at EU/national/local level are provided with policy options that could address existing inequalities and mitigate potential negative socio-economic effects of the twin transitions.

    Scope: The next decades will be defined by the twin green and digital transitions. The twin transitions have be just and socially fair. To achieve this, policymakers need to both recognise existing inequalities and vulnerabilities and take duly into account the possible distributional impacts of new/revised policies (e.g. the Green Deal and its Fit for 55 Package), against (updated) baseline scenarios. While some aspects of the transitions are subject to (distributional) impact assessment and have been scrutinised by policymakers and relevant stakeholders, the twin transitions might fail to address or, worse, widen existing inequalities and/or create new ones. For this reason, research under this action should:

    1.Extensively investigate areas where the twin transitions – separately and jointly – and their driving policies aggravate existing inequalities and vulnerabilities and/or risk increasing inequalities, including dedicated explorations where the effects of the two transitions (and potentially implemented policies) mutually reinforce or mitigate each other.

    2.Put dedicated focus on gender, the age distribution (incl. old age and in particular also young people and their specific challenges), spatial aspects (incl. rural areas and degree of urbanisation), education and skill proficiencies (incl. individuals who are not in education, employment, or training (NEET)), migration backgrounds, income, labour.

    3.Market dimensions (incl. labour market attachment and sectoral affiliation of individuals), and other key-covariates of (financial as well as skill) vulnerabilities.

    4.Identify mitigation measures to counter such inequalities, including the underlying time frames and (temporal as well as spatial) order of implementation.

    5.Inform policymaking of the research findings with the double objective of i) reducing ex-ante the possibly negative socio-economic/distributional effects of green and digital policies and ii) promoting corrective policies/action aimed at reducing existing inequalities.

    The proposals may be a forward-looking exercise, possibly making use of scenario building.

    In as far as possible, research may also lay out the dedicated factors driving inequalities, and possibly explore them in more detail. This may include factors such as, but not limited to:

    1.The role of the financial sector e.g. via green financing and the fintech-sector.

    2.Digital language equity and the general (English) language proficiency.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    Call - A sustainable future for Europe

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 110

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 111

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 04 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 07 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02

    RIA

    10.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03

    RIA

    10.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04

    RIA

    10.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05

    RIA

    10.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06

    RIA

    10.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-08

    RIA

    10.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-09

    RIA

    10.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-10

    RIA

    10.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-11

    RIA

    10.00

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    96.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01: Policy recommendations from socio-economic impacts of loneliness in Europe

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 112 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Contribution to behavioural changes for a more resilient and just society.

    2.Information on key aspects of the impacts of loneliness in Europe by pooling of socio-economic data to existing data.

    3.Evidence-based recommendations for social and economic policies to prevent, counter, and manage loneliness in Europe at individual and population levels.

    4.Creation of a framework to monitor loneliness in the long-term.

    5.Formation of a representative network of experts, stakeholders and policymakers involved in research and policy actions addressing the socio-economic impacts of loneliness.

    Scope: Loneliness is becoming an urgent public health issue that calls for effective policy interventions. In 2016, 12% of EU citizens felt lonely. With the COVID-19 pandemic and social distancing, the figures have increased to 25%. Although loneliness affects citizens from all age groups, its prevalence is uneven in the Member States. The effects of loneliness are harmful for health, but also have significant impacts on social cohesion and community trust.

    Several EU research projects and initiatives, such as the Pilot Project on Loneliness run by the JRC in collaboration with DG EMPL, already focus on loneliness and proposals submitted under this topic should ideally synergise with these and capitalise on available data to support the pooling of socio-economic data to existing data on individual and societal loneliness.

    This effort should capitalise on available data to identify commonly agreed socio-economic and geographical risk factors, drivers and trends of loneliness within and across Member States including of specific populations (such as teenagers, unemployed, recently retired people, third country nationals who legally reside in the EU and people with disabilities), as well as gender and intersecting aspects (e.g. socioeconomic background, ethnic/minority background) and provide recommendations to design effective loneliness policies as well as develop tools for the long term monitoring of loneliness at the individual and population levels.

    Work is also expected to nurture the public debate on loneliness and in particular on the stigma that is associated to it.

    The approach will be based on a FAIR 113 data-sharing culture and will promote the use of new technologies to quantify and assess the social and economic effects of loneliness in Europe.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02: Strengthen economic fairness and resilience of active labour market policies and address high unemployment

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved understanding of macro effects of labour market policies on general equilibrium including displacement and substitution effects;

    2.Improved skills strategies and skill development, also at sectoral level, during periods of economic downturn benefitting from lower opportunity costs;

    3.Improving policy design to increase labour market participation and employment in a context of high unemployment and high number of job vacancies, notably in low and high skilled jobs.

    Scope: Active labour market policies are widely used by European countries to improve the functioning of their labour markets by addressing skill mismatches, labour market segmentation, and by promoting the integration in the labour market of those facing difficulties in accessing it. Policies aimed at skill development could be effective in periods of low economic activity at the macroeconomic level, given that the opportunity cost of training programmes is lower in times of recession. These policies could facilitate the reallocation of labour, prepare the ground for a fair economic recovery, and facilitate transitions towards the green and digital sectors.

    However, there have been studies post the 2007 recession arguing that training programmes have so far had only a modest effect in generating post-programme employment. Furthermore, researchers found that responses of adult learning and training to the business cycle are different for employed and not employed workers, with the participation of the latter group diminishing in times of economic downturn due to credit constraints preventing them from investing in education.

    In light of such studies, more research is needed to survey the different types of active labour market policies enacted by the Member States, especially in the area of skills development during economic downturns, and their effects on people facing economic challenges, e.g. people at risk of poverty or workers whose job is at risk of automation or at risk of transformation due to transition to a decarbonised economy. Proposals should focus on the ways in which active labour market policies can be strengthened to provide economic fairness and resilience.

    Research activities may focus on the response of public authorities to the COVID-19 crisis and estimate their effectiveness including displacement and substitution effects. Alternatively, research could also focus on the participation of persons coming from a vulnerable socio-economic background or from regions with a high degree of unemployment (e.g. people at risk of poverty, people coming from rural communities) to active labour market policies with an aim to mapping barriers and policy responses to increase their participation. Research could also focus on the impact of active labour market policies while incorporating a gender dimension. Another research avenue could be analysing the role of active labour market policies within broader exercises to rethink employment and income protection with an aim of underpinning synergies that enhance their effect, e.g. the interplay between active labour market policies and housing allowances in the housing first approach.

    Where relevant, activities should build upon existing research, draw lessons from recent policy interventions in a contextual and transdisciplinary manner and propose adjustment measures, or test them through social innovation experiments. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03: Minimise costs and maximise benefits of job creation and job destruction

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Effective management of processes of job creation and job destruction triggered by macro drivers of change;

    2.Different socio-demographic groups and regions are favourably affected by the creation of new green jobs and new industries;

    3.The negative effects associated with the destruction of some jobs in carbon-intensive activities are mitigated so that nobody is left behind as a result of the reallocation of jobs across regions and sectors;

    4.Reskill and upskill older workers and/or unskilled workers to ensure a smooth transition to the emerging jobs/sectors.

    Scope: Globalisation, technological change, demographic change, green transition and other macro drivers of change are accelerating the processes of job creation and job destruction. These have profound socioeconomic effects. On the one side, they lead to changes in the status of people (e.g. from unemployed to employed); working lives are more fragmented, with less stable working relationships. On the other side, they reshape the economic landscapes and ecosystems of different sectors, often linked with technological, social and business innovation. All of these impacts underscore the need to develop effective policies to minimise costs and maximise benefit. The topic should identify the best ways to train refugees, immigrants, women, older and younger people, people affected by disabilities, unemployed and inactive, medium and low skilled employees, low and medium educated people, individuals living in rural areas, NEETs (not in education, employment, or training), since these people have fewer resources to cover transition spells.

    The proposals may investigate the following issues:

    1.How should the reallocation of labour within and across sectors take place to ensure social integration and that nobody is left behind?

    2.How do we reskill and upskill older workers and/or unskilled workers to ensure a smooth transition to the emerging jobs/sectors?

    3.What are the upskilling/re-skilling programs that work the best (maximising the benefits while minimising the costs)?

    4.What are the impacts of the green transition on labour market opportunities of different and disadvantaged socio-economic groups, across economic sectors, green-vs.-brown job decompositions, and income brackets?

    5.Given the pre-crisis trend of constant increase of labour market participation, how could we increase the labour market participation of under-utilised workforce?

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged. International cooperation is encouraged, especially with EU Neighbourhood and candidate countries.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-04: Social services: economic and social returns and value added

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Well-founded evidence on the social and economic returns of social services, including interlinkages between child poverty and gaps in access to social services, and interlinkages in access to employment and access to social services.

    2.Improved understanding of the channels through which social services may foster and accelerate a fair green and digital transition.

    3.Identification and use of the best methodology to capture and measure the value added of the provision of social services, including informal social services, in the EU Member States and Associated Countries in different geographical areas (rural and urban).

    Scope: Social services have a fundamental role in our society, safeguarding and promoting the welfare and well-being of vulnerable groups (e.g. migrants, people with disabilities, homeless, youth at risk, and more in general, unemployed people, low-income and poor households and women). The proposals should consider social services in a broad manner, including both universal social services of general interest such as healthcare, education, as well as other social services childcare, employment services, long-term care and social inclusion services for persons at risk of poverty and social exclusion (including counselling, coaching, mentoring, crisis centres or shelters, housing support services). The proposals should also take into account the unequal availability of social services between rural and urban areas. A special attention should also be given to the different roles of social services in the context of the fair green and digital transition (e.g. supporting working-age adults with caring responsibilities to take up good quality jobs, which contribute to the twin transitions in particular in the regions most affected by the transition from fossil fuel or carbon intensive industries).

    Concerning the economic and social returns of these services, the proposals should focus on estimating the impacts from a life course perspective (including through age-dependent models), on children (development in their childhood and also into adulthood),on the employment and income situation of adults of investments in healthcare and education, including childcare and extracurricular activities for the children, but also other services such as housing and nutrition and long term care for the elderly. Such impacts should in particular be estimated in terms of employment outcomes and household incomes.

    More generally, linked with the “beyond GDP” approach, it is important to analyse how to better measure the actual value added of the provision of public social services, primarily in terms of monetary valuation. Currently the value added of the public provision of social services is considered into national accounts at production prices (when there are no price associated to the related services) or also sometimes at the (reduced) price the related services are financed.

    However, the actual added value of the provision of these services is meant to be higher than the production costs (or related reduced prices). It would be useful to reflect on the main channels to be accounted for in this respect in ensuring a better accounting of the actual level of the value added provided by public social services. Moreover, some actual estimates of the actual added value of the provision of public social services should be provided, reflecting in a more accurate way in particular both the short term impact (such as stabilisation function on the economy) and the longer term impact. These can be related to structural positive impact on employment and incomes, or savings allowed in terms of preventing adverse impacts, such as in terms of preventing permanent adverse spells – such as health outcomes or early school leaving – or transitory periods such as unemployment or inactivity of social services provided. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged, especially with HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02: Towards sustainable economic policy paradigms.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05: Social dialogue in the new world of work

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Assessing the impact of trade unions and employers’ organisations on employment and social outcomes.

    2.Analysis of the distributional costs related to the activities of social partners for their members.

    3.Improving representation forms available to non-standard workers in the social dialogue by involving social partners.

    Scope: Social dialogue plays a crucial role in the functioning of the European social market economic model. Through constructive negotiation between employers and employees, social dialogue can deliver a more competitive economy while also improving working conditions and access to social protection. However, the profound changes in the world of work kick-started by digitalisation, globalisation, and the proliferation of non-standard forms of work raise a number of constraints that hinder the ability of social dialogue to effectively steer the labour markets through economic and social transformations. Some of these constraints deal with the current legislative framework while others are tied to the deterioration of the employer-employee relationship on which social dialogue was first built.

    There is an acute need for more innovative research that investigates the impact of the transforming world of work on the capacity of social actors to engage in social dialogue, as well as its effectiveness. Moreover, innovative research is needed to highlight opportunities arising from digitalisation that social partners need to seize in order to deliver positive socio-economic outcomes.

    Research activities should focus on the interplay between non-standard forms of work (temporary employment; temporary agency work, part-time work, platform work, and other forms of non-standard employment) and social dialogue. Alternately, they can investigate legislative barriers prohibiting social partners from engaging in dialogue, such as competition law in the case of self-employed workers. Research proposals should also investigate if the current legal framework remains fit for purpose and the ways in which it can be adapted to respond to the changing realities of the world of work. Proposals should analyse the outcomes of social dialogue in industries where non-standard forms of work are proliferated and where in-work poverty is present. Furthermore, they should investigate new innovative ways in which social partners have surmounted the previously mentioned barriers. Lastly, proposals should analyse the role of social dialog in defining the digital and green transition. Research activities should also focus on the specific national or regional circumstances in which social dialogue developed and how these are affecting its effectiveness today, and its ability to respond to the changes in the evolving world of work.

    Where relevant, activities should build upon existing research, draw lessons from recent policy interventions in a contextual and transdisciplinary manner and propose adjustment measures, or test them through social innovation experiments. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-06: Beyond the horizon: A human-friendly deployment of artificial intelligence and related technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Understanding and awareness raising about successful existing deployment of AI and the impact they have on European economy and society, providing a reality check of capabilities/benefits, but also limitations of current AI solutions, and how the latter are currently addressed.

    2.On the basis of lessons from successful deployment, analysis of the implementation of the ethics principles for trustworthy AI.

    3.Structurally enhanced capacities to foresee, evaluate and manage the future and longer term opportunities and challenges associated with artificial intelligence and related technologies.

    4.Well founded and prioritised recommendations for European policy on R&I and in other key areas aimed at :

    1.Ensuring that Europe is prepared to exploit the opportunities for the benefit of citizens and society, and at the same time face the challenges raised by potential developments and deployments of artificial intelligence and related technologies based on science and evidence as well as human rights and European values, and

    2.Reinforcing Europe’s capacity to guide the development and deployment of these technologies in ways aligned to human rights and European values.

    Scope: The history of “artificial intelligence” technologies (AI) is marked by great optimism and expectation, sometimes followed by disappointment. However, we have recently seen a sustained upsurge in interest and the successful uptake and application of AI in a variety of significant areas such as drug discovery, autonomous vehicles, social media, industrial robotics, and logistics, to name a few. We have witnessed significant successes in the development and deployment of machine learning, particularly for tasks normally associated with human perception 114 . We have also seen significant successes in symbolic and logic-driven AI for problems that require reasoning about constraints, automated reasoning, planning, etc. 115 AI has had significant impact in the arts and humanities, and AI-based methods and tools are becoming more widely used in the cultural arena. 116

    Nevertheless, today the collection of computer technologies commonly labelled artificial intelligence, along with related technologies for instance in the fields of data science, neuroscience and biotechnology, already show the potential to disrupt and impact the rights of individuals and the wellbeing of societal structures. For example, there have been many documented case studies where AI-based applications have exhibited undesired gender and racial bias 117 . AI systems have been (mis-)used to micro-target and influence voters in elections as well as in the creation and dissemination of disinformation 118 , and otherwise impact on human agency and autonomy. Many ethical issues arise in the development of AI systems, such as their use in medical devices, brain-computer interfaces, reasoning about human mental and emotion state, etc. 119

    Concerns are often raised that AI technologies may imply major societal disruptions such as massive job displacements due to the increasing use of AI-drive automation and robotics, while research show that AI can also help filling gaps in workforce 120 121 .

    In 2018, the European Commission established the High Level Expert Group on Artificial Intelligence (HLEG-AI), which was tasked with developing a set of ethics guidelines for Europe that would help ensure that AI systems be human-centric and trustworthy. The importance of a human-centric approach to AI has been a cornerstone of EU policymaking in the field for several years and is the clearly articulated position of the EU. The European Commission published a pioneering draft AI Act in April 2021, the first legal framework on AI in Europe, which addresses the potential risks of using AI 122 . The Horizon Europe work programme under Cluster 4 is funding related research and innovation actions under the header ‘Leadership in AI based on trust’.

    The common principle across all of these EU initiatives are seven key requirements for trustworthy AI 123 , as proposed by the HLEG-AI and adopted by the European Commission, as well as the importance of protecting the fundamental rights of individuals 124 .

    Against this backdrop, before being faced with a ‘fait-accompli’ in terms of potentially undesirable influence of AI on the European society and economy and to make sure that all the beneficial potential of AI deployment is fully realised, we should anticipate and prepare for possible and high impact scenarios.

    The proposal should cover all the following aspects:

    1.Decisive contributions to develop a sound European capacity building on the future and long term human and societal implications of AI, building, as appropriate, on previous work of the HLEG-AI, ADRA 125 , and current development of the AI Act or other relevant European and national AI initiatives.

    2.A solid scientific approach, providing an in-depth analysis of successful existing deployment of AI and the impact they have on European economy and society. Such analysis should also significantly contribute to awareness raising of such deployments, providing a reality check of capabilities/benefits, but also limitations of current AI solutions, and how the latter are currently addressed.

    3.Scenario based analysis of future and long term potential benefits to citizens and societies, as well as an analysis of related challenges and threats.

    4.Based on this, proposals for development and deployment of AI, should ensure a broad support and appropriate involvement of other relevant AI initiatives, taking into account guiding ethics principles and the current development of the AI Act.

    5.Proposals need to take a multi-disciplinary and cross-sectorial approach, and engage with a wide set of stakeholders, including research organisations, enterprises, citizens 126 , policymakers, public private partnerships in particular the AI, Data and Robotics Partnership, and other relevant EU projects and initiatives around AI.

    6.European policy actions should be proposed in a priority order, notably in the area of research and innovation but not excluding other important policy areas, that would serve to strengthen European preparedness and resilience in the face of future developments within AI and related emerging technologies as well as to guide the development and deployment of these technologies in a desirable direction.

    Proposals should build on existing knowledge, activities and networks, such as the HLEG-AI and other initiatives funded by the European Union. Funded proposals should also take into account existing EU policy in the area, such as the development of the AI Act and the Excellence and trust in artificial intelligence under A Europe fit for the digital age 127 . Furthermore, the proposals should seek synergies with closely related actions, such as relevant R&I actions funded by Horizon Europe or Horizon 2020 128 .

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07: Methodologies for teamworking of researchers – reinforcing transversal collaborative skills, behavioural and implementation sciences

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 129 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects should deliver results that are directed towards and contributing to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Map, evaluate and develop elements for promoting teamwork in researchers’ curricula and professional updating, including for enhancing careers and jobs paths.

    2.Produce evidence on the impacts of teamwork, outreach activities, communication and dissemination skills for systemic thinking and researchers/stakeholders’ relationships and their connection with wider society.

    3.Provide collaborative, participatory and co-creative methodologies to include behavioural and implementation sciences for improving teamwork among researchers.

    4.Produce recommendations and toolkits for Universities and research Institutions on how to enhance teamwork, co-creation and teambuilding to tackle global challenges and produce changes in societies.

    Scope: As acknowledged by UNESCO, ‘Transversal skills are increasingly in high demand for learners to successfully adapt to changes and to lead meaningful and productive lives.’

    To maximise impact and incite societal changes, the following elements should be considered:

    1.to further develop, promote and demonstrate methodologies that transfer relevant and proven concepts from for example, the behavioural and implementation sciences, management science, and professional development, in order to equip researchers for effective teamworking and maximise research impact on social and economic transformation through collaborative interactions and co-creation

    2.to design methodologies for training of researchers in transversal skills, such as communication, cross-sectoral teamwork and research involving collaborating with stakeholders

    3.to develop cultural competence that enables researchers to work productively and meaningfully in teams that span countries, sectors, disciplines and other cultural divides

    4.to promote interdisciplinary research teams around key societal challenges

    Proposals under this topic should therefore combine communication, management and collaborative skills with behavioural sciences and implementation sciences for the lifelong training of researchers in ‘transferrable’ skills, in the course of their curricula or as part of the updating of their professional careers. A focus on teamworking will be an asset in the career and job paths and will gradually lead to achieve and maximise impact on and in our societies, economies and democracies.

    Efforts should be directed to identify, evaluate and suggest methodologies for training of researchers in behavioural and implementation sciences and transversal skills, in the course of their curricula or as part of the updating of their professional careers. Work should also concentrate on the practical aspects of teamworking.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-08: Arts and cultural awareness and expression in education and training

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Develop and apply methods to support the use of arts in education and interventions to foster cultural awareness and expression and to assess their impacts on the development of competences and inclusion of all children and young people.

    2.Inform policies, programmes and actions using arts in education and contributing to foster cultural awareness and expression, identify existing gaps and effective actions to reach most children and young people and develop recommendations.

    Scope: Arts in education and developing cultural awareness and expression - one of the key competences for lifelong learning 130  have value in themselves. They are also used to develop creativity, innovation, critical and design thinking, communication, collaboration and intercultural skills and, more broadly, for inclusive education and training systems, democracy and civic engagement, but stronger evidence is needed to better understand and assess these impacts. Research evidence is also missing on whether, and how, education and training systems have capacity to support learners in developing cultural awareness and expression.

    Proposals should support policymakers and professional development providers in identifying effective actions and gaps in their systems, and better understanding how their investments could be improved. Proposals should include a lifelong learning perspective (early childhood education and care, school, vocational education and training and higher education, non-formal learning), and assess national, regional and local support for partnerships, for example between education institutions and arts and cultural heritage organisations.

    Proposals are expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative 131 by interacting with the NEB Community, NEBLab and other relevant actions of the NEB initiative through sharing information, best practice, and, where relevant, results. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged. International cooperation is encouraged, especially with EU Neighbourhood and accession countries.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-09: The role of social economy in addressing social exclusion, providing quality jobs and greater sustainability

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Address challenges of the policy and legal frameworks that hinder the thriving of social economy and the scaling up of its successful activities.

    2.Better integrate the role and weight of social economy organisations in addressing social exclusion and providing quality jobs in multilevel policymaking.

    3.Contribute to improve the working conditions in social economy organisations, including in the care sector.

    Scope: Almost 3 million social economy entities in Europe offer concrete and innovative solutions to key challenges EU society faces e.g. they create quality jobs, contribute to equal opportunities and socioeconomic inclusion of disadvantaged groups (including people with disabilities), they also play an important role in Europe’s welfare systems and help revitalise Europe’s rural and depopulated areas, therefore contributing to the Long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas.

    The social economy can also help implement the principles of the European Pillar for Social Rights and deliver on its 2021 Action Plan and the 2030 headline targets e.g. by increasing the employment rate and the reduction of the number of people at risk of poverty and social exclusion.

    There is an uneven development of the social economy within the EU and a major untapped economic and job creation potential for the social economy in several Member States and regions. The Social Economy Action Plan 132 , adopted in December 2021 puts forward measures to help further mobilise the potential of the Social Economy.

    The proposals should provide a comprehensive analysis of the extent to which social economy contributes to countering social exclusion in the EU, in Associated Countries and in Third Countries, what services it provides, and compare efficiency, cost and quality aspects of services provided by the social economy with those of other providers. The proposals can tackle (one or more) different angles of socioeconomic exclusion. For instance, the role of social economy as an important player in innovative practices in care provision is often highlighted. Research could identify best innovative practices, including in new and emerging areas in the field of care provisions.

    As the availability and use of formal care services differ significantly between Member States and regions, research should investigate the role of social economy between different countries and the drivers of these differences in order to design effective long-term care and social economy policies. Residents in rural areas in particular can suffer with limited access to long-term care services, while social economy organisations are often motivated to provide services based on local needs and can play a revitalising role in the economies of rural regions.

    Research should also investigate what are the working conditions in social economy organisations, including in the care sector.

    Proposals should aim to provide policymakers with recommendations in the field of social economy support.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects (such as HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-1: Enhancing social inclusion in rural areas: focus on people in a vulnerable situation and social economy) are strongly encouraged. International cooperation is encouraged, especially with EU Neighbourhood and candidate countries.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-10: Effective education and labour market transitions of young people

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to the expected outcomes described in the first and second bullet points, or to the expected outcomes described in the third and fourth bullet points:

    1.Provide quantitative and qualitative evidence of what determines participation and completion rates in upper secondary and tertiary education, including the long-term impact of the Covid-19 crisis and the role of policies and investments to promote equity and inclusion in education and training.

    2.Enhanced knowledge base about which policies and practices can promote better-informed and more effective educational choices at all levels, including the role of vocational education and training.

    3.Improved understanding of the long-term impact of the Covid-19 crisis on the transition from education to (vocational) training or from education and training to the labour market of young people across the EU, including through foresight.

    4.Informed policies and programmes aiming to help the transition from education to (vocational) training or from education and training to the labour market, including in the area of student and graduate international mobility.

    Scope: Effective educational transitions, in particular participation and completion rates in upper secondary and tertiary education, are prominent in the European Education Area 133 , which includes targets 134 on early school leaving and tertiary educational attainment. Promoting successful transitions from education to the labour market has been one of the core European Commission policy activities since the outburst of the Great Recession. The COVID-19 crisis has made educational and labour market transitions more challenging, especially for disadvantaged young people. This may lead to worsening inequalities, which could become persistent unless education and training policies and investments tackle them appropriately.

    Proposals should use quantitative and qualitative methods to analyse transitions between educational levels (including between general education and vocational training) and/or between education/training and the labour market and improve the evidence base for policy decisions by addressing several interrelated research questions, such as: what are the determinants of participation and completion rates in upper secondary and tertiary education and how can they evolve in the post-COVID world? What are the implications of COVID-19 on learning mobility and on graduates’ labour market outcomes? How do education outcomes interact with sources of disadvantage in defining labour market outcomes of young people? How can vocational education and training institutions adapt to the future of education and work, including the digital transition? Proposals should also include the voice of young people and other relevant stakeholders as part of the data collection. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-11: Assessing and strengthening the complementarity between new technologies and human skills

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Deepened our understanding on the potential and impact of new technologies such as artificial intelligence technologies and robotics to substitute or complement human skills and in performing job tasks.

    2.Development and deployment of technologies that complement and enhance human skills, and development of the corresponding skills in the workforce.

    Scope: Recent research highlights that new technologies may increase or reduce overall employment opportunities: they tend to increase them in the presence of strong productivity gains or if they create new tasks that are best carried out using human skills (possible example: a nurse using medical machines to perform checks previously carried out by a doctor), but can reduce them if the substitution of labour by machines dominates (possible example: self-service supermarket counters). However, there is still a limited understanding of which types of technologies and technology applications are particularly promising from the perspective of enhancing rather than displacing human skills and of creating employment opportunities as well as decent working conditions.

    Some authors argue that recent technological change has been biased towards automation and has focused insufficiently on creating new tasks where labour can be productively employed, with associated declining labour shares in national income, rising inequality and lower productivity growth. This highlights the need to better understand the complementarity between new technologies and skills that can serve as basis for policy recommendations that complement and enhance human skills, such as targeting investment subsidies. Policy may for instance want to prioritise public investment support in areas where innovation is more complementary to existing skills (possible examples: education and healthcare as opposed to pattern recognition “across the board”), including of people without high formal qualifications (or for other disadvantaged groups, e.g. those affected by disabilities), or it may want to support the development of skills complementary to emerging technologies with targeted education and training programmes. Both types of policy interventions could improve the impacts of new technologies on employment prospects, decent working conditions and social inclusion, but their design requires opening the “black box” of technology-skill demand complementarity.

    Examples of research activities carried out under this topic include the development of criteria to assess the complementarity of specific new technologies with human skills and vice versa. This could include an analysis of specific applications of new technologies (such as artificial intelligence technologies and robotics), possibly with a sectoral or occupational focus. It could also include the development of policy recommendations to support technologies and skills/training courses that are conducive to a digital transition that creates more good jobs. Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this call and other relevant projects are strongly encouraged.

    Grants to identified beneficiaries

    1. Presidency event (ES) – Conference ‘Cultural and creative industries, cities and citizens and their role in the New European Bauhaus’

    Europe's cultural heritage is the result of the interaction between people and their environment and cities, and it plays an important role of the social dimension of democracy and sustainability. Besides that, cultural and creative industries (CCIs) are an important source of growth and job creation in the European economy. Moreover, CCIs play a key role in shaping culture, values, and perceptions across the European Union 135 , and beyond.

    In this regard, the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative, launched in autumn 2020, could bring the European Green Deal to life in an attractive, innovative, and human-centred way through CCIs. The project expresses the EU’s ambition to create beautiful, sustainable, and inclusive places, products, and ways of living. This interdisciplinary initiative creates a space of encounter to design future ways of living, located at the crossroads between art, culture, social inclusion, science and technology with its own aesthetics, sustainability, and inclusiveness. The aim is to build a sustainable and inclusive future, beautiful to the Europeans eyes, minds, and souls.

    Expected Outcome: The project is expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support a people-centred perspective and places of cultural heritage at the very heart of the European economy and its sustainable development, fostering new business models that help to create new markets.

    2.Foster cross-sectoral collaboration to consolidate the role of CCIs as key players in innovation ecosystems, delivering innovative technologies that will increase CCIs production and distribution capacity.

    3.Help to increase the use of innovative technologies by cultural and creative industries (CCIs) in order to create beautiful, sustainable, and inclusive places, products, and ways of living.

    4.Promote sustainable cities, neighbourhood spaces and environment through innovation, art, creativity, and culture.

    5.Strengthen the innovation capacity of the cultural and creative industries, and their capability to act as innovation engines and profitable business models.

    6.Adapt Europe’s cultural heritage and its cultural and creative industries to climate change and mobilise resources to support European citizens and societies for an inclusive, socially, and culturally sustainable climate transition in cities.

    7.Focus on protecting the Intellectual Property Rights of the CCIs and cultural heritage, as well as new business models to create and promote CCIs as a relevant industrial sector and market.

    Expected Impact: The proposal should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

    The full potential of cultural heritage, arts, and cultural and creative sectors as a driver of sustainable innovation and a European sense of belonging is realized through a continuous engagement with society, citizens, and economic sectors, as well as through better protection, restoration, and promotion of cultural heritage.

    Scope: This conference should promote the European way of life, contribute to achieving the Europe’s Green Deal goals and support an economy that works for people. The conference topics will contribute to the New European Bauhaus initiative, to realise the UN Sustainable Development Goals and to build a stronger, more participatory, and crisis-resilient society and economy. Moreover, it must embrace the whole European ecosystem of CCIs innovation by including the shortly launched EIT-Culture and Creativity.

    As the NEB is an initiative focused on achieving societal impact, the conference should reflect the full potential of cultural heritage, the arts, and cultural and creative sectors as a driver of sustainable innovation and a European sense of belonging. It will be achieved through a continuous engagement and co-creation with society, citizens, and economic sectors as well as through better protection, restoration, and promotion of cultural heritage.

    The Cluster 2 Spanish Presidency conference will put in relief the contribution of SSH disciplines and scholars, in co-creation with other disciplines and scientific communities, to the successful deployment of the new European Bauhaus initiative. The event should bring together architects, artists, students, engineers, designers, researchers, cultural and heritage industries, and professionals, among others, including as well, persons with disabilities, children, young and older citizens and enable their work in translating the European Green Deal objectives into tangible applications, and inclusive and accessible experiences for citizens and stakeholders. It is expected the participation of national, regional, and local authorities that could play a relevant role in the development of future pilots developing territorial transition plans aligned with the NEB objectives and philosophy.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

    Legal entities:

    Fundación Española para la Ciencia y la Tecnología (FECYT), Calle Pintor Murillo 15 – 28100 Alcobendas (Madrid) Spain.

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Second semester 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2023 budget

    2. Presidency event (BE) - Conference ‘Combining SSAH and STEM expertise in evidence-informed policymaking’

    Expected Outcome: the project is expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Discuss contemporary challenges and opportunities for evidence-based and evidence-informed policymaking, encompassing policy research/science advice, policy evaluation (ex post and ex ante), foresight studies, and monitoring and data gathering and processing for the purpose of informing policymaking;

    2.Since the societal challenges policymakers are currently facing do not limit themselves to disciplinary borders, discuss the mechanisms behind the joint contribution of SSAH (social sciences, arts and humanities) and STEM to generate impact on policymaking - through evidence-based and evidence-informed policymaking -, in an interdisciplinary perspective;

    3.Consider interdisciplinarity within the SSAH fields, as well as between SSAH, STEM and other domains of research and innovation;

    4.By tackling the issue of evidence-based and evidence-informed policymaking from a Cluster II perspective systematically include the SSH and the arts in the discussion, while at the same time avoiding to limit the discussion to the SSAH stakeholders, favouring exchanges of thoughts and practices between SSAH and other disciplines or areas of expertise;

    5.So doing, break the silos between SSH and other disciplinary expertise, considered in the perspective of their complementary impact on policymaking at regional, national and EU level;

    6.Consider disciplinary borders in the context of those other borders that must be crossed in order to generate relevant evidence for policymaking, such as geographical, societal or governmental borders (as societal challenges are not limited by these borders, neither should policy/research aimed at facing these challenges);

    7.Build or reinforce bridges with a diversity of stakeholders across these divides, building on existing initiatives, with a focus on the particular contribution of the SSAH stakeholders;

    8.Emphasise organisational and institutional arrangements that enable and foster the efficiency and trustworthiness of the impact of research produced by a diversity of disciplinary fields on policymaking, at regional, national and EU level;

    9.Consider the role of research assessment, science diplomacy and science communication, among other relevant topics, in relation to the provision of evidence-based or evidence-informed policymaking.

    Expected Impact: the proposal should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

    1.Democratic governance is reinvigorated by improving the accountability, transparency, effectiveness and trustworthiness of rule-of-law based institutions and policies, and through the expansion of active and inclusive citizenship empowered by the safeguarding of fundamental rights.

    2.Inclusive growth is boosted and vulnerabilities are reduced effectively through evidence-based policies for protecting and enhancing employment, education, social fairness and tackling inequalities, including in response to the socio-economic challenges due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

    Scope: Facing the complexities of the societal challenges of our times, policymakers have to benefit from the expertise and the relevant evidence coming from a diversity of scientific disciplines, combining, whenever relevant, information coming from the SSAH with evidence from other fields of research and expertise. Particularly, in the context of Horizon Europe missions, there is a need to promote further the interdisciplinary dimension of the scientific expertise that is provided to policymakers.

    Furthermore the impact of interdisciplinary research on policymaking has to be (re)considered in the context of the so-called quadruple helix. The impact of research on policymaking is not only produced via interactions between policymakers and researchers, but also involves the industry and the citizens (notably but not exclusively through social media or citizen science initiatives). The Covid-19-crisis clearly showed that the interdisciplinary impact of research on policymaking is not yet to be taken for granted. On the one hand, policymakers are not used to relying on a diversity or combination of expertise from multiple disciplines. On the other hand, researchers themselves seemed to lack structural or institutional spaces to discuss the interdisciplinary implication of their work on policymaking and combine in an efficient way the diversity of their disciplinary insight.

    Engaging in interdisciplinary provision of evidence to policymakers, citizens and industry requires particular skills in science communication (inside and outside of academia) and team science. Science communication contributes notably to build trust in research and policymaking, while countering fake news. The conference hence will pay due attention to the training that is needed to implement an efficient interdisciplinary impact on policymaking, both for policymakers and for researchers. Furthermore researchers are not yet rewarded adequately to engage into interdisciplinary research and contribute to evidence informed or based policymaking. The conference will provide the opportunity to assess the impact of current reforms of research assessment within the ERA in this regard.

    The conference is in line with the work of JRC, different aspects of Evidence-Informed Policymaking (EIPM) being taken into account, such as policy research, policy evaluation and foresight with data and monitoring as an underlying layer.

    Other relevant topics that will be connected to the main thematic are: science diplomacy, legislative science advice, multi-layered governance context and science communication. The 2 day conference will bring together policymakers and researchers from a broad diversity of fields. To accompany this an international interdisciplinary scientific committee will be set up and made of experts from the SSAH and the STEM.

    Legal entities:

    BELSPO - Belgian Science Policy , WTC III, Simon Bolivarlaan 30 bus 7, Boulevard Simon Bolivar 30 bte 7, 1000 Brussels Belgium

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: First semester 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2023 budget

    3. Presidency event (HU) - Conference ‘Skills development for smart specialisation’

    Expected Outcome: the project is expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Conceptual framework of skills development for smart specialisation

    2.Identification of skills/training methods and target groups which can foster the implementation of smart specialisation at European and national level.

    3.Identification of differences between Member States and regions concerning the future directions of skills development in smart specialisation

    4.Best practices among Member States concerning their related, ERDF-funded projects launched between 2021 and 2027.

    Expected Impact: the project should aim to contribute to the following impacts in line with Horizon Europe Strategic Plan, the European Skills Agenda, the Strategic Foresight Report 2022 as well as with EC’s Cohesion Policy’s objective 1:

    1.develop innovative approaches to training to emerging social and labour market needs in support of EU education, employment and sustainability policies;

    2.enhancing research and innovation capacities and the uptake of advanced technologies;

    3.reaping the benefits of digitisation for citizens, companies and governments;

    4.enhancing growth and competitiveness of SMEs;

    5.having the rights skills for jobs, fostering entrepreneurial and transversal skills;

    6.improving the enabling framework to unlock Member States’ and private investments in skills;

    7.developing skills for smart specialisation, industrial transition and entrepreneurship

    8.strengthening social and economic cohesion along the twin transitions (green and digital) to address the profound shifts in the EU labour market and related skills.

    Scope: Developing the skills of workers to adapt to industrial change is of paramount importance, as the competitiveness of industry depends to a large extent on the knowledge, skills, competences and creativity of the workforce. Potential gaps in skills development and mismatches between labour supply and demand directly limit job creation opportunities. Skills need to be adapted to the new socio-economic reality, education and training has to ensure that citizens are equipped with the skills they need to handle green-digital technologies.

    In the present programming period, the European Commission pays particular attention to skills development related to smart specialisation. It is reflected by the fact that the ERDF provides funding for this specific objective, while the training and education-related projects have been funded so far mainly by the European Social Fund (ESF).

    For evidence-based policymaking it is essential to apply the multidisciplinary approach of social sciences. This Cluster 2 conference under the Hungarian presidency can also contribute to deepen the dialogue between policymakers of regional/cohesion policy and SSH experts.

    Potential goals and topics of the conference:

    1.Defining a framework of skills development for smart specialisation, conceptual delimitation by experts

    2.Identifying the challenges and bottlenecks (e.g.: green transition, industrial transition, digitalisation) that may affect the directions and expected goals of skills development

    3.Identifying the types of skills that could support industrial transformation in Europe by providing adequate resources

    4.Identifying the target groups and other stakeholders of skill development related to smart specialization

    Legal entities:

    National Research, Development and Innovation Office, Kéthly Anna tér 1., 1077 Budapest, Hungary

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: second semester 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2024 budget

    4. Presidency event (PL) – Conference ‘Europe and mobilities: challenges and opportunities for socio-economic transformations’

    Expected Outcome: the project is expected to:

    1.Facilitate dialogue between the research and policy sectors regarding the future of the European Union, and Europe more broadly, taking into consideration the positive and negative experiences of transformations the EU and its regions have been undergoing. This will be done by bringing together the most reputed scholars of social sciences and humanities and policymakers (including strategic thinkers from the EU and think tanks).

    2.Stimulate public discussions on topics which are important and up to date in the EU and the Central and Eastern European region, such as, among others, social inequalities, demographic and migration challenges, energy, technological and labour market transformations, and the digital revolution.

    Expected Impact: the proposed conference should contribute to the following expected impact of the Horizon Europe strategic and operational objectives:

    1.It will generate knowledge and facilitate knowledge exchange regarding social and other transformations to support more effective Union policies on issues such as social inclusion, migration management and integration of migrants, the promotion of fundamental rights for all, and integrating technology and social science knowledge to create sustainable solutions.

    2.It will improve the visibility and understanding of scientific knowledge on social issues, which should lead to better-informed choices and increased involvement of the public in policymaking.

    3.It will stimulate the mobility and cooperation of researchers in the social sciences, humanities and technology.

    Scope: In a period of rapid transformations in Europe, including demographic, migration-related, and technological ones, it is necessary to discuss the social and economic effects of these changes. As we have witnessed, unmitigated transformations put pressure on individual countries of the European Union and the whole European project. The conference will offer a venue for discussions between top European academics and policymakers regarding ways to mitigate the negative effects of changes, such as excessive social inequalities, and profit from the related opportunities. Particular focus will be put on the experiences of Central and Eastern European countries, which face some of these changes, including a demographic decline and migration transition, at an accelerated speed.

    The 3-day conference will be organized into sessions around the following themes [preliminary list to be updated in the future]:

    1.Demographic change in European countries: opportunities, challenges and possible solutions

    2.Social inequalities related to gender, race, and immigration history. Social mobility in Europe

    3.Economic inequalities: drivers and mitigation options

    4.Socio-economic effects of migrations for receiving countries

    5.The migration transition in Central and Eastern European countries

    6.The developmental outcomes of migrations for sending and receiving countries

    7.Refugee policy vs. practice in the European Union: towards a new European/global asylum system

    Legal entities:

    University of Warsaw (Centre of Excellence in Social Sciences & Centre of Migration Research), Krakowskie Przedmieście 26/28, 00-927 Warsaw, Poland

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: First semester 2025

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2024 budget

    Other budget implementation instruments

    1. Expertise for the design, implementation and evaluation of Cluster 2, Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society

    This action will support the provision of independent expertise for advising and assisting the Commission services with the design, implementation and evaluation of EU research and innovation policies in the thematic areas covered by Cluster 2. Individual experts will work in the following policy and thematic areas:

    1.Democracy and governance

    2.Cultural heritage, cultural and creative sectors and industries

    3.Social and economic transformations

    4.Migration, refugee and asylum policies

    5.Social sciences and humanities, including their integration in Horizon Europe programme parts

    6.Inter-, multi- and transdisciplinarity; impact assessment

    The tasks of individual experts would include:

    Portfolio analysis of projects funded under Horizon Europe or previous European research and innovation programmes; analysis of the state-of-the-art at European and international level; participation in international symposia organised by Commission services, including the drafting of reports; assistance for setting-up a research and innovation strategy for selected domains; policy recommendations and options assisting Commission services in elaborating evidence-based and scientifically sound policy proposals.

    The advice provided by each individual expert will focus on specific areas and policy relevant projects' results and how results and outcome could be used for policymaking and policy follow-up initiatives. These activities will not duplicate past or ongoing Commission work and will be essential to enable Commission services to support the policymaking process in the above-mentioned policy areas.

    The individual experts' tasks will include attending bilateral meetings with Commission services, presentations at workshops and symposia, remote drafting and preparatory work. The experts will be highly qualified and specialised, and will be selected on the basis of their knowledge and experience.

    A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative timetable: in 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.20 million from the 2023 budget

    2. Expertise for the design, implementation and evaluation of Cluster 2, Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society

    This action will support the provision of independent expertise for advising and assisting the Commission services with the design, implementation and evaluation of EU research and innovation policies in the thematic areas covered by Cluster 2. Individual experts will work in the following policy and thematic areas:

    1.Democracy and governance

    2.Cultural heritage, cultural and creative sectors and industries

    3.Social and economic transformations

    4.Migration, refugee and asylum policies

    5.Social sciences and humanities, including their integration in Horizon Europe programme parts

    6.Inter-, multi- and transdisciplinarity; impact assessment

    The tasks of individual experts would include:

    Portfolio analysis of projects funded under Horizon Europe or previous European research and innovation programmes; analysis of the state-of-the-art at European and international level; participation in international symposia organised by Commission services, including the drafting of reports; assistance for setting-up a research and innovation strategy for selected domains; policy recommendations and options assisting Commission services in elaborating evidence-based and scientifically sound policy proposals.

    The advice provided by each individual expert will focus on specific areas and policy relevant projects' results and how results and outcome could be used for policymaking and policy follow-up initiatives. These activities will not duplicate past or ongoing Commission work and will be essential to enable Commission services to support the policymaking process in the above-mentioned policy areas.

    The individual experts' tasks will include attending bilateral meetings with Commission services, presentations at workshops and symposia, remote drafting and preparatory work. The experts will be highly qualified and specialised, and will be selected on the basis of their knowledge and experience.

    A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.20 million from the 2024 budget

    3. External expertise

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of running actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation and where appropriate include ethics checks, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.35 million from the 2023 budget

    4. External expertise

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of running actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation and where appropriate include ethics checks, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.35 million from the 2024 budget

    5. Mobilisation of research funds in case of Emergencies 2023

    This action will only be used in case of exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies as described in the scope section of the action.

    Expected Impact: Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several expected impacts of the 3 destinations of Cluster 2 ‘Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society’.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcome: Allow the Union to respond to emergencies in the field of:

    1.Democracy and governance, especially in the field of the rule of law and foreign interference to democratic processes of the EU, its Member States, EU Neighbourhood and Candidate countries;

    2.Cultural heritage, cultural and creative sectors and industries, especially the protection of cultural heritage, provenance research and fight of illicit trafficking of cultural goods;

    3.Social and economic transformations, especially economic and financial shocks and unprecedented pressures on global supply chains, labour markets and social protection systems;

    4.Migration, refugee and asylum policies, especially unforeseen humanitarian crises caused by sudden migration and refugee flows and displacement of civil population.

    Scope: In case of emerging future emergencies, such as potential further, currently unknown consequences of the unprovoked military aggression and invasion of Ukraine by Russia, condemned on a global scale by the overwhelming majority of United Nations Member States in the Resolution of the UN General Assembly of 2 March 2022 (UN GA Resolution ES 11/1) and addressed by European Commission Communications COM(2022) 107 final and COM(2022) 131 final, and requiring the urgent mobilisation of Cluster 2 Research and Innovation stakeholders in order to assist European policy and decision-making with evidence, analysis and policy options, funding will be mobilised for:

    1.The award of grants without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (b) of the EU Financial Regulation 136 in exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies. At that time, the Funding & Tenders Portal will open a dedicated section where proposals can be submitted. This will be communicated to the National Contact Points. The invitation to apply for funding will be open to all eligible entities or be limited to targeted entities, taking into account the need to achieve the underlying objectives in a quick and efficient manner considering the exceptional circumstances.

    The standard eligibility and admissibility criteria, evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria, maximum funding rate and conditions for providing financial support to third parties, are provided in the General Annexes.

    The following derogations to the evaluation procedure described in General Annexes D and F apply to open invitations to submit applications:

    1.In order to ensure a balanced portfolio covering, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking, but also to those projects that enhance the quality of the project portfolio through synergies between projects and avoidance of overlaps, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    2.The action may also include justified derogations from the standard limits to financial support to third parties. Where applicable, the relevant grant agreement options will be applied.

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (b)

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Will depend on the emergency

    Indicative budget: EUR 3.20 million from the 2023 budget

    6. Mobilisation of research funds in case of Emergencies 2024

    This action will only be used in case of exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies as described in the scope section of the action.

    Expected Impact: Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to one or several expected impacts of the 3 destinations of Cluster 2 ‘Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society’.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to all of the following expected outcome: Allow the Union to respond to emergencies in the field of:

    1.Democracy and governance, especially in the field of the rule of law and foreign interference to democratic processes of the EU, its Member States, EU Neighbourhood and Candidate countries;

    2.Cultural heritage, cultural and creative sectors and industries, especially the protection of cultural heritage, provenance research and fight of illicit trafficking of cultural goods;

    3.Social and economic transformations, especially economic and financial shocks and unprecedented pressures on global supply chains, labour markets and social protection systems;

    4.Migration, refugee and asylum policies, especially unforeseen humanitarian crises caused by sudden migration and refugee flows and displacement of civil population.

    Scope: In case of emerging future emergencies, such as potential further, currently unknown consequences of the unprovoked military aggression and invasion of Ukraine by Russia, condemned on a global scale by the overwhelming majority of United Nations Member States in the Resolution of the UN General Assembly of 2 March 2022 (UN GA Resolution ES 11/1) and addressed by European Commission Communications COM(2022) 107 final and COM(2022) 131 final, and requiring the urgent mobilisation of Cluster 2 Research and Innovation stakeholders in order to assist European policy and decision-making with evidence, analysis and policy options, funding will be mobilised for:

    1.The award of grants without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (b) of the EU Financial Regulation 137 in exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies. At that time, the Funding & Tenders Portal will open a dedicated section where proposals can be submitted. This will be communicated to the National Contact Points. The invitation to apply for funding will be open to all eligible entities or be limited to targeted entities, taking into account the need to achieve the underlying objectives in a quick and efficient manner considering the exceptional circumstances.

    The standard eligibility and admissibility criteria, evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria, maximum funding rate and conditions for providing financial support to third parties, are provided in the General Annexes.

    The following derogations to the evaluation procedure described in General Annexes D and F apply to open invitations to submit applications:

    1.In order to ensure a balanced portfolio covering, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking, but also to those projects that enhance the quality of the project portfolio through synergies between projects and avoidance of overlaps, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    2.The action may also include justified derogations from the standard limits to financial support to third parties. Where applicable, the relevant grant agreement options will be applied.

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (b)

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Will depend on the emergency

    Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million from the 2024 budget

    Budget 138

    Budget line(s)

    2023 Budget(EUR million)

    2024 Budget(EUR million)

    Calls

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-DEMOCRACY-01

    75.00

    from 01.020220

    75.00

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01

    95.00

    from 01.020220

    95.00

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01

    78.00

    from 01.020220

    78.00

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-ECCCH-01

    35.00

    from 01.020220

    35.00

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-HERITAGE-01

    65.00

    from 01.020220

    65.00

    HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

    80.00

    from 01.020220

    80.00

    HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01

    96.00

    from 01.020220

    96.00

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.12

    from 01.020220

    0.12

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.94

    from 01.020220

    0.94

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-CITIES-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.92

    from 01.020220

    0.92

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.33

    from 01.020220

    0.33

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    2.14

    from 01.020220

    2.14

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-OCEAN-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.32

    from 01.020220

    0.32

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    1.89

    from 01.020220

    1.89

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    2.18

    from 01.020220

    2.18

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    2.46

    from 01.020220

    2.46

    Other actions

    Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

    0.60

    0.60

    from 01.020220

    0.60

    0.60

    Expert contract action

    0.55

    0.55

    from 01.020220

    0.55

    0.55

    Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195

    3.20

    3.00

    from 01.020220

    3.20

    3.00

    Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.02

    from 01.020220

    0.02

    Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.21

    from 01.020220

    0.21

    Contribution from this part to Specific grant agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.99

    from 01.020220

    0.99

    Estimated total budget

    284.88

    260.15

    (1)    See the call „A European Collaborative Cloud for Cultural Heritage – 2023” in this Work Programme part. The Commission envisages to develop a second call including actions aiming at further developing the digital European cultural heritage collaborative space, as an amendment to this Work Programme part.
    (2)     list-3rd-country-participation_crea_en.pdf (europa.eu)
    (3)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/stronger-europe-world/global-gateway_en
    (4) https://freedomhouse.org/report/freedom-world/2021/democracy-under-siege ; https://freedomhouse.org/report/freedom-world/2022/global-expansion-authoritarian-rule http://www.v-dem.net/static/website/files/dr/dr_2021.pdf ;https://v-dem.net/media/publications/dr_2022.pdf     Cfr. the latest reports from Freedom House or the V-Dem Institute:
    (5)    Consolidated version of the Treaty on European Union, Title 1 “Common Provisions”, Article 2: “The Union is founded on the values of respect for human dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, the rule of law and respect for human rights, including the rights of persons belonging to minorities. These values are common to the Member States in a society in which pluralism, non-discrimination, tolerance, justice, solidarity and equality between women and men prevail”.
    (6) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (7)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (8)    Foreign Information Manipulation and Interference (FIMI) describes a mostly non-illegal pattern of behaviour in the information domain that threatens or has the potential to negatively impact values, procedures and political processes. Such activity is manipulative in character, conducted in an intentional and coordinated manner, often in relation to other hybrid activities. Actors of such activity can be state or non-state actors, including their proxies inside and outside of their own territory. FIMI is to be understood within the wider context of hybrid threats, of which it is one concrete modality. A conceptual model of hybrid threats can be found in “The landscape of hybrid threats” ( https://op.europa.eu/s/vUUk )
    (9)    See the European Parliament resolution of 9 March 2022 on foreign interference in all democratic processes in the EU, including disinformation (2020/2268(INI)): https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/TA-9-2022-0064_EN.pdf
    (10)     https://www.disarm.foundation/framework
    (11)     https://euhybnet.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/EU-HYBNET_Policy-Brief_-Information-Manipulation-and-Interference_Feb-2022.pdf .
    (12)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/883054
    (13)    Foreign Information Manipulation and Interference (FIMI) describes a mostly non-illegal pattern of behaviour in the information domain that threatens or has the potential to negatively impact values, procedures and political processes. Such activity is manipulative in character, conducted in an intentional and coordinated manner, often in relation to other hybrid activities. Actors of such activity can be state or non-state actors, including their proxies inside and outside of their own territory. FIMI is to be understood within the wider context of hybrid threats, of which it is one concrete modality. A conceptual model of hybrid threats can be found in “The landscape of hybrid threats” ( https://op.europa.eu/s/vUUk )
    (14)    See the Commission’s initiative of 27 April 2022 to protect journalists and human rights defenders against the phenomenon of Strategic Lawsuits against Public Participation (SLAPPs).
    (15)    According to the OECD, undue influence is the act of attempting to influence the design, implementation, execution and evaluation of public policies and regulations administered by public officials, whether by providing covert, deceptive or misleading evidence or data, by manipulating public opinion or by using other practices intended to manipulate the decisions of public officials.
    (16)    Anticorruption policies revisited. Global trends and European responses to the challenge of corruption: https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/290529
    (17)    See for instance the JRC’s “Values and Identities – a policymaker’s guide”: https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/projects-activities/values-identities-policymakers-guide_en
    (18)    For instance under the topic HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-05: Evolution of political extremism and its influence on contemporary social and political dialogue, and the JRC initiative for Meaningful and Ethical Communication (Enlightenment 2.0, https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/evidence-informed-policy-making/topic/enlightenment-20_en ).
    (19)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/participatory-democracy_en
    (20)    in particular HORIZON-CL2-2022-DEMOCRACY-01-09: Global governance for a world in transition: Norms, institutions, actors, HORIZON-CL2-2021-DEMOCRACY-01-04: Democratic politics in the EU’s neighbourhood, as well as other relevant projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe,
    (21)     https://ec.europa.eu/international-partnerships/global-europe-programming_en
    (22) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (23)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (24)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/participatory-democracy_en
    (25)    https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/participatory-democracy_en
    (26)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/participatory-democracy_en
    (27)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/evidence-informed-policy-making/topic/enlightenment-20_en
    (28)    Computational Social Science (CSS) uses methods developed in statistical physics to take advantage of the very rich big data sets and identify systematic patterns to deliver new forms of testing hypothesis at comparably low costs.
    (29)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/participatory-democracy_en
    (30)    See, under the same call, HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-01: Protest politics and cultures of opposition in democracy.
    (31)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/participatory-democracy_en
    (32)    See https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/evidence-informed-policy-making/topic/science-policy-ecosystems_en or https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/projects-activities/strengthening-connecting-science-policy-ecosystems-across-eu_en
    (33)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/participatory-democracy_en
    (34)    This designation is not to be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions of the Member States on this issue
    (35)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (36)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/participatory-democracy_en
    (37)     CETS 199 - Council of Europe Framework Convention on the Value of Cultural Heritage for Society (coe.int)
    (38)    The New European Bauhaus initiative was launched by European Commission President von der Leyen in her State of the European Union speech autumn 2020. More information here: https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
    (39)    Recommendation (EU) 2021/1970 of 10 Nov 2021 on a common European Data Space for Cultural Heritage.
    (40)    European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, Brunet, P., De Luca, L., Hyvönen, E., et al., Report on a European collaborative cloud for cultural heritage : ex – ante impact assessment, 2022, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/64014
    (41)    See further https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/staff-working-document-data-spaces
    (42)    In the context of this call, ‘professionals’ should be understood as the wide and interdisciplinary group of people working with cultural heritage in a professional or semi-professional way, researchers as well as people working with related activities such as within the cultural and creative industries.
    (43)    https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list#SoftwareLicenses
    (44)     https://opensource.org/licenses
    (45) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (46)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (47) https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52016IP0486&from=EN    CCIs as defined in the European Parliament Resolution ‘A coherent EU policy for cultural and creative industries’:
    (48)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
    (49)    See for instance https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/cultural-heritage
    (50)    See for example Cultural Heritage in a Changing World (Borowiecki, Forbes, Fresa 2016)
    (51)    See for instance the preamble to the World Heritage Convention (UNESCO 1972)
    (52)    Typology of the rural and remote territories is given on LTVRA: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/strategy/strategy_documents/documents/ltvra-c2021-345-documents-part1_en.pdf
    (53)    According to the definition adopted by the UNWTO General Assembly, at its 22nd session (2017), Cultural Tourism implies “A type of tourism activity in which the visitor's essential motivation is to learn, discover, experience and consume the tangible and intangible cultural attractions/products in a tourism destination.
    (54)    UNESCO (2006) also identifies creative tourism as “travel directed toward an engaged and authentic experience, with participative learning in the arts, heritage, or special character of a place, and it provides a connection with those who reside in this place and create this living culture” (UNESCO, 2006:3).
    (55)    ”Key Facts” (2020), by ISFE
    (56)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (57)    According to She Figures 2021, women are still underrepresented as doctoral graduates in STEM fields, including physical sciences (38%), ICT (20.8%), engineering (27%), and mathematics (32.5%).
    (58) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101000063 ; https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/665566 ; https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101000063    https://equals-eu.org/;
    (59) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (60)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (61)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (62)    https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list#SoftwareLicenses
    (63)     https://opensource.org/licenses
    (64)    See further: https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/other/guides_for_applicants/h2020-im-ac-innotestbeds-18-20_en.pdf and https://www.lawinsider.com/dictionary/single-entry-point
    (65)    In the context of this topic, cultural heritage objects or artefacts should be understood as any form of cultural heritage that can be represented in a digital format: tangible, intangible, born digital, etc.
    (66)    In line with the European Commission action plan against trafficking in cultural goods: https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/ini tiatives/13352-Trafficking-in-cultural-goods-EU-action-plan_en .
    (67)    Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Reusable
    (68)    See European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, Brunet, P., De Luca, L., Hyvönen, E., et al., Report on a European collaborative cloud for cultural heritage : ex – ante impact assessment, 2022, Executive summary, p. 5, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/64014
    (69)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (70)    https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list#SoftwareLicenses
    (71)     https://opensource.org/licenses
    (72)    Concerning digitisation tools and methods mentioned, see European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, Brunet, P., De Luca, L., Hyvönen, E., et al., Report on a European collaborative cloud for cultural heritage : ex – ante impact assessment, 2022, pp. 38-42 and 61-62, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/64014
    (73) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (74)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (75)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (76)    For further information on the initiative, please refer to the Commission Communication on the New European Bauhaus (COM(2021) 573 final) as well as its official website ( https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en ).
    (77)    COM/2021/573 final “New European Bauhaus Beautiful, Sustainable, Together” https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:52021DC0573&from=EN
    (78)    COM (2020)628 final “A new ERA for Research and Innovation” https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0628&from=EN.
    (79)    As framed in the ICOMOS revised publication on “Quality principles for EU funded interventions having a potential impact on cultural heritage” See also OMC report Towards a shared culture of architecture - Publications Office of the EU (europa.eu) and Council conclusions on culture, high-quality architecture and built environment as key elements of the New European Bauhaus initiative.
    (80)    For further info, see the UNESCO Recommendation on the Historic Urban Landscape.
    (81)    Results generated during the project implementation (for example, know-how, innovative solutions, new business models, policy recommendations, guidelines, prototypes, demonstrators, databases and datasets, new infrastructures, networks) should be directly usable for implementation after the project ends. Results should be appropriately documented to serve as guidance for actors in other territories outside the project interested in applying or adapting the solutions to their specific context.
    (82) * This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSC 1244 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.    See NEB website at https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
    (83)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (84)    CCIs as defined in the European Parliament Resolution ‘A coherent EU policy for cultural and creative industries’: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52016IP0486&from=EN
    (85)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
    (86)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (87)    CCIs as defined in the European Parliament Resolution ‘A coherent EU policy for cultural and creative industries’: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52016IP0486&from=EN
    (88)    ’Sustainability’ should in the context of this topic be interpreted as comprising several dimensions: Economic, environmental, cultural and social.
    (89)    See for example the report ’Rebuilding Europe – The cultural and creative economy before and after the COVID-19 crisis’, published in January 2021 by GESAC and EY
    (90)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (91)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/economy-works-people/jobs-growth-and-investment/european-pillar-social-rights/european-pillar-social-rights-20-principles_en
    (92)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/migration-and-asylum-package-new-pact-migration-and-asylum-documents-adopted-23-september-2020_en
    (93) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (94)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (95)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (96)    Important steps in this context were made by the 2009 manifesto by Stiglitz-Sen-Fitoussi, and the 2009 Commission Communication on “GDP and beyond: measuring progress in a changing world” and its 2013 follow-up “Progress on ‘GDP and beyond’ actions”.
    (97)    See the ECFIN Discussion Pater “Economic Policy-Making Beyond GDP: An Introduction”, Alessio Terzi https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/economic-policy-making-beyond-gdp-introduction_en
    (98)    Commission (Eurostat) publishes 2022 report on SDG (europa.eu) https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/IP_22_3212
    (99)     https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/FS_22_2656
    (100)     https://www.migrationpartnershipfacility.eu/labour-mobility
    (101)     https://esco.ec.europa.eu/en/classification
    (102)     https://ec.europa.eu/home-affairs/policies/international-affairs/mobility-partnership-facility-mpf_en
    (103)     EU budget for the future
    (104)     https://www.etf.europa.eu/en/projects-campaigns/projects/skills-demand-analysis
    (105)     https://ec.europa.eu/trustfundforafrica/region/north-africa/regional/towards-holistic-approach-labour-migration-governance-and-labour_en
    (106)     https://belgium.iom.int/match
    (107)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (108)     Council Resolution 2021/C 66/01 : https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=uriserv:OJ.C_.2021.066.01.0001.01.ENG
    (109)     https://ec.europa.eu/transparency/expert-groups-register/screen/expert-groups/consult?do=groupDetail.groupDetail&groupID=3759
    (110) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (111)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (112)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (113)    Data need to meet the FAIR principles: findable, accessible, interoperable and reusable.
    (114)     https://www.mygreatlearning.com/blog/deep-learning-applications/
    (115)     https://venturebeat.com/2022/02/11/symbolic-ai-the-key-to-the-thinking-machine/
    (116)     https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-022-04448-z
    (117)     https://www.internationalwomensday.com/Missions/14458/Gender-and-AI-Addressing-bias-in-artificial-intelligence
    (118)     https://il.boell.org/en/2022/01/27/ai-and-elections-observations-analyses-and-prospects
    (119)    See for example https://www.technologyreview.com/2018/04/30/143155/with-brain-scanning-hats-china-signals-it-has-no-interest-in-workers-privacy/
    (120)     https://www.mckinsey.com/featured-insights/future-of-work/the-future-of-work-in-europe
    (121)     The Global Health Care Worker Shortage: 10 Numbers to Note | Project HOPE
    (122)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/proposal-regulation-laying-down-harmonised-rules-artificial-intelligence
    (123)     https://ec.europa.eu/futurium/en/ai-alliance-consultation/guidelines/1.html
    (124)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/european-approach-artificial-intelligence
    (125)     Home - Ai Data Robotics Partnership (ai-data-robotics-partnership.eu)
    (126)    of different age groups incl. children and young people as well as elderly people
    (127)    See further
    (128)    Such as the Networks of AI excellence centres funded under H2020 and Horizon Europe, the AI on Demand Platform as well as projects funded under Destination 6 (Leadership in AI based on trust) of Cluster 4 of the HE Work Programme.
    (129)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (130)    European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Key competences for lifelong learning, Publications Office, 2019, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/291008
    (131)     https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
    (132)    COM(2021) 778 final https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52021DC0778&from=EN
    (133)     https://education.ec.europa.eu/
    (134)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=uriserv:OJ.C_.2021.066.01.0001.01.ENG
    (135)    As for example, The Next Renaissance publication shows near 40 different initiatives that shows the certainty of such statement. ISBN: 978-2-4150-0199-5
    (136)    Article 195 (b) of the Financial Regulation 2018/1046 "Grants may be awarded without a call for proposals only in the following cases: […] (b) in other exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies;”.
    (137)    Article 195 (b) of the Financial Regulation 2018/1046 "Grants may be awarded without a call for proposals only in the following cases: […] (b) in other exceptional and duly substantiated emergencies;”.
    (138) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
    Top

    EN

    Annex VI

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    6. Civil Security for Society

    Table of contents

    Introduction    

    Destination - Better protect the EU and its citizens against Crime and Terrorism    

    Call - Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    FCT01 - Modern information analysis for fighting crime and terrorism    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-01: Processing of large, complex and unstructured datasets resulting from criminal investigations, while reconciling big data analysis and data protection    

    FCT02 - Improved forensics and lawful evidence collection    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-02: A harmonized European forensics approach on drugs analysis    

    FCT03 – Enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of societal issues related to various forms of crime    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-03: New methods and technologies in service of community policing and transferable best practices    

    FCT04 – Increased security of citizens against terrorism, including in public spaces    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-04: Open topic    

    FCT05 – Organised crime prevented and combated    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-05: Crime as a service    

    FCT06 – Citizens are protected against cybercrime    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-06: Enhancing tools and capabilities to fight advanced forms of cyber threats and cyber-dependent crimes    

    Call - Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    FCT01 - Modern information analysis for fighting crime and terrorism    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-01: Mitigating new threats and adapting investigation strategies in the era of Internet of Things    

    FCT02 - Improved forensics and lawful evidence collection    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-02: Open topic    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-03: Lawful evidence collection in online child sexual abuse investigations, including undercover    

    FCT03 – Enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of societal issues related to various forms of crime    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-04: Radicalisation and gender    

    FCT04 – Increased security of citizens against terrorism, including in public spaces    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-05: CBRN-E detection capacities in small architecture    

    FCT06 – Citizens are protected against cybercrime    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-06: Tracing of cryptocurrencies transactions related to criminal purposes    

    Destination - Effective management of EU external borders    

    Call - Border Management 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    BM01 – Efficient border surveillance and maritime security    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-01: Capabilities for border surveillance and situational awareness    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-02: Identify, inspect, neutralise Unexploded Ordnance (UXO) at sea    

    BM02 – Secured and facilitated crossing of external borders    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-03: Beyond the state-of-the-art “biometrics on the move” for border checks    

    BM03 – Better customs and supply chain security    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-04: Interoperability of systems and equipment at tactical level; between equipment and databases; and/or between databases of threats and materials    

    Call - Border Management 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    BM01 – Efficient border surveillance and maritime security    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-01: Interoperability for border and maritime surveillance and situational awareness    

    BM02 – Secured and facilitated crossing of external borders    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-02: Advanced user-friendly, compatible, secure identity and travel document management    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-03: Integrated risk-based border control that mitigates public security risk, reduces false positives and strengthens privacy    

    BM03 – Better customs and supply chain security    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-04: Detection and tracking of illegal and trafficked goods    

    Destination - Resilient Infrastructure    

    Call - Resilient Infrastructure 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    INFRA01 – Improved preparedness and response for large-scale disruptions of European infrastructures    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-INFRA-01-01: Facilitating strategic cooperation to ensure the provision of essential services    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-INFRA-01-02: Supporting operators against cyber and non-cyber threats to reinforce the resilience of critical infrastructures    

    Call - Resilient Infrastructure 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    INFRA02 – Resilient and secure urban areas and smart cities    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-INFRA-01-01: Resilient and secure urban planning and new tools for EU territorial entities    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-INFRA-01-02: Advanced real-time data analysis used for infrastructure resilience    

    Destination - Increased Cybersecurity    

    Call - Increased Cybersecurity 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    CS01 - Systems Security and Security Lifetime Management, Secure Platforms, Digital Infrastructures    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01-01: Secure Computing Continuum (IoT, Edge, Cloud, Dataspaces)    

    CS02 –Privacy-preserving and identity technologies    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01-02: Privacy-preserving and identity management technologies    

    CS03 - Secured disruptive technologies    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01-03: Security of robust AI systems    

    Call - Increased Cybersecurity 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    CS01 - Systems Security and Security Lifetime Management, Secure Platforms, Digital Infrastructures    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-CS-01-01: Approaches and tools for security in software and hardware development and assessment    

    CS02 - Cryptography    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-CS-01-02: Post-quantum cryptography transition    

    Destination - Disaster-Resilient Society for Europe    

    Call - Disaster-Resilient Society 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    DRS01 - Societal Resilience: Increased risk Awareness and preparedness of citizens    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-01: Improving social and societal preparedness for disaster response and health emergencies    

    DRS03 - Improved harmonisation and/or standardisation in the area of crisis management and CBRN-E    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-02: Operability and standardisation in response to biological toxin incidents    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-03: Internationally coordinated networking of training centres for the validation and testing of CBRN-E tools and technologies in case of incidents, with consideration of human factors    

    DRS04 - Strengthened capacities of first and second responders    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-04: Robotics: Autonomous or semi-autonomous UGV systems to supplement skills for use in hazardous environments    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-05: Increased technology solutions, institutional coordination and decision-support systems for first responders of last-kilometer emergency service delivery    

    Call - Disaster-Resilient Society 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    DRS02 - Improved Disaster Risk Management and Governance    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-01: Prevention, detection, response and mitigation of chemical, biological and radiological threats to agricultural production, feed and food processing, distribution and consumption    

    DRS03 - Improved harmonisation and/or standardisation in the area of crisis management and CBRN-E    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-02: Harmonised / Standard protocols for the implementation of alert and impact forecasting systems as well as transnational emergency management in the areas of high-impact weather / climatic and geological disasters    

    DRS04 - Strengthened capacities of first and second responders    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-03: Hi-tech capacities for crisis response and recovery after a natural-technological (NaTech) disaster    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-04: Cost-effective sustainable technologies and crisis management strategies for RN large-scale protection of population and infrastructures after a nuclear blast or nuclear facility incident    

    Destination - Strengthened Security Research and Innovation    

    Call - Support to Security Research and Innovation 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    SSRI 02 - Increased innovation uptake    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-SSRI-01-01: Open grounds for pre-commercial procurement of innovative security technologies    

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-SSRI-01-02: Accelerating uptake through open proposals for advanced SME innovation    

    Call - Support to Security Research and Innovation 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    SSRI 02 – Increased innovation uptake    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-SSRI-01-01: Demand-led innovation through public procurement    

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-SSRI-01-02: Accelerating uptake through open proposals for advanced SME innovation    

    Other actions not subject to calls for proposals    

    1. External expertise for reviews of projects    

    2. Workshops, conferences, experts, communication activities, studies    

    Budget    

    Introduction

    Supporting EU policy priorities

    This Cluster 3 Work Programme will support the implementation of EU policy priorities on security, including cybersecurity, and disaster risk reduction and resilience. In addition, it will build on lessons learnt from the COVID-19 pandemic to strengthen prevention, mitigation, preparedness and capacity building for crises (including health crises) and to improve cross-sectoral aspects of such crises. In this respect, this Work Programme will therefore also ensure synergies and coordination of actions with other parts of Pillar 2.

    The Work Programme will support the European Commission policy priority ‘Promoting the European way of life’, as well as ‘European Green Deal’ and ‘Europe fit for the digital age’. It will in particular support the implementation of the Security Union Strategy 1 , the Counter-Terrorism Agenda 2 , the EU Strategy to tackle Organised Crime, the EU Strategy on Combatting Trafficking in Human Beings, the EU strategy for a more effective fight against child sexual abuse, the EU Action Plan on firearms trafficking, the border management and security dimensions of the Pact on Migration and Asylum 3 , EU Disaster Risk Reduction policies, the EU Climate Adaptation Strategy 4 , the EU Maritime Security Strategy and the EU Cybersecurity Strategy 5 .

    Within the framework of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024, the Cluster 3 expected impacts will contribute in particular to the impact areas “A resilient EU prepared for emerging threats” and “A secure, open and democratic EU society” of Key Strategic Orientation D “Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society” and to the impact area “Secure and cybersecure digital technology” of Key Strategic Orientation A “Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains”.

    Meeting capability requirements

    Projects will develop new knowledge, technologies and/or other solutions to the identified requirements. Projects will involve practitioner end-users (usually relevant national authorities) alongside researchers and industry. Such involvement has shown their added value in ensuring that the results of R&I are targeted to practitioners’ needs 6 . Relevant requirements are specified for the different topics.

    Projects need to show their contribution to a wider needs-driven capability development cycle that triggers research, steers its implementation and capitalises on its outcomes. This means that projects need to show, on the one hand, an understanding of the capability requirement that has led to the R&I need, and, on the other hand, a strategy for ensuring the uptake of the outcomes including opportunities for using relevant EU funds for funding deployment.

    Ensuring ethical outcomes that are supported by society

    In the field of security research, it is particularly important that projects take into account human factors and the societal context, and ensure the respect of fundamental rights, including privacy and protection of personal data. Citizens and communities should be engaged, for example in assessing the societal impact of security technologies, to improve the quality of results and to build public trust. Social sciences and humanities (SSH) and social innovation need to be better integrated into security research. Again, relevant requirements are specified for the different topics. Social innovations should also be considered, notably because new tools, ideas and methods lead to active citizen engagement and as drivers of social change and social ownership.

    The six Destinations

    This Work Programme comprises the following six Destinations that (i) build on the structure of the Horizon 2020 work programmes for security research and (ii) respond to the following expected impacts of Cluster 3 in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024:

    1. Destination – Better protect the EU and its citizens against crime and terrorism

    Expected Impact: “Crime and terrorism are more effectively tackled, while respecting fundamental rights, […] thanks to more powerful prevention, preparedness and response, a better understanding of related human, societal and technological aspects, and the development of cutting-edge capabilities for police authorities […] including measures against cybercrime.”

    2. Destination – Effective management of EU external borders

    Expected Impact: “Legitimate passengers and shipments travel more easily into the EU, while illicit trades, trafficking, piracy, terrorist and other criminal acts are prevented, due to improved air, land and sea border management and maritime security including better knowledge on social factors.”

    3. Destination – Resilient infrastructure

    Expected Impact: “[…] resilience and autonomy of physical and digital infrastructures are enhanced and vital societal functions are ensured, thanks to more powerful prevention, preparedness and response, a better understanding of related human, societal and technological aspects, and the development of cutting-edge capabilities for […] infrastructure operators […]”

    4. Destination – Increased Cybersecurity

    Expected impact: “Increased cybersecurity and a more secure online environment by developing and using effectively EU and Member States’ capabilities in digital technologies supporting protection of data and networks aspiring to technological sovereignty in this field, while respecting privacy and other fundamental rights; this should contribute to secure services, processes and products, as well as to robust digital infrastructures capable to resist and counter cyber-attacks and hybrid threats.”

    5. Destination - A Disaster-Resilient Society for Europe

    Expected Impact: “Losses from natural, accidental and human-made disasters are reduced through enhanced disaster risk reduction based on preventive actions, better societal preparedness, and resilience and improved disaster risk management in a systemic way.”

    6. Destination –Strengthened Security Research and Innovation

    In addition, a number of cross-cutting R&I actions will support all of the above expected impacts:

    1.generate knowledge and value in cross-cutting matters in order to avoid sector-specific bias and to break silos that impede the proliferation of common security solutions;

    2.support innovation uptake and go-to-market strategies with the aim of paving the way towards an increased industrialisation, commercialisation, adoption and deployment of successful outcomes of security research, thus contributing to reinforce the competitiveness of EU security industry and safeguard the security of supply of EU products in key security areas. 

    Under each Destination, before the texts of the topics themselves, there is an important introductory part that explains the relevant policy objectives, that specifies any elements to be taken into account for all the topics of the Destination, including international cooperation- and that identifies specific expected impacts. Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to those specific expected impacts.

    International cooperation

    In line with the EU’s Global Approach to Research and Innovation, and as for the Work Programme 2021-2022, the Work Programme 2023-2024 will remain almost completely open to the participation of non-associated Third countries to all topics. In support of the Global Gateway Strategy, projects involving international partners should lead to increased scientific knowledge and transfer of technology among partner countries allowing to address global challenges across the world and create sustainable growth and jobs. Cooperation should take place in a value-based way, creating linkages, not dependencies.

    Security research under Cluster 3 requires a specific approach towards international cooperation to achieve the right balance between the need to exchange with key international partners (including with relevant international organisations), while at the same time ensuring the protection of the EU security interest and respecting the need for open strategic autonomy in critical sectors.

    Within the Destination ‘A Disaster-Resilient Society for Europe’, there is an established culture of comprehensive collaboration with third countries under the different security research programmes, taking due account of the trans-national dimension of different natural and human-made hazards and their drivers (such as climate change). Therefore, in this Destination, international cooperation will be strongly encouraged given the value of cooperating internationally in particular in developing technologies for first responders. Cooperation can include sharing knowledge, experiences, expertise and mutual learning on disaster-risk management.

    As for the Destinations relating to protecting against crime and terrorism, to border management, to infrastructure resilience and to cybersecurity, international cooperation is explicitly encouraged only where appropriate and specifically supporting ongoing collaborative activities. Due to the sensitive nature of most projects in those areas and the obvious interest of the EU to ensure confidentiality of projects results, as well as maintaining the ability to maintain open strategic autonomy in critical domains of security, such explicit cooperation will need to be assessed at the level of topics and limited to selected international partners only. In line with the overall strategic approach to Research and Innovation policy, cooperation would need to be based on reciprocity and contribute to wider strategic goals of the EU.

    Applicants are reminded that legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.

    Synergies with other funding instruments

    In this cluster, the main synergies to be sought are sequential with Horizon Europe funding R&I activities being followed by final development and market uptake and deployment of relevant research results for which funding will in particular be sought from:

    1.Integrated Border Management Fund (IBMF), consisting of the Border Management and Visa Instrument (BMVI) and the Customs Control Equipment Instrument – for border capabilities.

    2.Internal Security Fund (ISF) – for law enforcement capabilities.

    3.Digital Europe Programme 7 – for cybersecurity capabilities and law enforcement digital capabilities. The programme will speed up the take-up of R&I projects in the area of Artificial Intelligence, High Performance computer and cyber security. The programme will also offer infrastructure to the research community.

    4.Cohesion policy, in particular through the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF 8 ) – notably managing disaster risks, adapting to climate change, protecting public spaces and utilities (including for energy, transport) and cybersecurity, as well as interregional cooperation on these issues.

    Synergies with other funds should also be articulated in a way that accelerates market uptake of successful outcomes of R&I actions. To that end, the complementarity of funding instruments should be considered under a wider capability development cycle.

    While actions under Horizon Europe should have an exclusive focus on civilian applications, synergies should be sought with the activities funded under the European Defence Fund or its precursor programmes (Preparatory Action on Defence Research and European Defence Industry Development Programme) while avoiding unnecessary duplication.

    In addition, synergies can be sought with the Union Civil Protection Mechanism, including via opportunities such as the Union Civil Protection Knowledge Network, Prevention & Preparedness projects, developing additional reserve capacities under rescEU for major and simultaneous disasters, and by co-financing the deployment of Member States’ national response capacities.

    Destination - Better protect the EU and its citizens against Crime and Terrorism

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024: “Crime and terrorism are more effectively tackled, while respecting fundamental rights, […] thanks to more powerful prevention, preparedness and response, a better understanding of related human, societal and technological aspects, and the development of cutting-edge capabilities for police authorities […] including measures against cybercrime.”

    More specifically, proposals should contribute to the achievement of one or more of the following impacts:

    1.Modern information analysis for Police Authorities, allowing them to efficiently fight criminals and terrorists who use novel technologies;

    2.Improved forensics and lawful evidence collection, increasing the capabilities to apprehend criminals and terrorists and bring them to the court;

    3.Enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of societal issues related to various forms of crime, including cybercrime, and terrorism, such as violent radicalisation, domestic and sexual violence, or juvenile offenders;

    4.Increased security of citizens against terrorism, including in public spaces (while preserving their quality and openness);

    5.Improved intelligence picture and enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of various forms of organised crime;

    6.More secure cyberspace for citizens, especially children, through a robust prevention, detection, and protection from cybercriminal activities.

    This Destination will also promote, whenever appropriate and applicable, the proposals with:

    1.the involvement of the Police Authorities in their core,

    2.a clear strategy on how they will adapt to the fast-evolving environment in the area of fight against crime and terrorism (evolution of related technologies, evolution of criminal modi operandi and business models related to these technologies, etc.),

    3.a minimum-needed platform, i.e. tools that are modular and can be easily plugged into another platform (in order to avoid platform multiplication),

    4.tools that are developed and validated against practitioners’ needs and requirements,

    5.a robust plan on how they will build on the relevant predecessor projects,

    6.the (active) involvement of citizens, voluntary organisations and communities,

    7.education and training aspects, especially for Police Authorities and other relevant practitioners, as well as information sharing and awareness raising of the citizens,

    8.a clear strategy on the uptake of the outcomes, defined in consultation with the involved stakeholders,

    9.a well-developed plan both on how research data for training and testing will be obtained, in order to reach the requested Technology Readiness Levels (TRLs), and on how the specific TRL will be measured.

    Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01

    36.00

    23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01

    33.70

    20 Nov 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    36.00

    33.70

    Call - Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 9

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 10

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 29 Jun 2023

    Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-01

    IA

    7.00

    Around 7.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-02

    IA

    9.00

    Around 4.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-03

    RIA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-04

    RIA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-05

    RIA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-06

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    36.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    FCT01 - Modern information analysis for fighting crime and terrorism

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-01: Processing of large, complex and unstructured datasets resulting from criminal investigations, while reconciling big data analysis and data protection

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 11 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved capabilities of European Police Authorities and other relevant security practitioners for a fast and flexible analysis of huge amounts of heterogeneous data through the application of robust and advanced tools, allowing them to efficiently fight criminals and terrorists who use novel technologies;

    2.Enhanced and modern analysis of heterogeneous data as well as training curricula that take into account legal and ethical rules of operation, cost-benefit considerations, as well as fundamental rights such as privacy and protection of personal data, providing reports that can be used in court;

    3.The work of European Police Authorities in the area of fighting crime and terrorism is supported by big data analysis that is in accordance with data minimisation principles and high privacy standards, with clearly identified challenges, adequate models and scientifically validated technical options for tackling the challenge proposed and solutions developed that meet the challenge.

    Scope: With the constant increase of technological developments, the processing of large datasets is inevitable for police work in today’s digital world. As a wide range of products and services become digitalised and interconnected, Police Authorities need adequate technologies to properly detect and counter emerging threats. Big data analysis also provides invaluable opportunities to carry out investigations, identify suspects, reveal or anticipate crime patterns or links between previously unconnected events or actors. In particular, there is a continuous need for handling large, complex and unstructured datasets, in order to gather, normalise, process, connect, prioritise, visualise the data (including text, image, audio and video) in ways that facilitate the extraction of actionable intelligence, while ensuring interoperability between existing systems and standards in different Member States. Solutions to perform temporal and geospatial analyses are needed too. The successful proposal should have a clear strategy related to quality data sets to be used for training and testing. The innovation efforts should provide support to web-based data analysis that can facilitate e.g. the fight against hate speech, human trafficking, terrorism or child sexual exploitation in an online environment. The work should include surface, deep and dark web.

    Examples of relevant techniques include: examination of digitally captured signatures, identification of voice cloning and of deepfakes; detection and recognition of persons/objects/logos; speaker diarisation and identification; speech recognition and transcription into text; automatic classification of text based on risk factors; optical character recognition; named entity recognition; concept extraction, extraction of entities and relations between them in unstructured text; multimodal analytics, in order to discover insights and patterns in large volumes of data through clustering, as well as the identification of user communities and key actors in the social networks being formed online; automatic correlations among all available sources, as well as cross-checking, cross-matching and mapping information between different cases, i.e. cross-reference with existing records in databases of Police Authorities. Identification of perpetrators can also be enhanced by detecting their online behaviour and habits, e.g. which days/hours they are used to login/logout.

    Taking advantage of these modern technologies will require Police Authorities to move away from business models based on data input to data evaluation. It will require robust and reliable information management structures that encompass all aspects from data collection to handling, evaluation, exploitation and data security. In particular, key principles such as data minimisation should apply to ensure that Police Authorities conduct data analysis in full compliance with fundamental rights and EU privacy standards. For example, it may be necessary to filter and reduce large datasets to what is relevant for operational support activities and in investigations, and/or apply methods such as differential privacy. Hence, all these efforts should also reconcile big data analysis and data protection, i.e.: explore challenges to conduct big data analysis in accordance with data minimisation principles and high privacy standards, propose possible models and scientific options to tackle the challenge, and develop solutions (digital tools) that meet the challenge, focusing on triage and clustering functions. Possibilities of assessing and preventing bias and discrimination as a result of big data analysis should be analysed too. The successful proposal should thus help framing the issue of big data analysis for Police Authorities, providing guidelines as well as operational tools to comply with EU data protection standards.

    The successful proposal should build on the publicly available achievements and findings of related previous national or EU-funded projects as well as create synergies with similar on-going security research projects from the Calls 2021-2022 on Fighting Crime and Terrorism in the area of modern information analysis, in order to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

    Proposals funded under this topic are expected to engage with the Europol Innovation Lab during the lifetime of the project, including validating the outcomes, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the law enforcement community.

    Possibilities of coordination with related activities funded through the Internal Security Fund (such as the European Anti-Cybercrime Technology Development Association) and the Digital Europe Programme should be analysed too.

    FCT02 - Improved forensics and lawful evidence collection

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-02: A harmonized European forensics approach on drugs analysis

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 12 and 2 forensic institutes from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project that is the highest ranked within each of the two options (Option A and Option B), provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.European Police Authorities, forensic institutes and other relevant security practitioners are equipped by modern means of chemical analysis (composition) in drugs aimed at facilitating the cross-matching of seized drugs to labs and the establishment of links between cases, including by developing protocols to quickly exchange information on new substances;

    2.Improved and uniform EU-wide approach for the collection of evidence regarding illicit drugs-related overdoses, that would allow for choosing adequate responses in countering the drug-related problems;

    3.Improved collection and availability of forensic evidence, that could be used in court by the authorities, in direct violence, kidnapping or human trafficking cases, as well as reinforced prevention of such cases thanks to sensors/kits that are reliable, lawful, fast and easy-to-use;

    4.Enhanced perception of citizens in public and private spaces that Europe is an area of freedom, justice and security.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to address one of the following options:

    Option A: A harmonised European approach is needed on the study of chemical analysis (composition) in drugs, to

    1) facilitate the cross-matching of seized drugs to labs and the establishment of links between cases, including by developing protocols to quickly exchange information on new substances;

    2) tackle forensic challenges related to illicit drugs-related overdoses.

    The production of synthetic drugs in the EU is continuously expanding. The laboratories producing synthetic drugs are becoming more professional and versatile, resulting in an increased production and a greater flexibility in terms of which substances are produced, how they are produced and how/where they are sold.

    On the one hand, criminal networks and criminals active in the production of synthetic drugs display a particularly high degree of specialisation. Thus, a modern and harmonised European approach to the analysis of the drugs composition would help to crossmatch seized drugs and illegal drugs markets to labs and make the links between cases, allowing a cross-border exchange of such evidence.

    On the other hand, choosing appropriate responses that are likely to be effective in dealing with a particular drug-related problem requires a clear understanding of the problem, supported by the strongest available evidence. However, an obstacle in this process is the very limited or fully absent evidence, as it is the case in finding responses aimed at reducing overdose-related deaths. Namely, autopsies with full toxicology are underdeveloped in many Member States, making comparison at EU level difficult and aggregated numbers on overdose deaths not fully representative. Member States called to make this issue more comparable EU-wide. To this end, a modern chemical analysis of the drugs composition and a unified EU-wide approach would provide a significant support, also in view of commitments of the EU Drugs Strategy 2021-2025.

    Option B: A reliable and easy-to-use detection of chemical submission drugs in beverages and urine.

    GHB (Gamma-hydroxybutyrate) is one of the drugs known as “club drugs” or “date rape drugs”. Notably when mixed with alcohol, it has a depressant effect and causes drowsiness, rendering the person defenceless and unable to remember what happened. Sexual assaults facilitated by chemical submission drugs have a growing tendency in Europe. Thus, Police Authorities and forensic practitioners need modern methods and technologies that enable better prevention against and investigation of different forms of violence and assault supported by these drugs. To this end, the successful proposal should aim at developing wearable, reusable, portable sensors and/or kits that would provide a fast response, without the need for additional instrumentation, and would be easy to use by Police Authorities in the field (i.e., in places where citizens are more at risk of ingesting GHB drugs through drinks and beverages). Furthermore, such solutions should provide results that are reliable, safe and simple to interpret when looking for and collecting evidence of such drugs that can be used in court. Gender-related impacts as well as legal and ethical challenges of such solutions should be fully considered in the development process.

    Coordination among the successful proposals from this topic should be envisaged in order to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Similarly, coordination with projects funded under HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-03: Better, more portable and quicker analysis and detection for customs and HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-04: Interoperability of systems and equipment at tactical level; between equipment and databases; and/or between databases of threats and materials would be welcome.

    Proposals funded under this topic are expected to engage with the Europol Innovation Lab during the lifetime of the project, including validating the outcomes, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the law enforcement community.

    FCT03 – Enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of societal issues related to various forms of crime

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-03: New methods and technologies in service of community policing and transferable best practices

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 13 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Strengthened resilience of local communities against crime and radicalisation, lowered feeling of insecurity and improved law enforcing;

    2.Negative factors in local communities are identified early, possible threats are detected, and crime reporting is enhanced;

    3.Better recognition for community diversity within neighbourhoods, and tailored approaches to milieus including communities traditionally not engaging with statutory authorities resulting in comprehensive community empowerment;

    4.The interactions, and potential feedback between CP and alternatives to incarceration are explored;

    5.Identification and EU wide dissemination of validated community policing best practices;

    6.New methodologies, tools and adoption of technological support are developed; and

    7.Training curricula for Police Authorities are developed on community policing in non-homogenous local milieus with social complexities, including balancing of majority needs while recognising expectations of minorities and/or sub-groups.

    Scope: Community policing (CP) is an integral part of policing focusing on cooperation with local community for better understanding challenges and the given group needs and meeting them. From both a theoretical and a practical point of view, three ways of delivering CP may be outlined: reactive, proactive, and co-active - based on community consultations and common actions. While performing such actions, police provides information, initiates and participates in programs to prevent crime and ensures the protection of citizens in cooperation with other institutions. CP aims to create opportunities for positive, mutually respectful interactions between civilians and the police, to increase citizens` trust and enhance the ability of police to enforce the law. To maximise the impact of CP actions, proposals should analyse its potential relations with introduction of innovative alternatives to imprisonment.

    Nowadays, Police Authorities, while carrying out their duties to provide community security, are faced with numerous economic and demographic challenges. As a consequence, more efficient solutions, tools and methodologies are sought. First responders cope with growing communities, tighter budgets, and diverse, quickly evolving milieus in their areas of responsibility, regularly facing challenges that initial professional training could not prepare them for. Moreover, rapidly changing social, economic and political environment, both domestically and internationally, complicates these problems and fuels new tensions.

    New approaches should cover internal review of Police Authorities’ personnel training, possible change of attitudes and communication language, or countering existing misconceptions and biases. International exchange of validated best practices is encouraged. Proposals should eventually integrate societal findings, relevant new or already existing technologies and legal framework into a comprehensive CP model. The successful proposal should build on the publicly available achievements and findings of related previous national or EU-funded projects. Activities proposed within this topic should address both technological and societal dimensions of CP in a balanced way.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related innovation activities.

    FCT04 – Increased security of citizens against terrorism, including in public spaces

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-04: Open topic

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 14 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Enhanced ability of security practitioners to identify and prevent emergent challenges in the terrorism-related topic under consideration;

    2.Harmonised and modern tools as well as procedures in the investigation of the terrorism-related problem under consideration, in full compliance with applicable legislation on protection of personal data and protection of fundamental rights;

    3.Improved cooperation between European Police Authorities, as well as with international actors, in tackling the problem in question; and

    4.Training curricula for Police Authorities are developed for an improved countering of the terrorism-related problem under consideration.

    Scope: Under the Open topic, proposals are welcome to address new, upcoming or unforeseen challenges and/or creative or disruptive solutions for increasing security of citizens against terrorism, including in public spaces, that are not covered by the other topics of Calls Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2021-2022, Call Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2023 and Call Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2024.

    Adapted to the nature, scope and type of proposed projects, proposals should convincingly explain how they will plan and/or carry out demonstration, testing and validation of developed tools and solutions. Proposals should be convincing in explaining the methods they intend to use for demonstrating, testing and validating the proposed tools and solutions. Proposals should also delineate the plans to develop possible future uptake and upscaling at national and EU level for possible next steps after the research project.

    Research proposals should consider, build on if appropriate and not duplicate previous research, including but not limited to research by other Framework Programmes’ projects.

    FCT05 – Organised crime prevented and combated

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-05: Crime as a service

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 15 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.European Police Authorities and policy makers are provided with a robust analysis of the evolution of the contemporary organised crime, its structure, role of hierarchy, membership in the organisation and subcontracting of specialised criminal services.

    2.Policy makers benefit from an analysis of the legal framework utilised for countering organised crime, in terms of the validity of the legal definitions and penal provisions adopted and their impact on the effectiveness of judicial verdicts;

    3.Methodology for the identification of the means of advertising, communication, marketing and money flows used for offering criminal services on the underground market is developed, as well as the set of respective prevention, investigative and policy countermeasures; and

    4.Improved knowledge within European security institutions regarding developments in the field of organised crime and prospects for the future.

    Scope: The Crime-as-a-service (CaaS) model proliferates and becomes a prominent feature not only for the cybercriminal underground, but also for traditional criminals hiring specialised digital and financial services. Thus, availability of exploit kits and other services not only serves cybercriminals with low technical skills, but also makes the operations of mature and organised threat actors more efficient. Recently Malware-as-a-service (MaaS) offerings on the Dark Web increased, of which ransomware affiliate programs seem to be the most prominent.

    The shape of the organised crime evolves, apart from traditionally closed, clandestine criminal structures, and investigators are increasingly confronted with modern, flexible, specialised and "multi-ethnic" organisations with a global operational range. As these groups seem not to work within permanent multi-layered structures but with various actors delivering on demand services, some of the organised crime characteristics might be subject to a review. Actors in the shadow economy while seeking to maximise their profit, take instant advantage of new ways of operations, exploring and benefiting from modern technologies and organisational schemes to achieve their goals, thus resulting in dynamic transformation of subject networks. The observed trend may be a challenge for the codified laws and definitions of organised crime as supposedly sealed off to outsiders and characterised by fixed and permanent cooperation. In order to enhance the fight against organised crime at the European level, there is a need for distinct research to gain comprehensive insight into the internal workings of modern organised crime structures and their marketplaces.

    Coordination among the successful proposal from this topic as well as with the successful proposals under topics HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-06: Enhancing tools and capabilities to fight advanced forms of cyber threats and cyber-dependent crimes and HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-06: Tracing of cryptocurrencies transactions related to criminal purposes should be envisaged to avoid duplication, and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact.

    FCT06 – Citizens are protected against cybercrime

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-06: Enhancing tools and capabilities to fight advanced forms of cyber threats and cyber-dependent crimes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 16 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Development of modular toolbox for Police Authorities, facilitating gathering and processing of data relevant for cybercrime and cyber - enabled crime investigations;

    2.Detection of crypto-jacking, compromised registration forms, malware attacks and other cybercrimes perpetrated using cryptocurrencies;

    3.Development of training curricula, for Police Authorities, prosecutors, as well as judicial actors on major contemporary cybercriminal activities;

    4.Recommendations on public cybercrime awareness actions contributing to early detection and prevention;

    5.Identification of best practices of international law enforcement and judicial cooperation networks; and­

    6.Development of multi-stakeholders strategies, including novel investigation schemes and information sharing mechanisms.

    Scope: While cyber-attacks, notably ransomware and distributed denials or services, are getting more sophisticated, law enforcement officers need to develop strategies to gain a comprehensive knowledge of the numerous elements contributing to the attack (Virtual Private Networks - VPNs, Bulletproof Hosting – BPH, Remote Access Trojans – RATs, botnets, Dark Web platforms, crypto-ransomware, Criminal Phone Banks, Pseudonyms, Advanced Persistent Threat groups – APTs, Internet infrastructure abuse (e.g. DNS), etc.). Having in mind that these are offered today in a form of Crime-as-a-service for anyone willing to pay, there is growing number of cases where authorities have to launch and conduct advanced inquiries. Investigators need timely access to relevant data and expertise of a different nature and belonging to different categories of stakeholders (e.g. other Police Authorities or Internet service providers). As geographical boundaries become irrelevant in the commission of crime, criminal investigations have to become cooperative, joint actions. It does not seem feasible for a comprehensive investigation of contemporary organised crime to be conducted by a single investigator or even a single force. This technical and organisational complexity together with the cross-border nature of cyberattacks requires cutting-edge investigative approaches, gathering a large range of expertise as well as trusted information sharing mechanisms across communities (including secured platforms). In addition, it is necessary to enhance cybercrime intelligence picture notably by enhancing reporting mechanism of cyber-dependent criminal activities. Development of multi-stakeholders strategies, including novel investigation schemes and information sharing mechanisms, is necessary in order to enhance prevention and deterrence of these forms of cyber and cyber-dependent crime. Project should also investigate the legal background and identify any related shortcomings so lawful access and processing of subject data has a valid legal foundation.

    Coordination among the successful proposals from this topic as well as with the successful proposal under HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-05: Crime as a service should be envisaged in order to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact.

    Call - Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 17

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 18

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 27 Jun 2024

    Deadline(s): 20 Nov 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-01

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-02

    RIA

    9.00

    Around 4.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-03

    RIA

    3.70

    Around 3.70

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-04

    RIA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-05

    IA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-06

    IA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    33.70

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    FCT01 - Modern information analysis for fighting crime and terrorism

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-01: Mitigating new threats and adapting investigation strategies in the era of Internet of Things

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 19 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased understanding of Police Authorities regarding the emerging (digital and especially physical) threats of the fast-developing environment of Internet of Things;

    2.Modern tools to tackle new and emerging forms of crime pertaining to the development of Internet of Things are provided to European Police Authorities and other relevant security practitioners, which take into account legal and ethical rules of operation, cost-benefit considerations, as well as fundamental rights such as privacy and protection of personal data;

    3.Lawful access and exploitation of evidence in the environment of the Internet of Things are fortified;

    4.Best practices (legal, organisational, technical) to access and exploit Internet of Things in the course of investigation are strengthened, including by developing relevant tools and training materials.

    Scope: Internet of Things (IoT) connects practically everything and makes everything more vulnerable as well. IoT devices increasingly benefit from the convergence and integration of technologies, such as machine learning, real-time analytics as well as 5G that will provide faster and more reliable connections for all devices.

    There are a number of implications particular to IoT devices, which have been consistently highlighted by researchers and Police Authorities. For example, the vulnerability of IoT devices may be exploited by criminals who seek to collect personal data, compromise user credentials or spy on organisations or people. Furthermore, IoT devices may represent a threat that goes beyond the digital world, i.e. they may become an increasingly physical threat, since they find applications in, e.g., industry and infrastructure, as well as in building smart cities. Malevolent actions against connected devices with direct physical impact (e.g. car-to-car communication, hacking of vehicles, hospitals, nuclear plants) are also a growing concern.

    Therefore, the successful proposal should help Police Authorities understand the implications of the fast-developing IoT environment in order to keep pace with the evolution of its applications, recognise and tackle the emerging (digital and especially physical) threats that this may pose.

    At the same time, IoT proliferation will provide opportunities for the Police Authorities and other relevant security practitioners to collect a new range of data in relation with criminal activities. New investigating schemes are needed for Police Authorities to access and exploit IoTs evidence, in compliance with EU values. To this end, the proposal should examine the extent to which, e.g., modern European vehicle models, smart TVs, private surveillance systems, virtual assistants or voice control systems can be considered as sources of evidence for the collection and analysis of data, as well as how such data can be used for deriving indicators of an imminent threat.

    The research should assess legal, organisational and technical implications of IoT development in the context of investigations, including e.g. privacy issues, and propose strategies, including training materials, tools and path to standards that would foster “by design” a lawful access to relevant evidence.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

    The successful proposal should build on the publicly available achievements and findings of related previous national or EU-funded projects as well as create synergies with similar on-going security research projects from the Calls 2021-2022 on Fighting Crime and Terrorism and on Increased Cybersecurity, in order to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. Possibilities of coordination with related activities in the Digital Europe Programme 20 should be analysed too.

    FCT02 - Improved forensics and lawful evidence collection

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-02: Open topic

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 21 and 2 forensic institutes from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved European common forensics investigation capabilities, evidence collection and cross-border exchanges in the domain under consideration;

    2.Police Authorities and forensic institutes are provided with innovative, harmonised and modern tools and procedures for forensic applications in the investigation of the crime under consideration, in full compliance with applicable legislation on protection of personal data;

    3.Forensic practitioners and Police Authorities active in crime scene investigations are provided with modern and innovative training curricula in the forensic domain under consideration.

    Scope: In the Open topic, proposals are welcome to address new, upcoming or unforeseen challenges and/or creative or disruptive forensic solutions for fighting crime and terrorism, that are not covered by the other topics of Calls Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2021-2022, Call Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2023 and Call Fighting Crime and Terrorism 2024.

    Adapted to the nature, scope and type of proposed projects, proposals should convincingly explain how they will plan and/or carry out demonstration, testing and validation of developed tools and solutions. Proposals should be convincing in explaining the methods they intend to use for demonstrating, testing and validating the proposed tools and solutions. Proposals should also delineate the plans to develop possible future uptake and upscaling at national and EU level for possible next steps after the research project.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

    Research proposals should consider, build on if appropriate and not duplicate previous research, including but not limited to research by other Framework Programmes’ projects. When applicable, the successful proposal should build on the publicly available achievements and findings of related previous national or EU-funded projects.

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-03: Lawful evidence collection in online child sexual abuse investigations, including undercover

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.70 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.70 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Police Authorities 22 and 2 forensic institutes from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Development of safer justice outcomes through an increased understanding of the EU-wide legal aspects of online investigations, including undercover, in the area of child sexual abuse;

    2.Improved understanding of the EU-wide legislative hurdles that impact (undercover) investigations in this area;

    3.Modern and robust methods at the European level are proposed at all steps of an investigative process in this area, overcoming various types of biases and obstacles to the collection of evidence that is admissible in court and respects the dignity, privacy, protection of personal data and anonymity of victims;

    4.Forensic practitioners, Police Authorities and other relevant security practitioners active in online (including undercover) child sexual abuse investigations benefit from innovative guidelines, manuals, education and training curricula.

    Scope: The use of online undercover investigation techniques is an important asset for Police Authorities in infiltrating the networks of sexual abusers of children. These methods have proven very effective in understanding offender behaviour and interaction of online service providers, and have ultimately facilitated the shutting down of communication channels used by these offenders, as well as their prosecution. An increasingly important need for Police Authorities’ activity in these spaces is the ability to effectively infiltrate particularly dangerous online groups of offenders, while making sure that the evidence obtained will be admissible in court. EU values and fundamental rights shall stay in the core of any future measures. Research in this area should tackle legislative hurdles to collecting evidence in online, including undercover, investigations of child sexual abuse, leading to guidelines and manuals that would make the capability available across the EU to target these offenders more effectively. The results of this research topic (training, manuals guidelines) should be shared among all European Police Authorities, notably via CEPOL, provided that the Agency opts out from applying for funding under this topic. The successful proposal should build on the publicly available achievements and findings of related previous national or EU-funded projects as well as create synergies with similar on-going security research projects from the Calls 2021-2022 on Fighting Crime and Terrorism in the area of digital forensics and countering child sexual abuse, in order to avoid duplication and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact.

    Since the use of undercover agents online could be beneficial in other crime areas too, particularly in counter terrorism, analysis of possibilities for the developed approaches to be adapted to these other crime areas would be welcome. Special care needs to be given to ethics and fundamental rights protection throughout the research and the solutions proposed. This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related innovation activities.

    Proposals funded under this topic are expected to engage with the Europol Innovation Lab during the lifetime of the project, including validating the outcomes, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the law enforcement community.

    FCT03 – Enhanced prevention, detection and deterrence of societal issues related to various forms of crime

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-04: Radicalisation and gender

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 23 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved understanding of motivation of women and girls for supporting extremist ideologies, such as grievance and stigmatisation;

    2.Improved understanding of the role of masculinity in men and boys’ motivation for the support of extreme ideologies;

    3.Better understanding of the group dynamics at play during processes of radicalisation, including factors for factionalism and potential splinters in terrorist organisations;

    4.Development of strategies aimed at enhancing the use of motivation factor in detection, prevention and de-radicalisation efforts;

    5.European Police Authorities, Prison Authorities, social care workers, teachers and other P/CVE practitioners benefit from modern and validated tools, skills and training curricula to identify early symptoms of radicalisation;

    6.Identification and assessment of best practices that are transferable across Member States improving and developing modules and trainings, strengthening adaption of local community policing in diverse communities; and

    7.Design girls and women's empowerment approaches through legal, financial and/or cultural means aimed at tackling the root causes of radicalisation and extremism.

    Scope: Terrorism resulting from radicalisation and violent extremism is a serious threat to European security. Part of the complexity of these phenomena lies in the fact that there is neither a single pathway to radicalisation nor a single terrorist profile. Support of extremists is an effect of individual clusters of psychological, personal, social, economic and political reasons. From a gender perspective, women's radicalisation and involvement in violent extremist groups remain relatively under-researched, poorly understood and possibly characterized by misconceptions about women’s exclusion from decision-making processes, as well as their significant underrepresentation in bodies countering the phenomena. In situations of conflict and violence, women are often seen as passive, victims, subordinate and maternal, while these could be assumptions reinforcing gender stereotypes. In order to improve understandings of radicalization and gender we need to study how and why gender norms appear as an increasingly contested area of politics with strong mobilizing power. What role gender norms and equality policies play in stabilizing and destabilizing social and political order, and how ideas and norms about gender equality make people react, mobilize and engage politically, at present, in the past and in the future. The entry point for prevention and de-radicalisation efforts are local communities, which are both stakeholders and partners of the law enforcement in this process. Activities aimed at youngsters and adults have to be gender sensitive, and research has to deliver tailored advice and solutions adequately, and proportionately addressing all critical issues.

    Community policing with its multidisciplinary approach seeks the cooperation of local communities and the broad range of public authorities in its efforts of building safe environments. However, those efforts should recognise not only cultural, social and economic diversity of the milieus, but as mentioned above also be gender sensitive. The successful proposal should build on the publicly available achievements and findings of related previous national or EU-funded projects as well as seek to exploit potential synergies with the successful proposal(s) funded under HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-03: New methods and technologies in service of community policing and transferable best practices, and HORIZON-CL2-2024-DEMOCRACY-01-05: Gender-roles in extremist movements and their impact on democracy.

    Moreover, the EU Counter-Terrorism Agenda adopted in 2020 outlines that Radicalisation Awareness Network (RAN) will identify best practices and approaches of community policing and engagement to build trust with and among communities, thus research under this topic should also build upon the work done by RAN. This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related innovation activities.

    FCT04 – Increased security of citizens against terrorism, including in public spaces

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-05: CBRN-E detection capacities in small architecture

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 24 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved vulnerability assessments by law enforcement and local managers of public spaces by detection of chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and explosive (CBRN-E) threats in the public spaces and flow of public transport, in order to provide broader situational awareness to practitioners in the field;

    2.Enhanced planning capabilities of security practitioners and policy-makers due to the access of new data and identification of potential vulnerabilities connected to the design/refurbishment and improvement of different public spaces;

    3.Recommendations are provided for further improving safety and security-by-design approach to public spaces and mass transportation systems;

    4.Improved training of Police Authorities in collaboration with different public and private actors (e. g., crisis management and civil protection authorities, fire brigades, regulatory agencies, emergency health services, security managers, private security organisations, civil society groups etc.) to enhance their preparedness to attacks on public spaces; and

    5.Enhanced modelling capabilities for security practitioners and policy-makers due to the identification of potential new vulnerabilities and data available, and improved support to planning of respective resources and activities.

    Scope: Public spaces such as squares, sport venues, shopping districts, places of worship, and mass transport systems have been the target of terrorist attacks causing significant loss of lives and causing societal insecurity. Means to carry out such attacks range from sophisticated, and well-planned scenarios including several coordinated attackers using explosives and firearms, to low-cost, low-tech attacks making use of common products. Today specific urban furniture like benches, bus shelters, flower boxes, etc. already have double functions controlling access to protected areas, which answers to some of the low-cost attacks. The next logical step seems to expand their functions further and adopt new functionalities to better respond to the terrorist threats, such as for CBRN-E ones. The successful proposal should build on the publicly available achievements and findings of related previous national or EU-funded projects, as well as seek to exploit potential synergies with the successful proposal(s) funded underHORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-05: Detection and tracking of illegal and trafficked goods.

    In recent years, in some pilot actions some street furniture, including bins and bus shelters have become smart as they have been equipped with environmental sensors, wireless modules, or microcontrollers becoming part of the IoT infrastructure, and one of the components of the future smart cities. Proposals should focus on exploitation and integration of existing sensors within the public space small architectures. Traditional sensors and surveillance platforms like the Automatic Number-Plates Recognition (ANPR), cameras or image analysis systems are not in the scope of this topic unless their integration with new sensors is considered, and the added value of networked systems demonstrated. Proposals should present relevant challenges and opportunities for future applications of CBRN-E detection capacities in small architecture, including prospects of scalability, real-time processing, and cooperation of networked systems.

    Proposals funded under this topic are expected to engage with the Europol Innovation Lab during the lifetime of the project, including validating the outcomes, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the law enforcement community.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

    FCT06 – Citizens are protected against cybercrime

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01-06: Tracing of cryptocurrencies transactions related to criminal purposes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 Police Authorities 25 from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.The attractiveness of use of cryptocurrencies by criminals and terrorists is limited, with better tractability of cryptocurrency transactions;

    2.Lawful tools and methods for Police Authorities to better trace virtual currency transactions related to criminal activities;

    3.Recommendations are provided for better regulation of the cryptocurrencies market as well as for better regulation of the exchange of transnational information on funds transfers, harmonizing and promoting standards to enhance the tracing of money flows in the context of criminal investigations; and

    4.Modern training curricula for Police Authorities, Prosecutors, as well as judicial actors are developed on tracing, seizing and handling cryptocurrencies in the course of investigation.

    Scope: Cryptocurrencies are a widely used method by criminals, including terrorists, to transfer or conceal funds due to their anonymity, ease of use and lack of international borders and restrictions (exactly same aspects that make use of traditional bank routes difficult for them). With the raise of crime-as-a-service market, and growth in the number of connected transactions, use of cryptocurrency as one of the money laundering typology better tracing of cryptocurrency transactions is crucial to keep the ground in the fight against crime and terrorism. On top of it all, clandestine cryptocurrency activities are increasingly facilitated by new developments such as high privacy decentralised exchanges, which while used by perpetrators frustrate the efforts of Police Authorities to detect and recover criminal assets as well as to prevent fraudulent transactions. The future of cryptocurrencies and the extent to which criminals and terrorists will use them will depend on factors such as anonymity, future regulation, law enforcement activities and security of the systems. Innovation should explore these considerations and propose mitigation measures, from legal, organisational, and technical perspectives (including the development of tools and relevant trainings to enhanced tractability of cryptocurrencies transactions. Proposals should also propose cooperation model(s) and tools for the exchange of information between relevant authorities.

    The successful proposal should build on the publicly available achievements and findings of related previous national or EU-funded projects. Coordination among the successful proposal from this topic as well as with the successful proposals under topic HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01-06: Crime as a service should be envisaged to avoid duplication, and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact.

    Proposals funded under this topic are expected to engage with the Europol Innovation Lab during the lifetime of the project, including validating the outcomes, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the law enforcement community.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

    Destination - Effective management of EU external borders

    This Destination addresses, among other, objectives identified by the Security Union Strategy 26  as well as the border management and security dimensions of the New Pact on Migration and Asylum 27  and the Strategy on the Schengen Area 28 . As such, topics included under the Destination aim at ensuring strong European land, air and sea external borders. This includes: developing strong capabilities for checks at external borders hence safeguarding the integrity and functioning of the Schengen area without controls at the internal borders; compensating the absence of intra-EU border checks; being capable to carry out systematic border checks, including identity, health and security checks as necessary, while facilitating the travel of bona fide travellers and respecting rights and possible vulnerabilities of individuals; providing integrated and continuous border surveillance, situational awareness and analysis support; combating identity and document frauds; supporting future technology for the European Border and Coast Guard; supporting the interoperability and performance of EU data exchange and analysis; supporting better risk detection, incident response and crime prevention; improving European preparedness to, and management of, future rapidly evolving changes; and updating our maritime security management including migration, trafficking as well as search and rescue capabilities. The capabilities built by research and innovation in this Destination would clearly be relevant to be better prepared for potential future challenges to European internal security and crises as the ones in Ukraine in 2022.

    Taking into account the central role of the European Border and Coast Guard Agency (Frontex) in defining capability requirements, and approving the capability roadmap for the European Border and Coast Guard, and in addition to the contribution from the Member States, the Agency will be closely associated with, and will assist the European Commission in drawing up and implementing, relevant research and innovation activities. Research should follow the indications of the long-term components of the capability roadmap of the European Border and Coast Guard once adopted (expected in 2023).

    The European Union Agency for the Operational Management of Large-Scale IT Systems in the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice (eu-LISA) may also assist the European Commission on relevant research and innovation activities and specific topics.

    Research should also consider how future management of borders can develop protection of human rights, and how it can facilitate protection of refugees.

    This research will also contribute to the implementation of the European Border Surveillance System (EUROSUR) and the development of tools and methods for Integrated Border Management.

    Regarding maritime security, the topics under this Destination will also support the implementation of the relevant actions under the capability development, research and innovation area of the EU Maritime Security Action Plan 29 , and the Joint Communication on a Stronger EU Engagement for a Peaceful, Sustainable and Prosperous Arctic 30 . Research activities will therefore enable better security and management of EU maritime borders, maritime critical infrastructures, maritime activities and transport, contributing as well to a better performance and cooperation on coast guard functions. Research and innovation in the area of maritime security will also support the development of future capabilities for the protection of sea harbours and related sea lines of communication including entry/exit routes. The objective of maritime security research activities in this regard covers prevention, preparedness and response to expected and unexpected events including anthropogenic and natural disasters, accidents, climate change as well as threats such as terrorism and piracy, cyber, hybrid and chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear and explosive (CBRNE) ones. The EU Maritime Security Research Agenda lays down in this regard specific areas to address, including cybersecurity, interoperability and information sharing, autonomous systems, networking and communication systems and multi-purpose platforms. Specific EU maritime security legislation 31 also emphasises maritime passenger transport, and the threats to passengers. Innovative and more efficient capabilities for the security of maritime passenger transport could therefore also be a useful area of research.

    Regarding security in the movements of goods across external borders, research will address requirements identified by the European Commission and EU customs authorities and should contribute to capabilities for detecting illegal activities both at external border crossing points and through the supply chain. EU customs authorities face increasing volumes of commerce, trade and traffic of goods, as well as having a range of tasks to fulfil besides security. International smuggling has the potential to become more sophisticated and/or increase in the coming years and decades, and could be facilitated by cybercrime. Criminal networks may exploit potential weaknesses of global supply chains, transport and logistics to pursue illicit trade and other crimes. At the same time, threats and hazards that may need to be detected in the flow of goods are very diverse and often need different sensors and technologies to be detected (from chemical, biological, nuclear, radiological and explosive material to drugs, firearms, money, waste, trafficked wildlife, cultural goods, etc.). Hence, customs need innovation to enable detection and to ensure security without at the same time disrupting or unnecessarily hampering trade flows. Capabilities built through research will contribute to the implementation of the EU Customs Union action plan to reinforce customs risk management and effective controls. Capabilities include those on threat detection; automated controls and detection that reduce the need to open or stop containers, packages, baggage or cargo; decision support; portability of control solutions; and technologies to track cross-border illicit trade.

    Furthermore, in order to accomplish the objectives of this Destination, additional eligibility conditions have been defined with regard to the active involvement of relevant security practitioners or end-users.

    Successful proposals under this Destination are invited to cooperate with other EC-chaired or funded initiatives in the relevant domains, such as the Networks of Practitioners projects funded under H2020 Secure Societies work programmes, the Knowledge Networks for Security Research & Innovation funded under the Horizon Europe Cluster 3 Work Programme, the Community of European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) or with other security research and innovation working groups set-up by EU Agencies.

    Furthermore, successful proposals under this Destination should be complementary and not overlap with relevant actions funded by other EU instruments, including projects funded by the Digital Europe Programme as well as the European Defence Fund and its precursors (the European Defence Industrial Development Programme (EDIDP) and the Preparatory Action on Defence research (PADR)), while maintaining a focus on civilian applications only.

    Proposals submitted under this Destination should demonstrate how they plan to build on relevant predecessor projects; to consider the citizens’ and societal perspectives; to include education, training and awareness raising for practitioners and citizens; to measure the achieved TRL; and to prepare the uptake of the research outcomes.

    Proposals involving earth observation are encouraged to make use primarily of Copernicus data, services and technologies.

    This Destination will develop knowledge and technologies that may be taken up by other instruments, such as the Integrated Border Management Fund, in its components of the Border Management and Visa Instrument (BMVI) and Customs Control Equipment Instrument (CCEI), that will enable exploitation of research results and final delivery of the required tools to security practitioners.

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024:

    “Legitimate passengers and shipments travel more easily into the EU, while illicit trades, trafficking, piracy, terrorist and other criminal acts are prevented, due to improved air, land and sea border management and maritime security including better knowledge on social factors.”

    More specifically, proposals should contribute to the achievement of one or more of the following impacts:

    1.Improved security (as well as better cost- and energy- efficient management) of EU land and air borders, as well as sea borders and maritime environment, infrastructures and activities, as well as for the EU external civilian security, against accidents, natural disasters and security challenges such as illegal trafficking, piracy and potential terrorist attacks, cyber and hybrid threats;

    2.Improved border crossing experience for travellers and border authorities staff (including customs, coast and border guards), while maintaining security and monitoring of movements across air, land and sea EU external borders, supporting the Schengen area, reducing illegal movements of people and goods across those borders and protecting fundamental rights of travellers, both EU citizens and Third Country Nationals;

    Improved customs and supply chain security though better prevention, detection, deterrence and fight of illegal activities involving flows of goods across EU external border crossing points and through the supply chain, as well as through better interoperability, minimising disruption to trade flows.

    Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01

    23.90

    23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01

    24.00

    20 Nov 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    23.90

    24.00

    Call - Border Management 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 32

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 33

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 29 Jun 2023

    Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-01

    IA

    7.00

    Around 7.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-02

    RIA

    4.90

    Around 4.90

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-03

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-04

    IA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    23.90

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    BM01 – Efficient border surveillance and maritime security

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-01: Capabilities for border surveillance and situational awareness

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guard Authorities from at least 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 34 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased border surveillance capabilities, better performing and more cost-efficient, with data and fundamental rights protection by design;

    2.Better surveillance of border areas, supporting fight against illegal activities across external borders, as well as safety of people and operators in the border areas, including favouring border crossings through border crossing points;

    3.More efficient and more flexible solutions (including for relocation, reconfiguration and rapid deployment capabilities) than physical barriers to deter and monitor irregular border crossings outside border crossing points.

    Scope: External borders of the European Union and of the Schengen area, ranging from those closer to the Mediterranean to the Nordic Countries external land borders, present different border surveillance challenges. These differences may lead to difficulties in efficiently monitoring them, deterring illegal activities across the external borders, as well as trafficking of human beings and exploitation of irregular migration that avoid border crossing points.

    Furthermore, the border surveillance capabilities’ needs along borders may change in time, often just within a year or a season, and/or allow to respond and adapt within a relatively short notice. Solutions should hence allow re-orienting capacity and resources accordingly (through physical portability and/or other approaches).

    Cooperation for surveillance along borders requires compatibility and interoperability among legacy and planned systems. Proposed solutions should allow higher interoperability cross-border among EU and Associated Countries practitioners, cross-systems and across the multiple authorities.

    Compatibility and integration with the European Border Surveillance System (EUROSUR) is essential, and compatibility and/or exploitation of other information sharing environments, including the Common Information Sharing Environment (CISE) would be an additional asset.

    Examples of technologies and approaches that can be explored by the research projects include (non-prescriptive and non-exhaustive): networked deployable, and possibly mobile, semi-autonomous surveillance towers; IoT and advanced mesh connectivity; Virtual and Augmented Reality for enhanced C2 and situational awareness; integrated wide area RPAS management; advanced sensors for geolocalisation; passive, low-energy systems; artificial intelligence.

    Equipment and technologies enabling border surveillance should contribute to cost and energy efficiency, limit their environmental impact and be more and more sustainable once operational in the future. This may be addressed, for example, by integrating opportunities of circular economy, self-sustained equipment, lower emissions and/or environmental footprints.

    The proposed solutions should include, by design, the protection of fundamental rights such as privacy, and/or the application of privacy-enhancing technologies. They should also ensure secure data collection, access, encryption and decision support processes.

    EU and Member States authorities should plan to take up the results of the research, should it deliver on its goals and when compatible with applicable legislation, with the support of the Border Management and Visa Instrument (BMVI).

    Research projects should consider, build on (if appropriate) and not duplicate previous research, including but not limited to research by other Framework Programmes projects. In particular, proposals should build on achievements and findings or relevant recent EU-funded civil security research projects, as well as projects from topic HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-01: Enhanced security and management of borders, maritime environment, activities and transport, by increased surveillance capability, including high altitude, long endurance aerial support, and other relevant research.

    Proposals should delineate the plans for further development to subsequent TRLs as well as uptake (industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and/or deployment) at national and EU level, should the research deliver on its goals.

    Proposals submitted under this topic are expected to address the priorities of the European Border and Coast Guard and of its Agency (Frontex). This should start from the definition of requirements and the design phase of their work, including basing on the EBCG Capability Roadmap when available; and on the engagement with the Agency during the implementation of the project. This perspective should be considered and planned when drafting proposals. Proposals should foresee that Frontex will observe projects’ pilots and demonstrations, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the border and coast guard community. Cross-community and cross-authority synergies within civil security can be an asset, for example in relation to combat crime and terrorism (i.e. across external borders) and Disaster-Resilient Society (regarding natural hazards and disasters).

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-02: Identify, inspect, neutralise Unexploded Ordnance (UXO) at sea

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.90 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.90 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guard Authorities from at least 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 35 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased capabilities to detect, classify, inspect, assess and neutralise UXO at sea;

    2.Improved safety and security for maritime economic operators and for EU citizens.

    Scope: A large amount of Unexploded Ordnance (UXO), estimated by experts in the tens of thousands of tons, lay in European seas and often close to European shores. Most of this material dates back to World War I and World War II. Estimates for the timing of material corrosion suggest that much of this material is likely to be an increasing safety risk in the next 10 years. And this would happen while coasts, shores and seas have more and more value for economic and civilian activities, ranging from seafood production to communications, transport, trade and sustainable energy production. UXO hence represents a substantial safety risk for economic operators at sea, and citizens, as well as for the environment.

    UXO also represents a security risk, as some of this dangerous material is relatively easily retrievable and could be misused in illicit, including criminal and terrorist, acts. These security threats could be linked directly to maritime security and infrastructures (to deny or ransom a port, for example), or be moved towards other illicit acts.

    Roles and responsibilities to map, identify, assess, inspect, retrieve and/or neutralise UXO vary among Member States, allocated to private operators, local and regional governments, national governments, and/or the military that carry out civilian tasks.

    Current capabilities on mapping, identifying, assessing, inspecting, retrieving and/or neutralising UXO still largely use human operators, and increased use of automated and/or unmanned systems would be desirable for efficiency and safety reasons.

    The proposed project should improve civilian capabilities on:

    a) enabling existing knowledge (mapping and integrating data from historical maps and more recent data, including reports from sea operators); comparative analysis of legislation, roles and responsibilities in Member States;

    b) detecting UXO on and below the marine sediment/seabed, in order to detect also buried objects;

    c) identifying, classifying, assessing (identifying chemical and material aspects; sensing levels of corrosion);

    d) inspecting and handling (grab and manipulate UXO under water, from intact shells to chunks to small parts; collect and recovery);

    e) neutralising and disposing (containment of chemical spill overs and possible explosions).

    Especially for proposing new solutions for the capabilities areas a) to c) described above, proposals should take into account and build on existing information produced and compiled by previous EU projects that carry out regular work on environmental risks of hazardous submerged objects such as UXO 36 .

    Research projects should consider results and recommendations from the European Commission’s 2022 “Study on underwater unexploded munitions: final report” 37 .

    Research projects should consider, build on and not duplicate previous research or findings of previous operational work, including but not limited to research by other Framework Programmes projects and/or other EU projects, including those funded by the EU Maritime and Fisheries Fund, by the European Defence Fund and its precursors (the European Defence Industrial Development Programme (EDIDP) and the Preparatory Action on Defence research (PADR)), or by JPI Ocean. Relevant work by civilian national or regional projects 38 , or by regional organisations (such as, for example, NATO/CMRE Research Centre).

    For objectives in the capabilities areas d) and e) described above, proposals should focus on the solutions that address the civil needs and challenges of UXOs (not necessarily deriving from mine countermeasures), with regard to civil resources and engaging civil stakeholders.

    Indeed, the involvement of civilian stakeholders, beyond civilian authorities, such as operators on sea, is strongly encouraged. The project should focus on civilian capability gaps and needs, rather than capabilities that are better addressed by defence instruments and tasks.

    Proposed solutions should be compatible or interoperable with legacy and current systems, and propose or allow an interoperability between systems in use by different Member States.

    Proposed solutions that would improve energy efficiency and environmental impact aspects of current UXO risk mitigation operations (e.g. low environmental footprint, low emissions, circular economy aspects and/or self-sustained equipment) would be desirable.

    Examples of technologies and approaches that can be explored by the research projects include (non-prescriptive and non-exhaustive): sonars and other sensors; UxVs/AUVs; on-board analytical capabilities for material samples; hydroacoustic profiling; artificial intelligence for detection and classification; wing tows from ships; system of systems architecture.

    Proposals should delineate the plans for further development to subsequent TRLs as well as uptake (industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and/or deployment) at national and EU level, should the research deliver on its goals.

    Synergies within civil security can be an asset, for example with Fighting Crime and Terrorism (regarding combating organised crime and terrorism) and Disaster-Resilient Society (regarding environmental contamination).

    BM02 – Secured and facilitated crossing of external borders

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-03: Beyond the state-of-the-art “biometrics on the move” for border checks

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guard Authorities from at least 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 39 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Updated, European-based, knowledge and development on robust biometrics technologies that could be used for recognition (identification and verification) of people crossing external EU borders, demonstrating a clear advancement beyond the current state-of-the-art;

    2.Maximisation of travellers’ experience and of security reassurances, minimising handling of personal data and maximising accuracy, reliability and throughput of the recognition process;

    3.Contribution to improving the operational response capacity of the EBCG at border crossing points and to capabilities that strengthen the Schengen area, by providing security at its external borders that also reassure on maintaining the free movement within its borders.

    Scope: Biometrics are one of the most usable and most reliable ways to validate the identity of an individual. Biometrics that are traditionally used in the context of border controls include fingerprints and 2D facial images; other biometrics are also used for identity management outside the European Union, or at national level, such as iris; and further others are used in other applications in the private sector and in consumer market.

    As for many other technologies, applications of biometrics to improve capabilities in civil security, such as in the border management or law enforcement sectors, may have higher requirements than applications in the consumer market. This applies to the requirements on reliability, usability, scalability, throughput and strict minimization of risks to personal data protection and fundamental rights (including the elimination or minimisation of any risk of bias or discrimination).

    Research should assess and develop the fit-for-purpose border management of biometric identification modalities beyond fingerprints and facial images, and/or innovative modalities of acquisition of those and other biometrics. Proposed projects should particularly investigate biometrics modalities that currently do not offer satisfactory performance (in terms of accuracy, reliability, usability, minimisation data protection risk and risk of bias etc.) but potentially offer significant advantages over existing solutions in the short or medium term for applications in a border checks context.

    Any innovation in biometrics shall imply clear improvements on acquisition, processing and validation, compared to the state-of-the-art, “on-the-move” (i.e. while the travellers are moving and without cooperation from them), contactless and with stand-off biometric capturing from long-distances (ideally, but not mandatorily, more than 10 meters), and/or of when multiple travellers cross borders, on foot or inside the same vehicle. The solutions should also take into account the different nature and scenarios of BCP operations (e.g. open-air conditions, night, time, time constraints, space constraints, etc).

    The solutions should comply with the requirements of current and foreseen EU large-scale IT systems on borders and visa (e.g. the Entry/Exit System), as well as with interoperability frameworks between EU large-scale IT systems on borders, visas, asylum and migration, as well as on police and judicial cooperation.

    The proposed solutions should comply with data protection by design and by default, meet robust fundamental rights impact assessment frameworks as well as apply privacy-preserving and privacy-enhancement by design solutions. Developed solutions could indeed help reduce the amount of biometric data needed to achieve improved reliability of identification, including by acquiring and using less personal data compared to the state-of-the-art.

    The project should also study the stability over time of collected biometrics, and if and how it would be possible to “re-use” collected biometrics in a secure and privacy-friendly manner, for the same purposes and according to allowed uses, collected biometrics, and avoid collecting the same biometrics multiple times.

    The proposed solution(s) should address modular integration with health checks – such as in the case of pandemics – as well as checks on people’s temperature. At system-level, emphasis should be given to automated border check for the purpose of guiding travellers on-the-move while performing the seamless biometric acquisition. Systems should also be compatible with policies and measures typically introduced during pandemics (e.g. the use of facemasks and social distancing).

    The proposed solutions should include automated decision support systems for the biometric recognition process suggesting to the end-users (border checks operators) which procedure, technology or database can be used without infringing rights of travellers.

    The developed solutions need to comply with the Ethics Guidelines on Trustworthy AI (2019) 40 .

    EU border authorities in the consortia should plan to take up the results of the research, assuming the project delivers on its goals and is compatible with applicable legislation, using the financial support of the Border Management and Visa Instrument (BMVI).

    Examples of technologies and approaches that can be explored by the research projects include (non-prescriptive and non-exhaustive): 3D facial images, contactless friction-ridge biometrics (i.e. fingerprint, palmprint and finger-knuckle-print), iris recognition from long distances, palm vein, periocular biometrics, novel algorithms embedding artificial intelligence as well as advanced hardware components like sensors, traveller tracking systems for high-quality on-the-move biometric acquisition, safe single wavelength or multispectral light sources (for the illumination of subjects) and document verification subsystems.

    Research projects should consider, build on (if appropriate) and not duplicate previous research, including but not limited to research by other relevant recent EU Framework Programmes projects on security research, and projects funded under HORIZON-CL3-2021-BM-01-03: Improved border checks for travel facilitation across external borders and improved experiences for both passengers and border authorities’ staff and HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-02: Enhanced security of, and combating the frauds on, identity management and identity and travel documents.

    Proposals should delineate concrete, clear and convincing plans for further development to subsequent TRLs as well as uptake (industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and/or deployment in operational context of border checks) at national and EU level, should the research deliver on its goals.

    Proposals submitted under this topic are expected to address the priorities of the European Border and Coast Guard and of its Agency (Frontex) and of the European Union Agency for the Operational Management of Large-Scale IT Systems in the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice (eu-LISA). This should start from the definition of requirements and the design phase of their work, including basing on the EBCG Capability Roadmap when available; and on the engagement with the Agencies during the implementation of the project. This perspective should be considered and planned when drafting proposals. Proposals should foresee that Frontex and of eu-LISA will observe projects’ pilots and demonstrations, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the border and coast guard community.

    The funded projects will likely have the opportunity of exploiting the core capabilities of the “Border Management Innovation Centre” (BoMIC), Frontex’s future collaborative physical space for testing, demonstration, simulation and assessment of border-check prototype systems, processes and procedures with a focus on human-machine interaction and emulation of real operational environments.

    BM03 – Better customs and supply chain security

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01-04: Interoperability of systems and equipment at tactical level; between equipment and databases; and/or between databases of threats and materials

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guard Authorities from at least 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 41 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased interoperability of existing (and foreseeable upcoming) customs control equipment at tactical level, multi-supplier, multi-authority and cross-border;

    2.More efficient and quicker availability, for EU customs practitioners, of reference data (such as spectra) on threats and dangerous and/or illicit materials;

    3.Building capabilities for a more harmonised European application of customs controls based on risk management and trade facilitation.

    Scope: European customs, as all operators and citizens, also work in our digitalised and interconnected world of equipment, systems, and data. On the one hand, this opens opportunities to harness their capacity to facilitate trade while protecting the security and safety of citizens and benefiting the EU’s economy. On the other hand, the proliferation of equipment, system and data, often from different suppliers and in different versions, may also present challenges in terms of interoperability and an efficient management of flows of goods across the external borders of the Custom Union. Furthermore, the strategy of the “European custom union acting as one” implies that other authorities beyond customs use that same equipment. It also means that equipment, including mobile one, is shared among Member States to increase cooperation and collaboration on checking flows of goods across European borders. Finally, it equally means that standards and technical specifications for customs control equipment are harmonised.

    Another challenge for European customs control capabilities is the rapid availability of, and rapidly shared, data references for (new) threats and illicit materials.

    All this calls for research and innovation for solutions that prepare and increase the interoperability of customs control equipment and data at “tactical” level, in terms of multi-authority, cross-border, multi-supplier interoperability as well as linkages among Member States and Commission systems, and the more rapid availability and sharing of libraries of reference data for target substances or materials. There is room for innovation to improve access to updated spectra (or other formats or references) of target substances and materials when they appear; easily make them available to customs’ devices; and improve data for libraries.

    The solution(s) proposed under this topic should define the requirements and way forward to enable and enhance the interoperability of customs control equipment and of data used in different Member States and/or by different authorities at national level, as well as Commission systems.

    The proposed solution(s) should address how to make libraries of data references on target substances and materials more rapidly available and shared with authorities; to update and share them faster and securely; to enable quicker tackling of illegal substances and materials, either innovating current approaches or designing altogether new approaches for reference libraries.

    EU customs authorities should take up the results of the research in the framework of the Customs Union “acting as one”, with the support of the Customs Control Equipment Instrument (CCEI). The CCEI will enable not only the possibility to establish harmonisation through common standards and technical specifications but will offer access to actively fund equipment across the Member States to fulfil these common standards.

    The proposed solution should include privacy enhancing techniques to allow the sharing of tools without the sharing of data beyond what is strictly necessary. Leaking or compromising personal data should be avoided in the transfer of tools or models.

    Improving energy efficiency and environmental impact aspects of new security technologies for this capability (e.g. low environmental footprint, low emissions, circular economy aspects and/or self-sustained equipment) would be desirable.

    Examples of technologies and approaches that can be explored by the research projects include (non-prescriptive and non-exhaustive): blockchain/DLT, artificial intelligence; spectroscopy, data fusion.

    Research projects should consider, build on (if appropriate) and not duplicate previous research, including but not limited to research by other recent EU Framework Programmes projects on security research.

    Proposals should delineate the plans for further development to subsequent TRLs as well as uptake (industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and/or deployment) at national and EU level, should the research deliver on its goals.

    Call - Border Management 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 42

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 43

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 27 Jun 2024

    Deadline(s): 20 Nov 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-01

    IA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-02

    IA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-03

    IA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-04

    IA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    24.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    BM01 – Efficient border surveillance and maritime security

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-01: Interoperability for border and maritime surveillance and situational awareness

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guard Authorities from at least 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 44 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased border surveillance capability, better performing and more cost-efficient, with data and fundamental rights protection by design;

    2.Improved surveillance and situational awareness of sea borders, but also of maritime infrastructures as harbours and commercial and civilian maritime security, including in key areas such as the Arctic;

    3.Improved multi-level, multi-authority and cross-border (among Member States and Associated Countries practitioners) collaboration thanks to better interoperability of sensing, analysis and C2 systems.

    Scope: Authorities performing surveillance of maritime borders and maritime wide areas use a range of technologies, and receive a range of information, to monitor wide areas, detect threats or crises, and respond to them. However, these inputs are not always merged into common command-and-control (C2) systems that can inform rapid decision-making.

    The proposed solution(s) should allow improved interoperability (at both back-end and front-end levels), independently of the supplier of the equipment, and ideally interchangeability that enables exchange of information among authorities that use different systems.

    The proposed solution(s) can include the design of open architecture C2 systems, including open standards for APIs and bias-free data models.

    The proposed solution(s) should enable simultaneous connection of different sensors (or of different data, or of different assets, depending by the module) by different suppliers, the flexible tasking and monitoring of surveillance assets like RPAS, and the visualization and manipulation of the data in a single user interface in a seamless way. This will support practitioners to exploit their technology stack in an agnostic way.

    The proposed solution(s) should allow for seamless connectivity between C2 systems from different authorities, and at different coordination levels; include cybersecurity measures and information access segregation capabilities; include concepts of operation, standard operating procedures and common lexicon for joint operations using interoperable systems through the proposed solution(s).

    While the project will mainly focus on enabling capabilities through interoperability and interchangeability, proposals that in the process aim at advancing certain technological components, and integrating them into the solution, are welcome.

    Assuming the project delivers on its goals, EU and Member States authorities should plan to take up the results of the research when compatible with applicable legislation using the financial support of the Border Management and Visa Instrument (BMVI).

    Improving energy efficiency and environmental impact aspects of new security technologies for this capability (e.g. low environmental footprint, low emissions, circular economy aspects and/or self-sustained equipment) would be desirable.

    Examples of technologies and approaches that can be explored by the research projects include (non-prescriptive and non-exhaustive): open architecture; user interface and experience; artificial intelligence; UxV; wide-area and long-endurance RPAS and integrated, wide-area RPAS cooperative tasking and management; remote sensors (such as LIDAR or FMCW) on UxVs; vessels-as-sensors; advanced mesh connectivity; automated analysis of abnormal or non-cooperative vessels’ behaviour; Virtual and Augmented Reality; standardized mission data models for RPAS tasking and monitoring, ; and/or over-the-horizon detection technologies.

    Research projects should consider, build on (if appropriate) and not duplicate previous research, including but not limited to research by other relevant EU Framework Programmes projects on security research. Proposals should also clearly demonstrate how they complement and do not overlap with actions undertaken in the European Defence Fund and its precursors (the European Defence Industrial Development Programme (EDIDP) and the Preparatory Action on Defence research (PADR)), while ensuring the civilian focus and application.

    Proposals should delineate the plans for further development to subsequent TRLs as well as uptake (industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and/or deployment) at national and EU level, should the research deliver on its goals.

    Proposals submitted under this topic are expected to address the priorities of the European Border and Coast Guard and of its Agency (Frontex). This should start from the definition of requirements and the design phase of their work, including basing on the EBCG Capability Roadmap when available; and on the engagement with the Agency during the implementation of the project. This perspective should be considered and planned when drafting proposals. Proposals should foresee that Frontex will observe projects’ pilots and demonstrations, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the border and coast guard community.

    Synergies within civil security can be an asset, for example with Disaster-Resilient Society and Fighting Crime and Terrorism.

    BM02 – Secured and facilitated crossing of external borders

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-02: Advanced user-friendly, compatible, secure identity and travel document management

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guard Authorities from at least 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 45 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved capabilities to validate breeder and identity documents as well as ICAO Type 1 and Type 2 digitalised travel documents;

    2.Improved compatibility among tools for verification of travel documents and identity, while guaranteeing not sharing (beyond what’s strictly necessary) or compromising personal data;

    3.Enhanced integration with EU current or planned architecture(s) for digital identity frameworks;

    4.Contribute to capabilities that strengthen the Schengen area, by providing security at its external borders that also reassure on maintaining the free movement within its borders.

    Scope: Authentication of documents is relevant for border management, immigration or visa applications. Furthermore, it could also be relevant to combat other illicit activities, such as financial fraud. Facilitation of travel across external EU borders went and is further going through remarkable developments thanks to subsequent technological generations, and updated procedures and regulatory frameworks. From automated border control gates to “no-gate” solutions, and to “seamless travel”; from secure documents, to digitalised travel documents, and to “dematerialised travel documents” and “digital wallets”. All to ease border crossing for travellers, while maintaining border security against illicit or irregular crossings and protecting fundamental rights. This topic aims at exploring and developing enhanced capabilities for securely managing digitalised travel documents used for travel across external borders.

    The proposed solution should be compatible with planned or possible future EU highly digitalised travel documents formats and travel facilitation systems, and with applicable ICAO current and upcoming schemes. The proposed solutions should be compatible or interoperable with relevant existing digitalised travel documents systems. The proposed solutions should also respect fundamental rights such as privacy and protection of personal data, apply privacy by design of the application and use privacy-enhancing technologies.

    The operational applicability focus should be on highly digitalised travel documents and “digital identity management” used for travel across external borders. However, the research should include enhancing the security of breeder documents, which risk being “weak links” when they are used to obtain genuine, secure travel documents.

    The proposed solution should include techniques (including those to increase the robustness against attempts to falsify biometric data) to allow sharing of results from the tools, and share as few data used by the tool as possible to return those results (in order to increase data protection and minimize data leak risks). Leakage or compromising of personal data should be avoided in the transfer of tools or of their results.

    The proposed solution should ensure secure data collection, access, encryption and decision support for those in relevant roles in the border management processes. Full encryption at transit and rest should be ensured, while enabling fuzzy searches on all metrics of the documents’ data.

    The proposed solution should include an automated decision support system that helps the work of operators and suggests to end-users (such as border authorities’ staff) which process and which database/tool can be legally used with, or by, a certain technology or database.

    The developed solutions need to comply with the Ethics Guidelines on Trustworthy AI (2019) 46 .

    Should the project deliver on its goal and be compatible with applicable legislation, EU and Member States authorities should plan to take up the results of the research with the support of the Border Management and Visa Instrument (BMVI).

    Research projects should consider, build on (if appropriate) and not duplicate previous research, including but not limited to research by other Framework Programmes projects. In particular, proposals should build on achievements and findings of relevant recent EU-funded civil security research projects, including those funded under HORIZON-CL3-2022-BM-01-02: Enhanced security of, and combating the frauds on, identity management and identity and travel documents.

    Proposals should delineate concrete and clear plans for further development to subsequent TRLs as well as uptake (industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and/or deployment in operational contexts) at national and EU level, should the research deliver on its goals.

    Proposals submitted under this topic are expected to address the priorities of the European Border and Coast Guard and of its Agency (Frontex) and of the European Union Agency for the Operational Management of Large-Scale IT Systems in the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice (eu-LISA). This should start from the definition of requirements and the design phase of their work, including basing on the EBCG Capability Roadmap when available; and on the engagement with the Agencies during the implementation of the project. This perspective should be considered and planned when drafting proposals. Proposals should foresee that Frontex and of eu-LISA will observe projects’ pilots and demonstrations, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the border and coast guard community.

    Synergies across authorities and across communities (such as border management, customs, law enforcement communities) within the civil security sector will be an asset, for example with Fighting Crime and Terrorism (regarding combating crime involving identity fraud).

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-03: Integrated risk-based border control that mitigates public security risk, reduces false positives and strengthens privacy

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guard Authorities from at least 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 47 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improve assisted border crossing control systems, coordinated between border, customs and security controls;

    2.Allocate more efficiently border check resources, maintaining security while minimising time and hassle for crossings and false positives;

    3.Allocate flexibly border check resources, when and where needed, depending on changing needs (for example seasonally, and/or in the case of roll-on-roll-off ferries);

    4.Contribute to capabilities that strengthen the Schengen area, by providing security at its external borders that also reassure on maintaining the free movement within its borders.

    Scope: Growth of international travel and mobility (which will likely return to, and increase to a level above, the pre-COVID-19 pandemic levels), the scarcity of resources, and the need to ease border crossings while maintaining security of the Schengen area, make reliable risk assessments and border checks prioritisation important. Border practitioners in some Member States are assessing feasibility, reliability and acceptability of optimised border controls using risk-based management.

    The solution(s) proposed under this topic should allow easier and more flexible allocation and change of resources in border checks, for example to meet seasonal peaks. A possible use case is that of roll-on-roll-off ferries. That situation may generate long queues for border and security checks, while often being seasonal. A proposed solution should help perform border checks, as well improve the speed for detecting threats in vehicles, such as weapons and explosives, without people coming out of vehicles and without slowing down (dis)embarkment off or onto roll-on-roll-off ferries.

    In any case, the proposed solution(s) should consider both the travellers and the goods accompanying them.

    Higher leveraging of risk management in border crossing practices has the potential to also decrease and minimise the use of personal data and the risk for violating fundamental rights. The project should integrate strong ethical, legal and acceptability assessment to ensure that, on the other hand, the risks of bias (such as on ethnicity or gender) and discrimination of risk mitigation is minimised.

    Collaboration with international stakeholders in the field of transport and transport safety in the air, maritime and rail contexts is encouraged.

    Should the project deliver on its goal and be compatible with applicable legislation, EU and Member States authorities should plan to take up the results of the research with the support of the Border Management and Visa Instrument (BMVI).

    The proposed system should ensure secure data collection, access, encryption, and decision support processes. Full encryption at transit and rest should be ensured, while enabling fuzzy searches on all metrics of the documents’ data.

    The system should include automated decision support systems that suggest the end-users which process and database/tool can be legally used using a certain technology.

    Solutions should be compatible or interoperable with legacy and current systems, and propose or allow an interoperability between systems in use by different Member States.

    Improving energy efficiency and environmental impact aspects of new security technologies for this capability (e.g. low environmental footprint, low emissions, circular economy aspects and/or self-sustained equipment) would be desirable.

    Examples of technologies and approaches that can be explored by the research projects include (non-prescriptive and non-exhaustive): risk assessment methods, data fusion, sensors, artificial intelligence.

    Research projects should consider, build on (if appropriate) and not duplicate previous research, including but not limited to research by other recent EU Framework Programmes projects on security research.

    Proposals should delineate the plans for further development to subsequent TRLs as well as uptake (industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and/or deployment) at national and EU level, should the research deliver on its goals.

    Proposals under this topic are expected to address the priorities of the European Border and Coast Guard and of its Agency (Frontex), including basing on the EBCG Capability Roadmap when available, and engage with the Agency during the implementation of the project. This perspective should be considered and planned when drafting proposals. Proposals should expect a key role of Frontex in validating the project outcomes, with the aim of facilitating future uptake of innovations for the border and coast guard community.

    The involvement of Police Authorities 48 is encouraged, as well as synergies with relevant topics of the Fight against Crime and Terrorism Destination.

    BM03 – Better customs and supply chain security

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01-04: Detection and tracking of illegal and trafficked goods

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 Border or Coast Guard Authorities from at least 2 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 49 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    ·Contributing to development of fully automated customs control checkpoints;

    ·Enhancing detection capabilities for customs security, while facilitating trade.

    Scope: European customs need improved capabilities that allow bettering and automatically detecting from traces; interpreting images from scanned cargo; interpreting data; tracking goods; and/or identifying anomalies that support the detection of threats, smuggling or illicit trade eliminating or minimizing disruption to the trade flow. The proposed system should hence advance and/or combine as much as possible the components of detection, tracking and risk-based anticipation.

    On detection, the proposed solution(s) could include trustworthy algorithms for recognition that minimise false positives and biases. Proposed research could include, for example, image (shape) recognition and interpretation, and/or a trace detection approach

    On tracking, the research can propose and explore, for example, technologies for improved traceability of goods and items that could be illicitly trafficked using non-invasive markings.

    On risk-based anticipation, the proposed solution(s) can leverage automated image recognition and interpretation capability coupled with data analytics, such as using advance cargo information in order to anticipate and detect security risks prior to goods’ arrival at the EU external borders.

    The research project can test one or more specific use cases, such as (non-exhaustive examples): art; cultural goods; waste and other environmentally risky material, including radioactive ones; valuables; and/or dangerous items either assembled or disassembled.

    Improving energy efficiency and environmental impact aspects of new security technologies for this capability (e.g. low environmental footprint, low emissions, circular economy aspects and/or self-sustained equipment) would be desirable.

    Examples of technologies and approaches that can be explored by the research projects include (non-prescriptive and non-exhaustive): scanning (vision), detectors/”sniffers” (traces), nanotechnology, blockchain/DLT, artificial intelligence.

    Research projects should consider, build on (if appropriate) and not duplicate previous research, including but not limited to research by other recent EU Framework Programmes projects on security research.

    Proposals should delineate the plans for further development to subsequent TRLs as well as uptake (industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and/or deployment) at national and EU level, should the research deliver on its goals. The results of the research should be taken up by EU customs authorities in the framework of the Customs Union “acting as one”, with the support of the Customs Control Equipment Instrument (CCEI).

    The involvement of Police Authorities 50 is encouraged, as well as synergies with relevant topics of the Fighting against Crime and Terrorism Destination.

    Destination - Resilient Infrastructure

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024:“[…] resilience and autonomy of physical and digital infrastructures are enhanced and vital societal functions are ensured, thanks to more powerful prevention, preparedness and response, a better understanding of related human, societal and technological aspects, and the development of cutting-edge capabilities for […] infrastructure operators […]”

    More specifically, proposals should contribute to the achievement of one or more of the following impacts:

    1.Ensured resilience of large-scale interconnected systems infrastructures and the entities that operate them in in case of complex attacks, pandemics, natural and human-made disasters, or the impacts of climate change;

    2.Upgraded systems for resilience of the operators and the protection of critical infrastructure to enable rapid, effective, safe and secure response and without substantial human intervention to complex threats and challenges, and better assess risks ensuring resilience and open strategic autonomy of European infrastructures;

    3.Resilient and secure smart cities are protected using the knowledge derived from the protection of critical infrastructures and systems that are characterised by growing complexity.

    The capabilities built by research and innovation in this Destination would clearly be relevant to be better prepared for potential future challenges to European internal security and crises as the ones in Ukraine in 2022.

    Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-INFRA-01

    14.40

    23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-INFRA-01

    12.20

    20 Nov 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    14.40

    12.20

    Call - Resilient Infrastructure 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-INFRA-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 51

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 52

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 29 Jun 2023

    Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-INFRA-01-01

    IA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-INFRA-01-02

    IA

    9.40

    Around 4.70

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    14.40

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    INFRA01 – Improved preparedness and response for large-scale disruptions of European infrastructures

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-INFRA-01-01: Facilitating strategic cooperation to ensure the provision of essential services

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 government entities responsible for security, which could include civil protection authorities, at national level from at least 3 different EU Member States. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely to protect and to preserve the confidentiality of risk assessments and of the vulnerabilities of critical entities of Member States, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States only. Proposals including entities established in countries outside the scope specified in the call/topic/action will be ineligible.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 53 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Tools for EU Member State authorities and operators for the assessment and anticipation of relevant risks to the provisions of essential services are identified;

    2.The cooperation between authorities of EU Member States is facilitated by providing solutions for data exchange and joint cross-border risk assessments;

    3.Simulation tools are developed for large-scale exercises to test the resilience of operators and of specific sectors, and related training courses are designed;

    4.Measures by Member State authorities to facilitate risk assessments by operators are identified, including the assessment of dependencies on different sectors and cross-border interdependencies;

    5.Provide common European guidance and support for the drafting of their resilience plans in order to meet all the provisions of the proposed CER-Directive: risk analysis, domino effects, cross-sector and cross-border analysis, standardised plans, educational and training tools;

    6.An all-hazards framework is created to support Member States in ensuring improved concepts and instruments for the anticipation of risks to entities that provide essential services, resulting in an improved preparedness and response against disruptions of key sectors in the EU and enhanced resilience of the EU internal market.

    Scope: The EU Security Union Strategy for 2020-2025, Counter-Terrorism Agenda for the EU and the Cyber Security Strategy stress the importance of ensuring resilience in the face of various risks. The livelihoods of European citizens and the good functioning of the internal market depend on the reliable provision of services fundamental for societal or economic activities in many different sectors. Those services often are reliant upon one another, thus disruptions in one sector can generate severe and long-lasting effects on the provision of services in others.

    Member States hold the primary responsibility in ensuring that operators who use critical infrastructures to deliver such services (hereafter: ‘operators’) comply with applicable rules and have the necessary support to ensure their own resilience and as part of a complex system of interdependencies. On EU-level, there has been a revision of certain legislation aiming at the minimum harmonisation of such rules, such as the [proposals] for a directive on the resilience of critical entities (CER) and the directive on measures for high common level of cybersecurity across the Union (NIS-2). In combination with sectoral EU-legislation and policies on resilience (e.g. the proposal for a Network Code on sector-specific rules for cybersecurity aspects of cross-border electricity flows), this provides a comprehensive framework that needs to be put in practice.

    “Facilitating strategic cooperation” refers to the necessity for public authorities of the Member States to be able to exchange information, in a secure way, on the risk assessments of their critical entities as well as their resilience. “Critical entities” is the specific term used in the proposed CER directive to designate those entities that will be identified by the Member States under the directive. Pursuant to the directive, in particular of its articles 1 and 5, the identity of the critical entities will be classified. In the performance of the project, project participants will interact directly with Member States authorities responsible for risk assessment and analysis of the vulnerabilities of their critical entities. Pursuant to the proposed directive, the confidentiality of the critical entities (and of their vulnerabilities) shall be ensured and protected.

    Proposals under this topic should support the competent authorities of Member States to identify and develop the most suitable tools, solutions and strategies to ensure the resilience of key sectors and thus facilitate the implementation of [related/ future] EU legislation.

    Applicants should focus on delivering solutions that can be used by the competent authorities of EU Member States, to support their task in overseeing the resilience of key sectors in line with relevant EU rules. Such solutions should enhance their ability for cooperation and communication, conducting large-scale risk assessments (including the cross-border dimension), developing best practices for exercises and dedicated complex training modules. The proposals should address the development of improved concepts and instruments for the anticipation and management of strategic risks, strengthening governance framework and enhancing coordination between different authorities.

    It is recommended that proposals develop concrete tools to support all-hazard analysis by integrating domain specific risk assessment and allowing to manage interdependencies phenomena among different sectors and Member States. Possible examples are virtual reality tools, dashboards, complex training and serious gaming modules or other instruments to be used and that currently may not exist on such scale.

    Proposals should aim to cover the largest possible number of sectors described in the respective Annexes of the [proposals for a] directive on the resilience of critical entities (CER 54 ) and the directive on measures for high common level of cybersecurity across the Union (NIS-2 55 ).

    Participation of at least 3 government authorities, from 3 different EU Member States, responsible for resilience on national level and/ or for overseeing operators is mandatory. The inclusion of associations representing private or public operators in specific sectors, or across sectors on EU- or national level, is encouraged.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

    Projects are expected to outline how results are fed into the work of relevant Commission expert groups – [for example the Critical Entities Resilience Group (CERG) and the NIS-2 Cooperation Group] – and to explore synergies with the actions undertaken by relevant EU agencies.

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-INFRA-01-02: Supporting operators against cyber and non-cyber threats to reinforce the resilience of critical infrastructures

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.70 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.40 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 infrastructure operators, which could include civil protection authorities, at national level from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 56 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Support is provided to the resilience of operators against cyber and non-cyber threats in specific sectors;

    2.A reliable state-of-the-art analysis of physical/cyber detection technologies and risk scenarios is created, in the context of an operator in a specific sector in sectors that have not yet been covered by previous research projects;

    3.Strengthened cooperation against natural or human-made threats and subsequent disruptions of infrastructures in Europe, allowing for operational testing in real scenarios or realistic simulations of scenarios with specific regard to disruptions in a specific sector of critical entities;

    4.Improved situational awareness, preparedness and governance by the implementation of effective solutions that enhance detection and anticipated projection of a determined threating situation, as well as implementation of prevention, preparedness/mitigation, response, and recovery types of intervention;

    5.Significant reduction of risks and exposures to anomalies or deliberate events on cyber-physical systems, or on complex and critical infrastructures/systems;

    6.Enhanced preparedness and response by definition of operational procedures of operators as well as public authorities considering citizen’s behaviour/reaction and societal impact in case of disruption in a specific sector.

    Scope: The operational environment in which operators operate has changed significantly in recent years. Security research and innovation related to infrastructure resilience has been following a sectorial approach in order to increase the resilience. This approach to critical infrastructure resilience is needed that as it reflects the current and anticipated future risk landscape, the increasingly tight interdependencies between different sectors, and also the increasingly interdependent relationships between physical and digital infrastructures.

    A disruption affecting the service provision by one operator in one sector has the potential to generate cascading effects on service provision in other sectors, and also potentially in other Member States or across the entire EU.

    With more and more infrastructure systems being interconnected, a stronger focus on the systemic dimension and complexity of attacks and disruptions by cyber or physical means needs to be applied. As such, not only interdependencies within one type of infrastructure (or closely related types) can be taken into account. The risk landscape is more complex in the recent years, involving natural hazards (in many cases exacerbated by climate change), state-sponsored hybrid actions, terrorism, insider threats, pandemics, and accidents (such as industrial accidents).

    Physical disruptions of the activities of operators active in these sectors have possibly serious negative implications for citizens, business, governments, in the environment and endanger the smooth functioning of the internal market. Therefore, operators should be equipped with the best possible means to be able to prevent, resist, absorb and recover from disruptive incidents, no matter if they are caused by natural hazards, accidents, terrorism, insider threats, or public health emergencies.

    Another important issue is to have in place efficient cybersecurity measures to block the access to critical infrastructures. A possible project focusing on the protection of critical infrastructures against such threat should consider gaps and vulnerabilities that need to be identified and overcome (e.g. protection of drinking water supply systems from high chemical levels, nuclear facilities, etc.).

    Therefore, the successful proposal, following a sector-based approach and identifying a specific priority sector, should work on how to increase the combined cyber and non-cyber resilience operators. It should do so by orienting itself on sectors that have not been covered in previous research, out of the list of sectors described in the respective Annexes of the of the [proposals for a] directive on the resilience of critical entities (CER) and the directive on measures for high common level of cybersecurity across the Union (NIS-2) and thus contribute to enhancing the overall resilience on EU-level, in line with the EU Security Union Strategy.

    The proposal should orient itself on the policy shift from protection towards resilience and thus focus on operators acting in the internal market, rather than only on physical or digital assets. This includes concepts of wider business continuity, as well as logistics and supply-chains. Proposals should also focus on the development of a more effective resilience plan conception method, which shall support operators to draft their resilience plans according to the provisions of the CER and NIS-2 Directives [proposals]. The resilience plan conception method should include risk analysis, domino effects analysis, cross-sector and cross-border analysis, standardised plans etc. In addition, this method could include measures on adequate protection, measures on prevention, response, mitigation, and recovery from the consequences of incidents, protection of classified (e.g. the proposal for a Network Code on sector-specific rules for cybersecurity aspects of cross-border electricity flows) or sensitive information and measures that ensure adequate employee security management.

    The main practitioners in this topic should come from private or public operators, meaning organisations and enterprises that use critical infrastructure to deliver services, vital for the functioning of society and the internal market. Consortia that will include MS public entities would be considered as an asset. Competent authorities of MS in charge of resilience and/ or overseeing operators in one or more sectors are also encouraged to join the consortia of applicants.

    If the infrastructure includes processing of personal data, the proposal should consider including a risk assessment or privacy impact of individuals and society.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related innovation activities.

    Applicants are encouraged to explore and demonstrate synergies with the work conducted in the European Reference Network for Critical Infrastructure Protection (ERNCIP), as applicable.

    Call - Resilient Infrastructure 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-INFRA-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 57

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 58

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 27 Jun 2024

    Deadline(s): 20 Nov 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-INFRA-01-01

    IA

    6.20

    Around 6.20

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-INFRA-01-02

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    12.20

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    INFRA02 – Resilient and secure urban areas and smart cities

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-INFRA-01-01: Resilient and secure urban planning and new tools for EU territorial entities

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.20 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.20 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 local or regional government authorities from 2 at least different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 59 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Evaluation of the resilience of an urban and peri-urban environment, identification of weaknesses and recommendations for changes to organizational processes;

    2.Creation of new tools and cost-efficient security upgrades of urban infrastructures with possibilities of pooling and sharing of complex security systems, taking into account limited budgets of local authorities;

    3.Improved efficiency of the security forces and emergency services (police, firefighters, paramedics ...) for the benefit of the European citizens and residents;

    4.Promotion of best practices, creation of EU sovereign trusted decision support tool/solution and spreading of effective tools and capabilities across entities in different EU territories despite their size and location.

    Scope: European territories are developing into more connected and complex systems of different services and infrastructures empowered by technologies and growing digitisation. This change in urban areas in Europe, brings new opportunities but also new threats for the authorities and their relationship with the citizens and residents. It is therefore critical for the resilience of our urban areas and for their citizens’ wellbeing that those services are trusted and secure.

    The classical large-scale infrastructures have a long tradition of implementing the principles of Safety-by-design and Security-by-design when planning their assets. However, with more and more infrastructures on the local level becoming vulnerable, security research can support their protection with new approaches in ‘Security-by-design’. In view of limited budgets of many local administrations, improved knowledge as well as innovative security upgrades and processes for existing urban infrastructures equipped with advanced connectivity technologies and cooperative systems could be explored.

    EU territories, despite their size and location, suffer from a lack of dedicated EU sovereign and trusted tools in order to enhance the coordination of local first responders and to improve security coverage, such as the preparation of operational staff, field intervention and predictive tools. Even though some complicated tools already exist, it is clear that there is no generic, cost effective and easy to use solutions for local authorities. Therefore, there is a need for creation of new tools that are designed in a simple manner and deployed in an effective way.

    Resilient and secure urban planning tools for the development of holistic approaches that network the different organizational levels, sensor and communication levels and data rooms are very pertinent. These tools should assess the resilience of urban and peri urban territories, identify weaknesses and recommend changes to organizational processes, sensors and communication infrastructure. The secure urban and rural living spaces, technical solutions, organizational levels, and data rooms must be more closely linked. There is a clear need for a development of tools for recovery strategies and proactive foresight for urban and peri urban environments. The tactical tools should include modelling of urban centres and rural areas, predictive tools, improved global situational awareness and day-to-day planning and crisis management (e.g., simulation, training).

    A minimum of 2 local authorities from 2 at least different Member States are required to join the consortia of applicants. The proposals should include a high level of confidence in data management and sharing, provide solutions on cybersecurity issues and take on board new type of threats. The proposed solutions should suggest trusted shared architectures, trusted data collection, secure computation on the data and management processes, modelling capabilities, hypervisor supporting global situational awareness with open and trusted API’s, trusted data processing engines and, e.g., artificial intelligence tools. If the tools include processing of personal data, it should consider including a risk assessment or privacy impact of individuals and society.

    The testing and/or piloting of the tools and solutions developed in a real setting and the participation of one or more relevant local authorities is an asset; regardless, actions should foresee how they will facilitate the uptake, replication across setting and up-scaling of the capabilities - i.e. solutions, tools, processes et al. – to be developed by the project.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related innovation activities.

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-INFRA-01-02: Advanced real-time data analysis used for infrastructure resilience

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 infrastructure operators, which could include civil protection authorities, at national level from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 60 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved capabilities for risk and faulty events identification in infrastructure networks and smart cities through real-time analysis (including big data) by public and private actors via secured and trusted platforms and interconnected systems where the collaboration follows clear legal and political frameworks;

    2.Tools and processes for facilitating stakeholders efforts to identify, analyse, assess and continuously monitor risks and boost adaptive capacity to unexpected events risks in advance by allowing for the analysis of various data sources (e.g. audio, video, social media, web-content, spatial information, sensor or machine generated data);

    3.Fast and continuous real-time identification, classification and tracking of hazardous agents, contaminants or anomalies in infrastructure networks and supply-chains;

    4.Interoperable interfaces and improved collaboration between infrastructure operation detection and response systems, national/EU risk management/coordination centres and first responder equipment in order to allow for remote on-scene operations considering citizen knowledge;

    5.Increased cyber-resilience of industrial xG networks and cloud data covering specific infrastructure domains

    6.Improved ability to map in real-time the source(s) of risk factors that could endanger the networked infrastructure supported by Earth Observation and geolocation data. If the analysis includes processing of personal data, it should consider including a risk assessment or privacy impact of individuals and society.

    Scope: Today’s society is more interconnected than ever before. Telecommunication networks, transport networks, aviation, energy, water grids, finance are the backbone of today’s society. Due to their exceptional complexity and size, infrastructure networks pose a specific challenge when it comes to identifying different risks, either cyber or physical. Especially in the cyber-domain, many intrusions or attacks remain unnoticed or are detected relatively late. Technological developments in areas like machine learning for analytics, user interfaces as well as storage applications have the potential to improve related capabilities.

    Modern urban environments and interconnected infrastructures create constantly big amounts of data. In addition, other sources can be exploited to support the identification and analysis of risks to infrastructures. Therefore, research on enhanced risk anticipation through real-time data analysis has the potential to lead to useful tools to enhance preparedness (contingency plans, scenario-based exercises, allocation of resources, etc.).

    Resilience of smart cities is marked by a set of specific requirements taking into account most notably aspects from the integration considering user centred approaches as well as social and ethical aspects of Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT), AI/ Machine Learning approaches for real-time data analytics, ensuring transparency, sufficient knowledge and their operational challenges in this area.

    While the availability of larger amounts of data from different sources offers potential to improve the identification of possible risks to infrastructures, it also increases the demand for fast and resilient analytical tools. There is a need to filter information to identify data that is relevant as an indicator for risks and - given the large number of different forms of cyber-attacks or intrusions - also a need to prioritise and decide according to the degree of danger they present. This implies the need for matching data in the appropriate context and verifying the source with a view of ensuring that only relevant data is analysed, thus avoiding false results. Faster identification and localisation of hazardous agents and contaminants inside the infrastructure networks is a key to allow for quick response, inform and involve citizens and residents as well as avoid large-scale damage of any incident. Such identification capabilities can be deployed as part of the infrastructure and integrate with the systems public authorities use to make sure information is available as soon as possible. Furthermore, it is crucial to develop methods for better cooperation between different actors to ensure a common understanding and interpretation of data and to provide interactive tools for exchange and visualisation for decision support. Cooperation between different public and private actors is essential in this regard.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related innovation activities.

    Destination - Increased Cybersecurity

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway contributing to the following impact of the Strategic Plan 2021-2024: "Increased cybersecurity and a more secure online environment by developing and using effectively EU and Member States’ capabilities in digital technologies supporting protection of data and networks aspiring to technological sovereignty in this field, while respecting privacy and other fundamental rights; this should contribute to secure services, processes and products, as well as to robust digital infrastructures capable to resist and counter cyber-attacks and hybrid threats".

    More specifically, proposals should contribute to the achievement of one or more of the following impacts:

    1.Strengthened EU cybersecurity capacities and European Union sovereignty in digital technologies

    2.More resilient digital infrastructures, systems and processes

    3.Increased software, hardware and supply chain security

    4.Secured disruptive technologies

    5.Smart and quantifiable security assurance and certification shared across the EU

    6.Reinforced awareness and a common cyber security management and culture.

    All proposals of projects under this Destination should be complementary and not overlap with relevant actions funded by other EU instruments, including the European Defence Fund and its precursors (the European Defence Industrial Development Programme (EDIDP) and the Preparatory Action on Defence research (PADR)), while maintaining a focus on civilian applications only.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01

    50.70

    23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-CS-01

    50.90

    20 Nov 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    50.70

    50.90

    Call - Increased Cybersecurity 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 61

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 62

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 29 Jun 2023

    Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01-01

    IA

    23.00

    4.00 to 6.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01-02

    IA

    15.70

    2.00 to 4.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01-03

    RIA

    12.00

    4.00 to 6.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    50.70

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    CS01 - Systems Security and Security Lifetime Management, Secure Platforms, Digital Infrastructures

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01-01: Secure Computing Continuum (IoT, Edge, Cloud, Dataspaces)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 23.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Tools to support cybersecurity resilience, preparedness, awareness, and detection within critical infrastructures and across supply chains;

    2.Cloud infrastructures vulnerabilities mitigation;

    3.Secure integration of untrusted IoT in trusted environments;

    4.Use of Zero-Trust architectures;

    5.Trust & Security for massive connected IoT ecosystems & lifecycle management;

    6.Secure interoperability and integration of systems;

    7. AI-based automation tools for cyber threat intelligence;

    8.Secure infrastructure, secure Identities and usability for a security chain covering communication, data collection, data transport, and data processing.

    Scope: The evolution of our interconnected society brings multiple layers of cloud, edge computing, and IoT platforms that continuously interact with each other. Yet this always-connected ecosystem populated with potentially vulnerable entities requires advanced, smart and agile protection mechanisms to manage the security and privacy of individual components throughout their lifecycle and of overall systems. The complexity of such interconnected environments underlines the need for the proactive and automated detection, analysis, and mitigation of cybersecurity attacks in cloud, at the edge, for OT, IoT deployments, and in application domains such as, for example, smart cities. Integrating end-to-end security and user-centric privacy in complex distributed platforms requires work to address security threats and vulnerabilities over the entire platform ecosystem.

    The identification and analysis of potential regulatory aspects and barriers for the developed technologies/solutions is encouraged, where relevant.

    CS02 –Privacy-preserving and identity technologies

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01-02: Privacy-preserving and identity management technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.70 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 63 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved scalable and reliable privacy-preserving and identity management technologies for federated and secure sharing and for processing of personal and industrial data and their integration in real-world systems;

    2.Improving privacy-preserving technologies for cyber threat intelligence and data sharing solutions;

    3.Privacy by design;

    4.Contribution to promotion of GDPR compliant European data spaces for digital services and research (in synergy with DATA Topics of Horizon Europe Cluster 4). Also, contribution to the promotion of eID Regulation compliant European solutions;

    5.Research and development of self-sovereign identity management technologies and solutions;

    6.Provide resource efficient and secure digital identity solutions for Small and medium sized enterprises (SME);

    7.Strengthened European ecosystem of open-source developers and researchers of privacy-preserving solutions;

    8.Usability of privacy-preserving and identity management technologies.

    Scope: Using big data for digital services and scientific research brings about new opportunities and challenges. For example, machine-learning methods process medical and behavioural data in order to find causes and explanations for diseases or health risks. However, a large amount of this data is personal data. Leakage or abuse of this kind of data, potential privacy risks (e.g. attribute disclosure or membership inference) and identity compromises pose threats to individuals, society and economy, which hamper further developing data spaces involving personal data. Likewise, there are similar challenges for the exploitation of non-personal/industrial data assets that may compromise the opportunities offered by the data economy. Advanced privacy-preserving technologies such as, for example, cryptographic anonymous credentials, homomorphic encryption, secure multiparty computation, and differential privacy have the potential to address these challenges. However, further work is required to ensure and test their applicability in real-world use case scenarios.

    The security of any digital service or the access to data is based on secure digital identities. The eID Regulation provides the legal framework on which to build technological solutions that address the user needs concerning their digital identity. With regards to personal data, it is also important to develop self-sovereign identity solutions that give users complete control on their personal data and use.

    Proposals should address usability, scalability and reliability of secure and privacy-preserving technologies in supply chain and take integration with existing infrastructures and traditional security measures into account. They should further take into account, whenever needed, the legacy variation in data types and models across different organizations. The proposed solutions should be validated and piloted in realistic, federated data infrastructures such as, for example, European data spaces. They should ensure compliance with data regulations and be GDPR compliant by-design. Open-source solutions are encouraged.

    Consortia should bring together interdisciplinary expertise and capacity covering the supply and the demand side, i.e. industry, service providers and, where relevant, end-users. The use of authentication and authorisation infrastructure framework tools developed for data spaces, and notably with the European Open Science Cloud, could be considered. Participation of SMEs is strongly encouraged. Legal expertise should also be added to ensure compliance of the project results with data regulations and the GDPR.

    The identification and analysis of potential regulatory aspects and barriers for the developed technologies/solutions is encouraged, where relevant.

    CS03 - Secured disruptive technologies

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01-03: Security of robust AI systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Security-by-design concept and resilience to adversarial attacks;

    2.Inclusion of context awareness in machine learning in order to boost resiliency.

    Scope: Proposals received under this topic will address the security of AI systems, in the line with the following considerations. The availability of very large amounts of data, together with advances in computing capacity, has allowed the development of powerful Artificial Intelligence applications (in particular Machine Learning and Deep Learning). At the same time, concerns have been raised over the security, robustness of the AI algorithms (including AI at the edge), including the risks of adversarial machine learning and data poisoning. Thus, it is important to promote security-compliant AI algorithms, leading to possible certification schemes in the future.

    Proposals should demonstrate awareness of the EU approach on Artificial Intelligence 64 , such as the proposed Artificial Intelligence Act.

    The identification and analysis of potential regulatory aspects and barriers for the developed technologies/solutions is encouraged, where relevant.

    Call - Increased Cybersecurity 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-CS-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 65

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 66

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 27 Jun 2024

    Deadline(s): 20 Nov 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-CS-01-01

    IA

    32.00

    4.00 to 6.00

    6

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-CS-01-02

    RIA

    18.90

    4.00 to 6.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    50.90

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    CS01 - Systems Security and Security Lifetime Management, Secure Platforms, Digital Infrastructures

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-CS-01-01: Approaches and tools for security in software and hardware development and assessment

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 32.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 67 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved hardware and software security engineering; resilient systems design;

    2.Improved access to testing of hardware and software in virtual, closed and secure environments;

    3.Systematic and, where possible, automated study of vulnerabilities, software analysis, vulnerability discovery, and dynamic security assessment;

    4.Trustworthy certifiable hardware and software;

    5.AI-based security services e.g. predictive security, advanced anomaly and intrusion detection, system health checks.

    Scope: Software is at the foundation of all digital technologies and, as such, at the core of IT infrastructures, services, and products. Current software development prioritises fast deployment over security, which results in vulnerabilities and unsecure applications. Security engineering, both at the software and hardware levels, must be integrated in their development. Whilst a great portion of the software and hardware used in the EU is developed outside the European Union, it should comply with the security requirements within the EU. The EU should be able to rely on software and hardware that can be verified and audited as to their security. In particular, the potential security implications of using open-source software and hardware, and security auditability in that context, should be further explored. Software is subject to continuous update, so the security posture cannot be assessed once and for all, hence methods and tooling to perform continuous assessments of security are needed. In addition, security and privacy regulations also evolve, having to be factored in compliance approaches.

    The identification and analysis of potential regulatory aspects and barriers for the developed technologies/solutions is encouraged, where relevant.

    CS02 - Cryptography

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-CS-01-02: Post-quantum cryptography transition

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.90 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increasing the maturity of current post-quantum cryptographic algorithms and contribution to further standardisation;

    2.Easy-to-use tools for the large-scale implementation of post-quantum cryptographic algorithms, based on state-of-the-art standards;

    3.Secure and efficient transition from pre- to post-quantum encryption through tools implementing a hybrid approach combining recognised pre-quantum public key algorithms and additional post-quantum algorithms;

    4.Phase-in of post-quantum algorithms or protocols to new or existing applications;

    5.Demonstrators and good-practice implementations of post-quantum cryptographic algorithms on varied hardware and software platforms;

    6.Application-oriented recommendations for the widespread implementation of post-quantum cryptography across the EU.

    Scope: The advent of large-scale quantum computers will compromise much of modern cryptography, which is instrumental in ensuring cybersecurity and privacy of the digital transition. Any cryptographic primitive based on the integer factorization and/or the discrete logarithm problems will be vulnerable to large-scale quantum-powered attacks. The digital data/products/systems that derive their security ultimately from the abovementioned primitives will be compromised and must be upgraded - including their replacement when needed- to quantum-resistant cryptography. The massive scale of this foreseen upgrade shows that preparations are needed today in order to widely implement the relevant mitigations in the future. Many companies and governments cannot afford to have their protected communications/data decrypted in the future, even if that future still seems distant. There is a need to advance swiftly in the transition to quantum-resistant cryptography.

    Post-quantum resistant cryptographic algorithms should be deployable in a dynamic manner in order to quickly react to new quantum computer developments. Recommendations for post-quantum cryptography have already been published, but have to be maintained up-to-date, Proposals received under this topic should contribute to developing coordinated European recommendations for the transition to post-quantum cryptography across the EU.

    The identification and analysis of potential regulatory aspects and barriers for the developed technologies/solutions is encouraged, where relevant.

    Destination - Disaster-Resilient Society for Europe

    Proposals involving earth observation are encouraged to primarily make use of Copernicus data, services and technologies.

    Proposals are encouraged also to coordinate with ESA relevant activities, especially those undertaken under the Science for Society element of the FutureEO programme ( https://eo4society.esa.int ). Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024:

    “Losses from natural, accidental and human-made disasters are reduced through enhanced disaster risk reduction based on preventive actions, better societal preparedness and resilience and improved disaster risk management in a systemic way.”

    More specifically, proposals should contribute to the achievement of one or more of the following impacts:

    1.Enhanced exploitation of the latest scientific results (e.g., from research programmes and institutions) and integrated technologies (e.g. Earth observation, in situ data collection, advanced modelling, AI) into enhanced understanding of high-impact hazards and complex compound and cascade events and improved prevention, preparedness to mitigation, response, and recovery tools;

    2.Enhanced understanding and improved knowledge and situational awareness of disaster-related risks by citizens, empowered to act and consider innovative solutions, thus raising the resilience of European society;

    3.More efficient cross-sectoral, cross-disciplines (including SSH), cross-border coordination of the disaster risk management cycle and governance (from scientific research to prevention, preparedness to mitigation, response, and recovery, including knowledge transfer and awareness of innovative solutions) from international to local levels;

    4.Enhanced collaboration, interactions and cross-discipline dialogue and networking between the scientific community, research institutions and programmes (e.g., HE, ESA scientific activities, national science programmes, FutureEarth RIS-KAN) and first and second responders through dedicated networking and collaboration actions fostering a faster transfer of results from science into practice;

    5.Support of harmonised and/or standardised and interoperability of guidelines / protocols / tools / technologies in the area of crisis management, natural disasters and CBRN-E;

    6.Strengthened capacities of first responders in all operational phases related to any kind of natural and human-made disasters so that they can better prepare their operations, have access to enhanced situational awareness, have means to respond to events in a faster, safer and more efficient way, and may more effectively proceed with victim identification, triage and care;

    7.Improved impact forecasting capability and scenario building for enhanced stress testing of critical entities and adaption of protection and resilience-enhancing activity accordingly;

    8.Improved ability to rescue and manage the first phases of emergencies that take into account extreme climatic events and/or geological hazards that may threaten urban areas (e.g. interface fires, floods, earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanic eruption etc.).

    All proposals of projects under this Destination should be complementary and not overlap with relevant actions funded by other EU instruments, including the European Defence Fund and its precursors (the European Defence Industrial Development Programme (EDIDP) and the Preparatory Action on Defence research (PADR)), while maintaining a focus on civilian applications only.

    Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01

    27.50

    23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01

    24.00

    20 Nov 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    27.50

    24.00

    Call - Disaster-Resilient Society 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 68

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 69

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 29 Jun 2023

    Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-01

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-02

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-03

    IA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-04

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-05

    RIA

    3.50

    Around 3.50

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    27.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    DRS01 - Societal Resilience: Increased risk Awareness and preparedness of citizens

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-01: Improving social and societal preparedness for disaster response and health emergencies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 organisations representing citizens or local communities, practitioners (first and/or second responders), and local or regional authorities and private sector from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Identification of different factors in inequality and ways to communicate with vulnerable groups, of individual, organisational, and systemic resilience factors and pathways to support these, and of ways to address vulnerabilities in acute crisis as well as during prevention, in order to elaborate an interconnectedness of resilience and vulnerability;

    2.Improvement of populations health literacy and basic understanding of how medicine and vaccines work and how they are developed and produced;

    3.Improved crisis communication through increased awareness and risk perception regarding bio security, identification of challenges for and limits of communication strategies and interventions regarding different vulnerable groups and approaches to address these, elaborating of ways for resolving barriers for crisis communication: interlinguality, interculturality, intersemiotics;

    4.Putting the citizen at the centre of the crisis management process, increasing their capacity to access, read and interpret scientifically sourced information, analysing gender behaviours regarding unpopular measures (e.g., quarantine) and vaccination attitudes and identification and relieving of barriers for vaccination readiness: Trust, risk appraisal, barriers for registration for vaccination, information, collective responsibility;

    5.Incorporation of information technology and bias-free data processing into crisis management through improved information processing in transformative governance, illustrating possibilities, challenges, and limits of digitalisation and enabling usage of data for political decision making;

    6.Incorporation of machine learning and artificial intelligence in governance and political decision making based on interdisciplinary discussions on definitions on problems; areas of application; and definition of responsibilities and competences in data governance;

    7.Validation of novel, smartphone sized or wearable technologies with laboratory-level diagnostics capability (e.g., wearables with integrated digital dosimeters, handheld PCR test devices);

    8.Strengthening of the One Health approach including not only human physical health but also mental health as well as environmental and animal health, and understanding of the biological risks posed by environmental changes such as climate change and preparedness for impacts on human health;

    9.Projects should include privacy safeguards to ensure that disaster response systems protect fundamental rights such as privacy and protection of personal data.

    Scope: The COVID-19 pandemic illustrated the specific challenges of health emergencies and the necessity to be prepared not only on a material and physical level but also from a social and societal perspective. Challenges during the pandemic included difficulties of working with protective gear such as insecurities and usage mistakes; additional disadvantages for vulnerable groups among others due to communication issues; and lack of local cooperation and prevention regarding equipment, stocks, and coordination. These challenges were largely due to deficiencies in the inclusion of social sciences in disaster research. The COVID-19 pandemic poses an opportunity to analyse successes and difficulties during a global health crisis and thereby preparing for future health crises.

    Currently, different groups are not reached equally by public communication efforts. Risk communication especially fails to contact vulnerable groups. Social inequalities are present in different forms and on different levels. For communication strategies and interventions, it should be considered how they are affected by different groups, localities, and cultural factors. In different crises, different vulnerability factors can be more pronounced and different groups can be more vulnerable. On the other hand, resilience can protect against negative effects of crises. Resilience can be supported on an individual, organisational, or systemic level. All should be considered in preparation for crisis as well as in acute situations.

    Information technology and digital data processing are becoming increasingly important in public health issues, including personal data protection and ethics. Processing large datasets and automated analyses can open new possibilities in understanding health and illness on a population level and for deriving prevention strategies. However, the implementation of information technology poses several challenges and research on how to effectively use the results in political decision-making. Data security is another challenge when large amounts of personalized (health) data are processed automatically. Concerns about data security and general scepticism about digital information processing in the population need to be taken seriously and addressed.

    Health encompasses several aspects and levels. Human health incorporates both physical and psychological health which are interconnected and mutually dependent. At the same time, humans are embedded in their environment so human and environmental health cannot be approached in isolation from each other. According to the One Health approach, health of humans, animals, and environment are intertwined. This is illustrated by the current health crisis of COVID-19 which is attributed to SARS-CoV-2 jumping over from wild animals to humans. Another illustration of the interconnectedness are health impacts of climate change. These interdependencies make an interdisciplinary approach to health necessary that incorporates all aspects of health and their interconnectedness.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH as well as gender experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH and gender expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. The involvement of citizens, civil society and other societal stakeholders in co-design and co-creation should be promoted. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

    DRS03 - Improved harmonisation and/or standardisation in the area of crisis management and CBRN-E

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-02: Operability and standardisation in response to biological toxin incidents

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 2 National standardisation organisations;

    For all the participants above, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved European crisis management in case of an incident with biological toxins through the development of a pan-European task force of security practitioners, taking into consideration existing intersectoral actions on bioterrorism;

    2.New and existing portable devices, technologies and methods for responders to perform on-site detection of biological toxins are brought to the market;

    3.Recommendations of effective decontamination measures for personnel, equipment and facilities exposed to biological toxins are provided based on solid experimental testing;

    4.Development of an operational European response network of specialised and forensic laboratories, taking into account existing initiatives such as e.g. the HERA Laboratory Network and harmonised procedures/guidelines for forensic analysis of biological toxins applicable to a range of relevant technologies and toxins;

    5.The risks for responders from exposure to biological toxins in the hot-zone are assessed and recommendations of protective equipment for working with biological toxins in the hot-zone are developed;

    6.Building on existing initiatives and networks, a consolidated platform is established providing support for standardisation efforts in the analysis of biological toxins.

    Scope: Recent incidents in Europe and worldwide have highlighted the current threat posed by several biological toxins falling under the Chemical and Biological Weapons Convention. The incidents demonstrated the urgency for countries individually and collectively to improve crisis management capabilities, to advance standardisation efforts and to interconnect security practitioners such as first responders (including health emergency services), law enforcement agencies, specialists from public health (e.g. epidemiologists, environmental health experts), as well as specialised and forensic laboratories across Europe. In order to ensure cross border interoperability, existing and new national procedures need to be developed and implemented in an operational and coherent European crisis response network capable of addressing the threats posed by biological toxins.

    To properly manage and minimise the effects of an attack with biological toxins, fast and reliable detection and identification of the used agent is critical. Portable devices, technologies and methods for responders to perform on-site detection of a panel of biological toxins remain to be developed. There is a need for evaluation, training and advancement of on-site detection methods for responders, as well as the integration of emerging detection technologies into marketable solutions.

    The safety of responders relies on correct risk assessment and the use of appropriate protective equipment. The risks from exposure to biological toxins in the hot zone are largely unknown. In order to recommend appropriate protective equipment for first responders and to guide the use of effective decontamination measures, the risks from exposure need to be assessed, taking into account sex susceptibility to toxins exposure. The Commission stockpiles personal protective equipment, and links should be sought with this joint DG ECHO-HERA action to make proposals as useful as possible.

    Following an attack, exposed personnel, equipment and facilities needs to be decontaminated and declared safe as quickly as possible, in order limit the effects on society. Most decontamination procedures are developed for chemical or biological (i.e. organisms and viruses) agents, but based on their characteristics, biological toxins are at the interface of classical biological and chemical agents. Therefore, the efficiency of existing decontamination procedures should be evaluated for the decontamination of biological toxins.

    Previous initiatives have initiated standardisation efforts for lab-based detection and identification of biological toxins. Analytical tools and reference materials are available and comprehensive training and proficiency-testing programs were organised, however, the need for further technical and operational improvement was demonstrated. Building on existing initiatives and networks, a consolidated platform should be established providing analytical tools (including Certified Reference Materials), training and intercomparisons among laboratories. Following the initial detection of the used biological toxin, a more detailed analysis is needed in order to link the agent to confiscated materials. In support of criminal investigations, new procedures and guidelines for comprehensive forensic analysis of biological toxins are needed. The developed methods and procedures should be shared among specialised and forensic laboratories. This action is also expected to engage with the European Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA).

    In this context it is important to remind that standardisation should support operations and policymaking to supplement it but should by no means substitute it. While standardisation of technology may be more straightforward, the right balance does especially have to be sought for processes. The action should ensure close synergies with standardisation activities on European (e.g. CEN/TC 391) and international level (e.g. ISO/TC 292).

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-03: Internationally coordinated networking of training centres for the validation and testing of CBRN-E tools and technologies in case of incidents, with consideration of human factors

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of:

    1.at least 3 Training Centres located in the European Union;

    2.in addition, the consortium must include at least 2 CBRN Centres of Excellence 70 from targeted non-associated third countries;

    3.and representatives of scientific stakeholders involved in training, validation and testing of CBRN-E tools and technologies and end-users (both practitioners and policymakers).

    For all the participants above, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Extended networking of training centres in Europe and selected CBRN Centres of Excellence in non-EU countries;

    2.Compilation of information of capacities of networked CBRN-E training centres in view of better coordination of training and testing actions in support of research and standard developments;

    3.Improved cooperation and development of testing methodologies and protocols for the validation of tools and technologies resulting from research actions (including pre- or co-normative research) and/or proofs of concepts for developing standards, combining societal and technological challenges;

    4.Inter-cooperation through an established forum of training centres to synchronize actions for identifying gaps in test and validation techniques, methodologies and protocols.

    Scope: In case of a CBRN-E incident, it is of outmost importance that personnel involved in handling the situation, i.e., rescue services and polices, are well educated and trained and that they are using equipment and tools that are reliable with validated capabilities. It can be the difference between a well-functioning management and a disaster. To achieve a more robust and consistent opportunity to practice, test and evaluate CBRN-E tools and technologies (resulting from research actions and/or standard developments) within Europe and beyond, it is necessary to strengthen networking of existing training and testing facilities and centres and to extend it to relevant CBRN Centres of Excellence located in non-EU countries. An assessment of such facilities can identify gaps where training and testing opportunities are lacking but can also be a possibility to highlight weaknesses in that there may be dependencies on one or a few actors. This will indicate what type of facilities are ready to be used for specific training / validation needs and which developments are required to strengthen the testing end exercise capabilities to be better prepared in the event of a CBRN-E incident. It will also give the existing centres a possibility to cooperate to compare, enhance, develop and extend the range of tests, exercises and training to achieve a robustness that will benefit the whole European CBRN-E community. Along validation / testing actions, training exercises should consider societal aspects (vulnerable groups, human factors) in combination of CBRN technological response in case of an incident. It should be considered whether the Commission stockpiled items, aiming to respond to medical and CBRN emergencies, could be a part of training and validation exercises.

    The work would build on the results achieved from past H2020 and ISF actions in this area, focusing on further development of tools, tests and training methods.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. The involvement of citizens, civil society and other societal stakeholders in co-design and co-creation should be promoted.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is required, in particular with countries belonging to the CBRN Centres of Excellence network.

    DRS04 - Strengthened capacities of first and second responders

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-04: Robotics: Autonomous or semi-autonomous UGV systems to supplement skills for use in hazardous environments

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 first responders’ organisations or agencies and representatives of local or regional authorities in charge of managing hazardous environmental sites from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Broad acceptance of autonomous systems by first responders and affected people in civil protection;

    2.Higher safety and security standards for operational forces working in hazardous environments;

    3.Get ahead of future shortcomings of trained first responder personnel by increasing first responder efficiency (less personnel do more work in shorter time);

    4.Increased ability to conduct on-scene operations remotely without endangering first responders;

    5.European robotics industry is strengthened through engagement in the civil protection research as well as an economic and political advantage through building up know-how for innovative technologies;

    6.Reduction of false positive redouts from various sensors carried by robots.

    Scope: Robotics and automation are key technologies that help increase productivity and efficiency to prevent, prepare, and/or respond to natural and human-made disasters. Demographic change and lifestyle changes, such as shifting several time centre of one’s life, build up lots of pressure, especially on volunteer-based first responder organizations, which need long training to be mission ready. First responders supported by robotics will be able to fulfil more work within a shorter amount of time and with less personnel. In this industry, cheaper, more capable, and more flexible technologies are accelerating the growth of fully automated production facilities. It is necessary to bring this innovation also into saving lives. Fundamental changes (procedures, tactics and strategies) in the civil protection traditional way of working are needed. Robotic systems with and without autonomous functionalities are not entirely new in disaster relief, but still, there is no continuous and decisive step towards bringing this innovation into the first responders’ daily work. In order to be successful in this process, various aspects should be considered.

    Firstly, there is a need to identify the fields and domains that will benefit from (autonomous) robotic systems. For a start, there is an urgent need to look into the deployments in hazardous environments or where the danger for first responders and citizens is the highest. What kind of technologies can be replaced with robotic solutions to complete the task more efficiently? What are the situations which cause the most significant danger to human life during a disaster situation? Also, it is essential to look into options where robotic systems might be more effective than humans. Extensive technology inventory is needed. Altogether this first step can be considered as the exhaustive requirements and gaps analyses which is an inevitable step bringing robotics closer to the civil protection.

    Secondly, the identified gaps and needs should be the basis for proof-of-concept research and development studies. Proof of concept studies can either focus on autonomous systems or semi- autonomous systems (e.g. optionally manned or tele-operated systems). These solutions enable managers and practitioners to immerse themselves in what is happening on- site from a great distance and make decisions or even actively intervene in what is happening. To this end, new sensing capabilities should be developed to enhance robotic capabilities and provide more information about the hazards in the environment they operate. They should be adapted in a compact system to be mounted on robots. Human-machine interaction technologies that enable an overlapping control of the robotic systems between the artificial Intelligence entity and the operator need to be developed. The interaction between the user and the robotic system has to be intuitive and should work without extended training. Thirdly, first responders' training, preparedness, and mindset should be considered when bringing new technologies into the field. This is necessary in order to reach a required paradigm shift. This is a long-term process and therefore has to be strategical and well planned.

    Fourthly, the relevant infrastructure needs to be put in place. Robotic systems should be seen as an integral part of first responder ecosystems and not as a single technology. Further research is needed to define the basic physical and organisational structures and facilities required for the operation of robotic solutions and integration to the current operational infrastructure. Therefore, adapted standard operational procedures have to be developed.

    Overarching topics like ethics, legal and societal implications are highly relevant in the robotics context. They form the basis for the societal acceptance of artificial intelligence in control and decision-making. As robotics become a new resource for the application in hazardous environments (but not only), their acceptance has to be ensured from the perspectives of emergency services, just as the people to be rescued.

    In summary, the scope of this topic is not only to develop new robotic solutions for specific tasks but addresses also more holistically the surrounding environment and factors that impact civil protection on a larger scale (urbanisation, ageing, climate change, increased complexity in the area of critical infrastructure protection etc.). There are many research and engineering challenges that need to be addressed in the framework of this topic. First responders play a vital role in ensuring that the robotics solutions are based on the needs and are valuable assets for the civil protection ecosystem.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research/innovation activities.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01-05: Increased technology solutions, institutional coordination and decision-support systems for first responders of last-kilometer emergency service delivery

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 first responders’ organisations or agencies and representatives of local or regional authorities in charge of disaster response from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Identification and evaluation of existing technologies supporting first and second responders in their immediate response to natural disasters (e.g. drones, AI, sensors), highlighting their strengths and weaknesses;

    2.Testing and implementation of most promising user-centred technologies in real-world conditions;

    3.Innovative technology solutions to improve searching operations in smoky environments in the case of wildfires.

    Scope: Supplying relief items to various demand spots in disaster-prone areas is a critical task due to last-kilometer logistics problems that hamper the process of and efficient transportation of first responders and their equipment. Blocked roads, heavy terrain and bad weather conditions are factors that are faced by first and second responders (e.g. fire brigade, emergency medical services) in the immediate response to disasters. Innovative technologies (e.g. drones, AI, sensors etc.) are considered to support emergency workers in overcoming the aforementioned challenges related to relief items delivery and can provide ability to obtain critical information remotely about the extent, perimeter, or interior of the incident as well as conduct on-scene operations remotely without endangering responders. For example, technology solutions for navigation in smoky environments in the case of wildfires can potentially increase the efficiency of search operations by fire fighters.

    Call - Disaster-Resilient Society 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 71

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 72

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 27 Jun 2024

    Deadline(s): 20 Nov 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-01

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-02

    IA

    6.00

    Around 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-03

    RIA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-04

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    24.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    DRS02 - Improved Disaster Risk Management and Governance

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-01: Prevention, detection, response and mitigation of chemical, biological and radiological threats to agricultural production, feed and food processing, distribution and consumption

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 organisations representing citizens or local communities, practitioners (first and/or second responders), and local or regional authorities and private sector from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    a.Increasing EU capabilities to assess risks, detect, alert, mitigate and respond to feed and food intentional and accidental contamination from chemical, biological and radiological (CBR) agents, through the entire food chains (soils and agro-production, feed and food industry, transporting, retail and hospitality industry, public catering);

    b.Increasing the understanding on food terrorism threats and on food chain vulnerabilities to intentional and accidental contaminations;

    c.Raising awareness among feed and food companies and authorities to CBR threats arising from malicious use of hazardous agents that pose danger to animal and public health. This should be done under the premises of feed and food as a critical infrastructure and risks pertaining therein;

    d.In addition to raising awareness, proposals should develop possible preparedness, mitigation and response plans for national authorities and the private sector.

    Scope: Plant and animal health is of global importance for sustainable agriculture and competitive agriculture and forestry, as well as for the protection of biodiversity and ecosystems 73 . Globally, between 10 and 28 percent of crop production is lost to pests and contamination of food and feed by mycotoxins can severely threaten the health of humans and livestock. The International Year of Plant Health (IYPH) 2020, established by the United Nations, raised public and political awareness of the importance of plant health and a recent study (IPPC, 2021) calls the attention of policy makers to the main effects of climate change on plant health, helping governments and the international community addressing plant health challenges. Also, the food chain, from harvest of agricultural products, throughout processing, distribution and until consumption can be challenged by several (hybrid) threats, which are increasingly taking non-conventional forms and possibly targeting the agriculture and food chain with severe consequences.

    The Word Health Organisation identified intentional agriculture attack with biological weapons and food contamination as one of the main global public health threats of the 21st century. The potential for terrorist attacks or other criminal actions against agri-food targets is increasingly recognised as a threat to international security. The population's health could be jeopardised by the manipulation of communicable diseases or the contamination of food, soil, air and drinking water by CBR agents. These risks have been studied and documented by a Network of excellence (Plant and Food Biosecurity) funded by the European Commission under the 7th Framework Programme (PLANTFOODSEC).

    In 2017, the ENVI Committee (Committee on Environment, Public Health and Food Safety of the EU Parliament) has defined food defence as “the protection of food from intentional contamination or adulteration by biological, chemical, physical or radiological agents. It includes measures regarding prevention, protection, mitigation, response and recovery form intentional acts of food contamination”. The potential impact on human health of deliberate sabotage of agricultural crops, seed or food can be estimated by extrapolation from the many documented examples of unintentional outbreaks of foodborne disease.

    Current EU capabilities to detect and respond to agro-terrorism and bio-criminal acts are dispersed across different national practitioners, normally handled by regional or national bodies and are very limited in terms of coordination. Different countries have different governmental authorities for agricultural and feed and food domains, different collaborative networks, different border controls, different inspection bodies and different regulatory references and reporting mechanisms as well as different investigative bodies in the case of suspected feed/food crime. The EU institutions have to start to consider the agri-food chain as a critical infrastructure which can suffer from attacks and which need to be protected. The most effective way to accomplish this goal is through international cooperation by a multi-sectorial approach combing different expertise, such as from law enforcement, the feed and food sector and health emergency services.

    The main challenge is to increase the resilience of European agricultural production, feed and food processing and distribution chain in case of sudden shocks. Agriculture and food chains will be included as an important dimension to be analysed in the context of protection of European critical entities 74 in case of emergencies. It is also crucial to address the interrelations between the food chain shocks and different types of critical entities with the objective of developing tools and methods to minimize cascading effects and allow rapid recovery of service performance levels after incidents. In the new context also the interaction with climate change, global trade and internet trade (spreading often plant material not controlled at all and of low quality) need to be taken into consideration. Artificial intelligence provides new tools for better coping with many of the most important challenges.

    In this context, research should address agri-food systems shocks, taking account of the increasing effects of climate change and global trade (and their interaction) on pest outbreaks and spread, feed/food commodity shocks, due to external challenges, feed/food supply chains interruption and organised agri-food terrorism attacks.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is also encouraged.

    Coordination among the successful proposals from this topic as well as with the successful proposal(s) under topic HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-02: Soil pollution processes – modelling and inclusion in advanced digital decision-support tools should be envisaged to avoid duplication, and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact.

    DRS03 - Improved harmonisation and/or standardisation in the area of crisis management and CBRN-E

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-02: Harmonised / Standard protocols for the implementation of alert and impact forecasting systems as well as transnational emergency management in the areas of high-impact weather / climatic and geological disasters

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least one organisation representing each of the following:

    - Practitioners (first and/or second responders),

    - Local and/or regional authorities,

    - Standardisation organisations,

    from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries.

    For all the participants above, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Enhanced links between scientific community and first and second responders promoting user-targeted research and faster transfer of science results into best practices;

    2.Enhanced adoption of novel technologies such as advanced Earth Observation capabilities and capabilities such as those from Earth Observation space technologies into prevention and management practices and tools;

    3.Improvement of meteorological input (wind, temperature, precipitation, soil humidity) for extremes related to heat and drought (forest fires, heatwave, agricultural damage, low water for hydro power), especially concerning the support of counter activities;

    4.Improved methods for cross-border and cross-sectoral knowledge transfer about risk, vulnerability, exposure, and monitoring methods;

    5.Development of common technical standards of alert and impact forecasting systems that cope more efficiently with transboundary emergencies and for GIS-based information systems dealing with high-impact weather / climatic and geological disasters management during emergencies;

    6.Identification of needs and opportunities for transferring advanced scientific results into enhancement in disaster logistics and responses, including tailor-made education and training programmes for emergency management teams.

    Scope: Europe is confronted with increasingly intense and sometimes unexpected consequences of natural disasters ranging from floods and heavy rain events to droughts and large-scale forest fires even in hitherto not affected regions, as well as other geohazards such as volcanic eruptions and landslides. To respond to these emerging challenges an integrated transnational emergency management is needed efficiently linking systems available at the European level such as, for example, the Copernicus Emergency Management Service, with national, regional or local systems. Furthermore, an evaluation of applied disaster risk reduction methods is required, in particular alert and impact forecasting systems, to identify potential for improvement and constant innovation.

    Knowledge transfer (cross-border and cross-sectoral) about natural hazards-related risks and emergency management is essential to increase the resilience of societies. A vital dialogue and exchange of good practice examples among scientific and technical communities, stakeholders, policymakers and local communities is needed. In particular, the level of awareness of EU citizens for local risks can be increased by new approaches to visualise risks, vulnerability and exposure through e.g. impact forecasting data and mapping including satellite data and information. Emergency management plays a crucial role in this regard, taking into account the ongoing urbanization and economic growth, which put a lot of pressure on areas such as floodplains and their ability to absorb and store water.

    Currently, there are no harmonised / standardised European methods for identifying vulnerability and exposure on the basis of which alert and impact forecasting systems are established, allowing this information to be used by civil protection authorities in a timely manner to improve disaster preparedness, communication to local authorities and population, evaluation logistics etc. Recent flash floods in Belgium, Germany and Luxembourg in July 2021 have shown that this lack of protocols hampered the efficient implementation of early warning and preparedness actions prior to the disaster event.

    This topic is part of a coordination initiative between ESA and the EC on Earth System Science. Under the EC-ESA Earth System Science Initiative both institutions aim at coordinating efforts to support complementary collaborative projects, funded on the EC side through Horizon Europe and on the ESA side through the ESA FutureEO programme. Proposals should include a work package, means and resources for coordination with complementary projects funded under the Science for Society element of the ESA FutureEO programme. The projects(s) should establish a close coordination and collaboration with the relevant ESA relevant actions and projects ( https://eo4society.esa.int ).

    In this context it is important to remind that standardisation should support operations and policymaking to supplement it but should by no means substitute it. While standardisation of technology may be more straightforward, the right balance does especially have to be sought for processes. The action should ensure close synergies with standardisation activities on European and international level.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research/innovation activities.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is also encouraged.

    DRS04 - Strengthened capacities of first and second responders

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-03: Hi-tech capacities for crisis response and recovery after a natural-technological (NaTech) disaster

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 first responders’ organisations or agencies and representatives of local or regional authorities in charge of managing NaTech events from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Development of a holistic vision of crisis management after telluric (e.g. volcanic, seismic, tsunami, landslide) or extreme climate events (e.g. floods, storms, storm surges, fires, droughts) producing impacts on critical assets (e.g. infrastructures, industries) and creation of new management framework for handling NaTech crises;

    2.Enhanced existing crisis management tools to develop a common platform (shared among public and private operators) allowing cross-border exchanges and decision-making, while respecting legal frameworks and responsibilities;

    3.Demonstrated operational protocols and development of standard operating procedures able to respond to NaTech crises in cross-border configurations, including comprehensive risk modelling of worst-case scenarios taking into account cascading effects and future impacts of climate change, and taking into consideration spatial information and data;

    4.Improvement of our understanding and capabilities to identify and mitigate risks associated with interdependencies across infrastructures and other human (social and economic) systems.

    Scope: The confluence of incidents in recent years has brought renewed concerns over our systemic resilience to external shocks arising from natural-technological (NaTech) disasters. This is particularly acute in the event of disruption in the transport, power, water supply and communication sectors in highly populated and industrialised areas, or when such events raise the likelihood of cascading effects with severe impacts on communities and the economy that are hard or impossible to predict. The main focus on NaTech risks lies on a thorough understanding of the vulnerability of industrial sites and critical infrastructure, and the potential impact natural hazards can have on such technological resources. This entails the identification of both physical (safety of building facilities and structures) and operational vulnerabilities, often addressing multi-hazard conditions. Innovative methods are required for analysing worst-case scenarios, and informing decision-makers about the crosscutting and shared responses to different crises given available resources.

    Research involving multiple fields of expertise, including spatial information (to be specified), is also required to improve hi-tech capacities for operational response systems to better cope with natural and/or technological disasters occurring in Europe (and in overseas territories) in an integrated manner. This will rely on a knowledge sharing among natural and technological risks communities to develop a holistic vision for an integrated operational crisis management of NaTech disasters.

    This topic is part of a coordination initiative between ESA and the EC on Earth System Science. Under the EC-ESA Earth System Science Initiative both institutions aim at coordinating efforts to support complementary collaborative projects, funded on the EC side through Horizon Europe and on the ESA side through the ESA FutureEO programme. Proposals should include a work package, means and resources for coordination with complementary projects funded under the ESA FutureEO initiative.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research/innovation activities.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged. The action should take due consideration to EU policies, in particular the SevesoIII and CER Directives, and ensure close synergies with international conventions such as the Convention on the Transboundary Effects of Industrial Accidents (TEIA) / Implementation of natural hazard-triggered technological accident principles, and the Sendai Framework for Action.

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-04: Cost-effective sustainable technologies and crisis management strategies for RN large-scale protection of population and infrastructures after a nuclear blast or nuclear facility incident

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This topic requires the active involvement, as beneficiaries, of at least 3 first responders’ organisations or agencies and representatives of local or regional authorities in charge of managing Nuclear Installations from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Based on existing national practices, improved understanding of the radioactive fallout and methodology regarding robust and rapid monitoring of dose rate and nuclide specific determination with purpose of facilitating safe evacuation after a nuclear or radiological event;

    2.Improved tools and methods for risk assessment following a nuclear or radiological event and optimized actions after a disaster that are based on risk analysis rather than probabilities

    3.Identification of the relevant range of different protective measures, including medical countermeasures, needed after a RN disaster, and improved protection of population and infrastructures through better analysis of sensor data resulting in adequate protective actions;

    4.Improved understanding of contamination and decontamination of population and infrastructure, and improved rapid procedures for decontamination of individuals after a RN-incident;

    5.Recommendations on integration of improved technologies and assessment methodologies in the RN crisis managements systems.

    Scope: A nuclear explosion in any EU member country (or in the European neighbourhood) would lead to disastrous effects for numerous EU citizens and residents. For example, the initial effects from a nuclear explosion in a city will lead to, besides numerous dead and severely injured citizens, destroyed infrastructure. The radioactive plume containing particulate matter may damage ventilation systems and fallout will generate high dose rates. Criticality or other incidents at nuclear power plants and nuclear-powered vessels may occur because of direct attack, sabotage, collateral damage, accidents, loss of infrastructure services such as power and/or water supply or lack of necessary skilled personnel on site.

    Research on large-scale protection of population and infrastructure in the event of a nuclear explosion need to be undertaken both separately as well as in a RN-perspective. Research activities aimed at updating EU’s possibilities for large-scale protection of population and infrastructure in the event of a nuclear explosion would benefit from being carried out in close cooperation with other EU-members. Research activities should also pertain to improved understanding of the radioactive fallout and assessment of dose rates to the population following a nuclear explosion in order to enable use of cost-effective sustainable technologies in protection of population and infrastructures.

    In a situation after a RN-incident the time consuming and laborious decontamination procedures for the population must be reduced to a minimum. Therefore, the possibility to identifying the need for decontamination, and above all to assess that there is no need for decontamination would be beneficial as well as the possibility to enter a shelter or other protected area in a safe way.

    Protective measures in the aftermath of a RN disaster may vary depending on situations. Such measures should be based on evaluated risks rather than probabilities. Starting with sensor- as well as other available data, measures could be optimized from a risk-cost point-of-view resulting in cost-effectiveness.

    Based on measurement data, appropriate protective actions could be decided upon. If a risk analysis results in a low risk, a lower level of mitigating measures might be needed resulting in lower costs. Then resources can be used in other areas where they are more needed, leading to an overall optimized protection.

    Protective actions should be based on risk modelling. Such modelling is based on available knowledge of different input quantities resulting in a probability distribution, from which the risk can be calculated applying a consequence function.

    New technologies should be compatible with RN crisis management systems, strategies for crisis communication and take into account relevant societal and human factors, such as vulnerable group and cultural and linguistic diversities. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged. The action should take due consideration to EU policies, in particular the SevesoIII and CER Directives.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research/innovation activities.

    Within this topic, the European Commission encourages all potential participants to create, where possible, opportunities for the affected persons and entities, in particular researchers and innovators previously active in Ukraine as well as Ukrainian researchers and innovators who are unable to return to Ukraine in the given circumstances.

    Destination - Strengthened Security Research and Innovation

    The EU-funded security research and innovation framework was launched with the Preparatory Action for Security Research 75 . Since then, the programme has contributed substantially to knowledge and value creation in the field of internal security and to the consolidation of an ecosystem better equipped to capitalise on research and innovation to support the EU security priorities.

    While the success of the programme has materialised in relevant scientific findings, maturation of promising technology areas, operational validation of innovative concepts or support to policy implementation, a key challenge remains in improving the uptake of innovation.

    The extent to which innovative technologies developed thanks to EU R&I investment are industrialised and commercialised by EU industry, and acquired and deployed by end-users, thus contributing to the development of security capabilities 76 , could give a valuable measure of the impact achieved with the programme. However, as explained in the Commission staff working document on Enhancing security through research and innovation 77 , there are factors inherent to the EU security ecosystem (often attributed to the market) that hinder the full achievement of this impact. These include market fragmentation, cultural barriers, analytical weaknesses, programming weaknesses, ethical, legal and societal considerations or lack of synergies between funding instruments, among others.

    It is worth noting that such factors affect all the security domains addressed in Cluster 3; that there is not one predominant factor with sufficient leverage by itself to change the overall innovation uptake dynamics; and that they exhibit complex relationships among them which are difficult to disentangle. It should also be noted that the innovation uptake process starts before the R&I cycle is triggered, and it is not finalised with the successful termination of a research project. Therefore, the uptake challenge extends beyond the realm of R&I. However, from within R&I it is possible, if not to materialise the uptake in every case, at least to pave the way towards its materialisation.

    To that aim, there is a need to create a favourable environment that is designed with the main purpose of increasing the impact of security R&I, that is visible and recognisable to those interested in contributing to this aim, and which provides bespoke tools that serve to tackle the factors that hinder innovation uptake.

    The SSRI Destination has therefore been designed with this purpose to serve equally to all the expected impacts of Cluster 3. Research applied in this domain will contribute to increasing the impact of the work carried out in the EU security Research and Innovation ecosystem as a whole and to contribute to its core values, namely: i) Ensuring that security R&I maintains the focus on the potential final use of its outcomes; ii) Contributing to a forward-looking planning of EU security capabilities; iii) Ensuring the development of security technologies that are socially acceptable; iv) Paving the way to the industrialisation, commercialisation, acquisition and deployment of successful R&I outcomes; and v) Safeguarding the open strategic autonomy and technological sovereignty of the EU in critical security areas by contributing to a more competitive and resilient EU security technology and industrial base.

    While the other Destinations of this Horizon Europe Cluster 3 Work Programme offer research and innovation activities to develop solutions to address specific security threats or capability needs, the SSRI Destination will trigger actions that will help bringing these and other developments closer to the market, thus contributing to the measures facilitating the uptake of innovation described in the Commission staff working document on security research. Those actions will help developers (including industry, research organisations and academia) to accelerate product development and improve the valorisation of their research investment. They will also support buyers and users in materialising the uptake of innovation and further develop their security capabilities.

    In addition, the SSRI Destination will offer an open environment to create knowledge and value through research in matters (including technology, but also social sciences and humanities) that are not exclusive of only one security area, but cross-cutting to the whole Cluster. This will contribute to reducing thematic fragmentation, bringing closer together the actors from different security domains, and expanding the market beyond traditional thematic silos.

    Finally, SSRI will allow the allocation of resources to the development of tools and methods to reinforce the innovation cycle itself from a process standpoint, thus increasing its effectiveness, efficiency and impact. This Destination will contribute to the development of the tailored analytical capacity required for the adoption of capability-driven approaches, in line with the provisions of the Action Plan on synergies between civil, defence and aerospace industries 78 and with the measures set out in the Commission staff working document on security research aimed at fostering a forward-looking capability-driven approach in security.

    In order to accomplish the objectives of this Destination, additional eligibility conditions have been defined with regard to the active involvement of relevant security practitioners or end-users.

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following impacts:

    1.A more effective and efficient evidence and knowledge-based development of EU civil security capabilities built on a stronger, more systematic and analysis-intensive security research and innovation cycle;

    2.Increased cooperation between demand and supply market actors, including with actors from other domains, fosters swift industrialisation, commercialisation, adoption and deployment of successful outcomes of security research and reinforces the competitiveness and resilience of EU security technology and industrial base and safeguards the security of supply of EU-products in critical security areas;

    3.R&I-enabled knowledge and value in cross-cutting matters reduces sector specific bias and breaks thematic silos that impede the proliferation of common security solutions.

    Where possible and relevant, synergy-building and clustering initiatives with successful proposals in the same area should be considered, including the organisation of international conferences in close coordination with the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security (CERIS) activities and/or other international events.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-SSRI-01

    6.50

    23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-SSRI-01

    14.00

    20 Nov 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    6.50

    14.00

    Call - Support to Security Research and Innovation 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-SSRI-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 79

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 80

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 29 Jun 2023

    Deadline(s): 23 Nov 2023

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-SSRI-01-01

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 1.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-SSRI-01-02

    IA

    4.50

    Around 1.50

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    6.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    SSRI 02 - Increased innovation uptake

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-SSRI-01-01: Open grounds for pre-commercial procurement of innovative security technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

    This topic requires the participation of at least 6 relevant end-user organisations as well as at least 3 public procurers from at least 3 different EU Member States or Associated Countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    One organisation can have the role of end-user and public procurer simultaneously, both counting for the overall number of organisations required for eligibility.

    Open market consultations carried out during this project must take place in at least three EU Member States or Associated Countries.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 81 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Consolidated demand for innovative security technologies built on the aggregation of public buyers with a common need expressed in functional and/or operational terms without prescribing technical solutions;

    2.Better informed decision-making related to investment in innovative security technologies based on a better understanding of the potential EU-based supply of technical alternatives that could address common needs of EU public buyers;

    3.Better informed decision-making related to investment in innovative security technologies based on an improved visibility of the potential demand in the EU market for common security technologies;

    4.Increased capacity of EU public procurers to align requirements with industry and future products and to attract innovation and innovators from security and other sectors through common validation strategies, rapid innovation, experimentation and pre-commercial procurement;

    5.Increased innovation capacity of EU public procurers through the availability of innovative tendering guidance, commonly agreed validation strategies and evidence-based prospects of further joint procurement of common security solutions.

    Scope: End-users and public procurers from several countries are invited to submit proposals for a preparatory action that should build the grounds for a future Pre-Commercial Procurement action. Both this preparatory action and the future PCP action are open to proposals oriented to the acquisition of R&D services for the development of innovative technologies, systems, tools or techniques to enhance border security, to fight against crime and terrorism, to protect infrastructure and public spaces, and/or to make societies more resilient against natural or human-made disasters.

    The project funded under this topic should also consider submitting a proposal to an open call for a follow-up PCP action that the Commission may include in the Cluster 3 Work Programme 2025-2027 (subject to budget availability and priorities of the Work Programme 2025-2027). In preparing the grounds for a possible future PCP action, the outputs of this CSA should take into consideration:

    1.The policy priorities described in this Work Programme Part for the security areas mentioned above;

    2.The EU Directive for public procurement and in particular with the provisions related to PCP;

    3.The specific provisions and funding rates of PCP actions and the specific requirements for innovation procurement (PCP/PPI) supported by Horizon Europe grants, as stated in the General Annex H of the Horizon Europe Work Programme;

    4.The guidance for attracting innovators and innovation, as explained in the European Commission Guidance on Innovation Procurement C(2021) 4320, in particular those measures oriented to reduce the barriers to high-tech start-ups and innovative SMEs.

    During the course of the project, the applicants are expected to deliver clear evidence on a number of aspects in order to justify and de-risk a possible follow-up PCP action, including:

    1.That the challenge is pertinent and that indeed a PCP action is required to complete the maturation cycle of certain technologies and to compare different alternatives;

    2.That there is a consolidated group of potential buyers with common needs and requirements which are committed to carry out a PCP action in order to be able to take an informed decision on a future joint procurement of innovative solutions;

    3.That there is a quantifiable and identifiable community of potential buyers (including and beyond those proposed as beneficiaries in the proposal) who would share to a wide extent the common needs and requirements defined and who could be interested in exploring further joint-uptake of solutions similar to those developed under the PCP, should these prove to be technologically mature and operationally relevant by the end of the project;

    4.That the state of the art and the market (including research) has been explored and mapped, and that there are different technical alternatives to address the proposed challenge;

    5.That a future PCP tendering process is clear, that a draft planning has been proposed and that the supporting documentation and administrative procedures will be ready on due time in order to launch the call for the acquisition of R&D services according to the PCP rules.

    6.That the technology developments to be conducted in the future PCP can be done in compliance with European societal values, fundamental rights and applicable legislation, including in the area of free movement of persons, privacy and protection of personal data.

    7.That in developing technology solutions, societal aspects (e.g. perception of security, possible side effects of technological solutions, societal resilience) can be taken into account in a comprehensive and thorough manner.

    If the applicants intend to submit a proposal for a follow-up PCP in a future Horizon Europe Cluster 3 Work Programme, they should ensure that the above evidence is consolidated in the project deliverables of this CSA before the submission of the PCP proposal.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

    The project should have a maximum estimated duration of 1 year.

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-SSRI-01-02: Accelerating uptake through open proposals for advanced SME innovation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Consortia must include:

    - A minimum of three (3) to a maximum of seven (7) partners.

    - At least 2 SMEs from 2 different Member States.

    - At least 1 end-user organisation relevant per area.

    - At least 3 Member States or Associated Countries must be represented in the consortium.

    Participation of non-SME industries and RTOs is not excluded, but it must be limited to 15% of the budget.

    At least 50% of the budget must be allocated to SMEs.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project that is the highest ranked within each of the four options

    1.Option A ‘’Fighting Organised Crime and Terrorism’’

    2.Option B ‘’Disaster Resilience’’

    3.Option C ’’Resilient Infrastructure’’ and

    4.Option D ‘’Border Security’’, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 82 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Development of a mature technological solution addressing EU security policy priorities in the areas addressed by the Cluster 3 work programme.

    2.Facilitated access to civil security market for small and medium innovators and enhanced links between suppliers and public buyers;

    3.Improved cooperation between public buyers and small supply market actors for a swifter uptake of innovation in response to short to mid-term needs;

    4.Stronger partnerships between small and medium EU security industry and technology actors to ensure the sustainability of the EU innovation capacity in the civil security domain and increase technological sovereignty of the EU in critical security areas.

    Scope: Europe’s 25 million small and medium enterprises (SMEs) are the backbone of the EU economy. SMEs can bring innovation to societal challenges, including the security of EU citizens. Innovative SMEs and high-tech start-ups can transform and modernise EU security capabilities.

    However, despite the innovation capacity of EU SMEs, these often experience difficulties in finding their way to the public markets. These include red tape in public contracts, access to new customers, access to finance, industrial competition and IP valorisation. These difficulties are exacerbated in markets that show restrictions of different kind, as it is the case of security.

    Knowing that SMEs require additional support to reach the security buyers and that the collaboration opportunities offered by the projects of the Pillar II of Horizon Europe can be a catalyst for uptake, this topic aims to offer a collaborative environment for small and medium innovators to tailor their innovations to the specific needs of civil security end-users.

    Applicants are invited to submit proposals for technology development along with the following principles:

    1.Focus on mature technological solutions addressing EU security policy priorities in the areas addressed by the Cluster 3 work programme.

    2.Not overlapping with the scope of the topics included in the other destinations of this work programme.

    3.Fostering collaboration between SMEs from different Member States and Associated Countries.

    4.Involving security end-users in the role of validator and potential first-adopter of the proposed innovations.

    5.Fostering collaboration schemes between small companies and research and technology organisations and/or big industrial players aimed at fostering innovative technology transfer or creating innovative business models that facilitate access to market and strengthen the innovation capacity of EU SMEs and start-ups in the domain of civil security.

    The involvement of big industries in the projects should not focus on technology development but on supporting the SMEs in bringing their innovations to the market. Examples of activities include but are not limited to, acting as first buyer/integrator of the developed technologies, assimilating market requirements, facilitating access to additional funding, approaching potential public buyers, assess competitive landscape, supporting in innovation management (methodological and process innovation, business model innovation, market innovation), assist in IP management and exploitation, provide guidance for expansion to future markets, etc. In the same fashion, the participation of research and technology organisations should not focus on technology development but on supporting the small industrial players in accelerating the technology transfer of innovative security solutions for their further development and production.

    It is encouraged that one SME takes the coordinator role. Exceptions to this requirement should be duly justified.

    The projects should have a maximum estimated duration of 2 years.

    In this call, projects should address the areas of Border Management, INFRA, Disaster Resilience, Fighting Crime and Terrorism. Some examples of domains that could be addressed under the BM area are (indicative and non-exhaustive): facilitated border checks; secure documents and identity management for border crossings; border surveillance; detection of drugs, explosives, CBRN, weapons and/or other dangerous materials in customs environment; detection of stolen, smuggled, illicit or illegal goods (cigarettes, art, cultural goods, wildlife) in a customs environment. Some examples of domains that could be addressed under the INFRA area are: (indicative and non-exhaustive): physical access control, autonomous systems used for infrastructure protection, positioning and localisation tracking and tracing, monitoring and surveillance of environments and activities. Some examples of domains that could be addressed under the DRS area are (indicative and non-exhaustive): data and satellite/remote sensing information exploitation, positioning and localisation tracking and tracing, monitoring and surveillance for disaster prevention. Some examples of domains that could be addressed under the FCT area are: (indicative and non-exhaustive): mobile forensics; deepfake detection; detection of counterfeiting (fake items, fake currency bills) or of falsified/forged documents (passports, ID cards); detection and countering of advanced forms of malware, as well as non-cash payment frauds and other cyber-scams.

    Only one project per area will be funded, with the total number of funded projects being three. The area excluded will be the one whose project proposal receives the lowest marking compared to the other three areas.

    In this call, projects should address the EU security policy priorities in the areas addressed by the Cluster 3 work programme.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Call - Support to Security Research and Innovation 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-SSRI-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 83

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 84

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 27 Jun 2024

    Deadline(s): 20 Nov 2024

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-SSRI-01-01

    PCP

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-SSRI-01-02

    IA

    8.00

    Around 2.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    14.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    SSRI 02 – Increased innovation uptake

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-SSRI-01-01: Demand-led innovation through public procurement

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Pre-commercial Procurement

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

    This topic requires the participation of at least 3 relevant end-user organisations and 3 public procurers from 3 different EU Member States or Associated Countries. For these participants, applicants must fill in the table “Eligibility information about practitioners” in the application form with all the requested information, following the template provided in the submission IT tool.

    One organisation can have the role of end-user and public procurer simultaneously, both counting for the overall number of organisations required for eligibility.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    PCP/PPI procurement costs are eligible.

    The specific conditions for actions with PCP/PPI procurements in section H of the General Annexes apply to grants funded under this topic.

    Beneficiaries must ensure that the subcontracted work is performed in at least 3 Member States — unless otherwise approved by the granting authority.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.An identifiable community of EU civil security authorities with common user/functional needs for innovative technology solutions;

    2.Tested and validated capacity of EU technology and industrial base to develop and produce technology prototypes that meet the needs of the EU user community;

    3.Improved delineation of the EU market (including demand and supply) for innovative civil security systems that can articulate alternative options for uptake in function of different industrialisation needs, commercialisation needs, acquisition needs, deployment needs and additional funding needs (beyond R&I funding).

    Scope: End-users and public procurers from several countries are invited to send proposals for launching a Pre-Commercial Procurement action for the acquisition of R&D services for the development of innovative civil security technology solutions.

    The proposals should build on the outcomes of CSA projects funded under previous work programmes aimed at creating Stronger grounds for pre-commercial procurement of innovative security technologies [for example, topic HORIZON-CL3-2022-SSRI-01-03: Stronger grounds for pre-commercial procurement of innovative security technologies.]. The successful proposals could therefore give continuity to the works initiated by those CSA projects.

    The proposals are expected to provide clear evidence on a number of aspects in order to justify and de-risk the PCP action, including:

    1.That the challenge is pertinent and that indeed a PCP action is required to complete the maturation cycle of certain technologies and to compare different alternatives;

    2.That there is a consolidated group of end-users and procurers with common needs and requirements which are committed to carry out a PCP action in order to be able to take an informed decision on a future joint procurement of innovative solutions;

    3.That there is a quantifiable and identifiable community of potential buyers (including and beyond those proposed as beneficiaries in the proposal) who would share to a wide extent the common needs and requirements defined and who could be interested in exploring further joint-uptake of solutions similar to those developed under the PCP, should these prove to be technologically mature and operationally relevant by the end of the project;

    4.That the state of the art and the market (including research) has been explored and mapped to the needs, and that there are different technical alternatives to address the proposed challenge;

    5.That the PCP tendering process is clear, that a draft planning has been proposed and that the supporting documentation and administrative procedures will be ready in due time in order to launch the call for R&D services according to the PCP rules.

    6.That there is a commitment to pursue the exploitation of results beyond the end of the project through engagement with stakeholders and implementation of exploitation strategies towards future uptake.

    The open market consultations required prior to launching the PCP call for tenders must have taken place in at least three EU Member States. Market consultations conducted during the previous CSA projects can be used if this requirement is fulfilled, and if it is justified that: i) their purpose was enough to guarantee the viability of the procurement and; ii) that the state-of-the-art has not changed since they were conducted.

    In relation with the PCP tendering process, the applicants should clarify how they intend to guarantee that:

    1.The principles of the EU Directive for public procurement and in particular with the provisions related to PCP will be duly respected;

    2.Conflict of interests will be avoided, including through the ineligibility of bids from technology providers who are also beneficiaries of the project or who have been beneficiaries of the previous CSA projects;

    3.The confidentiality of the intellectual property of potential bidders will be protected;

    4.The technology developments to be conducted in the PCP will be done in compliance with European societal values, fundamental rights and applicable legislation, including in the area of free movement of persons, privacy and protection of personal data;

    5.In developing technology solutions, societal aspects (e.g. perception of security, possible side effects of technological solutions, societal resilience) will be taken into account in a comprehensive and thorough manner;

    6.All participating public buyers commit to comply with EU data protection legislation in the development of innovative, advanced systems to support security and in particular the principles of data protection by design and by default;

    7.The guidance for attracting innovators and innovation, as explained in the European Commission Guidance on Innovation Procurement C(2021) 4320, will be duly taken into account, in particular those measures oriented to reduce the barriers to high-tech start-ups and innovative SMEs.

    Applicants should propose an implementation of the project that includes:

    1.A minimal preparation stage dedicated to finalising the tendering documents package for a PCP call for tenders based on the technical input resulting from the previous CSA projects, and to define clear verification and validation procedures, methods and tools for the evaluation of the prototypes to be developed throughout the PCP phases.

    2.Launching the call for tenders for research and development services. The call for tenders should envisage a competitive development composed of different phases that would lead to at least 2 prototypes from 2 different providers to be validated in real operational environment at the end of the PCP cycle;

    3.Conducting the competitive development of the prototypes following the PCP principles including a design phase, an integration and technical verification phase and a validation in real operational environment phase. In evaluating the proposals and the results of the PCP phases, the applicants should consider technical merit, feasibility and commercial potential of proposed research efforts.

    4.Consolidating the results of the evaluation of the developed prototypes, extracting conclusions and recommendations from the validation process, and defining a strategy for a potential uptake of solutions inspired in the PCP outcomes, including a complete technical specification of the envisaged solutions and standardisation needs and/or proposals. This strategy should consider joint-cross border procurement schemes and exploit synergies with other EU and national non-research funds.

    The applicants are expected to maximise the visibility of the project outcomes to the wide community of potential EU public buyers. Liaison with other civil security communities beyond those addressed by the project is encouraged in order to assess the possible reuse and extensibility of the identified solutions to different domains.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content should be addressed only if the consortium deems it relevant in relation to the objectives of the research effort.

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-SSRI-01-02: Accelerating uptake through open proposals for advanced SME innovation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility conditions apply:

    Consortia must include:

    - A minimum of three (3) to a maximum of seven (7) partners.

    - At least 2 SMEs from 2 different Member States.

    - At least 1 end-user organisation relevant per area.

    - At least 3 Member States or Associated Countries must be represented in the consortium.

    Participation of non-SME industries and RTOs is not excluded, but it must be limited to 15% of the budget.

    At least 50% of the budget must be allocated to SMEs.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project that is the highest ranked within each of the four options:

    1.Option A ‘’Fighting Organised Crime and Terrorism’’

    2.Option B ‘’Disaster Resilience’’

    3.Option C ’’Resilient Infrastructure’’ and

    4.Option D ‘’Border Security’’, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 85 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to some or all of the following outcomes:

    1.Development of a mature technological solution addressing EU security policy priorities in the areas addressed by the Cluster 3 work programme;

    2.Facilitated access to civil security market for small innovators;

    3.Improved cooperation between public buyers and small supply market actors for a swifter uptake of innovation in response to short to mid-term needs;

    4.Stronger partnerships between small and medium EU security industry and technology actors to ensure the sustainability of the EU innovation capacity in the civil security domain and reduce technological dependencies from non-EU suppliers in critical security areas.

    Scope: Europe’s 25 million small and medium enterprises (SMEs) are the backbone of the EU economy. SMEs can bring innovation to societal challenges, including the security of EU citizens. Innovative SMEs and high-tech start-ups can transform and modernise EU security capabilities.

    However, despite the innovation capacity of EU SMEs, these often experience difficulties in finding their way to the public markets. These include red tape in public contracts, access to new customers, access to finance, industrial competition and IP valorisation. These difficulties are exacerbated in markets that show restrictions of different kind, as it is the case of security.

    Knowing that SMEs require additional support to reach the security buyers and that the collaboration opportunities offered by the projects of the Pillar II of Horizon Europe can be a catalyst for uptake, this topic aims to offer a collaborative environment for small and medium innovators to tailor their innovations to the specific needs of civil security end-users.

    Applicants are invited to submit proposals for technology development along with the following principles:

    1.Focus on mature technological solutions addressing EU security policy priorities in the areas addressed by the Cluster 3 work programme.

    2.Not overlapping with the scope of the topics included in the other destinations of this work programme.

    3.Fostering collaboration between SMEs from different Member States and Associated Countries.

    4.Involving security end-users in the role of validator and potential first-adopter of the proposed innovations.

    5.Fostering collaboration schemes between small companies and research and technology organisations and/or big industrial players aimed at fostering innovative technology transfer or creating innovative business models that facilitate access to market and strengthen the innovation capacity of EU SMEs and start-ups in the domain of civil security.

    Examples of activities to plan in the proposed projects include, but are not limited to: assimilating market requirements; facilitating access to additional funding; approaching potential public buyers; assess competitive landscape; supporting in innovation management (methodological and process innovation, business model innovation, market innovation); assist in IP management and exploitation; provide guidance for expansion to future markets, etc.

    The participation of research and technology organisations should not focus on own technology development but on supporting the small industrial players in accelerating the technology transfer of innovative security solutions for their further development and production.

    It is encouraged that one SME takes the coordinator role 86 . Exceptions to this requirement should be duly justified.

    The projects should have a maximum estimated duration of 2 years.

    In this call, projects should address the areas of Border Management, INFRA, Disaster Resilience, Fighting Crime and Terrorism. Some examples of domains that could be addressed under the BM area are (indicative and non-exhaustive): facilitated border checks; secure documents and identity management for border crossings; border surveillance; detection of drugs, explosives, CBRN, weapons and/or other dangerous materials in customs environment; detection of stolen, smuggled, illicit or illegal goods (cigarettes, art, cultural goods, wildlife) in a customs environment. Some examples of domains that could be addressed under the INFRA area are: (indicative and non-exhaustive): physical access control, autonomous systems used for infrastructure protection, positioning and localisation tracking and tracing, monitoring and surveillance of environments and activities. Some examples of domains that could be addressed under the DRS area are (indicative and non-exhaustive): data and satellite/remote sensing information exploitation, positioning and localisation tracking and tracing, monitoring and surveillance for disaster prevention. Some examples of domains that could be addressed under the FCT area are (indicative and non-exhaustive): mobile forensics; deepfake detection; detection of counterfeiting (fake items, fake currency bills) or of falsified/forged documents (passports, ID cards); detection and countering of advanced forms of malware, as well as non-cash payment frauds and other cyber-scams. Only one project per area will be funded. Priority will be given to the area that did not qualify in the previous call.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Other actions not subject to calls for proposals

    1. External expertise for reviews of projects

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation, and where appropriate include ethics checks, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.82 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.82 million from the 2024 budget

    2. Workshops, conferences, experts, communication activities, studies

    1.Organisation of the Security Research event 2023;

    2.Support to workshops, expert groups, communications activities, or studies. Workshops are planned to be organised on various topics to involve end-users (e.g. the Community for European Research and Innovation for Security); preparation of information and communication materials, etc.;

    3.Organisation of cybersecurity conferences and support to other cybersecurity events; socio-economic studies, impact analysis studies and studies to support the monitoring, evaluation and strategy definition for cybersecurity and digital privacy policy.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.86 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.87 million from the 2024 budget

    Budget 87

    Budget line(s)

    2023 Budget(EUR million)

    2024 Budget(EUR million)

    Calls

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-FCT-01

    36.00

    from 01.020230

    36.00

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-FCT-01

    33.70

    from 01.020230

    33.70

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-BM-01

    23.90

    from 01.020230

    23.90

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-BM-01

    24.00

    from 01.020230

    24.00

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-INFRA-01

    14.40

    from 01.020230

    14.40

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-INFRA-01

    12.20

    from 01.020230

    12.20

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01

    50.70

    from 01.020230

    50.70

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-CS-01

    50.90

    from 01.020230

    50.90

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-DRS-01

    27.50

    from 01.020230

    27.50

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01

    24.00

    from 01.020230

    24.00

    HORIZON-CL3-2023-SSRI-01

    6.50

    from 01.020230

    6.50

    HORIZON-CL3-2024-SSRI-01

    14.00

    from 01.020230

    14.00

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.32

    from 01.020230

    0.32

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-OCEAN-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.31

    from 01.020230

    0.31

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    2.05

    from 01.020230

    2.05

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.11

    from 01.020230

    0.11

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.90

    from 01.020230

    0.90

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    1.81

    from 01.020230

    1.81

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-CITIES-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.88

    from 01.020230

    0.88

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    2.09

    from 01.020230

    2.09

    Other actions

    Expert contract action

    0.82

    0.82

    from 01.020230

    0.82

    0.82

    Public procurement

    1.86

    1.87

    from 01.020230

    1.86

    1.87

    Contribution from this part to Specific grant agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.95

    from 01.020230

    0.95

    Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.02

    from 01.020230

    0.02

    Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.28

    from 01.020230

    0.28

    Estimated total budget

    171.40

    161.49

    (1)    COM(2020) 605 final.
    (2)    COM(2020) 795 final.
    (3)    COM(2020) 609 final.
    (4)    COM(2021) 82 final.
    (5)    JOIN(2020) 18 final.
    (6)    Such as capability gaps identified by IFAFRI – International Forum to Advance First Responder Innovation www.internationalresponderforum.org
    (7)    REGULATION (EU) 2021/694 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 29 April 2021establishing the Digital Europe Programme and repealing Decision (EU) 2015/2240.
    (8)    “Synergies between Horizon Europe and ERDF programmes (Draft Commission Notice)” https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/news/all-research-and-innovation-news/synergies-guidance-out-2022-07-06_en
    (9) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (10)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (11)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (12)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (13)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (14)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (15)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (16)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (17) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (18)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (19)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (20)    REGULATION (EU) 2021/694 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 29 April 2021 establishing the Digital Europe Programme and repealing Decision (EU) 2015/2240.
    (21)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (22)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (23)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (24)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (25)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (26)    COM(2020) 795 final.
    (27)    COM(2020) 609 final.
    (28)    COM(2021) 277 final.
    (29)     https://ec.europa.eu/maritimeaffairs/sites/maritimeaffairs/files/2018-06-26-eumss-revised-action-plan_en.pdf
    (30)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:52021JC0027&from=EN
    (31)    Regulation (EC) No 725/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 March 2004 on enhancing ship and port facility security, Directive 2005/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 October 2005 on enhancing port security.
    (32) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (33)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (34)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (35)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (36)    See for example Sea-Dumped Chemical Munitions – Baltic Marine Environment Protection Commission, Helsinki Commission (HELCOM).
    (37)     https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2926/5356
    (38)    Such as, for example PROBANNT, CONMAR, or AMMOTRACE.
    (39)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (40)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/ethics-guidelines-trustworthy-ai
    (41)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:  https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (42) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (43)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (44)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (45)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (46)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/ethics-guidelines-trustworthy-ai
    (47)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (48)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (49)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (50)    In the context of this Destination, ‘Police Authorities’ means public authorities explicitly designated by national law, or other entities legally mandated by the competent national authority, for the prevention, detection and/or investigation of terrorist offences or other criminal offences, specifically excluding police academies, forensic institutes, training facilities as well as border and customs authorities.
    (51) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (52)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (53)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (54)    Proposal for a DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL on the resilience of critical entities (COM(2020) 829 final.
    (55)    Proposal for a DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL on measures for a high common level of cybersecurity across the Union, repealing Directive (EU) 2016/1148 (COM(2020) 823 final.
    (56)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (57) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (58)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (59)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (60)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (61) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (62)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (63)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (64)    A European approach to artificial intelligence: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/european-approach-artificial-intelligence
    (65) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (66)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (67)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (68) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (69)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (70)    Reference to be added (list of CBRN CoEs)
    (71) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (72)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (73)    For R&I on plant and animal health as well as on agro-biodiversity please consult further topics under the Cluster 6 Work Programme.
    (74)    Proposal for a DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL on the resilience of critical entities (COM(2020) 829 final.
    (75)    COM(2004) 72.
    (76)    For the purpose of this work programme, the terms “Capability” should be understood as "the ability to pursue a particular policy priority or achieve a desired operational effect”. The term “capability” is often interchanged with the term “capacity”, but this should be avoided. “Capacity” could refer to an amount or volume of which one organisation could have enough or not. On the other hand, “capability” refers to an ability, an aptitude or a process that can be developed or improved in consonance with the ultimate objective of the organisation.
    (77)    SWD(2021) 422.
    (78)    COM(2021) 70.
    (79) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (80)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (81)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (82)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (83) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (84)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (85)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (86)    If a MIDCAP is included in the proposal, it could also take the role of coordinator.
    (87) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
    Top

    EN

    Annex VII

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    7. Digital, Industry and Space

    Table of contents

    Introduction    

    Destination 1: Climate neutral, Circular and Digitised Production    

    Call - TWIN GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSITION 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Manufacturing Industry    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-02: High-precision OR complex product manufacturing – potentially including the use of photonics (Made in Europe and Photonics Partnerships) (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-04: Factory-level and value chain approaches for remanufacturing (Made in Europe Partnership) (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-07: Achieving resiliency in value networks through modelling and Manufacturing as a Service (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-08: Foresight and technology transfer for Manufacturing as a Service (Made in Europe Partnership) (CSA)    

    Energy Intensive Process Industries    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-31: Energy efficiency breakthroughs in the process industries (Processes4Planet partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-33: Electrification of high temperature heating systems (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-36: Modelling industry transition to climate neutrality, sustainability and circularity (Processes4Planet partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-37: Hubs for circularity for near zero emissions regions applying industrial symbiosis and cooperative approach to heavy industrialized clusters and surrounding ecosystems (Processes4Planet partnership) (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-40: Sustainable and efficient industrial water consumption: through energy and solute recovery (Processes4Planet partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-42: Circular economy in process industries: Upcycling large volumes of secondary resources (Processes4Planet partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-43: Low carbon-dioxide emission technologies for melting iron-bearing feed materials OR smart carbon usage and improved energy & resource efficiency via process integration (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-45: Circular economy solutions for the valorisation of low-quality scrap streams, materials recirculation with high recycling rate, and residue valorisation for long term goal towards zero waste (Clean Steel Partnership) (RIA)    

    Call - TWIN GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSITION 2023 TWO STAGE    

    Conditions for the Call    

    A New Way to Build, accelerating disruptive change in construction    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-11: Intelligent data acquisition and analysis of materials and products in existing built works (RIA)    

    Call - TWIN GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSITION 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Manufacturing Industry    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-03: Manufacturing as a Service: Technologies for customised, flexible, and decentralised production on demand (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-05: Technologies/solutions to support circularity for manufacturing (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)    

    Energy Intensive Process Industries    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-32: Optimisation of thermal energy flows in the process industry (Processes4Planet partnership) (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-34: Renewable hydrogen used as feedstock in innovative production routes (Processes4Planet Partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-35: Turning CO2 emissions from the process industry to feedstock (Processes4Planet partnership) (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-38: Hubs for circularity for industrialised urban peripheral areas (Processes4Planet partnership) (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-41: Breakthroughs to improve process industry resource efficiency (Processes4Planet partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-44: Digital transformation and ensuring a better use of industrial data, which can optimise steel supply chains (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-46: CO2-neutral steel production with hydrogen, secondary carbon carriers and electricity OR innovative steel applications for low CO2 emissions (Clean Steel Partnership) (RIA)    

    Call - TWIN GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSITION 2024 TWO STAGE    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Manufacturing Industry    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01: Bio-intelligent manufacturing industries (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)    

    A New Way to Build, accelerating disruptive change in construction    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-12: Enhanced assessment, intervention and repair of civil engineering infrastructure (RIA)    

    Destination 2: Increased Autonomy in Key Strategic Value Chains for Resilient Industry    

    Call - RESILIENT VALUE CHAINS 2023 TWO STAGE    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Strategic innovation markets driven by advanced materials    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-32: Bioinspired and biomimetic materials for sustainable textiles (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-33: Smart sensors for the Electronic Appliances market (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-34: Advanced (nano and bio-based) materials for sustainable agriculture (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-37: Advanced materials for magnets in applications for the New Energies Market (RIA)    

    Call - RESILIENT VALUE CHAINS 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Raw Materials for EU open strategic autonomy and successful transition to a climate-neutral and circular economy    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-02: Innovative technologies for sustainable and decarbonised extraction (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-03: Technologies for processing and refining of critical raw materials (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-05: Recycling technologies for critical raw materials from EoL products (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-06: Earth Observation platform, products and services for raw materials (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-07: Expert network on Critical raw materials (CSA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-09: Recyclability and resource efficiency of Rare Earth based magnets (IA)    

    Safe and Sustainable by Design (SSbD) Chemicals and Materials    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-21: Innovative methods for safety and sustainability assessments of chemicals and materials (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-22: Integrated approach for impact assessment of safe and sustainable chemicals and materials (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-23: Computational models for the development of safe and sustainable by design chemicals and materials (RIA)    

    Strategic innovation markets driven by advanced materials    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-39: Coordination and knowledge sharing across materials development communities (CSA)    

    Improving the resilience of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-42: Boosting generation and diffusion of advanced technologies in SMEs based on a supply chain model (CSA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-44: Affordable Housing District Demonstrator (IA)    

    Call - RESILIENT VALUE CHAINS 2024 TWO STAGE    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Strategic innovation markets driven by advanced materials    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-35: Biodegradable polymers for sustainable packaging materials (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-36: Advanced biomaterials for the Health Care (IA)    

    Improving the resilience of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups    

    Call - RESILIENT VALUE CHAINS 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Raw Materials for EU open strategic autonomy and successful transition to a climate-neutral and circular economy    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-01: Exploration of critical raw materials in deep land deposits (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-04: Technologies for processing and refining of critical raw materials (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-08: Rare Earth and magnets innovation hubs (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-10: Addressing due diligence requirements in raw materials supply chains. (CSA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-11: Technologies for extraction and processing of critical raw materials (IA)    

    Safe and Sustainable by Design (SSbD) Chemicals and Materials    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-24: Development of safe and sustainable by design alternatives (IA)    

    Improving the resilience of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-41: 'Innovate to transform' support for SME's sustainability transition (CSA)    

    Destination 3: World-leading Data and Computing Technologies    

    Call - World leading data and computing technologies    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Data sharing and analytics capacity    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-02: Integration of data life cycle, architectures and standards for complex data cycles and/or human factors, language (AI, data and robotics partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-07: Collaboration with NSF on fundamental research on new concepts for distributed computing and swarm intelligence (CSA)    

    From Cloud to Edge to IoT for European Data    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-04: Cognitive Computing Continuum: Intelligence and automation for more efficient data processing (AI, data and robotics partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-06: Coordination and Support of Cognitive Computing Continuum research and policy (CSA)    

    Call - World leading data and computing technologies    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Data sharing and analytics capacity    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01-01: AI-driven data operations and compliance technologies (AI, data and robotics partnership) (IA)    

    From Cloud to Edge to IoT for European Data    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01-03: Piloting emerging Smart IoT Platforms and decentralized intelligence (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01-05: Platform Building, standardisation and Up-scaling of the ‘Cloud-Edge-IoT’ Solutions (Horizontal Activities - CSA)    

    Destination 4: Digital & Emerging Technologies for Competitiveness and Fit for the Green Deal    

    Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the Green Deal    

    Conditions for the Call    

    AI, Data and Robotics (incl. efficient, robust, safe, adaptive and trusted robots)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-01: Novel paradigms and approaches, towards AI-driven autonomous robots (AI, data and robotics partnership) (RIA)    

    European Leadership in Emerging and Enabling Technologies    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-12: Adaptive multi-scale modelling and characterisation suites from lab to production (RIA)    

    European Innovation Leadership in Photonics    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-51: Pervasive photonics - multi-technology integration for digital infrastructure, sensors and internet of things (Photonics partnership)(RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-53: Versatile light sources and systems as tools for manufacturing and medical application (Photonics Partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-57: Advanced imaging and sensing technologies (IA)(Photonics Partnership)    

    Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the Green Deal    

    Conditions for the Call    

    AI, Data and Robotics (incl. efficient, robust, safe, adaptive and trusted robots)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-02: Industrial leadership in AI, Data and Robotics – advanced human robot interaction (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)    

    European Leadership in Emerging and Enabling Technologies    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-11: Low TRL research in micro-electronics and integration technologies for industrial solutions (RIA)    

    Graphene and 2D materials: Europe in the lead    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-32: Sustainable safe-by-design 2D materials technology (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-33: 2D materials of tomorrow (RIA)    

    Flagship on Quantum Technologies: a Paradigm Shift    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-40: Quantum Photonic Integrated Circuit technologies (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-41: Investing in alternative quantum computation and simulation platform technologies (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-43: Framework Partnership Agreement for developing large-scale quantum Computing platform technologies (FPA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-50: Next generation quantum sensing and metrology technologies (RIA)    

    European Innovation Leadership in Photonics    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-56: Photonic Strategies and Skills Development (CSA) (Photonics Partnership)    

    Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the Green Deal    

    Conditions for the Call    

    AI, Data and Robotics (incl. efficient, robust, safe, adaptive and trusted robots)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-03: Novel paradigms and approaches, towards AI-powered robots– step change in functionality (AI, data and robotics partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-04: Industrial leadership in AI, Data and Robotics boosting competitiveness and the green transition (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)[[https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2021/662906/IPOL_STU(2021)662906_EN.pdf]]    

    Open Source for Cloud/Edge and Software Engineering Fundamentals to support Digital Autonomy    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-22: Fundamentals of Software Engineering (RIA)    

    European Innovation Leadership in Photonics    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-54: Smart photonics for joint communication & sensing and access everywhere (Photonics Partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-55: Photonics Innovation Factory for Europe (Photonics Partnership) (IA)    

    Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the Green Deal    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Open Source for Cloud/Edge and Software Engineering Fundamentals to support Digital Autonomy    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-21: Open Source for Cloud/Edge to support European Digital Autonomy (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-23: Public recognition scheme for Open Source (CSA)    

    Graphene and 2D materials: Europe in the lead    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-31: Pilot line(s) for 2D materials-based devices (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-34: Synergy with national and regional initiatives in Europe (CSA)    

    Flagship on Quantum Technologies: a Paradigm Shift    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-42: Stimulating transnational research and development of next generation quantum technologies, including basic theories and components (Cascading grant with FSTP)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-45: Quantum sensing and metrology for market uptake (IA)    

    Destination 5: Open Strategic Autonomy in Developing, Deploying and Using Global Space-Based Infrastructures, Services, Applications and Data    

    Call - STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA 2023    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Foster competitiveness of space systems    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-11: End-to-end Earth observation systems and associated services    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-12: Future Space Ecosystem and Enabling Technologies    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-13: Future Space Ecosystem: Management and Coordination Activity    

    Reinforce EU capacity to access to space    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-21: Low cost high thrust propulsion for European strategic space launchers - technologies maturation including ground system tests    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-22: New space transportation solutions and services    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-23: Modern, flexible and efficient European test, production and launch facilities    

    Evolution of services: Copernicus    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-31: Copernicus for Atmosphere and Climate Change, including CO2    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-32: Copernicus for Emergency Management    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-33: Copernicus in-situ component    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-34: Copernicus for Marine Environment Monitoring    

    Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus, PRS and GOVSATCOM    

    Innovative space capabilities: SSA, GOVSATCOM, Quantum    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-62: Quantum Communication Technologies for space systems    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-63: Quantum Space Gravimetry Phase-A Study    

    Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-71: Scientific exploitation of space data    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-72: Space technologies for European non-dependence and competitiveness    

    Evolution of Galileo and EGNOS services and infrastructure    

    Space entrepreneurship ecosystems (incl. New Space and start-ups) and skills - CASSINI    

    Call - STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA 2024    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Reinforce EU capacity to access to space    

    Evolution of services: Copernicus    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-35: Copernicus for Land and Water    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-36: Copernicus for Security    

    Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus, PRS and GOVSATCOM    

    Innovative space capabilities: SSA, GOVSATCOM, Quantum    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-64: Quantum Space Gravimetry Phase-B study & Technology Maturation    

    Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-73: Space technologies for European non-dependence and competitiveness    

    Evolution of Galileo and EGNOS services and infrastructure    

    Destination 6: A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies    

    Call - A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Systemic approaches for accelerating uptake of technology and innovation    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-31: Toolbox for efficient IP licensing for market uptake and societal value creation (CSA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-32: Piloting communities of expert facilitators to improve industry-academia-public sector co-creation (CSA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-33: Fostering knowledge valorisation through societal and cultural interactions (CSA)    

    Research and Innovation for Industry 5.0    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-51: Pilots for an innovative human-centric industry (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-52: Drivers and success factors for progress towards Industry 5.0 (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-53: Localised and Urban Manufacturing, supporting creativity and the New European Bauhaus (RIA using FSTP)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-54: Green and digital skills and training needs for a just transition (CSA)    

    European standards for industrial competitiveness    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-62: Boosting industrial symbiosis by standardisation (CSA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-63: Provide for a strong and sustainable pool of experts for European Standardisation: attract the students of university/HEI    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-64: Pre-normative research and standardisation in industrial ecosystems (CSA)    

    International Cooperation    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-91: International Hub for Digital Partnerships in the Indo-Pacific (CSA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-92: R&I cooperation with Sub-Saharan Africa (CSA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-93: R&I cooperation with Latin America (Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, and other countries in the BELLA network or members of RedClara) (CSA)    

    Call - A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Leadership in AI based on trust    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-01: Efficient trustworthy AI - making the best of data (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-02: Large Scale pilots on trustworthy AI data and robotics addressing key societal challenges (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-03: Natural Language Understanding and Interaction in Advanced Language Technologies (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-04: Open innovation: Addressing Grand challenges in AI (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (CSA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-05: Through AI from Disinformation to Trust (IA)    

    An Internet of Trust    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-11: Next Generation Internet Fund (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-12: Pilots for the Next Generation Internet (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-13: Next Generation Internet International Collaboration - USA (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-14: Next Generation Internet Commons Policy (CSA)    

    eXtended Reality    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-21: Next Generation eXtended Reality (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-22: eXtended Reality for Industry 5.0 (IA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-23: Supporting the emergence of an open human-centric Metaverse (CSA)    

    European standards for industrial competitiveness    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-65: Support facility for digital standardisation and international cooperation in digital partnerships (CSA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-66: Promoting EU standards globally (CSA)    

    Digital Humanism and human compatible technologies    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-81: Digital Humanism - Putting people at the centre of the digital transformation (CSA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-82: Art-driven digital innovation: Towards human compatible and ecologically conscious technology (CSA)    

    Call - A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Leadership in AI based on trust    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-06: Explainable and Robust AI (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-07: Collaborative intelligence – combining the best of machine and human (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)    

    Systemic approaches for accelerating uptake of technology and innovation    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-34: Support for transnational activities of National Contact Points in the thematic areas of Digital, Industry and Space (CSA)    

    European standards for industrial competitiveness    

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-61: Facilitate the engagement in global ICT standardisation development (CSA)    

    OTHER ACTIONS NOT SUBJECT TO CALLS FOR PROPOSALS    

    Grants to identified beneficiaries    

    1. Management and Coordination of the European partnership Globally Competitive Space Systems    

    2. Developing large-scale quantum Computing platform technologies (SGA)    

    3. Presidency Event 2024    

    4. Presidency Event 2025    

    5. European Startup Nations Standard    

    6. Presidency event (conference) in Belgium: Industrial Technologies 2024    

    7. Presidency Event (conference): Industrial Technologies 2025    

    8. ICT Event 2024    

    9. SSA-SST Specific Conditions    

    10. HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-MS - New & improved EUSST Missions and Services    

    11. HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-AE - SST & STM system architecture and evolutions    

    12. HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-SB - Space-based SST (mission, system and sensors network)    

    13. HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-SP - SST Sensors and Processing    

    14. HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-SD - SST Networking, Security & Data sharing    

    Public procurement    

    1. EGNSS Evolution: Mission and Service-related R&D activities    

    2. Space conferences, outreach, studies and other activities    

    3. Citizens’ Hackathon European Championship 2023    

    4. Raw Materials Event    

    5. Digital conferences, outreach, studies and other activities    

    6. European Standardisation Panel Survey    

    Other budget implementation instruments    

    1. Project monitoring and use of individual experts (space)    

    2. Project monitoring and use of individual experts (Industry)    

    3. Project monitoring and use of individual experts (Digital)    

    Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre    

    1. JRC Support to Energy Intensive Technologies and Strategic Technologies value chains    

    2. JRC Support to Safe and Sustainable by Design Chemicals and Materials Criteria    

    Subscription Actions    

    1. Support to Hydrogen in the Economy    

    Indirectly managed actions    

    1. UNECE resource management system    

    2. Critical Raw Materials Exploration Investment Facility with the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development    

    3. Indirectly managed actions delegated to ESA    

    4. Indirectly managed actions delegated to EUSPA    

    Budget    

    Introduction

    Progress in digital and industrial technologies, including in space, shapes all sectors of the economy and society. They transform the way industry develops, create new products and services, and are central to any sustainable future. The COVID-19 pandemic, the war against Ukraine and other disruptions have shown the need to strengthen the industrial base of the European Union and the Associated Countries, enhancing its resilience and flexibility both in terms of technologies and supply chains, so as to reduce strategic dependencies on third countries. They have also reinforced the need to address key societal challenges like sustainability or inclusiveness. In a globalised world of heightened uncertainties and volatile geopolitical interests, what is at stake is not only Europe’s prosperity and economic competitiveness, but also its ability to have access to critical raw materials, technologies and services that are safe and secure for industry as a whole. This is not about protectionism. This is about upholding EU’s strategic interests and guaranteeing security of supply.

    As Europe gears up for a more resilient, green, and digital recovery, the EU needs to maintain a strong industrial and technology presence in key parts of digital and other supply chains, in industrial ecosystems while safeguarding its ability to access and operate safely in space. This is critical not only to be able to compete globally, but also to protect its citizens, deliver services and products of the highest quality, and preserve its values and socio-economic model. Europe must develop and deploy technologies and reshape its industries and services towards a new reality, ensuring that industry can become the accelerator and enabler of this necessary change. Therefore the European Commission, in 'Updating the 2020 New Industrial Strategy: Building a stronger Single Market for Europe's recovery', 1 supported the European Green Deal and the Circular Economy Action Plan, alongside the digital strategies ‘Shaping Europe’s Digital Future’, ‘Data’, ‘Artificial Intelligence’ White Paper, Digital Decade Communication and ‘Space Strategy for Europe’.

    The twin green and digital transition is just at its beginning. Major opportunities lie ahead to position the European Union as a technology and industrial leader of this transition. The vision behind the proposed investments under Cluster ‘Digital, Industry and Space’ is to shape competitive and trusted technologies for a European Union industry with global leadership in key areas; to enable production and consumption respecting the boundaries of our planet; and to maximise the benefits for all parts of society in the variety of social, economic and territorial contexts in Europe.

    Horizon Europe is the research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that share policy objectives. Through the programme, special attention will be given to ensuring cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium enterprises, and citizens and their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe’s future. In this context, applicants should consider and actively seek synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from, other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes 2 (such as ERDF, ESF+, JTF, EMFF, EAFRD, Innovation Fund, InvestEU and the EU’s external action instruments), as well as private funds or financial instruments.

    The ERDF focuses amongst others on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support investment in research infrastructure, activities for applied research and innovation, including industrial research, experimental development and feasibility studies, building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF.

    Furthermore, applicants are encouraged to take advantage of synergies with the Euratom Research and Training Programme that supports inter alia research on materials, circular economy, digitalisation, energy-intensive industries and artificial intelligence (see details in the Euratom Work Programme 2023-25).

    The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) aims at financing projects that directly tackle the economic and social impacts from the Coronavirus crisis and support the green and digital transition. For project ideas that directly contribute to these objectives and that have a strong focus in one member state it is advisable to check access to the RRF for a fast and targeted support.

    Actions under this cluster will support key enabling technologies that are strategically important for Europe’s industrial future, and deliver on the following six expected impacts in the Strategic Plan, through matching destinations in this Work Programme:

    1.Global leadership in clean and climate-neutral industrial value chains, circular economy and climate-neutral digital systems and infrastructures (networks, data centres), through innovative production and manufacturing processes and their digitisation, new business models, sustainable-by-design advanced materials and technologies enabling the switch to decarbonisation in all major emitting industrial sectors, including green digital technologies.

    2.Industrial leadership and increased autonomy in key strategic value chains with security of supply in raw materials, achieved through breakthrough technologies in areas of industrial alliances, dynamic industrial innovation ecosystems and advanced solutions for substitution, resource and energy efficiency, effective reuse and recycling and clean primary production of raw materials, including critical raw materials and leadership in circular economy.

    3.Sovereignty in digital technologies and in future emerging enabling technologies by strengthening European capacities in key parts of digital and future supply chains, allowing agile responses to urgent needs, and by investing in early discovery and industrial uptake of new technologies.

    4.Globally attractive, secure and dynamic data-agile economy by developing and enabling the uptake of the next-generation computing and data technologies and infrastructures (including space infrastructure and data), enabling the European single market for data with the corresponding data spaces and a trustworthy artificial intelligence ecosystem.

    5.Open strategic autonomy in conceiving, developing, deploying and using global space-based infrastructures, services, applications and data, including by reinforcing the EU’s independent capacity to access space, securing the autonomy of supply for critical technologies and equipment, and fostering the EU’s space sector's competitiveness.

    6.A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies, through a two-way engagement in the development of technologies, empowering end-users and workers, and supporting social innovation.

    Destination 1: Climate neutral, Circular and Digitised Production

    This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations (KSOs), as outlined in the Strategic Plan: 3

    1.KSO C, ‘Making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems.’

    2.KSO A, ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations.’

    3.KSO D, ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.’

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to the following expected impact of Cluster 4:

    Global leadership in clean, climate-neutral and resilient industrial value chains, circular economy and climate-neutral and human-centric digital systems and infrastructures, through innovative production and manufacturing processes and their digitisation, new business models, sustainable-by-design advanced materials and technologies enabling the switch to decarbonisation in all major emitting industrial sectors, including green digital technologies.

    This Destination will contribute to putting the European Union and Associated Countries on track for achieving climate neutrality of the industrial sector by 2050, while also reducing other polluting emissions, and for speeding up Europe’s independence from Russian fossil fuels, in line with the REPowerEU Plan, by means of cleaner, more efficient and more sustainable industrial processes.

    The speed and scale of the twin green and digital transitions has accelerated, and significant opportunities lie ahead to position the European Union and Associated Countries as a technological and industrial leader of this transition, building on their world class R&I capacities and industrial base. Industrial ecosystems will not only need to develop, but also deploy technologies and reshape their goods and services towards a new reality, ensuring that industry can become the accelerator and enabler of the twin green and digital transition. It will also enhance the Union’s open strategic autonomy with regard to the underlying technologies. To achieve these goals, the activities in this Destination are complementary to those in Destination ‘Increased Autonomy in Key Strategic Value Chains for Resilient Industry’.

    The most relevant policies of the European Commission on this front are:

    1.The European Industrial Strategy of March 2020 , and in particular the Update of May 2021 : there is now a renewed momentum in the EU to tackle its strategic dependencies as well as to boost its resilience across key strategic areas. The Covid-19 crisis revealed the importance of improving production response and preparedness of EU industry, in support of its long-term competitiveness.

    2.The Digital Decade of March 2021, where the Commission presented a vision, targets and avenues for a successful digital transformation of Europe by 2030.

    3.The Circular Economy Action Plan of March 2020 announced initiatives along the entire life cycle of products. It targets how products are designed, promotes circular economy processes, encourages sustainable consumption, and aims to ensure that waste is prevented and the resources used are kept in the EU economy for as long as possible.

    4.The Fit for 55 Package of July 2021, delivering the EU's 2030 Climate Target on the way to climate neutrality , given the process industries’ 20% share of global greenhouse gas emissions.

    5.The Zero Pollution Action Plan of May 2021 addresses both pollution and waste, where research needs could be tackled and is particularly relevant to advanced materials and the process industries, as well as to the manufacturing industry.

    The topics serving the objectives of this destination are structured as follows:

    1.Manufacturing Industry 

    The implementation of the Green Deal has major repercussions for manufacturing. Products and related value chains need to be made circular, carbon-neutral and regenerative – in other words, industry has to make positive contributions to the environment and to society, and offer a negative carbon footprint for future products. Manufacturing is expected to be a key driver in this transformation of industry. Current challenges addressed in this work programme include bio-intelligent manufacturing; high-precision and complex-product manufacturing; circularity and remanufacturing; collaborative distributed manufacturing and business models close to the customers, including Manufacturing as a Service, to enable the evolution from the ‘smart factory’ to the ‘smart value network’.

    This industrial revolution should not be to the detriment of workers. The lack of appropriate skills in manufacturing is becoming a concern in many sectors, opening the opportunity for the use of breakthrough innovative technologies to make manufacturing jobs more attractive; and more broadly to ensure that manufacturing provides prosperity beyond jobs, while respecting planetary boundaries.

    1.A new way to build, accelerating disruptive change in construction

    The construction industry needs to improve its productivity and competitiveness, and upskill its workforce. Its transition pathway depends on greater digitalisation, resilience and resource efficiency across the board. This need has been heightened by recent rising demand following the pandemic, pressure to maintain and repair works and to address hazardous substances.

    1.Energy efficient and climate neutral process industries 

    From the R&I perspective, climate neutrality by 2050 should be the starting point for any action paving the way to a regenerative industrial transformation. The International Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) report on climate mitigation, released in April 2022, 4 points out that the goal of net-zero GHG emissions for industry is challenging but possible. It will need coordinated action throughout value chains to promote all mitigation options, including energy and materials efficiency, circular material flows, as well as abatement technologies and transformational changes in production processes.

    In this context, the process industries' climate neutrality goal is strongly related to the objectives of becoming independent on fossil fuel and fossil fuel imports. To reach these objectives, production processes need to be energy efficient, implying advanced digitisation; renewable energies need to be integrated via electrifications or use of hydrogen; and abatement technologies including CCU for processes that are hard to decarbonise need to be further developed.

    This Work Programme refers to the operational objectives of the Processes4Planet partnership, found in the respective Memorandum of Understanding. 5

    1.Circularity and Zero Pollution in process industries 

    Energy-intensive industries need to embrace the circular economy and restorative feedback loops, not as an afterthought but as a key pillar of the design of entire value chains. In this context the Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability, which aims to better protect citizens and the environment whilst boosting the innovation for safe and sustainable chemicals, and its related Strategic Research and innovation agenda are also key. Energy-intensive industries need to commit to engage in Hubs for Circularity and to adopt new collaborative circular business models. There is also a clear space to increase the circularity of industrial wastewater, in symbiosis with urban wastewater, recycling a much higher share of the water, including from the municipal sector to industry and valorising more components in the wastewater.

    The Hubs for Circularity (H4C) will be a key instrument to advance the research and innovation agenda of European industries towards the Green Deal’s objectives. The H4Cs will implement a collection of industrial -urban symbiosis and circularity technologies at scale, which will lead to first-of-a-kind, lighthouse demonstrator plants of (near) commercial size implementing industrial symbiosis and/or urban industrial symbiosis. Starting from existing industry cluster or heavy industrialized urban areas, their aim is to collectively achieve and demonstrate at scale a leap towards circularity and carbon neutrality in the use of resources (feedstock, energy and water) in a profitable way involving all stakeholders (Industry, SMEs, local authorities, educational institutions and civil society). It is a new way to re-imagine the whole value chain in a cross-sectorial and collaborative way exploiting synergies and anchoring in the local ecosystem to optimize the incoming resources including investments. It is about building on creativity, digital tools, AI, and breakthrough technologies for implementing cost-optimal pathways and new value chains for the engineering of a net-zero circular economy.

    Projects outcomes will enable achievement of the objectives of Processes4Planet partnership by demonstrating hubs for circularity (H4Cs) concepts 6 , fostering circularity within and beyond process industries and driving the partnership’s innovation portfolio towards “First of a kind” demonstrators to de-risk investment for subsequent roll-out. (P4Planet operational objectives 8 and 9).

    1.Clean Steel 

    Related to the objectives for energy-intensive industries in general, the steel industry will be enabled to reduce its GHG emissions to the Fit for 55 targets, in particular contributing to fulfilling the new obligations foreseen in the revised ETS Directive to prepare for transition to climate neutrality and to take new pathways towards Circular Economy concepts.

    Business cases and exploitation strategies for industrialisation: This section applies only to those topics in this Destination, for which proposals should demonstrate the expected impact by including a business case and exploitation strategy for industrialisation.

    The business case should demonstrate the expected impact of the proposal in terms of enhanced market opportunities for the participants and deployment in the EU, in the short to medium term. It should describe the targeted market(s); estimated market size in the EU and globally; user and customer needs; and demonstrate that the solutions will match the market and user needs in a cost-effective manner; and describe the expected market position and competitive advantage.

    The exploitation strategy should identify obstacles, requirements and necessary actions involved in reaching higher TRLs (Technology Readiness Levels), for example: matching value chains, enhancing product robustness; securing industrial integrators; and user acceptance.

    For TRL 7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale deployment in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

    Where relevant, in the context of skills, it is recommended to develop training material to endow workers with the right skillset in order to support the uptake and deployment of new innovative products, services, and processes developed in the different projects. This material should be tested and be scalable, and can potentially be up-scaled through the European Social Fund Plus (ESF+). This will help the European labour force to close the skill gaps in the relevant sectors and occupational groups and improve employment and social levels across the EU and associated countries.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, for particular topics international cooperation is not mandatory but advised with some regions or countries, to get internationally connected and add additional specific expertise and value to the activities.

    To achieve wider effects activities beyond R&I investments will be needed. Three co-programmed partnerships will enhance dissemination, community building and foster spillover effects: Made in Europe for the manufacturing industries; and Processes4Planet and Clean Steel for the energy-intensive industries. Wider activities include the further development of skills and competencies (also via the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, in particular EIT Manufacturing, EIT Digital and EIT Climate-KIC); and the use of financial products under the InvestEU Fund for further commercialisation of R&I outcomes. For the energy-intensive industries in particular, links with the Innovation Fund are important.

    Synergies:

    For advanced manufacturing in general, synergies are necessary between the Made in Europe Partnership and the Digital Europe Programme, primarily Industrial Data Spaces, Cybersecurity Centres and European Digital Innovation Hubs.

    Related to the construction activities, Cluster 5 addresses the energy performance of buildings, under the destination ‘Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use’, as well as the Built4People co-programmed partnership for a ‘people-centric sustainable built environment’.

    For the energy-intensive industries, there are synergies for energy efficiency and the management of thermal energy in industry in Cluster 5, under ‘Industries in energy transition’; and with the Clean Hydrogen partnership.

    As some necessary activities of the energy-intensive industries, such as first-of-a-kind plants, involve deployment beyond TRL 7, synergies with other EU programmes are essential in this context, in particular with the Innovation Fund, with the Life Plus Programme, and with the activities of the EIB. International cooperation in process industries will be strengthened through Mission Innovation 2.0 ‘Net zero Industries’.

    Innovation Actions — Legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

    334.27

    20 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-TWO-STAGE

    12.00

    07 Mar 2023 (First Stage)

    05 Oct 2023 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

    251.00

    07 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-TWO-STAGE

    37.00

    07 Feb 2024 (First Stage)

    24 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    Overall indicative budget

    346.27

    288.00

    Call - TWIN GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSITION 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 7

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 8

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 08 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-02

    IA

    48.00 9

    5.00 to 6.00

    8

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-04

    IA

    37.60 10

    5.00 to 7.00

    6

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-07

    RIA

    32.00 11

    4.00 to 6.00

    6

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-08

    CSA

    1.00 12

    Around 1.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-31

    RIA

    32.00 13

    8.00 to 10.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-33

    IA

    35.67 14

    12.00 to 15.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-36

    RIA

    13.00 15

    6.00 to 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-37

    IA

    40.00 16

    15.00 to 20.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-40

    RIA

    30.00 17

    10.00 to 12.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-42

    RIA

    30.00 18

    10.00 to 12.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-43

    IA

    23.00 19

    4.00 to 6.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-45

    RIA

    12.00 20

    3.00 to 6.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    334.27

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Manufacturing Industry

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-02: High-precision OR complex product manufacturing – potentially including the use of photonics (Made in Europe and Photonics Partnerships) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 48.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering all three technology areas in the scope below, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking, but also to at least two projects in each technology area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 21 .

    The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs as a way to increase the contribution of industry to this co-programmed partnership. This funding rate applies to both members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Manufacturing industry will benefit from the following outcomes:

    1.High-precision manufacturing and/or manufacturing of products with complex geometries or structures; embedded electronics, optics or photonics; surfaces and surface functionalities; and multi-process manufacturing;

    2.Highly resilient and flexible production lines, enabling highly customised products across a wide range of markets, and ensuring open strategic autonomy for the manufacturing industry of the Union and Associated Countries.

    3.Significant reductions in the use of materials, waste, defects and energy consumption, which also lead indirectly to reductions in GHG emissions.

    4.Fostering the competitiveness of the European manufacturing industry, in general and (only in the relevant projects) in the field of laser machine tools and within the laser markets in particular.

    Scope: Products are increasingly complex, e.g. in terms of geometries, structures, embedded and structural electronics, optics or photonics, micro-, nano- or bio-mimetic features or advanced and composite materials. Further constraints arise from new requirements of sustainability in production processes (resource and energy efficiency). In particular components and products have to be manufactured anticipating the fact that they would be disassembled, re-used re-manufactured or recycled.

    To maintain technological autonomy and to enable the viable and sustainable manufacturing of high-tech products, innovative advanced manufacturing processes should be developed. Digital models make development, production, and operation of complex products manageable.

    Proposals should address the following:

    1.Advancement and demonstration of significant improvements in smart production technologies to manufacture complex products such as additive manufacturing, multi-process manufacturing, injection manufacturing, functional printing, intelligent and autonomous handling, shaping, joining, coating, and assembly technologies;

    OR

    1.Advancement in high-precision manufacturing technologies, including for example mechanical machining, super-polishing, surface texturing, thin film coating, etching and electrochemical machining, handling and assembly processes, to achieve new product functionalities.

    OR

    1.highly customised laser-based production including new and advanced methods, for example schemes of adapting laser beams and processes to provide a highly precise distribution of photons at the right place and at the right time.

    Proposals should indicate which approach they are targeting.

    Proposals may also propose to combine more than one of the above approaches when justified for specific high-tech product. For these cases, proposals should still indicate which of the approaches is the primary/main one.

    Proposals are also allowed to combine two of the approaches above, provided there is added value in such a combined approach. Arbitrary combinations without integration are excluded.

    In all cases, process development will be required to demonstrate and validate the benefits the technologies in flexible and individualised manufacturing processes, minimising waste, defects, energy consumption and emissions; and enabling sustainable, innovative and improved products. The quality of the new products should be validated according to the most advanced metrology capacities, and life cycle assessment should be considered.

    The focus can be, for example, on addressing demands in healthcare, automotive, maritime and aviation industries, energy generation or environmental areas.

    Proposals could additionally consider one or more of the following, only provided this brings added value:

    1.Use of novel sustainable and smart materials to achieve same or higher technical features in products while reducing environmental impact and waste;

    2.Parallel product and manufacturing engineering, developing cyber physical systems, e.g. digital twins, to manage complex production using data spaces across the whole value chain;

    3.Flexible and collaborative robots and multi-axis machines, to improve their accuracy to high-precision manufacturing;

    4.Multiscale physics-based models and machine learning/AI methodologies to improve prediction capacity/optimisation in manufacturing, remanufacturing and reuse;

    5.Management of data;

    6.Suitable, robust and traceable in-process process and dimension control

    Links may be established with relevant cases emerging from the CSA project HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-39.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Where relevant, interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed, focusing on open and trustful federated concepts and standards, enabling effective cross-domain data communities, new data-driven markets, and the Digital Product Passport initiative.

    Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners where relevant.

    All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnerships Made in Europe and Photonics.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-04: Factory-level and value chain approaches for remanufacturing (Made in Europe Partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 37.60 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Manufacturing industry should benefit from the following outcomes:

    1.Suitably scaled green and digital technologies supporting remanufacturing, for circular value chains in industrial ecosystems;

    2.Remanufacturing of both components and products towards full circularity while retaining value or functions of components;

    3.Skills and education capabilities for remanufacturing.

    Scope: Remanufacturing is an industrial process in which at least one change is made to waste products or components affecting their safety, performance, purpose or type. Remanufacturing aims to retain the usefulness of both products and components and is an essential step in achieving full industrial circularity without implying deterioration of the product.

    This calls for both remanufacturing technologies at the factory level and their integration into circular value chains, including the streamlining data to support remanufacturing. Remanufacturing should not be focused only on the reuse of raw materials but should be aimed at reusing and upscaling components, valorising them and retaining or upgrading their functionality. Components, products and/or functions can be updated with new technology and improved beyond their initial functionality. Ultimately, remanufacturing is indirectly expected to reduce the level of resource consumption and hence also the level of CO2-intensity of components.

    Proposals should address technologies within specific industrial sectors or across industrial sectors:

    1.Develop cutting-edge remanufacturing approaches (design, technologies, business cases) and their integration into value chains;

    2.Demonstrate remanufacturing processes that retain components functionality in at least three user cases;

    3.The introduction of traceability aspects, quality control and a regulatory validation need to be considered;

    4.Repurposing of components into a variety of industrial sectors. Introduce flexible production concepts, advanced machinery, smart mechatronics, interactive and collaborative machines, robots and systems enabling efficient factory operation and reconfiguration;

    5.Consider operational and economic viability while also the environmental impact of the proposed approach.

    A human-centric approach to remanufacturing should be integrated, with appropriate contributions from Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH); as part of this, a strategy for skills development should be included, associating social partners where relevant. This may include augmenting technologies and skills to strengthen the capabilities of the European workforce. Collaboration with EIT Manufacturing is encouraged, in particular on the development of skills.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Proposals should take the relevant EU-regulatory framework into account such as the Ecodesign Directive and the forthcoming Sustainable Product Framework (SPI) 22 .

    Proposals should take into account any relevant international standards (such as the Asset Administration Shell) and activities supported under the Digital Europe programme, e.g. in the area of Manufacturing Data Spaces and the Digital Product Passport initiative.

    Research must build on existing standards or contribute to future standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing must be addressed, leveraging on existing ontologies and metadata and though the implementation of the FAIR data principles. 23

    Where relevant, proposals should contribute to standardisation of relevant technologies.

    All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-07: Achieving resiliency in value networks through modelling and Manufacturing as a Service (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 32.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Availability of reliable models, simulators, digital twins, decision making and planning technologies for specific value networks, providing timely scoreboard views and enabling a better understanding of the impact of unforeseen events on manufacturing and industrial production.

    2.Availability of technologies to swiftly adapt logistics and production to varying external conditions, improving the resilience of the industrial systems and value chains, and the sustainability of the entire production process.

    3.Smart manufacturing networks that are resilient and capable of self-adaptation in response to external threats.

    Scope: Manufacturing as a Service (MaaS) is a distributed system of production in which resources (including data and software) are offered as services, allowing manufacturers to access distributed providers to implement their manufacturing processes. This topic approaches MaaS from the value network perspective, aiming at exploiting the intrinsic flexibility and resilience provided by the possibility to use distributed and programmable resources on demand, under real-world conditions characterised by high volatility of the supply, the market requirements and the external constraints.

    Proposals should develop:

    1.Realistic actionable models of value chains, which allow humans to react timely and better understand the impact of external events on the industrial system, and to propose simulations and scenarios that will appropriately respond to those events and optimise industrial production.

    2.Solutions that make use of the flexibility of the manufacturing ecosystem to respond to external events, enabling trusted cross organisation real-time data integration / exchange based on standards, and supporting the partial automation of the processes from the confirmation of the order up to the delivery of the product.

    Models and simulations should be developed from a human-centred perspective, and lead to instructions for automated manufacturing and re-manufacturing facilities that can implement the retained scenarios and adapt production processes, stock levels and any other variables of the manufacturing and logistic flow, optimising production in terms of resilience, agility. The potential of a circular approach to address resilience should be considered.

    Resiliency to failures should be taken into account, resulting in the capability to guarantee useful outputs and reliable production even under non-optimal conditions. Multidisciplinary research activities should address the way to develop robust models on the basis of uncertain and incomplete data, and to translate those models into practically usable digital twins, which can produce actionable information and instructions.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination, and demonstrate their results through at least two realistic use cases.

    The results will contribute to making Manufacturing as a Service technically and economically viable, and are expected to improve to both the competitiveness of industry and the circularity and sustainability of the production/logistic processes. Proposals should explain how the proposed approach contributes to these objectives through measurable targets.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership “Made in Europe”.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-08: Foresight and technology transfer for Manufacturing as a Service (Made in Europe Partnership) (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 24 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Focused strategic foresight relevant to Manufacturing as a Service and digital technologies in manufacturing, namely (a) analysis of the best practices to advance circularity, decarbonisation, and sustainability of industrial production in the context of “Manufacturing as a Service” approach, (b) analysis of foreseeable developments and trends, including the potential advantages and disadvantages, regarding distributed Manufacturing as a Service vs. centralised manufacturing, (c) recommendations for an EU manufacturing standardisation strategy focusing specifically on the role of data and (d) roadmapping for EU industry to transform and anticipate these changes.

    2.Support for the transfer of information and technologies between Horizon Europe projects and other relevant initiatives, e.g., the Manufacturing Data Spaces and the network of European Digital Innovation Hubs.

    Scope: Manufacturing as a Service (MaaS) is a distributed approach to production in which resources (including data and software) are offered as business-to-business services, allowing manufacturers to access distributed providers to implement their manufacturing processes.

    Proposals should develop the strategic foresight listed under point 1 involving the manufacturing community at large, including the Manufacturing Data Spaces and the network of European Digital Innovation Hubs, as well as the Open Innovation Test Beds (OITBs). Identification of strategies and best practices will take into account the evolving geopolitical context.

    The activities will also include an effective dissemination campaign, the organisation of events and workshops to facilitate technology transfer and collaboration. A specific focus should be given to best practices to support circularity and sustainability in industrial production through digital technologies in a “Manufacturing as a Service” context.

    Only one proposal will be selected for funding.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership “Made in Europe”.

    Energy Intensive Process Industries

    Energy-efficient and climate neutral process industries

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-31: Energy efficiency breakthroughs in the process industries (Processes4Planet partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 32.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 25 .

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achievement of the objectives of Processes4Planet partnership by designing and digitising industrial processes for a maximum energy efficiency, ensuring process flexibility and capturing the full potential of renewable energy (related to P4Planet operational objectives 1 and 5).

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Increase the energy efficiency of energy intensive industrial processes by reducing energy use by at least 30% and the process as compared to current state of the art;

    2.Enable the techno-economic feasibility of novel technologies and processes, validated and demonstrated at suitable scale against state of the art of industrial processes;

    3.Enable the potential of an increased use of renewable energy;

    4.Contribute to achieving EU climate neutrality goal and becoming independent from fossil fuel and fossil fuel imports as put forward in the REPowerEU Plan 26 .

    Scope: To decarbonise the energy-intensive industries both, the availability of affordable renewable energy, and the increase of the industrial processes energy efficiency, will be needed. Today‘s energy efficiency improvements in conventional plants are about 1-2% annually. The use of digital technologies in process optimisation has the potential to further reduce this energy demand. However, digital technologies alone cannot achieve the required change in the process industries’ energy efficiency, the combination of digital technologies with highly energy efficient process breakthroughs is required.

    Proposals under this topic should:

    1.Focus on the development of highly efficient technological breakthroughs for the innovation of the most energy intensive parts of specific processes;

    2.Demonstrate the decrease in energy intensity of output level (intermediate, final product);

    3.Integrate novel digital technologies from the fields of distributed process control and data driven AI based optimisation;

    4.Demonstrate and evaluate energy efficiency gains, where relevant in optimal interaction with energy flexibility and integration of renewables.

    The proposals should include energy efficiency, techno-economic and life-cycle assessments considering the overall process.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. Proposals are encouraged to consider outcomes from the projects carried out in the call DT-SPIRE-06-2019: Digital technologies for improved performance in cognitive production plants.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-33: Electrification of high temperature heating systems (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 12.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 35.67 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs as a way to increase the contribution of industry to this co-programmed partnership. This funding rate applies to both members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the objectives of the Processes4Planet partnership, and the transition of the process industry towards climate neutrality, by developing new electrified processes, ensuring process flexibility, and capturing the full potential of renewable energy (related to P4Planet operational objective 1).

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Demonstrate the use of advanced electric heating technologies for high temperature demand systems in the process industry;

    2.Prove the effectiveness of the technologies towards GHG emission avoidance;

    3.Reduce process emissions of high temperature heating systems by at least 30% compared to current state of the art levels of the process with fossil-based heating system;

    4.Enable the integration of renewable electricity in the process industries to substitute fossil fuels for heating, thereby contributing to the independence from fossil fuel and fossil fuel imports as put forward in the REPowerEU Plan 27 ;

    5.Showcase the scalability and the cost efficiency of the proposed solutions;

    6.Enable the economic viability of the entire unit to compete with the existing state of the art of fossil-based heating systems and increase of the competitiveness and resilience of the European process industry.

    Scope: High temperature (over 400 °C) industrial heating systems, powered by fossil fuel combustion, are responsible for 20% of process industries GHG emissions. The topic focuses on the sustainable electrification of high temperature heating systems, for example, industrial furnaces, kilns and crackers among others. Electrification of these heating systems with renewable electricity could represent a major reduction of the related GHG emissions.

    The proposals should:

    1.Integrate existing highly efficient technologies, e.g., induction heating, hybrid operation between electric heating and zero-carbon fuel heating microwave and plasma technologies, electric resistances, and/or the combination with digital technologies or hybrid modelling; this may include the development of high temperature heat storage for flexible usage of electricity (load shifting) or renewable electricity production (production fluctuation);

    2.Take a holistic approach which may include aspects such as advanced materials requirements and appropriate equipment design;

    3.Improve the process safety, flexibility, and ease of process control;

    4.Showcase the improved performance through at least one realistic use case that can be replicable in more than one process industry sector with demonstrable economic return.

    The inclusion of a GHG avoidance methodology 28 is recommended and should provide detailed descriptions of baselines and projected emissions reduction.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. As a project output a more elaborated exploitation plan should be developed including preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan and financial model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (e.g., Innovation Fund, InvestEU, ESIF). Societal and environmental impact and implications for the workplace (such as skills, organisational change) should be outlined.

    Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Where relevant, interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programs and platforms and are encouraged to consider the use of their expected outcomes in a wider approach that might benefit the establishment of Hubs for Circularity.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-36: Modelling industry transition to climate neutrality, sustainability and circularity (Processes4Planet partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 29 .

    Expected Outcome: Processes4Planet’s Horizon Europe public private partnership ambition is to achieve a profound change in the way the materials that citizens need to sustain their quality of life are produced. Processes4Planet is about transforming European process industries to make them circular and achieve overall climate neutrality at EU level by 2050, while enhancing their global competitiveness. Modelling capacity and scenarios are needed to chart the pathways towards climate neutrality. Projects outcomes will enable the achievement of the objectives of Processes4Planet partnership by contributing to new framework conditions to generate a market for climate neutral and circular solutions (related P4Planet operational objective 10). They will support EU climate ambitions and, following the International Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) report on climate mitigation recommendations, 30 allow for actions throughout value chains to promote all mitigation options, including energy and materials efficiency, circular material flows, as well as abatement technologies and transformational changes in production processes.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Development of a model, enhancement of existing modelling tools 31 towards understanding the pathways for industry, and Energy Intensive Industries in particular, to contribute to EU’s climate neutrality;

    2.Modelling of scenarios of possible pathways of how industry, and Energy Intensive Industries in particular, can become climate neutral according to the following five dimensions: (1) their energy demand and use and energy efficiency, (2) their emissions including process emissions; (3) in use of raw materials, chemicals and water (e.g. via increasing the use of circular approaches and material substitution, also in view of ensuring affordability of industrial products); (4) their production of consumer goods/equipment/construction products (e.g. looking at sustainability of products and embedded carbon – a preliminary approach only); (5) possibility of replacing fossil carbon in materials by more sustainable streams (e.g. recycled carbon from industrial emissions, from waste, sourced from sustainable biomass or directly from the atmosphere 32 );

    3.Facilitate future EU and national industry, climate and energy policy assessments. Climate neutrality of industry will be a strong priority for the EU and national policies by 2030 and towards 2050 as industry is considered as hard-to-abate sector 33 . Any policy initiatives on the EU or national level will require a robust, forward-looking analytical basis interlinked with macro-economic and energy system trends and such can be provided by modelling;

    4.Set the climate neutrality transition pathways for process industries in an open and transparent manner via design, modelling, and assessment of pathways for these industries. Modelling exercises can set the framework conditions and project market uptake of transformative solutions and products;

    5.Enhance the knowledge about climate neutrality pathways for industry and academia as the resulting modelling capacity (model code) and input data should be fully transparent and published under an open-source licencing.

    Scope:  

    Development of the model

    Currently the modelling tools to represent EU industry’s pathways to climate neutrality are not fully developed. The new modelling capacity should cover historical development starting in1990 and projections up to 2070 and this for the European Union and Associated Countries altogether and each Member State/country separately as well as for European Economic Area according to the five dimensions outlined in the expected outcomes. Considering that materials, chemicals and goods are sourced and traded globally, or at least regionally, global sourcing and trade has to be captured with relevant granularity and based on exogenous assumptions and/or links with global trade models;. Considering that these industries link with other sectors of the economy, innovative ways have to be found to integrate such capacity in a fully consistent energy system picture and to link it with broader macro-economic developments (notably as far as demand for industrial products is concerned) and meta-trends such as digitalisation.

    The proposals should be built in a modular manner and progressively lead to the development of an integrated modelling capacity allowing to capture the economics and behavioural aspects of demand, production and trade of materials, as well as techno-economic trajectories of the industrial sectors identified above. That would include (but not necessarily limited to) concepts from system dynamics modelling (for materials flows and stocks), techno-economic modelling (for the economics of production costs, elasticity of demand or trade effects), macro-economic modelling (socio-economics impacts), as well as agent-based modelling (choices of materials or technologies). The proposal should produce first results available for review by the project midterm.

    The proposals as a part of its validation and stakeholders’ involvement will enable to participate in peer-review processes, scientific conferences and publish in scientific journals and create possibilities for a feedback loop from stakeholders. The modelling capacity should be continuously developed based on the feedback from stakeholders.

    Modelling of scenarios

    Secondly, the proposals should deploy this new modelling capacity to explore, through the development of several “what if” scenarios, capturing all dimensions mapped above in a consistent way. The scenarios produced with the model should be contrasted but internally consistent in their policy and economic contexts, presenting different pathways for climate neutrality transition in terms of energy needs, addressing the process emissions as well needs and supply of material and technological options to produce the materials in needed quantities. In addition, a preliminary approach for tracing the carbon embedded in products and replacing fossil carbon in materials should be explored.

    Proposals should seek cooperation and give input to the Processes4Planet partnership Advisory Committee panels, 34 i.e., “Impact Panel” and as social innovation is concerned, the “Feedback Panel”.

    Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and comparative tools e.g., the Energy and Industry Geography Lab of the Joint Research Centre.

    Cooperation with other selected projects under this topic is strongly encouraged.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

    Circularity and Zero Pollution in process industries

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-37: Hubs for circularity for near zero emissions regions applying industrial symbiosis and cooperative approach to heavy industrialized clusters and surrounding ecosystems (Processes4Planet partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 15.00 and 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achievement of the objectives of Processes4Planet partnership by demonstrating hubs for circularity (H4Cs) concepts, fostering circularity within and beyond process industries and driving the partnership’s innovation portfolio towards “First of a kind” demonstrators so as to de-risk investment for subsequent roll-out. (P4Planet operational objectives 8 and 9).

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Achieve a step change in circular utilization of resources within the process industries reducing the use of virgin resources (materials, energy, and water) by at least 20% of reduction as compared to current state of the art;

    2.Citizens living in proximity of heavily industrialized clusters will benefit from a healthier environment through industrial symbiosis by lowering emissions through circular and renewable energy sources;

    3.Use industrial symbiosis and cross-sectorial cooperation to pave the way for achieving the EU Green Deal and “Fit for 55” package objectives: providing recommendations for optimized regional framework conditions by highlighting barriers and suitable innovation-oriented policies.

    The targets above are meant to be achieved collectively by the region/area where the demonstration is located, not only by consortium members.

    Scope: An industrial symbiosis, near commercial scale demonstrator, hub should integrate infrastructures (e.g., industrial waste, by-product and water management infrastructure, fluid flow networks, digital infrastructure), and energy networks and grids (e.g., smart operations scheduling, district heat integration, digital power plant including distributed generation, seasonal storage, biomass, and heat pumps integration). Industries involved should boost: their resource efficiency, heat recovery, integration of e renewable energies, use of hydrogen as an energy carrier, and/or support the implementation of CCU locally or prepare for CCS logistics. The proposed demonstrator should comprehensively show how symbiosis and cross-sectorial cooperation can trigger the green transition by sharing resources and infrastructure investments.

    Proposals should address the following aspects:

    1.Develop systemic solutions leading to a Hub for Circularity (H4C) for near zero emissions as described above;

    2.(Co-)design and adapt existing processes to integrate new solutions (energy and mass flow coupling, infrastructure, and logistics) and to exploit new synergies between sectors;

    3.Use digital modelling tools and sensing systems as a basis for dynamic resource management, including information on quantities and characterisation of material, component and product streams in view of full integrated LCA;

    4.Establish IT infrastructures and tools that provide a secure basis for the integrated management and the preservation of confidentiality of sensitive data, it might not be in the same location as the demonstrator and serve the needs of multiple hubs;

    5.Deploy one Industrial symbiosis near commercial scale demonstrator using renewables as energy sources, including renewable hydrogen as energy carrier, to achieve at least 30% CO2 reduction when deployed at full scale at the Hub for Circularity and close environment level. This should balance the overall energy consumption with efficiency gains for the Hub for Circularity of at least 10%, including utilisation through cascading heat recovery, smart grid, and digitalised power plants. Optional: in addition, apply or enlarge the use of CCUS (Carbon Capture Utilization and Storage) to the existing local industries; the sustainability gains in energy use should be detailed;

    6.Plan in detail the replication and adaption of the concept, including the simulation and the business case and exploitation strategy of the First of a Kind hubs, in two to three alternative locations in close cooperation with the relevant local actors;

    7.Consider when applicable the co-development of industrial decarbonization strategies with heat-nets, i.e., based on a socio-economic optimum in the cascading re-use of waste heat and the supply low temperature process heat to the surrounding ecosystem;

    8.Use established reporting methodologies for the assessment of industrial symbiosis activities and exchanges including Symbiosis Readiness Levels (SRLs) and best practices established by the H4C European Community of Practice (ECoP). In addition, interact with the ECoP for support, best practice and knowledge exchange on technological and non-technological issue;

    9.Include a plan to extend the hub to additional parties who also should benefit and multiply the local/regional synergies in the co-implementation of the identified innovations and solutions within the next five years;

    10.Implement a social innovation action involving at least one of the local community actors and, additional actions to facilitate relations and engage with e local community actors e.g., exchanging knowledge with the educational establishments and developing flexible learning resources.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. As a project output a more elaborated exploitation plan should be developed including preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan and financial model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (e.g. Innovation Fund, LIFE, InvestEU, ESIF).

    Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be stated clearly in the proposal. Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this cross-cutting topic and other relevant topics in Horizon Europe as well as building on existing projects is strongly encouraged (see also Industrial Symbiosis 35 and Trends 36 Report from March 2020).

    This topic aims to support the goals of the smart cities and climate adaptation missions by contributing to a decrease of harmful industrial emissions while favouring renewable energy sources.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-40: Sustainable and efficient industrial water consumption: through energy and solute recovery (Processes4Planet partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the objectives of Processes4Planet partnership by designing industrial processes for the maximum resource (water) efficiency and developing new process to ensure full valorisation of process industries wastewater, recycled water, energy, and solute recovery (P4Planet operational objectives 5 and 7).

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Demonstrate sustainable industrial water consumption based on new technologies for energy and solute recovery;

    2. Enable full circular use of water in process industry thus reducing industry dependence and utilisation of fresh water;

    3.Enable the techno-economic feasibility of the processes and technologies for water treatment and recycling particularly when combined with energy and waste reduction strategies to compete with the existing state of the art;

    4.Maximise the recovery of substances and energy present in the wastewater streams;

    5.Demonstrate contribution to EU climate neutrality goal.

    Scope: Wastewater discharge from industry has decreased over decades. This is a consequence of increased regulation (e.g., Industrial Emissions Directive, IED; the European Pollutant Release and Transfer Register, E-PRTR), improvements in treatment and the implementation of best available techniques. Amongst process industries, pulp and paper, steel and chemicals have high wastewater discharges. The Processes4Planet target is to demonstrate the potential for 90% of wastewater reuse by 2030. A breakthrough in wastewater reduction could be envisaged, by combining existing technologies and novel water treatment technologies and reuse with process intensification, energy recovery and excess heat use e.g., integrated processes with separation systems will reduce water and energy consumption and the amount of final industrial wastewater produced. In addition, industrial waste waters often contain significant amounts of valuable solutes (e.g., organic matter, salts, phosphates, etc.) which are not optimally valorised.

    The proposals should:

    1.Combine existing and novel water treatment technologies and re-use with process intensification;

    2.Use in combination smart monitoring technologies including affordable long lasting and reliable sensors and AI driven devices, integrated system risk management models and decision support tools and technologies for water re-use in process industries;

    3.Seek to integrate advanced digital tools for the optimisation of their process, such as Digital twins;

    4.Propose new technologies for recovering valuable solutes present in wastewater (metals, organic compounds, etc.) and for eliminating hazardous substances (e.g., micro and nano particles, toxic substances).

    The proposals should include energy efficiency, techno-economic and life-cycle assessments considering the overall process. In order to maximize impact, technologies in the proposals should not be focused on one sector, but the proposed solution should be applicable in different types of industries; elements related to the replicability and scalability of the technology should be provided. Proposals are encouraged to consider outcomes from the Horizon 2020 topic CE-SPIRE-07-2020: Preserving fresh water: recycling industrial waters industry.

    In addition, the topic could explore synergies with the Ocean and Waters and the Soil missions.

    Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. Proposals are encouraged to consider the use of their expected outcomes in a wider approach that might benefit the establishment of Hubs for Circularity.

    International cooperation can be considered specially with countries advanced in the field that could bring mutual benefit from different perspectives.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-42: Circular economy in process industries: Upcycling large volumes of secondary resources (Processes4Planet partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 37 .

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable the achievement of the operational objectives of Processes4Planet partnership by developing new processes for circularity of secondary materials from wastes/residues for all industrial processes (related to P4Planet operational objective 6).

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Prove the technical and economic feasibility of the use of secondary resources in the process industry leading to products with identical properties and performances as those produced using primary resources and allowing production without quality restriction;

    2.Increase the use of secondary resources in the process industry leading to significant increase in resource efficiency across the value chain and subsequent reduction of CO2 emissions; reduction of waste sent to landfill and overall positive environmental impact;

    3.Increase the competitiveness of the European process industry; new business opportunities and revenue flows for recycling companies, benefiting particularly SMEs, which dominate this sector of the market;

    4.The proposed technologies should contribute to the matching of supply-versus-demand of feedstock at the level of quality constraints (removal of impurities or wrong matrices, concentration etc.);

    5.Foster data sharing, and FAIR (Findability, Accessibility, Interoperability and Reusability) digital assets principles, considering the application of digital product passport between recycling companies and the process industry to improve the economy of scale in upcycling of material streams;

    6.Increase the use of unused and new skills to unfold the potential of the technological solutions at the workplace for upcycling and contribution to inclusive growth;

    7.At a longer term, to pave the way toward sustainable-by-design for circular products.

    Scope: Currently only 12% of the material resources used in the European process industry are recycled and recovered materials and these are mostly down cycled to less valuable products. To move towards a truly circular and sustainable process industry that uses its resources consciously, and without landfilling, breakthrough innovations aiming at upcycling large amounts of secondary resources are needed. The focus of this topic is the upcycling of secondary resources that must lead to the same quality and diversity of products as those obtained when using primary resources. The innovation needed will depend on the addressed waste category. However, even if the upcycling technologies may be sector specific, the cross-sectorial elements are important and should deserve due attention.

    Proposals are expected to address the following aspects:

    1.Considering the upgrading of secondary resources, when relevant, which may include the development of better separation and sorting technologies and digitalisation;

    2.Ensure consistent quality and safety of recyclates and their suitability for the upcycling process itself;

    3.If relevant, detection and removal additives in the secondary resources stream;

    4.Take due account of logistic aspects such as production planning, risk assessment and management or zero defect at supply chain level;

    5.The innovative upcycling of the secondary raw materials should be demonstrated through at least two realistic use cases that must lead to the same quality and diversity of products as those obtained when using primary resources, with demonstrable economic return, developed in closed cooperation between recyclers, process industry, users and technology providers;

    6.Successful upcycling relies on advanced monitoring and sensing in the process industries and value chains, and on an improved data completeness, accuracy and interoperability between the process and the recycling companies. Upcycling may create new business opportunities and models. These are aspects that should be duly considered.

    Proposals should include energy efficiency techno-economic and life-cycle assessment considerations of the overall process.

    Proposals should actively pursue the involvement of all the actors in the value chain from the process industry to formulators, recyclers, public authorities, and standardisation actors.

    Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Where relevant interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners where relevant. Particular attention should be given to the cooperation with existing initiatives that have developed education and skills activities and outcomes in this area.

    All proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national, or regional initiatives, funding programmes and are encouraged to consider the use of their expected outcomes in a wider approach that might benefit the establishment of Hubs for Circularity.

    International cooperation can be considered specially with countries advanced in the field that could bring mutual benefit from different perspectives.

    The proposals under this topic may cover any of the process industries sectors and related end of life wastes sectors (plastic wastes and composites, 38 which were the subject of the WP 2021-22, 39 and steel scrap implemented as part of the Clean Steel partnership are excluded).

    This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

    Clean Steel

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-43: Low carbon-dioxide emission technologies for melting iron-bearing feed materials OR smart carbon usage and improved energy & resource efficiency via process integration (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 23.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the two technology areas in the scope below, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking, but also to at least one project in each technology area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs as a way to increase the contribution of industry to this co-programmed partnership. This funding rate applies to both members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the objectives of the Clean Steel Partnership (CSP) by contributing to one of the following two aspects:

    1.Integrating the next-generation iron-bearing feed materials melting technologies into an existing and optimised steelwork, to further push the transformation towards a low-CO2 production site (related to the CSP Building Block (BB) 3: Melting of pre-reduced and reduced ore, scrap, and iron-rich low-value residues for clean steel production 40 );

    2.Curtailing CO2 emissions generated by the steel industry by smart carbon usage - process integration (SCU-PI), which allows reducing fossil fuel (e.g., coal) used in blast furnace - basic oxygen furnace (BF-BOF), electric arc furnace (EAF) and direct reduction - EAF (DR-EAF); this includes, among others, the (partial) replacement of coal by e.g. biogas, or hydrogen, or the advanced management of the energy streams and process gases (e.g., off gases released from EAF / BF-BOF; relevant relations to the CSP BB 1 “Gas injection technologies for clean steel production”; BB 4 “Adjustment of today’s production to prepare for the transition towards climate neutrality”; BB 7 “Heat generation for clean steel processes”, and BB 10 “Enablers e.g., skills, digitisation, for clean steel development”).

    Projects related to the above point 1 are expected to contribute to one or more of the following outcomes:

    1.Innovative or improved melting processes for next-generation clean steel production, such as, but not limited to, charging and pre-heating technologies for iron-bearing feedstock to reduce the CO2 emission by at least 20 % compared to current state of the art;

    2.Integration of next generation melting technologies into an existing and optimised steelwork, with the objective to enable transformation towards a low-CO2 production site. Proposed solutions should consider also the supply chain to strongly reduce the environmental footprint of the steel melting process;

    3.Enhance the use of iron-bearing feedstock intermediate products with variable content of carbon and variable metallisation, including low-value iron-based sources. (e.g., DRI, recovered by-products) in melting processes.

    OR

    Projects related to the above point 2 are expected to contribute to one or more of the following outcomes:

    1.Use advanced information and communication technology (ICT) to achieve process and energy integration and optimisation of the efficiency of steelmaking and downstream processing (heating and treatment furnaces) in steel plants;

    2.Improve the injection of metallurgical gases, as well as hydrogen-rich gases (e.g., a mixture of hydrogen and methane) and/or hydrogen, within the steel making processes;

    3.Adaptation of gas handling systems to new gases and their related properties;

    4.Utilisation and recycling of gases (e.g., carbon-containing process gases, oxygen, external gases, such as but not limited to, waste gases from a neighbouring chemical plant or syngas produced from an external pyrolysis plant) in integrated plants with mixed technology routes;

    5.Enhance production and energy management of integrated plants with mixed technology routes (e.g. blast furnace–basic oxygen furnace (BF-BOF), direct reduction-electric arc furnace (DR-EAF)), to drastically reduce the consumption of coal and the CO2 emissions.

    Scope: Proposals should aim at one of the following two aspects, corresponding respectively to the points 1) and 2) outlined under the expected outcomes section:

    1.Proposals should address novel and adapted low-CO2 emission technologies for pre-treatment, pre-heating, and melting of iron-bearing feedstock materials with variable content of carbon and variable metallisation including, among others, low-value iron-based sources (i.e., >5% of acidic gangue), or dust and sludge from de-dusting systems. The focus is on the three technological routes of blast furnace–basic oxygen furnace (BF-BOF), electric arc furnace (EAF), and direct reduced iron / hot briquetted iron form (DRI / HBI) including the refining and casting processes.

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address one or more of the following:

    1.Adding variable percentages of steel scrap and/or a wide range of iron-bearing feed materials with variable content of carbon and variable metallisation to the melting process, including low-value iron-based sources (i.e., >5% of acidic gangue and/or residue) without prejudice to the yield of the metallic charge;

    2.Adaptations on existing melting processes to replace the traditional use of carbon and hydrocarbons (e.g., for re-carburisation of the liquid, for promoting slag foaming or charge heating) with climate-neutral sources and/or hydrogen;

    3.Reduction of the specific consumption of the melting step to achieve a low carbon process by optimisation of energy inputs (electrical vs. chemical) depending on the charge mix (scrap, DRI, HBI, pig iron, low-value iron-based sources) and/or by pre-heating of the iron-bearing feed materials;

    4.Handle a variability of iron-bearing feedstock in the melting process by methods to assess the material quality within production chains, to recover metal contents from low-value iron-ore feedstock or residues by pre-reduction or reduction smelting with H2, biogas, CO2-lean electricity, and carbon-bearing residues;

    5.Controlling of tramp elements in molten liquid obtained by low iron-bearing feedstock to ensure quality and castability of melted steel and improvement of yield and quality of process and product;

    6.New sensors and tools for real-time management inside the melting process such as liquid metal and slag temperature and composition and/or reliable energy forecasting to optimal setup and process control.

    OR

    1.Proposals should aim at the reduction of fossil fuel and reductant used in both BF-BOF and EAF / DR-EAF steel production and, in turn, curtailing CO2 emissions, using process technologies for gas injection e.g., for BFs, DR plants, but also for EAFs. New control techniques will also have to be developed considering process needs, safety issues, and economic aspects. Gas injection options have the potential for very low CO2 emissions but need intermediate steps before being ready for full industrial deployment (e.g., injection of high percentages of hydrogen in BF and EAF). To achieve the objectives, it could be relevant to consider technology improvement along with developing appropriate business models.

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address one or more of the following:

    1.Process integration through injection of metallurgical gases or biogas or O2 and H2 (H2-rich gases or pure H2) into metallurgical reactors (e.g. BF, DR, or EAF) to minimise the need for fossil carbon, including new developments regarding the related process technology and control technology;

    2.Utilisation and recycling of gases as substitutes in existing steel processes such as, but not limited to, coking plant, sinter plant, BF, DR, BOF, EAF;

    3.Consider techniques and tools, which support the immediate decrease of the carbon footprint on the industrial level, with measures such as, but not limited to, involve the production cycle, the energy, and materials supplied;

    4.Adapt gas handling and distribution to new gas properties and amounts and consider process needs, safety issues, and economic aspects;

    5.Integrate new measuring technologies and/or digital tools for monitoring and control inside the novel architectures of ICT covering the processes considered (existing and new processes), conditions and resources; the extensive use of Industrial Internet of Things (IoT) approaches should allow the easy and fast integration of the new measurement techniques into the set of data streams to be monitored and offline / online used for process setup and control and knowledge extraction;

    6.Provide concepts addressing the re-optimisation of the process integration in future integrated steelworks based on clean steel production technologies and considering the stepwise transition of production lines from current conventional iron and steelmaking to future low carbon technologies including relevant intermediate states with mixed production chains.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Clean Steel.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-45: Circular economy solutions for the valorisation of low-quality scrap streams, materials recirculation with high recycling rate, and residue valorisation for long term goal towards zero waste (Clean Steel Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to one or more of the following outcomes:

    1.Implementation of highly efficient technologies for recovering metal (iron and non-ferrous metals) and mineral fractions from in-plant steelmaking residues. The recovery technology should condition the composition and properties of the residue such as, but not limited to, slag, sludge, scale, filter dust, sinter waste produced by blast furnace / basic oxygen furnace (BF / BOF) and electric arc furnace (EAF) routes, but also by next-generation iron and steelmaking such as, but not limited to, the direct reduction / electric arc furnace (DR / EAF) pathway including the melting and reduction of low-grade iron ore. Two possible ways are envisioned: the first one is based on cooling and mechanical steps, such as, but not limited to, wet or dry granulation followed by phase separation; the second one relies on dedicated processes to enable a direct recycling of residues in existing production processes or in standalone pyro-metallurgic melting and reduction or hydrometallurgical / biohydrometallurgical units. Such knowledge and results should support the valorisation of residues in the present value chain and/or in innovative applications. If appropriate, residues could be chemically and structurally characterised at micro-scale level via characterisation (also multi-modal) performed at analytical research infrastructures, which would allow obtaining relevant statistical information;

    2.Describe and/or modify the composition and properties of residues such as, but not limited to, slags and/or sludge produced by next-generation steelmaking such as, but not limited to the DR / EAF pathway. Such knowledge and results should support the valorisation of the residues in the present value chain and/or in innovative applications. If appropriate, residues could be chemically and structurally characterised at micro-scale level via characterisation (also multi-modal) performed at analytical research infrastructures, which would allow obtaining relevant statistical information;

    3.Enhanced utilisation of low-quality scrap by new technologies and by new iron/steel making routes (such as smart BF-BOF routes to be line with decarbonisation targets), targeting high quality of the finished product and reduced CO2 emissions. The aim is to remove scrap impurities (tramp elements) such as, but not limited to, copper before melting, for example through scrap yard management and charge preparation for quality upgrading, or after the melting in liquid phase, through, but not limited to, metallurgical methods;

    4.Technologies to broaden the types of ore grades utilized in different processes. The aim is to establish processes that allow for upgrade of low-grade iron ores and other iron-bearing materials to make them suitable for, but not limited to, cold bonded agglomeration, pelletisation, or direct use in existing steelworks.

    Scope: In the medium-term scenario, new technologies will enter in the iron and steelmaking production process, e.g., higher amount of scrap in basic oxygen furnaces (BOF), more electric arc furnace (EAF) based steelmaking, as well as more directly reduced production capacity are foreseen. Therefore, it is necessary to consider the influence of the feedstock quality, of the new production technologies and of the composition of the by-products generated on the present model of circular economy for both, economic, and environmental aspects.

    Recycling of steel scrap (no matter if it is home-scrap, industrial scrap, or post-consumer scrap), the increased consumption of scrap, the recovery of iron from residues and the use of low-quality iron ore materials are vital to diminish the need for additional primary resource extraction and hence to decrease the environmental impact of steel manufacturing. This is also contributing to a wise and sustainable management approach of iron resources. Applying circular economic principles to product design (thus, designing for remanufacture and recycling) will allow ferrous and non-ferrous metals, such as copper, to be more easily separated and recycled.

    Proposals should consider higher utilisation of low-quality iron-bearing materials, in particular, but not limited to, low-quality scrap with higher amounts of unwanted elements (residual and alloying elements, such as Cu, Sn, Sb, As and Bi, but also Cr, Mo, B) that prevent the production of many steel grades and a higher utilisation of internal residues; all focused on the recycling of its metal contents. Where appropriate for the study proposed, analytical research infrastructures, such as synchrotron facilities, should be considered as capable of providing large amount of statistically relevant data. The aim is to obtain a sustainable vision of reduced virgin raw materials use.

    Moreover, the existing recycling and reuse solutions for today’s steel industry will be affected and new solutions need to be developed to maintain a sustainable development of the steel industry in the future. Projects should aim at the selection and integration of best available and applicable technologies supported by digital smart tools. These are key elements to improve and adapt circular economy solutions for the long-term goal towards zero waste increasing the use of scrap, the materials recycling rate and the residue valorisation by targeting to achieve the same quality of the finished product and at the same time reducing CO2 emissions due to lower energy need with respect to iron-ore.

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address one or more of the following:

    1.New technologies for reduce / reuse / recycle of residues and by-products in the next generation iron ore and steelmaking process:

    1.Increasing reuse and recycling of steelmaking and foundry slags;

    2.Recycling and valorisation of dusts, and sludges;

    3.Recovering iron and metal-fractions from in-plant residues;

    4.Conditioning processes for the use of residues and low-quality iron ore grades, like agglomeration or pelletisation;

    5.Implementing Circular Economy and Industrial Symbiosis for long-term goal towards zero- waste.

    2.Sustainable and efficient scrap management and recycling aiming high-grade steel production with increased scrap rates including:

    1.Improved mechanical scrap preparation coupled with scrap analyses at various levels;

    2.Continuous analysis and monitoring of the scrap bulk composition using sensor systems with accompanied model-supported Big Data analytics and Artificial Intelligence (AI) techniques for scrap classification;

    3.Scrap yard management and charge preparation for quality upgrading;

    4.Optimised and more flexible primary and secondary steelmaking processes considering enhanced scrap rates.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Clean Steel.

    Call - TWIN GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSITION 2023 TWO STAGE

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-TWO-STAGE

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 41

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 42

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 08 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 07 Mar 2023 (First Stage), 05 Oct 2023 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-11

    RIA

    12.00

    5.00 to 6.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    12.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    A New Way to Build, accelerating disruptive change in construction

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-11: Intelligent data acquisition and analysis of materials and products in existing built works (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 43 .

    Expected Outcome:

    1.Faster and less labour-intensive identification, analysis and digitisation of materials and products from existing built works

    2.Increased supply of secondary materials and construction products for reuse, thus reducing the resource- and energy-intensity of the construction sector

    3.Reduction in construction and demolition waste

    4.Improved facility to re-use and repair construction products

    5.Improvements to labour productivity as a result of using the developed solutions

    Scope: Existing built works (buildings and infrastructure) can potentially act as a significant ‘material bank’, providing a rich source of secondary materials and products for construction. This requires identification and analysis of the asset’s components and materials, which typically involves slow, labour-intensive and costly processes. There is a need to research new digitally powered techniques and technologies that would rapidly and accurately identify, analyse and record existing construction materials, products and components, facilitating their use in a circular economy and reducing life cycle impacts including embodied carbon. Proposals should therefore aim to foster selective deconstruction, separation of hazardous materials, sorting and high-quality recycling. They would thus contribute to the aims of the New European Bauhaus.

    Proposals should:

    1.Develop new techniques and technologies to rapidly identify materials, construction products and components of existing built works, or works that have undergone demolition

    2.Develop solutions that would rapidly analyse the properties and characteristics of materials, construction products and components, which may include for example material composition, dimensions, mass, technical/mechanical properties and performance, health and safety aspects such as performance in case of fire and the presence of hazardous substances such as asbestos, fixing methods, repair needs, or other aspects

    3.Develop solutions to digitally record, categorise and tag existing materials, construction products and elements for their eventual use on the market and inclusion in relevant software tools and databases. Proposals should also support the development of existing tools and databases, where relevant, and ensure that relevant actors across the construction ecosystem are consulted in their development, and take into account SSH aspects of this.

    4.Develop solutions that would analyse the suitability of identified elements for use in a circular economy including undergoing appropriate reuse, repair or recycling processes, or conversely to label them as waste including the necessary separation and sorting

    5.Research ways in which complex or concealed elements can be identified and analysed, for example materials within the make-up of walls and floors, hidden structures, or composite products

    6.Address ways to make circular use of the identified elements as secondary materials or reused products on the market in construction projects, and to track them and their characteristics over asset life cycles

    7.Address ways in which the characteristics of identified elements could be presented in a user-friendly manner to relevant actors such as construction professionals, including on-site workers, designers, architects and developers. This should include consideration of SSH and business model aspects.

    8.Build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed, for example in relation to product databases and cross-border collaboration.

    9.Present a strategy for skills development, associating social partners where relevant, integrating SSH aspects and including relevant tools such as MOOCs (massive open online courses).

    10.Build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms, such as the New European Bauhaus, data spaces under the Digital Europe programme, or the Built4People partnership under Horizon Europe.

    11.Seek to integrate insights from social sciences and humanities to maximise economic and social impact.

    Call - TWIN GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSITION 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 44

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 45

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 19 Sep 2023

    Deadline(s): 07 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-03

    RIA

    35.00

    5.00 to 7.00

    5

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-05

    RIA

    36.00

    4.00 to 6.00

    6

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-32

    IA

    30.00

    10.00 to 15.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-34

    RIA

    20.00

    8.00 to 10.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-35

    IA

    30.00

    10.00 to 15.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-38

    IA

    40.00

    15.00 to 20.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-41

    RIA

    30.00

    10.00 to 12.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-44

    IA

    10.00

    3.00 to 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-46

    RIA

    20.00

    3.00 to 5.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    251.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Manufacturing Industry

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-03: Manufacturing as a Service: Technologies for customised, flexible, and decentralised production on demand (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 35.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 46 .

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome:

    1.Easy access to flexible and decentralised manufacturing and remanufacturing capacities, especially for SMEs, reducing the required investments for manufacturers while enabling them to use more sustainable and circular facilities.

    2.Availability of automation, emerging and digital technologies for the servitisation of manufacturing assets assuring optimal performance, fast reconfiguration and upgrade with minimal downtime, remote monitoring and predictive maintenance via trusted, secure and interoperable cross-company data exchange.

    3.Improved value chain integration through the availability of technologies and models for securely exchanging and leveraging life-cycle data of servitised manufacturing assets, also in view of the reuse or recycle of assets, components, and materials.

    Scope: Manufacturing as a Service (MaaS) is a distributed system of production in which resources (including data and software) are offered as services, allowing manufacturers to access distributed providers to implement their manufacturing processes. The servitisation of manufacturing resources contributes significantly to production flexibility and responsiveness, enabling production on demand for many product categories. Suppliers of manufacturing systems and of integration technologies design and offer interoperable services in close partnership with manufacturing companies, while other providers in the value chain can offer additional services. Secure, real-time data exchange between the companies involved enables quick response times.

    This topic aims at further developing and integrating the technologies needed for the successful implementation of MaaS allowing to manufacture “on demand” a large choice of customised products, with high flexibility and short lead time, by using distributed facilities as a service and exploiting unused production capacities, also by rapid re-purposing of manufacturing machines. The objective will be achieved through platforms for fast data exchange and seamless, data-driven, standards-based automation of inter-company processes beyond the factory boundaries.

    Integration with digital design, development of design libraries and workflow templates, and advanced technologies such as digital twins, real-time AI-based decision support systems, and next-generation Manufacturing Execution Systems should also be considered where appropriate, with the objective to optimise the entire life-cycle of the product in terms of circularity, sustainability and reusability, using product life cycle assessments whenever appropriate.

    Interoperability is a core requirement for MaaS; for this reason, research will build on existing standards or contribute to standardization where relevant, taking also into account the contributions of upcoming EU initiatives like the Digital Product Passport or the Manufacturing Data Spaces.

    Results should be demonstrated through at least two realistic use cases, based on different supply chains or industry sectors.

    Proposals should explain how the proposed approach contributes to the competitiveness of industry and the sustainability and circularity of production and logistics, through measurable targets.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership “Made in Europe”.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-05: Technologies/solutions to support circularity for manufacturing (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Manufacturing industry should benefit from the following outcomes:

    1.Assessing the environmental impact of their products, including the flow of products after their use to reduce product and raw material waste with the support of digital technologies;

    2.Achieving a considerable net reduction of the environmental impact through the use of innovative modelling and simulation software that allows transport and manufacture monitoring, ultimately driving the decarbonisation of the manufacturing industry;

    3.Facilitating the development and uptake of digital tools/platforms such as the EU Digital Product Passport, to increase traceability and characterisation of materials and products (e.g. at analytical research infrastructures), including environmental footprint and quality;

    4.Removing barriers in the uptake of the digital tools from the market will be addressed and the workforce will be empowered through new skills.

    Scope: Manufacturing plays a key role in achieving the twin transition goal through enhancing circularity, facilitating decarbonisation whilst enhancing competitiveness. A broad range of digital technologies and engineering tools can be employed to achieve the systemic circularity of the European manufacturers.

    Data pooling and sharing among sectors and across the whole value chain, as well as the use of external environmental impact data such as LCA-data, would facilitate recycling and remanufacturing, by modelling and monitoring the life cycle of products and components. Such data pooling would enable a better insight into the environmental footprint, including the CO2-footprint, of products and components. To achieve that, there is a need to build trust by ensuring data exchange and interoperability across industry sectors and relevant stakeholders, while also focusing on aspects like data quality, cybersecurity, reliability, and accessibility. The forthcoming Sustainable Product Framework (SPI) 47 that has been announced as part of the Circular Economy Action Plan 2.0 in 2020 is proposing the Digital Product Passport to electronically register, process and share product-related information amongst supply chain businesses, authorities and consumers, therefore the manufacturers should be prepared for its implementation.

    The transition to the circular manufacturing requires a new mindset and expertise. All the technological improvements of the manufacturing process should always support the human aspect in order to uptake these improvements through upskilling and reskilling of the manufacturing workforce. The workforce should be engaged in the realization of circular approaches and the new manufacturing technologies.

    Proposals should cover all of the following aspects:

    1.Develop new approaches of Artificial Intelligence to forecasts the environmental impact, also considering the quantity and state of products after their use;

    2.Develop innovative simulation and modelling software or built on existing solutions fostering new manufacturing capabilities with a view to a more efficient and more sustainable product design. This optimization process should consider the various steps of the value chain focusing on the environmental impact. Additional ecological impacts arising from the use of the modelling or simulation software should be considered;

    3.Develop digital platforms/ tools build on existing interoperability architectures (such as the Asset Administration Shell), that will enable the manufacturers to implement the Digital Product Passport initiative. The proposals should focus on gathering relevant data, material and product tracking and tracing, certification protocols for secure re-used materials and components among sectors;

    4.Enhance the human involvement in the development of the circularity aspects and new technologies.

    Links may be established with relevant cases emerging from the CSA project HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-39.

    International cooperation is encouraged, especially with Japan, S. Korea, US, Canada, and Australia.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Proposals should take into account relevant international standards and activities supported under the Digital Europe programme, e.g. in the area of Manufacturing Data Spaces.

    Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed, leveraging on existing ontologies and metadata and though the implementation of the FAIR data principles. 48

    All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. Collaboration with EIT Manufacturing is encouraged, in particular on the development of skills.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

    Energy Intensive Process Industries

    Energy-efficient and climate neutral process industries

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-32: Optimisation of thermal energy flows in the process industry (Processes4Planet partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achievement of the objectives of Processes4Planet partnership by enhancing process industries energy efficiency, ensuring process flexibility and capturing the full potential of renewable energy (related to P4Planet operational objective 1).

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Energy intensive industries will be enabled to increase their energy efficiency through optimisation of thermal energy flows between processes, minimizing losses and using all levels of energy;

    2.Demonstrate highly process-integrated solutions that offer better opportunities to increase energy efficiency and reduce investment cost of high temperature installations;

    3.Demonstrate a substantial increase in flexibility of the processes;

    4.Contribute to achieving EU Climate neutrality goal and becoming independent from fossil fuel and fossil fuel imports as put forward in the REPowerEU Plan 49 ;

    5.Enable the increase of the competitiveness and resilience of the European process industry.

    Scope: More than 60% 50 of the overall energy used in the process industry is process heating. The topic focuses on highly process-integrated technologies that allow heat recovery and use of high temperature installations. Heat storage, when needed, should be intermediary only. One example could be the adaptation and integration of heat pumps for high temperature (150-250 °C) applications for large thermal capacity (~1-20 MW), but not only – examples could also encompass the direct use of excess heat by e.g., the adaptation and integration of advanced heat exchangers.

    The proposals under this topic should:

    1.Demonstrate the efficient integration and adaptation of heat exchanger or heat pumps into high temperature processes and equipment taking energy not only from air but also warm materials or liquid flows;

    2.Use high safety standard technologies and fluids with low environmental impact;

    3.Consider, where necessary, the use of advanced materials in the process development;

    4.Demonstrate the decrease of energy intensity of output level (intermediate, final product).

    The inclusion of a GHG avoidance methodology 51 is recommended and should provide detailed description of baselines and projected reductions.

    The heat power generation is out of the scope of this topic. The proposals should include energy efficiency, techno-economic and life-cycle assessments considering the overall process.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a sound business case and strong exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. As a project output a more elaborated exploitation plan should be developed including preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation and deployment (feasibility study, business plan and financial model). This should also include the assessment of possible societal and environmental impact and implications for the workplace (such as skills, organisational change).

    Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Where relevant, interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national, or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-34: Renewable hydrogen used as feedstock in innovative production routes (Processes4Planet Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achievement of the objectives of Processes4Planet partnership by developing new processes integrating renewable hydrogen that can replace fossil feedstock-based processes, enabling the full potential of renewable energy sources, and ensuring process flexibility (related to P4Planet operational objectives 1 and 2).

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Enable the technical and economic feasibility of innovative production routes using hydrogen as feedstock 52 demonstrated and validated at suitable scale against current state of art of industrial processes;

    2.Enable the efficient use and integration of hydrogen as a feedstock in innovative industry processes, considering also fluctuation of availability;

    3.Support the increased utilisation of renewable energy sources combined with digital technologies in the process industries, thereby contributing to the independency on fossil fuel and fossil fuel imports as put forward in the REPowerEU Plan 53 ;

    4.Contribute to EU Climate neutrality goal by proving the effectiveness of the GHG emission avoidance in the targeted process;

    5.Support Mission Innovation 2.0 NZEID on ‘Net-zero Industries’ and its ambition via networking and dissemination activities.

    Scope: Hydrogen produced from renewable energy sources does not lead to direct carbon dioxide emissions when used and it can offer solutions to decrease GHG emissions in industrial processes. Hydrogen is thus an important enabler for meeting the 2050 climate neutrality goal. In the energy intensive process industries, hydrogen can be used either as feedstock (chemical or reducing agent) or as an energy carrier. The integration of renewable hydrogen into new production routes as a feedstock will lead to major GHG emission reductions across several European industry sectors.

    Currently, hydrogen is largely used in industrial sectors such as the chemical industries and refineries. In addition to the current processes, there are different production pathways under development using hydrogen as a chemical feedstock in low-carbon industrial processes. Hydrogen could be used as reducing agent in the production and recovery of metals, biogenic and circular carbon optimisation or in new process routes to produce platform chemicals (e.g., carbon-based waste and side streams or biomass). The proposals under this topic should:

    1.Develop innovative production routes using hydrogen as feedstock;

    2.Evaluate the efficient integration of the new production process into the processing line, including downstream and upstream;

    3.Design production process coupled/integrated with renewable hydrogen by making the best use of simulation, modelling and IT tools;

    4.Include energy efficiency, techno-economic and life-cycle assessments considering the efficient use of the hydrogen as well as the value of the by-products, and the value chain from hydrogen production, storage, distribution and usage.

    The use of hydrogen as feedstock to produce fuels is out of the scope of this topic. Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. Societal and environmental impact and implications for the workplace (such as skills, organisational change) should be outlined.

    Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national, or regional initiatives and funding programmes and platforms. Where relevant, proposals could liaise with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking and are encouraged to contribute and participate to the activities of the TRUST database and the hydrogen observatory.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-35: Turning CO2 emissions from the process industry to feedstock (Processes4Planet partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 5-6 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs as a way to increase the contribution of industry to this co-programmed partnership. This funding rate applies to both members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achievement of the objectives of Processes4Planet partnership by developing efficient CO/CO2 capture and purification technologies, in combination with valorisation routes; that will drive the partnership’s innovation portfolio towards first of a kind demonstrator and de-risk investment (related P4Planet operational objectives 3, 4 and 9).

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Master the capture, purification and conversion of CO/CO2 from process industry point sources and utilization of renewable energy at reasonable costs to pave the road to the production of a large range of chemicals and materials;

    2.Showcase the system effectiveness for the GHG emission avoidance in the process industries as well as the scalability and the cost efficiency of the proposed concept;

    3.Enable the economic viability of the entire unit to compete with the existing state of the art production of the same or equivalent products (e.g., fossil-based production of chemicals and materials);

    4.Prove the efficient integration and use of renewable energy sources, and where relevant account for their intermittency and the possibility to offer demand-response flexibility;

    5.Enable the increase of the competitiveness and resilience of the European process industry.

    Scope: The proposals submitted under this topic are expected to demonstrate the economic viability of the efficient capture and utilisation of CO/CO2 streams from point sources (e.g., large and medium industrial installations such as steel, cement, refining and chemical plants) converting the streams into added value chemicals and materials in near to production size systems. The technologies proposed should support cross-sectorial concepts and sector integration.

    The semi-industrial scale demonstrators 54  proposed should:

    1.Process significant amounts of CO/CO2 containing emissions from energy intensive process industries;

    2.Demonstrate process and cost efficient environmentally friendly technologies for: capture 55 and fit for purpose purification approaches 56 while ensuring the maximum process efficiency;

    3.Demonstrate the cost efficient environmentally friendly conversion of CO/CO2 into chemicals and materials including any relevant auxiliary required for the process (such the formulation of reliable catalyst at the required scale) and if relevant process-integrated downstream products;

    4.Evaluate the energy efficiency for the overall CCU process and where relevant flexibility considerations for the efficient use of renewable energy for capture and conversion;

    5.Encompass the use of advanced monitoring and control techniques and integration of advanced digital technologies, which enable optimisation of the overall system;

    6.Contribute to an integration effort to realize fully integrated capture and utilization systems, including the optimization of materials, process interfaces, and ultimately device architectures and to promote maximum energy efficiency;

    7.Include techno-economic analysis, including social and environmental impact.

    The proposals will integrate technologies to make them practically and economically viable in the process industries optimising CAPEX and reducing CO2 abatement costs. This should be demonstrated through at least one realistic use case with demonstrable economic return developed in closed cooperation between CO2 industrial emitters, users and technology providers.

    The inclusion of a GHG avoidance methodology 57 is recommended and should provide detailed descriptions of baselines and projected emissions reduction.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. As a project output a more elaborated exploitation plan should be developed including preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan and financial model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (e.g. Innovation Fund, InvestEU, ESIF).

    Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms and are encouraged to consider the use of their expected outcomes in a wider approach that might benefit the establishment of Hubs for Circularity.

    Where synergies are possible with projects from topic HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-11, cooperation activities are encouraged.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

    Circularity and Zero Pollution in process industries

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-38: Hubs for circularity for industrialised urban peripheral areas (Processes4Planet partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 15.00 and 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achievement of the objectives of Processes4Planet partnership by demonstrating hubs for circularity (H4Cs) concepts, fostering circularity within and beyond process industries and driving the partnership’s innovation portfolio towards “First of a kind” demonstrators to de-risk investment for subsequent roll-out. (P4Planet operational objectives 8 and 9).

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Demonstrate zero urban waste in a near commercial scale environment through systemic resource recovery as alternative material feedstock; a decrease of GHG emissions is also expected by explicitly addressing the reduced flow of goods (due to geographical proximity);

    2.Reduce the freshwater consumption of the urban area by 50%, and re-use 90% of the solid waste generated by the water treatment;

    3.Citizens living in cities will benefit from a healthier environment through industrial/urban symbiosis by lowering emissions through circular and renewable energy sources and waste reduction;

    4.Use urban/industrial symbiosis and cross-sectorial cooperation to pave the way for achieving the EU Green Deal and “Fit for 55” package objectives: providing recommendations for optimized regional framework conditions by highlighting barriers and suitable innovation-oriented policies and looking for possible synergies with the cities selected by the Cities Mission 58 .

    Scope: Urban areas with high volumes of waste (household and end of life consumer waste) should closely interact with adjacent industries to jointly minimize their CO2 footprint and improve their waste management, thus contributing together to the valorisation of secondary materials and overall circularity. The hubs for circularity (H4C) concept is a pathway to exploit local synergies for the deployment of innovative solutions engaging regional resource management actors in strategic nodes where novel value chains valorising a significant part of end-of-life wastes could connect within and across regions.

    The concept of Industrial-Urban Symbiosis (I-US) should be demonstrated at semi-industrial scale 59 , by systemically re-integrating the flow of urban wastes in process industries and, where applicable downstream in manufacturing, construction, and other industries. Full attention should be paid on upcycling of secondary materials or products instead of downcycling.

    Proposals are expected to address:

    1.A systemic solution for a H4C including technological and non-technological as well as regional and interregional aspects: closing circularity loops for mixed/combined materials streams based on upcycling and process-based approach to a range of recycling solutions including conversion and downstream, complex multi-material streams, valorisation of waste streams (urban mining);

    2.Proposals can address either materials, water or energy, or a combination of those. Management and processing of secondary resource streams through e.g., collection, disassembly, sorting, purification, concentration, recycling (including but not limited to chemical, metallurgical, or bio-based resources), logistics and trading for their valorisation for the use as feedstock for other plants and companies across sectors and/or across value chains. Connections with manufacturing industries are expected. The remaining non-recyclable fractions will be used to optimal energy recovery;

    3.Digital tool, recycling and sensor-based waste sorting, modelling tools, including material passport and information on material streams, as basis for resource management towards fully integrated LCA and Material Flow Analysis MFA (on diverse levels) and for creating transparency and matchmaking opportunities across hubs. Prepare for tagging/matrix for complex consumer products and innovative approach to end-of life materials;

    4.Establish IT infrastructures and tools that provide a secure basis for the integrated management and the preservation of confidentiality of sensitive data, it might not be in the same location as the demonstrator and serve the needs of multiple hubs;

    5.Consider when applicable the co-development of industrial decarbonization strategies with urban district heating networks, i.e., based on a socio-economic optimum in the cascading re-use of waste heat and using the district heating network to supply low temperature process heat 60 ;

    6.Use established reporting methodologies for the assessment of industrial symbiosis activities and exchanges, including Symbiosis Readiness Levels (SRLs) and best practices established by the European H4C Community of Practice (ECoP). In addition, interact with the ECoP for support, best practice and knowledge exchange on technological and non-technological issues;

    7.Plan in detail the replication and adaption of the concept, including the simulation and the business case and exploitation strategy of the First of a Kind hubs, in two to three alternative locations in close cooperation with the relevant local actors. The replication cases should be part of the proposal. Include local and regional authorities in an active collaboration to create favourable and coherent place-based framework conditions;

    8.Favour participative management with the local community and study the evolution of the social impact of the hub, whilst also considering gender perspective and inclusiveness;

    9.Implement a social innovation action involving at least one of the local community actors and, additional actions to facilitate relations and to involve the local community actors e.g., exchanging knowledge with the educational establishments and developing flexible learning resources;

    10.Include a plan to extend the hub to additional players parties (especially waste management and associations, new market entries and other relevant stakeholders) who also should benefit and multiply the local/regional synergies in the co-implementation of the identified innovations and solutions within the next five years.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination As a project output a more elaborated exploitation plan should be developed including preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan and financial model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (e.g., Innovation Fund, LIFE, InvestEU, ESIF).

    Relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be stated clearly in the proposal. Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    Clustering and cooperation with other selected projects under this topic and other relevant topics in Horizon Europe (e.g., HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-42 or HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-05), with European initiatives (as for example: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) and European Circular Economy Stakeholder Panel (ECESP)), as well as building on existing projects is strongly encouraged (see also Industrial Symbiosis Report of March 2020 61 ).

    This topic aims to support the goals of the smart cities mission by contributing to a healthier urban industrial symbiosis through waste reduction.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-41: Breakthroughs to improve process industry resource efficiency (Processes4Planet partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 62 .

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achievement of the objectives of Processes4Planet partnership by designing processes for maximum resource efficiency (related to P4Planet operational objective 5).

    Projects are expected to contribute to several of the following outcomes:

    1.Achieve a step change in the process industry’s green transformation by improving by at least 30 % the industrial processes resource 63 efficiency compared to the state of the art;

    2.Enable the techno-economic feasibility of novel technologies and processes, demonstrated and validated at suitable scale against current industrial processes to produce the same products;

    3.Overall positive environmental and if relevant health and safety impact demonstrated;

    4.Reduce the CO2 intensity of the process industry and contribute to the climate neutrality goal;

    5.Enable the increase of the competitiveness and resilience of the European process industry.

    Scope: Process industries will greatly benefit from radically new approaches that will lead to a much higher resource efficiency (including higher selectivity), producing less low-value by-products and waste and enabling the handing of a higher feedstock variability, and ultimately leading to lower level of GHG emissions linked to the process industries. To reach ambitious targets regarding resource efficiency, disruptive process technologies must be developed in addition to process efficiency options for existing technologies.

    Proposals should:

    1.Develop disruptive process technologies to improve resource efficiency, such as those based on: process intensification (e.g., 3D printed processes equipment, coupling of process steps, new processes that integrate multiple reaction steps, activation of molecules using renewable energy via alternative processes e.g. microwave, plasma); or to prevent and minimise waste generation by, e.g. processes that adjust in real time to feedstock changes or that have tighter processing control solutions to ensure higher yields from complex and fluctuating raw material feeds;

    2.Where relevant advanced process technologies and their combinations need to be developed and supported by advanced materials innovation and the implementation of enabling digital technologies including advanced concepts on process control and data driven Artificial Intelligence.

    The proposals should include energy efficiency, techno-economic and life-cycle assessments considering the overall process. This should also include the assessment of possible societal and environmental impact and the effects on the workplaces (skills, organisational change, and others).

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Where relevant interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    All proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes

    This topic implements the co-programmed European partnership Processes4Planet.

    Clean steel

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-44: Digital transformation and ensuring a better use of industrial data, which can optimise steel supply chains (Clean Steel Partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 64 .

    Expected Outcome: As mentioned in the Clean Steel Partnership (CSP) Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA), 65 digitalisation and social aspects are both addressed in the Building Block (BB) 10 because of their strong role of enabling the carbon neutral transition. In particular, digitalisation enables all the other BBs, as evidenced in Table 12 of the CSP SRIA. So, the optimal deployment of digitalization implementing the integrated approach along the steel value chain must be provided according to outcomes and scopes defined below.

    Projects are expected to contribute to one or more of the following outcomes:

    1.Increasing awareness and effectivity leading to total safety of steel manufacturing processes and CO2 reduction through digital transition with better use of industrial data;

    2.Extension of inline and real-time tools to monitor and control sustainability of the running process conditions, to set up countermeasures to stay into the optimal process window; this includes, but is not limited to, energy and (intermediate) product quality forecasting, online comparison between forecast and realisation, control of metal slag;

    3.Enhancement of the in-line classification of feedstock and intermediate products through the continuous analysis of composition and bulk properties by applying holistic soft sensor approaches considering the assembly of sensors, specific models, and advanced data processing according to SRIA (specifically see page 41, 42 of the SRIA);

    4.Increasing effective and secure data sharing in steel plants to realise the seamless digital integration of the value chain and the interoperability of systems and tools by implementation of existing and enhanced standardised protocols;

    5.Novel sensors and models for real-time process control (see page 41, 42 of the SRIA), such as, but not limited to, metal slag parameters (e.g., composition) and temperature measurement, slag analysis, off-gas analysis, energy forecasting to match demand and offered mix in the power grid considering energy generated from renewable sources; the latter could require cooperation between steel experts and electric power players in the market. The expected outcome is an enhanced merging of planning activities and approaches to run plant processes;

    6.Application of digital technologies such as, for example, Digital Twins and/or enhanced statistical analysis, machine learning (ML) algorithms, or artificial intelligence (AI) to develop decision-supported planning and process monitoring tools operable in offline or online modes;

    7.Traceability of materials and process information throughout the value chain to promote improved product quality, efficiency and process integration control (including multi-scale modelling of structure, and structure vs. properties correlations).

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address one or more of the following topics:

    1.Novel sensors, soft sensors and related models and approaches to reduce the carbon footprint by merging the use of sensors and data processing capabilities for huge volumes of heterogeneous data streams; systems / tools enabling the transition from legacy into new architectures capable to supply data in a seamless way “when, where and what” including the development and testing of implementation guidelines. This should enable the traceability of materials and process information throughout the value chain to promote improved product quality, efficiency and integrated process control and management (including multi-scale modelling of structure, and structure vs. properties correlations);

    2.Statistics coupled with outstanding analytical capabilities to improve data quality and to help steel plant operators to increase the process yield and to improve the quality of intermediates and final steel products, while addressing the best approach to limit carbon emissions;

    3.The application of combinations of advanced digital technologies, such as but not limited to model-based, knowledge-based and data-based methods, artificial intelligence (AI), supercomputing, edge computing, cloud systems and internet of things (IoT) to develop decision-supported planning and process monitoring tools for clean steel manufacturing operable in offline or online modes;

    4.Involvement of operators and process experts in the design and development phases of digital technology integration, ensuring the uptake of human experiences and a user-friendly processing of results for easier industrial integration (see Table 12 row 3 of the CSP SRIA 66 ). This may also include issues of skilling and standardisation and man-machine interaction by deploying Virtual and Augmented Reality techniques.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Clean Steel.

    Scope: As mentioned in the Clean Steel Partnership (CSP) Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA) 67 , digitalisation and social aspects are both addressed in the Building Block (BB) 10 because of their strong role of enabling the carbon neutral transition. In particular, digitalisation enables all the other BBs, as evidenced in Table 12 of the CSP SRIA. So, an optimal deployment of digitalization implementing the integrated approach along the steel value chain should be provided.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-46: CO2-neutral steel production with hydrogen, secondary carbon carriers and electricity OR innovative steel applications for low CO2 emissions (Clean Steel Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the two technology areas in the scope below, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking, but also to at least one project in each technology area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Expected Outcome: The establishment of a clean steel market will be based upon decarbonisation of the steel making and production through the use of advanced and breakthrough technologies. The modification and change of production routes will have an impact onto the design of customised steel products and its applications in the market.

    Projects outcomes will enable achieving the objectives of the Clean Steel Partnership (CSP) by contributing to one of the following two aspects:

    1.Enhance CO2-neutral steel production with hydrogen, secondary carbon carriers and electricity;

    2.Contribute to innovative steel applications for low CO2 emissions.

    Projects related to the above point 1 are expected to contribute to one or more of the following outcomes:

    1.Introducing the use of secondary carbon sources, including waste and residues of biological origin 68 in steelmaking processes to target improved sustainability and to allow a technically and economically feasible transition to reduce the use of fossil carbon as fuel or reducing agent;

    2.Combining the reduction of fossil carbon-related emissions obtained with technologies to reduce steelwork energy consumption with improvements in the materials and energy flows;

    3.Reduction of carbon footprint by incrementally adapting to the use of low-CO2 hydrogen to heat up steel for rolling, shaping, and heat treatment, considering also a coupling between hydrogen and/or electrical heating and fuel-flexibility concepts;

    4.Valorisation of non-conventional ores, e.g., in (photo)electrolysis processes;

    5.Substitution of fossil sources as carburiser and slag foaming agent by alternative materials in electric arc furnaces (EAF) and contribute to achieve low-CO2 steel production;

    6.Enhancing the handling of carbon-bearing residues and recovery of metal contents from low-value residues by pre-reduction or reduction smelting with hydrogen and/or electricity;

    7.Identify and analyse the amount of European existing technologies that could be efficiently retrofitted to CO2 neutral solutions (e.g. H2 DRI). Differentiate between incremental retrofits and retrofits allowing for production of carbon-free iron and steel. The final evaluation should provide a comprehensive overview of technical possibilities along with possible implementation timelines, and indicate on emission reduction stages and required financial investments. Projects awarded under this point are expected to involve among the consortium a balanced representation from academia, research centres and industry and to be developed in contact with the European Commission.

    OR

    Projects related to the above point 2 are expected to contribute to at least two of the following outcomes, which require designing steel alloys and products and validating their application for the clean steel market (related to the CSP specific objective 6, see also Building Block 12: Innovative steel applications for low CO2 emissions in SRIA 69 ):

    1.New or modified alloying concepts, downstream processing and manufacturing processes for new clean steel grades, as well as derivation of new test methods that are closer to reality into the industrial application;

    2.Manufacture steels with improved life cycle contributions to CO2 emissions reduction; this is the case for, but not limited to, the transport sector, which includes improved possibilities for re-use and re-manufacture; this includes also innovative manufacturing technologies for steel grades supporting decarbonisation like, but not limited to, electric strip;

    3.Clean steel grades with improved in-use properties obtained by controlling the application properties (e.g., yield strength and/or high ductility steels, fatigue, embrittlement, internal and external corrosion and other properties relevant to service life in the application) supported by known or new techniques (e.g., machine learning (ML), metallurgical / thermodynamic simulations, multi-scale models, defect vs. structure vs. properties correlations, finite element methods (FEM), realistic and applied testing methods) to realise the desired steel grade characteristics;

    4.Innovative simulation methods and tools (e.g., Calculation of PHAse Diagrams (CALPHAD), crystal plasticity, artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML), realistic and application-oriented testing methods, multi-scale modelling, and microstructure, defects and properties prediction tools, digital twins etc.) to accelerate the development processes of the mentioned clean steel grades and their manufacturing processes;

    5.Advanced grades of steel for use in efficient high temperature processes including, for instance, thermal reactors for waste recovery;

    6.Advanced grades of steel for use in the railway's systems of high-speed trains to assure high quality, good weldability, and very high mechanical properties, including high yield strength, metal-to-metal wear resistance, and high rolling contact fatigue resistance;

    7.High-performance structural steels (e.g., high-strength, high-pressure resistant, creep resistant, oxidation resistant, etc.) not containing critical strategic elements (such as, V, Nb, Ti, etc.) and/or characterized by increased tolerance to the content of contaminants in the scrap, such as for instance Cu;

    8.Steel grades with increased use of low-quality input materials (e.g., scrap, secondary raw materials, ores / dust, etc.) by new knowledge of the influences on the application properties of manufactured steel products tested under realistic operating conditions, taking into account the entire manufacturing process to identify the acceptance of buyers / users (incl. economic / ecological benefits, questionnaires, market research).

    Scope: Proposals should aim at one of the following two aspects, corresponding respectively to the points 1) and 2) outlined under the expected outcomes section:

    1.Proposals should relate to metal reduction processes using hydrogen, renewable electricity, and/or secondary carbon carriers, and/or to replace fossil fuels and reductants in steelmaking and in downstream processing in steel plants. Proposals under this topic are expected to:

    1.Provide concepts addressing the modifications of the existing and new installations for steel production, such as:

    1.Blast furnace–basic oxygen furnace (BF-BOF);

    2.Electric arc furnace (EAF);

    3.Direct reduced iron (DRI) process: In this case, compare the feedstock’s iron content requirements necessary for the direct reduction process in comparison with other alternative processes (e.g., electrolysis);

    4.Alternative reduction processes (such as electrolysis on non-conventional ores);

    5.Heating and treatment of semi-finished products.

    2.Such modifications could also concern the internal and external flows of energy and materials to re-use e.g., metallurgical gases (internal re-cycling) and to upgrade them with new sources, e.g., by replacement of fossil carbon, both as reducing agent, and heat sources with hydrogen and alternative carbon sources;

    3.Consider the integrated preparation (reforming, separation, heating, compression) of external carbon-lean gases or internally recycled CO/CO2 streams for efficient use as reducing agent, but not limited to or for use in heating process.

    OR

    1.Proposals should address the conception and production of clean steel for use in established markets and/or in markets having specific demanding or harsh environments. Of interest are steels and steel grades capable to demonstrate for instance high level of yield strength, high level of fatigue, high resistance to pressure, heat, wear, cyclic loads, crash and to severe corrosion conditions. The scope also covers the maximisation of low-quality materials usage and their influence on the product quality. Where appropriate for the study proposed, analytical research infrastructures, such as but not limited to synchrotron and/or neutron facilities, should be considered as capable of providing large amount of statistically relevant data to validate chemistry and structure / morphology and solve challenges concerning hydrogen embrittlement and/or residual stresses. Proposals should demonstrate the CO2 reduction potential by conception along the advanced / breakthrough manufacturing routes and/or by the application of their innovative steel solution.

    Research should contribute to pre-standardisation documents and technical reports to support achieving innovative industrial applications of advanced clean steel grades.

    Specific budget needs to be allocated in the project for pursuing dissemination and exploitation activities with the Clean Steel Partnership (e.g. exchange of information, carbon reduction potential etc.).

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Clean Steel.

    Call - TWIN GREEN AND DIGITAL TRANSITION 2024 TWO STAGE

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-TWO-STAGE

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 70

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 71

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 19 Sep 2023

    Deadline(s): 07 Feb 2024 (First Stage), 24 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01

    RIA

    25.00

    4.00 to 5.00

    5

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-12

    RIA

    12.00

    5.00 to 6.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    37.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Manufacturing Industry

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01: Bio-intelligent manufacturing industries (Made in Europe Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 72 .

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: European manufacturing industries are reinforced through biological transformation; in particular

    1.Access to bio-intelligent production technologies and architecture;

    2.Technological advances and improvements in sustainability (in particular SDGs 11, 12 and 13) arising from the integration of bio-intelligent principles, functions, structures and technologies in manufacturing;

    3.Substitution of raw materials by bio-based materials, or implementation of bio-based or bio-intelligent manufacturing operations, and business models leading to regenerative production.

    Scope: The biological transformation of industry is a pioneering frontier that the industry of the Union and Associated Countries can harness to enhance circularity and sustainability, while advancing production efficiency and competitiveness.

    The biological transformation of industry involves the integration of bio-intelligent structures, processes, organisms or materials into technology by systematically applying knowledge from biology. This should lead to a necessary convergence of biotechnology with mechanical engineering, production technology and information technology with new possibilities for the flexible adaptation of production and value creation processes to requirements, especially in the context of sustainability.

    The biological transformation of industries includes but is not limited to:

    1.Bio-inspired manufacturing processes (biomimicry, biomimetics);

    2.Development of bio-intelligent manufacturing systems or tools;

    3.Expanding opportunities of bio-intelligent and bio-based materials by substituting fossil-based raw materials and limiting the release of microplastics, e.g. in the textile industry;

    4.A systematic application of the knowledge of nature and/or natural processes aiming at optimising a manufacturing system through a convergence and the integration of technical and biological processes.

    This transformation can also aid in reducing the carbon footprint of production and products, and foster circularity, while contributing to the competitiveness and digitalisation of the industry of the Union and Associated Countries.

    Proposals need to demonstrate the development of digital and green technologies that facilitate the upscaled manufacturing of bio-based or bio-intelligent products in one manufacturing value chain. In addition, sustainable business models need to be developed for production and recycling of the products.

    Proposals should address either advanced manufacturing techniques (e.g. additive manufacturing, extrusion, moulding etc.) to process bio-materials or bio-intelligent components for upscaled production; or bio-intelligent production technologies; or combinations of these two approaches.

    The focus of this topic is on manufacturing. The development of materials beyond the manufacturing context is excluded.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Research must build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed, leveraging on existing ontologies and metadata and though the implementation of the FAIR data principles. 73

    Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners and civil society where relevant. Collaboration with EIT Manufacturing is encouraged, in particular on the development of skills.

    All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms, for example with Horizon Europe Cluster 6 and its Destination on Circular Economy and Bioeconomy sectors and/or its Partnership Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE) 74 .

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Made in Europe.

    A New Way to Build, accelerating disruptive change in construction

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-12: Enhanced assessment, intervention and repair of civil engineering infrastructure (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 75 .

    Expected Outcome:

    1.Extension of the service life of civil engineering infrastructure, which reduces the need to replace infrastructure, and ultimately in an overall lower CO-2 footprint for such infrastructure

    2.Faster and more accurate detection and analysis of maintenance and repair needs in existing infrastructure

    3.Reduction in time between the occurrence of infrastructure maintenance and repair-related problems and the on-site intervention

    4.Reduced risks to health and safety of workers in carrying out tasks linked to infrastructure maintenance and repair

    5.Cost savings in terms of both operational costs and deferred or avoided capital investment costs

    Scope: Regular maintenance and repair of civil engineering infrastructure extends their service life, which in turn reduces the need for their demolition and replacement and the related negative economic, environmental and climate impacts. However, it can be difficult and cumbersome to identify and address maintenance or repair needs, especially in locations that are difficult to access such as large or tall structures, deep shafts, or where elements are hidden from view. Intervention for maintenance and repair can also involve unnecessary risks to health and safety of workers.

    Proposals should:

    1.Develop new technologies and solutions that facilitate timely identification of maintenance and repair issues in existing civil engineering infrastructure. Examples may include structural weaknesses, unacceptable deformation and fatigue, issues related to moisture including mould growth and corrosion, the effects of weathering and of weather-related events, faults in technical systems, leaks of water or chemicals, or other issues.

    2.Develop new solutions to monitor and to quickly and accurately analyse and assess the need for intervention, for example via digital twin and simulation technology

    3.Develop solutions that would intelligently recommend and prioritise relevant and timely action to address the identified maintenance and repair issues. This should include a risk assessment and application of state-of-the-art quality controls and documentation.

    4.Develop solutions that would carry out rapid, cost effective and safe intervention for maintenance and repair of infrastructure, for example using automated or remotely operated tools, or next generation egocentric AR solutions

    5.Address ways to reduce the risks involved with maintenance and repair, including the health and safety of workers

    6.Address ways to digitally record and continually update the maintenance and repair status of infrastructure assets and their component parts

    7.Build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    8.Present a strategy for skills development, associating social partners where relevant, integrating SSH aspects and including relevant tools such as MOOCs (massive open online courses).

    9.Build on or seek collaboration with existing projects or solutions and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms, such as the New European Bauhaus.

    10.Seek to integrate insights from social sciences and humanities to maximise economic and social impact, including considering how workers carry out tasks and respond to safety issues.

    Destination 2: Increased Autonomy in Key Strategic Value Chains for Resilient Industry

    This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations (KSOs), as outlined in the Strategic Plan 76 :

    1.KSO C, ‘Making Europe the first digitally-enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems’

    2.KSO A, ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations’

    3.KSO D, ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of Cluster 4:

    1.Industrial leadership and increased autonomy in key strategic value chains with security of supply in raw materials, achieved through breakthrough technologies in areas of industrial alliances, dynamic industrial innovation ecosystems and advanced solutions for substitution, resource and energy efficiency, effective reuse and recycling and clean primary production of raw materials, including critical raw materials, and leadership in the circular economy.

    The COVID-19 crisis, the war against Ukraine and other crises have shown that global competitiveness and resilience are two sides of the same coin. Resilience is about more than the ability to withstand and cope with shocks; it is an opportunity to undergo transitions in a sustainable and fair way. As the European Union and Associated Countries gear up to becoming a climate-neutral, circular and competitive economy by 2050, resilience will require paying attention to new vulnerabilities as entire sectors undergo deep transformations while creating opportunities for Europe’s industry to develop its own markets, products and services which boost competitiveness.

    Research and innovation will be fundamental to spur industrial leadership, enhanced sustainability and resilience. It will support the modernisation of traditional industrial models while developing novel technologies, business models and processes. This should enhance the flexibility of the EU’s industrial base, and increase its resilience by reducing EU dependencies on third countries for critical raw materials and technologies.

    The most relevant policies of the European Commission on this front are:

    1.The European Industrial Strategy of March 2020 , and in particular the Update of May 2021 : there is now a renewed momentum in the EU to tackle its strategic dependencies as well as to boost its resilience across key strategic areas. The Covid-19 crisis revealed the importance of improving production response and preparedness of EU industry, in support of its long-term competitiveness. The Industrial Strategy Update and the accompanying Staff Working Document on strategic dependencies, showed that 99 products in the most sensitive ecosystems included materials on the list of critical raw materials.

    2.The Circular Economy Action Plan of March 2020 announced initiatives along the entire life cycle of products. It targets how products are designed, promotes circular economy processes, encourages sustainable consumption, and aims to ensure that waste is prevented and resources used are kept in the EU economy for as long as possible.

    3.The Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability of October 2020 strategy aims to better protect citizens and the environment whilst boosting the innovation for safe and sustainable chemicals. It calls for actions in the frame of research and innovation to develop a Safe and Sustainable by Design (SSdB) framework and criteria and a Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda addressing research and innovation needs raised in the Strategy and beyond.

    4.The Zero Pollution Action Plan of May 2021 set’s out the objective that by 2050 air, water and soil pollution shall be reduced to levels no longer considered harmful to health and natural ecosystems, that respect the boundaries of the planet. The action plan aims to strengthen the EU green, digital and economic leadership, whilst creating a healthier, socially fairer Europe and planet. It provides a compass to mainstream pollution prevention in all relevant EU policies, to step up implementation of the relevant EU legislation and to identify possible gaps.

    5.The Materials 2030 Roadmap , presented by a large group of stakeholders, will enable the green and digital transition, anchoring on good design principles, combined with synergies between advanced materials, circularity, digital and industrial technologies. It calls for the evolution of materials research by uniting digital and material capacities and competences, combining technology push with market pull and united actions at Member States level, to benefit from Europe’s strength.

    6.The Digital Decade of March 2021, where the Commission presented a vision, targets and avenues for a successful digital transformation of Europe by 2030.

    7.The Fit for 55 Package of July 2021, delivering the EU's 2030 Climate Target on the way to climate neutrality , given the process industries’ 20% share of global greenhouse gas emissions.

    The topics serving the objectives of this destination are structured as follows:

    1.Raw Materials for EU open strategic autonomy and successful transition to a climate-neutral and circular economy 

    Since the Work Programme 2021-22 was drafted, strategic dependencies have increased in importance, given their prominence in accelerating and delivering the green and digital transformation of the EU’s key industrial ecosystems, as well as the objective of supporting a more resilient European industry. The transition of the European industrial ecosystems is dependent on the supply of raw materials (both from primary and secondary sources) as many digital and green technologies rely on this supply. The focus in this Work Programme is on Diversifying the international supply chains of critical raw materials; and on Developing internal capacity for primary and secondary raw materials production.

    1.Safe and Sustainable by Design (SSbD) chemicals and materials 

    Safe and Sustainable by Design (SSbD) is an approach to the design, development and use of chemicals and materials that focuses on providing a function (or service), while reducing harmful impacts to human health and the environment. The Commission published a framework and criteria for Safe and Sustainable chemicals and materials in 2022. Projects across Horizon Europe developing new chemicals or materials are expected to adhere to the framework as of this Work Programme.

    Under Horizon 2020 a series of research projects were funded aimed to define and implement a Safe-by-Design concept for nanomaterials. This generated a knowledge base that serves as the foundation for the SSbD concept, which is now a key feature of the Chemical Strategy for Sustainability. The new SSbD concept covers chemicals and materials, including advanced materials and therefore nanomaterials.

    The focus on this work programme is on extending the portfolio of methods and models applicable in the SSbD framework as well as on the actual application of the framework to develop SSbD alternatives to substances of concern. Projects resulting from the SSbD topics are expected to contribute to extending the available scientific knowledge base for regulations and policy making.

    1.Strategic Innovation Markets driven by Advanced Materials 

    Materials, in particular advanced materials, are not only the backbone and source of prosperity of the European society. They will also play a decisive and enabling role in the twin green and digital transition. The Materials2030 Roadmap highlighted that innovation markets are the industrial perspective presenting the “market pull” to address societal needs and challenges under a long-term perspective. The focus in this Work Programme is on a systemic approach to develop the next generation solution-oriented advanced materials, which will offer faster, scalable and efficient responses to the societal and technological challenges, that are relevant and can be considered as opportunities for Europe’s society, economy and environment today and over the next three decades. The competition for critical raw materials (CRMs) Europe’s open strategic autonomy at risk in key technologies of the twin green and digital transition. Advanced materials may mitigate these risks by replacing or substituting CRMs.

    Moreover, this Work Programme addresses data exchange and interoperability in materials modelling and characterisation across value chains, to support the green and digital transformation of European industry.

    1.Improving the resilience of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups 

    EU companies, in particular SMEs, need to have capabilities to respond in an agile and effective way to supply disruption, but also to be better equipped for dealing with such shocks in the future.

    Business cases and exploitation strategies for industrialisation: This section applies only to those topics in this Destination, for which proposals should demonstrate the expected impact by including a business case and exploitation strategy for industrialisation.

    The business case should demonstrate the expected impact of the proposal in terms of enhanced market opportunities for the participants and deployment in the EU, in the short to medium term. It should describe the targeted market(s); estimated market size in the EU and globally; user and customer needs; and demonstrate that the solutions will match the market and user needs in a cost-effective manner; and describe the expected market position and competitive advantage.

    The exploitation strategy should identify obstacles, requirements and necessary actions involved in reaching higher TRLs (Technology Readiness Levels), for example: matching value chains, enhancing product robustness; securing industrial integrators; and user acceptance.

    For TRL 7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale deployment in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

    Where relevant, in the context of skills, it is recommended to develop training material to endow workers with the right skillset in order to support the uptake and deployment of new innovative products, services, and processes developed in the different projects. This material should be tested and be scalable, and can potentially be up-scaled through the European Social Fund Plus (ESF+). This will help the European labour force to close the skill gaps in the relevant sectors and occupational groups and improve employment and social levels across the EU and associated countries.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, for particular topics international cooperation is not mandatory but advised with some regions or countries, to get internationally connected and add additional specific expertise and value to the activities.

    To achieve wider effects activities beyond R&I investments will be needed. Wider activities include the further development of skills and competencies (also via the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, in particular EIT Raw Materials, EIT Climate-KIC and EIT Digital); and the use of financial products under the InvestEU Fund for further commercialisation of R&I outcomes.

    Synergies:

    For raw materials, there are synergies with energy-intensive industries and in particular the circularity part; and with strategic innovation markets driven by advanced materials. A further synergy is with Cluster 5: Renewable energies and energy storage.

    Safe and Sustainable by Design presents synergies with

    Cluster 6 ‘Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture’ in areas Bio-based Innovation Systems in the EU Bioeconomy and Circular Systems;

    Cluster 5 ‘Climate, Energy and Mobility’ in view of areas on lightweight materials;

    Cluster 1 ‘Health’, Destination ‘Living and working in a health-promoting environment: research on impact of chemicals on human health’; and

    Horizon Europe Partnership on the Assessment of Risks from Chemicals (PARC): on exposure and hazard activities as well as the SSbD toolbox and case studies.

    Strategic Innovation Markets driven by Advanced Materials presents synergies with the energy-intensive and manufacturing industries, in view of both the circularity approaches and low-carbon technologies; and with

    Cluster 1 ‘Health’, in view of areas on bio-based materials;

    Cluster 5 ‘Climate, Energy and Mobility’ in view of areas on lightweight materials;

    Cluster 6 ‘Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture’ in view of areas on agrochemicals.

    While focusing exclusively on civilian applications, there may be synergies with actions conducted under the European Defence Fund (EDF) or its precursor programmes (Preparatory Action on Defence Research and European Defence Industry Development Programme), notably in the field of advanced sensing and advanced materials.

    Innovation Actions — Legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-TWO-STAGE

    124.00

    07 Mar 2023 (First Stage)

    05 Oct 2023 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01

    213.00

    20 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-TWO-STAGE

    62.00

    07 Feb 2024 (First Stage)

    24 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01

    160.20

    07 Feb 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    337.00

    222.20

    Call - RESILIENT VALUE CHAINS 2023 TWO STAGE

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-TWO-STAGE

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 77

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 78

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 08 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 07 Mar 2023 (First Stage), 05 Oct 2023 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-32

    IA

    31.00

    6.00 to 8.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-33

    RIA

    31.00

    6.00 to 8.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-34

    RIA

    31.00

    6.00 to 8.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-37

    RIA

    31.00

    6.00 to 8.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    124.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Strategic innovation markets driven by advanced materials

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-32: Bioinspired and biomimetic materials for sustainable textiles (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 31.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: This topic refers to the innovation market 79 for Sustainable Textiles and will support citizens and their needs. Europe’s textile sector, its technology providers and research community are world leading. The most technologically advanced textile products are being manufactured in Europe and new manufacturing value chains such as technical textiles, in the 1990’s and early 2000’s are developed in Europe first.

    Several materials specifications and related innovations needs will support this topic such as renewable and recyclable materials, alternative active ingredients, design for circularity.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.The innovation market of sustainable textiles requires the use of a new generation of renewable and recyclable materials designed with properties that are inspired by nature.

    2.Bioinspired and biomimetic advanced materials that do not require or limit the need to use chemical additives or coatings will have a positive impact on the environment, the climate, and the circularity of textile materials, in view of the Safe and Sustainable by Design Framework.

    3.Smart functions or functionalities of textiles will address future consumer needs.

    4.Low-cost, low-resource, and low environment-impact high performance durable fibres and textiles from renewable sources will serve for technical end markets.

    5.Develop effective circularity enabling technologies for technical textiles, non-woven and fibre-reinforced composites, e.g. biopolymer or natural fibre based high performance fibres.

    6.Use of hazardous chemical processing shall be reduced and reserved for crucial technical functionalities of textiles.

    7.Designed circularity for renewables and recyclable materials supporting the sustainable use of textiles, reducing the CO2-footprint of the textiles industry.

    Scope: Proposals should address at least three of the following activities:

    1.Bio-inspired and biomimetic polymers for use as smart textile materials will provide improved functionalities, e.g. for outdoor use.

    2.The molecular functionalities of natural polymers, and their macromolecular structures and properties, provide inspiration for designing different classes of high-performance polymeric materials that aim to reproduce specific functions of natural polymers, such as adaptability, self-healing, adhesiveness, surface super-hydrophobicity, chiral recognition, and bioactivity.

    3.Biodegradability and recyclability of polymers will be a factor, so the consideration of natural polymers, such as polysaccharides, proteins, lignin-based polymers and composites could be a pathway. This is expected to translate into lower GHG-emissions in the textiles value chain, as well as reducing landfill waste volumes.

    4.Projects must prove scalability of biomimetic materials for the manufacturing process of smart fabrics and sustainable textiles.

    5.To enable a fast development of new advanced materials, digital tools such as modelling, simulation and characterisation techniques (including those provided by analytical infrastructures) are under the scope, assisted by advanced methods, e.g. physics-based methods, machine learning or artificial intelligence.

    Dovetailing with digital technology, e.g. sensors, is encouraged.

    Materials and products should be developed under Safe and Sustainable by Design framework 80 taking into account circularity aspects, and with prognostic and product health management to ensure product and system reliability.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-33: Smart sensors for the Electronic Appliances market (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 31.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 81 .

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: This topic refers to the innovation market for electronics appliances, in support of citizens and their various needs (be it in health care, home &personal care, food or textiles). Several materials specifications and related innovations needs will support this topic such as renewable and recyclable materials, alternative active ingredients and design for circularity. The topic should address several key policies of the European Union such as the Circular Economy Action Plan, the Zero Pollution Action Plan, the EU Chemicals Strategy, the EU Strategy for sustainable textiles.

    Sensors are a key technology for electronic appliances serving our society. From manufacturing, improving living conditions, and reducing consumption of energy and precious natural resources, even detecting threats, all rely on the availability of high-quality localized information.

    Smart systems and ubiquitous connectivity create opportunities for new applications in smart living, environmental protection, and supply chains. These applications will be made possible through improved sensing technologies, which capture the relevant information. Core properties to enable a wide adoption are miniature size, low power consumption, resilience to varying ambient conditions, low cost, and compatibility with mass production.

    To avoid misuse of the captured personal data (e.g. medical), novel concepts of identification of the data originator/provider and data possession are needed. This could include biometric identification mechanisms as well as other fast and secure identification mechanisms, which is GDPR conform and with protected authorisation mechanisms.

    The desired information is often chemical or biochemical. Miniaturization of established analytical methods and development of new materials compatible with established production processes require an integrated multidisciplinary approach.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.The Innovation market for Electronics Appliances is very broad and fast developing with a range to monitor human and environmental factors, which require to develop materials for a new generation of fast and smart sensors devices.

    2.Smart sensor technology can support self-monitoring in fitness and well-being, decentral personal health monitoring, environmental monitoring, as well as cooling and thermal distribution and supply chain management.

    3.Sensor devices must be small, and durable to deploy at various locations and withstand the ambient conditions of the targeted application.

    4.Advanced materials are needed to allow the capturing of chemical and bio-chemical signals with extended lifetime or extreme low cost for disposable sensors.

    5.Smart concepts and tools for evolving data analysis that embed a deep understanding of the sensor properties enable new business models for distributed, connected sensors.

    Scope: Proposals should address at least four of the following activities:

    1.Biosensors and chemical sensors can be applied to detect and monitor analytes or pathogens in the environment, in healthcare settings, and in food industries in an efficient and timely manner. Fast scanning and sensor-based devices that can be deployed at a large scale could augment or replace traditional methods of measurement and quality control.

    2.Advanced biological or biomimetic sensing elements for the measurement of biomarkers allow for new compact analytical devices or be integrated in personal devices such as smart phones, smart watches, and body sensors.

    3.New sensor materials with properties such as stretchability, self-healing and self-cleaning for the use in wearable electronics and smart textiles enable next-generation devices for the health and sports sector.

    4.To enable a fast development of new advanced materials, digital tools such as modelling, simulation and characterisation techniques (including those provided by analytical infrastructures) are under the scope, assisted by advanced methods, e.g. physics-based methods, machine learning or artificial intelligence.

    5.Connected smart sensors allow for new data analysis concepts. Algorithms may be adapted throughout the lifetime of the deployed devices, improving their functionality through data-fusion with additional data sources, adaptation to new requirements or enabling of big-data scenarios.

    6.Digitalisation technologies for PoC (Point-of-Care), PoN (Point-of-Need), home, and in-vivo/in-vitro diagnostics (e.g. sensors, sensor-arrays, sustainable system integration incl. microfluidics; machine learning approaches).

    Materials and products should be developed under Safe and Sustainable by Design framework 82 taking into account circularity aspects.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. An early involvement of end users could be essential.

    Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-34: Advanced (nano and bio-based) materials for sustainable agriculture (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 31.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Producers of agrochemicals will provide alternative chemicals and/or bio-based materials following the safe and sustainable by design framework to farmers and comply with relevant agri-food market authorisations.

    2.Advanced (nano)materials and/or bio-based materials will provide farmers with alternative tools to reduce the use of pesticides and fertilizers, thereby reducing the environmental footprint of these agrochemicals.

    3.Support to the EU climate ambitions 83 by contributing to reversing biodiversity loss and to more sustainable food production as well as the objectives of the Zero Pollution Action plan and the Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability and where relevant the Farm to Fork Strategy.

    4.Support to the goals of the Mission 'A Soil Deal for Europe 84 , i.e., such as reducing soil pollution and use of hazardous substances.

    5.Support the EU goals of the Ocean and Waters mission, 85 i.e., prevent and eliminate pollution by reducing use of fertilizers and chemical pesticides by 50%.

    Scope: This topic refers to the innovation market 86 for sustainable agriculture. The next generation of fertilisers, biocides and plant protection products for agriculture should need to be based on new delivery systems made from advanced (nano)materials (nanosubstances and nanoformulations of conventional substances) or and/or bio-based materials, to enable target-specific, precise and slow release of the product, reduction of load of active substances, ease of application, reduced risk for non-target organisms and operator exposure, reduced wash-off, reduced costs for farmers, etc.

    Proposals should address at least four of the following activities, the second bullet point being compulsory:

    1.Develop advanced (nano)material-based delivery systems and/or bio-based materials for agriculture. The new agrochemicals should exhibit less GHGs emissions, improved efficiency, improved toxicity and ecotoxicity profile and biodegradability to overcome the problems of traditional agrochemicals (e.g., pest resistance, bioaccumulation in non-target fauna or flora, soil, groundwater, as well as bioaccumulation and bioconcentration in the food chain due to release to the environment).

    2.Each proposal should identify and address one or more (nano)active substances or delivery systems for (nano)formulations and/or bio-based materials (including biopolymers and biodegradable polymers) for which they will provide a sound risk and safety assessment including toxicity evaluation for non-target organisms, and humans and environment, and sustainability assessment along their entire life-cycle, including a holistic assessment of the short-, medium- and long-term impact (environmental, economic, social) of all substances/materials of the proposed solution. The safety and sustainability assessment should be done according to the Safe and Sustainable by Design framework. 87 This activity needs to be addressed by all proposals.

    3.Undertake a proof of concept of the efficiency of the selected delivery systems in real-life case studies. The justification for the selection of materials for new agrochemicals as well as case studies (e.g., type of crop for agrochemicals testing, etc.) should include environmental and socio-economic aspects.

    4.The proposals should build on existing standards for production and risk assessment, when available and relevant, and should consider the requirements laid down in the specific guidance for risk assessment of the selected delivery systems (e.g., the EFSA Guidance on risk assessment of nanomaterials to be applied in the food and feed chain 88  or the EFSA guidance on specific protection goal and ecosystem services 89 for environmental assessment and sustainability).

    5.Data produced during the development of new agrochemicals should be FAIR 90  and the FAIRness should also be demonstrated and shared through available platforms (e.g., IPCHEM 91 , e-NanoMapper 92 , etc.).

    6.Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes, clusters (e.g., EU Nanosafety Cluster 93 ) and platforms, in particular with the European Platform on Life Cycle Assessment (EPLCA) 94 .

    This topic requires the effective contribution of Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise in particular in social and economic assessments, to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. An early involvement of end users could be essential.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. Proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of relevant past and ongoing EU funded research projects, including the ones under Cluster 6 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources and Environment’. Namely, the proposals are expected to have synergies with the topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-7: Innovations in plant protection: alternatives to reduce the use of pesticides focusing on candidates for substitution.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-37: Advanced materials for magnets in applications for the New Energies Market (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 31.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    This topic refers to the innovation markets for New Energy and for Sustainable Transportation. Several materials specifications and related innovation needs will support this topic such as renewable energy and efficiency, renewable and recyclable materials, sustainable additives and catalysts, advanced surfaces, design for circularity The topic should address several key policies of the European Union such as Circular Economy Action Plan, Zero Pollution Action Plan, A New Industrial Strategy for Europe also in view of critical and strategic raw materials for energy storage and conversion.

    In order to deliver the EU's 2030 climate targets under the ‘Fit For 55’ delivering EU's 2030 climate targets, Europe will need an increasing number of advanced systems for energy transformation for wind turbines and electric drive trains. For this, European industry needs high performance magnets using advanced materials solutions for the new energy innovation market, which shall contain in future lesser amounts of rare-earth metals, in view of the geostrategic dependency on critical raw materials, including rare-earth metals.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Europe’s industry will benefit from advanced materials for magnets that are either free from rare-earth metals, or use to a significant extent a substitute and reduce the share of rare-earth metals magnets (compared to the state of art). This will alleviate the dependency and possible supply risks and strengthen Europe’s open strategic autonomy and competitiveness.

    2.Europe used 16 kt of rare earths in 2020, and most of them were used to manufacture permanent magnets (NdFeB). This market is still increasing due to the massive electrification of the energy industries. If new magnet composition is successfully developed by 2030 (Nd1Fe12 phases, NdFeMo, high entropy alloys) this permanent magnet could be widely applied, also in offshore wind energy and in industry.

    3.The new advanced materials for high-performance magnets must be available at an industrial scale and shall have improved energy-efficiency and performance, whilst at the same time will be easier to recycle with longer and enhanced life cycle.

    4.This is in particular necessary to keep up with the political ambitions of the European Green Deal matching the increasing demand for energy harvesting and storage with the ambition to reduce emissions.

    Scope: Proposals should address at least four of the following activities:

    1.The deployment of permanent-magnets in the energy (e.g. wind-turbine engines for power generation) is of major importance for reaching the green deal ambitions. To achieve this whilst reducing Europe's dependency on Critical Raw Materials, the rare-earth metals for magnets shall be replaced or reduced with inexpensive and non-critical materials.

    2.Designing new rare-earth-free permanent magnetic materials (PMM) to replace high performing but critically restrained rare-earth-based PMM could be based for example on new Mn-Bi alloys, other material compositions could also be proposed. As an alternative strategy, composite magnetic materials could be developed. Rare earth-free magnets for turbines with good efficiency levels were already developed and could be further adopted. Projects must demonstrate 50% enhanced magnetic performance (energy products above 55 kJ/m3) with respect to commercial ferrites.

    3.Alternatively, the redesigning of rare-earth magnets such as NdFeB magnets should provide for advanced materials where rare-earth metals such as Nd are (partially) replaced. These doped perovskite manganite oxide nanostructures should have the potential to achieve similar or improved magnetic properties such compared to as NdFeB magnets.

    4.Advanced material models and simulation tools to extend the usage range of the current critical materials and shorten the development and certification cycle of new materials and processes.

    5.Life-cycle assessment and techno-economic assessment (LCA/TEA) will analyse the economic relevance of the new advanced materials for magnets. This will also address aspects of circularity, and end-of-life aspects. Strategies for the recycling of the new advanced materials will support the whole design process.

    6.Delivering a scaling will increase the production to an industrial level for advanced materials for magnets that are rare-earth metal free or where rare-earth metals are substituted.

    To enable a fast development of new advanced materials, digital tools such as modelling, simulation and characterisation techniques (including those provided by analytical infrastructures) are under the scope, assisted by advanced methods e.g. physics-based methods, machine learning or artificial intelligence.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

    An early involvement of SSH research and of end users appears essential.

    Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU funded research projects, including the ones under Cluster 5 “Climate, Energy, Mobility”.

    Call - RESILIENT VALUE CHAINS 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 95

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 96

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 08 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-02

    RIA

    25.00 97

    Around 5.00

    5

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-03

    IA

    22.00

    Around 7.30

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-05

    IA

    28.00 98

    Around 7.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-06

    IA

    20.00 99

    Around 6.70

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-07

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-09

    IA

    20.00 100

    Around 6.70

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-21

    RIA

    29.00 101

    6.00 to 8.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-22

    RIA

    15.00 102

    3.00 to 4.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-23

    RIA

    29.00 103

    6.00 to 7.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-39

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-42

    CSA

    10.00 104

    2.00 to 3.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-44

    IA

    10.00 105

    Around 5.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    213.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Raw Materials for EU open strategic autonomy and successful transition to a climate-neutral and circular economy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-02: Innovative technologies for sustainable and decarbonised extraction (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    To increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains and thus reduce the serious risk to the Union's strategic assets, economic and societal interests, autonomy and security associated with the current EU reliance on a few third countries for critical raw materials, by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials necessary to enable the green and digital transition and in alignment with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Member States*, MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, Andean Community and countries with which the EU has concluded strategic partnerships on raw materials. The choice of these countries was made taking into consideration the development of strategic international partnerships on raw materials and avoidance of reinforcing existing over-dependencies, as well as the importance of involving partners committed to pursuing open trade in such materials. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in the countries that fall under the criteria above will be ineligible.

    Any activity aimed at deploying subliminal techniques beyond a person's consciousness, exploiting any of the vulnerabilities of a specific group of persons and at using emotion recognition systems will be ineligible.

    *"African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 106 .

    Expected Outcome: A secure supply of sustainable raw materials is crucial for the green and digital transition. Environmentally friendly, safe, intelligent and resource efficient extraction technologies and methods for both open pit and underground mining need to be developed and implemented.

    Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials in particular critical raw materials 107 for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Develop innovative technologies for extraction of raw materials in the European Union.

    2.Increase the domestic EU sourcing of raw materials.

    3.Improve responsible supply of raw materials to Europe in line with the EU principles for sustainable raw materials, which are a non-regulatory set of principles based on the EU acquis. They set out requirements for sustainable raw materials and extraction and processing in Europe in terms of social, environmental and economic performance 108 .

    4.Show the potential to reduce substantially the Green House Gases (GHGs) emissions intensity of extraction per ton of the material (metal, metal content, concentrate, mineral) sold on to the downstream value chain, thus contributing to EU climate neutrality objectives.

    5.Promote the utilisation of UNFC (United Nations Framework Classification for Resources) and UNRMS (United Nations Resource Management System) in the raw materials sector.

    6.Accelerate development of EU domestic raw materials exploration projects integrating innovative technologies.

    Scope: Actions should develop new sustainable concepts and technological solutions, including alternative approaches, for mining of complex or difficult to access mineral deposits, including mining wastes and abandoned mining sites, particularly addressing the challenges of accessibility, industrial viability, safety and environmental impacts, including water use and GHG intensity of extraction.

    Actions should be driven by industry and raw materials users. The actions should duly justify the relevance of all targeted minerals and metals. Priority are the EU critical raw materials. Sea mining is excluded from this topic.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and/or gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement, however, should you consider it to be of relevance for your specific proposal, you are strongly encouraged to do it.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-03: Technologies for processing and refining of critical raw materials (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.30 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    To increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains and thus reduce the serious risk to the Union's strategic assets, economic and societal interests, autonomy and security associated with the current EU reliance on a few third countries for critical raw materials, by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials necessary to enable the green and digital transition and in alignment with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Member States*, MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, Andean Community and countries with which the EU has concluded strategic partnerships on raw materials. The choice of these countries was made taking into consideration the development of strategic international partnerships on raw materials and avoidance of reinforcing existing over-dependencies, as well as the importance of involving partners committed to pursuing open trade in such materials. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in the countries that fall under the criteria above will be ineligible.

    Any activity aimed at deploying subliminal techniques beyond a person's consciousness, exploiting any of the vulnerabilities of a specific group of persons and at using emotion recognition systems will be ineligible.

    *"African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 6 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials 109 for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    -Increase recovery rates of valuable raw materials, particularly critical raw materials from low grade or complex ores and/or from extractive waste;

    -Significantly increase economic performance in terms of higher material-, water-, energy- and cost-efficiency and flexibility in minerals processing and metallurgical processes;

    -Significantly improve the health, safety and environmental performance of the operations throughout the whole life cycle which is considered, including a reduction in waste, wastewater and emissions generation and a better recovery of resources from generated waste;

    -Improve responsible supply of raw materials to Europe in line with the EU principles for sustainable raw materials, which are a non-regulatory set of principles based on the EU acquis. They set out requirements for sustainable raw materials and extraction and processing in Europe in terms of social, environmental and economic performance. 110

    Actions are expected to contribute to the implementation the EU action plan on Critical Raw Materials. 111

    Scope: Actions should demonstrate new or improved systems integrating relevant processing and refining technologies for better recovery of raw materials from low grade and/or complex ores from extractive wastes, reduction of waste, higher energy efficiency. The action can also reduce the content of toxic elements or compounds in the resulting material products. The actions should target minerals and metals, particularly critical raw materials.

    The solution proposed should be flexible enough to adapt to different or variable ore grades and extractive waste streams and should be supported by efficient and robust process control. Where relevant, any solution proposed for the reduction of the content of toxic elements or compounds in the resulting materials should also include the appropriate management of the hazardous substances removed.

    Actions should develop intelligent and innovative production systems which better utilise natural resources by minimising losses during waste-rock separation in an optimised and energy-efficient process and by minimising use of water.

    Recycling of end-of-life products is excluded from this topic, though joint processing of waste streams originating from end-of-life products recycling could be included and has to be duly justified.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant. The action should also include the analysis of financial opportunities ensuring the market exploitation and replication of the circular business model behind the developed solutions as new processes, products and/or services.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale deployment in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and/or gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement, however, should you consider it to be of relevance for your specific proposal, you are strongly encouraged to do it.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-05: Recycling technologies for critical raw materials from EoL products (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 28.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    To increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains and thus reduce the serious risk to the Union's strategic assets, economic and societal interests, autonomy and security associated with the current EU reliance on a few third countries for critical raw materials, by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials necessary to enable the green and digital transition and in alignment with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Member States*, MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, Andean Community and countries with which the EU has concluded strategic partnerships on raw materials. The choice of these countries was made taking into consideration the development of strategic international partnerships on raw materials and avoidance of reinforcing existing over-dependencies, as well as the importance of involving partners committed to pursuing open trade in such materials. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in the countries that fall under the criteria above will be ineligible.

    Any activity aimed at deploying subliminal techniques beyond a person's consciousness, exploiting any of the vulnerabilities of a specific group of persons and at using emotion recognition systems will be ineligible.

    *"African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 6 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials 112 for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors which will alleviate critical raw materials dependency.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Develop raw materials recycling and re-use of components and/or products from end-of-life products technologies and urban mines, including efficient sorting technologies for separation and recycling and the sustainable embedment of the process regarding energy, resource and water efficiency.

    2.Improve responsible supply of raw materials to Europe in line with the EU principles for sustainable raw materials, which are a non-regulatory set of principles based on the EU acquis. They set out requirements for sustainable raw materials and extraction and processing in Europe in terms of social, environmental and economic performance. 113   114

    3.Demonstrate contribution to EU climate neutrality objectives.

    Scope: Actions should develop material efficient high-quality recycling and preparation for re-use of one or more of the following end-of-life product categories/key waste streams: waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE), end-of-life vehicles 115 , waste windmills 116 and solar PV and machine tools (e.g. hard metal scrap). Rare earths permanent magnets are excluded from this topic since they are subject to a dedicated call HORIZON-CL4-2023/2024-RESILIENCE-01-08: Recyclability and resource efficiency of Rare Earth based magnets.

    Their processing, reuse, recycling and recovery schemes are complex and imply different steps, ranging from collection, logistics, sorting and separation to cleaning, refining and purification of materials.

    Actions should focus on the whole chain of recycling processes and procedures - from collection, logistics, characterisation, sorting, cleaning, refining and purification of secondary raw materials and quality of produced outputs.

    Recycling and re-use where the recycled material is of lower quality and functionality than the original material (downcycling), is not in the scope of the topic.

    Actions should acquire new data on secondary raw materials via in situ sampling from different regions across the EU, collect existing data and present in a harmonised UNFC format (United Nations Framework Classification for Resources) and develop sampling protocols, methodologies, and technologies to quantify and characterise the CRM resources in specific products, urban mines and waste repositories.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other projects aiming at second life, re-use, repurposing, remanufacturing of products and/or components relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant. The action should also include the analysis of financial opportunities ensuring the market exploitation and replication of the circular business model behind the developed solutions as new processes, products and/or services.

    Actions should clearly demonstrate how they contribute to a decreased level of resource and energy consumption, leading to a lower CO2 footprint.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale deployment in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and/or gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement, however, should you consider it to be of relevance for your specific proposal, you are strongly encouraged to do it.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-06: Earth Observation platform, products and services for raw materials (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.70 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    To increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains and thus reduce the serious risk to the Union's strategic assets, economic and societal interests, autonomy and security associated with the current EU reliance on a few third countries for critical raw materials, by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials necessary to enable the green and digital transition and in alignment with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Member States*, MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, Andean Community and countries with which the EU has concluded strategic partnerships on raw materials. The choice of these countries was made taking into consideration the development of strategic international partnerships on raw materials and avoidance of reinforcing existing over-dependencies, as well as the importance of involving partners committed to pursuing open trade in such materials. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in the countries that fall under the criteria above will be ineligible.

    Any activity aimed at deploying subliminal techniques beyond a person's consciousness, exploiting any of the vulnerabilities of a specific group of persons and at using emotion recognition systems will be ineligible.

    *"African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 6 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 117 .

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials 118 for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    -Develop and deploy innovative technologies, products and services based on satellite, airborne and ground-based remote sensing data combined with other in-situ data sources (e.g. geophysical and geological data), supporting the whole raw materials value chain, from mineral exploration to post-closure activities.;

    -Improve responsible supply of raw materials to Europe in line with the EU principles for sustainable raw materials, which are a non-regulatory set of principles based on the EU acquis. They set out requirements for sustainable raw materials and extraction and processing in Europe in terms of social, environmental and economic performance. 119

    Improve knowledge on raw materials resources in Europe.

    Actions are expected to contribute to the implementation the EU action plan on Critical Raw Materials. 120

    -Develop best practices and standards for innovate EO technologies, products and services for a more efficient permitting and environmental compliance processes.

    Scope: Actions should develop leverage on existing Copernicus DIAS 121 or other Earth Observation platform for raw materials similar to ESA 122 platforms, and create a sustainable business model that can facilitate access to developed Earth Observation technologies, products and services to be integrated into the mining industry and public stakeholder workflows supporting any phase in the full mine life cycle.

    The Earth Observation platform for Raw Materials should support the implementation of the EU’s international strategic partnerships with resource rich countries (e.g. Canada, Ukraine, Africa countries or Latin America).

    Actions should increase the uptake of the Earth Observation technologies to deliver a responsible and sustainable mining industry, including mining of secondary deposits (e.g. old mine tailings).

    Actions should deliver on-line processing tools, services and / or products to generate value-added raw materials information products, pre-processed optical and radar data from the Sentinel satellites and related Copernicus services of the EU Copernicus programme, as well as access to data and services from other high-resolution satellites, airborne, ground-based and in situ data.

    Actions should improve mineral exploration at regional scale and target definition at local scale, exploiting European multi- and hyperspectral satellite, airborne and ground-based sensors and relevant subsurface data.

    Actions should monitor the volume and rate of extraction of materials in opencast mining based on European airborne and satellites high and very high-resolution imagery.

    Actions should map and monitor secondary raw materials in the Europe exploiting the Copernicus Land Monitoring Service or other EO satellites derived products.

    Actions should monitor ground stability in active and/or abandoned mining areas in Europe, exploiting the European Ground Monitoring Service of Europe (Copernicus EGMS) and similar initiatives, as well as data form Sentinels and/or Copernicus Contributing Missions.

    Actions should map and monitor the environmental impact of mining activities with a focus on soil, water and air pollution and their possible impacts on the socio-economic and environmental health of mining areas. Also, it should assist in remediation activities following mine closure.

    Actions should develop best practices and standards for innovate EO technologies, products and services in the raw materials life cycle for a safer, efficient, responsible and sustainable mining.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant. The action should also include the analysis of financial opportunities ensuring the market exploitation and replication of the circular business model behind the developed solutions as new processes, products and/or services.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale deployment in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

    Only terrestrial activities will be considered eligible.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and/or gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement, however, should you consider it to be of relevance for your specific proposal, you are strongly encouraged to do it.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-07: Expert network on Critical raw materials (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    To increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains and thus reduce the serious risk to the Union's strategic assets, economic and societal interests, autonomy and security associated with the current EU reliance on a few third countries for critical raw materials, by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials necessary to enable the green and digital transition and in alignment with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Member States*, MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, Andean Community and countries with which the EU has concluded strategic partnerships on raw materials. The choice of these countries was made taking into consideration the development of strategic international partnerships on raw materials and avoidance of reinforcing existing over-dependencies, as well as the importance of involving partners committed to pursuing open trade in such materials. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in the countries that fall under the criteria above will be ineligible.

    Any activity aimed at deploying subliminal techniques beyond a person's consciousness, exploiting any of the vulnerabilities of a specific group of persons and at using emotion recognition systems will be ineligible.

    *"African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 123 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials (CRM) 124 for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    -Strengthening the expert capacity in the EU in a wide range of raw materials along the whole value chain;

    -Better informed and more effective decision-making by the EU and National policy makers and the producers and users of raw materials regarding the supply and demand of raw materials and the associated environmental and social aspects;

    -Improving EU official statistics and building the EU knowledge base of primary and secondary raw materials.

    -Improving awareness of society across the EU about importance of the critical raw materials and other relevant materials for strategic value chains in support of the implementation of the green and digital transitions;

    -In the longer term improved diversification of CRMs supply to the EU.

    -Improve responsible supply of raw materials to the EU in line with the EU principles for sustainable raw materials, which are a non-regulatory set of principles based on the EU acquis. They set out requirements for sustainable raw materials and extraction and processing in Europe in terms of social, environmental and economic performance. 125

    Actions are expected to contribute to the implementation the EU action plan on Critical Raw Materials. 126

    Scope: Actions should strengthen an EU expert network and community covering all raw materials screened in the CRM assessment of 2020 , and additional raw materials screened in 2023 assessment (neon, krypton, xenon, roundwood). Flexibility in screening additional raw materials is an added value.

    The consortium should build the EU expert community covering each screened raw material with expertise on primary and secondary resources; production, including exploration, mining, processing, recycling and refining; substitution of CRM; raw materials markets; future demand and supply; supply risk management and stress tests; materials flows; raw materials standardisation; socio-economic analysis, and strategic value chains and end-use sectors, including batteries, e-mobility, renewable energy, electronics, security and aerospace.

    The actions should flexibly support the Commission in policy making related to Critical Raw Materials in general or linked to specific applications or sectors; as well in the relevant events organised by the Commission.

    The actions should also improve data and knowledge on all screened raw materials; and support the Commission in the analysis of the future supply and demand of raw materials, technology gaps and innovation potential along the raw materials value chains.

    The action should update the data and information fact sheets from the previous criticality exercise for all screened raw materials, and ensure their quality by relevant raw material experts. Factsheets are to be finalised by the end of 2025, and could be fine-tuned before publication expected in 2026.

    The action is expected to organise two expert validation workshops in 2025 to support the EU criticality assessment, and validate draft factsheets for all screened materials. On request of the Commission, organise in-depth workshops on several strategic metals (agreed with the Commission) for renewable energy, e-mobility and security with recognised commodity experts from industry and other organisations.

    The action should provide policy briefs and analyses based on requests from the Commission and proposed work shall be coordinated with the Commission's work and relevance reviewed in the light of policy development and needs.

    The actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-09: Recyclability and resource efficiency of Rare Earth based magnets (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.70 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    To increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains and thus reduce the serious risk to the Union's strategic assets, economic and societal interests, autonomy and security associated with the current EU reliance on a few third countries for critical raw materials, by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials necessary to enable the green and digital transition and in alignment with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Member States*, MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, Andean Community and countries with which the EU has concluded strategic partnerships on raw materials. The choice of these countries was made taking into consideration the development of strategic international partnerships on raw materials and avoidance of reinforcing existing over-dependencies, as well as the importance of involving partners committed to pursuing open trade in such materials. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in the countries that fall under the criteria above will be ineligible.

    Any activity aimed at deploying subliminal techniques beyond a person's consciousness, exploiting any of the vulnerabilities of a specific group of persons and at using emotion recognition systems will be ineligible.

    *"African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 6 and achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials 127 for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Develop more cost effective and resource efficient rare earth permanent magnets.

    2.Improve recyclability, re-use, refurbishment and/or repurposing of end-of-life magnets.

    3.Improve responsible supply of raw materials to Europe in line with the EU principles for sustainable raw materials, which are a non-regulatory set of principles based on the EU acquis. They set out requirements for sustainable raw materials and extraction and processing in Europe in terms of social, environmental and economic performance. 128

    4.Demonstrate contributions to EU climate neutrality objectives.

    Actions are expected to contribute to the implementation the EU action plan on Critical Raw Materials 129 and the action plan on Rare Earth Magnets and Motors from the European Raw Materials Alliance 130 .

    Scope: Actions should improve design of rare earth permanent magnets that facilitate the reuse, re-use, refurbishment and/or repurposing and recycling and/or reduce the use of the critical raw materials. Priority is neodymium magnets, but other highly performant magnets can also be targeted if duly justified. The actions should finish at the TRL levels 6-7. Developed improved magnets and their recyclability should be tested in the final application in relevant motors or generators.

    Actions could additionally address disruptive technologies for highly performant magnets.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant. The action should also include the analysis of financial opportunities ensuring the market exploitation and replication of the circular business model behind the developed solutions as new processes, products and/or services.

    Actions should clearly demonstrate how they contribute to a decreased level of resource and energy consumption, and thus lead to a lower CO2 footprint.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale deployment in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and/or gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement, however, should you consider it to be of relevance for your specific proposal, you are strongly encouraged to do it.

    Safe and Sustainable by Design (SSbD) Chemicals and Materials

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-21: Innovative methods for safety and sustainability assessments of chemicals and materials (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 29.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.EU strategies/policies and regulations, such as the (proposed) Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation 131 , the EU Ecolabel 132 , REACH 133 or CLP 134 can build on new methods and the associated data for chemicals and materials;

    2.Methods and data will be made available in a format which will allow existing validation networks or bodies (e.g., the EU Reference Laboratory for alternatives to animal testing (EURL ECVAM) or the OECD) or other platforms to launch a validation/standardisation process and to promote wider uptake of the new methods developed;

    3.Industry and public authorities have access to innovative tools for more comprehensive safety and sustainability assessment covering a wider range of chemicals and advanced materials including composites/mixtures and nanomaterials, supporting the implementation of the Safe and Sustainable by Design framework 135 .

    Scope: The Commission initiative for Safe and Sustainable by Design 136 (SSbD) sets a framework for assessing the safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials, which should be considered as a reference for project proposals. This topic aims at developing new methods, or improve existing methods, to support the improvement of safety and sustainability assessment.

    In the EU, the legislation regulating chemical substances often includes their safety screening and testing according to the EU test methods regulation 137 , which predominantly contains test methods harmonised under the OECD 138 . For safety assessment, e.g., human and eco-toxicity, there is a lack of validated in vitro and in silico tools for a variety of substances and materials. An advance in alternative methods for safety assessment (e.g., New Approach Methodologies, NAMs) is needed, preferably without animal models, but also to support modelling and design of new Safe and Sustainable by Design chemicals and materials. Research should improve and harmonise screening and testing protocols/strategies and hazard/risk assessments by developing robust, reliable and faster test methods or models, including high-throughput and in silico models.

    Sustainability aspects cover the entire life cycle including the design phase, raw material extraction, production, use and end-of-life. Sustainability assessment across the life cycle is in growing demand and there is the need to further develop methods for a robust assessment. The development of absolute sustainability methods 139 that consider ecosystems carrying capacities are also needed. The integration of life cycle assessment with risk assessment is likewise a challenge. New and improved approaches are needed to increase the quality, the efficiency and the effectiveness of existing methods to drive innovation and to bridge gaps in the data for sustainability and life cycle assessment.

    Proposals should consider all the following activities:

    1.Address a set of at least three chemicals/groups of chemicals/(advanced) materials for which the project consortium will develop new methods and models for safety and sustainability assessment along their life cycle in accordance with the Safe and Sustainable by Design Framework 140 . Selected materials can be composed of/contain the selected chemicals. The justification for their selection should include socio-economic aspects and a gap analysis with regards to existing methods and models and their relevance to improve the current safety and sustainability assessments;

    2.Methods and models developed can be either for the already existing chemicals and materials or to be used during the design phase of future chemicals and materials;

    3.For each method or model developed an ‘in project interlaboratory’ validation should be done, and the method or model shall be shared via the most appropriate open platform, e.g., the Horizon Europe Partnership on the Assessment of Risks from Chemicals (PARC) 141 , to encourage use and feedback from stakeholders. In addition, an initial standardisation or validation dossier should be prepared and submitted to an appropriate body/initiative, e.g., the OECD, EU Reference Laboratory for alternatives to animal testing (EURL ECVAM);

    4.Data produced during the development process and in particular for inclusion in the validation/standardisation dossier must be FAIR 142 and shared through available platforms (e.g., the Information Platform for Chemical Monitoring – IPCHEM 143 ). Data for the validation/standardisation dossier shall be produced according to existing guidelines and stored in standardised data formats.

    International collaboration on uptake of new methods and/or models shall be enhanced involving relevant players from academia, public authorities and the private sector.

    Proposals should indicate to which chapters of the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for chemicals and materials 144 they will contribute.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should demonstrate synergies with the EU-funded projects resulting from the topic HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-22. In addition, collaboration with the European Partnership on Assessments of Risks from Chemicals (PARC) 145 is encouraged with regards to their task on delivering the SSbD toolbox. Proposals should allocate the necessary resources for collaboration with the relevant projects mentioned above. Proposals should also build on the extensive experience from European, national or regional clusters/platforms and initiatives such as the Malta Initiative 146 engaged in validation/standardisation of methods.

    Co-operation with the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) may be envisaged in areas of mutual interest with regards to new methods development and their wider uptake.

    Synergies with Horizon Europe missions as relevant are encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-22: Integrated approach for impact assessment of safe and sustainable chemicals and materials (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.The stakeholder community including academia, industry, public authorities and NGOs will have access to more robust and consistent guidelines and methodologies for integrative social, economic, health and environment impact assessment;

    2.Industry will be enabled to make impact-based informed investment decisions for future chemicals and materials;

    3.Public authorities and policy makers at EU and national level will be supported in the implementation of policies, including the transition to safe and sustainable chemicals and materials through improved understanding of potential sustainability trade-offs.

    Scope: The Commission initiative for Safe and Sustainable by Design 147 sets a framework for assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials, which should be considered as a reference in the proposal.

    Proposals should aim to develop integrated approaches for the assessment of health and environmental impacts together with the social and economic sustainability aspects of a chemical or material, all along their life-cycle. The projects should acknowledge and account for the fact that safety and sustainability of a chemical or material are the result of a mix of intrinsic properties (dependent only on the chemical or material itself) and extrinsic properties (dependent on how the chemical or material is produced or used, and in which quantity and resulting exposures). The proposals should also aim to foster the acceptance and effective uptake of the developed approaches within different sectors. The developed methodologies should support and facilitate decision making when having to weight multiple sustainability criteria against each other. The developed methodologies should contribute to the estimation of health, environmental as well as social and economic impacts at EU and global scale.

    Proposals should consider all the following activities:

    1.Select chemicals/group of chemicals/(advanced)materials for which they will develop an integrated approach for health, environment, social and economic impact assessments and justify this selection in view of their societal relevance;

    2.Development of methodologies and associated guidelines for integrated health, environment, social and economic impact assessments. Existing life cycle methodologies should be built on;

    3.Identification of data gaps and data availability along the value chain as regards all relevant sustainability dimensions (environmental, health, social and economic factors) for the targeted substance/group of substances and in particular identification and monetization of externalities arising during the life cycle of a chemical or a material;

    4.Identification and engagement of all relevant stakeholders along the value chain to take into account the existence of conflicting interests and potential impacts affecting differently each of them. Foster a shared support and agreement on developed methodologies;

    5.Develop a demonstration of the integrated approach, which can contribute towards its effective acceptance and implementation by different stakeholders;

    6.Delivery of FAIR 148 data and methodologies including results obtained from applying the methodologies to allow for further testing of the methodologies, enhance acceptance and their wider applications.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should demonstrate synergies with the EU-funded projects from the topic CE-NMBP-42-2020 and the forthcoming topic HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-21. In addition, collaboration with the European Partnership on Assessment of Risks from Chemicals (PARC) 149 with regards to their task on delivering the SSbD toolbox is encouraged. Concerning health impact assessment, projects are encouraged to establish synergies with projects resulting from the topic HORIZON-HLTH-2022-ENVHLTH-04-01. Proposals should allocate the necessary resources for collaboration with the above-mentioned relevant projects.

    Proposals should indicate to which chapters of the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for chemicals and materials 150 they will contribute.

    Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), in particular in social and economic assessments, to achieve efficient integration of techno-economic, safety and life cycle assessment.

    Co-operation with the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) may be envisaged in areas of mutual interest with regards to methods development and their wider uptake.

    Synergies with Horizon Europe missions as relevant are encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-23: Computational models for the development of safe and sustainable by design chemicals and materials (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 29.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 151 .

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.The ‘chemicals and materials’ community will be provided with computational models supported by artificial intelligence for the design of new chemicals and materials integrating functionality and the Safe and Sustainable by Design framework 152 ;

    2.The innovation capacity of SMEs and industry will be boosted with cost effective tools to find safe and sustainable alternatives to substances of concern 153 ;

    3.Industry will lower the environmental footprint of materials and chemicals through improved production methods and optimised applications from the design phase on;

    4.Industry will be more agile to respond to external and internal influences, e.g., new market demands for chemicals and advanced materials, regulatory requirements or the potential shortage of currently used raw materials;

    5.The EU climate ambitions 154 will be supported by contributing to a decrease of greenhouse gas emissions through a more sustainable production and use of chemicals and materials;

    Scope: The Commission initiative for Safe and Sustainable by Design 155 sets a framework for assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials, which should be considered as a reference in the proposal.

    For an effective substitution of substances of concern 156 it is crucial that the developed alternatives provide the functionality that is required of those that are replaced (e.g., water or dirt repellent properties, insulation, etc.), and have an improved safety and sustainability performance. The integration by computational modelling of the chemicals and materials functionality with the Safe and Sustainable by Design framework will have a key role in the green and digital transition of the European industry. These tools will allow the exploration of which technical solutions are the most appropriate for respecting the Safe and Sustainable by Design requirements in a cost- and policy-effective manner and thereby accelerate the innovation process for Safe and Sustainable by Design chemicals and materials.

    Proposals should therefore:

    1.Produce innovative modelling software for the development of chemicals and materials (including advanced materials) building on high-throughput chemicals and materials characterisation facilities and relevant models and make it available and interlinked through open platforms accessible to SMEs and industry;

    2.Develop predictive computational models and software to forecast the sustainability performance and support the assessment of sustainability aspects for newly designed chemicals or materials, in a tiered approach, already in the early stages and along the innovation process;

    3.Enable the integration of materials modelling, safety and sustainability assessment tools and databases into a single workflow. Apply AI techniques for data search and missing data, including statistical analysis (sensitivity and uncertainty), in all the areas covered: modelling of the functionality, safety and sustainability assessment (including life cycle assessment);

    4.Address information exchange on chemicals and materials along value chains and throughout their life cycle and provide solutions for data accessibility in the different steps of the value chain for modelling/assessment purposes;

    5.Make developed models on chemicals, materials and their production process FAIR 157 , and accompany them with a set of associated test data,

    6.Apply FAIR data principles. The interoperability for data sharing should be addressed, including synergies with other European projects addressing ontologies for data documentation, for example projects resulting from topic DT-NMBP-39-2020;

    7.Explore collaboration with existing Open Innovation Test Beds (OITBs) 158 , where relevant;

    8.The tools should be validated against existing data. Application of the tools by external users should be tested within the project (industry and SMEs outside the project consortium, liaise eventually with projects resulting from the topic HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-24 in this Work Programme).

    Proposals should indicate to which chapters of the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for chemicals and materials 159 they would contribute.

    Research should build on existing standards, where possible, and contribute to standardisation.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    A strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant, for developers of computational modelling and users of the models.

    Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms, such as projects resulting from the topics HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-08, HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION and/or HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-39. Proposals should allocate the necessary resources for collaboration with other relevant projects.

    Synergies with Horizon Europe missions as relevant are encouraged.

    Strategic innovation markets driven by advanced materials

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-39: Coordination and knowledge sharing across materials development communities (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 160 .

    Expected Outcome:

    1.A pathway for accelerating advanced material research in line with strategic innovation markets, in particular for generating reliable data and information and for providing easy access to any interested stakeholder;

    2.A common knowledge base for researchers and industry increasing collaboration between strategic innovation markets driven by advanced materials;

    3.Overcoming hurdles with regards to the use of digital tools for improved access to and valorisation of data.

    Scope: There is a need to integrate and unify digital and materials competences and resources, including data, ontologies, characterisation and modelling, as well as robotics and machine learning, to accelerate the design, development, production and application of advanced materials with the desired manufacturing processes, properties, durability, and end of life. The lack of integration is a major challenge for the advanced materials design and development serving the innovation markets, including the related value chains. 161

    Such collaboration should be extended to the manufacturing industries and their digital marketplaces so that data and information to design new materials can be shared by all interested stakeholders in a faster way.

    Platforms integrating materials data management, modelling, characterisation and harnessing machine learning and automation have the potential to accelerate substantially the design, development and upscaling of new advanced materials by a time factor of 5-10 and decrease the costs associated with innovation chain and market exploitation. The necessary acceleration and cost decrease should be directly beneficial for any subsequent manufacturing process.

    Actions are required that ensure synergies and common approaches across strategic innovation markets driven by advanced materials, to capitalise on commonalities and to ensure interoperability and integration of all methodologies. There should be collaboration with existing European and national data spaces and marketplaces on interfaces and metadata, in order to ease the access and improve the (re-) use of materials data.

    Proposals should address all of the following activities:

    1.Establish an inventory of relevant existing collaborative materials data and information systems (platforms, databases and infrastructures) serving strategic innovation markets.

    2.Network the identified data and information systems and make them accessible and usable for any stakeholder interested in the research, development or deployment of advanced materials research results.

    3.Establish common methodologies for data acquisition and knowledge generation:

    1.Modelling, including data- and physics-based materials modelling

    2.Characterisation, including multi-scale, multi-technique, in/on-line

    3.Materials synthesis and fabrication technologies including autonomous robotics platforms

    4.Machine learning and AI-based methods

    4.Based on the scope of the strategic innovation markets, and on the methodologies above for acquiring data and generating knowledge, develop a common language for data documentation and exchange on advanced materials and related manufacturing processes through widely agreed vocabularies, taxonomies as well as relevant domain ontologies based on the Industry Commons Ontology Commons EcoSystem (OCES)128 and the Elementary Multiperspective Material Ontology (EMMO)129, covering all relevant methodologies (including modelling and characterisation).

    5.Demonstrate easy access to reliable data and information/knowledge by connection of identified databases with the ontologies, providing a resource for the materials developers community and for industries. This demonstration should be done with a number of case studies in different areas of application of advanced materials and considering the entire value chain.

    6.Integrate data and methods for life-cycle assessment and take into account the safe and sustainable by design framework for chemicals and materials.

    7.Establish a cost overview and a business plan for the sustainability for a digital knowledge sharing system and the supporting coordination network across materials development communities and industries up to 2035 and beyond.

    8.Establish training schemes to facilitate skills development, reskilling and upskilling in the relevant methodologies, with particular emphasis on digital skills for all interested stakeholders.

    Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European and national initiatives, funding programmes and platforms, in particular with the “Materials 2030 Roadmap” and any follow up actions. 162

    In order to ensure interoperability and coordination of data architectures, projects should in particular exploit synergies with:

    1.the projects selected on computational modelling on Safe and Sustainable by Design (HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-23);

    2.the Data Spaces support centre funded under the Digital Europe programme,

    3.projects related to Common European data spaces, in particular on manufacturing.

    Improving the resilience of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-42: Boosting generation and diffusion of advanced technologies in SMEs based on a supply chain model (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 163 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Build a model for each industrial ecosystem to identify disruptions and technological opportunities for the uptake of advanced technologies in a supply chain;

    2.Alert on current disruptions and identify potential future disruptions;

    3.Identify potential alternate suppliers of critical advanced technologies;

    4.Launch one pilot project per each industrial ecosystem focused on building alliances among traditional and tech-savvy SMEs through industrial cluster organisations;

    5.Explore concrete collaboration opportunities between different type of EU businesses, particularly tech-savvy SMEs and traditional SMEs;

    6.Increase the adoption of advanced technologies in traditional SMEs, looking at skills shortages among other barriers, and help EU tech-savvy SMEs that developed critical technology applications to expand their market potential in the EU;

    7.Demonstrate how the adoption of advanced technologies in SMEs can enable them to reduce resource, material and energy consumption, thus contributing to EU climate neutrality objectives.

    Scope: All the EU industrial ecosystems should adapt to the post-crisis economic environment, with new consumer and industrial demand, changed competition and new resilience and sustainability objectives. This adaptation will be particularly challenging for SMEs. The economic recovery in Europe, after the COVID-19 pandemic, will only materialise if SMEs are properly supported by adequate actions and policy measures to adapt to changed value-chains and demand.

    It is essential for companies to map their supply chain in order to identify critical dependencies and weaknesses in specific industrial ecosystem. There is a need for developing methodology or model that can assist companies in detecting and anticipating disruptions in their supply chains. Such a model would contribute to reduce strategic dependencies on critical products, services or technologies.

    Through the adoption of advanced technologies, the manufacturing industry will achieve operational independence. This operational improvement will be of paramount importance in ensuring performance during the next normal. In fact, COVID-19's impact on trade caught many firms unprepared, with negative consequences on supply chains. This event drastically changed the focus from a low-cost country sourcing mantra to a more resilient and simpler network. Implementing new technologies is turning supply chain processes and activities towards less uncertainty and complexity. Technologies like robotics, AI, IoT, blockchain, and edge computing are the key drivers to achieve these goals, together with efficiency benefits and zero-touch production (ZTP) processes, the latter being pushed significantly during the pandemic and becoming a strategic asset for the future of enterprises.

    Efficiency is also fostered by AR/VR solutions, which enable experts to provide remote support to on-field operators and provide step-by-step instructions. B2B digital platforms are also a key trend in the manufacturing industry, pushing for a more collaborative relation between colleagues, peers, and employees. This opportunity is deeply connected to Big Data/analytics technology, which allows the user to track and analyse processes, improve operational visibility, and understand improvements and trends. 3D printing has shown its huge potential in creating and modifying manufacturing and healthcare products during the pandemic and is likely to be a key trend in the coming years. Product innovation is also driving the adoption of advanced materials, micro- and nanoelectronics, nanotechnologies, and photonics with the aims of improving products and reducing costs.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-44: Affordable Housing District Demonstrator (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Evaluation Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering demonstration activities in diverse geographical areas of the European Union and Associated Countries, grants will be awarded first to the highest ranked application according to the standard procedure described in Horizon Europe General Annexes D and F, followed by other applications that are the highest ranked among those that ensure the most complementary geographical coverage, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. When assessing geographical coverage, the evaluation will take into account the location of the application’s demonstration activities, not the location of the application’s participants/beneficiaries.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to following outcomes:

    1.Demonstrate innovation in renovation or construction of social housing districts to obtain replicable demonstrators or “lighthouse affordable housing districts” following the principles of the Affordable Housing Initiative 164  and, more broadly, taking into account the values and the concept of the New European Bauhaus 165 . Demonstrators can contribute to a smart neighbourhood approach setting liveability of local communities and residents at the forefront.

    2.Mobilise within the project a cross-sectoral industrial 166 and multi-stakeholder partnerships at local level to develop, adapt, design new processes, methods or technologies on affordable housing (by developing one or more innovative strands), with a focus on SMEs active in the area of social housing construction, renovation and development. Examples include SMEs related to construction, energy efficiency, circular economy, modular building, smart living, eco-design, social housing service etc.. Equally engaging other non SME stakeholders such as residents, social and public housing associations, civil society actors, public authorities will be key to boost tailor-made and fit for purpose innovation;

    3.Demonstrators should go the ‘extra mile’ and prove continuity in terms of a more integrated renovation or new build approach at district level by demonstrating one or more innovative strand(s):

    1.Adapted and affordable technological innovation fostering liveability for local communities and residents, accessibility, access to (social) services, improving cohabitation amongst residents and interaction with social housing providers.

    2.Social innovation, addressing specific social challenges in housing districts and neighbourhoods. Examples could be models improving the wellbeing of residents, addressing basic needs and services, promote new forms of housing and housing organisation such as intergenerational and mixed forms of housing and accessible architecture open for cultural and creative innovation. Social innovation may also promote social business models fostering economic activity at district or neighbourhood level.

    3.Innovative partnership and engagement models: project, financial, investment and business models based on inclusivity and cooperation, as well as partnership models improving stakeholders’ involvement in the construction process. Examples could be cooperative models for housing and utilities (cooperative housing, community land trust), leveraging social engagement models to empower and engage residents, public private partnership and impact investment schemes, post renovation planning and spatial organisation allowing socio-economic regeneration of the district.

    4.Green innovation. Examples could be: resource efficiency, circular and environment friendly techniques during the construction process as well as facilities and interventions fostering the ecologic ambition of housing once the construction is completed (such as integration of green spaces, improvement of biodiversity, landscaping, water-, waste- and energy management, shared consumption models, clean mobility provision, green spaces, city agriculture, air quality, monitoring instruments,…) as well as deployment of a Positive Energy District 167 .

    Replicability of innovative solutions demonstrated by the project is important. To this extent, relevant indicators and metrics, with baseline values, should be stated clearly in the proposal.

    Effectively capture and disseminate learnings and major innovation outcomes to support the implementation of industrial-urban symbiosis, connection to European communities of practices established by the Affordable Housing Initiative and the New European Bauhaus or other relevant initiatives such as the European Urban Agenda.

    The ultimate objective of the proposed action is to obtain a set of lighthouse affordable housing districts that each have followed a different approach, focussing on one or a combination of different innovative strands.

    The proposed action supports the New European Bauhaus and Affordable Housing Initiative, as lighthouse districts should display the application of the New European Bauhaus practices focussing on co-creation with the affected populations as well as on their improved quality of experience (including in terms of aesthetic or cultural meaningfulness) resulting from the renovation and building of social housing districts.

    Scope: Industrial symbiosis needs to be fostered amongst most relevant partners engaged in construction and renovation of social housing facilities. The local and regional dimension is important since local energy and utility networks, adjacent industrial infrastructures and available by-products and services in such districts needs to be considered in a holistic and integrated approach.

    Where appropriate, projects can address COVID-19 related challenges and opportunities such as reorganisation of housing areas and districts, conversion of office buildings into housing units, (inter)generational living, housing facilities addressing new work-life standards and needs, neighbourhoods driving local economic activity and new entrepreneurial opportunities, energy price shocks, increased material costs, etc.

    When proposing the demonstrating district, projects are expected to address all following aspects:

    1.Identify districts that are "ready to go" or at least in an advanced planning stage allowing the integration of an “extra mile” effort in terms of one or more innovation strands.

    2.As a basic condition, energy efficiency and insulation aspects should be already integrated in the renovation scheme; potentially including local renewable energy production and energy communities.

    3.Generate results that are replicable for other districts. In this context ‘replicable’ is to be understood as: outcomes generated by the demonstrator projects’ implantation (for example, know-how, innovative solutions, proof of feasibility, new business models, adapted and scaled technology usage, policy recommendations, guidelines, prototypes, demonstrators, databases and datasets, trained researchers, new infrastructures, networks) should be directly usable or transferable for implementation after the project ends. Results should be appropriately documented to serve as guidance for actors in other territories outside the project interested in applying or adapting the solutions to their specific context.

    4.Plan actions for overcoming relevant barriers for renovation at district level (e.g. regulatory limits, lack of trust amongst different stakeholders, lack of private investors and awareness of the integrated approach potential);

    5.Guarantee a majority (+50%) of social housing dwellings including a dominant focus on affordability for the remaining dwellings.

    6.Ensure to prevent potential perverse effects are taken into account such as energy poverty, gentrification effect, creaming and 'renovictions' or ‘ghettoisation’ and make sure resident engagement is embedded.

    In terms of project design and methodology, proposals should include:

    1.The development of an ambitious, mission-oriented, quality co-design process, based on citizens’ and stakeholders' participation and multidisciplinary and multilevel collaboration An ambitious and credible executive plan that identifies and analyses the challenges and resources of a given territory (e.g. neighbourhood, district, ecosystem) in terms of sustainability (in line with the European Green Deal), inclusiveness (including social cohesion, accessibility and affordability) and aesthetics (including functionality, comfort, attractiveness, etc.).

    2.Deployment of an initial set of solutions as demonstrators within a two-year timeframe, accompanied by a rigorous impact evaluation methodology. Involvement in the testing of the innovation actions within the demonstrators with international experts.

    3.A detailed roadmap for implementation, with a sustainable financial plan identifying potential and substantial additional investment based on involvement and partnerships with different actors (national, regional, local, public and private sources).

    4.Projects are expected to participate in European-level networking opportunities in the context of the Affordable Housing Initiative

    5.Projects are expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus initiative by interacting with the New European Bauhaus Community, NEBLab and other relevant actions of the initiative through sharing information, best practice, and, where relevant, results. In the context of this topic, geographical areas of the European Union and Associated Countries are NUTS level 1 regions of European Union Member States and of Associated Countries for which they are defined. In the case of Associated Countries without NUTS classification, the country as a whole is to be considered as one geographical area:

    6.List of Associated Countries not defined by NUTS level 1: Armenia; Bosnia and Herzegovina; Faroe Islands; Georgia; Kosovo; 168 Israel; Moldova; Tunisia; Ukraine.

    7.List of countries not defined by NUTS level 1 with which association negotiations are being processed or where association is imminent: Morocco.

    Call - RESILIENT VALUE CHAINS 2024 TWO STAGE

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-TWO-STAGE

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 169

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 170

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 19 Sep 2023

    Deadline(s): 07 Feb 2024 (First Stage), 24 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-35

    IA

    31.00

    6.00 to 8.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-36

    IA

    31.00

    6.00 to 8.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    62.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Strategic innovation markets driven by advanced materials

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-35: Biodegradable polymers for sustainable packaging materials (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 31.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.The packaging industry will have access to the next generation of biodegradable polymer materials, which will also be recyclable materials. Plastic materials producers will switch from PP, PE, and PET to bio-degradable materials with reduced GHG emissions along the value chain.

    2.The packaging industry will apply business model of circularity-by-design and sustainable end-of-life (EoL) solutions for plastic packaging materials. This has the potential to lead to a reduction in landfill waste volume of packaging materials; and to a reduction of littering of plastics, coherent with the ambition of the Horizon Europe Ocean and Waters mission, to reduce the plastic pollution of the oceans. Projects are expected to contribute to the Plastics strategy, the Single-use Plastics Directive and the EU Circular Economy Action plan (CEAP).

    3.Standards and labels for specific applications will be further defined based on the development of testing of biodegradability of plastics in open environments

    Scope: Proposals should address at least four of the following activities:

    1.Develop new, demonstrate and scale-up novel advanced bio-degradable polymer materials and innovative processes that will allow the bio-degradable polymers to be produced at a large scale with a similar economy of scale to replace present production with PE, PP and PET, and with an improved sustainability profile compared to present production and EoL characteristics.

    2.Develop sustainable additives and catalysts to support the production of bio-degradable polymers.

    3.Provide evidence with life cycle and techno-economic assessment (LCA/TEA) that the cost for the novel advanced biodegradable polymer products are not significantly higher compared to existing polymer products (PE, PP, PET) on the market.

    4.Scale up the production of packaging materials at pilot level.

    5.Identify and test the biodegradability pathways in all environmentally relevant conditions (for the application of the developed material in relevant shape or form); and extensive quantified risk analysis from both a human and environmental perspective for all the different intermediate and end products of biodegradation, including quantification of the contribution to GHG emissions. Contribute to further defining standards and labels for specific applications. Model the lifetime of the developed polymers along the biodegradation pathway in environmentally relevant conditions, both in natural, (terrestrial and marine), and in waste processing environments.

    6.Demonstrate complete biodegradability in all relevant conditions and environmental compartments (e.g. landfill, compost site, litter in marine-freshwater-sediment-soil) within acceptable timeframes, determination of the main influencing environmental conditions; and assessment of the impact on the environment. Integrate a holistic sustainability assessment, accounting for the full life cycle (including sourcing of feedstock).

    Develop and demonstrate circular business model for production at industrial level, where the release of GHG emissions is; and assess significantly reduced; and assess the potential of secondary raw materials as a feedstock (including from renewable sources) for the production of bio-degradable polymers.

    To enable a fast development of new advanced materials, digital tools, such as modelling and simulation, and characterisation techniques (including those provided by analytical infrastructures) are under the scope, assisted by advanced methods, e.g. physics-based methods or artificial intelligence (including machine learning).

    The future Commission initiative for Safe and Sustainable by Design will set a framework for assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials and should be considered as a baseline in the proposal.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. An early involvement of end users could be essential.

    Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects (e.g. Open Innovation Testbeds) and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU funded research projects, including the ones under Cluster 6 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' and Circular Bio-based Europe JU (CBE JU).

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-36: Advanced biomaterials for the Health Care (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 31.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 171 .

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: This topic refers to the innovation market for Healthcare and Medicine, which affects many citizens and their needs. Several materials specifications and related innovations needs will support this topic such as renewable and recyclable materials, alternative active ingredients, design for circularity, lightweight materials. The topic should address several key policies of the European Union such as Circular Economy Action Plan, EU Chemicals strategy.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Develop the swiftly growing innovation market of medical applications, which is dependent on advanced biocompatible materials that can be printed or injected, including 4D materials that change their 3D structures following external impact (e.g. thermic, electric, mechanical or radiation treatment).

    2.Medical and/or surgical procedures will benefit from injectable materials for non-invasive surgical procedures.

    3.Some of their advantages include easy deliverability into the body, increased implantation precision, controllable release of therapeutic agents, antimicrobial properties and the possibility of monitoring or stimulating biological events.

    Medical suppliers can commercialise injectable hydrogels, including those made of nanocomposite, natural and synthetic polymer-based biomaterials, bone cements, bio-ceramics and electronics.

    Scope: Proposals should address at least four of the following activities:

    1.To enable a fast development of new advanced novel injectable biomaterials, digital tools such as modelling, simulation and characterisation techniques (including those provided by analytical infrastructures) assisted by advanced methods e.g. physics-based methods, machine learning or artificial intelligence.

    2.The innovation market of medical applications is fast growing and dependent on advanced biocompatible materials that can be printed or injected. The 4D materials will change their 3D structures after external impact such as thermic, electric, mechanical or radiation treatment.

    3.Proposals shall demonstrate new engineering strategies that present functional characteristics beyond bio-compatibility, and express properties that can be used to control the physiological environment (shape-memory, self-healing properties) and induce a response.

    4.Proposals shall address biomaterials with antibacterial properties contributing to the widespread bottleneck of antimicrobial resistance often encountered in clinical care

    5.Demonstrate the scaling of injectable hydrogels, including those made of nanocomposite, natural and synthetic polymer-based biomaterials, bone cements, bio-ceramics and electronics.

    6.The design for circularity has to develop, when relevant, bio-degradable or bio-absorbable biomaterials that are gradually eliminated by the body after fulfilling a purpose.

    The biomaterials used should be safe and sustainable by design (SSbD), taking also into account any specific medical requirements.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. An early involvement of end users could be essential.

    Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.#

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU funded research projects, including the ones under Cluster 1 “Health” and Cluster 6 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment.

    Improving the resilience of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups

    Call - RESILIENT VALUE CHAINS 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 172

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 173

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 19 Sep 2023

    Deadline(s): 07 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-01

    RIA

    20.00

    Around 5.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-04

    IA

    22.00

    Around 7.30

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-08

    IA

    32.00

    Around 16.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-10

    CSA

    2.20

    Around 2.20

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-11

    IA

    15.00

    Around 7.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-24

    IA

    59.00

    12.00 to 15.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-41

    CSA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    160.20

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Raw Materials for EU open strategic autonomy and successful transition to a climate-neutral and circular economy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-01: Exploration of critical raw materials in deep land deposits (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    To increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains and thus reduce the serious risks to the Union’s strategic assets, economic and societal interests, autonomy, and security associated with the current EU reliance on a few third countries for critical raw materials, by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials necessary to enable the green and digital transition and in alignment with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Member States*, MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, Andean Community and countries with which the EU has concluded strategic partnerships on raw materials. The choice of these countries was made taking into consideration the development of strategic international partnerships on raw materials and avoidance of reinforcing existing over-dependencies, as well as the importance of involving partners committed to pursuing open trade in such materials. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in the countries that fall under the criteria above will be ineligible.

    Any activity aimed at deploying subliminal techniques beyond a person's consciousness, exploiting any of the vulnerabilities of a specific group of persons and at using emotion recognition systems will be ineligible.

    * "African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials 174 for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    -Develop innovative technologies for exploration of critical raw materials in deep land deposits in the EU and non-EU countries;

    -Increase the resources and reserves of various primary critical raw materials within the EU and non-EU countries;

    -Accelerate development of EU domestic critical raw materials exploration projects integrating innovative technologies;

    -Strengthen EU autonomy and ethical sourcing of raw materials by developing socially and environmentally acceptable means of discovery of primary raw materials.

    -Improve responsible supply of raw materials to the EU in line with the EU principles for sustainable raw materials, which are a non-regulatory set of principles based on the EU acquis. They set out requirements for sustainable raw materials and extraction and processing in Europe in terms of social, environmental and economic performance. 175

    -Promote the utilisation of UNFC (United Nations Framework Classification for Resources) and UNRMS (United Nations Resource Management System) in the raw materials sector.

    Actions are expected to contribute to the implementation of the EU action plan on Critical Raw Materials. 176

    Scope: Actions should map Europe’s primary raw materials potential and raw materials production, using geoscientific approaches and refining capacities in a harmonised form, using UNFC (United Nations Framework Classification for Resources) and UNRMS (United Nations Resource Management System).

    -Develop and deploy new or improved highly efficient, sustainable exploration technologies, such as UAV assisted geological exploration in remote areas, geophysics, 3D modelling, new drilling techniques, models of whole mineral systems related to critical raw materials, high resolution laboratory techniques, artificial intelligence and data processing to identify deep seated mineral deposits of critical raw materials.

    Actions should also contribute to improving the awareness of the general public across the EU about:

    -The importance of raw materials for a successful transition to a climate-neutral and digitised economy and society; and

    -The ensuing need for a secure, sustainable, and responsibly-sourced supply of raw materials, including from domestic sources to strengthen EU open strategic autonomy and reduce over-dependence on third countries.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and/or gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement, however, should you consider it to be of relevance for your specific proposal, you are strongly encouraged to do it.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-04: Technologies for processing and refining of critical raw materials (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.30 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    To increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains and thus reduce the serious risks to the Union’s strategic assets, economic and societal interests, autonomy, and security associated with the current EU reliance on a few third countries for critical raw materials, by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials necessary to enable the green and digital transition and in alignment with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Member States*, MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, Andean Community and countries with which the EU has concluded strategic partnerships on raw materials. The choice of these countries was made taking into consideration the development of strategic international partnerships on raw materials and avoidance of reinforcing existing over-dependencies, as well as the importance of involving partners committed to pursuing open trade in such materials. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in the countries that fall under the criteria above will be ineligible.

    Any activity aimed at deploying subliminal techniques beyond a person's consciousness, exploiting any of the vulnerabilities of a specific group of persons and at using emotion recognition systems will be ineligible.

    * "African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials 177 for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    -Increase recovery rates of valuable raw materials, particularly critical raw materials from low grade or complex ores and/or from extractive waste;

    -Significantly increase economic performance in terms of higher material-, water-, energy- and cost-efficiency and flexibility in minerals processing and metallurgical processes;

    -Significantly improve the health, safety and environmental performance of the operations throughout the whole life cycle which is considered, including a reduction in waste, wastewater and emissions generation and a better recovery of resources from generated waste;

    -Improve responsible supply of raw materials to Europe in line with the EU principles for sustainable raw materials, which are a non-regulatory set of principles based on the EU acquis. They set out requirements for sustainable raw materials and extraction and processing in Europe in terms of social, environmental and economic performance. 178 Actions are expected to contribute to the implementation the EU action plan on Critical Raw Materials. 179

    Scope: Actions should demonstrate new or improved systems integrating relevant processing and refining technologies for better recovery of raw materials from low grade and/or complex ores from extractive wastes, less waste, higher energy efficiency. The action could also reduce the content of toxic elements or compounds in the resulting material products. The actions should target minerals and metals, particularly critical raw materials.

    The solution proposed should be flexible enough to adapt to different or variable primary and secondary raw materials grades and should be supported by efficient and robust process control. Where relevant, any solution proposed for the reduction of the content of toxic elements or compounds in the resulting materials should also include the appropriate management of the hazardous substances removed.

    Actions should develop intelligent and innovative production systems which better utilise natural resources by minimising losses during waste-rock separation in an optimised and energy-efficient process and by minimising use of water

    Recycling of end-of-life products is excluded from this topic, though joint processing of waste streams originating from end-of-life products recycling could be included and has to be duly justified.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant. The action should also include the analysis of financial opportunities ensuring the market exploitation and replication of the circular business model behind the developed solutions as new processes, products and/or services.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale deployment in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and/or gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement, however, should you consider it to be of relevance for your specific proposal, you are strongly encouraged to do it.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-08: Rare Earth and magnets innovation hubs (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 16.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 32.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    To increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains and thus reduce the serious risks to the Union’s strategic assets, economic and societal interests, autonomy, and security associated with the current EU reliance on a few third countries for critical raw materials, by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials necessary to enable the green and digital transition and in alignment with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Member States*, MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, Andean Community and countries with which the EU has concluded strategic partnerships on raw materials. The choice of these countries was made taking into consideration the development of strategic international partnerships on raw materials and avoidance of reinforcing existing over-dependencies, as well as the importance of involving partners committed to pursuing open trade in such materials. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in the countries that fall under the criteria above will be ineligible.

    Any activity aimed at deploying subliminal techniques beyond a person's consciousness, exploiting any of the vulnerabilities of a specific group of persons and at using emotion recognition systems will be ineligible.

    * "African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials 180 for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    -Significantly improve supply security and reduced environmental footprint of rare earth value chains in the EU

    -Broad access to materials development facilities and services across Europe through a single entry point – innovation hub;

    -Accelerate development of products and processes for a faster market entry;

    -Reduce costs for both industry and users and increased return on investment in research;

    -Improve access to end users and easier marketability of products in Europe;

    -Improve responsible supply of raw materials to Europe in line with the EU principles for sustainable raw materials, which are a non-regulatory set of principles based on the EU acquis. They set out requirements for sustainable raw materials and extraction and processing in Europe in terms of social, environmental and economic performance. 181

    Actions are expected to contribute to the implementation the EU action plan on Critical Raw Materials 182 and the action plan on Rare Earth Magnets and Motors from the European Raw Materials Alliance 183 .

    Scope: The action should create an innovation hub that enables the development, demonstration and testing of new processes for production of rare earths and related products, particularly neodymium permanent magnets in the industrial environments. This hub should connect critical mass of the existing laboratories, industrial pilots and other research facilities and services across different regions in the Europe and if duly justified also in third countries.

    The hub should demonstrate its functionality on a range of concrete developments up to the TRL levels 6-7 to be executed within the duration of the action. Demonstrations could cover novel, cost-effective and environmentally sound rare earths extraction, processing and separation routes; consider unconventional rare earth sources, like low grade ores, non-ferrous metals beneficiation tailings and iron ore tailings, metallurgical waste apatite; and/or recycling, re-use, refurbishment and/or repurposing of end-of-life products and components containing rare earth magnets. The hub could additionally address development of breakthrough separation, fragmentation and magnetization approaches, finishing at TRL levels 4-5.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant. The action should also include the analysis of financial opportunities ensuring the market exploitation and replication of the circular business model behind the developed solutions as new processes, products and/or services.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale deployment in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and/or gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement, however, should you consider it to be of relevance for your specific proposal, you are strongly encouraged to do it.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-10: Addressing due diligence requirements in raw materials supply chains. (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.20 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.20 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    To increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains and thus reduce the serious risks to the Union’s strategic assets, economic and societal interests, autonomy, and security associated with the current EU reliance on a few third countries for critical raw materials, by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials necessary to enable the green and digital transition and in alignment with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Member States*, MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, Andean Community and countries with which the EU has concluded strategic partnerships on raw materials. The choice of these countries was made taking into consideration the development of strategic international partnerships on raw materials and avoidance of reinforcing existing over-dependencies, as well as the importance of involving partners committed to pursuing open trade in such materials. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in the countries that fall under the criteria above will be ineligible.

    Any activity aimed at deploying subliminal techniques beyond a person's consciousness, exploiting any of the vulnerabilities of a specific group of persons and at using emotion recognition systems will be ineligible.

    * "African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 184 .

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials 185 for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    -Improve responsible sourcing of raw materials and responsible business conduct initiatives with regard to raw materials;

    -Equip the raw materials sector with tools to enable implementation of relevant regulatory initiatives;

    -Identify and address gaps in the raw materials supply chains due diligence;

    -

    -Improve responsible supply of raw materials to Europe in line with the EU principles for sustainable raw materials, which are a non-regulatory set of principles based on the EU acquis. They set out requirements for sustainable raw materials and extraction and processing in Europe in terms of social, environmental and economic performance. 186

    Actions are expected to contribute to the implementation the EU action plan on Critical Raw Materials. 187

    Scope: Responsible sourcing and due diligence are growing in importance throughout the raw materials value chain, highlighting the need to address possible risks of adverse impact to human rights and the environment in corporate behaviour. Consumers and investors increasingly expect supply chain transparency where due diligence obligations are an important part. Recent regulatory initiatives are underway for responsible sourcing and supply chain due diligence.

    Knowledge in the area supply chain due diligence needs to be strengthened to limit complexity and enable a level playing field for responsible sourcing of raw materials.

    The proposal should build on the state of the art in sustainable raw materials traceability and on the experience of existing EU projects on international responsible sourcing and contribute to strengthening responsible sourcing agenda.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant. The action should also include the analysis of financial opportunities ensuring the market exploitation and replication of the circular business model behind the developed solutions as new processes, products and/or services.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-11: Technologies for extraction and processing of critical raw materials (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    To increase EU resilience in raw materials supply chains and thus reduce the serious risks to the Union’s strategic assets, economic and societal interests, autonomy, and security associated with the current EU reliance on a few third countries for critical raw materials, by increasing sustainable and responsible sourcing of primary and secondary raw materials necessary to enable the green and digital transition and in alignment with the Communication (2020) 474 on Critical Raw Materials Resilience, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD countries, African Union Member States*, MERCOSUR, CARIFORUM, Andean Community and countries with which the EU has concluded strategic partnerships on raw materials. The choice of these countries was made taking into consideration the development of strategic international partnerships on raw materials and avoidance of reinforcing existing over-dependencies, as well as the importance of involving partners committed to pursuing open trade in such materials. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in the countries that fall under the criteria above will be ineligible.

    Any activity aimed at deploying subliminal techniques beyond a person's consciousness, exploiting any of the vulnerabilities of a specific group of persons and at using emotion recognition systems will be ineligible.

    * "African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the partners from the two partner countries mentioned in the scope below, grants will be awarded to applications in order of ranking but also to at least one project per each partner country, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 188 .

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects outcomes will enable achieving the expected impacts of the destination by increasing access to primary raw materials and secondary raw materials, in particular critical raw materials 189 for EU industrial value chains and strategic sectors.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    -Strengthen EU cooperation with resource rich countries;

    -Provide new relevant life cycle inventory data sets based on requirements for Environmental Footprint compliant datasets 190 and in line with the 2021 Recommendation on the use of the Environmental Footprint methods 191 , particularly focusing on the existing knowledge gaps (e.g., new technologies for open pit and underground mining).

    -To evaluate the environmental performance of the technologies a Product Environmental Footprint (PEF) study will be produced.

    -Improved industrial viability, safety and environmental impacts of the operation in a way that leads to measureable improvements;

    -Improved diversification EU sourcing of critical raw materials from third countries;

    -Improved responsible supply of raw materials to Europe in line with the EU principles for sustainable raw materials, which are a non-regulatory set of principles based on the EU acquis. They set out requirements for sustainable raw materials and extraction and processing in Europe in terms of social, environmental and economic performance. 192

    Dissemination and exploitation of projects outputs is tailored for organisations and industry dealing with raw materials in the EU and project partner countries in resource rich countries;

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation with partners established in resource rich countries with which the EU has strategic partnerships on raw materials is strongly encouraged.

    Actions are expected to contribute to the implementation the EU action plan on Critical Raw Materials. 193

    Scope: The actions in this call should also be pursued with a view on developments in the call "HORIZON-CL4-2023/2024-RESILIENCE-01-02: Innovative technologies for sustainable and decarbonised extraction" in terms of industrial viability, safety and environmental impacts.

    Actions are expected to develop and demonstrate extraction and processing technologies to facilitate exploitation of the primary raw critical raw materials (minerals and metals only) for the EU to strengthen the EU supply chains.

    Actions have to collaborate with Canada or Ukraine, following the strategic partnership on raw materials established in 2021 between the EU and Canada 194 and with Ukraine. 195   196 . The consortia should contain raw materials industry from at least one of the partner countries and raw materials users from the EU. Technology should be demonstrated on the resources of the partner country.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant selected projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues and share of results as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task, and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    Actions should facilitate the market uptake of solutions developed through industrially- and user-driven multidisciplinary consortia covering the relevant value chain and should consider standardisation aspects when relevant. The action should also include the analysis of financial opportunities ensuring the market exploitation and replication of the circular business model behind the developed solutions as new processes, products and/or services.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. For TRLs 6-7, a credible strategy to achieve future full-scale deployment in the EU is expected, indicating the commitments of the industrial partners after the end of the project.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and/or gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement, however, should you consider it to be of relevance for your specific proposal, you are strongly encouraged to do it.

    Safe and Sustainable by Design (SSbD) Chemicals and Materials

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-24: Development of safe and sustainable by design alternatives (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 12.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 59.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    In order to include a business case and exploitation strategy, the page limit in part B of the General Annexes is exceptionally extended by 3 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.European industry will have access to safer and more sustainable innovative alternatives of chemicals and materials with reduced substitution barriers (e.g., performance, cost and supply demand);

    2.Industry will be able to test and demonstrate the applicability of the Safe and Sustainable by Design framework 197 to develop innovative chemicals or materials to substitute substances of concern 198 ;

    3.The EU climate ambitions 199 will be supported by contributing to a decrease of greenhouse gas emissions through a more sustainable production and use of Safe and Sustainable by Design chemicals and materials;

    4.The EU strategies/policies and regulation, such as the proposal for the Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation 200 , the EU Ecolabel 201 , REACH 202 or CLP 203 will be supported with safe and sustainable alternatives of chemicals and materials;

    5.The proof of concept of developing new Safe and Sustainable by Design chemicals or materials will bring evidence for new skills needed to apply the Safe and Sustainable by Design framework;

    6.Market uptake of the Safe and Sustainable by Design chemicals and materials will be encouraged by citizens better understanding their benefits.

    Scope: The Commission initiative for Safe and Sustainable by Design 204 sets a framework for assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials and which should be considered as a reference in the proposal.

    Proposals should develop one or more new chemical substances or materials to replace existing substances of concern with surfactant, flame retardant or plasticising functionalities for a chosen application. Proposals should address at least one industrial application. The new substances or materials shall be aligned with the Safe and Sustainable by Design framework, and demonstrate improved sustainability and a contribution to lower the impact on climate. The selected industrial application(s) should be in areas where substitution with safer and more sustainable solutions is not yet in place, or in progress.

    Proposals should address all of the following:

    1.Proof of concept of the Safe and Sustainable by Design framework. The developed substances or materials will have to comply with the Safe and Sustainable by Design framework. Findings from the selected projects will be considered for the further refinement of the defined framework, if applicable;

    2.The selection of the chemical/materials to be developed should be justified with a technology and socio-economic analysis;

    3.Proposals should involve all relevant actors along the value chain;

    4.Identify the substitution barriers for the selected applications and propose a driving mechanism for a maximal substitution in the targeted value chains;

    5.Identify and address challenges for the adaption of existing production lines;

    6.Explore collaboration with existing Open Innovation Test Beds (OITBs) 205 , where relevant;

    7.Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed across the entire value chain;

    8.Communication actions to all stakeholders and specifically citizens about the benefits of the developed Safe and Sustainable by Design chemicals and materials.

    Proposals should indicate to which chapters of the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for chemicals and materials 206 they will contribute.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), in particular in the socio-economic analysis of the relevant substance or application.

    Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. For example, with projects resulting from the topic, HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-08 as well as other relevant projects from the topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION. Proposals should allocate the necessary resources for collaboration with other relevant projects.

    Synergies with Horizon Europe missions as relevant are encouraged.

    Improving the resilience of EU businesses, especially SMEs and Startups

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-41: 'Innovate to transform' support for SME's sustainability transition (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: In order to achieve the expected objectives and/or the specific policy requirements of the topic, the applicant consortium must include at least three entities from at least three Member States or Associated Countries. Moreover, the same legal entity which have received funding under this topic in the 2021-22 work programme, will not be eligible to funding under the 2024 call, in addition geographical and sectorial complementarities in relation to the 2021-22 results will be considered for the 2024 call.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 207 .

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 50 000.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Support objectives of the European Green Deal and of the EU SME Strategy for a sustainable and digital Europe;

    2.Increased resilience of SMEs, by fostering technological and social innovation in SMEs to support their transition to more sustainable business models and more resource-efficient and circular processes and infrastructures;

    3.Increased competitive sustainability of SMEs through the uptake of advanced technologies;

    4.Stronger innovation support ecosystems supporting the green, social and economic transition of SMEs, by leveraging synergies between existing EU networks and SME support initiatives.

    Scope: Achieving European Green Deal objectives, and notably a climate neutral and resource efficient economy, requires the full mobilisation of SMEs. The COVID-19 pandemic has also led to companies redesigning their supply chains and facing a new industrial revolution, brought on by a new generation of advanced technologies, which are underpinning the potential for competitive sustainability of SMEs.

    The action will build on and further connect existing EU specialised business support networks and centres – such as the Enterprise Europe Network, the European industry clusters registered under the European Cluster Collaboration Platform, Centres for Advanced Technologies for Industry. They will work in complementarity and close interaction with Open Innovation Test beds, European Digital Innovation Hubs, Start-up Europe etc., but also with academia, social partners and other social innovation actors.

    This action will consist in:

    A. Advisory services

    Dedicated innovation and capacity building support will be provided to SMEs, to assess their ability to transform their business models and increase their resilience.

    This will consist of an assessment of SMEs’ innovation and sustainability practices, elaboration of recommendations, notably in view of the uptake of advanced technologies and/or social innovations.

    Based on these recommendations, SMEs could receive further advisory services according to their level of preparedness such as help and advice on proof of concept, investment readiness, intellectual property (in cooperation with EU funded IP support), technology transfer, adaptation to standards, adaptation to environmental rules, design management, skill development, partner search (including social partners). SMEs will receive targeted assistance for the uptake of advanced technologies.

    Social innovation should be recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    This action will also include the set-up of a community, building on the SME Alliance projects, in which best practices should be exchanged and SMEs could benefit from dedicated peer-learning activities in order to learn from leaders (SMEs or larger corporates) of their own sector. Incentives for leaders to share their best practices with peers should be identified in the context of EU support to industrial ecosystems.

    B. Financial support in the form of ‘Third party financing’

    As a result of the advisory services and initial assessments, SMEs will receive financial support through calls for SMEs, to implement the elaborated recommendations.

    This should support amongst other activities the financing of a feasibility study, prototyping, pilot testing, demonstrating, procurement of further specialised consultancy services and coaching services that cannot be provided directly by the project partners, adaptation of business processes, free access and support to use testing facilities, introduction of new IT solutions etc.

    The Commission estimates that at least half of the budget should be allocated to financial support to SMEs in the form of third party financing.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Proposals can consider the involvement of the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre as an associated partner providing its expertise in industrial innovation and dynamics.

    Destination 3: World-leading Data and Computing Technologies

    This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations (KSOs), as outlined in the Strategic Plan:

    1.KSO A, ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations.’

    2.KSO C, ‘Making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact of Cluster 4 as set out in Horizon Europe Strategic Plan:

    1.Globally attractive, secure and dynamic data-agile economy, by developing and enabling the uptake of the next-generation computing and data technologies and infrastructures (including space infrastructure and data), enabling the European single market for data with the corresponding data spaces and a trustworthy artificial intelligence ecosystem.

    As data becomes the new fuel of the economy and a key asset to address our societal challenges, the EU cannot afford to have the data of its businesses, public sector and citizens stored and exploited largely outside its borders. This is affecting not only our economic performance but also our security, safety and sovereignty.

    As announced in the EU data strategy (COM(2020) 66), the EU has the means to become the world’s most secure and trustful data hub. For that to happen, an important investment effort in the development of data technologies is needed to support the use, interoperability and analytical exploitation of EU-wide common data spaces targeting essential economic sectors and areas of public interest. The COVID-19 crisis showed how essential it is to master data technologies to address our societal challenges and to incentivize public and private stakeholders to trustfully share data.

    The investments should cover the necessary data infrastructure and service platforms to enable virtualisation, adaptation of data and meta-data (including standards for data sharing) as well as common analytics tools. Investment in this Destination will reinforce the cloud and data infrastructure supply industry and make data accessible to research, education, businesses and governments across the EU in a way that meets European values and requirements. It will focus on energy-efficient and trustworthy data infrastructures and related services. The EU also needs to swiftly develop generic cloud to edge to IoT technologies, methods, tools and platforms for the support of future hyper-distributed applications in any business/societal sector.

    Europe’s lead in the data economy also increasingly depends on its capability to autonomously develop key High Performance Computing (HPC) technologies, provide access to world-class supercomputing and data infrastructures, maintain global leadership in HPC applications, and foster the acquisition of HPC skills. This is the purpose of the activities funded by the EuroHPC Joint Undertaking.

    Investments in this Destination contribute substantially to climate change objectives. Energy efficiency is a key design principle in actions, which will lead to new technologies and solutions that are cornerstones for a sustainable economy and society. These solutions range from environmentally sustainable data operations to balancing loads among centralised clouds and distributed edge computing, from decentralised energy sources to energy-harvesting sensors/devices, etc.

    Finally, a robust data ecosystem rests as much on the wide, practical availability of top solutions and results, as on the transparency of the research and innovation process. To ensure trustworthiness and wide adoption by user communities for the benefit of society, actions should promote high standards of transparency and openness. Actions should ensure that the processes and outcomes of research and innovation align with the needs, values and expectations of society, in line with Responsible Research and Innovation.

    This Destination is structured into the following headings, which group topics together with similar outcomes to address a common challenge:

    1.Data sharing and analytics capacity

    As noted in Europe’s Digital Decade Communication, the ability to process vast volumes data is one of the key enablers for other technological developments, supporting the competitiveness of the EU’s industrial ecosystems. This is also an essential condition for the successful deployment of data spaces in several sectors as announced in the proposal for the 2030 Policy Programme “Path to the Digital Decade”.

    Data sharing and data interoperability are still at their infancy; few data markets for sharing industrial data exist. In a recent survey 208 , more than 40% of the SMEs interviewed claim they had problems in acquiring data from other companies. The diffusion of platforms for data sharing and the availability of interoperable datasets is one of the key success factors which may help to drive the European data economy and industrial transformation. On the other hand, Europe is developing a strong legal framework for data and is well positioned to exploit data from the public sector. The potential of European industrial data (from digitising industry) creates great synergies to feed European data ecosystems with industrial, personal, and public sector data, to be shared and exploited in full compliance with the ethical and legal framework.

    In line with the FAIR principles (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Reusable), the overall objective is to make Europe the most successful area in the world in terms of data sharing and data re-use while respecting the legal framework relating to security and privacy and fostering collaboration and building on existing initiatives.

    In parallel, recent developments in sensor networks, cyber-physical systems, and the ubiquity of the Internet of Things (IoT) and Artificial Intelligence (AI) have increased the collection of data (including health care, social media, smart communities, industry, manufacturing, education, construction, agriculture, water management finance/insurance, tourism, education, and more) to an enormous scale (by 2025, 463 exabytes of data will be produced every day in the world). There is significant potential for advances of data analytics at the intersection of many scientific, technology and societal fields (e.g. data mining, AI, complex systems, network science, statistics, natural language understanding, mathematics, particle physics, astronomy, earth observation…), and new methods and approaches are needed along the whole data life-cycle and value chain.

    The overall objective is to make the EU fully autonomous in processing, combining, modelling and analysing such large amounts of data for efficiently predicting future courses of action with high accuracy and advanced decision-making strategies. The use of natural resources is reduced and waste avoided by making it possible to replace classical experiments by data-driven digital models. The technological achievements under this heading will support the development of responsible and useful AI solutions, built on high-quality and high-value data.

    1.From Cloud to Edge to IoT for European Data

    Recent intelligence and policy development like the 2030 Digital Decade target of 10.000 climate-neutral edge nodes further confirm the crucial role of next generation Cloud-Edge-IoT in Europe’s technological base. Moreover, they provide significant elements to guide the Research needs and priorities.

    Today, 80% of the processing and analysis of data takes place in data centres and centralised computing facilities, and 20% in smart connected objects; only 1 European company in 4 use cloud technologies; 75% of the European cloud market is dominated by non-EU players. Considering the pace of development in this area outside of the EU, the implementation of the activities will require R&I instruments with great flexibility, including the support of SMEs and start-ups, to nurture a European ecosystem and deliver swift results.

    In line with Europe’s data, green and industrial strategies, for capitalising on the paradigm shift to the edge, Europe needs to pool major investments. Focus must be on the development and deployment of the next generation computing components, systems and platforms that enable this transition to a compute continuum with strong capacities at the edge and far edge in an energy efficient and trustworthy manner.

    The overall objective of the topics in this heading is to establish the European supply and value chains in cloud to edge computing to Internet of Things (IoT) and tactile internet by integrating relevant elements of computing, connectivity, IoT, AI cybersecurity. New cloud/edge technologies with enhanced performance enabled by AI will increase European autonomy in the data economy required to support future hyper-distributed applications.

    Finally, actions on high-end computing for exascale performance and beyond will be entirely implemented in the Joint Undertaking EuroHPC.

    The overall objective such actions is to ensure digital autonomy for Europe in key high-end supercomputing technology (hardware and software) and applications, and developing the first exascale supercomputer based predominantly on European technology by 2026.

    Activities beyond R&I investments will be needed to realise the expected impacts: testing, experimentation, demonstration, and support for take-up using the capacities, infrastructures, and European Digital Innovation Hubs made available under the Digital Europe Programme; large-scale roll-out of innovative new technologies and solutions (e.g. interconnections between High-Performance Computing centres) via the Connecting Europe Facility; further development of skills and competencies via the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, in particular EIT Digital; upscaling of trainings via the European Social Fund +; and use of financial instruments under the InvestEU Fund for further commercialisation of R&I outcomes.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to world-leading data and computing technologies, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

    1.Improved European leadership in the global data economy

    2.Maximised social and economic benefits from the wider and more effective use of data

    Reinforced Europe’s ability to manage urgent societal challenges (e.g. data for crisis management, digital for clean).

    Innovation Actions — Legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01

    76.00

    29 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01

    85.00

    19 Mar 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    76.00

    85.00

    Call - World leading data and computing technologies

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 209

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 210

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 08 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 29 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-02

    RIA

    45.00 211

    Around 9.00

    5

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-04

    RIA

    28.00 212

    4.00 to 6.00

    6

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-06

    CSA

    2.00 213

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-07

    CSA

    1.00 214

    Around 1.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    76.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Data sharing and analytics capacity

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-02: Integration of data life cycle, architectures and standards for complex data cycles and/or human factors, language (AI, data and robotics partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 45.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.ability to process vast volumes data as one of the key enablers for other technological developments, supporting the competitiveness of the EU’s industrial ecosystems;

    2.successful deployment of data spaces involving several sectors of economy or society;

    3.improve data access (in line with the FAIR 215 principles), data sovereignty, data interoperability and data protection as an essential factor in the development of sustainable value chains respecting all stakeholder interests, particularly SMEs, but also the public sector as data providers and innovation/market ecosystem enablers. The European Strategy for Data 216 calls for actions to support and promote data sharing and the use of data for social and economic benefit.

    Scope: Proposals should address the entire data life cycle from data generation/collection to the final use and disposal/deletion of data (especially when required by applicable legislation, for example the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) 217 . Proposals should build on existing and emerging standards, models and architectures and complement/expand them as necessary in view of interoperability of systems and portability of data, especially between sectors, between private and public sectors and between different communities/constituencies of actors, including consideration of cybersecurity issues and analysing the use and re-use potential, especially in view of use of data across sectors. Envisaged architectures and systems should enable correct allocation and enforcement of data-related rights, obligations and responsibilities across the life cycle. Proposals should address relevant human language issues at all stages of data life cycle, addressing the social and cultural factors as necessary. Systems and approaches should be able to process human-generated and human-related data (e.g. speech, text, images) and put data into context (including cultural, linguistic and social context). Likewise, the seamless integration of “human in the loop” (whenever full automation is not possible/desirable) should be considered and implemented where applicable. To achieve this, proposals should consider multidisciplinary research and involve all necessary competences in the consortium.

    Proposed actions should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. Based on an analysis of cross-fertilisation potential of data re-use, the proposal should include use cases or pilots addressing or involving at least three different common European Data spaces and/or related ecosystems. In particular, they should create links with the Data Spaces support centre funded under the Digital Europe programme, and work in close collaboration with the emerging Common European data spaces in order to ensure interoperability and coordination of data architectures. Proposals should build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed, in line with the European Interoperability Framework (EIF), and contributing to open, standardized and trusted federated concepts, enabling cross-domain data sharing and data markets.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, data and robotics.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-07: Collaboration with NSF on fundamental research on new concepts for distributed computing and swarm intelligence (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support structure for EU-NSF cooperation: networking events, exchange and fellowship programmes, and vision workshops for the academic and industrial computing community, at least one annual EU-US workshop.

    Scope: DG Connect and the relevant entity at US National Science Foundation (NSF) have identified mutual interest in collaborating on longer-term on fundamental research on new concepts for distributed computing and swarm intelligence. Preparing the grounds for cooperation, support is needed in terms of a landscaping analysis of relevant tools and frameworks in this field, with clearly identified mutual benefit, organising brokerage events for matching of on-going work streams in projects, especially linked to but not limited to the topic HE-CL4-2022-DATA-01-03 - Programming tools for decentralised intelligence and swarms, whilst promoting the emergence of open, collaborative programming frameworks and software development tools. Collaboration shall address common needs emerging on managing complexity through high levels of abstraction, in particular related to large numbers of distributed objects, evolving computational capacity at the edge, and on new AI-based concepts leading to self-organised, dynamic, and adaptive management..

    Support for this collaboration is envisaged along the following lines:

    • Yearly common workshops for exchange of research results organised in close collaboration with the HIPEAC CSA under Horizon Europe Cluster 4 “From Cloud-to-Edge-to-IoT for European Data”.

    • Support to the collaboration through support for secretarial services, networking including travel, research exchange and fellowship programmes, promotion and brokerage events.

    • NSF would provide supplement of funding to drive joint research and support collaboration.

    Due to the current competitive position between world regions, for Europe it is critical here that collaboration should be based on pre-competitive work between research establishments and academic partners in the context of pairs of projects supported by NSF and the EU.

    From Cloud to Edge to IoT for European Data

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-04: Cognitive Computing Continuum: Intelligence and automation for more efficient data processing (AI, data and robotics partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 28.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 218 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Enhanced openness and open strategic autonomy in the evolving data and AI-economies across the computing continuum including adapted system integration at the edge and at device level, validation of key sectors and nurturing European value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions.

    2.Paving the way to strategic industrial cooperation in data processing required to support future hyper-distributed applications by building open platforms, underpinning an emerging industrial open edge ecosystem critical to establishing a mature European supply chain.

    3.Establishment of adaptive hybrid computing, cognitive clouds and edge intelligence beyond today’s investments on data infrastructure.

    4.Better international collaboration with trusted partner regions, guaranteeing a minimum level of interoperability, portability thereby fostering competition in the Cloud/Edge services market for the European cloud/edge and software industry and facilitate European access to foreign markets.

    Scope: The Cloud-Edge Continuum must provide seamless management schemes to allow services and data to be processed across various providers, connectivity types and network zones. This requires innovative management techniques and computational methods of the whole computing continuum from Cloud to Edge to IoT that are enabled by Swarm computing and decentralised intelligence.

    It involves hyper-distributed computing approaches encompassing resources from IoT and far-edge constrained devices, to federated fog/edge computing nodes to central cloud computing centres and hybrid cloud models which exploit Artificial Intelligence techniques to advance automation and dynamic adaptation of resource management in Cloud and Edge systems, and thus intelligently balance computing tasks across decentral and central computing environments to optimize resources and quality of service.

    Focus should be on autonomous and AI-enabled management schemes and data processing methods that enable this transition to a compute continuum with strong capacities at the edge and fog/IoT edge in an energy efficient and trustworthy manner. Intelligent compute, data and code orchestration mechanisms need to be integrated, which allow efficient value extraction from the huge volumes of generated data at the edge of the network and which support unprecedented levels of resource dynamicity and scalability across the compute continuum.

    Concept should cater for novel automated management tools, programming models, learning and decision-making methods, and approaches able to cope with end-to-end security and identity management, resources heterogeneity, extreme scale and fault-tolerance together with elasticity to flexibly allocate resources and tasks. For learning, methods need to be able to deliver a solution to (continuous) federated learning from data distributed over the edge and in the network. For security and identity management, proposals are expected to apply state-of-the-art technologies, develop synergies and relate to activities and outcomes in Cluster 3 (namely, HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01-01: Secure Computing Continuum (IoT, Edge, Cloud, Dataspaces) and HORIZON-CL3-2023-CS-01-02: Privacy-preserving and identity management technologies).

    Resource heterogeneity should consider the diversity of devices equipped with storage and processing capacities at the Edge and their specific characteristics (e.g., resource‐constrained devices), but also the increasingly available variety of processor architectures for these devices, including where possible, emerging open solutions (e.g. RISC-V).

    Novel approaches are needed to support distributed machine learning and decision-making by providing the right balance between centralized and decentralized solutions to maximize the energy efficiency, resilience and effectiveness of the system while increasing privacy and interaction between different organizations without explicit sharing of data.

    In addition, proposed solutions should incorporate tools and mechanisms enabling the optimisation of energy efficiency and ecological sustainability taking into account end-to- end data processing across the continuum. Interoperability approaches (based on open standards, interoperability models and open platforms) should be considered where appropriate.

    Projects are expected to develop synergies and relate to activities and outcomes of the Digital Europe Programme (DEP) and any existing or emerging Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEI) initiative.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    International cooperation is encouraged, especially with Japan and S. Korea.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, data and robotics.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01-06: Coordination and Support of Cognitive Computing Continuum research and policy (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support structure for the European Computing ecosystem: networking events and vision workshops for the academic and industrial computing community.

    2.Yearly updated roadmaps on the computing continuum addressing the area from a broad perspective from edge device to edge cloud to cloud to HPC, from scientific to industrial to societal and research applications, and addressing all relevant aspects such as real-time, security, etc. Developments should complement the Industrial Roadmap from the European Alliance for Industrial Data, Edge and Cloud by offering a long-term research perspective which enables disruptive innovations.

    3.Creation of a sustainable European forum of stakeholders representing the whole Cloud to Edge to IoT Computing research, industry and users from different domains/sectors.

    Scope:

    1.To support the European Commission and the European computing constituency by providing to them annually updated roadmaps for research and innovation.

    2.To seek collaboration with other relevant initiatives in the field, such as those related to the Important Project of Common European Interest on Cloud Infrastructure and Services (IPCEI CIS) and the European Alliance for Industrial Data, Edge and Cloud.

    3.To facilitate awareness of stakeholders in research and policy matters related to Cloud-Edge-IoT Computing continuum.

    4.To coordinate stakeholders in the Cloud to Edge to IoT Computing Continuum and act as support to R&D programmes/activities by disseminating project results and organising scientific and policy events, and addressing pre-standardisation initiatives.

    International cooperation is encouraged, especially with Japan and South Korea.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Call - World leading data and computing technologies

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 219

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 220

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 15 Nov 2023

    Deadline(s): 19 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01-01

    IA

    38.00

    8.00 to 10.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01-03

    IA

    45.00

    20.00 to 25.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01-05

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    85.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Data sharing and analytics capacity

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01-01: AI-driven data operations and compliance technologies (AI, data and robotics partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 38.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.To enable companies and public sector to easily comply with existing and emerging regulation (e.g. GDPR 221 , Data Governance Act 222 , Data Act, Artificial Intelligence Act 223 ) and create value on data assets that they possess or that they acquire from the market, and to allow citizens to feel more confident that data-driven systems treat them in a fair, unbiased and compliant way and respect their privacy/anonymity and other rights, and keep track of the use of personal data in a world where “everything” moves online.

    2.Define, quantify and measure bias in data sets (especially those used for AI development).

    3.Shorten the time-to-market and reduce development costs of compliant data solutions

    4.Contribute to open, trusted and federated Common European data spaces.

    5.Quantify and reduce the environmental footprint of data operations which will contribute to the Green Deal target “no net emissions of greenhouse gases by 2050” 224 .

    Scope: Developing, piloting and integrating systems, compliance tools and data economy enablers that process the increasing data volumes more efficiently, distil more useful knowledge from data, and contribute to the measurement, labelling, certification and reduction of the environmental footprint of massive data operations (e.g. by minimizing data transfers/traffic, improving energy reuse and/or reducing energy consumption of AI training/machine learning, privacy preservation and other processes).

    The technologies should respond to the emerging needs for practical, affordable and automated compliance tools (e.g. privacy preservation, smart contracting, consent management, bias detection, quality measurement, tracking of uses of data etc.), as well as design principles and architectures that are inherently compliant, addressing the relevant cybersecurity issues. Compliance should be understood in the broad sense, involving legal, ethical and environmental compliance. The competences represented in the consortium should cover all the relevant aspects (technical, legal, commercial, societal, ethical) appropriately.

    The aim is to provide Common European data spaces 225 and AI data provision with reliable mechanisms to monitor, control and track/record transactions on data, to ensure compliance.

    To this end, projects are invited to employ appropriate technologies and methods, such as federated and distributed AI/analytics and associate them with trustworthy AI techniques; protect privacy and confidentiality of AI training data and reduce energy footprint.

    Proposed actions should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. In particular, they should build on the results of the Horizon 2020 data platform projects (topic ICT-13-2019) and the results of projects selected under topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-DATA-01-01, as well as the projects to be selected under topic HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-01. Likewise, the proposed actions should create links and seek synergies, where appropriate, with the Common European Data Spaces and European Digital Innovation Hubs funded under the Digital Europe programme. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed, where relevant, focusing on open, standardised, and trusted concepts.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, data and robotics.

    From Cloud to Edge to IoT for European Data

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01-03: Piloting emerging Smart IoT Platforms and decentralized intelligence (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 20.00 and 25.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 45.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering as many strategic sectors as possible, grants will be awarded to proposal not only in order of ranking but also to achieve broadest coverage of the following sectors which are not covered by higher-ranked proposals, provided that the proposals attain all thresholds:, strategic for European competitiveness: industrial automation, renewable energy, electro-mobility, and farming, and which are not covered by higher-ranked proposals, provided that the proposals attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties to increase the innovation capacity of industry, in particular SMEs, through take-up and validation of emerging edge platform interfaces, in particular to foster edge solutions, which represent a modular functional spectrum of executable apps and services.

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants, for maximum of 20% of the requested EU contribution..

    The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000 in order to support industry, in particular SMEs, in take-up and validation of emerging edge platform interfaces, in particular to foster edge solutions, which represent a modular functional spectrum of executable apps and services.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Implementations of edge paradigms in real environments leading to matured and customised IoT and next generation edge computing technologies for adoption in key applications and sectors.

    2.Paving the way to strategic industrial cooperation in data processing required to support future hyper-distributed applications by building open platforms, agreement on common architectures and standards, critical to establishing a mature European supply chain.

    3.Open platforms underpinning an emerging open edge ecosystem including midcaps, SMEs and start-ups that foster edge solutions, which represent a modular functional spectrum of executable apps and services critical to establishing a mature European supply chain under challenging and extremely competitive market conditions.

    4.Demonstrating cross-domain standardisation and up-scaling of edge infrastructure solutions

    Scope: Proposals should target up-take and up-scaling of emerging EU-driven smart industrial internet of things and edge computing systems to perform under real life conditions, as to mature particular technologies like meta-operating systems for the IoT and the Edge, cognitive cloud technologies and tools for decentralized intelligence and swarm computing for adoption across key applications and sectors crucial for Europe’s competitiveness and open strategic autonomy.

    Such systems must be targeted in order to create value in orchestrating multi-tiered data processing with control and automation on the edge, minimizing energy footprint, stimulating multi-sided marketplaces, and fostering open standards for virtualization, interoperability and secure and trusted data sharing between different stakeholders of the value chain – both horizontally and vertically, thereby providing an environment of multi-platform capabilities and preventing lock-in effects for users. Pilots are to implement and demonstrate mature solutions, on technology integration such as sensors, actuators, distributed control, connectivity and edge computing and embedded reasoning to demonstrate security, resilience and autonomy of system with low data processing latency for analytics and AI-inference and decentralised intelligence at the edge. In order to avoid concurrent solutions and fragmented standards and tools, pilots should validate cross-domain interfaces and common standards and foster cross-sector industrial agreements on architectures, design tools and governance. With the cross-domain up-take these pilots will demonstrate shorter development circles, accelerate adoption of edge infrastructure through shared cross-domain usage, especially through the creation of common management tools and standardised edge architectures

    The objective is the development of systems to become open platforms underpinning an emerging open edge ecosystem including midcaps, SMEs and start-ups that foster edge solutions, which represent a modular functional spectrum of executable apps and services critical to establishing a mature European supply chain under challenging and extremely competitive market conditions

    Innovation Actions are used to customise, explore the limits, test, optimise and validate emerging European smart IoT and edge computing systems under the constraints of industrial mass-market applications, by taking a system-level approach from hardware of smart devices to operating systems at device and at system level, to middleware and to application software. Pilots are expected to address cross-sector platforms in more than one application domain, which are strategic for European competitiveness such as renewable energy, buildings and electro-mobility, farming and/or industrial automation, including strategic aspects such as condition-monitoring/predictive maintenance and logistics, or other relevant application domains.

    Pilot projects will contribute to the coherence/cluster work that will be implemented by the CSA called under WP2024-DATA-01-05, supporting the activities defined under ""Horizontal Activities"" below. This requires that they contribute to clustering their results of horizontal nature (interoperability approach, standards, security and governance approaches, validation of emerging business models for an emerging IoT/edge infrastructure and sustainability, methodologies, metrics, etc.). Links to RRF investments towards the next wave of modernization of European infrastructure should be explored.

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address all the following aspects:

    1.Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy.

    2.Research should build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    3.Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms such as KDT JU, GAIA-X, et al.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01-05: Platform Building, standardisation and Up-scaling of the ‘Cloud-Edge-IoT’ Solutions (Horizontal Activities - CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Supporting the Commission and the constituency in coordinating the proposal portfolio in particular resulting from HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-03, and ensure consistent exploitation of the outcomes.

    2.Alignment with national or regional initiatives will create an expanding innovation eco-system, anchored in local contexts across Europe.

    3.Underpinning an emerging open edge ecosystem including midcaps, SMEs and start-ups, critical to establishing a mature European supply chain.

    4.Outcomes are expected to accelerate the pick-up of novel advanced edge technology in most important sectors for Europe’s economy, and competitiveness as well as an analysis of cross cutting aspects like open standards, open-source frameworks, data compliance, security as well as synergies across sectors.

    Scope: CSA actions provide consistency and linkages between the pilots and complement them by addressing horizontal challenges critically important for the take-up of edge computing at the anticipated scale. Support programme implementation across projects and topics in the area of Cloud-Edge-IoT, especially foster consensus on interoperability and standards as well as ecosystem building in and across verticals, an environmental and green impact. The CSA should ensure an efficient interplay of the various elements of computing, network connectivity, AI and learning, etc. establish a concept through a forum to link to relevant European and national initiatives and partnerships like KDT JU and add value by active cross-fertilisation across academia and industry and sectors.

    A fertile communication strategy for broader stakeholder engagement is expected. Concrete activities should include trend scouting, portfolio analysis, a variety of participatory workshops, analysis of emerging business cases, accelerator of technology up-take and promotion of open calls, especially for SMEs and midcaps.

    Better international collaboration with trusted partner regions, guaranteeing a minimum level of interoperability, portability thereby fostering competition in the Cloud/Edge services market for the European cloud/edge and software industry and facilitate European access to foreign markets

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address all of the following issues:

    1.Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), in particular in relation to privacy preservation and security at the edge.

    2.Activities should build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    3.Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms; such as KDT JU – explore links to INSIDE and EPOSS especially on Cyber Physical Systems and Smart Systems Integration.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Destination 4: Digital & Emerging Technologies for Competitiveness and Fit for the Green Deal

    This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations (KSOs), as outlined in the Strategic Plan:

    1.KSO A, ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations.’

    2.KSO C, ‘Making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact:

    1.Open strategic autonomy in digital technologies and in future emerging enabling technologies, by strengthening European capacities in key parts of digital and future supply chains, allowing agile responses to urgent needs, and by investing in early discovery and industrial uptake of new technologies.

    Electronic and photonic components, and the software that defines how they work, are the key digital technologies that underpin all digital systems. As the digitalisation of all sectors accelerates, most industries depend on early access to digital components. Dependence on these technologies represents a clear threat to Europe’s autonomy, particularly in periods of geopolitical instability, exposing Europe to risks of vulnerability. Actions under this Destination will build on EU strengths in low-power consumption and ultra-secure components, Europe needs to develop the essential electronic and photonic components for a wide range of applications such as healthcare equipment, electric and autonomous vehicles, manufacturing and production plants and equipment, telecom networks, aerospace vehicles, consumer products

    R&I initiatives on 6G technologies are now starting in leading regions world-wide, with the first products and infrastructures expected for the end of this decade. 6G systems are expected to offer a new step change in performance from Gigabit towards Terabit capacities and sub-millisecond response times, to enable new critical applications such as real-time automation or eXtended Reality (“Internet of Senses”). Europe must engage now to be among the top influencers of - and competitors in - these technologies and ensure that emerging network technology standards are defined following European values and energy-efficiency requirements. Main actions on 6G technologies will be undertaken in the Smart Networks and Services Joint Undertaking.

    Despite a strong European scientific community’s on AI and robotics, Europe lags behind in AI diffusion. Actions under this Destination will develop world-class technologies serving the needs of all types of European industries (e.g. manufacturing, healthcare, transport, agriculture, energy, construction), providing top-performing solutions that businesses will trust and adopt to maintain their competitiveness and maximise their contribution to environmental sustainability.

    While Europe is strong in many sectors, it must take ownership of its unavoidable future transformations for competitiveness, prosperity and sustainability, by early leadership in new and emerging enabling technologies, e.g. alternative computing models such as bio- and neuro-morphic approaches, use of biological elements as part of technology, and sustainable smart materials. In particular, the far-reaching impact of quantum and graphene technologies on our economy and society cannot be fully estimated yet, but they will be disruptive for many fields. Actions in this Destination will ensure that Europe stays ahead in this global race and is in a position to achieve game-changing breakthroughs.

    In line with the vision set out in the Digital Decade Communication (COM(2021)118), in particular its ‘secure and performant sustainable digital infrastructures’ pillar, actions under this Destination will support Europe’s open strategic autonomy, and reinforce and regain European industry’s leaderships across the digital supply chain. It will direct investments to activities that will ensure a robust European industrial and technology presence in all key parts of a greener digital supply chain, from low-power components to advanced systems, future networks, new data technologies and platforms. Autonomy will require sustaining first-mover advantage in strategic areas like quantum computing and graphene, and investing early in emerging enabling technologies.

    Investments in this Destination contribute substantially to climate change objectives. Energy efficiency is a key design principle in actions, which will lead to new technologies and solutions that are cornerstones for a sustainable economy and society. These solutions range from ultra-low-power processors to AI, Data and Robotics solutions for resource optimisation and reduction of energy consumption and CO2 emissions; from highly efficient optical networking technologies and ultra-low-energy 6G communication networks to robotics that overcome the limitation of energy autonomy. Furthermore, promising emerging avenues are addressed via ultra-low power operations enabled by spintronics and 2D materials-based devices and systems for energy storage and harvesting.

    Actions should devote particular attention to openness of the solutions and results, and transparency of the research and innovation process. To ensure trustworthiness and wide adoption by user communities for the benefit of society, actions should promote high standards of transparency and openness. Actions should ensure that the processes and outcomes of research and innovation align with the needs, values and expectations of society, in line with Responsible Research and Innovation.

    As a result, this Destination is structured into the following headings, which group topics together with similar outcomes to address a common challenge:

    1.European Innovation Leadership in Photonics

    The European photonics industry has an excellent position in core segments, far above the average EU market share. The objective of the topics grouped in this heading is to strengthen current leadership in photonic technologies and applications, and to secure access in Europe to cutting-edge photonic technologies.

    The topics of this heading are under the co-programmed Partnership ‘Photonics’.

    1.AI, Data and Robotics

    Europe has an outstanding track record in key areas of AI research, Europe’s scientific community is leading in AI and robotics, but substantial efforts are needed to transform this into (disruptive) European AI technology products that can withstand international competitors. Europe also lags behind in technology diffusion, less than half of European firms have adopted AI technology, with a majority of those still in the pilot stage. 70% of these adopter companies, only capture 10% of full potential use, and only 2% percent of European firms in healthcare are using those technologies at 80% of potential 226 . Moreover, as demonstrated during the COVID-19 crisis, many AI, Data and Robotics solutions exist today but only a limited number of them reaches the level of maturity and adoption necessary to solve the problems at hand. Therefore, there is room for improved adoption by industry, which requires a drastic increase of industry-driven R&I, from basic research to large-scale piloting. In general, industry acknowledges the potential of AI technologies, but often lacks demonstrable benefits for their particular use cases.

    The objective of this heading is to ensure autonomy for Europe in AI, data and robotics in developing world-class technologies serving the needs of all types of European industries, from manufacturing to healthcare, public sector, utilities, retail, finance, insurance, transport, agriculture, energy, telecommunications, environmental monitoring, construction, media, creative and cultural industries, fashion, tourism, etc. providing top-performing solutions that industries will trust and adopt to maintain their competitiveness and maximise their contribution to environmental and resources sustainability.

    Several topics of this heading are under the co-programmed Partnership ‘AI, Data and Robotics’.

    When it comes to Robotics, Europe is leading in its industry, with a high intensity of use of robots. Europe is also scientifically leading in robotics’ cognition, safety, manipulation, soft robotics, underwater and aerial robotics, with demonstrated impacts in many use-cases in key industrial sectors (e.g.: healthcare, agri-food 227 , forestry, inspection and maintenance, logistics, construction, manufacturing, etc.) and across multiple modalities (aerial, marine, ground, in-vivo and space).

    The objective of this heading is to ensure autonomy for Europe in robotics, leading the way in research, development and deployment of world-class technologies.

    Several topics of this heading are under the co-programmed Partnership ‘AI, Data and Robotics’.

    1.Open Source for Cloud/Edge and Software Engineering Fundamentals to support Digital Autonomy

    The European strategy for data (COM(2020) 66) aims at creating a single market that will ensure Europe’s global competitiveness and data sovereignty. This calls for the ability to handle the entire data life-cycle which in turn relies on the underlying computing infrastructure (from the hardware to the software).

    In the light of dominant players, bridging established computing models (High Performance Computing, Cloud Computing, edge-computing and other emerging computing architectures) becomes a critical success factor for enabling a computing continuum. Open computing architectures at many levels based on Open approaches spanning both software/hardware is thus a pre-requisite for Digital autonomy – notably when it comes to Cloud infrastructures where European players are falling short.

    Actions under this heading will thus support the next steps of development and adoption of Open technologies on different levels while fostering progress on responsible software engineering fundamentals.

    1.European leadership in Emerging and Enabling Technologies

    Europe’s leading industry sectors have a solid track-record in constant improvement, but less so for embracing transformative ideas. The pathway from research to industry uptake is often long and staged, with no intertwining of research and industry agendas. In the age of deep-tech, though, this intertwining is essential.

    The objective of this heading is to identify early technologies that have the potential to become Europe’s future leading technologies in all areas of this cluster and to establish industry leadership in these technologies from the outset. This heading has a unique focus on off-roadmap transformations with a longer time-horizon but profound potential impact.

    1.Flagship on Quantum Technologies: a Paradigm Shift

    Since 2018, the Quantum Technologies Flagship has been consolidating and expanding Europe’s scientific leadership and excellence in quantum, in order to foster the development of a competitive quantum industrial and research ecosystem in Europe. The EU’s aims for quantum R&I in the next decade are set out in detail in the Quantum Flagship’s Strategic Research Agenda (SRA 228 ) and its associated main Key Performance Indicators, 229 which drafted and published in 2020 on quantum computing, quantum simulation, quantum communication, and quantum sensing and metrology. Projects in each of these areas are currently supported by the Flagship, by other EU research initiatives and by national programmes.

    The objective of this heading is to further develop quantum technologies and their applications in the areas of quantum computing, simulation, sensing and communication, in order to strengthen European technological sovereignty in this strategic field and achieve first-mover industry leadership, capitalising on Europe’s established excellence in quantum science and technology maintaining and developing quantum competences and skills available in the EU and raising the capabilities of all Member States in this field.

    The aim of the Commission’s Digital Decade strategy is for the EU to become digitally sovereign in an interconnected world, and in the coming years quantum technologies will be a key element of this digital sovereignty, as they are of global strategic importance. Quantum technologies will be also used, among others, for sensitive applications in the area of security, and in dual-use applications. Other world regions are already investing heavily in all areas of quantum technologies research. In this context, the EU must take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. This will enable it to safeguard its strategic assets, interests, autonomy and security, while advancing towards its goal of open strategic autonomy.

    The Quantum Technologies Flagship conducts research and development activities in the key domains of quantum computing and simulation, quantum communication, and quantum sensing. The Flagship will contribute to world-leading quantum computers and simulators, that will be acquired by the European High Performance Computing Joint Undertaking, and will be crucial to achieving its Digital Decade goal of having its first computer with quantum acceleration by 2025, with a view to being at the cutting edge of quantum capabilities by 2030. These machines will have a profound impact, with applications in medicine, manufacturing, or new material and new drugs design but also in cryptography, finance and many other sensitive domains.

    Research in quantum sensing technologies is also vital to the EU’s interests, as it will develop European expertise in quantum clocks for navigation (including for embarkation on Galileo satellites) and precise timing applications, sensors for autonomous vehicles, and the next generation of medical sensors.

    It is therefore clearly in the EU’s interests to protect European research in these domains, the intellectual property that it generates, and the strategic assets that will be developed as a result, while taking steps to avoid situations of technological dependency on non-EU sources (in line with the call of the October 2020 European Council to reduce Europe’s strategic dependencies). With this in mind, the Commission has decided that, in the research areas covered by 6 actions in this work programme in quantum computing and simulation, communication, and sensing, only Associated Countries that meet certain conditions will be eligible to participate in these actions.

    The eligibility to participate in such actions is limited to specific entities as specified in the relevant topics.

    1.Graphene: Europe in the lead

    The starting point is the Graphene Flagship, launched in 2013, which already reached European leadership in graphene and related 2D materials. The work is now coming to a critical point where first simple products are being launched. R&I activities would now need to be pursued and accelerated in order to translate achieved technology advances that are at TRL 3-5 into concrete innovation opportunities and into production capabilities in many industrial sectors (e.g. aviation, automotive, electronics, batteries, healthcare).

    The objective of this heading is to strengthen and accelerate the technology developments that support a strong European supply and value chain in graphene and related materials and provide first-mover market advantages of scale.

    Activities beyond R&I investments will be needed to realise the expected impacts: testing, experimentation, demonstration, and support for take-up using the capacities, infrastructures, and European Digital Innovation Hubs made available under the Digital Europe Programme; large-scale roll-out of innovative new technologies and solutions (e.g. new energy-efficient connectivity technologies) via the Connecting Europe Facility; further development of skills and competencies via the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, in particular EIT Digital; upscaling of trainings via the European Social Fund +; and use of financial instruments under the InvestEU Fund for further commercialisation of R&I outcomes.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the Green Deal, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

    1.Europe’s open strategic autonomy by sustaining first-mover advantages in strategic areas including AI, data, robotics, quantum computing, and graphene, and by investing early in emerging enabling technologies.

    2.Reinforced European industry leadership across the digital supply chain.

    3.Robust European industrial and technology presence in all key parts of a greener digital supply chain, from low-power components to advanced systems, future networks, new data technologies and platforms.

    Innovation Actions — Legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

    108.00

    29 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-CNECT

    129.00

    29 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

    136.50

    19 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-CNECT

    88.00

    19 Mar 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    237.00

    224.50

    Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the Green Deal

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 230

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 231

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 08 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 29 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-01

    RIA

    30.00 232

    Around 8.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-12

    RIA

    22.00

    5.00 to 7.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-51

    RIA

    18.00 233

    3.00 to 5.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-53

    RIA

    18.00 234

    3.00 to 5.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-57

    IA

    20.00 235

    5.00 to 7.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    108.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    AI, Data and Robotics (incl. efficient, robust, safe, adaptive and trusted robots)

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-01: Novel paradigms and approaches, towards AI-driven autonomous robots (AI, data and robotics partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcome(s):

    1.Achieve substantial “next step autonomy” in robots, undertaking non-repetitive tasks in realistic settings, including Human-Robot interactions, as well as robots acting in isolation, demonstrated in key high impact sectors where robotics has the potential to deliver significant economic and/or societal benefits. This next step autonomy should clearly delineate from state of the art solutions and can be illustrated by the following non-exhaustive examples 236 :

    1.In autonomy to reach the point where the robot systems, operating in complex and dynamic working environments can autonomously select the tasks and task sequences that are needed to achieve long term mission goals over long periods of autonomous operation, relative to the current state of the art, and are able to react and adapt to changes in both the environment and to the external instructions received from unskilled or semi-skilled human users. For example in being able to carry out maintenance tasks on a structure after having conducted an inspection to ascertain the type of maintenance needed (e.g. on renewable energy installations such as wind turbines, photovoltaic farms, or in the maintenance of city infrastructure such as wastewater systems or road and rail infrastructures).

    2.In human interaction to reach the point where robots are able to autonomously adapt in order to socially interact with people in an everyday working environment in order to achieve task outcomes through intuitive interaction that is multi-modal; by voice, physical, gestural etc. and to collaboratively achieve complex tasks that require multiple functional capabilities where humans and robots contribute equally to those capabilities. For example in complex healthcare tasks such as patient handling or in complex logistical operations such as the optimal packing of consumer goods for shipping.

    3.In manipulation, to be able to achieve more complex manipulative tasks autonomously, requiring advanced perception and task understanding, as well as adaptive planning to anticipate possible changes in the environment during task execution. Robotic manipulation systems should target speed and dexterity with respect to a wide range of different objects and materials.

    Projects are also expected to contribute to the following additional outcomes:

    1.Deliver a step change in autonomy essential for the diffusion of robots in various industries, sectors and services which can;

    1.interact safely and smoothly to support humans in their daily activities, based on strong multidisciplinary approach, including the relevant Social Science and Humanities (SSH) dimension,

    2.handle tasks autonomously, and safely, for a long periods of time significantly beyond the current state of the art in each sector and service addressed,

    3.address human and work interaction in high impact sectors under realistic conditions.

    2.Accelerate enabling conditions essential for the diffusion of robots in various industries, sectors and services.

    Make and exploit major advances in science and technology, to maintain Europe’s scientific excellence and ensure sovereignty of key technologies in robotics and autonomous systems expected to affect society by contributing to addressing major societal and economic challenges.

    Scope: The currently low level of autonomy achieved by most robotics systems is a major obstacle to the wide-scale deployment of robots with advanced capabilities in many real-world applications. Most robots still require an important level of human supervision. However, in many potentially valuable applications robots need to work with greater levels of autonomy to create effective end user added value.

    Future robotic systems will be required to autonomously adapt and alter their behaviours to respond to changes in the working environment and adjust to changes in task requirements without direct human supervision.

    Achieving next step autonomy in robotics will require greater integration of AI technologies into the physical functioning of robots. This in turn requires AI to operate in real time at pace with the physical motion of the robot. Interpreting the working environment, interacting with complex objects or people and making and updating decision making, all in real time, requires a significant advance from the current state of the art. This will require novel architectures both in software and hardware and will require AI algorithms compatible with physical, real time, robot operation. In terms of R&I advancement a paradigm shift is needed to remove silos between disciplines in order to weld together expertise and create a conceptual shift to reach the goals of next step autonomy for robotics.

    The primary outcome will be that important applications for robots become possible as a result of achieving next step autonomy in specific use cases and sectors.

    Achieving this goal will require improvements in perception, awareness of the operating environment, the ability to anticipate and an improved understanding of the consequences of particular sequences of action on the working environment.

    Proposals will need to address safety and security aspects at all levels, as well as consider the handling of data collection (respecting relevant regulation such as the GDPR and the revised Machinery Directive).

    Proposals should address the interdependence between safety, security and system performance with respect to the chosen application or use case.

    Proposals should address several of the following aspects of autonomy:

    1.Long-term, and where appropriate lifelong, autonomy of behaviour and energy (including frugality in terms of energy, lower environmental footprint, using new materials, designed to be recycled or easily repaired etc.)

    2.The autonomous adaptation of behaviours in dynamic environments.

    3.The development of robust and safe autonomy, including the development of risk averse systems or systems operating with low levels of communication or periods of communication denial.

    4.The use of high-level sources of information such as semantic information or externally held knowledge of the working environment, to improve autonomy.

    5.Mechanisms for advanced human interaction with systems capable of long-term autonomy.

    6.The impact of physical self-reconfiguration on autonomy

    7.The development of collective autonomy using multiple collaborative robots

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address all of the following:

    1.Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in all relevant disciplines. Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) is particularly relevant in addressing aspects related to human-robot interaction, sensible task distribution between humans and robots, agency, control, trust and handling of data collection, to achieve usability, trustworthiness, safety and adoption of the developed solutions.

    2.It is essential that scientific and technological results should bear reproducible and re-usable in order to contribute to the advancement of the targeted research area.

    3.S&T progress should be demonstrated through use-cases with major and broad socio-economic impact.

    4.End-users should be involved, as scenario providers, to set the requirements, success criteria and context, for the targeted sectors and/or use-cases that inform the technological challenges to be addressed in the projects.

    5.Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives.

    6.Contribute to making AI and robotics solutions meet the requirements of Trustworthy AI, based on the respect of the ethical principles, the fundamental rights including critical aspects such as robustness, safety, reliability, in line with the European Approach to AI. Ethics principles needs to be adopted from early stages of development and design.

    All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring, as well as illustrative application use-cases demonstrating well defined potential added value to end-users), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform or Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics, public community resources, to maximise re-use of results, either by developers, or for uptake, and optimise efficiency of funding; enhancing the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, data and robotics.

    European Leadership in Emerging and Enabling Technologies

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-12: Adaptive multi-scale modelling and characterisation suites from lab to production (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Enable industry to more effectively develop new and work with existing advanced materials by building on digitally integrated and validated modelling and characterisation methods for enhanced materials knowledge along value chains.

    2.Accelerate the materials innovation process by allowing a better interpretation of available experimental data and by providing more effective guidance on further experiments.

    3.Overcome gaps in modelling and characterisation capabilities targeted at different stages in materials and production value chains by means of adapted and benchmarked suites covering all steps from materials design (including several scales, e.g. from molecular to macroscale) to product development.

    4.Achieve an integrated European materials platform, 237 allowing a systemic use of tools and capabilities including materials modelling, characterisation, robotics, data documentation, ontologies, artificial intelligence and machine learning, which are orchestrated to accelerate the design, development and application of chemicals, materials and related processes and manufacturing.

    Scope: To support the green and digital industrial transition, there is the need to develop innovative routes to accelerate the design and production of new advanced materials, improving the circular economy and developing alternative feedstocks to support the EU’s open strategic autonomy throughout value chains (and covering all aspects of sustainability). Industrial research for materials from laboratory to production requires the extension of current knowledge on materials behaviour to the entire value chain.

    To tackle this challenge, we can build on European leadership in recent advances in multi-scale modelling and characterisation.

    The development of novel advanced materials requires a wide and complex range of trusted information on materials and process behaviour, along the entire life-cycle of a material, reaching far beyond the data sets generally available to industry currently. In particular, an approach is required that provides end users with highly flexible, adaptable modelling and characterisation tools as a source of data and knowledge in critical application fields. Subsequently, the validation of the developed methods will help industry to establish trust in these methods. This will also support the emerging need for adopting alternative materials as feedstock compliant with the high qualification standards and strengthen the strategic autonomy and resilience of EU’s industry.

    Proposals should address the development of benchmarked, integrated suites of models and characterisation methods for critical application fields in strategic innovation markets (*) covering the different stages in materials and industrial production value chains and circularity.

    In particular, proposals should address all of the following:

    1.Develop integrated methodologies of multi-scale and multi-technique characterisation, combined with respective multi-scale modelling and machine learning to

    1.improve the reliability and quality of data;

    2.understand scaling relationships in the behaviour of advanced materials;

    3.develop complex structure-property correlations in advanced materials;

    4.ensure complete coverage of conditions in industrial environments.

    2. Integrate modelling and characterisation, in particular by

    1.Developing modelling methods that provide the capabilities to virtually characterise materials and enhance the interpretation of the results of particular characterisation methods in order to guide and refine experiments;

    2.Developing accurate, validated physics-based models, in areas where these capabilities are a bottleneck, by utilising a combination of characterisation and machine learning to generate material and application specific parameters and equations (called materials relations, ref. CWA 17284 238 ).

    3.Demonstrate the functionality of the suites for the development of certain advanced materials for the green transition.

    4.Validate the methodologies and provide benchmarks, i.e. clear documentation of capabilities that can serve as a standard point of reference for industrial application.

    Research should build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Documentation and interoperability for data sharing should be addressed, based on the OntoCommons EcoSystem (OCES).

    Projects should build on and seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. In particular, projects funded under this call should collaborate under the umbrella of the EMMC and EMCC and interact closely with topic HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-39 (CSA).

    European Innovation Leadership in Photonics

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-51: Pervasive photonics - multi-technology integration for digital infrastructure, sensors and internet of things (Photonics partnership)(RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to at least three of the following outcomes:

    Improved key metrics for communications (speed, power consumption, density) or for sensing (sensitivity, compactness, power consumption), making photonics ubiquitous in digital systems

    New photonic-enabled sensing functions, not feasible with a technology platform based on a single material, or computing paradigms enabling new systems architectures (e.g. neuromorphic computing)

    Vital contribution to Technological Sovereignty, Green Deal, Digital Transformation or Competitiveness which demonstrates new functionality, higher performance and more cost-effective systems across multiple application domains

    Maintaining European technology leadership in the face of strong global competition

    Scope: Proposals should address one of the following areas of activities:

    1.Co-integration of photonics and microelectronics on single or multiple die (‘chiplet’ approach)

    2.Co-integration of multiple photonic IC material systems or components to address new wavelengths and sensor functions or new computing paradigms

    Proposals should demonstrate at least two use cases linked to commercial applications for example in computing, communications, robotic and autonomous systems, sensors or Internet of Things.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Photonics.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-53: Versatile light sources and systems as tools for manufacturing and medical application (Photonics Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 239 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to at least two of the following outcomes:

    1.Outcome 1: Increased manufacturing productivity or increased quality and speed of diagnosis results;

    2.Outcome 2: Increased accuracy and/or reduced feature size in microelectronics production including packaging for the integration of photonic and electronic functionalities on chips;

    3.Outcome 3: Increased specificity of diagnosis of human tissue, specific single cells, or molecular biomarkers in body liquids.

    Scope: Proposals should address new versatile light sources and lasers, concept and systems for extended and new fields of applications. Research challenges include:

    1.Sources with multi-specification / multi-application potential;

    2.Extended or new wavelength ranges, novel coherent sources;

    3.Flexible and variable energy deposition (e.g. material processing, medical diagnosis) ;

    4.Versatility by flexible pulse shapes, repetition rates and intensities (cw down to fs and bursts);

    5.Miniaturized light sources and lasers employing photonic integrated circuit technology

    6.Versatility by spectral tuneability, coherence and multi-wavelength emission;

    7.Laser concepts and systems for multiphoton microscopy, spectroscopy and imaging.

     

    The results and benefits of the developed technologies should be demonstrated in at least two realistic use cases.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Photonics.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-57: Advanced imaging and sensing technologies (IA)(Photonics Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies to both members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 240 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.The development of next generations sensory systems based on photonic technologies

    2.Technology leadership in autonomous vehicles, robots and sensory systems; Growth in a number of strategic industries such as medical devices, automotive, manufacturing, agriculture & food, security of large added value which are in Europe.

    3.Contribution to the Digital Green deal policy and/or to the technological sovereignty of Europe.

    Scope: Innovative hardware and software approaches, or to explore novel techniques with potential to outperform the current standards.

    The projects should demonstrate the technology in the form of complete function (or building blocks) showing feasibility for future industrialisation.

    It should address the following sectors:

    1.Automotive, where detection of pedestrians, obstacles and other vehicles at long distance is required in order to safely prepare the reaction of the vehicle in all weather conditions;

    2.Safety and security, where fast reconnaissance and identification of collaborative or non-collaborative targets and surveillance of infrastructures are required;

    3.Industry, where imaging can be used for logistics and inspection and analysis of safety and quality control of processes or produced goods;

    4.Health, where minimally and non-invasive spectroscopic and biophotonic imaging and sensing techniques enable diagnosis, screening, monitoring and treatment of a patient, possibly including augmented reality (AR) visualization;

    5.Agriculture and food, where spectroscopic imaging and sensing enables non-destructive measurement/monitoring of plants and crops and plant nutrients during production and post-harvest (e.g., phenotyping); this allows fast interactions/adjustments and enables monitoring of plant materials and food products along the entire production chain for quality and safety aspects.

    Technologies covering more than one application sectors above are encouraged, such as:

    1.Long range, high speed, eye-safe imaging for automotive, security, and industrial systems

    2.Imaging in presence of obscurants for medical, automotive, manufacturing, agriculture, food and security, spectroscopic imaging and sensing for medical, environmental, agriculture, food monitoring and security.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Photonics.

    Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the Green Deal

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-CNECT

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 241

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 242

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 08 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 29 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-02

    IA

    30.00 243

    Around 10.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-11

    RIA

    35.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    10

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-32

    RIA

    6.00 244

    3.00 to 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-33

    RIA

    12.00 245

    3.00 to 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-40

    RIA

    12.00 246

    4.00 to 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-41

    RIA

    20.00 247

    7.00 to 12.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-43

    FPA

    0

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-50

    RIA

    10.00 248

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-56

    CSA

    4.00 249

    1.00 to 3.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    129.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    AI, Data and Robotics (incl. efficient, robust, safe, adaptive and trusted robots)

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-02: Industrial leadership in AI, Data and Robotics – advanced human robot interaction (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio coverage, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranked proposal for each of the two expected scopes (1. Development of innovative solutions to address major application-driven challenges, 2. Large scale pilots bringing major industries from key application sectors in Europe). Proposals should clearly identify the scope it will focus on.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    As third parties' grants may include robotics components, requiring high equipment investment and/or important effort to integrate in a use-case to address robotics challenges, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.To reach the point where human robot interaction, extended in time and scope beyond the current state of the art, adds value and improves the quality of outcome for complex tasks; for example service tasks, or complex industry processing tasks or tasks in a healthcare setting. Where the focus is on tasks where robotics can add capabilities that extend human ability but which require human interaction to be achieved. These tasks will require varying levels of interaction and communication, dependent on the current state of the task, but will essentially require close interaction over extended periods of time.

    2.Validate AI, Data and Robotics at scale by demonstrating the potential of integrating these technologies to address challenges in key industries and develop solutions that address human robot interaction at all levels from physical interaction to social interaction in a variety of working environments.

    3.Make and exploit major advances in technology, to maintain Europe’s excellence and ensure sovereignty of these key technologies expected to affect society by contributing to addressing major societal challenges by enhancing interactions between robots and people. Boost the innovation potential for wide uptake of AI, Data and Robotics by significantly improving the ability of robots to work in collaboration with humans as equals.

    Scope: Proposals should demonstrate the added value of integrating AI, Data and Robotics technologies through large-scale validation scenarios reaching critical mass and mobilising the user industry, Focus should be given to attracting new user industries, to boost the uptake of AI, Data and Robotics in major sectors and stimulate the involvement of end-users where appropriate. Besides major industries, these Actions should also involve SMEs and/or start-ups with high potential to foster innovation that advances the nature and level of interaction between people and robots, especially dealing with paradigmatic shifts in working practice that create improvements for industry and society. Proposals should target sectors and application domains with wide-scale deployment potential and maximum contribution to the European economy.

    Multidisciplinary innovation activities should address one of the following:

    1.Development of innovative solutions to address major application-driven challenges, involving a large set of SMEs/ midcaps developing innovative solutions in order to boost the innovator community in Europe. This action also aims to expand the deployment of software engineering dedicated to human robot interaction. Especially to extend and adopt the practices of the Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics, and to stimulate the development of robust middleware that can be deployed in service and industrial applications and to expand the number and variety of high quality sharable industrially deployable modules related to human robot interaction at all levels, fostering the widespread deployment of such technologies in the targeted application sector and beyond.

    Financial Support to Third Parties: Projects should use FSTP to stimulate the engagement of SMEs in the delivery of high quality, robust, sharable modules for use in human robot interaction in service and industrial tasks. Minimum 50% of the EU funding requested by the proposal should be allocated to the purpose of financial support to third parties.

    1.Large scale pilots bringing major industries from key application sectors in Europe – facilitating collaboration between these major companies and innovative SMEs/Start-ups/academia/tech-transfer organisations with the goal is to exploit re-usable tools, systems, sub-systems and solutions in various use-cases/sectors where human robot interaction is a critical necessity. Pilots should show scalability/versatility, and enable economies of scale.

    Financial Support to Third Parties: Projects may involve FSTP in order to stimulate the engagement of SMEs in testing and validating innovative solutions in the pilots. A maximum of 50% of the EU funding requested by the proposal may be allocated to the purpose of financial support to third parties.

    Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in all the relevant disciplines, such as engineering, computer sciences, mathematics, Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), neuroscience, psychology, cognitive sciences, philosophy, biology, etc. and in particular should involve the relevant expertise to address the human factors aspects of robot human collaboration at all levels of interaction.

    Proposals should clearly delineate the expected contributions from the main beneficiaries as well as from the third parties, to ensure their coherence and impact.

    Security, privacy and safety should be taken into account to minimise risks to users both in terms of physical harm and in terms of digital privacy and security.

    Proposals should include a clear business case and exploitation strategy.

    Proposals should contribute to making human robot interactions using AI and robotics solutions meet the requirements of Trustworthy AI, based on the respect of the ethical principles, the fundamental rights including critical aspects such as robustness, safety, reliability, in line with the European Approach to AI. With these principles being adopted from the early stages of development and design through to deployment by using appropriate models of human robot interaction.

    Proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring, as well as illustrative application use-cases demonstrating well defined added value to end users), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the robotics elements of the AI-on-demand platform and/or the Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics, public community resources, to maximise re-use of results, either by developers, or for uptake, and optimise efficiency of funding; enhancing the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, data and robotics.

    European Leadership in Emerging and Enabling Technologies

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-11: Low TRL research in micro-electronics and integration technologies for industrial solutions (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 35.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 1-2 and achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Innovative semiconductor and micro-nanoelectronic systems design concepts supporting very low energy consumption, integrated security, connectivity, sensing, actuating and embedded functions suited to mixed analogue/RF and digital circuits.

    2.Alternative 250 semiconductor manufacturing process technologies able to sustain in the mid- and long-terms the fast pace evolution of device performance, miniaturisation and cost, while reducing environmental footprint.

    3.Very advanced packaging solutions aiming at extreme miniaturisation and integration of multiple functions such as communication (RF, mmW or THz), sensing, actuating, power management and active/passive integration

    Scope: Proposals should:

    1.Address low-TRL research with high potential not yet demonstrated in the design, fabrication process and/or packaging segments of the micro-nano-electronics and integration technologies value chain.

    2.Innovation focus can be on materials, physic concepts, device architecture or integration technologies.

    3.Provide a projection of the expected gains and main figures of merit of the proposed approaches.

    Multi-disciplinary research activities should be address along part of the value chain from materials, processes, equipment, metrology, back-end processing to packaging, integration and tests.

    International cooperation is encouraged, especially with leading semiconductor countries (e.g. Japan, South Korea, Taiwan) in support of EU policies (and outcome of the CSA on Int’ cooperation in SC).

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Graphene and 2D materials: Europe in the lead

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-32: Sustainable safe-by-design 2D materials technology (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 251 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Development of Safe and Sustainable by Design two-dimensional materials (2DM) technology.

    2.Societal acceptance of 2DM and 2DM-based technologies.

    3.A set of robust and verified assays for toxicity and eco-toxicity testing of 2DM, to support regulatory requirements for their registration and authorisation for use (OECD test guidelines 252 , REACH compliance, authorisation pathways 253 )

    Scope: The increasing commercial exploitation of 2DM necessitates a comprehensive evaluation of their potential impact on human health and the environment. It is thus of utmost importance for 2DM technology development to understand the properties that underlie the potential toxicity of these materials. Since not all 2DMs are alike, it is essential to disentangle the structure-activity relationships for this class of materials.

    Proposals should aim to ensure a safe development of 2DM technology and in the long term, a sustainable market entry/penetration of 2DM-based products. Proposals should comply with the Safe and Sustainable by Design framework 254 and criteria.

    Multidisciplinary research and innovation activities should address all of the following:

    1.Critical examination of 2DM health and environment issues, ranging from general toxicology, to occupational health and environmental impact.

    2.Studies and tests of biocompatibility and safety of 2DMs and composites along their life cycle;

    3.Development of solutions to modulate potential risks by developing appropriate chemical/physical approaches towards safer manufactured materials and nanomaterials (safe-by-design 2DMs).

    4.Assessing the safety of 2DMs and composites at different TRL levels to develop and test best practices along the product development process, from prototypes to products tested in relevant environments in order to guarantee the highest impact possible.

    5.Development of validation processes supporting regulatory assessment.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include an exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Research should build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. In particular projects are expected to develop synergies and relate to activities and outcomes of the projects selected under the other topics of ‘Graphene and 2D materials: Europe in the lead’ and where relevant of HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-21/22/23/24.

    Proposals should also cover the contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Graphene Flagship initiative.

    Proposals should indicate which chapters of the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for chemicals and materials they will contribute to.

    Proposals should consider involving, directly or indirectly, appropriate expertise in other disciplines, for example in SSH disciplines, where relevant to achieve wider societal acceptance of 2DM-based technologies.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-33: 2D materials of tomorrow (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    A broad portfolio of innovative two-dimensional materials (2DM), networks and multicomponent hetero-structures exhibiting new properties or complementary functionalities that will lead to breakthroughs in digital systems and devices.

    Scope: Proposals should create the basis for the exploitation of most promising 2DM and developed 2DM technologies.

    Proposals should develop high-quality 2DM and hetero-structures platforms by exploiting most promising emerging 2DM and/or discovering new ones, and combining them in functional systems and hetero-structures. This should be achieved by pushing the boundaries of growth, characterisation methods, deposition and layer-by-layer assembly of atomically thin crystals supported by multiscale theoretical modelling of materials and devices.

    Multidisciplinary research and innovation activities should address all of the following:

    1.Identification and demonstration of new properties and physical phenomena such as those based on the twist degree of freedom, and processes enabling new functionalities, and their implementation in proof-of-principle digital devices;

    2.Development of new characterisation methods and of controlled, ultra clean and large-scale synthesis, fabrication methods and design of 2D materials and hetero-structures based on novel approaches e.g. Artificial Intelligence assisting material assembly and material simulation, robotics-based assembly, and advanced synthetic, preparation and growth methods combined with the help of modelling and simulation.

    Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. In particular, projects are expected to develop synergies and relate to activities and outcomes of the projects selected under the other topics of ‘Graphene and 2D materials: Europe in the lead’.

    Proposals should also cover the contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Graphene Flagship initiative.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Flagship on Quantum Technologies: a Paradigm Shift

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-40: Quantum Photonic Integrated Circuit technologies (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland and Norway and the following additional associated country: Israel 255 .

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 256

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 257 .

    Expected Outcome: Photonic Integrated Circuits (PIC) technologies on one side and quantum science on the other are the building blocks for development of Quantum PIC (QPIC) devices for quantum information processing, computation/simulation, communication, sensing or metrology. Photon-based approaches can address the huge challenge of implementing quantum processes in public infrastructures, challenging industry applications and compact everyday-life devices and products.

    QPIC technology has great potentials to target several application fields, in particular, but not limited to, health care, communications, environment and security, and thus has high strategic significance and major implications for the European economy.

    However, to implement QPICs, research challenges have to be faced throughout the value chain, going from materials, circuit design (including the support of EDA tools), manufacturing processes and technological platforms, to the realization and validation of reliable and robust demonstrators and prototypes, and their integration and packaging. Furthermore, quantum systems are typically large, complex and costly, hindering their scalability, and thus cannot be directly used in products.

    QPIC technology can address these issues, paving the way for compact, high performance, reliable, cost-effective components, that will enable quantum technology to be introduced in the market.

    Expected Outcome:

    1.To improve over existing PIC technologies in terms of performance, functionality, manufacturing process efficiency and reliability, integration, and packaging in a manner that facilitates scalable manufacturing.

    2.To demonstrate the technology capability in key enabling Quantum PIC technologies with high potential impact on the quantum technology Industry, including applications in quantum sensing, communications, computation and simulation,

    3.Preparing QPIC technologies for future Pilot Lines and Photonics hubs and open testing and experimentation facilities,

    4.Exploit the potential of QPICs for a digital, green and healthy future in Europe by providing critical components and systems for next generation applications, products and processes. Develop tools for efficient design and prototyping of QPICs.

    5.Secure Technological Sovereignty for Europe by maintaining leadership in QPICs

    6.Contribution to the objectives of Digital Transformation, Green Deal, Competitiveness and Economic Growth.

    Scope: Proposals will address technology (up to TRL 4-5) in key enabling PIC technology applied to market needs. Objectives include:

    1.Enhancement of PIC performance, e.g. ultra-low loss; ultra-low laser linewidth; ultra-high extinction ratio modulators and switches , extending spectral and optical power coverage, optical coupling interfaces, packaging.

    2.Incorporation of specific quantum functionality into PIC platforms, e.g. single photon and entangled photon pair generation, single photon and photon number detection , quantum memory elements, quantum processors.

    3.Multi-technology integration, e.g. incorporation of ion/atomic traps and relevant control electronics, superconducting detectors, nonlinear elements, integration of photonic readout into quantum computing and sensing devices employing other technologies (e.g. electronic, spintronic), relevant passive and active linear optical elements (e.g. modulators, shifters, switches etc.) to underscore a strategy for modular QPIC design.

    4.Development of PICs capable of operating at cryogenic temperatures, with low power dissipation and performance optimized in the context of the operating environment.

    5.Development of the most promising methods for QPIC fabrication in monolithic, hybrid or heterogeneous integration techniques for different functionalities together with an identification of the most advantageous platform materials, (e.g. derived from “classical” PIC technologies such as Si, SiO2, Si3N4, InP, LiNbO3, Si-on-insulator, LiNbO3-on-insulator, Al2O3, AlN, hybrid platforms, etc. etc. etc.).

    6.Assembly and packaging of PICs, taking the specific challenges of quantum systems (environment, temperature, stability, visible and ultraviolet wavelengths requirements, vacuum integration) into account and including integration of complementary and ancillary technologies (e.g. microelectronics) where required

    7.Miniaturization of previously non-scalable quantum photonic systems by implementing them in PIC form.

    Proposals should identify applications in quantum sensing, communication, computation and simulation. Proposals should test and evaluate the developed Quantum PIC technologies in the context of such specific applications though trials at systems level in a representative laboratory or an operational environment.

    These technologies should be developed in a manner to facilitate scalable manufacturing. Proposals should address IP management strategy and collaboration with European industry and SMEs, in particular in the context of establishing relevant European industrial manufacturing capabilities.

    Collaboration with the Quantum Flagship initiative and the photonics partnership is crucial to be able to merge knowledge and experience in photonic technologies and quantum science.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-41: Investing in alternative quantum computation and simulation platform technologies (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland and Norway and the following additional associated country: Israel 258 .

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 259

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to further mature alternative and promising quantum computation and simulation platforms which have the prospects of high scalability and programmability, to complement the ones already supported by the Quantum Technologies Flagship.

    Scope: In order to reach large-scale quantum computation and simulation in Europe, breakthroughs in scalability of quantum processors and simulators, devices and integrated platforms are needed, together with the ability to perform all necessary operations of the quantum systems to have a fully programmable quantum computer or simulator. Breakthroughs in scalability need to be achieved along with breakthroughs in fidelity.

    The development of alternative quantum computer and simulator systems and platforms, based for example on photonic or nitrogen vacancy-centre platforms or hybrid systems, should be integrating the key building blocks such as individual quantum systems (i.e. >10 qubits for a quantum computer and >50 quantum units for a quantum simulator), control electronics, quantum software stack, use case applications, etc. Work should address the scalability towards large systems (>100 qubits for a quantum computer and >1000 quantum units for a quantum simulator), the verification and validation of the quantum computation or simulation, solving a concrete problem to demonstrate the quantum advantage. In addition, quantum computation platform should explore fault-tolerance.

    Proposals should also cover:

    1.Cooperation with the complementary projects launched specifically in the area of the enabling quantum software stack (see HORIZON-CL4-2021- DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-10: Strengthening the quantum software ecosystem for quantum computing platforms), and future Digital Europe Programme EuroHPC JU calls for acquisition and operation of quantum computers, and their integration with the HPC and data infrastructure, including also the need to establish from the beginning of this cooperation appropriate IP exploitation agreements;

    2.Cooperation and coordination with the Flagship initiatives supporting the establishing of key European fabrication processes, technologies and supply chain for the proposed platform, including the FPA(s) funded under HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-17 and HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-15 and their respective SGA(s).

    3.Any additional support they may receive from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and

    4.Contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. They should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe, for example, through the involvement of EU Widening Countries.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-43: Framework Partnership Agreement for developing large-scale quantum Computing platform technologies (FPA)

    Specific conditions

    Type of Action

    Framework Partnership Agreement

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland and Norway and the following additional associated country: Israel 260 .

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 261

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: The Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) in quantum computing is expected to establish a stable and structured partnership between the Commission and the institutions and organisations in quantum computing who commit themselves to establishing, maintaining and implementing a strategic research roadmap aligned with and contributing to the Quantum Flagship Strategic Research Agenda in a scalable open quantum computing platform based on a specific quantum platform technology.

    This partnership will be set up through a FPA, which will enable the completion of the research roadmap within the context of the agreement.

    The consortia responding to the call may include research institutes, universities, RTOs, foundations, industry, SMEs as well as other organisations that can play a role in the realisation of these quantum computing platforms. The FPA will specify the objectives, the nature of the actions planned, and the procedure for awarding specific grants. The FPA is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Demonstrate a universally programmable processor of at least 200 physical qubits (by 2027) operating in the NISQ domain including firmware and having sufficient coherence to perform computations involving all of its qubits; characterised with a hardware-agnostic test suite, including real-world applications, including for hybrid quantum/HPC computing, and the capability of out-performing classical computers on a number of relevant real-world use-cases; control needs to involve a low-level control system, a compiler and a scheduler.

    2.By 2029, build a full stack, highly connected, high fidelity quantum computer of at least one thousand physical qubits, exhibiting scalability and capable of out-performing classical computers on relevant real-world use-cases.

    3.Formulate standards and interface specifications for a complete software and hardware stack including remote, cloud-based access.

    Scope: Fostering a vibrant European quantum computing industry will require hardware, software, and the development and maintenance of user interfaces and applications. Proposals for this FPA are expected to build on the quantum computing platforms supported under the Quantum Flagship ramp-up phase. Proposals should target the development of open quantum computing platforms compatible with the fabrication techniques of the semiconductor industry (e.g. silicon spin qubits), integrating the key building blocks such as quantum processors in the NISQ regime with control electronics, low-level software, verification and validation of the quantum computation, etc.

    Proposals should include practical strategies towards the break-even point of fault tolerance to increase algorithmic depth (number of operations) for quantum computing on existing platforms.

    Proposals for the FPA should describe how the activities carried out during the ramp-up phase will be continued involving the relevant disciplines ,technologies and stakeholders, how results of the ramp-up phase will be used, and how they will provide efficient coordination under strong scientific and engineering leadership.

    Proposals for the FPA should also address the development and integration in this platform of a full software stack, including a compiler and scheduler, programming tools, a suite of algorithms, use cases etc., that would allow them to showcase their capability of solving real and concrete computational problem(s) that demonstrate a quantum advantage and to make progress towards fault tolerance.

    Proposals should aim at the development of open quantum computer experimental systems, and work on the reduction of their form factor.

    Proposals for FPAs should also cover: (i) the cooperation with complementary projects previously launched, specifically in the area of the enabling quantum software stack (see HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-10: Strengthening the quantum software ecosystem for quantum computing platforms), and DEP Future EuroHPC JU Calls for acquisition and operation of Quantum computers, and their integration with the HPC and data infrastructure, including also the need to establish from the beginning of this cooperation appropriate IP exploitation agreements; (ii) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, transnational or global level; (iii) any additional support they may receive in their activities from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (iv) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative. (v) relevant aspects of cooperation with European industry and SMEs/ They should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

    The partnership will have a duration of 4 years.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-50: Next generation quantum sensing and metrology technologies (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD and Mercosur countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

    This decision has been taken on the grounds that, in the area of research covered by this topic, EU open strategic autonomy is particularly at stake. It is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 262 .

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to demonstrate the feasibility of next generation quantum sensing and metrology technologies and devices by showing disruptive progress in the performance, reliability and efficiency and application of such technologies and devices and by enhancing the TRL of all (essential) components necessary to build them.

    Scope: Proposals should focus on next generation quantum sensors and metrology devices such as for example quantum enhanced spectroscopy and imaging, including entangled and/or superposition-based clocks, quantum opto-mechanical sensing devices, squeezed states of light, point-defects in the solid-state (bulk or 2D materials). They are expected to provide extreme precision and accuracy measurements in many fields, beyond the performance of consumer devices and services, in applications such as for example medical diagnostics and imaging, quantum enhanced spectroscopy and imaging, entangled clocks, inertial sensors, high and quantum opto-mechanical sensing devices, radio-frequency sensing, high-precision navigation and monitoring, ultraprecise time standards in aerospace or information networks, quantum imaging and non-line-of-sight imaging, quantum communications and cryptography relevant for security, communication to future applications in the Internet of Things, hybrid superconducting-magnetic / sensing devices, quantum imaging for material science and microelectronics.

    Proposals should address: (i) the development of new methods and techniques to achieve full control over all relevant quantum degrees of freedom and to protect them from environmental noise; and/or (ii) identify correlated quantum states that outperform uncorrelated systems in a noisy environment and methods to prepare them reliably. Proposed work should exploit quantum properties (such as coherence, superposition and entanglement) emerging in quantum systems to improve the performance of the targeted sensors technologies (e.g. in terms of resolution, sensitivity or noise), well beyond the classical limits.

    Proposals should target the development of laboratory prototypes (from TRL 2-3 to 4-5) demonstrating the practical usefulness of engineered quantum states of light/matter to improve sensing or imaging and develop and demonstrate optimized quantum software for detection applications in real-world applications. They should leverage interdisciplinary expertise and join forces with metrology institutes or other relevant technical fields to further advance the limits of sensors sensitivity and resolution and to implement the best control protocols, statistical techniques (e.g. Bayesian, among others) and machine learning algorithms as appropriate.

    Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms and contribute to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    European Innovation Leadership in Photonics

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-56: Photonic Strategies and Skills Development (CSA) (Photonics Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering both activity areas in the scope below, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking, but also to at least one project in each activity area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to at least one of the following outcomes:

    1.Reinforced value chains and deployment of photonics technologies by stronger cooperation of photonics stakeholders, clusters and end-users;

    2.Increased competitiveness of the European photonics sector and improved access to finance for the photonics sector in Europe;

    3.More and better prepared professionals in the photonics sector.

    Scope: Two types of proposals are expected.

    Type 1: Supporting the industrial strategy for photonics in Europe (EU contribution around 3 million EUR). The objective is to support the development and implementation of a comprehensive industrial strategy for photonics in Europe. The action should include the development of strategic technology road-maps, strong stakeholder engagement (in particular Photonics21 stakeholders, National Technology Platforms, regional Clusters, end-user industries), coordination of regional, national and European strategies and priorities, fostering collaboration with other European Partnerships to identify synergies and fields of common interest, and fostering strategic collaboration with financial institutions to improve financing conditions for Photonics industry, e.g. loans for growth financing, Venture Capital.

    Type 2: Fostering careers in photonics (EU contribution around 1 million EUR). The objective is to reach out to STEM graduates/PhD students and young postdocs in order to encourage more of them to pursue a career in photonics. Actions should help make students more industry ready and should provide the appropriate training, encourage innovation and entrepreneurship. Action should seek synergies with the skills development activities called for in the Digital Europe programme and with the activities on strategy development called for under type 1.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Photonics.

    Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the Green Deal

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 263

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 264

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 15 Nov 2023

    Deadline(s): 19 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-03

    RIA

    30.00

    Around 8.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-04

    IA

    60.00

    Around 10.00

    5

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-22

    RIA

    13.50

    4.00 to 6.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-54

    RIA

    18.00

    3.00 to 5.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-55

    IA

    15.00

    Around 15.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    136.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    AI, Data and Robotics (incl. efficient, robust, safe, adaptive and trusted robots)

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-03: Novel paradigms and approaches, towards AI-powered robots– step change in functionality (AI, data and robotics partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following primary outcomes:

    1.Achieve the substantial next step in the ability of robots to perform non-repetitive functional tasks in realistic settings, based on underlying robot functions (e.g. guidance/navigation/manipulation/interaction etc.), demonstrated in key high impact sectors where robotics has the potential to deliver significant economic and/or societal benefits. This next step functionality should clearly delineate from state of the art solutions and can be illustrated by the following non-exhaustive examples that illustrate different types of functional ability. Proposals should address functional challenges that are of equivalent or greater complexity and/or combine different types of functions to deliver greater functional complexity:

    1.To reach the point where the robot systems operating in harsh complex and dynamic working environments can carry out sequences of complex functions to achieve a functional goal.

    2.For example a robot able to carry out a range of different types of functions where the choice and sequence of execution depends on the dynamics of the operating context as the task progresses.

    3.In navigation to reliably and purposefully move between destinations within complex people centric environments that are occupied such as busy transport hubs, shopping malls or entertainment and sporting venues; or to move purposefully maintaining a direction of travel towards a target destination or sequence of destinations over variable terrain where the surface is shifting and reactive to the robot’s motion for example on sand, gravel or waterlogged ground; or to be able to navigate, move purposefully and transition between water and air or water and land including mixed surfaces attaining a target destination, or sequence of destinations over extended distances beyond the current state of the art.

    4.In manipulation to reach human speed with equivalent dexterity, or manipulate objects beyond human capability, such as very small objects, or very precise manipulation tasks, or vary big objects, beyond current capabilities and functionalities; to manipulate complex articulated objects either as part of an assembly task or in order to use those objects as tools to achieve a specific function. For example handling a complex articulated part while a processing operation is taking place on it; or to manipulate and assemble soft objects or materials that deform under their own weight such as textiles as a part of a useful process.

    2.Step change in the enabling conditions essential for the accelerated diffusion of robots in various industries, sectors and services which can 1) handle tasks efficiently, robustly, and safely and 2) interact naturally and smoothly to support humans in their daily activities, based on a strong multidisciplinary approach, including the relevant SSH dimension.

    3.The development, use and exploitation of major advances in science and technology for the enhancement of European robotics, in order to maintain Europe’s scientific excellence and ensure sovereignty of key technologies relevant to robotics

    4.Create opportunities to affect society in the longer term by contributing to impact on major broad societal challenges.

    Scope: For robots to be usefully and efficiently deployed to perform new activities in physical interaction with the real world requires an improvement in and expansion of the range of functionalities robots can deploy.

    This needs to take place in sectors where the capabilities of robots can be utilised to progress productivity in critical industries, support European industries essential for sovereignty and in sectors with high impact across Europe such as manufacturing, healthcare, agri-food, construction etc.

    In particular the following major areas of functional performance need to be progressed to the next level of performance:

    1.significant enhancement of navigation capabilities in order to enhance mobility (underwater, on the ground, in the air, in the body, in areas difficult to reach, on rough terrain, in unpredictable environments, in areas including people or other moving agents, etc.), particularly in highly dynamic and complex environments.

    2.extension of manipulation capabilities to address:

    1.large (of the order of metres to 10s of meters in scale), or heavy (of the order of 100kg to multiple 100kg )

    2.or small objects of millimetre or centimetre scale, or smaller; ,

    3.or of objects that are soft, deformable, articulated, delicate or hazardous objects;

    Each of these require significant advances in precision, force, speed, re-planning, physical perception, grasping, manipulation (including bi-manual), etc.), in order to achieve beyond human capability in manipulation and dexterity.

    For large scale manipulation applications include but are not limited to manufacturing, assembly, maintenance and installation of large infrastructure; for example wind turbines, energy pylons, pipelines, dwellings, industrial buildings, transport infrastructure etc.)

    For small scale manipulation applications include but are not limited to medical and healthcare (human and animal), pharmaceutical and laboratory automation, process industries, materials processing and micro-fabrication and assembly.

    1.significant enhancement of functional interaction capabilities to deliver efficient, safe and natural interaction with people, objects, with other robots, within complex and dynamic working environments, including the ability to adapt to variation in the working environment and the needs and dynamics of users, objects and structures, etc.).

    Making significant next step advances in these functional capabilities will require paradigm shifts in terms of both physical and systems architecture particularly through the removal of silos between disciplines that contribute to robotics functionalities.

    Proposals will need to address safety and security aspects at all levels, as well as consider the data life cycle in line with GDPR.

    Proposals should aim to address bold and significant challenges to the enhancement of robot functionality and do so by utilising multidisciplinary research activities.

    Proposals should address several of the following in the context of improved functional performance relevant to deployment barriers in a high impact sector:

    1.Robust perception and the integration of sensing into physical structures to enhance motion and perception

    2.Advanced safe and reliable navigation functionalities, integrating anticipation, re-planning, high-level goal optimisation. Natural human-robot interaction functionality

    3.Advanced cognitive capabilities, integrating any type of learning (from experience, collaborative intelligence or learning from human knowledge, frugality in terms of data, unsupervised, etc.), modelling, reasoning, introspection, etc.

    4.Novel design approaches, e.g. soft robotics, under-actuated, miniaturised, modular/reconfigurable robots including those capable of self-reconfiguration, e.g. for guidance/navigation/manipulations in places hard to reach

    5.Mobile manipulation, natural manipulation of arbitrary objects including soft, fragile or other items complex to handle (e.g. dirty, slippery, deformable)

    6.Advanced navigation/manipulation in extreme environments, extremely small and precise in the body, autonomous navigation on shifting and uneven surfaces and in transition, for example between water and air or water and land, field robotics in harsh environments, the handling and manipulation of extremely large/heavy objects, etc.

    Where relevant, proposals should contribute to making AI and robotics solutions meet the requirements of Trustworthy AI, based on the respect of the ethical principles, the fundamental rights including critical aspects such as robustness, safety, reliability, in line with the European Approach to AI. Ethics principles need to be adopted from early stages of development and design.

    Critical to success will be the interaction of End Users in the definition of the problem domains and use cases that act as barriers to long term deployment and uptake across multiple sectors.

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address all of the following:

    1.Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in the necessary relevant disciplines to reach their objectives. SSH is particularly relevant in addressing human aspects related to human-robot interaction, sensible task distribution between humans and robots, agency, control, trust and handling of data collection, to achieve usability, trustworthiness, safety and adoption of the developed solutions.

    2.It is essential that scientific and technological results are reproducible and re-usable in order to contribute to the advancement of the targeted research area.

    3.S&T progress should be demonstrated through use-cases with major and broad socio-economic impact.

    4.Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes.

    All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring, as well as illustrative application use-cases demonstrating well-defined potential added value), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform or Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics, public community resources, to maximise re-use of results, either by developers, or for uptake, and optimise efficiency of funding; enhancing the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, data and robotics.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-04: Industrial leadership in AI, Data and Robotics boosting competitiveness and the green transition (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)[[https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2021/662906/IPOL_STU(2021)662906_EN.pdf]]

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio coverage, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the two highest ranked proposals for each of the two expected outcomes (1. The creation of systems to address large scale challenges using combined robotics data and AI solutions, 2. The creation of systems to address large scale resource optimisation challenges using combined AI and Data solutions). Proposals should clearly identify the outcome it will focus on.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    As third parties' grants may include robotics components, requiring high equipment investment and/or important effort to integrate in a use-case to address robotics challenges, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000.

    40% budget for FSTP in sub-area ‘creation of systems to address large scale resource optimisation challenges using combined AI and Data solutions’

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to one of the two following outcomes, exclusively:

    1.The creation of systems to address large scale challenges using combined robotics data and AI solutions that have significant impact on the objectives of the green deal. For example; in improving domestic energy consumption or in the cleaning up of contaminated land and waterways or in accelerating the circular economy along the complete value chain through automated waste avoidance and waste processing or reuse of materials.

    2.The creation of systems to address large scale resource optimisation challenges using combined AI and Data solutions, that have significant impact on the objectives of the green deal, such as optimisation of any kind of resources, from production to use along the complete value chain in order to minimise waste or foster the reuse of resources or in using AI and data solutions to maximize energy efficiency, ensuring energy security.

    Which will contribute to

    1.The validation of solutions at scale by demonstrating the potential of integrating these technologies to address challenges in industrial ecosystems and develop solutions that are environmental friendly and contribute to the green deal

    2.Making and exploiting major advances in science and technology, to maintain Europe’s scientific excellence and ensure sovereignty of these key technologies expected to affect the society in contributing to addressing major societal challenges affecting the environment.

    3.Exploring deployment solutions that can ensure efficient scale up.

    4.Boosting the uptake of AI, Data and Robotics to exploit the major contribution expected to environmental sustainability.

    Proposals should clearly identify the outcome it will focus on.

    Scope: Proposals should demonstrate the added value of integrating either AI and Data, or AI, Data and Robotics technologies through large-scale validation scenarios reaching critical mass and mobilising the user industry, while demonstrating high potential impact contributing to the European Green Deal objectives. For example in the recycling of electric car batteries, cleaning and monitoring the oceans, decommissioning energy infrastructure, supporting the recycling of materials, the optimisation of energy usage, the minimisation of resource waste in value-chains, for example through the better adaption of production to demand, etc.

    Focus should be given to attracting new user industries, and/or showing new business opportunities to boost the uptake of AI, Data and Robotics in major sectors and stimulate the involvement where appropriate of end-users to define the technological barriers to uptake and the use cases for deployment.

    Proposals should address the involvement of SMEs and/or start-ups with significant potential to foster innovation through their engagement with large scale pilots. Focus will be on leveraging and nurturing emerging collaborations between stakeholder communities shaping an effective eco-system fit for the challenge of European AI, Data, Robotics, and on accelerating European R&I through structural involvement of innovative SME and deep-tech start-ups.

    Proposals should target sectors and application domains with wide-scale deployment potential and maximum contribution to the green deal.

    Multidisciplinary innovation activities should address one of the following:

    1.Large scale pilots bringing major industries from key application sectors in Europe – facilitating collaboration between small and large companies with the goal of exploiting and integrating existing tools, sub-systems and solutions that are re-usable from other sectors (thereby showing scalability/versatility, and enabling economies of scale) to have significant impact on the objectives of the green deal. The focus will be on the integration of tools, systems sub-systems and solution in the pilot by the grant beneficiaries. In this case, proposals are not expected to involve the use of financial support to third parties.

    2.The development of large-scale pilots addressing key applications with a significant and scalable impact on the objectives of the green deal by facilitating collaboration between small and large companies able address key challenges in the deployment of AI, Data and Robotics.

    Financial Support to Third Parties: Projects should use FSTP to leverage novel technical advantage to address the operation of the pilot and to thereby support end users and service providers in addressing the challenges of the green deal. Third parties are expected to use the pilots for developing, testing and validating innovative solutions with significant impact on the green deal. Proposals should clearly delineate the expected contributions from the main beneficiaries as well as from the third parties, to ensure their coherence and impact. 40% of the EU funding requested by the proposal should be allocated to the purpose of financial support to third parties.

    Proposals should either involve directly, or indirectly, appropriate expertise in other relevant disciplines for example related to environmental science and, as necessary, Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) disciplines, especially where this is relevant to validating the effectiveness of proposed systems and technologies with respect to the green deal objectives.

    Proposals should include a clear business case and exploitation strategy.

    All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring, as well as illustrative application use-cases demonstrating well defined added value to end users), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform and/or the Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics, public community resources, to maximise re-use of results, either by developers, or for uptake, and optimise efficiency of funding; enhancing the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, data and robotics.

    Open Source for Cloud/Edge and Software Engineering Fundamentals to support Digital Autonomy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-22: Fundamentals of Software Engineering (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 265 .

    Expected Outcome: Responsible software engineering methods, tools, and best practices leveraging, among others, novel AI and data technologies to accelerate the development and maintenance of software, including for multi-architecture systems, addressing in particular efficient and agile modelling, verification and validation, as well as vulnerability assessment and mitigation.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to progress state of the art in at least one of these areas:

    1.Methods, mechanisms and tools that allow smart intelligent system specification, agile system and code development, advanced code analysis, fault prediction and location and self-repair by using emerging techniques, in particular based on AI and data technologies. This may include environments that allow to automatically derive requirements and produce conceptual and architectural models. Tools should support mastering complex requirements, design-by-contract programming at all levels of integration, semi-automatic creation of pre-conditions, post-conditions and invariants for software modules facilitating automated unit and integration testing.

    2.Methods and tools for the development of dynamic and resilient software for systems running on multiple processing architectures including cross-compilation, run-time self-adaptation and multi-architecture executables.

    Projects are expected to demonstrate their developments in at least three industrial or societal use-cases. Implementing responsible software engineering, the use-cases should address functional as well as non-functional requirements and principles like optimising energy usage, reducing the environmental footprint, security-by-design, and data protection.

    Projects should provide a dissemination and use strategy. Research and Development should interface with relevant existing standards, where appropriate. Projects are encouraged to deliver results under Open Source licenses.

    Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

    European Innovation Leadership in Photonics

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-54: Smart photonics for joint communication & sensing and access everywhere (Photonics Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Sensors/probes to monitor the quality of the communication network and of photonic signals transported in the communication network

    2.Methods to use the network as large-scale distributed sensor

    3.Development of foundational optical technologies, systems and networks that provide the future access infrastructure

    Scope: Proposals should address at least one of the following activity areas:

    1.Light-based solutions to let the communication network sense, while transporting data, for example

    o To enhance the security and resilience of the network

    o To make network resources more energy efficient

    o To warn and protect against natural disasters, earthquakes etc.

    o To monitor the infrastructure where the fibre is deployed (traffic, stress in bridges…)

    1.Light-based solutions to bring internet everywhere, with the most relevant access technologies

    o Fiber to the home, fiber to the antenna or fiber to the sky (satellite), for example with coherent passive optical networks, free space optics, Lifi or optical beamforming and steering

    o while enabling the integration of all access technologies in one system

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Photonics.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-55: Photonics Innovation Factory for Europe (Photonics Partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-5 and achieve TRL 4-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Substantially improved penetration of core photonics technologies into multiple end-user application domains and industry sectors, in particular through carefully selected SMEs and new start-ups with the strongest potential for high impact in terms of business growth and employment, enabling a demonstrably more competitive and technologically sovereign European industry.

    2.Creation of a sustainable streamlined ecosystem for photonics innovation in Europe from TRL 2-7, providing European Cross-Border Added Value with a high leveraging effect on investments made at national and regional level in photonics.

    Scope: The aim is to provide a virtual factory with a flexible and open structure, allowing for a multiplicity of competitive actors and services operating as a sustainable fully integrated European ecosystem of cross-border deep innovation support in core photonics technologies for the benefit of European industry. The factory should lower the entry threshold to photonics and facilitate the broad uptake and integration of these technologies in new products and processes with high potential impact in the market and on society.

    It should help speed up the deployment of proven photonics technologies within European industry in order to increase its global competitiveness, with an emphasis on technological sovereignty and resilience while also fostering strong new enterprise business growth. Care will be taken that it will not compete with existing commercial offers.

    Proposals should address the following:

    A streamlined virtual access, supported through a network of competence centers acting as a single consortium, to a supply chain which offers a broad range of photonics technologies that cover the entire photonics innovation spectrum from concept to commercialization (TRL2-7).

    The action should create pathways from initial concept through to production, employing scalable manufacturing methods connected to pilot lines and pre-series production facilities appropriate to the market, and thereby closing the gaps in photonics value chains and unlocking investments in European manufacturing based on more complete and mature solutions.

    The action needs to target primarily first users and early adopters enabling the wider uptake and deployment of core photonic technologies in innovative products and processes with strong commercial potential.

    Support cases should be innovative and industrially relevant, requiring intensive cross-border collaborative expert intervention to overcome specific innovation challenges based on synergetic photonics core technologies, and should include business-related coaching activities directly linked to the innovation activities to support industrialization steps to full commercial launch as a complete value chain appropriate to the market needs.

    Users and early adopters may start individual support cases at different levels of technology readiness depending on their needs: TRL 2 may be useful for researchers using photonic technologies whereas industrial users may start higher, e.g. at TRL 4 or 5. Support cases should increase the start TRL by at least two levels. All actions taken together should cover TRL work between 2 and 7.

    The action should build on relevant previous European initiatives and existing infrastructure at European and regional levels, use an appropriate quality management and impact measurement framework for the direct innovation support interventions, demonstrate a record of accomplishment in supporting industry, in particular SMEs and start-ups, with deep cross-border innovation support.

    The action should provide strong linkages with established European Photonics industry and investment networks such as the Enterprise Europe Network, as well as (pan-) European Digital Innovation Hubs and cluster organizations in both the photonics and photonics-enabled application domains.

    The action should address innovation-readiness support in the form of Demonstration Centers and Experience Centers to help prepare business cases plus additional supports such as technology, business, investment, and intellectual property coaching aimed at maximizing the potential future commercial impacts from the innovation support activities. The action should also be capable of demonstrating a strong business plan towards durable funding and sustainability of its activities.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership Photonics.

    Call - Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the Green Deal

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-CNECT

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 266

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 267

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 15 Nov 2023

    Deadline(s): 19 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-21

    RIA

    20.00

    4.00 to 6.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-23

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-31

    RIA

    33.00

    Around 33.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-34

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-42

    RIA

    15.00

    Around 15.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-45

    IA

    15.00

    4.00 to 5.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    88.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Open Source for Cloud/Edge and Software Engineering Fundamentals to support Digital Autonomy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-21: Open Source for Cloud/Edge to support European Digital Autonomy (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to both of the following outcomes:

    1.Prototypes of cloud and edge servers demonstrated in relevant centralised and distributed environments and allowing full computing infrastructure deployments based on European processor technology, thereby establishing a full Open Computing Architecture stack, which supports emerging processing architectures (e.g. RISC-V).

    2.Standards and best practices consolidating the European Open Computing Architecture, as well as its interfaces to current industry standards.

    Scope: Proposals should facilitate the emergence of a full European Open Cloud and Edge Computing Architecture by

    1.Developing open source alternatives to enable the physical use of emerging processors in cloud and edge server systems. Such modules include basic input/output systems, pre-boot execution environments, power-on authentication, etc., supporting heterogeneous processor architectures, and

    2.Demonstrating actual cloud and edge systems in real life or emulated computing environments exploiting the benefits of an extended open source stack (socket to application) on emerging processor architectures (e.g. RISC-V).

    Research should interface with relevant existing standards and contribute to standardisation where appropriate.

    Proposals should include a clear business case and exploitation strategy.

    Proposals are expected to develop synergies and relate to activities and outcomes of the KDT/Chips and the EuroHPC Joint Undertakings, the European Processor Initiative and the European RISC-V working group. They should complement the development of European HW and related low-level software as done under the KDT and EuroHPC JUs, to make these exploitable for cloud and edge servers and make use of previous developments under Horizon Europe.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-23: Public recognition scheme for Open Source (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 268 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to both of the following outcomes:

    1.Establishment of a system of European annual awards that acts as a spotlight stirring up contributions to Open Source Software and Hardware projects.

    2.Increased interest for the contribution to, integration of and exploitation of Open Source assets

    Scope: The action should first develop a scheme including a list of fields related to Open Source. An indicative but non-exhaustive nor obligatory list of topics could include deep contributions to kernel code, brilliant utilization of open source in companies’ new developments. The action should elaborate an adequate process to

    1.scrutinize different fields of action relevant to open source,

    2.select appropriate candidates for being recognised,

    3.implement adequate award ceremonies.

    Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), in particular in sociology and human behaviour, to achieve a wider interest in the efficient exploitation of available open source assets.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include an exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination, which allows recurrent awards.

    Additionally, a strategy for skills development should be presented, associating social partners when relevant.

    Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement

    Graphene and 2D materials: Europe in the lead

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-31: Pilot line(s) for 2D materials-based devices (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 33.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 33.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-4 and achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Broadly accessible pilot line(s) fostering the creation of electronic and photonic devices and systems (co-)integrating two-Dimensional Materials (2DM).

    2.Significant progress towards the adoption of the 2DM in the silicon and semi-conductor arena by allowing the production of new (co-)integrated devices and systems in a quality controlled way.

    Scope: Proposals shall continue the efforts started in the 2D experimental Pilot Line of the Graphene Flagship and build on the IP developed therein, to establish a 2DM pilot line(s), where European companies, research centres and academic institutions, can produce on a pilot scale novel electronic and/or photonic devices and systems integrating 2DM.

    Proposals should focus on the (co-)integration of 2DM with established technologies such as CMOS 269 integration and heterogeneous integration.

    Proposal should include supply of standard semiconductor technologies such as CMOS, ASICs 270 , planarized waveguides already adapted/optimized for 2DM co-integration.

    Proposals should specify targeted added value(s) against current technologies of the integrated devices and systems. Proposals should consider the following TRLs: for Electronics applications starting TRL 3 with ending TRL 5 and for photonics applications starting TRL 3-4 and ending TRL 5-6.

    Multidisciplinary research and innovation activities should address all of the following:

    1.Building the toolkit and design modules necessary for creating prototype devices and systems, characterise and assess their performance and their ability to cover the device requirements of the targeted applications.

    2.Process characterisation and monitoring to control and guarantee quality of relevant device parameters and to allow yield predictions of the integrated devices.

    3.Adaptation of standard semiconductor technologies including passivation schemes, strategies to align devices over different technologies, modules to contact the 2D devices with the periphery, optimized planarization strategies and packaging services.

    4.Reliability and packaging requirements;

    5.Implementing multiple wafer runs or other offering to best cover business opportunities;

    6.Defining a sustainable model of functioning beyond the project lifetime and include activities preparing for the later transfer of the pilot line to an industrial production environment; examples of such activities include addressing relevant cost issues and market perspectives, potential business partners, etc.

    Proposals submitted under this topic should include a business case and exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.

    Research should build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed.

    Proposals should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. In particular projects are expected to develop synergies and relate to activities and outcomes of the projects selected under the other topics of ‘Graphene and 2D materials: Europe in the lead’ and where relevant of the KDT JU.

    Proposals should also cover the contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Graphene Flagship initiative.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-34: Synergy with national and regional initiatives in Europe (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 271 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Well-coordinated European, national and regional initiatives in the field of graphene and two-dimensional materials (2DM);

    2.Further development of a strong European innovation ecosystem in 2DM-based technologies.

    Scope: Proposals should support the coordination between relevant national and regional public authorities funding research and innovation in 2DM-based technologies. This coordination should allow them to work synergistically with the goal to strengthen and complement the EU funded activities in the domain.

    Coordination and support activities should address all of the following:

    1.Active networking of relevant initiatives and R&I communities.

    2.Active follow-up of the projects funded under FLAG-ERA 272 .

    3.Maintaining an inventory of funding and scientific landscapes in the domain of 2D materials in Europe, for both basic and applied research.

    4.Analysing gaps and overlaps and contributing to topics that could be included in national/regional research agendas in the field.

    5.Supporting the national and regional actors to organise joint calls for proposals between their respective programmes and initiatives for supporting in Europe the further development of a strong innovation ecosystem in Graphene.

    Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Flagship on Quantum Technologies: a Paradigm Shift

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-42: Stimulating transnational research and development of next generation quantum technologies, including basic theories and components (Cascading grant with FSTP)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, participation in this topic is limited to legal entities established in Member States, associated countries, OECD and Mercosur countries. Proposals including legal entities which are not established in these countries will be ineligible.

    This decision has been taken on the grounds that, in the area of research covered by this topic, EU open strategic autonomy is particularly at stake. It is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 273 .

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 1-4 and achieve TRL up to 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    If funding for projects funded under topic is coming from more than one EU programme, this action is an EU Synergy grant 274 and the following conditions will apply:

    In all cases, this is provided that no double funding occurs, the cumulative financing does not exceed the total eligible costs of the action, and the support from the different Union programmes is calculated on a pro-rata basis in accordance with the documents setting out the conditions for support (Art. 15.4 of the Horizon Europe Regulation and Art. 63.9 of the Regulation on Common Provisions of the Structural Funds).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 700.000 in order to allow third parties to achieve closer coordination and greater mobilisation and pooling of resources between regional, national and EU research programmes for realising the research goals of the Quantum Flagship in the area of quantum technologies.

    Proposals are expected to use financial support to third parties (FSTP) to achieve closer coordination and greater mobilisation and pooling of resources between regional, national and EU research programmes for realising the research goals of the Flagship in the area of quantum technologies. A minimum 85% of the EU funding requested by the proposal should be allocated to the purpose of financial support to third parties, selected through joint calls with the participating national funding agencies.

    Third parties will be funded through projects of around EUR 2.5 million per project. The EU will contribute with up to 33% of the national contribution to the projects.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Support to transnational projects in quantum technologies, fostering synergy between European, national and regional initiatives and promoting broader partnerships between the European stakeholders in quantum technologies.

    Scope: Proposals should support the networking and coordination of national activities in support of the Quantum Flagship by implementing calls for proposals resulting primarily in grants to third parties in this area, in accordance with the provisions of the General Annexes. i) the gaps in the Strategic Research Agenda, not covered by the Flagship activities; (ii) support transnational efforts in guaranteeing availability of critical technologies, materials and resources essential for a competitive development of next generation quantum technologies and central to strategic supply chains for an autonomous and technologically sovereign pan-European quantum ecosystem; (iii) support early-stage involvement of industry in transnational R&D agendas to next generation quantum technologies, emphasizing high inclusion and participation of SME and start-ups in realizing an innovative and agile pan-European quantum ecosystem.

    Proposals should make provisions to actively participate in the common activities of the Quantum Flagship and in particular contribute to the activities of the existing Quantum Coordination and Support Action.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-45: Quantum sensing and metrology for market uptake (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland and Norway and the following additional associated country: Israel 275 .

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 276

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to mature quantum sensing technologies and devices (TRL 6-7) in different application sectors, with the goal of establishing a reliable, efficient supply chain including first standardisation and calibration efforts for rapid market uptake.

    Scope: Proposals should address the development of mature quantum sensing technologies and single or network-operating devices that have the potential to find a broad range of new applications including but not limited to transportation, precise localisation and timing, navigation, metrology, health, biology, security, telecommunications, Radio Frequency sensing and processing, imaging and recognition, radars energy, electronics industry, construction, mining, prospection, aerospace, materials, automotive, energy transformation etc...

    Proposals should demonstrate advanced prototypes of such sensing technologies that provide an unprecedented level of precision and stability, making new types of sensing, imaging and analysis possible. For rapid market uptake, they should target miniaturised, integrated, transportable quantum sensors and provide first plans for their further industrialisation and target customers through enhanced cost efficiency and user operability at higher TRL.

    In order to achieve the above, proposals should include relevant actors from the whole value chain (from materials to devices and to system integration aspects). They may also include, wherever relevant: (i), activities and actors from metrology institutes that would provide measurement methods and/or standards, including for the development of quality assurance methods and for standardisation of the targeted quantum sensing technologies; (ii) strategies such as validation and benchmarking to other technologies in order to clearly identify quantum advantage and hereby assist successful and competitive market placement; (iii) where necessary, to achieve the projects objectives, activities could also address more fundamental research issues; (iv) the cooperation with complementary projects launched specifically in the area pilot capabilities (“FPA for open testing and experimentation and for pilot production capabilities for quantum technologies” HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITALEMERGING-02-22), to lower the threshold for industry via the transfer infrastructure provided by application labs, testbeds as well as fabrication and pilot line facilities being addressed under the synergetic FPA suggested above.

    Finally, proposals should also cover: (any additional support they may receive from relevant national or regional programmes and initiatives, including the contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative.. They should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe, for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Destination 5: Open Strategic Autonomy in Developing, Deploying and Using Global Space-Based Infrastructures, Services, Applications and Data

    Today EU citizens enjoy watching satellite TV, increasingly accurate global navigation services for all transport modes and users (e.g. mobile phones and car navigation systems), extended Earth monitoring for land, marine, atmosphere and climate change, global meteorological observation and accurate cartographies of a wide number of variables. Space also makes important contributions to security crisis management and emergency services. These are key assets for the EU policies on climate, environment, transport, agriculture and secure society (e.g. Maritime Strategy, the Arctic Strategy, the Digital Agenda, the Common Security and Defence Policy, the Sustainable Development Strategy, the SGDGs). Finally, the space sector is a source of economic growth, jobs and exports.

    This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations, as outlined in the Strategic Plan:

    1.KSO A, ‘Promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations.’

    2.KSO B, ‘Restoring Europe’s ecosystems and biodiversity, and managing sustainably natural resources to ensure food security and a clean and healthy environment.’

    3.KSO C, ‘Making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems.’

    4.KSO D, ‘Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.’

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact:

    Open strategic autonomy in developing, deploying and using global space-based infrastructures, services applications and data, including by reinforcing European independent capacity to access space, securing the autonomy of supply for critical technologies and equipment, and fostering the EU's space sector competitiveness.

    This expected impact is fully in line with the Space Strategy for Europe and the EU Space Programme Regulation. Horizon Europe R&I funds will contribute to this expected impact along two main axes by:

    1.Providing support with R&I funding to the EU space sector at large;

    2.Making a specific impact with the EU action with R&I to prepare the future evolutions of the EU Space Programme components, including providing R&I support in preparation of the Quantum initiative as well as support in preparation of the Secure Connectivity initiative proposed by the Commission.

    This Destination is therefore structured along the following headings:

    1. Foster competitiveness of space systems

    2. Reinforce EU capacity to access to space

    3. Evolution of services: Copernicus

    4. Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus and PRS and GOVSATCOM user activities

    5. Innovative space capabilities: Quantum

    6. Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector

    In addition, Other Actions related to this Destination cover:

    1.The management and coordination of the European Space Partnership;

    2.The evolution of space and ground infrastructures for Galileo/EGNOS;

    3.The development of SSA-SST and GOVSATCOM capabilities, including actions preparing for the Secure Connectivity initiative proposed by the Commission in February 2022;

    4.Specific activities related to Space entrepreneurship ecosystems (incl. New Space and start-ups);

    5.In-Orbit Demonstration and In-Orbit Validation.

    While headings 1, 2 and 6 will support the EU space sector at large and are largely based on the recommendation of the Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda, headings 3, 4 and 5 and the Other Actions will be supporting the EU Space Programme components as well as the emerging Secure Connectivity and Quantum initiatives.

    All headings will contribute to the 'Open strategic autonomy in developing, deploying and using global space-based infrastructures, services applications and data'.

    Heading 1 - Foster competitiveness of space systems

    The European space sector and space economy need to improve space-based capabilities, capture new markets (e.g. on-orbit servicing), adapt to rapidly changing markets whilst staying competitive in the satellite communication, navigation and Earth observation sectors. This requires the development of new competitive technologies for space and ground systems, such as very high throughput and flexible satellites, very high-resolution sensors, on-board and ground Artificial Intelligence (AI), optical communication and quantum technologies, as well as advanced robotics and flexible payload and platform concepts. We need to prepare the ground for future modular, flexible and intelligent satellites. In the mid to long term, the future space ecosystem should include hybrid, smart and reconfigurable satellites, which can be manufactured, assembled and serviced directly in-orbit, and with a de-orbiting capacity.

    Digitalisation and automation will enable advanced design and manufacturing methods (including additive manufacturing) and “Digital Twins”, plug-and-play modularity, as well as model-based system engineering. This will yield reductions in mass, cost, emission, energy consumption and development time.

    Disruptive technologies and concepts should be further developed to bring breakthrough innovation to the space sector, while at the same time advancing technology maturation in the view of qualification on ground or via In-Orbit Demonstration and Validation activities.

    Heading 2 - Reinforce EU capacity to access space

    Two specific challenges stand out. Firstly, the increasingly competitive global market for launch services, , secondly, the emerging opportunities in space transportation that have not been yet seized by European launch actors characterised by new uses of space (e.g. small satellites, larger constellations, payload recovery, payload quick deployment), new services (e.g. direct orbit injection, in-orbit servicing) and in-space transportation. This will require, amongst others, new concepts for reducing the production and operation cost such as reusability (including stage recovery and landing) of launcher and vehicle components, and low cost, high thrust and green propulsion, modular avionics, autonomous systems, micro launchers, re-entry vehicles and modern and flexible test and launch facilities. This will require urgent activities to enable operational capacities by the latest 2030.

    Disruptive technologies, methodologies and concepts should be developed to bring breakthrough innovation to the launcher systems sector as well as to contribute to cost reduction and contribute to the preparation of a competitive European Space Transportation beyond 2030.

    Heading 3 - Evolution of services: Copernicus

    Copernicus core services (Climate Change, Marine Environment Monitoring, Land Monitoring, Atmosphere Monitoring, Emergency Management and Security) must evolve and improve to better respond to new and emerging policy needs, such as anthropogenic CO2, greenhouse gas and pollutant monitoring, climate change mitigation and adaptation, EU arctic policy, coastal area and integrated management, sustainable development goals, environmental compliance, protection of natural resources, ecosystems and biodiversity monitoring, food security, agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture, crisis management, safe transport, sustainable and clean energy, border management, preserving cultural heritage, as well as other new domains that could bring key contributions to the European Green Deal and to other EU priorities and policies.

    Heading 4 - Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus and PRS and GOVSATCOM user activities

    European Global Navigation Satellite System (EGNSS), encompassing the Galileo and EGNOS components of the EU Space Programme, and Copernicus capacities are unique and world-class and should be fully utilised for EU citizens, companies and society. Research and innovation should therefore foster the development of EGNSS downstream applications and promote their adoption in the EU and worldwide, in particular in markets with a long lead-time (e.g. maritime, rail, aviation), and in areas where Galileo offers unique differentiators (high accuracy, authentication, Search and Rescue, PRS).

    Copernicus based applications and services can serve, for example, polar research, monitoring of the environment, maritime and coastal monitoring, natural disasters, civil security, migration and agriculture. They can bring, with EGNSS, a key contribution to the European Green Deal and to the sustainable management of natural resources. The public sector should be motivated to support space-based services via innovation procurement. Synergies between Galileo/EGNOS and Copernicus, as well as synergies with non-space programmes, leveraging the combination of space data with non-space data, will open new avenues for the creation of a wealth of new and innovative applications and services. The use of Copernicus and Galileo/EGNOS for the European Science Cloud (EOSC) and Destination Earth initiatives should equally be taken into account and promoted.

    GOVSATCOM activities are needed for developing the user base, supporting the development of demonstration terminals and the validation of the services, identifying the tools needed for the future GOVSATCOM HUB services and supporting the development of applications.

    Heading 5 - Innovative space capabilities: Quantum

    Quantum Technologies, as an emerging field with great potential to be applied in the EU Space programme, require basic research and validation activities for its application to space.

    Space will pave the way for quantum technologies in EU space infrastructure and for space-based services (e.g. quantum inter-satellite communication, next generation atomic clocks or quantum sensors). It is of the highest strategic importance for the EU and its industry to be competitive and to become a global leader in this area. It will provide enhanced services to EU citizens and allow overcoming limitations and challenges of the current generation of quantum technologies. Therefore, R&I shall foster the development and use of EU sourced space qualified quantum components, including mission design, integration and in-orbit demonstration and validating. The availability of adequate ground segment infrastructure for testing and validating the quantum space mission needs to be ensured too. Synergies with GOVSATCOM will be considered.

    Heading 6 - Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector

    Development of associated technologies and actions of key importance to the other headings and sections will be pursued. These actions will at the same time contribute to foster the competitiveness of the EU space sector, to reinforce our capacity to use and access space and to perform R&I for the EU Space Programme.

    These targeted and strategic actions will include the development of critical technologies for EU non-dependence and space science activities.

    Evolution of space and ground infrastructures for Galileo/EGNOS (Other Actions)

    For Galileo/EGNOS, the international context, the competitive environment with emerging actors and novel techniques in the value chain, the increasing threats, and the evolution of the technologies, components and systems, including dual-use technology, call for a constant adaptation of the EU space infrastructure to these changing realities.

    To meet these challenges, EU needs sustained investments in R&D for innovative mission concepts, technology and systems. These will ensure the continuity of the EGNSS service, minimise the risks for technology inclusion in the infrastructure, thanks to anticipated development and testing including in-orbit, protect better this infrastructure against modern threats (notably cyber, jamming/spoofing, natural hazards), and increase the open strategic autonomy in key technologies. Overall, they will maintain the EU´s leadership position in the Global Navigation Satellite Systems.

    Development of innovative capabilities SSA-SST and GOVSATCOM (Other Actions)

    Space Situational Awareness (SSA) and GOVSATCOM innovative components will be developed in the EU Space Programme fostered by Horizon Europe R&I.

    Space Situational Awareness (SSA) will provide services to European users including spacecraft owners/operators and governmental entities that will reinforce the protection and resilience of European space and ground infrastructures against various hazards and risks (mainly collisions in/from space, Near Earth Objects or space weather events). New challenges are posed by the ever-increasing orbital population of smaller satellites and space debris and the associated increased risk of orbital collisions, fragmentations and re-entries. R&I activities shall address these challenges by developing novel architectures and technical solutions for ground/space sensors, data processing, networking and operation centres (including critical technological elements for the realisation of crucial future space weather applications and services) to ensure safety and sustainability of space operations in Europe as well as by improving current EUSST (European Space Surveillance and Tracking) services and implementing new ones (space debris mitigation and remediation services; space weather services).

    The GOVSATCOM component aims to provide reliable, secured and cost-effective satellite communications services to EU and Member State authorities with an infrastructure supporting secure critical missions and the ability to exchange sensitive information in an environment of worldwide hybrid threats (including the Arctic). Research and innovation activities will foster the development of European satcom security related technologies and increase European independence from foreign critical technologies and exploiting synergies with defence /security assets.

    The Secure Connectivity initiative aims to develop a secure and autonomous space-based connectivity system for the provision of guaranteed and resilient satellite communications. Among the objectives are to develop, build and operate a multi=orbital space-based state-of-the-art connectivity system, continuously adapted to governmental satellite communications demand evolution, and to complement the Union pool of satellite communication capacities and services and integrate the GOVSATCOM ground segment infrastructure, as well as to integrate the European quantum communication space infrastructure (EuroQCI) to enable secure transmission of cryptographic keys. In this context, this Work Programme already prepares the ground for the Secure Connectivity initiative via two Actions under Other Actions related to Secure Connectivity infrastructure on the one hand and upstream R&D activities on the other hand and via a Quantum topic focused on QKD cryptography.

    Space entrepreneurship ecosystems (incl. New Space and start-ups) (Other Actions)

    Business development, acceleration and upscaling of start-ups will be fostered across all space areas under the CASSINI Space Entrepreneurship Initiative.

    CASSINI will provide support to business and innovation-friendly ecosystems, including the strengthening business skills in the space market segments and digital services based on space data. The objective is to make start-ups and scale-ups investment-ready and able to secure venture capital funding. Synergies with the InvestEU programme and the EU Space Programme will be established.

    Limiting participation in certain actions to Member States (and certain candidate associated countries to Horizon Europe)

    The Space research part of the Horizon Europe Programme is by default open to the world, promoting international cooperation to drive scientific excellence.

    However, an important aspect of this Destination consists in ensuring security and strengthening open strategic autonomy across key technologies and value chains, taking advantage of the possibilities that space offers for the security of the Union and its Member States. This objective requires special rules in specific cases to set the requisite eligibility and participation conditions to ensure the protection of the integrity, security and resilience of the Union and its Member States. Hence, on an exceptional basis and duly justified, this work programme may foresee a limited participation to entities from selected countries. Such exceptional circumstances would relate to prevalent considerations to safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy or security. Possibilities for such limitations are framed by Article 22(5). Out of 25 call topics, 13 remain fully open while 12 are proposed for limited participation. Other activities in other actions might also be proposed for limited participation.

    Innovation Actions – Legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01

    137.50

    28 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01

    46.30

    20 Feb 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    137.50

    46.30

    Call - STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 277

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 278

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 22 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 28 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-11

    IA

    10.10 279

    1.00 to 2.50

    5

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-12

    RIA

    15.00 280

    0.50 to 2.50

    7

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-13

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-21

    RIA

    20.00 281

    Around 20.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-22

    RIA

    23.10 282

    4.00 to 10.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-23

    RIA

    10.00 283

    2.00 to 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-31

    RIA

    8.60 284

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-32

    RIA

    3.00 285

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-33

    RIA

    2.00 286

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-34

    RIA

    5.00 287

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-62

    RIA

    5.00 288

    2.00 to 2.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-63

    RIA

    3.00 289

    1.00 to 1.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-71

    RIA

    10.70

    1.00 to 1.50

    8

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-72

    RIA

    20.00 290

    2.00 to 3.00

    7

    Overall indicative budget

    137.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Foster competitiveness of space systems

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-11: End-to-end Earth observation systems and associated services

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.10 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering all the areas described in the scope section, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 291 .

    Expected Outcome: The expected outcomes of this topic will enable flexible satellite Earth-observation end-to-end systems as a strong subject to answer the new trends of a very dynamic market environment with high potential. Competitiveness will be strengthened by enhancing flexibility and reducing costs while maintaining or increasing the performance (e.g. autonomous, reconfigurable, high-capacity systems) and support debris mitigation by system design. The agility to face uncertainties, market evolutions and improving system availability and latency to deliver high-quality experience to end-users should be addressed.

    Projects are expected to contribute to one or several of the following outcomes:

    1.Achieve and maintain the worldwide leadership for Earth Observation system;

    2.A flexible and competitive end-to-end system demonstration (at the minimum, breadboards realisation and validation on ground, in a representative E2E environment by 2027/28);

    3.Short to medium term disruptive development and maturation of key technologies (up to TRL 6/7) for high performance Earth observation;

    4.Contribute to European non-dependence for the development of Earth-observation technologies;

    5.Contribute to the European Green Deal.

    This topic will contribute to develop and deploy global space-based services, applications and data, and therefore contributes to foster the European space sector competitiveness, as stated in the expected impact of this destination.

    Scope: The areas of R&I, which need to be addressed to tackle the above-expected outcomes are:

    1) R&I for Earth observation based on a network of small satellites with innovative capabilities, e.g. high revisit times, high reconfigurability, enhanced autonomy, high spatial resolution, including for video, seizing the full innovation potential of low cost and/or disruptive and sustainable approaches.

    2) R&I on Satellite Data Management and Processing including image processing for end-to-end performance improvement (also with regards to power consumption, e.g. using AI, simplification of data management, data fusion, advanced processing units, mass memory) and on infrastructures and networks for ground processing and virtual network functions (e.g. inter-operability, massive data management, cloud processing, cybersecurity).

    3) R&I to identify, develop and implement AI in industrial processes means fostering digitalisation (e.g. virtual design, digital twins, virtual testing, simulators) for Earth observation including software validation and verification in order to enhance overall end-to-end system performance, increase efficiency and reduce development and AIT time and costs in order to attain Rapid Development, Production and Assembly Integration and Testing (AIT) processes and operations support in satellite life cycle.

    A proposal should address only one of the three areas outlined above, which must be clearly identified. A proposal may operate in different topics/domains/sectors e.g. in the development of pilot and testing applications.

    Proposals are expected to promote cooperation between different actors (industry, SMEs and research institutions) and consider opportunities to quickly turn technological innovation into commercial use in space.

    Proposals under this topic should explore synergies and be complementary to already funded actions in the context of technology development at component level. In particular, it is expected that projects make use of existing European technologies and/or building blocks at component level contributing to European non-dependence and strengthen competitiveness. Furthermore, proposed activities should be complementary to national activities and activities funded by the European Space Agency (ESA).

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-12: Future Space Ecosystem and Enabling Technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.50 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve the following TRLs by the end of the project:

    Activities addressing area 1: TRL 4-6

    Activities addressing area 2: TRL 3-5

    – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering all the areas described in the scope section, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 292 .

    Expected Outcome: Enable the industrialisation and new services in space by intelligent solutions and competitive concepts, exploiting synergies with terrestrial sectors and cultivating an “AppStore”, Open-Architecture and Standardisation mentality towards quickly developed, sustainable, highly automated, flexible and economically viable space systems and infrastructure.

    Enabling technologies shall improve space systems and satellites’ flexibility and cost-efficiency, increase sustainability and accessibility, introduce mass-customisation and cooperative design as well as simplify and optimise operations. This is needed to access a large portfolio of promising commercial applications in space and on ground. Those technologies can be used for missions addressing any type of applications (in-space servicing, satellite telecommunications, EO, robotics for exploration and In-Situ Resource Utilisation etc.). The list of enabling technologies includes but is not limited to:

    1.Electric Propulsion

    2.Robotics incl. hardware, software, control

    3.Automation incl. hardware, software, processes

    4.Artificial Intelligence

    5.Software factory, automatic code generation

    All technologies can be used/researched especially in combination with standardisation, modularisation and digitalisation.

    This topic aims at enabling efficient in-space services (e.g. maintenance, assembly, manufacture, logistics, warehousing and disassembly/reuse/recycling) by focussing on target-oriented development and qualification of innovative, game-changing technologies, key technology building blocks as well as new applications and services for the future space ecosystem.

    Each project is expected to contribute to one or several of the following outcomes:

    1.A future space ecosystem, fostering the industrialisation and business in space as well as supporting scientifically meaningful, cost-efficient missions by using synergies with terrestrial sectors;

    2.A sustainable, highly automated, flexible and economically viable space infrastructure, building on technologies and concepts for a circular economy in space, e.g. plug-and-play spacecraft functionality introducing recycling/re-use of spacecraft modules/functionalities;

    3.New technologies and approaches for future space systems, application and services such as on-orbit services (OOS) including maintenance, assembly, manufacturing, highly automated re-configuration, recycling, logistics, warehousing, etc.;

    4.Support activities to enable in-orbit demonstration/validation (IOD/V);

    5.Short to medium term disruptive development and maturation of key technologies (up to TRL 7);

    6.Contribute to European non-dependence for the development of Space technologies.

    This topic will contribute to, in the medium to long term, developing, deploying global space-based services and contribute to fostering the European space sector competitiveness, as stated in the expected impact of this destination.

    Scope: The areas of R&I, which need to be addressed to tackle the above expected outcomes are:

    1) R&I on generic building blocks technologies for electric propulsion systems considering paradigms relevant for industrialisation (e.g. miniaturisation, scalability, flexibility, cost reduction). The activities should aim at anticipating and adapting to future market and application needs in a future space ecosystem (e.g. on-orbit logistic services, maintenance, assembly, de-orbiting, debris removal).

    2) Development and maturation of technologies and concepts with a clear application, pathway to applications and business sustainability in mind. Applications domains can be for example:

    1.Innovative approaches for operations, e.g. multi-orbit constellations, upgrade/re-configuration of existing space assets for multi-mission purposes

    2.Next generation of services, e.g. satellite life extension, maintenance/upgrading, assembly, recycling, logistic or warehouse services

    3.Enabling technologies that contribute to a sustainable, commercially viable space infrastructure, space debris mitigation and on-orbit services

    4.Serial production and manufacturing concepts of reliable small satellites or other space infrastructure elements, enhancing flexibility, allowing mass-customization, and fostering the use of commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) products/components

    5.Software for mission control, cloud-based data rooms, improving ground-based reception equipment (both ground stations and transmit/receive antennas for mobile applications).

    6.New hardware and software approaches to shorten development, test and integration of sub-systems/equipment/components or to allow re-use/recycle platform functionalities in space by making use of e.g. novel design paradigms such as standardised, functional satellite modules.

    A proposal should address only one area, which must be clearly identified.

    Projects are expected to promote cooperation between different actors (industry, SMEs, Start-ups, research institutions and academia) and consider opportunities to quickly turn technological innovation into commercial space usage.

    Proposals should explore relevant and promising solutions derived in Horizon 2020 activities, especially project results from the Strategic Research Clusters Space Robotics Technologies 293 and Electric Propulsion 294 .

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-13: Future Space Ecosystem: Management and Coordination Activity

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 295 .

    Expected Outcome: This support activity aims at enabling a sustainable, highly automated, flexible and economically viable space infrastructure in a holistic approach, prepared to maximise commercial opportunities in space and on earth: the future space ecosystem. A paradigm shift from conventional concepts towards more adaptive and intelligent solutions, which are strongly required to explore new business opportunities for European actors in space.

    This requires a targeted evolution of the Future Space Ecosystem (FSE) roadmap that identifies and describes pathways to innovative and promising applications and services in the fields of in-space services. It shall consider new space approaches, enabling technologies (e.g. electric propulsion, automation & robotics, AI, high-performance and reliable avionics) and synergies with terrestrial sectors, strengthened by continuous market and trend analyses.

    Not only enabling technology is required to foster future business in space, but also a suitable, sustainable framework, providing enough flexibility to let businesses emerge and grow in the field of On-Orbit Services (OOS).

    Therefore, the project is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Future Space Ecosystem roadmap focussing on in-space services, that take advantages of enabling technologies and of synergies between cluster 4 destinations and activities for the future space ecosystem maximising the market opportunities and benefits;

    2.Coherent principles, guidelines and standards for On-Orbit Services (e.g. life-extension, maintenance, assembly, logistics, etc.) supporting European actors implementing their business in this domain ensuring consideration of sustainability, safety and competitiveness.

    Scope: To ensure the safe and economically viable use of space and space-based assets in the long term, technologies need to be identified, a roadmap established and acceptable rules, standards and methodologies defined. Therefore, this coordination and support action shall:

    1.Identify and describe pathways to innovative and promising applications and services as elements in the further developed FSE roadmap, using feedback of relevant stakeholders and taking into account new space approaches, enabling technologies (e.g. electric propulsion, robotics, AI, high-performance and reliable avionics), synergies with terrestrial sectors while making use of continuous market and trend analyses;

    2.Identify and select the most promising technologies (game-changer/key technologies) and create a pathway for quick maturation and space qualification;

    3.Closely follow the project(s) of other calls related to the Future Space Ecosystem in order to support decisions regarding programmatic and strategy questions in the field and to verify the applicability of the existing principles and guidelines for future missions;

    4.Contribute to the international dialogue on recommendations for guidelines and standards for In-Space Services based on the work done in the European Operations Framework (EOF) 296 in H2020 supporting the European Commission in policy and standards development and fostering interoperability of EU space systems to access the rising global OOS market.

    5.Carry out targeted dissemination and outreach activities for FSE activities to showcase the paradigm shift and to facilitate support of European stakeholders with regards to OOS and to promote EU Space R&I activities in the future space ecosystem.

    The above-mentioned activities should take into account modularisation, standardisation, digitalisation and new industrial processes and production tools to the fullest extent possible to maximise the business opportunities.

    Active participation of industrial actors including SMEs in the consortium is expected.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Reinforce EU capacity to access to space

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-21: Low cost high thrust propulsion for European strategic space launchers - technologies maturation including ground system tests

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Norway, Iceland and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the United Kingdom to participate is conditional upon the following: (i) the United Kingdom is associated to Horizon Europe, and (ii) the United Kingdom’s equivalent space calls are published and open to the EU entities on a reciprocal basis.” Both conditions must be fulfilled on the date of the opening of this topic for submission.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security. The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:

    a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that restrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;

    b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;

    c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    Contribution to the overarching objective of launch cost/price reduction by 50% by 2030 (with respect to A6/VegaC cost/price 2021 economic conditions), for the benefit of EU Space programmes implementation and going towards reinforcing Europe‘s independent capacity to access to space.

    1.Innovation acceleration of enabling technologies (maturing, prototyping, on ground tests)

    2.Selection of most promising technologies for cost-reduction possibilities in the current European launchers

    3.Cost reduction investigation and demonstration.

    These outcomes will contribute to enhance Europe's open strategic autonomy and sector competitiveness, in line with the Expected Impact of the destination.

    Scope: Cost reduction and improving flexibility of European launch systems are the main challenges in order to foster European industry competitiveness on the global market.

    The propulsion systems represent a significant part of launch system costs. It is necessary to mature new or optimised low cost effective (lower number of parts, better operability), high performance (high thrust to weight ratio, high specific impulse) and green propulsion concepts, technologies and propellants for high thrust engines.

    The activities should address:

    1.Maturation of enabling technologies, building blocks, tools and processes including maintenance/overhaul and safety, up to TRL5/6 and subsystem tests including prototyping and integrated ground tests at subsystems level by 2025;

    2.Demonstration of the above technologies by subsystems and engine on-ground demonstration tests by 2026 to reach TRL 7.

    The matured technologies, building blocks, tools and processes should be applicable to strategic launchers able to launch EU Space Programme components, with the objective of enabling operational capacities by 2030 and preferably earlier for current launch solutions. The tests should be appropriate to this objective.

    The proposed activities must also support Europe's non-dependence objective and include the assessment of costs reduction investigations and test results towards the overarching objective mentioned in the expected outcomes.

    The activities will address one or several of the following areas:

    1.low-cost propulsion,

    2.throttlability,

    3.HMS - Health Monitoring Systems,

    4.controllers taking advantage of AI,

    5.reduced number of parts with extensive application of Additive manufacturing, or new composite technologies,

    6.maintenance/overhaul,

    7.associated fluidics.

    The activities should include as many as technologies possible in each area to maximise the number of matured technologies to be submitted to integrated tests at subsystem level and integration of subsystem (all technologies together) for engine firing tests by 2026.

    All the activities should be complementary and coherent with the ESA on-going or future activities in particular those decided at the last ESA Ministerial held in November 2019 and planned to be decided at the ESA Ministerial planned in November 2022.

    Proposals should provide all IPR dependencies and dependencies with other on-going activities, and detail the implementation, the reporting and the organisational as well as steering measures that will be taken to ensure that the proposed activities can be implemented and can achieve all the expected outcomes within the project schedule and budget.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-22: New space transportation solutions and services

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 23.10 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Norway, Iceland and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the United Kingdom to participate is conditional upon the following: (i) the United Kingdom is associated to Horizon Europe, and (ii) the United Kingdom’s equivalent space calls are published and open to the EU entities on a reciprocal basis.” Both conditions must be fulfilled on the date of the opening of this topic for submission.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security. The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:

    a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that restrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;

    b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;

    c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Contribute to EU Green Deal objective through the reduction of the environmental impact of space transportation and to be prepared for the upcoming REACH regulations, especially with respect to the use of hydrazine and its derivatives, focusing on commercial market as a driver for business growth.

    2.Contribute to expand commercial space transportation offer and services with new space transportation solutions. The objective is to contribute to double the accessible new space transportation service market to European industry by 2030.

    3.Design and performance studies as well as business cases (demonstration of economical viability).

    4.Matured technologies up to TRL5-6 including functional test on ground.

    These outcomes will contribute to enhance the sector competitiveness, in line with the Expected Impact of the destination.

    Scope: There are emerging opportunities in space transportation out of which some are recently started to being seized by European actors characterised by new uses of space (e.g. small satellites, larger constellations and payload recovery) new destinations (e.g. direct GEO, re-entry from LEO).

    The expected proposed activities should contribute to the maturation up to TRL5-6 of enabling new technologies and subsystems (including common building blocks) in the field of green propulsion, micro launchers and associated launch facilities, kick stage, orbital propulsion and distancing, attitude and landing, re-entry solutions, smart satellite deployment systems/dispensers, for space transportation including also new routes up to Lunar orbit or surface.

    The maturation could go up to subsystem and system 297 level technology demonstration and must include at least one of the following areas and linked technologies:

    1.Technologies for recovery of Space Transport vehicles elements:

    1.Technologies to be matured in order to allow the re-entry of launcher elements through the entire atmospheric flight domain from in-orbit up to soft landing on earth: Controlled hypersonic flight, the highly dynamic decent and landing maneuvre, aerodynamics and aerothermal design, attitude control system, actuators and propulsion system, advanced GNC design, propellant management/sloshing and system transient dynamics, low cost re-entry protection system, low cost, low weight and high performance structures.

    2.Technologies enabling recovery, high reuse and limited refurbishment need of launcher fairing: low cost and scalable concept design, structure with early consideration of manufacturing, distancing devices, recovery means solution, demonstrators for recovery and maintenance/overhaul.

    3.Technologies maturation for micro launcher first stage and booster stage. reusability concepts that have a strong potential for cost reduction.

    2.Space Transportation technologies in support to In-orbit servicing systems:

    1.Technologies allowing the in orbit reuse of a green and sustainable cryogenic elements for multiple operations and missions in-orbit: green propulsion and green Kick stage, versatile operation of cryogenic upper stages as on-orbits platforms, cryogenic propellant management for long duration missions, high multi-restart capability for in-space cryogenic engines, in-orbits cryogenics tanks, electric pumps for in-space propulsion, in-space refueling for cryogenic systems, interface and connection to in-space solutions, innovative low cost materials for in-space applications, attitude control systems (RACS), advanced avionics, GNC (Guidance, Navigation and Control).

    All the activities should be complementary and coherent with the ESA on-going or future activities in particular those decided at the last ESA Ministerial held in November 2019 and planned to be decided at the ESA Ministerial planned in November 2022.

    Proposals should provide all IPR dependencies and dependencies with other on-going activities, and detail the implementation, the reporting and the organisational as well as steering measures that will be taken to ensure that the proposed activities can be implemented and can achieve all the expected outcomes within the project schedule and budget.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-23: Modern, flexible and efficient European test, production and launch facilities

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Norway, Iceland and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the United Kingdom to participate is conditional upon the following: (i) the United Kingdom is associated to Horizon Europe, and (ii) the United Kingdom’s equivalent space calls are published and open to the EU entities on a reciprocal basis.” Both conditions must be fulfilled on the date of the opening of this topic for submission.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security. The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:

    a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that restrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;

    b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;

    c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Contribution to the overall objective of launch cost/price reduction by 50% by 2030 (with respect to A6/VegaC cost/price 2021 economic conditions), for the benefit of EU Space programmes implementation and towards reinforcing Europe‘s independent capacity to access to space.

    2.Contribute to expand commercial space transportation offer and services with new space transportation solutions. The objective is to contribute to double the accessible new space transportation service market to European industry by 2030.

    3.Improve cost efficiency of European test, production and space launch facilities.

    4.Matured technologies, standardised technology for improving cost efficiency, interoperability of access to space ground facilities in Europe, ground assets portability to speed-up deployments.

    These outcomes will contribute to enhance Europe's strategic autonomy and sector competitiveness, in line with the Expected Impact of the destination.

    Scope: Cost reduction and improving flexibility of European launch systems are the main challenges in order to foster European industry competitiveness on the global market.

    Europe needs to improve the cost efficiency of the access to space ground facilities and of launch systems production and operations for the launchers essential for the implementation of EU space programme. It could benefit from the current transformational wave in industry, which has the potential to exploit digitalisation and advanced data management for lowering the cost of low production rate facilities and further improving quality.

    In addition, access to space ground facilities in Europe need to become interoperable allowing to decrease the launch service costs.

    In coherence with WP21-22, the activities will address one or several of the following listed domains under a) and/or b):

    a. Multi sites flexible industrial platform:

    Feasibility study and maturation of key technologies in representative conditions, including cost benefits assessment of a flexible platform as a tool for existing and future European space launcher products, to enable a cost-efficient approach including existing Manufacturing Assembly Integration and Testing capabilities as design constraints, to increase economical robustness against variable production rates in the rocket industry and to optimise transfer from existing to new launcher productions.

    To explore, including from other industrial sectors, the use of a value-stream mapping (including the material- and information flow) in the field of Design to Manufacturing, Integration, Maintenance and Operation capabilities including improvements based on advanced data management and Artificial Intelligence. Maturation of technologies, including for reusable parts of the launch systems.

    b. Develop standardised and cost-effective innovative technologies to improve cost efficiency of Test and Launch facilities, their interoperability and compatibility/attractiveness for new users, including one or several of the following domains:

    1.modern data handling, data processing, diagnostic techniques

    2.eco-friendly technologies,

    3.automation and innovative controls,

    4.mobile telemetry systems, mobile payload preparation facilities,

    5.security and safety

    The maturation will go up to an incremental demonstration of key technologies.

    In addition solutions for improving flexibility (for new actors and concepts), configurability and interoperability of European test and launch facilities, including existing operational facilities, will be address:

    For launch facilities, activities shall address standards and means related to launch range, operations, communication, safety (this may also include safety equipment to be installed on-board: development and/or tests). The objective is to allow to operate multiple-launchers from different launch sites in order to minimize the impact on their definition.

    For test facilities, activities shall address analysis and means with regards to flexibility for multiple/green propulsions and adaptation of engine test capacities to reach modular and smart engine test simulator.

    The maturation will go up to an incremental demonstration of key technologies.

    All the activities should be complementary and coherent with the ESA on-going or future activities, in particular those decided at the last ESA Ministerial held in November 2019 and planned to be decided at the ESA Ministerial planned in November 2022. Proposals should provide all IPR dependencies and dependencies with other on-going activities, and detail the implementation, the reporting and the organisational as well as steering measures that will be taken to ensure that the proposed activities can be implemented and can achieve all the expected outcomes within the project schedule and budget.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Evolution of services: Copernicus

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-31: Copernicus for Atmosphere and Climate Change, including CO2

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.60 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering all the areas described in the scope section, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 298 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced quality and enhanced efficiency of the Copernicus Atmosphere Monitoring and Copernicus Climate Change services to respond to evolving policy and/or user requirements and to technological developments

    2.Continuation of the set-up of the new Copernicus service element for the monitoring of anthropogenic CO2 emissions

    3.Development of efficient and reliable new product chains, calling for innovation in data fusion, data processing and data visualisation and implementing Big Data & analytics modern solutions to handle more high-volume satellite data sets and product sets. The baseline is to improve the service in a modern and user-friendly way while preserving continuity of what has been achieved.

    4.Development of new algorithms and processing chains preparing for the use of new types of space observation data (being from new Sentinels, other contributing missions or ESA Earth Explorer missions) in order to allow the development of new products or the improvement of existing ones.

    5.Development of innovative and robust methodologies for characterising the likelihood of occurrence extremely hazardous events as well as of compound and/or sequences of and/or cascading hazardous events in the present and in future climate

    6.Development of an appropriate framework for attributing extreme compound, sequences and/or cascading events to climate variability and change.

    Scope: The areas of R&I are:

    1.Copernicus Atmosphere Monitoring Service evolution: the objective is to develop new and advanced modelling and data assimilation in CAMS global and regional systems in order to keep modelling and data assimilation aspects at the international state-of-the-art and benefit fully from ground-based and satellite observations, in particular from active remote-sensing networks with profiling capabilities (e.g. lidars, ceilometers, radars). In addition, new methods to advance substantially in the modelling of secondary aerosols and their interlinks with gas phase primary aerosols, as well as with gas and aqueous. With an integrated modelling approach, the integration of new observational data becomes a driver for further enhancement and improved realism of the already existing production chains, assimilation systems and coupled models. The development of advanced processing and modelling techniques, as well as the exploitation of new sources of data, will be targeted to create new products or significantly improve the quality and performances of existing elements-components for the benefit of users. The projects should take into account the existing service and clearly define to what extent the service will be improved with new elements or products, including the use of enhanced models, algorithms, tools and techniques to generate new products. The main output of the project should be tools and methodologies that can be readily transferred for improving aerosol representation in CAMS operational global and regional systems. The proposal should develop activities that will improve the quality of the aerosol variables in the CAMS global and regional analyses, forecasts and reanalyses, as well as of the CAMS solar radiation products.

    2.Copernicus Climate Change Service evolution: the objective is to develop innovative methodologies to characterise compound and cascading extreme weather events, including determining the potential frequency, intensity and impacts of these events in a changing climate. The proposal should underpin the creation of tools to monitor these events, attribute them to climate variability and change and, whenever possible, project changes in their likelihood. Proposals are expected to provide tangible results (new or improved products or service elements) for the Copernicus service. The research should be performed using existing Copernicus datasets for identifying natural hazard events at continental (Europe) and global scales, and existing methods, models (including local), tools and observations available at the different Copernicus Services. Examples of high-impact weather-driven natural hazards include, but are not limited to, floods, droughts, wildfires, desert dust storms, storm surges, heatwaves. The proposed research and development should be modular and scalable and the transfer of research results to operations should receive active attention during the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. Further details are highlighted in the Guidance document.

    3.Research activities to develop new and innovative methods to improve the numerical requirements (accuracy, mass-conservation) for the numerical schemes in the CO2MVS system for of atmospheric CO2 and other relevant tracers in the CAMS/CO2MVS capacity to accurately estimate CO2 emissions and to improve the numerical schemes used in the CO2MVS capacity systems based on accurate metrics. The main objective is to perform R&D activities identified as priorities for the Copernicus CO2MVS capacity as identified by the European Commission’s CO2 monitoring Task Force. The activities should support the further development of the foreseen European operational monitoring support capacity for anthropogenic CO2 emissions. These activities should complement or follow-up on the activities within the H2020-funded CO2 Human Emissions (CHE) project and the Prototype system for a Copernicus CO2 service (CoCO2) project. The activities, as described in the Guidance document, should address a series of scientific and critical system design issues, which were defined following outcomes of the CHE project and based on recommendations from the CO2 monitoring Task Force. More generally, this action should support the development of an integrated support capacity, enabling European experts to collectively share their knowledge and join forces on the multiple fronts required to develop such a system with operational capabilities. The activities should fulfil the technological and scientific requirements for the development of this European operational capacity, to further improve the prototype system to better meet user requirements and to exploit synergies with other Copernicus services.

    A proposal should address only one area, which must be clearly identified.

    Proposals are expected to provide tangible results (new or improved products or service elements) for the Copernicus service within the period 2021-2027. The proposed research and development should be modular and scalable and should support the automatization of different processes orchestration. The activities of the project should raise synergies towards Earth Observation Envelope Programme (ESA EOEP) and also contribute to the objectives set by the Group on Earth Observation and outcomes and relevant results of the project should be promoted also at international level through the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS).

    The projects should provide a proof-of-concept (e.g. system element targeting TRL 5-6) at least demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service.

    Additionally, the transfer of research results to operations should receive active attention during the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation. Software should be open licensed.

    Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-32: Copernicus for Emergency Management

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 299 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least three of the following expected outcomes:

    1.automated characterisation of building height and building use (e.g. residential, industrial, commercial, public, population density, vulnerability) through integration of different sensor types (e.g. optical, radar, night-time lights) and/or open source non-EO data,

    2.integration of new sensors (incl. 3D data derived from multi sensor platforms) for early warning and active global fire detection and fire monitoring (delineation, grading, damage assessment, plume dispersion) from geosynchronous and Geostationary sensors, including refined post-processing for active-fire detection confidence and false alarm removals,

    3.integration of high and very-high spatial resolution data and sensors for continuous multi-scale mapping and assessment of fuel structure and condition at pan-European level, including active (SAR, Lidar) and passive remote (multispectral and hyperspectral) sensing data,

    4.improvements of the hydrological predictions for the flood (including flash floods) and drought early warning and monitoring component through data assimilation and/or multi-objective parameter calibration and regionalization using satellite based and/or in-situ data linking where relevant to the European and Global Flood Awareness Systems (EFAS & GloFAS),

    5.improvements of the hydrologic process representation in the continental and/or global scale hydrologic model of the flood and drought early warning and monitoring component,

    6.methods for addressing limitations of Synthetic Aperture radar (SAR) based flood monitoring in Urban areas or under dense vegetation, smooth or sandy surfaces, snow and/or adverse meteorological conditions. The proposed solution needs to be applicable in an operational near-real-time context and for on-demand mode as well as continuous mapping mode,

    7.enhanced seamless sub-seasonal to seasonal predictions of severe-to-extreme hydrometeo events as droughts and associated multi-sectoral impacts,

    8.optimised integration of different data sources (e.g. reanalysis + observations from rain gauges + remote sensing) and different indexes characterising extreme meteorological events and related hazards, droughts. Possible use of the new datasets to improve also the floods and forest fire components is encouraged (e.g. merged precipitation datasets for hydrologic model initial conditions or improved fire danger risk calculations),

    9.integration of UAV along the full value-added chain (i.e. data planning, flight, data acquisitions and processing) in the current emergency response operations for improving the thematic accuracy of the damage assessment,

    10.advanced drought methods tracking severe to extreme events and associated hazards as the hydrometeo one and droughts.

    Scope: The R&I area is:

    Innovative methods and technologies for emergency related applications to derive advanced products and open new opportunities for an operational deployment addressing the needs of the Copernicus Emergency Management Service

    Different aspects should be considered for the service evolution:

    1.enhancement of an existing element or component through e.g.: technology improvements such as optimal automation of existing processes encompassing innovative artificial intelligent procedures and High Performance Computing (HPC) or adding new data streams in core services; methodological improvements such as optimised modelling tools and multi-platform, multi sensor AI techniques for automatic recognition of severe to extreme events and production of early warning indicators;

    2.new elements or components to the existing (core) service;

    3.new services complementing the core services and providing added functionality as required by users; e.g. in a national or regional context.

    Actions aimed at service evolution should be developed in response to specific policy and user requirements while seizing the opportunities provided by the evolution in technology.

    Although there is no guarantee that developments will be integrated into the operational CEMS, proposals should duly take into consideration practical aspects related to the integration of results into Copernicus services, including feasibility and cost/benefit analysis as well as timeline for technology maturity of the solutions proposed and their deployment in operational environments. Proposals should aim at reaching technology readiness level TRL6 and should include either a proof-of-concept or prototype demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service or the added-value of new elements in new application areas.

    Additionally, the transfer of research results to possible operations should receive active attention during the course of the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation.

    Proposals should build, where possible and relevant, on free and open-source models, tools and datasets already used or produced by CEMS and the software developed should be open licensed.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding. The possible participation of the JRC may consist in (1) ensuring access to relevant models, tools and datasets of the operational CEMS, (2) providing a good understanding of existing operational workflows and advice regarding the operational feasibility of new developments and (3) testing of new developments/prototypes in a pre-operational setting.

    On data fusion, vast amounts of EO-data are now being available for applications in the disaster domains. Identification of complementary data sets, development and testing of new and innovative ways (if applicable also in the context of social innovation) to efficiently integrate them in emergency applications will be used to generate added value and new intelligence. Besides satellite data, additional ones include in-situ and ground-based observations and measurements, meteorological data from ground weather stations and radar, data from aerial platforms, social media or crowdsourcing, as well as information generated from other sources and other Copernicus services. Whenever appropriate, the project should take advantage from Copernicus and EGNSS synergy. Potential security threats (e.g. cybersecurity) in the data flow and sensitivity of data and service products should be duly taken into account.

    Proposals are expected to provide tangible results (new or improved products or service elements) for the Copernicus service within the period 2021-2027. The proposed research and development should be modular and scalable and should support the automatization of different processes orchestration. The activities of the project should also contribute to the objectives set by the Group on Earth Observation and outcomes and relevant results of the project should be promoted also at international level through the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS).

    Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-33: Copernicus in-situ component

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 300 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to two or more of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Optimal use of early observations. Evaluation and assessment of past observing methods and environmental factors, and on error analysis, quality control and bias adjustment of the in situ historical record;

    2.Better access and wider use of Copernicus relevant observations and auxiliary data collected during R&I projects not easily recoverable and reusable for validation purposes in an operational context;

    3.Enhanced availability and quality of in situ and ground-based data critical for the production, calibration and validation of Copernicus products and data services;

    4.Appropriate consideration of Copernicus Services’ cross-cutting challenges and R&I priorities.

    Scope: The areas of R&I to be explored to help addressed the above expected outcomes include:

    1.Facilitation and demonstration of efficient, methodologically sound and sustainable reuse of in situ data collected during field campaigns and experiments for validation of Copernicus data and information services.

    2.Development of innovative observation strategies and concepts to improve the observational capacity in selected data sparse areas. In the marine context, the gathering and qualification of acoustic observations to characterize marine ecosystems (e.g., micronekton) is an identified priority;

    3.Synergistic use of complementary types of surface observations, such as pCO2 and pH observations from research vessels, ships of opportunities and Argo to improve the estimation of air/sea fluxes of CO2;

    4.Application of machine learning technologies for the quality control of historic and real-time meteorological and hydrological in-situ observations;

    This approach should foster the exploitation of exiting in situ data capacities to close observation gaps in combination with new observing infrastructure and innovative processing/modelling techniques. The proposed developments should be interoperable, modular and scalable, should support the automatization of different processes orchestration, and proposals should provide a proof-of-concept or a prototype that can be easily adapted by at least one of the Copernicus Services and / or an observing network or similar delivering critical in situ data to Copernicus. The project shall demonstrate the applicability of the outcome for at least one of the Copernicus Services.

    Depending on the selected area(s), relevant data providers, observing network operators, research infrastructures, and sensor manufactures should be involved in the proposal to the extent possible.

    New in situ observation techniques and sensors should be considered and innovative solutions should be proposed for data collection, processing, quality control, and automation including the use of Artificial Intelligence and machine learning to ensure robust and non-biased high added value datasets.

    In the selection of the topical scope of new-approaches to in-situ data and ground-based data collection, policy data needs should be considered, e.g. data needed for Green Deal monitoring, such as landscape features or parameters providing information on carbon farming.

    Additionally, the transfer from research to operations should receive full attention during the course of the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. This includes also cost estimates ensuring sustained operations. Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation. Developed software and collected observations should be open licensed.

    Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-34: Copernicus for Marine Environment Monitoring

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 301 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced quality and efficiency of the Copernicus Marine Environment Monitoring Service to respond to (a) policy and/or user requirements (b) technological developments implementing the space regulation (c) complementing the challenges targeted by the Horizon Europe Mission on “Healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters” and can also contribute to the initiative United Nations Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development.

    2.Development of efficient and reliable new products chains, calling for innovation in data fusion, data processing and data visualisation essential for the service to handle more high-volume satellite data sets and product sets. The baseline is to preserve continuity of what has been achieved while keeping the service modern and attractive.

    3.Development of new algorithms and processing chains preparing the use of the new types of space observation data (being from new Sentinels or other contributing missions) in order to allow development of new products or the improvement of existing products.

    Scope: The coastal zones have tremendous social, economic and biological value but are exposed to a high level of pressure due to climate change and human activities (e.g. regional sea level rise due to ice melting, coastal erosion, coastal floods, pollution, etc.). It is essential to advance Copernicus solutions to answer policy (e.g. WFD, MSFD, MSP, CFP, Flood Directive, Arctic Policy, Green Deal) needs to better manage and protect the coastal zone, to ensure the development of a sustainable blue economy (e.g. tourism, energy extraction, fisheries, offshore operations, industrial port areas, cities growth) , and to build resilience to climate change, human activities being potentially exposed and vulnerable to many hazards of natural or anthropic origins, including storm surges, flooding, acidification, ice melting, and degradation of ecosystems.

    The objective is to implement an advanced and seamless monitoring and forecasting of the ocean from global/regional to coastal scales representative of high-resolution and high-dynamics phenomena (physics, biogeochemistry) to better constrain the coastal applications and models developed at national to local level for several applications. As such the project should encourage a co-production between the EU Copernicus Marine Service global/regional service and Member State and Copernicus Participating States coastal services using digital innovation and facilities (including using Copernicus DIAS if appropriate). This requires:

    1.The development of improved pan-European satellite coastal observation retrievals (e.g. sea level, sea surface temperature, ocean colour, bathymetry, shoreline position, winds, waves, ice changes.), notably derived from Sentinel data, and an improved access and processing of in-situ data in the coastal zone.

    2.The development of improved inputs of freshwater flows and associated river inputs of particulate and dissolved organic and mineral matter and the development of standardized methods to couple hydrological models (for river run-offs) with Copernicus Marine and coastal ocean models.

    3.The development of improved coupling techniques between Copernicus Marine observations and modelling systems and downstream coastal observation and modelling systems operated by Member States and Copernicus Participating States including an impact assessment for key coastal applications (e.g. marine hazards, offshore operations, fishery and aquaculture, pollution) and EU policies (e.g. MSFD, WFP, MSP, CFP, Green Deal).

    New technological tools should be considered and innovative solutions should be proposed for better data exploitation, processing and distribution, e.g. move to cloud and HPC computing, distributed computing, Artificial Intelligence and machine learning (e.g. for automatic feature recognition), ensemble modelling, model coupling & nesting.

    Proposals are expected to provide tangible results (new or improved products or service elements) for the Copernicus Marine service. The proposed research and development should be modular and scalable and should support the automatization of different processes orchestration. The transfer of research results to possible operations should receive active attention during the project to strengthen the technical readiness for an operational deployment in the future (e.g. system element targeting TRL 5-6). Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation. Software should be open licensed.

    The activities of the project should also contribute to the objectives set by the Group on Earth Observation and outcomes and relevant results of the project should be promoted also at international level through the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS).

    The project could contribute to the objectives set by the DestinE initiative and to the Digital Twin Ocean under development following the H2020 Green Deal call and Horizon Europe calls.

    Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus, PRS and GOVSATCOM

    For a description of call topics related to Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus, as well as to PRS and GOVSATCOM applications, please refer to "Indirectly managed actions by EUSPA" on the section "Other Actions" of this work programme.

    Innovative space capabilities: SSA, GOVSATCOM, Quantum

    For a description of call topics related to SSA, please refer to the “Identified beneficiaries” part in the section “Other Actions” of this work programme. For a description of call topics related to GOVSATCOM, please refer to "Indirectly managed actions by ESA" in the section "Other Actions" of this work programme.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-62: Quantum Communication Technologies for space systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Norway, Iceland and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the United Kingdom to participate is conditional upon the following: (i) the United Kingdom is associated to Horizon Europe, and (ii) the United Kingdom’s equivalent space calls are published and open to the EU entities on a reciprocal basis.” Both conditions must be fulfilled on the date of the opening of this topic for submission.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security. The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:

    a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that restrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;

    b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;

    c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 302 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome:

    1.Support the EU space policy and the EU initiative to establish the Union Secure Connectivity Programme and foster the development of ultra-secure EU services based on or using space systems

    2.Ensure the EU sovereignty and non-dependence for the development of capacities leading to the availability of ultra-secure services based on Quantum Key Distribution (QKD).

    3.Enhance the TRL of the critical components necessary to build QKD space systems and foster the development of the associated QKD standards.

    These outcomes will contribute to securing the autonomy of supply for critical technologies and equipment for QKD space systems in the EU and foster the EU's space sector competitiveness by developing the associated ecosystem, in line with the Expected Impact of the destination. Security aspects shall be considered in all targeted developments.

    Proposals must address all the above-mentioned, expected outcomes.

    Two proposals will be selected under this call.

    Scope: The scope of this topic is the development of the critical components and technologies necessary to build a space quantum key distribution system. Based on the principle that any component used to generate, store, transmit, receive, decode, or use quantum information is considered a critical component, the scope of this topic covers all the critical hardware and software components necessary for the quantum key distribution function to be implemented via a satellite payload, as well as the corresponding optical ground station. Proposals will consider both Prepare and Measure (P&M) and Entangled protocols. In addition, proposals should address the issue of standardisation for QKD space systems. Proposals should propose and implement the development of international space QKD standards in existing standardisation bodies working groups (e.g. (e.g. ETSI, European Telecommunications Standards Institute) or propose and implement the creation of new standardisation activities through the creation of additional working groups.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-63: Quantum Space Gravimetry Phase-A Study

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    The page limit of the application is 75 pages.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Norway, Iceland and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the United Kingdom to participate is conditional upon the following: (i) the United Kingdom is associated to Horizon Europe, and (ii) the United Kingdom’s equivalent space calls are published and open to the EU entities on a reciprocal basis.” Both conditions must be fulfilled on the date of the opening of this topic for submission.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security. The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:

    a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that restrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;

    b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;

    c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 303 .

    Expected Outcome:

    1.Support the EU space policy and the EU Green Deal by assessing the feasibility of a quantum space gravimetry pathfinder mission

    2.Propose a mission, system and operation concept for the Quantum Space Gravimetry pathfinder mission

    3.Establish the list of critical components for a Quantum Space Gravimetry mission

    These outcomes will contribute to securing the EU autonomy of supply for critical technologies and equipment, and foster the EU's space sector competitiveness, in line with the Expected Impact of the destination.

    Up to two phase-A study proposals will be selected under this call, and their outcomes will contribute to the selection of a Quantum Space Gravimetry pathfinder mission. Activities under this call will also foster the EU leadership in the field of quantum sensing technologies.

    Scope: The final objective of this call is the selection of a Quantum Space Gravimetry pathfinder mission. To achieve this objective, two phase-A proposals for a feasibility study, as specified in ECSS‐M‐ST‐10C, will be selected. The scope of this topic covers in particular the system and operations concept of the pathfinder mission leading to a technical solution deployable before the end of the decade. A particular attention will be drawn on the analysis of the critical technologies and components necessary to deploy this mission, and proposals shall address the technological maturation necessary to meet this objective, based on EU solutions. The proposals will detail the reviews organised under the study. These reviews, organised by the consortium, will be open to European Commission’s and ESA’s experts. Each study will conclude with a Preliminary Requirement Review.

    Quantum Space Gravimetry Pathfinder Mission Statement:

    The goals of the quantum space gravimetry (QSG) pathfinder mission are:

    1.to consolidate the leadership of the European Union know-how in Quantum Sensing for Space and

    2.to demonstrate key technologies, their viability and related performances.

    Necessary for the later deployment of a full QSG mission (e.g. (e.g. Bose-Einstein condensates (BEC) technology, rotation compensation, etc.), and pave the way to future space-based applications and services enabled by its data.

    The focus of the QSG pathfinder mission shall be on the operation of a complete quantum accelerometer system and the detailed characterization of its performance in space. The results of the pathfinder mission, demonstrating the European Union capabilities and validating the technology, shall enable the development of ultra-sensitive sensors for an ambitious post-pathfinder QSG mission in the next step.

    The QSG pathfinder mission shall be launched within this decade, paving the way for the deployment of an EU QSG mission within the next decade. The technology developed shall foster the EU non-dependence and leadership in this domain.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-71: Scientific exploitation of space data

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.70 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Support the data exploitation of European missions and instruments, in conjunction, when relevant, with international missions.

    2.A higher number of scientific publications based on Europe’s space data, high-level data products made available through appropriate archives, and tools and methods developed for the advanced processing of data. Projects are also expected to add value to existing activities on European and international levels, and to enhance and broaden research partnerships.

    3.Increased collaboration of scientific teams both within and outside Europe across different domains.

    4.To strengthen European scientific excellence and support the development of leading-edge scientific research in Europe

    Scope: Exploitation of all acquired and available data provided by space missions in their operative, post-operative or data exploitation phase ensuring complementarity with activities already supported by ESA or national agencies during development phases.

    Given the continuously increasing complexity and volume of these data, this requires innovative data processing technologies (e.g. machine learning, inversion techniques, ...), “time series” analysis (which is already common in Earth and Climate Science), joint processing of various (space and ground) data, novel data (re)presentation and visualization assets, as well as sophisticated end-to-end simulations.

    Projects may rely on data available through Copernicus DIAS (Data and Information Access Services), ESA Space Science Archives when possible or other means (e.g. instrumentation teams). Combination and correlation of this data with international scientific mission data, as well as with relevant data produced by ground-based infrastructures all over the world, is encouraged to further increase the scientific return and to enable new research activities using existing data sets. These activities shall add scientific value through analysis of the data, leading to scientific publications and higher-level data products, tools and methods. When possible, enhanced data products should be suitable for feeding back into the ESA Space Science archives. Resulting analyses should help preparing future European and international missions.

    International cooperation is encouraged in particular with countries active in space exploration and space science.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01-72: Space technologies for European non-dependence and competitiveness

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    The page limit of the application is 75 pages.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, and more particularly, for the reasons of EU strategic autonomy in space and the security and integrity of EU space assets, and in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Norway and Iceland.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security. The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:

    a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that restrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;

    b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;

    c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-8 by the end of the project. However, the target TRL may be different from technology line to technology line – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering all the areas described in the scope section, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 304 .

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional exploitation obligations: For a period of up to 4 years after the end of the project, access rights to the use of products and/or processes generated by the project shall be given to European entities, in compliance with the signed Grant Agreement and with no legal restrictions and limitations stemming from International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR), EAR99 or equivalent instruments applicable in non-EU jurisdictions. Applicants must acknowledge and incorporate this obligation in the proposal and Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.To reduce the dependence on critical technologies and capabilities from outside EU for the EU space programme components (i.e. Galileo/EGNOS, Copernicus, Govsatcom and SSA) and other space applications;

    2.To develop or regain in the mid-term the European capacity to operate independently in space and enhancing competitiveness by developing products/technical capabilities reaching equivalent or superior performance level than critical technologies and capabilities from outside EU;

    3.To open new competition opportunities for European manufacturers by reducing dependency on export restricted technologies that are of strategic importance to future European space efforts;

    To improve the overall European space technology landscape and if relevant complement and/or create synergy with activities of European and national programmes either in the space or non-space fields.

    Scope: Research and innovation to mature critical space technologies that currently have dependency issues for use in the EU space programme components and discussed within the frame of the European Commission-ESA-EDA Joint Task Force (JTF).

    Technology areas:

    1.High speed DAC-ADC based on European Technology [Target TRL 6-7]

    2.Space qualified carbon fibre pre-impregnated material sources for launcher and satellite subsystems [Target TRL 8-9]

    3.Enhanced performance and space qualified detectors – IR range [Target TRL 7-8]

    4.Mid-power range electric propulsion thruster technology:

    1.Qualification of electrical propulsion thrusters and PPUs for power ranges up to 5kW [Target TRL 7-8]

    5.Mid-power range electric propulsion thruster technology:

    1.Development of new generation of thrusters based on non-dependent propellants (i.e. not Xe or Kr) [Target TRL 4-5]

    6.Replacement solutions for metallic lead (Pb) [Target TRL 7]

    7.High performance, cost effective multi - junction solar cells for space applications [Target TRL 5]

    Context information and high-level requirements, including description of scope, initial and target TRLs, and, where applicable, references and information of related activities, are provided in the technical guidance document published on the Funding & Tenders Portal outlining all relevant information to the selected actions.

    A proposal should address only one technology area, which must be clearly identified.

    Technological spin in and/or bilateral collaborations should be enhanced between European non-space and space industries, including technology research institutes and academia.

    To achieve the non-dependence objective, applicants should

    1.Describe in the proposal the technologies and/or technology processes to be used and show that they are free of any legal export restrictions or limitations, such as those established in the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR), Export Administration regulation (EAR) such as EAR99 or equivalent instruments applicable in other non-EU jurisdictions.

    2.Set up and describe in the proposal a suitable technology development process aiming at avoiding export restrictions of non-EU states and assess vulnerabilities of the supply chain.

    3.In the proposal, define specific tasks as part of the work plan, with the objective of:

    1.analyse and describe in detail the supply chain, each entity and its role in the supply chain, and if relevant identify critical dependencies from outside EU;

    2.develop the technical roadmap and business plan for commercialization, space mission insertion, including time to market indication, of the developed product.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Unless otherwise agreed with the granting authority, beneficiaries must ensure that none of the entities that participate as affiliated entities, associated partners or subcontractors are established in countries which are not eligible countries or target countries set out in the call conditions.

    Evolution of Galileo and EGNOS services and infrastructure

    For a description of call topics related to Evolution of Galileo and EGNOS services and infrastructure, please refer to “Indirectly managed actions by ESA” in the section “Other Actions” of this work programme.

    Space entrepreneurship ecosystems (incl. New Space and start-ups) and skills - CASSINI

    For a description of call topics related to Space entrepreneurship ecosystems, please refer to “Indirectly managed actions by EUSPA” in the section “Other Actions” of this work programme.

    Call - STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 305

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 306

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 21 Nov 2023

    Deadline(s): 20 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-35

    RIA

    4.00

    1.50 to 2.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-36

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-64

    RIA

    14.20

    Around 14.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-73

    RIA

    20.10

    2.00 to 3.00

    7

    Overall indicative budget

    46.30

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Reinforce EU capacity to access to space

    Evolution of services: Copernicus

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-35: Copernicus for Land and Water

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering all the areas described in the scope section, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 307 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced quality and efficiency of the Copernicus Land Monitoring service to respond respectively to several Green Deal policy and/or user requirements, including those related to the EU mission: "Climate neutral and smart cities", and to technological developments.

    2.Development of efficient and reliable new products chains, calling for new paradigms in data fusion, data processing and data visualisation essential for the Copernicus Land Monitoring Service to handle more high-volume satellite data sets and product sets. The baseline is to preserve continuity of what has been achieved while keeping the service modern and attractive.

    3.Development of efficient and reliable integrated products chains, calling with a holistic approach for better land use planning and hydrological monitoring and forecasting, combining and assimilating the current Copernicus service products, in particular the existing continental and global scale hydrological monitoring and forecasting systems of the Copernicus Emergency Management and Climate Change services (CEMS & C3S), and the potential development of new state of the art products complementing the existing ones.

    4.Development of a common leading-edge approach across services, and in the area of hydrological modelling serving the interests of various applications including agriculture, navigation, energy, flood prevention, and considering also hydrological climate change monitoring, assimilation of hydrological fluxes at the land-sea interface in ocean models, inland water river monitoring and forecasting (short term forecasting and climate monitoring). The development should consider cross services approaches and all relevant Copernicus service products, in particular the existing continental and global scale hydrological monitoring and forecasting systems of the Copernicus Emergency Management and Climate Change services (CEMS & C3S).

    5.Development of new algorithms and processing chains (e.g. data fusion, combination, assimilation, into monitoring and forecasting models) preparing also for the use of the new types of space observation data (being from new Sentinels or other contributing missions) should also be envisaged allowing the implementation of new products or the improvement of existing products.

    Scope: The areas of R&I are:

    1.the development of new and innovative methods to integrate the current land products into land surface, land use and cover change, and more sophisticated land planning and allocation models for different environment, including through cross services approaches and using all relevant Copernicus service products, and thus extending the potential limited uptake of land product into land planning decisions, offering new dimensions and new interests for Copernicus land products. In addition, the project should demonstrate the added value of Copernicus land service products when they are integrated and/or assimilated into the models.

    2.the development of an integrated, harmonized and coherent product provision system making use of new and innovative methods and observations (e.g.; SWOT mission) to improve the portfolio of the current inland and coastal/shore hydrological satellite observation products with more sophisticated and/or new products, in order to improve global scale hydrological monitoring and forecasting. The development should consider cross services approaches and all relevant Copernicus service products. It should extend the uptake (incl. assimilation) of inland water satellite observation product into hydrological models, consider a consistent approach to hydrological modelling for different purposes (e.g. continental water monitoring under climate change, improved flood and drought forecasting, support to water applications in sectors such as agriculture and energy, forcing coastal models) and offering new dimensions and new interests for Copernicus land, inland and coastal water products. In addition, the project should demonstrate the added value of Copernicus water satellite observation products when they are integrated and/or assimilated into models based on scientific quality validation approaches.

    A proposal should address only one area, which must be clearly identified.

    The projects should take into account the existing services and clearly define to what extent the services will be improved with new elements or products, including the use of enhanced models, algorithms, tools and techniques to generate new product(s). The projects should build, where possible and relevant, on open-source models, tools and datasets already used or produced by the existing Copernicus services.

    Proposals are expected to provide tangible results (new or improved products or service elements) for the Copernicus service. The proposed research and development should be modular and scalable and should support the automatization of different processes orchestration. The project should provide a proof-of-concept (e.g. system element targeting TRL5-6) at least demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service. The activities of the project should also contribute to the objectives set by the Group on Earth Observation and outcomes and relevant results of the project should be promoted also at international level through the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS).

    Additionally, the transfer of research results to possible operations should receive active attention during the project to strengthen the readiness for an operational deployment in the future. Appropriate interaction with the relevant Entrusted Entity of the Copernicus services, the conditions for making available, for re-using and exploiting the results (including IPR) by the said entities must be addressed during the project implementation. Software should be open licensed.

    Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en and further details on the topic in the Guidance document.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-36: Copernicus for Security

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, and and more particularly, for the reasons of EU strategic autonomy in space and the security and integrity of EU space assets, and in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Norway and Iceland.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees approved by the eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security.

    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:

    a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that restrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;

    b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;

    c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 308 .

    Security Sensitive Topics

    Some activities resulting from this topic may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following objectives:

    1.Enhanced fitness of the current services to better respond to evolving policy and user requirements.

    2.Enlargement of current service scope through the inclusion of new, complementary elements and extended communities of users.

    3.Significant technological enhancement in detection capabilities, timely access to data or delivery of information, narrowing the gap between capabilities and the more stringent security observation requirements.

    4.Significant improvement in integration of non-space data along end-user intelligence supply chains, bringing added value at operational level also at regional at local levels, or in support to field campaigns.

    5.Development of processing chain(s) to handle an increasing volume of satellite data, keeping abreast with technology developments and include new paradigms in data fusion, processing, automation, as well as added-value information access and visualisation.

    6.Integration of the Geospatial Artificial Intelligence (GeoAI) and Earth Observation data analytics with a variety of other application-specific data sources like data from remote sensors accessed through IOT, as well as crow-sourced data, high velocity transnational data and social media posts.

    Scope: Copernicus Security Services provide, today, a valuable contribution to civil security, law enforcement operations and crisis management in Europe as well as in support to its external actions. Technology and space capacities have been evolving significantly, creating opportunities for an increased outreach across a broader spectrum of related applications.

    Member states are also calling to reinforce Copernicus to better contribute to resilience and security in support to civil security and to better react and recover from major upcoming crisis of various forms, such as population displacement due conflicts, impact of climate change or extreme weather phenomena at global or regional levels. Copernicus has to potential to become a major contributor to European Data spaces that play an important role for security solutions. The Commission is as well anticipating on these needs and considering developing an enlarged portfolio of resilient services addressing new threats, for governmental use and complementary to national end existing EU capacities.

    R&D activities should therefore support an increase in service performance, outreach and scope, aiming particularly at fostering:

    1.Innovative methods and technologies to explore new and enlarged data sets and the development of applications addressing requirements not currently tackled by the current services.

    2.Actions in support to the evolution and scope of the security services, namely increasing user reach, responding to specific regional needs and increasing service added value in user operational scenarios.

    Additional information will be provided in the Strategic Research Agenda for Copernicus Security Services (SRA-CSS V1.0, to be released end 2022).

    Actions aimed at service evolution will have to be developed in response to specific policy and user requirements at European, Regional or National level, possibly making also use of data generated by any of the other Copernicus services, whenever relevant. .

    Proposals shall be explicit with regard to heir relevance on (1) the complementary of service provision, namely in terms of added-value, users, service portfolio, policies or data sets or (2) the added-value of the integration of results into Copernicus core services. As such, they should include feasibility and cost/benefit analysis, as well as a timeline for deployment in operational environments and a proof-of-concept or prototype demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service or the added-value of elements targeting new application areas.

    Attention should be paid to elements enabling R&D spin-out to operational environments, such as the need to re-use and exploit the results (including IPR) to the entities implementing the EU Copernicus programme. Resulting products, software in particular, should be open licensed allowing it to be installed, copied and adapted to the operational environment it will be intended for.

    Proposers are advised to exploit all possible synergies with other security specific actions funded under the work programme of Cluster 3 “Civil security for society”.

    Proposals are expected to provide tangible impact (new or improved products or service elements) for the period 2025-2027. As such, preference will be given to proposals with service elements e.g. system element targeting at least TRL 5-6. demonstrating the feasibility of the integration in the existing core service or the development of new, complementary elements.

    Applicants are advised to consult information on the Copernicus programme in general at https://www.copernicus.eu/en  and further details on the topic in the Guidance document.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus, PRS and GOVSATCOM

    For a description of call topics related to Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus, as well as to PRS and GOVSATCOM applications, please refer to "Indirectly managed actions by EUSPA" on the section "Other Actions" of this work programme.

    Innovative space capabilities: SSA, GOVSATCOM, Quantum

    For a description of call topics related to SSA, please refer to the “Identified beneficiaries” part in the section “Other Actions” of this work programme. For a description of call topics related to GOVSATCOM, please refer to "Indirectly managed actions by ESA" in the section "Other Actions" of this work programme.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-64: Quantum Space Gravimetry Phase-B study & Technology Maturation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 14.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.20 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    The page limit of the application is 90 pages.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Norway, Iceland and the United Kingdom. The eligibility of entities established in the United Kingdom to participate is conditional upon the following: (i) the United Kingdom is associated to Horizon Europe, and (ii) the United Kingdom’s equivalent space calls are published and open to the EU entities on a reciprocal basis.” Both conditions must be fulfilled on the date of the opening of this topic for submission.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security. The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:

    a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that restrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;

    b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;

    c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Expected Outcome:

    1.Support the EU space policy and the EU Green Deal by providing the detailed definition of a quantum space gravimetry (QSG) pathfinder mission

    2.Ensure EU sovereignty and non-dependence for the development of capacities leading to the availability of quantum space gravimetry

    3.Enhance the TRL of the critical components necessary to build quantum gravimetry for space

    These outcomes will contribute to securing the autonomy of supply for critical technologies and equipment, and fostering the EU's space sector competitiveness, in line with the Expected Impact of the destination.

    One proposal for this Phase-B study and the associated technology maturation will be selected.

    Scope: The final objective of this call is to prepare the next phases of the implementation of a Quantum Space Gravimetry pathfinder mission. To achieve this objective, one proposal for a phase B study, as specified in ECSS‐M‐ST‐10C, leading to a preliminary definition of a quantum space gravimetry pathfinder mission, will be selected. This activity will cover both the quantum space gravimetry payload and satellite platform. This activity will also include the implementation measures that will enhance the technological readiness of the critical components leading to TRL 6/7 at the end of the project. The proposals will detail the reviews organised under the study. These reviews, organised by the consortium, will be open to COM and ESA experts. The Phase B will conclude with a Preliminary Design Review.

    Quantum Space Gravimetry Pathfinder Mission Statement:

    The goals of the quantum space gravimetry (QSG) pathfinder mission are:

    1.to consolidate the leadership of the European Union know-how in Quantum Sensing for Space and

    2.to demonstrate key technologies, their viability and related performances.

    Necessary for the later deployment of a full QSG mission (e.g. BEC technology, rotation compensation, etc.), and pave the way to future space-based applications and services enabled by its data.

    The focus of the QSG pathfinder mission shall be on the operation of a complete quantum accelerometer system and the detailed characterization of its performance in space. The results of the pathfinder mission, demonstrating the European Union capabilities and validating the technology, shall enable the development of ultra-sensitive sensors for an ambitious post-pathfinder QSG mission in the next step.

    The QSG pathfinder mission shall be launched within this decade, paving the way for the deployment of an EU QSG mission within the next decade. The technology developed shall foster the EU non-dependence and leadership in this domain.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Targeted and strategic actions supporting the EU space sector

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01-73: Space technologies for European non-dependence and competitiveness

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.10 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    The page limit of the application is 75 pages.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, and and more particularly, for the reasons of EU strategic autonomy in space and the security and integrity of EU space assets, and in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Norway and Iceland.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees approved by the eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security.

    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:

    a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that restrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;

    b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;

    c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-8 by the end of the project. However, the target TRL may be different from technology line to technology line – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering all the areas described in the scope section, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 309 .

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the additional exploitation obligations: For a period of up to 4 years after the end of the project, access rights to the use of products and/or processes generated by the project shall be given to European entities, in compliance with the signed Grant Agreement and with no legal restrictions and limitations stemming from International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR), EAR99 or equivalent instruments applicable in other jurisdictions. Applicants must acknowledge and incorporate this obligation in the proposal and Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.To reduce the dependence on critical technologies and capabilities from outside EU for the EU space programme components (i.e. Galileo/EGNOS, Copernicus, Govsatcom and SSA) and other space applications;

    2.To develop or regain in the mid-term the European capacity to operate independently in space;

    3.To enhance the technical capabilities and overall competitiveness of European space industry vendors on the worldwide market;

    4.To open new competition opportunities for European manufacturers by reducing dependency on export restricted technologies that are of strategic importance to future European space efforts;

    5.To improve the overall European space technology landscape and complement and/or create synergy with activities of European and national programmes either in the space or non-space fields.

    Scope: Research and innovation to mature critical space technologies that currently have dependency issues for use in the EU space programme components and discussed within the frame of the European Commission-ESA-EDA Joint Task Force (JTF).

    The technology areas are:

    1.Low shock Non-Explosive Actuators (NEA) for smallsats [Target TRL 7]

    2.High data rate (12.5 to 28 Gbps or higher 56 Gbps), low consumption, short range links [Target TRL 7]

    3.Power laser sources in the eye-safe region [Target TRL 6]

    4.Enhanced performance and space qualified detectors – visible range [Target TRL 7-8]

    5.Ultra Deep Submicron technology for next generation space integrated circuits: ASICS, FPGA and microprocessors [Target TRL 5]

    6.Discrete power devices (200V normally-off GaN) [Target TRL 7]

    7.Photonics components [Target TRL 7]

    Context information and high-level requirements, including description of scope, initial and target TRLs, and, where applicable, references and information of related activities, are provided in the technical guidance document published on the Funding & Tenders Portal outlining all relevant information to the selected actions.

    A proposal should address only one technology area, which must be clearly identified.

    Technological spin in and/or bilateral collaborations should be enhanced between European non-space and space industries, including technology research institutes and academia.

    To achieve the non-dependence objective, applicants should

    1.Describe in the proposal the technologies and/or technology processes to be used and demonstrate that they are free of any legal export restrictions or limitations, such as those established in the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR), Export Administration regulation (EAR) such as EAR99 or equivalent instruments applicable in other non-EU jurisdictions;

    2.Set up and describe in the proposal a suitable technology development process aiming at avoiding export restrictions of non-EU states and assess vulnerabilities of the supply chain.

    3.In the proposal, define specific tasks as part of the work plan, with the objective of:

    1.analyse and describe in detail the supply chain, each entity and its role in the supply chain, and if relevant identify critical dependencies from outside EU;

    2.Develop the technical roadmap and a business plan for commercialization, space mission insertion, including time to market indication, of the developed product.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Unless otherwise agreed with the granting authority, beneficiaries must ensure that none of the entities that participate as affiliated entities, associated partners or subcontractors are established in countries which are not eligible countries or target countries set out in the call conditions.

    Evolution of Galileo and EGNOS services and infrastructure

    For a description of call topics related to Evolution of Galileo and EGNOS services and infrastructure, please refer to "Indirectly managed actions by ESA" on the section "Other Actions" of this work programme.

    Destination 6: A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies

    This destination will directly support the following Key Strategic Orientations (KSOs), as outlined in the Strategic Plan:

    1.KSO D, Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway contributing to the following expected impact:

    1.A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies, through a two-way engagement in the development of technologies, empowering end-users and workers, and supporting social innovation.

    The priorities in this domain are aligned with the objectives of the Digital Decade to build secure and sustainable digital infrastructures and to support the digital transformation of businesses and public services. It will directly support individual innovators (researchers, developers, high-tech SMEs and start-ups, etc.) engaged in developing the technologies for a trustworthy and human-centric digital environment, building on a more resilient, and decentralised internet architecture and enabling new social and business models respecting European values.

    In particular, the Digital Decade and its compass set a target 80% of citizens using a digital ID solution by 2030. In order to achieve this target, Europe needs to build an Internet of Trust empowering end-users with more control over their data and their digital identity. The Internet of Trust will also mobilise innovators towards more sustainable and secure internet infrastructures, supporting the Digital Decade objective of setting up 10000 climate neutral highly secured edge nodes. Finally the R&I priorities in this domain will fully support the international dimension of the digital decade by promoting the EU human-centred approach with key international partners.

    As Europe takes the lead in the green and digital transitions, workers, regions, and societies are faced with extremely fast transformations, and will be differently affected by these changes, creating opportunities for inclusive technological and social development, but also carrying the risk of increased inequalities. The rapid adoption of new technologies offers an immense potential for improved standards of living, safer mobility, better healthcare, new jobs, or the personalisation of public services. At the same time, it presents risks such as skills mismatches, digital divides, customer lock-in, or serious breaches of security or privacy.

    As Europe sets off on its path to recovery towards a greener, digital and more resilient economy and society, the need to improve and adapt skills, knowledge and competences becomes all the more important. All communities have the right to benefit from these new digital and green developments, leading to a more inclusive society, increased trust and a better adoption of new products and services. Developments in digital and enabling technologies have the potential to enhance social inclusion, can inform up-skilling training programmes and ensure a two-way engagement with society with regard to developing technologies.

    The issue of trust has become central in the use of technologies, following revelations about the exploitation of personal data, large-scale cybersecurity and data breaches, and growing awareness of online disinformation. As outlined in the White Paper on Artificial Intelligence (COM(2020)65), for AI technologies, trust requires in particular improving transparency (explainability, expected levels of performance). For the Internet, increasing trust requires new tools and services to ensure that GDPR is a reality for end-users.

    It is also an opportunity for Europe to re-gain presence on the consumer electronics market, by developing new interactive applications in various sectors with solutions meeting European values and requirements in terms of privacy and security. The COVID-19 crisis has also shown how important distance and innovative learning is for society.

    Actions under this Destination will support EU objectives of inclusiveness, by supporting a human-centred approach to technology development that is aligned with European social and ethical values, as well as sustainability. These actions will further contribute to addressing the challenges faced by European industry and support the creation of sustainable, high-quality jobs by targeting skills mismatches, the need to empower all workers, and ethical considerations relating to technological progress.

    Actions should devote particular attention to openness of the solutions and results, and transparency of the research process. To ensure trustworthiness, public awareness and support, wide adoption by user communities for the benefit of society, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness. Actions should ensure that the processes and outcomes of research and innovation align with the needs, values and expectations of society, in line with Responsible Research and Innovation.

    This Destination is structured into the following headings, which group topics together with similar outcomes to address a common challenge:

    1.Leadership in AI based on trust

    The objective of this heading is to ensure autonomy for Europe in AI, leading the way in research, development and deployment of world-class technologies that are beneficial to humans individually, organisationally and societally, and that adheres to European values, such as the principles reflected in our fundamental rights and environmental sustainability. Technologies need to be developed that industries and citizens will trust, so and that they could be applied in a wide range of applications and industrial sectors. Trustworthy AI is particularly key in applications such as (but not limited to) healthcare or in diverse critical infrastructures such as energy and transportation.

    Some topics of this heading are under the co-programmed Partnership ‘AI, Data and Robotics’.

    Proposals are encouraged to link with relevant European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) and its Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs), in particular the EIT Digital.

    EIT Digital plays role in shaping technologies and innovations that work for people. At least two of its focus areas, Digital Wellbeing and Digital Cities, address directly topics such as ethical artificial intelligence, predictive analytics or augmented and virtual reality that are relevant to this areas. The solutions will benefit from the increasing will of citizens to participate in the sharing economy. EIT Digital, through projects with cities for example, improves engagement and inclusiveness of the citizens and of the visitors by increasingly organising and exposing data, especially in real time and along with analytics and machine learning. Augmented and virtual reality of the cities are another facet of exposing or simulating city data from the past, present or future to the benefit of citizens. ​

    1.An Internet of Trust

    The issue of trust in the internet has become central, following revelations about the exploitation of personal data, large-scale cybersecurity and data breaches, and growing awareness of online disinformation. A 2019 survey 310 shows that half of the global internet users are more concerned about their online privacy compared to a year previously. Distrust in the Internet is causing people to change the way they behave online, for example by disclosing less personal information. Users also express an increasing level of distrust of social media platforms.

    The objective of this heading is to develop a trustworthy digital environment, built on a more resilient, sustainable, and decentralised internet, to empower end-users with more control over their data and their digital identity, and to enable new social and business models respecting European values.

    1.eXtended Reality (XR)

    Due to its low presence in the consumer electronics industry, Europe is increasingly dependent on external providers in this area. This raises concerns about its digital sovereignty in crucial domains such as digital interaction services that are being adopted by a growing number of European users and industries. The COVID-19 crisis has shown how important distance and innovative learning is for society, our children, their parents and their teachers, maintaining social and educational links under challenging circumstances. Emerging technologies such as virtual reality, eXtended Reality or immersive environments provide numerous opportunities for personalised, innovative, efficient and inclusive learning, for learners of all ages, gender and condition

    The objective of this heading is to gain industrial leadership in eXtended Reality technologies and immersive environments, while ensuring the European values of privacy, ethics and inclusiveness. It also aims to support the digital transformation of education through these technologies in particular.

    1.Systemic approaches to make the most of the technologies within society and industry.

    This heading promotes various systemic approaches to encourage creativity and make the most of the technologies developed elsewhere within society and industry. They include testing ideas in local communities; support for IP, standardisation and industry-academia exchanges; art-driven design; and assessments of complex socio-economic systems. These are complemented by support for a network of National Contact Points (NCPs), with a special emphasis on engaging with new actors.

    Activities beyond R&I investments will be needed to realise the expected impacts: testing, experimentation, demonstration, and support for take-up using the capacities, infrastructures, and European Digital Innovation Hubs made available under the Digital Europe Programme; further development of skills and competencies via the European Institute of Innovation and Technology, in particular EIT Digital and EIT Manufacturing; upscaling of trainings via the European Social Fund +; use of financial instruments under the InvestEU Fund for further commercialisation of R&I outcomes; and links to the thematic smart specialisation platform on industrial modernisation.

    1.Digital Humanism and human compatible technologies

    The Digital Decade policy programme (“The Path to the Digital Decade”), sets a European approach for its digital transformation based on values and technological leadership.

    In parallel, there is still a lack of systematic approaches to ensure a constructive role of culture in technology development in the spirit of methods to integrate non-technology innovation and social innovation.

    Efforts will be pursued to help ensuring people are at the centre of the digital transformation, in line with our values and principles.

    1.European standards for industrial competitiveness

    The Communication ‘Updating the 2020 Industrial strategy: towards a stronger Single Market for Europe’s recovery’ made clear that global leadership in technologies goes hand-in-hand with leadership in standard-setting and ensuring interoperability across the EU industrial ecosystems. EU industry needs European and international standards that underpin its twin digital and green transition. A minimal set of standards will also enable the creation of a soft layer for data sharing and exchange amongst EU industrial ecosystems and underpinning data spaces. Establishing global leadership in key priority standards such as cyber-security is also a critical matter for the competitiveness and resilience of EU industries. Global convergence on the same international standards helps reduce adaptation costs and strengthens EU and global value chains. Thus the topic of standards is an essential cross-cutting issue when it comes to the twin transition of the industrial ecosystems and making European industry more resilient.

    Several digital decade targets for 2030 are addressed like tech up-take facilitated by interoperability standards, climate neutral highly secure edge notes and ethical principles for human-centred algorithms through international endorsed standards.

    Standardisation can be an important factor for valorising EU R&I projects, allowing new technologies to enter into a more mature phase, favouring their applicability on a larger scale and hence promoting their uptake.

    Bringing the research and innovation community early on into the standards-making process is key to identify the issues and priorities, share views on future developments and stakeholder needs, and to provide recommendations to the European Commission and European standardisation organisations for future standardisation needs. Putting standards into science is very important to anticipate and prepare the standards-development process in future areas.

    1.International cooperation

    The proposed international coordination and support actions are aligned with the Commission’s international priorities. They will help build strong international digital partnerships, and promote a human-centred digital agenda. International cooperation will further a level playing field and reciprocity while delivering new solutions to digital challenges. The proposed actions will be involved in trade and industrial policy aspects by promoting European technologies in key international markets. They will also support digital dialogues with partner countries.

    Cooperation will be prioritised with Japan, the Republic of Korea, and Singapore as part of our digital partnerships with countries in the Indo-Pacific region. The resulting project will foster links with relevant research institutions on R&I activities in the field of digital. It will also support the newly announced Trade and Technology Council with India.

    Cooperation with countries in sub-Saharan Africa will stimulate R&I cooperation with the EU and promote EU values for a human-centric digital transformation. Cooperation between Africa and EU will expand on the existing outcomes of Africa-EU cooperation especially in the field of Innovation Hubs cooperation 311 , sustainability of African digital ecosystems, reinforcement of the African private sector and contribution to Africa’s economic growth (including SDG attainment). It will also contribute to the overarching objectives of our continental partnership in full alignment with the principles of the Global Gateway.

    Cooperation with Latin America will aim at exploiting the potential of the newly established BELLA network and implement the outcomes of EU-LAC dialogues in the context of digitalisation and R&I.

    Additionally, international collaboration is encouraged or targeted in several thematic areas may also be addressed within the respective Joint Undertakings (Smart Networks and Services, EuroHPC, and Key Digital Technologies).

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to a human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

    1.Increased inclusiveness, by supporting a human-centred approach to technology development that is aligned with European social and ethical values (including gender and intersectional aspects), as well as sustainability;

    2.Sustainable, high-quality jobs by targeting skills mismatches, the need to empower workers, including those at risk of social exclusion, and ethical considerations relating to technological progress 312 .

    Innovation Actions — Legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01

    55.00

    29 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-CNECT

    201.50

    29 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01

    61.00

    19 Mar 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    256.50

    61.00

    Call - A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 313

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 314

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 08 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 29 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-31

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-32

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-33

    CSA

    5.00

    Around 1.00

    5

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-51

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 10.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-52

    RIA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-53

    RIA

    10.00

    1.50 to 2.50

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-54

    CSA

    2.50

    Around 0.50

    5

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-62

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-63

    CSA

    3.00

    2.50 to 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-64

    CSA

    8.00

    0.50 to 1.00

    8

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-91

    CSA

    2.50 315

    Around 2.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-92

    CSA

    2.00 316

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-93

    CSA

    2.00 317

    Around 2.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    55.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Systemic approaches for accelerating uptake of technology and innovation

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-31: Toolbox for efficient IP licensing for market uptake and societal value creation (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 318 .

    Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Promote effective use and deployment of intellectual property ensuring easier access to and sharing of IP-protected assets which are essential to the development of digital and industrial solutions among others, benefitting society.

    2.Provide models to improve the preparedness to respond to future emergencies with adequate solutions (including digital and industrial solutions) via efficient technology licensing.

    Scope: Technology transfer, rapid sharing and access to knowledge assets are playing major role in the global Covid-19 response. The uptake of new technology transfer practices, including digital and data-driven, increased role of the various intermediaries and several novel intellectual property (IP) related access initiatives, such as socially responsible and impact licencing models have demonstrated that knowledge and intellectual asset management is a key tool to address the demanding societal needs related to the pandemic.

    Robust and resilient R&I leads to scientific progress and enables the ecosystem delivering and adapting solutions for the society and the challenges it faces. IP and use of different types of collaboration contracts, licenses and pooling agreements are key elements of the process by facilitating technology sharing, increasing scaling up and thereby creating new capacities and industries.

    In line with the EU IP action plan and the Report on an intellectual property action plan to support EU’s recovery and resilience by the European Parliament 319 , this action will promote better IP management in research and innovation in view to materialise excellent research into innovation that is benefitting the society and businesses in the EU and beyond.

    This activity will deliver an IP toolbox for helping companies, public research organisations including universities and the relevant intermediary entities to establish quick and efficient co-operation and licences with businesses, as well as practical examples of incentives which can motivate private sector to commit voluntary licensing for other areas e.g. climate change emergency.

    This action will harvest the lessons learned as well as practical experiences, including results from FP7 and H2020, and assess how these new practices and tools could be transferred to other emergencies e.g. addressing climate change effects (floods, droughts, fires etc.) and helping the society to increase preparedness for any future emergencies.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-32: Piloting communities of expert facilitators to improve industry-academia-public sector co-creation (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 320 .

    Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Strengthen the base for industry-academia collaboration in the higher education institutions in the European Union and Associated Countries and help fostering skills addressing industry and public sector needs;

    2.Facilitate industry and SMEs to capitalise on the diversity of R&I talents, skills and cultures across the European Union and Associated Countries and spread novel approaches for industry-academia-public sector co-creation in cross-border manner;

    3.Boost valorisation of excellent research results and innovation, i.e. transforming them into sustainable solutions with economic and social value.

    Scope: There is a clear need to improve industry-academia interactions in Europe 321 and enhance knowledge valorisation 322 in innovation ecosystems. The role of intermediaries, e.g. industry clusters, science and innovation parks which can provide a collaboration platform and facilitate co-creation is relevant in this context. Methodologies for improved industry-academia co-creation through expert facilitation offer possibilities for higher education institutions to better meet the needs for innovation from the industry, business side and public sector. The diverse pool of R&I talents at the higher education institutions across Europe constitutes a vast source for creativity which should be fully capitalised for innovation. 323

    This action will pilot communities of expert facilitators for increasing knowledge exchange and co-creation between industry, academia and public sector and help matching the supply and demand for innovation. This action will link professionals in industry-academia-public sector collaboration, build communities of expert facilitators for industry-academia co-creation and disseminate best practices and know-how for demand-driven industry-academia collaboration across Europe. This will include training a wider community of expert facilitators in higher education institutions across Europe.

    This action should integrate appropriate Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) disciplines, with appropriate experts and/or partners, in order to produce outcomes enhancing its societal impact. Particular attention should be paid to promoting gender-responsive and inclusive research and innovation outputs.

    This action could also explore complementarities with already existing instruments in the field of university-business cooperation, such as the EIT Knowledge Innovation Communities, EIT HEI Initiative, Erasmus+ Alliances for Innovation, European Skills Agenda and relevant national and regional activities.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-33: Fostering knowledge valorisation through societal and cultural interactions (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 324 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Value creation and transfer to economy and society by increased interactions between arts and cultural institutions, citizens and industry;

    2.Innovative solutions with strong societal acceptance for uptake and transformative capacity through new conceptualisations of societal challenges enabled through artistic methodologies and approaches;

    3.Enabling interactions, schemes and modes engaging civil society, arts, cultural institutions and industry to benefit diverse communities, develop skills and promote preparedness, recovery and the twin transition.

    Scope: The new Industrial Strategy targets place-based innovation with broad stakeholder engagement. The European knowledge valorisation policy places much attention on a more diverse societal engagement involving a multitude of participants to create value through innovation benefiting all of society.

    Enabling systemic change and achieving the twin transition cannot be achieved by technological solutions alone, if these solutions are not accepted and fully used by society, or if they increase existing inequalities. Engagement with the arts and cultural institutions can increase citizens’ understanding of complex issues (such as climate change, crisis management, data, artificial intelligence etc.) and involve citizens in co-creation for solutions drawing on existing knowledge and research results and driven by art and technology. Strengthening approaches of experimentation and creativity common in the ways artistic and cultural interactions operate, in co-creation with citizens and industry, can increase the potential for transformation towards a more prosperous, inclusive and innovative future.

    This action aims to strengthen and further develop existing or new schemes promoting arts-industrial technologies-citizens interactions, that increase uptake of new technologies and innovative solutions through better societal understanding and acceptance, as well as co-creation delivering economic and societal benefits. While arts and technology are the main drivers, citizens and communities are empowered to develop, test, co-create and share the benefits of new innovative solutions that address their needs. Industry is stimulated to adopt more human-centred and creative approaches, enhanced by interactions with citizens, artists, designers, social and humanities scientists, cultural and creative professionals and institutions.

    The proposals will address at least one of the following challenges:

    1.Developing and testing new schemes, initiatives and modes for arts-industrial technologies-citizens interactions leading to increased uptake of research results and innovative solutions by market and society. At least 20 new schemes and initiatives across Europe will be tested;

    2.Transferring, with the appropriate adaptations, and testing in another environment, existing schemes, initiatives and modes for arts-industrial technologies-citizens interactions that increase uptake of research results and innovative solutions by market and society. At least 20 existing (or recent) schemes and initiatives will be tested in a different member state to where they are in place/ originate, across Europe.

    Research and Innovation for Industry 5.0

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-51: Pilots for an innovative human-centric industry (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Improved understanding of the socio-technical and ethical implications of advanced (digital) technologies for workers and work organisation across industrial sectors;

    2.Work and learning environments and work models that make best use of the possibilities of advanced (digital) technologies and the human capabilities and creative potential in a synergistic manner, thus contributing to enhanced European industrial competitiveness in existing and new markets;

    3.A skilled and creative industry workforce that is empowered through and in control of advanced technologies that are aligned with European social and ethical values.

    Scope: Digitalisation and automation in industry to date have focussed primarily on capitalising on opportunities to increase efficiency and enhance productivity, often without much attention to the changing role of the worker. In its Industry 5.0 concept, the Commission puts forward a view of a resilient, sustainable and human-centric industry. The human-centric approach implies placing core human needs and interests at the heart of processes in industry, rather than taking the technology and its potential for increasing efficiency as a starting point.

    A human-centric industry recognises and leverages the capabilities and creative potential of its workers through the synergistic combination with advanced (digital) technologies. In this process, with regard to work organisation, work place design, work content and skills, working conditions and work relations, fundamental principles and human needs such as human autonomy and control, coherence and variation of tasks, work-life balance, social dialogue and others, must be safeguarded, as well as human rights 325 such as privacy and safety. Moreover, as diverse groups of workers experience the increasing impact – as well as opportunities - of the digital transition, upskilling or reskilling is required to meet the digital transformation challenges of the enterprise.

    The project will develop and demonstrate the concept of human-centricity in a real-life, operational industrial environment in at least ten pilots. A pilot may consist of an individual company, but may also span multiple companies that interact across (possibly transnational) value chains or in a local innovation ecosystem. The set of pilots, as a whole, will cover a variety of industrial sectors and company sizes, including SMEs and start-ups and/or scale-ups, and will be situated in at least 13 different EU Member States or countries associated to the Horizon Europe programme.

    The pilots will innovate and go beyond-the-state-of-the-art with respect to the purposeful application of advanced technologies, which would typically be situated at a Technology Readiness Level (TRL) of 6 or 7. With regard to digital solutions, the aspect of cyber-security must be adequately addressed in design, implementation and governance. Purposeful application signifies that innovation is expected that promotes a human-centric industry and may imply, as appropriate, innovation with respect to work organisation, tasks and functions of workers, skills and training, occupational health and safety, enterprise management and governance (incl. the management of human resources), business models, corporate values and ethics, etc.

    In addition, the pilots may address particular themes such as the ones listed hereunder in a non-prescriptive and non-exhaustive manner:

    1.the development of and experimentation with models and technologies to stimulate individual and collective creativity of workers and future workforce,

    2.the participation of workers (as end-users) in the design of purposeful technology application in the work process,

    3.the application of technology to enhance the inclusivity of the work environment, the ways in which unskilled or low-skilled labour participate in a human-centric production process and the role of technology therein,

    4.how technological, process and organisational innovation can offer jobs that remain rewarding for the individual worker along the life cycle,

    5.the development of and experimentation with the use of advanced technologies (such as robotics) in learning environments to increase the skill level of the current and future workforce,

    6.the response to the COVID-19 pandemic in terms of the organisation of work and its effects.

    The project will report the obtained results and the practices leading to success, as well as the encountered difficulties and bottlenecks and any trade-off that had to be made. They will identify and analyse direct and indirect effects and outcomes of the pilots. These include effects and outcomes that pertain to workers’ satisfaction and well-being, with a particular interest for the acceptance of and relation with technology. Equally important are the effects and outcomes that implicate the competitiveness and resilience of the company and, taking a wider perspective, the societal role of industry as responsible provider of prosperity. The consortia will interpret their findings in a coherent theoretical framework, exploiting the diversity of the pilots and taking into account the specificities of the setting and context of the pilots.

    The consortium will formulate evidence-based recommendations tailored to relevant stakeholders, including, as appropriate, policy makers at relevant levels (EU, national/regional, sectoral), social partners, industry federations and professional associations and partnerships and organised civil society (NGOs). A concluding conference will support this goal.

    This topic requires an interdisciplinary approach with the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts and/or institutions.

    The proposals should consider the intersectional gender dimension in the content of the proposed research and innovation, in order to deliver scientific quality and societal relevance of the produced knowledge and innovation.

    Proposers should consider and actively seek synergies with relevant active and finalised projects/activities in Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe 326 (including public-private and public-public partnerships 327 and EIT KICs) and the Digital Europe programme (European Digital Innovation Hubs), as well as within relevant sectorial associations 328

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-52: Drivers and success factors for progress towards Industry 5.0 (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Increased uptake of the Industry 5.0 principles and practices across industrial sectors, achieved through improved understanding of its benefits for enterprises and society and actionable knowledge about factors of success and impediment;

    2.Sound data and analysis of the uptake of Industry 5.0 in its different dimensions for policy makers at EU, national/regional and sectoral level.

    Scope: In January 2021, the Commission articulated, under the name Industry 5.0 329 , a vision of a future-proof industry that, capitalising on technological progress beyond productivity and efficiency, is the resilient provider of prosperity, within planetary boundaries and placing the wellbeing of the worker at the centre.

    In order to optimise policies that stimulate the uptake of the Industry 5.0 principles of sustainability, resilience and human-centricity and facilitate their implementation, an increased understanding of drivers and factors contributing to or hindering successful implementation is required, based on a sociotechnical and multidisciplinary approach, taking technological, social and human aspects into consideration.

    The action will select and thoroughly study the successful or less successful implementation of the Industry 5.0 principles in at least ten cases. Each case is in a different EU Member State or country associated to the Horizon Europe programme. Cases may be cross-boundary. These cases may be complemented with other cases. If a case in a country outside the EU or in a country not associated to the Horizon Europe programme would be proposed, its relevance must be demonstrated in the proposal. The overall design of the study must be well deliberated, founded in a coherent theoretical framework, and provide for a careful selection of cases (for instance, by variation of relevant case characteristics such as company size and type, industrial sector, country typology, etc.) and for a framework of analysis that can be applied consistently across cases. The smart study design should enable the consortium to extract maximal and relevant insights from the combined analysis of the selected cases.

    Taking into account and exploiting the specificities of the cases, the deep analysis of the individual cases, together with the combined analysis of the cases, will address the following research themes in an evidence-based manner.

    1.Implementation practices: How do companies, local innovation ecosystems or industry sectors implement Industry 5.0 principles in practice? Which modes of implementation exist? How does industry go beyond the state-of-the-art and innovate, for instance with respect to the purposeful application of technology, work organisation and production, organisation and operation of supply chains, worker tasks and functions, training and skills, human resources management, sustainable business models and resilient value chains, long-term value creation, corporate governance, climate transition and sustainability plans, stakeholder engagement, partnerships and networks, etc.?

    2.Drivers: What are the drivers for companies, industry sectors or industrial ecosystems to adapt (or not) Industry 5.0 principles? Which trade-offs may have to be made? Which role do public policies and regulatory environment play? How does successful implementation of Industry 5.0 principles provide advantage on multiple dimensions such as (global) competitiveness, reputation, attractiveness for talent and for investment, enhanced generation of qualified jobs, adaptive capacity to incremental changes and sudden disruptions (e.g. by reduction of dependencies), progress towards climate change objectives, etc.?

    3.Success factors and bottlenecks: What are the factors, either internal or external to the company, that contribute or hinder the uptake and implementation of Industry 5.0 principles? How do workers accept and relate to advanced technology in the work place? What is the role of the embedding of a company in the local community? What are the factors that could diminish or reinforce inequalities through the implementation of advanced technologies in the work place? What is the added value of considering sustainability aspects, including science-based targets, in defining the business strategy?

    4.SMEs/start-ups/scale-ups: How can/do SMEs/start-ups/scale-ups take up Industry 5.0 principles and what is the role of the local innovation ecosystem in this? How does it help these types of enterprises to participate successfully in the green and digital transition of industry?

    5.Measurement: The project will investigate state-of-the-art quantitative and qualitative tools for measuring progress towards Industry 5.0 in its three dimensions of resilience, sustainability and human-centricity and how they can be applied in practice.

    Proposers are encouraged to elaborate the above research themes further with a view to contributing fully to the expected outcomes. Proposers will explain and motivate the trade-off made between number and representativeness of study cases and breadth and depth of analysis.

    The analysis must go beyond mere desk research and must be developed and validated in interaction with the actors involved in the respective cases. A number of workshops involving external experts, including from within the Commission, will support this goals

    The project will transfer knowledge in actionable form to relevant actors including policy makers, social partners and industry federations and partnerships, organised civil society (NGOs). A concluding conference will support this goal.

    This topic requires an interdisciplinary approach with the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts and/or institutions.

    The proposals will devote attention to the gender dimension in the content of the proposed research and innovation, in order to deliver scientific quality and societal relevance of the produced knowledge and innovation.

    Proposers should consider and actively seek synergies with relevant active and finalised projects/activities in Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe 330 (including public-private and public-public partnerships and EIT KICs) and the Digital Europe programme (European Digital Innovation Hubs), as well as within relevant sectorial associations. 331

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-53: Localised and Urban Manufacturing, supporting creativity and the New European Bauhaus (RIA using FSTP)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 5 and achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering demonstration activities in diverse geographical areas of the European Union and Associated Countries, grants will be awarded first to the highest ranked application according to the standard procedure described in Horizon Europe General Annexes D and F, followed by other applications that are the highest ranked among those that ensure the most complementary geographical coverage, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. When assessing geographical coverage, the evaluation will take into account the location of the application’s demonstration activities, not the location of the application’s participants/beneficiaries.

    Expected Outcome: Manufacturing industry, as well as customers, consumers and wider communities, should benefit from the following outcomes, applying the New European Bauhaus concept: 332

    1.Designing and demonstrating symbiotic and sustainable factories that support a decentralised manufacturing vision close to the customer – this will in turn bring benefits in terms of flexibility, resilience, urban transformation and minimisation of transport costs and impacts;

    2.Developing regenerative concepts that offer increased value for the larger community, inspired by the New European Bauhaus, paying particular attention to regenerative design and regenerative and value-added manufacturing; 333

    3.Human-centric and participatory approaches to enhance wider engagement and creativity, with appropriate contributions from Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), including cognitive science;

    4.Raising the profile of manufacturing as an attractive career option;

    5.Improved access to flexible production capabilities in decentralised environments, especially for SMEs.

    Scope: Decentralised, local and urban manufacturing is characterised by small, versatile factories, close to customers, and to highly qualified workers, where various types of customised products are produced in small series for the cost price of mass-produced products.

    The New European Bauhaus seeks a transformation relying on industrial ecosystems, from construction to lifestyle and creative industries, from materials to business models, from digital to farming, to provide tailored and affordable solutions. The New European Bauhaus approaches innovation not only in the sense of new technologies but also as a combination of new and traditional techniques, or adaptations of local crafts and knowledge. This topic is intended to integrate the New European Bauhaus initiative into the development and implementation of the decentralised manufacturing vision. New business models and social economy approaches, and Design for Sustainability, can also support the decentralised manufacturing vision.

    New technologies offer the possibility of implementing certain manufacturing processes in localised and urban settings, limiting time to reach the job place for workers, bringing production closer to, and responding to the needs of customers and consumers, and promoting urban resilience and inclusiveness. The focus is on designing and prototyping urban and decentralised processes, not on large-scale adoption by manufacturing industry. However, attention to standards is required, to ensure that the urban and decentralised segments can be integrated in wider manufacturing processes.

    Research and Innovation activities should cover:

    1.Adaptation (and where relevant development) of green and digital technologies that allow production in local and urban contexts with lower environmental impacts, noise, waste, energy and space consumption, and an increased quality of experience.

    2.Consideration of the potential of circular economy approaches, by closing the material and energy cycles in cities and transforming waste streams into productive resources.

    3.Activities for developing skills and creativity; participatory design strategies; inclusiveness, possibly including unemployed workforce and marginalised groups; and engaging citizens in the definition of challenges and solutions.

    4.Artistic experimentation with novel uses of technologies that help push for green solutions in the spirit of S+T+ARTS (starts.eu) and New European Bauhaus, also taking into consideration the different dimensions of inclusion and aesthetics and quality of experience.

    Digitally-enabled solutions that support the local and urban manufacturing vision may be considered. Possible technology development includes the adoption of artificial intelligence and smart data approaches to control and optimise distributed manufacturing and logistic processes; Internet of Things solutions and big data analysis to reach zero-defect manufacturing processes and zero-surprises predictive maintenance; distributed ledger technologies to reduce transaction costs.

    Developed technologies should be demonstrated in at least two complementary use cases. To achieve this, project consortia may provide financial support to SMEs in the form of Financial Support to Third Parties (FSTP). The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 100 000, with up to one third of the total EU contribution used for FSTP.

    A human-centric approach should be integrated, with appropriate contributions from Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), and in particular the arts as catalysts of human compatible and green uses of technology (see S+T+ARTS) in transdisciplinary approaches. As part of this, a strategy for skills development should could be included, associating social partners where relevant.

    All projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. In particular, projects can consider links to the EU Mission Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities, 334 and to one or more of the 100 EU Cities that will participate. 335

    Projects are expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus initiative by interacting with the New European Bauhaus Community, NEBLab and other relevant actions of the initiative through sharing information, best practice and, where relevant, results.

    In the context of this topic, geographical areas of the European Union and Associated Countries are NUTS level 1 regions of European Union Member States and of Associated Countries for which they are defined. In the case of Associated Countries without NUTS classification, the country as a whole is to be considered as one geographical area:

    1.List of Associated Countries not defined by NUTS level 1: Armenia; Bosnia and Herzegovina; Faroe Islands; Georgia; Kosovo; 336 Israel; Moldova; Tunisia; Ukraine.

    2.List of countries not defined by NUTS level 1 with which association negotiations are being processed or where association is imminent: Morocco.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-54: Green and digital skills and training needs for a just transition (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering skills in the different areas, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking, but also to projects covering different areas, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 337 .

    Expected Outcome:

    1.Reduce skills gaps that hold back the green and digital transitions, by developing and disseminating suitable skills development programmes and training modules, including to prepare future scale-up e.g. through ESF+ or the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT).

    2.Support collective action on skills development by companies and providers of education and training, and hence support deep-tech innovation; and contribut=e to the European Year of Skills 2023 338 , to the large-scale skills partnerships in key industrial ecosystems under the Pact for skills 339 , and to the flagship to skill, re-skill and up-skill talents in the deep tech fields outlined in the Commission’s new European Innovation Agenda 340 .

    3.Support the training of advanced ICT-specialist skills or other key digital technologies’ skills that would contribute to industrial leadership and strategic autonomy and rely on advanced specialised know-how, and to reaching the digital decade targets 341 .

    Scope: In order to tackle climate and environmental-related challenges, Europe is committed to transform its economy, reducing greenhouse gas emissions by 55% by 2030 and becoming climate neutral by 2050. Delivering on the green transition can have a positive effect on the total number of jobs in the EU with almost 1 million jobs being added with the right policies in place. However, in order for the transition to be successful and fair, existing and new workers need to be equipped with the right skills. In order to do that, they should have access to lifelong learning and dedicated up-skilling and reskilling programmes.

    In a similar way, advanced digital skills require more than mastering coding or having a basis of computing sciences. With emerging technologies around quantum, AI, big data and other key technologies, the need for ICT specialist is increasing. For example, there were only 7.8 million ICT specialists in 2019 with a prior annual growth rate of 4.2%. If this trend continues, Europe will be far below the projected need of 20 million experts e.g. for key areas underlying its competiveness and enabling the green transition. More than 70% of businesses report a lack of staff with adequate skills as an obstacle to investments.

    In light of these needs, the Commission has proposed to make 2023 the European Year of Skills. 342 The development and dissemination of innovative training programmes which equip the labour force with green and advanced digital skills has to be part of the solution. Proposals may focus on the skills needs of occupations in one or more specific industrial sectors. They should build on the existing Erasmus+ Blueprint Alliances for sectoral cooperation on skills 343 where available (introduced in the 2016 New Skills Agenda for Europe, and gradually rolled out for an increasing number of sectors), as well as on the existing large-scale skills partnerships in industrial eco-systems under the Pact for Skills 344 following the 2020 European Skills Agenda 345 . Where relevant, outcomes from this call should feed into the Deep Tech Talents Initiative, for instance through cooperation with the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) in designing a mechanism to monitor and report on deep tech skills that support the green and digital transition, the related education and training programmes and its dissemination in Europe 346 .

    Skills development should take into account the twin green and digital transition and support labour markets with the aim to increase EU growth potential, including by fostering deep-tech solutions.

    Proposals should address at least two of the following aspects:

    1.Identify, along with relevant stakeholders, specific green or digital skills, defined as those needed to underpin the ongoing and upcoming digital and green transition of the economy to climate neutrality by 2050 and the 2030 digital decade targets, with a particular focus on those that are in shortage; this should take account of the work in the action on skills to support the twin transitions in the European Skills Agenda, in particular the taxonomy of green skills in ESCO 347 ;

    2.Devise, test and implement scalable (e.g. through ESF+ or EIT) skills development programmes and trainings to endow the labour force with the identified green or digital skills, with the aim to skill, re-skill and up-skill the workforce as stated in the European Skills Agenda and the new European Innovation Agenda;

    3.Where possible, such trainings should be designed with a particular focus on the needs of workers that are at risk of becoming redundant due to structural transformations related to the green or digital transition or whose task profiles are expected to change significantly, or currently unemployed people;

    4.Develop deep tech skills and training programmes in the fields critical for the green and digital transitions, such as circularity, raw and advanced materials, energy-intensive and manufacturing industries, clean-tech, and digital technologies;

    5.Support certification and recognition of the green and digital skills and competences, where possible within the relevant accreditation model such as the EIT Label.

    Proposals should have a clear strategy for identifying the effectiveness and efficiency of the proposed training. Proposals should also indicate the number of beneficiaries they expect to reach with the project outcomes: both during the initial project duration, and in a possible follow-up project/during scale-up. They should anticipate questions related to the scalability and dissemination of the resulting output, for instance by involving suitable stakeholders.

    Where relevant, the proposals should build on and feed into the mechanism developed and applied by EIT 348 such as the Deep Tech Talent Initiative (DTTI), a pioneering programme that aim to skill one million people within European deep tech fields over the next three years. The important dimension of the EIT DTTI is to ensure that companies and industry representatives are part of the curricula development and that curricular elements are continuously updated in line with the changing labour market needs in the technology area.

    Proposals should also explain how the activities support transferability, certification and recognition of the skills and competencies, following relevant industry standards or horizontal models, such as EIT Label for non-degree education and training.

    Proposals should envisage collaboration and synergies with related projects such as Bridges 5.0.

    All output material should be published with a ‘Creative Commons license’ to allow further use free of charge.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    European standards for industrial competitiveness

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-62: Boosting industrial symbiosis by standardisation (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 349 .

    Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Reinforcing the links between standardisation and research and innovation in circular value chains, ensuring that standardisation facilitates cross-sector interoperability at all levels.

    2.Facilitating the market entry of innovative solutions, which could aid the circularity of resources and zero pollution.

    3.Identifying the major bottlenecks for standardisation related framework conditions to support industrial symbiosis.

    4.In order to support the implementation of the ERA Industrial technology roadmap for low carbon technologies 350 , helping the development of agile and green standards to ensure interoperability in the domain of industrial symbiosis.

    Scope: As emphasised in the European Green Deal and in the New Industrial Strategy for Europe, developing new standards, coupled with increased EU participation in international standardisation bodies, will be essential to boost industry’s competitiveness and build a sustainable and more inclusive future.

    This action will identify solutions on how standardisation can allow stakeholders at all levels develop a shared understanding of processes by which waste or by‐products of an industry or industrial process become the raw materials for another.

    The action will cover manufacturing and process industries in a wider context taking into consideration waste treatment and management, energy use and materials sourcing. It will evaluate the impact of industrial symbiosis on the environment and strengthen the link between environmental science and policymaking. In this multidisciplinary approach standards have a key role as they reduce the multiplicity of approaches, terminologies, measurements allowing for accurate benchmarking and target setting.

    The selected project may benefit from being addressed by a consortium that includes a variety of stakeholders covering, inter alia, industry, energy, environment and SSH.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-63: Provide for a strong and sustainable pool of experts for European Standardisation: attract the students of university/HEI

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.50 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 351 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects should support the following outcomes:

    1.Inclusion of standardisation knowledge in curricula of university/Higher Education Institutions (HEI) to educate students about standardisation in order to attract them, a tomorrow’s professionals, to contribute to standardization: building up a strong and sustainable pool of European standardisation-competent professionals ready to engage in European and International Standardisation;

    2.Increased visibility of standardisation in European universities/HEI;

    3.More standardisation-competent university/HEI education leavers forming the pool of professionals ready to contribute to and defending EU’s interest in standardisation;

    4.More set of courses for universities/HEI integrating standardisation contents and covering the respective technological, innovations-supportive and societal aspects including the potential of standards to safeguard EU core values;

    5.Increased visibility of standardisation at universities/HEI through “Academic Standardisation Days” and setting-up of a Students’ Standardisation Association.

    Scope: “European Green Deal” and “New Industrial Strategy for Europe”, as well as the geopolitical environment, call for a strong EU presence in international standardisation development.

    This action aims at providing for a robust and sustainable pool of European professionals ready to contribute to standardisation and support positioning EU as global standard-setter. University/HEI teaching is key to build up the pool of standardisation experts. Academics teaching can provide for standardisation-competent graduates, who are aware of the benefits of standardisation and thus ready, as young professionals, to make Europe’s voice heard in international standardisation.

    Those teachers of EU universities/HEI, who already integrate standardisation-related content in their lectures, should team up and, in co-operation with industry, design an innovative teaching concept of standardisation. This concept should cover the standardisation under IEC, ISO and ITU lead; update students on the highly decentralised, global ICT-related standardisation (fora and consortia); and address the technical and societal facets of standardisation (multidisciplinary orientation). The teaching concept has the mission to bridge between these two standardisation domains as well as integrate the aspects of a human-centric standardisation and the EU core values. This concept should foster the development of green and digital skills and underline the respective support through standardisation.

    Based on this concept, content modules should be developed for direct and distant teaching. Both, the teaching concept and the modules should be shared with universities/HEI which are ready to include, for the first time, standardisation-content in their teaching offer.

    Promotion actions should be designed in order to increase the visibility of standardisation in EU academia/HEI; here “Academic Standardisation Days” and “Students’ Standardisation Association(s)” should be considered as practical realisations.

    Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), in particular in sociology, political science, economy and philosophy, to achieve an academic teaching that covers the different types of impact of standardization including the human-centred approach and compliance with the European core values.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-64: Pre-normative research and standardisation in industrial ecosystems (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.50 and 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 352 .

    Expected Outcome: The action is expected to contribute to the following outcomes within and across the EU industrial ecosystems:

    1.Contribute to the achievement of the European industrial policy objectives, especially in relation to the green and digital transitions (twin transitions) and the circular economy;

    2.Contribute to the implementation of the ERA industrial technology roadmap for low-carbon technologies in energy-intensive industries 353 where relevant;

    3.Bring together the research world (projects, universities, innovation centres, etc.) with supply chains and stakeholders within industrial ecosystems to define standardisation needs and priorities, the role to be played by pre-normative research, and the contributions to be provided at the European and international standardisation level;

    4.Define roadmaps for pre-standardisation activities in emerging domains not yet covered by ongoing work;

    5.Establish a platform for the deployment of education and training in standardisation in the framework of the identified industrial sectors.

    Scope: The first Annual Single Market Report [SWD(2021) 351 of 5/5/2021] identifies the following industrial ecosystems: 1. Aerospace & Defence, 2. Agri-food, 3. Construction, 4. Cultural and Creative Industries, 5. Digital, 6. Electronics, 7. Energy Intensive Industries, 8. Energy-Renewables, 9. Health, 10. Mobility-Transport-Automotive, 11. Proximity, Social Economy and Civil Security, 12. Retail, 13. Textiles, 14. Tourism. Further ecosystems or cross-cutting themes (such as chemicals and materials) may be identified and their delineation adapted based on stakeholders dialogues and changing realities.

    The Report analyses their different needs and challenges. In particular, the Report assesses the relevance of standardisation in each ecosystem and proposes specific actions to overcome existing barriers in the Single Market.

    The action should cover the coordination/execution of pre-normative research activities in the various ecosystems with a view to exploit synergies among the stakeholders. The scope is to boost the interactions between research projects and pre-normative work in the various ecosystems, and to increase the European contribution and presence in the subsequent formal European and international standardisation processes in line with the objectives of the standardisation strategy that was published by the Commission on 2 February 2022 [COM(2022) 31 final]. Within the standardisation processes particular attention should be dedicated on establishing interoperability standards for data sharing within and across the ecosystems, through the implementation of the FAIR data principles 354 and leveraging on already adopted practices especially those in the relevant European common data spaces and in the European Research infrastructures.

    Additionally, a strategy for education and skills development within the ecosystems should be developed, associating social partners when relevant.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

    The action should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms. In particular, the resulting CSAs should ensure a sensible coverage within their domains and strive towards international cooperation, especially with the international standardisation organisations ISO, IEC and ITU, and similar organisations such as OECD.

    International Cooperation

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-91: International Hub for Digital Partnerships in the Indo-Pacific (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome:

    1.Support R&I activities and concrete pilot projects (e.g. AI, digital identity) linked to implementing Digital Partnerships with Japan, the Republic of Korea, and Singapore and in the context of the Trade and Technology Council (TTC) with India with a view to drive technology development and standardisation, or regulatory/legislative approaches.

    2.Support to digital dialogues with international partners, facilitate exchange of views and best practices, regulatory cooperation and where appropriate development of common principles regarding regulation, legislation and standards, developed bilaterally or agreed in international fora.

    3.Oversee international activities across Horizon Europe Cluster 4, and identify joint research and industrial cooperation opportunities with key partners.

    4.Report on synergies and commonalities in policies, strategies and programmes between the EU and partner countries that could feed in the discussions of Digital Partnership Councils, which will drive forward the implementation of the Partnerships.

    5.Foster increased cooperation with appropriate research institutions in Japan, Korea, Singapore on the development, deployment and commercialisation of digital technologies, for example through specific collaboration in the field of R&I.

    6.Support to trade and industrial policy aspects by promoting European technologies and standards in key international markets.

    7.Promote and support European positions in international fora such as G7, G20, OECD, WTO, and standardisation organisations.

    Scope:

    1.Organize networks, conferences, workshops and other actions that support R&I activities in the Digital Partnerships with Japan, South Korea and Singapore, and with India in the context of the Trade and Technology Council. The thematic areas of cooperation would include semiconductors, especially next generation of semiconductors, emerging privacy-enhancing technologies, high performing, energy efficient and sustainable 5G and Beyond 5G technologies, data technologies, Artificial Intelligence, SME’s digital transformation, smart cities, High Performance Computing and Quantum technologies, standardisation, trust services including eID and blockchain.

    2.Collect and analyse information as well as conduct surveys and draft reports and position papers on partner countries’ R&I policies, strategies and programmes, on all the above-mentioned topics of cooperation including platform cooperation, digital education and digital connectivity.

    3.Foster cooperation and prepare ground for joint research and raise greater awareness of R&I and industrial cooperation opportunities to promote the digital transformation of industry, disruptive innovation and particularly SMEs.

    4.The action should ensure that relevant stakeholders from both the EU and the partner countries are engaged during the process through regional and international workshops and a set of communication and dissemination actions.

    5.Increased networking and collaboration of stakeholders from the EU and the partner countries with a view to addressing current needs, considering future requirements and stimulating long-term cooperation.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-92: R&I cooperation with Sub-Saharan Africa (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome:

    1.Stimulate R&I cooperation between Sub-Saharan Africa and the EU in the field of digital.

    2.Strengthen strategic partnerships and support digital dialogues with countries in sub-Saharan Africa, in full compliance with the principles of the Global Gateway.

    3.Support to trade and industrial policy aspects by promoting European technologies in African markets, and vice-versa.

    4.Contribute to Africa’s economic growth and job creation, and to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), especially through African and R&I.

    5.Promote EU values for a human-centric digital transformation.

    6.Support EU’s international priorities, as set out in Europe’s Digital Decade and Global Gateway.

    7.Build synergies and prepare an enabling environment for research and investment for the EU.

    Scope:

    1.Foster cooperation and prepare ground for joint research and innovation and raise greater awareness of R&I cooperation opportunities between the EU and sub-Saharan Africa.

    2.Organize networks, conferences, workshops and other actions that support R&I activities and monitor digital-relevant activities in sub-Saharan Africa.

    3.Collect and analyse information as well conduct surveys and draft reports and position papers on sub-Saharan African countries’ R&I policies, strategies and programmes.

    4.Link EU and African internet R&I communities, building on the work of existing projects such as the African-European Digital Innovation Bridge (AEDIB) and the FPI project “Open Internet in Africa”.

    5.The action should ensure that relevant stakeholders from both the EU and African countries are engaged during the process through regional and international workshops and a set of communication and dissemination actions.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-93: R&I cooperation with Latin America (Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, and other countries in the BELLA network or members of RedClara) (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: The proposal will enable the development of a strategic partnership in R&I with Latin America and the Caribbean including - but not limited to - areas such as Cloud, IoT and 5G. The proposal is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Support implementation of commitments related to R&I resulting from digital dialogues with key countries and sub-regional organisations in LAC (Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, Pacific Alliance, MERCOSUR, EU-LAC Digital Economy Dialogue).

    2.Develop a roadmap for future R&I cooperation with the LAC region and relevant national, regional and international funding schemes for its application.

    3.Report on synergies and commonalities in policies, strategies and programmes related to R&I between the EU and partner countries.

    4.Promote EU values for a human-centric digital transformation and contribute to Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

    Scope: Joint EU-LAC cooperation on digital transformation has led to the successful completion of the BELLA programme 355 , which supported the construction of a new submarine fibre-optic cable linking Lisbon (Portugal) with Fortaleza (Brazil) as well as an onward terrestrial connection with several countries in the region. The new connection provides for the long-term interconnectivity needs of European and Latin American research and innovation communities, but its full potential has not been exploited so far.

    The existing digital and ICT dialogues between the EU and Brazil, Mexico and Argentina as well as cooperation with the Pacific Alliance have resulted in agreements to increase cooperation in the area of R&I, and it is expected that the future EU-LAC Digital Dialogue will bring these commitments to a continental perspective, but the agreements made at a political level are still lacking a framework to make this cooperation possible on the ground. Proposals will aim at exploiting the potential of the newly established BELLA network and implement the outcomes of EU-LAC dialogues in relation to digitalisation and R&I.

    Proposals are expected to:

    1.Organize networks, conferences, workshops and other actions that support R&I activities with Brazil, Mexico, Argentina and other countries connected to the BELLA network or members of RedClara 356 .

    2.Promote the exchange of best practices between the European and LAC R&I communities.Collect and analyse information as well conduct surveys and draft reports and position papers on partner countries’ R&I policies, strategies and programmes, including on data governance and data technologies.

    3.Foster cooperation and prepare ground for joint research and raise greater awareness of R&I and industrial cooperation opportunities.

    4.The action should ensure that relevant stakeholders from both the EU and the partner countries sides are engaged during the process through regional and international workshops and a set of communication and dissemination actions.

    Call - A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-CNECT

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 357

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 358

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 08 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 29 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-01

    RIA

    35.00 359

    7.00 to 9.00

    5

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-02

    IA

    24.00 360

    Around 8.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-03

    RIA

    20.00 361

    6.00 to 8.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-04

    CSA

    4.00 362

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-05

    IA

    10.00 363

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-11

    RIA

    27.00 364

    Around 27.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-12

    IA

    14.00 365

    3.00 to 5.00

    5

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-13

    RIA

    4.00 366

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-14

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-21

    RIA

    26.00 367

    5.00 to 8.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-22

    IA

    25.00 368

    5.00 to 8.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-23

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-65

    CSA

    1.50 369

    Around 1.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-66

    CSA

    2.50 370

    Around 2.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-81

    CSA

    1.50 371

    Around 1.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-82

    CSA

    3.00 372

    Around 3.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    201.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Leadership in AI based on trust

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-01: Efficient trustworthy AI - making the best of data (AI, Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 35.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio coverage, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranked proposals for each of the two focus areas, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Optimized AI solutions: optimizing model design and data usage to maximize accuracy and robustness.

    2.Ensure in general, the pipeline of high-quality, representative, unbiased and compliant training data for AI development in all relevant sectors

    3.Support data preparation and AI training processes that lead to efficient and more trustworthy AI

    Scope: There is a need for AI methods that optimize training and reduce the amount data, the intensity of processing and the operations necessary for training high-quality, trustworthy AI systems. As a consequence, the energy consumption and the environment footprint will also be reduced. Such solutions are of relevance also in the context of embedded and embodied AI, i.e. AI capabilities in robotics and connected devices/objects/embedded processors, including small (down to micro/nanoscale) objects with long-term autonomy.

    Proposals should address novel AI methods and training data provision processes, aiming at high quality and reliable AI while minimizing the data needs and manipulations, targeting smart and dynamic end-to-end automation of AI training in the cloud-edge computing continuum, where AI training, AI deployment and data collection/preparation happens at the most appropriate level of the cloud-edge continuum. This will lead to better quality of AI by smart data selection/harvesting/preparation and reduces the need to collect, store, process and transfer large amounts of data and/or large AI models, while reducing energy consumption.

    Proposals should address at least one of the following focus areas:

    1.automated and AI-based mining, harvesting, selection, cleaning, annotation, and/or enrichment/augmentation of data for AI; generating and using synthetic data to reduce the need for large volumes of real and potentially sensitive data; validating the efficiency of these processes in AI systems;

    2.lighter, less data-intensive and less energy-consuming AI models, optimized learning processes that require less input (data efficient AI) without degrading the quality of the output; machine learning methods and architectures that deal with lower volumes such as transfer learning; one-shot learning; continuous and/or lifelong learning.

    Proposals should clearly mention which of the two areas will be their main focus area.

    The work should contribute to increasing data efficiency and energy efficiency of AI, and rationalize the provision of data for AI. The work should support appropriate AI paradigms (central, distributed, dynamic, hybrid), responding and adapting easily to the needs of the use situation, and to the changing characteristics, availability and use conditions for data.

    Target AI systems should be appropriately evaluated, and results analysed and fed back to ensure continuous improvement of the “data for AI” pipeline.

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address all of the following:

    1.Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in all the relevant disciplines, such as e.g. engineering, data science, computer sciences, mathematics, and where applicable in Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) and gender expertise.

    2.Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms, especially the actions funded in the Digital Europe programme, under the chapter “Cloud, data and artificial intelligence”.

    3.Contribute to making AI, data and robotics solutions meet the requirements of trustworthy AI, based on accuracy, robustness, safety, ethical principles and reliability, in line with the European Approach to AI. Ethics principles needs to be adopted from early stages of development and design.

    4.Proposals are expected to dedicate tasks and resources to collaborate with and provide input to the open innovation challenge under HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-04 addressing optimisation. Research teams involved in the proposals are expected to participate in the respective Innovation Challenges.

    All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring, as well as illustrative application use-cases demonstrating concrete potential added value), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform, Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics and Common European data spaces, and if necessary other relevant digital resource platforms in order to enhance the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

    The proposal should describe the characteristics and availability of the data to be used within the project and explain how the possible privacy and IPR issues related to the data are addressed. The provenance, associated metadata and any other contextual information should be collected and maintained to the extent necessary in order to enable validation and support explainable AI and to ensure continuous compliance with applicable legislation (e.g. GDPR, AI act, data act).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Canada and India.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, data and robotics.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-02: Large Scale pilots on trustworthy AI data and robotics addressing key societal challenges (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 3-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is up to 60% of the eligible costs. This funding rate applies both to members and non-members of the partnership, except for non-profit legal entities, where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Strengthening EU’s ecosystem of AI, Data and Robotics excellence and innovation in world class foundational and application-inspired and application-oriented research;

    2.Technology progress in AI addressing major challenges hampering the deployment of AI, Data and Robotics technologies;

    3.Wide uptake of AI, Data and Robotics technologies by industry and end-users towards the Digital Decade targets for 2030.

    4.Robust and trustworthy AI, Data and Robotics technologies

    Scope: AI is key to maintain European sovereignty in major industrial sectors strategic for Europe. Human-centric approaches are key to acceptance and to ensure safety, security and protection of fundamental rights. To assure safety and human acceptance trust is mandatory. AI based solutions and tools can boost societal wellbeing and economic growth. To promote their deployment and uptake, there is a need to test and improve their robustness, performance and reliability in real-world scenarios and on concrete use cases to identify and overcome barriers to their deployment. Large scale pilots involving industry and end users can demonstrate how AI, Data and Robotics enabled solutions can benefit, both industry as well as a society, demonstrating robustness and “trustworthiness” (in all its dimension). Pilots should target technological advances with large scale potential impact ion strategically important sectors with large societal impacts such as healthcare, improved working and/or living conditions, etc.

    Multidisciplinary research and innovation activities should address all of the following:

    1.Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in all the relevant disciplines, such as engineering, computer sciences, mathematics, Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), biology, gender etc. and involve the relevant expertise to address the selected application sector.

    2.Contribute to making AI and robotics solutions meet the requirements of Trustworthy AI, based on the respect of the ethical principles, the fundamental rights including critical aspects such as robustness, safety, reliability, in line with the European Approach to AI. Ethics principles needs to be adopted from early stages of development and design.

    3.Involvement of end-users in the requirement and validation of the pilots to ensure human-centric approach and maximise acceptance.

    4.Proposals should include a clear business case and exploitation strategy.

    5.Build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed, notably through the implementation of the FAIR data principles and adopting standardised and discipline-oriented metadata schemas and ontologies.

    6.Projects should build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

    All proposals should demonstrate the assessment criteria upon which the proposed sectors/use-cases have been selected (e.g. in terms of socioeconomic factors, etc.).

    All proposals are furthermore expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring, as well as illustrative application use-cases demonstrating concrete potential added value), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform or Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics, public community resources, to maximise re-use of results, either by developers, or for uptake, and optimise efficiency of funding; enhancing the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, data and robotics.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-03: Natural Language Understanding and Interaction in Advanced Language Technologies (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Development of natural language understanding and interaction in advanced language technologies based on context-aware language models able to further integrate long-term general knowledge and derive meaning in order to develop automated reasoning and enhanced interaction skills;

    2.Effective multilingual and bias-controlled language models, capable of learning from smaller language corpora, efficient in computing and respectful of European values (i.e., privacy, non-discrimination, robustness in legal, ethical and technical terms, reliability and trustworthiness, interpretability and explainability, security and safety);

    3.AI systems and solutions based on novel multilingual pre-trained language models that have assimilated cross-language and cross-cultural knowledge through textual and speech input;

    4.Higher uptake of innovative language technology solutions by European companies, providing extensive language coverage 373 of AI-enabled applications and services in Europe.

    Scope: As AI becomes increasingly more performant, there is growing potential for humans to directly use and benefit from smarter systems. Effective AI-based human-machine interaction and collaboration relies on grasping real meaning from natural languages, recognising gestures and activities, understanding intention, creating and maintaining shared mental models and designing multi-step interactions. Reciprocally, truly natural interaction between people and machines is essential for future AI-enabled systems across all application areas and domains.

    Envisaged AI solutions should address one or both of the following areas:

    1.Improve context-aware human-machine interaction to increase understanding and exploitation of the interaction context and content in multimodal settings, thus increasing responsiveness of interactive AI solutions, such as smart assistants, conversational and dialogue systems, content generation models, etc.

    2.Support and enhance seamless human-to-human communication across languages e.g. by means of automatic translation or interpretation (incl. automatic subtitling) in real time with a greater understanding of the communication context and the meaning involved in it.

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address at least one of the following:

    1.Developing novel methods and techniques for producing context-aware models, which incorporate factual-based structured and unstructured knowledge in broader situational and temporal information, and continual learning to achieve natural behaviour and reasoning in all intended settings.

    2.Improving large pre-trained multilingual language models to cover a large set of languages 374 , with a high level of natural language understanding and the ability to efficiently add more languages, including low-resource ones, via transfer or language-independent learning methods.

    3.Improving language-independent and bias-controlling algorithms and methods for language model training and usage efficiency in terms of data, time and energy consumption while retaining performance, accuracy and general usability.

    4.Developing language representations, encompassing an effective combination of multilingual, symbolic and sub-symbolic knowledge and allowing systems to perform cross-cultural reasoning in various contextual tasks.

    Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in all the relevant disciplines, such as data science, computer science, computational linguistics, machine learning and natural language processing. Particular attention should be paid to control gender or other biases in language models.

    Research should build on existing standards, contribute to standardisation and result in findable, accessible, interoperable and reusable research data including metadata schemas and ontologies.

    All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring, as well as illustrative application use-cases demonstrating concrete potential added value), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform, Common European Data Spaces (especially the dedicated Language Data Space) and other relevant Member States’ initiatives, such as Open GPT-X, and if necessary other relevant digital resource platforms in order to enhance the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

    Proposals are also expected to dedicate tasks and resources to collaborate with and provide input to the open innovation challenge under HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-04 addressing natural language understanding and interaction. Research teams involved in the proposals are expected to participate in the respective Innovation Challenges. This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on AI, data and robotics.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-04: Open innovation: Addressing Grand challenges in AI (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities covered under FSTP are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties (FSTP).

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of prizes.

    The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 500.000 to address open innovation challenges on key important S&T challenges and drive general progress on important tasks through a common challenge/benchmark problem.

    FSTP should be eligible to third parties from academia and SMEs in Member States or Associated Countries, but exclude third parties that receive funding under ongoing projects of the following topics 375 : CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-01, CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-03 CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-01, CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-02.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Demonstrate and reinforce Europe’s research excellence in AI by driving substantial scientific progress in the following major scientific & technological AI areas: optimisation, explainability, robustness, natural language understanding and interaction, and collaborative intelligence

    2.Develop prestigious AI open innovation challenges that will mobilise wide participation of top scientists from academia, industry including start-ups and as well as young teams and rising stars from all over EU and Associated countries.

    3.Substantially increase interest from industry in AI (incl. SMEs and start-ups), in particular from key socio-economic sectors for Europe. Therefore contributing to uptake of research results by industry

    Scope: AI is a general-purpose technology that is expected to substantially contribute to all sectors and applications. AI technologies have demonstrated great value and potential in areas as diverse as healthcare, supply chain logistics, space-based imagery analysis, cybersecurity. However, there are challenges that AI technologies are facing. When it comes to deployment of AI technologies, reliable performance is required. Despite its huge potential and its ability to cut down on tasks and costs, AI faces trust issues with humans. At the same time, the failure modes of AI technologies are poorly understood.

    Open innovation challenges can foster broad and robust progress on generic AI research challenges. The resulting scientific progress resulting such challenges will contribute to the robustness of AI systems in general, enabling a multitude of different applications across many sectors.

    Proposals are expected to organize open innovation challenges aiming to bring the best research teams across variety of public and private organisations that try to tackle and crack major S&T challenges in AI by benchmarking different solutions. The open innovation challenges will be bootstrapped by engaging EU funded projects to participate. Newcomers, rising stars and the wider AI community should be able to join the challenges, giving them the opportunity to benchmark against prestigious teams. The best performing team(s) should be awarded with either with monitory prizes 376 , which industry can co-sponsor, and/or non-monetary prizes, e.g. co-authorship of a paper in a prestigious scientific journal, internship in prestigious labs or companies.

    Proposals should address the delivery of open innovation challenges with the aim to

    1.Attract outstanding talent and the best research teams to tackle key scientific and technological AI challenges, of relevance to industry.

    2.Drive substantial and broad scientific progress in key AI areas with the aim to reinforce the research excellence in Europe.

    3.Prepare at least three open innovation challenges addressing challenges in collaboration with the projects funded under the following topics: CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-01, CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-3, CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-01 and CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-02 focusing on optimisation, explainability, robustness, natural language understanding and interaction, and collaborative intelligence 377 respectively. The projects funded through these calls should participate in the respective open innovation challenges, and can receive rewards, but will not be eligible to receive prize money as they are already funded.

    4.Enable strong cooperation and co-creation between academia and industry and establish a continuous interaction

    5.Attract industry and business interest in demonstrating advanced performances meeting the needs of user industry, in view of fostering deployment and business opportunities in Europe.

    6.Define a process that fosters the uptake of developed algorithms/solutions across Europe

    Proposals are expected to

    1.Provide a sound methodology for the design of AI challenges as open innovation challenges and/or benchmarks, including the definition of challenges to be addressed 378 , representative of common needs for a vast adoption in a broad set of industrial and public sectors 379 ; as well as the definition of evaluation method and criteria. This involves mobilisation of prestigious scientists and industries (incl. start-ups and SMEs) to select the data/problems that will drive substantial scientific progress and be help reinforcing the reputation of Europe, contributing to build the European AI lighthouse. This task will involve financial support to parties, in line with the conditions set out in part K of the General Annexes..

    2.Provide a convincing approach to attract the best 380 teams from academia and industry, incl. start-ups and SMEs, students, rising stars and newcomers, to participate in the open innovation challenges and benchmark their different solutions to tackle the AI challenges.

    3.Address all aspects of running open innovation challenges and best exploit them to maximise the visibility of AI to the wider audience.

    4.Mobilise external partners (incl. from industry) in sponsoring and setting up the open innovation challenges and engage sponsors to contribute/offer money prizes or other attractive rewards to the top performing teams (e.g. co-authorship of papers in prestigious journals, internships in prestigious labs or companies etc.). Reward and competition schemes should provide equal access for everyone to participate and encourage diversity among the participating teams.

    5.Collaborate with the AI on Demand Platform, the AI, Data and Robotics Partnership, the Networks of AI excellence centres 381 , projects funded under CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-01, CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-03, CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-01 and CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-02, as well as other relevant initiatives.

    All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring), and share results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform, public community resources, to maximise re-use of results, either by developers, or for uptake, and optimise efficiency of funding; enhancing the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

    Furthermore it is expected that the participating teams will make their algorithms and methods available and re-usable (e.g. through the AI on Demand Platform) to ensure scientific and technological progress.

    Financial support to third parties: A minimum of 50% of the EU funding requested by the proposal should be allocated to the purpose of financial support to third parties.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-05: Through AI from Disinformation to Trust (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering different types of advanced AI solutions against disinformation, grants will be awarded not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranked proposal addressing each of the two expected outcomes (1. Innovative AI solutions for trusted information production for media professionals, and 2. Innovative AI solutions for supporting trustworthy online activity of citizens, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 382 .

    Expected Outcome: Proposal results are expected to contribute to one of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Innovative AI solutions for trusted information production for media professionals.

    2.Innovative AI solutions for supporting trustworthy online activity of citizens.

    Scope: Following the results of the Horizon Europe 2020/21 Work Programme, the second Horizon Europe 2023/24 Work Programme will support innovation activities to move closer to AI-based market and ultimately widely available solutions that can play an important role in ensuring pluralistic access to meaningful information, quality content and trustworthy online interaction. This topic is fully in line with both the EDAP – European Democracy Action Plan and MAAP – Media and Audiovisual Action Plan, for reinforcing the European media ecosystem and maintaining resilient democratic systems, in times of crises and of need for adaptation and change.

    Given the emergence of the next generation of social media as part of digital universe(s) or fediverse(s), which are more immersive and based on virtual realities and gaming contexts, the detection of different forms of content manipulation (e.g. deep-fakes, tampered content and scammed environments) becomes even more challenging. Solutions provided would include the correlation/comparison of various sources of information, multi-modal language interpretation, rapid visual pattern detection in moving images and simulated environments, capabilities as recommendation engine/personal companion, and interfacing with augmented, virtual reality and gaming environments. Solutions should be gender-sensitive and not perpetuate harmful stereotypes. The innovation actions will bring together technological providers, media professionals and end users for ensuring market readiness of the results.

    Proposals should clearly identify the expected outcome it will focus on as described above. All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, demonstrators, benchmarking and progress monitoring), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform. Activities are expected to achieve TRL6-7 by the end of the project.

    All proposals are expected to allocate tasks to cohesion activities with the other subtopic, the PPP on AI, Data and Robotics and funded actions related to this partnership, and to extend and apply the results from the previous research and innovation topic on AI against Disinformation.

    An Internet of Trust

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-11: Next Generation Internet Fund (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 27.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 27.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additions to the general award criteria apply: The following additional aspects will be taken into account under Criterion 3 'Quality and efficiency of the implementation':

    "Capacity and proven experience of the consortium to create and grow internet commons based on open source software, hardware and standards".

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries must provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    As the main objective of the action is to support large number of third parties through open calls, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 500 000 to allow 1/ cases where a given legal entity (e.g. large research, academic or industrial organisations) may receive several grants (e.g. from different calls) 2/ reaching the maturity level for third party’s project to ensure sustainability with multiple awards.

    As the primary purpose of the action is to support and mobilise internet innovators, a minimum of 80% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties, selected through open calls.

    Expected Outcome: Proposals results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.A human centric internet aligned with values and principles commonly shared in Europe such as protection of privacy, inclusiveness, transparency, autonomy, openness, decentralisation and cooperation across borders.

    2.A flourishing internet, based on common building blocks created within NGI, that enables better control of our digital life, respects our privacy, permits better sharing of data (including personal and non-personal) based on users’ preferences, and enables better socio-economic impact based on improved trust.

    3.A structured eco-system of talented contributors driving the creation of new internet commons and the evolution of existing internet commons based on open source software, open standards and open hardware and designs.

    4.Synergies with NGI pilots as well as with other like-minded actions in Europe and outside.

    Scope: The general objective is to nurture a structured human-centric internet eco-system by turning digital values into motivating challenges for top value-driven open source innovators in Europe enabling to create, mature and grow new internet commons. These commons encompass the whole internet stack (both server and device sides) from open hardware, networking and transport technologies, firmware, operating systems and virtualisation, electronic identities and middleware, decentralised ledgers, software productivity tools, traffic supervision tools, up to over the top internet and vertical applications.

    Applicants should select and fund third party projects through financial support to third parties based on excellence and implement a continuous open call environment addressing the requirements for transparency, publicity, confidentiality, fair treatment, and handling of conflict of interest. Applicants should publicise calls towards the open source communities actively influencing the course of the Internet.

    The calls should aim at improving trust, privacy, portability, discoverability, inclusion with better sharing and search of personal and non-personal data with advanced identity management, implementing optimal balance between decentralisation, security and energy efficiency and ensuring more socio-economic benefits.

    Applicants should define the mechanisms for maturing third parties’ projects e.g. security and accessibility audits, packaging of the software for easy deployment, localisation of the software in EU languages, documentation best practices and advising on licensing.

    Applicants should detail the path to growth for third parties’ projects e.g. by actively animating communities, creating momentum among like-minded efforts, defining how projects will gain critical mass and what services will be provided for reaching such stage. Proposals should also detail the strategy for standardisation.

    Applicants should address the issue of longer term sustainability of the projects by providing legal hosting capabilities, advising on funding models (based on open source business models e.g. foundations) and on governance models (e.g. in relation to European strategic autonomy) integrating a maintenance strategy.

    Applicants should actively manage the portfolio of funded projects and provide a coherent overall picture, describing how mature solutions are by giving details on audits made and ensuring trusted and easy deployment capabilities for each building blocks.

    Applicants should strive for identification of common tools and stimulate maximum re-use among funded projects e.g. interoperable identity and credential management tools, common packaging solutions, tools for decentralised social media.

    Applicants should create the conditions for successful collaboration with NGI pilot actions as well as other ongoing NGI actions such as the outreach office and ongoing research and innovation actions in the area of trust, search, architecture, blockchain and international.

    Applicants should seek active collaborations with like-minded funding efforts addressing internet commons at national, European levels and beyond Europe including with European technology industries.

    Applicants should demonstrate their experience and understanding of open source communities and their expertise covering the full open source life cycle through proven track record including years of experience and indication of volume of open source projects supported.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Financial support to third parties

    The proposal should detail the calls logic including criteria for eligibility and award, procedure for awarding, eligible costs, third parties’ costs calculation and maximum per calls. Third parties will be funded through projects typically in the EUR 50 000 to 150 000 range per project, with indicative duration of 9 to 12 months.

    The consortium should provide the programme logic for the third-party projects, managing the projects life-cycle, and provide the necessary technical and non-technical support: these tasks cannot be implemented using the budget earmarked for the financial support to third parties.

    The Commission considers that proposals in this topic with an overall duration of typically 42 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-12: Pilots for the Next Generation Internet (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries must provide financial support to third parties.

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    A minimum of 15% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties, selected through open calls.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Apply Next Generation Internet (NGI) technologies in a variety of industrial and societal use cases, enabling the emergence of internet ecosystems supporting the needs of key vertical sectors with high socio-economic impact.

    2.Generate new business opportunities and enable the emergence of new business and sustainability models based on Open Source.

    3.Support the community of European top internet innovators, with the capacity to set the course of the Internet evolution according to a human-centric approach.

    Scope: The aim of this topic is to foster the take up of Next Generation Internet (NGI) technologies and solutions in Europe by integrating them in a variety of industrial and societal use cases, enabling the emergence of internet ecosystems supporting the needs of specific sectors, such as (but not limited to) public services, healthcare and well-being, supply chain management, transport, finance, creative and cultural industries, tourism, energy and ICT.

    NGI Pilots will make use of the rich portfolio of technologies and tools developed in the NGI programme in Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe, and will apply them to real-life use cases with the goal of validating NGI human-centric solutions across value chains, as close as possible to operational conditions, engaging large user groups and proving their socio-economic potential. Pilots will also address sustainability beyond the lifecycle of the project.

    Pilots will involve SSH experts and user organisations from vertical sectors, NGI innovators and other digital technology providers. Pilot projects will need to carefully consider the needs and expectations of the end-users as main drivers of the technological developments, as well as energy efficiency requirements. Issues around inclusiveness and gender-sensitivity in the developed solutions should be addressed, where relevant.

    Pilots will include development, integration, testing, deployment, uptake and operation activities. Focus will be on open source solutions (both software and hardware) and their integration and adoption in vertical use cases, to ensure replicability of the results and portability in different areas. Proposals should address use cases from at least two different verticals and address their interdependencies.

    Proposals should encourage, when relevant, open access to data, standardisation activities, as well as an IPR regime ensuring lasting impact and reusability of results.

    Proposals should incorporate third party contributions from NGI open source innovators. A minimum of 15% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties, selected through open calls.

    The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of typically 24 to 36 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations. For ensuring focused effort, third parties should be funded through projects typically in the EUR 10 000 to 50 000 range per project, with indicative duration of 6 to 9 months.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-13: Next Generation Internet International Collaboration - USA (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries must provide financial support to third parties.

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    As the main objective of the action is to support collaboration between third parties and NSF-funded US teams, the maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 150 000. to allow 1/ matching the project size and funding of NSF - US teams, 2/ reaching the maturity level for third party’s projects to ensure sustainability of the established collaborations.

    A minimum of 80% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties, selected through open calls.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Supporting the EU internet policy objectives by sharing the EU vision and values with international partners, and forging bonds through concrete collaborations.

    2.Reinforced collaboration and increased synergies between the Next Generation Internet (NGI) and the Internet programmes of the US National Science Foundation (NSF).

    3.Enhanced EU-US cooperation in the development of Next Generation Internet technologies, services and standards. Developing interoperable solutions and joint demonstrators, contributions to standards

    4.A transatlantic ecosystem of researchers, open source developers, high-tech startups / SMEs and Internet related communities collaborating on the evolution of the Internet according to a human-centric approach.

    5.Generate new business opportunities for European Internet innovators based on decentralised technologies and open source.

    Scope: The aim of the topic is to reinforce EU-US cooperation in the area of Next Generation Internet, and to establish a continuous dialogue among the actors involved in the US and EU research and innovation programmes. This will be achieved through the implementation of R&I projects between European NGI researchers and innovators, and entities participating in Internet related projects funded by NSF

    Proposals should organise open calls for third party projects involving EU teams together with NSF-funded US teams on emerging topics for the EU Next Generation Internet and corresponding US programmes. The thematic focus should be on trust and privacy enhancing technologies, data sharing and portability, sustainable and climate-friendly internet, electronic identities, internet architecture renovation and decentralised technologies. The third party projects should focus on research leading to advanced technology development, and may include joint demonstrators and joint contributions to standards.

    The proposal should support open source software and open hardware design. Applicants are encouraged to support, open access to data, access to testing and operational infrastructures as well as an IPR regime ensuring lasting impact and reusability of results.

    Proposals should implement three open calls and should make provisions for the coordination with NSF of these open calls in terms of scope, proposals submission and selection, as well as implementation of the third party projects. The details should be agreed with NSF prior to the publication of the open calls.

    Proposals should make explicit the intervention logic for the area, their capacity to attract relevant organisations both in the EU and the USA, as well as their expertise and capacity in managing the full life-cycle of the open calls transparently and efficiently.

    Financial support to third parties

    Proposals should foresee financial support to third party projects that will contribute to enhancing EU cooperation with the USA in the development of Next Generation Internet technologies and services. Only organisations established in the EU Member States and Associated Countries should be eligible for European Commission funding through financial support to third parties.

    The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of typically 48 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately, while allowing the implementation of three open calls for third party projects. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations. For ensuring focused effort, third parties should be funded through projects typically of EUR 150 000, with indicative duration of 18 months.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-14: Next Generation Internet Commons Policy (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.A stronger integration of the Next generation Internet initiative, its vision and ecosystem, with the digital commons policies at national and European level

    2.A long-term strategy for internet commons which are critical for sovereignty and trust, based on a clear mapping of existing communities of commoners and commons

    3.A smooth articulation of bottom-up activities of European communities of commoners and top-down policy priorities e.g. for reaching critical mass, for the reuse of commons, and for avoiding overlaps

    4.A more coherent funding landscape integrating national and European dimensions from public and private sector

    Scope: While internet commons are critical in our digital life their importance it is not fully reflected at the strategic level with little representation of the communities involved, lack of structure, gap between grass-root commoners and top-down sovereignty policies, fragmented funding landscape.

    The scope of this support encompasses the following activities; proposals should:

    1.Identify active communities of commoners in Europe and monitoring of their evolution and maturity levels

    2.Measure the leverage effect (e.g. in funding and resources) resulting from NGI funding

    3.Define a strategic agenda valid for the Multi-Annual Financial Framework timeframe and planning expected maturation of the various commons incubated in NGI

    4.Carry out consultation to identify internet commons priorities for ensuring European sovereignty

    5.Develop a plan to support commoners based on their needs that would include support to navigate the funding landscape and devise a path towards a European one-stop shop

    6.Create and animate a group of experts in internet commons that will analyse the NGI portfolio and devise opinion on its evolution every two months. The group should be representative of European geographies, internet building blocks, commoners diversity and include representatives of NGI on-going actions

    7.Devise mechanisms for creating complementary and synergies with like-minded efforts at global, European and national levels including with European technology industries

    8.Elaborate governance models for future commons integrating European strategic autonomy policies as well as maintenance strategy

    9.In conjunction with NGI outreach office, organise strategic events involving key decision makers from national and European levels where the various outputs of the action are exposed and next steps discussed

    Proposals should also demonstrate strong knowledge of the open source and internet commons context (e.g. funding mechanisms, methods of working, communities involved, commons life-cycle) and be familiar with the technology building blocks that make the internet.

    The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of 36 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    eXtended Reality

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-21: Next Generation eXtended Reality (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 26.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2 and achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranked proposal of each type (Type I Development and integration of advanced XR hardware components, Type II development of new solutions aiming to improve the user experience, skills and capacity in social and professional XR setups), provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Next generation of XR devices and applications, which are human-centred, and provide intuitive and realistic user experiences, by exploiting cross fertilisation between technologies such as 5G/6G, IoT, data, artificial intelligence, edge and cloud computing, and microelectronics but also across domains of use such as (but not limited to education, manufacturing, health, cultural heritage, media and security).

    2.More realistic, more affordable and gender-neutral devices and applications, developed by European companies, respecting European values of ethics, privacy, security and safety, aiming at technological sovereignty and resilience.

    Scope: The following two types of research and innovation proposals are expected:

    i. The development and integration of advanced XR hardware components, including the use of already available technologies, such as chips, displays, optics and sensors, for a new generation of XR devices providing greater visual, wearable, vestibular and social comfort. Special relevance should be given (a) to technological breakthroughs in photonics and new materials aiming to increase the image quality and to reduce the size and weight of XR devices; (b) to displays and optical elements bringing the capabilities of XR devices closer to those of the human vision; (c) to more efficient architectures for enhanced performance, reduced power consumption and improved heat dissipation; (d) to novel systems that cater to the widest range of users, including those that need prescription correction; (e) to advanced optical- and photo-detector technologies for sensing systems, including sensing data processing; (f) to innovative XR connectivity components supporting the demanding requirements on latency, data rates and resilience; and (g) to novel materials with tailored optical, mechanical and processing properties for a tight integration of subcomponents, enabling overall miniaturization and environmentally sustainable mass-production of future XR devices.

    At least one proposal of this type will be funded.

    ii. The development of new solutions aiming to improve the user experience, skills and capacity in social and professional XR setups. This includes tools and services for the creation and management of interactive virtual worlds such as metaverse and 3D models, realistic full body avatars and intelligent agents. The solutions should also seek to enhance the interoperability, performance and accessibility of XR experiences. The proposals should include prototypes validated in realistic scenarios, proving how innovative the developed solutions are, how they exploit synergies between disciplines and domains, and how far beyond state of the art they go.

    At least one proposal of this type will be funded.

    The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of typically 36 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-22: eXtended Reality for Industry 5.0 (IA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4 and achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded not only in order of ranking but at least also to the highest ranked proposal of innovation Type I Development of XR applications to support companies in all industrial ecosystems, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Only one proposal will be funded for innovation Type II.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 500 000 to further extend the application domains, guarantee reproducibility and demonstrate the integration paths for take-up by European industries.

    The type ii innovation action should provide financial support to third-party projects from outstanding XR innovators, SMEs and other multidisciplinary actors through a minimum of three open calls during the lifetime of the project.

    As support and mobilising of XR innovators is key to the type ii IA of this topic, a minimum of 60% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to the third parties.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Develop “XR made in Europe”, contributing to technological sovereignty.

    2.Contribute to develop virtual worlds European platforms.

    3.Support the use of XR technologies for a sustainable, human-centric and resilient European industry 383 .

    Scope: The following two types of innovation proposals are expected.

    1.i. The development of XR applications to support companies in all industrial ecosystems, especially SMEs, to use innovative interactive and immersive technologies, increasing their competitiveness, productivity, efficiency and human-centricity. The applications should be robust, gender-neutral safe and trustworthy, especially in terms of cybersecurity, privacy and health issues. Proposals should exploit cross fertilisation between academics, industry representatives and end-users around well thought-out scenarios. Moreover, proposals should include activities to showcase the results, widely disseminating and exploiting the outcomes.

    At least one proposal of innovation Type I will be funded.

    1.ii. The creation of a European reference platform aiming to develop and prototype advanced interoperable XR solutions to solve common challenges encountered by the industry (in areas such as assembly, maintenance, remote operation, training, design, logistics, etc.), placing the wellbeing of workers at the centre of the production process. The platform will be populated with third party-projects exploring a wide range of XR technologies and taking benefit of other emerging technologies (such as 5G/6G, IoT, data, artificial intelligence, edge and cloud computing, and microelectronics). In order to facilitate the integration with existing IT systems and policies, the EU XR platform for industry should prioritize XR content, tools and solutions based on open standards, such as OpenXR and WebXR. The solutions provided by the platform should aim to cover as many industry ecosystems as possible. Involvement of end-users is essential in defining specifications and testing.

    Only one proposal will be funded for innovation Type II.

    Financial support to third parties

    The type ii innovation action should provide financial support to third-party projects from outstanding XR innovators, SMEs and other multidisciplinary actors through a minimum of three open calls during the lifetime of the project.

    As support and mobilising of XR innovators is key to the type ii IA of this topic, a minimum of 60% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to the third parties. Proposals should define a coherent and coordinated programme logic for the third-party projects, offering the necessary technical support, coaching and mentoring, to ensure a significant advancement and impact in the innovation domain, including in terms of interoperability and standardisation. These tasks should be financed outside of the minimum allocated share for financial support to third parties.

    Proposals should make explicit the intervention logic for the area and their potential to attract relevant top XR talents and to deliver a solid value-added to the third-party projects. Proposals should also prove the expertise and capacity of the consortium in managing the full life-cycle of the open calls transparently and efficiently.

    The Commission considers that proposals with an overall duration of typically 36 months would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of proposals requesting other durations.

    Third parties in type ii should be funded through projects typically in the EUR 250 000 to 500 000 range per project, with indicative duration of 12 to 15 months.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-23: Supporting the emergence of an open human-centric Metaverse (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Europe to co-shape and promote an open, decentralised, trustworthy European and global Metaverse in line with the vision of human-centric technology set out in the EU Declaration on Digital Principles and Rights.

    2.A strong and competitive ecosystem, with European companies playing a leading role in the adoption and acceptance, and in the development and deployment of Metaverse technologies.

    Scope: An acceleration of blending of the real world with augmented and virtual worlds is giving rise to the Metaverse, an online network of immersive and virtual worlds allowing people to interact in real time for various purposes, allowing a seamless blending of the digital and physical world. It offers an infinite array of possibilities and opportunities for many industrial and service sectors including creativity and arts as well as for citizens. At the same time, it also poses significant societal, regulatory and ethical challenges. To be in line with European values and principles, the Metaverse has to be open, human-centric, trustworthy, safe and ethical, offering opportunities to everyone, focusing not only on business opportunities but also on important societal challenges such as healthcare and the green transformation.

    The selected proposal will contribute to the 3 important dimensions of people, technologies and infrastructure related to the European vision of the Metaverse. It will:

    1.contribute to structure and support the Metaverse community and stakeholders in Europe by activities such as networking, outreach, public awareness, technology watch, market analysis, standardisation efforts, and industry-academia collaboration as well as building links to national programmes and initiatives.

    2.organise a vast engagement process with relevant stakeholders and wide consultation with citizens and civil society on the topic of the Metaverse (expectations, opportunities, challenges, role of Europe)

    3.reinforce the links between the various Metaverse related elements, in particular eXtended reality and AI, Blockchain, Connectivity but also any other related technologies (such as for example simulation, 3D digitisation, 5G/6G, internet technologies, cloud computing, identity management, advanced microelectronics), ensuring transfer of knowledge and community building.

    4.support the development of an EU strategy and roadmap towards an open human-centric Metaverse, including the identification of priority areas and application areas with a strong public dimension that would require strong public support and public and private investments

    5.help with the definition of industry standards for the Metaverse, guarantying interoperability, openness and seamless integration with and between applications, systems, technologies, data and platforms

    6.identify the main the elements of continuity as well as the differences between the internet as it operates today and the expected trends for the emerging Metaverse.

    7.identify ethical, legal, societal and economical aspects of the Metaverse such as the ownership of the digital identity and help Europe to tackle these challenges in line with the EU Declaration on Digital Principles and Rights.

    8.identify IPR and governance models supporting the human-centric vision for the metaverse, and explore the potential of models based on open source for the metaverse.

    9.closely collaborate and build synergies with other existing related European initiatives such as the AR/VR coalition, the eXtended Reality Ethics, Interoperability and Impact CSA funded under HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-28, the Common European Data spaces funded under DIGITAL (for example Cultural heritage and Media), the relevant European Partnerships (such as Data, AI and Robotics; Photonics, the European Blockchain Partnership); Next Generation Internet (NGI) initiative, the European Flagships (such as Graphene), the EU supported digital twins initiatives (such as Destination Earth).

    10.support international cooperation, in particular in relation to interoperability and standardisation.

    European standards for industrial competitiveness

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-65: Support facility for digital standardisation and international cooperation in digital partnerships (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 384 .

    Expected Outcome: Further alignment with like-minded countries on a common vision on ICT standardisation of key technologies and developing a robust coordination mechanism to express this common vision in international fora/SDOs.

    The project beneficiaries should engage with relevant entities working in ICT standardisation from Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, Canada, Australia, and the USA.

    Scope: This action will contribute to the EU Standardisation Strategy, particularly in supporting the EU’s leading position in global standards-setting as a forerunner in key technologies and promoting EU core values, by:

    1.Working together towards defining a common vision and agenda for key digital technologies as regards their standardisation aspects, timelines etc. The aim is to engage and work towards a common position with like-minded countries in ICT standardisation of key technologies prioritised in Horizon Europe, such as AI, 5G and beyond, internet protocols, IoT and security aspects, cybersecurity, data, eID, quantum or digital ledger technologies (DLT), which are usually developed in specific international standardisation organisations, fora and consortia such as ISO/IEC JTC1, ITU-T, 3GPP, oneM2M, IETF or IEEE.

    2.Coordinating with those partner countries to align our positions on digital standardisation in international standardisation organisations and other international fora.

    3.Monitoring the effective implementation of international standards in trade and cooperation agreements with such targeted countries.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    1.Proposals should cover the following key tasks:

    2.T1: Dedicated work stream (for ex. Joint Committee) bringing together European Commission and EU stakeholders and the relevant administrations and stakeholders of the targeted partner country, to define a common agenda and work plan, to set up a mechanism to exchange relevant information, align positions etc.

    3.T2: To that effect, to conduct regular studies and analyses of the relevant activities in specific target countries and in international ICT standardisation, especially in key technologies promoted in HE (AI, 5G and beyond, internet, IoT and its security aspects, cybersecurity, data, eID, QT or DLT).

    4.T3: Organise outreach activities such as joint international conferences, workshops or supporting material, including newsletters, websites, or promotional videos.

    5.T4: Cooperate, synchronise, and achieve synergies with ongoing research and innovation activities and coordination and support actions, exchange of best practices on education and awareness of ICT standards in scientific communities.

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-66: Promoting EU standards globally (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in all African Union member states 385 may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action as a beneficiary (or affiliated entity). Due to the scope of this topic, all African Union member states 386 are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 387 .

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 50000. FSTP should be eligible to third parties in India, Southeast Asia, the African Union, Latin America and Caribbean (LAC), the Western Balkans and the Eastern Partnership.

    The capacity building in third countries is expected to be done, among others, through the funding of micro-projects that may involve local stakeholders. Therefore, a minimum of 40% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties (FSTP).

    Expected Outcome: Building on the successful action of the first phase of the FPI InDiCo project on international cooperation on ICT standardisation, the expected outcomes include (i) enhancing the promotion of the EU ICT/digital standards for key technologies in the Horizon Europe programme; (ii) the promotion of the EU model for setting global interoperable ICT/digital standards (stakeholder driven model) in selected targeted countries and (iii) understanding standardisation ecosystems and when relevant fostering capacity building in third countries for ICT/digital standardisation around EU values.

    The targeted countries and regions are India, China, Southeast Asia, the African Union, Latin America and Caribbean (LAC), the Western Balkans and the Eastern Partnership.

    Scope: This Action will promote the EU’s human-centred agenda on the global stage and promote the alignment and convergence of international standards with EU standards, as pursued in the Digital Compass Strategy and in support of the Global Gateway. Besides, it will also enable that the targeted countries can strengthen the link between standards and their policy and regulatory framework, adopting the EU values and underpinning the EU Digital and the EU Standardisation Strategy, by:

    1.Enhancing the cooperation with selected countries participating in InDiCo (India, China, Brazil and LAC region), and extending its geographic scope to important areas where the EU position should be reinforced such as the Western Balkans, the Eastern Partnership, Southeast Asia and the African Union.

    2.Extending its technological reach to cover better technologies that are prioritized in Horizon Europe, such as AI, 5G and beyond, IoT and its security aspects, internet, cybersecurity, data, eID, quantum, digital ledger technologies (DLT), circular economy or smart cities.

    3.Understanding of the third countries’ standardisation ecosystem and when relevant capacity building in terms of digital standardisation, facilitating alignment around EU values and positions in international digital SDOs and other international fora (e.g. 3GPP, oneM2M, IETF, IEEE).

    Proposals should build on the outcomes achieved in the first phase of InDiCo, as well as in the experience gained and the studies and action that have been implemented.

    Due to the strategic importance for the EU interests, proposals should include European experts on standardisation, with excellent knowledge of the European Standardisation Organisations (CEN, CENELEC and ETSI) and their international activities.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Expertise in SSH is important in the context of this project to defending EU values and ethics and supporting the UN Sustainable Development Goals.

    Proposals should address the following key tasks:

    1.T1: Activities to support effective engagement on the EU standardisation model and EU standards:

    Analysis of key Standard Development Organisations (SDOs) and countries/regions active in the priorities identified in the Commission Rolling Plan on ICT Standardisation.

    Development of case studies/best practices on the EU standardisation model and the harmonisation of global standards on priorities identified in the Commission Rolling Plan on ICT Standardisation.

    Development of common approaches, tools and guidelines, e.g., on lessons learned

    1.T2: Policy outreach, dialogue, and knowledge exchange activities for targeted actors. These activities will be conducted with different actors in various formats including through the organisation or participation at national and regional levels in international groups, specialised workshops, hackathons, interoperability events and roadshows. The aim will be to progressively improve a common understanding regarding the cooperation towards harmonised international open standards including the promotion of the European model, and the outreach of European ICT Standards to key countries identified in the research activity. When relevant support proof of concepts of the implementation of standards

    2.T3: Communication and dissemination activities to promote broader sharing of EU Data Protection Model and stimulate knowledge sharing and capitalisation.

    Digital Humanism and human compatible technologies

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-81: Digital Humanism - Putting people at the centre of the digital transformation (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 388 .

    Expected Outcome:

    1.Create an active network and cross disciplinary communities on digital humanism bringing together ICT experts, ethnologists, sociologists and experts in fundamental rights

    2.Help defining and strengthening EU’s approach to a human-centred digital transformation through cross-disciplinary, world class foundational and application oriented research

    3.Formulate approaches how to transform and strengthen European standards (rule of law, social market economy, fundamental rights, social standards and social partnership) into the digital realm including the take up of those standards by digital actors and in particular those developing new digital environment (e.g. data scientists, start-ups, investors)

    4.Formulate a list of recommendations and roadmaps to address current gaps or issues that are preventing the development of digital solutions that will reinforce - and not undermine - digital humanism across the society

    5.Propose a concrete framework for measuring and promoting progress of the promotion and putting into practice of the digital rights and principles declaration in the context of the Digital Decade policy programme. This will include concrete indicators, source of information at national and European level, as well as the identification of existing, and development of new, capacity tools to support the uptake of identified best practice uses of digital technologies in support of digital humanism. This work will notably feed the review of the Digital Decade Policy Programme and of the solemn declaration in 2026.

    Scope: A horizontal and holistic approach is needed for creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to opportunities, societal changes, threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing protection and high-quality public services such as health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.

    While digital technologies bring strong advantages coming along with a promise of freedom and innovation, negative aspects have also become visible in the last years. These include the monopolization of the information space, increasing levels of fake news and disinformation, strong power of online platforms, cyber threats and crimes, privacy breaches, strong market disparities as well as an economic order that claims human experience as free raw material for commercial practices of extraction, prediction and sales (Zuboff, 2019).

    Digital Humanism is here defined as the continuing search for a European answer to keep up high civilization standards stemming from enlightenment and the humanist era, and to further develop them in the digital world. In line with European values, such a digital environment should enable all Europeans to make full use of digital and technologies, to have a society where geographical distance matters less, so that all Europeans can benefit from the digitalisation in their daily activities (ranging from work, learning, to enjoying culture or leisure activities) but also in their interactions with governments, and participation in democratic processes.

    This requires intense, cross-disciplinary work of computer (and technology) sciences with legal, economic, sociological, philosophical and other kinds of expertise as a co-development exercise. To support in-depth, early-on collaboration between computer sciences and the whole wealth of humanities and social sciences to put new algorithms and models into a broader context, proposals under this topic should:

    1.Support the development of cross-disciplinary communities and networks in relation to digital transformation of society. It is thus critical to foster greater exchanges between social sciences and technological communities.

    2.Support the cross-disciplinary co-development of new theoretical models and approaches of the impact of digital technologies in our societies, starting with human and societal needs.

    3.Showcasing success stories and examples of engagement of the digital community seeking to develop concrete ways to progress toward a more human-centred digital world and draw concrete conclusions from these.

    4.Mapping out collaborative research to develop concrete tools and frameworks for ensuring that all actors of the European digital ecosystem (policy makers, business, startup developers, investors, NGOs) can integrate in their work and activities the values that form a human centred digital transformation and develop a roadmap for the possible development of research activities

    5.Develop a conceptual framework as well as tools and indicators to monitor and promote the progress of the ‘declaration on digital rights and principles’ and its six chapters (putting people at the centre of the digital transformation; solidarity and inclusion; freedom of choice; participation in the digital public space; safety, security and empowerment; sustainability), notably to feed the review of the Digital Decade Policy Programme and of the solemn declaration in 2026.

    This project is also relevant in the policy context of the Digital Decade policy programme (“The Path to the Digital Decade”), which sets a European approach for its digital transformation based on values and technological leadership. For the first time, societal and human centred objectives are fully integrated into a comprehensive governance mechanism at EU level including monitoring of the progress made by the digital transformation in reaching our collective values and quantitative digital targets (skills, infrastructures, digitalisation of business and public services). 

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-82: Art-driven digital innovation: Towards human compatible and ecologically conscious technology (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 389 .

    Financial Support to Third Parties (FSTP) is foreseen.

    STARTS residencies: The consortium will provide grants to artists (maximum EUR 40 000 per grant, in total between 400.000 and 600.000 EUR for FSTP in the form of grants).

    STARTS prize: For three consecutive years, the consortium will hand out annually two prizes of EUR 20 000 each (in total 120.000 EUR for FSTP in the form of prizes).

    Other requirement

    Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH): This topic encourages a radically new approach to inclusion of humanities in R&I by focussing on contributions of the artistic community to development and use of digital technologies that immerse digital more gracefully in economy and society and tackle the Green Transition in the spirit of the New European Bauhaus.

    Expected Outcome: This call encourages a mind change regarding the role of the arts in R&I in the spirit of a European innovation policy based on culture and values. It is building on results of the S+T+ARTS program that has demonstrated concrete benefits of art-technology collaboration for digital innovation and uptake of digital in society and economy.

    1.Facilitate artistic experimentation with (digital) technologies to accelerate development and novel use cases of digital technologies. The emphasise will be on ecologically conscious and human compatible technologies and use cases of technologies.

    To this end, the consortium will fund (via FSTP in form of grants) S+T+ARTS residencies of artists to be hosted by EC funded projects, technology institutions, or SMEs/industrial actors (both digital providers and end-users of digital). In the spirit of the topic, hosts of residencies must provide access to technology free of cost. The consortium will mentor residencies and help in follow-up/exploitation of the outcomes (commercial or other). Non-exclusive examples of intended outcomes include:

    1.Art-driven development and use of human compatible Artificial Intelligence (AI) in spirit of the EC communication on ‘Trustworthy AI’

    2.Art-driven applications of high-performance computing (visualisation, simulation etc).

    3.Art as a catalyst for uptake of the digital in society and economy in the spirit of digital innovation hubs .

    4.Art-driven use of technology to facilitate the Green Transition and contribute to UN Sustainable Development goals in the spirit of the ‘New European Bauhaus’ (urban development, green manufacturing, circular economy, water management, etc.)

    5.Art-driven use of digital media to fight disinformation, for example to promote factual narratives and change behaviour in context of Green Transition and climate change.

    1.b. Continuation of the annual S+T+ARTS prize: Achieve visibility of successful art and technology collaborations via an annual prize (FSTP in form of prizes) in two categories - to be defined by proposers, organize annual calls (launch, evaluation) and disseminate the prizes and its winners in an award ceremony and a travelling exhibition

    2.c. Organise an annual AI and music S+T+ARTS Festival. The festival will highlight synergies of digital – in particular AI - with human creativity in art and music. Artistic use of digital can push limits of digital technology and is considered a measure of compatibility of digital with human values and needs.

    Scope: While Europe is strongly pushing innovation based on technological and scientific progress, it has always put social and ecological priorities on the same level as economic growth. This has led to a new alliance of the arts with S&T as part of a European innovation policy rooted in values and culture. Artists become key drivers of ‘art-driven innovation’ towards ecologically conscious and human compatible technologies. In this spirit, DG CONNECT launched S+T+ARTS - innovation at the nexus of Science, Technology and the ARTS – and the European Commission president proposed the ‘New European Bauhaus’, where synergies between art and novel technologies are identified as enablers of the Green Transition. The present call will thus encourage actors in R&I to adopt artistic experimentation as a complementary method for technology development and use across all EC programs.

    The Commission considers a duration of 36 months as appropriate.

    Call - A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 390

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 391

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 15 Nov 2023

    Deadline(s): 19 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-06

    RIA

    30.00

    9.00 to 10.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-07

    RIA

    20.00

    Around 5.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-34

    CSA

    5.00

    1.50 to 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-61

    CSA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    61.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Leadership in AI based on trust

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-06: Explainable and Robust AI (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 9.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to one of the following outcomes:

    1.Enhanced robustness, performance and reliability of AI systems, including awareness of the limits of operational robustness of the system

    2.Improved explainability and accountability, transparency and autonomy of AI systems, including awareness of the working conditions of the system

    Scope: Trustworthy AI solutions, need to be robust, safe and reliable when operating in real-world conditions, and need to be able to provide adequate, meaningful and complete explanations when relevant, or insights into causality, account for concerns about fairness, be robust when dealing with such issues in real world conditions, while aligned with rights and obligations around the use of AI systems in Europe. Advances across these areas can help create human-centric AI 392 , which reflects the needs and values of European citizens and contribute to an effective governance of AI technologies.

    To achieve robust and reliable AI, novel approaches are needed to develop methods and solutions that work under other than model-ideal circumstances, while also having an awareness when these conditions break down. To achieve trustworthiness, AI system should be sufficiently transparent and capable of explaining how the system has reached a conclusion in a way that it is meaningful to the user, while also indicating when the limits of operation have been reached.

    The purpose is to advance AI-algorithms that can perform safely under a common variety of circumstances, reliably in real-world conditions and predict when these operational circumstances are no longer valid. The research should aim at advancing robustness and explainability for a generality of solutions, while leading to an acceptable loss in accuracy and efficiency, and with known verifiability and reproducibility. The focus is on extending the general applicability of explainability and robustness of AI-systems by foundational AI and machine learning research. To this end, the following methods may be considered but are not necessarily restricted to:

    1.data-efficient learning, transformers, reinforcement learning, federated and edge-learning, automated machine learning, or any combination thereof for improved robustness and explainability.

    2.hybrid approaches integrating learning, knowledge and reasoning, model-based approaches, neuromorphic computing, or other nature-inspired approaches and other forms of hybrid combinations which are generically applicable to robustness and explainability.

    3.continual learning, active learning, long-term learning and how they can help improve robustness and explainability.

    4.multi-modal learning, natural language processing, speech recognition and text understanding taking multicultural aspects into account for the purpose of increased operational robustness and the capability to explain alternative formulation 393 .

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address all of the following:

    1.Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in all the relevant disciplines, and where appropriate Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), including gender and intersectional knowledge to address concerns around gender, racial or other biases. etc.

    2.Proposals are expected to dedicate tasks and resources to collaborate with and provide input to the open innovation challenge under HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-04 addressing explainability and robustness. Research teams involved in the proposals are expected to participate in the respective Innovation Challenges.

    3.Contribute to making AI and robotics solutions meet the requirements of Trustworthy AI, based on the respect of the ethical principles, the fundamental rights including critical aspects such as robustness, safety, reliability, in line with the European Approach to AI. Ethics principles needs to be adopted from early stages of development and design.

    All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform or Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics, public community resources, to maximise re-use of results, either by developers, or for uptake, and optimise efficiency of funding; enhancing the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Canada and India.

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-07: Collaborative intelligence – combining the best of machine and human (AI Data and Robotics Partnership) (RIA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 2-3 and achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Demonstrate the value of human-machine collaboration and interaction by improved effectiveness, intuitiveness, efficiency, completeness, limits of knowledge indication and other objective or quantifiable subjective measures.

    2.Demonstrate how collaborative decision-making improves over human decision-making and that the collaborative decisions cover all stages of reasoning (that they are based on an improved coverage of data and knowledge sources, on an improved analytic ability to reason from input to output, and on a well-communicated decision).

    Proposals are expected to address at least one of the expected outcomes.

    Scope: The R&I priorities require work at different levels, including both foundational research and well-studied piloting efforts, concentrated in impactful projects, bringing critical mass of expertise and investment to demonstrate potential for more than one major application sectors respectively.

    Research should focus on:

    1.foundational research towards the next generation of collaborative AI, bringing excellence, critical mass and novel approaches as well as quantitatively proven improvement in the levels of human-machine collaboration.

    2.simulations and experimentation (with and without humans in the loop) to explore the consequences of different interventions and/or to explore the design approaches that help manage decision making.

    3.integrating advances from [effective, efficient, anticipative, multi-modal] human-computer interaction and from [incremental, continually learned, or anticipative], automatic reasoning systems in order to create new generations of collaborative AI-systems that better and more naturally serve human needs. The means of collaboration can cover the whole range of multi-modal stimuli: lingual, image, video, sound and other forms of interaction, whatever is arguably the most appropriate in the interaction process

    4.Advancing human-machine collaboration and interaction - operational for a broad range of AI-reasoning systems and applicable to a broad range of application areas of AI.

    At least one proposal will be selected with a focus on human-machine collaboration and interaction and at least one with a focus on collaborative decision-making. Proposals should clearly mention which of the two areas they address.

    Multidisciplinary research activities should address all of the following:

    1.Proposals should involve appropriate expertise in Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH), including knowledge on gender and intersectional inequalities.

    2.Research should build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. Interoperability for data sharing should be addressed, notably through the implementation of the FAIR data principles and adopting standardised and discipline-oriented metadata schemas and ontologies.

    3.Proposals are expected to dedicate tasks and resources to collaborate with and provide input to the open innovation challenge under HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-04 addressing explainability and robustness. Research teams involved in the proposals are expected to participate in the respective Innovation Challenges.

    4.Projects should also build on or seek collaboration with existing projects and develop synergies with other relevant European, national or regional initiatives, funding programmes and platforms.

    5.Contribute to making AI and robotics solutions meet the requirements of Trustworthy AI, based on the respect of the ethical principles, the fundamental rights including critical aspects such as robustness, safety, reliability, in line with the European Approach to AI. Ethics principles needs to be adopted from early stages of development and design, and gender-sensitivity should be considered, where relevant.

    All proposals are expected to embed mechanisms to assess and demonstrate progress (with qualitative and quantitative KPIs, benchmarking and progress monitoring, as well as illustrative application use-cases demonstrating concrete potential added value), and share communicable results with the European R&D community, through the AI-on-demand platform or Digital Industrial Platform for Robotics, public community resources, to maximise re-use of results, either by developers, or for uptake, and optimise efficiency of funding; enhancing the European AI, Data and Robotics ecosystem through the sharing of results and best practice.

    Systemic approaches for accelerating uptake of technology and innovation

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-34: Support for transnational activities of National Contact Points in the thematic areas of Digital, Industry and Space (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 394 .

    Objective: [The approach and budget for this support will be implemented through the 2024 amendment, once information is available from the three ongoing NCP networks of Cluster 4.]

    European standards for industrial competitiveness

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-61: Facilitate the engagement in global ICT standardisation development (CSA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 50 000, allowing a beneficiary fully to explore an application.

    As the primary purpose of the action is to support EU and Associated Countries experts in the global ICT standardisation scene, a minimum of 70% of the total requested EU contribution should be allocated to financial support to third parties, selected through open calls. Financial support for these specialists should be typically in the order of EUR 1.000 – 10.000 by use financial support to third parties (FSTP).

    Beneficiaries will define the process of selection of specialists through open calls. They will also define the process that will lead to a selection of a pool of evaluators that will evaluate the applications received in the open calls through the use of FSTP.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 395 .

    Expected Outcome: Share information about global sectorial ICT standardisation ecosystems and engagement of European stakeholders in global standardisation settings.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Set-up of a facility to support participation of European specialists in international ICT Standard Developing Organisations (SDOs) and global fora and consortia, which should increase the influence of Europe into ICT standardisation, including representation in leadership and key positions, to promote incorporation of European requirements, values and interests in ICT standardisation;

    2.Develop and update sectorial ICT standardisation landscape and gap analysis of ICT standardisation needs in support of EU policies as outlined in the Rolling Plan for ICT standardisation;

    3.Cooperate, synchronise and achieve capacity building with other similar initiatives or European players including from EU (and national) funded R&I projects; provide a forum for foresight analysis in different sectors;

    4.Increase awareness on ICT standardisation development;

    5.Financially support standardisation meetings in Europe of international SDOs and global fora and consortia, so that European players have easier conditions for participation.

    Scope: This action will contribute to the objectives spelled out in the EU Standardisation Strategy 396 and meeting the objectives of the European Green Deal and Europe’s Digital Decade, in particular to supporting the EU’s leading position in global standards-setting as a forerunner in key technologies and promoting EU core values, by supporting and empowering the participation of European stakeholders in the development of open technical specifications and standards with the aim to strengthen European competitiveness and sovereignty, promoting European values and ethics, and strengthen the take-up, scalability and cross-sector interoperability of their technological solutions. This action will among the others support the Commission’s effort to address the critical issues related to internet, trusted and secured chips, or data standards as described in the EU Standardisation Strategy.

    The aim is to reinforce the presence of EU and associated states experts in the global ICT standardisation scene, by setting up an ICT standardisation observatory and a facility supporting the participation of key European specialists (especially from SMEs, societal stakeholders and Academia) in key international and global Standard Developing Organisations 397 . In particular, the project should foresee actions related to topics in the Rolling Plan for ICT standardisation as well as related to internet standardisation.

    The action will also contribute to the objective of promoting EU cutting-edge innovation that fosters timely standards, by coordinating with other EU funded projects and action that may contribute with their results to ICT standardisation, as well as with EU supported PPPs and Joint Undertakings, seeking for synergies.

    To achieve these objectives, proposals under this topic should provide for:

    1.Landscape and gap analysis of international ICT standardisation, including identification of sectors and areas, in particular within the field of internet standardisation, quantum network, IoT, 6G mobile communication, data, edge computing, artificial intelligence, eGovernment, block chain / DLT, cyber security, smart cities & communities, data centres, trusted chips, robotics, circular economy certification etc.

    2.Setting up of a management facility to support contributions and leadership (e.g. chairing of technical committees, convenor positions) of European specialists (incl. from SMEs and academia) in activities in relation to international standardisation including in global ICT SDOs, fora and consortia.

    3.When relevant, support financially the hosting standardisation meetings and workshops in Europe to ease the participation of European experts;

    4.Facilitation of a foresight committee, which liaises with relevant on-going developments in EU and national Member States funded R&I projects, in particular with projects having identified standardisation outputs or with potential relevant results to contribute to standardisation, including as well other coordination and support actions, and relevant European Partnerships;

    5.Promotion of the relevance and benefits of ICT standardisation, especially for European industry competitiveness, driving sustainability, sovereignty, green deal, values and ethics. The proposal will also include actions, including development of tools and materials, to promote education on ICT standardisation;

    The proposal should take into account the previous activities carried out the observatory and facilities for funding experts within the topics ICT-40-2017 implemented by the StandICT.eu project and ICT-45-2020 implemented under StandICT.eu2023 project (see http://www.standict.eu ).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Financial support to third parties

    In order to set up a management facility to support contributions and leadership (e.g. chairing of technical committees, convenor positions) of European specialists, beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.

    OTHER ACTIONS NOT SUBJECT TO CALLS FOR PROPOSALS

    Grants to identified beneficiaries

    1. Management and Coordination of the European partnership Globally Competitive Space Systems

     

    Specific conditions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 398 .

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    The page limit of the application is 33 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Space is a strategic sector for the European Union. The Space Partnership Globally Competitive Space Systems aims at delivering key contributions to the objectives set by the Space Strategy for Europe. It will contribute to foster the global competitiveness and shortening the time-to-market of European space systems, to reinforce European capacity to access space and to accelerate the pace of innovation, and it will develop and enable the uptake of the next-generation space technologies. By 2030, the Partnership is expected to significantly contribute to the development of competitive end-to-end systems for satellite communication and Earth observation and smart technologies for European launcher systems. Thus, the Partnership activities strengthen key assets for the EU policies on climate, environment, transport, agriculture and secure society.

    The project is expected to contribute to the successful set-up and initial operation of the Space Partnership.

    Scope: The central day-to-day business of this partnership will focus on stakeholder consultation, roadmap and activities definition, dissemination activities and community building. The main tasks of this action are therefore the following:

    1.Support the successful setup and initial operation of the Space Partnership which will demonstrate principles of transparency, openness and inclusiveness. The partnership association or the associations of the founding partners should be open to new partners.

    2.Contribute to the introduction of an open and transparent process for consulting stakeholders including relevant entities in Member States and Associated Countries on the design of the roadmaps. Dedicated actions in relation to the involvement of entities from widening countries should also be considered.

    3.Update and maintenance of the SRIA (Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda) for the Partnership

    4.Reporting and dissemination of Partnership activities, and support of the community building

    In this action the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Legal entities:

    SPACE - Space Partnership Association for the Competitiveness of Europe, 100 Rue du Trône, 1050 Brussels, Belgium

    The founding members of the association SPACE as defined by its statutes

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2023 budget

    2. Developing large-scale quantum Computing platform technologies (SGA)

    Expected Outcome:

    Within the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) awarded under topic HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-FPA: Framework Partnership Agreement for developing large-scale quantum computers (FPA), the selected consortia will be invited to submit a proposal that will implement the first 3.5 years of the action plan defined in the above FPA.

    The proposal should progress the quantum computing platform in accordance with the research roadmap as defined in the FPA. This covers in particular progress in key areas such as the number of qubits to reach and the scalability potential, the fidelity / physical error rate, the further development of the underlying quantum computing processors and the low-level control of the programmability capability, the standardisation aspects, etc.

    The proposal should describe how the activities carried out during the ramp-up phase will be continued involving the relevant disciplines and stakeholders, how results of the ramp-up phase will be used, and how they will provide efficient coordination under strong scientific leadership. The proposal should identify the different gaps, describe in detail activities in areas such as education, dissemination, ethics and societal aspects. It should also describe how it will grasp the technological potential in a way that accelerates innovation in all relevant application areas. Partners will be required to give other partners access to results needed for the purpose of any other specific actions under the FPA.

    The proposal should also cover: (i) the cooperation with complementary projects launched specifically in the area of the enabling quantum software stack (see HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-02-10: Strengthening the quantum software ecosystem for quantum computing platforms), including also the need to establish from the beginning of this cooperation appropriate IP exploitation agreements; (ii) the collaboration with other initiatives or programmes at regional, national, transnational or global level; (iii) any additional support they may receive from relevant national, or regional programmes and initiatives; and (iv) contribution to the governance and overall coordination of the Quantum Technologies Flagship initiative; and (v) relevant aspects of cooperation with European industry and SMEs. It should also contribute to spreading excellence across Europe; for example, through the involvement of Widening Countries.

    Activities are expected to start at TRL 4-5 and achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts C and E of the General Annexes.

    In this action the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Funding rate: 100%

    Minimum contribution: 25.000.000 EUR

    Maximum contribution: 25.000.000 EUR

    Expected grants: 1

    Eligibility conditions - Participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland, Norway and the following associated country: Israel

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security, it is important to avoid a situation of technological dependency on a non-EU source, in a global context that requires the EU to take action to build on its strengths, and to carefully assess and address any strategic weaknesses, vulnerabilities and high-risk dependencies which put at risk the attainment of its ambitions. For this reason, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States, Iceland and Norway and the following associated country: Israel. 399

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees provided by their eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic, assets, interests, autonomy, or security 400

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

    Indicative timetable: Second quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 25.00 million from the 2024 budget

    3. Presidency Event 2024

    Expected Outcome: Informing of and providing a platform to debate and implement the digital policies of the European Commission with stakeholders and Members States, in particular the implementation of the Digital Decade.

    Scope: Two days of discussions on European digital issues and trends with high level Digital Policy decision makers at Member State, European and international level. This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24 of the Horizon Europe Regulation.

    Procedure – Evaluation Carried out by EU Staff: The evaluation committee will be composed fully of representatives of the European Commission.

    This particular conference, organised by DG CONNECT and the rotating Presidency of the Council of the European Union since 2011, is an outreach event on the EU’s digital policies, bringing together a wide range of digital stakeholders. This event is co-funded and co-organised by the European Commission and the rotating Presidency of the Council, the latter of which is the named beneficiary of the grant in question (usually via a Member State Ministry). Colleagues from the European Commission are best placed to evaluate proposals related to the organization of an event like the Digital Assembly, which is focused on digital policies and is organised by the Commission and the Presidency.

    Legal entities:

    Responsible ministry or agency of the EU Member State holding the Presidency

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: First or second quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget

    4. Presidency Event 2025

    Expected Outcome: Informing of and providing a platform to debate and implement the digital policies of the European Commission with stakeholders and Members States, in particular the implementation of the Digital Decade.

    Scope: Two days of discussions on European digital issues and trends with high level Digital Policy decision makers at Member State, European and international level. This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24 of the Horizon Europe Regulation.

    Procedure – Evaluation Carried out by EU Staff: The evaluation committee will be composed fully of representatives of the European Commission.

    This particular conference, organised by DG CONNECT and the rotating Presidency of the Council of the European Union since 2011, is an outreach event on the EU’s digital policies, bringing together a wide range of digital stakeholders. This event is co-funded and co-organised by the European Commission and the rotating Presidency of the Council, the latter of which is the named beneficiary of the grant in question (usually via a Member State Ministry). Colleagues from the European Commission are best placed to evaluate proposals related to the organization of an event like the Digital Assembly, which is focused on digital policies and is organised by the Commission and the Presidency.

    Legal entities:

    Responsible ministry or agency of the EU Member State holding the Presidency

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: First or second quarter of 2025

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2024 budget

    5. European Startup Nations Standard

    European SMEs and startups face several challenges ‘on the ground’ as they pursue ambitions of securing market opportunities and growing their revenues. Many European countries are already pursuing best practices to help startups address challenges such as making it easier to start-up and expand across borders, streamline visa and residency applications for third country talent, make granting of employee stock options more attractive, promote venture-building and tech transfer from universities, and increase access to finance for scaling-up. The Startup Nation Standard was announced as a key action in the European Commission’s SME Strategy. Subsequently the European Commission together with the MS established an initial set of Startup Nation Standards. The action was launched politically at the March 2021 Digital Day event under the PT EUCO presidency through a declaration calling for commitments from Member States and EEA countries to implement such practices at national levels. In order to regularly monitor progress of countries in achieving the Startup Nations Standards, support is needed for its implementation.

    The action does not fall under the scope of a call for proposals as ESNA is the implementation vehicle for an EC-launched policy initiative, that has been signed up to by 27 countries (EU Startup Nations Standard, launched by Commissioner Breton at Digital Day event in March 2021) and the support to be provided from WP23-24 will help transition ESNA's legal status and its operations from a non-profit under PT law to a European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC, another EC-initiated instrument) that would give ESNA European legal framework for its activities and operations.

    Expected Impact: It is expected to be a catalyst for reform in member states and to drive their delivery of framework conditions adapted to the needs of high growth startups and contribute to making Europe the most attractive Startup and Scaleup continent. The funding will allow the EUROPE STARTUP NATIONS ALLIANCE to scale up its operations as a European Digital Infrastructure Consortium.

    Expected Outcome: The supporting service provider will develop the method, benchmark, ensure broad outreach and communication with startup stakeholders across Europe, oversee tracking and report on progress of Signatory Countries in achieving the Startup Nations standard of excellence.

    Scope: The initiative will focus on the set of standards agreed by the country signatories to the Startup Nations Standard political declaration.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195 (e) of the Financial Regulation and the relevant provisions of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation to the legal entity identified below as it has been agreed by the signatory EU and EEA countries that it will implement the action on their behalf in cooperation with the European Commission.

    Funding Rate: 100%

    Legal entities:

    EUROPE STARTUP NATIONS ALLIANCE, Rua da Horta Seca 15 1200-221 Lisboa Portugal

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Third or fourth quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2024 budget

    6. Presidency event (conference) in Belgium: Industrial Technologies 2024

     

    Events of a major strategic nature, which are focused and attract a broad spectrum of stakeholders are important in assessing past activities, identifying policy options and priorities, and planning future actions.

    The European Commission will support the organisation of an event (conference) in Brussels in the first half of 2024, in cooperation with the Belgian government, holding the EU Presidency of the European Union at the time.

    The conference should cover in particular the twin green and digital transformation of European industry. It should focus on how breakthrough technologies and scale up of industrial innovations could influence such twin transition.

    It should enhance synergies between research and innovation initiatives launched by the Commission and by the Member States. The proposed content should be balanced, encompassing policy, technological, economic and social elements and points of view. The conference should be open to participants outside the EU. Outreach activities may be included, such as a press programme; activities dedicated to the wider public or schools are particularly encouraged.

    To ensure impact, the focus and content of the conference should be well defined and clearly aligned with other Presidency events already undertaken, while reflecting specific regional strengths and needs.

    The commitment of the national authorities to support the event, politically as well as financially, is a pre-requisite to submitting a proposal. Proposals should be supported by the competent Minister, evidenced in a letter included in the proposal. In order to ensure high political and strategic relevance, the active involvement of the competent national authorities will be assessed in the evaluation.

    In agreement with the Commission services, projects should ensure appropriate flexibility, so as to respond to rapidly changing policy scenarios.

    The event is expected to result in: improved visibility of industrial technologies; identification of policy options and priorities via review and assessment of developments, and sharing of information and comparison of points of views; and efficient networking of various stakeholders and support to their activities, e.g. industry, small and medium sized enterprises, businesses, investors, local authorities, non-governmental organisations, trade unions, etc..

    This event is co-funded and co-organised by the European Commission and the rotating Presidency of the Council, the latter of which is the named beneficiary of the grant in question (usually via a Member State Ministry).

    The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2023 budget

    7. Presidency Event (conference): Industrial Technologies 2025

    This event will cover aspects of industrial technologies.

    This event is co-funded and co-organised by the European Commission and the rotating Presidency of the Council, the latter of which is the named beneficiary of the grant in question, via a responsible ministry or agency of the EU Member State holding the Presidency.

    The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: 2025

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2024 budget

    8. ICT Event 2024

    The details of this event are under development but its concept will likely revolve around a physical (+hybrid when appropriate) event focusing on digital-related funding opportunities and match-making. The involvement and active support of the relevant National Contact Point networks will be a key aspect of the initiative.

    The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Procedure – Evaluation Carried out by EU Staff: The evaluation committee will be composed fully of representatives of the European Commission.

    This particular conference, organised by DG CONNECT and the rotating Presidency of the Council of the European Union, is an outreach event on the EU’s digital policies and funding opportunities, bringing together a wide range of digital stakeholders, offering brokerage and match-making opportunities. This event is co-funded and co-organised by the European Commission and the rotating Presidency of the Council, the latter of which is the named beneficiary of the grant in question (usually via a Member State Ministry). Colleagues from the European Commission are best placed to evaluate proposals related to the organization of such an event, which is focused on digital policies and is organised by the Commission and the Presidency.

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget

    9. SSA-SST Specific Conditions

     

    YEAR

    2024

    Specific conditions applying to each of the following actions:

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-MS

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-STM-AE

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-SB

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-SP

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-SD

    Technology Readiness Level

    TRLs are expected to achieve TRL 6-7, but detailed TRLs will be specified according to SST project development needs and achievements of previous research activities.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    The following exceptions apply:

    Lower funding rates

    The funding rate of the eligible costs is defined in the description of each action.

    As justified in the Implementing Act related to Space regulation Article 58 §8: the philosophy of EUSST is to use national assets which has been built by Member States in order to tackle national needs. While playing national roles, the data collected by these assets can be used in order to provide EUSST services.

    Standard deliverables

    Grants award under this topic will have to submit the following deliverable(s):

    1.Metrics and KPI (Key Performance Indicators) description

    2.KPI flash report (to be submitted every quarter)

    3.Security sensitive information assessment report (to be submitted at the beginning, at mid-term and towards the end of the project)

    4.data management plan (to be submitted at the beginning, at mid-term and towards the end of the project)

    5.communication plan (to be submitted at beginning of the project)

    6.plan for the dissemination and exploitation of results (to be submitted at the beginning, at mid-term and towards the end of the project).

    Unlimited subcontracting

    Subcontracting is not restricted to a limited part of the action.

    Depreciation and full costs for listed equipment eligible

    Purchases of equipment, infrastructure or other assets used for the action must be declared as depreciation costs. Moreover, for the following equipment, infrastructure or other assets purchased specifically for the action (or developed as part of the action tasks): sensors and operational centres building blocks constituting the current and future EUSST architecture, costs may exceptionally be declared as full capitalised costs.

    Right to object to transfers or licensing

    The granting authority may object to a transfer of ownership or the licensing of results under certain conditions.

    Additional information obligation relating to standards

    The beneficiaries must inform the granting authority if the results could reasonably be expected to contribute to European or international standards.

    Eligibility conditions

    Participation limited to legal entities established in Member States only

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, namely safe, secure and sustainable access to, operations in and return from outer space, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States only. Proposals including entities established in countries outside the scope specified in the call/topic/action will be ineligible.

    Participation is further limited to legal entities fulfilling the following conditions:

    1.be established in a Member State and their executive management structures be established therein,

    2.commit to carry out all relevant activities in one or more Member States, and

    3.be established in a Member State and not be subject to control by a third country or by a third country entity.

    4.For the purpose of this Article, control means the ability to exercise a decisive influence on a legal entity directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate legal entity.

    5.For the purpose of this Article, executive management structure means body of a legal entity appointed in accordance with national law, and, where applicable, reporting to the chief executive officer, or any other person having comparable decisional power, which is empowered to establish the legal entity's strategy, objectives and overall direction, and which oversees and monitors management decision-making.

    Some activities, resulting from these actions, may involve using classified background and/or producing of security sensitive results (EUCI and SEN). Please refer to the related provisions in section B Security — EU classified and sensitive information of the General Annexes.

    Admissibility conditions

    The page limit of the application is 100 pages per topic/action.

    Award criteria

    The proposed project should provide a coherent contribution to the EUSST development plan as the projects to be awarded in this area are all expected to support the improvement of the current EUSST services or the implementation of new ones.

    Mandatory use of Copernicus and Galileo/EGNOS data for projects using satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or timing data and services.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    10. HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-MS - New & improved EUSST Missions and Services

    Expected Outcomes:

    This Space Surveillance and Tracking (SST) topic contributes to ensuring full and optimal capacity of the EUSST Partnership once the latter is set up. Its outcomes are expected to build on previous and ongoing actions and aim at achieving full capacity of the EUSST Partnership by end 2024.

    In the coming years, an increase in the number of active objects in orbit is foreseen (e.g. deployment of mega-constellations, increased number of non-manoeuvrable small objects – SmallSats for research and scientific purposes, etc.). Additionally, the number of objects (active and inactive) to be handled by SST systems will also increase due to the use of sensors with a higher detection capability. For example, the U.S. Space Fence radar, declared operational in March 2020, is capable of detecting and tracking objects smaller than 10 centimetres and is expected to considerably increase the size of the space objects catalogue of the US Space Surveillance Network.

    Consequently, the provision of services by the EUSST operation centres, as well as the strategy to protect active European satellites have to be adapted to these new challenges and needs to strengthen European autonomy in the SST field. The need for the development of automated concepts becomes more relevant in order to reduce response times, reduce costs and simplify coordination activities amongst operators.

    Therefore, R&I projects on “new and improved EUSST missions and services” are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Keep EU knowledge and capabilities in the Space Surveillance and Tracking domain at the leading edge.

    2.Adapt, improve and evolve the current EUSST initial services (Collision Avoidance; Fragmentation; Re-entry) portfolio in line with future user needs and the space environment.

    3.Improve the overall performance of the EUSST services and ensure, in the long-term, a high level of performance and appropriate autonomy at Union level.

    4.Identify and define new missions and services, for example (non-exhaustive list):

    1.debris mitigation;

    2.debris remediation;

    3.potential hazardous objects identification;

    4.potential synergies with other EU Space Programme components (e.g. current and future Galileo services; Data authentication mechanism; timing service; High Accuracy Service, etc.);

    5.inter-orbit RFI anticipation;

    6.post-manoeuvre analysis;

    7.support to EOL operation;

    8.etc.

    1.Explore the implementation of new services, in complementation to the three existing ones.

    2.Support pre-developments and end-to-end early demonstration of new SST services.

    Scope:

    This SST topic contributes to ensuring full and optimal capacity of the EUSST Partnership once the latter is set up. Its scope is expected to build on previous and ongoing actions and aims at achieving full capacity of the EUSST Partnership by end 2024.

    R&I activities which need to be addressed in order to tackle the above expected outcomes are:

    1.R&I on evolution of the Collision Avoidance service towards a higher responsiveness in case of risks (e.g. Automatic warning service), and in all phases of the spacecraft life (e.g. deorbiting, EOL, etc.);

    2.R&I on evolution of the EUSST system for debris mitigation in order to reduce the generation of space debris;

    3.R&I on evolution of the EUSST system for space debris remediation by managing existing space debris.

    4.R&I on evolution of the EUSST Service Provision Portal in line with the evolution of existing services (CA, RE, FG) and the inclusion of new ones (e.g. debris mitigation / remediation).

    As the legal entities (the “Constituting National Entities“) identified below are bodies designated by Member States, under their responsibility, to participate in the SST Partnership within the meaning of Articles 56 & 57 of the “Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the space programme of the Union and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme”, and under the same Regulation (EU) 2021/696 the Member States are identified as beneficiaries, this grant is awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(d) of the EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

    In this action the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Implementation: Research and Innovation Action (RIA).

    Note: specific conditions apply to this action.

    Legal entities:

    The Constituting National Entities having concluded an agreement creating the SST partnership

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (d)

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative budget: EUR 6.00 million from the 2024 budget (Research and Innovation Action)

    11. HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-AE - SST & STM system architecture and evolutions

    Expected Outcomes:

    This SST topic contributes to ensuring full and optimal capacity of the EUSST Partnership once the latter is set up. Its outcomes are expected to build on previous and ongoing actions, and aim at achieving full capacity of the EUSST Partnership by end 2024.

    The environment in which the EUSST system performs its mission and delivers its services is constantly evolving due to e.g. technological or political factors changing the way in which space is used, orbital environment, etc.

    EUSST system architecture engineering & evolutions: the analysis of the EU SST system architecture needs to continuously progress to determine how the system has to evolve in the medium- and long-term at network level (type, performance, number, geographical localisation, etc. of assets), data processing level and services level. Other aspects like data flows, security constraints, interconnectivity and complementarity between EU assets as well as cooperation with other non-European SST systems need to be considered as well.

    More generally, the reliance of our society, economy and security on space-based data and services, in particular thanks to the success of Copernicus and Galileo European programmes, has been rapidly growing. At the same time, the emergence of new types of actors and business models (e.g. mega-constellation) increases the number of satellites and debris in orbit. For this reason, space becomes more and more congested, posing a threat to the sustainability and safety of space operations and infrastructures, further increasing the risk of collisions and radiofrequency interferences.

    The importance of SST / STM (Space Traffic Management) is thus growing, even more so in the absence of clear definitions, of common global regimes and systems, of agreed flight rules and of associated monitoring/enforcement means at international level.

    Therefore, projects developed under this topic are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Foster European cooperation in the SST domain and improve EUSST performance with a view to achieving a higher level of autonomy.

    2.Highlight and propose solutions to fill the gaps in the current EUSST architecture.

    3.Pave the way in which the EUSST system has to evolve towards a higher level of performance (e.g. increased accuracy, increased number of catalogued objects, reduced size of catalogued objects, reduced orbit age of catalogued objects), quality of service (e.g. timeliness of information) and autonomy.

    4.Evaluate and justify the complementarity, coherence and added value of each element of the EUSST system in light of a more autonomous, interoperable SST system.

    5.Explore and look for higher levels of cooperation with other SST systems such as the U.S. SSA system which is of paramount importance to develop long-term cooperation.

    6.Raise main issues resulting from the STM coordination and support actions under H2020, and propose solutions in line with technical and operational developments.

    7.Propose solutions to adapt to new challenges, and envisage their integration into existing standards, practices and technological means.

    Scope:

    This SST topic contributes to ensuring full and optimal capacity of the EUSST Partnership once the latter is set up. Its scope is expected to build on previous and ongoing actions and aims at achieving full capacity of the EUSST Partnership by end 2024.

    R&I activities which needs to be addressed in order to tackle the above expected outcomes are :

    1.EUSST architecture engineering.

    2.Improve the future EUSST architecture and the associated development roadmap offering the highest performance, European autonomy and best value for money.

    3.Carry out architecture studies and system design to validate the added-value of all layers of the EUSST system.

    4.Define and set up efficient and relevant performance criteria, “metrics”, “Key Performance Indicators” and “critical success factors” (e.g. size, accuracy and age of European catalogue; timeliness of data provision by sensors; timeliness of service provision; etc.).

    5.Improve SST system architecture simulation tools.

    6.Carry out activities/studies in the area of support to spacecraft manoeuvres, interference management, collision avoidance automation.

    7.Carry out activities/studies in space object life cycle and risk assessment.

    8.Assess and pre-develop technologies for object identification, navigation aids and servicing interfaces.

    9.Contribute to technical standardisation activities in these areas.

    As the legal entities (the “Constituting National Entities“) identified below are bodies designated by Member States, under their responsibility, to participate in the SST Partnership within the meaning of Articles 56 & 57 of the “Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the space programme of the Union and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme”, and under the same Regulation (EU) 2021/696 the Member States are identified as beneficiaries, this grant is awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(d) of the EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

    In this action the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Implementation: Research and Innovation Action (RIA)

    Note: specific conditions apply to this action.

    Legal entities:

    The Constituting National Entities having concluded an agreement creating the SST partnership

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (d)

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative budget: EUR 6.00 million from the 2024 budget (Research and Innovation Action)

    12. HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-SB - Space-based SST (mission, system and sensors network)

    Expected Outcomes:

    This SST topic contributes to ensuring full and optimal capacity of the EUSST Partnership once the latter is set up. Its outcomes are expected to build on previous and ongoing actions and aim at achieving full capacity of the EUSST Partnership by end 2024.

    With a growing orbital population and the need to observe smaller objects in order to be able to better protect EU space assets, the need for and added-value of developing Space-Based Space Surveillance (SBSS) missions in complementation to ground-based SST sensors should be studied in Europe. Based on the experience of SBSS missions launched and operated outside Europe , space-based SST missions and sensors networks will have to be included into EUSST in order to increase the EU ability to observe and catalogue objects in various orbits and to compensate for limitations linked to geographical location, light and weather conditions of ground-based sensors.

    Therefore, projects developed under this topic are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Study and assess several technical solutions for the development of future European SBSS capabilities.

    2.Explore the use of small satellite solutions to reduce capital expenditures CAPEX and operational expenditures OPEX.

    3.In the medium-term, develop European capacities to operate SBSS independently.

    4.Reduce dependence on critical SBSS technologies and capabilities from outside Europe.

    Scope:

    This SST topic contributes to ensuring full and optimal capacity of the EUSST Partnership once the latter is set up. Its scope is expected to build on previous and ongoing actions and aims at achieving full capacity of the EUSST Partnership by end 2024.

    R&I activities which needs to be addressed in order to tackle the above expected outcomes are:

    1.Study various mission configurations (e.g. orbit regime, orbit plan) and payload definition to maximize the number of catalogued objects and associated accuracy). Analyse EUSST gaps and solutions to fill them with best value for money.

    2.Study coordination strategies and techniques among satellites of SBSS missions and terrestrial SST systems.

    3.Develop or improve existing algorithms to evolve from detection to cataloguing (e.g. IOD, correlation) taking into account ground-based SST systems and payload performance (i.e. observable magnitude).

    4.Explore use of non-dedicated sensors (e.g. star trackers) or hosted payloads in non-dedicated missions (“opportunistic” solutions) to reduce the costs of operation.

    5.Assess security issues related to the link between SBSS and ground-based EUSST networks.

    As the legal entities (the “Constituting National Entities’) identified below are bodies designated by Member States, under their responsibility, to participate in the SST Partnership within the meaning of Articles 56 & 57 of the “Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the space programme of the Union and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme”, and under the same Regulation (EU) 2021/696 the Member States are identified as beneficiaries, this grant is awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(d) of the EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

    In this action the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Implementation: Research and Innovation Action (RIA)

    Note: specific conditions apply to this action.

    Legal entities:

    The Constituting National Entities having concluded an agreement creating the SST partnership

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (d)

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative budget: EUR 10.00 million from the 2024 budget (Research and Innovation Action)

    13. HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-SP - SST Sensors and Processing

    Expected Outcomes:

    This SST topic contributes to ensuring full and optimal capacity of the EUSST Partnership once the latter is set up. Its outcomes are expected to build on previous and ongoing actions and aim at achieving full capacity of the EUSST Partnership by end 2024.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    Supporting the upgrade and development of on-ground assets, in particular radars and telescopes as well as data processing.

    SST radiofrequency & optical sensors (radars, telescopes, etc.) technological research and innovation: due to the increased number of objects (both active and debris) to be handled, as well as the evolution of EUSST services in the future, R&I activities are necessary in the sensor domain, both for radiofrequency sensors (e.g. passive ranging, radars, etc.) and optical sensors (e.g. telescopes, innovative wide field optical sensors, lasers, etc.). New promising technologies like sensors based on the use of infrared will also be considered.

    1.Contribute to a consolidated and efficient EUSST sensor function.

    2.Improve the coverage area, geographical location and performance they can offer (e.g. field of view, limiting magnitude, frequency-band, accuracy, timeliness of the associated processing, etc.)

    3.Ensure an optimal evolution of the configuration and use of the EUSST sensors network, including necessary raw data processing required to provide measurement data.

    4.Improve the integration and connectivity of value-added sensors, ensuring their compliance to the minimum quality requirements (including protocols, procedures, formats and calibration status).

    SST data processing research and innovation (e.g. Artificial Intelligence): developments in the space environment raise the need to adapt current algorithms and data processing methods and tools as well as to look for new ones.

    1.Include or at least explore the possibility of using Artificial Intelligence (AI) in any SST data processing (e.g. improvement of object detection capability; of probability of collision accuracy)

    2.Develop automatic sensor scheduling and tasking, and data processing functions

    Scope:

    This SST topic contributes to ensuring full and optimal capacity of the EUSST Partnership once the latter is set up. Its scope is expected to build on previous and ongoing actions and aims at achieving full capacity of the EUSST Partnership by end 2024.

    To ensure that the sensors and data processing used in the SST domain can properly address the upcoming requirements in all aspects, the following R&I activities need to be addressed in order to tackle the above expected outcomes:

    1.Adapt and improve technologies already in use in SST sensors such as radars, telescopes and lasers.

    2.Improve sensors performances (e.g. measurements quality such as noise, bias, measurements rates, and tracks quality such as track accuracy, track duration).

    3.Specify, develop, test and pre-integrate improved sensors.

    4.Develop innovations for detection of smaller objects and higher processing capabilities (e.g. networked telescopes for LEO coverage, improved tracking by lasers in daylight).

    5.Develop new detection strategies to cope with an increased number/size of objects in the sensors’ Field of Regard/Field of View.

    6.Explore new technologies and/or processing algorithms and techniques to develop and implement potential new services developed in HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-MS New & Improved EUSST Missions and Services topic (e.g. support to manoeuvres, detection of malfunctioning spacecraft).

    7.Improve algorithms (e.g. measurements correlation, Initial Orbit Determination, covariance estimation) for a more agile and accurate cataloguing of the growing space objects population and increasing services provision (e.g. collision avoidance, support to manoeuvres and identification of in-orbit anomalies).

    8.Improve algorithms for data fusion for a more efficient use of data and information coming from different sensors on the same object.

    9.Improve computation models of collision probability.

    10.Develop evaluation methods for collision probability that could be applied to constellations (e.g. multiple encounters).

    11.Improve or develop new object propagation models for efficient propagation of the orbital population (e.g. cloud propagation models to propagate the debris cloud generated after a fragmentation).

    12.Advance coordinated scheduling and tasking of sensors to progress towards a more efficient use of multiple available resources at system level.

    13.Improve algorithms for objects characterisation.

    14.Consider any promising technology for precise tracking and data processing.

    As the legal entities (the “Constituting National Entities”) identified below are bodies designated by Member States, under their responsibility, to participate in the SST Partnership within the meaning of Articles 56 & 57 of the “Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the space programme of the Union and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme”, and under the same Regulation (EU) 2021/696 the Member States are identified as beneficiaries, this grant is awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(d) of the EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

    In this action the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Implementation: Innovation Action with reduced funding rate (45%) (IA)

    Note: specific conditions apply to this action.

    Legal entities:

    The Constituting National Entities having concluded an agreement creating the SST partnership

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (d)

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative budget: EUR 27.50 million from the 2024 budget (Innovation Action with reduced finding rate (45%))

    14. HORIZON-CL4-2024-SSA-SST-SD - SST Networking, Security & Data sharing

    Expected Outcomes:

    This SST topic contributes to ensuring full and optimal capacity of the EUSST Partnership once the latter is set up. Its outcomes are expected to build on previous and ongoing actions and aim at achieving full capacity of the EUSST Partnership by end 2024.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    The topic “SST Networking, Security & Data sharing” aims to support the upgrade, development and security issues of the EUSST infrastructure based on the European network of assets (sensors, operation centres, front desk, etc.).

    Although the EUSST infrastructure should stay under national control (meaning mainly sensors and operation centres), an increased coordination is needed due to the increased number of assets contributing to the European SST system. Without this interconnection and coordination, it is impossible to ensure an efficient use of the resources and an appropriate response to the challenges posed by the changing space environment.

    Concrete aspects of the EUSST network (e.g. pooling of data from multiple sensor sources; exchange between multiple operations centres of Member States) shall be considered in highly detailed case studies, modelling.

    SST networking of sensors & operation centres (EU SST network Command & Control): Considering the increased number of objects to be handled, an increased number of events and users is expected. The EUSST system has to evolve into a coordinated scheduling of resources and assets, ensuring that events are covered in an optimal way while the current survey and tracking of the space objects population continues to be performed. The evolution of the EUSST network includes the Front Desk in charge of the interaction with the users (user needs, monitoring service performance, etc.).

    1.Raise main issues and propose solutions for the increasing complexity and missions’ constraints of the EUSST network.

    2.Connectivity and interface consolidation of network functions between sensors / database / operating centres / front desk (reliability, maintainability and agility).

    3.Develop EUSST network in order to include a future SBSS segment.

    Research on EUSST network hardening against external threats: Security-critical aspects of the existing EUSST network. Various external threats should be considered in the research activity (e.g. cyber threats or other malicious activity). Research specifically applying to the hardening of the EUSST network could add value to existing research on network hardening that looks at computer networks and other related networks more generally.

    1.A secured and resilient EUSST infrastructure.

    2.Next generation exchange protocols/solutions for SSA enhancing interoperability and security (robustness, information assurance, intrusion detection, etc.)

    3.Define the need for SST-specific tools and solutions with regard to enhanced data interoperability and data security.

    Scope:

    This SST topic contributes to ensuring full and optimal capacity of the EUSST Partnership once the latter is set up. Its scope is expected to build on previous and ongoing actions and aims at achieving full capacity of the EUSST Partnership by end 2024.

    The following R&I activities need to be addressed in order to tackle the above expected outcomes:

    1.Update operation centres to improve current services (Collision Avoidance; Fragmentation; Re-entry) adapted to future user needs and the space environment.

    2.Update operation centres to new missions and services (e.g. debris mitigation; debris remediation; etc.).

    3.Adapt European SST network to a more efficient coordinated scheduling and tasking of resources and assets.

    4.Develop new data sharing and fusion strategies and techniques adapted to both ground- and space-based SST assets.

    5.Develop threat analysis and counter-measures to protect EUSST infrastructure.

    6.Adapt EUSST operation centres for increasing security and resiliency.

    As the legal entities (the “Constituting National Entities”) identified below are bodies designated by Member States, under their responsibility, to participate in the SST Partnership within the meaning of Articles 56 & 57 of the “Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the space programme of the Union and the European Union Agency for the Space Programme”, and under the same Regulation (EU) 2021/696 the Member States are identified as beneficiaries, this grant is awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(d) of the EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe Framework Programme and Rules for Participation.

    In this action the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Implementation: Research and Innovation Action (RIA)

    Note: specific conditions apply to this action.

    Legal entities:

    The Constituting National Entities having concluded an agreement creating the SST partnership

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant awarded without call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195 (d)

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative budget: EUR 7.00 million from the 2024 budget (Research and Innovation Action)

    Public procurement

    1. EGNSS Evolution: Mission and Service-related R&D activities

    The objective is to study potential new user needs, as well as the resulting enhancement of services, and determine whether and how the EGNSS programmes Galileo and EGNOS shall evolve to answer these new user needs. This includes the preparation of contributions and technical analysis supporting the EU position in multilateral and bilateral working groups and meetings.

    The upstream R&D actions in this area will cover the assessment of new mission concepts and of services improvements and of new services or capacities to be introduced based on the user needs, developing the service concept including with international partners when relevant, assessing costs to the programme versus benefits to users and defining the roadmap of activities until an operational service could be provided.

    Some procurement actions under this section will affect the essential security interests of the Union, and will therefore require restricted participation that will be established in the tender specifications on a case-by-case basis.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative budget: EUR 2.50 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 2.50 million from the 2024 budget

    2. Space conferences, outreach, studies and other activities

    It is envisaged to conduct public procurement activities for the organisation of events (conferences, workshops or seminars) for the implementation of the European Space Policy, European R&D research agendas related to Horizon Europe.

    Support may be given to the organisation of conferences and information events to strengthen wider participation in the programme (including that of third countries), and to disseminate results of European research in the Space sector. Cooperation with the presidencies of the Council of the European Union is envisaged.

    Furthermore, procurement will be necessary of actions such as studies, preparation of roadmaps to underpin planning or actions to evaluate the outcomes of R&D actions.

    Activities may include surveys as appropriate implemented through public procurement, and/or appointing (groups of) independent experts. This limited number of contracts may be implemented on the basis of framework contracts, in order to further ensure that the Commission is provided with appropriate and timely analyses, which in turn will facilitate the proper integration of policy studies into the preparation of new policy initiatives.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget

    3. Citizens’ Hackathon European Championship 2023

    Expected Impact:

    The objectives of this action are to:

    1.implement a European Championship of knowledge valorisation citizens’ hackathons, drawing on the methodology for citizens’ hackathons that has been developed after testing the concept through a live pan-European hackathon, see Valorising research through citicens' engagement - Publications Office of the EU (europa.eu) 401 ; and

    2.to draw lessons (what worked well, what challenges were faced) and provide policy insights on how to strengthen citizen engagement in knowledge valorisation through participatory value creation.

    The action will deliver a number of innovative solutions that are co-created with citizens across Europe, evaluated in the local hackathons, and taken further to the final at the European level where the best ideas will compete. It will directly contribute to the objectives of the ERA to transfer research results to economy and society and will provide a platform for strong citizen engagement and academia- society collaboration. It will further engage industry and public sector in the further development and uptake of the winning innovative solutions. It will therefore support the objectives of the work programme for inclusive innovation and societal acceptance of new technologies and innovative solutions. Finally, it will provide lessons and recommendations on knowledge valorisation policy, and in particular in view of a code of practice for participatory value creation for researchers.

    Scope:

    The action will deliver a service, that will consist of developing and testing the Citizens' Hackathon European Championship concept and providing lessons for the further development of the scheme. To implement the concept, the action will provide support for the execution of citizens’ hackathons in cities and local communities across Europe that will participate to the European Championship from all EU Member States and Associated Countries to Horizon Europe, and for the European level Final, where the winning teams of the local hackathons will compete for the European Champions.

    The action will ensure that the same standards for evaluation and selection of the winning teams are applied and that the best ideas are brought forward to compete at the European level Championship. The hackathons will use online tools, and can also benefit from hybrid modes (physical and virtual participation).

    The challenges to be addressed will be driven by the citizens’ needs and will be scoped in relation to Cluster 4 areas.

    The action will cover the local hackathon in all Member States and Associated Countries wishing to participate, with a budget of 30.000 euro for each local hackathon, as well as the European level Final.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q1, 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget

    4. Raw Materials Event

    It is envisaged to procure activities for the organisation of events (conferences, workshops or seminars), including the Raw Materials Week through Framework Contracts before the end of 2023 and 2024.

    DG GROW is organising the Raw Materials Week in the fourth calendar quarter of 2023 and 2024, covering set of events including the High Level Conference of the European Innovation Partnership (EIP) on Raw Materials.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement- Framework contract

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q4 2023 and Q4 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.60 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.60 million from the 2024 budget

    5. Digital conferences, outreach, studies and other activities

    In addition to calls for proposals, other actions are also expected to be undertaken on specific activities that DG CONNECT will support. These include:

    1.Other events and publications (e.g. information, communication, dissemination etc.), either through the use of existing Framework Contracts, or the launch of indicatively 25 calls for tenders during 2023 and 2024. Indicative budget in 2023: EUR 1.5 million. Indicative budget in 2024: EUR 1.5 million.

    2.Studies including socio-economic and impact analysis studies, and studies to support the monitoring, evaluation and strategy definition for the ICT priority of Cluster 4 in Horizon Europe. DG CONNECT plans to procure via framework contracts and calls for tender indicatively 25 study contracts before the end of 2024. The calls for tenders are expected to be launched in the 2nd and 3rd calendar quarter of 2023 and 2024. It should be noted that internal outsourcing of studies to other Commission departments based on Administrative Agreements can be used as an alternative to public procurement.

    3.Policy support activities, including benchmarking activities, evaluation and impact assessments, the development of ad hoc support software, possibly using existing Framework Contracts. DG CONNECT plans to procure via framework contracts and calls for tender indicatively 15 contracts before the end of 2022. The calls for tenders are expected to be launched in the 2nd and 3rd calendar quarter of 2023 and 2024. It should be noted that internal outsourcing of studies to other Commission departments based on Administrative Agreements can be used as an alternative to the public procurement.

    Indicative budget for Studies and Policy support in 2023: EUR 2.5 million. Indicative budget in 2024: EUR 2.5 million.

    Details will be provided in the texts of these calls for tender.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative budget: EUR 4.00 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 4.00 million from the 2024 budget

    6. European Standardisation Panel Survey

    Expected Impact:

    The European Standardisation Panel Survey (ESPS) is a survey to collect data on the standardisation activities of companies. The ESPS aims to create a comprehensive database for the analysis of the current activities and future trends for use by standardisation policy makers and any other interested parties.

    The data generated by the ESPS will serve as an input for scientific research on the standardisation activities of companies, the implementation of standards, and the effects of standards on entrepreneurial success. The results of the survey can also be used to develop strategies for the involvement in European and international standardisation. The data thereby facilitates the identification of new trends.

    The analyses will complement the code of practice on standardisation for researchers by raising awareness of the importance of standardisation for businesses which have not yet used formal standards or been active in standards. This requires a wide dissemination of the survey results via reports. The ESPS should thereby help to achieve the objectives of standardisation research, policy and promotion.

    Scope:

    For businesses standardisation serves as a strategic tool by preparing the market for a new product, even if the new product is still in the early stages of development.

    Standardisation research with all of its facets – from creation, through the development process and to the implementation of the standard – has, despite progress in recent years, continued to be doomed to a shadowy existence in comparison to innovation research. This is primarily due to the fact that, despite excellent theoretical reviews on the topic, no comprehensive empirical data is available.

    Against this background the first European Standardisation Panel Survey will be launched to collect and analyse data of European companies and research institutions in the field of standardisation.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q1, 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.06 million from the 2023 budget

    Other budget implementation instruments

    1. Project monitoring and use of individual experts (space)

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts by HaDEA for the monitoring of running space actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions and financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation and where appropriate include ethics checks as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion..

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 2024 budget

    2. Project monitoring and use of individual experts (Industry)

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts by HaDEA for the monitoring of running industry actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions and financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation, and where appropriate include ethics checks, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.40 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.40 million from the 2024 budget

    3. Project monitoring and use of individual experts (Digital)

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts by CNECT and HADEA for the monitoring of running digital actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation, and include ethics checks, where appropriate, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.25 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.25 million from the 2024 budget

    Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre

    1. JRC Support to Energy Intensive Technologies and Strategic Technologies value chains

    Objective: To continue the collaboration with the JRC on various aspects of the transition of energy-intensive industries, raw materials value chain analysis and raw materials for industrial ecosystems (EIGL, Foresight).

    Duration: 24 months

    Form of Funding: Direct action grants

    Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    Form of Funding: Direct action grants

    Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    Indicative timetable: Q1 2023 / 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2023 budget

    2. JRC Support to Safe and Sustainable by Design Chemicals and Materials Criteria

    Objective: To continue the collaboration with the JRC on Safe and Sustainable by Design chemicals and materials. This action will focus on providing support to DG R&I during the testing phase of the SSbD framework, among other activities it will include: to provide methodological guidance to applicant of the SSbD framework during the testing phase, to evaluate the feedback received from MS and industry during the testing phase and to refine and expand the current SSbD framework based on the input collected.

    Duration: 24 months

    Form of Funding: Direct action grants

    Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    Form of Funding: Direct action grants

    Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    Indicative timetable: Q1, 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget

    Subscription Actions

    1. Support to Hydrogen in the Economy

    The Commission represents the European Union in the International Partnership for Hydrogen and Fuel Cells in the Economy. The annual financial contribution will be paid to the entity responsible for managing it.

    Type of Action: Subscription action

    Indicative timetable: As of Q1 2023 and As of Q1 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.05 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 2024 budget

    Indirectly managed actions

    1. UNECE resource management system

    UNECE-EGRM Secretariat The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. Its Expert Group on Resource Management (EGRM) has developed the United Nations Framework Classification for Resources (UNFC), an UNendorsed, universally accepted and internationally applicable classification scheme for energy and mineral resources. The EGRM is developing classifications for other resources (solar, geothermal, hydro, wind and bio-energy resources, anthropogenic resources). EGRM is building on that framework to develop a dynamic system for sustainable management of resources (United Nations Resource Management System, or UNRMS).

    The Commission will contribute on behalf of the EU to the UNECE-EGRM secretariat to further develop a unified, comparable, interoperable and harmonised system for resource assessment usable for governmental, statistical, corporate and financial purposes; to support the capacity and knowledge foundations for UNFC and UNRMS; to communicate the activities, deliverables and findings of the EGRM, including policy tools; and to synthesize, review, assess and critically evaluate relevant information and knowledge on resource management. The financial contribution will support, inter alia, the preparation and dissemination of reports, such as a tool-kit for sustainable management of resources for governments; refining UNFC- and UNRMS-based reporting codes and application guidelines; the preparation of case studies and application examples at country and corporate levels; high-level consultations with investment banks, development banks and other financial institutions; engaging experts and facilitate participation of experts from the EU, associated and third countries in this process; facilitate setting up a network of International Centres on sustainable management of resources; coordination with key institutions; communicating about deliverables and findings, conducting multi-stakeholder workshops and training courses; and strengthening the synergies between EU funded actions and UNECE outputs on UNFC and UNRMS. The action will also support the organisation of high-level dissemination events in the EU, targeting policy makers and other relevant stakeholders, in order to provide timely, high-quality and policy-relevant information and strengthen the dialogue on resources and the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.

    Legal entities:

    UNECE, Palais des Nations, CH-1211 Geneva 10, Switzerland

    Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

    Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

    Indicative timetable: 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million from the 2023 budget

    2. Critical Raw Materials Exploration Investment Facility with the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development

    The EU green and digital transitions will continuously increase the demand for raw materials. As far as the development of technologies and markets for secondary raw materials will increase, covering some of the demand, primary raw materials will remain an important source of raw materials.

    Europe is rich in resources that should be explored and analysed in the context for potential future uptake by investment projects. Novel, innovative technologies for exploration are being funded through EU programmes. However, the next barrier is their utilisation. Mineral exploration activities requires high investments which are associated with high financial risk, due to the uncertainty of the final outcome. As a consequence, a sub-optimal amount of resources are invested in exploration activities.

    In order to support the supply of sustainably and responsibly mined, processed and transported raw materials, the European Commission and the EBRD seek to pilot a financial instrument to provide access to finance, in the form of equity or quasi-equity, to companies performing sustainable exploration in Europe through novel technologies. The facility can also target investment cases aiming at exploiting the technologies developed with the support of EU Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation.

    This activity will contribute to the implementation of the following action from the Critical Raw Materials Action Plan, COM(2020) 474:

    Action 5 - Identify mining and processing projects and investment needs and related financing opportunities for critical raw materials in the EU that can be operational by 2025, with priority for coal-mining regions (Commission, Member States, regions, stakeholders);

    Further details regarding the underlying financial structure, including the risk-sharing arrangement between the Commission and the EBRD, the allocation of annual commitment and eligibility rules related to blending operations will be specified in the Guarantee Agreement (or in an amendment to it) signed under InvestEU.

    Functioning of the blending operation

    The blending operation will be open to all applicants meeting the set eligibility criteria set in this text and in the abovementioned Guarantee Agreement. As such, it is not restricted to projects proposed under pre-existing or future partnerships with the European Commission. This blending operation is particularly relevant because it seeks to bring together the public and private sector to fund pre-commercial, industry-scale demonstration projects for critical decarbonisation technologies, directly addressing the early deployment funding gap for the selected technologies and provide a structure to accelerate their commercialisation.

    Projects’ selection and financing procedure will be described in the guarantee agreement. In particular, the EBRD will check the financial viability of and perform full due diligence on each potential financing operation. Special attention shall be paid to ensuring that the technologies developed and Intellectual Property generated will benefit the EU interest, in particular by focussing the funds on high quality projects realised in the Union/ eligible Associated Countries.

    Legal entities:

    EBRD, One Exchange Square London EC2A 2JN United Kingdom

    Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

    Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

    Indicative timetable: Q1 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 25.00 million from the 2023 budget

    3. Indirectly managed actions delegated to ESA

    ESA.1 2023-2024-EGNSS Evolution: Technology and infrastructure-related R&D activities

    Actions under this area will address upstream R&D activities. They will cover the maturing of the existing technologies and the development of new and emerging technologies (e.g. Low Earth Orbit Positioning, Navigation and Timing EOPNT), the engineering activities for the further evolution of Galileo and EGNOS existing systems, technical studies for the assessment of exploratory system concepts and/or responding to new mission needs and a changing environment, the development and maintenance of state-of-the-art system tools and technical test-beds, the implementation of actions agreed at Programme level to reduce the dependence of the supply chain on non-EU markets, the definition, design, development and implementation of experimental satellite demonstrator, and others.

    These activities will be implemented by ESA under the Contribution Agreement between the Commission and ESA. The procurement actions under this section will affect the essential security interests of the Union, and will therefore require restricted participation that will be established on a case-by-case basis in the tender specifications. In such case, participation should in principle be open only to entities established in the EU Member States. Participation of entities established in Horizon Europe associated countries or in third countries will be decided on a case by case basis with the approval of the annual work plan submitted to the European Commission under the Financial Framework Partnership Agreement (FFPA).

    Indicative budget for this action: EUR 43 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 43 million from the 2024 budget.

    ESA.2 2023-2024 Secure Connectivity/GOVSATCOM Space infrastructure: Development and Validation

    The Commission has adopted a proposal for a Union Programme for Secure Connectivity. The future satellite-based communication infrastructure should build upon the GOVSATCOM component of the EU Space Programme, which should also take advantage of additional national and European capacities, and develop further the European Quantum Communication Infrastructure (EuroQCI) initiative.

    This action should therefore enable and support the development and validation actions for the construction of the initial space and ground infrastructure required for the provision of governmental services. This includes the development and validation of the Quantum Key Distribution (QKD) payload for the EuroQCI 1st generation satellites based on EU technologies.

    These activities are due to be entrusted to ESA under a Contribution Agreement between the Commission and ESA. The procurement actions under this section will affect the essential security interests of the Union, and will therefore require restricted participation that will be established on a case-by-case basis in the tender specifications. In such case, participation should in principle be open only to entities established in the EU Member States. Participation of entities established in Horizon Europe associated countries or in third countries will be decided on a case by case basis.

    Indicative budget for this action: EUR 28 million from the 2023 budget and 20.6 million from the 2024 budget (out of which 28 million for the EuroQCI part).

    ESA.3 2023-2024 Secure Connectivity/GOVSATCOM Upstream technology R&D activities

    A number of key technology needs have been identified in order to provide state of the art GOVSATCOM services, either through the GOVSATCOM pooling and sharing HUB or through a new secure connectivity infrastructure. These activities will be implemented by ESA under Contribution Agreement between the Commission and ESA.

    The upstream R&D actions in this area will cover development of critical building blocks in the space segment (e.g. in the area of two-way bi-directional ground on-board, optical and radio - Ku, Ka, Q/V - links and inter-satellite links), ground control and mission (network) segment and user segment terminals, such as multi-orbit compatible broadband user terminals and government services user terminals.

    Proposals under this topic should explore synergies and be complementary to already funded actions in the context of technology development at component level. In particular, the topics: Critical Space Technologies for European non-dependence (H2020 SPACE-10-TEC-2018-2020, COMPET-1-2014-2015-2016-2017, HorizonEurope 2021-SPACE-01-81, 2022-SPACE-01-81). Furthermore, activities must be complementary to national activities and activities funded by ESA, while contributing to EU non-dependence (at system, equipment and component level).

    These activities are due to be supervised by ESA under a Contribution Agreement between the Commission and ESA. The procurement actions under this section will affect the essential security interests of the Union, and will therefore require restricted participation that will be established on a case-by-case basis in the tender specifications. In such case, participation should in principle be open only to entities established in the EU Member States. Participation of entities established in Horizon Europe associated countries or in third countries will be decided on a case by case basis.

    Indicative budget for this action: EUR 10 million from the 2023 budget.

    ESA.4 In Orbit Demonstration/Validation (IOD/IOV) service

    To ensure EU non-dependence and competitiveness in technologies, there is a clear need for a regular, sustainable, cost-effective and responsive In Orbit Demonstration/Validation (IOD/IOV) service in the EU. Space flight heritage in real conditions and environment is often required to de-risk new technologies, products, concepts, architectures, services and operations techniques be that for unique or recurrent, institutional or commercial missions.

    Intended results of the action is to provide a service for regular aggregation (if needed), launch and operations in orbit for IOD/IOV experiments; the objective is to have at least one opportunity every year during the Horizon Europe implementation period. This will contribute to reduce the time to market or operational use of new technologies, products, concepts, architectures, and operations techniques.

    The IOD/IOV activities intend to provide a regular and cost-effective service and solution for common flight ticket actions (management, spacecraft design including reuse of existing solutions, assembly, integration and tests, launch and operations) based on EU solutions both for the spacecraft (i.e. platform, experiments aggregation, operations in orbit including preparation and associated Ground Segment) and for the launch services.

    The scope of the activities may include mission design, integration and implementation, for all the necessary tasks to prepare, provide and operate spacecraft(s), together with the related ground segment, which accommodates the selected IOD/IOV experiments as well as the associated launch services.

    For the aggregation and operations, the activities include:

    1.System studies, at ground and space level, including the compatibility with the available launchers;

    2.Input to the launch mission analysis performed by the launch service provider;

    3.Selection, assembly, integration and testing of the spacecraft(s) and related ground segment;

    4.Management of interfaces with and between the different IOD/IOV experiments, between the spacecraft and the launcher and between the spacecraft and the ground segment;

    5.Preparation of the spacecraft(s) for the flight;

    6.In-orbit testing and operations including data provision.

    Concerning launch aspects, IOD/IOV activities should support the European launcher exploitation policy, therefore relying as far as possible on EU manufactured launcher solutions launched from the EU territory. The actions will include the provision of flight opportunities with EU manufactured launchers which encompass the mission analysis, the verification of interfaces between the spacecraft and the launcher, the preparation of launch campaign and the flight up to the injection of the spacecraft(s) on the required orbit(s).

    Indicative budget for this action: EUR 15.1 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 13.0 million from the 2024 budget.

    ESA.5 Space Weather and Near-Earth Objects

    a) Space Weather (SWE)

    The worldwide goal of space weather activities should be to monitor and forecast SWE just like terrestrial weather. However, direct physical simulation is currently not achievable for an operational Sun to Earth system, due in part to the lack of measurements and to the complexity of the involved processes, as well as different timescales involved. Current space weather models are generally not capable of forecasting events over several days. A longer forecasting horizon would require access to data from new observation infrastructure coupled with new and improved modelling capabilities.

    Research and innovation activities under this area will be delegated to ESA and will deal with “development of certain technology elements for promising precursor services including development, testing and validation of physics-based space weather models” and “exploratory space weather payloads studies”. They shall be complementarity to Space Weather services developed through the Space Situational Awareness component of the EU Space Programme.

    b) Near Earth Objects (NEO)

    Our knowledge of the physical characteristics of the NEO population is limited. There is a need of continuously investigating the physical and dynamical properties of the NEO population as a whole, both the processes that are involved in their evolution and influence the change of their properties through time, as well as the efficiency of mitigation techniques. This can be done either through ground-based observations or through missions to asteroids (e.g. close proximity operations to NEOs or mitigation demonstration, in particular the Hera mission). It is necessary to have an arsenal of complex numerical models of involved processes, specific technologies and instruments readily available for use, to further strengthen the robustness of mitigation techniques and the scientific return of missions.

    Research and innovation activities under this area will be delegated to ESA and will study “precursor services / European hot-redundant Minor Planet Centre backup” and “Increase networking of national assets”.

    Indicative budget for this action: EUR 5.7 million from the 2024 budget, split equally between SWE and NEO activities.

    Legal entities:

    European Space Agency (ESA)

    Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

    Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

    Indicative budget: EUR 96.10 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 82.30 million from the 2024 budget

    4. Indirectly managed actions delegated to EUSPA

    EUSPA.1 2023-Innovation activities for improved EGNSS operation and service provision

    The improvement of the complex operations is essential to improve the performance of EGNSS services. Likewise, maintenance activities must be subject to a continuous improvement process to guarantee the service continuity. Actions under this area will cover the development and use of service demonstrators to consolidate the future EGNSS services, the optimization of the operation schemes using advanced dynamic strategies (e.g. machine learning, advanced on-board diagnosis, predictive maintenance) for Galileo constellation / system management for the efficient and continuous provision of the full portfolio of Services in EGNOS and in Galileo, and others.

    These activities will be implemented by EUSPA under the Contribution Agreement between the Commission and EUSPA. The procurement actions under this section will affect the essential security interests of the Union, and will therefore require restricted participation that will be established on a case-by-case basis in the tender specifications. In such case participation should in principle be open only to entities established in the EU Member States. Participation of entities established in Horizon Europe associated countries or in third countries will be decided on a case by case basis with the approval of the annual work plan submitted to Commission under the Financial Framework Partnership Agreement (FFPA).

    Indicative budget for this action: EUR 5 million from the 2023 budget.

    EUSPA.2 Support European “New Space” entrepreneurship through CASSINI Space Entrepreneurship Initiative 2021-2027 – CASSINI Business Accelerator

    Business development, acceleration and upscaling of start-ups will be fostered across all space areas under the CASSINI Space Entrepreneurship Initiative. CASSINI will provide support to business and innovation-friendly ecosystems, including the strengthening business skills in the space market segments and digital services based on space data. The objective is to make start-ups and scale-ups investment-ready and able to secure venture capital funding. Synergies with the InvestEU programme and the Space programme will be established

    Implementation: the action will be implemented by the Commission and EUSPA through a call for tender in 2022 to select a consortium of European business accelerators and sign a service contract for a 2+2 year duration. EUSPA will activate the extension (Year 3+4) of this existing contract in 2024.

    Amount: The extension of the existing contract for CASSINI Business Accelerator (Year 3+4) will be made by EUSPA in 2024 for an amount of EUR 8.50 million.

    Expected Outcomes:

    1.The aims are to promote commercial use cases for the EU’s space programme and the commercialisation of the products of New Space companies, by providing qualified business development support. The objective is to increase the number of space-based companies that achieve high revenue growth. This will allow the companies to attract investments and capture new market shares.

    2.The expected economic benefits include an increase in the number of successful start-ups and scale-ups using space data and space technology, through an increase in sales, market share growth and staff hiring. These outcomes will allow the companies to attract larger amounts of financing through bank loans and equity investments.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement (existing contract)

    Indicative budgetfor this action: EUR 8.5 million from the 2024 budget

    EUSPA.3 Support European “New Space” entrepreneurship through CASSINI Space Entrepreneurship Initiative 2021-2027 – CASSINI Hackathons & Mentoring

    Implementation: the action will be implemented by the EUSPA through a call for tender in 2024 for a 2+2 year contract.

    Amount: A 4 year contract for CASSINI Hackathons & Monitoring will be signed for an amount of EUR 4.80 million

    Expected Outcomes:

    1.To stimulate the spur-of-the-moment development of innovative applications based on data and information coming from Copernicus satellite images and EGNOS and Galileo positioning signals and services.

    2.To develop prototypes further into viable business propositions.

    3.To provide training opportunities on how to access and use data from Copernicus and EGNOS/Galileo with data analytics tools and artificial intelligence.

    4.To promote the EU’s space programmes Copernicus and EGNOS/Galileo to a broader audience.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative budget for this action: EUR 4.8 million from the 2024 budget.

    EUSPA.4 Support European “New Space” entrepreneurship through CASSINI Space Entrepreneurship Initiative 2021-2027 – CASSINI myEUspace

    Implementation: the action will be implemented by the EUSPA through an existing FWC for a 2-year specific contract to be signed in Q2 2023. The action will start in Q3 2023 and will end in Q3 2025.

    Amount: A 2-year contract for CASSINI myEUspace will be signed for an amount of EUR 1.0 million.

    Expected Outcomes:

    1.To stimulate the spur-of-the-moment development of innovative commercial solutions based on data and information coming from Copernicus satellite images and Galileo positioning signals and services.

    2.To develop prototypes further into viable business propositions.

    3.To support commercialization and scale up of final products.

    4.To provide training opportunities on how to access and use data from Copernicus and Galileo with data analytics tools and artificial intelligence.

    5.To promote the EU’s space programmes Copernicus and Galileo to a broader audience.

    6.The tasks to be outsourced will enable a more efficient implementation of the action by having a contractor to run promotional activities and scouting participants, management of the application platform, preparation of communication material, and organisation of the contest finals.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement (existing FWC)

    Indicative budget for this action: EUR 1.0 million from the 2023 budget.

    EUSPA.5 Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus, PRS activities and GOVSATCOM activities

    Calls for proposals under this area will address downstream R&D activities in the form of calls to proposals to be launched by the European Union Space Programme Agency (EUSPA) in accordance with the specification included in Appendix below.

    We need to make the best use of EGNSS and Copernicus capacities for EU citizens, companies and society. Research and innovation should therefore foster the development of EGNSS downstream applications and promote their adoption in the EU and worldwide, in particular in markets with a long lead-time (e.g. maritime, rail, aviation), and in areas where Galileo offers unique differentiators (high accuracy, authentication, Search and Rescue, PRS).

    Copernicus based applications and services can serve, for example, polar research, monitoring of the environment, maritime and coastal monitoring, natural disasters, civil security, migration and agriculture. They and can bring, with EGNSS, a key contribution to the European Green Deal and to the sustainable management of natural resources. The public sector should be supported as customer of space based technologies via innovation procurement. Synergies between Galileo/EGNOS and Copernicus, as well as synergies with non-space programmes, leveraging the combination of space data with non-space data, will open new avenues for the creation of a wealth of new and innovative applications and services. The use of Copernicus and Galileo/EGNOS for the EOSC and DestinE initiatives, and other EU funded initiatives such as the Horizon Europe candidate partnership Agriculture of Data and Europe Soil Mission, should equally be taken into account and promoted.

    PRS activities are needed for developing the user base and the applications, as well as to support the testing and validation of the PRS service, in ways that foster cooperation among European entities.

    GOVSATCOM activities are needed for developing the user base, supporting the development of demonstration terminals and the validation of the services, identifying the tools needed for the future GOVSATCOM HUB services and supporting the development of applications.

    Indicative budget for this action: EUR 46.5 million from the 2023 budget

    EUSPA.6 Tender evaluation, project monitoring and audits (EGNSS/Copernicus downstream)

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts by EUSPA for the monitoring of running projects, tender evaluation and audits where appropriate.

    Indicative budget for this action: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.50 million from the 2024 budget

    Legal entities:

    European Union Agency for the Space Programme (EUSPA), Janovského 438/2 170 00 Prague 7 – Holesovice Czech Republic

    Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

    Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

    Indicative budget: EUR 53.00 million from the 2023 budget 402 and EUR 13.80 million from the 2024 budget

    APPENDIX TO ACTION EUSPA.5

    Specification of the call to be launched by EUSPA under indirect management during 2023

    The following information is provided for information purposes.

    Call - STRATEGIC AUTONOMY IN DEVELOPING, DEPLOYING AND USING GLOBAL SPACE-BASED INFRASTRUCTURES, SERVICES, APPLICATIONS AND DATA 2023 - APPLICATIONS

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 403

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 404

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: Oct 2023 (indicative)

    Deadline(s): Feb 2024 (indicative)

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-41

    IA

    3.50

    1.50 to 2.50

    2

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-42

    IA

    8.00

    1.50 to 2.50

    4

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-43

    RIA

    7.00

    1.00 to 2.00

    5

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-44

    IA

    9.00

    1.00 to 2.00

    5

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-45

    IA

    3.00

    1.50 to 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-46

    RIA

    6.00

    0.80 to 1.00

    7

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-61

    IA

    10.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    46.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Development of applications for Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-41: EGNSS - Transition toward a green, smart and more secure post-pandemic society

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-9 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Stimulate the development, validation and use of commercial downstream solutions based on synergies between the different space programme components Galileo, including its differentiators (OSNMA Open Service Navigation Message Authentication, HAS High Accuracy Service, RLS Return Link Service, CAS Commercial Authentication Service etc.), EGNOS, Copernicus (if relevant), combined with connectivity/5G and SATCOM and cutting-edge digital technology to enable more efficient and resilient solutions for tomorrow’s society;

    2.Foster the development and validation of integrated synergistic space technologies that improve the quality of life in Europe, toward environmentally-friendly and energetically-efficient communities, in support of the EU mission on climate-neutral and smart cities 405 ;

    3.Exploit the increasing digitalisation paradigm and the adaptation of business processes in the post-pandemic environment to create new space-based commercial opportunities improving the prospects of businesses and the life of citizens.

    Scope: The COVID-19 crisis highlighted the importance of digital technologies and infrastructures as vital societal assets. European space technologies have demonstrated to be instrumental to a large number of activities. The scope of this action is the development of space-based synergistic technologies for green, smart and more secure solutions addressing a variety of social and economic challenges which emerged during the COVID-19 pandemic crisis.

    By leveraging EGNSS services including their differentiators (OSNMA, HAS, RLS, CAS etc.), proposals should develop applications and technologies that focus on commercial exploitation in one of the following priority areas:

    1.Development of downstream commercial applications, which foster the creation of cities built around its citizens, developed on efficient mobility solutions, environmentally-friendly and energetically-efficient. It may also cover the development of automated solutions for personal assistance, healthcare, support to the elderly, city dashboards, or applied robotics and/or applications that boost the green, safe and digital transition of the construction industry;

    2.Development of downstream solutions based on Galileo, EGNOS and Copernicus (if relevant), combined with connectivity/5G and SATCOM and cutting-edge digital technology to enable more efficient and resilient solutions for tomorrow’s society. The solutions shall address the challenge of higher reliance on the capacity provided by the existing infrastructures (Energy, Telecom, Finance, Insurance etc.), the increased use of remote resources and remote work modality and the awareness of the associated cyber-threats. It may also cover applications for claims assessment (insurance), or timestamping of transactions (finance), as well as commodities trading and risk assessment. With a view to the energy, communication and banking applications, proposals could develop solutions for the certification of GNSS based timing equipment. With regard to the energy sector, particular emphasis could be put on ideas enabling an increased share of electricity from renewable sources (e.g. monitoring and forecasting of electricity generation from wind and solar power).

    Proposals could, if applicable, integrate other data sources or services, in particular, where relevant, in combination with Copernicus.

    Underpinning technologies may include metaverse and/or Digital Twins (DT) for cities, industries or Critical Infrastructures, tele-presence tools, wearables, AR/VR, secure interconnected IoT networks, sensor integration, technologies allowing seamless indoor-outdoor navigation, solutions for autonomous mobility, integrated secure fleet and objects (e.g. parcels, containers etc.) management systems, new cyber-security paradigms based on Quantum Key Distribution (QKD) or Post Quantum Cryptography (PQC) etc.

    Applications may also consider, if applicable, the integration of future GOVSATCOM services into their commercial solutions and the use of data models for transforming the Galileo signal to a proper geodetic reference frame, allowing the exploitation of its differentiators e.g. the Galileo High Accuracy Service.

    The Proposals shall:

    1.Address innovative applications and technologies that focus on one or more of the priority areas defined above;

    2.Present a solid business plan, including the quantification of the market potential, value proposition and exploitation strategy. The elements of innovation and the challenge to overcome as well as address barriers/issues which might hinder their commercial exploitation; Preliminary define and be designed to satisfy user needs, possibly seeking the direct participation of users, customers and/or public authorities concerned in the proposed solution (e.g. infrastructure managers, actors in the finance and insurance domain, municipalities etc.).

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-42: EGNSS - Closing the gaps in mature, regulated and long lead markets

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-9 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Broaden the reach of EGNSS, by supporting its adoption in mature, regulated long lead markets, including rail, maritime inland waterways, fisheries and aquaculture, road and automotive, aviation;

    2.Development of industry-accepted certification and standardization schemes that exploit the use of EGNSS and its differentiators for operational services.

    Scope: Standardization and certification for the use of GNSS in regulated markets is a costly and time-consuming process. The topic aims to gaps in mature, regulated and long lead markets and deliver concrete pathways to standardization and certification towards broader EGNSS adoption. Proposals may be submitted in any of the following areas:

    1.Closing the related standardization and certification gaps for rail safety critical applications that support the rail network efficiency and cost reduction, converging towards a pan-European EGNSS-based solution adoption, within the European Rail Traffic Management System (ERTMS) evolution or adoption within railway lines that do not require a full interoperability with ERTMS. Proposals may contribute to pilot projects and tests (e.g. large-scale demonstrators within Europe´s Rail JU projects) supporting the approval of the EGNSS-based solutions by relevant safety authorities. Relevant activities to be addressed include the amendment of the ERTMS technical specifications for interoperability to support the use of EGNSS for train localization and, possible synergies with Copernicus and/or GOVSATCOM, including also the integration with other sensors for the infrastructure monitoring;

    2.EGNSS-supported safe and efficient operations in coastal areas, harbour areas and other maritime areas (including for energy production e.g. off-shore wind farms), inland waterways, fisheries and aquaculture, addressing potential standardization and certification bottlenecks and assisting a diverse pool of stakeholders, ranging from vessel operators and recreational boaters. Proposals may explore the regulatory and compliance certification conditions for the use of EGNSS and its differentiators (e.g. OSNMA, HAS, RLS, EWS etc.) to support port operations, efficient and secure navigation in inland waterways or areas previously considered too dangerous or inaccessible such as new maritime routes or shallow inland waters. Exploration of relevant synergies with Copernicus and/or GOVSATCOM could be included, addressing the certification and regulatory aspects that their use might bring;

    3.Addressing potential standardization and certification bottlenecks for the use of EGNSS for road and automotive market safety-related applications in scenarios of potential harm to humans or damage to a system/environment (e.g. connected and autonomous cars, emergency assistance), liability applications (e.g. insurance telematics) and fleet management systems, in particular the management of priority goods by electronic freight transport information (eFTI). EGNSS-based systems that contribute to reducing congestion and associated emissions, improving the safety and efficiency of road transportation. Examples of areas requiring further consolidation include standardization and certification aspects for the implementation of the Galileo Emergency Warning System (EWS) in automotive applications leveraging the interoperability via digital maps, the Galileo HAS in the deployment of 5G high accuracy networks for automotive applications, reduction of congestion charging in urban areas, maintenance of roads and enhanced driving comfort. Exploration of relevant synergies with Copernicus and/or GOVSATCOM could be included, addressing the certification and regulatory aspects that their use might bring;

    4.Applications for the aviation market that require further consolidation include aircraft operations and planning for more efficient and green operations supported by EGNSS and its differentiators, EGNSS timing for 4D trajectory operations, EGNSS timing for System Wide Information Management (SWIM), integration of Dual Frequency Multi-constellation (DFMC) SBAS in avionics/aircraft and integration of Copernicus data into current aviation systems, on-board or on-the-ground supporting airport operations and validation of operations via DFMC and the Galileo ARAIM. Proposals may also include applications for drones’ urban air mobility including urban air deliveries trough EGNSS data and services for the navigation operations, supported by EO data with provision of meteorological data, terrain and obstacle information. Exploration of relevant synergies with Copernicus and/or GOVSATCOM could be included, addressing the certification and regulatory aspects that their use might bring.

    The Proposals shall:

    1.present a solid preliminary overview of the standardization and certification gaps and propose clear steps to address and close them;

    2.seek the participation of standardization and certification entities or authorities concerned with the regulatory requirements of the sectors that they address.

    Applications may also consider the interconnection and integration of future GOVSATCOM and/or Copernicus services into the regulatory environment, if applicable.

    Applicants are advised to exploit, if applicable, possible synergies with other specific actions funded under the work programmes of Cluster 4 “Digital, Industry and Space”, Cluster 5 “Climate, Energy and Mobility”, Cluster 6 “Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment” and the EU Mission on Climate neutral and smart cities.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-43: Copernicus-based applications for businesses and policy-making

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL2 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Procedure

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the areas described in the scope section, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within each area, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Copernicus is providing Europe with large volumes of Earth Observation data as well as six Services: Atmosphere, Marine, Land, Security, Emergency and Climate Change. This opens up the possibility to develop a wide range of applications for businesses and policy-making, including ones that are transversal across several or all of the six services.

    2.Projects will enhance existing applications or develop new applications and products relying on Copernicus data and services, making impact on users, businesses and/or answering needs from public authorities, e.g. support policy making and implementation such as for the Green Deal or Destination Earth or the Horizon Europe missions.

    3.Projects will contribute to increasing the integration and uptake of Copernicus data, services and applications in the European economy, in particular the European data economy.

    Scope: Applications will build on Copernicus data and the latest evolutions of the Copernicus services and may combine these with other sources of data or services, including those based on in situ/ground-based information and, where relevant, other space capacities like data collection, satcom, navigation, in particular the European satellite positioning/navigation/timing services and EGNSS technologies.

    Targeted areas should be:

    1) Copernicus applications downstream of the Copernicus Emergency service for better preparedness of local authorities, citizen, local industries and services to more frequent extreme events, geohazards, prediction insurances, preparing for a better resilience to climate change, for better local emergency management and short-term recovery.

    2) Copernicus applications downstream of the Copernicus Security service or exploiting the combination of Sentinels with national contribution missions or new space services to develop national to local services supporting resilience to upcoming major pan-European crisis like pandemics and the social and economic consequences of it.

    3) Copernicus applications downstream of the Marine service, with special focus on biodiversity conservation, maritime spatial planning, local and demersal fisheries, coastal to shore services, new sources of pollution from land, blue carbon farming as well as applications addressing the objectives of the EU mission on ‘Restore our oceans and waters’ lighthouses. The applications shall build on existing infrastructure (e.g. Copernicus DIAS) and services (e.g. Copernicus Marine Service) to create solutions which can be practically utilised by policy- and/or decision-makers, industry actors and/or controlling agents to support processes that reinforce sustainable use of resources, alleviating pressure on marine ecosystems.

    4) Copernicus applications downstream of the Land service for better land use and/or natural resources planning (e.g. supply chain management for the raw materials sector) and for citizen awareness and reporting of environmental and biodiversity protection issues, using the new and improved land service products such as the ground motion service products, for industrial ecosystem development, land cover/use layers and inland water indicators.

    5) Applications downstream of the Climate Change Service for including e.g. improved forecast and preparedness aimed to counteract extreme climate events and/or integrating Sentinel Data and other climate datasets in decision-support systems in the area of Agriculture, Energy (e.g. planning and assessment for renewable energy resources), Hydrology, Health, Disaster Risk Reduction, insurances (e.g. climate-risks related insurances) and/or the finance sector (e.g. green loans).

    6) Applications downstream of the Atmosphere Monitoring Service that tailor, refine and combine the products for serving users particularly in the areas of air quality, health, biodiversity, wildfires monitoring and greenhouse gases.

    A proposal should address only one area, which should be clearly indicated.

    Projects are expected to engage with the entrusted entities in the frame of the Copernicus Core Services for the development and validation of relevant services using heterogeneous data sources.

    In order to give confidence that expected outcomes will be delivered by the projects, proposals are requested to:

    1.Clearly identify the targeted businesses and/or needs from public authorities;

    2.Quantify the outcome of the projects on these, including on the targeted policies where relevant;

    3.Describe how they plan to use the existing Copernicus data and Services, Copernicus DIAS platforms and give feedback to these e.g. with recommendations yielding improved quality and integrated data management;

    4.Where relevant, demonstrate how they build on previously developed and existing applications;

    5.Present a clear exploitation plan describing the pathway for the use of the application(s) after the project completion as well as a business plan and/or a strategy of adoption by public authorities which includes financing perspectives, the challenge to overcome as well as address barriers/issues which might hinder their exploitation;

    6.Demonstrate how the application answers the needs of users, public authorities and private sector and associate these in the course of the projects, including for public authorities;

    7.Rely on state-of-the-art digital technologies (e.g. AI, Big Data, HPC) which have the capacity to exploit and process large volumes of data and make use of existing European data infrastructures (e.g. DIAS);

    8.If applicable, integrate other data sources, services and models, in particular, where relevant, in combination with EGNSS services and its differentiators;

    9.Address issues such as data quality, uncertainty and errors as well as standardisation aspects where relevant.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-44: The Galileo PRS service for governmental authorised use cases

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security in the area of research covered by this topic, participation is limited to legal entities established in:

    1.Member States that have designated a Competent PRS authority (CPA) in accordance with Decision No 1104/2011, and

    2.third countries that have concluded (i) a specific agreement on participation in Galileo and EGNOS, in accordance with Article 7 of Regulation 2021/696, and (ii) have become PRS participants, on the basis of international agreements concluded with the Union, in accordance with Article 3 of Decision 1104/2011, and (iii) have designated a Competent PRS authority (CPA), in accordance with Decision 1104/2011.

    The proposed activities shall be carried out in full compliance with the applicable PRS regulatory framework.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 406 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    3.Develop the use cases for authorised civilian users based on the added value of PRS service;

    4.Develop the PRS applications targeting civilian users by leveraging PRS technology;

    5.Build on top of previous exploratory activities and lessons learnt on the development of PRS items by stimulating the corresponding downstream PRS uptake;

    6.Foster a European-level cooperation of industrial entities for the development of authorised PRS applications;

    Scope: Proposals should identify, design and create applications leveraging the items for the first generation of Galileo. Applications should address the governmentally authorised user communities and scenarios for which the technical, operational and security related features requirements of PRS Service constitute barriers to entry. The applications should target well-identified operational environments in which the PRS Service features (e.g. continuity of service and access control) may play a differentiator role. Representatives of potential user communities should be involved as far as possible in the development of the prototypical applications.

    Multidisciplinary activities could address one of the following:

    1.Critical infrastructure management and security;

    2.Law enforcement;

    3.Emergency and disaster recovery.

    Proposals submitted under this topic shall include a business case, exploitation strategy and the risk and threat analysis (highlight the risks related to the potential use of such technologies and proposed mitigations solutions on the user system level).

    The submitted proposal, supported by the risk and threat analyses shall address specify of the PRS service considering the technological, policy and exploitation in the environment of use.

    Development should build on existing standards or contribute to standardisation. European cross-border cooperation is requested.

    Proposals submitted should ensure gathering at least 3 potential European user communities (at least from 3 different PRS Participants).

    Each of proposals will be evaluated according to SMART approach:

    1.Specific = The activity must bring a specific added value;

    2.Measurable =

    1.The activity must be beneficial/shared for the whole targeted PRS User segment;

    2.The activity brings a specific output with measurable results/outcome;

    3.Attainable/Realistic = The activity must be coherent with the PRS priorities established at Programme level, coherent with the regulatory framework, and realistic in view of the operational, schedule, market and political constraints;

    4.Timely = The activity must be completed/implementable and exploitable by PRS FOC.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-45: Joint Test Activities for Galileo PRS service

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, and security in the area of research covered by this topic, participation is limited to legal entities established in:

    1.Member States that have designated a Competent PRS authority (CPA) in accordance with Decision No 1104/2011, and

    2.third countries that have concluded (i) a specific agreement on participation in Galileo and EGNOS, in accordance with Article 7 of Regulation 2021/696, and (ii) have become PRS participants, on the basis of international agreements concluded with the Union, in accordance with Article 3 of Decision 1104/2011, and (iii) have designated a Competent PRS authority (CPA), in accordance with Decision 1104/2011.

    The proposed activities shall be carried out in full compliance with the applicable PRS regulatory framework.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 407 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    3.Support the Programme activities related to the validation of the PRS Service,, Support the PRS Participants defined activities related to testing, validation and introduction of the PRS Service;

    4.Build on top of previous Joint Test Activities and lesson learnt thereof;

    5.Foster cooperation among European PRS Participants;

    Scope: Proposals shall be coordinated by the Competent PRS Authorities and should address actions related to the:

    1.validation and verification PRS Service (support to the Galileo Programme);

    2.testing of PRS Service and PRS items (PRS Participants actions);

    3.preparation of the awareness activities and uptake to the authorised users;

    Proposals submitted should ensure gathering at least 3 PRS Participants (supported by the respective Competent PRS Authority that are a party to the grant).

    The proposed activities shall be carried out in full compliance with applicable regulatory framework (e.g. Decision 1104/2011, PRS regulatory framework).

    EUSPA intends to award the Framework partnership agreement to up to 3 consortia. The detailed tasks will be specified under the specific grants.

    Each of proposals will be evaluated according to SMART approach:

    1.Specific = The activity must bring a specific added value;

    2.Measurable =

    1.The activity must be beneficial/shared for the PRS User segment;

    2.The activity brings a specific output with measurable results/outcome;

    3.Attainable/Realistic = The activity must be coherent with the PRS priorities established at Programme level, coherent with the regulatory framework, and realistic in view of the operational, schedule, market and political constraints;

    4.Timely = The activity must be completed/implementable and exploitable by the relevant PRS milestone to be target per each specific grant.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-46: Designing space-based downstream applications with international partners

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.80 and 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in countries that have signed an administrative cooperation arrangement on Copernicus data access and Earth observation data exchange are exceptionally eligible for Union funding. Currently, these countries are: the United States, Australia, Ukraine, Chile, Colombia, Serbia, African Union member states 408 , India and Brazil. Discussions towards similar cooperation have been started with other countries and regions (including United Nations Agencies and Asia-Pacific countries). Those countries and regions would also be eligible for Union funding if the corresponding administrative cooperation agreements have been signed by the time of the Horizon Europe grant signature.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 409 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects with international partners are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1. The use of EGNSS and sharing of expertise with public and/or private entities to introduce EU- –space-based applications/solutions, leveraging their innovative, unique features, in particular Galileo differentiators (authentication, high accuracy) and European know-how.

    2. The use of Copernicus data, to develop jointly algorithms, services and/or products, which serve local user needs and/or enhance the Copernicus global product quality.

    3. The combined use of EGNSS and Copernicus to develop innovative downstream applications combining positioning navigation and timing with earth observation services.

    Projects will also contribute to the following objectives:

    1.Lead to new or improved products, processes or services – using EU space technologies (Copernicus, EGNSS as enabler) that are capable of generating a marketable solution for the local market.

    2.Maximise and spread the benefits of space-based applications and solutions enabled by EGNSS and/or by Copernicus, to leverage downstream space excellence, in particular of SMEs and universities, to facilitate investments and to foster market uptake.

    3.Create partnerships with non-EU entities towards commercialization, to trigger public and/or private investment from Europe and beyond to take advantage of market opportunities in Europe or local markets.

    4.Build capacity and awareness-raising around EGNSS- and Copernicus-based applications and solutions, particularly in the regulated domains.

    Scope: Proposals should target one or more of the three expected outcomes. Proposal can also include the use of other space-based or non-spaced based assets and services, with a preference given to those based in the EU and in the international cooperation partners countries applying to this topic.

    The actions should focus on technical developments of EU- –space-based applications/solutions, dissemination, awareness-raising, as well as provide opportunities for the creation of business-oriented partnerships between European industry and international partners. By doing so, the action should be achieving a critical mass of space based-application success stories, demonstrating the advantages and differentiators of EU space-based solutions and services and making it an attractive option for public authorities, private industries and private investors in and outside of Europe.

    Cooperation with international partners, either public or private, is key to:

    1.Promoting the uptake of satellite navigation, position and timing, to enable non-EU countries to benefit from the advanced and unique features offered by EGNOS and Galileo, particularly in transport and regulated domains.

    2.Promoting the uptake of Copernicus globally, exploiting possibilities for integrating in-situ space data and information technologies.

    3.Building the Copernicus full, free and open data policy, considering that the European Commission seeks to facilitate access to Copernicus data and information for interested international partners. Administrative cooperation arrangements on Copernicus data access and Earth observation data exchange have already been signed with several countries; the United States, Australia, Ukraine, Chile, Colombia, Serbia, African Union, India and Brazil. Discussions towards similar cooperation have been started with other countries and regions (including United Nations Agencies and Asia-Pacific countries). Tasks may include joint calibration and validation activities or integration of local in-situ systems to enhance the quality of data and service products.

    It is important to exploit the value-added of integration of EO data (both satellite, airborne and ground-based) with positioning ones and ICT (e.g. cloud computing) from international partner countries, through the development of applications and support to , their insertion into the market. Technology promotion activities can include incentive schemes in the form of financial support to third parties, that will promote the uptake of space downstream applications across Europe and globally.

    For proposals under this topic:

    1.Proposals dealing with EGNSS are encouraged to involve the relevant players on the European side whenever relevant (e.g. European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), European Satellite Service Providers (ESSP) or Member States’ and associated countries' Air Navigation Service Providers for EGNOS Safety of Life service to aviation, European Maritime Safety Agency (EMSA), ERA for other transports). Participation of industry, in particular SMEs, is encouraged;

    2.When dealing with Copernicus-based applications, participation of at least one partner from a country that has signed a Copernicus Cooperation Arrangement is required. Proposals are encouraged to use the Copernicus Data and Information Access Services (DIAS, or other existing data access solutions, instead of setting up their own download and processing infrastructure. They are also encouraged to integrate third-party data (including in-situ data) and envisage data assimilation into models and products made available on the Copernicus platform of the Copernicus services. Participation of partners involved in international GEO initiatives is encouraged. Participation of industry, in particular SMEs, is also encouraged;

    3.Involvement of public authorities is encouraged, whenever relevant;

    4.Involvement of post-graduate scientists, engineers and researchers is encouraged, whenever relevant.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Innovative space capabilities: SSA, GOVSATCOM, Quantum

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-EUSPA-2023-SPACE-01-61: EU GOVSATCOM for a safer and more secure EU

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The following additional eligibility criterion applies: at least one public entity must participate as member of the consortium selected for funding as the public entities are the main users of GOVSATCOM (according to Art. 65 of the EU Space Regulation 2021/696).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and safeguard the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security, and and more particularly, for the reasons of EU strategic autonomy in space and the security and integrity of EU space assets, and in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, participation is limited to legal entities established in Member States and to third countries that have concluded a specific agreement on participation in GOVSATCOM, in accordance with Article 7 of Regulation 2021/696 and have designated a Competent GOVSATCOM Authority in accordance with Article 68 of Regulation 2021/696.

    For the duly justified and exceptional reasons listed in the paragraph above, in order to guarantee the protection of the strategic interests of the Union and its Member States, entities established in an eligible country listed above, but which are directly or indirectly controlled by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity, may not participate in the action unless it can be demonstrated, by means of guarantees approved by the eligible country of establishment, that their participation to the action would not negatively impact the Union’s strategic assets, interests, autonomy, or security.

    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:

    a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;

    b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;

    c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-9 by the end of the project – The reference TRL definition is the ISO 16290:2013 applicable to the space sector.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Identification, assessment and development of one or more suitable use case in the area of surveillance, crisis management and key infrastructure;

    2.After identification of technical specifications agreed with the contracting authority, support the development and/or improvement of GOVSATCOM demonstration terminals enabling end-to-end validation of the first services provided by the GOVSATCOM HUB;

    3.Stimulate the definition of the validation strategy of the early developed GOVSATCOM services;

    4.Foster the identification/definition of GOVSATCOM tools required for the development of the GOVSATCOM terminals for future GOVSATCOM HUB services.

    5.Develop the application, necessary to enable end-to-end demonstration of the selected use case(s) using services provided by the EU GOVSATCOM Hub and operational terminals;

    6.Perform extensive in-field activities and a final demonstration aimed at verifying the suitability of the solution, involving the relevant user communities to grow awareness and stimulate adoption of the EU GOVSATCOM services by the concerned users;

    7.Elaborate the definition of the validation strategy and a user engagement plan and gather users’ feedback to feed the development and the evolution of the EU GOVSATCOM services and prepare for their users’ uptake;

    The GOVSATCOM use cases and associated operational terminals could leverage, when possible, on previous developments. The operational terminal shall verify its compatibility with the EU GOVSATCOM services, with the operational constraints and needs, and thoroughly assess the performance in the field while promoting the integration of secure communications in already existing systems and use of other space components, for example EGNSS and Copernicus. The development of terminals interoperable among different SATCOM systems should be also encouraged.

    The projects shall aim at identifying and address technological challenges related to the provision of GOVSATCOM services and increasing awareness on the benefits brought by the use of secure services provided by GOVSATCOM and will engage the users, public authorities and policy makers to the maximum extent.

    Scope: Proposals should select at least one GOVSATCOM use case and support the adaptation of one or more existing SATCOM terminals in order to carry out the demonstration and ensure engagement of relevant user communities. The target use cases may be selected among (non-exhaustive list):

    1.Surveillance, including both land and sea scenarios;

    2.Crisis management, such as telemedicine, humanitarian aid, civil protection, law enforcement, EU external action, maritime emergency, search and rescue;

    3.Key infrastructure, such as transport (Air, Rail, Road, Maritime) management, space infrastructure, institutional communication, critical infrastructure (energy grid, CBRN, financial infrastructure, telecommunication/ICT).

    In particular, we encourage the submission of proposals focussing in the following areas:

    1.Response to natural and man-made disasters or Emergency services/ambulances (for Civil Protection);

    2.Rail traffic management, to improve the limitations linked to geographical barriers (e.g. tunnels, valleys, cities);

    3.Telemedicine for humanitarian aid.

    The projects should improve one or more operational terminals to demonstrate the access of the respective users to an early EU GOVSATCOM service, showcasing the benefits and fostering users’ uptake. The applicants should take into consideration the necessary transfer of know-how and IPR between the consortia developing the operational use case and the reference terminals as a basis. The projects should demonstrate the use of the developed operational terminals and make available to the Commission through the Granting Authority the findings of the development and the demonstration.

    In the frame of the demonstration activities, it is expected to involve industrial stakeholders, the equipment should therefore support demonstration activities of the early developed services.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Budget 410

    Budget line(s)

    2023 Budget(EUR million)

    2024 Budget(EUR million)

    Calls

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

    334.27

    from 01.020240

    181.22

    from 01.020240 - NGEU

    153.05

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-TWO-STAGE

    12.00

    from 01.020240

    12.00

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01

    251.00

    from 01.020240

    251.00

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-TWO-STAGE

    37.00

    from 01.020240

    37.00

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-TWO-STAGE

    124.00

    from 01.020240

    124.00

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01

    213.00

    from 01.020240

    159.05

    from 01.020240 - NGEU

    53.95

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-TWO-STAGE

    62.00

    from 01.020240

    62.00

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01

    160.20

    from 01.020240

    160.20

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DATA-01

    76.00

    from 01.020240

    48.00

    from 01.020240 - NGEU

    28.00

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DATA-01

    85.00

    from 01.020240

    85.00

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

    108.00

    from 01.020240

    75.10

    from 01.020240 - NGEU

    32.90

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-CNECT

    129.00

    from 01.020240

    96.10

    from 01.020240 - NGEU

    32.90

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01

    136.50

    from 01.020240

    136.50

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-CNECT

    88.00

    from 01.020240

    88.00

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-SPACE-01

    137.50

    from 01.020240

    82.50

    from 01.020240 - NGEU

    55.00

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-SPACE-01

    46.30

    from 01.020240

    46.30

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01

    55.00

    from 01.020240

    52.40

    from 01.020240 - NGEU

    2.60

    HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-CNECT

    201.50

    from 01.020240

    131.20

    from 01.020240 - NGEU

    70.30

    HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01

    61.00

    from 01.020240

    61.00

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.95

    from 01.020240

    0.95

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    7.63

    from 01.020240

    7.63

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-CITIES-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    7.54

    from 01.020240

    7.54

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    2.72

    from 01.020240

    2.72

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    17.47

    from 01.020240

    17.47

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-OCEAN-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    2.63

    from 01.020240

    2.63

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    15.42

    from 01.020240

    15.42

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01 under Part 8 of the work programme

    7.00

    from 01.020240

    7.00

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    17.78

    from 01.020240

    17.78

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01 under Part 11 of the work programme

    1.00

    from 01.020240

    1.00

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    3.40

    from 01.020240

    3.40

    Other actions

    Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

    2.60

    1.60

    from 01.020240

    2.60

    1.60

    Specific grant agreement

    25.00

    from 01.020240

    25.00

    Grant awarded without a call for proposals according to Financial Regulation Article 195

    56.50

    from 01.020240

    56.50

    Public procurement

    8.66

    7.10

    from 01.020240

    8.66

    7.10

    Expert contract action

    3.15

    3.65

    from 01.020240

    3.15

    3.65

    Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    2.50

    from 01.020240

    2.50

    Subscription action

    0.05

    0.05

    from 01.020240

    0.05

    0.05

    Indirectly managed action

    177.10

    96.10

    from 01.020240

    152.10

    96.10

    from 01.020240 - NGEU

    25.00

    Contribution from this part to Specific grant agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

    8.09

    from 01.020240

    8.09

    Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.15

    from 01.020240

    0.15

    Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

    1.89

    from 01.020240

    1.89

    Estimated total budget

    1677.02

    1118.00

    (1)    'Updating the 2020 New Industrial Strategy: Building a stronger Single Market for Europe's recovery', COM(2021)350 final
    (2) https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/news/all-research-and-innovation-news/synergies-guidance-out-2022-07-06_en    The European Commission published guidance on synergies in July 2022:
    (3)    Whilst Cluster 4 addresses KSOs A, C and D, in addition KSO B is becoming increasingly important, given the role of the industry highlighted in the zero-pollution action plan.
    (4)    IPCC report “Mitigation of Climate Change’, April 2022
    (5)     http://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/c_2021_4113_f1_annex_en_v3_p1_1213806.pdf
    (6)    The website will be updated shortly with much more detailed info and examples https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-manufacturing_en#hubs-for-circularity-h4c
    (7) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (8)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (9)    Of which EUR 21.37 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (10)    Of which EUR 17.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (11)    Of which EUR 14.90 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (12)    Of which EUR 0.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (13)    Of which EUR 14.90 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (14)    Of which EUR 16.30 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (15)    Of which EUR 5.86 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (16)    Of which EUR 17.93 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (17)    Of which EUR 14.15 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (18)    Of which EUR 14.15 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (19)    Of which EUR 10.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (20)    Of which EUR 5.60 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (21)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (22)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/publications/proposal-ecodesign-sustainable-products-regulation_en
    (23)    Turning FAIR into reality: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/turning_fair_into_reality_1.pdf
    (24)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (25)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (26)    COM/2022/230 final
    (27)    COM/2022/230 final
    (28)    That could follow Innovation Fund methodology: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/innovfund/wp-call/2021/call-annex_c_innovfund-lsc-2021_en.pdf
    (29)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (30)    IPCC report on “Mitigation of Climate Change’, April 2022
    (31)    Building on previous and ongoing related projects either from specific sectors or across different sectors notably as discussed at Energy Modelling Platform for the EU: https://www.energymodellingplatform.eu/
    (32)    Sustainable Carbon Cycles Communication (COM (2021) 800 final
    (33)    compared to buildings sector or power generation
    (34)    Memorandum of Understanding for the Co-programmed European Partnership Processes4Planet (P4Planet), 3. Governance. http://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/c_2021_4113_f1_annex_en_v3_p1_1213806.pdf
    (35)     https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/f26dfd11-6288-11ea-b735-01aa75ed71a1
    (36)    https://www.aspire2050.eu/sites/default/files/pressoffice/publication/trends_report_2020.pdf
    (37)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (38)    The following are not composites and therefore are within the scope of this topic: Main materials in recyclates that are contaminated by minor components as heritage from former uses in composites (e.g. other polymers, resins, …), plastics (e.g. additives), construction materials (e.g. minerals with organics or metals), etc. whereas the contamination hinders the full qualitative recycling of the main material.
    (39)    HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-17: Plastic waste as a circular carbon feedstock for industry (Processes4Planet Partnership) (IA); HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-01: Ensuring circularity of composite materials (Processes4Planet Partnership) (RIA)
    (40)     https://www.estep.eu/assets/CleanSteelMembersection/CSP-SRIA-Oct2021-clean.pdf
    (41) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (42)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (43)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (44) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (45)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (46)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (47)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/publications/proposal-ecodesign-sustainable-products-regulation_en
    (48)    Turning FAIR into reality: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/turning_fair_into_reality_1.pdf
    (49)    COM/2022/230 final
    (50)    https://www.sintef.no/globalassets/sintef-energi/industrial-heat-pump-whitepaper/2020-07-10-whitepaper-ihp-a4.pdf
    (51)    That could follow Innovation Fund methodology: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/innovfund/wp-call/2021/call-annex_c_innovfund-lsc-2021_en.pdf
    (52)    The production as well as the use of hydrogen as energy carrier is excluded from the scope of the topic.
    (53)    COM/2022/230 final
    (54)    at a scale that allows to take economical and technical decisions for a First of a kind (FOAK) plant.
    (55)     Including, for example, use of waste heat in scrubbers, increased mass transport in intensified scrubbers, electrified systems with promising novel materials and equipment design. These are just illustrative examples.
    (56)    Including, for example, advanced membranes and environmentally friendly absorbents for cleaning formulations, compression, drying, concentration, Pressure Swing Adsorption etc.). These are just illustrative examples.
    (57)    That should follow Innovation Fund methodology: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/innovfund/wp-call/2021/call-annex_c_innovfund-lsc-2021_en.pdf
    (58)    Not mandatory.
    (59)    at a scale that allows to take economical and technical decisions for a First of a kind (FOAK) plant.
    (60)    Waste incineration coupled with district heating is excluded.
    (61)    Study and portfolio review of the projects on industrial symbiosis in DG Research and Innovation: Findings and recommendations, March 2020 http://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/study-and-portfolio-review-projects-industrial-symbiosis-dg-research-and-innovation-findings-and-recommendations_en
    (62)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (63)    Resource in the context of this topic means material as energy or water efficiency are covered by topics TWIN-TRANSITION-01-31: Energy efficiency breakthroughs in the process industries (Processes4Planet partnership) (RIA) and HORIZON-CL4-2024-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-40 : Sustainable and efficient industrial water consumption: through energy and solute recovery, topics
    (64)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (65)     https://www.estep.eu/assets/CleanSteelMembersection/CSP-SRIA-Oct2021-clean.pdf
    (66)     https://www.estep.eu/assets/CleanSteelMembersection/CSP-SRIA-Oct2021-clean.pdf
    (67)     https://www.estep.eu/assets/CleanSteelMembersection/CSP-SRIA-Oct2021-clean.pdf
    (68)    In the CSP SRIA "biomass" means the biodegradable fraction of products, waste and residues from biological origin from agriculture, including vegetal and animal substances, from forestry and related industries, including fisheries and aquaculture, as well as the biodegradable fraction of waste, including industrial and municipal waste of biological origin as defined in the Directive of the European Parliament and the Council on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources (EU,2018).
    (69)     https://www.estep.eu/assets/CleanSteelMembersection/CSP-SRIA-Oct2021-clean.pdf
    (70) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (71)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (72)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (73)    Turning FAIR into reality: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/turning_fair_into_reality_1.pdf
    (74)     http://www.cbe.europa.eu
    (75)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (76)    Whilst Cluster 4 addresses KSOs A, C and D, KSO B is becoming increasingly important, given the role of the industry highlighted in the zero-pollution action plan.
    (77) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (78)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (79)     http://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/research_by_area/documents/advanced-materials-2030-manifesto.pdf
    (80)    See documents defining the SSbD framework on: http://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (81)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (82)    See documents defining the SSbD framework on: http://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (83)     http://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/european-green-deal/2030-climate-target-plan_en
    (84)     http://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/eu-missions-horizon-europe/soil-health-and-food_en
    (85)     http://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/eu-missions-horizon-europe/healthy-oceans-seas-coastal-and-inland-waters_en
    (86)     http://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/research_by_area/documents/advanced-materials-2030-manifesto.pdf
    (87)    See documents defining the SSbD framework on: http://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (88)    EFSA Guidance on risk assessment of nanomaterials including Appendices D.2 for pesticides, D.5 for nanocarriers and D.6 for fertilisers; http://efsa.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/epdf/10.2903/j.efsa.2021.6768
    (89)     http://www.efsa.europa.eu/en/efsajournal/pub/4499
    (90)     http://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/
    (91)     http://ipchem.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
    (92)     http://www.enanomapper.net/
    (93)     http://www.nanosafetycluster.eu/
    (94)     http://eplca.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
    (95) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (96)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (97)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (98)    Of which EUR 11.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (99)    Of which EUR 8.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (100)    Of which EUR 8.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (101)    Of which EUR 4.90 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (102)    Of which EUR 3.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (103)    Of which EUR 5.55 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (104)    Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (105)    Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (106)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (107)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/areas-specific-interest/critical-raw-materials_en
    (108)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6d541f66-0f81-11ec-9151-01aa75ed71a1
    (109)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/areas-specific-interest/critical-raw-materials_en
    (110)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6d541f66-0f81-11ec-9151-01aa75ed71a1
    (111)    COM (2020) 474
    (112)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/areas-specific-interest/critical-raw-materials_en
    (113)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6d541f66-0f81-11ec-9151-01aa75ed71a1
    (114)    COM (2020) 474
    (115)    With the exception of permanent magnets in motors which are included in action 11: ERMA action plan on rare earths magnets: Recyclability and resource efficiency of Rare Earth based magnets
    (116)    With the exception of permanent magnets in motors which are included in action 11: ERMA action plan on rare earths magnets: Recyclability and resource efficiency of Rare Earth based magnets
    (117)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (118)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/areas-specific-interest/critical-raw-materials_en
    (119)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6d541f66-0f81-11ec-9151-01aa75ed71a1
    (120)    COM (2020) 474
    (121)    Data and Information Access Services
    (122)    European Space Agency
    (123)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (124)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/areas-specific-interest/critical-raw-materials_en
    (125)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6d541f66-0f81-11ec-9151-01aa75ed71a1
    (126)    COM (2020) 474
    (127)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/areas-specific-interest/critical-raw-materials_en
    (128)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6d541f66-0f81-11ec-9151-01aa75ed71a1
    (129)    COM (2020) 474
    (130)    https://erma.eu/european-call-for-action/
    (131)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/publications/proposal-ecodesign-sustainable-products-regulation_en
    (132)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/ecolabel/the-ecolabel-scheme.html
    (133)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/chemicals/reach/reach_en.htm
    (134)    https://echa.europa.eu/regulations/clp/legislation
    (135)    See documents defining the SSbD framework on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (136)    See documents defining the SSbD framework on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (137)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/GA/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32008R0440
    (138)    https://www.oecd.org/chemicalsafety/testing/oecd-guidelines-testing-chemicals-related-documents.htm
    (139)    The term absolute sustainability refers to the possibility of a chemical to comply with safety and to carry limited environmental impacts within the planetary boundaries.
    (140)    See documents defining the SSbD framework on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (141)    https://www.anses.fr/en/content/european-partnership-assessment-risks-chemicals-parc
    (142)    Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable
    (143)    https://ipchem.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
    (144)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (145)    https://www.anses.fr/en/content/european-partnership-assessment-risks-chemicals-parc
    (146)    https://www.bmuv.de/en/topics/health-chemicals/nanotechnology/the-malta-initiative
    (147)    See documents defining the SSbD framework on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (148)    Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable
    (149)    https://www.anses.fr/en/content/european-partnership-assessment-risks-chemicals-parc
    (150)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (151)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (152)    See documents defining the SSbD framework on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (153)    Preliminary definition as provided in the Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability: Substances “having a chronic effect for human health or the environment (Candidate list in REACH and Annex VI to the CLP Regulation) but also those which hamper recycling for safe and high quality secondary raw materials. A more detailed description is given in the Commission Proposal for an Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation (30.3.2022, COM(2022) 142 final).”
    (154)    https://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/european-green-deal/2030-climate-target-plan_en
    (155)    See documents defining the SSbD framework on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (156)    See Article 2 of the Proposal for a regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a framework for setting Ecodesign requirements for sustainable products and repealing Directive 2009/125/EC; https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12567-Sustainable-products-initiative_en
    (157)    Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable
    (158)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/sustainable-production-processes_en
    (159)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (160)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (161)     advanced-materials-2030-manifesto.pdf (europa.eu)
    (162)     https://www.ami2030.eu/
    (163)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (164)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?qid=1603122220757&uri=CELEX:52020DC0662
    (165)     https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_nl
    (166)    Refers to the 14 Industrial Ecosystems for Recovery
    (167)    https://jpi-urbaneurope.eu/ped/
    (168)    This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    (169) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (170)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (171)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (172) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (173)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (174)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/areas-specific-interest/critical-raw-materials_en
    (175)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6d541f66-0f81-11ec-9151-01aa75ed71a1
    (176)    COM (2020) 474
    (177)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/areas-specific-interest/critical-raw-materials_en
    (178)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6d541f66-0f81-11ec-9151-01aa75ed71a1
    (179)    COM (2020) 474
    (180)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/areas-specific-interest/critical-raw-materials_en
    (181)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6d541f66-0f81-11ec-9151-01aa75ed71a1
    (182)    COM (2020) 474
    (183)    https://erma.eu/european-call-for-action/
    (184)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (185)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/areas-specific-interest/critical-raw-materials_en
    (186)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6d541f66-0f81-11ec-9151-01aa75ed71a1
    (187)    COM (2020) 474
    (188)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (189)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/raw-materials/areas-specific-interest/critical-raw-materials_en
    (190)    See JRC Guide_EF_DATA.pdf (europa.eu)
    (191)    Commission Recommendation (EU) 2021/2279 of 15 December 2021 on the use of the Environmental Footprint methods to measure and communicate the life cycle environmental performance of products and organisations C/2021/9332, OJ L 471, 30.12.2021, p. 1–396
    (192)    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6d541f66-0f81-11ec-9151-01aa75ed71a1
    (193)    COM (2020) 474
    (194)    https://ec.europa.eu/growth/news/eu-and-canada-set-strategic-partnership-raw-materials-2021-06-21_en
    (195)    https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/IP_21_3633
    (196)    The geographical scope of the topic may be revised before the call is launched, should new circumstances or priorities emerge
    (197)    See documents defining the SSbD framework on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (198)    See Article 2 of the Proposal for a regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a framework for setting Ecodesign requirements for sustainable products and repealing Directive 2009/125/EC; https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12567-Sustainable-products-initiative_en
    (199)    https://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/european-green-deal/2030-climate-target-plan_en
    (200)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/publications/proposal-ecodesign-sustainable-products-regulation_en
    (201)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/ecolabel/the-ecolabel-scheme.html
    (202)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/chemicals/reach/reach_en.htm
    (203)    https://echa.europa.eu/regulations/clp/legislation
    (204)    See documents defining the SSbD framework on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (205)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/sustainable-production-processes_en
    (206)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (207)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (208)     https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/sme-panel-consultation-b2b-data-sharing
    (209) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (210)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (211)    Of which EUR 15.75 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (212)    Of which EUR 11.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (213)    Of which EUR 0.70 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (214)    Of which EUR 0.35 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (215)    FAIR = Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Re-usable
    (216)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52020DC0066
    (217)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex%3A32016R0679
    (218)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (219) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (220)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (221)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex%3A32016R0679
    (222)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R0868
    (223)    The Data Act and the Artificial Intelligence Act are (at the time of writing this WP) at the stage of Commission legislative proposals. They are likely to be adopted by the closure of the call, and will appear in the Eur-lex repository of legislation.
    (224)    See the communication “The European Green Deal” https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?qid=1576150542719&uri=COM%3A2019%3A640%3AFIN
    (225)    As defined in the communication “A European strategy for data”, see https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52020DC0066
    (226)    See https://www.mckinsey.com/featured-insights/artificial-intelligence/tackling-europes-gap-in-digital-and-ai (based on data from 2017 and 2018)
    (227)    The term Agri-Food is intended to cover a wide range of food production sectors including livestock farming, fisheries, horticulture etc., as well as produce processing, ingredient preparation and food manufacture and assembly.
    (228)     https://ec.europa.eu/newsroom/dae/document.cfm?doc_id=65402
    (229)    Link to provide later
    (230) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (231)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (232)    Of which EUR 10.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (233)    Of which EUR 7.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (234)    Of which EUR 7.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (235)    Of which EUR 8.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (236)    In these descriptions the word adapt is used in a general sense and refers to the alteration of behaviours and goals by any means.
    (237)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/research_by_area/documents/advanced-materials-2030-manifesto.pdf
    (238)     https://www.cencenelec.eu/media/CEN-CENELEC/CWAs/RI/cwa17284_2018.pdf
    (239)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (240)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (241) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (242)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (243)    Of which EUR 10.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (244)    Of which EUR 2.10 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (245)    Of which EUR 4.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (246)    Of which EUR 4.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (247)    Of which EUR 7.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (248)    Of which EUR 3.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (249)    Of which EUR 1.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (250)    Alternative to mainstream Silicon CMOS technologies
    (251)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (252)    https://www.oecd.org/chemicalsafety/testing/oecd-guidelines-testing-chemicals-related-documents.htm
    (253)    https://echa.europa.eu/en/regulations/reach/registration
    (254)    See documents defining the SSbD framework and criteria on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (255)    Legal entities established in Israel are eligible to participate in this action on the basis that (i) Israel is an associated country (and continues to be on the date of the opening of this topic for submission); and (ii) Israel meets specific conditions. Prior to the adoption of this Work Programme, questionnaires were sent to non-EEA associated countries and countries in the process of association in order to assess their eligibility to participate.
    (256) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
    (257)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (258)    Legal entities established in Israel are eligible to participate in this action on the basis that (i) Israel is an associated country (and continues to be on the date of the opening of this topic for submission); and (ii) Israel meets specific conditions. Prior to the adoption of this Work Programme, questionnaires were sent to non-EEA associated countries and countries in the process of association in order to assess their eligibility to participate.
    (259) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
    (260)    Legal entities established in Israel are eligible to participate in this action on the basis that (i) Israel is an associated country (and continues to be on the date of the opening of this topic for submission); and (ii) Israel meets specific conditions. Prior to the adoption of this Work Programme, questionnaires were sent to non-EEA associated countries and countries in the process of association in order to assess their eligibility to participate.
    (261) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
    (262) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
    (263) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (264)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (265)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (266) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (267)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (268)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (269)    Complementary metal–oxide–semiconductor (CMOS)
    (270)    Application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC)
    (271)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (272)    https://www.flagera.eu
    (273) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
    (274)    Calls could be EU Synergies calls, meaning that projects that have been awarded a grant under the call could have the possibility to also receive funding under other EU programmes, including relevant shared management funds. In this context, applicants should consider and actively seek synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from, other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as ERDF, ESF+, JTF, EMFF, EAFRD, Innovation Fund and InvestEU), where appropriate, as well as private funds or financial instruments.
    (275)    Legal entities established in Israel are eligible to participate in this action on the basis that (i) Israel is an associated country (and continues to be on the date of the opening of this topic for submission); and (ii) Israel meets specific conditions. Prior to the adoption of this Work Programme, questionnaires were sent to non-EEA associated countries and countries in the process of association in order to assess their eligibility to participate.
    (276) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
    (277) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (278)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (279)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (280)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (281)    Of which EUR 8.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (282)    Of which EUR 9.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (283)    Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (284)    Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (285)    Of which EUR 1.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (286)    Of which EUR 1.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (287)    Of which EUR 2.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (288)    Of which EUR 2.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (289)    Of which EUR 1.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (290)    Of which EUR 10.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (291)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (292)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (293)    www.h2020-peraspera.eu
    (294)    www.epic-src.eu
    (295)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (296)    www.h2020-peraspera.eu/EOF
    (297)    This excludes full launcher development
    (298)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (299)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (300)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (301)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (302)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (303)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (304)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (305) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (306)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (307)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (308)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (309)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (310)    See in particular ICT 58 Call : https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/ict-58-2020
    (311)    2019 CIGI-Ipsos Global Survey on Internet Security and Trust
    (312) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (313)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (314)    Of which EUR 1.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (315)    Of which EUR 0.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (316)    Of which EUR 0.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (317)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (318)    A9-0284/2021
    (319)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (320)    Council conclusions on "Accelerating knowledge circulation in the EU" adopted on 29 May 2018; SRIP Report - Science, Research and Innovation Performance of the EU 2020.
    (321)    Council Recommendation (EU) 2021/2122 of 26 November 2021 on a Pact for Research and Innovation in Europe (ST/13701/2021/INIT)
    (322)    Policy Report “Towards a 2030 Vision on the Future of Universities in Europe” https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/towards-2030-vision-future-universities-field-ri-europe_en
    (323)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (324)    The Universal Declaration on Human Rights, the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, the European Convention on Human Rights and the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union
    (325)     Including relevant projects resulting from Cluster 2 calls under the Destination “Innovative research on social and economic transformations“(inter alia HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05, HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07, HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01, HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-08, HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05, HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-09, HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-11) and Cluster 4 calls under the Destination “Climate neutral, circular and digitised production” (inter alia HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01, HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-07, HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-08, HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01, HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-06), under the Destination “Increased autonomy in key strategic value chains for resilient industry”(inter alia HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-29, HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-31), under the Destination “Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the green deal” (inter alia HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-10, HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-05, HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-02) and under the Destination “A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies” (inter alia HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-21, HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-25, HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-26, HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-01, HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-14, HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-02, HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-22, HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-52, HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-53, HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-81)
    (326)     In particular, but not exclusively, the European Partnerships “Made in Europe”, “Processes4Planet” and “Artificial Intelligence, Data and Robotics” and “Built4People”
    (327)     such as Manufuture, Cecimo, Orgalim and others.
    (328)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/industry-50_en
    (329) Cluster 2 calls under the Destination “Innovative research on social and economic transformations“(inter alia HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05, HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07, HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-01, HORIZON-CL2-2023-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-08, HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-05, HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-09, HORIZON-CL2-2024-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-11)Cluster 4 calls under the Destination “Climate neutral, circular and digitised production” (inter alia HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01, HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-07, HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-08, HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-01, HORIZON-CL4-2022-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-06), under the Destination “Increased autonomy in key strategic value chains for resilient industry”(inter alia HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-29, HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-31), under the Destination “Digital and emerging technologies for competitiveness and fit for the green deal” (inter alia HORIZON-CL4-2021-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-10, HORIZON-CL4-2022-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-05, HORIZON-CL4-2023-DIGITAL-EMERGING-01-02) and under the Destination “A human-centred and ethical development of digital and industrial technologies” (inter alia HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-21, HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-25, HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-26, HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-01, HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-01-14, HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-02, HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-22, HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-52, HORIZON-CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-53, HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-81)    Projects that are relevant for industry with respect to the three pillars of the Industry 5.0 concept may result from across the different parts of the HE programme, in addition to HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-51 and HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-53 and the following:
    (330)    such as Manufuture, Cecimo, Orgalim and others.
    (331)     https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
    (332)    Horizon Europe and new European Bauhaus NEXUS report, p. 8, 14, https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/9f9acd60-8aec-11ec-8c40-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
    (333)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/eu-missions-horizon-europe/climate-neutral-and-smart-cities_en
    (334)     https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_22_2591
    (335)    This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    (336)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (337)     State of the Union (europa.eu)
    (338)     Pact for Skills - Employment, Social Affairs & Inclusion - European Commission (europa.eu)
    (339)     New European Innovation Agenda (europa.eu)
    (340)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/europes-digital-decade-digital-targets-2030_en
    (341)     Commission kick-starts work on the European Year of Skills (europa.eu)
    (342)    https://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp?catId=1415&langId=en
    (343)    https://pact-for-skills.ec.europa.eu/index_en
    (344)     EIT TO SKILL ONE million tech INNOVATORS – Join the Pledge! | European Institute of Innovation & Technology (EIT) (europa.eu)
    (345)     https://ec.europa.eu/esco/portal/skill
    (346)     https://www.eitdeeptechtalent.eu
    (347)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (348)     file:///C:/Users/targerg/Downloads/KI0121501ENN.en%20(1).pdf
    (349)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (350)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (351)     The roadmap is published at https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/c9f70ebf-b48e-11ec-9d96-01aa75ed71a1/
    (352)    Turning FAIR into reality: https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/turning_fair_into_reality_1.pdf
    (353)     BELLA programme
    (354)     RedClara (LAC region partner in BELLA programme)
    (355) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (356)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (357)    Of which EUR 12.25 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (358)    Of which EUR 8.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (359)    Of which EUR 7.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (360)    Of which EUR 1.70 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (361)    Of which EUR 3.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (362)    Of which EUR 9.45 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (363)    Of which EUR 4.90 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (364)    Of which EUR 1.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (365)    Of which EUR 9.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (366)    Of which EUR 8.75 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (367)    Of which EUR 0.53 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (368)    Of which EUR 1.05 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (369)    Of which EUR 0.53 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (370)    Of which EUR 1.05 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (371)    All official EU as well as socially and commercially relevant languages.
    (372)    Focus on all official EU as well as socially and commercially relevant languages.
    (373)    Such teams will participate in the innovation challenges, and can receive rewards, but will not be eligible to receive prize money as they are already funded.
    (374)    Large industry as well as project beneficiaries from CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-01, CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-01, CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-02 and CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-03 will not be eligible for monetary prizes
    (375)    This concerns topics CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-01, CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-01, CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-02 and CL4-2024-HUMAN-01-03
    (376)    Proposals should also allow citizens to contribute to the definition of challenges
    (377)    Encouraging and promoting diversity among AI researchers incl. gender and race, socio-cultural background, etc.
    (378)    Encouraging and promoting diversity among AI researchers incl. gender and race, socio-cultural background, etc.
    (379)    Projects funded under the following calls/topics: H2020-ICT48, HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-03HORIZON-CL4-2022-HUMAN-02-02)
    (380)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (381)    The term industry in this context encompasses all ecosystems defined in the European industrial strategy
    (382)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (383)    "African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended
    (384)    "African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended
    (385)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (386)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (387)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (388) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (389)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (390)     A European approach to artificial intelligence | Shaping Europe’s digital future (europa.eu)
    (391)    Research should complement build upon and collaborate with projects funded under topic HORIZON-CL4-2023-HUMAN-01-03: Natural Language Understanding and Interaction in Advanced Language Technologies
    (392)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (393)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (394)    Ref.
    (395)    Such us ISO, IEC, ISO/IEC JTC1, ITU-T, 3GPP, IETF, OneM2M, W3C, OASIS, IEEE
    (396)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (397)    Legal entities established in Israel are eligible to participate in this action on the basis that (i) Israel is an associated country (and continues to be on the date of the opening of this topic for submission); and (ii) Israel meets specific conditions. Prior to the adoption of this Work Programme, questionnaires were sent to non-EEA associated countries and countries in the process of association in order to assess their eligibility to participate.
    (398) a) control over the applicant legal entity is not exercised in a manner that retrains or restricts its ability to carry out the action and to deliver results, that imposes restrictions concerning its infrastructure, facilities, assets, resources, intellectual property or know-how needed for the purpose of the action, or that undermines its capabilities and standards necessary to carry out the action;b) access by a non-eligible country or by a non-eligible country entity to sensitive information relating to the action is prevented; and the employees or other persons involved in the action have a national security clearance issued by an eligible country, where appropriate;c) ownership of the intellectual property arising from, and the results of, the action remain within the recipient during and after completion of the action, are not subject to control or restrictions by non-eligible countries or non-eligible country entity, and are not exported outside the eligible countries, nor is access to them from outside the eligible countries granted, without the approval of the eligible country in which the legal entity is established.    The guarantees shall in particular substantiate that, for the purpose of the action, measures are in place to ensure that:
    (399)     European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, Valorising research through citizens’ engagement : how to run hackathons with citizens, Pottaki, I.(editor), Publications Office of the European Union, 2022.
    (400)    Of which EUR 25.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (401)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (402)     EU Mission: Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities | European Commission (europa.eu) .
    (403)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (404)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (405)    “African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.
    (406)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (407) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
    Top

    EN

    Annex VIII

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    8. Climate, Energy and Mobility

    Table of contents

    Introduction    

    Destination – Climate sciences and responses for the transformation towards climate neutrality    

    Call - Climate sciences and responses    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Earth system science    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-01: Further climate knowledge through advanced science and technologies for analysing Earth observation and Earth system model data    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-02: Climate-related tipping points    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-03: Climate impacts of a hydrogen economy    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-04: Improved knowledge in cloud-aerosol interaction    

    Climate change mitigation, pathways to climate neutrality    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-05: Science for successful, high-integrity voluntary climate initiatives    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-06: Broadening the range of policy options in transition pathway analysis    

    Climate change impacts and adaptation    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-07: Modelling for local resilience - Developments in support of local adaptation assessments and plans    

    Social science, citizen science and behavioural science for climate action    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-08: Solar Radiation Modification: governance of research    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-09: Behavioural change and governance for systemic transformations towards climate resilience    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-10: Improving the evidence base regarding the impact of sustainability and climate change education and related learning outcomes    

    International cooperation    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-11: Needs-based adaptation to climate change in Africa    

    Call - Climate sciences and responses    

    Conditions for the Call    

    International cooperation    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02-01: EU-China international cooperation on data and model development for pathways to carbon neutrality: focusing on decarbonisation, energy efficiency and socio-economic implications of the transition    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02-02: EU-China international cooperation on blue carbon    

    Call - Climate sciences and responses    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Earth system science    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-01: Enhanced quantification and understanding of natural and anthropogenic methane emissions and sinks    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-02: Inland ice, including snow cover, glaciers, ice sheets and permafrost, and their interaction with climate change    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-03: Paleoclimate science for a better understanding of the short- to long-term evolution of the Earth system    

    Climate change mitigation, pathways to climate neutrality    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-04: Improved toolbox for evaluating the climate and environmental impacts of trade policies    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-05: Next generation low-emission, climate-resilient pathways and NDCs for a future aligned with the Paris Agreement    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-06: The role of climate change foresight for primary and secondary raw materials supply    

    Climate-ecosystem interactions    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-07: Quantification of the role of key terrestrial ecosystems in the carbon cycle and related climate effects    

    Destination – Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition    

    Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition    

    Conditions for the Call    

    A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-01: Technologies for sustainable, cost-efficient and low carbon footprint downstream processing & production of battery-grade materials (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-02: New processes for upcoming recycling feeds (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-03: Advanced digital twins for battery cell production lines (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-04: Battery management system (BMS) and battery system design for stationary energy storage systems (ESS) to improve interoperability and facilitate the integration of second life batteries (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-05: Hybrid electric energy storage solutions for grid support and charging infrastructure (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    Cross-cutting    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-06: Open Pilot Line/Test Bed for hydrogen    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-07: Support for the deployment of R&I results for climate mitigation. Synergies with the ETS Innovation Fund    

    Communities and Cities    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-08: Driving Urban Transition Co-funded Partnership    

    Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition    

    Conditions for the Call    

    A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02-01: Advanced materials and cells development enabling large-scale production of Gen4 solid-state batteries for mobility applications (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02-02: New Approaches to Develop Enhanced Safety Materials for Gen 3 Li-Ion Batteries for Mobility Applications (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02-03: Creating a digital passport to track battery materials, optimize battery performance and life, validate recycling, and promote a new business model based on data sharing (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition    

    Conditions for the Call    

    A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-01: Advanced sustainable and safe pre-processing technologies for End-of-Life (EoL) battery recycling (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-02: Non-Li Sustainable Batteries with European Supply Chains for Stationary Storage (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-03: Development of technical and business solutions to optimise the circularity, resilience, and sustainability of the European battery value chain (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    Emerging breakthrough technologies and climate solutions    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-04: Emerging energy technologies for a climate neutral Europe    

    Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition    

    Conditions for the Call    

    A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-01: Sustainable high-throughput production processes for stable lithium metal anodes for next generation batteries (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-02: Post-Li-ion technologies and relevant manufacturing techniques for mobility applications (Generation 5) (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-03: Size & weight reduction of cell and packaging of batteries system, integrating lightweight and functional materials, innovative thermal management and safe and sustainable by design approach (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-04: Accelerated multi-physical and virtual testing for battery aging, reliability and safety evaluation (Batt4EU Partnership)    

    Destination – Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

    Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Global leadership in renewable energy    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-01: Renewable Energy Valleys to increase energy security while accelerating the green transition in Europe    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-02: PV integration in buildings and in infrastructure    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-03: Floating PV Systems    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-04: Solar Systems for Industrial Process Heat and Power    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-05: Critical technologies for the offshore wind farm of the Future    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-06: Demonstration of advanced biofuel technologies for aviation and/or shipping    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-07: Demonstration of synthetic renewable fuel for aviation and/or shipping    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-08: Demonstration of sustainable tidal energy farms    

    Energy systems, grids & storage    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-09: Waste heat reutilisation from data centres    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-10: Supporting the development of a digital twin to improve management, operations and resilience of the EU Electricity System in support to REPowerEU    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-11: Demonstration of DC powered data centres, buildings, industries and ports    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-12: Development of MVDC, HVDC and High-Power Transmission systems and components for a resilient grid    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-13: Development of novel long-term electricity storage technologies    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-14: Demonstration of innovative, large-scale, seasonal heat and/or cooling storage technologies for decarbonisation and security of supply    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-15: Supporting the green and digital transformation of the energy ecosystem and enhancing its resilience through the development and piloting of AI-IoT Edge-cloud and platform solutions    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-16: Support action to the SET Plan IWG on HVDC & DC Technologies    

    Carbon Capture, Utilization and Storage (CCUS)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-17: Development of CO2 transport and storage demo projects    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-18: Clean Energy Transition Co-funded Partnership    

    Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Global leadership in renewable energy    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-01: Development of near zero-emission biomass heat and/or CHP including carbon capture    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-02: Novel thermal energy storage for CSP    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-03: Industrial manufacturing for lower-cost solar thermal components and systems    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-04: Innovative components and configurations for heat pumps    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-05: Advanced exploration technologies for geothermal resources in a wide range of geological settings    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-06: Smart use of geothermal electricity and heating and cooling in the energy system    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-07: Development of next generation advanced biofuel technologies    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-08: Development of microalgae and/or direct solar fuel production and purification technologies for advanced aviation and /or shipping fuels    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-09: Demonstration of sustainable hydropower refurbishment    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-10: Development of innovative power take-off and control systems for wave energy devices    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-11: Advanced concepts for crystalline Silicon technology    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-12: Large Area Perovskite solar cells and modules    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-13: Operation, Performance and Maintenance of PV Systems    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-14: Digital twin for forecasting of power production to wind energy demand    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-15: Critical technologies to improve the lifetime, efficient decommissioning and increase the circularity of offshore and onshore wind energy systems    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-16: Accelerating the green transition and energy access in Africa    

    Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Energy systems, grids & storage    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-01: Increasing the efficiency of innovative static energy conversion devices for electricity and heat/cold generation    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-02: Integration of renewable gases, other than hydrogen or methane, and which have not access to gas grids and interfacing with electricity and heat sectors    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-03: System approach for grid planning and upgrade in support of a dominant electric mobility (vehicles and vessels) using AI tools    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-04: Digital tools for enhancing the uptake of digital services in the energy market    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-05: Creation of a standardised and open-source peer-to-peer energy sharing platform architecture for the energy sector    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-06: Components and interfacing for AC & DC side protection system – AC & DC grid: components and systems for grid optimisation    

    Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Global leadership in renewable energy    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-01: Alternative equipment and processes for advanced manufacturing of PV technologies    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-02: Low-power PV    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-03: Demonstration of improved intermediate renewable energy carrier technologies for transport fuels    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-04: Improvement of light harvesting and carbon fixation with synthetic biology and/or bio-inspired//biomimetic pathways for renewable direct solar fuels production    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-05: Development of carbon fixation technologies for biogenic flue gases    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-06: Innovative applications/integration of geothermal heating and cooling in industry    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-07: Development of hydropower equipment for improving techno-economic efficiency and equipment resilience in refurbishment situations    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-08: Demonstration of sustainable wave energy farms    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-09: Africa-EU CO-FUND action    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-10: Next generation of renewable energy technologies    

    Energy systems, grids & storage    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-11: AI Testing and Experimentation Facility (TEF) for the energy sector – bringing technology to the market    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-12: Energy Management Systems for flexibility services    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-13: DC and AC/DC hybrid transmission and distribution systems    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-14: Condition & Health Monitoring in Power Electronics (PE) - Wide Band Gap PE for the energy sector    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-15: HVAC, HVDC and High-Power cable systems    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-16: Demonstration of innovative pumped storage equipment and tools in combination with innovative storage management systems    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-17: Development and integration of advanced software tools in SCADA systems for High, Medium and Low voltage AC/DC hybrid systems    

    Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Global leadership in renewable energy    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-01: Digital tools for CSP and solar thermal plants    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-02: Development of next generation synthetic renewable fuel technologies    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-03: Development of smart concepts of integrated energy driven bio-refineries for co-production of advanced biofuels, bio-chemicals and biomaterials    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-04: Critical technologies for the future ocean energy farms    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-05: PV-integrated electric mobility applications    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-06: Innovative, Community-Integrated PV systems    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-07: Resource Efficiency of PV in Production, Use and Disposal    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-08: Minimisation of environmental, and optimisation of socio-economic impacts in the deployment, operation and decommissioning of offshore wind farms    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-09: Demonstrations of innovative floating wind concepts    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-10: Market Uptake Measures of renewable energy systems    

    Carbon Capture, Utilization and Storage (CCUS)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-11: CCU for the production of fuels    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-12: DACCS and BECCS for CO2 removal/negative emissions    

    Destination – Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use    

    Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral European building stock    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-01: Innovative cost-efficient solutions for zero-emission buildings    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-02: Future-proofing historical buildings for the clean energy transition    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-03: Interoperable solutions for positive energy districts (PEDs), including a better integration of local renewables and local excess heat sources    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-04: Thermal management and energy optimisation of high energy demand IT systems equipment in tertiary buildings    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-05: Innovative solutions for cost-effective decarbonisation of buildings through energy efficiency and electrification    

    Industry    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-06: Integration of renewable heat or industrial waste heat in heat-to-cold conversion systems to generate cold for industrial processes    

    Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral European building stock    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-01: Innovative uses of lifecycle data for the management of buildings and buildings portfolios (Built4People Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-02: Solutions for the identification of vulnerable buildings and people-centric built environment, and for improving their resilience in disruptive events and altered conditions in a changing climate (Built4People Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-03: Demonstrate built-environment decarbonisation pathways through bottom-up technological, social and policy innovation for adaptive integrated sustainable renovation solutions (Built4People Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-04: Fast-tracking and promoting built environment construction and renovation innovation with local value chains (Built4People Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-05: Supporting the creation of an accessible and inclusive built environment (Built4People Partnership)    

    Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral European building stock    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01-01: Low-disruptive renovation processes using integration of prefabricated solutions for energy-efficient buildings    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01-02: Smart grid-ready buildings    

    Industry    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01-03: Alternative heating systems for efficient, flexible and electrified heat generation in industry    

    Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral European building stock    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-01: Industrialisation of sustainable and circular deep renovation workflows (Built4People Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-02: Robotics and other automated solutions for construction, renovation and maintenance in a sustainable built environment (Built4People Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-03: BIM-based processes and digital twins for facilitating and optimising circular energy renovation (Built4People Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-04: Design for adaptability, re-use and deconstruction of buildings, in line with the principles of circular economy (Built4People Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-05: Digital solutions to foster participative design, planning and management of buildings, neighbourhoods and urban districts (Built4People Partnership)    

    Destination – Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes    

    Call - Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Zero-emission road transport    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-01: User-centric design and operation of EV for optimized energy efficiency (2ZERO Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-02: Innovative battery management systems for next generation vehicles (2ZERO & Batt4EU Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-03: Frugal zero-emission vehicles concepts for the urban passenger challenge (2ZERO Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-04: Circular economy approaches for zero emission vehicles (2ZERO Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-05: Measuring road transport results towards 2ZERO KPIs (2ZERO Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-06: EU Member States/Associated countries research policy cooperation network to accelerate zero-emission road mobility (2ZERO Partnership)    

    Aviation    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-07: Hydrogen-powered aviation    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-08: Accelerating climate-neutral hydrogen-powered/electrified aviation    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-09: Competitiveness and digital transformation in aviation – advancing further capabilities, digital approach to design    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-10: Aviation research synergies between Horizon Europe, AZEA and National programs    

    Waterborne transport    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-11: Developing the next generation of power conversion technologies for sustainable alternative carbon neutral fuels in waterborne applications (ZEWT Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-12: Demonstrations to accelerate the switch to safe use of new sustainable climate neutral fuels in waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-13: Integrated real-time digital solutions to optimise navigation and port calls to reduce emissions from shipping (ZEWT Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-14: Developing a flexible offshore supply of zero emission auxiliary power for ships moored or anchored at sea deployable before 2030 (ZEWT Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-15: Reducing the environmental impact from shipyards and developing a whole life strategy to measure and minimise the non-operational environmental impacts from shipping    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-16: Developing small, flexible, zero-emission and automated vessels to support shifting cargo from road to sustainable Waterborne Transport    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-17: Towards the implementation of the inland navigation action programme with a focus on Green and Connected Inland Waterway Transport    

    Transport-related health and environment    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-18: Advanced transport emissions monitoring networks    

    Cross-cutting actions    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-19: Support for the organisation of EU-US symposia in the field of Transport Research    

    Call - Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Zero-emission road transport    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-01: Smart, low-cost pervasive stationary slow charging and bi-directional solutions synergic with the grid for EV mass deployment (2ZERO Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-02: Integration and testing of next generation post-800V electric powertrains (2ZERO Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-03: Advanced battery system integration for next generation vehicles (2ZERO Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-04: Integrated flexible multipoint megawatt charging systems for electric truck mass deployment (2ZERO Partnership) (2024)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-05: Advanced digital development tools to accelerate the development of software defined vehicles that enable zero-emission mobility (2ZERO Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-06: New designs, shapes, functionalities of Light Commercial Vehicles (2ZERO Partnership)    

    Aviation    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-07: Accelerating climate neutral aviation, minimising non-CO2 emissions    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-08: Competitiveness and digital transformation in aviation – advancing further composite aerostructures    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-09: Impact monitoring of EU Aviation R&I    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-10: Towards a flying testbed for European leadership in aviation    

    Waterborne transport    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-11: Achieving high voltage, low weight, efficient electric powertrains for sustainable waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-12: Combining state-of-the-art emission reduction and efficiency improvement technologies in ship design and retrofitting for contributing to the "Fit for 55" package objective by 2030 (ZEWT Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-13: Demonstration of Technologies to minimise underwater noise generated by waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-14: Demonstrating efficient fully DC electric grids within waterborne transport for large ship applications (ZEWT Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-15: Advanced digitalisation and modelling utilizing operational and other data to support zero emission waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-16: Structuring the Waterborne transport sector, including through changed business and industrial models in order to achieve commercial zero-emission waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-17: Coordinating and supporting the combined activities of member and associated states towards the objectives of the Zero Emission Waterborne Transport partnership so as to increase synergies and impact (ZEWT Partnership)    

    Transport-related health and environment    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-18: Assessment of air pollutant emissions from low-carbon fuels in the heavy-duty, aviation, and maritime sectors    

    Destination – Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods    

    Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-01: User-centric development of vehicle technologies and solutions to optimise the on-board experience and ensure inclusiveness (CCAM Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-02: Generation of scenarios for development, training, virtual testing and validation of CCAM systems (CCAM Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-03: Infrastructure-enabled solutions for improving the continuity or extension of Operational Design Domains (ODDs) (CCAM Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-04: Integrating European diversity in the design, development and implementation of CCAM solutions to support mobility equity (CCAM Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-05: CCAM effects on jobs and education, plans for skills that match the CCAM development, and prerequisites for employment growth (CCAM Partnership)    

    Multimodal transport, infrastructure and logistics    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-06: Zero-emission e-commerce and freight delivery and return choices by retailers, consumers and local authorities    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-07: Operational automation to support multimodal freight transport    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-08: Future-proof GHG and environmental emissions factors for accounting emissions from transport and logistics operations    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-09: Climate resilient and safe maritime ports    

    Safety and resilience    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-10: Better infrastructure safety on urban and secondary rural roads throughout a combination of adaptable monitoring and maintenance solutions    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-11: Aviation safety - Uncertainty quantification for safety and risk management    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-12: New ways of reducing serious injuries and the long-term consequences of road crashes    

    Cross-cutting actions    

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-13: Support for dissemination events in the field of Transport Research    

    Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-01: Centralised, reliable, cyber-secure & upgradable in-vehicle electronic control architectures for CCAM connected to the cloud-edge continuum (CCAM Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-02: Scenario-based safety assurance of CCAM and related HMI in a dynamically evolving transport system (CCAM Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-03: Orchestration of heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic within the CCAM ecosystem (CCAM Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-04: AI for advanced and collective perception and decision making for CCAM applications (CCAM Partnership)    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-05: Robust Knowledge and Know-How transfer for Key-Deployment Pathways and implementation of the EU-CEM (CCAM Partnership)    

    Multimodal transport, infrastructure and logistics    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-06: Optimising multimodal network and traffic management, harnessing data from infrastructures, mobility of passengers and freight transport    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-07: Scaling up logistics innovations supporting freight transport decarbonisation in an affordable way    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-08: Improved transport infrastructure performance – Innovative digital tools and solutions to monitor and improve the management and operation of transport infrastructure    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-09: Policies and governance shaping the future transport and mobility systems    

    Safety and resilience    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-10: Ensuring the safety, resilience and security of waterborne digital systems    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-11: Effects of disruptive changes in transport: towards resilient, safe and energy efficient mobility    

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-12: A new framework to improve traffic safety culture in the EU    

    Other Actions    

    Grants to identified beneficiaries    

    1. Support for the SET Plan Conference in 2023 (Presidency event)    

    2. Support for the SET Plan Conference in 2024 (Presidency event)    

    3. ENTSO-E and the EU.DSO Entity cooperation in the realisation of a Digital Twin of the EU Electricity Grid    

    Public procurements    

    1. Study on how to mobilize industrial capacity building for advanced biofuels    

    2. Technical support for low carbon and renewables policy development and implementation    

    3. Support to the development, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of climate, energy and mobility research and innovation policy activities    

    4. Extension of the METIS energy model in terms of market design, demand sector granularity and interface with regions outside of Europe    

    5. Development of standardisation methods for eco-design and energy labelling of photovoltaic products    

    6. Development of a recyclability index for photovoltaic products    

    7. Comprehensive study on the internalisation of external costs in transport    

    8. Support to R&I strategic planning and implementation with regard to smart energy systems, ensuring feedback from R&I projects and communities to policy-making processes    

    9. Study on the macro-economic impacts of the climate transition    

    10. Dissemination and information activities    

    Subscription actions    

    1. Contribution to Technology Collaboration Programmes (TCPs) of the International Energy Agency (IEA)    

    2. Subscription of the EU to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)    

    3. Contribution to the International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA)    

    4. Voluntary contribution to participation in workstreams of the Clean Energy Ministerial    

    5. Contribution to the International Energy Agency (IEA) – Energy Efficiency Hub (EE HUB)    

    Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre    

    1. Continuation of the Transport Research and Innovation Monitoring and Information System    

    2. Upgrading of the TENtec alternative fuels infrastructure analyses to support research and policy    

    3. Support for the design and implementation of cost-effective solutions for zero-emission HDVs    

    4. European Storage Inventory    

    Indirectly managed actions    

    1. Contribution to InvestEU blending operation under the Green Transition product    

    2. Research on aviation safety and sustainability issues to prepare future standards and regulations    

    Expert contract actions    

    1. Experts for the monitoring of actions    

    2. External expertise to advise on EU research and innovation policy    

    Budget    

    Introduction

    The overarching driver for this cluster is to accelerate the twin green and digital transitions and associated transformation of our economy, industry and society with a view to achieving climate neutrality in Europe by 2050. This encompasses the transition to greenhouse gas neutrality of the energy and mobility sectors by 2050 at the latest (as well as that of other sectors not covered by this cluster), while boosting their competitiveness, resilience, and utility for citizens and society. Europe has been at the forefront of climate science and is committed to keep delivering the knowledge for enabling efficient pathways and just transitions to climate neutrality.

    Activities of this work programme support the implementation of the Paris Agreement and the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 1 . By creating more jobs, accelerating economic and social transformation, faster digitalisation and by generating innovation-based and inclusive growth, activities will aid Europe’s recovery 2 in the wake of the COVID-19 crisis, contributing directly to the Commission priorities of a European Green Deal, a Europe fit for the digital age, and an economy that works for people.

    The European Climate Law 3 requires the EU economy and society to become climate-neutral by 2050 in a socially fair and cost-efficient manner and, as an intermediate target, to reduce net greenhouse gas emissions by at least 55% by 2030 (compared to 1990 levels). To deliver on these targets, the Commission proposed ‘Fit for 55’ legislative packages in July 4 and December 5 2021.

    Following Russia’s military aggression against Ukraine, the European Commission published the REPowerEU Communication 6 which emphasises the need to ramp up rapidly and efficiently the clean energy transition. In line with the REPowerEU priorities, this work programme contributes to move towards the elimination of Europe’s dependency on Russian fossil fuel imports by bolstering the diversification of Europe’s gas supply 7 , the electrification of the energy system 8 and the transformation of (energy-intensive) industries 9 . Complementary to that, the work programme supports the reduction of the transport sector’s dependency from fossil fuels 10 .

    Research and Innovation plays a central role in accelerating and navigating the necessary transitions; deploying, demonstrating and de-risking solutions; and engaging citizens in social innovation. The rate at which European research and innovation actions succeed in developing, upscaling, implementing, and commercialising innovative solutions will steer EU’s future competitiveness of its existing and newly emerging industries in European and global markets.

    Cluster 5 supports the EU’s strategic objectives through activities included in this work programme and through the support of Institutional European Partnerships 11 which are implemented through dedicated structures. Although the latter activities are not included in this work programme, it is of great importance to maximise synergy and coherence between activities regardless of their implementation mode 12 .

    Activities in this work programme will contribute to all Key Strategic Orientations (KSOs) of the Strategic Plan (KSO C being the one with the most direct contribution):

    1.Promoting an open strategic autonomy 13  by leading the development of key digital and, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations;

    2.Restoring Europe’s ecosystems and biodiversity, and managing sustainably natural resources to ensure food security and a clean and healthy environment;

    3.Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

    4.Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.

    To contribute to these programme-level KSOs, cluster 5 will deliver on six specific expected impacts. In this work programme, each expected impact has been transformed into a specific Destination (see table below). This Destination-based work programme structure follows a thematic centre-of-gravity approach, but activities in a given Destination can of course have a cross-cutting character and will often contribute to multiple expected impacts. The specific contribution to the overall expected impacts is explained in the introductory text of each Destination.

    Expected Impact (Strategic Plan)

    Destination (Cluster 5 work programme)

    Transition to a climate-neutral and resilient society and economy enabled through advanced climate science, pathways and responses to climate change (mitigation and adaptation) and behavioural transformations.

    1. Climate sciences and responses for the transformation towards climate neutrality

    Clean and sustainable transition of the energy and transport sectors towards climate neutrality facilitated by innovative crosscutting solutions.

    2. Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition

    More efficient, clean, sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply through new solutions for smart grids and energy systems based on more performant renewable energy solutions.

    3. Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

    Efficient and sustainable use of energy, accessible for all is ensured through a clean energy system and a just transition.

    4. Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

    Towards climate-neutral and environmentally friendly mobility through clean solutions across all transport modes while increasing global competitiveness of the EU transport sector.

    5. Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes

    Safe, seamless, smart, inclusive, resilient, climate neutral and sustainable mobility systems for people and goods thanks to user-centric technologies and services including digital technologies and advanced satellite navigation services.

    6. Safe Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods

    According to the intervention logic of this work programme, Destination 1 fosters climate science and thus helps to identify effective and efficient pathways and responses to climate change. Destination 2 supports different cross-cutting technologies and solutions for climate, energy and mobility applications. Destination 3 and 4 focusses mainly on energy issues – Destination 3 on making energy supply more sustainable, secure and competitive; Destination 4 on reducing energy demand of buildings and industry and enabling their more active role in a smart energy system. Destination 5 and 6 improve the performance of transport modes and mobility solutions – Destination 5 increases the competitiveness and climate/environmental performance of different transport modes; Destination 6 advances mobility services and solutions at system level for passengers and goods.

    Horizon Europe is the EU’s research and innovation support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that shares policy objectives. Through the programme, special attention will be given to ensuring cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium enterprises, and citizens and their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe’s future. Calls could be EU Synergies calls, meaning that projects that have been awarded a grant under the call could have the possibility to also receive funding under other EU programmes, including relevant shared management funds. In this context, project proposers should consider and actively seek synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) 14 , European Social Fund Plus (ESF+) 15 , Just Transition Fund 16 , LIFE 17 , Innovation Fund 18 , InvestEU 19 , European Defence Fund (EDF) 20 ), where appropriate, as well as private funds or financial instruments. The ERDF focuses amongst others on the development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support investment in research infrastructure, activities for applied research and innovation, including industrial research, experimental development and feasibility studies, building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF.

    The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) 21 – currently available in all Member States – aims at financing projects that directly tackle the economic and social impacts from the COVID-19 crisis and supports the green and digital transition. For project ideas that directly contribute to these objectives it is advisable to check access to the RRF for a fast and targeted support.

    With a view to be more effective in achieving impact, proposals are expected to synergise with other relevant initiatives funded at EU level, including the Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs) of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) 22 . The innovation ecosystems created and nurtured by the EIT KICs (e.g. EIT Climate-KIC, EIT InnoEnergy, EIT Raw Materials) can in particular contribute to building communities or platforms for coordination and support actions, sharing knowledge or disseminating and fostering the exploitation of the project results. Where relevant, and without prejudice to the direct participation of the EIT KICs in the R&I activities under this destination, proposals are encouraged to explore other forms and means of service provisions distinct from the EIT KICs that can be complementary to the considered proposals and their activities. Collaboration with other innovation communities that can well support the project implementation and impact is also encouraged. Any such cooperation should be based on adequate intellectual property management strategies.

    Research has proven that Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) and stakeholders‘ involvement in the design phase of a project is pivotal to facilitate societal buy-in and long-lasting market integration of a system or technology, so they are addressed in relevant topics across the six destinations of the Cluster 5 work programme. Activities in this work programme should also pay attention to potential (biological) sex and (socio-cultural) gender differences when it comes to users’ preferences and safety issues.

    In this work programme, a pilot is applied to Innovation Actions implementing co-programmed European Partnerships, involving a funding rate of 60% (except for non-profit legal entities), with the aim to enhance industrial contributions. Participating topics (i.e. with a funding rate of 60%) have been selected randomly in 2023 and 2024 calls to enable analysing the effects of the lower funding rate.

    Horizon Europe’s approach to international cooperation consist of multilateralism and purposeful openness, combined with targeted actions with key third-country partners. Actions focus on aligning national, European and global efforts and investments in research and innovation areas that contribute towards achieving key European Commission priorities. With regard to cluster 5, the Commission pushes the acceleration of clean energy innovation through the Mission Innovation 23 Initiative, which was launched at COP21 and currently comprises 24 countries and the European Commission. International cooperation of EU Member States and Associated Countries in the context of Mission Innovation in relevant topics in this work programme is encouraged. In addition, this work programme specifically addresses cooperation with African countries and cooperation on sustainable decarbonisation with major emitting countries around the world, in line with the spirit of the Paris Agreement which emphasises the need for global cooperation on technology development and transfer. Legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.

    For topics in this cluster, consortia could consider their voluntary contribution in terms of data, indicators and knowledge to relevant Joint Research Centre (JRC) platforms for capitalising the knowledge developed in their projects and become more policy relevant:

    1.Life cycle assessment (LCA) and its relevant application to value chain assessment: European Platform on Life cycle assessment (EPLCA, https://eplca.jrc.ec.europa.eu/ ) and making reference to the Environmental footprint method when applying LCA ( https://ec.europa.eu/environment/eussd/smgp/index.htm );

    2.Raw materials: Raw materials information system (RMIS, https://rmis.jrc.ec.europa.eu/ );

    3.Soil and soil related issues: European Soil Observatory (ESO, https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/eu-soil-observatory );

    4.The natural capital accounting: INCA platform ( https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/ecosystem-accounts ).

    5.Strategic Energy Technologies Information System: SETIS ( https://setis.ec.europa.eu/index_en );

    6.The Transport Research and Innovation Monitoring and Information System: TRIMIS ( https://trimis.ec.europa.eu/ );

    7.The Energy and Industry Geography Lab: EIGL ( https://energy-industry-geolab.jrc.ec.europa.eu/ ).

    For the purpose of the technology progress monitoring against the European Green Deal Objectives, all actions related to hydrogen and fuel cells funded under this work programme shall report directly or indirectly on an annual basis in a secure online data collection platform managed by the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking and the European Commission. The reporting shall consist of filling in the template questionnaire(s) relevant to the project content (and the technology development and TRL).

    Destination – Climate sciences and responses for the transformation towards climate neutrality

    Europe has been at the forefront of climate science and should retain its leadership position to support EU policies as well as international efforts for a global uptake of climate action in line with the Paris Agreement and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), including biodiversity objectives. Advancing climate science and further broadening and deepening the knowledge base is essential to inform the societal transition towards a climate neutral and climate resilient society by 2050, as well as towards a more ambitious greenhouse gas reduction target by 2030. It will involve research that furthers our understanding of past, present and expected future changes in climate and its implications on ecosystems and society, closing knowledge gaps, and the development of the tools that support policy coherence and the implementation of effective mitigation and adaptation solutions.

    The activities implemented under this section will enable the transition to a climate-neutral and resilient society and economy through improving the knowledge of the Earth system and the ability to predict and project its changes under different natural and socio-economic drivers. This includes a better understanding of society’s response and behavioural changes, allowing a better estimation of the impacts of climate change and the design and evaluation of solutions and pathways for climate change mitigation and adaptation and related social transformation.

    This Destination contributes directly to the Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientation D ”Making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems” and the impact area “Climate change mitigation and adaptation”.

    In line with the Strategic Plan, the overall expected impact of this Destination is to contribute to the “Transition to a climate-neutral and resilient society and economy enabled through advanced climate science, pathways and responses to climate change (mitigation and adaptation) and behavioural transformations”, notably through:

    1.Advancing knowledge and providing solutions in the any of following areas:

    1.Earth system science;

    2.Pathways to climate neutrality;

    3.Climate change adaptation;

    4.Climate services;

    5.Social science for climate action; and

    6.Better understanding of climate-ecosystems interactions.

    2.Contributing substantially to key international assessments such as those of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) or the European Environment Agency (e.g. European environment - state and outlook reports, SOER).

    3.Strengthening the European Research Area on climate change.

    4.Increasing the transparency, robustness, trustworthiness and practical usability of the knowledge base on climate change for use by policy makers, practitioners, other stakeholders and citizens.

    Coordination and synergies should be fostered between activities supported under this destination and those under other destinations of cluster 5, as well as with other clusters of Horizon Europe.

    In particular, complementarities with cluster 4 and cluster 6 should be taken into account by planning for adequate resources for co-ordination and clustering activities. Following a systemic approach, this destination concentrates on activities related to climate science and modelling, whereas cluster 4 supports activities in the area of low-carbon and circular industry, and cluster 6 contributes to R&I on the implementation of climate change mitigation and adaptation solutions in the areas covered by cluster 6 (notably Intervention Area (IA) 1 on biodiversity and nature-based solutions (NBS), Earth observation, IA 4 on seas, oceans and inland waters…).

    Coordination and synergies are also encouraged with the activities funded under the work programmes on the Horizon Europe missions, in particular the Mission “Adaptation to Climate Change”, the Mission “Climate Neutral and Smart Cities” and the Mission “Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030”. While this destination supports upstream research activities on climate science, the Missions focus on the testing, demonstration and scale up of solutions to address the challenges of climate change and environmental degradation.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant ongoing and selected projects for cross-projects cooperation, consultations and joint activities on crosscutting issues and share of results, as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this end, proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    Synergies are also sought throughout this destination with the work of the European Space Agency (ESA), in order to ensure complementarity and mutual benefit regarding research and innovation actions conducted at the ESA.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01

    107.50

    18 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02

    10.00

    18 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01

    103.00

    05 Mar 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    117.50

    103.00

    Call - Climate sciences and responses

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 24

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 25

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 13 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 18 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-01

    RIA

    16.00 26

    Around 8.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-02

    RIA

    14.00 27

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-03

    RIA

    8.00 28

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-04

    RIA

    16.00 29

    Around 8.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-05

    RIA

    5.50 30

    Around 5.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-06

    RIA

    10.00 31

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-07

    RIA

    12.00 32

    Around 12.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-08

    CSA

    3.00 33

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-09

    RIA

    8.00 34

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-10

    RIA

    5.00 35

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-11

    RIA

    10.00 36

    Around 5.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    107.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Earth system science

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-01: Further climate knowledge through advanced science and technologies for analysing Earth observation and Earth system model data

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 37 .

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

    Expected Outcome: Actions are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Better knowledge of the past, present and future of the Earth System, relevant for regional or international assessments like those of the IPCC.

    2.Support to the development of targeted and cost-efficient climate mitigation or adaptation strategies in Europe.

    3.Advanced data science capacities and skills for climate data analysis, capacity building and training.

    4.Lasting cooperation between Earth System research, Earth Observation data providers, Data science and high-performance computing (HPC) infrastructures.

    Scope: The EU and its Member States have invested massively in Earth Observation (EO), for example with the Copernicus Programme, the development of climate and Earth System Models (ESMs), and their contribution to the implementation of Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS), which are yielding unprecedented volumes of data. This topic aims at spurring the exploitation of these assets through advanced data technologies, including artificial intelligence techniques like machine learning or explainability, or new statistical approaches based on the cooperation between “big data” engineers, EO specialists and climate scientists.

    Actions should create new insights in key processes of the Earth system and improve climate predictions based on advanced exploitation of EO data and their appropriate integration in existing or new data assimilation or modelling approaches. The activities should also lead to improved evaluation tools to facilitate the analysis of ESMs by developing new process-oriented diagnostics to better understand remaining biases and drifts, or unresolved processes or coupling in models, and improve model parameterisation and tuning. Actions should develop new tools or approaches to increase the efficiency (i.e. speed) in analysing model outputs to facilitate the study of such vast amounts of data. Actions should also distil more tailored, usable and reliable information from models and observations for assessing risks caused by extreme weather and climate events in Europe in the coming decades and contribute to an improved detection of climate change on varying space and time scales.

    Actions should build on the results of, and cooperate with, past and ongoing scientific research related to EO and ESMs 38 , as well as adaptation strategies at global and regional levels, e.g. the science base supporting the Copernicus Services, ESA data cubes, the relevant action within the GEO multiannual WP, the EuroHPC JU investments in HPC capabilities or Destination Earth.

    When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, going well beyond documentation, as much as possible, and extending to aspects, such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 39 . In particular, beneficiaries of EU funding are required to publish results data in open access repositories and/or as annexes to publications, and provide full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved. Projects should take into account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code, such as those resulting from projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02 on the development of community-based approaches.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-02: Climate-related tipping points

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 40 .

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

    Expected Outcome: Actions are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.New or improved models for climate predictions or projections, which take into account climate-related potential tipping points and their impacts and are relevant for major assessments like those of the IPCC and IPBES.

    2.Better understanding of potential compound or cascading effects on climate, ecosystems and society as a consequence of crossing specific tipping points.

    3.Increased capacity to identify unknown tipping elements and early warning signals when a tipping point is approached.

    4.Contribution to mitigation policies with view to the Paris Agreement and the EU Biodiversity Strategy 2030, taking into account the precautionary principle, with respect to abrupt responses, hysteresis and other non-linear behaviour of the Earth system.

    5.Input to adaptation strategies for the most affected regions, globally, addressing the risks of crossing climatic tipping points and related impacts on ecosystems and biodiversity.

    Scope: Elements of the Earth system, including ecosystems, can suffer relatively rapid transitions in response to small changes in forcings, a process known as crossing a tipping point. Such transitions are often irreversible: the system does not return to its original state even when the forcing that caused it is brought back to its original value. The transition to a new state would have a high (even catastrophic) impact across multiple regions, physical processes, ecosystems and biodiversity, and should therefore be avoided (in line with the EU’s biodiversity strategy for 2030). Some of these tipping points may have already been crossed or have a high probability of being crossed during this century, like those caused in the ocean by warming, acidification and deoxygenation. Early warning signals, reversibility, hysteresis and resilience should be addressed through appropriate analysis methods. Mitigation pathways and safe operating spaces for humanity should be assessed and communicated to targeted audiences.

    The ability and/or sensitivity of global Earth system models (ESM) to simulate tipping point crossings and other non-linear behaviour requires solid process understanding, firmly rooted in observational evidence, including from paleo-records. These processes need to be correctly represented in ESMs. The probability and impact of tipping point crossings and abrupt system changes need to be better quantified for a sound risk analysis (including aspects of irreversibility), addressing for example impacts on agriculture, fisheries, or health. Further, the approach to and crossing of tipping points lead to a loss of ecosystem resilience, causing a compounding effect in ecosystems already stressed due to non-climatic factors, and the potential for cascading impacts across trophic webs and ecosystems.

    Projects should build on the results of and cooperate with, past and ongoing scientific research related to tipping points, abrupt ecosystems change and potential mitigation and adaptation strategies at global and regional levels.

    When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 41 . In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access repositories and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected. Finally, projects should take into account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code, such as those resulting from projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02 on the development of community-based approaches.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-03: Climate impacts of a hydrogen economy

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: The objective of this topic is to achieve greater understanding among policy makers and stakeholders of the climate impact of large-scale deployment of hydrogen as an energy carrier or industrial feedstock, and options for addressing it. This will inform policy makers in the context of the European Green Deal, as well as alerting actors in the private sector to the environmental risks, including water and land use, opportunities and co-benefits associated with a hydrogen economy.

    Actions are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.A rigorous assessment of the behaviour of hydrogen in the oxidizing cycles of the atmosphere related to methane, water vapour, carbon monoxide and ozone.

    2.A rigorous assessment of the ways in which large-scale production, distribution and use of hydrogen (e.g. as an energy carrier or industrial feedstock) can affect anthropogenic radiative forcing.

    3.Better monitoring tools (methodologies and instruments) for detecting and quantifying hydrogen leakage (in situ or through remote sensing).

    In each case, it will be necessary to consider direct and indirect radiative forcing, both from hydrogen (e.g. potential leakages) and from other forcers associated with, or displaced by, its production, its transport and consumption.

    Scope: Successful consortia should conduct all of the following activities:

    1.To provide a better knowledge in order to achieve deeper and more precise understanding of the overall mechanisms driving the hydrogen cycle and its future development under concentrations higher than historically observed (with a specific focus on hydrogen sink processes).

    2.Thorough analysis of the radiative forcing impacts of hydrogen, specifically by investigating the mechanistic interactions of hydrogen with tropospheric gases, in particular methane, carbon monoxide, nitrous oxide and the potential to increase atmospheric water vapour.

    3.Assessment of all of the following aspects:

    1.Direct and indirect effects in the atmosphere and their environmental implications (e.g. on the ozone layer).

    2.The potential of systems, technologies and markets associated with large-scale hydrogen deployment to alter atmospheric hydrogen concentrations.

    3.The channels through which large-scale deployment of hydrogen could reduce global warming (e.g. by replacing fossil fuels or storing energy to balance intermittent sources of renewables).

    4.The channels through which large-scale deployment of hydrogen could contribute to global warming (e.g. through leakages in the supply chain, efficiency of production and conversion processes, creation of a market for natural gas, decommissioning, displacement of other low carbon technologies).

    5.Options for mitigating any global warming risks associated with hydrogen deployment (e.g. through leakage detection technologies).

    Proposals are also invited to:

    1.Identify any significant non-climate co-benefits or side effects of hydrogen deployment (e.g. on air, soil and water quality, as well as water resource availability).

    2.Consider the extent to which the risks of climate impacts from hydrogen deployment vary between different uses (e.g. energy, industry, transport).

    3.Consider opportunities for mitigating such risks.

    4.Disseminate their findings to relevant stakeholders such as national public authorities and the European Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking.

    Projects are encouraged to seek, during their lifetime, collaboration with possible complementary projects funded by the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on determination of hydrogen releases from the H2 value chain.

    When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 42 . In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access databases and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-04: Improved knowledge in cloud-aerosol interaction

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 43 .

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

    Expected Outcome: This activity is expected to enhance our understanding of the cloud-aerosol interactions and their impacts in the Earth system and to include developing advanced algorithms as well as high-resolution models to better reproduce realistic cloud phase and structures, its interactions with different types of aerosols and their radiative impacts.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Enhanced large community effort in Europe to bring together the latest advances in science, modelling, in situ, ground-based, oceanic, and airborne remote sensing as well as satellite observations to tackle the complex cloud-aerosol interactions.

    2.Improved Earth systems models and better long-term climate projections, and/or climate prediction, in particular at seasonal and decadal time scales.

    3.Better understanding of convective systems leading to improved predictions of extreme events.

    4.Reduced uncertainties in climate models through a better representation of cloud formation, aerosol-cloud interaction, and their combined radiative properties.

    5.Use and assimilation of aerosol and cloud products from novel satellites (e.g. Earth CARE 44 , MetOp-SG 45 ) for climate model improvement and validation and/or weather predictions.

    6.Contribution to IPCC assessments and other outputs by addressing this major knowledge gap in the Earth system and important source of uncertainty in climate models.

    Scope: The challenge of this topic is to improve the representation of cloud life cycle, aerosol-cloud interactions and chemistry, cloud vertical structures, and the radiative properties of the various aerosol and cloud types that is the largest source of uncertainty in today’s climate models, and represent an important knowledge gap in Earth system and climate science, and in the Earth radiation budget in particular. This requires better understanding of multiple scattering of radiation within the three-dimensional structure of clouds and different direct and indirect effects of aerosols on radiative transfer. It will lead also to a strengthened understanding of mechanisms through which clouds and aerosols significantly modify the planetary albedo and Earth-radiation budget. The science of cloud formation and its impact on climate should be advanced through an integrated use of in situ and satellite observations in high-resolution models which reproduce realistic cloud structures and their radiative properties.

    The projects should address this challenge through:

    1.Making use of new and existing, in situ and satellite measurements, including reanalysis, new parameters such as water isotope composition, and laboratory experiments, in combination with new analysis methods, to advance the scientific understanding of the complex interactions between aerosols, clouds and climate at a fundamental level.

    2.Developing novel descriptions of fundamental sub-grid scale aerosol and cloud processes in Earth System models to better represent the radiative and precipitation properties of various aerosol and cloud types in the models.

    3.Linking aerosol and cloud processes to hydrologic cycle and advancing understanding of their role for evaporation and precipitation in nature and models.

    4.Enhancing the systematic and coordinated collection and use of ground-based or airborne observing systems from relevant existing networks (e.g. Earlinet, Aeronet, ACTRIS). These datasets will also be critical to enhance satellite retrievals and validation of cloud and aerosols parameters.

    5.Coordinating with the satellite community where needed e.g. Metop-SG, especially for supporting the validation needs of new missions such as ESA’s EarthCARE.

    6.Establishing in the course of the projects wide-open access to the observation data produced within relevant measurement network databases (e.g. ACTRIS).

    7.Contributing to assimilation of cloud data in climate models from the “40 years” record of satellite data available and other means of cloud observations.

    This topic is part of a coordination initiative between the European Space Agency (ESA) and the EC on Earth System Science. Under the EC-ESA Earth System Science Initiative, both institutions aim at coordinating efforts to support complementary collaborative projects, funded on the EC side through Horizon Europe, and on the ESA side through the ESA FutureEO programme as part of the ESA Atmosphere Science Cluster 46 and relevant ESA activities related to the use of the EarthCARE mission.

    Proposals should address the collaboration with ongoing or future ESA Atmosphere Science Cluster projects, including those that will be funded through dedicated coordinated invitations to tender, and should towards this end include sufficient means and resources for effective coordination.

    When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 47 . In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected. Projects should take into account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code, such as those resulting from projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02 on the development of community-based approaches.

    Climate change mitigation, pathways to climate neutrality

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-05: Science for successful, high-integrity voluntary climate initiatives

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Recommendations, guidance and capacity building to help governments and non-state actors ensure high integrity in voluntary climate change mitigation initiatives through enhanced evaluation, design, implementation and monitoring.

    2.Helping to translate scientific consensus and knowledge (e.g. IPCC reports) and government commitments (e.g. under the Paris Agreement), into meaningful corporate and other non-state climate strategies and actions.

    3.Contribution to the implementation of the Paris Agreement and the European Green Deal through support to development and scaling up of high-quality voluntary initiatives that deliver genuine climate benefits in Europe and globally.

    4.Development of a standardised framework for the assessment of carbon offsetting schemes.

    5.Reducing risks of greenwashing, including in the use of offsets, and also of technology-lock-ins.

    Scope: To meet the goals of the Paris Agreement global GHG emissions should reach “net-zero” by mid-century and be halved by 2030 compared to current levels. This requires immediate, rapid and large-scale emissions reductions across all sectors of the economy. Voluntary initiatives and pledges by non-state actors, such as the private sector, financial institutions, civil society, cities and subnational authorities could help fill the gap, mobilise finance and accelerate the transformation process. However, the integrity-related concerns of these actions must first be overcome and require better understanding of the actual climate impacts and other potential side-effects.

    This action should advance the knowledge about the role of voluntary initiatives in achieving the objectives of the Paris Agreement and the European Green Deal, including consistency and interactions with global/national government commitments, regulated markets and between each other. It should address barriers and weaknesses associated with voluntary initiatives, such as inconsistency of definitions and claims (e.g. net-zero, carbon positive, carbon negative, climate neutral, etc.), their environmental integrity, fragmentation, complexity, poor measurement, verification and reporting practices as well as concerns related to additionality, double counting, transparency, governance, and accounting of the wider social and ecological consequences.

    The action should evaluate the role of compensation schemes in voluntary climate initiatives, and the implications for transition pathways. To this end, it should improve the understanding of the impacts of carbon offsets, assess their risks and limitations, investigate how offsets affect and interact with other emission abatement options, and under which conditions they could accelerate cost-effective mitigation. It should analyse the scientific integrity of various existing offsetting schemes, identify their strengths and weaknesses and develop clear scientific guidance about their proper use to safeguard climate-positive outcomes. This should include identification of synergies and avoidance of trade-offs with other policy objectives, such as biodiversity related ones, and full respect of the “do no significant harm” principle. Any promotion of offsetting schemes is out of scope of this call.

    The action should also explore and assess different options for improved monitoring, reporting and verification of various voluntary climate initiatives, including through leveraging of satellite-based earth observation such as Copernicus/ Galileo/EGNOS.

    Finally, it should enhance the modelling tools and integrated assessment frameworks to better integrate voluntary climate initiatives into transition pathway analysis and to address the specific needs of non-state actors (but not necessarily with a single model/tool).

    Co-creation with various stakeholders in the private and public sectors, including actors from developing countries, is expected under this action to ensure that the outcomes produced remain relevant for the end-users.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant ongoing and selected projects for cross-projects cooperation and exchange of results, including as participation in joint meetings and communication events.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-06: Broadening the range of policy options in transition pathway analysis

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.A broader range of policy options that reflect different visions of sustainability and resilience based on alternative economic, technological and societal futures and reflecting different perspectives from economics, (other) social and natural sciences.

    2.Assessment of long-term feasibility of reconciling economic growth with climate and other environmental objectives and consequences for mitigation pathways.

    3.More comprehensive understanding of the implications of Paris Agreement-aligned transformation for other (than climate) environmental thresholds and social outcomes, including equity, fairness and justice, as a basis for fostering synergies between climate action and other policy goals such as those embedded in the Sustainable Development Agenda.

    4.Increased diversity of frameworks and scenarios used in climate change mitigation modelling.

    5.Enhanced assessments of 1) energy and material demands and their links to the macro-economy, 2) behavioural and lifestyle changes, including sufficiency measures and their representation in integrated assessment models and 3) circular economy approaches to decrease the use of energy and materials.

    6.Development of knowledge to inform future major international scientific assessments such as reports by IPCC and IPBES.

    Scope: There is an urgent need for a new paradigm that reconciles continued development of human societies with the maintenance of the Earth system in a resilient and stable state. Meeting the ambitious goals of the Paris Agreement while simultaneously respecting other environmental and social constraints would require not only rapid reductions of GHG emissions and other climate forcers, but also decoupling of economic output from material throughput, pollution and biodiversity loss. However, empirical evidence demonstrates a strong relationship between economic growth (expressed in GDP terms) and GHG emissions, energy use, demand for raw materials, land and other natural resources, as well as pollution. Projections indicate that, with existing growth trajectories, absolute decoupling on the scale required could prove extremely challenging.

    Actions should advance knowledge on the feasibility of the green growth paradigm in the context of transition to climate neutrality, including improved understanding of underlying challenges and opportunities, and by building on the latest scientific evidence. They should explore alternative (to growth-oriented) socio-economic scenarios (such as, but not limited to, degrowth, postgrowth, or “Doughnut” economic models) which could support the transition to climate neutrality. Research should look well beyond general concepts and explore (where possible quantified) the practical implications, benefits, barriers, conditions for delivering strong social outcomes and feasibility of pursuing such alternative options as a viable policy choice within the EU and beyond. In their work, actions should examine the role of emerging/potential trends (such as digitalisation, circularity, structural changes in the economy, relocalisation of value chains), geopolitical events and shifts in societal values (e.g. COVID related) in shaping future socio-economic development and assess their impacts on the achievement of climate policy objectives. The analysis should also account for the accelerating impacts of climate change and embrace interlinkages with other policy goals, notably biodiversity, resource conservation and human development related. Building on these results, actions should draw conclusions for Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) and long-term strategies under the Paris Agreement.

    Actions should address some of the following aspects in their research:

    1.Improve the understanding of the dynamics between economic growth and energy, materials’ use, pollution and land demand. This could include assessing whether shifts within a GDP-based system, such as a greater share of services and recognition of household labour in national statistics, affect the degree of compatibility of economic growth with climate and biodiversity goals.

    2.Advance knowledge about the role and potential of lifestyle changes and sufficiency-oriented measures in the overall strategies towards climate neutrality and in the context of other environmental goals, improve their quantification and representation in modelling frameworks and explore the socio-economic, cultural, institutional, infrastructural, regulatory and other conditions for scaling-up.

    3.Identify and explore the main barriers to adoption of alternatives to growth-based economic models. For example: How plausible is it for policy makers to embrace them? Are there real-world examples? Can a region such as Europe pursue alternative approaches unilaterally?

    4.Assess the relationship between continued economic growth and societal well-being. Investigate alternative approaches to delivering social progress and evaluate the well-being outcomes of measures to transform societies towards climate-neutrality, taking into account distributional and equity related considerations as well as a broad range of well-being indicators and differences between social and economic groups.

    5.Investigate how alternative economic approaches could be explained to and accepted by citizens and businesses concerned about both climate and their livelihoods/operating conditions. For example, which concrete day-to-day changes would be required? What are the implications for living standards? How would professions work? What dis/-incentives would firms face to compete, expand and innovate?

    6.Assess the risks of disruption to energy, food and other key commodity markets based on alternative future transition pathways and development paradigms.

    7.Explore potential future development paradigms in both high-income and developing economies, taking into account fairness dimension, and evaluate implications for the transition process towards climate neutrality.

    The projects are expected to take a truly interdisciplinary approach, leveraging natural, economic and other social sciences to inform policies capable of delivering on multiple environmental, economic and social objectives simultaneously while taking into account constraints related to feasibility and acceptability.

    When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond model documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 48 . In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish data and results in open access databases and/or as annexes to publications.

    Successful proposals should establish synergies with the projects resulting from the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-02: Modelling the role of the circular economy for climate change mitigation 49 as well as with the future project resulting from the topic “HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-06: The role of climate change foresight for primary and secondary raw materials supply” as regards implications for resource demand and the associated GHG emissions.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines (e.g. sociology, economics, behavioural sciences, gender studies, etc.) and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Climate change impacts and adaptation

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-07: Modelling for local resilience - Developments in support of local adaptation assessments and plans

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support to the implementation of the EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change and the Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change, by enabling better informed adaptation plans and strategies at the regional and local level.

    2.Strengthen science-based decision-making when it comes to resilience and disaster risk management, including on the role of nature-based solutions.

    3.Stronger local adaptive capacity.

    4.Improved synergies between national, regional and local Green Deal objectives, in particular adaptation action.

    5.Better coordinated and more impactful R&I activities on adaptation modelling and risk assessment.

    Scope: The EU strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change 50 stresses the need to increase local resilience, as one of its key implementation actions. The Horizon Europe Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change has been launched in September 2021 with the aim to support at least 150 European regions and communities to become climate resilient by 2030. Yet resources and tools to address adaptation at the local level are often scarce. To improve the support to local adaptation action it is essential to increase the availability, reliability, accessibility and resolution of climate information, in combination with non-climatic natural and anthropogenic drivers, at local and regional scale considering local specificities.

    Therefore, actions should:

    1.Develop and test user-friendly high-resolution climate physical risk assessments models. This could include improvements in data acquisition, modelling, tools and methods to increase resolution of global climate models and regional climate models in combination with local natural and anthropogenic stressors that underpin risk assessment modelling. Utilize and test relevant resilience models and assessment methods developed in previous R&I programme projects (including FP7 and Horizon 2020).

    2.Consolidate information and data on cost and effectiveness of adaptation actions (including from FP7 and Horizon 2020 projects 51 ) at local level, in particular actions that integrate both adaptation and mitigation and in particular nature-based solutions that address both biodiversity and climate crisis. Carry out work to close the remaining knowledge gaps, particularly in bridging climate models with other earth system (natural and anthropogenic) processes. This should also feed into the knowledge basis of the Mission on Adaptation to climate change and be made available to all EU regions and communities. This work could include improvements in modelling, the design of adaptation pathways and other relevant tools in this domain.

    3.Facilitate quick access and operational guidance to knowledge from adaptation – including:

    1.Economic and social implications associated to climate risks.

    2.Cross-sectoral impacts of climate change and their associated uncertainties.

    3.The cost-effectiveness of adaptation actions, and the co-benefits or regrets associated to the actions.

    4.Impact and risk modelling for decision-makers and other stakeholders, in particular to support the development of robust decision-making under uncertainty.

    4.Draw-up a roadmap of R&I priorities on adaptation modelling and associated economic modelling, risk assessment, cost-effectiveness valuation and management tools towards a 2030-2035 timeframe.

    To ensure assessments and tools developed by the projects are truly user-friendly, projects should consider participatory approaches to test such assessments and develop comprehensive and non-technical guides to use the results and outputs of the project(s), at regional and local level in representative cases of the climate regions of Europe 52 .

    The use of environmental observations and Earth systems models innovations funded by EU R&I programmes (FP7, Horizon 2020) is encouraged. This should include using data from the Copernicus Climate Change Services, and other relevant sources (such as GEOSS).

    The project should closely coordinate with and integrate the results of the existing studies and evidence-based research, namely from projects from topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-03 “Towards asset level modelling of climate risks and adaptation” 53 , HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-02-01 “Development of climate change risk assessments in European regions and communities based on a transparent and harmonised Climate Risk Assessment approach” 54 , and the Study on Adaptation Modelling for Policy Support 55 .

    Proposals should include a mechanism and the resources to establish operational links with the Mission Adaptation to Climate Change Implementation Platform and Climate-ADAPT platform (run by the European Environment Agency (EEA) together with DG CLIMA) so project results can be fed into the platform for them to be used by Mission participants, namely regions and communities.

    Coordination with the Destination Earth initiative should be explored to ensure the timely development of “climate replicas” utilising the new state-of-the-art IT infrastructure, including access to EU high performance computing resources and an operational platform to upload and integrate the models and data developed in the course of the projects.

    The participation of social sciences and humanities is key to address the socio-economic, decision-making and local governance aspects of this topic. Furthermore, projects should consider the involvement of citizens and societal actors, to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Social science, citizen science and behavioural science for climate action

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-08: Solar Radiation Modification: governance of research

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 56 .

    Expected Outcome: The purpose of the action is to explore conditions that could lead to the development of a possible governance framework for experimental research in the area of solar radiation modification (SRM), which is to be done on a case-by-case basis. SRM is defined as an approach to reduce solar radiative forcing through means other than through the reduction of net greenhouse gas emissions. The action should identify, on the basis of a comprehensive and balanced assessment of the best available scientific knowledge, as well as the perspectives of stakeholders, whether and how the governance of SRM field research could work in practice.

    The IPCC 6th Assessment Report (Cross-Working Group Box SRM: Solar Radiation Modification 57 ) concluded that SRM could offset some of the effects of anthropogenic warming on global and regional climate, especially if combined with emissions reductions, and with carbon dioxide removal, and phased out gradually. However, a number of risks are associated with its deployment, and the IPCC found that there is low confidence in our understanding of the climate response, especially at regional scales. At international level, its deployment is addressed (and strongly discouraged) by the Convention of Biodiversity due to its potentially substantial negative effects on biodiversity. Nevertheless, the topic continues to draw interest, including from non-state actors, as the effects of climate change itself become more evident.

    This action should lead to a better understanding of what the risks and conditions are that would make field research acceptable or unacceptable to stakeholders. Such enhanced understanding is sought without prejudice to its potential use in policy-making or regulation.

    Scope: In order to achieve the expected outcome, proposals should address all of the following:

    1.Synthesis of the state of the art regarding the potential contribution of SRM to climate stabilisation, and its associated risks.

    2.Clarification of what activities constitute SRM, and the extent to which SRM is permitted, prohibited and/or governed within the ERA at present.

    3.Proposal of principles and guidelines that could be used by a public authority for permitting, prohibiting or supervising SRM field experiments on a case-by-case basis. Factors to consider could include inter alia:

    1.Scientific and operational preconditions (e.g. monitoring mechanisms during and after research, time horizon, contingency planning).

    2.Legal issues (e.g. liability for impacts).

    3.Decision-making processes and ethical considerations (e.g. Who gets to decide? Procedural aspects such as how to ensure broad, informed stakeholder consultation).

    4.Approaches to cost-benefit analysis and risk assessment in a context of uncertainty (risk of action, and risk of inaction).

    4.An inclusive expert and stakeholder dialogue process, aligned with the principles of Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) should be organised in order to inform the analysis mentioned above.

    The action is also encouraged to consider the following questions:

    1.Whether SRM field research under controlled conditions (e.g. within the ERA or like-minded jurisdictions) could lessen the risk of its unregulated deployment elsewhere in the world.

    2.Comparison of the risks of SRM with analogous risk management dilemmas faced by science and society.

    The action should also identify what the characteristics of such a governance framework should be, taking into account issues such as scientific rigour, risk assessment and public legitimacy.

    Promotion of SRM or conducting of SRM field experiments are outside of the scope of this action.

    Actions are encouraged, where relevant, to explore synergies with other initiatives in Europe and beyond investigating Solar Radiation Modification from a technological, regulatory and/or ethical perspective.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-09: Behavioural change and governance for systemic transformations towards climate resilience

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Support to the implementation of the EU Adaptation Strategy and the Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change.

    2.Decision-makers at local, regional, national and European level are able to more effectively scale up and accelerate behavioural change for systemic transformations towards climate resilience, knowing more about relevant social tipping points, leverage points and key governance interventions in this context.

    3.Citizens and civil society have a better understanding of possible individual actions they may wish to undertake or how to contribute to strategic leverage points that bring about behavioural change supporting climate resilience at larger scale. This should also include knowledge or development of possible governance structures and organisational innovations that would help to galvanise the already existing knowledge and activities in many parts of society.

    4.Easier assessment of the potential of and progress in scaling up change in behaviour and creating multiple positive synergies of individual and organisational actions for directing governance to achieving systemic transformations towards climate resilience.

    Scope: No matter how successful our efforts to mitigate further climate change will be, some impacts are or will be unavoidable in the future and we will have to adapt to a warmer world. The question is on what terms this adaptation will take place. With the new Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change and the recently launched Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change on this issue, Europe has set out that the direction of this change will be systemic transformations towards climate neutrality and resilience, by 2050.

    As nations, regions, cities and local communities are now developing their vision and pathways towards climate neutrality and resilience, increased importance is given to the role of behavioural change, and governance and organisational innovation in achieving the systemic transformations needed to regain resilience in a harsher climate future to events and hazards potentially attributable to climate change.

    The objectives of this topic are to reach a better understanding on behavioural change and on how it could be scaled up and connected to the governance of the various drivers of and/or barriers to climate-friendly/climate-resilient behaviour (including EU, national and local policies) to reach the goal of climate neutrality and resilience by 2050.

    The role of individual or community behavioural change in this societal transformation is to be approached as embedded in changes of informational, political, economic and technological systems. Shifts from individual values and community behaviour need to be seen as integrated with societal changes in governance, implying a combination of cultural changes and shifting social norms, alongside interventions by institutions and through the market, communications and media 58 .

    Within this scope, projects are requested to enhance the understanding of:

    1.Social tipping points and leverage points in climate adaptation: to better understand the social acceptability of non-adaptive behaviours or how new adaptive behaviour would become widespread (social tipping points); to better understand how a small shift in one part of a system would generate changes across the system as a whole (leverage points); to better understand how various systems’ leverage points may eventually lead to deliberate transformative tipping points; to understand how increasingly serious threats or consequences of climate change lead to changes of individual and social perceptions and behaviours, and how it leads to changes in local adaptation policies, new social organisation forms and actions. This should also include analysis of incentives and barriers to behavioural change in different spheres of the population (according to gender, social conditions, educational level, etc.).

    2.Features of good governance for systemic transformations to climate resilience: to better understand features and structures of governance and institutions to ensure economically, socially and environmentally just transformations appropriate for the local conditions, e.g. mechanisms leading to most cost-effective solutions; a fair distribution of costs and benefits of the transformations; to better understand features and structures of governance and institutions that generate a high systemic adaptive capacity, e.g. the ability to effectively leverage public-private sector investment for adaptation actions; further operationalisation of the notion of equity and justice to support the required transformative systemic adaptations in governance and policy arrangements.

    3.Transformative conditions, capacities and learning feedbacks needed for systemic change: to better understand the conditions and capacities that would allow individual behaviour to fundamentally change the system in which they operate so that the system further accelerate new learning feedbacks and changes in individual behaviour, e.g. via experimentation and requiring further access to relevant knowledge and information or opportunities to engage in transformative decision-making.

    Projects should focus on all relevant aspects of society, in their interactions with biophysical and climate adaptation components, including, but not limited to, relevant economic sectors, education and up-skilling and re-skilling. Moreover, participatory co-creation approaches at policy making, community, and individual levels, including direct involvement of citizens, new sustainability-oriented business organisations and societal actors where relevant considering social innovation, is highly recommended in order to create robust results. Projects should investigate the dimension of lifestyles and habits and associated factors, motivators and barriers, and be aware of the role of gender and diversity among populations and groups of populations, and how various resources and power relations can influence people’s decisions and willingness to change behaviour.

    Projects are expected to contribute to and establish close coordination with the activities of the Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change. They are strongly encouraged to use the results of the Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change and the Copernicus Climate Change Service as testbed to underpin their findings.

    Finally, projects are requested to develop the following outputs:

    1.Concrete recommendations of operational nature to accelerate systemic change in those regions and communities that served as their case studies.

    2.General guidance for all other actors at national, regional, or communal level about the most feasible and effective leverage point potentially leading to transformative tipping points, including aspects concerning interrelations, alignment and coordination of the actors/stakeholders.

    3.A science for policy operational framework and indicators for assessing the potential of and progress in scaling up change in behaviour and for directing governance to achieving systemic transformations towards climate resilience.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-10: Improving the evidence base regarding the impact of sustainability and climate change education and related learning outcomes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Project(s) are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.A better understanding of which interventions and measures are effective to produce intended but also novel learning outcomes needed for the green transition of our society and economy.

    2.Improved methods for measuring impact and implementation of sustainability and climate-related education.

    3.Better feedback-loops between improved output-oriented monitoring of sustainability and climate-related education and education policy-related decision-making, including planning and reorienting curricula and programmes, to ensure that policy and programmes remain relevant and effective.

    Scope: The dimension of “sustainability and greening of education and training systems” is still relatively new in the EU context 59 . Through the Commission’s proposal on learning for environmental sustainability 60 as well as European sustainability competence framework 61 – both published in 2022 – EU Member States/Associated countries have received new impetus to implement education and training related to the environment and sustainability. For effective policy-making, including development and revision of curricula and study programmes, it is necessary to assess and monitor the impact that sustainability-related education has. The objective of this project is therefore to better understand and to provide recommendations on how to measure what learners actually learn and how this influences mind-set and actions on sustainability at the individual and collective level.

    Projects should therefore:

    1.Address both inputs to and outcomes of learning 62 and the processes that link them: Methods that address impact assessment of learning outcomes require taking into account commitment (e.g. legislation, policy measures, top-level strategies and action plans), context (governance, structure of education system) implementation (e.g. funding, governance, curricula, teacher training, sustainable infrastructure and resource management) and results (e.g. learning outcomes in terms of skills and competences).

    2.Capture the lifelong learning scope and ambition of learning for sustainability: to do so, it will be important to widen the current focus of monitoring pupils and students (mainly at secondary level) to both younger and older generations. Moving beyond formal learning and even beyond education to measuring impact in the wider economy and society requires taking into account contextual factors - both education-related and non-educational - that might influence learning outcomes.

    3.Address novel concepts and competences put forward in sustainability and climate change education, such as participatory and challenge-based education, living labs, exploratory and futures thinking. Such approaches encourage learners to imagine and create what does not yet exist, yet they are difficult to capture with pre-defined targets and indicators. Research should therefore go beyond test-based student assessment, which often serves to monitor and measure impact and progress in the area and include aspects such as links with the local community or interdisciplinary, hands-on and socio-emotional approaches, which are crucial for effective learning for sustainability.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with relevant projects and initiatives, such as the two Horizon 2020 projects ECF4CLIM and GreenSCENT, the GreenComp (the European sustainability competence framework developed by the JRC) for cross-projects cooperation, consultations and joint activities on crosscutting issues, to share their results, as well as to participate in joint meetings and communication events. To this end, proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.

    Projects are requested to develop the following outputs:

    1.A set of indicators to monitor progress in implementing such education measures.

    2.A mapping of policy evaluation methods, monitoring frames and indicators and their relation with approaches and programs in the area of sustainability and climate change education, in EU Member States/Associated countries and internationally, with the objective to identify best practices and reproducible solutions. This should build on work developed during the UN Decade in Education for Sustainable Development (DESD) and the Global Action Programme for Sustainable Development (GAP), which include a “Global Monitoring and Evaluation Framework” as well as evaluation and assessment of impacts through large-scale testing (including international assessments, such as PISA, TIMSS, PIRLS), project-based monitoring/assessment, surveys, etc.

    3.Definition of suitable areas for assessment of the impact of education policies/interventions (e.g. measurement of skills/competence of learners, educators; investment in green education; link between education and engagement in sustainability and climate action; effective communication strategies; training of professionals).

    4.A comprehensive assessment model on the basis of a wide range of indicators (e.g. capturing commitments, implementation and results).

    5.A methodology tailored for conducting impact assessments and evaluations of policies on learning for sustainability (taking into account inputs, processes, context, outcomes), addressed to and adaptable to different education and training approaches and levels in a life-long learning context (i.e. early childhood education and care, school, vocational education and training (VET) and higher education, citizen science, non-formal learning).

    6.Running of minimum 2 case studies using the developed methodology.

    This topic also requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    International cooperation

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-11: Needs-based adaptation to climate change in Africa

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Consortia must include at least 3 entities established in at least 2 different Sub-Saharan African countries 63 .

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Accelerated deployment of climate services to build climate resilience.

    2.Better informed climate adaptation policy response, stronger adaptive capacity and climate resilience in Africa, with a focus on the Sub-Saharan region.

    3.Improved synergies between adaptation action and other policy objectives, notably the Sustainable Development Goals agenda.

    4.Contribution to the international dimension of the EU Adaptation Strategy and to the Africa-EU Partnership.

    5.Knowledge base to underpin major international scientific assessments such as the IPCC Assessment Reports.

    Scope: The African continent is on the frontline of the climate emergency; it is highly vulnerable and adaptation to both present and future impacts of climate change is urgent and crucial to secure its long-term resilience and prosperity but it is challenging in the current economic context. While the demand for high-quality, actionable climate information and services is growing, there is a need for more holistic, better connected, more interactive and more user-oriented approaches across the entire adaptation value chain from knowledge production to users. This ranges from improved knowledge base, through increased accessibility, up to enhanced uptake of information and climate services by end-users spanning policy makers, governmental agencies, local authorities, civil society and the private sector. The focus of this topic is on countries in Sub-Saharan Africa – given the region’s limited response capacities coupled with high vulnerability to climate change impacts that range from droughts, through rising sea levels, cyclones, and floods to rising temperatures and rainfall anomalies with serious implications, notably, for food and water security.

    Actions should:

    1.Improve the understanding of current and future climate related threats (and opportunities) in Africa in the context of socio-demographic developments, extending into sectors/domains that are underexplored from climate-risk perspective and including dynamics between climate, biodiversity, and political/economic risks such as migration, food security and urbanisation patterns. Actions may address improvements in accuracy and skill of forecasts/projections, in particular as regards the sub-seasonal-to-seasonal time scale.

    2.Identify key adaptation challenges, needs and gaps in the broader socio-economic context, including intersection with other policy objectives such as biodiversity protection, increase in agricultural productivity and reduction of inequalities.

    3.Enhance planning, implementation and evaluation of climate adaptation strategies and measures (including ecosystem-based adaptation and nature-based solutions, as well as integrated adaptation and mitigation actions) and the understanding of their socio-economic determinants and benefits.

    4.Improve and upscale existing and/or develop and test new climate services/tools that bridge the gap between information availability and uptake by end-users in different sectors, including through capacity building and addressing issues such as access, uncertainty, trust, risk perception and management, and other barriers. In either case, actions should demonstrate a clear path towards broader deployment of the services developed.

    5.Promote better understanding and enhanced cooperation between various actors such as regional climate centres, national meteorological services, intermediaries, and end-users. Direct participation of relevant entities in the projects is strongly encouraged.

    6.Explore and leverage opportunities associated with the digital revolution (including progress in automation, artificial intelligence, and communications) to improve diffusion of climate knowledge and promote more efficient service delivery.

    7.Advance knowledge on value assessment of climate services and apply it to the services developed within projects.

    Projects may focus on a specific country/region in Sub-Saharan Africa for more customised activities but should evaluate and disseminate information on the broader relevance of their outcomes and options for replication also in other locations.

    Actions should pursue active engagement and consultation with relevant stakeholders such as African government agencies, civil society organisations and citizen groups to harness local knowledge and to better account for end-user needs, taking into account the gender dimension. This should include research on co-production of climate information and user engagement models themselves to define which approaches are most suitable for adaptation purposes. Moreover, social innovation should be considered in order to achieve the expected outcomes.

    Actions should build on previous work and established structures in the region. Participants should make use of the latest socio-economic, geophysical, and other relevant data, leveraging by rapid progress in digital technologies. This should include observational data from the Copernicus part of the EU Space Programme and other relevant sources (such as in the context of GEOSS Global Earth Observation System of Systems).

    Actions should also take into consideration the results of relevant Horizon 2020 projects, such as FOCUS-Africa, Down2Earth, CONFER or HABITABLE, in view of progressing the state of the art and taking the already developed services/tools to the next level.

    In line with the Strategy for EU international cooperation in research and innovation (COM(2021) 252), international cooperation is encouraged and projects should aim at comprehensive involvement of African researchers and organisations, in view of maximising the impact and relevance of the projects.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research. Applicants should ensure that their project and activities do not exacerbate tensions in the region and may consider guidelines to integrate conflict sensitivity in climate action projects.

    Call - Climate sciences and responses

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 64

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 65

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 13 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 18 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02-01

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 2.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02-02

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    10.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    International cooperation

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02-01: EU-China international cooperation on data and model development for pathways to carbon neutrality: focusing on decarbonisation, energy efficiency and socio-economic implications of the transition

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes and to implement the Climate Change and Biodiversity Flagship in compliance with the provisions of the Administrative Arrangement between the European Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China (MOST) on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support Collaborative Research and Innovation projects under the “Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies”, and the “Climate Change and Biodiversity” Joint Flagship Initiatives”, and in accordance with the requirements of the Inter-governmental Science and Technology Innovation (STI) Cooperation Special Programme of MOST.

    1.Consortia must also include as associated partners at least three independent legal entities established in China.

    2.Legal entities established in China can only participate as associated partners; and

    3.Chinese participants must be awarded co-funding by MOST *.

    *This condition will not be fulfilled if, at the time of grant agreement signature, the Chinese participants have not concluded a grant agreement with MOST.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the specific grants awarded by the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST) to the Chinese partners. The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied.

    Expected Outcome: The EU and China have committed to become climate neutral (by 2050) and carbon neutral (by 2060), respectively. Successful proposal(s) will support the transition to a climate neutral and resilient society as part of the EU-China Climate Change and Biodiversity Research Flagship (CCB Flagship).

    Actions are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved knowledge and mutual learning in potential pathways towards carbon neutrality and renewable transition to support achieving both regions’ climate targets.

    2.Overview of promising options and associated benefits and challenges in the short, medium and long-term that are necessary to achieve these climate goals.

    3.Achieved joint of state-of-the-art modelling and dialogue among relevant experts in the two regions.

    Scope: The topic aims at developing a state-of-the-art modelling framework that includes up-to-date representation of technologies and policies in different pathways that lead to climate neutrality from a holistic and sectoral perspective. Successful proposal(s) should include joint work by European and Chinese experts aimed at informing the achievement of each country’s long-term decarbonisation goal. Actions under this call should consider deep reductions and pathways to net zero incorporating mitigation of both CO2 and other greenhouse gas emissions.

    Actions should focus on all of the following main areas (the individual bullets are indicative suggestions for focus within each area):

    a) Energy efficiency and decarbonisation

    1.Adapted models to reflect state-of-the-art greenhouse gas emission data.

    2.Opportunities for decarbonisation of industry and agriculture, for reducing net emissions related to land use, and for mitigation of non-CO2 greenhouse gases. Evaluate the mitigation potential, co-benefits and side effects, and cost-effectiveness of selected technologies in key industries and their potential contribution to a sustainable, secure and affordable transition.

    3.Improving energy efficiency, including through electrification in industrial processes, transport and heating systems, as well as for buildings (including through improved design and construction, retrofitting, establishing or improving energy management systems).

    4.Transformation of energy and transport infrastructure to accommodate zero-carbon technologies and smart demand and to guarantee the reliability of the energy and manufacturing systems.

    5.CCUS technology to improve the efficacy of CO2 capture and the understanding of storage potential and security in key regions and in industries.

    6.Improved knowledge concerning the policies needed to ensure the transformation of the different sectors from fossil fuel-based to net-zero carbon emitters.

    b) Socio-economic implications

    1.Socio-economic challenges and opportunities in the transition to climate neutrality, including the transformation of the labour market and the distributional repercussions for different sectors, social groups and regions.

    2.Consequences of the green transition for human welfare, including on health.

    3.Opportunities and challenges related to consumer behaviour and lifestyle changes (e.g. consumer choices, changes in ways of living and working).

    4.Global implications of EU and China decarbonisation (e.g. through trade and commodity markets, impacts on climate action in third countries).

    c) Dissemination and stakeholder engagement

    1.Strong component of engagement, in terms of co-design and co-creation of the pathways, with public and private sector stakeholders in both regions, in particular with groups whose actions will be key to implementing and achieving the transition.

    This topic is part of the EU-China flagship initiative on Climate Change and Biodiversity, which will promote substantial coordinated and balanced cooperation between the EU and China, and is within the scope of the Administrative Arrangement between the European Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China (MOST) on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support collaborative research projects under the Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) and the Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) flagship initiatives.

    Interactions with other actions developed under the EU-China Climate Change and Biodiversity Research Flagship and/or the Flagship on Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies are encouraged.

    The envisaged knowledge relates only to policy, modelling and pathways definition and planning. Development of specific technologies above TRL 4 are out of the scope of this topic.

    Actions should:

    1.Build on existing modelling work in both regions that has identified credible pathways to net zero emissions, continuing to develop and refine such pathways.

    2.Ensure that EU and China pathways fit into a consistent global framework (e.g. in terms of global carbon budget and use of scarce commodities).

    3.Focus on key milestones and enabling conditions needed in the short-term (e.g. by 2030, 2035) and medium-term (e.g. by 2040) to achieve each region’s net zero goals. Such milestones and conditions are not limited to emissions levels but can include technological roadmaps for key regions and industries, as well as, regulatory, market penetration and socio-economic developments.

    4.Consider different geographical scales and the role of cities in the transition pathways.

    5.Feature a combination of integrated assessment modelling (to demonstrate that pathways are coherent and comprehensive) and other more granular techniques to explore specific transformation options in detail.

    6.Include stakeholder engagement activities aimed at linking the vision set out in pathways with the actions needed to achieve them (e.g. How mature does a certain technology have to be by when? Is this achievable?).

    When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 66 . In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access databases and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected. Projects should take into account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code, such as those resulting from projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02 on the development of community-based approaches.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02-02: EU-China international cooperation on blue carbon

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes and to implement the Climate Change and Biodiversity Flagship in compliance with the provisions of the Administrative Arrangement between the European Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China (MOST) on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support Collaborative Research and Innovation projects under the “Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies”, and the “Climate Change and Biodiversity” Joint Flagship Initiatives”, and in accordance with the requirements of the Inter-governmental Science and Technology Innovation (STI) Cooperation Special Programme of MOST.

    1.Consortia must also include as associated partners at least three independent legal entities established in China.

    2.Legal entities established in China can only participate as associated partners; and

    3.Chinese participants must be awarded co-funding by MOST *.

    *This condition will not be fulfilled if, at the time of grant agreement signature, the Chinese participants have not concluded a grant agreement with MOST.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the specific grants awarded by the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST) to the Chinese partners. The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied.

    Expected Outcome: Blue carbon, understood as coastal marine ecosystems such as seagrass, saltmarshes and mangroves are reported under the chapter of the IPCC inventory guidelines devoted to wetlands. The project aims to investigate this reporting and whether other ecosystems could be included.

    Actions are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.An understanding of how the different elements of blue carbon in coastal waters of European countries and the People’s Republic of China contributes to greenhouse gases in the atmosphere.

    2.Better knowledge of how human activity in managing, destroying or regenerating blue carbon affects its emissions and sequestration of greenhouse gases.

    3.Measurement techniques for calibration, validation and monitoring blue carbon sequestration and emissions.

    4.A preliminary estimate of the actual and potential contribution of greenhouse gas emissions and removals by blue carbon ecosystems for the EU and the People’s Republic of China.

    Scope: The project(s) should:

    1.Classify the main parameters that affect emissions and sequestration.

    2.Develop and test methods for measuring, modelling, and monitoring emissions and removals of greenhouse gases.

    3.Propose and test a portfolio of methods for managing blue carbon to reduce emissions and increase sequestration.

    4.Cover representative sample sites on European coasts and those of the People’s Republic of China.

    5.Assess the current and potential contribution of blue carbon to national greenhouse gas inventories and reporting to UNFCCC and determine how the verification and monitoring could be improved.

    6.Identify whether and how net carbon removals through algae cultivation and human activity in other coastal ecosystems could be quantified.

    7.Engage with international bodies and researchers tackling the same issue.

    Development of specific technologies above TRL 4 are out of the scope of this topic.

    This topic is part of the EU-China flagship initiative on Climate Change and Biodiversity, which will promote substantial coordinated and balanced cooperation between the EU and China, and is within the scope of the Administrative Arrangement between the European Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China (MOST) on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support collaborative research projects under the Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) and the Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) flagship initiatives.

    Interactions with other actions developed under the EU-China Climate Change and Biodiversity Research Flagship and/or the Flagship on Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies are encouraged.

    Actions should, during their lifetime and within the framework applicable to the cooperation with Chinese entities, establish synergies with relevant Horizon Europe projects and initiatives, such as under cluster 5 destination 1 topic D1-5: Enhanced quantification and understanding of natural and anthropogenic methane emissions and sinks, as well as under cluster 6, in particular topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE: Ocean and coastal waters carbon- and biodiversity-rich ecosystems and habitats in Europe and the Polar Regions, Copernicus Marine Services and the Mission Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030.

    Call - Climate sciences and responses

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 67

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 68

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 12 Sep 2023

    Deadline(s): 05 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-01

    RIA

    15.00

    Around 15.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-02

    RIA

    22.00

    6.00 to 7.50

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-03

    RIA

    15.00

    Around 15.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-04

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-05

    RIA

    14.00

    Around 4.50

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-06

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-07

    RIA

    20.00

    Around 10.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    103.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Earth system science

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-01: Enhanced quantification and understanding of natural and anthropogenic methane emissions and sinks

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

    Expected Outcome: This activity is expected to foster and enhance collaboration between the modelling and observing (satellite, ground-based, airborne) communities and advance towards an enhanced global and regional assessment of the methane sources and sinks from land and the ocean, their short and long-term evolution as well as the related natural and anthropogenic processes and impacts on atmospheric chemistry and dynamics and on Earth radiation budgets. The expected outcomes hereafter are complying with the recommendations formulated by the user community during the ESA ATMOS-2021 conference 69 .

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.A significant European effort to develop an enhanced methane assessment capacity including extensive advanced in situ data at multiscale and from multi-platforms, novel satellite observations, and enhanced modelling efforts to quantify and understand hotspots and background for natural and anthropogenic methane emissions with unprecedented resolution in space and time.

    2.An increased coordination of in-situ observations of methane emissions including enhancing communication and networking between the relevant observation communities.

    3.Enhanced science base in Europe to perform global and regional (European) scale high-resolution assessment of the methane sources and sinks in relevant environments, their short and long-term changes, the related natural and anthropogenic sources, and impacts on atmospheric chemistry and dynamics.

    4.Clear policy advice on current and future climate contributions of methane on global and regional (European) scale, including elaboration on effective mitigation options.

    5.Provision of a significant contribution to IPCC and related scientific efforts regarding reducing methane emission uncertainties similar to those of the Global Carbon Project 70 .

    6.Contribution to achieve the goals of the COP26 Glasgow agreement on methane emission reductions and to the EU methane strategy 71 .

    Scope: The challenge of this topic is to further quantify and understand natural and anthropogenic methane emissions based on carefully selected European land sites and European sea sites with unprecedented resolution in space and time that should leverage the latest advances in observations from satellite, ground-based, and airborne, together with advances in reconciling inverse and bottom-up modelling approaches.

    The proposal will address this challenge through:

    1.Deploying large coordinated in situ, ground-based and airborne observation monitoring campaigns over different Earth’s ecosystems (terrestrial, terrestrial-aquatic continuum, and marine sub-seafloor) and key anthropogenic sources (e.g. agriculture, waste, mining, oil and gas industry) with comparable and scalable measurement approaches.

    2.Running these campaigns during an extended period of time and planning them beyond the duration of the projects, building on existing measurement infrastructures and initiatives, in order to support the validation of satellite products, but as well to support the development of new and enhancement of existing models and data assimilation techniques.

    3.Evaluating temporal change in methane release over centuries at selected, relevant sites from existing long-time series.

    4.Advancing towards an integrated methane observing system (on “facility scale”) that capitalises on the latest advances in observations from satellite, in situ, ground-based remote sensing and airborne instruments as well as results from citizen observations.

    5.Advancing the capacity of models and data assimilation techniques, related to methane emissions through specifically exploiting novel medium and high-resolution satellite data (e.g. GHGSat, PRISMA, Sentinel-2, Landsat-8/9, Worldview-3).

    6.Delivering inverse modelling to separate methane sources and sinks and to attribute inverse modelling estimated fluxes to specific processes building on sufficient spatial resolution to identify the origin, for instance, of large local emissions.

    7.Advancing towards an enhanced spatially and temporary high-resolution global and regional assessment of the methane sources and sinks and its dynamics over time, the related natural and anthropogenic processes, and impacts on climate.

    This topic is part of a coordination initiative between the European Space Agency (ESA) and the EC on Earth System Science. Under the EC-ESA Earth System Science Initiative, both institutions aim at coordinating efforts to support complementary collaborative projects, funded on the EC side through Horizon Europe, and on the ESA side through the ESA FutureEO programme as part of the ESA Atmosphere Science Cluster 72 and relevant ESA activities related to the use of the TROPOMI and other relevant missions.

    Proposals should address the collaboration with ongoing or future ESA Atmosphere Science Cluster projects, including those that will be funded through dedicated coordinated invitations to tender, and should towards this end include sufficient means and resources for effective coordination.

    ESA will contribute to this effort by providing a dedicated Earth observation satellite scientific component to complement, collaborate and coordinate with this activity. In particular, ESA will contribute with dedicated set of complementary scientific activities with special focus on exploring and exploiting the new capabilities offered by TROPOMI in combination with other relevant European and international satellite missions including novel very high-resolution observations.

    When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 73 . In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access repositories and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected.

    Projects should take into account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code, such as those resulting from projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02 on the development of community-based approaches.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-02: Inland ice, including snow cover, glaciers, ice sheets and permafrost, and their interaction with climate change

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Actions are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Advanced knowledge on the impacts of climate change and different natural and socio-economic drivers on inland ice and permafrost, and its global repercussions, including climate-ecosystem interactions, which is relevant to international initiatives, such as the World Climate Research Programme (WCRP) 74 ‘s Climate and Cryosphere Project, or the IPBES.

    2.Further developed and improved climate and Earth System Models (ESMs) that inform the international climate assessments (e.g. CMIP models, CORDEX) and support the development of “digital twins” under the Destination Earth Initiative and the evolution of Copernicus.

    3.Advanced provision and use of observations, including in-situ, of complex processes with focus on dynamic and vulnerable regions that may lead to high impact changes.

    4.Supported climate change adaptation strategies including, where relevant, the development of solutions to enhance the resilience of local communities.

    Scope: Snow cover, ice sheets and glaciers affect not only the Earth radiation balance and the global climate, but also continental climate systems, the weather of circumpolar regions and their terrestrial and oceanic carbon dynamics, ecosystems, and sea level. Snow and ice cover regulate the properties of the ground underneath and are interlinked with permafrost in areas where average ambient air temperature is below 0°C.

    The research actions should contribute to observing, modelling, and projecting the characteristics, volume, and dynamic of inland ice and permafrost in relevant regions, impacting regional and global climate, taking inter-seasonal, annual, decadal, as well as long-term (centuries) changes into account.

    The actions should enhance the understanding of the ice sheet or glacier dynamics and evaluate reversibility or irreversibility of changes on multi-decadal to centennial timescales. Furthermore, actions should quantify other impacts caused by the thawing of the inland ice or permafrost at regional or global levels, like the contribution to sea level rise and stratification or impact on biogeochemistry and ocean currents.

    Actions should assess the impact of changing land ice, snow cover, or permafrost on local or regional water cycle and economic supplies and services, evaluate the impact of ice processes on human livelihood and cultures, and identify imminent, medium and long-term potential impacts on ecosystem shifts at local and regional scale.

    The actions should provide data, tools, and assessments relevant at regional and local scales to support climate change adaptation and explore, identify and verify ecosystems management techniques to allow better adaptation and maintenance of ecosystem services in a changing land-ice landscape.

    International cooperation is strongly encouraged.

    Actions should build upon and cooperate with relevant Horizon funded projects (e.g., Arctic PASSION, OceanIce, PolarRES, CRiceS, iCUPE), the EU Polar Cluster, the Copernicus Climate Change Service, the Copernicus Marine Environment Monitoring Service, the Copernicus Land Monitoring Service and the GEO initiative.

    This topic is part of a coordination initiative between the European Space Agency (ESA) and the EC on Earth System Science. Under the initiative, both institutions aim at coordinating efforts to support complementarities between the Horizon Europe and ESA FutureEO programme.

    ESA will contribute to this topic with existing and planned projects focused on improving the observation, understanding and prediction of inland ice, including snow cover, glaciers and ice sheets and permafrost thaw, and their interaction and feedbacks with the Earth and climate system. Relevant ESA activities will be implemented under the Polar Science Cluster 75 .

    Proposals should address the collaboration with ongoing or future ESA Polar Science Cluster projects, including those that will be funded through dedicated coordinated invitations to tender, and should towards this end include sufficient means and resources for effective coordination.

    When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles11. In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected. Projects should take into account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code, such as those resulting from projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02 on the development of community-based approaches.

    Synergies and complementarities should be ensured with the HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE: Closing the research gaps on Essential Ocean Variables (EOVs) in support of global assessments, HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE: Ocean models for seasonal to decadal and local to regional climate predictions, and HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION: Tackling human and climate change induced pollution in the Arctic - building resilient socio-ecological systems.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-03: Paleoclimate science for a better understanding of the short- to long-term evolution of the Earth system

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 76 .

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

    Expected Outcome: The projects funded under this topic will assess climate variability building on past climate and environmental datasets.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better process understanding of past climate changes, their variability and interactions with ecosystems, leading to improved Earth system models based on paleoclimate data.

    2.Assessment of driving and feedback mechanisms (e.g., the carbon cycle evolution and water cycle process), and precise timing and dynamics of deglaciation and glaciation.

    3.Future climate change scenarios produced in light of documented past changes in climate and ice sheets, in particular warm climates/high sea-level situations, and abrupt transitions.

    4.Strengthened Earth system models integrating paleoclimate data, e.g. models of ice sheet, ocean, ecosystem and atmospheric components, enabling understanding of future climate.

    5.Identification of thresholds in Earth system components, including the biosphere, and feedbacks that may be responsible for non-linear behaviour of the climate system to certain forcings.

    6.Development, review, and improvement of indicators of abrupt changes, or early warning signals, and tipping points within paleoclimate records.

    7.Synthesis of climate variations that will serve as fundamental bases for IPCC future assessment and benchmarks for model inter-comparisons.

    Scope: The geological and ice-core records provide long-term information on the conditions and processes that can drive physical, ecological, and social systems during interglacial periods, deglaciations and abrupt climatic events. The challenge of the research under this topic is to test Earth system models over selected past climate scenarios, outside the range of variability recorded over the past centuries.

    This challenge will be tackled through the following activities:

    1.Producing and aggregating in databases high-resolution, well-dated, interoperable paleoclimatic records on climate changes from the past (e.g., temperature, GHG concentrations, sea level, ocean circulation variability, seasonality, and precipitation).

    2.Using paleo-archives at high resolution to extend the instrumental time series for better understating of the proxy records and for improved quantification of their uncertainties.

    3.Development of Earth system models with outputs that allow a more direct comparison to paleo-data, modelling climate variability, thresholds, and impacts across timescales from years to millennia (e.g., isotope-enabled general circulation models with dynamic ice sheet components that represent relevant feedbacks).

    4.Describing short- to long-term climate evolution using quantitative reconstructions from different proxies of past climate periods that are of particular relevance with respect to the current climate change scenario.

    5.Identification of climate tipping points, cascading effects, and environmental limits using paleo data and model experiments.

    6.Comparing changes in marine, terrestrial and glacier settings to evaluate ocean–land–cryosphere interactions.

    7.Documenting and quantifying the natural climate variability, in terms of amplitude, time (onset, duration, frequency) and space (location, extension).

    8.Allowing for consistent integration of large-scale and more regional/local factors to be reproduced by climate models using natural forcings.

    Synergies with projects resulting from the topic HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-02: Climate-related tipping points should be established.

    The projects should rely on paleoclimatic data from scientific drilling campaigns, and other appropriate sources.

    When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 77 . In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected.

    Climate change mitigation, pathways to climate neutrality

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-04: Improved toolbox for evaluating the climate and environmental impacts of trade policies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Enhance our knowledge and inform policy makers on the positive and negative impacts of trade and trade policy on the climate. Additionally, where relevant, broader effects on the environment, in particular biodiversity, pollution and natural resources depletion may also be considered.

    2.Improve and enlarge the toolbox of models and other research techniques as well as available data and its processing to analyse the impact of trade and trade policy on the climate.

    Scope: Actions are expected to cover all of the following areas:

    1.Study and quantification of the effects of trade on the climate and the environment

    1.In-depth study/quantification of the technique and composition effects: in addition to the scale effect of increasing production, trade also has an impact on the sector composition of economies and the technologies used for production. The project(s) should quantify and decompose these effects, including their underlying mechanisms/causes.

    2.Growth projections of trade related emissions in developing countries and newly developed countries: it can be expected that most of future trade-related emissions will take place in these countries. The project(s) should therefore estimate and quantify these future emissions under different scenarios, including the extent to which this is related to pollution offshoring and pollution haven effects.

    3.Estimate the net effect of trade: clarify/quantify how much of trade related emissions would still take place in the context of the domestic economy without international trade. While trade-related emissions are an important part of total world emissions, not enough is known about the counterfactual, i.e. emissions profiles in the absence of international trade.

    4.Study the effects stemming from changes in the use of resources attributable to international trade, both in terms of efficiency gains (e.g. in energy and material use) and in terms of changes in the climate impacts associated with production and consumption, and whether externalities are likely to be internalised. For specific sectors, the action should look into emissions linked to the production in different countries versus transport emissions in trade to those countries.

    5.Study trade-related climate and environmental impacts in key sectors like agriculture and livestock, including linkages to regional land use change, water resources and differences in agricultural production techniques worldwide. Specific tools and methodologies for agriculture and livestock should also be proposed and refined to be able to give sector-specific advice to policy makers.

    6.Study the public perception vs. the reality of trade impacting on the environment and climate: while in the public debate trade is often associated with increased emissions related to the scale effect, technique and composition effects point to positive impacts in certain cases. Case studies should also include concrete examples of cases where public perception of trade effects on emissions and real effects diverge.

    2.Study and quantification of the effects of trade policy on the climate and the environment

    1.In-depth study/quantification of trade creation and trade diversion effects in relation to the climate and the environment: trade liberalisation affects trade flows through the diversion of such flows as well as inducing additional trade. The project(s) should study the net effect of these phenomena on the climate and the environment.

    2.Impact of environmental/climate regulation on trade and competitiveness: it can be assumed that in some cases tightened environmental legislation can lead to compliance costs and competitiveness effects. It should be empirically studied to what extent this assumption is correct and to what extent the so-called ‘Brussels Effects’ impacts these cost and competitiveness effects.

    3.What do the expansion of global value chains, offshoring and their fragmentation (and a possible reversal of such trends) mean for the climate and climate-related trade policy: the project(s) should analyse the effectiveness of climate and trade policies in such an international economic context.

    4.Effects of openness to trade on environmental and climate policy: trade and international exchanges lead to the diffusion of technology and ideas. To what extent do these effects influence emissions and global climate/environmental policies?

    5.The role of trade policy as a tool to address the free rider problems in climate policies: since addressing climate change is a global public good, free-rider problems persist. To what extend can trade incentives and the trade policy toolbox help overcoming these?

    6.Analyse the coherence between trade policies, climate policies and other policies such as nutrition-food, resources policies and development policies that affect the impacts on the climate and the environment. Analyse how these policies affect the trade-off between food security and conservation of natural resources (such as forests and water resources).

    3.Methodology and toolbox related aspects

    1.Impact of trade and foreign direct investment (FDI) on the productivity of sectors (do more productive sectors/producers tend to be cleaner?): the project(s) should endogenise (Global Trade Analysis Project (GTAP) sector productivity to trade beyond a Melitz-type of framework, including the separation of energy efficiency effects among the productivity effects. Currently since, technological change is mostly exogenous or only roughly calibrated in Computable General Equilibrium (CGE) models, technique effects on carbon leakage cannot fully be captured.

    2.Impact of trade on land use (overall and composition), in particular on deforestation: the project(s) should study methodologies that can be used to better understand the effects of trade and trade policy on land use. Actions should also create/update a trade induced land use/land use change matrix for GTAP sectors.

    3.Transport-related pollution: the project(s) should create a transport mode matrix for GTAP sectors per countries and their related emissions.

    4.Enlarge/split the GTAP sectors list for emission-intensive sectors: the project(s) should create/improve the GTAP sector matrix for emission-intensive sectors.

    Actions are also encouraged to explore and promote synergies between the use of modelling approaches in international trade analysis and in comparable macroeconomic modelling in climate policy, for example, in Integrated Assessment Modelling.

    International cooperation with research clusters, which have specific knowledge in areas of this call, is encouraged.

    The project should also include dissemination and capacity-building for the findings and tools created among policy makers at the EU and Member States/Associated countries level.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-05: Next generation low-emission, climate-resilient pathways and NDCs for a future aligned with the Paris Agreement

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through documentation, availability of model code and input data developed under the action.

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Methodologies and approaches to promote improved transparency, consistency, and clarity of Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emission reduction commitments.

    2.Production of more diversified, granular, and customised state-of-the-art pathways consistent with the objectives of the Paris Agreement at global, national and sectoral levels in a diverse selection of countries, better reflecting different national circumstances and constraints and promoting synergies between climate action and other policy objectives.

    3.Science-based evaluation of selected existing pathways, policies, and measures to implement NDCs and Long-Term Strategies to achieve the goals of the Paris Agreement.

    4.Extended use of modelling, climate change scenarios and mitigation pathways based on provision of tailor-made tools, trainings, and services to end-users.

    5.Enhanced international cooperation on identification and implementation of effective mitigation strategies that are aligned with the objectives of the Paris Agreement.

    6.Improved knowledge base to inform the UNFCCC processes, including the design and revision of post-2030 NDCs and the Global Stocktake in 2028, as well as major international scientific assessments such as the IPCC and IPBES reports.

    Scope: As showcased by various independent assessments, the current Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) and climate policies fall short of reaching the long-term goals of the Paris Agreement. Strengthening is necessary to close the ambition and implementation gaps, and to align national climate action with global objectives, while simultaneously achieving the broader Sustainable Development Goals and social welfare.

    Moreover, while countries have put forward plans, strategies, and announcements to reach “net-zero” targets, these commitments are hard to compare due to varying definitions, ranging from “zero-carbon” to “net-zero CO2” and “net-zero greenhouse gases” whereas choosing different gases, different (time)scales and different aggregation methods can lead to very different climate outcomes. To address these concerns, actions should define principles for high-integrity, more coherent climate commitments and review processes.

    Projects should contribute to strengthening of national climate policies, NDCs and long-term strategies, by developing next generation low-emission transformation pathways, with increased sectoral detail, and fostering more holistic and more integrative approaches that promote synergies and minimise trade-offs between mitigation, adaptation, biodiversity and other policy objectives. They should support the creation of tools that evaluate the existing NDCs and facilitate monitoring processes.

    Projects should address some of the following aspects in their research:

    1.Development of sectoral climate transition scenarios (energy production, transport, industry, buildings, food/agriculture etc.).

    2.Increase the understanding of the role of ecosystems, in particular land use, in NDCs and other climate commitments identifying options for enhancing transparency and coherence with global models and pathways.

    3.Enhance knowledge about the role of non-CO2 gases in meeting the temperature goals of the Paris Agreement and the implications for the transition pathways of countries and sectors.

    4.Improve the integration of climate impacts and risks in mitigation pathway analysis, including cost-benefit analysis.

    5.Advance knowledge on adequacy and fairness of climate commitments and strategies, taking into consideration feasibility of actual deployment. This should include, but not be limited to, the analysis of the role and effectiveness of international financial flows in delivering on climate goals together with identification of most impactful approaches.

    6.Improve understanding of how corporate and non-state commitments could affect national/regional mitigation pathways, for example through their effect on global supply chains.

    Co-creation with various stakeholders in the private and public sectors is expected under this topic to ensure that the outcomes produced remain relevant for their end-users. Actions should contribute to improving accessibility of climate change scenarios and models by non-specialist audiences, for example through development and delivery of dedicated services and tools that facilitate user-friendly access and proper use.

    Actions may cover a set of regions or be focussed on a specific one and explore it in greater detail. However, in all cases consortia should benchmark their results with global mitigation pathways.

    International cooperation is encouraged, in particular with countries of the African Union 78 and least developed countries 79 requiring support for the design and implementation of their NDCs and long-term strategies, as well as with countries making part of the global top ten emitters 80 .

    Synergies with projects resulting from the topic D1-9. 2023 - Science for successful, high-integrity voluntary climate initiatives should be established as regards the role of non-state voluntary climate initiatives in achieving the objectives of the Paris Agreement, and with projects resulting from the Horizon 2020 topic LC-CLA-02-2019 - Negative emissions and land-use based mitigation assessmen t 81 as regards latest methodological developments.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines including ethics and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and openness, as much as possible going well beyond model documentation and extending to aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 82 . In particular, beneficiaries are required to publish data and results in open access databases and/or as annexes to publications. Projects should also take into account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code, such as those resulting from projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02 on the development of community-based approaches.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-06: The role of climate change foresight for primary and secondary raw materials supply

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will support the transition to a digital and low carbon society in the context of the European Green Deal with a particular emphasis on climate change and raw material value chains. In particular, it should contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Short-, medium-, and long-term scenarios of changes in the type, origin and quantity of raw materials (metals/minerals) required for the twin transition.

    2.Geo-referenced projections for the changes to the greenhouse gas and energy footprint associated with the supply of these primary and secondary raw materials with a view to facilitating their use in integrated assessment models.

    3.Models and data contributing to the development of the European Commission’s Raw Materials Information System 83 .

    4.Inputs to international scientific assessments such as reports by IPCC, the International Resource Panel and IPBES.

    Scope: Achieving enhanced digitalisation and a low carbon society will involve a change in the type and quantity of the raw materials required by the economy. This can result in geopolitical shifts in extraction and processing, as well as an increase in the extraction, processing, and recycling of many minerals and metals, including ones that have so far been only marginally important. Materials are likely to be extracted from increasingly lower grade ores and hostile environments, from mining wastes, as well as through recycling. Ceteris paribus, this would involve a general increase in the energy required to supply raw materials, as well as associated greenhouse gas emissions and changes in some other environmental impacts (such as related to transport and land take for mineral extraction and waste disposal). It will also involve changes in technologies and substitution to materials with lesser environmental impact, some of which not sufficiently well understood. This can include consideration of substitution and circular use of materials.

    This action will improve knowledge concerning the options, and challenges, in the short, medium, and long-term associated with the provision of raw materials required for the twin transition with a focus on interlinkages with climate change.

    Sectors, technologies and material value chains to be analysed will be selected on a justified basis. The project will analyse changes to the carbon footprint associated with supply options for a justified selection of primary and secondary raw materials for short, medium and long-term time horizons. Options analysed will relate to raw materials likely to have large changes in supply due to the twin transition, where important geopolitical and technological changes are likely in relation to the twin transition and circularity.

    The analyses should build on established life cycle assessment and product environmental footprint requirements, as relevant, and contribute to their further development. Modelling should be detailed to account for geo-political/site-specific changes in supply, technologies, and e.g. energy consumption. Scenarios will build on, as far as available, existing demand scenarios from European Commission modelling activities, and are expected to take into account the relevant EU policies (Fit-for-55 package, carbon neutrality by 2050). Scenarios are expected to account for the foreseen variation and innovation advances in extraction, processing, recovery, recycling and other technologies along the value chains, including changes to the energy mixes involved at specific locations.

    The proposal will include the involvement of experts for the different technologies related to the primary and secondary raw material options selected as well as representatives of the integrated assessment modelling community.

    This action will develop state-of-the-art knowledge (models and databases) in relation to climate change and the implications of different options associated with the twin transition and the related increases in supply of some raw materials.

    The action will build on existing modelling work for the supply and demand of primary and secondary raw materials and expand them to reflect typical transition pathways, to highlight the implications on climate change.

    The action will align to established requirements of existing methodological and data frameworks such as for life cycle assessment and product environmental footprint.

    While focusing on selected technologies and site-dependent modelling, conclusions should provide insights related to opportunities and challenges for sectors associated with the twin transition.

    Proposals should consider the involvement of the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consist of interacting in relation to the EC’s Raw Materials Information System and its underlying sectorial value chain analyses in the contexts of geopolitical foresight, life cycle assessment, and circular economy.

    Stakeholders are to be selected on a justified basis to be consulted at key steps to provide informed feedback on the modelling, data and analyses.

    Climate-ecosystem interactions

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-07: Quantification of the role of key terrestrial ecosystems in the carbon cycle and related climate effects

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: A comprehensive assessment and quantification of the role of terrestrial biogeochemical dynamics and the role of vegetation in the carbon cycle, compared to the pre-industrialisation situation, building on dedicated in situ data collection, novel satellite data development, and advanced carbon cycle modelling.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Enhanced understanding and characterisation of the terrestrial carbon pools and fluxes, including through taking account of hydrological exchanges, with unprecedented accuracies and spatial scales, building on the advent of a new generation of satellite missions (e.g., ESA’s BIOMASS, FLEX, Sentinel missions, NASA’s NISAR, GEDI, ICESat-2 etc…), that radically change the way the terrestrial carbon cycle can be observed.

    2.Improved methods for the monitoring of key ecosystems state in Europe, regarding terrestrial carbon, including e.g. forestry, croplands, peatlands, inland water, extensive grasslands, tundra, tidal marshes, seagrass, and mangroves, and tackling key gaps in observations, e.g. age-structure, species richness, canopy structure (including use of Terrestrial Laser Scanning), observations of wood density, interaction with hydrology and exchange with the atmosphere in particular observations of biological volatile organic compounds, CO2, CH4, N2O, and black carbon/particulates emissions.

    3.Improved handling of anthropogenic management practices (land use including forestry) in terrestrial carbon modelling, including lateral transfers of carbon (notably in the form of harvested biomass including exports, imports, and use as well of land-water exchange).

    4.Improved understanding of impacts on the carbon cycle of extreme events (wind throw, drought, pest outbreaks, fire), and of the impacts of anthropogenic disturbance including degradation and behaviour and recovery of forest post-disturbance.

    5.Improved consistency between top-down methods such as atmospheric inversions and bottom-up approaches based on land-surface models, in-situ and satellite observation, flux measurements, and national and global statistics.

    6.Assessment of the consistency of observation and advanced models through benchmarking activities at multiple scales including point measurements, and satellite observations at multiple temporal and spatial resolutions.

    7.Novel monitoring frameworks combining remote and proximate sensing techniques with machine learning and edge computing.

    Scope: The main challenge of this topic is to develop an enhanced capacity to better characterise and reduce uncertainties of the carbon cycle related to key terrestrial European ecosystems as a function of anthropogenic emissions, environmental forcing conditions, and management practices. In order for this challenge to be met, actions should be performed at spatial resolutions required to represent the mechanisms by which human interventions necessary to move towards net-zero carbon balance, can be quantified. Further, the dynamics and response of vegetation to climate change, short- and long-term stress, natural dynamics (e.g. fire), and especially change in frequency, form and severity of extreme events, need to be better understood and quantified.

    Proposals should address the above challenges through:

    1.Coordinated European effort to expand dedicated campaigns to collect in situ-data, including from citizen observations, on land cover, land use and related changes, and on the main processes caused by these, to support the modelling of these changes based on current and historical trends, and to develop empirically based scenarios connecting land use and land cover change to carbon emissions, and sequestration potential.

    2.Advances in land surface and carbon modelling supported by high-performance computing capacity, allowing models to be run at unprecedented resolutions, and accuracy, through improved data assimilation workflow from remotely sensed data and vegetation models. The emphasis should be on area wide effect of the ecosystem’s microbiome, and consistency across spatial and temporal resolution and with satellite observation processes.

    3.Extending and complementing satellite observations with elements linked to the LUCAS survey of Eurostat, to the EU Soil Observatory (EUSO) initiatives on integrated soil monitoring systems, and to research infrastructure e.g. eLTER and ICOS, as well as through comparison with past data and through coordination with Earth observation efforts (spectral signature characterisation, biophysical and biogeochemical observations commensurate with satellite resolutions, aircraft / unmanned aerial vehicle campaigns).

    4.Specific efforts to develop carbon and land surface models consistent with specific variables or outputs that can be directly interfaced or compared with satellite observations e.g. above ground biomass, soil moisture, solar induced fluorescence, disturbance dynamics e.g. fire, and inclusion of additional key processes (coupling with Nitrogen and Phosphorus cycles and water, CO2 fertilisation, assimilation of photosynthesis rates from global observation for direct gross primary production estimation).

    5.A significant coordination effort and collaboration with the relevant activities of major international scientific groups (e.g., IPCC, Global Carbon Project), the Copernicus Atmosphere Monitoring Service and the ESA Carbon Science Cluster 84 .

    This topic is part of a coordination initiative between the European Space Agency (ESA) and the EC on Earth System Science. Under the EC-ESA Earth System Science Initiative, both institutions aim at coordinating efforts to support complementary collaborative projects, funded on the EC side through Horizon Europe, and on the ESA side through the ESA FutureEO programme as part of the ESA Carbon Science Cluster.

    Proposals should address the collaboration with ongoing or future ESA projects, including those that will be funded through dedicated coordinated invitations to tender, and should towards this end include sufficient means and resources for effective coordination.

    Applicants should ensure coordination with complementary projects funded under the ESA Carbon Science Cluster of the FutureEO programme including relevant ESA activities related to the use of the novel BIOMASS 85 and FLEX 86 missions and potentially the Copernicus CO2M 87 mission in the future.

    Destination – Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition

    This Destination covers thematic areas which are cross-cutting by nature and can provide key solutions for climate, energy and mobility applications. In line with the scope of cluster 5 such areas are batteries, hydrogen 88 , communities and cities 89 , early-stage breakthrough technologies as well as citizen engagement 90 . Although these areas are very distinct in terms of challenges, stakeholder communities and expected impacts, they have their cross-cutting nature as a unifying feature and are therefore grouped, if not addressed in other places of this work programme, under this Destination.

    This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations (KSO):

    1.C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

    2.A: Promoting an open strategic autonomy 91 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations;

    3.D: Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions. 

    It covers the following impact areas:

    1.Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people

    2.Affordable and clean energy

    3.Smart and sustainable transport

    The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to the “Clean and sustainable transition of the energy and transport sectors towards climate neutrality facilitated by innovative cross-cutting solutions”, notably through:

    1.Nurturing a world-class European research and innovation eco-system on batteries along the value chain based on sustainable pathways. It includes improvement of technological performance to increase application user attractiveness (in particular in terms of safety, cost, user convenience, fast charging and environmental footprint), in parallel supporting the creation of a competitive, circular, and sustainable European battery manufacturing value chain (more detailed information below).

    2.Nurturing the development of emerging technologies with high potential to enable zero-greenhouse gas and negative emissions in energy and transport (more detailed information below).

    A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain

    Batteries will enable the rollout of zero-emission mobility and renewable energy storage, contributing to the European Green Deal and supporting the UN SDGs by creating a vibrant, responsible and sustainable market. Besides climate neutrality, batteries also contribute to other UN SDGs directly and indirectly such as enabling of decentralized and off-grid energy solutions.

    The strategic pathway is, on the one hand, for Europe to rapidly regain technological competitiveness in order to capture a significant market share of the new and fast-growing rechargeable battery market, and, on the other hand, to invest in longer term research on future battery technologies to establish Europe's long term technological leadership and industrial competitiveness

    The Partnership “Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary applications and e-mobility”, with as short name Batt4EU, to which all battery-related topics under this Destination will contribute, aims to establish world-leading sustainable and circular European battery value chain to drive transformation towards a carbon-neutral society.

    The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting the battery value chain under this Destination are:

    1.Increased global competitiveness of the European battery ecosystem through generated knowledge and leading-edge technologies in battery materials, cell design, manufacturing and recycling.

    2.Significant contribution to the policy needs of the European Green Deal through new solutions for circularity and recycling of batteries.

    3.Accelerated growth of innovative, competitive and sustainable battery manufacturing industry in Europe.

    4.Development of sustainable and safe technologies and systems for decarbonisation of transport and stationary applications.

    5.Contributing to the strategic independence of Europe through investigation of alternative battery chemistries using non-critical raw materials and efficient recycling technologies.

    6.Increasing synergies with other partnerships and initiatives.

    Emerging breakthrough technologies and climate solutions

    Although the contribution of a wide range of technologies to reach climate neutrality is already foreseeable, EU R&I programming should also leave room for emerging and break-through technologies with a high potential to achieve climate neutrality. These technologies can play a significant role in reaching the EU’s goal to become climate neutral by 2050.

    Relevant topics supported under this Destination complement the activities supported under Pillars I or III. They address emerging technologies that can enable the climate transition with a technology-neutral bottom-up approach. Research in this area is mostly technological in nature but should also, where relevant, be accompanied by assessments of environmental, social and economic impacts, by identification of regulatory needs, and by activities supporting the creation of value chains to build up new ecosystems of stakeholders working on breakthrough technologies.

    The main expected impacts to be generated by the topic targeting breakthrough technologies and climate solutions under this Destination are:

    1.Emergence of unanticipated technologies enabling emerging zero-greenhouse gas and negative emissions in energy and transport;

    2.Development of high-risk/high return technologies to enable a transition to a net greenhouse gas neutral European economy.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01

    111.70

    16.30

    18 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02

    42.00

    05 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01

    57.00

    18 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02

    54.00

    05 Sep 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    153.70

    127.30

    Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 92

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 93

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 13 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 18 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-01

    RIA

    21.00 94

    Around 7.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-02

    RIA

    15.00 95

    Around 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-03

    RIA

    14.00 96

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-04

    IA

    15.00 97

    Around 7.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-05

    IA

    12.00 98

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-06

    IA

    10.00 99

    Around 10.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-07

    CSA

    4.00 100 101

    Around 1.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-08

    COFUND

    20.70

    16.30

    Around 37.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    111.70

    16.30

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-01: Technologies for sustainable, cost-efficient and low carbon footprint downstream processing & production of battery-grade materials (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    ·A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependency on third countries for critical raw materials by promoting resource efficiency.

    ·Increased European competitiveness by offering sustainable, safe, energy efficient and low carbon, water and biodiversity footprint battery materials production technologies and scalable solutions and by creating new business opportunities and circular models for European industry.

    ·Battery-grade intermediates which are developed, produced and refined/purified in a sustainable and socially acceptable way, improving the competitiveness and value of European battery and mobility industries.

    ·Proven technical feasibility of downstream processing for battery-grade materials at larger scale, considering economic feasibility, safety, health and regulatory targets.

    ·A stronger European battery manufacturing industry, through the implementation of continuous processes related conditions at larger scale with reduced carbon emissions, increased energy efficiency and more efficient resources use; (e.g. combining secondary materials into existing primary processing).

    ·Use of European post-mining (or post-extraction, in the case of e.g. geothermal fluids) primary materials and secondary material sources such as tailings (e.g., as a source of nickel, cobalt and lithium) or underutilised battery raw materials deposits and extend the local refining capacity of battery-grade materials, to reduce the dependency on imported materials and to limit supply risks.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to cover research and innovation activities with focus on improved battery metal and material production, refining and recovery while minimizing environmental impact of downstream processing by addressing all of the following points:

    1.Developing sustainable and cost-efficient processing methods for battery-grade materials and components, coming from either primary or secondary streams and novel technologies for battery metals processing enabling the reduction of carbon footprint and other emissions while increasing energy and resource efficiency; enabling thereby vertical integration into the battery production.

    2.Developing and demonstrating technologies to improve battery grade metals and materials production, refining and/or recycling with efficient and stable reagent circulation, targeting low use chemical and reducing environmental impacts from such processes while improving recovery rate/grade and yield considering the SRIA objectives and KPIs, the Green Deal objectives and the proposed Batteries Regulation 102 where relevant.

    3.Addressing zero waste and zero discharge strategies for the valorisation of the generated waste materials during the refining processes by: improving the reuse of waste where CRM are present; Increasing the sustainability of batteries materials by reducing the use of chemicals and energy use in the downstream processing considering the objectives of the proposed Batteries Regulation as evaluated by LCA or similar approaches; using safe and low impact disposal methodologies for those materials that cannot be recycled.

    4.Pre-assessing recycling concepts by their life cycle sustainability and safety impacts (in line with Safe and Sustainable by Design Framework 103 to be set by the Commission for assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials and which should be considered as a reference in the proposal) and studying overall techno-economical solutions for recovery systems in order to minimize cost, environmental impact and system losses.

    5.Addressing understanding of physico-chemical mechanisms for more sustainable hydrometallurgical steps in order to propose significant processes’ improvements to reduce significantly water effluents quantities and chemical reagents.

    6.Implementing of continuous process for cathode active materials and precursors synthesis related conditions at larger scale.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).

    Proposals should indicate to which chapters of the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for chemicals and materials 104 they will contribute.

    Projects may collaborate and/or contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08.

    International cooperation with Africa, the Mediterranean Region, and the United States is encouraged.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-02: New processes for upcoming recycling feeds (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependencies for critical raw materials by promoting a circular economy.

    2.The development of recycling technologies targeting upcoming recycling feeds and producing high quality precursors, semi-products and battery materials enabling their use in the battery production and other production processes.

    3.Achievement of the recycling efficiency and material recovery targets as described in the proposed Batteries Regulation 105 by industries, especially for low metal and low material value components.

    4.Recycling chains with a cost-effective process in comparison with primary materials.

    5.Safeguarding of the sustainability, low CO2 footprint, low chemicals usage and minimal emissions of newly developed recycling processes.

    Scope: Proposals should focus on improved and verified circularity of collected, dismantled and pre-treated battery waste feeds (Strong interaction with call “Advanced sustainable and safe pre-processing technologies for End-of-Life batteries recycling (2024)” is encouraged). All recycling concepts should address waste stream(s) in question in a comprehensive manner, aiming at the maximal recovery of input elements and components, rather than selected fractions. Focus on all concepts should be kept on recycling process development considering specific areas of improvement for each of the possible processes of battery recycling; a maximised material recovery and recycling efficiency, operational energy efficiency, less waste water, mass- and energy balance, purity of the recycled material and verified holistically decreased carbon footprint supported by life cycle assessment. Battery development is out of the scope, interaction with other projects is, however, encouraged.

    The following issues should be addressed:

    1.New recycling concepts targeting the recycling of economically low value materials, (e.g. from Lithium-iron phosphate or sodium-ion …) are expected to be covered. To enable recycling of low value battery compositions, new recycling concepts should be developed, including direct recycling routes that may include selective material recovery technologies and the reconditioning of the active materials. The additional recovery and recycling of non-cathode component materials are encouraged.

    2.Highly efficient recycling of battery manufacturing scrap, whether emanating from lab-scale or large production, are expected to be covered, for example including direct recycling concepts to re-introduce the materials in the battery production chain, including the handling and processing of relevant semi-material.

    In addition, at least one of the following issues are expected to be addressed:

    1.Highly robust or flexible processes for the recycling of material streams of varying composition and quality may be covered.

    2.Material feeds from other industries (e.g. Ni/Co rich materials) may be introduced into the recycling concepts.

    3.Material feeds from future battery technologies with an expected market introduction no later than 2025 may be included.

    4.The processing of side streams (e.g. waste waters and other waste products) may be targeted.

    All proposed recycling concepts are expected to be pre-assessed for their economical, ecological and safety impact.

    This topic is building upon the BATTERY 2030+ Roadmap ( https://battery2030.eu/research/roadmap/ ). Projects are expected to collaborate and contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08. The proposal is expected to cover the contribution and collaboration to the Coordination and Support Action.

    Proposals are encouraged to establish links with those submitted under topic HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-01, “Advanced sustainable and safe pre-processing technologies for End-of-life (EOL) battery recycling”.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).

    Proposals should indicate to which chapters of the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for chemicals and materials 106 they will contribute.

    Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of providing added value regarding various aspects of battery sustainability.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-03: Advanced digital twins for battery cell production lines (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.The understanding of digital twins as systems with automated data acquisition, connected digital models and value-adding applications.

    2.The capacity to go beyond single process consideration with potential perspective on the process chain.

    3.The implementation and the transfer of digital twins into existing and future battery cell production plants.

    4.Safety and security, scalability, explainability, computational speed as well as contributions to sustainability of battery cell production.

    5.Optimise product quality, improving the resource efficiency and, consequently, the production time and cost of battery cells in the manufacturing process at the targeted scale.

    Scope: The battery production chain consists of diverse multi-disciplinary, rather novel processes with numerous influencing factors and interdependencies. Digital twins, as a core element of the accelerating digitisation in manufacturing, bear the potential to improve planning and operation of current and future battery production system. With their connection of advanced digital models and most up-to-date data, decision support or even autonomous control of battery production processes and process chains is enabled. First applications can be found in research and partly also in industrial practice – however, those still tend to be rather specific, covering just selected aspects of digital twins (e.g. just specific models) and are often hardly transferable between production stages and between different battery configurations in terms of the underlying IT architectures and models. Proposals are expected to address all following points:

    1.Developing digital twins of battery cell manufacturing routes at pilot line level that incorporate appropriate models but also their connection to real manufacturing plants, e.g. to support process development and operation, battery cells optimisation, accelerate the set-up of effective manufacturing processes for the next generation battery cells or to demonstrate the capability for predictive maintenance.

    2.Design robust digital tools integrating multi-physics, data-driven models and hybrid modelling.

    3.Flexible Digital Twins capable to evolve to different battery chemistries, new disruptive materials as well as new manufacturing processes (the model would be chemistry neutral so easily adaptable to new disruptive materials and chemistries).

    4.Verify the transferability from pilot to production plant level.

    5.Propose applications that will enable to overcome single process considerations towards process chain perspectives.

    6.Implementation of the sensorisation of the manufacturing plant and automatisation of the data acquisition.

    7.Ensuring greater interoperability, by implementing available data standards 107 , e. g., Modelling-Data (MODA) and Characterisation Data (CHADA), as well as, a common semantic framework, like The European Materials Modelling Ontology (EMMO) and the battery interface ontology (BattINFO).

    8.Promote the control and decision making of the manufacturing chain.

    9.Aspects like safety and security, explainability of models as well as contributions to sustainability of battery production will be addressed.

    This call topic addresses the need of increasing the level of autonomy to the whole battery cell value chain (with special emphasis in the manufacturing). Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).

    This topic is building upon the BATTERY 2030+ Roadmap 108 and will build upon the shared data infrastructure, standards and protocols developed within this initiative, and in particular the BIG-MAP 109 project. Projects are expected to collaborate and contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08. The proposal will cover the contribution and collaboration to the Coordination and Support Action.”

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-04: Battery management system (BMS) and battery system design for stationary energy storage systems (ESS) to improve interoperability and facilitate the integration of second life batteries (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 110 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Battery pack and Battery Management System (BMS) design for single module operation or recombination (reconfiguration) of modules or battery packs for consolidated and new battery technologies.

    2.Safe, accessible and reliable operation of batteries and compatible with the battery passport concept.

    3.Battery system design to enable disassembly and reconfiguration for second life.

    4.Development of fast and efficient qualification strategies and assessment of Electric Vehicle (EV) batteries for second life applications and quantify it with respect to state of the art in terms of time and efficiency.

    5.Reduction of 30% of repurposing/refurbishment cost for adapting EV batteries to stationary applications in second life.

    6.Environmental impact assessment, from both positive and negative aspects, for adapting EV batteries to second life applications.

    7.Impact in the European economy by a growth of the market and employment, by facilitating the uptake of stationary ESS Feasibility of operation in the batteries extended life domain (second life).

    Scope: This topic aims at developing an open and interoperable BMS and suitable battery system design for stationary ESS, enabling a better integration of second life applications for used batteries. To strengthen European battery production ecosystem, projects are encouraged to implement batteries produced in Europe, especially with respect to 1st life batteries, at large or pilot plant scale.

    In order to fulfil these objectives, activity in all of the following fields is expected:

    1.The BMS could be used for first and second life batteries in stationary applications, e.g., microgrids, uninterrupted power supply, hybrid (different types of chemistries and batteries, multi-battery management systems) and circular power system, ensuring safety during operation.

    2.The BMS and system design should be technology agnostic and not exclusive to second life EV batteries and should ideally cover consolidated technologies as well as new battery technologies. Pending amendments to Renewable energy directive to be taken into account regarding BMS development.

    3.Development and validation of open-source algorithms and BMS, allowing for the integration of second life batteries including approaches as semi-empirical, data-driven, and multi-physics supported battery state estimators. Recommendations for the development of standards related to the battery state defining parameters, e.g., State of Health and safety assessment at the end of first life applications.

    4.Development of BMS software that can be adapted via firmware update to other communication protocols, estimation algorithms and models.

    5.Development of functionalities focused on increasing the reliability during the second life application, e.g., prediction of remaining useful life, self-diagnostic algorithm for assessment of second life use suitability and BMS connectivity to track batteries during second life application.

    6.Recommendation to standardisation of a BMS public structure and access to public SOX in order to ease the second use of a battery. The goal is expected to lead to an agreement of a minimum set of data requirements, duly justified, to be provided by the batteries and let the industry define the best procedure to provide this set of data and link up with battery passport concept.

    7.Development and demonstration of strategies to recombine optimally and safely used batteries to be operated in second life, with special focus on advanced critical event control and mitigation systems. Recommendations for standardisation of second life battery system design for stationary applications based on packs, type of chemistry and cell.

    8.Design of accessible and adaptable BMS in order to customize the BMS to the requirements of the second life use case, including improved battery models for improved BMS design.

    9.Demonstration of battery operation in second life use according to TRL6.

    10.Projects are expected to share information with projects emanating from topic HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02-03 where relevant and conform to all relevant EU standardisation requirements.

    11.The proposal should take into account pending amendments to the Renewable Energy Directive, including Article 20A dealing with access to battery SOX information.

    12.Proposals are expected to establish links with the results of the following topics - HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-09: Physics and data-based battery management for optimised battery utilisation (Batteries Partnership), HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-10: Streamlined collection and reversed logistics, fully automated, safe and cost-efficient sorting, dismantling and second use before recycling (Batteries Partnership) and HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-05: Next generation technologies for High-performance and safe-by-design battery systems for transport and mobile applications (Batteries Partnership), LC-SC3-ES-6-2019 - Research on advanced tools and technological development . They should specifically address BMS and system design issues that affect stationary Energy Storage Systems (ESS) and in particular, the integration of used batteries as a second life application.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of performing experimental or desk-top research on battery performance or safety.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-05: Hybrid electric energy storage solutions for grid support and charging infrastructure (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    ·Demonstration of hybrid energy storage technologies for long duration storage (from at least 12 hours to days) and provision of multiple grid services with improved technical performances (increased power and energy density with respect to single electrical energy storage system +20%, reduced storage system losses -10%, improved HESS cycle life +15%, improved reliability and availability +15%), sustainability, as well as increased safety during operation, transport and storage.

    ·Enable improved levelized cost of storage supported by design optimisation and optimal service stacking, putting the cost of storage on the path to fall below 0.05 €/kWh/cycle by 2030 (for storage durations > 12 hours) while reducing the use of critical raw materials (CRMs).

    ·Creating synergies between producers and strengthening the European Battery Ecosystem, improving the European battery value chain and thus contributing to the EU climate neutrality objectives.

    ·Increasing digitalisation of energy storage systems from design to operation phase enabling a faster development and optimal use in grid applications.

    ·The establishment of multi-service approaches to energy storage reducing costs and increasing benefits for the European electricity system.

    ·Promoting an increased reliability and resilience of the electricity system by demonstrating new multi-purpose energy storage solutions.

    Scope: The objective is to design and demonstrate in at least three different use cases a Hybrid Energy Storage System (HESS) capable of long duration storage and provision of multiple services for supporting the electrical grid and EV charging infrastructure.

    In particular, proposals are expected to:

    1.Design and demonstrate a sustainable and safe HESS either combining different battery technologies, including next-gen technologies, or combining batteries and other electrostatic/electrochemical storage technologies (e.g., supercapacitors) aiming at providing long duration storage while ensuring the possibility of service-stacking and enabling ultra-fast services. Use of second life battery modules is within the scope. The proposed storage solution should be scalable and modular and show clear innovation with respect to the state of the art (new materials or new designs), always bearing in mind the objectives of sustainability and performance. Proper power conversion devices should be selected or customized for enabling an efficient operation of the hybrid storage in grid-connected, grid-following and grid-forming modes.

    2.Perform a life cycle assessment of the HESS starting from the design phases to ensure its sustainability along the entire value chain, also avoiding, whenever possible, or limiting the use of CRMs.

    3.Develop physics-based and data-driven digital models of HESS supporting optimal design, and real-time management and diagnosis as well as facilitating the inclusion of storage in grid-planning processes considering forecasted weather conditions, production and consumption. Models should allow the combination of different battery technologies based on specific use cases.

    4.Develop and validate management policies and control systems (battery management systems and energy management systems) for HESS that maximise the benefits of a hybrid storage, facilitate asset management and participation in electricity and service markets. Pending amendments to the Renewable Energy Directive to be taken into account in development of the BMS.

    5.Demonstrate HESS usage in at least three different use cases in collaboration with relevant stakeholders (e.g., DSO, EV charging infrastructure owners) and its integration in standard grid architectures (Smart Grids Architecture Model – SGAM) ensuring interoperability for most use cases of energy storage systems (e.g., provision of services to the European grid, supporting islanded and weak distribution grids, load levelling for charging stations).

    6.Analyse business cases of the proposed hybrid solution considering electricity and balancing markets of three representative EU Member States/Associated Countries, also assessing the applications where HESS provides improved techno-economic performances compared to non-is hybridized storage systems.

    Proposals are expected to establish links with projects funded under the following topic: HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-10 - Interoperable solutions for flexibility services using distributed energy storage.

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 111 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    International cooperation with USA, Australia, Africa or India is encouraged.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    Cross-cutting

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-06: Open Pilot Line/Test Bed for hydrogen

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Contribute to the goals of the European Hydrogen strategy to support the European Green Deal and progress towards climate neutrality by 2030.

    2.Provide services for testing innovative hydrogen production technology leading to technology upscaling, reducing cost, accelerating time to the market, and reducing investment risk.

    3.Contribute to the creation of an industrial ecosystem of green hydrogen production technology providers.

    Scope: The Staff Working Document on hydrogen highlighting the EU R&I support for implementing the Green Deal hydrogen strategy and contributing to a roadmap of actions called for better synergies at European and national level as well as between European and Member States programmes and activities. A single-entry approach for testing hydrogen production technology was identified as the Open Innovation Test Bed (OITB).

    Open Innovation Test Beds were first conceived in the Horizon 2020 work programme. They are entities, established in at least three Member States or Associated Countries, offering access to physical facilities, capabilities and services required for the development, testing and upscaling of technology in industrial environments. OITBs will upgrade existing or support the setting of new public and private test beds, pilot lines, and demonstrators to develop, test and upscale technologies and services for new innovative products for specific technology domains.

    The applicants are required to implement the set-up of an Open Innovation Test Bed (OITB) for hydrogen production technologies. The proposal should address the following:

    1.Provide services for testing of emerging hydrogen production technologies mentioned in the Agenda Process SRIA 112 . It will cover all activities from the prototyping to industrial production, and especially the testing in an industrial environment, the validation of the characteristics H2 production technologies and the control of the respect of legal and regulatory constraints.

    2.Provide a technology assessment base line for future developments of the technology being tested.

    3.Provide an assessment of the circularity of the technology being tested as well as potential domains for increasing its sustainability /Ensure that the innovations tested contribute to sustainability considering circularity in the design phase, less (or no) use of (critical) raw materials and decreasing negative environmental and social impacts.

    4.The OITB needs to be operational within the first six month of the start of the project.

    Access to the OITB opened to all potential customers. Open access in this context means that any interested party, from Europe and globally, can access test beds' facilities and services independently whether they are part of the consortium or not. It is critical that any interested party from the EU or Associated Countries can access the test beds at fair conditions and pricing and with transparent and mutual obligations with regards to, for instance, security, safety and intellectual property rights.

    It is expected that SMEs will have access the test beds at the same conditions as any other entity from the EU or Associated Countries. For SMEs as core targeted user group, the test beds will offer a range of services which are of specific interest to them, e.g. regulatory support and the development of innovative materials that SMEs frequently cannot afford on their own. Proposals should demonstrate a solid and measurable outreach strategy towards SMEs and innovators outside the consortium.

    As OITB aims at providing a full service along all the steps of the technological development of a physical innovation, all needed expertise has to be provided to users through a Single-Entry Point (SEP). The SEP is a separate legal entity of which the legal structure is up to the partners involved; however, the consortium needs to come up with a convincing structure that shows its capacity to work together as well as ensure sustainability during the implementation of the grant. If necessary, each test bed will acquire complementary services from other entities, for instance on characterisation and or modelling, in order to offer a full-service package to users.

    The proposal needs to present a credible business plan aiming at future sustainability and operation of the OITB, included after the grant ends. It should set a framework for the definition of the access conditions to their facilities and services respecting transparency and fair access conditions.

    Projects should collaborate with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on aspects that require integration of hydrogen and are expected to contribute and participate to the activities of the TRUST database and the hydrogen observatory. Where applicable, proposals are expected to complete and/or extend the range of Open Innovation Test Beds that are existing or under development, including those funded under topic HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-20.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-07: Support for the deployment of R&I results for climate mitigation. Synergies with the ETS Innovation Fund

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 113 .

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Further developing the innovation pipeline from system demonstration to deployment stage for innovation in the EU and Associated Countries.

    2.Developing scientifically sound mature proposals for the deployment of technological solutions to reduce Greenhouse Gas emissions.

    3.Establishing synergies between different EU R&I funding programmes.

    4.Contribute to the REPowerEU plan, as well as the overall EU climate targets.

    Scope: The aim of this topic is to promote and facilitate technologically, financially, and operationally mature projects from Horizon 2020 to reach deployment phase by means of developing synergies with other EU funding programmes, namely the ETS Innovation Fund.

    The topic aims to support four separate coordination and support actions (CSA), each respectively focussing on one of the following areas:

    1.Low-carbon technologies in energy-intensive industries,

    2.Carbon capture, use and storage (CCUS) 114 .

    3.Renewable energy generation.

    4.Energy storage & hydrogen.

    For each individual CSA, consortia should include partners from at least 3 different Horizon 2020 projects having developed mature technological innovations 115 with high potential of deployment under IF 116 , 117 . However, depending on the specific sector the consortium focuses on, and on the number of Horizon 2020 projects that have already reached an adequate stage of maturity, a higher number of Horizon 2020 projects represented per individual consortium is preferred.

    Each CSA should produce as the final output a number 118 of sound proposals 119 (including detailed plans for scalability, commercialisation, and financial models) to be presented to the IF.

    Consortia should mobilise (either through internal competences in the consortia or through outsourcing) the needed expertise for the preparation of sound proposals, keeping in mind the ETS IF evaluation criteria: 1) Project maturity, 2) GHG emissions avoidance potential, 3) Degree of innovation, 4) Degree of technical, financial, and operational synergies within the consortium.

    Each proposal should also contribute to the development and operationalisation of a continuous innovation pipeline from Horizon 2020 innovations to deployment. For this, proposals should:

    1.Work in collaboration with key R&I organisations and industrial associations in their respective areas including Horizon Europe public-private partnerships such Processes4Planet, Clean Steel, Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking, and Clean Energy Transition/Batt4EU.

    2.Devote sufficient resources to collaborate among the proposals selected in the different areas in particular to organise joint activities to promote the mobilisation of the financial and technical expertise needed for the elaboration of sound IF proposals.

    3.Organise joint open events within their specific area with key industrial stakeholders to share lessons learnt and to promote synergies between Horizon Europe and the IF (e.g. organising open key information dissemination workshops with a larger group of Horizon 2020 projects).

    4.Cooperate with IF to seek advice and give feedback on lessons learnt to EU innovation funding opportunities, and to prepare a written report detailing the process and achievements within the respective specific area.

    Whilst the topic primarily focuses on supporting the project pipeline from Horizon 2020 to the Innovation Fund, the scope of this topic is not limited to the Innovation Fund, and the promotion of projects to deployment including other relevant funding means either at EU or national/regional levels (such as Regional & Cohesion funds, Recovery and Resilience Facility, Important Projects of Common European Interest) is also desirable.

    Communities and Cities

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-08: Driving Urban Transition Co-funded Partnership

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 37.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 37.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The proposal must be submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16: Co-Funded Partnership: Driving Urban Transitions to a sustainable future (DUT). This eligibility condition is without prejudice to the possibility to include additional partners.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The evaluation committee will be composed partially by representatives of EU institutions.

    If the outcome of amendment preparations is an award decision, the coordinator of the consortium funded under the grant agreement that was established in response to the call topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16 will be invited submit an amendment to the grant agreement, on behalf of the beneficiaries.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    This action is intended to be implemented in the form of an amendment of the grant agreement concluded pursuant to topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16.

    For the additional activities covered by this action:

    1.The funding rate is 30 % of the eligible costs.

    2.Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties (FSTP). The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. The EUR 60 000 threshold provided for in Article 204(a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply. The maximum amount of FSTP to be granted to an individual third party is EUR 5.000.000. This amount is justified since provision of FSTP is the primary activity of this action and it is based on the extensive experience under predecessors of this partnership.

    The starting date of the grant awarded under this topic may be as of the submission date of the application. Applicants must justify the need for a retroactive starting date in their application. Costs incurred from the starting date of the action may be considered eligible (and will be reflected in the entry into force date of the amendment to the grant agreement).

    Total indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the co-funded European Partnership is EUR 130 million for the period 2021-2027.

    Expected Outcome: This topic is for continuation of the Driving Urban Transition (DUT) co-funded partnership to enable it to roll out its full strategy and action plan and assist cities in their sustainability and climate neutrality transitions and by doing so enable the EU to achieve targets set out by the European Green Deal and fulfil its commitments related to the UN Agenda 2030, the Urban Agenda for the EU, the Habitat III New Urban Agenda and the Paris Agreement, European cities need to engage urgently in sustainability and climate-neutrality transitions.

    The partnership is expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced multi-level cooperation and alignment on R&I on sustainable urban development across and within cities, regions and countries, including international outreach and cooperation with other networks and initiatives.

    2.Strengthen Europe as a role model for R&I on sustainable urban development.

    3.Innovative, cross-sectoral and inclusive urban governance, policy and decision-making harnessing the full potential of social science and citizens’ engagement in the city making process.

    4.Sustainable, climate-neutral, safe, resilient, socially inclusive, liveable and attractive neighbourhoods, towns and cities with reduced environmental footprint and enhanced well-being and quality of life for citizens.

    5.Local authorities, municipalities, business, social partners, civil society, knowledge institutions and citizens empowered with necessary capacity, knowledge, skills and tools to actively engage in sustainability and climate-neutrality transitions.

    6.Science and evidence-based implementation of the European Green Deal, the Urban Agenda for the EU and other European, national, regional and local urban-relevant policies and strategies.

    Scope: The objective of this action is to continue to provide support to the European “Driving Urban Transition” Co-funded Partnership identified in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024 and first implemented under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16: Co-Funded Partnership: Driving Urban Transitions (DUT), and in particular to fund additional activities (which may also be undertaken by additional partners) in view of its intended scope and duration, and in accordance with Article 24(2) of the Horizon Europe Regulation.

    The proposal should capitalise upon new collaboration opportunities offered by the Association Agreements to Horizon Europe, the “Climate neutral and smart cities” mission and the global Urban Transitions Mission (UTM) mission of Mission Innovation to enhance its expertise, capacities, critical mass and broaden its geographical coverage and outreach capacity. With respect to the latter, mutually benefitting international outreach, collaboration and cooperation with global and international cities and research funding networks should be pursued to align strategies and research agenda and promote scientific evidence and good practice for urban policy on international level.

    Taking into account that the present action is a continuation of the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16 and foresees an amendment to an existing grant agreement, the proposal should describe plans, activities and initiatives that would enable the DUT to ensure, as appropriate, a seamless pursuance of its strategy, objectives and actions to fill important gaps in knowledge, evidence, innovation, technology, data, capacity and skills, integrated approaches, foster inclusive and participatory governance structures and assist cities at European (and, as appropriate, global level) in designing and implementing their sustainability and climate neutrality transitions.

    It should, in particular, describe in detail the additional activities (including additional partners) to be covered by the award, and justify their necessity and added value as compared to currently undertaken ones, whilst accounting for the state-of-progress and the evolution in relevant EU and international policy frameworks and urban initiatives. The proposed additional activities (including additional partners) to be covered by the award should also be presented in a separate document in terms of how they would be reflected in the existing grant agreement.

    The proposal should elaborate on modalities to scale-up synergies with the works of the NetZeroCities mission platform and relevant projects such as the CapaCITIES networks, the CRAFT platform, the looming Global Knowledge Exchange Centre and, as appropriate, with the missions supporting TRAMI project, to underpin the implementation of the “Climate neutral and smart cities” mission and ensure coherence and complementarity of activities and leverage of knowledge and investment possibilities.

    Furthermore, concrete actions should be envisaged to enhance collaboration and synergies with other Horizon Europe neighbouring European Partnerships such as Clean Energy Transitions (CET), Built environment and construction (Built4People), Rescuing biodiversity (Biodiversa+), Safe and Sustainable Food Systems, Towards Zero Emission Road Transport (2ZERO), Cooperative, Connected and Automated Mobility (CCAM), EIT Urban Mobility and Water4All.

    Interfaces to public procurement and investment programmes and links with Urban Innovative Actions (UIA) under the Urban Agenda for the EU, European Urban Initiative (EUI) under cohesion policy, ESIF, private funds, etc. should be explored to support take-up and larger scale implementation of tested approaches and solutions.

    The consortium which applied to and received funding under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16 is uniquely placed to submit a proposal to continue the envisioned partnership. Not only did this consortium submit the proposal leading to the identification of the partnership in the Horizon Europe strategic planning 2021-2024, it has so far been implementing the partnership through co-funded calls in the year 2022 based on this planning and further to the HE WP 21/22 topic. In this context, the current consortium has particular expertise in relation to the objectives of the Partnership, the activities to be implemented in particular 2022 and 2023 FSTP calls or other calls/scope of calls clearly required/envisioned pursuant to initial proposal/partnership, and other relevant aspects of the action. In practice, another consortium could not continue the activities of the Partnership underway without significant disruption to the ongoing activities, if at all.

    While the award of a grant to continue the Partnership in accordance with this call should be based on a proposal submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16 and the additional activities (which may include additional partners) to be funded by the grant should be subject to an evaluation, this evaluation should take into account the existing context and the scope of the initial evaluation as relevant, and related obligations enshrined in the grant agreement.

    The Commission envisages to include new actions in its future work programmes to provide continued support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

    Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 120

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 121

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 04 May 2023

    Deadline(s): 05 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02-01

    IA

    24.00

    Around 8.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02-02

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02-03

    IA

    8.00

    Around 8.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    42.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02-01: Advanced materials and cells development enabling large-scale production of Gen4 solid-state batteries for mobility applications (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Building on the results of earlier research projects on advanced solid-state materials, the objective of this topic is to demonstrate, at cell level, the scale-up of advanced solid-state materials for anodes, cathodes, electrolytes and, where applicable, separators with performances and costs compatible for mobility markets.

    Projects are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.The selection of solid-state cell components and architecture (anode; electrolyte, cathode, collector, and interfaces) meeting, by the end of the project, all performance indicators at ambient and operational temperatures necessary for mobility, as following:

    1.Safety: with a technology compatible with the level 4 EUCAR at module/pack level for automotive (level 2 for aviation and waterborne applications).

    2.Gravimetric and volumetric energy density: > 400Wh/kg and 1000Wh/l.

    3.Cycling: up to 3000 cycles at 50% DoD (Depth of Discharge) with a minimum of 500 cycles at 80% DoD.

    4.C Rate at charge up to 5 C at 80% SoC (state of charge), or whichever C-rate / SOC combination that would allow < 20mn full capacity recovery; for aviation applications, up to 10C.

    5.Materials and cells design with mechanical properties and constraints that enable large scale production processes at a competitive cost, especially in terms of pressure conditions at cell and module level.

    6.Atmospheric conditions in factories.

    2.A demonstration of the selected materials in a State-of-Art benchmark cell (at least TRL5) with at least 1 Ah capacity.

    3.A competitive cost level towards 75€/kWh at pack level by 2030.

    4.An optimised environmental footprint of cell materials in terms of carbon footprint and quantity of metals.

    5.Cell manufacturing processes which allow the fabrication of performant, reliable, sustainable, and affordable solid-state cells, demonstrated at industrial pilot level.

    6.Cell materials and designs which are compatible with a recycling process that respects the requirements as put forward in the proposed Batteries Regulation 122 .

    Scope: Proposals are expected to cover all the following points:

    1.Develop or leverage the materials-specific models and digital tools for material and cell design to identify the best combinations of materials and speed up the cell optimisation process.

    2.Ensure high ionic conductivity (> 0.5mS/cm2) and stability of the solid electrolyte.

    3.Integrate high voltage cathode (> 4V) to reach the KPIs for mobility as listed in the Expected Outcomes section.

    4.Propose and evaluate interfaces and coating solutions especially to suppress dendrite growth and enable a stable solid-electrolyte interphase (SEI) and cathode-electrolyte interphase (CEI).

    5.Optimise the cell design with respect to all the cell components to meet high energy density objectives.

    6.Anode current collectors and/or solid electrolyte capable of accommodating volume changes upon charge/discharge.

    7.Demonstrate the potential for scale up of materials, cells and sustainable industrial processing methods with cells reaching a capacity of several Ah, produced in a statistical meaningful number to demonstrate the process repeatability.

    8.Project publications should adhere to the guidelines for publication of research results, as laid out by the "Batteries Europe - Reporting Methodologies" report, subject to the need to maintain confidentiality for future commercial exploitation.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    Projects should link to ongoing Horizon Europe calls, especially HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-03: Advanced high-performance Generation 4a, 4b (solid-state) Li-ion batteries supporting electro mobility and other applications and HORIZON_CL5-2021-D1-01-05 (Manufacturing technology development for solid-state batteries (SSB, Generations 4a - 4b batteries). Projects should also take stock of the outcomes of the projects under call LC-BAT-1-2019 (Strongly improved, highly performant ad safe all-solid-state batteries for electric vehicles).

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02-02: New Approaches to Develop Enhanced Safety Materials for Gen 3 Li-Ion Batteries for Mobility Applications (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Advanced Li-ion batteries with enhanced safety behaviour.

    2.Advanced materials which lead to improved cyclability (15% increase in cyclability by 2030 compared to 2019 base levels) and operational lifetime (a doubling of lifetime by 2030 compared to 2019 base levels), whilst maintaining competitive performance for cost, energy and power density with state-of-art advanced materials for Li-ion batteries.

    3.Improved sustainability and recyclability, in line with the recycled content, recycling efficiency and material recovery targets included in the proposed Batteries Regulation 123 .

    4.A defined concept for demonstrable, highly sustainable, circular manufacturing for the selected advanced materials at Gigafactory scale, with sustainability measured in terms of recognised economic, environmental, social and ethical metrics.

    5.The improvement in safety has to be demonstrated at representative cell level for mobility applications by direct comparison with SOA Gen. 3 cells tested at the beginning of the project.

    6.A EUCAR Hazard Level of 3 or other equivalent mobility standard should be validated.

    Scope: This topic aims at developing safer materials for high-performing cells by targeted modification in main cell components, namely the cathode, anode, separator and electrolyte. Solutions to common safety hazards have to be covered through a comprehensive design of new materials for at least three of following components:

    1.New cathode materials with no exothermal decomposition/reactions, reduced probability for oxygen and other gasses release, and preventing corrosion at current collector. Development can include the following approaches/strategies at different levels:

    1.Doping strategies or surface coating materials leading to more robust and effective cathode electrolyte interphase (CEI).

    2.Design of high-capacity cathode materials based on safer chemistries (e.g. stabilized Li-rich layered oxides, disordered rock salts, polyanionic materials…).

    3.Design high-voltage cathodes and high voltage anodes in order to combine them in a high energy cell, with sufficiently high operating voltage to avoid stripping/plating of lithium.

    4.Innovative approaches of cathode structuring to mitigate heat generation, including with toxic gas releases, in abuse conditions.

    2.New stable anode materials and electrode designs with non-swelling, or low degree of expansion over the whole cell lifetime, with no decomposition/exfoliation, high resistance against Li-dendrite formation – specially at high anode rate capabilities, and favouring the formation of a thermally stable, and low-resistivity SEI. Development can include the following approaches/strategies at different levels:

    1.Design and development of new systems with higher standard potential compared to lithium stripping/plating. (High SiOx, Si/C, etc. content).

    2.Surface coating materials for more robust and effective SEI.

    3.New approaches to minimize material/anode swelling and expansion during cycling, including anode manufacturing (polymeric and ceramic coating-based approaches, etc.) and structuring the anode-current collector interface.

    3.New electrolyte formulations with shear thickening, flame retardant and over-charge/discharge properties, maintained high ionic conductivity, broad electrochemical stability i.e., voltage-operating window, and high onset point for Li-dendrite formation, SEI decomposition and CEI effectiveness. Development can include the following approaches/strategies at different levels:

    1.(Multi-)functional additives for SEI and CEI stabilisation and protection on anode and cathode such as flame-retardant additives or solvents, ionic conductivity boosters, stability window promoters, etc.

    2.Addition of selective particles (i.e. oxides, etc.) to hinder mechanical abuse and improve shear thickening behaviour.

    4.New separator materials with flame retardant and improved ion transport capabilities, high melting point, and mechanical stability

    5.New binder materials with thermal, mechanical and electrochemical stability (self-healing systems), low ionic and electrical resistance, improved adhesion and cohesion, and preventing swelling and porosity reduction in electrodes.

    Projects need to justify the relevance of the selected components which will be addressed and how the new materials, and the combination of them, will lead to better safety outcomes.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with the USA.

    Projects may collaborate and/or contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02-03: Creating a digital passport to track battery materials, optimize battery performance and life, validate recycling, and promote a new business model based on data sharing (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Stakeholders engaged with the battery value chain need to be provided with accurate, reliable and immutable battery information e.g. related to ESGE (Environmental, Social, Governance & Economic) indicators and monitor thermal runaway at any stage of the value chain. Furthermore, the proposed Batteries Regulation 124 and future regulations will extend the due diligence to all domains of the battery value chain in the upcoming years. The EU Data Strategy is setting a clear architectural approach to federated data and is enabling a great opportunity to boost the EU dataspace on batteries.

    The availability of shared, interoperable, and trusted data for improving recycling and second life application might promote new business, assuring workforce and transportation safety. Indicators such as SoH (State of Health), SoS (State of Safety), SoP (State of Power) should be calculated in accurate, reliable, immutable, and standardized way, based on historical data (usage profile, working temperatures, etc.) of the battery or cells.

    The project is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependencies for critical raw materials by promoting resource efficiency.

    2.A Digital Product Passport (DPP), a proper tracking and blockchain solution, DLT (Distributed Ledger Technology)-solution or an equivalent solution that allows for built-in data authenticity verification, along the value chain, with no data duplication, avoiding data manipulation assuring privacy by design, with a low power consumption and promoting data interoperability.

    3.A set of transparent calculation methods for the relevant battery indicators stored in the DPP, which can be used as a base to set future standards.

    4.A demonstration of new business models in the different parts of the battery value chains and of circular data extraction, based on data sharing.

    5.The improvement of the battery transportation and workforce safety.

    6.A solution which has been tested throughout the entire battery value chain.

    7.At least 2 real life pilots capable to exploit data generated by DPP and to test two of the innovative solutions proposed.

    The project is also encouraged to address some of the following outcomes:

    1.Improvement of the recycling efficiency (more than one material).

    2.Promotion of sustainability and circularity through the adoption of 4R methodological approach Reduce, Repair, Reuse, Recycle.

    3.Boost of the use of recycled and reusable material to reduce energy usage/CO2 footprint.

    4.Increase of competitiveness of the European battery industry across the value chain (from mines and refiners to cell manufacturers to cell integrators).

    5.Streamlined compliance with the proposed Batteries Regulation and EU federated dataspace.

    The project outcomes are expected to:

    1.Be applicable to 3 or more use cases among the main transport or mobile applications (such as road, waterborne, airborne and rail transport, as well as non-road mobile machinery and industrial applications), with the aim to maximize the impact on the European industry.

    2.Also be applicable to stationary energy storage applications.

    Scope: The project is expected to:

    1.Promote the adoption of a downstream development and implementation of a battery pack Digital Product Passport (DPP) at minimum subset design system level addressing raw materials (at least anode and cathode critical raw materials), cells and modules, which is both scalable and energy efficient.

    2.Be able to facilitate real-time data recognition for different indicators and at local device - even when the battery ceases to be part of the Energy Storage System (ESS).

    3.Consider the key performance indicators proposed by Batteries Europe or by the dedicated Partnerships, reflected in the Partnership Strategic Research Agenda (SRA), to guide the technology developments on the application segments and use cases that will be selected. Contribute to the related regulation standards.

    4.Engage a variety of stakeholders along the whole battery value chain to assure the continuous traceability and assure that accountability will not be lost from raw or recycled raw material to first and second life and recycling.

    The suggested blockchain, DLT, or equivalent, solutions are requested to demonstrate trustworthy tracking. The project is encouraged to:

    1.Validate its interoperable data sharing strategy by adopting a unique battery data space and testing of interoperability between different subsystems (mobility, energy, etc.) is encouraged.

    2.Develop a safety second life-battery certification protocol, and hazard alerts system to assure liability and protection during transport, and second use.

    3.Validate new business models, capable to demonstrate improvement in remanufacturing, repurposing and recycling.

    4.Aim for cross-sectorial applications

    5.Focus on the lithium-ion battery chemistries currently on the market - or reaching the market in the short term, with the potential to quickly adapt to next-generation battery chemistries and assess its safety tracking.

    Projects need to be compliant with the following EU strategy and regulations framework:

    1.Green Deal and in particular Circular Economy Action Plan’s Sustainable Product Initiative,

    2.the EU Digital strategy’s Circular Electronics Initiative and,

    3.the EU Data strategy,

    4.Upcoming regulation on Batteries.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).

    Proposals should interface with the project(s) funded under the topic DIGITAL-2021-TRUST-01-DIGIPASS “Digital Product Passport: sustainable and circular systems” and notably its activities regarding batteries. They should also establish cooperation and complementarity with the selected proposal under the topic HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-05 “Technological solutions for tracking raw material flows in complex supply chains”, which is tracking raw material flows for batteries value chains and others.

    They should furthermore establish collaboration with the partnership “Battery Passport” under the Global Battery Alliance 125 . In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with the USA, Japan and South Korea.

    Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of providing added value regarding various aspects of battery sustainability, performance or safety.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 126

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 127

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 07 Dec 2023

    Deadline(s): 18 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-01

    RIA

    21.00

    Around 7.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-02

    IA

    21.00

    Around 7.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-03

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-04

    RIA

    10.00

    1.50 to 2.50

    5

    Overall indicative budget

    57.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-01: Advanced sustainable and safe pre-processing technologies for End-of-Life (EoL) battery recycling (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: The pre-treatment process is the first and indispensable step in recycling Lithium-ion batteries (LIBs), which significantly affects the recycling rate of the spent devices and the extraction rate of the high-value metals in the subsequent metallurgical processes. The batteries also contain toxic chemicals, which should be preventatively separated to promote environmental protection and sustainability. Moreover, the pre-treatment processes also help to reduce the scrap volume and allow the separation of the battery components.

    Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependencies for critical raw materials by promoting a circular economy.

    2.The direction of the EU battery industry towards the zero-waste concept by developing holistic, materials and energy efficient recycling processes that can increase the content of recovered mass and by improving the cooperation between recyclers and battery manufacturing through a vertical integration strategy, for those cases where battery and/or component repurposing is not a viable option.

    3.The circularity of battery materials, where also non-metallic elements (electrolyte, solvent, salts and polymers) are recycled back to use (as raw materials or valuable chemicals). The “cradle to cradle approach” will be addressed though waste pre-treatment by safe and sustainable separation and recovery.

    4.Environmentally beneficial processes for battery pre-treatment (pre-processing and separation) of the main elements to decrease the CO2 footprint and other emissions of the recycled materials.

    5.Safe technologies aimed at improved recovery yield, increased quality and purity level of the recycled/recovered materials, improved impurity removal.

    Scope: The current EOL LIB recycling technologies are focused on improving the recovering efficiency of Cobalt that is the most valuable material. However, other no-Co battery contents need to be extracted in one go to develop recycling processes with economic, societal and environmental perspectives. They, for instance, include low-density plastics, metal shells and foils, binders, separators, organic solvents, Li salt, anode active materials. Successful separation methods have the potential to enrich the constituent of targeted materials and improve the profit for recycling.

    In recent years, several pre-treatment processes were tested at least at lab-scale (usually mechanical, thermal and chemical options). The goal is to develop and integrate new advanced pre-processing concepts that enable more efficient and safe technologies for recycling EoL LIBs. Substantial improvements should be achieved in the processes environmental and economic viability and in the circular economy, narrowing the sustainability gaps in the whole battery recyclates pre-treatment.

    The following pre-treatment concepts are expected to be addressed:

    1.Battery sorting at component level that should be more efficient, accurate, also including recommendations for the standardisation of labelling of battery components, due to the huge variation of physical configurations, cell types and chemistries, with the aim of re-using the suitable components.

    2.Advanced pre-processing methods including (but not limited to) physical, mechanical, dry, thermal and aqueous pre-treatment methods that allow improved pre-concentration while minimising as much as possible waste side products.

    3.Process design enabling the recovery and valorisation of anode materials.

    4.Electrolyte valorisation through the development of sustainable and safe processes for the recovery of Li-salts.

    5.Separation of all the strategic battery materials that should be integrated into existing/innovative recycling processes to mitigate potential effect of impurities.

    6.Recovery of electrode current collectors (Al and Cu) that should be improved by developing more efficient separation methods of the metal foils from the electrode materials and easier removal of the organic binder.

    7.Other recoverable not-active materials from the EoL battery (solvent as EC, DEC, DMC, binders, separator).

    8.Pre-assessing concepts by their life cycle sustainability and safety impacts and studying overall techno-economical solutions for recovery systems in order to minimize cost, environmental impact and system losses.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).

    Pre-treatment should not impede on second life, according to the principles of the waste hierarchy.

    The topic will generate insights that may be of use for on-going research and innovation on new recycling processes and concepts from topic HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-02.

    Projects may collaborate and/or contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08.

    Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of providing added value regarding various aspects of battery sustainability.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-02: Non-Li Sustainable Batteries with European Supply Chains for Stationary Storage (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 128 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependencies for critical raw materials.

    2.Development of post-lithium cell chemistries with target cell- and system-level cost, safety, energy density and power metrics suitable for the selected stationary energy storage markets.

    3.Credible projected storage costs of less than 0.05 €/kWh/cycle by 2030, particularly for applications with a (minimum) storage durations of up to 8 hours.

    4.Set out a clear route to a feasible, European-based supply chain that reduces reliance on critical raw materials, substituting with abundant, non-toxic, inherently safe raw materials and minimises the impact of possible international trade disruptions and customs tariffs, taking account of the requirements for a range of stationary storage use cases.

    5.Demonstration of system operated in end-user conditions for at least 3,000 hours.

    6.Projected product cycling life 5,000 cycles in conditions operating conditions typical of the selected application.

    7.A battery storage solution, that works safely and efficiently across a wide range of ambient conditions.

    8.A defined concept for demonstrable, highly sustainable, circular manufacturing for the selected battery type, with sustainability measured in terms of recognised economic, environmental, social and ethical metrics.

    Scope: Non-lithium-based batteries have the potential to provide solutions for integration of renewables by providing energy storage solutions, either stand-alone, or as part of larger grid. Proposals are invited for projects which advance the development of non-Li battery systems, show their potential to be manufactured at scale at a cost the market will bear, and which meet regulatory requirements (including regulations for the recycling/re-use of batteries).

    Projects may target any stationary storage applications, from a few kWh in small-scale domestic behind-the-meter units, to many MWh in large utility-scale front-of-meter installations.

    Whilst stationary storage packaging constraints may not be as stringent as mobile applications in terms of volume and mass, total cost (€/kWh/cycle) and safety are critical to proving technological and commercial viability. Safety concerns become especially prominent as installation sizes increase due to the huge amount of stored chemical energy.

    This topic is open to all non-lithium battery chemistries.

    Projects are expected to:

    1.Develop and demonstrate sustainable and safe non-lithium battery solutions from abundant, non-toxic raw materials, capable of deployment in a large share of stationary energy-storage markets.

    2.Develop and demonstrate an innovative non-lithium battery technology with energy density and power metrics suited to stationary energy storage applications; and

    3.Prove the battery system’s sustainability and compatibility with a European supply chain.

    4.Risks will be demonstrably managed to the lowest possible level and within standard acceptable societal limits for toxicity and safety.

    Projects are encouraged to:

    1.Develop new materials that improve techno-economic performances and/or the ability to meet sustainability targets.

    2.Show how cell and system design and material improvements optimise techno-economic performance by defining (i) technical and commercial targets, and (ii) quantified success criteria/KPIs by which progress toward achieving the targets may be evaluated during both development and validation phases of the project.

    3.Demonstrate a credible commercial and technical path, from end-of-project outcomes to a stationary-energy-storage product, and which takes account of future manufacturing and recycling requirements.

    4.Provide evidence of current and future sustainability, viable European supply chains and rigorous analyses of the complex sustainability and recyclability issues including compatibility with regulation, including recycling regulations.

    5.Demonstrate minimal towards no maintenance requirements.

    BMS development is within scope where relevant but should not be the main focus of the project. In any case, developments of the BMS need to take into account the renewable energy directive and any pending amendments, notably for the requirements for real-time access to the data of the BMS.

    Projects which, in addition, demonstrate the suitability of the solution under development for other emerging energy storage markets, such as motive power for off-road and transport applications with similar system requirements are encouraged.

    Projects focussed on materials discovery for novel chemistries are out of scope. However, material refinements of known chemistries undertaken to achieve performance, sustainability, safety and cost targets are in scope.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    Proposals should indicate to which chapters of the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for chemicals and materials 129 they will contribute.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged for use cases, particularly with India, Africa and Australia.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-03: Development of technical and business solutions to optimise the circularity, resilience, and sustainability of the European battery value chain (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependencies for critical raw materials by promoting a circular approach to manufacturing and resource efficiency.

    2.Advancing circular and sustainable design and business practices relating to advanced batteries and associated value chains.

    3.Improving the life cycle sustainability performance of batteries produced in the EU, both in terms of reducing environmental impacts and maximising socio-economic benefits, including increased closed-loop practices.

    4.Enhancing European strategic independence in terms of battery raw materials, the competitiveness of European industry, and maximising socio-economic benefits at the EU level and beyond.

    5.Supporting the achievement of established EU recycling efficiency targets for 2030 and beyond.

    Contribution to the following outcomes is optional, depending on the scope of the project:

    1.Enabling tools and best practice for multiple industry sectors in order to improve the European industrial ambitions and global leadership beyond batteries.

    2.Improving batteries and their materials/components circularity through the promotion of more material efficient designs by enabling longer material/component lifetimes, improving added-value remanufacturing, refurbishing (including exchangeable battery systems), repairing and recycling and ultimately decreasing the cost of using secondary materials/components in batteries.

    Scope: Proposals should cover at least two of three scope categories (business models, cross-industry tools, sustainable design) and at least three bullet points in total:

    1.Business models

    1.Definition of assessment approaches for sustainable business models, including value proposition, value creation and delivery and value capture including environmental, social and economic dimensions. This activity will include analysis of best practice examples for sustainable business models.

    2.Development of sustainable business methods for technical, economic, and environmental evaluation of cycle life options: retrofit, second life, and recycling.

    3.Development of new business models and social innovations that promote the sustainable mobilisation of resources.

    4.Development of business methods to address outstanding issues, such as on-liability, across applications.

    2.Cross-industry tools

    1.Quantitative methodologies and tools that enable understanding whether recycling or second life is the preferred sustainable option, and at which level (pack, cell, electrode, material) recycling should be deployed.

    2.Optimisation of design and operation using LCA. Using high-quality data, exploring trade-offs between i) impacts at fabrication stage, ii) design for durability, iii) energy usage, iv) other functional aspects such as optimal sizing, hybridisation, electronic management, thermal management.

    3.Development of a central data information system and database (users of resources can see who offers which type and amount of battery system) and prototype Europe-wide information system for accident vehicles and their available battery systems for re-use.

    3.Sustainable design

    1.Innovations in battery design and architecture at all levels (system, pack, cell) supporting dismantling and recycling at the end of life. These could include the choice of materials and assembly methods and should not compromise the performance.

    2.Design of innovative sourced materials for improving sustainability in batteries by sustainable processes that avoid toxic/dangerous solvents and require controlled environments.

    3.Research and design of batteries from recycled materials and fully recyclable.

    Cooperation with complementary projects launched specifically in the Cluster 5 work program and specifically, in the Destination “A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain” is required. Examples of collaborative activities includes information sharing, promotion of results at thematic transnational events, conferences and open webinars.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).

    Projects may collaborate and/or contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08.

    Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of providing added value regarding various aspects of battery sustainability.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    Emerging breakthrough technologies and climate solutions

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-04: Emerging energy technologies for a climate neutral Europe

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Demonstration of knowledge and scientific proofs of the technological feasibility of concepts on high risk/high return (i.e. high technological and economic risks) technologies for transition to climate neutral economy by 2050 and beyond.

    2.Assessment of environmental, social, and economic benefits to contribute to R&I strategy, as well as the EU climate and energy targets.

    3.Contribution to establishing a solid long-term dependable innovation in Europe.

    Scope: This topic focusses on the development of novel bottom-up technological solutions with breakthrough potential across all parts of the energy sector value chain, as well as all energy-related aspects in the transport sector.

    Projects supported under this topic should consider at least one of the following areas:

    1.Energy distribution and transmission.

    2.Long-term energy storage.

    3.Novel energy generation/conversion methods.

    The following areas should not be covered, as they fall within either partnerships or other calls:

    1.Renewable energy technologies covered under the call D3-1-49 on ‘Next generation of renewable technologies) and renewable hydrogen production.

    2.Batteries and especially long-term electricity storage technologies, covered under D3-2-17 as well as flow batteries.

    3.Material research.

    The proposal should: i) present a robust research methodology including ambitious yet realistic conversion efficiency targets to be validated in the lab ii) establish the technological feasibility of the proposed concept iii) include a proper assessment of environmental, social, and economic benefits and iv) consider the applicability of the proposed technology in various sectors.

    Proposals are expected to fulfil the following conditions: 

    In developing its concept, the proposal should address the following aspects:

    1.Low environmental impact (e.g. on climate change and pollution) quantified based on Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) framework.

    2.Barriers to the deployment of such technologies, including issues related to social acceptability or resistance to new energy technologies, related socioeconomic and livelihood issues globally.

    Prospective life cycle approach to be done with the relevant information that can be gathered at such TRL level.

    Call - Cross-sectoral solutions for the climate transition

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 130

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 131

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 07 May 2024

    Deadline(s): 05 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-01

    IA

    8.00

    Around 8.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-02

    RIA

    15.00

    Around 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-03

    IA

    16.00

    Around 8.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-04

    IA

    15.00

    Around 7.50

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    54.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    A competitive and sustainable European battery value chain

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-01: Sustainable high-throughput production processes for stable lithium metal anodes for next generation batteries (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: As Li metal anodes will be needed for the Gen 4b, Gen 4c and Gen 5 batteries, it is important to create a European production chain for their manufacturing, in order to guarantee secure supply chains for the next generation battery producers with a focus on high performance and recyclability for Gen 4b, Gen4c or Gen5 cells.

    The proposed project is expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Reduction of strategic dependencies for critical raw materials by promoting resource efficiency.

    2.Energy consumption/carbon footprint of processing 10% lower than SoA.

    3.Throughput of Li foil and/or electrode production to support cell manufacturing, including a technical pathway towards production at MWh/(sub-)GWh scale.

    4.Ensure stability of Li during handling, processing and operation using coatings or other protective technologies (e.g. barriers/protective layers).

    5.Processing of Li (Metal) and Li electrodes within cell assembly at industrial scale, including, but not limited to, high-quality cutting of the Li foil and/or electrode.

    6.Homogeneous Li films with thickness below 20µm, contributing towards energy density levels of 400-500 Wh/kg.

    7.The developed process should be compatible with recycling targets (with respect to purification of scrap with protective coating) and assure recyclability to more than 70% of Li metal in battery waste, (90% Li metal for production scrap).

    8.The proposed project is encouraged to contribute to a competitive price of 75€/kWh at pack level.

    A demonstration of the performance of Li at cell level in SoA benchmark cell (at least TRL5 with at least 1 Ah capacity). Validation in Generation 4b, 4c and/or Generation 5 cells is highly encouraged.

    Scope: Proposals under this topic are expected to cover all of the following bullet points:

    1.Sustainable, cost-efficient and large-scale production of Li-metal foils and/ or electrodes, demonstrated up to pilot level during the project. Activities can include, but are not limited to, extrusion, comparison extrusion / electrostatic spray, rolling and co-rolling. However, extensive cell design and development are out of the scope as this topic focuses on the Li anode production.

    2.Control of the passivation of Li metal films, and to understand how the passivation is linked with the dry room conditions and requirements. The goal is to find the optimal way: high passivation and lower quality dry room, or low passivation and higher quality dry room, and how these selections are linked with cost, energy consumption and performance of the cells.

    The project is expected to also guarantee safety of the Li film production and handling, which has to be demonstrated in a process that is compatible for large scale production.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).

    Collaboration with other projects from calls HORIZON-CL5-2023-02-01 Advanced materials and cells development enabling large-scale production of Gen4 solid-state batteries for mobility applications and/or HORIZON-CL5-2024-02-02 Post-Li-ion technologies and relevant manufacturing techniques for mobility applications (Generation 5) is expected.

    The project is encouraged to cooperate with projects stemming from call topic HORIZON-CL5-2023-01-01 Technologies for sustainable, low carbon and cost-efficient downstream processing and production of battery-grade materials.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-02: Post-Li-ion technologies and relevant manufacturing techniques for mobility applications (Generation 5) (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims at developing:

    1.Generation 5 132 technologies for mobility applications;

    2. 

    3.the relevant manufacturing techniques which are affecting performance, safety and costs;

    4.Cell designs which will allow for full and easy recyclability at the end of their life.

    This topic also aims at evaluating the possible manufacturing compatibility with existing lithium-ion production infrastructure.

    Projects are expected to contribute to at least one of the following outcomes:

    1.Conversion systems based on metallic anodes with enhanced safety, delivering on cost, performance, sustainability and recyclability, with clear prospects for the feasibility of the scale-up of the manufacturing processes.

    2.Metallic anode protection and/or activation for conversion systems (polymer, ceramic and hybrid electrolytes) with increased safety, cycle life and low cost.

    3.Post lithium-ion cells based on cations other than lithium with long cycle-life (Sodium-ion is excluded and covered by call HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-1-13).

    In addition, projects are expected to contribute to creating rechargeable batteries that will work in realistic environments, are recyclable and with low environmental impact, and have safe manufacturing processes.

    Translating these outcomes into indicative KPIs to guide the R&I efforts, projects are expected to show a credible technical pathway to achieve all the following targets by 2030 and beyond:

    1.A safe behaviour at cell level: expected EUCAR Hazard level below 4 for automotive; level 2 for aviation and waterborne applications;

    2.Specific energy at cell level targeting 500 Wh/kg, and volumetric energy density at cell level targeting 600 Wh/l;

    3.Charge and discharge with a C-rate between 2 and 10;

    4.800+ cycles at 50%DoD or 400 cycles at >80%DoD;

    5.Cost at cell level < 75 euro/kWh.

    Scope: Proposals should address improvements in sustainable materials designs 133 to reach the manufacturability and high safety of the selected technology.

    Successful projects are expected to cover at least three of the following bullet points:

    1.Improvement of materials:

    1.Scalable and manufacturable surface coating materials for metallic anode protection and/or activation (e.g. CVD, PLD, ALD…) to increase safety and cycle life.

    2.Binders with high chemical and thermal stability to reduce toxicity and enable the use of water-based manufacturing processes.

    3.Design and development of new cell technologies with higher capacities compared to Li-ion cells.

    4.Improve and increase the electrodes-electrolyte compatibility with additives to increase over cell time.

    5.Improve the understanding of the chemical and/or electrochemical reaction mechanisms using advanced techniques in the cells for Gen5 technologies developed.

    6.Improve the insertion cathode with high charge-storage capacity.

    7.Use of safe and non-toxic materials.

    8.New efficient and sustainable catalysts that can promote polysulfide conversion in Metal-S batteries or the oxygen evolution/reduction reactions in rechargeable Metal-air batteries.

    2.Design and manufacturing:

    1.Innovative cell design ensuring high performances, low cost and ready for recycling.

    2.Develop relevant manufacturing processes and assess the possible manufacturing compatibility with the existing lithium-ion production infrastructure and production lines.

    3.Proof of concept possibly at small pilot line scale.

    4.Design production with low environmental impact, safe and healthy environment for workers, low energy consumption.

    Projects are encouraged to demonstrate also techno-economic suitability of the solution for other emerging markets, such as motive power for off-road applications, or energy storage applications.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).

    Projects are expected to collaborate and contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08, including the definition of a long-term research roadmap for this topic.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-03: Size & weight reduction of cell and packaging of batteries system, integrating lightweight and functional materials, innovative thermal management and safe and sustainable by design approach (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Widespread electrification of mobile applications is necessary to achieve the goals of the European Green Deal. A competitive European battery value chain will have to deliver highly performant and safe battery systems in order to enable the necessary uptake of electrified mobility applications.

    This topic focuses on delivering a safe by design approach 134 for batteries reduced in size and weight which will deliver the performance necessary for mobile applications. The objective is to ruggedise energy storage packs by enlarging the environmental and operational conditions in which they can operate, while maintaining a high level of performance and achieving a reduction in the size and weight of the battery pack.

    Successful projects are expected to deliver on both following points:

    1.An increase of the net useful mass and volumetric energy density of the battery system between 10% and 30% compared to the state-of-the-art battery systems.

    2.The improvement of the safety by design measures throughout the battery lifetime and during operation.

    Projects are furthermore expected to deliver innovative thermal management to

    1.Increase performance over the complete operational conditions

    2.Enable fast charging requirements 10%-80% in 10 minutes maximum.

    The solutions should be demonstrated and validated at application level and should comply with all relevant standards (performance and safety). They are also encouraged to contribute to standardisation of measures for safe thermal management.

    Scope: Projects should achieve size and weight reduction by integrating different technologies such as:

    1.Integration of advanced cell technologies/generations, sensing technologies,

    2.The use of lightweight and multi-functional materials (including, but not limited to, the use of nanomaterials) and lightweight structures for battery casing.

    3.Improvement of the cell to system ration by adopting innovative packaging approaches to enable smart battery cell concepts. Approaches to reduce the complexity of HV and BMS architecture and substitution by alternatives.

    To reach those targets, improvements in both components in the cell and in the pack will be considered.

    Proposals are expected to also address innovations in the manufacturing processes that result in size and weight reduction of the packs.

    In addition, projects are expected to improve battery performance and safety by demonstrating innovative thermal management systems, which enhance fast charging capability or high-power application during operational lifetime (heating and cooling).

    Finally, projects should enhance the safety throughout the full battery lifetime and for failure conditions by developing and demonstrating safe by design measures, for example such as:

    1.Thermal propagation measures.

    2.Fire retardant properties.

    3.Mechanical properties ameliorations.

    4.Reliability, default propagation/thermal runaway modelisation and simulation.

    The effectiveness of safety measures should be demonstrated by simulation at pack level.

    The projects are to focus on the battery system level, i.e., on the integration of battery cells into a battery system (e.g., a battery pack), considering mechanical, electrical and thermal aspects.

    The integration of battery systems into larger systems of application (e.g., into vehicles structure) can be part of scope (e.g. cell to casing integration) as long as it can be demonstrated as a possibility to reduce overall packaging space, battery weight and battery performance improvement.

    All solutions are expected to consider optimal design for manufacturing, end of life management and LCA analysis and disassembly.

    The Commission initiative for Safe and Sustainable by Design 135 will set a framework for assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials and which should be considered as a reference in the proposal.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with the USA.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02-04: Accelerated multi-physical and virtual testing for battery aging, reliability and safety evaluation (Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Shortening the development time of battery cells and battery systems by minimising the experimental testing effort and thus reducing the overall costs and time in battery system development and reducing the time to market.

    2.Increasing the battery reliability and safety through better understanding of the ageing, reliability and safety-relevant mechanisms and phenomena.

    3.Supporting the uptake of zero emission vehicles and the deployment of stationary energy storage systems (ESS) through safer and cost-effective battery systems.

    4.Fostering innovations in the eco-system battery through accelerated and more reliable verification and validation of advanced solutions contributing to increased user acceptability (safety & costs) and competitiveness of the European battery value chain.

    5.Standardisation of battery system testing & validation approaches focussing on the fusion of physical and virtual test methodologies.

    Scope: This call aims to reduce the development cost and time to market of battery systems by accelerated multi-physical and virtual testing. Current test strategies are still very time consuming and costly due to the need to understand the impact of multi-physical operational loads (electric, thermal, mechanical, …), potential failure modes, ageing and misuse on the safety and reliability of battery cells, modules and systems level. For overcoming these barriers, new multi-physical test strategies supplemented by virtual testing are required deepening the understanding of factors impacting ageing, reliability and safety and their dependencies.

    This call complements the previous call HORIZON-CL5-D2-2022-01-07 focusing on the digitisation of battery testing. To differentiate, research activities should focus on the orchestration of accelerated testing and should result in a coherent test strategy from cell to system as much as possible independent from chemistries and technologies applicable also to next-generation batteries. Proposals can address mobile as well as stationary applications and should address and demonstrate at least following activities:

    1.Understanding and describing the impact of multi-physical operational loads, failure modes, ageing and misuse on battery reliability and safety highlighting the dependencies between them in order to design the most adequate testing methods and parameters. This includes deeper understanding of aging and degradation mechanisms induced by accelerated tests both on batteries safety performance and cycle-life to optimise the testing strategy.

    2.Deriving advanced operating profiles for testing and development of novel X-in-the-Loop (XiL) test environments for multi-physical and accelerated testing addressing electrical, thermal and mechanical loads at the same time. This includes the design of specimen mountings representing real-life conditions.

    3.Combining physics-based with data-driven test strategies enabling reliable virtual and distributed battery testing from cell to system taking into account specific applications. This includes developing methodologies for accelerated model convergence mixing digital and XiL test results as well as of decision-making algorithms for automated test definition and execution.

    4.Development of simplified test strategies reducing the number of test and their complexity while improving battery safety and reliability. This includes on the fly testing protocols to facilitate/accelerate the parametrisation as well as the testing of aged or damaged batteries. Synergies between different battery chemistry, including next generation battery designs and sizes should be exploited allowing to re-use or scale test results from cell to system level.

    5.Research activities should also lead to advance response strategies for damaged and aged batteries as well as should contribute to an European-wide safety classification system for safety. For the latter, the development of concepts for such a safety classification system are being expected.

    Activities could be complemented by following aspects:

    1.Development of virtual methods to reduce the complexity of testing sample to sub-system DUTs (device under test) while full system is validated by virtual methods using the results from physical sub-system test.

    2.Development, exploitation, and harmonisation of advanced battery cell/pack measurement & diagnostic methods for enhancing the data depth and breadth over what is currently available. Development of performance indicators relating to battery degradation and safety and methods / requirements for correlating / validating digital models.

    3.Application of AI to the collected data at laboratory to redefine designed test matrix in order to improve the potential conclusions, to reduce the testing time and effort and in general, to enhance the applied testing methodology.

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).

    To strengthen European battery production ecosystem, projects are encouraged to implement batteries produced in EU Member States/Associated countries at large or pilot plant scale.

    Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of performing experimental or desk-top research on battery performance or safety.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership on Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    Destination – Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

    This Destination includes activities targeting a sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply. In line with the scope of cluster 5, this includes activities in the areas of renewable energy; energy system, grids and storage; as well as Carbon Capture, Utilisation and Storage (CCUS).

    The transition of the energy system will rely on reducing the overall energy demand and making the energy supply side climate neutral, in current and future climate conditions. R&I actions will help to make the energy supply side cleaner, more secure, and competitive by boosting cost performance and reliability of a broad portfolio of renewable energy solutions, in line with societal needs and preferences. Furthermore, R&I activities will underpin the modernisation of the energy networks to support energy system integration, including the progressive electrification of demand side sectors (buildings, mobility, industry) and integration of other climate neutral, renewable energy carriers, such as clean hydrogen. Innovative energy storage solutions (including chemical, mechanical, electrical and thermal storage) are a key element of such energy system and R&I actions will advance their technological readiness for industrial-scale and domestic applications. Carbon Capture, Utilisation and Storage (CCUS) is a CO2 emission abatement option that holds great potential and R&I actions will accelerate the development of CCUS in electricity generation and industry applications.

    This destination contributes to the activities of the Strategic Energy Technology Plan (SET Plan) and its implementation working groups.

    This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations (KSO):

    1.C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

    2.A: Promoting an open strategic autonomy 136 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations; 

    It covers the following impact areas:

    1.Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;

    2.Affordable and clean energy.

    The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to “More efficient, clean, sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply through new solutions for smart grids and energy systems based on more performant renewable energy solutions”, notably through

    1.Fostering European global leadership in affordable, secure and sustainable renewable energy technologies and services by improving their competitiveness in global value chains and their position in growth markets, notably through the diversification of the renewable services and technology portfolio (more detailed information below).

    2.Ensuring cost-effective uninterrupted and affordable supply of energy to households and industries in a scenario of high penetration of variable renewables and other new low carbon energy supply. This includes more efficient approaches to managing smart and cyber-secure energy grids and optimisation the interaction between producers, consumers, networks, infrastructures and vectors (more detailed information below).

    3.Accelerating the development of Carbon Capture, Use and Storage (CCUS) as a CO2 emission mitigation option in electricity generation and industry applications (including also conversion of CO2 to products) (more detailed information below).

    Global leadership in renewable energy

    Renewable energy technologies encompass renewable electricity, renewable heating and cooling and renewable fuel technologies. They provide major opportunities to replace or substitute carbon from fossil origin in the power, heating/cooling, transportation, agriculture and industry economic sectors. Their large scale and decentralised deployment are expected to create more jobs than the fossil fuel equivalent and, especially, local jobs. Renewable energy technologies are the baseline on which to build a European and global climate-neutral future. A strong global European leadership in renewable energy technologies will pave the way to increase energy security and reliability.

    It is imperative to enhance affordability, security, sustainability, and efficiency for more established renewable energy technologies (such as wind energy, photovoltaics, solar thermal, bioenergy or hydropower), and to further diversify the technology portfolio. Furthermore, advanced renewable fuels, including synthetic fuels (which contain also direct solar fuels 137 ) and sustainable advanced biofuels, are also needed to provide long-term carbon-neutral solutions for the transport, energy consuming and energy-intensive industrial sectors, in particular for applications where direct electrification is not a technically and cost-efficient option.

    In line with the “do not significantly harm” principle for the environment, research and innovation actions for all renewable energy technologies aim to also improve the environmental sustainability of the technologies, delivering products with reduced greenhouse gas emissions and improved environmental performance regarding water use, circularity, pollution, and ecosystems. For biofuels and bioenergy improving the environmental sustainability is associated to the biomass conversion part of the value chain and the quality of the product, while air pollution associated to combustion in engines falls in the scope of other destinations in Cluster 5 and other environmental aspects will be under Cluster 6.

    Synergies with activities in cluster 4 are necessary for integrating renewable energy technologies and solutions in energy consuming industries and ensure that renewable energy solutions do not harm the environment. Complementarities with cluster 6 concern mainly biomass-related activities and with EIC low technology readiness level actions.

    All renewable energy technologies are addressed as they have all a strong international market potential, and it will be coherent with the EU policy of industrial leadership worldwide.

    Regarding the REPowerEU communication, renewable energy technologies are - as described above - a key instrument to diversify EU gas supplies and reduce the EU’s dependence on fossil fuels. Most of the topics in this work programme are centred along two of the REPowerEU tracks, with the remainder of the topics fully contributing to decreasing the EU’s dependence on fossil fuels:

    1.PV, wind energy and heat pumps, encompassing the most readily available renewable energy technologies to reduce the EU’s dependence on fossil fuels. (17 topics)

    2.Renewable fuels, encompassing the most readily available technologies (advanced biofuels) but also the less mature ones (synthetic renewable fuels). Renewable fuels can be used in transport but also in buildings and industry to meet the demand for electricity and heat, therefore displacing fossil fuels. Gaseous renewable fuels are one of the named actions in the REPowerEU communication, as regards increasing the production of bio methane twice above the European Green Deal target in 2030. All forms of renewable fuels, and in particular advanced biofuels, contribute to reduce the EU’s dependence, because they are drop-in fuels and direct replacements of fossil fuels, utilizing the existing infrastructure. (8 topics)

    3.The remainder of the topics also contributes to the objective of decreasing the EU’s dependence on fossil fuels, with the focus either on specific renewable energy sectors (bioenergy, geothermal, hydropower, ocean energy and solar thermal) or on cross-technology activities (next generation renewable energy, market measures, international cooperation). (18 topics)

    Main expected impacts:

    1.Availability of disruptive sustainable renewable energy and renewable fuel technologies & systems accelerating the replacement of fossil-based energy technologies to achieve climate neutrality in the energy sector by 2050, considering future climate conditions, and without harming biodiversity, environment and natural resources.

    2.Reduced cost and improved efficiency of sustainable renewable energy and renewable fuel technologies and their value chains.

    3.Support de-risking of sustainable renewable energy and fuel technologies with a view to their commercial exploitation to contribute to the 2030 “Fit for 55” targets increasing the share of renewable electricity, heat and fuels in the EU energy consumption (in particular, 40% renewable energy overall, 2.2% advanced biofuels and 2.6% renewable fuels of non-biological origin).

    4.Better integration of sustainable renewable energy and renewable fuel-based solutions in all economic sectors, including through digital technologies.

    5.Enhanced security and autonomy of energy supply in the EU, while accelerating the green transition.

    6.Affordable, secure and sustainable energy solutions to diversify gas supplies in the EU by increasing the level of biomethane.

    7.Reinforced European scientific basis and European export potential for renewable energy technologies through international collaborations (e.g., the AU-EU Climate Change and Sustainable Energy partnership, the missions and innovation communities of Mission Innovation 2.0).

    8.Enhanced sustainability of renewable energy and renewable fuels value chains, taking fully into account circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities.

    9.More effective market uptake of sustainable renewable energy and fuel technologies to support their commercialisation and provide inputs to policy making.

    10.Increased knowledge on the environmental impacts of the different renewable energy technologies along their lifecycle and value chains.

    Energy systems, grids and storage

    Main expected impacts:

    1.Increased resilience of the energy system, based on improved and/or new technologies and energy vectors, to control the system and maintain system stability under difficult circumstances.

    2.Increased flexibility and resilience of the energy system to plan and operate different networks for different energy carriers simultaneously in a coordinated manner that will also contribute to climate neutrality of hard-to-electrify sectors.

    3.Innovative data-driven services for consumers that empower them to engage in the energy transition. Enhanced consumer satisfaction and increased system flexibility thanks to enabling consumers to benefit from new energy services and facilitating their investment and engagement in the energy transition.

    4.Improved energy storage and energy vector technologies, in particular technologies for long-term storage of electricity and heat.

    5.Foster the European market for new energy services and business models as well as tested standardised and open interfaces of energy devices through a higher degree of interoperability, increased data availability and easier data exchange.

    6.More effective and efficient solutions for transporting and seamlessly integrating off-shore energy with new electricity transmission technologies, in particular using superconducting technologies, power electronics and hybrid Alternate Current – Direct Current grid solutions as well as MT HVDC (Multi Terminal High Voltage Direct Current) solutions.

    7.Based on easy data-sharing, increased flexibility of the energy system to integrate renewables, and better predictability of return on investments in renewable and energy efficiency investments.

    8.Speeding up of (from early-adoption to upscaling) of new digital technologies in the energy sector for the benefit of the energy transition.

    9.Development of cyber-security and privacy tools and technologies tailor-made for the specific requirements of the energy system.

    10.Development of technologies and systemic approaches that optimise energy management of IT technologies.

    Carbon Capture, Utilisation and Storage (CCUS)

    Main expected impacts:

    Carbon capture, utilisation and storage (CCUS)

    1.Accelerated rollout of infrastructure, in particular for CCUS hubs and clusters.

    2.Continuing knowledge and best practice sharing activities, in particular on connecting industrial CO2 sources with potential bankable storage sites and installations using CO2, providing greater confidence for decision makers and investors.

    3.Proven feasibility of integrating CO2 capture, CO2 storage and CO2 use in industrial facilities and to maximize the efforts to close the carbon cycle. Demonstrating these technologies at industrial scale should pave the way for subsequent first-of-a-kind industrial projects.

    4.Reduced cost of the CCUS value chain, with CO2 capture being still the most relevant stumbling block for a wider application of CCUS. Develop innovative technology for CO2 conversion to reduce the need for pre-concentration and/or purification.

    5.Adequate frameworks for Measurement, Monitoring and Verification (MMV) for storage and use projects, to document safe storage and for public buy-in of the technology.

    6.Further research in DACCS and BECCS as CO2 capture technologies in combination with CO2 storage in order to deliver carbon removals.in view of achieving the net zero targets.

    7.Assess the environmental impacts and risks, in the short, medium and long term, of CCUS technologies, with respect to the Do No Significant Harm principle, and to inter-generational solidarity.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01

    397.60

    23.00

    30 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02

    161.00

    05 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03

    58.00

    10 Oct 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01

    246.00

    16 Jan 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02

    138.00

    05 Sep 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    616.60

    407.00

    Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 138

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 139

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 13 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 30 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-01

    IA

    40.00 140

    Around 20.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-02

    IA

    16.00 141

    Around 8.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-03

    IA

    14.00 142

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-04

    IA

    14.00 143

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-05

    RIA

    18.00 144

    Around 6.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-06

    IA

    18.00 145

    Around 9.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-07

    IA

    18.00 146

    Around 9.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-08

    IA

    40.00 147

    Around 20.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-09

    IA

    12.00 148

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-10

    IA

    20.00 149

    Around 20.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-11

    IA

    18.00 150

    Around 9.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-12

    IA

    22.00 151

    Around 11.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-13

    RIA

    14.00 152

    4.00 to 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-14

    IA

    30.00 153

    Around 10.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-15

    IA

    18.00 154

    Around 18.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-16

    CSA

    0.60

    Around 0.60

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-17

    IA

    40.00 155

    Around 20.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-18

    COFUND

    45.00

    23.00

    Around 68.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    397.60

    23.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Global leadership in renewable energy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-01: Renewable Energy Valleys to increase energy security while accelerating the green transition in Europe

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome:  

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Contribute to the implementation of the REPowerEU Plan, in particular to i) diversify gas supplies via higher levels of sustainable bio-methane (mainly based on organic waste and agricultural residues) and green hydrogen, and ii) speed up Europe’s path to independence from fossil fuels by increasing the share of renewable energy (electricity, heat and fuels) in the European energy consumption.

    2.Increase the roll-out of local or regional renewable energy system solutions for electricity, heat and fuel needs and contribute to their market up-take in Europe.

    3.Create new sustainable jobs linked to local or regional renewable energy system value chains and enhance economic growth in local or regional European communities.

    4.Enhance security and autonomy of local or regional energy supply in EU Member States/Associated countries in current and future climate conditions.

    5.Increase the readiness, reliability, performance and affordability of local or regional renewable energy system solutions in Europe.

    Scope: The EU energy system strongly relies on centralised electricity generation and on fuel imports, with 95% of its oil and 84% of its gas consumption sourced from outside the EU. The REPowerEU Plan proposes a set of actions to reduce the EU’s dependence on fossil fuels and diversify its energy supply ‘well before 2030’. The three pillars of the plan are to ramp up the production of green energy, diversify our energy supplies, and reduce our demand for fossil gas, coal and oil.

    Renewable energy valleys are understood as decentralised renewable energy systems that offer a viable and efficient solution to the challenges mentioned above. For example, local production and consumption, reduced transmission and distribution losses thanks to the reliance on local networks for energy needs, greater operational flexibility and reduced dependence on expensive fuel imports all contribute to a higher energy autonomy, a more secure supply, and lower, more stable overall energy costs, including for individual citizens. In addition, this alleviates a part of the load on the centralised grid and avoids blockages by the capacity of the grid.

    Proposals are expected to address the following aspects:

    1.Creation of a renewable energy valley ‘living lab’ in local, peri-urban or regional communities that demonstrates in real life conditions the sustainable and cost-effective production and storage of renewable energy from different local renewable energy sources providing multiple renewable energy carriers (e.g., electricity, heat, renewable fuels, bio-methane, biogas, hydrogen), fully covering the local energy needs on an annual basis.

    2.Consideration of different potentials in terms of geography, climate and natural resources in the concept design.

    3.Consideration of different end users (e.g. buildings, mobility, industry, industrial parks) of the multiple renewable energy carriers.

    4.Reduction of energy use and energy losses through the integration of effective and innovative energy-efficient solutions.

    5.Development and testing of a digital twin of the specific local energy grid for all types of energy carriers (i.e., electricity, heat, fuels including gases) for operational analysis, detailed energy forecasting and local grid management.

    6.Scenario analysis using the digital twin to constantly improve multiple carrier grid management, planning, data gathering/handling and cyber security.

    7.Development of cost-effective upscaling and commercialisation approaches of the solutions, linked to robust business models along the value chains, considering inclusive and affordable access to energy for consumers. This can include collaborative ventures with local stakeholders.

    8.Regarding the development of the renewable energy technologies value chains, fostering the participation of the local industry and other stakeholders, including citizens, Energy Communities and the Energy Communities Repository 156 as appropriate, therefore generating local jobs, skills, economic growth and benefits for citizens. As such, providing support to the participation of citizens in the design, implementation and exploitation of renewable energy, in order to increase acceptability. Where applicable, synergies with other economic sectors than the energy sector may be considered.

    9.Regarding the local or regional renewable energy system developed, assessment of its stability, robustness, and fitness to the local resources and needs, including understanding consumer behaviour.

    10.Assessment of costs avoidance from fossil fuels imports in line with REPowerEU to decrease the dependence on such imports.

    11.Assessment - both at the design phase and during operation - of environmental and socio-economic impacts (positive and negative) for the local community or region, and development of measures to mitigate the negative impacts.

    The renewable energy valleys can take diverse configurations, such as peri-urban settings, (agro-) industrial clusters or remote or islanded areas. They can also take the form of either distinct but combined systems or unique poly-generation systems (i.e., in the same infrastructure) to deliver multiple energy carriers from combined renewable energy resources and technologies.

    The proposal should indicate how the operation and maintenance of the living lab will be guaranteed after the end of the project.

    Technological developments for hydrogen production and storage are addressed in the frame of the Clean Hydrogen European Partnership and are therefore excluded from this call, but proposals may include the integration of such devices in the demonstration.

    Proposals are expected to foresee coordination and collaboration with similar EU-funded projects (in particular, those that will be funded under this topic) for policy relevant issues such as regulatory framework, business models and obstacles to innovation.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-02: PV integration in buildings and in infrastructure

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic products are considered to be building-integrated, if they have been designed following the basic requirements for construction works in order to form and/or replace a construction product. If the integrated PV product is dismounted, it would have to be replaced by an appropriate conventional construction product. Building and infrastructure integrated PV can be a cost-effective, technologically proven solution to decarbonise buildings and infrastructure.

    Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Demonstrate economic and sustainable integration of PV products in the built environment and in infrastructure.

    2.Establish enhanced structural collaborative innovation between PV companies and the (building) construction sector.

    3.Contribute to the Renovation Wave, the Mission on climate-neutral and smart Cities and the New European Bauhaus initiative.

    Scope: PV integration in buildings and in infrastructure unlocks a huge potential for renewable electricity generation. Integrated PV require individual solutions in order to meet multi-functional and aesthetic requirements such as yield-friendly colouring or modular transparency, antifouling property, structural flexibility, module lightness and flexibility, suited voltage levels, the use of and combination with (building) materials other than glass, and an overall high aesthetical value that addresses the requirements of architects and designers.

    Proposals are expected to:

    1.Demonstrate resilience against partial shading, flexibility in the interconnection of PV modules having different sizes and electrical characteristics specific optical and thermal control solutions, long service life/easy replacement, safety and simplicity of maintenance, software control for quick detection of faults, module substructures and fixing systems to enhance aesthetics and functionality of the integration and electricity yield.

    2.Decrease costs and enhance lifetime, quality, reliability and sustainability with new approaches for both PV module and BOS with the development of industrialized production of customized products and of prefabricated modular solutions, which incorporate an integrated life cycle approach.

    3.Develop energy integration and social behaviour concepts to maximize the energy matching between PV production and local buildings consumption, supported by new tools and business models to ensure their economic effectiveness.

    4.Demonstrate integration of PV design and manufacturing within the construction value chain with appropriate consideration to standards for buildings and infrastructure, as well as contribution to new and improved standards.

    5.Form alliances between all stakeholders (PV and building/construction sectors, distribution system operators, investors, owners, architects, installers) to tackle a number of educational and regulatory barriers that still hinder the development of integrated PV in buildings and in infrastructure. The goal is to promote new concepts/schemes and business models for an active role of integrated PV in renovation and construction.

    Demonstrations are expected to be carried out in more than one different construction typologies (residential buildings, tertiary building [hospitals, schools, public administration buildings, etc.]), or civil infrastructures (roadways, noise barriers, parking lots, bridges, etc.) and in more than one location in Europe.

    A plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    Projects are expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative 157 by interacting with the NEB Community, NEBLab and other relevant actions of the NEB initiative through sharing information, best practice, and, where relevant, results.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-03: Floating PV Systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal to a clean energy system and the achievement of the net zero-emissions target. To this end, it is important to enhance affordability, sustainability and exploit the modularity and synergies of application of PV technologies.

    Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Expand the potential application and minimise the environmental impact of Floating PV (FPV) technology for inland and offshore waters.

    2.Significant improvement of FPV designs that reduce both CAPEX and OPEX, maximize energy output and thus reduce LCoE.

    Scope: Floating PV (FPV) has huge potential in uncovered waterbodies, presenting an opportunity for solar energy production in areas where difficult terrain or land constraints make ground-mounted systems impractical. However, FPV also face a plethora of challenges for various environmental conditions such as wind, wave, currents, water level variations and humid and corrosive environment that could adversely affect the electrical output and life of the plant.

    Proposals are expected to:

    1.Develop (and verify) predictive yield models including dynamic behaviour of the PV floats, temperature effects and wave induced mismatch losses, depending on the application environment (wave height class) and scale of implementation.

    2.Demonstrate advanced module and system concepts of adequate scale (min 5 MW) for electrical output optimisation considering the disturbance of environmental factors to the electrical output characteristics of PV modules and systems.

    3.Demonstrate system components that satisfy the structural and functional requirements for the entire lifecycle (coping with soiling and fouling, degradation, corrosion, environmental stress cracking, UV stabilisation, exposure to water, salinity, humidity, algae growth, toxicity). Address reliability and performance loss rates through the development of accelerated stress testing specifically for FPV applications, operational data, and visual inspection of FPV systems.

    4.Demonstrate low impact on ecosystem biodiversity by developing methodologies (models, monitoring…) and guidelines to assess the direct impacts of FPV on aquatic systems and biodiversity and consider potential mitigation measures.

    5.Satisfy end-of-life recycling aspects.

    A plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-04: Solar Systems for Industrial Process Heat and Power

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Renewable energy integration in the industrial sector is a key step in achieving low-carbon production systems. Solar systems for industrial process heat and power are gaining attention towards this goal and have the potential for significant scale up, particularly in areas that combine a large and diverse industrial sector with rich solar resources. Therefore, project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

    1.Energy efficient solar resource integration in the industrial sector for achieving low-carbon, emission-free production systems.

    Scope: Industrial processes need considerable amounts of heat and power. Much of the demand for process heat, roughly 50% among the most energy-intensive manufacturing industries, including food and beverages and pulp and paper, occurs at temperatures of 400 °C or less. The Solar Thermal (ST) medium-temperature process heat or cogeneration with electricity can be an effective way to transition to clean energy sources and displace conventional fossil fuel use in industry. On the other side, Photovoltaic (PV) systems convert sun-light to direct current (DC) electricity and the electricity can be used to power or heat industrial processes directly (or via the grid) with electric heating technologies. The two solar technologies (PV and ST) are not competing but can be suitably integrated in an energy system to best benefit of the different features offered by the two options. This high synergy output would allow a useful integration of solar in many industrial processes.

    Proposals are expected to:

    1.Demonstrate a system that considering solar energy's generation potential, topographic characteristics, land-use constraints and system performance, generates solar medium-temperature heat and electricity in a modular, low environmental footprint, low cost and high-efficiency hybrid PV and ST design. Optimize the manufacturing processes based on the process integration concept (presenting opportunities for energy efficiency and heat recovery) and process control, to reduce process power and heat demand to its practical minimum for an energy efficient solar energy supply (possibly including storage) investment.

    2.Demonstrate the potential of hybrid approaches (PV and ST) that produce heat and electricity to power a broad range of manufacturing end uses. A plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    International cooperation with the Mediterranean Region is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-05: Critical technologies for the offshore wind farm of the Future

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved performance of offshore wind turbines and efficient use of the marine space.

    2.Reinforced European offshore wind turbine value chain, supporting local companies and creating local jobs and skills.

    3.Reduce the possible impacts of offshore wind turbines on protected species and habitats.

    4.Reduced use of primary raw materials and reduced dependency on scarce raw materials.

    5.Reduction of LCOE and increased sustainability.

    Scope: The objective is to bring major innovations in the design and manufacturing of large offshore wind farms, aiming at >15 MW for fixed bottom offshore applications and >12 MW for floating offshore installations.

    Attention can be paid to substantially reducing the wind turbine mass (rotor/nacelle/tower) as well as on advanced lean marine-compatible substructures, advanced (dynamic) cabling and connectors, including floating platforms and its moorings. Innovations such as compact generators, smart blades, reliable drive trains, can be investigated alongside new turbine designs. Innovative low-cost substructures with suitable geotechnical and hydro-dynamic properties should be developed using long-lasting, anti-fouling, corrosion resistant materials with high damping properties.

    The projects should exploit improved understanding of the issues related to materials in the upscaling of wind energy turbines/systems (stresses and strains, delamination, etc.)

    The innovations should contribute to sustainability considering circularity in the design phase, less (or no) use of (critical) raw materials and decreasing negative environmental and social impacts. They should also contribute to the mitigation of the possible impacts to protected species and habitats.

    Such development will allow further deployment of offshore wind energy conversion systems and dramatically increase the offshore wind potential while reducing public acceptability barriers (noise, visual impact).

    The active participation of relevant industrial partners and technology suppliers is essential to form a multisectoral, multidisciplinary consortium able to achieve the full impact of the project.

    This R&I need is identified in the offshore renewable energy strategy (COM(2020) 741 final) that describes that further R&I action is needed in critical raw material substitution, reducing the environmental impacts of offshore technologies, and job creation.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-06: Demonstration of advanced biofuel technologies for aviation and/or shipping

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 158 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Expand the technology portfolio for ready to pre-commercial plant investments in advanced biofuel technologies for aviation and /or shipping.

    2.Support de-risking the technology, boost scale-up of advanced biofuels for aviation and /or shipping and contribute to their market up-take.

    3.Respond to short- and medium-term needs for renewable fuels in aviation and /or shipping.

    4.Support better integration of advanced biofuel technologies in aviation and /or shipping.

    Scope: Demonstration of technological pathways for the production of liquid jet-drop-in and/or liquid bunker drop-in advanced biofuels with reduced cost and GHG emissions from biogenic residues and wastes including CO2 or microalgae (including cyanobacteria) through chemical, biochemical, biological and thermochemical pathways, or a combination of them.

    A reduced cost or at least cost parity with existing biofuels for use in aviation and/or shipping is expected, as for example the hydro processed esters and fatty acids (HEFA) for aviation and the biodiesel for shipping. Proposals should provide information and assessment about the economic feasibility and the potential of scaling-up the technology at commercial scale as appropriate. The exploitation plans should include preliminary feasibility study and business plan also indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (such as private equity, the InvestEU, the EU Catalyst Partnership and the Innovation Fund).

    GHG reduction from fossil equivalents above the state of the art should be shown.

    The sustainability and GHG reduction should be addressed on a life-cycle assessment basis.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-07: Demonstration of synthetic renewable fuel for aviation and/or shipping

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Expand the technology portfolio for ready to pre-commercial plant investments in synthetic renewable fuel technologies for aviation and /or shipping.

    2.Support de-risking the technology, boost scale-up of synthetic renewable fuel for aviation and /or shipping and contribute to their market up-take.

    3.Respond to short- and medium-term needs for renewable fuels in aviation and /or shipping.

    4.Support better integration of synthetic renewable fuel technologies in aviation and /or shipping.

    Scope: Demonstration of innovative technological pathways for the production of synthetic renewable fuels for aviation and /or shipping from renewable energy, CO2, and/or renewable carbon, nitrogen, hydrogen or their compounds, as for example renewable synthetic paraffinic kerosene, renewable methanol/methane and renewable ammonia. Pathways via production of renewable hydrogen or renewable hydrogen ionic compounds from all forms and origins of renewable energy (e.g., electricity, direct sunlight, heat) are in scope. Cost reduction compared to current state of the art including via electricity pathways and above state of the art GHG reduction from fossil fuel equivalents are expected to be shown. An assessment for the scalability potential of the technology, as well as for the overall energy efficiency, the GHG emissions and sustainability based on life cycle analysis should be included. Proposals should provide information and assessment about the economic feasibility of the technology at commercial scale as appropriate The exploitation plans should include preliminary feasibility study and business plan also indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (such as private equity, the InvestEU, the EU Catalyst Partnership and the Innovation Fund).

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-08: Demonstration of sustainable tidal energy farms

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.De-risking tidal energy technology development and increased bankability/insurability of tidal energy.

    2.Increased availability and improved market confidence in the technology.

    3.Increased knowledge on positive and negative impacts of ocean energy on its environment and in the case of negative impacts to protected habitats and species proposals for necessary mitigation measures.

    4.Publicly available data collected from the demonstration/pilot structure including support structure.

    Scope: Demonstration of sustainable tidal energy pilot farms (minimum 4 MW installed capacity and at least 4 devices) in full operational conditions for long periods of time is essential to advance this sector. It is the way to bridge the gap from technology development to market development while reducing costs, reducing risks and attracting investors for future commercial projects. The farm is expected to be composed of several devices of the same series.

    The tidal energy farms have to be connected to the electricity grid. To focus on the technologies with the greatest chances of success, the single tidal device to be used in the array deployment is expected to be satisfactorily demonstrated at full scale before, with limited changes to incorporate the learnings. Any change on the tidal device may be incremental but should not involve fundamental changes to the device design or composition.’ The innovation component should mainly lie on the pilot farm systems and supporting industrial manufacturing activities that enable a cost-effective and high-performance pilot farm. The project is expected to deploy a tidal energy farm with a minimum capacity of 4 MW and operate the farm at least 2 years in the lifetime of the project. After the project it is expected that the farm will continue to be operated for at least 8 years.

    The project should develop and execute an effective operation and maintenance programme.

    Proposals are expected to address also all the following for both the supporting infrastructure for the farm and for the individual devices themselves:

    1.Industrial design and manufacturing processes, circularity of (critical) raw materials, sustainability, scalability, installation methods, transport, operation & maintenance, supply chains and the related digital infrastructures.

    2.Projects are requested to demonstrate the technologies at sea while respecting existing environmental regulatory framework. Necessary mitigation measures should be integrated to protect habitats and species. Present an environmental monitoring plan to be implemented during the demonstration action. Environmental monitoring data should be open source and be shared with EMODNET and the IEA OES environmental task.

    The project has to include a clear go/no go moment ahead of entering the deployment phase. Before this go/no-go moment, the project has to deliver the detailed engineering plans, a techno-economic assessment, including key performance indicators based on international recognized metrics, a complete implementation plan and all needed permits for the deployment of the project, and if needed a plan to achieve certification by an independent certification body before the end of the action. The project proposal is expected to present a clear and convincing pathway to obtain necessary permits for the demonstration actions and allow for appropriate timelines to achieve these. The project is expected also to demonstrate how it will get a financial close for the whole action. For this the use of other EU/national/regional support mechanisms can be considered. Independent experts will assess all deliverables and will advise for the go/no-go decision.

    The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    Data from the pilot structures should be collected to understand the performance and behaviour of the structure and the surrounding environmental condition, to optimise the concept and understand the environmental impact of tidal energy harvesting.

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 159 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    Energy systems, grids & storage

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-09: Waste heat reutilisation from data centres

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

    1.Make sustainable seasonal storage solutions available to data centres to allow year-round optimised operation in urban environments in an integrated way to supply heat to neighbouring district heating system(s), agriculture and/or industry optimising use of excess heating energy and required cooling energy.

    Storage solutions with high round-trip efficiency, low dependence on critical raw materials, low land/space footprint will be considered as advantage.

    Scope: Two main obstacles arise in relation to the reuse of waste heat from data centres:

    1.First, data centres produce more waste heat in summer/when it is hot outside. The PUE (Power use effectiveness) of data centres vary considerably along the year, because in winter they can resort to free cooling (using fresh air from the outside), while in summer they need to ventilate more and use heat pumps to cool down the outside air. As a result, an important part of data centres’ waste heat is produced when less people need it (at least for domestic heating purposes).

    2.Second, the heat produced is of poor quality (low temperatures and often light heat vector), so that even for immediate use it is often not economically viable to use heat pumps to “concentrate” it (increase temperature and, if necessary, communicate it to a heavier vector).

    Combining waste heat reuse with heat storage would allow data centres to better valorise their waste heat in winter (under the form of residential heating for instance) while storing this heat during hotter periods. From an economic perspective, the increase of waste heat that can be valorised and sold by the data centre during the appropriate seasons may partially compensate the additional costs of cooling during summer months. Such technologies may subsequently apply to other industries generating important amounts of low temperature – low density heat.

    Selected projects will test and further develop seasonal heat storage technologies through an integrated pilot that includes at least the following technologies:

    1.Heating and cooling exchange system for the data centre and the district heating system.

    2.Seasonal energy storage.

    For efficiency purposes, the storage technology should be able to store the heat for a long time (up to 6 months), with as little energy losses as possible, and using as few compressor steps as possible. The storage technology should also be non-hazardous and be deployable close to dwelling areas without posing a threat to them. Additionally, a specific consideration should be given to the cyber-physical security of the combined storage and restitution system.

    Optionally, the project could involve heat pump manufacturers to explore the benefits of heat pump technologies to the overall heat storage facility.

    Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-10: Supporting the development of a digital twin to improve management, operations and resilience of the EU Electricity System in support to REPowerEU

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increase the reliability of the energy system by enhancing flexibility and efficiency of the European electricity grid to make it ready for the needed drastic increase of the renewable energy share and more resilient to future shocks (such as cyber-attacks) through scenario analysis and modelling.

    2.Improve management, maintenance and operations of the EU Electricity System.

    3.Enhance dynamic monitoring of the energy system, to facilitate energy system integration, information flows, detect anomalies, forecasting demand and to address infrastructure bottlenecks.

    4.Improve the data exchange between TSOs and DSOs and between network operators and the market players, leveraging data exchange from prosumers.

    5.Creation of new services for companies and public authorities based on the digital twin.

    Scope: To deal with the rising complexity of the Energy System(s), and the impact of the fast-changing energy market reality on the energy system, a digital twin of the electricity grid is a key digital solution to support network operators and market players in performing a well-informed decision-making. It is key tool to accelerate the innovation cycle and to reduce the inertia of the energy sector when it comes to the integration of digital solutions in the energy system in order to make it more efficient, resilient and able to integrate higher shares of renewable energies. Digital transformation of the energy system is thus essential to meet the objectives of REPowerEU.

    The project is expected to address all of the following:

    1.Create, develop and test a Digital Twin of the Electricity Grid that covers dynamic monitoring, (smart) grid planning, secure operation, forecasting and scenario analysis.

    2.It has to be modular, interoperable and implementable at different scales, integrating both (decentralised) supply and demand-side, taking into account all relevant energy data.

    3.Promote new ways for energy companies, to share data and break the data-silos - simplifying the data maintenance and exchange process - through a dynamic monitoring of the whole system.

    4.Synchronize data from various systems, including at least 5 TSO, 5 DSO and 5 market parties that are not related in terms of ownership and with varying levels of infrastructure maturity.

    5.Standardize it into one multi-user platform via standards-based adapters/interfaces, compliant and integrated with the Common European Energy Data Space.

    6.Use the Digital twin for multi-facetted resilience scenario analysis to investigate how the electricity grid responds to stimuli or shocks (e.g. RES integration, cyber-attacks) and what answers can be provided.

    7.Test and pilot the applications of science and innovation in the energy sector (e.g. testing the combination of key digital technologies such as High Performance Computing, Big Data, AI, IoT and Cloud Computing) in order to foster the rapid development new services based on them [e.g. Load Balancing, Power Management, Consumer Services, Demand forecasting real time and interactive computing]. These new services should help to enhance the flexibility and resilience of the EU energy system.

    8.Involve key organisations to ensure a European approach is required. In particular, ENTSO-E and DSO associations, as well as main stakeholders such as T&D Europe, Eurelectric, SmartEn, etc.

    To ensure interoperability and integration into the grid and the federated European digital infrastructure, specific demonstrators will make use of operational end-to-end architectures, digital platforms and other data exchange infrastructure for the energy and cross-sector systems being developed under ongoing Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe as well as under other EU programs such as the Digital Europe Program and Connecting Europe Facility.

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 160 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-11: Demonstration of DC powered data centres, buildings, industries and ports

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Demonstrated benefits and efficiency of DC power distribution systems compared to AC (no need of AC/DC conversion, less copper, less space occupancy, etc.).

    2.Increased reliability and resilience of the grid provided by DC power distribution networks.

    Scope: Projects are expected to implement the activities in (1), the practical demonstration in (2) and the recommendations in (3) as described below:

    1. Development of R&I activities, methodologies and tools for at least two of the sub-topics (A, B, C or D). These can be developed/complemented among them and/or with others pertinent to each sub-topic:

    A. DC powered data centre:

    1.Design and demonstration of a DC powered data centre. Feasibility of Medium Voltage Direct Current (MVDC) distribution network to supply the DC powered data centre as well as to supply other DC loads and to collect the energy of DC sources.

    2.Integration with the UPS systems, innovative generation, sustainable (hybrid) energy storage, etc.

    3.Renewable energy systems integration.

    4.Cost Benefit Analysis of the savings compared with the standard AC powered data centre.

    5.As a supporting reference for data centres, The EU Code of Conduct Data Centres Energy Efficiency can be used.

    B. Application of DC distribution in commercial and residential buildings

    1.Feasibility of Medium Voltage Direct Current (MVDC) distribution network to supply the DC powered commercial and residential buildings as well as to supply other DC loads and to collect the energy of DC sources.

    2.Installation of intelligent DC system complete of all the related components (e.g., RES, DC bus, sockets, LED lighting, heat pumps, EV charging stations, sustainable storage systems, etc. The components can be either DC-based or AC-based and appropriately adapted to work within the DC grid.

    3.Identification of the efficiency of a DC system compared to an AC system in the building sector and the corresponding cost savings.

    4.Analysis and identification of the main barriers (technical and non-technical) for the development and deployment of MVDC and LVDC systems.

    C. Application of DC distribution in industry

    1.Development and demonstration of DC manufacturing process installation, protection and device technologies. Feasibility of Medium Voltage Direct Current (MVDC) distribution network to supply the DC powered industry as well as to supply other DC loads and to collect the energy of DC sources.

    2.Development of project management tools and methods.

    3.Demonstration of increased energy efficiency measures such as, for example the use of variable-speed motors, led lighting, storage systems, etc.

    4.Investigations to enable selectivity between circuit protection devices using different technologies, such as semiconductor breakers, hybrid semiconductor breakers, mechanical breakers and fuses.

    5.Systems grounding to avoid stray currents and corrosion phenomenon from DC systems such as e.g., rail applications.

    6.Insulation materials and their applicability for DC loads (investigation on suitability of AC cables for DC, on polarisation effects leading to early degradation and subsequent insulation failure, etc.).

    D. Application of DC distribution in ports

    1.Simulation, analysis, design, develop, test and demonstration of a DC port infrastructure. Feasibility of Medium Voltage Direct Current (MVDC) distribution network to supply the DC powered ports as well as to supply other DC loads and to collect the energy of DC sources.

    2.Study and development of a tool to estimate the quantity of DC charging infrastructure necessary to support regional adoption of ports’ electrification by MS.

    3.CBA at system level of a DC compared to an AC supplied port considering all the elements contributing to a real effective analysis on the costs and benefits of the system.

    4.Simulation, analysis, design, test and demonstration of all the IT needed for the grid automation.

    5.Analysis and definition of possible operating framework and business models for ports acting as energy hubs.

    6.Analysis, report and recommendations on the potential of the ports as energy hubs with related planning for its development within the energy transition.

    2. Demonstration, test and validation of at least two of the sub-topics developed in (1) (A, B, C or D) in at least two pilots in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.

    3. Identification of standardisation, regulatory barriers and related recommendations.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-12: Development of MVDC, HVDC and High-Power Transmission systems and components for a resilient grid

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 161 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least two of the following outcomes:

    1.Investigation and development of new converter systems (including back-to-back, floating, new systems with improved compatibility, lower losses, for superconducting technologies applications i.e., medium voltage, high current, etc.) for higher efficiencies.

    2.Investigation and development of additional sustainable energy storage solutions, interfacing with MVDC, HVDC and/or High-Power Transmission systems, to support the AC system. Storage solutions should aim at high round-trip efficiency, low dependence on critical raw materials, low land/space footprint.

    3.Investigation and development of DC breaker integrated in Multi-terminal DC (MTDC) systems, including DC breaker for integration with Superconducting cables.

    4.Investigation and development of the application of DC GIS in VSC MVDC, HVDC converters, including economic benefits on overall system solution.

    5.Investigation and development of SF6-free technology for new equipment in substations.

    Scope: Projects are expected to implement the activities in (1) or in (2) and the corresponding practical demonstration in (3) as described below:

    1. R&I, methodologies and tools involving the activities listed below. These can be developed/complemented with others pertinent to the topic:

    1.Development of smaller, more compact and/or lower voltage, higher current converter topologies, including floating that can result in significant cost savings offshore.

    2.Technical analysis of trade-offs in performance, ambient condition impact, maintenance, reliability, dimensioning, testing procedures, etc.

    3.Demonstration of enhancement of AC system stability and AC system frequency by providing sustainable energy storage systems interfaced to MVDC, HVDC and/or High Power Transmission systems.

    4.Assessment of technical and economic feasibility of application of DC breakers in MTDC systems.

    5.Demonstration of DC fault ride through capabilities in MTDC systems by using DC breakers.

    6.Assessment of potential new converter topologies addressing future offshore developments with the aim of reducing the CAPEX and OPEX of the investments, and with increased fault current capabilities.

    2. Boost SF6-free technologies in high and medium voltage equipment, as well as a regulatory roadmap for replacement and new assets (HV: TRL 4-5; MV: TRL 6-8):

    1.Investigation and development of switchgears using SF6-free technology with low impact on GWP. Alternative SF6 gases with low environmental impact while at the same time ensuring low space occupancy for offshore applications on platforms.

    2.Assessment of grid resilience and the economic and environmental impact of replacement and new installation rollout options (timeline, perspective of global market, grid reliability and full lifecycle impact).

    3.Regulatory recommendations at EU level to cope with financial risks inherent with putting novel technologies into the system and transition time options to move from SF6 to SF6-free technology for new equipment.

    4.Investigation and development of an SF6-free gas-insulated substation or air-insulated SF6-free instrument transformers or switchgear at different voltage levels.

    3. Demonstration, test and validation of the activities developed in (1) or in (2) in at least two pilots in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 162 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-13: Development of novel long-term electricity storage technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased availability, robustness, and safety of sustainable and efficient energy storage solutions to reduce energy losses, increase cost effectiveness and improve the environmental footprint of the energy system.

    2.Availability and functionality of innovative energy storage systems developed for specific system designs and applications.

    3.Increase technology leadership, competitiveness, and technology export potential of European storage technology industry.

    4.Enhanced sustainability of storage technologies, taking fully into account circular economy, social, economic, and environmental aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities.

    Scope: Development of novel storage technologies, going beyond the state of the art, which are providing best-fit in form of CAPEX, OPEX, efficiency and sustainability and are adapted to specific needs of the energy system. Examples for such specific needs are responsiveness to energy system flexibility need, necessary storage amount or specific requirements due to off-grid situations. Focus is on longer-duration technologies, compared to lithium-ion technology, which is currently dominating new storage projects. In scope are novel chemical, mechanical, thermic storage technology solutions, excluding batteries and hydrogen. Innovative storage solutions should show clear innovation with respect to the state of the art e.g. through use of new advanced materials or new design solutions, always bearing in mind the objective of sustainability and circular economy, minimizing the environmental footprint, which should be underpinned by an LCA. The developed solutions should be highly performant in respect of expected future investment and operational costs and business cases in existing or emerging energy markets and go beyond the state-of-the art of existing storage solutions in respect of two or more of the following parameters:

    1.Sustainability;

    2.Technical performance, including round-trip efficiency;

    3.Lifetime;

    4.Non-dependency on location geographical particularities strategic independence (=no or limited use of CRMs);

    5.Land (space) footprint and/or cost.

    Underlying basic material research is excluded.

    Projects should address to the extent appropriate intelligent energy management systems, economic viability studies validated by industry and assessment of large-scale replication potential.

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 163 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-14: Demonstration of innovative, large-scale, seasonal heat and/or cooling storage technologies for decarbonisation and security of supply

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased availability, robustness and safety of sustainable and efficient choices for energy storage to increase security of supply, reduce energy losses, cost effectiveness and improve the environmental footprint of the energy system.

    2.Availability and functionality of innovative large-scale energy storage systems developed for specific system designs and applications.

    3.Increase technology leadership, competitiveness and technology export potential of European storage technology industry.

    4.Enhanced sustainability of storage technologies, taking fully into account circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities.

    5.In addition to development of the storage technology as such, it should be made suitable to accumulation of different heat sources, including solar-thermal energy, geothermal energy, industrial waste heat, as well as heat produced using photovoltaics, hybrid solar panels (Photo-Voltaic Thermal Panels) and wind energy technologies.

    6.Systemic approach, smart integration concepts, including intelligent management together with other energy sources. Efficient techniques/methodology of buffering between demand and supply to be ensured.

    Scope: Demonstration of innovative heat and/or cooling storage technologies, going beyond the state of the art, which address long-term energy storage up to cross-seasonal storage. Large-scale solutions are expected to be embedded into

    1.District-level heating and/or cooling storage.

    2.and/or integrate heat supply (industry waste heat) and demand for heat for industrial processes.

    Where appropriate, contribution to Power-to-Heat-to-Power technology should be explored.

    They should optimise CAPEX, OPEX and round-trip efficiency of heat storage, as well as circularity and sustainability of the system and its components, which are expected to be non-toxic, highly durable and reasonably easy to recycle. Land (space) footprint is also an important aspect which should be taken into account. An LCA should be performed. Strategic independence is to be considered, i.e. use of abundant materials whenever it is possible.

    The demonstration projects should address the required methodologies for the predictive maintenance and control of the whole system.

    Maximum use of all available thermal energy sources as well as systemic approach to integration into energy system is to be ensured.

    (Indirect) collaboration with IEA’s Energy Storage Technology Collaboration Programme is to be ensured, e.g. through IEA Member States. Notably: Task 39 “Large Thermal Energy Storages for District Heating”.

    Basic material research is excluded.

    Projects should address economic viability studies validated by industry and assessment of large-scale replication potential. The exploitation plans should include business plan indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (such as private equity, InvestEU, EU Catalyst Partnership and the Innovation Fund).

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-15: Supporting the green and digital transformation of the energy ecosystem and enhancing its resilience through the development and piloting of AI-IoT Edge-cloud and platform solutions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 18.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 for digital energy solutions by the end of the project starting from general purpose digital solutions of at least TRL 5-6 – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Major contribution to the implementation of the Digitalisation of Energy Action plan.

    2.Innovation in data-driven energy services by 3rd parties through fast spreading, market uptake and validation under critical operating conditions in a real environment of transparent, accessible and reliable highly distributed open platforms, frameworks and mechanisms for data exchange and storage to support innovative services (for flexibility, RES integration, etc.) across the EU, based on Open Source developed solutions.

    3.Validation in a large-scale environment of the application of cutting-edge digital technology (Cloud-Edge continuum, edge intelligence, AI/ML (federated learning), IoT) in a more decentralised environment in the energy sector.

    4.Full set of relevant commonly agreed digital standards applicable to the energy sector through extension and update of existing standards and new standards filling standardisation gaps.

    Scope:

    1.The action should develop solutions that aim at increasing the integration of renewable energy sources, as well as the local generation and consumption of energy and processing of data by developing and piloting at scale open source, environmentally friendly, easily upgradeable and energy-efficient cloud-edge solutions. The application space should include but is not limited to bi-directional EV charging, smart buildings and homes. Solutions are expected to be based on commonly agreed open standards. To the greatest extent possible, they should be building on the common European cloud-edge infrastructure as well as making use of and contributing to the emerging common European data spaces in the fields of energy and mobility. Further, they should support a more decentralised environment for grid flexibility and energy services, based on digital enablers such as artificial intelligence, swarm computing and IoT.

    2.Validation should be done at least three pilot sites in at least three Member States/Associated Countries and could include under “financial support to third parties” an open call for additional services using up to 10% of the total budget to attract further users and suppliers, in particular SMEs. The modalities of the open call will be defined by the consortium, based on the concrete needs of the project. The appropriate level of data localisation and processing (cloud, edge, far edge, etc.) should be defined on-the-fly by AI algorithms to optimise latency, energy consumption, security, and other important parameters. The solutions must demonstrate critical operation capability such as low-battery, fault tolerance, and harsh weather conditions to ensure the resilient operation.

    3.To ensure the interoperability among the solutions and with other European IoT research and innovation efforts in the energy and other sectors and the integration into the grid, the project will make use of operational end-to-end architectures, digital platforms and other data exchange infrastructure for the energy system being developed under ongoing EU programmes and other relevant initiatives 164 . Preferably semantically interoperable interactions, as enabled by the ETSI SAREF ontologies, should be used. The projects will be expected to contribute to the piloting, uptake and further development of relevant standards.

    4.Solutions should include a credible market uptake plan of developed solutions across the EU, in as diverse types of regions and electricity grids (in terms of climate, size, economic activities), and enable 3rd parties, in particular SMEs, to use the developed solutions as a basis to build their innovative data-driven energy services innovations for energy consumers on top of the developed solution. These solutions should collaborate where relevant with the Testing and Experimentation Facility (TEF) for the energy sector.

    5.The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 165 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-16: Support action to the SET Plan IWG on HVDC & DC Technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.60 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 0.60 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Organisational, logistic and secretarial support provided to the SET Plan Implementation Working Group on HVDC.

    2.Smooth implementation through supporting the actions of the SET Plan for HVDC and DC Technologies in the coming years for the offshore as well as onshore grid development.

    Scope: The Implementation Working Group (IWG) on HVDC was set up in 2021 to address specifically the grid development needs deriving from a renewable-based energy system, as called by the Green Deal. With the perspective of the installation of 60 GW of offshore wind and at least 1 GW of ocean energy by 2030 (300 GW and 40 GW by 2050), the Offshore Renewable Energy Strategy has been the triggering event for the creation of the WG. The activities of the IWG range from the support to the development of DC Technologies and Systems to the fostering of the collaboration and coordination within the SET Plan countries to ensure their active involvement.

    The support action is intended to facilitate the work of the IWG by providing support to the Implementation Plan on HVDC with activities focusing on:

    1.Organisational support to the Implementation Working Group on HVDC.

    2.Coordination with other initiatives/projects and links with stakeholder’s fora.

    3.Dissemination and networking activities with other existing ETIPs and IWGs (e.g., joint workshops, thematic conferences, webinar series, regular exchanges, etc.).

    4.Development and implementation of robust outreach approaches and societal engagement actions to span across the EU and Associated Countries.

    5.Organisation and management of documents and files with feed-in of relevant outputs of this CSA into the SET Plan information system (SETIS).

    Carbon Capture, Utilization and Storage (CCUS)

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-17: Development of CO2 transport and storage demo projects

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: The demo project is expected to use the CO2 from one or more capture sites and build or use a transport infrastructure, incl. shipping if needed, to the selected storage site where the CO2 will be injected. Practical experience with a demo project of that kind will increase the knowledge of the full CCS value chain including risk mitigation (financial, technical, and regulatory) taking into account the experience and results from previous research projects. Beside others this might include

    for CO2 transport:

    1.impact of CO2 origin, composition and impurities

    2.safety assessments and engineering design tools

    3.transport of CO2 interoperability, including ships

    4.reuse of pipelines, wells and platforms

    5.hubs and clusters and concepts

    6.environmental impacts and risks

    7.CO2 flow assurance

    for CO2 storage:

    1.preparation of storage sites (depleted oil and gas reservoirs, saline aquifers, basalt rocks)

    2.develop experience with site conformance monitoring and assessment

    3.storage optimisation through development of a range of injection strategies

    4.improve understanding of induced seismicity

    5.prediction of plume under geophysical and geological uncertainty

    6.flexibility of CO2 injection ramp up

    7.environmental impacts and risks, including in the long term

    The demo project is expected to be the basis and orientation for future full-size projects.

    Scope: The development of regional CCUS clusters and their connection to European CO2 transport and storage infrastructures that enables cross-border cooperation across regions is crucial for reaching net-zero GHG emissions by 2050. The CCUS technology is not sufficiently operational in Europe yet. To overcome the remaining challenges, further R&I of CO2 transport and storage demo projects is needed.

    Proposals will aim at the development of new demonstration projects connecting CO2 sources with potential storage sites. Proposals are expected to include a sound assessment of their environmental challenges and risks and feasibility studies focusing on the possible synergies between related projects.

    CCUS is an integrated chain of technologies, comprising capture, transportation and/or use and geological storage of CO2. The next step in the application of CCUS is the development and deployment of CO2 transport and storage demo projects which show the practical feasibility of the required technologies. This is important to achieve greater efficiency in the transportation of CO2, notably collecting the emissions from hubs and clusters of industrial facilities and transporting the collective CO2 in shared open-access transportation infrastructure to a storage location. Under this approach, costs, risks and necessary support mechanisms can be better evaluated across the CCS value chain, as industrial installations, gas infrastructure companies and storage providers and operators will have clearly defined roles and responsibilities for delivering their tasks and will be compensated for collecting, transport and storage services. The benefits of the shared approach to the transport and storage infrastructure are expected to be evaluated with regard to economies of scale and possibly driving down unit costs for the CCUS value chain. The proposal should address possible barriers for deployment of technical or regulatory nature.

    The key options for CO2 transportation are pipeline transport using new or repurposed infrastructure incl. shipping or other transport modes. The expected demo projects should

    1.assess the repurposing of existing pipeline networks and/or the creation of new CO2 transport infrastructure,

    2.identify and evaluate the benefits and costs (including economic, environmental, social),

    3.identify barriers to developing such an infrastructure and what action would be required to overcome these.

    A successful CO2 transport and storage demo project might require a European transport and storage network with cross-border connections as not all countries have sufficient storage capacity for their CO2 emissions.

    The selection of the storage site for the project is expected to be based on a detailed assessment. This should include a geological characterisation, including faults and facture systems; analysis of initial stress field and geo-mechanical behaviour of the storage formations and seals under varying stress and pore-pressure conditions; estimation of storage capacity; accurate modelling of injectivity; overall storage risk assessment, including induced seismicity and blow-out or blockage during injection, and including proposed mitigation action. The assessment should include site-specific solutions for CO2 injection strategies, pressure management, mitigation of induced seismicity, and MMV (measurement, monitoring and verification).

    For CO2 transport and geological storage, in particular onshore, public acceptability is paramount. Therefore, projects are expected to identify and engage relevant end users and societal stakeholders (such as civil society organisations, non-governmental organisations, and local associations) in deliberative activities, so as to analyse their concerns and needs using appropriate techniques and methods from the social sciences and humanities. This should include attention to, significant differences in potential regional consequences where the CO2 stored comes from power versus industry. Projects, therefore, could consider the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise in order to enhance the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    Projects are strongly encouraged to join the EU CCUS knowledge sharing project network.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01-18: Clean Energy Transition Co-funded Partnership

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 68.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 68.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The proposal must be submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04 Clean Energy Transition. This eligibility condition is without prejudice to the possibility to include additional partners.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The evaluation committee can be composed partially by representatives of EU institutions.

    If the outcome of amendment preparations is an award decision, the coordinator of the consortium funded under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04 will be invited to submit an amendment to the grant agreement, on behalf of the beneficiaries.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    This action is intended to be implemented in the form of an amendment of the grant agreement concluded pursuant to topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04.

    For the additional activities covered by this action:

    1.The funding rate is up to 30 % of the eligible costs.

    2.Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties (FSTP). The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    3.Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action to allow the partnership to achieve its objectives. Therefore, the EUR 60 000 threshold provided for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply.

    4.The maximum amount of FSTP to be granted to an individual third party is EUR 5.000.000. This amount is justified since provision of FSTP is the primary activity of this action and it is based on the extensive experience under predecessors of this partnership.

    The starting date of the grant awarded under this topic may be as of the submission date of the application. Applicants must justify the need for a retroactive starting date in their application. Costs incurred from the starting date of the action may be considered eligible and will be reflected in the entry into force date of the amendment to the grant agreement.

    Total indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the co-funded European Partnership is EUR 210 million for the period 2021-2027.

    Expected Outcome: This topic is for the continuation of the Clean Energy Transition Co-fund partnership (CET Partnership), i.e. EU contribution in WP 2023-2024.

    The second instalment of the partnership is expected to contribute to expected outcomes specified in topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04: Clean Energy Transition, for continuation and new development of activities.

    The partnership is expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased directionality of clean energy transition research and innovation in Europe in line with the SET Plan by a shared pan-European vision regarding the goal and direction of the required system transformation processes adapted to regional needs and availability of renewable energy resources.

    2.Evidence based energy and climate policy formulation.

    3.A wider systemic transition and energy supply required for the climate transition in all sectors of society; enabling the transition of the built environment, transport, industry and other sectors to clean, low carbon energy.

    4.An innovation ecosystem for Europe's transition to clean energy and contribute to a resource-efficient energy system, both from an ecological and economic standpoint.

    5.A building block to a zero-emission energy system for the decarbonisation of transport, buildings, industry, agriculture in the specific European environment.

    6.Increased engagement of consumers and prosumers and in appropriate demand-response mechanisms and its integration in the energy system.

    7.And finally, an energy system that meets the needs of different parts of society, in different geographical locations (urban and rural) and different groups.

    Scope: The Clean Energy Transition co-funded Partnership (CET Partnership) is a transnational initiative on joint R&I programming to boost and accelerate the energy transition, building upon regional and national R&I funding programmes.

    It aims at empowering the energy transition and contribute to the EU’s goal of becoming the first climate-neutral continent by 2050, by pooling national and regional R&I funding for a broad variety of technologies and system solutions required to make the transition. It will foster transnational innovation ecosystems from the very local and regional level, up to the transnational European level, thus overcoming a fragmented European landscape. The CET Partnership enables national and regional R&I programme owners and managers from Member States and Associated Countries to align their priorities and implement annual joint calls from 2022 to 2027. They also organise joint accompanying activities to enable a dynamic learning process, extract strategic knowledge and maximise the impact to accelerate the upscaling, replication and market diffusion of innovative solutions. This will foster the up-take of cost-effective clean energy technologies.

    The common vision of the CET Partnership is already manifested in its Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA) that has been co-created with the involved countries, the EU SET Plan Implementation Working Groups and ETIPs, all energy relevant ERA-Nets as well as the EERA joint programmes (over 500 editors, co-authors, commenters and discussants). The SRIA articulates the common goal of (1) building a transnational transformative Joint Programming Platform, (2) developing and demonstrating technology and solutions for the transition of energy systems, and finally (3) building innovation ecosystems that support capacity building at all levels.

    The objective of this action is to continue to provide support to the European Clean Energy Transition Co-fund Partnership identified in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024 and first implemented under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04, and in particular to fund additional activities (which may also be undertaken by additional partners) in view of its intended scope and duration, and in accordance with Article 24(2) of the Horizon Europe Regulation.

    The consortium which applied to and received funding under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04 is uniquely placed to submit a proposal to continue the envisioned partnership. Not only did this consortium submit the proposal leading to the identification of the partnership in the Horizon Europe strategic planning 2021-2024, it has also implemented the partnership through a co-funded call in 2022 and a second call is planned for 2023 in line with the HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04 Clean Energy Transition topic. It is also relevant that the same consortium was responsible for carrying out related co-fund actions in the field of clean energy under the Horizon 2020 predecessor programme. In this context, the current consortium has particular expertise in relation to the objectives of the Partnership, to the activities to be implemented, and to other relevant aspects of the co-fund action. In practice, another consortium could not continue the activities of the Partnership underway without significant disruption to the ongoing activities, if at all.

    The new geopolitical and energy market realities require to drastically accelerate the clean energy transition and increase energy independence from unreliable suppliers and volatile fossil fuels. In support to the objectives of REPowerEU 166 it is expected that the partnership explores pathways and develop new actions to reinforce R&I investments accelerating the clean energy transition and to reinforce the utilisation of R&I results.

    It is expected that the European Clean Energy Transition Co-fund Partnership considers also to reinforce the ambition of the planned 2023 joint call and will continue the implementation of its SRIA by setting up joint calls in 2024 and 2025. The partnership can consider to set-up also joint calls without co-funding of from the Union.

    Taking into account that the present action is a continuation of the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04 and foresees an amendment to an existing grant agreement, the proposal should also present in a separate document the additional activities (which may include additional partners) to be covered by the award in terms of how they would be reflected in the grant agreement.

    While the award of a grant to continue the Partnership in accordance with this call should be based on a proposal submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04 and the additional activities (which may include additional partners) to be funded by the grant should be subject to an evaluation, this evaluation should take into account the existing context and the scope of the initial evaluation as relevant, and related obligations enshrined in the grant agreement.

    The Commission envisages to include new actions in its future work programmes to provide continued support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

    Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 167

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 168

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 04 May 2023

    Deadline(s): 05 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-01

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-02

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 2.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-03

    IA

    6.00

    Around 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-04

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 2.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-05

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-06

    IA

    15.00

    Around 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-07

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-08

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-09

    IA

    8.00

    Around 8.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-10

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-11

    RIA

    9.00

    Around 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-12

    IA

    14.00

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-13

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-14

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-15

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-16

    IA

    20.00

    Around 5.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    161.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Global leadership in renewable energy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-01: Development of near zero-emission biomass heat and/or CHP including carbon capture

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Advance the European scientific basis and increase technology competitiveness and technology export potential in the area of bioenergy.

    2.Reduced cost and improved technical performance and efficiency of bio-based heat and/or CHP.

    3.Enhance sustainability of biomass-based heat and/or CHP by addressing socioeconomic and environmental sustainability, in particular in reducing emissions and air pollution and also addressing aspects of carbon reuse and circularity, also in particular in fossil-fuel-based economic areas in transition.

    Scope: Development of novel near zero-emission bio-based heat and/or CHP technologies, which allow for highly efficient use of sustainable solid biomass residues, going hand in hand with close to zero emissions for particles and harmful gaseous emissions including NOx, SOx, aromatics etc. Flexibility for different biomass fuels and power/heat ratios featuring a wide range of temperatures for heat supply as well as technological interfaces for carbon capture as well as high cost-efficiency for the consumer are to be included.

    The near zero-emission solution has to be implemented and assessed for the running biomass-based heat and/or CHP system at pilot scale. Cost performance and environmental impact should be assessed and improved in comparison to state-of-the-art emissions capture and cleaning systems.

    Socio-economic aspects including SDGs when applying such solutions in regions in transition from coal, lignite, peat, or other fossil fuels should be analysed and illustrated in the proposal.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-02: Novel thermal energy storage for CSP

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved dispatchability of concentrated solar power (CSP) plants.

    2.Improved role of CSP plants in the energy system.

    3.Reduced greenhouse gas emissions.

    4.Achievement of the CSP targets of the Strategic Energy Technology Plan.

    Scope: Support will be given to novel thermal energy storage solutions for CSP plants. The thermal energy storage solutions proposed will have to be more efficient, cost effective and reliable than current commercial solutions and achieve similar performance in terms of cycles.

    The applicants should convincingly present that the storage solution that is developed has the potential to be applied at commercial level.

    Projects should consider the possible impact on human health and assess the sustainability of the proposed solutions in environmental and socio-economic terms, taking into consideration the global value chains. Applicants are encouraged to consider a ‘circularity by design’ approach.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-03: Industrial manufacturing for lower-cost solar thermal components and systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Reduced greenhouse gas emissions.

    2.Reduced consumption of materials.

    3.Reduced environmental footprint of the European solar thermal manufacturing industry.

    4.Increased competitiveness of the European solar thermal manufacturing industry.

    Scope: Support will be given to innovative solutions to manufacture components and/or sub-systems and/or systems for solar thermal applications. The manufacturing solutions should increase the production output and reduce the cost vis-à-vis current production lines. The solutions should integrate quality controls and be flexible enough to adapt to various solar thermal applications.

    The proposal should assess and optimize the requirements in terms of materials needed to produce the components and/or sub-systems and/or systems.

    Applicants are encouraged to consider a ‘circularity by design’ approach.

    The plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan), indicating the possible funding sources to be used (in particular, the Innovation Fund).

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-04: Innovative components and configurations for heat pumps

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved performance of heat pumps and/or heat pump components.

    2.Reduced environmental footprint of heat pumps and/or heat pump components.

    3.Reduced greenhouse gas emissions.

    4.Enhanced energy system integration.

    Scope: Support will be given to develop innovative heat pumps and/or heat pump components. The innovative heat pumps and/or heat pump components should be more efficient and more reliable than current commercial solutions. They should be safe and affordable.

    The proposal should assess and optimize the requirements in terms of materials needed to produce the heat pumps and/or heat pump components.

    Applicants should apply a ‘circularity by design’ approach and assess the sustainability of the proposed solutions from a life cycle perspective. Among others, they should estimate the carbon footprint expressed in gCO2e/kWh of heat and/or cold delivered.

    The requirements of the final users and/or installers should be properly assessed (e.g., in terms of 'plug-and-play' installation, day-to-day operation, maintenance, space requirements, noise, integration with networks and/or other devices, demand response capability, etc.).

    Proposals investigating heat pumps with a capacity >12 kW are expected to use refrigerants with 100-year Global Warming Potential (GWP) < 150 (timeframe based on the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)).

    Proposals should consider standardisation activities as part of their R&I approach, with a view to bringing their technologies closer to the market.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-05: Advanced exploration technologies for geothermal resources in a wide range of geological settings

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Reduction of LCOE approaching SET Plan targets.

    2.Improved exploration technologies leading to increased drilling success rate and performance and reliability improvement of shallow and/or deep geothermal systems.

    3.Increased knowledge to reduce risk of seismicity and to reduce environmental impact in line with the DNSH principle.

    4.Increased region, city, and citizen engagement for geothermal energy.

    Scope: To ensure a reliable pre-drilling assessment of shallow and/or deep geothermal resources and reservoirs, high resolution reservoir characterisation and exploration methods and approaches are essential to minimize exploration and production risks.

    The projects will have to include:

    1.The development and application of new tools and techniques for a wider range of geologically complex geothermal resources/reservoirs and

    2.Coupled with innovative modelling and simulation techniques, increasing measurement precision and applying faster analysis of acquired data to achieve a feasible model of the reservoirs, and fracture systems and

    3.The update and improvement of state-of-the-art geological reservoir characterisation and exploration techniques and methods to reduce the average cost for exploration. Such progress will be addressed in increasing detail the geological complexity of resources and increasing target depths.

    Technical and economic validation is expected of the innovative exploration and production approaches and tools and methods which are expected to increase the precision for geologically based resource assessment, the target definition of exploratory drilling, and to improve the characterisation and prediction of reservoir geology and long-term reservoir performance. Moving beyond the state of the art by demonstrating the application of new tools, developing new approaches and taking advantage of improved software and computing power, the drilling success will be increased by 20% in 2030 and 50% in 2035 thereby reducing the exploration costs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-06: Smart use of geothermal electricity and heating and cooling in the energy system

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Geothermal as backbone of a heating grid including geological thermal storage facilities as system support. Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Geothermal energy will be widely deployed and competitively priced, underpinned with reduced capital, operational and maintenance costs. Geothermal and geological thermal storage facilities as support system will be a backbone of the heating grid .

    2.Improved system integration of geothermal heat and power plants coping with changing demand for electricity, heat and cooling and intermittent renewable power generation.

    3.Enhanced operation flexibility of a geothermal heat and power plant by improving substantially key performance indicators: ramp rate & start-up time, power & heat operation range, overload capability.

    4.Implementation of smart control system aiming at optimizing plant operation by taking into account various control parameters (current and anticipated) such as demand (power & heat), price signals, flexibility of demand, ancillary grid services, renewable generation, etc.

    Scope: Projects are expected to:

    1.Demonstrate the technical and economic feasibility of responding to commands from a grid or network operator, at any time, to increase or decrease output ramp up and down. -demonstrate the automatic generation control (load following / ride-through capabilities to grid specifications) and ancillary services of geothermal power plants Address flexible heating and/or cooling supplied from binary cycles or EGS plants, including coupling with renewable energy sources.

    2.Increase variable demand of heating, cooling and electricity by integration of adequate installations and equipment such as heat pumps, energy piles, energy sheet pile walls, ORC turbo-expanders, heat exchanger networks, hot and cold reservoirs (e.g. geothermal storage, UTES).

    Actions are expected to consider the development of transmission and distribution infrastructure, and the interplay with other flexibility options (e.g. demand-side management and storage), and test on dispatchability leading to AI-based smart thermal grids balancing generation and demand. The flexible generation should be able to provide additional services to the grid such as inertial services/peak power, role in electricity balancing/reserve market. Projects should integrate increased diagnostics on components for performance/reliability monitoring (maintaining high level of heat transfer – durability, fouling issues…).

    Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-07: Development of next generation advanced biofuel technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increase availability of disruptive emerging advanced biofuel technologies.

    2.Accelerate the readiness of cost-effective and highly performing future technologies of advanced biofuels for all economy sectors.

    3.Reinforce the European scientific basis and European technology export potential for advanced biofuel technologies.

    Scope: Development of next generation technologies for the production of novel advanced liquid and gaseous biofuels from biogenic residues and wastes including CO2 and organic part of wastewater or micro-algae (including cyanobacteria), through chemical, electrochemical, biochemical, biological and thermochemical pathways, or a combination of them. Focus should be on the high conversion efficiency and the low to near-zero carbon emissions from the overall production. Overall, proposals are expected to improve competitiveness and minimize GHG emissions through synergies with renewable hydrogen and other renewable energy technologies for processing energy. The new technologies should also address specifically uses in fuel cells for all transport modes for electricity generation from biofuels used as renewable energy carriers with high conversion efficiency and low pollution. The sustainability and GHG emissions should be assessed by an LCA and ways along the value chain to reduce them to and below net zero should be developed.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-08: Development of microalgae and/or direct solar fuel production and purification technologies for advanced aviation and /or shipping fuels

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least 3 of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Availability of disruptive sustainable renewable fuel technologies in order to accelerate the replacement of fossil-based energy technologies in aviation and/or shipping.

    2.Reduced cost and improved efficiency of sustainable microalgae-based and/or direct solar renewable fuel technologies and their value chains.

    3.Increase technology leadership, competitiveness and technology export potential of European industry in possibly game-changing microalgae and/or direct solar renewable fuel technologies.

    4.Enhanced sustainability of aviation and/or shipping fuels, taking fully into account circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities.

    5.Reinforced European scientific basis and European export potential for renewable energy technologies through international collaborations (e.g., the AU-EU Climate Change and Sustainable Energy partnership, the missions and innovation communities of Mission Innovation 2.0).

    6.Increasing the European energy security and reliability by enlarging the renewable feedstock basis for aviation and maritime fuels as well as maintaining and fostering the European global leadership in affordable, secure and sustainable microalgae-based and/or direct solar fuel renewable energy technologies.

    Scope: Development of microalgae and/or direct solar fuel production and purification technologies for making advanced aviation and /or shipping fuels from microalgae and/or direct sun use a techno-economic feasible, cost-effective and sustainable option for large-scale use of microalgae-based and/or solar-based advanced fuels in aviation and /or shipping. Specific focus should be on purification of microalgae biomass and /or direct solar fuel components and delivery to advanced algae-based fuels and /or direct solar fuels for aviation and/or shipping. Acknowledging problems of culture or system contamination and the specific challenge of energy-efficient product purification, the specific techno-economic challenges of microalgae and/or direct solar fuels for renewable fuel production should be addressed with novel and innovative technologies, by taking in particular into account effects on CAPEX, OPEX, energy efficiency, GHG balance and circularity of materials and process streams. Proposals should also address systemic constraints and opportunities for scaling-up algae-based and/or solar fuel technologies.

    Direct solar fuels are in this context renewable synthetic fuels made by direct conversion routes from solar to chemical energy. Photovoltaic systems with separate fuel production and hydrogen as a fuel end-product is excluded.

    The sustainability and GHG reduction should be addressed on a life-cycle assessment basis including circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects.

    Projects are expected where possible to collaborate with and contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support Action funded under the topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-16

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-09: Demonstration of sustainable hydropower refurbishment

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 169 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1. Refurbish, upgrade and increase existing hydropower capacity to make it fit for market and digital challenges of the future power system and for supporting increasing shares of variable renewable energy sources.

    2.Increase technology leadership, competitiveness and technology export potential of European hydropower industry.

    3.Enhanced sustainability of refurbished hydropower installations, taking fully into account circular economy, social, economic and environmental (including climate change) aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities and in particular biodiversity.

    Scope: Demonstration of innovative solutions for sustainable hydropower refurbishment. With existing hydropower installation as a base, solutions are expected to demonstrate innovative technical solutions for refurbishment with increased sustainability of refurbished hydropower in terms of business models in changing power markets, including digital requirements. In this context, the overall future potential of the innovative solutions in EU Member States/Associated countries should be analysed. It is required to improve environmental sustainability with a particular focus on biodiversity including up- and downstream -migration of aquatic organisms and sediment management and maintaining important geomorphological processes and preserving habitats. Also, additional benefits for society should be addressed, e.g. for recreational use, flood control, navigation, drought management. The innovative refurbishment solution should go beyond increased efficiency but lead to net-improvements in socioeconomic and environmental sustainability also considering future climate change adaptation needs. Socio-economic and environmental sustainability including SDGs, circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects should be addressed on a life cycle basis.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-10: Development of innovative power take-off and control systems for wave energy devices

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 170 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Demonstrated increased performance and reliability of wave energy devices.

    2.Improved knowledge on how to operate wave energy devices, their availability, maintainability and survivability.

    3.Reduction of LCOE.

    4.Reinforced industrial supply chain in Europe.

    Scope: Power take-off (PTO) and control systems (including "prime mover" (waves to mechanical power) as well as the ancillary equipment like gearboxes, generators, and power electronics, power controllers, grid interfaces and other items) are key subsystems of wave energy converters. PTO and control systems can be improved to increase the efficiency of the whole converter, to increase reliability by controlling for instance the structuring health and power electronics, and to avoid extreme events that might compromise device survivability. Control systems dynamically adapt to and mitigate the forces of the continually changing ocean conditions. This can prevent damage during extreme events, contribute to increased performance and the viability of the technology. The manufacturing and testing of prototypes are relatively costly, and it is imperative that data from the demonstration are available to avoid repeating early engineering mistakes. Validation of the innovative concepts is expected to be done in realistic environments at small scale for longer periods or by onshore testing and controlled lab testing. If validation is done onshore the project should demonstrate that they can make use of existing test rigs or develop a test rig for the project, which can be used after the project by other developers. Development and demonstration of the PTO technology should be combined with control strategies as their requirements are inherently coupled. In the validation it is expected that key performance indicators are used based on international recognized metrics

    In the development of the PTO system the ‘circularity by design’ principle should be used.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-11: Advanced concepts for crystalline Silicon technology

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal in the transition to a clean energy system and the achievement of a climate-neutral economy. To this end, it is important to enhance affordability, security of supply and sustainability of PV technologies along with further efficiency improvements.

    Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.PV modules with higher efficiencies and lower costs, paving the way for mass production.

    2.Lower environmental impact with efficient and optimised use of materials/resources.

    Scope: Wafer-based crystalline silicon (c-Si) PV technology is dominating the PV market, sharing its 95%, with a significant historical module price reduction trend. The driving force for such PV cost reduction is undoubtedly attributed to the advancement in cell and module performance in the last few decades, in addition to economies of scale. Improving cell and module efficiency will continue to play a significant role in lowering the levelized cost of electricity (LCOE), by saving the cost of land and balance of systems while producing the same amount of electricity.

    Proposals are expected to develop architectures approaching the theoretical efficiency limit of c-Si cells and providing the direction for even higher mass-production industrial cell performance (for example by reducing surface recombination in silicon, lowering recombination losses at metal contacts, maximizing light trapping in silicon, etc.), with:

    1.Nanophotonic structures to maximize absorption and minimise reflection, enabling reduced silicon consumption and higher efficiencies.

    2.Innovative texturisation and light-trapping concepts for thin and ultrathin c-Si solar cells.

    3.Advanced low-cost surface passivation and novel passivating contacts; novel heterojunctions.

    4.Low-cost and Ag-free metallisation, TCOs using abundant materials (In-free), such as AZO.

    5.Direct bandgap architectures for very high efficiencies and/or thinner cells.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-12: Large Area Perovskite solar cells and modules

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal in the transition to a clean energy system and the achievement of a climate-neutral economy. To this end, it is important to enhance affordability, security of supply and sustainability of PV technologies along with further efficiency improvements.

    Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increase the lifetime, efficiency and minimise the environmental impact of Perovskite PV.

    2.Enlarge with novel perovskite device architectures the integration and application possibilities of PV technology.

    3.Increase the potential for industrial production and commercialisation of perovskite PV creating a competitive technological know-how for the European PV industrial base.

    Scope: The record power conversion efficiency of small-area perovskite solar cells has impressively exceeded 25%. For commercial application, scaling up the device area to fabricate efficient perovskite solar modules is the necessary next step. However, there is still a certain efficiency gap between the large and small size. To minimise this gap proposals are expected to:

    1.Demonstrate an industrially scalable method for the (homogeneous) deposition of high-quality large-area perovskite films.

    2.Demonstrate fabrication of large-area charge transporting layers and electrodes.

    In addition to improving the efficiency for commercial development of Perovskite PV, lifetime is another challenge that urgently needs to be addressed also in tandem architectures.

    1.Identify and tackle complex stability issues at the device and module level (related to the processes involved in the fabrication).

    2.Develop updated test protocols and perform outdoor field performance testing of the perovskite modules.

    A plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    Applicants can seek possibilities of involving the EC JRC. The JRC may provide characterisation, validation and certification of the performance of photovoltaic solar devices. It may also perform pre-normative research to develop appropriate characterisation methods for such devices as a precursor to the adoption of international standards as well as addressing stability, lifetime and environmental issues. This task shall be performed within the European Solar Test Installation (ESTI) an accredited ISO17025 calibration laboratory for all photovoltaic technologies.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-13: Operation, Performance and Maintenance of PV Systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal in the transition to a clean energy system and the achievement of a climate-neutral economy. Its current contribution to global electricity demand is around 5% and is rapidly growing. PV already represents a share of more than 8% of the electricity generation in some EU Member States/Associated countries while penetration levels are expected to reach soon double-digit in Europe. It is within this scenario that the PV sector will ensure that the installed power capacity in GW can also reliably generate TWh of electricity for an extended lifetime.

    Therefore, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increase PV system performance, reliability, security and flexibility under various topology and operating conditions with enhanced digitalisation

    2.Increase utility-friendly integration of PV generation into the European energy system at high-penetration levels and the profitability of PV systems

    Scope: Proposals are expected to demonstrate technical solutions, processes and models, which increase a PV system's operational performance, stability and reliability. The introduction of novel PV technologies and novel PV system designs makes the need of increased field performance and reliability a continuous industry demand.

    More specifically, proposals are expected to:

    1.Demonstrate integrated multi-aspect sensing (optical, thermal, electrical) into PV modules to suppress degradation, detect unwanted operating conditions and avoid failures with emphasis on achieving high MWh/Wp (e.g. shade tolerant; more advanced electronic design with in-module components).

    2.Demonstrate smart control/tracking systems (e.g. coupled with real-time monitoring data, forecasting, EMS, etc.) for performance optimisation in specific PV applications (e.g. “self-protection” under extreme events in harsh environments like dust/snow storms).

    3.Demonstrate hybrid or integrated monitoring-diagnostic imagery solutions for maximum spatiotemporal granularity and diagnostic resolution. Multispectral imagery inspections linked with electrical signature, synchronisation of field techniques with monitoring.

    4.Apply edge AI and Big Data to improve the energy yield (advanced module control, self-reconfigurable topologies, etc.), module and plant models, monitoring and yield forecasting considering user behaviour and modelling of the entire electricity system including storage.

    5.Build large (time and scale-wise), wide (including not only yield but multisensory operational, thermal, mechanical and environmental data) and possibly publicly available datasets to enable, foster and empower AI for Digital PV at European scale.

    6.Demonstrate automated and predictive PV asset management software based on sensor-data-image fusion and/or AI / Machine learning techniques to reduce human effort and increase trustworthiness of current PV asset management software.

    7.Enable AI-based energy trading at plant level, taking care of specific climates /applications / conditions (snow, dust, environmental pollution, water…)/user behaviours.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-14: Digital twin for forecasting of power production to wind energy demand

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 171 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Accurate and precise energy yield prediction to ease investment decisions based on accurate simulations that take into account simultaneously predictions on Renewable Energy Production, Energy Consumption and Price Predictions.

    2.Enhanced digital transformation of wind energy sector by delivering the next generation of digital twins.

    Scope: The expected growth of both on-and offshore wind energy is enormous and many new wind parks are planned for the coming years. Experience from the existing wind farms shows the importance of a proper micrositing of the wind turbines as well their efficient interconnection within the farm. In addition, bringing wind farms together into clusters toward a wind power plant concept might induce long distance negative interaction between the farms, reducing their expected efficiency. This might happen both on- and offshore. The high amount of connected wind power and the expected increase during the coming years, requires that this technology has to be prepared to take a more important role as of its contribution to the reliability and security of the electricity system. The objective of this topic is to develop new digital twins to optimise the exploitation of individual wind farms (onshore, bottom-fixed offshore and floating offshore) as well as wind farm clusters, in view of transforming them into virtual power plants delivering a more reliable and secure electricity system. Such a digital twin is expected to integrate [at least three of the following bullet points]:

    1.Wind and weather forecast models relevant for the full wind power production system (turbines, grid, transmission) (including the effects of external physical conditions such as temperatures, rain, turbulences, waves, and currents).

    2.Spatial modelling: medium (within wind farms) to long distance (between/along wind farm clusters) wake effects.

    3.Interconnection optimisation via simulations to satisfy grid connection requirements and agility in grid reconfiguration and provide ancillary services.

    4.Include predictive maintenance, structural health and conditional monitoring, and

    5.End user location and needs.

    The digital twin will improve accurate energy yield prediction and will balance supply and demand side needs and will help to ease investment decisions based on accurate simulations. The models should incorporate other relevant parameters influencing the siting of wind farms, such as ground conditions, noise impacts and environmental impacts as well as representing the complex system in a map view format while considering time series data of each and every asset. Infrastructure modelling of each and every asset should be executed via independent profiling based on past performance data and contextual data in view to deliver prediction at the level of each and every asset with as much accuracy as possible”.

    The project should focus on offshore or on onshore wind power systems and make optimal use of previously developed models. Validation should be carried out with data of existing wind farms. Cooperation with wind energy suppliers, OEM’s, developers and O&M services can make the available data more accurate, resulting in better, more sustainable and eventually circular products and sector. The project should also sufficiently invest in delivering a cyber-secure system. The projects is expected to build also on the digital twins developed under Destination Earth, which envisage to develop a high precision digital model of the Earth to model, monitor and simulate natural phenomena and related human activities.

    For the offshore digital twin projects the impact of other blue economy sectors, islands, different land-sea interactions for near shore wind farms should be considered.

    For onshore digital twin projects, the build environment and different landscapes should be considered, and cooperation is envisaged with the selected projects under topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-03-05 Wind energy in the natural and social environment.

    It is expected that one project on offshore digital twin will be funded and one on onshore digital twin.

    To support rapid market uptake, widespread application and further innovation based on the developed solutions, projects are invited to use Open-Source solutions when appropriate and clarify in case they choose not to use Open Source, so that they can support the planning of future large scale offshore wind installations. Free licensing is also a possibility to consider to support rapid market uptake.

    Selected projects will be required to share knowledge. Projects will acquire performance-related data in a standard format to support advancement and validation of R&I for the benefit of all projects through Artificial Intelligence methods. This data and relevant meta-data may be shared with other projects (not supported through Horizon Europe, including relevant projects supported through the Innovation Fund) on reciprocal terms, preferably leveraging on the tools and services provided by the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) and exploring workflows that can provide “FAIR-by-design” data, i.e., data that is FAIR from its generation, and with EU-based researchers having a legitimate interest. The selected projects are expected to cooperate with the project selected under the call [CSA for data-sharing between renewable energy R&I project to advance innovation and competitiveness].

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 172 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-15: Critical technologies to improve the lifetime, efficient decommissioning and increase the circularity of offshore and onshore wind energy systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved overall lifetime, reliability, recyclability, sustainability, operability and maintainability of onshore and offshore wind turbines and foundations/substructures.

    2.Enhanced overall sustainability of wind energy systems based on mainstreamed Life Cycle Analysis addressing social, economic and environmental aspects, as well as improved circularity.

    3.Mainstreamed affordable high life-cycle performance, life extension, more efficient decommissioning, and improved circularity of wind turbine components.

    4.Potential new markets in wind turbines recycling and/or re-purposing.

    Scope: Innovative technologies to improve the lifetime, efficient decommissioning and increase the circularity of wind energy systems. Project can address one of the following points:

    1.Development of improved, more damage-tolerant materials (composites and adhesives) considering different external conditions in which the materials are used (consider very low/high temperatures, ice, corrosion, erosion.

    2.The development of improved manufacturing procedures for turbine components and construction methods for wind turbine farms and design methods for wind turbine components.

    3.The development of materials and interfaces for joints of major load-carrying parts like main spars (split blades and tower parts).

    4.The development of bio-based fibres and resins with improved mechanical properties.

    5.Lifetime extension by innovative design for increased resilience and repair solutions for in the first-place wind turbine components like blades, drive train and generators’, and support structures.

    6.New installation, decommissioning, and condition monitoring technologies and operation and maintenance methodologies (e.g. remote controlled devices for in situ repairs by robots).

    7.New efficient recycling technologies for wind energy components.

    8.Alternatives in materials/new advanced materials.

    9.New technologies for effective and environmentally friendly decommissioning of wind energy systems.

    But it is not excluded to consider other solutions.

    This R&I need is critical for onshore wind given the large volumes of capacity to be decommissioned in the next decade. The R&I need was also identified in the offshore renewable energy strategy (COM(2020) 741 final) that commits the Commission to ‘systematically integrate the principle of ‘circularity by design’ into renewables research & innovation’.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02-16: Accelerating the green transition and energy access in Africa

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    For the consortium, in addition to the standard eligibility conditions for consortia, at least two entities established in at least one African Union member state must be part of the consortium.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For the criterion 'Quality and efficiency of the implementation', in addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspect shall constitute a major element: Proven access to necessary land and / or permits for operation at the time of application and / or convincing risk management regarding delayed availability of land or permits. Risk management can include go / no-go decisions at mid-term.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Technologically reliable and economically viable renewable energy solutions by 2030.

    2.Improve climate adaptation and/or climate mitigation potential of the solutions compared to other technologies/solutions.

    3.Strengthening of the joint EU-AU Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Collaborative Partnership efforts, with emphasis on improving the visibility of EU Science Diplomacy actions in Africa.

    4.Proven positive environmental, health, climate, social and economic impacts of the renewable energy solutions.

    5.Acceleration of the achievements of the African countries’ targets of the Paris Agreement.

    Scope: The proposal should demonstrate innovative sustainable renewable energy solutions that improve climate adaptation and/or mitigation potential compared to other technologies/solutions in the African social, economic and environmental contexts. The proposal may address development of renewable energy sources, including solutions for off-grid communities, and their integration into the existing energy system. Proposals should consider the generation of renewable energy, and where relevant the transmission, and the use of storage/battery systems.

    The action should cover either urbanised or rural contexts in Africa. It should contribute to reducing the stress on the water-energy-food nexus, with the aim of providing sustainable renewable energy access and creating other socio-economic benefits such as improved health, economic wealth and jobs.

    Actions should design, construct, commission and operate the demonstration installation. Actions should also develop and implement a tailored value chain approach, identifying the most suitable manufacturing value chains, on the basis of the local context, local material supply chain(s) and local workforce, with the objective of ensuring sustainable local economic development. African SMEs are expected to play an important role in the overall value chain and to contribute in the identifying the needs. Actions should also include the identification of technical, vocational and educational needs of the workforce and propose relevant training and qualification activities. Actions should finally define a market and business strategy that could take into consideration funding from financial instruments and aid programmes to ensure impact through a quick and viable commercial take-up of the technological solution demonstrated.

    Social innovation should be considered. The business plan should include appropriate consideration of available financial support instruments (local, regional and/or international) to enhance the speedy market deployment of the solution.

    Proposals should include a life cycle analysis showing the impact of the proposed solutions when compared to other technologies/solutions on the environment, on climate change targets and on the social and the economic dimensions, taking a cradle to grave viewpoint. The life cycle analysis should take a cradle to grave approach. Proposals should adopt a circular economy approach.

    As the demonstration installation will be located in Africa, relevant African partners have to participate in the implementation of the project. A balanced involvement in the activities of the projects of European and African partners will be considered an asset in the evaluation.

    Actions should also participate in and contribute to the African Union 173 - European Union collaborative research action on Climate Change and Sustainable Energy, in particular through cooperation/collaboration with the project LEAP-RE, “, www.leap-re.eu .

    Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 174

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 175

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 04 May 2023

    Deadline(s): 10 Oct 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-01

    RIA

    9.00

    Around 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-02

    IA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-03

    IA

    11.00

    Around 11.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-04

    IA

    11.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-05

    IA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-06

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    58.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Energy systems, grids & storage

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-01: Increasing the efficiency of innovative static energy conversion devices for electricity and heat/cold generation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to develop further the harvesting of renewable energy in areas/conditions where other conversion systems are less efficient, less convenient or not possible.

    The results are expected to contribute to at least three of the outcomes in A and B:

    A. Increased potential for wider application of electricity and heat/cold static generators due to increased efficiency of energy conversion devices using physical effects such as:

    1.Thermoelectric -> Thermoelectric Generators (TEG)

    2.Thermovoltaic -> Thermovoltaic Generators (TVG)

    3.Thermionic -> Thermionic Generators (TIG)

    4.Pyroelectric-> Pyroelectric Generator (PEG)

    5.Electrocaloric -> Electrocaloric Generator

    B. Optimised construction and application of the above-mentioned devices for:

    1.heat recovery applications with electricity generation;

    2.heat/cold generation from electricity;

    3.applications in areas such as industrial, automotive, solar, geothermal, data centres, buildings applications, etc.

    Scope: Projects are expected to implement both the activities in (1) and the validation/demonstration in (2) for the technologies listed above addressed individually and/or as combination of them or with other generation technologies (e.g., Thermionic Photovoltaic TIPV) as described below:

    1. Development of at least three of the above-mentioned technologies involving the activities listed below. These can be complemented among them and/or with others pertinent to the topic.

    1.Simulation, analysis, design, test and validation/demonstration of innovative generators such as the ones described above converting directly heat/cold into electricity with applications in energy waste recovery (e.g., industry, geothermal, data centres, buildings, automotive, etc.).

    2.Simulation, analysis, design, test and validation/demonstration of innovative generators converting electricity directly in heating or coolin systems (e.g., in industrial processes such as metallurgy, semiconductor lithography, etc., to cool or heat control elements, to cool Li-Ion-Batteries of electric cars, temperature control in data centres, etc.).

    3.The development of new materials to overcome the drawbacks of the above-mentioned technologies such as of their interdependent electrical and thermal properties, etc.

    4.Innovative designs of the above-mentioned types of generators that allow better integration into energy conversion systems, from the point of view of efficiency and environmental impact.

    5.Potential use of nanotechnology for the development of the above-mentioned innovative energy conversion technologies.

    2. Validation/demonstration of the activities developed in (1) with at least one pilot for each technology in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-02: Integration of renewable gases, other than hydrogen or methane, and which have not access to gas grids and interfacing with electricity and heat sectors

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Accelerate the integration of unrefined renewable gaseous fuels in the energy system.

    2.Increase flexibility, reliability and security of renewable energy supply in the energy sector.

    3.Increase integration of electricity and heat/cooling sectors with gas grids.

    Scope: Demonstration of decentralized production of renewable gaseous energy carriers other than hydrogen and purified biomethane, namely biogas and syngas for example, and its integration in local energy systems and/or energy consuming industries for direct electricity and heat and cooling production. Demonstration of the integration of small and flexible modular gas production units, its associated infrastructure and development of digital interfaces for the connection to electricity and heat/cooling sectors are included. The integrated modules and components should be optimized to increase flexibility, security, affordability, and robustness to the local energy supply. Conditions for injection to the grid of renewable unrefined gases should be identified. A techno-economic analysis should be included to address the cost-effectiveness of the integrated solution. A life Cycle Analysis should be carried out for the assessment of the GHG emission reduction due to the renewable gas integration. Interfaces to governance issues of system integration, as for example market design, network regulation, CO2 market, renewables support, etc. should be addressed. Effects of Community involvement should be addressed with an analysis of socioeconomic sustainability.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-03: System approach for grid planning and upgrade in support of a dominant electric mobility (vehicles and vessels) using AI tools

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute of the following expected outcomes:

    1.AI-based prediction of most convenient locations that optimize grid resources and upgrades around recharging pools for EVs and electric HDVs.

    2.Developing of spatial mapping models and software tool for location decision-making with a comprehensive focus, including major highways, industrial zones (depot charging), urban nodes (e.g., for overnight charging) and less-densely populated areas.

    3.Simulation, analysis, design, test and demonstration of smart and bidirectional charging schemes and their integration into flexibility markets that allow to minimise the impact on grid planning and connection of high-power recharging pools for recharging EVs, and especially HDVs on more cost-intensive locations, and that ensure benefits to consumers based on smart charging energy service models.

    4.Exploration of the impact of different charging methods, including cable-charging, wireless charging and electric road systems covering either catenary as inductive coils embedded in the road.

    5.Analysis, design, testing and developing of a cyber security model that can simulate and accurately represent attack propagation from recharging infrastructure entry vectors, informing the development of efficient strategies and lines of defence to mitigate these vulnerabilities for the different relevant stakeholders.

    Scope: The activities are expected to include at least the following aspects:

    1.Definition and development of new AI-based tools to predict, estimate and plan the deployment and associated challenge for utilities (from an EV recharging ecosystem viewpoint - CPO, DSO and TSO) on how to deal with the increasing upcoming demand in numerous new locations, particularly during peak periods.

    2.Understanding on how to effectively deploy the required grid connection (and power) in less densely populated areas, exploring the impact of installation of batteries to expand the grid in combination with renewables.

    3.Development of a coherent energy system planning for electric mobility, considering both the needs and impact for recharging of EVs and onshore power supply of vessels in maritime ports and inland waterways.

    4.Development of new services for consumers (EV and HDV owners, leasers, etc.) based on smart charging that valorise the flexibility in the wholesale, home optimisation and/or grid services markets. Integration of smart charging services with flexibility from other devices (e.g. demand response) would be an added value for the project.

    5.There is an increasing risk for the occurrence of a scenario where EVs and/or recharging stations could be hacked simultaneously, causing a disruption to grid operations, propagating rapidly with dire consequences, such as blackouts and overall affection of the frequency stability of the grid. The project should bridge the gap between recharging infrastructure operators, EVs and the grid (DSOs, TSOs), identify existing weaknesses and risks for attack spread.

    6.The developed solutions should assess their environmental impact in particular with regards to their energy consumption.

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 176 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-04: Digital tools for enhancing the uptake of digital services in the energy market

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Development and uptake of innovative data-driven cross-sector integrated services, solutions and products using cross-sectorial data resulted from other sectors than energy (e.g. data economy, health, finance, security) that empower consumers and facilitate consumer investment in the energy transition (e.g. renewables, energy efficiency, renovation, demand response, storage).

    2.Development and fast market-uptake of digital twin models of household energy consumers to help consumers, citizens, energy suppliers, aggregators and energy communities to optimise data-driven energy (and other sector) services and to enhance digital energy literacy.

    3.Greater access for consumers to the wide range of emerging services and applications that will be present in the market resulting from data sharing and benefiting from increased interoperability.

    4.Increased simplification of management and improvement of quality of new and current energy services and new digital platforms, smart meters and tools to provide consumers with seamless omni-channel experiences.

    5.Assessment of the implications for market design (energy and flexibility markets) of a wide uptake of digital tools and propose relevant modifications to flexibility services and related processes to contract, activate, measure and settle flexibility.

    6.Creation of value and direct benefit for the consumers and support digital empowerment and energy literacy of citizens: European citizens are educated, motivated, and empowered to use digital tools to be an active participant in the just energy transition.

    Scope: Digitalisation develops faster than the ability of society to adjust. Digital technologies are a driving force for empowering citizens in taking on an active role in the just energy transition. Increased acceptability of new digital technologies is pivotal: actions should focus on benefits of new digital services and users experience to overcome the expected friction of end-consumer on boarding, developing innovative tools for engagement and literacy. Social innovation tools and multi-disciplinary approaches and engagement of policy makers at various levels, the private sector, civil society and citizens at large are required.

    Accordingly, proposed activities will address all of the following:

    1.Use the data real time provided by real time sensors/ Internet of Things and real time computing resulting from other sectors than energy (e.g. data economy, health, finance, security) to generate new businesses and new ways of benefiting the economy and society by developing of innovative data-driven cross-sector integrated services, solutions and products.

    2.Help consumers and citizens navigate the new digital technologies entering the energy market, taking into consideration the cross sectorial dimension alongside the sector-specific one, also exploring the possibility of using, among others, AI-based assistant tools.

    3.Trigger and support the development of a digital tool allowing citizens to visualise and access to all the energy-related data they produce and share with third parties, thus helping to exert their right to understand and control their data.

    4.Test the developed cross-sector services in at least 3 countries. In the selection of pilots, gender, demographic, geographic and socio-economic aspects should be duly taken into account.

    5.Develop and test, in at least 3 countries, a digital twin of the (household) energy consumer, making use of AI to assist the consumer (both in terms of optimising the service as well as enhancing digital energy literacy and enhancing understanding and trust of the AI used).

    6.The digital twin solutions should be developed and made available as Open-Source solutions, while making sure that contributors are recognised and fairly compensated, respecting well defined rules and within a network of trusted data, which guarantees security and sovereignty of data and services in an Open Source way so that the developed software is available.

    7.Contribute to the communication, outreach and dissemination strategy of the Communication on Digitalisation of the Energy System.

    Projects are required to utilize the data exchange infrastructure that is being developed under ongoing EU-funded under Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe and the Digital Europe Program.

    The project is required take into account, and collaborate with, where considered necessary, existing Living Labs (e.g. EnergyVille, TomorrowLab and living labs funded entirely by EU projects as study or demonstration site) to test integrated consumer services the ongoing relevant Blueprint projects from the Erasmus + program, relevant initiatives by Digital Innovation Hubs, the European Climate Pact, EC Digital Education action plan and any other relevant initiative.

    Projects are required to seek synergies with Horizon Europe instruments, including those of bottom-up nature like ERC, MSCA, EIT KICs, as well as its European partnerships.

    Cooperation with activities of the Green Powered Future Mission (Pillar 3) of Mission Innovation is encouraged 177 .

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 178 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    Moreover, projects are expected to take into account the outcomes of the work of the Citizens and Consumers Engagement Working Group and data coming from the Consumers Empowerment Benchmark developed by the European Commission.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-05: Creation of a standardised and open-source peer-to-peer energy sharing platform architecture for the energy sector

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Develop an independent, EU-validated flexibility and peer-to-peer trading solution for consumers willing to engage in such operations, to the benefit of the integration of Distributed Energy Resources (such as solar panels, batteries and electric vehicles, but also demand-response and flexible heat pumps and heaters considered as a resource) within the electricity network.

    2.Such an alternative should be open source, freely accessible, free of IPR, easy to maintain, and ensure that the final ownership of the tools can remain in community hands, and that these tools are available for reuse.

    3.Increase consumer engagement and tool’s acceptability.

    4.Illustrate the relevant services that are supported by this peer-to-peer trading platform (flexibility services for TSO, DSO, self-consumption).

    5.Ensure policies of operations, integration and usage of blockchain technologies and underlying data for all stakeholders.

    6.Ensure interoperability and contribute to standardisation of blockchain energy applications

    Scope: The activities include, but are not limited to:

    1.Defining the core operations that a flexibility and peer-to-peer trading platform should execute in order to:

    1.Guarantee optimal valorisation and integration of DER (such as solar panels, batteries and electric vehicles, but also demand-response and flexible heat pumps and heater considered as a resource) within the electricity network.

    2.Take into account network constraints, including through the use of price signals to foster flexibility.

    3.Meet the local consumers’ needs and characteristics.

    2.Developing an AI-based software that uses machine learning processes to integrate core operations and local grid constraints (including when channelled through price signals) in order to adapt to variations and changes in grid conditions.

    3.Testing and simulation cases for blockchain-based trading operations following an agile methodology with the objective to get a fully functional trading tool within the project lifetime. The design of the platform should reflect the multi-actor, open-ended nature of decentralised use of energy. Proposals should account for a complex system change process, and prescribe evolutionary pathways for the platforms, account for their socio-technical interdependencies, and define and validate feasible entry points.

    4.Developing field studies in citizen energy communities / renewable energy communities to integrate bottom-up approaches.

    5.Setting rules for using the tool

    6.Involving energy cooperatives or citizen energy communities (see Article 16 of the Commission’s Directive 2019/944 on common rules for the internal market for electricity (IEMD)) / renewable energy communities (see Article 22 of the Commission’s Directive 2018/2001 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources (RED II))  in each selected project and ensure that the final ownership of these tools can remain in community hands, and that they are available for reuse (a particular consideration will be taken with respect to data security and potential related restrictions thereof).

    7.Developing an open, available and operational platform to strengthen business models, and define which these business models are.

    8.Exploring and comparing advantages / disadvantages of existing and new market making methods (Order Book-based systems and Liquidity pool-based Automated Market Makers) for a peer-to-peer energy exchange.

    9.The project should be developed by taking into account both a technology performance perspective and a long-term sustainability roadmap.

    The developed solutions should be freely available to citizens, energy cooperatives and citizen/renewable energy communities. 

    Solutions should be developed and made available as Open-Source solutions, while making sure that contributors are recognised and fairly compensated, respecting well defined rules and within a network of trusted data, which guarantees security and sovereignty of data and services.

    The selected projects will cooperate and with other relevant projects through regular common workshops, exchange of non-confidential reports, etc.

    The selected projects, especially those that are testing peer-to-peer feasibility in real conditions and environments (such as living labs or other types of sandbox initiatives), are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 179 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    Solutions should be developed considering integration into existing power markets where appropriate. The selected projects should associate energy regulators in their governance and should preferably be located in the territory of EU Member States/Associated countries where few peer-to-peer energy trading pilot projects have been setup so far.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. This is all the more important in the project at hand that a modification of consumers incentives (through price-signals for instance) can trigger changes of behaviour, which in turn can have positive effects on the electricity system, and interesting applications in terms of flexibility services, optimization of use of excess RE production, as well as congestion management.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03-06: Components and interfacing for AC & DC side protection system – AC & DC grid: components and systems for grid optimisation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    A. Protection:

    1.AC & DC side protection strategies and readiness of their functional design, to support grid optimal architecture planning and prepare project tendering.

    2.Methodology to assess admissible temporary loss of transmitted power in case of DC fault.

    3.Multi-vendor interoperable MVDC/HVDC grid protection strategies and design.

    4.AC & DC side protection system functional design for fully selective, non-selective and partially selective fault clearing strategies, including the connection to low-inertia AC systems.

    B. Congestions in AC or DC grids:

    1.Innovative Power Electronics-based technologies properly placed in the grid to address congestion due to the injection of decentralised energy in a centralised-based electricity system.

    2.Optimisation of the power flows by shifting power transfer from loaded to less loaded lines.

    3.Grid reinforcement avoidance.

    Scope: Projects are expected to implement activities in (1) and the practical demonstration in (2) as described below:

    1.Development of R&I activities, methodologies and tools for at least two of the sub-topics in A (a, b or c) and B. These can be developed/complemented among them and/or with others pertinent to each sub-topic:

    A) Protection:

    a. Methodology to assess admissible temporary loss of transmitted power in case of DC fault:

    1.AC-DC transient stability, when DC transmitted power is temporarily and partially interrupted, in case of a DC fault.

    2.Impact of reactive power supply transient interruption (converter blocking).

    3.In case of MVDC/HVDC-connected Off-Shore Wind farm: coordination of control actions from MVDC/HVDC and wind turbines.

    4.Anticipation of new system dynamics due to high PEID penetration.

    5.Impacts of partially selective and non-selective versus fully selective DC fault-clearing strategies.

    6.Recommendation for AC-DC system design and DC protection design.

    b. Multi-vendor interoperable MVDC/HVDC grid protection

    1.Improved methodologies for the determination of functional requirements of DC grid protection in a technical and vendor neutral manner.

    2.Standardised validation tests for de-risking interoperability issues.

    3.Specification of protection component and auxiliary ratings.

    4.DC substation Communication architecture and protocols (e.g., IEC 61850 for DC).

    5.Protection system simulation models and information exchange.

    c. HVDC grid protection strategies and design

    1.Methodologies for the protection of mixed (OHL/cable, bipolar/monopolar) DC grids.

    2.Methodologies to optimally determine the optimal MVDC/HVDC grid protection system, including combined selective, non-selective and partially protection schemes within the same DC grid.

    3.Development of converter assisted MVDC/HVDC grid protection.

    4.DC station design and optimisation from protection point of view.

    5.AC & DC side protection system functional design for fully selective, non-selective and partially selective fault clearing strategies, including the connection to low inertia AC systems

    B) Congestions in AC or DC grids:

    1.Simulation, analysis, design, development, test and demonstration of advanced Power Electronics-based equipment inserted appropriately in specific points in the grid to decongestion the lines or cables.

    2.Cost Benefit Analysis compared to other solutions (e.g., the use of DC systems, etc.) at system level and covering the operating life of the equipment.

    2. Demonstration, test and validation of the activities developed in (1) in at least two pilots in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.

    Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 180

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 181

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 12 Sep 2023

    Deadline(s): 16 Jan 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-01

    IA

    24.00

    Around 12.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-02

    IA

    6.00

    Around 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-03

    IA

    20.00

    Around 10.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-04

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-05

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-06

    RIA

    9.00

    Around 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-07

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-08

    IA

    38.00

    18.00 to 20.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-09

    COFUND

    10.00

    Around 10.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-10

    RIA

    27.00

    Around 3.00

    9

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-11

    IA

    16.00

    Around 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-12

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-13

    RIA

    13.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-14

    RIA

    13.00

    Around 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-15

    RIA

    16.00

    5.00 to 5.50

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-16

    IA

    8.00

    Around 8.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-17

    IA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    246.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Global leadership in renewable energy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-01: Alternative equipment and processes for advanced manufacturing of PV technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal in the transition to a clean energy system and the achievement of a climate-neutral economy. To this end, it is important to enhance affordability, security of supply and sustainability of PV technologies along with further efficiency improvements. To ensure security of supply, retaining the whole value chain in EU Member States/Associated countries is essential; technology de-risking is a necessary step towards this direction. Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Contribute towards establishing a solid European PV innovation and production base.

    2.Reduce the CAPEX and OPEX in the PV solar production chain, ultimately leading to cheaper modules and lower LCOE.

    3.Reinforce the sustainability of the European PV value chain building a secure, resilient, and diverse domestic energy sector industrial base.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to:

    1.Demonstrate alternative processes and equipment for PV manufacturing with reduced CAPEX, OPEX, energy and material consumption and implement Industry 4.0 concepts.

    2.Increase the productivity and sustainability of large-scale PV manufacturing equipment and processing, for example by the enhancement of: i) throughput (e.g. wafers or roll area /time or module area/time) ii) yield (process & quality control) iii) availability (e.g. optimisation of uptime & service time) and iv) quality control.

    3.Involve multidisciplinary consortia including industrial partners.

    A plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-02: Low-power PV

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 182 .

    Expected Outcome: Energy autonomous applications capable of generating their own energy by harvesting ambient energy from the environment to completely eliminate the need for a power source or at least assist it, have gained significant interest in recent years. Photovoltaic energy conversion is a viable choice for energy harvesting due to its high conversion efficiency and compatibility with low lighting conditions.

    Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

    1.Increase the potential of PV for low power, low irradiation applications (harvesting energy in low light intensity and/or artificial light conditions).

    Scope: Photovoltaic energy harvesting in low light conditions such as indoors, or under artificial or diffuse light can be used to power sensors, as well other low-power electronics. Efficient energy harvesting combined in an energy system with storage unit and low power electronics, can enable a wide range of applications, integrating new functionalities, for example autonomous sensors, domotics, remote monitoring, variable transmission applications and portable devices in general.

    Proposals are expected to validate novel and low-environmental impact PV materials, PV architectures and suitable substrates for the specific low power applications that take into account the light intensity, light spectrum and application itself. PV system performance is expected to be tailored to meet the application-specific power and energy requirements and application – related standards. Proposals should include a clear definition of the use case and lifecycle considerations, e.g. business models, circularity by design aspects, certification, etc.

    Applicants can seek possibilities of involving the EC JRC. The JRC may provide characterisation, validation and certification of the performance of photovoltaic solar devices. It may also perform pre-normative research to develop appropriate characterisation methods for such devices as a precursor to the adoption of international standards as well as addressing stability, lifetime and environmental issues. This task shall be performed within the European Solar Test Installation (ESTI) an accredited ISO17025 calibration laboratory for all photovoltaic technologies.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-03: Demonstration of improved intermediate renewable energy carrier technologies for transport fuels

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 183 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support de-risking the technology, boost scale-up of flexible intermediate bioenergy and synthetic renewable energy carriers and contribute to their market up-take.

    2.Respond to short- and medium-term needs for renewable fuels in transport.

    3.Increase flexibility, reliability and security of renewable energy supply in the transport sector.

    4.Increase available options for better integration of the energy system linking renewable energy production, storage and use via renewable energy intermediates.

    Scope: Demonstration of technologies for the production of advanced intermediate bioenergy and synthetic renewable energy carriers from biogenic residues and wastes, microalgae, biogenic CO, CO2 or nitrogen and renewable hydrogen and all forms of renewable energy with reduced cost and GHG emissions above the state of the art. Proposals are expected to demonstrate that conversion technologies have already reached pilot scale TRL 5. The finished quality is expected to be suitable so that the intermediates can be either directly upgraded in existing refinery infrastructures and/or further purified and processed in existing chemical infrastructures to drop-in liquid and gaseous advanced biofuels and synthetic renewable fuels, or directly used for shipping propulsion or in other off-road transport. Examples are demonstration of production of bio-oils, raw alcohols, bio-liquids, biogas, syngas and thermally pre-treated solid biomass fuels from biogenic residues and wastes and microalgae oils through chemical, biochemical, thermochemical, biological, electrochemical pathways, as well as synthetic renewable analogues. The integration of these intermediates in transport and their application in hard to electrify transport sectors should be presented. The logistics for transportation and storage of the intermediates should be addressed. The sustainability and GHG reduction should be addressed on a life-cycle assessment basis. Proposals should provide information and assessment about the economic feasibility and the potential of scaling-up the technology at commercial scale as appropriate. The exploitation plans should include preliminary feasibility study and business plan also indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (such as private equity, the InvestEU, the EU Catalyst Partnership and the Innovation Fund).

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-04: Improvement of light harvesting and carbon fixation with synthetic biology and/or bio-inspired//biomimetic pathways for renewable direct solar fuels production

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least 3 of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Availability of disruptive and sustainable solar fuel technologies in order to accelerate the replacement of fossil-based energy technologies with more efficient use of primary solar energy in solar fuel production.

    2.Reduced cost and improved efficiency of solar-based renewable fuel technologies and their value chains by addressing rate-limiting steps in the solar fuels value chain.

    3.Increase technology leadership, competitiveness and technology export potential of European industry in possibly game-changing solar fuel and synthetic biological technologies.

    4.Enhanced sustainability of solar fuels, taking fully into account circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities.

    5.Reinforced European scientific basis and European export potential for renewable energy technologies through international collaborations (e.g., the AU-EU Climate Change and Sustainable Energy partnership, the missions and innovation communities of Mission Innovation 2.0).

    6.Increasing the European energy security and reliability by improving the solar fuel conversion efficiency as well as maintaining and fostering the European global leadership in affordable, secure and sustainable solar fuel technologies.

    Scope: Development of novel in-vivo or in-vitro biochemical and/or bio-inspired/biomimetic pathways for solar fuel production with increased efficiency in comparison to light and dark reactions of natural photosynthesis by synthetic biological and/or bio-inspired/biomimetic approaches. The aim is to achieve a significant improvement of components of both, light harvesting and carbon fixation, which are rate limiting for the conversion of solar energy to renewable fuels. Proposals are expected to include case studies for analysing the potential and impact of the technology for future application at scale and analyse possible interfaces with other solar fuel technologies, with a particular focus on socioeconomic and environmental sustainability including circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects and cost-effectiveness. All relevant aspects of safety of the technology are expected to be addressed. Hydrogen as a fuel and end-product is excluded.

    Projects are expected where possible to collaborate with and contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support Action funded under the topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-16

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-05: Development of carbon fixation technologies for biogenic flue gases

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Availability of disruptive sustainable bioenergy technologies with negative carbon dioxide emissions.

    2.Increase technology leadership, competitiveness and technology export potential of European industry.

    3.Reduced cost and improved efficiency of sustainable bioenergy technologies and their value chains.

    4.Enhanced sustainability of bioenergy, taking fully into account circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities.

    Scope: Development of biological and chemical solutions to use the effluent gases from bioenergy combustion systems and upgrade biogenic carbon emissions for the production of renewable energy carriers with renewable hydrogen for later reuse as feedstock for energy needs and achieving carbon circularity. This requires system components (e.g. catalysts), which are cost-effective and robust to flue gas toxicity and interface with the underlying bioenergy combustion system without compromising system performance in respect of technical efficiency and sustainability.

    The effluent fixing solution has to be implemented in the conditions of the bioenergy combustion system and provide an integrated structure at the TRL requested. The reuse of the biogenic emissions should be addressed. The assessment of the combustion gas upgrading should be done at pilot scale and cost analysis of how this is a beneficial carbon capture and use solution should be provided.

    Socio-economic aspects including SDGs and impacts when applying such solutions in regions in transition from coal or other fossil fuels should be analysed and illustrated in the proposal.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-06: Innovative applications/integration of geothermal heating and cooling in industry

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.High integration of geothermal heating and/or cooling in different industry sectors with operation flexibility considering start-up time and ramp-up rate, and maximum cascaded use of thermal energy.

    2.Increased industry, region, city and citizen trust and acceptability for geothermal energy.

    Scope: Based on geothermal energy, the following is expected to be achieved: explore new heating and/or cooling concepts for industrial sectors which have to decarbonise their production lines using renewable systems. enable the smart use of thermal grids with emphasis on flexible supply of resources, adapted to different source temperatures and varying demand; and position geothermal utilisation (including underground storage) as a crucial pillar for the (heat and/or cold) transition of industrial energy systems. Projects should consider the application of cascading residual geothermal waste heat to neighbouring industries or the built environment and should include the integration of geothermal and heat pump systems, energy piles, or energy sheet pile walls, consider the use of alternative cycle working media.

    Activities related to geothermal heat for industry and agriculture, underground thermal energy storage (UTES) including high-temperature storage, innovative and multiple uses for geothermal energy and side-products, balneological systems, and design and operation of geothermal doublets can be considered.

    Activities are required to assess the environmental sustainability of geothermal heating and/or cooling applications. The applied technologies should not significantly harm the environment (Do No Significant Harm principle). It must be ensured that negative impacts on ecosystems and biodiversity, including negative impacts on (or pollution affecting) air, water or soil quality, are addressed through mitigation policies.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-07: Development of hydropower equipment for improving techno-economic efficiency and equipment resilience in refurbishment situations

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Keeping the availability of the existing hydropower fleet with an important role in the future power market as flexible power suppliers.

    2.Increase technology leadership, competitiveness and technology export potential of European hydropower industry.

    3.Reduced cost and improved efficiency of refurbished hydropower installations.

    4.Enhanced sustainability of refurbished hydropower, taking fully into account and balancing between circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities including energy and climate targets and biodiversity.

    Scope: Development of hydropower equipment for improving techno-economic efficiency and equipment resilience in refurbishment situations of existing hydropower plants, which are outdated in respect of efficiency, power market interfacing, climate change adaptation and environmental sustainability, in particular also in respect of biodiversity. In scope are novel technologies, which improve the efficiency and economic parameters of existing hydropower plants during refurbishment without requiring substantial modification of the hydraulic system and by implementing circularity by design, e.g., low-friction and resistant materials and technical solutions that can minimize tear and wear in future operation modes. Solution should positively affect CAPEX and OPEX per kWh and also be compliant with improving the water quality of the underlying water body and in particular positively affect biodiversity. Socio-economic and environmental sustainability including SDGs, circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects should be addressed on a life cycle basis.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-08: Demonstration of sustainable wave energy farms

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 18.00 and 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 38.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.De-risking wave energy technology development and increased bankability/insurability of wave energy.

    2.Increased availability and improved market confidence in the technology.

    3.Increased knowledge on positive and negative impacts of ocean energy on its environment and in the case of negative impacts to protected habitats and species proposals for necessary mitigation measures.

    4.Publicly available data collected from the demonstration/pilot structure including support structure.

    Scope: Demonstration of sustainable wave energy pilot farms (minimum 2.0 MW installed capacity and at least 4 devices) in full operational conditions for long periods of time is essential to advance this sector. It is the way to bridge the gap from technology development to market development while reducing costs, reducing risks and attracting investors for future commercial projects. The farms should be composed of several devices of the same type.

    The wave energy farms have to be connected to the electricity grid. To focus on the technologies with the greatest chances of success, the single wave energy device to be used in the array deployment is expected to be satisfactorily demonstrated at full scale before, with limited changes to incorporate the learnings. Any change on the wave energy device may be incremental but should not involve fundamental changes to the device design or composition. The innovation component should mainly lie on the pilot farm systems and supporting industrial manufacturing activities that enable a cost-effective and high-performance pilot farm. Where established, stage-gate processes can help ensure that this approach is followed.

    The project is expected to deploy a wave energy farm with a minimum capacity of 2 MW and operate the farm at least 2 years in the lifetime of the project. After the project it is expected that the farm will continue to be operated for at least 8 years. The project should develop and execute an effective operation and maintenance programme.

    Proposals are expected to address also all the following for both the supporting infrastructure for the farm and for the individual devices themselves:

    1.Industrial design and manufacturing processes including set up of an industrial supply chain, circularity of (critical) raw materials, sustainability, scalability, installation methods, transport, operation & maintenance, supply chains and the related digital infrastructures.

    2.Projects are requested to demonstrate the technologies at sea while respecting existing environmental regulatory framework. Necessary mitigation measures should be integrated to protect habitats and species. Present an environmental monitoring plan to be implemented during the demonstration action. Environmental monitoring data should be open source and be shared with EMODNET and the IEA OES environmental task.

    The project has to include a clear go/no go moment ahead of entering the deployment phase. Before this go/no-go moment, the project has to deliver the detailed engineering plans, a techno-economic assessment, including key performance indicators based on international recognized metrics, a complete implementation plan and all needed permits for the deployment of the project., The project proposal is expected to present a clear and convincing pathway to obtaining necessary permits for the demonstration actions and allow for appropriate timelines to achieve these. The project is expected also to demonstrate how it will get a financial close for the whole action. For this the use of other EU/national/regional support mechanisms can be considered. Independent experts will assess all deliverables and will advise for the go/no-go decision.

    The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    Data from the pilot structures should be collected to understand the performance and behaviour of the structure and the surrounding environmental condition to optimise the concept and understand the environmental impact of wave energy harvesting.

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 184 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-09: Africa-EU CO-FUND action

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    In addition to the standard eligibility criteria, at least 40% of the partners must be from Africa Union member states.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties in the form of grants. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action to allow the partnership to achieve its objectives. Therefore, the EUR 60 000 threshold provided for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Strengthening of the joint EU-AU Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Collaborative Partnership efforts, with emphasis on improving the visibility of EU Science Diplomacy actions in Africa.

    2.Acceleration of the achievements of the African continent’s targets of the Paris Agreement.

    3.Establishing technologies for a sustainable energy system that meets the needs of different parts of society, in different geographical locations (urban and rural) and different economic sectors.

    Scope: Following the EU commitments under the Paris Agreement, Agenda 2030 on Sustainable Development and the post-Cotonou Agreement, the renewed objective to evolve current forms of cooperation into equal footing partnership between Africa and Europe, the current research and innovation cooperation between Europe and Africa in the field of renewable energy needs to be further strengthened and developed.

    The action should contribute to the implementation of the strategic and joint research and innovation action roadmaps 185 1] implemented under Pilar 1 of the project LEAP-RE, www.leap-re.eu . The range of activities supported are expected to address the broad range of elements and technologies identified in LEAP-RE, in particular its six multi-annual roadmaps and should include a well-balanced set of research projects, demonstration projects, and technology transfer projects. Inclusiveness of a broad range of MSs/ACs and African partners will be considered an asset.

    The proposal should envisage clustering activities with other relevant on-going EU-funded projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting issues. Synergy is also to be considered with the projects to be funded by the end of 2022 through the Joint Undertaking Clean Hydrogen topic HORIZON-JTI-CLEANH2-2022-05-05? “Research & Innovation co-operation with Africa on hydrogen”. To this end, proposals should provide for a work package and/or task dedicated to clustering activities and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly. The clustering activities should also consider and implement a joint programme of activities focussed on communication (participation in joint meetings and communication events), dissemination and exploitation.

    It is expected that the action will organise joint calls on an annual basis and will consider ample time for the implementation and closure of the co-funded projects.

    The proposal should also provide support to the operation of the Climate Change and Sustainable Energy collaborative action of the AU-EU High Level Policy Dialogue on Science, Technology and Innovation.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-10: Next generation of renewable energy technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 27.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Available breakthrough and game changing renewable energy technologies enabling a faster transition to a net-zero greenhouse gas emissions EU economy by 2050.

    2.Knowledge and scientific proofs of the technological feasibility of the concept including the environmental, social and economic benefits to contribute to R&I strategy and policy forecast.

    3.Establishing a solid long term dependable European innovation base.

    Scope: The proposal is expected to address high-risk/high return technology developments for game changing renewable energy technologies. It could cover catalyst development, dedicated renewable energy storage systems, integration of renewable energy technologies into a single energy generation system, heating & cooling systems, fuels production systems, solar driven chemical processes, hybrid electricity generation solutions between different renewable energy sources, direct utilization of renewable energy sources.

    The following areas are excluded from the scope of the topic as they fall within the scope of partnerships or other calls:

    1.Hydrogen production through electrolysers.

    2.Fuel cells.

    3.Material research is covered under cluster 4 topics.

    4.Batteries as being covered in Destination 2.

    The proposal is expected to validate its concept to TRL 3 or TRL 4 through a robust research methodology and activities. It should establish the technological feasibility of its concept, consider transfer developments in sectors other than energy whenever relevant, as they may provide ideas, experiences, technology contributions, knowledge, new approaches, innovative adapted materials for energy and skills.

    Whenever the direct use of biogenic waste is considered, it will be taken into account from the design stage.

    In developing its concept, the proposal is expected to address the following related aspects: lower environmental impact, minimising the impacts on biodiversity and protected species and habitats, better resource efficiency (materials, geographical footprints, water, etc…), issues related to social acceptability or resistance to new energy technologies, related socioeconomic and livelihood issues. Comparison with current commercial renewable energy technologies and/or solutions is expected. Impacts will be assessed through a quantified based Life Cycle Analysis. Considerations should be given to the regulatory frameworks for their adequate integration.

    Energy systems, grids & storage

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-11: AI Testing and Experimentation Facility (TEF) for the energy sector – bringing technology to the market

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Large-scale reference testing and experimentation facilities (TEFs) will offer a combination of physical and virtual facilities, in which technology providers can get support to test their latest AI-based software and hardware technologies in operational environments.

    2.This will include support for full integration, testing and experimentation of latest AI-based technologies to solve issues/improve solutions in the energy sector, at national as well as at local level, including validation and demonstration.

    3.The TEF is open to all the sites in Europe and equipped with the right equipment (Infrastructure, computing capacity & latest AI innovations).

    4.The TEF is a “long term investment”. There should be a business model to guarantee self-sustainability.

    Scope: The TEF is a technology infrastructure that has specific expertise and experience with testing in real conditions in the energy sector. They should build on existing infrastructures, facilities.

    TEF should become common resources open to all the players, especially end users who should closely be involved. TEFs seek to support technology providers, but we also expect TEFs to include end-users of the technologies to ensure co-creation (in particular end-users can be involved in defining testing scenarios, protocols and metrics.

    The TEF has the scope to then bridge the gap between lab and market due to lack of in-depth testing of AI technology in the real environment to fully validate them before the deployment.

    Energy AI TEF will aim at testing AI–based technologies and solutions that have already been tested in the labs and have to be tested in operational environments.

    Energy AI TEF will aim at optimising the deployment of AI-based solutions for a greener, smarter, more resilient, and more flexible energy system. For instance, it can investigate, how electricity grids respond to stimuli or shocks (e.g. RES integration, cyber-attacks, micro-grids development), making use of digital twins of the electricity grid at local level. Energy AI TEF can also target distribution grid optimisation, integrating both (decentralised) supply and demand-side, taking into account energy data coming from buildings, local storage, DER, electrical vehicles

    TEFs can also support regulatory sandboxes by setting up a dialogue with competent national authorities for supervised testing and experimentation under real or close to real conditions.

    The TEF can also support the development of new standards and ontologies for AI-Software for energy sector and common interoperability framework.

    Energy AI TEF should give regions a further boost in attracting funding to upgrade its facilities and also attracting innovative players to collaborate with its own champions. In addition, TEF will contribute to more trustworthy AI made in Europe.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-12: Energy Management Systems for flexibility services

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Contribute to the use of smart buildings and smart industrial sites for the integration of renewables in the energy system in an efficient way.

    2.Demonstrate aggregation of multiple (building or industrial) energy management systems to provide flexibility services (wholesale market price signals, demand response, flexible production, smart charging, balancing & frequency services, congestion management) to the electricity network.

    3.Demonstrate interoperability and data exchange technologies to aggregate data from different sources and in different formats through cooperation between aggregators and energy management system developers.

    4.Piloting and demonstration of flexibility pool operations at the local and regional levels.

    The selected projects should propose recommendations how current products, markets and market processes for flexibility should be adapted to accommodate these new services and/or fully benefit from the potential these improved energy management services will bring.

    Scope: Projects are expected to:

    1.Develop solutions to aggregate flexibility from different (types of) energy consumers that use different energy management systems to develop interoperable solutions to optimise the energy management systems and valorise its flexibility in wholesale markets and for balancing and/or congestion management services).

    2.Define and demonstrate the type of flexibility services that clusters of smart buildings and smart industrial sites can provide.

    3.Cooperate with (one or more) TSOs and/or DSOs, preferably making use of day-to-day operational flexibility markets (i.e. not R&I projects or regulatory sandboxes).

    4.Include at least 3 different energy management systems in case of industry, or 5 in case of buildings, developed by different technology providers and that use different protocols/standards/proprietary solutions for the energy management system.

    5.Involve at least 3 different energy system management service companies in case of industry, or 5 in case of buildings.

    6.Include at least 2 aggregators to ensure that developed solutions are based on standards and to avoid proprietary solutions.

    7.Include at least 1 home appliances producer in case of buildings. To ensure interoperability and integration into the grid, specific demonstrators will make use of operational end-to-end architectures, digital platforms and other data exchange infrastructure for the energy system being developed under ongoing Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe as well as under other EU programs such as the Digital Europe Program. Preferably semantically interoperable interactions, as enabled by the ETSI SAREF ontologies, are used.

    Design and demonstrate appropriate concepts for acquiring and activating flexibility (implicit and explicit) that allow to maximally benefit from the potential of these new services. The project should demonstrate or recommend how the coordination and cooperation between TSO and DSO has to be organized to adopt the different concepts for services, products and markets.

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 186 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-13: DC and AC/DC hybrid transmission and distribution systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Demonstrated top-down electricity system orchestration of future pan-European AC / DC hybrid system architecture - including offshore grid and energy islands - at different voltage levels (HVDC, MVDC, LVDC) down to DC microgrids.

    2.Developed methodologies for operational planning and design of DC and AC / DC hybrid systems, considering all possible sources, loads and storage, from high-voltage transmission level to distribution-connected assets. This includes a cost benefit analysis for stability management options.

    3.Developed methodologies and requirements for interoperability among Multi Terminal, Multi-Vendor MVDC and LVDC systems.

    4.Demonstrated technologies to be applied to the energy system to address the gradual loss of inertia caused by the increasing penetration of Power Electronics Interfaced Generators (i.e., RES such as PV, Wind, etc.).

    5.Demonstrated DC transmission and distribution systems and technologies.

    6.Components and systems for smart substations.

    7.Close collaboration among the key grid stakeholders (non-exhaustive list: software developers, system manufacturers, TSOs, third-party system integrators, wind turbine manufacturers, offshore wind farm developers, PV plants, storage systems, etc.).

    Scope: Projects are expected to implement the activities in (1) and the practical demonstration in (2) as described below:

    ·R&I, methodologies and tools involving the activities in the three subtopics (A, B and C) listed below. These can be developed/complemented with others pertinent to each sub-topic.

    A) DC – AC / DC hybrid system Design & Planning

    a. Demonstration of software tools for transnational AC/DC hybrid power system planning and management to enable HVAC/HVDC/MVDC/LVDC hybrid systems, such as:

    ·integration of multi-terminal HVDC systems, both offshore and onshore and HVDC links embedded within the HVAC network as well as HVDC ties (inter-) connecting different control zones and synchronous areas (in full or in back-to-back schemes);

    ·representation and modelling of transmission and distribution grids as well as multi-energy vector integration (sector coupling) for long-term and for transient and dynamic analysis.

    b. Demonstration of reliability and resilience methodologies to address security and adequacy issues and criteria via not only deterministic but also probabilistic (e.g., Monte-Carlo) methods.

    c. Demonstration of developed methodologies and requirements for interoperability among Multi Terminal, Multi-Vendor MVDC and LVDC systems.

    B) AC and DC Grid Forming Capability

    ·Functional requirements and demonstration of grid forming capability for hybrid HV AC/DC networks (e.g., offshore wind, HVDC transmission or multi-terminal HVDC grid, potentially associated with energy storage systems).

    ·Functional requirements and demonstration of grid forming capability for hybrid MV and LV AC/DC networks (grid connected and islanded operation with distributed energy sources).

    ·Functional requirements and validation procedure for testing grid-forming capabilities offered by HVDC, MVDC and LVDC systems.

    C) DC Distribution & microgrids

    ·Modelling (steady state and transient models) for systems including different typology of RES, EVs, storage and loads (system architecture, voltage level, control, stability, protection, and storage integration).

    ·Planning and design of MVDC distribution grids as the intermediate layer between the HVDC and the AC or DC Low Voltage local distribution grid and loads.

    ·Functional requirements for the AC-DC converters, DC-DC converters, switchgear (including protection equipment) and cables based on the different typologies and power rating applications

    2. Demonstration, test and validation of the activities developed in (1) in at least three pilots – one for each sub-topic (A, B and C) – in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.

    International cooperation with countries of the Mediterranean Region is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-14: Condition & Health Monitoring in Power Electronics (PE) - Wide Band Gap PE for the energy sector

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    a. Condition and Health Monitoring:

    1.Capability to anticipate failures of Power Electronics (PE) in wind farms and converters of the DC grid to prevent downtime.

    2.Techniques to set the equipment in limp mode to enable to withstand the stress until next maintenance.

    3.Demonstration of Condition and Health Monitoring (C&HM) for converters of wind turbines generators and HVDC converter stations or MVDC converters (solar energy).

    b. Wide Band Gap and Ultra-Wide Bandgap PE:

    1.Development of new semiconductor power device technologies, in particular Wide Bandgap (WBG) and ultra-wide Bandgap (UWBG) semiconductors

    2.Availability of more efficient Power Electronics components for the development of new generation of inverters, converters and other power equipment in the energy sector.

    3.Reduced space occupancy aiming mainly at offshore applications.

    4.Improved cost efficiency of power devices and semiconductor fabrication processes.

    Scope: Projects are expected to implement both the activities in (1) and the practical demonstration (2) as described below:

    1. R&I, methodologies and tools involving the activities listed below. These can be developed/complemented with others pertinent to each sub-topic.

    A. Condition and Health Monitoring (C&HM):

    1.Estimation of junction temperature Tj based on TSEPs (thermo-sensitive electrical parameters). Here especially big challenge present SiC MOSFETS and Schottky diodes because the TSEPs sensitivity is lower, non-linear and depends on the built technology. Further issues are calibration, circuit drift, influence of PWM and other.

    2.Development of new and evaluation/further development of already existing unconventional techniques to measure temperature and estimate degradation (such as for example, but not limited to, Kelvin connection or acoustic based methods).

    3.Development and evaluation of new or already existing techniques for generating the lifetime models based on big-data analysis and by utilisation of soft computing techniques.

    4.Combination of (big) data-driven and physics-of-failure driven approaches in C&HM.

    B. Stress Steering:

    1.Successful business case realisation requires co-operation and communication between different partners:

    2.Manufacturers of power electronics components (for example to integrate sometimes-necessary sensors).

    3.System designer (to provide access to the data such as measured load cycles and general mission profiles).

    4.Companies responsible for operation and maintenance of the systems. Currently those companies are especially for offshore wind parks developing their own C&HM systems, which are operating, based on sometimes-scarce available data.

    5.Optimisation is possible when already initial products would be designed to obtain data/measurements needed in C&HM. For power electronics modules, the most valuable data seems to be Tj (junction temperature):

    6.Careful estimation of the costs of maintenance for specified applications (it seems they are currently underestimated).

    7.Investigation of different costs models (e.g., the final costs for C&HM can be absorbed by the producers especially when it is also responsible for maintenance, or it can be transferred to the final user whenever the final user can provide safer and more reliable service).

    C. Wide Band Gap and Ultra-Wide Bandgap PE:

    ​​​​Improvement of WBG and UWBG semiconductors for integration in HVDC and MVDC components. Work should focus on improving wide bandgap semiconductor devices, packaging and their integration in converter submodules:

    1.Improved WBG and UWBG power devices with better performance metrics, e.g., lower conduction losses, higher blocking voltage, better surge current capability, higher switching frequencies and better short-circuit capability.

    2.Advanced control circuits for WBG and UWBG based bridges.

    3.Improved packages featuring high-voltage insulation, high temperature operation, robustness, and low eddy currents.

    4.New submodule topologies for HVDC converters and/or new converter topologies for MVDC converters with WBG and UWBG semiconductors and better performance metrics, e.g., reduced losses, higher reliability, lower volume / weight, less costs.

    5.Implementing WBG and UWBG semiconductor devices for DC protection devices, e.g., DC breakers.

    6.Improved cost efficiency of components based on WBG semiconductors.

    2. Demonstration, test and validation of the activities developed in (1) (A, B and C) in at least two pilots (all activities A, B and C developed for each pilot) in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-15: HVAC, HVDC and High-Power cable systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 5.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 187 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least three of the following outcomes:

    1.High Voltage (HV), Extra High Voltage (EHV) or High Power/superconducting cable systems, including dynamic AC – DC cables.

    2.Development of not only better performing, but also more environmentally friendly materials for cable and accessory insulation.

    3.Improved tools for remote monitoring, repair and maintenance of equipment.

    4.Assessment of the feasibility of new cable system technologies.

    5.Increased reliability of HVDC or High-Power cable systems, through improved cable accessory design and/or ageing studies and/or use of cable condition monitoring techniques.

    6.Reduced cost of HVDC or High-Power cables, which increases feasibility of implementation in smaller projects, reducing the visual impact and improves social acceptability compared to AC overhead lines.

    7.Reducing the environmental impact of HVDC or High-Power cable systems through use of component designs with smaller climate footprints such as gas-free accessories or through conversion and reuse of existing infrastructure to increase power transfer capacity.

    8.When power demand increases and the ampacity of the power line is reached, the replacement of HVAC overhead lines with HVDC or with High-Power cable systems can avoid building new lines or reinforcing the grid.

    9.Increased power transfer over the same corridor and same or smaller right of ways.

    10.Methodology development of the OHL conversion from AC to DC with minimal line outage

    11.Contribution to the emergence of standards for DC OHLs in Europe

    12.Benefits of power dense technology options and avoidance of grid reinforcement.

    Scope: Projects are expected to implement at least three of the activities in (1) for one or more subtopics (A, B, C) or (2) for one or more subtopics (D, E, F) and the practical validation in (3) as described below:

    1. R&I, methodologies and tools involving the activities listed below. These can be developed/complemented with others pertinent to the topic.

    A. Innovation in cable systems

    1.Development of new insulating materials for dry type accessories for high temperature and above 525 kV

    2.Optimisation of newly developed high electrical resistivity insulating materials for use above 525 kV in cable and/or accessories.

    3.Development of new network components with reduced environmental impact such as EHV/HV cables without lead, application of superconductors, AC, DC cables/gas insulated lines for voltages above 525 kV.

    4.Development of larger conductor cross sections.

    5.Development of smaller conductor cross sections and leveraging higher current superconductors - greater power density benefits.

    6.Increase of maximum insulation operating temperature, such as for high load urban areas where available space for power transfer is limited.

    7.Further improvement of different types of extruded insulation materials (e.g., AC, DC-XLPE, Polypropylene) cables, and render recyclability of the materials feasible by refining the procedure of separation of the many components of the cable – insulation, wires, tapes, sheaths, etc. – from each other. Establishment of procedures for recycling and related possible products.

    8.Feasibility study for use of superconducting cables for submarine connections to determine their environmental benefits e.g., extremely low heat emittance, since they do not emit any heat, zero magnetic field benefits to marine fauna, smaller cable corridors for higher power densities, smaller landfall space requirements, etc.

    9.Simulation and design of innovative dynamic cable systems to meet the needs of the growing floating offshore applications.

    B. Predictive models for cable system ageing (fraction-of-life lost, remaining life), life and reliability

    1.Modelling of space charge phenomena (as well as other relevant phenomena) in newly developed insulating materials, in full size cables and accessories.

    2.Modelling of its effects on cable system aging taking advantage of advanced experimental space charge measurement techniques.

    3.AI methods for managing a cable fleet angle.

    4.Impact of water absorption on ageing of lead-free wet-design HVDC or High-Power cables.

    5.Ageing of cable systems, including effect of contaminants, humidity and temperature, and its implications for space charge accumulation and lifetime estimations. Test methods to quantify ageing in a DC environment, such as voltage form for DC-specific breakdown testing.

    C. Monitoring and fault location systems

    1.Continuous temperature and acoustic monitoring of long cable system lengths.

    2.Accurate and instantaneous fault location systems for long cable system lengths.

    3.Further development and improvement of on- and off-line diagnostics and condition monitoring techniques for HVDC or High-Power cable systems such as PD and leakage current measurements for online and space charge and dielectric permittivity and loss factor measurements for offline.

    4.Innovative technological solutions such as fibre-based and/or robotic technologies for data collection and maintenance in in all type of location (easy-to-access and inhospitable).

    5.Development of procedures for optimised maintenance and repair concepts of offshore stations using BIM and 3D-Models.

    2. Investigation and development of potential replacement of HVAC overhead lines with HVDC or High-Power cable solutions to increase capacity transfer without the need of building new infrastructures but reusing existing right of ways.

    D. Cost-Benefit Analysis for different options of HVAC OHL conversion

    1.Mapping of the potential use cases for replacement of HVAC with HVDC or High-Power solutions (buried or overhead) supported by a Cost-Benefit Analysis.

    2.Cost-Benefit Analysis for conversion of HVAC OHL to HVDC, High Power OHL or buried High-Power cable solutions.

    3.Resilience and reliability analysis of different HVAC OHL conversion options – underground cable, HVDC OHL and buried High-Power cable solutions.

    E. Technical innovations and design methodologies of hybrid HV AC/DC overhead lines

    1.Insulation coordination and clearances calculation methodologies, for HVDC and hybrid HV AC/DC overhead lines.

    2.Electrical field and ion current density calculation methodology under hybrid HV AC/DC OHLs ion flow field.

    3.Operation, control and protection of hybrid AC/DC overhead lines.

    4.Management of long-distance mixed cable and OHL HV corridors.

    F. Pan-European grid studies and unification of voltage level of the converted OHLs from HVAC to HVDC

    1.Proposal of a unified DC voltage level of the converted lines considering the standard towers and line designs of HVAC OHLs (220 kV, 400kV) in the European network to provide a general conversion approach, compatible with minimum operation downtime.

    2.Perform pan-European grid studies to propose a unified strategy toward an overlaying HVDC grid based on the converted HVAC OHLs and existing corridors with minimized environmental impact, link downtime and implementation time.

    3.Dynamic grid studies to demonstrate the impact of the HVAC OHL conversion to HVDC.

    4.Develop identification criteria for the candidate HVAC OHL corridors (to be converted in HVDC).

    3. Test and validation of the activities developed in (1) consisting of at least one of the activities described in each subtopic A, B, C or (2) consisting of at least one of the activities described in each subtopic D, E, F in at least two validation tests in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-16: Demonstration of innovative pumped storage equipment and tools in combination with innovative storage management systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased availability of innovative hydropower storage, in combination with innovative storage management systems.

    2. Maintain and increase technology leadership, competitiveness and technology export potential of European hydropower storage technology industry.

    3.Enhanced sustainability of innovative hydropower storage technologies, taking fully into account circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities.

    4.Reduced cost and improved efficiency of hydropower storage installations and the underlying technologies.

    Scope: Demonstration of innovative pumped storage equipment and digital tools linking the mechanical storage with innovative storage management systems. The latter may involve hybridisation with storage technologies to reap the full potential of pumped hydro storage under new market conditions Solutions should deliver innovative hydropower technologies adapted to unconventional storage schemes, including e.g. low-head locations or former coal mines and/or harsher operation conditions, e.g. using salt water, while minimising CAPEX, OPEX and improving life time and circularity of components. For the storage management system, digital tools for strategic and operational management should address current developments for energy storage, considering markets, variable renewable production and effects of climate change, and including novel approaches to energy. Demonstrated storage solutions should respond to the highest standards of environmental sustainability which is underpinned by a LCA and involve Citizens and Communities during all phases of the project activities, respectively. An analysis of innovative storage potential and impact should be performed.

    Proposals should provide information and assessment about the economic feasibility and the potential of scaling-up the technology at commercial scale as appropriate. The exploitation plans should include preliminary feasibility study and business plan also indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (such as private equity, InvestEU, EU Catalyst Partnership and the Innovation Fund).

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-17: Development and integration of advanced software tools in SCADA systems for High, Medium and Low voltage AC/DC hybrid systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least three of the following outcomes:

    1.Optimised connection between power system design, preoperational planning and real-time monitoring and control.

    2.Measures and strategies for stability management of the future HVDC/MTDC power system connecting renewable energies (more specifically onshore wind farm).

    3.Measures and strategies for stability management of the future AC/DC hybrid power system with a high share of Power Electronic Interfaced Devices (PEID).

    4.Real-time capable algorithms and tools that enables optimal operation of the hybrid AC/DC system (e.g., avoidance of circular flows) and to support security analyses.

    5.Innovative ancillary services (e.g., frequency control, mitigation of periodic frequency fluctuations, voltage regulation and reactive power control).

    6.The possibilities offered by fast DC control in terms of islanding, black-start capability, firewalling for fault impact minimisation/avoidance, support for fault identification and return to safe, normal operation.

    7.Increased security of supply through firewalling cascading effects due to faults or cyberattacks by segmentation of the grid with a DC link.

    Scope: Projects are expected to implement the activities in (1), the practical demonstration (2) and the recommendations for grid codes (3) for a realistic use case, at one or two voltage levels or at system level including all three voltage levels as described below:

    1.Development of methodologies, technologies, algorithms and software tools, involving at least three of the activities listed below.

    1.Development of innovative technologies, algorithms and analysis modules for multi terminal HVDC system – Software tools for analysing stability compatibility between DC and AC power system (e.g., Grid forming Vs. DC voltage stability)

    2.Development of innovative algorithms and software tools for analysing and controlling the system of mixed, hybrid AC/DC grids. Integration of these tools into the control room software.

    3.Scalable and flexible software framework for operation of hybrid AC/DC power systems supporting various vendor-dependent systems and component models, e.g., more accurate and wider representation of connected systems, power flow calculations.

    4.Vendor independent hybrid DC/AC network SCADA/Energy Management System and upper-level control of voltage source converters (multi-vendor, multi-terminal), including changing active power set points, voltage/reactive power control set points and changing controller parameters.

    5.Development and management of small signal and dynamic stability in a hybrid AC/DC power system with high penetration of inverter-based resources.

    6.Development of a robust online real-time estimation and calculation of the system state of the AC, DC and hybrid system.

    7.Development of safety and reliability analysis of the system state, analysis of possible failure situations as well as curative measures for the failure event, e.g., transient and dynamic stability, coordinated risk management.

    8.Development and integration of cyber secure resilient ICT platforms and communication for data exchange.

    9.Development of a DC link for firewalling the grid from cascading effects due to faults or cyberattacks.

    2.Demonstration, test and validation of the activities developed in (1) for a fully automated decision support system for control centres in at least two pilots in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.

    3.Recommendations for changes in grid codes, which can facilitate the deployment of the technology and ensure the full exploitation of the assets.

    Call - Sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 188

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 189

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 07 May 2024

    Deadline(s): 05 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-01

    IA

    6.00

    Around 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-02

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-03

    RIA

    7.00

    Around 3.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-04

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-05

    IA

    14.00

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-06

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-07

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-08

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-09

    IA

    30.00

    Around 15.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-10

    CSA

    8.00

    Around 2.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-11

    IA

    15.00

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-12

    IA

    15.00

    5.00 to 7.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    138.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Global leadership in renewable energy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-01: Digital tools for CSP and solar thermal plants

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to proposals not only in order of ranking but at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within the area of concentrated solar power (CSP) and at least also to one proposal that is the highest ranked within the area of solar thermal heat and/or cold, provided that proposals attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 190 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved performance of concentrated solar power (CSP) plants.

    2.Improved performance of concentrated and/or non-concentrated solar thermal heat and/or cold plants.

    3.Reduced operation and maintenance costs of CSP plants.

    4.Reduced operation and maintenance costs of concentrated and/or non-concentrated solar thermal heat and/or cold plants.

    5.Reinforced role of CSP plants in the power market.

    6.Reduced greenhouse gas emissions.

    7.Achievement of the CSP targets of the Strategic Energy Technology Plan.

    Scope: Support will be given to the innovative application of digital tools (or to the application of innovative digital tools, or both) in CSP and/or concentrated solar thermal heat and/or cold and/or non-concentrated solar thermal heat and/or cold plants. Any type of application of the digital tools is in the scope (e.g., component control, performance measurement, self-diagnostic, ancillary services to the power system, digital twins, etc.). Artificial intelligence techniques are also in the scope.

    Proposals are expected to bring and demonstrate measurable benefits of the proposed digital tools in terms of operation, maintenance, and flexibility of the plant.

    Where applicable, the digital tools should support night baseload generation from thermal energy storage.

    Where applicable, the demonstration should span a continuous interval of at least six months covering all possible incidence angles of the direct solar radiation.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-02: Development of next generation synthetic renewable fuel technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increase availability of disruptive emerging synthetic renewable fuel technologies.

    2.Accelerate the readiness of cost-effective and highly performing future technologies of synthetic renewable fuels for all economy sectors.

    3.Reinforce the European scientific basis and European technology export potential for synthetic renewable fuel technologies.

    Scope: Development of next generation technologies for the production of novel synthetic renewable liquid and gaseous fuels from CO2, and/or renewable carbon, nitrogen, hydrogen or their compounds and from renewable energy. Process energy will also be renewable. Synergies with other renewable energy technologies can be explored. Focus should be on the high source to product conversion efficiency, process energy efficiency and carbon emission neutrality from the overall production. Overall, proposals are expected to improve competitiveness and minimize GHG emissions in the production process. Pathways via production of renewable hydrogen or renewable hydrogen ionic compounds from all forms and origins of renewable energy (e.g., electricity, direct sunlight, heat) are in scope. The new technologies should also address uses in fuel cells for all transport modes for electricity generation from renewable fuels used as renewable energy carriers with high conversion efficiency and low pollution. An assessment of the sustainability and the GHG emissions should be made based on a Life Cycle Analysis.

    Projects should collaborate if appropriate with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on aspects that require integration of hydrogen and are expected to contribute and participate to the activities of the TRUST database and the hydrogen observatory.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-03: Development of smart concepts of integrated energy driven bio-refineries for co-production of advanced biofuels, bio-chemicals and biomaterials

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Expand the portfolio of cost-effective advanced biofuel production concepts through energy-driven biorefineries.

    2.Reduce cost, improve efficiency, support de-risking, to accelerate the availability of competitive and zero-waste advanced biofuel production concepts.

    3.Contribute to the Mission Innovation 2.0 mission of Integrated Biorefineries.

    4.Optimize resource efficiency, energy output and total products value from biomass

    5.Reinforce the European scientific basis and European export potential for renewable fuel production solutions through international collaborations.

    Scope: Development of zero-waste and neutral or negative carbon emission energy-efficient biorefinery concepts for enabling the production of low-cost advanced biofuels through co-production of added value bio-based products and bioenergy. Conversion of biogenic wastes and residues as well as algae and aquatic biomass through chemical, biochemical, electrochemical, biological, thermochemical pathways or combinations of them in highly circular processes are in scope. The integration design is expected to include mass and energy flows, addressing the process heat and power needs by the use of co-produced bio-heat and bio-power, capturing and reusing biogenic effluent gases and sequestering biogenic emissions, for example in the form of biochar as soil amendment, such as to maximize overall material and energy efficiencies. An assessment of the feedstock cost supply at regional and local level and improvement of feedstock mobilisation patterns including via enabling technologies, such as digitalisation, should be included. Socioeconomic and environmental sustainability including circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects are expected to be assessed on a life-cycle analysis basis. The advanced biofuels cost should aim to be reduced at parity with marketed biofuel equivalents or in the absence of these competitive to the fossil fuel equivalents. Technology validated in relevant environment is required. International cooperation with Mission Innovation countries is expected. Proposals should provide information and assessment about the economic feasibility and the potential of scaling-up the technology at commercial scale as appropriate.

    Synergies are possible with topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION: Innovative technologies for zero pollution, zero-waste biorefineries (RIA) and respective cooperation activities are encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-04: Critical technologies for the future ocean energy farms

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased performance of ocean energy technologies with the focus on sustainability, operation and maintenance of ocean energy devices.

    2.Improved knowledge on how to operate ocean energy devices, their availability, maintainability, reliability, survivability, and sustainability.

    3.Reduction of LCOE.

    Scope: Projects are expected to address at least one of the following areas:

    1.Components and systems used in ocean energy devices need to be resistant to corrosion and the heavy loads they are subject to. Develop new sustainable materials with improved fatigue, damping, stiffness, sustainability and bio-fouling management or other cost-reducing characteristics. Materials such as reinforced concrete, polymers, composites, and concrete-steel/composite-steel hybrids systems have demonstrated some advantages such as reduced costs. Demonstrating the potential benefits of these new sustainable materials in ocean energy converters, moorings and foundations whilst ensuring structural integrity, durability and circularity is required. Advance the design of sustainable tailored mooring and connection of electrical or other power transmission systems for floating or subsea wave and tidal devices. Advance combined mooring and electrical connectors or hydraulic power transmission to reduce component cost and number of connection operations, included in systems for sharing an anchor between devices in arrays. Develop novel systems for safe and quick connection/disconnection that do not require large vessels and/or diving teams.

    2.Instrumentation for condition monitoring and predictive maintenance of ocean energy devices. Apply recent advances in condition and structural health monitoring from other sectors to ocean energy – particularly those currently developed for offshore wind. Apply latest sensor technology to existing ocean energy deployments. Document and share experience on sensors performance and reliability, and methods for adapting them to the harsh ocean energy environment. Improve transmission or storage of data collected from sensors, such as underwater data transmission.

    3.Artificial Intelligence (AI) in ocean energy technology development. Develop or apply advanced simulation of ocean energy systems. Use of big data with analysis of data streams, application of big data methods and machine learning, including artificial intelligence, or digital twin models for the design, installation, operation and decommissioning of ocean energy devices.

    Improvements in the discrete technology areas should be developed holistically – e.g. work on monitoring instrumentation should be consistent with work on moorings & connections. The innovative technologies should not significantly harm the environment (DNSH principle), and have low impact on ecosystem biodiversity and consider potential mitigation measures. The projects should by using the precautionary principle elaborate proposals for acceptable harm and what low impact on biodiversity mean.

    It is expected that key performance indicators are used based on international recognized metrics

    Projects should demonstrate how improvements in the different technology topics can be applied to multiple different ocean energy devices – for example to a wide range of floating devices, or a wide range of sub-sea devices.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-05: PV-integrated electric mobility applications

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal to a clean energy system and the achievement of the net zero-emissions target. To this end, it is important to enhance affordability, sustainability and exploit the modularity and synergies of application of PV technologies.

    Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Open new market opportunities for Vehicle-Integrated Photovoltaics (VIPV) in road transport.

    2.Reduce usage of the electricity grid and increase the range of electric vehicles.

    3.Cost and energy efficient climate-neutral road transport.

    Scope: PV technology can contribute to improved features of electric mobility systems not just in terms of CO2 (and air-pollution) emissions reduction but also regarding product aesthetics and user experiences. Proposals are expected to:

    1. Demonstrate Vehicle Integrated PV concepts (VIPV),

    1.Including different cell, interconnection and encapsulation technologies (with high efficiency under lower and varying lighting conditions) having a flexible design (size, shape/curvature, lightweight, aesthetics) and antifouling property, with PV providing a significant part of the vehicle’s energy consumption under various climatic conditions.

    2.Considering cost optimisation and environmental friendliness of VIPV integration that meets automotive specifications and safety/repair/maintenance standards (crash, emergency, resistance, reliability, long-lasting lifetime and high number of lifecycles) for various types and vehicle uses (including the provision of grid services);

    3.With a vehicle usage model that maximises the ratio of using solar power and performance for VIPV, considering various light intensity variations, climatic conditions and uses while minimising energy losses.

    4.Involving multidisciplinary consortia including at least one vehicle manufacturer.

    2. Demonstrate PV Charging Stations (EVs, electric buses, etc.) able to provide a significant part of the charging demand despite the PV intermittence, guarantee the balance of the public grid, and reduce the public grid energy cost, with optimal charging/discharging start time for EVs, through its arrival time, departure time, initial and final state of charge (SOC), to achieve peak shaving, valley filling and other types of grid services, while reducing the costs of energy from the public grid.

    A plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    Applicants can seek possibilities of involving the EC JRC. The JRC may provide characterisation, validation and certification of the performance of photovoltaic solar devices. It may also perform pre-normative research to develop appropriate characterisation methods for such devices as a precursor to the adoption of international standards as well as addressing stability, lifetime and environmental issues. This task shall be performed within the European Solar Test Installation (ESTI) an accredited ISO17025 calibration laboratory for all photovoltaic technologies.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-06: Innovative, Community-Integrated PV systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: PV is growing fast, from domestic and commercial, up to utility scale systems. In the years ahead PV systems and solutions will be an integral contributor of distributed generation, pivotal in building functional energy communities, aggregated and operated through advance distributed controls in hierarchical set up with the integrated grid. Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increase the profitability and penetration of PV systems in renewable energy communities.

    2.Engage actively citizens and communities in the clean energy transition in particular through the uptake of energy cooperatives and the development of decentralized platforms.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to demonstrate a community-aggregated system with a portfolio of producers and users to facilitate the energy transition to a low carbon economy. Through this approach solutions can effectively address the need for overcoming energy poverty, support energy democracy, and expand cooperative solutions for the collective benefit of providers and users. Peer to peer trading and use can be made feasible and emerging solutions highly attractive and implementable.

    1.Planning, plant optimisation tools, advanced installation criteria, construction issues to increase yield and thus economic performance of PV systems in the built environment.

    2.Implementation of collective self-consumption schemes, design, simulation, integration with storage, interaction with electric mobility and interaction with the electrical grid to provide power flexibility.

    3.Effective protocols and robust communication and cooperation between the various required levels of control that is cyber secure, offering the benefits of advanced smart power electronics, sensors and intelligent systems.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of Social Science and Humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Social innovations should also be considered, notably as new tools, ideas and methods leading to active citizen engagement and as drivers of social change, social ownership, and new social practices.

    International cooperation with the Mediterranean Region is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-07: Resource Efficiency of PV in Production, Use and Disposal

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 191 .

    Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal in the transition to a clean energy system and the achievement of a climate-neutral economy. To this end, it is important to enhance its sustainability while creating wealth and additional employment opportunities in Europe.

    Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Reduce the environmental footprint associated to PV technology deployment across all the phases of the system lifetime (production, transport, installation and end of life).

    2.Define design and processing guidelines to optimally address circularity of PV systems for one or several PV technologies (silicon, thin film, organic PV, perovskite PV, etc.).

    Scope: In order to identify the main areas of improvement for the environmental footprint and resource efficiency of PV, it is necessary to regard the technology’s entire lifecycle. Using Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), important knowledge can be gained as to which processes and materials contribute most to the overall environmental footprint. The lifecycle-thinking also aids in identifying key candidates to reduce the use of resources from the design phase. Although it seems self-explanatory that reduction/substitution or efficient use of critical materials lead to improved environmental impact, it is of course essential that these do not adversely affect the function of the technology.

    For a renewable energy technology to be successful, it needs to have a strong net positive energy balance. This implies that the energy payback time of systems needs to be short, the carbon footprint needs to be reduced, the use of local materials to reduce transport costs in systems needs to be increased, the use of hazardous materials needs to be avoided, and systems and system components need to be designed in a way that encourages recycling and decreases material usage.

    Modern eco-friendly technologies and long lasting, repairable products are required in combination with sound circular economy approaches to process the huge stock of valuable resources at the end of life.

    International cooperation with the Mediterranean Region is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-08: Minimisation of environmental, and optimisation of socio-economic impacts in the deployment, operation and decommissioning of offshore wind farms

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 192 .

    Expected Outcome: If the project is on the first action 1) than the project results are expected to contribute to at least three of the outcomes a), b), and c). If the project is on the second action 2) than the project results is expected to contribute at least two of the outcomes a), b) and d)

    1.Enhanced sustainability by addressing economic, social and environmental aspects (air pollution, waste management, health and safety, job opportunities, wildlife concerns, etc.) of offshore wind farms (a).

    2.Enhanced overall sustainability of large-scale production of offshore wind farms based on mainstreamed Life Cycle Analysis addressing social, economic and environmental aspects, as well as improved circularity of offshore wind turbines (b).

    3.Improved understanding on the negative and positive impacts of offshore wind farms throughout their lifetime (c).

    4.Innovative and cost-effective solutions for the construction and decommissioning of offshore wind farms aiming also the minimisation of the potential impacts to biodiversity and protected species and habitats (d).

    Scope: The aim is to develop and promote the use of modelling tools and objective holistic assessment metrics for realistic in-depth analysis of (cumulative) impacts of wind installations on the environment and on local communities and to integrate these in design tools for the deployment and decommissioning of offshore wind farms. It will be as well necessary to find innovative solutions to minimize the environmental impact during all stages of the life cycle of offshore wind farms but especially for the construction and decommissioning phase. An assessment framework for installations is needed with nature inclusive design options valuing ‘created habitats’ vs ‘natural habitats’.

    The actions are expected to address one of the following actions:

    Action 1: develop design tools which can be used for the planning of offshore floating and fixed-bottom wind farms with the focus to minimize the overall life-cycle environmental impacts (noise, impact on seabed, visual effect, effects on marine life and other species) including floating turbines (e.g. the environmental impacts of fixing/anchoring techniques), reducing carbon footprint of the offshore wind plants across the life cycle, from construction to end of life and reduce the environmental impact in each consecutive step. The tool should make use of existing data of environmental impact studies and should be easy to customise considering different sea basin biodiversity characteristics and new available data. For that reason, a strong participation/commitment of industry players is required to ensure that inventory data from industry of the components is used in the analyses and validation of the tools. The action will deliver recommendations for implementable, simple and measurable criteria to assess at the tendering stage of future project, considering the sustainability and environmental (positive and negative) impacts of offshore wind farms.

    Action 2) develop innovative and cost-effective solutions (innovative processes, planning processes, supply chains, materials for construction, ….) for all phases of the life cycle of offshore wind farms but especially for the installation, construction and decommissioning phase of offshore wind farms with the aim to reduce the environmental impact as much as possible in these stages of the life cycle of offshore wind farms.

    In order to increase the integration of the design tools and the innovative solutions, it is important that consortia engage all different stakeholders like regulatory bodies, industry, governments and citizens.

    This R&I need is identified in the offshore renewable energy strategy (COM(2020) 741 final) that commits the Commission to ‘carry out an analysis of costs and impacts of the decommissioning of offshore installations, with a view to assessing whether, both for the dismantling of the existing installations and for future decommissioning activities, EU-wide legal requirements are needed to minimise environmental, safety, economic impacts’.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-09: Demonstrations of innovative floating wind concepts

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased knowledge about design, construction, assembly and operation and maintenance of floating wind farms.

    2.Improved overall constructability, reliability, installability, operability and maintainability of floating offshore wind systems.

    3.Demonstrated efficient, low-cost and sustainable emerging technologies for floating wind turbines; reduction of the LCoE.

    4.Reinforced European offshore wind turbine value chain and skills.

    5.Data for future optimisation of industry scale commissioning of the floater, mooring and anchor system.

    Scope: The overall aim is to accelerate the cost-effective construction and deployment of floating wind farms, facilitating their rapid and sustainable deployment across Europe and lower their overall costs. Projects are expected to

    1.Do the design optimisation of a full floating system, facilitate the execution of the project addressing space needs in ports, vessels, etc., supply chain development

    2.Demonstrate innovative floating vertical or horizontal axis offshore wind energy platforms (4 MW or higher total capacity for horizontal and 2 MW or more for vertical axis) in real sea conditions for long periods of time (12-24 months), collect data for future improvement design of the concept, to accurate predict future floating wind energy production and providing valuable learnings regarding performance, reliability, availability, maintainability, survivability and environmental impact. The wind energy system should be grid connected.

    3.Develop and implement pilot projects for floating wind by identifying the best existing practices and the remaining knowledge gaps.

    Proposals are expected to address also industrial design and manufacturing processes, circularity of (critical) raw materials, scalability, installation methods, transport, operation & maintenance, supply chains and the related digital infrastructures.

    Projects are requested to demonstrate the technologies at sea while respecting existing environmental regulatory framework. Present an environmental monitoring plan to be implemented during the demonstration action. Data on environmental monitoring have to be shared with EMODNET, the IEA Wind Task 34 on the Environmental Impact of Wind Energy Projects, IEA Wind Task 49 on Floating Offshore Wind and IEA OES Environmental Task 4.

    The project has to include a clear go/no go moment ahead of entering the deployment phase. Before this go/no-go moment, the project has to deliver the detailed engineering plans, a techno-economic assessment, including key performance indicators based on international recognized metrics, a complete implementation plan and all needed permits for the deployment of the project and a plan to achieve certification by an independent certification body before the end of the action. The project proposal is expected to clearly demonstrate a proposed pathway to obtaining necessary permits for the demonstration actions and allow for appropriate timelines to achieve these. The project is expected also to demonstrate how it will get a financial close for the whole action. Independent experts will assess all deliverables and will advise for the go/no-go decision.

    Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 193 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    This R&I need is identified in the offshore renewable energy strategy (COM(2020) 741 final) that commits the Commission to ‘develop new wind, ocean energy and solar floating technology designs, for example through Horizon Europe’.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-10: Market Uptake Measures of renewable energy systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 194 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Facilitate the wider uptake of renewable energy systems (RES) in the energy, industrial and residential sectors leading to an increased share of renewable energy in the final energy consumption by 2030 and beyond.

    2.Contribute to provide open source validated tools and methodologies for policy makers and stakeholders for developing more informed RES policy and for analysing the market dynamics when including all renewable energies.

    3.Contribute to the development of markets and respective financial frameworks that can operate in an efficiently and incentive-compatible manner while accommodating massive shares of renewables.

    4.Improve social acceptability of renewable energy facilities and installations.

    Scope: The proposal is expected to develop solutions addressing at least 2 of the expected outcomes either for the entire renewable energy market or focusing on a specific energy sector, such as electricity, heating, cooling or renewable fuels. Proposals can also address issues within a specific geographical region such as urban and peri-urban areas. Issues related to acceptability of RES technologies due to ecologic, economic and social aspects are expected to be addressed. Self-consumption issues can be addressed too. International aspects, such as collaboration with third countries and promoting solution in new markets, can be addressed as well.

    The proposed solution can be developed to address a local challenge but needs to have wide potential for reapplication. The solution is expected to have a long-term viability and not be limited to an ad-hoc fix. The methodologies applied may be inspired by successful approaches already tested in other fields or contexts.

    For all actions, the consortia have to involve relevant stakeholders (e.g. businesses, public authorities, civil society organisations) and market actors who are committed to adopting/implementing the results. The complexity of these challenges and of the related market uptake barriers may call for multi-disciplinary approaches, which requires contributions from the social sciences and humanities. Where relevant, local, regional specificities, socio-economic, gender-related, spatial and environmental aspects will be considered from a life-cycle perspective.

    Proposals are encouraged to address social acceptability through the assessment of the environmental economic and social impacts associated with the development of these renewable energies and through the adequate involvement of stakeholders in decision-making processes.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects for understanding and addressing societal barriers to the uptake of renewable energy systems.

    Where relevant, proposals are expected to also assess the legal, institutional, and political frameworks at local, national and European level and examine how, why and under what conditions these could act as a barrier or an enabler.

    Carbon Capture, Utilization and Storage (CCUS)

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-11: CCU for the production of fuels

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 195 .

    Expected Outcome: Conversion of captured CO2 is not only a means to replace fossil fuels, but also a promising solution for seasonal energy storage. There are still some scientific and technological challenges to overcome to be able to exploit CO2 as a fuel feedstock, the main challenge being that the utilisation of CO2 is limited by the highly energy intensive conversion process.

    New solutions for the conversion of captured CO2 from different sources to fuels will create new markets for innovative industrial sectors and diversify the economic base in carbon-intensive regions, as well as contribute to achieving a Circular Economy. The project should evaluate the possibility for industrial CO2 use/reuse through the combination of processes (industrial symbiosis) and the efficient integration of CO2 capture and conversion to combine and/or reduce stages.

    Scope: Proposals will aim at the development of energy-efficient and economically and environmentally viable CO2 conversion technologies, including energy storage and/or displacement of fossil fuels that allow for upscaling in the short to medium term. Proposals have to define ambitious but achievable targets for energy requirements of the conversion process (including catalytic conversion), production costs and product yields that will be used to monitor project implementation. Proposals have to include the potential for the proposed CCU solution(s) as CO2 mitigation option through conducting an LCA (Life Cycle Assessment) in line with guidelines developed by the Commission, such as the Innovation Fund GHG methodology and the relevant ISO standards and the EU Taxonomy Regulation.

    Technology development has to be balanced by an assessment of the societal readiness towards the proposed innovations. Relevant end users and societal stakeholders (such as civil society organisations, non-governmental organisations, and local associations) will be identified in the proposal, and involved in deliberative activities, so as understand and address their concerns and needs. This will be analysed during the project using appropriate techniques and methods from the social sciences and humanities, in order to create awareness, gain feedback on societal impact and advancing society’s readiness for the proposed solutions. Projects, therefore, could consider the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise in order to enhance the societal impact of the related research activities. Projects should also explore the socio-economic and political barriers to acceptability and awareness with a view to regulatory or policy initiatives and include aspects of circularity and best use of resources.

    Proposals are expected to bring technologies that have reached at least TRL 4-5 to TRL 6-7 (please see part G of the General Annexes).

    Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    Projects are strongly encouraged to join the EU CCUS knowledge sharing project network.

    Projects should collaborate if appropriate with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on aspects that require integration of hydrogen and are expected to contribute and participate to the activities of the TRUST database and the hydrogen observatory.

    This topic is complementary to the call CL4- Destination 1 Energy Intensive Industries on CCU.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02-12: DACCS and BECCS for CO2 removal/negative emissions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to ensure that a balanced portfolio of activities covering both DACCS and BECCS, the available budget will first be allocated to the proposal with the highest score, followed by the next highest-ranked proposal dealing with the technology that has not been covered by the proposal selected first.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 196 .

    Expected Outcome: The European Union aims at reducing its net greenhouse gas emissions by at least 55% by 2030 compared to 1990 levels, and at achieving carbon neutrality by 2050. Under the European Green Deal, the Commission has also adopted a zero-pollution action plan, with a zero-pollution ambition, and a Biodiversity Strategy. In view of achieving these ambitious targets it is appropriate to further explore the development of direct air carbon capture and storage (DACCS) and bioenergy carbon capture and storage (BECCS) as CO2 capture technologies in combination with CO2 storage, duly assessing their impacts on other environmental challenges.

    The project is expected to develop highly innovative CCUS /carbon negative technologies leading to CO2 removal. It should enable the cost-effective deployment of technologies such as (DACCS), (BECCS) ideally linking them to industrial clusters with special emphasis of these technologies to safe CO2 underground storage and CO2 utilisation.

    Project results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improve existing or develop new materials for DACCS and/or BECCS technologies; or

    2.Address potential barriers to the incorporation of DACCS and/or BECCS technologies in existing CC(U)(S) concepts; or

    3.Make DACCS and/or BECCS technologies a viable option to make the EU carbon neutral by increasing the TRL levels and reducing cost of the different technological options

    Scope: This topic focusses on DACCS and BECCS, which are technologies that can help reaching climate neutrality by 2050 by creating the carbon sinks required to balance out residual emissions in 2050.

    The scope of this topic is to further the technological development of DACCS and BECCS, and addressing the environmental, social and economic challenges and benefits with the view of establishing this concept as a viable technology to fight climate change. The potential technologies require major technological breakthroughs.

    Projects have to substantiate the potential for the proposed solutions as CO2 mitigation option by conducting an LCA in conformity with guidelines developed by the Commission, such as the Innovation Fund GHG methodology and the relevant ISO standards and the EU Taxonomy Regulation. This life cycle consideration should include the sustainability of biomass and the renewable origin of electricity but also assess other environmental dimensions (requirements for land, water; impacts on air and water quality, biodiversity; distances to major storage clusters, leakages etc.).

    Technology development has to be balanced by an assessment of the societal readiness towards the proposed innovations. Relevant end users and societal stakeholders (such as civil society organisations, non-governmental organisations, and local associations) will be identified in the proposal and involved in deliberative activities to understand and address their concerns and needs. This will be analysed during the project using appropriate techniques and methods from the social sciences and humanities, in order to create awareness, gain feedback on societal impact and advancing society’s readiness for the proposed solutions. Projects, therefore, could consider the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise in order to enhance the societal impact of the related research activities. Projects should also explore the socio-economic and political barriers to acceptability and awareness with a view to regulatory or policy initiatives and include aspects of circularity and best use of resources.

    Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    Proposals that include research into the use of direct air capture and BECCS for enhanced oil recovery will not be considered. Proposals are expected to take into account the related activities within the EU ETS Innovation Fund and the EU Catalyst Partnership. International cooperation with Mission Innovation countries is encouraged in line with the Carbon Dioxide Removal Mission (CDR Mission). 197 .

    Successful projects will be encouraged to join the EU CCUS knowledge sharing project network.

    Destination – Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

    This Destination addresses activities targeting the energy demand side, notably a more efficient use of energy as regards buildings and industry. It contributes to the activities of the Strategic Energy Technology Plan (SET Plan) and its implementation working groups.

    This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations (KSO):

    1.C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

    2.A: Promoting an open strategic autonomy 198 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations. 

    It covers the following impact areas:

    1.Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;

    2.Affordable and clean energy;

    3.Circular and clean economy.

    The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to the “Efficient and sustainable use of energy, accessible for all is ensured through a clean energy system and a just transition”, notably through

    1.Technological and socio-economic breakthroughs for achieving climate neutrality and the transition to zero pollution of the building stock by 2050, based on inclusive and people-centric R&I (more detailed information below).

    2.Increased energy efficiency in industry and reducing industry’s Greenhouse Gas (GHG) and air pollutant emissions through recovery, upgrade and/or conversion of industrial excess (waste) heat and through electrification of heat generation (more information below).

    This Destination has at its core the ambition to deliver on the research, innovation and technological developments needs to meet EU climate and energy targets, forward-looking policy implementation and long-term carbon neutrality objective. The Destination contributes as well (e.g. through the topics that support digitalisation and smartness of buildings) to the EU digital agenda. Though biodiversity is not in the focus of this Destination, the multiple impacts of the built environment on biodiversity (e.g. in the scope of renovation) should be considered.

    The Destination has a strong policy dimension – it is steered by EU policy action in the energy and climate domains, the European Green Deal overreaching policy priority, the Renovation Wave Strategy (for buildings topics), the Industrial Strategy, the Industrial Emissions Directive (for industry topics) and the forward-looking policy measures proposed in the Fit for 55 – Delivering European Green Deal package.

    In the light of the Versailles Declaration 199 , and acknowledging the need to reduce the energy dependencies of the EU, this Destination will strongly focus on innovations that boost energy efficiency and reduce energy demand in buildings and the industry, thereby contributing to making Europe independent from Russian gas supplies (and other fossil fuel supply from Russia) by the end of the decade in line with the REPowerEU Communication 200 .

    Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral EU building stock

    The Destination will contribute to putting the EU on track for achieving climate neutrality of its building stock by 2050 and to effectively promoting Europe’s independence from Russian gas supplies (and other fossil fuels from Russia) before 2030 by means of a more clean, efficient and sustainable building stock. It will deliver the solutions that can help increase buildings renovation rates, reduce energy consumptions of buildings, improve smart readiness, improve circularity, and improve users’ comfort, well-being and health, while keeping housing affordable, in line with the objectives of the Renovation Wave and the revised Energy Performance of Buildings Directive.

    This Destination will contribute to ‘reducing our energy dependencies’ priority of the Versailles declaration across all topics, in particular by improving energy efficiency and the management of energy consumption in buildings, and by delivering more circular approaches to construction and renovation of buildings. The Destination will also contribute to the ‘Electrify Europe’ track of REPowerEU by delivering innovative solutions for energy efficiency and electrification of homes and buildings, e.g. thanks to heat pumps. These priorities are addressed in a specific flagship topic.

    It will contribute to the uptake of digital and smart solutions in buildings and to improved energy flexibility, in line with the Action Plan on the digitalisation of the energy sector. The Destination’s innovation will contribute to make the sector fit to support the achievement of higher ambition on energy efficiency under Fit for 55. The Destination’s topics contribute significantly to the New European Bauhaus 201 (NEB), integrating the core NEB values of sustainability, inclusion and aesthetics in the built environment (e.g. in relation to cultural heritage and quality of experience), and they are consistent with the EU roadmap and policy initiatives on digitalisation in the construction sector and on sustainability of buildings (e.g. Level(s)). On climate, one aim will also be to enhance the role of buildings as carbon sinks in the voluntary market for carbon removals, in line with the upcoming Communication on Restoring sustainable carbon cycles and the Proposal for a regulatory framework for carbon removal certification.

    The Destination also relies on the Built4People co-programmed partnership’s broader action and is complementary to Driving Urban Transitions partnership and to the Mission on Climate Neutral and Smart Cities.

    Main expected impacts:

    1.The European buildings and energy sectors are able to effectively support higher EU ambition on energy efficiency, energy independence, and the transition to zero-emission buildings, with a stronger link between innovation in technology and practices, and policy drivers and instruments.

    2.Building stocks continue to evolve to combine energy efficiency, renewable energy sources, storage, and digital and smart technologies, supporting the transformation of the energy system towards climate neutrality and reducing Europe’s energy dependencies.

    3.Buildings constructed and renovated see their performance enhanced across the board (energy performance, life-cycle emissions, indoor environment quality), with lower environmental impacts, and rates of holistic renovations continue increasing. Buildings are able to adapt to changing user needs for dynamic and more efficient use of building spaces and they are more resilient to climate change and better integrated in the grid.

    4.A higher quality, more affordable and inclusive, built environment mitigating climate change and preserving environment, safeguarding cultural heritage, considering sustainability, circularity and aesthetics, while ensuring better living conditions.

    Industry

    The Destination will contribute to putting the EU on track for achieving climate neutrality of the industrial sector by 2050, while also reducing other polluting emissions, and for effectively promoting Europe’s independence from Russian gas supplies (and other fossil fuels from Russia) before 2030 by means of a more clean, efficient and sustainable industrial processes. It will deliver the solutions that can help a faster transition to renewable and low carbon energy sources for thermal energy generation, and a reduction of the energy consumption through waste heat recovery, storage and upgrade for reuse in other processes. These solutions will contribute to reduce GHG and polluting emissions and reinforce the frontrunner and competitive position of the European industry. They are in line with the research and innovations areas identified in the Implementation Plan of the action of the Strategic Energy Technology (SET) Plan dedicated to ‘energy efficiency in industry’.

    The bulk of R&I dedicated to industry is covered in Cluster 4 (Digital, Industry and Space), and in particular by the private public partnership Processes4Planet focussing on process industries. In Cluster 5, this Destination focusses on the management of thermal energy in industry.

    Main expected impacts:

    1.Increasing energy efficiency in industry and reducing industry’s energy dependence, Greenhouse Gas (GHG) and air pollutant emissions through recovery, upgrade and/or conversion of industrial excess (waste) heat and through the integration of renewable energy sources into more efficient and flexible systems for the generation of heat and cold for industrial processes.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01

    78.00

    20 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02

    44.00

    05 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01

    36.00

    18 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02

    50.00

    05 Sep 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    122.00

    86.00

    Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 202

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 203

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 13 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-01

    IA

    10.00 204

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-02

    RIA

    9.00 205

    Around 4.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-03

    IA

    8.00 206

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-04

    RIA

    6.00 207

    Around 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-05

    IA

    25.00 208

    Around 12.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-06

    IA

    20.00 209

    Around 10.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    78.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral European building stock

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-01: Innovative cost-efficient solutions for zero-emission buildings

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased number of solutions and approaches for construction of zero-emission buildings.

    2.Enhanced productivity of construction compared to standard practice.

    3.Reduced embodied emission and increased carbon storage, enhanced energy performance.

    4.Improved comfort, Indoor Air Quality and Indoor Environmental Quality.

    5.Increased awareness on zero-emission construction best practices.

    6.Enhanced circularity of construction.

    Scope: To demonstrate that high-quality and affordable zero-emission buildings, in line with the Proposed Revision of the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive, can be delivered and mainstreamed. With new buildings already required to be nearly-zero energy buildings, the focus is on how to achieve zero emissions, zero or positive energy standards and how to reduce embodied emissions, also storing CO2 where possible (using recycled, zero-carbon, or sustainably sourced construction materials acting as carbon sinks).

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Demonstrate innovative construction approaches and scalable solutions based on integrated existing solutions into standardised packages for a cost-effective construction of (new) zero-emission buildings, in line with the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive.

    2.Ensure the approaches demonstrated:

    1.Allow to achieve zero or positive energy standards and to reduce embodied emissions, also storing carbon where possible, using recycled, zero-carbon or sustainably sourced carbon-storing construction materials.

    2.rely on mature construction products and materials, and technical building systems, seeking to deliver solutions that are ready for application and use, in view of significantly enhancing the energy performance of buildings.

    3.address all components of buildings (envelope, technical building systems, on-site 210 renewable energy – e.g. BIPV – and, where relevant, electric vehicle charging points).

    4.are rooted in local and regional value chains for sourcing of buildings components and for involvement and upskilling of local and regional businesses.

    5.are tailored for the applicable regulatory framework: EU, national, and (where relevant) regional and local level.

    6.have strong potential for replication across Europe, in particular by construction SMEs.

    3.Demonstrations that include at least three real-life new construction projects, of which one at least should target public buildings.

    4.Ensure that the demonstrations:

    1.Cover at least three countries, with diverse climatic conditions and architectural patterns.

    2.Involve local and regional values chains, in particular SMEs, based on participatory approaches to increase innovation acceptability.

    3.Lead to clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the results achieved.

    5.An ambitious EU-wide dissemination roadmap addressing all relevant stakeholders (in particular businesses and authorities) to:

    1.promote the zero-emission buildings innovative construction approaches demonstrated.

    2.share guidance and recommendations on best practices for zero-emission construction.

    3.provide feedback to policy makers at EU, national, and (where relevant) regional and local level regarding the deployment of innovative and cost efficient solutions for constructing zero-emission buildings.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-02: Future-proofing historical buildings for the clean energy transition

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Reduction of energy demand by at least 60%, preserving historical and cultural heritage values.

    2.Reduction of on-site construction waste.

    3.Improved lifetime renovation cost effectiveness compared to conventional renovation.

    4.Improved comfort, Indoor Air Quality and Indoor Environmental Quality.

    5.Significant reduction in maintenance costs.

    6.Where possible, increased potential of successful installation of RES and improvement of smart readiness, in a way that respects the specificities of historical buildings.

    7.Increased effectiveness and potential for replicability of the proposed solutions.

    Scope: Around a quarter of the existing building stock in Europe was built prior to the middle of the last century. Many such buildings not only reflect the unique character and identity of European cities, but also include essential infrastructure for housing, public buildings etc. A significant number of these have a poor energy performance, continue to use conventional and inefficient fossil fuel-based energy systems and are costly to renovate. Furthermore, changes in building use and higher indoor comfort expectations than in the past are driving up energy demand, a particular challenge when historical buildings are used or converted for residential, educational, retail, office or other purposes. Many recently developed renovation approaches are not adapted to the specific requirements of historical buildings. The process of future-proofing these buildings for the clean energy transition faces additional challenges compared to newer buildings, as it has to take into account architectural restrictions, as well as the specificities of the materials used in their construction, which does not respond well to renovation techniques used in modern buildings.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Deliver standardised renovation approaches and solutions for the deep renovation of historical buildings to improve their energy performance, smart readiness, indoor air quality, comfort, and climate resilience, while respecting their architectural and cultural specificities, materials and traditional construction techniques.

    2.Target building types constructed prior to 1945 that have restrictions regarding changes of their envelope (walls, window, doors, and/or roof). (Buildings of nationally or internationally recognised significant cultural heritage built after this date may also be considered.).

    3.Standardised renovation approaches and solutions that are directly replicable for other buildings of the same building type, which should represent a share of at least 1% of buildings in the specific country where they are located.

    4.Solutions that reduce energy demand in a cost-effective way.

    5.Explore both internal and external insulation solutions, and where possible incorporating adaptable interventions, plug and play technical building systems, and/or renewable energy services.

    6.Employ both novel and traditional construction materials and techniques, exploring ways to combine, adapt and improve them.

    7.Improve the comfort of occupants and lower the maintenance costs for building owners.

    8.Where applicable, involve relevant conservation authorities.

    9.Validation of the solutions in a relevant environment (real-life or close to real-life) that:

    1.Covers at least three different countries, with diverse climatic conditions.

    2.Results in clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the effectiveness and the potential for replication of the solutions.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-03: Interoperable solutions for positive energy districts (PEDs), including a better integration of local renewables and local excess heat sources

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 211 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased availability of tools, guides and interoperable solutions for planning, design, development and management of Positive Energy Districts (PEDs).

    2.Improved integration of energy (e.g. distributed renewable energy generation, waste heat utilisation, storage) and non-energy sectors (e.g. mobility) within PEDs.

    3.Improved integration of PEDs in energy systems and improved contribution of PEDs to energy grid robustness with regard to dependencies to energy supplies.

    4.Increased social entrepreneurship and citizen participation and engagement in energy communities.

    5.Increased participation of consumers and energy communities in the value chain of the energy system.

    Scope: Recent projects have demonstrated positive energy districts, but there is a need to demonstrate fully interoperable solutions that include improved energy efficiency coupled with a better integration of local renewables and local excess heat sources within the district. In parallel, the interoperability of positive energy districts with the urban and renewable energy system in which they are embedded needs to be enhanced through effective solutions that will allow interaction and integration between buildings, the users and the regional energy, mobility and ICT systems.

    Projects are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Develop solutions (products, tools, etc.) for planning and managing assets (e.g. buildings, energy systems, mobility systems, ICT) in positive energy districts.

    2.Develop tools and methods for planning and designing PEDs, that support PED developers and managers to optimise the mix of PED solutions depending on the local conditions.

    3.Develop data exchange platforms (heat & electricity) and technologies to integrate buildings with energy markets (e.g. flexibility market) relying on available standards (e.g. SAREF), allowing buildings to contribute effectively to grid stabilisation at district / city level.

    4.Develop methodologies and/or planning tools for the optimal integration of distributed renewable generation and excess heat at district (or building) level.

    5.Develop innovative business models for integration of PEDs in the energy markets including technological, financial and regulatory aspects.

    6.Deploy and test certification and standardisation frameworks for interoperable solutions in positive energy districts.

    7.Demonstrate the proposed solutions in at least three PEDs to promote replication, upscaling and mainstreaming.

    To ensure interoperability and integration into the grid, projects should make use of operational end-to-end architectures, digital platforms and other data exchange infrastructure for the energy system being developed under ongoing Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe as well as under other EU programs such as the Digital Europe Program, when addressing communication and data exchange between inverters and other components, other appliances and the electricity network.

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 212 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-04: Thermal management and energy optimisation of high energy demand IT systems equipment in tertiary buildings

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 213 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understanding of the challenges in thermal management of high-energy demand IT systems equipment in facility rooms inside tertiary buildings.

    2.Increased knowledge regarding solutions in the tertiary buildings case from transfer of relevant knowledge from other application field/sectors.

    3.Improved open access to the relevant and useful knowledge and information for the IT sector.

    4.Increased awareness of the most common specific use cases in tertiary buildings in EU Member States/Associated countries that could benefit from cost-effective and optimised thermal management and energy efficiency measures (solutions, practices, strategies, etc.), including solutions recovering and valorising of excess heat among others.

    5.Increased consensus amongst key actors regarding metrics, indicators, reporting, trends, monitoring and verification (M&V) schemes, methodologies & best practices to achieve best/optimal efficiencies through the design, commissioning, operation, management and decommissioning of IT systems equipment.

    6.Improved insight for future standardisation needs in relevant areas of influence (e.g. procurement, product design, manufacturing, services, cooling equipment, control equipment, buildings energy performance, operation, management, among others.) in order to facilitate further improvements and efficiencies in the relevant areas.

    Scope: Energy consumption of IT systems equipment (e.g. server racks, server rooms) inside buildings is following a significant growth due to several factors. These factors include the increasing number of installed sensors and IoT devices, which feeds the need for big data handling and the increasing demand for more powerful and advanced equipment. Various voluntary and regulatory instruments have been implemented in the past years to try to mitigate the environmental footprint of a specific equipment/device or systems in isolation. However, often these instruments do not take into account real life performance, potential inefficiencies or synergies with other systems, operation under real life set-up and control conditions, or other constraints such as those from the building energy management practices, building automation and control systems, local regulations or rules. Moreover, there is potential to improve the self-assessment and self-optimisation functionalities at all levels.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Validate and improve awareness of the cost-effectiveness and value proposition of the best/optimal thermal management and energy efficiency measures (solutions, practices, strategies, etc.) of high energy-demand IT systems equipment in facility rooms inside tertiary buildings.

    2.Improve the self-assessment and self-optimisation tools/functionalities of IT systems equipment inside high-energy demand IT systems equipment facility rooms of tertiary buildings.

    3.Facilitate open access to latest information, trends and knowledge to all players involved.

    4.Promote the best/optimal measures/strategies.

    5.Engage in the relevant standardisation initiatives and identify needs for future regulation or standardisation developments.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-05: Innovative solutions for cost-effective decarbonisation of buildings through energy efficiency and electrification

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased application of the energy efficiency first principle in construction and renovation of buildings.

    2.Increased decarbonisation of building thermal energy demand by means of electrification.

    3.Enhanced buildings energy performance and (smart) energy management, leading to increased use of locally generated renewable energy and local energy storage.

    4.Increased number of cost-effective and commercially available solutions for electrification of building thermal energy demand, with significantly lower costs per building unit and significant potential for mass roll-out in Europe.

    5.Enhanced building contribution to power grid stability by offering energy flexibility services.

    Scope: In line with EU priorities for buildings and the energy system, and with the need to reduce Europe’s energy dependencies, to develop and demonstrate highly cost-efficient, integrated and replicable solutions for decarbonising the thermal energy demand of buildings (i.e. heating and cooling) by means of electrification, ensuring the strict application of the energy efficiency first principle.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Develop and demonstrate innovative and integrated solutions for electrification of the thermal energy demand of buildings in line with the ‘Electrify Europe’ track of REPowerEU (e.g. heat pumps), with high replication potential across Europe.

    2.Ensure the solutions developed:

    1.Can be effectively combined with conventional energy efficiency measures (e.g. those that improve the performance of the building envelope).

    2.Can be used optimally in combination with renewable energy sources on-site or nearby.

    3.Include innovative, smart control techniques optimising the heating/cooling systems performance and efficiency based on all relevant parameters, for example, dynamic electricity price (present and future forecast), weather (present temperature and solar radiation, and future forecast, resilience against extreme weather events), thermal comfort, status of charge of electrochemical storage etc.

    4.Include interoperable interfaces and rely on standards allowing to collect and store information on their operation, and communicating with other systems (e.g. building energy management systems or building automation and control systems), for autonomous or remote inspection of systems (state, performance and failures).

    5.Allow to increase the use of locally generated (on-site 214 and nearby 215 ) renewable electricity and electrochemical storage, while offering energy flexibility to contribute to power grid stability.

    6.Minimise life cycle environmental impact and improve circularity (e.g. reparability, modular design for selective replacement and upgrade, recyclability of materials, use of thermal cycle fluids with low global warming potential), while maintaining/enhancing their performance.

    7.Are cost-effective (purchase, installation, operation and maintenance).

    8.Are highly replicable, for new buildings and for renovation of residential buildings (individual dwellings, single apartments or flats), e.g. for the direct replacement of fossil-fuel boilers.

    3.Demonstrate the solutions developed in at least five real-life new construction and renovation projects, of which at least two are renovations of residential buildings (multifamily building or individual houses) and at least one is renovation of non-residential buildings.

    4.Ensure that the demonstration:

    1.Covers at least three countries with diverse climatic conditions, of which at least one country with an energy mix that is strongly dependent on Russian fossil fuel supplies.

    2.Involves local and regional values chains, in particular SMEs, based on participatory approaches to increase innovation acceptability.

    3.Involves relevant authorities to ensure the best alignment with energy strategies at national, regional and local levels.

    4.Is supplemented by an ambitious 5-year replication strategy for the solutions demonstrated, which will be implemented within the duration of, and after, the project.

    5.Leads to clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the results achieved.

    5.Deliver guidance and recommendations for practitioners, and define and implement ambitious dissemination actions, to promote the approaches demonstrated and support their replication.

    Industry

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01-06: Integration of renewable heat or industrial waste heat in heat-to-cold conversion systems to generate cold for industrial processes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 216 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes, except where options are mentioned:

    1.Integration of renewable thermal energy sources or industrial waste heat into more energy-, emissions-, cost- and space-efficient conversion systems generating cold for several industrial sectors and processes, maximising primary energy savings and CO2 emission reduction compared to present state-of-the-art, thereby reducing fossil fuel imports dependency.

    2.Optionally: integration of heat storage, of renewable electrical energy sources; integration of district heating or cooling network.

    3.Optionally: combined generation of heat and cold for industrial processes.

    Scope: Increasing the efficiency of the cooling systems and reducing costs, coupling the cooling systems with renewable energy sources, and harnessing available industrial waste heat (including from data centres), can contribute to reduce the environmental impact and make the industrial sectors more competitive and less dependent on fossil fuel imports.

    In order to reach this goal, all the following development areas need to be covered:

    1.Identify the target industrial processes which would benefit from the integrated cooling systems; assess the impacts on these processes in terms of energy savings and GHG and air pollutant emissions reductions in the EU (and Associated States, if data are available), so as to maximise the impact and coverage of the most promising solutions in the subsequent optimisation and demonstration steps. A preliminary assessment is expected at proposal stage.

    2.Improve the refrigeration system efficiency and environmental friendliness, for example: improve the control system and operating strategies; develop internal recoveries for refrigeration plants (e.g. vapour compression plants); environment friendly materials and working fluids and novel heat exchangers for refrigeration systems (e.g. absorption systems). Optionally: combine the generation and use of both heat and cold.

    3.Integrate and demonstrate the refrigeration system in an industrial application in at least one industrial sector, including the mandatory integration of on-site or near-by solar thermal or geothermal plants with minimisation of the space needed. Optionally also: harvesting of industrial waste heat; thermal storage; cold transportation; integration of renewable electrical energy sources, with possible electrical demand flexibility for contributing to the stabilisation of the electrical grid; integration of district heating or cooling network.

    4.Identify the potential barriers to the deployment of the integrated cooling solutions due to thermal renewables variability, investigating notably other mitigation alternatives than gas-fired backups, such as insurance mechanisms to alleviate the financial risk for the company. Identify non-technical barriers due to the local regulatory framework in the EU Member States and Associated Countries.

    5.Make an analysis of the potential industrial applications and related benefits (technical, economic, climatic, environmental) of integrated cooling solutions in at least four different industrial processes, in the EU and (if data are available) in the Associated States and, by extrapolation, at global level.

    6.Define an exploitation strategy. For proposals submitted under this topic, the plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    7.Disseminate the technical and economic benefits, notably (but not only) to the communities of the relevant Horizon Europe private-public partnerships.

    Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 217

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 218

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 04 May 2023

    Deadline(s): 05 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-01

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-02

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-03

    IA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-04

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-05

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    44.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral European building stock

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-01: Innovative uses of lifecycle data for the management of buildings and buildings portfolios (Built4People Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 219 .

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increase in the availability of key energy and environmental performance indicators from new or improved building management systems that go beyond energy management to life-cycle approach (e.g. environmental performance, circularity, comfort and well-being, indoor environmental quality, accessibility, safety, structural performance, resilience and climate risk vulnerability).

    2.Improved tools for the planning and management of building assets and portfolios of buildings including energy management, environmental performance, renovation optimisation and investment planning.

    3.Increased availability and access to lifecycle data of buildings and buildings portfolios and enhanced interoperability and synergies among data sharing platforms.

    Scope: European buildings are producing an increasing amount of data on energy and non-energy uses. More and better data can lead to enhanced consumer information, contribute to an effective management of energy grids and support the creation of innovative energy services, new business models and financing schemes for distributed clean energy. Data is also a key enabler for reliable and effective policymaking, e.g. for climate policies. Several recent projects have focused on developing big data facilities and data analytics tools to monitor the energy performance of buildings based on energy related data. More work is needed to integrate energy data with lifecycle data (e.g. GHG emissions and removals, materials, water, health, comfort, life cycle cost and value, etc.), in order to optimise the performance of buildings and buildings’ portfolios across the board and support the decision making of owners/tenants/developers to transform existing and planned physical assets (buildings or buildings’ assets, e.g. distributed energy generation, e-mobility recharging infrastructure, micro-grids, building systems).

    Proposals are expected to address at least two of the three following points:

    1.Develop new or upgrade existing building management systems enhanced with data analytics and real-time digital twinning tools. The developed systems should take into account buildings monitoring data (e.g. from embedded sensors/actuators), users’ preferences (e.g. related to comfort and well-being, safety, and energy flexibility), and surrounding environmental conditions (e.g. urban density, micro-climate, etc.) in order to optimise operational energy and environmental performance.

    2.Develop new or upgrade existing decision support tools for the management of building assets and portfolios of buildings. The developed tools should be able to deliver energy (e.g. energy monitoring, renovation optimisation) and non-energy services (investment planning, risk assessment – e.g. risk-related, fault detection, predictive maintenance, surveillance & safety, comfort, occupancy satisfaction). The tools should be co-developed with the potential users (e.g. facility managers, fund managers etc.) and tested in real market conditions.

    3.Develop new or upgrade existing data sharing platforms including lifecycle data of buildings or buildings portfolios. The platforms should connect relevant market actors (technology providers, developers, aggregators, DSOs, ESCOS) with relevant user groups (consumers, energy communities), policy makers and the financial sector and offer innovative services (e.g. flexibility, prediction, investment planning etc.). The platforms should be co-developed with the participation of the potential user groups and tested in real market conditions linking, where relevant, to digital logbooks and to and other relevant initiatives (e.g. the Smart Readiness Indicator under the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive).

    Proposals should contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network of innovation clusters.

    Proposals are expected to implement at least three large -scale pilots to demonstrate the chosen system. The pilots should cover a variety of building typologies (residential, commercial, public etc.) and use cases (energy monitoring, renovation optimisation, investment planning, risk assessment etc.)

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-02: Solutions for the identification of vulnerable buildings and people-centric built environment, and for improving their resilience in disruptive events and altered conditions in a changing climate (Built4People Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased awareness of approaches for the identification and categorisation of the vulnerability of existing and future buildings and infrastructures.

    2.Increased number of demonstrated innovative solutions to improve safety and resilience of the built environment, to extreme climatic events, and other natural disasters, as well as to altered conditions due to climate change.

    3.Increased use of relevant data such as weather forecasts or catastrophe warnings by monitoring and management systems in the built environment (e.g. to launch automatic emergency protocols to warn and protect buildings users).

    4.Improved understanding of new business models allowing to optimise the costs of resilience, taking into account asset management and lifecycle approaches.

    5.Increased awareness of building occupants and other key stakeholders on the available solutions in case of extreme climatic events, and natural disasters.

    Scope: Buildings should contribute to an integrated approach for a safe and healthy people-centric built environment at block, district and urban level. The built environment needs to be adapted, designed, and constructed for combating the effects of Global Warming (increased heat island effect, increased cooling demands, water scarcity, etc.) and for providing safety and resilience to adverse climatic events at a larger scale, whilst ensuring their connection and integration with energy, ICT and transport infrastructures.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Develop approaches and tools for the identification and categorisation of the vulnerability of existing, and future, buildings and built environment, where possible using and/or further developing existing vulnerability assessment methodologies.

    2.Develop innovative designs, materials and solutions to improve safety (e.g., fire safety) and resilience of the built environment to extreme climatic events (heat waves, floods, category 5 storms, etc.), and which may also be relevant in other natural disasters, such as earthquakes depending on the geographical location of the buildings.

    3.Ensure, if applicable, that the proposed solutions also improve accessibility for persons with disabilities, improve the local environment, and minimise any negative impacts on biodiversity, e.g. relying on nature-based solutions

    4.Where appropriate, ensure the proposed approaches and solutions address deep renovation, linking to relevant instruments for awareness and advice of building owners (e.g. renovation passports) in order to gradually adapt buildings to climate change in an adaptation pathways approach.

    5.Explore the use of relevant data, such as weather forecasts and / or catastrophe warnings, by monitoring and management systems in the built environment (e.g. to launch automatic emergency protocols to warn and protect buildings users).

    6.Investigate the potential of asset management and life cycle approaches to optimise costs of resilience (e.g. to climate and environmental factors).

    7.Ensure that the whole value chain from design over construction to end of life is covered.

    8.Demonstrate the solutions in at least two demonstrators, involving diverse building typologies, at block or district level and including where appropriate the connections to energy, ICT and transport infrastructures, in diverse geographical areas, with various local environmental, social, and economic conditions.

    9.Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network of innovation clusters.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-03: Demonstrate built-environment decarbonisation pathways through bottom-up technological, social and policy innovation for adaptive integrated sustainable renovation solutions (Built4People Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased number of innovative solutions and packages for sustainable construction and renovation.

    2.Increased number of options for built-environment decarbonisation pathways towards zero-emission buildings considering the whole value chain at local or regional level.

    3.Increased engagement and participation of the whole value chain in local and regional innovation clusters.

    4.Reduced time from first demonstration to market of sustainable renovation solutions.

    5.Increased awareness and improved access at a local or regional level to information on construction products for reuse and circular businesses.

    6.Creation of new business opportunities with reduced risk for investment in the circular economy.

    7.Enhanced engagement amongst communities, businesses, local and regional governments, and the extended construction value chain, e.g. materials and equipment, manufacturers, construction companies.

    Scope: To improve the energy efficiency, circularity and sustainability of the built environment there is a need to develop and apply integrated approaches that demonstrate, in practice, achievable pathways for decarbonisation of the building stock through a whole life carbon approach, including temporary carbon storage in built works (e.g. thanks to wood-based products). This means developing and integrating new design techniques allowing for deconstruction and reuse; new products and components that can be dismantled and reused; and new products and components for construction works that incorporate reused and recycled elements and materials. In addition, there is a need to deploy and test through a value chain approach the enabling conditions that facilitate the integration of the innovations outlined above in planning, design, budgeting, procurement, construction practice, insurance, and related administrative and regulatory processes.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Demonstrate a value chain approach and pilot decarbonisation pathways in at least two deconstruction/re-use/construction demonstrators and supply chain approaches of market-scale renovations.

    2.Demonstrate low disruptive and simpler construction and retrofitting processes, which facilitate a life cycle-based approach that fosters alignment with EU Level(s) framework indicators.

    3.Test the enabling conditions (technological, social, and policy) that can boost innovation and reduce time from research to market of sustainable renovation solutions.

    4.Establish and operate demonstrative regulatory sandboxes that allow to deploy and test innovation pathways for decarbonisation of buildings at a meaningful scale with the involvement of the whole value chain at local level.

    5.Where relevant, explore fast tracking of cost-effective standardisation of innovative sustainable renovation solutions.

    6.Where relevant, investigate non-standard contractual relationships within the design-construction-client project team, including ‘as a service’ approaches for the built environment.

    7.Develop solutions that can stimulate the market for reused construction products at a regional level in support of the Renovation Wave and which can contribute to increased rate and depth of renovation in order to reach climate neutrality by 2050, in particular in critical segments of the building stocks such as e.g. public buildings or social housing.

    8.Develop design solutions that address inclusion and accessibility and leading to documented improvements in comfort and health aspects, whilst reducing emissions from the built environment and enhancing climate change resilience.

    9.Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network of innovation clusters.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise (including social innovation), in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-04: Fast-tracking and promoting built environment construction and renovation innovation with local value chains (Built4People Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    Projects must cooperate closely with the ECTP network of National Technology Construction Platforms and cross-border/cross-sectoral clusters, as well as with the World GBC European network.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 220 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    ·Expansion and strengthening of the Built4People network of Construction Innovation Clusters.

    ·Increased awareness and improved access at a local or regional level to research outcomes for sustainable built environment construction and renovation.

    ·Increased engagement and participation of the whole value chain in local and regional construction innovation clusters.

    ·Strengthened, long-lasting and multi-disciplinary networking and collaboration on locally rooted, bottom-up innovative holistic solutions for a sustainable built environment.

    ·Enhanced engagement amongst communities, businesses, local and regional governments, and the construction industries and associated supply chains.

    ·Establishment and reinforcement of European value chains in sustainable construction and renovation.

    ·Creation of new business opportunities with reduced risk for investment in innovative built environment construction and renovation.

    ·Reduced time from research to market of innovative sustainable construction and renovation solutions.

    ·Increased public and private co-financing of innovation in the field of innovative sustainable built environment.

    Scope: For effective fast-tracking and promotion of built environment construction and renovation innovation with local value chains, nascent construction innovation clusters need to link with regional/national innovation hubs and clusters. This will strengthen multi-disciplinary networking and collaboration amongst all actors of local and regional construction ecosystems and reinforce European value chains. A long-term network structure is needed, based on an appropriate business model and governance, to support these clusters and give them capacity to nurture and help deliver public and private investments in sustainable construction and renovation innovation also supporting digitalisation of the value chain.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Delivery of a long-term network structure for the Built4People construction innovation clusters.

    2.Support adoption of the enabling conditions (technological, social, and policy) that can boost innovation and reduce time from research to market of sustainable renovation solutions.

    3.Deliver methods and tools for the reliable assessment of innovation maturity and potential impacts (e.g. potential of replication).

    4.Monitor growth of Built4People construction innovation clusters and assess their effectiveness for reducing the time from research to market of sustainable renovation solutions.

    5.Stimulate co-financing of innovation in the field of innovative sustainable built environment.

    6.Disseminate exemplary practices for fast tracking of cost-effective standardisation and certification of innovative sustainable renovation solutions.

    7.Prepare the value chain at a local/regional level for uptake of innovative sustainable construction and renovation solutions in support of the Renovation Wave and the increased rate and depth of renovation, also post 2030, in order to reach EU-wide climate neutrality by 2050.

    8.Stimulate engagement in Built4People innovation clusters of the stakeholders that can lead the transformation of the building stocks at local and regional level (e.g. cooperative and social housing developers).

    9.Promote design solutions that address inclusion and accessibility and leading to documented improvements in comfort and health aspects, whilst reducing emissions from the built environment and enhancing climate adaptation resilience.

    10.Ensure the project’s dissemination activities include actions that contribute to the activities of the NEB Community, and to sharing information, best practices and results within the NEB Lab.

    11.Seek to ensure consistency and complementarity of action with the project funded under the HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02-03 topic.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise (including social innovation), in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02-05: Supporting the creation of an accessible and inclusive built environment (Built4People Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 221 .

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved accessibility 222 of the built environment for persons with disabilities and older persons, following a ‘design for all’ approach.

    2.Improved comfort for larger shares of the population.

    3.Increased uptake of accessible and inclusive active mobility solutions (walking and cycling) in support of healthy and sustainable lifestyles, while catering solutions for persons with reduced mobility.

    4.Improved sense of inclusiveness 223 and social cohesion in larger shares of the population.

    5.Availability of a common evaluation and certification framework for accessibility and inclusiveness of the built environment 224 .

    6.Improved consideration of accessibility and inclusiveness in the transformation of the built environment towards sustainability, climate change mitigation and adaptation, in line with energy and climate ambitions.

    7.Reduced energy consumption and lifecycle GHG emissions of the facilities of the built environment.

    Scope: The focus will be on the different facilities of the built environment (buildings, multi-modal hubs, public spaces and other infrastructure for people’s use) that are open to the public. Built environment professionals require support to design, plan, build and operate facilities that are accessible and inclusive. Design concepts should make these facilities accessible for persons with disabilities and fragile people, following an inclusive, ‘design for all’ approach.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Develop innovative methods to ensure and facilitate the implementation of accessibility at all stages of design and construction processes, as well as the monitoring and testing of results.

    2.Demonstrate (and where applicable produce) innovative planning and design tools for new and existing buildings and/or multi-modal hubs and/or public spaces and/or other infrastructure for people’s use with the triple aim of:

    1.improving comfort (e.g. improving air quality, reducing noise or vibrations);

    2.making them accessible and inclusive for persons with disability and/or older persons;

    3.transforming the built environment towards sustainability (including social sustainability), climate change mitigation and adaptation, e.g. relying on nature-based solutions.

    3.Address the adaptability of the built environment over its lifecycle, to ensure flexibility for accessibility adaptations (e.g., in the case of changing needs of people with increasing disabilities and reducing mobility).

    4.Make the facilities of the built environment under consideration more energy efficient overall, therefore reducing GHG emissions.

    5.Ensure the involvement of persons with disabilities by means of a participatory approach.

    6.Consider the possible creation of new job opportunities that are concerned with implementing, monitoring and maintaining accessibility of the facilities of the built environment.

    7.Demonstrate the solutions in at least two demonstrators.

    8.Where applicable, investigate solutions aiming at removing barriers, improving storage of (cargo-)bicycles, improving charging possibilities for electric (cargo-)bicycles in an inclusive way (e.g., considering the specific needs of older persons, multi-generational groups, and persons with disabilities).

    9.Where applicable, design public spaces to promote soft and active modes of mobility through attractive, safe, and green infrastructure for healthier and environmentally friendly lifestyles, therefore lowering carbon emissions and noise pollution.

    10.Where applicable, develop solutions to ensure the mobility of person with disabilities (including visually impaired users) inside buildings in an autonomous, ubiquitous, and pervasive way.

    11.Where new digital tools are used in the built environment (including to address energy efficiency and comfort in buildings), ensure their accessibility for persons with disabilities and older persons.

    12.Ensure the project’s dissemination activities include actions targeted to contributing to the activities of the NEB Community, and to sharing information, best practice and results within the NEB Lab

    Infrastructure such as motorways is excluded from the scope.

    Participation of / co-creation with relevant societal stakeholders should be part of the action. To this end, this topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise (including social innovation), to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Proposals are expected to contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network of innovation clusters.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 225

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 226

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 07 Dec 2023

    Deadline(s): 18 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01-01

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01-02

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01-03

    IA

    16.00

    Around 5.30

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    36.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral European building stock

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01-01: Low-disruptive renovation processes using integration of prefabricated solutions for energy-efficient buildings

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Reduction of on-site construction activities to 1-2 days per dwelling/building unit.

    2.Cost reduction of at least 25% compared to conventional renovation processes.

    3.Significant reduction of dust, noise and waste on the construction site compared to conventional renovation processes.

    4.Significant reduction in occupant disturbance during the renovation.

    5.Improved levels of occupancy comfort (e.g. Indoor Air Quality and Indoor Environmental Quality) after renovation.

    6.Reduction of negative impacts of renovation on biodiversity, considering adaptability as well (e.g. to climate change, different use, evolving societal needs, etc.) and resilience of buildings to disruptive events.

    Scope: Low-disruptive renovation processes, using prefabricated modules that are quick and easy to apply can play an important role in increasing the renovation rate of the European building stock. Renovation processes should cover the whole workflow from design to offsite manufacture, installation, compliance checking on site and end strategies for maintenance, operation and end of life.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Develop streamlined processes for deep energy-efficient renovation to at least NZEB performance levels using prefabricated modules.

    2.Use relevant available technologies to reduce quality gaps between the off-site manufacturing and on-site deployment of prefabricated modules.

    3.Develop processes for seamless integration of prefabricated solutions into a variety of existing constructions (e.g. various existing wall materials, presence of balconies and overhangs, existing piping in the way etc.).

    4.Ensure the processes minimize the disturbance for building owners, tenants and users, through a considerable time reduction of on-site construction activities, reduced impact in terms of the unavailability of the building and its main functionalities, and a minimal impact on occupancy comfort during the renovation process.

    5.Include at least three demonstrations covering different building categories (residential or tertiary) and various building typologies, such as single or multi-storey, single or multi-use, etc.

    6.Demonstrate less-disruptive retrofitting processes that are more attractive and more cost-effective for building owners, tenants and users.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01-02: Smart grid-ready buildings

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved integration of buildings with energy carriers (e.g. electricity grid, district heating networks) and non-energy services (e.g. mobility).

    2.Improved buildings flexibility for grid and network management.

    3.Improved contribution of buildings to energy grid robustness with regard to dependencies to energy supplies.

    4.Increase in renewable energy production and storage at building level.

    5.Empowerment of end-users by having increased control over their buildings’ energy services and contracts (consumption, production, storage, flexibility).

    6.Enhancement of the smart readiness of buildings as rated by the smart readiness indicator.

    Scope: There is a need to deliver solutions to improve the interoperability of European buildings with energy carriers (e.g. electricity grid, district heating networks) and with non-energy services (e.g. mobility). This will allow buildings to play an active role in the energy system integration.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Develop new or upgrade existing building-to-grid integration solutions and demonstrate them in real-life pilots. The developed solutions should provide a user-friendly interface for building users and other interested stakeholders (e.g. facility managers, portfolio managers, aggregators) that allow them increased control over the use of their buildings’ energy services and contracts (consumption, production, storage, flexibility).

    2.Enhance interoperability between buildings and grids for electricity and other energy carriers (e.g. district heating networks, hydrogen, etc.) relying on available standards (e.g. SAREF).

    3.Enhance synergies between on-site energy storage (e.g. home batteries, e-vehicles, etc.) and on-site renewable energy sources.

    4.Explore solutions for facilitating data exchange between buildings and other grid actors (such as ESCOs, aggregators, DSOs, etc.).

    5.Develop and pilot innovative and competitive energy balancing, storage and generation services in buildings, while maximising building users’ and occupants’ comfort and satisfaction.

    6.Demonstrate the proposed solutions in at least three pilots. Ensure that the demonstrations:

    1.Cover at least three countries, addressing different electricity markets.

    2.Involve local and regional values chains, in particular SMEs, based on participatory approaches to increase innovation acceptability.

    3.Lead to clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the results achieved.

    7.Demonstrate economic viability of the proposed solutions and business models for consumers and the economic actors involved.

    Projects should build on the results from relevant past and on-going projects, in particular those that seek to upgrade smartness of existing buildings relying on legacy equipment (LC-SC3-B4E-3-2020).

    To ensure interoperability and integration into the grid, projects should make use of operational end-to-end architectures, digital platforms and other data exchange infrastructure for the energy system being developed under ongoing Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, like the European Science Cloud, as well as under other EU programs such as the Digital Europe Program, when addressing communication and data exchange between inverters and other components, other appliances and the electricity network.

    The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 227 , actively participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.

    Industry

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01-03: Alternative heating systems for efficient, flexible and electrified heat generation in industry

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.30 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 228 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes, except where options are specified:

    1.Take full advantage of alternative heating systems for electrified, efficient and precisely focussed heat generation in industry, that create the possibility for new, decarbonised and flexible processes, reducing fossil fuel imports dependency, maximising primary energy savings and CO2 emission reduction compared to present state-of-the-art, demonstrated by LCA or similar studies (assuming decarbonised electricity use).

    2.Environmental and technical performances, health protection, safety and economic viability of novel heating technologies demonstrated and validated in industrial processes.

    3.Better awareness of the challenges and benefits of alternative heating systems in the relevant industrial sectors.

    Scope: Alternative forms of energy such as for example ultrasound, microwaves, plasma, infrared, visible and ultraviolet radiations … are unconventional and contactless heat sources, that create the possibility of new, efficient and flexible processes, in that they are applied precisely where they are needed and with shortened reaction times. They are key enablers for switching processes from fossil energy to renewable or low-carbon energy sources, and can contribute to increasing their energy efficiency, thereby reducing fossil fuel imports dependency.

    They provide higher production flexibility, allowing variable throughputs to better follow market demand and enabling leaner production paradigms (e.g. decreased stock, production on demand), as well as flexibility for the electricity grid via demand response. Furthermore, such technologies are suitable for downscaling, which can be an advantage in some cases (e.g. local waste or biomass feedstock processing).

    Note: the electrification of furnaces to heat large volumes at very high temperatures is not in the scope of this topic, because it is covered in Cluster4 work programme.

    Further research and upscaling work is necessary to demonstrate their potential to be deployed on an industrial scale.

    In order to reach this goal all the following development areas are expected to be covered:

    1.Cost effective and improved designs for at least two alternative heat sources technologies.

    2.Integration and demonstration of the system at industrial scale of at least one alternative heat source technology in at least on industrial process; demonstrate the financial viability and develop a business case.

    3.Make a preliminary estimation of the future equipment cost for at least one alternative heat source technology, in a total of at least three industrial applications (including the demonstrated application), to evaluate their economic potential.

    4.Make an analysis of the potential industrial deployment and related benefits (technical, economic, climatic, environmental) of at least one alternative heat source technology in three industrial sectors, in the EU and (if data are available) in the Associated States and, by extrapolation, at global level.

    5.Define an exploitation strategy. For proposals submitted under this topic, the plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).

    6.Disseminate the technical and economic benefits, notably (but not only) to the communities of the relevant Horizon Europe private-public partnerships.

    Call - Efficient, sustainable and inclusive energy use

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 229

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 230

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 07 May 2024

    Deadline(s): 05 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-01

    IA

    16.00

    Around 8.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-02

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-03

    IA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-04

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-05

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    50.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Highly energy-efficient and climate neutral European building stock

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-01: Industrialisation of sustainable and circular deep renovation workflows (Built4People Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 231 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Streamlining resource-efficient nearly zero-energy performance renovation processes.

    2.Renovations with reduction of at least 30 % waste, 25% cost, and 30% work time (to 1-2 days per dwelling/building unit), compared to current deep renovation processes.

    3.Reduced energy performance gap between as-built and as-designed (difference between theoretical and measured performance), and higher construction quality.

    4.Innovative, tailored business models for deep renovation, generating economies of scale and contributing to an increased rate of renovation.

    5.Improved comfort, Indoor Air Quality and Indoor Environmental Quality.

    Scope: In line with the Renovation Wave and in order to meet long-term climate and energy targets, more action is needed to increase the rate and depth of building renovation. Several recent projects and calls have focused on prefabrication for deep renovation, but more work is needed to develop innovative, seamless workflows from design to off-site prefabrication, to installation, construction on-site, maintenance and future dismantling, reuse and recycling of prefabricated elements, duly considering life cycle performance, sustainability, and the potential to use the buildings as carbon sinks.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Investigate innovative approaches for industrialised deep circular renovation, covering the whole workflow from design through to off-site prefabrication, installation, construction on-site and strategies for maintenance, operation and end of life.

    2.Ensure the proposed approaches aim to achieve the highest level of energy performance (at least NZEB level) with a view toward zero-emission buildings, ensuring a high level of indoor environment quality, keeping costs in an attractive range for owners and investors.

    3.Make use of innovative processes and technologies, including those delivered by previous research, such as design based on circularity principles, prefabricated components, and digital tools that allow to optimise workflows (cost, time, quality, resource use).

    4.Demonstrate a seamless integration of the proposed approaches with state-of-the-art digital technologies for construction and renovation (Building Information Modelling, Digital Twins, etc.).

    5.Select processes and technologies that can be easily tailored to give a maximum potential for rapid and broad deployment at European level.

    6.Investigate innovative business models (e.g. as-a-service models), accounting for potential market and regulatory barriers, in view of mass deployment and Europe-wide impact.

    7.Apply the proposed workflows to at least three demonstrations to assess the proposed approaches for different buildings typologies representative of the European building stock, ensuring the most adequate coverage of the respective climatic conditions. The demonstrations can be either single buildings or clusters of buildings, and at least one of the demonstrations has to address residential buildings.

    8.Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network of innovation clusters.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-02: Robotics and other automated solutions for construction, renovation and maintenance in a sustainable built environment (Built4People Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Reduction of construction and renovation time on-site (at least 40% reduction).

    2.Reduction of errors in construction and renovation works.

    3.Improved resource efficiency.

    4.Reduction of construction and renovation costs.

    5.Reduction of greenhouse gas emissions resulting from, and improved energy efficiency of the works on-site.

    6.Reduced environmental impact of construction works, including pollution, particulate matter 232 and noise, in the immediate vicinity.

    7.Reduction of waste generated from the works on-site.

    Scope: The transformation of the built environment should take place in a way that minimises the environmental impact of the works themselves. With the increasing rollout of highly energy efficient, sustainable buildings and deep renovation, there is a growing need for the development of robotic and automated solutions to support sustainable building construction, renovation and maintenance processes that are less disruptive, cleaner and faster.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Investigate the use of robotic systems (including those used for 3D printing) and automation for construction and deep renovation, in order to reduce time of construction and renovation works, reduce construction errors, as well as facilitate maintenance, also minimising the impact of the works on the surrounding built environment.

    2.Explore the potential for lower construction costs through automation and robotics resulting from increased speed, improved resource efficiency and avoidance of errors.

    3.Develop robotic and automated design and construction techniques that increase energy efficiency and reduce greenhouse gas emissions from construction and renovation works on-site.

    4.Develop approaches that use digitally assisted design to improve resource efficiency and safety, reduce waste, and reduce construction time.

    5.Investigate the use of automated technologies for surveying, inspection and monitoring of the site.

    6.Investigate the use of automated support to augment workers’ capability and safety (e.g., lift robots, exoskeletons, automated construction site monitoring, use of augmented and virtual reality).

    7.Test and validate the prototyped solutions in at least three prototypes to assess the proposed approaches for a variety of buildings typologies representative of the European building stock. These prototypes should be validated in a lab or another relevant environment. The testing and validation are expected to address both new construction and renovation.

    8.Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network of innovation clusters.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-03: BIM-based processes and digital twins for facilitating and optimising circular energy renovation (Built4People Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 233 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Reduced buildings construction and renovation time and costs.

    2.Increased buildings material reuse and recycling.

    3.Improvement of buildings performance (energy, sustainability including whole life-cycle carbon and the potential to store carbon in built works, comfort, health and well-being, and accessibility).

    4.Enhanced, interoperable and accessible buildings information across the lifecycle.

    5.Improvement of interoperability with existing Building Information Modelling (BIM) and Digital Twin solutions.

    6.Broader application of BIM and Digital Twin solutions, in particular within SMEs.

    Scope: To improve Building Information Modelling and Digital Twinning over the full life cycle of buildings, including construction and renovation of buildings, towards enhanced energy efficiency and sustainability and in compliance with circular economy and resource efficiency principles.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Develop and integrate solutions based on BIM and Digital Twins to support the whole buildings life cycle from design to deconstruction and reuse, including operation.

    2.Ensure the solutions developed address all the following aspects:

    1.Supporting optimal, adaptable and reversible building design for energy efficiency, circularity and sustainability.

    2.Allowing to track buildings materials and construction products, and supporting cost-effective deconstruction and reuse, recycling and recovery of building materials at end of life.

    3.Integrating buildings monitoring data (e.g. from sensors and IoT devices) into an interoperable Digital Twin for automated, optimised building performance monitoring and management, and preventive maintenance.

    4.Enabling buildings data interoperability, quality and integrity across the life cycle, in particular to reliably assess and track building performance over the lifecycle, enabling tailored data access for all life cycle’s stakeholders (architects, engineering companies, contractors, building owners, financing institutions, etc.).

    5.Relying where possible on open BIM standards and linking, where relevant, to digital logbooks and relevant initiatives (e.g. the Smart Readiness Indicator under the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive).

    6.Easiness of use and cost effectiveness, in particular for SMEs and companies with limited experience in digital solutions, and high potential for replication and commercialisation.

    3.Apply the solutions delivered on a set (at least two) of real-life residential and non-residential building construction and renovation projects which, taken together, allow to demonstrate the potential of the solutions across all aspects listed in the topic and across the life cycle.

    4.Ensure that the demonstrations of the solutions delivered:

    1.Cover at least two different countries, with diverse climatic conditions.

    2.Involve local and regional values chains, in particular SMEs, based on participatory approaches to increase innovation acceptability.

    3.Result in clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the improvements due to the use of the solutions, for all aspects listed in the topic and across the life cycle.

    5.Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network of innovation clusters.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-04: Design for adaptability, re-use and deconstruction of buildings, in line with the principles of circular economy (Built4People Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved adaptability of buildings and building units to new uses.

    2.Increased reuse and recycling of building elements and products.

    3.Extended service life of buildings.

    4.Increased awareness on best practices for design for adaptability, reuse and deconstruction.

    Scope: Based on the integration of innovative tools, products and techniques, to enable construction and renovation that embeds the principle of extending the service life of buildings, and facilitate adaptability to changing user needs (e.g. for optimal use of indoor space or to improve working and living conditions), reuse, and deconstruction, in a life-cycle optimisation and circular economy perspective.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Validate construction and renovation solutions based on the integration of innovative tools, products, techniques, processes and methods, that facilitate deconstruction and reuse, based on life-cycle approaches across the value chain.

    2.Ensure the solutions validated:

    1.Consider the adaptability and reversibility of buildings and building units to changing uses, and to other relevant factors (e.g. evolution of surroundings).

    2.Improve the ease of reuse of construction elements and products from existing buildings, also facilitating recycling when reuse is not possible.

    3.Develop building elements and products that can be disassembled and reused, including those made from CO2-storing materials such as sustainably sourced long-lived bio-based materials and products and, innovative lower emission materials /aggregates.

    4.Address all components of buildings, including structural elements, envelopes, interior fixtures and fittings, and technical building systems.

    5.Are rooted in local and regional value chains, based on participative approaches for social acceptability of innovation, in particular with regard to the workforce’s practices and skills.

    6.Can flexibly adapt to local / regional sourcing of innovative products and materials to increase replication.

    7.Address climate change mitigation, minimising emissions.

    8.Allow to minimise any negative impacts of pollution and biodiversity loss from renovation and construction works.

    3.Validation of the solutions in a relevant environment (real-life or close to real-life) that:

    1.Covers residential and non-residential projects, half of which at least should be renovation projects.

    2.Covers at least two different countries, with diverse climatic conditions.

    3.Involves local and regional values chains, in particular SMEs, based on participatory approaches to increase innovation buy-in from users.

    4.Results in clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the improvements due to the use of the solutions.

    4.Deliver guidance and recommendations for technology providers, regulatory authorities, certification and standardisation bodies, and define and implement ambitious dissemination actions, to promote the approaches demonstrated and support their replication.

    5.Where relevant, contribute through specific and targeted actions to standardisation and regulatory evolutions that can foster reuse and deconstruction of buildings materials and products.

    6.Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network of innovation clusters.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02-05: Digital solutions to foster participative design, planning and management of buildings, neighbourhoods and urban districts (Built4People Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 234 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Greater engagement of representative groups of end users as well as citizens of the impacted urban context.

    2.Increased acceptability and uptake of sustainable deep renovation solutions in the built environment.

    3.Reduced energy and mobility poverty.

    4.Increase in plans for climate neutral and sustainable, aesthetic and inclusive built environments with enhanced climate adaptation and resilience (e.g. based on nature-based solutions).

    5.Enhanced climate change adaptation and resilience in built environments.

    Scope: The transition to a climate-neutral society requires that Europe’s building stock also becomes climate-neutral. At the same time, Europe’s building stock has to become climate resilient. This requires a comprehensive approach beyond individual buildings, namely at the level of neighbourhoods or urban districts. However, the decarbonisation of the built environment and its adaptation to a changing climate and to societal needs in terms of comfort, accessibility, inclusiveness, and aesthetics cannot happen without active participation of the buildings’ users and occupants, individual / collective property owners, and energy communities as beneficiaries of the value chain. Professionals, such as project developers, architects, engineers, building owners, planners and statutory authorities, require solutions that develop, analyse, model, visualise and present a multitude and complex set of information in such a way that facilitates such co-design processes. This topic focuses on the development of digital solutions for a stronger participation of end users, citizens and other relevant stakeholders in the design, planning and management of the renovation of existing buildings, neighbourhoods and / or districts.

    Proposals are expected to address one or both of the following points:

    1.Digital solutions that facilitate participative design and planning through visualisation, analysis and engagement with data that is directly relevant to building users as well as citizens in the surrounding urban area (including e.g. immersive and interactive technologies, Virtual Reality / Augmented Reality, simulations and scenario modelling).

    2.Digital solutions that allow to analyse and model different scenarios for to-be-renovated buildings, neighbourhoods and / or districts in terms of energy use and generation; users’ health and wellbeing; impact on the energy grid; provisions for active and electric mobility, and sustainable delivery solutions; life-cycle environmental and micro-climatic impacts, and; socio-economic impacts for citizens, building users, owners and occupiers.

    In addition, proposals are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Address aspects of climate-neutrality and climate-resilience, respecting the 'energy efficiency first’ principle.

    2.Ensure the digital solution complements, builds on and/or uses existing tools (including, where relevant, on conventional, low-tech ones) and standards recognised by the market.

    3.Engage citizens (seeking coverage of different genders and social characteristics), end users of the tools and other relevant stakeholders involved in the design, planning and management of urban development projects in the development process of the digital solution.

    4.Ensure the digital solution offers different means to exchange information and provide input that are tailored to the specific needs of laypersons, including vulnerable, minority and disadvantaged groups as well as persons with disabilities and older persons.

    5.Demonstrate the prototype in at least three real-life urban development projects to apply, evaluate and refine the digital solution and inform its market launch and / or commercialisation strategy.

    6.Ensure the project’s dissemination activities include actions that contribute to the activities of the NEB Community, and to sharing information, best practices and results within the NEB Lab.

    7.Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network of innovation clusters.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise (including social innovation), in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘People-centric sustainable built environment’ (Built4People) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    Destination – Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes

    This Destination addresses activities that improve the climate and environmental footprint, as well as competitiveness, of different transport modes.

    The transport sector is responsible for 23% of CO2 emissions and remains dependent on oil for 92% of its energy demand. While there has been significant technological progress over past decades, projected GHG emissions are not in line with the objectives of the Paris Agreement due to the expected increase in transport demand. Intensified research and innovation activities are therefore needed, across all transport modes and in line with societal needs and preferences, in order for the EU to reach its policy goals towards a net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050 and to reduce significantly air pollutants.

    The areas of rail and air traffic management will be addressed through dedicated Institutional European Partnerships and are therefore not included in this document.

    This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations (KSO):

    1.C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

    2.A: Promoting an open strategic autonomy 235 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations. 

    It covers the following impact areas:

    1.Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;

    2.Smart and sustainable transport.

    The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute “Towards climate-neutral and environmental friendly mobility through clean solutions across all transport modes while increasing global competitiveness of the EU transport sector", notably through:

    1.Transforming road transport to zero-emission mobility through a world-class European research and innovation and industrial system, ensuring that Europe remains world leader in innovation, production and services in relation to road transport (more detailed information below).

    2.Accelerating the reduction of all aviation impacts and emissions (CO2 and non-CO2, including manufacturing and end-of-life, noise), developing aircraft technologies for deep reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, and maintaining European aero-industry’s global leadership position (more detailed information below).

    3.Accelerate the development and prepare the deployment of climate neutral and clean solutions in the inland and marine shipping sector, reduce its environmental impact (on biodiversity, noise, pollution and waste management), improve its system efficiency, leverage digital and EU satellite-navigation solutions and contribute to the competitiveness of the European waterborne sector (more detailed information below).

    4.Devising more effective ways for reducing emissions and their impacts through improved scientific knowledge (more detailed information below).

    Several levels of interactions are foreseen with other European initiatives, in particular with the Industrial Battery Value Chain (BATT4EU) partnership, the Cooperative Connected and Automated Mobility (CCAM) partnership and the Mission on Climate Neutral and Smart Cities, in particular:

    1.Joint topic “2ZERO – BATT4EU” D5-1-4 B - Innovative battery management systems for next generation vehicles (2ZERO & Batteries Partnership) (2023)

    2.Joint topic “CCAM – 2ZERO – Mission on Climate Neutral and Smart Cities” D5-1-5 Co-designed smart systems and services for user-centred shared zero-emission mobility of people and goods in urban areas (2ZERO, CCAM and Cities’ Mission) (2023) 

    Zero-emission road transport

    Main expected impacts:

    1.Affordable, user-friendly charging infrastructure concepts and technologies that are easy to deploy with a wide coverage of urban spaces and of the road network and include vehicle-grid-interactions, ready for mass electrification of passenger and freight road transport.

    2.Accelerated uptake of affordable, user-centric solutions for optimised energy efficiency and energy flexibility (vehicles and services).

    3.Effective design, assessment and deployment of innovative zero-emission solutions for the clean road transport challenge.

    4.Innovative demonstrations use cases for the integration of zero tailpipe emission vehicles, and infrastructure concepts for the road mobility of people and goods.

    5.Increased user acceptability of zero tailpipe emission vehicles, improved air quality, a more circular economy and reduction of environmental and health 236 impacts.

    6. Support EU leadership in world transport markets at component, vehicle and transport system level, including related services.

    Aviation

    Main expected impacts:

    1.Disruptive low TRL technologies that have potential to lead to 30% reduction in fuel burn and CO2, by 2035, between the existing aircraft in service and the next generation, compared to 12-15% in previous replacement cycles (when not explicitly defined, baselines refer to the best available aircraft of the same category with entry into service prior to year 2020).

    2.Disruptive low TRL technologies that have potential to enter into service between 2035 and 2050, based on new energy carriers, hybrid-electric architectures, next generation of ultra-high efficient engines and systems, advanced aerostructures that will enable new/optimised aircraft configurations and their cost-competitive industrialisation.

    3.New technologies for significantly lower local air-pollution and noise.

    4.Increased understanding and analysis of mitigation options of aviation’s non-CO2 climate impacts.

    5.Accelerated uptake of sustainable aviation fuels in aviation, including the coordination with EU Member States/Associated countries and private initiatives.

    6.Maintain global competitiveness and leadership of the European aeronautics ecosystem. Focus on selected breakthrough manufacturing and repair technologies that have high potential to lower the overall operating cost.

    7.Further develop the EU policy-driven planning and assessment framework/toolbox towards a coherent R&I prioritisation and timely development of technologies in all three pillars of Horizon Europe. Contribute to the mid-term Horizon Europe impact assessment of aviation research and innovation.

    Waterborne transport

    Main expected impacts:

    1.Increased and early deployment of climate neutral fuels, and significant electrification of shipping, in particular intra-European transport connections.

    2.Increased overall energy efficiency and use of renewable energies such as wind to drastically lower fuel consumption of vessels. This is increasingly important considering the likelihood of more expensive alternative fuels, where in some cases the waterborne sector will have to compete with other transport modes.

    3.Enable the innovative port infrastructure (bunkering of alternative fuels and provision of electrical power) needed to achieve zero-emission waterborne transport (inland and maritime).

    4.Enable clean, climate-neutral, and climate-resilient inland waterway vessels before 2030 helping a significant market take-up and a comprehensive green fleet renewal which will also help modal shift.

    5.Strong technological and operational momentum towards achieving climate neutrality and the elimination of all harmful pollution to air and water.

    6.Achieve the smart, efficient, secure and safe integration of maritime and inland shipping into logistic chains, facilitated by full digitisation, automation, resilient and efficient connectivity.

    7.Enable safe and efficient fully automated and connected shipping (maritime and inland).

    8.Competitive European waterborne industries, supporting employment and reinforcing the position of the European maritime technology sector within global markets. Providing the advanced green and digital technologies which will support European jobs and growth.

    Impact of transport on environment and human health

    Main expected impacts:

    1.The reduction of road vehicle polluting emissions (looking at both regulated, unregulated and emerging ones) from both existing and future automotive fleets in urban and peri-urban areas.

    2.The better monitoring of the environmental performance and enforcement of regulation (detection of defeat devices, tampered anti-pollution systems, etc.) of fleets of transport vehicles, be it on road, airports and ports.

    3.Substantially understand and provide solutions to reduce the overall environmental impact of transport (e.g.: as regards biodiversity, noise, pollution and waste) on human health and ecosystems.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01

    217.00

    20 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01

    202.05

    18 Apr 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    217.00

    202.05

    Call - Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 237

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 238

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 13 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 20 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-01

    IA

    15.00 239

    4.00 to 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-02

    IA

    10.00 240

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-03

    IA

    20.00 241

    7.00 to 12.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-04

    RIA

    12.00 242

    Around 12.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-05

    CSA

    1.00 243

    Around 1.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-06

    CSA

    1.50 244

    Around 1.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-07

    IA

    20.00 245

    8.00 to 10.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-08

    RIA

    17.00 246

    3.00 to 4.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-09

    RIA

    15.00 247

    3.00 to 5.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-10

    CSA

    2.00 248

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-11

    RIA

    16.00 249

    Around 8.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-12

    IA

    34.00 250

    8.00 to 13.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-13

    IA

    15.00 251

    Around 7.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-14

    IA

    8.50 252

    Around 8.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-15

    IA

    9.00 253

    Around 4.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-16

    RIA

    9.00 254

    Around 4.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-17

    CSA

    1.50 255

    Around 1.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-18

    IA

    10.00 256

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-19

    CSA

    0.50

    Around 0.50

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    217.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Zero-emission road transport

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-01: User-centric design and operation of EV for optimized energy efficiency (2ZERO Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: In the coming years, user-centric design, predictive control and artificial intelligence will offer significant opportunities to improve both the design and the operation of electric vehicles (EV) to make them more affordable, efficient and offer an even more attractive driving experience. This includes particularly the potential for improved thermal energy management, ranging from the HVAC system and components to powertrain and vehicle interior thermal design. Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Accelerated uptake of affordable and more energy efficient electric vehicles (EVs) through the development of innovative and holistic user-centric solutions, optimized system concepts and components sizing.

    2.Increase comfort and safety (e.g. de-misting) functions’ effectiveness and leading to a real world range increase of 20% (compared to the chosen State of the Art donor vehicle or demonstrator) at external temperature of 0 degrees Celsius

    3.Component sizing and performance matched to vehicle reliability and performance requirements to reduce costs by at least 5% at vehicle level.

    4.Reduced development time at vehicle systems and components by 30% through the use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) for advanced design support and control algorithms in EV holistic thermal management and powertrain systems.

    Scope: This topic’s scope relates to both the operational perspective (especially intended vehicle usage, as well as user behaviour, preferences, route planning, infrastructure, weather conditions, etc.) and the technological perspective, addressing new concepts and components, their efficiency, as well as new approaches based on artificial intelligence (AI) employed in design, development and controls, and the potential of cloud-based solutions.

    Proposals should involve all relevant stakeholders and are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Development of optimised heating/cooling and demisting concepts and components capable of greatly reducing energy consumption to perform these functions, particularly when coupled with smart controls.

    2.Development of methods to automatically pre-condition vehicles prior to trips and enabling self-adjusting control strategies during operation. This includes vehicle systems, powertrain electric and thermal management based on AI supported learning/analysis of EV user driving patterns, travel route conditions and weather conditions to maximise the range benefit.

    3.Data driven decision making enabling optimal interior design fulfilling perceived driver needs, as well as, e.g., AI supported adjustment of operation and controls of the system including of powertrain and auxiliary, components and their thermal state as well as cabin comfort to avoid peak loads and ensure minimum energy consumption.

    4.Identify the optimal system layout and possible interactions through multiple scalable digital twins (thermal modelling of vehicle, powertrain, components and the driver).

    5.New modular interoperable systems to enable the use of real-life data from vehicle fleet operation to automatically (pre-)adjust control parameters and minimize engineering effort in calibration stage as well as to maintain optimal performance over vehicle life-time, e.g., to enable continuous learning of the applied AI and adaptability to work on-board in “real-time” control systems, while considering the access needs of third parties for services such as repair and maintenance. Protection of users’ data must be guaranteed.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-02: Innovative battery management systems for next generation vehicles (2ZERO & Batt4EU Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.A simplified, efficient and connected battery management system (BMS) including a reduction of parts and cost (optionally by using cloud-based battery status calculation with adequate consideration of security aspects provided a low overall climate impact), including data necessary for second life and Vehicle-to-everything (V2X) applications.

    2.Improved and optimized monitoring and predictive diagnostics for a more accurate reliable and efficient battery management maintenance (data-driven diagnostics, over-the-cloud software updates and firmware replacements, self-testing and on-board diagnostics) that are accessible to other third parties in non-discriminatory terms, for instance for maintenance or reuse.

    3.Development of relevant interfaces to allow access to the BMS and its database by vehicle charging infrastructure and related mobility services providers with the consent and input of EV driver preferences through an appropriate user interface, for instance for battery and cabin pre-conditioning, minimum final state of charge selection etc.

    4.Generally improved exploitation of battery performance (such as faster charging and enhanced regenerative braking control for higher energy recovery), and increased battery pack volumetric density (by 10% or more due only to BMS contribution compared to 2022 State of the Art), safety and prolongation of battery life-time (by at least 30%) by considering algorithms for cell level state of health, cell aging prediction and battery state estimation, including also the integration of smart sensor systems – with validation under real driving conditions (demonstrating up to 15 years lifetime in the future).

    5.Improved control of battery operating conditions and determination of key state estimators (SoX = e.g. State of Health, State of Power, State of Safety, State of Charge) to increase accuracy and to improve the early warning capability for performance, reliability, safety, and lifetime issues on all battery system levels.

    6.New simulation tools and test methods for faster development, validation and integration of the battery pack, considering assembly design (reducing cabling for the external voltage detection communication function) and realizing a reduction of testing time by 30% (collection of battery characteristics for SoX algorithm optimisation using less calibration).

    7.Enhanced communication between battery and vehicle control unit for a more efficient battery operation by synchronizing the electronic control units (ECUs) of the BMS and the EV.

    Scope: Advances in the design, functioning and data accessibility of an efficient battery management system (BMS) are of high significance when it comes to the integration of batteries in electric vehicles (passenger cars and commercial vehicles) and the general improvement of battery performance.

    Proposals are expected to address all the following aspects:

    1.Predictive SoX diagnostics (based on sensing at cell level) to accurately predict the end-of-life, as well as high connectivity and data storage to optimize the life and general use of the EV.

    2.Advanced use of physics-based, data-driven or hybrid models in general, considering for example Artificial Intelligence (AI) with machine learning algorithms, model training and self-adaptive functions.

    3.Secure, real-time and databased battery management to reduce margins in a controlled manner and to ensure optimized, safe utilisation during all modes of operation and accurate classification for a second life.

    4.A link between the BMS and the ECU of the vehicle to exchange data about weather, temperature, speed, topographies, etc. and detailed information on battery operation, thereby achieving the best possible battery monitoring, diagnostics and lifetime, while optimizing driving range.

    Proposal should leverage and not duplicate activities underway under Important Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI) and Batteries partnership 257 , and link with projects funded under topics:

    1.HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-05: Next generation technologies for High-performance and safe-by-design battery systems for transport and mobile applications (Batteries Partnership);

    2.HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-09: Physics and data-based battery management for optimised battery utilisation (Batteries Partnership).

    Where appropriate, links will need to be ensured with projects funded under topic HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-03: Advanced battery system integration for next generation vehicles.

    Projects should take into account the access to battery information as defined in the proposal for the Renewable Energy Directive COM(2021)557 of 14 July 2021.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnerships on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) and Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) and Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of their KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-03: Frugal zero-emission vehicles concepts for the urban passenger challenge (2ZERO Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to deliver solutions tailorable for specific usage models and particular market factors in order to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Accelerated global uptake of affordable, user and mission centric solutions tailorable for specific usage models e.g. occasionally transporting additional passengers (and particular market factors both in advanced and emerging markets).

    2.Effective design, assessment, and deployment of innovative low-cost but upgradable Electric Vehicles solutions (powered two-wheelers, light cars or microbuses) for the clean urban transport challenge.

    3.Higher sustainability and minimized cost by leveraging economies of scale but still offering flexible variations through modularity.

    4.Ensured ease of use in targeted urban and sub-urban areas that accounts for traffic and parking conditions as well as for battery charging/swapping points availability.

    5.Lower energy consumption by means of vehicle tailored to the urban environment conditions and constraints (e.g. lighter mass, suitable range and dynamic performances, higher utilisation of local resources, including reuse of components and systems, and eco-sustainable materials 258 ).

    Scope: Urban spaces will be changing in the future. There will be a massive shift from the parking-lot culture in the city to recovery of living spaces as well as increasing intelligence in the urban spaces. Both will have a strong impact on individual means of mobility. New vehicle concepts that harmonize with these new developments, but also achieve widespread user-acceptability, will be needed. Platform concepts with sufficient variability will be able to meet the needs of both advanced and emerging countries.

    New designs, shapes, architectures, and functionalities capable of delivering mass-market capable frugal versions for emerging markets and versions in the EU, associated countries and advanced markets with a single, generic platform, including swappable and interoperable battery systems (for L-category) should be covered. Proposals should address battery electric vehicles that are specifically better suited for operation (in appropriate versions) in future urban spaces both in emerging as well as established markets.

    Proposals are expected to address all the following aspects:

    1.Systematic and thorough analysis of user centric needs, due to future evolution of urban areas representative for both emerging and established market use cases and of the required infrastructure development (e.g. charging infrastructure and related information and communication technologies).

    2.Development and demonstration of at least two variations of the modular and scalable vehicle (i.e. basic low-cost version and higher value version based on the same adaptable platform with high-production volume potential; optionally and additionally, proposals can foresee an extension to goods transport). For L-category vehicles this should include the option of swappable and interoperable standard battery systems (across world regions, for larger economies of scale) which can optionally be used for light vehicles or microbuses, for instance for range extension or emergency use.

    3.Validation with real electric vehicle(s) and related battery solutions testing, demonstrating the developed functions, in particular the capabilities of the proposed architecture in terms of payload, charging requirements, vehicle efficiency to optimise range and battery sizing, also to match local needs.

    4.Confirmation of user acceptability by showcasing the solutions in both emerging markets and established markets according to the purpose of the particular version.

    5.Assess the potential impact in terms of emissions reduction considering the potential scale-up opportunities of the addressed use cases, prioritizing higher impact use cases.

    6.Taking into consideration future development pathways for urban public, semi-public, private charging infrastructure adapted for such future urban vehicle concepts, in particular in the developing countries where such infrastructure is currently non-existent.

    7.Projects should deliver digital twin models of the demonstrator vehicles, so that the impact of the innovations towards the overall objectives of the 2ZERO partnership might be determined. Data that are produced as output from a ‘digital twin’ will be enacted in line with FAIR principles for data 259 , and deposition in relevant repositories should be encouraged.

    International cooperation with emerging economies e.g. from Asia and Africa is encouraged.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-04: Circular economy approaches for zero emission vehicles (2ZERO Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Implementing a consistent circularity along the electric vehicle (EV) value chain and life cycle (in particular for mass produced Light Duty vehicles but with potential learning for other types of applications) will be a significant factor to reach the goals defined in the European Green Deal.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Increasing the degree of circularity of EVs, thus reducing their environmental footprint over the full life cycle. Specific circular design approaches are needed in particular for some light-weighting materials (recycling of fibre reinforced materials and advanced steel, aluminium and magnesium alloys), reuse and recycling technologies for new types of components (traction motors, electronic components, wire bundles, etc. ) and improved post shredder technologies supporting higher recovery of critical raw materials.

    2.Increasing the awareness and acceptability of circular economy and Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) based design of innovative zero-emission solutions for the clean road transport challenge.

    3.Contributing to a harmonised way of measuring the circularity of the economy in the automotive industry.

    4.Demonstrating the potential of these actions by delivering a circular car prototype (test bench ready) aiming at 0% virgin material use by mass for all vehicle components except cells, e-machines and electronics.

    5.Accelerating the transformation of Europe towards being the first digitally enabled, circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy.

    6.Improving markets for secondary raw materials and facilitate higher uses of recycled content of plastics, glass and possibly REEs in the automotive supply chain.

    7.Contributing to Europe’s world leadership in automotive innovation, production and services through increasing skills with circular economy techniques and accelerating the uptake of innovative circular economy-based solutions for EV, reducing the dependency on critical raw materials via the consistent recovery and use of secondary materials.

    Scope: The objective will be to demonstrate the feasibility of circular economy (CE) and net-zero approaches for the EV value chain over its full lifetime (cradle to cradle). The proposed activities should focus on vehicle production (design, manufacturing and assembly), maintenance, repair and End-of-Life (EoL). Additionally, LCA-based vehicle concepts, their related resource and energy efficient manufacturing and CE consistent EoL strategies should be shown.

    Proposals are expected to address all the following EV-related research activities:

    1.Developing an appropriate set of technologies, from production (design, manufacturing and assembly) until End-of-Life and demonstrating their feasibility on vehicle level over the full life cycle by means of prototypical manufactured components ready for test benches verifications. This includes a re-design of components for circularity.

    2.Assessing the potential for high value and/or energy or rare material content components to be refurbished and reused in new vehicles or as spares.

    3.Enhancing digital tools enabling a higher degree of circularity along the automotive value chain, e. g. supporting circular design and development, manufacturing or to track materials, their use and the EoL.

    4.The impact of maintenance and repair technologies and operational strategies will be developed or adapted to ensure a higher degree of circularity compared to existing practices in the passenger car industry.

    5.Deriving a concept for measuring and assessing the circularity of EV solutions as well as for ensuring a sufficient exchange of information along the automotive supply chain applying FAIR principles 260 .

    6.Concepts for training and increasing the required skills in the automotive industry regarding CE.

    7.A digital twin of the demonstrator should be used to assess various scenarios, including the exclusive use of recycled or bio-based materials and for the assessment of KPIs.

    The research activities are expected to apply the findings of vehicle level LCA methodology developed by the CSA funded under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-04 as far as they are available. International cooperation addressing requirements of and the impact on global supply chains is encouraged.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-05: Measuring road transport results towards 2ZERO KPIs (2ZERO Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 261 .

    Expected Outcome: In its Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA 262 ), the 2ZERO partnership identified a large number of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) related to its general, specific and operational objectives – that are not directly under the control of the 2ZERO partnership. In order to analyse the effectiveness and impact of the research and innovation actions in this relevant area, project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Account for the contribution of the 2ZERO partnership and the results of its projects, towards its main goals (as measured against the whole set of the identified KPIs).

    2.Support the identification and quantification of all interactions, impacts and effectiveness of the partnership within the road transport challenge, mainly as a result of the information gleaned from the 2ZERO partnership project results.

    3.Provide additional recommendations for further development and analysis of means of measurement and evaluation of the partnership within the road transport challenge.

    Scope: In order to properly monitor the contribution of the different funded projects to the achievements of the 2ZERO partnership objectives, a common framework for monitoring and assessment of the results needs to be agreed, ultimately allowing their comparison and a proper evaluation of their cumulative benefits at an EU level. Moreover, general objectives, such as a carbon-neutral road transport system by 2050, air quality, technology leadership, economic growth, European competitiveness, and circular economy aspects should be also addressed. In order to do so, proposals are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Assess and measure results related to the specific partnership KPIs, how they are predicted to vary (as a consequence of the project outcomes) in the 2025 to 2035 period.

    2.Exploit the capabilities and techniques generated through the development and delivery of digital twin representations and of the results of the 2ZERO funded projects.

    3.Address at least the means of measuring all relevant parameters related to the 2ZERO KPIs: more generically, climate, air quality and circular economy aspects could also be quantitatively projected.

    The project’s main governance (e.g. Steering Group, Advisory Board) is expected to provide for direct involvement of all relevant stakeholders, as well as relevant European Commission services. The selected project will cooperate with the 2ZERO partnership that shall on its side provide access to all needed data and element in order to perform the foreseen activities.

    The project should take account Open Science, its practices and learning, and the project’s results will be enacted in line with FAIR principles for data 263 .

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-06: EU Member States/Associated countries research policy cooperation network to accelerate zero-emission road mobility (2ZERO Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 264 .

    Expected Outcome: European Commission and EU Member States/Associated countries are reinforcing and developing their research & innovation policy to accelerate zero-emission road mobility development. A framework for cooperation will enhance the efforts to achieve this pan-European challenge by joining forces, sharing knowledge, bundling financial resources and coordinating activities, creating complementarities, coherence and building synergies across the EU (e.g. 2ZERO partnership) and EU Member States/Associated countries ´ R&I funding programmes, national plans, efforts, approaches and in collaboration with the Associated Countries.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Stronger harmonised national policy plans, efforts, approaches with a focus on R&I funding programmes of the different EU Member States/Associated countries, accelerating zero-emission road mobility.

    2.Maximally deployed and effectively utilised synergy effects, pooled resources and aligned R&I funding programmes to support the EU 2030 and 2050 CO2 emission goals for the road mobility sector in an affordable and effective way.

    3.Exchange of knowledge and experiences and mutual coordination at multiple levels (EU/ national / regional / cities and stakeholders, funding organisations, OEMs, fleets, users, etc.), implementation activities, regulations, incentives and demonstrations and the sharing of data, information and best practices.

    4.Provide companies, regions, cities and the research community with a holistic overview of policy plans and R&I funding programmes across EU (and Associated Countries) to maximise synergy effects and the efficient utilisation of resources, such as from recovery packages and cohesion funds.

    5.Allow a clear overview of the national projects and better take into account their results in the development of their research and deployment actions.

    6.In order to facilitate the above-mentioned coordination of efforts at national and EU level and the sharing of best practices and results, data on national projects (to a level at least equivalent to those present in the CORDIS database) should be made available by MS and AC. The consortium will endeavour to promote and harmonise the registration of data on national projects of participating countries, to make data more accessible internationally and to facilitate their exchange and comparison. This will be supporting the integration of data on national projects into existing databases, such as TRIMIS and CORDIS.

    7.Long lasting, strong coordination and cooperation between the European Commission, MS and AC and the Stakeholders involved in the 2ZERO Partnership, facilitated by the States Representatives Group (SRG).

    Scope: Although there is a relatively large degree of similarity in the targets and approaches of the EU Member States and Associate Countries to address the climate change targets, still considerable differences in the paths can be observed: more coordination and collaboration is urgently needed to promote zero emission road mobility, building on the policy cooperation network of the EU Member States/Associated countries built-up in ERA-NET Transport, Electromobility+ and ERA-NET Co-fund Electric Mobility Europe (EMEurope) with over two decades of experience.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following aspects

    1.Address zero-emission road mobility for people and goods programmes supporting all phases of the innovation: technology development, demonstration, deployment and implementation will be considered.

    2.Develop a long-lasting network (beyond the project duration) of public and private stakeholders connecting EU Member States/Associated countries and European initiatives, under the umbrella of the 2ZERO partnership States Representative Group (also building on existing links with the supporting European technology platforms ALICE, ETIP-SNET, EPoSS, ERTRAC and Batteries Europe) to share knowledge, coordinate activities and bundling financial resources to achieve synchronicity, synergies and complementarity in the R&I-related plans, efforts, approaches, incentives and funding programmes to effectively support the EU and national objectives for 2030 and 2050.

    3.More concretely contribute to:

    1.Support EU Member States/Associated countries in implementing and accelerating priority actions identified in the 2ZERO Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA) in coordination with the 2ZERO States Representatives Group.

    2.Collect and share, up-to-date and targeted information on European and national R&I funding programmes, demonstration projects and testing activities, test sites, living labs with their features and capabilities, standards, testing and assessment methodologies as well as programmes in the field of zero emission mobility in Europe and beyond.

    4.Exchange knowledge and experiences on zero emission road transport programmes in Europe, building on and connecting existing database platforms, such as TRIMIS, 2ZERO events and conferences, including the H2020RTR series, Member State’s and stakeholder’s information sharing portals.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    Aviation

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-07: Hydrogen-powered aviation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Innovative ground-based refuelling and supply systems for liquid hydrogen at air transport ground infrastructures, with the potential to be up-scaled at system level by 2027.

    2.Transformative aircraft-based hydrogen refuelling technologies, with emphasis on safety, standardisation and scalability to various types of aircraft concepts (including Vertical Take Off and Landing aircraft (VTOL) and Unmanned Air Vehicles (UAV)).

    3.Hydrogen-powered aircraft ground movements, demonstrated and scalable across airports of different sizes, locations and capacities in Europe.

    4.Comprehensive and validated liquid hydrogen demand and supply-matching models at air transport ground infrastructures in Europe and globally, towards a potential entry into service of hydrogen aircraft by 2035.

    5.New standards and certification procedures for the roll-out of the new technologies and solutions at large scale, in EU Member States/Associated countries and on the TEN-T network.

    Scope: Hydrogen-powered commercial aviation is today on a promising path towards climate neutrality by 2050, with European industry setting 2035 as an expected date of entry into service of the first hydrogen-powered commercial aircraft. While the Horizon Europe Clean Hydrogen partnership focuses on the production side (e.g. developing new fuel cells and hydrogen storage technologies), the Clean Aviation partnership addresses the integration and demonstration of disruptive technologies, including ones on hydrogen-powered aviation and subsequent aircraft architectures. However, there is currently a clear research and innovation gap for the phase in-between. Most notably, this gap relates to the demonstration of hydrogen refuelling and supply from air transport ground infrastructures to the aircraft, with follow-on demonstrations of ground-based aircraft movements (e.g. taxiing). In particular, hydrogen refuelling entails significant operational issues, safety risks and other barriers (e.g. scalability) at both air transport ground infrastructure and aircraft levels. This has the potential to create a bottleneck for Europe to proceed on the path to climate neutrality, lower emissions and reducing Europe’s dependency on oil and fossil fuels, which are clear objectives of the Versailles Declaration 265 and REPowerEU 266 . At the same time, demonstration pilots of hydrogen-powered aircraft ground movements need to start urgently, in order to be able to achieve full operations of hydrogen-powered airplanes in the EU by 2035.

    In this context, building on good practices, studies and research projects (e.g. Horizon 2020 green airport projects, Horizon 2020 ENABLE-H2), as well as other policy initiatives (e.g. Fit for 55 and ReFuelEU Aviation), actions should address all of the following aspects:

    1.Assessing and validating potential liquid hydrogen demand models at air transport ground infrastructures in Europe and globally, considering also multimodality issues at airports arising from the use of hydrogen in road and rail transport. The techno-economic assessment should also consider the energy supply side and be aligned with the targets, investments and regulatory aspects addressed by REPowerEU, ReFuelEU Aviation, the Alternative Fuels Infrastructure Regulation and the Trans-European Networks for Transport and Energy (TEN-T and TEN-E).

    2.Testing and demonstrating innovative and safe ground-based refuelling, storage and supply systems for liquid hydrogen at air transport ground infrastructures, going beyond the state-of-the-art and in view of future standardisation, with focus on airports and vertiports serving national, intra-European and/or regional routes. Consideration should also be made to the hydrogen production (including on-site), supply, materials performance, storage and refuelling systems, with the concurrent use other liquid fuels (e.g. kerosene and sustainable aviation fuels) and electricity at air transport ground infrastructures, in order to enable zero-emission airport operations along the entire value chain, from multimodal road/rail connections, to ground handling and aircraft ground movements.

    3.Developing and demonstrating new aircraft-based hydrogen refuelling technologies, with emphasis on operational feasibility, safety, interoperability, standardisation, scalability and cost optimisation, to showcase a clear technical and business case. The technologies should be compatible with various propulsion technologies and aircraft concepts (e.g. different types of commercial aircraft and architectures, including VTOL and UAV, as also addressed in the Horizon Europe Clean Aviation partnership.

    4.Performing small-scale demonstration pilots of zero-emission hydrogen-powered aircraft ground movements, in one or two airports (e.g. taxi-in / taxi-out), in view of deploying the new technologies and solutions to various aircraft types and airports across Europe.

    5.Initiating and developing new standards and certification procedures, for the new technologies and systems to be scalable and serve different types of aircraft and air transport ground infrastructures of various sizes, locations and capacities for both passenger and freight transport.

    The EU’s Hydrogen Strategy prioritises renewable hydrogen (low-carbon hydrogen being considered a transitional technology) and should be taken into account to develop the proposals, considering, inter alia, how the hydrogen will be produced and supplied.

    The topic aims to exploit synergies with the Horizon Europe Clean Aviation and Clean Hydrogen partnerships, for the roll-out of transformative aircraft liquid hydrogen propulsion technologies, with an eye towards future large-scale demonstrations and real-life airborne plane trials during the later phase of the Clean Aviation partnership. The retained proposals, should, during the implementation phase, regularly exchange information with the Technical Committee and the Governing Board of the Clean Aviation and Clean Hydrogen partnerships respectively (in-line with articles 65 and 80 of the COM(2021) 87).

    For standardisation activities and in view of future certification of airports and vertiports and aircraft, including VTOL and UAV, the participation of EASA is deemed necessary to address airport and aircraft certification issues. The involvement of airports, vertiports and aircraft manufacturers in the project activities is required. Since regional and short haul aviation is likely the first segment to start the transition to hydrogen-based fuel technology, the involvement of regional and insular airports in the project will be an asset.

    In line with the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation, the participation of airports and regulatory bodies outside of the European Union is encouraged.

    Projects should collaborate with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on aspects that require integration of hydrogen and are expected to contribute and participate to the activities of the TRUST database and the hydrogen observatory.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-08: Accelerating climate-neutral hydrogen-powered/electrified aviation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-3 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results should focus on transformative technologies that address existing technology gaps for an aircraft hydrogen and electrified powertrain of a megawatt class. Project results are expected to contribute to one of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Deliver transformative aircraft energy storage, conversion and distribution technologies for hydrogen and electrified propulsion that exceed the state-of-the-art.

    2.Deliver novel heat dissipation, thermal management and recuperation technologies for megawatt class, that exceed the state-of-the-art.

    3.Deliver advanced simulation tools, validation methodologies and control approaches for an aircraft hydrogen and electrified powertrain of megawatt class.

    Scope: The proposal is expected to develop further transformative technologies, at low TRL, that have potential to be reviewed and considered for further development and demonstration beyond 2027, towards contributing to aviation climate neutrality by 2050. Electrified aircraft propulsion is the use of electric motors to drive a subset or all of its propulsors. Hydrogen and electrified aircraft propulsion explicitly expands the scope to include hydrogen combustion propulsion.

    Hydrogen as energy carrier and batteries as energy storage have the potential to eliminate aviation CO2 emissions as well as reduce non-CO2 ones. Key enabling technologies for aircraft thermal and power management have been identified as showstoppers for their integration.

    The topic is open also to fundamental hydrogen research - relevant to aviation – which can be combined to any of the three expected outcomes, such as:

    1.better understanding of advanced materials’ compatibility and capability in aircraft hydrogen and electrified powertrain applications including effect of water vapour from hydrogen burning;

    2.computational materials science and innovative characterisation techniques across different length scales.

    Beyond the development of transformative systems, the topic may consider the development of innovative control approaches as well as simulation tools and validation methodologies for hydrogen and electrified powertrain of a megawatt class. The development of dedicated test benches (at a TRL range within the scope of this call) should exploit synergies with the CA (cf. note).

    The topic aims to exploit synergies with the Clean Aviation partnership, towards developing transformative aircraft hydrogen and electrified powertrain technologies, with an eye towards their review, selection and further development during the second phase of CA. The retained proposals, should, during the implementation phase, regularly exchange information with the Technical Committee and the Governing Board of the Clean Aviation and Clean Hydrogen partnerships respectively (in-line with articles 65 and 80 of the COM(2021) 87).

    The topic is not open to hydrogen and electrified architectures, their integration and new aircraft configurations, as those are dealt exclusively in the Clean Aviation partnership (except aircraft types/missions not covered by the CA partnership). Activities should exploit synergies with the Clean Aviation (CA) partnership, with an eye towards their review, selection and further development during the second phase of CA.

    To topic addresses primarily to RTOs/Academia/SMEs with guidance and support from aircraft high-tier suppliers and integrators.

    Projects should collaborate with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on aspects that require integration of hydrogen and are expected to contribute and participate to the activities of the TRUST database and the hydrogen observatory.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-09: Competitiveness and digital transformation in aviation – advancing further capabilities, digital approach to design

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results should focus on innovative hybrid numerical/experimental procedures, tools and methodologies that will advance further the industrial aircraft design capabilities. Project results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Multi-disciplinary and multi-fidelity design and optimisation integrated tools for industrial environment.

    2.New advancements in aerodynamics and aeroacoustics (with emphasis on interference), including data-driven (Artificial Intelligence – Machine Learning, Hybrid modelling) high-performance computing and advanced validation-verification procedures.

    3.Advance further design for manufacturing optimisations, including additive manufacturing, circularity and sustainability aspects.

    4.Methodologies for simulation, testing and further certification of urban air-mobility safety critical applications, considering for example, virtual or extended reality technologies.

    Scope: The proposal is expected to develop further advanced computational/experimental procedures/methodologies and industrial aircraft design capabilities that have potential to contribute to the digital transformation of the European aircraft supply chain.

    Aircraft development requires testing for airframe, dynamic systems, materials performance, new manufacturing techniques, propulsion, cabin and system and their sub-components in order to ensure their performance but also the highest level of safety. As a result, the proposal is also expected to develop methodologies and approaches dedicated to the use of combined experimental testing with numerical simulation in order to enhance the testing results and their integration - and therefore accelerate the development cycle.

    Regarding the expected outcome on urban air-mobility safety critical and hazardous missions, the scope is expanded to mission specific testing of the whole aerial vehicle after system integration.

    The proposal should seek to exploit synergies with Clean Aviation (and big demonstrations in the second phase of the partnership) such as ground vibration testing, flutter mitigation, design of Ultra performant aircraft, advanced dynamic systems, hydrogen systems testing, thermal management, flight testing and long-term hydrogen exposed materials behaviour testing. The retained proposals, should, during the implementation phase, regularly exchange information with the Technical Committee of the Clean Aviation partnership (in-line with article 65 of the COM(2021) 87).

    All developed hybrid numerical/experimental procedures and methodologies should be benchmarked (e.g. drag prediction, solver convergence, grid optimisation) for challenging industrial cases. Proposals that include virtual certification are encouraged to invite the participation of EASA.

    To topic addresses primarily to RTOs/Academia/SMEs with guidance and support from aircraft high-tier suppliers and integrators.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-10: Aviation research synergies between Horizon Europe, AZEA and National programs

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 267 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Coordinate and support synergies between European, National and Regional R&I aviation programmes.

    2.Contribute to the preparation of the European Aerodays 2024-2025.

    3.Support the Alliance on Zero Emission Aviation (AZEA).

    Scope: The overall scope of this coordination and support action is to provide support and advice to the European Commission on anticipated and small ad-hoc actions within 2023-2025 period.

    The action should contribute to the coordination and support of synergies between European, National and Regional R&I aviation programmes, including joint calls or other co-funding mechanisms aligning EU, National and Regional activities in specific fields. The action is also expected to assist the European Research Area (ERA) in accelerating the update and sharing of aviation technology infrastructures. Close collaboration with ACARE is expected.

    The action should contribute to the organisation and preparation of the European Aerodays 2024-2025 as well as other ad-hoc communication activities.

    Finally, the action should contribute to the communication of the impact of EU aviation research and relevant policies (Fit for 55, Industrial Strategy, Alliances, Space Policy) and provide support the Alliance on Zero Emission Aviation (AZEA) work with ad-hoc mapping and analysis, including identification of potential technology gaps and lack of related R&I and standardisation efforts.

    Waterborne transport

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-11: Developing the next generation of power conversion technologies for sustainable alternative carbon neutral fuels in waterborne applications (ZEWT Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Establish the basis for the on-board deployment of power conversion technologies for sustainable alternative climate neutral fuels by 2030;

    2.Validate the technical feasibility of the use of innovative power conversion technologies for sustainable alternative carbon neutral fuels in waterborne transport;

    3.Prove the scalability to power outputs significantly above 3 MW with acceptable power density and high efficiency; Validate achievement of the additional KPIs of; minimum 5 kW/m3 power density (refers to power density of the energy converter, i.e. excluding storage of fuel or liquid electrolytes); minimum 45 % total system energy efficiency including all required ancillaries with zero carbon or climate neutral operation weighted over the MARPOL Annex VI E2 or E3 cycle;

    4.Support regulatory development within both EU and IMO frameworks;

    5.Prove the safety of the proposed solutions through verifiable KPIs for the use of the fuel and power conversion system concerned;

    6.Validate resilience of the power system to possible fuel impurities and variability of the power required by the ship;

    7.Developed a realistic pathway to the wider use of power conversion system technologies in waterborne transport (e.g. Long Distance, Inland, Cruise, Ferries, Short Sea and Offshore);

    8.Risk assessed the power conversion system with respect to lifetime, maintenance scheme and life cycle cost as well as a life cycle GHG emissions;

    9.Where relevant, be coherent with the activities of the Batteries co-programmed partnership and the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking.

    Scope: Sustainable climate neutral fuels with emissions considered on a full well to wake life cycle basis are expected to be essential to decarbonise deep sea, large scale and energy intensive shipping, with their associated high-power demands. A range of candidate fuels are advocated, including for example liquid and gaseous advanced biofuels and liquids, advanced synthetic renewable energy carriers, green hydrogen, green ammonia and green methanol. Whilst power conversion technologies for these fuels, include novel internal combustion engines and fuel cells are being addressed by ongoing R&I, whilst power outputs are slowly increasing, in most cases, they remain well below that needed for a primary power source which is usable for commercial shipping and systems remain very sensitive to fuel impurities, whereas high purity fuel cannot always be assured for waterborne transport. Large uncertainties with respect to the operational and capital costs are also a barrier for innovative technologies being taken up in the market.

    To be widely deployed, new power conversion technologies are expected to be technically and economically viable for integration on board ships. They have to be capable of delivering:

    1.High powers for prolonged periods,

    2.A power density which would be acceptable for integration within ship structures,

    3.High efficiency, without increasing air pollutants.

    Progress beyond the state of the art is required. To facilitate scalability, the developed power conversion technology should be robust to the typical fuel qualities expected within a waterborne transport environment as well as potential contaminations introduced when blending different fuels, while maintaining endurance and reliable power output with reduced air pollution. Power conversion technologies have to be also robust under variable power demand, experienced in typical seaways and ship manoeuvres.

    The topic is open to all potentially sustainable climate neutral fuels and all energy conversion technologies, including but not limited to Internal Combustion Engines, Turbines and fuel cells.

    Projects are expected to advance beyond the state of the art addressing all the following aspects,

    1.Develop and validate, in a laboratory or relevant environment, power conversion technologies for sustainable alternative climate neutral fuels. Scope should include ship configuration, performance simulation and scenario comparisons to enable the use of one or more fuels onboard the ships;

    2.Validate in a relevant environment resilience to fuel impurities accepted by the power system and to cope with the variable power demand;

    3.Potential fuel blends and combinations should be considered as solutions to reach required power conversion performance, taking into account; any increase in total energy (or even decrease) output compared to current fuels, lowest possible levels of noise and air pollutant emissions (SOx, NOx, CO, PM, ammonia slip, nitrous oxides), and the lowest possible well-to-wake GHG emissions.

    4.In addition, safety KPIs for the use of the fuel concerned, in particular when using green ammonia and methanol, should be developed and verified.

    5.The projects should undertake a risk and predictive assessment of lifetime of the power conversion and fuel system, the life-cycle cost throughout vessel life, maintenance scheme, as well as the life-cycle cost and GHG emissions on a well-to-wake assessment basis.

    6.Develop a realistic pathway to the wider use of power conversion system technologies in waterborne transport

    Where relevant, plan for synergies with the activities of the Batteries co-programmed partnership and the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-12: Demonstrations to accelerate the switch to safe use of new sustainable climate neutral fuels in waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 13.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 34.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Full scale on board operational demonstration of a sustainable climate-neutral fuel system, including fuel distribution, bunkering, fuels storage, power conversion and possible residue handling, in a realistic on-board operational environment;

    2.Verifiable KPIs to prove the effectiveness, viability, and impact of the demonstrated solutions;

    3.KPIs to be demonstrated include: ship power optimisation; bunkering specificity (equipment, safety, operations, flowrate); energy consumption efficiency in waterborne transport; reduction of the global emission of GHGs; life-cycle GHG emissions on a well-to-wake assessment basis and reduction of the air pollution emissions (notably SOx, NOx, CO, PM, black carbon) in a range of operating scenarios.

    4.Accelerated transition to climate-neutral or zero-emission maritime and inland ship operations, by facilitating the wider adoption of sustainable climate neutral fuels at a larger scale and for vessels requiring prolonged autonomy. Particularly focusing on fuels where significant on-board challenges remain, with consideration of the specific supply chain requirements to satisfy the needs of maritime transport and inland navigation, in particular shipping activities with frequent cargo handling operations.

    5.Demonstrated possibilities from smart digitalisation, to facilitate the on-board use of sustainable climate neutral waterborne fuels.

    6.Demonstrate achievement of the 2040 targets specified within the European Commission proposal for a Fuel EU Maritime regulation reference COM/2021/562.

    Scope: Whilst smaller scale demonstration of vessels running on potentially sustainable climate neutral fuels have been ongoing in the waterborne transport sector 268 , large-scale demonstrations, particularly with more challenging fuels such as hydrogen and ammonia for which end-to-end transnational operations, safety, environmental effects, risks and their mitigation are still lacking. The assessment of the results from such large-scale demonstrators are necessary to trigger the wider adoption of sustainable climate neutral fuels within the waterborne transport sector.

    Adoption of sustainable climate neutral fuels within waterborne transport assets will in turn be possible only if the outstanding challenges of the daily operations are solved, for example bunkering, storage, handling and on-board operations have to be proven safe. Sustainable climate neutral fuels include potential new safety issues, such as toxicity, different flashpoints or fire hazards which are expected to be addressed.

    Operational performance and efficiency of the overall system in full operations have to be demonstrated, especially with respect to air pollution (NOx, SOx, PM, methane or ammonia slip, black carbon etc.) and well to wake GHG emissions. The systems, processes and components needed to handle and use sustainable climate neutral fuels will also be demonstrated. Continuous emission and performance monitoring systems and their integration are an additional challenge that should be taken into consideration, including monitoring of emission profiles and identifying operating patterns that require optimisation as well as the identification and management of potential trade-offs.

    Smart digitalisation also provides new opportunities to facilitate the efficient, clean and safe use of climate neutral sustainable fuels, for example by enabling advanced engine emission management.

    Activities will also underpin the pre-normative R&I required to facilitate the routine deployment of Sustainable Alternative Fuels (SAFs).

    Demonstration within operational conditions is targeted. The challenge is to increase confidence in, and acceptability of, the viability of sustainable climate neutral fuels where full operational demonstration has yet to be achieved, including for example green hydrogen, green ammonia, green methanol sustainable liquid and gaseous advanced biofuels and other advanced intermediate bioenergy and synthetic renewable energy carriers, together with their associated power systems.

    Projects are expected to address all of the following aspects either for a) inland waterway transport or b) maritime transport applications:

    1.Develop, validate and demonstrate a sustainable climate-neutral fuels system on board, in full transnational operations including fuel distribution, bunkering, fuel storage, power conversion and possible residue handling. A minimal power of 1MW (for either full or partial vessel power), addressing significant challenges and going beyond state-of-the-art as well as demonstrating achievement of FuelEU Maritime 2040 targets is required. Demonstrating higher powers which will be applicable to a wider range of applications is encouraged. Due to the scale of resources required, for option a) inland waterway transport- demonstration is expected to be undertaken on more than one vessel type, for option b) maritime transport- it is optional to demonstrate more than one vessel. Use of replacement renewable low carbon fuels in otherwise conventional oil/gas-based energy conversion technology should not be considered.

    2.Demonstrate applicability of sustainable climate neutral fuels in particular considering stricter environmental expectations and regulations, such as those applicable to passenger ships, inland waterway transport and other environmentally sensitive regions.

    3.Provide validated risk and safety assessments, mitigation measures and demonstration supporting the development of safety provisions in regulation proposals both in EU and potentially at IMO, ISO and inland waterway regulatory frameworks and taking into account operational conditions such as cargo handling activities.

    4.Demonstrate the capacity of innovative smart digitalisation to facilitate the safe, clean and efficient on-board use of sustainable climate neutral fuels.

    5.Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (such as the Innovation Fund).

    6.Proposals should plan and propose relevant synergies with relevant Horizon Europe activities such as the Clean Oceans Mission, the Batteries co-programmed partnership and the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking results and activities arising from projects under topics HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-07 or HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-14.

    Projects are expected to address either a) inland waterway transport or b) maritime transport applications.

    To ensure coverage of both areas, the most highly ranked projects scoring above the minimum threshold will be selected in each area. Subsequent projects will be ranked and selected based upon their scoring. Proposals are expected to clearly indicate if area a) inland waterway transport or area b) maritime transport is the focus of the application.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-13: Integrated real-time digital solutions to optimise navigation and port calls to reduce emissions from shipping (ZEWT Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Progressing beyond the state of the art, full-scale demonstration of an interoperable port call and voyage optimisation tool on existing routes and services involving at least three ports and two shipping companies and relevant stakeholders in port call operations.

    2.Improved operational efficiency of vessels when arriving to/departing from ports, towards elimination of waiting times during navigation and at the port. Develop and demonstrate in realistic environment, KPIS’s to quantify these gains.

    3.Increased navigational safety through improved sea traffic management from onshore which has been assessed with respect to the status quo considering also situational awareness during port entrance, manoeuvring, berthing, departure and potentially related skills issues.

    4.Optimised fuel efficiency and reduced vessel emissions through voyage, waiting at anchorage and port arrival optimisation to facilitate more efficient sailing speeds. Reductions in fuel consumption of 10 to 20% with corresponding reductions in greenhouse gas emission should be demonstrated, compared to business as usual during navigation and at port and port-to-port approach.

    5.Enable shipping companies to quantify their fuel savings and the GHG emissions avoided as a result of the optimisation system and the real-time information shared with ports during vessel voyage.

    6.Development of port call optimisation standards considering the on-going standardisation initiatives by IMO/ISO groups to facilitate a secure and resilient operational, real-time digital data sharing and decision support system for port and voyage optimisation; and develop operational roadmap(s) for standard technical committees.

    7.Assessment and quantification of the benefits of port and navigation optimisation for different types of maritime traffic, e.g. tramp and regular services for bulk, container, passenger, cruise ships, Ro-Pax, Ro-Ro, etc.

    8.Adaption to the existing and/or development of business models to prove the commercial viability of voyage and port call optimisation to facilitate take up and its wider application.

    Scope: Shipping is frequently subject to prolonged waiting periods offshore before birthing and offloading cargo. Vessels waiting at anchorage pending the availability of port capacity reduce operational efficiency as well as increasing emissions, either whilst waiting or due to faster sailing speeds to arrive at port in case of birth availability. To avoid these situations, port call optimisation systems have been developed and are now being piloted. However, these have been generally limited to specific services. More widely applicable navigation and port call optimisation tools which can address the entire voyage, promote the most efficient sailing speeds to reduce emissions and ensure direct berthing without delay could substantially improve operational efficiency and reduce emissions.

    Activities should take a holistic approach to the development and scale up of an integrated port scheduling and voyage optimisation tool to address real multi vessel traffic scenarios, focussing on vessel routing and voyage optimisation, minimising emissions and the eventual port call process, going beyond existing systems and combining the perspectives of both shipping and port operators.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Develop collaborative harmonized collaborative standards and communication amongst relevant stakeholders to enable an interoperable optimisation system to be deployed across the operations of the stakeholders concerned. Thereby facilitate the real time sharing of operational digital data, supporting enhanced situational awareness and decision support to reduce emissions through lower total voyage fuel consumption. For example, the following functions may be included; cargo handling, port services, clearance, commercial services such as bunkering, onshore power connection, berth availability, terminal capacity, weather, sailing speed, voyage data etc. Standards should address security, resilience as well as potential integration within existing port infrastructures and their monitoring systems.

    2.Develop methodologies and tools to enable information sharing and optimisation of routes and time of arrival in real time, including decision algorithms that use methods such as AI, Edge Analytics, heuristics, and business analytics.

    3.Using existing routes and services, progressing beyond the state of the art, demonstrate the operation at full-scale of an interoperable port call and voyage optimisation tool towards at least three ports and two shipping companies in addition other stakeholders linked to port call operation.

    4.Consider system security as well as resilience and mitigation actions in case of failure.

    5.Carry out risk assessment for the developed solutions, using existing models (such as FSA, HAZOP, etc.) to support safety and business continuity in case of failure as well as regulatory development at IMO and EU level.

    6.Address the full voyage, including vessel positions far from port, to maximise emission reduction and operational efficiency benefits. Data sources should include among others weather, consumption, emission, traffic and port planning.

    7.Build upon existing systems, technologies and regulations (for instance, European Maritime Single Window and other national undertakings) to ensure direct applicability with existing requirements. Other innovative and new technologies can also be deployed.

    8.Develop and measure KPIs for efficiency from real cases, including calculation of the gains from the application of the solutions developed within the project. Measure the resulting reduction in emissions achieved as a result of the voyage and port scheduling optimisation system compared to a typical similar non-optimized service.

    9.Plans for the exploitation and dissemination should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used

    Participation of end users in proposals is necessary. Commitment from end users towards the deployment of solutions developed in the project will be considered positively. All proposals will need to demonstrate a clear and credible pipeline from development to the operational deployment of the solution following the projects end.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-14: Developing a flexible offshore supply of zero emission auxiliary power for ships moored or anchored at sea deployable before 2030 (ZEWT Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.In close cooperation with ship owners, operators and ports, demonstration and testing of an innovative solution to provide auxiliary power and possibly battery charging for ships moored and anchored at sea which will cut pollution and GHG’s and which can be deployable before 2030;

    2.Developing guidelines on technical, operational and safety aspects for the provision of offshore power supply services;

    3.Assessing the GHG and polluting emission savings from ships moored or at anchor through verifiable KPIs;

    4.Assessment of the CAPEX and OPEX of the developed solution and optimisation of the concept to increase the financial viability of the developed solution.

    Scope: The provision of electric energy to vessels at port is a mature technology which provides important benefits in terms of reducing the emissions from the waterborne transport sector, not only for CO2 but also for other pollutants. Within Europe this is particularly important as many ports are either an integral part of densely populated cities or very close to them. The provision of onshore power supply (OPS) to vessels in European ports forms an integral part of the “Fit for 55” initiative. Due to direct electrification being more efficient, OPS is an important long-term solution applying to vessels with other clean technology solutions which will become more widely available. So far, the provision of OPS has been designed and applied for vessels securely berthed at terminals. This is an important step, which needs to be encouraged. However, in many cases, vessels need to spend important time at port anchorage, before a berth at a terminal is available. Some vessels such as cruise ship may also disembark their passengers to tenders offshore. During this period, vessels are using their main or auxiliary engines, thus creating emissions which impact port cities and coastal areas as well. A solution needs to be developed which can provide OPS to these vessels whilst not at berth. Current consideration of such applications has been mainly limited to barge mounted solutions and concept development of offshore cabled power buoys (e.g. floating power plants, LNG HIVE2, OPS barges and offshore charging buoys). Generally, solutions are not yet mature and, in several cases, use fossil fuels. Consequently, a range of other possibilities may remain. The solutions to be developed and demonstrated by the projects are expected to address all the following aspects:

    1.The project should develop and test potential solutions for the provision of electric power to maritime vessels (primarily container ships and passenger vessels, including cruise ships) of at least 5000 GT.

    2.Be adaptable, so that as required, power can be provided to different locations within the port anchorage.

    3.Develop and demonstrate a solution which is flexible in terms of area of application i.e., that can be deployed in other areas within a port or possibly be moved to other ports, including if relevant, both inland and seaports.

    4.Be based on direct electrification from shore grid connections or offshore renewable power or the use of sustainable alternative fuels including for example liquid and gaseous advanced biofuels, synthetic renewable energy carriers or energies.

    5.Aim to minimize air pollution, including when solutions are founded upon biofuels.

    6.If applicable, assess the possible use of circular energy sources such as those from industrial processes taking place within the port perimeter (chemical processing, scrap processing, melting etc.).

    7.Aim for operational deployment by 2030. Minimize costs taking into account Capex and Opex with consideration of the energy conversion efficiency, the cost and availability of the supplied sustainable alternative fuels and/or energies.

    8.Pay particular attention to all safety aspects relating to the provision of clean energy, while a vessel is at anchorage.

    9.Evaluate the range of applicable regulatory instruments by reaching out to relevant Authorities.

    10.For example, the proposed solution maybe founded upon one of the following concepts, although other concepts may also be proposed:

    1.Barge mounted generators, using sustainable low GHG fuels.

    2.Floating energy storage units, using batteries together with inverters and a capability to provide the typical total energy need of a ship at a port anchorage.

    3.Barge mounted fuel cells using green hydrogen fuel or other climate neutral sustainable alternate fuel.

    4.Cabled offshore power supply connections towards buoys or other supply interface.

    11.Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-15: Reducing the environmental impact from shipyards and developing a whole life strategy to measure and minimise the non-operational environmental impacts from shipping

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the following expected outcomes whilst supporting the overall medium- and long-term impacts marked “*”:

    1.*Reduce the non-operational environmental impacts from shipping including construction and end of life strategies.

    2.*Understand the most significant environmental factors in shipbuilding and throughout a ships circular life cycle including ship repair and the associated costs.

    3.* Enhanced environmental and personnel awareness. Development of skills for greening of shipyards to improve the environmental performance and productivity in shipbuilding and ship repair processes.

    4.* Enhanced circularity of waterborne transport assets through recycling and re-use of materials, parts and components.

    5.* In the long term, contribute to the objective of a ship environmental performance indicator of the non-operational environmental impacts from the ship which takes construction, embedded materials, capacity for repair, end of life strategies into account.

    6.Development of a shipyard environmental performance index (SEPI), relevant KPI’s and benchmarks for shipyards through an inquiry into current shipyard processes and utilities (i.e. energy use and emissions to air, water and earth);

    7.Demonstration of advanced production processes which reduce the environmental impact of shipyards and assessment of the shipyards’ environmental performance (SEPI) which would achieve an improvement in environmental performance utilising current benchmarks, of at least 20%.

    8.Development of a generic digital shipyard model encompassing shipyard processes with the associated energy use and emissions, enabling to assess and benchmark the environmental performance and cost-efficiency of shipyards and their contribution to the environmental impact assessment within the ships’ Life Cycle (LC).

    9.Development of guidelines on technical, organisational and personnel training solutions for reducing energy use and emissions to air, water and soil and improving the environmental performance of shipyards.

    10.Development of a blueprint for an EU-material passport for waterborne transport assets classifying the ship circularity readiness level (CRL). In addition, a guideline for the passport maintenance throughout the ship life cycle backed by a business model for circularity and an appropriate regulatory regime in line with Regulation (EU) No. 1257/2013 on Ship Recycling (EU SRR) and coordinated with other ongoing Horizon 2020 / Horizon Europe projects.

    Scope: The environmental impact of ships throughout their operational life is governed by the IMO Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI, mandatory for new ships), the Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (SEEMP, all ships), as well as by IMO and EU GHG-targets for 2030 and 2050 respectively. In addition, the IMO Carbon Intensity Indicator (CII) for all cargo, RoPax and cruise vessels above 5,000 GT and trading internationally will come into effect in 2023. To ensure that ships at the end of their operational lives can be recycled and do not pose any unnecessary risks to human health, safety and harm to the environment, the Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships was introduced in 2009. Furthermore the 2013 EU ship recycling regulation sets higher standards and requires that from 2019 ships have to be recycled within an approved facility. Furthermore, Green Passport and Green Passport EU may be assigned to ships by class societies which include an Inventory of on-board Hazardous Materials (IHM).

    Assessment of a ships full environmental value chain misses in particular:

    1.Sufficient data or industry standards to describe the characteristics of a ships non-hazardous materials which may contribute additional value from recovery, recycling and re-use. For example, in line with "circular economy" principals, a cradle-to-cradle material passport which is analogous to that applied within the building industry is missing.

    2.Key performance indicators (KPI’s) addressing the environmental impact shipyard pollution to air, water and earth caused by shipbuilding, ship maintenance, repair, retrofit and dismantling. High performance and clean production processes.

    3.The contribution from the shipyards towards ship design and the application of non-hazardous recyclable materials beyond the current IHM-passport.

    4.Guidance concerning best practices to minimise the non-operational environmental impacts from shipping considering construction, materials, capacity to repair, design and capacity for recycling. For example, including difficult materials such as plastic composites.

    Activities will address the greening of shipyards, facilitating clean, efficient, low-energy processes which minimise pollution to air, water and earth and contribute to increasing ship circularity.

    Proposals should address all of the following points:

    1.Develop and validate an environmental performance index with corresponding KPI’s and determine a benchmark for shipyards through an investigation of shipyard floor processes, logistics and utilities i.e., energy use and emissions to air, water and earth, taking into account current environmental regulations, including those applicable to other land-based industries which may apply to shipyards.

    2.Identify the contribution of shipyards and ship design to the circular life cycle of ships in terms of reuse of components and materials within the context of shipyard processes, the shipbuilding value chain, capacity for repair and refit, end of life circularity and disposal value/cost. Considering also difficult materials such as reinforced plastics.

    3.Develop and validate a digital shipyard model encompassing shipyard floor technologies and logistic processes with the associated energy use and emissions, links to safety (e.g., ventilation to reduce indoor VOC’s increasing energy consumption), enabling the assessment and benchmarking of the environmental performance of shipyards and the impact of “clean floor” technologies on shipyards.

    4.Develop and validate in line with the “Green Passport” a material circularity passport for maritime assets and identify the role of the manufacturing and design value chain stakeholders to apply best practices to increase circularity, reduce life cycle impacts and optimise end of life value. Foresee the compilation and maintenance of the passport over the ship lifecycle.

    5.Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scaling up application, wider commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan), if necessary indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-16: Developing small, flexible, zero-emission and automated vessels to support shifting cargo from road to sustainable Waterborne Transport

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Development and validation of a small zero-emission automated vessel concept which can support shifting cargo from road to water. The concept will take into account cargo types and navigation conditions (e.g. small waterways, bridges, locks and shallow coastal waters and estuaries).

    2.Quantification and assessment of the reduced costs and emissions and stronger intra- and intermodal competitiveness of waterborne transport through integration of zero emission propulsion of automated vessels and transhipment into automated transport chains, internet of things and possibly urban logistics.

    3.Development of business models that benefit from a high degree of automation digitalisation, considering technical, safety, security and organisational aspects and when relevant smart on demand services.

    Scope: Waterborne transport can transfer large freight volumes from road and as a result reduce emissions and decongest road infrastructure. There are large opportunities to increase waterborne freight, especially in coastal and inland or congested urban regions. This potential is particularly underdeveloped within smaller waterways, lakes, estuaries and intra urban regions and with the use of less developed ports which are not accessible for larger vessels.

    Whilst projects addressing coastal transport and metropolitan inland waterway transport, including new autonomous waterborne feeder loop logistic services are underway, these remain at an early stage or are tailored to specific use cases which cannot be widely deployed.

    Emerging energy efficient, zero-emission and automation technology can help fully exploit the potential of small-sized waterborne transport but are expected to be adopted to the needs of such vessels and the related additional transhipment.

    Lower costs are needed for small waterborne transport to become more competitive with road transport.

    Flexible, fully automated transport chain is expected to facilitate waterborne services to new and previously poorly accessible regions.

    Shallow water depths of smaller waterways with confined conditions require a broad variety of intelligent vessel solutions, which are tailored to the regional requirements, the specifics of individual cargo types and load units, e.g., ISO containers, swap-bodies, unitized and palletized goods for urban transport etc.

    Decarbonisation of propulsion systems is needed to address the challenges of climate change. Automated solutions need to also take into account unexpected recreational users of the waterways.

    Research should develop versatile zero emission solutions for small, shallow water capable automated vessels that are also usable on different classes of waterway and/or coastal waters.

    Developments should advance beyond the state of the art taking into account current and emerging developments concerning low-water designs, modular vessels, automation, digital communication and security battery electrification, charging, and propulsion systems.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Development, testing and demonstration of the automated flexible vessel concepts with emission-free propulsion systems in a relevant environment. In addition, the optimisation of the logistics chain will be assessed through logistics modelling.

    2.Innovative automation approaches for substantial cost savings.

    3.Tailored propulsion arrangements for small, flexible and versatile vessels which are compatible with shallow water.

    4.Automated operations in multimodal logistics should be envisaged through further development and integration of single automated functions into fully autonomous systems such as; navigation and vessel command, machinery surveillance, maintenance, berthing, cargo handling, transhipment etc.

    5.Self-organised or remotely controlled fleet-wide coordination of operations, along with an integration of the vessels into land-based digital logistics processes.

    6.The development of new business models including a high degree of digitalisation and smart on-demand services. Consideration of key stakeholder behaviours, including retailers’ and customers.

    7.Ensuring safety, cyber security and resilience of automations systems.

    8.Early communication and discussion with relevant regulatory and standardisation bodies.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-17: Towards the implementation of the inland navigation action programme with a focus on Green and Connected Inland Waterway Transport

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 269 .

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Development of inland waterway transport policies to ensure the implementation of green and digital, water protection and environmentally sound solutions.

    2.Identification of best practices and increase their take up and faster modernisation of the inland fleet.

    3.Building of a viable financial engineering instruments to support investments in zero emission, digitalised and connected vessels.

    4.Proposal of a European labelling system for EU waterways.

    5.Estimation of the potential modal shift to inland waterways transport with Impact of each Naiades III actions on modal shift.

    6.Provision of a knowledge exchange, discussion and promotion platform for implementing Naiades III innovative actions

    7.Working together with the Waterborne Technology Platform and the inland waterway transport sector; strengthen the coordination between national, EU and industrial research across the waterborne transport sector, the wider logistics chain in cooperation with relevant international organisations so as to increase the deployment of the solutions developed and provide input towards EU R&I and deployment programmes.

    8.With the direct involvement of end users’ improvement of the environmental performance of inland waterways and contribute to future-proof; workforce, infrastructure, digital and automation developments which are compatible with a changing climate.

    Scope: The European Green Deal and NAIADES III challenges require a breakthrough Action Plan for the innovative system change from a holistic perspective to achieve drastic emission reduction and modal shift targets. These elements lead to:

    1.a change in the ownership structure and business models (e.g. energy as a service, leasing),

    2.intensive horizontal and vertical collaboration, vessels using (near) zero-emission technologies and energy carriers (e.g. batteries, fuel cell, synthetic fuels and clean combustion),

    3.standardised and modular hardware and ship design as well as advanced IT solutions for connected inland waterways transport,

    4.synchro-modal planning,

    5.safe and autonomous navigation and smart shipping.

    Also, the required infrastructure, regulations, incentives need to be addressed. Finally, end user buy-in and commitment will be key to facilitate these changes.

    Targeted follow up coordination and support activities are needed in the Inland Waterways sector, and in particular to support implementation of NAIADES III. These actions will address greening, and digitalisation and the leverage of the outcomes from related projects. In addition, actions should support a bridge between research, innovation and the buy in and deployment within inland waterways sector in coordination with the wider waterborne and logistics sectors.

    A dedicated Coordination and Support Action will act as European platform and catalyst by bringing together the required expertise, disciplines and stakeholders. Synergies and collaboration with other sectors and transport modes will be crucial elements.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Identification and analysis of barriers and opportunities for the development, implementation and take up of low and zero-emission innovations as well as digital solutions for the inland waterway transport sector in close cooperation with relevant projects and initiatives, including those targeting the broader waterborne transport sector. In this respect, a particular focus will be to decarbonise and improve the environmental performance of inland waterway transport, particularly within urban and protected areas as well as future-proofing infrastructure and ensuring compatibility with digital and automation developments within a changing climate.

    2.Development of an implementation plan, in close cooperation with the industry, which includes an assessment of the Total Cost of Ownership. Lessons learnt from frontrunners will be included in the assessment. In addition, the industrial commitment in terms of investments will need to be leveraged with additional resources, which might be available in the next Multiannual Financial Framework, aiming for a dedicated financial instrument for co-financing the deployment of zero-emission, automated vessels with innovative public-private collaboration models for deployment 270 .

    3.The development and validation of a Digital Twin to support conclusions and recommendations on policy measures and regulations. The Digital Twin enables quantitatively simulating different scenarios and options to assess the contributions on modal share by the NAIADES III measures and emission reductions and the impacts for the various stakeholders involved.

    4.The consolidation of the Inland Waterways Transport (IWT) knowledge network, which was previously established with the support of H2020 and will end in 2023. The coordination and support action will build on the results of previous work and will reflect the multi-disciplinary requirements and complexity of the subject, coordinating with the wider waterborne, land transport and logistics communities. It will identify the appropriate measures and define the necessary means and tools.

    5.Develop further a RD&I roadmap and implementation plan, in coordination with the Waterborne technology platform, by integrating all stakeholders.

    6.Monitor the inland waterway transport RD&I project from relevant European programmes and their impacts, in coordination with the Waterborne Technology Platform.

    This coordination and support action will ensure an active participation of key industrial stakeholders, the Waterborne Technology Platform, EU Member States/Associated countries’ administrations, industry associations and river commissions.

    Transport-related health and environment

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-18: Advanced transport emissions monitoring networks

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    Supporting the Zero Pollution Action Plan and its monitoring strategy by:

    1.Monitoring pollutant (including both exhaust and non-exhaust traffic related particles 271 ) and noise emissions of road vehicles on specific sites in urban areas with high density traffic in order to feed multiple real time systems and databases for air quality and environmental noise monitoring, anti-tampering enforcement, market surveillance and policy support at local, national and EU level.

    2.Monitoring pollutant (including both exhaust and non-exhaust traffic related particles) and noise emissions around ports, rail stations or junctions, dry ports, and airports, allowing for instance to monitor and enforce the respect of fuel use mandates in specific protection areas, correct noise abatement procedures, aircraft type limitations, etc.

    3.Establishing real time maps and networks in at least eight cities with at least three traffic air quality and noise stations on each city (a minimum of 5 stations in ports and 5 stations in airports is required) capable of measuring noise and solid particle number (PN down to 10nm according to WHO recommendations) and other emerging pollutants and GHGs in addition to the currently regulated ones and the impact of nature-based solutions (such as line trees along the streets, green facades in buildings, urban parks etc.) for mitigating them.

    4.Supporting local, regional and national emissions and noise reduction plans (including dynamic ones based on smart traffic management systems, capable of influencing the behaviour of drivers and automated vehicles) by providing supporting real time data and integrating the impact of road, rail, port and airport traffic into the management strategy.

    5.Supporting health studies about the impact of ultrafine particles according to recent WHO guidance

    6.Stimulate citizen awareness and engagement in the Zero Pollution strategy (also through citizen science approach)

    7.Providing recommendations concerning the use of nature-based solutions for mitigating urban air and noise pollution and contribute to the standardisation effort of sensing/monitoring technologies.

    Scope: Transport emissions are a known cause of air and noise pollution in Europe, and therefore negative health impacts, particularly in urban environments. Road emissions play a significant part, but there can be important contributions by other transport sources if airports, ports, or rail stations with significant traffic from diesel locomotives are within or close to the city boundaries. Moreover, construction machinery can largely contribute to both emissions and noise where large building sites are present.

    Long-term exposure to air pollutants from road traffic, railways and aircrafts can lead to serious health effects, such as sleep disturbance, cardiovascular diseases, metabolic disorders, annoyance, cognitive impairment and mental health problems. Noise pollution has its share of causing those health impacts and is an equally important environmental concern, likewise emitted by means of transport (road, rail, air traffic) and from sites of industrial activity. Besides the combustion engine, it can also be caused by aerodynamics or tyre-road or wheel-rail interactions. It adversely affects quality of life and well-being, prompting the need for seeking solutions to tackle these two forms of environmental pollution in order to reduce their harmful effects on human health and on the natural environment.

    While some of these emissions are regulated, it has become apparent that the performance of propulsion and after treatment systems can change depending on use conditions or over time due to different causes (poor or even fraudulent design, tampering by the user, poor maintenance, catalyst degradation …). Therefore, there is more and more interest to monitor these pollutant and noise emissions to the level of the individual vehicle and their cumulative effect at the city scale in order to provide a sound basis to understand the causes and to tackle, if needed, higher-than-expected emissions by enforcement or regulatory means.

    Traffic-related particles can be distinguished into exhaust traffic related particles, which are emitted as a result of incomplete fuel combustion and lubricant volatilisation during the combustion procedure, and non-exhaust traffic related particles, which are either generated from non-exhaust traffic related sources such as brake, tyre, clutch and road surface wear or already exist in the environment as deposited material and become re-suspended due to traffic induced turbulence. It is estimated that exhaust and non-exhaust sources contribute significantly to total traffic related PM10 emissions, thus it is important to monitor both these categories of pollutant emissions, while differentiating their contribution to PN.

    The Flagship on the contribution of transport to pollution in the 2019 call has included several topics addressing the development of technologies to monitor some of these emissions, and it is now important to transfer these technologies to the field and to integrate them in networks capable of 24/7 unassisted operation and data management and reporting for enforcement and fleet monitoring by cities and national bodies, and where appropriate shared with EU level bodies.

    The design, testing and demonstration of these applications will be developed in cooperation with the involved cities, citizen associations, and authorities, to achieve the best use of monitoring data. Citizen science approach could be appropriate for these activities.

    Projects are expected to install monitoring stations around at least 5 ports and 5 airports, allowing for instance to monitor and enforce the respect of fuel use mandates, correct noise abatement procedures, aircraft type limitations, etc. Projects should achieve synergies between the monitored cities, ports and airports.

    At the same time, recent WHO guidance 272  recognised the specific risks posed by nanoparticles and provided for the first time a quantification of what can be considered a low and a high concentration of particles in terms of numbers instead of mass. Guidance was also provided to widen the collection of data to ultrafine particles down to at least 10nm, in order to allow the performance of epidemiological studies and, in the longer term, the establishment of new limit values.

    Moreover, emerging pollutants and greenhouse gases are increasing due to the deployment of new technologies. Nitrous oxide, for instance, is both a very potent GHG and a neurotoxic with negative effects also on liver and kidneys and is a by-product of several catalysts. Ammonia is also posing similar by-product issues, in particular for methane and SCR-equipped vehicles, by leading to high secondary particulate levels. Therefore, monitoring these and other chemicals and their synergistic effects is becoming more and more important to inform policy decisions and provide data for modelling and emissions inventories.

    A specific topic in the 2020 Green Deal call 273 foresaw the developments of measurement instruments and methodologies for ambient ultrafine particles and atmospheric particulate matter, their sizes, constituents, source contributions and gaseous precursors. The wider deployment of the results on a cross-European base, encompassing as many as possible different locations in terms of urban morphology and meteorological and pollution conditions is paramount for the validation of the system and for the establishment of an EU-wide network.

    Establishing, or contributing to, national level databases of traffic related emissions could support population-based health studies about the impact of these emissions to human health. These databases could, for example, contain detailed information on traffic density, modal split, current composition of the respective road traffic fleet, especially in urban areas, and all health relevant pollutants, such as particles (PM10, PM2.5, PN), NOx, benzene and UFP/EC/BC.

    In consideration of the above, proposals should address all the aforementioned aspects and issues in order to achieve the expected outcomes.

    Cross-cutting actions

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-19: Support for the organisation of EU-US symposia in the field of Transport Research

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 0.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 274 .

    Expected Outcome: Project’s results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Reinforced cooperation between the European Union (EU) and the United States of America (US) in the field of transport research and innovation.

    2.EU-US Transport Research Symposia organisation with high visibility, political and strategic relevance of the transport sector and of the EU policy in the field.

    3.More effective links and exchanges between research and innovation stakeholders and policy makers from the EU and the US.

    Scope: The EU and the US are both world leaders in transport research. On both sides, there is an increasing willingness to enhance and extend EU-US cooperation in the area of transport research.

    An Implementing Arrangement between the European Commission and the US DoT was signed in 2013 for cooperative activities in the field of research, development, technology and innovation applied to all modes of transport. The purpose of this arrangement is to advance the EU and US cooperation and collaboration in R&I for all the four modes of transport, including multi-modal activities. To implement that arrangement, a Steering Group has been established, composed of DG MOVE and RTD officials for the EU side, to identify, elaborate and coordinate collaborative activities.

    Within this context, EU-US Transport Research Symposia are to be co-organised on one side by the European Commission and on the US side, by the US DoT and the Transportation Research Board (TRB) on a yearly basis. Hosting of the Symposia’s organisation is done on alternate years by the EC and the US.

    The symposia promote common understanding, sharing of experience and best practices, efficiencies, and transatlantic cooperation within the international transportation research community, while accelerating transport-sector innovations in EU Member States/Associated countries and the United States.

    Six symposia already took place in the last years addressing themes such as: ‘Urban City Logistics’ (Washington, 2013), ‘Transport Research Implementation’ (Paris, 2014), ‘Automated Road Vehicles’ (Washington, 2015), 'Infrastructure Resilience' (Brussels 2016), 'Decarbonizing transport for a sustainable future: mitigating climate change' (Washington, 2017), ' Socio-economic Impacts of Automated and Connected Vehicles' (Brussels, June 2018).

    The aim of this action is to support the European Commission in organising the future annual symposia in 2024 (Washington), in 2025 (Brussels), in 2026 (Washington) and in 2027 (Brussels). Symposia are closed events with 50 experts -25 from the US and 25 from the EU- selected by US DoT and the European Commission respectively. Throughout the 3-day event, these experts are brought together to identify, discuss and elaborate strategic R&I recommendations related to the jointly chosen theme of each symposium by the US DoT and the European Commission.

    The action will have to foresee the involvement of and collaboration with all the relevant European actors – researchers, industry, users, innovation leaders, etc. - representing the transport sector, in collaboration with the European Commission services in the relevant Directorate Generals. Consultation of key transport players in Europe including the different European Technology Platforms in transport and relevant Horizon Europe partnerships is foreseen, depending on the theme selected for the future symposia.

    The action will have to work together with the two EC services to define the overall planning of each symposium, to support the drafting of a White Paper and conference proceedings reports, to design the structure the sessions of the event, to manage the expert’s contributions (25 EU experts, 3 of them being part of a planning committee with their US counterparts) and cover the travel and subsistence of the EU experts, communication material, etc. For those years when the Symposia is held in Brussels, to also manage the overall organisation of the symposia including selecting the appropriate location for the venue, covering the costs for the venue, the logistics, the travels and subsistence for the EU experts, communication material etc.

    The list of the European experts that will be invited to the symposia will be proposed by the project after consultation with the stakeholders and will be finalised by the Commission.

    The outcome of these symposia will help define a common vision for future transportation, lay the foundation for activities of mutual interest and benefit in all modes of transport, including enhancing EU international cooperation activities within the TRB International Committee (ICC).

    Call - Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 275

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 276

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 07 Dec 2023

    Deadline(s): 18 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-01

    IA

    15.00

    7.00 to 8.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-02

    RIA

    15.00

    4.00 to 6.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-03

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-04

    IA

    17.00

    7.00 to 8.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-05

    RIA

    10.00

    4.00 to 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-06

    IA

    10.00

    Around 10.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-07

    RIA

    17.00

    4.00 to 5.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-08

    RIA

    16.00

    3.00 to 5.00

    4

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-09

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 8.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-10

    RIA

    16.00

    Around 16.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-11

    RIA

    15.00

    Around 7.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-12

    IA

    15.00

    Around 7.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-13

    IA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-14

    IA

    15.00

    Around 7.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-15

    IA

    7.70

    Around 7.70

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-16

    CSA

    0.85

    Around 0.85

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-17

    CSA

    1.50

    Around 1.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-18

    RIA

    7.00

    Around 3.50

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    202.05

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Zero-emission road transport

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-01: Smart, low-cost pervasive stationary slow charging and bi-directional solutions synergic with the grid for EV mass deployment (2ZERO Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Development and demonstration of innovative, interoperable, efficient, low-power smart and bi-directional on-street charging, removing barriers to EV user acceptability in densely populated areas. User acceptability should be quantifiably improved from technological, investment costs and costs of charging point of view.

    2.The proposed innovative solutions should be conductive to optimise efficiency and reduce costs, but ideally should not be visually and physically intrusive, or these aspects should be kept to a minimum level, given the high level of expected deployment that would create problems for pedestrians and other road users.

    3.Development of an analytical methodology including representative models (replicable at an EU-wide scale) to ensure an efficient planning for the mass deployment and integration of public (and where applicable private) EV charging infrastructure 277 , satisfying concrete user needs (in particular for night charging of L, M1 and N1 vehicles and their opportunistic day charging) and making it compatible as much as possible with existing low voltage grid and power system capabilities.

    4.Quantifiable improvement of related business models and gaps for users compared to current State of the Art, additionally also including considerations for less densely populated areas.

    5.Development of socio-cultural databases at city, regional and national level comprising daily charging habits, practices, and ideas of different community clusters (including individuals with special needs) and their integration into charging and planning tools, to support the determination of the most efficient and most accepted charging solutions. These developments should interact with the work of Sustainable Transport Forum 278 .

    6.The identification and analysis of potential regulatory aspects and barriers for relevant standardisation activities via common, interoperable and open standards, protocols and digital services.

    7. Deployment of multilevel systemic architecture and solutions for smart and bi-directional charging power management that will increase RES penetration as well as enhance the grid capacities and power system resilience by alleviating grid congestions and levelling off the load curve.

    Scope: Future charging infrastructure deployment should be ubiquitous, and should parallel, with a certain level of anticipation the growth of EV sales. Associated charging solutions should enable seamless processes that are easy, fully interoperable across European country borders and available at any time. The aim of this topic is to enable and improve massive smart on-street low-cost charging of EVs as well as improving the overall efficiency of power supply to the grid, including a space-and-time-oriented prediction and control of the global charging power demand, also enabling and improving smart home and office charging that could be explored by proposals to complement the on-street charging solutions.

    Proposals are expected to address all the following aspects:

    1.Guarantee an exhaustive coverage of high-efficiency, low-power, low-cost on-street smart charging points considering grid infrastructure and capacity, optimisation of civil works and grid requirements for services and charging needs, including the parking patterns (charging on long- and short-term parking spaces) to reduce the need for additional buffers to stabilise the grid.

    2.Address users’ needs and requirements in socio-cultural contexts of different communities to incorporate daily habits, practices and ideas into the design and development of people-friendly infrastructure with emphasis on public charging (also considering smart use, while connected, of energy consuming convenience functions like cabin and battery pre-heating and cooling).

    3.Use statistical models of parking, traffic and grid configuration and energy flows to predict and support power supply planning on a larger scale (e.g. at least regional), along with methodologies and demonstrations to derive or calibrate such models on the basis of real traffic and behavioural data.

    4.People centric applications equipped with the analytical capability and Human Machine Interfaces (HMI) for friendly access and use, that support the interactions related to the ratio between location, power (and its guaranteed minimum) and price for prompt decision making or pre-allocation of charging stations in line with users’ charging preferences and vehicle state of charge, also allowing charging point operators to predict power demand.

    5.Support and demonstration of smart and bi-directional operation in overnight publicly accessible environments to accommodate demand for long-term charging, and meeting some of the requirements of opportunistic charging types, motivating the people to optimally charge (maximising the use of renewable power) and promoting the development and use of interfaces with customized vehicle charging technology which can be preconditioned and set-up by the driver, including the pre-allocation of charging points.

    6.Development of innovative optimisation functions exploiting real-time access to battery information such as state of health, state of charge, capacity and power set point, which should be provided respecting any GDPR and data disclosure terms to the owners, users or other stakeholders in the value chain, such as building energy system managers, mobility and logistics service providers and electricity stakeholders.

    7.The developed solutions are expected to be provided on non-discriminatory terms between users and classes of users and allow the choice of the e-mobility service providers, so as to avoid consumers lock-in with a single e-mobility service provider, affiliated to specific vehicle manufacturers.

    8.Optimise the use of energy resources and infrastructures to cater not just for private mobility usage but also integrating opportunity use of the same infrastructure by other light duty captive fleets if their needs are compatible with the low power level.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Furthermore, in order to achieve the expected outcomes, social innovation should be considered.

    The selected projects are invited to participate to BRIDGE 279 activities when considered relevant.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-02: Integration and testing of next generation post-800V electric powertrains (2ZERO Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Next generation powertrain architectures using voltages 1200 V and above might contribute to the achievement of safer, higher-performing and more sustainable end products to serve high volume markets. A holistic approach to the whole powertrain should contribute to determining the optimal next generation voltage level. Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Very fast charging, ultra-efficient electric vehicles (EVs) for broad mass markets, taking into account volume effects and cost optimized architectures for future markets.

    2.A cost reduction of a minimum of 20% of power electronic modules and inverters for a given power, as well as for the whole powertrain, should be demonstrated (in comparison to the cost of the best current-generation or close to market components and architectures at proposal submission time).

    3.Fast charging of a mass market C segment vehicle demonstrator from 20 to 80 percent in 10 minutes with currently available 350kW chargers.

    4.Practical range increases over travel time (~20 percent increase with the same battery weight) with overall higher efficiency and easier thermal management of the whole powertrain allowing reasonably sized, lower cost and environmentally friendly batteries to perform long trips conveniently.

    5.Significant advancements in efficiency (reduction of losses by 25%) versus the state of the art of the targeted application with a special attention to partial load condition in EVs and charging stations alike.

    6.Backwards compatibility and reliability aspects.

    7.Improved application safety and robustness that contribute to a better user buy-in.

    8.Improved resource efficiency with better lifecycle impact and recycling capability ¬ contributing to a circular economy approach.

    Scope: In the last decade, the more and more demanding power and application requirements led to an increase of board net HV voltage from an initial 400V level to 800V in the latest electric vehicles, already trickling down to lower categories. Significantly higher voltages (indicatively, in the 1200V region) may be the next logical step and become standard in the next decade, providing benefits in terms of efficiency, copper use and weight. If not properly managed, they could have a constraining impact on the overall architecture especially in terms of DC charging and efficiency for low power use. Thus, new challenges for the powertrain arise in the areas of the motor, battery, cabling, couplers etc. as well as in electromagnetic compatibility and the development and integration of new power semiconductors.

    To successfully address the expected outcomes in the constant drive to improve efficiency and performance while increasing affordability, proposals are expected to address several of the following aspects capable of demonstrating the achievement of the intended objectives at system level:

    1.Assess in a holistic way the positive and negative impacts of higher voltage levels at vehicle and powertrain level, defining the best option for the post-800V EV generation.

    2.Development and integration of power-electronic components with new concepts for component miniaturisation and modularity. Also, solutions that can transition rapidly from modular to integrated systems need to be identified, depending on demand and eco-balance.

    3.Topologies adapted to advanced wide-bandgap semiconductors and new materials, leading to higher power density.

    4.Modular powertrain platforms, with the aim of coming closer to a full mechanical, electrical or thermal integration of the three main systems (electric motor, power electronics systems and battery pack) benefitting from the smaller sizes and cooling demands due to higher voltage.

    5.Defining suitable testing and validation procedures on component, powertrain or vehicle level and demonstrating them on a suitable use case. Furthermore, the projects should identify and analyse potential regulatory aspects and barriers to contribute to a definition of common EU standards for system validations.

    6.Small-sized, ‘ready for integration’ power modules at the best system fitting position (e.g. e-motor or battery) for greater design flexibility while optimizing costs.

    7.Packaging and coupler solutions e.g., substrates, moulding epoxy, electrical interconnections, adapted for higher voltages, increased isolation demands, high-frequency switching, frequent thermal cycling, elevated temperatures etc.

    8.Heat spreading technologies for short power pulses/ heat dissipation approaches for long duration pulses, long acceleration phases.

    Exploitation of outcomes, and knowledge from ECSEL/KDT partnership 280 projects should be foreseen where applicable, as well as feedback in terms of future needs to achieve the project outcomes should problems be encountered. The development of the needed semiconductors, however, is not part of this topic's funding, and the proposal is expected to specify the components that the involved semiconductor suppliers guarantee to provide for the research activities.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-03: Advanced battery system integration for next generation vehicles (2ZERO Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to address all the following outcomes:

    1.Novel and innovative approaches to battery integration into vehicle structure focusing on solid state generation-4 cells, including modular systems capable of temporary expansion for long trips in small and medium sized cars without a permanently installed large battery.

    2.Improvement of the fast-charging capabilities up to at least 3C, and aiming for higher capabilities for high energy cells, independent of battery topology in the vehicle.

    3.Increase gravimetric energy density of the integrated pack (excluding contributions by cell chemistry) by at least 25%, and volumetric energy density by 70% from 2023 State of the Art).

    4.Reduced battery system cost considering the functionalities of the vehicle structure (excluding contributions by cell chemistry, below EUR 100/kWh for systems used in light duty Electric Vehicles (EVs) by 2030). Safety aspects of the prototype cells need to be considered.

    Scope: In order to reduce the overall cost of electric vehicles modularity, scalability and the development of strategies for their implementation will become increasingly important in the future. With the expected introduction of new cell technologies, specific choices for connections, cooling system concepts and materials for housing will play a crucial role in the battery performance improvements and the battery integration in the vehicle structure. The development and integration of structural, thermal and mechanical aspects (at different levels of modularity or integration) will need to be improved, while exploiting the intrinsic advantages of innovative type of cells.

    Proposals are expected to address all the following aspects:

    1.Structural battery pack design and integration in the vehicle considering trade-offs in all important areas such as energy density, thermal management, maintainability and repairability, crash safety, energy density, production cost, second life, dismantling and recycling processes.

    2.Smart thermal management systems for both heating and cooling, with smart interfaces to the vehicle systems (including energy-efficient preconditioning, using internal or external energy sources whilst charging), contributing to further improvements in the overall battery system efficiency and optimizing the overall battery system, also in consideration of passenger comfort.

    3.Novel cooling system concepts exploiting the reduced thermal constraints of generation-4 cells ensuring minimal impact on system mass and costs, especially taking into account the thermal and electrical interfaces of different possible cell geometries (e.g. pouch, prismatic or cylindrical).

    4.Take into account the development of the technical communication channel for the access and exchange of relevant data types from the battery management system (BMS), such as state of charge (SoC), state of health (SoH), temperature (T) or voltage (V) that are essential to ensure efficient and secure recharging processes.

    5.Digital twin of thermal behaviour of EV and battery for optimal chemistry / energy management and safety assessment of batteries.

    6.Enhanced communication between battery and vehicle control units for a more efficient battery operation by synchronizing ECUs of the BMS and the EV (links are expected to be established with projects funded under topic HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-02: Innovative battery management systems for next generation vehicles).

    Projects should take into account the access to battery information as defined in the proposal for the Renewable Energy Directive COM(2021)557 of 14 July 2021.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-04: Integrated flexible multipoint megawatt charging systems for electric truck mass deployment (2ZERO Partnership) (2024)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 8.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Improved designs, architectures and models of interoperable multipoint megawatt charging systems for future mass deployment of Heavy-Duty trucks and concepts for managing their grid impact.

    2.Tools to identify the energy needs and the charging profiles of the electric vehicles that are expected to charge on megawatt charging systems.

    3.Integrated and flexible interaction control and energy management based on interoperable and open protocols between on-board and off-board charging-related components and the local grid demand flexibility providers, renewable electricity generation and energy storage systems,

    4.Improved modelling of the optimal geographical locations for large-scale megawatt charging hubs for Heavy and Medium Duty Vehicles and multiplexed Light Duty passenger/commercial vehicles usage at traffic peak times while also considering the relevant challenges to the grids and their mitigation with smart charging concepts, in consideration of locally available energy grids capacities and local energy storage.

    5.Tools and services for planning, operation, availability and reliability of the overall megawatt charging multipoint hubs from users’ perspectives (vehicle driver, fleet manager) and grid operators and energy providers.

    6.Highly energy efficient megawatt-charging hubs, also with optimal utilisation of multi-point megawatt charging stations for HDV-users but also considering other types of vehicles.

    7.The proposed concept for a charging stations with at least four flexible megawatt charging points of 1MW or more will be demonstrated at the end of the project, each of these points being in turn also capable of recharging at least four lighter vehicles.

    Scope: Next generation battery electric vehicles need to be more energy efficient and affordable, which means to keep battery size to the practical minimum. Megawatt charging is then required to meet the demand for long operational range with even shorter charging times. Ultra-high-power charging on-board and off-board sub-systems design is, as a first step, covered in topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-08. The present topic covers their evolution towards multi-charger hubs that cater for a widespread deployment of these vehicles on the 2030 horizon. Limited on-board systems optimisation may be included if properly justified. At the same time each charger in these charging hubs will be usable for multiple lighter vehicles with lower power (150-350 kW) during peak times such as weekend or holiday periods, when demand from heavy duty vehicles may be lower. This will also require concepts for topologies capable for accommodating one heavy vehicle or 4-6 light vehicles in each charging spot.

    Proposals are expected to address all the following aspects:

    1.Consider typical demands along significant TEN-T corridors, including under severe weather and peak conditions, as well as opportunities for sharing and balancing power supply within studied areas, locations of logistics terminals and truck stops with nearby depots for overnight charging of trucks, buses, and construction machines, car-parking etc.

    2.Input from EU Member States/Associated countries’ maps with aggregated charging demands and expected high power charging station localisations as well as input from grid operators on power system local and regional conditions is also expected. Such terminals/ hubs for charging should offer charging on non-discriminatory basis.

    3.Particular attention should be paid to the real needs of end users, including optimised infrastructure locations, its reverse impact on the traffic flow, ease of use and interoperable protocols that do not hinder universal use across different countries; the identification and analysis of potential regulatory aspects and barriers for relevant standardisation activities is encouraged.

    4.The developed tools should have the capability to map the optimal locations for a fast and high-power charging infrastructure (already built-up logistics hubs, truck service centres, truck and bus depots, and for new ones also considering the permitting process), offering planning information including to the developers of the targeted infrastructure. For optimisation of the overall system use, services and tools should be developed keeping into account on-board EV system characteristics.

    Topic is open to international collaboration, in particular regarding interface specifications (e.g. with the USA).

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-05: Advanced digital development tools to accelerate the development of software defined vehicles that enable zero-emission mobility (2ZERO Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Advanced digital tools can enable the mobility industry to efficiently develop and operate software-defined electric vehicles that are key for achieving sustainable mobility solutions. Core functions of the electric powertrain or vehicle dynamics are primarily enabled and controlled via software. Function updates are at the fingertip of the end-users to offer maximum customer benefits and satisfaction. Such next generation modelling and simulation tools & methods empowering e.g., software-driven development, automated engineering as well as credible simulation pave the way to make mobility safer, more sustainable and more comfortable in a new way.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Design and validate digital tools for the automotive industry for enabling best possible combination of digital development and digital operation for innovative zero-emission solutions enabling up to 20% energy consumption reduction by e.g. deploying always latest software-driven energy saving functions becoming available during vehicles entire lifetime and to ensure performance, security, safety and reliability by design.

    2.Increase speed of innovation by optimising the utilisation of data (engineering, operational, infrastructure data etc.) in an effective and efficient way (synthesis and utilisation of data).

    3.Contribute to the development of solutions for reliable ‘virtual’ decision-making based on digital twins and for enhancement of the credibility of simulations based on process and artefact quality measures, as well as KPI-driven quality assurance and traceability.

    4.Method and tools for reliable modelling and simulation of total vehicle systems including its environment.

    5.Significantly enhance the capabilities in design, development and application of “software-defined” EV and thus strengthening the competitiveness of the European automotive industry.

    6.Improve product quality, improve decision making efficiency, quality, and exploiting operation data and thus contributing to the reduction of the overall development time.

    Scope: The data driven development of software-defined functions and systems of EVs (e.g. in context of battery and e-motor control, predictive eco-driving functions or control of vehicle dynamics, as well as comfort) requires the use of improved tools across domains (e.g. mechanical, dynamic, electrical, and acoustical) and scales (from component to vehicle in a mobility scenario) as well as a deep understanding of the vehicle operation in real life.

    However, the current development and design framework does not allow such complex software-defined functions and systems to be addressed in an integrated manner, resulting often in solutions optimised for a specific operating point that is only partially representative of real use conditions and lacking the resource-efficient reuse of these solutions across multiple vehicle platforms. Moreover, the development of vehicles that are constantly capable to adapt during lifetime (e.g. by remote programming capabilities) is also not sufficiently enabled. As such the scope of this call topic is expected to go far beyond today’s product development as addressed in previous Horizon 2020 topics (e.g. H2020-GV-2018 “Virtual product development and production of all types of electrified vehicles and components”).

    In order to fully exploit the potential of software-defined EV functions and vehicles, an advanced dedicated digital development framework is needed. Proposals under this topic are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Design and validation of robust digital tools to efficiently and effectively develop complex EVs that are increasingly software-defined.

    2.Advanced methods for development of trustworthy (24/7 available, secure, safe) software-defined EV solutions.

    3.Promoting the use and adaption of conceptional tools and demonstrate integration into development frameworks for virtual approval (early demonstrators) that are applicable to all EV types considered in 2ZERO (from L-category to Heavy Duty vehicles).

    4.Concepts enabling the feedback to and use of all types of data (e.g. engineering data, real-life operational data of EVs) in the product development of software-defined vehicle functions including automated update of the applied digital tools and models.

    Close collaboration is expected between selected projects under this topic and modalities need to be outlines in the proposal.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-06: New designs, shapes, functionalities of Light Commercial Vehicles (2ZERO Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Develop and demonstrate new and innovative mission focused and efficient Light Commercial Vehicles (LCV) battery electric concepts to address new requirements (e.g. growing of e-commerce overall and in segments such as groceries or cold chain products, urban logistics consolidation schemes) from zero emission logistics processes in cities increasing the affordability and scalability of the proposed solutions.

    2.Demonstrate scalable zero emission real life operations in the city environment including charging and building synergies between the new LCVs and zero emission Heavy Duty Vehicles operations to address user needs in a sustainable and safe manner.

    3.User and mission-centric definition of requirements on vehicles, infrastructure and system from mobility operators and logistics companies considering new and innovative solutions.

    Scope: The main objective of this call is to deliver new urban optimized light commercial zero-emission vehicles with a focus on goods transport, that are affordable, safe, sustainable and reliable and with a strong engagement from freight services users and fleet owners in the definition of requirements and testing. The focus will be to identify and overcome the main barriers for the development of new LCV concepts for urban and sub-urban logistics and freight mobility. Proposals are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Engage with users of the vehicles, define requirements, expectations and potential developments that may influence future demand for these vehicles as well as considering the integration of vehicles in existing and future charging infrastructures.

    2.Develop and demonstrate new designs, shapes and functionalities of Light Commercial Vehicles to meet current and future needs for commercial delivery of goods, including safety aspects.

    3.Demonstrate the developed vehicles and operational concepts considering current and future demands for these vehicles in a growing e-commerce market for deliveries and returns of parcels, groceries and refrigerated goods and addressing the challenges holistically (i.e. by demonstrating the concepts in actual current or new logistics operations including charging and addressing requirements in cities with extended zero emission zones).

    4.Establish synergies and links with new logistics concepts developed in R&I projects focused on logistics operations and innovative concepts (such as the Physical Internet).

    5.Demonstrated vehicles and operational concepts are expected to target important markets with the potential for the largest environmental impact.

    6.Optionally and additionally, concepts for demonstration of the combined usage of people and freight vehicle operation, fleet utilisation optimisation in dense-urban areas might be included.

    7.Development of appropriate operational and control strategies during acceleration and braking to reduce secondary brake and tyre particle emissions, optimise energy recuperation and further reduce environmental impact in urban environments.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    Aviation

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-07: Accelerating climate neutral aviation, minimising non-CO2 emissions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results should focus to the minimisation of aviation non-CO2 emissions. Project results are expected to contribute to at least three of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Primarily, further increase the scientific understanding related to the impact of aerosols on clouds as well as the contribution of aviation NOx emissions to climate change.

    2.Investigate further on how to support potential policy measures identified in the EASA study 281 , including whether they are proportionate, feasible and reduce the overall climate impact (CO2 and non-CO2 emissions).

    3.Perform detailed analysis of optimal relation between costs and climate.

    4.Perform engine gas and particle emissions characterisation, when data is incomplete or unavailable.

    5.Perform flight tests and demonstrate the benefits and fuel burn trade-offs of avoiding climate sensitive regions.

    6.Perform hydrogen and aviation drop-in fuel research with an eye towards reducing further non-CO2 emissions.

    7.Develop further real-time decision-support software for airlines and ATM, to predict the location and global warming impact of contrail and contrail cirrus formation.

    Scope: EU-studies show that approximately 50-75% of aviation’s climate impact is caused by non-CO2 emissions. It is because of their local geographical character, their dependency on atmospheric phenomena, the incomplete understanding and uncertainty as well as operational trade-offs that non-CO2 emissions have been less-targeted so far from international and European regulatory measures. Recent studies show that cost-effective mitigation measures are possible, provided that focused R&I actions together with flight tests resolve the final uncertainties. However, today any avoidance that increases CO2 emissions, even at a net reduction of overall climate warming impact, introduces a complex policy issue of mitigating short-term versus long term climate effects.

    Recent EU and National-funded research activities (i.e. FP7-REACT4C, SESAR-FLyATM4E, ALARM, SINOPTICA, DLR-WeCARE, H2020-ACACIA, HE-BECOM) characterized better the contrail formation and provided more insight in the aviation NOx emissions and ozone formation. The studies also showed that if aircraft operations are only optimized for fuel use, they may have an increased climate impact, since non-CO2 effects may compensate the reduced warming from CO2 savings.

    Avoiding climate sensitive regions has a large potential in reducing climate impact at relatively low costs without causing significantly more CO2 emissions that outweigh the overall climate effect. The integration of data analytics and weather forecasting into advanced decision-support software tools that are able to predict real-time the contrail formation as well as propose alternative paths, are well in-line with the scope of this topic. This topic aims to integrate and provide clear operational guidelines supported by validated flight tests. Engine gas and particle emissions characterisation, when data is incomplete or unavailable, is in-line with the scope of this topic.

    As a follow-up of EASA study, on non-CO2 climate impacts, and for the standardisation in view of safety considerations and future certification, the involvement of EASA is necessary (e.g. as part of the steering group), as well as the coordination with ICAO relevant groups (CAEP).

    Synergies with SESAR3 should also be exploited – in view of the relevant topics in the SESAR3 JU bi-annual work programme 2022-2023. Furthermore, international collaboration for research and Air-Traffic Management should be sought (e.g. SESAR/NextGen).

    Synergies may also be considered with the Digital Sky Demonstrators, including in particular flights for demonstrating green trajectories or equipped with sensors to collect data for the assessment of the non-CO2 impact on aviation. Finally, synergies with Destination Earth should also be sought.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-08: Competitiveness and digital transformation in aviation – advancing further composite aerostructures

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 282 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results should focus on advancements in composite aerostructures and deliver new tools and processes in support of the European aviation supply ecosystem. Project results are expected to contribute to at least two of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Advanced composite technologies, with emphasis on new designs, high-volume sustainable manufacturing with integrated inspection, sustainable and free of toxic substances, recycling and circularity, structures safety requirements (EMC/lighting protection, ice formation, fire, fatigue, crashworthiness and ditching) and additive manufacturing of the new generation of composites - for aerostructures and propulsion.

    2.Breakthrough technologies in coupled aerostructures-systems-propulsion integration.

    3.Cost-competitive maintenance and repair of composite aerostructures, including Structural Health Monitoring (SHM).

    4.Advancements in physical and digital research infrastructures, with emphasis on aerostructures for all aircraft configurations with emphasis on synergies with the three Clean Aviation (CA) Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA) thrusts, with an eye towards virtual certification.

    Scope: The proposal is expected to develop further advanced composite design and manufacturing technologies that have potential to contribute to the digital transformation of the European aircraft supply chain.

    The proposal is expected to give emphasis to cost-competitive and sustainable manufacturing, characterisation, maintenance and end-of-life solutions of composite aerostructures. Composite multifunctional and multi-material innovations that result from closer aerostructures-systems-propulsion integration are expected to be addressed.

    All developed advanced composite technologies should be scale-demonstrated in relevant challenging industrial cases.

    The proposal should seek to exploit synergies with Clean Aviation (and big demonstrations in the second phase of the partnership). The retained proposals, should, during the implementation phase, regularly exchange information with the Technical Committee of the Clean Aviation partnership.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-09: Impact monitoring of EU Aviation R&I

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Project results should deliver an impact monitoring toolbox, including impact assessments, of the European aviation research and innovation - integrating the impact of all Horizon Europe relevant aviation R&I actions along its three pillars and including actions beyond technologies and optimised operations (i.e. use of sustainable aviation fuels and market-based measures). Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

    1.Deliver a toolbox, including impact assessments, that will be the reference choice for the definition and assessment of environmental, climate and competitiveness policy options of future European aviation R&I and regulatory measures (e.g. be used as the reference software to support future European Commission Impact Assessments) and assist EU Member States/Associated Countries, the European Commission and EASA in ICAO Working Groups and other International regulatory agencies. The toolbox, including impact assessments, should also be able to perform trade-off studies, include all aircraft types, address the most cost-effective policy options as a function of time (towards up to 2070) and allow policy makers, industry and scientists to take informed decisions.

    Scope: The proposal is expected to build on and improve an already established reference European toolbox (e.g. developed in retained proposal(s) from HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-14) able to assess the impact of European aviation R&I, which is deployed to perform impact assessments of European relevant aviation R&I actions in Horizon Europe. The European Aviation R&I policy, and aviation policy at large, need a European capability (as open-source as possible) to assess what has been achieved and provide forecast analysis of the expected outcome of technological, operational, fuel and policy options such as market-based-measures (MBM) choices. The toolbox, through its impact assessments, should provide insight that will be used in the communication of the impact and achievements of European, National and private aviation R&I investments. Impact assessments performed in Horizon partnerships and missions are a subset of this toolbox.

    The toolbox should:

    1.incorporate methodological, science-based and validated models that can be traced;

    2.pay particular attention – beyond CO2 emissions - to non-CO2 emissions and climate-sensitive regions as well as address interdependencies (e.g. noise in the airport vicinity);

    3.address and improve (as a result of new technologies, aircraft configurations and missions) climate-assessment methods and optimised trajectories towards identifying promising mitigation options;

    4.integrate and make use of existing toolboxes developed in previous EU R&I Framework Programmes (e.g. TEAM_PLAY, CS2-TE);

    5.be able to set the level of fidelity for aircraft technologies and air transport system, based on available data;

    6.have an interactive user interface and incorporate modern open-source visualisation tools;

    7.be aligned with the European Commission open-source strategy 2020-2023 and be made available for non-profit use for governmental/EU studies from EU Member States/Associated Countries, European Commission, EASA and EEA;

    8.be aligned with the methodology, assumptions, criteria, and required data for seamless data exchange with the Clean Aviation and SESAR 3 partnerships. The Commission will further take into consideration other Horizon Europe impact assessments and coordinate it with the Clean Aviation Technical Committee and SESAR 3 Scientific Committee.

    9.include impact assessments of European relevant aviation R&I actions in Horizon Europe.

    The participants should work closely together with the relevant European Commission Services, the European Union Aviation Safety Agency, the Clean Aviation and SERAR3 European Partnerships as well as the European Environment Agency.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-10: Towards a flying testbed for European leadership in aviation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 16.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to Europe's industry lead the twin transitions towards climate neutrality and digital leadership. The project is expected to deliver on all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Design of concepts and validation of an experimental aircraft that will test, validate and accelerate radical new technologies and aircraft configurations that go well beyond the state-of-the-art;

    2.Deliver feasibility studies of the targeted aircraft concept, towards a preliminary design review, making use of sound/proven advanced simulation and modelling techniques;

    3.Deliver detailed technical roadmaps that demonstrate the path towards a flying test bed. Such roadmaps should include a needs and gaps analysis in terms of Technology Infrastructures with respect to radical aircraft configurations and related technology validation and certification;

    4.Provide a preliminary implementation and execution plan for the targeted aircraft concept, including a business and operating model.

    Proposals may also address any of the following expected outcome(s):

    1.Address the impact on the air transport system of the targeted aircraft concept. Depending on the chosen concept, this may include Air Traffic Management, Safety and Security (including Cyber), New business models, Unmanned Aerial Systems, societal acceptability and impact, noise and quality of life, aircraft end-of-life aspects;

    2.Address sustainable and agile design, digital manufacturing methodologies and technologies, as well as the promotion of systemic circularity throughout the value chain;

    3.Provide a preliminary labour market analysis, including skills and education needs, needed for the development and full-scale commercial production of the concepts;

    4.Address the critical dependencies of aviation on imported fossil fuels and critical materials, contributing to a significant reduction of overall Europe’s dependencies 283 and promotion of European resilience and competitiveness;

    5.Propose new approaches to shorten the time to market, such as through digitalisation of key processes, virtual certification techniques, open innovation, etc.

    Scope: Faced with the urgent imperative to decarbonise aviation, the industry is expected to be prepared to change from the current traditional aircraft designs evolved over decades and move to new sustainable disruptive solutions across its complete portfolio of aircraft for the long-term.

    A fundamental steppingstone to achieve the long-term goal of developing more sustainable disruptive solutions are experimental aircraft which have shown over the decades to have a lasting influence on the industry’s long-term design choices and competitiveness. Experimental aircraft have been essential to de-risk and understand the possibilities of new solutions before irreversible decisions need to be made.

    In addition, experimental aircraft programmes have an agglomeration effect on key skills and facilities throughout the research and development value chain, as well as providing a notable source of inspiration to multiple generations of future aspiring aerospace professionals and society in general.

    Therefore, this type of endeavour is an ideal opportunity for a pan-European approach to lead the way and build upon the findings from the H2020-RINGO 284 project where a strong need was found for sub-scale to full-scale flying demonstrators for validation and demonstration of new configurations and concepts. These flying test beds should focus on innovations that go well beyond anything currently addressed in Clean Aviation and should focus on generating impact in 2050 and beyond.

    This topic aims at significantly reinforcing the EUs leading position in Aerospace innovation through radical, experimental innovation needed for zero-emission aircraft of the future. By creating a flying, experimental test bed the twin transition of Europe towards a climate neutral and digital society will be accelerated and EU global industrial leadership will be strengthened. The European flying testbed, the E-Plane will enable disruptive ideas to be tested and will shape the sustainable, zero-emission air transport of tomorrow.

    The concept aircrafts are also expected to address long-range (>4000km) missions, where new radical configurations are still needed to be explored to fill gaps for implementation in time to help ensure global aviation carbon neutrality by 2050. To allow for new, disruptive business models, no passenger range or payload is prescribed. However, future competitiveness of the concept should be addressed.

    This topic should contribute to the European Skills Agenda The topic addresses primarily to RTOs/Academia/SMEs, with guidance from suppliers and aircraft integrators. One retained project for this topic will allow meaningful validation and feasibility studies and common platform.

    Waterborne transport

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-11: Achieving high voltage, low weight, efficient electric powertrains for sustainable waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Demonstrate increased performance, efficiency, feasibility and reliability of battery installations in high voltage on board distribution systems and thereby facilitate the greater deployment of battery electric shipping.

    2.Development and validation of battery real-time condition monitoring systems with predictive analytics integrated algorithms.

    3.Demonstration of high-capacity energy storage systems above 1 MWh directly interfaced to medium voltage AC (3.3 kV or above) or DC (above 1 kV) power systems, by modular approaches.

    4.Demonstrate the feasibility of an innovative low weight, high-energy density battery concept in demonstrators, considering maritime and inland waterway transport applications, including demonstration of on-board battery safety.

    5.Efficient modular redundant conversion systems with low voltage battery modules at floating potential and insulation for cost effective integrated battery modules and conversion systems are designed.

    6.Evaluation of sustainable life cycle management of electrical energy storage systems.

    Scope: The voltage level of battery installations on-board vessels is typically limited and within the regulations for low voltage installations. By increasing the voltage level of the on-board distribution system, the energy conversion can achieve higher efficiencies and be more compact, due to the smaller cross-sectional area of conductors and lower losses. However, for waterborne transport (waterborne transport refers to both maritime and inland waterway transport) applications, challenges remain related to the design of conversion systems and insulation methods for integrating low voltage battery systems in high voltage AC or DC distribution systems. The necessary regulatory aspects also need to be defined to facilitate market take up for waterborne transport. Although e.g. high-voltage Li-Ion battery packs may be presently applied, the current state-of-the-art still offers solutions that are too heavy to enable electrification of a wider range of larger waterborne transport assets. However new developments show potential for a reduction of battery pack weight. Further study of the adaptation and the on-board integration solutions available for recently developed technologies, such as Li-Ion NMC, LTO, LFP is needed.

    Building on the current state of the art solutions should contribute towards the battery electrification of a wider range of vessel types, for both maritime and inland waterway transport which are characterized by the need for larger battery systems and longer autonomy.

    Projects are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Design of battery management systems of high voltage battery installations for AC and DC distribution systems in waterborne transport.

    2.Design and control of conversion systems, insulation design and insulation coordination.

    3.Adoption of low weight electrical energy storage designed to be integrated on board (e.g. not an on deck ISO container).

    4.Sustainability and circularity criteria to be preferably adapted for whole life of on-board battery pack solutions (i.e. second-life applications).

    5.Identification and characterisation of the specific requirements needed for inland waterway and maritime transport.

    6.Development of battery safety concept that is in principle suitable for class approval, especially for large battery spaces on-board, considering detection, ventilation and fire suppression technology.

    7.Identify and, if necessary, support the development of any new standards and certification procedures which will be required to facilitate deployment of the developed new technologies and solutions.

    The new solutions should also contribute significantly to the overall safety for on-board battery applications (i.e. for toxic emissions, fire propagation, etc.). The form factor, the battery management system and the interface with the shore side electric grid should also be considered.

    The projects are expected to ensure synergies with the Horizon Europe Batteries Partnership and are encouraged to envisage clustering activities with the project funded from the topics HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-02 and HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-03.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-12: Combining state-of-the-art emission reduction and efficiency improvement technologies in ship design and retrofitting for contributing to the "Fit for 55" package objective by 2030 (ZEWT Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Development of at least three market ready vessel design solutions to address short sea shipping, inland waterway transport and high seas shipping making innovative use of combinations of close to market (TRL 7 or higher) emission reduction and efficiency improvement technologies to reduce emissions from shipping in line with the expectations within the EUs “Fit for 55” legislative package.

    2.Quantitative assessment of the designs towards achieving significant emissions reductions consistent with the EU’s ‘Fit for 55’ package objectives and the IMO’s Carbon Intensity Indicator through verifiable KPI’s.

    3.Facilitation of the continuous improvement and upgrading of existing vessels to increase efficiency and reduce emissions through the measurement and bench marking of operational profiles.

    4.Quantification of the contribution towards cutting emissions from a range of emission reduction technologies on a life cycle basis. Including the separate and joint consideration of design and operations within relevant environments. Enable assessment of the retrofit and refurbishment options of applied emission reduction technologies.

    5.Support accelerated conversion of inland and maritime vessels s towards better energy efficiency and reduced emissions.

    6.Development of robust business models for the design concepts, to ensure a high probability of commercial European deployment and the expectation of becoming operational by 2030.

    Scope: Legislative proposals within the EU’s “Fit for 55” package targeting the reduction of waterborne transport emissions will assess emissions reductions based on operational data collected within the framework of the EU’s MRV regulation. Internationally, for global maritime shipping, the forthcoming IMO Carbon Intensity Indicator and Data Collections System (DCS) will be used. Vessels visiting EU ports will need to provide data to ensure compliance with both MRV (EU) and DCS (IMO) data requirements. This change from assessing emission reductions based on design to the direct measurement and verification of actual operational emissions requires a new approach to design. Consequently, the vessel design process will need to employ modelling and simulation techniques which take into account the vessel’s expected operational profile and life cycle so as to ensure that the delivered vessel or modification will deliver the expected emission reductions in the “real world”

    For new builds, present improvements in ship energy efficiency have reduced consumption by 15-30% compared to equivalent reference ships in 2008. Contributing to fit for 55 objectives, the challenge is to develop at least three concept vessels which will further improve energy efficiency by at least 20%, compared to a 2022 reference performance for equivalent ships.

    This “design for operation” approach will integrate and combine both operational energy savings and emission reduction technologies. Several technologies and solutions to be combined and integrated should be chosen so as to provide the largest impact and these are expected to already be individually demonstrated or developed to TRL 7. This could for example concern various combinations of; power conversion/electrification /energy devices, sustainable climate neutral low emission fuels, HVAC, energy storage, operations, smart energy monitoring, renewables including wind assistance, hydrodynamics, cold ironing, slow steaming, just in time scheduling, propeller designs etc.

    In order to address the above-mentioned challenge, proposals are expected to address all the following aspects:

    1.Energy system modelling and fast simulation assessment to demonstrate the expected energy efficiency gains and life-cycle emission reductions achieved by the resulting designs within their operating reference cases. A holistic/systemic approach should be applied to the design, which is to be based upon total vessel energy needs for use within reference operating profiles and business cases.

    2.A minimum of three vessel concept designs and use cases are expected to be developed including the following vessel types: short-sea, inland waterway and high-seas. For each vessel type, retrofit solutions for the baseline design (from 2008) should be proposed, as well as a completely new design.

    3.Development of an open-source design assessment tool which can be used to assess the operational Carbon Intensity of vessel designs.

    4.Development of decision-support or automation systems to facilitate the most effective implementation of operational energy efficiency improvements.

    5.Plans for exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy. Development of business models to facilitate the deployment of the resulting vessel design concepts, in particular addressing financing, market needs and possibilities to support first of a kind deployment. Considering the potential of opportunities within EU support schemes such as the Connecting Europe Facility, Climate Change Innovation Fund and regional funds. Proposals are expected to demonstrate a clear and credible pipeline from the development to the operational deployment of the developed designs by 2030. This should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used.

    When appropriate, activities may also address the definition of a secure knowledge sharing platform to enable the necessary data-transfer to obtain detailed operational performance information.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-13: Demonstration of Technologies to minimise underwater noise generated by waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Demonstration of underwater radiated noise (URN) reduction through large scale demonstrators or retrofitted ships employing URN reduction modifications and assessment through verifiable KPIs.

    2.Demonstration of the effectiveness, safety and cost-effectiveness of noise mitigation devices, mitigation measures and management options and assessment through verifiable KPIs.

    3.Development of standards for the specification of source noise levels by equipment suppliers and shipyards, which build upon the current state-of-the art.

    4.Has increased the awareness of European ship owners of the environmental impact from underwater noise and the possibilities to reduce noise and its harm to the marine environment.

    5.Provide evidence to regulators concerning waterborne transport underwater noise to better take into account operational conditions and environmental impact within any forthcoming regulation.

    Scope: Whilst on-going research seeks to characterize the underwater radiated noise (URN) which poses the greatest threat to aquatic species and the marine environment as well as characterizing potentially promising solutions to reduce the impacts of URN, the demonstration of technologies to minimize the harmful impacts from waterborne transport URN remains less developed. Current on-site URN measurement campaigns do not address all potential waterborne transport related noise sources and selecting suitable mitigation measures remains a challenging task as there are many options for URN reduction. Consequently, assessments need to be made on a case-by-case basis considering environmental, operational and economic factors and when relevant taking into account previous work such as the European Marine Board position paper on underwater noise. An important challenge is to predict URN at the design stage to be able to implement less noisy environmentally friendly solutions from an early stage. This challenge is faced both at equipment design level and at the ship integration stage. Consequences of the noise reduction solutions for GHG emissions should be considered.

    Current approaches to the regulation of URN focus on controlled criteria (fixed speed, no waves etc.), whilst ships operate at various speeds, loads and sea states which further complicate the challenge of designing a quiet ship suitable for a wide range of conditions. A further challenge is to be able to operate a noise measurement system on-board which can provide instantaneous information to the crew on the ship’s operational radiated noise. Noting that an informed balance may also need to be taken between GHG emissions and URN.

    In order to address the above-mentioned challenge, proposals are expected to address all the following aspects:

    1.Development of methods and models to predict under water radiated noise levels in the design phase.

    2.Conduct modelling and field studies to improve the effectiveness, safety and cost-effectiveness of noise mitigation devices, mitigation measures and management options in different sea states and in different ship loads. The identified solutions should be tested and demonstrated through large scale demonstrators that may, when appropriate, and feasible, also include the monitoring of the response of key susceptible species.

    3.Projects should develop systems for on-board measurement of noise, and decision support systems to reduce radiated noise whilst maintaining energy efficiency in normal operation.

    4.The project should build upon the current state of play, for example taking into account the H2020 project SATURN and the LIFE+ project PIAQUO to support the development of standards for the specification of source noise levels by equipment suppliers and shipyards. The projects are expected to propose synergies and clustering with related projects and activities addressing underwater noise, including from non-transport sources.

    5.In addition, the project should address communication towards the European ship owners and operators to raise awareness, inform about the environmental impact and on the technical possibilities to reduce their noise and its impact on the underwater environment.

    6.Engage with regulators to raise awareness on noise from waterborne transport depending on operational status, weather conditions, loading conditions, water conditions (depth, type of bottom, temperature salinity etc.) the frequency and type of noise and its impact on the environment for the purpose of considering them in future potential regulations.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-14: Demonstrating efficient fully DC electric grids within waterborne transport for large ship applications (ZEWT Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enabling reduced emissions from waterborne transport through increased electrification including hybrid power systems.

    2.Demonstration of the feasibility of a secondary smart DC grid (engineering framework, distribution/protection devices).

    3.Demonstration of smart management and control of hybrid electric plants, combining different energy sources, including sustainable climate neutral fuels so as to minimize total lifecycle net GHG emissions

    4.Development of a new configuration for the entire power generation architecture for large scale waterborne transport ready to be deployed.

    5.Development of new power electronic systems for AC/DC converters and DC circuit breakers within the electrical network with higher efficiency.

    6.Assessment of the waterborne transport emission reduction from increased electrification including hybrid power systems. Benchmarking and quantification of achieved GHG emission reduction through relevant quantifiable KPIs.

    7.Assessment through verifiable KPIs of the operating costs reductions and the reduction in emissions by cutting energy consumption and extending service intervals of the generator sets.

    8.Assessment through verifiable KPIs of the efficiency and power density improvements to reduce the overall volume and weight.

    Scope: Primary DC systems are now applied on multiple types of ships, employing battery energy storage. The application of DC grids on-board has already started and will grow significantly because of its promising aspects such as reduction of complexity, increased modularity and improved integration. However, further progress is required to unlock the full potential of an on-board DC grid for large ship applications (over 5000 GT) addressing the entire network for both primary and secondary (auxiliary) distribution system, taking into account the various on-board applications of ship's electrification systems (e.g. high-power fuel cells, batteries, etc.) The challenge is to focus not only on secondary distribution, but also on the integration/interconnection of new sustainable primary power systems within a DC grid network serving the entire ship

    In order to address the above-mentioned challenge, proposals are expected to address all the following aspects:

    1.Develop high TRL innovative power electronic systems (e.g. converters, circuit breakers with logic selectivity) adapted and certified for waterborne transport applications.

    2.Develop a new concept of smart, flexible, plug-and-play DC power grid which leverages the capability of new power electronic systems and allows for different DC power generation systems based on sustainable alternative energy sources.

    3.Research the impact of design choices, safety measures and integration on the ship. This will require the development and on-board integration of high-power equipment and systems to complement the electrical grid (e.g. solid-state protection, solid-state transformers, Silicon-Carbide Power Devices,

    4.Develop a prototype system at small scale (min. 100kW) within a real waterborne transport environment. Demonstrate the functionality and the integration of its components, prove the possibilities for further upscaling. Prove the feasibility and benefits of distributing main power based on DC instead of AC.

    5.Validate the system with classification societies ensuring the highest standards for safety and reliability.

    6.Develop standards for on-board DC microgrids and communication protocols which are particularly valuable for large ships where there is differentiation between the electrical supplies towards different zones (e.g. zones with ICE and zones with RES systems).

    7.Integrate new power electronic systems within the ship’s network with advanced control systems to cope with variable loads and high levels of DC currents to interrupt.

    8.The emissions, efficiency and operational savings are expected to be demonstrated on a relevant ship type to validate the research results. The transferability of the applications to be applied has to be proven towards a range of vessel types, including those which have larger battery systems and longer autonomy. The demonstration is expected to serve as a reference for a wide spectrum of ship's types using electrical propulsion and auxiliary power.

    9.Where relevant, synergies and collaboration should be planned with the related activities and projects arising from linked Horizon Europe initiatives, in particular the Batteries and Clean Hydrogen JU partnerships.

    10.Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used.

    All relevant stakeholders (electrical distribution and protection manufacturers, engineering companies, manufacturers of electrical equipment, users, shipyards, etc.) should participate in proposals in view of the systems development.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-15: Advanced digitalisation and modelling utilizing operational and other data to support zero emission waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.70 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.70 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Development and demonstration of a platform for Integrated Green Vessel Digital Twins that will provide a basis to continuously improve the environmental performance of vessels over their entire life cycle.

    2.Improved environmental performance through verifiable KPIs.

    3.Proven applicability of the platform to a wide variety of vessel operations throughout the vessels’ lifetime, by using model-based systems engineering, simulation and hardware in the loop approaches.

    Scope: State-of-the-art of Digital Twins (DT) applied to waterborne transport are typically characterised by a focus on specific limited aspects of the design or operation of a vessel based on numerical simulations. Integrated Green Vessel DTs, which take an integrated approach to combine design and operation to improve efficiency and reduce emissions are not well addressed. Furthermore, aspects of open (software) architecture, data standards, security guarantees and data sovereignty of data owners are also not comprehensively addressed. Whilst some advances in data integration for different applications have been made, a comprehensive global integration of data remains missing.

    These higher levels of integration between different functions of an Integrated Green Vessel DT (e.g. during design and operation of waterborne transport assets) require both complex multi-physics simulations and advanced levels of data organisation. This leads to the need for higher computational efficiency to meet future requirements in terms of accuracy, and the integration of the digital representation of suitable technologies for the transformation of vessels into “Green Vessels” within an Integrated Green DT that will aim to improve the vessels environmental performance.

    Integrated Green Vessel DTs need to be applicable throughout the life cycle of the vessel, from initial design, to detailed design, engineering and production, operation, retrofitting, and circular end of life. To make best use of an Integrated Green Vessel DT, it should allow addressing optimisation for enhanced energy efficiency and reduced environmental footprint in a consistent way throughout the lifecycle of the vessel. This will require a thorough consideration of potential operational conditions as well as possible future regulatory changes. The Green Vessel DT will play a key role in design and operation of future zero or low emission vessels as well as their through-life sustainability upgrades. Mapping all relevant data influencing operational environmental performance, it will be the basis for decision support for operational (AI-based) optimisation, for considering the use of for example propulsion changes, retrofits, alternative fuel options, use of renewable energies solutions) and predictive maintenance.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Development of an Integrated Green Digital Twin.

    2.Make best use of available (simulation) concepts and consider all relevant life-cycle aspects, including end of life disposal.

    3.Incorporate all relevant aspects of physics simulation, design and operational planning and optimisation as well as data organisation and storage, integrating also real data obtained from monitoring and measurements.

    4.Ensure the system will be adaptable to consider all potentially relevant retrofits needed to meet future regulations and changes in operational profile both during initial design and throughout the vessels lifecycle.

    5.Assessment of the environmental performance through verifiable KPIs.

    6.Optimisation of the vessel’s equipment in operational conditions in order to provide the best environmental and economic solution for a given waterborne transport operation.

    7.Use open standards, libraries and tools to create generic and reusable solutions applicable to a wide range of waterborne assets.

    8.Ensure the interoperability of data models, address data ownership and integrity of data sets as well as ensuring security against cyber and physical threats.

    9.For case studies on at least 2 different ship types, test and demonstrate the developed digital twin model to quantify the improved environmental performance and efficiency achieved as a result.

    Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-16: Structuring the Waterborne transport sector, including through changed business and industrial models in order to achieve commercial zero-emission waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.85 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 0.85 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 285 .

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.A full understanding of the business model, labour, financial and commercial barriers to the take up of innovative low and/or zero emission solutions for waterborne transport, including consideration of ship financing and investment structures, charter and other contracts.

    2.Identification of potential solutions to overcome business model and commercial barriers to the take up of innovative low and zero emission solutions in waterborne transport.

    3.Understanding of the industrial capacity and how it would be scheduled to retrofit and/or replace the current European fleet to meet 2030 and 2050 emission reduction and pollution targets. Considering all vessels operating within the European region, including inland waterway transport vessels, short sea shipping services (including ferries and cargo vessels), cruise and offshore vessels;

    4.Increase commitment from the wider waterborne sector, including finance, contracting insurance, charterers, operators, owners, public stake holders, technology providers as well as civil society towards recognizing the importance of European waterborne transport, its environmental objectives and the consequential economic impacts.

    Scope: The European Green Deal sets ambitious objectives to transform Europe into the first climate neutral continent by 2050 This presents a valuable opportunity for the European industry, and in particular for the waterborne transport sector, where Europe leads in high technology and green energy efficient shipping development. Also digitalisation has an impact on reducing emissions and increasing efficiency, while increasing safety, security, and reliability of the waterborne transport, and therefore is already impacting the business models and dynamics of the sector.

    Whilst Europe is still a worldwide leader in advanced, digital and green shipping, there is a lack of take up of new technologies within the wider waterborne transport market. In part, this is a reflection of the sectors' conservatism and reluctance to change unless driven by regulation. It is also hindered by the complex commercial structures and finance models which can distance the interests of ship owners who commission new builds, financiers who commoditise vessel value by type, operators who can benefit from lower fuel consumption as well as cargo owners who may benefit from ‘environmentally friendly image’ and final points of sale where the use of low emission shipping can be a potential commercial advantage. Whilst new business models and labelling schemes to better incentivize green shipping have been developed, they are yet to be widely established and are largely unknown. There is a need to objectively analyse the segments of the waterborne transport sector, and within each segment characterize the business models, identify the barriers to the take up innovative low and zero-emission waterborne transport solutions and in cooperation with the stakeholders to propose commercial models which can provide a better incentive for increasing the investment in low or zero-emission solutions in the European waterborne transport sector.

    Furthermore, it is important to increase awareness of the public and the broader non research waterborne sector about the economic and environmental importance of the European waterborne transport sector, highlighting its commitment, ability and opportunities to develop and implement competitive solutions which will meet the ambitious objectives reflected in the European Green Deal.

    To ensure a coordinated approach to develop zero-emission, digital, automated and competitive European waterborne transport the participation of all types of both private and public stakeholders, including financiers, charterers and others within the commercial side of the waterborne business community should be envisaged. Cooperation with relevant existing initiatives, like the European Sustainable Shipping Forum, CESNI, the Waterborne Technology Platform and others, will be key. In addition, it should be ensured that proposals take into account the results of relevant R&I projects (including Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe) and relevant studies. Proposals should address all of the following:

    1.Identify business models and the financial and commercial barriers to the take up of innovative low and/or zero emission solutions for waterborne transport. The financial investment, labelling and contract structures as well as the new possibilities enabled by digitalisation should be considered. An analysis of the different responsibilities and business motivations between charterer, cargo owner, ship owner, point of sale etc. should also be taken into account.

    2.Analyse the needs and timing to retrofit and replace the current European fleet (including inland waterway transport vessels, ferries, short sea shipping, cruise ships and offshore vessels). The analysis should be combined with an overview of the European capacity (with respect to technology and skilled workforce) available to retrofit these vessels and identify any capacity gaps for the timely implementation of the European Green Deal emission targets;

    3.Provide an analysis of where disincentives exist to the increased deployment of innovative low and/or zero emission and smart shipping, within different market segments/ The analysis should consider for example the investment decision cycle: finance models, bunkering and fuel supply infrastructure, availability, longevity and costs of technologies, possibilities to retrofit/build a vessel timely, properly skilled workforce, etc. and propose incentives and improvements to the business models such as new contract models and financing structures.;

    4.Organise specific communication and exploitation activities towards relevant stakeholders outside the participants of the project to ensure that all stakeholders from EU Member States/Associated countries are informed about the solutions developed;

    5.To assure a beneficial societal impact from the activities, relevant social science and humanities expertise are expected to be taken into account, including the active contribution from SSH experts and/or institutions.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-17: Coordinating and supporting the combined activities of member and associated states towards the objectives of the Zero Emission Waterborne Transport partnership so as to increase synergies and impact (ZEWT Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In order to ensure appropriate impact, proposals must include National Authorities or national R&I funding bodies from at least 5 EU Member States or Associated Countries.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 286 .

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increase the impacts arising from the Zero Emission Waterborne Transport (ZEWT) European partnership towards the achievement of zero emission waterborne transport in Europe.

    2.Leverage the efficiency of national and EU R&I investment to accelerate the development and deployment of zero emission waterborne transport for both European and national benefit.

    3.Further align national programs with the activities and outcomes of the ZEWT co-programmed European Partnership;

    4.Establish a cooperation mechanism between EU Member States and Associated countries to jointly fund research related to the objectives of the ZEWT co-programmed European Partnership;

    5.Creating a critical mass and excellence in precompetitive breakthroughs related to the objectives of the ZEWT co-programmed European Partnership.

    6.Reinforced synergies between ZEWT actions within Horizon Europe and those of EU Member States and Associated countries within other EU programs such as the Blue Economy Partnership, European Regional Development Fund, Connecting Europe Facility, Innovation Fund and other national programmes.

    Scope: EU Member States and Associated Countries have previously cooperated in the framework of the Horizon 2020 ERA-NET Co-fund MarTERA (“Maritime and Marine Technologies for a New ERA”) which engaged 16 countries which together launched joint calls that supported nearly 50 joint projects with €56M of funding. This has established valuable coordination between national and European research, including with the waterborne transport sector. The benefits from synergies towards the achievement of common goals which align with the objectives of the ZEWT partnership. This requires better coordination and harmonisation of individual national funding programmes as well as consideration and alignment with the ZEWT partnership and its related calls and projects. Furthermore, national administrations are best placed to facilitate this alignment and the increased participation of SMEs within European projects which are aligned with the objectives of ZEWT. Amongst a critical mass comprising national authorities and R&I funding bodies from multiple EU Member States/Associated countries will contribute to increasing the impact from the activities of the partnership and its related calls and projects as well as accelerating implementation of the partnerships SRIA and enhancing the efficiency, synergies and impacts of national activities which are aligned with ZEWT objectives, also engaging with relevant networks of Horizon Europe National Contact Points.

    With respect to actions which are aligned with the objectives of the ZEWT partnership, activities should include all of the aspects below:

    1.Facilitating collaboration between member and associated states in a variety of configurations including possibly joint calls to increase synergies, impact and efficiency of national activities as well as accelerating progress towards achieving the objectives of the ZEWT partnership. However, activities will not include support to the projects themselves and their management.

    2.Reinforcing the complementarity of national schemes towards the take up and deployment of European R&I results which are aligned with the objectives of ZEWT and thereby increasing impact and value from European and national investments.

    3.Reinforcing synergies between ZEWT related actions addressed within Horizon Europe and those of EU Member States and Associated States within other EU programs such as the Blue Economy Partnership, European Regional Development Fund, Connecting Europe Facility, Innovation Fund and other national programs

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Zero Emission Waterborne Transport’ (ZEWT) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    Transport-related health and environment

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-18: Assessment of air pollutant emissions from low-carbon fuels in the heavy-duty, aviation, and maritime sectors

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: To support the Zero Pollution Action Plan 287 , project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The air pollutant emissions from combustion-based heavy-duty vehicles (including Non-Road Mobile Machinery like excavators, bulldozers, harvesters etc.), aircraft and ships using alternative fuels, with a broad coverage of existing (at least in advanced prototype form) powertrains and exhaust after treatment technologies, are measured and characterised according to real-life scenarios of use.

    2.Emerging pollutants resulting from the use of novel low-carbon fuels are identified and quantified.

    3.In light of recent WHO guidelines, concentrations of ultrafine particle emissions down to at least 10nm are also measured and chemical compounds present on those particles are characterised (in particular carcinogenic compounds like aldehydes, PAHs and NPAHs).

    4.Air pollution exposure projections based on plausible technological trajectories are produced, up to the year 2050.

    5.Technology packages to mitigate the emerging forms of pollution are proposed and projections updated accordingly.

    6.Reliable scientific data to guide future policy and technology choices following the “do no significant harm” principle is provided.

    7.Guiding principles for optimized Design, Operation and Maintenance, to minimize emissions, for designers and operators.

    Scope: Low- or zero-carbon fuels proposed for use in the next decade can be covered, however the priority is on fuels that have already been demonstrated in real world applications or are foreseen to gain market share according to the projections made in the context of the ‘Fit for 55’ package.

    A complete polluting emissions speciation should be performed in different working conditions encountered in real use. Therefore, the pollutants expected to be quantified should go beyond the list of the currently regulated ones.

    Since accessing ships and aircrafts for testing is not straightforward, and no fuel or engine development work should be funded in the proposals, cooperation with existing projects where such fuels are tested is expected.

    A study of possible mitigation actions should focus on any new pollutants that have a high toxicity, a high global warming potential, or both.

    The potential from upstream emissions and of secondary pollutants formation in the atmosphere deriving from the new emissions should also be considered and quantified. Any trade-offs between GHG effects over the next 20-year period, health and other environmental impacts should be identified and assessed.

    The projects should assess impacts on human health, in particular those of any emerging pollutants.

    In consideration of the above, proposals should address all the aforementioned aspects and issues in order to achieve the expected outcomes

    Destination – Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods

    This Destination includes activities addressing safe and smart mobility services for passengers and goods.

    Europe needs to manage the transformation of supply-based transport into safe, resilient and sustainable transport and demand-driven, smart mobility services for passengers and goods. Suitable research and innovation will enable significant safety, environmental, economic and social benefits by reducing accidents caused by human error, decreasing traffic congestion, reducing energy consumption and emissions of vehicles, increasing efficiency and productivity of freight transport operations. To succeed in this transformation, Europe’s ageing (and not always sustainable) transport infrastructure needs to be prepared for enabling cleaner and smarter operations.

    Europe needs also to maintain a high-level of transport safety for its citizens. Resilience should be built in the transport systems to prevent, mitigate and recover from disruptions. Research and innovation will underpin the three safety pillars: technologies, regulations and human factors.

    This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations (KSO):

    1.C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

    2.A: Promoting an open strategic autonomy 288 by leading the development of key digital, enabling and emerging technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations. 

    It covers the following impact areas:

    1.Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;

    2.Smart and sustainable transport.

    The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to “Safe, seamless, smart, inclusive, resilient and sustainable mobility systems for people and goods thanks to user-centric technologies and services including digital technologies and advanced satellite navigation services”, notably through:

    1.Accelerating the implementation of innovative connected, cooperative and automated mobility (CCAM) technologies and systems for passengers and goods (more detailed information below).

    2.Further developing a multimodal transport system through sustainable and smart long-haul and urban freight transport and logistics, upgraded and resilient physical and digital infrastructures for smarter vehicles and operations, for optimised system-wide network efficiency (more detailed information below).

    3.Drastically decreasing the number of transport accidents, incidents and fatalities towards the EU’s long-term goal of moving close to zero fatalities and serious injuries by 2050 even in road transportation (Vision Zero) and increase the resilience of transport systems (more detailed information below).

    Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM)

    Joint actions are foreseen between the “Cooperative Connected and Automated Mobility” (CCAM) partnership, the “2ZERO” Partnership and the Mission on “Climate Neutral and Smart Cities”, in particular the Joint topic “Co-designed smart systems and services for user-centred shared zero-emission mobility of people and goods in urban areas (see work programme of the Cities’ Mission 2023).

    To test CCAM solutions, applicants can seek possibilities of involving the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) in order to valorise the relevant expertise and physical facilities of JRC in demonstrating and testing energy and mobility applications of the JRC Living Lab for Future Urban Ecosystems https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/research-facility/living-labs-at-the-jrc

    Main expected impacts:

    1.Seamless, affordable and user oriented CCAM based solutions with particular focus on shared, smart and zero emission mobility and goods deliveries for all and high public buy-in of these solutions.

    2.Validated safety and security, improved robustness and resilience of CCAM technologies and systems.

    3.Vehicle technologies and solutions which optimise the on-board and off-board experience in terms of well-being, security and privacy.

    4.Comprehensive set of verification, validation and rating procedures of CCAM systems

    5.Secure and trustworthy interaction between road users, CCAM and “conventional” vehicles, physical and digital infrastructure and services to achieve safer and more efficient transport flows (people and goods) and better use of infrastructure capacity.

    6.Clear understanding of societal needs and impacts of CCAM (including ethics, employment, socio-economic impacts) at individual and collective level, to ensure a more tailored, resilient and sustainable deployment of CCAM solutions.

    7.Better coordination of public and private R&I actions, large-scale testing and implementation plans in Europe towards harmonisation and standardisation.

    Multimodal and sustainable transport systems for passengers and goods

    Main expected impacts:

    1.Upgraded and resilient physical and digital infrastructures for clean, accessible and affordable multimodal mobility.

    2.Sustainable and smart long-haul and regional (including links to urban) freight transport and logistics, through increased efficiency and improved interconnectivity.

    3.Reduced external costs (e.g. congestion, traffic jams, emissions, air and noise pollution, road collisions) of passenger mobility and freight transport, as well as optimised system-wide network efficiency and resilience.

    4.Enhanced local and/or regional capacity for governance and innovation in passenger mobility and freight transport.

    Safety and resilience - per mode and across all transport modes

    Main expected impacts:

    Safety in Urban Areas / Road Transport Safety

    1.Drastic reduction in serious injuries and fatalities in road crashes by 2030 and establishing a framework to improve traffic safety culture in the EU.

    2.Avoiding risks, collisions and finding new ways of reducing long term consequences of road crashes.

    3.Minimising the effects of disruptive changes on transport safety and improving the resilience of transport systems by design.

    4.Better infrastructure safety on urban and secondary rural roads throughout a combination of adaptable monitoring and maintenance solutions.

    Waterborne Safety and Resilience

    1.Ensure safe and secure exploitation of technologies like digitalisation, Internet of Things, and sensors 

    Aviation Safety and Resilience

    1.Ensure safety through aviation transformation (from green/digital technologies uptake up to independent certification).

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01

    108.50

    05 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01

    122.50

    05 Sep 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    108.50

    122.50

    Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 289

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 290

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 04 May 2023

    Deadline(s): 05 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-01

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-02

    RIA

    20.00

    Around 20.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-03

    IA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-04

    RIA

    8.00

    3.00 to 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-05

    RIA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-06

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-07

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-08

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-09

    IA

    14.00

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-10

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-11

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-12

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-13

    CSA

    1.50

    Around 1.50

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    108.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM)

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-01: User-centric development of vehicle technologies and solutions to optimise the on-board experience and ensure inclusiveness (CCAM Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Advanced vehicle technologies and solutions which optimise usability, perception and experience on-board, and when boarding/off-boarding, in terms of security, privacy, well-being, health and assistance.

    2.Enhanced inclusiveness and trust in the interaction between users and new automated modes of road transport and mobility services in the transition from human-driven to automated vehicles.

    3.Safety and security of vehicle occupants in all circumstances even when the vehicle is driverless by helping to prevent dangerous and inconvenient situations, also when boarding/off-boarding.

    4.Strengthened cooperation between users, vehicle manufacturers, suppliers, researchers and other stakeholders to co-design vehicles with solutions that optimise the on-board experience.

    5.Better understanding of the benefits of new vehicle technologies and solutions in terms of on-board experience, inclusiveness and trust to enable wider user acceptability and hence contribute to the creation of future standards.

    6.Full exploitation of the new opportunities offered by automated vehicles to provide user-centric, accessible and inclusive mobility for all.

    Scope: In the transition from human-driven to automated vehicles, optimising the on-board experience and overall satisfaction of users is paramount for high social buy-in and widespread adoption of CCAM-based mobility solutions. This can be achieved through the development, integration and validation of advanced vehicle technologies and solutions that serve to optimise the usability, perception and experience on-board and when boarding/off-boarding. Such solutions should be designed holistically by adopting a universal design approach from an inclusive, user-centric perspective. All users will demand vehicles that allow and facilitate relaxing, social or work-related activities within a space designed for health and well-being and that are responsive to individual needs (depending on gender, age, disability, size, weight etc.), while ensuring privacy for social interaction. Hence, a wide range of different user groups are expected to be involved early in the development phase to have their specific needs understood, in order to develop technologies and solutions for individual and shared automated vehicles that meet the demands of all.

    To achieve these objectives, it is expected that activities will focus on the development and validation of a range of new, advanced technologies and solutions that leverage the latest advances in technologies and know-how in terms of ensuring a seamless interaction between the vehicle and its occupants that are also fully aligned with safety requirements (and future standards), including at least the following aspects:

    1.Perception-focused solutions and features (e.g. temperature, lighting, sound/acoustics, vibration, seating, posture), aimed at enhancing the sense of safety, privacy, and well-being while eliminating stress, including personalisation, addressing the specific needs of individuals from diverse user groups (e.g. elderly, disabled, tourists).

    2.Alternative, flexible and automated interior configurations to better suit occupants’ needs.

    3.Solutions that further advance the state-of-the-art with respect to tackling motion sickness.

    4.Adaptive systems that can also transfer preferred personal settings between vehicles to increase the user acceptability of shared vehicles.

    5.New mobility services also for users with special needs (e.g. elderly and disabled), which take into account the heterogeneous requirements and preferences of different target groups.

    6.Technologies to ensure the security of the occupants, which monitor inside and outside the vehicle to reduce the risk of its misuse and counteracting dangerous situations (e.g. assaults, vandalism, thefts, etc.).

    It will be necessary, also based on feedback from user groups, to assess how the technologies and services developed benefit on-board experience and inclusiveness.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines including ethics and gender and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan and the United States but also with other relevant strategic partners in third countries.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-02: Generation of scenarios for development, training, virtual testing and validation of CCAM systems (CCAM Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved validation of CCAM systems enabled by real and synthetic test scenarios, with the widest possible coverage of traffic situations CCAM systems can encounter on European roads.

    2.Efficient provision of relevant test scenarios in a permanently updated and therefore dynamic EU wide database.

    3.Accelerated AI development and training making use of the dynamic scenario database.

    4.Use of the most appropriate approaches (e.g. vehicle-based versus (quasi-)stationary sensor units) to record relevant traffic data, as a basis for the derivation of test scenarios, in different traffic environments according to extending ODDs.

    5.Commitment from key stakeholders to the validation methodology, the scenario database and its usage and to the provision of significant volumes of raw data and/or scenarios extracted from such data.

    Scope: Higher levels of CCAM require validation methodologies making use of scenario-based physical and virtual testing, thereby complementing real-world test drives on public roads, audits and in-use reporting. Scenario-based testing is necessary as conventional testing and validation approaches would require driving hundreds of millions of test kilometres before new CCAM systems or system updates can be deployed. The development of common scenario-based validation methodologies is the subject of HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-02 291 and should be based on the results of the HEADSTART project 292 . To enable these common validation methodologies to be widely used, relevant test scenarios need to be provided. These scenarios can partly be defined based on expert knowledge, which, however, needs to be complemented by the extraction of test scenarios from real traffic data 293 , from collision data and in the future, from advanced traffic simulations. The aim of this call topic is to generate a wide range of test scenarios for the training, testing and validation of CCAM systems with a focus on urban and rural traffic, for which there is significantly less knowledge on relevant scenarios than for motorway driving.

    To maximise the outcomes, proposed actions should demonstrate upfront commitment from key stakeholders to the validation methodologies, as developed and used in HEADSTART, in a project to be funded under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-02 294 , in L3Pilot and in Hi-Drive, either by providing significant volumes of raw data or by providing scenarios extracted from such data making use of the automated processing chain. Furthermore, stakeholders should dedicate resources to ensure that the scenarios are developed in a manner that maximises their utility also to other entities and their successful integration in their future (virtual) development and testing processes. Proposed actions are expected to share scenarios in an openly accessible EU wide database, which should be established by a project to be funded under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-02 295 .

    Scenarios and other data shared by stakeholders and existing data made available by national and by other EU-funded projects can be complemented by new data recorded in this action, to provide a realistic set of scenarios with EU-wide coverage.

    The proposed actions are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.AI based tools to transform raw traffic data into reliable, plausibility-proofed data as well as tools for automatic scenario identification and extraction from that data, including the detection of edge cases - the relatively rare, but particularly challenging traffic situations.

    2.Generation of variations of scenarios (starting from those based on real traffic data and creating synthetic entries to the scenario database) with a focus on extending ODDs (including adverse weather conditions).

    3.Integration of the above in an automatic processing chain with standardised, open interfaces to enable the efficient and seamless use of data from different sources. The processing chain is expected to comply with the FAIR principles, should be agnostic to sensor technologies, data providers and traffic environments, and it should provide for the data management and quality assurance through the whole process.

    4.Ensuring reliable merging of scenarios from different data sources (different projects, different vehicles and stationary units, different perspectives etc.).

    5.Feeding the resulting scenarios in an openly accessible dynamic scenario database, which can be used for the development, training, virtual testing and type approval validation of CCAM systems, and which should be connected to or integrate existing national databases as far as possible.

    6.Quality assurance of the database: Defining approaches and methods to handle uncertainty and the possibility of errors that might propagate in the assessment, including algorithms for their quantification.

    7.Demonstration, assessment of the potential and upscaling of (quasi-)stationary sensor units to record high quality big traffic data in various environments, as well as under various environmental conditions and to identify relevant scenarios making use of the processing chain. The focus of recording such data from a “helicopter” perspective - as an alternative to the use of vehicle-based sensors - should be on the provision of suitable data in a cost-efficient way particularly in urban areas. This includes the fusion of data from different sensors. Upscaling requires amongst others the definition of hardware and software requirements for such measuring and recording systems. When recording traffic data in urban areas, proposed action should aim at:

    1.high geographic coverage,

    2.high seasonal coverage including adverse environmental conditions (e.g. extreme weather conditions) and their synchronized recording and

    3.coverage of complex traffic environments including the interaction with other road users (e.g. pedestrians, bicyclists, users of personal mobility devices).

    8.Evaluating different approaches to identify relevant scenarios on rural roads based on the developed processing chain and on traffic data to be recorded on various types of rural roads. This includes the fusion of data from different sensors. When recording traffic data on rural roads, roads with low traffic density should be covered in addition to addressing the coverage issues above.

    9.Exploring the potential of complementing scenarios extracted from real traffic data with scenarios extracted from validated, highly detailed traffic simulations, including the use of AI to generate edge cases and other adversarial driving conditions in such simulations.

    10.Development of a mechanism for the continuous generation of updates of the dynamic scenario database, including an arrangement for the organisational set-up, governance and financial management of the required activities and resources.

    The research will require due consideration of cyber security and both personal and non-personal data protection issues, including GDPR. The cyber security of the developed processing chain should be demonstrated for training, virtual testing and validation of CCAM systems.

    Proposed actions are expected to develop recommendations for harmonisation and standardisation and to feed into on-going discussions regarding EU type vehicle approval rules as well as in the framework of the UNECE.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged in particular with Japan and the United States but also with other relevant strategic partners in third countries.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-03: Infrastructure-enabled solutions for improving the continuity or extension of Operational Design Domains (ODDs) (CCAM Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Infrastructure-enabled solutions improving the continuity of or extending the Operational Design Domains (ODDs).

    2.System, data and service architectures for Digital Twins 296 for road transport infrastructure developed and feasibility proven.

    3.Input to standardisation, also legal, trust and data security aspects as well as business and governance models (including organisational processes and right of use of data) for Digital Twins.

    4.Advanced cooperation of CCAM actors in a robust and functionally safe manner for reasons of ODD continuity/extension, enhancing the readiness of CCAM services and their future extendibility.

    Scope: Operational Design Domains (ODDs) of automated vehicle functions are currently limited (e.g. motorways up to 60 km/h). Infrastructure-enabled or -supported solutions can help automated vehicles to overcome the limitation and fragmentation of ODDs. Several Horizon 2020 projects (e.g. INFRAMIX 297 , TransAID 298 , MAVEN 299 ) have delivered promising concepts on how infrastructure and vehicles can work together. Projects addressing the first Horizon Europe calls of the CCAM Partnership (most notably HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-03 300 and HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-01 301 ) are expected to expand on this promising ground 302 . Directions for improving the continuity of or extending the ODDs comprise mechanisms such as extended perception and decision-making delegation, supporting the real time knowledge about conditions in the “electronic horizon”, the centimetric accuracy of the positioning signal, the ability of CCAM enabled vehicles to navigate through road works and incident sites.

    Digital Twins can improve the real-time availability of information, especially on information that stems from road authorities and road operators. Digital Twins also serve as a data source for prescriptive analytics and simulation environments, in order to improve the efficiency of (virtual) testing and pro-active traffic management. Moreover, Digital Twins play an important role for asset management. The scope includes technology requirements, coherence with proven physical and digital infrastructure support concepts, using Digital Twins for true redundancy and operation in different weather conditions.

    As close cross-sectoral collaboration will be necessary, social innovation 303 should be considered to support the actions under this topic, thereby empowering different stakeholders and communities in the design, development and implementation of innovative ideas that are in line with societal needs.

    Proposed actions for this topic are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Improve the availability of real-time information beyond the reach of vehicle on-board sensors by developing and demonstrating system, data and service architectures for Digital Twins for road transport infrastructure.

    2.Remove the discontinuity of the GNSS positioning signal in challenging road environments such as urban canyons and canopies, tunnels, mountainous areas and northern latitudes. Actions should develop approaches to improve the robustness and reliability of the positioning information by local positioning services, landmarks, modules, new procedures and redundancy processes etc.

    3.Develop novel solutions for the management of and navigation through road works and incident sites for CCAM enabled vehicles, making such high-risk zones much safer for road users (including vulnerable road users), but also for road workers and rescue organisation personnel. Advancing CCAM from information only to services with automated actions requires cooperation in higher classes (“agreement seeking” according to SAE J 3216 304 ). Safe and secure communication, transfer learning, distributed data processing as well as tools and enablers for improving the vehicles’ capabilities of coping with infrastructure imperfections (such as sub-standard infrastructure maintenance) are expected to be addressed. Furthermore, harmonised local traffic management measures at road works and incident sites to support their safe navigation should also be addressed.

    Proposed actions should advance the infrastructure-enabled solutions for ODD continuity and/or extension to TRL 6/7 on the way towards (pre-)deployment as an important contribution to large-scale demonstration actions 305 . EU-wide/global harmonisation is key in this action, enabling broad uptake of services in the common single market and paving the way towards coordinated deployment of necessary infrastructure support for CCAM. Potential needs for standardisation or input for future regulatory action should be identified. Proposed actions should build on NAP (National Access Points) and a Common European Mobility Dataspace to ensure alignment with existing framework.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan and the United States but also with other relevant strategic partners in third countries.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-04: Integrating European diversity in the design, development and implementation of CCAM solutions to support mobility equity (CCAM Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased knowledge about the influence of geographical and cultural dimensions on the societal acceptability, uptake and use of CCAM.

    2. Integration of geographical and cultural factors in the planning, design, development and implementation of CCAM solutions by CCAM developers and implementers (including decision-makers).

    3.A strategy to support the fair deployment of CCAM systems and services, adapted to local contexts and cultures, leading to enhanced acceptability and willingness to use CCAM in Europe, thereby contributing to CCAM’s expected societal benefits.

    4.Increased transferability of solutions, experiences, knowledge and lessons learnt between European cities, regions and projects that integrate geographical and cultural diversities in the development and deployment of CCAM.

    Scope: Research on the societal implications and deployment of CCAM systems and services has mostly been “geography- and culture-agnostic”, focusing instead on mobility behaviours at demographic level and prioritising factors like age and gender. However, European countries encompass multiple cultures, historical heritage, administrative structures, and public policy approaches (e.g. on climate change, digitalisation, and road safety) which may influence the uptake and use of CCAM. The range of cultural, geographical and policy diversities need to be integrated into the design, development and deployment of CCAM solutions. Such diversities can include infrastructure (certain regions have dedicated lanes for alternative mobility solutions, strong bike cultures), specific geographical dispositions (mountains, harsh weather conditions leading to car-captivity or a centralisation of mobility services), or cultural norms and working conditions (e.g. remote working or diverging innovation-friendly or privacy-centric cultures). Furthermore, there are also regional regulatory, policy and governance structures that influence the development and implementation of CCAM or other innovative services.

    Adapting to and building on these European differences and similarities will ensure a more tailored, resilient and sustainable match between CCAM solutions, people and societal needs, thereby leading to higher public buy-in and societal benefits. R&I actions will therefore provide a geographical and cultural understanding of CCAM uptake and use, with the aim of contributing to a more integrated, diverse and people centric approach to the design, development and implementation of CCAM supporting mobility equity. Intersecting social factors, such as gender, age, social origin and income level should nevertheless be taken into account, where relevant.

    The proposed actions are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Evaluate how cultural and regional particularities have led to different transport infrastructure, societal settings, travel needs and behaviours.

    2.Develop methodologies that take into account the impact of cultural and regional diversities on attitudes, demand, uptake, and implementation of CCAM solutions, early in the design and development phase. In particular, these methodologies should combine this range of diversities and be based on:

    1.Aggregation of results from existing studies and pilots that have investigated isolated diversity aspects in automated mobility contexts.

    2.A systems perspective, with specific attention on the impact of CCAM on digital equity (e.g. methods for service payment and information, access to CCAM services, avoiding the negative equity effects of CCAM services without a human driver).

    3.Develop principles, criteria and recommendations for the developers and implementers of CCAM systems and services (including local decision-makers and policy makers) that foster the integration of geographical and cultural factors in the planning, design, development and implementation of CCAM through proactive and corrective measures.

    4.Propose indicators and approaches to enable a fair integration of cultural and regional factors in CCAM impact evaluation frameworks to better reflect the need for CCAM to support mobility equity.

    5.Develop mechanisms to transfer knowledge, e.g. maps, matrices or other instruments, to capture patterns and recurring typologies of settlements, infrastructure and travel indicators in Europe to foster dissemination of people-centric and sustainable CCAM solutions. Include documentation of lessons learnt and approaches for an iterative and long-term evolution and update of the mechanism (until 2030).

    6.Demonstrate the developed recommendations and the knowledge transfer mechanism by applying them in at least four pilot activities for CCAM systems and/or services. The majority of pilots should be about shared services and should cover passenger and goods mobility, although a primary focus on either people or goods mobility is possible. The pilots can be local, regional or national but are expected to represent cultural and geographical diversity in at least four European countries.

    Projects should make use of the CCAM Knowledge Base 306 to support their findings and to share research outputs.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines including ethics and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Projects should also ground their work in participatory processes to support their findings.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged in particular with Japan and the United States but also with other relevant strategic partners in third countries.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-05: CCAM effects on jobs and education, plans for skills that match the CCAM development, and prerequisites for employment growth (CCAM Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved understanding of the short-, medium- and long-term employment effects (e.g. working conditions, shifts in responsibilities, future roles and driver’s skills depreciation) and wider socio-economic effects (income segregation, geographic dispersion, availability of entry level jobs) resulting from CCAM deployment, taking into account the full range of professions associated with CCAM services for the movement of people and goods. This includes insight on the demand of new and updated skills, as well as plans to develop and enhance these skills in order to realise new opportunities and future needs arising from CCAM deployment.

    2.High awareness within the stakeholder community about the effects of CCAM on jobs, along the entire CCAM value chain, and recommendations on how to address those effects.

    3.Prerequisites for job creation and job growth through strategies that aim to boost innovation capabilities and develop competitive CCAM solutions and associated businesses.

    4.Support the development of educational plans and activities (e.g. for curricula, Lifelong learning initiatives) as well as reskilling efforts to develop human capital in innovative mobility systems and services through education and training, thereby realising the benefits of a large deployment of CCAM solutions.

    Scope: In order to make the socio-economic transition to CCAM fair for all, it is important to anticipate and mitigate potential job losses and job relocations due to CCAM deployment (including shared services) by ensuring that necessary skills are available and up scaled across a wide range of fields (along the entire CCAM value chain, from mobility operators, IT staff, drivers and non-drivers, to administration and management in transport). While concerns and future needs regarding the impact of automation on the transport sector have been identified and investigated 307 , 308 , the potential for CCAM solutions to lead to job creation and job growth remains strong.

    H2020 projects 309  and studies 310  have investigated the socio-economic impacts of automation across different transport modes (air, rail, road, waterborne) in order to provide policy recommendations that keep pace of this rapidly developing mobility transition.

    Building upon the findings of these projects, the proposed action will aim to further anticipate and mitigate the impacts and rebound effects on jobs due to the deployment of road based CCAM systems and services, as well as boost innovation capabilities through the availability and upscaling of CCAM-specific professional skills. A wide range of professions and fields has to be considered. In addition, proposed actions should raise the awareness of the stakeholder community to better understand and anticipate upcoming socio-economic needs and requirements (especially in terms of employment opportunities and skills) and provide support through proactive planning.

    The proposed actions are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Develop a roadmap to support the socio-economic transition to CCAM and provide prerequisites for job growth, strengthened innovation capabilities, and short- and long-term demands for skills. Future spatial mismatches in labour demand identified by existing studies 311 should be taken into account. This roadmap should consider a wide range of CCAM-related professions, especially service related, and highlight any particularities between the transport of persons and of goods.

    2.Define and assess how expectations for job growth enabled by CCAM development and deployment can be achieved. Identify mechanisms and options to enhance innovation capabilities to develop competitive solutions. Social innovation 312 is encouraged.

    3.Analyse socio-economic and employment effects of CCAM across the full value-chain, such as income segregation, geographic dispersion, workforce overcapacity/shortages, considering various penetration degrees of mobility solutions with automation levels 3-5, taking into account:

    1.Different operations in the transportation of people and freight.

    2.Aspects induced by new emerging business models such as sharing schemes, e-commerce.

    3.The role of road transport as an entry point into work-life and the effect of CCAM on the availability of entry-level jobs.

    4.Identify and assess short to long-term demands for updated skills (as well as skills and gender gaps) and enhanced knowledge regarding the full range of CCAM-related professions along its entire value chain, both for the mobility of persons and delivery of goods. This goes beyond jobs directly involved with vehicles (manufacturing, driving and operating) and should also include services (e.g. boarding assistance at travel end-points such as hospitals). This should include the development of educational plans and trainings 313 .

    5.Design schemes for the development and enhancement of skills to support future CCAM jobs and innovations. This is to be done throughout educational chains by looking at different use cases, paying particular attention to potential mismatches in skills and spatial demand and supply. Consider at least three use-cases for groups of people that are directly or indirectly involved in the provision of CCAM services. A variety of angles should be covered, including young persons, gender, private and public sector, passenger mobility and freight.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines including ethics, gender and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Involvement of labour market competencies is encouraged. Social innovation should also be considered to support the actions under this topic in order to match innovative ideas with social needs.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan and the United States but also with other relevant strategic partners in third countries.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    Multimodal transport, infrastructure and logistics

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-06: Zero-emission e-commerce and freight delivery and return choices by retailers, consumers and local authorities

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Better understanding of customers’ willingness and motivations to choose more sustainable delivery and return options, possibly including also social sustainability (e.g. adequate working conditions for drivers/delivery personnel).

    2.Retailers and logistics operators support relevant processes by providing information on the implications of delivery solutions.

    3.Consumers are aware and committed in using delivery and return strategies to reduce emissions and traffic congestion.

    4.Information on environmental footprint of deliveries and returns are provided transparently and in an understandable way by the retailers (in collaboration with logistics operators and transport system providers) to consumers.

    5.A wider range of zero-emission delivery and return options and related incentive schemes (at least comparable to the existing ones e.g. in terms of price and convenience) are co-designed with customers and proposed by retailers, incentivised by customers’ growing demand for greener choices and cities’ regulations.

    6.At least 50% of the delivery and return options/processes adopted by the retailers and logistics operators involved in the action and available to their customers are zero-emissions.

    7.Better understanding of local authorities’ ability to influence greener choices of delivery and return options by consumers.

    8.Recommendations proposed to local authorities and the EU on the impact of relevant policy levers and possible regulations to influence greener choices of delivery and return options.

    Scope: To support changing retailers and customers’ behaviours towards zero-emission freight delivery and return choices, the research actions will have to develop co-created actions able to increase transparency and consumers’ awareness of greenhouse gas emissions and other impacts (considering also socio-economic ones) of e-commerce, deliveries and returns. They will have also to propose zero-emission delivery solutions and develop supporting incentive schemes to encourage customers to make sustainable choices, still in accordance with their preferences and in combination with competitive and sustainable retail value propositions. The research actions will have to take into account and build on existing methods and standards to compare the emission in the transport value chain of B2C e-commerce, and to be developed in line with the Commission’s initiative on EU framework for harmonised measurement of transport and logistics emissions – ‘CountEmissions EU’ 314 .

    Proposals will have to address all of the following points:

    1.Taking stock of existing studies, assess which conditions would make zero-emission delivery and return options attractive to consumers and which motivations and options would incentivise consumers to change their behaviour towards greener choices. Integrate an intersectional analysis of consumers’ gender, age, and socioeconomic status to account better for the customers’ variety of expectations and motivations and develop solutions which cater for all social groups.

    2.Co-designing with and engaging consumers and retailers, and taking into account the assessed motivations and incentives, develop a set of zero-emission delivery and return options, which are at least comparable with existing delivery offering and account for the different consumer groups’ needs and motivations to change their behaviour. Identify which options would be more suitable to the customers’ group or groups more motivated to change their behaviours and act as frontrunners, thus leading to a more rapid adoption.

    3.Actively involve consumers (e.g. through consumer organisations) and retailers in the development of guidelines and best practices for retailers to raise awareness and communicate transparently and in an understandable way on the greenhouse gas emission footprint of deliveries and returns’ modes and options.

    4.Define scalable and generic processes and requirements for the retailers to adopt the zero-emission logistics processes in practice.

    5.Develop and analyse different scenarios that implement measures towards both more transparent communication and implementation of cleaner and zero-emission e-commerce last mile deliveries to assess reduction of greenhouse gas emissions and air pollution.

    6.Test with selected retailers and representative customers, and in collaboration with relevant local authorities, the proposed guidelines to visualise the advanced information on emissions and the zero-emission delivery and return options towards consumers. Assess their attractiveness to consumers, the potential impact on consumers’ behaviours (including e.g. same-day delivery, returns and physical store pick up options) and their possible buy-in into more sustainable offering. In an iterative process develop and implement recommendations for improvement.

    7.Demonstrate solutions and propose recommendations to support and incentivise the uptake of greener choices by consumers and retailers.

    8.Define indicators to measure and evaluate the successful communication and the implementation by the retailers as well as the adoption by the consumers of zero-emission delivery and return options.

    9.Develop recommendations and a toolset with and for local authorities to accelerate the adoption of zero-emission delivery and return options and choices.

    10.Strengthen the coordination and collaboration between e-commerce companies, industrial logistics stakeholders and cities, companies, research and civil society, in Europe and internationally, to give input to the project as well as disseminate and exploit results.

    11.Cooperation with the network of cities CIVITAS 315  should be planned as appropriate.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries are expected to clearly describe if and how the use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS are incorporated in the proposed solutions. In addition, if the activities proposed involve the use and/or development of AI-based systems and/or techniques, the technical and social robustness of the proposed systems has to be described in the proposal.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-07: Operational automation to support multimodal freight transport

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Better definition of the operational automation requirements for seamless multimodal automatic freight transport.

    2.Clearly assessed benefits, in terms of reduced social and environmental impacts (e.g. GHG, congestion, working conditions, employment rate and safety) and reduced logistics and freight transport costs, as well as technological gaps of hubs’ automation.

    3.Strategies to reduce the investment cost in this sector and support the implementation of automated solutions for logistics and multimodal freight transport are proposed.

    4.Recommendations for possible regulatory and policy actions.

    5.Synergies are established among rail, road, aviation, waterborne and alternative innovative modes of transport research actions on automation relevant for freight transport (e.g. links to CCAM 316 and Zero Emission Waterborne Transport Partnerships 317 , and EU Rail JU Flagship Areas 1, 2 and 5 318 ).

    Scope: Automated vehicles, rolling stock and vessels, as well as related transhipment automated processes, are developed independently within the various transport modes and sectors. This creates gaps and disconnections in the actual use within the logistics operations, missing concrete new operational models and opportunities for end-to-end logistics, which may support adoption and contributing to system integration and decarbonisation.

    Automation will change the way goods flow across all modes (possibly encouraging modal shifts to coastal shipping modes/smaller vessel fleets, inland waterways transport, railway transport, or alternative road transport usages) and is not well explored in terms of opportunities for the logistics supply chains and enabling increased usage of vehicles and infrastructures. A high level of operational automation can be reached in terminals and hubs (e.g. node-to-node operations undertaken in inland hubs, multimodal depots, logistics terminals, freight consolidation facilities), which offer controlled environments and repeatable processes but also in the operational domain of processes occurring in those places.

    To ensure operational efficiency and support multimodal transport, proposals should address all the following points:

    1.Identify gaps in automated transport technologies and logistics operations between modes and hubs.

    2.Assess benefits of autonomous vehicles, rolling stock and vessels to multimodal logistics and the role/benefits of seamless multimodal automatic cargo transport across transport modes (rail, road, waterborne, aviation, alternative innovative modes of transport).

    3.Investigate the requirements and define concrete benefits of seamless and automated logistics operations, particularly in multimodal terminals and hubs, linking e.g. rail, road and inland waterways with a focus on intra-European freight flows. Consider interoperability and cybersecurity issues.

    4.With the support of e.g. machine learning, digital twins, robotic process automation and AI, and using historical operational data, compare and demonstrate (through simulation) benefits of operational automation to current standard flows and operations in all modes. Synergies for rail will need to be sought with the EU-Rail Programme projects implementing the Flagship Areas 1, 2 and Destination 5 319 .

    5.Design, analyse and evaluate business and governance models as well as organisational change issues and incentives to reduce the investment costs and support the implementation of automated solutions for logistics and multimodal freight transport.

    6.Develop and propose recommendations for possible regulatory and policy actions supporting the adoption of automated solutions for logistics and multimodal freight transport.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries are expected to clearly describe if and how the use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS are incorporated in the proposed solutions. In addition, if the activities proposed involve the use and/or development of AI-based systems and/or techniques, the technical and social robustness of the proposed systems has to be described in the proposal.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-08: Future-proof GHG and environmental emissions factors for accounting emissions from transport and logistics operations

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 320 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Establish a comprehensive set of harmonised GHG emission factors, for transport and logistics operations;

    2.Explore synergies and establish horizontal cooperation among various organisational structures developing GHG emission factors for transport and logistics.

    Scope: Proposals should develop a comprehensive set of harmonised emission factors for the transport sector (freight and passenger), covering GHG emissions (CO2 equivalent) of transport and logistics operations. Proposals should address values for the entire transport/logistics chain and take up the full energy lifecycle (Well-To-Wheel/Wake).

    Emission factors that relate the amount of GHG emission to the unit of energy consumed (for an energy-based calculation), or to the amount of GHG activity (for an activity-based calculation) are the basis of any GHG calculation. The increased efforts for measuring effects of climate change in various segments of the transport sector resulted in a range of values developed within the organisational structures of different transport modes, research entities and countries. Some of this work led to legitimate testing and development of the methodologies for the calculation and use of emission factors, or the generation of values that represent fuel specifications for given applications. However, much of it has merely resulted in a proliferation of apparently similar values creating confusion in the marketplace and bearing the risk of selection of sources/values purely on the basis of what is beneficial to the individual entity rather than what is correct.

    This problem becomes more important in conjunction with the development of a wide set of technical solutions combating climate change, particularly the new and increasingly complex zero and low carbon energy mixes, including e- and biofuels. These solutions are deployed in the market very often with the support of dedicated financial mechanisms and programs, based on the estimated GHG emission reduction associated with the specific fuel technologies. Not only is it important for the climate impact that the emission calculations are ‘correct’ 321 , but when dealing with large amounts of transport energy even a small difference over an emission factor value can lead to a significant difference in the associated financial transaction. Without an agreed and validated set of default emission factors for a wide range of the most common energy sources and a mechanism whereby legitimate variations or new energy carriers can be regularly updated, many actions based on calculating GHG emission reduction can be considered to be a risk of conflict and associated legal dispute.

    Proposals will have to address all of the following points:

    1.Review the existing emission factors derived from the key global sources, duly reflecting the scientific state of the art and ensuring the coverage of new and conventional fuels.

    2.Perform the gap analysis and develop emission factors for categories not yet covered, both for upstream and downstream emissions, taking into due consideration new production pathways, and addressing in particular the uncertainty and variation in the well to tank factors to be applied to the new fuels.

    3.Establish a clearer set of rules regarding:

    1.Methodology – to ensure that the basis and legitimate use of the two fundamental methodology types (consequential and attributional) are properly understood and applied appropriately.

    2.Boundaries of calculation – to ensure that boundaries are not accidentally or deliberately set in order to favour particular outcomes.

    3.Common sets of fuel / energy specifications – to ensure that data labels and associated values are truly aligned between sources.

    4.Assumptions about input parameters that can result in variations in output values based on local circumstances for specific production.

    5.The basis for new energy carriers to be calculated quickly and consistently in order to avoid delaying the deployment of new, beneficial solutions.

    Establish a simple guidance to the transport sector as to which emission factors are the agreed defaults, and why; under what circumstances an alternative can legitimately be used.

    The project’s main governance (e.g. Steering Group, Advisory Board) is expected to provide for direct involvement of all relevant stakeholders, as well as relevant European Commission services.

    The proposal should build on the existing and emerging EU regulatory frameworks (including Commission’s proposal for the Fit-for-55 package and the new initiative on harmonised measurement of transport and logistics emissions – ‘ CountEmissions EU’ ), GHG emissions accounting standardisation activities (such as the future ISO standard 14083 ) and other relevant initiatives and projects. Given that emission factors are applied in a global transport market, efforts need to be made to ensure that internationally relevant bodies such as IMO or ICAO are involved alongside prominent European stakeholders.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-09: Climate resilient and safe maritime ports

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to ALL of the following outcomes (with a clear baseline for each use case):

    1.Ensure resilience of infrastructure of a) seaports, b) connected inland waterways infrastructure c) connected hinterland land infrastructure, to extreme weather events by assuring at least 80% operability during the disruptions.

    2.Contribute with at least 20% increase in modal shift of port hinterland connections towards zero- and low-emission transport systems.

    3.Ensure safe port access and port operations by avoiding extra accidents as a consequence of disruptions caused by a changing climate.

    4.Minimise environmental impact (e.g. emissions, soil/water pollution, degradation of ecosystems and fragmentation of habitats and biodiversity loss, as foreseen in the EU Biodiversity Strategy 2030 322 ) during construction, maintenance, operation and decommissioning of the infrastructure by going beyond the EU environmental legislation.

    5.Present guidelines describing measures (structural, operational and institutional) to address climate risks and hazards, and provide guidance on how to screen and evaluate options.

    Scope: Research is needed in order to limit transport infrastructure vulnerability to climate change and other natural or human caused disruptions. Making infrastructures more resilient to climate change should focus on improving the ability of the transport infrastructure network to withstand disruption, adapt to changing conditions under extreme circumstances while maintaining its performance. The goal is to strengthen infrastructure reliability, improve its performance under extreme circumstances thus increasing the resilience of the whole transport system.

    Sea ports and waterways around the world are experiencing air and water temperature increases, rising sea levels, changes in seasonal precipitation and wind and wave conditions. Many are also seeing more frequent and severe extreme events such as storms, flash floods, prolonged heatwaves and droughts. Climate change represents a significant risk to business, operations, safety and infrastructure – and hence to local, national and European economies.

    Extreme weather events affect transport infrastructures and their management. Even if infrastructures are designed to cope with various stresses along their life, the increase of frequency and severity of extreme weather events will, increase their deterioration pace and increase possibility of accidents that may become more frequent due to adverse weather conditions. Sea ports and connected inland waterways are particularly exposed to extreme weather events and are very important for the local and global economy, since nearly 80% of world freight is transported by ship. Seaports of Europe are gateways to other continents. 74% of extra-EU goods are shipped through ports. They are also important for intra-European trade: 37% of the intra-EU freight traffic and 385 million passengers pass by ports every year. A 50% growth of cargo handled in EU ports is predicted by 2030 323

    Port and waterway operators need to take urgent action to strengthen resilience and adapt. As costal structures, seaports and connected inland waterways are exposed to storm surges and sea level rise and are vulnerable to flooding. Climate change is expected to have more severe impacts in northern Europe, where Europe’s top 20 cargo seaports are located. In total, 852 ports face the risk of inundation in 2080 and the number of seaports to be exposed to inundation levels higher than 1m is projected to increase by 80% from 2030 to 2080. The number of ports that face the risk of inundation is expected to increase by more than 50% from 2030 to 2080. This trend is even stronger on the North Sea coast, where according to the GISCO database over 500 ports are located with traffic accounting for up to 15% of the world’s cargo transport (EUCC-D, 2013). In total, 852 important ports face the risk of inundation by the end of the century is 852 324 .

    At the same time when focusing at a resilient and performing transport infrastructure, its environmental footprint, resource and material consumption and habitat fragmentation and biodiversity degradation should be reduced to a minimum. The goal is smart, green, sustainable, climate-resilient and biodiversity friendly infrastructure.

    Proposals will develop and validate new solutions to increase resilience, efficiency, inter-modality and safety of the transport system, for passengers and freight.

    Proposals will have to address all the following points:

    1.Develop solutions for ensuring the performance and safety of a) seaports, b) connected inland waterways infrastructure c) connected hinterland land infrastructure, during periods of extreme weather events.

    2.Develop strategies minimising capacity loss of infrastructures during disruptive events, securing infrastructure assets or delivering the necessary redundancy or adaptive capacity when at the same time avoiding over-designing, adopting an inappropriate or irreversible design, based on vulnerability analysis and risk assessment.

    3.Demonstrate solutions to interconnect infrastructure health monitoring, traffic management and emergency management systems to support informed decision making during and after these events, also supporting possible redistribution of freight and passengers flows to complementary infrastructures. Solutions for rail to be harmonised with EU-Rail Programme projects implementing the Flagship Area 5 325 .

    4.Build on innovative solutions for surveillance and prediction of climate change effects, such as the Destination Earth digital twins 326 , and for identification of infrastructure points particularly vulnerable to climate change. Proposals should develop cross-modal strategies to upgrade (including physical upgrade) existing infrastructures and reduce their vulnerability, while using sustainable materials and construction techniques.

    5.Develop novel and improved governance models that enable cooperation across institutional, modal and national boundaries to cope with large-scale shocks and disruptions.

    6.Develop standard procedures and methodologies to foster the implementation of measures (structural, operational, institutional and social) to address climate risks and hazards. Include at least three pilot demonstrations of the proposed solutions in operational environment (minimum at TRL7) for three seaports with connected inland waterways infrastructure on CEF corridors. The pilots should select the most effective measures and combinations of measures and determine how and when they can best be implemented over time as conditions change.

    7.Evaluate the qualitative and quantitative impact of the proposed measures with a clear baseline for each pilot demonstration.

    8.Innovative infrastructure solutions should contribute to lowering the environmental footprint, resources and material consumption. Exploring Nature-based solutions (NBS) is an opportunity for creating sustainable, climate-resilient European transport infrastructure in a cost-effective manner, while producing substantial social, economic, and environmental co-benefits. The goal is smart, green, sustainable and climate-resilient infrastructure, planned in a way that maximises positive impact on economic growth and minimises the negative impact on the environment and, significant and lasting degradation of ecosystems, fragmentation of habitats or loss of biodiversity, promoting environmentally friendly modes of transport and leading to the reduction of transport emissions.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries are expected to describe how the use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS are incorporated in the proposed solutions.

    Proposals should also consider results from previous calls on infrastructure resilience 327 construction and sustainable construction and should uptake relevant EU guidance on development and management of European transport infrastructures.

    Safety and resilience

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-10: Better infrastructure safety on urban and secondary rural roads throughout a combination of adaptable monitoring and maintenance solutions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Research is expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Enhanced criteria catalogue for road safety assessment for urban and secondary roads with particular applicability for non-trunk roads and the safety impact on all – including new – types of users. Criteria can be mapped on to established safety-related Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) e.g. reduction of collisions, homogeneous driving speed, reduction of maintenance costs, etc. to provide measurable societal benefits.

    2.Technology for the real-time generation and communication of infrastructure Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) related to safety, including those created/derived from vehicle sensor data

    3.Concepts for interaction of infrastructure elements in a digitalised ecosystem for road safety resulting in measurable benefits (reduced number of collisions, reduced maintenance costs, reduced time spent in congestions, monetary economic benefits, etc.).

    Scope: Road infrastructure can be improved to decrease the risk of crashes and other incidents as well as crash severity. The benefits of this will be amplified in a connected transport system where automated or partially automated vehicles are supported by infrastructure features to perform as expected. In addition, road infrastructure can provide clear guidance towards desirable road user behaviour, which may lead to more predictable behaviour, and consequently to less crashes.

    It is essential to understand how to upgrade the infrastructure network to make it compatible with all road users (e.g. powered two-wheelers are not considered as users for which urban infrastructures are usually designed) and in particular with automated vehicles at different levels of automation. The research should focus on urban and secondary rural networks as most of the resources for upgrading the road network is often devoted to primary networks (with specific attention to the Trans-European Road Network). For urban and secondary roads, resources are generally limited, and potential negative impact of roadworks on the surrounding territory is extremely relevant. Low-cost interventions with low negative impact need to be studied for these roads.

    Advanced monitoring, warning and maintenance techniques need to be developed to guarantee a timely assessment of the operating conditions of road structures and furniture. Recent events have highlighted the importance of roadside safety devices monitoring, but also proper signs and marking, pavement and overall road structures (bridges, tunnels etc.).

    The results of the research will enhance the safety level of the infrastructure by enabling a prompt reaction to potentially unsafe conditions and will enable to identify the infrastructures where connected, automated vehicles can travel under safe conditions.

    Aspects to be addressed are expected to include:

    1.Connection of infrastructure elements to the digitalised ecosystem, including but not limited to research on digital twins.

    2.Identification of criteria to perform safety assessments of urban and secondary rural roads accounting also for new users (including but not limited to powered two-wheelers, e-bikes etc.) and to identify cost effective upgrade solutions.

    3.Further development of infrastructure measures to elicit desired road user behaviour.

    4.Pilot testing of selected interventions in at least three sites.

    In addition, actions should address at least three out of the following aspects:

    1.Integration of safety and V2I issues in asset management to ensure that the infrastructure is always capable to provide the minimum required level of performance to provide safe travel conditions for automated vehicles (ISAD concept).

    2.Development of new technology for monitoring and communicating in real time infrastructure distress conditions and deterioration. This should include malfunctioning and post impact warning for road equipment and Infrastructure.

    3.Development of onsite data storage and communication systems (e.g. RFID) capable to provide in real time details on the properties of the road equipment relevant to road safety.

    4.Use of data from connected probe vehicles to detect safety relevant conditions and collect maintenance indicators.

    5.Development of new maintenance techniques for road equipment with low negative impact on the surroundings (including but not limited to roadside safety features, signs and marking, lighting).

    Actions should be based on the results of previous EU projects.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-11: Aviation safety - Uncertainty quantification for safety and risk management

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results should focus to the quantification of uncertainty (UQ) in all aspects of the design, manufacturing and operations for achieving high level of safety and a better management of risks. Project results are expected to contribute to at least three (or more) of the following expected outcomes:

    1.UQ for modelling/simulation of design, manufacturing and integration processes.

    2.UQ for operational aspects.

    3.UQ for virtual certification.

    4.Big data processing and data science for safety intelligence and risk management, including both structured and unstructured (text-based) data.

    5.Development of UQ (as open as possible) mathematical libraries and management Tools (e.g. tolerancing, kriging, higher order reliability methods).

    6.Validation campaigns in challenging test cases.

    Scope: Uncertainties are always present due to limited manufacturing precision and variable operating conditions and life cycle events. Integrating these uncertainties into the design process of aircraft, aircraft engines and systems is a key element to reduce program risk and to ensure safe and economic operation.

    Uncertainty is an upper bound between the estimate of aircraft characteristics and performance at a certain stage of its development and characteristics of the aircraft once in service. As such, the full lifecycle of aviation systems should be taken into account, including uncertainties occurring during manufacturing operations. This uncertainty can be the consequence of the quality of the means used during the development phase to estimate these characteristics and an inaccurate knowledge of the actual status of the aircraft, and appropriate tolerancing in the design phase. The planning and design of the current and future aviation system requires an advanced model of the interactive aviation operational system, not just of pilot or aircraft-centric operations.

    Evaluation of uncertainties associated to each measurement should be the result of a detailed and justified methodology, fully taking account of the role of human factors or human agents within the aviation socio-technical system. Treatment of uncertainties enables a rigorous management of performance engagements and associated risks assessment. Traditional safety margin approaches will be replaced by engineering procedures based on sound data analysis using both mathematical modelling and knowledge engineering appropriate to both structured and unstructured (text-based) data.

    As appropriate, safety risk assessment should be addressed in cooperation with EASA, notably with regard to big data processing on safety intelligence.

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-12: New ways of reducing serious injuries and the long-term consequences of road crashes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Research results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Validated mechanisms of personal injuries leading to significant long-term consequences, for all road users (pedestrians, bicyclists, motorcycle riders, car and bus drivers and occupants, etc.).

    2.Established system for classification of long-term injuries, including methods for follow-up of personal injuries for the required time after a crash.

    3.Validated tools and methods for the assessment of injuries leading to long-term consequences, such as upgraded virtual human body models.

    4.Preconditions to develop policy, regulatory, and standard requirements for the purpose of reducing serious injuries, in particular those with long-term consequences.

    5.A general upgrade in protection for all road users through safe and robust countermeasures and solutions.

    Scope: In addition to fatal and near-fatal injuries, personal injuries with long-term consequences continue to pose a threat to personal mobility. Particularly pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorcycle riders, as well as users of new mobility devices, have a high risk to sustain personal injuries with long-term outcomes, such as brain and neck injuries. In cars, despite new collision mitigation systems, low and medium severity collisions may still cause similar permanent neurological disorders to occupants. Long-term injuries to both the upper and lower extremities are further examples, occurring among all road user types. As of today, neither any standardized nor any accepted method exists for the evaluation of solutions to reduce long-term outcomes. In addition, there is a need to include more aspects of human variability like age, sex, weight, and stature, with particular focus on long-term disability.

    Several research areas, also social sciences, are required for the sake of understanding and reducing the long-term consequences fully. Cognitive capabilities could for example be impaired by physical head trauma, and there is at the same time a need for more knowledge of psychiatric impairment related to posttraumatic stress or reduced quality of life. In other words, cognitive issues and depression have to be fully recognized as potential long-term consequences of road crashes.

    More research is needed to establish a relevant system for classification of long-term or permanent disability that can be used for the development and design of future protective solutions as well as policies and requirements. There is a strong need for refined knowledge of the relations between initial injury and long-term consequences of personal injury, which will demand new in-depth crash data for the reconstruction of collisions combined with long-term injury follow-up. New models for measuring long-term consequences will need a lot of real-world data to become validated. In-depth analysis of data from hospitalized patients will in this perspective also continue to be needed as well as efficient means to follow up on psychiatric impairment measurable. Hence, new efforts in accident research are required, as well as the most related social sciences (economics and psychology), further to research in biomechanics, vehicle crashworthiness, and other aspects of crash dynamics. New technologies open possibilities for gathering new types of data with higher levels of detail.

    Virtual testing tools are crucial for new more efficient evaluation methods, and accordingly further development of human body models (HBM) is particularly important. The effectiveness of new systems should for instance be assessed in a wide range of crash load cases, which the current test dummies cannot support, and another possibility with the use of virtual HBM will be to evaluate integrated and adaptive safety at a significantly higher level of detail. The potential of HBM to be usable for the evaluation of long-term injuries in product development is strong and will be supported by further multidisciplinary research. Research is also needed to assess any limitations in this respect and, if applicable, examine how best to complement HBM with Anthropomorphic Test Devices and physical tools.

    Virtual methods with HBM should not only be developed further for passenger car safety, but for the purpose of assessing personal protection equipment, forgiving road infrastructure (including road surfaces), and the protection of motorcycle, moped and bicycle riders, as well as pedestrians and users of new micro-mobility devices against long-term injuries. Virtual HBM need to reflect human variability, and there is a particular need to focus attention on children in all different road user roles, e.g. preteens in passenger vehicles who normally are not seated in child seats, yet often too small to be fully protected by current vehicle integrated safety systems.

    New and upgraded vehicle interiors (including non-conventional seating and new interior features) of highly automated passenger cars, shuttle buses (including minibuses), and other driverless passenger vehicles, will play an important role in the efforts to raise the road safety level further regarding passenger vehicles. Persons who are standing, for instance passengers in public transport, should also be included. Market drivers (e.g. increased automation, comfort, and infotainment) will be reinforced with safety-intended development strategies when supported by relevant research and policies regarding long-term consequences.

    Research within this field is expected to recommend upgrades to concerned policies, regulatory requirements, and standards. For this reason, international cooperation is recommended.

    Findings, knowledge, and experience are encouraged to be shared with other fields, such as certain sport, recreation, and work activities, as well as with other transport modes, which may have similar issues regarding personal injuries with long-term consequences as road traffic, although a different incidence.

    Actions should take into account the results of previous EU research projects in that domain (e.g. Seniors, VIRTUAL, SafetyCube).

    Integration of relevant expertise from social sciences and humanities (SSH) and international cooperation with partners from the US and/or Australia is encouraged.

    Cross-cutting actions

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-13: Support for dissemination events in the field of Transport Research

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 328 .

    Expected Outcome: Project’s results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Higher visibility, political and strategic relevance of the transport sector and of the EU policy in the field;

    2.Enhanced dissemination, communication and valorisation of transport R&I objectives, perspectives, strategies and results;

    3.More effective links and exchanges between research and innovation stakeholders and policy makers, to support the development and deployment of innovative solutions in Europe;

    4.Increased attractiveness of transport related studies and reinforce the pursuit of excellence in European transport research and innovation, by giving recognition and visibility to the best achievements.

    Scope: Actions should address the activities of both Part A and Part B:

    Part A: The action will prepare and provide support to the Transport Research Arena conference (TRA) to be organised in 2026 gathering transport stakeholders for discussing political, industrial and research issues on a European and global level.

    Proposals are expected to demonstrate the financial and organisational support of the national authorities' and a preliminary economic plan covering the additional funding needs. In order to ensure high political and strategic relevance, preference will be given to proposals involving Member States holding the Presidency of the European Union in year 2025, 2026 or 2027.

    In line with previous TRA biannual conferences, the event should address the technological and industrial developments of the transport sector (road, rail, waterborne, aviation sectors and cross-modal aspects) providing a high level, future oriented perspective coming from politics, the industry and the research community, in response to Europe’s social needs and expectations.

    In collaboration with the relevant actors, such as the European Commission services, the different European Technology Platforms (ERTRAC for road, ERRAC for rail, WATERBORNE TP for waterborne, ALICE for logistics and ACARE for aeronautics and ECTP for construction), the Conference of European Directors of Roads (CEDR), the European Transport Research Alliance (ETRA), relevant transport-related European partnerships, such as 2ZERO, CCAM, EU-Rail, ZEWT and Clean Aviation and the previous TRA conference organisers in order to maintain continuity, the action will define the overall planning of the conference, structure the technical and political sessions of the event, contribute to select the appropriate location for the venue and offer operational IT tools for the registration of participants, the handling of speakers’ contributions, contribute to the organisation of logistics, etc. Support to the organisation of demonstration activities should also be foreseen.

    Specific attention should be put on a broad and balanced participation i.e. students, young researchers, women, a large number of countries' representatives, etc.

    Part B: The proposal is expected to also organise two competitions for transport research and innovation awards covering all transport modes and cross-cutting issues (technological, socio-economic and behavioural aspects) in line with the EU policy objectives for climate-neutral and environmentally friendly mobility:

    1.A competition for students and young researchers with the goal of stimulating the interest among young researchers/students in the field of transport;

    2.A competition for senior researchers in the field of innovative transport concepts based on results from EU-funded projects only.

    The organisation of these awards should ensure high-quality competition and very good media coverage before, during and after the TRA conference, in line with previous editions (TRA Visions). The competition is expected to give particular attention to gender issues.

    Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 329

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 330

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 07 May 2024

    Deadline(s): 05 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-01

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-02

    RIA

    14.00

    Around 14.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-03

    IA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-04

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-05

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-06

    RIA

    10.00

    4.00 to 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-07

    IA

    20.00

    Around 10.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-08

    IA

    15.00

    Around 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-09

    RIA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-10

    RIA

    8.50

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-11

    RIA

    7.00

    3.00 to 3.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-12

    RIA

    7.00

    Around 3.50

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    122.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM)

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-01: Centralised, reliable, cyber-secure & upgradable in-vehicle electronic control architectures for CCAM connected to the cloud-edge continuum (CCAM Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.New, centralised, reliable, cyber-secure and upgradable in-vehicle electronic control architectures for CCAM based on the application of co-designed hardware, software and big or smart data flows in combination with over-the-air updates.

    2.Widespread deployment of level 4 automation in road vehicles by expanding the Operational Design Domains (ODDs) of the control system towards higher complexity (city traffic, adverse weather conditions etc.) or greater scale.

    3.Safe operation of Connected and Automated Driving (CAD) functions e.g. regarding Vulnerable Road Users (VRUs) and ODD transitions through system agility, experience-based decision making and access to cloud intelligence.

    4. Paradigm shift from human-based and component-supported vehicle control to a more integrated, resource efficient and reliable system for the control of CCAM systems.

    5.Strengthened cooperation of European OEMs and suppliers to co-design a standard cyber secure electronic architecture layout with harmonised interfaces.

    Scope: Since current on-board electronic systems are assembled from various controllers in a piecemeal fashion, they are not suitable for the complex, combined performance requirements of advanced levels of CCAM applications in terms of bandwidths, latency, flexibility, fail safety and cyber security. Therefore, a complete redesign of the in-vehicle control architecture is needed, combining innovations at hardware, software and data levels in the vehicle and in connection with distributed intelligence in the edge-cloud continuity. It should build on a centralised e.g. zonal or domain-based layout using distributed high-performance computing for connecting sensing and actuation systems with software updates over the air, big data flows and AI at the edge, resulting in a novel and upgradable electronic in-vehicle control scheme for safe and efficient automated driving functions and tele-operations.

    Important building blocks for the in-vehicle control architecture include sensors and sensor data fusion for environment perception with AI “at the edge”, using on-board high-performance computers and generic hard- and software including cyber secure components.

    At the same time, the new control architecture and its context aware building blocks are expected to enable the following:

    1.reliable, low-latency and high-bandwidth data communication for automated driving systems control to safeguard against cyber-attacks, malfunctions and malicious interactions.

    2.systemic functionality gains in upgradability, efficiency, modularity, compatibility, scalability, fail-operation, reliability and redundancy.

    3.definition of safety and security targets, open-source standard layouts and harmonised validation methods.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan and the United States but also with other relevant strategic partners in third countries.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-02: Scenario-based safety assurance of CCAM and related HMI in a dynamically evolving transport system (CCAM Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 14.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Safe scaling up of the deployment of CCAM systems for all levels of automation, including systems that for part of the driving phases rely on human-machine interaction.

    2.Assurance of vehicle safety despite system changes, e.g., due to software updates and data exchanges between vehicles and the infrastructure.

    3.Facilitating the introduction of fast developing technological innovations in the CCAM system’s functionality, such as AI.

    Scope: To ensure the safety of CCAM, it is essential that vehicles are not only safe during the (first) type approval, but also during their complete lifetime in a fast-changing road transport system. Changes can result from the evolution of the CCAM system itself, for example, as a result of increasing connectivity using V2X communication, the use of AI-based systems, and OTA (over-the-air) software updates. The traffic system, in which CCAM systems are being deployed, is changing at a rapid pace as well, with an increased market share of vehicles with higher levels of automation, new (personal) mobility devices and autonomous mobility robots (e.g., for package delivery).

    At the same time, the way CCAM systems interact with humans in traffic is changing. Until full automation in transport is reached, the human driver will keep on playing an essential role. Also, the interaction with other road users will change, supported by technologies that allow a CCAM system to communicate its intentions to other road users.

    As a consequence of these innovations and developments, the safe deployment of CCAM systems needs an extension of the safety validation procedures and certification schemes, taking advanced human-machine interaction and a continuous in-service monitoring approach into account. Due to the many different scenarios and variations that can occur realistically and that consequently need to be tested, it should be possible that a large part of the assessment is performed in a virtual simulation environment.

    The proposed actions are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Developing a validation methodology for scenario-based safety assurance of AI-based CCAM functions. Trustworthiness of the AI-algorithms depends on how well the system responds to scenarios in its Operational Design Domain (ODD) – specificity and how it responds in case it ends-up outside its ODD – robustness. Consequently, methods need to be developed on the use of scenarios to describe the ODD of AI-based systems.

    2.Connectivity. Developing validation procedures for CCAM systems that rely on V2X for safety-critical functions i.e., the inclusion of the connectivity context. Ensuring aspects of reliability, trustworthiness and cyber-security with respect to V2X is essential. The approach to V2X connectivity is technology neutral.

    3.Continuous Safety Assurance approach. Developing an approach for a continuous safety validation methodology, to monitor the safety state of deployed CCAM systems in operation (real traffic) during its service life, following type approval. Performance metrics for the reliability of the monitored data, including cyber-security aspects, and indicators for the safety state should be proposed. Also needed is the development of requirements for the monitoring system for use in future standardisation, regarding the exchange of data and safety performance indicators with service organisations and authorities.

    4.Validating the virtual approach. Developing tools that ensure the relevant degree of detail and the appropriate representation of other road users’ behaviour (incl. Vulnerable Road Users such as pedestrians and/or bicyclists) in virtual scenario-based testing. This includes methods to deal with perception, localisation, and world modelling errors in the validation procedures.

    5.Human Machine Interaction. Developing a safety assurance methodology that incorporates the assessment of Human Machine Interaction (both driver-vehicle and vehicle-road user) concepts for higher levels of automation (conformity checks as well as test set-ups with suitable metrics) ensuring safe communication between driver and vehicle and between vehicle and other road users, making Human Machine Interaction inclusive (i.e. in terms of age, mental and physical ability, cultural aspects, etc.).

    Proposed actions are expected to develop recommendations for harmonisation and standardisation and to feed into on-going discussions regarding EU type vehicle approval rules as well as in the framework of the UNECE.

    Actions should be based on the outcomes of previous methodologies developed in HEADSTART 331 , as well as research funded under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-02 332 .

    Upcoming CCAM projects, in particular in the area of large-scale demonstrations, validation, digital infrastructure and key enabling technologies should be taken into account to ensure compatibility.

    Links should be established with the Mobility Data Space initiatives from Digital Europe, federated data infrastructure projects (Gaia-X, International Data Spaces, Big Data Value - BDV).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan and the United States but also with other relevant strategic partners in third countries.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-03: Orchestration of heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic within the CCAM ecosystem (CCAM Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.System approach towards traffic management that integrates the operations and needs of a wide range of road network users (vehicle drivers, passengers and different kinds of VRUs) traffic management centres and public authorities as well as service providers, (public transport/commercial/logistics fleet managers, infrastructure industry) within the mobility ecosystem.

    2.Safer, more efficient and sustainable traffic management through the orchestration of heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic 333 within the CCAM ecosystem.

    3.Proven orchestration schemes in traffic management for operations of all types of vehicles and the different CCAM systems in real-time CCAM traffic conditions in urban and/or motorway environments.

    4.Governance and operational models that allow for better cooperation and collaboration of all relevant actors in the orchestration of traffic management through new mobility management for all modes and road types.

    5.Mobility management tools to seamlessly integrate CCAM systems and services including fleets of vehicles, public transport, logistics operations, demand management needs as well as governance and business models into the transport system.

    6.Strategic transport planning methods for all modes in the CCAM ecosystem including individual as well as public transport.

    Scope: The aim is to advance on the orchestration of heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic by building on, linking and integrating the following streams of research results and innovation challenges 334 :

    1.Smart routing and interactive traffic management using connectivity and C-ITS for the orchestration of heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic within the CCAM ecosystem 335 .

    2.Solutions for ensuring the safety and efficiency of early CCAM deployment in the interaction of drivers, riders, passengers, traffic participants and automated systems performing driving tasks in mixed traffic 336 .

    3.Coherent approach towards managing fleets from an overall system perspective in real-life urban demonstrations of CCAM via testing and demonstrations in large sets of traffic environments with an emphasis on different fleets, i.e. groups of vehicles (including e.g. public transport/commercial/logistics fleets, fleets operated by public or private transport operators) that are typically controlled/supervised/managed by heterogeneous actors 337 .

    4.New governance and operational models facilitating the orchestration schemes of traffic management that are inclusive towards all heterogeneous actors in traffic management 338 .

    Proposed actions will develop and demonstrate an orchestration scheme for traffic management energy according to priorities set by traffic authorities (including targets) that will facilitate the coexistence of heterogeneous actors or fleets on the road network (individual vehicles, public transport, Vulnerable Road Users) as well as, at different levels of vehicle automation (including human driven vehicles) in mixed traffic. Actions should contribute to the transformation of traffic management from managing traffic volumes to the management of vehicles (or even travellers) taking benefit from the advantages of fleet management (groups of vehicles that share the same attributes). Vehicles should be considered in their different sizes and usages, as well as by the mobility service they provide (private, public, shared, pooled etc.). Proposed actions should address both the transport of people and goods within automated fleets (commercial/logistics fleets, fleets operated by public or private transport operators) and individual vehicles (CCAM- or conventional vehicles, including micro-mobility) that are well integrated in the entire traffic management system.

    Proposed actions are expected to develop and demonstrate orchestration schemes for operations in mixed traffic by addressing all of the following aspects:

    1.Defining the comprehensive requirements (including data exchange) for the orchestration schemes with regards to the heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic (automated and non-automated traffic, people and goods and different modes).

    2.Developing traffic management tools that are essential for the coordination of mixed automated and non-automated mobility. These management tools should be robust and able to address uncertainty due to uncertain technological developments, performances, services and business cases that go beyond what is available through current research results. Tools should support orchestration by, among others, integration of ad-hoc and manoeuvre coordination (SAE cooperation classes 339 ), efficient route guidance and capacity aware demand management.

    3.Defining and demonstrating business and governance models (including for public actors) for the orchestration of traffic management in real-time CCAM traffic conditions in urban and motorway environment, allowing actors to address their needs on a win-win basis.

    4.Developing measures and KPIs to demonstrate the benefits and added value of orchestration for traffic management actions (in terms of traffic efficiency, energy efficiency, safety etc.).

    5.Demonstrating a process that ensures trust in the traffic orchestration scheme proposed as well as sufficient accessibility to quality data for all traffic actors involved and readiness for large-scale demonstration actions.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan and the United States but also with other relevant strategic partners in third countries.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs 340 .

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-04: AI for advanced and collective perception and decision making for CCAM applications (CCAM Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Approaches for resilient collective awareness, which can eventually be used in e.g. complex models of collective behaviour.

    2.Advanced collective awareness, decision making and triggering of actions for CCAM applications, enabled by new concepts and tools built on advancements in Artificial Intelligence (AI), including Hybrid Intelligence (HI).

    3.CCAM solutions evolving from reactive into predictive system state awareness (including driver state and road user diversity), decision making and actuation, enhancing road safety.

    4.Understanding of AI-related ethical issues and user needs, together with capabilities, limitations and potential conflicts of AI based systems for CCAM, including a definition and a measure of human-like control.

    5.Increased user acceptability and societal benefit of CCAM solutions, based on explainable, trustworthy and human-centric AI. Interactions with AI-based vehicles are understandable, human-like and reflect human psychological capabilities.

    Scope: Today’s mobility landscape is rapidly changing, as is seen in the recent boom in the detection of advanced and/or complex urban scenarios that add new challenges to the development of CCAM technologies. These novel scenarios are especially emerging with the establishment of new urban traffic regimes and cultures, such as restricted zones, shared zones, and cycle-streets, which need to be taken into account when designing and developing CCAM solutions.

    To integrate and tackle complex traffic scenarios, CCAM technologies will require highly advanced decision-making based on enhanced collective awareness – the stage beyond on-board perception, advancing on e.g. results from projects under CL5-2022-D6-01-05 341 – incorporating information from multiple sources and including interpretation for the aggregation of this information. Developing collective awareness should take into account the state of the vehicle, the driver and the road user environment. It can also involve the tracking of other road users' behaviour and generating predictions on a short horizon, which can be based on the input from advanced behavioural models, e.g. those developed within CL5-2022-D6-01-03 342 projects. The integration of these findings will lead to collective awareness for CCAM.

    The use of multiple sources (sensors and sensor fused information, maps, infrastructure, other road users, and localisation systems) and the sharing of the overall situational information and related intentions of the vehicle and that of its direct environment will be an important building block towards collective awareness. Eventually, in future work this can be incorporated in complex, self-organised bottom-up models of collective behaviour based on the change/modelling of individual interactions. Collective awareness should create a larger time window in safety critical situations and generate benefits for the overarching mobility system, which include efficient traffic management and improved traffic flow as it incorporates situation prediction capabilities and environmental benefits (which can eventually include e.g. smart charging strategies).

    AI is a key enabler to bring these increasing amounts of information together, with decision-making enabled both at vehicle level (including safety critical decisions) and at a mobility system level. In order to continue to define the role and limits of AI and of emerging new developments within AI, this topic recommends exploring Hybrid Intelligence (HI) as such a new subset of AI. Hybrid Intelligence is the process of developing and mobilising Artificial Intelligence (AI) to expand on human intelligence and expertise, thereby ensuring human-like control of CCAM operations. Applying an HI approach will allow CCAM technologies to integrate human expertise and intentionality into its decision-making in order to generate meaningful and appropriate actions that are aligned with ethical, legal and societal values. This will be essential to foster user acceptability, trust and adoption, especially when appropriate SSH expertise is included.

    Proposed R&I actions are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Methods to establish collective awareness of CCAM applications that are resilient to faulty sources, thereby ensuring safe operations. Guidance for failsafe designs should be developed.

    2.Methods to embed an HI approach in the entire action chain towards collective awareness (from basic perception to driving functions) to allow for seamless operation and real-time decision-making while enabling human-like control of CCAM applications by combining system and domain knowledge (of the vehicle and its technologies on one hand and of the transport environment including all the human interactions on the other, thereby understanding of potential risks and capabilities and needs of other road users). Tooling will be required to deliver situational awareness information in a structured way, based on multiple sources and in real-time. In addition, the development and integration of ethical goal functions to support collective awareness should be included. Work is expected to be based on:

    1.At least perception systems, sensor fusion, high-level world models/maps, vehicle positioning information. Guidance on common reference systems for positioning and time for synchronisation should be included in order to secure robustness and traceability.

    2.Relationships between the vehicle and forecasted intentions of other road users (e.g. a pedestrian crossing the street at a zebra crossing), as such including spatial temporal relation of elements in the driving-situation.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines including ethics and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Proposals should monitor and align relevant developments under this topic with on-going discussions regarding EU type vehicle approval rules as well as in the framework of the UNECE.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged in particular with Japan and the United States but also with other relevant strategic partners in third countries.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-05: Robust Knowledge and Know-How transfer for Key-Deployment Pathways and implementation of the EU-CEM (CCAM Partnership)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 343 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Extended and up to date CCAM Knowledge Base 344 , including CCAM projects, demonstration and deployment initiatives, standards, facilitating the exchange of best practices and the deployment of CCAM services.

    2.Well established network of experts and forum for stakeholders in the different thematic R&I fields of CCAM.

    3.Strong collaboration and cooperation between all CCAM stakeholders through effective collaboration mechanisms fostering exchanges of practices, experiences, tools and methodologies supporting the transition to large-scale deployment.

    4.Increased and high-quality exchanges and cooperation between the EU Member States/Associated countries,

    5.EU CCAM common evaluation methodology (EU-CEM) widely used in Europe.

    6.Good level of understanding and awareness of CCAM among citizens, decision and policy makers in Europe.

    Scope: A common basis for CCAM Knowledge in Europe is available today with the online CCAM Knowledge Base which constitutes a one stop shop for all relevant R&I initiatives, tools, methodologies, regulations and standards in the field. Targeted content will be available for some stakeholder categories 345 . The Knowledge Base should be expanded and further adapted to the needs of all relevant stakeholders. Results and lessons learned from the EU, national and international projects should be made available and accessible to targeted user groups. Proposed actions should in particular provide support for stakeholders to move into operations by identifying key building blocks and standards for deploying pilot services and enable capacity building for key actors of different use cases /applications domains as well as for citizens and non-experts on how to use CCAM systems and services and to become aware of new developments and related risks.

    The EU Common Evaluation Methodology (EU-CEM) developed in project “FAME” funded under CL5-2021-D6-01-06 346 aims at becoming the basic methodology for all CCAM related evaluations to support collaboration, exchange and harmonisation. The methodology will need to be implemented for existing and innovative use cases by CCAM projects and aligned with national mobility strategies and approaches. Training programmes for CCAM projects will be necessary to integrate the methodology and to collect feedback on lessons learned during its implementation.

    A States Representatives Group (SRG) 347 has been created within the CCAM Partnership to ensure a continuous dialogue at European and national level for the sharing of information on CCAM R&I to increase coordination between European and national R&I funding schemes, and among national programmes. To carry out its mission efficiently, the SRG will need support to collect and analyse information on national R&I initiatives and to implement cooperation activities.

    To successfully contribute to the expected outcomes, proposed actions are expected to address all of the following aspects:

    1.Ensure the maintenance and expansion of the Knowledge Base to support the CCAM stakeholder community and CCAM Partnership for the identification of future needs for R&I, testing and demonstration initiatives and for moving into operations (minimum block requirements, standards and common definitions to run pilot services across Europe). The content of the Knowledge Base should support the monitoring of the progress made on the targets and impacts set by the CCAM Partnership 348 .

    2.Identify further needs for targeted content for specific stakeholder categories and in particular, develop content that is accessible to non-experts, thereby supporting capacity building of the general public. The proposed action should define the above-mentioned stakeholder categories, and develop a subsequent communication strategy (content, material, media, etc.) using realistic and accessible terms to address different target groups (including non-experts).

    3.Provide effective dissemination and concertation mechanisms and means for the stakeholder community (e.g. conferences, workshops, international cooperation, capacity building content for non-experts) to enable the exchange of experiences and practices, stimulate collaboration and cooperation between all CCAM stakeholders and reach consensus on challenges and future R&I needs within the thematic clusters of the European Partnership.

    4.Facilitate the work of the CCAM SRG and stimulate the cooperation between EU Member States/Associated Countries for improved coordination of activities in the areas identified as priorities by the SRG. Provide an analysis of initiatives in EU Member States/Associated countries and support the SRG in identifying areas for R&I cooperation.

    5.Ensure representation of European stakeholders in international cooperation, information exchange and harmonisation initiatives on CCAM. Provide a global output on CCAM activities to support the development of European agendas by exploring potential opportunities and R&I domains for international cooperation.

    6.Continue to evaluate and update the EU-CEM through targeted discussions with EU Member States/Associated countries in order to align the CEM with national mobility strategies and regulations, also looking at both national and regional transport and mobility data to ensure compatibility.

    7.Support the practical implementation of the EU-CEM (for existing and innovative use-cases) and provide training programmes for CCAM projects to integrate the methodology.

    8.Assess the level of awareness and attitudes of European citizens, decision- and policy makers about CCAM as well as their intention to use through regular surveys and workshops. Results should be published in the Knowledge Base and mechanisms should be provided to integrate findings into the EU-CEM. A link should be established with existing survey initiatives in place at EU and Member States’/Associated countries’ levels. This action should be grounded in a co-creative process.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with Japan and the United States but also with other relevant strategic partners in third countries.

    This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report on results to the European Partnership ‘Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility’ (CCAM) in support of the monitoring of its KPIs.

    Multimodal transport, infrastructure and logistics

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-06: Optimising multimodal network and traffic management, harnessing data from infrastructures, mobility of passengers and freight transport

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least 4 of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Optimised multimodal transport network and traffic management, for efficient door-to-door mobility of passengers and freight (from producers to last mile deliveries).

    2.Validated solutions for effective and secure data exchange across all modes of transport, for dynamic and responsive multimodal network and traffic management.

    3.Validated systems for accurate detection and resolution of network bottlenecks, improving safety, security, resilience and overall performance of the transport network, enabling pro-active mobility management.

    4.New tools and services for optimising mobility of passengers and freight, in cities and other areas, cutting traffic jams and improving multimodal traffic flows. The proposed solutions should demonstrate (e.g. through simulations, pilots) the potential to reduce by at least 30% the average travel delay, as well as the overall transport energy consumption and emissions of greenhouse gases and other pollutants in the network.

    5.Workable governance arrangements for multimodal transport network and traffic management, in view of further supporting regulatory and policy actions.

    Scope: Optimised multimodal network and traffic management is essential for an efficient transport network and seamless door-to-door mobility of passengers and freight. Such advanced capabilities need to be supported by harnessing data from physical and digital infrastructures, as well as from the mobility of passengers and freight, involving different types of vehicles, rolling stock, aircraft and vessels (including zero-emission, connected and automated), technologies and the use of innovative services. At the same time, novel forms of mobility (e.g. shared, micro-mobility or even hyperloop) and new services (e.g. Mobility as a Service) present new challenges, but also great opportunities for enhanced management and optimisation of the transport network. This includes advances to fully utilise dynamic and interoperable data exchange from multiple actors and transport modes, for well-tested and validated systems and operations, with appropriate governance arrangements in place.

    In this context, building on best practices (technological, non-technological and socio-economic), ongoing projects on multimodal network and traffic management, as well as other initiatives (e.g. the Digital Transport and Logistics Forum and the common European mobility data space), actions should address at least 6 of the following aspects:

    1.Developing and testing new generation multimodal, flexible, agile and adaptable, secure and resilient transport network and traffic management systems, leveraging state of the art technologies (e.g. artificial intelligence, big data, edge computing, internet of things, blockchain).

    2.Assessing and simulating the effects on multimodal network and traffic management of new forms of mobility (e.g. zero-emission, connected and automated vehicles and vessels, car sharing/pooling, active-/micro-mobility, sustainable land/air transport modes and drones), as well as of innovative services (e.g. Mobility/Logistics as a Service), in different urban and rural environments, considering the socio-economic acceptability and different user needs (including vulnerable and gender groups).

    3.Performing simulations for network-wide optimisation of traffic models, aiming towards a “social optimum” and an evaluation of mobility options for multimodal mobility and freight flows (including last-mile), enabling a modal shift to more sustainable modes (leveraging public transport), while addressing planned and unplanned events of mobility and freight systems under disruption.

    4.Demonstrating the collection, aggregation, analysis and use of network-wide data from infrastructures, vehicles/vessels and users (using ICT and EU satellite-based systems), from across transport modes (modal and intermodal data), stakeholders and national borders, while preserving data privacy, security and confidentiality to data providers, thereby enabling effective and intelligent multimodal network and traffic management, and even further data exchanges with other sectors (e.g. energy and telecoms).

    5.Performing early pilot activities on multimodal network and traffic management of limited scale in mobility hubs (e.g. rail nodes, maritime or inland ports), where cross-modal or hinterland inter-connections are present for passenger and freight traffic flows.

    6.Designing and testing innovative multimodal network and traffic management services, offered by public and/or private stakeholders, which can be operated at network centres (e.g. at cities or hubs) and/or at decentralised level (e.g. by users or vehicles/vessels themselves).

    7.Developing and showcasing workable governance and dynamic incentive models, for the effective engagement of public and private stakeholders in interoperable data exchange, in the optimisation of transport network and traffic management and in promoting a better use of (public) transport systems.

    8.Evaluating the qualitative and quantitative impact of the proposed measures and project results, including on reducing travel delay, transport emissions and energy consumption, with a clear baseline for each use case.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries are expected to describe if and how the use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS are incorporated in the proposed solutions. In addition, proposals should describe the technological and societal readiness of the systems and/or techniques proposed for development and use, particularly in the case of systems based on Artificial Intelligence.

    The multimodal aspects listed above are complementary and in synergy with actions foreseen in other parts of the Work Programme, such as in the areas of C-ITS (as part of Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility), rail traffic management (as part of EU-Rail Joint Undertaking), air traffic management (as part of SESAR 3 Joint Undertaking) and vessel traffic management (as part of Zero-Emission Waterborne Transport).

    In line with the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-07: Scaling up logistics innovations supporting freight transport decarbonisation in an affordable way

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Reduced greenhouse gas emissions by 55% 349 by 2030 in the project networks, without reducing the overall performance of the logistics supply chain and taking account of all costs and externalities.

    2.Gains in terms of operational efficiency and environmental impact from the implementation of the Physical Internet 350 are clearly identified, demonstrated and measured.

    3.Logistics concepts speeding up freight decarbonisation and adoption of zero emissions vehicles/vessels and multimodality are developed.

    Scope: Building on previously funded projects and ongoing activities (e.g. Connecting Europe Facility, Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe projects), ensuring compliance with the data sharing framework pursued by the Digital Transport and Logistics Forum (DTLF), and taking into account the development of the common European mobility data space, proposals will pilot, demonstrate and scale up systemic collaborative solutions regarding logistics nodes, multimodal logistics networks connectivity, business and governance models. The focus will be on both digital and physical interoperability as well as on the adoption of zero-emission vehicles/vessels.

    Proposals will have to research and demonstrate in a structured and systemic way all of the following points:

    ·Demonstrate at least 10 working open standard processes, procedures and services across several logistics nodes providing seamless access to users. Processes, procedures, and services are expected to have an open access definition and scalability aspects need to be addressed.

    ·Develop and demonstrate further compatibility and interoperability of the full range of standardised multimodal transport units (from containers to boxes), also across transport modes.

    ·To achieve scalable multimodal logistics networks connectivity, demonstrate models and processes, supported by Artificial Intelligence, Internet of Things, etc., which can increase utilisation of assets and resources in actual logistics service providers’ networks dynamically. These models should also consider how to increase the adoption of automated and zero-emission vehicles/vessels and the use of rail and inland waterways through multimodal solutions.

    ·Demonstrate tools, technologies and processes to achieve different types of flows compatibility (e.g. through shared standard boxes) and synchro-modal solutions over the logistics service providers’ networks, involving shippers and retailers to that purpose.

    ·Demonstrate the benefit (e.g. GHG reductions vs increased operational costs) of decentralised inventory positions in the pooled logistics network allowing low speed multimodal transport for (re-)positioning stock levels and answering short term lead times with closer to consumer inventory positions (e.g. full visibility of inventory positions in retail networks extended to suppliers and logistics service providers).

    ·Test and demonstrate sound business and governance models and rules (including organisational change requirements) for resource-sharing across logistics networks, to ensure operational efficiency of freight movements irrespective of mode, nodal operations and freight characteristics.

    ·Test and demonstrate the functionalities and relevance of the data sharing framework, serving for optimisation of the logistic system, including through the establishment of an appropriate semantic model and its components, such as for instance Digital Twins with specific algorithms allowing for predictive planning of logistic related events. Synergies for rail will need to be sought with the EU-Rail Programme projects implementing the Transversal Topic on Digital enablers and Flagship Area 5 351 .

    ·Develop and demonstrate scalability of the proposed solutions providing open access mechanisms and low thresholds to the system of logistics networks. Consider realising visualisation and simulation models and tools to show the practical use of collaborative models for the various types of stakeholders and the potential benefits based on actual cases. Develop specific actions to encourage, facilitate and ensure the access of SMEs and smaller players.

    ·Measure and demonstrate the benefits in terms of use of resources, affordability of proposed solutions, throughput capacity and environmental impact of the scaled up horizontal collaboration among logistics networks (system of logistics networks).

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries have to describe if and how the use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS are incorporated in the proposed solutions. In addition, if the activities proposed involve the use and/or development of AI-based systems and/or techniques, the technical and social robustness of the proposed systems is to be described in the proposal.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-08: Improved transport infrastructure performance – Innovative digital tools and solutions to monitor and improve the management and operation of transport infrastructure

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to ALL of the following outcomes (with a clear baseline for each use case):

    1.Better interconnection of transport infrastructure and transport means resulting in optimised door-to-door mobility for passengers and goods by assuring at least 30% reduction of average delay (time lost per vehicle per km).

    2.Reduction of transport operation costs by 20% for transport operators along with 20% reduction of fossil fuels consumption in transport.

    3.Assessment and redesign of existing infrastructure (e.g. cycling lanes, walking paths, charging points, parking spaces etc.) in order to ensure its effective and safe use by different transport modes. Different infrastructure types should be assessed in each of the pilot demonstrations and safe coexistence of various forms of mobility enhanced (e.g. soft, active, shared mobility).

    4.Increase in the robustness of transport infrastructure by reducing the infrastructure failure probability by 30%.

    5.Reduce the transport emissions of greenhouse gases and other pollutants by 30% by 2030 in the pilot demonstrations.

    6.Reduce the number of accidents involving infrastructure users and infrastructure workers by 50% in the pilot demonstrations.

    Scope: Innovative digital tools and solutions will allow to upgrade transport infrastructure ensuring an improved performance and safety, together with a reduction of emissions and better inclusiveness. Increasing the performance of multi-modal transport infrastructure can be achieved through improving the efficiency of the assets and by the cross-modal data management. Digital solutions are key to reduce drastically disruptions in traffic flows, increase transport efficiency and lower its dependency on fossil fuels.

    Transport infrastructure needs to be capable of harvesting the benefits from digitalisation at management and operations levels, as well as in relation with the user. Digitalisation can support the achievement of sustainability targets and provide a better service to infrastructure end users, including enhanced public transport services. Digital technologies, such as big data, the Internet of Things, Digital Twins, together with Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning techniques provide a great potential for developing mobility solutions.

    The integration between transport infrastructure and digital technologies will help achieve personalised seamless passenger and freight journeys transport across different transport modes. This integration will consider safety and security starting from the design phase, while simultaneously automating and accelerating the decision process at every level from maintenance to traffic management.

    Special attention should be given to the accessibility of new digital tools from persons with disabilities and older persons, in order to ensure that this segment of the population is also able to participate fully and benefit from digital progress. As set by the Green Deal, priorities should be given for projects allowing modal shift from road to more sustainable mode such rail and inland waterways.

    Proposals will have to address all of the following points:

    1.Improve performance of transport infrastructure and increase multimodality with the use of, for example: IoT, edge computing and decentralised artificial intelligence, or other digital tools in view of its potential to facilitate real-time decision-making, improve safety and to save bandwidth and energy. Develop solutions for self-monitoring, self-reporting, non-intrusive/non-destructive inspection and testing methods, including advanced predictive modelling and structural safety assessment.

    2.Demonstrate ability to process internal and external raw data, such as sensor data, into smart data and related cloud architecture that can be deployed to optimize infrastructure management processes

    3.Building on the common European mobility data space and the Digital Transport and Logistics Forum (DTLF), facilitate the seamless use and provision of data and information to the end user across the transport infrastructure network and logistic chain, with a view to progress advancing towards smart mobility concepts for passengers and freight.

    4.Enhance prediction of demand from individual behaviours, enabling appropriate modal capacity and demand management.

    5.Propose digital solutions contributing to a more inclusive, comfortable, accessible and flexible infrastructures and multi-modal services.

    6.Include at least three pilot demonstrations of the proposed solutions in operational environment (minimum at TRL7) on land and inland waterways transport infrastructure.

    7.Evaluate the qualitative and quantitative impact of the proposed measures with a clear baseline for each pilot demonstration.

    For rail infrastructure the solutions will need to be harmonised with the EU-RailRAIL Programme projects implementing the Flagship Area 1, 3 and 5 352 . Proposals should consider results from previous calls on infrastructure maintenance, digitalisation, and on edge-IoT, and focus on validation of innovative solutions (i.e. robotics, IoT, edge computing and AI).

    If the activities proposed involve the use and/or development of AI-based systems and/or techniques, the technical and social robustness of the proposed systems is to be described in the proposal.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-09: Policies and governance shaping the future transport and mobility systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 353 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.A better understanding of the effects of governance 354 , policies 355 , and incentives, but also land use and spatial planning, on the choice of individuals, families, or social groups of different kinds to use a specific transport and/or mobility mode.

    2.Reinforced public engagement in shaping co-created transport and mobility policies.

    3.Effective policy interventions, co-created with target constituencies and building on high-quality policy; strengthening of research-policy cooperation models to reinforce impact and trust in science.

    4.More effective and sustainable national, regional and transnational transport and mobility policies toward accepted approaches, based on a system-thinking perspective.

    5.Better harnessing the potential of digitised mobility data while protecting citizen’s privacy.

    6.Providing concepts and policy recommendations sustainably integrating passenger and freight transportation in order to create a future proof holistic mobility system.

    Scope: Governance, policies and incentives play an important role in shaping transport and mobility systems and influence the development and implementation of different technologies and modes of transport (e.g. walking, cycling, public transport and rail). It is therefore important to study how policies and regulations could be best used to govern transport and mobility systems in desired directions, so that they become more sustainable and just, for instance with regard to gender, place, or low-income households, as well as their fiscal impacts.

    In addition, the COVID-19 crisis has significantly altered commuting habits; remote and telework have become widespread together with other flexible work arrangements. The true impact of these changes on gas emissions and on the well-being of people as well as on the real-estate market (offices) are not known. This is now an opportunity to leverage on an ongoing change in habits that could result in significant GHG reduction.

    Proposals should address all of the following aspects:

    1.Analyse the influence of politicians on the making of sustainable and non-sustainable transport policies, as well as the impact of their design on accessibility in peripheral areas, identifying synergies with the reform of governance instruments of the European Union (e.g. Trans-European Transport Network, Urban Mobility Framework) to enhance the gradual phase-out policy effect for private car ownership.

    2.Propose approaches that better integrate mobility policies with policies from other sectors (e.g. energy efficiency, renewables, gender mainstreaming, healthcare, retail and poverty and low income population reduction).

    3.Consider the benefits of public/private partnerships towards future transport and mobility system, as to secure local adjustment and solutions that are effective and economic for private stakeholders, with a long-term sustainable horizon for the society.

    4.Identify and assess the potential of (shared) mobility hubs at neighbourhood-level and define the role of organisational innovations in supporting them.

    5.Explore how small, medium cities and metropolitan areas manage the emergence of micro-mobility and how driverless vehicles are likely to affect urban areas and land use (e.g. mixed use of urban space, dynamic parking).

    6.Identify the major flaws on national transport and mobility regulations in EU countries and provide recommendations on how to better harmonize them trans-nationally (e.g. incentives for putting bicycles on trains etc.).

    7.Identify regulations and accountability measures to ensure that mobility data are best utilised for the common good, for example, harnessing the potential of data to stimulate innovation for more sustainable mobility behaviour patterns and guide urban planning, while also protecting citizen privacy.

    8.Analyse the drivers for public acceptability of stringent and mandatory transport policies (e.g. carbon taxes, urban traffic bans).

    9.Examine the most effective strategies in promoting the transition to more sustainable freight transport in Europe following the recent and ongoing changes in consumer culture, such as the increase in e-commerce and online.

    A ’social optimum’ balance should be included to developing research knowledge within new governance models from several perspectives (e.g. socio-economic, environmental, health, accessibility, gender and inclusion, safety and security aspects). This concept complements the work launched within the Cities Mission regarding MaaR (Mobility as a Right). Synergies with the projects GECKO 356 , ACCTING 357 and SHARED GREEN DEAL 358 should be explored, given that mobility behaviours and the role of cities as agent of change will influence policy makers in enabling adaptive and anticipatory regulatory schemes and governance with novel policies contributing to sustainable mobility goals.

    In addition to the research activities, actions are expected to involve citizens from different backgrounds and origins in the policy analysis to gather and study their understanding, perceptions, opinions and positions, thus contributing to co-designing and co-assessing the most appropriate policies’ recommendations. The collection of children’s views can also be included in the study. Citizen platforms if existing, can be used for this purpose.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research.

    Safety and resilience

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-10: Ensuring the safety, resilience and security of waterborne digital systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased safety and resilience of waterborne digital systems, including system of systems and their functions and considering both malicious intervention and system failure with particular regard to the application of artificial intelligence methodologies, networks of sensors and the onshore on-board communications.

    2.Improved system design addressing human factors issues in the changing levels of human/automated system interactions

    3.Assurance of the resilience, safety and security of waterborne digital and connected systems is undertaken on the basis of robust methodologies to a similar standard to that applied within other sectors which apply safety critical digital technology and their application in safety critical conditions including the safety of navigation and its systems.

    4.Robust by design waterborne digital and connected systems for safety and resilience (incl. reliability regimes such as fail safe, fail secure, fail to operation etc., HAZOP, system of systems, security, hardware and equipment data, etc.)

    5.Methodologies to enable effective HAZOP analysis and validation of waterborne digital systems are developed and disseminated, increasing the use of common approaches, also when using artificial intelligence applications.

    6.Increased software safety (incl. functional analysis and reliability assessment).

    7.Increased cyber security for operation and maintenance (incl. software maintenance).

    Scope: Increasingly, modern waterborne transport relies upon smart digital and connected systems to ensure safe and efficient operation. Within large complex vessels, system of systems approaches are used together with Internet of Things and Artificial Intelligence approaches to integrate diverse systems ranging from sensors, business and cargo management systems, power and engine management, electronic navigation and situational awareness. System integration of systems with proprietary digital control systems has become more and more critical in terms of ensuring safety and efficiency. The complexity and foundation upon software, makes assurance of the resilience of such systems challenging and requires a different to that applied to hardware- based systems. Waterborne digital system can be vulnerable to both malicious intervention and the consequences of system failure. Examples have included the spoofing of navigational GPS signals, ransom wear attacks on integrated container management systems, complete power shutdown and the helicopter evacuation of a large passenger ship when engine protection systems identified a common fault across all engine waterborne systems. The challenge to assure the safety and resilience of digital systems is particularly important within large complex vessels where the level of integration and connectivity is high and where the consequences of failure can be particularly severe.

    In the domain of power generation and management the vastness of new technological solutions, often driven by environmental regulations, poses new challenges in ships’ design and management, where the need for integration of diverse energy converters (ICEs, batteries, fuel cells, wind, capacitors, etc.) confront designers and operators with systems based on profoundly different operating principles coming together with different requirements and control and digital systems. Integration for harnessing the full potential in a safe and secure frame is key to their implementation.

    Furthermore, the capability of integrating different systems (and their dynamics) involve an always increased number of sensors, whose data, fused, should become available for optimisation and increased awareness during normal and safe critical operations.

    Comprehensive HAZOP (Hazard Operability) studies are essential for such vessels, yet the methodologies are poorly established within the waterborne sector whilst other sectors operating safety critical digital systems (aerospace, nuclear, medical automotive etc.) have well established practices. Furthermore, applying “hardware in the loop” to simulation and validation of digital systems in dependent on the quality of the digital simulation model. This can be difficult for waterborne transport due to the variability of ship designs, complexity and lack of relevant data concerning the integrated components. Pre-delivery testing and sea trials could include fault simulation and digital testing founded upon the identification of critical digital systems identified by the HAZOP, yet such trials focus on hard-ware or subsystems such as rudder control rather than addressing the entire integration. For safety critical systems, reliability regimes need to be established to identify the safe default state in case of system failure or the identification of malicious intervention. In this respect the best system state could be: “fail operational”, “fail soft”, “fail safe”, “fail secure”, “fail passive”, “be fault tolerant”.

    Activities will address the development of a HAZOP methodology for whole system assessment of highly digitised, connected complex vessels. The methodology should include system, system of systems designed for specific function or sets of functions and/or a methodology for the entire vessel, including when application of artificial intelligence algorithms is foreseen. The methodology will be developed with relevant stakeholders including shipbuilders, system designers and equipment providers, IT professionals, operators, class societies, regulators. The acceptability of the methodology to all stakeholders will be assessed and an implementation roadmap will be developed to account for any identified barriers. Work will draw upon the expertise of other sectors with more developed procedures for the assessment and assurance of digital safety.

    On-board systems and functions integration by design, for safe and secure operation should be used to test and demonstrate the safety and security of the applications.

    The developed methodology will be applied to a representative complex highly digitised vessel, safety critical systems and functions will be identified, and appropriate reliability regimes and mitigation measures will be established with consideration of both malicious intervention and system failure.

    Cost effective methodologies for validating the safety, resilience and correct functioning of digital and connected safety critical ship systems, including system of systems, will be developed and demonstrated.

    1.In case of validation on the basis of a theoretical digital models and/or digital twinning (e.g. hardware in the loop) then the validity of the model should be proven as well as its flexibility to be applied towards a range of vessel designs.

    2.In case of validation on the basis of physical testing of the responses of the final system to a range of fault conditions and malicious interventions during the final trials, there should be assurance that test conditions are representative of the identified risks.

    Guidance should be produced and disseminated concerning the recommended methodology for assuring the safety and resilience of complex digitalised and connected shipping.

    The safety assessment should be developed by using methodologies suitable for being assessed in international fora such as the International Maritime Organisation.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-11: Effects of disruptive changes in transport: towards resilient, safe and energy efficient mobility

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 3.00 and 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 359 .

    Expected Outcome: Research is expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Transport systems that are resilient, i.e. prepared for disruptive changes of different kinds, and thereby supporting continuously improved traffic safety.

    2.Resilience to unexpected events (pandemics, natural disasters, political decisions, conflicts, energy and fuel disruptions, raw materials and component supply vulnerabilities etc.) as an integrated principle in the design and development of future transport systems.

    3.Increased understanding how sudden changes in the availability of transport means e.g. through dramatic weather events or emission induced ban of certain vehicles in a city, affect the safety of transport system users, and the underlying psychological effects for users’ reactions.

    Scope: The importance of a robust transport systems becomes highly evident in times of rapid, changes that are neither planned, scheduled nor predicted. The COVID-19 pandemic has pointed at several issues (e.g. delivery of essential goods, ensuring uninterrupted and safe public transport operations for essential workers etc.) that need to be addressed to secure future resilience of the transport system and to ensure that the level of transport safety is not only maintained, but also meeting more demanding targets. For instance, the decreased use of public transport during the pandemic has to some extent led to increases in both biking and walking, but also an increased use of cars in some parts of the world. At the same time, decreased traveling has meant fewer vehicles on the roads in certain areas, whereas others have seen an increase of delivery vehicles, as home deliveries have surged. Likewise, the current energy market realities have made even more pressing the need of an energy efficient mobility system that could absorb disruptions in the fuel supply chain.

    Digital tools/services and new transport means (e.g. urban air mobility and micro mobility), new ways how to use the infrastructure (e.g. even more shared spaces with different types of vehicles, both highly automated and manually controlled) in a more energy efficient manner and new behaviour should be included in the research.

    In order to provide safe and resilient transport for all, many aspects are expected to be considered in a clearly multidisciplinary approach. Proposed actions are expected to address at least three out of the following aspects:

    1.Scenarios of disruptive changes that can make a transport system unstable should be identified, the consequences on transport safety be analysed, and solutions to tackle them developed. This includes safety implications of rapid changes / new incentives (sometimes contradictory to previous ones, e.g. regarding the use of public transport in a pandemic situation).

    2.Analysis of how socio-economic differences may affect the safety of individuals in case of disruptive changes (e.g. individual mobility options are determined by the socio-economic status).

    3.Study of how the concept of resilience at the system level can be applied and used for the improvement of transport safety.

    4.Evaluation of the potential and development of recommendations on how to improve transport safety and resilience through suburban planning and future housing developments with their effects on the demand for transport and through the design of transport infrastructure networks.

    A definition of resilience in the context of transport systems should be provided, and factors of transport safety and energy efficiency that are essential to take into account should be determined. Moreover, scenarios for disruptive changes should be identified that can make a transport system instable, the consequences on transport safety be analysed, and solutions to tackle them be developed. Hence, a structured method to secure safety as an integrated part in resilient transport systems should be provided.

    A solid foundation for this research is the Safe System Approach. It requires the inclusion of relevant expertise in social sciences and humanities (SSH) and will benefit from international cooperation.

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-12: A new framework to improve traffic safety culture in the EU

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 360 .

    Expected Outcome: Research results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Growing a positive traffic safety culture across the EU that supports the Vision Zero goal and the Safe System Approach, and which is in line with the UN Sustainable Development Goals and the 2020 Stockholm Declaration, UN General Assembly Resolution and Global Plan of Action for the second decade on road safety

    2.Remedial action against detrimental, non-temporary impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on certain road safety risk factors such as a shift from collective to individual means of transport. Facilitation of a shift to increase efficiency in road safety related public spending across Europe together with a shift towards more energy efficient mobility choices.

    3.Development and evaluation of strategies to transform the traffic safety culture of road users and stakeholders based on a valid model that identifies the key components defining traffic safety culture, including, for example, social norms, attitudes, perceived control, values, and system assumptions (including its energy efficiency and consumption)

    4.Concepts and guidelines to make the concept of traffic safety culture an integral part of road safety work of actors across the socio-economic systems of European societies

    5.Better understanding of the link between road safety outcomes and safety culture; pilot implementation of road safety education at secondary school level and also for decision makers and practitioners in EU Member States/Associated countries.

    Scope: A Safe System entails the understanding and managing of all elements of the transport system, including the behaviour and interplay of its actors. Comparative analysis shows persistent differences in road safety performances between EU Member States/Associated countries. These differences may be attributable to differences in culture, which are hard to explain with classical risk models. Efforts should therefore be made to complement road safety initiatives by a safety culture perspective, i.e., the values, beliefs, priorities and viewpoints shared among groups of road users and stakeholders that influence their decisions to behave or act in ways that affect safety, while also considering energy consumption. This concept is already well established in organisational research.

    Assessing road safety cultures in different national, regional or local systems, groups and organisations is believed to help understanding and explaining different patterns of risk perception and risk taking across communities and countries – and can likewise inform tailored interventions for these (sub-)cultures, which all come with their specific norms, values, beliefs and behaviours (including gender-related behavioural patterns). These interventions should address all relevant actors in the system for road transport of people and goods, and consider future developments, such as potential impacts by increasing automation levels or by the introduction of new means of road transport such as e-scooters and hoverboards.

    Within this context, actions should contribute to establishing a framework for cultural transformation in road safety across the EU and thereby address all the following aspects:

    1.Better understanding of the link between road safety outcomes and safety culture, i.e. of sociocultural factors like values, beliefs, attitudes, and norms and their effects on actual behaviour of road users (including subjective perception of safety as well as implications of value of time and institutionalised travel costs) – and the ways how these factors can be sustainably transformed.

    2.Consideration in particular - but not exclusively - of traffic behaviour with high safety impacts, such as inadequate speed choice, distraction by communication or control devices, driving or riding under the influence of alcohol or drugs, non-use of protective devices, and risks triggered by professional drivers’ requirements to multitask and report while driving.

    3.Assessment of safety cultures and respective activities from other transport modes such as aviation and rail and their potential for road safety.

    4.Assessment of the interplay between shifting to more energy efficient mobility solutions and traffic safety.

    5.Consideration of safety impacts of new technologies (including better understanding and use of Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS)) and emerging transport means and services.

    6.Consideration of the safety impact of the increasing penetration of urban micro-mobility systems in mixed traffic scenarios and evaluation of potential safety improvements for the protection of micro-mobility users.

    7.Stocktaking of good practices from countries and companies worldwide already successfully applying cultural approaches to (road) safety work, including countries outside of the EU such as the US and Australia.

    8.Targeting all levels of the socio-economic systems of societies in the EU, i.e. from European to national, regional and local communities, including entities such as schools and workplaces. Also, NGOs, victims’ organisations etc. can play an important role in that regard.

    9.Clear guidance & hands-on advice on the design and evaluation of interventions to define, measure, transform and institutionalise traffic safety culture across all areas affecting road safety – for decision-makers and practitioners, with a good geographic coverage across EU institutions, EU Member States/Associated countries. At the level of individual road users, including VRUs, such interventions may entail targeted educational and communication efforts to challenge wrong beliefs or to clarify misperceived social norms, and the use of incentives and nudging to encourage compliant behaviour. At the level of enterprises and authorities, initiatives may include the take-up of safety culture principles in sustainability reporting and encompass various activities from staff training and supervision to procurement and operations – at best permeating work culture and norms of an organisation. Advice at the level of EU Member States/Associated countries and the EU is sought on how to support such transformation such as with legislation, enforcement, and data.

    10.At least three different pilot tests of selected interventions at various levels in different EU Member States/Associated countries.

    Actions should be based on the results of previous research projects in this domain, such as the TraSaCu project, and make advances by completing and updating their theoretical foundations, teaming up with EU stakeholders and bringing their findings to life by establishing a framework for true cultural transformation in road safety both among stakeholders and road users. Making use of data that is already being collected in EU Member States/Associated countries about traffic safety culture such as the ESRA initiative (which already involves 60 countries, including over 20 European ones) and Baseline 361 project is strongly encouraged.

    Special attention should be given to EU countries with lower safety performance 362 . Integration of relevant expertise from social sciences and humanities (SSH) and international cooperation with partners from the US and/or Australia is encouraged.

    Other Actions 363

    Grants to identified beneficiaries

    1. Support for the SET Plan Conference in 2023 (Presidency event)

    Spain will organise the annual Strategic Energy Technology Plan conference in 2023. The conference will take place in Spain during the Spanish Presidency of the Council of the European Union. The European Commission will support the organisation of the annual SET Plan conference in cooperation with the entity designated by the Spanish Presidency.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation to the legal entity identified below as the co-organisation of SET Plan Conference falls under its competence.

    Due to political sensitivity of the event, the evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    FUNDACION ESPAÑOLA PARA LA CIENCIA Y LA TECNOLOGIA, F.S.P. (FECYT), C/ Pintor Murillo, 15, 28100 Alcobendas – Madrid, Spain

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: 4th quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.25 million from the 2023 budget

    2. Support for the SET Plan Conference in 2024 (Presidency event)

    Hungary will organise the annual Strategic Energy Technology Plan conference in 2024. The conference will take place in Hungary during the Hungarian Presidency of the Council of the European Union. The European Commission will support the organisation of the annual SET Plan conference in cooperation with the entity designated by the Hungarian Presidency.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation to the legal entity identified below as it is responsible for energy policy and will lead all activities on energy policies during the time of Hungarian Presidency of the Council of the European Union. As such, the co-organisation of SET Plan Conference falls under its competence.

    Due to political sensitivity of the event, the evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    Ministry of Technology and Industry, 1011 Budapest, Fő utca 44-50; Hungary

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: 4th quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.25 million from the 2024 budget

    3. ENTSO-E and the EU.DSO Entity cooperation in the realisation of a Digital Twin of the EU Electricity Grid

    In the framework of the Digitalisation of Energy Action Plan, the Call D4-2-8 will contribute to the development of a Digital Twin of the EU Electricity Grid to improve management, operations and resilience of the EU Electricity System in support to REPowerEU.

    In addition, coordination and support from both the EU.DSO Entity and ENTSO-E are key to ensure that bottom-up smart grid and digital investments of TSOs and DSOs are interoperable and build on best-practices, at EU-level, to promote seamless data exchange between TSOs and DSOs on the one hand, and TSOs-DSOs with the market on the other hand. The aim is to facilitate EU-wide markets for innovative data-driven services, for example in demand response, integration of renewables, and smart charging of electric vehicles.

    ENTSO-E and EU.DSO cooperation will also target the following outcomes:

    1.Strengthened observability and controllability of the grid

    2.Optimised infrastructure and network planning

    3.Joint modelling for a more resilient grid in terms of RES integration and cybersecurity (e.g. in the framework of the TYNDP and EERA)

    4.Increased use of active System Management and Forecasting to support Flexibility and Demand Response

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation.

    The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    European Network of Transmission System Operators for Electricity (ENTSO-E), Rue de Spa 8, B-1000 Brussels, Belgium

    European Distribution System Operators Entity (EU DSO Entity), Avenue de Tervueren 188A / Box 4, 1150 Sint-Pieters-Woluwe (Brussels), Belgium

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: 2nd quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2023 budget

    Public procurements

    1. Study on how to mobilize industrial capacity building for advanced biofuels

    Based on the assessment of the industrial capacity needs and potential of the WP 2021 tender study 364 and the roadmap for building it, this study will identify and propose ways to realize the industrial value chains, including financial, technical, business and feedstock related.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: 2nd quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget

    2. Technical support for low carbon and renewables policy development and implementation

    This action aims at providing technical support for the development and implementation of policies related to low carbon and renewable energy. The main base will be the recast of the renewables directive 2018/2001, as well as preparatory actions linked to the European Commission proposals for the amended renewable directive 2021/0218 (COD) and the hydrogen & decarbonised gas market package 2021/0423 (COD), 2021/0424 (COD), and 2021/0425 (COD).

    This would include studies on sustainability, certification, climate impacts, industry competitiveness, consumer information, and facilitation of standardisation. Furthermore, communication activities that enable stakeholder engagement can be undertaken.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: 1st quarter and 3rd quarter of 2023; 1st quarter and 3rd quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 2024 budget

    3. Support to the development, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of climate, energy and mobility research and innovation policy activities

    The action focusses on three types of activities:

    1.Technical assistance, and economic and policy analysis to support various aspects of the research and innovation policy relevant in climate, energy and mobility and related sectors.

    2.Communication activities, such as events and publications, that could support dissemination of knowledge and information to interested organisations and individuals, as well as development of new forms of cooperation and information exchange between interested organisations and individuals.

    3.Providing information on new forms of innovation in the climate, energy and mobility sectors, as well as new forms of supporting innovation, e.g. start-up support, new business models, new financing instruments, cooperation with organisations outside the climate, energy and mobility sectors, supporting innovation investment communities and intermediaries.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: as of 1st quarter 2023 and as of 1st quarter 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 2024 budget

    4. Extension of the METIS energy model in terms of market design, demand sector granularity and interface with regions outside of Europe

    METIS is a mathematical model providing analysis of the European energy system for electricity, gas and heat. It simulates the operation of energy systems and markets on an hourly basis over a year, while also factoring in uncertainties like weather variations. The model also explicitly represents electricity transmission and distribution networks. The addition of hydrogen as an energy carrier have allowed using the model in the Impact Assessment for revised gas markets and hydrogen directive and regulation. Further ongoing developments address the better integration of demand with supply sectors and a finer regional granularity.

    In order to secure the model in future policy cycles, extensions would be necessary along the following three dimensions:

    1.A representation of energy markets including the behaviour of buyers and sellers.

    2.The inclusion of all demand sectors including a linkage of demand in these sectors to economic activity as represented by macro-economic models.

    3.The interaction with energy systems outside the EU that have a key impact on the EU energy system, e.g. via exports of electricity, gas and hydrogen.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: 2nd quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 2.50 million from the 2023 budget

    5. Development of standardisation methods for eco-design and energy labelling of photovoltaic products

    This action aims at developing standardised (pre-normative) methods relevant to eco-design and energy labelling of photovoltaics. In particular, there would be two sets of methods developed:

    1.Standardised method for the calculation and testing of the yield of bifacial photovoltaic modules and;

    2.Standardised method for the measurement and testing of the long term degradation of the photovoltaic modules performance (some activity started with the preparation of the IEC 63209 standard). The main aspects of interest (e.g. thermal fatigue, damp heat, etc.) should be identified.

    The research should cover at least:

    1.Characterization (e.g. insulation test, wet leakage current test) and stabilization techniques to be applied;

    2.Procedure for the collection of testing samples;

    3.Definition of the testing protocols, testing sequence and, when applicable, pass criteria, related to the various aspects of interest (e.g. thermal fatigue, damp heat, etc.).

    The overall duration of the testing process should also be analysed, with the aim of minimising it, while keeping a minimum defined level of confidence in the results. This may also imply the calculation and development of correlation factors on the basis of the duration of the testing process.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.60 million from the 2023 budget

    6. Development of a recyclability index for photovoltaic products

    This action aims at developing a recyclability index for photovoltaic modules, to be built up starting from the general methods laid down in the horizontal standards developed under M/543 and under eco-design and energy labelling regulatory framework.

    The research should cover at least:

    1.Analysis of the recycling processes currently available and expected to become available in the short-middle term for photovoltaic modules;

    2.Identification of CRM (critical raw materials) and environmentally relevant materials present in the bill of materials of the photovoltaic module technologies currently available and expected to become available in the short to medium term;

    3.Analysis of the various design solutions/architectures for photovoltaic module technologies currently available and expected to become available iin the short to medium term.

    4.Development, calibration and validation of a scoring methodology taking into account the abovementioned topics, e.g. by including the identification of:

    1.Priority parts (to the extent of material relevance – CRM/environmentally relevant material – and material recyclability);

    2.Key parameters for repair and upgrade;

    3.Scoring framework.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2023 budget

    7. Comprehensive study on the internalisation of external costs in transport

    The action foresees the continuation and update of previous works on the internalisation of external costs in transport, in line with the EU’s Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy. This includes an update of the respective handbook on the external costs of transport, which is widely and intensely used as source of information, both for the European Commission’s analyses, studies and impact assessments, as well as by other stakeholders around the world (including researchers, NGOs and Member States themselves). The previous study 365 was published in 2019 and new data would become available by 2025, thus this action will allow to mirror the frequency of updates of the handbook over the past decades.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget

    8. Support to R&I strategic planning and implementation with regard to smart energy systems, ensuring feedback from R&I projects and communities to policy-making processes

    The action is directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of sound evidence base for R&I policies in the field of smart energy systems, encompassing all energy vectors and including storage. Energy system integration, digitalisation and power grid flexibility are important themes. The action will support the coordination of stakeholder views on R&I strategy by using existing structures (including the BRIDGE initiative and the ETIP Smart Networks for the Energy Transition) and possible new initiatives (if applicable), and by building on the Strategic Energy Technology Plan approach and developments. It will also mobilise inputs and feedback coming from the R&I communities and EU-funded projects and provide advice and feedback to EU policy-making processes supporting the rollout of policy instruments.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million from the 2023 budget

    9. Study on the macro-economic impacts of the climate transition

    The study will carry out in-depth analytical work to assess the socio-economic impacts of the transition to climate neutral economies. It will focus on issues that have been insufficiently explored thus far, including risks related to frictions in the reallocation of labour and capital across economic sectors, the political economy of the transition process, distributional issues, the impacts of stranded assets and the implications of the transition for government finances. The study will rely at least in part on macro-economic modelling tools.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: 2nd quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget

    10. Dissemination and information activities

    Communication activities such as meetings, conferences, out-reach communication events/papers/materials and publications should support dissemination of knowledge and information to relevant stakeholders.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: as of 1st quarter in 2023 and as of 1st quarter in 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.70 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.70 million from the 2024 budget

    Subscription actions

    1. Contribution to Technology Collaboration Programmes (TCPs) of the International Energy Agency (IEA)

    The Commission represents the European Union in the Technology Collaboration Programmes (TCPs) concluded under the framework of the International Energy Agency where it participates in activities in certain areas of energy research. The annual financial contributions will be paid to the entities responsible for managing the following TCPs:

    1.Geothermal Energy Research and Technology;

    2.Bioenergy;

    3.Ocean Energy Systems;

    4.International Smart Grids Action Network (ISGAN);

    5.Greenhouse Gas Research &Development;

    6.Solar Power and Chemical Energy Systems;

    7.Photovoltaic Power Systems;

    8.Solar Heating and Cooling;

    9.Wind Energy Systems;

    10.Gas and Oil Technologies;

    11.Energy Efficient End-Use Equipment;

    12.Equality in Energy Transitions.

    Type of Action: Subscription action

    Indicative timetable: as of 1st quarter 2023, as of 1st quarter 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.45 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.45 million from the 2024 budget

    2. Subscription of the EU to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)

    The European Union is an observer of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the most authoritative source of knowledge about climate change. The IPCC policy on observers recognises the special status of the European Union and gives Commission representatives the right to speak and to introduce proposals like any IPCC Member, but not to vote. The IPCC puts no financial obligations on members and observers but funded solely through voluntary contributions and grants. The EU has been a significant contributor to the IPCC including, most recently, though a grant under the call H2020-IBA-SC5-IPCC-2019 aimed to facilitate the preparation of the IPCC’s its Sixth Assessment Report (AR6). The IPCC is now completing its Sixth Assessment cycle and the mentioned grant expires in 2024. Given IPCC’s importance in promoting science-based approaches in climate action, it would be appropriate to continue supporting the IPCC Panel at the current rate, in the form of a subscription as a token of EU’s commitment to evidence-based policies.

    Type of Action: Subscription action

    Indicative timetable: 4th quarter 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.63 million from the 2024 budget

    3. Contribution to the International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA)

    The European Union is a member of IRENA. According to the organisation's Statute and Financial Regulation this implies the obligation to pay an annual contribution to its budget covering the participation of the EU in IRENA's activities. IRENA's main objective is to disseminate best practices in the field of renewables as the principal platform for international cooperation in the field, a centre of excellence on renewable energy and a repository of policy, technology, resource and financial knowledge. This includes:

    1.The promotion of the widespread and increased adoption and the sustainable use of all forms of renewable energy globally, including in the EU, in particular to bring down costs and also to increase market experience, in order to contribute to economic growth and social cohesion as well as access to and security of energy supply;

    2.Support activities for countries in their transition to a renewable energy future;

    3.Reducing of barriers for renewable energy, stimulating best practice and raising awareness.

    Type of Action: Subscription action

    Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2023, and 1st quarter 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.56 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.56 million from the 2024 budget

    4. Voluntary contribution to participation in workstreams of the Clean Energy Ministerial

    The Commission has been active in the Clean Energy Ministerial (CEM) since its inception in 2010 and the European Union formally became a member on 6 June 2016 when the EU Energy Ministers formally endorsed the CEM Framework. The CEM consists of major economies that, together with the European Commission on behalf of the EU, are aiming to accelerate the global clean energy transition. Together they have the potential for making a major impact as they represent about 90% of global clean energy investment and 75% of global greenhouse gas emissions. The Commission supported the extension and strengthening of CEM’s mandate to Phase III, or CEM3.0 (from July 2022 to June 2025) and provided voluntary contribution for its Secretariat.

    Under CEM, groups of member countries create, engage in and provide voluntary financial contributions for CEM workstreams (initiatives and campaigns) to advance specific CEM objectives. The Commission currently co-leads and supports financially the operating agents of the following initiatives: the Super-efficient Equipment and Appliance Deployment (SEAD) initiative (50.000 EUR/year) and the Hydrogen initiative (20.000 EUR/year).

    Type of Action: Subscription action

    Indicative timetable: 2nd or 3rd quarter 2023 and 2nd or 3rd quarter 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.07 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.07 million from the 2024 budget

    5. Contribution to the International Energy Agency (IEA) – Energy Efficiency Hub (EE HUB)

    The purpose of the International Partnership for Energy Efficiency Cooperation (IPEEC) is to strengthen international cooperation on energy efficiency. The action carried out under the auspices of the partnership should result in more effective energy policy and programme output, in best practices being more widely known, disseminated and applied and in economies of scale. The aim of the partnership is to offer a topic-driven, structured dialogue and an operational network for enhanced cooperation and exchanges on energy efficiency between countries and international organisations by:

    1.exchanging information and experience on development of regulatory measures, policies and programmes;

    2.developing benchmarks and sharing information on goods and services, along with measurement methods regarding energy performance and energy savings;

    3.strengthening information, education and training for energy consumers;

    4.building stakeholder capacity by improving contacts between national, regional and local authorities and other relevant partners and stakeholders, exchanging views and sharing knowledge and experience.

    Type of Action: Subscription action

    Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2023, 1st quarter 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.08 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.08 million from the 2024 budget

    Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre

    1. Continuation of the Transport Research and Innovation Monitoring and Information System

    TRIMIS was announced by the Commission’s “Europe on the Move” Communication in May 2017, as an important instrument for assessing technology trends and research and innovation capacities in the transport sector. Since its launch in September 2017, it has been serving as a one-stop-shop that gathers, analyses and provides open-access information on transport research and innovation activities at EU and Member State level. TRIMIS is providing up to date, reliable information and analyses in support of the research community, transport stakeholders and policy makers, facilitating exchanges between partners and informing decision making processes. It is also acting as a monitoring system of progress against agreed targets and roadmaps, notably towards the delivery of the European Green Deal, EU’s Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy and Fit for 55 targets.

    The current operating horizon of TRIMIS is until 2024 and this action will enable its continuation beyond that timeframe. In particular, it will allow to capture in the database and analyses of TRIMIS the results of EU-funded and Member States' projects available after 2024 (including from the Horizon 2020 Green Deal Call). Furthermore, this action will enable to expand the work of TRIMIS, developing new analyses, technology assessments and recommendations for future Research & Innovation and policy action. Finally, the extension of TRIMIS will allow the continuous monitoring of strategic transport research and innovation agendas, with Key Performance Indicators to track progress against targets, as well as reporting on the progress of innovation and implementation, following the funding support provided by Horizon Europe and other programmes.

    Form of Funding: Direct action grants

    Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    Indicative timetable: 2nd quarter of 2024 for the service level agreement

    Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2024 budget

    2. Upgrading of the TENtec alternative fuels infrastructure analyses to support research and policy

    Regular and reliable information on the progression from research to deployment is necessary for further research, evidence-based policy and decision making. In particular, information on alternative fuels infrastructure deployment and identified gaps in the network can help direct public funding (e.g. Horizon Europe, CEF) where it is most needed, to support the uptake of innovative solutions for sustainable transport. Better visibility of the alternative fuels network can also facilitate investments in research and innovation by private stakeholders. Valuable information is starting to become available, for instance through the European Alternative Fuels Observatory 366 and the first analyses performed in TENtec. However, additional data and analyses are needed to develop a comprehensive algorithm that takes account of routing, to perform an in-depth, comprehensive assessment of alternative fuels network coverage on the TEN-T network. The development and integration of new thematic data layers in TEN-T will also foster new analyses and research into the opportunities and effects of EU policies on alternative fuels.

    Form of Funding: Direct action grants

    Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    Indicative timetable: 1st quarter of 2023 for the service level agreement

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.20 million from the 2023 budget

    3. Support for the design and implementation of cost-effective solutions for zero-emission HDVs

    This action aims at providing scientific and technical support from the JRC to EU policies on Heavy Duty Vehicles (HDV) CO2 emissions for the decarbonisation of the EU transport system. Activities will be coordinated with the European industrial players (e.g. Hydrogen and Batteries’ partnerships, components and auxiliary industry), research and standardization stakeholders.

    Duration: 24 months

    Form of Funding: Direct action grants

    Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2023 budget

    4. European Storage Inventory

    With the REPowerEU Plan and its ambition to accelerate the uptake of renewable energies, energy storage has become ever more important to guarantee energy supply security. In this context, it is important to trace its technological development and deployment across the EU, in order to inform energy policymaking, R&I programming, and the revised SET Plan. This action will aim at setting up a European Storage Inventory that surveys and maps energy storage R&I (including pilot sites), as well as major commercial installations through interactive IT tools and data bases. It will feed into the work of the Clean Energy Technology Observatory in highlighting major developments in storage R&I, observed trends and their assessment, as well as an assessment of the annual deployment of storage and total cumulative storage stock across the EU. The latter will be important for energy modelling and security of supply assessments. The European Storage Inventory is expected to develop synergies with the Clean Energy Technology Observatory.

    Form of Funding: Direct action grants

    Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    Indicative timetable: 1st quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget

    Indirectly managed actions

    1. Contribution to InvestEU blending operation under the Green Transition product

    The ‘Fit for 55’ package of measures adopted by the Commission in July 2021 sets out the policies and legislation for the EU to meet its 2030 target of 55% net greenhouse gas emissions reductions, which will create new opportunities for investment in new technologies and approaches. The final aim is decarbonising the economy in line with the objectives of the Paris Agreement, the European Green Deal and the European Union’s 2050 net-zero target, and Climate Law. That is why the European Commission intends to establish an efficient framework to identify European projects deploying innovative technologies, business models and approaches to reduce the green premium – the difference between the price of a carbon-emitting technology and its clean alternative. Under existing initiatives, the Commission has already been supporting, under InnovFin and other EU programmes, a variety of technological pathways for decarbonisation. InnovFin Energy Demonstration Projects 367 , in particular, has been very effective at mobilising finance for first-of-a-kind projects in the area of innovative renewable energy production, storage and smart grids. It has mobilised so far EUR 346 million of EU support for 11 operations (with total project costs of EUR 864 million).

    The blending operation will target projects at TRLs 6-8 via the European Investment Bank (EIB) or other implementing partners’ financial instruments, by providing loans and quasi-equity (or a combination of both), which may be blended with non-reimbursable components. The financial instrument component of operations may draw from the Innovation Fund, this Horizon Europe action, or the InvestEU budget, while the non-reimbursable component will only be funded by this Horizon Europe action – to be spent economically as a last resort option to enable project’s financial closure.

    The blending under the InvestEU’s Green Transition product focusses on the following four areas that are underrepresented in the current portfolio of InnovFin:

    1.Renewable hydrogen. In July 2020, the Commission adopted the Hydrogen Strategy 368 with the aim of decarbonising its production and to expand its use to store, transport and accelerate the use of renewable energy, as well as replacing fossil fuels in specific sectors, aiming to reach 40 GW of electrolyser capacity by 2030, producing up to 10 million tonnes of renewable hydrogen. Investments in renewable hydrogen production capacity are estimated at EUR 180-470 billion in the EU until 2050. The strategy identifies as a clear priority the production of renewable hydrogen, i.e. hydrogen produced through electrolysis using renewable electricity. In this context, a top priority is to demonstrate larger size, more efficient and cost-effective electrolysers, with capacities reaching 100 MW and above. Another priority is to further develop large scale hydrogen end-use applications, notably in industry. The path to business case feasibility (without any grant component) of the solution at potential replication sites shall also be investigated. The necessary coordination, along the value chain with the European Clean Hydrogen Alliance 369 , and on data and knowledge with the observatory and data base in the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking, is foreseen.

    2.Sustainable aviation fuels (SAF). Though aviation accounted for only 3.7% of total CO2 emissions in the EU in 2018, it accounted for 15.7% of CO2 transport emissions. Aviation is the second highest transport sector after road vehicles, and the fastest growing. Reducing aviation emissions is challenging considering the long operational life of aircraft and the fact that that zero-emission aircraft configurations and powertrain options for commercial air transport are far from technological and commercial maturity. SAF can significantly reduce aviation reliance on fossil fuels, while relying on existing infrastructure and propulsion systems, but the transition will require significant investments. While several SAF production pathways are certified, their use in the fuel mix is still negligible (less than 0.1%) due to high production costs. The price of the most innovative and sustainable types of fuels is estimated at up to 3 to 6 times the price of fossil aviation fuels depending on the production pathway, while their lifecycle emissions savings are 85% or more compared to fossil fuels. The path to business case feasibility (without any grant component) of the solutions at potential replication sites shall also be investigated as well as sustainability in wider scale as part of the Fit-for-55 package. The Commission has therefore proposed the ReFuelEU Aviation initiative 370 to boost the supply and use of sustainable aviation fuels in the EU. The action will support the development of the most innovative SAF notably advanced biofuels and RFNBOs 371 in line with the ReFuelEU Aviation and Renewable Energy Directive sustainability framework.

    3.Long duration energy storage (LDES). At any moment in time, electricity consumption and generation have to be perfectly matched. This balance is necessary not only in the short term for power grid stabilisation (for which short duration storage solutions exist), but also over the long term, to ensure supply adequacy, by compensating for fluctuations, for meteorological dark and still periods (‘dunkelflaute’) that can last a few weeks, and for seasonal variations between summer and winter. Long duration – weekly to seasonal - renewable grid scale energy storage needs will expand as both the electrification of demand and the share of renewable – and variable as well as distributed - energy sources in the total supply mix will grow. Sustainable long duration energy storage therefore has a key role to play in the transition towards a carbon-neutral economy. The storage system needs to be optimised for large capacity and long duration (weekly, seasonal), for minimal climate and environmental footprint over the full life cycle, for regulatory compliance and for financial viability (hence maximising round trip efficiency, minimising costs and identifying a business case for the targeted investment based on electricity storing / de-stocking price projections). The path to business case feasibility (without any grant component) of the storage solution at potential replication sites shall also be investigated. Sustainable storage solutions for renewable energy, involving an energy vector that can be used for other purposes than regenerating electricity are also eligible. The topic is open to all technologies: chemical (including hydrogen and its derivatives), electrochemical, thermal and mechanical technologies (other than pumped hydro which is mature and available commercially).

    4.Direct air capture (DAC) of CO2. European Commission scenarios reaching net-zero emission by 2050 show extensive use of carbon dioxide removal, including DAC. For example, the 1.5 tech scenario forecasts 266 Mt of CO₂ point capture and 200 Mt of CO₂ DAC. Most IPCC scenarios modelling 1.5°C paths also include a share of carbon dioxide removal (with and without DAC). DAC emerges as the most relevant source of carbon for renewable power-to-fuels/chemicals processes in such scenarios, but several challenges remain for a large-scale deployment of the technology. The future operational and financial viability (without any grant component or support scheme) of any DAC solution at potential replication sites shall also be investigated in function of the fate of the captured CO2 (i.e. underground storage or use), renewable energy source used for the capture process, and vicinity to CO2 transport and storage infrastructure (in case of underground storage). The International Energy Agency estimates the current DAC cost to be within a wide range of $100-$1000 per captured tonne of CO₂. Stakeholders claim that costs can be reduced to €50-€100 by 2030 with sufficient investments in R&I and deployment. As there is so far no specific EU initiative targeting DAC, this topic will fill an important gap.

    Functioning of the blending operation

    The blending operation will be open to all applicants meeting the set eligibility criteria set in this text and InvestEU Green Transition product. As such, it is not restricted to projects proposed under pre-existing or future partnerships with the European Commission. This blending operation is particularly relevant because it seeks to bring together the public and private sector to fund pre-commercial, industry-scale demonstration projects for critical decarbonisation technologies, directly addressing the early deployment funding gap for the selected technologies and provide a structure to accelerate their commercialisation.

    Projects’ selection and financing procedure follows the InvestEU Regulation. In particular, the EIB or other implementing partners will check the financial viability of and perform full due diligence on each potential financing operation, while the Commission services assure their eligibility under the ‘policy check’ procedure. Special attention shall be paid to ensuring that the technologies developed, and Intellectual Property generated will benefit the EU interest, in particular by focussing the funds on high quality projects realised in the Union/ eligible Associated Countries.

    Expected impact

    Unprecedented investment is needed to turn climate policy targets into reality. Attaining the 2030 target of at least 55% net emissions reduction is estimated to require EUR 350 billion of additional annual investment. Blended finance is a crucial tool to mobilise urgently needed private ‘patient capital,’ especially in domains considered too risky for the markets to function. This is the case of the technologies selected, which will benefit from investments in demonstration and scaling-up – leading to increased confidence among market participants, economies of scale in production and deployment, and significant cost reductions. The project pipeline of the InnovFin EDP and FutureMobility facility, as well as the high number of submitted proposals under the first Innovation Fund calls, indicate the richness of the EU ecosystem, which - boosted by the Fit-for-55 package - is expected to thrive in the coming years. The initiative will accelerate the reduction of the green premium in key areas, allow for wider, faster up-take and contribute to the creation of jobs in the EU in green industries manufacturing these solutions.

    Legal entities:

    European Investment Bank (EIB), 98-100, boulevard Konrad Adenauer, L-2950 Luxembourg, Luxembourg

    Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

    Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

    Indicative timetable: as of 1st quarter 2023 and 1st quarter 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 50.00 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 50.00 million from the 2024 budget

    2. Research on aviation safety and sustainability issues to prepare future standards and regulations

    While facing the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, ground-breaking challenges are coming to the fore for the aviation industry, including the reduction of its environmental impact, the response to security threats and the need to reduce the time to market for novel services or products.

    The extent of changes at stake is creating a challenge to public authorities, and notably the aviation regulators, as they imply to reconsider the existing references supporting rulemaking, certification, compliance assessment and/or standardisation. The needs to ensure the highest level of safety while maintaining a level playing field for all users, to develop the appropriate responses to new threats, to support the transition towards a sustainable aviation and to assess emerging risks keep generating new quests for regulators to fulfil their mission as guarantors of public interest – whether on safety, security, health and/or environmental protection.

    The importance of these questions in the protection of public interest requires a swift handling by Aviation authorities to timely find the due responses required. Research and innovation is pivotal to instigate a new mind-set and the re-design of knowledge, processes and methodologies, so often required to devise robust and future-proof strategies and solutions best serving the interests of the aviation sector and of European citizens alike.

    The modernisation of the aviation system in the areas of safety, efficiency, level playing field and environmental protection are key elements with the European Plan for Aviation Safety (EPAS 372 ).

    The priorities under this heading encompass the following themes:

    Training media allocation - simulator vs. actual flying: the allocation of training media to the various objectives and phases of pilot training have been defined several decades ago. Technological evolution of training-media, the pedagogical development in pilot training, changing economic context and environmental protection needs for aviation make the reassessment of the allocation of training-media necessary to prepare the evolutions of flight training standards.

    New intelligence solutions exploiting big data technologies and data science: building on the capacities of the ‘Data4Safety’ (D4S) programme (coordinated by EASA) and exploiting previous R&I initiatives, there is a need to mature new intelligence solutions building on big data technologies and data science and to make them available to a larger community of aviation actors and stakeholders.

    These new intelligence solutions are expected to be matured in view of (1) a generalised use in aviation safety risk management, (2) their application to other aviation domains such as security, cyber-security, environmental protection, operational efficiency and training and (3) their potential application to other transport modes and sectors.

    Evolutions of airworthiness standards for new aircraft structure designs using materials, processes and advanced manufacturing methods: review of design practice suggests that composite structures now applied to aircraft principal structural elements have been designed largely based upon experience and limited understanding and quantification of the many competing failure modes. Furthermore, lack of a standard approach to design for damage no-growth (the usual expected philosophy) and communication challenges throughout complex supply chains have complicated the matter.

    In addition, the environmental (e.g. thermal, moisture) coefficient differences which exist between some materials in hybrid structural configurations (mixed material) can be significant and difficult to predict in complete structures in service, sometimes resulting in unexpected damage in service (in the metallic and/or composite structure).

    The research action is aimed at supporting the development of certification requirements, means of compliance, and associated guidance applicable to one, or more, of EASA products and/or other emerging products, e.g. Vertical Take-off and Landing (VTOL) aircraft.

    Aviation Resilience - Cybersecurity Threat Landscape: The increasing connectivity of aircraft and ground systems with the use of internet technologies or aeronautical communications, raises an emerging risk of remotely compromising aircraft systems, as claimed by the hackers’ community.

    To be able to correctly evaluate the risks from cybersecurity threats on aviation and their acceptability, it is first necessary to establish the impact on the safety of flights, taking into account for instance types of operations being conducted, pilots’ situational awareness, and traffic situation. Some threats have already been evaluated by analysis but an end-to-end evaluation is needed due to the human factor issues involved, both in the cockpit and on the ground segment. As new ‘entrants’ to aviation, drone operations represent one specific domain to address as part of the project.

    New health safety measures in aircraft: the COVID-19 crisis has revealed again the critical role of air transport in accelerating the transmission of infectious diseases, as it was previously observed for the severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) in 2002/03, the influenza H1N1 virus in 2009.

    Ensuring the preparedness of the air transport system to achieve a strong resilience to infectious disease outbreak or high-threat pathogen events, is now an essential enabler for the economical sustainability of the air transport sector.

    The objectives of the project are to investigate the possibilities to further reduce the spread of a series of airborne infectious agents (viruses, bacteria, fungi) within the aircraft environment by improving filtration systems, recirculation systems and cabin airflow, including individual air supply nozzles, to ensure that passengers are not adversely affected during the flight.

    Colour vision requirements in the new full glass cockpit environment and modern ATCO consoles: recently, major progress in aircraft design as well as in the development of air traffic control (ATC) stations, including full glass cockpit, LED displays and other technologies. In order to increase the safety and decrease the reaction times a lot of information provided to pilots and ATC controllers is colour coded.

    Fulfilment of targeted research needs on aviation standards, notably those evolving from the needs for mitigation of occurred accidents/incidents, perceived emerging threats and other international obligations of EASA and European States at large – namely those in the framework of ICAO.

    Strengthening and coordinating a European network of experts in support to non-CO2 emission impact assessment and policy option assessment: the understanding of the climate impact of aviation non-CO2 emissions is constantly evolving, the recent report from the Commission and EASA 373 highlighted the need to reduce these uncertainties in order to implement effective mitigation policy measures pursuant to Article 30(4) of the EU Emissions Trading System Directive.

    Developing, agreeing and implementing an effective policy response to the issue of the climate impact of non-CO2 emissions from the aviation sector requires a coordinated effort and consensus across a wide range of relevant stakeholders (e.g. scientific community, academia, aircraft operators, fuel producers, ANSPs, NGOs, regulators, analysts and policymakers at EU / State level). The measures can be clustered into three categories: financial/market-related, fuel standards/aircraft engine emission standards and specific operational measures.

    The project encompasses the establishment of a non-CO2 science network (incl. EU and non-EU teams), the consolidation of the series of recent research project results, the evaluation with on-going/planned projects on required actions to address open issues and gaps as well as the definition of the roadmap for enhanced impact assessment capabilities. The results will also support work on the climate impact of non-CO2 emissions in the ICAO Committee on Aviation Environmental Protection (CAEP).

    Legal entities:

    European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3, D-50668 Cologne, Germany

    Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

    Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

    Indicative timetable: as of 1st quarter 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 8.50 million from the 2024 budget

    Expert contract actions

    1. Experts for the monitoring of actions

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of running actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation, and where appropriate include ethics checks, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative timetable: As of 1st quarter 2023 and 1st quarter 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.80 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.80 million from the 2024 budget

    2. External expertise to advise on EU research and innovation policy

    This action will support the provision of independent expertise in support of the design, implementation and valorisation of EU research policy. Individual experts will work in the following domains:

    1.Analysis, design, assessment and implementation of strategic climate, energy and mobility research and technology options and actions

    2.Future climate, energy and mobility -related research actions and programmes, contribution to their impact assessment.

    3.International cooperation in the field of climate, energy and mobility research and innovation.

    4.Analysis and valorisation of EU climate, energy and mobility research results in view of contributing to the elaboration of policy reports (such as projects for policy, project cluster reports, etc.).

    5.Preparation of actions for Horizon Europe missions.

    The tasks of individual experts would include:

    1.Analysis of the contribution of the funded research to the EU policy objectives spanning across all climate, energy and mobility modes and systems;

    2.Analysis of the state-of-the-art at international level; investigation of deployment options for the developed knowledge;

    3.Participation in international symposia, including the drafting of White Papers and reports on the symposia's conclusions;

    4.Advise the Commission on promising technologies covered by European and nationally funded projects and on ways to stimulate synergies;

    5.Assist the Commission in the evaluation of calls for expression of interest.

    In addition to individual experts, this action could provide for Commission expert groups.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative timetable: As of 1st quarter 2023 and as of 1st quarter 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.60 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 2024 budget

    Budget 374

    Budget line(s)

    2023 Budget(EUR million)

    2024 Budget(EUR million)

    Calls

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01

    107.50

    from 01.020250

    49.00

    from 01.020250 - NGEU

    58.50

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02

    10.00

    from 01.020250

    10.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01

    103.00

    from 01.020250

    103.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01

    104.70 375

    16.30

    from 01.020250

    64.68

    16.30

    from 01.020250 - NGEU

    40.02

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02

    42.00

    from 01.020250

    42.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01

    57.00

    from 01.020250

    57.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02

    54.00

    from 01.020250

    54.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01

    397.60

    23.00

    from 01.020250

    206.48

    23.00

    from 01.020250 - NGEU

    191.12

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02

    161.00

    from 01.020250

    161.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03

    58.00

    from 01.020250

    58.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01

    246.00

    from 01.020250

    246.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02

    138.00

    from 01.020250

    138.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01

    78.00

    from 01.020250

    36.18

    from 01.020250 - NGEU

    41.82

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02

    44.00

    from 01.020250

    44.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01

    36.00

    from 01.020250

    36.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02

    50.00

    from 01.020250

    50.00

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01

    217.00

    from 01.020250

    95.49

    from 01.020250 - NGEU

    121.51

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01

    202.05

    from 01.020250

    202.05

    HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01

    108.50

    from 01.020250

    108.50

    HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01

    122.50

    from 01.020250

    122.50

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

    3.39

    from 01.020250

    3.39

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    57.15

    from 01.020250

    57.15

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-CITIES-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    26.82

    from 01.020250

    26.82

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    5.67

    from 01.020250

    5.67

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    62.14

    from 01.020250

    62.14

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-OCEAN-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    6.85

    from 01.020250

    6.85

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    54.82

    from 01.020250

    54.82

    Other actions

    Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

    1.75

    0.25

    from 01.020250

    1.75

    0.25

    Public procurement

    11.60

    2.70

    from 01.020250

    11.60

    2.70

    Subscription action

    1.16

    1.78

    from 01.020250

    1.16

    1.78

    Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    2.70

    2.00

    from 01.020250

    2.70

    2.00

    Indirectly managed action

    50.00

    58.50

    from 01.020250

    50.00

    58.50

    Expert contract action

    1.40

    1.80

    from 01.020250

    1.40

    1.80

    Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.57

    from 01.020250

    0.57

    Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

    7.00

    from 01.020250

    7.00

    Contribution from this part to Specific grant agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

    27.15

    from 01.020250

    27.15

    Estimated total budget

    1648.47

    1114.88

    (1)    Activities in this cluster will contribute to multiple SDGs, with the most direct impact on SDG 7 (Affordable and clean energy), SDG 9 (Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure), SDG 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities), and SDG 13 (Climate Action). In addition, SDG 3 (Good health and well-being), SDG 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation), SDG 8 (Decent work and economic growth), and SDG 12 (Responsible production and consumption) will be positively impacted.
    (2)    Europe's moment: Repair and Prepare for the Next Generation, EC COM (2020) 456 final
    (3)    Regulation (EU) 2021/1119 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 June 2021 establishing the framework for achieving climate neutrality and amending Regulations (EC) No 401/2009 and (EU) 2018/1999 (‘European Climate Law’)
    (4)    Including actions on renewable energy, energy efficiency, CO2 emission standards for cars and vans, alternative fuels, energy taxation, and creation of a new Social Climate Fund.
    (5)    Including actions on Trans-European Networks, Intelligent Transport Systems, a European Urban Mobility Framework, reducing methane emissions in the energy sector, decarbonisation of the EU gas market, energy performance of buildings, and sustainable carbon cycles.
    (6)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM%3A2022%3A108%3AFIN
    (7)    Production and integration of renewable gas is supported in various topics of Destination 3.
    (8)    More energy efficient buildings that use more renewable energy are supported in various topics of Destination 4. More performant and cost-competitive renewable energy solutions as well as their integration in the power sector is supported in various topics of Destination 2 and 3.
    (9)    Energy efficiency in industry is addressed in various topics under Destination 4.
    (10)    The use of alternative fuels for maritime transport and aviation is supported in various topics of Destination 5, the electrification of road transport is supported under Destination 2 and 5. More efficient mobility and logistic solutions are supported under Destination 6.
    (11)    Clean Hydrogen, Transforming Europe's rail system, Integrated Air Traffic Management, Clean Aviation
    (12)    Activities specifically targeting fuel cells and hydrogen are primarily supported through calls for proposals of the European Partnership on Clean Hydrogen. However, in justified cases and in line with topic descriptions, specific aspects of hydrogen and fuel cells can be supported outside of the Clean Hydrogen Partnership
    (13)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
    (14)     https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/en/funding/erdf/
    (15)     https://ec.europa.eu/esf/main.jsp?catId=62&langId=en
    (16)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal/actions-being-taken-eu/just-transition-mechanism/just-transition-funding-sources_en
    (17)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/archives/life/index.htm
    (18)     https://ec.europa.eu/inea/en/innovation-fund
    (19)     https://ec.europa.eu/commission/priorities/jobs-growth-and-investment/investment-plan-europe-juncker-plan/whats-next-investeu-programme-2021-2027_en
    (20)     https://defence-industry-space.ec.europa.eu/eu-defence-industry/european-defence-fund-edf_en ;While focusing on civilian applications, there may be synergies with actions conducted under the European Defence Fund or its precursor programmes (Preparatory Action on Defence Research and European Defence Industry Development Programme), e.g. in the field of energy storage and management as well as innovative fuels.
    (21)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/recovery-plan-europe_en
    (22)     https://eit.europa.eu/our-communities/eit-innovation-communities
    (23)    http://mission-innovation.net/our-work/innovation-challenges/
    (24) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (25)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (26)    Of which EUR 9.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (27)    Of which EUR 8.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (28)    Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (29)    Of which EUR 9.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (30)    Of which EUR 3.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (31)    Of which EUR 5.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (32)    Of which EUR 6.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (33)    Of which EUR 1.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (34)    Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (35)    Of which EUR 2.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (36)    Of which EUR 5.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (37)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (38)    E.g. projects NextGEMS , ESM2025 and projects funded under the call HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-02
    (39)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
    (40)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (41)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
    (42)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable)
    (43)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (44)     EarthCARE - Earth Online (esa.int)
    (45)     Metop - Second Generation | EUMETSAT
    (46)     https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-atmosphere-science-cluster/
    (47)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
    (48)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
    (49)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/horizon-cl5-2021-d1-01-02
    (50)    COM(2021) 82
    (51)    Including projects under topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-04: Supporting the formulation of adaptation strategies through improved climate predictions in Europe and beyond
    (52)    As presented in the Working Group II IPCC Report, Chapter 13: Climate Change 2022: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Working Group II Contribution to the IPCC Sixth Assessment Report
    (53)     Funding & tenders (europa.eu)
    (54)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/horizon-miss-2021-clima-02-01
    (55)     https://op.europa.eu/o/opportal-service/download-handler?identifier=cfa86c26-764e-11eb-9ac9-01aa75ed71a1&format=pdf&language=en&productionSystem=cellar&part =
    (56)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (57)    Page 2473 of Climate Change 2022: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Working Group II Contribution to the IPCC Sixth Assessment Report. Available: https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar6/wg2/downloads/report/IPCC_AR6_WGII_FullReport.pdf ,
    (58)    Changing our ways? Behaviour change and the climate crisis, 2021, Report of the Cambridge Sustainability Commission on Scaling Behaviour Change.
    (59)    EU Green Deal and other key EU initiatives highlight the importance of education and training for the green transition.
    (60)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM:2022:11:FIN )
    (61)     https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC128040
    (62)    Learning outcomes relate to what learners know and can do after a “learning intervention”, usually after an extended period of time (like a study programme). Learning interventions themselves depend on a range of inputs (inducing investments, policies, curricula design). Learning outcomes are usually described as knowledge, skills and attitudes that learners have developed in a specific area.
    (63)    Sub-region 202, as defined by the United Nations Statistics Division: https://unstats.un.org/unsd/methodology/m49/overview/ .
    (64) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (65)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (66)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
    (67) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (68)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (69)     https://atmos2021.esa.int/
    (70)     https://www.globalcarbonproject.org/
    (71)     https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/eu_methane_strategy.pdf
    (72)     https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-atmosphere-science-cluster/
    (73)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
    (74)     https://www.wcrp-climate.org/
    (75)     https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-polar-science-cluster/
    (76)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (77)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
    (78)    “African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.
    (79)     https://www.un.org/development/desa/dpad/wp-content/uploads/sites/45/publication/ldc_list.pdf
    (80)    as per, for example, http://www.globalcarbonatlas.org/en/CO2-emissions
    (81)     https://cordis.europa.eu/programme/id/H2020_LC-CLA-02-2019
    (82)    FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
    (83)     https://rmis.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
    (84)     https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-carbon-science-cluster/
    (85)     https://earth.esa.int/eogateway/missions/biomass
    (86)     https://earth.esa.int/eogateway/missions/flex
    (87)     https://www.esa.int/Applications/Observing_the_Earth/Copernicus/Copernicus_Sentinel_Expansion_missions https://www.eumetsat.int/copernicus-co2m-science-support
    (88)    The bulk of activities are supported by the Institutional Partnership ‘Clean Hydrogen’.
    (89)    Communities and cities are mainly supported under the Mission on Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities, and through the co-funded Partnership ‘Driving Urban Transition’, implemented in this work programme as a grant to identified beneficiary.
    (90)    Citizens engagement as well as social sciences and humanities are mainstreamed across multiple topics across various Destinations in this work programme.
    (91)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
    (92) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (93)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (94)    Of which EUR 11.02 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (95)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (96)    Of which EUR 7.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (97)    Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (98)    Of which EUR 6.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (99)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget.
    (100)    Of which EUR 2.00 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget.
    (101)    Of which EUR 1.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (102)    COM(2020) 798 final, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning batteries and waste batteries, repealing Directive 2006/66/EC and amending Regulation (EU) No 2019/1020
    (103)    See documents defining the SSbD framework and criteria on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (104)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (105)    COM(2020) 798 final, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning batteries and waste batteries, repealing Directive 2006/66/EC and amending Regulation (EU) No 2019/1020
    (106)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (107)    See https://emmc.eu
    (108)     https://battery2030.eu/research/roadmap/
    (109)     https://www.big-map.eu/
    (110)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (111)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (112)     https://www.clean-hydrogen.europa.eu/system/files/2022-02/Clean%20Hydrogen%20JU%20SRIA%20-%20approved%20by%20GB%20-%20clean%20for%20publication%20%28ID%2013246486%29.pdf
    (113)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (114)    Proposals may include CCU, CCS or CCUS approaches.
    (115)    In particular projects aiming at a high TRL level, e.g Horizon 2020 Innovation actions
    (116)     https://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/funding-climate-action/innovation-fund/large-scale-projects_en
    (117)     https://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/funding-climate-action/innovation-fund/small-scale-projects_en
    (118)    The final number will be decided by the consortia depending on the specific sector and the number of mature projects funded by Horizon 2020.
    (119)    Individual proposals for the IF will not be considered public deliverables to ensure full confidentiality.
    (120) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (121)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (122)    COM(2020) 798 final, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning batteries and waste batteries, repealing Directive 2006/66/EC and amending Regulation (EU) No 2019/1020
    (123)    COM(2020) 798 final, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning batteries and waste batteries, repealing Directive 2006/66/EC and amending Regulation (EU) No 2019/1020
    (124)    COM(2020) 798 final, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning batteries and waste batteries, repealing Directive 2006/66/EC and amending Regulation (EU) No 2019/1020
    (125)     https://www.globalbattery.org/battery-passport/
    (126) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (127)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (128)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (129)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (130) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (131)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (132)    As defined in the Batteries Europe Strategic Research Agenda https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/documents/batteries_europe_strategic_research_agenda_december_2020__1.pdf
    (133)    The future Commission initiative for Safe and Sustainable by Design [Reference to updated industrial research site on Europa.eu to be added which will link to the relevant Commission documents. Already available ‘Review of safety and sustainability dimensions, aspects, methods, indicators, and tools’, under consultation ‘Framework for the definition of criteria and evaluation procedure for chemicals and materials’.] will set a framework for assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials and should be considered as a baseline for proposals.
    (134)    The future Commission initiative for Safe and Sustainable by Design [Reference to updated industrial research site on Europa.eu to be added which will link to the relevant Commission documents. Already available ‘Review of safety and sustainability dimensions, aspects, methods, indicators, and tools’, under consultation ‘Framework for the definition of criteria and evaluation procedure for chemicals and materials’.] will set a framework for assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials and should be considered as a baseline for proposals.
    (135)    See documents defining the SSbD framework and criteria on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
    (136)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
    (137)    Direct solar fuels are in this context renewable synthetic fuels made by direct conversion routes from solar to chemical energy
    (138) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (139)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (140)    Of which EUR 17.60 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (141)    Of which EUR 8.90 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (142)    Of which EUR 7.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (143)    Of which EUR 7.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (144)    Of which EUR 10.10 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (145)    Of which EUR 10.10 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (146)    Of which EUR 10.10 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (147)    Of which EUR 22.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (148)    Of which EUR 6.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (149)    Of which EUR 11.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (150)    Of which EUR 10.10 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (151)    Of which EUR 12.30 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (152)    Of which EUR 7.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (153)    Of which EUR 16.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (154)    Of which EUR 10.10 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (155)    Of which EUR 22.02 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (156)     https://energy.ec.europa.eu/topics/markets-and-consumers/energy-communities_en
    (157)    https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
    (158)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (159)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (160)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (161)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (162)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (163)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (164)    For example, Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, Digital Europe Program and Connecting Europe Facility, the Data Space design principles of Open DEI, the project supported under the Interoperability Community CSA and aligned with the Digital Europe Data Centre Support Centre, etc.
    (165)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (166)     REPowerEU: affordable, secure and sustainable energy for Europe | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (167) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (168)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (169)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (170)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (171)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (172)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (173)    “African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.
    (174) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (175)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (176)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (177)    Applicants are reminded that legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.
    (178)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (179)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (180) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (181)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (182)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (183)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (184)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (185)    The roadmap s are available here www.leap-re.eu/pillar-1/
    (186)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (187)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (188) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (189)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (190)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (191)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (192)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (193)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (194)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (195)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (196)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (197)    Applicants are reminded that legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.
    (198)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
    (199)    The Versailles Declaration, 10 and 11 March 2022, https://www.consilium.europa.eu/media/54773/20220311-versailles-declaration-en.pdf
    (200)    ‘REPowerEU: Joint European action for more affordable, secure and sustainable energy’, COM(2022) 108 final, 8 March 2022.
    (201)    https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
    (202) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (203)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (204)    Of which EUR 5.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (205)    Of which EUR 4.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (206)    Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (207)    Of which EUR 3.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (208)    Of which EUR 13.82 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (209)    Of which EUR 11.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (210)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (211)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (212)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (213)    ‘on-site’ means the premises and the land on which the building is located and the building itself.
    (214)    ‘energy from renewable sources produced nearby’ means energy from renewable sources produced within a local or district level perimeter of the building, which fulfils all the following conditions: (a) it can only be distributed and used within that local and district level perimeter through a dedicated distribution network; (b) it allows for the calculation of a specific primary energy factor valid only for the energy from renewable sources produced within that local or district level perimeter; and (c) it can be used on-site of the building through a dedicated connection to the energy production source, that dedicated connection requiring specific equipment for the safe supply and metering of energy for self-use of the building.
    (215)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (216) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (217)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (218)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (219)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (220)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (221)    Accessibility is meant as the removal and prevention of barriers that hinder the participation of persons with disabilities in society on equal basis with others. In this case the focus is on barriers in the built environment.
    (222)    Inclusiveness is meant as environments that reflect the diversity of society with full respect of the human rights and fundamental freedoms of all inhabitants.
    (223)    In line with relevant EU legislation (e.g., the European Accessibility Act Directive (EU) 2019/882) and European standards (e.g., EN 17210:2021).
    (224) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (225)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (226)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (227)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (228) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (229)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (230)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (231)     https://www.eea.europa.eu/help/faq/what-is-particulate-matter-and
    (232)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (233)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (234)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
    (235)    These aspects are also dealt with in the specific “Impact of transport on environment and human health” section
    (236) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (237)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (238)    Of which EUR 8.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (239)    Of which EUR 5.60 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (240)    Of which EUR 11.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (241)    Of which EUR 6.70 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (242)    Of which EUR 0.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (243)    Of which EUR 0.84 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (244)    Of which EUR 11.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (245)    Of which EUR 9.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (246)    Of which EUR 8.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (247)    Of which EUR 1.12 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (248)    Of which EUR 9.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (249)    Of which EUR 19.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (250)    Of which EUR 8.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (251)    Of which EUR 4.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (252)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (253)    Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (254)    Of which EUR 0.75 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (255)    Of which EUR 5.60 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
    (256)     https://bepassociation.eu/synergies-and-collaborations/ipceis/ ; https://bepassociation.eu/
    (257)    The future Commission initiative for 'Safe and Sustainable by Design' will set a framework for assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials and should be considered as a baseline for proposals.
    (258)    Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” - https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf
    (259)    Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” - https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf
    (260)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (261)     https://www.2ZEROemission.eu/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/2021-2ZERO-SRIA-FINAL-1.pdf
    (262)    Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data, “TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” - https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf
    (263)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (264)     https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/press/press-releases/2022/03/11/the-versailles-declaration-10-11-03-2022/
    (265)     https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_22_1511
    (266)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (267)    Waterborne transport concerns both maritime shipping and inland waterway transport, explanation of the segments is included in the Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda of the ZEWT co-programmed partnership.
    (268)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (269)    Communication de la Commission: Future-proofing European inland waterway transport - NAIADES III action plan: NAIADES III Annex I action 33 ”Facilitate the efforts of stakeholders and Member States to create a fund complementing EU and national financial instruments”, https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/default/files/com20210324-naiades.pdf and EP report P9_TA(2021)0367 “Towards future-proof inland waterway transport in Europe - European Parliament resolution of 14 September 2021 towards future-proof inland waterway transport.
    (270)    Like the brake and tyre wear emissions which are generated from non-exhaust traffic related sources such as brake, tyre, clutch and road surface wear.
    (271)    https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/345329
    (272)     https://cordis.europa.eu/programme/id/H2020_LC-GD-9-1-2020 and projects https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101037319 and https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101036245
    (273)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (274) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (275)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (276)    Considering, where appropriate, deployment targets under the Alternative Fuels Infrastructure Regulation (AFIR) and Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (EPBD) proposals
    (277)     https://transport.ec.europa.eu/transport-themes/clean-transport-urban-transport/sustainable-transport-forum-stf_en
    (278)    https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
    (279)    https://www.kdt-ju.europa.eu/
    (280)    COM(2020) 747 final - Updated analysis of the non-CO2 climate impacts of aviation and potential policy measures pursuant to EU Emissions Trading System Directive Article 30(4).
    (281)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (282)    https://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp?catId=1223&langId=en
    (283)    https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/724102
    (284)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (285)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (286)    https://environment.ec.europa.eu/strategy/zero-pollution-action-plan_
    (287)    ‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’, as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
    (288) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (289)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (290)     Common approaches for the safety validation of CCAM systems”
    (291)     https://www.headstart-project.eu/
    (292)    Traffic data in this context refers to microscopic traffic data that describes a driving situation, incl. road layout, road users with their dynamic behaviour, other objects and environmental conditions.
    (293)    Ibid.
    (294)    Ibid.
    (295)    A digital twin is a virtual representation that serves as the real-time digital counterpart of a physical object or process, in the context here a virtual representation of road transport infrastructure.
    (296)     https://www.inframix.eu/
    (297)     https://www.transaid.eu/
    (298)     http://www.maven-its.eu/
    (299)     “Physical and Digital Infrastructure (PDI), connectivity and cooperation enabling and supporting CCAM”
    (300)     “European demonstrators for integrated shared automated mobility solutions for people and goods”
    (301)    CCAM Partnership, Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda 2021-2027, December 2021, https://www.ccam.eu/ , Lessons Learned from completed projects: https://connectedautomateddriving.eu/ projects/lessons-learned/ , Horizon Europe Work Programme 2021-2022, Climate, Energy and Mobility, European Commission Decision C(2021)4200 of 15 June 2021.
    (302)    Social innovation concerns the development of new products, methods, and services for and with society to meet societal needs involving citizens, public authorities, business and industry, social partners and academia—the “Quadruple Helix”—in their design, development, and implementation to drive social change and market uptake.
    (303)     https://www.sae.org/standards/content/j3216_202107
    (304)    Published impact evaluation methodologies such as the EU-CEM should be used to evaluate the impact of the solutions as appropriate.
    (305)     https://www.connectedautomateddriving.eu/
    (306)    ECORYS: Study on exploring the possible employment implications of connected and automated driving. Final Report. Rotterdam, October 2020.
    (307)    European Commission: Study on the social dimension of the transition to automation and digitalisation in transport focusing on the labour force. Final report. Brussels, 2021.
    (308)     WETRANSFORM , SKILLFULL , Pascal .
    (309)    In particular, work within the Wise-ACT COST project .
    (310)    ECORYS: ibid.
    (311)    Social innovation concerns the development of new products, methods, and services for and with society to meet societal needs involving citizens, public authorities, business and industry, social partners and academia—the “Quadruple Helix”—in their design, development, and implementation to drive social change and market uptake.
    (312)    In this respect it would be advisable to establish, as appropriate, a link to project FAME funded under CL5-2021-D6-01-06 and to the future project funded under topic HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-05 that are developing the EU- Common Evaluation Methodology (EU-CEM).
    (313)    Commission’s CountEmissions EU initiative ( https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/13217-Count-your-transport-emissions-%E2%80%98Coun tEmissions-EU%E2%80%99_en
    (314)    https://civitas.eu/
    (315)    https://www.ccam.eu/
    (316)    https://www.waterborne.eu/partnership/partnership
    (317)    See draft EU-Rail Multi Annual Work programme at https://shift2rail.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/20211222_mawp_v1_agreed-in-principle_clean.pdf
    (318)    See draft EU-Rail Multi Annual Work programme at https://shift2rail.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/20211222_mawp_v1_agreed-in-principle_clean.pdf
    (319)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (320)    There may be no such thing as a 100% correct value, but it is essential there is a consensus and linked convention based around values within an agreed, small uncertainty threshold.
    (321)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?qid=1590574123338&uri=CELEX:52020DC0380
    (322)    https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/MEMO_13_448
    (323)    https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/bitstream/JRC108865/jrc108865_final.pdf
    (324)    See EU-Rail Multi Annual Work programme at https://shift2rail.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/EURAIL_MAWP_final.pdf
    (325)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/activities/work-programmes-digital , main work programme, section 5.1.1
    (326) SAFEWAY: https://trimis.ec.europa.eu/project/gis-based-infrastructure-management-system-optimized-response-extreme-events-terrestrial PANOPTIS: https://trimis.ec.europa.eu/project/development-decision-support-system-increasing-resilience-transportation-infrastructure RESIST: https://trimis.ec.europa.eu/project/resilient-transport-infrastructure-extreme-events CLARITY: https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/730355    FORESEE: https://trimis.ec.europa.eu/project/future-proofing-strategies-resilient-transport-networks-against-extreme-events
    (327)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (328) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (329)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (330)     https://www.headstart-project.eu/
    (331)     Common approaches for the safety validation of CCAM systems”
    (332)    The term ‘heterogeneous actors’ comprises the heterogeneity of Road actors such as fleet managers, service providers, traffic managers, individual vehicles, Public Transport operators and users, Road operators and contractors and VRUs. Their actions differ due to their position in the ecosystem, their objectives and behaviour, which have an impact on traffic flow and other actors in the road network). The term ‘mixed traffic’ refers to different levels of vehicle automation (including human driven vehicles) present in the road network. Orchestration of heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic takes place when the managing authorities take the needs and plans of all relevant actors into account when planning and directing traffic flows in the system also balancing the priorities set by the public.
    (333)    CCAM Partnership, Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda 2021-2027, December 2021, Lessons Learned from completed projects, Horizon Europe Work Programme 2021-2022 , Climate, Energy and Mobility, European Commission Decision C(2021)4200 of 15 June 2021, SOCRATES 2.0: Connecting Europe Facility (CEF) 2016-EU-TM-0148-S 2017 , TM 2.0 Innovation Platform on interactive traffic management .
    (334)    Building on the results of SOCRATES 2.0 pilots reflecting the TM 2.0 concept on smart routing and interactive traffic management.
    (335)    Expanding on the results of Horizon 2020 projects (such as CoExist, TransAID, INFRAMIX, MAVEN). While the solutions above should be embedded in a technology-neutral approach, actions should ensure that future technological options such as photonics applications (Photonics Partnership “Green and efficient lighting for future mobility”) are also addressed, if possible.
    (336)    Expanding on the results of the projects of SHOW and HiDrive.
    (337)    Building on the work and results of SOCRATES 2.0 and TM 2.0 as well as expanding on the results of the projects being funded under HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-04: Integrate CCAM services in fleet and traffic management systems (CCAM Partnership).
    (338)     SAE J 3216 , Taxonomy and Definitions for Terms Related to Cooperative Driving Automation for On-Road Motor Vehicles.
    (339)    ‘Sustainable Urban Mobility Indicators”, as well as other published impact evaluation methodologies such as the EU-CEM, should be used to evaluate the impact of the solutions as appropriate.
    (340)     Artificial Intelligence (AI): Explainable and trustworthy concepts, techniques and models for CCAM
    (341)     “Human behavioural model to assess the performance of CCAM solutions compared to human driven vehicles”
    (342)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (343)     https://www.connectedautomateddriving.eu
    (344)    Outcomes of the project resulting from the call CL5-2021-D6-01-06: Framework for better coordination of large-scale demonstration pilots in Europe and EU-wide knowledge base.
    (345)    Ibid
    (346)     https://www.ccam.eu/what-is-ccam/governance/ccam-states-representatives-group/
    (347)     See KPI included in the SRIA
    (348)    In line with the 2030 Climate Target Plan the baseline for the greenhouse gas emissions reduction is at least 55% below 1990 levels.
    (349)    ”The Roadmap to the Physical Internet” was developed in the frame of the EU-funded project SENSE, ref. http://www.etp-logistics.eu/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Roadmap-to-Physical-Intenet-Executive-Version_Final.pdf
    (350)    See EU-Rail Multi Annual Work programme at https://shift2rail.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/EURAIL_MAWP_final.pdf
    (351)    See EU-Rail Multi Annual Work programme at https://shift2rail.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/EURAIL_MAWP_final.pdf
    (352)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (353)    Governance is all the processes of interactions be they through laws, norms, power or language of an organized society over a social system, done by the government of a state.
    (354)    Policies are deliberate systems of guidelines to guide decisions and achieve rational outcomes. Policies are generally adopted by a governance body within a national or local authority.
    (355)     https://h2020-gecko.eu/
    (356)     https://www.esf.org/eu-projects/accting/
    (357)     https://mailchi.mp/06ac151106cf/shared-green-deal
    (358)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (359)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (360)    https://www.baseline.vias.be/en/
    (361)    According to the data provided by the European Road Safety Observatory (https://ec.europa.eu/transport/road_safety/statistics-and-analysis/data-and-analysis/facts-and-figures_en)
    (362)    The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
    (363)    https://ted.europa.eu/udl?uri=TED:NOTICE:219917-2022:TEXT:EN:HTML
    (364)     https://transport.ec.europa.eu/transport-themes/sustainable-transport/internalisation-transport-external-costs_en
    (365)     https://www.eafo.eu/
    (366)     https://www.eib.org/en/products/mandates-partnerships/innovfin/products/energy-demo-projects.htm
    (367)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0301
    (368)     https://ec.europa.eu/growth/industry/policy/european-clean-hydrogen-alliance_en
    (369)    Commission proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and the Council on ensuring a level playing field for sustainable air transport (COM(2021) 561 final, 14 July 2021, 2021/0205 (COD))
    (370)    Renewable Fuels of Non Biological Origin (RFNBOs) as defined under RED II.
    (371)    Available at: https://www.easa.europa.eu/domains/safety-management/european-plan-aviation-safety
    (372)    Available at: https://www.easa.europa.eu/document-library/research-reports/report-commission-european-parliament-and-council
    (373) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
    (374)    To which EUR 7.00 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget will be added making a total of EUR 111.70 million for this call.
    Top

    EN

    Annex IX

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    9. Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment

    Table of contents

    Introduction    

    Destination - Biodiversity and ecosystem services    

    Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Understanding and addressing the main drivers of biodiversity loss    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-1: Better understanding of routes of exposure and toxicological and ecological impacts of chemical pollution on terrestrial biodiversity    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-2: Impact of light and noise pollution on biodiversity    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-3: Interdisciplinary assessment of changes affecting terrestrial and freshwater ecosystems, building on observation programmes    

    Biodiversity protection and restoration    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-4: Nature protection: Better methods and knowledge to improve the conservation status of EU-protected species and habitats    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-5: Understanding and reducing bycatch of protected species    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-6: Restoration of deep-sea habitats    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-7: Demonstration of marine and coastal infrastructures as hybrid blue-grey Nature-based Solutions    

    Mainstreaming biodiversity in society and the economy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-8: Addressing biodiversity decline and promoting Nature-based Solutions in higher education    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-9: Biodiversity, economics and finance: unlocking financial flows towards reversing of biodiversity loss    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-10: Build up of knowledge on Nature Positive Economy and supporting its scale-up    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-11: Biodiversity loss and enhancing ecosystem services in urban and peri-urban areas    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-12: Reinforcing science policy support with IPBES and IPCC for better interconnected biodiversity and climate policies    

    Biodiversity friendly practices in agriculture, forestry and aquaculture    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-13: Crop wild relatives for sustainable agriculture    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-14: Biodiversity friendly practices in agriculture – breeding for Integrated Pest Management (IPM)    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-15: Integrative forest management for multiple ecosystem services and enhanced biodiversity    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-16: Valorisation of ecosystem services provided by legume crops    

    Biodiversity and health    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-17: Interlinkages between biodiversity loss and degradation of ecosystems and the emergence of zoonotic diseases    

    Interconnection of biodiversity research and policies    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-18: Additional activities for the European Biodiversity Partnership: Biodiversa+    

    Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Understanding and addressing the main drivers of biodiversity loss    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-1: Invasive alien species    

    Biodiversity protection and restoration    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-2: Digital for nature    

    Mainstreaming biodiversity in society and the economy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-3: Dependence of society and the economy on pollinators    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-4: Biodiversity, economics and finance: Understanding macro-financial risks associated with biodiversity loss    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-5: Transformative action of policy mixes, governance and digitalisation addressing biodiversity loss    

    Biodiversity friendly practices in agriculture, forestry and aquaculture    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-6: Promoting pollinator friendly farming systems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-7: Reintroduction of landscape features in intensive agricultural areas    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-8: Conservation and protection of carbon-rich and biodiversity-rich forest ecosystems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-9: Selective breeding programme for organic aquaculture    

    Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Mainstreaming biodiversity in society and the economy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02-1-two-stage: Demonstrating Nature-based Solutions for the sustainable management of water resources in a changing climate, with special attention to reducing the impacts of extreme droughts    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02-2-two-stage: Demonstrating the potential of Nature-based Solutions and the New European Bauhaus to contribute to sustainable, inclusive and resilient living spaces and communities    

    Biodiversity friendly practices in agriculture, forestry and aquaculture    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02-3-two-stage: Promoting minor crops in farming systems    

    Destination - Fair, healthy and environment-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption    

    Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Enabling sustainable farming systems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-1: European partnership on accelerating farming systems transition – agroecology living labs and research infrastructures    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-2: European partnership on animal health and welfare    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-3: Improving yields in organic cropping systems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-4: Towards research and innovation beyond farm to fork strategy targets for pesticides after 2030    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-5: Advancing vaccine development for African swine fever    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-6: Towards sustainable livestock systems: European platform for evidence building and transitioning policy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-7: Innovations in plant protection: alternatives to reduce the use of pesticides focusing on candidates for substitution    

    Enabling sustainable fisheries and aquaculture    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-8: Using automatic species recognition and artificial intelligence to fight illegal fish discards and revolutionise fisheries control    

    Transforming food systems for health, sustainability and inclusion    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-9: European partnership on sustainable food systems for people, planet and climate    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-10: Eradicate micronutrient deficiencies in the EU    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-11: New detection methods on products derived from new genomic techniques for traceability, transparency and innovation in the food system    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-12: Thematic network ensuring food safety by translating research and innovation into practice    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-13: Cultured meat and cultured seafood – state of play and future prospects in the EU    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-14: Providing marketing solutions to prevent and reduce the food waste related to marketing standards    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-15: Fostering resilient European food systems in a changing world    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-16: Microbiomes fighting food waste through applicable solutions in food processing, packaging and shelf life    

    Targeted international cooperation    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-17: EU-African Union cooperation – linking the activities of the Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture (FNSSA) partnership and those of the Pan-African Network for Economic Analysis of Policies (PANAP)    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-18: Support for the implementation of a sustainable platform for the EU-African Union cooperation under the Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture (FNSSA) partnership    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-19: Support to the markets and trade of agroecological food products under the Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture (FNSSA) partnership    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-20: EU-Africa Union – food safety    

    Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Enabling sustainable farming systems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-1: Agro-pastoral/outdoor livestock systems and wildlife management    

    Transforming food systems for health, sustainability and inclusion    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-2: New healthy and sustainable food products and processes    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-3: Thematic network tackling food fraud by translating research and innovation into practice    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-4: Climate change and food safety: effects of climate change on food safety across food systems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-5: Creating smart and attractive tools to enhance healthy and sustainable food provision, eating and treating of food at home    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-6: Citizens’ science as an opportunity to foster the transition to sustainable food systems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-7: Impact of the development of novel foods based on alternative sources of proteins    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-8: Preventing and reducing food waste to reduce environmental impacts and to help reach 2030 climate targets    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-9: Microbiome for flavour and texture in the organoleptic dietary shift    

    Targeted international cooperation    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-10: EU-African Union cooperation on agroforestry management for climate change adaptation and mitigation    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-11: EU-African Union – towards climate-neutral, social just fair trade food systems    

    Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Enabling sustainable farming    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-1-two-stage: Increasing the availability and use of non-contentious inputs in organic farming    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-2-two-stage: Sustainable organic food innovation labs: reinforcing the entire value chain    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-3-two-stage: Tools to increase the effectiveness of EU import controls for plant health    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-4-two-stage: Tackling outbreaks of plant pests    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-5-two-stage: Animal nutritional requirements and nutritional value of feed under different production management conditions    

    Enabling sustainable fisheries and aquaculture    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-6-two-stage: Minimising climate impact on fisheries: mitigation and adaptation solutions for future climate regimes    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-7-two-stage: Minimising climate impact on aquaculture: mitigation and adaptation solutions for future climate regimes    

    Destination - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors    

    Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Enabling a circular economy transition    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-1: Enhancing collaboration between Circular Cities and Regions Initiative's (CCRI) supporting organisations    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-2: One hundred circular model households: making European households sustainable through inclusive circular practices    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-3: Harnessing the innovation potential and market uptake of successful circular economy water related projects    

    Innovating for sustainable bio-based systems, biotechnology and the bioeconomy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-4: Land-based bioprospecting and production of bioactive compounds and functional materials for multiple bio-based value chains    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-5: Broadening the spectrum of robust enzymes and microbial hosts in industrial biotechnology    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-6: Bio-based solutions for humanitarian applications    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-7: Symbiosis in the bio-based industrial ecosystems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-8: Eco-friendly consumer products – low-toxicity/zero pollution construction bio-based materials    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-9: Business models that balance the share of power and profit in the bioeconomy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-10: Supporting the fair and just transition from GHG-intensive economies facing challenges towards circular bioeconomy model regions    

    Innovating for blue bioeconomy and biotechnology value chains    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-11: Novel culturing of aquatic organisms for blue biotechnology applications    

    Safeguarding and sustainably innovating the multiple functions of EU forests    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-12: Optimising the sustainable production of wood and non-wood products in small forest properties and development of new forest-based value chains    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-13: Capturing market trends and societal perceptions for tailor-made forest services    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-14: Monitoring the multi-functionality of European forests    

    Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Enabling a circular economy transition    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-02-1-two-stage: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI)’s circular systemic solutions    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-02-2-two-stage: Novel, sustainable and circular bio-based textiles    

    Innovating for sustainable bio-based systems, biotechnology and the bioeconomy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-02-3-two-stage: Non-plant biomass feedstock for industrial applications: technologies and processes to convert non-lignocellulosic biomass and waste into bio-based chemicals, materials and products, improving the cascading valorisation of biomass    

    Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Enabling a circular economy transition    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-1: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative’s project development assistance (CCRI-PDA)    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-2: Circular solutions for textile value chains based on extended producer responsibility    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-3: Innovative circular solutions for furniture    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-4: Systemic circular solutions for a sustainable tourism    

    Innovating for sustainable bio-based systems, biotechnology and the bioeconomy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-5: Programmed biodegradation capability of bio-based materials and products, validated in specific environments    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-6: Digital information systems for bio-based products    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-7: Demonstrating the fair and just transition from GHG-intensive economies facing challenges towards circular bioeconomy model regions    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-8: Bioeconomy project development assistance    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-9: Circular bioeconomy start-up villages    

    Innovating for blue bioeconomy and biotechnology value chains    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-10: Targeting aquatic extremophiles for sourcing novel enzymes, drugs, metabolites and chemicals    

    Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Enabling a circular economy transition    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-1-two-stage: Circular solutions for textile value chains through innovative sorting, recycling, and design for recycling    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-2-two-stage: Increasing the circularity in plastics value chains    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-3-two-stage: Increasing the circularity in electronics value chains    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-4-two-stage: New circular solutions and decentralised approaches for water and wastewater management    

    Innovating for sustainable bio-based systems, biotechnology and the bioeconomy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-5-two-stage: Circular design of bio-based processes and products    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-6-two-stage: From silos to diversity – small-scale bio-based demonstration pilots    

    Destination - Clean environment and zero pollution    

    Call - Clean environment and zero pollution    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Halting pollution of air, soil and water    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-1: Knowledge and innovative solutions in agriculture for water availability and quality    

    Addressing pollution in seas and ocean    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-2: Integrated assessment and monitoring of emerging pollutants in the marine environment    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-3: Tackling human and climate change induced pollution in the Arctic - building resilient socio-ecological systems    

    Increasing environmental performances and sustainability of bio-based processes and products    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-4: Environmental sustainability and circularity criteria for industrial bio-based systems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-5: Industrial biotechnology approaches for improved sustainability and output of industrial bio-based processes    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-6: Biosensors and user-friendly diagnostic tools for environmental services    

    Reducing the environmental impact and pollution in food systems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-7: Strategies to prevent and reduce plastic packaging pollution from the food system    

    Call - Clean environment and zero pollution    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Halting pollution of air, soil and water    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-1-two-stage: Optimisation of manure use along the management chain to mitigate GHG emissions and minimize nutrients/contaminants dispersion in the environment    

    Increasing environmental performance and sustainability of processes and products    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-2-two-stage: Safe-and-sustainable-by-design bio-based platform chemicals, additives, materials or products as alternatives    

    Call - Clean environment and zero pollution    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Halting pollution of air, soil and water    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-1: Demonstrating how regions can operate within safe ecological and regional nitrogen and phosphorus boundaries    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-2: Best available techniques to recover or recycle fertilising products from secondary raw materials    

    Reducing the environmental impact and pollution in food systems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-3: Environmental impacts of food systems    

    Call - Clean environment and zero pollution    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Protecting drinking water and managing urban water pollution    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-1-two-stage: Holistic approaches for effective monitoring of water quality in urban areas    

    Increasing environmental performances and sustainability of bio-based processes and products    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-2-two-stage: Innovative technologies for zero pollution, zero-waste biorefineries    

    Destination - Land, ocean and water for climate action    

    Call - Land, ocean and water for climate action    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-1: Additional activities for the European Partnership Water Security for the Planet (Water4All)    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-2: Improve the reliability and effectiveness of alternative water resources supply systems and technologies    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-3: Ocean and coastal waters carbon- and biodiversity-rich ecosystems and habitats in Europe and the Polar Regions    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-4: Demonstration network on climate-smart farming – linking research stations    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-5: Pilot network of climate-positive organic farms    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-6: Analysing fossil-energy dependence in agriculture to increase resilience against input price fluctuations    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-7: Enhancing the sustainable production of renewable energy at farm-level    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-8: Closing the research gaps on Essential Ocean Variables (EOVs) in support of global assessments    

    Call - Land, oceans and water for climate action    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-1: Improving irrigation practices and technologies in agriculture    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-2: Socio-economic, climate and environmental aspects of paludiculture    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-3: Paludiculture: large-scale demonstrations    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-4: Land use change and local / regional climate    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-5: Climate-smart use of wood in the construction sector to support the New European Bauhaus    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-6: Ocean models for seasonal to decadal regional climate impacts and feedbacks    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-7: EU-China international cooperation on improving monitoring for better integrated climate and biodiversity approaches, using environmental and Earth observation    

    Destination - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities    

    Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-1: Enhancing social inclusion in rural areas: focus on people in a vulnerable situation and social economy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-2: Improving rural future through better territorial governance and rural-urban synergies    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-3: International benchmarking of rural and territorial policies and delivery mechanisms    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-4: Investigating the contribution of geographical indications (GIs) to sustainable development and optimising support for newly established schemes    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-5: Assessing urban farming impacts    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-6: Inclusive and smart ways to communicate sustainability of food    

    Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01-1: Unlock the potential of the New European Bauhaus in urban food system transformation    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01-2: Societal perceptions and benefits of rural life and jobs: will COVID 19 generate a long-lasting shift?    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01-3: Participation and empowerment of Arctic coastal, local, and indigenous communities in environmental decision-making    

    Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-02-1-two-stage: Innovating for climate-neutral rural communities by 2050    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-02-2-two-stage: New sustainable business and production models for farmers and rural communities    

    Destination - Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal    

    Call - Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Innovating with governance models and supporting policies    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-1: European partnership of Agriculture of Data    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-2: Advancing analytical capacity and tools to support EU agri-food policies post 2027    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-3: Towards CAP post 2027: evidence on nudging farmers to leverage more sustainable practices and behaviours    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-4: Developing an interdisciplinary and inclusive pan-European academic network for food system science    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-5: Revitalisation of European local (rural / peri-urban) communities with innovative bio-based business models and social innovation    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-6: Co-creation and trust-building measures for biotechnology and bio-based innovation systems    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-7: Integrated assessment of land use and biomass demands to contribute to a sustainable healthy and fair bioeconomy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-8: Mobilising BIOEAST networks for the development of national bioeconomy action programmes in support of the European Green Deal    

    Deploying and adding value to environmental observations    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-9: Coordination and supporting action to increase synergies in the dissemination and exploitation of climate observations by World Meteorological Organization and its affiliated bodies    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-10: Support to EuroGEO initiative coordination/establishing a EuroGEO secretariat    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-11: Reducing observation gaps in the land-sea interface area    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-12: Empowering citizens to monitor, report and act in partnership with relevant public authorities to protect their environment in the context of environmental compliance assurance    

    Digital and data technologies as key enablers    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-13: Open source solutions for edge, cloud and mixed model applications to strengthen production and administrative capacities in agriculture    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-14: Digital and data technologies for livestock tracking    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-15: Digitalisation in agriculture and forestry: markets for data, and digital technologies and infrastructure – state of play and foresight in a fast changing regulatory, trade and technical environment    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-16: Digital technologies supporting plant health early detection, territory surveillance and phytosanitary measures    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-17: Data-driven solutions to foster industry’s contribution to inclusive and sustainable food systems    

    Strengthening agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKIS)    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-18: Broaden EIP Operational Group outcomes across borders by means of thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-19: Thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-20: Developing an EU advisory network on organic agriculture    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-21: Developing EU advisory networks to reduce the use of pesticides    

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-22: Developing EU advisory networks on the optimal fertiliser use    

    Call - Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Innovating with governance models and supporting policies    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-1: Additional activities for the European Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-2: Regional ecosystems of innovation to foster food system transformation    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-3: The role of mainstream media, social media and marketing in fostering healthy and sustainable consumption patterns and how to encourage good practices    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-4: Supporting the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance and Declaration    

    Deploying and adding value to Environmental Observations    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-5: Customisation/pre-operationalisation of prototypes end-user services in the area Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-6: Develop innovative applications to support the European Green Deal, building on meteorological satellite data    

    Digital and data technologies as key enablers    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-7: Enhancing working conditions and strengthening the work force through digital and data technologies – the potential of robotics and augmented reality in agriculture    

    Strengthening agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKIS)    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-8: Broaden EIP Operational Group outcomes across borders by means of thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-9: Thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-10: Organic farming thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-11: Biodiversity thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-12: Developing EU advisory networks on forestry    

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-13: Developing EU advisory networks on sustainable livestock systems    

    Other actions not subject to calls for proposals    

    1. Support International Resource Panel (IRP) Secretariat    

    2. Coordination and support service for Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI)    

    3. GEO subscription 2023-2024    

    4. Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre: Leveraging European data-sharing and exploitation practices within GEOSS (Global Earth Observation System of Systems) 2024    

    5. Service Level Agreement with EEA “Enhancing the access to in situ Earth observation data in support of climate change adaptation policies and activities” 2024    

    6. Support the clustering of ESA-RTD projects in the domain of Earth System Science (ESS projects)    

    7. Leveraging and promoting the EU Ocean Observation assets within the GEO Blue Planet and G7 Future of the Seas and Oceans Initiatives    

    8. Knowledge Centre for Bioeconomy support action and implementation action of integrated land use assessment    

    9. Studies, conferences, events and outreach activities    

    10. Experts assisting in monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement, financial instruments)    

    Budget    

    Introduction

    The Horizon Europe mandate for Cluster 6 is to provide opportunities to strengthen and balance environmental, social and economic goals and to set human economic activities on a path towards sustainability. Therefore, the underlying paradigm of Cluster 6 is the need for a transformative change of the EU economy and society to reduce environmental degradation, halt and reverse the decline of biodiversity and better manage natural resources while meeting the EU’s climate objectives and ensuring food and water security. It takes into account the evolving geopolitical context and the new research and innovation priorities focused on further strengthening the EU’s open strategic autonomy in particular in the energy and food sectors.

    Research and innovation (R&I) in this cluster will help meet to the long-term priority objectives to 2030 set out in the 8th Environment Action Programme 1 . In particular it will ensure that policy action is firmly anchored in latest science and knowledge. It will therefore contribute to the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 2 and accelerate the ecological transition required by the European Green Deal 3 . Of particular relevance will be: i) SDG 2 – zero hunger; ii) SDG 3 – good health and well-being; iii) SDG 6 – clean water and sanitation; iv) SDG 8 – decent work and economic growth; v) SDG 9 – industry, innovation, and infrastructure; vi) SDG 11 – sustainable cities and communities; vii) SDG 12 - responsible consumption and production; viii) SDG 13 – climate action, ix) SDG 14 – life below water and x) SDG 15 – life on land".

    This cluster will also contribute to achieving the target of dedicating 7,5% of the MFF 2021-2027 to biodiversity as of 2024, and 10% in 2026 and 2027.

    Activities in this work programme will contribute to all Key Strategic Orientations (KSOs) of the Strategic Plan 4 , with orientations B and C contributing the most directly. These KSOs are:

    1.promoting an open strategic autonomy by leading the development of key digital and enabling technologies, sectors and value chains to accelerate and steer the digital and green transitions through human-centred technologies and innovations;

    2.restoring Europe’s ecosystems and biodiversity, and managing sustainably natural resources to ensure food security and a clean and healthy environment;

    3.making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems;

    4.creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.

    To contribute to these programme-level KSOs, Cluster 6 will deliver on six specific expected impacts. In this work programme, each expected impact has been transformed into one or two specific destination(s) (see table below). This destination-based work programme structure follows a thematic centre-of-gravity approach, but activities in a given destination may be of a cross-cutting nature and will often contribute to several expected impacts. The specific contribution to the overall expected impacts is explained in the introductory text of each destination.

    Expected impact (strategic plan)

    Destination (Cluster 6 work programme)

    Climate neutrality is achieved by reducing Green House Gas (GHG) emissions, maintaining natural carbon sinks, and enhancing the sequestration and storage of carbon in ecosystems, including by unfolding the potential of nature-based solutions, production systems on land and at sea as well as rural and coastal areas, where adaptations to climate change are also being fostered for enhancing resilience

    Land, oceans and water for climate action

    Biodiversity is back on a path to recovery, and ecosystems and their services are preserved and sustainably restored on land, inland water and at sea through improved knowledge and innovation

    Biodiversity and ecosystem services

    Sustainable and circular management and use of natural resources as well as prevention and removal of pollution are mainstreamed, unlocking the potential of the bioeconomy, ensuring competitiveness and guaranteeing healthy soil, air, fresh and marine water for all, through better understanding of planetary boundaries and deployment of innovative technologies and other solutions, notably in primary production, forestry and bio-based systems

    Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors

    Clean environment and zero pollution

    Food and nutrition security for all within planetary boundaries is ensured through knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture and food systems, which are sustainable, resilient, inclusive, safe and healthy from farm to fork.

    Fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food systems from primary production to consumption

    Rural, coastal and urban areas are developed in a sustainable, balanced and inclusive manner thanks to a better understanding of the environmental, socio-economic, behavioural and demographic drivers of change as well as deployment of digital, social and community-led innovations

    Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities

    Innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience are established and monitored through enhanced and shared use of new knowledge, tools, foresight, and environmental observations as well as digital, modelling and forecasting capabilities

    Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal

    Activities under Cluster 6 will support the new innovation agenda for Europe and help accelerate the ecological transition required by the European Green Deal 5 in order to achieve climate neutrality by 2050. This will be done by preserving Earth’s natural carbon sinks and stocks in ecosystems, including soils and plants, forests, farmed lands and wetlands and the marine environment. This will substantially reduce GHGs from the forestry and agricultural sectors and transform the food system. In addition, activities will foster innovation to develop the circular economy and exploit the potential of biological resources for renewable products. This will reduce the EU’s dependence on non-renewable resources and help reduce emissions/waste from industrial processes by using more sustainable bio-based systems. At the same time, it will avoid trade-offs that could damage biodiversity and will promote synergistic measures to protect biodiversity. In addition to the EU’s climate policy, R&I will support the objectives of:

    1.the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 6 ;

    2.the EU’s new circular economy action plan 7 ;

    3.the EU action plan “Towards a Zero Pollution for Air, Water and Soil 8 (‘the EU zero pollution action plan’);

    4.the EU industrial strategy;

    5.the bioeconomy strategy;

    6.the EU forest strategy;

    7.the EU soil strategy for 2030 9

    8.the sustainable blue economy strategy;

    9.the chemicals strategy for sustainability; and

    10.the EU plastics strategy.

    Protecting and restoring the integrity of ecosystems and their capacity to deliver a wide range of essential services, therefore putting Europe’s biodiversity on a path to recovery by 2030, as required by the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, is fundamental to achieving the European Green Deal objectives. Avoiding loss of biodiversity (from genes to species and ecosystems) could also help avoid threats to human health in the future. R&I will address challenges in this area, including by enabling transformative changes. This cluster will i) improve knowledge about the causes of biodiversity decline, the role of ecosystems and their services and ii) support their restoration. This cluster deals with i) agriculture, ii) forestry, iii) aquaculture and fisheries, iv) food and bio-based systems, and v) animal and human health, which all directly depend on ecosystem services. These sectors have profound environmental impacts and are also particularly affected by the global environmental changes. In particular climate adaptation and biodiversity needs will have to be considered for their transformation. R&I activities will include solutions addressing indirect drivers of biodiversity loss, which also affect the climate and our resilience to adapt to it.

    Cluster 6 will steer and accelerate the transition to sustainable, healthy and inclusive food systems to effectively achieve the objectives of the farm to fork strategy. It will empower farmers, fishers and aquaculture producers to transform their production methods more quickly and efficiently and make the best use of nature-based, technological, digital and social innovations. This will deliver better climate mitigation and environmental results, increase climate resilience and reduce dependency on pesticides and antimicrobials. Furthermore it will also provide consumers with affordable, safe, nutritious, healthy and sustainable food. R&I will also stimulate i) practices at all stages of the food system from production to processing, ii) services, iii) the use and valorisation of waste and by-products and iv) surplus management. This will ensure safe and sustainable food and enable a shift to sustainable and healthy diets. R&I will also support the design, implementation and monitoring of the new common agricultural policy (CAP), the common fisheries policy (CFP) and the EU General Food Law.

    Improved knowledge and innovations will be key to achieving the zero-pollution ambition of the European Green Deal to halt and prevent pollution, by addressing issues concerning fresh and marine waters, soils, nutrients as well as the environmental performance of processes. R&I will support EU environmental legislation and policies that target a higher level of protection for biodiversity, soil, water, air and marine resources, including i) the Birds Directive 10 and the Habitats Directive 11 , ii) the EU pollinators initiative 12 , iii) the EU Water Framework Directive 13 , iv) the EU maritime policy and v) the EU Arctic policy.

    The cluster will help develop resilient and vibrant rural, coastal, urban, and peri-urban areas in line with the Commission priority 'An economy that works for people’ and the long-term vision for rural areas. It will help achieve thriving rural innovation ecosystems by supporting and/or establishing synergetic initiatives such as living labs, smart villages, start-up villages, EIP-AGRI operational groups and an S3 platform. It will develop new governance models to implement the European Green Deal initiatives, needed to ensure a fair and just transition and that no one is left behind. This cluster will help in the use, uptake and deployment of environmental observations and take advantage of digital solutions in line with the EU priority ‘A Europe fit for the digital age’. The cluster will also take advantage of opportunities that the post-COVID-19 crisis recovery package offers to set the economy on a path to sustainable development in line with the UN 2030 Agenda.

    To be more effective in achieving a positive impact, the proposals should be synergise with relevant initiatives funded at EU level, including the Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs) of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT). In particular, the innovation ecosystems created and nurtured by the EIT KICs can help build communities or platforms for coordination and support actions, sharing knowledge or disseminating and making best use of the project results. Where relevant those who draft proposals are encouraged to explore possible forms and means of service provisions distinct to the EIT KICs, in particular EIT Food and EIT Climate-KIC.

    Furthermore, Horizon Europe is the R&I support programme in a system of European and national funding programmes that shares policy objectives. Through the programme, special attention will be given to ensuring cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium-sized enterprises, and people and their representatives. This is in order to bridge gaps between genders, territories, generations and regional cultures, in particular to support women innovators and care for the needs of young people in shaping Europe’s future. Calls could take the form of EU synergy calls, meaning that projects that have been awarded a grant under the call could also receive funding under other EU programmes, including relevant shared management funds. In this context, project proposers should consider and actively seek synergies with, and, where appropriate, possibilities for further funding from:

    1.other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF);

    2.the European Social Fund Plus (ESF+);

    3.the Just Transition Fund (JTF);

    4.the European Maritime Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund (EMFAF);

    5.the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD);

    6.InvestEU); and

    7.private funds or financial instruments.

    The ERDF focuses among others things, on the development and strengthening of regional and local R&I ecosystems and smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies. It can support investment in research infrastructure, activities for applied research and innovation, including: i) industrial research, ii) experimental development and feasibility studies, iii) building research and innovation capacities; iv) uptake of advanced technologies and v) roll-out of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through the ERDF.

    Throughout this work programme, synergies are also sought with the work of the European Space Agency (ESA), to ensure complementarity and mutual benefits regarding R&I actions conducted by ESA as well as actions within this cluster and Clusters 3, 4 and 5. Such synergies are also sought in order to contribute to the European Commission-ESA Earth System Science initiative. In this cluster this will be achieved – by bringing major ESA space information and science into Horizon Europe research projects to support significant breakthrough in food, bioeconomy, natural resources, agriculture and environment research. The collaboration with ESA is planned to be implemented in a proactive manner especially within 4 topics of this cluster through Destinations 1, 5, and 7. Collaboration with ESA is also encouraged within other topics of this work programme.

    The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) currently available in all Member States aims to finance projects that directly tackle the economic and social impacts of the COVID-19 crisis and support the green and digital transitions. For project ideas that directly help meet these objectives it is advisable to check access to the RRF for fast and targeted support.

    Research on a societal and political framework is necessary to achieve the transformation expected and R&I investments under Cluster 6 will therefore emphasise the role of the social sciences and humanities, gender, inter/transdisciplinary and systems approaches. R&I will build on existing research infrastructures.

    The topics on food in this work programme are also the results of the work carried out in a project funded through the Horizon 2020 European Green Deal call, Other Action “9. Support to the engagement of European Citizens in the transition to the European Green Deal (EGD)”. During this project the European Commission consulted the public, civil society representatives, research and education communities as well as national authorities through a series of engagement events across the 27 Member States to develop an EU roadmap for the climate transition.

    Cluster 6 activities will sustain the EU’s ambition in international fora in areas of paramount importance such as biodiversity, climate change, the management of natural resources, seas and ocean, zero pollution, sustainable agriculture, food safety and food and nutrition security. In line with the EU’s global approach to research and innovation, the 2023-2024 work programme will remain almost completely open to non-associated third countries, so that they can participate in all topics. In support of the global gateway strategy, projects involving international partners should lead to increased scientific knowledge and transfer of technology among partner countries, enabling global challenges across the world to be addressed and sustainable growth and jobs to be created. Cooperation should take place in a value-based way, creating linkages, not dependencies. Legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme for further details.

    For topics in this cluster, the consortia should consider their possible contribution to Joint Research Centre (JRC) relevant platforms for i) capitalising on the knowledge developed in their projects, and ii) becoming more policy relevant, contributing in terms of data, indicators and knowledge. For instance:

    1.Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) and its relevant application to value chain assessment, with reference to the European Platform on Life Cycle Assessment (EPLCA, https://eplca.jrc.ec.europa.eu/ ) and make reference to the Environmental footprint method when applying LCA ( https://ec.europa.eu/environment/eussd/smgp/index.htm );

    2.raw materials, with reference to the Raw Materials Information System (RMIS, https://rmis.jrc.ec.europa.eu/ );

    3.soil and soil related issues, with reference to the European Soil Observatory (ESO, https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/eu-soil-observatory );

    4.natural capital accounting, with reference to the Integrated Natural Capital Accounting (INCA) platform ( https://ecosystem-accounts.jrc.ec.europa.eu );

    5.biodiversity, with reference to the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, ( https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en );

    6.food systems and food security, with reference to the EC Knowledge Centre for Global Food and Nutrition Security ( https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/global-food-nutrition-security_en );

    7.bioeconomy, with reference to the EC Knowledge Centre for Bioeconomy ( https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/bioeconomy_en );

    8.EU and African Union (AU) cooperation, with reference to the Africa Knowledge Platform ( https://africa-knowledge-platform.ec.europa.eu );

    9.Earth and environmental observations, with reference to the EC Knowledge Centre on Earth Observation ( https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/earthobservation_en ).

    Specific requirements for multi-actor projects:

    Proposals submitted for topics, which include a request to follow the multi-actor approach must meet all of the requirements below. The multi-actor approach described here - a form of responsible R&I, aims to make the R&I process and its outcomes more reliable, demand-driven, shared and relevant to society. It also aims to have these outcomes shared more extensively. This entails more than just widely disseminating a project’s results, or listening to the views of a board of stakeholders. A multi-actor project ensures the genuine and sufficient involvement of a targeted array of actors, which serves the objectives of the topic. These actors include: i) researchers, ii) farmers / farmers' groups and associations, iii) foresters / foresters’ groups and associations, iv) aquaculture producers, v) fishers / fishers’ groups and associations, vi) advisors, vii) food and bioeconomy businesses, viii) other businesses, ix) consumer associations, x) local communities, xi) citizens, xii) civil society organisations including NGOs, and xiii) government representatives. Which key actors are relevant to participate depends on the objective of the proposal. They are essentially the (end-) users 14 of the project results who are backed up by any other useful intermediaries and actors who can contribute with further expertise and innovative ideas relevant to the topic’s objectives, and support communication and dissemination. The genuine and sufficient involvement of such actors should take place all over the whole course of the project: from participation in development of the project idea, planning and experiments to implementation, communication and dissemination of results and to a possible demonstration phase. Building blocks for the project proposal are expected to come from science as well as from practice: it is a ‘co-creation’ process. Practitioners and (end) users are to be involved, not as a study-object, but to use their practical and local knowledge and/or entrepreneurial skills to develop solutions and create ’co-ownership‘ of results for (end-) users and practitioners. This will contribute to and speed up the acceptability and uptake of new ideas, approaches and solutions developed in the project.

    Therefore, a multi-actor project proposal must include the following elements:

    1.It must demonstrate how the proposed objectives and planning are targeting the needs/problems/challenges of and opportunities for the (end-)users of the project results;

    2.It must demonstrate how the description of the project concept and in particular the composition of the consortium reflects a balanced choice of relevant key actors who have complementary types of knowledge (scientific, practical, etc.), and must ensure that project results which should be ready for practice are broadly implemented;

    3.It must demonstrate how the project intends to use existing practices and tacit knowledge. This should be illustrated in the proposal with a sufficient number of high-quality knowledge exchange activities outlining the precise and active roles of the different non-scientific actors in the work. The cross-fertilisation of skills, competencies and ideas between actors should generate innovative findings and solutions that are more likely to be applied on a wide scale;

    4.It must demonstrate how the project will facilitate the multi-actor engagement process by making use of the most appropriate methods and expertise;

    5.It must demonstrate the project's added value: how it will complement existing research and best practices;

    6.It must demonstrate how the project will result in practical and ready to use knowledge, approaches, tools or products, that are easily understandable and freely accessible;

    7.It must demonstrate how these outputs ready for practice will feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by the (end-) users of the project results in countries and regions.

    In addition, to ensure EU-wide communication in all areas related to the European Innovation Partnership for Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability (EIP-AGRI) 15 and the common agricultural policy (CAP) specific objectives 16 , in particular agriculture, forestry and rural development, this knowledge must also be summarised in an appropriate number of ‘practice abstracts’ in the common EIP-AGRI format 17 .

    For areas falling outside the remit of EIP-AGRI and CAP specific objectives, other similarly effective solutions ensuring dissemination at EU level should be sought.

    Where applicable, it is strongly recommended that interactive innovation groups, such as EIP-AGRI Operational Groups funded under Rural Development Programmes, become involved.

    Destination - Biodiversity and ecosystem services

    The biodiversity and ecosystem services destination of the 2023-2024 Cluster 6 work programme will support R&I for the EU environment and biodiversity protection framework and the European Green Deal. It is based on the vision developed in the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and will support its implementation, furthering the orientations of the 2021-2022 work programme. It will also take into account new European Green Deal initiatives, notably i) the EU forest strategy for 2030 18 , ii) the EU action plan: “towards zero pollution for air, water and soil”, iii) the EU climate adaptation strategy and iv) the EU soil strategy for 2030. Connections are expected to be made with the EU proposal for a nature restoration law 19 , which includes binding targets, and environmental reporting, and the new approach for a sustainable blue economy in the EU 20 .

    It will support R&I activities that help maintain ecosystems in good ecological condition and a clean and healthy environment for the EU, including water, soil and air. This will contribute to the implementation of relevant policies such as health, climate adaptation and mitigation, disaster risk reduction, sustainable circular bioeconomy and blue economy. The R&I activities will also reflect the strong interconnections between, e.g. the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 21 and the farm to fork strategy 22 , as well as the pollinators initiative 23 .

    R&I supported under this destination will ensure that mainstreaming biodiversity in society and the economy takes into account justice, fairness and global aspects. This is to ensure the "just transition" emphasised in the European Green Deal is achieved.

    R&I activities supported by Cluster 6 will complement and ensure synergies with activities supported under several Horizon Europe partnerships, in particular: i) the European biodiversity partnership Biodiversa+; ii) the European partnership water security for the planet “Water4All”; iii) the European partnership on accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures; iv) the European partnership on animal health and welfare and; v) the European partnership for a climate-neutral, sustainable and productive blue economy. R&I activities should also specifically address the strong interconnections between biodiversity and the emergence of infectious diseases by complementing the activities of with the European partnership for pandemic preparedness and the European Partnership for One Health/AMR Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR).

    Synergies will also be ensured with the following Horizon Europe missions: “Restore our ocean, seas and waters by 2030”, “A soil deal for Europe” and “Adaptation to climate change”.

    Projects supported under this destination are expected, where appropriate, to provide timely scientific contributions to major science-policy bodies such as the Intergovernmental science-policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES) 24 , the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), and the Convention on Biological Diversity. They are also expected to cooperate with the Science Service project Bio-agora. Where appropriate, the following existing platforms and information-sharing mechanisms should be used for dissemination and exploitation: the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity 25 , Biodiversity Information System for Europe (BISE) 26 , and Oppla 27 .

    This destination will also help achieve the twin green and digital transitions. Where relevant, advantage will be taken of the development and use of advanced digital technologies.

    This destination will continue to support the EU leadership in the relevant international fora in line with the Commission priority “A stronger Europe in the world” and international cooperation will be key to addressing global challenges in many topics in this destination. The EU's outermost regions (defined in article 349 TFEU), where biodiversity is high and threats multiply, should be given special consideration.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway resulting in the strategic plan having the following impact: "Biodiversity is back on a path to recovery, and ecosystems and their services are preserved and sustainably restored on land, inland water and at sea through improved knowledge and innovation". More specifically, one or more of the following impacts should materialise:

    1.Direct drivers of biodiversity decline will be understood and addressed – land and sea use change, natural resource use and exploitation, climate change, pollution, invasive alien species – as well as indirect drivers – demographic, socio-economic, technological, etc.

    2.Protected areas and their networks will be planned, managed and expanded and the status of species and habitats will be improved based on up-to-date knowledge and solutions.

    3.Biodiversity, ecosystem services and natural capital will be mainstreamed in the society and economy: e.g. they will be integrated into public and business decision-making; approaches for enabling transformative changes to tackle societal challenges will be built including by deploying nature-based solutions (NBS).

    4.Practices in agriculture, forestry, fisheries and aquaculture will be developed and improved to support and make sustainable the use of biodiversity and a wide range of ecosystems services.

    5.Biodiversity research and support policies and processes will be interconnected at EU and global levels, making use of advanced digital technologies and societal engagement where appropriate.

    6.The biodiversity and health nexus will be understood, in particular at the level of ecosystems. This will be achieved by using the one-health approach, in the context of climate change and globalisation and by addressing contributions and trade-offs.

    The impacts have been revised compared with the 2021-2022 work programme in order to take into account R&I activities included in the 2021-2024 strategic plan, but that are yet to be addressed. This was the case, for instance, for several direct drivers of biodiversity loss. The new drafting of the impacts makes clear that they are within the scope of the work programme.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01

    184.00

    30.00

    28 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01

    76.00

    22 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02

    36.00

    22 Feb 2024 (First Stage)

    17 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    Overall indicative budget

    184.00

    142.00

    Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 28

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 29

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 22 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 28 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-1

    RIA

    22.00

    Around 5.50

    4

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-10

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-11

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-12

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-13

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-14

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-15

    CSA

    7.00

    Around 7.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-16

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-17

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-18

    COFUND

    30.00

    30.00

    Around 60.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-2

    RIA

    7.00

    Around 3.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-3

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-4

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-5

    RIA

    18.00

    Around 9.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-6

    IA

    10.00

    Around 10.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-7

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-8

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-9

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    184.00

    30.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Understanding and addressing the main drivers of biodiversity loss

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-1: Better understanding of routes of exposure and toxicological and ecological impacts of chemical pollution on terrestrial biodiversity

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to two projects within the area A that is the highest ranked, and two projects highest ranked within the area B, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. Proposals shall clearly indicate the area they are applying to.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and in particular with the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the EU zero pollution action plan and the EU pollinators initiative, projects results will contribute to the following impact of destination “biodiversity and ecosystem services”: “Understand and address direct drivers of biodiversity decline…”.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Routes of exposure, linked to ecosystem and biodiversity dynamics to chemicals are better understood,

    2.Issues raised by the contamination of biodiversity in the natural environment are better known, including risks linked to existing contaminations (legacy), chemicals of emerging concern and accumulations in nature,

    3.Environmental fate of new chemicals of emerging concern is better understood,

    4.Toxicological and ecological impacts of contaminants are better understood and risk assessments for relevant highly exposed species are strengthened,

    5.Prevention and mitigation measures are identified and developed.

    Scope: According to IPBES global assessment report 30 , pollution is one of the five main direct drivers of biodiversity loss. This topic focuses on chemical pollution, which has been increasing in the last decades with key differences by region and by type of pollution. Quantitative assessments include systematically monitored variables with certain emissions into the atmosphere, water bodies and terrestrial systems from industrial activities and households. However, pollution has and is still changing not only in quantitative but also qualitative terms and the monitoring of many dangerous substances, including ones of emerging concern, and knowledge on the way they impact biodiversity and ecosystem services are missing. This topic aims at better understanding the routes of exposure and toxicological and ecological impacts of chemical pollution (excluding industrial contamination) on terrestrial biodiversity and ecosystems 31 (Area A). According to the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, pressures include the release of nutrients, chemical pesticides, pharmaceuticals, hazardous chemicals, urban and industrial wastewater and other waste including litter and plastics.

    The intensification of the loss of biodiversity in the EU is strongly influenced by the intensification of agriculture, through the high application of fertilizers and pesticides, changes in the species and management of crops, as well as mowing and grazing regimes, and the introduction of new production technologies. Currently, the excessive use of pesticides causes a reduction in the population of, among others, pollinating insects. To support the long-term sustainability of both nature and farming, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 works in tandem with the farm to fork strategy. The Commission has committed with both strategies to take action to reduce by 50% the overall use of - and the risk from – chemical pesticides by 2030 and reduce by 50% the use of more hazardous pesticides by 2030 in order to reverse the alarming decline of farmland biodiversity.

    Successful proposals are expected to assess the effects and impact of chemical pollutants, in particular the most dangerous substances from agriculture, on the condition of the biodiversity and ecosystems in natural environment (this may include environmental and host associated microbiomes) and consequently on human health, and identify preventive and mitigation measures. It is important to pay special attention to the fact that the reduction in the population of pollinating insects caused, inter alia, by the excessive use of pesticides in EU agriculture also contributes to reducing the amount of food for birds, reducing the regulation of pests, diseases and invasive alien species. More knowledge is also needed on additional negative impacts from other contaminants of emerging concern, including pharmaceuticals such as hormones and antibiotics, veterinary products and persistent e.g., bio-accumulative substances.

    In the context of the EU pollinators’ initiative and the pesticide legislative framework 32 , the EU has increased efforts in the last decade to address this problem. However, knowledge gaps still hinder development and implementation of essential testing methods for a scientifically robust risk assessment of pesticides on wild bees and other wild pollinating insects. This topic will provide a critical contribution to address those knowledge gaps as identified by the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) and the Commission (Area B) and thereby support the implementation of the EFSA guidance on the risk assessment of plant protection products on bees (Apis mellifera, Bombus spp. and solitary bees) and the efforts on broadening the risk assessment safeguards to other wild pollinator species.

    Proposals should address Area A or Area B as follows. The Area should be clearly indicated on the application. 

    Area A: better understanding the routes of exposure of the wild fauna and flora to chemical pollution

    Successful proposals should:

    1.Choose case studies, based on an analysis of chemical contaminations from an environmental history perspective, with representative species on which analysis will be undertaken. Addressing trophic chains is encouraged,

    2.Develop a method to establish the routes of contamination with chemicals. Priority should be given to cases with potential contamination with chemical pesticides and their metabolites; contaminants of emerging concern, including pharmaceuticals such as hormones and antibiotics, veterinary products and persistent e.g., bio-accumulative substances, SVHC (Substance of Very High Concern) and emerging pollutants. Other substances in particular micro- and nano-plastics are not excluded. Existing contaminations of the environment (legacy) especially from pesticides should also be considered. However industrial contamination is not in the scope of this topic,

    3.Establish the routes of contamination of the chosen representative species with chemicals, in the case studies,

    4.Assess the risks resulting from such contaminations for species, for ecosystems and for the local environment, including development of effect-based approach to consider mixture effects and synergies,

    5.In particular, establish models to link chemical ecotoxicity stress to damages on (a) genetic diversity, (b) functional diversity, and (c) ecosystem services,

    6.Extrapolate to provide an assessment of risks associated with chemical contaminations of terrestrial wild biodiversity at a larger scale,

    7.Explore prevention and mitigation measures.

    Targets groups for this Area are notably regulatory bodies, farmers and other land managers organisations, civil society, local and regional decision –makers.

    Successful proposals are expected to cooperate with relevant projects supported by the mission “A Soil Deal for Europe".

    Area B: pollinators and pesticides

    Successful proposals should:

    1.Characterise sources and routes of pesticide exposure in the key pollinator groups (wild bees, butterflies, hoverflies and moths),

    2.Investigate sensitivity of pollinators to pesticides and identify for each pollinator group sensitive species that: i) are suitable as test organisms in the risk assessment and ii) require safeguards that would indirectly protect other species within the same group (“umbrella effect”),

    3.Improve prediction of the toxicity endpoints, toxic units for chemicals and data poor compounds (e.g., Quantitative structure-activity relationship (QSAR) models),

    4.Develop toxicokinetic and toxicodynamic data and models for single and multiple chemicals,

    5.Generate combined toxicity data (lethal and sublethal effects) of multiple chemicals, improving the availability of data in particular for: i) chronic combined toxicity that would make it possible to identify potential interactions that may lead to deviation from dose addition (potentiation, synergism) and ii) sublethal effects.

    6.Investigate synergistic effects of typical combinations of pesticides (e.g., based on residue data),

    7.Devise and test monitoring schemes for establishing the level of contamination of pollen/nectar/water/plant matrices/soil that can support benchmarking in a predictive risk assessment, development of risk indicators and a system-based risk assessment,

    8.Develop an open source curated database on pollinators and the use of pesticides which would include data and information on: i) exposure and hazard, ii) lethal and sublethal effects, toxicokinetics as well as other stressors (e.g., other chemicals, nutrition, etc.) that could amplify the adverse effects through interaction with pesticides,

    9.Develop methodologies for risk assessment in open-source tools including toxic units approaches using lethal and sublethal effects as well as validated in silico models applying dose addition as the default model or models integrating synergistic effects,

    10.Develop population models and landscape modelling for the risk assessment of multiple chemicals in pollinators with an aim to integrate hazard and exposure information,

    11.Develop environmental scenarios for the risk assessment of pollinators that takes into consideration different landscape characteristics and conditions.

    Proposals should earmark the necessary resources for cooperation and networking activities. Collaboration with the European partnership on biodiversity Biodiversa+ should be explored, as needed. They should use existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms notably the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) disciplines.

    International cooperation is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-2: Impact of light and noise pollution on biodiversity

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project within the area A that is the highest ranked, and one project highest ranked within the area B, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. Proposals shall clearly indicate the area they are applying to.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and in particular with the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, projects will contribute to understand and address direct drivers of biodiversity decline in both terrestrial and aquatic environments. 

    Project results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

    1.The impact of light and noise pollution on biodiversity and ecosystem services is better understood and nature restoration activities as planned in the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 are supported, contributing to the objective of “at least 30% of all protected species and habitats not currently in favourable conservation status should reach favourable status or at least show a strong positive trend by 2030”,

    2.The awareness of private and public stakeholders about the impacts of light and noise on biodiversity is increased,

    3.Specific measures to assess, prevent and mitigate the negative impacts from light and noise on biodiversity are developed,

    4.Networking capacity on impacts of light and noise on biodiversity is built.

    Scope: Light pollution is the alteration of natural lighting levels due to artificial light at night. It has been rapidly increasing, with the illumination level in developed countries increasing tenfold over the last 50 years. From 2012 to 2016, Earth’s artificially lit outdoor area grew by 2.2% per year. Artificial light at night is a powerful environmental stressor which alters the biological rhythms of living organisms (fauna and flora), modifies species assemblages (e.g. fish in ports) and changes ecosystems at large. There is a broad scientific consensus that it poses a threat to biodiversity and this has led to growing concerns in recent years. Light pollution is specifically known to cause habitat fragmentation, impairing physiology and behaviour in fauna. It is notably thought to be a major factor in the gradual disappearance of insect and bird populations worldwide. Its effects seem to intensify with the use of LEDs (Light-Emitting Diodes) including outside cities. Another domain of light pollution is the horizontally polarised light reflection of certain artificial surfaces (e.g. roads and photovoltaic solar panels), posing significant threat to polarotactic insects that get trapped in search for water bodies.

    Noise is an environmental factor which is also given growing attention. According to IPBES, noise’s effects on nature are increasingly observed 33 . Expansion of human population, transport networks and extraction have a range of impacts upon species, depending on auditory capacities and noise wavelengths. Underwater noises that are due not only to shipping but also to pile drivers, sonars, seismic testing or windfarms are significant marine pollutants. Noise can be particularly problematic for marine organisms. It has been shown for instance that it may modify behaviour and physiology of invertebrates and it is suspected to increase infection risks and alter spawning behaviour of affected species. It is suspected, for instance, to increase infection risks and spawning behaviour of affected species. Evidence of the impact of noise pollution on ecosystems is also growing, like the reduction of the presence of songbirds in cities.

    EU policies integrate the need to protect biodiversity from light and noise in a limited extent, in particular:

    1.The Habitats Directive requires Member States to take the necessary measures to avoid significant disturbance of protected species in Natura 2000 sites, which, where relevant, is applicable to light pollution (Article 6.2).

    2.Noise is one aspect of the good environmental status defined in the Marine Strategy Framework Directive No 2008/56.

    Light and noise pollution in general is addressed in a number of EU policies and directives: the Environmental Noise Directive, the Outdoor Noise Directive, the Environmental Impact Assessment Directive (85/337/EEC). Reducing noise pollution is among the objectives of the EU Action Plan: 'Towards Zero Pollution for Air, Water and Soil'. Noise and light are defined as pollutants in Regulation (EU) 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment, (‘pollutant’ means a substance, vibration, heat, noise, light or other contaminant present in air, water or land which may be harmful to human health or the environment, which may result in damage to material property, or which may impair or interfere with amenities and other legitimate uses of the environment). Light and noise pollution is included in one of the six thematic priority objectives of the 8th Environment Action Programme to 2030 (“pursuing zero-pollution, including in relation to harmful chemicals, in order to achieve a toxic-free environment, including for air, water, soil as well as in relation to light and noise pollution, and protecting the health and well-being of people, animals and ecosystems from environment-related risks and negative impacts”).

    There is a need to better understand the overall impact of these pollution sources of emerging concern on biodiversity, in particular how the conservation status of species and habitats is affected, mechanisms at stake and how to monitor and mitigate adverse effects.

    Targets groups for this topic are notably regulatory bodies, civil society, local and regional decision –makers.

    Successful proposals should:

    1.provide a comprehensive review on available knowledge on the impacts of noise and light pollution on biodiversity and ecosystem services (from genetic to species levels) and their combined effects with other drivers of biodiversity loss including climate change and invasive species. The scope should cover terrestrial (both in urban and rural areas), fresh water and marine environments. Projects should build upon research performed on the European level as well as by the Member States and Associated Countries,

    2.assess the overall impacts of noise and light pollution on biodiversity and ecosystem services in Europe and the magnitude of the problems. This should include a scrutiny of applicable policies and their impact as well as a contextualisation of the problems from an environmental history perspective,

    3.improve understanding of mechanisms leading to biodiversity loss, including effects of noise and light pollution on the behaviour of animals which can eventually affect population viability,

    4.investigate how noise and light pollution affect the conservation status of species and habitats, and identify measures to avoid significant disturbance,

    5.assess the need and ability of specific measures to prevent negative impacts of light and noise on biodiversity, including monitoring,

    6.assess links to other policies where light and noise management is at place or relevance and synergies can be explored (disaster management, noise mapping etc.),

    7.explore innovative solutions to prevent and mitigate the impacts of light and noise on biodiversity and ecosystem services. This should not be limited to technological solutions.

    Proposals should address Area A: terrestrial biodiversity and ecosystems or Area B: aquatic (including marine) biodiversity and ecosystems. The area (A or B) should be clearly indicated on the application. 

    Cooperation with projects supported by the mission ‘Restore our Ocean and Waters’ is expected for Area B. Successful proposals under Area B are expected to strengthen the European contribution to the United Nations Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development (2021-2030).

    Proposals should earmark the necessary resources for cooperation and networking activities. Collaboration with the European partnership on biodiversity Biodiversa+ should be explored, as needed.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines. Participatory approaches, such as citizen science, could be appropriate modes of research for this action.

    International cooperation is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-3: Interdisciplinary assessment of changes affecting terrestrial and freshwater ecosystems, building on observation programmes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: The expected outcomes should feed in the implementation of the European Green Deal 34 and the post-2020 global biodiversity framework of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) 35 . Project results are expected to contribute to the following impact of destination “Biodiversity and ecosystem services”: “Understand and address direct drivers of biodiversity decline – land and sea use change, natural resource use and exploitation, climate change, pollution, invasive alien species – as well as indirect drivers – demographic, socio-economic, technological, etc.”

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Attribution of ecosystem changes to direct and indirect drivers, and monitoring of driver effects on ecosystems through time;

    2.Enhanced understanding of the adverse impacts of climate change on biodiversity and ecosystem functioning;

    3.Enhanced science base, leading to better design and monitoring conservation and restoration actions for terrestrial, freshwater, and transitional ecosystems, including the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, and increase of carbon removals, and supporting nature-based solutions;

    4.Enhanced support to a better alignment of the objectives and priorities of the relevant EU directives (Habitat 36 , Bird 37 , WFD 38 , Nitrates 39 );

    5.Better and more transparent quantification of various uncertainties in ecosystem data and models, and propagation of these uncertainties into monitoring, spatial prioritization, and other applications.

    Scope:

    1.These activities will foster a collective effort in the EU Member States and Horizon Europe Associated Countries to assess the status of terrestrial, freshwater, and transitional (land to sea) ecosystems (referred to as ecosystems hereafter) and prioritise conservation and restoration actions of these ecosystems including reduction of GHG missions and increases of carbon removals, with a special focus on the use of the wealth of Earth and Observation data available (remote-sensing, airborne, in-situ data).

    2.Use long-time series from the enhanced Earth Observation capacity in Europe (e.g. Copernicus) and in International Programmes together with other relevant sources of data to better understand the current and long-term dynamics and functioning of terrestrial and freshwater ecosystems in Europe under conditions related to global change

    3.Extensive use of ground based and/or airborne in-situ observation using, as appropriate, existing networks, novel observing systems, or citizen science, together with satellite data for assessing the impact of the main natural and anthropogenic pressures on the ecological processes of natural ecosystems, and on their dynamics and functioning (i.e., addressing individual and cumulative effects of multiple stressors), including in exploiting available high-resolution remote-sensing data.

    4.Assess the status and dynamics of these ecosystems, estimate their vulnerability to multiple stressors including anthropogenic and natural pressures, like climate change, and assess the impact of these stressors on the integrity and resilience of ecosystems

    5.Modelling of the ecological processes of natural ecosystems and of their interaction with the Earth System (i.e. biological, physical, and chemical processes, including primary production).

    6.Improving modelling of ecological processes and functional biodiversity under land-use and climate change that leads to ecosystem degradation (i.e. degraded, damaged, and destroyed ecosystems)

    7.Monitoring the status of natural ecosystems and assessment of the changes in relation to the underlying ecological processes.

    8.Integrate monitoring and modelling products into existing observatories supporting ecosystem management and conservation, to achieve better prioritisation, design and monitoring of terrestrial and freshwater ecosystem conservation and restoration actions”

    This topic is part of a coordination initiative between the European Space Agency (ESA) and the European Commission (EU funded programmes) on Earth System Science. The ESA-EC Earth System Science Initiative enables EC and ESA to support complementary collaborative projects, funded on the EU side through Horizon Europe and on the ESA side through the FutureEO programme 40

    In particular, ESA plans to complement, collaborate and coordinate with the action funded under this topic with dedicated scientific activities within the ESA Biodiversity Science Cluster (biodiversitysciencecluster.esa.int) which is part of Science for Society element of ESA FutureEO programme (eo4society.esa.int). ESA will also, to the extent possible, provide access to relevant resources (e.g., virtual labs, digital platforms or 3rd party missions)

    Proposals should address the collaboration with ongoing or future ESA projects and should towards this end include sufficient means and resources for effective coordination. Applicants are encouraged to enter in contact with the relevant ESA biodiversity science cluster projects and include in their proposals a work package/activities to ensure coordination with ESA relevant actions. The ESA biodiversity cluster focusses on the development, validation, and scientific analysis of novel satellite data products, the characterisation the structure and dynamics of terrestrial and freshwater ecosystems, the exploitation of the synergistic observation opportunities offered by the existing and coming Earth Observation missions (e.g., Copernicus sentinels, Earth Explorers, national missions) and advancing on the understanding of the response of ecosystems to different stressors using satellite technology.

    Project activities shall fully exploit and build complementarities with the ongoing work regarding the establishment of the European Open Science Cloud and interact with relevant projects developing metadata standards and added value tools to ensure interoperability within and across fields of study.

    Collaboration with the European Biodiversity Partnership (Biodiversa+) should be explored, as needed.

    Biodiversity protection and restoration

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-4: Nature protection: Better methods and knowledge to improve the conservation status of EU-protected species and habitats

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project within the area A that is the highest ranked, and one project within the area B that is the highest ranked, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. Proposals shall clearly indicate the area they are applying to.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the European Green Deal, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, and existing EU nature legislation (Birds and Habitats Directives), project results will contribute to the following impact of destination “biodiversity and ecosystem services”: “to plan, manage and expand terrestrial and marine protected areas and improve the conservation status of species and habitats, based on up-to-date knowledge and solutions”. More specifically, project results will improve the setting of conservation objectives and measures for EU-protected habitats and species, thereby also ensuring that the network of Natura 2000 sites enable the maintenance or restoration of favourable conservation status.

    Results of individual projects are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Favourable conservation status for species and habitats covered by the EU Birds and/or Habitats Directives, and clarification of what is needed on an EU or biogeographical scale or other ecologically relevant scale (e.g., major basin, major flyway) in line with the relevant parameters and their values on the basis of which Member States define favourable conservation status.

    2.Better implementation of the EU Birds Directive specifically in relation to the 42 huntable bird species listed in Annex II of the directive which are not in a secure status, by filling scientific knowledge gap in relation to the amount and quality of habitat that is needed for these species (with a focus on their breeding habitats), and to ensure that their hunting is carried out sustainably.

    Scope: Proposals should address Area A or Area B as follows. The Area should be clearly indicated on the application.

    Area A: Improving the conservation status of habitats and species protected under the Habitats and/or Birds Directive.

    Successful proposals should:

    1.improve the definition of “favourable conservation status” of groups of habitats and/or species protected under the EU Birds and/or Habitats Directives, provide guidance on how to improve the monitoring of habitats and species and/or the setting of favourable reference values and favourable reference conditions in Member States. The focus of this work should be on data-deficient habitats and species, on habitats and species in the worst status (conservation status and/or EU Red list status), or with declining trends 41 and/or on those species the recovery of which has created tensions with stakeholders (e.g., large carnivores, some geese species, cormorants, etc.). A specific focus could also be placed on habitats and species which depend on the maintenance of sustainable agricultural land management.

    2.ensure the recovery of habitats and/or species in unfavourable status and/or with a declining trend according to the reporting under the EU Birds and/or Habitats Directive (2019) 42 by providing methodologies and recommendations on how to identify recovery needs for populations or restoration needs for habitats, including with regard to geographical location, quantity and quality of habitat to be restored.

    Area B: Improving the conservation status of huntable bird species listed in Annex II of the Birds Directive.

    Successful proposals should:

    1.Identify habitat management and restoration needs for huntable bird species in non-secure status, with a focus on agricultural habitats, evaluate the impact of hunting and provide recommendations for an adaptive harvest management of these species, considering the available species-specific data on habitat quality and quantity impacting their fecundity and breeding success and survival rate for these species. Preparatory work done by the Commission Services should be taken into account 43 .

    Proposals should closely follow and ensure consistency with any ongoing or future relevant policy developments, with a particular focus on the voluntary EU targets for improving the status of species and habitats 44 and increasing the coverage of protected areas 45 , as well as in relation to the upcoming Commission proposal for legally binding restoration targets.

    Proposals should earmark the necessary resources for cooperation and networking activities. They are expected to link with relevant projects such as EuropaBON, LIFE Integrated Projects and LIFE Strategic Nature Projects as well as with relevant projects under Horizon Europe topics, such as HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-02: Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services Collaboration with the European partnership on biodiversity Biodiversa+ should be explored, as needed.

    The possible participation of the JRC would help ensure that the methodologies proposed can support environmental compliance assurance, particularly by leveraging geospatial intelligence.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-5: Understanding and reducing bycatch of protected species

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and in particular with the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the Birds, Habitats and Marine Strategy Framework Directives and the common fisheries policy, as well as the “Action plan to conserve fisheries resources and protect marine ecosystems”, projects’ results will contribute to improving the monitoring and assessment of the impact of bycatch in different fishing gears on protected and sensitive species, including in protected areas, defining and implementing effective mitigation and management tools, based on up-to-date knowledge and solutions. They will contribute to the following impacts of destination “Biodiversity and ecosystem services”: “Understand and address direct drivers of biodiversity decline – land and sea use change, natural resource use and exploitation, climate change, pollution, invasive alien species – as well as indirect drivers – demographic, socio-economic, technological etc.” and “Plan, manage and expand protected areas and improve the status of species and habitats based on up-to-date knowledge and solutions”. 

    Selected proposals are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

    1.Elimination or significant reduction of bycatch is achieved for marine mammals (e.g., up to 8500 dolphins killed each year in the Bay of Biscay), sea turtles (currently ~70 000 killed each year in EU waters) and seabirds (currently ~200 000 killed each year in EU waters) and sensitive or endangered fish species (e.g. elasmobranchs and sturgeons).

    2.Bycatch risks and reasons are well understood, including the spatial and temporal distribution of sensitive species.

    3.Information needed to improve Member States’ monitoring programmes and implementation of management actions is acquired.

    4.Impacts of bycatches (rate of interactions, fate of individuals post-release, by gear and by fishery, impact on population abundance and sustainability) on the conservation status of species are assessed and understood.

    5.Interactions of bycaught species with fishing gears are minimised and where possible eliminated, and mortality following interaction is reduced.

    6.Member States are enabled to reach the target of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 to eliminate or reduce bycatch of sensitive species and to step up bycatch monitoring, as well as to fully and coherently implement the EU environmental and fisheries legislation and the Action plan to conserve fisheries resources and protect marine ecosystems and to protect marine ecosystems as required by the EU climate adaptation strategy.

    7.Member States are enabled to set criteria for Good Environmental Status under the Marine Strategy Framework Directive in relation to maintaining biodiversity and ensuring that all elements of marine food webs occur at normal abundance and diversity.

    Scope: Proposals should work in one or more European regional seas and/or in other marine areas where EU fleet operates and should:

    1.Evaluate bycatch risk on a sea basin and/or local level (in particular for marine mammals, sea turtles, seabirds, and sensitive or endangered fish species such as e.g., elasmobranchs and sturgeons) by identifying the fishing activity of high-risk gear and comparing it with the spatial distribution/abundance of affected species, producing bycatch risk maps for all relevant species/gear interactions. Gather data and improve knowledge on the conservation status of bycaught species.

    2.Develop or improve tools for monitoring of bycatch, including long-term observation and surveying programmes, e.g. through extending the use of remote electronic monitoring and artificial intelligence-based image recognition, enabling Member States to identify and implement adequate conservation measures as required by EU legislation.

    3.Close the knowledge gaps on the locations, precise extent (number of individuals, season and locations) and reasons for bycatch (relevant metiers and fisheries), focusing on species threatened by extinction or in a bad conservation status.

    4.Assess the effectiveness of existing bycatch mitigation methods (such as spatio-temporal closures or gear modifications) as well as of bycatch handling and safe release guidelines, and address their shortcomings, including through the development and testing of new approaches, focusing on high risk fisheries and most threatened species and areas.

    5.Engage relevant stakeholders and environmental and fishing authorities and operators in the research projects promoting co-design in the development and testing of new approaches.

    This topic is expected to contribute to the conservation of whales, whose role in carbon sequestration in the ocean is now thought to be important, therefore this topic will indirectly contribute to carbon sequestration.

    Proposals should earmark the necessary resources for cooperation and networking activities. Proposals should build on existing relevant projects, including funded under Horizon 2020 and LIFE programme, as well as relevant work done by the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea (ICES) and in Member States. They should also collaborate with Horizon Europe projects selected under topics on cumulative impact of stressors (i.e., HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-04: Assess and predict integrated impacts of cumulative direct and indirect stressors on coastal and marine biodiversity, ecosystems and their services) and marine/coastal observation & mapping (i.e., HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-01: Observing and mapping biodiversity and ecosystems, with particular focus on coastal and marine ecosystems). Additionally, they should collaborate with projects that will be funded under the Mission Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030.

    Concrete efforts shall be made to ensure that the data produced in the context of projects are FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Re-usable), particularly in the context of real-time data feeds, exploring workflows that can provide “FAIR-by-design” data, i.e., data that is FAIR from its generation.

    International cooperation is encouraged, in particular with non-associated third countries participating in regional fisheries management organisations of EU interest.

    The possible participation of the JRC in the project would consist in providing and analysing fisheries data as Member States upload some of the collected data to JRC databases.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-6: Restoration of deep-sea habitats

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and, in particular with the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the EU proposal for a nature restoration law 46 and the Birds and Habitats Directives, the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD), the Regulation 734/2008 on the protection of vulnerable marine ecosystems in the high seas from the adverse impacts of bottom fishing gears, the climate adaptation and mitigation strategies, the project should contribute to the destination impacts of aiming at bringing back biodiversity on a path to recovery, and preserving and sustainably restoring ecosystems and their services, planning, managing and expanding protected areas, mainstreaming biodiversity, ecosystem services and natural capital in the society and the economy, and addressing direct and indirect drivers of biodiversity decline. They should provide public authorities, as well as operators in marine ecosystem restoration, with solutions to plan and upscale restoration operations of deep-sea habitats based on up-to-date knowledge and solutions.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better prioritisation of sites for active restoration in EU and Associated Countries seas and definition of ecosystem functioning restoration targets, considering short to long timescales, and taking into account impacts of climate and other abiotic changes;

    2.Better decision making and contribution to policy formulation and implementation linked to protecting and restoring deep-sea marine biodiversity, ecosystem functioning and ecosystem services and blueprints for the financing and the selection of tested active restoration approaches, tools and monitoring of their effects, taking into account cost-benefit analysis and integrating ecosystem services and natural capital accounting;

    3.Advanced knowledge on deep-sea ecosystems adaptation and demonstrated innovative and technically challenging active restoration of deep-sea habitats for climate change adaptation and mitigation.

    Scope: Marine ecosystems usually have long recovery times. Climate change is adding risk factors. Effects of passive restoration (protection measures) may take multiple decades before benefits may be felt. This is even more the case for deep-sea ecosystems. They have low energy density, slower biochemical processes and assemble species with long life cycle / span. Active restoration should be explored to help accelerate the restoration.

    Proposals should build on and capitalise on the knowledge base developed and lessons learnt from the Horizon 2020 MERCES project, notably its census of European marine key habitats maps, degraded habitats maps, key habitats restoration potential and its trials on deep-sea restoration, as well as from other national or EU relevant past or ongoing projects in the field of deep-sea ecosystems exploration from Horizon 2020, EEA Grants and Horizon Europe (notably in topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-03 and HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-02).

    The restoration activities should take place in areas with degraded habitats, and where protection measures against the causes of their degradation are already in place.

    Proposals should develop and test innovative and technically challenging active restoration of deep-sea habitats. For this reason, and the cost of accessing the deep-sea, only one project may be funded with the budget available. Proposals should integrate different disciplines and novel approaches for the restoration that consider connectivity (including migratory species & vertical connections) in space and time, ecosystem modelling, as well as on site access, observation, and monitoring.

    The restoration focus should not be only on species traits targets (population, assemblage, genetic diversity, sex determination, etc.), but also on ecosystem functions including adaptation potential. The proposals should include abiotic changes due to climate impact scenarios in identifying niche and refuge niche.

    Proposals should set up governance frameworks for the restoration by involving local and national relevant actors (those having an impact on the achievement of the restoration goals, those having an interest and those who are impacted by related actions) to enable acceptability, ownership and a mechanism for long-term commitment to the restoration that exceed typical business and political cycles on financing, managing, regulating, monitoring and enforcement. Some short-term objectives are required to allow for measurements of restoration impacts in a reasonably shorter time frame to get on the right trajectory, but then check on mid- to long- term (5-20 years) should be planned.

    Proposals should advance the knowledge base on the socio-economic costs and benefits of deep-sea restoration: including addressing the socio-economic importance of deep-sea ecosystems; considering upscaling issues and costs with restoration of deep-sea habitats, and timescales considerations.

    Proposals should identify and test additional protection and management measures of the areas, to support the active restoration interventions over the long time, and provide recommendations for their application for new protected areas.

    The proposals should contribute to filling the gaps in assessing deep-sea biodiversity recovery valuing changes in ecosystem goods and services; and contribute to define a natural capital accounting for deep-sea habitats.

    The projects funded under this topic should build links with other relevant projects and initiatives such as Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe projects in the field of deep-sea ecosystems and with projects funded under the European Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’, in particular with the Mission activities under objective 1 – protect and restore marine ecosystems and their biodiversity, and with the Mission lighthouse activities and Blue Parks, as well as with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities. Proposals should outline a plan on how they intend to collaborate with other projects and initiatives, by e.g. participating in joint activities, workshops, common communication and dissemination activities, etc. Applicants should allocate the necessary budget to cover the plan. Relevant activities of the plan will be set out and carried out in close cooperation with relevant Commission services, ensuring coherence with related policy initiatives.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes in integrating and coordinating these different scaled approaches, international cooperation is strongly encouraged. A strong linkage should be ensured with the ongoing activities under the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance. Actions under this topic will build upon and link with Horizon projects. All in-situ data collected through actions funded from this call should follow INSPIRE principles and be available through open access repositories supported by the European Commission (Copernicus, GEOSS, and European Marine Observation and Data Network (EMODnet). Where relevant, creating links to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) is expected.

    Collaboration with the relevant existing European Research Infrastructures is considered necessary.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-7: Demonstration of marine and coastal infrastructures as hybrid blue-grey Nature-based Solutions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 47 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and, in particular with the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the EU proposal for a nature restoration law 48 and the Birds and Habitats Directives, the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD), the climate adaptation and mitigation strategies, the new approach for a sustainable blue economy, the EU guidance document on integrating ecosystems and their services in decision-making, the projects should contribute to the destination impacts of mainstreaming biodiversity, ecosystem services and natural capital in the society and the economy, and addressing direct and indirect drivers of biodiversity decline. They should provide public authorities, as well as related infrastructures operators in their design, engineering, construction, installation and exploitation, with nature centred solutions that are beneficial for biodiversity, ecosystem services and the original infrastructure purpose (renewable energy production, or coastal protection).

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Pave the way for a new level of ecosystem-based management, in which future marine and coastal infrastructures (e.g., protection of coastal and urban areas from climate change impacts, offshore windfarms, harbours, tourism development, bridges, etc.) are intentionally designed and actively used to support the restoration (where the term encompasses multiple approaches to actively rehabilitate, repair, reallocate or reinvent damaged biodiversity and ecosystem processes and services) of marine ecosystem health and services (including climate mitigation & adaptation), where nature-based solutions alone cannot be envisaged;

    2.Contribute to the development of a framework for “blue buildings” rating based on the model of the LEED 49 (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) green building rating system;

    3.Upscale Blueprints integrating the conception, installation, exploitation, maintenance of hybrid blue-grey infrastructures that are beneficial to ecosystem functioning and restoration;

    4.Mainstream biodiversity in marine and coastal infrastructures and activities.

    Scope: Climate policies trigger the development of several-large scale infrastructures in the marine and coastal environment. In particular, the EU offshore renewable energy plan targets for 40 GW of EU wave and tidal energy by 2050 from the 13 megawatts (MW) operating today. Climate adaptation and impacts reduction strategies imply the increase of an already important development of coastal and urban protection from erosion, sea level rise and extreme events. Global trade is supported by enlarging or building new ports. They may cause trade-offs against endemic biodiversity and alter on-going natural eco-evolutionary responses. They may cause trade-offs against endemic biodiversity and ecology, but they could protect, restore or harbour functional ecosystems (even if mostly novel) providing critical functions and services opportunities to biodiversity by mimicking and integrating natural processes and features in their design.

    Proposals should be large scale demonstration of hybrid nature-based solutions with built coastal and marine infrastructures to preserve ecosystems and/or support their restoration. The infrastructure purpose should be originally aiming at climate policy targets (e.g., hard and soft coastal or urban protection from climate change impacts – sea level rise, extreme events, erosion - , renewable energy farms or islands, maritime services and safety, etc.) and with the highest potential for being replicated, scaled-up and deployed. Proposals should also assess the putative impacts/secondary effects of these infrastructures, notably regarding cumulative impacts of the biodiversity drivers such as climate, land and sea-use change (infrastructures), invasive alien species, etc. The action should consider impacts and opportunities from ecological connectivity with neighbouring ecosystems.

    Proposals looking at infrastructures serving several purposes (such as Low Trophic Aquaculture; educational and recreational purposes; support of fishery via creation of nursery habitats; bio filtration and bio depollution) are encouraged. Proposals should integrate the relevant results of other Horizon 2020 or national projects on multi-use of the marine space.

    Proposals should look how nature benefits could be put at the centre of the infrastructures by addressing the selection or the development of materials for their construction, design, installation, and maintenance, to maximise the positive effects on natural processes and enable their preservation (if in good status) or restoration of the local marine ecosystems and their socio-ecological management.

    Proposals should explore and improve co-creation approaches with the relevant actors (infrastructure owners, governance, civil society and end-users or beneficiaries) for the design, installation and management of these built infrastructures with nature centred design. Social innovation is recommended when the solutions are at the socio-technical interface and require social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. Proposals should provide evidence and data of the multiple benefits and potential trade-offs of these hybrid solutions on short and long-term timescales and, in particular, for the purposes of marine biodiversity and ecosystems functions protection and restoration, but also for the blue economy and society as a whole.

    In particular, for hybrid infrastructures aiming at protection against climate impacts, the proposals should provide evidence-based analysis of their efficiency compared to more usual infrastructure approaches, and to usual nature-based solutions, or as alternatives where “NBS alone” cannot be envisaged due to local environmental features. The projects funded under this topic should build links with projects funded under the European Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’, in particular with the Mission activities under objective 1 – protect and restore marine ecosystems and their biodiversity, and with the Mission lighthouse activities and Blue Parks as well as with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities. Proposals should also connect with relevant projects under Horizon Europe topics, such as (HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03), on support of development of policies, business models and market conditions to scale up and speed up the implementation of nature-based solutions.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative 50 by interacting with the NEB Community, NEBLab and other relevant actions of the NEB initiative through sharing information, best practices, and, where relevant, results.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes in integrating and coordinating these different scaled approaches, international cooperation is strongly encouraged. A strong linkage should be ensured with the ongoing activities under the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance. Actions under this topic will build upon and link with Horizon projects. All in-situ data collected through actions funded from this call should follow INSPIRE principles and be available through open access repositories supported by the European Commission (Copernicus, GEOSS, and EMODnet). Where relevant, creating links to and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) is expected.

    Collaboration with the relevant existing European Research Infrastructures is considered necessary.

    Mainstreaming biodiversity in society and the economy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-8: Addressing biodiversity decline and promoting Nature-based Solutions in higher education

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 51 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic aims to contribute to education, skills development and awareness raising about biodiversity loss, and how this can be addressed, notably with Nature-based Solutions (NBS), in the higher education sector. This is fundamental to further implement and upscale NBS and to mainstreaming biodiversity, ecosystem services, including carbon sequestration, climate resilience and pollution reduction, and natural capital in the society and economy. Through education and NBS, the topic contributes to the transformative change necessary to tackle societal challenges, notably addressing the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the EU climate adaptation strategy.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved and more coordinated education programmes and increased awareness about biodiversity loss and how this can be addressed together with climate change notably through NBS, in universities and technical schools.

    2.Increased awareness and development of skills among young people, teachers, professional organisations, on biodiversity, climate change and NBS.

    3.A transdisciplinary dialogue on inclusive NBS contributing to nature-based thinking and a nature-positive economy, drawing on inclusiveness, the pluralities of values and of knowledge.

    4.A sustainable recovery of society and the necessary transformative change through biodiversity-friendly actions, professional, collective and personal attitudes.

    Scope: The European Green Deal communication puts forward a specific action for the Commission to prepare a European competence framework to help develop and assess knowledge, skills and attitudes on climate change and sustainable development. This competence framework should serve as a reference tool for the development and assessment of competences on environmental sustainability. Following the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the Commission proposed in 2022 a Council Recommendation on encouraging cooperation in learning for environmental sustainability, including biodiversity learning and teaching, which was accompanied by a competence framework.

    Education plays indeed an essential role in addressing environmental sustainability by raising awareness and instilling the key competences needed for changing personal behaviours and empowering people to act in their respective communities, especially in the current context of economic recovery, biodiversity crisis and climate change.

    Drawing on state-of-the-art science, including the results of EU-funded R&I projects on biodiversity and NBS, the selected project will develop and disseminate concrete guidance for higher education institutions. It will target vocational training, universities and technical schools, for greater involvement with citizens and professional organisations, to mainstream biodiversity and NBS into their learning, teaching and capacity building programmes.

    Transdisciplinary collaboration is a fundamental prerequisite for mutual understanding of people working in different sectors when co-creating and co-implementing NBS. There is a need to go beyond tackling challenges individually and perceive the systemic complexity of challenges to be addressed by NBS, by working together across silos, sectors and epistemologies. This paradigm shift in education and skills development will contribute to the necessary transdisciplinary work for tackling both biodiversity and climate crises at different decision-making scales.

    The successful proposals should:

    1.Develop networking and collaboration schemes on higher education curricula and programmes on NBS, as well as researcher mobility initiatives.

    2.Support and promote the teaching of NBS co-design and co-creation (considering biodiversity and ecosystem services as their fundamental building blocks) as part of high education degrees and further education qualifications. Explore ways of raising awareness and teaching the importance of biodiversity, including genetic, functional and taxonomic diversity, and ecosystem services, including carbon sequestration, climate resilience and pollution reduction, especially in those academic fields where this is still greatly lacking (e.g., economics, engineering, etc).

    3.Encourage holistic approaches centred on biodiversity and the interlinks with climate change; and assess and propose university curricula for NBS-related disciplines, as well as for universities of technology, engineering and other non-biodiversity focused studies that are relevant for NBS design, implementation, monitoring and maintenance.

    4.Develop collaboration, guidance, benchmarking and exchange of best practices on how the higher education sector can address its impacts on biodiversity when addressing climate change (e.g., in built infrastructure, consumption and other processes), including through NBS.

    5.Explore innovative ways of involving higher education institutions, their students and staff in tackling the biodiversity crisis, together with the climate crisis (e.g., through documentaries, awards, art interventions, campus improvements).

    6.Develop NBS capacity building and skills development programmes, in different EU official languages and knowledge transfer mechanisms, in coordination with the relevant professional organisations and building on the work developed on NBS standards and protocols, e.g. by the Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe NBS project portfolio, or by the IUCN, so that new technical solutions and standards are used in the NBS supply market.

    7.In view of a just ecological transition, provide specific NBS vocational training and skills development programmes for the youth, long term unemployed or other social groups in need (including in most deprived regions), co-developed with the relevant professional training and social inclusion institutions.

    8.Explore innovative ways of ensuring a transdisciplinary dialogue on biodiversity, drivers of biodiversity change, climate and NBS among communities of practice and professional organisations, as well as in universities. In this respect, develop approaches to ensure the quality of transdisciplinary programmes and provide an innovative dialogue space ensuring transdisciplinarity and welcoming the pluralities of values and knowledge, in view of transformative change to tackle both climate and biodiversity crises.

    9.Outreach and cooperation activities between higher education institutions and citizens, the local and regional communities, businesses, research centres, or museums, supporting challenge-based and experiential learning with real-life applications, promoting nature-based thinking, public debate and a change of behaviour.

    10.Organise academic residences or summer schools with the relevant partners in Member States, where students can join interdisciplinary and multicultural discussions and witness, in person, the co-creation, co-implementation and co-monitoring of NBS, also in view of emancipatory action for transformative change.

    Proposals should address all of the above points.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. In particular, SSH should be involved in view of ensuring the understanding and inclusion of different values and perceptions of nature, biodiversity and NBS, as well as issues of knowledge creation, identity and culture shaping NBS co-creation and co-implementation.

    Proposals should include specific tasks and allocate sufficient resources to collaborate with other projects selected in any other relevant topic, by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination. In particular, the project should build on the existing outputs and create synergies with the relevant projects in Erasmus+, the Horizon Europe Missions (notably “Restore Our Ocean and Waters by 2030” and "Adaptation to climate Change”), as well as the Horizon 2020 NBS project portfolio and its task forces. The project should also foresee synergies with HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions; with the HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-06: Inside and outside: educational innovation with nature-based solutions; and HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-10: Improving the evidence base regarding the impact of sustainability and climate change education and related learning outcomes. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover these activities without the prerequisite to define concrete common actions at this stage.

    Proposals should ensure that all evidence, information and project outputs are accessible through the Oppla portal (the EU repository for NBS).

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-9: Biodiversity, economics and finance: unlocking financial flows towards reversing of biodiversity loss

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and in particular with the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the 2030 climate target plan, the successful proposal will help unlock financial flows needed for reversing biodiversity loss and help better implement the sustainable finance taxonomy, thus contributing to mainstream biodiversity, ecosystem services and natural capital in the society and economy and to build approaches for enabling transformative changes to face societal challenges, including through the deployment of nature-based solutions (NBS).

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Mobilisation of mainstream finance to slow down, and reverse biodiversity loss in the broader context of environmentally sustainable development, by catalysing nature-positive investments such as nature-based solutions, and by promoting a more holistic approach that considers nature’s essential contributions to other objectives such as those related to climate, health, food, and water security;

    2.New knowledge, methodologies, and tools to support the implementation of the EU strategy for financing the transition to a sustainable economy, with a view to reorienting financial flows towards activities that benefit protection, restoration and sustainable management and use of biodiversity and ecosystems, including information, tools, and metrics to better integrate biodiversity, ecosystem services and natural capital considerations in their decision-making processes;

    3.Better awareness, understanding and know-how of economic actors, the financial community, and key institutions, public and private, about the opportunities and barriers (knowledge gaps, skills gaps, etc.) associated with the implementation of the sustainable finance taxonomy 52 , including its technical screening criteria 53 and ‘Do No Significant Harm’ (DNSH) principle in regard of the environmental objective focusing on the protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems 54

    4.Contribution to the implementation of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 by helping to put Europe’s biodiversity on the path to recovery by 2030 for the benefit of people, climate, and the planet and by better measurement, monitoring, and management of biodiversity.

    Scope: Nature provides all sorts of essential services to our societies: clean air and water, food, pollination, carbon sequestration and pollination, it sustains tourism and leisure activities, it contributes to mental and physical health and delivers many other functions. In many instances, nature is also the most effective insurance policy – protecting us from floods, landslides, fires, or extreme heat.

    However, we are facing an unprecedented crisis of biodiversity loss, posing a serious threat to our future welfare. 75% of the land-based environment and about 66% of the marine environment have been significantly altered by human actions. Nearly 1 million species are at risk of extinction from human activities. The loss of clean air, drinkable water, pollinating insects, forests, and species pose as big a threat to species survival as climate change. The loss of biodiversity increases the challenge of limiting climate change, as healthy ecosystems naturally absorb carbon from the atmosphere.

    At the same time, Research findings 55 indicate that the conservation and effective management and guardianship of at least 30% of the planet in the most important places for biodiversity could protect up to 80% of plant and animal species, and secure 60% of the planet’s carbon stocks and 66% of the planet’s clean water. The latest IPCC report complements this statement: conservation of approximately 30% to 50% of the planet will also be key in maintaining the resilience of biodiversity and ecosystem services at a global scale. UNEP report on the State of Finance for Nature 56 states that investments in NBS need to triple by 2030 and to quadruple by 2050 57 if the world is to meet its climate change, biodiversity and land restoration targets. As underlined in the same report, more research is needed on how private financing can be strengthened and what are the low-hanging investment opportunities.

    The EU sustainable finance taxonomy and other similar initiatives are underway with the aim to help guide investments towards more sustainable outcomes, in line with the objectives of the European Green Deal. They constitute a unique opportunity for ramping up investments in natural capital and projects that substantially contribute to biodiversity, as well as to other challenges, such as nature-based solutions and ecosystem restoration contributing to climate mitigation and adaptation.

    Mobilising private investment, in particular to support the scaling up of NBS and the market for NBS in the European Union is key, in the context of a market characterised by smaller scale projects predominantly grants funded by the public sector.

    The project(s) should:

    1.Co-identify, analyse, and explore solutions to address potential barriers and hurdles in the implementation of the Taxonomy Regulation, for example related to the interpretation and the collection of data for biodiversity relevant technical screening criteria. The project(s) could address the technical criteria ‘Substantially Contribute’ to climate change mitigation and adaptation while following the ‘Do No Significantly Does Harm’ in terms of the protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystem; as well as the criteria ‘Substantially Contribute’ to the protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystem, especially for activities related to land management, restoration of ecosystems and remediation;

    2.More particularly, identify for which criteria/sectors there are practical implementation barriers and gaps, for example through analysis of case studies, when collecting the remaining Research and Innovation gaps;

    3.Building on the existing community's engagement in relevant Horizon 2020 and LIFE projects 58 , engage the relevant stakeholders from the financial and biodiversity and NBS community involved in the implementation of the regulations in this analysis, and in the exploration and co-development of solutions in order to close the implementation gaps. This includes for example academics, regulatory bodies, financial institutions, civil society, industry and NGOs having co-developed relevant standards, protocols and certification schemes;

    4.Analyse the investment landscape in relation to protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems, identifying best-practice case studies and evaluating the leverage potential of the EU taxonomy and its key success factors. Explore pathways for the future development of the taxonomy that could generate the most positive biodiversity outcomes;

    5.Provide the necessary guidance, training, and tools both for financial entities and for entrepreneurs engaged in “nature positive” activities, for the interpretation and collection of data of the technical screening criteria for determining whether an economic activity substantially contribute (SC) to one or more objectives, as set in the Regulation. It should also guide the interpretation of the technical screening criteria for determining whether an economic activity does significant harm (in relation to the DNSH principle) to the protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems, as set in the Regulations. This should support compliance with related reporting and disclosure regulations;

    6.Identify potential skill gaps and propose a capacity building strategy to tackle them;

    7.Provide economic actors such as investors including Investment Fund Managers, corporates and financial institutions with tools, guidance, and methodologies to gather reliable, consistent and standardised data to enable incorporation of biodiversity considerations into their investment decisions and risk management processes; 

    8.Involve actively and co-create with the end-users and stakeholders (non-financial corporations, financial institutions, governments etc.) to fully account for their respective views and needs;

    9.Issue recommendations at EU as well as other levels on enabling conditions for biodiversity-focused sustainable finance and accounting principles, exploring synergies with other EU initiatives, such as the Non-Financial Reporting Directive (NFRD) 59 and the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive 60 , as well as with relevant ‘biodiversity-friendly’ labels and standards.

    Actions should bring together from the start multiple types of scientific expertise in social sciences and humanities, in particular in economics and finance, as well as scientific expertise in biodiversity and natural capital.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with the project(s) of the same topic and relevant topics on sustainable finance and valuation of ecosystem services 61 . To this end proposals should foresee dedicated tasks and appropriate resources for coordination measures, foresee joint activities and joint deliverables.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-10: Build up of knowledge on Nature Positive Economy and supporting its scale-up

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, in particular the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the revised climate targets, the successful proposal will support the development of policies and market conditions to scale up and accelerate the implementation of nature positive economic activities with particular focus on Nature-based Solutions (NBS). It will promote mainstreaming of biodiversity, ecosystem services and natural capital valuation in the society and economy.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased clarity of concepts around nature positive economy and its components, with better understanding of the synergies and trade-offs with other sustainable economic activities, such as a circular and sustainable bioeconomy 62 , and the interactions with the EU sustainable finance taxonomy;

    2.New knowledge and increased expertise of relevant stakeholders in both public and private sectors, including economic and financial decision makers, on the market and determinants of nature positive activities with NBS at the core;

    3.Creation of an EU community of ‘nature-based enterprises’ as a basis for promoting EU global leadership;

    4.New enabling policy, regulations, support, tools, and capacity building measures, addressing market barriers, and leading towards better integration of innovative nature-based entrepreneurship and nature-based solutions in the current economic and financial system;

    5.Support to the implementation of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the new EU climate adaptation strategy, the new EU sustainable finance strategy, and increased synergies with other key policy areas in support of European Green Deal priorities.

    Scope: The EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 states that “industry and business have an impact on nature, but they also produce the important innovations, partnerships and expertise that can help address biodiversity loss”. From the perspective of the private sector, integrating natural capital and biodiversity considerations into their decision-making processes makes economic sense as it can enhance corporate resilience and minimise investment risks. At the same time, economic activities that aim at reversing of biodiversity loss can create positive outcomes for the society such as job creation and sustainable economic growth in rural, post-industrial and disadvantaged areas and strengthen resilience against environmental and climate stressors, contributing to a fair and green transition and recovery in line with the European Green Deal. According to the World Economic Forum, a nature-positive recovery “can unlock an estimated $10 trillion of business opportunity by transforming three economic ecosystems that are responsible for almost 80% of nature loss and create 395 million resilient jobs by 2030 in the process” 63 .

    Nature-based solutions (NBS) can play a particularly key role in leveraging of the economic and societal potential of nature with the development of existing and new market sectors with ‘nature-based enterprises’ (NBEs) at the core. Such innovative NBEs use nature (and ecosystem services) as an input to deliver nature positive outputs - products, services and jobs that are sustainable, future-oriented, and more resilient. By definition, they constitute a backbone of the bioeconomy.

    However, nature-positive economy where such NBEs can thrive is still at its infancy and enabling framework conditions are required to improve market conditions and to unlock investment. The market is encountering many specific difficulties due to market fragmentation, early stage of development and difficulty in assembling the required knowledge, skillset, and governance structures for supplying and maintaining “living solutions” such as nature-based solutions. There is a need at the same time to increase manyfold the investment in NBS 64 .

    The action should:

    1.On Concept: Undertake in-depth research into the key concepts underpinning nature positive economy, establishing synergies and trade-offs with other policies, strategies, and business models such as bioeconomy related, and exploring the role of nature positive activities and NBS in promoting transformative change to provide holistic solutions that address global challenges such as climate, biodiversity, and pollution crisis;

    2.On Market Knowledge: Building on the work of Horizon 2020 projects and their taskforces, identify barriers and analyse market potential in different economic sectors, at European and national level when possible, for each sector, identify the stakeholders of the different value chains for the different types of nature positive economic activities, estimating the net job creation potential with a view to supporting the framing of nature positive economy narrative. This work should include identification and analysis of representative case studies and reflections on positioning towards nature positive economic activities as defined by the Sustainable Finance Taxonomy 65 ;

    3.Foster collaboration between nature-based entrepreneurs, research and technical organisations, policy makers, financiers and investors, business development bodies through, for example, participatory arrangements and spaces, to close the Science Policy Implementation gap;

    4.On Indicators: Building on previous research, notably natural capital valuation methods including both monetary and non-monetary economic valuation approaches for nature-based solutions 66 , deliver progress towards standardised, widely accepted economic indicators, reflecting wider socio-economic, biodiversity and natural capital benefits;

    5.On Market development: using the collaborative and participatory arrangements, develop and pilot strategies, measures (both market and non-market) and approaches for scaling and speeding up the implementation of nature positive economic activities, including Nature-based Solutions (NBS), both from supply and demand side perspective to boost nature-based market development, innovation, and job creation in EU and beyond. This may comprise for market supply economic, finance and governance innovations, capacity building and training;

    6.Explore and facilitate synergies and interconnection with different EU, MS and Horizon Europe Associated Countries initiatives, such as: EU and national Business and Biodiversity platforms, national restoration plans, Business Acceleration Services, Climate KIC, Smart Specialisation Strategies, Recovery Plans, the EU Biodiversity Partnership, Circular Bio-based Europe Partnership, European Bioeconomy Policy Forum, for more coordinated actions and aggregated impact on NBS and nature positive activities;

    7.Set up and/or collaborate with relevant marketplaces and similar initiatives at the relevant scales, so that potential project partners, entrepreneurs, investors, and innovation stakeholders can match supply, demand and expertise on designing, implementing, managing, monitoring, valuing, financing NBS, ecosystem services and nature positive activities;

    8.On Standardisation: support the engagement of the relevant communities (including the communities engaged in the relevant Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe and LIFE projects) in contributing to the development of sector-specific standards and/or certification schemes;

    9.Build on and/or establish synergies with the relevant work by initiatives/projects/studies including, but not limited to the EIB led study on facilitating access to finance for Nature-based solutions, the EC publication ‘The vital role of NBS in the Nature-Positive Economy’ 67 , the World Economic Forum’s New Nature Economy Report Series, The Economics of Biodiversity: The Dasgupta Review, The State of Finance for Nature 2021 68 ;

    10.Actions should bring together from the start multiple types of scientific expertise in social sciences and humanities, in particular in economics and finance, as well as scientific expertise in biodiversity and natural capital.

    Other conditions:

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with the projects with the Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe Natural Capital Accounting and NBS project portfolio and respective task forces as well as any Horizon Europe relevant projects on NBS 69 and Bioeconomy. To this end proposals should foresee dedicated tasks and appropriate resources for coordination measures, foresee joint activities and joint deliverables.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-11: Biodiversity loss and enhancing ecosystem services in urban and peri-urban areas

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal, in particular with the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the EU proposal for a nature restoration law 70 , projects will contribute to the following impact: “to mainstream biodiversity, ecosystem services and natural capital in the society and economy”.

    They should address all of the following outcomes:

    1.Better implementation and delivery of the EU proposal for a nature restoration law and the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, particularly through new resources and knowledge to support the deployment across EU of urban (and peri-urban) greening plans;

    2.Increased capacity and skills in cities to work ‘at the right scale’ of the challenge and across policies, measures, strategies, including spatial planning capacity, so as to help deliver and assess the urban greening plans, green infrastructure strategies and more widely transformative change towards more sustainable and resilient cities to implement the EU climate adaptation strategy;

    3.Better understanding on how and under which conditions spatial planning can help optimise the ecosystem services of the solutions, strategies and actions, such as ecosystem restoration/creation and connectivity, Nature-based Solutions (NBS), blue and green infrastructure while addressing social equity and spatial justice aspects; operating this new knowledge into new pathways and methodologies;

    4.New tools and solutions for better integration of nature-based objectives in investments in infrastructure and other urban systems as well as better investment cases for renaturing the urban and peri-urban areas and maintain NBS in the long-term thanks to new and innovative governance and finance models;

    5.Better understanding on how to manage the tension between biodiversity protection, urban development pressure and fair access to nature for the urban citizen, identifying the relevant scale and timeframe while considering the long-term impact of spatial planning strategies;

    6.New approaches, tools and good practices for decision-making processes supporting municipal planning structures in co-creation of policies and plans for NBS through the lens of social equity and environmental fairness.

    Scope: Cities with their peri-urban areas have a vital role in protecting and enhancing nature and nature contribution to people in urban areas across EU, such as health, well-being, and climate resilience. They are also key in delivering global and EU biodiversity objectives and policies, as recognised both in the ‘post-2020 Global Biodiversity Framework (GBF) Draft 1’ 71 and in the ‘EU biodiversity strategy for 2030‘ 72 , as well as in the proposal for a nature restoration law 73 which sets targets for urban and peri-urban ecosystems.

    Cities are at the same time pledging for a recognition of their pivotal role(s) in delivering an ambitious GBF, with more than 200 sub-national authorities having signed the Edinburgh Declaration 74 : as decision makers and regulators for land-use and urban development through their statutory role in spatial planning; as land and infrastructure (grey and green) owner, manager or shareholders, such as brownfields and public spaces, including natural and protected areas; as co- initiators and co-funders of local green initiatives, from urban gardening to depaving doorsteps and to the implementation of large-scale NBS.

    There is however a lack of knowledge and know-how on:

    1.how to assess ecosystem condition and services in urban and peri-urban areas, and their contribution to the challenges of the cities,

    2.how to best plan and prioritise the protection, renaturing, and reconnecting of the NBS and green and blue infrastructure so as to optimise the ecosystem services and address the policy priorities of the city while ‘leaving no one behind’ as stressed by the European Green deal (e.g., promote urban and regional resilience, while addressing spatial justice to avoid increased inequality),

    3.how to combine, connect and manage different re-naturing actions and interventions and the scales of these actions- from an individual intervention to an urban and functional urban area in order to minimise the trade-offs and disservices and optimise the benefits in a cost effective and efficient manner.

    The successful proposal should:

    1.Building on the work of Horizon 2020 projects and their task forces, take stock of the state the existing urban and peri-urban ecosystems and their services and identify direct (urban development pressure etc.) and indirect drivers of loss of biodiversity and ecosystem services at local level (policy, spatial regulations, financial incentives, land management practices, etc.);

    2.Develop a replicable methodology for cities and urban areas across Europe to co-design pathways, a shared long-term vision, an integrated strategy with policies and an action plan (e.g., with responsibilities, timeline and financing) towards the urban ecosystem restoration targets as formulated in the Commission proposal for a nature restoration law 75 ;

    3.Include in the methodology the necessary mapping and assessment methods, economic and co-creation governance models to co-develop and prioritise i. combination of cost effective and efficient solutions that will enable to co-implement the strategy and to co-monitor the delivery; ii. innovative solutions and governance models to integrate systematically the strategies in the public, private and people decision making processes, such as public procurement, transport and climate policies, spatial regulations, land management decision, market incentives, etc; iii. innovative financing and business models;

    4.Co-develop and test the methodology in a representative sample of cities across EU with local stakeholders from the whole society that will enable the uptake of the models and tools developed across EU and EU regions, thus supporting EU territorial cohesion;

    5.Engage in the testing cities different departments of local authorities, local research and technical organisations, big urban/ land managers or users, including farmers, citizen, including vulnerable groups, SMEs such as nature-based enterprises, etc. Citizen science approach could be used for this purpose;

    6.Identify the skills and building capacity needs at the local and regional levels, the potential for job creation as well as existing capacity building programmes, with an eye at the inclusion of marginalised communities and at the gender dimension;

    7.Propose how urban greening plans and spatial planning, including regulations and building code, can act as enablers of the development of NBS market;

    8.Disseminate outcomes and capacity building activities across EU, connecting with the relevant platforms such as recommended in the EU guidance for urban greening plans, as well as with the “Cities with nature platform” 76 ;

    Proposals should also:

    1.Build on existing methods and data from the Urban Greening Plan guidance and toolbox, including JRC MAES urban, EPSON studies, EEA data on green infrastructure;

    2.Build on the outcomes of the relevant EU-funded projects of the Horizon 2020 and LIFE Programmes 77 , including further testing and developing of the EU Impact Evaluation Framework for NBS 78 and similar highly relevant protocols and guidelines;

    3.Envisage clustering activities with the relevant Horizon 2020 NBS projects and respective task forces as well as with relevant Horizon Europe projects 79 and relevant successful projects resulting from calls of the EU Missions “Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities” and “Adaptation to Climate Change”;

    4.The use of social science and humanities methods and of social innovation is encouraged to encounter also different perceptions, values, experiences, practices, and social production across all stages of urban planning and to contribute to the empowerment of citizens.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-12: Reinforcing science policy support with IPBES and IPCC for better interconnected biodiversity and climate policies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action in a capacity other than as an associated partner.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 80 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the Commission priority 'A stronger Europe in the world', a successful proposal will step up EU science policy support to biodiversity policy at EU and international level, and in particular the interconnections with climate policies 81 . This will require the contribution to processes triggered by the EU and global biodiversity knowledge centres, IPBES and IPCC to achieve targeted impacts on biodiversity-relevant policies, and to integrate structured policy input into the research cycle. Projects should deliver the following outcomes:

    1.EU projects and initiatives are aware of and use the knowledge generation, policy support and capacity building functions of IPBES, including the recommendations issued by task forces of IPBES and IPCC (where relevant for biodiversity);

    2.Contribution of and uptake by research projects and initiatives reinforcing the evidence base of EU biodiversity and climate policy by promoting synergies and avoiding conflicts, as well as taking into account the knowledge generation, policy support and capacity building functions of IPBES, in line with the recommendations issued by the task forces of IPBES and IPCC;

    3.Address shortcomings in the uptake of IPBES and IPCC findings and conclusions in sectorial policy making other than for biodiversity, and business decisions at European, national and local level;

    4.Better support from EU research for policy requests to the EU and global Knowledge Centres for Biodiversity and to the European contribution to IPBES.

    Scope: In line with the Commission’s priority 'A stronger Europe in the world', the European Union must take and demonstrate leadership in this field, notably by increasing its support to the EU and global biodiversity knowledge centres 82 and to IPBES – and to elevate it to the same level as the IPCC.

    1.Besides economic support, this also includes networking efforts to reinforce synergies and cooperation of the work of EU services, scientists and practitioners with CBD, IPBES, regional Multilateral Environmental Agreements, UN organisations and programmes, and other relevant research communities to underpin the implementation, monitoring and review of the post 2020 global biodiversity framework.

    2.This action delivers targeted support to areas of specific interest for European research policy by using as well as contributing to IPBES outputs. It also helps European scientists, in particular those from southern, central and eastern EU countries, and those from the Western Balkans, Central Asia, and from Africa 83 , who remain underrepresented, due to a lack of capacity to participate in meetings, networking or science input at global level, to play their role by contributing to EU and global regular assessments (EU ecosystem assessment, IPBES global assessments, Gap and Stocktake Reports, global biodiversity outlook). Major functions of IPBES still need to be further developed to achieve a proper level of uptake in Europe: knowledge generation, policy support and capacity building functions, including the task forces.

    The project should cover all of the following points:

    1.providing assistance to the EU and Associated Countries, to central Asian and to African scientists, knowledge holders and local communities for reinforcing the input into the EU and global biodiversity knowledge centres, IPBES and IPCC on biodiversity;

    2.translating IPBES and other relevant research outputs for policy and decision-making into a language targeted to a wider readership by the EU public, interest groups, research and innovation projects, policy makers and businesses, and into (a set of) EU languages;

    3.networking and facilitating synergies through cooperation between IPBES, IPCC and amongst scientists and relevant scientific bodies of other regional Multilateral Environment Agreements, such as the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) Air Convention;

    4.proposing standards for EU-funded biodiversity projects to apply the relevant outcomes of the IPBES data and knowledge task force;

    5.supporting European negotiators at IPBES plenary meetings and inter-sessional work as well as at the scientific body meetings of CBD and other biodiversity-related MEAs of relevance to IPBES. This includes back-office support to the EU IPBES and IPCC negotiation teams and to delegations of Member States and Associated Countries in need of assistance in synthesizing scientific evidence of relevance for IPBES and IPCC plenary work.

    The project should detail a plan on how the work can be further financed and governed over the medium- and long-term and secure commitments that enable the work to continue after the funding of this topic ends.

    Proposals should not develop any new platforms but ensure that all relevant evidence, data and information is accessible through e.g., the Oppla portal and cooperate with existing networks of national platforms 84 . They should also prepare the inclusion of their results in the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity, hosted by the Joint Research Centre (JRC), according to an agreed format, and cooperate with the Science Service project ‘Bio-Agora’.

    The project is to set a clear plan on how it will collaborate with other projects selected under related topics of the Cluster 6 Work Programmes 2021-245, and with the Biodiversity Partnership Biodiversa+. This includes links to ESFRI research infrastructures, to test whether they could host predictive models, visualization and analysis of their platform's early warning systems, to respond to IPBES and IPCC assessments and to CBD requests, by participating in joint activities such as workshops, scientific deliverables, or joint communication and dissemination measures. Proposals should include dedicated tasks and allocate sufficient resources for coordination measures and indicate the necessary flexibility to react to requests stemming from future IPBES and IPCC work programme development.

    Proposals should involve the contribution from the social sciences and humanities disciplines.

    Biodiversity friendly practices in agriculture, forestry and aquaculture

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-13: Crop wild relatives for sustainable agriculture

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: Activities under this topic seek to preserve biodiversity and thereby contribute to the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the upcoming post 2020 global biodiversity framework. By increasing agrobiodiversity, activities will contribute to food security, adaptation of the agricultural production to the effects of climate change, and thereby support implementation of the farm to fork strategy, the common agricultural policy and the EU climate policy under the European Green Deal.

    Projects funded under this topic are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.More effectiveness measures for the conservation of Crop Wild Relatives (CWR) due to increased knowledge and systematic monitoring and documentation of the diversity, the threats and the conservation status of CWR;

    2.Conservation of CWR is improved due to a) better coverage of CWR in gene banks, b) the establishment of genetic reserves for in situ conservation, and c) enhanced genetic characterisation of CWRs;

    3.Knowledge on valuable traits, such as tolerance to biotic and abiotic stresses or nutritional properties is more easily available to breeders and accelerates the breeding of more resilient crop varieties;

    4.Greater use of CWR in pre-breeding and breeding activities, both in formal and on-farm crop improvement programmes;

    5.Farmers are more aware of the value of CWRs and have improved access to varieties and cultivars with high resilience and/or adapted to marginal lands.

    Scope: Crop Wild Relatives (CWR) – also referred to as the wild cousins of cultivated crops - are a key asset for agrobiodiversity, sustainable agriculture and food security overall. CRWs contain genes for a multitude of useful traits such as tolerance to pest and diseases, resource efficiency and adaptability to more extreme weather conditions or nutritional quality. Their inherent genetic diversity together with the associated diversity of microbiota is a vast resource for developing more productive, nutritious and resilient crop varieties and for diversifying farming systems.

    Despite their value, a wide range of CWRs are threatened and face pressures, e.g., from intensive agriculture, urbanisation, pollution and the effects of climate change. At the same time, the conservation and use of CWRs in breeding lags significantly behind the one of main crops. It is estimated that for about 30% taxa associated with 63 crops, no germplasm accessions exist and that about 95% of CWR taxa are underrepresented in genetic resources collections. As a consequence, knowledge is lacking about the diversity that exists and precisely how that diversity may be used for crop improvement and in farming.

    More systematic efforts are needed to improve the conservation of CWR in –situ and ex-situ and increase their use in plant breeding and farming.

    Proposals should:

    1.review and increase our knowledge on the diversity, the conservation status (both in situ and ex situ), the threats, monitoring and the utilization of CWR in Europe; due account should be taken of the local knowledge of farmers, e.g., as regards the specific attributes of CWR resources, their integration in agro-ecosystems and methods for their management on-farm;

    2.promote the breath of taxa and genetic diversity of CWR in gene bank collections and improve their description and geno- and phenotypic characterisation;

    3.set-up pilots of genetic reserves for CWR under different types of management regimes and pedo-climatic conditions, and develop models for their long-term viability;

    4.unravel the genetic basis of valuable traits of CWR such as the resilience to different biotic and abiotic stresses or nutritional quality;

    5.develop high-quality genomic resources to promote the use of CWR in pre-breeding and breeding activities of formal and on-farm crop improvement programmes;

    6.promote the on-farm management and conservation of CRW genetic resources taking into account the adaptation of CWR to local conditions;

    7.carry out training activities and increase awareness of breeders, farmers, consumers and the various actors in value chains (e.g., the agri-food industry) about the value of CWR, including by carrying out on-farm demonstrations.

    Work under this topic should be carried out in various pedo-climatic zones 85 and benefit both conventional and organic farming as reflected in the expertise of the consortia. Proposals must implement the “multi-actor approach”, and build partnerships across research, conservation, breeding, farming and business sectors, considering a balanced representation of partners from within the EU and Associated Countries. They should also demonstrate a sound representation of SSH disciplines.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-14: Biodiversity friendly practices in agriculture – breeding for Integrated Pest Management (IPM)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the European Green Deal, the EU Climate Policy, EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the farm to fork strategy, a successful proposal will contribute to the transition to more sustainable practices in agriculture by reducing the need for external inputs, notably chemical pesticides 86 , and support biodiversity in agroecosystems.

    Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Enhanced knowledge of relevant traits for resistance and/or tolerance (resilience) to biotic stresses;

    2.Enlarged availability and access to plant varieties which can better cope with increased pest and diseases pressure;

    3.Increased knowledge, knowledge transfer, and capacity of farmers and agricultural advisers to implement Integrated Pest Management with plant varieties that can better cope with plant pests and that are adapted to the local environmental and pedo-climatic conditions (e.g., terroir effects, soil health status, local disease pressures, positive interactions with biological control) and farming practices (e.g., intercropping, crop rotation, carbon farming).

    Scope: The European Green Deal has set ambitious targets to reduce by 2030 the use and the risk of chemical pesticides and fertilisers, reduce nutrient losses and increase organic farming 87 . Plant breeders need to consider more systematically characteristics that respond to these demands and contribute to crop resilience and adaptation, particularly to increasing biotic and abiotic stresses, in particular in the context of climate change.

    Breeding for integrated pest management (IPM) aims to boost the development of plant varieties with tolerance of or resistance to relevant pest(s) 88 and diseases, adapted to local environmental and pedo-climatic conditions, and diversification approaches with the goal of reducing reliance on chemical pesticides.

    Proposals should:

    1.Contribute to a better understanding of crop-specific genetic characteristics and crop-environment management (GxExM) interactions underpinning tolerance to pest pressure;

    2.Identify useful traits/combination of traits and progress in the development of plant varieties with increased resistance or tolerance to plant pests and adapted to local conditions;

    3.Embark in breeding activities for pest-tolerant or pest-resistant varieties making use of all type of breeding approaches and allow for participatory breeding with involvement of farmers;

    4.Promote the deployment of resistant plant varieties in combination with the range of tools available for integrated pest management such as crop diversification, soil and crop management (e.g., crop residue management), biological control agents (e.g., micro- and macro-organisms), the preservation and enhancement of natural enemies of plant pests (e.g., beneficial insects/mites/nematodes/antagonistic, symbiont microorganisms, beneficial endophytes);

    5.Support capacity building, training and education enabling farmers/growers to adopt sustainable agricultural practices in pest management following the integration of tolerant plant varieties;

    6.Increase general awareness of the benefits of IPM and the adoption of resistant plant varieties for consumers and in the value change.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of researchers, the breeding sector, farmers, advisors and other relevant actors of the value chain. The topic is open to all types of farming systems (e.g., arable farming, horticulture, fruit trees). Proposals should cover various biogeographical regions 89 with a balanced coverage reflecting the various pedo-climatic zones in Europe in a representative way. Result of activities should benefit both conventional and organic farming.

    Proposals should specify how they plan to collaborate with other proposals selected under this and other relevant topics, for example by undertaking joint activities, workshops or common communication and dissemination activities. Proposals should allocate the necessary resources to cover these activities.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-15: Integrative forest management for multiple ecosystem services and enhanced biodiversity

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action in a capacity other than as an associated partner.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 90 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal, EU climate policy, and the EU forest and biodiversity strategies, this topic promotes research-based and evidence-based forest conservation and management approaches that apply an understanding of the structure, function, and dynamics of natural and sustainably managed forest ecosystems to achieve integrated environmental, economic, and social outcomes.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Intensive collaboration, mutual learning and sharing of knowledge among the conservation and forestry bodies, forest managers, research institutions and other interested stakeholders to exploit synergies and minimise trade-offs in forest management.

    2.Contribution to the development of computer models to be used as operational tools for examining the effects of climatic change on forest functioning.

    3.Practical recommendations and guidelines addressing multiple, possibly conflicting objectives of forest management, to promote forest conservation and resilience and mitigate the impacts of various forest disturbances, while supporting the socio-economic goals of forests through the support of an efficient utilisation of forest resources and services.

    4.Contribution to the achievement of EU forest related policy targets (biodiversity, bioeconomy, climate mitigation and adaptation).

    5.Diversification of forest management methods and their mutual balance and appropriate use in the given context (“context-dependent integrative forest management”) through the combination of different scientific disciplines, strong involvement of practitioners, researchers and advisors, biodiversity monitoring systems based on expert taxonomic knowledge combined with technologies, decision support tools and sustainability indicators. Application of context-dependent and site-appropriate, multi-stakeholder participatory and interdisciplinary methods.

    6.Enhanced knowledge on ecological forestry practices and their impacts on climate change adaptation and biodiversity conservation/restoration.

    Scope: This topic addresses integrative forest management strategies that optimise actively managed forest ecosystems in such a way that the ecological and socio-economic functions are sustainable and economic viable.

    The aim is to achieve a better understanding how integrative forest management concepts (e.g. close-to-nature forestry, continuous cover forestry, retention forestry, etc.) are currently applied in Europe, their implications on the environment and biodiversity, society, and forest-based economy as well as to accelerate the implementation of innovative approaches through targeted and evidence-based guidelines and tools.

    Proposals should:

    1.Provide an in-depth analysis of current concepts and principles of integrative forest conservation, management and utilisation strategies and assess their socio-economic and ecological impacts;

    2.Establish a network of living labs for integrative forest conservation, management and utilisation approaches inspired by best practices and covering different socio-cultural and bio-geographical conditions;

    3.Develop applicable evidence-based guidelines and tools for the upscaling of integrative forest conservation, management and utilisation approaches;

    4.Consider a strong stakeholder involvement and supportive policies;

    5.Support exchange of knowledge, dialogue and good practices among stakeholders and institutions, including science-based dialogues.

    The project must implement the multi-actor approach and ensure an adequate involvement of the primary production sector and the wider forest-based value chain.

    Due to the scope of this topic, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular with China. This topic is within the scope of the Administrative Arrangement between the European Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support collaborative research projects under the Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) and the Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) flagship initiatives.

    Actions will contribute to implementing the EU-China Food, Agriculture and Biotechnology (FAB) flagship initiative, which aims to ensure sustainability of agri-food systems, catering for the needs of a growing population, the reduction of food and agricultural losses and waste, and the provision of safe and healthy foodstuffs. Interaction with other actions developed under the EU-China Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) Research Flagship and the Flagship on Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) is encouraged if relevant.

    JRC is available for sharing and taking up results and findings on the monitoring of the forest ecosystem multifunctionality in the EU Observatory for Deforestation, Forest Degradation and Associated Drivers and JRC Big Data Analytics Platform.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-16: Valorisation of ecosystem services provided by legume crops

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the EU zero pollution ambition, the successful proposal will promote sustainable, productive, climate-neutral, environment-friendly and resilient farming systems, which would provide consumers with affordable, safe, traceable, healthy and sustainable food while increasing the provision of ecosystem services.

    The farm to fork strategy states that ‘[a] key area of research will relate to (…) increasing the availability and source of alternative proteins such as plant, microbial, marine and insect-based proteins and meat substitutes’. The ambitious targets in the farm to fork strategy on the reduction of fertilizer use by at least 20% by 2030 and on reaching at least 25% of EU agricultural land under organic farming by 2030 will also create a favourable environment for the development of EU-grown protein plants which naturally enrich the soil reducing the need for synthetic fertilisers. Most recently, the Versailles declaration 91 also highlighted the importance of increasing EU plant-based proteins as a means of reducing the EU’s dependency on key imported agricultural products and inputs and improving food security.

    The new common agricultural policy (CAP) put into practice eco-schemes that can provide support for longer rotation cycles with environmentally beneficial crops such as leguminous crops. Other instruments that benefit protein crops under the new CAP are sectoral interventions, investment subsidies under rural development programmes and coupled income supports.

    Activities will also support the implementation of the action plan for the development of organic production.

    Proposals results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved quantification, in environmental and economic terms, of the ecosystem services provided by legume crops, including those related to soil biodiversity and fertility.

    2.Increased knowledge and capacity of farmers and agricultural advisers to include minor and major legume crops in their cropping schemes with a positive ecological and economic impact.

    3.Diversified farming practices throughout the EU and Associated Countries, where legume crops contribute to healthier and sustainable diets, resilience to climate change and increase of agrobiodiversity.

    Scope: The European Union and Associated Countries’ arable agricultural systems are often characterised by short rotations or monocultures, leading to problems such as higher pest pressure, soil erosion, loss of soil fertility or loss of biodiversity. As a result, there is an imperative need to reveal the full potential of diversification of cropping systems, with the aim of improving productivity, and supporting the development of resource-efficient and sustainable value chains. Protein-rich plants, and in particular legumes, play a key role in cross-cutting issues related to crop rotation, sustainable soil management and closing nutrient cycles. They have the potential to enable the environmental sustainability, productivity, climate neutrality and resilience of farming systems, by increasing the provision of ecosystem services while restoring and enhancing biodiversity and generating fair economic returns for farmers.

    The environmental, nutritional and economic benefits that leguminous crops bring to all players of the value chain, provide an opportunity for further developing the leguminous crop sector in the EU and Associated Countries. This could eventually contribute to reducing the EU’s dependency on imports of nitrogen fertilisers and protein crops for feed, while support meeting the objectives of farm to fork strategy.

    While the direct benefits of legume crops as food and feed are usually recognized, their environmental and economic benefits derived from the increase of the provision of the ecosystem services they provide, are less understood and not valorised. The focus of this proposal is on the economic and environmental benefits of the production of legume crops, regardless their cultivation purpose is for food or for feed uses.

    Proposals should:

    1.Increase knowledge on the different and complementary benefits from the use of legume crops (both annual and perennials) in the provision of ecosystem and environmental services, such as the value of the nitrogen transfer to succeeding or companion crops (including in grassland systems), the efficiency of different legume varieties to fix nitrogen in the soil in function of specific conditions (e.g., soil type, established rhizobia consortia), the role of legume crops for wind protection, water runoff or other erosion control strategies.

    2.Explore new synergies between combinations of legume crops and other crops that can benefit from nitrogen fixation, in systems like crop rotations, intercropping, mixed cropping, cover cropping or agroforestry.

    3.Evaluate the global competitiveness of legume crops cultivation in different contexts of the EU and Associated Countries (considering relevant economic, social or environmental aspects) through a cost-benefit analyses and life-cycle environmental assessment, versus imports from third countries.

    4.Develop tools or methods that allow to measure and quantify in economic terms the value of the nitrogen transfer between various crops, for different crop combinations, in relation to environmental aspects such as the reduction of use of nitrogen fertiliser, carbon emissions, pollution, nitrogen losses, reduced GHG emissions, pest/weed/disease management and increased crop and microbial diversity.

    5.Identify and remove the barriers to crop diversification or to crop rotation. Provide indicators so that farmers and advisors are better equipped to evaluate the benefits of growing legumes, including for weed management, as well as recommendations to strengthen crop diversification and longer rotation cycles with environmentally beneficial crops.

    6.Promote the engagement of downstream actors in new value chains based on crop diversification. This should facilitate the market penetration of leguminous crops, linked to market outlets and consumers demand and influence the transition towards more sustainable and healthy food and feed systems.

    7.Include minor or underutilised legume crops (mostly perennial but also annual varieties) that are not the frequent objects of research activities. Consider their potential for enhancing the ecosystem and economic services not only due to their key role in sustainable soil management and closing nutrient cycles (likewise major legume crops) but also due to their adaptation to agroecological niches/marginal area and capability to withstand abiotic and abiotic stress and climate change.

    8.Generate capacity building material, organize trainings or knowledge sharing activities, including the development of guidelines (e.g. booklets, decision-support tools) to foment the dissemination, uptake and upscale of results.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this or other topics (i.e. but not limited to projects funded under topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-02 and HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-02-two-stage), and ensure synergy with relevant activities carried out under other initiatives in Horizon Europe such as the upcoming partnership on agroecology 92 and the Mission “A Soil Deal for Europe” 93 . Proposals should also seek potential synergies with and capitalise on the results of past or ongoing projects both in the EU and beyond (e.g., Horizon 2020 projects LegValue 94 and TRUE 95 , the thematic network 'Legumes Translated’ 96 or SusCrop ERA-NET project 97 ).

    Proposals should benefit both the conventional and the organic farming sectors.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged. This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Biodiversity and health

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-17: Interlinkages between biodiversity loss and degradation of ecosystems and the emergence of zoonotic diseases

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and in particular with the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, projects will develop knowledge on the links between the degradation of ecosystems with its associated biodiversity loss and the exposure to, emergence and spread of zoonotic diseases to humans. This will compliment other initiatives by addressing the biodiversity and health nexus with a focus on the effects of biodiversity loss and degradation of ecosystems on the emergence of zoonotic diseases in the context of climate change and globalization.

    Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understand the relation between the degradation of ecosystems with its associated biodiversity loss, including both macro-organisms (e.g. insects, animal and plants) and environmental and host-associated microbiomes (e.g. micro algae, fungi, bacterial and virus) and the emergence of zoonotic diseases, focusing on how human drivers for biodiversity loss, such as illegal wildlife trade, land use change in biodiversity hot-spot regions, food consumption, use of antimicrobial agents, etc. interact with the spread of zoonotic diseases.

    2.Understand under which conditions and at what scale the protection of biodiversity and the restoration of ecosystems can contribute to mitigate the emergence and spread of zoonotic diseases.

    3.Better understand the socio-economic and behavioural factors that will lead to the development and implementation of improved policies on mitigating the risk of emergence and spread of zoonotic diseases. This should also include the ecology and behavioural traits of those animals which play a role in the spread of zoonotic diseases.

    4.Based on this knowledge, propose practical strategies to minimize the emergence and spread of zoonotic diseases through addressing biodiversity loss.

    5.Better understand the biodiversity – health nexus and identify biodiversity relevant parameters and propose the necessary monitoring schemes for further integration into the One Health approach with specific focus on emerging zoonotic diseases. This monitoring should contribute to the establishment or improvement of early detection and warning systems on risks of emerging zoonotic diseases.

    6.In collaboration among the projects to be funded, create a knowledge platform for a) sharing information on relevant research activities and results concerning the prevention of zoonotic disease emergence in relation to biodiversity; and b) reinforcing the communication and coordination between academics, innovators, end-users, researchers, public health and environmental authorities and citizens in order to create the strong system needed for the prevention of the emergence of zoonotic diseases. This platform should be a joint deliverable between the projects to be funded and will be expected to coordinate the research activities which aim to understand and mitigate the risks of zoonotic disease emergence in relation to the degradation of ecosystems with its associated biodiversity loss, allowing closure of current gaps and break down of existing silos. Proposals should dedicate appropriate resources to develop this joint deliverable in cooperation with the other project/s funded under this topic.

    Scope: Zoonotic diseases, which result from cross-species transmission of pathogens between animals and humans, appear to emerge more frequently and pose significant threats to the health and welfare of people across the planet. Without the necessary scientific information and evidence on the underlying causes and drivers of this more frequent emergence, the only way of responding to them is after their emergence and spread.

    Over the last decades, research has indicated that biodiversity loss and the linked degradation of ecosystems could simultaneously increase human exposure to existing pathogens, as well as increase of the probability of the emergence and spread of infectious diseases. Unsustainable exploitation of biodiversity, land-use change, illegal wildlife trade and consumption, together with the impacts of climate change and use of antimicrobial agents, increase the contact between humans and wildlife that consequently lead to the more frequent occurrence of emerging infectious diseases, of which around 75% are of zoonotic origin.

    The high risks of these infectious diseases demonstrate the need for a real paradigm shift: preventing the emergence and spread of infectious zoonotic diseases by focusing on the root causes and underlying mechanisms potentially linked to biodiversity loss and degradation of ecosystems and improving their prediction and early detection.

    This topic aims to identify and understand better the interlinkages between biodiversity loss with the linked ecosystem degradation and the emergence of zoonotic diseases. Further research is needed to better understand how the different drivers that lead to biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation, and how the protection of biodiversity and the restoration of ecosystems may influence the emergence and spread of zoonotic diseases. Also better understanding is needed on how the conservation of animal and microbiome genetic resources may influence the emergence of zoonotic diseases.

    The better understanding of these interlinkages will help to establish better prediction and early detection systems, will enhance the coordination between all relevant stakeholders, ensure fast information sharing and early response and hence reduce the spread of zoonotic diseases.

    The topic should contribute to better understanding the biodiversity – health nexus and help towards an enhanced integration of biodiversity parameters and monitoring with the One Health approach.

    The development of methods and identification of indicators to monitor the relevant biodiversity parameters will be essential as well as the establishment of baselines of these parameters.

    The mitigation strategies in relation to biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation to be proposed should take into consideration all the aforementioned information and findings. The better understanding of the socio-economic and behavioural factors, as well as the involvement of local communities and environmental, animal and human health stakeholders is crucial for the preparation of these strategies.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under the same field and ensure synergy with relevant activities carried out under other initiatives in Horizon Europe, such as:

    1.HΟRΙΖΟΝ-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-11: What else is out there? Exploring the connection between biodiversity, ecosystem services, pandemics and epidemic risk;

    2.HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-18: One Health approach for Food Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture (FNSSA);

    3.HORIZON-HLTH-2021-ENVHLTH-02-03: Health impacts of climate change, costs and benefits of action and inaction.

    To achieve the expected outcomes, the following also need to be ensured:

    1.Coherence and coordination with the European Partnership for pandemic preparedness, the European Partnership for One Health/AMR Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR) and the European Partnership for Animal Health and Welfare (PAHW).

    2.Opportunities for cooperation with relevant European or international Agencies and initiatives, such as European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), European Economic Area (EEA), European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control (ECDC), Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Agency (HERA), One Health High-Level Expert Panel (OHHLEP), One Sustainable Health, EU4Health actions (in particular One Health Surveillance), Preventing Zoonotic Disease Emergence (PREZODE), Ecohealth Alliance, etc.

    The proposals should take up relevant knowledge assessed by major science-policy bodies such as the Intergovernmental science-policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES), the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), and by the Convention on Biological Diversity. They should also take into consideration and build up on the results of the request made to EKLIPSE on Biodiversity and Pandemics. Proposals should show how their results and outcomes could provide timely information to the work of these and further relevant global initiatives.

    The proposals should foresee cooperation with the European partnership on biodiversity Biodiversa+ and the Science Service “Bio-agora” and use existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms relevant to the topic. They should also contribute knowledge to the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

    Coordination with Member States and Associated Counties should be sought out.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities disciplines (SSH).

    Interconnection of biodiversity research and policies

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-18: Additional activities for the European Biodiversity Partnership: Biodiversa+

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 60.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The proposal must be submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01: European partnership rescuing biodiversity to safeguard life on Earth. This eligibility condition is without prejudice to the possibility to include additional partners.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The evaluation committee will be composed partially by representatives of EU institutions.

    If the proposal is successful, the next stage of the procedure will be grant agreement amendment preparations.

    If the outcome of amendment preparations is an award decision, the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01: European partnership rescuing biodiversity to safeguard life on Earth will be invited to submit an amendment to the grant agreement, on behalf of the beneficiaries.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    This action is intended to be implemented in the form of an amendment of the grant agreement concluded pursuant to topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01.

    For the additional activities covered by this action:

    1.The funding rate is 30% of the eligible costs.

    2.Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties (FSTP). The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    3.Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. The EUR 60 000 threshold provided for in Article 204(a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply.

    4.The maximum amount of FSTP to be granted to an individual third party is EUR 7 000 000. This amount is justified since provision of FSTP is one the primary activities of this action and it is based on the extensive experience under predecessors of this partnership.

    1.The starting date of grants awarded under this topic may be as of the submission date of the application. Applicants must justify the need for a retroactive starting date in their application. Costs incurred from the starting date of the action may be considered eligible (and will be reflected in the entry into force date of the amendment to the grant agreement).

    Total indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the duration of the partnership is EUR 165 million.

    Expected Outcome: The second instalment of the partnership is expected in continuation to contribute to expected outcomes specified in topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01: European partnership rescuing biodiversity to safeguard life on Earth, for continuation of the activities and the continuation of already agreed outcomes.

    Scope: The objective of this action is to continue to provide support to the European Partnership Biodiversa+ identified in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024 and first implemented under the topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01: European partnership rescuing biodiversity to safeguard life on Earth, and in particular to fund additional activities (which may also be undertaken by additional partners) in view of its intended scope and duration, and in accordance with Article 24(2) of the Horizon Europe Regulation.

    The consortium which applied to and received funding under HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01: European partnership rescuing biodiversity to safeguard life on Earth is uniquely placed to submit a proposal to continue the envisioned partnership. Not only did this consortium submit the proposal leading to the identification of the partnership in the Horizon Europe strategic planning 2021-2024, it has also implemented the partnership through co-funded calls in years 2021 and 2022 based on this planning and further to topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01. In this context, the current consortium has particular expertise in relation to the objectives of the Partnership, the activities to be implemented in particular FSTP calls or other calls/scope of calls clearly required/envisioned pursuant to initial proposal/partnership, and other relevant aspects of the action. In practice, another consortium could not continue the activities of the Partnership underway without significant disruption to the ongoing activities, if at all.

    The scope of the application for this call on the European partnership for Biodiversity Biodiversa+ should focus on the flagship programmes 2023-27 according to the partnership’s co-created strategic research and innovation agenda for seven years, which includes calls for research projects, biodiversity- and ecosystems monitoring and science-based policy advisory activities, and all horizontal activities to allow the Partnership to operate and to achieve its five specific objectives.

    It is expected that the partnership continues to organise joint calls on an annual base and therefore it should factor ample time to run the co-funded projects. It should build on, and widen, the data availability in European Research Infrastructures federated under the European Open Science Cloud.

    The partnership should collaborate closely with the EC ‘Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity’ and with the Science Service project ‘Bio-Agora’, and seek to collaborate with EU space programmes (Copernicus, Galileo) to foster the use of emerging or operational space technologies for policy development. Moreover, the partnership should describe specific activities foreseen in order to strengthen the synergies with other related Missions and Partnerships.

    While the award of a grant to continue the Partnership in accordance with this call should be based on a proposal submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01 and the additional activities (which may include additional partners) to be funded by the grant should be subject to an evaluation, this evaluation should take into account the existing context and the scope of the initial evaluation as relevant, and related obligations enshrined in the grant agreement.

    Taking into account that the present action is a continuation of topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-02-01 and foresees an amendment to an existing grant agreement, the proposal should also present in a separate document the additional activities and additional partners, if any, to be covered by the award in terms of how they would be reflected in the grant agreement.

    The partnership should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties.

    The Commission envisages to include new actions in future work programme(s) to continue providing support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

    Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 98

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 99

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 22 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-1

    IA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-2

    IA

    16.00

    Around 8.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-3

    RIA

    13.00

    Around 6.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-4

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-5

    RIA

    4.00

    Around 2.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-6

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-7

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-8

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-9

    RIA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    76.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Understanding and addressing the main drivers of biodiversity loss

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-1: Invasive alien species

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project within the area A that is the highest ranked, and one project highest ranked within the area B, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. Proposals shall clearly indicate the area they are applying to.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and in particular with the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, projects will contribute to the following impact of destination “Biodiversity and ecosystem services”: “Understand and address direct drivers of biodiversity decline… invasive alien species…”.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The establishment of alien species accidently introduced in the EU environment is minimised and where possible they are eradicated,

    2.Early warning systems to inform relevant stakeholders of the introduction of invasive alien species, building upon EASIN,

    3.The introduction of invasive alien species is effectively prevented and established ones are systemically managed,

    4.Public awareness, literacy and engagement, on invasive alien species monitoring and management are supported and improved,

    5.Pressure on species on the Red List threatened by invasive alien species is reduced, contributing to the following key commitment of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 “ a 50% reduction in the number of Red List species threatened by invasive alien species”.

    Scope: Invasive alien species are one of the five main direct drivers of biodiversity loss. Besides inflicting major damage to nature and the economy, many invasive alien species also facilitate the outbreak and spread of infectious diseases, posing a threat to humans and native wildlife. The rate of new introductions of invasive alien species has increased in recent years. Without effective control measures, risks to our nature and health will continue to rise. Climate change and land-use changes facilitate the spread and establishment of many alien species and create new opportunities for them to become invasive. This topic is therefore contributing to the adaptation to climate change.

    Regulation (EU) 1143/2014 on invasive alien species (IAS) entered into force on 1 January 2015. It establishes a list of Invasive Alien Species of Union concern (the Union list). The IAS Regulation provides for a set of measures to be taken across the EU in relation to invasive alien species included on the Union list. EASIN (European Alien Species Information Network) facilitates information on Alien Species and officially supports the EU Regulation 1143/2014.

    Successful proposals should:

    1.Develop models based on dynamic data, accessible to end users, to prioritise species, manage pathways and sites most vulnerable by the introduction of invasive alien species;

    2.Develop methods for the identification, early detection and surveillance of invasive alien species, such as sensors for biophysical signals (sounds, ultrasounds, volatile organic compounds, thermal etc.), DNA-based including barcoding and application of environmental DNA, artificial intelligence, sentinel plants in ports, airports, railway stations, and logistics platforms. The use of robotics (both aerial and non-aerial), especially in marine environments, could be considered.

    Proposals should address Area A: terrestrial ecosystems or Area B: aquatic (including marine) ecosystems. The Area should be clearly indicated on the application.

    Proposals should build synergies with on-going projects supported under Horizon 2020 and other projects supported under Horizon Europe. The project “ Natural Intelligence for Robotic Monitoring of Habitat ” could provide hints about the usage of mobile robotic sensors.

    Cross-articulation with the other data spaces, and notably with the European Open Science Cloud shall be foreseen, exploiting synergies and complementarities of the different approaches.

    Participatory approaches, such as citizen science, could be appropriate modes of research for this action.

    In area B in particular, projects results funded under the following topics should be considered: HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-03: Understanding and valuing coastal and marine biodiversity and ecosystems services, Topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-04: Assess and predict integrated impacts of cumulative direct and indirect stressors on coastal and marine biodiversity, ecosystems and their services and HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-01: Observing and mapping biodiversity and ecosystems, with particular focus on coastal and marine ecosystems. In addition, in area B, projects should coordinate their activities with objective 1 of the Mission “Restore our ocean and waters”.

    Proposals should include specific tasks and allocate sufficient resources to coordinate with existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms, in particular the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity. Collaboration with the European partnership on biodiversity Biodiversa+ should be explored, as needed.

    This topic should involve contributions from the social sciences and humanities disciplines.

    The possible participation of the JRC in the project would ensure that the approach proposed is compatible with the IAS policy implementation and that data and information generated is shared through EASIN.

    International cooperation is encouraged.

    Biodiversity protection and restoration

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-2: Digital for nature

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project within the area A that is the highest ranked, and one project highest ranked within the area B, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. Proposals shall clearly indicate the area they are applying to.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Purchases of equipment, infrastructure or other assets specifically for the action (or developed as part of the action tasks) may be declared as full capitalised costs.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and in particular with the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 projects’ results will contribute to the following impacts of the destination “biodiversity and ecosystem services”: “Plan, manage and expand protected areas and improve the conservation status of species and habitats based on up-to-date knowledge and solutions”; “to understand and address drivers of biodiversity decline and “mainstream biodiversity, ecosystem services, including through the development of Nature-based Solutions”.

    The projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.A better monitoring (in terms of the number of species and habitats, more exhaustive territory coverage, more frequent in time, more accurate and cost-effective) of biodiversity in the EU by high-throughput methods (for example environmental DNA, sound/image/spectral analysis, lidar, usage of mobile platforms, space technologies, etc.), leading to a better implementation of the nature directives.

    2.A better understanding of the state of nature and of the drivers of biodiversity loss (linked to direct human activity, to climate change, etc…) and of the state of conservation of nature through a better usage of existing data, and through the bridging of data gaps in order to support the implementation of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and therefore to reverse biodiversity loss and to restore and protect ecosystems.

    3.A more complete view of the state of nature and its evolution which is needed to support policy implementation and policy making, including the Member States’ reporting obligations, supporting the definition and implementation of prevention and restoration measures and the monitoring of the achievement of their objectives, the extension of protected areas, the monitoring of invasive alien species, and the implementation of Nature based solutions and the assessment of their performance.

    Scope: As quoted in a recent paper in Nature Communications, the growing amount of the collected environmental data is not optimally used: “there is a mismatch between the ever-growing volume of raw measures (videos, images, audio-recordings) acquired for ecological studies and our ability to process and analyse this multi-source data to derive conclusive ecological insights rapidly and at scale” 100 . In the European Union, there is already a range of group of experts monitoring species and habitats, including in the view of reporting under the Birds and Habitats directives. However, the generated datasets are not sufficiently accessible (too many small, isolated communities of practice, different servers, different data access methods, different formats, rarely accessible through web-services) and too often not well known or advertised outside of their original circle of experts: the access to the results (consolidated data, statistics, maps) of these field surveys should be significantly concentrated behind single entry points. Also, the access to modern technologies (e.g., image recognition, sound analysis, high-throughput DNA-based techniques, usage of AI, usage of space, etc.) too often represents an important effort for each group of experts, beyond their environmental expertise. As a result, the technological developments remain an important effort for each group, while the solutions should better be provided as a service (to be configured to the need of each group) and mutualised. The natural domain being very large and sometimes difficult to access, the existing databases are still not dense enough, in terms of spatial and temporal coverage: many species and habitats are insufficiently covered (and sometimes not monitored at all), resulting in information gaps. Also, scarce samplings do not allow to distinguish non-presence from a lack of/insufficient/inadequate fields visit. A massive use of automated, and potentially mobile, sensor technologies (such as, but not limited to, images, video, sounds/ultra-sounds recording, spectral signatures, structure description by lidar, environmental DNA sampling, etc.) the use of remote sensing technologies (e.g. to over large areas, monitor environmental condition) and associated with processing algorithms (in particular, but not limited to, deep learning and AI processing algorithms) is therefore needed. The goal of this topic is to facilitate the access to data, encourage the usage of automated/robotic/space data collection systems for data collection, encourage community approaches for the exchange of data and good practices (in particular for data processing).

    Proposals should address Area A or Area B as follows. The Area should be clearly indicated on the application.

    1.Area A: a project focussing on data harvesting through high-throughput methods (as described in the introduction, e.g. environmental DNA, sound/image analysis, lidar, spectrometry, usage of mobile platforms, remote-sensing, etc.), analysis and interoperability solutions, with the goal of concentrating the information in a single access point, and lowering the technical hurdle for the biologist and managers of natural sites, offering the best solutions in a ready-to-use form;

    2.Area B: a project focussing on new robotic solutions, including mobile, to improve the efficiency of biodiversity related solutions, allowing to improve the performance of the field campaign, with denser information of species and habitats.

    Area A: data harvesting, analysis and interoperability solutions

    The successful proposal is expected to address the needs in terms of IT solutions, to increase information density, in terms of species and habitats sampled, territory coverage, timeliness, and accuracy.

    As a result, much denser data collections should be available through a common data portal. The successful proposal should demonstrate the feasibility to combine different sources of information, for example to assess the conservation status of habitats or species. In that respect, several approaches could be tested, from data combinations defined by expert rules, and data storage formats, to machine learning or data-mining technologies. Such digital solutions could support the definition of conservation measures and management plans, and the monitoring and forecast (though model ingesting in-situ observations) of their progress to their objectives, at site, regional and national levels. Furthermore, the results could be used by member states for their formal monitoring and reporting obligations, or to check and enhance the performance of Nature Based Solutions.

    The successful proposal should:

    1.Ensure interoperability of available data, enabling EU-scale information systems by developing solutions to connect and harvest data from already existing data bases. This will guarantee information fusion and support third party usage of the data.

    2.Develop cost-effective and easy-to use tools and software to collect and analyse different existing data sources and formats (in vivo data, photographs, sound recordings, lidar, spectrometry, eDNA, satellite images etc.), to facilitate cost-effective data analysis, map and link existing databases and provide algorithms to better analyse them.

    3.Develop data hosting and data processing solutions to extract information on populations (such as diversity, counts, trends), habitats (such as identification, area covered, and area change in time), assessment of conservation status and trend, information of species and habitats health conditions, degradations, and destructions (natural or human-driven). The accumulation of information should allow synoptic analysis of species and habitats, allowing to detect hot spot of issues and trends. Innovative solutions, such as data mining, remote-sensing and AI approaches need to be considered.

    4.Develop a solution to host, process, analyse and search available data in relation to protected habitats and species (including protected sites management information, their conservation objectives and measures, and restoration actions).

    5.Analyse and define infrastructure solutions, that would let biologists and managers of natural sites quickly create a dedicated working framework, furbished with all data harvesting, processing, sharing solutions. In this approach, the future European Green Deal data space should be considered as a potential common solution, or part of the solution.

    6.Develop tutorials for practitioners, based on academics and industry knowledge, on how to best use existing databases and data harvesting, data analysis and data sharing solutions. The tutorials should help the users to quickly set up and use their working environment.

    7.Propose easy-to-use solutions to utilise robotic sensors and Internet of Things (IoT): automated sensors, automated sampler, including mobile sensors (terrestrial, aerial and under-water) and animals tagging solutions, data sharing through wireless communication systems, to support a systematic data collection. Such approach should help better mapping the known/unknown and significantly increase the density of collected data, spatially and temporally.

    8.Analyse the conditions under which data, raw data acquired from sampling, data coming from existing databases and data resulting from processing can be shared. A clear data sharing framework, accommodating special needs, simple to use in practice, supporting open data policies, and enabling the broadest usage whilst encouraging the largest community to contribute, should be defined. Special attention will be paid to endangered species and sensitive species (in the sense of the Birds and Habitats Directives) for which the shared data needs to be controlled, and methods for effective detection of invasive species by high throughput search would be encouraged.

    9.Enable EU Member States, Associated Countries, and accession countries to coherently set conservation objectives, preparing management plans, manage shared habitat types and species, deal with similar conflicts and socio-economic dimensions, permitting procedures, spatial planning, with a focus on implementing the Birds and Habitats Directives and their Natura 2000 network.

    10.Fully exploit and build complementarities with the ongoing work regarding the establishment of the European Open Science Cloud and interact with relevant projects developing metadata standards and added value tools to ensure interoperability within and across fields of study.

    11.Contribute to a web of FAIR data and supporting services that enable an interconnected disciplinary ecosystem that allows stakeholders to share digital objects and build on them in a seamless fashion.

    12.The architecture for a unified EU web-GIS with all the data collected from the Directives should be considered. In that matter, the proposed system should allow the member states sharing their habitats and species maps, and in particular the habitats maps used to designate their Natura 2000 sites, as well as subsequent updates. Also, the platform should help collecting information to update habitats and species maps, in order to obtain a common knowledge database about habitats and species, and their evolution, in relation to the Birds and Habitats Directives. The platform should as well foster the implementation of open data best practices at European level and across boundaries.

    13.Automatic translation functions should be offered by the platform to better connect EU Member States, Associated Countries and Accession Countries to support them in the implementation of the legislation on nature protection (such as the Birds and Habitats directives, the Invasive Alien Species regulation or the Marine Strategic Framework Directive).

    Proposals should consider the possibilities offered by the future “Green data spaces” (CNECT). The DEP CSAs on the “preparatory actions for the European Green Deal Data Space” (exploring cloud-to-edge solutions, platforms and initiatives for data storage, exchange, and analysis as good practices for setting up the data spaces) are expected for Q4 2022-Q2 2024 and the “data spaces support centre” will start delivering on architectural blueprints in late 2023 and onward.

    Proposals should earmark the necessary resources for cooperation and networking activities. Proposals should link to other relevant Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe projects and initiatives, such as BiCIKL, EuropaBON, BioDT and connect to existing European Biodiversity data infrastructures including DiSSCo, eLTER and LifeWatch, where relevant. Proposals should also connect with relevant projects under Horizon Europe topics, such as HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-01: European participation in global biodiversity genomics endeavours aimed at identifying all biodiversity on Earth.”, HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-02: Data and technologies for the inventory, fast identification and monitoring of endangered wildlife and other species groups, HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-07: Ecosystems and their services for an evidence-based policy and decision-making and HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02: Protect and restore marine and fresh water ecosystems and biodiversity. Projects using satellite data should link to HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-14: User-oriented solutions building on environmental observation to monitor critical ecosystems and biodiversity loss and vulnerability in the European Union.

    The possible participation of the JRC would help ensure that the methodologies proposed can support environmental compliance assurance, particularly by leveraging geospatial intelligence.

    Collaboration with the European partnership on biodiversity “Biodiversa +” should be explored, as needed.

    Area B: new robotic sensors for biodiversity

    To increase the density of species and habitats observations across the EU territory, new robotic, and possible mobile, solutions need to be developed.

    The proposed innovative solutions should:

    1.Be ready to use, easy to deploy and operate in natural environment.

    2.Consider automated solutions, and mobile platforms (land, air, water and under water) carrying sensors (such as, but not limited to, image, sound, lidar, spectrometry, eDNA, etc.) should be designed with fields campaigns in mind, in particular in terms of autonomy (energy, autonomy of moving and sampling decisions). Improvements in terms of species tagging, and species-carried tracking or telemetry devices should also be considered.

    3.The project should focus on innovative sensors that would allow significantly increasing knowledge in biodiversity, or bringing new information about the species and habitats conservation status, and increase spatial and temporal coverage, and to facilitate access to environments that are difficult to sample.

    4.Propose a large degree of data collecting automation and compatibility with the system described in project 1.

    5.The project should generate at least 1 innovative prototype of robotic/automated sensor and 1 innovative prototype of mobile solution, demonstrating improved performances compared to the currently available solutions.

    6.The project should analyse the conditions and costs of the production of the robotic system, as well as the conditions and costs of its usage and maintenance.

    The project “ Natural Intelligence for Robotic Monitoring of Habitat ” could provide hints about the usage of mobile robotic sensors.

    International cooperation is encouraged.

    Mainstreaming biodiversity in society and the economy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-3: Dependence of society and the economy on pollinators

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and in particular with the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the EU pollinators’ initiative, projects will contribute to mainstream biodiversity in society and the economy.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

    1.Direct and indirect dependences of our society and the economy on pollinators are better understood and quantified;

    2.Monetary and non-monetary valuation of ecosystem services provided by pollinators are advanced, and used to improve ecosystem accounting;

    3.Tools for mainstreaming pollinator conservation into the food, health, energy, materials and land management sectors are developed, tested and promoted with public authorities, businesses and the general public;

    4.Risks of reversible and irreversible cascading effects in natural and modified ecosystems due to pollinator decline, and their impacts on human wellbeing, are better understood and forecasted, and integrated into models for participatory scenario planning.

    Scope: The importance of pollinators for humankind is common knowledge, featuring prominently outside of the scientific realm in popular culture and arts. Yet, even well-known benefits provided by pollinators such as crop pollination are still inadequately understood. Other benefits remain for the most part obscure, and thus unacknowledged, due to the lack of research targeting the complexity of pollinator niches and plant-pollinator networks. Amid the dramatic decline of pollinating species in Europe, these gaps hinder understanding of the character and full magnitude of threats to human wellbeing. Moreover, the gaps hinder mainstreaming of the conservation of pollinators, and more broadly biodiversity, in the public and private sector and thereby impede an effective societal response. This topic aims to address fundamental knowledge gaps in functional roles of pollinators in natural (natural plant-pollinators networks) and human-modified ecosystems (e.g. agro-ecosystem), and building on that i) advance research on far reaching consequences of their decline and scenario planning and ii) develop and disseminate tools that enable systematic mainstreaming in key sectors.

    The proposed projects should build on the Assessment Report on Pollinators, Pollination and Food Production of IPBES 101 , the first ever EU-wide Ecosystem Assessment 2020 102 , the INCA project 103 , the European Red List assessments 104 , and knowledge and experience gained through past projects supported under the EU Framework Programme for Research and Innovation 105 . Furthermore, the projects should liaise with relevant ongoing projects under Horizon Europe 106 and EU funded monitoring initiatives 107 .

    The proposals should show how their results would contribute to the EU policies, as well as to the global sustainable development agenda (UN Sustainable development Goals.

    Proposals should include specific tasks and envisage sufficient resources to develop joint deliverables (e.g., activities, workshops, as well as joint communication and dissemination) with all projects funded under this topic and to facilitate cooperation with the European biodiversity partnership Biodiversa+ 108 and other platforms such as the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity 109 .

    For the implementation of the eligibility condition on the 'multi-actor approach', proposals should ensure adequate involvement of researchers, farmers and other land managers, businesses involved in the food, medicine, energy and/or materials sectors, decision-makers at local and/or regional level, civil society organisations and other relevant actors.

    Successful proposals should:

    1.Investigate essential functional roles of pollinators in natural and human-modified ecosystems, and associated ecosystem services. This should encompass ecosystem services underpinned by pollinators both directly and indirectly;

    2.Fill knowledge gaps on animal pollination ecology (what pollinates what, how much, where and when) and investigate the full spectrum of animals that pollinate wild and cultivated plants in Europe, going beyond the well-known insects (bees, hoverflies, butterflies, moths). The structure and functionality of plant-pollinator networks should be analysed. The research scope should include the European continent as well as EU overseas territories;

    3.Build a platform that will serve one-stop shop for information on animal pollination ecology. A database with systematised information on plan-pollinator interactions, including the spatial dimension of plant-pollinator networks, should be part of the platform. The platform should build on what already exists and should be devised in close collaboration with researchers and other potential users. Options to integrate this deliverable into the already existing platforms should be explored, with a view to ensure its long-term viability;

    4.Assess the dependency of society and the economy on ecosystem services underpinned directly and indirectly by pollinators, quantify and map the risks associated with pollinator decline. Monetary and non-monetary valuation of those ecosystem services should be advanced, including their tangible and less tangible elements, and utilised to improve ecosystem accounts and scale up their use in the public and private sector;

    5.Investigate biomass supply chains dependent on pollinators, build tools for businesses to assess their vulnerability to pollinator decline and improve guidelines on how they can help to reverse the decline and thereby mitigate future risks. This should in particular cover the food (including production of plants with mandatory cross-pollination), medicine, energy and materials sectors;

    6.Build tools for land managers and planners to support spatial decision-making with regard to the conservation of pollinators and protection of the local flow of ecosystem services that they deliver, e.g., digital atlases, maps, applications. In particular, tools for farmers should be developed, enabling assessment of impacts on their income and overall business performance of farms, early warning of pollination-deficit as well as social impacts on farming communities;

    7.Investigate the dependency of sustainable nutrition on pollinators and potential risks due to their decline. Particular attention should be paid to food with invaluable and irreplaceable properties for human health (e.g. with regard to micronutrients);

    8.Investigate risks of cascading effects in natural (natural plant-pollinators networks) and human-modified ecosystems due to pollinator decline and their impacts on human wellbeing, and undertake scenario forecasting towards 2050 in the case of an unmitigated pollinator decline. Uncertainty and irreversibility of the effects should be well integrated in the build-up of models.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-4: Biodiversity, economics and finance: Understanding macro-financial risks associated with biodiversity loss

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and in particular with the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the EU strategy for financing the transition to a sustainable economy, the successful proposal(s) will help unlock financial flows needed for reversing biodiversity loss, and contribute to mainstreaming biodiversity, ecosystem services and natural capital in the society and economy.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.New knowledge to accelerate the ecological transition and socioeconomic transformation towards nature-positive economy across EU, in a context of erosion of natural capital and degradation of ecosystems and their essential services;

    2.Enhanced understanding and quantification of the macroeconomic significance of biodiversity and implications of its loss at EU level as a basis for more coordinated and better organised responses by key economic actors and institutions, including key policy making processes (e.g., EU semester);

    3.Information, tools and metrics to better integrate biodiversity and its loss into mainstream macro-financial analytical frameworks, risk assessment and management methods as a basis for enhancing natural capital and NBS;

    4.Development of more comprehensive and more robust environmental risk management in the financial sector;

    5.Mobilisation of mainstream finance to slow down, and reverse biodiversity loss in the broader context of environmentally sustainable development by catalysing nature-positive investments contributing to the objectives of the European Green Deal;

    6.Evidence base to support the implementation of the EU strategy for financing the transition to a sustainable economy.

    Scope: The erosion of natural capital combined with the collapse of ecosystems entails potentially far-reaching economic and financial implications, including risks for macroeconomic and financial stability of key institutions, countries and regions. The decline of ecosystem services poses physical risks for economic and financial actors that depend upon those services, while socioeconomic transformations could trigger transition risks. As more than half of the world's GDP relies on nature 110 , it is estimated that the risks triggered by ecosystem degradation to human societies could be at least as high as those imposed by climate change. Furthermore, these risks are growing as biodiversity is declining at unprecedented rates in human history, which calls for improved understanding, assessment and risk management approaches by key economic actors such as corporates, governments, central banks and financial supervisors. However, a wide range of challenges, including the complexity of ecosystem processes, uncertainty about tipping points and valuation problems, make it very difficult.

    Actions should improve the state-of-art knowledge on the relationships between biodiversity, economy and the financial system including better understanding of the nature and degree of risks associated to biodiversity loss, how these risks interact with each other and are likely to evolve over time.

    In particular, actions are expected to:

    1.Expand the evidence base on the dependence of the EU economy and its financial sector on nature, including by producing relevant macroeconomic indicators, e.g., assessing the share of the EU GDP and employment that depends on nature and evaluate implications of biodiversity loss. As much as possible, research should also extend to country level analysis and/or prepare the ground for future more in-depth studies with increased geographical resolution.

    2.Develop scenarios tailored to financial risk assessment, including identification of assets under highest risk from being stranded and sectors that represent the highest risk exposure.

    3.Co-design principles for a more comprehensive and more robust environmental risk management in the financial sector, develop innovative methodologies and tools to support risk assessment that can better capture the specificities of nature and ecosystems.

    4.Explore tools to assess the alignment of corporates and financial institutions with major European and global biodiversity-related goals, including by leveraging of the EU Taxonomy on Sustainable Finance.

    5.Investigate how biodiversity loss interacts with climate change and other socio-environmental challenges in regard of macro-financial stability and how different risks can reinforce each other.

    6.Identify possible response options and issue recommendations for EU institutions and Member States, investors, companies and other financial market participants about macro-financial risks of biodiversity loss.

    In their research, actions should investigate various possible risk categories including both physical and transition ones, their transmission channels and cascading effects through sectors and supply chains, as well as adaptive capacity of economic and financial agents/institutions, with particular focus on the EU, its Member States and Horizon Europe Associated Countries. The analysis should extend to worst-case scenarios and include low-probability but high-impact biodiversity-related tail risks.

    Actions should build on and/or establish synergies with the relevant work by initiatives/projects/studies including, but not limited to, the World Economic Forum’s New Nature Economy Report Series 111 , Network for Greening the Financial System 112 , Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures 113 , The Finance for Biodiversity (F4B) initiative Accounting for ecosystems and their services in the European Union (INCA) 114 and EU Member States (MAIA) 115 projects, Indebted to Nature report 116 and the working paper ‘A “Silent Spring” for the Financial System? Exploring Biodiversity-Related Financial Risks in France’ 117 .

    Actions are expected to involve and co-create with the end-users (financial institutions, non-financial corporations, governments etc.) to fully account for their respective views and needs. Actions should bring together from the start multiple types of scientific expertise in social sciences and humanities, in particular in economics and finance, as well as scientific expertise in biodiversity and natural capital.

    Actions should envisage clustering activities with projects funded under this topic as well as with other relevant Horizon Europe and Horizon 2020 projects working on links between biodiversity and sustainable finance and economics of biodiversity 118 . To this end proposals should foresee dedicated tasks and appropriate resources for coordination measures, joint activities, and joint deliverables.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-5: Transformative action of policy mixes, governance and digitalisation addressing biodiversity loss

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, in particular with the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the 2030 climate pact, successful proposals will develop knowledge and tools to understand the role of transformative change for biodiversity policy making, address the indirect drivers of biodiversity loss, and initiate, accelerate and upscale biodiversity-relevant transformative changes in our society. They will also help understanding the impacts of and the opportunities offered by digital transformation, new emerging technologies, and social innovation on biodiversity. Successful proposals will contribute to the following expected impact: mainstream biodiversity, ecosystem services and natural capital in the society and economy: integrate them into public and business decision-making; build approaches for enabling transformative changes to face societal challenges including through the deployment of Nature-Based Solutions (NBS).

    Projects should address all of the following outcomes:

    1.Foresight on society well-being based on realistic assumptions on careful use of natural capital and analysis of the consequences in terms of economic growth.

    2.Evaluation of feasibility and limits of decoupling economic activities from natural capital use.

    3.Knowledge and understanding of the transformative changes needed to address the indirect drivers of biodiversity loss underpinned by societal values and behaviours, better design of policy mixes and governance.

    4.Operational knowledge available to, and used by policymakers, on indirect drivers of biodiversity loss that are underpinned by societal values and behaviours, and on the transformative changes that are necessary to tackle these indirect drivers.

    5.Improved and new systemic, sustainable policy mixes and governance approaches developed to enable biodiversity-relevant transformative change, based on a range of policy tools, economic research, instruments or regulations.

    6.Methods and tools promoting win-win solutions for biodiversity and socio-economic objectives, the use and mainstreaming of ‘green over grey’ approaches and the application of the ‘do no harm’ principle are available and taken up across the policy spectrum, planning and investment decisions, business and finance, and civil society.

    7.Approaches to facilitate the application of such methods and tools are identified and used, while factoring in societal and political processes (such as citizen engagement, political campaigns, science denialism). Solutions can include stocktaking of good practice, standards, agreements, charters, commitments, regulations, engaging society and incorporating lifelong learning.

    8.A better understanding of the impacts on, risks and opportunities for biodiversity of digital transformation (for example data-driven technologies, artificial intelligence, robotics, automation, miniaturised sensors, citizen science applications, crowd sourcing), new materials (e.g., for biomimicry), the energy sector (e.g., through energy/electricity infrastructure), and new and emerging technologies.

    9.Identification and assessment of how system-level change affecting biodiversity through social innovation happens.

    10.Testing active intervention by R&I policy and sector policies (niche creation, reformulation of governance), also by empowering and endowing communities.

    Scope: In line with the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, successful proposals will develop:

    1.operational knowledge and understanding of transformative change needed to address the indirect drivers of biodiversity loss underpinned by societal values and behaviours, which is available to, and used by policy makers.

    2.improved and innovative governance tools and policy mixes that can effectively initiate, accelerate and upscale such biodiversity-relevant transformative changes in our society.

    3.help understanding the impacts of and the opportunities offered by digital transformation, use of data and sensors, emerging technologies such as AI and robotics and social innovation on biodiversity.

    4.Proposals should look at key indirect drivers of biodiversity loss (including production and consumption patterns, human population dynamics and trends, trade, technological innovations and local through global governance), the kind of transformative changes necessary to tackle these societal drivers, effective governance approaches, tools and policy mixes to enable these changes, and how to further mainstream biodiversity into policy making, science, and governance within and beyond socio-economic, climate and environmental agendas.

    5.Proposals should generate knowledge on how to tackle biodiversity loss linked to technological and social innovation, which includes digitalisation. Proposals should explain how changes by technological/social innovation are impacting biodiversity – for example by bringing in new and emerging technologies, new production processes, consumer products, regulations, incentives, or participatory processes.

    6.Proposals should produce case studies on what transformative change means in practice and a collection of good and failed examples of developing and implementing policy tools, best practices and instruments, and on impacts of digitalisation, which could feed into the just transition process and inform and inspire transformative change through learning, co-creation and dialogue.

    7.Proposals should develop methodologies to assess the impacts of their proposed solutions on policy and its decision making. This includes impacts from energy/electricity infrastructure related to digitalisation, on democracy and on trust in science on environmental, social and economic systems. Such assessments should focus on the direct and indirect effects of digital developments on biodiversity, intertwined with climate change and health.

    8.This topic should involve contributions from the social sciences and humanities disciplines, as well as social innovation.

    9.The proposals should build their analysis upon the synergies of multiple Sustainable Development Goals, to deliver direct and indirect biodiversity benefits, and of the role of biodiversity in reaching the set of Sustainable Development Goals, considering the importance of policy mixes, governance and digitalisation.

    10.Proposals should include specific tasks and allocate sufficient resources to develop joint deliverables (e.g., activities, workshops, joint communication and dissemination) with all projects from the same topic and the portfolio of all projects on transformative change related to biodiversity funded under this destination since 2021.

    11.Proposals should use or interoperate with existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms relevant for transformational change and on biodiversity knowledge.

    12.Projects are expected to cooperate with the European partnership on biodiversity, Biodiversa+, and the Science Service project Bio-agora. Proposals should show how their results and outcomes could provide timely information for major science-policy bodies such as the Intergovernmental science-policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES), the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), and the Convention on Biological Diversity.

    13.Where relevant, projects are expected to create links to and use information, data and impact-related knowledge from the European Earth observation programme Copernicus, the ESA EO4SD initiative, the Group on Earth Observations (GEO) and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS).

    Biodiversity friendly practices in agriculture, forestry and aquaculture

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-6: Promoting pollinator friendly farming systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the farm to fork strategy, the EU climate policy under the European Green Deal, successful proposals will promote a pollinator friendly agriculture, contribute to the transition to more sustainable practices in agriculture, and support biodiversity in agroecosystems.

    The project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Farming systems are more pollinator-friendly and support (agro)biodiversity;

    2.Pollinator-friendly varieties, rotations and combination of crops are promoted;

    3.Farmers are more aware of the importance of pollinator-specific planning and measures available to enhance pollination services;

    4.Breeding sector is adapted to develop varieties adapted to pollinator-friendly farming.

    Scope: The production of many crops depends on pollinators. Different types of measures are needed to tackle the causes of pollinator decline, enhance crop pollination, and promote pollinators in agriculture. Many crops have specific traits, which have been identified to enhance crop–pollinator interactions. The development of crop varieties with specific traits to attract and reward pollinators is an appealing strategy to address needs of agriculture and pollinators. This could also improve crop yields, nutritional resources for pollinators and promote a pollinator-friendly agriculture.

    Pollination activities are also impacted by variety (genotype), environment, and management practices (GxExM). Pollinator-specific planning needs to consider temporal and spatial crop management and other strategies of management (e.g., field margin composition and structure) to enhance pollination services.

    Proposals should:

    1.Increase the understanding of the crop-farming system-pollinator relationship in combination with the interaction between crop, environment and management (GxExM);

    2.Identify crop traits that enhance crop-pollinator interactions, engage in breeding activities and contribute to the development of pollinator-friendly varieties;

    3.Identify, test and demonstrate farming systems that take into consideration temporal and spatial diversification of crops as well as landscape features to match pollinators needs;

    4.Promote and facilitate the uptake of farm-pollinator friendly practices;

    5.Support capacity building, training and education enabling farmers/growers to adopt sustainable agricultural practices;

    6.Develop strategies to create value of pollinator friendly approaches along the value chain.

    Proposals should build on the results of relevant projects funded under Horizon 2020 and ensure collaboration with projects funded under the following call in Horizon Europe work programme 2021-2022: HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-02-01-two-stage: Maintaining and restoring pollinators and pollination services in European agricultural landscapes.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of researchers, the breeding sector, farmers, agricultural advisors and other relevant actors. The topic is open to all types of farming systems (e.g., arable farming, horticulture, fruit trees) in various geographical and pedo-climatic conditions. Result of activities should benefit both conventional and organic farming.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-7: Reintroduction of landscape features in intensive agricultural areas

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: In supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the farm to fork strategy and the common agricultural policy, successful proposals will contribute to develop and improve practices in agriculture to support and make sustainable use of biodiversity and a wide range of ecosystems services.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Drivers and challenges for the re-introduction of landscape features in intensive farming areas are better identified.

    2.Strategies to reintroduce landscape features in intensive agricultural areas for national and regional policy- and decision-makers are built, contributing to the following key-commitments of the EU biodiversity strategy 2030: “At least 10% of agricultural area is under high-diversity landscape features”; and “Three billion new trees are planted in the EU, in full respect of ecological principles”.

    3.Solutions for climate change adaptation and to provide ecosystem services, in particular carbon sequestration, are developed for areas of intensive agriculture.

    4.The ground for possible future demonstration projects is prepared.

    Scope: According to the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, “to provide space for wild animals, plants, pollinators and natural pest regulators,10% of agricultural area should be brought back under high-diversity landscape features, including, inter alia, buffer strips, rotational or non-rotational fallow land, hedges, non-productive trees, terrace walls, and ponds”. These should help enhance carbon sequestration, prevent soil erosion and depletion, filter air and water, and support climate adaptation. In addition, more biodiversity often leads to more agricultural production over the medium and long term.

    In the EU there are large agricultural intensive areas where nature has almost disappeared. There is a need to reintroduce nature to improve the state of the environment by delivering ecosystem services and as a contribution to climate mitigation and adaptation. In particular it is needed to achieve ecological corridors, in conjunction with other multifunctional Nature-based Solutions. Landscape features may also be included as remedial measures to protect soil; their biogeochemical functions may counteract the spread of chemical pollutants from agriculture to groundwater and open waters, especially those derived from natural and mineral fertilizers.

    The new common agricultural policy (CAP) may offer specific tools to support farmers who dedicate space for biodiversity rich landscape features, such as dedicated eco-schemes or area related interventions (such as agri-environmental interventions) or non-productive investment interventions (one-off costs arising from establishing landscape features such as hedges, ponds, wetlands or stone walls). The agri-environment interventions under CAP Strategic Plans will continue to be implemented on a voluntary basis. They have been used in a quite limited extent until now to promote the reintroduction of biodiversity-rich landscape features in areas of intensive agriculture. Eco-schemes are new tools to support farmers in the first pillar of the CAP (direct payments) in the form of incentives to farmers to adopt more environment-friendly practices. They may cover the reintroduction of biodiversity rich landscape features, but this will depend on a number of factors, notably the implementation choices of Member States in their CAP Strategic Plans and the level of support.

    This topic intends to look into key-factors which may lead to the reintroduction of landscape features in areas of intensive agriculture beyond financial incentives.

    Proposals should:

    1.assess the increase of the environmental and economic value and the potential for land productivity linked to the increase of biodiversity rich landscape elements on agricultural land with intensive organization of production. They should address the valuation (monetary and social benefits) of the ecosystem services of landscape features, based on existing R&I projects, and assess the perception of land managers/owners of this value increase. Proposals could notably build on available knowledge on Natural Capital Accounting 119 .

    2.investigate into possible business models which can combine the reintroduction of landscape features with rewarding economic activities including possibly recreational ones. This could build on positive experiences with productive trees part of arable land agroforestry systems. Projects should address the need to build green corridors and consider where and why reintroducing landscape features makes sense for this. The need to restore water systems through the restoration of streams and small rivers should be included.

    3.assess the decision-making process of land owners/managers which can lead to the reintroduction of landscape features in areas of intensive agriculture and analyse enabling mechanisms. This assessment should go beyond analysing available financial incentives and should include in particular factors such as social, generational and gender aspects, awareness about the intrinsic value of biodiversity and the importance of agricultural land for maintaining biodiversity in the natural landscape matrix in the context of climate change and persistent landscape fragmentation, the type of land exploitation (land in private ownership or lent, legal form of holdings…), etc,

    4.identify possible pathways towards more diversified business models involving nature and what could be the right incentive(s) (beyond financial incentives) to lead to change.

    5.formulate strategies to reintroduce landscape features in areas of intensive agriculture.

    The topic is open to all types of farming systems (e.g., arable farming, horticulture, fruit trees) in various geographical and pedo-climatic and conditions.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines.

    Proposals should build on the results of relevant EU-funded research projects. They should use existing platforms and information sharing mechanisms notably the EC Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity.

    The JRC may provide expertise on landscape features identification, typology, quantification in the frame of EU policy.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-8: Conservation and protection of carbon-rich and biodiversity-rich forest ecosystems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the EU biodiversity and climate objectives, successful proposals will support the protection of biodiversity-rich forest ecosystems, at the species’ distribution rear edges and margins that are at high risk of collapse in light of a rapidly changing climate.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved knowledge on the cross-impacts between biodiversity and climate change: drivers of biodiversity loss and the interrelation with forest-based adaptation and mitigation needs; impacts of climate change on forest biodiversity and forest species migration; and links between forest species diversity and forest resilience to climate change.

    2.Identification of win-win management practices (including non-intervention, climate-smart forestry) and development and implementation of ecosystem protection and restoration methods and tools for resilient, carbon rich and biodiversity supportive forests.

    3.Better understanding of the drivers and barriers for natural co-migration of forest communities and development of approaches and guidelines to foster co-migration.

    4.Improved tools and indices for the joint monitoring of biodiversity and climate aspects on forests.

    5.Empirical analysis of the current forest management and conservation practices in European forests of high ecological value, including governance (regulations and their impact), management responses to climate change and an assessment of drivers that determine management on the ground.

    6.Strict protection of primary and old-growth forest in Europe by 2030.

    Scope: Biodiversity-rich forest ecosystems, in particular at the species’ distribution edges, are at a high risk in light of a rapidly changing climate. When not being in their optimal climate conditions, they are more fragile to biotic and abiotic damages and do not provide ecosystem services in an optimal manner.

    While for tree species assisted migration and assisted gene flow is considered as a possibly solution in actively managed forests, the dependent forest communities (e.g., plants, fungi, insects, soil microorganisms etc.) might fail to follow the speed of habitat shifts what in turn may result in a loss of biodiversity. In addition, migration failure of mutualistic species (fungi, mycorrhiza) can jeopardize the success of tree migration.

    Protected areas without the option for assisted migration, will particularly depend on the larger landscape context for community migration and adaptation, as many of them have not been designed to account for the long-term and large-scale dynamics.

    Proposals will:

    1.Set up case studies in European forests or tropical forests; particularly targeting forests of high ecological value, such as primary and old-growth forests, Mediterranean forests, peat swamp forests or mangroves.

    2.Improve existing or develop new predictive models of biodiversity changes, advance the understanding of species connection with the forest habitat, and analyse to what extent species can survive in a changed and fragmented habitat with a view to establishing protected forest networks.

    3.Analyse directions of assisted tree migration to maximize dynamic gene conservation (as form of ex situ conservation)

    4.Assess the risk for biodiversity loss in protected areas and develop protection strategies that consider the larger landscape and regional context to allow for natural species and community migration.

    5.Develop approaches and guidelines for forest managers and conservationists in a context of forest ecosystem migration and map scenarios of potential forest ecosystem migration routes.

    6.Connect with relevant institutions at regional, national and EU-level as well as relevant stakeholders to regularly disseminate the research results.

    7.Improve monitoring techniques, including remote-sensing and field-data methods integrating technologies such as AI, IoT, robotics or blockchain, to better assess biodiversity and climate aspects of forests.

    Due to the scope of this topic, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

    The project must implement the multi-actor approach and ensure an adequate involvement of the primary production sector and the wider forest-based value chain.

    JRC will contribute with dataset on forest tree species distribution and support the development of satellite monitoring of forest metrics.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-9: Selective breeding programme for organic aquaculture

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and in particular with the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the 2030 climate target pact, a selective breeding programme for organic aquaculture will be developed contributing to the impact “develop and improve practices in agriculture, forestry, fisheries and aquaculture to support and make sustainable use of biodiversity and a wide range of ecosystems services”.

    The selected project is expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Contribution to a non-toxic environment, to a high level of biodiversity (including genetic diversity) and to high animal welfare standards meeting the species-specific behavioural needs;

    2.Significantly boost in the quality of aquaculture products, improving traits of economic and welfare importance;

    3.Increased feed efficiency that will also result in a reduced environmental impact through the minimization of feed residues in the natural environment;

    4.Less disease outbreaks through genetic progression, i.e. greater disease resistance, increased feed efficiency, faster growth and improved traits of economic and welfare importance;

    5.Increased knowledge and acceptance of organic aquaculture and its products in the general public through true stakeholder and consumer involvement.

    Scope: Regulation (EU) 2018/848 lays down detailed production rules for organic aquaculture and requires the use of organic juveniles for on-growing purposes. Breeding under organic conditions is essential to achieve the objectives of organic aquaculture and respect its principles. Breeding is at the same time essential to allow the farmers to reach good productive results and efficient use of the resources under organic production conditions.

    Proposals should plan breeding programs under organic aquaculture for the main European aquaculture finfish species, i.e. seabass, seabream, trout and salmon. They should breed organic juveniles under organic production conditions respecting high animal welfare standards (as set in regulation 2018/848 and Implementing Regulation 2020/464) and should aim to improve species resilience, diseases resistances and feed efficiency satisfying nutritional needs using as much as possible alternative feed materials to increase production sustainability.

    Proposals should work on different species and/or different climatic areas tailored to the specificity of the organic aquaculture production and carefully analyse each solution not only in terms of performance but also in terms of the welfare of the farmed animals. They should work on preserving genetic diversity and adaptive potential by developing selective breeding programmes considering interactions between genotypes and rearing systems.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Call - Biodiversity and ecosystem services

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 120

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 121

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 22 Feb 2024 (First Stage), 17 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02-1-two-stage

    IA

    16.00

    Around 8.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02-2-two-stage

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02-3-two-stage

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    36.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Mainstreaming biodiversity in society and the economy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02-1-two-stage: Demonstrating Nature-based Solutions for the sustainable management of water resources in a changing climate, with special attention to reducing the impacts of extreme droughts

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, proposals must include demonstration activities to be carried out in at least four different Member States or Associated Countries. At least one of the proposed demonstrations must take place in a region eligible for Cohesion funds.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, notably the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, as well as the EU climate adaptation strategy and the EU's climate mitigation ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposals will support the development of Nature-based Solutions (NBS) contributing to the sustainable management of water resources in a changing climate, with a special attention to reducing the impacts of extreme droughts.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of following expected outcomes:

    1.Cost-effective ways of implementing NBS at large scale for integrated water management are ready to use for relevant stakeholders and widely replicated;

    2.Consolidated evidence of the contribution of NBS to sustainable water management and of NBS’ cost and resource efficiency, notably concerning the reduction of impacts of droughts;

    3.Enhanced implementation of EU policies, notably for water management (Water Framework Directive, as well as the Floods Directive, when relevant), climate adaptation (Article 5 of the European Climate Law, EU strategy for climate change adaptation), the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the EU soil strategy for 2030.

    Scope: Due to the changing climate, many European regions are already facing more frequent, severe, and longer lasting droughts. Extreme droughts can have cascading effects; e.g., they reduce water levels in rivers and ground water, stunt tree and crop growth, increase pest attacks, favour the occurrence of sand drifts and storms and fuel wildfires. Moreover, impacts of extreme droughts accumulate over time across large areas, and the effect can linger for years. In areas with an intense demand for water supply, the impacts of droughts add up to the stress imposed to water systems by human activities.

    In Europe, most of the losses caused by extreme drought (~EUR 9 billion/year) affect agriculture, forestry the energy sector and the public water supply. Extreme droughts in western and central Europe in 2018, 2019 and 2020 caused considerable damage. With global climate change deepening, the impacts will be even more severe in the future, including decreasing quality, occurrence and availability of standing and running water.

    By deploying systemic thinking NBS utilise an understanding of the structure and functioning of local ecosystems over time to address a broad range of societal challenges, including having enough water of good quality, both in surface waters and in ground water. They also contribute to restoration of biodiversity and help carbon sequestration in the soil. As such, NBS are highly adaptable to respond to changing local conditions and are often more cost and resource efficient than purely technological approaches in the longer term.

    The 2021 EU climate adaptation strategy underlines that NBS represent multipurpose, “no regret” solutions, with environmental, social and economic benefits and help build climate resilience. They can have an essential role in land-use management and infrastructure planning to reduce costs, provide climate-resilient services, and improve compliance with Water Framework Directive (WFD) requirements.

    However, evidence on the cost-efficiency of these measures remains dispersed and incomplete, and do not address the whole catchment area in a holistic approach. River basin management plans are still limited in the recognition of NBS capacity to contribute to drought resilience. Furthermore, we are still missing more and longer-term evidence of the combined effects of different designs and combinations of NBS operating in different contexts (urban, peri-urban and rural) and/or at different scales and/or different climatic zones, in what regards the sustainable management of water resources to reduce the impacts of extreme droughts. At the same time, the co-benefit that these NBS may bring to reduce hydrogeological risks such as flood peaking and stabilising hydrographs for both droughts and floods is still to be demonstrated.

    The successful proposals should:

    1.Demonstrate innovative, systemic and locally attuned NBS (as single interventions or as a combination of them), for the management of catchment water resources and the reduction of extreme drought risks, in areas that are heavily impacted by temporary or lasting water scarcity and areas that are being increasingly exposed to this risk with the deepening of climate change.

    2.Be incorporated into an integrated design concept for land and water management at the appropriate scales (preferably at landscape level, integrating water, soil and ecosystems as a whole), in accordance with WFD objectives, considering longitudinal connectivity of water flows, lateral connectivity with floodplains and adjacent grounds, and connections between surface- and groundwater.

    3.Plan, co-design and co-deploy solutions in a transdisciplinary multi-stakeholder and participatory context with due consideration and integration of social and cultural aspects and climate change effects.

    4.Building on the work of Horizon 2020 projects and their taskforces, develop an advanced monitoring programme for the demonstrated solutions and test and further develop as needed the EU Impact Evaluation Framework for NBS to assess the economic, social and ecological benefits of NBS and provide quantitative evidence, including positive and negative synergies, and analysis of trade-offs, for higher performance.

    5.Identify and assess barriers related to: functional conflicts in land-use; NBS technical, commercial, social and cultural acceptance (e.g., farmers perceptions and values, the role of private landowners); and policy regulatory frameworks (e.g., the role of the common agriculture policy, urban, rural and regional development plans) - and propose ways to overcome them (for example through new business cases and governance approaches).

    6.Develop methodologies and tools, adapted to end-users (e.g., farmers, forest owners, local authorities, engineers, spatial planners), enabling the replication and up-scaling of NBS.

    7.To provide a long-term evidence as ambitious as possible, new interventions should be complemented with the analysis of established NBS. In this respect, opportunities to build up from relevant initiatives should be explored (e.g., LIFE, INTERREG, national funded projects, etc).

    8.Develop protocols and standards for the design, operation and maintenance of NBS, building on existing work, considering:

    9.The best solutions for different soil characteristics (as these determine the type and impact of droughts) and soil health, relief and geo-morphological conditions, including urban conditions;

    10.The resilience of NBS, considering present and future climatic conditions and water regimes;

    11.The ecological performance and resilience of NBS, to deal with both natural and human-induced hazards, such as extreme weather events, desertification, forest fires, plant- and animal diseases (pests), other human activities and socio-political approaches that could have an impact on land-use;

    12.The long-term maintenance of NBS: also in relation to the adequate management of biomass, synergies with other approaches that affect the management of ecosystems like agroforestry, etc.

    Proposals should address all of the above points.

    Because of the substantial investments that might be necessary for implementing the NBS, additional or follow-up funding (private or public) should be sought, considering the EU taxonomy, including from relevant regional/national schemes under the Recovery and Resilience Fund, the European Structural and Investment Funds (ESIF), or other relevant funds. Please note, however, that reference to such additional or follow-up funding will not lead automatically to a higher score in the evaluation of the proposal.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. This means proposals should bring together from the early start multiple types of scientific expertise in both natural sciences (e.g., ecology, climate, pedology) and social sciences and humanities (e.g., economics, geography, sociology) together with a variety of urban and/or rural community representatives, farmers, businesses, civil society organisations and citizens.

    Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    Proposals should set out a clear plan on how they will collaborate with other projects selected under this topic and any other relevant topic/call, by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities. This includes notably the Horizon 2020 NBS project portfolio, including the European Green Deal Call, and its task forces; Horizon Europe projects Invest4Nature and Naturance and HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover these activities without the prerequisite to define concrete common actions at this stage.

    Proposals should ensure complementarity and foresee synergies with the activities of the Horizon Europe missions "A Soil Deal for Europe”, “Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030” and “Adaptation to Climate Change”, as well as with the partnerships Biodiversa+ and Water4All.

    Proposals should ensure that all evidence, information and project outputs will be accessible through the Oppla portal (the EU repository for NBS). Where relevant, proposals should consider creating links, contributing to and using the information and data of other platforms such as NWRM, Climate-ADAPT, BISE and the European Drought Observatory.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02-2-two-stage: Demonstrating the potential of Nature-based Solutions and the New European Bauhaus to contribute to sustainable, inclusive and resilient living spaces and communities

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Evaluation Procedure

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering demonstration activities in diverse geographical areas of the European Union and Associated Countries, grants will be awarded first to the highest ranked application according to the standard procedure described in Horizon Europe General Annexes D and F, followed by other applications that are the highest ranked among those that ensure the most complementary geographical coverage, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. When assessing geographical coverage, the evaluation will take into account the location of the application’s demonstration activities, not the location of the application’s participants/beneficiaries.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the EU climate adaptation strategy, as well as the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050 and the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the successful proposals will support the development of Nature-based Solutions (NBS) contributing to the resilience and the sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of urban, peri-urban and rural areas.

    The overall aim of this topic and associated R&I activities is to leverage the New European Bauhaus (NEB) core values of sustainability, inclusion and aesthetics in Nature-based Solutions (NBS), in light of a wider transformation to enable a more sustainable, inclusive and resilient society.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of following expected outcomes:

    1.A transdisciplinary integration of NBS and the NEB is demonstrated in different contexts, contributing to the transformative change needed to tackle the climate and biodiversity crises, and drawing on inclusiveness and the pluralities of values, knowledge, cultural diversity and cultural heritage.

    2.High quality, multifunctional, co-created public spaces that enhance sustainability, resilience and the well-being of communities, through the combination of NBS and the NEB, with digital, social and cultural innovation.

    3.Greater understanding of the links between NBS and the NEB and how to better make these two approaches compatible and integrated in places and buildings, landscapes, industrial systems, policies and communities.

    4.Communities benefit from the implementation of a new societal vision encompassing sustainability, resilience, health, well-being and inclusion, based on the demonstration of the combination of the NEB with NBS.

    Scope: NBS can be an integral part of our living spaces that contribute to our well-being, promote togetherness and connect to our cultural heritage. There is growing evidence that NBS are a valuable entry for transforming behaviour towards sustainability, while contributing with multiple benefits that help communities address different societal challenges – from microclimate regulation to climate change, water management, green job creation, tourism opportunities, urban regeneration, health and well-being.

    The NEB aims to make the European Green Deal a positive and tangible experience for citizens, connecting it to our daily lives and living spaces. It is a bridge between the world of science and technology, art and culture and is about leveraging our green and digital challenges to transform our lives and society. By integrating the values of sustainability, inclusion and aesthetics/quality of experience, the NEB supports the development of holistic solutions to global challenges through a place-based, participatory, and transdisciplinary approach.

    The systemic integration of social, cultural, digital and nature-based innovation in the design, development and governance of public space has a tremendous potential to transform these spaces into diverse, accessible, safe, inclusive and high-quality areas that increase well-being and health and deliver a fair and equitable distribution of the associated benefits.

    It becomes important to analyse the potential of NBS in view of the NEB initiative and conceptualise and demonstrate how to link these two approaches, avoid trade-offs, and enhance synergies and complementarities, through local demonstration. In this regard, proposals should focus on the first transformation of the NEB (places), while also integrating, when possible, the other two transformations (ecosystem of innovation; diffusion of new meanings) in the process.

    The successful proposals should:

    1.Deliver visionary and integrated solutions combining nature-based innovation and social, cultural, or digital solutions, with the NEB approach, in order to increase sustainability and resilience of communities and citizens' well-being. These solutions should address environmental, social, cultural, economic determinants of resilience and well-being and support communities in reducing their exposure to climate-related risks, pollution (including noise) and social tensions.

    2.Demonstrate how the integration of NBS and NEB in solutions for innovative land-use management, urban design and planning could enhance ecosystem services, foster equitable access to public spaces, enhance their quality and use, or promote sustainable mobility.

    3.Considering the existing NBS portfolio, further demonstrate NBS, enriched with the new elements brought by the NEB (e.g., aesthetics, quality of experience), as well as with concerns on the circularity, ecodesign, origin and sustainability of materials used. These solutions should be applied in innovative configurations, e.g., in protected areas, eco-tourism sites, transport infrastructure, educational and cultural buildings, etc, notably contributing to urban regeneration, tourism opportunities, green job creation, social inclusion, or health and well-being.

    4.Considering that NBS inherently should always enhance biodiversity, explore the connections and possible trade-offs (and propose ways to overcome them) between biodiversity targets in NBS and the NEB, including in what concerns functionality and aesthetics/quality of experience.

    5.Propose solutions that involve innovative ways to make NBS compatible with built cultural heritage (e.g., cultural landscapes), and explore the possible role of NBS in increasing built cultural heritage’s resilience to climate change and natural disasters.

    6.Propose and test guidelines and innovative tools for the implementation, maintenance, monitoring and evaluation of NBS integrating the NEB approach (e.g., addressing issues of design/ergonomics or quality of experience), as well as the necessary business and governance models for their implementation and upscaling (e.g. local incentives for NBS in public and private spaces; exploring different forms of engagement, inclusion and stewardship, etc).

    7.Building on the approach of the NEB, develop place based NBS with strong citizen engagement (e.g., youth, elder, vulnerable communities), through social innovation, and the necessary tools for citizen participation and the co-creation of solutions.

    8.Incorporate outreach, dissemination and cooperation activities with local communities, industry, educational institutions, research centres, professional organisations or museums and other cultural organisations, supporting challenge-based and experiential NBS with real-life NEB applications, promoting public debate and a change of behaviour.

    9.Engage, through sustainable transdisciplinary collaborations, communities of practice that very rarely work together (e.g., architects, landscape architects, designers, artists, ecologists, spatial planners, psychologists, economists, or engineers), bridging epistemological gaps, while also contributing to the breaking up of silos in local/regional administrations.

    10.Explore the role of NBS and NEB in transformative change to provide holistic solutions to address global challenges (climate, biodiversity, water, economic, demographic, etc), including through transformative and contemporary arts.

    Proposals should address all of the above points.

    For wider impact, proposals should ensure a diversity of demonstration contexts (e.g., urban, rural, protected areas) and geographical representation, as well as the inclusion of a diversity of actors for local demonstration: local and/or regional authorities, business, academia, and civil society.

    Other than the critical role of ecological sciences, this topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. The involvement of disciplines such as psychology, behavioural science, economics, geography, anthropology, sociology, architecture, arts, cultural heritage, or design studies, is considered essential to the diffusion of new meanings, enhance social learning and promote the role of social and cultural innovation in transforming public spaces, with particular attention to inclusion, quality of experience and cultural perceptions of nature.

    Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership, or market uptake.

    Because of the substantial investments that might be necessary for implementing the NBS, additional or follow-up funding (private or public) should be sought, including from relevant regional/national schemes under the Recovery and Resilience Fund, the European Structural and Investment Funds (ESIF), or other relevant funds.

    Projects should envisage clustering activities with the projects of the same topic and with the Horizon 2020 NBS project portfolio and respective task forces and notably coordinate with Horizon Europe projects resulting from: HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Assessing the socio-politics of nature-based solutions for more inclusive and resilient communities; HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-02-two-stage: Developing nature-based therapy for health and well-being; HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions; and HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-8: Addressing biodiversity decline and promoting Nature-based Solutions in higher education. Collaboration with the European Biodiversity Partnership (Biodiversa+) should also be explored. To this end, proposals should foresee dedicated tasks and appropriate resources for coordination measures, foresee joint activities and joint deliverables.

    Proposals should build on existing outcomes of the Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe NBS project portfolio and other NEB related projects funded in Horizon Europe and ensure the proposed activities are complementary. Complementarity should also be sought with Horizon Europe Missions, notably “100 Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities by 2030”, “Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030” and “Adaptation to Climate Change”.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the NEB initiative by interacting with the NEB Community, NEBLab and other relevant actions of the NEB initiative through sharing information, best practice, and, where relevant, results.

    Proposals should ensure that all evidence, information, and project outputs will be accessible through the Oppla portal (the EU repository for Nature-based solutions).

    In the context of this topic, geographical areas of the European Union and Associated Countries are NUTS level 1 regions of European Union Member States and of Associated Countries for which they are defined. In the case of Associated Countries without NUTS classification, the country as a whole is to be considered as one geographical area:

    1.List of Associated Countries not defined by NUTS level 1: Armenia; Bosnia and Herzegovina; Faroe Islands; Georgia; Kosovo 122 ; Israel; Moldova; Tunisia; Ukraine.

    2.List of countries not defined by NUTS level 1 with which association negotiations are being processed or where association is imminent: Morocco.

    Biodiversity friendly practices in agriculture, forestry and aquaculture

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02-3-two-stage: Promoting minor crops in farming systems  

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies, successful proposals will promote diversification in agriculture as a means to increase the resilience and sustainability of the sector vis-a-vis challenging environmental, climatic and economic conditions. By increasing agrobiodiversity, activities will contribute to food security, adaptation of the agricultural production to the effects of climate change, and thereby support implementation of the farm to fork strategy, the common agricultural policy and the EU climate policy under the European Green Deal.

    Successful proposals will contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Increased evidence of the environmental benefits of minor crops;

    2.Farmers make use of a wider range of crops, and combination of crops;

    3.Minor crops are integrated in farming systems promoting their environmental benefits;

    4.Increased resilience and climate adaptation of farming systems vis-a-vis biotic and abiotic stresses;

    5.Feed and food industry make use of minor crops;

    6.Creation of new avenues for farmers and value chains through a wider range of products.

    Scope: Farmers face increasing pressure to shift production towards lower input systems, while continuing to ensure sufficient supplies of food and non-food products. The European Green Deal in particular has set ambitious targets to reduce by 2030 the overall use of chemical pesticides and fertilisers, reduce nutrient losses and increase organic farming 123 . Activities shall release the value of minor crops and promote their broader use in breeding, farming and in food/non-food value chains. For the purpose of this topic, minor crops are defined as underutilised and/or genetically diverse crops 124 (including landraces and varieties).

    a.Promote the access to minor crops engaging in breeding activities;

    b.Improve agronomic management practices for minor crops;

    c.Explore the effects and benefits of minor crops and demonstrate the ecosystems services supported by farming system diversification and the integration of minor crops (if applicable, including novel crop rotations).

    d.Identify and test avenues for marketing and processing of more diverse farming outputs across the value chain;

    e.Promote the uptake of minor crops through the development of guidelines and wide-spread practical demonstrations taking into account a range of farming systems, pedo-climatic conditions and value chains;

    f.Support capacity building, training and education enabling farmers/growers to adopt sustainable agricultural practices.

    The topic is open to all types of farming systems (e.g., arable farming, horticulture, fruit trees) in various geographical and pedo-climatic conditions. Result of activities should benefit both conventional and organic agriculture.

    Activities must implement the multi-actor approach, thus ensure an adequate involvement of researchers, farmers, advisors, food industry, and other players in the value chain and consumers. Communication and outreach to a wide range of stakeholders is essential. This topic should include the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek complementarities and synergies, while avoiding duplication and overlap, with relevant actions funded under Horizon 2020 125 . Proposals should specify how they plan to collaborate with other proposals selected under this and other relevant topics, for example by undertaking joint activities, workshops or common communication and dissemination activities. Proposals should allocate the necessary resources to cover these activities.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Destination - Fair, healthy and environment-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption

    National, EU and global food systems are facing sustainability challenges, from primary production to consumption that could jeopardise food and nutrition security. The farm to fork strategy, and its follow-up initiatives, aim to address these challenges and supports transition to more resilient and environmentally, socially and economically sustainable food systems on land and at sea that provide healthy diets for all and respect planetary boundaries. It is key to ensuring that the fit for 55 package 126 and the European Green Deal 127 are successful and the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 128 are achieved. Research and innovation (R&I) under this destination will steer and accelerate the transition to sustainable, safe, healthy and inclusive food systems from farm to fork, ensuring food and nutrition security for all and delivering co-benefits for the environment, health, society and economy.

    Sustainable, climate neutral and biodiversity friendly farming systems provide economic, social (including health), environmental and climate benefits, and are the main prerequisite for food and nutrition security. For farmers, who are the backbone of food systems and principal managers of natural resources, the new common agricultural policy (CAP) and the European Green Deal set ambitious targets and objectives concerning the sustainability and safety of feed, food and non-food production. These targets and objectives are included in the core European Green Deal policy priorities, in particular the farm to fork strategy, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, zero pollution ambitions and climate action, and their follow-up initiatives. R&I in line with the strategic approach to EU agricultural research and innovation 129 will be key enablers for achieving these ambitious targets and objectives.

    The partnership on ‘Accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’ will unlock the potential of agroecology to make agri-food systems environmentally friendly and regenerative, climate-neutral, inclusive, competitive and resilient. It will enable farmers and value chain actors to successfully apply agroecology principles thanks to: i) a stronger R&I system integrating science and practice; ii) increased knowledge on the benefits, challenges and potential of agroecology for farming, food and society; iii) improved sharing of and access to knowledge, place-based tailored solutions and innovations; and iv) improved and transformative governance and policies.

    Besides the partnership, R&I under the destination will help farmers in monitor and manage natural resources (e.g. soil, water, nutrients, biodiversity, etc.) in innovative, sustainable ways by, among other things, boosting organic food and farming in line with the action plan for the development of organic production 130 . New knowledge and innovative solutions will also promote plant health, reduce farmer’s dependency on pesticides and reverse biodiversity loss.

    Through the partnership on ‘Animal health and welfare’, farmers and other actors will be better equipped to protect animals against infectious diseases, including zoonoses, and to improve animal welfare, while reducing the dependency on antimicrobials, maintaining productivity, improving food safety and quality, and protecting the environment and public health. In addition to the partnership, sustainable livestock production will be enhanced by improved knowledge on nutritional requirements and innovative on-farm practices and technologies for optimised production and use of local feedstuffs. A common EU approach to optimise the management of the co-existence of outdoor livestock systems and wildlife will be implemented by integrating science, local knowledge and practice on the preservation, protection and valorisation of wildlife and agro-pastoral systems.

    Synergies will be created with other destinations and instruments. Under the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, 100 living labs and lighthouses will be established to lead the transition towards healthy soils by 2030 131 . Thanks to R&I, farming systems will also maximise the provision of a wide range of ecosystem services from more sustainably managed EU agro‑ecosystems and landscapes and help reverse the loss of biodiversity while ensuring resilient primary production (Destination ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’). R&I under the Destination ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’ will better equip farmers to make a significant contribution to climate-neutrality and become more resilient to climate change. Farmers will be empowered and interconnected by means of advanced digital and data technologies (e.g. AI, IoT, and robotics) that support sustainable farming approaches (Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’). New sustainable business models and strengthened EU quality schemes will improve the position of farmers in value chains and enable them to seize opportunities provided by the green transition (Destination ‘Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities’). Effective agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKIS) will speed up innovation and the uptake of R&I results from farm to fork (Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’).

    Better evidence-based knowledge and analytical capacity will help policymakers develop and implement effective policies, in particular the CAP post 2027, the contingency plan and sustainable food systems framework law, enabling farmers to transition to sustainable and resilient farming and food systems (Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’). Furthermore, knowledge and innovative solutions generated under Horizon Europe will be circulated and tested in local innovation projects and networks that are financed by rural development programmes, and which are managed by the European Innovation Partnership for Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability (EIP-AGRI).

    Sustainable fisheries and aquaculture contribute directly to environmentally friendly, resilient, inclusive, safe and healthy food production by providing highly nutritional proteins, lipids and micronutrients for a healthy diet. Sustainable aquatic production can and should account for a much bigger proportion of our overall food consumption. Following the farm to fork strategy, production methods should make the best use of nature-based, technological, digital and space-based solutions, optimising the use of inputs (e.g., nutrients and antimicrobials), therefore increasing climate-neutrality and resilience and safeguard aquatic biodiversity. R&I in fisheries and aquaculture will contribute to the relevant Food 2030 pathway for action ‘food from oceans and freshwater resources’ 132 . It will support the ‘strategic guidelines for a more sustainable and competitive EU aquaculture for the period 2021 to 2030’, that propose specific actions on, e.g. i) access to space and water, ii) human and animal health, iii) environmental performance, iv) climate change, v) animal welfare, vi) the regulatory and administrative framework, and vii) communication on EU aquaculture. In addition, the new EU algae initiative - to unlock the full potential of sustainable algae-based food and alternative feed sources - can support the transition to sustainable food systems. R&I will also contribute to the success of the common fisheries policy and deliver compliant, inclusive, diversified ecosystem-based fisheries approaches to allow fisheries management to adapt to different realities, including in the international context. The destination will also support the new policy initiative on the sustainable blue economy and its offshoot initiatives, including the Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership.

    R&I will help fisheries and aquaculture become more precise, technologically advanced, and fully embedded in the natural and socio-ecological context including by reducing the footprint on aquatic biodiversity. It will better equip fisheries and aquaculture to become more resilient to the adverse consequences of climate change and to make a significant contribution to climate neutrality. It will enable the European aquaculture industry to achieve its full potential to ensure global food security in terms of volume, methods, variety of species, aquatic species welfare, safety and quality of products and services.

    R&I will help to provide a better understanding of the impacts of climate change in terms of habitat change and ecological functioning and the consequent repercussions on stock shifts, species composition, health, and altered growth and reproduction rates. This will help in the adaptation of fishing vessels, fishing gear and catch methods to reduce their carbon footprint as well as help in their adaptation to the changing climate regime. It will also enable aquaculture to: i) become more sustainable – by using resources in a highly efficient manner - and climate-neutral; and ii) adapt to a changing climate and its consequences, such as temperature rise, acidification, altered water quality and availability, extreme weather events, and other emerging risks, notably in geographical areas particularly vulnerable to climate change impacts such as the EU's outermost regions (defined in article 349 TFEU).

    Sustainable, healthy and inclusive food systems rely on systemic, cross-sectoral and participatory, multi-actor approaches and on integration between policy areas at all levels of governance. Food systems are to be understood as covering, 'from farm to fork', all the sectors, actors and disciplines relevant to and connecting i) environment protection requirements, ii) natural resources, iii) primary production on land and at sea, iv) food processing and packaging, v) food distribution and retail, vi) food services, vii) food consumption, viii) food safety, ix) nutrition and public health, and x) food waste streams. An important driver for transforming food systems should be the integration of sectors, actors and policies 133 . This should occur in order to better understand the multiple interactions between the actors and components of current food systems, the lock-ins and potential leverage points for synergistic changes and of the interdependencies of outcomes (linkages between nutritional climate and sustainability outcomes). Such implementation/approaches can provide solutions that maximise co-benefits with respect to the four priorities of the Commission’s Food 2030 R&I initiative:

    1.nutrition and health, including food safety;

    2.climate and environmental sustainability;

    3.circularity and resource efficiency;

    4.innovation and empowering communities.

    This destination will deploy solutions to the 10 Food 2030 pathways for action 134 and will help build innovation ecosystems to bring together relevant public and private sector actors, researchers and society. R&I will provide food-related businesses, including those involved in food processing and packaging, retail, distribution, and food services, with opportunities and incentives to stimulate environmentally friendly, healthy, circular and diversified practices, products and processes that are biodiversity-friendly, climate-neutral and less reliant on fossil fuels. It will also help devise tools and approaches that enable the shift to healthy, sustainable diets and responsible consumption for everyone, boosted also by social innovation, technology, behavioural change and marketing standards, and by inclusively engaging with different consumers, citizens and communities. R&I will accelerate the transition to sustainable, healthy and inclusive food systems by:

    1.eradicating micronutrient deficiencies in vulnerable population groups;

    2.developing new high quality, healthy, minimally processed and sustainable food products and processes;

    3.assessing innovative and novel foods based on sustainable alternatives sources of proteins;

    4.preventing and reducing food loss and waste to tackle environmental and climate challenges, including through improved marketing standards;

    5.unlocking and maximising the potential of the microbiome to improve food safety, fight food waste and develop alternative sources of proteins;

    6.networking and exchanging knowledge on food fraud and food safety and exploring the influence of climate change on food safety;

    7.developing new strategies and detection methods on products derived from new genomic techniques, and strengthening the resilience of European food systems;

    8.promoting citizen science and creating smart tools to improve diets.

    R&I will also:

    1.reduce the environmental impacts of and pollution from food value chains (see Destination ‘Clean environment and zero pollution’);

    2.help transform urban food systems, including via the use of nature-based solutions in the context of the New European Bauhaus initiative (see Destination ‘Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities’); and

    3.improve the governance of food systems and further develop digital and data-driven innovation ecosystems for sustainable, healthy and inclusive food systems (see Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’).

    In addition, R&I under the partnership on ‘Sustainable food systems for people, planet and climate’ will accelerate the transition towards sustainable, healthy and inclusive food systems in Europe and beyond via EU-wide targeted research and innovation. It will help to close knowledge gaps, increase health and food literacy, and deliver innovative solutions, e.g. social innovation, which provide co-benefits for nutrition, the environment, climate, circularity and communities. It will also leverage investments and align multiple actors towards common goals and targets and help further build up the European Research Area in order to support the transformation of sustainable food systems at various scales from local to global.

    The EU also aims to promote a global transition to sustainable food systems. It’s relationship with Africa is a key priority. Targeted R&I activities, in particular under the EU-Africa Partnership on Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture (FNSSA) and global initiatives involving international research consortia, will help achieve this ambition and contribute to the AU-EU High Level Policy Dialogue (HLPD) on Science, Technology and Innovation.

    In line with the farm to fork strategy, and its promotion of global transitions on sustainable food systems, a comprehensive and integrated response to current and future challenges benefiting people, nature and economic growth in Europe and in Africa will be provided. Advances will be made particularly in the following key areas: agroecology, including agroforestry, food safety and fair trade.

    In encouraging multi-actor approaches and to be more effective in achieving impact, the proposals in this destination shall, where relevant, be complementary or build on synergies with the activities of the EIT Knowledge and Innovation Communities, such as EIT Food.

    Where appropriate, proposals are encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission Knowledge Centre for Global Food and Nutrition Security 135 and the Africa Knowledge Platform 136 , also for the purpose of dissemination and exploitation of results.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway contributing to fair, healthy, safe, climate- and environment‑friendly, sustainable and resilient food systems from primary production to consumption, ensuring food and nutrition security for all within planetary boundaries in Europe and across the world.

    More specifically, proposed topics should contribute to one or more of the following impacts:

    1.enable sustainable farming systems that i) provide consumers with affordable, safe, healthy and sustainable food, ii) increase the provision of ecosystem services, iii) restore and strengthen biodiversity, iv) minimise pollution and pressure on ecosystems and greenhouse gas emissions, v) foster plant, animal and public health, vi) improve animal welfare, and vii) generate fair economic returns for farmers;

    2.enable sustainable fisheries and aquaculture, in marine and inland waters, increasing aquatic multi-trophic biomass production in a way compatible with the protection of aquatic ecosystems and biodiversity, and the diversification of fisheries and aquaculture products, for fair, healthy, climate-resilient and environment-friendly food systems with a lower impact on aquatic ecosystems and improved animal welfare;

    accelerate the transition to sustainable, healthy and inclusive food systems, delivering co-benefits for climate change mitigation and adaptation, environmental sustainability and circularity, sustainable healthy diets and nutrition, food poverty reduction, empowered citizens and communities, and flourishing food businesses, while ensuring food safety and the economic sustainability of EU food systems during the transition.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01

    196.50

    92.50

    12 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01

    95.00

    22 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02

    69.00

    22 Feb 2024 (First Stage)

    17 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    Overall indicative budget

    196.50

    256.50

    Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 137

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 138

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 22 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 12 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-1

    COFUND

    30.00

    30.00

    Around 60.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-10

    RIA

    9.00

    Around 9.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-11

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-12

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-13

    RIA

    7.00

    Around 7.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-14

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-15

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 8.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-16

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-17

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-18

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-19

    IA

    7.00

    Around 7.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-2

    COFUND

    20.00

    40.00

    Around 60.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-20

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-3

    CSA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-4

    CSA

    1.00

    Around 1.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-5

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-6

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-7

    IA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-8

    IA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-9

    COFUND

    22.50

    22.50

    Around 45.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    196.50

    92.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Enabling sustainable farming systems

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-1: European partnership on accelerating farming systems transition – agroecology living labs and research infrastructures

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 60.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 50% of the eligible costs. This is justified by the pooling of proposers' in-kind contributions and in-house activities and by the nature of activities to be performed.

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. As financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of the action in order to be able to achieve its objectives, the EUR 60 000 EUR threshold provided for in Article 204(a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 10 000 000 for the whole duration of Horizon Europe.

    Total indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the duration of the partnership is EUR 150 million.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal, this partnership will contribute to the objectives and targets of the new common agricultural policy (CAP), and of the EU farm to fork strategy for a transition to fair, healthy, environmentally-friendly and more resilient food systems from primary production to consumption, and in particular pursuing the ambition to boost agroecology. Moreover, the Commission Communication ‘Safeguarding food security and reinforcing the resilience of food systems’ 139 highlights innovation through agroecology as one of the tools that can mitigate pressure on input costs without hurting production capacity, leading to long-term progress in productivity. Agroecology is a dynamic and holistic approach that contributes positively to healthier ecosystems and biodiversity, including in soils. Agroecology aims at supporting the transition of agri-food systems towards more sustainable practices by connecting science, practice and society and by triggering the adoption of a set of policies to promote sustainable agricultural practices. Given the potential of agroecology to deliver positive impacts for the transition towards environmental, climate, economic and social sustainability of Europe’s farming systems, the partnership will deliver solutions that will support the implementation of several other European Green Deal strategies and initiatives, notably: the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030; the action plan for the development of organic production; the EU zero pollution action plan; the 2030 climate target pact; the EU soil strategy for 2030, the sustainable carbon cycles, and the EU bioeconomy strategy. The partnership will constitute a unique instrument that will help connect agroecological research across Europe. Its expected outcomes will contribute to the impacts of various Destinations under Cluster 6 of Horizon Europe, notably Destination ‘Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption’, as well as to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), in particular SDGs 2, 3, 6, 12, 13 and 15.

    The partnership’s activities are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased capacities of farmers and actors of the land-based primary production value chains across Europe to implement agroecological practices that contribute to sustainable ecological, climate, environmental and productivity impacts, and to inclusive, competitive and resilient agri-food systems.

    2.A Europe-wide network of existing and new agroecology living laboratories and research infrastructures is set. Knowledge sharing and multi-stakeholder co-creation of agroecological innovations at various scales is ensured. A framework for data management, indicators, and tools to monitor agroecology transition is put in place.

    3.A robust European R&I system for agroecology integrating science and practice is put in place. The direction for expanding existing and building up new collaborations, boosting knowledge creation and sharing, and co-creating place-based and tailored solutions through agroecology living laboratories (‘living labs’) and research infrastructures is set. The understandings of the technical and socio-economic performance and the uptake of agroecology in Europe are improved.

    4.The science-policy dialogue on agroecology is strengthened. Scientific support and technical demonstrations for the development, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of relevant EU policies is provided. Evidence-based, systems-oriented and transformative governance and policy-making are supported.

    5.EU and national/regional agroecological research and innovation agendas from the EU and Member States and Associated Countries are complementary, leading to the co-creation and implementation of a long-term pan-European strategic research and innovation agenda.

    Scope: The European partnership on ‘Accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’ is one of the actions included in the farm to fork strategy, which calls for the promotion of agroecology as one of the sustainable farming approaches with capacity to help meet the European Green Deal objectives in relation to agri-food systems. Living laboratories are multi-stakeholder, real-life settings that place the user at the centre of innovation and operate as instruments for farmers, research organisations, companies, citizens, local and regional authorities, etc., for the co-creation of solutions following a multi-method approach. Agroecology living labs are characterised by very strong local embeddedness, multi-stakeholder involvement by a large diversity of origins, and knowledge intensiveness in the pursuit of and the innovations needed and produced. They can operate at different scales: typically farm, landscape or regional levels. Research infrastructures provide a wide range of services for research communities working in a long- term perspective.

    The partnership should coordinate research and innovation programmes on agroecology between the EU and its Member States and Associated Countries and trigger combined actions. It should mobilise key partners and stakeholders, including ministries, funding agencies, research performing organisations, regions, local authorities, research infrastructures, living laboratories, farmers, advisors, industry, consumers, etc.

    The partnership’s co-created Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA) should include calls for research projects and activities to boost place-based and multi-stakeholder co-creation of solutions. As such, it should boost fundamental research on agroecology through to applied research, and should give rise to ready-to-use solutions for scaling up in real-life environments. The partnership should cover issues pertaining to the transition to agroecology in all agricultural production systems, including but not limited to conventional agriculture, organic farming, agroforestry, permaculture, regenerative agriculture, urban farming, etc. Ultimately, the partnership should significantly contribute to filling existing knowledge gaps on agroecology, addressing geographical/territorial specificities in the EU and Associated Countries.

    Delivering on the partnership’s ambitions requires the implementation of the following portfolio of activities to be achieved during the partnership’s lifetime:

    1.Support transnational research and innovation activities, as defined in its SRIA, on the challenges and potential of agroecology in addressing biophysical, climate, social and economic dimensions of sustainability, as well as for reducing environmental impact and resource use, at farming, local environment and broader societal levels. This should include supporting research in and on agroecology living labs as tools to foster agroecology transition.

    2.Build a European network of new and existing living labs and research infrastructures for knowledge sharing and co-creation of agroecology innovations, at various scales. The network will constitute a key platform for the development and co-creation of innovations to address the technical, economic, institutional and policy-related challenges of agroecology transition for both individuals and collectives across Europe.

    3.Improve access to and use of services provided by research infrastructures and other relevant initiatives, for long-term measurement, observation and experimentation in support of agroecology.

    4.Improve the sharing and access to knowledge and innovation on agroecology, and improve the capacities of farmers and actors of the agri-food chain to take up agroecology innovations, as well as reinforce the agricultural knowledge and innovation systems for agroecology across Europe, considering culture, gender, and youth aspects.

    5.Build a monitoring and data framework with indicators and tools to monitor and measure the progress of agroecology transition, its social, economic, environmental and climate performances and impacts, and improve data valorisation and sharing.

    6.Put in place robust mechanisms for science-policy dialogue to support the development, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of policies (research and sectorial) with a view to contributing to improved governance and policies, as well as institutions that are better equipped to support agroecological transition.

    7.Design and implement communication, knowledge sharing and dissemination activities to improve stakeholder and wider public engagement in agroecology transition.

    The partnership is open to all EU Member States, as well as to Countries Associated to Horizon Europe. Partners are expected to provide financial and/or in-kind contribution, in line with the level of ambition of the proposed activities. The partnership should be open to include new partners over its lifetime. Its governance should allow for engaging a broad range of stakeholders, together with the full members of the partnership. Guidelines, standards and legislation in the field should be taken into consideration, to facilitate the marketing of the methods and products developed in the partnership.

    To ensure that all work streams are coherent and complementary, and to leverage knowledge and innovation investment potential, the partnership is expected to foster close cooperation and synergies with the Horizon Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, with the existing European Partnership Biodiversa+, and with other relevant future partnerships, in particular Sustainable food systems, Agriculture of data, and Animal health and welfare.

    Cooperation with the JRC may be envisaged, in particular for actions related to monitoring and measuring progress of agroecology transition, as well as for improving data valorisation. The JRC may provide expertise on EU-wide data and indicators to monitor agroecology transition.

    The partnership should allocate resources to cooperate with existing projects, initiatives, platforms, science-policy interfaces, and/or institutional processes at EU level, and at other levels where relevant to the partnership’s goals.

    Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties. The partnership will provide financial support to third parties as one of the means to achieve its objectives. To explore the full range of financing options available under Horizon Europe, the general annexes of the main Work Programme setting out the general conditions applicable to calls and topics for grants should be considered.

    To achieve the international cooperation objectives, and given the global dimension of agroecology, collaboration with strategic third country partners with proven added value in the field of agroecology transition is strongly encouraged. In particular, the participation of legal entities from international countries and/or regions, including those not automatically eligible for funding, is encouraged in the joint calls and/or in other activities of the partnership. Cooperation with international organisations may be considered.

    Applicants are expected to describe in detail how they would carry out this collaborative work in practice.

    Efforts should be made to ensure that the data produced in the context of this topic is FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Re-usable).

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities disciplines.

    In order to enhance the societal impact of the activities, the approach should empower citizens to contribute to the co-design/co-creation/co-assessment of research and innovation agendas/contents/outcomes.

    Cross-articulation with the other data spaces, and notably with the European Open Science Cloud should be foreseen, exploiting synergies and complementarities of the different approaches.

    The Commission envisages to include new actions in future work programme(s) to continue providing support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

    The expected duration of the partnership is seven to ten years.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-2: European partnership on animal health and welfare

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 60.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 50% of the eligible costs. This is justified by the pooling of proposers' in-kind contributions and in-house activities and by the nature of activities to be performed.

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. As financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of the action in order to be able to achieve its objectives, the EUR 60 000 EUR threshold provided for in Article 204(a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 10 000 000 for the whole duration of Horizon Europe.

    Total indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the duration of the partnership is EUR 180 million.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal, this partnership will contribute to the objectives and targets of the new common agricultural policy (CAP) and the EU farm to fork strategy, for a transition to fair, healthy and resilient animal production systems, including the reduction of anti-microbial usage and improvement of animal welfare. A successful proposal will support research and innovation to help policy makers, animal health industry and other relevant actors to provide society with reassurance on the prevention and control of infectious animal diseases with appropriate means, where antimicrobials are prudently used, where animal welfare is respected and improved, thus contributing to sustainable animal farming and harvesting and the protection of public health and the environment.

    The expected outcomes of the topic will also contribute to other impacts of Destination ‘Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption’, as well as to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), in particular SDGs 2, 3, to the One Health approach and to the CAP. It will contribute to the climate adaptation strategy, by fostering adaptation to climate change of livestock production.

    The partnership is expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Animal health and welfare research and innovation agendas from the EU and Member States and Associated Countries are complementary, leading to the co-creation and implementation of a long-term pan-European strategic research and innovation agenda, strengthening the European Research Area in the area of animal health and welfare.

    2.A robust European R&I system for animal health and welfare is put in place. The direction for expanding existing collaborations and building up new ones, boosting knowledge creation and sharing, is set.

    3.The animal health and welfare research community at large benefit from and use an improved comprehensive knowledge framework integrating relevant EU, national/regional data and information infrastructures to improve transnational research.

    4.Preparedness against upcoming and emerging threats to animal health, including zoonoses and vector-borne diseases, is strengthened for both animals and humans.

    5.Animal welfare is promoted and strengthened, including adaptation to climate change.

    6.Farmers, the veterinary profession and other actors in animal production have increased access to innovative methodologies and products for animal infectious diseases and animal welfare monitoring and control.

    7.Increased evidence-base is provided to animal health and welfare policymakers.

    Scope: The partnership should coordinate research programmes and activities on animal health and welfare between the EU and its Member States and Associated Countries and trigger combined action.

    It should mobilise key partners and stakeholders, including ministries, funding agencies, research performing organisations, research infrastructures, farmers, industry, etc.

    The partnership should address terrestrial livestock and aquatic animals. Wildlife and companion animals will be addressed when there is a potential threat to public health or health of production animals.

    The partnership’s co-created strategic research and innovation agenda should include calls for research projects, as well as integrative activities. As such, it should boost fundamental research through to applied research, and should give rise to ready-to-use solutions, seek uptake of results and provide science-based policy advisory activities.

    Delivering on the partnership’s ambitions requires the implementation of the following portfolio of activities to be achieved during the partnership’s lifetime:

    1.To support transnational research and innovation activities, as defined in its Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA).

    2.To facilitate the cooperation between all major actors on the monitoring, prevention and control of animal infectious diseases and on animal welfare issues. Actions will be undertaken to strengthen alignment of research and innovation programs and joint integrative activities among research performing organisations and other actors and stakeholders to organise education and training activities, mobility schemes, networking; to optimise research infrastructures and resources, including networking.

    3.To boost research and to increase the evidence-base to develop products, indicators and tools for monitoring, control and improvement of animal health and animal welfare from farming to slaughtering, notably through joint research activities organised both among research performing organisations in the partnership and through launching open joint calls.

    4.To support surveillance, detection, risk assessment and alert communication, prevention, including selective breeding for relevant phenotypes and feeding supporting health and welfare, interventions including vaccines and treatments, socio-economic assessment on animal health and welfare.

    5.To enhance cross-sector cooperation and collaboration to prevent the spill-over of pathogens between animals, food, the environment and humans in a One Health perspective. The partnership will contribute to a multidisciplinary approach across sectors dealing with animal health and animal welfare, public health, food safety and the environment, including adaptation to climate change, in particular regarding zoonoses and antimicrobial resistance.

    6.To ensure general and targeted communication on the outputs of the partnership and dissemination of its deliverables to partners, policymakers, national and international stakeholders, and all other possible users, to stimulate their uptake and implementation.

    7.To regularly update the partnership vision and strategy, in particular to address new needs, for instance emergencies, policy implementation, stakeholders’ interests, societal demands.

    The Partnership is open to all EU Member States, as well as to countries associated to Horizon Europe. Partners are expected to provide financial and/or in-kind contribution, in line with the level of ambition of the proposed activities. The Partnership should be open to include new partners over its lifetime. Its governance should allow for engaging a broad range of stakeholders, together with the full members of the Partnership.

    Guidelines, standards and legislation in the field should be taken into consideration, to facilitate the marketing of the methods and products developed in the partnership.

    Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the means of this action to achieve its objectives.

    To ensure that all work streams are coherent and complementary, the partnership is expected to foster close cooperation and synergies with the existing European Partnership Biodiversa + and with relevant future European Partnerships, in particular ‘agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’ 140 , ‘sustainable food systems for people, planet & climate’ 141 , ‘one health AMR 142 ’ and ‘pandemic preparedness’.

    The partnership should allocate resources to:

    1.Cooperate with existing projects, initiatives, platforms, science-policy interfaces, at EU and other levels, where relevant to the partnership’s goals;

    2.Engage with relevant EU bodies in charge of providing scientific advice for policy making in the area of animal health and welfare, such as the European Food Safety Authority and the European Medicines Agency, and other EU bodies, where relevant to the partnership’s goals.

    To achieve the international cooperation objectives, and given the global dimension, not least of animal health, collaboration with strategic third country partners with proven added value in the field of animal health and welfare is encouraged. In particular, the participation of legal entities from international countries and/or regions including those not automatically eligible for funding, is encouraged in the joint calls and/or in other activities of the partnership. Cooperation with international organisations may be considered.

    Applicants are expected to describe in detail how they would carry out this collaborative work in practice.

    Efforts should be made to ensure that the data produced in the context of this topic is FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Re-usable).

    Cross-articulation with the other data spaces, and notably with the European Open Science Cloud should be foreseen, exploiting synergies and complementarities of the different approaches.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities disciplines.

    The Commission envisages to include new actions in future work programme(s) to continue providing support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

    The expected duration of the partnership is seven to ten years.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-3: Improving yields in organic cropping systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 143 .

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should support the objectives of the farm to fork strategy to transition to fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption, notably the objective to promote and increase organic farming 144 in Europe, in line with the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies’ target of at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming by 2030 and a significant uptake of agroecological practices. Activities will support the implementation of specific actions in the action plan for the development of organic production 145 . Given the potential of organic farming to contribute to the EU’s climate ambition, this topic will contribute to the objective of a climate-neutral land sector by 2035 and a climate-neutral economy by 2050.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased and accelerated availability, accessibility and adoption of strategies and approaches that improve yields of crops grown under organic conditions, including organic-targeted plant breeding

    2.Enhanced climate, environmental and economic performance of organic farming systems

    3.Increased networking and knowledge exchange among all relevant actors in the Member States and Associated Countries, contributing to a strengthened research and innovation ecosystem of organic production in Europe

    4.Provision of data, scientific support and recommendations for the development, implementation and evaluation of EU policies and initiatives relevant for organic production

    Scope: Promoting the use of more sustainable farming practices is a EU policy objective enshrined in the European Green Deal and its related strategies. Boosting organic farming, one of the objectives of the farm to fork and of the EU biodiversity strategies, can greatly contribute to achieving this ambition. Moreover, the Communication ‘Safeguarding food security and reinforcing the resilience of food systems’ 146 highlights the role that organic farming can play in reducing EU’s dependence on external inputs.

    Reaching at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming will require among other elements, a significant increase in current conversion rates. One of the obstacles that hinders conversion to organic farming is the fact that several crops grown under organic conditions achieve lower yields per hectare as compared with those produced under conventional farming practices. Closing the yield gap is therefore important in order to further improve the economic competitiveness and resilience of the sector, as well as to increase farmers’ adoption of organic production

    At the same time, closing of the yield gap should not compromise the principles and objectives of organic farming, in particular with regard to the recycling of nutrients. Moreover, it is important that approaches and strategies aiming at bridging the yield gap in organic farming are holistic and take into consideration the implications on the entire farming system.

    By using a participatory approach, proposals should set up a European-wide network of testing, experimentation and demonstration sites to test, co-create and showcase practices and strategies that improve yields of crops produced under organic conditions. In this context, proposals should:

    1.Identify the most relevant crops in organic production for which yields can be sustainably improved in the short term, and propose crop-specific strategies with due attention to local and site-specific practices. This should consider cost-effectiveness analysis comparing with conventional farming production, in order to evaluate the economical sustainability of the strategies proposed.

    2.Give due attention to holistic approaches, such as those that contribute to improving organic-tailored plant varieties and appropriate use of breeds and varieties, and building soil fertility and optimal nutrient management (e.g., integrated plant-animal production systems, use of manure as fertiliser, nutrient recycling, introduction of crop rotations and intercropping, use of leguminous crops, circular approaches for maintaining and increasing soil organic matter, locally-specific optimization of water use, etc.). Nursery techniques for the production of suitable organic plant reproductive material should also be considered.

    3.Organise and implement advisory activities, exchange of knowledge and best practices as well as dissemination of results, including the development of practical guidelines and decision-support tools for farmers. These activities should also engage farmers involved in low-input farming, agro-ecological or circular farming, to facilitate cross-fertilisation and mutual learning.

    4.Identify remaining gaps (including normative gaps where relevant) and prepare a research and innovation roadmap to boost yields of crops produced under organic conditions. For these activities, proposals should ensure collaboration with relevant activities carried out under other actions in Horizon Europe, and ensure coherence with and contribution to the Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda of the future partnership ‘’Accelerating farming systems transition: agro-ecology living labs and research infrastructures’’ and its successive updates.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the main stakeholders (farmers, breeders, researchers, advisors, industry, etc.). Proposals should cover a representative range of pedo-climatic conditions across Europe and a wide range of crops (arable and perennial) reflecting the diversity of the European organic plant production sector. Proposals should ensure synergies and build on the results from previous and/or ongoing research projects. Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic, and ensure synergy with relevant activities carried out under other initiatives in Horizon Europe, including under the topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE: ‘Developing an EU advisory network on organic agriculture’, HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE: ‘Organic farming thematic network to compile and share knowledge ready for practice’, and the future partnership ‘Accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’. In order to better address some or all of the expected outcomes, as well as to promote learning and cross-fertilisation with activities carried out outside of Europe, international cooperation is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-4: Towards research and innovation beyond farm to fork strategy targets for pesticides after 2030

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 147 .

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal should support the implementation of the farm to fork strategy, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the EU climate policy under the European Green Deal. Activities will contribute to the transition to fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food systems from primary production to consumption, notably the target to reduce by 50% the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides and reduce the use by 50% of the more hazardous pesticides.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved understanding of main knowledge gaps as well as of drivers and barriers to go beyond the farm to fork targets for chemical pesticides;

    2.Increased networking and knowledge exchange across Europe promoting a reduction in pesticide use and risk beyond the farm to fork targets;

    3.Research needs for further reductions or phasing out chemical pesticides in agriculture are identified.

    Scope: The use of chemical pesticides in agriculture harm non-target organisms including humans, contaminates the soil, water and the wider environment, and cause biodiversity decline in agricultural areas. The European Green Deal has set new targets and defined a roadmap to reach its objectives through multiple strategies and action plans, including the farm to fork and the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030. Ambitious targets have been set for agriculture, namely the goal of reducing by 50% the use and risks of chemical pesticides, as well as the use of more hazardous pesticides, by 2030.

    Research has shown that well-designed integrated pest management programmes can control weeds and pests in an ecologically friendly manner; however, today’s farming still relies significantly on chemical treatments to ensure farm yields and profits. A key challenge is to assess the impact on sustainability (environmental, social, economic) of going beyond these 2030 targets of pesticide reduction aiming for further reductions or even phasing out chemical pesticides in EU agriculture, starting with the most hazardous ones, while sustainably coping with the consequences of climate change, such as heat, drought and extreme precipitation, or pressure from invasive pests and diseases. In order to achieve this, a stronger R&I ecosystem should be put in place that would be able to contribute with sustainable solutions, assess the challenges of further reductions or phasing out chemical pesticides on food systems, including food security and affordability, and connect the different ongoing efforts and initiatives.

    Proposals should:

    1.Establish a network that promotes close cooperation among relevant research and innovation actors (including social sciences) and networks across the EU and Associated Countries;

    2.Provide a comprehensive analysis and understanding of knowledge gaps and new research paradigms to be addressed towards a sustainable (and beyond farm to fork targets) agriculture;

    3.Identify, map and foster pesticide use and risk reduction related activities in the EU, Associated Countries and worldwide, including programmes and demonstration facilities, all along the agri-food chain;

    4.Identify the challenges and opportunities for primary producers and other actors of the agri-food chain to drive the transition towards a sustainable (and beyond farm to fork targets) agriculture;

    5.Provide recommendations on the future research needs in agricultural sciences, as well as in technical, social, economic and policy sciences, aiming for further reductions or phasing out chemical pesticides in agriculture taking in consideration climate change, increased pressure from pests and diseases, and other challenges.

    Proposals should consider arable and perennial crops. Proposals should build and capitalise on the outcomes of other relevant EU-funded research projects and initiatives under Horizon 2020 148 , Horizon Europe 149 , and other programmes/initiatives (such as COST actions, PRIMA). Activities should ensure alignment and complementarity with those carried out under the future partnership ‘Accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’ and the European Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe”. Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ including a range of actors to ensure that knowledge and needs from various sector, researchers, farmers, advisory services, agri-food industries, consumers and NGOs are brought together.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-5: Advancing vaccine development for African swine fever

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will support research and innovation to help policy makers and economic operators reduce the burden of African swine fever (ASF), thus contributing to a safeguarding animal health and the economic resilience of the sustainable livestock industry.

    Activities under this topic will contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved capacity to develop ASF pilot vaccines and their companion DIVA tests for the possible prevention and/or eradication of the disease in domestic pigs and wild boars;

    2.Vaccination strategies for both wild boar and domestic pigs, addressing different objectives and needs (e.g. eradication in wild boar; emergency or preventive use in domestic pigs).

    3.Increased international cooperation on a possible ASF vaccine.

    Scope: ASF is a devastating viral disease that has showed its potential for very serious and rapid spread, not only in Europe, but throughout the world. It has a serious socio-economic impact on farming sector and is of major importance in the international trade of animals and animal products. While strict control measures including in particular biosecurity, culling of infected pigs, appropriate management of wild-boar populations, have contributed to reduced spread of the disease, concerns are raised on the possibility to eradicate the disease without vaccination in the long-term.

    Global research efforts are starting to show some promising results, but further work on the development of effective and safe ASF vaccines is needed, as an additional tool to re-inforce control and eradication strategies currently in place.

    All the following elements should be incorporated:

    1.Address the necessary steps for developing pilot vaccines against ASF for domestic pigs and wild boars;

    2.Address the necessary steps to develop companion DIVA tests, where feasible.

    3.Decipher pathogen genetics/genomics and immune response of the host, to develop innovative approaches to African swine fever vaccine development, at least including those virus types circulating in Europe. Study different types of vaccines and modern techniques to develop novel ASF vaccines;

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged in particular with North America.

    The selected project should take into consideration the EU animal health regulatory framework.

    Proposals should ensure adequate involvement of stakeholders from the European Medicines Agency, veterinary authorities, farmers and hunters. Involvement of the pharmaceutical industry is highly recommended.

    While it is expected that proposals will present innovative approaches to ASF vaccine development, the projects could consider the relevant activities and outputs of past or ongoing EU funded research, such as VACDIVA 150 and DEFEND 151 , and of other international projects on ASF vaccine and build on them where appropriate. They should contribute to the relevant objectives of the Star-Idaz International Consortium 152 .

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-6: Towards sustainable livestock systems: European platform for evidence building and transitioning policy

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 153 .

    Expected Outcome: Increasing sustainability, viability and resilience of climate friendly agricultural production are key objectives of the farm to fork strategy. The adoption and enhancement of more biodiversity-friendly farming systems is among the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030. In line with these objectives, the successful proposal will support policy makers with science-based evidence on the impacts and externalities of livestock farming as part of the food system and wider ecosystem.

    Activities under this topic will contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Assembled collation of comparable and sound data on positive and negative impacts and externalities from the terrestrial livestock sector in accordance with internationally agreed methodology

    2.Quantitative, qualitative and monetized evidence of the social, economic and environmental impacts and externalities of different livestock production systems (extensive, intensive, organic, different animal species), and their relation to particular food systems (e.g., short supply, circular, market oriented…) as well as trade-offs/synergies assessed at farming and landscape scale

    3.Recommendations/policy advice on more effective tools in mitigating negative externalities and increasing positive externalities in different terrestrial livestock production systems

    4.Ensured more intensive and broader communication and dissemination of evidence-based knowledge in the EU and beyond, and make it accessible to all stakeholders groups, citizens and civil society at large.

    Scope: The current debate on positive or negative impact and values of animal production is based on abundant contradictory data and on the difficulties in quantifying natural processes linked to agricultural production and land use. Negative and positive impacts and externalities, including potential trade-offs, should be deeply investigated in different types of farming systems, practices and environments. The project will build on a wide range of scientific information, reports, expert opinions and other available material such as databases.

    The following elements should be incorporated:

    1.Provide a comprehensive study on the positive and negative impacts and externalities of terrestrial livestock farming systems in different social, economic and environmental contexts across Europe at farm, landscape and regional levels

    2.Mapping of research and innovation projects as well as complementary initiatives, vision papers and reports on impact and externalities of different terrestrial livestock farming systems (extensive, intensive, organic, different animal species) within different food systems

    3.Develop methods and indicators to measure the scale, range and degree of identified externalities in different livestock systems

    4.Generate data on the aggregated effects of environmental, social and economic externalities available to allow the assessment of net global impact. Elaborate potential scenarios at national, regional levels through the use of existing or improved modelling

    5.Improve the understanding of the co-benefit of livestock systems for biodiversity and ecosystem services, land use/change, circularity, GHG emissions/savings, energy consumption, air/water/soil quality, human diet/health, animal health and welfare, food and nutritional security

    6.Provide new and improved evidence to support decision makers, public authorities, other organizations and stakeholders in the assessment of the socio-economic and environmental impacts and externalities of terrestrial livestock production systems around Europe, building on the specific elements above

    7.Communicate sciencebased evidence of the impacts of terrestrial livestock systems on climate, environment, biodiversity and ecosystem services as well as potential for improvement towards sustainable livestock systems. The socio-economic dimension should be considered.

    In order to better address some or all of the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged. The project will seek to engage a dialogue with and feed into any relevant structure or organization at European level and beyond such as Standing Committee on Agricultural Research (SCAR) 154 , FAO, Livestock Environmental Assessment and Performance Partnership (LEAP, FAO) 155 , Global Agenda for Sustainable Livestock (GASL) 156 , etc.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the main stakeholders involved in terrestrial livestock production systems and their sustainability (e.g., farmers, advisory services, policy makers, producers, land managers, ecology and nature conservation experts, social scientists and other relevant actors).

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) disciplines.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-7: Innovations in plant protection: alternatives to reduce the use of pesticides focusing on candidates for substitution

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should support the farm to fork strategy to transition to fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption, notably the target to reduce by 50% the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides and reduce the use by 50% of the more hazardous pesticides by 2030.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased availability of widely accessible and cost-efficient alternatives for prevention and (bio)control of plant pest with improved environmental performance (e.g., reduced effects on non-target organisms, natural resources, humans and the environment);

    2.Reduced reliance on hazardous plant protection products and favour low risk plant protection solutions, to sustain crop productivity and food security while contributing to sustainable agriculture and/or forestry;

    3.Minimized pesticides impact on human and animal health, terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, drinking water, soils and the food chain.

    Scope: The use of chemical pesticides in agriculture contributes to soil, water and air pollution, biodiversity loss and can harm non-target plants, insects, birds, mammals and amphibians. The Commission is taking action to reduce the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides by 50% and the use of more hazardous pesticides by 50% by 2030. Significant efforts are required to develop alternatives to critical active substances used in plant protection. Active substances with certain properties defined in Regulation (EC) No 1107/2009 are considered as candidates for substitution 157 . For Plant Protection Products (PPPs) containing these active substances, Member States are required, when assessing an application for authorisation, to evaluate if these PPPs can be replaced (substituted) by other adequate solutions (chemical or non-chemical). Proposals should target one or more pesticides candidates for substitution in the EU and those pesticides which have been reported to be losing their efficiency due to the emergence of resistant pests.

    Proposals should:

    1.Develop and test alternative approaches, tools, strategies, agents, and/or substances (either conventional, natural-based, or biological) for prevention (promoting prophylaxis measures) and/or (bio) control of plant pest 158 with improved environmental performance (e.g., reduced effects on non-target organisms, natural resources and the environment) and acceptable efficacy, enlarging the toolbox of integrated pest management (IPM);

    2.Improve current agronomic, ecological, cultural, and traditional practices to increase the resilience of agricultural production against biotic stresses;

    3.Assess the social, economic and environmental issues associated with the proposed innovative solution, including trade-offs, the impact on labour, safety culture, and risk management on farms;

    4.Demonstrate the safety of alternatives in accordance with established scientific risk assessment methodology and relevant EU regulatory frameworks related to their manufacturing and placing on the market.

    5.Set up demonstration sites in Europe to promote participatory demonstration activities, and the exchange of knowledge and best practices among farmers.

    6.Support capacity building, training and education enabling farmers/growers to the proposed solution reducing the use and risk of pesticides.

    Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ including a range of actors to ensure that knowledge and needs from various sectors such as researchers, farmers, advisors, and industry including SMEs are brought together.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek complementarities and synergies, while avoiding duplication and overlap, with relevant actions funded under Horizon 2020 159 . Proposals should specify how they plan to collaborate with other proposals selected under this and other relevant topics 160 , for example by undertaking joint activities, workshops or common communication and dissemination activities. Proposals should allocate the necessary resources to cover these activities.

    The possible participation of the JRC in the project will consist of supporting the assessment of the social, economic and environmental issues associated with the proposed innovative solution, including trade-offs, the impact on labour, safety culture, and risk management on farms.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Enabling sustainable fisheries and aquaculture

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-8: Using automatic species recognition and artificial intelligence to fight illegal fish discards and revolutionise fisheries control

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal objectives, both the farm to fork strategy and the common fisheries policy aim to ensure that fishing and aquaculture are ecologically, economically and socially sustainable and provide a source of healthy food for EU citizens. The successful proposals should unequivocally contribute to phase out the practice of discarding unwanted fish and improving catch-reporting data by using automatic species recognition and artificial intelligence to analyse data sources, such as video footage, rapid DNA-based assays and sensor data in real-time through, for example, internet of things or similar monitoring systems.

    To ensure that fisheries are ecologically, economically and socially sustainable and provide a source of healthy food, the EU needs to close the possible loopholes in the legislations that could potentially allow for illegal and unsustainable fishing practices. To be successful, the EU needs to have in place a technologically advanced and effective fisheries monitoring and control system and the digitisation of fisheries is a key element (notably through the use of techniques such as artificial intelligence, sensors and robotics). This objective will also contribute to the headline ambition “A Europe fit for the digital age”.

    The selected project is expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Effective methods, tools and systems for species automatic recognition, analysis of Remote Electronic Monitoring video footage, rapid DNA-based assays and sensor data in real-time, and enhanced integration of results into the reporting systems used by fishers to report catches to competent authorities;

    2.Enhanced capability to monitor and control illegal discarding practices at sea and increased ability by EU Member States to fully implement the Landing Obligation;

    3.Implementation of ad-hoc sensors for the detection of discards and take advantage of the data from the Copernicus network, namely from its Maritime Surveillance Service;

    4.Optimal fishing operations and fishing processing and enhanced EU ability to collect, exchange and analyse data;

    5.Improved monitoring capabilities, including processing activities on board fishing vessels, and ultimately support to a sustainable management of marine biological resources.

    Scope: Proposals should develop innovative and cost-effective solutions for automatic species recognition and quantification and assessment of health status of species (e.g., presence of parasites), and automatically analyse Remote Electronic Monitoring video footage, rapid DNA-based assays and sensor data in real-time. They should also develop mechanisms to ensure that the data collected by the cameras and sensors to be automatically analysed cannot be tampered with and that the system can automatically identify cases of system malfunction or missing information. Additionally, proposals should test the suggested solutions in real conditions, including the development of at least three pilot cases in three different European seas. They should also analyse vulnerabilities, dependencies and critical infrastructure in expanding the use of the solutions to Europe and worldwide (e.g., Regional Fisheries Management Organisations and Sustainable Fisheries Partnership Agreements).

    Moreover, proposals should investigate possibilities for the integration of the results of the artificial intelligence analyses for the purposes of automated catch recording and reporting recommend effective designs of remote monitoring systems to cover processing activities on board of fishing vessels, and explore the possibilities of the system to contribute to the identification of parasites in processed fish (e.g. via DNA-based assays). They should also recommend standardised remote electronic monitoring formats for the exchange of the information between different control authorities or to be used for scientific purposes, including standards based on FLUX that could be potentially proposed for recognition by UN/CEFACT.

    Also importantly, proposals should analyse how fisheries data, containing private information, can be shared in an anonymized and safe way complying with EU data protection rules (General Data Protection Regulation).

    Finally, they should explore and recommend strategies to overcome possible resistance, by all stakeholders/parties, to the implementation of the innovative solutions and propose different ways for effective implementation.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Transforming food systems for health, sustainability and inclusion

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-9: European partnership on sustainable food systems for people, planet and climate

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 45.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 45.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 30% of the eligible costs.

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. As financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of the action in order to be able to achieve its objectives, the EUR 60 000 EUR threshold provided for in Article 204(a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 10 000 000 for the whole duration of Horizon Europe.

    Total indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the duration of the partnership is EUR 175 million.

    Expected Outcome: Food systems are among the central leverage points for the transition; they are inextricably linked with the well-being of people and planet. This is reflected in the farm to fork and EU biodiversity strategies, which are at the heart of the European Green Deal. They identify ambitious targets and objectives for redesigning parts of the food system, outline actions, and pledge to monitor the progress towards them. The UN Global Food Systems Summit 2021 has addressed these issues globally. A successful proposal will contribute to the European Green Deal priorities, especially to the farm to fork strategy, and will deliver co-benefits on each of the Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities. The Partnership will also contribute to the common agricultural policy / common fisheries policy, circular economy action plan / blue economy, sustainable aquaculture, single market for green products, Europe’s digital decade, 2030 climate target plan, Waste Framework Directive, bioeconomy strategy and action plan, and the EU zero pollution action plan.

    The Partnership will coordinate, align, and leverage European and national R&I efforts to future-proof food systems for co-benefits through an integrated and transdisciplinary systems approach. The Partnership will provide the scientific evidence, as well as the collaborative experience among practitioners and citizens, to support the transformation of local, national, European and global food systems.

    The partnership is intended to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Accelerated transformation of local, national, European and global food systems, making them safe, sustainable, within planetary boundaries, healthy, fair and trusted – for everyone;

    2.Sustained multi-stakeholder EU partnership for R&I on food systems transformation with global-to-local linkages and a core strategy on food systems;

    3.Enabled EU-wide committed food innovation policy and a strong foundation for a European Research Area for food systems;

    4.Enhanced changes in the way we eat: safe, healthy and sustainable food are standard for all in the diverse food environment, via dietary shifts; changes in the way we process and supply 161 food: supply-side and process innovation towards carbon neutrality, product diversity and circularity, changes in the way we connect with food systems: Citizen engagement and consumer trust in reoriented food systems; and changes in the way we govern food systems: Leverage points for local, national, EU and global transition pathways – incentives, boundary settings and co-creation.

    Scope: The future health of Europe’s people and the planet lies on our plate. The way in which food is produced on land, in fresh water and in oceans, as well as in aquaculture systems, fished, processed, packaged, distributed, valued, prepared, consumed, wasted and recycled should change to ensure that environmental, social and economic sustainability of food become core assets of EU’s food systems, along with food safety and food security. Research and Innovation (R&I) is a critical resource for the EU in the transformation towards Sustainable Food Systems 162 for People, Planet & Climate (SFS). The prime condition for success is that a wide diversity of actors join forces in a Partnership – with a mission for change and willingness to contribute to joint actions.

    There is consensus about the need for transformation of the current types of production, processing, distribution, and consumption in linear food chains towards circular food systems functioning within planetary boundaries. The sustainable food systems will provide food that is safe, sustainable healthy, fair and trusted for/by everyone. This transition needs an overarching food systems approach to address several challenges in an integrative manner and empowering all relevant stakeholders, diverse voices and geographical regions. This partnership does not address primary production as growing food, agricultural production and other specific aspects related to it, will be covered in the Horizon Europe Partnerships on Agroecology and Animal Health and Welfare.

    This Partnership will provide a food systems R&I platform connecting local, national and European platforms, R&I programs and combining in-cash and in-kind resources in support of the transition to sustainable European food systems by 2030.

    The European Partnership under Horizon Europe Sustainable Food Systems for People, Planet & Climate should be implemented through a joint programme of activities. These should target high impact, relevance for stakeholders and capacity building, ranging from research, innovation to coordination and networking activities, including training, dialogue, communication and dissemination activities in all research and innovation projects of the Partnership. Emphasis should be given to demonstration, upscaling and experimentation calls that strengthen collective intelligence and effect meaningful transformations through informing all of the stakeholders on the best science, data and insights from across the food systems:

    The Partnership should aim to achieve the following objectives:

    1.Develop work programmes as implementation steps of the high-level Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA) defining key activities;

    2.Pool R&I resources by joint calls for R&I projects based on commonly developed Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA) and a Roadmap;

    3.Establish a Food systems knowledge Hub of hubs with a central Hub (or Platform) for understanding when food systems are evolving sustainably (in what contexts, with which actors, etc.), and a network of transformative research and innovation labs (FS-labs or ‘hubs’) for systemic innovations at different scales;

    4.Provide place-based solutions in the FS Labs, exploring them as living labs to test sustainable food systems pathways, like policy and city labs, experimental restaurant environments, etc.;

    5.Provide the frame for developing system approaches with sustainable outcomes in the Hub of hubs;

    6.Enable knowledge sharing, and scaling - adapting knowledge systems, innovation platforms and science-policy interfaces for ensuring impact; while making use of data and technology where it adds value. The science based collective intelligence will effect meaningful transformation. Proposals are encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). The JRC may provide expertise on how to strengthen the relationship between scientists and European policy makers and to promote research and collaboration on food systems science.

    When it comes to food systems, it is important to recognize that all food producers, including aquaculture and fisheries, as well as retailers and processors have a key role as intermediaries between production and consumption. Alignment of private and public goals is a condition for success of public strategies. In particular, innovative food businesses implementing the European Green Deal, farm to fork and bioeconomy objectives could play a lighthouse role. Stakeholders from the quadruple helix 163 (i.e. policymakers, businesses/industry, researchers, and civil society), from different sectors of the food system, should be brought together on this overarching platform, with the aim of strengthening science-policy-society interfaces and increase transformative potential.

    Partners are expected to provide financial and/or in-kind contributions for the governance structure, the joint calls and other dedicated implementation actions and efforts for national coordination. The partnership is expected to mobilise EU, national and regional capacities to leverage investments, including from the private sector and foundations, increase up-scalability and market accessibility for the developed solutions and thus increase the return to investments.

    Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties.

    The Partnership is part of a “partnership landscape” that needs to avoid overlaps and build synergies for win-win collaboration and solutions, in particular with the Partnerships Accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures, Agriculture of Data and Animal Health and Welfare. Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties.

    The Partnership should allocate resources to cooperate with existing projects, initiatives, platforms, science-policy interfaces, institutional processes at EU level, and at other levels where relevant to the partnership’s goals. Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing coordinated calls for transnational proposals that provide grants to third parties.

    This topic should involve contributions from the social sciences and humanities disciplines.

    The expected duration of the partnership is seven to ten years.

    The Commission envisages to include new actions in its future work programmes to provide continued support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-10: Eradicate micronutrient deficiencies in the EU

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food systems, and the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support R&I to eradicate micronutrient deficiencies in the EU and Associated Countries. It will contribute to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

    The main objective of this topic is to contribute to the eradication of micronutrient deficiencies and reduction of nutrition inequalities across EU and Associated Countries at different levels (e.g. countries, regions, urban/rural/coastal areas) and for different communities of vulnerable groups such as infants, elderly, pregnant women, people with food intolerances/allergies, people with metabolic disorders on the one hand, and migrants and low income groups on the other hand.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved knowledge of the true prevalence of human micronutrient deficiencies across EU and Associated Countries and development of proposals for optimal interventions to eradicate micronutrient deficiencies in different target groups;

    2.Improved knowledge and understanding of micronutrient functionality and metabolism during food digestion at different critical periods of life;

    3.Reduction of nutrition inequalities by providing solutions at a general population level across EU and Associated Countries;

    4.Eradication of micronutrient deficiencies by providing solutions particularly for the vulnerable population groups in shifting towards healthier diet;

    5.Better understanding of the health costs resulting from micronutrient deficiency.

    Scope: Globally, more than 820 million people have insufficient food intake and many more consume low quality diets that cause 2 billion of people with micronutrient deficiencies and 2 billion of people overweight or obese. Micronutrient deficiencies have a direct impact on individuals and on societies, resulting in poorer health, lower educational attainment and decreased capacity to work and earning potential. The elderly, pregnant woman, children, people with chronic disease and poorer population groups or people socially isolated are particularly at risk. Even if modern food distribution has largely eliminated seasonal gaps in fruits and vegetables, only a limited number of edible crops (2 %) are currently used for the human diet. Therefore, it is still possible that individual diets are not varied enough to ensure adequate dietary quality and prevent micronutrient deficiencies. Climate change and increased atmospheric CO2 can directly alter (micro) nutrient content of crops and livestock products. Processing also alters the nutrient composition of foods (e.g. by removal of the part of the grain that contain beneficial nutrients such as fibre, protein and micronutrients) and, potentially, nutrient bioavailability (e.g. change of structure with treatment with high pressure/temperature). In Europe, studies suggest substantial variability in micronutrient intakes such as vitamins D and E, iron, iodine, magnesium, potassium, selenium and zinc according to sex and among different population groups and countries.

    Micronutrient deficiencies are preventable and the choice of interventions should be based on the root cause, the scope and severity of the micronutrient deficiencies. Proposals for interventions/solutions need to be coherent with national/Associated Countries and EU food and health laws and policies. Where relevant, activities should build on and expand the results of past and ongoing research projects and collaborate with relevant initiatives.

    Standardized methods should be used for collecting missing data and/or for updating them using existing data/studies/cohorts to generate better quality data on population micronutrient statuses to plan and target proposals for policy makers to develop intervention programs and propose them mechanisms to monitor their progress.

    Proposals are expected to address all of the following R&I activities:

    1.Develop specific micronutrient biomarkers to facilitate screening of high-risk populations/individuals and to identify the optimal intervention.

    2.Map and monitor the specific vulnerable groups suffering from micronutrient deficiencies at national/regional/rural/urban/coastal levels for different gender, age, socio-economic and cultural groups in EU and Associated Countries to determine the root cause and the true prevalence of the micronutrient deficiencies, identify their specific needs for optimal health/development.

    3.Explore the determinants and barriers of micronutrient deficiencies in different geographical zones. Utilize big data and artificial intelligence to elucidate the complex links between micronutrients, diets, health and development of diseases.

    4.Further study the functionality, bioavailability, risk/benefits of the micronutrients during critical periods of life. Understand the specific mechanism of food digestion (e.g. the effect of the matrix, role of the gut microbiome, interaction with other ingredients/nutrients) to enable to advise for optimal combinations of foods to maximise bioavailability, or to incorporate, where appropriate, micronutrients in food products in order to be taken efficiently.

    5.For the vulnerable groups, develop innovative solutions/strategies/programme, through an integrated food-based approach instead of food supplementation and fortification (e.g. fresh and diversified food naturally rich in (micro)nutrients of concern which are under-consumed including old/neglected fruit and vegetable crops) for different geographical zones and for different communities and evaluate their effective impact on micronutrients deficiencies.

    6.Develop innovative and effective tools to improve education, communication and training on healthy nutrition and diets in order to avoid micronutrient deficiencies which are adapted to various socio-economic groups of the populations in respect of cultures, ages, gender, needs at different level (e.g. public authorities, health care providers, education systems). These tools should be available to policy makers, responsible national authorities to support their efforts for health promotion, disease prevention and care.

    7.Provide recommendations, guidelines and cases studies underpinned by scientific evidence that are coherent with relevant national and EU food law and policy and that could be used by policy makers to design coherent, safe and sustainable micronutrient deficiency programmes. Provide evidence in the form of a cost/benefit analysis of the proposed measures and the costs of not acting.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of academia, research-technology organizations, food businesses and other relevant actors of the value chain and take into account sex and gender analysis. Relevant advice of European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) has to be taken into account.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-11: New detection methods on products derived from new genomic techniques for traceability, transparency and innovation in the food system

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will be in line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as with the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050. The farm to fork strategy aims to accelerate the transition to sustainable farming and food systems. It recognises the role that new innovative techniques may play in increasing sustainability, provided they are safe for consumers and the environment while bringing benefits for society as a whole. In addition, one of the strategy´s main priorities is to ensure traceability and authenticity, and to enhance transparency. In this context, the successful proposals should contribute to ensuring traceability and authenticity, enhancing transparency and promoting innovation in the area of new genomic techniques.

    Although existing detection methods may be able to detect even small alterations in the genome, this is sometimes not sufficient to confirm the presence of a genetically modified organism/product (GMO) regulated under Directive 2001/18/CE or Regulation 1829/2003, as the same alteration(s) could have been obtained by conventional breeding, which is not subject to the GMO legislation.

    The existing approaches for the detection of GMOs cannot be applied in all cases. Various products obtained with new genomic techniques, as defined by European Commission, Joint Research Centre 2021 164 , do not contain targets (e.g., promoters/terminators for screening purposes or event-specific sequences) on which GMO detection is largely based.

    The challenge to identify certain genetically modified products is not always related to the available methodologies, but rather to the difficulty to differentiate against non-regulated products.

    Some of the above mentioned challenges have been identified by recent literature 165 and the European Network of GMO Laboratories (ENGL) report of 26 March 2019 (JRC116289) which, referring to gene editing derived plant products, concluded that validation of an event-specific detection method and its implementation for market control will be feasible only for products carrying a known DNA alteration that has been shown to be unique.(i.e. the alteration should be specific for the gene edited organism/product). The same consideration might apply for cisgenesis applications combined with gene editing. Under the current circumstances, market control will fail to detect unknown genome-edited plant products. The report notes that several issues regarding the detection, identification and quantification of genome-edited products will require further consideration, as its findings are currently based on theoretical assessments.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Reliable detection methods to address the challenges described;

    2.Development and validation of detection tools for enforcement authorities as well as for developers and agri-food operators;

    3.Empower enforcement authorities, developers and agri-food operators for the authenticity and traceability of products obtained through new genomic techniques;

    4.Enable informed consumer choices by enhancing transparency and traceability across the food chain;

    5.Enable innovation in the food system linked to new genomic techniques.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to contribute to the development and validation of detection methods of products obtained through new genomic techniques, including all of the following activities:

    1.Examine innovative ways and/or specific markers that would allow for distinction between products resulting from new genomic techniques subject to the GMO legislation and products that are not subject to the GMO legislation. This should not only entail the detection of specific mutations, but also of other markers in the genome that are specific for the genotype containing the mutation/s. The methods should be able to distinguish between identical mutations obtained through different techniques;

    2.Development and validation of reliable detection methods including when possible quantification. Such methods could focus on products with known mutations (i.e. DNA sequence known) or on products with unknown mutations;

    3.The proposed detection methods should focus on a wide applicability of all or a subgroup of products, allowing for a screening approach. These methods should be assessed on pure products as well as on mixtures typical of food or feed products in the market. Proposals should always include plant-based products and may include also animal and/or microorganisms-based products.

    4.The proposal could also focus on the detection of unintended mutations or insertions (foreign DNA, CRISPR-Cas sequences, etc);

    5.The proposals could also include digital/virtual/AI modelling aspects along with the detection methods alternatives;

    6.The development and validation of standardized methodologies and the contribution to future standardisation processes is encouraged.

    Proposals are encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) Knowledge Centre for Food Fraud and Quality, which provides expertise in food science, authenticity and quality of food supplied in the EU. Proposals could also foresee the involvement of the European Network of GMO Laboratories (ENGL).

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project. Proposals should define clearly the TRL starting point for each involved technology and the plan to reach more advanced TRL.

    Applicants should seek synergies and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing research projects (including projects under the same topic) in the areas of food and feed chain traceability and new genomic techniques. Therefore proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under e.g. the topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-08. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-12: Thematic network ensuring food safety by translating research and innovation into practice

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 166 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy the successful proposals will support food safety in the food system. Despite the continued generation of new knowledge and innovative solutions through funded European projects on how to ensure food safety in the food supply chain, they are often insufficiently exploited/known and widely applied by end-users for different reasons (official control authorities, food business operators, food safety risks assessors, etc.). Innovative ideas from practice are also insufficiently captured, exchanged and spread. Food safety knowledge and innovation ecosystems are insufficiently connected.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Widespread use of existing new knowledge and innovative solutions by end-users (practitioners) on the ground ensuring food safety;

    2.Improved flow of knowledge and innovative solutions with end-users through more dynamic interactions and new collaboration methodologies to ensure food safety along the food supply chain;

    3.Better incorporation of end-users needs into the activities of research and innovation ecosystems, which would generate a better targeted and shared research agenda for innovation-driven food safety research, including the multi-actor approach. Greater user acceptance and adoption of the collected solutions generated;

    4.Improved skills and long-term availability of training and education material and on-line communities for end-users on how to ensure food safety

    Scope: Proposals are expected to contribute to the creation of a thematic network in the area of food safety, including all of the following activities:

    1.Development of a community of practice to foster knowledge exchange between end-users and research and innovation ecosystems who will work together. Traditional and local food products should be taken into consideration in this community of practice;

    2.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of academia and research-technology organizations, etc. with end-users (official control authorities, food businesses, industrial clusters, etc.) and other relevant actors of the food chain;

    3.Compilation of a comprehensive description of the state of food and feed safety practices, procedures, systems and technologies (including not only technologies for food safety hazards detection but also preventative approaches as well as food equipment/systems hygienic design best practices, and existing big data and/or artificial intelligence tools applied to food safety). Proposals should focus on the cost/benefit aspects of the practices and innovations collected and build on existing and new available knowledge, data and models enabling the practical implementation of solutions;

    4.Creation of tailor-made communication materials summarizing, sharing and presenting, in a language easily understandable for end-users, existing best practices and innovations that are close to implementation into practice, but not sufficiently known by end-users;

    5.Identification and mapping of possible relations and synergies with other networks, projects, initiatives and policy and funding instruments at regional, national and European level, that could help disseminate and exploit knowledge and results showing the added value of these inter-connections as well as to put in place mechanisms ensuring the future sustainability of the community of practice. Dissemination via public events, publication of case studies, dissemination papers and reports, and the creation of an on-line collaborative space that remain active in the long-term including the availability of materials for training and education;

    6.Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under the topics HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-07, HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-16 and HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-17.

    7.Proposals should run for minimum 3 years.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-13: Cultured meat and cultured seafood – state of play and future prospects in the EU

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposal should also coordinate potential overlapping or complementary work with the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA).

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food system, the biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support R&I to promote the production, provision and safe consumption of alternative sources of protein, and dietary shifts towards sustainable healthy nutrition, contributing to the transformation of food systems to deliver co‑benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction, empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

    Cell-based agriculture, and especially cultured meat (also called in vitro meat, lab-grown meat, artificial meat, cellular meat or cell-based meat) and cultured seafood, could be considered as a promising and innovative solution to help achieving the objectives of the farm to fork strategy for fair, safe, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems. However, the potential environmental impact and impact on sustainability aspects need to be thoroughly assessed and safety established.

    As such, the objective of this topic is to develop knowledge on the sustainability aspects relevant to this subject (i.e. environmental, economic, and social). It does not aim to help developing the market of cultured meat and cultured seafood in the EU.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Full understanding and up-to-date knowledge provided to food system actors on environmental, economic and social aspects of cultured meat and cultured seafood, including on ethics.

    2.Additional knowledge provided on potential challenges of and opportunities offered by cultured meat and cultured seafood to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, air, water and soil pollution, resource depletion and impact on ecosystems, generation of wastes, and on human health.

    Contribution to the farm to fork objectives and Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities (e.g., meeting the needs, values and expectations of society in a responsible and ethical way).

    Scope: In 2020, cultured meat and cultured seafood knew a boost in interest outside Europe, with the first authorisation for marketing cultivated meat products in Singapore and a large increase in investment. In Europe, this sector is starting to attract investments as well (the EU invested through REACT-EU in lab-grown meat 167 ). At present, cell-based food products are not marketed in the EU. Such products require a pre-market authorisation before they can be placed on the EU market and, depending on the techniques used, this authorisation may need to be via either the GMO legislation or the novel food regulation. Once an application for the authorisation of these products is submitted to the Commission, the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) will carry out the safety evaluation of these products, including whether they are nutritionally disadvantageous.

    Few studies have been developed to understand the impact of the cultured meat cycle (production, consumption, waste) on the environment, and its link to social and cultural aspects. Rough estimates based on a life cycle assessment suggest lower GHG emissions, land requirements and water use compared to conventional meat. Conclusions on energy use depend on the methodology used and assumptions made. Cultured meat and cultured seafood also face social and cultural challenges.

    Proposals are expected to address the following:

    1.Study the social aspects related to cultured meat and cultured seafood (potential benefits and risks): including the consumers’ perception on cultured meat and cultured seafood, animal welfare, religious and ethical aspects, health aspects (for example impacts on obesity or NCDs, nutrition aspects) beyond safety risks eventually assessed by EFSA, etc.

    2.Study the economic aspects (potential benefits and risks): including how to reduce the high infrastructure costs and high-cost raw materials, as well as scaling up in a cost-effective way (including through reaching out to start-ups in this field to understand the difficulties and potential); and the “cost of inaction” (economic impact of not having such investments in the EU and Associated Countries).

    3.Study the environmental aspects (potential benefits and risks) considering the entire life cycle by using the Environmental Footprint methods, including elements on carbon footprint, pollution, impacts on biodiversity, resource use, and considerations on how the released land from livestock production could be utilised within the bioeconomy system, etc. and develop a comparison of the overall environmental impact of cultured meat/seafood vs. conventional meat/seafood. Particular attention should be given to the assessment of the energy intensiveness of cultured meat and cultured seafood production. Livestock co-products, such as leather, pet food, cosmetics, fertilisers, other chemicals, etc., should also be considered, as well as food waste and packaging issues.

    4.Study technical problems relating to the production of cultured meat and cultured seafood and identify possible solutions that could improve the economic viability, circularity and overall sustainability.

    5.Identify new sources of ingredients for the cultured meat and cultured seafood to increase the sustainability aspects of the products (including the nutritional value).

    6.Identify, explore and study scenarios of market penetration and consumer acceptance of cultured meat and cultured seafood and conduct LCA analysis to assess the environmental and sustainability impact/benefits each scenario would result in (considering issues such as the availability of energy for different levels of uptake of this technology).

    7.Explore the current and possible future impacts for the farmers (including aqua-farmers) and industry, including economic viability, challenges and opportunities for the farming sectors, etc.

    8.Proposals should involve a multi-disciplinary consortium of independent researchers that should organize conferences and meetings gathering a wide range of food system actors. International cooperation is strongly encouraged. Where relevant, activities should build and expand on the results of past and ongoing research projects (e.g., Meat4all , CCMeat ). The proposals should also consider projects selected under HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-12 and HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-07. The project should have a clear plan as to how it will collaborate with any other relevant project funded under other relevant topics. They should participate in joint activities, workshops, focus groups or social labs, and common communication and dissemination activities, and show potential for upscaling. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover these activities.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-14: Providing marketing solutions to prevent and reduce the food waste related to marketing standards

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 168 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system, and the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, and the Commission communication “Safeguarding food security and reinforcing the resilience of food systems”, the successful proposals will support R&I to prevent and reduce food losses and waste 169 . They should therefore contribute to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, sustainable food consumption, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Better understanding of the impact of food marketing standards on the generation of food waste along the supply chain 170 , including the food waste generated between stages of the supply chain, and for various commodities.

    2.Improved market access to foods that do not meet marketing standards but are still safe to eat.

    3.Better understanding of the purpose and nature of private marketing standards and the underlying reasons for establishing such standards.

    Contribution to the Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities.

    Scope: Food marketing standards are standards individuals and businesses comply with to be able to put food on the market or to sell to a particular buyer. These standards include or may include requirements about technical definitions, classification, presentation, marking and labelling, packaging, production method, conservation, storage, transport related administrative documents, certifications and time limits, restriction of use and disposal, …

    As these standards focus on quality, they are different from food safety standards (foods that do not comply with marketing standards can still be safe to eat).

    The marketing standards applied to food marketed in the EU exist at different levels and in different forms:

    1.International standards 171 .

    2.EU marketing standards, contained in the Common Market Organisation (CMO) Regulation, the CMO secondary legislation and the “Breakfast Directives”.

    3.National marketing standards set up by governments of Member States

    4.Private marketing standards.

    Proposals should address all the following points:

    1.Provide estimates of the amounts of food waste resulting from the application of the above-mentioned marketing standards along the food supply chain. In particular, estimates of the amounts of food waste due to interactions between the stages and actors of the value chain should be provided. These estimates should be differentiated according to the responsible marketing standard(s).

    2.Assess trade-offs between food waste prevention/reduction objectives and other objectives pursued by marketing standards (e.g. keeping food of unsatisfactory quality off the market, providing clarity and transparency on the market, facilitating the functioning of the internal market; responding to consumers’ and society’s expectations).

    3.Assess the underlying reasons for setting up private marketing standards, including aspects related to consumers expectations.

    4.Identify solutions that would enable to improve the business potential for suboptimal foods not meeting market standards yet still safe to eat. This should include the identification of alternative marketing channels or models (including processing and other destinations), whilst ensuring the highest possible value for their valorisation and considering trade-offs between the different valorisation options. The most promising interventions and good practices already in place for similar foods or food categories should be considered.

    5.Provide recommendations/solutions to food businesses, owners of marketing standards and regulators on how to prevent/reduce food waste due to marketing standards.

    6.Some recommendations may help design marketing standards or support future policy development, in order to prevent and reduce food waste.

    7.Implement the multi-actor approach (see eligibility conditions) by conducting inter- and trans-disciplinary research and involving a wide range of food system actors.

    The proposal activities should be performed at least for fruits and vegetables. Applicants may choose to cover additional commodities from the following food types: cereals, fish, meat, dairy and eggs.

    The proposal activities should be performed across several Member States, in different parts of the EU.

    Proposals should build on past or ongoing research projects and ensure synergy with relevant initiatives, including the Commission’s EU Platform on Food Losses and Food Waste 172 and the evaluations already carried out by the European Commission in view of the revision of EU marketing standards and date marking rules. Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and any other relevant topic, e.g. by participating in joint activities, workshops, etc. Selected proposals under this topic will thus need to work together and adapt their initial work plan. Communication and dissemination activities should also be grouped and coordinated in a complementary manner.

    Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-15: Fostering resilient European food systems in a changing world

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the recent communication on “Safeguarding food security and reinforcing the resilience of food systems” 173 and the farm to fork strategy, the successful proposal will support the implementation of the communication “Contingency plan for ensuring food supply and food security in times of crisis”, 174 thereby enhancing the resilience of European Union food systems in a changing world, as well as taking into account developments on the farm to fork strategy’s proposal for a legislative framework for sustainable food systems.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understanding of the short- and long-term drivers of change that may affect food systems at different levels (global, national, regional, urban/rural areas level) and put food security at risk.

    2.Better understanding of the vulnerabilities, dependencies and critical infrastructures of the food systems in the EU and worldwide, where this may have implications for the EU and Associated Countries.

    3.Improved preparedness to deal with risks that may threaten the nutritionally appropriate EU and Associated Countries’ food supply and food security by making use of available data and platforms (including on weather, climate, biodiversity, socio-economic and markets data).

    4.Enhanced resilience of nutritionally appropriate food supply and improved food security in the EU and Associated Countries, in a changing world.

    5.Contribution to the farm to fork objectives and Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities (e.g., meeting the needs, values and expectations of society in a responsible and ethical way).

    Scope: Food is necessary to sustain life. Ensuring food supply is an objective set out in Article 39 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. The food systems in the European Union have been reliable and supplied more food than demanded. They proved to be resilient to large-scale disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. However, the surge in global commodity prices, further accelerated by Russia's invasion of Ukraine, highlights again the need for EU agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture and food supply chains to become more resilient and sustainable. In an increasingly complex and uncertain world, which is already experiencing unprecedented environmental and climate changes, and in which the state of global geopolitical tensions is high, sustaining the ability of food systems to provide enough food for all that is as nutritious and meets dietary needs is likely to be a substantial challenge for Europe in the future.

    Understanding what drives our food system, both externally and internally, on a short-term basis and in the long-term, and how we can measure or monitor the drivers of change and their impacts on the food supply and food security is vital if we want to give policymakers and businesses better tools for making food systems more sustainable and more resilient to diverse shocks and stresses (such as pandemics, geopolitical disruptions, conflicts and economic sanctions, extreme climatic conditions, environmental changes, natural disasters or energy price increase). The project should not only point to some serious vulnerabilities, (inter)dependencies and critical infrastructure of the food systems, but also offer indications for policymakers and businesses about where to direct efforts and investments to improve resilience.

    Proposed activities should cover all of the following aspects:

    1.Analyse vulnerabilities, (inter)dependencies and critical infrastructure of the EU and Associated Countries’ food systems in the global context.

    2.Establish an observatory for the main socio-economic, political, health, technological and environmental drivers of change, including short-term shocks and long-term stresses, to which the food systems were/are/might be exposed and develop an early warning system. For long-term developments, use of foresight is encouraged.

    3.Advance and/or develop innovative methods/models/tools, including exploratory modelling and capacity for managing deep uncertainties, to identify/evaluate/manage potential risks and improve risk scenario building for EU and Associated Countries’ food security.

    4.Map and prioritize the risks that the different drivers of change pose to the food systems.

    5.Scan and benchmark what is already being done by government, civil society, and the private sector to reduce the risks and improve the capacity to deal with the various drivers of change.

    6.Develop innovative solutions and evidence-based recommendations for strategies and best practices on what policymakers, businesses, civil society, scientists, teachers, and other environmental and food system operators (can) do through policy, research, education, community action, or other means to enhance substantially the resilience of the food systems, and thereby ensure food security.

    7.Explore and mobilize the potential of new technologies, (integrated) information and communications technology (ICT) solutions and big data in improving preparedness for food security crises and the flow of information during crises.

    8.Establish a regular dialogue with the European Commission and the European Food Security Crisis preparedness and response Mechanism (EFSCM) with the goal to provide relevant contributions supporting the implementation of the communication “Contingency plan for ensuring food supply and food security in times of crisis”.

    Proposals are encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) and its Data-Modelling platform of resource economics.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of public authorities and civil society organisations, consumers, the private sector and other relevant actors of the value chain.

    This topic should build on the knowledge provided by the assessment reports established by IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change), IPBES (Intergovernmental science Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services) and IRP (International Resource Panel).

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other relevant projects and existing research infrastructures, and ensure synergy with relevant activities carried out under other initiatives in Horizon Europe.

    Collaboration and complementarity with the European Partnership on “Sustainable Food Systems for People, Plant and Climate” is encouraged. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-16: Microbiomes fighting food waste through applicable solutions in food processing, packaging and shelf life

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal should be in line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy and Food 2030 priorities 175 for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as with the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050. It will support innovation to foster advances related to microorganisms for safer, healthier and more environmentally friendly food, thus reducing food waste. This is in addition to contributing to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Applicable innovative and/or business solutions in food processing and packaging and targeting spoilage and/or pathogenic microorganisms in perishable foods to extend shelf life and address food loss and waste.

    2.Significant measurable improvements in development of microbial preservatives for the food industry as an alternative to chemical ones. Develop an evidence based robust and responsive policy framework for microbiome control in the food system.

    3.Clearly explain how the proposal will deliver co-benefits to each of the Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities.

    Scope: Proposals should aim for a holistic approach to realize the full potential that microbiome innovation has in terms of addressing food, health, environmental challenges and related economic problems and opportunities, to extend food shelf life and provide sustainable solutions in food processing and packaging.

    Proposals are expected to address all the following:

    1.Develop microbial indicators of unexpected contaminants or environmental changes in food (e.g., during processing and packaging) and exploring possible microbial-based pathways to prevent food spoilage and reduce food loss and waste.

    2.Develop applicable microbiome business solutions for food packaging aiming to reduce/control/limit spoilage microorganisms in perishable foods to extend shelf life

    3.Develop, test and evaluate approaches that combine (meta)genomic or alternative microbiome indicator data in an inter- and transdisciplinary approach, to dynamically predict shelf life.

    4.Develop models and tools for controlling and predicting shelf life and risk of foodborne infection for improved decision making

    5.Demonstrate the safety of the developed approach, in accordance with relevant EU regulatory frameworks, related to its placing on the market.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of academia, research-technology organizations, small-medium enterprises (including start-ups), food businesses and other relevant actors of the value chain.

    In order to achieve expected outcomes international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular in the framework of the International Bioeconomy Forum.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and other relevant topics. They should participate in joint activities, workshops, focus groups or social labs, as well as organise common communication and dissemination activities and show potential for upscaling. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover these activities.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Targeted international cooperation

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-17: EU-African Union cooperation – linking the activities of the Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture (FNSSA) partnership and those of the Pan-African Network for Economic Analysis of Policies (PANAP)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If eligible for funding, legal entities established in all African Union Member States* may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action as a beneficiary or affiliated entity. * "African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all African Union member states* are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.* "African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: due to the specific challenge of this topic, in addition to the minimum number of participants set out in the General Annexes, consortia must include at least five independent legal entities established in Africa.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 176 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and in particular the farm to fork strategy, and in support of the African Free Trade Area, the successful proposal will contribute to the African Union (AU)-EU High Level Policy Dialogue (HLPD) on Science, Technology and Innovation, and its priority on Green Transition (and the respective R&I partnerships on Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture and Climate Change and Sustainable Energy), as well as to the implementation of the short-term actions outlined in the working document of the AU-EU Innovation Agenda, aiming to translate R&I efforts into tangible business, development and employment opportunities in Africa and Europe.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved alignment of activities of the FNSSA Research and Innovation Partnership and of the Pan-African Network for Economic Analysis of Policies (PANAP) in the scope of EU-AU cooperation, supporting the implementation of the FNSSA 10-year roadmap and the global transition towards sustainable food systems, providing end users with co-benefits in terms of evidence-based policy analysis supporting food and nutrition security and sustainable agriculture.

    2.Provide opportunities for exchange in sustainable agricultural and food system policy development and related studies between EU and AU in the context of the EU-AU FNSSA Research and Innovation Partnership and in the framework of PANAP.

    3.Support African agricultural and food systems policy making process through enhanced cooperation in the area of economic, social and environmental impact (including biodiversity) analysis of policy options for food systems, nutrition performance, agri-food trade, and development of rural areas.

    4.Fill in the gap between researchers and decision-makers, by fostering dialogues to better understand the duties and responsibilities of stakeholders.

    Scope: Proposals should address the following:

    1.Reinforcing capacity building on policy definition and impact analysis by aligning European and African training and capacity building programmes, including exchange opportunities and networking with EU-AU and intra-Africa partners, and developing partnerships between universities.

    2.Designing actions that will support current and future activities under the PANAP network, building on the FNSSA roadmap and ensuring synergies and complementarities with the FNSSA partnership.

    3.Providing methods and strategies to promote recognition of the value of integration of scientific support within policy development in Africa and in Europe.

    4.Using digital technologies and information systems as a means to accelerate the translation of research results into policies.

    The consortium selected for funding is encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). The possible participation of the JRC in the project could consist in the JRC joining the project steering committee, to ensure a strong contribution of the project to the goals and activities of the PANAP network.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-18: Support for the implementation of a sustainable platform for the EU-African Union cooperation under the Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture (FNSSA) partnership

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If eligible for funding, legal entities established in all African Union Member States* may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action as a beneficiary or affiliated entity. * "African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all African Union member states* are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.* "African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: due to the specific challenge of this topic, in addition to the minimum number of participants set out in the General Annexes, consortia must include at least five independent legal entities established in Africa.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 177 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and in particular the farm to fork strategy, and in support of the African Free Trade Area, the successful proposal will contribute to the African Union (AU)-EU High Level Policy Dialogue (HLPD) on Science, Technology and Innovation, and its priority on Green Transition (and the respective R&I partnerships on Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture and Climate Change and Sustainable Energy), as well as to the implementation of the short-term actions outlined in the working document of the AU-EU Innovation Agenda, aiming to translate R&I efforts into tangible business, development and employment opportunities in Africa and Europe.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support to the implementation, functioning, consolidation and possible enlargement of a sustainable, and therefore long-term, platform for the EU-Africa Research & Innovation FNSSA partnership in the form of an International Research Consortium (IRC).

    2.Creation of a knowledge platform for sharing information on relevant research activities and results concerning the FNSSA roadmap.

    3.Maintenance and better coordination of EU-Africa research and innovation activities and investments in food nutrition security and sustainable agriculture in line with the FNSSA roadmap, thereby maximizing complementarities and avoiding duplication of efforts by supporting FNSSA Working Group.

    Scope: Food and Nutrition Security and the Sustainability of Agriculture (FNSSA) are top priorities in the ‘Green Transition’ of the EU and Africa. It is recognised that there will be more opportunities to achieve these common goals if the EU and Africa join forces. Therefore, the EU and the AU have adopted an enhanced Research & Innovation cooperation as their core strategy and approved a 10-year FNSSA Roadmap. To boost this FNSSA partnership, the Horizon 2020 project LEAP4FNSSA, has been tasked to establish a bi-continental platform to advance FNSSA, in the form of an International Research Consortium. It is expected that the International Research Consortium will be launched before the end of 2022 under the coordination of the project LEAP4FNSSA.

    Proposals should address the following:

    1.Building on the work done by the Horizon 2020 project LEAP4FNSSA, the selected proposal should provide the necessary support to the implementation and the activities of the International Research Consortium.

    2.Building up and consolidation of a formal research cooperation between the EU and the AU on the issue of food nutrition security and sustainable agriculture, supporting the implementation of the FNSSA 10-year roadmap.

    3.Providing support in updating the FNSSA roadmap with new R&I priorities based on identified knowledge gaps as well as in identifying and developing joint flagship initiatives.

    4.Providing support to the establishment of the governance of the International Research Consortium and the set-up of working groups as necessary for the working of the International Research Consortium.

    5.Contributing a sound method for the analysis of the results of ongoing R&I activities, and the analysis of research gaps.

    6.Facilitating public access and knowledge sharing through a single online knowledge platform, with access to information and data from the existing database developed under the Horizon 2020 LEAP4FNSSA project.

    7.Organising the interaction with relevant projects and initiatives.

    Activities will build on other initiatives which implement the FNSSA roadmap such as the ERA-Nets LEAP-AGRI and Food Systems and Climate (FOSC). Synergies with the European Commission’s Knowledge Centre for Global Food and Nutrition Security will be explored.

    The consortium selected for funding is encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). The possible participation of the JRC in the project could consist in the JRC joining the project steering committee.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-19: Support to the markets and trade of agroecological food products under the Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture (FNSSA) partnership

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in in all African Union member states* are exceptionally eligible for Union funding. * "African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: due to the specific challenge of this topic, in addition to the minimum number of participants set out in the General Annexes, consortia must include at least three independent legal entities established in Africa. The places of establishment of at least two of these legal entities must be in the same geographical region of Africa (as defined by the African Union: https://au.int/en/member_states/countryprofiles2 ).

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food system, and in support of the African Free Trade Area and of the climate objectives of the African Union and the EU, the successful proposal will contribute to the AU-EU High Level Policy Dialogue (HLPD) on Science, Technology and Innovation, and its priority on Green Transition (and the respective R&I partnerships on Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture and Climate Change and Sustainable Energy), as well as to the implementation of the short-term actions outlined in the working document of the AU-EU Innovation Agenda, aiming to translate R&I efforts into tangible business, development and employment opportunities in Africa and Europe.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved assessment systems for agroecological food systems with co-benefits for producers, climate, biodiversity and citizens,

    2.Assessment of certification schemes, testing innovative solutions (e.g. digital solutions) with agro-food systems/certification actors, such as fair agricultural trade, ministries in charge and border regime management.

    3.Contribution to the joint EU-AU Innovation Agenda.

    Scope: Agroecology 178 is a holistic approach that relies on and maximises the use of ecological processes to support agricultural production. By working more with nature and ecosystem services, it has the potential to increase farms’ circularity, diversification and autonomy, while preserving/enhancing biodiversity, and drive a full transformation of farming systems and agricultural value chains, from input substitution and beyond. Agroecological farming systems therefore have great potential to enhance the sustainability performance of agriculture and agricultural value chains that contribute to the objectives of the EU farm to fork strategy and the FNSSA partnership.

    Proposals should address the following:

    a.Conducting a scoping exercise on existing agroecological initiatives in Africa, including an analysis of what has worked or failed, and why.

    b.Increased competitiveness of the agroecological production for safe and nutritious food in Africa with improved quality and transparency in local, regional and international markets.

    c.Supporting training, and capacity building for actors in agro-ecological businesses and fair trades.

    d.Organising demonstration and networking events with relevant actors of the food chain, ranging from producers to final users, including administrations relevant for promoting agro-ecological food products.

    e.Implementation of the new technologies, including internet of things and artificial intelligence, to bring transparency to the agro-ecology food value chain.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector and all other relevant food chain actors.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under topics HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-03: Digitalisation as an enabler of agroecological farming systems and HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-05: Agroecological approaches for climate change mitigation, resilient agricultural production and enhanced biodiversity.

    The consortium selected for funding is encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). The possible participation of the JRC in the project could consist in the JRC joining the project steering committee and supporting the consortium to disseminate results of the activities developed by the project.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-20: EU-Africa Union – food safety

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: at least three partners from Africa and at least two from the same region as defined by the African Union ( https://au.int/en/member_states/countryprofiles2 ).

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in in all African Union member states* are exceptionally eligible for Union funding. * "African Union member states" includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food system, and in support of the food safety systems of the African Union and the EU, the successful proposal will contribute to the first priority of the AU-EU High Level Policy Dialogue (HLPD) on Science, Technology and Innovation on Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture.

    Regional integration, including through greater trade in goods and services, is one of the key aspirations of the African Union’s (AU) Agenda 2063. The launch of the African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) has the potential to significantly accelerate growth and sustainable development, doubling intra-African trade and food trade in particular. While strong local food systems are a backbone of food security, trade contributes to resilient food systems by balancing between markets. The promotion of trade needs to take a start from the local, national and regional level to integrate food safety practices into all aspects of food production, distribution, marketing and consumption. Food safety is a pre-condition for food trade. It aligns with the recent AU decision to establish the Africa Food Safety Agency to ensure the coordination of food safety at the continental level 179

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved African food safety systems,

    2.Building blocks for improved food safety in Africa, improving climate, environment and food systems, reducing losses by mycotoxins, enhancing local transformation, local markets and regional trade, while reducing impacts on environment, biodiversity, health and society.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to address the following:

    1.Contribute to a better understanding of food safety in the informal sector by generating data and evidence on trade actors in the informal sector. Improve the understanding of informal trade operations and ways to improve food safety for better access to nutritious food for urban and rural populations.

    2.Assess and recommend ways to maintain the informal sector`s participation towards possible integration into the formal food system. Explore ways for its access to infrastructure such as labs to be able to respond and manage the food safety risks along the chain.”

    3.Address regulatory aspects, including the risk of over regulation. Develop solutions towards a quality culture from the SME level going forward, including opportunities of better organization of SME in view of lower cost for certification and conformity assessment.

    4.Pilot training systems to help the informal sector towards compliance with food safety and quality schemes.

    5.Improve tools to improve risk assessment of health risks, including long term risks of mycotoxins. Risk assessment and other evidence should inform the regulatory systems.

    6.Contribute towards the development of a food safety strategy for Africa, including monitoring and an early warning system.

    7.Contribute to a better understanding how fermentation can reduce mycotoxin levels in food products.

    8.Identify solutions and business cases to improve microbiome based approaches such as traditional and new food fermenting, drying and coating processes for reducing food waste and promoting longer shelve lives. Develop approaches for scale-up.

    9.Adapting to climate change: reducing increased risks to food safety

    10.Implement the multi-actor approach by involving a wide range of food system actors and conducting trans- and inter-disciplinary research including an effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    Innovation: Proposals should foresee a space for mentoring and accelerating innovative business concepts, including social innovation and upscaling in view of African or European food business entrepreneurs and start-ups with special consideration of women and the diaspora using cascading funding opportunities. Proposals may involve financial support to third parties e.g. to academic researchers, start-ups, SMEs and other multidisciplinary actors, to, for instance, develop, test or validate developed assessment approaches or collect or prepare data sets or provide other contributions to achieve the project objectives... Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support will be granted. Maximum 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose.

    Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 180

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 181

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 22 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-1

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-10

    RIA

    18.00

    Around 6.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-11

    RIA

    9.00

    Around 4.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-2

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-3

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-4

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-5

    IA

    6.00

    Around 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-6

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-7

    RIA

    9.00

    Around 4.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-8

    RIA

    9.00

    Around 4.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-9

    IA

    9.00

    Around 4.50

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    95.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Enabling sustainable farming systems

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-1: Agro-pastoral/outdoor livestock systems and wildlife management

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 182 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the farm to fork strategy for a transition to fair, healthy and environmentally friendly livestock production systems, and of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, including the conservation status of certain habitats and species, the successful proposal will help policy makers and other actors to monitor and improve the management of farming and terrestrial wildlife relationships, thus contributing to sustainable agriculture and ecosystem services.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Innovative and sustainable practices and tools at landscape level to prevent and control negative consequences of interactions between livestock and wild animals to protect wildlife and pastoral/outdoor production systems

    2.Recommendations/policy advice on optimal management at EU level of wildlife and agro-pastoral systems

    3.Decision-making process on wildlife management and land planning participated by relevant stakeholders

    4.Improved coordination across Europe in terms of wildlife management, surveillance and data collection systems

    Scope: Agro-pastoral/outdoor livestock farming systems, which include a large number traditional activities in Europe such as grazing systems, mountain livestock farming, transhumance, silvo-pastoral and agroforestry systems, offer beneficial effects not only to animal production, e.g., in case of scarce fodder resources, or to animal welfare, but also to habitat maintenance, carbon sequestration, biodiversity conservation and soil protection.

    The increased demand for natural resources by human population with the consequent fragmentation of wildlife habitat, together with the increased population of wild animals and the change in land use have often resulted in human-wildlife conflicts. The interactions between livestock farmers and wildlife are more frequent and cause damages to both sides with conflicts in the management of farming systems and natural resources.

    Wildlife population, which is worth protecting, occupies wide geographic area and extend across administrative borders, and public administrations face difficulties with regards to the reduction of the impact of wildlife on livestock farming. The implementation of a common and integrated approach at EU level is required to optimize the management of the co-existence of terrestrial wildlife (large carnivores, ungulates) and agro-pastoral/outdoor livestock systems at landscape level.

    The following elements should be incorporated:

    1.Review of current wildlife management approaches in agro-pastoral/outdoor production systems in the different EU Member States and Associated Countries and assessment of the effectiveness of different prevention measures

    2.Map the most common types of damages caused and the positive externalities created by wild animals with respect to livestock and crops in Europe. Create an inventory of good practices and infrastructures at farms and regional levels, within a wider wildlife management approach.

    3.Improve or develop tools/technologies for (real time) data collection and analysis to assess, monitor and control (wild) animal behaviour and damages

    4.Cost/benefit analysis of current and new farming strategies that preserve, protect and valorise wildlife and pastoralism in different regions and ecosystems. Socio-economic, environmental, cultural and political aspects should be considered.

    5.Assess stakeholders’ (farmers, hunters, conservationists, general public, policy makers…) perspectives and needs (participatory approach) and improve or develop effective instruments to reduce conflicts between livestock farming and wildlife. Identify the most effective measures to mitigate damages and the most common (monetary, non-monetary) compensation mechanisms across Europe.

    The proposal should take into account projects funded under the LIFE programme, and interact and engage a dialogue with relevant EU organizations such as EU Platform on Coexistence between People and Large Carnivores 183 .

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the main stakeholders involved in managing wildlife/livestock interaction (e.g., farmers, hunters, game farmers and producers, agricultural advisory services, land managers, ecology and nature conservation experts, animal behaviour scientists, social scientists and other relevant actors).

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines.

    Transforming food systems for health, sustainability and inclusion

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-2: New healthy and sustainable food products and processes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food system, and the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support R&I to develop new food products and processes in conventional or organic production systems. These new products should be healthier and overall more sustainable and based on natural ingredients, tasty appealing to the consumer, affordable and minimally processed.

    They should also optimize nutritional, structural and functional food properties of raw materials to enhance health and well-being benefits for EU and Associated Countries citizens and have a low impact on the environment/climate. This will contribute to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate, biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, the shift to healthy and sustainable diets, safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.New knowledge that the food industry can use in the design of new healthy and sustainable food products and processes to improve health and well-being of EU and Associated Countries citizens and with low impact on the environment/climate.

    2.Alignment in goals of consumers and food solution providers with more healthy, tasty, minimally processed, affordable and sustainable food.

    3.New market and job opportunities for sustainable food SMEs and industries.

    Scope: Several studies in adults found a strong scientific concordance between consumption of ultra-processed foods and a higher risk of developing cancer, irritable bowel syndrome, obesity, type 2 diabetes and hypertension. Evidence is accumulating from mechanistic studies of the plausible causal pathways by which the physical structure and chemical compositions of these foods might cause harm. Additives or cocktail of additives could play a role in the incidence of NCDs and further R&I are needed. It is now widely accepted that a diet rich in plant-based food, such as fruits, vegetables, wholegrain cereals, legumes and nuts, may reduce the incidence of chronic diseases and is also beneficial against obesity and metabolic diseases. Further research is necessary to determine how the structural characteristics of plant-based foods deliver health benefits in modulating digestibility and in improving bioavailability of nutrients and how the physical structure may be modified by processing.

    An increasing number of people pay attention to environmental, health, social and ethical issues and they seek value in food more than ever before. Therefore, a food systems’ transformation is needed with a shift towards more healthy, safe, affordable, accessible and sustainable food for all, coupled with a respective change in the food production, distribution and consumption involving all the actors of the food chain.

    A move to a plant-based diet with less red and processed meat, less salt, sugars, saturated and trans fats and additives, with more whole-grain cereals, fruit and vegetables, legumes and nuts, as well as processing efficiency and reduced losses and wastage along the food supply chains is needed. Where relevant, activities should build on and expand the results of past and ongoing research projects and collaborate with relevant initiatives.

    Proposals are expected to address the following R&I activities:

    1.Develop and optimise new efficient methods/processes to reduce costs (e.g. energy, water, food raw materials) and impact on the environment to produce minimally processed functional food ingredients and food products and assess their nutritional, sensorial, structural and functional properties to enhance health and well-being, including the values provided by the plant/produce microbiome for nutritional qualities and its effects on the human gut microbiome.

    2.Develop new healthy, sustainable, diversified, minimally processed, reformulated, tasty and affordable food products and assess their nutritional, structural, sensorial and functional properties to enhance health and well-being and to improve nutrition status.

    3.Demonstrate the safety of the developed food products in accordance with relevant EU regulatory frameworks related to their placing on the market, and generate relevant data for pre-market authorisation,

    4.Investigate, assess and develop improved predictive realistic models for quantifying effects on human health (risks/benefits) of processing and food ingredients (and/or mixture of them).

    5.Study and optimise the role of the food matrix structure to make specific ingredients available or not (in case of caloric control) to our digestive system to reach the desired health effects/to combat non-communicable (NCDs).

    6.Ensure societal acceptance and the consumer buy in of new food products and processes in involving consumer at all stage of the product development process.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of academia, research-technology organizations, food businesses and other relevant actors of the value chain and take into account sex and gender analysis.

    Proposals could consider cooperation with of the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC) research infrastructures (Nanobiotechnology laboratory) and its expertise at the interface between the research activities and regulatory aspects. In that respect, the JRC will consider collaborating with any successful proposal and this collaboration, when relevant, should be established after the proposal’s approval.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-3: Thematic network tackling food fraud by translating research and innovation into practice

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 184 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy the successful proposals will support increased authenticity, traceability and transparency in food systems. One of the strategy´s main priorities is to tackle food fraud along the food supply chain. The successful proposals should therefore facilitate progress to preventing food fraud by translating research and innovation knowledge into practical applications.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Widespread use of existing new knowledge and innovative solutions by end-users/practitioners (official control authorities, food businesses, etc.) on the ground ensuring that food fraud is tackled;

    2.Improved flow of knowledge and innovative solutions with end-users through more dynamic interactions and new collaboration methodologies to prevent food fraud in the food supply chain;

    3.Better incorporation of the needs of end-users into the activities of research and innovation communities, which would generate a better targeted and shared food fraud research agenda for innovation-driven research.

    4.Improved skills and long-term availability of training and education material and on-line communities for end-users on how to tackle food fraud.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to contribute to the creation of a thematic network in the area of food fraud, including all of the following activities:

    1.Development of a community of practice to foster knowledge exchange between end-users and research and innovation ecosystems who will work together mapping existing food fraud practices. Traditional and local food products should be taken into consideration in this community of practice;

    2.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of academia and research-technology organizations with end-users (official control authorities, food businesses, industrial clusters, etc.) and other relevant actors of the food chain;

    3.Compilation of a comprehensive description of the state of new knowledge, practices, procedures, systems and technologies tackling food fraud (including not only technologies for detection but also preventative approaches). Proposals should build on existing and new available knowledge and trends, data and models (including big data tools and/or artificial intelligence applied to food fraud). Proposals should focus on the cost/benefit aspects of the practices and innovations collected and build on existing and new available knowledge, data and models enabling the practical implementation of solutions;

    4.Creation of tailor-made communication materials summarizing, sharing and presenting, in a language easily understandable for end-users, existing best practices and innovations that are close to implementation into practice, but not sufficiently known by end-users;

    5.Identification and mapping of possible relations and synergies with other networks, projects, initiatives and policy and funding instruments at regional, national and European level, that could help disseminate and exploit knowledge and results, showing the added value of these inter-connections. Dissemination via public events, publication of case studies, dissemination papers and reports, and the creation of an on-line collaborative space that remain active in the long-term including the availability of materials for training and education;

    6.Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under the topics HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-07, HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-17, HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-11 and HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-04.

    7.Proposals are encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) Knowledge Centre for Food Fraud and Quality, which provides expertise in food science, authenticity and quality of food supplied in the EU. Proposals could also foresee the involvement of the European Network of GMO Laboratories (ENGL).

    8.Cross-articulation with the other data spaces, and notably with the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) should be foreseen, exploiting synergies and complementarities of the different approaches. Efforts should be made to ensure that the data produced in the context of this topic is FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Re-usable)

    9.Proposals should run for minimum 3 years.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-4: Climate change and food safety: effects of climate change on food safety across food systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 185 .

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will be in line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as with the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050. It will support R&I to foster advances in research related to integrated approaches along the food system for detecting, assessing, and mitigating food safety risks influenced by climate change. This is along with contributing to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved understanding of the medium to longer-term climate change impacts in relation to food safety, and the effect these could have on food systems actors from farm to fork;

    2.Identification, development and widespread dissemination of mitigation and adaptation measures to reduce/prevent climate change-related food safety risks (individual and cumulative risks). Contribution to the farm to fork strategy objectives, in particular the contingency plan for ensuring food supply and food security and deliver co-benefits on each of the Food 2030 priorities as well as contributing to policy and food safety risk assessment needs and priorities, in particular regulatory control and enforcement aspects.

    Scope: Proposals should contribute to all of the following aspects:

    1.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of academia, research-technology organizations, food businesses and other relevant actors of the value chain.

    2.Anticipate, including through modelling, how climate change may affect food safety in Europe and in particular by increasing the potential for the emergence/re-emergence of new hazards and the changes in exposures and risks;

    3.Propose methods to monitor the impact of climate change on food safety across food systems and their main critical areas. Explore how climate change could impact risk assessment methods and understand how risk assessment methodologies may need to evolve to meet new climate changed related challenges;

    4.Analyse the effect of climate change (extreme temperatures, etc.) and its impact with respect to: existing food safety hazards throughout the entire food supply chain (from farm to fork), and risk factors including the appearance of (re)emerging hazards.

    5.European regions should participate as "demonstrators" areas facilitating research and innovation under different climate conditions;

    6.Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic or other topics such as the HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-11 and HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-16 and ensure synergies with relevant activities carried out under other initiatives such as the One Health European joint programme and the LIFE programme ("Strategic Integrated Projects") due to their regional and climate approach.

    7.Proposals should also foresee the involvement of the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) as part of the future action once the project starts.

    In addition proposals are encouraged to:

    1.Increase the use of big data and/or artificial intelligence to elucidate the complex interactions between climate change and food safety. Proposals are expected to develop models to understand these interactions experimented and analysed for their replication potential. Proposals might build on existing and new knowledge, data, and models exploiting the full potential of big data and/or artificial intelligence;

    2.Explore, map and propose funding synergies strategies among European, national and regional programmes and instruments under this scope in a long-term vision;

    3.Connect research and innovation activities in this topic with start-ups ecosystems.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-5: Creating smart and attractive tools to enhance healthy and sustainable food provision, eating and treating of food at home

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 186 .

    Expected Outcome: The topic is in line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as of the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050. This will contribute to the Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities. The EU’s farm to fork strategy states that: “European diets are not in line with national dietary recommendations, and the ‘food environment’ 187 does not ensure that the healthy option is always the easiest one”.

    The overall aim of this topic and associated R&I activities is to enhance healthy and sustainable diets aligned with national dietary advice by empowerment of citizens and their capacity to eat and cook at home in line with budgetary and time constraints as well as their living situation. The activity will develop tools that can be considered by national competent authorities for implementation. Interventions should not target citizens directly, as full alignment with national policies and advice on nutrition and health needs to be ensured.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Empowered citizens supported by tools and applications to make healthy and sustainable food provision, cooking and eating, and treating of food at home the easiest choice;

    2.Enhanced uptake of beneficial tools and applications by citizens, especially those who need it most, considering socio-economic characteristics and differences across EU and Associated countries.

    Scope: Urban lifestyles have led to more consumption of ultra-processed and packaged food 188 . Cooking skills may enhance healthy and sustainable diets, so supporting consumers provides potential 189 . There are also indications, that social change might be enhanced by encouraging minorities to publicly challenge unsustainable norms during social interactions 190 . This potential can be exploited to drive change in behaviour by citizen engagement.

    Proposals are expected to address the following:

    1.Develop tools and applications that enhance citizens to have a healthy and sustainable food provision, diet and treating of food at home/ or discourage unhealthy and unsustainable choices that can be considered by national policy makers and private actors;

    2.Include in approaches ‘culinary culture dimension’ such as based on nationality, religion, culture, regionality and seasonality etc., and time and financial constraints;

    3.Engage citizens in solutions to create inclusive and sustainable solutions for broad uptake;

    4.Ensure that national nutritional policies and advice are respected as well as food safety;

    5.Link solutions to the issue of food waste and to the need to reduce household wastes generally, notably plastics, as part of a circular economy to include all aspects of sustainability tools that can be considered by national policy makers for implementation;

    6.Take a holistic approach, e.g., delivery (including prepared meals, micro deliveries, decentralised pick-up points) including transport and distribution aspects, short supply chains, marketing, sustainable packaging, recycling and reduction in food waste;

    7.Develop a sample plan to make available to Member State and Associated Countries authorities for several countries on how to enhance uptake of beneficial tools and applications considering different socio-economic characteristics of citizens and national laws.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of among others health actors, such as nutritionists, doctors and nurses.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and under the topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-15: “Transition to healthy and sustainable dietary behavior”.

    Proposal should apply social innovation and citizen engagement for inclusive and long-term solutions beyond the life cycle of the project and include a strong involvement of citizens/civil society, together with academia/research, industry/SMEs/start-ups and government/public authorities.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-6: Citizens’ science as an opportunity to foster the transition to sustainable food systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: This topic is in line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as of the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050. This will contribute to the Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities, and thriving businesses.

    Data-driven solutions in food systems also benefit the European Open Data Directive to share public data 191 and envisioned data spaces 192 as well as provide a base of AI deployment as enablers of the European Green Deal objectives.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understanding of citizens’ food consumption behaviour, the factors influencing choices and drivers that would facilitate changes in behaviour in an inclusive manner towards healthy and sustainable food consumption practices;

    2.Contribution to positive changes in individual behaviour towards healthy and sustainable food consumption and sustainable food system transformation.

    Scope: Currently, consumers are sceptical to share data, least to the government 193 . As there is a need for more data-driven decision making, engaging citizens in research through the provision of data on their practices, choices and attitudes towards the food system provides potential for a more direct citizen engagement in transforming food systems. The approach allows to exchange ideas, solutions, and opinions to encourage Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) in driving sustainable food system transformation.

    Citizen’s science 194  is a fast-growing mode of research and innovation 195 that can allow for enhanced food system transformation driven by engagement, trust and transparency. It can leverage relevant private relevant data to take stock of current citizens’ behaviour towards the food system, including aspects such as food consumption, marketing and food environment influence, health, mobility, regionality/locality, food-related waste generation and management, etc. by using collective intelligence.

    Proposals are expected to address all the following:

    1.Explore the potential of ‘citizen’s science’ in the food systems domain by engaging and empowering citizens in using and providing data and technology to ensure inclusive solutions to drive sustainable food system transformation by promoting sustainable food consumption, reducing food waste, and creating a resilient food system;

    2.Identify the challenges and drivers encouraging citizens to share data to ensure inclusive food system transformation;

    3.Develop and test tools by using data and technology to enhance uptake of healthy and sustainable diets and foster sustainable food system transformation;

    4.Explore which data types are most useful to share (behavioural data, data from private providers, such as data gathered by relevant apps, stated data…etc.) and how to meaningfully harmonize data to use data for food system transformation by different actors, and which tools to best make use of, such as Artificial Intelligence (AI) while analysing how consumer data can be shared in an anonymized and safe way complying with the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) rules;

    5.Make concrete efforts to ensure that the data produced in the context of this project is FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Re-usable), particularly in the context of real-time data feeds, exploring workflows that can provide “FAIR-by-design” data, i.e., data that is FAIR from its generation;

    6.Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this and the topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-10 “Piloting approaches and tools to empower citizens to exercise their “data rights” in the area of food and nutrition” and HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-60: “A capacity-building and brokering network to make citizen science an integral part of the European Research Area”;

    7.Proposals are encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). The JRC may provide expertise on how to strengthen the relationship between scientists and European policy makers and to promote research and collaboration on food systems science.

    8.Connect personal data on food to other areas, such as mobility and health and identify synergies; projects shall leverage the data and services available through European Research Infrastructures federated under the European Open Science Cloud and, where relevant, establish synergies with the Data Space for smart communities11 and make use of open standards and technical specifications, for example the Minimum Interoperability Mechanisms (MIMs Plus);

    9.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of citizens/civil society, together with academia/research, industry/SMEs and government/public authorities and include social innovation as the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices and social ownership;

    10.This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-7: Impact of the development of novel foods based on alternative sources of proteins

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment-friendly food system, and the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will support R&I to promote the production, provision and safe consumption of alternative sources of protein, and dietary shifts towards sustainable healthy nutrition, contributing to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction, empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

    Novel foods are foods that have not been consumed to a significant extent in the EU before 15 May 1997. They can be newly developed, innovative foods, foods produced using new technologies and production processes, as well as foods that are or have been traditionally eaten outside of the EU. Alternative sources of proteins (i.e. other than conventional sources of proteins such as meat and dairy or mainstreamed from classical crops) may be considered as novel foods. Novel Foods can only be authorised in the EU market if they do not pose any risk to human health, the food’s intended use does not mislead consumers and are not nutritionally disadvantageous.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better and complete information provided about the impact this specific innovation, i.e. the development of novel food (e.g., insect protein, micro and macro algae-based products, microbial proteins, food/aquaculture by-products) would have especially for the food system in terms of sustainability (particularly economic and social aspects).

    2.Solutions that can help achieving the objectives of the European Green Deal, especially the farm to fork strategy, and Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, zero pollution, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities (e.g., meeting the needs, values and expectations of society in a responsible and ethical way).

    Scope:

    1.Assess the potential of insect protein, micro and macro algae-based products, microbial proteins and/or food/aquaculture by-products in terms of market development taking into account the farm to fork strategy objectives based on up-to-date/new knowledge about them.

    2.Assess their economic impact (e.g., price, production cost, share of market, etc.) and assess the impact such development will have on other sectors, across the food and the bio-based systems.

    3.Assess their social impact (e.g., health aspects, consumer acceptance including considering gender and age aspects, cultural aspects).

    4.Assess their potential (as well as related risks and trade-offs) to address the most relevant European Green Deal objectives, including environmental ones, compared to conventional sources of proteins (e.g. meat and dairy), and the need to shift to sustainable and healthy diets.

    5.Implement the multi-actor approach by involving a wide range of food system actors and conducting inter-disciplinary research.

    6.International cooperation is strongly encouraged.

    7.Where relevant, activities should build and expand on the results of past and ongoing research projects (especially related to environmental aspects developed by the projects funded under HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-12 and HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-07, and projects funded under other relevant topics in this Work Programme). Projects should have a clear plan as to how they will collaborate with other projects selected under this topic (if funding of more than one project is possible) and any other relevant topic. They should participate in joint activities, workshops, focus groups or social labs, and common communication and dissemination activities, and show potential for upscaling. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover these activities.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-8: Preventing and reducing food waste to reduce environmental impacts and to help reach 2030 climate targets

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system, and the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposals will support R&I to prevent and reduce food waste 196 . They should therefore contribute to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, sustainable food consumption, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Reliable data on the environmental impacts related to food waste, in particular GHG emissions;

    2.Better understanding of the food waste prevention efforts that will accelerate EU’s progress to reach climate targets and will help reduce environmental impacts (including on biodiversity) across the food supply chain;

    3.Integration of actions related to food waste prevention/reduction into emission reduction instruments, national energy and climate plans and other relevant EU initiatives;

    4.Contribution to the farm to fork objectives and to the Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities.

    Scope: Climate change and environmental degradation are recognised as the main challenges to tackle in the European Green Deal. Food waste prevention and reduction could contribute to climate change mitigation and adaptation, pollution reduction, better air quality, biodiversity preservation...

    The 2030 climate target plan sets out to raise the EU’s ambition on reducing greenhouse gas emissions to at least 55% below 1990 levels by 2030.

    Member States have prepared integrated national energy and climate plans (NECPs) to achieve their 2030 targets.

    The Commission brought support and expertise to Member States in the elaboration of their NECP and will continue to do so by supporting the full implementation of the plans, and prepare their update due in 2023 197 .

    Key policies within the framework of the European Green Deal also include the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the farm to fork strategy, and the EU zero pollution action plan.

    Proposals should address all the following points:

    1.Provide reliable quantitative data for several Member States/Associated Countries on the environmental footprint of food waste, based on Life Cycle Assessments, and more specifically the Product Environmental Footprint (PEF) method developed by the European Commission.

    2.A specific focus on the following Environmental Footprint (EF) impact categories identified in the PEF method is required:

    1.Climate change (main focus)

    2.Land use

    3.Water use

    4.Resource use

    5.Other relevant categories that could help assess the impacts on biodiversity.

    3.Combined data for the entire food supply chain but also data for each stage of the food supply chain 198 are expected, including a focus on sorting, storage, logistics and waste treatment. A detailed analysis for relevant food products is also expected.

    4.Concerning the climate change category in particular, provide estimates on the life cycle GHG emissions due to food waste. Potential double counting of avoided emissions should be analysed. If possible, these data would have to be compared to GHG reductions assumed by Member States in the NECPs – in order to enable measuring of potential impact from food waste prevention measures towards reaching the objectives of NECPs.

    5.Elaborate different pathways of food waste prevention/reduction interventions and assess their potential for climate change adaptation/mitigation, reduction of pollution and preservation of biodiversity. The analysis should be carried out for several types of stakeholders.

    6.Assess the potential for rebound effects due to food waste reduction 199 .

    7.Carry out mapping activities of relevant emission reduction and funding instruments and other EU initiatives in which food waste prevention/reduction could be well integrated.

    8.Establish a set of recommendations on how to integrate food waste prevention/reduction in those instruments and initiatives (including NECPs).

    9.Implement the multi-actor approach (see eligibility conditions) by conducting inter- and trans-disciplinary research and involving a wide range of food system actors (including possibly food start-ups).

    Proposals should also build on past or ongoing research projects and ensure synergy with relevant initiatives. In particular, they should build on the work done by the Commission’s Joint Research Centre in support of the EU Platform on Food Losses and Food Waste 200 and be aligned with the Environmental Footprint method developed by the Commission. The possible participation of the JRC in the project would consist of gathering data collected in the projects into a consistent framework for modelling food waste. It will also ensure that the proposed approach will be compatible with existing databases for the assessment of environmental impacts and aligned with the Environmental Footprint method, helping translating results into policy relevant outputs.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and any other relevant topic, e.g. by participating in joint activities, workshops, etc. Selected proposals under this topic will thus need to work together and adapt their initial work plan. Communication and dissemination activities should also be grouped and coordinated in a complementary manner.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-9: Microbiome for flavour and texture in the organoleptic dietary shift

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal should be in line with the European Green Deal priorities, the farm to fork strategy and Food 2030 priorities 201 for a fair healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as with the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050. It will support innovation to foster advances related to microorganisms for safer, healthier and more environmentally friendly food industry. This is in addition to contributing to the transformation of food systems to deliver co-benefits for climate (mitigation and adaptation), biodiversity, environmental sustainability and circularity, dietary shift, sustainable healthy nutrition and safe food, food poverty reduction and empowerment of communities, and thriving businesses.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Applicable business solutions in new precision fermentation/ post-fermentation techniques;

    2.Develop bioinformatics prediction of smell, texture, colour and taste of microbes to create new nuances and flavours in cooperation with chefs/restaurants;

    3.New, improved and demonstrated microbial fermentations to yield dairy, fish or meat flavours and textures to plant-based foods and ingredients as well as to exploit flavour and texture enhancing properties of fermented vegetables;

    4.Clearly explain how the proposal will deliver co-benefits to each of the Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities.

    Scope: The need for a holistic approach to realize the full potential of microbiome innovation has to develop bioinformatics prediction of smell and taste of microbes to create new nuances and flavours.

    Proposals are expected to address the following:

    1.Develop and pilot innovations to provide new precision fermentation/ post-fermentation techniques to foster dietary shift by enhancing organoleptic properties (smell, texture, colour, taste).

    2.Development of new microbial biomasses that can be a source of micro and macro nutrients for humans.

    3.Demonstrate the safety of the developed approach, in accordance with relevant EU regulatory frameworks, related to its placing on the market.

    4.Produce food with higher nutritional quality, and potential for positive effects on the human microbiome.

    5.Assess the economic and social impact of the products.

    6.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of academia, research-technology organizations, small-medium enterprises (including start-ups), restaurants, food businesses and other relevant actors of the value chain.

    7.In order to achieve expected outcomes international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular in the framework of the International Bioeconomy Forum.

    8.Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and other relevant topics. They should participate in joint activities, workshops, focus groups or social labs, as well as organise common communication and dissemination activities and show potential for upscaling. Applicants should plan the necessary budget to cover these activities.

    Targeted international cooperation

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-10: EU-African Union cooperation on agroforestry management for climate change adaptation and mitigation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all African Union member states* are exceptionally eligible for Union funding. * "African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the places of establishment of at least two of these legal entities must be in the same geographical region of Africa (as defined by the African Union: https://au.int/en/member_states/countryprofiles2 ).

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: due to the specific challenge of this topic, in addition to the minimum number of participants set out in the General Annexes, consortia must include at least three independent legal entities established in Africa.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food system, and in support of the climate objectives of the African Union (AU) and the EU, the successful proposal will contribute to the AU-EU High Level Policy Dialogue (HLPD) on Science, Technology and Innovation, and its priority on Green Transition (and the respective R&I partnerships on Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture and Climate Change and Sustainable Energy), as well as to the implementation of the short-term actions outlined in the working document of the AU-EU Innovation Agenda, aiming to translate R&I efforts into tangible business, development and employment opportunities in Africa and Europe.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved availability of qualitative and quantitative data pertaining to the contribution of agroforestry to climate change adaptation and mitigation, biodiversity preservation, and to sustainable agriculture;

    2.Improved management of agroforestry systems (conventional, agroecological and/or organic), including agro-pastoral systems, in Africa;

    3.Enhanced capacities to evaluate the socioeconomic and environmental performance of agroforestry for climate change resilience;

    4.A strengthened agroforestry innovation ecosystem for better user acceptance and implementation of agroforestry in the African Union (AU).

    Scope: Achieving sustainable agricultural production that fosters both climate change mitigation and adaptation and biodiversity preservation and enhancement is a policy objective that implies finding a balance with farm productivity, socio-economic viability and wider sustainability goals. Agroforestry systems include both traditional and modern land-use systems where trees are managed together with crops and/or animal production systems in agricultural settings. These systems have the potential to increase ecosystem services – including soil carbon sequestration, water retention, erosion control, soil nutrients, pollination, pest- and disease-control – and biodiversity, while improving farming productivity, profitability and sustainability of farmers’ incomes. Implementation of agroforestry in the EU and the AU needs to be boosted in order to maximise this potential. The management of agroforestry systems is critical for their positive impact on climate and the environment as well as to ensure a balance with productivity and profitability for farmers. This is essential to promote the uptake and long-term sustainability of agroforestry.

    Proposals should address the following:

    1.Identification of the most suitable plant and animal species and breeds to be used in agroforestry for different geographic regions in Africa, generating sustainable ecosystems with positive impact on local communities, and on women, looking for models where this impact is greater. In vegetation management systems preference should be given to local species, to avoid potential unintended consequences linked to the introduction of alien species;

    2.Assessment of local multi-purpose agroforestry species and breeds with benefits for food, pharmaceutical uses as well as ecosystem functions for the soil, biodiversity and their functions in a vegetation mosaic;

    3.Assessment of specific agroforestry management measures aiming at preserving/enhancing biodiversity;

    4.Assessment of the potential of carbon farming 202 as a possible future business for farmers and foresters, and analysis of its potential to contribute to reaching climate-neutrality in a few decades;

    5.Identification of the structural needs of agroforestry crops and animals in different geographical regions in Africa, including the analysis of production burdens, suggesting solutions and addressing traceability of all steps in the production chain to measure the effectiveness of solutions;

    6.Supporting this new value chain with knowledge and capacity building to be efficient, fair, and easily adopted, or not abandoned, by landowners and farmers;

    7.Establishing local agroforestry pilot plots.

    Proposals must implement the “multi-actor approach” including a wide range of actors to ensure that knowledge and needs from various sectors, such as research, farmers/foresters, advisory services, are brought together.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic, as well under topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-08: ‘Agroforestry to meet climate, biodiversity and farming sustainability goals’.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-11: EU-African Union – towards climate-neutral, social just fair trade food systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: at least three partners from Africa and at least two from the same region as defined by the African Union (https://au.int/en/member_states/countryprofiles2).

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in all African Union member states* are exceptionally eligible for Union funding. * "African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.

    International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food system, and in support of the African Continental Free Trade Agreement, the successful proposal will contribute to the AU-EU High Level Policy Dialogue (HLPD) on Science, Technology and Innovation, and its first priority on Food and Nutrition Security and Sustainable Agriculture.

    The farm to fork strategy aims to accelerate the transition to a sustainable food system that should have a neutral or positive environmental impact, help to mitigate climate change and adapt to its impacts. New opportunities in EU-African trade are opening-up for trade regimes with co-benefits for producers, climate and citizens. Innovative Information and Communications Technology (ICT) based, traceability and certification schemes should maximise co-benefits while helping to keep the effects of Non-Tariff Measures (NTMs) in particular administrative and transaction costs low.

    The African countries signed the African Continental Free Trade Agreement and launched an action plan for Boosting Intra-African Trade with a view to strengthening regional integration. It is also one of the key priorities of the Africa Agenda 2063 and a major step towards African continental economic integration.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved assessment systems for sustainable food trade regimes with co-benefits for producers, climate and citizens, biodiversity, assessment of certification schemes (organic, carbon neutral, de-forestation free, conventional), testing innovative solutions with food systems/certification actors;

    2.Provide data and recommendations for improved Non-Tariff Measure (NTM) regimes;

    3.Provide solutions to food trade, Ministries in charge, border regime management (digital solutions).

    Scope: Proposals are expected to address the following:

    1.Study the tipping points to scale-up climate-neutral, fair and just food supply;

    2.Explore the climate, biodiversity and social impacts of food supply (organic and conventional) and linked products due to land-use change;

    3.Better understanding of the aim, collection, quantification and modelling of NTMs relevant for intra-African and EU-AU trade relations;

    4.Clearly explain how the proposal will contribute towards scaling-up of business models of climate-neutral fair and just and efficient food supply;

    5.Implement the multi-actor approach by involving a wide range of food system actors and conducting inter-disciplinary research;

    6.Link to previous projects on urban – rural food systems for solutions to strengthen resilience of food systems in view of supply and/or price shocks.

    Innovation: Proposals should foresee a space for mentoring and accelerating innovative business concepts, including social innovation and upscaling in view of African or European food business entrepreneurs and start-ups with special consideration of women and the diaspora using cascading funding opportunities. Proposals should involve financial support to third parties e.g. to academic researchers, start-ups, SMEs and other multidisciplinary actors, to, for instance, develop, test or validate developed assessment approaches or collect or prepare data sets or provide other contributions to achieve the project objectives... Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support will be granted. Maximum 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose.

    Call - Fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 203

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 204

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 22 Feb 2024 (First Stage), 17 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-1-two-stage

    IA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-2-two-stage

    IA

    11.00

    Around 5.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-3-two-stage

    IA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-4-two-stage

    RIA

    13.00

    Around 6.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-5-two-stage

    RIA

    7.00

    Around 7.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-6-two-stage

    IA

    9.00

    Around 4.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-7-two-stage

    IA

    9.00

    Around 4.50

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    69.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Enabling sustainable farming

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-1-two-stage: Increasing the availability and use of non-contentious inputs in organic farming

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should support the objective of the farm to fork strategy to transition to fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption, notably the objective to promote and increase organic farming in Europe, in line with the target of at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming by 2030. Activities will support the implementation of concrete actions in the EU action plan for the development of organic production 205 and of Regulation (EU) 2018/848 on the rules on organic production and labelling of organic products 206 . Activities will also support the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies’ objective to reduce the risk and use of chemical pesticides by 50% and the use of more hazardous pesticides by 50%.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased availability, accessibility and adoption by farmers of cost-efficient alternatives to contentious inputs used in organic farming;

    2.Fair, reliable and implementable rules on the use of inputs in organic farming;

    3.Significantly reduced environmental impact of practices and input use in organic farming systems and enhanced organic crop and livestock production;

    4.Provision of scientific support and recommendations for the development, implementation and evaluation of EU policies and strategies relevant for organic production, in particular on the reduction of contentious inputs as well as on the increased use of alternative products, strategies and solutions;

    5.Increased networking and knowledge exchange among all relevant actors for organic farming, contributing to a strengthened research and innovation ecosystem on organic farming in Europe that also supports the spreading of research outcomes to farmers involved in low-input farming and/or agroecological production.

    Scope: Promoting the use of more sustainable farming practices is a policy objective enshrined in the European Green Deal and its related strategies. Boosting organic farming, one of the objectives of the farm to fork and of the EU biodiversity strategies, can greatly contribute to achieving this ambition, and thereby also contributing to climate ambition as, as organic farming contributes directly and significantly to carbon storage in soils and biomass. Moreover, the Commission communication ‘Safeguarding food security and reinforcing the resilience of food systems’ 207 highlights the role that organic farming can play in reducing the EU’s dependence on external inputs, since organic farming is recognised, among others, for the limitation in the use of off-farms inputs.

    The organic legislation authorises the use of a specific set of products with a lower impact on the environment and on the soil. However, some of these substances have a harmful effect on terrestrial and aquatic species, which calls for the need to replace these substances either by lower impact products or methods or by resistant varieties. It is important to continue exploring ways to phase out and replace contentious inputs used in organic farming, and to increase the availability, accessibility and use of alternatives to these products. In doing so, due attention should be given to system approaches that consider the entire farm system, and its relation with the territorial and landscape levels. Moreover, in order to address farmers’ needs in this specific area, socially innovative solutions are required.

    Proposals should develop scientifically robust and transparent methodologies, building on achievements from previous research activities, notably those funded under the Horizon 2020 call ‘SFS-08-2017 - Organic inputs – contentious inputs in organic farming’ (projects Organic-PLUS and RELACS).

    Proposals should address all the following activities:

    1.Develop, test and put in the place alternative products and solutions, including to the use of copper fungicides, mineral oils, external nutrient inputs (e.g. manure from conventional agriculture, recycled nutrients) in organic plant production, and to the responsible use of anthelmintics, antibiotics and synthetic vitamins used in organic livestock production.

    2.Among the alternatives, consider those containing biologically active substances (microorganisms and other naturally occurring substances), invertebrate biological control agents, (micro)biological agents for soil amelioration or cultivation techniques, and considering effective functional biodiversity systems.

    3.Building on existing demonstration sites and experiments where available and relevant, test the alternatives and, if relevant, their combinations.

    4.Further develop toolboxes, strategies and technologies for the minimisation or phasing-out of the use of contentious inputs in organic farming.

    5.Demonstrate the safety of the alternatives, in line with the EU regulatory framework related to their placing on the market, and generate data to enable the registration of the alternatives.

    6.Deepen analysis and produce data on the efficacy, resource efficiency, climate and environmental impacts of the alternatives developed, compared to the contentious inputs they are to replace. This should include analysis of impact on non-target species and on human health.

    7.Analyse farmers’ and consumers’ acceptance of the alternatives developed and consider new governance models/relations among food chain actors. This should include the development of business plans, with the support of Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS), and assessment of stakeholders’ (farmers, policymakers, researchers, advisors, companies, consumers, etc.) perspectives and needs to improve already existing policy instruments to reduce the use of contentious inputs and increased availability of alternatives.

    8.Set up demonstration sites that are representative of the diversity of organic farming systems in Europe, to promote participatory activities, and the exchange of knowledge and best practices among farmers.

    9.Develop training packages targeted to farmers and other actors of the organic agri-food chain, and awareness raising activities towards citizens and consumers, engaging with existing initiatives where relevant.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the main stakeholders involved in finding alternatives to the use of contentious inputs used in organic farming (farmers, breeders, researchers, advisors, industry, etc.). Proposals should cover contentious inputs used in a range of organically-grown crops (in- and out-door), both arable and perennial, as well as the organic livestock sector. Sectors with high economic relevance in different pedo-climatic conditions and various biogeographical regions should be targeted in a representative way. Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic, and ensure coherence and synergy with other relevant activities carried out under other initiatives in Horizon Europe, including under the topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE: ‘Developing an EU advisory network on organic agriculture’, HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE: ‘Organic farming thematic network to compile and share knowledge ready for practice’ and the future partnership ‘Accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’.

    To ensure trustworthiness, swift and wide adoption by user communities, and to support EU and national policymakers, actions should adopt high standards of transparency and openness, going beyond ex-post documentation of results and extending to aspects such as assumptions, benchmarks, models and data quality during the life of projects.

    Concrete efforts shall be made to ensure that the data produced in the context of this topic is FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Re-usable), particularly in the context of real-time data feeds, exploring workflows that can provide “FAIR-by-design” data, i.e., data that is FAIR from its generation.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-2-two-stage: Sustainable organic food innovation labs: reinforcing the entire value chain

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: By producing high quality food with low environmental impact, organic farming plays an essential role in developing sustainable food systems in the EU, an objective that is at the heart of the European Green Deal. Under the European Green Deal’s farm to fork and biodiversity strategies, the European Commission has set a target of ‘at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming by 2030 and a significant increase in organic aquaculture’. To achieve this target and to help the organic sector reach its full potential, the Commission has put forward a new action plan for the development of organic production in the EU 208 .

    In 2020, 9,1% of the total EU’s agricultural land was under organic production. This number hides substantial differences between Member States as regards the share of agricultural land dedicated to organic farming: from 0.5% to more than 25%. These differences are partially due to the lack of structures adequate for organic farm products in some countries. In line with the EU action plan for the development of organic production, the successful proposals will support the establishment of adequate structures that enable the proper channelling of organic production in supply chains allowing farmers to fully benefit from the added value of organic production.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Reinforced local and small-volume processing of organic food;

    2.Boosted innovative sustainable packaging solutions resulting in reduced waste (in particular of non-renewable and fossil derived plastics);

    3.Fostered innovative supply and distribution models and short trade circuits;

    4.Added value to organic agricultural products, improved organic farmers’ incomes and their positioning in agri-food value chains;

    5.Enhanced market orientation and capacity of organic farmers and small and medium scale processors to meet consumer demand for sustainable and healthy diets based on organic food;

    6.Increased availability, affordability and accessibility of organic food with positive impacts on sustainability, including on biodiversity, on climate, ecosystems services and public health.

    Scope: Organic farming has developed mainly at the primary production level, while the processing of organic farm products is less developed and regulated. Besides, the organic sector is characterised by its scattered nature, with imbalances in the food value chains limiting the bargaining power of organic farmers and producers still having access to a limited number of processors and retailers. Therefore, investing in innovative careful processing techniques and sustainable and reusable packaging, streamlining the distribution and logistics of organic produce and agricultural input networks, and achieving a better understanding of quality and safety issues in organic supply chains, in combination with regulations, is important for creating new value for consumers.

    This will enable small organic producers, in particular those located in remote areas, to find an outlet for their production and benefit from the added value of their organic certification. However, operators are often reluctant to convert to organics due to the lack of organised and efficient organic commercial supply chains. In addition to the cross-cutting problems faced by agri-food supply chains, organic distribution can entail high operating costs and an imbalance between supply and demand. Exchanging experience and knowledge can encourage the creation of local food markets and short supply chains, and uphold the integrity of the organic quality of the product.

    Proposals should establish and animate locally-driven, multi-actor organic food innovation hubs, bringing together researchers, innovators, farmers, processors and others, to:

    1.Develop, test and pilot innovations in organic small-scale food processing, in particular careful processing, and new, sustainable and reusable packaging (avoiding non-renewable and fossil-derived plastics), optimising the preservation of nutritional quality, reducing perishability and ensuring food safety;

    2.Foster diverse innovative solutions/approaches that are tailored to the needs of farmers and SMEs, while ensuring links between food processing and primary production, and adapted to the seasonal character of raw material production and processing in small(er) batches;

    3.Develop and explore innovative supply and distribution models (including business models, market outlets and marketing strategies, short trade circuits, public procurement, food services), that are adapted to proposed innovative solutions;

    4.Assess the impacts of the innovative solutions on sustainability (climate, environmental, social, including health, and economic);

    5.Build a community of practice to share learnings, build capacity and support adoption of innovations at scale.

    Proposals should cover a range of crops (indoor and outdoor), both arable and perennial, representative of the organic sector in Europe, as well as the organic livestock sector.

    Projects must use the 'multi-actor approach', ensuring adequate involvement of all relevant actors, including farmers and SMEs. Proposals may build on existing research infrastructures, where relevant. Proposals are encouraged to build on past and ongoing EU-funded research and innovation projects, and are strongly encouraged to cluster with ongoing and upcoming projects. Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic, and ensure synergy with relevant activities carried out under other initiatives in Horizon Europe, in particular the topic in this Work Programme HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-20: Developing an EU advisory network on organic agriculture’ and the future partnerships ‘Accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’ and ‘Sustainable food systems for people, planet and climate’.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-3-two-stage: Tools to increase the effectiveness of EU import controls for plant health

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will support the farm to fork strategy for a transition to fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption, notably the objective to reduce the use and risk of chemical pesticides by 2030. Activities will support Regulation (EU) 2016/2031 209 on protective measures against pests of plants.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enlarged availability and accessibility to cost-efficient and user-friendly tools and methods for the detection of plant pests to assist plant health inspectors during import controls;

    2.Increased the effectiveness of detection of plant pests at import points, by decreasing time and overall costs;

    3.Knowledge exchange and uptake of the innovative tools are promoted;

    4.Support plant health inspections and import controls.

    Scope: Plant health is of global importance for agriculture, forestry, natural ecosystems, ecosystem services and biodiversity. Plant health is threatened by species injurious to plants and plant products, which now present a greater risk of being introduced into the Union territory owing to globalisation of trade and climate change. The current EU plant health legislative landscape aims at a proactive approach ensuring safe trade and mitigating the impacts of climate change on the health of the crops and forests in Europe.

    Research activities should support these measures by contributing to the development of more rapid, reliable and economic innovative solutions and devices that can assist plant health inspectors at the borders. Technologies such as e-noses, acoustic devices, scanners, and portable devices for molecular identification of plant pests 210 within hours/minutes of the specimen’s sampling often using limited amounts of plant or plant product material, and other relevant solutions, are included within the scope of this topic.

    Proposals should:

    1.Deliver more rapid, robust, and innovative solutions appropriate for detecting and identifying plant pests during import controls;

    2.Make use of innovative technologies for the detection of a broader spectrum of plant pests;

    3.Prove cost-benefits of the innovative solutions;

    4.Promote a wider use of new detection technologies for plant health diagnostics.

    Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ including a range of actors to ensure that knowledge and needs from various sectors such as research, plant health services, industry including SMEs are brought together. Proposals should take due account of dissemination to relevant stakeholders to facilitate the uptake of results.

    Proposals should specify how they plan to collaborate with other proposals selected under this and other relevant topics, e.g., by undertaking joint activities, workshops or common communication and dissemination activities. Proposals should allocate the necessary resources to cover these activities.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-4-two-stage: Tackling outbreaks of plant pests

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal should support the farm to fork strategy to transition to fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption, notably the target to reduce by 50% the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides and reduce the use by 50% of the more hazardous pesticides. Activities will support Regulation (EU) 2016/2031 211 on protective measures against pests of plants.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Find adequate responses for EU quarantine plant pests;

    2.Enhance capacities to prevent, monitor and (bio)control plant pests following under the scope of this topic;

    3.Support to relevant EU and Associated Countries’ plant health policies.

    Scope: Plant health is of global importance for agriculture, forestry, natural ecosystems, ecosystem services and biodiversity. Plant health is threatened by species injurious to plants and plant products, which present a greater risk of being introduced into the Union territory due to globalisation, trade and climate change. The current EU Plant Health legislative landscape helps protect the EU against the introduction of new plant pests as well as tackling existing plant pests more effectively. The prevention of entry and, if arrived within the EU territory, early detection and eradication are part of the plant health policies to avoid significant impacts in agriculture, forestry and environment by plant pests.

    Proposals should target one or more plant pest(s) 212 that are either Union quarantine plant pests 213 present in the EU or Union quarantine pests which are priority pests 214 in the EU, and that are of concern for agriculture and/or forestry 215 , with the exception of plant pests targeted in Horizon Europe 216 . Research activities should improve methods for an effective implementation of the principles of integrated pest management (IPM), whilst reflecting the move towards innovative biological and other non-chemical control and resistance breeding.

    Proposals should:

    1.Contribute to the understanding of the drivers of plant pest introduction, spread and establishment including the biology of the pest and its interaction with host plants and antagonists, the influence of climate change, ecosystem degradation, and globalisation;

    2.Develop efficient surveillance methods and strategies for early-detection and (bio)control of the pest(s);

    3.Extend the range of tools and technologies available for the development of economically and environmentally sound solutions for an effective pest prevention and outbreak management, and if relevant pursue in line with the principles of integrated pest management and taking into account the use of non-chemical or biological control methods;

    4.Analyse the social and economic implications for farmers, foresters and other economic operators affected by the outbreaks of the plant pest(s) and developing approaches whereby those affected can best cope with the situation;

    5.If relevant, analyse the ecological impact of plant pest(s) spread and establishment based on the experience obtained from existing outbreaks.

    International cooperation with countries affected or threatened by the same pest(s) is strongly encouraged in particular to capitalise on existing knowledge. Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ including a range of actors to ensure that knowledge and needs from various sectors such as research, plant health services, farming/forestry sectors, advisory services, and industry are brought together. Results of activities should benefit both conventional and organic farming.

    Proposals should specify how they plan to collaborate with other proposals selected under this and other relevant topics 217 , for example by undertaking joint activities, workshops or common communication and dissemination activities. Proposals should allocate the necessary resources to cover these activities.

    The possible participation of the JRC in the project will consist of supporting the analysis of social and economic implications for farmers, foresters and other economic operators affected by the plant pest(s) and developing approaches whereby those affected can best cope with the situation.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-5-two-stage: Animal nutritional requirements and nutritional value of feed under different production management conditions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will support the objective of the farm to fork strategy to transition to a fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly European agriculture, and contribute to strengthen the resilience and sustainability of specific farming sectors and preserve biodiversity. It is expected to contribute to limit the reliance of the European agricultural sector to imported feed materials.

    The proposed project will enhance the use of locally produced and more climate-friendly solutions for animal feed without compromising animal performance and productivity. It will focus on existing or alternative source of nutrients using value chain approaches to maximize feed production and feed use efficiency, supporting the local environment and farm circularity.

    Activities under this topic will contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Guidelines for processes and policies for improved resource-efficient production, use, and diversification of safe feedstuffs;

    2.Optimised use of feedstuffs, new plants, forage species and associations at local level;

    3.Uptake by farmers of practices to diversify sources of feedstuffs and use of natural resources on rangeland, where appropriate;

    4.(Alternative) Feed production/supply strategies that facilitate self-sufficiency and ensure safety of feed; closed nutrient cycle at local level and diminished environmental and climate footprint;

    5.Improved systems for facilitating the planning and calculation of the rations/diets of feed adjusted to specific livestock and individual/group animal requirements, and for mitigating the risk of anti-nutritional factors or contaminants in feedstuffs.

    Scope: Feed resources are important components of livestock production systems, and their efficient use is the primary determinant of animal performance and productivity. The availability and use of local feedstuffs, including new and underused sources, including alternative protein sources, is a challenge in many livestock farming systems and it has several implications in terms of farm economics, product quality and safety, animal health and welfare. Furthermore, there is the need to design more precise and resilient feeding systems while ensuring requirements of biodiversity protection and restoration.

    The aim is to optimise the use of local feedstuffs, shorten supply chains and rely more on local resources. It is important to investigate content, availability and digestibility of nutrients in locally available feedstuffs in different pedo-climatic regions and livestock systems, without compromising feed safety and efficiency.

    The following elements should be incorporated:

    1.Determine and adjust net energy-based nutritional requirements (macro and micronutrients) for local breeds and different management conditions, addressing both conventional and organic livestock farming;

    2.Assess on-farm practices and equipment to use feedstuffs more efficiently (post-harvest technologies, crops mixture, foraging strategies, rangeland management);

    3.Take advantage of between and within breed genetic diversity to optimize the use (acceptance and feed efficiency) of local feedstuffs;

    4.Evaluate the impacts of processing technologies on the efficiency of local feedstuffs

    5.Improved knowledge on the effects of functional additives (enzymes, gut flora stabilisers, natural plants, vitamins, etc.) on farm-scale animal performance, health and welfare;

    6.Assess and minimize the risk of anti-nutritional factors or contaminants such as biotoxins in feedstuffs,

    7.Analyse and monitor the performance of the animal production systems and the quality of animal-based products under novel feeding strategies;

    8.Determine better indicators of animal nutritional requirements and the nutritional value of locally produced feedstuffs

    9.Assess the economic sustainability and environmental impact of identified resilient feeding systems and related structural changes (at local level)

    If necessary, proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under other topics and ensure synergy with relevant activities carried out under other initiatives in Horizon Europe.

    Due to the scope of this topic, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular with China. This topic is within the scope of the Administrative Arrangement between the European Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support collaborative research projects under the Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) and the Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) flagship initiatives.

    Actions will contribute to implementing the EU-China Food, Agriculture and Biotechnology (FAB) flagship initiative, which aims to ensure sustainability of agri-food systems, catering for the needs of a growing population, the reduction of food and agricultural losses and waste, and the provision of safe and healthy foodstuffs. Interaction with other actions developed under the EU-China Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) Research Flagship and the Flagship on Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) is encouraged if relevant.

    Enabling sustainable fisheries and aquaculture

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-6-two-stage: Minimising climate impact on fisheries: mitigation and adaptation solutions for future climate regimes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: Selected proposals are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Contribution to sustainable fisheries for fair, healthy, climate-resilient and environment-friendly food systems with low impact on aquatic ecosystems, supporting the EU common fisheries policy, the European Green Deal and in particular the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 and the farm to fork strategy;

    2.Transformation of fisheries to make a significant contribution to climate-neutrality;

    3.Contribution to more precise, technologically advanced data collection (notably through the use of techniques such as artificial intelligence, sensors and robotics) which encompasses the natural and social ecosystem context;

    4.Understanding of the resilience potential to climate change of exploited resources and build up the adaptive capacity for fisheries management;

    5.Preparation of the seafood sector to seize opportunities to harvest shifting stocks in the most sustainable manner, taking into account environmental, social and economic considerations.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to investigate the impacts of climate change on biological and ecological processes such as shifts in stocks distribution, abundance and density, fish health, stock productivity, habitats, regime shifts in ecosystems and altered growth, reproduction rates, seafood safety and overall changes in the ecosystem potential production. They should also explore and test innovative measures to mitigate climate change (such as new designs of fishing gears or new fishing strategies that do not resuspend carbon from the seabed or new fishing strategies which improve energy use efficiency or strengthen circularity aspects) and adaptive solutions (such as valorisation of new catches or building resilience actions).

    Proposals should include studies representing the whole spectrum of European fisheries, including small-scale fisheries, and the related biotic, abiotic, social and economic conditions. They should follow an interdisciplinary approach and cover both scientific and socioeconomic aspects.

    They should build on the work of Horizon 2020 projects ClimeFish and CERES and others and provide applicable approaches and tools to the fishing sector. They should also build on the work of initiatives such as the EMFF-funded studies on “Climate change and the Common Fisheries Policy: adaptation and building resilience to the effects of climate change on fisheries and reducing emissions of greenhouse gases from fishing”, and “Adapting postharvest activities in the value chain of fisheries and aquaculture to the effects of climate change and mitigating their climate footprint through the reduction of greenhouse gases emissions”.

    Also importantly, proposals should build synergies with the projects funded under the topics HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-5: Understanding and reducing bycatch of protected species in Destination “Biodiversity and ecosystem services” and ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-02: Understanding the oceanic carbon cycle’ as well as with work done under other organisations such as the OECD Committee for Fisheries. Selected proposals should collaborate with each other.

    Proposals are encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). The possible participation of the JRC in the project would consist in providing and analysing fisheries.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-7-two-stage: Minimising climate impact on aquaculture: mitigation and adaptation solutions for future climate regimes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: Selected proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Contribution to sustainable aquaculture systems (in marine and/or transitional, and/or fresh waters) for fair, safe, healthy, climate-resilient and environment-friendly food systems with low impact on aquatic ecosystems, supporting the European Green Deal and the farm to fork strategy, the “Strategic guidelines for a more sustainable and competitive EU aquaculture for the period 2021 to 2030 218 ”, and the “Action plan for the development of organic production” 219 ;

    2.Implementation of innovations, such as dietary shifts and aspects of circularity, for a more sustainable and competitive European aquaculture enhancing aquaculture resilience to adverse consequences of climate change;

    3.Positioning of European aquaculture production as the global reference for sustainability and quality, increase its competitiveness, reduce EU dependence on imports of fisheries and aquaculture products and create more jobs, especially in rural and coastal regions;

    4.Contribution to aquaculture production with a reduced environmental footprint, advancing towards climate-neutrality;

    5.Contribution to technologically-advanced aquaculture production (indicatively through the use of techniques such as artificial intelligence, sensors, internet-of-things and robotics), fully embedded in natural, social, ethical and economic sustainability.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to enhance knowledge of the impacts of climate change on aquaculture production at environmental, social and economic levels. They should identify, forecast and assess the main effects of climate change on different aquaculture production systems and on their ecological carrying capacity.

    They should consider impacts of climate change such as water availability (e.g., rise in evaporation, decrease in rainfall, extreme weather events like droughts or floods), water quality (e.g., acidification, eutrophication, pollution, contamination), temperature rise, sea level rise, spread of diseases (e.g. recrudescence of endemic and emerging diseases in traditional and recirculating aquaculture systems), reduced fish welfare, invasive species, and other climate related risks.

    They should also investigate adaptation and mitigation solutions and opportunities such as technological, social, economic, and biological/ecological aspects, selection of suitable sites, culture methods (including the contribution of organic production and integrated multi-trophic aquaculture), species plasticity and adaptability to changing environments as well as breeding and selection techniques for a more sustainable, productive and resilient production.

    Furthermore, they should address aspects of circularity in terms of more efficient use of resources and less negative impacts on marine environment, including reduction, valorisation, and reuse of waste. Indicative aspects could include Life Cycle Assessment approaches such as of feeding systems and valorisation of non-food biomass for feeds and fertilisers.

    Proposals should build on the work of Horizon 2020 and EMFF projects, such as ClimeFish and CERES, and provide applicable approaches and tools to the aquaculture sector.

    Selected proposals should collaborate with each other.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    Proposals are encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). The possible participation of the JRC in the project would consist in providing and analysing aquaculture data.

    Destination - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors

    This destination and its topics target climate-neutrality, zero pollution 220 , fair and just circular and bioeconomy transitions 221 . These cover safe, integrated circular solutions at territorial and sectoral levels, for important material flows and product value chains, such as i) textiles, ii) electronics, iii) chemicals, iv) packaging, v) tourism, vi) plastics and construction, and vii) key bioeconomy sectors such as a) sustainable bio-based systems 222 , b) sustainable forestry, c) small-scale rural bio-based solutions, d) environmental services and e) aquatic (including marine and freshwater) value chains 223 .

    The destination supports the European Green Deal, and in particular:

    1.the new EU Circular Economy Action Plan (CEAP), adopted in March 2020, and the subsequent initiatives along the entire life cycle of products 224 ;

    2.the EU strategy on adaptation to climate change adopted in February 2021 225 ;

    3.the EU zero pollution action plan 226 , adopted in May 2021, with the chemicals strategy for sustainability 227 from October 2020 and the new approach for a sustainable blue economy 228 adopted in May 2021;

    4.the EU forest strategy for 2030 229 : research and innovation will be key drivers in achieving the ambitious goals of this strategy;

    5.the EU climate law targeting climate-neutrality by 2050 and AFOLU 230  climate-neutrality by 2035, which supports increased focus on bio-based circular consumption, as part of the Fit for 55 package proposed on 14 July 2021 231 ;

    6.the new European Bauhaus initiative 232  and the renovation wave 233 .

    Furthermore, the Horizon Europe work programme for 2023-2024 of will play a critical role in implementing the EU strategy for sustainable textiles 234 , which highlights the strategic role Horizon Europe initiatives play in R&I in the textile ecosystem. Textiles are the fourth highest category as regards pressure on the use of primary raw materials and water and fifth for GHG emissions, and are a major source of microplastic pollution in production and use phases. They are also a key material and product stream in the circular economy action plan. Improvements in the circularity of the textile value chains will help reduce GHG emissions and environmental pressure. The framework is established in the strategy for sustainable textiles, The transition pathway is a multistakeholder process, that could support implementation Attention should be paid to ensuring a circular, safe and sustainable design and the use of new sustainable biobased materials, as well as to collection, sorting and upcycling. Automated processes and digital solutions should help increase reuse and recycling. The safe-and sustainable-by-design concept aligns circular, safety and bioeconomy approaches with zero pollution. R&I can link various EU policies, namely those related to the green and digital transition, resilience and competitiveness. Under the proposed Ecodesign Sustainable Product Regulation (SPI) 235 the Commission will set out ecodesign requirements on design in order to reduce the environmental footprint of products, striving for products to be kept in circular use for as long as possible.

    The wide range of EU initiatives supported by this destination includes:

    1.the industrial strategy;

    2.the EU chemicals strategy for sustainability;

    3.the SME strategy;

    4.the revised (2018) bioeconomy strategy 236 and its action plan;

    5.the communication on sustainable carbon cycles;

    6.the sustainable blue economy approach and its offshoot initiatives;

    7.the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030;

    8.the farm to fork strategy;

    9.the upcoming EU agenda for tourism;

    10.the plastics strategy and the action plan on critical raw materials.

    In addition, this destination will contribute to the transition pathways of energy-intensive industries, textiles, construction and agri-food industrial ecosystems.

    Where appropriate, proposals are encouraged to cooperate with the European Commission Knowledge Centre for Bioeconomy, also for the purpose of dissemination and exploitation of results.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to:

    1.develop the circular economy and bioeconomy sectors;

    2.ensure natural resources are used and managed in sustainable and circular manner;

    3.prevent and remove pollution;

    4.unlock the full potential and benefits of the circular economy and the bioeconomy, with clean secondary raw materials, ensuring competitiveness and guaranteeing healthy soil, air, fresh and marine water for all, through better understanding of planetary boundaries and wide deployment and market uptake of innovative technologies and other solutions, notably in primary production (forestry) and bio-based systems.

    More specifically, the proposed topics should contribute to one or more of the following impacts:

    1.Regional, rural, local/urban and consumer-based transitions are accelerated towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive, just and clean circular economy and bioeconomy across all regions of Europe. Special attention should be paid to the most sensitive/vulnerable 237 and greenhouse gas-intensive regions, based on better knowledge and understanding of science, and improved capacity to design, implement and monitor policies and instruments for circular and bio-based transitions.

    2.European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence are strengthened by reducing the use of primary non-renewable raw materials and greenhouse gases emissions and other pollutants, achieving an improved environmental footprint (including on biodiversity), enabling climate-neutrality, zero pollution 238 and higher resource efficiency. This will also be supported by increasing circular and bio-based practices in textiles, plastics, electronics and construction, developing further on industrial symbiosis as well as circularity and sustainability by design, cascading use of biomass and, clean secondary raw materials, along and across value chains.

    3.Innovative and sustainable value-chains are developed in the bio-based sectors replacing fossil-based value chains, increasing circular bio-based systems from sustainably sourced biological resources, and replacing carbon-intensive and fossil-based systems. Such a development will be supported through R&I in biotechnology and other enabling technologies, which is a prerequisite and driver of future solutions for a circular economy and the bioeconomy transition. This will involve with inclusive engagement with all stakeholders, including policymakers and will increase access to finance and technical support along whole supply chains for bioeconomy projects.

    4.The benefit for consumers and citizens, including those in rural areas, are improved by establishing circular and bio-based systems based on sustainability, inclusiveness, zero pollution 239 , health and safety. All value chain actors (manufacturers, retailers, service industry, consumers, public administration, including on regional level, primary biomass producers etc.) are involved to a significantly higher degree.

    5.Multi-functionality and management of forests in Europe are safeguarded based on the three pillars of sustainability (economic, environmental and social), in particular to optimise the contribution of forests and the forest-based sector in mitigating and adapting to climate change.

    6.Potential of marine and freshwater biological resources and blue biotechnology is enlarged to i) deliver greener (climate-neutral and circular) industrial products and processes, ii) help characterise, monitor and sustain the health of aquatic ecosystems for a healthy planet and people, and iii) help in the drafting of proposals for accompanying changes in regulation where necessary.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CIRCBIO-01

    98.50

    28 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CIRCBIO-02

    80.00

    28 Mar 2023 (First Stage)

    26 Sep 2023 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CIRCBIO-01

    74.50

    22 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CIRCBIO-02

    73.00

    22 Feb 2024 (First Stage)

    17 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    Overall indicative budget

    178.50

    147.50

    Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CIRCBIO-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 240

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 241

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 22 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 28 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-1

    CSA

    2.50

    Around 2.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-10

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-11

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-12

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-13

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-14

    RIA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-2

    IA

    18.00

    Around 6.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-3

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-4

    RIA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-5

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-6

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 1.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-7

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 1.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-8

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-9

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    98.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Enabling a circular economy transition

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-1: Enhancing collaboration between Circular Cities and Regions Initiative's (CCRI) supporting organisations

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    Proposals funded under this topic must form part of the instruments for the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI). This means that:

    1.Proposals must cooperate with CCRI and its Coordination and Support Office (CCRI-CSO) by means of sharing with this initiative knowledge and experiences gained through the implementation of the CSA, as well as participating in the CCRI’s main events (e.g. general conferences and coordination meetings).

    2.Proposals must ensure the proposed activities are complementary to those of the CCRI Coordination and Support Office.

    3.Proposals must clearly specify how the CSA will ensure synergies and complementarities with other circular economy projects and initiatives (incl. those recognised as CCRI projects and CCRI Associated Partners).

    Applicants must integrate explicitly these obligations into their proposal’s work plan.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 242 .

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposal will support the delivery of solutions to implement the European Green Deal, the EU circular economy action plan (CEAP) and the EU bioeconomy strategy. The topic will support the transition towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy at local and regional scale across the EU and Associated Countries.

    Proposals results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Strengthened collaboration and complementarity between various relevant initiatives and organisations that support circular economy at the local and regional scale;

    2.Enhanced support to the implementation of circular systemic solutions in cities and regions through the streamlining and creation of synergies with/between the activities of other relevant initiatives and organisations;

    3.Increased capacity, efficiency and efficacy of organisations that support circular economy at the local and regional scale, e.g. research and technology organisations, associations of cities and regions, other support organisations providing technical assistance to urban and regional circular economy initiatives and projects;

    4.Enhanced knowledge transfer and exchange of best practices between organisations that support circular economy at the local and regional scale;

    5.More widespread dissemination of circular innovation, including technological, business, governance and social innovation, which lead to an uptake and easier replication, scalability and visibility of circular systemic solutions and hence multiplication of their economic, social and environmental benefits at the local and regional scale;

    6.Increased contribution of the Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) scheme to the policy targets of the European Green Deal, particularly the circular economy action plan, the industrial strategy and the bioeconomy strategy at local, regional, national, European and international levels.

    Scope: As part of the EU circular economy action plan, the Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) 243 supports the implementation of circular systemic solutions at the local and regional levels by providing financial and technical assistance to cities and regions in the EU and Associated Countries. The CCRI Coordination and Support Office (CCRI-CSO) is responsible for facilitating the implementation of the CCRI and supporting the cooperation, synergies and complementarities between the CCRI Pilot Group and Fellows, CCRI Projects and Associated Partners. In particular, the CCRI-CSO is responsible for providing practical and tailor-made support to the Pilot Group. The CCRI-CSO also helps to identify and analyse the main R&I gaps as well as the (technical, regulatory and financial) barriers and drivers to a local circular economy.

    There is a wide range of organisations in Europe that focus on circular economy at the local and regional scale and have the potential to contribute to CCRI, by implementing activities ranging from political engagement, networking, dissemination, research, support to the development and implementation of circular economy action plans and other circular innovative solutions on the ground.

    The objective of this topic is to strengthen the collaboration between various relevant initiatives and organisations that support circular economy at the local and regional scale, enhance their capacity to contribute to CCRI, while avoiding overlaps and duplications in their activities. Proposals should build on the activities of the CCRI-CSO, and ensure the proposed activities are complementary. Proposals should set out a clear plan on how they plan to collaborate with the CCRI-CSO, CCRI Pilots and Fellows, CCRI Projects and Associated Partners, for example by undertaking joint activities, workshops or common communication and dissemination activities and/or providing additional technical expertise through dedicated support activities. Selected proposal will thus need to work together with the above-mentioned CCRI counterparts and, if needed, refine their work plan together with the Commission. All the proposals’ activities must be coordinated and implemented in close cooperation and coordination with the CCRI-CSO, as well as explore the possibilities to further build on and make use of outputs produced, in order to ensure complementarities.

    Proposals should:

    1.Ensure close cooperation with CCRI and its Coordination and Support Office (CSO), and contribute to CCRI´s goals and activities, for instance by participating in relevant activities and sharing knowledge that can be transferred to the Pilot Group and Fellows and beyond;

    2.In cooperation with the CCRI-CSO, facilitate exchange of knowledge and best practices on circular economy innovation, including innovative technologies, business models and governance as well as methodologies for supporting local and regional initiatives based on the latest knowledge in management, behavioural science and other relevant areas;

    3.In collaboration with the CCRI-CSO, provide technical support to local and regional circular economy initiatives in order to increase the chance of success of circular systemic solutions. The projects should complement the support provided by CCRI-CSO to Pilot Group and Fellows, either by targeting cities and regions not already included in the list of CCRI Pilot Group and Fellows supported by the CSO and/or covering additional circular economy topics and dimensions not already addressed by the CCRI-CSO;

    4.Organise workshops, webinars, trainings, capacity-building and/or peer-learning activities in coordination with the CCRI-CSO, in order to support the development and implementation of circular systemic solutions as well as facilitate knowledge and experience transfer for further outreach and replication in European territories;

    5.Develop in cooperation with the CCRI-CSO relevant case studies of local and regional circular economy measures, activities and policies, identifying and presenting the respective strengths and weaknesses. These case studies could be used for their replication and dissemination across the EU and Associated Countries;

    6.Support the CCRI-CSO in the development of guidance and policy recommendations for local and regional authorities on how to address identified technical, regulatory, and financial obstacles to the transition to the circular economy as well as on the development and the implementation of circular economy initiatives at a local and regional scale;

    7.Promote in collaboration with the CCRI-CSO the concept of circular economy to cities and regions that are in the early stage of circular economy transition to help them build their understanding of the concept and the opportunities and chances of a circular system.

    The target group of this topic includes organisations that support circular economy at the local and regional scale. These may include: research and technology organisations, associations of cities and regions, other organisations providing technical assistance to local and regional circular economy initiatives and projects. Proposals should ensure that all evidence, information and project outcomes will be accessible through the CCRI website.

    Among other entities, organisations that have already received funding from Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe under CCRI demonstration and project development assistance topics (LC-GD-3-2-2020; HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-01; HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-02) and/or are currently officially one of the CCRI Associated Partners can be eligible for this topic.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-2: One hundred circular model households: making European households sustainable through inclusive circular practices

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the following Destination impacts: i) accelerate regional, rural, local/urban and consumer-based transitions, and ii) improve on consumer and citizen benefits.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Significant, well-documented increase in material efficiency in participating households;

    2.Significant reduction of emissions of GHG and other pollutants, including micro- and nanoplastic fibres from covered households, and increase of carbon removals;

    3.Improvement of living conditions in participating households;

    4.Multiplier effect regarding the replication of the approach and its benefits; leading by example;

    5.Lessons learnt for a European rollout strategy and integration with sectoral strategies such as Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI).

    Scope: The transition from a take-make-waste society to sustainability, resource-efficiency and circularity will have to happen on the ground in the living environment, i.e. at the consumers’ homes, or it will not happen at all. We therefore should reduce the environmental footprint of households, and think about an ambitious GHG reduction target for households that could be tested at large scale via research and innovation funding. Areas to be addressed are e.g., household electronics, textiles, food, packaging and the respective waste, furniture, housing, modes of consumption in general, at the level of individual behavioural decisions. The feasibility of this approach should be demonstrated in pilots with NGOs and CSOs that directly target transformation in a certain number of individual households.

    Although technology can contribute, the overall goal can only be achieved through behavioural change. Social and gender aspects are relevant. Proposals should demonstrate how sustainable products and/or services can better meet the real needs of citizens with regard to entertainment, communication, mobility, housing, etc., and how in return this will positively influence consumer behaviour.

    This initiative complements the envisaged circular and biobased transition activities in cities and regions at a micro level, as it aims to target individual households. In this way, it will also target social disparity. It will experiment with different behavioural approaches in a scheme of 100 circular households. This R&I initiative will also support the Commission’s commitment in the 2020 circular economy action plan (CEAP) to present measures to make circularity work for people, regions and cities, to develop a sustainable product policy framework, to empower consumers and public buyers, and to focus on areas where the potential for circularity is high.

    Through this initiative, a cost-free circular economy advisory service shall be provided to selected households. As a first step, all available knowledge on the measurement and calculation of greenhouse gas emissions and other environmental impacts from households, with particular attention to the above-mentioned consumption areas, will be screened and consolidated. A simple and robust method for a quick comparison of environmental impacts, using in particular PEF expertise, will be established.

    Proposals shall define the exact scope of demonstration projects, e.g., to transform X households in Y Member States into model circularity/sustainability cells, with a focus on a limited number of material flows, and set reduction benchmarks that are ambitious and plausible, and that can be validated using the above-mentioned knowledge. In a second step, a support service directly targeted at citizens will be established. Similar to energy advisory services, material efficiency advisors will contact households and identify individual needs and optimisation potential. This can build on the infrastructure of the upcoming Circular Cities and Regions Initiative and other projects that operate at macro level, and on ongoing environmental NGO advisory activities. While the focus is on material flows, trade-offs between material and energy efficiency are to be avoided. All proposed measures have to respect the principles of non-toxicity and zero-pollution. The impact of all measures should be assessed from a lifecycle perspective.

    The advisors will be the link between retailers/service providers, insurances etc., where necessary also public services and administration, and households. All proposed measures need to be easy to implement and at least cost-neutral for households. Measures will range from environmentally friendly purchasing, shared product use, swaps to optimised maintenance, upgrade, repair, down to waste disposal. Financing of significant expenses that can be a barrier to transition at household level, and amortisation issues need to be addressed in the context of the advisory service. The aim is also to debunk the notion that sustainable living is a privilege of the wealthy.

    In a third step, results will be analysed and presented in a robust way that allows multiplication both through media initiatives and on the ground, via public authorities or directly by individual actors who want to replicate and implement successful circular measures in their remit. With regard to the territorial aspects of all proposed solutions, proposals should seek to contribute to the goals and cooperate with the services of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) 244 . Joint activities with CCRI projects are encouraged.

    The targeted TRL at the end of the projects is 6 to 8.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-3: Harnessing the innovation potential and market uptake of successful circular economy water related projects

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 245 .

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal and EU water-related policies, successful proposals will contribute achieving sustainable and circular management and use of water resources, as well as prevention and removal of pollution, in particular the expected impact of the Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors' to ‘Accelerate transitions towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive, just and clean circular economy based on enhanced knowledge and understanding of science’.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Boost the uptake of the most promising systemic solutions, innovative recovered products and related business models for sustainable wastewater treatment, recovery and reuse, removing relevant barriers and create a level playing field for innovative companies;

    2.Change perception and behaviour of European citizens, removing social barriers with regard to wastewater management, recovery and the reuse of resources and energy

    3.Enhance collaboration and knowledge sharing on water reuse and recovery, education, awareness, and professional skills development;

    4. Support the implementation of relevant EU policies (e.g., water and marine related policies, water reuse regulation, sludge and industrial emissions directive, climate change adaptation strategy, circular economy action plan, EU bioeconomy strategy and its action plan, EU zero pollution action plan).

    Scope: The water sector is facing important transformations in order to ensure resource efficiency, food and water security and meet relevant targets of the EGD. Transitioning to a circular economy and bioeconomy present a big opportunity for that.

    Past and ongoing EU funded projects demonstrated the benefits of applying circular economy and bioeconomy principles to water systems and provided interesting case studies on various circular water management approaches and business models, and insights on how materials, water, energy, products and components can be managed in such a way, they can maintain their highest possible intrinsic value. However, the uptake of innovative circular water solutions (e.g., recovered products) is hindered by the lack of a common understanding of benefits of systemic solutions and the lack of a systematic analysis of the various, technological, regulatory and social barriers. Raising, for instance, public awareness, stakeholder and business engagement on the use of recovered products (water, nutrients, other resources) is crucial for overcoming social barriers and other regulatory ones as well as for enabling policy developments.

    There is therefore the need to create a critical mass for knowledge exchange, to further promote the dissemination and exploitation of EU funded research results, to remove social barriers, facilitate their use by various stakeholders, reduce unnecessary duplication of efforts, ensure/demonstrate public and stakeholders engagement in developing business opportunities of circular use of water and identify wider policy implementation opportunities as well as, opportunities to accelerate and scale-up various scientific and technological advances that support greater water efficiency and reuse in various sectors and promote innovation and business development.

    This action should bring together relevant business representatives, investors water utilities, policy makers, researchers, technology providers, water utilities, and other water users and citizens from past and ongoing successful EU funded R&I projects on the circular use of water, to take stock of the outcomes of major results with regards to technologies, eco-innovative solutions and related business models for sustainable treatment and practices of stakeholders and water managers involvement, recovery and reuse of relevant resources from wastewater and sewage sludge (e.g., nutrients, metals, energy, etc.). The involvement of relevant EU water EU associations and supporting platforms should be encouraged, as they play an important role in bringing together different stakeholders (industry, science, regulators, consumers and downstream users) and different sectors (recycling technologies, waste industry, user industries and agriculture) for knowledge transfer, dialogue and confidence building utility associations. The inclusion of relevant SSH expertise would be also needed to help achieving the social related expected outcomes of this action.

    For achieving these objectives the action should analyse relevant results and experiences and provide guidance related to the transition pathways that would enable water management authorities and utilities to navigate through water, material and energy pathways. Various business models for future replication, use, policy and market uptake of project results, should be also analysed, as well as related regulatory and/or market barriers. Recommendations for best practices to engaging the public and user industries (such as the food industry for nutrients or the biobased industry for biomasses) in co-design and co-creation processes that can speed up the market uptake of the solutions should be provided, as well as recommendations for future research needs.

    The action should:

    1.Assess how digital business models can further support water reuse, energy and resource recovery along the water cycle and help to increase awareness of the water sector operators concerning the water-energy-carbon nexus and longer-term impact of their day-by-day activity and promote actions for their market uptake.

    2.Assess the social, environmental and economic impacts of various project results and their contribution the aims of various related EU policies. The full cost of service should be considered within the water sector. This includes the capital and operating expenses, cost savings from recovered products, the environmental and social aspects of water cycle management.

    3.Propose a roadmap, recommendations and guidance on the standardisation of water products, in relation to secondary raw materials from wastewater treatment plants, including standardized key performance indicators and product certification schemes. In this context it would be also useful to assess to what extent, the development of niche markets and decentralised logistics/business models could further support the market uptake of recovered products.

    4.Propose a roadmap and action plan to address the social perception and related biases of water reclamation and reuse with a view to increasing awareness among various water users and citizens in general.

    5.Develop new education and training programmes to upskill young professionals in relevant sectors in relation to the circular use of water along the water cycle.

    6.Define and propose national and EU-harmonized end-of-waste criteria for the recovered materials.

    Innovating for sustainable bio-based systems, biotechnology and the bioeconomy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-4: Land-based bioprospecting and production of bioactive compounds and functional materials for multiple bio-based value chains

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to all Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors’ impacts related to consumers and industry, in particular to development of innovative and sustainable value-chains in the bio-based sectors and of European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and EU resource independence / strategic autonomy. It will also contribute via research on biotechnology and other enabling technologies, as a prerequisite and driver of future solutions for the bioeconomy transition.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Enhanced understanding of terrestrial biodiversity and the limits and potentials of its valorisation;

    2.Addressing the need of sustainable sourcing and development of novel natural, sustainable and ‘eco-friendly’ (including ‘climate-friendly’) materials and product ingredients for various sectors and applications. These will eventually deliver clear-cut benefits for consumers by being more effective and/or eco-friendly, cheaper, better for climate, and more readily accessible than existing fossil-based alternatives;

    3.Improved sustainable exploitation, cultivation and processing methods based on promising species/organisms (including complex inter-species communities), and chosen production routes; leading to a diminished pressure on the natural resources (especially biodiversity) in situ.

    4.Increased competitiveness of European biotechnology, in particular the SMEs sector.

    5.Increased public knowledge and awareness of connections between biodiversity and biotechnology and its potentials, leading to increased trust in the scientific approaches based on informed and robust communication and mutual-learning efforts.

    Scope: Global terrestrial biodiversity remains a largely untapped source of natural bioactive molecules and compounds, often combined with interesting potential functional properties of high economic and social value. Such chemical diversity and structural complexity may be matched with biological potency and selectivity. While some of the natural biochemical diversity has been studied 246 , the potential for developing new applications and products is far from exhausted 247 . There are still significant opportunities to improve the biodiscovery process as well as understanding of specific biochemical pathways leading to high-value applications, especially with those with a reduced Green House Gas (GHG) emissions, in various sectors, based on novel biochemicals and functional bio-based materials.

    This will increase capacity in the European biotechnology sector and other industries to respond to society’s needs. The challenge is to match sustainable sourcing and processing with efficient and cost-effective use. This calls for close cooperation between industrial and academic partners, with due consideration for health/safety and environmental legislation, and informed public engagement.

    Activities should address:

    1.Technical improvements of the bioprospecting of any land-based organisms for potential bioactive compounds and functional materials, based on identified suitable sources of feedstock. The bioprospecting may be “bio-guided” by the study of chemical ecology interspecific interactions (symbiotic/defence) such as, for instance, plant-insects, or microbial-insect/plant/fungus interactions.

    2.Addressing sustainable biodiscovery, including by advanced detection methods, such as in silico database analysis, microfluidics/lab-on-chip, high-throughput screening, machine learning, etc, overcoming the issues of low concentrations of target molecules, and their general scarcity, and use of natural biological resources from diverse terrestrial environments and ecosystems, allowing better assessment of the selected bioactivity/functional property potential.

    3.Defining and assessing the optimal further production routes via innovative approaches and systems/platforms (e.g., biotechnology, hydroponics, bioreactors), as well as economic feasibility assessment of these options for resulting bioactive compounds and functional materials, ensuring full valorisation of biomass and all by-products in the production routes, and biomass’ sustainable supply, and, if appropriate, proposing an outline of continuation of the end-product development beyond the project timeline and its present resources.

    4.Assessing and clearly communicating, by inclusive communication and dissemination strategies, the environmental and climate benefits (e.g., by lowering the pressure on the natural habitats (decrease of harvesting in situ), supporting nature conservation, and increase overall resource efficiency and sustainability), while expanding the range of natural ingredients for the new applications in industrial sectors.

    5.Covering the environmental, climate and safety/health impacts of the developed ingredients or processes, using Life-Cycle Assessment (LCA) methodologies based on available standards, certification, and accepted and validated approaches. Estimate of possible negative environmental impacts and trade-offs should be provided. The need to guarantee biodiversity preservation and compliance with relevant international rules on access to biological resources, their sustainable use and the fair and equitable sharing of benefits from their utilisation, with the national regulations in the source countries and with the Convention on Biological Diversity and its Nagoya Protocol.

    6.Food, biofuel and bioenergy applications are not in scope. Agricultural crop protection products (chemical pesticide substitutes) are also not in scope, to avoid overlaps with a parallel topic 248 . Marine and aquatic ecosystems are also out of scope to avoid overlap with parallel topics 249 and projects funded under the recent call 250 . For any health-related applications, complementarities with Horizon Europe Cluster 1 ‘Health’ should be carefully explored, to avoid duplications, and seek synergies.

    Where relevant, and to increase impact, proposals should seek links and synergies as well as capitalise on the results of past and ongoing research projects 251 (including under the Bio-based Industries Joint Undertaking (BBI JU) / Circular Bio-based Europe Joint Undertaking (CBE JU)).

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-5: Broadening the spectrum of robust enzymes and microbial hosts in industrial biotechnology

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors’ impacts, in line with the European Green Deal, the EU bioeconomy strategy & its action plan as well as the EU industrial strategy. A proposal is expected to address in particular: i) developing innovative and sustainable value-chains in the bio-based sectors and ii) enhancing European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence. Expected impacts will be achieved via research and innovation on industrial biotechnology and other enabling technologies, as a prerequisite and driver of future solutions for the bioeconomy transition.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Enhanced EU bio-based sector competitiveness, sustainability and resource independence, including SMEs. More specifically, successful projects will contribute to a paradigm shift from enzymes and industrial microbial-hosts dependent processes to evolved microbial hosts and enzymes, for improved (bio-based) process/production robustness and flexibility.

    2.Enabling environmental performance improvements of bio-based processes (encompassing climate-neutrality, circularity and zero pollution) through resource efficient valorisation of sustainable biomass feedstock, while addressing pollution issues in production processes.

    3.Long-term benefits to the bio-based sector, consumers and end-users, by more environmentally-friendly as well as more technically and economically feasible applications in diverse value chains, also underpinned by progress in industrial biotechnology.

    Scope: The overall scope focuses on widening the range of known robust enzymatic catalysts and industrial microbial hosts, 252 as well as on the potential of scaling up their deployment and thus exploring their potential to offer significant gains in bio-based processes and their flexibility against variable process parameters, namely: resource efficiency, energy efficiency and other process metrics. These efforts will then eventually aim for development of novel, or significantly optimised, sustainable (bio-based) processes and products (e.g. chemicals, materials).

    Proposals should address:

    1.Identification and bioprospecting of novel natural enzymes and/or microbial hosts, including though the use of existing sequencing data, from all types of environments (especially terrestrial but also marine). 253 The identified solutions must especially address extreme habitats (relevant to bio-based processes conditions/ challenges-see next point).

    2.Optimisation of enzymes’ and/or microbial hosts’ properties for industrial use, addressing (bio-based) process conditions barriers. Such barriers comprise of physical parameters (e.g., temperature, pH) and chemical parameters/stressors (e.g., solvents, variable biomass feedstock composition, contaminants etc.). Optimisation efforts may include understanding, modification and control of microbial hosts and enzymes, (e.g. via Synthetic Biology methodologies).

    3.Testing and demonstrating of novel concepts for industrial enzyme-catalysed or microbial host-based processes (e.g., engineering of enzyme cascades/multi-enzyme reactions, co-factor regeneration, broader range of functional activity etc.) to valorise biomass and produce high-value bio-based products.

    4.Demonstrating optimised process design, development and control aspects, with considerations for implementation of automation, integration of unit operations, robust and precise process analytical technologies (PAT), and the horizontal incorporation of enabling digital technologies, where necessary for improving process efficiency but also achieving environmental performance improvements.

    5.Assessment of the tested, optimized enzyme-catalysed or microbial host-based processes with respect to biotechnological, economic, environmental performance (lifecycle assessment) as well as safety parameters and standards.

    6.Linking to the ongoing work on sustainability improvements via industrial biotechnology 254 , if underpinned by the thematic focus on enzymes.

    7.Beneficiaries should pay attention to the delivery of FAIR data, results and methodologies.

    Where relevant, proposals should overall seek links and synergies as well as capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU research projects 255 of Horizon 2020, LIFE, Horizon Europe (including the Bio-based Industries Joint Undertaking (BBI JU) /Circular Bio-based Europe Joint Undertaking (CBE JU)).

    Proposals should also include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and other relevant topics.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-6: Bio-based solutions for humanitarian applications

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Due to the scope of the topic, legal entities established in low- and middle-income countries (see General Annexes) may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action as beneficiaries or affiliated entities.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 256 .

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will contribute to Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors’ impacts, including: i) accelerating transitions towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive, just and clean circular economy and bioeconomy, ii) developing innovative and sustainable value-chains in the bio-based sectors as well as iii) improving citizen benefits by establishing circular and bio-based systems based on sustainability, inclusiveness, zero pollution.

    More precisely, successful proposals will provide humanitarian aid operators and bio-based sector stakeholders, with science-based information on the application potential, sustainable performances and circularity of bio-based solutions and options, suitable for humanitarian purposes. Projects’ results will thus contribute to further improve on the social benefits of bio-based systems, in line with the European Green Deal, the bioeconomy strategy, the EU circular economy action plan and the EU zero pollution action plan.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Identification of sustainable bio-based solutions of applicable performance under humanitarian aid contexts, addressing the technical challenges posed by diverse environmental, social and economic conditions.

    2.Improved way to address waste management and waste-related challenges in humanitarian aid contexts.

    3.Significant reduction/minimisation of waste (e.g., plastic or fibres waste) littered in the environment.

    Scope: The global solid waste management crisis (and any related pollution) is increasingly urgent to address and it can disproportionately affect countries that commonly receive humanitarian assistance. Humanitarian aid, including EU-funded aid, is delivered both within EU boundaries and beyond, including to remote areas, posing logistics challenges of waste management. This call would contribute by examining on how bio-based products and systems could contribute to managing environmental challenges relevant to waste in humanitarian contexts. For example, based on existing assessment studies 257 , issues pertain with durability of materials compared to the timeframe needed for their integrity to guarantee necessary quality, cost effectiveness of managing waste, prevention of littering, safety to end-users and operators as well reuse, recycling, or biodegradability and composting of waste materials in humanitarian settings.

    Proposals should:

    1.Assess the scope for which bio-based innovative technological solutions as well as bio-based systems have more environmentally sound applicability (including zero pollution and climate change considerations) for different and relevant applications, 258 under humanitarian contexts (scoping exercise).

    2.Evaluate socio-economic/governance aspects, including the replication potential of appropriate solutions.

    3.Include appropriate lifecycle assessment methodologies to examine the potential to reduce the environmental impact (accounting also for biodiversity, ecosystems preservation and enhancement, zero pollution as well as greenhouse gas emissions) of proposed solutions, under relevant humanitarian aid conditions (variable environmental, social and economic conditions).

    4.Develop guidelines and recommendations to policy makers, bio-based sector actors as well as humanitarian aid operators/practitioners (e.g., NGOs). Such guidelines can address further R&D&I needs and socioeconomic considerations, detailing on the potential of bio-based products and bio-based systems for uptake, based on the scoping exercise and a SWOT analysis. For all aforementioned aspects, humanitarian context specificity is crucial and must be taken into account for the analysis.

    5.Implement multi-actor approach (MAA) by involving a wide range of bio-based sector actors, humanitarian aid actors as well as other relevant stakeholders, accounting also for trans- and inter-disciplinary research.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links and synergies as well as capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU research projects 259   (Horizon 2020, LIFE, Horizon Europe, including the Bio-based Industries Joint Undertaking (BBI JU) / Circular Bio-based Europe Joint Undertaking (CBE JU)).

    International cooperation and the consideration of gender-related aspects are highly encouraged. Social Innovation and social science and humanities (SSH) aspects should form an essential part of the funded projects.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-7: Symbiosis in the bio-based industrial ecosystems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 260 .

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will enable the bio-based industries in the Union to contribute to the enhancement of European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence, developing industrial symbiosis and circularity by design and to the development of innovative and sustainable value-chains in the bio-based sectors as a prerequisite and driver of future solutions for a circular economy and the bioeconomy transitions. Projects results will contribute to deliver bio-based solutions with reduced environmental impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate, in line with the EGD objectives, the EU circular economy action plan, the bioeconomy strategy and the implementation of the transition pathway for the EU chemicals industry.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Innovative processes and industrial symbiosis approaches in the bio-based industrial value chains, enabling local security of supply chains and the maximum valorisation of biological resources while minimizing the use of hazardous substances and waste streams;

    2.Monitoring systems of the industrial symbiosis in the bio-based industrial value chains.

    Scope: In the transition towards an effective circularity and zero pollution within the industrial ecosystems in the Union, the production of goods and services must optimize the use of any resource. Industrial symbiosis is instrumental to this goal, as it is based on the sharing of resources between facilities when wastes or by-products from an industry or industrial process becomes the raw material for another. A well-developed symbiosis across bio-based facilities aims at zero-waste value chains, ensuring more local supply chains, minimizing the use of input material resources, while reducing all the environmental impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate, of all the processes involved. This should also bring an increase in the economic value of final products and a better distribution of economic and social benefits among the stakeholders. Industrial bio-based facilities within the scope of this topic include those producing bio-based materials and products (e.g., paints, coatings, inks and dyes, polymers, construction materials, fibres, personal care products, plasticisers, adhesive, lubricants, platform chemicals, solvents, surfactants, etc.).

    To improve the knowledge for the implementation and scaling up of industrial symbiosis in the bio-based industries proposals should:

    1.Analyse the applicability of existing methods and approaches individuating and assessing technical solutions enabling the symbiosis to specific sectors/facilities within the bio-based industrial ecosystems (but also their symbiosis with non-bio-based industrial assets), including supported by digital innovation and AI, based on existing studies 261 and on the knowledge collected and elaborated under the European Community of Practice 262 (ECoP);

    2.Improve existing and/or develop new methods to assess the circularity and symbiosis of bio-based industrial ecosystems, taking into considerations specific KPIs developed in the above-mentioned ECoP;

    3.Assess and optimize the environmental sustainability of symbiotic processes in terms of (decreased) impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate;

    4.Evaluate the economic and social benefits of the industrial symbiosis assets in terms of increased economic value of final industrial products, better distribution of economic and social benefits among the stakeholders, improved utilisation of local supply chains, and integration in local (national and regional) strategies supporting circular approaches;

    5.Individuate high-potential regions/areas, or specific industrial hubs for the demonstration of the developed symbiotic approach. Criteria for the individuation of such sites should focus on process level, symbiosis process implementation, commitment level of the local authorities and communities, regional specificities (business/industrial policy and strategies), additional funding, potential private investors, etc., also taking stock from the EU Hubs for Circularity (H4C) experiences 263 ;

    6.Engage with stakeholders, including local authorities and communities to disseminate the social and economic benefits from innovation in industrial symbiosis, bio-based industries, universities or other educational institutions to facilitate the training of circular practitioners;

    7.Develop a targeted reporting system of the effectiveness of the technical solutions, based on ad-hoc monitoring capacity along the bio-based value chains working in symbiosis.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative by interacting with the NEB Community, NEB Lab and other relevant actions of the NEB initiative through sharing information, best practices, and, where relevant, results.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU funded projects, including under the Circular Bio-based Europe JU and other partnerships of Horizon Europe and beyond.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-8: Eco-friendly consumer products – low-toxicity/zero pollution construction bio-based materials

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to all Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors’ impacts related to consumers and industry, in particular to development of innovative and sustainable value-chains in the bio-based sectors and of European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence, including via research on biotechnology and other enabling technologies, as a prerequisite and driver of future solutions for a circular economy and the bioeconomy transitions.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Higher environmental sustainability, including on the climate targets (primarily reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, and accessorily increase of carbon removals), and zero pollution demonstrated by LCA approaches of bio-based materials and products for construction applications, allowing their intensified sustainable use, under the New European Bauhaus Initiative 264 and the Renovation Wave 265 ;

    2.Demonstrated non-toxic and zero-pollution properties of the construction materials, as well as their recyclability and/or reusability, to respond to the higher societal demand and the objectives of the European Green Deal;

    3.Increased competitiveness of European industry, including SME sector, and involving various actors of bio-based value chains; while ensuring affordable and sustainable end-products for the consumers and society, including via integration of digital solutions;

    4.Improved innovation potential in regard to biotechnology, and its potential contribution to the sustainable, circular bio-based materials and biochemicals, with safe, environmentally-friendly and functionally performing applications;

    5.Improved societal innovation and creativity, with inclusive engagement of all societal actors, especially professional bodies, policymakers, designers, architects, consumers and end-users, for the bio-based construction product segments. This is expected to contribute, e.g., by developing recommendations or guidelines, or public engagement/dialogue, to the policy-feedback on innovative construction materials, and to resolving related regulatory bottlenecks.

    Scope: Bio-based construction materials offer major opportunities to contribute to the climate-neutral and zero-pollution objectives of the European Green Deal, replacing fossil-based alternatives, and so, reducing the environmental footprint, while offering economic benefits to the actors involved. However, care needs to be taken to ensure sustainability of sourcing and production process, while guaranteeing safety and positive user experience. This calls for high level of innovation and creativity, ensuring full inclusiveness of participation for all actors.

    Proposals will focus on:

    1.Identification and upscaling of bio-based materials suitable for the construction sector, understood as bio-based feedstocks, e.g. agro-forestry 266  residues, fibres, recycled organic materials, industrial by-products etc, obtained especially by higher circularity of available biomass, under the cascading use of biomass principle. However, the selected materials can also be found in other bio-based resources that, due to their specific genetic / physiological / biochemical backgrounds have functional properties, which can be further improved or upgraded by fermentation, biomanufacturing, or biotechnology approaches. Also, the hybrid integration of living organisms into traditional or bio-based construction materials (e.g., plants, algae, fungi) might be considered, if leading to higher quality and improved environmental impact. The range of final construction materials is broad and may cover composites, insulation materials, interior or exterior elements, adhesives, etc., depending on the construction value chain selected.

    2.Innovating in terms of bio-based production improvements (e.g., additive bio-based manufacturing, nature-based solutions, or composite materials with added functionalities), leading to new construction-oriented consumer applications. This effort should benefit from innovation developed both from the technical angle, but also from social innovation and from inclusive participation of all actors, including development of recommendations for pre-normative or/and regulatory actions, related to new (recyclable/reusable) bio-based construction materials, as appropriate.

    3.The safety and user experience aspects should be duly considered and included in the developed solutions.

    4.Communication and dissemination will form an essential part of the projects, especially as related to the sustainability, ‘reconnection with nature’ and inclusiveness aspects.

    5.Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and other relevant topics.

    6.International cooperation is encouraged to benefit from exchange of best practices, while taking care of European (industrial) competitiveness.

    7.SSH aspects should be considered and covered, as well as the contribution from digital solutions.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-9: Business models that balance the share of power and profit in the bioeconomy

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 267 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic is supporting the bioeconomy strategy and the common agriculture policy (CAP) by promoting diverse forms of cooperation among primary producers to create value-added bio-based products in fair value chains via advanced biorefineries.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Revitalisation and resilience of rural economies by creating new green jobs and investments.

    2.Development and validation of replicable, scalable production and business models for the operation of biorefineries that offer economic opportunities in rural areas and contribute to a fair distribution of benefits in bio-based value chains.

    3.Enhanced joint investment in R&D and demonstration plants.

    4.Linking of underutilised feedstock types with available technologies and market information, improved logistics and quality standards.

    5.Identification of factors for success and policy recommendations in view of robust contracts and agreements, training and capacity building, shared business plans, marketing strategies for bio-based products as well as financial and legal aspects.

    6.Climate-neutral land sector by 2035 and climate-neutral economy by 2050.

    7.Diversification and enhancement of agricultural incomes (organic and conventional farming) and transition towards sustainable food systems in line with the farm to fork strategy.

    8.Enhanced cooperation between primary producers and other key actors along the value chain in the bio-based economy.

    Scope: The circular use of waste, by-products and residues from agriculture, forestry, and the agri-food industry can lead to the creation of new economic opportunities in rural areas. However, primary producers are often not fully integrated in bio-based value chains, and thus, benefits are not sufficiently distributed among value chain actors.

    This topic addresses diverse forms of cooperation among primary producers and suitable business models to create high-value bio-based products in vertically integrated value chains via advanced biorefineries.

    Proposals will:

    1.Examine the potential of contractual agreements or fully developed shareholder/ownership concepts (e.g., cooperatives) to create sustainable and competitive innovations in the bio-based economy through the conversion of by-products, residues and wastes from agriculture and forestry.

    2.Develop and promote business models for different primary production sectors in the EU that build on existing rural infrastructures, support the economies of scale, and contribute to a fair distribution of costs, benefits, and risks amongst the economic operators.

    3.Contribute to a better understanding of sustainable and fair biobased supply chains, synergetic points along and across agricultural, forestry and industrial value chains as well as industrial symbiosis opportunities.

    4.Explore existing investment options, including non-traditional sources (e.g., cross-sectoral collaborations, etc.) and identify barriers and enablers for sustainable long-term operations.

    5.Contribute to restoring carbon content in soil, increasing nutrients, revitalising marginal lands and ensuring food security.

    6.Consider further socio-economic factors, influencing farmers’ behaviour and develop indicators to assess the economic, environmental and social impacts for farmers, foresters and rural areas through increased cooperation.

    7.Connect with a wide range of stakeholders (farmers, foresters, industry, processors, advisors, clusters, etc.) and develop together a portfolio of research and innovation priorities that can be implemented in Horizon Europe and relevant European partnerships such as the Circular Biobased Europe.

    8.Promote bioeconomy-related interventions in the new CAP and provide advice and technical guidance for Member States.

    Proposals shall apply the concept of the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector, SMEs and other actors active in rural areas.

    Proposals may involve financial support to third parties e.g. to primary producers, academic researchers, start-ups, SMEs, and other multidisciplinary actors, to, for instance, develop, test or validate developed applications. Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support may be granted. Maximum 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose.

    Cooperation with other selected projects under this topic is strongly encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-10: Supporting the fair and just transition from GHG-intensive economies facing challenges towards circular bioeconomy model regions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 268 .

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposal will contribute to the expected impacts of Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’, and the European policies it supports, by supporting the establishment of the innovative governance models notably to achieve better-informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation.

    In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the EU’s climate targets for 2030 and 2050, the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the farm to fork strategy and the vision of a society that acts within environmental and social boundaries as defined in the bioeconomy strategy, the successful proposal will guide and facilitate the green transition towards a circular bioeconomy model, in regions that lag behind in this process.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

    1.Outline widespread best practices showing the economic, social and environmental opportunities and the challenges of transforming GHG-intensive economies, such as coal mining, intensive agriculture such as livestock or crop production, forestry, and fisheries, and peat production, towards circular bioeconomy model regions;

    2.Strengthened interactions and coordination between affected European / Associated Countries regions.

    Scope:

    1.Identify just and fair bioeconomy solutions in regions that face difficulties in the green transition to leave no person and no place behind.

    2.Establish a network structure for European / Associated Countries regions to exchange views, best practices and align their work to overcome common challenges.

    3.Identify new bioeconomy structures that generate local green growth in regions currently relying on carbon-intensive economic activities that would be utilised by the IA project funded under HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-07: Demonstrating the fair and just transition from GHG-intensive economies facing challenges towards circular bioeconomy model regions.

    4.Provide logistical support to the IA project funded under HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-07: Demonstrating the fair and just transition from GHG-intensive economies facing challenges towards circular bioeconomy model regions.

    5.Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    6.Implement the required multi-actor approach by involving a wide diversity of bioeconomy actors and conducting trans-disciplinary research.

    7.Where relevant, activities should build and expand on the results of past and ongoing research projects.

    8.This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Innovating for blue bioeconomy and biotechnology value chains

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-11: Novel culturing of aquatic organisms for blue biotechnology applications

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: The selected proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Expansion of the potential offered by marine or other aquatic biological resources through advances based on the greater knowledge of the functioning, processes and ecological interactions of marine and other aquatic organisms;

    2.Development of aquatic biotechnology solutions in cultivation and optimisation of production yield;

    3.Increased bio discovery of products through sustainable methods for robust aquatic bio-based production, including possibly production of chassis cells, as an alternative to wild harvesting;

    4.Support to green industrial bioprocessing and more sustainable bio-based products through new biotechnology processes and applications;

    5.Contribution to the development of circular processing.

    Scope: The biotechnological exploitation of both pelagic and benthic marine and other aquatic (such as the ones living in fresh waters, transitional waters and ice ecosystems) organisms often requires their cultivation and the optimisation of production yield for the compounds of interest. Aquatic biota, and in particular marine ones (bacteria, algae, fungi or invertebrates such as sponges, corals and molluscs), cannot be easily cultured. It is believed that just a fraction of 1% of marine bacteria can be cultured using existing methods, and viruses and bacterial and viral phages, present even greater challenges. The culturing of aquatic organisms offers a sustainable alternative to wild harvesting. The potential environmental footprint and impact on health, sustainability and biodiversity aspects need, nevertheless, to be thoroughly assessed and safety established, through risks analysis linked to possible dissemination of newly developed organisms in nature. Culturing methods should be developed in sealed conditions, such completely in vitro or in aquaria and mesocosms, with particular attention to avoid spread of non-indigenous species in the natural aquatic environment.

    Proposals under this topic should:

    1.Develop culturing methods (including for mixed cultures) for vertebrate and invertebrate cell lines for the production of active compounds particularly based on co-metabolism between community members that represent a radical change from the conventional “isolate and enrich” approach to cell culture;

    2.Develop bio-engineering tools for the use of marine and other aquatic model organisms to improve the availability of metabolites for industrial applications;

    3.Optimise culturing conditions so that the relevant metabolites are appropriately expressed and can be recovered with selective downstream processing techniques.

    Selected projects should collaborate with each other. In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Safeguarding and sustainably innovating the multiple functions of EU forests

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-12: Optimising the sustainable production of wood and non-wood products in small forest properties and development of new forest-based value chains

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Expected Outcome: This topic supports the EU forest strategy for 2030 by securing and promoting small-scale forest management for the sustainable use of wood and non-wood products, while fully respecting the cascading use principle and contributing to biodiversity and climate objectives, including forest ecosystem restoration and protection.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Development of regional and local management models for small-scale forest holdings in support of the EU forest strategy for 2030, adapted to the wide variety of contexts found in the EU.

    2.Better understanding of knowledge, skills, motivation and needs of small-scale forest owners, and development of targeted and innovative approaches for effective support structures and instruments for the various ownership types.

    3.Contribution to forest-related policy goals of the European Green Deal, including the development of a forest-based bioeconomy, the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, the increase of carbon removals, the protection of ecosystem services and the restoration and conservation of forest biodiversity.

    4.Improved guidelines on carbon farming and PES (Payment for Ecosystem Services) design and implementation in Europe formulated and implemented.

    5.Development of lively, prosperous and resilient rural areas and integration of small-scale forests owners in the bioeconomy value chains.

    6.Improvement of the quantity and quality of EU forests, their multifunctional role and resilience needs under climate change and contribution to halting and reversing biodiversity loss.

    Scope: European forests belong to around 16 million owners, whereby about 60% of the forest area is privately owned, the majority being small properties, often lacking proper attention by their owners mainly due to fragmentation and non-profitability. Knowledge on small-scale private forest owners’ expertise, skills, motivations and needs to manage forests sustainably, including both traditional and non-traditional owner types, is limited.

    Genuinely trans-disciplinary approaches in research and innovation are needed that combine the environmental and socio-economic dimensions and closely engage with broader stakeholder communities.

    This topic addresses sustainable production potentials with a view to securing and promoting small-scale forest management for the sustainable use of wood and non-wood products, while fully respecting the cascading use principle and contributing to biodiversity objectives, including forest ecosystem restoration and protection.

    Proposals will:

    1.Create a better understanding of the circumstances of small forest property owners and behaviour for both traditional and non-traditional owner types.

    2.Explore, analyse, and develop innovative forest management approaches, including silvicultural practices, carbon farming, digital tools (for example blockchain, robotics, AI or IoT/sensors), organisational, cooperation and business models, advisory services, education and training concepts, policy frameworks and social and institutional models that take into account different ownership types.

    3.Assess and develop innovative and tailored support structures, programmes and instruments, covering traditional and non-traditional owner types, considering size, geographical, professional and personal backgrounds, value orientations, age, gender, etc.

    4.Collect, analyse, and develop targeted approaches for activating and mobilising forest owners, particularly non-traditional, non-farm, absentee, urban or women as forest owners taking into consideration existing good practice guidance and examples.

    5.Define sustainable production potentials for wood and non-wood forest products through improved integrated management approaches.

    6.Develop new business models to promote the sustainable and value-added utilisation of damaged (burnt, broken, degraded conditions etc.) or infected wood (e.g., by bark-beetle, etc.) within strictly defined ecological thresholds and in line with the cascading use principle, forestry side streams and non-wood forest products (e.g., cork, etc.).

    7.Contribute positively to the UN and EU sustainability goals (climate, biodiversity, risks, income streams, ecosystem services etc.).

    8.Explore the role of social, economic, political, and institutional factors to improve political-institutional frameworks on different administrative levels.

    9.Engage small forest property owner types and all relevant actors in co-creation processes for developing viable measures and tools at local and European scale that contribute to increased awareness and motivation for ensuring sustainable use, restoration, and conservation of resilient small-scale private forest properties.

    10.Involve rural communities with a view to optimising the mobilisation of forest resources, improving land management practices, and reducing land abandonment in full respect of climate mitigation and adaptation, biodiversity protection and restoration objectives.

    11.Foster knowledge exchange and capacity-building.

    The project must implement the multi-actor approach and ensure an adequate involvement of the primary production sector and the wider forest-based value chain.

    Proposals may involve financial support to third parties e.g. to primary producers, academic researchers, start-ups, SMEs, and other multidisciplinary actors, to, for instance, develop, test or validate developed applications. A maximum of € 60 000 per third party might be granted. Conditions for third parties support are set out in Part B of the General Annexes. Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support may be granted. Maximum 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose. The financial support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-13: Capturing market trends and societal perceptions for tailor-made forest services

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: This topic contributes to the new EU forest strategy for 2030 by addressing new opportunities for primary producers to diversify income and employment opportunities and developing new sustainable business models.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved integrated management concepts with a focus on market-oriented approaches to meet the growing demand for ecosystem services, including carbon removals through carbon farming.

    2.Development of decision support and management tools (including digital technologies such as AI, sensors or robotics) that will facilitate the joint delivery of multiple ecosystem services.

    3.Increased long-term resilience of forest production and use systems and associated value chains.

    4.Improved guidelines on carbon farming and PES (Payment for Ecosystem Services) design and implementation in Europe formulated and implemented.

    5.Accelerated uptake of sustainable business models in the primary production sector.

    Scope: Forests provide invaluable benefits to people and the planet. They are biodiversity hubs and habitats, vital for climate and water regulation, soil stabilisation and the purification of air and water. Their carbon sequestration and storage capacity make them an important alley in the fight against climate change. Also, forests and the forest-based sector provide multiple socio-economic functions and benefits, including jobs and development possibilities in rural areas. Their role in providing food, medicines and materials and their value for recreation and learning from nature is indispensable for the transition to a circular bioeconomy and a healthy society.

    However, there is an increasing demand on European forests to provide a high diversity of goods and ecosystem services at the same time. The choice of forest management can produce different outcomes for ecosystem services and productivity in the short and the long-term. Forest owners should consider possible trade-offs and synergies with regards to the multifunctional role of forests, their interaction with climate change and their role for biodiversity. Therefore, there is a need for balanced and integrative approaches to ensure ecosystem services in the long-term and to provide sufficient resources for a sustainable and circular bioeconomy, while at the same time, contributing to GHG emissions reductions and carbon removals to contribute to 2030 and 2050 EU climate targets.

    This topic addresses new opportunities for primary producers to diversify the income by developing new sustainable business models.

    Proposals will:

    1.Set-up a transdisciplinary forum at the science-policy-society interface to regularly disseminate research results, discuss options for upscaling promising approaches (including technological needs and possible solutions) and collaborate with relevant policy makers, stakeholders and the wider public.

    2.Explore the evolving societal demands under changing climate conditions for different forest goods and services in an interdisciplinary and integrative approach to improve the knowledge that will help to balance the demands while safeguarding forest’s capacities to deliver them in the best possible way.

    3.Based on previous research results (.e.g., InnoForest 269 , Sincere 270 , etc.), improve the understanding of ecosystem service interactions at different temporal scales both short-term and long-term and consider relevant social, environmental and economic interdependencies and path dependencies.

    4.Identify region and national specific market-driven approaches to create new or reactivate value chains and business models based on co-operation between forest owners, policymakers and users of ecosystem services with a view to develop tailor-made solutions and strengthen interdisciplinary and cross-sectoral cooperation.

    5.Select a set of representative European PES cases, including carbon farming cases, with sufficient implementation length and data availability for a holistic impact evaluation.

    6.Analyse and compare the data for contextualizing results vis-a-vis the existing literature on PES design and implementation, including carbon farming.

    7.Improve existing and develop new business models to determine the value and possible funding of sustainable forest management, including through the valuation of ecosystem services such as biodiversity, non-wood products, carbon sequestration and storage, clean water supply, soil protection, recreation, health amenities etc.; and develop standardized methods for their valuation where needed with the goal to maximise sustainable benefit across ecosystem services.

    8.Propose standards for measuring, assessing and valuating ecosystem services in different regional settings, which could lead to more efficient market mechanisms across Europe in support of forest management practices ensuring sustainable use and biodiversity conservation and restoration.

    9.Promote and provide advice for the set-up of adequate payment schemes through private and public funding instruments at national and EU-level (including the CAP).

    The project must implement the multi-actor approach and ensure an adequate involvement of the primary production sector and the wider forest-based value chain.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-14: Monitoring the multi-functionality of European forests

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Expected Outcome: This topic supports the implementation of the new EU forest strategy for 2030 by addressing the design of a comprehensive forest information system that align information on forest and soil state, the provision of ecosystem services (including biomass, biodiversity and carbon removals) and socio-economic demands on ecosystem services.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Development of a comprehensive information base for all stakeholders involved in forest matters, from policy making, through forest restoration and conservation planning and funding of such activities, to practical forest management.

    2.Successful implementation of forest-related policy objectives under the European Green Deal, including the building of a forest-based bioeconomy, the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, the increase of carbon removals, the contribution to climate change adaptation, the provision of ecosystem services and the conservation and restoration of forest biodiversity.

    3.Better understanding of the quantity and quality of European forests, their multifunctional role and resilience needs under climate change and contribution to halting the loss of biodiversity.

    4.Efficient implementation of possible certification schemes in relation to forest multifunctionality (e.g., closer-to-nature forest management practices, carbon farming).

    Scope: In the context of climate change impacts, accelerated biodiversity loss and the need to adjust our socio-economic system to a more sustainable alternative, forests play increasingly a double role as victim and part of the solution. While their resilience and potential are under threat, they help to mitigate climate change (e.g., through carbon sequestration), and contribute to climate change adaptation (buffering thermal variations or variations in water flows), harbour large parts of terrestrial biodiversity and provide feasible solutions to support the transition to a bioeconomy.

    To adequately manage forests and the services they provide, reliable, up-to-date, and coherent European forest information is more important. However, one of the challenges remain how to integrate information from different sources on the many functions that forests fulfil and the benefits they provide to society. Currently, data are scattered and often focusing on a limited set of indicators, which do not adequately represent the multi-functionality of forests.

    This topic addresses the design of a comprehensive forest information system that aligns information on forest state, ecosystem services (including biomass) provision and socio-economic ecosystem services demand.

    Proposals will:

    1.Develop a list of parameters relevant for monitoring of a range of ecosystems services provided by forests.

    2.Consider the latest scientific knowledge and technology (e.g., through the use of AI, IoT/sensors, robotics and blockchain) for the development, combination, and utilization of reliable data from multiple sources (e.g., national forest inventories, remote sensing, environmental monitoring, large scale societal surveys, national or smaller-scale economic data etc.)

    3.Assess and propose suitable solutions to make these data available, also by considering issues related to the governance and funding of a fully harmonised monitoring system at EU-level.

    4.Engage in a structured dialogue with institutions and stakeholders, including the European Commission, national competent authorities, representatives of the forest-sector, as well as data providers to align the needs and possibilities of data collection, provision, and use.

    The project must implement the multi-actor approach and ensure an adequate involvement of the primary production sector and the wider forest-based value chain.

    Proposals may involve financial support to third parties e.g. to primary producers, academic researchers, start-ups, SMEs, data providers, national administrations, and other multidisciplinary actors, to, for instance, develop, test or validate developed applications. A maximum of € 60 000 per third party might be granted. Conditions for third parties support are set out in Part B of the General Annexes. Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support may be granted. Maximum 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose. The financial support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    Proposals should build on past or ongoing research projects and collaborate with relevant initiatives, including the Forest Information System for Europe (FISE).

    Cross-articulation with the other data spaces, and notably with the European Open Science Cloud should be foreseen, exploiting synergies and complementarities of the different approaches. Efforts should be made to increase the data availability in the appropriate data-infrastructures for further uses.

    JRC is available for sharing and taking up results and findings on the monitoring of the forest ecosystem multifunctionality in the EU Observatory for Deforestation, Forest Degradation and Associated Drivers and JRC Big Data Analytics Platform.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CIRCBIO-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 271

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 272

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 22 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 28 Mar 2023 (First Stage), 26 Sep 2023 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-02-1-two-stage

    IA

    58.00

    9.00 to 10.00

    6

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-02-2-two-stage

    IA

    14.00

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-02-3-two-stage

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    80.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Enabling a circular economy transition

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-02-1-two-stage: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI)’s circular systemic solutions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 9.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 58.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following exceptions to the conditions described in General Annex B apply:

    Proposals funded under this topic, and their circular systemic solutions, must form part of the demonstration projects for the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI). This means: (i) that proposals must cooperate with CCRI and its Coordination and Support Office by means of sharing with this initiative knowledge and experiences developed during the implementation and demonstration of the circular systemic solutions; (ii) proposals must participate in the CCRI’s events.

    Applicants must integrate explicitly these obligations into their proposal’s work plan.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will support the delivery of solutions to implement the European Green Deal, the EU circular economy action plan (CEAP) and the bioeconomy strategy. The topic will support the transition towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy at local and regional scale across regions of Europe, boosting interregional and cross border cooperation.

    Proposals funded under this topic will form part of the demonstration projects for the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) 273 . Proposals are expected to provide policymakers, public and private investors and local communities with concrete and demonstrated examples of circular systemic solutions.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Significantly increased circularity, reduced GHG emissions, and where relevant increased carbon removals, in product value chains, and efficient valorisation of local resources in cities, regions or their groupings.

    2.Creation of business opportunities and jobs in the circular economy at urban and/or regional scale.

    3.Increased uptake and participation of citizens in circular and climate-neutral practices.

    4.Enhanced knowledge transfer between the cities, regions or their groupings involved in the proposals financed under this topic and other cities and regions in EU Member States and Associated Countries.

    5.More effective widespread uptake and easier replication, scalability and visibility of circular systemic solutions and hence multiplication of their economic, social and environmental benefits.

    6.Contribution to achieving the policy targets of the European Green Deal, circular economy action plan, EU bioeconomy strategy and the European industrial strategy at local, regional, national, European and international levels.

    Scope: In the context of this topic, a circular systemic solution is defined as demonstration project for deploying a circular and climate-neutral economy at urban and/or regional scale, involving key stakeholders and, ideally, addressing more than one product value chain. Proposals are expected to implement and demonstrate at large scale circular systemic solutions for the deployment of the circular economy (including the circular bioeconomy) in cities and regions or their groupings. They should form part of the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) and they should be carried out in close coordination and cooperation with the CCRI Coordination and Support Office (CCRI-CSO).

    The implemented circular systemic solutions should address economic, social and environmental dimensions of the transition towards a circular economy and include science, technology and governance components. They should demonstrate circular innovative technologies, novel governance and business models and support the active participation of all relevant actors in cities, regions or their groupings. Examples of relevant actors are: public administrations (national/regional/local authorities) and utilities (public/private companies); private sector services and industries, including start-ups and small and medium enterprises (SMEs); research infrastructures, scientific and innovator communities including incubators and accelerators; financial intermediaries with a focus on environmental and social impact; venture capitalists and business angels; civil society, including citizens; and non-governmental organisations and philanthropy.

    The implemented circular systemic solutions can address ideally more than one of the key product value chains set out in the new circular economy action plan, i.e.: batteries and vehicles, electronics and ICT, packaging, plastics, textiles, construction and buildings, food, water and nutrients. 274 The circular systemic solutions may also include nature-based solutions. Circular systemic solutions and the economic sectors involved in them should be selected and based on a detailed analysis of the cities, regions or their grouping’s socio-economic and environmental needs to be addressed, circular potential to be exploited and challenges to be tackled.

    Circular systemic solutions should identify, analyse and, when feasible, quantify the economic, social and environmental benefits and trade-offs/challenges related to their implementation and demonstration. They should include the monitoring and evaluation of the transition towards a circular economy, identify their strengths and weaknesses as well as causes. They should analyse the encountered regulatory obstacles and drivers and provide clear and precise policy recommendations to improve circular economy. Each circular systemic solution should address environmental externalities and contribute to preserving and, where possible, increasing the well-being and the health conditions of the local communities involved in the transition towards a circular economy.

    It is crucial that the circular systemic solutions implemented and their business models have a high replicability and scalability potential. This is fundamental to facilitate that circular systemic solutions demonstrated in specific areas should be replicated in others. During their implementation and by the end of their life cycle, the selected proposals are expected to share with all stakeholders clear and comprehensive guidelines on the circular systemic solutions adopted, including their strengths and challenges. They should also provide information on key barriers identified to avoid their emergence at early stages of replicating existing solutions. Proposals should ensure that all evidence, information and project outcomes will be accessible through the CCRI website (incl. business models and other studies).

    It is essential that proposals also ensure complementarity and cooperation with existing and future relevant European projects on the circular economy and the circular bioeconomy, with special reference to those on local and regional scale and avoid overlaps and repetition 275 .

    Citizen science could be appropriate mode of research to increased practices and participation of citizens in circular systemic solutions.

    Where relevant, SSH and social innovation aspects should be considered.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-02-2-two-stage: Novel, sustainable and circular bio-based textiles

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to expected impacts under the Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors’, in line with the European Green Deal, the EU bioeconomy strategy and its action plan, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the circular economy action plan (CEAP), the chemicals strategy for sustainability, the EU textiles strategy, the EU zero pollution action plan as well as the New European Bauhaus initiative and the EU industrial strategy.

    In particular, expected impacts to be addressed by successful proposals include: i) enhancing European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence; ii) accelerating regional, rural, local, urban and consumer-based transitions towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive, just and clean circular economy and bioeconomy as well as iii) the development of innovative and sustainable value-chains in the bio-based sectors, substituting fossil-based ones.

    Proposal results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Significantly reduce the negative environmental impact of textiles throughout their lifecycle. This impact encompasses primary raw materials and water consumption, land use and indirect land use change, as well as GHGs and other pollutants emissions (zero pollution), via addressing circularity-by-design and sustainable production aspects (the latter including thus also resource efficiency and circularity of resources improvements).

    2.Significantly increase recyclability and circularity of textiles; it is estimated that currently there is a very low rate of recyclability of textiles into new textiles, worldwide 276 .

    3.Increase the use of EU (locally/regionally-sourced) alternative, bio-based fibres (including the reuse of bio-based textiles in their present form and in novel forms of use).

    4.Address social impacts (e.g., HS&E and working conditions), in addition to environmental effects; projects should ensure sustainable, circular and socially just textile production and consumption at EU level, while international cooperation is strongly encouraged. The latter will allow for enhancing further on the sustainable production and consumption of textiles while improving on the replication potential of the proposed innovations.

    5.Empower and increase SMEs participation and improve academia/industry/feedstock &fibres suppliers’ interactions and collaboration.

    6.Establish new and innovative circular bio-based value chains with a positive impact on EU competitiveness and jobs creation at regional, rural and local levels.

    Scope: Overall, the call addresses the design, demonstration and scale-up of production of sustainable and circular, bio-based textiles for one or more applications: e.g., technical textiles, garments, industrial textiles, home textiles; including also innovative smart textiles and those providing additional functionalities (e.g., antimicrobial or fire resistance properties). Blended, but only bio-based compositions, are included hereby.

    More specifically, the overall scope should be addressed by the projects via:

    1.Valorisation of secondary biomass, residues and under-utilised (primary or secondary) biomass (sustainable biomass sourcing, land use, land-use change and forestry (LULUCF) and biodiversity considerations should be addressed/showcased) for bio-based textiles. Moreover, the reuse of fibres from bio-based textiles to produce circular bio-based textiles is in scope;

    2.Design for circularity, enabling thus material design for durability, end-of-life recyclability, re-use and upcycling (including usability of waste fibres), with attention to the final application(s)/end use of textiles;

    3.Design for end-product quality, safety, and durability, with consideration of the sustainability and circularity of textiles value chains and the final application/end-use; this does include preventing micro- and nano- plastics/fibres release throughout the lifecycle of textiles;

    4.Development, demonstration and scale-up of novel processes by deploying appropriate enabling technologies 277 to significantly reduce the environmental footprint of textiles, across their production steps (pre-treatment, mordanting, dyeing, and finishing steps), improving notably on climate neutrality and against zero pollution. Moreover, apply industrial, industrial-urban and other symbiosis concepts, where necessary to achieve and enhance targeted outcomes and impacts;

    5.Assess the environmental and social sustainability performance of the proposed innovations (textiles production and textiles lifecycle), while including technoeconomic feasibility assessment as well. The methodologies of assessment should follow existing EU standards;

    6.Integrate the Safe-and-Sustainable-by-Design (SSbD) framework, developed by the Commission, for assessing the safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials. 278 Contribute with and develop recommendations that can advance further the application of the SSbD framework. More specifically, provide thresholds that can support the criteria definition and improvements for the assessment SSbD methodologies, including any specificities related with bio-based textiles. Recommendations can also include identification of data gaps, especially safety, environmental, but also socio-economic factors, as well as priorities for data collection.

    7.Address, consumer behaviour, acceptance and demand aspects for circular and sustainable bio-based textiles;

    8.Assess existing barriers to implementing circular economy business models for textiles; on this basis create innovative, sustainable and circular business models for the (EU and local) production and consumption of circular bio-based textiles. The participation of industry and particularly SMEs is strongly encouraged.

    Projects are also expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative by interacting with the NEB Community, NEB Lab and other relevant actions of the NEB initiative through sharing information, best practice, and, where relevant, results.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU funded research projects, (Horizon 2020, LIFE, Horizon Europe) including the ones under the Circular Bio-based Europe JU (CBE JU) and other partnerships of Horizon Europe. 279 , 280

    Proposals should also include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and other relevant topics.

    Social Science and Humanities (SSH), social innovation and international cooperation aspects are also applicable to this topic and it is highly encouraged to address them as cross-cutting issues.

    Innovating for sustainable bio-based systems, biotechnology and the bioeconomy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-02-3-two-stage: Non-plant biomass feedstock for industrial applications: technologies and processes to convert non-lignocellulosic biomass and waste into bio-based chemicals, materials and products, improving the cascading valorisation of biomass

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to expected impacts under Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors’, related to consumers and industry, and in line with: the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan, EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the EU bioeconomy strategy & its action plan, the Waste Framework Directive and the EU industrial strategy.

    In particular, expected impacts to be addressed by successful proposals include: i) developing innovative and sustainable value-chains in the bio-based sectors and ii) enhancing European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased sustainability of biomass resources valorised in industrial applications, lowering land dependence and Indirect Land Use Change (ILUC) impacts, protecting biodiversity and respecting ecosystems integrity;

    2.Contribution to climate-neutrality (primarily via reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, and accessorily via increase of carbon removals), 281 zero pollution and resource efficiency via practical application of the circular (bio)economy concept;

    3.Improved industrial competitiveness, strategic autonomy and resource independence of bio-based value chains of EU Member States and/or Associated Countries, due to more sustainable industrial products and practices.

    4.Environmental, economic and social benefits on territorial and municipal level, due to increased circularity and upcycling of low-value, Non-Lignocellulosic Biomass (NLBM) (waste), of terrestrial or aquatic origin, including its upcycling into high-value applications.

    5.SMEs engagement, including the regional dimension, for skilled jobs creation.

    6.Increased cooperation and awareness across circular bio-based value chains, including waste managers, biomass feedstock providers, bio-based (process) industry, end-users and the civil society.

    Scope: Circular bioeconomy will rely on the availability of diversified and low/no-ILUC (Indirect Land Use Change) sources of biomass but also on the ability to design, develop and scale-up processes to valorise such feedstock towards high-value, sustainable bio-based products. Non-Lignocellulosic Biomass (NLBM), 282  and related residual non-lignocellulosic biomass’, provide options beyond plant biomass. However, NLBM from aquatic and terrestrial sources, often face challenges to reach economies of scale and biorefining production intensification, driven also by a complex and varying feedstock composition.

    Project activities should address:

    1.Identification and optimization of suitable NLBM feedstock, with focus on higher resources efficiency and circularity, while respecting the waste hierarchy principles. Such feedstock to be deployed in adequate production systems, including upcycling approaches. More specifically, design and develop innovative upstream and conversion processes at pilot scale (e.g., via application of enzymes, industrial microbial hosts, microbiomes from natural ecosystems and diverse industrial biotech or other appropriate enabling technologies);

    2.Develop downstream conversion processes, building towards a targeted portfolio of high-value bio-based process outputs / bio-based products that can be later obtained in NLBM integrated biorefineries (of appropriate scale);

    3.Assessment of the proposed/developed innovative processes against techno-economic feasibility to valorise NLBM (waste) (at different potential biorefinery scales), showcasing/ensuring process flexibility to cope with the composition heterogeneity of the chosen NLBM feedstock(s);

    4.Application of ex ante life-cycle assessment methodologies to ensure gains in environmental performance (including biodiversity), but also socio-economic aspects, as well ensuring safety for the consumers and operators;

    5.Enable participatory approaches and knowledge sharing across circular bio-based value chains. This includes feedstock providers (rural, coastal, urban and peri-urban dimensions, as appropriate), bio-based (process) industry, end-users and the civil society, aiming for a comprehensive scoping of challenges (multiple dimensions) and opportunities of valorising NLBM and NLBM waste.

    6.Production of biofuels and bioenergy, as the main production focus, falls outside the scope of this topic (their co-production, while following the cascading biomass use principles, is not excluded though). Food/feed ingredients, cosmetics-related compounds and especially those with health-promoting properties (nutraceuticals), may be in scope, provided their toxicological and nutritional safety has been assessed and guaranteed at EU level.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links and synergies as well as capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU research projects under Horizon 2020, LIFE and Horizon Europe (especially under the Bio-based Industries Joint Undertaking (BBI JU) / Circular Bio-based Europe Joint Undertaking (CBE JU)) 283 .

    Proposals should also include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and other relevant topics.

    Social sciences and humanities (SSH) and social innovation aspects should be considered for this topic.

    Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CIRCBIO-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 284

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 285

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 22 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-1

    CSA

    6.00

    Around 2.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-10

    RIA

    9.00

    Around 4.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-2

    IA

    14.00

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-3

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-4

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-5

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-6

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-7

    IA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-8

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-9

    CSA

    2.50

    Around 0.80

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    74.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Enabling a circular economy transition

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-1: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative’s project development assistance (CCRI-PDA)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    Proposals funded under this topic, and their circular systemic solutions, must form part of the demonstration projects for the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI). This means that:

    1.Proposals must cooperate with CCRI and its Coordination and Support Office by means of sharing with this initiative knowledge and experiences developed during the implementation of the project; these must be included in the Work Plan;

    2.Proposals must participate in the CCRI’s events; these must be included in the Work Plan;

    Applicants must integrate explicitly these obligations into their proposal’s work plan.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 286 .

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will support the delivery of solutions to implement the European Green Deal, the circular economy action plan (CEAP) and the bioeconomy strategy. The topic will support the transition towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy across regions of Europe at local and regional scale.

    The Circular Cities and Regions Initiative’s Project Development Assistance (CCRI-PDA) projects are part of the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) 287 . They will be carried out in close coordination and cooperation with the CCRI Coordination and Support Office (CCRI-CSO).

    Investors and lenders need to gain more confidence in investment projects in the field of circular economy which are still seen as risky. European added value can be achieved, for example, where projects introduce innovation to the market regarding financing solutions minimising transaction costs and engaging the private finance community. European added value could also be achieved where projects demonstrably address legal, administrative and other market opportunities and challenges for innovative and sustainable circular economy investment schemes.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1. Delivery of a series of sustainable circular economy projects;

    2. Roll-out of innovative financing solutions/schemes at local and regional scale across Europe.

    Scope: The CCRI-PDA service targets public and private project promoters such as local and regional authorities or their groupings, public/private infrastructure operators and bodies, utilities and services, industry (including SMEs).

    The purpose of the CCRI-PDA is to help project promoters develop their circular economy proposals at local and regional scale by bringing together the technical, economic and legal expertise.

    The CCRI-PDA should provide support for those activities necessary to prepare and mobilise finance for investment projects, such as feasibility studies, stakeholder and community mobilisation, business plans and preparation for tendering procedures or setting up a specific financing scheme/financial engineering.

    The CCRI-PDA should focus on activities aimed at increasing circularity in product value chains that are relevant for the transition towards a sustainable circular economy at local and/or regional scale. The economic sectors and investment proposals involved in each CCRI-PDA service should be clearly specified and selected according to local and/or regional circular economy needs, resources and potential. This selection should be clearly justified and explained.

    Ideally, the proposed investments should be launched before the end of the project, which means that proposals should result in signed contracts with investors for circular economy investments at local and regional scale to that effect. Furthermore, the proposals should provide tangible showcases that trigger further market replication.

    In addition, proposals should also include an exemplary/showcase to increase circularity in specific sector(s) at local and regional scale and/or in the size of the expected investments and leverage factors 288 ;

    In addition, all proposals should demonstrate a high degree of replicability and include a clear action plan to communicate experiences and results to potential replicators across EU Member States and Associated Countries.

    Indicatively, the CCRI-PDA focuses on small and medium-sized circular economy investments of up to EUR 20 million 289 (for a single proposal or a portfolio of proposals).

    The EU contribution per proposal should not exceed 10% of the related investment.

    Proposals should justify the budget for the project development assistance needed based on the expected investment portfolio to be set up. This includes the amount of investments that is expected to be triggered and the respective leverage factors to be achieved.

    Proposals are expected to ensure synergies and complementarities with other EU financial schemes for circular economy projects. Proposals should ensure that all evidence, information and project outcomes will be accessible through the CCRI website (incl. business models and other studies).

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-2: Circular solutions for textile value chains based on extended producer responsibility

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the following Destination impacts: i) enhance European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence, and ii) improve on consumer and citizen benefits.

    Proposal results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Recommendations on best innovative solutions for the identification of material composition of used textiles/textile waste embedded in the design of textile products;

    2.Recommendations on design for recycling for textile products that allows the use of targeted Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes;

    3.Recommendations on policy tools to reach EU greenhouse gas reduction targets till 2050 (climate neutrality), including the 2030 target.

    Scope: Textiles are the fourth highest-pressure category for the use of primary raw materials and water and fifth for greenhouse gas emissions and a major source of microplastic pollution in production and use phases. They are also a key material and product stream in the circular economy action plan. Improvements in the circularity of the textile value chains will help reduce GHG emissions and environmental pressure. EPR schemes are a lever for circularity. The purpose of this topic is to enable the optimal functioning of EPR schemes for textiles within the EU and to take into account the commitments of the textile strategy on EPR. The circular economy action plan establishes the policy objective to make the textiles sector more sustainable by boosting the circularity of textile consumption i.a. through reuse, separate collection, sorting and recycling of textiles. It also wants to limit textile waste generation and restrict exports of waste that have harmful environmental and health impacts in third countries or that can be treated within the EU. Furthermore, increased amounts of separately collected textile waste are expected because of the Waste Framework Directive’s obligation to separately collect textiles as of 2025.

    Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes have proven to be an effective tool for improving the treatment of other waste streams and therefore are being considered as necessary in recent consultations by the stakeholders of the textile sector. In view of that, the Commission is assessing the feasibility of introducing EPR for textiles into EU legislation. Proposals should aim to support the high-quality separate collection, preparation for treatment and treatment of used textiles and textile waste, thereby enabling the optimal functioning of EPR schemes in this sector. It will do so by providing recommendations on improving the ease of identification of material composition in a wide range of used textile products/waste to inform the different actors in the use and end-of-life stages of textiles (consumers for use and disposal, social enterprises to enable reuse, waste management operators to enable preliminary treatment and treatment operations). To do so, it will inter alia identify, develop and test innovative labelling of textile products (including through the use of technologies such as AI, blockchain or Internet of Things) to ease separate collection for re-use or end-of-life treatment that leads to high quality secondary raw materials.

    Proposals should bring together different stakeholders active in the sector along the value chain, such as waste collectors, waste sorters, repair and reuse organisations. Proposals should also try to address historical liabilities and the impact of textiles coming from outside the EU. Proposals should analyse how EPR schemes can improve the circularity of textiles, assess the material composition in a wide range of used textile products and waste with a view to targeted EPR schemes for improved collection and recycling, and test separate collection options for reuse or end-of-life treatment that could be enforced through EPR schemes. Projects should also identify novel solutions for textile reuse. They should also consider possible rebound effects and only propose measures that will not hamper the market uptake of more sustainable novel textile materials. Projects should also recommend/identify/define tools (policy, legislation, governance, market-based, etc.) that the EU institutions (Commission, Parliament, Council of the EU) could implement or propose in order to reduce the overall greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from the textile sector (including from final consumption, not only production) in the EU in line with the EU greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets till 2050 (climate neutrality), including the 2030 target; for this, the projects should take into account the relevant possible rebound effect.

    The targeted TRL at the end of the projects is 6 to 8.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-3: Innovative circular solutions for furniture

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the following Destination impacts: i) enhance European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence, and ii) improve on consumer and citizen benefits.

    Proposal results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased deployment and demonstrated benefits of advanced digital solutions (e.g., through AI, robotics, IoT, blockchain) in circular businesses including waste management and recycling

    2. Emergence of new value chains using upcycled, recycled and/or biobased;

    3.resources, e.g. through industrial symbiosis, with particular attention to SMEs;

    4.Increased recycling rates and upcycling to new higher-value products;

    5.Increased uptake of recycled and/or renewable material;

    6.Increased deployment and market uptake of circular design, including design for easy maintenance, repair, remanufacturing and recycling;

    7.Increased reuse, refurbishment and remanufacturing rates and diffusion of new circular business practices, in particular in the uptake of repair, reuse, refurbishment and remanufacturing;

    8.Increased resource efficiency along and across value chains, causing a measurable reduction in GHG emissions, release of microplastics, other environmental pollution, and in the use of hazardous substances, and an increase of carbon removals.

    Scope: Predominantly consisting of SMEs, the EU furniture industry employs around one million European workers and manufactures approximately a quarter of the world’s furniture, representing a EUR 84 billion market equating to an EU28 consumption of ~10.5 million tons of furniture per annum. Despite a notable degree of knowledge and awareness of CE principles, analyses conducted in the framework of luxury furniture show that the involvement of furniture companies in CE practices, in particular those concerning reuse and recycle actions, is still marginal, and very limited use of process and product certifications has been noted.179 According to the findings of an EU-funded project180, furniture waste in the EU accounts for more than 4% of the total municipal solid waste stream. Waste arising from commercial sources is assumed to contribute 18% of total furniture waste generation across the sector. Total annual EU furniture waste equates to 10.78 million tonnes. According to European Federation of Furniture Manufacturers statistics, 80% to 90% of the EU furniture waste in MSW is incinerated or sent to landfill, with ~10% recycled. Reuse activity in the sector is considered low. Where reuse does occur, it is mostly through commercial second-hand shops, social enterprise companies or charities.

    Six key cycles can be highlighted to make furniture more circular. All proposals should target several of these cycles:

    1.Maintain – using preventative maintenance to maximise product lifetime, e.g., a chair remains a chair;

    2.Repair – corrective maintenance, e.g., a chair remains a chair;

    3.Reuse – redistributing products through a change in ownership, e.g., a chair remains a chair;

    4.Refurbish or remanufacture products to optimize lifetime, e.g., by resizing a desk or changing the appearance of a chair through re-upholstering to extend ‘fashion’ service life, or resizing desks;

    5.Repurpose – change functionality of the product, e.g., a desk becomes a table;

    6.Recycle – recovering the value of components and materials for feedstock as secondary materials in new products.

    Key strategies to achieve the circularity transition are circular design including the smart use of biobased materials, a shift from products to services, extended product life through design, safe and circular material choices, increased material efficiency, and modular design. It is evident that circularity concepts must be anchored in the design phase of products and aim at the user. All proposals should therefore address to some extent circular design strategies.

    Projects should demonstrate and deploy at large scale innovative solutions and designs for increased quality, non-toxicity and durability of secondary and renewable materials and increased share of secondary and renewable materials in new products. Projects should demonstrate increased recovery, recycling and upcycling rates and a higher uptake of secondary materials for high value applications. Projects should also demonstrate circular business practices, in particular in the uptake of repair and reuse, remanufacture, product-service-systems, and in the full lifetime of products or services. To achieve this, targeted market size, economic feasibility, cost efficiency and social acceptance need to be addressed. To break down the barriers for this transition, it is important that proposals involve and address the different perspectives of all relevant actors, e.g., manufacturers, retailers, consumers and Civil Society Organisations (CSOs). Proposals should consider the use of digital solutions (including technologies such as AI, robotics, IoT and blockchain) in particular with a view to the implementation of the digital product passport, and demonstrate their benefits for increased circularity. They should also help produce harmonised and robust methods to assess the amount of recycled content in sectoral products, which is key for a future review of green claims through authorities and consumer organisations. Environmental, social and economic impacts should be assessed from a lifecycle perspective as product, organisation and consumption environmental footprints, using the respective methods developed by the European Commission (Product Environmental Footprint, PEF, should be used for the assessment of the environmental impacts) and through costing methods and a dynamic LCA; relevant data should be fed into the European Platform on Life Cycle Assessment, following the specific Environmental Footprint data and format requirements. The functional performance of technologies and secondary materials can be assessed through the EU Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) scheme. Considering the microplastics and microfiber pollution and hazardous substances that are present in the targeted waste streams, their removal from the materials used for the products in concern as well as from the recovered material is crucial, in addition to applying less-polluting production and consumption procedures. Decontamination levels need to be properly addressed and accumulation prevented. Proposals should fully incorporate the Safe and Sustainable by Design (SSbD) approach. All results should be validated using quantitative indicators and targets wherever possible.

    Proposals should also envisage policy recommendations for increased warranty and cascading use. They should also provide for the development of training material to endow workers in this occupational group with the right skillset in order to deploy the new technologies developed. Proposals should consider the development of learning resources for the current and future generations of employees, with the possibility to integrate them in existing curricula and modules for undergraduate level and lifelong learning programmes. The projects should provide contributions to relevant standards or best practices.

    Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    To the extent that proposed solutions will address the role of the consumer, proposals should seek to contribute to the goals and cooperate with the services of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI). Joint activities with CCRI projects are encouraged.

    The targeted TRL at the end of the projects is 6 to 8.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-4: Systemic circular solutions for a sustainable tourism

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the following Destination impacts: i) accelerate regional, rural, local/urban and consumer-based transitions, ii) enhance European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence, and iii) improve on consumer and citizen benefits.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Diffusion of circular tourism services, where the use of harmful substances and the generation of waste is minimised and the use of energy, land and water is efficient;

    2.Deployment of replicable systemic solutions for cities and regions, where circularity is ingrained in the service design, whether for the use of residents or visitors, taking into account the specific needs of the territory (urban, rural, peripheral);

    3.Increased circular, zero-pollution and climate-neutral practices among providers and users of tourism services and active participation of users in circular systemic solutions;

    4.Deployment of innovative solutions and new, affordable technologies (including digital technologies such as AI, robotics, IoT and blockchain) that support transformation towards circularity for all actors on different systemic levels;

    5.Creation of jobs that facilitate circularity for different sectors, serving those who are living in or visiting cities and regions;

    6. Uptake, replication and visibility of circular systemic solutions for sustainable tourism that contributes economically, socially and environmentally to the achievement of the targets of the European Green Deal, circular economy action plan, bioeconomy strategy, industrial strategy and EU agenda for tourism, at local, regional, national and European levels.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to implement and demonstrate circular systemic solutions at the level of cities and regions, and include several sectors providing services for visitors and residents such as hospitality, transportation, culture, attractions, nature-based activities.

    Tourism can consume large quantities of energy, water, and plastics, which degrade the environmental quality of destinations and ecosystems, affecting the lives of residents. Circular tourism should consider waste and water management, batteries and vehicles, electronics and ICT, packaging, plastics, construction and buildings, GHG emissions of local and long-distance mobility, accommodation and food services.

    Proposals should address at least one of these above mentioned sectors.

    The complexity of tourism ecosystem lies in the fact that industry is deeply interlinked with and dependent on multiple key resource and commodity chains. Travel and tourism actors can both act as enablers of circularity in a wider economic context, and at the same time benefit from circularity models in other industrial ecosystems. Proposals should develop and demonstrate new and circular business models and technological solutions to change the way tourism operates, enabling businesses and destinations to be sustainable. This includes developing systemic approaches that steer the behaviour of consumers, whether residents or citizens, towards circularity and makes them participate in circular practices.

    The implemented circular systemic solutions should address economic, social and environmental dimensions of the transition towards circular tourism and include science, technology, behavioural and governance components. Proposals are expected to involve the relevant actors, which include public administrations, destination management organisations, private sector services and industries, citizens (residents and visitors), non-governmental organisations and new types of actors rising from collaborative economy platforms.

    The development of systemic solutions needs to consider the costs of transition from the existing models into the new ones, analysing trade-offs and challenges related to their implementation and demonstration. As the tourism ecosystem is mostly composed of small actors, micro and SMEs, systemic solutions at the level of cities and regions should develop and test innovative and collaborative ways to create common objectives, targets and processes. The implementation of technologies such as AI, robotics, IoT and blockchain could also be considered in a context-sensitive manner. Proposals should however also investigate simple, low-cost and low-tech solutions. Projects should analyse the encountered obstacles and drivers and provide clear and precise policy recommendations for local authorities on how to improve circular tourism. Each circular systemic solution should address social, economic and environmental externalities and contribute to the well-being of the local communities while improving the circularity behaviour of the visitors.

    The circular systemic solutions implemented and their business models should demonstrate a high replicability and scalability potential in order to contribute to the overall transition of tourism towards more sustainable and resilient practices. During their implementation and by the end of their lifecycle, the selected proposals are expected to prepare and share clear and comprehensive guidelines on the circular systemic solutions adopted, including their strengths and weaknesses experienced, mainly for the use of economic operators in the sector.

    With regard to the territorial aspects of all proposed solutions, proposals should seek to contribute to the goals and cooperate with the services of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI). Joint activities with CCRI projects are encouraged.

    The targeted TRL at the end of the projects is 6 to 8.

    Innovating for sustainable bio-based systems, biotechnology and the bioeconomy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-5: Programmed biodegradation capability of bio-based materials and products, validated in specific environments

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 290 .

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will enable the bio-based industries in the Union to contribute to the enhancement of European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence and to the development of innovative and sustainable value-chains in the bio-based sectors. Projects results will contribute to deliver bio-based solutions with reduced environmental impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate, in line with the EGD objectives, the EU circular economy and the EU zero pollution action plans.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Circular design of bio-based technologies and products: decreasing environmental impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate, increasing durability and suitability of products to be safely re-used and re-manufactured, allowing for high-quality recycling and for biodegradability.

    2.Innovative manufacturing processes to enable programming the safe biodegradation of bio-based materials and products according with the environmental conditions and time frame for specific applications.

    3.Information and labelling of bio-based materials and products with biodegradability capacity for specific applications and end-of-life options.

    Scope: The amount of waste littered in the open environment and causing pollution from harmful substances released from such waste streams, such as from plastic littering, has reached the level of a global emergency, especially affecting soil and water quality and biodiversity in land and marine environments. The overall low level of recycling of many waste streams, including collected plastic waste, is also part of such global pollution challenge. Biodegradability of materials and products for targeted applications may offer viable end-of-life solutions in case of safe and sustainable biodegradation either in open environments or under controlled conditions, i.e., in composting plants and anaerobic digestors.

    To deliver biodegradable bio-based solutions that address the global pollution challenges effectively, proposals should:

    1.Analyse those cases of uncontrolled waste littering in the open environment, particularly of plastic waste leading to pollution from nano- and micro-plastics and other contaminants released by macro-plastics, and the corresponding safe bio-based applications where biodegradation in open environments could enable safe and sustainable end-of-life options, e.g., in humanitarian contexts 291 where waste management systems for collection, sorting and recycling are not feasible.

    2.Select applications for biodegradable non-single-use/single-use bio-based materials and products. Such applications should include materials and products which are biodegradable in open environments in those cases of uncontrolled waste littering, as treated in the previous point, and/or other items that may bring some environmental benefits from being biodegradable, for example in cases where products and materials are contaminated from food or from other organic substances during their use;

    3.Develop manufacturing technologies of such bio-based materials and products with targeted performances: i) decreased carbon footprint (based on the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions and on the increase of carbon removals) and environmental impacts of the production processes; ii) improved circular life extension through predictive maintenance, suitability to be safely re-used and re-manufactured, allowing for recycling, and programmed integrity/biodegradation in specific environments, depending on the application, either in controlled environment (i.e. aerobic digestion in composting plants, anaerobic digestion producing biogas) and in open environments, including in extreme environments in terms of physical conditions; iii) safe biodegradation in the specific environments as in point ii), especially considering the eco-toxicity and any impacts on natural ecosystems from biodegraded materials and from their additives and other components;

    4.Use innovative and adapt existing AI-based and other digital solutions to optimise the circular lifecycle of products and make it more environmentally and economically sustainable;

    5.Validate tests of biodegradability of bio-based materials designed for specific applications both in controlled and in open environments, e.g., soil and water, under ranges of physical/chemical conditions including extreme conditions. The tests should include the monitoring of the time-frame of partial up to full biodegradation and the environmental impacts in case of biodegradation in open environments, including eco-toxicity and any impacts on biodiversity;

    6.Provide insights into the development of information and labelling systems to inform users on the most appropriate applications and on the correct use and end-of-life disposal options for the materials and products within the scope. Transparent information should aim at improving the societal acceptance of bio-based innovation and at supporting consumers and customers in making responsible and informed choices. Information should include the assessment of the risks and environmental impacts, including on ecosystems, from an uncontrolled disposal and from littering into the open environments;

    7.Assess the overall economic feasibility of the manufacturing of the materials and products within the scope.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU funded projects, including under the Circular Bio-based Europe JU, the Processes 4 for Planet partnership and other European partnerships of Horizon Europe.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes of this topic, international cooperation is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-6: Digital information systems for bio-based products

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will support the bio-based industries and the enablers of the digital transition in the Union to contribute to the development of innovative and sustainable value-chains in the bio-based sectors. Projects’ results will contribute to deliver bio-based solutions with reduced environmental impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate, in line with the EGD objectives, the EU circular economy action plan and its sustainable product initiative, the EU sustainable product initiative 292 and the proposal for the Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation 293 as well as the EU data strategy 294 .

    Projects results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

    1.Mobilising the potential of digitalisation of bio-based sectors enabling efficient, sustainable and climate neutral production processes and transparent information.

    Scope: An effective circular economy needs improved information of material flows used in all economic sectors. Information and data on products and services are key factors to improve their production’s sustainability and to meet the performance demands and needs of customers. Sharing data in an accessible and simple way, according to FAIR principles, to enable easy processing, can provide information back to the society, facilitating the inclusiveness of economic activities. Digital technologies can track and report the journeys of products, components and materials and make the resulting data securely access.

    The circular economy action plan’s sustainable product initiative, the Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation and the EU data strategy provide guidelines to build data and system architectures aiming at improving products sustainability, resources efficiency and circularity, among other goals.

    To exploit the potential of digitalisation for the objectives of the EU circular economy in the bio-based sectors, proposal should:

    1.Design solutions for the digitalisation of information from bio-based products and their value chains, e.g., AI-based, such as digital passports, tagging and watermarks, etc. and enable their use;

    2.Specialize the information from bio-based products on impacts on climate , based on estimates of carbon emissions and carbon removals, environmental impacts on soil, water, and air quality and biodiversity, end-of-life options, safety control, technical performances, predictive maintenance, and programmed integrity/biodegradation, among other data;

    3.Design the information from bio-based products to improve the societal readiness adaptation in terms of acceptability, and uptake of innovations by society. The information should be easily accessible by customers and consumers and to support them in making responsible and informed choices;

    4.Support the harmonisation and interoperability of the digital information formats;

    5.Enable bio-based industries to participate in the European Dataspace for Smart Circular Applications;

    6.Design the interfaces between the digital information from bio-based products and other applications of digital technologies ensuring interoperability in the Union.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU funded projects, including under the Circular Bio-based Europe JU.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Moreover, the link between digitalisation and the resilience of economies to disruptions, such as the one suffered from COVID-19 crisis, should be part of the societal impacts assessment.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-7: Demonstrating the fair and just transition from GHG-intensive economies facing challenges towards circular bioeconomy model regions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposal will contribute to the expected impacts of the Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’, and the European policies it supports, by supporting the establishment of the innovative governance models notably to achieve better-informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation.

    In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the objectives of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, and the vision of a society that acts within environmental and social boundaries as defined in the bioeconomy strategy, the successful proposal will guide and facilitate the green transition towards a circular bioeconomy model, in regions that lag behind in this process.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

    1.Showcased solutions in 2-3 selected coal mining regions and/or intensive agriculture regions, ensuring geographical coverage of different regions.

    2.Development of new bioeconomy structures that generate local green growth in regions currently relying on GHG-intensive economic activities, focusing on coal mining and/or intensive livestock or crop production in agriculture;

    3.Strengthened interactions and coordination between affected European / Associated Countries regions.

    Scope:

    1.Demonstrate just and fair bioeconomy solutions in regions that face difficulties in the green transition to leave no person and no place behind.

    2.Interact with and draw on the logistical support of the CSA “Supporting the fair and just transition from GHG-intensive economies facing challenges towards circular bioeconomy model regions” with the overall goal to demonstrate the transition to a just and fair bioeconomy for in 2-3 selected coal mining regions and/or intensive agriculture regions.

    3.Demonstrate the feasibility of transforming regions towards sustainable and resource-efficient bioeconomy models, while highlighting the achievement of climate targets, as well as assessing trade-offs (e.g., food security or energy-security, strategic autonomy).

    4.Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    5.Implement the required multi-actor approach by involving a wide diversity of bioeconomy actors and conducting trans-disciplinary research.

    6.Where relevant, activities should build and expand on the results of past and ongoing research projects.

    7.This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-8: Bioeconomy project development assistance

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 295 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050 and the bioeconomy strategy vision of an economic system that acts within environmental and social boundaries, the successful proposal will improve the deployment of sustainable bioeconomy business models and solutions, which will help rural and coastal areas in achieving a just, green transition.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased access to financial, legal and technical support along all Technological Readiness Levels and whole supply chains for bioeconomy projects, leading to a higher number of successful bioeconomy flagship projects.

    2.Alignment of actors (primary producers, citizens, innovators, educators, SMEs, industry, national authorities and other actors) and their goals in collaborative ventures on bioeconomy related projects.

    3.Promotion and support of regional and national transitions from existing fossil-based socio-technical systems to bioeconomy-based systems promoting the valorisation of local biological resources and ecosystem services.

    Scope:

    1.Provide technical assistance for bioeconomy project development and facilitate synergies and linkages between different EU and national policy instruments and funding opportunities (e.g., CBE JU, ERDF, CAP, EMFAF, Innovation Fund) and therefore support the deployment of bioeconomy through the streamlining of research, innovation and demonstration. Public, private and joint public-private projects are eligible.

    2.Bring together and align the goals of primary producers, SMEs, policymakers and other stakeholders in bioeconomy projects along the whole value chain in order to build collaborative partnerships with a strong technical, financial, and legal capacity.

    3.Provide expertise and consultancy services to promising bioeconomy projects, on small and medium-sized investments at different TRLs, in the area of business model development (including exploring supply chain options), planning, project documentation, feasibility assessment, financial assistance, including links to other EU funding instruments, and legal assistance.

    4.Explore the barriers faced by novel bioeconomy solutions and provide strategies how to overcome social, financial, legal and policy barriers.

    5.Projects benefiting from the assistance should contribute to the development of sustainable bioeconomy solutions and have their main activities in one or more of the following areas (a non-exhaustive list): circular and sustainable bio-based sector, including improvements in durability, quality, or resource-efficiency of bio-based products; activities enhancing biodiversity and land-based climate mitigation and adaptation; integration of the benefits of biodiversity and carbon-rich ecosystems in primary production; low footprint food production, processing and distribution, including novel foods; schemes for rewarding land and water managers for the provision of ecosystems services; sustainable fisheries, aquaculture and algae production; nature-based solutions.

    6.Assisted projects will be selected on the basis of merit. Proportionality of assisted projects across the different bioeconomy sectors as well geographical regions shall be ensured. Special focus should be given to projects from Member States where bioeconomy in underdeveloped.

    7.The technical support facility is expected to carry out the project assistance activities for the minimum duration of 5 years and be open to projects from all EU Member States and Associated Countries.

    8.Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    9.The proposals must use the multi-actor approach by involving a wide diversity of bioeconomy actors.

    10.Where relevant, activities should build and expand on the results of past and ongoing research projects.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-9: Circular bioeconomy start-up villages

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.80 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project within the area A that is the highest ranked, one project highest ranked within the area B, and one project highest ranked within the area C, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. Proposals shall clearly indicate the area they are applying to.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 296 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas and its flagship initiative on research and innovation for rural communities, the European innovation agenda, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the bioeconomy strategy and its vision of an economic system that acts within planetary boundaries and fosters a just transition, the successful proposal will support the development of circular systemic bioeconomy solutions in start-up villages across Europe. The proposal will contribute to the expected impacts of Destination 3 ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors’, by accelerating rural fair and just transitions, developing innovative and sustainable value-chains and sharing platforms (e.g. Startup Village Forum 297 ).

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Development and transfer of the concept of sustainable circular bioeconomy solutions in start-up villages;

    2.Showcased novel governance and business models for circular systemic bioeconomy solutions in start-up villages or their groupings;

    3.Strengthened position of bioeconomy start-ups in rural innovation ecosystems for the development of new value-added products, technologies and approaches;

    4.Enhanced training opportunities and knowledge exchange and cooperation among rural innovators;

    5.Improved rural innovation ecosystems to build a sustainable bioeconomy within ecological boundaries based on local resources, in particular contributing to climate and biodiversity policies and targets.

    Scope: Applicants should demonstrate how they will provide innovative circular, sustainable and socially fair bioeconomy solutions for:

    1.food systems transformation;

    2.bio-based sectors, covering biological waste/residues and bio-based materials and products;

    3.employing digital technologies and approaches.

    Applicants should address only one of the thematic areas above, and clearly indicate it in their proposal.

    Proposals are expected to contribute to the creation and support of a thematic network of start-up villages based on bioeconomy concepts, including all of the following activities:

    1.Provide assistance and advisory support for the development and linking of startup villages and raise awareness of the rural innovators on sustainable and circular systemic bioeconomy solutions.

    2.Develop the Start Up Village Forum initiative through a community of practice to support active engagement of all relevant actors (local and regional authorities, entrepreneurs, investors, rural cooperatives, rural communities and others) in the start-up villages and foster knowledge exchange and mutual learning between them, as well as share research, data and analytical findings.

    3.Develop a list of case studies of local and regional start-up villages focusing on bioeconomy including sustainable food systems and bio-based solutions, identifying and presenting the respective strengths, weaknesses, and opportunities. These case studies could be used for replication and dissemination across Europe in the context of the Startup Village Forum. Proposals should involve at least three start-up villages from three different Member States / Associated Countries, ensuring geographical coverage of different regions.

    4.Identify the challenges and development pathways for developing and scaling up of start-ups and small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) for a sustainable bioeconomy, including businesses linked to agriculture, food, forestry, bio-based innovation and non-agricultural activities in rural areas related to the community-led local development strategies.

    5.Address the challenges of Europe’s fragmented start-up scene and of entrepreneurship education and capacity building.

    6.Assess possible options and create guidelines and recommendations for policy makers, investors and rural innovators summarizing, sharing and presenting existing best practices and innovations to enable replication of successful cases across Europe.

    7.The proposals should build on the knowledge and tools already generated by the BioeconomyVentures 298 and Pilots4U 299 projects developed under Horizon 2020, as well as seek complementarities with related actions and existing 300 and upcoming 301 relevant projects on bioeconomy governance and ensure inclusiveness and engagement of all actors. It is also relevant to cooperate and establish links with the Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE) JU, and relevant EIT KICs.

    8.Seek synergies and complement the knowledge and cooperation activities of the Startup Village Forum. Cooperate with “Rural networks” (soon to become the CAP networks) including the European innovation partnership on agriculture productivity and sustainability (EIP-AGRI) and the European Network for Rural Development (ENRD), and Horizon Europe Partnership Sustainable Food Systems.

    9.Proposals should explore all available financing instruments on a European level, including relevant regional instruments (Cohesion Fund, CAP, ESF and others). Proposals should also describe how they plan to complement the ongoing activities of bodies such as the European Innovation Council, the Circular Bioeconomy Investment Platform, and the Enterprise Europe Network and European Institute of Technology (EIT) initiatives.

    10.Social innovation is relevant for this topic as it contributes to strengthened rural innovation ecosystems and to find solutions for rural communities when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social and behavioural change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. Proposal should contribute to improve the quality of life and long-term socio-economic prospects of rural and coastal communities, including women (especially supporting women-led SMEs and start-ups), youth and the most vulnerable groups like indigenous people or minorities and refugees.

    11.This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    Innovating for blue bioeconomy and biotechnology value chains

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-10: Targeting aquatic extremophiles for sourcing novel enzymes, drugs, metabolites and chemicals 

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Selected proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Contribution to expanding the sustainable exploration of biodiversity hotspot regions, e.g., transitional waters, deep-sea, polar regions;

    2.Advances in the development of the next generation of sampling methods, technologies, as well as understanding of the legal frameworks within which the development process operates;

    3.Better preparedness to harvest aquatic bioactive substances in the most environmental friendly manner and support to green industrial bioprocessing with more sustainable bio-based products through bio discovery of novel sources and new biotechnology processes and applications;

    4.Expansion of bioprospecting from the screening for new chemicals into biological function;

    5.Advancement in understanding the ecology of marine or other aquatic ecosystems, including possibly the ones on water surface, in sediments, in the internal cavity of sponges etc.;

    6.Increased commitment to conserve and sustainably use the ocean’s genetic diversity and contribution to the understanding of potential trade-offs inherent in the exploitation of ocean, and other aquatic, biodiversity.

    Scope: Extreme environments with huge bio-resources still present enormous challenges for exploration and sampling operations. Challenges are often due to the depth, pH, salinity, temperature and pressure conditions, which make exploration technically difficult, risky and expensive.

    Proposals under this topic should explore marine or other aquatic ecosystems with complex and extreme conditions such as temperature, pressure, alkalinity or acidity/pH level, extremely low nutrients, etc. with focus on extremophilic organisms capable of thriving/surviving in such extreme environments (e.g., deep hydrothermal vents, hypersaline lagoons, sub-seafloor sediments). They should develop or optimise tailor-made sampling methods, explore the metabolic, physiological and other adaptation mechanisms to such extreme ecological conditions and look for novel and highly efficient metabolites, drugs, enzymes and chemicals for industrial application.

    They should disseminate their results in the most efficient and transparent manner considering the risks and ethics related to science & technology in compliance with EU regulations on access to genetic resources and the fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from their utilisation (ABS) in the EU.

    Selected projects should collaborate with each other.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Call - Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CIRCBIO-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 302

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 303

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 22 Feb 2024 (First Stage), 17 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-1-two-stage

    RIA

    15.00

    Around 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-2-two-stage

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-3-two-stage

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-4-two-stage

    IA

    15.00

    Around 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-5-two-stage

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-6-two-stage

    IA

    15.00

    Around 5.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    73.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Enabling a circular economy transition

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-1-two-stage: Circular solutions for textile value chains through innovative sorting, recycling, and design for recycling

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the following Destination impacts: i) enhance European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence, and ii) improve on consumer and citizen benefits.

    Project results are expected to contribute to at least two of the following outcomes:

    1.Roll-out of systemic solutions for textile sorting, using innovative digital technologies (such as AI, robotics, IoT and blockchain);

    2.Roll-out of feasible solutions for facilitated disintegration to be incorporated in product design, as an enabler for recycling;

    3.Increased uptake of mechanical recycling solutions that deliver competitive, high-quality secondary materials;

    4.Roll-out of thermo-mechanical, chemical and other (e.g., enzymatic) recycling solutions that are sustainable from a zero-pollution, circular material and energy efficiency perspective.

    Scope: The topic aims at improved management of the end-of-life phase of textile products. Proposals should address one or more of the following subjects and aim to combine them where relevant in a systemic way: facilitation of the disintegration of textile products through design, sorting, and recycling of textiles.

    Textiles are the fourth highest-pressure category for the use of primary raw materials and water and fifth for GHG emissions and a major source of microplastic pollution in production and use phases. They are also a key material and product stream in the circular economy action plan. The purpose of this initiative is also to minimise the use of hazardous substances in processing and textile treatments. Proposals shall also demonstrate and deploy innovative solutions for increased quality, non-toxicity and durability of secondary textile materials and their processing and treatments.

    Facilitation of the disintegration of textile products:

    Beside the fibre composition affecting recyclability, textile products can also consist of various non-textile components or accessories, and can be coated, laminated or printed on. These hard parts, trims, coatings and laminated layers hamper recycling and are a major barrier for practically all textile fibre recycling technologies, especially chemical recycling technologies. The removal of these non-textile components requires disassembly prior to recycling, adding costs to the overall recycling process. Despite the various research projects on this topic, the implementation and uptake of these techniques is still far from reality. Proposals should address these challenges. New approaches should also be tested, involving technologies such as robotics and AI. Irrespective of the remaining technological and economical challenges, the implementation of disintegration techniques also requires a system, in which products that are fitted with any of these techniques are properly collected, recognised, and sent towards the right facility to apply the appropriate triggering mechanism.

    Systemic solutions for sorting:

    Over the coming years, the collected volumes of post-consumer textile waste are expected to increase by a further 65,000 to 90,000 tonnes per year due to the increased amounts of textiles placed on the market and the obligation to separately collect textile waste, which Member States have to put in place by 1 January 2025. This will further increase the need for advanced sorting for collecting organisations in order to create economic value out of this. At the moment, sorting is still mainly a manual process, having a significant contribution to the total process costs of recycled textile fibres. The cost of manual sorting is a major barrier to cost effective production of feedstock for textile fibre recycling. Automated sorting has the potential to deliver sufficient, well-defined and low-cost input to recycling processes, however, to date, this potential is not yet fulfilled. New technologies exist, but their limitations need to be addressed. Due to the limited penetration depth of NIR light, only the surface composition of textiles can be detected. RFID technology requires the textile products to carry an RFID tag and an entire system behind, adapted by all parts of the value chain. Therefore, proposals should develop systemic digital solutions that facilitate traceability and comprehensive exchange of information along the entire value chain, involving the use of technologies such as blockchain, AI and IoT. Proposals should build knowledge and competence regarding information system models, systems for data collection, provide an overview of existing standards and mapping of standardisation needs, include cost calculations and evaluation of Return On Investment (ROI), and consider implications of integrating digital information carriers in textile products.

    Further development of textile recycling technologies:

    In view of the huge amount of textile waste, which will have to be handled due to the soon mandatory separate collection, possible product requirements such as recycled content and the potential offered by different types of textile recycling, different ways of textile recycling remain relevant and will all be needed in the implementation of the textiles strategy. Mechanical recycling of textiles is an established technology in the market. However, the amount of spinnable fibre and the quality of the fibres should be improved. The integration of robotics, AI, or IoT components will play a role in the improvement of these processes. Thermo-mechanical recycling is a process that is still under development and further research is needed to improve the yield of recycled content and the use of chemicals to increase the quality of the polymer. Chemical and enzymatic recycling are novel technologies. Proposals should upscale polymer recycling of cotton via a pulping process and incorporate customer feedback for optimisation of the process and continuous delivery of suitable textile waste (in terms of purity and composition) as feedstock. Other options that can be explored are the recycling of polycotton blends and the monomer recycling of PET. The application of these technologies in research and innovation should also be extended to other types of fibres.

    Clustering activities with projects under “HORIZON-CL6-2024-CIRCBIO-01-2: Circular solutions for textile value chains based on extended producer responsibility” should be envisaged. A lifecycle perspective using LCA and LCC should be used when validating the technical and economic feasibility of the developed, improved, demonstrated and up-scaled processes. Proposals should also address the issue of side streams such as wastewater and the treatment and reuse. Novel value chain-based solutions through industrial symbiosis should be encouraged. For comparability reasons, LCAs should use well-established methods and be based on PEF wherever feasible. Proposals should fully incorporate the Safe and Sustainable by Design (SSbD) approach. Particular attention should also be given to the implementation of traceability solutions, also with a view to recent policy developments, e.g. the digital product passport. The participation of SMEs and industry is encouraged.

    The targeted TRL at the end of the projects is 5 to 6.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-2-two-stage: Increasing the circularity in plastics value chains

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the following Destination impacts: i) enhance European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence, and ii) improve on consumer and citizen benefits.

    Proposal results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased deployment and demonstrated benefits of advanced digital solutions (e.g., through AI, robotics, IoT and blockchain) in circular businesses including waste management and recycling;

    2.Emergence of new value chains using upcycled and/or recycled resources, e.g. through industrial symbiosis;

    3.Increased upcycling and recycling rates for the targeted material streams;

    4.Increased uptake of recycled material and upcycling to new higher-value products;

    5.Increased resource efficiency along and across value chains, causing a measurable reduction in GHG emissions and other environmental pollution and an increase of carbon removals;

    6.Increased diffusion of new circular business practices, in particular in the uptake of repair, reuse and remanufacturing, but also practices that form part of the sharing economy.

    Scope: The new circular economy action plan (CEAP) highlights plastics as one of the four particularly important material and product streams with regard to their circularity potential and their environmental footprint. The circularity deficits for these streams are mainly due to the: lack of trust in secondary raw materials; lack of control over supply chains; lacking focus on material efficiency and design for circularity; unsustainable product lifetimes; lack of repair services; price gap between primary and secondary material; lack of secondary material markets; insufficient collection and sorting systems; insufficient and unpredictable input quality for recycling; insufficient information about quality and quantity of materials, including knowledge about possible microplastics pollution and substances of concern, lack of communication along the lifecycle between manufacturers and recyclers; lack of involvement and empowerment of citizens that would allow environmentally informed purchases.

    Proposals should address the priorities set in the CEAP. Beside the continuous implementation of the EU plastics strategy, the CEAP has a strong focus on microplastics, but also calls for mandatory recycled content and the controlled use of bio-based, biodegradable plastics and alternative materials.

    Proposals should demonstrate and deploy at large scale innovative solutions and designs for increased quality, non-toxicity and durability of secondary materials and increased share of secondary materials in new products. Proposals should demonstrate increased recovery, recycling and upcycling rates and a higher uptake of secondary materials for high value applications. Special attention should be given to the increased circularity of critical raw materials186. Proposals should also demonstrate circular business practices, in particular in the uptake of repair and reuse, remanufacture, product-service-systems, and in the full lifetime of products or services. To achieve this, targeted market size, economic feasibility, cost efficiency and social acceptance need to be addressed. To break down the barriers for this transition, it is important that proposals involve and address the different perspectives of all relevant actors, e.g., manufacturers, retailers, consumers and civil society organisations (CSOs). The projects should consider the use of digital solutions (including technologies such as AI, robotics, IoT and blockchain) and demonstrate their benefits for increased circularity. Proposals should aim to implement traceability solutions in support of recent policy developments, e.g. regarding the digital product passport. Projects should also help produce harmonised and robust methods to assess the amount of recycled content in sectoral products, which is key for a future review of green claims through authorities and consumer organisations. Environmental, social and economic impacts should be assessed from a lifecycle perspective as product, organisation and consumption environmental footprints, using the respective methods developed by the European Commission (Product Environmental Footprint, PEF, should be used for the assessment of the environmental impacts) and through costing methods; relevant data should be fed into the European Platform on Life Cycle Assessment, following the specific Environmental Footprint data and format requirements. The functional performance of technologies and secondary materials can be assessed through the EU Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) scheme. All project results should be validated using quantitative indicators and targets wherever possible.

    Projects should also develop training material to endow workers in this occupational group with the right skillset in order to deploy the new technologies developed. Proposals should consider the development of learning resources for the current and future generations of employees, with the possibility to integrate them in existing curricula and modules for undergraduate level and lifelong learning programmes. The projects should provide contributions to relevant standards or best practices.

    Proposals should build on ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe and envisage clustering activities with these. Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    The targeted TRL at the end of the projects is 6 to 8.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-3-two-stage: Increasing the circularity in electronics value chains

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the following Destination impacts: i) enhance European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence, and ii) improve on consumer and citizen benefits.

    Proposal results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    a.Increased deployment and demonstrated benefits of advanced digital solutions (e.g., through AI, robotics, IoT and blockchain) in circular businesses including waste management and recycling;

    b.Emergence of new value chains using upcycled and/or recycled resources;

    c.Increased upcycling and recycling rates for the targeted material streams;

    d.Increased uptake of recycled material and upcycling to new higher-value products;

    e.Increased resource efficiency along and across value chains, causing a measurable reduction in GHG emissions and other environmental pollution and an increase of carbon removals;

    f.Increased diffusion of new circular business practices, in particular in the uptake of repair, reuse and remanufacturing, but also practices that form part of the sharing economy.

    Scope: The circular economy action plan (CEAP) highlights electronics including information and communications technology (ICT) equipment as one of the four particularly important material and product streams with regard to their circularity potential and their environmental footprint. The circularity deficits for these streams are mainly due to the: lack of trust in secondary raw materials; lack of control over supply chains; lacking focus on material efficiency and design for circularity; unsustainable product lifetimes; lack of repair services; price gap between primary and secondary material; lack of secondary material markets; insufficient collection and sorting systems; insufficient and unpredictable input quality for recycling; insufficient information about quality and quantity of materials, including knowledge about possible microplastics pollution and substances of concern, lack of communication along the lifecycle between manufacturers and recyclers; lack of involvement and empowerment of citizens that would allow environmentally informed purchases.

    Proposals should address the priorities set in the CEAP, which states that “electrical and electronic equipment continues to be one of the fastest growing waste streams in the EU, with current annual growth rates of 2%. It is estimated that less than 40% of electronic waste is recycled in the EU. Value is lost when fully or partially functional products are discarded because they are not reparable.”

    Proposals should demonstrate and deploy at large scale innovative solutions and designs for increased quality, non-toxicity and durability of secondary materials and increased share of secondary materials in new products. Proposals should demonstrate increased recovery, recycling and upcycling rates and a higher uptake of secondary materials for high value applications. Special attention should be given to the increased circularity of critical raw materials186. Proposals should also demonstrate circular business practices, in particular in the uptake of repair and reuse, remanufacture, product-service-systems, and in the full lifetime of products or services. To achieve this, targeted market size, economic feasibility, cost efficiency and social acceptance need to be addressed. To break down the barriers for this transition, it is important that proposals involve and address the different perspectives of all relevant actors, e.g., manufacturers, retailers, consumers and civil society organisations (CSOs). The projects should consider the use of digital solutions (including technologies such as AI, robotics, IoT and blockchain) and demonstrate their benefits for increased circularity, also analysing and addressing possible trade-offs. Proposals should aim to implement traceability solutions in support of recent policy developments, e.g. regarding the digital product passport. Projects should also help produce harmonised and robust methods to assess the amount of recycled content in sectoral products, which is key for a future review of green claims through authorities and consumer organisations. Environmental, social and economic impacts should be assessed from a lifecycle perspective as product, organisation and consumption environmental footprints, using the respective methods developed by the European Commission (Product Environmental Footprint, PEF, should be used for the assessment of the environmental impacts) and through costing methods; relevant data should be fed into the European Platform on Life Cycle Assessment, following the specific Environmental Footprint data and format requirements. The functional performance of technologies and secondary materials can be assessed through the EU Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) scheme. All project results should be validated using quantitative indicators and targets wherever possible.

    Projects should also develop training material to endow workers in this occupational group with the right skillset in order to deploy the new technologies developed. Proposals should consider the development of learning resources for the current and future generations of employees, with the possibility to integrate them in existing curricula and modules for undergraduate level and lifelong learning programmes. The projects should provide contributions to relevant standards or best practices.

    Proposals should build on ongoing projects funded under Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe and envisage clustering activities with these. Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    The targeted TRL at the end of the projects is 6 to 8.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-4-two-stage: New circular solutions and decentralised approaches for water and wastewater management

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal and EU water-related policies, successful proposals will contribute achieving sustainable and circular management and use of water resources, as well as prevention and removal of pollution, in particular Destination ‘Circular economy and bioeconomy sectors' impact ‘Accelerate transitions towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive, just and clean circular economy based on enhanced knowledge and understanding of science’.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Demonstrate the benefits of decentralised approaches for water and wastewater treatment in various geographic, climate and economic conditions and create a decision framework to help policy makers to see where a decentralised approach can bring the most overall benefits with regards to the centralised one, as well as, how to better design their integration.

    2.Improve co-design and co-creation processes and synergies between all relevant stakeholders and enhance public engagement to speed up the market uptake of decentralised and/or semi-decentralised solutions.

    3.An enhanced systemic circular economy approach along the water, cycle by using process integration, to minimise water pollution, water consumption and the environmental footprint (including energy use) of water activities and ensure water security.

    4.Support the implementation of relevant EU policy needs (e.g., water and marine related policies, water reuse regulation, climate change adaptation strategy, circular economy action plan, the EU zero pollution action plan, and chemical strategy for sustainability).

    Scope: With a rapidly changing urban, peri-urban and rural environments, increasing flooding and contamination of water resources, and in order to reap the benefits of circular economy approaches, adapt to climate change and support the implementation of water supply and sanitation related SDG, innovative approaches and technologies are required. Such innovative approaches should go beyond the central objective of protecting human health and environment, by enabling the overall concept of circularity and sustainability in terms of economic feasibility, social equity and acceptance, technical and institutional applicability, environmental protection, and resource recovery.

    Moreover, the current COVID19 pandemic highlighted the essential role of safely managed water supply, sanitation, and hygiene services for preventing disease and protecting human health during infectious disease outbreaks and constitutes a good opportunity to revisit strategies implemented so far, and to build a more sustainable society meeting basic needs such as water and sanitation for all.

    Decentralised water and wastewater systems can play an important role in delivering such an innovative approach and has the potential for a sustainability transition of the water supply and sanitation sector, by treating wastewater close to its source. However, full and appropriate exploitation of these systems, requires further developments, in order to become economically affordable, ecologically sustainable and socially accepted. In addition, the integration between centralised and local, decentralised and/or semi-decentralised solutions should be further explored.

    Actions in this topic should further develop efficient and sustainable decentralised and distributed approaches and technologies for climate-neutral and zero pollution water supply and wastewater treatment to optimise circular and sustainable use of natural resources, including integrated stormwater management systems to encourage water management on site rather than to the sewer. The impact of reduced sewer flows, more concentrated sewage and waste sludge discharges from decentralised systems on sewer infrastructure should be better assessed. A thorough comparison of the overall environmental and economic performance of ongoing decentralized water and wastewater systems in different geographical and climate conditions and their potential for climate mitigation and adaptation should be undertaken, in order to assess under which conditions decentralised systems perform better than the centralised ones and help to create the right enabling environment to overcome various regulatory and technological barriers related to the implementation of these approaches. New urban sanitation models based on decentralised and integrated approaches which consider municipal organic waste and wastewater as source for recovery and recycling materials such as organic matter and nutrients that are included in the organic fraction of municipal solid waste and wastewater streams, could be also considered.

    The integration of decentralised and centralised systems for water supply and sanitation is particularly needed in highly urbanised areas where centralised systems are currently used, to provide better water services, by reconciling, for instance, the need to meet an increasing water demand and new quality standards in an economic and sustainable manner, including energy efficiency and production. In this context, this action should:

    1.Develop an overarching risk analysis and optimization framework for the integrated design and operation of multiple source water supply systems, enhancing the application of digital technologies and solutions.

    2.Demonstrate the potential of the integration of decentralised with centralised systems for water supply and sanitation in different areas and scales (eg. district level, cities, river basin), to assess the potential benefits/drawbacks, strengthening public participation and engagement and public private partnerships.

    3.Address potential regulatory, financial and socioeconomic bottlenecks with a view of promoting long-term performance-based business models in public private partnerships for decentralised and/or integrated decentralised and centralised systems.

    This action should bring together relevant researchers, technology providers, water utilities, business representatives, investors, policy makers and other water users and citizens. The active participation and engagement of different stakeholders should span the entire project development and implementation to ensure performance and sustainability and maximise the final impact.

    To reinforce the potential benefits of implementing these decentralised approaches to policy makers their social impact, notably in terms of employment generation and population settlement in decentralised territories should be demonstrated.

    The inclusion of relevant SSH expertise would be also needed to ensure the proposed solutions are also socially accepted.

    Decentralised approaches for water and wastewater systems provides significant opportunities for developing countries and emerging economies to establish new alternatives and more sustainable approaches to water supply and sanitation and support the implementation of related SDGs. International cooperation is therefore strongly encouraged.

    Innovating for sustainable bio-based systems, biotechnology and the bioeconomy

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-5-two-stage: Circular design of bio-based processes and products

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will enable the bio-based industries in the Union, including SMEs, to contribute to the enhancement of European industrial sustainability, competitiveness and resource independence and to the deployment of innovative and sustainable value-chains in the bio-based sectors as a prerequisite and driver of future solutions for a circular economy and the bioeconomy transitions. Projects results will contribute to deliver bio-based solutions with reduced environmental impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate, in line with the EGD objectives, the EU circular economy and the EU zero pollution action plans, the bioeconomy strategy and the communication on sustainable carbon cycles.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Circular design of bio-based processes and products: increasing resources and energy efficiency of bio-based technologies, decreasing their environmental impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate, improving durability and suitability of bio-based products to be safely re-used and re-manufactured, allowing for high-quality recycling, increasing the safe recycled content in new products;

    2.Product information systems enabling the circularity, safety and environmental sustainability of the bio-based manufacturing sectors and of the use of products at consumers’ level.

    Scope: The bio-based processes and products within the scope of this topic do not include food, feed, biofuels, bioenergy and cultural and recreation sectors. The establishment of safe, resilient, competitive and equitable production and consumption systems with reduced environmental impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate, is part of the objectives of the EU circular economy.

    To improve the capacity of the industrial bio-based sectors within the scope of the topic, especially the manufacturing sectors, to contributing to that objective, proposals should:

    1.Develop optimized design of bio-based processes and bio-based products to improve their circularity, taking into account the opportunity to re-use recycled materials in the local market. This could be achieved through increasing resources and energy efficiency of processes, improving high-quality recycling technologies, increasing the durability of products and their suitability to be safely re-used and re-manufactured, improved products end-of-life options, increasing the safe recycled content in new products, etc.;

    2.Assess the safety, environmental sustainability and climate neutrality of circular bio-based processes and products along their value chains, including of the biological feedstock from land and sea used in the production processes. The environmental impacts of processes and products on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate should be based on existing and validated assessment methods, also developed and improved in past and ongoing R&I projects 304 . In particular, the climate neutrality should be assessed based both on the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions and on the increase of carbon removals and should include an assessment of the energy efficiency improvement;

    3.Include the assessment of economic and social aspects of the improved production and consumption bio-based systems in terms of increased economic value along the whole value chains, circular patterns of products involving consumers, i.e., durability, reuse, repair, remanufacturing and recycling patterns, improved economic value of recycled materials, job opportunities, etc.;

    4.Develop product information systems demonstrating the safe and sustainable use of biological resources and the resource efficiency along value chains, from the production to the extended circular product lifetimes and appropriate disposal. Transparent information should aim at improving the societal acceptance of bio-based innovation and at supporting consumers and customers in making responsible and informed choices.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and in line with the EU strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation is encouraged. Projects are expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative by interacting with the NEB Community, NEB Lab and other relevant actions of the NEB initiative through sharing information, best practice, and, where relevant, results.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU funded projects, including under the Circular Bio-based Europe JU, the Processes 4 Planet partnership and other European partnerships of Horizon Europe.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-02-6-two-stage: From silos to diversity – small-scale bio-based demonstration pilots

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Expected Outcome: This topic supports the bioeconomy strategy and the common agriculture policy (CAP) by promoting new business models for the green transition in line with the European Green Deal objectives.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Demonstration of replicable and scalable, innovative bioeconomy-oriented production and business models with an active involvement of primary producers.

    2.Enhanced knowledge and awareness on feedstock availability and technology options to better valorise underutilised biomass, residues and waste streams from agriculture and forestry.

    3.Improved innovation capacities and product portfolio extension in primary production sectors and SMEs.

    4.Development of new materials, products, and services with considerably lower environmental impacts and at higher value.

    5.Climate-neutral land sector by 2035 and climate-neutral economy by 2050.

    6.Diversification and enhancement of agricultural incomes (organic and conventional farming).

    7.Creation of a stakeholder platform to share best-practice examples and promote new business models in the primary production sectors.

    8.Promotion of bioeconomy-related interventions in the new CAP and advice and technical guidance for Member States.

    Scope: The current economy system is based on an intensive consumption of fossil fuels in a way that severely compromise the future of the planet due to the severe consequences in climate change. Europe's future economic growth and jobs will increasingly have to come from innovation in sustainable products based on renewable resources and in line with the climate and biodiversity objectives. This topic addresses innovative business models and technology options in primary production sectors to unlock the potential of the bioeconomy in rural areas and to efficiently use underutilised biomass, in particular side streams from agriculture and forestry, for high value applications in small-scale bio-based demonstration pilots.

    Proposals will:

    1.Develop new business models for the economic-viable valorisation of local underutilised feedstock, such as by-products, residues, and waste, from land and livestock.

    2.Demonstrate suitable processes and technologies to produce high-value bio-based materials and products in rural conditions with an active role of primary producers (farmers and foresters) in the value chains.

    3.Build-upon existing food, feed, or bioenergy value chains to further strengthen their economic and environmental sustainability through synergistic interlinkages and in line with the cascading principle.

    4.Improve the knowledge on the quantitative and qualitative requirements, harvesting, logistics, pre-treatment (e.g. mechanical, thermal) and conversion of the feedstock.

    5.Ensure that the bio-based materials and products are based on the latest safety standards.

    6.Evaluate the environmental and socio-economic performance of the demonstrated value chains.

    7.Demonstrate the economic feasibility of seeking access to sufficient quantities of raw materials needed to set-up new supply chains and provide evidence that the feedstock streams in question are produced on land that is unsuitable for food production or represent underutilized residues from the agro-food industry.

    8.Closely interact with other selected projects under this topic and create a joint stakeholder platform to promote best-practice examples for primary producers and SMEs at national and EU-level.

    A close cooperation with selected projects from topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-08 is strongly advised.

    Proposals shall apply the concept of the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of primary producers and other actors active in rural areas.

    Proposals may involve financial support to third parties e.g. to primary producers, academic researchers, start-ups, SMEs, and other multidisciplinary actors, to, for instance, develop, test or validate developed applications. Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support may be granted. Maximum 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose.

    Proposals are encouraged to include regions where pilot plants and demonstrational sites are missing or underrepresented.

    Destination - Clean environment and zero pollution

    Anthropogenic pollution undermines the integrity of Earth’s ecosystems and severely affects natural resources essential for human life. Keeping our planet clean and our ecosystems healthy will not only help addressing the climate crisis but also help regenerate biodiversity, ensure the sustainability of primary production activities and safeguard the well-being of humankind. In line with the objectives of the European Green Deal and related initiatives targeting environmental challenges, particularly the EU zero pollution action plan, the 2030 climate target plan, and other relevant EU legislation 305 , this destination seeks to halt and prevent pollution by focusing on:

    1.removing pollution from fresh and marine waters, soils, air, including from nitrogen and phosphorus emissions;

    2.substituting harmful chemicals;

    3.improving the environmental sustainability and circularity of bio-based systems;

    4.reducing environmental impacts of and pollution in food systems.

    Synergies with other clusters (notably 1 for health issues and 5 for air pollution from urban sources), relevant destinations, missions (particularly ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ and ‘Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030’) and partnerships will be exploited.

    Topics under the heading Halting pollution of air, soil and water aim to identify and demonstrate approaches to combat diffuse emissions of pollutants from land and other sources. In this context, keeping nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) cycles in balance is a major challenge. N and P flows from anthropogenic sources, mostly from excessive or inefficient input of fertilisers (manure, sewage sludge, etc.) in agriculture and from waste water treatments, currently exceed planetary boundaries. Their leaching and run-off negatively affect soil biodiversity, pH, organic matter concentration and carbon sequestration capacity, and cause the eutrophication of water bodies while ammonia and nitrous oxide emissions affect air quality and climate. As all environmental compartments are concerned, a systemic approach is needed to limit N/P emissions from different sources, and to bring N/P flows back within safe ecological boundaries, e.g. by improving the way fertilising products in agriculture are managed while taking into account regional conditions. Actions will include showcasing best practices to recover nutrients from secondary raw materials in order to produce alternative fertilisers and demonstrating pathways for regions to keep their N/P flows within ecological boundaries.

    Topics under Protecting drinking water and managing urban water pollution seek to develop and demonstrate a comprehensive framework bringing together new innovative solutions and approaches to ensure drinking water is of a good quality, address urban water pollution and harmonise different policies and management approaches. Actions should explore solutions to increase the resilience of urban waste water systems, reducing the carbon footprint and emissions, improve resource efficiency and energy recovery, and limit risks from contaminants of emerging concern. An integrated strategy to harmonise and update monitoring with prioritisation for comprehensive control of urban water cycles should be developed by harnessing the potential of digital solutions.

    Topics under Addressing pollution in seas and ocean strive to fill knowledge gaps about risks and impacts of pollution from contaminants of emerging concern in the marine environment (in particular pharmaceuticals and endocrine disruptors) including in the context of the changing marine environment due to changes in the climate system. They will further develop and test solutions for the integrated assessment and monitoring of the circulation and impacts of contaminants of emerging concern in the marine environment, in order to help implement EU policies and legislation, e.g. the Water Framework Directive and Marine Strategy Framework Directive. Actions should also explore the role of pollution in intensifying impacts related to climate change, including in the Arctic, resulting in solutions and strategies to help ecosystems and human communities adapt as regards the changes in the Arctic.

    Topics under Increasing the environmental sustainability and circularity of bio-based processes and products look at developing bio-based solutions for environmental monitoring and remediation as well as the concept of integrating sustainability and circularity into bio-based systems. This concept also includes bio-based chemicals, additives and materials solutions contributing to carbon removal objectives, the chemicals strategy for sustainability (CSS strategy) and the development of safe- and -sustainable-by-design materials and products.

    Furthermore, topics under the heading Reducing the environmental impact and pollution of food systems focus on increasing our knowledge of the soil, water and air pollution stemming from different food production and supply practices and providing opportunities to reduce environmental and climate impacts of food systems. This also includes preventing and reducing plastic pollution stemming from plastic food packaging.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway that helps to halt and eliminate pollution to guarantee clean and healthy soils, air, fresh and marine water for all and ensure that natural resources are used and managed in a sustainable and circular manner. To reach this objective, it will be vital to advance the knowledge of pollution sources and pathways to enable preventive measures to be rolled out, improve sustainability and circularity, apply planetary boundaries in practice and introduce effective remediation methods. To this end, the following is required:

    1.move towards achieving clean, unpolluted surface water and groundwater bodies in the EU and Associated Countries by increasing understanding of diffuse and point sources of water pollution in a global and climate change context, enabling novel solutions to avoid degradation and restore water bodies, aquatic ecosystems and soil functionality, and further improve the quality and management of water for safe human and ecological use, while strengthening the EU’s and Associated Countries’ positions and roles in the global water scene;

    2.balance N/P flows within safe ecological boundaries at regional and local level, helping restore ecosystems;

    3.move towards achieving clean, unpolluted oceans and seas, including in the Arctic, by means of successful scientific, technological, behavioural, socio-economic, governance and green-blue transitions;

    4.strengthen circular bio-based systems to operate within planetary boundaries, replacing fossil-based systems and their carbon footprint, mitigating climate change, and restoring biodiversity and protecting air, water and soil quality along the supply chain of biological feedstocks and industrial value chains within the EU and Associated Countries and across borders;

    5.substitute harmful chemicals for safer and more sustainable alternatives, notably by boosting innovative biotechnology and other sustainable technologies to create zero-pollution bio-based solutions;

    6.reduce the environmental impact of food systems, e.g. by increasing knowledge of the environmental and climate impacts stemming from the food systems and reducing pollution from plastic food packaging.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

    64.50

    28 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-02

    15.00

    28 Mar 2023 (First Stage)

    26 Sep 2023 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

    38.00

    22 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-02

    23.00

    21 Feb 2024 (First Stage)

    17 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    Overall indicative budget

    79.50

    61.00

    Call - Clean environment and zero pollution

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 306

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 307

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 22 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 28 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-1

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-2

    RIA

    12.50

    Around 6.25

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-3

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-4

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-5

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-6

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-7

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    64.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Halting pollution of air, soil and water

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-1: Knowledge and innovative solutions in agriculture for water availability and quality

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal’s farm to fork strategy and the zero pollution ambition, the Water Framework Directive, and the data provided by the European Environmental Agency (EEA), successful proposals will contribute to enhancing sustainable water management, based on increased resilience of agriculture to drought and floods, while maintaining the good functioning of the water ecosystem to ensure good status of water bodies.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The quality and safety of irrigation water, as well as the prevention of contamination of natural habitats, including minimizing groundwater pollution and securing groundwater resources, and minimizing eutrophication of surface waters, are ensured.

    2.Enhanced understanding of current water, fertilizer and pesticide requirements in the agricultural sector for different systems and regions, in order to prevent surface water and groundwater contamination with pesticides, nutrients from fertilizers and other contaminants.

    3.Protection of surface water and groundwater quality against harmful impacts of climate change.

    4.Advanced understanding and prediction of the impacts to water availability and quality of climate change affecting agricultural water consumption patterns, to protect surface water and groundwater quality against harmful impacts of climate change.

    5.Solutions, pathways and strategies for risk assessment, mitigation and adaptation to agricultural (irrigation) practices in the event of extreme weather pressures (flooding, drought), which consider technical (such as land features/soil types) and socio-economic parameters.

    Scope: Water availability (including permitting, measuring volumes and pricing) and quality is one of the most pressing issues, affecting human health, limiting food production, limiting ecological services, and hindering economic growth.

    Extreme climatic events (notably droughts) are leading to increased water stress, affecting the water needs for agriculture and other uses. At the same time, water availability is itself impacted by climate change and this resource is becoming scarce in many places in the EU. The repartition of water to the users is becoming challenging. Agriculture is currently accounting to around one fourth of the total water extraction in the EU, 308 which is leading to tensions and in some cases to conflicts, in particular where illegal abstraction takes place. It is therefore crucial to prepare agriculture to adapt to a new context where water in agriculture is more sustainably and efficiently used, without compromising the water availability for other users or undermining the good status of waterbodies.

    Proposals should address the following:

    1.Produce tools and techniques to support farmers, special planners, policy makers and water managers with scientific and practical knowledge, including advice on appropriated price incentives and water management assistance, optimising agricultural water use, not only water for irrigation but also water used by local people and in other economic sectors, for the benefit of a healthy environment.

    2.Develop or improve with new scientific knowledge and practice the methodology for monitoring and prediction of water quality and quantity requirements for agricultural use, based on information provided by Earth Observation systems and in situ measurements, using digital technologies such as smart (bio)sensors 309 and artificial intelligence (AI), as well as DNA-based indicators, that integrate monitoring and modelling tools to support decisions in relation to water management.

    3.Assess and propose relevant adaptation of water infrastructures for irrigation, agricultural practices and land use. Consider nature-based solutions and latest technologies to address emerging needs and challenges like floods, droughts and/or salinization. Proposed measures should increase the resilience of agriculture by lowering the need for irrigation, reducing at the same time the environmental impact associated with irrigation in agriculture (e.g. salinisation and concentration of nutrients and pollutants) and therefore enhancing ecosystem protection and biodiversity preservation.

    4.Develop scientific and practice advice to reduce water losses in agricultural activities while considering farmer’s water security and quality challenges.

    5.Technologies to support a significant reduction of the presence of pesticide residues and nutrients in water bodies to levels that are no longer harmful.

    Proposals should earmark the necessary resources for cooperation and networking activities. Activities should build upon and link with the work done under relevant Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe projects including as part of the Horizon 2020 art. 185 PRIMA partnership. Collaboration with the European partnership Water4all – Water security for the Planet should be explored, as needed.

    Addressing pollution in seas and ocean

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-2: Integrated assessment and monitoring of emerging pollutants in the marine environment

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.25 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal’s zero pollution ambition, successful proposals will contribute to the protection of marine ecosystems and marine biodiversity from impacts of pollution, in particular from contaminants of emerging concern. They should analyse the impacts and risks of the contaminants of emerging concern on marine ecosystems and marine biodiversity and provide basis for an integrated assessment and monitoring of the pathways of these contaminants in the marine environment. This will contribute in particular to the implementation of EU zero pollution action plan for air, water and soil and of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:

    1.Filled gaps in knowledge about the impacts and risks of contaminants of emerging concern (e.g. pharmaceuticals, endocrine disruptors, biocides, micro and nano plastics) on marine ecosystems, including in marine sediments and on deep-sea ecosystems and on marine biota and on marine biodiversity, and including in relation to climate change mitigation and adaptation;

    2.Provided advanced understanding of possible interactions between the changing marine environment (e.g. increased temperatures, changes in salinity and pH, etc.) due to changes in the climate system and contaminants of emerging concern in the marine environment, including marine sediments and impacts on marine ecosystems and marine biota and biodiversity;

    3.Designed and tested solutions for integrated assessment, monitoring, modelling and forecasting of the circulation and impacts of contaminants of emerging concern in marine environment (including marine sediments and taking into account the climate change dimension –both mitigation and adaptation-), ecosystems and on marine biota, including establishing testing methods, effect-based monitoring protocols and ensuring sustained collection and sharing of data under FAIR principles;

    4.Build on, and widen, the data availability in European Research Infrastructures federated under the European Open Science Cloud 310 ;

    Developed tools and guidance to support the implementation of relevant EU policies (e.g., Water Framework Directive, EU Marine Strategy Framework Directive, and EU zero pollution action plan for air, water and soil, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030).

    Scope: Contaminants of emerging concern including pharmaceutical products, endocrine disruptors and contaminants found in personal care products, including micro plastics and nano plastics, are increasingly detected in surface and marine waters, as well as in marine sediments. There are concerns about the impact of these contaminants on the marine environment, ecosystems and biodiversity as some of these substances exhibit impacts on aquatic organisms at very low concentrations, in particular on their reproduction and development. There are also concerns about the accumulation of these contaminants in different parts of the marine environment, including sediments and deep sea marine ecosystems and biota.

    Also, changes in the marine environment driven by the changing climate system (such as increases in water temperature, changes in salinity and in pH levels, increase in invasive species, etc.) may further influence the possible impacts of the contaminants of emerging concerns on the marine environment, ecosystems and biota.

    The projects are expected to develop and test integrated assessment and effect-based monitoring of impacts of contaminants of emerging concern on marine environment, ecosystems and biodiversity, including testing methods that are aligned with the relevant OECD guidance 311 , and where relevant develop new contaminant thresholds. The projects are expected to adopt an integrated and systemic approach to the assessment of impacts, including not only impacts on marine biota but also the circulation, accumulation, magnification, persistence and degradation of the contaminants of emerging concern in marine environment and ecosystems (including marine sediments and deep-sea ecosystems) and their interaction with the changing marine environment. Projects should contribute to the improvement of understanding of the spatial and temporal distribution patterns of contaminants of emerging concern in marine environment and should close knowledge gaps as regards the characteristics, occurrence and impacts of those contaminants on marine environment and marine biodiversity. The projects should furthermore contribute to the understanding of impacts of contaminants of emerging concern on marine biota and on marine biodiversity and provide basis for the design of effective future measures for the protection of marine biodiversity from the impacts of such contaminants.

    The projects should recommend best practices in monitoring of the circulation of these contaminants in the marine environment and for the measurement of their impacts and risks, for their possible future integration into EU pollution monitoring and assessment systems, in particular under the Water Framework Directive, the Marine Strategy Framework Directive, the EU zero pollution action plan and for the implementation of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030.

    The projects funded under this topic will:

    1.build links with the European Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’, in particular: HORIZON-MISS-OCEAN-2021-03-01: Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse: actions to prevent, minimise and remediate litter and plastic pollution, HORIZON-MISS-OCEAN-2021-03-02: Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse: coordination activities and HORIZON-MISS-OCEAN-2022-01-03: Mediterranean sea basin lighthouse: actions to prevent, minimise and remediate chemical pollution;

    2.build links Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities;

    3.build links and support the Mission ocean and water knowledge and information system (Digital Twin Ocean), in particular by contributing to pollution monitoring, forecasting, modelling and knowledge creation and data and sharing;

    4.Collaboration of the projects with research infrastructures (ERICs) such as ARGO and EMSO and with accredited laboratories is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-3: Tackling human and climate change induced pollution in the Arctic - building resilient socio-ecological systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project within the area A that is the highest ranked, and one project highest ranked within the area B, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. Proposals shall clearly indicate the area they are applying to.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal’s zero pollution ambition, successful proposals should contribute to protecting Arctic ecosystems. They should analyse main pollution sources in a climate change context, and examine ways to prevent or eliminate pollutants, consequently protecting environmental and human health and the quality of aquatic ecosystems. This will contribute to the implementation of the new EU policy for a peaceful, sustainable and prosperous Arctic, to the follow-up of the 3rd Arctic Science ministerial meeting and to the work of the Arctic Council.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Advanced scientific understanding of the impacts of pollution in the Arctic, including marine litter, emerging pollutants and plastic pollution, as well as diverse chemical discharges, and its interactions with the changing climate and thawing permafrost;

    2.Advanced understanding of the main ecological, socio-economic and health associated risks and challenges, following a One Health approach 312 ;

    3.Resilience and adaptation strategies identified for both ecosystems and human communities, in relation to the changes in Arctic. Design solutions and pathways for ecological and societal mitigation and adaptation;

    4.Contribute to making the case for the designation and, if applicable, contribute to the establishment management plans of MPAs in international Arctic waters.

    5.Assessment and monitoring tools developed for pollution impacts, using participatory approaches, citizen science and involving local and indigenous communities;

    6.Contribute to the implementation of the EU policy for the Arctic and the follow-up of the 3rd Arctic Science Ministerial meeting.

    Scope: Main environmental concerns in the Arctic stem from the loss of pristine environment and unique ecosystems. On one hand, ice melting allows for more people and economic activities to enter the area, and on the other hand, transboundary pollution brings into the Arctic contaminants whose sources are thousands of kilometres away.

    Arctic economic development is associated with a high risk of air and marine pollution, particularly from oil spills, local mining, Persistent Organic Pollutants (POP), heavy metals, radioactive substances, marine litter and plastics. Pollution from Arctic shipping and tourism relying on heavy diesel fuels induce greater ice melting pack and have negative effects on marine life. Pollutants from local and distant sources are taken up by organisms and incorporated into polar food webs, jeopardizing human and environmental health.

    Another threat to the Arctic environment is the growing prevalence of marine litter, and specifically plastic pollution. High concentrations of microplastic particles have been detected in Arctic ice, with a good deal of it suspected to have originated outside of the region.

    Moreover, the share of MPA coverage in Arctic water (see for example the OSPAR Convention area) is particularly low.

    Thawing permafrost brings in additional risks for pollution, from releasing pathogens to infrastructure degradation and failure. Combined, these drivers create a mosaic of multiple and mutually reinforcing anthropogenic stressors acting on the unique and highly vulnerable Arctic ecosystem.

    Proposals should aim at developing innovative approaches to address only one of the following options:

    1.Area A: Local and transboundary Pollutants in the Arctic – risks and challenges in a One Health approach

    Actions are expected to identify, assess, and analyse major impacts and risks of remote and local sources of pollution on the health, well-being and food security of Arctic societies and ecosystems and beyond, and propose adaptation and resilience strategies.

    Actions should improve the understanding of the interactions between the changing climate system, changes in biological diversity and pollutant levels, including climate-driven ecosystem changes that are affecting natural emissions, such as wetlands (CH4), wildfires (CO2, black carbon), pollutant deposition or transfer and bioaccumulation in marine systems. They should analyse the cultural, socio‑economic and health impacts on residents of the Arctic, their livelihood and food security, as well as adverse effects on the marine and terrestrial biodiversity of the region. They are expected to contribute to a better understanding of long-distance transport of marine plastic litter in the Arctic and air transport of micro plastics, as well to the dynamics between melting ice and increasing discharges of, for example, mercury in the marine ecosystem, and their impact on ecosystems and food safety.

    1.Area B: Pollution and health risks linked to permafrost thaw

    Rising temperatures induce thawing of permafrost, bringing an extra layer of complexity for assessing pollution and health risks in the Arctic environments. Greenhouse gases released from thawing permafrost threaten to cause irreversible changes in the Arctic and other regions. Thawing permafrost causes change in mechanical properties of soils, which in turn deteriorates stability and service-life of built infrastructure and increases coastal erosion.

    Actions should address and analyse the adverse effects and pollution risks linked to permafrost thaw, infrastructure degradation and failure, and other associated risks for the environment and human health and well-being. Actions will focus on an improved quantification of these effects, as well as emerging contaminants and re-emission of legacy contaminants due to melting cryosphere or thawing permafrost.

    Actions are expected to improve the understanding of the impacts of permafrost thaw on the health of humans, plants, animals, and wider environment, in a One Health approach, including critical infrastructure, water and food security aspects, and wider socio-economic, demographic and cultural impact.

    Proposals should assess the impact, trends and new scenarios on ecosystem services, including exploring ecosystems management techniques with special attention to community or nature-based solutions. Potential measures should focus on developing community-oriented decision support systems, and co-design mitigation and adaptation measures.

    For both options, proposals should focus on an improved quantification of these effects and explore pathways to minimise risks and should be linked with state-of-the-art climate change predictions coupled with socio-economic models; assess the ecosystems' responses to risk factors and how these responses are affecting the well-being of indigenous populations and local communities but also health of the environment, in a One Health approach; identify adaptation and mitigation strategies, aiming at building resilient Arctic socio-ecological systems.

    Proposals are expected to adopt a system thinking or transdisciplinary approach, with simultaneous analysis of environmental, societal, climatic and biodiversity impacts, their relationships and interlinkages, and positive and negative feedbacks. The participation of technical sciences, social sciences and humanities disciplines is important for addressing the complex challenges of this topic, as well as engaging local communities in the research process, as appropriate.

    International cooperation is encouraged, with a strong linkage with the ongoing activities under the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance and encouraging participation from countries that take part in the Arctic Science Ministerial meetings.

    Actions under this topic should plan on a close collaboration among each other and with the EU Polar Cluster. Actions should build upon and link with past Horizon 2020 projects (e.g., Nunataryuk and Arctic PASSION), EU Polarnet 2, Copernicus, Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON).

    Synergies and complementarities with HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-02: Inland ice, including snow cover, glaciers, ice sheets and permafrost, and their interaction with climate change; HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-11: Participation and empowerment of Arctic coastal, local, and indigenous communities in environmental decision-making; HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-2: Integrated assessment and monitoring of emerging pollutants, and activities under the Arctic-Atlantic Lighthouse of the EU Mission Restore our ocean and waters.

    Increasing environmental performances and sustainability of bio-based processes and products

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-4: Environmental sustainability and circularity criteria for industrial bio-based systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will support bio-based industries, traders and researchers and innovators, to assess and trace the environmental impacts and circularity of industrial bio-based systems in order to enable responsible production and to steer innovation in the industrial bio-based systems in the EU. Project outcomes will contribute to enhancing circular bio-based systems to operate according to planetary boundaries, replacing fossil-based systems and their carbon footprint, mitigating climate change, restoring biodiversity and protecting air, water and soil quality along supply chain of biological feedstock and industrial value chains, in line with the 2030 climate target plan, the EU zero pollution action plan and the communication on sustainable carbon cycles.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:

    1.Standardisation of methods assessing the environmental impacts on soil, water and air quality, biodiversity and climate, and the circularity along the value chains of bio-based products for international trade at EU and global scale.

    2.Methods to assess the environmental sustainability and the circularity of low TRL bio-based technologies.

    3.Orientations for research and innovation programmes in the bio-based sectors.

    Scope: The environmental sustainability and circularity assessment of industrial bio-based systems is instrumental to guarantee and monitor that they are developed in a way they can contribute to the just green transition of the EU economy away from a linear fossil-based system. On one hand, the method for such assessment, applied to high TRL bio-based solutions, would represent an instrument for policy makers and for investors, to support the deployment of and to leverage investments in the best performing bio-based sectors. On the other hand, the assessment of the environmental sustainability and circularity of low TRL, cutting-edge bio-based technologies is important to understand the potential of emerging technologies to contribute to the just green transition, also compared to the more mature technologies. Such knowledge would have an impact on the programming of R&I support initiatives, to save resources and move faster towards the scaling-up of the most promising bio-based technologies, including focussing on the potential environmental hotspots of the emerging technologies.

    The assessment of the environmental sustainability and circularity should benefit to the greatest extent possible from existing methodologies and indicators, which can be adapted if needed. Methods and indicators should use the available environmental observations efficiently.

    To deliver on the expected outcome, proposals should:

    1.Identify the range of high TRL industrial bio-based systems in the Union to be analysed in the project. Industrial bio-based systems within the scope of this topic do not include food, feed, biofuels, bioenergy and cultural and recreation sectors;

    2.Improve existing and/or develop new methods to assess environmental impacts of the selected industrial bio-based systems on climate, biodiversity, land use and water resources as priorities, but also on soil, water and air quality. Assessments should consider the life cycle perspective. The impact on climate should include the both the greenhouse gas emissions and the carbon removal potential of bio-based systems. The analysis should include trade-offs, for example between direct and indirect land use and land use change impacts and the carbon storage and substitution effect of bio-based products and provide an overall assessment of the environmental sustainability of the systems within the scope;

    3.Improve existing and/or develop new metrics of circularity of industrial bio-based systems based on the application of the cascading approach of biomass use, the resources efficiency, and effectiveness on a life-cycle perspective (i.e. durability, reuse, repair, remanufacturing and recycling patterns of bio-based products), other circular aspects;

    4.Analyse trade-offs and synergies with economic and social objectives (including geographical distribution aspects, urbanization pressures, etc.) and with competing and adjacent economy sectors in the bioeconomy (e.g. food and feed, biofuels and bioenergy) as well as with the fossil-based industrial systems;

    5.Collect and analyse the (range of) best available industrial bio-based systems within the Union in terms of environmental and circular performances, to build a set of benchmarks or references with best performances for similar industrial systems;

    6.Include the environmental sustainability and circularity of bio-based products, as assessed through the methods developed under the project, in existing certification scheme at EU and global scale, to enable international trade of certified sustainable bio-based products;

    7.Consult stakeholders on the applicability of proposed certification schemes, also to improve the societal readiness adaptation in terms of acceptability and uptake of innovations by society;

    8.Develop and disseminate guidelines for targeted stakeholders on the assessment methods and the enhanced certification schemes developed in the project;

    9.Perform a preliminary analysis and improvement of the methods for the assessment of environmental sustainability and circularity performances of bio-based supply and value chains adapted to very low TRL bio-based technologies through: i) a review of the “prospective” LCA approaches and applications to bio-based and fossil-based technologies, with a focus on the environmental sustainability and circularity assessment approaches and tools. This task would lead to improve understanding and classifying the main challenges of prospective LCAs, e.g., comparability of results, input data availability, uncertainties/robustness, etc.; ii) the adaptation of the “prospective” LCA approaches to very low TRL bio-based technologies, including via modelling approach; iii) modelling the tests to validate the developed methods on a range of low TRL technologies and processes, including in relevant environments for future R&I projects; iv) including the analysis of potential synergies and trade-offs with economic and social objectives;

    10.Develop and disseminate guidelines to targeted stakeholders on the assessment of environmental sustainability and circularity performances of bio-based supply and value chains adapted to very low TRL bio-based technologies.

    Consortia of applicants should involve LCA experts and researchers in the bio-based technologies, bio-based industries, trade bodies, consumers’ organisations and any relevant stakeholder along the value chain of industrial bio-based systems.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past 313 and ongoing EU funded projects, including under the Circular Bio-based Europe JU 314 and other partnerships of Horizon Europe.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-5: Industrial biotechnology approaches for improved sustainability and output of industrial bio-based processes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 315 .

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to all Destination ‘’Zero pollution’ and in particular impacts related to enhancing circular bio-based systems to operate according to planetary boundaries, replacing fossil-based systems and their carbon footprint, mitigating climate change, restoring biodiversity and protecting air, water and soil quality along supply chain of biological feedstock and industrial value chains within the EU and Associated Countries and across borders. Furthermore, it will contribute by substituting harmful chemicals by safer, less toxic and generally more sustainable alternatives notably by boosting innovative biotechnology and other related technologies to create zero-pollution bio-based solutions.

    Industrial biotechnology has a high potential to contribute to increased sustainability and in particular ‘zero pollution’ ambition of the European Green Deal, in respect to the (circular) industrial bio-based processes.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved environmental sustainability, especially in terms of reduced toxicity, and overall safety to live organisms and ecosystems, of industrial bio-based processes, and of chemical and materials outputs, aligned with the EU climate-goals and zero-pollution ambition of the European Green Deal, in particular by lowering the input requirements in terms of e.g., land use, (virgin) feedstocks, water and energy, and by general advancement of non-toxic / zero-pollution production processes with positive impacts on water, air and soil quality.

    2.Improved industrial competitiveness by developing scalable, flexible and robust multi-product manufacturing, responding to current trends in the industrial biotechnology (e.g., on-demand production, small-volume outputs, lower capital expenditure, digital / artificial intelligence (AI) solutions, lower/minimal dependence on scarce natural resources, especially in terms of biological feedstocks), ensuring links to EU / Associated Countries industrial ecosystems (SMEs, EU Partnerships such as Circular Bio-based Europe JU).

    3.Enhanced social engagement and understanding of advanced bio-based innovation and in particular biotechnology among broad sectors of society, with active social innovation supported via dialogue with e.g., NGOs, end-user and consumer groups, schools or science centres etc.

    Enhanced market up-take linked to improved governance 316 enabled by dialogue with regulatory actors and supporting networks, and by improved public awareness.

    Scope:

    1.The scope covers a wide array of biotechnology techniques, including targeted and specific approaches for DNA modification, including synthetic engineering at gene or genome level, in line with the binding regulatory requirements, including related necessary technical aspects in other fields, such as synthetic biology, cell sorting, automation, robotics, IT data/digital/AI innovations, or the ‘biofoundry’ concept 317 , 318 . Approaches based on improved enzymatic solutions should carefully consider a parallel topic 319 , to avoid overlaps, and create synergies.

    2.Environmental improvements, especially reduced pollution/toxicity and lowered impacts should be verified and demonstrated by established methodology of life cycle assessment, and the monitoring approaches throughout the project need to be clearly established.

    3.Production of biofuels and bioenergy is excluded from scope, to avoid overlaps with Horizon Europe Cluster 5. Health applications need to be carefully considered to avoid possible overlaps with activities supported under Horizon Europe Cluster 1.

    4.Clear communication and dissemination activities are an essential element, including awareness raising, engagement of societal actors (NGOs, consumer organisations, professional organisations). Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and other relevant topics.

    5.International cooperation options may be considered, for win-win cooperation, and pursued if contributing to the European industrial competitiveness.

    6.In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-6: Biosensors and user-friendly diagnostic tools for environmental services

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to all Destination ‘Zero pollution’ and in particular impacts related to enhancing circular bio-based systems to operate according to planetary boundaries, replacing fossil-based systems and their carbon footprint, mitigating climate change, restoring biodiversity and protecting air, water and soil quality along supply chain of biological feedstock and industrial value chains within the EU and Associated Countries and across borders. Furthermore, it will contribute to substitute harmful chemicals by safer and more sustainable alternatives notably by boosting innovative biotechnology and other sustainable technologies to create zero-pollution bio-based solutions.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    a.Improving the quality of environment (water, soil and air) by stepping up the reliable monitoring and detection, of any biotic or abiotic pollutants, by developing practical, specific, adaptable and economic tools, based on bio-based principles, for the use of consumers, inspection services and industry operators alike. This can cover the use at industrial locations, but also at ecological disaster- or accidents’ sites, or at home applications;

    b.Contributing to the zero-pollution objective of the European Green Deal and to the European Missions such as one on ‘Restoring our ocean and waters by 2030’ or ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ by up-scaling the application of modern biosensors underpinned by the biotechnology, across a variety of ecosystems, including marine and freshwater or soil ecosystems and real-life conditions impacted by the pollution issues;

    c.Increasing engagement and competitiveness of the European environmental services sector, such as the SMEs and industry operators, including the digital sector actors, supporting the convergence between bio-based and digital sectors (including the role of artificial intelligence (AI) solutions). Increasing the awareness and understanding of the underpinning technologies by the civil society, including NGOs and consumer organisations, as well as participatory approaches such as citizen engagement, including citizen science, in environmental observation and monitoring.

    Scope: The scope covers the development of high-resolution biosensors for environmental monitoring and detection. The focus is on:

    1.(1) large scale synthesis of biosensor variants, across kingdoms (from bacteria/archaea to plants);

    2.(2) improved biosensor/genetic circuit designs for a multitude of sensor inputs, integrating modified microorganism (elements) with transduction/detection systems enabling to relay the information to the user, while guaranteeing environmental safety, especially related to any risk of potential release of such microorganisms into open environment, if relevant;

    3.(3) develop protein-based (RNA) biosensors to detect and measure metabolites and organisms of interest;

    4.(4) create organisms that can act as multiplexing sensors capable of canalizing multiple environmental cues and providing measurable responses or combination of responses that may be deconvoluted to determine stimuli, while guaranteeing environmental safety, especially related to any risk of potential release of such organisms into open environment;

    5.(5) build more extensive and fully-sequenced metagenomics databases/libraries to enable searches for diverse functionalities across multiple gene clusters; and

    6.(6) better enable real-time data feeds.

    The end-users targeted include consumers but also inspection services and the industry operators, as well as environmental emergency responders. Communication and inclusive participation form an essential part of the proposals. All environmental conditions and ecosystems (water, soil, air etc), may be covered.

    Concrete efforts shall be made to ensure that the data produced in the context of this project is FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Re-usable), particularly in the context of real-time data feeds, exploring workflows that can provide “FAIR-by-design” data, i.e., data that is FAIR from its generation. Projects shall further build on, and widen, the data availability in European Research Infrastructures federated under the European Open Science Cloud.

    To respect the ‘Do-No-Significant-Harm’ (DNSH) principle, proposals using any alive organisms need to properly assess and exclude any potential risk of their release to open environment.

    The projects funded under this topic may:

    1.build links with the European Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’ or Soil Mission, in particular as regards stepping up the monitoring of ecosystems and their biodiversity;

    2.build links with Missions implementation monitoring system;

    3.build links and support the Missions knowledge and information system, in particular by contributing to pollution monitoring, modelling and knowledge creation and data.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and other relevant topics.

    Reducing the environmental impact and pollution in food systems

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-7: Strategies to prevent and reduce plastic packaging pollution from the food system

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: To support the implementation of the European Green Deal, the new circular economy action plan, the EU 2030 climate target plan, the farm to fork strategy, the food 2030 initiative and the Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’, successful proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased knowledge on the impacts of littered plastic food packaging on the terrestrial, freshwater and marine environments and ecosystems, including the climate change mitigation and adaptation dimensions;

    2.Uptake of innovative business strategies, design and production models to prevent and reduce the use of plastic food packaging;

    3.Adoption of increasingly sustainable, effective and efficient fit-for-purpose packaging solutions by food operators, and reduction of the dependency on fossil-based materials, thus contributing to EU climate action;

    4.Increased reuse and recycling of sustainable packaging;

    5.Increased consumer acceptance of sustainable, efficient and fit-for-purpose food packaging solutions including where appropriate the non-use of any type of packaging;

    6.Support to the implementation of the relevant targets as outlined in the revised packaging and packaging waste directive and the directive on single-use plastics and support to operators, especially SMEs, in meeting the requirements of the relevant EU legislation.

    Scope: The use of single-use plastics in food packaging has grown significantly in the last decades, leading to increased pollution in the environment and greenhouse gas emissions. While plastic packaging is an enabler for the safety and shelf life of food products, contributing to the reduction of food waste, there is a need for improved solutions that promote the prevention and reduction of excessive packaging in the food industry. Often, the excessive food packaging results in its inappropriate disposal or littering by consumers. This can be reduced through the application of circular models for design and production and the proper disposal and recycling of packaging waste.

    Proposals are expected to:

    1.Provide a comprehensive and evidenced based analysis of the negative impacts and externalities of littered plastic food packaging in the different terrestrial, freshwater and marine environments and ecosystems across Europe. This analysis should provide reliable quantitative new data and fill in existing data gaps on these negative impacts and externalities through multiple sources, including citizen science tools.

    2.Provide an analysis of the main challenges and existing good practices of prevention and reduction of single use plastics, aiming at shifting the current packaging design and production practices. This analysis should address the availability of sustainable and innovative alternatives as well as the readiness of food packaging producers and food business operators to adopt such solutions.

    3.Develop innovative business strategies, design and production models that improve the prevention, reduction and reuse of plastic food packaging, whilst ensuring that they can be easily implemented in European countries. These business strategies and models should involve all relevant actors, including food SMEs and, when appropriate, policy makers. They should consider health and environmental impacts 320 of packaging, guaranteeing they do not cause any contamination of food and the environment by hazardous chemicals. Moreover, they should maintain the microbiological and chemical safety and quality of food, taking into account relevant parameters such as their contact with aqueous and fatty foods, aging, and effect on shelf life.

    4.Develop innovative strategies, design and production models to facilitate packaging recycling, linking developers of sustainable packaging with converters and recyclers, taking into account the recycling capacity technologies and the relevant technical specifications of the use of recycled content. These strategies should namely target collection systems, the use of mono-materials, the reduction of labelling materials and the promotion of easy to sort and clean materials.

    5.Develop strategies aimed at improving consumer acceptance of sustainable, efficient and fit-for-purpose packaging solutions, facilitating the use of reusable and recyclable packaging for consumers, easing the sorting and appropriate disposal of packaging, and helping them to correctly interpret labelling of packaging. These strategies should be designed based on a joint effort of developers of sustainable packaging and consumers and should aim at avoiding confusion, minimising misuse, increasing user convenience and encouraging a greater uptake of such packaging solutions.

    6.Implement multi-actor approach by involving a wide range of food packaging actors and consumers and conducting inter-disciplinary research.

    7.Support social innovation for inclusive and long-term solutions aiming at the reduction of plastic food packaging.

    The proposals may:

    1.build links with the European Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’, in particular with the Mission activities under objective 2 – prevent and eliminate pollution in our ocean, seas and water, and with the Mission lighthouse activities in the Mediterranean Sea basin focusing on preventing, minimising, remediating and monitoring pollution;

    2.build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system;

    3.build links and support the Mission’s knowledge and information system (Digital Twin Ocean), in particular by contributing to pollution monitoring, modelling, and knowledge creation and data.

    Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of researchers, food business operators, food packaging producers, developers of sustainable packaging, packaging converters and recyclers, consumers, local and regional authorities and other relevant actors.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

    Call - Clean environment and zero pollution

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 321

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 322

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 22 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 28 Mar 2023 (First Stage), 26 Sep 2023 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-1-two-stage

    RIA

    7.00

    Around 7.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-2-two-stage

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    15.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Halting pollution of air, soil and water

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-1-two-stage: Optimisation of manure use along the management chain to mitigate GHG emissions and minimize nutrients/contaminants dispersion in the environment

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, the methane strategy, the EU zero pollution action plan and the UN Sustainable Development Goals, the successful proposal will support research and innovation (R&I) to help farm business reduce local and global GHG and ammonia emissions from livestock farming systems. It will contribute to support policy makers with enhanced knowledge to limit emissions and investigate further measures, inter alia under the common agricultural policy, to achieve reduction targets of 2030 and beyond.

    The proposed project is expected to contribute to the reduction of the environmental and climate footprint of the livestock farming systems, through a better understanding of i) the potential of scaling up efficient and innovative manure management practices and technologies, and ii) the impact of emission abatement and contaminant reduction measures on health and environment (air, water and soil) safety.

    Activities under this topic will contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved cost-effective solutions to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and atmospheric, air, water and environment pollutants produced by the livestock manure management chain, both in conventional and organic livestock farming

    2.Boosted uptake of improved and innovative practices and technologies to optimise manure management (while considering potential trade-offs)

    3.Improved capacity to better manage manure nutrients, minimizing their losses, increasing circularity and matching demand and supply

    4.Policy recommendation on improving manure management to mitigate GHG and ammonia emissions and minimize dispersion of undesirable manure components such as biological and chemical contaminants in the environment.

    Scope: Agriculture is a sector that significantly contributes to GHG emissions in EU and to air pollution, mainly through ammonia emissions. Reducing the environmental and climate footprint of the livestock farming system is therefore of paramount importance. Several practices and technical measures to limit emissions from manure management are already available. Some other techniques are still considered experimental. Despite major advancements, there is still no widespread application of these practices and further research is needed to assess their socio-economic and environmental impacts. Furthermore, there is the need to do a comprehensive analysis of the effectiveness of mitigation strategies along the entire manure management chain and to take into account different GHGs and the pollution swapping effect, i.e. decreasing the emission of one GHG that can cause the increase of another one or the increase of the emission of the same GHG at one of the other stages of manure management.

    Another important aspect of manure management is to reduce environmental pollution caused among others by ammonia emissions, excess of nitrogen and phosphorus, by nitrate leakages, and by different components of manure, including potential contaminants, on air and water quality, on soil health, on animal health, welfare and productivity and on human health.

    Therefore, there is the need to develop further strategies and technologies for livestock farming systems to reduce GHG, ammonia and nitrate emissions from manure through an integrated approach for the management of manure, taking into account all steps: feeding, housing, handling, collection, treatment, storage and application. The following elements should be incorporated:

    1.Identify and establish inventory of up-to-date manure management practices, technologies and data originating from R&I activities (from feeding to low-emission manure storage and processing, composting, exchange of manure/slurries between livestock and crop farms, manure additives to reduce emissions, etc.) in conventional/intensive, semi-intensive, household and organic livestock farming systems;

    2.Improve or develop lifecycle assessment methods, models and equipment for the measurement and monitoring of GHG (CH4, N2O), atmospheric and air pollutants (NH3, NOx) at each stage of manure management practices, from feeding to field application;

    3.Improve knowledge on the fate and persistence in the environment (e.g., water, soil, air) of manure chemicals and biological contaminants, including pathogens antibiotic resistance genes, heavy metals and associated health/environmental risks;

    4.Demonstrate and test the most efficient strategies and technologies to mitigate GHG emissions and air pollutants from manure at regional/local scale. Activities should take into account relevant practices, strategies and data on GHG, atmospheric and air pollutants mitigation from several livestock farming systems, covering conventional/intensive, semi-intensive, grazing/low input or organic, in different climate/biogeographical regions;

    5.Cost-benefit assessment of practices/technologies used to mitigate GHG emissions, air pollutants and nitrate emissions from manure, including assessment of pollution swapping effects, trade-offs and co-benefits on animal (e.g., health and welfare, production efficiencies) and environment (e.g., ammonia emissions, nitrate leakage, nitrogen balance and P losses to water);

    6.Formulate technical guidelines and policy recommendation to enhance the implementation and uptake of methods, technologies or practices to limit emissions and contaminants from manure management.

    The proposal should take into account other EU-funded projects, including those funded under the ERA-NETs SusAn 323 and ERA-GAS 324 . Proposals should be based on a gap analysis taking into account the existing legislation 325 and related knowledge.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector, agricultural advisory services, manufacturers, ecology and nature conservation experts, and other relevant actors.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Due to the scope of this topic, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular with China. This topic is within the scope of the Administrative Arrangement between the European Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support collaborative research projects under the Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) and the Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) flagship initiatives.

    Actions will contribute to implementing the EU-China Food, Agriculture and Biotechnology (FAB) flagship initiative, which aims to ensure sustainability of agri-food systems, catering for the needs of a growing population, the reduction of food and agricultural losses and waste, and the provision of safe and healthy foodstuffs. Interaction with other actions developed under the EU-China Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) Research Flagship and the Flagship on Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) is encouraged if relevant.

    Increasing environmental performance and sustainability of processes and products

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-2-two-stage: Safe-and-sustainable-by-design bio-based platform chemicals, additives, materials or products as alternatives

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will address expected impacts under the Destination ‘Clean environment and zero pollution’ and in line with: the European Green Deal’s zero pollution ambition, the bioeconomy strategy, the chemicals strategy for sustainability, and the chemicals transition pathways, via R&I in bio-based safe-and-sustainable-by-design (SSbD) solutions for a variety of applications. Bio-based solutions’ design and assessment is expected to also go beyond compound/material-level considerations, with an additional reflection on end-use and final application(s).

    Projects are expected to contribute to:

    1.Enable circularity(-by-design) of final products, predominantly in applications where recyclability is currently hindered or very challenging, especially due safety implications;

    2.In addition to fossil-feedstock substitution, reduce the dependency on or replace harmful substances, in particular in materials and formulations, leading eventually to safe(r) (low human and eco-toxicity) final bio-based products, while meeting overall environmental sustainability requirements;

    3.Build on a portfolio of promising bio-based solutions showing potential for scaled up production and future market uptake of alternative, safe, circular and sustainable bio-based products.

    Scope: To deliver on the expected outcome, proposals should:

    1.Perform a wider scoping exercise, including opportunities and challenges, to propose priority areas 326 and which (optimised or novel) bio-based solutions (chemicals, materials) show ‘solid’ potential as safer and sustainable alternatives/substitutes. This ‘exercise’/analysis should especially cover, but not only, areas where substances of very high concern (SVHC), substances of concern, persistent organic pollutants or legacy additives are currently in (end) use (e.g. textiles, plastics value chains);

    2.Select chemicals/group of chemicals/(advanced)materials/products and justify. Proceed then with design, (process) development and testing (to targeted TRL) of the chosen bio-based alternatives;

    3.Embed and assess functionality and value chain considerations for any novel solutions designed and developed, providing equivalent or improved functional performance versus existing and specified benchmarks. Functional performance should be assessed together with showcasing benefits on safety and environmental performance.

    4.Integrate the safe-and-sustainable-by-design (SSbD) framework, developed by the Commission, for assessing the safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials. 327

    5.Contribute with and develop recommendations that can advance further the application of the SSbD framework. 328 More specifically, provide thresholds that can support the criteria definition and improvements for the assessment SSbD methodologies, including any specificities related with bio-based chemicals and materials. Recommendations should also include identification of data gaps, especially safety, environmental, but also socio-economic factors, as well as priorities for data collection.

    6.Contribute with relevant data generated, along targeted value chain(s) (e.g. with regards to the bio-based substance/group of chemical substances or material). Projects have to make data, results and methodologies FAIR. They are also encouraged to link with trusted repositories for data, results and methodologies.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links and synergies and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU research projects (including the Bio-based Industries Joint Undertaking (BBI JU) /Circular Bio-based Europe Joint Undertaking (CBE JU)). This topic has important synergies and complementarities with Horizon Europe Cluster 4 calls (including its PPPs) as well as ongoing projects that should be taken into account. 329 , 330 , 331 .

    Proposals should also include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and other relevant topics.

    Call - Clean environment and zero pollution

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 332

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 333

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 22 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-1

    IA

    27.00

    Around 9.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-2

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 2.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-3

    RIA

    7.00

    Around 7.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    38.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Halting pollution of air, soil and water

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-1: Demonstrating how regions can operate within safe ecological and regional nitrogen and phosphorus boundaries

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 27.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will deliver, to all actors involved in nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) emitting activities in a given region, a demonstrated set of measures to limit N/P emissions and re-balance N/P flows within safe ecological boundaries at regional and local scale, thereby contributing to restoring ecosystems in line with the European Green Deal and the EU zero pollution action plan.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Best practice, including technical and governance solutions, to reduce N/P emissions into water, air and soil from all emitting sectors, in line with relevant EU limit values;

    2.Demonstrated environmental, economic and behavioural effects of aforementioned N/P limiting solutions while promoting local and regional sustainability and circular economy schemes;

    3.Comprehensive guidance on sustainable and circular practices to control regional N/P flows at regional level in the EU, and recommendations to relevant actors (policymakers, local administrations, practitioners, industries etc.).

    Scope: Building on recent innovations in regional N/P budgeting and quantification methodologies to ensure good status for air, water and soil ecosystems, this Innovation Action should demonstrate how to apply optimised N/P budgets, based on maximum allowable inputs of N/P at a regional/river basin scale, and create the necessary systemic and multi-actor transition pathways to ensure a sustainable integrated N/P management in the future. The aim is to show how N/P-relevant sectors (e.g., agriculture, aquaculture, forestry, industrial sectors, food/drink sector, water supply, water/waste management, bioenergy, fossil-based energy production, mining activities, transport, unintentional losses through leaching and run-off of agricultural nutrients etc.) in a given region can limit N/P emissions to air, water and soil from their activities by respecting pre-established regional N/P budgets and applying N/P balancing practices. N/P-balancing practices comprise activities that enhance the sustainability and circularity of N/P relevant resources and services between urban/industrial and rural/coastal environments and apply respective governance measures. Finally, it will be essential to develop comprehensive guidelines to disseminate best practices and techniques to all involved actors.

    Proposals should:

    1.Implement a reliable N/P budgeting methodology to identify the maximum allowable input of N/P at regional/river basin scale and ensure good status for air, water and soil ecosystems. N/P budgets should stay within safe ecological and regional boundaries, i.e. by respecting limit values of N/P in air, water and soil, as specified in existing EU legislation 334 or based on recent scientific evidence 335 and complying with the precautionary principle.

    2.Demonstrate single or integrated region-specific practices in all relevant N/P sectors that help balance emissions from N and P-based fertilisers in agriculture, enhance soil health, reduce eutrophication and water pollution and limit harmful emissions to air.

    3.Showcase how innovative governance models can contribute to fostering ecologically responsible and sustainable use, recovery and exchange of N/P relevant resources, services and infrastructures between urban/industrial and rural/coastal environments while meeting overarching EU objectives (farm to fork and biodiversity strategies).

    4.Test innovative practices and technologies to make use of secondary raw materials and produce N and P-based fertilisers recovered from organic waste, wastewater, biological residues or by-products and promote local and regional value chains.

    5.Apply novel governance approaches and other incentives supporting practices to limit N/P emissions and develop respective guidelines and recommendations for all concerned stakeholders (local and regional authorities, municipalities, environmental organisations, farmers and other practitioners industry, civil society etc.), to encourage behavioural change and public acceptance of recovered products as well as more effective problem-solving mechanisms while envisaging regional twinning and mentoring schemes.

    6.Disseminate results and best practice to all stakeholders involved across the EU and Associated Countries, and provide recommendations on the design of harmonised, coherent and efficient regional policies and regulatory instruments that facilitate eliminating and preventing N/P pollution.

    Applicants are encouraged to join different regional clusters per project and to diversify their proposed consortia by involving a wide range of relevant stakeholders, such as primary producers and practitioners, local and regional administrations, municipalities, related industries, environment organisations, academia, civil society, citizens, etc.

    The projects funded under this topic are expected to build close links and exchange knowledge and information with the Horizon Europe Mission “Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030”. In particular, they should link to the Mission activities under Objective 2 – “Prevent, minimise and eliminate pollution in marine and freshwater environment”, and to the Mission lighthouse activities in the Mediterranean sea basin focusing on the prevention, reduction and elimination of all kinds of pollution in marine and freshwater ecosystems, including pollution from excess nutrients (phosphorus and nitrogen).

    This topic will be part of the demonstration projects for the implementation of the European Commission’s Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) and must be carried out in close cooperation with it.

    SSH aspects should be included.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-2: Best available techniques to recover or recycle fertilising products from secondary raw materials

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 336 .

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will deliver recommendation to policy makers and stakeholders on the alternative fertilising products able to balance nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) flows within safe ecological boundaries at regional and local scale, thereby contributing to restoring ecosystems. Projects will contribute to deliver alternative fertilising products with reduced environmental impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate, in line with the European Green Deal and the EU zero pollution action plan.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Lower environmental impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate from alternative fertilising products recovered from secondary raw materials;

    2.Circular use of alternative fertilising products recovered from secondary raw materials;

    3.Best available techniques for recovering/recycling fertilising products from secondary raw materials, in terms of technical feasibility, environmental performance and socio-economic aspects: collection and sharing among European and international stakeholder.

    Scope: The scope of this CSA is the analysis of best available technologies for recovering/recycling fertilising products from secondary raw materials in Europe while limiting nitrogen and phosphorus pollution in soil, water and air and any other form of pollution from the use of such fertilising products and from the replacement of nitrogen- and phosphorus-based fertilisers produced from conventional processes (including mining and fossil-based processes). Examples of fertilising products within the scope are: recycled nutrients from urban and industrial waste water and sewage sludge, organic fertilising products from bio-waste, digestate and treated manure as well as other fertilising products from biological resources.

    To deliver on the expected outcomes, proposals should:

    1.Collect data on case studies of existing installations converting secondary raw materials into fertilising products in Europe and outside. Secondary raw materials should include: urban and industrial waste water and sewage sludge, bio-waste, digestate, treated manure, others. Case studies of existing installations should range in volume and type of secondary materials treated, as well as in technologies employed in the installations;

    2.Analyse the technical aspects of the available technologies, such as on the characterisation of secondary raw materials, the recovery/recycling processes and their environmental impacts on soil, water and air quality, biodiversity and climate, their resources efficiency (including energy), as well as the pollution prevention operations. The analysis should also include the assessment of the costs for installation, maintenance and upgrade of both recovery/recycling and pollution prevention operations;

    3.Compare the environmental impacts and the resources efficiency (including energy) of the available technologies in the scope with the impacts of the conventional processes producing nitrogen- and phosphorus-based fertilisers. The comparison should be performed based on appropriate selection of the functional unit;

    4.Analyse the fertilising products from each case study selected at the first step: e.g., their composition (in a range of values of main components, following the current content of labelling provisions of EU fertilising products), with special focus on any potential polluting substance, including microplastics and persistent substances and their impacts on soil, water, air quality, biodiversity and climate, their suggested use and management, especially preventing the emissions of nitrogen and phosphorus to the environment but also any other pollutants, their compliance with certifications and labels, etc.;

    5.Analyse the market and the regulatory framework of the identified practices (according to the EU legislation, certification and standardization schemes) and their potential to enable or prevent the wider uptake of these technologies;

    6.Analyse the technical availability of feedstock supply and potential to upscale the identified practices and the production of fertilising products from secondary raw materials;

    7.Select the best available technologies based on: the analysis carried out on the whole database of case studies, the market and the regulatory framework and the availability of feedstock supply. The best techniques should meet the best performances, especially in terms of lower impacts on soil, water, and air quality, biodiversity and climate;

    8.Deliver specific datasheets of relevant techniques with their technical and environmental performances, as well as with economic and social analysis;

    9.Build links with the European Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’, in particular with the Mission activities under objective 2 – prevent, minimise and eliminate pollution in marine and freshwater environment, and with the Mission lighthouse activities in the Mediterranean sea basin focusing on prevention, reduction and elimination of all kinds of pollution in marine and freshwater ecosystems, including pollution from excess nutrients (phosphorus and nitrogen);

    10.Build links with the European Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, especially with the activities under objective -reduce soil pollution and enhance restoration.

    11.Provide recommendations to policy makers and practitioners to ensure the deployment of the best available technologies preventing the emissions of nitrogen and phosphorus to soil, water and air;

    12.Establish a forum of stakeholders from the whole supply and value chain, in order to feed the projects with advice and discussion and share best practices eventually. The forum will be open to stakeholders from Europe and outside.

    Applicants from different groups of stakeholders will cover all the technical, environmental, economic and social aspects of supply chains of secondary raw materials, installations and processes converting those materials into fertilising products and end users.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, and in line with the EU strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation is encouraged.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past 337 and ongoing EU funded projects 338 .

    The projects funded under this topic should develop their tasks in synergy, in order to select the best available technologies on the broader base of case studies, possibly covering all different conditions in Europe (i.e., different secondary raw materials available, different techniques, regulatory and market frameworks, etc.). The projects should also establish common formats of the specific datasheets of relevant techniques and of the recommendations to policy makers and practitioners, both described in the scope. Moreover, they should establish together the forum of stakeholder, which will be unique for all projects.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Reducing the environmental impact and pollution in food systems

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-3: Environmental impacts of food systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: The food sector contributes to food security but is also responsible for air, water and soil pollution. It can contribute to biodiversity loss, soil erosion and climate change, and it consumes excessive amounts of natural resources, including water and energy, while a significant amount of food is wasted. In supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal, the EU zero pollution action plan, the farm to fork strategy, the European climate pact, the common agricultural policy and the common fisheries policy and the Food 2030 initiative, the successful proposal should address all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased overall knowledge of the environmental and climate impacts stemming from the food systems, including potential trade-offs/synergies with other sustainability aspects (environmental, social, economic).

    2.Robust evidence-based understanding of the impacts of food systems related to direct and indirect soil, water and air pollution that drive biodiversity losses, soil erosion, climate change and can negatively affect human health.

    3.Improved capacity to reduce the environmental and climate impacts of food systems, particularly in relation to pollution.

    4.Support to actors across the food systems through new available knowledge, shared existing data on environmental and climate impacts of food systems and identification of innovative solutions.

    Scope: There is an increasing understanding of the impacts related to the green-house gas (GHG) emissions stemming from food systems. Around one third of human-caused GHG emissions worldwide originate from food systems. 339 A similar share of emissions is also recorded in Europe. Although the largest share of the GHG emissions and other relevant environmental impacts can be attributed to the primary food production (or harvesting in the case of fisheries), a significant amount of food-related environmental impacts is also generated in post-production and post-harvest processes along food supply chains. However, when considering wider environmental and climate impacts of food systems, more information is needed to understand these impacts, particularly when it comes to pollution stemming from food processing, manufacturing, packaging, distribution, trade, consumption (including emerging food consumption trends, such as products of alternative diets), food waste and end of life practices.

    The relevant data covering these latter industries or practices are often less available and/ or accessible compared to the agricultural data, for example through the CAP indicators. At the same time, knowledge gaps also exist when it comes to environmental impacts of primary food production and harvesting. Therefore, the successful proposal should fill the relevant knowledge and data gaps. It should explain how it will deliver co-benefits to some of the Food 2030 priorities: climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities. The data should be aligned with, and support the relevant objectives of the upcoming Sustainable food system framework initiative. 340

    Proposals are expected to:

    1.Collect relevant qualitative and quantitative data on environmental and climate impacts related to water, air and soil pollution stemming from the food systems, biodiversity losses, climate change and negative impacts on human health, as well as data on freshwater consumption, soil erosion, resource and energy efficiency of food production and supply practices.

    2.Increase the accessibility of relevant high quality life cycle inventory data according to FAIR principles and the EU’s open science policy by setting up actions to develop, review and make available existing databases.

    3.Provide new data based on requirements for Environmental Footprint compliant datasets 341 and in line with the 2021 Recommendation on the use of the Environmental Footprint methods 342 .

    4.Assess the environmental impacts of food systems from a life-cycle perspective, using the Environmental Footprint methods.

    5.Identify and map opportunities and innovative solutions, including existing good practices that address the identified impacts and promote the uptake of sustainable food production (including harvesting) and/ or food supply practices, including consumption practices, with minimum impact.

    6.Identify and map opportunities and innovative solutions, including existing good practices, that maximise synergies among the three dimensions of sustainability (i.e. environmental – including climate and biodiversity, economic, social - including health), different sectors, as well as actors across the food systems (from production/ harvesting to consumption), minimising trade-offs and reducing pollution as well as other environmental and climate impacts in food systems as a whole.

    7.Implement the multi-actor approach by involving a wide range of food system actors and conducting inter-disciplinary research.

    8.In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

    9.Where relevant, build on and expand the results of past and ongoing research projects and collaborate with relevant initiatives.

    This topic has strong links with destinations “biodiversity and ecosystem services”, “fair, healthy and environment-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption” and “circular economy and bioeconomy sectors”.

    Call - Clean environment and zero pollution

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 343

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 344

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 21 Feb 2024 (First Stage), 17 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-1-two-stage

    IA

    15.00

    Around 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-2-two-stage

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    23.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Protecting drinking water and managing urban water pollution

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-1-two-stage: Holistic approaches for effective monitoring of water quality in urban areas 

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal’s zero pollution ambition, successful proposals will contribute to protecting water quality by managing urban water pollution, and consequently also protecting biodiversity and the quality of aquatic ecosystems, as addressed by several impacts under the Destination ‘Clean environment and zero pollution’, in particular “Move towards achieving clean, unpolluted surface water and groundwater bodies in the EU by advancing the understanding of diffuse and point sources of water pollution in a global and climate change context, enabling novel solutions to avoid degradation and restore water bodies, aquatic ecosystems and soil functionality, and further enhancing water quality and its management for safe human and ecological use, while fostering the EU’s and Associated Countries’ position and role in the global water scene.”

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhance urban water quality with a view of providing better guidance for policy making and prioritisation by developing integrated urban water quality monitoring management plans;

    2.Sound, safer and risk-based urban water quality management plans supported by enhanced holistic monitoring, advanced novel methods and digital solutions, modelling and evidence-based scenarios;

    3.Increase uptake of digital tools in the water sector to support water management decisions for all stakeholders.

    Scope: Water management in urban areas is confronted with a wide range of water quality issues. Urban runoff, is an increasingly important source of pollution. This is going to be aggravated by an increasing frequency of extreme events, such as floods and droughts, due to the impacts of climate change, as well as the increasing sealing of surfaces and rapid growth of urban areas. Moreover, water leakages from ageing water-service infrastructure and combined sewer or storm water overflows, leads to additional pollution releases into the environment. Water quality deterioration due to trace organic pollutants such as pharmaceuticals and industrial chemicals, microbial contaminants, such as pathogens or antimicrobial resistance genes, micro-plastic, nanomaterial, and diffuse pollution from urban areas (roads, urban runoff) and from upstream agricultural areas or industries and many other pollutants often released unintentionally to the environment and finally leading to several forms of pollution of urban water sources. These issues are also exacerbated by the complex interactions between pollutions sources and pathways at the urban/catchment level interface.

    In line with the ambition of the EU zero pollution action plan there is a need to develop an integrated and harmonised approach to monitor all sources of surface and groundwater pollution and their impact, including micro-pollutants, micro-plastics, pharmaceuticals and other contaminant of emerging concerns, as well as mixtures of pollutants.

    This objective of this action is to develop and demonstrate a European wide ‘whole system monitoring approach’ to address emerging water pollution and water quality assurance in urban areas in various urban areas covering a wide number of water pollution challenges, , taking into consideration the interactions of pollution sources and pathways between urban areas and the surrounding river and where appropriate drainage basin, and improve the resilience of urban water systems towards pandemics and global and climate change challenges. New systemic concepts and holistic strategies to enhance urban water quality should be integrated and demonstrated in an operational environment, including decentralised systems, hybrid green-grey infrastructures or cascading use of water.

    An advanced monitoring and control system, going beyond the conventional pollutants, linking drinking and wastewater urban cycles, integrating risk management approaches and exploiting upgraded digital solutions to support urban water quality management, should be developed and tested, combined with appropriate modelling tools and scenarios to assess and forecast the long-term impacts of future changing socio-economic and climatic conditions on water quality. This monitoring system should consider the overall monitoring and outlook requirements of the EU zero pollution action plan, the monitoring requirements of existing EU water policy legislation (e.g., Water Framework Directive, Drinking Water Directive , Urban Waste Water Treatment Directive, Bathing Water Directive, etc.) and relevant national and/or European water quality monitoring tools, and develop recommendations and guidance to strengthen the implementation of the EU and/or national legislation. It should allow to identify cause-effect relationships and big data management to address quality pressures For this purpose there is a need to develop better methods to access chemical data to be able to track the use or the flows of chemicals in urban areas (e.g., to support case studies using mass balance approach to clarify hotspots of pollution sources). New and refined analytical tools and monitoring methods (e.g. effect-based monitoring, biological monitoring) to analyse broad spectrum of contaminants of emerging concerns should be also developed. Recommendations for the standardisation of monitoring and identification of contaminants (including detection limit) should be also provided.

    To enhance the capabilities of real-time monitoring of water quality, the potential of earth observations technologies and the use of digital technologies, such as online sensors, artificial intelligence, digital twins, digital data spaces, etc. should be further explored and consolidated.

    In general, the participation of academia, research organisations, utilities, industry and regulators is strongly advised, as well as civil society engagement whenever necessary, also aiming to broaden the dissemination and exploitation routes and to better assess the innovation potential of developed solutions and strategies. The direct participation of urban and catchment/river basin managing water authorities and utilities is essential.

    Where relevant, activities should create synergies with the projects funded under the protecting drinking water and managing urban water pollution topics in the work programme from WP2021-2022, namely HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-03 and HORIZON-CL6-2022- ZEROPOLLUTION-01-04.

    Increasing environmental performances and sustainability of bio-based processes and products

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-2-two-stage: Innovative technologies for zero pollution, zero-waste biorefineries

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will support researchers and innovators to improve the environmental performances and circularity of bio-based systems in industrial sectors. Project outcomes will contribute to enhance circular bio-based systems operating according to planetary boundaries, replacing fossil-based systems and their carbon footprint, mitigating climate change and protecting air, water and soil quality along industrial value chains, in line with the European Green Deal and the EU zero pollution action plan.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced environmental performances of bio-based processes approaching the zero-waste, zero-pollution ambition.

    2.Integrated pollution prevention and control in bio-based systems targeting soil, water and air quality as well as noise levels.

    Scope: Pollution from anthropogenic activities undermines the integrity of Earth ecosystems and severely affects the natural resources essential for human life. The EU bioeconomy strategy 2030 sets environmental protection at the basis of the modernisation of bio-based industries in the Union, to ensure a trustful green transition of EU economy away from a linear fossil-based system.

    To develop solutions for preventing and controlling pollution from bio-based industries, proposals should:

    1.Design integrated technical solutions reducing exhaust flows from bio-based processes through innovative technologies of extraction, recirculation, fractionation and conversion of such flows, to reach the zero-pollution ambition starting from the emissions to soil, water and air. The exhaust flows considered should include the ones that are usually not considered in the common pollution prevention and control operations, such as hot water, vapours, odours etc. The reduction of impacts on climate change, based on the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions and accessorily via increase of carbon removals, and on biodiversity should be considered as well;

    2.Individuate replacement of hazardous substances used in the processes with safe bio-based ones;

    3.Design the biorefinery operations to re-circulate any process flows such as process air and water and to increase energy efficiency including heat recovery;

    4.Design the biorefinery operations in order to reduce noise emissions;

    5.Design circularity of any processes, including through symbiosis between industrial installations to share and exploit materials and carrier streams, and looking on the best practices already available or under development, including in other EU R&I programmes to reach the zero-waste ambition;

    6.Develop a case-study of integrated zero-pollution technical solutions in a selected biorefinery and design the adaptation of the case-study to be operational at all scales, from the large/medium to the small scale (the latter shows potentially high specific environmental impacts);

    7.Pilot and validate digital innovation for bio-based processes enabling the zero-pollution and zero-waste biorefinery ambition. Digital tools may include data sharing platforms for the management of supply and value chains, as well as industrial symbiosis operations between biorefineries, industrial hubs, etc.;

    8.Develop and validate integrated monitoring systems, operated by the industry at the level of the biorefinery, of the effective reduction of pollutant emissions, affecting soil, water and air quality, noise levels and waste production from biorefineries.

    Where relevant, proposals should seek links with and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing EU funded projects, including under the Circular Bio-based Europe JU and other partnerships of Horizon Europe.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    Destination - Land, ocean and water for climate action

    Reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and increasing carbon sinks in primary production and natural systems as well as in harvested wood products and other carbon storage products are key components of the European Green Deal 345 . Achieving sustainable ocean, water and land management, and using natural resources efficiently to help mitigate climate change implies finding the right balance between productivity, climate, biodiversity and environmental goals in the agriculture and forestry sectors, with a long-term perspective. R&I activities will support solutions for climate and environmentally friendly practices to reduce emissions of major greenhouse gases, other pollutants and the environmental impact of ocean and land use changes and agricultural activities. R&I will rely on the application of digital technologies where relevant.

    The EU climate law 346 states that to reach 2030 and 2050 climate targets and to restore biodiversity, the EU needs to immediately and decisively restore and increase its natural carbon sinks. In 2021, the Commission proposed to amend Regulation (EU) 2018/841 for land use, forestry, and agriculture 347 by setting an increased EU target for net removals of 310 MtCO2eq by 2030 and allocating targets for each Member State. The proposal also includes the aim to reach climate-neutrality in the entire land sector by 2035, namely that carbon removals should balance the greenhouse gas emissions from land use, livestock and fertiliser use. At the end of 2021, the Commission published a communication on sustainable carbon cycles, including carbon farming and certification of carbon removals 348 . R&I, new technologies and business models are expected to unlock the full potential of land use, land-use change and forestry (LULUCF) activities in the mitigation of climate change.

    Carbon farming will be implemented in line with the communication on sustainable carbon cycles and related documentation. R&I activities under this destination, and in the work programme of the mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ will help coordinate the research community and key stakeholders in developing, testing and demonstrating carbon farming practices and in certifying carbon removals. Results of funded activities will help in managing land and forests and in delivering of multiple services provided by agricultural land and forests, such as: i) the provision of goods and long-term carbon storage in harvested wood products, ii) protection of soils, water and biodiversity; and iii) mitigation of and adaptation to climate change.

    Specific attention will be given to paludiculture, complementing the activities of Cluster 5 in the 2021/2022 work programme. R&I activities will help increase soil organic carbon, protect carbon-rich soils (e.g. grasslands and peatlands), restore peatlands and wetlands, and improve advisory services for land managers. Together with the work programme for the mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, R&I activities will aim to reduce the financial burden resulting from the costs of management practices in carbon farming and the uncertainty about revenue possibilities. In the livestock sector, R&I on manure management will help implement the EU methane strategy 349 . R&I activities will also boost the contribution made by a forest as a natural and man-made carbon sink and maintain multiple ecosystem services (e.g., water replenishment, soil protection), as proposed in the Fit for 55 package with the revised LULUCF Regulation and the new EU forest strategy.

    Strengthening the nexus between the ocean and climate change is a priority for the EU. There is growing political awareness of the importance of ocean and polar regions as integral parts of the Earth’s climate system and of the need to ensure the integrity and resilience of these vulnerable ecosystems in the context of climate change. The main outcomes expected are an improved understanding of the ocean’s role in the Earth’s climate system, resulting in the closing of the research gaps on ocean essential climate variables and improved ocean models for seasonal to decadal forecasting at local and regional scales. This in turn will support decision-making aimed at preserving the integrity of the ocean and aquatic ecosystems and the polar Regions, through a better understanding of the drivers of change and of emerging threats, including tipping points. The ocean is also a large storage system for the global reservoirs of climate-regulating factors, particularly carbon. R&I will advance knowledge innovations to develop ocean-based solutions/mitigation options, helping to close the emissions gap and stop ocean acidification and prevent the consequent biodiversity losses.

    The following blue carbon ecosystem developments could be envisaged:

    1.more knowledge about identifying regions at risk;

    2.exploring, preserving, restoring or even creating new natural habitats, and providing solutions to strengthen resilience and protection of EU coastal areas against climate change;

    3.more knowledge and data on blue carbon quantification;

    4.consider nature-based solutions for carbon farming, e.g. on coastal wetlands, as well as seaweed and mollusc aquaculture.

    Biodiversity protection plays an important role in all approaches for mitigation in ecosystems and Nature-based Solutions (NBS)are highly important in this context, providing further environmental, social and economic benefits. Building on the political momentum gained at COP25 where the ocean was identified as a priority, and on the latest developments at COP26, science on the climate and the ocean nexus developed under the Horizon Europe programme will contribute to and inform the dialogue under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) on the ocean and climate change.

    Other major contributions include: i) providing new scientific knowledge on polar regions for the EU Arctic policy; ii) supporting the new policy initiative on sustainable blue economy and its offshoot initiatives as well as implementing the Marine Strategy and Water Framework Directives; and iii) helping to achieve the clean planet for all’s aim of neutralising all major threats to the health of the planetary ecosystem.

    In line with the climate adaptation strategy 350 , climate action also calls for ecosystems, primary production, food systems and the bioeconomy to adapt to climate change. Climate change is exacerbating existing risks to livelihoods, biodiversity, human and ecosystem health, infrastructure and food systems. Human activities relying on the availability and use of clean water are particularly affected by variable and extreme weather events, which may also lead to desertification. Agriculture and forestry in the EU are vulnerable to climate change. Specifically, there is growing evidence about the effects of climate change and extreme weather events, which need to be mitigated, on agricultural production, crop yields, and also on the forest sector.

    In the area of forestry, R&I will improve knowledge on the interactions and interdependencies between biodiversity and climate change, and identify win-win management strategies, also addressing trade-offs in a sustainable manner. Marine and coastal areas are also threatened by the rise in sea level, saline water intrusion, biodiversity loss, ocean acidification, extreme events and a shrinking cryosphere. R&I will, therefore, be critical to stepping up adaptation and building resilience in agriculture, forestry, and activities in marine and coastal areas. They will aim to deliver on the urgent need to step up the adaptation of primary production, notably by providing farmers and other actors in bioeconomy value chains with better-adapted crop varieties and animal breeds with lower impacts on the related ecosystems.

    R&I efforts are critical to avoiding, reducing and reversing desertification. They are also critical to delivering sustainable nature-based solutions that will also i) increase carbon sequestration, natural water retention, biodiversity conservation and restoration, ii) strengthen coastal protection, iii) reduce the risks of algal blooms and iv) offer ecotourism opportunities. Water adaptation strategies and approaches will be developed and tested. In this context, the innovation potential for a wide range of alternative water solutions (rainwater harvesting, storm water collection, water reuse and reclamation, brackish and sea water desalination, aquifer recharge, etc.) to be used for avoiding possible negative environmental impacts will be assessed and the European partnership for ensuring water security for the planet will be further supported. Potential trade-offs, and measures to mitigate and avoid them, will be assessed to ensure environmental sustainability and to keep the objectives of improving soil fertility, increasing carbon storage in soils and biomass to support benefitting agricultural productivity and food security and reduce biodiversity loss. R&I will also aim at providing a better understanding of how institutions and behaviour shape vulnerability and offer opportunities for adaptation.

    Expected outcomes include, by means of international cooperation, collaborative research on joint adaptation, mitigation and biodiversity reporting and monitoring of land contributing to the overall areas targeted in Cluster 6 351 .

    Expected impacts

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out credible pathways that contribute to climate action on land - including forestland, grassland, cropland and wetland - as well as on oceans and water and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

    1.better understanding and strengthening of the mitigation potential of ecosystems and sectors based on the sustainable management of natural resources;

    2.advancement of science and technology to support the adaptation and resilience of natural and managed ecosystems, on land, in the ocean, in water and soil systems as well as economic sectors in the context of the changing climate, including interaction with drivers of biodiversity change and zero pollution;

    3.efficient monitoring, assessment, modelling and data-driven decision-making support systems and projections related to climate change impacts, mitigation and adaptation potential in order to derive solutions for tackling existing and emerging threats and support decision-making in climate change mitigation and adaptation policies at European and global levels, including through the use of AI and other digital solutions;

    4.increased climate change mitigation in the primary sectors, including by means of reducing their GHG emissions and other pollutants, maintaining natural and man-made carbon sinks and increasing uptake and storage of carbon in ecosystems, taking into account trade-offs with regard to ecosystems;

    5.improved capacity to climate change of the ocean, sea, water and soil systems and related sectors to adapt to climate change, including by means of unlocking the potential of nature-based solutions;

    6.sustainable management of scarce resources, in particular soils and water, therefore mitigating climate related risks, especially desertification and erosion, thanks to informed decision-makers and stakeholders and the integration of adaptation measures in relevant EU policies.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01

    90.00

    18.00

    12 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01

    75.00

    22 Feb 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    90.00

    93.00

    Call - Land, ocean and water for climate action

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 352

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 353

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 22 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 12 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-1

    COFUND

    18.00

    18.00

    Around 36.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-2

    IA

    10.00

    Around 3.30

    3

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-3

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-4

    RIA

    20.00

    Around 20.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-5

    CSA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-6

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-7

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-8

    IA

    17.00

    5.00 to 6.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    90.00

    18.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-1: Additional activities for the European Partnership Water Security for the Planet (Water4All)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 36.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The proposal must be submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02: European Partnership Water Security for the Planet (Water4All). This eligibility condition is without prejudice to the possibility to include additional partners.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The evaluation committee will be composed partially by representatives of EU institutions.

    If the proposal is successful, the next stage of the procedure will be grant agreement amendment preparations.

    If the outcome of amendment preparations is an award decision, the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02: European Partnership Water Security for the Planet (Water4All) will be invited to submit an amendment to the grant agreement, on behalf of the beneficiaries.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    This action is intended to be implemented in the form of an amendment of the grant agreement concluded pursuant to topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02.

    For the additional activities covered by this action:

    1.The funding rate is 30% of eligible costs.

    2.Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties (FSTP). The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    3.Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. The 60 000 EUR threshold provided for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply.

    4.The maximum amount of FSTP to be granted to an individual third party is EUR 10 000 000. This amount is justified since provision of FSTP is one of the primary activities of this action and it is based on the extensive experience under predecessors of this partnership.

    1.The starting date of grants awarded under this topic may be as of the submission date of the application. Applicants must duly justify the need for a retroactive starting date in their application. Costs incurred from the starting date of the action may be considered eligible (and will be reflected in the entry into force date of the amendment to the grant agreement).

    Total indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the duration of this partnership is EUR 126 million.

    Expected Outcome: This topic is for the continuation of the European Partnership Water Security for the Planet (Water4All), i.e. EU contribution in WP 2023-2024.

    The second instalment of the partnership is expected to contribute to expected outcomes specified in topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02: European Partnership Water Security for the Planet (Water4All), for continuation and new development of activities.

    Scope: The objective of this action is to continue to provide support to the European Partnership Water4All identified in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024 and first implemented under the topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02: European Partnership Water Security for the Planet, and in particular to fund additional activities (which may also be undertaken by additional partners) in view of its intended scope and duration, and in accordance with Article 24(2) of the Horizon Europe Regulation.

    The consortium which applied to and received funding under HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02: European Partnership Water Security for the Planet is uniquely placed to submit a proposal to continue the envisioned partnership. Not only did this consortium submit the proposal leading to the identification of the partnership in the Horizon Europe strategic planning 2021-2024, it has also implemented the partnership through co-funded calls in 2021 and 2022 based on this planning and further to topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02. In this context, the current consortium has particular expertise in relation to the objectives of the Partnership, the activities to be implemented, in particular FSTP calls or other calls/scope of calls clearly required/envisioned pursuant to initial proposal/partnership, and other relevant aspects of the action. In practice, another consortium could not continue the activities of the Partnership underway without significant disruption to the ongoing activities, if at all.

    The scope of the application for this call on the European Partnership Water Security for the Planet should focus on the 2023-27 programmes according to the partnership’s co-created strategic research and innovation agenda for seven years, which includes joint calls for research projects, activities to fostering the uptake of R&I results from various stakeholders, living labs and demonstration sites activities to demonstrate the efficiency of innovative solutions, activities to enhance international collaborations and support the achievement of the water related UN SDGs and transfer of in foreign contexts, where specific challenges can be encountered. Actions to ensure coordination and alignment of EU, national and regional programmes, to strengthen the research/policy interface and all horizontal activities to allow the Partnership to operate and to achieve its specific objectives should be also addressed.

    It is expected that the partnership continues to organise joint calls on an annual base and therefore it should factor ample time to run the co-funded projects.

    Specific activities to strengthen the synergies of Water4All partnership with the related Missions and Partnerships, identified in the proposal submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02 should be also described.

    While the award of a grant to continue the Partnership in accordance with this call should be based on a proposal submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02: European Partnership Water Security for the Planet (Water4All) and the additional activities (which may include additional partners) to be funded by the grant should be subject to an evaluation, this evaluation should take into account the existing context and the scope of the initial evaluation as relevant, and related obligations enshrined in the grant agreement.

    Taking into account that the present action is a continuation of topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-02 and foresees an amendment to an existing grant agreement, the proposal should also present in a separate document the additional activities and additional partners, if any, to be covered by the award in terms of how they would be reflected in the grant agreement.

    The partnership should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joints call for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties.

    The Commission envisages to include new actions in future work programmes to continue providing support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-2: Improve the reliability and effectiveness of alternative water resources supply systems and technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.30 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal and EU water-related policies, successful proposals will contribute to fostering the adaptation of water resources to climate change, in particular the expected impact of the Destination ‘Land, ocean and water for climate action’ to “Advance understanding and science to support adaptation and resilience of natural and managed ecosystems, ocean, water and soil systems and economic sectors in the context of the changing climate”.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Recommendations on alternative water resources options in water scarce areas to address current and future challenges to water supplies and adapt to climate change, ensuring the water quality for a specific uses;

    2.Support for decision makers to integrate alternative water resources supply technologies in their strategic plans for water resources management taking into consideration the relevant EU regulatory frameworks (e.g. water and marine related policies, climate change adaptation strategy, Fit for 55);

    3.Increased societal awareness, acceptance of and trust in of several alternative water supply resources for water use in various societal, environmental and economic contexts;

    4.Increased market potential of alternative water resources.

    Scope: The search for affordable, acceptable and reliable solutions is today a common challenge for water supply planners. A changing climate and increasing water scarcity, population growth, urbanisation and intensifying economic activities have put a strain on traditional water resources, which typically rely on available surface and groundwater resources. Ensuring the availability and sustainability of both surface and groundwater is a key element of the new EU strategy on adaptation to climate change.

    According to a recent report on the drivers of and pressures arising from selected key water management challenges (EEA, 2021), water abstraction for public water supply, agriculture and industry is the main significant cause of failure to achieve good quantitative status. Over abstraction of surface water bodies can alter freshwater ecosystems and have adverse ecological effects, including decline of biodiversity. In addition, the over abstraction of groundwater bodies can lower groundwater levels with further impacts on groundwater-dependent aquatic ecosystems and cause salinisation of coastal aquifers, making them unusable for drinking water supply.

    To address these problems and in order to improve the security of water supply, alternative water resources, such as rainwater harvesting, storm water, water reuse and reclamation, brackish and sea water desalination, aquifer recharge, are increasingly being used by water managers in rural, coastal and urban areas. However, in many case, the implementation of several alternative water resources is not sustainable and not embedded in a strategic integrated water management plan at river basin or regional scale. In many cases the negative environmental impacts and associated infrastructure maintenance and investments costs are not properly assessed, nor the costs associated with meeting the EU water policy related requirements (i.e. WFD requirements). Finally, the public/social acceptance of several alternative water resources is lacking and this prevent their further implementation and market uptake. Further research and innovation is needed for making full use of alternative water resources.

    Additionally, assessments and recommendations of how alternative water supply sources and infrastructures can relate to existing - mostly centralized - water utility regimes remain unexplored and there is a need to explore how the regulations around these centralized regimes can support infrastructure diversification.

    The objective of this action is to improve the sustainability of various alternative water supply resources in the context of climate change and water scarcity adaptation. To achieve this objective the following issues should be addressed:

    1.Improve the efficiency, reliability and cost-effectiveness and sustainable design of a wide range of alternative water solutions (e.g., rainwater harvesting, storm water, water reclamation and reuse , brackish and sea water desalination, aquifer recharge).

    2.Assess the interaction between choices of the various alternative water supply technologies with the infrastructure design and development, the scale of operation and the water-energy interactions.

    3.Assess various alternative water solutions with regards to their potential their innovation, climate mitigation and adaptation and their environmental and health impacts. Explore the potential of digital technologies for appropriate data collection and integration. Attention should be given to reducing the negative impacts of infrastructures to increase water supply in water-scarce areas as well as reducing water demand (rebound effect).

    4.Develop a comprehensive framework or guidance tool for selecting specific technologies and management strategies for different water scarcity situations that can be adapted on a case-by-case basis and with a view of developing large-scale deployment strategies, in line with the requirements of the Water Framework Directive.

    5.Assess the critical factors that hinder the public acceptance of alternative water resources and identify measures and actions (e.g., policy actions, marketing interventions) to encourage their acceptance.

    The possible participation of the JRC in the selected project would ensure that the approach proposed can be integrated as a scenario in the tool used by the European Commission for the estimation of water availability.

    This action should bring together relevant researchers, technology providers, water utilities, business representatives, investors, policy makers and other water users and citizens. The active participation and engagement of different stakeholders should span the entire project development and implementation to ensure performance and sustainability and maximise the final impact.

    Proposals should cover various regions with a balanced coverage reflecting the various biogeographical and climate zones in Europe in a representative way.

    The inclusion of relevant SSH expertise would be also needed to ensure the proposed solutions are also socially accepted.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-3: Ocean and coastal waters carbon- and biodiversity-rich ecosystems and habitats in Europe and the Polar Regions 

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project (Option B) – see General Annex B.

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project (Option A) – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the topic, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within each of the two options (A or B) set under ‘scope’ , provided that the proposals attain all thresholds.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 354 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and, in particular with the objectives of the European Climate Law 355 , the EU climate adaptation and mitigation strategies, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the EU proposal for a nature restoration law 356 , the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD), the Birds and Habitats Directives, the Regulation (EU) n. 734/2008 on the protection of vulnerable marine ecosystems in the high seas from the adverse impacts of bottom fishing gears, successful proposals should further the European efforts in achieving climate-neutrality by maintaining and enhancing natural carbon sinks and stocks in marine and polar ecosystems, while preserving and enhancing their biodiversity, including by unfolding the potential of nature-based solutions, where adaptations to climate change are also being fostered for enhanced resilience.

    Successful proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understood and enhanced mitigation potential of ecosystems, based on sustainable management of natural resources and climate change mitigation fostered through the maintenance and enhancement of natural carbon sinks and stocks, while preserving or enhancing biodiversity in ecosystems, in support of a sustained European leadership in ocean–climate–biodiversity nexus science;

    2.Advanced understanding and science in support of adaptation and resilience of natural and managed marine and polar ecosystems in the context of a changing climate, including its interaction with other natural or anthropogenic stressors such as pollutants, invasive species or marine construction, and better understood impacts of climate change on coastal zones (including the associated ecosystems) and improved adaptive capacity of ocean and marine systems, including by unlocking the potential of nature-based solutions;

    3.Uncovered mitigation opportunities of newly emerging European and polar blue carbon habitats (novel habitats emerging due to the rising atmospheric CO2 that is intensifying climate change but also driving global and particularly polar greening; polar blue carbon increases with losses of marine ice (sea ice, ice shelf and glacier retreat) that generates a valuable negative feedback on (mitigating) climate change);

    4.Reduced knowledge gaps for enabling the inclusion of carbon- and biodiversity-rich marine habitats and accounting in nationally determined contributions (NDCs) and associated national climate plans and strategies (NAPs), such as additional national data collection, science and technical capacity, as well as significant contributions made to the implementation of the European Green Deal, particularly the climate and biodiversity objectives, the UNFCCC Ocean and Climate Change Dialogue, the Global Biodiversity Framework, and global scientific assessments.

    Scope: The ocean and coastal ecosystems and habitats play a significant role in the global carbon cycle, representing the largest long-term carbon sink. Over the past decade, research efforts to understand the ocean and blue carbon sinks and utilize their potential in climate mitigation frameworks has increased. There are remaining research gaps for advancing opportunities to incorporate potential ocean and blue carbon ecosystems into climate frameworks. Evaluating and quantifying the broad range of benefits provided by coastal and marine ecosystems should strengthen the ability to account for them in nationally determined contributions (NDCs) and national adaptation plans (NAPs). Avoiding and reversing the loss and degradation and restoring carbon- and species-rich ecosystems in the ocean and coastal waters is highly effective and of highest importance for combined biodiversity protection and climate change mitigation actions with large adaptation co-benefits. If degraded or lost, these ecosystems are likely to release most of their carbon back into the atmosphere.

    Actions should aim at developing innovative approaches to address only one of the following options:

    1.Option A: European and polar blue carbon hotspots and priority areas for climate policy frameworks and effective management (TRL 3-5)

    The research actions should map European and polar blue carbon hotspots and priority areas for carbon sequestration and climate change mitigation potential, including an estimate of the area/extent of the habitats. In doing so, the successful proposal should rely on the synergistic use of Earth Observation data (in-situ, airborne, satellite) and models to monitor, evaluate and quantify both carbon fluxes and carbon stocks and stock changes in ocean and coastal reservoirs, to evaluate current trends and improve modelling skills and predictions, including using space and in-situ existing datasets and climate records that can be used as proxy (e.g., Copernicus, EMODnet).

    The action should also gather information on organic carbon stocks and accumulation, their characteristics (source, lability, dissolved particulate, living, non-living), and their potential change under pressures from human activities. The action should identify the key characteristics that make the selected ecosystem and habitat a hotspot for blue carbon (i.e. geomorphology, physical-chemical characteristics, anthropogenic manipulation, sea level rise effects, etc.). The action should enable a better understanding of the dynamics of carbon between these reservoirs and the associated timescales involved. A quantification of the approximate amount of carbon (and preferably nutrients) fixed annually by those natural ecosystems in Europe, as well as a quantification of the annual degradation rates of the ecosystems and consequent reduction in carbon sequestration should also be carried out. This knowledge should then be consolidated into a framework for predictive tools to investigate climate-smart management scenarios at appropriate scales, as well as methodologies, methods, and guidance tailored to the specific EU maritime region. The research action will identify and recommend best suited, fit-for-purpose, climate smart and resilient initiatives and activities that are relevant to local communities in order to protect, sustainably manage, restore, and enhance blue carbon habitats. Particular attention should be given to win-win-win solutions and strategies that have multiple benefits for climate mitigation and adaptation, biodiversity gains and benefit to people, including nature-based solutions, ecosystem-based approaches and technological-ecological synergies (TES) (combining technological and nature-based solutions). Where applicable and desirable, socioeconomic aspect of sustainability should also be part of such solutions, in order to make the projects more socially acceptable; e.g. allowing for eco-tourism, recreational activities and/or extraction activities (for example recreational fishing with permits or mussels farming that does not require any feed inputs) could also allow symbiosis with the communities in the coastal areas in which these ecosystems are situated. Where appropriate, this should include technological-ecological synergies (TES) as an integrated systems approach that recognizes the potential co-benefits that exist in combining technological and nature-based solutions. The action should also assess the synergies and trade-offs of combining nature-based solutions and blue infrastructure with grey infrastructure (i.e. hybrid measures), assess the scalability of nature-based solutions and whether the same benefits and effects achieved on a small scale can be achieved by implementing them across larger spatial scales. Actions should keep in mind and address the challenge that several factors may limit the effectiveness of nature-based solutions applied to coastal areas, making the case for more effective long-term strategies and activities (lack of knowledge of the benefits and limitations of nature-based solutions options, poor planning of measures, impacts of extreme weather- and climate-related hazards, emission of CH4 and N2O, and biogenic calcification, risks of slow-onset events, such as increasing temperature and biodiversity loss, and their interaction with multiple drivers (e.g., land use change) and cascading tipping points related to ecosystem degradation). Many of the approaches are conceptually feasible or have been demonstrated in the laboratory, but their consequences for the ocean, including on its biodiversity are uncertain, especially if applied at scale. Any proposed solutions should have to keep the precautionary approach in mind and demonstrate that they are biodiversity positive and have no negative impacts on the marine environment and ecosystem functioning. Particular attention should be given to maladaptation solutions. For each proposed solution, the action should identify the status, costs, potentials, risk & impacts (including tipping points and irreversibility, as well as the challenges posed by the emissions of blue methane, sea level rise, underwater permafrost thaw, coastal nitrate enrichment, etc.), co-benefits, trade-offs and spill over effects, and role in mitigation pathways. In addition, the economic feasibility should be taken into account, as well as the cost/benefit ratio of natural regeneration (rewilding) vs. assisted (e.g., Posidonia beds restoration/protection against trawling) vs. full restoration.

    The action should identify and quantify the impact of anthropogenically induced activities that lead to the disturbance, degradation and destruction of these habitats (with estimation of the most and least impactful activities, CO2 release in the atmosphere and the cost of no action) (direct or indirect pressure from human activities, such as bottom-contact fisheries, and climate forcing).

    Finally, the action should make policy recommendations for advancing the incorporation of potential blue carbon ecosystems into climate frameworks, transforming science into effective policy and management and significantly contribute to the implementation of the European Green Deal and its climate and biodiversity strategies and objectives, including the Communication on Sustainable Carbon Cycles and the EU proposal for a nature restoration law 357 which includes targets.

    1.Option B: Uncover mitigation opportunities of newly emerging European and polar blue carbon habitats (TRL 2-4)

    Rising atmospheric CO2 is intensifying climate change but it is also driving global and particularly polar greening. Polar blue carbon increases with losses of marine ice over high latitude continental shelf areas. Marine ice (sea ice, ice shelf and glacier retreat) losses generate a valuable negative feedback on (mitigating) climate change. The research action should conduct exploratory research into potentially new habitats emerging that could yield both mitigation and biodiversity benefits, if appropriately managed. Among the emerging habitats that should be tested in terms of their emerging role in carbon storage and sequestration, with the aim of understanding of carbon sink balances and climate change–feedback variability and reduce uncertainty in model projections, are: blue carbon change with sea ice losses; blue carbon gains from glacier retreat along fjords (fjordic blue carbon, i.e. seabed biological carbon gains as a result of recent rapid glacier retreat along fjords); blue carbon gains from ice shelf losses through opening up of productive new habitat and leaving nutrient-fertilized wakes of enhanced productivity; slight increases in sea temperature may also increase polar blue carbon; blue carbon around Antarctica is increasing with climate change, and the productivity within emerging fjords is likely to further increase with age and seasonal sea ice loss; snow and ice retreat in the subarctic and subantarctic; marine ice losses that create new polar continental shelf habitat across millions of km2 and doubling seabed carbon stocks in 25 years; fjords that have become exposed by glacier retreat (fjords are hotspots for the burial and storage of organic carbon and for their potential to provide an important long-term global climate regulation service); massive coastal embayment emerging as a result of giant iceberg breakout from ice shelves; new and intense phytoplankton blooms around the Southern Ocean which have doubled carbon storage by seafloor organisms in the last 25 years; marine ice loss in the Arctic; macroalgal particulate organic carbon sinks; changes in primary production in open Arctic waters; loss of pagophilic (ice-dependent) species and lower albedo, macroalgae, bivalves; species yet to be discovered in polar and deep-ocean ecosystems; relatively inaccessible habitats; novel approaches to secure carbon stocks in the face of fishing disruption (e.g., through changes in target species, gear, target areas).The action should build on existing and novel datasets (in-situ and satellite) to gather carbon information on stocks and accumulation, carbon characteristics (source, lability), change under pressures from human activities if not protected, the potential for carbon sequestration and associated timescales, understanding of carbon dynamics, framework and criteria to integrate these considerations and predictive tools to investigate management scenarios at appropriate scales, including displacement and trade-offs. The action should identify the key characteristics that led to the selected ecosystem and habitat to be considered a hotspot for blue carbon (i.e. geomorphology, physical-chemical characteristics, anthropogenic manipulation, sea level rise effects, etc.).

    The action should also identify and recommend best suited, fit-for-purpose, climate smart and resilient and locally informed actions, initiatives and activities to protect, sustainably manage, restore, and enhance these newly emerging European and polar blue carbon habitats and assess the impact of anthropogenically induced activities that lead to the disturbance, degradation and destruction of these habitats and assess the synergies and trade-offs of protection vs. no action.

    For both options (A & B), international cooperation is strongly encouraged, with a strong linkage with the ongoing activities under the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with the other project funded under this topic, and ensure synergy with relevant activities carried out under other initiatives in Horizon Europe, and the EU Polar Cluster. Actions should build upon and link with Horizon projects (in particular project funded under the calls HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-02:Understanding the oceanic carbon cycle, HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-03: Understanding and valuing coastal and marine biodiversity and ecosystems services, HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-01: Observing and mapping biodiversity and ecosystems, with particular focus on coastal and marine ecosystems, HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-09: Unlocking the potential of algae for a thriving European blue bioeconomy, HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-01: European Blue Parks, HORIZON-MISS-2022-OCEAN-01-07: Integration of biodiversity monitoring data into the Digital Twin Ocean, EU PolarNET2), the Copernicus marine service, Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON), Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) and Southern Ocean Observing System (SOOS), and international Ocean Observing Initiatives. The R&I needs to be conducted in a multidisciplinary and ecosystem-based approach.

    This topic is part of a coordination initiative between the European Space Agency and the European Commission on Earth System Science. Under the initiative, both institutions aim at coordinating efforts to support complementarities between the Horizon Europe and the European Space Agency FutureEO programmes, and their projects. Proposals under this topic should address networking and collaborative research activities with relevant European Space Agency actions. In particular, the European Space Agency will contribute to this topic with existing and planned projects focused on enhancing the observation capacity and understanding from satellite EO technology of carbon sinks and stocks in marine and polar ecosystems 358 . Relevant European Space Agency activities will be implemented under the A) Ocean Science Clusters ( eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-ocean-science-cluster ), B) the Biodiversity Science Clusters ( eo4society.esa.int/ ) and C) the Polar Science Cluster ( eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-polar-science-cluster ). Proposals should address the collaboration with ongoing or future European Space Agency projects, including those that will be funded through dedicated coordinated invitations to tender, and should towards this end include sufficient means and resources for effective coordination. Applicants are encouraged to contact the European Space Agency to organise the joint European Commission - European Space Agency work. Collaboration with the relevant existing European Research Infrastructures is encouraged.

    All in-situ data collected through actions funded from this call should follow INSPIRE principles and be available through open access repositories supported by the European Commission (Copernicus, GEOSS, and EMODnet).

    Synergies and complementarities with projects funded under topics: HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-07: Quantification of the role of key terrestrial ecosystems on the carbon cycle and related climate effects; HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02-02: EU-China international cooperation on blue carbon; Mission Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030 (HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-01: European Blue Parks, HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-03: Atlantic and Arctic basin lighthouse - restoration of marine and coastal ecosystems and increased climate resilience, HORIZON-MISS-2022-OCEAN-01-01: European Blue Parks – Protection and restoration solutions for degraded coastal and marine habitats, HORIZON-MISS-2022-OCEANCLIMA-01-01: Mission Climate adaptation and Mission Ocean and waters - Joint demonstration for coastal resilience in the Arctic and Atlantic sea basin).

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-4: Demonstration network on climate-smart farming – linking research stations

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 20.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The knowledge base of climate-related farming practices is expanded, resulting in increased application of climate-neutral approaches;

    2.Different methods of climate-smart agriculture in plant and animal production are assessed and evaluated with all relevant actors involved; with all relevant actors involved;

    3.The involvement of and adoption by farmers of innovative / smart farming practices that mitigate emissions of greenhouse gases (GHGs) and that foster adaptation of the sector to climate change is accelerated. In the long-term, this will support a more substantial contribution of the farming sector to mitigation of GHG emissions and to carbon storage;

    4.Implementation of the EU carbon farming initiative, as presented in the communication on “Sustainable Carbon Cycles” 359 is supported;

    5.The involvement of Member States’ and Associated Countries’ agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKIS) in climate-related farming issues is increased, including through linking to national, regional and local projects under the European Innovation Partnership "Agricultural productivity and sustainability" (EIP-AGRI) and to research stations, with a view to wider dissemination and enhanced interaction within and across the Member States and Associated Countries.

    Scope: The conservation and enhancement of Earth’s natural terrestrial carbon sinks such as soils and plants, forests, farmed lands and wetlands is crucial. The European Green Deal gives research and innovation (R&I) a significant role to play in supporting the design and implementation of policies that will ensure the achievement of the EU’s climate objectives. Project implementation is expected to contribute to mitigation of and adaptation to climate change and help achieve climate-neutrality.

    A wide adoption of practices contributing to mitigation of climate change and enhanced carbon storage by farmers is a priority to ensure that the EU reaches GHG mitigation objectives by 2030 and climate-neutrality for land use by 2035 and for the overall economy by 2050. Farming is also vulnerable to impacts of climate change; hence adaptation is of utmost importance. Mainstreaming the use of climate-smart practices has been recognised as a priority at the global level, including by the G-20.

    The overall aim is to establish a three-level network in a phased manner over Cluster 6 work programmes 2021/2022 and 2023/2024. The first level is a network which engages front-runner farmers introducing on-farm trials and demonstration of innovations, using existing knowledge both in the EU and in Associated Countries (project “Climate Farm Demo”). The second level is a network to connect to all advisors on the subject in the Member States, building on achievements of Horizon 2020 projects and EIP-AGRI operational groups and the development of Member States’ AKIS, to ensure the provision of targeted advice. The third level of the network – the present topic – will engage and strengthen the capacity of experimental research stations on climate issues.

    Proposals should:

    1.Network existing research stations involved in adaptation to or mitigation of climate change in agriculture, to create an EU network including all Member States and where possible Associated Countries and to stimulate effective cross-fertilisation among them;

    2.Exploit existing solutions and develop new ones through practice-oriented on-farm testing and demonstration in a co-creative approach with pilot farmers and their advisors;

    3.Collect and compare tool-kits for assessing GHG balances at farm level, monitoring of performance in reducing emission, decision-support tools, climate services, etc. for possible use also on average farms;

    4.Explore carbon farming techniques (as defined in the Communication on “Sustainable Carbon Cycles”) and their outcomes, also in terms of better farm management; analyse costs of carbon farming management practices and revenue possibilities as well as related risk and challenges; develop and/or test monitoring, reporting and verification systems; facilitate knowledge exchange and support tailored training and advisory services;

    5.Foster knowledge exchange within and among Member States and regions and establish links with the EIP-AGRI and Member States’ AKIS networks and coordination bodies;

    6.Include a task to collaborate with the project “Climate Farm Demo” funded under topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-04 and with the project funded under topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-03 “Demonstration network on climate-smart farming – boosting the role of advisory services”.

    The project should operate for at least five years and build on the outcomes of the climate-related projects from various funding sources. The project must implement the multi-actor approach and may involve social innovation.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-5: Pilot network of climate-positive organic farms

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 360 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic should contribute to mitigation of and adaptation to climate change and help achieve climate-neutrality by 2035 (in the land-use sector) and 2050 (across the EU economy). It will also contribute to meeting the target of the farm to fork strategy of having 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming by 2030, as well as to implementing concrete actions of the action plan for the development of organic production 361 .

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The capacity of organic holdings to mitigate and adapt to climate change is enhanced, with co-benefits for biodiversity, water, soil and air;

    2.Qualitative and quantitative data on the climate-related and other (co-)benefits and impacts of organic production are made more easily accessible, contributing to building the knowledge base for EU policy design and implementation and to increasing consumer awareness of the benefits of organic production;

    3.Carbon farming practices (as described in the Communication on “Sustainable Carbon Cycles” 362 ) are further developed in the organic farming sector;

    4.Agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKIS) and decision-support systems in the organic sector are strengthened, in particular with regard to climate adaptation and mitigation.

    Scope: The conservation and enhancement of Earth’s natural terrestrial carbon sinks such as soils and plants, forests, farmed lands and wetlands is crucial. The European Green Deal gives research and innovation (R&I) a significant role to play in supporting the design and implementation of policies that will ensure the achievement of the EU’s climate objectives. Organic farming relies on management practices that contribute to climate change mitigation, with additional benefits for the environment and biodiversity. The organic sector also has a role to play in the implementation of the EU carbon farming initiative as developed in the 2021 Communication on “Sustainable Carbon Cycles”.

    Proposals should:

    1.Establish a pilot network of existing and newly converted commercial certified organic farms and research stations representative of the main organic farming production systems (both plant and animal production) and regions in the EU.

    2.Provide for the collection at farm and landscape level of data relevant to organic farming and to climate change and other environmental objectives;

    3.Implement carbon farming techniques and analyse their outcomes, also in terms of better farm management; analyse costs of carbon farming management practices and revenue possibilities as well as related risk and challenges; develop and/or test monitoring, reporting and verification systems;

    4.Enhance sharing of knowledge and best practice on adaptation to and mitigation of climate change in the organic sector, including with regard to carbon farming, with attention also to regions where the organic sector is less developed, and support tailored training and advisory services;

    5.Ensure that project outcomes are made available also beyond the organic farming sector, including to other farmers who focus on low-input farming, circular agriculture and agroecology;

    6.Establish links with projects under the topics on a demonstration network for climate-smart farming (HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-04 – project “Climate Farm Demo”, and HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-03), on agroecological approaches for climate change mitigation, resilient agricultural production and enhanced biodiversity (HORIZON-CL6-2021-CLIMATE-01-05), and on improving yields in organic cropping systems (HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-3), as well as with the planned partnership on agro-ecology living labs and the Mission “A Soil Deal for Europe”.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-6: Analysing fossil-energy dependence in agriculture to increase resilience against input price fluctuations

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 363 .

    Expected Outcome: In supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal, in particular the European Climate Law, the farm to fork strategy and the common agricultural policy, R&I is expected to support agriculture pathways towards reduced greenhouse gas emissions and better use of inputs, while improving the incomes of primary producers. Relevant inputs include in particular fossil fuels and fertilisers produced from non-renewable resources. The topic will contribute to the Destination’s expected impact of “foster[ing] climate change mitigation in the primary sectors, including by the reduction of their GHG emissions and other pollutants”.

    Successful proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better analytical tools and capacity to integrate the use of fossil energy and energy-intensive inputs in modelling and in socio-economic analysis more broadly;

    2.Improved decision-making by farmers in relation to the consumption of energy and energy-intensive inputs, in particular mineral fertilisers;

    3.Better capacity of the farming sector to cope with variations in the price of energy and energy-intensive inputs;

    4.Direct and indirect dependence of the sector on hydrocarbons is reduced.

    Scope: Proposals should:

    1.Use foresight methods to elaborate scenarios of fossil energy and mineral fertiliser use evolution and dependence. Where available, reference scenarios of the European Commission (DG ENER) should be used to advance the state of the art;

    2.Improve the capacity of models to take into account direct and indirect energy uses and prices;

    3.Cover both macro and micro levels in the analysis. At the micro-economic level linkages should be established with the Farm Sustainability Data Network (FSDN) under development by the European Commission;

    4.Develop tools to support farmers’ decision-making for optimal use of energy and mineral fertiliser, to improve economic, environmental and climate performance of farming systems.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    Projects shall leverage the data and services available through European Research Infrastructures federated under the European Open Science Cloud, as well as data from relevant Data Spaces in the data-driven analyses.

    The possible participation of the JRC in the project would ensure that the approach proposed is compatible with and improves the tools used at the European Commission.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-7: Enhancing the sustainable production of renewable energy at farm-level

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: This topic supports the implementation of the EU bioeconomy strategy by creating opportunities for new cooperation in production, sales and distribution of renewable energy, which can provide agricultural communities (conventional and organic sectors) with an extra source of income, while contributing to clean energy supply for society without harming the environment.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Development of sustainable solutions and business models to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by at least 55% by 2030 in the EU and ultimately achieve net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050.

    2.Identification of technical, economic, societal, environmental and regulatory barriers hampering further scale-up of renewable energy at farm-level

    3.Development of suitable and sustainable solutions to produce co-benefits (e.g. energy production, higher productivity, less water use, further pollination) and increase their up-take in practice.

    4.Recommendations for improved and targeted guidance, incentives and policies at regional, national and EU-level to reduce environmental impacts and financial risks for farmers.

    5.Diversification and enhancement of agricultural incomes (organic and conventional farming).

    Scope: Many different forms of renewable energy are produced in rural areas, ranging from wind, solar (including agri-voltaics) and geothermal sources to different forms of bioenergy. Between these renewable energy sources and the environment, there can be trade-offs (e.g. land use change, biodiversity loss, air pollution) but also synergies. Small and medium scale installations can provide opportunities for new cooperation in production, sales and distribution of renewable energy, and thus, can provide agricultural communities (conventional and organic sectors) with an extra source of income, while contributing to clean energy supply for society. If well planned and implemented, such installations can be deployed without harming the environment, or even with positive impacts, for example preserving soils quality, contributing to water retention, avoiding methane emissions or supporting pollination.

    However, the variety of options also result in complex considerations, as the potential, performance and impacts of renewable energy technologies depend on natural conditions, size and type of farm, approaches designed and implemented, management techniques, degree of mechanization, geographic location, and socio-economic factors, such as awareness ,about technologies and their implementation, investment and advice support for farmers, as well as the surrounding energy system and energy infrastructure.

    Proposals will:

    1.Analyse the different options to deploy renewable energy installations on farms, thereby assessing their environmental impacts (on climate change, biodiversity loss, pollution and natural resources depletion) and identifying the best options to mitigate trade-offs and supporting synergies in light of the sustainable management of agricultural land coupled with production of food and feed.

    2.Assess the opportunities for and barriers (e.g., financial risks and incentives/policies to overcome them) to combine agricultural production and different sustainable renewable energy technologies.

    3.Engage with relevant stakeholders and develop innovative business models for farmers producing sustainable renewable energy, including self-consumption, energy communities or direct feed into the electricity or gas grid or collective sales approaches that could potentially enhance profitability for farms.

    4.Analyse the potential of smart energy systems in rural areas and consider economically viable energy storage and transformation solutions for combined production of biogas/ biomethane, solar and wind as well as smart battery and energy solutions, including power to gas (hydrogen), thermal energy storage for self-use and grid stabilisation.

    5.Address the nutrient recovery and minimisation of negative environmental impacts, or even co-benefits, in the context of good agricultural practices and possible sanitary implications.

    6.Promote bioeconomy-related interventions in the new CAP and provide advice and technical guidance for Member States.

    Proposals are expected to cooperate with other relevant EU-funded research projects, in particular ongoing projects under Cluster 5 of Horizon Europe.

    Proposals must apply the concept of the 'multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate involvement of the farming sector, and actors active in rural areas.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-8: Closing the research gaps on Essential Ocean Variables (EOVs) in support of global assessments 

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 5.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project (Option C) – see General Annex B.

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project (Option B) – see General Annex B.

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project (Option A) – see General Annex B.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the Essential Ocean Variables (EOVs), grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to those that are the highest ranked within each of the three options (A, B or C) set under “scope”, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal and, in particular with the objectives of the European Climate Law, the EU climate adaptation and mitigation strategies, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the EU proposal for a nature restoration law 364 , the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD), successful proposals should further the European efforts in achieving climate–neutrality by advancing the understanding and science to support adaptation and resilience of natural and managed ecosystems in the context of a changing climate and biodiversity loss and by efficiently monitoring, assessment and projections related to climate change impacts, mitigation, and adaptation potential to deliver solutions for tackling emerging threats and support decision-making at regional, European and global levels.

    Successful proposal results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Further developed key ocean monitoring indicators, Essential Climate Variables (ECVs from GCOS), Essential Ocean Variables (EOVs from GOOS) in compliance with international programmes (IPCC, WOA, IPBES, CMIP, CLIVAR, Ocean Health Index, UN Decade, ARGO) that support international global assessments and foster the development of a regional approach to ocean climate monitoring and reporting, overcoming current limitations and gaps;

    2.Further improved Earth System Models (ESMs) representing key physical, biogeochemical and biological processes in the ocean with reduced uncertainty of climate change projections at regional scales, and reduced biases (i.e. in the WCRP Coupled Model Intercomparison Project (CMIP7) models for ocean and polar regions);

    3.Better understood links between ocean physical, biogeochemical and biodiversity (including microbes and macro-organisms) variability over time, and the impacts of environmental stressors (e.g., warming, extreme events, ocean deoxygenation, and acidification) on ocean health, GHG sources and sinks, biology and ecosystems, as well as advanced understanding and science in support of adaptation and resilience of natural and managed marine and polar ecosystems in the context of a changing climate, including its interaction with other natural or anthropogenic stressors like pollutants;

    4.Strengthened development of common, agreed standards for climate records content, format, quality and validation methodology;

    5.Enabled evidence-based decision–making (e.g., developing early warning ocean climate indicators); Sustained European leadership in ocean–climate–biodiversity science nexus supporting EU programmes e.g., the Copernicus climate service, marine service, EEA / JRC reporting and complementing other relevant European programmes (e.g., science programme of the European Space Agency); Significant contribution to the implementation of the European Green Deal and its climate and biodiversity objectives, the EU maritime strategy, to the development of the European Digital Twin of the Ocean 365  (both data and models components), and to global scientific assessments, such as the IPCC, IPBES and WOA, as well as to the UNFCCC Ocean and Climate Change Dialogue, UN Decade of Ocean Science and UN SDGs 13 and 14.

    Scope: To be able to deliver ocean forecasts and early warnings, climate projections and assessments and protect ocean health and its benefits, it is vital to measure Essential Ocean Variables (EOVs). The Essential Climate Variables and Essential Ocean Variables form the basis of the Global Climate Indicators that contain key information for the most relevant areas of climate change. The physics, chemistry, biology and biodiversity (including microbes and macro-organisms) of the ocean system are irrevocably interlinked. Ocean ecosystems are subject to a multitude of stressors, including changes in ocean physics and biogeochemistry, and direct anthropogenic influences. Implementation of protective and adaptive measures for ocean ecosystems sustainable management and conservation requires a combination of ocean observations with analysis and prediction tools that can guide assessments of the current state of ocean ecosystems, elucidate ongoing trends and shifts, anticipate impacts of climate change and management policies and provide decision makers and the public with the necessary information to assess the impact of policy decisions. In physical oceanography, essential variables have been collected globally in a standardized manner providing valuable input to the IPCC. Expansion of biogeochemical and ecological observation systems should allow for significant advances in the development and application of analysis and prediction tools for ocean biogeochemistry and ecosystems, production of biodiversity essential variables and associated climate records, with multiple societal benefits. This requires further standardisation and improved utilisation of existing sensors, as well as exploration and development of new sensor technology, suitable for ships, mooring and autonomous platforms, increased use of emerging remote sensing technologies at higher resolution.

    One of the major roles of the research conducted under this topic should be to deliver integrated multidisciplinary ocean science by means of the physical, biogeochemical and biological/ecosystem research communities coming together and joining forces for development of Essential Ocean Variables, integration of observations from the different oceanographic disciplines into models for multidisciplinary analysis and reporting.

    Actions should aim at developing innovative approaches to address only one following options:

    1.Option A: Improving the monitoring, understanding, reporting (Essential Variables) and projections of essential physical oceanic processes related to climate and changes over time, and production of related Essential Ocean Variables and indicators, at regional or sea basin scale (sea state, ocean surface stress, sea ice, ocean surface heat fluxes, sea surface and subsurface salinity, sea surface height, sea surface and subsurface temperature, ocean circulation and surface and subsurface currents, ocean layering and density gradient, upwelling) (including GHG fluxes) (TRL 7-8).

    The research action is expected to further develop essential physical ocean monitoring indicators, EOVs, ECVs, improve their performances (e.g. resolution, uncertainties) and support their integration in climate models in order to improve the understanding of important feedbacks (e.g., cryosphere–ocean interactions such as: permafrost thawing–ocean feedbacks, ocean–ice sheet coupling, wind– and wave–ice coupling and sea ice formation, carbon–climate feedbacks). The activity should improve monitoring and reporting in specific ocean areas such as at depth and in marginal areas, over the continental shelf slopes, coastal zones and polar areas. The action should combine observation analyses and models over different time scales (by making use of instrumental and proxy data), benefiting from latest advances in satellite measurements and in-situ, to improve the scientific understanding of the change and variability of ocean circulation and ocean heat content change, sea surface and subsurface conditions (temperature, salinity, sea ice, currents, deep convection), and the short- and long-term variability, as well as improve projections at regional scales.

    The action should advance the scientific understanding of the projected decrease of Antarctic ice and Arctic sea ice and contribute to improving model projections of future changes, particularly at the regional level; of the potential connections between Arctic polar warming and sea ice loss and mid-latitude atmospheric variability; and the understanding and sea level long term prediction better considering the response of the ice sheets on multi-decadal to centennial timescales.

    The action should advance in improving the characterisation of ice sheets and glaciers contribution in sea level monitoring, and projections, and advance our understanding and prediction of the multi-decadal reversibility. The action should contribute to the development of a more quantitative understanding and predictability of the processes that cause and maintain ocean extremes, and the conditions that are conducive for the generation of extremes.

    1.Option B: Improving the monitoring, understanding, reporting (Essential Variables) and projections of essential biogeochemical oceanic processes related to climate and changes over time at regional or sea basin scale (oxygen, nutrients, inorganic carbon, transient tracers, nitrous oxide, ocean colour, particulate matter, dissolved organic carbon, elemental and isotopic tracers, stable carbon isotopes, marine debris) (TRL 7-8).   

    The action should further develop essential biogeochemical ocean monitoring indicators, EOVs and ocean ECVs. The action should support the development of the ocean component of climate models through a better representation of essential biogeochemical processes, microbe biomass and diversity and enable a better understanding of the links between ocean physical and biogeochemical variability. The action should combine GHG measurements in regions especially critical for GHG fluxes (the polar oceans, main open-ocean convection areas like the North Atlantic, southern hemisphere, coastal and marginal seas, or coastal upwelling zones) with relevant biogeochemical measurements (e.g., oxygen, nutrients, carbon) to support GHG data analyses and model simulations. The action should improve the understanding of ocean biogeochemical fluxes and turnover of carbon and nitrogen in the ocean using state of the art autonomous observation technology combined with remote-sensing. This includes quantifying fluxes between basins/regimes (e.g. Arctic to North Atlantic, or coastal to oceanic) and across boundaries (air-sea, water-sediment), as well as between chemical phases (such as inorganic to organic, particulate to dissolved). Focus should be on quantifying GHG reservoir size and change, and potential subsequent impact on GHG fluxes, ocean productivity, carbon sequestration, oxygen demand and carbonate system.

    The action should further inform models and improve predictions of the Earth system response to ocean acidification and to the ocean biological pump, including the long-term trends in ocean chemistry, beyond the observational record (paleo-ocean acidification), for a better understanding of the multi-decadal reversibility or the hysteresis of ocean processes (like the AMOC). Links should be made with ocean stratification that acts as barrier for water mixing or carbon sequestration.

    The action should improve observations for the interplay between carbonate chemistry and a variety of biogeochemical and physical processes, including eutrophication and freshwater inflow and outflow in coastal zones, and increase the robustness of future assessments of ocean acidification. The action should improve our understanding of changes in water mass ventilation associated with climate change and variability to gain further insights into future trends in ocean acidification.

    The action should further research the net response of natural ocean CH4 and N2O sources to future warming, including permafrost, and predict the magnitude and timing of the responses of each individual process.

    The action should make use of the recent developments, such as the Biogeochemical ARGO , to investigate extreme conditions, and extreme or compound events below the surface of the ocean, and their link to biogeochemical processes.

    The action should further contribute towards the integration of more biogeochemical parameters, assimilation techniques, models and assessment strategies into ESMs.

    1.Option C: Improving the monitoring, understanding, reporting (Essential Variables) and projections of essential biological and ecosystem oceanic processes related to climate and changes over time at regional or sea basin scale (marine habitat properties, calcifying organisms, phytoplankton, zooplankton, fish, nekton migration, marine turtles, birds and mammals, hard coral, seagrass, mangrove, macroalgal canopy, microbe, invertebrate, ocean sound) (TRL 5-6).

    The research action should further develop the essential biological and ecosystem ocean monitoring variables and indicators, and the development of early warning systems based on biological indicators (like marine calcifying organisms, coral reefs or plankton lifecycle).

    The action should develop the integration (e.g., forcing, assimilation of boundary conditions, coupling, etc.) between climate models (physics and biogeochemistry) and ecosystem/marine habitat models to support ocean biodiversity variables and ECV development, in particular, quantifying the sensitivity of regional ecosystems responses to poorly-resolved, global, physical & biogeochemical inputs at model boundaries. The action should also identify & quantify the propagation of non-linear errors through the ecosystem models (from physics through biogeochemistry and to the highest trophic levels), including through better integration of numerical & statistical approaches allowing improved forecasting.

    The action should further develop observation processing for biological and ecosystem EOVs and ECVs production, and assess needs for additional observations in support of biological EOVs and ECV development and validation. The action should support the development of common approaches and standards for the development of biological and ecosystem variables and ECVs for the oceans by strengthening the use of observation networks and relevant biogeochemistry, biological and ecological measurements; an increase use of high-resolution remote sensing technologies, and the development of inter-calibrated protocols, notably for macroalgae, coral reefs, mangroves, tidal marshes, saltmarshes and seagrass. Particularly, it should extend the physical, biogeochemical, and ecological data records needed to develop, initialize, and validate marine ecosystem forecasts.

    The action should assess the integration of the whole model chain (ESM + biology) on some specific test cases to evaluate uncertainties and potential use of such a modelling capacity for climate scenarios development and policy - management: e.g., evaluation of impacts of overshoot on ecosystems due to extreme climate change scenarios, perturbation of the biological carbon pump in a changing ocean or tipping point effect, surpassing the physiological tolerance limits beyond which the resilience of the ecosystem is compromised.

    Particular attention should be paid to impacts of warming and acidity, or changes in the frequency and intensity of disturbance regimes, as they may lead to the collapse or transition of ecosystems to a new ecological state, with a loss or altered biodiversity and ecosystem services. The action should advance our scientific understanding of how extremes affect organisms and ecosystems, in particular for the effect of dual- or triple-compound events, by better understanding the cumulative effects on biota of the multifaceted characteristics—from abruptness to recurrence—associated with individual extremes; and the role of the compounding effect of the different hazards, leading to a complex matrix of often new conditions. Furthermore, advances should be made with regard to closing gaps in our understanding of the factors controlling biological, genetic and functional diversity, food-web interactions and relationships between different ecosystem constituents (trophic links, symbiosis, parasitism, etc.), and, also with regard to the physiological states and trophic modes (mixotrophy) of populations, before these models can be made operational in future forecasting and impact projection applications.

    The action should establish protocols for the scientific validation of forecasts to validate results and build trust in forecasts, and ensure forecasts have the necessary spatiotemporal resolution for analysis and application to marine resource management, or to force downscaled regional forecasts.

    The action should contribute towards the integration of more ecosystem parameters, assimilation techniques, models and assessment strategies into ESMs.

    For all three options (A, B & C), actions should result in better scientific understanding and quantification of tipping points and abrupt system changes, and associated impacts, including aspects of irreversibility and compound events. Actions should support a regional approach to ECVs, EOVs, ocean monitoring indicators and climate change / ocean health assessment, taking into account sea basin specificities. The action should result in spatially and temporally explicit information about physical, biological, and chemical properties of the ocean. Actions should also advance the understanding of the impacts caused by the crossing of tipping elements and develop early warning indicators. Where appropriate, the combination of multiple drivers and/or hazards that contribute to societal and/or environmental risk should be assessed. Actions should identify safe operating spaces for the ocean to provide life-support systems for humanity, accompanied – where relevant – with long-term strategies for preventing or mitigating impacts. To better monitor significant changes in physical and biogeochemical environments and their impacts on ecosystems and society, actions should enable further integration of multidisciplinary observation systems (in-situ, airborne, satellite) and improved models. The assessments of cumulative effects should look at existing and past activities in the marine environment but should also allow for foresight in order to inform planning of future activities and support management that is adaptive to future conditions and sustains ecosystems and human well-being.

    The actions funded under this topic should have a strong collaboration element and mechanism in order to ensure that the topic delivers on its key research priorities and help characterize the interplay and dependence between the biological, chemical, and physical properties of the ocean environment. The actions should build on existing observing platforms, Copernicus, and strengthen and expand the current capacities in a multidisciplinary and ecosystem-based approach. This multidisciplinary approach is key to comprehensively understand the variety of effects of global change on the ocean and its ecosystems. This topic provides for the opportunity to strengthen the interaction between biological and physical and biogeochemical platforms and research communities. To this end, proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with the other projects funded under this topic, and ensure synergy with relevant activities carried out under other initiatives in Horizon Europe. Relevant activities of the plan will be set out and carried out in close cooperation with relevant Commission services, ensuring coherence with related policy initiatives.

    International cooperation will be essential in integrating and coordinating these different scaled approaches. A strong linkage should be ensured with the ongoing activities under the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance, UN Decade of Ocean Science, and GOOS bio-eco panel. Actions under this topic will build upon and link with Horizon projects (COMFORT, PolarRES, CrIceS, EuroSea, AtlantOS, EPOC, OCEAN ICE, OceanICU, Jetzon, DOOS, etc.), the Copernicus marine service, GOOS, the Ocean Biogeographic Information System (OBIS), MBON of GEOBON, ICOS, GCOS, and other relevant international Ocean Observing Initiatives. All in-situ data collected through actions funded from this call should follow INSPIRE principles and be available through open access repositories supported by the European Commission (Copernicus, GEOSS, and EMODnet).

    This topic is part of a coordination initiative between the European Space Agency and the European Commission on Earth System Science. Under the initiative, both institutions aim at coordinating efforts to support complementarities between the Horizon Europe and the European Space Agency FutureEO programmes, and their projects. Proposals under this topic should address networking and collaborative research activities with relevant European Space Agency actions. In particular, the European Space Agency will contribute to this topic with existing and planned projects focused on enhancing the observation capacity and understanding from satellite EO technology of the relevant ocean processes 366 . Relevant European Space Agency activities will be implemented under the A) Ocean Science Clusters ( eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-ocean-science-cluster ), B) the Biodiversity Science Clusters ( eo4society.esa.int/ ) and C) the Polar Science Cluster ( eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-polar-science-cluster ). Proposals should address the collaboration with ongoing or future ESA projects, including those that will be funded through dedicated coordinated invitations to tender, and should towards this end include sufficient means and resources for effective coordination. Applicants are encouraged to contact ESA to organise the joint European Commission-European Space Agency work.

    Projects shall leverage the data and services available through European Research Infrastructures federated under the European Open Science Cloud, Copernicus, as well as data from relevant Data Spaces in the data-driven analyses. Projects could additionally benefit from access to infrastructure and relevant FAIR data by collaborating with projects funded under the topics HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03: FAIR and open data sharing in support of healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters and HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-01: FAIR and open data sharing in support of the mission adaptation to climate change.

    Collaboration with the relevant existing European Research Infrastructures is encouraged.

    Synergies and complementarities: HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-6: Ocean models for seasonal to decadal and local to regional climate predictions, and Cluster 5 topics: HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-02: Inland ice, including snow cover, glaciers, ice sheets and permafrost, and their interaction with climate change, HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01-01: Enhanced quantification and understanding of natural and anthropogenic methane emissions and sinks, and HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01-02: Climate-related tipping points.

    Call - Land, oceans and water for climate action

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 367

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 368

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 22 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-1

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-2

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-3

    IA

    20.00

    Around 10.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-4

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-5

    RIA

    14.00

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-6

    RIA

    9.00

    Around 4.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-7

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    75.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-1: Improving irrigation practices and technologies in agriculture

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 369 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal’s farm to fork strategy, EU water-related policies (notably the Water Framework Directive), and the work done and data made available by the European Environmental Agency (EEA), successful proposals will contribute to increasing the resilience of agriculture to drought with innovative irrigation systems that increase efficiency in water management.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Solutions and prevention tools for improving water management in particular in areas experiencing recurrent or permanent water scarcity to anticipate solutions for current and future challenges in water management.

    2.Support available for end-users seeking to take up innovative solutions in irrigation technologies.

    3.Unlocking the potential of recycled sewage sludge and other biowaste streams as alternative, safe water and nutrient supply resources for agriculture.

    4.Increased socio-economic and environmental potential of alternative irrigation practices such as fog harvesting.

    5.Reduced agricultural water demand, as a result of optimized irrigation systems, including new opportunities for alternative water supplies, and expected innovations from the transition towards more sustainable farming systems, including agroecology.

    Scope: Proposals should address the following:

    1.Improve the understanding of the composition, potential for irrigation in terms of efficiency, reliability and cost-effectiveness of sewage sludge and other biowaste streams, on condition that a safe use of these recycled products is possible, without a negative impact on the environment, ensuring high agronomic efficiency of the nutrients they contain.

    2.Integration and upscaling of the on-farm water management practices and results at the catchment level by quantifying the impacts of water recycling in the whole basin water balance, optimizing catchment-based agriculture production, reducing runoff patterns and possible changes in hydrological cycles linked to climate conditions.

    3.New or improved tools for an efficient combined use of water and fertilizers via irrigation for different agricultural systems, including agroecology, organic production, as well as conventional, intensive or urban agriculture.

    4.New, innovative forms of alternative water for agriculture (e.g., superabsorbent polymers/‘solid water’), including evaluation of their socio-economic, environmental and health impacts.

    5.Improve practices and solutions in small and large-scale farms to deal with the effects of water abundance (rapid showers, floods) and/or water scarcity.

    6.Identification of societal and regulatory barriers hampering upscaling of recycled water-use and development of suitable solutions to increase the uptake in practice.

    7.Recommendations for improved and targeted incentives and policies at regional, national and EU-level to reduce financial risks for early adopters of practices developed in the project.

    Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ and ensure adequate participation of the main stakeholders involved in irrigation practices and technologies in agriculture. Proposals should build and expand on the achievements of past and current Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe research and innovation projects, including as part of the Horizon 2020 art. 185 PRIMA partnership. Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic as well under HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-01: Knowledge and innovative solutions in agriculture for water availability and quality and HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02-01-two-stage: Demonstrating Nature-based Solutions for the sustainable management of water resources in a changing climate, with special attention to reducing the impacts of extreme droughts.

    The possible participation of the JRC in the selected project would ensure that the approach proposed can be integrated as a scenario in the tool used at the European Commission for the estimation of water availability.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-2: Socio-economic, climate and environmental aspects of paludiculture

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 370 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic will support the European Green Deal, notably its climate objectives and the EU proposal for a nature restoration law 371 of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030. Earth’s natural terrestrial carbon sinks, in particular peatlands and wetlands, are expected to play a crucial role in reaching EU climate objectives thanks to the conservation and restoration of ecosystems with large potential for carbon sequestration. To reach climate goals, rewetting of 500 000 hectares will be necessary in Europe. By looking into the potential of such areas when used for paludiculture, the topic will contribute to the following impact of the Destination: “Efficient monitoring, assessment, modelling, data-driven decision-making support systems and projections related to climate change impacts, mitigation and adaptation potential in order to derive solutions for tackling emerging threats and support decision-making in climate change mitigation and adaptation policies at European and global levels, including the use of AI and other digital solutions.”

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Paludiculture systems and their potential to provide jobs and income, while addressing climate mitigation, environmental objectives (notably water quality) and nature conservation, are better understood;

    2.The EU approach to carbon farming regarding wetlands and peatlands and their restoration, with the aim of reducing oxidation of the existing carbon stock and increasing the potential for carbon sequestration, is supported 372 ;

    3.Innovative solutions to facilitate the development of paludiculture are explored.

    Scope: Proposals should:

    1.Take stock of the main socio-economic variables relevant for the paludiculture sector, including options for marketing of its products, and carry out socio-economic analyses, including projections and foresight;

    2.Estimate the potential for degraded peatlands and wetlands, currently used for conventional agriculture or forestry (with drainage), to be converted to paludiculture;

    3.Establish an observatory and databases for analytical purposes, covering the whole supply chain;

    4.Analyse positive and negative incentives and trade-offs, including with regard to carbon farming, in particular those that relate to the policy environment and to the attitudes and values of farmers and other actors;

    5.Explore solutions to lift possible lock-ins and speed up the development of paludiculture including with social innovation;

    6.Support the establishment of a network of researchers and practitioners involved in paludiculture at European and global level;

    7.Include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how the project(s) will collaborate with project(s) supported through topic “HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-3: Paludiculture: large-scale demonstrations”.

    Proposals under this topic should build on the results of the project(s) funded under the topic “HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-08: Restoration of natural wetlands, peatlands and floodplains as a strategy for fast mitigation benefits; pathways, trade-offs and co-benefit”. They should also build links with relevant projects funded under Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’ Horizon Europe Work Programme, in particular topics HORIZON-MISS-OCEAN-2022-01-02 “Danube river basin lighthouse: Protection and restoration of wetlands, flood plains, coastal wetlands and salt marshes and their biodiversity”, and under HORIZON-MISS-OCEAN-2021-02-04 “Danube river basin lighthouse – coordination activities” as well as with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-3: Paludiculture: large-scale demonstrations

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: This topic will support the European Green Deal, notably its climate objectives and the EU proposal for a nature restoration law 373 of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030. Earth’s natural terrestrial carbon sinks, in particular peatlands and wetlands, are expected to play a crucial role in reaching EU climate objectives thanks to the conservation and restoration of ecosystems with large potential for carbon sequestration.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Practical options for the development of paludiculture and pathways for the conversion of degraded organic agricultural and forest soils to paludiculture are demonstrated.

    2.Recommendations for the approach to be taken towards large-scale deployment of paludiculture are developed.

    3.The carbon sequestration potential of paludiculture is quantified, including an assessment of its potential contribution to the achievement of EU targets.

    Scope: Project activities should:

    1.Establish large-scale paludiculture demonstration in three areas of at least 50 hectares each;

    2.Involve all relevant actors (farmers/foresters, scientists, advisors, local/regional public authorities, industry, etc.) throughout the different stages of project development and implementation;

    3.Consider the potential for activities demonstrated in the project(s) to be replicated and scaled up, and to this end develop recommendations for policymakers and land managers;

    4.Include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how the project(s) will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and with project(s) supported through topic “HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-2: Socio-economic aspects of paludiculture”.

    5.Where relevant, build links with projects funded under Horizon Europe Missions, in particular the Missions “A Soil Deal for Europe”, “Adaptation to Climate Change”, and “Restore our ocean and waters by 2030”. Relevant topics from the Mission work programmes include HORIZON-MISS-OCEAN-2022-01-02 “Danube river basin lighthouse: Protection and restoration of wetlands, flood plains, coastal wetlands and salt marshes and their biodiversity” and HORIZON-MISS-OCEAN-2021-02-04 “Danube river basin lighthouse – coordination activities”, as well as the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-4: Land use change and local / regional climate

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: Project implementation is expected to contribute to mitigation of and adaptation to climate change and to help achieve climate-neutrality in the land-use sector by 2035 (combining net removals from Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry with biogenic emissions from agriculture) and climate neutrality of all sectors by 2050.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Solutions are made available for understanding, modelling and optimising the relationships between net removals from Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry (LULUCF) and biogenic emissions from the agriculture sector at local / regional level;

    2.Strategies are developed at local and regional level to deal with impacts of climate change and to maximise co-benefits for other objectives, including biodiversity protection.

    Scope: The conservation and enhancement of Earth’s natural terrestrial carbon sinks such as soils and plants in forests, on farmed lands as well as peatlands and wetlands is crucial. The European Green Deal and EU sectoral policies such as the common agricultural policy give research and innovation (R&I) a significant role to play in supporting the design and implementation of policies that will ensure the achievement of the EU’s climate objectives.

    Project activities should:

    1.Analyse, model and project impact of past, present and future land use and land use change on the local and regional evolution of the climate, including as appropriate the use of remote sensing technologies (Copernicus) combined with innovative processing and AI;

    2.Develop strategies for policy-making to mitigate adverse evolutions of climate at the regional/landscape level, including with regard to trade-offs between different objectives (climate change mitigation and adaptation, food and biomass production, biodiversity protection);

    3.Propose solutions for improved land management, making use of afforestation, integrated land use change and management practices (e.g. hedges, agro-forestry), extensivation and rewetting of organic soils, improved forest management and better use of biomass for long-lasting wood products, more efficient use of fertilisers, dietary changes, etc.;

    4.Include dedicated tasks and appropriate resources to collaborate with other projects financed under this topic as well as with projects under Destination 1, “Climate sciences and responses for the transformation towards climate neutrality”, of Horizon Europe Cluster 5, “Climate, Energy and Mobility”, and with relevant projects under the Missions “Adaptation to Climate Change” and “A Soil Deal for Europe”.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-5: Climate-smart use of wood in the construction sector to support the New European Bauhaus

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 374 .

    Expected Outcome: This topic will support the New European Bauhaus initiative and the implementation of the new EU forest strategy by making the construction sector more renewable and circular especially for existing buildings, which includes the use of currently underused timber such as hardwoods, salvage wood and post-consumer wood for traditional and newly emerging innovative woody biomass-based applications, while including circularity as part of a broader system and design loop.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Enhanced contribution of the forest-based sector with respect to climate change mitigation and adaptation, a toxic-free environment and rural development objectives.

    2.Pathways for an efficient conversion of solid biomass into forms of long-term carbon storage.

    3.Enhanced contribution of the forest-based sector to decarbonisation strategies for buildings, both in terms of operational emissions, embodied emissions, and carbon removals, in relation to the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive, the renovation wave strategy, the Construction Products Regulation and other EU policies on buildings.

    4.Contribute to a robust and transparent methodology to quantify the climate benefits of wood construction products and other building materials, reflecting the most advanced dynamic life-cycle analyses and in view of contributing to the carbon farming initiative and carbon removal certification.

    5.Increased resource efficiency and minimisation of environmental footprint of wood products used in construction works.

    6.Better knowledge about the quantitative limits of global wood supply and the limits of wood as a resource.

    Scope: Wood materials remain considerably under-utilised in the construction sector despite their durability and appreciation by end users. At the same time, there is a need for making the construction sector more renewable and circular, which includes the use of currently underused timber such as hardwoods, damage wood and post-consumer wood, while including circularity as part of a broader system and design loop. This requires new raw material sources and secondary material, technologies, and designs for wood components, specified products and for wooden buildings. Buildings need also to be adapted to climate change, including as regards summer and winter thermic performance.

    Proposals will:

    1.Analyse the potential market and new technologies (such as the use of AI, IoT sensors or robotics) as well as processes for the utilisation of hardwoods, low quality, damage, and post-consumer wood in the construction sector, including for the refurbishment of buildings.

    2.Explore the potential of zero-waste concepts by developing solutions for each source type to turn into viable products as elements and as whole buildings in the wood construction sector.

    3.Design wood building blueprints based on these products and other underutilised bio-based materials, taking into account the reuse, adaptability and healthy living environment (e.g. avoidance of hazardous substances) into the design.

    4.Study and integrate human health and wellbeing aspects, as well as the cultural traditions of local crafts and design languages, as integral elements of the built space.

    5.Analyse and propose systems to overcome technical, logistical, legal, business, political, economic, knowledge and social barriers, challenges and opportunities and derive integrated policy recommendations and business strategies for enlarging the wood construction sector in Europe.

    6.Include the reuse, recycling, renovation and deconstructivity into product and building design concepts.

    7.Develop robust, transparent and cost-effective methodologies to quantify the carbon removal benefits of key wood construction products and other building materials.

    8.Develop roadmaps to mainstreaming multi-story wood buildings in Europe, which are the main market segment in living and commercial/office spaces in cities.

    9.Engage with relevant stakeholder in co-creation processes (e.g., the New European Bauhaus Community of Partners, policy, architects, business, insurance, investment, society, public and private sector).

    10.Link with other selected proposals and the NEB Lab and establish an open-access wood construction observatory in Europe, to monitor and update progress, statistics, good practice guidelines and solutions on wood construction.

    11.Address policy frameworks and standards that are still hindering innovation and further market development, as well international production norms and standards for assessing the ecological effects, climate adaptation and climate footprint of buildings which do not account for all benefits of wood.

    The project must implement the multi-actor approach and ensure an adequate involvement of the primary production sector and the wider forest-based value chain

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and capitalise on previous research results (e.g., BASAJAUN 375 , Build-in-Wood 376 , etc.), as well as the results of the LIFE Strategic Projects from the LIFE Circular Economy and LIFE Quality and Climate Action Sub-programmes.

    Proposals are encouraged to/should consider social innovation when the solutions is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    Proposals may involve financial support to third parties e.g. to primary producers, academic researchers, start-ups, SMEs, and other multidisciplinary actors, to, for instance, develop, test or validate developed applications. Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support may be granted. Maximum 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-6: Ocean models for seasonal to decadal regional climate impacts and feedbacks

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will contribute to the European Green Deal, addressing resilience to climate change (mitigation and adaptation) in coastal areas. Improved ocean models for 21st century climate projections, from regional to coastal scales, and from seasonal to decadal timeframes, will support the sustainability of the blue economy and the protection of ocean health and coastal landscapes.

    The proposals will support the Digital and Green Transitions and will directly support Destination Earth 377 and the development of the Digital Twins, and the Digital Twin Ocean 378 in particular. They should contribute to the improvement of marine information services provided by European programmes like Copernicus, and their uptake at local, coastal and EU regional levels.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Demonstration of the fit for purpose and configuration of ocean models, for climate change impact assessment in European sea basins and coastal areas, in particular on marine ecosystems;

    2.Demonstration of EU basin scale to coastal ocean climate services that support policy implementation and the development of climate adaptation strategies and of a carbon-neutral blue economy (e.g., ocean climate risk services);

    3.Development and publication of indicators on ocean status and health, targeted towards territorial decision-makers, complementary to current Global Climate Observing System (GCOS) Essential Climate Variables 379 or Copernicus Ocean State Reports 380 ;

    4.Integration of the developments in the digital perspective, interoperable and/or integrable with Destination Earth and the Digital Twin Ocean;

    5.Fostered collaboration between the climate science community and operational oceanography communities (operating ocean services on a sustained way).

    Scope: A current limitation to climate change projections for EU-basin scale to coastal use comes from an insufficient representation and resolution of basin and coastal ocean dynamics and from an unsatisfactory understanding of the oceanic biogeochemical cycle. Most climate models include the ocean dimension that stops at the regional scale as defined by meteorology and climatology like in CORDEX In parallel, operational oceanography centres develop and operate ocean models (physics, biogeochemistry, sea-ice) for daily ocean forecasting and reanalysis that represent more exhaustively the full ocean dynamics. Methods should help close the gap between current climate projections (global, centennial) on the one hand and existing Copernicus Marine physics and biogeochemical models used for daily ocean forecasting.

    Proposals are expected to focus on:

    1.Developing capabilities for producing decadal to long-term (multi-decadal to centennial) refined predictions of the ocean state, at the scale of European regional seas including the coastal zones, where climate change risk is considered to be particularly high;

    2.Improving the representation of ocean processes (and dynamics, especially at regional to coastal scale) that can be integrated in in climate models;

    3.Developing capabilities for producing decadal to long-term EU basin scale predictions of biogeochemistry models to support feedback into global/regional marine ecosystem models and climate models;

    4.Validating the approach by performing historical runs and comparing corresponding model results to observations, proxy information, and / or reanalyses over an instrumental multi-decadal period, up to centennial scales, with characterized uncertainties;

    5.Investigating and assessing the quality of coastal models or ecosystem models of the low to mid trophic food web levels, over European seas and their coastal zones, with characterized uncertainties.

    Methodology and developments should be benchmarked with two relevant use cases, to be showcased in three different European regional seas and coastal areas involving both scientists and end users:

    1.Development and demonstration of regional ocean climate risk services in coastal areas, due to sea level rise, waves, surges, or any other extreme event;

    2.Development and demonstration of regional ocean climate services in coastal areas supporting the blue economy (e.g. aquaculture, marine renewal energies, tourism).

    Proposals shall demonstrate that the targeted scientific framework, ocean models integrated into EU basin scale climate models and resulting in basin scale ocean services for the marine and maritime sectors can be replicable to all EU regional seas. Proposals should plan resources for coordination and networking activities with related projects, in particular those funded under the Missions “Restore our Ocean and waters by 2030” and “Adaptation to Climate Change”, as well as with relevant projects funded under Cluster 4 – Space addressing Copernicus services (marine, land, emergency, climate), Cluster 5 Destination “Climate sciences and responses for the transformation towards climate neutrality”, and Cluster 6, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities to break the silos between science communities.

    The proposal should favour open data, open source, and public-use models and algorithms with open source licensing and integrable in the Digital Twin of the Ocean. Proposals should leverage the data and services available through European Research Infrastructures federated under the European Open Science Cloud, as well as data from relevant Data Spaces in the data-driven analyses. Projects could additionally benefit from access to infrastructure and relevant FAIR data by collaborating with projects funded under the topics HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03: FAIR and open data sharing in support of healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters and HORIZON-INFRA-2024-EOSC-01-01: FAIR and open data sharing in support of the mission adaptation to climate change.

    Synergies and complementarities: HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-08: Closing the research gaps on ocean Essential Climate Variables (ECVs) in support of global assessments, relevant EU Research Infrastructures.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-7: EU-China international cooperation on improving monitoring for better integrated climate and biodiversity approaches, using environmental and Earth observation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes and to implement the Climate Change and Biodiversity Flagship in compliance with the provisions of the Administrative Arrangement between the European Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China (MOST), on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support Collaborative Research and Innovation projects under the “Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies”, and the “Climate Change and Biodiversity” Joint Flagship Initiatives”, and in accordance with the requirements of the Inter-governmental Science and Technology Innovation (STI) Cooperation Special Programme of MOST:

    1.Consortia must also include as associated partners at least three independent legal entities established in China; and

    2.Legal entities established in China can only participate as associated partners; and

    3.Chinese participants must be awarded co-funding by MOST*

    *This condition will not be fulfilled if, at the time of grant agreement signature, the Chinese participants have not concluded a grant agreement with MOST.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the specific grants awarded by the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST) to the Chinese partners. The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied.

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal is aiming to improve terrestrial monitoring as well as maximising synergies with biodiversity conservation and climate mitigation and adaptation, by using or acquiring environmental data, particularly geographically explicit data such as ground-based observation and remote sensed Earth observation data. This with a view to contribute to the objectives of climate-neutrality, adaptation to climate change and reversing biodiversity loss at global levels, with a focus on the EU and China. Synergetic solutions, including nature-based solutions such as the protection, the restoration and the sustainable management of terrestrial land, can contribute to enhancing carbon dioxide removals from the atmosphere, while reducing vulnerability and increasing resilience to climate change impacts, and contributing to biodiversity conservation and restoration.

    The successful proposal will furthermore contribute to an advanced understanding of science to support integrated climate and biodiversity actions on natural and managed ecosystems and associated economic sectors. It will do so by advancing solutions for monitoring, assessment and projections to support decision-making in better integrated climate and biodiversity policies in terrestrial ecosystems generally.

    The successful proposal is expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Protect biodiversity and maximize synergetic benefits of biodiversity conservation, climate mitigation and adaptation based on both remote sensing and ground-based observation;

    2.Development and exchange of best practices in using ground-based observation and Earth observation data and information, and establish standard and indicator system for biodiversity measurement for better integrated approaches in order to deliver increased synergies between mitigation, adaptation and conservation.

    3.Geographically-explicit monitoring on regions that has been identified high biodiversity value and/or subject to biodiversity protection and restoration provisions due to high climate risk;

    4.Strengthen scientific research in supporting of the synergies between the monitoring and reporting frameworks under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), including on the impacts of climate change on biodiversity, for better implementation and progress assessment of the post-2020 global biodiversity framework.

    Scope: The EU and China face similar challenges as a result of climate change where it comes to biodiversity related aspects, while reaching climate neutrality will require critical contributions from terrestrial land, including through enhancing net carbon dioxide removals. Similar challenges could benefit from similar actions and defining best practices in improving monitoring of terrestrial ecosystems in order to design better approaches integrating climate change adaptation and mitigation, and biodiversity conservation.

    The successful project should provide improvements in biodiversity monitoring infrastructures in support of integrated approaches able to deliver better synergies between mitigation, adaptation and conservation. Such integrated approaches can include a wide range of mitigation options, such as protection and restoring natural ecosystems, sustainable land management practices, sustainable forest and grassland management. Such options, based on a smart use of natural ecological processes and improved technologies, contribute to improving the quality, diversity and resilience of ecosystems, all of which have substantial benefits for biodiversity.

    Most monitoring instruments for climate and biodiversity indicators on terrestrial land are carried out in a non-integrated manner and are based on statistical inventories without explicit geographical resolution. Earth observation (including satellite and near surface remote sensing as well as ground based methods), alongside analysis tools such as Geographic Information Systems, can be combined as multiple geographically-explicit data sets. Data acquisition, processing, cross-referencing and coherent integration on terrestrial land require substantial research and innovation investments.

    Improving ground-based monitoring for better integrated approaches should assess or set up a strategy to assess the potential of natural and managed terrestrial ecosystems to contribute to:

    1.climate mitigation, including enhancing net carbon removals,

    2.climate adaptation, including resilience and disaster risk prevention, and

    3.protection, conservation and restoration of biodiversity.

    Improving existing monitoring, including through designing new datasets and methods to set up a geographically-explicit monitoring of climate and biodiversity aspects fits within the scope of this topic.

    The successful proposal should contribute to a strengthened cooperation between the EU and China, also in the context of a better cooperation under the Group on Earth Observations initiatives, building on the climate and biodiversity monitoring networks in China and the EU.

    This topic is part of the EU-China flagship initiative on Climate Change and Biodiversity, which will promote substantial coordinated and balanced cooperation between the EU and China and is within the scope of the Administrative Arrangement between the European Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support collaborative research projects under the Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) and the Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) flagship initiatives.

    The use of existing data and information coming from e.g. Copernicus and GEOSS is encouraged. Interaction with other actions developed under the EU-China Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) Research Flagship and/or the Flagship on Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies is encouraged, as well as related topics within Cluster 5 and 6 and existing cooperation between the EU and China on land, including soils.

    Destination - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities

    Places and people matter when it comes achieving of a more sustainable Europe. The Sustainable Development Goals and the ecological and digital transitions brought forward by the European Green Deal with its farm to fork and biodiversity strategies, zero pollution action plan, common fisheries policy (CFP) 381 , along with the recent pandemic, bring challenges and opportunities that vary for different places and people. Rural (including mountains and sparsely populated areas) and coastal areas, play a key role in protecting, managing, and using natural resources. The provision of both private and public goods from these areas depends on the resilience and attractiveness of communities there and the capacity of people living and working there to enjoy an adequate level of well-being, which should be guaranteed by, e.g. the access to good quality services. The COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted deficiencies in digital infrastructures and economic opportunities that hamper resilience. It also highlighted the importance of high-quality and biodiverse green and blue spaces for the health and well-being of local communities, in primis, but also for that of visitors of these areas.

    Innovation is a key enabler of the long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas (LTVRA) 382 that aims to overcome the challenges outlined above and make rural areas stronger, connected, resilient and prosperous by 2040. Urban communities generally offer better access to many services but are also more vulnerable to supply-chain disruptions, as shown during the COVID-19 pandemic. Furthermore, they have a key role to play in fostering sustainable production and consumption as major demand drivers. The New European Bauhaus initiative 383 offers possibilities to redesign living spaces to improve sustainability, inclusiveness, and aesthetics, setting out a path to a more resilient, inclusive, healthy and green (built) environment. In all communities, social, cultural and behavioural drivers play an important role in either enabling or slowing down transitions. Knowledge and innovative solutions need to be developed to strengthen every community’s resilience and capacity to contribute to and benefit from the upcoming transitions in an economy that works for all territories and ensures a fair and just transition leaving no one behind.

    Under this destination, transdisciplinary R&I with a strong social, behavioural and humanities sciences dimension (SSH), which pay and attention to gender aspects, will enable a sustainable, balanced, equitable and inclusive development and management of rural, coastal and urban areas in three different ways.

    Firstly, it will aim to increase our understanding of the different ways of climate, environmental, socio-economic and demographic changes affect rural, coastal and urban areas in order to identify ways to turn these changes into equal, and, when needed equitable, opportunities for people wherever they live. This would strengthen territorial cohesion and enable a just transition. Secondly, it will explore innovative ways to tailor policy responses to the place-based challenges and needs identified at various levels of governance. Thirdly, it will support bottom-up community-led innovation to empower communities to develop, test and upscale solutions that answer global challenges in locally adapted ways. Achieving policy goals require providing people with more equitable access to the knowledge and skills needed to make informed choices and ensure they are actively engaged in the conservation. It also requires natural resources to be managed in a sustainable and circular manner, from production or service provision to consumption, in the spirit of the EU competence framework for sustainability. Rural, coastal and urban communities need improved labour conditions, quality of life and long-term socio-economic prospects in the context of major transitions and rising threats to climate, resources and health. This is particularly the case for women, young people older people, people with disabilities, people in vulnerable situations (e.g. income falling below the poverty line, or at risk of poverty), migrants, ethnic minorities and indigenous people and those hit the hardest by the COVID-19 pandemic. Their capacity to drive community-led innovations and their resilience must be increased across the diverse European territories including remote and peripheral places such as mountains, forests, archipelagos, sparsely populated areas, as well as the Arctic. The necessary changes will be facilitated and resilient, smart, and climate friendly production and lifestyles will be supported through mobilising the forces of i) digital transformation, ii) upgraded innovation ecosystems, iii) cultural and natural heritage, iv) nature-based solutions, more sustainable and regenerative tourism as well as social and policy innovation will facilitate necessary changes and support resilient, smart, and climate friendly production and lifestyles.

    This destination will in particular:

    1.Address the spatial and socio-economic or behavioural drivers of the European Green Deal (including farm to fork, biodiversity and sustainable and smart mobility strategies), especially its just transition component.

    2.It will make a key contribution to the flagship initiative ‘R&I for rural communities’ and to the four areas of work under the long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas: making areas stronger, connected, resilient, prosperous. It will in particular help achieve to climate targets by putting the focus on the climate-neutrality of rural communities that have specific needs and are often neglected by climate action.

    3.It will complement the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative that connects the European Green Deal to our living and public spaces; The NEB aims to achieve deep transformation of these spaces, closely involving the public, and integrating the core NEB values of sustainability, inclusion and aesthetics. It will make a key contribution to improving social inclusion in Europe in line with the principles of the European pillar for social rights, the EU social economy action plan and contributing to the strategy for the rights of persons with disabilities for 2021-2030.

    4.It will contribute to the: i) implementation of the new joint communication on the Arctic (adopted on 13 October 2021), ii) the fourth Arctic Science Ministerial Joint Statement 384 and iii) to the All- Atlantic Ocean Research Alliance.

    5.It will contribute to the: i) implementation of the competence framework for sustainability prepared by the Commission 385 and the Council Recommendation on education for environmental sustainability for learners of all ages and at all levels of education (part of the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030) 386 .

    6.It will help implement the EU agenda for tourism (expected in late 2022).

    7.It will contribute and link to the just, green and digital transitions called for by the European Green Deal, the European industrial strategy, the circular economy action plan and the updated bioeconomy strategy, by exploiting the potential of digital technologies (e.g., using local digital twins for participatory urban planning and evidence-based policy-making).

    The following outcomes are expected.

    1.Policy makers and the public will have a better citizens understanding of social inclusion challenges, the circumstances of people in vulnerable situations in rural and coastal areas and how to strengthen social resilience, including in relation to ecosystem services, biodiversity and natural heritage for coastal areas.

    2.Policy makers will have a better understanding of the behavioural and structural drivers of people’s lifestyle choices and people’s perceptions of rural life in the aftermath of COVID-19 and of the long-term trends and opportunities for rural areas.

    3.A sustainable post-COVID recovery will be enabled in urban, rural and coastal communities through biodiversity-friendly actions, and valorisation of natural and cultural heritage for sustainable recovery, professional, collective and personal attitudes.

    4.There will be an improvement connections, strategies and governance arrangements that enable synergistic development of rural, coastal and urban areas and more integrated territorial policies and interventions in a growing number of localities and across several sectors.

    5.Rural, urban and coastal actors will be engaged in a just and green transition. They will be equipped with strategies and innovations to contribute to the EU’s climate-neutrality by 2050 and benefit from a climate-neutral economy.

    6.Prosperity will increase thanks to the deployment of business models that are fit for the future and greater job opportunities will be provided for rural and coastal people, particularly in relation to territorial and marine economies and critical resources (soil, water, biodiversity). This is in line with the objectives of the EU Missions ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, ‘Restore our Ocean and Waters’, and ‘Adaptation to climate change’.

    7.More innovative and integrated policy framework will be upgraded and developed, capitalising on international knowledge exchange, including indigenous, traditional and local knowledge 387 and cultural heritage in a bottom-up approach.

    8.Knowledge on the costs and benefits of urban farming and improved policy frameworks will be strengthened to maximise its benefits for European society at large across all dimensions of sustainability.

    9.More diverse and systemic approaches and innovative solutions (digital, nature-based, social and community-led) will be developed with and for local communities and there is an increase in the number of local actors with improved capacity to sustain these innovative processes and take up these solutions.

    10.Connections between food provision and multi-functional nature-based solutions for the benefit and well-being of people will be increased. Resilience (climate adaptation mechanisms) will also increase through the combination of the vision of the New European Bauhaus initiative to ‘call on all Europeans to imagine and build together a sustainable and inclusive future that is beautiful for our eyes, minds, and souls’ with a sustainable food systems approach and make use of Novel sources of inspiration will be put to best use.

    11.Understanding, support and engagement will increase among young people, professionals, authorities, decision makers and the public for all dimensions of sustainability.

    12.Local, coastal and policy communities will use coastal and nature-based heritage, culture and ecosystem services as a basis for potentially year-round diversified sustainable eco-tourism activities.

    13.A framework will be developed to measure communities’ well-being beyond economic indicators (e.g. social, environmental) and use both to create collaborative community management models, including for sustainable and/or regenerative tourism.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to achieving resilient, inclusive, just, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities and more specifically one or several of the following expected impacts:

    1.Rural, coastal and urban areas are developed in a sustainable, balanced, equitable and inclusive manner thanks to a better understanding of the i) environmental, socio-economic, behavioural, cultural, architectural and demographic structures, ii) needs and drivers of change and their interconnections, and iii) how digital, nature-based, social and community-led innovations are deployed.

    2.Rural, coastal and urban communities are empowered to i) act for change, ii) be better prepared to achieve climate-neutrality and adapt to climate change, and iii) use the digital and green transitions to increase resilience and provide positive long-term prospects.

    3.Rural communities are equipped with upgraded innovation ecosystems and innovative and smarter circular solutions that i) increase access to services and job opportunities, including for women, young people in vulnerable situations, ii) increase their attractiveness and iii) reduce the feeling of being left behind, even in remote locations like mountains and outermost regions.

    4.Sustainable development of coastal areas, including coastal protection and resilience, is enhanced, reaping the benefits of social, digital and community-led innovations, to deliver nature-based and scientifically validated solutions to current coastal socio-economic and environmental threats.

    5.Urban and peri-urban communities – including people in vulnerable situations – can access, afford and choose healthy, nutritious and environmental-friendly food.

    Communities in natural and coastal areas can offer sustainable, quality, environmentally and socially friendly tourism, recreational and leisure activities.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01

    38.50

    12 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01

    15.00

    22 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-02

    22.00

    22 Feb 2024 (First Stage)

    17 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    Overall indicative budget

    38.50

    37.00

    Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 388

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 389

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 22 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 12 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-1

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-2

    IA

    11.00

    Around 5.50

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-3

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-4

    RIA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-5

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-6

    RIA

    6.50

    Around 6.50

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    38.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-1: Enhancing social inclusion in rural areas: focus on people in a vulnerable situation and social economy

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposals will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced, equitable and inclusive development of rural areas, supporting the implementation of the following Commission’s priorities: the European Green Deal, in particular its fair and just transition component; an economy that works for people as well as to the European pillar of social rights, the EU social economy action plan; and a new push for European democracy, notably to the long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas objectives (in particular contributing to rural areas’ resilience), and the strategy for the rights of persons with disabilities 2021-2030.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved understanding of policy makers at different levels (European, national, regional and local) and citizens regarding the challenges to address disparities and marginalisation in rural areas, the various needs of people in a vulnerable situation, and how to enhance social inclusion, social resilience and well-being;

    2.Improved policies and governance frameworks for social inclusion and social economy in rural areas;

    3.Increased economic opportunities and development of social entrepreneurship in rural areas;

    4.Improved social integration and access to adequate services for people in a vulnerable situation in rural areas and to rural dwellers more in general.

    Scope: Projects funded under this topic will contribute to build more inclusive, social resilient and prosperous European rural areas by improving the understanding of social inclusion and social economy challenges in rural areas, by taking stock of existing policies responses, and solutions for the provision of adequate services to the population in a vulnerable situation and for enhancing social economy and entrepreneurship.

    Projects will also address these challenges by piloting innovative solutions that foster social economy and improve social inclusion of people in a situation of vulnerability.

    Proposals are expected to:

    1.Identify and analyse the drivers of social exclusion and the challenges to address disparities and marginalisation in various rural areas in Europe, (e.g., remote rural areas, rural areas in the EU's outermost regions (defined in article 349 TFEU), costal and mountain areas, rural areas close to towns and cities);

    2.Gain a better understanding of the needs of and challenges faced by people in a vulnerable situation in various rural areas of Europe, the possible ways to address economic and demographic challenges, including ageing, disability, and vulnerability of young people where relevant (in particular those not in employment, education or training NEET), and accessibility to adequate services (e.g. considering also universal design), including social ones (e.g. for people with mental or physical disabilities);

    3.Benchmark policies, services, including social ones, and initiatives developed at various levels to empower people in a vulnerable situation to full and effective participation and inclusion in society, including social economy and entrepreneurship (e.g., social farming, itinerant services and mobility, multishops), pooling of services and creation of meeting places to enhance social interaction (e.g., multidisciplinary health houses, associative cafés), public-private partnerships, and rural-urban linkages. Assess the quality, strengths and weaknesses of these services and to what extent they are used by/reach the target groups;

    4.Explore the role, potential and limitations of social economy and social enterprises in supporting the population in a vulnerable situation in rural areas, including for the provision of basic and adequate social services;

    5.Make policy recommendations on how to improve service delivery and other relevant measures in order to meet the needs of people in a vulnerable situation, as well as on how to create and enabling framework for the upscale of social economy in rural areas;

    6.Accompany pilot innovation actions supporting people in a vulnerable situation and social entrepreneurship to draw additional knowledge from concrete examples.

    Proposals should be innovation-oriented and must implement the multi-actor approach, bringing together multiple science fields, in particular the social sciences and humanities (SSH) (e.g., sociology, behavioural sciences, psychology, economics, etc.), and actors with complementary roles and experiences (e.g., representatives of people in a vulnerable situation, service providers, health services, associations, public authorities, universal designers, etc.).

    Proposals should cover a representative variety of European rural areas, consider various types of vulnerability (including gender and intersectionality when relevant), and take stock of and experiment a variety of social economy and service provision examples.

    Projects should build on existing results, findings and good practices. For instance they could explore activities undertaken by Horizon Europe projects funded under the topics HORIZON-CL2-2022-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-02 and HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-03.

    Finally, projects funded under this topic should coordinate activities between them to avoid overlaps and benefit from synergies. Proposals should allocate appropriate budget and resources to implement this task.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-2: Improving rural future through better territorial governance and rural-urban synergies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced equitable and inclusive development of rural areas, supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal, in particular to the farm to fork and the biodiversity strategies, the organic action plan, the common agricultural policy (CAP), the long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas and its objectives (contributing to make rural areas stronger, connected, resilient and prosperous) and to its flagship initiative “Research and innovation for rural communities”, and the EU territorial agenda for 2030.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved connections, strategies and governance arrangements that foster synergistic development and just transition of rural and urban areas and more integrated territorial policies and strategies in a growing number of localities;

    2.Improved business and innovation opportunities thanks to a more proximate, circular and green economy and renewed vitality of rural places through a better connectivity, improved valorisation of cultural and natural heritage, and stronger innovation ecosystems;

    3.Improved mutual access of rural and urban actors to services provided by either type of areas;

    4.Improved social connectivity, social capital, resilience, and capacity to face changes as well as of innovating, and increased understanding of the cultural connections between rural and urban communities and strengthened sense of territorial identity.

    Scope: Rural and urban areas are interdependent and can mutually benefit from a territorial planning that takes into consideration their interactive relationship.

    People, goods, services, information, financial capitals, energy, etc. flow between these areas, but these linkages are often neglected by policy makers that tend to deal with rural and urban issues separately. Proposals should aim at improving rural-urban cooperation, connections and planning for an integrated territorial development that adopts equitable measures to respond to socio-environmental disparities and foster sustainable growth.

    Proposals are expected to support specific projects for developing rural-urban territorial partnerships to enhance the well-being of rural and urban people, increase resilience and favour a more synergistic/interlinked/networked development of rural and urban areas.

    Proposal should also prioritise experimentation and innovation in domains that have been demonstrated to favour bi-directional urban-rural synergies and the development of a well-being economy: proximity (shortening distances/value chains including in the agri-food sector with particular attention to organic production), greener economy/society (e.g. ecosystem services and protection and restoration of biodiversity and natural capital, including nature-based solution – NBS), circularity (closing loops/ flows), services (improving social connectivity, new ways of working and living, pooling of and/or itinerant services), culture, landscape and heritage (building territorial identities as well as improving access to a valorised cultural heritage and cultural life) and mobility (sustainable and affordable mobility alternatives for rural residents).

    Projects financed under this topic should capitalise on lessons learnt to further upgrade and future-proof policy frameworks and enabling environments.

    Proposals should pay attention to the ecological and digital transitions, the potential of digital technologies as well as social inclusiveness, environmental knowledge and access of rural communities to good quality services and opportunities. In addition, they should analyse the impact caused by COVID 19 pandemic on integrated territorial development and address challenges that resulted from it.

    Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach and bring together multiple science fields, in particular the social sciences and humanities (SSH) (e.g., economics, human geography, political science, cultural studies, etc.), and actors with complementary roles and experiences (e.g., service providers, transport services, public authorities, associations, innovators, small and medium enterprises -SMEs - etc.).

    Proposals should cover a representative variety of European rural areas (e.g. rural-costal areas, mountains areas, remote rural areas) and build on results of relevant Horizon 2020 projects such as RURBAN, ROBUST (e.g., rural-urban learning hub), COASTAL, RURITAGE, RURALURE, SmartCulTour, TExTOUR, and FOODSHIFT 2030 and seek to improve/uptake governance and role models they have identified as promising.

    Projects financed under this topic should create synergies with the New European Bauhaus (NEB) projects, facilitating ideas flows from urban to rural settings and vice-versa. For instance, some NEB projects could inspire good practices on the reuse of buildings in rural areas that can function as innovation hubs or build links between urban and rural areas. Proposals should allocate adequate budget and resources to implement this task.

    This topic is open to financial support to third parties as an option either to select pilots for developing partnerships or innovative solutions aiming at contributing to integrated territorial development.

    Finally, proposals are encouraged to leverage the data and services available through European Research Infrastructures federated under the European Open Science Cloud, as well as data from relevant Data Spaces.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-3: International benchmarking of rural and territorial policies and delivery mechanisms

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in third countries are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    If eligible for funding, legal entities established in non-associated third countries/name specific countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action as a beneficiary or affiliated entity.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 390 .

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced, equitable and inclusive development of rural areas, supporting the implementation of the long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas objectives (contributing to make rural areas stronger, connected, resilient and prosperous), the rural pact, the European Rural Observatory, the European territorial agenda for 2030, and to the European Green Deal more in general, and in particular to the EU climate adaptation strategy.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved understanding of rural development and territorial policies existing across the world, as well as delivery mechanisms by policy makers at different levels (e.g. international, national, regional and local).

    2.Upgraded and more innovative and integrated rural policy frameworks (e.g. for rural revitalisation and attractiveness, for improving rural innovation ecosystems, for urban-rural linkages, for improved adaptation strategies, plans and measures that aims at addressing climate change in a systemic manner) at different levels (e.g. international, national, regional, local) capitalising on international knowledge exchange to increase inclusive and sustainable rural well-being;

    3.Enhanced uptake of a positive narrative on the future of rural areas at international level by policymakers.

    Scope: The study and implementation of rural policies is unequally advanced across the world. The project funded under this topic should contribute to increase policymakers’ understanding of rural challenges and strengthen their capacities to implement adequate policy responses to these challenges in order to increase inclusive and sustainable well-being in rural areas, considering also climate change mitigation and adaptation. Proposals are expected to work by adopting a holistic vision to rural development and/or revitalisation, avoiding a sectorial approach (e.g. rural development should not be limited to agricultural development, but overarch several aspects of the rural life).

    Proposals are expected to:

    1.Perform international benchmarking of rural policies within the EU and third countries who appear as best practice examples of science-society-policy exchange activities, global dialogue on rural policies and capacity building for policymakers working at different levels (e.g., international, national, regional, and local);

    2.Analyse delivery mechanisms (decentralised vs centralised, quality of multi-level governance, role of politics, etc.) and ways to measure impact combining both quantitative and qualitative methods;

    3.Focus on multi-dimensional policies (e.g. coordination among different policies and different policy level, from local to international) that address several needs and challenges in an integrated manner;

    4.Analyse also rural and territorial policies that were developed with and for rural communities and identify effective citizen engagement methods;

    5.Identify and analyse also successful policy measures aimed at creating opportunities for young people in rural areas;

    6.Enhance peer-to-peer learning among international, national, regional and local policy makers by experimenting different mechanisms and tools for effective knowledge exchange, even among different levels, on best practices and lessons learnt about rural and territorial policies and delivery mechanisms;

    7.Provide recommendations to policy makers at different levels (e.g. international, national, regional and local) on how to best address rural needs and challenges and foster sustainable balanced, equitable and inclusive development of rural areas.

    8.Provide recommendations to policy makers at different levels, in particular regional and local, on how to best access and make use of existing funds.

    9.Projects should provide relevant results, in particular develop a framework to measure communities’ well-being beyond economic indicators (including social, health-related, environmental) to measure policy impacts in rural areas that can be linked with the work of the upcoming EU Rural Observatory.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines (e.g., economics, international studies, development studies, political science, citizen engagement studies, and human geography).

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly encouraged.

    Legal entities from third countries can take part in the project as associated partner or beneficiary.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-4: Investigating the contribution of geographical indications (GIs) to sustainable development and optimising support for newly established schemes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 391 .

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal should support the objectives of the farm to fork strategy for sustainable food as well as to strengthen the contribution of the system of geographical indications (GIs) to support those objectives.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understanding of the contribution of GIs schemes to sustainable development and in particular to achieve the objectives of the farm to fork strategy.

    2.Sustainability attributes in GI schemes are widely implemented by the producers and recognized and correctly interpreted and understood by consumers.

    3.Better design and implementation of GIs policy to foster their delivery of sustainable agriculture, aquaculture and fishery, healthy and sustainable diets and sustainable food systems.

    Scope: The EU is renowned for its high quality food products having specific characteristics or farming attributes that distinguish them in the marketplace, and particularly those labelled under registered geographical indications (GIs). The quality and diversity of the Union's food production is one of its important strengths giving a competitive advantage to its producers and making a major contribution to its living cultural and gastronomic heritage.

    Quality schemes can benefit the rural and coastal economy. This is particularly the case in disadvantaged areas, in mountain areas and in the most remote regions where the farming sector already takes a significant part of the economy and production costs are high. They can create value for local communities through products that are deeply rooted in tradition, culture and geography. 392

    Building on the state-of-the-art in particular, but not limited to, on results of the Strength2Food project 393 , the proposals are expected to focus on GIs schemes.

    Proposals are expected to:

    1.Provide a sound analysis of the state-of the art in research on the impacts of GIs schemes in terms of all aspects of sustainability;

    2.Assess sustainability impacts of all GIs products (>3000) in all three dimensions, i.e., economic, social and environmental (including use of natural resources, cultural heritage preservation, public health);

    3.Comprehensively map the practices in GIs production systems and identify those that minimise the negative environmental and social impacts and at the same time balance the economic dimension of sustainability;

    4.Investigate how to better valorise the sustainable deliverables of GIs, including the type and characteristics of public goods generated by the GI production and the benefits for local areas and society at large;

    5.Identify synergies among different intervention schemes in order to increase the participation of farmers and fishermen;

    6.Explore consumers’ perception of GIs, including the demand for valorising GIs as qualifier of shorter food supply chain, and how to better promote GIs that are aligned with healthy and sustainable diets to increase demand and willingness to pay for GI products.

    7.Explore and benchmark the approaches/policy followed by the different Member States and Associated Countries when it comes to GIs and sustainability;

    8.Formulate best practices, decision tools, recommendations to be used by producers and policy makers to improve sustainability of the GIs schemes and optimise the support for newly established GI schemes that are aligned with healthy and sustainable diets;

    An adequate representation of consumers’ interests by bodies that are knowledgeable of policy issues involved needs to be ensured, at least for those aspects of the project that involve consumers, consumers’ information and perception.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-5: Assessing urban farming impacts

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposals will support the European Green Deal, farm to fork strategy and impact assessment for the post-2027 common agricultural policy (CAP).

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved knowledge on impacts and risks of various types of urban farming from the economic, environmental and social perspective, with a particular focus on spill-over effects into rural and peri-urban areas;

    2.Improved awareness of policy makers helping them adjust policy and legal frameworks to foster benefits and mitigate risks associated to the development of various forms of urban farming and related technologies.

    Scope: Proposals are expected to:

    a.Assess current and future (foresight) contribution of various forms of urban farming to:

    a.Overall food supply, food security and resilience mainly for urban citizens but also addressing potential food security impacts on rural populations, factoring in megatrends and potential risks around key inputs or conditions enabling urban farming;

    b.Evolution of farm income in urban and rural areas, the distribution of value added in the supply chain and possible effects on the bargaining power of supply chain actors;

    c.The provision of ecosystem services in urban and rural areas against the evolution of environment and climate conditions (including water and nutrient use and cycling, biodiversity protection, energy use, soils including soil health, regulation of the urban heat island effect etc.), in relation with European Green Deal objectives;

    d.The provision of social benefits (e.g., access of new and/or young farmers, gender equity, place-based/community development) and improvement of social capital (e.g., values, networks, governance) and community cohesion in urban and rural areas. Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) aspects should be an integral part of the proposal;

    e.The demand for new skills, training and educational offer also taking into account the technological or social dimensions of different forms of urban farming.

    b.Compare the conditions under which various types of urban, peri-urban or rural farmers operate in order to identify the challenges that may justify targeted regulatory or policy initiatives. Conditions are to be understood in a broad sense, including e.g., initial investments, production, quality control, labelling, marketing and retail as well as the legal and enabling environment in which they operate.

    c.Support the discussion on rationale for policy interventions in the EU context.

    Proposals should build links and capitalise on the results of past and ongoing relevant projects, e.g., Horizon 2020 EFUA and the New European Bauhaus (NEB) in urban food system transformation.

    Proposals should describe a credible pathway from their project results and outcomes towards the expected impact of this Destination.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01-6: Inclusive and smart ways to communicate sustainability of food

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Expected Outcome: This topic is in line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as of the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050. This will contribute to the Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities and thriving businesses.

    This topic contributes to creating a sustainable food labelling framework to empower consumers to make sustainable food choices as part of the farm to fork strategy.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced understanding of the status of consumer information expectations/needs (conscious and unconscious) related to all three dimensions of sustainability and its drivers and challenges, including the influence of external factors and socio-cultural aspects;

    2.Identified best means of transmission and presentations of sustainability related information to guide and change consumer behaviour.

    Scope: The sustainability food labelling framework can help consumers in making sustainable food choices. An improved understanding of the drivers of food choices and the role of sustainability can support in using EU and national policy makers and government actions and funds most efficiently and using the best approaches 394 . Information itself may not be enough to change citizens’ perception and actions, it should be addressed “in the right way” (emotional cues…etc.) and consider their current knowledge and information needs. Citizens’ food choices, although frequently characterized as a matter of personal choice, are subjective largely by food environments 395 and there is a need to understand the influence of marketing and media as part of the environment, sometimes creating adverse effects 396 .

    Proposals are expected to address the following:

    1.Analyse the impact of different influential factors, such as norms/beliefs/cultural environments as well as medias and their way of communicating on the consumer understanding of sustainability, emotional beliefs and response to sustainability information including issues of trust and reliability;

    2.Analyse the status of consumer information expectations/needs (conscious and unconscious) related to sustainability and understand how sustainability related information expectations/needs can be increased/developed as well as their drivers and challenges;

    3.Test different means of transmission (including different actors sharing information (private vs public)) and presentations of sustainability related information to guide and change consumer behaviour best (including increased willingness to pay for sustainable products and services);

    4.Test the response of the public to information related to at least two dimensions of sustainability, including aspects that cover the whole food chain, such as for example biodiversity, packaging or composting, locally produced products;

    5.Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects under the topic HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-3: The role of mainstream media, social media and marketing in fostering healthy and sustainable consumption patterns and how to encourage good practice or incentives”;

    Proposals are encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). The JRC may provide expertise on how to strengthen the relationship between scientists and European policy makers and to promote research and collaboration on food systems science.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of citizens and civil society, together with social innovators, planners, social scientists, communication and marketing experts and public authorities to develop new methods and approaches to innovation. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 397

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 398

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 22 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01-1

    IA

    6.00

    Around 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01-2

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01-3

    RIA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    15.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01-1: Unlock the potential of the New European Bauhaus in urban food system transformation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Evaluation Procedure

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering demonstration activities in diverse geographical areas of the European Union and Associated Countries, grants will be awarded first to the highest ranked application according to the standard procedure described in Horizon Europe General Annexes D and F, followed by other applications that are the highest ranked among those that ensure the most complementary geographical coverage, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. When assessing geographical coverage, the evaluation will take into account the location of the application’s demonstration activities, not the location of the application’s participants/beneficiaries.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system, as well as of the EU's climate ambition for 2030 and 2050 and the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030,the successful proposal will support the development of policies, business models and market conditions contributing to the sustainable, balanced and inclusive development of urban and peri-urban areas and to the empowerment and resilience of their communities, who can access, afford and choose healthier, nutritious and environmental-friendly food. The successful proposal will also contribute to the Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities.

    The overall aim of this topic and associated R&I activities is to leverage the New European Bauhaus 399 values for urban and peri-urban food system transformation by positively transforming the food environment 400 to enable sustainable, inclusive, and aesthetic ways of food system transformation.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

    1.Positively transformed food environments that enhance sustainable food system transformation by applying the vision of New European Bauhaus (NEB) to “call on all Europeans to imagine and build together a sustainable and inclusive future that is beautiful for our eyes, minds, and souls”;

    2.Reconnected and engaged citizens with nature and healthy and sustainable food for their well-being and health while providing multifunctional benefits, such as biodiversity.

    Scope: Sustainable food systems can be an integral part of our living spaces including urban gardens, rooftop gardens and other nature-based solutions and positively transform our food environments. Exploiting the vision of New European Bauhaus and providing inclusive access, education and capacity building can provide multi-functional benefits and help transforming food systems especially in urban and peri-urban areas.

    Proposals are expected to address the following:

    1.Involve all three core values of NEB: 1) sustainability, 2) aesthetics/quality of experience, 3) inclusion, for transforming food environments and contribute to a green and sustainable infrastructure;

    2.Expand food environments by using architecture/local place-based approaches for innovative solutions, including art, for current and future needs linked to sustainable food environments and stronger citizen connection to food and empowered self-provisioning communities with multi-functional nature-based solutions (e.g., urban gardens connected to parks, edible trees and bushes, edible green infrastructure…etc.);

    3.Use and demonstrate place-based solutions with considering its specific resource pool and place, e.g., connect food to local cultural values and if possible, to indigenous communities and/or urban citizens’ movements and make use of local plants and herbs, also supporting local ecological resilience;

    4.Apply and demonstrate community-based solutions with strong citizen engagement (especially youth) to simultaneously drive human needs and environmental benefits;

    5.Connect rural and urban/peri-urban areas and communities for co-benefits and enhanced inclusive experience, by also using data and technology6;

    6.Develop appropriate models to multiply innovations across the EU while considering different types of urban/peri-urban areas (different city size, different countries);

    7.Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic as well as to interact with the New European Bauhaus community, NEBLab and other relevant actions under NEB, e.g. by participating in activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities, and connect with learnings from other initiatives such as the “Year of Greener Cities” and “Year of youth”;

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of citizens and civil society, together with urban designers, design thinkers, social innovators, start-ups, planners, social scientists and public authorities to strengthen relationships between urban planning and food choices and to develop new methods and approaches to innovation. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    In the context of this topic, geographical areas of the European Union and Associated Countries are NUTS level 1 regions of European Union Member States and of Associated Countries for which they are defined. In the case of Associated Countries without NUTS classification, the country as a whole is to be considered as one geographical area:

    • List of Associated Countries not defined by NUTS level 1: Armenia; Bosnia and Herzegovina; Faroe Islands; Georgia; Kosovo 401 ; Israel; Moldova; Tunisia; Ukraine.

    • List of countries not defined by NUTS level 1 with which association negotiations are being processed or where association is imminent: Morocco.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01-2: Societal perceptions and benefits of rural life and jobs: will COVID 19 generate a long-lasting shift?

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced, equitable and inclusive development of rural areas, supporting the implementation of the long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas 402 and its objectives that sees EU rural areas stronger, connected, resilient and prosperous by 2040, and the EU territorial agenda for 2030 403 .

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved understanding by policy makers at different levels (European, national, regional and local) of the behavioural drivers of people’s lifestyle choices and rural and urban dwellers’ perceptions of rural life in the aftermath of COVID 19;

    2.Improve understanding of policy makers at different levels (European, national, regional and local) of the behavioural and structural drivers of people’s lifestyle choices and people’s perceptions of rural life in the aftermath of COVID 19 and of the long-term trends and opportunities for rural areas;

    3.Improved policy-response to rural areas challenges and needs in the light of the COVID 19 impact;

    Improved narrative of rural and farming lives.

    Scope: Rural areas are often described by the challenges they face: depopulation, demographic change, low income levels, limited access to services, low connectivity, discontent caused by the feeling of being overlooked and limited resilience. However, rural areas can be places of opportunities 404 . For instance, they are key for green-energy production and for ecosystem services; they have the potential of developing the bio and circular economy; they are also an integral part of the ecological and digital transitions; they can also be places rich in terms of cultural heritage and have the potential to develop cultural initiatives.

    Overall, there are increasing demands from the society that are putting pressure on rural areas and the Covid-19 crisis showed how important it is to keep essential services, e.g. the agri-food production that is an important part of the rural economies, active.

    To better respond to rural areas needs and challenges, and to revert the negative trends that affect the well-being of rural communities, it is important to better understand how rural life is perceived by urban and rural dwellers and to build a new narrative, based on facts, that highlight the opportunities of these places.

    Projects funded under this topic are expected to:

    1.undertake sociological, behavioural, social psychology, social science, history, geographical, cultural, gender, economic studies on societal perception of rural areas and rural lifestyles, including, but not limiting to, societal perception of farming in a variety of places across Europe;

    2.increase understanding of the drivers of the attractiveness of rural and farming lives and of corresponding criticisms and biases, including the social composition of flows (e.g. age, gender, nationality, economic status, etc.), a geography of departure and destination zones, distinguishing between perceptions and facts, and both from rural people and urban people (including perception of various farming sectors and practices);

    3.analyse how these drivers have been affected by COVID 19 and are likely to evolve, in the short to long-term (2050) (e.g. economic and trade evolution, new ways of working, multi-local living and second homes, zero pollution, health risks etc.);

    4.analyse social relations and possible conflicts between new populations and residents, the possible decomposition of social segregation or social mixing;

    5.identify the policy and financial consequences for local jurisdictions of both new arrivals and depopulation in terms for instance, of public infrastructures sizing (e.g., water treatment, waste management), real estate markets and housing, public services, etc.

    6.analyse initiatives aiming at shifting perceptions of both urban and rural dwellers on rural and farming lives and pilot new initiatives (e.g. on rural attractiveness for young people also beyond agriculture) in different localities across Europe;

    7.use foresight (e.g., scenarios, build on trend analysis and disruptive factors, weak signals) to develop adequate strategies to mitigate threats and seize opportunities;

    8.contribute to build a positive narrative of rural and farming lives based on facts.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of social science and humanities (SSH) disciplines (e.g., sociology, history, human geography behavioural sciences, gender studies, etc.).

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01-3: Participation and empowerment of Arctic coastal, local, and indigenous communities in environmental decision-making

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 405 .

    Expected Outcome: Proposals should contribute to the sustainable and inclusive development of Arctic coastal, local and indigenous communities, supporting the implementation of the European Green Deal and the EU policy for a peaceful, sustainable and prosperous Arctic, incorporating a better understanding of the environmental, socio-economic, cultural and demographic drivers of change in the Arctic region.

    Activities are expected to empower Arctic coastal, local and indigenous people to act for change through capacity building and education actions, leading to positive long-term prospects for all, including women, young people and vulnerable groups.

    The research should explore and document traditional environmental knowledge (TEK) of Arctic coastal, local and indigenous peoples, contributing thus to safeguarding and valuing the cultural identity of the Arctic; explore interactions between local and indigenous knowledge holders and scientists and develop innovative ways to mobilise this knowledge for climate change adaptation, ecosystem restoration and socio-economic goals.

    Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understanding of how different types of knowledge, including traditional environmental knowledge (TEK) 406 , are being mobilised; how scientists and local and indigenous knowledge holders cooperate and dialogue in this context;

    2.Empowerment of Arctic coastal, local and indigenous people and sectors to innovate 407 for the ecological transition and feel part of it, through participatory methodologies (i.e. a multi-actor approach); to engage in decision-making about their environment and livelihoods;

    3.Explore, with different actors, and recommend ways to bring traditional, local, and scientific knowledge into the collective effort of solving matters of concern, including (choose at least 2 from the items below):

    -Adaptation and mitigation to climate change, ecosystem restoration and environment protection;

    -Socio-economic changes in the Arctic, ranging from local level (subsistence economies, local livelihoods) to circular economy, fishing, international trade, shipping routes, tourism, and the socio-economic impact of climate change;

    -Health and well-being, taking a One Health approach 408 ;

    -Gender aspects, in the context of current economic and social development and future challenges, inter alia relating to climate and environmental issues.

    Scope: Addressing ongoing Arctic environmental and societal changes requires that all relevant knowledge, indigenous/traditional and scientific knowledge alike, is mobilised to respond and govern the challenges posed by those changes, and communities empowered to take part in environmental decision-making.

    Proposals are expected to contribute to sustainable and inclusive development, incorporating a better understanding of the environmental, socio-economic, cultural and demographic drivers of change. They will investigate the participation of indigenous and local communities in the governance of their livelihoods and environmental decision-making. Proposals should explore how different ways of knowing, worldviews and perspectives can be brought in dialogue, to enhance understanding and to better respond to the impacts of climate, environmental and related socio-economic changes on Arctic people’s livelihoods and the environment. Furthermore, how coastal, local, and indigenous communities could be empowered via participatory research processes, to get involved in environmental decision-making. Proposals should identify opportunities for partnerships and co-production of knowledge based on indigenous and scientific ways of knowing.

    Proposals should explore how different ways of knowing, worldviews and perspectives can be brought in dialogue, to enhance understanding and to better respond to the impacts of climate, environmental and related socio-economic changes on Arctic people’s livelihoods and the environment. Furthermore, how coastal, local, and indigenous communities could be empowered via participatory research processes, to get involved in environmental decision-making. Proposals should identify opportunities for partnerships and co-production of knowledge based on indigenous and scientific ways of knowing.

    Several potential coastal sectors can be addressed, however the proposal will ensure inclusion of marine protection, food security, climate adaptation and resilience strategies, but also other activities such as leisure activities and eco-socio-compatible tourism development in coastal areas.

    Projects should include representation from multiple disciplines of research, including environmental, marine, social, cultural, health, design.

    Attention should be given to different capacity building and social learning arrangements as well as to innovative governance mechanisms at various levels, and their potential implications for social innovation.

    This topic is expected to involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines. The proposals should adopt a responsible and solidary approach where Arctic local and indigenous communities are seen as research partners, using participatory methods and bottom-up co-creation. Participation of Arctic indigenous partners in the project is encouraged, to be involved from the outset in the co-development of the research proposal. Engaging with local authorities during the project would help increase implementation of the project outcomes and support further uptake.

    Projects should build on existing knowledge and integrate results from multiple origins, including other EU, international or national projects. Some cooperation activities with projects financed under Destination ‘Biodiversity and ecosystem services’ and topics of the European Green Deal Call could be included, as well as with relevant projects from other EU programmes, for example the Horizon Europe Missions Ocean, seas and waters and Adaptation to Climate Change.

    International cooperation is encouraged, with a strong linkage with the ongoing activities under the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance and encouraging participation from countries that take part in the Arctic Science Ministerial meetings.

    Call - Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 409

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 410

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 22 Feb 2024 (First Stage), 17 Sep 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-02-1-two-stage

    IA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-02-2-two-stage

    RIA

    12.00

    Around 6.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    22.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-02-1-two-stage: Innovating for climate-neutral rural communities by 2050

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See the definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 411 .

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will contribute to fostering a sustainable, balanced, equitable and inclusive development of rural areas, supporting the implementation of the long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas and its objectives (in particular contributing to stronger and resilient rural areas) and to its flagship initiative “Research and innovation for rural communities”, the European Green Deal, in particular the climate pact, the fit for 55 package, the forest and biodiversity strategies, and the new soil strategy as well as the territorial agenda 2030, the common agricultural policy (CAP) and the REPowerEU plan. In addition, proposals will complement the EU Mission Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities, covering sparsely populated areas, and contribute to the objectives of the EU Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of following expected outcomes:

    1.rural communities are empowered and engaged in the green transition and equipped with strategies and innovative solutions to contribute to EU’s climate-neutrality objectives (by 2035 and 2050) and benefit from a climate-neutral economy;

    2.rural communities take advantage of data, interoperable platforms and digital technologies available to help them meet climate-neutrality objectives, such as dashboards, data visualisation techniques, modelling, digital twins of entire rural communities and tools contributing to spatial planning;

    3.policy makers are better informed about policy and regulatory frameworks, conditions and processes that are likely to encourage rural areas’ climate-neutrality while sustaining an adequate social welfare and well-being and avoiding negative social, economic and environmental externalities;

    4.a stronger rural innovation ecosystem is in place bringing together public and private players and making rural areas an attractive place for innovators to work and live.

    Scope: The EU aims to be climate-neutral by 2050 – an economy with net-zero greenhouse gas emissions. This objective is in line with the EU’s commitment to global climate action under the Paris Agreement and it is reflected in the European Green Deal objectives. Considering that approximately one third of EU citizens live in rural areas, which represent 83% of the EU territory, it is key to empower rural communities to transit towards sustainability by fostering innovation in key areas such as environment and sustainable management of resources (air, soil, water), energy, transport, agriculture, industry, bioeconomy, and finance and ensure that no one is left behind.

    Projects funded under this topic are expected to:

    1.design, prototype and test concrete innovations (technical, social, organisational) supporting climate-neutrality, zero pollution and biodiversity enhancement in rural communities, possibly including initiatives such as nature-based solutions (NBS), circularity and bioeconomy, bio-based solutions, community-energy systems, climate-neutral mobility, fire-prevention, etc. Innovations should be co-created with rural stakeholders to respond to their needs and tested for their feasibility for the territorial development opportunities or drawbacks that they bring;

    2.include training and capacity building for local administrations and rural stakeholders in order to create and maintain a rural innovation ecosystem and enable them to make use or benefit from the successful innovations developed and from existing funding opportunities for the green and digital transitions;

    3.boost networking and enhance peer-to-peer learning between communities and capitalise on lessons learnt making them available as recommendations for policy makers at various levels (European, national, regional and local);

    Proposals are encouraged to fully exploit and build complementarities with the ongoing work regarding the establishment of the European Open Science Cloud and interact with relevant projects developing metadata standards and added value tools to ensure interoperability within and across fields of study.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH), (e.g., for expertise in behavioural change, etc.) and must implement the multi-actor approach by involving relevant stakeholders from an early stage (e.g. rural communities representatives, small-medium enterprises -SMEs, etc., end-users, local authorities, etc.).

    Proposals should cover various biogeographical regions with a balanced coverage reflecting the various pedo-climatic zones in Europe in a representative way.

    Proposals are expected to build on the preliminary results of the Horizon Europe projects GRANULAR and RUSTIK, in particular its framework and indicators on climate-neutrality of rural communities.

    Proposals should also create synergies and coordinate activities with the other project funded under this topic and should allocate appropriate budget for this task. Proposals are also encouraged to build synergies with relevant projects that will be financed under this call.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-02-2-two-stage: New sustainable business and production models for farmers and rural communities

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A. The following exceptions apply:

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see General Annex F) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos, nor names of personnel in Part B of their first stage application (see General Annex E).

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See the definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this work programme part.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    Proposals are expected to clearly address only one of the areas: area A or area B. To ensure a balanced portfolio covering both area A and area B, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to one project that is the highest ranked within area A or B, provided that the applications attain all thresholds. This will allow to fund at least one project under area A and one under area B.

    This topic is part of the blind evaluation pilot under which first stage proposals will be evaluated blindly.

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal should support the European Green Deal initiatives notably the farm to fork, the forest, biodiversity and bioeconomy strategies, the common agricultural policy (CAP), the communication on sustainable carbon cycles, the EU mission “A Soil Deal for Europe”, and the long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas (contributing to make rural areas stronger, connected, resilient and prosperous) and its research and innovation flagship initiative by developing innovative business and production models (i.e. but not limited to, smart farming, social farming, indoor plant factory, aquaponics, unattended horticulture, livestock and fish farms, e-commerce, tourism, cultural and natural heritage management, service delivery) that are fit for the future and foster improved economic outcomes, cooperation, inclusiveness and fairness for farmers and/or rural communities, and at the same time achieve high sustainability, contribute to climate neutrality and meet societal expectations, in particular with regards to local economies and protection and restoration of nature and resources (e.g. water, soil and air).

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Farmers and/or other rural actors widely adopt innovative inclusive and sustainable business and production models that enhance and remunerate climate action (i.e. increase carbon removals), biodiversity protection and restoration, and the reduction of emissions or concentrations of air pollutants in a variety of farming and rural contexts;

    2.Farmers and/or rural actors position in value chains is improved thanks to more inclusiveness, fairness and financial sustainability of trading relationships between the various actors in the upstream/downstream agri and rural business;

    3.It is possible to measure and track the economic, social and environmental sustainability of different farming systems and rural businesses thanks to the development and use of innovative technologies, including but not limiting to digital ones.

    4.Increased prosperity of farmers and/or in rural areas thanks to the creation of new jobs opportunities resulted from innovative and sustainable production and business models.

    Scope: EU agri-food value chains are diverse and dynamic, enabling them to meet the various consumers’ expectations, potentially helping producers increase value added. Farming and other sectors in rural areas provide large numbers of jobs, yet rural communities often face challenges, such as a shrinking and ageing population, a lack of high qualified workers, a lack of good quality services and connectivity, which limit the economic attractiveness of these places.

    At the same time agriculture is characterised by a stagnant and low share of value added in the value chain due to: high input costs, structure of the food value chains (concentration upstream and downstream), variation in production and incorporation of new services. Pressure on natural resources and climate change threats make all of the above-mentioned problems weigh more heavily. In an era of very tense discussions on climate change, global warming, air, water and soil pollution the EU stands firmly as a front-runner and targets the very ambitious goal of becoming a climate-neutral continent by 2050. This target seems very challenging when looking at where we stand today and the pace at which expected changes across different sectors are taking place. 412

    Therefore, rural communities as well as farmers are under increasing pressure to adopt sustainable business and production models that consider not only economic but also both social and environmental aspects. Moving towards more sustainable business and production systems requires adequate tools and measurement methods to assess and monitor the multi-performance of farms and rural businesses under different conditions.

    Successful proposals are expected to clearly address only one of the following areas: area A or area B.

    Area A

    Proposals should:

    1.Design, test and upscale bottom-up community-led innovative business, cooperation and production models to improve farmers’ position in different value chains and enable them to transition to sustainable agriculture and answer global challenges in locally adapted ways. They should cover a wide diversity of pedoclimatic, technical, organisational and economic conditions, including the complexity and dynamics in various production systems and structure of food value chains (additional sustainability requirements for farmers might lead to further unbalances in market power in the food chain).

    2.Investigate ways to monitor and verify improved social, environmental and climate performance and translate it into economic profit and competitive advantage for farmers. They should consider existing, emerging and potential markets and platforms, take into consideration sound cost-effective business, cooperation among different actors and production methods, sustainability and profitability.

    3.Investigate the trends in adoption of innovation in farms and how farmers innovate their business, cooperation or production models when they introduce new products and engage in new business activities.

    Aim to connect citizens, private companies and public organisations with farmers to increase demand for sustainable agriculture and create a market for new business, cooperation and production models including for, but not limited to, e-commerce, smart farming, indoor plant factory, aquaponics, unattended horticulture, livestock and fish farms. Traceability for products and standards for safety and quality should also be taken into account.

    1.Create and widely share via an open access platform practical innovations, tools, best practices and guidelines to successfully develop and implement novel inclusive and sustainable business, cooperation and production models.

    2.Investigate and support the wide-spread applications of highly scalable business models for modern agricultural purposes including aspects of platform, circular and bio-based economies.

    3.Consideration should be given to innovative approaches in the development of production technologies, the circularity of the processes with the objective of zero waste, cascading of resources and consider public health as well as consumers' concerns and demands.

    Area B

    Proposals are expected to:

    1.Pilot innovative sustainable business and cooperation models to foster wealth and well-being of rural communities and villages while taking advantage of the green transition though the deployment of demonstrators. These demonstrators should be implemented in various sectors (i.e. but not limited to energy, transport, social services, tourism, culture, digital, etc.) responding to rural communities’ needs.

    2.Investigate the potential of social economy, cooperatives (or other producer organisations) and of innovative forms of business aggregation and develop at least one of these demonstrators that support local economy by actively involving people in a vulnerable situation.

    3.Explore and take advantage of cross-sectoral and cross-territory linkages adopting a territorial perspective that aims at improving connectivity of rural areas with surrounding intermediate and urban areas.

    4.Examine the impacts of different kind of innovation on the development and revitalisation of rural areas and the quality of life and living standards of their residents.

    5.Identify barriers, as well as drivers (including policies) and enabling conditions for the creation and development of sustainable business models in rural areas.

    6.Provide recommendations to policy makers, at the local, regional, national and international levels for supporting the creation of sustainable business models fit for the future with the aim to increase quality public services, to make better use of various resources and reduce negative impact on the environment, and that provide new opportunities for rural value chains through different models of innovation.

    7.Create and widely share via an open access platform practical innovations, tools, best practices and guidelines to successfully develop and implement novel inclusive and sustainable business models.

    8.Proposals should cover a representative variety of rural areas.

    All proposals (independent of the selected focus A or B) should explore social innovation and innovative forms of cooperation. Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of relevant actors of the value chain.

    This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines. Proposals should build on previous and ongoing Horizon 2020 relevant projects (i.e. but not limited to SMARTCHAIN, NEWBIE, agroBRIDGES, CO-FRESH, RUBIZMO, LIVERUR, etc.). They should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with the other project funded under this and other relevant topics in Horizon Europe and ensure synergy with relevant activities carried out under other initiatives (i.e. but not limited to EIT Knowledge and Innovation Communities, Enterprise Europe Network, Circular Bio-based Europe public-private partnership, etc.).

    Beyond open access to scientific publications and research data, open access to software, models, workflows, etc. is required to ensure accelerated uptake of innovation, increase research transparency, support immediate and extensive re-use of research materials, and support collaborative and interdisciplinary work, among others.

    Due to the scope of this topic, international cooperation is strongly encouraged, in particular with China. This topic is within the scope of the Administrative Arrangement between the European Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support collaborative research projects under the Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) and the Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) flagship initiatives.

    Actions will contribute to implementing the EU-China Food, Agriculture and Biotechnology (FAB) flagship initiative, which aims to ensure sustainability of agri-food systems, catering for the needs of a growing population, the reduction of food and agricultural losses and waste, and the provision of safe and healthy foodstuffs. Interaction with other actions developed under the EU-China Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) Research Flagship and the Flagship on Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) is encouraged if relevant.

    Destination - Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal

    Taking advantage of the use, uptake, and deployment of environmental observations as well as digital and data-based green solutions, assessed through the European Green Deal’s ‘do no harm’ principle, is key for innovative governance models and for designing, implementing and monitoring science-based policy. To maximise impacts of R&I on the ground and spark behavioural and socio-economic change, the knowledge and innovation produced throughout the whole cluster should be widely disseminated to and exchanged between the key stakeholders and end users. In particular, the Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS) need to be strengthened in line with the 2023-2027 CAP to accelerate the required transformative changes.

    Innovating with governance models and supporting policies

    Transformative changes such as those required within the European Green Deal are dynamic processes that require appropriate governance. At the same time, to ensure coordination and for collaborative and informed decision-making, governance requires multiple channels and networks that provide readily available and robust data and information from different sources.

    R&I activities under this destination aim to both: experiment with new ways to govern the transition process and strengthen the governance, in particular by ensuring i) appropriate and inclusive engagement with stakeholders, e.g. civil society and regional and local actors, ii) environmental observations coverage, and iii) that information and knowledge is made available and accessible. R&I for governance to support the European Green Deal should provide insights into the opportunities to overcome potential institutional barriers such as lock-ins, path dependency, political and cultural inertia, power imbalances and the ways to strengthen the effectiveness and efficiency of regulatory pathways. It should also help create synergies and linkages between different policy instruments and funding opportunities.

    Innovative governance supporting the European Green Deal objectives needs to recognise, cope with and promote resilience and inclusiveness in the face of on-going shocks and disruptions across Europe and the world, whether these be climatic, ecological, economic, social, geopolitical or related to agricultural inputs and resources, food, health, bio-based sectors or the wider bioeconomy. The creation of networks with the public (citizen engagement) and researchers, including also through digital technologies, can step up transformation and enhance resilience in different areas, such as food. Critical risk assessment and reduction strategies need to be incorporated, including the diversification of infrastructures, resources and knowledge through more self-sufficiency and autonomy. Innovative governance will: i) support social innovation in the bioeconomy and bio-based systems (e.g. revitalisation of local communities with innovative bio-based business models and social innovation, or with co-creation and trust-building measures for biotechnology and bio-based innovation systems); ii) assess existing and emerging trade-offs of land and biomass; and iii) strengthen the national bioeconomy networks in countries taking part in the Central-Eastern European Initiative for Knowledge-Based Agriculture, Aquaculture and Forestry in the Bioeconomy (BIOEAST Initiative) 413 .

    The new partnership ‘Agriculture of Data’ will help improve the sustainability performance of agricultural production and strengthen policy monitoring and evaluation capacities through using the full potential of Earth and environmental observation and data technologies. It will address public and private sector interests in a synergetic way. This will be done through responsible R&I delivering data-based green solutions and through establishing governance structures which allow for systemic approaches to capitalising and using data. The partnership for a ‘Climate-neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy’ will enable a just and inclusive transition to a climate-neutral, sustainable and productive blue economy providing for a healthy ocean, people’s wellbeing, and a blue economy that is in harmony with nature and whose benefits are distributed fairly.

    Deploying and adding value to environmental observations

    Data and information obtained through environmental observation is of great value when assessing the state of the planet and is crucial to supporting the European Green Deal and the climate and ecological transitions. Integrating this information from different sources (space-based, airborne including drones, in-situ and citizens observations) with other relevant data and knowledge while ensuring (better) accessible, interoperable or deployable information, provides the information necessary for shaping the direction of policy development in the broad context of Cluster 6A strong link to Copernicus, the European Earth observation and monitoring part of the EU Space programme (in Cluster 4 - Digital, Industry and Space) and the European Space Agency’s (ESA) Earth observation programme, as well as support to the Group on Earth Observation (GEO), its European regional initiative (EuroGEO), the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) and the European Commission initiative DestinationEarth 414 , is foreseen for topics on environmental observations under this destination. R&I activities relevant to the ocean, seas and coastal waters will complement and support the UN Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development and the UN Decade on Ecosystem Restoration, the G7 Future of the Seas and Oceans Initiative, the European Global Ocean Observing System (EOOS) and the GOOS 2030 strategy.

    Digital and data technologies as key enablers

    Digital and data-based innovation, in complementarity with activities supported by Cluster 4 and the Digital Europe Programme, should bring benefits for citizens, businesses, researchers, the environment, society at large and policymakers. The potential of the ongoing digital transformation, and its wider impacts – both positive and negative – need to be better understood and monitored in view of future policy design and implementation, governance, and solution development. The potential for digital and data technologies, including AI-, IoT-, and augmented reality-based solutions, to increase the sustainability and resilience of production and consumption systems, as well as industry and services, in sectors covered by this Cluster will be exploited. This destination will contribute to the development, support and take up of innovative digital and data-based solutions to support communities, economic sectors relevant for this cluster and society at large to achieve sustainability objectives. The focus is on overall sustainable solutions tailored to the needs of end-users and/or the systems. More specifically, R&I activities will contribute to economic circularity by promoting reuse of materials and waste reduction, adding value to existing knowledge and increasing cost-effectiveness, safety and trustworthiness of innovative environmentally-friendly technologies in and across primary production sectors, food systems, bio-based sectors, bioeconomy, and sectors related to the oceans and biodiversity.

    It will also increase attention given to precision and collaborative technologies and contribute to the human-centric twin green and digital transitions. This is a key policy objective that is also supported by the cross-cutting objective pursued by the CAP, the EU digital strategy, the European industrial strategy, the circular economy action plan, the SME strategy and the European data strategy.

    Strengthening agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKIS) 415

    Knowledge and advice to all actors relevant to this cluster are key to improving sustainability. For instance, primary producers have a particular need for impartial and tailored advice on sustainable management choices. Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS, which are at the heart of the 2023-2027 CAP’s cross-cutting objective, go beyond agriculture, farming and rural activities and cover environment, climate, biodiversity, landscape, bioeconomy, consumers and citizens, i.e. all food and bio-based systems including value chains up to the consumer. R&I actions under this destination will support effective AKIS as a key driver to bridge the gap between science and practice and to enhance co-creation. This will speed up innovation and the take-up of results needed to achieve the European Green Deal objectives and targets.

    This includes promoting interactive innovation and co-ownership of results by users as well as strengthening synergies with other EU funds, especially the CAP, boosting the multi-actor approach and setting up structural networking within national/regional/local AKIS. In addition, social innovation also has the potential to achieve the objectives set in this destination, as it strengthens the resilience of communities, increases the relevance, acceptance and uptake of innovation, and helps bring about lasting changes in social practices, therefore acting as a system changer.

    Where appropriate, proposals are encouraged to cooperate with the European Commission Knowledge Centre on Earth Observation (KCEO) 416 , in order to e.g. disseminate and exploit results.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway contributing to innovative governance and sound decision-making on policies for the green transition and more specifically to one or more of the following impacts:

    1.innovative governance models enabling sustainability and resilience notably to achieve better informed decision-making processes, societal engagement and innovation;

    2.areas related to the European Green Deal benefit from further deployment and exploitation of environmental observation data, products and “green” solutions;

    3.a strengthened Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) 417 ;

    4.sustainability performance and competitiveness in the areas covered by Cluster 6 are improved through further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers;

    5.stakeholders and end users including primary producers and consumers are better informed and engaged thanks to effective platforms such as AKIS;

    6.strengthened EU and international science-policy interfaces to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals.

    When considering their impact, proposals also need to assess their compliance with the “Do No Significant Harm” principle according to which the project’s R&I activities should not support or carry out activities that cause a significant harm to any of the six environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy Regulation  418 .

    Topics under this destination will have impacts in the following areas:

    1.“Climate change mitigation and adaptation”;

    2.“Clean and healthy air, water and soil”;

    3.“Enhancing ecosystems and biodiversity on land and in water”;

    4.“Sustainable food systems from farm to fork on land and sea”;

    5.“High quality digital services for all”;

    6.“A Competitive and secure data-economy”.

    Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. In this cluster, it is envisaged that topics will be coordinated with European Space Agency (ESA) actions so that ESA space data and science can be proactively integrated into the relevant research actions of the WP.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01

    130.00

    20.00

    23 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01

    137.50

    28 Feb 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    130.00

    157.50

    Call - Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 419

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 420

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 22 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 23 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-1

    COFUND

    20.00

    20.00

    Around 40.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-10

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-11

    RIA

    9.00

    Around 9.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-12

    RIA

    7.00

    Around 7.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-13

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-14

    CSA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-15

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-16

    RIA

    10.00

    Around 5.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-17

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-18

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 2.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-19

    CSA

    6.00

    Around 3.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-2

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-20

    CSA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-21

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-22

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-3

    RIA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-4

    RIA

    6.00

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-5

    RIA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-6

    CSA

    1.50

    Around 1.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-7

    RIA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-8

    CSA

    3.50

    Around 3.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-9

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    130.00

    20.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Innovating with governance models and supporting policies

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-1: European partnership of Agriculture of Data

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 40.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The funding rate is 30% of the eligible costs.

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. As financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives, the 60 000 EUR threshold provided for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 10 000 000 for the whole duration of Horizon Europe.

    Total indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the duration of the partnership is EUR 100 million.

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will contribute to the objectives of the Agriculture of Data partnership proposal including the strategic research and innovation agenda. This partnership aims to enhance climate, environmental and socio-economic sustainability and productivity of agriculture and to strengthen policy monitoring and evaluation capacities through exploiting the potential of Earth and environmental observation and other data, in combination with data technologies.

    Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes (as listed in the partnership document 421 ):

    1.Increased sharing and harmonisation of data across different actors (e.g. scientists, technicians, policymakers, practitioners, businesses, farmers, end users) and countries based to the extent possible on FAIR 422 data principles, and exploitation of synergies through better integration of the digital Earth, environmental observation, space observation and agricultural communities within Europe, transforming both the R&I and economic systems to deliver more and better data-based solutions to the end users;

    2.Increased environmental, climate and socio-economical sustainability performance of the agriculture sector;

    3.Enhanced contribution from the agriculture sector to the important need for protecting the environment, halting and, if possible, reversing biodiversity loss in Europe and globally, as well as to the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture;

    4.Enabling the sector and strengthen its capacity to adapt to climate change and to meet the objectives set by sustainability-related policies, considering e.g. risk analyses/indicators, such as environmental, technical, economic or social risks;

    5.Contribution to creating structures and/or its concept under the umbrella of the partnership Agriculture of Data that includes data infrastructure needed to provide data-based solutions for both policy-making and the agriculture sector (including to strengthening the sector’s economic performance);

    6.Strengthened capacities to evaluate the effectiveness of policies (with reference to agriculture, environmental- and market-related policies and the combined potential effects of them).

    Scope: Sustainable agricultural production and policy monitoring needs can be supported through the provision of tailored data and data-based solutions; especially, through Earth/environmental observation and in combination with other data and data technologies. At the same time, the agricultural sector at farm level produces data during digitalised farming practises, as also does the public administration. This data can be capitalised to strengthen capacities of the agricultural sector in the public and the private domains. Integrating different sources of data, for instance Copernicus 423 data, precision farming data, Integrated Administration Control System (IACS 424 )-data and other reference data, would lead to even more relevant information in this context and provide scope for the development, delivery and uptake of agri-digitalisation products and services, such as decision-making support systems.

    Proposals should pool the necessary financial resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joint calls for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties.

    The successful proposal should:

    1.Exploit the potential of public and private data, including in the combination with data technologies (including AI) for the agricultural sector in the public and private domain;

    2.Build on results of existing (ongoing or finished) initiatives and projects;

    3.Foster EU-wide solutions, scaling up 425 of use-cases and applications close to deployment stage;

    4.Develop data-based solutions and digital applications in support of achieving the expected impacts of the partnership;

    5.Consider the necessary technical systemic elements related to e.g. digital and data infrastructure and interoperability;

    6.Demonstrate how the expected result contribute to the European Green Deal objectives and the ambition of better policy-making 426 ;

    7.Demonstrate how it will align to the ongoing work of the Horizon Europe partnership on Agriculture of Data and the projects granted under call HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-11: Upscaling (real-time) sensor data for EU-wide monitoring of production and agri-environmental conditions 427 .

    A successful proposal is expected to explore the potential for achieving synergies with relevant topics/ projects, partnerships and/ or missions particularly within Cluster 6 and Cluster 4 of the Horizon Europe programme, as well as with the digital Europe programme, the EU space programme and the common agricultural policy.

    The strategic research and innovation agenda for the partnership on agriculture of data will give further guidance on possible specific elements to be addressed within the proposal.

    The Commission envisages to include new actions in its future work programmes to provide continued support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-2: Advancing analytical capacity and tools to support EU agri-food policies post 2027

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal, the European Commission aims at more sustainable food systems that reduce their negative impact on climate change and biodiversity loss, while ensuring that farmers and consumers can benefit from it and our long-term food security and public health. Successful proposals will advance analytical capacity and tools to support future evidence-based policies to accelerate the transition to sustainable food systems. While the focus is on agri-food policies, European Green Deal actions relating to climate and environment should also be integrated in the assessment/approaches where relevant.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved analytical capacity and tools (including models) to assess short-term and long-term impacts of future EU agri-food policies on food systems (and on their actors);

    2.Enhanced evidence-based knowledge supporting analysis and design of agri-food policies.

    Scope: Various studies recently published, analysed the possible effects of some elements of the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies on EU agriculture 428 . The studies provide both the scientific community and policymakers with a valuable insight on the choice of policy tools to minimize trade-offs and maximise synergies between the impacts. However, the models used in the studies all have their limitations. They do not comprehensively address all the components of the European Green Deal in order to adequately support policy analysis. In view of that, the proposals should address these limitations and:

    1.Build and/or advance analytical capacity to support the quantitative assessment of impacts of future agri-food policies on economic, social (including health), environmental and climate sustainability of food systems;

    2.Address the modelling gaps that were not taken into account in previous studies184 to enable analyses of the effects of the agri-food policies on sustainability (including public health) of food systems under diverse scenarios, with particular attention to trade-offs and synergies that they may entail in order to improve policy coherence;

    3.Further develop, expand and improve the models covered under iMAP, also by exploiting linkages and integrations with other models. New approaches should be developed for further advancing the state of the art by modelling, e.g., input use and costs, uptake of new knowledge, practices and innovations, supply chains, consumer behavioural changes, circular economy, health care system, public health, etc.

    4.Particular attention should be given to capturing shifts in supply and demand, and feedback loops throughout the food system – upstream and downstream of agriculture. Further advancing the state of the art by modelling, e.g., input use and costs, uptake of new knowledge, practices and innovations, supply chains, consumer behavioural changes, circular economy, etc. Linkages between economic and bio-physical models should be improved.

    5.Moreover, alternative quantitative approaches to modelling should be developed, especially for improving the capacity to assess:

    1.interrelations (e.g., absence of pure and perfect competition) and impacts on different actors across the food systems, e.g., farmers, SMEs, consumer, food supply chains, etc.;

    2.nature-based approaches, cost of no action, biomass balance, etc.

    6.Collaborate and complement the projects funded under Horizon 2020 (e.g., SFS-49-2017: SUPREMA 429 ; RUR-03-2018: CONSOLE, Contract2.0 and EFFECT; RUR 04-2018-2019: Mind Step, BESTMAP, AGRICORE and BATModel) and Horizon Europe (e.g., BrightSpace and LAMASUS).

    7.Guide long-term model developments, identify new potential interesting models, preserve and build stable bridges between models, integrate models and enable improved multi-disciplinary research related to the European Green Deal or other relevant future policy initiatives.

    8.Ensure consistency with modelling tools used to monitor and evaluate environmental and climate policies in related fields (e.g. emissions and removals in LULUCF and agriculture sectors for greenhouse gas inventories).

    This project requires a multi-disciplinary approach/teams encompassing economics, environment and climate, health and other social policies.

    It is key also to establish a regular dialogue with the European Commission regarding objectives, timeline and main deliverables with the goal to provide analytical tools and evidence-based knowledge to support implementation and future developments of agri-food policies, notably the common agricultural policy (CAP) post 2027 and the future EU legal framework for sustainable food systems.

    Collaboration with the JRC is strongly encouraged. The possible participation of the JRC in the project will ensure that the approach proposed will advance jointly the state of the art, and be compatible and effectively integrated with the tools used at the European Commission. Project duration should not be shorter than four years.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-3: Towards CAP post 2027: evidence on nudging farmers to leverage more sustainable practices and behaviours

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal, notably the farm to fork and EU biodiversity strategies, the fit for 55 legislative package, the EU action plan: 'towards zero pollution for air, water and soil' and the common agricultural policy (CAP), the successful proposals should support the development of policies, business models and market conditions that enable sustainable, productive and climate-neutral agricultural systems. The farming systems should provide consumers with healthy and sustainable food affordable for all, improving public health, minimising pressure on and enhancing biodiversity and ecosystem services, contributing to climate neutrality, and generating fair economic returns for farmers.

    Proposals results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Innovative green nudges efficiently contribute to move farmers and foresters towards more sustainable practices that enhance climate action (i.e. reduce greenhouse gas emissions and increase carbon removals), biodiversity protection and restoration, and the reduction of emissions or concentrations of air pollutants;

    2.Models of social innovation and innovative co-operation along the value chains which nudge farmers and foresters towards more sustainable behaviours;

    3.New effective nudging solutions are provided to policymakers to better address sustainability goals;

    4.Green nudges are used to complement environmental, food and bioeconomy policies towards more sustainable and circular production systems;

    5.New policies are designed taking into account farmers’ environmental attitudes, risk aversion, inequality aversion, cognitive strategies and the importance of non-monetary benefits.

    Scope: According to the prediction of the Food and Agriculture Organization, food supply must increase by almost 70% by 2050, with tremendous consequences in terms of land depletion, natural capital and resource use, and greenhouse gas emissions. The current agri-food system is inadequate to the need to cope with this increased demand while also preserving the environment. 430 Although the EU has made strides in improving the sustainability of agriculture, substantial efforts are still needed to achieve the ambitious targets of the European Green Deal, in particular the bioeconomy strategy, EU farm to fork and biodiversity strategies 2030, the communication on sustainable carbon cycles, farm to fork strategy, circular economy action plan (CEAP) and the objectives of the 2023-2027 CAP. The common agricultural policy is a key tool to achieve a sustainable transformation, and it puts farmers at the core of its actions. We currently know very little about the role of behavioural factors in determining farmers choices and whether non-pecuniary mechanism, such as policy nudge 431 , can be used effectively in policy design. Evidence about the adoption of nudging tools in promoting environmentally sustainable practices along the food supply chain, including the role of circular bio-based options 432 , are still relatively sparse. In particular, nudges that have been proved to work efficiently on the consumer side (e.g., default nudges, social norm nudges, choice architecture) do not translate well to farmers, and farmers may respond to nudges in a heterogeneous manner, based on their specificities 433 .

    An in-depth understanding of farmers’ nudges is key to spurring large-scale and lasting shifts to sustainable farming systems.

    Proposals should take a comprehensive behavioural approach and investigate proximal and distal factors to better understand farmers’ behaviour in decision-making, in order to inform the design and implementation of EU policies (in particular the CAP) and the European Green Deal initiatives with particular focus on farm to fork, biodiversity strategies and climate action.

    Proposals should:

    1.Investigate whether green nudges are able to generate robust and durable behavioural change in farmers and foresters and look into existing and efficient nudging practices in agriculture and forestry sectors to create best practices and develop recommendations for EU policymakers on nudging in public policies of concern for farmers and foresters.

    2.Investigate, identify and test innovative nudging practices to help farmers and foresters move into sustainable farming systems, also considering behavioural factors that could influence farmers/foresters deciding or not to engage in these practices.

    3.Investigate these behavioural factors and identify innovative tools to enlarge knowledge in this field and to improve farmers and foresters’ self-regulatory capacity. Test appropriate policy mechanisms for incorporating the perception of farmers and foresters in decision-making and assess the potential for upscaling innovative nudging practices.

    4.Create policy recommendations to the decision-makers, including to the AKIS Coordination Bodies in member States, to adapt and tailor CAP AKIS interventions accordingly.

    Proposals should explore social innovation and innovative forms of cooperation, including multi-stakeholder/multi-actor partnerships along the value chains, as well as how interactions within value chains/sectors contribute to or hinder the adoption of relevant sustainability-oriented innovations. The proposals are expected to use the multi actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    The JRC participation could involve contributing to the investigation, identification and design of nudging practices and eventually participate in the testing phase in one country.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this or other topics (i.e. but not limited to projects funded under topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-08)

    Beyond open access to scientific publications and research data, open access to software, models, workflows, etc. is required to ensure accelerated uptake of innovation, increase research transparency, support immediate and extensive re-use of research materials, and support collaborative and interdisciplinary work, among others.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-4: Developing an interdisciplinary and inclusive pan-European academic network for food system science

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: the proposals must establish a pan-European network and carry out inter- and transdisciplinary research, as well as policy research, support education and outreach.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the European Green Deal, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food system, the Food 2030 priorities and the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will contribute to the transformation and sustainability of EU food systems by supporting the establishment of innovative governance models notably to achieve better-informed decision-making processes and facilitate inter- and transdisciplinary research methods.

    Successful proposals will develop an interdisciplinary and inclusive pan-European academic network for food system science that integrates the social sciences and humanities (SSH), design, engineering and natural and applied sciences. Central to the work of the academic network is the concept of Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI). In particular, successful proposals will set out how the network and its members can work to improve and/or develop: new methods and tools, data access and knowledge sharing, inter- and transdisciplinary research and the assessment of impacts in complex and interconnected food systems. The network will act as a European building block in fostering improved food system governance at all scales and will connect with related key international fora. By deepening engagement amongst researchers, scientific disciplines and science performers, this initiative will build capacity to strengthen the role of science and knowledge for sustainable food systems transition in Europe and beyond.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Establish a broad pan-European interdisciplinary academic network.

    2.Foster inter-, transdisciplinary, participatory, policy and regulatory research to develop new insights, findings, models, methods and tools to assess and manage the full systemic complexity of food systems.

    3.A strengthened European Research Area for sustainable food systems transformation for co-benefits, which federates a wide diversity of scientific actors across Europe, promotes gender equality in research, attracts young talents and fosters inclusiveness and cooperation across scientific disciplines, and promotes education and outreach.

    4.Contribution to the farm to fork objectives and Food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities (e.g., meeting the needs, values and expectations of society in a responsible and ethical way).

    Scope: Food systems face the triple challenge of providing food security and nutrition for a growing global population, and livelihoods to farmers (OECD, 2021). 434 To meet these challenges, a food system transformation is needed to make the EU food system future-proof, in line with the farm to fork strategy and the European Commission’s food 2030 initiative.

    The project will build an interdisciplinary and inclusive pan-European academic network for food system science, that will integrate the social sciences and humanities, design, engineering and natural and applied sciences. The aim of the network is to federate research performers including universities, national science academies and research centres, academics and researchers across Europe to work together on sustainable food systems transition by carrying out inter- and transdisciplinary research, developing and applying new methods, models and tools, improving data and knowledge sharing, fostering debate and providing advice to policy makers for improved decision-making at all levels – from global to local, as needed.

    Proposed activities should cover all of the following aspects:

    1.Establish a broad pan-European interdisciplinary network of researchers, scientists, and research performers including national science academies, universities and research centres representing diverse and interconnected food systems-related disciplines.

    2.The network will conduct different types of research: inter-, transdisciplinary and participatory research, as well as policy/regulatory research.

    3.Interdisciplinary research activities will develop new systems science insights, models, methods and tools to assess and manage the full systemic complexity of food systems, their multiple drivers and dynamics, with the aim of providing research outcomes that deliver co-benefits and minimise adverse effects. The research will also increase understanding of how food systems interact with other bioeconomy demands on biological resources (e.g., energy system, bio-based industry, climate mitigation and adaptation, supply of ecosystem services, etc.).

    4.Transdisciplinary and participatory research activities will foster collaboration with different food systems stakeholders (e.g., public authorities, local and regional communities, civil society organisations, the private sector, consumers, etc.) to identify knowledge gaps, high priority research needs, and collaborative responses to them. This may include the organization of iterative stakeholder workshops, interviews, questionnaires and the collaboration with existing or future food policy/living labs.

    5.Policy and regulatory research activities will be designed to provide evidence to support systemic policy and decision making, as needed. In this respect, research is welcome on how to transition to a true cost of food that adequately embeds social and environmental externalities at all levels (global to local).

    6.Building on the RTD/2020/SC/022 study “Promote education, training and skills across the bioeconomy”, the network will develop open access educational material/curricula to be used by Higher Education Institutes to help strengthen their existing food systems-related teaching and research with an inter- and transdisciplinary systems dimension.

    7.Support the training, mobility, mutual learning and knowledge sharing amongst researchers (including masters to post-doc levels) and foster open science approaches that also accelerate gender equality, attract young talents, foster inclusiveness and reuse of research knowledge (including the sharing of FAIR and open digital research or educational output). This will also include the organization of a high-level annual summer camp/school providing inter- and transdisciplinary food systems and bioeconomy science training open to youth from all over Europe.

    8.Organise an international bi-annual conference dedicated to advancing integrated food systems science. In this context special attention will be placed on awarding excellence amongst young researchers, including young women researchers.

    9.Establish a high-level liaison with EU and relevant international initiatives acting at the science-policy interface for improved food systems governance.

    10.Proposals are encouraged to cooperate with actors such as the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). The JRC may provide expertise on how to strengthen the relationship between scientists and European policy makers and to promote research and collaboration on food systems science.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with the projects funded under the work programme from WP2021-2022, namely HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-02 (FOSTER, Fostering food system transformation by integrating heterogeneous perspectives in knowledge and innovation within the ERA) and with the living labs and lighthouses foreseen under the Horizon Europe Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’. Projects should also build on the findings of the European Commission’s High Level Expert Group (HLEG) that addressed needs and options to strengthen the international science policy interface for improved global food system governance.

    Collaboration and complementary with the European Partnership on “Sustainable Food Systems for People, Plant and Climate” is encouraged. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

    Efforts shall be made to ensure that the data and the educational output produced in the context of this topic is FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Re-usable).

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-5: Revitalisation of European local (rural / peri-urban) communities with innovative bio-based business models and social innovation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will contribute to the expected impacts of Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal, and the European policies it supports, by supporting the establishment of the innovative governance models notably to achieve better-informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation. Furthermore, it will contribute to strengthened EU and international science-policy interfaces to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals.

    Proposal results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

    1.Higher impact of bio-based innovation to accelerate the transition from a linear fossil-based economy, which leads to overuse and depletion of natural resources, into a resource-efficient and circular bio-based systems operating within safe planetary boundaries.

    2.Improved and informed public awareness, governance and especially social innovation contributing to reduced resource consumption and increased innovation capacity of all actors, in respect to circular bio-based sectors, reduced risk of leaving anyone behind, particularly in the areas and communities in need of revitalization (focus on rural and peri-urban areas).

    3.Higher level of innovation at local scale and inclusive engagement of all actors (especially focusing on the ‘social enterprise’ model relevant for vulnerable populations).

    Scope:

    1.Proposals will benefit from social creativity and economic opportunities at local/regional scale unleashed for bio-based systems, taking care of their high environmental performances, in terms of local bio-based feedstock, resources, processes, skills, materials and products. Impacts and trade-offs, such as lower carbon footprint and environmental impacts of the whole value chains shall be part of the assessment of the bio-based systems.

    2.Communication and dissemination activities need to take into account the inclusive nature of engagement of local actors (e.g., use of languages, mutual learning process, trust building measures), to achieve exchange of best practice at European level, and connection to appropriate local governance structure.

    3.Integration of regional, local, or macro-regional policy makers is considered essential, as is the involvement of civil society (NGOs, consumer organisations, etc). This should include the assessment of robustness of existing governance schemes, to allow replication across Europe (taking into account the issues such as the income generation for all stakeholders, labour conditions, environmental indicators, social engagement, innovation parameters etc).

    4.The development of novel bio-based models shall involve economic actors, primarily SMEs, but also rural entrepreneurial structures (e.g., cooperatives, professional associations). Digital solutions to connect and inform all stakeholders, including consumers, shall be given due consideration.

    5.Projects should build on past or parallel activities, e.g., Horizon 2020 projects Power4Bio, BE-Rural or the projects funded under the call HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-09: Revitalisation of European local communities with innovative bio-based business models and social innovation, as well as the past/on-going projects under the Bio-based Industries Joint Undertaking (BBI JU), seeking synergies and links with upcoming activities of the Circular Bio-based Europe Partnership 435 , as well as Horizon Europe calls 436 .

    6.In order to avoid the risk of duplication of efforts and to limit the focus to rural and peri-urban actions, the present topic excludes blue (marine and maritime) bio-based activities from its scope.

    7.International cooperation should be considered, aiming at exchange of best practice.

    8.Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake. Proposal should explore intersectionality approaches and consider aspects like gender, ethnicity, migrant or refugee status, social class, sexual orientation and disability to ensure inclusion of marginalised groups in citizen engagement and the development of tools and guidelines.

    9.This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-6: Co-creation and trust-building measures for biotechnology and bio-based innovation systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 437 .

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposal will contribute to the expected impacts of Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’, and the European policies it supports, by supporting the establishment of the innovative governance models notably to achieve better-informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all following expected outcomes:

    1.Developing a co-creation programme and guidelines on improved knowledge exchange and awareness raising for biotechnology with focus on bio-based innovation.

    2.Improvement of innovation uptake for modern and emerging key enabling technologies, in particular (industrial) biotechnology and related bio-based value chains across the EU, supporting the EU Bioeconomy Strategy Action Plan 438 and the Industrial Strategy.

    3.Creation of the forum to foster an inclusive, science-oriented mutual learning platform, engaging all actors, especially those in the advisory capacity, policy makers at all levels, the civil society and the biotechnology sector.

    4.Reinforcing the evidence-based understanding of potential positive (benefits) and negative impacts of biotechnology.

    5.Development of the transparent and inclusive trust building measures for the implementation of industrial biotechnology, and bio-based innovation according to the UN Sustainable Development Goals.

    Scope:

    1.Transparent and informed governance and innovation, such as industrial- and other types of biotechnology, based on evidence and underpinned by public trust, could contribute to improved resource efficiency, limit the wastage, enable an increased innovation capacity of all actors, and contribute to industrial competitiveness with new products and services.

    2.The key priorities in this regard are the consumer and environmental safety, both in terms of respecting the planetary boundaries (e.g., limiting the potential higher resource consumption), and a capacity to transparently address the risks through the risk analysis framework, while taking into account diverse social attitudes and understanding especially regarding environmental (e.g., biodiversity) considerations.

    3.Proposals will benefit from social creativity and engagement and will seek to support the improved understanding at all scales to unleash the innovation for bio-based systems, taking care to address their potential advantages in terms of feedstock, resources, processes, materials and products. Impacts and trade-offs, such as resource efficiency, carbon and biodiversity footprint and potential negative health and environmental effects of the whole value chains shall be considered 439 .

    4.The proposals will seek complementarities with related actions on governance of bio-based innovation and ensure inclusiveness and engagement of all actors 440 .

    5.International cooperation is encouraged, aiming at exchange of best practice at global level.

    6.This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-7: Integrated assessment of land use and biomass demands to contribute to a sustainable healthy and fair bioeconomy

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050 and the bioeconomy strategy vision of an economic system that acts within environmental and social boundaries, the successful proposal will aim to develop or improve land use models and tools, enabling sustainability assessments to support better-informed policy- and decision-making processes, particularly on a national and regional level. European Green Deal related policy domains will benefit from further deployment and exploitation of this Environmental Observation data.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Better understanding, methods and tools for determining the potential and limits of land and biomass to contribute to the climate, biodiversity, environmental, as well as social and economic objectives of the European Green Deal.

    2.Enhanced knowledge on the policy pathways for maximising the climate benefit of bioeconomy solutions within ecological boundaries and improved decision-making for ensuring policy coherence on the national and regional level.

    Scope:

    1.Improve understanding of direct and indirect implications of current and future regional, national or EU policies and targets on land and biomass use, including an assessment of existing and emerging trade-offs, using and improving existing databases with high resolution data.

    2.Develop methodologies as well as tools for national and regional policy- and decision-makers to carry out integrated bioeconomy assessments of land and biomass use. The assessments will integrate existing and future EU, national and regional climate, environmental and food policies with projections on industrial biomass demand, and assess their implications on land and biomass use, taking into account trade-offs and synergies.

    3.Using the methodologies, quantify and project the land and biomass use and its climate mitigation potential, including the substitution effect of bio-based products and land impacts of diets, in at least four case study regions covering different socio-economic situations and climate/ecological zones in the EU and Associated Countries. The data should also cover, but not be excluded to, land use intensity and management types and their respective areas as well as biomass stocks and flows.

    4.Take into account biophysical and as far as possible, legal and socioeconomic constraints determining possible land use and biomass potentials.

    5.Seek to understand and identify factors determining land management practices and enabling nature-based solutions that maximise the co-production of ecosystem services, biodiversity restoration and preservation, enhanced climate mitigation and net primary production.

    6.Seek to understand and identify optimum/sustainable land-dependent and land-independent food supply for healthy, safe and sustainable diets.

    The proposals must use the multi-actor approach by involving a wide diversity of bioeconomy actors and conducting trans-disciplinary research.

    Where relevant, activities should build and expand on the results of past and ongoing research projects. The project requires an active collaboration with the JRC on the development of the necessary methods and approaches for the activities described in the scope of the topic.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-8: Mobilising BIOEAST networks for the development of national bioeconomy action programmes in support of the European Green Deal

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 441 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050 and the bioeconomy strategy vision of an economic system that acts within environmental and social boundaries, the successful proposal will support R&I to strengthen the national bioeconomy networks in BIOEAST 442 countries for the development of national bioeconomy action programmes and engage relevant stakeholders in the development of the action plans. The successful proposal will contribute to the expected impacts of Destination ‘Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal’, and the European policies it supports, by supporting the establishment of the innovative governance models notably to achieve better informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Strengthened human capacity and competitiveness of the BIOEAST public administrative bodies (ministries, research funding organisations, research institutions etc.) for attracting professionals to ensure an adequate number of experts working on bioeconomy issues/coordinating bioeconomy policy development in each Member State.

    2.Connecting experts and policy makers in national bioeconomy networks for better engagement of stakeholders (ministries, regional authorities, research funding organisations, research organisations, civil society, NGOs and others) and BIOEAST thematic working groups, raising awareness and facilitating communication at the regional, national, macro-regional and EU level.

    3.Mobilisation and increased linkages of national and regional capacities to leverage investments in education, research, innovation, and the development of bioeconomy programmes.

    4.Facilitating the development of inclusive national bioeconomy action programmes, such as dedicated bioeconomy programmes in education, national bioeconomy research and innovation framework programmes, national bioeconomy development operational programmes.

    5.Increased participation and innovation capacity of the BIOEAST Member States and stakeholders in the EU framework programmes and structural funds to leverage their full R&I potential in support of the European Green Deal.

    6.Improved coherence of policies to build a sustainable bioeconomy within ecological boundaries, contributing in particular to climate and biodiversity policies and targets.

    Scope:

    1.Engage with policy makers and address specific barriers to improve the continuity and coordination of bioeconomy policy development in BIOEAST countries. Bring together national stakeholders in deploying and fostering the bioeconomy-related research and development sector by engaging local actors in macro-regional and European thematic networks and towards building the common European Research Area.

    2.Better integration of stakeholders into national bioeconomy hubs with the aim of providing a framework and assuring compliance with the EU policy objectives. The proposal should strengthen the role of young generations and start-ups in bioeconomy.

    3.Provide advisory support for the development of inclusive national bioeconomy action programmes in support of the European Green Deal, ensuring a transparent and inclusive stakeholder engagement at all levels.

    4.Identify the possibilities to increase national investment in research and development sector and in education related to bioeconomy, e.g. by targeting political commitment, attracting private investors and entrepreneurs and fostering cooperation within countries and across the macro-region.

    5.This action is expected to contribute to the implementation of the BIOEAST Initiative vision paper with its related action plan. Proposals will cooperate with and support the BIOEAST Initiative.

    6.Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with the BIOEASTsUP project developed under Horizon 2020, and ensure synergy with relevant activities carried out under other initiatives in Horizon Europe 443 , seek complementarities with related actions and past projects on bioeconomy governance and ensure inclusiveness and engagement of all actors. 444 It is also relevant to cooperate and establish links with the Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE) JU.

    7.The proposal should include all 11 BIOEAST Member States’ and, if possible, the main 445 bioeconomy coordinating bodies. BIOEAST countries not participating as beneficiaries of the action should benefit from the activities carried out by the project.

    8.Social innovation is recommended when the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices, social ownership or market uptake.

    9.The proposals must use the multi-actor approach by involving a wide diversity of bioeconomy actors and conducting trans-disciplinary research.

    10.This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    Deploying and adding value to environmental observations

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-9: Coordination and supporting action to increase synergies in the dissemination and exploitation of climate observations by World Meteorological Organization and its affiliated bodies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or an Associated Country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 446 .

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will be contributing to the further deployment, uptake and exploitation of Environmental Observation data and products in the context of the European Green Deal.

    Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Strengthened collaboration and complementarity between the World Meteorological Organization (WMO), the Group on Earth Observations (GEO), the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and the Global Climate Observing System (GCOS) on climate observations.

    2.Analysis, streamlining and creation of synergies between Work Programmes of above-mentioned bodies and with the objectives of the European Green Deal.

    3.Promotion of the collection, improvement, dissemination, and exploitation of observations on climate, climate change and its impacts from operational and research observational networks.

    Scope: WMO hosts the GEO, IPCC, and GCOS secretariat which are organisations and Joint Programmes whose activities are crucial for the delivery of climate actions under the European Green Deal – in particular the Horizon Europe Mission on Climate Adaptation and Copernicus 447 – and in this context it is becoming utmost important that the EU can rely on and benefit from well-articulated actions between those organisations.

    This coordination and supporting action (CSA) is intended to support WMO, its affiliated bodies GCOS and IPCC, together with GEO in their common endeavours to establish a global system for standardised, open and interoperable climate observations and to exploit them so that they become available as services to the societies and citizens of the world to support their actions to adapt to climate change. The activities of WMO, and its affiliated bodies such as IPCC or GCOS in collaboration with GEO should also contribute to delivering the required information needed in the relevant services of the European Commission to implement its climate related policies.

    The CSA should contribute to promoting the development, implementation, and improvement of climate services as per Article 7 of the Paris Agreement, including initiatives such as the Global Framework for Climate Services (GFCS), the Copernicus Climate Change Service (C3S), the Emergency Management Service (CEMS) and the Marine Service (CMEMS), as well as the Global Earth Observation System of Systems and through the prominent contributions to GCOS and the Architecture for Climate Monitoring from Space, by the Copernicus Programme, and the Climate Change engagement priority of GEO. In particular, the CSA should demonstrate the respective strengths and complementarity of the individual organisations and programmes on specific aspects of global climate observations and support the exploitation of synergies.

    The successful consortium should collaborate on scientific inputs to high-level climate-related policy processes, including on high-impact events and their associated loss and damage and measures to avert them, the state of the climate and atmosphere, the emerging Ocean and Climate Change Dialogue in UNFCCC and science-based adaptation and mitigation strategies.

    The CSA should in a first phase:

    1.Do the necessary mapping of the respective work programmes and initiatives of the GFCS, C3S, CEMS, CMEMS, GCOS and GEO;

    2.Identify cross cutting priorities, areas for further collaboration and potential duplications;

    3.Organise at least one synthesis workshop, associating all the partners and external experts.

    The CSA should in a second phase:

    1.Develop a concrete action plan in collaboration with the respective secretariats of the entities mentioned above;

    2.Organise a high-level leadership workshop where decisions and firm commitments are to be taken. This second & final workshop should be organised back-to-back with the GEO Plenary meeting.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-10: Support to EuroGEO initiative coordination/establishing a EuroGEO secretariat

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 448 .

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will be strengthening GEO-related coordination mechanisms at European and national levels. The focus will be on supporting increased innovation, space application development and the reinforcement of a space data ecosystem concept within Europe, whilst pursuing international cooperation to help stimulate the market and promote European technology and services. The successful proposal will be contributing to the European Green Deal objectives by further deploying and exploiting the use of environmental observations 449 and to a strengthened Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) 450 .

    Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Support to the EuroGEO 451 community, including supporting and cooperating with the EuroGEO Action Groups, on innovation and services and where possible link with existing and future the GEO/EuroGEO infrastructure components;

    2.Establishment of organisational support, e.g., coordination of EuroGEO communication activities and events. This includes the increase of synergies among EU funded projects in the context of environmental observations and other topics related to EuroGEO, providing a solid base for evidence-informed allocation of EU research funding through sound monitoring of ongoing research funding activities in Europe and beyond;

    3.A more developed and better monitored execution of the EuroGEO Implementation Plan in the GEO Work Programme and visibility and exposure to European lead Flagships and Initiatives in the global GEO WP - linking their thematic products and services to relevant European Policy priorities. This includes support to preparing the contribution of EuroGEO to the next GEO Strategic Plan covering the period post-2025;

    4.Assistance to the development of a sustainability concept for the EuroGEO initiative;

    5.Further developed research policies, guidelines and where possible standards in close relation with the EC Knowledge Centre on Earth Observation 452 ;

    Scope: This action aims to prepare the transition of the existing EuroGEO initiative into a sustainable endeavour, by setting up a secretariat.

    The successful proposal should propose actions for the secretariat to:

    1.Further strengthen and promote the three EuroGEO priorities: combining, cooperating and coordinating;

    2.Serve as the basis for evidence-informed allocation of research funding by monitoring ongoing research funding activities in Europe and beyond;

    3.Provide professional support in organising EuroGEO events and meetings of EuroGEO bodies (Coordination Group and Action Groups);

    4.Guide the dialogue with relevant stakeholders and initiatives and (further) build connections, including raising awareness of and interest in the EuroGEO initiative.

    The successful proposal should carry out an in-depth investigation resulting into a sustainability plan offering options for the long-term operationalisation and sustainability of the EuroGEO initiative, with the GEO Member States and GEO Participating Organisations of Europe.

    The proposed sustainability plan should include a suggested pathway towards implementation, such as the implementation of a European Digital Infrastructure Consortium (EDIC) 453 .

    The organisational and logistical support of a secretariat should maximise the unique and long-term impact of EuroGEO by strengthening Europe's leading role in the successful deployment of Earth Observation applications in the global context.

    The maximum duration of the funded project is 24 months.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-11: Reducing observation gaps in the land-sea interface area

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 9.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will be contributing to the European Green Deal objectives including the need to address climate change mitigation and adaptation, pollution and biodiversity loss, through up-taking, integrating, further deploying and exploiting environmental observations.

    The successful proposal will be contributing to the European strategy for data, the European digital strategy and support Destination Earth with the development of Digital Twins. It will also be contributing to a strengthened Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) 454 and improvement of data and modelling services provided by European programmes such as Copernicus 455 - marine, climate, land, and emergency services and the European Marine Observation and Data network (EMODnet) 456 - and ensure enhanced coordination with ESA relevant activities as part of the EC-ESA Earth System Science Initiative 457 and in particular with the activities of the ESA Ocean Science Cluster (oceansciencecluster.esa.int).

    The successful proposal is expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased availability of integrated in-situ observations at the land-sea interface, with particular emphasis on river mouths, estuaries and deltas in Europe;

    2.Improved hydrological, biogeochemical, ecological and coastal modelling based on the integration and combination of these new sources of in-situ observations remote sensing data and their combination at the land-sea interface;

    3.Enhanced networking between the relevant observation communities (in-situ, airborne, satellite, citizen science, etc.) and training of the citizen science community in the approach to the observation of the land-sea interface making use of newly developed low-cost instrumentation;

    4.Strengthened coordination between Earth observation communities in the land and marine domains, including hydrology, and between the in-situ data collection and satellite ocean communities (e.g., ESA Ocean Science cluster activities), and better integration of observation and modelling science communities working on applications close to shore, to ensure consistency and cross-validation of different types of observations and foster complementarity and enhanced integration into advanced products and multisource information.

    Scope: Fit for purpose in-situ Earth observations are essential for understanding environmental systems and assessing feedback loops/impacts in important interfaces, as is the land-sea interface at the coastal zones. Especially through the contribution of satellite data, there are still important gaps to be addressed to integrate in-situ Earth observations from the terrestrial and marine domains. There is a need for increased capacity to assess trans-domain impacts, develop and validate detailed models and forecasting applications in the land-sea interface. In the framework of the Digital Twin Ocean (DTO) and Destination Earth (DestinE) 458 , the development of integrated observation capacities between land and sea, in the coastal zones and beyond, is necessary to address priorities. These can include the decrease of pollution, protection and conservation of biodiversity and prediction/adaptation to climate change effects related to e.g., erosion, to the loss of land and ecosystems, land and coastal marine heatwaves, acidification, storm surges, floods and salinization. Specific attention should be given to the sea effect on coastal lands (loss of land, habitat, soil salinisation, etc.), the lateral flux of carbon from terrestrial to coastal ecosystems and marine carbon stocks at the coast, observations gaps and integration (suitability of land observations to measure impact at sea and vice versa).

    Proposals should address the following:

    1.Assessment of current in-situ observing capabilities and protocols of the terrestrial and marine domains, including hydrology, with emphasis on the coastal zones and focus on terrestrial/hydrological input to the sea (delta’s, river input, agricultural and other run-off, etc.), including issues of spatial and temporal resolution, identification of important gaps and proposals for viable, long-term approaches to address them;

    2.Development of methods, tools, technologies and processes to fill the identified gaps following the assessment and to increase integrated observing capacity in the coastal zones and in the land-sea interface (including hydrological inputs). These developments should also contribute to upgrading, enhancing and interconnecting the existing observing networks, developing new capacity when necessary;

    3.Development of interoperability standards between terrestrial and marine data and coordination of existing observation services and networks (EMODnet, Copernicus, GEOSS, WISE, LUCAS, INSPIRE etc.) to promote freely available and uninhibited flows of FAIR 459 data and to support the creation of data products in the land-sea interface; combination of in-situ observation from land and sea with satellite observation to fill otherwise unaddressed gaps;

    4.Advance forecasting and modelling capacity in the coastal zones, including for predicting hazardous events, addressing habitat and biodiversity loss, assessing lateral carbon fluxes across the land ocean continuum, addressing shoreline issues such as erosion, detecting/quantifying/managing the impacts of human activity and extreme events due to climate change, and the better integration of river runoffs into marine-related predictions (including the inflow of plastic and nutrient loads through rivers and estuaries);

    5.Developing close coordination and collaboration across scientific communities (e.g., in-situ data, satellite base observations) ensuring data consistency, cross-fertilisation and enhanced data integration.

    This topic is part of a coordination initiative between ESA and the EC on Earth System Science. The EC-ESA Earth System Science Initiative enables EC and ESA to support complementary collaborative projects funded on the EC side through Horizon Europe and on the ESA side through the FutureEO programme 460 .

    The applicants under this topic shall enter into contact with the ESA Ocean Science Cluster 461 of the FutureEO programme, and include in their proposals activities to ensure coordination with ESA relevant actions.

    Collaboration with the relevant existing European Research Infrastructures (such as JERICO or Danubius-RI) is highly recommended.

    A strong cooperation, through e.g. networking and exchanges of information with relevant projects 462 and HORIZON-MISSION-2021: “EU Public Infrastructure for the European Digital Twin Ocean and HORIZON-MISSION-2021-05-01: “Underlying models for the European Digital Twin Ocean” is expected.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-12: Empowering citizens to monitor, report and act in partnership with relevant public authorities to protect their environment in the context of environmental compliance assurance

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will be contributing to the wide deployment of, and adding value to, environmental observations for ‘environmental compliance assurance’ 463 , 464 by empowering citizens 465 to promote, monitor, and act in partnership with relevant public authorities, thus contributing to the European Green Deal objectives (in particular to zero-pollution, protecting biodiversity and preventing deforestation).

    Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.An increase in empowered citizens, communities and intermediaries that are equipped with guidance and tools to act on protecting their environment and increase awareness among citizens of environmental compliance;

    2.More relevant (in-situ) datasets and information, to be used in the context of policy shaping and the use of geospatial intelligence 466 for environmental compliance assurance;

    3.Tested FAIR data governance and management mechanisms that enable the sharing, community validation and use of citizen generated data and information in combination with authoritative data and information as part of the European Green Deal Data Space;

    4.Better/larger engagement of citizens and communities with regional and local authorities to develop local actions for green and digital transformation (e.g., via the Living Labs for green digital solutions 467 ) as well as Living Labs established in Missions, Partnerships and other initiatives 468 .

    Scope: Successful proposals are expected to support citizen engagement in particular by encouraging the validation and uptake of citizen observations by relevant public authorities for environmental compliance assurance. This includes the establishment of trusted data governance approaches in the context of the European Green Deal Data Space and, where possible, creating synergies with the citizen science development efforts of the Destination Earth initiative, and with the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) European Partnership.

    Capacity building for citizens, communities and intermediaries (training the trainer) to collect data and monitor their environment in addition to the data and information collected by other means of observation (statutory reporting, space-based, airborne, etc.), should be part of the proposal (e.g., through online or local learning and training modules), as well as awareness raising activities on environmental compliance assurance.

    Digital and data technologies as key enablers

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-13: Open source solutions for edge, cloud and mixed model applications to strengthen production and administrative capacities in agriculture

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in non-associated third countries and/or regions are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 (according to the activity) by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, the common agricultural policy post 2022, and the headline ambition of a digital age, the European strategy for data 469 in particular, a successful proposal will contribute to transition to a fair, healthy and resilient agriculture. It will direct and/ or indirectly contribute to the enhancement of the sustainability performance of the sector and competitiveness in agriculture through supporting the further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers through research and innovation.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced sustainability performance and competitiveness of the sector, and a strengthened position of producers through tailored open-source digital solutions;

    2.Increased and enhanced use of digital tools in areas with weak connectivity;

    3.Improved energy balance of data-based solutions used in agricultural production;

    4.New approaches towards the development of software for the agriculture contributing to improving operational effectiveness and efficiency in the sector through real- time data processing;

    5.Facilitated deployment of digital applications for farmers and actors related to the agricultural sector;

    6.Decision-making support, particularly for policymakers, farm advisors, farmers, and public administration.

    Scope: Digital and data technologies can improve the sustainability performance and competitiveness of the agricultural sector. There are still a number of factors hampering the uptake of digital technologies by farmers, including a lack of affordability of digital tools, a lack of digital skills and trust in data sharing, scepticism towards the “black box phenomenon” of digital applications and the lacking transparency in the development of algorithms, and the risk of vendor lock-ins. Digital solutions following the open-source principle can lead to reduced prices for digital applications and enhance transparency in production advice based on digital applications.

    One frequent challenge to the use of certain digital technologies in agriculture, especially in remote areas, is weak connectivity, which hampers the full exploitation of their potential. Edge solutions may facilitate real-time applications also in areas with weak connectivity; they may, however, be run with less and/or other input data potentially resulting in another performance than cloud-based solutions or solutions following a mixed model of edge and cloud components. As data storage, processing and transfer goes along with energy consumption, the overall environmental performance of the different models for digital applications also varies and is also influenced by the number of users of a certain application. This factor may influence the choice and or support for a certain digital application in agriculture.

    Proposals should address the following:

    1.Development of open-source based digital applications for farmers following a dual and comparative approach with edge, cloud and mixed solutions under consideration of the potential of advanced Internet of Things (IoT) solutions; whereby the focus is on (remote) outdoor production processes, where frequently weak connectivity is given, as well as on reducing administrative burden for producers (TRL 5-7).

    2.Development of software solutions following an open-source principle involving (semi-professional) close-to-practice IT experts/ farmers and advisors with advanced digital skills to capitalise daily-work experiences and enhance user-orientation and increase digital capacities in the sector (TRL 5-7).

    3.Comparison of the performance of edge and cloud solutions in their effectiveness, efficiency and energy performance under consideration of various biogeographic and socio-economic framing conditions at farm and farm community level at regional and national scale.

    4.Development of a decision-making support tool, particularly targeting policymakers, farm advisors, farmers, and the public administration facilitating the comparing the performance of edge-, cloud-, and mixed model-based open source solutions for agriculture along several socio-economic and environmental parameters, including administrative capacities needed for their deployment, at the level of the farm, and the farm community at regional national scale.

    Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ including a range of actors to ensure that knowledge and needs from various stakeholder groups, including farmers, farm advisors, IT experts and scientists are well reflected. Proposals should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines. This is required in particular to achieve a high level of user-friendliness of the developed applications and to develop accompanying training material for the different targeted user groups. Proposals are expected to take into consideration the results of other related Horizon 2020/ Europe projects as well as of other relevant EU funded projects and initiatives. When exploring opportunities to reduce administrative burdens for farmers, proposals should consider possibilities to facilitate reporting obligations and use production data for other processes along the value chain, e.g. marketing. Proposals are strongly encouraged to consider (evolving) technical solutions and (forthcoming) requirements 470 in the field of data interoperability and switchability and to contribute to enhanced interoperability. In order to benefit from the experiences gained in the development of digital applications focused on within this topic and to foster the upscaling of the outreach of the use of the developed digital applications, international cooperation is encouraged.

    Proposals may involve financial support to third parties e.g. to academic researchers, hi-tech start-ups, SMEs, and other multidisciplinary actors, to, for instance, develop, test or validate developed applications. Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support may be granted. A maximum of 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-14: Digital and data technologies for livestock tracking

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 471 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, the headline ambition of a Digital Age – the EU data strategy strategy 472 in particular - and the common agricultural policy (CAP), a successful proposal will support capacities to understand, develop and demonstrate the potential of digital and data technologies for livestock tracking in the public and private domains. It is therefore expected to indirectly support the enhancement of the sustainability performance and competitiveness in agriculture, the development of innovative governance models, and strengthened capacities for implementing, monitoring and evaluating common policies through research and innovation and through interlinking actors and relevant initiatives.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Strengthened sustainable livestock production through increased capabilities for the generation of livestock related data sets (including in the field on animal health and disease prevention);

    2.Strengthened the resilience and transparency of supply chains through the use of digital technologies;

    3.Enhanced capacities in policy monitoring and evaluation in the field of agriculture, environment, climate, and sustainable finance.

    Scope: Data and digital technologies are currently used for many purposes in and for livestock farming, both in the public and private domains. Livestock and its attributes are tracked for instance in the context of implementing the CAP, for disease prevention and mitigation, as well as to facilitate production and the management of supply chains. Sensors, for instance, allow for collecting multiple information, e.g. on health conditions or medical treatments of livestock, location and environmental conditions. They may facilitate, e.g. more tailored and precise treatment of animals and to reduce inputs, of e.g. antibiotics, and costs. Livestock tracking may also e.g. support climate mitigation by assessing livestock density against land carrying capacity and reduce soil disturbance and compaction. It may also facilitate the provision of information to consumers on the products offered and enhance transparency along the supply chain and offer a means to against legal commitments of livestock densities, e.g. in the context of CAP strategic plans.

    Frequently (public) registers are not interlinked and approaches towards data collection on livestock across Member States vary. Private sector efforts in livestock tracking are frequently not systemised and not scaled up. The potential for synergies between public and private sector initiatives in livestock tracking appears not to be fully explored and exploited.

    Proposals should address the following:

    1.Elaborate on the potential for the generation of data sets through the development and applications of digital solutions to track livestock.

    2.Elaborate the opportunities of linking tracking efforts to sensor information providing information on animal health (and welfare) using the potential of innovative technologies; 473

    3.Develop concepts for data-based solutions for the private and public sector to track livestock and its conditions (including geospatial information) under consideration of multiple possible application cases, such as administrative purposes and legal commitments, labelling, predator and pest prevention; this activity should include an assessment of possible socio-economic and environmental effects, including the potential for reducing administrative costs and for policy monitoring, which could be achieved through the use of the data sets.

    4.Highlight the potential of and elaborate concepts for upscaling of data-based digital solutions for livestock tracking to EU (and international) level.

    5.Bring together key stakeholders from the public and private domain to explore – among others - opportunities to implement identified data-based and digital solutions, as well as to share data.

    Proposals should consider existing and forthcoming data bases/ registers related to livestock as well as (forthcoming) sector-specific and horizontal legal requirements in the EU, including in the field of digital and data technologies. Proposals are expected to take stock of livestock tracking initiatives in the private domain, including in third countries and to draw lessons learnt, as well as of digital tracking technologies used in other sectors/ domains. Proposals are encouraged to explore interlinks with other innovative technologies, such as genomics, and application cases, such as recording breeding traits. Proposals are encouraged to reflect on the aspect of affordability of digital technologies as well as on the potential effects of livestock tracking for producers, food processors, and consumers. Proposals are encouraged to involve representatives of the public administration from all EU Member States and of relevant EU institutions, 474 as well as to link up to/ exchange with relevant EU funded projects, including projects funded under Horizon Europe and the Digital Europe Programme.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-15: Digitalisation in agriculture and forestry: markets for data, and digital technologies and infrastructure – state of play and foresight in a fast changing regulatory, trade and technical environment

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the European Green Deal, the farm to fork strategy in particular, and the headline ambition of a Digital Age, a successful proposal will support the capacities to understand and forecast the development of markets and the use of data and digital technologies in agriculture and forestry, particularly through the development of innovative assessment and modelling approaches. It will therefore support decreasing the risk of investing into digital infrastructure, and indirectly contribute to the enhancement of the sustainability performance and competitiveness in agriculture through further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers, and to the development of innovative governance models.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Analyses of global markets through innovative approaches including trends, potential barriers and risks associated with investments in data, digital and data technologies in the agriculture and forestry sectors.

    2.Increased transparency in data sharing and in the markets for digital and data technologies in the agricultural and forestry sectors in support of healthy competition.

    3.Contribution to an increased uptake of digital and data technologies in agriculture and forestry including through reduced investment risks; this is expected to indirectly contribute to an increase in environmental and economic performance of the sectors through increased and enhanced used of data, and digital and data technologies.

    4.Strengthened policy-making and -monitoring and foresight capacities.

    Scope: The potential of digital and data technologies in the agricultural and forestry sectors to enhance their sustainability and economic performance and working conditions has been acknowledged. The uptake of digital technologies in the sectors and the development of supplementing data- and data-technology-based solutions in the EU are increasing. However, there is hardly comprehensive, independently collected data about the actual uptake and use of digital technologies by farmers and foresters, about the trade of sector-related data and digital technologies, and about the extent and structure of the provision of digital and data services in the agricultural and forestry supply chains, which are of global outreach.

    At the same time, policies and the regulatory framework directly or indirectly influencing the deployment of digital and data technologies in the EU are evolving in a fast pace and will continue to do so. 475 Also trade regimes are continuously changing. For stakeholder in the agricultural, forestry and the digital sectors to invest in digital and data technologies, it is important to be able to assess the possible implications of changing regulatory and market conditions on the development, purchase and use of data, and digital and data technologies. This is also supported by an increase in information on markets and related actor networks, and information on the storage and the flows of goods and data, through increased transparency and a strengthened position of users and consumers. Such information as well as capacities in modelling and in carrying out foresight analyses for the development of markets and of the situation in the agricultural sector is also one pre-requisite for tailored policy-making.

    Fostering the provision of insights into markets of data, and digital and data technologies in the agricultural and forestry sectors, the proposals should address the following:

    1.Development of innovative approaches to assess the uptake of digital technologies and digital infrastructure (incl. platforms) in the agricultural, and forestry sectors globally with special attention to the situation in the EU and Associated Countries.

    2.Development of innovative approaches to forecast the markets of data, digital technologies and digital infrastructure (including platforms) and the uptake of digital technologies globally with special attention to the situation in the EU under consideration of fast-changing regulatory framing conditions in the fields of data-, digital and machinery technologies and of agricultural and forestry policies.

    3.Demonstration of the qualitative and quantitative implications of market and technology trends in the fields of data, digital technologies and digital infrastructure for the use of digital and data technologies by farmers, foresters and other actors along the supply chains in a way that demonstration results can be steadily adapted to changing framing conditions. Demonstrations should allow for the reflection of scenarios and provide input to policy-making.

    Project(s) are expected to consider innovation in digital technologies brought onto the market during the life-time of the project. It is expected that the project(s) are working with targeted stakeholders, including farmers, foresters, agri-businesses, farm advisors, policy-makers etc. to test demonstration and communication tools.

    For the assessment of the uptake of digital technologies by farmers and foresters, statistical approaches evolving in the EU are to be considered, if applicable; assessment approaches may vary between continents.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-16: Digital technologies supporting plant health early detection, territory surveillance and phytosanitary measures

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the biodiversity and farm to fork strategies, a successful proposal will contribute to transition to fair, healthy and resilient agriculture and forestry, notably the target to reduce by 50% the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides. Proposals will support Regulation (EU) 2016/2031 476 on protective measures against plant pests.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes

    1.Increase the availability of large-scale and robust plant scanning methods to monitor plant pests, to assist territorial surveillance and help with timely eradication or optimisation of containment measures;

    2.Enhance innovative and cost-efficient integration of methods, including remote sensing and networks of traps that are available for surveillance of EU regulated plant pests affecting agriculture, forestry, other activities and areas (e.g., urban areas);

    3.Strengthen capacities to prevent entry and spread and to monitor EU regulated plant pests and support plant health territorial surveillance;

    4.Foster transdisciplinary cooperation in the fields of plant health, environmental sciences and earth observation.

    5.Support relevant EU and Associated Countries’ plant health policies.

    Scope: Pest monitoring is typically performed through costly and time-consuming on-site visits, resulting in certain cases in limited spatial and temporal resolution. Consequently, there is a need for more cost-effective approaches to detect and discriminate infested plants, including trees, at large spatial scales and within reasonable time frames. The advent of new technology in remote sensing, sensor technologies, robotics, remotely piloted aerial systems (RPAS), the internet of things (IoT), and artificial intelligence (AI), opens opportunities for monitoring continuously, more widely, and remotely. These technologies have the potential to guide and help to target on site surveillance and early detection activities and other phytosanitary measures.

    Proposals should:

    1.Develop and test early detection strategies by exploiting digital technologies, e.g., networks of sensors and remote sensing, to improve the surveillance efforts and the delimitation of affected areas by regulated pests allowing a regular and rapid monitoring of large areas that might be difficult to reach;

    2.Enhance and optimize the use of insect traps in a network setting for an IoT approach;

    3.Develop user-friendly and accessible tools or methods, including through the use of robotics to monitor a suite of known stress-processes in plants (chlorosis, changes in fluorescence, loss of transportation, etc.) that can be used in plant pest detection and/or to monitor occurrence of pests;

    4.Contribute to disentangle biotic and abiotic stresses, enabling the early detection of pests, by pushing further the current (and the new generation of satellite missions, e.g., FLEX 477 ) capabilities of remote sensing (measurements taken by hand-held, towers, drones, and satellite data), AI, and other digital strategies;

    5.Collect standardised and comprehensive data (e.g., field observations, laboratory measurements, remotely sensed data, etc.) that contribute to monitor plant health and pests and to develop an early warning surveillance system;

    6.Assess the cost-benefits of the proposed methods;

    7.Integrate citizen science as a tool to monitor pests, developing robust methods to use its data for systematic analysis, and increasing public and stakeholder engagement.

    Proposals should identify common standards and common indicators to collect data, as well as interoperability and metadata standards. Proposals should develop recommendations on how to make the best use and scale up digital technologies for plant pests early detection and territorial surveillance applications.

    Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ including a range of actors to ensure that knowledge and needs from various sectors such as research, plant health services, farming/forestry sectors, other relevant authorities, and industry are brought together.

    Proposals should build on the results of relevant projects funded under Horizon 2020. Proposals should specify how they plan to collaborate with other proposals selected under this and, if feasible, with other relevant topics 478 , e.g., by undertaking joint activities, workshops or common communication and dissemination activities. Proposals should allocate the necessary resources to cover these activities.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS. Other data and services may be used in addition. All in-situ data collected through actions funded from this call should follow INSPIRE principles and be available through open access repositories supported by the European Commission (Copernicus, GEOSS).

    This topic is part of a coordination initiative between ESA FutureEO programme for agriculture 479 and the EC on Earth System Science. Applicants are encouraged to coordinate with the relevant ESA projects and in particular those of the ESA Agriculture Science Cluster Activities (agriculturesciencecluster.esa.int) in their proposals. Where relevant, creating links and using the information and data of the European Earth observation programme Copernicus are encouraged.

    In this topic the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-17: Data-driven solutions to foster industry’s contribution to inclusive and sustainable food systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Expected Outcome: This topic will enhance the sustainability performance and competitiveness in the domains covered by Cluster 6 through further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers. It will help to achieve better informed decision-making processes, social engagement, governance, and innovation. It will help deliver solutions to advance the European Green Deal priorities, the EU's climate targets for 2030 and 2050 and the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally friendly food system. It will contribute to the food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities and improving the data economy for food systems and enhance transparency.

    There is already commitment in the private sector to drive change towards more sustainable food systems. One example is the “EU Code of Conduct on Responsible Food Business and Marketing Practices 480 ”, an integral part of the farm to fork strategy. Many businesses have already signed the voluntary agreement 481 . This commitment also includes an R&I dimension that can be expanded to the respective topic.

    Data-driven solutions in food systems also may support the European open data directive to share public data 482 and foreseen data spaces 483 as well as provide a base of Artificial Intelligence (AI) deployment as enablers of the European Green Deal objectives.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased insights into the potential benefits and feasibility of data and technology employed by the private sector together with public stakeholders to drive sustainable food system transformation while respecting the relevant legal and policy frameworks;

    2.Enhanced transition towards sustainable healthy diets for all by using data driven solutions in the food sector.

    Scope: Data are key to drive citizens’ sustainability practices. Several actors in the private food sector have access to valuable sustainability-related data, for example grocery retail, food processing and delivery services with huge potential to be used to foster the transition to sustainable food systems. At the same time, there is potential in mapping possible beneficial data not yet tested and a vision of a new spectrum of data overcoming availability bias. Data can be used to foster citizens’ sustainability practices, for example as a contributor to positively influence and monitor dietary changes. Industry contribution to the transition to sustainable food systems by engaging citizens in such transition can be very impactful while keeping the integrity of private intellectual property of the businesses. By democratizing data, private actors might gain a competitive advantage and activate other players to fulfil the need of transparency and proof of sustainability efforts for citizens.

    Proposals are expected to address the following:

    1.Analyse current systems of private data sharing in the food system (monetary incentives, actors involved…etc.);

    2.Initiate first tests of potential data sharing, also with SMEs and potentially start-ups, to identify potential impacts and benefits and serve as a lighthouse;

    3.Explore ‘new’ types of data and identify relevant data within the food system by also ‘unconventional players’ to tap into unused data sources, point out the main value pool for data sharing, outline potential needs of data gathering/harmonisation and map out an enhanced data framework and data collection strategy including needed technology (AI, Robotics, IoT) to drive sustainable food system transformation;

    4.Make use of analytics, forecast and AI to identify influential factors for making sustainable choices;

    5.Analyse the impacts on the sustainability of food systems of the proposed solutions considering the entire food supply chain and the different dimensions of sustainability;

    6.Define ways to use data to inform and guide consumer choices at the point of purchase in line with EU food law and policies;

    7.Set-up a potential framework for sharing non-competitive data that defines principles and collect good practices to foster sustainable food system objectives that ensures the protection of private data and sensitive business data and explore how this data can be integrated in the ‘Smart communities data space’5;

    8.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of relevant stakeholders also in the health domain, such as doctors and nurses, and SMEs and start-ups;

    9.Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic and under the topic 2022-GOVERNANCE-10 “Piloting approaches and tools to empower citizens to exercise their “data rights” in food and nutrition” and HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01-8 “Preventing and reducing food waste to reduce environmental impacts and to help reach 2030 climate targets”;

    10.Include social innovation as the solution is at the socio-technical interface and requires social change, new social practices and social ownership;

    11.This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    Strengthening agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKIS)

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-18: Broaden EIP Operational Group outcomes across borders by means of thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 484 .

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal, the EU climate policy, the common agricultural policy (CAP) and the farm to fork strategy objectives and targets, the successful proposals will focus on knowledge sharing in a language that is easy to understand and targeted to farmers and foresters. They will address the necessity of primary producers for impartial and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience. They will also speed up innovation and the uptake of results, and will be key to improving sustainability.

    They will contribute to effective Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS 485 ), thereby adding value to the knowledge and cost-effectiveness of innovative practices and techniques in and across primary production sectors, food and bioeconomy systems, and lead to more informed and engaged stakeholders and users of project results.

    Despite the continued funding of scientific projects, new knowledge, innovative ideas and methods from practice are not sufficiently captured and spread. The research findings are often not integrated into agricultural and forestry practice. The proposals, acting at EU level to remedy this, are essential because national and sectoral agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKISs) are insufficiently connected and organised to fully meet the challenge of intensifying thematic cooperation between researchers, advisors and farmers/foresters. This exchange of knowledge will foster economically viable and sustainable agriculture and forestry and build trust between the main AKIS actors. It will scale local solutions up to the EU level and may even influence policy design wherever useful.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Contribution to the cross-cutting objective of the CAP on modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 486  , as well as to the European Green Deal and farm to fork Strategy objectives and targets.

    2.Collection and distribution of easily accessible practice-oriented knowledge on the thematic area chosen, in particular the existing innovative solutions, best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners.

    3.Maintenance of practical knowledge in the long-term – beyond the project period – in particular by using the main trusted dissemination channels which farmers/foresters most often consult.

    4.Increased flow of practical information between farmers/foresters in the EU in a geographically balanced way, creating spill-overs and taking account of the differences between territories.

    5.Greater user acceptance of collected solutions and a more intensive dissemination of existing knowledge, by connecting actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up innovation and promote the faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice.

    Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

    1.Build on the experiences and outcomes of at least 5 EIP-AGRI Operational Groups of at least 3 Member States and choose a common theme related to the themes of the 5 Operational Group projects.

    2.Tackle the most urgent needs of farmers and foresters. Collect, summarise, share and translate the existing knowledge from science and practice, resulting from the EIP operational Groups and beyond, in an easy-to-understand language for practitioners.

    3.Compile a comprehensive description of the state of current farming practices on the chosen theme to explain the added value of the proposal and the relevance of the theme. Proposals must focus on the cost/benefit aspects of the practices collected and summarised, and clarify how the project avoids duplication with ongoing or completed projects and networks.

    4.Deliver an extensive range of useful, applicable and appealing end-user material for farmers and foresters. This info should be easy to access and understand, and feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by farmers and foresters in the countries.

    5.Deliver as much audio-visual material and as many “practice abstracts” in the common EIP-AGRI format as possible, also including education and training materials.

    6.All materials should also be provided to the European Innovation Partnership (EIP-AGRI) 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' in the common 'practice abstract' format, as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

    7.In addition to giving the details on the EIP Operational Groups whose involvement is strongly recommended 487 , wherever possible and relevant to the chosen theme, provide also details on how further synergies will be built with future EIP Operational Groups and interactive innovation groups operating in the context of the EIP-AGRI.

    8.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach', with a consortium based on a balanced mix of actors with complementary knowledge clearly activating farmers/foresters, farmers' groups and advisors and run for a minimum of 3 years.

    9.In order to better reach and capture knowledge from the targeted farmers/foresters, the networks may organise 'cross-fertilisation' through sub-networks covering, for example, a region, a language or a production system.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-19: Thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 488 .

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal, the EU climate policy, the common agricultural policy (CAP) and the farm to fork strategy objectives and targets, the successful proposals will focus on knowledge sharing in a language that is easy to understand and targeted to farmers and foresters. They will address the necessity of primary producers for impartial and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience.

    They will also speed up innovation and the uptake of results, and will be key to improving sustainability. They will contribute to effective Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS 489 ), thereby adding value to the knowledge and cost-effectiveness of innovative practices and techniques in and across primary production sectors, food and bioeconomy systems, and lead to more informed and engaged stakeholders and users of project results.

    Despite the continued funding of scientific projects, new knowledge, innovative ideas and methods from practice are not sufficiently captured and spread. The research findings are often not integrated into agricultural and forestry practice. Proposals, acting at EU level to remedy this situation, are essential because national and sectoral AKISs are insufficiently connected and organised to fully meet the challenge of intensifying thematic cooperation between researchers, advisors and farmers/foresters. This exchange of knowledge will foster economically viable and sustainable agriculture and forestry and build trust between the main AKIS actors.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Contribution to the cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 490 , as well as to the European Green Deal, including climate change mitigation or adaptation, and farm to fork strategy objectives and targets.

    2.Collection and distribution of easily accessible practice-oriented knowledge on the thematic area chosen, in particular the existing innovative solutions, best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners.

    3.Maintenance of practical knowledge in the long-term – beyond the project period – in particular by using the main trusted dissemination channels that farmers/foresters most often consult.

    4.Increased flow of practical information between farmers/foresters in the EU in a geographically balanced way, creating spill-overs and taking account of the differences between territories.

    5.Greater user acceptance of collected solutions and a more intensive dissemination of existing knowledge, by connecting actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up innovation and promote the faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice.

    Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

    1.Tackle the most urgent farmers’ or foresters' needs by summarising, sharing and presenting – in a language that is easy to understand and is targeted to farmers and foresters – the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners. The specific themes of the networks can be chosen in a 'bottom-up' way on the condition that they contribute to the relevant EU policy objectives, including climate mitigation and adaptation.

    2.Compile a comprehensive description of the state of current farming/forestry practices on the chosen theme to explain the added value of the proposal and the relevance of the theme. Proposals must focus on the cost/benefit aspects of the practices collected and summarised, and clarify how the project avoids duplication with ongoing or completed projects and networks.

    3.Deliver an extensive range of useful, applicable and appealing end-user material for farmers and foresters. This info should be easy to access and understand, making use of audio-visual material wherever possible, including also materials serving education and training and automatic translation services that allow dissemination beyond language barriers;

    4.This range of material should feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by farmers and foresters in the countries.

    5.As many “practice abstracts” in the common EIP-AGRI format as possible, as well as other types of materials should be provided to the European Innovation Partnership (EIP-AGRI) 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability', as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24);

    6.Besides giving the details on the EIP Operational Groups whose involvement is strongly recommended 491 , wherever possible and relevant to the chosen theme, provide also details on how further synergies will be built with future EIP Operational Groups and interactive innovation groups operating in the context of the EIP-AGRI.

    7.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach', with a consortium based on a balanced mix of actors with complementary knowledge clearly activating farmers/foresters, farmers' groups and advisors; and run for a minimum of 3 years.

    8.In order to better reach and capture knowledge from the targeted farmers/foresters, the networks may organise 'cross-fertilisation' through sub-networks covering, for example, a region, a language or a production system.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-20: Developing an EU advisory network on organic agriculture

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 492 .

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will support the objectives of the European Green Deal, and notably its farm to fork and biodiversity strategies, and the sustainable carbon cycle communication, to transition to fair, healthy, climate and environmentally-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption, in particular the objective to promote organic farming in Europe. Activities will support the implementation of the action plan on the development of organic production 493 and of the common agricultural policy (CAP).

    The successful proposal will focus on exchanges between farm advisors across the EU in order to increase the speed of knowledge creation and sharing, capacity building, demonstration of innovative solutions in organic farming, as well as helping to bring them into practice in order to accelerate adoption of these solutions.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Accelerated progress towards achieving the policy objectives linked to the farm to fork strategy’s target on organic farming, and in particular those identified under the Action Plan on the Development of Organic Production, as well as the new CAP;

    2.Supported implementation in Member States of the CAP’s cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 494 ;

    3.Enhanced interactions among advisors and other relevant actors in the EU and Associated Countries conducive to a strengthened research and innovation ecosystem for organic farming;

    4.Increased provision of supporting services and materials that facilitate the conversion to and upscaling of organic farming;

    5.Accelerated introduction, spread and implementation in practice of innovative solutions related to organic farming leading to improved production methods of organic farms.

    Scope: Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS) 495 , in which advisors play a central role, are key drivers to speed up innovation and the uptake of research results by farmers. Transformative changes such as the ones called for by the farm to fork strategy, are dynamic and knowledge-intensive processes that require appropriate governance of AKIS actors. Advisors play a key role in steering and influencing farmers’ decisions. A novelty in the post-2020 CAP plans 496 is that advisors must be integrated within the Member States’ AKIS, and that the scope of their actions has become much broader. Advisors must be able to cover the economic, environmental and social domains, as well as being up-to-date on scientific and innovation developments. They should be able to translate this knowledge into concrete opportunities for the end users, and adapt those to specific local circumstances.

    This topic focuses on the important role that advisors can play in relation to boosting organic farming towards reaching the target of at least 25% of the EU's agricultural land under organic farming by 2030. In particular, advisors can play a key role in encouraging conversion to organic farming and in facilitating this process to farmers, and overall in tackling the challenges of organic farming. In this context, advisors are in a good position to provide hands-on training to organic farmers, to inspire new and incoming farmers or farms at the cross-roads of intergenerational renewal, to connect with education and ensure broad communication, to support peer-to-peer consulting, and to develop on-farm demonstrations.

    Proposals should set up an EU advisory network dedicated to organic farming, covering both organic plant production systems and organic animal husbandry. The network should involve participants from at least 20 EU Member States, including countries in which the organic sector is more developed and less developed. In this context, proposals should:

    1.Connect farm advisors across the EU , with a view to sharing experiences on how to best tackle the main issues of the sector.

    2.Undertake knowledge, best practice and innovation exchange activities that support Member States in making the best use of the possibilities offered by the new CAP to support their national organic sector.

    3.Fill gaps on emerging advisory topics beyond the classical sectorial advice, in particular in view of the new obligation for Member States to integrate advisors within their AKIS.

    4.Serve as a platform to bring stakeholders together to discuss challenges and solutions to practical organic farming problems, such as bottlenecks, lock-ins, power imbalances, normative aspects, lack of consumer buy-in or trust, inequalities between Member States, etc.;

    5.Provide overall support related to knowledge creation, organisation and sharing. This could include peer-to-peer counselling, master classes, (digital) advice modules, communication and education materials, etc.

    6.Promote the sharing of effective and novel approaches that are sustainable in terms of economic, environmental and social aspects.

    7.Create added value by ensuring stronger links between research, education, advisors and farming practice and encouraging the wider use of available knowledge across the EU.

    8.Spread ready-to-use innovative solutions to practitioners and ensuring communication to the scientific community of research needs from practice.

    9.Taking strong account of cost-benefit elements, collect and document good examples of connecting farmers, intermediates and consumers in Member States to be able to take into account financial aspects and local conditions. Select the best practices, and extract lessons about the key success factors, possible quick wins and make them available for (local) exploitation.

    10.Promote the integration of the advisors of the EU advisory network on organic farming into their Member State’s AKIS.

    11.Explore if the activities of the EU advisory network on organic farming can be up scaled at the level of a number of Member States under a cooperative format. Seek if common tools can be created to incentivise the implementation of the learnings from this project.

    12.Organise training activities for new advisors to be integrated in the network during the course of the project.

    13.In the EU advisory network, use local AKIS connections which can more accurately interpret the national/regional contexts to help develop the best solutions for that Member State or region. Use the support of the Member States’ knowledge and innovation experts of the SCAR-AKIS Strategic Working Group and of the SCAR Agroecology Strategic Working Group 497 to discuss project strategy and progress in the various stages of the project.

    Outcomes should be spread beyond the organic farming communities and reach also farmers involved in conventional, carbon, low-input, circular agriculture or agroecology. Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach, with a majority of partners being organic farming advisors with solid field experience. Proposals should capitalise and build on the outputs of relevant EIP-AGRI Operational Groups and EIP-AGRI networking activities, as well as those of the Horizon 2020 Thematic Networks related to organic farming. Proposals should dedicate a task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will ensure synergy with and take into consideration the results of other initiatives under Horizon Europe, including the projects selected under the topics HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-01: ‘Reaching the farm to fork target: R&I scenarios for boosting organic farming and organic aquaculture in Europe’, and HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-14: ‘Fostering organic crop breeding’ in the Horizon Europe Work Programme 2021-2022. Proposals should also dedicate appropriate resources to ensure synergies with the activities carried out by projects selected under the following topics in this work programme: HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-1-two-stage: ‘Increasing the availability and use of non-contentious inputs in organic farming’, and HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK: ‘Improving yields in organic cropping systems’, HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01-5: ‘Pilot network of climate-positive organic farms’, as well as coherence and synergies with the activities of the future partnership ‘Accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’. Proposals should provide all outcomes and materials to the European Innovation Partnership 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' (EIP-AGRI), including in the common 'practice abstract' format for EU wide dissemination, as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-21: Developing EU advisory networks to reduce the use of pesticides

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 498 .

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal, common agricultural policy (CAP), farm to fork and biodiversity strategies’, the zero pollution action plan objectives and targets, and the sustainable carbon cycles communication, the successful proposal will focus on advisor exchanges across the EU in order to increase the speed of knowledge creation and sharing, capacity building, demonstration of innovative solutions, as well as helping to bring them into practice, which accelerates the needed transitions. Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS), in which advisors play a central role, are key drivers to speed up innovation and the uptake of research results by farmers.

    Transformative changes such as the changes required within the European Green Deal are dynamic processes that require appropriate governance of AKIS actors. Advisors are key actors with a strong role in guiding and with a big influence on producers’ decisions. A novelty in the post-2020 CAP plans 499 is that advisors must now be integrated within the Member States’ AKIS, and that the scope of their actions has become much broader. They must be able to cover economic, environmental and social domains, as well as be up-to-date on science and innovation. They should be able to translate this knowledge into opportunities, and use and adapt this knowledge to specific local circumstances. This specific topic focuses on the important role advisors can play in relation to reducing pesticide use and risks to reach the associated target of the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies by promoting, for example, more sustainable farming techniques (e.g., integrated pest management and agroecology), carbon farming practices, and the use of non-chemical or biological methods for pest control.

    Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Progress towards the most urgent policy objectives linked to Cluster 6, as well as the European Green Deal, and in particular the farm to fork strategy, the new CAP, and the sustainable carbon cycles communication, with a view to increasing the sustainability of farming, helping to raise awareness and tackling societal challenges, including climate change, and helping to reduce pesticide risks and use;

    2.Support to the CAP cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 500 ;

    3.Development of interaction with regional policymakers and of a potential EU network to discuss institutional challenges to the reduction of pesticide use and the associated risks in practice, such as bottlenecks, lock-ins, political inertia, ambiguous regulations, inequality between Member States and power imbalances;

    4.Production of supporting services and materials to facilitate the reduction of pesticide use and risk, including knowledge networks and peer-to-peer counselling, master classes, advice modules, communication and education materials, effective business models for farm management with less pesticides, and other risk mitigation tools and measures, etc.;

    5.Speed up of the introduction, spread and implementation in practice of innovative solutions related to pesticide use and measures to reduce risks and pollution overall, in particular by:

    1.creating added value by better linking research, education, advisors and farming practice and encouraging the wider use of available knowledge across the EU;

    2.learning from innovation actors and projects, resulting in faster sharing and implementation of ready-to-use innovative solutions, spreading them to practitioners and communicating to the scientific community the bottom-up research needs of practice.

    Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

    1.Connect advisors possessing a broad and extensive network of farmers across all EU Member States in an EU advisory network dedicated to pesticide use and risk reduction, including farming techniques which support pesticide use and risk reduction, with a view to sharing experiences on how to best tackle the issues, building on the outcomes of the EIP-AGRI Focus Groups and Workshops as well as the Horizon 2020 Thematic networks related to pesticide use and risks reduction;

    2.Share effective and novel approaches among the EU advisory network on pesticide use and risk reduction, which are sustainable in terms of economic, environmental and social aspects;

    3.Fill gaps on emerging advisory topics beyond the classical sectoral advice, which is useful in particular in relation with the new obligation for Member States to integrate advisors within their AKIS and their obligation to cover a much broader scope than in the past;

    4.Provide overall support related to knowledge creation, organisation and sharing;

    5.Take strong account of cost-benefit elements. Collect and document good examples in this regard, connecting with farmers, intermediates and consumers in Member States to be able to take into account financial aspects and local conditions. Select the best practices, learn about the key success factors, possible quick wins and make them available for (local) exploitation, to ensure financial win-wins for producers, citizens and intermediate actors;

    6.Integrate the advisors within the EU pesticide use and risk reduction network into their MS AKIS as much as possible. As innovation brokers they should encourage innovative projects on organic and other low-input sustainable farming systems in EIP Operational Groups. They should give hands-on training to farmers and local advisors, lead national thematic and learning networks on the subject, deliver and implement action plans to make farming systems with a reduced use of chemical pesticides, more efficient, reduce farmers’ yield losses, inspire new and incoming farmers or farms at the cross-roads of intergenerational renewal, connect with education and ensure broad communication, support peer-to-peer consulting, develop on-farm demonstrations and demo films distributed widely via social media, and provide specific back-office support for generalist advisors within the national/regional AKIS;

    7.Explore if the activities of the EU advisory network on pesticide use and risk reduction can be scaled up at the level of a number of Member States under a cooperative format. Wherever possible, develop digital advisory tools for common use across the EU. Determine whether common tools can be created to incentivise the implementation of the learnings from this project;

    8.Include all 27 EU Member States in the EU advisory network, using local AKIS connections which can more accurately interpret the national/regional contexts to help develop the best solutions for that Member State or region. Use the support of the Member States’ knowledge and innovation experts of the SCAR-AKIS Strategic Working Group to discuss project strategy and progress in the various stages of the 2 projects;

    9.Projects should run at least 5 years. They must implement the multi-actor approach, with a majority of partners being farming advisors with solid field experience;

    Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach, with a majority of partners being farming advisors active in pesticide use and with substantial field expertise. Proposals should capitalise and build on the outputs of relevant EIP-AGRI Operational Groups, EIP-AGRI Focus Groups and EIP-AGRI networking activities, as well as those of the Horizon 2020 Thematic Networks related to plant health and pesticide use. Proposals should also build on the results of past/ongoing research projects and thematic networks.

    Proposals should also ensure synergies with the activities carried out by projects selected under the following topics in this work programme: ‘HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-14: Biodiversity friendly practices in agriculture – breeding for Integrated Pest Management (IPM)’, ‘HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-7: Innovations in plant protection: alternatives to reduce the use of pesticides focusing on candidates for substitution’, and ‘HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-20: Developing an EU advisory network on organic agriculture’ as well as coherence and synergies with the activities of the future partnership ‘Accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’. Proposals should provide all outcomes and materials to the European Innovation Partnership 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' (EIP-AGRI), including in the common 'practice abstract' format for EU wide dissemination, as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-22: Developing EU advisory networks on the optimal fertiliser use

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 501 .

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal, common agricultural policy (CAP), and biodiversity strategies’, the zero pollution action plan objectives and targets, and the sustainable carbon cycles communication, the successful proposal will focus on advisor exchanges across the EU in order to increase the speed of knowledge creation and sharing, capacity building, demonstration of innovative solutions, as well as helping to bring them into practice, which accelerates the needed transitions. Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS), in which advisors play a central role, are key drivers to speed up innovation and the uptake of research results by farmers.

    Transformative changes such as the changes required within the European Green Deal are dynamic processes that require appropriate governance of AKIS actors. Advisors are key actors with a strong role in guiding and with a big influence on producers’ decisions. A novelty in the post-2020 CAP plans 502 is that advisors must now be integrated within the Member States’ AKIS, and that the scope of their actions has become much broader. They must be able to cover economic, environmental and social domains, as well as be up-to-date on science and innovation. They should be able to translate this knowledge into opportunities, and use and adapt this knowledge to specific local circumstances. This specific topic focuses on the important role advisors can play in relation to the soaring fertilizer prices and the ambition of the of the farm to fork and biodiversity strategies for 2030 to reduce nutrient losses to the environment from both organic and mineral fertilizers by at least 50%; and hence reduce the use of fertilisers by at least 20%, while ensuring no deterioration in soil fertility.

    Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Progress towards the most urgent policy objectives linked to Cluster 6, as well as the European Green Deal, and in particular the farm to fork strategy, the new CAP, the sustainable carbon cycles communication, with a view to increasing the sustainability of farming, helping to raise awareness and tackling societal challenges, including climate change, and helping to reduce nutrient losses and thereby the use of fertilisers;

    2.Substitution of mineral fertilisers with sustainable, affordable high-quality bio-based alternatives from different residue and waste streams;

    3.Support to the CAP cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 503 ;

    4.Development of interaction with regional policymakers and of a potential EU network to discuss institutional challenges to the reduction of nutrient losses and the use of fertilisers in practice, such as bottlenecks, lock-ins, political inertia, ambiguous regulations, inequality between Member States and power imbalances;

    5.Production of supporting services and materials to facilitate the reduction of nutrient losses and the use of fertilisers, including knowledge networks and peer-to-peer counselling, master classes, advice modules, communication and education materials, effective business models for farm management with less fertilisers, and other risk mitigation tools and measures, etc.;

    6.Speed up of the introduction, spread and implementation in practice of innovative solutions related to fertiliser use and measures to reduce nutrient losses overall, in particular by:

    1.creating added value by better linking research, education, advisors and farming practice and encouraging the wider use of available knowledge across the EU;

    2.learning from innovation actors and projects, resulting in faster sharing and implementation of ready-to-use innovative solutions, spreading them to practitioners and communicating to the scientific community the bottom-up research needs of practice.

    Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

    1.Connect advisors possessing a broad and extensive network of farmers across all EU Member States in an EU advisory network dedicated to the reduction of nutrient losses and optimal use of fertilisers, including bio-based fertilisers and farming techniques which support a sustainable nutrient management, including carbon farming, with a view to sharing experiences on how to best tackle the issues, building on the outcomes of the related EIP-AGRI focus groups and workshops as well as the Horizon 2020 projects and thematic networks.

    2.Share among the EU advisory network effective and novel approaches to the reduction of nutrient losses and the use of fertilisers, which are sustainable in terms of economic, environmental and social aspects.

    3.Fill gaps on emerging advisory topics beyond the classical sectoral advice, which is useful in particular in relation with the new obligation for Member States to integrate advisors within their AKIS and their obligation to cover a much broader scope than in the past.

    4.Provide overall support related to knowledge creation, organisation and sharing.

    5.Take strong account of cost-benefit elements. Collect and document good examples in this regard, connecting with farmers, intermediates and consumers in Member States to be able to take into account financial aspects and local conditions. Select the best practices, learn about the key success factors, possible quick wins and make them available for (local) exploitation, to ensure financial win-wins for producers, citizens and intermediate actors.

    6.Integrate the advisors within the EU network on the reduction of nutrient losses and the use of fertilisers into their MS AKIS as much as possible. As innovation brokers they should encourage innovative projects on low-input sustainable farming systems in EIP Operational Groups. They should give hands-on training to farmers and local advisors, lead national thematic and learning networks on the subject, deliver and implement action plans to make farming activities more efficient, reduce farmers’ yield losses, inspire new and incoming farmers or farms at the cross-roads of intergenerational renewal, connect with education and ensure broad communication, support peer-to-peer consulting, develop on-farm demonstrations and demo films distributed widely via social media, and provide specific back-office support for generalist advisors within the national/regional AKIS.

    7.Explore if the activities of the EU advisory network on the reduction of nutrient losses and use of fertilisers can be scaled up at the level of a number of Member States under a cooperative format. Wherever possible, develop digital advisory tools for common use across the EU. Determine whether common tools can be created to incentivise the implementation of the learnings from this project.

    8.Include all 27 EU Member States in the EU advisory network, using local AKIS connections which can more accurately interpret the national/regional contexts to help develop the best solutions for that Member State or region. Use the support of the Member States’ knowledge and innovation experts of the SCAR-AKIS Strategic Working Group to discuss project strategy and progress in the various stages of the 2 projects.

    9.Projects should run at least 5 years. They must implement the multi-actor approach, with a majority of partners being farming advisors with solid field experience.

    10.Provide all outcomes and materials to the European Innovation Partnership 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' (EIP-AGRI), including in the common 'practice abstract' format for EU wide dissemination, as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

    Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach, with a majority of partners being farming advisors active in fertiliser use and with frequent field expertise. Proposals should capitalise and build on the outputs of relevant EIP-AGRI Operational Groups, EIP-AGRI Focus Groups and EIP-AGRI networking activities, as well as those of the Horizon 2020 Thematic Networks related to the reduction of nutrient losses and the use of fertilisers. Proposals should also build on the results of past/ongoing research projects and thematic networks.

    Call - Innovative governance, environmental observations and digital solutions in support of the Green Deal

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 504

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 505

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 17 Oct 2023

    Deadline(s): 28 Feb 2024

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-1

    COFUND

    60.00

    Around 60.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-10

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-11

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-12

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-13

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-2

    CSA

    3.50

    Around 3.50

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-3

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-4

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 4.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-5

    PCP

    19.00

    Around 19.00

    1

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-6

    RIA

    8.00

    Around 4.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-7

    RIA

    15.00

    Around 5.00

    3

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-8

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 2.00

    2

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-9

    CSA

    6.00

    Around 3.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    137.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Innovating with governance models and supporting policies

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-1: Additional activities for the European Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy 

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 60.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The proposal must be submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02: European Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy. This eligibility condition is without prejudice to the possibility to include additional partners.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Proposals focusing on one type of activity or sector are out of scope.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The evaluation committee will be composed partially by representatives of EU institutions.

    If the proposal is successful, the next stage of the procedure will be grant agreement amendment preparations.

    If the outcome of amendment preparations is an award decision, the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02: European Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy will be invited to submit an amendment to the grant agreement, on behalf of the beneficiaries.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    This action is intended to be implemented in the form of an amendment of the grant agreement concluded pursuant to topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02.

    For additional activities covered by this action:

    1.The funding rate is 30% of elibigle costs.

    2.Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties (FSTP). The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    3.Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. The 60 000 EUR threshold provided for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply.

    4.The maximum amount of FSTP to be granted to each third party is EUR 10 000 000. This amount is justified since the provision of FSTP is one of the primary activities of this action and it is based on extensive experience under predecessors of this partnership.

    1.The starting date of grants awarded under this topic may be as of the submission date of the application. Applicants must justify the need for a retroactive starting date in their application. Costs incurred from the starting date of the action may be considered eligible (and will be reflected in the entry into force date of the amendment to the grant agreement).

    Total indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the duration of the partnership is EUR 150 million.

    Expected Outcome: This topic is for the continuation of the Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership (SBEP), i.e. EU contribution in WP 2023-2024.

    The second instalment of the partnership is expected to contribute to all expected outcomes specified in topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02: European Partnership for a climate-neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy, for continuation and new development of activities.

    Scope: The objective of this action is to continue to provide support to the European Partnership for a climate-neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy (SBEP) identified in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024 and first implemented under the topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02: European Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy, and in particular to fund additional activities (which may also be undertaken by additional partners) in view of its intended scope and duration, and in accordance with Article 24(2) of the Horizon Europe Regulation.

    The consortium which applied to and received funding under HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02 is uniquely placed to submit a proposal to continue the envisioned partnership. Not only did this consortium submit the proposal leading to the identification of the partnership in the Horizon Europe strategic planning 2021-2024, it has also implemented the partnership through co-funded calls in year 2022 based on this planning and further to topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02. In this context, the current consortium has particular expertise in relation to the objectives of the Partnership, the activities to be implemented, in particular FSTP calls or other calls/scope of calls clearly required/envisioned pursuant to initial proposal/partnership, and other relevant aspects of the action. In practice, another consortium could not continue the activities of the Partnership underway without significant disruption to the ongoing activities, if at all.

    The scope of the application for this call on the European partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy should focus on duly justified continuation or additional priority areas, additional activities and additional partners, including from additional countries, delivering knowledge and solutions to make the blue economy sustainable and ensure that its benefits are distributed fairly, by aligning national, regional and EU R&I priorities and bringing together science, industry, governance and society.

    Responding to national and EU policy goals (e.g., European Green Deal, Marine Strategy and Water Framework Directive, Natura and Maritime Spatial Planning Directives), the partnership's continued and/or additional priority areas should aim to achieve a healthy ocean, a sustainable and productive blue economy and the well-being of citizens, for which the long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas and its objectives (in particular contributing to stronger and resilient rural (coastal) areas) should also be considered, with its flagship initiative “Research and innovation for rural (coastal) communities”.

    The partnership is expected to continue to organise joint calls as part of the additional activities and therefore it should factor ample time to run the co-funded projects. The partnership should further promote technological, nature-based, social, economic and cultural innovation and experiment with new planning, governance, business and finance models.

    The partnership's additional activities are expected to be designed and described in such a way that it is clear how they will increase scientific contributions, applicable in a legal/regulatory context, and how they will facilitate the use of scientific knowledge by regulators and policymakers, contributing to the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, the farm to fork strategy, the mission “Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030”, the circular economy action plan, the zero pollution ambition and the transformation of Europe’s blue economy towards climate-neutral status by 2050, as also reflected in the communication on a new approach for a sustainable blue economy in the EU “Transforming the EU's Blue Economy for a Sustainable Future”.

    The partnership is also expected to have a structuring function with regard to European integrated ocean observing systems and data analyses. The partnership is expected to put specific emphasis on how to contribute to the future EU initiative on ocean observation, to have a key role in the implementation of the European Ocean Observing System (EOOS), including research infrastructures, in the development of a common European ocean data space connected to the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) and European Green Deal data spaces, and contribute to the development of Digital Twin Ocean. All quality-controlled data collected through actions funded from this co-fund call should follow FAIR principles and be made available through open access data systems supported by the European Commission (such as Copernicus, GEOSS, EMODnet).

    The partnership's additional activities should put the emphasis on the development of basin- or Europe-wide holistic, integrated, systemic and cross-sectoral approaches and foster co-creation processes involving all relevant stakeholders and actors, while remaining operationally manageable and taking into account the reccomendations from additional support offered by the European Commission in 2022. The additional activities are expected to be implemented through the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of researchers from different disciplines, advisors, local, regional and national authorities, government representatives, industry and businesses, including SMEs, knowledge institutions and citizens, civil society organisations including NGOs, and other relevant actors of the value chain, supported through Open Science and an inclusive governance, policy and decision-making. It should harness the full potential of social sciences and humanities (SSH), social innovation and citizen engagement to deliver portfolios of solutions, measures and tools and facilitate their replication, and upscaling. In particular, the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and expertise is expected to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research and innovation activities.

    Additional activities should contribute to improve the health and quality of life and long-term socio-economic prospects of coastal communities, including women, youth and the most vulnerable groups like indigenous people, in the context of major transitions and rising threats to climate, resources and health, including by increasing their resilience to crises like the COVID-19 pandemic. In line with the European Commission’s political vision of leaving no one behind, the wide diversity and heterogeneity in levels of socio-economic, technological, institutional, innovation and skills potential should be taken into account.

    The partnership is expected to include partners from additional countries, including Associated Countries, in its consortium, as it should cover the Atlantic, the Baltic Sea, the North Sea, the Mediterranean and the Black Sea to the maximum extent possible. It is expected to include and be open to all relevant public marine/maritime funding organisations and ministries from EU Member States and Associated Countries as core members, in close cooperation with the private sector, including SMEs and foundations. Appropriate links to other relevant ministries and organisations, including civil society, should be established.

    Given the global dimension of ocean policy, membership and other modalities of participation from organisations and institutions in Non-Associated Third Countries is expected, in particular key partners bordering the different EU sea basins. In line with the Europe’s global approach to cooperation in research and innovation, international cooperation should contribute to align strategies and research agendas, strengthen data collection, monitoring and sharing, as well as access to research infrastructures, promote good practice for maritime policies, promote the exchange and export of key technologies and gradually open up cooperation with new countries outside of Europe.

    Through the additional activities and new partners, the partnership should support the EU’s strong commitment to the UN Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development, the UN Decade of Ecosystem Restoration, the G7 Future of the Seas and Oceans Initiative, the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance, the BLUEMED Initiative, the Black Sea Synergy and other international initiatives.

    Partners are expected to continue to provide contributions for the governance structure, the joint calls and other dedicated implementation actions and efforts for national coordination. The partnership is expected to mobilise EU, national and regional capacities to leverage investments, including from the private sector, increase up-scalability and market accessibility for the developed solutions and thus increase the return to investments.

    To ensure the coherence and complementarity of activities, and to leverage knowledge investment possibilities, the partnership is expected to foster close cooperation and ensure synergies with other relevant European Partnerships, in place and proposed, notably “Rescuing biodiversity to safeguard life on Earth”, “Sustainable food systems for people, planet and climate”, “Water security for the planet (Water4All)”, and related actions for coordinating and supporting the combined activities of Member States and Associated Countries towards the objectives of the “Zero-emission waterborne transport” (ZEWT) Partnership, “Clean Energy Transition”, “Artificial intelligence, Data and Robotics”, the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) and others where relevant, as well as the EIT Climate KIC, the EIT FOOD and the “European Open Science Cloud (EOSC)”. The partnership will also be linked to the relevant objectives of the mission “Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030”. Proposers are expected to describe in details the way to plan and implement such collaborations through dedicated tasks and appropriate resources.

    Engaging with managing authorities of European Structural and Investment Funds, as well as others like LIFE, the Recovery and Resilience Facility, the Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance (IPA III) and Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument (NDICI), during partnership implementation would help increase the implementation of the project outcomes and support and facilitate further uptake.

    While the award of a grant to continue the Partnership in accordance with this call should be based on a proposal submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02: European Partnership for a climate neutral, sustainable and productive Blue Economy and the additional activities (which may include additional partners) to be funded by the grant should be subject to an evaluation, this evaluation should take into account the existing context and the scope of the initial evaluation as relevant, and related obligations enshrined in the grant agreement.

    Taking into account that the present action is a continuation of topic HORIZON-CL6-2022-GOVERNANCE-01-02 and foresees an amendment to an existing grant agreement, the proposal should also present in a separate document the additional activities and additional partners, if any, to be covered by the award in terms of how they would be reflected in the grant agreement. The proposal should also describe the specific activities foreseen in order to strengthen the synergies with other related Missions and Partnerships.

    The Commission envisages to include new actions in future work programme(s) to continue providing support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-2: Regional ecosystems of innovation to foster food system transformation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 506 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the European Green Deal, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food system, the food 2030 priorities and the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will contribute to the sustainability and resilience of EU food systems by supporting the establishment of innovative governance models notably to achieve better-informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation. Successful proposals will boost knowledge sharing, interactions and priority setting in the form of an acceleration agenda between all relevant food systems actors, in particular small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and industrial clusters, start-ups, universities/research centres, public authorities and civil society organisations.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Coherent business-focused analysis of R&I bottlenecks and opportunities for the transition of European food systems in line with the farm to fork strategy objectives, in particular to contribute to the 25% organic food target.

    2.Improved coordination of existing European and national platforms with regional innovation ecosystems actors at EU level.

    3.Strengthened European regions (NUTS 2 level) and their regional actors.

    4.Contribution to the farm to fork objectives and food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities (e.g., meeting the needs, values and expectations of society in a responsible and ethical way).

    Scope: Collaboration between innovation actors across Europe is necessary to accelerate and master the innovative solutions needed for the food system transformation and the implementation of sustainable solutions. Innovation ecosystems can be found in many locations in Europe, but too few places can be seen as regional ecosystems of innovation. Moreover, the strength and depth of interconnections, information flows and knowledge transfers inside innovation ecosystems and between actors vary widely.

    Strong and well-connected food systems actors, in particular small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and industrial clusters, start-ups, universities/research centres, public authorities and civil society organisations, have the potential to become ecosystems of innovation facilitating coordination and multi-stakeholder engagement, to create an effective framework for action to support the food system transition in the EU and Associated Countries. The framework is expected to allow pooling of resources, coordinating efforts, and facilitating and promoting the multi-actor approach. Relevant capacities to foster the necessary R&I in the short, medium, and long term will be developed, giving a specific focus to the objective to boost the organic food sector.

    Proposed activities should cover all of the following aspects:

    1.Strengthen existing ecosystems of innovation to broaden their scope and take on a “food systems approach” that delivers on the Food 2030 co-benefits (nutrition, public health, climate, circularity and communities) by: (a) deploying a quadruple helix model (that fully engages the four major actors in the innovation system: small and medium-sized enterprises and industrial clusters, universities/research centres, public authorities, and civil society organisations); and (b) delivering solutions that empower regional actors and their regional innovation ecosystems through an acceleration agenda.

    2.Devise an acceleration agenda connected with existing research and innovation agendas that align to target mutual objectives and cross regional collaborations, in particular by identifying and creating links to regions with priorities relevant for sustainable food systems identified in their local smart specialisation strategies, as well as relevant smart specialisation partnerships and platforms (such as the Thematic Smart Specialisation Platform on Agri-food).

    3.Provide technical assistance, encourage “mutual learning” and stimulate “new” ecosystems of innovation in parts of Europe that are less well integrated, for example with the objectives of the BIOEAST Food Systems Thematic Working Group (e.g., to catalyse future reflections and discussions at regional level regarding the need to work together to tackle food system transformations).

    4.Explore how the existing Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) approach can help regional actors to implement farm to fork relevant objectives, in particular for societally relevant market solutions that contribute to public health objectives and environmental businesses such that they contribute to the “EU Code of Conduct on Responsible Food Business and Marketing Practice”.

    5.Take a systemic view to help industries built up around the European food systems related businesses, to innovate and cooperate, thereby proposing solutions of regional relevance.

    6.Identify and facilitate synergies with other financing and capacity building instruments to enable progress along the whole innovation pipeline, including the Interregional Innovation Investments (I3), a new funding instrument under the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF).

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and industrial clusters, start-ups, universities/research centres, public authorities and civil society organisations and other relevant actors of the value chain.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under in the work programme from 2018-2020 and 2021-2022, namely CE-FNR-07-2020: “FOOD 2030 - Empowering cities as agents of food system transformation” and HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-07 “Regional governance models in the bioeconomy”.

    Collaboration and complementary with the European Partnership on “Sustainable Food Systems for People, Plant and Climate” is encouraged. This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines, as it involves the quadruple helix to deliver innovative locally-based and bottom-up solutions, engaging citizens and leading to behavioural changes. In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-3: The role of mainstream media, social media and marketing in fostering healthy and sustainable consumption patterns and how to encourage good practices

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 507 .

    Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the European Green Deal, Europe’s beating cancer plan, the farm to fork strategy for a fair, healthy and environment‑friendly food system, the food 2030 priorities and the EU’s climate ambition for 2030 and 2050, the successful proposal will facilitate the transition towards healthy and sustainable dietary behaviour by supporting the establishment of innovative governance models notably to achieve better-informed decision-making processes, social engagement and innovation. The main objective of this topic is to better understand factors influencing dietary behaviour and to advance the understanding of the role of mainstream media, social media and digital marketing in fostering (un-)healthy and (un-)sustainable consumption patterns and to encourage good practices.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved knowledge and understanding of how mainstream media, social media and marketing is affecting the dietary behaviour of different target groups (in particular vulnerable groups) across Europe, including barriers and constraints, as well as how to detect incorrect or misleading information.

    2.Better understanding of the different media and marketing (both linear and non-linear) approaches and channels used by different food system operators and actors.

    3.Enabling consumers to make informed food choices.

    4.Informed policies and business strategies aimed at fostering healthy and sustainable food environments, consumption patterns and at encouraging or incentivizing good practices.

    5.Contribution to the farm to fork objectives and food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate, biodiversity and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities (e.g., meeting the needs, values and expectations of society in a responsible and ethical way).

    Scope: Food consumption cannot be considered the sole responsibility of citizens or a problem of demand only since it is a result of a choice that is influenced by culture, social and economic factors and where the food environment plays an important role. In todays’ interconnected world, the impacts of mainstream media, social media and digital marketing are amplified, with food influencers, NGOs and social platforms making citizens think differently about food. As studies show, since eating habits are also influenced by what consumers see, being virtually surrounded by healthy eaters may encourage consumers to eat healthier. However, the reverse is also true.

    In addition, differences in media and marketing (both linear and non-linear) approaches of national/regional/local governments, civil society, and the private sector, can lead to differences in consumption patterns and food choices across different socio-economic and cultural groups. Moreover, television viewing and internet use has led to a more inactive, sedentary lifestyle, as well as more exposure to the marketing of products high in fat, sugar and/or salt among adults and children. Greater levels of TV viewing and internet use is associated with harmful effects on the eating habits of children. This includes higher consumption levels of products high in fat, sugar and/or salt. An improved understanding of these differences and drivers of food choices can support all food systems operators and actors to develop innovative and effective communication strategies (and related policy and regulatory frameworks) that would benefit all parts of the society and support a shift towards healthy and sustainable diets for all.

    Proposed activities should cover all of the following aspects:

    1.Identify the various techniques and vehicles for spreading information and influence behaviour using different mainstream and social media channels (such as apps, websites, virtual consumer clubs and platforms), in particular mapping of new communication tools, algorithms and machines learning principles where citizens make food choices or are consciously or unconsciously influenced to change the consumption behaviour.

    2.Compare the different media and marketing (both linear and non-linear) approaches of national/regional/local governments, civil society, and the private sector, and assess how these different types of approaches and channels affect consumption patterns and food choices across different socio-economic and cultural groups, with a particular emphasis on vulnerable groups such as persons with low socio/economic status, infants and children or their parents responsible for their diets, respectively.

    3.Explore the impact of negative news (e.g., information on food safety risks, information on impacts on biodiversity and ecosystems) as compared with messages promoting positive outcomes of food choices (e.g., information on nutritional and health benefits) by, for example, conducting surveys or employing sentiment analyses. Assess whether parental control can be considered an effective strategy given the real-world context and levels of independent exposure of children to linear and non-linear media. Also explore the effects of misinformation (intentional or not), and how this propagates through different media.

    4.Identify innovative and effective tools to improve communication on sustainable healthy nutrition and diets, and more generally on sustainable food systems, thereby ensuring that all parts of the society are benefitting from access to information that foster uptake of healthy and sustainable diets and lead to the transformation of food systems, while respecting the EU and national legal framework and policies, national educational policies and advice on nutrition and food.

    5.Compile strategies and best practices – in compliance with the Best Practice Portal Protocols – for all food systems operators and actors for communication and outreach efforts to foster healthy, sustainable, and alternative consumption patterns and to encourage good practices, while respecting the EU and national legal framework and policies, national educational policies and advice on nutrition and food.

    6.Clearly explain how results will deliver co-benefits on Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan, the farm to fork strategy and on each of the food 2030 priorities: nutrition for sustainable healthy diets, climate and environment, circularity and resource efficiency, innovation and empowering communities (e.g., meeting the needs, values and expectations of society in a responsible and ethical way).

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach' and ensure adequate involvement of public authorities and civil society organisations, consumers, the private sector and other relevant actors of the value chain.

    Where relevant, activities should build and expand on the recent studies carried out in this area (such as the study on the exposure of children to online marketing of foods high in fat, salt or sugar), 508 on the results of past and ongoing EU joint actions (such as Best-ReMaP on diet and nutrition with a special focus on children) and EU research projects (such as the topics HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-15 and HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES), e.g. by participating in joint activities, workshops, as well as common communication and dissemination activities.

    Proposals should bring together multiple types of scientific expertise in health and natural sciences, and social sciences and humanities (SSH). This topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines (e.g., economics, sociology, human geography, management science, political science, citizen engagement studies, cultural studies, gender studies, etc.).

    Efforts should be made to ensure that the data and the output produced in the context of this topic is FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Re-usable).

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-4: Supporting the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance and Declaration

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in Brazil are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: In order to achieve the expected outcomes of the action, namely the European contribution to the implementation of the All-Atlantic Ocean Research & Innovation Alliance, the consortium must include at least three entities from the following countries: Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Cape Verde, Morocco, United States of America, South Africa.

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action in a capacity other than as an associated partner.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 509 .

    Expected Outcome: Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support the coordination of marine and maritime research and innovation activities with Atlantic Ocean stakeholders, integrating the North and South Atlantic dimension, aligned with the priorities identified in the 2022 All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance (AAORIA) Declaration, with the aim of facilitating knowledge exchange, structure its integration as well as stimulating all forms of innovation, in view of providing benefit to local communities;

    2.Consolidated integration of partners and newcomers to the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance and enhanced visibility to the activities through targeted communication actions and coordination of visual identity;

    3.Support to the governance, implementation and reporting of the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance;

    4.Forged links and coordination with other important EU and international activities such as the European Mission Restore Our Ocean and Waters by 2030, and in particular its Atlantic-Arctic Lighthouse, the Horizon Europe Partnership for a Sustainable Blue Economy, and organisations in charge of protection of the marine and coastal environment in the Atlantic, such as the OSPAR and Abidjan Conventions, in delivering coordinated activities in the Atlantic Sea Basin, while ensuring its interlinks with the adjacent polar areas;

    5.Foster active contribution from the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance to achieving the goals of the UN Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development 2021-2030, the UN Decade on Ecosystem Restoration, the Convention on Biological Diversity, to Marine Biodiversity of Areas Beyond National Jurisdiction (BBNJ), as well as G7 and G20 related activities;

    6.Facilitated synergies in youth and gender programmes and capacity development for early career professionals; educational and inter-generational activities in favour of youth and communities living on the shores of the Atlantic Ocean.

    Scope: The actions should aim at supporting a wider understanding of the opportunities and promoting a sustainable management of the Atlantic Ocean as a whole, through a large-scale basin effort involving both the northern and the southern parts of this ocean, and its interlinks with the adjacent polar areas. To achieve this, it will be necessary to bring together and systematically connect scientists, a wide range of public and private stakeholders, including civil society and youth, with data, knowledge, expertise, capacities, infrastructures and resources.

    Building on the pre-existing cooperative efforts under the Galway and Belém Statements and the existing and future bilateral administrative arrangements between the EU and Atlantic partner countries, this cooperation can continue to converge towards the implementation of a systemic approach by linking and jointly tackling the climate-food-ocean challenges, including extreme events and sea level rise. Overall, activities should contribute to upscaling cooperation along and across the Atlantic Ocean, including the specific on-going and future activities and initiatives related to the Arctic and Antarctica. They should include upscaling of long-term partnerships building also on on-going initiatives such as the All-Atlantic Ocean Youth Ambassadors, joint actions, working groups, pledging platform, etc, for the benefit of the All-Atlantic local communities. This action is expected to bring research and innovation results for their benefit and to also empower for and link early career professional to all these activities.

    The action should:

    1.Contribute with professional support to the organization, monitoring, communication, and outreach activities of the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance and Innovation work, in particular to the annual All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance Forum, and any other major relevant events;

    2.Consolidate existing initiatives (All-Atlantic Ocean Youth Ambassadors, joint actions, working groups, etc.) building on the outcomes of the 2022 AAORIA Fora. Continue providing basic support for joint activities (in particular in their initial phase) in the priority areas identified in the 2022 All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance Declaration, ensuring their long-term self-sustainability;

    3.Facilitate a structured dialogue and coordination between the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance and relevant national and regional stakeholders, such as the Benguela Current Commission, the Abidjan Convention, indigenous communities, as well as networks and initiatives operating in the polar seas;

    4.Link with relevant international bodies, supporting the All-Atlantic contributions to the UN Decade of Ocean Science, and facilitating dialogue and synergies with other EU instruments (e.g., Mission Restore our Ocean and Waters, Mission Adaptation to Climate Change, and the Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership) relevant for the All-Atlantic work, is part of the activities to be undertaken under this action.

    Proposals should include a strong involvement of citizens/civil society, together with academia/research, industry/SMEs and government/public authorities.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is mandatory. Consortia submitting proposals to this topic are encouraged to include in particular participants from countries endorsing the All-Atlantic Ocean Research and Innovation Alliance Declaration.

    Deploying and adding value to Environmental Observations

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-5: Customisation/pre-operationalisation of prototypes end-user services in the area Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 19.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 19.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Pre-commercial Procurement

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Project(s) should have a maximum duration of 3 years.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The specific conditions are described in General Annex H.

    PCP/PPI procurement costs are eligible.

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will be contributing to the European Green Deal related domains benefiting from further deployment, uptake and exploitation of Environmental Observation data and products. It will furthermore be contributing to fit-for-purpose Environmental Observation Systems and a strengthened Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) 510 .

    Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Customisation/pre-operationalisation of prototypes end-user services in the area Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation, building on the Copernicus 511 Services that respond to the common needs and beyond state-of-the-art performance targets of the buyers group;

    2.Reduction of fragmentation of demand for innovative solutions by enabling public procurers to collectively implement a Pre-Commercial Procurement (PCP) in the area of climate adaptation and mitigation, which, due to their nature, are better addressed jointly, or which they would not have been able to tackle independently;

    3.New opportunities for wide market uptake and economies of scale for the supply side through the use of joint specifications, wide publication of results and – where relevant – contribution to standardization, regulation or certification to remove barriers for introduction of innovations into the market and creation of new products, processes and/or services ready for market uptake, leading to viable new businesses, jobs and sustainable economic growth.

    Scope: This PCP – i.e. a joint procurement of research and development services - is launched to reinforce public demand driven innovation in end-user services in the area of climate adaptation and mitigation. PCP has the potential to be an effective demand side innovation action and a useful tool to close the gap between supply and demand for innovative solutions.

    The PCP should deliver successful innovative and fully tested product(s) and/or service(s) that meet the common needs of a buyers' group (consortium of procurers) to procure research, develop innovative marketable solutions, speed up the time-to-market and provide best value for money.

    Activities shall include:

    1.Preparation of the relevant documentation needed to launch and implement the procurement procedure;

    2.Joint research activities relating to the customisation/pre-operationalisation of prototypes end-user services in the area of climate change adaptation and mitigation validating the PCP strategy;

    3.Activities for the follow-up of the joint procurement, such as activities for awareness raising, networking, training, evaluation, validation and dissemination of results.

    The proposal is expected to build on the outcomes coming from:

    1.HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-15: Preparing for pre-commercial procurement (PCP) for end-user services based on environmental observation in the area of climate change adaptation and mitigation. The work done previously under Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe (e.g., from e-shape, climate service projects and downstream services projects);

    2.GEOSS initiatives.

    The core of the consortium should be a qualified 'buyers group' (public procurement consortium), able to implement the action. Additional partners such as business/SME support organisations, innovation agencies or sectoral organisations may be included to assist procurers in knowing what is available on the market through market consultations.

    The proposal should describe the jointly identified challenge, indicating how it fits into the mid-to-long-term innovation plans of the consortium, why solutions currently available on the market or under development are not meeting their needs, and put forward concrete targets for the desired functionality/performance improvement in the quality and efficiency of their public services.

    The proposal should explain clearly how the creation of jobs, sustainable economic growth and new businesses will be assessed as an integral part of the successful application.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-6: Develop innovative applications to support the European Green Deal, building on meteorological satellite data

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Expected Outcome: A successful proposal will be delivering new environmental information through the exploitation of Earth observations and promote application development and pre-operational European services through cloud infrastructures, supporting the GEO engagement priorities and the objectives of the European Green Deal.

    They should be in line with the European strategy for data and Europe’s Digital Decade, thus developing new advanced products, adding value to safety and healthy critical applications of environmental observations and contributing to a strengthened Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) 512 and complementing or enhancing the Copernicus 513 services.

    Proposals are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Uptake of the newly available environmental information and data at global and regional scale delivered through the Copernicus Sentinels and the EUMETSAT 514 “Meteosat Third Generation (MTG)” and “EUMETSAT Polar System Second Generation (EPS SG)”;

    2.Preparation and implementation of high-quality (novel) satellite data products and applications using the next generation EUMETSAT and Copernicus instruments for the exploitation by advanced physical/chemical/biochemical models, and integrating in-situ data, to improve the implementation and operationalisation of new and advanced services and applications;

    3.Demonstrated use of these applications for Earth Systems predictions, long-term climate monitoring (i.e., re-analysis within the Copernicus climate services context) and disaster risk prediction and reduction (e.g., within the framework of the Copernicus Emergency Management service);

    4.Exploitation of the European cloud systems (e.g. Copernicus DIAS 515 , European Open Science Cloud 516 , European Weather Cloud) and a contribution to the Destination Earth initiative 517 ;

    5.Demonstrated use of satellite derived environmental information to advance and improve seamless climate-weather and environmental services in Europe, and potentially beyond.

    Scope: The successful applications should take up and enhance the development of new environmental information based on the Meteosat Third Generation (MTG) and EUMETSAT Polar System Second Generation (EPS SG) 518 . They should explore pre-operational European services through the exploitation of new Earth Observation (EO), digital infrastructures and modelling capabilities.

    In the coming years, the MTG and EPS SG satellites will provide an unprecedented view of the Earth System offering opportunities for developing weather, climate, air-quality and marine applications. Copernicus Sentinels 4 and 5 will be collocated within the MTG and EPS-SG payloads, offering an important opportunity to develop synergetic products.

    Ongoing Copernicus and EUMETSAT missions will complement this observational framework. EUMETSAT will facilitate the access to these data to the successful applications under this topic.

    Proposals should build on these and other missions (e.g., Sentinel), designing new methods and data products to exploit the synergies across instruments and platforms and showcase pilot services for public and private users. They should turn existing and future EO measurements into new environmental information. Co-registration of measurements should allow for optimising the information extraction, as for example the life cycle of extreme weather events through lightning, hyperspectral and other instruments hosted by geostationary payloads.

    Synergies should be considered for across-payloads (geostationary and polar orbiting systems) measurements, and through the use of advanced algorithms, machine learning/artificial intelligence, data assimilation techniques and atmospheric models and artificial intelligence/machine learning techniques. This should contribute to the design of new products exploiting the full spectrum of possibilities (as for example integrating chemistry and water cycle observations into new products/ knowledge). The tools and services developed under the successful applications should be made available for future integration in the Copernicus programme and in the common topical European open infrastructure, Destination Earth. Open-source data/information requires open access to data that is associated with important benefits for the society and economy when reused. They should furthermore ensure the collaboration with EuroGEO 519 and the relevant EuroGEO projects as well as ESA initiatives (such as EO4SD 520 ).

    Successful applications should also develop applications using the new environmental data/information within key domains (e.g., urban and coastal management, air quality and health, disaster risk reduction, sustainable blue economy and climate adaptation/mitigation), as enhancements of already available services.

    Attention should be given the sustained uptake of data/services or these satellites by the European commercial sector.

    Digital and data technologies as key enablers

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-7: Enhancing working conditions and strengthening the work force through digital and data technologies – the potential of robotics and augmented reality in agriculture

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 (according to the activity) by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the farm to fork strategy, the common agricultural policy post 2022, and the headline ambition of a Digital Age, a successful proposal will contribute to transition to a fair, healthy and resilient agriculture. It will therefore also directly and/ or indirectly contribute to the enhancement of the sustainability performance of the sector, including social sustainability, and competitiveness in agriculture through research and innovation which will support the further deployment of digital and data technologies as key enablers.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced working conditions in agriculture (including increased safety of workers and reduced drudgery) through innovative digital solutions exploiting the potential of augmented reality.

    2.Lowered environmental impacts and productions costs and increased product quality in and through the use of digital technologies, through robotics and augmented reality in particular 521 .

    3.Reduced share of risky or unattractive actions/tasks to be performed by workers through automation-based solutions.

    4.Mitigated shortage of work force in agriculture in some sub-sectors through automation-based solutions.

    Scope: Digital and data technologies can facilitate the work in agriculture, enhance working conditions 522 and mitigate the challenge of a lack of work force, by which some branches and regions are affected. They have the potential of making farm-related jobs more attractive, including for younger generations, and to make them safer. Digital and data technologies can increase the effectiveness and efficiency of applications, including for instance through a higher level of precision, and thus increase the sustainability and competitiveness of the sector. Automation is increasingly used in agriculture; frequently, the cost-effectiveness of innovative digital and data technologies still presents a bottleneck to their use in the sector, particularly in fields where their application is not primarily relevant for increasing process efficiency and effectiveness. Technical solutions based on augmented reality approaches offer many opportunities to facilitate and enhance the use of digital technologies in agriculture, to enhance the performance of digital tools, and to provide remote assistance, which is important for remote businesses, particularly in rural areas.

    Proposals should address the following:

    1.Development of augmented-reality based solutions to improve working conditions, safety and failure avoidance, and to further increase robotic performance.

    2.Development of robotic solutions to improve unhealthy working conditions, where applicable. Robotics tasks to be fostered might be directly related to agricultural production, such as harvesting, weeding, crop monitoring, animal husbandry or indirectly related, such as logistics/ farm management (TRL 7-8).

    3.Development of robotic solutions for tasks, for which there is a high interest/ need to support and/ or replace the human work force, not only because of an interest to improve productivity, but to ensure production in an environmentally and socially sustainable way (TRL 7-8).

    4.Strengthening AI capabilities for agro-robotics in the fields of applications fostered by the proposals including through the use of (scalable) platforms to further increase robotics performance (TRL 7-8).

    5.Development of business models for the use of the developed innovative technologies under consideration of various farm structures and inter-farm linkages as well as of various biogeographic and socio-economic framing conditions.

    6.Development of a tool for system analyses of the consequences for farmers and rural communities of enhancing working conditions through automation and augmented reality and of replacing human work force with robotic systems.

    The development of such technologies should take into account relevant (forthcoming) EU legislation, in particular linked to the horizontal Act on AI, as well as the legislation related to liability and machinery. Projects are encouraged - when reflecting on the effects of automation and augmented reality - to dedicate particular attention to youth/ younger generation, women and persons with disabilities as well as to the affordability of digital solutions. Projects are expected to develop training material allowing the targeted end users and multipliers to easily deploy and promote the new technologies.

    Proposals must implement the ‘multi-actor approach’ including a range of actors to ensure that knowledge and needs from various stakeholder groups, including farmers, farm workers, farm advisors and scientists are taken into consideration. This topic should involve the effective contribution of social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines.

    Projects are expected to take into consideration the results of other related Horizon 2020/ Europe projects as well as of other relevant EU-funded projects and initiatives.

    Proposals may involve financial support to third parties, e.g. to academic researchers, hi-tech start-ups, SMEs, and other multidisciplinary actors, to for instance, develop, test or validate developed approaches, tools and applications or to provide other contributions to achieve the project objectives. Consortia need to define the selection process of organisations, for which financial support may be granted. A maximum of 20% of the EU funding can be allocated to this purpose.

    A project duration of 60 months might be envisaged.

    Strengthening agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKIS)

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-8: Broaden EIP Operational Group outcomes across borders by means of thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 523 .

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal, the EU climate policy, the common agricultural policy (CAP) and the farm to fork strategy objectives and targets, the successful proposals will focus on knowledge sharing in a language that is easy to understand and targeted to farmers and foresters. They will address the necessity of primary producers for impartial and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience. They will also speed up innovation and the uptake of results, and will be key to improving sustainability.

    They will contribute to effective Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS 524 ), thereby adding value to the knowledge and cost-effectiveness of innovative practices and techniques in and across primary production sectors, food and bioeconomy systems, and lead to more informed and engaged stakeholders and users of project results.

    Despite the continued funding of scientific projects, new knowledge, innovative ideas and methods from practice are not sufficiently captured and spread. The research findings are often not integrated into agricultural and forestry practice. The proposals, acting at EU level to remedy this, are essential because national and sectoral agricultural knowledge and innovation systems (AKISs) are insufficiently connected and organised to fully meet the challenge of intensifying thematic cooperation between researchers, advisors and farmers/foresters. This exchange of knowledge will foster economically viable and sustainable agriculture and forestry and build trust between the main AKIS actors. It will scale local solutions up to the EU level and may even influence policy design wherever useful.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Contribution to the cross-cutting objective of the CAP on modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 525  , as well as to the European Green Deal and farm to fork strategy objectives and targets, including climate change and carbon farming.

    2.Collection and distribution of easily accessible practice-oriented knowledge on the thematic area chosen, in particular the existing innovative solutions, best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners.

    3.Maintenance of practical knowledge in the long-term – beyond the project period – in particular by using the main trusted dissemination channels which farmers/foresters most often consult.

    4.Increased flow of practical information between farmers/foresters in the EU in a geographically balanced way, creating spill-overs and taking account of the differences between territories.

    5.Greater user acceptance of collected solutions and a more intensive dissemination of existing knowledge, by connecting actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up innovation and promote the faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice.

    Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

    1.Build on the experiences and outcomes of at least 5 EIP-AGRI Operational Groups of at least 3 Member States and choose a common theme related to the themes of the 5 Operational Group projects.

    2.Tackle the most urgent needs of farmers and foresters. Collect, summarise, share and translate the existing knowledge from science and practice, resulting from the EIP operational Groups and beyond, in an easy-to-understand language for practitioners.

    3.Compile a comprehensive description of the state of current farming practices on the chosen theme to explain the added value of the proposal and the relevance of the theme. Proposals should focus on the cost/benefit aspects of the practices collected and summarised, and clarify how the project avoids duplication with ongoing or completed projects and networks.

    4.Deliver an extensive range of useful, applicable and appealing end-user material for farmers and foresters. This info should be easy to access and understand, and feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by farmers and foresters in the countries.

    5.Deliver as much audio-visual material and as many “practice abstracts” in the common EIP-AGRI format as possible, also including education and training materials.

    6.All materials should also be provided to the European Innovation Partnership (EIP-AGRI) 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' in the common 'practice abstract' format, as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

    7.In addition to giving the details on the EIP Operational Groups whose involvement is strongly recommended 526 , wherever possible and relevant to the chosen theme, provide also details on how further synergies will be built with future EIP Operational Groups and interactive innovation groups operating in the context of the EIP-AGRI.

    8.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach', with a consortium based on a balanced mix of actors with complementary knowledge clearly activating farmers/foresters, farmers' groups and advisors and run for a minimum of 3 years.

    9.In order to better reach and capture knowledge from the targeted farmers/foresters, the networks may organise 'cross-fertilisation' through sub-networks covering, for example, a region, a language or a production system.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-9: Thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 527 .

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal, the EU climate policy, the common agricultural policy (CAP) and the farm to fork strategy objectives and targets, the successful proposals will focus on knowledge sharing in a language that is easy to understand and targeted to farmers and foresters. They will address the necessity of primary producers for impartial and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience.

    They will also speed up innovation and the uptake of results, and will be key to improving sustainability. They will contribute to effective Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS 528 ), thereby adding value to the knowledge and cost-effectiveness of innovative practices and techniques in and across primary production sectors, food and bioeconomy systems, and lead to more informed and engaged stakeholders and users of project results.

    Despite the continued funding of scientific projects, new knowledge, innovative ideas and methods from practice are not sufficiently captured and spread. The research findings are often not integrated into agricultural and forestry practice. Proposals, acting at EU level to remedy this situation, are essential because national and sectoral AKISs are insufficiently connected and organised to fully meet the challenge of intensifying thematic cooperation between researchers, advisors and farmers/foresters. This exchange of knowledge will foster economically viable and sustainable agriculture and forestry and build trust between the main AKIS actors.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Contribution to the cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 529 , as well as to the European Green Deal, including climate change, and farm to fork strategy objectives and targets.

    2.Collection and distribution of easily accessible practice-oriented knowledge on the thematic area chosen, in particular the existing innovative solutions, best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners.

    3.Maintenance of practical knowledge in the long-term – beyond the project period – in particular by using the main trusted dissemination channels that farmers/foresters most often consult.

    4.Increased flow of practical information between farmers/foresters in the EU in a geographically balanced way, creating spill-overs and taking account of the differences between territories.

    5.Greater user acceptance of collected solutions and a more intensive dissemination of existing knowledge, by connecting actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up innovation and promote the faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice.

    Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

    1.Tackle the most urgent farmers’ or foresters' needs by summarising, sharing and presenting – in a language that is easy to understand and is targeted to farmers and foresters – the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners. The specific themes of the networks can be chosen in a 'bottom-up' way on the condition that they contribute to the relevant EU policy objectives, including climate change mitigation or adaptation;

    2.Compile a comprehensive description of the state of current farming/forestry practices on the chosen theme to explain the added-value of the proposal and the relevance of the theme. Proposals should focus on the cost/benefit aspects of the practices collected and summarised, and clarify how the project avoids duplication with ongoing or completed projects and networks;

    3.Deliver an extensive range of useful, applicable and appealing end-user material for farmers and foresters. This info should be easy to access and understand, making use of audio-visual material wherever possible, including also materials serving education and training and automatic translation services that allow dissemination beyond language barriers;

    4.This range of material should feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by farmers and foresters in the countries;

    5.As many “practice abstracts” in the common EIP-AGRI format as possible, as well as other types of materials should be provided to the European Innovation Partnership (EIP-AGRI) 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability', as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24);

    6.Besides giving the details on the EIP Operational Groups whose involvement is strongly recommended 530 , wherever possible and relevant to the chosen theme, provide also details on how further synergies will be built with future EIP Operational Groups and interactive innovation groups operating in the context of the EIP-AGRI;

    7.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach', with a consortium based on a balanced mix of actors with complementary knowledge clearly activating farmers/foresters, farmers' groups and advisors; and run for a minimum of 3 years;

    8.In order to better reach and capture knowledge from the targeted farmers/foresters, the networks may organise 'cross-fertilisation' through sub-networks covering, for example, a region, a language or a production system.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-10: Organic farming thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 531 .

    Expected Outcome: Successful proposals will support the objectives of the European Green Deal, including on climate change, of the common agricultural policy (CAP) and of the farm to fork strategy, notably its target to reach at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming by 2030. This topic addresses the necessity of organic farming producers for impartial and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience. Successful proposals will speed up innovation and the uptake of results, and will contribute to effective Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS 532 ).

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Support for the implementation of the CAP’s cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 533 , as well as the objectives of the Action Plan for the Development of Organic Production 534 related to the promotion of best practices and synergies with EIP-AGRI projects, enhancing knowledge exchange and strengthening AKIS;

    2.Collection, distribution and dissemination to farmers of easily accessible practice-oriented knowledge focusing on organic farming, in particular the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice;

    3.Increased flow of practical information between farmers in the EU and Associated Countries in a geographically balanced way;

    4.Greater user acceptance of collected solutions and a more intensive dissemination of existing knowledge.

    Scope: Transformative changes, such as the ones called for by the farm to fork strategy and the European Green Deal, are dynamic and complex processes. This is particularly the case of organic farming, a more knowledge-intensive approach compared to more conventional ones. This topic aims at supporting the achievement of the farm to fork strategy target of at least 25% of the EU's agricultural land under organic farming by 2030, for which knowledge and best practice exchange among farmers and across the EU and Associated Countries are fundamental, as it is recognised in the action plan for the development of organic production 535 . In this respect, it also aims to support climate change mitigation and adaptation, including carbon farming uptake. Despite the continued funding of scientific projects devoted specifically to address the challenges of organic farming, research findings are not sufficiently integrated into agricultural practice. Therefore, new knowledge and innovative ideas are not sufficiently shared with and adopted by organic farmers. Moreover, national and sectoral AKISs are insufficiently connected and organised to fully meet the challenge of intensifying thematic cooperation between researchers, advisors and farmers/foresters. The exchange of knowledge can foster economically viable and sustainable agriculture.

    Proposals should focus on knowledge sharing that addresses the most urgent needs of organic farmers, involved in plant production and/or animal husbandry, for impartial and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience in their specific contexts. The specific subthemes of the network should be chosen in a 'bottom-up' way. Proposals should focus on the cost/benefit aspects of the practices identified. End-user material for farmers should include conversion and business plans. The differences between countries/regions/territories should be duly taken into consideration.

    In this context, proposals should:

    1.Describe comprehensively the state of available knowledge of organic farming practices on the chosen theme and justify the added-value and the relevance of the theme, and explaining how duplication with ongoing or completed projects and networks is avoided.

    2.Summarise, share and present – in a language that is easy to understand and is targeted to farmers – the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice.

    3.Deliver an extensive range of useful, applicable and appealing material for organic farmers. This material should be easy to access and understand, making use of audio-visual material wherever possible, including also materials serving education and training. The material should feed into existing dissemination channels most consulted by farmers in the different countries.

    4.Provide “practice abstracts” in the common EIP-AGRI format, as well as other type of materials, to the European Innovation Partnership (EIP-AGRI) 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability', as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24).

    5.In addition to giving the details on the EIP Operational Groups which are strongly recommended to be involved 536 , wherever possible and relevant to organic farming, provide also details on how further synergies will be built with future EIP Operational Groups and interactive innovation groups operating in the context of the EIP-AGRI.

    6.Ensure the long-term - beyond the project period - availability of the practical knowledge collected.

    Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach', with a consortium based on a balanced mix of actors with complementary knowledge clearly building on organic farmers, farmers' groups and advisors, and should run for a minimum of 3 years. Proposals may organise 'cross-fertilisation' through sub-networks covering, for example, a region, a language or a production system, in order to better reach and capture knowledge from the targeted farmers and to address context-specific challenges. Outcomes should be widely spread beyond the organic farming community and reach also farmers involved in carbon farming, low-input farming, circular agriculture or agroecology.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will ensure synergies with the activities carried out by projects selected under the topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-20: ‘Developing an EU advisory network on organic agriculture’, HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-1-two-stage: ‘Increasing the availability and use of non-contentious inputs in organic farming’, and HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-3: ‘Improving yields in organic cropping systems’ in this Work Programme.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-11: Biodiversity thematic networks to compile and share knowledge ready for practice

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 537 .

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal, the EU climate policy, the common agricultural policy (CAP) and the farm to fork strategy objectives and targets, the successful proposals will focus on knowledge sharing in a language that is easy to understand and targeted to farmers and foresters. They will address the necessity of primary producers for impartial and tailored knowledge on the management choices related to the needs, challenges or opportunities they experience. They will also speed up innovation and the uptake of results, and will be key to improving sustainability. They will contribute to effective Agriculture Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS 538 ), thereby adding value to the knowledge and cost-effectiveness of innovative practices and techniques in and across primary production sectors, food and bioeconomy systems, and lead to more informed and engaged stakeholders and users of project results.

    Despite the continued funding of scientific projects, new knowledge, innovative ideas and methods from practice are not shared and adopted. Often the research findings are not integrated into agricultural and forestry practice. Proposals, acting at EU level to remedy this situation, are essential because national and sectoral AKISs are insufficiently connected and organised to fully meet the challenge of intensifying thematic cooperation between researchers, advisors and farmers/foresters. This exchange of knowledge will foster economically viable and sustainable agriculture and forestry and build trust between the main AKIS actors.

    Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Support the implementation of the cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 539 , as well as European Green Deal and farm to fork objectives.

    2.Collection and distribution of easily accessible practice-oriented knowledge on the thematic area chosen, in particular the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice.

    3.Maintenance of the practical knowledge for the long-term – beyond the project period – in particular by using the main trusted dissemination channels that farmers/foresters most often consult.

    4.Increased flow of practical information between farmers/foresters in the EU in a geographically balanced way, creating spill-overs and taking account of the differences between territories.

    5.Greater user acceptance of collected solutions and a more intensive dissemination of existing knowledge, by connecting actors, policies, projects and instruments to speed up innovation and promote the faster and wider co-creation and transposition of innovative solutions into practice.

    Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

    1.Tackle the most urgent needs of farmers and/or foresters related to biodiversity, including those relevant for climate change mitigation and adaptation, by summarising, sharing and presenting - in a language that is easy to understand and is targeted to farmers and foresters – the existing best practices and research findings that are ready to be put into practice, but not sufficiently known or used by practitioners. The specific objectives of the networks can be chosen in a 'bottom-up' way on condition that they tackle biodiversity issues.

    2.The network should cover at least the following aspects:

    1.Incentives from farmers and foresters to improve biodiversity on farms/forests or across farms/forests in a collaborative way

    2.EU requirements for biodiversity protection in agricultural and forest areas (Birds and Habitats Directives).

    3.Compile a comprehensive description of the state of current farming practices on biodiversity, including those relevant for climate mitigation or adaptation, to explain the added value of the proposal and the relevance of the theme.

    4.Proposals should focus on the cost/benefit aspects of the practices collected and summarised, and clarify how the project avoids duplication with ongoing or completed projects and networks.

    5.Deliver an extensive range of useful, applicable and appealing end-user material for farmers and foresters. This info should be easy to access and understand, making use of audio-visual material wherever possible, including also materials serving education and training;

    6.This range of material should feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by farmers and foresters in their countries.

    7.As many “practice abstracts” in the common EIP-AGRI format as possible, as well as other type of materials should be provided to the European Innovation Partnership (EIP-AGRI) 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability', as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24);

    8.Besides giving the details on the EIP Operational Groups whose involvement is strongly recommended 540 , wherever possible and relevant to biodiversity, provide also details on how further synergies will be built with future EIP Operational Groups and interactive innovation groups operating in the context of the EIP-AGRI.

    9.Proposals must implement the 'multi-actor approach', with a consortium based on a balanced mix of actors with complementary knowledge clearly building on farmers/foresters, farmers' groups and advisors; and run for a minimum of 3 years.

    10.In order to better reach and capture knowledge from the targeted farmers/foresters, the networks may organise 'cross-fertilisation' through sub-networks covering, for example, a region, a language or a production system.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-12: Developing EU advisory networks on forestry

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 541 .

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal, the EU climate policy, the common agricultural policy (CAP) and the EU forest strategy for 2030 objectives, the successful proposal will focus on advisor exchanges across the EU to increase the speed of knowledge creation and sharing, capacity building, of demonstration of innovative solutions, as well as helping to bring them into practice, accelerating the necessary transitions. Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS) in which advisors are fully integrated are key drivers to speed up innovation and the uptake of research results by farmers.

    Transformative changes such as the changes required within the European Green Deal are dynamic processes that require appropriate governance of AKIS actors. Advisors are key actors with a role in providing strong guidance and with a big influence over producers’ decisions. A novelty in the post-2020 CAP plans 542 is that advisors now must be integrated within the Member States’ AKIS, and that the scope of their actions has become much broader. They must now be able to cover economic, environmental and social domains, as well as be up-to-date on science and technology. They should be able to translate this knowledge into opportunities, and use and adapt this knowledge to specific local circumstances. This specific topic focuses on the important role advisors can play related to more sustainable forestry in the future.

    Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Progress towards the most urgent policy objectives linked to Cluster 6, as well as the European Green Deal, and in particular the EU Forest Strategy for 2030 and the new CAP, with a view to improve sustainability of forestry, help raise awareness and tackle societal challenges;

    2.Support to the CAP cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge, innovation and digitalisation, and encouraging their uptake 543 ;

    3.Development of interaction with regional policymakers and of a potential EU network to discuss institutional challenges to practical forestry issues, such as bottlenecks, lock-ins, political inertia, ambiguous regulations, inequality between Member States and power imbalances;

    4.Production of supporting services and materials, including knowledge networks and peer-to-peer counselling, master classes, advice modules, communication and education materials, effective business models, etc. to facilitate the upscaling of sustainable forest management;

    5.Acceleration of the introduction, spread and implementation in practice of innovative solutions related to forestry, in particular by:

    6.creating added value by better linking research, education, advisors and foresters, and encouraging the wider use of available knowledge across the EU;

    7.learning from innovation actors and projects, resulting in faster sharing and implementation of ready-to-use innovative solutions, spreading them to practitioners and communicating to the scientific community the bottom-up research needs of practice.

    Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

    1.Connect advisors possessing a broad and extensive network of foresters across all EU Member States in an EU advisory network dedicated to forestry, including forestry techniques which support a higher level of sustainability, with a view to sharing experiences on how to best tackle the issues, building on the outcomes of the EIP-AGRI Focus Groups and Workshops as well as the Horizon 2020 Thematic Networks related to forestry.

    2.Share effective and novel approaches among the EU advisory network on forestry, which are sustainable in terms of economic, environmental and social aspects.

    3.Gather or develop short-, mid- and long-term strategic visions for forests and forestry in the EU, taking into account regional differences, regional policy frameworks, climate change, supply and demand, monitoring needs, etc.

    4.Fill gaps on emerging advisory topics beyond the classical sectoral advice, which is useful in particular in relation with the new obligation for Member States to integrate advisors within their AKIS and who must cover a much broader scope than in the past.

    5.Provide overall support related to knowledge creation, organisation and sharing.

    6.Take strong account of cost-benefit elements. Collect and document good examples in this regard, connecting with foresters and other actors across related value chains in Member States to be able to take into account financial aspects and local conditions. Select the best practices, learn about the key success factors, possible quick wins and make them available for (local) exploitation, to ensure financial win-wins for producers, citizens and intermediate actors.

    7.Integrate the advisors of the EU forestry network into their Member State AKIS as much as possible. They should encourage as innovation brokers innovative projects on forestry in EIP Operational Groups. They should give hands-on training to foresters and local advisors, lead national thematic and learning networks on the subject, deliver and implement action plans to make forestry more sustainable, connect with education and ensure broad communication, support peer-to-peer consulting, develop on-farm demonstrations and demo films distributed widely via social media, and provide specific back-office support for generalist advisors within the national/regional AKIS.

    8.Explore if the activities of the EU advisory network on forestry can be scaled up at the level of a number of Member States under a cooperative format. Wherever possible, develop digital advisory tools for common use across the EU. Determine whether common tools can be created to incentivise the implementation of the learnings from this project.

    9.Include all 27 EU Member States in the EU advisory network, using local AKIS connections which can more accurately interpret the national/regional contexts to help develop the best solutions for that Member State or region. Use the support of the Member States’ knowledge and innovation experts of the SCAR-AKIS Strategic Working Group to discuss project strategy and progress in the various stages of the 2 projects.

    10.Projects should run at least 5 years. They must implement the multi-actor approach, with a majority of partners being forestry advisors with frequent field experience.

    11.Provide all outcomes and materials to the European Innovation Partnership 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' (EIP-AGRI), including in the common 'practice abstract' format for EU wide dissemination, as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01-13: Developing EU advisory networks on sustainable livestock systems

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 544 .

    Expected Outcome: In support of the European Green Deal, organic action plan, the common agricultural policy (CAP), farm to fork and biodiversity strategies, and the sustainable carbon cycles communication’s objectives and targets, the successful proposal will focus on advisor exchanges across the EU in order to increase the speed of knowledge creation and sharing, capacity building, demonstration of innovative solutions, as well as helping to bring them into practice, which accelerates the necessary transitions. Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation Systems (AKIS), in which advisors play a central role, are key drivers to speed up innovation and the uptake of research results by farmers.

    Transformative changes such as the changes required within the European Green Deal are dynamic processes that require appropriate governance of AKIS actors. Advisors are key actors with a role in providing strong guidance and with a big influence on producers’ decisions. A novelty in the post-2020 CAP plans 545 is that advisors must now be integrated within the Member States’ AKIS, and that the scope of their actions has become much broader. They must be able to cover economic, environmental and social domains, as well as be up-to-date on science and innovation. They should be able to translate this knowledge into opportunities, and use and adapt this knowledge to specific local circumstances. This specific topic focuses on the important role that advisors can play in relation to boosting sustainable livestock systems in the future.

    Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Progress towards the most urgent policy objectives linked to Cluster 6, as well as the European Green Deal, and in particular the new CAP, with a view to improving the sustainability of livestock management, helping to raise awareness and tackle societal challenges related to sustainable livestock systems, including climate change mitigation and adaptation;

    2.Support to the CAP cross-cutting objective of modernising the sector by fostering and sharing knowledge, innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake 546 ;

    3.Development of interaction with regional policymakers and of a potential EU network to discuss institutional challenges to practical sustainable livestock production systems issues, such as bottlenecks, lock-ins, political inertia, ambiguous regulations, inequality between Member States and power imbalances;

    4.Production of supporting services and materials, including knowledge networks and peer-to-peer counselling, master classes, advice modules, communication and education materials, effective business models, etc. to facilitate the upscaling of sustainable livestock systems;

    5.Acceleration of the introduction, spread and implementation in practice of innovative solutions related to sustainable livestock systems, in particular by:

    6.creating added value by better linking research, education, advisors and farming practice, and encouraging the wider use of available knowledge across the EU;

    7.learning from innovation actors and projects, resulting in faster sharing and implementation of ready-to-use innovative solutions, spreading them to practitioners and communicating to the scientific community the bottom-up research needs of practice.

    Scope: Proposals should address the following activities:

    1.Connect advisors possessing a broad and extensive network of farmers across all EU Member States in an EU advisory network dedicated to sustainable livestock systems, including farming techniques which support sustainable animal production, with a view to sharing experiences on how to best tackle the issues, building on the outcomes of the EIP-AGRI Focus Groups and Workshops as well as the Horizon 2020 Thematic Networks related to sustainable livestock systems.

    2.Share effective and novel approaches among the EU advisory network on livestock systems, which are climate-friendly and sustainable in terms of economic, environmental and social aspects.

    3.Fill gaps on emerging advisory topics beyond the classical sectoral advice, which is useful in particular in relation with the new obligation for Member States to integrate advisors within their AKIS and who must cover a much broader scope than in the past.

    4.Provide overall support related to knowledge creation, organisation and sharing.

    5.Take strong account of cost-benefit elements. Collect and document good examples in this regard, connecting with farmers, intermediates and consumers in Member States to be able to take into account financial aspects and local conditions. Select the best practices, learn about the key success factors, possible quick wins and make them available for (local) exploitation, to ensure financial win-wins for producers, citizens and intermediate actors.

    6.Integrate the advisors of the EU sustainable livestock systems network into their MS AKIS as much as possible. As innovation brokers they should encourage innovative projects on organic farming in EIP Operational Groups. They should give hands-on training to farmers and local advisors, lead national thematic and learning networks on the subject, deliver and implement action plans to make livestock systems more sustainable, climate-friendly, and inspire new and incoming farmers or farms at the cross-roads of intergenerational renewal, connect with education and ensure broad communication, support peer-to-peer consulting, develop on-farm demonstrations and demo films distributed widely via social media, and provide specific back-office support for generalist advisors within the national/regional AKIS.

    7.Explore if the activities of the EU advisory network on sustainable livestock systems can be up scaled at the level of a number of Member States under a cooperative format. Wherever possible, develop digital advisory tools for common use across the EU. Determine whether common tools can be created to incentivise the implementation of the learnings from this project.

    8.Include all 27 EU Member States in the EU advisory network, using local AKIS connections which can more accurately interpret the national/regional contexts to help develop the best solutions for that Member State or region. Use the support of the Member States’ knowledge and innovation experts of the SCAR-AKIS Strategic Working Group to discuss project strategy and progress in the various stages of the 2 projects.

    9.Projects should run at least 5 years. They must implement the multi-actor approach, with a majority of partners being advisors with frequent field experience.

    10.Provide all outcomes and materials to the European Innovation Partnership 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' (EIP-AGRI), including in the common 'practice abstract' format for EU wide dissemination, as well as to national/regional/local AKIS channels and to the EU-wide interactive knowledge reservoir (HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-24) in the requested formats.

    Other actions not subject to calls for proposals

    1. Support International Resource Panel (IRP) Secretariat

    Expected impacts:

    In line with the European Green Deal priorities, the proposal should set out a credible pathway to contributing to all of the following impacts:

    1.achieving sustainable and circular management and use of natural resources;

    2.lowering the use of primary non-renewable raw materials and reducing greenhouse gases emissions and other pollutants, achieving an improved environmental footprint (including on biodiversity), enabling climate-neutrality, zero pollution and higher resource efficiency;

    3.helping to achieve EU policy targets, such as the circular economy action plan, the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030, and the climate adaptation strategy.

    Expected outcomes:

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.improved knowledge of information on the sustainable use and management of resources to shift away from overconsumption, waste and ecological harm;

    2.improved science-policy dialogue and dissemination of robust and policy-relevant outcomes, contributing to the EU and multilateral policymaking in the field of natural resource management, circular economy and sustainable consumption and production;

    3.strengthened synergies between the deliverables of EU research and innovation (R&I) framework programmes and the International Resource Panel (IRP).

    Scope:

    The International Resource Panel (IRP) 547 is a science-policy interface which aims to build up and share the knowledge needed to improve the use of resources worldwide. The IRP was launched by the European Commission (COM(2005) 670) and set up in cooperation with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). The Commission co-chairs the IRP’s Steering Committee, which guides the Panel’s strategic direction, ensures policy relevance, helps set the work programme, oversees budgets and provides advice on the Panel’s scientific composition. The IRP’s findings have been used by the Commission when shaping the European Green Deal and have informed resolutions adopted by the United Nations Environment Assembly 548 . The IRP work is often quoted or is at the basis of G7/G20 documents and communiqués related to sustainable consumption and production, resource efficiency and the circular economy.

    The EU will contribute financially to the IRP to help it implement its 2022-2025 and subsequent work programmes inter alia supporting the preparation and dissemination of IRP reports; facilitating the participation of scientists from the EU, Associated and Third Countries in this process; communicating about IRP deliverables and findings, also using the EU institutions platforms and channels of communication; and to strengthen the synergies between Horizon programmes’ outcomes and IRP deliverables. EU financial support to the IRP aims also at providing evidence to policy makers and other relevant stakeholders for timely, high-quality and policy-relevant information and strengthen the science-policy dialogue on sustainable use of resources.

    The proposal should inter alia illustrate how the 2022-2025 and subsequent IRP work programme will use new dissemination channels – how it will reach a wider range of target users, etc. It should also describe how relevant results from Horizon Europe and previous EU R&I framework programmes will be used in delivering on the 2022-2025 and subsequent work programmes and, where appropriate, create synergies with ongoing initiatives (collaboration with Horizon experts, use of common events, etc.).

    Legal entities:

    United Nations Environment Programme (International Resource Panel), UNEP, United Nations Avenue, Gigiri, Nairobi 00100, Kenya

    Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

    Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 3.75 million from the 2023 budget

    2. Coordination and support service for Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI)

    The circular economy concept should be a central component in local and regional economies, which have a suitable scale for closing resources loops, creating sustainable circular ecosystems and designing participatory community-based innovation schemes. An increasing number of cities, regions, industries and businesses are engaging in testing and improving circularity in their territories, economic sectors, value chains and services.

    Nevertheless, concrete implementation of systemic solutions for the territorial deployment of the circular economy still needs to be demonstrated and replicated in other areas. In particular, a major challenge is to apply the circular economy concept effectively in urban and regional policy areas beyond traditional resource recovery in waste and water sectors.

    The Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI) 549 is part of the European circular economy action plan and aims to support circular solutions for the transition towards a sustainable, regenerative, inclusive and just circular economy on a local and regional scale. The aim of the CCRI’s activities is to help implement the European Green Deal 550 , the circular economy action plan 551 and the bioeconomy strategy 552 . The CCRI Coordination and Support Office is currently run via a 4-year framework contract (FWC) (from October 2021 until October 2025).

    The objective of this new action is to continue and strengthen the coordination and support service for the CCRI’s implementation at local and regional level beyond October 2025. It will also ensure the cooperation among the CCRI’s projects covered under the Horizon 2020 European Green Deal Call and Horizon Europe and relevant initiatives and stakeholders.

    Therefore, this action aims to launch a new 4-year Framework contract (FWC) with an estimated budget ceiling of EUR 6.00 million. No budgetary appropriations will be needed in 2024 as the signature of the FWC is expected in October 2025. The indicative budgets needed for specific contracts to be signed in 2025 and 2026 will be covered in the relevant work programme for those years.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Fourth quarter of 2024

    3. GEO subscription 2023-2024

    The EU will make an annual contribution to activities of the GEO (Group of Earth Observations) Secretariat for 2023-2024, in accordance with Article 239 of the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities (2018) on making contributions to bodies of which the EU is a member or an observer.

    As a full member of the GEO, the Commission will pay a contribution on the EU’s behalf to the GEO Trust Fund, which is the budgetary structure agreed by GEO members to fund the GEO Secretariat (hosted by the World Meteorological Organisation in Geneva, Switzerland). This contribution will help ensure the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) is implemented according to its annual work plan and the continuity of the leadership and participation of the EU in the GEO.

    Type of Action: Subscription action

    Indicative timetable: Second quarter of 2023 and second quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.20 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.20 million from the 2024 budget

    4. Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre: Leveraging European data-sharing and exploitation practices within GEOSS (Global Earth Observation System of Systems) 2024

    The next generation EuroGEOSS initiative will leverage a healthy community of users and providers, combined with an operational legal framework for data through the European data act, data governance act and implementing act for high-value datasets. The initiative will be effectively implementing prominent policy use cases through a technical approach that is fully in line with European values and the legal framework, and makes use of competitive advantages (such as open source technology, open standards, federated data infrastructure).

    Using these outcomes as a starting point, in addition to the update of the technological approaches for accommodating ICT developments, in the next work programme (2024 – 2026) specific attention will be put on:

    1.scaling the technical approaches to fully embrace private, IoT and personal data;

    2.implementing and further developing additional use cases in line with the Commission’s priorities and the regional development agenda;

    3.expanding the approaches and technological developments of EuroGEOSS to other regions, specifically in Africa and other countries involved in the European Neighbourhood Instrument, within the context of the Global Gateway initiative.

    Indicative duration: 36 months.

    Form of Funding: Direct action grants

    Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    Indicative timetable: Fourth quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 2.60 million from the 2024 budget

    5. Service Level Agreement with EEA “Enhancing the access to in situ Earth observation data in support of climate change adaptation policies and activities” 2024

    A contribution over three years (2024-2027) to the European Environment Agency (EEA) will help accelerate the implementation of the GEO data sharing and management of relevant in situ Earth observation data in support of environmental and climate sustainability goals.

    The contribution will be primarily focused on supporting the accessibility and the integration of in situ data (including from citizen science and Horizon Europe projects) as well as socio-economic data relevant for implementing the “Mission on adaptation to climate change”, the EU adaptation strategy and the planned Digital Twin on Climate Adaptation 553 . It will also explore the availability and exploitation of in situ data for enhancing the links between climate change and air pollution, such as, in the context of ozone pollution, peak episodes under changing climate conditions.

    As an integral component of the EuroGEO initiative launched by the European Commission, this action will support European activities that contribute to the in-situ data strategy of GEO.

    This work will benefit from the EEA’s unique role as coordinator of the Copernicus In-Situ Component and of the CLIMATE-ADAPT platform, as well as its role as a lead in the work carried out within GEO on in-Situ Earth Observation data.

    Indicative duration: 36 months.

    Type of Action: Service Level Agreement

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2024 budget

    6. Support the clustering of ESA-RTD projects in the domain of Earth System Science (ESS projects)

    The ESA-Commission Earth System Science initiative aims at coordinating the Horizon Europe programme with the ESA Future-EO programme, focusing onthe following areass: polar systems, ocean systems, biodiversity systems, climate systems, water systems and hazards.

    The ambition of the collaboration between ESA and Horizon Europe is to join the forces of space-born Earth observation specialists with the broader R&I community to help bring about major breakthroughs in Earth System Science, hence delivering relevant outcomes in support of the European Grean Deal. The initiative will emerge in 2024 as a group of complementary projects pursuing a common objective in the field of Earth System Science. The Commission’s projects should support R&I actions eligible under Horizon Europe, while ESA projects should support development and access to novel space assets, ESA science and research, and open science infrastructure.

    The overall objective of this action is to create a cluster of ESA-RTD projects to support relevant EU policies and programmes.

    The detailed objectives are:

    1.to develop the clustering modalities and a governance structure needed for organising the cluster with the participation of the ESA and the relevant services of the European Commission;

    2.to enable the interactions between the ESA and Horizon Europe projects to support cooperation and exploitation of synergies between the ESA and Horizon Europe projects;

    3.to organise joint communication, dissemination and exploitation activities for the cluster of projects toward major stakeholder communities, including policy actors implementing the European Green Deal and the broader public;

    4.to organise, where relevant, the synergies with the Copernicus programme, Destination Earth, the GEO, the EuroGEO initiative, and the Horizon Europe Missions and Partnerships.

    5.to organise regular events of the cluster to promote its activities and disseminate outcomes.

    Furthermore, this action should examine the cluster’s future by delivering a longer plan to prolong the actions of the cluster.

    Form of Funding: Direct action grants

    Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2024 budget

    7. Leveraging and promoting the EU Ocean Observation assets within the GEO Blue Planet and G7 Future of the Seas and Oceans Initiatives

    Initiated through the EU Partnership Instrument, EU4OceanObs 554 is an action on international ocean governance to ensure improved cooperation in collecting and using ocean data for societal benefit on a global scale, running from 2020 until 2022.

    EU4OceanObs strengthens the international strategy for and coordination of the global ocean observing system by working with two overarching partnerships: the G7, through its Future of the Seas and Oceans initiative 555 (FSOI), and the GEO 556 through its GEO Blue Planet initiative. EU4OceanObs showcases Europe’s leading-edge capacities and best practices across the ocean observing value chain in order to increase the impact and uptake of European programmes and products beyond Europe and to increase global cooperation and commitment to ocean observation.

    The implementation of EU4OceanObs has been delegated to Mercator Ocean International (MOi), a non-profit company created in 2010, providing ocean science-based services of general interest focused on the conservation and the sustainable use of oceans, seas and marine resources. MOi is in charge of implementing of the EU Copernicus Marine Service through a delegation/contribution agreement with the European Commission. MOi is a participating organisation within the GEO intergovernmental initiative where it has an active role in the GEO’s Blue Planet initiative. Furthermore, it is a member of EuroGOOS, the European component of the Global Ocean Observing System (GOOS) programme. MOi is also a key partner for the implementation of several Horizon 2020 projects in the field of ocean observation and modelling. It has a unique strategic position at the crossroads between ocean observation and forecasting services, research, and international outreach.

    In this complex landscape of international programmes and partnerships, and with the EU actions in G7 FSOI and GEO Blue Planet firmly established, this action will deepen and refine the next phase of EU4OceanObs (EU4OceanObs 2.0) for 2023-2026 through the following targets:

    1.develop the framework for engagement between EU and international initiatives and programmes in the field of ocean observation and ocean forecasting that work across the value-chain ‘collect-transform-share-use’ and promote synergies through mutually-beneficial activities between them;

    2.provide support for policy coordination and EU guidance in the G7 FSOI, the G7 Ocean Navigation Plan for the UN Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development (hereafter, the UN Ocean Decade), GOOS, and GEO Blue Planet;

    3.provide support and visibility to EU initiatives in UN Ocean Decade programmes 557 such as ForeSea, CoastPredict, DITTO, Marine Life 2030, Ocean Observing Co-Design and Ocean Practices;

    4.advocate European interest in the scientific steering boards, technical management and awareness actions of GOOS, G7 FSOI and GEO Blue Planet;

    5.increase programmatic links with international initiatives, providing an essential link between the G7 FSOI and GEO Blue Planet to the ocean observation ‘collect-transform-share-use’ value-chain;

    6.help increase efforts to promote EU Ocean Observation products and services in key regions (e.g., Africa, the Arctic) and to improve in situ data collection.

    These targets will be developed further through this action that will, in particular, work on:

    1.global observation requirements based on modelling data assimilation and modelling systems (particularly addressing climate, biogeochemistry/biological / ecosystem variables);

    2.transformation of user requirements into global ocean observation and ocean prediction strategies and implementation plans;

    3.development of use cases that highlight the full knowledge value chain (observation, modelling, services);

    4.addressing specific gaps in ocean observations such as ocean acidification, and the specific case of under sampled areas, e.g. the Southern Ocean, polar regions and the deep ocean.

    Specific objectives for the two programmes over 2023-2026 are:

    The G7 FSOI will prioritise strategic activities to enhance ocean observations and data sharing, particularly in relation to:

    1.global ocean observing governance and funding coordination;

    2.continued advocacy and support for the implementation of the global BGC Argo array;

    3.an internationally-agreed surface ocean CO2 monitoring strategy to monitor ocean uptake of CO2 and ocean acidification;

    4.a global strategy for marine life observation and forecasting;

    5.a global ocean monitoring indicator framework.

    6.seamless data integration and needs for international cooperation on ocean reanalysis, analysis and forecasting to support the development of a Digital Twin Ocean.

    7.sharing experiences and best practices in moving towards net zero carbon emissions ocean capabilities.

    8.establishing an observing system evaluation framework to guide integrated system design and evolution.

    Geo Blue Planet will strengthen linkages with stakeholders to promote and co-design tools for informed decision making based on ocean observations for a sustainable governance of the global ocean for the benefit of society, by:

    1.further developing and creating thematic working groups in areas relevant to the EU and the global GEO community, bridging the gap between scientific knowledge from ocean observations and society (e.g on climate adaptation and mitigation, on monitoring the impacts of human activities on ocean health or on improving forecast of water-borne disease outbreaks);

    2.further identifying user needs for information and services based on ocean observations to support EU priority policies, EU programmes and international partners;

    3.developing strategies to co-design and support interoperable ocean stewardship decision-support tools based on ocean observations, readily adaptable to various themes and regions in line with user needs;

    4.leveraging the many ocean-relevant GEO actions to support the GEO Member States in their efforts to deliver on the objectives of the UN Ocean Decade;

    5.providing an over-arching frame for stakeholder engagement of the UN Ocean Decade endorsed actions, based on GEO Blue Planet experience and greater GEO work programme.

    Expected results:

    The action is expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.make the EU more visible as a global actor, and promote its interests and strengthen its influence in international decision-making bodies that address ocean observations;

    2.enable the development of marine and maritime applications, including related user interaction and user-engagement activities, in line with the requirement under the EU Green Deal and Horizon Missions and in support of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and international ocean governance;

    3.increase EU contributions and benefits in two overarching and complementary international initiatives and programmes that work across the ocean observations value chain from observation to users:

    1.GEO Blue Planet 558 , the ocean and coastal arm of GEO promoting the sustained development and use of ocean observations for the benefit of society;

    2.The G7 Future of the Seas and Oceans Initiative 559 Coordination Centre, working in close collaboration with the IOC-WMO-UNEP-ISC Global Ocean Observing System (GOOS) to enhance global observations.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals in accordance with Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 20 of the Horizon Europe framework programme and pules for participation.

    MOi is a non-profit organisation, in the process of being transformed into an intergovernmental organisation, providing ocean science-based services of general interest focused on the conservation and the sustainable use of the oceans, seas and marine resources. After running the European MyOcean projects since 2009, MOi was officially appointed by the European Commission in 2014 to set up the European ocean-monitoring service, the Copernicus Marine Service (CMEMS), which forms part of the European Earth observation programme, Copernicus.

    MOi was selected because of the high level of technical expertise needed and because they had already implemented the European Office of the GEO Blue Planet, an initiative launched via an FPI action. The European Commission’s Service for Foreign Policy Instruments (FPI) has initiated a long-term strategy on global international in-situ observation to complement satellite observation, embodied in the Action “International ocean governance: EU component to global observations”. The Action was carried out by the EU4OceanObs project, which was entrusted by the European Commission to MOi. Continuity of services was specifically requested when starting the FPI action.

    Legal entities:

    MERCATOR OCEAN INTERNATIONAL, Avenue de l’Aérodrome de Montaudran, 31 400 Toulouse, France

    Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

    Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

    Indicative timetable: Fourth quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 3.50 million from the 2023 budget

    8. Knowledge Centre for Bioeconomy support action and implementation action of integrated land use assessment

    The improvement of the current system of strategic intelligence is needed in order to analyse the knowledge on, and monitor the progress of, the EU bioeconomy. The Bioeconomy Knowledge Centre will present both the state of advancement and the results of a systematic policy-watch, market-watch and science and technology-watch. Special attention will be paid to integrated bioeconomy land-use assessments, presentions and analyses of market developments, national bioeconomy strategies, regional smart specialisation strategies, skills availability and future requirements, infrastructures, services, etc. Research activities conducted under the action might include identifying indicators to monitor economic, social and environmental development, and accounting for ecosystem services of the EU bioeconomy. Other activities might relate to disseminating the above-mentioned knowledge and monitoring outputs.

    Form of Funding: Direct action grants

    Type of Action: Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    Indicative timetable: First half of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 3.00 million from the 2023 budget

    9. Studies, conferences, events and outreach activities

    A number of specific contracts will be signed under existing framework contracts to:

    (i) support the dissemination and exploitation of project results;

    (ii) contribute to the definition of future challenge priorities;

    (iii) carry out specific evaluations of programme parts;

    (iv) organise conferences, events and outreach activities.

    Should existing framework contracts prove unsuitable or insufficient to support these activities, one or more calls for tender may be launched, as appropriate. The contracts envisaged cover the following subjects: studies, technical assistance, conferences, events and outreach activities.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: throughout 2023 and 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.75 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.60 million from the 2024 budget

    10. Experts assisting in monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement, financial instruments)

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of running actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation, and where appropriate include ethics checks, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.50 million from the 2024 budget

    Budget 560

    Budget line(s)

    2023 Budget(EUR million)

    2024 Budget(EUR million)

    Calls

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01

    184.00

    30.00

    from 01.020260

    184.00

    30.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01

    76.00

    from 01.020260

    76.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02

    36.00

    from 01.020260

    36.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01

    196.50

    92.50

    from 01.020260

    196.50

    92.50

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-01

    95.00

    from 01.020260

    95.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02

    69.00

    from 01.020260

    69.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CIRCBIO-01

    98.50

    from 01.020260

    98.50

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CIRCBIO-02

    80.00

    from 01.020260

    80.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CIRCBIO-01

    74.50

    from 01.020260

    74.50

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CIRCBIO-02

    73.00

    from 01.020260

    73.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

    64.50

    from 01.020260

    64.50

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-02

    15.00

    from 01.020260

    15.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-01

    38.00

    from 01.020260

    38.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-ZEROPOLLUTION-02

    23.00

    from 01.020260

    23.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE-01

    90.00

    18.00

    from 01.020260

    90.00

    18.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01

    75.00

    from 01.020260

    75.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-COMMUNITIES-01

    38.50

    from 01.020260

    38.50

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-01

    15.00

    from 01.020260

    15.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-02

    22.00

    from 01.020260

    22.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01

    130.00

    20.00

    from 01.020260

    130.00

    20.00

    HORIZON-CL6-2024-GOVERNANCE-01

    137.50

    from 01.020260

    137.50

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-02 under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.42

    from 01.020260

    0.42

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    3.38

    from 01.020260

    3.38

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-CITIES-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    3.83

    from 01.020260

    3.83

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    6.95

    from 01.020260

    6.95

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    3.89

    from 01.020260

    3.89

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-OCEAN-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    4.88

    from 01.020260

    4.88

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    8.87

    from 01.020260

    8.87

    Contribution from this part to call HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01 under Part 12 of the work programme

    103.95

    from 01.020260

    103.95

    Other actions

    Indirectly managed action

    7.25

    from 01.020260

    7.25

    Public procurement

    0.75

    0.60

    from 01.020260

    0.75

    0.60

    Subscription action

    1.20

    1.20

    from 01.020260

    1.20

    1.20

    Provision of technical/scientific services by the Joint Research Centre

    3.00

    4.10

    from 01.020260

    3.00

    4.10

    Service Level Agreement

    2.00

    from 01.020260

    2.00

    Expert contract action

    0.50

    1.50

    from 01.020260

    0.50

    1.50

    Contribution from this part to Expert contract action under Part 12 of the work programme

    0.34

    from 01.020260

    0.34

    Contribution from this part to Indirectly managed action under Part 12 of the work programme

    4.15

    from 01.020260

    4.15

    Contribution from this part to Specific grant agreement under Part 12 of the work programme

    6.02

    from 01.020260

    6.02

    Estimated total budget

    1056.39

    903.90

    (1)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/environment-action-programme-2030_en .
    (2)     THE 17 GOALS | Sustainable Development (un.org) .
    (3)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
    (4)     https://op.europa.eu/en/web/eu-law-and-publications/publication-detail/-/publication/3c6ffd74-8ac3-11eb-b85c-01aa75ed71a1 .
    (5)     A European Green Deal | European Commission (europa.eu) .
    (6)     EUR-Lex - 52020DC0380 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) .
    (7)     EUR-Lex - 52020DC0098 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) .
    (8)     EUR-Lex - 52021DC0400 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) .
    (9)     EUR-Lex - 52021SC0323 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) .
    (10)     EUR-Lex - 32009L0147 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) .
    (11)     EUR-Lex - 31992L0043 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) .
    (12)     EUR-Lex - 52018DC0395 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) .
    (13)     EUR-Lex - 32000L0060 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) .
    (14)    An “(end-) user” of project result is a person who is him/herself putting the project results into practice
    (15)    For the areas covered by the EIP-AGRI see section 8 (pp.8-9) of the Commission Communication 2012(79) final: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52012DC0079&from=EN : Increased agricultural productivity, output, and resource efficiency, the bioeconomy, biodiversity, climate, ecosystem services and soil functionality, products and services for the integrated supply chain, and food quality, food safety and healthy lifestyles.
    (16)    For areas covered by the CAP specific objectives see Article 6 of the Regulation (EU) 2021/2115 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=uriserv:OJ.L_.2021.435.01.0001.01.ENG .
    (17)    The EIP common format for "practice abstracts" is available at: https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/eip-agri-common-format .
    (18)     Communication COM/2021/572: New EU Forest Strategy for 2030
    (19)    Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on nature restoration, COM(2022) 304 final, 22.06.2022
    (20)     Communication COM/2021/240: on a new approach for a sustainable blue economy in the EU Transforming the EU's Blue Economy for a Sustainable Future
    (21)    Communication: EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030
    (22)    Communication: Afarm to fork Strategy for a fair, healthy and environmentally-friendly food system
    (23)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/conservation/species/pollinators/policy_en.htm
    (24)     https://ipbes.net/policy-support
    (25)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en
    (26)     https://biodiversity.europa.eu/
    (27)     https://oppla.eu/
    (28) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (29)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (30)     https://ipbes.net/global-assessment .
    (31)    Freshwater ecosystems may be also addressed by proposals provided the main focus is on terrestrial biodiversity
    (32)     https://ec.europa.eu/food/animals/live-animal-movements/honey-bees/pesticides-and-bees_en ; https://ec.europa.eu/food/plants/pesticides/sustainable-use-pesticides_en
    (33)    IPBES (2019): Global assessment report on biodiversity and ecosystem services of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. E. S. Brondizio, J. Settele, S. Díaz, and H. T. Ngo (editors). IPBES secretariat, Bonn, Germany. 1148 pages. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3831673 .
    (34)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en
    (35)     https://www.cbd.int/conferences/post2020/post2020-prep-01/documents
    (36)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/legislation/habitatsdirective/index_en.htm
    (37)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/legislation/birdsdirective/index_en.htm
    (38)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/water/water-framework/index_en.html
    (39)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/water/water-nitrates/index_en.html
    (40)    The Programme will be available here: https://www.esa.int/Applications/Observing_the_Earth/FutureEO
    (41)    State of Nature in the EU: Results from reporting under the nature directives 2013-2018: State of nature in the EU — European Environment Agency (europa.eu) National summary dashboards - Habitats Directive – Art.17: National summary dashboards - Habitats Directive – Art.17 — European Environment Agency (europa.eu) National summary dashboards - Birds Directive – Art.12: National summary dashboards - Birds Directive – Art.12 — European Environment Agency (europa.eu)
    (42)    Article 17 Reporting Habitats Directive: https://nature-art17.eionet.europa.eu/article17/ Article 17 National Summaries: CIRCABC - MS National Summaries (europa.eu) Article 12 Reporting Birds Directive: https://nature-art12.eionet.europa.eu/article12/ Article 12 National Summaries: CIRCABC - MS National Summaries (europa.eu)
    (43)     habitats - Library (europa.eu)
    (44)    Guidance to Member States on how to select and prioritise species/habitats for the 30% conservation improvement target under the strategy: biodiversity_nature - Library (europa.eu)
    (45)    Commission Staff Working Document: Criteria and guidance for protected areas designations: biodiversity_nature - Library (europa.eu)
    (46)     EUR-Lex - 52022PC0304 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)
    (47)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (48)     EUR-Lex - 52022PC0304 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) .
    (49)     https://www.usgbc.org/leed
    (50)    See COM/2021/573 final on ‘The New European Bauhaus - Beautiful, Sustainable, Together’ and https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
    (51)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (52)    Delegated Acts of the correlated Regulation (EU) 2020/852: one adopted Act, C/2021/2800 final, available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=PI_COM:C(2021)2800 and the other one in draft stage, but to be adopted in 2022.
    (53)    Detailed technical screening criteria are being set out in Delegated Acts of the Taxonomy Regulation for relevant NACE activities to determine whether an economic activity ‘Substantially Contribute’ (SC) to the 5 environmental objectives as described in art. 9 of the Regulation, including the objective for the protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems (2). Besides this, detailed technical criteria have been set up for relevant NACE activities to determine that an economic activity which substantially contributes to any of the other 5 environmental objectives as described in art. 9 of the Regulation, does not significantly harm (DNSH) the objective for the protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems.
    (54)    For ‘SC’ through any of the following means: (a) nature conservation (habitats, species); protecting, restoring and enhancing the condition of ecosystems and their capacity to provide services; (b) sustainable land management, including adequate protection of soil biodiversity; land degradation neutrality; and the remediation of contaminated sites; (c) sustainable agricultural practices, including those that contribute to halting or preventing deforestation and habitat loss; (d) sustainable forest management.
    (55)    Jung, M., Arnell, A., de Lamo, X. et al. Areas of global importance for conserving terrestrial biodiversity, carbon and water. Nat Ecol Evol5, 1499–1509 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41559-021-01528-7 and IPCC report ‘Climate Change 2022: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability’
    (56)     State of Finance for Nature | UNEP - UN Environment Programme .
    (57)    To amount to USD 8.1 trillion, and will be over USD 536 billion annually. USD 133 billion currently flows into nature-based solutions annually, with public funds representing 86% and private finance only 14%.
    (58)    Such as LIFE PACTA which engage ‘financial institutions, retail investors, financial regulators and civil society’ and LIFE FinACTION.
    (59)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32014L0095 . Adopted by the Commission in April 2021, a new proposal will extend the scope of the NFRD to all large companies and all companies listed on regulated markets (except listed micro-enterprises) and will introduce more detailed reporting requirements that are coherent with the Taxonomy’s concept of SC and DNSH. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/HIS/?uri=CELEX:52021PC0189 .
    (60)    https://finance.ec.europa.eu/capital-markets-union-and-financial-markets/company-reporting-and-auditing/company-reporting/corporate-sustainability-reporting_en.
    (61)    Notably Horizon Europe projects ‘SELINA’ and‘Invest4Nature and projects resulting from the calls: ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-07: Ecosystems and their services for an evidence-based policy and decision-makin',’HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Assessing the socio-politics of nature-based solutions for more inclusive and resilient communities’ , ‘HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-4: Biodiversity, economics and finance: Understanding macro-financial risks associated with biodiversity loss’,’ HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-10: Build up of knowledge on Nature Positive Economy and supporting its scale-up’.
    (62)    Cf. EU Bioeconomy Strategy| European Commission (europa.eu) and its progress report ‘Stocktaking and future developments: report from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions’.
    (63)     https://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_The_Future_Of_Nature_And_Business_2020.pdf .
    (64)    According to UNEP State of Finance for Nature 2021, by 2030 if the world is to meet its climate change, biodiversity and land degradation targets, the investment will need to triple, unlocking in particular private finance (only 14% of the current investment).
    (65)    That is to say the criteria ‘Substantially Contribute’ in regards of the protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems
    (66)    The published EC Handbook on evaluating the impact of NBS provides a comprehensive reference point on how to measure different types of impact. There are also many Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe projects on Natural Capital, as well as LIFE projects (e.g. LIFE Transparent).
    (67)     The vital role of nature-based solutions in a nature positive economy | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (68)     State of Finance for Nature | UNEP - UN Environment Programme.
    (69)    notably coordinate with Horizon Europe projects resulting from: HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-01-05: Assessing the socio-politics of nature-based solutions for more inclusive and resilient communities; HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-04: Natural capital accounting: Measuring the biodiversity footprint of products and organizations; HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-05: The economics of nature-based solutions: cost-benefit analysis, market development and funding; HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions; s, and the 2 topics HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-9 and HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-01-4.
    (70)    Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on nature restoration, COM(2022) 304 final, 22.06.2022.
    (71)    Cf. enabling conditions: ‘The implementation of the global biodiversity framework requires integrative governance and whole-of-government approaches to ensure policy coherence and effectiveness, political will and recognition at the highest levels of government. It will require a participatory and inclusive whole-of-society approach that engages actors beyond national governments, including subnational governments,citiesand other local authorities (including through the Edinburgh Declaration)’ and CBD/SBI/3/INF/25 as well as future CBD Decision on the updated plan of action on subnational governments, cities and other local authorities for biodiversity’.
    (72)    Measure on bringing back nature to cities and their peri-urban areas, with greening plans to be developed by cities of more than 20 000 inhabitants.
    (73)    Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on nature restoration, COM(2022) 304 final, 22.06.2022
    (74)    Edinburgh Declaration on post-2020 global biodiversity framework, available at: https://www.gov.scot/publications/edinburgh-declaration-on-post-2020-biodiversity-framework/.
    (75)    Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on nature restoration, COM(2022) 304 final, 22.06.2022
    (76)    The formally constituted Advisory Committees to the CBD on Local Governments and Biodiversity has ICLEI as the Secretariat. The committees’ main objectives are to coordinate the contribution and participation of all levels of subnational government in processes under the CBD and to act as an advocacy platform for enhanced cooperation between CBD Parties and all levels of subnational government. One of the implementation-orientated platforms is “Cities With Nature”, which act as multi-stakeholder platforms at the local level for learning, measuring and commitments, as well as tracking and reporting on these commitments.
    (77)    Such as ‘LIFE UrbanGreeningPlans’.
    (78)    The EC Handbook on evaluating the impact of NBS provides a comprehensive reference point on how to measure different types of impacts.
    (79)    Such as Horizon Europe project NaturaConnect (Horizon-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-08) and projects stemming from the calls: ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-07: Ecosystems and their services for an evidence-based policy and decision making’, ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-COMMUNITIES-02-02-two-stage: Developing nature-based therapy for health and well-being’, ‘HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-05: The economics of nature-based solutions: cost-benefit analysis, market development and funding’, ‘HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions’; HORIZON-CL6-2024-BIODIV-02-2-two-stage: Demonstrating the potential of Nature-based Solutions and the New European Bauhaus to contribute to sustainable, inclusive and resilient living spaces and communities’.
    (80)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (81)    Considering Horizon Europe Cluster 5 – Destination 1 “Climate Science and Responses”.
    (82)    The EU Knowledge Centre for Biodiversity is available at https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en .
    (83)    Europe and Central Asia form one region for IPBES purposes. Cooperation with Africa is a priority for the policy agenda of the European Union.
    (84)    The network of national platforms in Europe & Central Asia for the IPBES, http:\\www.ipbes.eu .
    (85)    https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/figures/biogeographical-regions-in-europe-2
    (86)    The farm to fork strategy sets the target to reduce by 50% the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides and reduce use by 50% of more hazardous pesticides
    (87)    European Green Deal farm to fork and biodiversity strategies with 2030 targets: reduce by 50% the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides and reduce use by 50% of more hazardous pesticides; reduce nutrient losses by at least 50% while ensuring no deterioration in soil fertility; reduce the use of fertilisers by at least 20%; achieve at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming.
    (88)    A pest is defined here as any species, strain or biotype of plant, animal or pathogenic agent injurious to plants or plant products (EU legislation, Regulation 2016/2031)
    (89)    https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/figures/biogeographical-regions-in-europe-2
    (90)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (91)     20220311-versailles-declaration-en.pdf (europa.eu)
    (92)    ‘European Partnership accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’ at: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/european-partnerships-horizon-europe/candidates-food-security_en
    (93)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/eu-missions-horizon-europe/soil-health-and-food_en
    (94)     www.legvalue.eu
    (95)     www.true-project.eu
    (96)     www.legumestranslated.eu
    (97)     https://www.suscrop.eu/projects-first-call/legumegap
    (98) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (99)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (100)    Tuia, D., Kellenberger, B., Beery, S. et al. Perspectives in machine learning for wildlife conservation. Nat Commun13, 792 (2022) https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-022-27980-y .
    (101)     https://ipbes.net/assessment-reports/pollinators
    (102)     https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC120383
    (103)     https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/documents/7870049/12943935/KS-FT-20-002-EN-N.pdf/de44610d-79e5-010a-5675-14fc4d8527d9?t=1624528835061
    (104)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/conservation/species/redlist/
    (105)     https://wikis.ec.europa.eu/display/EUPKH/Research+and+innovation
    (106)     https://wikis.ec.europa.eu/display/EUPKH/Horizon+Europe
    (107)     https://wikis.ec.europa.eu/display/EUPKH/Monitoring+initiatives
    (108)     https://www.biodiversa.org
    (109)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/biodiversity_en
    (110)    Nature Risk Rising: Why the Crisis Engulfing Nature Matters for Business and the Economy | World Economic Forum ( weforum.org ).
    (111)     https://www.weforum.org/reports/new-nature-economy-report-series
    (112)     https://www.ngfs.net/en
    (113)     https://tnfd.global/
    (114)     https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/documents/7870049/12943935/KS-FT-20-002-EN-N.pdf/de44610d-79e5-010a-5675-14fc4d8527d9?t=1624528835061
    (115)     https://maiaportal.eu/about
    (116)     https://www.dnb.nl/en/general-news/2020/indebted-to-nature/
    (117)     https://publications.banque-france.fr/en/silent-spring-financial-system-exploring-biodiversity-related-financial-risks-france
    (118)    Notably Horizon Europe projects Invest4Nature and projects resulting from the calls: “H HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV-01-10: Build up of knowledge on Nature Positive Economy and supporting its scale-up”.
    (119)     Natural Capital Accounting - Environment - European Commission (europa.eu)
    (120) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (121)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (122)    This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    (123)    European Green Deal farm to fork and biodiversity strategies with 2030 targets: Reduce by 50% the overall use and risk of chemical pesticides and reduce use by 50% of more hazardous pesticides; reduce nutrient losses by at least 50% while ensuring no deterioration in soil fertility; this will reduce use of fertilisers by at least 20 %; achieve at least 25% of the EU’s agricultural land under organic farming.
    (124)    Applicants are expected to explain and justify the choice of crops (including tree and other perennial crops) in relation to the proposal's and topic's ambition.
    (125)    Projects from topic Horizon 2020 SFS-01-2020 - Biodiversity in action: across farmland and the value chain: RADIANT (Grant agreement ID: 101000622), CROPDIVA (Grant agreement ID: 101000847), DIVINFOOD (Grant agreement ID: 101000383) and BIOVALUE (Grant agreement ID: 101000499)
    (126)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52021DC0550&from=EN
    (127)     EUR-Lex - 52019DC0640 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)
    (128)     THE 17 GOALS | Sustainable Development (un.org)
    (129)     https://ec.europa.eu/programmes/horizon2020/en/news/final-paper-strategic-approach-eu-agricultural research-and-innovation
    (130)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:13dc912c-a1a5-11eb-b85c-01aa75ed71a1.0003.02/DOC_1&format=PDF
    (131)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/eu-missions-horizon-europe/soil-health-and-food_en
    (132)     https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/86e31158-2563-11eb-9d7e-01aa75ed71a1
    (133)    Scientific Advice Mechanism, Towards a sustainable food system - Publications Office of the EU (europa.eu)
    (134)     https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/86e31158-2563-11eb-9d7e-01aa75ed71a1
    (135)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/global-food-nutrition-security_en
    (136)     https://africa-knowledge-platform.ec.europa.eu/
    (137) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (138)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (139)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/food-farming-fisheries/key_policies/documents/safeguarding-food-security-reinforcing-resilience-food-systems.pdf
    (140)    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK: European partnership on accelerating farming systems transition: agroecology living labs and research infrastructures
    (141)    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK: European partnership on sustainable food systems for people, plant and climate
    (142)    HORIZON-HLTH-2024-DISEASE-09-01: European Partnership: One Health Anti-Microbial Resistance
    (143)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (144)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/848/oj
    (145)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52021DC0141R%2801%29
    (146)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/food-farming-fisheries/key_policies/documents/safeguarding-food-security-reinforcing-resilience-food-systems.pdf
    (147)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (148)    Horizon 2020 projects: SPRINT (Grant agreement ID: 862568), IWMPRAISE (Grant agreement ID: 727321), NOVATERRA (Grant agreement ID: 101000554), WeLaser (Grant agreement ID: 101000256), Bioschamp (Grant agreement ID: 101000651), novIGRain (Grant agreement ID: 101000663)
    (149)    Projects under the following Horizon Europe topics: HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-01-02: Socio-economics of pesticide use in agriculture, HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-21: Developing EU advisory networks to reduce the use of pesticides, HORIZON-CL6-2022-FARM2FORK-02-01-two-stage: Agroecological approaches for sustainable weed management, HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-7: Innovations in plant protection: alternatives to reduce the use of pesticides focusing on candidates for substitution.
    (150)     https://vacdiva.eu/
    (151)     https://defend2020.eu/
    (152)     https://www.star-idaz.net/
    (153)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (154)     https://scar-europe.org/
    (155)     https://www.fao.org/partnerships/leap/en/
    (156)     http://www.livestockdialogue.org/en/
    (157)    These are plant protection products containing active substances that meet the cut-off criteria as set out in points 3.6.2. to 3.6.5 and 3.8.2 of Annex II to Regulation (EC) No 1107/2009 or are identified as candidates for substitution in accordance with the criteria in point 4 of that Annex.
    (158)    A pest is defined here as any species, strain or biotype of plant, animal or pathogenic agent injurious to plants or plant products (EU legislation, Regulation 2016/2031)
    (159)    Projects from topic SFS-04-2020 - Integrated health approaches and alternatives to pesticide use: NOVATERRA (Grant agreement ID: 101000554), WeLaser (Grant agreement ID: 101000256), Bioschamp (Grant agreement ID: 101000651), novIGRain (Grant agreement ID: 101000663)
    (160)    For example, HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-21: Developing EU advisory networks to reduce the use of pesticides
    (161)    Food supply does not refer to agricultural production, but to food processing, extraction and combination of ingredients, and food preparation (such as by the catering and restaurant industry).
    (162)    IPES-Food (2017). Unravelling the Food–Health Nexus: Addressing practices, political economy, and power relations to build healthier food systems. The Global Alliance for the Future of Food and IPES-Food. Available at: http://www.ipes-food.org/reports/
    (163)     https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6e54c161-36a9-11e6-a825-01aa75ed71a1
    (164)    New genomic techniques : state-of-the-art review 2021, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/710056
    (165)    Genome-Edited Plants: Opportunities and Challenges for an Anticipatory Detection and Identification Framework. 2021. Alexandra Ribarits, Michael Eckerstorfer, Samson Simon and Walter Stepanek. Foods 2021, 10(2), 430; https://doi.org/10.3390/foods10020430 ; Detection of genome edits in plants—from editing to seed. 2021. Raymond D. Shillito, Sherry Whitt, Margit Ross, Farhad Ghavami, David De Vleesschauwer, Katelijn D’Halluin, Annelies Van Hoecke, Frank Meulewaeter. In Vitro Cellular & Developmental Biology - Plant 57:595–608. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11627-021-10214-z
    (166)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (167)    https://www.independent.co.uk/news/science/beef-culture-grown-eu-lab-sustainable-b1942580.html.
    (168)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (169)    Definition of food waste included in the Waste Framework Directive : Food waste means all food as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EC) No 178/2022 of the European Parliament and of the Council that has become waste. Food waste does not include losses at stages of the food supply chain where certain products have not yet become food as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EC) No 178/2002, such as edible plants which have not been harvested. Such products would be considered food losses. In addition, food waste does not include by-products from the production of food that fulfil the criteria set out in Article 5(1) of Directive 2008/98/EC, since such by-products are not waste.
    (170)    The Commission Delegated Decision (EU) 2019/1597 establishing a common EU methodology to measure food waste outlines the following stages of the food supply chain: primary production; processing and manufacturing; retail and other distribution of food; restaurants and food services and households. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/dec_del/2019/1597/oj
    (171)    E.g. the United Nations Economic commission for Europe (UNECE) standards, the Codex Alimentarius standards, or international guidelines such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) schemes. These standards serve or may serve as a basis for standards adopted at EU or national level or for private standards.
    (172)     https://ec.europa.eu/food/safety/food-waste/eu-actions-against-food-waste/eu-platform-food-losses-and-food-waste_en
    (173)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/food-farming-fisheries/key_policies/documents/safeguarding-food-security-reinforcing-resilience-food-systems.pdf.
    (174)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12770-EU-food-supply-and-food-security-contingency-plan_en .
    (175)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/food-2030-pathways-action-research-and-innovation-policy-driver-sustainable-healthy-and-inclusive-food-systems-all_en
    (176)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (177)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (178)     http://www.fao.org/3/i9037en/i9037en.pdf
    (179)     https://www.fao.org/food-coalition/take-action/detail/en/c/1321182/
    (180) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (181)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (182)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (183)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/nature/conservation/species/carnivores/coexistence_platform.htm
    (184)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (185)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (186)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (187)    European Public Health Alliance (2019) “Food environments are the physical, economic, political and socio-cultural contexts in which people engage with the food system to make their decisions about acquiring, preparing and consuming food.” https://epha.org/what-are-food-environments/#:~:text=%E2%80%9CFood%20environment%20refers%20to%20the,%2C%20preparing%20and%20consuming%20food.%E2%80%9D
    (188)    FAO. “Urban Food Action (UFA)”, 2019
    (189)    Hartmann, C., Dohle, S., Siegrist, M. Importance of cooking skills for balanced food choices, Appetite 65 (65), 125-131, 2013
    (190)    Bolderdijk, W.M., Jans,L. Minority influence in climate change mitigation, Current Opinion in Psychology 41, 25-30, 2021 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.copsyc.2021.02.005
    (191)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32019L1024&from=EN
    (192)     DIGITAL WP 2021-2022
    (193)    L. Timotijevic, S. Astley, M.J. Bogaardt, T. Bucher, I. Carr, G. Copani, J. de la Cueva, T. Eftimov, P. Finglas, S. Hieke, C.E. Hodgkins, B. Koroušić Seljak, N. Klepacz, K. Pasch, M. Maringer, B.E. Mikkelsen, A. Normann, K.T. Ofei, K. Poppe, G. Pourabdollahian, M.M. Raats, M. Roe, C. Sadler, T. Selnes, H. van der Veen, P. van’t Veer, K. Zimmermann, Designing a research infrastructure (RI) on food behaviour and health: Balancing user needs, business model, governance mechanisms and technology, Trends in Food Science & Technology, Volume 116, 2021, Pages 405-414, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tifs.2021.07.022 , Note: this paper discusses an international research infrastructure.
    (194)    Citizen science n. scientific work undertaken by members of the general public, often in collaboration with or under the direction of professional scientists and scientific institutions (Oxford English Dictionary)
    (195)     wp-11-widening-participation-and-strengthening-the-european-research-area_horizon-2021-2022_en.pdf (europa.eu)
    (196)    Definition of food waste included in the Waste Framework Directive : Food waste means all food as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EC) No 178/2022 of the European Parliament and of the Council that has become waste.
    (197)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0564&from=EN
    (198)    The main stages of the food supply chain identified by the Commission in the Delegated Decision (EU) 2019/1597 establishing a common EU methodology to measure food waste: primary production; processing and manufacturing; retail and distribution; restaurants and other food services; households.
    (199)    e.g.: if households save money through reducing waste, they may use this additional income to purchase other products/services with potentially higher environmental impacts. e.g.: impact from reduction of food waste on energy generated from waste.
    (200)     https://ec.europa.eu/food/safety/food-waste/eu-actions-against-food-waste/eu-platform-food-losses-and-food-waste_en
    (201)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/food-2030-pathways-action-research-and-innovation-policy-driver-sustainable-healthy-and-inclusive-food-systems-all_en
    (202)     https://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/forests-and-agriculture/sustainable-carbon-cycles/carbon-farming_en
    (203) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (204)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (205)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52021DC0141R%2801%29
    (206)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex%3A32018R0848
    (207)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/food-farming-fisheries/key_policies/documents/safeguarding-food-security-reinforcing-resilience-food-systems.pdf
    (208)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52021DC0141R%2801%29
    (209)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32016R2031
    (210)    A pest is defined here as any species, strain or biotype of plant, animal or pathogenic agent injurious to plants or plant products (EU legislation, Regulation 2016/2031)
    (211)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32016R2031
    (212)    A pest is defined here as any species, strain or biotype of plant, animal or pathogenic agent injurious to plants or plant products (EU legislation, Regulation 2016/2031)
    (213)    See part B of Annex II to Commission Implementing Regulation 2019/2072 for pests known to occur in the Union territory
    (214)    See Annex to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/1702 for priority pests.
    (215)    Applicants are expected to explain and justify the choice.
    (216)    Plant pests of the topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-04: Tackling outbreaks of plant pests
    (217)    For example, HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-16: Digital technologies supporting plant health early detection, territory surveillance and phytosanitary measures and HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-3-two-stage: Tools to increase the effectiveness of EU import controls for plant health
    (218)    COM(2021)236 final
    (219)    COM(2021)141 final
    (220)    See also Destination 4 ‘Clean environment and Zero pollution’ of Horizon Europe Cluster 6.
    (221)    Synergies ensured with Horizon Europe Clusters 4 and 5 (including their European public private partnerships), while Cluster 4 targets the industrial dimension (including digitalisation, circularity and climate-neutrality / low GHGs emissions industry transition, including developing bio-integrated manufacturing). Cluster 5 covers cost-efficient, net zero-GHGs energy systems, centred on renewables (including the R&I needed to reduce CO2 emissions from the power and energy-intensive industry sectors, such as solutions for capturing, utilising and storage of CO2 (CCUS), bioenergy/biofuels and other industrial sectors) Cluster 6 covers the research and innovation based on sustainable biological resources (bioeconomy sectors), in particular for new sustainable feedstock development and valorisation through the development of integrated bio-refineries).
    (222)    In synergy and complementarity with the EU public-private partnership for a ‘Circular Bio-based Europe’ (CBE JU), (especially as related to the size of actions – IAs and RIAs, and Technology Readiness Level and the industrial-focus of activities, with the first CBE calls expected in 2022).
    (223)    In synergy and complementarity with the EU partnership for a climate-neutral, sustainable and productive blue economy and with the EU mission ‘Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030’.
    (224)    It targets how products are designed, promotes circular economy processes, encourages sustainable consumption, and aims to ensure that waste is prevented and the resources used are kept in the economy for as long as possible. This plan also aims to ensure that the circular economy works for people, regions and cities, fully contributes to climate-neutrality, zero pollution and resource use decoupling and harnesses the potential of research, innovation and digitalisation
    (225)     COM(2021)82 final “Forging a climate-resilient Europe - the new EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate”.
    (226)     COM(2021)400 final ‘Pathway to a Healthy Planet for All EU Action Plan: “Towards Zero Pollution for Air, Water and Soil’.
    (227)     COM(2020) 667 final ‘Chemicals Strategy for Sustainability Towards a Toxic-Free Environment’.
    (228)     COM(2021)240 final ‘On a new approach for a sustainable blue economy in the EU Transforming the EU's Blue Economy for a Sustainable Future’.
    (229)     COM(2021)572 final ‘New EU Forest Strategy for 2030’.
    (230)    AFOLU: “Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use”.
    (231)     COM(2021)550 final “'Fit for 55': delivering the EU's 2030 Climate Target on the way to climate neutrality”.
    (232)     COM(2021)573 final “New European Bauhaus Beautiful, Sustainable, Together”.
    (233)     COM(2020)662 final “A Renovation Wave for Europe - greening our buildings, creating jobs, improving lives”.
    (234)     COM(2022)141 final “EU Strategy for Sustainable and Circular Textiles”.
    (235)     COM(2022)142 final Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL establishing a framework for setting ecodesign requirements for sustainable products and repealing Directive 2009/125/EC .
    (236)    European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, European bioeconomy policy: stocktaking and future developments: report from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions, Publications Office of the European Union, 2022, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/997651 .
    (237)    Taking into account all aspects of sustainability, i.e. social, economic and environmental, and in particular sensitivity/vulnerability to the effects of the climate change, as well as due to the current social dependency on fossil resources, especially in remote, rural and low-income regions and cities.
    (238)    See also Destination 4 ‘Clean environment and Zero pollution’ of this Cluster.
    (239)    See also Destination 4 ‘Clean environment and Zero pollution’ of this Cluster.
    (240) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (241)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (242)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (243)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/environment/circular-economy/circular-cities-and-regions-initiative_en .
    (244)     https://circular-cities-and-regions.eu/ .
    (245)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (246)    E.g., Horizon 2020 topic FNR-11-2020. Prospecting aquatic and terrestrial natural biological resources for biologically active compounds, ongoing project InnCoCells .
    (247)    European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, Wydra, S., Hüsing, B., Aichinger, H., et al, Life and biological sciences and technologies as engines for bio-based innovation, Publications Office, 2021, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/046454 .
    (248)    HORIZON-CL6-2023-FARM2FORK-01-7: Innovations in plant protection: alternatives to reduce the use of pesticides focusing on candidates for substitution.
    (249)    Topics under the present Destination, Heading 3 – Innovating for blue bioeconomy and biotechnology value chains.
    (250)    Horizon 2020 topic FNR-11-2020-(B). Prospecting aquatic and terrestrial natural biological resources for biologically active compounds, projects MARBLES, SECRETed, ALGAE4IBD.
    (251)    Horizon 2020 topic FNR-11-2020-(A). Prospecting aquatic and terrestrial natural biological resources for biologically active compounds, project InnCoCells.
    (252)    Microbial-hosts: both prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms such as fungi.
    (253)    For marine environments, please consider any relevant past or ongoing topics under heading ‘Innovating for blue bioeconomy and biotechnology value chains (e.g. HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-10: Targeting aquatic extremophiles for sourcing novel enzymes, drugs, metabolites and chemicals
    (254)     See parallel topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-5: Industrial biotechnology approaches for improved sustainability and output of industrial bio-based processes.
    (255)    In particular Horizon 2020 call FNR-16-2020 topic ‘Enzymes for more environment-friendly consumer products’, H2020-FNR-16-2020 projects, such as: EnXylaScope – ‘Mining Microbes and Developing Advanced Production Platforms for Novel Enzymes To Rapidly Unleash Xylans’ Potential In a Scope Of Products For the Consumer Market; FuturEnzyme - Technologies of the Future for Low-Cost Enzymes for Environment-Friendly Products, RADICALZ ‘Rapid discovery and development of enzymes for novel and greener consumer products’.
    (256)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (257)    E.g., World Food Programme Environmental Sustainability Unit.
    (258)    E.g. plastic products and packaging, logistic assets, textiles, waste treatment, water treatment etc.
    (259)    E.g., see also parallel topic HORIZON_CL6-2024-CircBio-01-05 Programmed biodegradation capability of bio-based materials and products, validated in specific environments.
    (260)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (261)    See for example the study “Study and portfolio review of the projects on industrial symbiosis in DG Research and Innovation” https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/f26dfd11-6288-11ea-b735-01aa75ed71a1 .
    (262)    See the CSA funded under the topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-TWIN-TRANSITION-01-16: Hubs for Circularity European Community of Practice (ECoP) platform (Processes4Planet Partnership).
    (263)     Hubs for circularity - Publications Office of the EU (europa.eu)
    (264)     COM(2021)573 final “New European Bauhaus Beautiful, Sustainable, Together”. Projects are expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative ( https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en ) by interacting with the NEB Community, NEB Lab and other relevant actions of the NEB initiative through sharing information, best practice, and, where relevant, results.
    (265)     COM(2020)662 final “A Renovation Wave for Europe - greening our buildings, creating jobs, improving lives”.
    (266)    Synergies with R&D on traditional bio-based feedstocks such as wood may be sought, e.g., see topic HORIZON-CL6-2024-CLIMATE-01-5: Climate-smart use of wood in the construction sector, or activities under the Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE) JU.
    (267)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (268)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (269)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/763899 .
    (270)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/773702 .
    (271) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (272)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (273)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/environment/circular-economy/circular-cities-and-regions-initiative_en .
    (274)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/ .
    (275)    Such as, projects under the Horizon Europe topic HORIZON-CL6-2021-CIRCBIO-01-01: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI)’s circular systemic solutions , and Horizon 2020 European Green Deal call’s topic LC-GD-3-2-2020: Demonstration of systemic solutions for the territorial deployment of the circular economy .
    (276)    See EU Strategy for textiles .
    (277)    Including deploying enabling technologies e.g. industrial biotechnology, enabling digital technologies etc. (examples are non-exhaustive).
    (278)    See documents defining the SSbD framework and criteria on: https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/research-area/industry/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en .
    (279)    E.g., see Horizon 2020, CE-FNR-14-2020 call: Innovative textiles – reinventing fashion - IA (projects HEREWEAR, MY-FI and New Cotton), as relevant. HEREWEAR: Bio-based local sustainable circular wear (ID: 101000632); MY-FI: Reinventing a smart, circular and competitive textile industry with advanced myco-fibres (ID: 101000719); New Cotton: Demonstration and launch of high performance, biodegradable, regenerated new Cotton textiles to consumer markets through an innovative, circular supply chain using Infinited Fiber technology (ID: 101000559). Also BBI JU past and ongoing projects: GRETE H2020-BBI-JTI-2018 - ‘Green chemicals and technologies for the wood-to-textile value chain’, GLAUKOS H2020-BBI-JTI-2019 - ‘Sustainable clothing and fishing gear’. NEOCEL H2020-BBI-JTI-2015 ‘Novel processes for sustainable cellulose-based materials’, EFFECTIVE H2020-BBI-JTI-2017 ‘Advanced Eco-designed Fibres and Films for large consumer products from biobased polyamides and polyesters in a Circular Economy perspective’, UNLOCK H2020-BBI-JTI-2020 Unlocking a feather bioeconomy for keratin-based agricultural products, AllThingsBio H2020-BBI-JTI-2019 (for the fashion and textile aspects – consumers awareness and participation).
    (280)    See also: HORIZON-CL6-2024-CIRCBIO-01-2: ‘Circular solutions for textile value chains based on extended producer responsibility’, HORIZON-CL6-2024-CIRCBIO-02-1-two-stage: ‘Circular solutions for textile value chains through innovative sorting, recycling, and design for recycling’ and HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-02-2-two-stage: ‘Safe-and-sustainable-by-design bio-based platform chemicals, additives, materials or products as alternatives’.
    (281)     Sustainable Carbon Cycles communication.
    (282) Note 1: For waste or mixed feedstock (e.g. food waste) where lignocellulose can be a minor/small fraction, this can be in scope. Note 2: micro- and macro-algae are excluded, as this type of feedstock is dealt under Destination 3 - Heading 3: ‘Innovating for blue bioeconomy and biotechnology value chains’. Manure and sewage sludge are also out of scope of this topic (please see Destination – Clean environment and zero pollution, Destination – Fair, healthy and environment-friendly food systems from primary production to consumption and Destination – Clean environment and zero pollution).    For non-lignocellulosic (NLBM), non-plant biomass & NLBM waste in scope, main examples include: Agri-food residues and waste (incl. food waste), marine and aquaculture residues and waste chitinous biomass; municipal solid waste (organic fraction); livestock waste by-products (such as feathers and bones).
    (283)    See also complementary topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-CIRCBIO-01-4: ‘Land-based bioprospecting and production of the bioactive compounds and functional materials for multiple bio-based value chains’ and also HORIZON-CL6-2023-CIRCBIO-01-05: Broadening the spectrum of robust enzymes and microbial hosts in industrial biotechnology.
    (284) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (285)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (286)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (287)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/environment/circular-economy/circular-cities-and-regions-initiative_en
    (288)    i.e. amount of investments in the circular economy triggered per each EUR of Horizon Europe support.
    (289)    The Circular Economy Technical Assistance Facility (CETAF) will focus on projects and programmes with a minimum total investment volume of EUR 20 million.
    (290)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (291)    See the projects developed under the topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-CircBio-01-6: ‘Bio-based solutions for humanitarian applications’ for the scoping of the applications in humanitarian contexts.
    (292)    COM/2020/696 final COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL New Consumer Agenda Strengthening consumer resilience for sustainable recovery.
    (293)    COM(2022) 142 final Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL establishing a framework for setting ecodesign requirements for sustainable products and repealing Directive 2009/125/EC.
    (294)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/european-data-strategy_en.
    (295)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (296)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (297)    The Startup Village Forum intends to promote knowledge exchange and cooperation activities and to work as an open space where institutions and stakeholders can meet, discuss and shape action for startup-driven innovation in rural areas. Besides, the Forum aims to collect the commitment of public and private organisations to support Startup Villages.
    (298)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101023260 .
    (299)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/745667 .
    (300)    BE-Rural, Power4Bio, BIOEASTsUP, SIMRA.
    (301)    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CIRCBIO-02-1-two-stage: Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (CCRI)’s circular systemic solutions; HORIZON-CL6-2024-CIRCBIO-01-8: Bioeconomy Project Development Assistance, HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-5: Revitalisation of European local (rural / peri-urban) communities with innovative bio-based business models and social innovation, HORIZON-CL6-2021-COMMUNITIES-01-02- Expertise and training centre on rural innovation.
    (302) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (303)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (304)    See, e.g. the project STAR-ProBIO “Sustainability Transition Assessment and Research of Bio-based Products” (H2020 Call 2016 BB-01-2016 Sustainability schemes for the bio-based economy) and the projects developed under the topics HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-05: Environmental sustainability criteria for biological resources production and trade in bio-based systems: impacts and trade-offs and HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-4: Environmental sustainability and circularity criteria for industrial bio-based systems.
    (305) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (306)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (307)    European Environment Agency, “Water and agriculture: towards sustainable solutions”, EEA Report No 17/2020.
    (308)    See for example the parallel topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-6: Biosensors and user-friendly diagnostic tools for environmental services.
    (309)     https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/strategy/strategy-2020-2024/our-digital-future/open-science/european-open-science-cloud-eosc_en .
    (310)    For instance as regards endocrine disruptors, see Revised Guidance Document 150 on Standardised Test Guidelines for Evaluating Chemicals for Endocrine Disruption | en | OECD .
    (311)    The term “One Health” describes a multidisciplinary approach to health risks in humans, animals, plants, and the environment.
    (312)    See for example HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-07: International and EU sustainability certification schemes for bio-based systems.
    (313)    See for example CBE JU2022.S1. Developing and validating monitoring systems of environmental sustainability and circularity: collection of best practices and benchmarks
    (314)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (315)    See parallel topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-6: Co-creation and trust-building measures for biotechnology and bio-based innovation systems.
    (316)     http://www.weforum.org/agenda/2019/10/biofoundries-the-new-factories-for-genetic-products/ .
    (317)     http://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/sites/bd16d851-en/index.html?itemId=/content/component/bd16d851-en .
    (318)    HORIZON-CL6-2023-CIRCBIO-01-5: Broadening the spectrum of robust enzymes and microbial hosts in industrial biotechnology.
    (319)    Examples of these impacts include endocrine disrupters or perfluoroalkyl substances in coatings, lack of inertness or organoleptic risks from uncoated paper, and characterising risks such as from epoxy silanes in adhesives, and from mineral oil hydrocarbons and printing ink residues in paper, aging effects of reusable materials, and the suitability for recycling (mono-material, labelling, minimum recycled content).
    (320) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (321)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (322)     https://era-susan.eu/ .
    (323)     https://eragas.eu/en/eragas.htm .
    (324)    Such as Directive 2000/60/EC on the water framework directive; Directive 91/676/EEC on protection of waters against pollution caused by nitrates from agricultural sources; Directive 2010/75 on Industrial Emissions; Directive 2016/2284 on the reduction of national emissions of certain atmospheric pollutants.
    (325)    Thematic priority areas can span across one or more of the following critical areas: i) materials functionality (e.g., repelling water, grease and dirt, fire safety, plasticizing) to ii) formulation applications (e.g., preservation, solvents, and surfactants and where relevant also to iii) process applications (e.g., solvents, process regulation agents and surface protection). This list is not exhaustive.
    (326)    See documents defining the SSbD framework and criteria on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en .
    (327)    Idem.
    (328)    SSbD topics in Cluster 4 WP 23-24, broader than bio-based chemicals and materials: HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-21: Innovative methods for safety and sustainability assessments of chemicals and materials (RIA), HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-22: Integrated approach for impact assessment of safe and sustainable chemicals and materials (RIA), HORIZON-CL4-2023-RESILIENCE-01-23: Computational models for the development of safe and sustainable by design chemicals and materials (RIA), HORIZON-CL4-2024-RESILIENCE-01-24: Development of safe and sustainable by design alternatives (IA) as well as European Partnership on Assessment of Risks from Chemicals (PARC).
    (329)    Cluster 4, WP 21-22: HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-08: Establishing EU-led international community on safe-and-sustainable-by-design materials to support embedding sustainability criteria over the lifecycle of products and processes, HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-01-11; Safe- and sustainable-by-design polymeric materials, HORIZON-CL4-2021-RESILIENCE-2021-01-12; Safe- and sustainable-by-design metallic coatings and engineered surfaces and HORIZON-CL4-2022-RESILIENCE-01-23; Safe- and sustainable-by-design organic and hybrid coatings.
    (330)    As appropriate, also consult the future ‘EU Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for chemicals and materials’.
    (331) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (332)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (333)    EU Water Framework Directive, Nitrates Directive.
    (334)    EEA 2020, Is Europe living within the limits of our planet? An assessment of Europe's environmental footprints in relation to planetary boundaries’ https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/is-europe-living-within-the-planets-limits .
    (335)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (336)    See for example https://sea2landproject.eu/ and projects under BBI JU https://www.bbi.europa.eu/projects/b-ferst , https://www.bbi.europa.eu/projects/newfert .
    (337)    See for example HORIZON-CL6-2021-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-09: Environmental impacts and trade-offs of alternative fertilising products at global/local scale.
    (338)    Crippa, M., Solazzo, E., Guizzardi, D. et al. Food systems are responsible for a third of global anthropogenic GHG emissions. Nat Food 2, 198–209 (2021).
    (339)    See f2f_legis_iia_fsfs_5902055.pdf (europa.eu)
    (340)    See JRC Publications Repository - Guide for EF compliant data sets (europa.eu) .
    (341)    Commission Recommendation (EU) 2021/2279 of 15 December 2021 on the use of the Environmental Footprint methods to measure and communicate the life cycle environmental performance of products and organisations C/2021/9332, OJ L 471, 30.12.2021, p. 1–396 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32021H2279 .
    (342) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (343)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (344)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM%3A2019%3A640%3AFIN
    (345)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32021R1119&from=EN
    (346)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52021PC0554
    (347)     https://ec.europa.eu/clima/system/files/2021-12/com_2021_800_en_0.pdf
    (348)     https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/eu_methane_strategy.pdf
    (349)     https://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/adaptation-climate-change/eu-adaptation-strategy_en
    (350)    This refers in particular to potential EU-China cooperation under the Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) Flagship.
    (351) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (352)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (353)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (354)    Regulation (EU) 2021/1119 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 June 2021 establishing the framework for achieving climate neutrality and amending Regulations (EC) No 401/2009 and (EU) 2018/1999, available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32021R1119.
    (355)    Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on nature restoration, COM(2022) 304 final, 22.06.2022
    (356)    Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on nature restoration, COM(2022) 304 final, 22.06.2022
    (357)    Dedicated ESA invitation to tenders to be launched in 2023 and 2024 for each of the clusters will be published in the ESA-STAR Tender publication system ( https://esastar-publication-ext.sso.esa.int ).
    (358)    COM(2021) 800, 15.12.2021, https://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/forests-and-agriculture/sustainable-carbon-cycles_en
    (359)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (360)    COM(2021) 141, 10.4.2021, https://agriculture.ec.europa.eu/farming/organic-farming/organic-action-plan_en
    (361)    COM(2021) 800, 15.12.2021, https://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/forests-and-agriculture/sustainable-carbon-cycles_en
    (362)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (363)    Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on nature restoration, COM(2022) 304 final, 22.06.2022
    (364)     European Digital Twin of the Ocean (European DTO) | European Commission (europa.eu) .
    (365)    Dedicated ESA invitation to tenders to be launched in 2023 and 2024 for each of the clusters will be published in the ESA-STAR Tender publication system ( https://esastar-publication-ext.sso.esa.int ).
    (366) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (367)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (368)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (369)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (370)    Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on nature restoration, COM(2022) 304 final, 22.06.2022
    (371)    The approach is described in the Communication on “Sustainable Carbon Cycles”, COM(2021) 800, 15.12.2021, https://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/forests-and-agriculture/sustainable-carbon-cycles_en .
    (372)    Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on nature restoration, COM(2022) 304 final, 22.06.2022
    (373)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (374)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/862942
    (375)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/862820
    (376)     Destination Earth | Shaping Europe’s digital future (europa.eu)
    (377)     European Digital Twin of the Ocean (European DTO) | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (378)     GCOS | WMO
    (379)     Ocean State Reports | CMEMS (copernicus.eu)
    (380)    Common Fishery Policy https://oceans-and-fisheries.ec.europa.eu/policy/common-fisheries-policy-cfp_en .
    (381)    Long Term Vision for Rural Areas, https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/long-term-vision-rural-areas_en .
    (382)     https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/qanda_21_4627 .
    (383)    The Commission has signed the Joint statement of the third Arctic science ministerial and committed to further support Arctic science, including integrating traditional and indigenous knowledge.
    (384)     https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/greencomp .
    (385)     https://education.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2022-01/proposal-council-recommendation-learning-environmental-sustainability_0.pdf .
    (386)    Reference for using this expression is UNESCO work: https://en.unesco.org/links .
    (387) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (388)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (389)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (390)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (391)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/food-farming-fisheries/key_policies/documents/cap-specific-objectives-brief-3-farmer-position-in-value-chains_en.pdf
    (392)    https://www.strength2food.eu/
    (393)    Placzek, O., "Socio-economic and demographic aspects of food security and nutrition", OECD Food, Agriculture and Fisheries Papers, No. 150, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/49d7059f-en , 2021.
    (394)    European Public Health Alliance (2019) “Food environments are the physical, economic, political and socio-cultural contexts in which people engage with the food system to make their decisions about acquiring, preparing and consuming food” at https://epha.org/what-are-food-environments/ .
    (395)    World Health Organisation “Tackling food marketing to children in a digital world: trans-disciplinary perspectives”, https://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0017/322226/Tackling-food-marketing-children-digital-world-trans-disciplinary-perspectives-en.pdf , 2016.
    (396) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (397)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (398)    https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
    (399)    European Public Health Alliance (2019) “Food environments are the physical, economic, political and socio-cultural contexts in which people engage with the food system to make their decisions about acquiring, preparing and consuming food.” https://epha.org/what-are-food-environments/
    (400)    This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    (401)    A long-term vision for the EU's rural areas - Towards stronger, connected, resilient and prosperous rural areas by 2040, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52021DC0345
    (402)    Territorial Agenda 2030, https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/sources/docgener/brochure/territorial_agenda_2030_en.pdf
    (403)    OECD, Rural well-being, geography of opportunities, https://www.oecd.org/regional/rural-well-being-d25cef80-en.htm
    (404)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (405)    A definition is proposed in the JRC Report, Arctic Knowledge: Echoes from the North, European Commission, 2021: Traditional/indigenous/local knowledge refers to the knowledge owned by indigenous and local people and communities. It is a living and dynamic knowledge focused on interconnections in the ecosystem. The knowledge is based on a holistic approach and is systematically resilient. Its practice is closely related to land and sea and the lived experience in an environment. It has its own validation methods which are constantly evolving over generations, within communities and families. It is embedded in cultural upbringings and framed within particular worldviews which shape interactions with the environment, all living beings and the management of resources.
    (406)    More on social innovation can be found here: www.siceurope.eu
    (407)    The term “One Health” describes a multidisciplinary approach to health risks in humans, animals, plants, and the environment.
    (408) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (409)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (410)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (411)    https://eic.ec.europa.eu/documents-0_en#ecl-inpage-1107
    (412)     https://bioeast.eu/ .
    (413)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/destination-earth .
    (414)    AKIS refers to the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields.
    (415)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/earthobservation_en .
    (416)    The European Commission is a member and co-chair of the Group on Earth Observations (GEO), as such the European Commission adopted the GEO Canberra Declaration and Commission Decision C(2019)7337/F1, and committed to contribute to the GEO objectives, including to the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS).
    (417)    As per Article 17 of Regulation (EU) No 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (EU Taxonomy Regulation).
    (418) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (419)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (420)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/ec_rtd_he-partnership-agriculture-data.pdf
    (421)     https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/
    (422)     https://www.copernicus.eu/en
    (423)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/financing-cap/financial-assurance/managing-payments_en
    (424)    Scaling up should be considered as both the scaling up in TRL or scaling up in geographical outreach
    (425)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/law-making-process/planning-and-proposing-law/better-regulation-why-and-how_en
    (426)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/horizon-cl6-2022-governance-01-11
    (427) https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/food-farming-fisheries/key_policies/documents/factsheet-farmtofork-comparison-table_en.pdf    European Green Deal targets for 2030 and agricultural production studies (February 2022).
    (428)     https://www.suprema-project.eu/images/RoadMap-Conclusions-PolicyBrief1.pdf
    (429)     Can nudging improve the environmental impact of food supply chain? A systematic review - ScienceDirect .
    (430)     Nudges is defined as an intervention which leads to a predictable change in behaviour by reinforcing the intentions to act in a sustainable way or by indirectly suggesting adoption of new practices that are easy to implement and do not fundamentally change the incentives of individuals or groups of individuals.
    (431)    Complementary to the topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-XX: Revitalisation of European local (rural / peri-urban) communities with innovative bio-based business models and social innovation
    (432)     https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC122308 .
    (433)    OECD (2021), Making Better Policies for Food Systems, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/ddfba4de-en .
    (434)     www.bbi.europa.eu/about/circular-bio-based-europe-joint-undertaking-cbe-ju .
    (435)    E.g., under the Destination – Resilient, inclusive, healthy and green rural, coastal and urban communities e.g., see topic HORIZON-CL6-2024-COMMUNITIES-02-1-two-stage: Innovating for climate-neutral rural communities by 2050.
    (436)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (437)    Action 3.1.3. Study and analysis of enablers and bottlenecks and provide voluntary guidance to the deployment of bio-based innovations.
    (438)    See parallel topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-ZEROPOLLUTION-01-5: Industrial biotechnology approaches for improved sustainability and output of industrial processes.
    (439)    E.g., see parallel topic HORIZON-CL6-2024-CircBio-01-9: Bioeconomy project development assistance, other topics in this Destination and activities of the Circular Bio-based Europe JU.
    (440)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (441)     www.bioeast.eu The Central-Eastern European Initiative for Knowledge-based Agriculture, Aquaculture and Forestry in the Bioeconomy – BIOEAST – offers a common political commitment and shared strategic research and innovation framework for working towards sustainable bioeconomies in the Central and Eastern European (CEE) countries (Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Slovakia, Bulgaria, Croatia, Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia, Romania, Slovenia).
    (442)    HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-10: Raising awareness of circular and sustainable bioeconomy in support of Member States to develop bioeconomy strategies and/or action plans.
    (443)    Taking into account the results and activities of relevant Horizon 2020 projects, in particular Bioeconomy Policy Support Facility, BIOEASTSUP, POWER4BIO and BE-RURAL, and/or projects funded under call HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-10: Raising awareness of circular and sustainable bioeconomy in support of Member States to develop bioeconomy strategies and/or action plans, or call HORIZON-CL6-2021-GOVERNANCE-01-08: Improving understanding of and engagement in bio-based systems with training and skills development, as well as the activities of the Circular Bio-based Europe (CBE) JU.
    (444)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/862699 .
    (445)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (446)     https://www.copernicus.eu/en .
    (447)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (448)    The capacity to observe the environment, including space-based, in-situ-based (air, sea, land) observation, and citizen observations.
    (449)     https://www.earthobservations.org/geoss.php .
    (450)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/knowledge-publications-tools-and-data/knowledge-centres-and-data-portals/eurogeo_en .
    (451)     https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/earthobservation_en .
    (452)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/europes-digital-decade .
    (453)     https://www.earthobservations.org/geoss.php .
    (454)     https://www.copernicus.eu/en .
    (455)     https://emodnet.ec.europa.eu/en .
    (456)     https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/ec-esa-joint-initiative-on-earth-system-science/ .
    (457)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/destination-earth .
    (458)     https://www.go-fair.org/fair-principles/ .
    (459)     https://www.esa.int/Applications/Observing_the_Earth/FutureEO .
    (460)     https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-ocean-science-cluster .
    (461)    In particular HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-03 (Understanding and valuing coastal and marine biodiversity and ecosystems services); HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-04 (Assess and predict integrated impacts of cumulative direct and indirect stressors on coastal and marine biodiversity, ecosystems and their services) and HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-01: Observing and mapping biodiversity and ecosystems, with particular focus on coastal and marine ecosystems”.
    (462)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/legal/compliance_en.htm .
    (463)    The three principal components of a compliance assurance system: compliance promotion, compliance monitoring, and enforcement against violations, Source: ENSURING ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE – ISBN 978-92-64-05958-0 – © OECD 2009 .
    (464)     Understanding the Citizen Science Landscape for European Environmental Policy: An Assessment and Recommendations .
    (465)    Action 5. Being smart – using geo-spatial intelligence of the “ Endorsed work programme 2020-2022 to improve environmental compliance and governance ”, Environmental Compliance and Governance Forum.
    (466)     Join us in building the European way of Digital Transformation for 300 million Europeans | Living in EU (living-in.eu) .
    (467)    Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions - A European strategy for data ( EUR-Lex - 52020DC0066 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) )
    (468) horizontal/ cross-sectoral or sector-specific provisions as well as legislation or voluntary regimes, suchas code of conducts. For instance, the proposal for a Data Act, brought forward by the EuropeanCommission early 2022 may lead to requirements in those fields.    (Forthcoming) requirements in the fields of data interoperability and switchability may concern
    (469)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (470) COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS - A European strategy for data (see: EUR-Lex - 52020DC0066 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) ).    COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE
    (471)    A successful proposal may take advantage of the opportunity to integrate new phenotypes issued from tracking and sensors in certain breeding programmes.
    (472)    Here, the involvement of representatives of all EU Member States and relevant EU institutions does not refer to the formation of the consortium but to the involvement of those actors in the work of the project. The European Commission can support a selected proposal in establishing contact to relevant EU institutions.
    (473)    See, e.g. the announcements in the Digital package published by the European Commission in February 2020: https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/policies/building-european-data-economy .
    (474)     Regulation (EU) n. 2016/2031 ( https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32016R2031 ) and Regulation (EU) n. 2019/2072 ( https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg_impl/2019/2072/oj ).
    (475)     https://earth.esa.int/eogateway/missions/flex .
    (476)    HORIZON-CL6-2024-FARM2FORK-02-3-two-stage: Tools to increase the effectiveness of EU import controls for plant health
    (477)    More details about relevant existing and planned ESA activities and projects can be found in https://agriculturesciencecluster.esa.int .
    (478)    EU Code of Conduct on Responsible Food Business and Marketing Practices f2f_sfpd_coc_final_en.pdf (europa.eu) , 2021.
    (479)    https://single-market-economy.ec.europa.eu/news/farm-fork-strategy-65-companies-and-associations-sign-eu-code-conduct-responsible-food-business-and-2021-07-05_en.
    (480)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32019L1024&from=EN
    (481)     Digital Europe Work Programme 2021-2022 .
    (482)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (483)    AKIS means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation).
    (484)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal.
    (485)    According to the requirements of the multi-actor approach.
    (486)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (487)    AKIS means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation).
    (488)    Art 5 of the post 2020 CAP regulation.
    (489)    According to the requirements of the multi-actor approach.
    (490)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (491)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52021DC0141R%2801%29
    (492)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal.
    (493)    AKIS means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation).
    (494)    Art 13(2) of the post 2020 CAP regulation.
    (495)    https://scar-europe.org/agroecology-mission-and-aims
    (496)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (497) Art 13(2) of the post 2020 CAP regulation.    
    (498)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal.
    (499)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (500)    Art 13(2) of the post 2020 CAP regulation.
    (501)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal.
    (502) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (503)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (504)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (505)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (506)    European Commission, Directorate-General for Health and Food Safety (2021) Study on the exposure of children to linear, non-linear and online marketing of foods high in fat, salt or sugar: Final report, Publications Office, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2875/928620 .
    (507)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (508)     https://www.earthobservations.org/geoss.php .
    (509)     https://www.copernicus.eu/en .
    (510)     https://www.earthobservations.org/geoss.php .
    (511)     https://www.copernicus.eu/en .
    (512)     https://www.eumetsat.int/ .
    (513)     https://www.copernicus.eu/en/access-data/dias .
    (514)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/strategy/strategy-2020-2024/our-digital-future/open-science/european-open-science-cloud-eosc_en
    (515)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/destination-earth .
    (516)    These satellites have a specific focus on greenhouse gases, air quality, ocean and land biodiversity, high-impact weather events and climate extremes.
    (517)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/knowledge-publications-tools-and-data/knowledge-centres-and-data-portals/eurogeo_en .
    (518)     https://eo4sd.esa.int/?msclkid=27bf6922c7a311ec9cd2c915ab1af722 .
    (519)    Innovative solutions developed to address this point may foster both, robotics and augmented reality, or only on robotics or augmented reality.
    (520) conditionality: CAP payments will be linked to the respect of certain EU labour standards andbeneficiaries will be incentivised to improve working conditions on farms.    The enhancement of working conditions is of cross-sectoral relevance. In agriculture, under the CAP post 2022 more attention will be dedicated to working conditions and social
    (521)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (522)    AKIS means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation).
    (523)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal.
    (524)    According to the requirements of the multi-actor approach.
    (525)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (526)    AKIS means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation).
    (527)    Art 5 of the post 2020 CAP regulation.
    (528)    According to the requirements of the multi-actor approach.
    (529)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (530)    AKIS means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation).
    (531)    Art 5 of the post 2020 CAP regulation.
    (532)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52021DC0141R%2801%29 .
    (533)     https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52021DC0141R%2801%29 .
    (534)    According to the requirements of the multi-actor approach.
    (535)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (536)    AKIS means the organisation and knowledge flows between persons, organisations and institutions who use and produce knowledge for agriculture and interrelated fields (Agricultural Knowledge and Innovation).
    (537)    Art 5 of the post 2020 CAP regulation.
    (538)    According to the requirements of the multi-actor approach.
    (539)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (540)    Art 13(2) of the post 2020 CAP regulation.
    (541)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal.
    (542)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (543)    Art 13(2) of the post 2020 CAP regulation.
    (544)    Art 5 CAP post 2020 proposal.
    (545)     https://www.resourcepanel.org/
    (546)     https://www.unep.org/environmentassembly/
    (547)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/environment/circular-economy/circular-cities-and-regions-initiative_en .
    (548)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en .
    (549)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/pdf/circular-economy/new_circular_economy_action_plan.pdf .
    (550)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation_en .
    (551)    See more detail here: https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_22_1977 .
    (552)     https://www.eu4oceanobs.eu/
    (553)     https://www.g7fsoi.org
    (554)     https://www.earthobservations.org
    (555)     https://www.oceandecade.org/
    (556)     https://geoblueplanet.org/
    (557)     https://www.g7fsoi.org/
    (558) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
    Top

    EN

    Annex X

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    10. European Innovation Ecosystems (EIE)

    Table of contents

    Introduction    

    Destination: CONNECT - Interconnected Innovation Ecosystems    

    Call - Interconnected Innovation Ecosystems (2023.1)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-01-01: Organisation of the Women TechEU Scheme    

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-01-02: Preparatory action for setting up joint programmes among innovation ecosystems actors    

    Call - Interconnected Innovation Ecosystems (2023.2)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-02-01: Stimulating Experimentation Practices    

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-02-02: Specialist Advisory Services to build capacities on innovation procurement    

    Call - Interconnected Innovation Ecosystems (2024.1)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01-01: Implementing co-funded action plans for connected regional innovation valleys    

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01-02: The African Union-European Union Innovation Platform    

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01-03: Startup Europe    

    Call - Interconnected Innovation Ecosystems (2024.2)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-02-01: Expanding Academia-Enterprise Collaborations    

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-02-02: Mutual learning and support scheme for national and regional innovation programmes    

    Destination: INNOVSMES - Partnership on Innovative SMEs    

    Call - Partnership on Innovative SMEs    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-INNOVSMES-01-01: European Partnership on Innovative SMEs    

    Other actions not subject to calls for proposals    

    1. EU Intellectual Property Helpdesk    

    2. Mapping of regulatory compliance advisory services and identification of gaps    

    3. Towards a Pilot European Start-up Scoreboard    

    4. Use of individual experts on assisting with the monitoring of actions (2023 & 2024)    

    5. Use of individual experts in support of the EIC FORUM support (2023 & 2024)    

    6. Commission fee as EUREKA member (administrative costs)    

    Budget    

    Introduction

    The European Union (EU) and the world face a series of profound and rapid changes including in the areas of climate, the digital transition, and geopolitics. The COVID-19 pandemic and Russia's invasion of Ukraine are causing unique health, social and economic challenges resulting in a pressing urgency for action. The crises have spurred researchers, entrepreneurs, industry, public authorities and institutions, civil society organisations, and people across the globe into close cooperation to identify and co-develop innovative solutions and achieve post-pandemic stability. More than ever in recent history, collaboration for innovative solutions is necessary for social and economic recovery, environmental sustainability and resilience. Moreover, the increasing importance of deep tech 1 innovations, emerging from a growing cohort of innovative startups in the EU, have the potential to deliver transformative solutions in the face of these global challenges and to transform the EU’s business landscape.

    The European Innovation Ecosystems work programme aims to create and expand more connected, inclusive, and efficient innovation ecosystems 2 that support the scaling of companies and spur innovation to address important challenges in a responsible way, as laid out in the New European Innovation Agenda 3 .

    The work programme contains actions under two (2) destinations: CONNECT and INNOVSMES.

    1.The actions under the CONNECT destination focus on building interconnected, inclusive innovation ecosystems across the EU by drawing on the existing strengths of national, regional and local ecosystems and encouraging the involvement of all actors and territories to reinforce network connectivity for sustainably business growth and to set, undertake, and achieve collective ambitions towards challenges for the benefit of society, including green, digital, and social transitions. It will particularly support the flagship action on accelerating and strengthening innovation in European Innovation Ecosystems across the EU and addressing the innovation divide under the New European Innovation Agenda.

    2.The action under the INNOVSMES destination will support the European Partnership on Innovative Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs), which will help innovative SMEs to increase their research and innovation (R&I) capacity and productivity and successfully embed in global value chains and access new markets.

    In addition, it contains a number of other actions supporting the policy and programme goals of European Innovation Ecosystems.

    This work programme contributes to all key strategic orientations and impact areas of Horizon Europe 4 and to increasing innovation cohesion. It also works in complementarity with the European Innovation Council (EIC), the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT), including the Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs) and the Regional Innovation Scheme, the “Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area” work programme and other innovative activities across Horizon Europe, the Interregional Innovation Investments (I3) instrument (European Regional Development Fund) under Cohesion Policy and the regional Smart Specialisation Strategies, Euroclusters under the Single Market Programme, the Digital Europe Programme, Start-up Villages 5 as part of the Long-term Vision for Rural Areas 6 , the EU Partnerships for Regional Innovation 7 , as well as other relevant funding and policy initiatives at EU, national, regional and local level, such as the Enterprise Europe Network 8 and the European Defence Fund/European Defence Innovation Scheme. 9

    At the policy level, the EIC Forum 10 will continue to work in a flexible manner to foster enabling framework conditions and flows of information, knowledge, talent and best practices among actors of innovation ecosystems and the EIC, to fully harness the potential of innovation. Overall, it will enhance the exchange of best practices and coordination of national innovation policy initiatives. The policy orientations of the EIC Forum will be consistent with the Pact for Research and Innovation 11 , and will feed into the work of the European Research Area governance and the European Research Area and Innovation Committee, in its role as a joint high-level strategic policy advisory committee, providing early advice to the Council of the EU, the European Commission, and the Member States on strategic research and innovation policy issues.

    It aims at promoting a coherent and inclusive approach to EU innovation ecosystems’ policy and instruments and, as such, will operate in complement to the actions in this work programme.

    The National Contact Points for the European Innovation Ecosystems work programme are supported under the EIC work programme.

    Proposals are invited against the following two (2) destinations:

    Destination: CONNECT - Interconnected Innovation Ecosystems

    Today's urgent challenges are inherently complex and systemic and will not be solved by individual actors or territories in isolation. Fostering enabling innovation ecosystems across the European Union (EU) requires a systemic approach that is inclusive and collaborative, involves diverse actors, institutions and places, maximises the value of innovation to all, and ensures equitable diffusion of its benefits.

    As highlighted in the European Commission Communication on a New European Innovation Agenda 12 , by increasing the inclusion and interconnection of less represented regions and actors into a more strongly integrated European ecosystem, the EU can capitalise on the experience, needs, visions, and perceptions of an increasingly diverse range of people, companies and places. In doing so, it can also take forward a uniquely inclusive European innovation model that is sustainable, guards against substantial labour market and wage gaps, and associated threats to territorial and social cohesion.

    Moreover, such well-connected and diverse ecosystems provide innovative companies with the necessary support and conditions to thrive, i.e. through additional capabilities, data, customers, knowledge, and talents. Network connectivity within and between innovation ecosystems greatly contributes to sustainable business growth with high societal value. Therefore, the actions of this destination aim at strengthening and expanding cooperation between innovation players to better support the next generation of innovative companies whose solutions will lead the shift towards a more competitive EU and a more sustainable, inclusive, and resilient world.

    Besides stronger innovation performance, increased competitive sustainability, and more rapid transitions to a green and digital society, ecosystem integration can provide ecosystem actors and companies with access to new resource, markets, customers, and contribute to disruptive strategies and innovative solutions. By being actively engaged in their local, regional, national, and European networks, companies can increase their overall growth potential.

    This destination offers a holistic package of actions that:

    1.Strengthen innovation ecosystems across the EU through fostering more efficient, inclusive, gender diverse, and connected innovation ecosystems, by accelerating the development and deployment of innovation, including deep tech 13 innovation and encouraging co-planning, co-implementation, and co-investments around European strategic priority areas;

    2.Ensure the inclusion of all key innovation players from across the quadruple helix, 14 , and all EU territories, including rural areas 15 ;

    3.Mobilise policies, funding instruments (EU, national, regional) and fostering synergies between them;

    4.Improve public and private buyers’ capacity to procure innovative solutions and enhance coordination on innovation procurement initiatives within Member States and Associated Countries;

    5.Improve the connection of individual innovators with other ecosystem actors and innovation support providers;

    6.Ensure openness and cross-fertilisation of the innovation ecosystem within and beyond the EU's borders.

    In particular, the actions under this destination should promote the creation of links:

    1.Between all key innovation stakeholders, including the private sector, in particular between SMEs, start-ups and other innovators, including social innovators with investors, industry and public and/or private buyers for faster access to funds and markets and the public sector including authorities in charge of national, regional or local innovation policies and programmes and bodies responsible for smart specialisation strategies; also between SMEs, start-ups and foundations, civil society organisations, citizens, and individual inventors; with universities and research and technology organisations (RTOs) as sources of innovation and talent, to ensure that innovations match existing needs, values, and expectations of society, thereby accelerating deployment and up-take towards tackling societal challenges, and, if applicable, with innovation actors from peripheral or rural innovation ecosystems (such as start-up villages 16 );

    2.Among ‘innovation leaders’ and ‘strong innovators’ with ‘moderate’ and ‘emerging innovators’ 17 across the EU and Associated Countries 18 to increase innovation cohesion 19 ;

    3.With networks such as National Contact Points, Partnerships for Regional Innovation (PRIs 20 ), the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT), Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs), and European Innovation Council (EIC) communities, the Enterprise Europe Network (EEN), clusters and Euroclusters, European university alliances, Missions, pan-European platforms such as Startup Europe, public and private regional or local innovation actors, in particular incubators and innovation hubs (e.g. European Research Area hubs and Digital Innovation Hubs), that could be interconnected to favour partnering among innovators.

    Where appropriate, the applicants should consider and actively seek synergies with possibilities for further funding from other relevant EU, national and/or regional innovation programmes, including Cohesion Policy funds, the Recovery and Resilience Fund, the EU's External Action instruments, the Economic and Investment Plans for the Western Balkans, Eastern and Southern Neighbourhoods, and other public and private funds or financial instruments.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this destination should set out a credible pathway to strengthening robust interconnected innovation ecosystems and creating a favourable environment to promote the scalability potential of businesses, including in the deep tech sector, and more specifically to one or several of the following impacts:

    1.Interconnected, inclusive, and more efficient innovation ecosystems across the EU that draw on the existing strengths of European, national, regional, and local ecosystems and engage new, less well-represented stakeholders and less advanced innovation territories, including rural areas, to set, undertake, and achieve collective ambitions tackling challenges for the benefit of society, including green, digital, and social transitions, and advancing the European Research Area and the New European Innovation Agenda;

    2.Enhance cross-border network connectivity and inter-regional collaboration of regional innovation valleys by reinforcing their capacity to create, reshore, and renew European value chains towards the sustainable green and digital transition and the EU's open strategic autonomy in EU countries and/or regions;

    3.Strengthen and expand cooperation between innovation ecosystems worldwide;

    4.Foster more inclusive and gender equal innovation ecosystems;

    5.Reducing territorial inequalities in access to innovation support.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-01

    21.00

    23 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-02

    8.00

    21 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01

    69.50

    25 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-02

    3.50

    19 Sep 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    29.00

    73.00

    Call - Interconnected Innovation Ecosystems (2023.1)

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 21

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 22

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 22 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 23 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-01-01

    CSA

    15.00

    Around 15.00

    1

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-01-02

    CSA

    6.00

    Around 0.50

    12

    Overall indicative budget

    21.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-01-01: Organisation of the Women TechEU Scheme

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This action requires the participation of at least three (3) independent legal entities, of which at least one (1) is established in a 'moderate' or 'emerging' innovator region and at least one (1) in a 'strong' or 'innovation leader' innovator region.

    The Regional Innovation Scoreboard is taken as a reference, and in the case of entities representing national authorities, the European Innovation Scoreboard . The applicants must use as a reference the latest version of the documents mentioned above at the time of the call closure. Associated Countries which are not included in the European Innovation Scoreboard and are ranked below 25 on the latest Global Innovation Index are considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators. In cases of Associated Countries not included in any of the previously mentioned references, the participation rank of the country in the Horizon Europe programme ( H2020 country profile ) will be taken as a reference and countries ranked below the average will be considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The beneficiary must provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 75 000, as previously determined in the decision authorising the use of financing not linked to costs for the Women TechEU actions under the Horizon Europe Programme (2021-2027) .

    The beneficiary must allocate at least 75% of the total proposed budget to financial support to third parties.

    The beneficiary must respect the conditions that third parties must meet in order to be eligible for financial support to third parties under this action, as outlined in the scope of the topic.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support deep tech 23 innovation as a basis for a modern, knowledge-driven, resource-efficient and competitive economy;

    2.Promote female leadership in the deep tech industry to build fairer, more inclusive, and more prosperous innovation ecosystems in the European Union (EU);

    3.Ensure a smooth continuation of the established Women TechEU scheme consistent with previous processes, outcomes, and branding;

    4.Foster cooperation and networking between women entrepreneurs in the deep tech field.

    Scope: The Women TechEU scheme has been launched under the European Innovation Ecosystems (EIE) Work Programme 2021 as a pilot scheme and became a fully-fledged initiative under the EIE Work Programme 2022.

    As a final objective, the scheme supports European early-stage deep tech start-ups, registered and established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country for at least six months at the time of the submission, founded or co-founded by women, holding a top management position (chief executive officer (CEO), chief technology officer (CTO), chief scientific officer (CSO), or equivalent). All deep tech domains should be eligible, with the emphasis being on overall gender balance and the position held by women in the start-up. The consortium selected under this call must ensure that these criteria are met for financial support to third parties.

    The initiative complements activities funded under the European Innovation Council (EIC), paving the way for the participation of women-led start-ups in future EIC calls.

    The consortium selected under this call is expected to organise the Women TechEU scheme, covering the following activities:

    1.Ensure the sound design, organisation, and management of the Women TechEU scheme, ensuring continuity of the scheme as implemented by the European Innovation Council and SMEs Executive Agency in 2021 and 2022;

    2.Ensure smooth connection with the EIC Business Acceleration Services (BAS) 24 for the mentoring and coaching support activities to selected applicants;

    3.Communicate and promote the scheme in order to secure quality applications;

    4.Organise landmark events, building a network of Women TechEU grantees, and help them to connect with the overall EIC community;

    5.Promote cooperation and networking activities among the community of women entrepreneurs in the deep tech field;

    6.Ensure proper geographical distribution and technological areas to be covered by the scheme;

    7.Report on the implementation of the scheme (key data on applications, start-ups funded, demographics of end-beneficiaries of the scheme, etc.) to European Commission services.

    The applicants should consider a project duration of two (2) years and support provided by the consortium to eligible third parties under this initiative must be made up of the following components:

    1.Financial support to each selected company as an individual grant of EUR 75 000 supporting activities such as evaluating and refining products/services, design, user experience, upgrading the business model, updating the business plan and growth strategy, finding partners and investors, market validation, etc.;

    2.The possibility to participate in dedicated activities organised by InvestEU, the Enterprise Europe Network (EEN), and other relevant networks;

    3.Please note that mentoring and coaching will be provided by the EIC BAS, under the ‘Women Leadership Programme’, which includes dedicated networking and pitching events funded under a separate EIC budget.

    Type and range of activities

    A main activity of the consortium will be to run calls for proposals (at least one (1) per calendar year, the consideration of multiple cut-off dates is encouraged), organise the evaluation process, and administer the grants. Beyond providing funding to women-led deep tech start-ups, proposals under this topic should include a sound promotion and communication strategy of the programme (especially in underrepresented Member States), clearly brand the scheme as an EU initiative, including but not limited to, through information and dissemination events, press and outreach events, or roadshows.

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-01-02: Preparatory action for setting up joint programmes among innovation ecosystems actors

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This action requires the participation of at least three (3) independent legal entities, of which at least one (1) is established in a 'moderate' or 'emerging' innovator region and at least one (1) in a 'strong' or 'innovation leader' innovator region.

    The Regional Innovation Scoreboard is taken as a reference, and in the case of entities representing national authorities, the European Innovation Scoreboard . The applicants must use as a reference the latest version of the documents mentioned above at the time of the call closure. Associated Countries which are not included in the European Innovation Scoreboard and are ranked below 25 on the latest Global Innovation Index are considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators. In cases of Associated Countries not included in any of the previously mentioned references, the participation rank of the country in the Horizon Europe programme ( H2020 country profile ) will be taken as a reference and countries ranked below the average will be considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 25 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Open dialogue, prepare the ground and facilitate the agreement among Member States, Associated Countries, and/or their regions, in cooperation with the private sector and research and innovation actors, towards more dynamic, inclusive, gender diverse, and connected innovation ecosystems, via co-planning, co-implementation, and co-investments around areas outlined in the New European Innovation Agenda 26 ;

    2.Prepare joint long-term programmes and action plans fostering collaboration, common innovation-support activities, and the creation of common knowledge assets among EU, national, regional and/or local level innovation ecosystems, enhancing synergies and complementarities of their programmes and encouraging the alignment of their innovation policies and related policies impacting innovation in line with the new European Innovation Agenda, establishing, if relevant, links to the new Partnerships for Regional Innovation 27 ;

    3.Ensure the inclusion of all key innovation players from across the quadruple helix 28 , and all EU territories, including rural areas;

    4.Foster synergies with other EU funding programmes, including Cohesion Policy instruments, the Recovery and Resilience Facility, and any other funding leverages, including national or regional public funds, and private funds, to complement Horizon Europe support for innovation ecosystems.

    Scope: Target group(s): National, regional and/or local authorities together with private actors, including state-owned enterprises, and research and innovation actors or networks, e.g. the European Institute of Innovation and the Technology Knowledge and Innovation Communities (EIT KICs).

    The topic will allow national, regional and/or local authorities in charge of innovation policies and programmes from Member States, Associated Countries and/or their regions, in cooperation with research and innovation actors, to prepare joint multi-annual programmes of activities and action plans with the aim of strengthening the performance and capacity of their innovation ecosystems, their efficient interconnection and their alignment towards EU-level priorities, in line with the New European Innovation Agenda 29 , to jointly tackle challenges at EU, national, regional, and local level.

    The topic will allow applicants to prepare and agree on a common programme of activities and action plans. The applicants are encouraged to consider a project duration of up to 12 months and in their proposals they should:

    1.Identify areas and activities of cooperation to enhance the coordination and directionality of their research and innovation investments and policies and improve the efficiency and performance of the EU's innovation ecosystems, fostering their interconnection and scale-up while tackling EU, national, regional and/or local challenges:

    1.The proposals may focus on a thematic/technological area of common interest in line with one or more EU priorities, including climate action, Green Deal and digital transformation, including those specified in the New European Innovation Agenda;

    2.The proposals should pay attention to gender equality objectives 30 .

    2.Plan their long-term commitment: the applicants are encouraged to consider planning commitments of at least three (3) years towards engaging in the joint cooperation activities set out in the frame of the projects;

    3.Explain the potential for growth and competitiveness foreseen in the targeted sector and/or expected impact on relevant EU challenges through the proposed cooperation;

    4.Ensure inclusiveness and diversity with the involvement of all innovation actors, including individual inventors, enhance complementarities of EU, national and/or regional funds and programmes, and encourage the alignment of their innovation agendas;

    5.Provide a justification on the need for those joint activities that should be scalable at European level and demonstrate their strong EU added value;

    6.Explain its links to the New European Innovation Agenda and how the project will contribute to its objectives;

    7.Explain how the proposed action plans complement and reinforce their national and/or regional and/or local innovation plans, policies and/or strategies in synergy, including with their smart specialisation strategies, and if applicable their Partnerships for Regional Innovation and start-up villages 31 ;

    8.Explain the process that they plan to follow, with an open, clear, realistic, and impact-oriented approach, including relevant guidance mechanisms and tools;

    9.Present what common knowledge assets are expected from the proposed action plans, and the benefit of the intended beneficiaries of the plans;

    10.Present the targeted milestones to be achieved.

    The proposals for the development of a joint long-term action plan may include the following two (2) phases:

    1.A first phase to foster close dialogue among key stakeholders for strategy/partnership building, mapping, and analysis of existing national and/or regional and/or local innovation agendas/strategies/policies/plans/activities, including local pockets of excellence/innovation hubs, the relevant active/inactive actors (including financial actors, citizens, and individual innovators) and ways to motivate their inclusion, identification of areas of competitive advantage for sustainable economic growth, mapping of gaps, needs, and opportunities. Any activities are encouraged to consider existing tools, knowledge and expertise, including the methodology and governance tools tested and developed in the context of the Partnerships for Regional Innovation initiative or the knowledge and expertise of the EIT KICs with place-based approaches to innovation. Responsible Research and Innovation expertise may also be relevant in this regard 32 ;

    2.A second phase dedicated to the concretising, setting up, and finalising the joint action plan(s) and allocation of the activities over a period of the proposed action plans.

    The implementation of the proposed action plans is not part of this topic. For the implementation part, the successful proposals under the topic may seek further financial support from other EU programmes, including Horizon Europe and/or other public and/or private programmes.

    Call - Interconnected Innovation Ecosystems (2023.2)

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 33

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 34

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 08 Jun 2023

    Deadline(s): 21 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-02-01

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 1.00

    4

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-02-02

    CSA

    4.00

    Around 1.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    8.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-02-01: Stimulating Experimentation Practices

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This action requires the participation of at least three (3) independent legal entities, of which at least one (1) is established in a 'moderate' or 'emerging' innovator region and at least one (1) in a 'strong' or 'innovation leader' innovator region.

    The Regional Innovation Scoreboard is taken as a reference, and in the case of entities representing national authorities, the European Innovation Scoreboard . The applicants must use as a reference the latest version of the documents mentioned above at the time of the call closure. Associated Countries which are not included in the European Innovation Scoreboard and are ranked below 25 on the latest Global Innovation Index are considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators. In cases of Associated Countries not included in any of the previously mentioned references, the participation rank of the country in the Horizon Europe programme ( H2020 country profile ) will be taken as a reference and countries ranked below the average will be considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 35 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increase knowledge on experimentation frameworks for testing innovations;

    2.Provide services for testing innovative solutions leading to technology upscaling, reducing cost, accelerating time to the market, and reducing investment risks;

    3.Enhance knowledge sharing and development of best practices between stakeholders that have been actively engaged in testing and experimentation processes;

    4.Facilitate the deployment and potential commercialisation of new innovative solutions;

    5.Identify areas where the multi-sectoral and/or emerging nature of some innovations requires coordinated action by innovators and regulators;

    6.Identify legal, regulatory, fiscal, technical, and operational pre-requisites or barriers for different use-cases which hamper the development of innovation;

    7.Explore areas where the European supervisory authority exists, and pan-European testing might be desirable.

    Scope: Target group(s): Innovators, research and technological organisations, national and regional authorities, European Institute of Innovation and Technology Knowledge and Innovation Communities (EIT KICs), Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs), start-ups, regulators and other government bodies, non-government organisations (NGOs), and other civil society organisations.

    Regulation creates the essential conditions that enable innovation to thrive, providing a general framework for finance and funding, intellectual property rights, rules for competition, and consumer protection. However, sometimes regulation lags behind technological developments, leading to situations where disruptive technologies could potentially render regulations obsolete, or be perceived as a barrier that hampers the deployment of emerging technologies.

    Due to this complex relationship between regulation and innovation, which varies on a case-by-case basis, it is important to ensure that disruptive innovations are tested in close cooperation not only with regulatory actors, but also end-users themselves. This would allow innovators to receive societal feedback before potential mass deployment, and regulators to create a flexible framework that takes into account the evolving nature of disruptive technologies.

    In line with the New European Innovation Agenda 36 , it is acknowledged that framework conditions, including regulations, can drive or thwart the development and uptake of innovative new products and processes. To that extent, regulatory frameworks that facilitate experimentation by innovators and enable learning and adaptation by regulators appear to be essential in order to nurture breakthrough innovations. Moreover, it would be substantial to gain knowledge from distinct approaches taken forward across European Union (EU) Member States in order to clarify options at the disposal of innovators and regulators to facilitate such experimentation.

    Applicants should identify an area where innovative technologies emerge, justifying why experimentation in this area is essential to facilitate the development of a specific technology or innovative solution. Moreover, the applicants should closely cooperate with innovators who have identified fields where the deployment of innovation is hampered. Specifically, proposals should attempt to identify areas where innovative ideas need to be tested in a physical or virtual environment in order to be trialled in real- or near-real world conditions to assess their market viability and where:

    1.Innovative ideas are under development but are hampered by existing regulations; or

    2.Innovative ideas are under development in areas which remain unregulated.

    This action is expected to support policy makers in their aim to enable, promote and support transformative innovation by utilising the different experimentation frameworks/spaces (such as regulatory sandboxes, living labs, and test beds), and recognise what could be implemented or not.

    After the identification of the area and technology for experimentation, each proposal should put forward an action plan aiming to set up an experimentation space to examine the potential of a particular innovative solution. This could be possibly linked to relevant smart specialisation strategies. The action plan will also articulate which experimentation framework is considered the most appropriate to address the possible challenges in relation to the identified technology.

    As a final step, each consortium will set up the experimentation space proposed in the action plan. The development of the experimentation space would lead to the identification of potential legal, regulatory, fiscal, technical and operational pre-requisites or barriers helping policy makers to foster further innovation.

    The proposals should focus on the following activities:

    1.The identification of areas and the presentation of concrete topics where experimentation could facilitate the deployment of disruptive technologies by establishing a regulatory sandbox, living lab or, test bed;

    2.Awareness-raising and enhanced knowledge on the existing experimentation frameworks for testing innovation;

    3.Identify and scale up best practice examples of regulatory sandboxes, living labs, and test beds;

    4.Interconnect innovators with organisations that set up and promote experimentation activities;

    5.An action plan which will elaborate on how to implement a regulatory sandbox or living lab or test bed in order to examine the potential of an emerging technology;

    6.Creation or utilisation of networking and coordination structures and tools to facilitate innovation development and access to and sharing of best practices, resources, talents, markets, expertise, services and knowledge, including open and collaborative knowledge bases and common knowledge assets (methods, data, processes);

    7.Establishment of an experimentation space or cooperation with existing services in the identified priority area which will provide a technology assessment base line for future developments of the technology being tested;

    8.Clarify the usage of existing and the assignment of newly created intellectual property rights.

    Proposals may build on or seek collaboration with existing projects of EIT KICs in the area of innovation testing such as those related to demonstrators/test beds/living labs or other EIT KICs real-life experimentation environment activities.

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-02-02: Specialist Advisory Services to build capacities on innovation procurement

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This action requires the participation of at least three (3) independent legal entities, of which at least one (1) is established in a 'moderate' or 'emerging' innovator region and at least one (1) in a 'strong' or 'innovation leader' innovator region.

    The Regional Innovation Scoreboard is taken as a reference, and in the case of entities representing national authorities, the European Innovation Scoreboard . The applicants must use as a reference the latest version of the documents mentioned above at the time of the call closure. Associated Countries which are not included in the European Innovation Scoreboard and are ranked below 25 on the latest Global Innovation Index are considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators. In cases of Associated Countries not included in any of the previously mentioned references, the participation rank of the country in the Horizon Europe programme ( H2020 country profile ) will be taken as a reference and countries ranked below the average will be considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 37 .

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Promote opportunities that innovation procurement opens for public procurers;

    2.Enhance public buyers' familiarity with innovation procurement processes which could lead to the establishment of long-term and sustainable innovation procurement strategies;

    3.Further engagement of the public procurers’ communities with Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs), start-ups, incubators, accelerators, and research institutions in driving innovation demand and detecting innovative solutions;

    4.Contribute to a cultural change in public buyers’ perception for adopting risk-averse innovative solutions;

    5.Stimulate SME’s response to public buyers’ needs and challenges aiming at decreasing potential uncertainties;

    6.Improve the procurers’ capacity to communicate their needs and identify innovative suppliers who could effectively address them;

    7.Deploy public and private partners’ collaboration in co-design processes to match their needs and identify existing technologies that could result in procurement of innovation.

    Scope: Target group(s): Public and private procurers, state-owned enterprises, SMEs and start-ups, research and technological organisations, innovation agencies and other public bodies responsible for promoting innovation procurement, the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) and Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs).

    Despite the legal reforms and incentives in the area of public procurement of innovative solutions, this field is still characterised by a risk-adverse approach. In some Member States and Associated countries, the use of innovation procurement is slowly gaining pace, but other administrations still resist the use of a more innovation-attuned approach, which recognises that there might be different possible solutions to problems, rather than just the incumbent technology or process. The strategic potential of innovation procurement is immense, especially in supporting technological development in and by the public sector. Companies, and particularly SMEs and mid-caps, may depend on sales to the public sector or just consider this opportunity can be motivating to innovate and adopt new technologies through public demand.

    This action will support innovation procurement specialist advisory services that will act as the intermediary between public procurers and innovative suppliers, bridging those gaps that hamper the progress in the integration of innovative solutions in the public sector. With these innovation procurement specialist advisory services, it is expected to overcome the fragmentation and dispersion of public procurement across the EU, enhancing the coordination on procuring innovative solutions within Member States and Associated Countries.

    The innovation procurement specialist advisory services are expected to have several main competencies which will help them achieve their goals:

    1.Specialised knowledge on one or more market sector(s) and increased awareness of the national, regional, or local innovative start-ups and SMEs which are active in their sector(s) of specialisation;

    2.Strong awareness of market opportunities that exist in their sectors of expertise, namely relevant competitions and calls which are open or planned at national, regional, and local levels;

    3.Good understanding of both what public procurers demand, but also what innovative suppliers could provide;

    4.Good technical background on their sectors, being in the position to assess the technical solutions proposed and the potential implications which could emerge from the implementation of an innovative solution. This way, the innovation procurement specialist advisory services should be able to explain to the public buyers the function of the proposed innovative solutions and clarify technical aspects which could negatively affect their risk perception;

    5.Thorough knowledge of relevant procurement procedures. Consequently, the advisory services should be able to provide clarity in the legal framework for both public buyers and suppliers and eliminate uncertainties that could emerge;

    6.Strong knowledge of and good connections to innovative SMEs and the start-up environment, including the European Innovation Council (EIC) and the EIT, as well as other EU and national networks (European Enterprise Network, Startup Europe, etc.).

    The innovation procurement specialist advisory services are expected to facilitate the essential change of culture of public procurers regarding the adoption of innovative solutions by diminishing their resistance to change and risk-averse perceptions. To that extent, it is expected to reverse the slow uptake of innovation procurement practices for buying innovative solutions over traditional ones, and to spur the underpinning research and innovation activities by SMEs, start-ups, and industry providers enabling innovation (research and development) services and outcomes of innovation process to enter the market. The innovation procurement specialist advisory services are expected to strengthen the interaction of public procurers with small innovative companies by providing practical knowledge and eliminating the perception that procurement is limited to a legal and administrative process.

    The specialist advisory services participating in this process should also set up new expert networks by sharing best practices among them, regardless of where an initiative took place. To that extent, besides the increase of knowledge and awareness, there is good potential for creating synergies. The proposals should focus on the following activities:

    1.Awareness-raising and enhanced knowledge on innovation procurement legal frameworks for public procurers and evaluators of innovative procurement;

    2.Enhanced innovation knowledge and skills in procurers, raising awareness about co-design processes between SMEs and procurers (public and private) that may help to discover the most up-to-date innovative technological solutions, and assist in their development and further acquisition;

    3.Scale up examples of best practice on the definition of needs and design of procedures and long-term strategies in the field of innovation procurement;

    4.Create more structured cooperation between the ecosystems of procurers and financial investors for innovation procurements.

    Call - Interconnected Innovation Ecosystems (2024.1)

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 38

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 39

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 11 Jan 2024

    Deadline(s): 25 Apr 2024

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01-01

    COFUND

    55.00 40

    8.00 to 12.00

    5

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01-02

    CSA

    2.50

    Around 2.50

    1

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01-03

    CSA

    12.00

    1.50 to 2.00

    6

    Overall indicative budget

    69.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01-01: Implementing co-funded action plans for connected regional innovation valleys

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 55.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    This action requires the participation of at least five (5) national or regional authorities, from at least five (5) different Member States or Associated Countries, of which at least two (2) are representing a 'moderate' or 'emerging' innovator region and at least one (1) is representing a 'strong' or 'innovation leader' innovator region.

    The Regional Innovation Scoreboard is taken as a reference, and in the case of entities representing national authorities, the European Innovation Scoreboard . The applicants must use as a reference the latest version of the documents mentioned above at the time of the call closure. Associated Countries which are not included in the European Innovation Scoreboard and are ranked below 25 on the latest Global Innovation Index are considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators. In cases of Associated Countries not included in any of the previously mentioned references, the participation rank of the country in the Horizon Europe programme ( H2020 country profile ) will be taken as a reference and countries ranked below the average will be considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators.

    The consortium must provide a letter of intent at the moment of submission of the proposal indicating the source of the required 50% of complementary funding (e.g. national and/or regional funding, European funding, or private investments).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties (FSTP). The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    The EUR 60,000 threshold provided for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply.

    The maximum amount of FSTP to be granted to an individual third party is EUR 600.000. This amount is justified since the cascading grants will each support three to four concrete interregional projects to be undertaken by research and innovation entities. Due to the nature of these projects (e.g. development or deployment of technological innovations) and their relatively small number of expected participants, a threshold lower than EUR 600.000 would constitute an obstacle to establishing effective collaborations.

    Grants award under this topic will have to submit the following deliverable(s): Annual work plans subject to approval by the Commission. For the first year, the annual work plan needs to be submitted together with the respective proposal.

    The funding rate is 50% of the eligible costs.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the new European Innovation Agenda’s 41 flagship on accelerating and strengthening innovation in European Innovation Ecosystems across the EU and addressing the innovation divide, this action is intended to create connected regional innovation valleys across the European Union (EU), involving regions with lower innovation performances, by building on strategic areas of regional strength and specialisation (defined in their smart specialisation strategies), in support of key EU priorities. Successful applicant regions under this call topic will be recognised as “regional innovation valleys” 42 .

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Open 43 , efficient, inclusive and interconnected innovation ecosystems across the EU in line with the New European Innovation Agenda, building on their diversities and complementarities, enhancing the joint definition of visions and strategies involving actors from across the quadruple helix 44 , based notably on their respective national/regional smart specialisation strategies, and strengthening their efficiency and potential to innovate;

    2.Enhanced synergies, complementarities and cooperation among European innovation ecosystems around strategic areas, technologies and challenges of common European interest, build on Smart Specialisation Strategies and, where applicable, on the participation in the pilot Partnerships for Regional Innovation (PRIs) 45 ), the creation of common knowledge assets within regional innovation valleys, and support to their cross-border connectedness;

    3.Increased innovation capabilities, including in deep tech 46 in Member States and Associated Countries, allowing innovators to bring their ideas to the market and enable innovations to be scaled up at EU level, and facilitating the link with the private sector and other research and innovator actors;

    4.Better links between innovation 'leaders' and 'strong' innovator regions with 'moderate' and 'emerging' innovator regions across the EU and Associated Countries 47 ;

    5.More innovation co-investments, mobilising other funding leverages, including European, national or regional public funds and/or other private funds, to complement Horizon Europe support;

    6.Increased participation of all innovation ecosystems actors across EU territories in technology and industrial value chains (existing and emerging ones) relevant to the EU twin green and digital transition to achieve broader sustainability and the EU's open strategic autonomy.

    Scope: Target group(s): The topic is primarily focused on the regional aspects of innovation and targeted at national and/or regional innovation authorities. Other relevant entities can participate in the consortia as associated partners (such as research institutions, public authorities, universities, companies, clusters, innovation intermediaries, etc.).

    The aim of this topic is to foster the creation of efficient, open, inclusive and interconnected European innovation ecosystems in line with the New European Innovation Agenda, notably in thematic/technological areas (including deep tech) that will be critical for EU value chains contributing to the twin green and digital transitions and a resilient society, particularly in the areas of reducing reliance on the fossil fuels, increasing global food security, mastering the digital transformation (including cybersecurity), improving healthcare, and achieving circularity.

    The topic will support strategically oriented long-term programmes of activities (action plans) to enable authorities in charge of public national, regional, or local innovation policies and programmes, with the participation of the private sector and research and innovation actors, to implement joint activities towards innovation development and deployment, aimed at tackling challenges at EU, national, regional, and local level.

    The applicants are encouraged to consider a project duration of three to five (3-5) years and proposals should:

    1.Present the applicants’ respective commitment to enhance the coordination and directionality of their research and innovation (R&I) investments and policies, their joint strategic visions, and their proposed joint innovation programme of activities; before the proposal submission the participants should have already selected a thematic/technological area and reached an agreement on what they want to achieve, in order to be able to present concrete action plans; the plans can be further detailed on an annual basis during the implementation of the projects;

    2.Describe the activities necessary, the process that will be followed, and the research and innovation assets that will be mobilised; activities should be open, clear, realistic, impact-oriented and ensure:

    a.Inclusiveness and diversity by expanding their activities to territories that are less advanced in innovation deployment ('moderate' and 'emerging' innovators 48 ) and with the involvement of all innovation actors: research institutions, universities, companies, clusters, innovation intermediaries, as well as those that are currently less active or missing in the innovation ecosystems (e.g. investors, foundations, public and private buyers, social innovators, civil society organisations including non-governmental organisations, individual innovators, rural actors, as well as women-led start-ups and SMEs); each participating region is expected to mobilise all relevant actors of its innovation ecosystem to ensure their contribution to and benefit from the activities supported through the project;

    b.Participation of private actors, either for the joint implementation of proposed activities, and/or their possible co-funding; for example, via links and cooperation with innovative SMEs, start-ups, industry, private entities supporting innovation and innovators, including clusters, associations, as well as investors and foundations;

    c.Complementarity and synergies with other funds (EU, public, and/or private) and innovation-related strategies/policies/programmes/plans at national and/or regional level, including their smart specialisation strategies, and where relevant, the participation in pilot PRIs, start-up villages 49 , as well as other relevant programmes (e.g. the European Institute of Innovation and Technology and the Knowledge and Innovation Communities (EIT KICs), Enterprise Europe Network); applicants should outline the scope for synergies and/or additional funding, in particular where this makes the projects more ambitious or increases their impact and expected results.

    3.Explain the need and the reasons for selecting the proposed action plans that should be scalable at European level and demonstrate their strong EU added value; the proposed plan:

    a.Should include the provisions and modalities for the competitive selection and funding of the provisions and modalities for the competitive selection and funding of at least three to four (3-4) interregional innovation projects in the selected thematic/technological area, including deep tech, linked to key EU priorities:

    I.These interregional projects should focus on the development and/or deployment of technologies and innovations, including breakthrough and disruptive, through cooperation between research and innovation actors from the participating regions;

    II.Each of these interregional projects should aim to deliver concrete and tangible outcomes during the duration of the project, and ensure their dissemination and exploitation;

    III.These interregional projects should be managed in a coordinated manner, as a portfolio of projects, and should identify and establish links with other relevant EU, national or regional projects in similar thematic/technological area (horizontal integration) or complementary areas (vertical integration) with a view to integrate into and contribute to existing or emerging value chains.

    IV.Proposals should allocate at least 50% of the action plan’s total budget to these interregional innovation projects.

    b.Should include a consistent set of core collaborative activities, for example:

    I.Networking and coordination structures and tools to facilitate innovation development and access to and sharing of best practices, resources, talents, markets, expertise, services and knowledge, including open and collaborative knowledge bases and common knowledge assets (methods, data, processes);

    II.Support to interconnections between innovation hubs/local pockets of excellence; market analysis, development and activities towards better access to new markets and finance for innovative SMEs and start-ups;

    III.Training and skills development; interconnection of open innovation infrastructures; supportive activities towards scale up, exploitation and dissemination of innovative solutions;

    IV.Joint public procurement initiatives;

    V.Social innovators’ and civil society integration, as interlocutors for society and important inputs to the development of innovations and promotion of gender equality and diversity.

    4.Explain the reasons for selecting the proposed strategic areas of cooperation, and how this cooperation will improve the efficiency and performance of the EU's innovation ecosystems, fostering their interconnection and scale-up, and their contribution to key EU priorities; the joint innovation programme of activities should focus on a thematic/technological area, in line with the smart specialisation strategies of the participating regions, and should highlight how it will contribute to innovation priorities of common interest, EU strategic priorities (including climate, digital and social transitions, and open strategic autonomy) and where appropriate Horizon Europe Missions; it should pay attention to gender equality objectives 50 ; it should clarify the potential for growth and competitiveness foreseen in the targeted sector and/or expected impact on EU challenge(s);

    5.Present how the consortium plans to implement these joint activities;

    6.Include clear targets in terms of outcomes for the measures/activities underpinned by verifiable indicators (applicants may wish to refer to the Sustainable Development Goals, the EU taxonomy on sustainable finance, or other relevant policy frameworks);

    7.Ensure their long-term commitment towards engaging in the joint cooperation activities set up in the frame of their projects.

    In order to comply with the idea of a joint Horizon Europe and Interregional Innovation Investments (I3) Instrument call provided in the New European Innovation Agenda, this call may be implemented as a synergy action with I3, in which event the call text may be updated accordingly.

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01-02: The African Union-European Union Innovation Platform

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    Legal entities established in all African Union member states 51 may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and Support Action as a beneficiary (or affiliated entity). Due to the scope of this topic, all African Union member states are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Consortia must have at least three (3) independent legal entities from different African Union member states.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The granting authority can fund a maximum of one project.

    Expected Outcome: Strengthening Research and Innovation (R&I) cooperation between the African Union (AU) and the European Union (EU) is a key priority of the EU Communication Towards a comprehensive Strategy with Africa 52 , in which the role of R&I is recognised as a driver for sustainable and inclusive economic growth and job generation, thereby reducing poverty and inequalities. The first R&I Ministerial meeting of the AU-EU High-Level Policy Dialogue on Science, Technology and Innovation (HLPD on STI) agreed to focus cooperation in four priority areas: Public Health, Green Transition, Innovation & Technology, and Capacities for Science, and also agreed to the development of a joint AU-EU Innovation Agenda, which is currently under preparation, and expected to be adopted at the second AU-EU R&I Ministerial in early 2023.

    This topic contributes to the priority areas of action (number 9) listed in the Council Conclusions on the Future Governance European Research Area 53 with regard to launching a pilot initiative on the Team Europe approach for a specific world region and/or topic.

    This topic is also in support of the key actions mentioned in the Council Conclusions on the Global approach to Research and Innovation - the EU's strategy for international cooperation in changing world 54 , in particular at point twenty-nine related to the AU-EU Partnership, aiming at developing a joint EU-AU Research and Innovation Agenda in support of building research capacities and translating research outputs, including those from the ‘Africa Initiative’ under the Horizon Europe Work Programmes 2021-2022, into socio-economic and environmental benefits, in line with the agreement reached at the 2020 EU-AU R&I Ministerial meeting.

    The action funded under this topic will have the objective of supporting the implementation of the AU-EU Innovation Agenda. The action is expected to bring together a mix of EU and AU innovation stakeholders, from academia and business, including higher education establishments, public and private research entities, non-governmental organisations, international finance institutions, incubators and accelerators, technology transfer and capacity building and higher learning organisations.

    The aim of the topic will be to foster the links and networks between innovation stakeholders from the AU and EU innovation ecosystems, also including the social innovation dimension.

    Proposals addressing this topic should in particular contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Support the implementation of the AU-EU Innovation Agenda by providing for a convening platform enabling the elaboration and proposal of implementation modalities of specific actions already included in the current AU-EU Innovation Agenda. In particular and in practice, this action would enable the attainment of several short-term actions foreseen in the working document of the Innovation Agenda for two thematic areas (e.g. “Cross-cutting issues” and “Capacities for science”), aiming to:

    1.Foster the establishment of links and networks among stakeholders across the innovation value chains, from the generation of ideas to development and implementation of innovations, including private and public sectors, higher education and research organisations, financial institutions, and civil society organisations;

    2.Involve citizens in the innovation ecosystems, to improve societal uptake of innovation outputs, and valorise creative and collective intelligence, ensuring also gender equality and active participation of youths;

    3.Strengthen coordination and cooperation between AU and EU innovation programmes and various implementing institutions, ensuring knowledge transfer, capacity building and mobility opportunities, consistent with the socio-economic needs of the concerned AU and EU countries or regions.

    2.Facilitate, conceptually and logistically, the organisation of annual or bi-annual meetings with key innovation stakeholders from the EU and the AU. By doing so, provide a forum for discussion and planning of the implementation of other short-, medium- and long-term actions of the AU-EU Innovation Agenda;

    3.Provide further de-risking support to Eureka-funded small and medium sized-enterprises (SMEs), that have previously benefitted from Viability Assessment Projects (VAPs) under Eureka’s Innowwide, by shortening the time-to-market of their innovative solutions and enhancing the uptake of innovations in European and African countries.

    Scope: Target group(s): Networks of start-ups, innovators, incubators, accelerators, academia, research and technology organisations (public and private sector), think tanks, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), civil society organisations, private and financial actors.

    With the objective of guaranteeing a multidisciplinary approach, the selected consortium should be composed of diverse stakeholders (e.g. networks of start-ups, innovators, incubators, accelerators, academia, research and technology organisations, think tanks, NGOs, private and financial sectors, the European Institute of Innovation and Technology's (EIT) Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs), etc.).

    Following the end of the project, this platform is expected to continue operations without funding from Horizon Europe. Therefore, the development of a sustainability plan is requested.

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01-03: Startup Europe

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    At least 50% of the beneficiaries in a consortium must be established in 'modest' or ‘emerging’ innovator countries or regions.

    The Regional Innovation Scoreboard is taken as a reference, and in the case of entities representing national authorities, the European Innovation Scoreboard . The applicants must use as a reference the latest version of the documents mentioned above at the time of the call closure. Associated Countries which are not included in the European Innovation Scoreboard and are ranked below 25 on the Global Innovation Index 2021 are considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators. In cases of Associated Countries not included in any of the previously mentioned references, the participation rank of the country in the Horizon Europe programme ( H2020 country profile ) will be taken as a reference and countries ranked below the average will be considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    Applicants opting for this non-compulsory financial support scheme must allocate at least 60% of the total proposed budget to financial support to third parties.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increasing the market footprint of European start-ups in strategic digital technologies and deep tech 55 innovation, notably Artificial Intelligence, Advanced Computing, Cybersecurity, Next Generation Internet, Blockchain, Internet of Things, Metaverse, Energy, Greentech, AgriTech, and Fintech;

    2.Better connection of start-ups, including European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) and European Innovation Council (EIC)-supported start-ups and Seal of Excellence holders, to relevant local and/or European ecosystems, communities, and potential new markets;

    3.A scaling up of capabilities in matching technology solutions developed by highly innovative European Union (EU)-funded digital and deep tech start-ups with investment and growth opportunities in collaboration with other initiatives such as: the EIC, the EIT and the Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs), InvestEU, the Digital Europe Programme, Women TechEU, public and private buyers, or investors and corporate innovation ventures, and start-up villages 56 .

    In pursuit of the above outcomes the projects are expected to prioritise:

    1.Start-ups that have either already achieved market-product fit or have raised at least a round of financing (seed or later); and

    2.Start-ups established in ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging’ innovator countries and/or regions; or

    3.Women-led start-ups 57 .

    Scope: Target group(s): Start-up ecosystem builders, business angel organisations, venture capital entities, accelerators, incubators, start-up associations, clusters.

    This action will connect local digital and deep tech start-up ecosystems and support cross-border acceleration activities for start-ups that demonstrate traction (i.e. market-product fit or at least a seed round raised). Among the start-up ecosystems to be connected, specific attention will be given to the inclusion of ecosystems in ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging’ innovator countries and/or regions.

    While cross-border acceleration activities are open to all European start-ups demonstrating traction, the action will also target scale-ups identified in Horizon Europe (e.g. though the EIC (including the EIC Scaleup 100 action) and EIT-supported companies) and the Digital Europe Programme (e.g. from European Digital Innovation Hubs), and the use of Innovation Radar intelligence 58 and other relevant data sets 59 . Targeting of start-ups funded by national programmes, particularly those part of “Plug-in” certified programmes (see EIC Work Programme 2022 Annex 5) should also be considered.

    In terms of outreach and amplification, actions should be publicised where relevant in the EIC Community 60 and should actively engage with activities and events of the Europe Startup Nations Alliance 61 . Special attention will be given to support European digital and deep tech start-ups and scale-ups in accessing innovation procurement opportunities (public or corporate procurers).

    The action may be implemented through financial support to third parties or directly by the consortium partners to allow start-ups to best benefit from the services described above. For consortia opting for the financial support to third parties scheme, the monitoring of the support to third parties provided for each action, as well as the management of the financial support to third parties, will be ensured by the coordinator.

    The applicants should put in place proper communication and publicity of the actions engaged.

    Call - Interconnected Innovation Ecosystems (2024.2)

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 62

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 63

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 06 Jun 2024

    Deadline(s): 19 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-02-01

    CSA

    2.50

    Around 0.50

    5

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-02-02

    CSA

    1.00

    Around 0.10

    10

    Overall indicative budget

    3.50

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-02-01: Expanding Academia-Enterprise Collaborations

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This action requires the participation of at least three (3) independent legal entities, of which at least one (1) is established in a 'moderate' or 'emerging' innovator region and at least one (1) in a 'strong' or 'innovation leader' innovator region.

    The Regional Innovation Scoreboard is taken as a reference, and in the case of entities representing national authorities, the European Innovation Scoreboard . The applicants must use as a reference the latest version of the documents mentioned above at the time of the call closure. Associated Countries which are not included in the European Innovation Scoreboard and are ranked below 25 on the latest Global Innovation Index are considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators. In cases of Associated Countries not included in any of the previously mentioned references, the participation rank of the country in the Horizon Europe programme ( H2020 country profile ) will be taken as a reference and countries ranked below the average will be considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    The consortium must include at least one (1) educational institution or research organisation and at least one (1) representative of the private sector (for-profit entity).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 64 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to four (4) or more of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved integration of research institutions, Higher Education Institutions, vocational schools, and similar organisations into Europe’s innovation ecosystems by establishing better links with start-ups and start-up networks, accelerators and incubators, business angels and investor communities;

    2.Improved flows of knowledge, skills, and talents between educational institutions and other innovation ecosystem actors at various levels of development, including in the deep tech 65 field in line with the New European Innovation Agenda 66 ;

    3.Improved skills of all involved ecosystem actors to increase innovation potential, inter-sectoral mobility, and market uptake of new technologies; Targeted are skills necessary and responsive to innovation and labour market needs on digital, green, and entrepreneurial skills, networking skills, risk taking, and in particular in the deep tech field;

    4.Improved connections of educational institutions to high-quality remote testing, validation, and up-scaling of innovations delivered by research and technology infrastructures across the EU;

    5.Improved competence of students, graduates, researchers, and workforce to launch, run, and lead successful and profitable start-ups, including in the deep tech field;

    6.Enhanced availability of local talents equipped with skills to support business acceleration and digitalisation 67 ;

    7.Enhanced entrepreneurial activity in developing innovation ecosystems and their upscaling and interconnectedness across the EU supported by citizens and local initiatives in order to build innovative solutions to current and future challenges;

    8.Increased engagement and connectedness with other ecosystem actors (e.g. other educational institutions, Technology Transfer Offices, Research and Technology Organisations, local and regional enterprises, private companies, start-ups, early-stage companies, accelerators, incubators, etc.) within and between regions;

    9.Increased youth (self) employability and gender balance in collaborations.

    Scope: Target group(s): Research and innovation ( related actors such as vocational schools, higher education institutions, public authorities in the field of education and employment, innovation agencies, SMEs, deep tech companies, the European Innovation Council (EIC) and the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) start-ups and industry, research performing organisations, knowledge and technology transfer offices and associations, students and researchers.

    Educational and research institutions are considered key places for knowledge production and innovation, and should be well connected within and beyond their respective regional innovation ecosystems. By increasing the connectedness of educational and research institutions, host regions will be able to increase their competitive advantage by fostering and possibly attracting talent, high-tech companies, and boosting innovation output in the area;

    However, due to the diverse innovation landscape in Europe, educational and research institutions from better-connected innovation ecosystems benefit from more local accelerators with greater funding opportunities and more qualified business support services compared to their counterparts in other areas, including rural or peripheral areas.

    The action should foster the creation of innovation ecosystems with educational and research institutions, or strengthen their existing links. Proposals should outline activities for supporting educational and research institutions to take a greater entrepreneurial role, e.g. through boosting innovation and entrepreneurship within their activities. The action should also ensure that educational and research institutions’ assets and vision are articulated clearly and in line with respective regional specialisations (such as smart specialisation strategies), so they can easily be integrated into innovation ecosystems and economic value chains.

    The proposals should leverage best practices of the private and public sector in the EU's well performing innovation hubs and enhance collaborations between businesses with R&I actors in educational and research institutions. The proposals should build on the educational and research institutions' focus areas and relationship to innovation, matching regional and business interests (and where relevant complement smart specialisation strategies), in order to maximize each stakeholders’ strengths and accelerate progress. The proposals should outline activities that will foster connectedness of the innovation ecosystems while preventing brain drain and encourage talent to stay in emerging regions, including rural areas. Only by providing local talents, including female talents, with knowledge and opportunities to contribute to the local private sector or develop their own businesses, local innovation ecosystems can expand based on sustainable and inclusive growth. The proposals should valorise high levels of technical skills, including in deep tech, in developing innovation ecosystems with hands-on knowledge and experiences in business management and international scale-up processes.

    The action supports co-designed programmes of activities of at least two (2) years, proposed jointly by educational institutions, research institutions, and other R&I actors from ‘emerging’ and ‘moderate’ innovation ecosystems and the private sector from innovation hubs (‘strong innovators’ and ‘innovation leaders’), to ensure better connectedness between higher education institutions and research organisation with other actors of innovation ecosystems, for example:

    1.Engagement of business experts into the implementation of networking activities and building innovation ecosystem around the university/research institution;

    2.Engagement of students, graduates, researchers and workforce from various disciplines and departments into the innovation ecosystem, with a focus on networking and building networks around educational and research institutions as centres of gravity, and engaging in companies’ structures and business processes;

    3.Engagement of students and researchers in start-ups from both their immediate local environment and beyond (regional, national, transnational) working with various actors from the innovation ecosystem to experience what starting and running a venture entails, such as raising funds, pitching events, creating, editing, and adapting business models in the creation process from idea to market, etc.;

    4.Creation of synergies between students, graduates, researchers, innovators, education institutes, research performing organisations, and business partners, locally, at EU level, and globally targeting the creation of networks and communities of practices in the field of deep tech to stimulate the market uptake of results and new technologies, as well as their co-creation.

    The proposed programmes of activities should ensure gender-balanced participation opportunities.

    To ensure that the impact of the action goes beyond consortium members and their respective countries, it is encouraged that the selected consortia work closely with innovation agencies from their respective territories and beyond, and seek synergies with relevant EU initiatives in the field of university-business cooperation, such as knowledge and innovation alliances under the Erasmus+ programme or the EIT Knowledge Innovation Communities (KICs) to allow for complementarities and possible use of already existing EIT KICs' knowledge, expertise, networks, communities or platforms such as those developed under the EIT Initiative on Innovation Capacity Building for Higher Education 68 that focuses on strengthening partnerships between higher education and businesses including developing innovation and business support services.

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-02-02: Mutual learning and support scheme for national and regional innovation programmes

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.10 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    This action requires the participation of at least three (3) independent legal entities, of which at least one (1) is established in a 'moderate' or 'emerging' innovator region and at least one (1) in a 'strong' or 'innovation leader' innovator region.

    The Regional Innovation Scoreboard is taken as a reference, and in the case of entities representing national authorities, the European Innovation Scoreboard . The applicants must use as a reference the latest version of the documents mentioned above at the time of the call closure. Associated Countries which are not included in the European Innovation Scoreboard and are ranked below 25 on the latest Global Innovation Index are considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators. In cases of Associated Countries not included in any of the previously mentioned references, the participation rank of the country in the Horizon Europe programme ( H2020 country profile ) will be taken as a reference and countries ranked below the average will be considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 69 .

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to at least four (4) of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Reduced fragmentation of innovation ecosystems and national/regional start-up support schemes;

    2.Increased cooperation, learning, and exchange of knowledge between national and regional innovation support public authorities and agencies in order to ensure that their innovation funding schemes respond to the requirements of the Plug-in certification for step 2 of the European Innovation Council (EIC) Accelerator;

    3.Improved ongoing and/or set up of new national and regional innovation funding programmes whose criteria are fit to pass the certification for the Plug-in scheme;

    4.The use, requirements, and access to the Plug-in scheme are well communicated to the innovation ecosystem stakeholders, particularly start-ups and Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs);

    5.A more homogeneous, equal, and aligned approach in the evaluation of projects under national and regional support schemes;

    6.Enhanced cooperation among national and regional public authorities and agencies and SMEs and start-ups, particularly between innovation 'leaders'/'strong' innovators and 'moderate'/'emerging' innovator countries 70 ;

    7.Stable pipeline of high-quality projects to the EIC Accelerator Step 2.

    Scope: Target group(s): national or regional innovation agencies or similar organisations, national and regional authorities in charge of management of innovation programmes, EIC Plug-in contact points.

    Start-ups and SMEs are the primary source of innovation in the European Union (EU) and globally. However, the fragmentation of innovation ecosystems and the lack of connectedness among public national and regional agencies and innovation support schemes appear to be one of the main bottlenecks towards ensuring sufficient support of the most promising start-up and scale-up companies in the EU.

    Building on the outcomes of different INNOSUP actions on peer learning of innovation agencies 71 , as well as the Horizon 2020 pilot action under the enhanced EIC Pilot Work Programme “Mutual learning and common tools and resources for national/regional schemes supporting innovation projects of start-ups and SMEs”, this action aims at bringing together public innovation authorities and agencies to increase the dialogue and networking towards the design and implementation of regional and national innovation funding programmes in line with the requirements of the Plug-in certification for step 2 of the EIC Accelerator. In line with previous activities supporting peer learning of innovation agencies, use of the 'Twinning+' methodology 72 is strongly encouraged in the context of this action. The project shall provide a Design Options Paper summarising the main findings in order to guide any innovation agency in translating and concretely implementing the identified good practices.

    The pilot Plug-in scheme is a novelty under Horizon Europe and is a specific process applicable to the EIC Accelerator only. It applies to proposals that result from existing national or regional programmes and its specific modalities are outlined in the EIC Work Programme 2022 Annex 5 73 .

    Under the 'Plug-in' scheme, applicants do not apply directly to the EIC Accelerator calls. Instead, a project review is carried out to assess the innovation or market deployment potential of an existing project at national or regional level to decide whether the project is suitable for support under the EIC Accelerator.

    The first pilot results of a mapping of national and regional programmes by the European Commission in close cooperation with Member States has shown that although 31 out of 52 programmes submitted were certified, several programmes did not pass the certification and some Member States have not submitted any programme to the review at all. This action aims to assist Member States and Associated Countries to improve or create national and regional funding programmes that could qualify for certification under the Plug-in scheme of the EIC Accelerator. Applications from regional and national agencies from 'moderate’ and ‘emerging' innovator countries and regions are particularly encouraged.

    The proposals are expected to include specific activities that will allow applicants to:

    1.Enhance the quality of support provided at national and regional levels to the most promising innovative start-ups and SMEs;

    2.To improve or set up national and regional funding programmes that could qualify for certification under the Plug-in scheme of the EIC Accelerator;

    3.To share best practices in terms of design, functioning, operation, and monitoring of such programmes;

    4.To broaden access to information and communicate to the applicants (start-ups and SMEs) on the opportunities to access the national and regional funding programmes and have their chance to be selected under Plug-in scheme to apply to step 2 of the EIC Accelerator.

    Destination: INNOVSMES - Partnership on Innovative SMEs

    Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) represent the backbone of the European economy. They represent 99.8% of all enterprises in the European Union (EU) non-financial business sector and two thirds of employment. However, SMEs in Europe face obstacles to growth, expansion and scaling up, including lack of skills, administrative burden, and access to finance. Many lack capacity for innovation and struggle to enter international markets.

    Greater cooperation with partners in Europe and beyond can help to address many of these issues. However, opportunities for bottom-up, international collaborations are limited. European SMEs can struggle to find support for their internationalisation efforts. At national level, support is often limited to collaboration among partners within the same Member State. Levels of investment to support internationalisation in European innovative SMEs vary and there is suboptimal co-ordination of national schemes. Overall, these issues weaken the resilience of the European innovation ecosystem.

    The objective of this call is to continue to provide support to the European Partnership of Innovative SMEs identified in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024 and first implemented under the topic HORIZON-EIE-2021-INNOVSMES-01-01: European Partnership on Innovative SMEs, and in particular to fund additional activities (which may also be undertaken by additional partners) in view of its intended scope and duration, and in accordance with Article 24(2) of the Horizon Europe Regulation.

    The proposal for the topic under this destination should cover a specific niche that other EU, national and regional interventions do not address for the benefit of innovative SMEs in Europe: cooperation among European and/or international partners, with at least one innovative SME as the project leader. The proposed additional activities would help innovative SMEs to increase their research and innovation (R&I) capacity and productivity and to become embedded in global value chains and new markets. It would achieve this by supporting innovative SMEs in developing products, processes and services through funding market-led, cross-border, R&I collaborative projects and providing accompanying measures. It would enable global collaboration and the commercialisation of new knowledge. It would thereby strengthen the overall resilience of the European innovation ecosystem.

    In line with the Horizon Europe objectives 74 it aims to generate knowledge, support the access to and uptake of innovative solutions by SMEs (including to address global challenges), facilitate technological development, demonstration, knowledge and technology transfer, and strengthen deployment and exploitation of innovative solutions.

    In line with Horizon Europe Strategic Planning, the partnership aims to contribute to global and European policies. In particular the strategic priorities of the European Commission with a special focus on the ‘European Green Deal’ and ‘An economy that works for people’ including the SME Strategy for a sustainable and digital Europe, as well actions towards tackling the COVID-19 crisis and the post-COVID era.

    In line with the Global Approach to Research and Innovation 75  the partnership aims to facilitate the internationalisation of European SMEs by establishing win-win international innovation partnerships, such as networks of incubators and accelerators with countries that offer reciprocal openness to entrepreneurship and investment, promoting mobility of innovators in both directions. The envisaged activities will build on tools developed and experience gained and by creating synergies with other supporting mechanisms.

    Expected impact

    The proposal for the topic under this destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impact:

    To help European innovative SMEs to grow and successfully access European and international markets and to embed in global value chains by:

    1.Contributing to the strategic priorities of the European Commission with a special focus on the ‘European Green Deal’ and ‘An economy that works for people’ including the SME Strategy for a sustainable and digital Europe, as well actions towards tackling the COVID-19 crisis and the post-COVID era.

    2.Strengthening the innovation performance, output, potential and resilience of the European innovation ecosystem;

    3.Addressing the productivity and internationalisation gap between innovative SMEs and large companies and aiming to improve SMEs’ global scale-up potential leading to increased employment and turnover;

    4.Leveraging investment for innovative SMEs.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-INNOVSMES-01

    34.54

    36.58

    22 Mar 2023

    Overall indicative budget

    34.54

    36.58

    Call - Partnership on Innovative SMEs

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-INNOVSMES-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 76

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 77

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 11 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 22 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-INNOVSMES-01-01

    COFUND

    34.54

    36.58

    Around 71.116079

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    34.54

    36.58

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-INNOVSMES-01-01: European Partnership on Innovative SMEs

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 71.116079 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 71.12 million.

    Type of Action

    Programme Co-fund Action

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    The proposal must be submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-EIE-2021-INNOVSMES-01-01: European Partnership on Innovative SMEs. This eligibility condition is without prejudice to the possibility to include additional partners.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    If the proposal is successful, the next stage of the procedure will be grant agreement amendment preparations.

    If the outcome of amendment preparations is an award decision, the coordinator of the consortium funded under HORIZON-EIE-2021-INNOVSMES-01-01: European Partnership on Innovative SMEs will be invited submit an amendment to the grant agreement, on behalf of the beneficiaries.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    This action is intended to be implemented in the form of an amendment of the grant agreement concluded pursuant to topic HORIZON-EIE-2021-INNOVSMES-01-01: European Partnership on Innovative SMEs.

    For the additional activities covered by this action:

    1.Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties (FSTP). The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    2.Financial support provided by the participants to third parties is one of the primary activities of this action in order to be able to achieve its objectives. The EUR 60 000 threshold provided for in Article 204(a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does not apply.

    3.The maximum amount of FSTP to be granted to an individual third party is EUR 25.000.000. This amount is justified since provision of FSTP is the primary activity of this action and it is based on the extensive experience under predecessors of this partnership.

    4.At least two thirds (67%) of the projects supported through FSTP must involve at least two beneficiaries from Member States or Associated Countries.

    1.The funding rate is 30 % of the eligible costs.

    The starting date of grants awarded under this topic may be as of the submission date of the application. Applicants must justify the need for a retroactive starting date in their application. Costs incurred from the starting date of the action may be considered eligible (and will be reflected in the entry into force date of the amendment to the grant agreement).

    Total indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the duration of the co-funded Partnership EUR 250 million.

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved knowledge transfer in the European innovative Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs) ecosystem, through increased and sustained collaboration between SMEs, public research partners and academia;

    2.Mitigation of difficulties in access to finance for European innovative SMEs and thus contribute to enhanced growth and expansion of European innovative SMEs;

    3.Improved European innovative SME access to new international markets or value chains thus leading to improved market share and sales for European innovative SMEs increasing their employment capacity;

    4.Increase public research and innovation funding to European innovative SMEs, to spur more high-quality collaborations and more innovative solutions;

    5.Pull together national efforts to spur internationalisation and collaboration in European innovative SMEs, avoiding unnecessary duplication leading to a simplified offer to beneficiaries, achieving a more balanced geographic participation, ensuring complementarity and improved innovation ecosystems across Europe;

    6.Identify and better exploit existing or emerging opportunities in the global markets and establish win-win international innovation partnerships, such as networks of incubators and accelerators with the help of the INNOWWIDE instrument and other existing support mechanisms.

    Scope: The objective of this action is to continue to provide support to the European Partnership of Innovative SMEs identified in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024 and first implemented under the topic HORIZON-EIE-2021-INNOVSMES-01-01: European Partnership on Innovative SMEs, and in particular to fund additional activities (which may also be undertaken by additional partners) in view of its intended scope and duration, and in accordance with Article 24(2) of the Horizon Europe Regulation.

    The consortium which applied to and received funding under the European Partnership on Innovative SMEs topic of the European Innovation Ecosystems Work Programme 2021-2022 is uniquely placed to submit a proposal to continue the envisioned partnership. Not only did this consortium submit the proposal leading to the identification of the partnership in the Horizon Europe strategic planning 2021-2024, it has also implemented the partnership through co-funded calls in 2021-2022 based on this planning and further to the European Partnership on Innovative SMEs topic. It is also deemed relevant that the same consortium was responsible for carrying out the Horizon 2020 predecessor programme EUROSTARS 2. In this context, the current consortium has particular expertise in relation to the objectives of the Partnership, the activities to be implemented and other relevant aspects of the action. In practice, another consortium could not continue the activities of the Partnership underway without significant disruption to the ongoing activities, if at all.

    The proposal should cover all the additional activities which will be implemented using the budget and in the framework of the amendment to the existing grant agreement that will result from this proposal, and which are not covered in the existing grant agreement. The proposal should address time, resources and activities building on the two main types of activities from the previous period. These are largely additional calls for proposals covering the 2023- 2024 period (Eurostars and INNOWWIDE projects) resulting in international collaborative research and innovation projects. While these projects should further contribute to the results which were achieved in the previous period, the scope should in addition include the lessons learnt from the initial three Eurostars calls of this partnership in the first period of implementation, in order to potentially improve the activities during the forthcoming period. Furthermore, as second additional activity, it would be beneficial to analyse the results and lessons learnt from the very first Eureka-INNOWWIDE call with a new pilot phase focusing on Africa. These additional activities should contribute to the further development of the “Eureka-INNOWIDE” scheme including its further possible evolution. Coordination and support activities, the creation of synergies between and synchronisation of national programmes, and a better cooperation and knowledge exchange between national intermediaries should be continued through new or repeated activities and additional events during the forthcoming period.

    Collaborative research and innovation activities and a strong focus on support to the internationalisation of European innovative SMEs should drive the additional activities and calls for proposals during the period 2023 to 2024 in line with the overall call schedule until the end of the partnership. There is a clear added value and ‘selling point’ for the continuation and additional calls under this initiative to further address gaps towards a better alignment and increased focus on internationalisation. This reflects and recalls the definition of European Partnerships in the Horizon Europe regulation 78 as initiatives where the union and its partners ‘commit to jointly support the development and implementation of a programme of research and innovation activities, including those related to market, regulatory or policy uptake.’

    The below list of specific activities, going beyond research and innovation activities, can therefore be implemented under the period of 2023-2024 (continuation of the partnership) and are anticipated as expected outputs to:

    1.Support transnational near-market collaborative research and innovation addressing technological and societal challenges;

    2.Enhance SME readiness (absorptive capacities in all participating countries),

    3.Attract wide range of beneficiaries by country and SME type and age;

    4.Create synergies among national programmes by streamlining their execution;

    5.Enhance cooperation and knowledge exchange at level of national intermediaries.

    6.Lessons learnt concerning proposals and project implementations for future improvements.

    The proposed continuation of the initiative will help innovative SMEs to further increase their research and innovation capacities and productivity, shorten the time to market of their innovations and to become embedded in global value chains and new and/or expanded markets. It will achieve this through additional support to innovative SMEs in developing products, processes and services through funding market-led, cross-border, research and innovation collaborative projects and providing accompanying measures. The initiative addresses collaboration in Europe and beyond, and the commercialisation of new knowledge. Thereby it will strengthen the overall resilience of the European innovation ecosystem.

    The overall objective of the initiative, to be conducted during the full duration of Horizon Europe, is to implement a co-funded European Partnership for Innovative SMEs to stimulate economic growth and job creation by enhancing the competitiveness of innovative SMEs while contributing to deliver a positive economic, societal and environmental impact in Europe and beyond.

    In order to address that objective, the initiative should:

    1.Enable innovative SMEs to develop all forms of innovation, including breakthrough innovation, and strengthen market deployment of innovative solutions;

    2.Foster the internationalisation of European innovative SMEs;

    3.Connect national programmes to unlock the potential of all partners.

    While the award of a grant to continue the Partnership in accordance with this call should be based on a proposal submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under European Partnership on Innovative SMEs and the additional activities (which may include additional partners) to be funded by the grant should be subject to an evaluation, this evaluation should take into account the existing context and the scope of the initial evaluation as relevant, and related obligations enshrined in the grant agreement.

    Taking into account that the present action is a continuation of the topic HORIZON-EIE-2021-INNOVSMES-01-01: European Partnership on Innovative SMEs and foresees an amendment to an existing grant agreement, the proposal should also present as an Annex the additional activities (including additional partners) to be covered by the award in terms of amendments to the grant agreement that would result from the action.

    The Commission envisages to include new actions in its future work programmes to provide continued support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.

    Type and range of activities

    A main activity would be to run calls for proposals, organise the evaluation process and enable collaborative cross-border research and innovation projects. Beyond providing funding to innovative SMEs for cross-border research and innovation (R&I) collaboration, they should include further promotion of the programme in underrepresented Member States, including but not limited to, through dissemination events, mutual learning seminars or roadshows.

    The initiative should exploit synergies with cohesion policy funds and significantly support the widening aspect. In any case, links with regional smart specialisation strategies should be a priority.

    Accompanying measures such as INNOWWIDE should be included in the proposal.

    Expected partner composition and geographical coverage

    1.National administrations and National Funding Bodies (NFBs).

    The private sector and research actors would need to be mainly drawn from the activities of the national and/or regional funding organisations. The effort, networks and judgements of these organisations are key to initiate cross-border research collaborations, to help prepare applications and to fund successful participants. The success of the initiative depends largely on these organisations.

    A dedicated implementation structure may notably support them through various activities and services such as to organise calls, manage funding, monitor payments and projects and implement dissemination events, roadshows, matchmaking events, webinars etc.

    The initiative should have an extended geographical coverage beyond Member States and Associated Countries, and the potential to evolve towards a global programme under Horizon Europe, including through possible involvement of additional partners during the lifetime of the programme. Third countries are welcome to participate in the Partnership in line with the standard criteria related to co-funded partnerships in Horizon Europe. The initiative should promote the ambition towards more projects involving other partners than those in geographical proximity and the sufficient utilisation of the potential of the extended Eureka network.

    Types and levels of contributions from partners

    Proposals should mobilise the necessary financial resources from participating national (or regional) research programmes with a view to implementing joints call for transnational proposals resulting in grants to third parties.

    Member States are invited to maximise the financial support provided to innovative SMEs through increased national funding during the selection process.

    International dimension

    Proposals should focus on supporting international, projects led by innovative SMEs. They should enable international cooperation, enabling small businesses to learn, combine and share expertise and benefit from working beyond national borders.

    In line with the ambitions of the partnership to foster international collaboration and the provisions of the model grant agreement, projects involving one legal entity established in a Member State or Associated Country as beneficiary and one legal entity established in a non-associated third country as partner may be supported in the same manner as under Eurostars 2. As per Horizon Europe rules, projects with no participants from Member States or Associated Countries are not eligible for participation in the partnership. At least two thirds (67%) of the projects supported must involve at least two beneficiaries from Member States or Associated Countries.

    Synergies

    Focussing on helping European innovative SMEs to grow and successfully embed in international markets and value chains by developing methodologies and technologies, the partnership is expected to collaborate closely with other relevant European Partnerships, missions and the European Innovation Council in order to ensure coherence and complementarity of activities. Proposals must describe the methodology for their collaboration and the aims the project wants to achieve with this kind of collaboration.

    Proposals should include only their commitments for the period covered by the present work programme.

    Other actions not subject to calls for proposals

    1. EU Intellectual Property Helpdesk

    In the European Union (EU), Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs), including start-ups, individual innovators, researchers, and European micro small and medium-sized enterprises do not always have sufficient knowledge of how to best use Intellectual Property (IP) 79 to facilitate the exploitation of research results, and more generally to manage, disseminate and valorise technologies and other IP rights and assets. A smart use of IP will help EU creators and inventors to obtain adequate reward for their intellectual efforts. It also enables SMEs to appropriately commercialise and take advantage of their intellectual assets in the EU. It may increase the chances that the scaling up and exploitation will take place in the EU. It is instrumental in securing better margins, organising technology transfers, collaboration, and attracting investors. It may thus boost the resilience of the European economy.

    This action supports the better use of IP by SMEs in setting up an EU IP Helpdesk based on the experience of the previous initiatives, inspired by the activities of the existing IP Helpdesk 80 , and possibly extending its scope. The IP Helpdesk should raise awareness on IP matters via a website, develop and conduct trainings including Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs), as well as customised advice in relation to cross-border IP issues across the EU and developing an IP strategy. The IP Helpdesk should work seamlessly with the European Innovation Council (EIC) acceleration services, as well as selected other innovation ecosystem services. It should in particular coordinate its website offering with the European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) 81 , the European Patent Office (EPO) 82 and other EU-funded IP support services (namely International IP Helpdesks 83 and IP Scan 84 ) and implement promotional activities in coordination with the action "Awareness raising on IP management for European research and innovation (R&I)". 85

    The IP Helpdesk should aim at the following:

    1.Improving EU SME’s knowledge about IP showing specifically how to use IP as a strategic and structuring element for business development;

    2.Supporting EU project applicants for IP issues that are relevant in cross-border research and commercial relationships supported by EU funds (IP rights management as to the results of common projects);

    3.Supporting the management, dissemination and/or valorisation of technologies and other intellectual assets. This involves the provision of guidance to enhance the capacity of SMEs (including start-ups and scale-ups) to compete internationally, the protection of their intangible assets timely and adequately, the examination of ways to leverage their intangible assets for investments and their support with proof-of-concept IP advice;

    4.Increasing the participation of the target group(s): entrepreneurs, SMEs and start-ups (applicants, together with the universities), start-up hubs, universities (applicants), National Contact Points, Enterprise Europe Network partners, Chambers of Commerce, professional associations, EIC coaches, Business accelerators (applicants providers) for all in particular by strengthening the linkages with local stakeholders in ‘moderate’ and ‘emerging’ innovator countries 86 and peripheral European countries;

    5.Supporting the promotion of socially responsible IP practices, identifying areas of particular societal concern where non-exclusive, royalty-free licences on the IP resulting from EU-funded research could be granted for a limited time to innovators/SMEs;

    6.Supporting the identification of critical IP created through public funding and prevent it from leaving the EU without control and guarantees.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 4.00 million from the 2023 budget (EU IP Helpdesk)

    2. Mapping of regulatory compliance advisory services and identification of gaps

    Regulatory compliance oftentimes remains a hurdle for innovators and innovative enterprises to commercialize products and services, and to scale up internationally. Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs), startups, and innovators do not always have the necessary knowledge of relevant European Union (EU), national, regional, or local rules that might affect their products or services. Despite harmonisation efforts within the Single Market, innovators and ventures frequently run into a multitude of issues including difficulties in meeting requirements to sell goods or services, insufficient information about applicable rules, fragmentation of rules for cross-border (e-)commerce, and complex administrative procedures when planning their expansion to foreign markets. Enhanced regulatory compliance advisory services can remedy this situation and help innovators to navigate the EU's complex regulatory environment.

    This action funds a study and mapping of existing regulatory compliance services across the EU, with the aim to identify existing gaps. In doing so, this action will serve as a basis for potential future actions to provide innovators, startups, and innovative enterprises with optimal support to better position and promote their products or services and to help create better connected support structures for innovators.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Third quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget (Regulatory compliance advisory services )

    3. Towards a Pilot European Start-up Scoreboard

    There is a growing need for better data collection and analysis with regards to start-ups, scale-ups and their ecosystems. Currently, there are some existing initiatives by both public and private organisations that track the development of the European Union's (EU) startup ecosystem more broadly. However, due to the use of diverging data and definitions, and a number of different methodologies, they are often incompatible and unable to provide a clear picture on the European start-up landscape.

    Building on the outcomes of the feasibility study for developing a European Start-up Scoreboard 87 , this action aims at establishing a set of innovation ecosystem specific indicators supported by consistent sources of data to embrace the development of methodological approaches to track, analyse and model innovation ecosystems policies at regional, national and European level with a specific focus on start-ups. This action should establish a credible methodology to monitor and evaluate the quality and inclusivity of start-up ecosystems. It should provide policy makers with insights regarding the short, medium, and longer-term effects and benefits of innovation ecosystems related policies and instruments targeting start-ups and pay particular attention to their efforts and contributions towards the green and the digital transitions and the deep tech 88 sector. The results should include definitions of the data collection methods linked to the proposed indicators that should rely more on microdata gathering improved linking to external databases.

    The action should take into account other similar start-up activities covered by Horizon Europe (e.g. Startup Europe, European Startup Nations Standard 89 ), and by the Joint Research Centre, including its on-going cross-cutting start-up research and its activities in the context of the Clean Energy Technology Observatory (CETO) and the European Climate Neutral Industry Competitiveness Scoreboard (CIndECS).

    This action should provide a basis for a European Start-up Scoreboard that will provide European, national and regional policymakers, innovation practitioners and all interested public with a solid, EU-wide analytical tool to help monitor, measure and benchmark the innovation performance of the EU’s start-up ecosystem, including individual Member States and their regions, as well as countires associated to Horizon Europe and other key international economic partners.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Fourth quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget (Pilot European Start-up Scoreboard)

    4. Use of individual experts on assisting with the monitoring of actions (2023 & 2024)

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of running actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes and where appropriate include ethics checks, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    A special allowance will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest. 

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2023 and first quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.20 million from the 2023 budget (Monitoring (2023)) and EUR 0.20 million from the 2024 budget (Monitoring (2024))

    5. Use of individual experts in support of the EIC FORUM support (2023 & 2024)

    The European Innovation Council (EIC) Forum fosters in an informal manner, enabling framework conditions and flows of information, knowledge, talent and best practices among actors of innovation ecosystems and the EIC, to fully harness the potential of innovation. The Forum acts as an interface between the sections of Pillar III of Horizon Europe, ensuring coordination between the EIC and the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT), as well as with other relevant sections of Pillar I and II. By involving also other relevant Directorates Generals (DGs) from the Commission, the Forum aims at promoting a coherent and inclusive approach to the European Union's innovation ecosystems, by co-creating and co-designing policies and instruments.

    Experts will provide intelligence in support of the work of the EIC Forum and/or its working groups. Their aim will be to gather new or more robust evidence and / or to produce analyses in support of policy discussions.

    A special allowance of EUR 450 in the form of a daily unit cost for each full working day spent will be paid to the individual experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2023 and first quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.30 million from the 2023 budget (EIC Forum Support (2023)) and EUR 0.30 million from the 2024 budget (EIC Forum Support (2024))

    6. Commission fee as EUREKA member (administrative costs)

    This action will cover the Commission fee as a member of Eureka (administrative costs). This action will support coordination activities aimed at increasing complementarities and synergy between EUREKA and the Horizon Europe in areas of common interest.

    EUREKA is an international network established in 1985 as an agreement between 18 countries to foster European competitiveness and integration and to encourage Research & Development cooperation. Since then, it expanded to include over 45 countries in Europe and beyond who share the same goals and have national funding available to organisations who apply through our programmes.

    The European Union is a member of EUREKA and, as such, contributes to the budget of the EUREKA Secretariat.

    Type of Action: Subscription action

    Indicative timetable: First quarter of 2023 and first quarter of 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget (EUREKA membership) and EUR 0.50 million from the 2024 budget (EUREKA membership)

    Budget 90

    Budget line(s)

    2023 Budget(EUR million)

    2024 Budget(EUR million)

    Calls

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-01

    21.00

    from 01.020302

    21.00

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-CONNECT-02

    8.00

    from 01.020302

    8.00

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-01

    44.50 91

    from 01.020302

    44.50

    HORIZON-EIE-2024-CONNECT-02

    3.50

    from 01.020302

    3.50

    HORIZON-EIE-2023-INNOVSMES-01

    34.54

    36.58

    from 01.020302

    34.54

    36.58

    Other actions

    Public procurement

    5.00

    from 01.020302

    5.00

    Expert contract action

    0.50

    0.50

    from 01.020302

    0.50

    0.50

    Subscription action

    0.50

    0.50

    from 01.020302

    0.50

    0.50

    Estimated total budget

    69.54

    85.58

    (1)    Deep tech innovation aims to provide concrete solutions to our societal problems by finding its source in a deep interaction with the most recent scientific and technological advances and by seeking to produce a profound impact in the targeted application areas.
    (2)    Definition as per Article 2(47) of the Horizon Europe Regulation .
    (3)     A New European Innovation Agenda COM(2022) 332 final.
    (4)     Horizon Europe Strategic plan 2021-2024 .
    (5)    More information under "Start-up villages: a commitment to a long-term vision for rural areas."
    (6)     Long-term vision for the EU’s Rural areas (COM(2021)345 final.
    (7)    More information under "Partnerships for Regional Innovation."
    (8)    More information under "Enterprise Europe Network."
    (9)    More information under "Defence Industry and Space."
    (10)    More information under "EIC Forum."
    (11)     Proposal for a Council Recommendation on a Pact for Research and Innovation in Europe.
    (12)     A New European Innovation Agenda, COM(2022) 332 final
    (13)    Deep tech innovation aims to provide concrete solutions to our societal problems by finding its source in a deep interaction with the most recent scientific and technological advances and by seeking to produce a profound impact in the targeted application areas.
    (14)    A model of cooperation between industry, academia, civil society and public authorities, with a strong emphasis on citizens and their needs.
    (15)     Long-term vision for the EU’s Rural areas (COM(2021)345 final.
    (16)    More information under "Start-up villages: a commitment to a long-term vision for rural areas."
    (17)    References: Regional Innovation Scoreboard (RIS) , European Innovation Scoreboard (EIS) , Global Innovation Index (GII).
    (18)    Associated countries are described in General Annex B.
    (19)    The work programme will act in complementarity with the “Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area” work programme
    (20)    More information under "Partnerships for Regional Innovation."
    (21) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (22)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (23)    Deep tech innovation aims to provide concrete solutions to our societal problems by finding its source in a deep interaction with the most recent scientific and technological advances and by seeking to produce a profound impact in the targeted application areas.
    (24)     EIC Business Acceleration Services.
    (25)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (26)     A New European Innovation Agenda, COM(2022) 332 final .
    (27)    More information under "Partnerships for Regional Innovation."
    (28)    A model of cooperation between industry, academia, civil society and public authorities, with a strong emphasis on citizens and their needs.
    (29)     A New European Innovation Agenda, COM(2022) 332 final .
    (30)    See for instance the Horizon Europe regulation for horizontal gender equality principles, the ERA policy agenda 2022-2024 , and the Gender Equality Strategy 2020-2025 .
    (31)    More information under "Start-up villages: a commitment to a long-term vision for rural areas."
    (32)    E.g. projects supported under SwafS-14-2018-2019-2020 in Horizon 2020.
    (33) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (34)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (35)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (36)     A New European Innovation Agenda, COM(2022) 332 final .
    (37)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (38) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (39)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (40)    Of which EUR 25.00 million from the 'European Innovation Council (EIC)' budget.
    (41)     A New European Innovation Agenda COM(2022) 332 final
    (42)    The EU contribution under this topic constitutes two budget lines, EUR 30 million from the EIE 2024, as well as an additional EUR 25 million from the EIC 2024.
    (43)    The notion of “openness” can be defined as “the pooling of knowledge for innovative purposes where the contributors have access to the inputs of others and cannot exert exclusive rights over the resultant innovation” (Chesbrough, H., & Appleyard, M. 2007. Open Innovation and Strategy . California Management Review, 50(1): 57–76).
    (44)    A model of cooperation between industry, academia, civil society and public authorities, with a strong emphasis on citizens and their needs.
    (45)    More information under "Partnerships for Regional Innovation."
    (46)    Deep tech innovation aims to provide concrete solutions to our societal problems by finding its source in a deep interaction with the most recent scientific and technological advances and by seeking to produce a profound impact in the targeted application areas.
    (47)    References: the Regional Innovation Scoreboard , and in the case of entities representing national authorities, the European Innovation Scoreboard . Associated Countries which are not included in the European Innovation Scoreboard and are ranked below 25 on the Global Innovation Index are considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators. In cases of Associated Countries not included in any of the previously mentioned references, the participation rank of the country in the Horizon Europe programme ( H2020 country profile ) will be taken as a reference and countries ranked below the average will be considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators.
    (48)    References: Regional Innovation Scoreboard (RIS) , European Innovation Scoreboard (EIS) , Global Innovation Index (GII).
    (49)    More information under "Start-up villages: a commitment to a long-term vision for rural areas."
    (50)    See for instance the Horizon Europe regulation for horizontal gender equality principles, the ERA policy agenda 2022-2024 , and the Gender Equality Strategy 2020-2025 .
    (51)    In the context of the conditions for this call topic, "African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.
    (52)     Towards a comprehensive Strategy with Africa JOIN(2020) 4 final .
    (53)    More information under “New Pact and governance structure for the European Research Area (ERA).”
    (54)    More information under “Council agrees on a global approach to research and innovation.”
    (55)    Deep tech innovation aims to provide concrete solutions to our societal problems by finding its source in a deep interaction with the most recent scientific and technological advances and by seeking to produce a profound impact in the targeted application areas.
    (56)    More information under "Start-up villages: a commitment to a long-term vision for rural areas."
    (57)    Start-ups founded, or co-founded by women, holding a top management position (chief executive officer (CEO), chief technology officer (CTO), or chief scientific officer (CSO) or equivalent).
    (58)     The EU Innovation Radar Platform (Actions can also have Application Programming Interface (API) access to the Innovation Radar data sets).
    (59)    Including the work of the Joint Research Centre in the areas of innovative start-ups and scale-ups with high growth potential.
    (60)    More information under “The EIC Community.”
    (61)    More information under “New European Alliance to accelerate startups growth.”
    (62) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (63)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (64)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (65)    Deep tech innovation aims to provide concrete solutions to our societal problems by finding its source in a deep interaction with the most recent scientific and technological advances and by seeking to produce a profound impact in the targeted application areas.
    (66)     A New European Innovation Agenda COM(2022) 332 final .
    (67)    More information on entrepreneurial competences under the Entrepreneurship Competence Framework .
    (68)    More information under "Pilot Call: HEI Initiative - Innovation Capacity Building for Higher Education."
    (69)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (70)    References: the Regional Innovation Scoreboard , and in the case of entities representing national authorities, the European Innovation Scoreboard . Associated Countries which are not included in the European Innovation Scoreboard and are ranked below 25 on the Global Innovation Index are considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators. In cases of Associated Countries not included in any of the previously mentioned references, the participation rank of the country in the Horizon Europe programme ( H2020 country profile ) will be taken as a reference and countries ranked below the average will be considered as ‘moderate’ or ‘emerging' innovators
    (71)    Results summarised in the “ Handbook of service design for Innovation Agencies
    (72)    Further information and examples can be found in the “ Handbook of service design for Innovation Agencies .”
    (73)     EIC Work Programme 2022.
    (74)     Horizon Europe Regulation , Article.3.2.(b), (c).
    (75)     COM(2021) 252 final.
    (76) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (77)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (78)    Definition as per Article 2(47) of the Horizon Europe Regulation .
    (79)    On SME challenges with IP, see the joint European Patent Office (EPO)-European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) study "Intellectual property rights and firm performance in the EU" .
    (80)    More information under “European IP Helpdesk.”
    (81)     European Union Intellectual Property Office.
    (82)     European Patent Office.
    (83)    More information under “IP Helpdesk.”
    (84)    More information under “Horizon IP Scan.”
    (85)    Projects supported under HORIZON-CL4-2021-HUMAN-01-17.
    (86)    References: European Innovation Scoreboard (EIS) , Global Innovation Index (GII).
    (87)    The feasibility study was carried out under Specific Contract No RTD/2021/SC/032 - LC-01864764 “Development of the European Innovation Scoreboard” implementing framework contract No 2018/RTD/A2/OP/PP-07001-2018 (Lot 2: Exploring, Documenting and Analysing R&I policy issues (EDAR)), whose results will be published.
    (88)    Deep tech is technology that is based on cutting-edge scientific advances and discoveries and is characterised by the need to stay at the technological forefront by constant interaction with new ideas and results from the lab. Deep tech is distinct from ‘high tech’ which tends to refer only to R&D intensity.
    (89)    More information under Startup Nations Standard .
    (90) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
    (91)    To which EUR 25.00 million from the 'European Innovation Council (EIC)' budget will be added making a total of EUR 69.50 million for this call.
    Top

    EN

    Annex XI

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    11. Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area

    Table of contents

    Introduction    

    Destination Improved access to Excellence    

    Call - Teaming for Excellence    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-01-01-two-stage: Teaming for Excellence    

    Call - Twinning    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-02-01: Twinning Bottom-Up    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-02-02: Twinning Green Deal    

    Call - European Excellence Initiative (EEI)    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-03-01: European Excellence Initiative    

    Call - Pathways to Synergies    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-04-01: Pathways to Synergies    

    Call - Dissemination and Exploitation Support Facility    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-05-01: Dissemination and Exploitation Support Facility    

    Call - Hop-on facility    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-06-01: Hop on Facility    

    Call - Excellence Hubs    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-07-01: Excellence Hubs    

    Destination Attracting and mobilising the best talents    

    Call - ERA Chairs    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-01-01: ERA Chairs    

    Call - ERA Fellowships    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-02-01: ERA Fellowships    

    Call - ERA Fellowships    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-02-01: ERA Fellowships    

    Call - ERA Talents    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-03-01: ERA Talents    

    Destination Reforming and enhancing the EU research and innovation system    

    Call - Enhancing the European R&I system    

    Conditions for the Call    

    PRIORITISING INVESTMENTS AND REFORMS    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-01: Programme level collaboration between national R&I policy-makers    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-02: A strong European R&I Foresight Community to better inform R&I policy decisions in the European Research Area about potential futures    

    TRANSLATING R&I RESULTS INTO THE ECONOMY    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-03: Experimentation and exchange of good practices for value creation    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-04: Development of new approaches to the macroeconomic modelling of research and innovation    

    DEEPENING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-05: Exploitation and valorisation of results relevant for the ERA Policy Agenda    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-06: Building a virtual European Info Platform on Contemporary China    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-07: Support to reforms of research assessment in the European Research Area    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-08: Laying the groundwork towards Europe-wide citizen science campaigns    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-09: Policy support to facilitate the implementation of a zero-tolerance approach towards gender-based violence in the ERA    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-10: Support to the implementation of an EU Manifesto for STE(A)M education and research and innovation career paths to tackle gender inequalities in the ERA    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-11: Research ethics for environmental and climate technologies    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-12: The future of research ethics review in the changing research environments    

    Call - Enhancing the European R&I system    

    Conditions for the Call    

    PRIORITISING INVESTMENTS AND REFORMS    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-01: Programme level collaboration between national R&I policy-makers    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-02: Emerging needs of the ERA Policy Agenda    

    IMPROVING ACCESS TO EXCELLENCE    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-03: Support for the professionalisation of research management    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-04: Strengthening researchers’ skills for better careers – leveraging the European Competence Framework for Researchers    

    TRANSLATING R&I RESULTS INTO THE ECONOMY    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-05: Experimentation and exchange of good practices for value creation    

    DEEPENING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-06: European Excellence Initiative: Acceleration services in support of universities    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-07: Capacity building on Intellectual Property (IP) management to support open science    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-08: Global cooperation in not-for-profit open access publishing    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-09: Support to the development and implementation of policies and practices for reproducibility of scientific results    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-10: Policy coordination to support all aspects of inclusive Gender Equality Plans and policies in the ERA    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-11: Support to the implementation of inclusive gender equality plans    

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-12: Next generation AI and Human Behaviour: promoting an ethical approach    

    OTHER ACTIONS NOT SUBJECT TO CALLS FOR PROPOSALS GRANTS TO IDENTIFIED BENEFICIARIES    

    PRIZES    

    1. Horizon Impact Award    

    2. EU Award for Gender Equality Champions    

    GRANTS TO IDENTIFIED BENEFICIARIES    

    1. European Science in the City next generation    

    2. Support to the further operation of cOAlition S    

    3. European Union Contest for Young Scientists (EUCYS) 2023    

    4. Support to Retirement Savings Vehicle for European Research Institutions and research performing individuals (RESAVER)    

    5. European Union Contest for early-career researchers    

    6. European Union Contest for Young Scientists (EUCYS) 2024    

    7. Implementation of COST actions - Specific Grant under Framework Partnership Agreement    

    EXPERT CONTRACT ACTIONS    

    1. Use of individual experts in support of the new ERA's objectives    

    2. External expertise for ad hoc tasks related to the implementation of the HE Ethics Appraisal    

    3. External expertise for monitoring of Widening and ERA actions    

    4. Monitoring experts for Horizon 2020 legacy    

    PUBLIC PROCUREMENT    

    1. Development of the European Innovation Scoreboard (EIS) and the Regional Innovation Scoreboard (RIS)    

    2. EU data for R&I policy    

    3. Development, maintenance and promotion of the ERA Talent Platform, including EURAXESS and associated websites and tools + IS Coordinators    

    4. EURAXESS Worldwide - Implementation 2024-2025    

    5. Monitoring gender equality in Research and Innovation - Development, implementation and dissemination of indicators (She Figures)    

    6. Eurobarometer on European citizens’ knowledge and attitudes towards science and technology    

    7. Studies and communication    

    8. Implementation of the ERA Monitoring Mechanism    

    9. EURAXESS Worldwide - Framework contract 2024-2027    

    INDIRECT MANAGEMENT    

    1. Research Careers Observatory – contribution agreement with OECD    

    Budget    

    Introduction

    Overall description of common policy objectives and rationale based on the specific programme and strategic plan

    This part of the Horizon Europe Work Programme 2023–2024 addresses the key areas Widening participation and Strengthening the European Research Area (ERA) and elaborates on the 2021–2022 work programme. It includes two main components:

    I: Widening participation and spreading excellence, and;

    II: Strengthening the ERA by reforming and enhancing the European Research and Innovation system.

    The European Commission adopted the communication on a new ERA for Research and Innovation 1 to improve the European research and innovation landscape, to accelerate the European Union's transition towards climate neutrality and digital leadership, to support the European Union’s recovery from the coronavirus crisis, and to strengthen its resilience against future crises. It sets out strategic objectives, in close cooperation with Member States, to prioritise investments and reforms in R&I, to improve access to excellence for researchers across the EU, to enable research results to reach the market and the real economy and to strengthen the mobility of researchers and free flow of knowledge.

    These strategic objectives show how critical it is to boost Europe’s performance, with the aim to better interconnect innovation ecosystems, nudge peer learning and dialogue between policy-makers and stakeholders across Europe for the benefit of society and the economy. The Commission Communication on A new European Innovation Agenda 2 will be crucial to recover from the pandemic and master the twin green and digital transitions. The innovation strategy will secure strategic autonomy and will thus tackle the challenges acknowledged through long consultations and co-creation processes with stakeholders to enable to financial scale-up. It will address the need for regulation to foster innovation in rapidly evolving fields; bridge the innovation gap between regions and Member States; and harness the potential of all innovation ecosystems’ players while developing and attracting talents. The European strategy for universities moreover stresses that excellent education, research and innovation environments are an enabler for developing high-level skills, creating breakthrough knowledge and translating it into practical applications.

    Within this context, the ERA foresees a single, borderless market for research, innovation and technology across the EU, based on excellent, competitive, open and talent driven research and researchers. It helps Member States be more effective together by strongly aligning their research policies and programmes. The free circulation of researchers and knowledge enables better cross-border cooperation, building of critical mass and continent-wide competition. It promotes gender equality, ethics, mobility, skills and career development opportunities within the European Union, as well as better access to publicly funded peer-reviewed science.

    The Pact for R&I, developed in line with the ERA governance strategy, sets out a list of common values and principles to guide research and innovation in the European Union and its collaboration with the rest of the world. The Pact demonstrates European countries’ commitment to the ERA by defining areas for joint actions, setting out ambitions for investments and reforms and introducing simplified coordination and monitoring. The ERA Policy Agenda, annexed to the Council conclusions of 26 November 2021 on the future governance of the ERA 3 , sets out 20 concrete ERA actions for the period 2022-2024 to contribute to the priority areas defined in the Pact. The ERA Policy Agenda and the Pact for R&I will guide the actions in the Reforming and Enhancing the European Union R&I system part of the WIDERA work programme over the next few years.

    Work programme topics continue to reflect the four strands of the ERA communication – improving access to excellence, attracting and mobilising best talents, reforming and enhancing the European Union R&I system and transforming research results into the economy. The topics now also reflect the actions of the ERA Policy Agenda.

    Open science and a legislative and regulatory framework will benefit from actions on capacity building in intellectual property (IP) management and support to the development of policies on data reproducibility. Actions to support research assessment reforms in the ERA aid the creation of a coalition of EU research funders and performers.

    Actions are included to promote attractive and sustainable research careers, on acceleration services in support of universities and on policy support for national/regional excellence initiatives to empower higher education institutions.

    Gender equality, a core European Union value and gender mainstreaming, at core a European strategy, benefit from actions on these important topics. International cooperation is addressed with an action on networking independent knowledge on contemporary China at European level, while European Union R&I missions and partnerships become key contributors to the ERA, with programme level cooperation between national R&I policy-makers. Initiatives to bring science closer to the citizens, such as Eurobarometer surveys, the European city of science, the European Union Contest for Young Scientists (EUCYS) and the EuroScience Open Forum (ESOF) will be organised.

    To improve the translation of R&I results into the economy, it is crucial to strengthen the innovation ecosystems for knowledge circulation and valorisation by establishing stronger interconnections between existing collaborative and supportive structures, engaging a diversity of stakeholders in multi-disciplinary and cross-sectoral collaborations.

    The goal is to have a European Union, where knowledge and a highly skilled workforce circulate freely; where research outputs are shared rapidly and efficiently; where researchers benefit from attractive careers and where gender equality is ensured. Member States and Associated Countries develop common strategic research agendas, aligning national plans, defining and implementing joint programmes, and where the outcomes of R&I are understood and trusted by informed citizens and benefit society as a whole.

    This part of the Horizon Europe Work Programme will contribute to achieving Horizon Europe’s expected impacts along the four key strategic orientations set out in the strategic plan and support the implementation of key policy objectives of the European Commission notably the European Green Deal and the European Union’s digital strategy. Through this programme, special attention ensures cooperation between universities, scientific communities and industry, including small and medium enterprises, and citizens and their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe's future. Synergies with national, regional and other European programmes, in particular under the cohesion policy, will increase the impact of actions implemented under this work programme.

    The COVID-19 pandemic demonstrates more than ever the importance of R&I cooperation to deliver solutions to society’s most demanding problems and needs. Delivering the European Union’s recovery, together with the green and digital twin transitions, is paramount. To match these challenges, a new level of ambition that better links R&I with the economy, as well as with education and training, and puts European scientific knowledge to work, is necessary. This new level of ambition is reflected in the ERA Policy Agenda that also calls for actions to deepen a truly functioning internal market for knowledge and increase access to R&I excellence across the European Union. Future editions of the ERA Policy Agenda will further complement these actions in the long term.

    The dedicated widening component aims to tackle the innovation divide towards a more integrated and cohesive European research and innovation ecosystem in the European Union because Research and Innovation (R&I) policy can only ensure excellence at European level if every country and region progresses. The European Union’s R&I system needs to promote a more inclusive approach in which all can participate and from which all can benefit. Existing disparities between R&I leading and lagging countries should be tackled by introducing structural policy reforms. Closer links between research and innovation and institutional cooperation to produce high-quality knowledge are key to help bridge these disparities. By building on their excellence pockets and connecting them to broader networks of excellence less R&I advanced countries will be able to upgrade their R&I systems, making them stronger and allowing the European Union as a whole to advance together. According to the Horizon Europe regulation in this programme component the less advanced countries eligible for hosting the co-ordinator of widening actions are Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czechia, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia and all Associated Countries with equivalent characteristics in terms of R&I performance (Albania, Armenia, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Faroe Islands, Georgia, Kosovo 4 , Moldova, Montenegro, North Macedonia, Serbia, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, and once associated Morocco), as well as the Outermost Regions (defined in Art. 349 TFEU). Hereinafter, these countries including the Outermost Regions will be named 'Widening countries' in this document.

    In the field of climate science as well as clean-tech and energy&transport technologies, disparities between R&I leading and lagging countries are quite wide. Widening countries often face larger challenges in terms of decarbonisation, while their R&I innovation systems are not sufficiently developed to tackle all the challenges or reap the opportunities, that the transition to a climate-neutral economy brings. This work programme component therefore helps to improve access to excellence and reform the innovation system in these domains.

    This programme part is especially responding to the second policy priority of the ERA communication i.e., improving access to excellence: towards excellence and stronger R&I systems across the whole of the European Union where best practice is disseminated faster. It will support the Widening countries to increase the performance of their R&I systems towards excellence through building on dedicated Horizon Europe measures and complementarities with smart specialisation strategies under the Cohesion Policy and the Enlargement and Neighbourhood Policy. Synergies with the Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance 5 and the Economic and Investment Plans for the Western Balkans, Eastern and Southern Neighbourhoods are encourage at regional and partner economy’s level.

    The key objectives of this component of the work programme are the following:

    1. Encourage institutional reforms and transformation processes of the R&I system at national and regional level in Widening countries in line with ERA principles;

    2. Mobilise national investments in R&I capacity in Widening countries;

    3. Raise the bar for excellence of R&I actors in Widening countries in partnership with outstanding European and international institutions (‘win-win situation’);

    4. Increase number of participations and success rates of widening actors in research and innovation projects in other parts of Horizon Europe (notably in Pillars 2 and 3);

    5. Promote the creation of new innovation ecosystems and scale up existing ones by a set of measures, which include place-based and international collaboration between academia and business in Widening countries;

    6. Foster brain circulation, including inter-sectoral mobility for researchers and innovators and turn it into brain gain for Widening countries.

    These objectives will be achieved by combining revamped traditional widening actions with a number of novel elements.

    Destination Improved access to Excellence

    Introduction

    The ERA Communication 6 established the need to improve access to excellence as one of the four main strategic goals. Striving towards excellence requires a stronger R&I system where best practice is disseminated faster across the European Union. The strategic plan for Horizon Europe aims to underpin geographical diversity, building the necessary capacity to allow successful participation in the R&I process and to promote networking and access to excellence thus optimising the impact of Pillar 2 and contributing to the objectives of the entire programme.

    This destination will address “improving access to excellence” through a portfolio of complementary actions that aim to build up R&I capacities in Widening countries, as well as through national and regional R&I reforms and investments, to enable them to advance to the competitive edge at European and international level. It will contribute to the development of a pan European innovation ecosystem and thus to innovation. This portfolio also constitutes the widening dimension of a broader European Excellence Initiative that reaches out beyond this programme as it is implemented in conjunction with ERASMUS+.

    Each of the seven proposed calls addresses a different target group of potential beneficiaries with a customised intervention logic. The use and appropriate design of partnerships with leading institutions abroad will be a key driver for accessing excellence. The intervention logic is designed to work points at a multitude of scales ranging from individual researcher through career development, focused networks, institutional development to a systemic impact on national R&I systems.

    Capacity building will go beyond purely scientific scope as it encompasses the development of management and administrative competencies for the benefit of institutions (notably in Twinning and the European Excellence Initiative) eager to take over consortium leadership roles especially under Pillar 2. Teaming actions will create new or modernise existing centres of excellence by means of close and strategic partnerships with leading institutions abroad. The impact will be amplified by the conditionality of securing complementary investment (especially for infrastructure, building, hardware) from the structural funds or other sources. Once established the centres will function as lighthouses with far reaching impact and role models for attracting the best talents. Furthermore, they will demonstrate the success of modern governance and management, and thus stimulate generalised reforms in the national R&I landscape.

    Two new actions will complement this portfolio as catalysts for better impact and sustainability of the widening actions. The dissemination and exploitation support facility will help beneficiaries of widening actions to improve the effectiveness of their dissemination and exploitation and unlock new sources of funding. The pathways to excellence scheme will unlock synergies of Horizon projects with funds under the cohesion policy in Widening countries.

    In a complementary manner with a focus on the academic and higher education system, the university-related scheme will foster reforms in Widening countries embedded in dynamic university alliances in Europe. Scientific excellence in the more traditional sense is the aim of Twinning where focused networks with excellent partners will develop new promising R&I domains and test novel approaches in smaller joint research projects.

    Innovation excellence is the focus of excellence hubs where innovation ecosystems in Widening countries and beyond will team up and strive to create better links between academia, business, government and society that will foster a real placed-based innovation culture in Widening countries based on a strategic agenda in line with regional or national smart specialisation strategies. In this context, synergies will be sought with the programme parts of the European Innovation Ecosystems and the European Institute of Innovation & Technology (EIT).

    In addition, particular attention will be paid to cross-cutting objectives set for Horizon Europe, such as gender equality and open science practices, through the different funded actions.

    Expected impact

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contribute to the following expected impacts:

    1.Increased science and innovation capacity for all actors in the R&I system in Widening countries;

    2.Structural changes leading to modernised and more competitive R&I systems in eligible countries;

    3.Reformed R&I systems and institutions leading to increased attractiveness and retention of research talents;

    4.Mobilisation of national and EU resources for strategic investments;

    5.Higher participation success in Horizon Europe and more consortium leadership roles;

    6.Stronger links between academia and business and improved career permeability;

    7.Strengthened role of the Higher Education sector in research and innovation;

    8.Greater involvement of regional actors in the R&I process;

    9.Improved outreach to international level for all actors.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-01

    16.00

    158.00

    12 Apr 2023 (First Stage)

    07 Mar 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-02

    140.00

    28 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-03

    54.00

    12 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-04

    20.00

    28 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-05

    5.00

    28 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-06

    40.00

    40.00

    28 Sep 2023

    26 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-07

    60.00

    07 Mar 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    335.00

    198.00

    Call - Teaming for Excellence

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 7

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 8

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 10 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 12 Apr 2023 (First Stage), 07 Mar 2024 (Second Stage)

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-01-01-two-stage

    CSA

    16.00

    158.00

    8.00 to 15.00

    18

    Overall indicative budget

    16.00

    158.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-01-01-two-stage: Teaming for Excellence

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 174.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

    A Teaming project must involve at least two beneficiaries: a) the main applicant organisation (the coordinator) which will be a university or a research organisation, a national or regional authority or a research funding agency, established in a Widening country, and b) at least one leading university or research organisation established in another Member State or Associated Country as an advanced partner.

    The project must have a source of funding complementary to the Horizon Europe funding (e.g., national and/or regional funding, European funding, such as from Cohesion policy programmes, or private sources). Its total amount must at least equal the total requested Horizon Europe contribution.

    A clear description of the project part supported by complementary funding must be included in the proposal, where relevant including the eligible category of research and development, technical specifications of infrastructure, preliminary planning for building and installations, cost-benefit analysis, etc.

    In kind contributions are not considered complementary funding.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex-aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, defined as proposals with coordinators established in a Widening Country, not otherwise represented as coordinator ​​​​​higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget). The method described in Points 1), 2), 3) and 5) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

    Since funding for projects funded under this topic is coming from more than one source, this action is an EU Synergy grant and the following conditions will apply:

    The project proposal will undergo a joint evaluation of both project parts funded under Horizon Europe and under any chosen complementary source of funding, such as from Cohesion policy programmes. The operations supported by a complementary source of funding must comply with the scope of the supporting programme, and they must provide an effective contribution to the achievement of programme’s specific objectives. In addition, when Cohesion policy funding is mobilised, it must be consistent with the relevant smart specialisation strategy.

    Seals of Excellence will be awarded to applications exceeding all of the evaluation thresholds set out in this work programme, but cannot be funded due to lack of budget available to the call.

    Other conditions

    The grant awarded from the Horizon Europe budget should provide substantial support for the start-up and implementation phase of the future centre of excellence including the recruitment of the managerial, technical and scientific personnel. It should also cover expenses related to team members of the future centre of excellence (e.g., their salaries, recruitment costs 9 , management costs, travel and subsistence costs).

    All recruitments have to follow a transparent, merit based and open recruitment procedures.

    This action is open for participation of the JRC that can contribute with specific expertise, where relevant, for the development of R&I strategies depending on the R&I domain chosen by the project, technology transfer and IPR management as well as linking up to regional smart specialisation strategy.

    Expected Outcome: Disparities in R&I performance are due to, among other reasons, the insufficient critical mass of science and lack of centres of excellence having sufficient competence to engage countries and regions strategically in a path of innovative growth. Teaming is responding to this challenge establishing new centres of excellence or modernising existing ones with the help of leading EU or AC partnering institutions. This will help countries to increase their R&I intensity and to attain a competitive position in the European R&I system and globally, especially by becoming drivers of change.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased scientific capabilities of the coordinating institution and the host country enabling the coordinator and other potential entities from that country to successfully apply for competitive funding in the European Union and globally;

    2.Improved the R&I culture of the country hosting the co-ordinator (indicators such as research intensity, innovation performance, values towards R&I) through centres of excellence as lighthouses and role models;

    3.Stimulus for institutional and systemic reforms and R&I investments at national level taking into account the enabling conditions on governance of smart specialisation introduced under cohesion policy programmes as far as applicable;

    4.Strengthened and mutually benefitting collaboration with partners from leading scientific institutions from abroad;

    5.Development and promotion of new research strands in relevant domains;

    6.Developed and enhanced research and innovation capacities and the uptake of advanced technologies;

    7.Contribution to the achievement of the specific objectives of the supporting national/regional/EU programme as complementary funding;

    8.Enhanced innovation and integration of planned processes, services and products of the centre;

    9.Enhanced co-operation and synergies with other European projects.

    Scope: Teaming is one of the actions that stimulates the European Union to exploit its potential by maximising and spreading the benefits of research and innovation. It is vital for its competitiveness and its ability to address societal challenges.

    The Teaming action is designed to support the creation of new centres of excellence or upgrading the existing ones in low R&I performing countries (except those centres of excellence that have already benefitted from previous Teaming calls). It is building on partnerships between leading scientific institutions in the European landscape and the main beneficiary institutions in low R&I performing countries that display the willingness to engage together for this purpose. This can help countries that are lagging behind in terms of research and innovation performance attaining a competitive position in the global value chains. Leading scientific institutions are advanced and established partners that have developed an outstanding reputation in research and innovation excellence in the chosen scientific domain. Institutions that are still in the process of development or modernisation, e.g., those that are still receiving support as coordinators from widening actions under Horizon 2020, are normally not considered leading institutions, unless a proper justification is provided in the proposal.

    In order to maximise impact of research and innovation on society, environment and economy at large and to contribute in particular to the achievement of the European Union’s objectives, funding must be coherent and work in synergy. This notion is highly relevant for Teaming action, where a complementary source of funding from a national (or regional or European or private source) is required. The implementation of Teaming action is expected to become an influential and meaningful bridge particularly between smart specialisation strategies and excellence in R&I with the aim of strengthening the European Research Area and contributing to the Sustainable Development Goals.

    Whatever the source of the required complementary source of funding, a Teaming project, as a notable flagship in its host country, exemplifies not only the achievements in R&I, capacity building or competitiveness, but also sets and facilitates synergies in practice.

    The evaluation of the complementary source of funding part may use additional criteria required by, where relevant, the Cohesion Policy programmes and/or legislation. The managers of the complementary funding should apply to the operations the categories, maximum amounts and methods of calculation of eligible costs established under Horizon Europe. In addition, they should be able to apply Art.25 (d) of the revised General Block Exemption Regulation.

    Proposals may be evaluated by an additional panel of experts with specific knowledge on complementary funding sources.

    In the first stage of evaluation the R&I excellence and the conceptual approach for the centres of excellence will be evaluated. Applicants should present a strategic vision on how to develop R&I excellence beyond the state of the art in the chosen domain and on how the co-ordinator will benefit from the partnership with a leading institution from abroad. In addition, the conceptual approach should outline how the access to complementary funding from other sources will be ensured, in the respect of national, regional and/or European strategies or policy priorities (e.g., notably smart specialisation strategies, Green Deal, Digital transformation). Proposals also should sketch out briefly how the autonomy of the envisaged centre will be ensured and the necessary human resources recruited and retained.

    Proposals invited to the second stage must include an investment plan for the full project including a binding commitment for the necessary complementary funding.

    At a detailed level the full proposal should:

    1.Present a strategy for how the centre will develop excellence in the chosen relevant R&I domain that will put it at the competitive edge beyond the state of the art enabling future success in competitive calls;

    2.Demonstrate the growth potential and expected socio-economic outreach of the Centre of Excellence for the benefit of the host country or region;

    3.Demonstrate how the project will contribute to encouraging and supporting reforms of the R&I system at regional and or/national level;

    4.Elaborate on the structure of the consortium and how this will create a win-win situation;

    5.Demonstrate how the newly established/upgraded centre will have full autonomy in decision-making. In particular, the centre of excellence should have the maximum degree of autonomy in terms of taking its own decisions, being in legal, administrative, operational, personnel and academic matters. The Centre should be able to fix and pay competitive salaries for its personnel;

    6.Elaborate on the steps that will be taken to ensure long-term self-sustainability after the end of the Horizon Europe grant;

    7.Propose a robust human resource strategy that addresses gender equality (in line with the research institutions respective gender equality plans) and international component, ensuring appropriate management capacities for the effective and efficient running of the centre of excellence;

    8.In order to assure the autonomy of the centre of excellence, if relevant, the project might benefit of having the centre of excellence coordinating the project within the duration of the Grant;

    9.Present an investment plan including the letter(s) of commitment for complementary funding from the competent national/regional authorities or private sources to commit financial resources (e.g., resources coming from programmes co-financed by the ERDF (European regional development fund), IPA (Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance) or other sources) for implementing the future centre, in particular regarding investment in infrastructure and equipment. The letter(s) of commitment for complementary funding of the project will be an integral part of the evaluation of the proposal;

    10.The grant awarded from the Horizon Europe budget should provide substantial support for the start-up and implementation phase of the future centre of excellence including the recruitment of the managerial, technical and scientific personnel. It should also cover expenses related to team members of the future centre of excellence (e.g., their salaries, recruitment costs 10 , management costs, travel and subsistence costs);

    11.A minor research component can be accepted not exceeding 10% of the total Horizon Europe grant that may include a preparatory research project. Such small research project embedded in the Teaming action should be aligned with the objectives of the project and e.g., serve the purpose of developing and testing new methodologies and instruments and/or the integration of new scientific personnel. If preparatory research activity is planned to be carried out, the outline of a respective work plan with an appropriate level of detail should be presented;

    12.The duration of the grant should be up to six years.

    Proposals should illustrate quantitatively and qualitatively the expected potential impact of the project and its expected results in terms of new local and international research and innovation partnerships, institutional and/or R&I system changes (various levels), increased research intensity (i.e. new scientific publications directly linked to the project’s area, protected IPR). Proposals are encouraged to choose any additional relevant indicators that will be used for measuring the impacts achieved.

    Specific attention should be paid to gender equality objectives, in line with the organisations’ commitments through their adopted gender equality plans, and in line with European Research Area objectives.

    Call - Twinning

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 11

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 12

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 25 Apr 2023

    Deadline(s): 28 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-02-01

    CSA

    113.00

    0.80 to 1.50

    80

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-02-02

    CSA

    27.00

    0.80 to 1.50

    20

    Overall indicative budget

    140.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-02-01: Twinning Bottom-Up

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.80 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 113.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

    A research / innovation component not exceeding 30% of the total Horizon Europe grant may include a research / innovation project. At least 50% of the budget for the research / innovation component must be allocated to the coordinator.

    The presence of a gender equality plan is an eligibility criterion.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex-aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, defined as proposals with coordinators established in a Widening Country, not otherwise represented as coordinator higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget). The method described in Points 1), 2), 3) and 5) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 13 .

    Other conditions

    This action is open for participation of the JRC that can contribute specific expertise, where relevant, for the development of R&I strategies depending on the R&I domain chosen by the project, technology transfer and IPR management as well as linking up to regional smart specialisation strategy.

    Expected Outcome: For the first time this Twinning call adopts a partially directional approach allowing proposals in line with the European Green Deal objectives to have a specific budget. Hence, applicants will have the choice to submit their proposals under either:

    Topic A: The (usual) Twinning Bottom-Up (HORIZON-WIDERA 2023-ACCESS 02-01) or,

    Topic B: The Twinning Green Deal (HORIZON-WIDERA 2023-ACCESS 02-02).

    Applicants should choose the topic (Topic A: Bottom-up or Topic B: Green Deal) to which they are submitting their proposal and cannot submit to both topics. Both topics will retain the same objectives, scope and expected impact.

    Topic A: The (usual) Twining Bottom-Up

    To prevent further disparities, maximise investment in Research and Development and enhance economic growth, Horizon Europe is taking relevant actions under Widening participation and spreading excellence objective. Twinning actions are one of the main instruments of this objective.

    Twinning aims to enhance networking activities between the research institutions of the Widening countries acting as co-ordinators and top-class leading counterparts at European Union level by linking it with at least two research institutions from two different Member States or Associated Countries. Therefore, building on the huge potential of networking for excellence through knowledge transfer and exchange of best practice between research institutions and partners. Twinning actions intend to help raise the research profile of the institution from the Widening country as well as the research profile of its staff including a special focus on strengthening the research management and administrative skills of the coordination institution from the Widening country.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved excellence capacity and resources in Widening countries enabling to close the still apparent research and innovation gap within the European Union;

    2.Enhanced strategic networking activities between the research institutions of the Widening countries and at least two internationally-leading counterparts at European Union level;

    3.Raised reputation, research profile and attractiveness of the coordinating institution from the Widening country and the research profile of its staff;

    4.Strengthened research management capacities and administrative skills of the staff working in institutions from the Widening country;

    5.Improved creativity supported by development of new approaches in Research and Innovation collaboration, increased mobility (inwards and outwards) of qualified scientists.

    Scope: Twinning proposals should have to clearly outline the scientific strategy for stepping up and stimulating scientific excellence and innovation capacity in a defined area of research and innovation as well as the scientific quality of the partners involved in the twinning exercise. This scientific strategy should include arrangements for formulating new (or ongoing) joint research / innovation project(s) in the scientific area of choice and describe how Twinning will take this research to a new stage, by enlarging its scope and/or the research / innovation partnerships.

    Such a strategy should include a comprehensive set of activities to be supported. These should include at least a number of the following: short-term staff exchanges; expert visits and short term on-site or virtual training; workshops; conference attendance; organisation of joint summer school type activities; dissemination and outreach activities. As far as appropriate these activities should take into account the gender equality plans of the participants.

    Proposals should also focus on strengthening the research management and administration skills of the coordinating institution from the Widening country. This should take the form of a dedicated work package or task, placing emphasis to specific activities, in view of helping the staff of the coordinating institution to improve their proposal preparation and project management/administration skills. If not yet in place, setting up/upgrading a research management/administration unit within the coordinating institution would be beneficial. This will be achieved by fully utilising the experience and best practices of the internationally leading partners and is expected to be a concrete deliverable of the Twinning exercise.

    A research / innovation component not exceeding 30% of the total Horizon Europe grant may include a research / innovation project. At least 50% of the budget for the research / innovation component must be allocated to the coordinator. This will open opportunities for integrating smaller research / innovation activities and by this strengthening the commitment and the engagement of the twinning partners. The research part of the project should be presented through a dedicated work package and plan including the scientific objectives, tasks and roles of the partners.

    The Twinning proposals should illustrate quantitatively and qualitatively the expected potential impact of the twinning exercise within the coordinating institution (and possibly at regional/national level) based on indicators such as expected future publications in peer reviewed journals, collaboration agreements with businesses, intellectual property, new innovative products or services, number of international students, number of women scientists and their roles in the research institutions.

    It should be explained how the leading scientific institutions in the partnership will contribute in terms of provision of access to new research avenues, creativity and the development of new approaches, as well as acting as a source for increased mobility (inwards and outwards) of qualified scientists and young researchers including doctoral candidates. The benefits for the leading scientific institutions and the way they would materialise through the partnership should be substantiated.

    Specific attention should be paid to gender equality objectives, in line with the organisations’ commitments through their adopted gender equality plans, and in line with European Research Area (ERA) objectives, as far as appropriate. The presence of a gender equality plan is an eligibility criterion.

    The duration of the Twinning project should be up to 3 years.

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-02-02: Twinning Green Deal

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.80 and 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 27.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

    A research / innovation component not exceeding 30% of the total Horizon Europe grant may include a research / innovation project. At least 50% of the budget for the research / innovation component must be allocated to the coordinator.

    The presence of a gender equality plan is an eligibility criterion.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex-aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, defined as proposals with coordinators established in a Widening Country, not otherwise represented as coordinator higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget). The method described in Points 1), 2), 3) and 5) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 14 .

    Other conditions

    This action is open for participation of the JRC that can contribute specific expertise, where relevant, for the development of R&I strategies depending on the R&I domain chosen by the project, technology transfer and IPR management as well as linking up to regional smart specialisation strategy.

    Expected Outcome: For the first time this Twinning call adopts a partially directional approach allowing proposals in line with the European Green Deal objectives to have a specific budget. Hence, applicants will have the choice to submit their proposals under either:

    Topic A: The (usual) Twinning Bottom-Up (HORIZON-WIDERA 2023-ACCESS 02-01) or,

    Topic B: The Twinning Green Deal (HORIZON-WIDERA 2023-ACCESS 02-02).

    Applicants should choose the topic (Topic A: Bottom-up or Topic B: Green Deal) to which they are submitting their proposal and cannot submit to both topics. Both topics will retain the same objectives, scope and expected impact.

    Topic B: The Twinning Green Deal

    As regards the Twinning Green Deal, climate change is the biggest challenge and the European Green Deal considers it is an opportunity to build a new economic model. The European Green Deal set the blueprint for this transformational change. All 27 EU Member States committed to turning the EU into the first climate neutral continent by 2050. To get there, they pledged to reduce emissions by at least 55% by 2030, compared to 1990 levels. This will create new opportunities for innovation and investment and jobs. It includes research and innovation actions related among others, to transport, industry, energy, buildings’ ecological efficiency, nature and health protection, boosting global climate action.

    The Twinning Green Deal will therefore focus on a defined area of research / innovation directly linked to at least one of the actions listed in the European Green Deal strategy, notably:

    1.Climate research;

    2.Green technologies;

    3.Renewable energy;

    4.Sustainable mobility;

    5.Biodiversity research;

    6.Sustainable use of natural resources (land, water, air).

    To prevent further disparities, maximize investment in Research and Development and enhance economic growth, Horizon Europe is taking relevant actions under Widening participation and spreading excellence objective. Twinning actions are one of the main instruments of this objective.

    Twinning aims to enhance networking activities between the research institutions of the Widening countries acting as co-ordinators and top-class leading counterparts at European Union level by linking it with at least two research institutions from two different Member States or Associated Countries. Therefore, building on the huge potential of networking for excellence through knowledge transfer and exchange of best practice between research institutions and partners. Twinning actions intend to help raise the research profile of the institution from the Widening country as well as the research profile of its staff including a special focus on strengthening the research management and administrative skills of the coordination institution from the Widening country.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Improved excellence capacity and resources in Widening countries enabling to close the still apparent research and innovation gap within the European Union;

    2.Enhanced strategic networking activities between the research institutions of the Widening countries and at least two internationally leading counterparts at European Union level;

    3.Raised reputation, research profile and attractiveness of the coordinating institution from the Widening country and the research profile of its staff;

    4.Strengthened research management capacities and administrative skills of the staff working in institutions from the Widening country.

    Improved creativity supported by development of new approaches in Research and Innovation collaboration, increased mobility (inwards and outwards) of qualified scientists.

    Scope: Twinning proposals should clearly outline the scientific strategy for stepping up and stimulating scientific excellence and innovation capacity in a defined area of research and innovation as well as the scientific quality of the partners involved in the twinning exercise. This scientific strategy should include arrangements for formulating new (or ongoing) joint research / innovation project(s) in the scientific area of choice and describe how Twinning will take this research to a new stage, by enlarging its scope and/or the research / innovation partnerships.

    Such a strategy should include a comprehensive set of activities to be supported. These should include at least a number of the following: short-term staff exchanges; expert visits and short term on-site or virtual training; workshops; conference attendance; organisation of joint summer school type activities; dissemination and outreach activities. As far as appropriate these activities should take into account the gender equality plans of the participants.

    Proposals should also focus on strengthening the research management and administration skills of the coordinating institution from the Widening country. This should take the form of a dedicated work package or task, placing emphasis to specific activities, in view of helping the staff of the coordinating institution to improve their proposal preparation and project management/administration skills. If not yet in place, setting up/upgrading a research management/administration unit within the coordinating institution would be beneficial. This will be achieved by fully utilising the experience and best practices of the internationally leading partners and is expected to be a concrete deliverable of the Twinning exercise.

    A research / innovation component not exceeding 30% of the total Horizon Europe grant may include a research / innovation project. At least 50% of the budget for the research / innovation component must be allocated to the coordinator. This will open opportunities for integrating smaller research / innovation activities and by this strengthening the commitment and the engagement of the twinning partners. The research part of the project should be presented through a dedicated work package and plan including the scientific objectives, tasks and roles of the partners.

    The Twinning proposals should illustrate quantitatively and qualitatively the expected potential impact of the twinning exercise within the coordinating institution (and possibly at regional/national level) based on indicators such as expected future publications in peer reviewed journals, collaboration agreements with businesses, intellectual property, new innovative products or services, number of international students, number of women scientists and their roles in the research institutions.

    It should be explained how the leading scientific institutions in the partnership will contribute in terms of provision of access to new research avenues, creativity and the development of new approaches, as well as acting as a source for increased mobility (inwards and outwards) of qualified scientists and young researchers including doctoral candidates. The benefits for the leading scientific institutions and the way they would materialise through the partnership should be substantiated.

    Specific attention should be paid to gender equality objectives, in line with the organisations’ commitments through their adopted gender equality plans, and in line with European Research Area objectives, as far as appropriate. The presence of a gender equality plan is an eligibility criterion.

    The duration of the Twinning project should be up to 3 years.

    Call - European Excellence Initiative (EEI)

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-03

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 15

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 16

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 10 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 12 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-03-01

    CSA

    54.00

    2.00 to 5.00

    20

    Overall indicative budget

    54.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-03-01: European Excellence Initiative

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 54.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

    Applications must be submitted by a consortium including at least three independent legal entities in three different EU Member States or Horizon Europe Associated Countries, at least one of which established in a Widening Country.

    Expenditures for research and innovation activities (such as seed funding for collaborative research projects, activities linked to joint doctoral and postdoctoral research, knowledge valorisation activities, etc.) cannot exceed a maximum of 20% of the total budget.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex-aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, defined as proposals with coordinators established in a Widening Country, not otherwise represented as coordinator higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget). The method described in Points 1), 2), 3) and 5) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 17 .

    Expected Outcome: This action follows Council Conclusions on the European strategy empowering higher education institutions for the future of Europe of 5 April 2022 and ERA action 13 of the ERA Policy Agenda (annexed to the Council Conclusions on the future governance of the ERA, 26 November 2021) on empowering higher education institutions to develop in line with the European Research Area, in synergy with the European Education Area. The action also contributes to implementation of the Council Conclusions on strengthening research careers (28 May 2021). The objectives of this action are to:

    1.Raise excellence in science and in value creation through deeper and geographically inclusive cooperation in alliances of higher education institutions, such as – but not limited to – European Universities alliances selected under Erasmus+, with a particular focus on Widening countries;

    2.Improve global competitiveness and visibility of Europe's higher education institutions, creating critical mass in key areas such as the green transition and Horizon Europe mission areas.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Successful institutional reform and upgrade of higher education institutions in the R&I dimension (empowerment to be actors of change), through integrated collaboration between institutions and with other actors in local ecosystems;

    2.Mainstreamed culture of excellence in science and value creation amongst higher education institutions, and particularly in less research-intensive institutions and countries, in particular Widening countries, through consolidation of geographically inclusive alliances of higher education institutions, achieving long-term collaboration;

    3.Contribution to accelerated institutional reform in R&I dimension and strengthened R&I capacities in higher education institutions, notably those located in Widening countries, in particular;

    1.Modernised research careers in higher education sector, interoperable with other sectors;

    2.Accelerated digital transition of the R&I dimension of the higher education sector across the entire ERA;

    4.Increased global competitiveness of research in higher education institutions by strongly increased critical mass in terms of upskilling, knowledge creation and knowledge circulation in the green transition and other key European policy areas such as European Missions;

    5.Contribution to implementation of the relevant ERA Policy Agenda actions in higher education sector.

    Scope: The European Excellence Initiative in its widening dimension aims to raise excellence in science and in knowledge valorisation of Europe’s universities through cooperation. The action will engage with universities and empower them further to be actors of change in R&I.

    Through the geographically inclusive cooperation and practice exchange, universities from different capacities would benefit from institutional changes. This would increase attractiveness and accelerate access to excellence.

    By developing closer cooperation with economic and industrial partners within local and regional innovation ecosystems, academic researchers and support staff will be provided the opportunity to be trained in knowledge valorisation, entrepreneurship, access to finance, at any stage of their careers, and to take into account the variety of academics’ activities in their career assessment.

    Cooperation of universities will be supported to create critical R&I mass and pursue specific objectives that contribute to accelerating key R&I areas of own choice, for instance, one or more Mission areas. The European Excellence Initiative in its widening dimension is open to any network or alliance of higher education institutions, such as – but not limited to – European Universities alliances selected under Erasmus+, and allows for variable geometries (where for instances universities participating in alliances for specific themes may team up with other partners to pursue other specific themes or objectives). Under this call the centre of gravity of the action must be in Widening countries. Applicants have to convincingly demonstrate this geographical focus, for instance, by a budget allocation of at least 70% to participants from Widening countries.

    Projects should contribute to the implementation of ERA Policy Agenda priorities at the participating higher education institutions, notably the strengthening of research careers in academia and beyond. Projects should pursue the following objectives:

    1.Achieving more balanced circulation of talents;

    2.Reinforcing the role of higher education institutions in innovation ecosystems;

    3.Mainstreaming practices and tools for open sharing of knowledge and data;

    4.Advancements towards reform of the assessment system for research, including career assessment;

    5.Improved links between science and business;

    6.Promoted gender equality, diversity and fostering inclusiveness through e.g., inclusive gender equality plans and policies;

    7.The acceleration of society’s green and digital transition to support ERA Policy Agenda action 11;

    8.Integrated international cooperation with entities established in third countries to support ERA Policy Agenda action 9.

    Applicants are encouraged to implement the aforementioned European Research Area policy objectives and to consolidate institutional changes by means of a coherent package of activities which could include the following:

    1.Sharing R&I capacities including infrastructures;

    2.Developing joint interdisciplinary R&I agendas;

    3.Outreach to and inspiring local/regional innovation ecosystems;

    4.Strengthening research careers and interdisciplinary upskilling;

    5.Reforming research assessment;

    6.Digitisation of institutions and partners;

    7.Engaging with citizens, cities, regions and other non-academic actors;

    8.Training and capacity building for research and innovation management including IPR;

    9.Exchange of academic and non-academic staff for sharing good practices;

    10.Global outreach and internationalisation;

    11.Consolidation of cooperation with partners outside EU Member States and Associated Countries.

    Expenditures for research and innovation activities (such as seed funding for collaborative research projects, activities linked to joint doctoral and postdoctoral research, knowledge valorisation activities, etc.) cannot exceed a maximum of 20% of the total budget.

    The actions should envisage a duration appropriate to the ambition and complexity of the alliance of higher education institutions. The duration should not exceed 5 years.

    Call - Pathways to Synergies

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-04

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 18

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 19

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 28 Mar 2023

    Deadline(s): 28 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-04-01

    CSA

    20.00

    0.50 to 1.20

    20

    Overall indicative budget

    20.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-04-01: Pathways to Synergies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.50 and 1.20 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

    This action is open for participation of the JRC that can contribute, where relevant, specific expertise for the development of R&I strategies depending on the R&I domain chosen by the project, technology transfer and IPR management as well as linking up to regional smart specialisation strategy.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex-aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, defined as proposals with coordinators established in a Widening Country, not otherwise represented as coordinator higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget). The method described in Points 1), 2), 3) and 5) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

    Expected Outcome: Synergies between Horizon Europe and the cohesion policy programmes, mainly the European Fund for Regional Development (ERDF) but also INTERREG and the Resilience and Recovery Fund (RRF), are instrumental for widening countries to catch up in their R&I performance and to reduce the innovation divide in Europe. Although such synergies are already addressed in the Teaming and Excellence Hubs actions under this work programme these instruments do not capture the full range of possible synergies and need to be complemented by a dedicated scheme. The Draft COMMISSION NOTICE Synergies between Horizon Europe and ERDF 20 presents the new opportunities for achieving operational synergies between Horizon Europe and the ERDF, including for Seal of Excellence, transfer, cumulative funding, combined funding (Co-funded and Institutionalised Partnerships), Teaming, and upstream/downstream synergies. This pilot call offers opportunities to incentivise the concrete realisation of particularly promising sequential synergies in two different pathways either supporting the upstream synergy mode (a) or downstream synergy mode (b) where the former is focusing on human resources development and internationalisation and the latter on valorisation and upscaling of research results towards marketable solutions.

    The following overall outcome is expected:

    ·Improved and more systematic synergies between Horizon Europe and Horizon 2020, and ERDF, IPA (instrument for pre-accession assistance), RRF, INTERREG or similar funding instruments through internationalisation, valorisation and technology uptake;

    ·Strengthened competitiveness of R&I actors in Widening countries;

    ·Accelerated knowledge transfer and innovation cycle for beneficiaries from ERDF and Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe;

    ·Strengthened innovation capacity and competitiveness of less R&I performing regions.

    For actions opting for pathway a) on upstream synergies the following specific outcome is expected:

    ·Joint internationalisation strategy for R&I;

    ·Human resources development strategy;

    ·Improved access to excellent European R&I networks and communities;

    ·Increased competitiveness and reputation in applications for European and international research funding;

    ·Overcoming locked-in effects for former mono-beneficiaries funded under ERDF;

    ·Acquisition of new transferable skills for R&I staff notably in the fields of knowledge transfer, R&I management and communication;

    ·Better use of R&I infrastructure funded under ERDF.

    For actions opting for pathway b) on downstream synergies the following specific output is expected:

    ·Valorisation of results generated in Horizon Europe or Horizon 2020 projects in a regional context;

    ·Improved knowledge transfer and technology uptake in less R&I performing regions;

    ·Exploitation and diffusion of R&I results into the market in line with national/regional smart specialisation priorities;

    ·Preparation of pilots and demonstrators in the chosen R&I domain for funding under ERDF;

    ·Improved intellectual asset management and technology uptake.

    Scope: The purpose of this action is to provide support for additional efforts required for setting up the interfaces between two different funding systems where major barriers still occur due to the mismatches of regional versus European approach, consortium vs single beneficiary funding and Horizon thematic priorities vs national/regional smart specialisation. Consortia should decide at proposal level which of the two aforementioned pathways is applicable for their needs. This will also influence the composition of the applicant consortium and the choice of funded activities.

    More specifically, consortia applying for funding under pathway a) should be composed of a core group of at least three different public or private research entities established in at least two different Widening countries that were beneficiaries from ERDF, RRF or similar investments for R&I including infrastructure in the current or previous programming period. These applicants should provide evidence for (e.g., contract numbers) and a short description of the investment. In addition to this core group other participants also from non-Widening countries may join if their roles are duly explained and justified e.g., by providing training, coaching, strategic advice, knowledge transfer, hosting staff secondments etc. as long as the EU contribution to these participants does not exceed 30% of the total EU contribution.

    The main goal of the pathway a) is to move formerly single beneficiaries of regional funding programmes out of isolation via cross-border collaboration and to prepare them for successful participation in Horizon Europe calls by strengthening their competitiveness by means of a customised bunch of activities. Therefore, proposals should present a coherent and strategically convincing package of activities with a particular focus on internationalisation strategies and human resources development. The latter may include training and coaching on non-scientific skills such as management of international R&I projects, knowledge transfer and science communication. HR capacity building may be complemented by suitable study visits and short-term secondments to partners. Communication activities including social media should contribute to raising the reputation and visibility of the members of the core group. This may include advertising their technical infrastructure (funded under ERDF) to potential partners in future competitive calls. Early-stage co-operation with NCP organisations is strongly encouraged.

    Consortia applying for funding under pathway b) on downstream synergies should be members of a consortium of one or two completed or ongoing projects (in the same domain) RIA(s) funded under Horizon Europe or Horizon 2020 that has already generated validated (e.g., evidenced by approved deliverables, final or periodic reports, peer reviewed publications) research results to be valorised by support from ERDF, IPA, RFF funds or EIC financial instruments. The Horizon consortium should not necessarily participate in its full extent and can be represented by a core group of participants benefitting from valorisation.

    For both pathways, participants from non-Widening countries may join the consortium, e.g., for the purpose of knowledge transfer as long as the majority of participants are from Widening countries and EU contribution to widening participants is at least at the level of 70% of the total EU contribution. For the valorisation activities the consortium should identify at proposal stage up to three focus regions located in Widening countries where the implementation of downstream synergies actually should take place. Additional partners without contractual relationship especially from the focus regions may be associated, notably regional authorities in charge of managing the ERDF or similar funds and SMEs are especially encouraged and may serve as catalysts for the uptake of R&I results generated under Horizon. Activities, supported under this CSA may include identification and mapping of specific research results for valorisation generated in Horizon projects with a potential for valorisation, matchmaking between HE beneficiaries and ERDF project partners around regional/national S3 priorities, analysis on how existing Horizon project outputs and results can be exploited in line with the territorial needs described in the ERDF/RRF or similar programmes, workshops with management authorities and local business, specification of demonstrators and pilots, IPR management and technology uptake. Special attention should be paid to the preparation of applications to calls under regional programmes. Communication and dissemination activities should contribute to raising the reputation and visibility of EU funded activities in the focus regions. The funding is considered seed funding and no guarantee for the actual acquisition of synergetic funding needs to be given at the level of the proposal.

    Call - Dissemination and Exploitation Support Facility

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-05

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 21

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 22

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 26 Apr 2023

    Deadline(s): 28 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-05-01

    CSA

    5.00

    1.00 to 5.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    5.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-05-01: Dissemination and Exploitation Support Facility

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

    Expected Outcome: Improving knowledge diffusion, technology uptake and having spill-over effects is fundamental to ensure that researchers and their institutions build on and valorise the latest available knowledge. Moreover, the exploitation of research results and the creation of value for our economy and society, often depend on the skills and abilities of the beneficiaries as well as the intermediaries (i.e., technology/knowledge transfer officers) to present and connect to those stakeholders that can help them take the results into the next level. Especially in Widening countries, R&I actors lack sufficient support and information, skills or connections to the right stakeholders and these gaps can jeopardise their ability to maximise the potential value of their results.

    Dissemination & Exploitation (D&E) policy of Horizon Europe can act as an enabler for the implementation of the political objectives of this programme component. Therefore, this action focuses on activities to strengthen or build D&E capacities in Widening countries. It will provide beneficiaries of the ongoing portfolio of projects funded mainly under the programmes: Spreading excellence and Widening Participation under Horizon 2020 and the widening component of Horizon Europe with further opportunities for scaling up their research results and improve the sustainability of their actions. This includes innovations that can translate into / contribute to new products and services that create economic or social value, more efficient production or distribution processes; and results that can feed into policymaking and help citizens and public authorities. The action is framed by a broader D&E policy and will support our beneficiaries towards the maximum dissemination and exploitation of their results in the context of Horizon Europe.

    The following specific outcome is expected:

    1.Strengthened Dissemination and Exploitation capacities including through better understanding of the Commission’s D&E Strategy and the opportunities it can offer to beneficiaries in need from widening actions;

    2.Support to beneficiaries in their dissemination and exploitation of results through a market-oriented approach;

    3.Improved skills and knowledge on D&E, knowledge transfer and IP management for researchers and management personnel of beneficiaries of widening actions to be able to fulfil their Horizon Europe Model Grant Agreement obligations, including after the end of their project;

    4.Collected and shared best practices for uptake of R&I results and identify the blocking contextual elements that prevent beneficiaries from valorising further their R&I results; Address these blocking factors by proposing measures in the valorisation channels as identified in the EU valorisation policy;

    5.Increasing the maturity level of key exploitable results produced by widening beneficiaries;

    6.Greater recognition of beneficiaries based in Widening countries at national & regional policy level, as a result of enhanced visibility of D&E success stories;

    7.Enhanced synergies between beneficiaries of widening actions in view of networking opportunities and future competitive calls;

    8.Improved sustainability of ongoing widening actions;

    9.Identify downstream synergies with other EU programmes especially the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF), the European Social Fund (ESF) and the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF).

    Scope: This action should be implemented as a CSA awarded to consortia of at least three entities who should have a proven track record of success in D&E and related training, communication and networking. The consortium should establish a facility including training, upskilling, entrepreneurship, access to capital, best practice sharing, knowledge exchange and community of practice building for beneficiaries of the Widening countries with a first priority to beneficiaries of ongoing or completed widening projects funded under Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe (this action could be extended to other H2020 and HE beneficiaries in Widening countries if budget cannot be exhausted by the widening portfolio). The scope of the services should include the valorisation of research results that were not immediately generated within a widening action but in a related domain under a different funded action. The consortium should ensure that the developed services address the full geographic scope of the Widening countries including Outermost Regions.

    Specifically, the consortium should establish a tailor-made service package with training, coaching, mapping of results, experts and study visits, peer support, matchmaking events, innovation and IP management, knowledge transfer both in an individualised manner and collective workshops. The consortium is expected to closely collaborate with the ongoing NCP network WIDERAnet, other NCP projects and the Enterprise Europe Network (EEN).

    It should help beneficiaries to better understand how to fulfil with D&E commitments under Horizon Europe and Horizon 2020 and to seek for opportunities by other community funding programmes especially under the cohesion policy (e.g., ERDF, ESF) as well as the RRF and Reform funds. It should also enhance beneficiaries’ knowledge on tools to develop their D&E activities, including, e.g., the tools offered by the Commission for D&E support (e.g., Horizon Results Platform, Horizon Results Booster), effective use of social media and innovative communication channels, IPR (e.g., IP Helpdesk, IP scan, IP voucher, Health Research Board, etc.) & Open data. In addition, it should incentivise beneficiaries to initiate policy dialogues with national and regional institutions and stakeholders aiming at a favourable impact on the modernisation of the national and regional R&I system and creating an innovation friendly culture in Widening countries. Furthermore, the activities should support and motivate beneficiaries of completed and advanced ongoing projects to scale up and valorise their results towards further uptake and commercialisation (e.g., training, networking, start-ups, connection with the investors and the relevant industrial ecosystems, commercialisation support).

    This will help to ensure sustainability of widening actions especially Teaming and Excellence Hubs after the end of the funding period.

    This consortium should provide a plan detailing its priorities, the key targets, proposed actions, repartition of budget and regular monitoring on achievements and challenges.

    Call - Hop-on facility

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-06

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 23

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 24

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 10 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 28 Sep 2023, 26 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-06-01

    RIA

    40.00

    40.00

    0.10 to 0.60

    160

    Overall indicative budget

    40.00

    40.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-06-01: Hop on Facility

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.10 and 0.60 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 80.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in Widening countries may join already selected actions, subject to the agreement of the respective consortium and provided that legal entities from such countries are not yet participating in it.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The proposal will be evaluated by independent experts focusing on the added value of the new partner and the work-package(s) or task(s) assigned to this institution in the context of the ongoing project. The ongoing project as such is not subject of the evaluation. In case of proposals receiving equal score in the ranking procedure, a preference will be given to those proposals with a particular relevance to green or digital transitions of the economy.

    Expected Outcome: The Hop On Facility allows for legal entities from low R&I performing countries to join already selected collaborative R&I actions, subject to the agreement of the respective consortium and provided that legal entities from such countries are not yet participating in it. The scheme aims to improve the inclusiveness of Horizon Europe by involving more research institutions from Widening countries under Horizon Europe Pillar 2 and EIC Pathfinder actions.

    Main selection criteria are excellence and added value of the new partner performing a relevant additional task in the project. All consortium partners need to agree on the accession of the new partner whereas the R&I relevance and complementarity needs to be demonstrated. The accepted application will trigger a GA amendment with the service in charge of the related topic.

    Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.At system level, it mobilises excellence in the Widening countries, increases visibility of the participants from the Widening countries, improves knowledge circulation, and reduces lack of participation of the Widening countries in specific thematic domains;

    2.At organisation level, it opens up silos of established closed consortia, improves research excellence of the Widening country’s institutions in specific fields, enlarges outreach of the participants’ R&I actions and provides access to new talent pools;

    3.At the level of the beneficiary, new competencies and skills for working in transnational projects including research management and dissemination and exploitation are acquired.

    Scope: The Hop On Facility integrates one additional participant from a Widening country to an ongoing project under Pillar 2 or the EIC pathfinder scheme while topping up a relevant task or work package and the cost incurred by the additional participant. This will happen on a voluntary basis without affecting the freedom of choice for the consortium and the principle of excellence. The Hop On Facility is open to all topics under Pillar 2 and the EIC pathfinder. Applications with activities that contribute to the policy objective of the transition towards a green and digital economy are especially encouraged.

    The action will be part of an existing project with a valid Grant Agreement. Applications must demonstrate the R&I added value of the new partner and present a visible and distinct work package for the acceding partner. The proposal should include a detailed description of the profile of the new partner and its role in the existing project. The additional partner and task should be presented in a dedicated proposal template with the Description of the Action (DOA) of the ongoing action uploaded as an annex. Selected consortia will be invited to submit an amendment request for accession of a new partner, modification of the description of the action and upgrade of the budget.

    The budget increase must be exclusively for the benefit of the new partner with the exception of a coordination fee of up to 10% of the increased budget to be allocated to the coordinator of the consortium. The coordinator may request the coordination fee and provide an explanation on the additional integration efforts for the new partner.

    Call - Excellence Hubs

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-07

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 25

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 26

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 28 Sep 2023

    Deadline(s): 07 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-07-01

    CSA

    60.00

    2.00 to 6.00

    12

    Overall indicative budget

    60.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-07-01: Excellence Hubs

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 60.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Proposals must be submitted by a consortium.

    Proposals must involve at least two Widening Country R&I ecosystems.

    Each Widening Country R&I ecosystem must comprise four different categories of actors i.e. a) academic institutions (universities and/or non-university research centres or labs), b) business entities (active established firms with relevant revenues), c) public authorities or authorised agencies operating at regional or local level and d) societal actors (civil society organisations, associations, citizens, end users, media, cultural actors etc.).

    A proposal may demonstrate involvement of a Widening Country R&I ecosystem by either::

    1.The participation, as a beneficiary, by one or more umbrella organisations, whose membership comprises the four different categories of Widening Country R&I actors for the relevant Widening Country; or

    2.The participation, as beneficiaries, of representative individual legal entities representing each of the four categories of actors for the relevant Widening country. In the case of representative individual entities, at least one of the business entities per R&I ecosystem needs to be an established firm (no start-up) with significant and proven operational turnover. More specifically, such business entities need to provide evidence for being established for already at least two consecutive years e.g., by balance sheets and/or business reports to be annexed to the proposal.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex-aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, defined as proposals with coordinators established in a Widening Country, not otherwise represented as coordinator higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget). The method described in Points 1), 2), 3) and 5) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

    Total indicative budget

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately.

    For proposals also including the optional mentoring scheme, the Commission estimates that an EU contribution of up to EUR 6.00 million would allow the outcome to be addressed appropriately.

    Eligibility and admissibility conditions

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

    Grant Conditions

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000. The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied. Beneficiaries should refer to General Annex B of the Work Programme for further information and guidance.

    Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Excellent and sustainable place-based R&I ecosystems in Widening countries and beyond in relevant domains of cutting-edge science and innovation;

    2.Long term joint R&I strategies underpinned by concrete action plans of European relevance;

    3.Common investment plans for R&I including infrastructures leveraging national, regional and European funds as well as private capital in a synergetic manner;

    4.R&I pilot projects alongside a joint strategy and in line with regional and national strategies, notably regional innovation strategies for smart specialisation (RIS3) taking into account the new Innovation Agenda for Europe;

    5.New competencies and skills for researchers, entrepreneurs and professionals in R&I intensive domains;

    6.Strengthened linkages between science and business;

    7.Improved knowledge transfer and development of entrepreneurial skills;

    8.New business opportunities especially for SMEs, university spin-offs and start-ups, especially deep tech;

    9.Inclusion of emerging innovation ecosystems from rural areas, Western Balkans and Eastern Partnership countries including Ukraine by optional mentoring module;

    10.Contribute to EU-wide access to excellence, ERA Policy Agenda action 16.

    Scope: Excellence hubs are part of the European Excellence Initiative and complement the science-oriented schemes Teaming, Twinning, ERA Chairs and the European Excellence Initiative for universities by a dedicated innovation component. Excellence hubs will focus on innovation by allowing innovation ecosystems in Widening countries and beyond, to team up and create better linkages between academia, business, government and society. This will foster a real place-based innovation culture in Widening countries based on a strategic agenda aligned with regional or national smart specialisation strategies. In this context, synergies will be sought with the programme parts on European Innovation Ecosystems, EIC pathfinder and the European Institute of Innovation & Technology (EIT) as well as the initiative ‘Partnerships for Regional Innovation’ run by the JRC. The excellence hubs will be the basis in Widening countries of the pan-European Innovation Ecosystem of the new Innovation Agenda for Europe. The proposal should also demonstrate the win-win effects of the partnership established by the consortium and the benefits for employment and post crisis recovery.

    This action responds to the third priority in the ERA communication on translating R&I results into the economy and will especially support R&I policies aiming at boosting the resilience and competitiveness of our economies and societies. This means ensuring European competitive leadership in the global race for technology based on excellence while improving the environment for business R&I investment, deployment of new technologies and enhancing the take up and visibility of research results in the economy and society as a whole. This action addresses regions as R&I actors since they are the place where the innovation and industrial ecosystems breathe and develop, making the links between Europe and business including SMEs and start-ups, research centres, innovation stakeholders as well as citizens. Regionally developed innovation ecosystems connected across the Europe Union will be the driver of new European strategic value chains.

    Unlike Teaming projects that are centred around a single beneficiary Excellence Hubs are networks of place-based innovation ecosystems in Widening countries involving larger communities of actors in a regional context based on the quadruple helix principle (see below). Individual participants and ecosystems from other EU Member States, Associated Countries and international co-operation partners may join in duly justified cases e.g., given by a specific expertise needed or the involvement in a relevant value adding chain. The call allows to provide financial support to third parties in the form of grants, especially for the support of start-ups and SMEs. This call is also encouraging emerging innovation ecosystems from less developed regions in rural areas, the Western Balkans or countries participating in the Eastern Partnership notably Ukraine.

    Projects should be established around a coherent and well proportioned package of the following core components:

    1.Cross-border joint R&I strategy aligned with regional smart specialisation strategies and/or European policy priorities such as the green and digital transition;

    2.R&I project consolidating academia business linkages and providing evidence for strategy building and investment: The research component should be developed by joint pilot research projects in a domain covered by the joint strategy that should facilitate long-term cross border and inter-sectoral collaborative links between partners notably academia and business and advancement in science and technology development with market potential. In particular R&I projects should serve the purpose to close knowledge gaps and develop evidence to underpin the development of the strategy and the investment plans. The description of R&I content should include a long-term vision beyond the state of the art of the chosen R&I domain;

    3.Action and investment plans for the implementation of the strategy including the development of business models for innovative products, service and processes to ensure the sustainability of the action beyond the project's life time, leveraging national, regional and European funds as well as private (venture) capital. Investment plans may include pertinent R&I infrastructures as well as demonstrators and pilots;

    4.Conceptual design and pre-planning for pilots and demonstrators (if applicable) in line with the strategy and if applicable based on the outcome of the R&I component. However, the realisation of such pilots and demonstrators must be financed by other sources in particular programmes co-financed by the ERDF, INTERREG, IPA or similar. The approach how to access such co-funding at a later stage should be sketched out in the proposal;

    5.Accompanying measures are complementary activities that may promote knowledge and technology transfer, visibility, mutual learning and skills development especially in research and innovation management and entrepreneurship for creation of start-ups as well as citizen engagement. Mutual secondments and staff exchange within and between ecosystems should help to build trust and long-term collaborative links;

    6.Optional: Mentoring of an emerging place-based innovation ecosystem established in rural areas, Western Balkans or Eastern Partnership Countries including Ukraine. Legal entities from such countries and regions are encouraged to join the project as participants in order to benefit from mentoring, training, knowledge transfer even if their ecosystems are not yet developed to a full quadruple helix structure. This mentoring module does not count for the minimum condition of having at least two fully-fledged quadruple helix innovation ecosystems.

    Ecosystems or individual partners from outside the Widening countries may participate in the consortium as long as they prove added value by facilitating access to excellence for the Widening countries. Proposals should convincingly demonstrate the relevance of the chosen scientific domain by its alignment with regional (in particular RIS3), national and/or European R&I strategies and policy priorities. Applicants may choose between a more regional orientation e.g., proven by a common denominator in their regional smart specialisation strategy and/or a more global orientation towards European policy priorities such as the green or digital transition.

    Excellence hubs as a new action under the widening component are complementary but different to initiatives such as Digital hubs or the EIT regional innovation scheme (RIS) because of their strategic orientation, broader scope and alignment with widening eligibility criteria.

    Proposals should illustrate quantitatively and qualitatively the expected potential impact of the project and its expected results in terms of new local and international research and innovation partnerships including business, institutional and/or R&I system changes (various levels), increased research and innovation intensity (i.e., new scientific publications directly linked to the project’s area, protected intellectual assets, marketable products and solutions). Proposals are encouraged to choose any additional relevant indicators that will be used for measuring the impacts achieved.

    The expected duration of the project is up to 4 years.

    Destination Attracting and mobilising the best talents

    Introduction:

    In line with the strategic priority “Deepening the ERA” this part of the work programme will support further progress on the free circulation of knowledge in an upgraded, efficient and effective R&I system. The destination will be pursued both at the level of individual researchers e.g., helping to develop the skills that researchers need for excellent science and, connecting all actors across the European Union and at the level of institutions and smaller research teams around future ERA Chair holders.

    ERA Chairs will support universities or research organisations from eligible countries to attract and maintain high-quality human resources under the direction of an outstanding researcher and research manager (the 'ERA Chair holder'), and to implement structural changes to achieve excellence on a sustainable basis.

    The institutional dimension will be complemented by opportunities for brain circulation for research and innovation talents across the ERA and across sectors, aiming to revert the brain drain from Widening countries. It will focus support to early career and experienced talents to explore unknown personal territories for professional development and training, by being mobile in the European Research Area in other sectors and in less obvious knowledge hubs across the European Union, notably in Widening countries. It will put emphasis on intersectoral mobility for early career researchers and innovators and foster a better exploitation of existing (and possibly jointly managed) research infrastructures in the targeted countries through the mobility of researchers and innovators. This aims to reinforce and strengthen the interaction between education and research, such as through the research and innovation dimension of European Universities, training and mobility. Furthermore, specific attention will be paid to promoting gender balance among the supported talents.

    Expected impact:

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impacts:

    1.Effective institutional reforms in research institutions in Widening countries;

    2.Better use of existing research infrastructures;

    3.Excellent talents attracted in institutions and research infrastructures;

    4.Reverted brain drain;

    5.Improved linkages and increased mobility between academia and business, notably by overcoming sectoral barriers;

    6.Free circulation of knowledge and expertise in line with ERA priorities;

    7.Improved gender balance and equal opportunities.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-01

    50.00

    47.00

    07 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-02

    8.00

    13 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-02

    8.00

    11 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-03

    40.00

    26 Sep 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    58.00

    95.00

    Call - ERA Chairs

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 27

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 28

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    2024

    Opening: 28 Sep 2023

    Deadline(s): 07 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-01-01

    CSA

    50.00

    47.00

    1.50 to 2.50

    45

    Overall indicative budget

    50.00

    47.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-01-01: ERA Chairs

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.50 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 97.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    To allow for the assessment of the commitment of the future ERA Chair holder and of the coordinator institution, proposals must include:

    1) a letter signed by the prospective ERA Chair holder expressing his/her commitment to the proposal and willingness to take on the underlying tasks and obligations;

    2) a letter from the head of the coordinator institution committing to the proposal and stating that the ERA Chair holder will receive adequate support to take on her/his tasks and duties including, for example, access to research facilities, supervision of researchers, teaching duties (if any) and capacity to apply freely to national and international funding.

    The composition, levels of remuneration and timeline of implementation of the ERA Chair holder research team will be indicated and the appointment of team members must follow an open, transparent and merit-based recruitment process with no more than 50% of the team appointees having previous contractual links with the coordinator.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The composition, levels of remuneration and timeline of implementation of the ERA Chair holder research team should be indicated and the appointment of team members must follow an open, transparent and merit-based recruitment process with no more than 50% of the team appointees having previous contractual links with the coordinator.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    The following rules for dealing with ex-aequo applications apply: in the first place, ex-aequo proposals will be prioritised according to geographical diversity criteria, defined as proposals with coordinators established in a Widening country, not otherwise represented as coordinator higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget). The method described in Points 1), 2), 3) and 5) of General Annexes Part F (Procedure/Evaluation procedure and ranking) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranking proposals in the group. This rule establishing the priority order serves to better spread the impact of the action and to strengthen the efficiency of the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ programme.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 29 .

    Other conditions

    The grant awarded from the Horizon Europe budget should provide substantial support for the start-up and implementation phase of the future centre of excellence including the recruitment of the managerial, technical and scientific personnel. It should also cover expenses related to team members of the future centre of excellence (e.g., their salaries, recruitment costs 30 , management costs, travel and subsistence costs).

    Expected Outcome: Progress towards more and better links between research and innovation actors across the European Research Area and beyond is a requirement if Europe as a whole is to capitalise on excellence from across the continent. To foster brain circulation for researchers and innovators the intervention point of the ERA Chairs actions is attracting in a sustainable manner outstanding scientists and innovators to universities or research organisations in catching up countries and regions. This measure of “brain gain” and the creation of pockets of excellence has an impact on the culture and performance of host institutions.

    The leadership of the ERA Chair holder and the creation of a permanent and excellent research group in the chosen scientific field will ensure excellence, visibility and better integration in the European Research Area, as well as fostering competitiveness in research funding and promoting institutional reforms aligned with ERA priorities.

    Projects are expected to contribute to some of the following outcomes:

    At system level:

    1.Increase in number of R&I talents moving to host organisations in Widening countries;

    2.Increase in international, interdisciplinary and intersectoral mobility of researchers and innovators;

    3.Encouraging institutional reforms in research institutions and in the national R&I system in Widening countries;

    4.Strengthening of Widening countries’ human capital base in R&I with more entrepreneurial and better trained researchers and innovators;

    5.Better communication of R&I results to society;

    6.Better quality and capacity of research and innovation contributing to Europe's competitiveness and growth;

    7.Improved excellence capacity and resources in Widening countries and close the still apparent research and innovation gap within Europe.

    At organisation level:

    1.Research excellence of the institution in the specific fields covered by the ERA Chair holder;

    2.Increased attractiveness of the institution for internationally excellent and mobile researchers;

    3.Creation of a permanent and excellent research group in the chosen scientific field with a spill-over effect on the institution;

    4.Improved capability to succeed in competitive research funding in the EU and globally, at least, in the fields of choice;

    5.Greater contribution to the knowledge-based economy and society.

    Scope: Research organisations located in Widening countries interested in establishing an ERA Chair should submit a proposal with the prospective ERA Chair holder who should be an outstanding researcher and/or innovator in the chosen scientific domain. The scientific field can be any domain of research and innovation.

    The research institution in the Widening country will be the coordinator and submit a proposal as a single applicant (monobeneficiary). ERA Chair holders can be citizens of any country in the world.

    Proposals should include a Curriculum Vitae in Europass form 31 of the future ERA Chair holder and detail the scientific and technical support she/he will provide to the coordinator and how the proposed activities will upgrade from the current situation. The CV should be uploaded as an additional document to the proposal.

    Proposals should also describe any relevant investments of the coordinator in research projects, facilities and infrastructures and how those will be achieved and/or a better use of the installed research capacity (in particular of EU co-funded research infrastructures & facilities). Existing or foreseen arrangements for compliance with ERA priorities 32 including the European Charter for Researchers & Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers 33 are to be outlined in the proposal.

    ERA Chair holders should be excellent researchers and/or innovators in the chosen field of research 34 . They should establish a research team fully integrated in the coordinator's institution to significantly improve its research performance in the scientific domain of choice and to be more successful in obtaining competitive funding. The selection of personnel to the research team is to be conducted by an international recruitment panel leaded by the ERA Chair and outlined in proposals. The ERA Chair holder should also have a position within the organisation/university, allowing her/him to make appropriate resource allocation decisions, supervise team members and freely apply for research funding. When this is compatible with the nature of the coordinator, he/she is expected to take on some teaching duties.

    To allow for the assessment of the commitment of the future ERA Chair holder and of the coordinator institution, proposals must include: 1) a letter signed by the prospective ERA Chair holder expressing his/her commitment to the proposal and willingness to take on the underlying tasks and obligations; 2) a letter from the head of the coordinator institution committing to the proposal and stating that the ERA Chair holder will receive adequate support to take on her/his tasks and duties including, for example, access to research facilities, supervision of researchers, teaching duties (if any) and capacity to apply freely to national and international funding.

    The ERA Chair holders might move on a temporary or permanent basis to the coordinator’s premises. To this end, secondments or any other legal arrangements (e.g., leave without pay, sabbatical licences) are possible including part-time work and multiple stays. All contractual arrangements and the timeline of ERA Chairs stays at the coordinator should be indicated in the proposal as well as the salary, travel and daily allowances and/or other perks to be offered. If, at any stage, the preferred option is an employment contract, the future contractual arrangements with the coordinator should be detailed.

    To ensure the sustainability of the action, the ERA Chair research team should have conditions to thrive after the end of the Horizon Europe funding. This should be clearly demonstrated in the proposal and include the appointment of the leader of the newly created research group on a permanent basis within the coordinator organisation (to which the ERA Chair holder might apply) during the initial 3 years of the duration of the grant. This is to be conducted through an open recruitment procedure to be monitored by the European Commission.

    Grants have an expected duration of up to 5 years and cover expenses related to the ERA Chair holder and a number of team members (e.g., their salaries, recruitment costs 35 , administrative costs, travel and subsistence costs) and research costs up to 10% of the EU contribution. The grant should also state the measures aimed at introducing structural changes in the institution of the Widening country (e.g., costs for trainings, meetings, publications and managing Intellectual Property Rights (IPR).

    Specific attention should be paid to gender equality objectives, in line with the organisations’ commitments through their adopted gender equality plans, and in line with ERA objectives, as far as appropriate.

    The ERA Chairs proposals should illustrate quantitatively and qualitatively the expected potential impact of the project. As such, the projects’ expected results should be visible in terms of new local and international research and innovation partnerships, institutional and/or R&I system changes (various levels), increased research intensity (i.e., new scientific publications directly linked to the project’s area, protected IPR) and best research management practices. Proposals are encouraged to choose any additional relevant indicators that will be used for measuring the impacts achieved.

    Call - ERA Fellowships

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 36

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 12 Apr 2023

    Deadline(s): 13 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-02-01

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

    8.00

    50

    Overall indicative budget

    8.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-02-01: ERA Fellowships

    Specific conditions

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    To be eligible to this call the host organisation must be located in an eligible Widening country.

    The proposals submitted under the ERA Fellowships must fulfil all the admissibility and eligibility conditions of the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2023 and pass all the thresholds for that call.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see the specific conditions at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

    For admissibility, eligibility criteria, procedure and legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreement see exceptions and specific conditions for MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships in the MSCA Work Programme part.

    The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships in the MSCA Work Programme part.

    Other conditions

    The part of the MSCA Work Programme referring to synergies with the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025 does not apply to the ERA Fellowships.

    Expected Outcome: This action builds on the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2023 action (HORIZON-MSCA-PF-2023). The target group are host organisations located in Widening Countries.

    Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    For supported ERA Fellows:

    1.Increased set of research and transferable skills and competences, leading to improved employability and career prospects of fellows within academia and beyond;

    2.New mind-sets and approaches to R&I work forged through international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary experience;

    3.Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public, that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact.

    For participating organisations in the Widening Countries:

    1.Increased alignment of working conditions for researchers in accordance with the principles set out in the European Charter for Researchers and the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers;

    2.Enhanced quality and sustainability of research training and supervision;

    3.Increased global attractiveness, visibility and reputation of the participating organisation(s);

    4.Stronger R&I capacity and output among participating organisations; better transfer of knowledge;

    5.Regular feedback of research results into teaching and education at participating organisations.

    For Widening countries:

    1.Increased attractiveness for researchers to entities in Widening countries, by providing competitive grants and spreading attractive working and employment practices;

    2.More postdoctoral researchers attracted to Widening countries.

    Scope: Fellowships should be provided to excellent researchers, undertaking cross-border mobility. Applications must be made jointly by the researcher together with a legal entity in the academic or non-academic sector located in a Widening Country.

    ERA Fellowships should take place in a Widening Country. Fellowships are open to researchers of any nationality who wish to engage in R&I projects by either coming to the EU from any country in the world or moving within the EU to a Widening Country.

    In order to apply for the ERA Fellowships call, applicants must submit their proposal to the Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions (MSCA) Postdoctoral Fellowships 2023 37 . To be eligible to this call the host organisation must be located in an eligible Widening country. The application to the (MSCA) Postdoctoral Fellowships 2023 will be automatically resubmitted to this call in case the proposal fails to reach an adequate place in the ranking to be funded. This simplified submission procedure to the ERA Fellowships call presents applicants moving to Widening countries with an additional funding opportunity but there is the possibility to opt out during the application stage.

    The proposals submitted under the ERA Fellowships must fulfil all the admissibility and eligibility conditions of the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2023 and pass all the thresholds for that call.

    ERA Fellowships will be implemented applying the award criteria, scoring and threshold for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions. The ranking order for the ERA Fellowships call will follow the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2023 call scores and evaluation procedure and proposals will also retain the scores and comments included in the Evaluation Summary Report (ESR) of this call. The MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2023 model grant agreement will be used to the ERA Fellowships.

    Secondments

    Researchers receiving an ERA Fellowship may opt to include a secondment phase, within the overall duration of their fellowship in any country worldwide. The secondment phase can be a single period or be divided into shorter mobility periods. Secondments cannot exceed one third of the standard fellowship duration and should be in line with the project objectives, adding significant value and impact to the fellowship.

    Placements in the non-academic sector

    ERA Fellowships can provide an additional period of up to six months to support researchers opting for a placement at the end of the project to work on R&I projects in an organisation from the non-academic sector established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country. While this possibility is also available to fellows recruited in the non-academic sector, such a placement should be implemented at a different non-academic host organisation established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country. The request for such a non-academic placement should be an integral part of the proposal, explaining the added-value for the project and for the career development of the researcher, and will be subject to evaluation. This incentive aims at promoting career moves between sectors and organisations and thereby stimulate innovation and knowledge transfer while expanding career opportunities for researchers.

    Training activities

    The training activities implemented under the ERA Fellowships should include training for key transferable skills 38 , foster innovation and entrepreneurship, (e.g., commercialisation of results, Intellectual Property Rights, communication, public engagement and citizen science), foster good scientific conduct such as research integrity and promote Open Science practices (open access to publications and to research and other outputs including data, FAIR data management, societal engagement and citizen science, etc.).

    Career Development Plan

    In order to equip ERA Fellows with skills that enhance and expand their career opportunities inside and outside academia, a Career Development Plan should be established jointly by the supervisor(s) and the researcher. In addition to research objectives, this plan should comprise the researcher's training and career needs, including training on transferable skills, teaching, planning for publications and participation in conferences and events aiming at opening science and research to citizens. The Plan has to be submitted as a project deliverable at the beginning of the action and can be updated when needed.

    Call - ERA Fellowships

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 39

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million)

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 10 Apr 2024

    Deadline(s): 11 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-02-01

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

    8.00

    50

    Overall indicative budget

    8.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-02-01: ERA Fellowships

    Specific conditions

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.

    Type of Action

    TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    To be eligible to this call the host organisation must be located in an eligible Widening country.

    The proposals submitted under the ERA Fellowships must fulfil all the admissibility and eligibility conditions of the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2024 and pass all the thresholds for that call.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    For application of the general award criteria, including weighting and thresholds, see the specific conditions at the end of the MSCA Work Programme part.

    For admissibility, eligibility criteria, procedure and legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreement see exceptions and specific conditions for MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships in the MSCA Work Programme part.

    The expected EU contribution depends on the number of person-months requested. For the applicable unit contributions, see specific conditions for MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships in the MSCA Work Programme part.

    Other conditions

    The part of the MSCA Work Programme referring to synergies with the Euratom Research and Training Programme 2021-2025 does not apply to the ERA Fellowships.

    Expected Outcome: This action builds on the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2024 action (HORIZON-MSCA-PF-2024). The target group are host organisations located in Widening Countries.

    Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    For supported ERA Fellows:

    1.Increased set of research and transferable skills and competences, leading to improved employability and career prospects of fellows within academia and beyond;

    2.New mind-sets and approaches to R&I work forged through international, inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary experience;

    3.Enhanced networking and communication capacities with scientific peers, as well as with the general public, that will increase and broaden the research and innovation impact;

    For participating organisations in the Widening Countries:

    1.Increased alignment of working conditions for researchers in accordance with the principles set out in the European Charter for Researchers and the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers;

    2.Enhanced quality and sustainability of research training and supervision;

    3.Increased global attractiveness, visibility and reputation of the participating organisation(s);

    4.Stronger R&I capacity and output among participating organisations; better transfer of knowledge;

    5.Regular feedback of research results into teaching and education at participating organisations.

    For Widening countries:

    1.Increased attractiveness for researchers to entities in Widening countries, by providing competitive grants and spreading attractive working and employment practices;

    2.More postdoctoral researchers attracted to Widening countries.

    Scope: Fellowships should be provided to excellent researchers, undertaking cross-border mobility. Applications must be made jointly by the researcher together with a legal entity in the academic or non-academic sector located in a Widening Country.

    ERA Fellowships should take place in a Widening Country. Fellowships are open to researchers of any nationality who wish to engage in R&I projects by either coming to the EU from any country in the world or moving within the EU to a Widening Country.

    In order to apply for the ERA Fellowships call, applicants must submit their proposal to the Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions (MSCA) Postdoctoral Fellowships 2024 40 . To be eligible to this call the host organisation must be located in an eligible Widening country. The application to the (MSCA) Postdoctoral Fellowships 2024 will be automatically resubmitted to this call in case the proposal fails to reach an adequate place in the ranking to be funded. This simplified submission procedure to the ERA Fellowships call presents applicants moving to Widening countries with an additional funding opportunity but there is the possibility to opt out during the application stage.

    The proposals submitted under the ERA Fellowships must fulfil all the admissibility and eligibility conditions of the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2024 and pass all the thresholds for that call.

    ERA Fellowships will be implemented applying the award criteria, scoring and threshold for Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions. The ranking order for the ERA Fellowships call will follow the MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2024 call scores and evaluation procedure and proposals will also retain the scores and comments included in the Evaluation Summary Report (ESR) of this call. The MSCA Postdoctoral Fellowships 2024 model grant agreement will be used to the ERA Fellowships.

    Secondments

    Researchers receiving an ERA Fellowship may opt to include a secondment phase, within the overall duration of their fellowship in any country worldwide. The secondment phase can be a single period or be divided into shorter mobility periods. Secondments cannot exceed one third of the standard fellowship duration and should be in line with the project objectives, adding significant value and impact to the fellowship.

    Placements in the non-academic sector

    ERA Fellowships can provide an additional period of up to six months to support researchers opting for a placement at the end of the project to work on R&I projects in an organisation from the non-academic sector established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country. While this possibility is also available to fellows recruited in the non-academic sector, such a placement should be implemented at a different non-academic host organisation established in an EU Member State or Horizon Europe Associated Country. The request for such a non-academic placement should be an integral part of the proposal, explaining the added value for the project and for the career development of the researcher, and will be subject to evaluation. This incentive aims at promoting career moves between sectors and organisations and thereby stimulate innovation and knowledge transfer while expanding career opportunities for researchers.

    Training activities

    The training activities implemented under the ERA Fellowships should include training for key transferable skills 41 , foster innovation and entrepreneurship, (e.g., commercialisation of results, Intellectual Property Rights, communication, public engagement and citizen science), foster good scientific conduct such as research integrity and promote Open Science practices (open access to publications and to other research outputs, including data, FAIR data management, societal engagement and citizen science, etc.).

    Career Development Plan

    In order to equip ERA Fellows with skills that enhance and expand their career opportunities inside and outside academia, a Career Development Plan should be established jointly by the supervisor(s) and the researcher. In addition to research objectives, this plan should comprise the researcher's training and career needs, including training on transferable skills, teaching, planning for publications and participation in conferences and events aiming at opening science and research to citizens. The Plan has to be submitted as a project deliverable at the beginning of the action and can be updated when needed.

    Call - ERA Talents

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-03

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 42

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 43

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 11 Apr 2024

    Deadline(s): 26 Sep 2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-03-01

    CSA

    40.00

    1.00 to 3.00

    20

    Overall indicative budget

    40.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-03-01: ERA Talents

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 1.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Participating organisations:

    Applications must be submitted by a consortium including at least three independent legal entities established in three different EU Member States or Associated Countries, at least two of which each established in a different Widening Country. Participation as coordinators to the call is limited to legal entities established in Widening countries, as defined in the Horizon Europe regulation.

    Participating organisations must include participants from both academic 44 and non-academic sectors 45 , and may include umbrella organisations or national/regional associations thereof.

    Secondments:

    Secondments must be between different sectors (from academic to non-academic or vice versa) and they must all include a widening dimension. Secondments and return phases beyond the project duration cannot be funded. Secondments can only take place between legal entities independent from each other.

    Secondments must last between 3 and 24 months for the same staff member (independently of the number of organisations the staff is seconded to). The secondment of a staff member may be split into several stays with one or several beneficiaries.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy Community (2021-2025). 46 .

    Other conditions

    Applicable contribution:

    The grant covers expenses related to the ERA Talents participating organisations and individual talents hosted/seconded (such as administrative costs, recruitment costs, training costs, travel and subsistence costs and salaries for seconded staff, and costs associated with dissemination & communication and knowledge valorisation).

    Expected Outcome: The ERA Talents action aims to boost interoperability of careers and employability of research and innovation talents across sectors, with a centre of gravity in Widening countries.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Strengthened human capital base of Widening countries in R&I, with more entrepreneurial and better-trained researchers, innovators and other R&I talents;

    2.A more balanced talent circulation, both geographical and cross-sectoral;

    3.Boosted R&I capacity and R&I support capacity, as well as contribution to increased excellence of the research-performing organisation in Widening countries;

    4.A more structured and impactful collaboration between academia and businesses;

    5.Increased set of research, entrepreneurial and other transferable skills and competences;

    6.Improved employability and sustainable career prospects of diverse talents within academia, industry and beyond.

    Scope: Cross-sectoral talent circulation and academia-business collaboration for knowledge transfer is requiring systematising and structuring efforts. Through ERA4You, as one of the ERA Policy Agenda outcomes 47 , the European Commission aims to support and incentivise such transformations, towards a more balanced circulation of talents, both trans-nationally and across sectors. Within this scope, ERA Talents aims to support training and mobility of researchers, innovators, and other research and innovation talents across sectors with a particular focus on Widening countries.

    Complementary to ERA Chairs, Excellence Hubs, ERA Fellowships and MSCA Staff Exchanges, the ERA Talents scheme promotes innovative inter-sectoral collaboration in research and innovation through cross-sectoral exchange of staff, with a focus on Widening countries. Grants awarded under this topic are expected to collaborate with each other and participate in mutual learning exercises.

    Intersectoral mobility. Actions are invited to develop activities in view of realising one or more of the following European Commission’s objectives regarding intersectoral mobility. The European Commission aims at selecting a portfolio of complementary actions where possible.

    1.Strengthening academia/non-academia cooperation, and reinforcing innovation ecosystems, focusing on establishment of public-private links, private sector involvement booster, activities for the transfer of researcher know-how to businesses or public and social sectors, as well as activities that foster closer involvement of business sector staff in training of academic staff. To include social innovators, consistent with the title of this bullet point and the rest of the call description.

    2.Improving training and lifelong learning for researchers, innovators, and other research and innovation talents, characterised by opportunities for upskilling and interdisciplinary skill development. In particular, (i) training for specific in-demand skills by industry or other non-academic sectors in specific thematic areas, such as Missions and Partnerships, greening of society, to improve employability and interoperability, and (ii) training to build R&I support capacity (‘other research and innovation talents’), such as knowledge brokers, data stewards, research managers, research infrastructure operators, knowledge valorisation officers, etc;

    3.Boosting researcher entrepreneurship, focused on development of entrepreneurial skills (e.g., business economics, business creation, knowledge valorisation, intellectual property rights and other relevant legal framework) for researchers and commercialisation or other valorisation training and support for researchers, through preparatory activities for entrepreneurship and support for researcher start-up creation.

    Participating organisations. ERA Talents actions must involve organisations from the academic and non-academic sectors. The consortium partners contribute directly to the implementation of a joint training and mobility methodology by seconding and/or hosting eligible staff members. The collaborative approach of ERA Talents should exploit complementary competences of the participating organisations and create synergies between them.

    Seconded staff. Support is provided for inter-sectoral mobility of R&I staff leading to knowledge valorisation and increased employability between participating organisations. Costs to be claimed by beneficiaries should be mainly linked to seconded personnel in the form of salaries, training, travel, and subsistence packages. The joint training and mobility methodology presented by the applicant consortium should include an approach to identify a diverse audience of research and innovation talents engaging in the action, outlined in the application. The ERA talent must have a secondment term within one (or more) of the participating organisations. Supported staff members must be actively engaged in or linked to R&I activities or R&I support activities for at least 6 months (full-time equivalent) at the sending institution before the first period of secondment.

    Proposals are requested to provide an estimate of the number of ‘ERA talents’ the action is going to provide with a mobility opportunity. Secondments are open to researchers, innovators, and other research and innovation talents – such as administrative, managerial and technical staff supporting R&I activities in their organisations from any career stage. For innovators and other R&I talents, emphasis should be put on staff at an early career stage (e.g., starting knowledge brokers, research managers, infrastructure operators, etc.). The consortium should demonstrate clear benefit of the proposed secondment methodology for Widening countries, for example, by a budget allocation of at least 70% to participants from Widening countries.

    Return and reintegration. A mandatory return phase for every cross-border secondment from a Widening country has to be included in the secondment methodology, preferably at least equal to the duration of the secondment. Support, excluding salaries, for such return phase on the grant is allowed for up to 12 months after the first secondment, within the duration of the grant. A return phase is not mandatory for mobility within the same country or secondment from a non-widening to a Widening country.

    Strengthening careers and collaboration. For participating staff members, the project should offer new skills acquisition and career development perspectives. Participating organisations should ensure that the seconded staff (ERA talents) are adequately mentored. Preference will be given to actions that propose secondment mechanisms offering improved and more sustainable career prospects to the ERA talents (e.g., with follow-up position at the sending organisation after the secondment duration), thus maximising the impact of the action for knowledge sharing and long-term collaboration. Specific attention should be paid to gender equality objectives, in line with the organisations’ commitments through their adopted gender equality plans, and in line with ERA objectives, as far as appropriate.

    Exchanges should mainly occur between academic and non-academic sector entities (or vice-versa) from different EU Member States and Horizon Europe Associated Countries. Same-country exchanges are also possible under the condition that they serve the specific purpose of maintaining or reinforcing regional innovation ecosystems.

    Grants should have an expected duration of up to 4 years.

    Destination Reforming and enhancing the EU research and innovation system

    Introduction

    Horizon Europe has a new level of ambition – to maximise the impact of the European Union's research and innovation funding for European science, the economy and the wider society. It marks a paradigm change in the design of the European R&I framework programmes (FP) from an activity-driven to an impact-driven programme. Coupled to this ambition is the relaunch of the European Research Area (ERA) as described in the Commission Communication “A new ERA for Research and Innovation” (COM/2020/628 final of 30.09.2020).

    The COVID-19 pandemic demonstrated the importance of R&I cooperation to provide solutions to society’s most demanding needs. With the priority on delivering Europe’s recovery as well as on the green and digital twin transitions, a new level of ambition, linking R&I better with the economy, and with education and training, is needed to match these challenges and put scientific knowledge to work.

    The new ERA calls for deepening existing priorities and creating new initiatives by strengthening the mobility of researchers and the free flow of knowledge and technology, to improve access to excellence, boost market uptake and prioritise investment and reform. Working together has been the philosophy of the ERA since its launch; however, the green and digital transitions and the COVID recovery call for more and closer cooperation between the Commission, the Member States and stakeholders. They require the setting of new priorities, launching ambitious joint initiatives and developing common approaches between policies.

    To address these requirements, Destination 3 of part 11 of the Horizon Europe work programme will support efforts to reform and enhance the European R&I system. Destination 3 is built around four strands corresponding to the four objectives set out in the ERA Communication:

    1.Prioritising investments and reforms in research and innovation;

    2.Improving access to excellence, progressing towards excellence across the whole EU and striving for stronger research and innovation systems;

    3.Translating R&I results into the economy to meet the digital and green transition objectives, and boost the resilience and competitiveness of our economies and societies;

    4.Deepening the ERA, to further progress the free circulation of knowledge and to ensure an upgraded, efficient and effective R&I system.

    The principle of excellence, meaning that the best researchers with the best ideas that offer the best solutions to the societal challenges obtain funding, remains the cornerstone for all investments under the ERA.

    Strand 1 recognises the importance of prioritising investments and reforms to accelerate the green and digital transformation and to increase competitiveness as well as the speed and depth of the recovery. It offers support for policy-makers and addresses the need for better analysis and evidence, including simplifying and facilitating the inter-play between national and European R&I systems.

    Strand 2 addresses the need to improve access to excellence and to increase the performance of R&I systems, building on dedicated Horizon Europe measures as well as complementarities with smart specialisation strategies under the Cohesion Policy.

    Strand 3 focuses on the importance of translating R&I results into the economy. R&I policies should aim to boost the resilience and competitiveness of our economies and societies.

    Strand 4 addresses the challenge of deepening the ERA and includes Open Science, Higher Education and Researchers, Citizen Science, Science Education, Gender and Ethics. It aims at underpinning a new ERA benefitting from knowledge creation, circulation and use. This empowers higher education institutions and research organisations to embrace a transformative process; where a highly skilled workforce can circulate freely; and where research outputs are shared; where gender equality is assured; where the outcomes of R&I are understood, trusted and increasingly used, by educated informed scientists and citizens to the benefit of society.

    Expected impact:

    Proposals for topics under this Destination should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the following expected impacts, focussing on those that are most relevant to the respective topic:

    1.Reform and enhance of the European R&I system;

    2.Prioritisation of investments and reforms, accomplish the recovery and the twin transitions;

    3.Improved access to excellence;

    4.High quality scientific production and stronger translation of R&I results into the economy;

    5.Deepen the ERA;

    6.Coordinated national and regional R&I programmes by pooling national resources and contributing to the alignment of national research and innovation policies;

    7.Improved knowledge for policy making about the networking patterns of research support staff and research management;

    8.Synergies between research & innovation and higher education policies and programmes;

    9.Modernised higher education sector, adressing higher education, research, and innovation;

    10.Increased number of interconnected knowledge ecosystems, strong in knowledge creation, circulation and use;

    11.Researchers benefitting from attractive careers;

    12.Inclusive gender equality is promoted in the European research and innovation system;

    13.A more open and inclusive research and innovation system;

    14.Increased capacity in the EU R&I system to conduct open science and to set it as a modus operandi of modern science;

    15.Increased engagement of citizens with research and innovation;

    16.Increased alignment of strategic research with societal needs, expectations and values;

    17.Identify synergies between second and third level education, and between education and business;

    18.Increased trust in science and R&I outcomes, and greater two-way communication between science and society;

    19.Knowledge and a highly skilled workforce circulate freely;

    20.Improved capacities within the EU R&I system to conduct open science;

    21.A more open and inclusive research and innovation system.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this destination:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01

    34.70

    09 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01

    41.80

    12 Mar 2024

    Overall indicative budget

    34.70

    41.80

    Call - Enhancing the European R&I system

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 48

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 49

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 06 Dec 2022

    Deadline(s): 09 Mar 2023

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-01

    CSA

    6.00

    Around 2.00

    3

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-02

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-03

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 1.00

    3

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-04

    CSA

    1.00

    Around 1.00

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-05

    CSA

    2.20

    Around 2.20

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-06

    CSA

    2.50

    Around 2.50

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-07

    CSA

    5.00

    Around 5.00

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-08

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 1.50

    2

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-09

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-10

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-11

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-12

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    34.70

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    PRIORITISING INVESTMENTS AND REFORMS

    The recent ERA Communication proposed to prioritise investments and reforms in research and innovation towards the green and digital transitions, to support the European Union's recovery from the pandemic and to increase its competitiveness, calling on the Commission to develop ambitious joint funding actions in strategic areas of common interest.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-01: Programme level collaboration between national R&I policy-makers

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in non-associated third countries are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    The actions funded under this topic will coordinate national and regional R&I funding programmes by pooling national resources and contributing to the alignment of national research and innovation policies. The expected outcomes:

    1.Identification of common research and innovation priorities agreed among the participating national and regional R&I programmes, taking into account international developments where relevant and leading to the development of coordinated R&I funding agendas;

    2.Implementation of multiannual joint calls, resulting in the funding of transnational collaborative R&I projects;

    3.Implementation of other joint activities supporting technology development, market introduction, regulatory aspects and societal uptake of results;

    4.Contribution to participating states meeting Global Challenges, including relevant contributions to the SDGs.

    Scope: Since the introduction of the European Research Area (ERA) in 2000 and starting with Framework Programme 6 and the introduction of the ERA-NET scheme, programme level collaboration among Member States and Associated Countries and their research and innovation funding programmes has become a cornerstone of the ERA, with annual investment from Member States of more than EUR 800 million per year. More than 250 networks among research funders have been created over time, serving different research needs but always coordinating public research investments across borders and allowing researchers to apply for calls for transnational research projects funded by the participating states.

    Horizon Europe introduces a new approach to incentivise programme level collaboration by identifying upfront candidate European co-funded, co-programmed and institutionalised partnerships in the Strategic Plan. The first Strategic Plan also identified 5 EU missions to be supported through Horizon Europe.

    Co-funding to R&I partnerships of European relevance is under Horizon Europe limited to European Partnerships identified in the Strategic Plan for Horizon Europe.

    The ERA part of Horizon Europe complements this new strategic approach by providing the possibility for Member States, Associated Countries and civil society organisations such as foundations, to maintain existing and establish new collaborations on priorities of their choice, thereby continuing the spirit of the successful ERA-NET scheme, and extending it also to the domain of EU missions.

    Successful proposals should align national and regional research funding programmes on agreed priorities that are common to the countries participating in the action and, where appropriate, implement joint calls for transnational R&I projects as well as other joint calls or other joint activities. Applicants should demonstrate clear commitments from participating programmes to pool resources and ensure complementarity between activities and policies with those of the Framework Programme and relevant European Partnerships and EU missions.

    Proposals should pool the necessary resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes as well as, where appropriate, leverage resources from pertinent foundations, charities and transnational initiatives, with a view to implementing calls for proposals, either within the context of this action or in possible follow-up actions, resulting in grants to third parties without EU co-funding in this area.

    The proposals should also demonstrate potential impact at national, regional and transnational level. The proposals should demonstrate that activities exclude overlaps with on-going actions co-funded by the EU under Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe.

    The actions should envisage a duration appropriate to the ambition and complexity of the proposed topic.

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-02: A strong European R&I Foresight Community to better inform R&I policy decisions in the European Research Area about potential futures

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Other conditions

    This action is open for participation of the JRC that can contribute specific expertise, where relevant.

    Expected Outcome: The project is expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Strengthening the European R&I foresight community, its networks, resources and functions, and its engagement with citizens. Improve the use of foresight in R&I policy and planning across the European Research Area to support prioritisation, coordination and direction of R&I investments and reforms, which will support the implementation. Common visions and pathways to the future(s), and “accounting” of Member States R&I foresight activities contribute to the monitoring of the ERA;

    2.Building and mobilising joint resources to inform R&I policies at EU and national levels, including through the European Framework Programme for Research and Innovation (Strategic Plan and Work Programmes), such as collection of manuals and guidebooks, a library of futures, expert pools, digital tool-boxes or shared software solutions to support horizon scanning, citizen engagement projects, scenario building, and science and technology road mapping;

    3.Joining forces on pilot activities and projects on topics of common interest, supporting and “training” the networking within the R&I foresight community including governmental R&I foresight organisations, which already organised regular workshops meetings under several Council Presidencies.

    These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

    1.Common visions and shared appreciations of future challenges and opportunities amongst R&I policy-makers in the European Research Area;

    2.Improved capacity of Member States within the European Research Area to anticipate the future and tackle new challenges, and to take advantage of new opportunity spaces, identifying trajectories for R&I interventions at EU and national level, combining knowledge, data, expert advice and citizen engagement;

    3.Improved engagement of researchers, communicators, journalists, industry, policy-makers and civil society, with foresight in general and foresight for R&I in particular, improving the contributions of science and research to policy across the board for improved preparedness for future disruptive events;

    4.Stronger engagement of society in R&I policy as a consequence of citizen discourses on future implications of S&T&I, improved coherence and overall effectiveness of research and innovation interventions across Europe through better anticipation of futures, and thus improved impact on the economy and on policy priorities at EU and national levels;

    5.More and better contributions of R&I to societal ideals and political and economic objectives across Europe, namely the twin green and digital transition, and increasing public engagement and participation in the ERA as well as resilience of the EU.

    Scope: Foresight has become an important element of policymaking across the European Union and much of the world. It is increasingly recognised for its potential to help anticipation and preparedness to deal with challenges and capture opportunities of the future.

    Foresight is an important and proven means to engage with citizens on issues of science, technology and innovation and their possible contribution to tackle societal challenges. It supports the needed just, sustainable and digital transitions, and the move towards the future we want.

    R&I policy has been amongst the first to support and use foresight in Europe, at both national and European levels. The longstanding experience provides a strong foundation for a European R&I foresight community. However, the extent of use of foresight in R&I policy across Europe is still uneven, as well as its degree of institutionalisation.

    Foresight today is a common tool in strategy development and programming in science and technology and in policy making in a broader sense. It complements and incorporates much of the classical R&I policy toolbox of technology assessment, trend analysis, forecasting, road mapping, evaluation, strategic or SWOT analyses etc. The unevenness of the use of foresight affects the potential of foresight to support national and European R&I policies in the European Research Area.

    The objective of this action is to accelerate the development of a European R&I foresight community supporting the development of national R&I foresight communities that are well integrated in national policy systems; and can contribute not only to the design of national reforms and policies but also to the evidence underpinning and the governance of a vibrant European Research Area, which delivers on common priorities and objectives.

    The diversity of experiences with foresight can be a resource for a European foresight community, underscoring the need and being a foundation for highly beneficial networking actions, to exchange experiences, share ideas and work on topics of common interest. Such topics should have a clear link to ERA agenda points. Previous discussions with Member States suggest for instance the workforce skill and capacity needs for the twin transition. The consortium to carry out the CSA tasks should reflect the diversity of R&I foresight settings across Europe and involve government R&I foresight agencies and institutions from across the EU including countries associated with Horizon Europe.

    This action should include:

    1.A stocktaking of the organisation of foresight activities informing R&I policy in the European Research Area, covering institutional, methodological, and analytical practices as well as an assessment of the main strengths and weaknesses nationally and in relation to policy needs at European level;

    2.Networking activities for institutions and people engaged in the R&I foresight community as well as potential users and stakeholders of foresight. This could be workshops, seminars, programmes, guidelines, methodology toolboxes, training modules, annual conferences, common social media platforms, network services and infrastructures (e.g., a database of science and technology experts who are interested in futures’ intelligence, which could be used for Delphi surveys, scenario building, horizon scanning etc.);

    3.Development and practical application of the network in pilot foresight projects on topics of common interest, which are linked to ERA Policy Agenda Actions, possibly in coordination with the ERA Forum;

    4.Participatory approaches and engaging with citizens for foresight across Europe, as well as activities promoting futures literacy should play a core role in order to exploit foresight to the full;

    5.A network of national agencies on foresight and R&I (including foresight units in ministries and government institutions) should lie at the core of the action and at the core of Europe’s R&I foresight community, covering as many member states and countries associated with Horizon Europe as possible.

    The European R&I foresight community should build on, and valorise and disseminate results from, foresight projects funded as part of Horizon 2020 and in Horizon Europe including the foresight work done by the JRC: The community will be supported by a principally publicly accessible online platform, providing common resources, further development of training, mutual exchange, and joint foresight work on topics of common interest amongst Europe’s R&I policy-makers. Developing a model for the governance and financial sustainability of the network and platform is part of the task, as is a sound European programme on foresight methodologies, resources and activities that will inform the policies shaping the future of science, technology and innovation across the European Union and interested Horizon Europe participating countries.

    TRANSLATING R&I RESULTS INTO THE ECONOMY

    The Council has asked the Commission to develop a strategy to accelerate the potential uptake of research and innovation results and data. The recent ERA Communication calls for the valorisation of research results with citizens at the forefront; people expect science to be a driving force that will support the transition towards a greener and fairer society and economy.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-03: Experimentation and exchange of good practices for value creation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Value creation and transfer to the economy and society by increased interlinkages and cooperation between knowledge valorisation actors (academia/research; industry/SMEs; public administration/policy-makers and society/citizens) in line with ERA Policy Agenda action 7;

    2.New solutions to societal and economic challenges by stronger uptake and deployment of research results, including through the involvement of citizens and civil society;

    3.Improvements of structures, strategies, practices and skills for knowledge valorisation through sustainable reforms and new initiatives.

    Scope: To emerge stronger from the pandemic and address the challenges we are facing, such as climate change, and enable the twin transition, Europe needs to translate available scientific knowledge and research results to innovative solutions, including technological as well as non-technological and social innovations, in the market, in society and for better policy making. To bring existing good practices in knowledge valorisation to support value creation across Europe, we need more experimentation, peer learning and testing of new models as well as trying out good practices in different environments.

    Replication and adaptation of best practices is a powerful way to support the design, implementation and evaluation of knowledge valorisation investments and measures that enhance the quality and extent of knowledge uptake at all levels. It involves identifying and taking inspiration from best practices developed across Europe, engaging in an exchange of experiences with peers and connecting to new partners, as well as driving and supporting the set-up of new measures or the reform of existing ones. Cross-border transfer of best practices in knowledge valorisation is challenging because the corresponding strategies, initiatives or tools need to be adapted to a different context and legal and financial framework and take into account skills and competences.

    Researchers can play an important role in engaging citizens and communities through creative interactions. This can contribute to making research results more adapted to the needs of citizens and communities, and strengthen the uptake of research by society benefitting both the research communities and the citizens as users and co-creators.

    Proposals should address at least one of the following challenges:

    1.Innovative ways to strengthen channels of valorising knowledge and research results, in particular targeting activities in the field of academia–society collaboration. Within the scope of the topic are schemes and incentives for researchers to engage with society that promote the uptake of research results. This can include means to incentivise researchers to engage with society, contributing to a stronger translation of research results to the economy and society through better adaptation to citizens’ needs and collaboration with industry. The experimentation will highlight what works well and under what conditions and what are the barriers and opportunities in the academia-society interaction;

    2.Transfer of best practices in knowledge valorisation, in the area of ‘academia-industry/SME linkages’ or ‘quadruple helix-based innovation’, i.e., involving academia/research; industry/SMEs; public administration/policy-makers and society/citizens in an ecosystem approach. Consortia are expected to involve partners that implement one or several best practices and partners that plan to introduce a new practice or reform an existing one. The action will lead to tangible change in some or all participating entities, be it at strategic and/or investment level and/or through the implementation of new or adapted instruments, tools, guidelines, trainings etc. The action can also help develop and prepare knowledge valorisation projects and investments that receive support from the European cohesion policy or the Recovery and Resilience Facility. Inspiration for best practices can be found in the repository on the EU Knowledge Valorisation Platform .

    The action should facilitate the sharing of experiences and lessons learned from the experimentation or transfer of best practices, develop policy recommendations and links to other relevant actions.

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-04: Development of new approaches to the macroeconomic modelling of research and innovation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will improve the integration of R&I within macro-economic modelling, while at the same time bringing fresh light on the role of R&I to tackle current societal challenges, with a particular focus on the European context. Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support research at the knowledge frontier of macroeconomic models;

    2.Contribute to the development of innovative and interdisciplinary approaches to modelling of Research and Innovation (R&I) and R&I policy in Europe;

    3.Better integrate R&I activities in macro-economic models, leading to better measurement of their impact and a better understanding of the channels through which research and innovation lead to impact (direct and indirect) in Europe;

    4.Investigate new approaches to R&I macroeconomic models that link R&I-related drivers to economic, scientific and societal outcomes;

    5.Improve macro-economic modelling for the evaluation of R&I policy on different outcome variables, at different levels of policy intervention (EU, national, regional);

    6.Produce a novel macro-economic model able to simulate the economy, including the R&I dimension, linking R&I to sustainable and fair growth;

    7.Provide the full description of the models, codes and datasets, to allow easy access to forefront modelling ideas to the European scientific community and broader audience.

    Scope: Existing macroeconomic models still fall short in providing sound ex-ante estimates of the various impacts of R&I. Therefore, the European Commission has engaged in a medium- to long-term agenda to improve the treatment of research and innovation (R&I) in macroeconomic models by supporting and financing cutting edge research on macroeconomic modelling able to attract the best researchers to work and develop new models capable of supporting the rising demand for policy evaluation tools in the EU. This agenda started in 2014 following the Commission Communication "Research and innovation as sources of renewed growth". The Council of the European Union called on the Commission to promote further research to build the evidence base for R&I policy making and for budgetary decision making, including by further improving the way R&I is accounted for in macro-economic models.

    On the one hand, R&I are acknowledged as key engines for long-term growth and societal prosperity by an extensive body of economic literature. On the other hand, there is still need to develop further evidence about the quality, relevance and impact of R&I investments and the role that related policies have in scientific, technological, economic and social development. There is a crucial need for more developed and nuanced tools that would be able to account for the heterogeneity of different economic actors and that would be able to simulate the effects of a wide range of policies along different dimensions relevant for societal wellbeing. In addition, it is important that models are able to distinguish between the innovation process and the adoption / diffusion process.

    Against these backdrops, the proposals, building upon the current state of the art existing in the literature, should develop and provide new macro-economic models with R&I, capable to integrate socio-economic challenges.

    DEEPENING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA

    The challenge of deepening the ERA includes Open Science, Higher Education and Researchers, Citizen Science, Science Education, Gender and Ethics. It aims at underpinning a new ERA benefitting from knowledge creation, circulation and use. This empowers higher education institutions and research organisations to embrace a transformative process; where a highly skilled workforce circulates freely; where research outputs are shared; where gender equality is assured; where the outcomes of R&I are understood, trusted and increasingly used, by educated informed scientists and citizens to the benefit of society.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-05: Exploitation and valorisation of results relevant for the ERA Policy Agenda

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.20 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.20 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Boosting the dissemination, valorisation and broad uptake of results stemming from the different ERA Policy Agenda actions;

    2.Supporting mutual learning between Member States and stakeholders on their implementation of ERA Policy Agenda action;

    3.Building of an ERA community and branding at national and European level;

    4.Recommendations for policy-makers and stakeholders on how to best implement institutional changes related to ERA policies.

    Scope: The ERA Policy Agenda, the 20 actions and their implementation will be supported with a range of actions under the different parts of the Horizon Europe Work Programme, and in particular, under the WIDERA work programme. Many of these actions will produce results that require a broad uptake by Member States, Associated Countries and their stakeholders. At the same time, important actions under Horizon Europe support the transformation and institutional change of universities, research organisations and enterprises. The action will implement a facility to disseminate results widely, facilitate their use, tailor them to the needs of the different communities and build a community of practitioners that support mutual learning and exchange of good practices in institutional change in the spirit of the New ERA. It will furthermore design measures for mutual learning among Member States and stakeholders, with a focus on those ERA Policy Agenda actions where no other configuration support this. It will provide expertise to countries participating in the implementation of an ERA Policy Agenda action to address bottlenecks and increase stakeholder engagement. It will contribute to the building of an ERA community, including, with regular events at European level, and support a coherent approach to communication activities and their branding at national level. This will also allow the consortium to provide recommendations on how the necessary institutional and structural changes can best be achieved, including identifying gaps in methodologies and tools that would help to address these.

    The action consists of four parts, all of which should be addressed:

    1.Design and implement a dissemination and valorisation facility covering the relevant actions of the ERA Policy Agenda;

    2.Support the coordination, sharing of information, mutual learning and awareness raising, across Member States and stakeholders, with the help of meetings, workshops, working groups and other tools to exchange experience, identify, monitor and showcase case studies, including good practices and lessons learnt, with a focus on those ERA Policy Agenda actions where no other configuration support this;

    3.Community building, with regular events at European level, and support to coherent communication on ERA Policies, outcomes and results at national and European level;

    4.Design a process to develop and share guidance and recommendations for policy-makers and stakeholder organisations, across the European Union.

    In order to support the achievement of the ERA objectives across the EU, the consortium should demonstrate that it covers the Member States in a geographically comprehensive way, as well as the capacity to provide or access expertise related to all relevant ERA Policy Agenda actions. Proposals should describe how they intend to collaborate closely with the Commission services, and build on the ERA Policy Platform in order to avoid additional IT developments.

    The actions should envisage a duration appropriate to the ambition and complexity of the proposed topic, but not exceed 36 months.

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-06: Building a virtual European Info Platform on Contemporary China

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: The action funded under this topic will have the objective of networking excellent knowledge nodes supporting the advancement of independent knowledge on contemporary China from across the European Union to build a virtual European Info Platform on contemporary China that will become sustainable beyond the end of the project. The goal of the platform would be to collect, connect, produce, select, disseminate, and give visibility to excellent knowledge on Contemporary China produced in the European Union (e.g., by universities, think tanks, research centres, NGOs, private companies, public organisations etc.) so as to foster the development of a network of independent knowledge on contemporary China at European level, raise awareness, and mainstream information on China also within the wider remit of civil society. The virtual European Info Platform will aim to become a key go-to source for independent knowledge on contemporary China at European level across all major relevant research areas (foreign policy, domestic politics, contemporary society and culture, science, technology, and innovation policy, economics, law, etc.). This action supports ERA Policy Agenda action 9 on promoting international cooperation.

    Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Bring together knowledge nodes on contemporary China from across Europe to build and manage a virtual European Info Platform on contemporary China that would become a European key go-to source of independent knowledge on contemporary China;

    2.Coordinate with other initiatives and stakeholders where relevant for the action. Synergies with the two projects that were selected for funding under the previous call ‘HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07: Upgrading Independent Knowledge on Contemporary China in Europe’ are strongly encouraged. The work they bring forth should contribute to the development of the European Info Platform on Contemporary China;

    3.Regularly upload and disseminate knowledge on contemporary China, (including analyses, reports, articles, policy briefs, scoping studies, interviews, podcasts, etc.), not only produced by the successful consortium, but also filtered/selected from the work of external prominent and emerging knowledge nodes on contemporary China from across Europe, so as to give visibility to all relevant European centres of excellence (including the smaller ones);

    4.Successful proposals would be expected to build into the website a section dedicated to the translation into English of key Chinese policy-documents and to create related policy briefs that would be openly accessible;

    5.Organise the material to be uploaded on the platform into thematic sections taking into account the priorities identified through the interactions with the relevant experts. A section of the platform should be specifically dedicated to understanding China’s STI (science, technology, and innovation) system/policy and its implications for the European Union;

    6.Organise virtual and physical events (conferences, workshops, networking activities, trainings, staff exchanges, etc.), and manage their related communication activities, to foster pan-European connections among the different EU knowledge nodes on contemporary China. The organisation of China-focused thematic courses, ad-hoc seminars, and trainings, is encouraged in order to raise awareness on key China-related subjects, also involving the wider civil society/public/private institutions beyond China experts;

    7.Provide the Commission with regular policy recommendations and updates on the activities of the project;

    8.Reach out and encourage the participation of excellent knowledge centres from Eastern European Member States producing independent knowledge on contemporary China to enhance the visibility and impact of their work and foster the cross-fertilisation of knowledge;

    9.Prepare and put in place a sustainability plan for the platform to ensure the continuation of the work after the end of the action.

    Scope: This topic contributes to the priority areas of action number 9 on promoting a positive environment and level playing field for international cooperation based on reciprocity listed in the Council Conclusions on the Future Governance of the European Research Area 50 (ERA). More specifically it aims to satisfy the objective of launching a pilot initiative on the Team Europe approach for a specific world region and/or topic.

    This action seeks to bolster a stronger European understanding of contemporary China and to strengthen European’s capacity to sustain the production of such knowledge that is key to develop excellent EU-China policy-making based on facts, independent and unbiased analyses, and foresight. In accordance with the EU-China – A Strategic Outlook Communication of 2019 51 and the Global Approach to Research and Innovation Communication of May 2021 52 , the action aims to empower the European Union to act coherently and proactively on the international stage preserving an open research and innovation ecosystem while safeguarding European interests and values.

    Today China is a key global actor and a leading scientific and technological power. China’s increasing relevance in the geopolitical system has exposed the weakness the European Union faces in its capacity to better understand contemporary China in its various specificities, complexities, and goals and respond to its rapid evolution and new policy directions. The European Union needs to get to know and understand it on its own terms: not through the lens of other external sources but from its own European perspective. The underlined priority for the EU to develop its own knowledge capacity to navigate China’s continuous transformations is embedded in the concept of independent European knowledge, which should guide the work of successful applicants.

    Following interactions with Member States, China experts, and stakeholders in the framework of the EU R&I Knowledge Network on China (EUKNOC) and following the publication of the SFIC recommendations on China in November 2021 53 it has emerged that at the European level expertise on contemporary China is often fragmented and difficult to access. Networking existing prominent and emerging knowledge nodes, gathering, categorising, and mainstreaming their work on an easily accessible public information platform would be therefore pivotal to break siloes and provide policy-makers, researchers, businesses, and civil society with the tools needed to develop a deeper understanding of the different dimensions that characterise contemporary China. Doing so would also increase the circulation of information and foster the creation of new knowledge, in line with the Commission’s efforts to upgrade independent knowledge on contemporary China in Europe started in the 2021-2022 Horizon Europe work programme 54 . Building synergies with granted projects from topic HORIZON-CL2-2021-TRANSFORMATIONS-01-07, would be therefore strongly encouraged.

    This action should bring forth the creation of a virtual European Info Platform on Contemporary China through networking relevant knowledge nodes from across the European Union that pursue the advancement of independent knowledge on contemporary China. The platform would collect, connect, produce, select, disseminate, and give visibility to excellent research material and provide translations from Chinese into English of relevant Chinese policy documents (and produce subsequent policy briefs on such documents). The successful consortium will be in charge of setting up the platform, organising/curating the material on the new virtual tool, setting up relevant events, thematic courses and trainings, communication activities, and developing a sustainability plan to ensure the successful continuation and growth of the platform after the end of the action.

    The involvement of excellent knowledge centres from Eastern European Member States producing independent knowledge on contemporary China is strongly encouraged to foster the cross-fertilisation of knowledge on contemporary China across the European Union and enhance the visibility of their work.

    OPEN SCIENCE

    Open science is a policy priority for the European Commission and the standard method of working under its research and innovation funding programmes as it improves the quality, efficiency and responsiveness of research. The effective linking of open science practices to innovation and business models requires careful consideration of issues such as Intellectual Property Rights (IPR), licensing agreements, interoperability and reuse of data.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-07: Support to reforms of research assessment in the European Research Area

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in non-associated third countries are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60.000. The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied. Beneficiaries should refer to General Annex B of the Work Programme for further information and guidance.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support and contribute to the implementation of institutional changes for reforming research assessment (i.e., the assessment of research projects, researchers, research units, and research institutions), in line with Action 3 of the ERA Policy Agenda actions and in support of Action 1;

    2.Connection of existing organisations and initiatives for reforms of research assessment, facilitating the exchange of information and mutual learning, and stimulating consensus building among the stakeholders;

    3.Recommendations for policy-makers, research funding and performing organisations, higher education institutions and other research and innovation actors on how to best implement institutional changes to research assessment;

    4.Global outreach of European efforts to reform research assessment and reinforced international cooperation on evolutions in research assessment.

    These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

    1.Research proposals and researchers evaluated in an unbiased manner on their intrinsic merits and performance rather than on the number of publications and where these are published;

    2.Researchers evaluated based on a broader range of research outputs and tasks (including open science practices);

    3.Researchers benefit from attractive careers, regardless of gender or other social characteristics;

    4.Modernised higher education sector, benefitting from improvements to the research assessment systems (including for performance-based funding).

    Scope: The way research projects, researchers, research units, and research institutions are assessed is fundamental for a well-functioning research and innovation system. The research and innovation system is undergoing major transformations with diversification of desired research outputs not restricted anymore to publications, and of research tasks and required skills; with a culture of sharing of knowledge and tools and of open collaboration (including societal engagement) becoming mainstream; and with a growing need of multi-disciplinary approaches and collaboration to tackle ever more complex scientific questions and societal challenges. However, the current system often uses limited methods to assess the quality, performance and impact of research, favouring quantity of results of individual researchers and the impact factor of the venue where they are published.

    Several institutions including research funders and universities, in Europe and beyond, are currently reforming the assessment systems of their research and researchers. At a global level, the San Francisco Declaration on Research Assessment 55 (DORA) aims at improving how the output of scientific research is evaluated. The Recommendation on Open Science 56 adopted by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) in November 2021 calls for a review of research assessment systems to align them with the principles of open science. The Global Research Council (GRC) held a conference 57 in 2020 on “Responsible Research Assessment” and established a dedicated working group in 2021. The European Research Area ERA Policy Agenda for 2022-2024 58 , adopted by the Council of the European Union on 26 November 2021, includes a priority action for reforming the assessment systems for research, researchers and institutions to improve their quality, performance and impact. Accordingly, the European Commission is taking steps to facilitate an agreement between research funders, research performing organisations, national/regional evaluation agencies or authorities, and other stakeholders like learned societies, to reform research assessment criteria and processes in willing organisations, along commonly agreed principles and actions. In 2021, consultation of stakeholders 59 identified convergence on 10 principles expected to guide the reform of research assessment 60 .

    The establishment of a coalition of committed organisations is expected to accelerate changes towards research assessment systems that promote qualitative judgement with unbiased peer-review, supported by a more responsible use of quantitative indicators. The reformed research assessment systems should consider a more diverse set of research cultures and outputs, by valuing not only publications but also other research outputs such as data sets, software, models, workflows, methods, etc., and proper conduct including integrity and gender equality, equal opportunities and inclusiveness. The reformed systems are expected to reward open collaboration as well as early knowledge and data sharing, as these practices enable good science 61 . It should also reward the diversity of tasks of researchers, and consider the different contributions to the work of teams.

    This action aims at supporting the reform of the assessment of research projects, researchers, research units, and research institutions. The action consists of three parts, all of which must be addressed:

    1.The first part aims at supporting the operation of the coalition. This includes support to the sharing of information, mutual learning and awareness raising, across individual organisations, umbrella organisations, and initiatives, involved in the coalition and beyond, including with national and regional authorities. The action is expected to support workshops, working groups and other tools to: raise awareness, exchange experience and disseminate information on institutional changes, contribute to the development and piloting of metrics needed for research assessment; identify, monitor and showcase case studies, including good practices and lessons learnt, and develop and share guidance and recommendations for research organisations and policy-makers;

    2.The second part involves financial support to third parties, by launching ‘cascading grant’ call(s) to support institutions from across the ERA, notably those engaged in the coalition approach, to implement sustainable institutional changes to reform and improve research assessment criteria and processes. This may require support services to be developed and provided to the beneficiary third party organisations. The ‘cascading grant’ mechanism is expected to contribute to institutional changes in a significant number of organisations (e.g., 40-50 individual organisations involved, of different types and across different geographical areas). As such, a significant proportion of the funding should be allocated to this mechanism, and one or more call(s) for proposals should be launched;

    3.The third part aims at international cooperation on research assessment. The action will envisage international cooperation with entities outside the EU Member States and Associated Countries. The action will promote internationally the European efforts, will support exchange of information and explore opportunities for aligning policies, and will seek to attract non-European organisations to join the coalition.

    The proposals should develop close cooperation, share knowledge and evidence, and build on various institutional, national and international initiatives, including DORA, GRC, UNESCO and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC). Proposals should also build on the results of projects funded under earlier Framework Programme actions. Notably, applicants are expected to cooperate with relevant projects funded under call topic HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-45, call topic HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-81, call topic HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-51, call topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-01, to ensure synergies and complementarity of outcomes. Further collaborations are expected to emerge at a later stage, e.g. resulting from the call topic HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-03 of Horizon Europe

    The actions should envisage a duration appropriate to the ambition and complexity of the proposed topic, but not exceed 36 months.

    CITIZEN SCIENCE

    One of the eight ambitions under the Open Science policy of the European Union is citizen science. ‘The general public should be able to make significant contributions and be recognised as valid European science knowledge producers.’ The aim under Horizon Europe is to ‘engage and involve citizens, civil society organisations and end-users in co-design and co-creation processes and promote responsible research and innovation.’

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-08: Laying the groundwork towards Europe-wide citizen science campaigns

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in non-associated third countries are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties.

    The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.

    The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60.000. The respective options of the Model Grant Agreement will be applied. Beneficiaries should refer to General Annex B of the Work Programme for further information and guidance.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Identification of citizen science initiatives with high potential impact if upscaled to ERA level;

    2.Establishment of broad societal coalitions/networks of quadruple helix actors organised around promising citizen science initiatives;

    3.Protocols and working modalities for use of open transnational data repositories and infrastructures;

    4.Proposals and commitments for mobilising diverse sources of funding to ensure sustainability of citizen science initiatives.

    These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

    1.Increased collaboration with all stakeholders, including citizens in all phases of research and innovation, leading to more responsible R&I;

    2.Increased alignment of ERA countries’ citizen science efforts;

    3.Transnational citizen science community building;

    4.Contributions to the objectives of Horizon Europe’s EU Missions;

    5.Increased public trust in, and understanding of, science.

    Scope: Citizen science, involving citizens directly in the development of new knowledge or innovations, is a rapidly emerging mode of research and innovation that can lead to increased quality and effectiveness, e.g., through collecting, processing or analysing new qualities and quantities of data.

    Many citizen science initiatives could achieve much higher impact if they were implemented on a transnational basis, collecting, analysing and exploiting vast amounts of cross-country data and, thereby, building a multinational community of citizen scientists. However, small-scale national citizen science projects often face practical, technical, or conceptual challenges and lack the support, the transnational coordination skills, and the resources, to upscale their efforts to a transnational level.

    This action should conduct preparatory work for the launch of Europe-wide citizen science campaigns under the New ERA, which will also have synergies with Horizon Europe EU Missions. The action should identify the most promising citizen science initiatives for transnational upscaling, foster the development of broad societal coalitions around the identified and promising initiatives, and propose how to unlock the necessary funding commitments (e.g., from EU and national programmes and funders, philanthropic, and/or commercial sources) required.

    Europe-wide citizen science campaigns should require the involvement of quadruple helix stakeholders. Citizen science ‘champions’ in public authorities should be envisaged, to raise awareness, ‘connect the dots’ between different services and institutions, and obtain broad and high-level commitments. The involvement of SMEs and industry could lead to new means to organise, collect and analyse data, and disseminate and exploit results. The involvement of research stakeholders will be essential to ensuring rigorous and credible research approaches and maximising scientific and technological impacts. Obtaining the inputs of civil society, involving and making youth aware of CS, building understanding of the activities (including their scientific bases), and fostering broad societal ownership of the promising initiatives could prove crucial to the scale and intensity of the eventual citizen science campaigns.

    Europe-wide citizen science campaigns should aim to cover a majority, – and potentially all – ERA countries; involve citizens at different stages of the research cycle (e.g., development of methods, data collection, data analysis, evidence-based advocacy processes, testing and evaluation); be inclusive and make particular efforts to involve those from lower socio-economic groups; and aim to deliver a range of additional benefits such as increased scientific literacy, improved trust in science, improved social inclusion and employability, and improved capacity within the scientific workforce to engage with society.

    The action should conduct a thorough screening of potential initiatives to be upscaled, analysing the most promising in terms of synergies with one or more Horizon Europe EU Missions, the potential to advance scientific knowledge, and generation of a range of additional benefits. The action should develop scientific protocols, establish working modalities with open data repositories and infrastructures, prepare training (e.g., for volunteers and volunteer co-ordinators), develop societal engagement and science communication strategies, and propose how to mobilise diverse commitments for funding.

    The action will build on the existing knowledge base and experience, including previous projects focused on citizen science, citizen engagement activities in the context of Horizon Europe EU Missions, citizen observatories, and the upscaling of the Plastic Pirates – Go Europe! (plastic-pirates.eu) campaign. It will work in collaboration with existing networks and actions, and develop synergies with the actions supported by HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-60 and HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-61. The action supports ERA Policy Agenda action 14 to bring science closer to the citizens.

    GENDER

    With Horizon Europe, the Commission reaffirms its commitment to gender equality in research and innovation. The aim is to improve the European research and innovation system, create gender-equal working environments where all talents can thrive and better integrate the gender dimension in projects to improve research quality as well as the relevance to society of the knowledge, technologies and innovations produced.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-09: Policy support to facilitate the implementation of a zero-tolerance approach towards gender-based violence in the ERA

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support to various national R&I entities, including national administrations, with adopting a zero-tolerance approach towards gender-based violence (GBV), including sexual harassment at higher education institutions and research organisations, in line with the ERA Policy Agenda action 5;

    2.Cooperation between national R&I actors from Member States and Associated Countries, including with less advanced organisations, to facilitate the exchange of information, mutual learning, and best practice sharing on the implementation of measures to tackle GBV;

    3.Training and awareness-raising activities for research funding and performing organisations, and other research and innovation actors on how to best implement a zero-tolerance approach towards GBV at their organisation;

    4.Data collection and monitoring on the implementation of GBV measures at higher education institutions and other research organisations, in line with the Ljubljana Declaration on gender equality in research and innovation.

    These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

    1.Research entities in Member States and Associated Countries having measures in place to effectively address cases of gender-based violence, including sexual harassment, and to provide victim support and hold perpetrators accountable;

    2.Research talents, particularly women and LGBTIQ+ persons, remain in academic careers due to safer, gender-inclusive, and mental health supportive working environments;

    3.A safe and gender-inclusive higher education and academic sector, benefitting from a strong network and knowledge base on the prevention of and protection from GBV.

    Scope: Gender-based violence (GBV), including sexual harassment, sexual assault and psychological violence, occurs at all career levels of higher education and research and in all disciplines. It has destructive consequences for individuals, disrupts careers, damages institutions, and affects the quality of research and education itself. Nevertheless, very few countries have comprehensive policies in place to address the issue, as relatively little public policy attention has been given to GBV in universities and research institutions in the EU. 62 With the institutional change approach through gender equality plans, measures to address GBV (e.g., through a code of conduct or a protocol for complaints), are expected to advance among R&I organisations, as they are recommended components of these plans, defined in the Horizon Europe eligibility criteria. However, a more comprehensive and strategic policy coordination is needed to ensure that R&I entities in Member States and Associated Countries are supported in implementing the necessary institutional changes to foster safe and inclusive working environments in academia. Interplays between gender-based violence and more subtle forms of psychological violence, such as stress and pressure, often inherent in reward-based and hierarchical systems such as academia, should also be taken into account.

    This action should support Member States, Associated Countries, as well as national research funding organisations (RFOs) and research performing organisations (RPOs), with the implementation of a strategic zero-tolerance approach towards gender-based violence in higher education and research. This action should directly contribute to the outcome under the ERA policy agenda, action 5 63 , and support the implementation of EU Presidencies priorities.

    During its lifetime, the action should:

    1.Support the sharing of information, mutual learning, best practice sharing, training, and awareness raising on tackling GBV in academia across Member States, Associated Countries, RPOs and RFOs. Providing support and advancing the knowledge of R&I actors in Widening countries is thereby of particular importance. The action should build on the zero-tolerance policy established by the Communities of Practice, under call topic HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-81;

    2.Facilitate the implementation of an EU baseline code of conduct on zero-tolerance towards GBV, including sexual harassment, adapted to a wide range of RPOs, including higher education institutions, RFOs and other research organisations in Member States and Associated Countries;

    3.Foster dialogue, awareness-raising and training to counter more subtle forms of psychological violence, including cases that result from PhD supervisor/PhD candidate, mentor/mentee dependencies, and other forms of hierarchical relationships;

    4.Particular attention should be given to protection mechanisms for internationally mobile students and researchers, as well as early-career stage researchers in precarious positions;

    5.Monitor and evaluate the implementation process of the code of conduct on zero-tolerance of GBV at a wide range of higher education institutions, RPOs, RFOs, and other research organisations.

    The action should develop close cooperation with relevant R&I stakeholders, including umbrella organisations, share knowledge and evidence, and build on the outputs and recommendations of related actions, e.g., Horizon 2020-SwafS funded UniSAFE 64 project, the GEAR tool 65 , as well as on other key initiatives at national level 66 and institutional level from gender equality plan (GEP) implementing projects. Proposals should also build on the results of projects funded under earlier Framework Programme actions. Notably, applicants are expected to cooperate with relevant projects funded under call topic HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-81 and call topic HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-81 of Horizon Europe, to ensure synergies and complementarity of outcomes.

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-10: Support to the implementation of an EU Manifesto for STE(A)M education and research and innovation career paths to tackle gender inequalities in the ERA

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Common principles and joint commitment on gender-inclusive STEAM education, research and innovation among a wide range of R&I actors in Member States and Associated Countries;

    2.Network of STEM-oriented businesses, secondary and higher education institutions, research organisations, informal science education establishments, and civil society organisations, supporting knowledge sharing, mutual learning and structural change towards gender equality and diversity at their organisations;

    3.Increased cooperation between relevant R&I actors from academia, the private sector, and national administrations to foster women and girls’ participation in STEM studies and careers through a STEAM approach.

    Scope: Persisting gender gaps, particularly in STEM fields, are hindering the potential of the European Research Area (ERA) to meet pressing challenges like the green and digital transitions. According to She Figures 2021, women outnumber men at Bachelor and Master levels overall, but are still underrepresented as doctoral graduates in STEM fields, including physical sciences (38%), ICT (20.8%), engineering (27%), and mathematics (32.5%). 67 In order to increase the uptake in scientific careers, feed the talent pipeline, and counteract women’s underrepresentation, a STEAM approach, featuring creative thinking, applied arts (the “A” in STEAM), and the teaching of science in political, environmental, socio-economic and cultural contexts, can prove particularly useful. By highlighting the social impact and market relevance of research and innovation, the STEAM approach would also strengthen the appeal of scientific careers.

    In line with the European Strategy for Universities and the Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027 68 , this action aims to support the cooperation between STEM-oriented businesses, secondary and higher education institutions, research organisations, as well as informal science education establishments, NGOs, and civil society organisations, committed to fostering gender-inclusive career paths in the STEM fields through a STEAM 69 approach.

    More specifically, the action should ensure the implementation of a European Manifesto for STEAM education and career paths to tackle gender inequalities among relevant R&I actors, through the adoption of common principles and actions on gender-inclusive STEAM education, research and innovation. Particular attention should also be paid to addressing bottleneck moments and structural barriers in young researchers’ careers. The implementation of this manifesto should build on the STE(A)M roadmap(s) for science education, developed by projects under the call topic HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-70, and seek synergies with the ERA Talent Platform initiative and the Digital Education Hubs.

    To support relevant R&I actors, including umbrella organisations, with the implementation of an EU Manifesto for STEAM education to tackle gender inequalities, proposals are expected to cover the following:

    1.Development of a network of national R&I and education actors from Member States and Associated Countries, involved in STEAM education, research and innovation, to support best practice sharing, mutual learning, and transformative actions to tackle gender inequalities at education institutions and R&I organisations;

    2.Setting-up of principles and a joint commitment on gender equality and diversity in STEM education, research and innovation at organisational level, in line with the ERA, EEA and the European Innovation Agenda;

    3.Communication and awareness-raising on the deconstruction of gender stereotypes and unconscious biases in science and the benefit of STEAM education, research and innovation;

    4.Support STEM skills-development and learning opportunities for all genders through the use of arts, social sciences and humanities, including e.g., mentoring sessions, non-cost summer schools, workshops, and traineeship opportunities, and involving inter alia start-ups, incubators, innovative industries, universities, schools, science and technology museums etc;

    5.Support teachers’ and practitioners’ skills development on gender-responsive STEAM education to increase knowledge and expertise on STEAM approaches and enable them to act as ambassadors for the implementation of the Manifesto and the innovative approaches produced under this action.

    Particular attention should be given to targeting and involving a diverse range of young women and girls, including those from disadvantaged backgrounds (e.g., ethnic minorities, people with migration background, or with disability, children from poor families or of low qualified parents). Geographically balanced participation is also important.

    Proposals are expected to seek collaboration with the living labs for gender-responsive innovation, funded under the call HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-80, and build on the outcomes of projects funded under call topic Horizon SwafS-26-2020 ‘Innovators of the future: bridging the gender gap 70 , as well as gender equality plan implementing projects. Proposals should also take into account project results, funded under earlier Framework Programmes (e.g., HYPATIA, SPARKS and Scientix 4) 71 .

    ETHICS

    Ethics is an integral part of research from beginning to end, and ethical compliance is seen as pivotal to achieve real research excellence. Ethics challenges go from the production, sharing and use of scientific knowledge and data in designing and implementing responses to anticipating future global urgencies. It is key to preserving the ethics principles while supporting a rapid and effective response to a crisis and improving overall preparedness.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-11: Research ethics for environmental and climate technologies

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in non-associated third countries are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Moreover, due to the scope of this topic, applications must be submitted by consortium and the minimum eligibility criteria for consortium composition set out in part B of the General Annexes applies. In addition, proposals must include at least two additional participants (joining as an associated partner or beneficiary if eligible for funding), each of whom must be a legal entity established in one of the following countries: Japan, China, Republic of Korea, or African countries not-associated to Horizon Europe.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional dissemination obligations:

    Proposals must include structured cooperation (including the necessary technical aspects) with the e-platform Embassy of Good Science 72 . The output material of the action must be made available on this e-platform.

    Expected Outcome: In order to promote a responsible implementation of the EU Green deal, the projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Design an operational ethics and integrity framework, which preserves and promotes the key ethics principles while supporting a rapid and effective green transition in the European Union;

    2.Promote awareness, ethics education and training about climate and environmental aspects of research activities, as well as insight in ethical aspects of the development of related knowledge and applications (for example: new agricultural and breeding techniques, environmental protection, geoengineering, tools facilitating energy efficiency and behavioural change).

    Scope: Becoming the world’s first climate-neutral continent by 2050 is the greatest challenge and opportunity of our times. For this reason, the European Commission adopted the European Green Deal, the most ambitious package of measures that should enable European citizens and businesses to benefit from a sustainable green transition. In order to support the green transition, it is a priority for the European Research Area to build an encompassing framework for research and innovation activities 73 .

    The high magnitude and multi-fold nature of the consequences that we would face, if we do not tackle the global environmental risks, necessitate adapting the way we work, protect the world’s scarce resources, and decide on policy priorities. This inevitably raises important ethical questions and dilemmas including some related to the production of scientific knowledge and the development of novel technologies.

    There is a growing awareness that biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation at local, regional and global scale pose direct and existential threats to human life and wellbeing 74 . At the same time, actively pursuing the preservation of the environment can, in some cases, lead to some tensions between the pure environmental objective and the protection of human rights. This is the case in particular when the implementation of anthropomorphic models gives to natural elements the same status as human beings.

    An important aspect that characterises global challenges is that they, by nature, go beyond the well-being of persons and touch the whole society notably in terms of solidarity and social justice. Mid and long-term socio-economic consequences are also more prominent in these complex research contexts, not only those affecting vulnerable populations exposed to environmental degradation, but also those caused by a green transition depending on social and geographic circumstances 75 .

    Some research topics intrinsically also have a complex environmental and ecological ethics dimension including for example research and innovation in the area of electro-magnetic fields and the high frequency communication systems that are necessary to achieve a European gigabit society, or the digital innovation and biotechnology in food production practices that should not only remain safe for human health and the environment, but also allow a fair and sustainable system 76 .

    In this context, the action should conduct an analytical work covering the following aspects:

    1.What characterises the different dimensions and concepts associated with climate and environmental ethics in the context of research and development;

    2.Identify the ethics and integrity challenges related to the production and use of scientific knowledge in designing and implementing novel technologies and approaches to the global environmental challenge facing the European Union and the Planet;

    3.Develop strategies to uphold the integrity of scientific research in addressing climate change issues 77 .

    Elements to tackle by this action should encompass the issues related to the role of ethics and integrity experts (as advisors, for example), informed consent of communities and individuals 78 , undue inducement and opt out approach, as well as equitable sharing of benefits arising from research 79 .

    The action should clearly highlight what cannot be accepted or neglected in the name of addressing environmental issues. This notably includes the need to always conduct, prior to the start of a research, an independent ethical review, which remains a necessary safeguard for the individuals involved and enhances the trust from the impacted communities and the society as a whole, in the name of the ‘do no harm’ principle 80 . Environmental concerns justify immediate actions and should not lower ethics and integrity standards.

    In addition, issues related to refining environmental risk assessment in various fields of research and innovation should be addressed. The action should explore also how the quality of data estimating environmental impact is assessed and fed back in policy design. This action supports ERA Policy Agenda actions 11 and 12.

    The action should result in:

    1.Producing an operational (“how-to”) guidelines to support the work of research teams’ ethics committee members and integrity experts, taking into account the concept of climate justice, including intergenerational justice as well as gender justice. The guidelines should include, among others, clear guidance for addressing ethical challenges related to the development of novel technologies and approaches to address climate change (e.g., in relation to technologies encouraging behavioural change, geo-engineering) and the application of the precautionary approach in different fields of research and innovation;

    2.Assessing the need to complement the European Code of Conduct for Research Integrity 81 with specific guidelines and if relevant propose short documents complementing the Code, focusing on the need to ensure an “inclusive and just transition that leaves no one behind” 82 ;

    3.An effective incorporation of the objectives of the “Do No Significant Harm” Principle 83 ;

    4.Developing traditional and online training material (reflecting the guidelines) for students, early career and experienced researchers. The material must be made available on the e-platform Embassy of Good Science 84 . The priorities of the European Digital Education Plan must be taken into account;

    5.The action should in this context foresee the training of 400-450 Horizon Europe ethics appraisal scheme experts, paying close attention to gender balance, as well as to gender equality and diversity related ethical aspects, and make use of their feedback to improve the trainings.

    Overall, the work should be based on existing know how and have a bottom-up approach, involving all relevant stakeholders (e.g., researchers, research funders, policy-makers, publishers, citizens, civil society organisations) through the organisation of participatory events (workshops, consultations, ‘town hall” meetings). Every effort should be made to achieve a 45% - or higher- female participation, especially among students, researchers, and ethics experts.

    1.The activities should propose ways and means to encourage changes in the research culture and promote openness, communication, dialogue and stronger links among stakeholders. This work should involve relevant ethics and integrity networks, such as ENRIO 85 or European networks of (early) career researchers and educators in the field of research ethics and integrity.

    In order to improve the impact of the expected output (such as effectiveness of training courses, guidelines, toolboxes, etc.), cooperation with research management offices and ethics officers in Research Performing Organisations is highly recommended. In addition, National Contact Points should be provided with all the materials relevant to support their advisory activities.

    Proposals should ensure that the publicly available results from relevant EU funded research projects (e.g., SOP4RI, Integrity, TRUST, Path2Integirty, TechEthos)  86 are taken into account. Budgeted cooperation (including the necessary technical aspects) with Embassy of Good Science 87 should be included.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, cooperation with at least two participants from Japan, China, the Republic of Korea and/or African countries non-associated to Horizon Europe is required.

    Consortia with EU partners or partners from Associated Countries that have not previously collaborated are encouraged to participate.

    For all published articles and deliverables produced in the context of the activities, an authorship contribution statement must be added, in accordance with a recognised standardised taxonomy developed for this purpose (e.g., CRediT).

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01-12: The future of research ethics review in the changing research environments

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional dissemination obligations:

    Proposals must include structured cooperation with the e-platform Embassy of Good Science 88 (including the necessary technical aspects), and the European Networks ENERI (European Network of Research Ethics Committees and Research Integrity Offices) 89 .

    The output material of the action must be made available on the e-platform Embassy of Good Science.

    Expected Outcome: In order to support an effective adaptation of the ethics reviews to the evolution of scientific research, notably due to the emergence of new areas of research and new forms of research collaborations, projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Evaluate the effectiveness of current approaches to the ethics reviews in ensuring the embeddedness of human rights in the development of digital technologies and promoting adherence to ‘digital rights’ and ‘digital principles’ in the context of research and related international cooperation and partnership 90 ;

    2.Develop new approaches to ethics reviews and assessments. This should focus on developing systems and procedures that promote an ethics by design culture fostering innovation, while supporting the research community to operationalise and embed new and upcoming EU human rights driven legal frameworks in research proposals, in line with the ethics by design approach;

    3.Enable the ethics processes to better inform policy choices about the uses of new and emerging technologies and support the researchers in incorporating ethical considerations into their research, thereby contributing to the protection of human rights and the promotion of EU values. For example, the GDPR, since its adoption has inspired the adoption and reform of privacy and data protection frameworks globally, resulting in a so-called ‘Brussels effect’ 91 .

    The emergence of new areas of research and development, including in the areas of gene editing and artificial intelligence, and the shift of research activities and collaborations to the online digital space, challenge the future of research ethics reviews.

    At the same time, ethics should focus on the adherence to values and principles and not be a legal compliance mechanism. It is also necessary to prevent ethics reviews and assessments from becoming a red-tape mechanism, especially as the ex-ante-model of traditional ethics oversight might not be apt to deal with new challenges for example stemming from various forms of data re-use and the often unpredictable and tentative nature of big data research and unforeseeable risks. 92

    Scope: Among the key concerns are research activities that do not involve traditional ‘research participants’ or where there are no established practices or legal obligations to undergo ethics review. A pertinent example is research assembling and analysing large volumes of existing (anonymised) research data, data produced as a by-product of people’s use of technological devices and services, and other categories of non-personal data. The absence of the traditional individual research participant or data subjects, however, does not mean the research activities do not pose ethical challenges or risks.

    In addition, a broader variety of players, often in an international setting, is frequently involved in such research activities. These may include universities, corporations, public and private foundations, civil society organisations, online service providers, open exchange and collaboration initiatives and platforms, and other formal and informal associations.

    Another important element to be taken into account when investigating how the ethics committee should evolve is the development of a new legal framework related to the protection of human rights. In particular, to prepare for ‘Europe’s Digital Decade’, there are several important initiatives in the pipeline that aim to facilitate the access to and use of digital data, such as the Data Governance Act 93 and the proposals for a Data Act 94 and the European Health Data Space 95 .Meanwhile, the EU has been a frontrunner in the formulation of normative frameworks that aim at safeguarding human rights and freedoms in the context of digital innovation, and has committed to incorporate those values into international research collaboration 96 . What is more, the GDPR, since its adoption, has inspired the implementation and reform of privacy and data protection frameworks globally, resulting in a so-called ‘Brussels effect’, 97 and the Commission has indicated a clear willingness to move further ahead with the proposal for an Artificial Intelligence Act 98 and the Declaration on Digital Rights and Principles for the Digital Decade. 99

    In this context, the proposed actions should:

    1.Analyse the strengths and weaknesses of the current approaches to ethics review in their capacity to address the challenges above (new technologies, new players, new forms of collaboration and partnerships, new human rights related framework, etc.), and, on this basis, propose concrete ways of adapting ethics committees (working methodologies, composition, etc.) in view of matching the new challenges. The overall objective is to identify gaps in practice and formulate proposals to enhance the capabilities of the existing ‘ethics infrastructure’ in Europe. As regards the role of the bodies, it is important not to limit the scope to the ex-ante ethics review, prior to the start of the research concerned, but to also cover the monitoring during the implementation of the research and innovation activities. Practical ways to support the work of relevant stakeholders, notably research funders should also be identified, including the development of quality criteria or benchmarking tools to assist in the evaluation of existing research ethics oversight mechanisms 100 . The applicability of the proposed approaches should also be tested via the use of specific case-studies (involving non-EU partners where appropriate);

    2.Organise stakeholder consultations and interdisciplinary mutual learning initiatives to enable the identification of best practices for the ethics oversight of new modes of research. As cutting-edge research is of cross-border character, this action should involve institutions that engage in research ethics review and relevant related activities, including at the international level;

    3.Develop guidelines and corresponding training and education materials to enable ethics experts involved in ethics reviews to assess compliance with the new ethics standards resulting from the new challenges addressed under point 1 and above;

    4.Train Framework Programme ethics appraisal scheme experts (250-300). Close attention should be paid to gender balance, as well as to gender equality- and diversity-related ethical aspects. Feedback of the trainees should be used to improve the trainings.

    In addition, this action should produce traditional and innovative training material (reflecting the developed approaches and guidelines) for students, early career and experienced researchers, as well as for research administrators and managers (to support the professionalisation of research management in the area of research ethics). The priorities of the EU Digital Education Action Plan (2021-2027) 101 should be taken into account.

    Proposals should ensure that the publicly available results from relevant EU-funded research projects (e.g., SOPs4RI, SHERPA, SIENNA, TechEthos, RoSie)  102 are incorporated, in particular the guidelines that they have produced.

    Proposals should foresee budget for cooperation with Embassy of Good Science (including the necessary technical aspects) and ENERI 103 , as well as cooperation with other existing European Networks with clear attribution of research ethics responsibilities, including (associations of) European networks of (early) career researchers or educators in the field of research ethics and integrity. The material must be made available on the e-platform Embassy of Good Science 104 .

    In order to improve the impact of the expected output (such as effectiveness of training courses, guidelines, toolboxes, etc.), cooperation with research management offices and ethics officers in Research Performing Organisations is highly recommended. In addition, National Contact Points should be provided with all the materials relevant to support their advisory activities.

    To achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is strongly recommended.

    Consortia with EU partners or Associated Countries partners that have not previously collaborated are encouraged to participate.

    For all published articles and deliverables produced in the context of the activities, an authorship contribution statement must be added, in accordance with a recognised standardised taxonomy developed for this purpose (e.g., CRediT).

    Call - Enhancing the European R&I system

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 105

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 106

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2024

    Opening: 06 Dec 2023

    Deadline(s): 12 Mar 2024

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-01

    CSA

    6.00

    Around 2.00

    3

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-02

    CSA

    7.30 107

    2.00 to 3.00

    3

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-03

    CSA

    1.00

    Around 1.00

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-04

    CSA

    0.50

    Around 0.50

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-05

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-06

    CSA

    9.00

    2.00 to 2.50

    4

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-07

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-08

    CSA

    2.50

    Around 2.50

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-09

    CSA

    2.00

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-10

    CSA

    3.50

    Around 3.50

    1

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-11

    CSA

    3.00

    0.50 to 1.00

    4

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-12

    CSA

    3.00

    Around 3.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    41.80

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    PRIORITISING INVESTMENTS AND REFORMS

    The recent ERA Communication proposed to prioritise investments and reforms in research and innovation towards the green and digital transitions, to support the European Union's recovery from the pandemic and to increase its competitiveness, calling on the Commission to develop ambitious joint funding actions in strategic areas of common interest.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-01: Programme level collaboration between national R&I policy-makers

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in non-associated third countries are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    The actions funded under this topic will coordinate national and regional R&I funding programmes by pooling national resources and contributing to the alignment of national research and innovation policies. The expected outcomes:

    ·Identification of common research and innovation priorities agreed among the participating national and regional R&I programmes, taking into account international developments where relevant and leading to the development of coordinated R&I funding agendas;

    ·Implementation of multiannual joint calls, resulting in the funding of transnational collaborative R&I projects;

    ·Implementation of other joint activities supporting technology development, market introduction, regulatory aspects and societal uptake of results;

    ·Contribution to participating states meeting Global Challenges, including relevant contributions to the SDGs.

    Scope: Since the introduction of the European Research Area (ERA) in 2000 and starting with Framework Programme 6 and the introduction of the ERA-NET scheme, programme level collaboration among Member States and Associated Countries and their research and innovation funding programmes has become a cornerstone of the ERA, with annual investment from Member States of more than EUR 800 million per year. More than 250 networks among research funders have been created over time, serving different research needs but always coordinating public research investments across borders and allowing researchers to apply for calls for transnational research projects funded by the participating states.

    Horizon Europe introduces a new approach to incentive programme level collaboration by identifying upfront candidate European co-funded, co-programmed and institutionalised partnerships in the Strategic Plan. The first Strategic Plan also identified 5 EU missions to be supported through Horizon Europe.

    Co-funding to R&I partnerships of European relevance is under Horizon Europe limited to European Partnerships identified in the Strategic Plan for Horizon Europe.

    The ERA part of Horizon Europe complements this new strategic approach by providing the possibility for Member States, Associated Countries and civil society organisations such as foundations, to maintain existing and establish new collaborations on priorities of their choice, thereby continuing the spirit of the successful ERA-NET scheme, and extending it also to the domain of EU missions.

    Successful proposals should align national and regional research funding programmes on agreed priorities that are common to the countries participating in the action and, where appropriate, implement joint calls for transnational R&I projects as well as other joint calls or other joint activities. Applicants should demonstrate clear commitments from participating programmes to pool resources and ensure complementarity between activities and policies with those of the Framework Programme and relevant European Partnerships and EU missions.

    Proposals should pool the necessary resources from the participating national (or regional) research programmes as well as, where appropriate, leverage resources from pertinent foundations, charities and transnational initiatives, with a view to implementing calls for proposals, either within the context of this action or in possible follow-up actions, resulting in grants to third parties without EU co-funding in this area.

    The proposals should also demonstrate potential impact at national, regional and transnational level. The proposals should demonstrate that activities exclude overlaps with on-going actions co-funded by the EU under Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe.

    The actions should envisage a duration appropriate to the ambition and complexity of the proposed topic.

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-02: Emerging needs of the ERA Policy Agenda

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.30 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Support and contribute to the achievement of objectives of the new ERA and the Pact for R&I;

    2.Complement the portfolio of support to the implementation of ERA Policy Agenda actions at EU and national level;

    3.Support institutional and structural change at national and regional level, as well as at the level of individual stakeholder organisations, along the priorities of the new ERA.

    Scope: The new ERA governance, together with the ERA Forum, and the ERA Policy agenda and its 20 actions, provide an important part of the policy framework that Destination 3 of the WIDERA work programme will deliver. While many ERA Policy Agenda actions are supported with topics and other actions included in the Horizon Europe Work Programme, further support at European level will be identified by the countries and stakeholder representatives participating in the ERA Forum, and their constituencies. Furthermore, a number of issues related to specific ERA Policy Agenda actions have already been anticipated to be potentially addressed under this call topic, such as the support to Universities and public research organisations, and their researchers and students in view of better IP management and valorisation towards e.g., spin-offs and start-ups.

    Applicants are invited to address emerging needs and identify gaps to implement the ERA Policy Agenda actions in order to maximise the contribution to achieving the objectives of the new ERA 108 . They should demonstrate that the scope of their proposal does not duplicate any ongoing action, or call topic or other action proposed in the Work Programme 2024.

    The actions should envisage a duration appropriate to the ambition and complexity of the proposed topic, but not exceed 36 months.

    IMPROVING ACCESS TO EXCELLENCE

    This part of the Work Programme addresses the need to improve access to excellence and to increase the performance of R&I systems, building on dedicated Horizon Europe measures as well as complementarities with smart specialisation strategies under the Cohesion Policy.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-03: Support for the professionalisation of research management

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: This action aims to contribute to improve the European R&I system across the entire ERA by particularly strengthening the capacity for research management in the European Union’s public research performing and funding organisations. Actions are expected to:

    1.Involve a large number of public research performing and research funding organisations and their research management staff in the training and networking programmes, including by improving accessibility for staff from regions of lower R&I intensity;

    2.Improve training, skills and career development of research management staff in the participating organisations;

    3.Contribute to professionalisation, including through certification of training programmes;

    4.Increase recognition of the research management profession in Member States and the important role of research managers across the ERA.

    Strengthen research management capacity and support for a Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) approach across the entire ERA, including in regions of lower R&I intensity.

    Scope: Research management takes various shapes across the ERA (and beyond), and therefore its definition/scope is multi-dimensional, including but not limited to the following roles: research policy advice, evidence-based policy making, foresight and strategy development; research coordination, research development, research project and funding management, financial support; evaluation and assessment support; research and complementary training programme management; data-based research support, such as data stewards and data analysts, exploitation of research data, data protection; specialised research infrastructure operation; scientific integrity and ethics expertise, gender perspective support, legal support; science communication support; knowledge transfer and innovation support, knowledge brokering, incubator coordination and business development. In particular, the aim of this action is to further develop and implement a methodology to identify, train and 'professionalise' individuals who are essential support for the ‘research enterprise’.

    There is a strong need for creating sustained pan-European research management training – both in virtual and in non-virtual curricula. This would help to create solid networks of early career and experienced managers that will last throughout their careers, in the various dimensions of research management for which such opportunities do not yet exist. Secondly, research performing and funding entities, local ecosystems, and regions that are strong in knowledge creation and circulation usually rely on a strong community of research managers. An important challenge for the European R&I system in this respect is the uneven distribution of research management communities and expertise across the ERA. Lower R&I intense countries, regions, institutions often lack such communities, or do not have sufficient access to expertise. Thirdly, the need for new skills is constantly evolving, and upskilling of staff requires ready access to training and practice exchange platforms and across the ERA. Fourthly, there seems to be a lack of recognition of research management as a profession, compared to other policy sectors. Similarly, accreditation of training and career development programmes for research managers in the diverse specialisations is lacking.

    This call intends to support initiatives towards flexible careers for research managers and career diversification of R&I talents towards research management. Actions should create joint virtual and non-virtual training programmes and curricula for research managers and prepare the road to certification and accreditation. Actions should take measures to realise equal opportunities for access to training programmes for staff from across the entire ERA, including from regions with lower R&I intensity.

    The call addresses also support for virtual and non-virtual networks of research managers from public research performing and funding organisations at European level, as well as cross-border European operational networks (existing or new), complementing and coordinating existing national initiatives. Focus could be put on equal access for staff to such networks and exchanges, building capacity in regions and institutions of lower R&I intensity.

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-04: Strengthening researchers’ skills for better careers – leveraging the European Competence Framework for Researchers

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 0.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 0.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Researchers at all career stages equipped with a comprehensive set of transversal skills based on the European Competence Framework for Researchers (ResearchComp), to foster more open and inter-sectoral research careers, and a better recognition of the researcher profession;

    2.Coordination and exchange of best practices between Higher Education Institutions, research institutions, and other training providers for the improvement of research and transversal skills training;

    3.Meeting of labour market demands by strategic partnerships of training providers with labour market actors in the development of training programmes;

    4.Contribution to certification of microcredentials;

    5.Improved communication of science to the public, to make research careers more appealing to younger generations.

    Scope: Skills are of utmost importance for researchers, they allow them to perform high quality research, and to make the overall European R&I system competitive and challenges-proof. However, it is crucial that researchers are equipped not only with research-specific skills, but also with transversal skills that allow them to be interoperable between academia and the other sectors, including industry and business, and to be capable to establish entrepreneurial activities to turn innovative ideas into business and lead to social, environmental and economic profitability.

    Being equipped with a wide spectrum of skills is of high benefit for researchers, who can have access to an enlarged number of opportunities for career development compared to the limited ones available in academia, but also for the labour market, which is in constant need for highly skilled talents such as researchers.

    To support inter-sectoral mobility and a broad recognition of the research profession in academia and beyond, and in line with the Skills Agenda, the Commission has developed a set of skills and occupations relevant for researchers which contributed to the update of the European Skills, Competences and Occupations (ESCO) classification. It has also finalised a European Competence Framework for Researchers (ResearchComp) 109 , which contains the competences that researchers should have for a successful and interoperable career in academia and beyond, including via entrepreneurship creation and through effective communication of science to the public, to engage an increasing number of young people in research careers. ResearchComp is divided into 7 competence areas, and for each competence it provides four progression levels, each of them with a number of foreseen learning outcomes.

    Projects are expected to support research performing organisations in adapting and reinforcing formal and targeted training for researchers based on:

    1.The use of ResearchComp, so that training is provided not only on research-specific skills, but also on transversal skills that can foster better research careers in academia and beyond;

    2.Strategic interaction with ecosystem actors, in order to have a better understanding of labour market needs, close the gap between demand and supply, and jointly develop training programmes;

    3.The promotion and support for networking and the exchange of best practices between Higher Education Institutions and other training providers with regard to the development of formal and targeted training opportunities for researchers that can foster inter-sectoral and inter-disciplinary mobility;

    4.Without prejudice to the other transversal skills needed by researchers for inter-sectoral and inter-disciplinary mobility, put a specific emphasis on science communication to make researchers capable to correctly and effectively communicate to the public, and to make research careers more attractive for young talents.

    Projects are also expected to contribute to the certification and recognition of targeted training opportunities to up-skill and re-skill, provided under the form of micro-credentials.

    Activities may include roadmap development, networking, sector-specific training development, seed funding for training providers in academia and beyond (non-exhaustive list of activities that projects may consider).

    TRANSLATING R&I RESULTS INTO THE ECONOMY

    The Council has asked the Commission to develop a strategy to accelerate the potential uptake of research and innovation results and data. The recent ERA Communication calls for the valorisation of research results with citizens at the forefront; people expect science to be a driving force that will support the transition towards a greener and fairer society and economy.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-05: Experimentation and exchange of good practices for value creation

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Value creation and transfer to the economy and society by increased interlinkages and cooperation between knowledge valorisation actors (academia/research; industry/SMEs; public administration/policy-makers and society/citizens);

    2.New solutions to societal and economic challenges by stronger uptake and deployment of research results, including through the involvement of citizens and civil society;

    3.Improvements of structures, strategies, practices and skills for knowledge valorisation through sustainable reforms and new initiatives in line with ERA Policy Agenda action 7.

    Scope: To emerge stronger from the pandemic and address the challenges we are facing, such as climate change, and enable the twin transition, Europe needs to translate available scientific knowledge and research results to innovative solutions, including technological as well as non-technological and social innovations, in the market, in society and for better policy making. To bring existing good practices in knowledge valorisation to support value creation across Europe, we need more experimentation, peer learning and testing of new models as well as trying out good practices in different environments.

    Replication and adaptation of best practices is a powerful way to support the design, implementation and evaluation of knowledge valorisation investments and measures that enhance the quality and extent of knowledge uptake at all levels. It involves identifying and taking inspiration from best practices developed across Europe, engaging in an exchange of experiences with peers and connecting to new partners, as well as driving and supporting the set-up of new measures or the reform of existing ones. Cross-border transfer of best practices in knowledge valorisation is challenging because the corresponding strategies, initiatives or tools need to be adapted to a different context and legal and financial framework and take into account skills and competences.

    Researchers can play an important role in engaging citizens and communities through creative interactions. This can contribute to making research results more adapted to the needs of citizens and communities, and strengthen the uptake of research by society benefitting both the research communities and the citizens as users and co-creators.

    Proposals should address at least one of the following challenges:

    1.Innovative ways to strengthen channels of valorising knowledge and research results, in particular targeting activities in the field of academia–society collaboration. Within the scope of the topic are schemes and incentives for researchers to engage with society that promote the uptake of research results. This can include means to incentivise researchers to engage with society, contributing to a stronger translation of research results to the economy and society through better adaptation to citizens’ needs and collaboration with industry. The experimentation will highlight what works well and under what conditions and what are the barriers and opportunities in the academia-society interaction;

    2.Transfer of best practices in knowledge valorisation, in the area of ‘academia-industry/SME linkages’ or ‘quadruple helix-based innovation’, i.e., involving academia/research; industry/SMEs; public administration/policy-makers and society/citizens in an ecosystem approach. Consortia are expected to involve partners that implement one or several best practices and partners that plan to introduce a new practice or reform an existing one. The action will lead to tangible change in some or all participating entities, be it at strategic and/or investment level and/or through the implementation of new or adapted instruments, tools, guidelines, trainings etc. The action can also help develop and prepare knowledge valorisation projects and investments that receive support from the European cohesion policy or the Recovery and Resilience Facility. Inspiration for best practices can be found in the repository on the EU Knowledge Valorisation Platform .

    The action should facilitate the sharing of experiences and lessons learned from the experimentation or transfer of best practices, develop policy recommendations and links to other relevant actions.

    DEEPENING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA

    The challenge of deepening the ERA includes Open Science, Higher Education and Researchers, Citizen Science, Science Education, Gender and Ethics. It aims at underpinning a new ERA benefitting from knowledge creation, circulation and use. This empowers higher education institutions and research organisations to embrace a transformative process; where a highly skilled workforce circulates freely; where research outputs are shared; where gender equality is assured; where the outcomes of R&I are understood, trusted and increasingly used, by educated informed scientists and citizens to the benefit of society.

    RESEARCHERS CAREERS, INSTITUTIONAL TRANSFORMATION OF HIGHER EDUCATION INSTITUTIONS AND MOBILITY

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-06: European Excellence Initiative: Acceleration services in support of universities

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 2.00 and 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    To ensure a balanced portfolio with services covering different ERA priorities, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but at least also to applications that are the highest ranked for individual or a combination of ERA priorities and/or ERA policy agenda actions targeted, provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Expected Outcome: In line with the objectives of the European strategy for universities, projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes in relation to acceleration services in support of the institutional transformation of higher education institutions (HEI) in the research and innovation dimension (R&I):

    1.Access for higher education institutions to a range of tailor-made coaching services, expertise, (virtual) meeting platforms or tools, and seed funding at any stage of development of institutional change in the R&I dimension;

    2.Successful institutional reform and upgrade of higher education institutions in the R&I dimension (empowerment to be actors of change);

    3.Connection of higher education institutions with peers and other ecosystem actors, as well as with investors and public funders;

    4.Progress of the user groups of the acceleration services in institutional change in the R&I dimension and strengthened R&I capacities in higher education institutions, measured through a monitoring mechanism; in particular,

    1.Modernised research careers in higher education sector, interoperable with other sectors;

    2.Accelerated digital transition of the R& I dimension of the higher education sector across the entire ERA;

    3.Increased global competitiveness of research in higher education institutions by strongly increased critical mass in terms of upskilling, knowledge creation and knowledge circulation in the green transition and other key European policy areas such as European Missions;

    4.Contribution to implementation of the relevant ERA Policy Agenda actions (Action 13) in the higher education sector in general.

    5.Policy feedback to the European Commission and Member States on the acceleration services, and widespread dissemination of the pilot results to other target groups.

    Scope: The overall aim of the Higher Education Institutions acceleration services is to help institutions to make progress in institutional change in ERA priority areas, such as strengthening research careers, gender equality plans and reform of career and research assessment, mainstreaming of open science, institutional strategy development in R&I, etc. The acceleration services will support institutions in these efforts, by creating a shared knowledge base, coaching service and virtual meeting place to enable the connection with peers, as well by providing seed funding to users. The acceleration services should involve large user groups (either individual HEI, networks or alliances of universities and surrounding ecosystem actors, or umbrella organisations of HEI).

    Projects should be aligned with assessment tools such as HEInnovate and HRS4R. Complementarity with existing similar tools, such as those funded under WIDERA 2021-2022 and EIT’s HEI Initiative 110 will be taken into account. Experts, tools and platforms generated by previous projects, such as those supported under Horizon 2020 Science with and for Society, should be taken into account.

    OPEN SCIENCE

    Open science is a policy priority for the European Commission and the standard method of working under its research and innovation funding programmes as it improves the quality, efficiency and responsiveness of research. The effective linking of open science practices to innovation and business models requires careful consideration of issues such as Intellectual Property Rights (IPR), licensing agreements, interoperability and reuse of data.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-07: Capacity building on Intellectual Property (IP) management to support open science

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: Beneficiaries must ensure early and open sharing of the outputs deriving from their activities under a Creative Commons Attribution –CC BY- or equivalent license, including training and educational materials. Applicants must acknowledge and incorporate these obligations in the proposal, outlining the efforts they will make towards meeting them and in Annex I to the Grant Agreement.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Analysis of how adequate IP management enables and boosts open science and how both open science and IP management are complementary in achieving a better dissemination and valorisation of knowledge;

    2.Specific training materials, modules or courses on Intellectual Property assets and open science, including how to manage IP assets to enable open access to scientific publications and to ensure scientific results are Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Reusable (“FAIR principles”); the open licenses applied to the outputs deriving from this call will allow for their reusability by the wider R&I community; resulting training materials, modules or courses are expected to reuse or build on existing materials, updating them when necessary;

    3.High-quality training on the diverse aspects of IP management and how an adequate IP management enables open science delivered to research performing organisations’ professional and managerial staff and/or academic staff (“train the trainers”);

    4.Support the trainers in acting as multipliers of the acquired knowledge, in particular, by embedding the training materials, modules and courses resulting from the projects into the curricula/learning or research support material of research performing organisations;

    5.Gather experiences and share good practices for the further development of programmes and specialised courses on the topic; the project is expected to deposit the resulting good practices in the Knowledge Valorisation Platform 111 repository of best practices under IP management;

    6.Awareness-raising campaign on how an adequate management of IP enables and fosters open science; such a campaign is expected to be built on the previous awareness raising campaigns on IP management organised by the European Commission (Directorate General for Research and Innovation), with the European Patent Office (EPO), the European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) and the European Innovation Council and SMEs Executive Agency (EISMEA).

    These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

    1.Support to research performing organisations and researchers in practising open science by providing them with relevant training materials, sharing best practices and raising awareness on the importance of adequate IP management;

    2.Increased understanding among the research community of IP assets and the role their adequate management plays in enabling open science;

    3.Better management of IP in line with the Code of practice for the smart use of IP to be developed in 2022, including better IP management to facilitate open science;

    4.Improved overall capacities within the EU R&I system to conduct open science and implement it as a modus operandi of modern science for researchers and research organisations (e.g., by integrating the expected outcomes into their open science and IP policies).

    Scope: Open science is an approach based on open cooperative work and systematic sharing of knowledge and tools as early and widely as possible in the scientific process. Adequate management of IPR over research results is necessary for such cooperative work and systematic sharing to happen. However, a lack of awareness and understanding of IPR -in particular given the complexity of the relevant legal and regulatory landscape- sometimes leads to mismanagement of IP and the consequent difficulty of researchers and institutions to determine how their research is disseminated.

    Copyright is an area of particular importance for open science within the field of IP, since the bundle of rights that authors have on their original works (e.g., scientific publications or databases) allow them to set the conditions for their dissemination and re-use.

    Greater awareness of their rights and how they can be exercised would help authors to make more informed choices and get them in control about the further usage of their research results. They will also align themselves better with open science practices and comply with funder open access mandates.

    Adequate IP management is therefore an important enabler of open science. Against this context, there is the need to improve knowledge among researchers and their institutions of concepts such as copyright, licences and patents, leading to an understanding of the options at their disposal for, amongst other, archiving, posting, distributing and eventually publishing their scholarship in ways that enable open science in their own terms. There is also a need to improve the understanding of the relationship between open science and IP, in particular how the adequate management of IP lies at the very core of open science. This calls for supporting education and training in IP management that enables open science and for building capacity in research organisations and their staff, with the objective to support and equip researchers at all stages of their career with the knowledge they need in this area.

    In contributing to the above-mentioned outputs, projects are expected to take into account the existing IP service delivery landscape and the existing training and capacity building efforts and materials offered by European Commission service contracts (i.e., IP Helpdesk 112 , IP Scan 113 , IP Booster 114 ) and the work of EUIPO on copyright and trademarks and EPO´s work on patents. The projects are also expected to build on the European Commission code of practice for the smart use of IP (expected to be delivered in 2022) and further strengthen the relationship with open science.

    Duration: The action should be no longer than 24 months.

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-08: Global cooperation in not-for-profit open access publishing

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in non-associated third countries are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced understanding of the different non-for-profit open access publishing solutions, their business models and sustainability;

    2.Coordination amongst institutional not-for-profit open access publishing services between Europe and other areas in the world at the non-technological level leading to high-quality publishing services and publishing venues at the global scale that are trusted by researchers;

    3.Enhance the uptake of elements of open science by open access publishing services in Europe and other areas of the world (e.g., open peer review, early sharing of research, post-publication peer review models etc.);

    4.Fit for purpose training materials and trainings for service providers and scientific journal editors in different disciplines enabling the improvement of the quality of publishing services and of the scientific quality of publishing venues along internationally accepted standards.

    These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

    1.Increased equity, diversity and inclusivity of open science practices, and in particular open access publishing on a not-for-profit basis, in the European Union and in the world;

    2.Structured mechanisms for knowledge transfer between relevant not-for-profit open access publishing services in the European Union and other areas of the world.

    Scope: A significant increase in open access publishing activities based on not-for-profit business models can be observed in Europe and across the world, which in principle do not charge authors for publishing. They are the result of technological advancements leading to shifting roles of actors involved in scholarly communication. Their offering is presented as an alternative to commercially oriented publishing, or is a continuation of long-term traditions of institutional and mission-oriented publishing in a new digitally enabled context. Such services enable inclusivity for all authors, regardless of affiliation and funding, and support a healthy diversification in the scholarly publishing ecosystem. Research institutions and their libraries are often involved in their operation. In some countries, they operate at the national level and are frequently supported by national funding agencies. In many cases, such initiatives have evolved into robust and reliable services which enjoy the trust of researchers.

    The aim of this topic is to support the cooperation between such not-for-profit publishing services and their editors to enable the flow of knowledge between the European Union and one or more other areas of the world, and in more than one discipline. It is expected that most of the activities of the actions will take place online, and that platforms and other online tools will be used to perform as many of the activities as possible.

    The call will fund activities that will:

    1.Gather, share and improve good practices with regard to the non-technological aspects of service provision (editorial scopes, peer-review policies, organisation of editorial and publishing business processes, translation, among others), and with regard to business models;

    2.Implement practices that will strengthen high-quality publishing services at the global scale so that they are trusted by researchers across countries and disciplines;

    3.Develop training materials and organise virtual trainings for not-for-profit publishing service providers and their editors to increase knowledge transfer and dissemination of good practices. The materials should become available in open access.

    Applicants are expected to cooperate with projects funded under call topic HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-43: Capacity-building for institutional open access publishing across Europe, and call topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-02: Improving and coordinating technical infrastructure for institutional open access publishing across Europe, to ensure synergies and complementarity of outcomes.

    Duration: The action should be no longer than 36 months.

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-09: Support to the development and implementation of policies and practices for reproducibility of scientific results

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in non-associated third countries are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Facilitated development, implementation and monitoring of interventions in research organisations that increase the reproducibility of scientific results;

    2.More collaboration, joint actions by stakeholders, and mutual learning, notably between national reproducibility networks, to increase reproducibility of scientific results;

    3.Greater alignment of policies and reduction in disparities between research organisations and between countries in terms of their attention to reproducibility of scientific results;

    4.Facilitated development and implementation of training programmes and awareness raising.

    These targeted outcomes in turn contribute to medium and long-term impacts:

    1.Increased proportion of reproducible results;

    2.Increased re-use of scientific results by research and innovation;

    3.Greater quality of the scientific production.

    Scope: Increasing the reproducibility of scientific results, i.e., the possibility for scientists and the scientific community to obtain the same results as the originators, contributes to higher quality and more efficient research processes, more trustworthy results, increasing reuse by other researchers, more effective translation into innovations, and higher return on investments in research (see the scoping report “Reproducibility of scientific results in the EU” 115 ).

    The aim of this topic is to facilitate the development and implementation of policies and practices, by research performing organisations, research funding organisations, learned societies and publishers that enhance reproducibility of scientific results. The action will support the mutual learning and dissemination of good practices between organisations across the European Union, as well as with relevant organisations outside the European Union, with broad disciplinary representation. It will build expertise and will support research organisations to develop and implement policies and interventions, and will coordinate efforts between stakeholders, notably between existing European national reproducibility networks. The action may facilitate the development of national networks in additional European countries. The action will support the development of training materials and training programmes, the mutual learning and exchange of practices and tools, and awareness raising, for researchers, reviewers and research organisations. The action will also put in place mechanisms to monitor the effects of policies and practices implemented, thus enabling future adaptations based on evidence gathered. In order to better achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with third countries that are active in the development of policies and initiatives to increase the reproducibility of research results.

    The action should build on the research results and recommendations from projects selected under call topic HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-41 that aims at understanding the underlying drivers of reproducibility and recommending effective interventions, as well as from other relevant projects and initiatives.

    GENDER

    With Horizon Europe, the Commission reaffirms its commitment to gender equality in research and innovation. The aim is to improve the European research and innovation system, create gender-equal working environments where all talents can thrive and better integrate the gender dimension in projects to improve research quality as well as the relevance to society of the knowledge, technologies and innovations produced.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-10: Policy coordination to support all aspects of inclusive Gender Equality Plans and policies in the ERA

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Advanced and sustainable policy coordination support on ERA objectives on gender equality and inclusiveness among Member States and Associated Countries and through stakeholder and citizen engagement;

    2.Improved career paths and working conditions in European research and innovation organisations, including in the private sector, through enhanced policy dialogue on inclusive gender equality plans and policies;

    3.Increased research quality and societal responsibility and relevance of knowledge and innovations, through the integration of the gender and intersectional dimension in research and innovation content;

    4.Increased geographical inclusiveness by targeting less experienced countries and regions in terms of inclusive gender equality policies in research and innovation;

    5.Increased inclusion of underrepresented and socially disadvantaged persons in European research and innovation, through an intersectional lens on gender equality plans and policies.

    Scope: As the new package adopted on 26 November 2021 on the European Research Area (ERA) framework 116 reaffirms, there is a need for policy coordination to advance the implementation of the ERA gender equality and inclusiveness objectives within Member States, Associated Countries and among other ERA stakeholders, building on the commitment expressed through the Ljubljana Declaration on gender equality in research and innovation 117 .

    Ensuring the active promotion of gender equality and inclusiveness entails opening up gender equality policies in R&I to diversity, and more specifically to: social categories and grounds for discrimination intersecting with gender, such as ethnicity, disability, sexual orientation or socio-economic status; ensuring geographical inclusiveness; and opening to the innovation and private sector. This new inclusive approach to gender equality is also embedded in the new European Commission Gender Equality Strategy 2020-2025.

    This action focuses on the development of a sustainable network of national representatives from all EU Member States and Associated Countries, both from national bodies (e.g., ministries) and from national research funding organisations, to support the implementation of the gender equality and inclusiveness objectives of the ERA. It should build on related projects funded through Horizon Europe call topics HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-81, HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-80, HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-80 and HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-81, the European Gender Equality Competence Facility funded under the 2022 WIDERA work programme, as well as on projects funded under the Horizon 2020 Science with and for Society programme.

    During its lifetime, the action should:

    1.Develop knowledge and build capacities, competences and expertise on the design, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of inclusive gender equality plans and policies in R&I with a variety of European and national stakeholders. Special consideration will be given to mutual learning exercises to enhance the competence of national gender equality representatives, including helping less experienced national gender equality representatives to acquire expertise;

    2.Further the development of a transnational Community of Practice of R&I funding organisations for the promotion of an inclusive and gender-responsive culture change in R&I institutions across the European Union;

    3.A specific focus should be placed on developing joint activities with actors from the private, innovation and entrepreneurship sectors, from across the European Union;

    4.Develop various innovative engagement activities, connect citizens, experts and policy-makers, and contribute to policy making on inclusive gender equality in R&I at national and European administration level;

    5.The work by this action should be performed in coordination with ERA-related official groups, such as the ERA Forum, and in collaboration with the European Commission, in line with ERA objectives.

    The participation of national representatives of at least 23 Member States, and in addition, of national representatives from Associated Countries, to the consortium, is strongly encouraged, and the project should engage and deploy activities with all EU Member States and, as much as possible, with all Associated Countries.

    The action should also develop close cooperation with relevant ERA stakeholders, including umbrella organisations, sharing knowledge and evidence, and build as well on the outputs and recommendations of related initiatives funded under Horizon 2020-SwafS, such as GENDERACTION, ACT, GE Academy and the GEAR Tool.

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-11: Support to the implementation of inclusive gender equality plans

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 0.50 and 1.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The scheme must involve at least one leading higher education institution, research organisation, or public body (e.g., ministry, funding agency) in terms of gender equality and inclusiveness, and at least three less advanced higher education institutions, research organisations or public bodies (e.g., ministry, funding agency) from Widening Countries.

    Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.Enhance the reputation, attractiveness, inclusiveness and R&I excellence of less advanced organisations as a result of implementing inclusive gender equality plans;

    2.Transform R&I organisations to advance ERA policy objectives on gender equality and inclusiveness.

    Scope: The institutional change strategy implemented through gender equality plans (GEPs) has had very positive impacts in many R&I organisations and been a catalyser at national and EU level, as attested by several reports 118 . The introduction of a GEP eligibility criterion in Horizon Europe, for public bodies, research organisations and higher education institutions from Member States and Associated Countries, has increased the level of uptake of gender equality activities. However, there remains a heterogeneity in the implementation of GEPs across the EU and Associated Countries, particularly in the Widening countries. Furthermore, the new ERA framework established through the Council Recommendation and Council Conclusions adopted on 26 November 2021 119 , sets the implementation of inclusive GEPs as a core objective for the promotion of gender equality and inclusiveness.

    This inclusion scheme aims to strengthen and go beyond the minimum GEP requirements as defined in Horizon Europe eligibility criterion and to support the implementation of inclusive GEPs and policies, in line with the new ERA policy agenda objectives. Advanced organisations will mentor less advanced organisations on best practices, processes, monitoring and actions to undertake in the inclusive GEPs.

    Actions should clearly outline the approach for boosting gender equality strategies by addressing new areas, such as intersectionality and diversity, gender budgeting, or gender and innovation, among others.

    Proposals are expected to address the following:

    1.Methods for exchanging and implementing good practices and materials, tailored to individual organisations’ needs for the development and monitoring of inclusive GEPs;

    2.Support for reinforcing their networking in the area of gender equality and inclusiveness, especially with already existing Communities of Practice;

    3.Activities such as on-site visits, on-site or virtual training; workshops; dissemination and outreach and capacity building activities;

    4.Implementation of specific actions in the less advanced institutions specifically addressing the opening to intersectionality and diversity, targeting other underrepresented or socially disadvantaged groups, and including the integration of intersectional sex and gender analysis into R&I content.

    Proposals should build on the knowledge and expertise developed through related Horizon 2020 projects and tools (e.g., GEAR Tool, ACT Communities of practice, GE Academy) as well as under projects funded through Horizon Europe call topics HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-80, HORIZON-WIDERA-2021-ERA-01-81, and HORIZON-WIDERA-2022-ERA-01-81.

    The partners involved in the action are expected to revolve either around a specific thematic area or have widening partners with similar national/regional background, for a better contextualization.

    ETHICS

    Ethics is an integral part of research from beginning to end, and ethical compliance is seen as pivotal to achieve real research excellence. Ethics challenges go from the production, sharing and use of scientific knowledge and data in designing and implementing responses to anticipating future global urgencies. It is key to preserve the ethics principles while supporting a rapid and effective response to a crisis and improving overall preparedness.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01-12: Next generation AI and Human Behaviour: promoting an ethical approach

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Due to the scope of this topic, in addition to the minimum number of participants set out in the General Annexes, proposals must include at least two participants from Japan, China, the Republic of Korea and/or African countries non-associated to Horizon Europe. Participants from countries, which are not eligible for funding according to the General Annexes, may take part in the project as associated partners.

    Due to the scope of this topic, legal entities established in non-associated third countries are exceptionally eligible for Union funding.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    The rules are described in General Annex G. Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations:

    Proposals must include budgeted cooperation (including the necessary technical aspects) with the e-platform Embassy of Good Science 120 . The output material of the action must be made available on this e-platform.

    Expected Outcome: In order to promote a responsible, trustworthy, and human-centric design and development of the next generation of artificial intelligence (AI), proposed actions are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:

    1.The operationalisation of available general guidance on the ethics of AI into practical specific guidelines. These guidelines will focus on the impact of AI on human cognition and behaviour. The guidelines must also address the ethics dimension of the study of human behaviour and cognition in developing and improving AI systems. The guidelines should incorporate ethics into the relevant research and development processes and take into account strategies for ensuring adequate participation of all those affected by the development, deployment and use of the relevant applications;

    2.Develop and validate education and training material reflecting the produced guidelines. This should be based on participatory processes involving all relevant stakeholders, including citizen groups and industry.

    Scope: While the European Union has been a front runner in the global effort to formulate guidelines and regulate AI, it is certain that the road ahead will be full of challenges. One of the key challenges is that the meaning and appropriate interpretation of the key concepts and principles in AI guidelines will often be highly context specific. For example, the ethical risks related to the development or use of AI-based techniques for emotion recognition might be very different when applied for recruitment and selection purposes than when used for detecting levels of distress to assist in dealing with emergency calls or to detect situations of abuse. Similarly, AI-enabled differentiation based on physical characteristics may be unethical in the context of law enforcement but useful in a medical context.

    At the same time, research and development of AI-based application surges in all domains, from education, over measuring consumer behaviour, to assisting in making important decisions, such as supporting the mental health of people, promoting driver safety, and filtering job candidates.

    Current developments and learning in the field of AI come from a strong collaboration of multidisciplinary teams working together to acquire further knowledge on human cognition and behaviour in order to understand, predict and impact human behaviour (e.g., for improving health or sustainability). To develop affective AI systems, researchers aim to improve their understanding of the way the human brain learns and transfers knowledge. Potentially, this understanding will help to build explainable, trustworthy, and human-centric AI systems and processes. However, while systems for automatic emotion recognition and sentiment analysis can be facilitators of enormous progress (e.g., in improving public health and commerce), they are also enablers of considerable harm (e.g., acting against dissidents, manipulating voters).

    In addition to ensuring the protection of research participants, research ethics review plays a pivotal role in facilitating the integration of ethical concerns into research projects and protocols from the conception phase. While ensuring the development of ethical AI will require technical solutions - for example to improve transparency and explainability - guidance for the operationalisation of AI ethical principles (in a non-technical manner) needs to be developed and continuously evaluated in light of new developments in the field (in particular the increasing in-depth study of human behaviour in AI research and development).

    Therefore, as policy-makers and AI actors around the world move from principles to implementation, the action should:

    1.To better understand the ethical challenges (1) associated with the study of human behaviour and cognition to support the development or improve AI systems and (2) related to the impact of AI on human cognition and behaviour, the current landscape should be reviewed and three chosen exemplary areas of research can be selected (such as of emotion recognition applications, deep learning and general intelligence);

    2.Establish specialised, inclusive networks of expertise, comprised of multidisciplinary teams (including, amongst others, engineers, data scientists, legal experts, ethicists, cognitive researchers, researchers with expertise in other relevant areas, research administrators and policy experts);

    3.In collaboration with the networks of experts, and based on findings and case-studies, develop operational guidelines for AI systems that build on the study of human cognition and behaviour. These guidelines should incorporate ethics into the relevant research and design processes and facilitate the ethical assessment and auditing of research projects and outcomes (including toolboxes for algorithmic impact assessment). The guidelines should target the research community, with an emphasis on early career researchers as well as the ethics experts (e.g., members of ethics review committees) and project managers. The developed guidelines must adjust the ethics-by-design approaches (as included in the guidelines Ethics by Design and Ethics of Use Approaches for Artificial Intelligence 121 ) to the relevant areas of study and development. These should include mechanisms to assess ‘ethics readiness levels’ for the relevant ‘technology readiness levels’ and encompass the relevant mechanisms to incorporate ethics-enhancing methods directly in the design of the research protocols and prototypes (e.g., privacy-enhancing technologies, explainability, human-centred approach in design);

    4.Develop a toolbox for international cooperation in AI research and development in the relevant areas, taking into account the regulatory and ethical landscape in key strategic partners (for example China, the Republic of Korea, Japan, Canada and the US). Incorporate principles of benefit sharing in AI research and development in accordance with the Global Code of Conduct for Research in Resource-Poor Settings (TRUST Code) 122 ;

    5.As a result of the above activities, this action should also produce innovative training material (reflecting the guidelines) for students, early career and experienced researchers. In addition, Framework Programme ethics appraisal scheme experts should be trained (250-300). Close attention should be paid to gender balance, as well as to gender equality- and diversity-related ethical aspects. Feedback of the trainees should be used to improve the trainings.

    All activities proposed must be based on multidisciplinary, inclusive networks of expertise, including amongst others, engineers, data scientists, AI legal experts, ethicists, cognitive researchers, linguists and educators, as well as private sector representatives. Every effort should be made to achieve a 45% - higher- female participation, especially among students, researchers, and experts. This should also involve relevant ethics and integrity networks, such as ENERI (European Network of Research Ethics Committees and Research Integrity Offices) 123 and ENRIO 124 or (associations of) European networks of (early) career researchers and/or educators in the field of research ethics and integrity. In addition, in order to improve the impact of the expected output (such as effectiveness of training courses, guidelines, toolboxes etc.), cooperation with research management offices and ethics officers in Research Performing Organisations is highly recommended.

    In order to achieve the expected outcomes, cooperation with at least two actors from Japan, China, the Republic of Korea and/or African countries not associated to Horizon Europe is required.

    It is important to ensure that the publicly available results from relevant EU funded research projects (e.g., SHERPA, SIENNA, TechEthos)  125 and the TRUSTWORTHY AI project 126 are taken into account, and that cooperation is envisaged with the beneficiaries of the Call HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA2023 01-12 – The future role and format of research ethics review in the changing research environments”.

    Consortia with EU partners or Associated Countries partners that have not previously collaborated are encouraged to participate.

    Budgeted cooperation (including the necessary technical aspects) with the Embassy of Good Science must be included in the proposal, and the output material of the action must be made available on this e-platform.

    Finally, the action should aim at valorising and widely disseminating the material produced beyond the community of ethics and integrity experts, in particular by promoting its use for the students and young researchers that will constitute the next generation of ethics experts and reviewers. The priorities of the EU Digital Education Action Plan (2021-2027) 127 should be taken into account. In this perspective, cooperation should be sought with large university/research networks in order to enrich the relevant ethics related curriculum with the material produced by the action. In addition, National Contact Points should be provided with all the materials relevant to support their advisory activities.

    For all deliverables and academic publications produced in the context of the activities, an authorship contribution statement should be added, in accordance with a recognised standardised taxonomy developed for this purpose (e.g., CRediT).

    OTHER ACTIONS NOT SUBJECT TO CALLS FOR PROPOSALS GRANTS TO IDENTIFIED BENEFICIARIES

    PRIZES

    1. Horizon Impact Award

    Expected Outcomes:

    1.To celebrate the successful uptake and use of EU funded project results, thus boosting and promoting their achieved impact;

    2.To showcase best practices, create role models and inspire R&I beneficiaries to use their research results to create value for the society at large.

    The Commission will award on an annual basis a recognition prize to reward beneficiaries that have successfully used their research results to create value for society. The beneficiaries must be able to show proof of effective exploitation and uptake of their research results. This action aims to illustrate the wider socio-economic benefits of the EU investment in R&I and to encourage project beneficiaries to best manage and use their research results.

    In particular, six winners will be selected, by an evaluation jury, for their achievements. The prizes are monetary and each of the six winners will receive EUR 25.000.

    Total of six prizes of EUR 0.025 each: EUR 0.15 million from the 2023 budget, and EUR 0.15 million from the 2024 budget.

    All applicants are required to submit letter(s) of support coming from the user community that can provide testimony on achieved impact.

    Essential award criteria: The prize will be awarded, after closure of the contest, to the contestant(s) who in the opinion of the jury best addresses the following cumulative criteria:

    1. Pathway from results to societal benefits:

    Applicants will need to detail how the R&I results were directly or indirectly exploited after the lifetime of the project. They will need to describe the activities that were done to ensure that the R&I results lead to societal benefits. They will need to describe the scale and the sustainability of their actions.

    2. Achieved impact:

    Applicants will need to demonstrate the already existing impact and created societal benefits. They will need to detail concrete examples of how their research results have benefitted society and who are the user communities that have profited from it. The achieved impact must be already materialised. The letter of support will serve as a testimony of the described impact (but will not be evaluated).

    Eligibility criteria:

    The contest is open to all legal entities (i.e., natural or legal persons, including international organisations) or groups of legal entities that participated as beneficiaries in FP7, Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe. The projects must have ended by close of the contest. Legal entities receiving financial support to third parties under grants funded by FP7, Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe, including under ERA-Net Co-fund (under Horizon 2020), Co-fund action (under Horizon Europe), EIT (under Horizon Europe), are also eligible. Natural persons such as ERC principal investigators or MSCA fellows and legal entities principally created by past beneficiaries for the exploitation of the project results, are also eligible.

    Applicants that have already received an EU or Euratom prize cannot receive a second prize for the same activities.

    For the common Rules of Contest for Prizes please see the Funding and Tenders Portal .

    The specific Rules of Contest will be published in 2023 and in 2024 by the European Commission, which will directly launch and manage the contest and award the prizes based on the judgement of independent experts.

    Form of Funding: Prizes

    Type of Action: Recognition Prize

    Indicative timetable: Q1-3/4 2023 and Q1-3/4 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.15 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.15 million from the 2024 budget

    2. EU Award for Gender Equality Champions

    Expected Outcomes:

    1.Enable the creation of a European community of academic and research champions in institutional transformation towards inclusive gender equality;

    2.Strengthening of the inclusiveness and connectivity objectives under the new European Research Area.

    The “EU Award for Gender Equality Champions” is a Prize scheme meant as a booster and complement to the requirement for higher education establishments, research organisations and public bodies applying to Horizon Europe to have in place a Gender Equality Plan (GEP), and a tool for advancing inclusive gender equality plans and policies in the framework of the new ERA policy agenda, in synergy with the European Education Area (EEA) and the European Higher Education Area (EHEA, Bologna process), and in line with the new Communication on a European Strategy for Universities adopted on 18 January 2022.

    The Prize will be awarded to up to four academic or research organisations, and contestants can apply to one among the following three prize categories:

    1.Sustainable Gender Equality Champions: Organisations that can demonstrate a significant and sustained record of activity and a high level of achievement through the implementation of their GEP;

    2.Newcomer Gender Equality Champions: Organisations that have recently started implementing a GEP and can demonstrate the most progress in its implementation and achieved results;

    3.Inclusive Gender Equality Champions: Organisations that have developed the most innovative inclusive GEP addressing intersections with other social categories such as ethnicity, social origin, sexual orientation and gender identity (LGBTI+) or disability.

    Each prize winner will receive EUR 0.1 million: EUR 0.4 million maximum in total from the 2023 budget, and EUR 0.4 million maximum in total from the 2024 budget.

    Contestants can only apply to one of the three prize categories and will have to provide proof of eligibility and a written presentation of their achievements, as well as support their applications with a link to a video. The submission consists of a complete application.

    Essential award criteria: Eligible applications will be evaluated in each category by a jury consisting of a group of independent experts.

    The prize will be awarded, after closure of the contest, to the contestants who in the opinion of the jury best address the following set of cumulative criteria set for each of the three prize categories:

    Category “Sustainable Gender Equality Champions”

    1.Award criterion 1: Sustainable Impact – The applicant demonstrates through concrete examples a high level of achievement and impact of its GEP in creating positive and sustainable institutional change towards gender equality. The applicant must support their claims with qualitative and quantitative data including performance measures and indicators, and show the sustainable anchoring of the GEP in the organisation and long-lasting improvements.

    2.Award criterion 2: Inspirational Model – The applicant should demonstrate an influence of its GEP beyond the sole organisation, such as serving as an inspiration to other organisations e.g. through peer-mentoring, having an impact on policy at national level, at EU level.

    Category “Newcomer Gender Equality Champions”

    1.Award criterion 1: Progress Achieved - The applicant demonstrates through concrete examples the progress achieved in creating positive institutional change towards gender equality through the implementation of its GEP. The applicant must support their claims with qualitative and quantitative data including performance measures and indicators.

    2.Award criterion 2: Stakeholder engagement – The applicant should demonstrate a high level of engagement of the organisation’s various internal stakeholders, including women and men from the different categories of staff (and student body for teaching institutions), in the design, implementation and assessment of its GEP.

    Category “Inclusive Gender Equality Champions”

    1.Award criterion 1: Progress achieved - The applicant demonstrates through concrete examples the progress achieved in creating positive institutional change towards inclusive gender equality through the implementation of its inclusive GEP. The applicant must support their claims with qualitative data, and quantitative data including performance measures and indicators, where relevant.

    2.Award criterion 2: Innovative Inclusiveness – The applicant should demonstrate the innovative aspect as its inclusive GEP measures, such as, for example, new ideas not tested elsewhere, advanced participatory approaches, innovative partnerships, or else targeted innovative actions such as actions addressing the impact of COVID-19 on gender equality and inclusiveness, support schemes for endangered researchers, etc.

    Eligibility criteria: The contestant must be a public or private research performing organisation, including a higher education establishment, located in an EU Member State or a country associated to Horizon Europe 128 .

    Applicants that have already received an EU or Euratom prize cannot receive a second prize for the same activities.

    The specific rules of the contest will be published each year by the European Commission (on the Funding & Tenders   Portal but also actively publicised elsewhere to maximise participation), which will directly launch and manage the contest and award the prize based on the judgement of independent experts.

    .

    Expected results: The prizes will boost public awareness of the importance of addressing gender equality in academic and research organisations through institutional change, incentivise a high degree of commitment to the implementation of inclusive GEPs, and create a community of champions inspiring other academic and research organisations into becoming gender equality champions themselves.

    Form of Funding: Prizes

    Type of Action: Recognition Prize

    Indicative timetable: Q4 2023 and Q4 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.40 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.40 million from the 2024 budget

    GRANTS TO IDENTIFIED BENEFICIARIES

    1. European Science in the City next generation

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.The 'European Science in the City' will bring together more than 5000 delegates from more than 50 countries within and outside the European Union;

    2.Showcase latest developments in research and innovation and offer open forum for lively discussion and debate on the future of European science, policy and innovation;

    3.Encompass three interconnected programmes: scientific research and innovation, science-to-business and scientific careers;

    4.Parallel Science in the City festival targets local citizens to extend and enhance dialog and exchange on science and its role in society;

    5.Organise European Talent Fair at the EuroScience Open Forum (ESOF) exhibition during public access day. This matchmaking event will bring together students, early career researchers, scholars, start-ups, industry and investors promoting talent, business and job opportunities across the EU.

    Scope: In addition to the ESOF conference, the host city of ESOF 2024, should include the following two initiatives:

    1.A festival “European Science in the City” to be organised in close collaboration with the European Commission. The goal of the new event, associated with the more general “Science in the City” festival of ESOF, will be to showcase for the general public and European citizens the results of R&I projects supported by the European Commission, including the Horizon Europe programme. The “European Science in the City” festival will be promoted together with the ESOF conference;

    2.A year of events: the European City of Science (ECS) - a true all-year programme with various events and activities programmed by the host city in the spirit of the European Capital of Culture or the European Green Capital. In this perspective, the yearlong programme of the European City of Science will target a wide population of European citizens beyond simple local or regional impact.

    Support offered to the organisers of ESOF 2024 and its associated events, notably the European City of Science (ECS) to ensure that a structured and expanded dialogue among all societal actors (researchers, citizens, policy-makers, business and third sector organisations, including all social groups) will be developed. In this context, special emphasis is placed on exploring and supporting citizen science as an important dimension of open science and as a way to promote further Responsible Research and Innovation through outreach activities, science education and various forms of public engagement with science. Moreover, as part of ESOF conference, a talent fair should be organised.

    An inclusive and integrated combination of seminars, workshops, debates and round table discussions using new interactive and engaging formats is included and centred on Horizon Europe key societal challenges.

    This action supports ERA Policy Agenda action 14, bring science closer to citizens.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation. The University of Silesia in Katowice has a proven record of working in a partnership mode with the European Commission, and in promoting citizen science activities, thus attracting high levels of international media attention.

    Procedure: The evaluation committee will be fully composed by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    University of Silesia in Katowice, 12 Bankowa Street, 40-007 Katowice, Poland

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Q4 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2023 budget

    2. Support to the further operation of cOAlition S

    cOAlition S is an international consortium of research funding and performing organisations that are committed to making full and immediate open access to research publications a reality. cOAlition S has developed Plan S whereby research funders mandate that access to research publications generated through their research grants must be free to access on the day of publication.

    The objective of supporting the further operation of cOAlition S is to monitor the impact of Plan S and explore future activities in support of open access to scientific publications.

    This grant will support the further operation of cOAlition S by supporting activities aimed at:

    1.Monitoring the impact of Plan S;

    2.Providing recommendations on how to build on the achievements of Plan S;

    3.Supporting cOAlition S work on open access to books and monographs by contributing to the upgrade of the OAPEN infrastructure.

    The duration of this action is 24 months.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation. The European Science Foundation has a proven record of working in a partnership mode with the European Commission.

    Procedure: The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    European Science Foundation (ESF), 1, quai Lezay-Marnésia - BP 90015 67080 Strasbourg Cedex - France

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Q3 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.20 million from the 2023 budget

    3. European Union Contest for Young Scientists (EUCYS) 2023

    The European Union Contest for Young Scientists is a science competition for 14- to 20-year-olds. It brings together first prize winners of national science contests for pre-Higher Education Institution school science projects to compete for prizes and awards. The contestants are judged by a jury of eminent scientists selected by the European Commission. The jury award 1st, 2nd and 3rd monetary prizes as well as other prestigious prizes donated to the contest by international research organisations and other similar bodies. The EU Contest takes place each year in a different location. This Contest provides additional stimulus to young people who have already demonstrated that they are applying science to solve problems. Many go on to become successful scientists. It attracts a considerable level of co-funding in the host country, and high levels of international media attention. The organisation of the contest is based on the General Guidelines on the organisation of the European Union Contest for Young Scientists and its Annex 1 – Rules of the contest. These are updated annually by the European Commission 129 . This action supports ERA Policy Agenda action 14 bringing science closer to citizens.

    This action allows for the provision of financial support to third parties in the form of prizes. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    The starting date of the grant awarded under this topic may be as of 01 September 2022. Applicant must justify the need for a retroactive starting date in their application. Costs incurred from the starting date of the action may be considered eligible.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation. The Jeunesses Scientifiques de Belgique has a proven record of working in a partnership mode with the European Commission.

    Procedure: The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    Jeunesses Scientifiques de Belgique (ASBL), Avenue Latérale 17 – 1180 Brussels

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Q1 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget

    4. Support to Retirement Savings Vehicle for European Research Institutions and research performing individuals (RESAVER)

    As asserted in Article 22 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, everyone, as a member of society, has the right to social security and is entitled to the realisation, through national effort and international co-operation and in accordance with the organisation and resources of each State, of the economic, social and cultural rights indispensable for his dignity and the free development of his personality. Nevertheless, social security in most member states is under pressure and mobile employees, researchers in particular, experience additional obstacles in accumulating an adequate amount of pension provisions. Most prominent issues experienced by mobile researchers in relation to the accumulation of occupational pensions (second pillar) are the vesting period, transferability of assets and administrative burden during the accumulation phase and at retirement. Moreover, this action contributes to the implementation of Policy Agenda action 4 on ‘Promoting attractive and sustainable research careers, balanced talent circulation and international, transdisciplinary and intersectoral mobility across the ERA’.

    The RESAVER Pension Fund has been created with the ambition to tackle the issues listed above by facilitating free circulation of researchers and removing pension as an obstacle to mobility, which corresponds to the strategic objectives of the Union policy as stipulated in Article 179 TFEU on the establishment of a European Research Area.

    The RESAVER Occupational fund became operational in May 2017 and since then the fund has welcomed research organisations from Hungary, Austria, Netherlands, Italy, Belgium, Cyprus, Spain and France. In parallel with geographical expansion, RESAVER should engage in mutually beneficial collaborations with local occupational pension funds for the benefit of mobile employees. In order to answer to the needs of mobile researchers who do not receive occupational pension employee benefits, or receive an insufficient level of contributions, RESAVER should provide a personal pension solution to mobile researchers. In addition, the investment strategy should be fine-tuned continuously in order to correspond to the specific needs of researchers and research performing organisations and should be aligned with the objectives with European Research Area and ERA Policy Agenda.

    In this context, the pension fund is expected to perform the following tasks: pension fund management, implementation of additional countries and organisations in the pension fund, provide advice to the board concerning the legal framework, coordinate the development and distribution of a third pillar solution, support the project in ad hoc tasks, contribute to the establishment of partnerships with local pension funds and coordination of investment strategy adjustments, actively engage with relevant stakeholders to create wide support to promote pan-European solutions that benefit researchers in general, and mobile researchers in particular.

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties such as the RESAVER Consortium. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60.000.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation. The RESAVER Pension Fund OFP has a proven record of working in a partnership mode with the European Commission.

    Procedure: The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    'RESAVER Pension Fund OFP' (Retirement Savings Vehicle for European Research Institutions), 22, Rue de Pascale, 1040 Brussels. Belgium

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Q3 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 2.50 million from the 2023 budget

    5. European Union Contest for early-career researchers

    In order to attract more early-career researchers to a career in science and promote the opportunities not only in academia, but also industry and starting up own business, a special event for early-career researchers has been piloted as part of Leiden 2022 European City of Science. The event has a clear European dimension, and the next edition should build on the work already done as part of Leiden 2022 European City of Science.

    The event will bring together at least 100 early career researchers from across the European Union, researchers who should be gender-balanced, and as much as possible also reflect geographical and other diversity characteristics, divided in small teams, and mentors from academia, industry and SMEs in a competition to find scientific solutions to a set of challenges. Specific challenges are determined through a consultation with stakeholders in that particular field and are based on broader policy priorities. This action supports ERA Policy Agenda action 14, Bringing science closer to citizens.

    This action allows for the provision of financial support to third parties in the form of prizes. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation. The University of Silesia in Katowice has a proven record of working in a partnership mode with the European Commission, and in promoting citizen science activities, thus attracting high levels of international media attention.

    Procedure: The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    University of Silesia in Katowice, 12 Bankowa Street, 40-007 Katowice, Poland

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Q3 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2023 budget

    6. European Union Contest for Young Scientists (EUCYS) 2024

    The European Union Contest for Young Scientists is a science competition for 14- to 20-year-olds. It brings together first prize winners of national science contests for pre-Higher Education Institution school science projects to compete for prizes and awards. The contestants are judged by a jury of eminent scientists selected by the European Commission. The jury award 1st, 2nd and 3rd monetary prizes as well as other prestigious prizes donated to the contest by international research organisations and other similar bodies. The EU Contest takes place each year in a different location. This Contest provides additional stimulus to young people who have already demonstrated that they are applying science to solve problems. Many go on to become successful scientists. It attracts a considerable level of co-funding in the host country, and high levels of international media attention. The organisation of the contest is based on the General Guidelines on the organisation of the European Union Contest for Young Scientists and its Annex 1 – Rules of the contest. These are updated annually by the European Commission 130 . This action supports ERA Policy Agenda action 14, Bringing science closer to citizens.

    This action allows for the provision of financial support to third parties in the form of prizes. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 60 000.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation. The National Centre for Education of the Republic of Latvia has a proven record of working in a partnership mode with the European Commission.

    Procedure: The evaluation committee will be composed fully by representatives of EU institutions.

    Legal entities:

    National Centre for Education of the Republic of Latvia, Strūgu street 4, Riga, LV-1003

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Q1 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2024 budget

    7. Implementation of COST actions - Specific Grant under Framework Partnership Agreement

    The European Commission funds almost the entire programme under a Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) with underlying Specific Grant Agreements (SGAs). In the FPA and the SGAs the beneficiary COST Association commits to a mandatory conditionality to spend at least 50% of the budget at the benefit of researchers from Widening countries and to run 80% of the activities with a significant widening dimension. This specific grant agreement covers the expenditures for a duration of two years. The primary purpose of this grant is the implementation of the COST networking actions. Other services may be implemented as far as complementary and appropriate. The personnel costs operations incurred by the COST Association as the implementing structure are eligible as direct cost up to a maximum of 14,7 million Euro as far as they are necessary for the implementation of the COST networking actions and related other support activities. For the same purpose cost for other goods and services and subcontracting are eligible up to a cumulated maximum of 2,3 million Euro. COST networking actions will be implemented by third party grant holders using financial support to third parties.

    The beneficiary may provide financial support to third parties in the form of grants. The maximum amount to be granted to each third party must be necessary to meet the objectives of the SGA and will be fixed in the grant agreement in line with the COST Vademecum. It will be used for the implementation of networking tools defined in a closed list that is fixed in the description of the action.

    The COST Association will organise competitive open calls and an independent evaluation and selection procedure according to its own rules in agreement with the European Commission. At proposal stage at least 50% of the participants must be located in Widening countries.

    This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation

    Legal entities:

    COST Association, Avenue du Boulevard - Bolwerklaan 21, 1210 Brussels

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e) - Coordination and support action

    The general conditions, including admissibility conditions, eligibility conditions, award criteria, evaluation and award procedure, legal and financial set-up for grants, financial and operational capacity and exclusion, and procedure are provided in parts A to G of the General Annexes.

    Indicative timetable: Q2 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 110.00 million from the 2024 budget

    EXPERT CONTRACT ACTIONS

    1. Use of individual experts in support of the new ERA's objectives

    This action will support the provision of independent expertise to improve the evidence base and collect advice on various aspects related to the Reforming and Enhancing the European Union Research and Innovation System and the revitalised European Research Area. Individual experts will work in the following domains:

    1.Experts to contribute to monitoring of progress of the realisation of ERA’s objectives;

    2.Experts on Human Resources and researchers’ careers, experts on skills, experts on services for researchers such as those of the EURAXESS services network including the Charter & Code and HRS4R assessment process, social security and remuneration experts, experts in legal matters related to research careers and employment-related aspects, and experts in legal matters related to cross-border institutional cooperation, notably higher education institutions and public research organisations;

    3.Experts to contribute to the analysis of the expected impacts of the ERA Policy Agenda actions, to the development of these actions, and to the analysis of potential barriers.

    The ERA Scoreboard will provide internationally comparable quantitative data and indicators to monitor progress on the realisation of the new ERA at EU and national level, revise priorities and actions in the ERA Roadmap and provide evidence and analysis for the European Semester. The Scoreboard will be issued on an annual basis.

    For the European Framework for Research Careers and all areas linked to it, including reinforcing the human resources and skills dimensions in RPOs, an encompassing approach covering multiple expertise is expected to enable, among others, the current EURAXESS, HRS4R and RESAVER as well as any initiative covered by the Framework for Research Careers, to tap into the competences and the resources of a single expert pool, thus avoiding unnecessary multiplication of roles and dispersion of financial and organisational resources. In addition, experts in cross-border institutional cooperation and mobility of R&I talents should allow gathering evidence and advice to facilitate cross-border cooperation between higher education institutions and between higher education institutions and other actors of the ecosystem, as well as facilitate circulation of talents.

    A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative timetable: Q3 2023 and Q3 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.68 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.77 million from the 2024 budget

    2. External expertise for ad hoc tasks related to the implementation of the HE Ethics Appraisal

    This action will support the use of independent experts to advise on or assist with the implementation of the Horizon Europe Ethics Appraisal scheme in view of ensuring and maintaining its quality and effectiveness.

    Since the above tasks require specialised knowledge in research ethics/integrity and the related national and European legal framework (e.g., Data protection and privacy, Informed Consent, Artificial Intelligence and Emerging technologies, Benefit sharing, etc.) a special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative timetable: Q2 2023 and Q2 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.10 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.10 million from the 2024 budget

    3. External expertise for monitoring of Widening and ERA actions

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation and where appropriate include ethics checks, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative timetable: Q1 2023 to Q4 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.65 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.45 million from the 2024 budget

    4. Monitoring experts for Horizon 2020 legacy

    This action is for financing external experts in charge of reviewing legacy projects from Horizon 2020 related to SEWP and Swafs.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative timetable: Q1 2023 to Q4 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.40 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.25 million from the 2024 budget

    PUBLIC PROCUREMENT

    1. Development of the European Innovation Scoreboard (EIS) and the Regional Innovation Scoreboard (RIS)

    Scope

    This action will assure the continuation and further development of the European Innovation Scoreboard (EIS) which is already produced annually for almost two decades, as well as of the biennial Regional Innovation Scoreboard (RIS). The scoreboards provide European, national and regional policy-makers, innovation practitioners and all interested public with a solid, European Union-wide analytical tool to help measure, monitor, and benchmark the innovation performance of the European Union (EU), individual Member States and their regions as well as Associated Countries and other key international economic partners. The scoreboards identify the relative strengths and weaknesses of the research and innovation systems, and help the Member States to assess areas in which they need to concentrate their efforts in order to boost their innovation performance.

    In addition, the action will explore further methodological advancements and R&I related topics not yet addressed to strengthen the analytical capacity of the tool and increase its robustness, usability and outreach.

    The outcomes of the project are expected to provide a solid evidence base for tailored innovation policies aiming at supporting competitiveness, value creation, employment and prosperity in the European Union.

    Expected outcomes

    The services under this action cover the production of the EIS annually and of the RIS every two years for the period 2024-2027, as well as their underlying data and relating documents, such as the methodology report and the country profiles. The services will also cover methodological advancements of the analytical frameworks and the overall methodology, and exploratory research studies to address new challenges and priorities related to the innovation systems, not covered by the scoreboards.

    Finally, the services will cover communication and dissemination activities, which will increase the uptake and visibility of the tools, including the maintenance, update and further development of the interactive tool, which allows customised visual comparisons of the innovation performance between countries and regions

    A new framework contract will be concluded for a duration of 4 years, covering the EIS 2024 – 2027 including the above-described services and reports with an estimated budget ceiling of EUR 2 million over the whole duration of the framework contract.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q1 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.80 million from the 2023 budget

    2. EU data for R&I policy

    The initiative allows Member States and the European Commission to share microdata related to R&I projects, and the progressive integration of R&I project data with other sources of related data, are fundamental to strengthen ERA and reinforce our research and innovation systems by informing better evidence-based policy making. The main tasks are: (1) Data sharing and interoperability of different sources of competitive or non-competitive Research and Innovation funding in the European Union, and integration with relevant external data sources; (2) Digital enabling infrastructure; (3) Data analysis and visualisation tools (The EU Dashboard); (4) Capacity building. These activities will be complemented with other data activities aimed at acquiring, interlinking and visualising R&I related data.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q1 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the 2024 budget

    3. Development, maintenance and promotion of the ERA Talent Platform, including EURAXESS and associated websites and tools + IS Coordinators

    The ERA Talent Platform, including EURAXESS is one of the key initiatives enhancing researcher careers and, as such, is one of the operational instruments of the European Research Area (ERA). It particularly contributes to removing the barriers to mobility and making the European Union more attractive to researchers. As an ERA implementation measure, and an important instrument under ERA Policy Agenda action 4, the EURAXESS portal and instruments under its umbrella are expanded towards a comprehensive recruitment, career development and social networking web-platform, dedicated to researchers and institutions seeking for R&I talent or willing to improve their institutional talent management policies and practices.

    This action will build on the work under the previous Work Programme ‘Science with and for Society’, in particular the Study on ERA Priority 3 and ERA TOP IV Extension, as well as on the current Work Programme, more specifically the action on the EURAXESS.

    The portal is supporting institutional transformations on recruitment, working conditions and career development of researchers, and it is aligned to the reviewed European Charter for Researchers and the Code of Conduct for the Recruitment of Researchers, as well as the updated Skills Agenda. It is also interoperable with other European websites and platforms such as EURES and the new Europass, and has adopted new functionalities required in line with the European Skills, Competences Qualifications and Occupations (ESCO), the enhanced framework of research careers, etc. The improved EURAXESS portal will be called ERA Talent platform.

    Different activities will be undertaken to increase the capacity and ensure the user-friendliness of the EURAXESS portal and associated websites and tools (among which EURAXESS, HRS4R, RESAVER). They also include technical maintenance, architectural developments, and graphical and functional enhancements related to the most recent political developments. These activities will also encompass services by external information system providers who, on the basis of inputs provided by the responsible Commission services, guarantee the smooth running of the EURAXESS portal and associated websites and tools.

    The promotion activities will increase awareness about the ERA and its priorities. The promotion activities, among which stakeholder dialogues, events, workshops or conferences, such as the EURAXESS Conference, the HRS4R Info days, or the HR Strategy Mutual Learning seminars, will also address topics concerning the barriers to the mobility of researchers across borders, sectors and disciplines, with a focus on creating and stimulating conditions for open, transparent and merit-based recruitment, as well as attractive career options for researchers across the European Union and beyond.

    The newly designed EURAXESS website should be seen as an interface that facilitates matching between researchers and employers, candidates and jobs, beneficiaries and benefits, research and funding. The action will also further develop activities to sections of the website and the instruments under its umbrella, inter alia additional modules for RESAVER and the upgrade of the Human Resources Strategy for Researchers (HRS4R) e-tool based on the Charter and Code future revisions and developments. The EURAXESS is also expected to integrate an additional online instrument - a portal gathering EU and national programmes and schemes for intersectoral mobility, which should provide easy access for individuals who want to engage in intersectoral mobility or want to be employed as intermediate between the academic and non-academic sector, notably businesses.

    The newly designed website will improve automatised data gathering in order to allow the Commission to produce high quality data and evidence in support of future ERA policy developments, relevant legislation and actions.

    This action requires collaboration with a large group of stakeholders, including EURAXESS Bridgehead Organisations/National Coordinators, national portal administrators, EURAXESS Worldwide and other relevant stakeholders. Activities should also include services by external information system provider(s) who, on the basis of inputs provided by the responsible Commission services, guarantee the smooth running of the platform.

    Web communication and online promotion activities with stakeholders related to the rollout of the newly designed platform and the portals and tools under its umbrella should also be foreseen as part of this action.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q4 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 2.50 million from the 2023 budget

    4. EURAXESS Worldwide - Implementation 2024-2025

    The new ERA Communication outlines that EURAXESS services, network and portals will be broadened into an online one-stop shop with improved structure and governance. The Council Conclusions on the Future of the ERA calls on the Commission and Member States to develop EURAXESS to foster “inclusiveness” within the ERA to address existing barriers to unbalanced mobility pattern by supporting researchers in their career development within the ERA, connecting researchers and institutions and improving employability and talent absorption and mobility schemes.

    The first specific contract implementing the EURAXESS WORLDWIDE Framework Contract will cover the animation of the network. This specific contract will guarantee the continuity of the operations of the network in the different destinations and allow the extension of the activities to new countries and tasks.

    This action aims to complement the European dimension of EURAXESS with an additional dimension and module addressing international and European researchers living and working outside of the European Union. It is expected to consist of the development of a portfolio of support services and associated tools, designed to create transnational ties with researchers and scientific communities within the global R&I ecosystem.

    This action will build on the EURAXESS Worldwide structure of international hubs and it is expected to be a physical and virtual networking, knowledge-sharing and advocacy platform of services and tools. It will serve as a diplomacy asset and it will promote European R&I instruments, and attract international talents to the European Union and European researchers back home.

    This action should operate in solid alignment with the European dimension of EURAXESS. Collaboration is foreseen between EURAXESS Worldwide international hubs and EURAXESS Bridgehead Organisations, National Coordinators and centres across the European Union. The action is expected to bridge researchers working outside of the European Union to their peers working inside the European Union, activate scientific communities and connect them with business and professional associations, as well as R&I employers and funders.

    The international dimension of EURAXESS should also be fostered through networking events, information sessions or training, as well as online instruments and tools, with a mission, inter alia to:

    1.Promote the European values and R&I landscape as a favourable environment for excellent research;

    2.Facilitate knowledge and skills transfer, scientific collaboration and recruiting processes, while lifting obstacles to return;

    3.Strengthen S&T links with home countries through policy feedback tools and dialogues, as well as;

    4.Improve data to a better understanding of European researchers living and working outside of the European Union, as well as on mobility and research careers policy in general;

    5.Support international researchers and innovators to exploit European possibilities to create future markets, leverage private finance and scale up their businesses by connecting them with regional and national innovation actors.

    EURAXESS WORLDWIDE officers are located in the following countries and regions: Africa, ASEAN, Australia & New Zealand, China, India, Japan, North America, South Korea, and Latin America.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q3 2023 and Q3 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 2.00 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 2.00 million from the 2024 budget

    5. Monitoring gender equality in Research and Innovation - Development, implementation and dissemination of indicators (She Figures)

    Gender equality as a priority has been strengthened progressively in the EU. In Research and Innovation (R&I), there is a need to better capture progress made towards the individual European Research Area (ERA) priorities and inform evidence-based policy-making. In cooperation with the Member States, the European Commission will continue collecting comparable sex-disaggregated data and monitoring, with appropriate indicators, the implementation of gender policies and actions at different levels - institutional, national, EU and, where available, world level. The study will update data and propose new indicators to show the progress towards gender equality in R&I, following the chronological journey of researchers from graduating from doctoral studies to participating in the labour market and acquiring decision-making roles, while exploring differences in women’s and men’s working conditions and research and innovation output.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q2 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.50 million from the 2024 budget

    6. Eurobarometer on European citizens’ knowledge and attitudes towards science and technology

    Fostering science and innovation is a central priority for the European Union (EU). EU support for research and innovation (R&I) aims to improve the quality and quantity of research and innovation conducted, ensure that the processes and outcomes of research and innovation align with the needs, values and expectations of society, and that it addresses the many pressing issues that face us as individuals, as society, and as a planet.

    Increasing expectations are placed on R&I to develop social and technological solutions to pressing problems, for instance in the fields of public health, climate change and biodiversity loss, as R&I undergoes a transformation of its modus operandi towards open and responsible research and innovation. Yet ethical, research integrity, and other issues continue to damage the standing of science and scientific practice, innovations continue to be developed that are questioned or even rejected by society, and scientific knowledge – and support for research and innovation – is highly unequally distributed across the European Union and its population.

    Up-to-date and robust evidence is needed to understand societal trends, improve interactions and the relationship between science and society, and to inform the continued development of policy responses at different levels of governance.

    This Eurobarometer will provide a snapshot of European citizens’ knowledge and attitudes towards science and technology, ensuring time-series comparisons to important sets of questions in previous Eurobarometers. In addition, it will capture data needed for the continued monitoring of the evolution and benefits of open and responsible research and innovation, and the relationship between science and society more generally. Finally, it may focus on specific aspects that have not been covered or examined in detail in recent or previous exercises.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q3 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2024 budget

    7. Studies and communication

    Activities should support the Pact for Research and Innovation and the implementation of the ERA Policy Agenda and may include studies, support and communication activities that are needed to analyse and enhance the EU R&I environment, for example

    1.Collection of project feedback, in particular with respect to key exploitable results;

    2.Organisational support for consulting the R&I stakeholders community on R&I needs;

    3.Production and dissemination of communication material and the organisation of events related the ERA, synergies with the EEA, European R&I agendas and Horizon Europe;

    4.Support to Member States ensuring coherent communication activities on the implementation of the ERA policy agenda across target groups;

    5.Analysis of the expected impacts of the ERA Policy Agenda actions, and of potential barriers to their development.

    The limited numbers of contracts may be implemented on the basis of framework contracts, in order to further ensure that the Commission is provided with appropriate and timely analyses, which in turn should facilitate the proper integration of policy studies into the preparation of new policy initiatives.

    Cooperation with the presidencies of the Council of the European Union and stakeholders is envisaged and could include direct support to ERA-related presidency events.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q3 2023 and Q3 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.48 million from the 2024 budget

    8. Implementation of the ERA Monitoring Mechanism

    The Council Conclusions on the Future Governance of the European Research Area (ERA) calls on the Commission and Member States to develop a new ERA online policy platform with the aim to have a consistent, robust and quality tested national reporting system, taking into account current instruments. Furthermore, the Council recommendation on a Pact for Research and Innovation in the European Union (Pact for R&I), defines that the platform should inform on (i) the implementation of the ERA policy agenda at Union and national level; and on (ii) other relevant investments, reforms and activities supporting the principles and ERA priority areas set out in the Pact for R&I. The Commission and the Member States should share information through the ERA policy online platform on their current and planned policies and programmes that contribute to implementing the ERA policy agenda, and more broadly contribute to the principles and priorities set out by the Pact for R&I. In that sense, the online platform could serve as a kind of “hub” for sharing information around the new ERA and ease exchange between all actors. It supports ERA Policy Agenda action 19.

    Considering this, the online policy platform should be structured around the various elements that ensure the future monitoring of and reporting on the ERA implementation, including a scoreboard and dashboard and a tool for reporting from the Member States and the Commission on the implementation of the ERA policy agenda (e.g., annual reports to the Member States). Moreover, it should provide for easy access to and information on the priorities areas of the Pact for R&I, the ERA policy agenda, including its list of joint actions and their state of implementation, and on Member States. A clear structure should ensure compatibility and comparability of information per country and per action.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q3 2024

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.80 million from the 2024 budget

    9. EURAXESS Worldwide - Framework contract 2024-2027

    The Directorate-General for Research and Innovation launched the EURAXESS Worldwide initiative (formerly called ERA Link) in 2006 with the aim of creating a networking of European researchers abroad giving them a virtual connection to the European Union and thus maintaining them as a European resource even if they are not physically present in the European Union. This action was initially launched in the United States (2006), then in Japan (2008) and China (2009). EURAXESS WORLDWIDE officers are currently located in the following countries and regions: Africa, ASEAN, Australia and New Zealand, China, India, Japan, North America, South Korea, and Latin America. New countries could be opened during the implementation phase of the framework contract. The new framework contract will cover more countries or hubs during the contractual period.

    EURAXESS is an initiative of the European Research Area (ERA) strategy that addresses barriers to the mobility of researchers and seeks to enhance scientific collaboration between the European Union and the rest of the world. The initiative strives to become the global support and career development tool for European and international researchers, not only for their mobility experience inside and outside the European Union, but also for their social networking with researchers from all over the world. Designed as a comprehensive toolset it provides access to a complete range of information and supports services.

    The objective of the international arm of the EURAXESS initiative is to link the European Union to the rest of the world and to promote international collaboration of researchers, mobility and career development. Through their websites, monthly newsletters and activities the EURAXESS WORLDWIDE country representatives maintain the link between the European Union and the world. The aim is to promote the attractiveness of the European Union to undertake research both European and non-European researchers outside of the European Union.

    This framework contract will guarantee the continuity of the operations of the network for the period 2024-2027 in the different destinations and allow the extension of the activities to new countries and tasks. Its estimated budget is EUR 9.5 million.

    Form of Funding: Procurement

    Type of Action: Public procurement

    Indicative timetable: Q2 2023

    INDIRECT MANAGEMENT

    1. Research Careers Observatory – contribution agreement with OECD

    To monitor the implementation of the European Framework for Research Careers and to provide evidence on the effectiveness of measures aiming at balanced talent circulation and strengthening research careers, Directorate-General Research and Innovation is establishing a Research Careers Observatory, to enable the tracking of researchers in terms of mobility, careers, skills, and working conditions. Anticipated outcomes are the following: ability to monitor the implementation of the Framework for Research Careers and system reform; shared understanding on support data needs of Member States and research performing organisations; increased attractiveness of European research performing organisations for the best talents through accessible data.

    The objective of this action is to put in place a European Research Careers Observatory that combines the best of the current EU data tools and capacities in one single place, in addition to collecting new data, while further enhancing their use and relevance for policy-makers, organisations, and researchers. In collaboration with the European Commission, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) will be responsible for the design, development and maintenance of the database, managing the data collection and dissemination process. The aim is also to fill the gaps in data related to certain focus areas of the Framework, such as digital and green skills, in order to provide relevant evidence for policy making at European and national level in a global context.

    Conceptually, the observatory is proposed to monitor three dimensions of research careers: (i) skills and training, (ii) research jobs, and (iii) mobility and exchange. The Observatory will be accessible via the ERA Talent Platform / EURAXESS. The work should provide indicators on the attractiveness across the EU territory for research careers and talents, taking into account national schemes for observatory and monitoring. It should enable real-time monitoring of national systems of remuneration and employment conditions, social security policies, portability of grants and pensions, as well as research mobility patterns of researchers, both geographically and intersectoral mobility, paying particular attention to gender and intersectional differences in research careers. The agreement with OECD envisages annual reporting to feed the observatory, where feasible, and a duration from 2023 until up to 2028.

    Legal entities:

    OECD - Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, 2 Rue André Pascal, 75016 Paris, France

    Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

    Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

    Indicative timetable: Q1 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 2.20 million from the 2024 budget

    Budget 131

    Budget line(s)

    2023 Budget(EUR million)

    2024 Budget(EUR million)

    Calls

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-01

    16.00

    158.00

    from 01.020401

    16.00

    158.00

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-02

    140.00

    from 01.020401

    140.00

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-03

    54.00

    from 01.020401

    54.00

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-04

    20.00

    from 01.020401

    20.00

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-05

    5.00

    from 01.020401

    5.00

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-06

    40.00

    40.00

    from 01.020401

    40.00

    40.00

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ACCESS-07

    60.00

    from 01.020401

    60.00

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-01

    50.00

    47.00

    from 01.020401

    50.00

    47.00

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-TALENTS-02

    8.00

    from 01.020401

    8.00

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-02

    8.00

    from 01.020401

    8.00

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-TALENTS-03

    40.00

    from 01.020401

    40.00

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2023-ERA-01

    34.70

    from 01.020402

    34.70

    HORIZON-WIDERA-2024-ERA-01

    40.80 132

    from 01.020402

    40.80

    Other actions

    Prize

    0.55

    0.55

    from 01.020402

    0.55

    0.55

    Grant to identified beneficiary according to Financial Regulation Article 195(e)

    6.20

    111.00

    from 01.020401

    110.00

    from 01.020402

    6.20

    1.00

    Expert contract action

    1.83

    1.57

    from 01.020401

    0.75

    0.85

    from 01.020402

    1.08

    0.72

    Public procurement

    7.30

    6.28

    from 01.020401

    0.28

    from 01.020402

    7.30

    6.00

    Indirectly managed action

    1.50

    2.20

    from 01.020402

    1.50

    2.20

    Estimated total budget

    445.08

    455.40

    (1)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0628&from=EN.
    (2)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/strategy_on_research_and_innovation/documents/com_2022_332_1_en_act.pdf.
    (3)    https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-14308-2021-INIT/en/pdf.
    (4)    This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    (5)    REGULATION (EU) 2021/1529 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 15 September 2021 establishing the Instrument for Pre-Accession assistance (IPA III). Nevertheless, it is not exclusively for participants from Widening countries since it pursues a pan-European approach of collaboration and mutual knowledge sharing in the spirit of solidarity. COM(2020) 641, final on An Economic and Investment Plan for the Western Balkans.
    (6)    (COM(2020) 628 final, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0628&from=EN)
    (7) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (8)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (9)    This can be considered under the category of ‘other goods, works and services’
    (10)    This can be considered under the category of ‘other goods, works and services’
    (11) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (12)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (13)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (14)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (15) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (16)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (17)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (18) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (19)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (20)    C(2022) 4747 final, Brussels, 5.7.2022
    (21) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (22)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (23) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (24)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (25) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (26)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (27) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (28)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (29)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (30)    This can be considered under the category of ‘other goods, works and services’
    (31)     https://europa.eu/europass/en/create-europass-cv .
    (32)     http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM:2012:0392:FIN
    (33)     http://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reco/2005/251/oj
    (34)    Corresponding to profiles R3 or R4 of researchers careers as set out in the “European Framework for Research Careers” provided at https://cdn5.euraxess.org/sites/default/files/policy_library/towards_a_european_framework_for_researc h_careers_final.pdf
    (35)    That can be considered under the category of "other goods, works and services"
    (36) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (37)    specifically to Topic HORIZON-MSCA-2023-PF-01-01, TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships
    (38)    As an illustration, Eurodoc published a list of such transferable skills at: http://eurodoc.net/skills-report-2018.pdf
    (39) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (40)    specifically to Topic HORIZON-MSCA-2024-PF-01-01, TMA Postdoctoral Fellowships - European Fellowships
    (41)    As an illustration, Eurodoc published a list of such transferable skills at: http://eurodoc.net/skills-report-2018.pdf
    (42) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (43)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (44)    'Academic sector' means public or private higher education establishments awarding academic degrees, public or private non-profit research organisations for whom one of the main objectives is to pursue research or technological development, and International European Research Organisations (IERO).
    (45)    'Non-academic sector' means any socio-economic actor not included in the academic sector and fulfilling the requirements of the Horizon Europe Rules for Participation. This includes all fields of future workplaces of researchers and research and innovation talents, from industry to business, independent research infrastructures (e.g. ERICs), government, civil society organisations, cultural institutions, hospitals, etc.
    (46)    This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-decision_he_en.pdf
    (47)    Council recommendation on a Pact for research and innovation in Europe and Council conclusions on future governance of ERA, including ERA Policy Agenda
    (48) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (49)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (50)    https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-14126-2021-INIT/en/pdf
    (51)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/communication-eu-china-a-strategic-outlook.pdf
    (52)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/strategy_on_research_and_innovation/documents/ec_rtd_com2021-252.pdf
    (53) NB - Such recommendations call, among others, for the EU to build a permanent EU Info Centre for policy, academic, media and business based on existing networks and expertise available on China and to establish links between stakeholders from academia, public and private sector to create a network of China related actors and work on China in a concerted way.     https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-1204-2021-INIT/en/pdf
    (54)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/horizon-cl2-2021-transformations-01-07 -
    (55)     https://sfdora.org/
    (56)     https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379949.locale=en
    (57)     https://www.globalresearchcouncil.org/news/responsible-research-assessment/
    (58)    Annex to the Council Conclusions on the future governance of the European Research Area of 26 November 2021 https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-14308-2021-INIT/en/pdf
    (59) https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/707440    Scoping report “Towards a reform of the research assessment system”:
    (60)    The 10 principles identified during the stakeholders consultation and listed in the scoping report are: Ethics and integrity; Freedom of scientific research; Autonomy of research organisations; Independence and transparency of the data, infrastructure and criteria; Quality; Contribution to advancing knowledge and the (potential) impact of research results; Diversity of research activities, practices, outputs; Variety of scientific disciplines, research approaches, research career stages; Diversity in research roles and careers, and team science; and Gender equality, equal opportunities and inclusiveness
    (61)    Open science practices include: early and open sharing of research (for example through preregistration, registered reports, pre-prints, or crowd-sourcing); research output management; measures to ensure reproducibility of research outputs; providing open access to research outputs (such as publications, data, software, models, algorithms, and workflows); participation in open peer-review; and involving all relevant knowledge actors including citizens, civil society and end users in the co creation of R&I agendas and contents (such as citizen science).
    (62)     ERAC 1205/1/20 REV 1 : Sexual Harassment in the Research and Higher Education Sector: National Policies and Measures in EU Member States and Associated Countries
    (63)     ERA Policy Agenda Action 5 outcome: “Strategy to counteract gender-based violence including sexual harassment in the European R&I system and to assure gender equality in working environments through institutional change in any research funding or performing organisation”
    (64)     https://unisafe-gbv.eu/
    (65)    EIGE’s Gender Equality in Academia and Research tool: https://eige.europa.eu/gender-mainstreaming/toolkits/gear/action-toolbox
    (66)    See e.g., ERAC 1205/1/20 REV 1, by former ERAC Standing Working Group on Gender in Research and Innovation (SWG GRI): Sexual Harassment in the Research and Higher Education Sector: National Policies and Measures in EU Member States and Associated Countries
    (67)    European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, She Figures 2021: gender in research and innovation: statistics and indicators, Publications Office, 2021, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/06090
    (68)    Commission Communication on a European Strategy for Universities, 4.2 Foster diversity, inclusiveness and gender equality, https://education.ec.europa.eu/document/commission-communication-on-a-european-strategy-for-universities ; Digital Education Action Plan 2021 -2027, Action 13: Women participation in STEM, https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/digital/education-action-plan .
    (69)    Science, technology, engineering, (the arts) and mathematics (STEAM) is a multidisciplinary set of approaches to education removing traditional barriers between subjects and disciplines to connect STEM and ICT education with the arts, humanities, and social sciences.
    (70)     Shemakes.EU and EQUALS-EU
    (71)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/665566 ; https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/665825 ; https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101000063
    (72)     www.embassy.science
    (73)    Council Conclusions on Biodiversity – the need for urgent action, 11829/20, https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-11829-2020-INIT/en/pdf
    (74)    Council Conclusions on Biodiversity – the need for urgent action, 11829/20, https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-11829-2020-INIT/en/pdf
    (75)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/european-green-deal-communication_en.pdf
    (76)    Council Conclusions on the Farm to Fork Strategy, 12099/20, https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-12099-2020-INIT/en/pdf
    (77)    UNESCO Declaration of Ethical Principles in Relation to Climate Change (2017), https://en.unesco.org/themes/ethics-science-and-technology/ethical-principles .
    (78)    As also highlighted in the Council Conclusions on Biodiversity – the need for urgent action, 11829/20, https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-11829-2020-INIT/en/pdf
    (79)    Ibid.
    (80)    Also reaffirmed in the Council Conclusions on Biodiversity – the need for urgent action, 11829/20, https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-11829-2020-INIT/en/pdf
    (81)     http://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/other/hi/h2020-ethics_code-of-conduct_en.pdf
    (82)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/european-green-deal-communication_en.pdf
    (83)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/programme-guide_horizon_en.pdf
    (84)     www.embassy.science
    (85)     http://www.enrio.eu/
    (86)    Detailed information of the mentioned EU funded projects can be found on CORDIS website: https://cordis.europa.eu/
    (87)     www.embassy.science
    (88)     www.embassy.science
    (89)     http://eneri.eu/
    (90)    Communication From the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: 2030 Digital Compass: the European way for the Digital Decade, COM(2021) 118 final, Brussels, 9.3.2021, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:12e835e2-81af-11eb-9ac9-01aa75ed71a1.0001.02/DOC_1&format=PDF
    (91)    Floridi, L. The European Legislation on AI: a Brief Analysis of its Philosophical Approach. Philos. Technol. 34, 215–222 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s13347-021-00460-9 .
    (92)    Ferretti, A., Ienca, M., Sheehan, M. et al. Ethics review of big data research: What should stay and what should be reformed?. BMC Med Ethics 22,51 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12910-021-00616-4 .
    (93)     https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/PE-85-2021-INIT/en/pdf
    (94)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/data-act-proposal-regulation-harmonised-rules-fair-access-and-use-data
    (95)     https://ec.europa.eu/health/ehealth-digital-health-and-care/european-health-data-space_en
    (96)    As confirmed by the Marseille Declaration on International Cooperation in Research and Innovation of 8 March 2022, and reflected as priority of the European Research Area Policy Agenda for 2022-2024 .
    (97)    Floridi, L. The European Legislation on AI: a Brief Analysis of its Philosophical Approach. Philos. Technol. 34, 215–222 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s13347-021-00460-9 .
    (98)     EUR-Lex - 52021PC0206 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)
    (99)    For health research, a notable example of a Benchmarking Tool for ethics oversight has been developed by the WHO. See https://cdn.who.int/media/docs/default-source/ethics/who-benchmarking-tool_research-ethics-oversight_draft-for-consultation-26-nov-2021.pdf?sfvrsn=ed34a0ec_5
    (100)     https://ec.europa.eu/education/education-in-the-eu/digital-education-action-plan_en
    (101)    Detailed information of the mentioned EU-funded projects can be found on CORDIS website: https://cordis.europa.eu/
    (102)     http://eneri.eu/
    (103)     https://embassy.science/
    (104) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (105)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (106)    Of which EUR 1.00 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget.
    (107)    The topic is likely to be updated in the light of future discussions in the WIDERA Programme Committee and the ERA Forum in order to narrow down the scope of the topic.
    (108)    ResearchComp has been developed in line with the new ERA Communication and the Skills Agenda to strengthen researchers skills for successful careers in academia and beyond. The conceptual model of the framework includes 38 skills, divided in 7 competence areas (Cognitive abilities, Doing research, Managing research, Managing research tools, Making an impact, Working with others, Self-management). Each stakeholder will be able to use the framework according to its own needs. The final version of ResearchComp, to be rolled out by the end of 2022, will also include learning outcomes for each of the relevant skills. More information can be found in the policy brief “Knowledge ecosystems in the new ERA: Using a competence-based approach for career development in academia and beyond” https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/8d536780-3025-11ed-975d-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
    (109)    www.eit-hei.eu; EIT HEI Initiative has been designed with the aim of increasing the innovation and entrepreneurial capacity in higher education by bringing together HEIs in innovation value chains and ecosystems across Europe.
    (110)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/eu-valorisation-policy/knowledge-valorisation-platform_en
    (111)     https://intellectual-property-helpdesk.ec.europa.eu/regional-helpdesks/european-ip-helpdesk_en
    (112)     https://intellectual-property-helpdesk.ec.europa.eu/horizon-ip-scan_en
    (113)     https://ipbooster.meta-group.com/
    (114)     https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/341654
    (115)     Council Recommendation on a Pact for Research and Innovation in Europe , and ERA Policy Agenda 2022-2024 annexed to the Council Conclusions on the future governance of the ERA
    (116)     Ljubljana-Declaration-on-Gender-Equality-in-Research-and-Innovation-_endorsed_final.pdf (gov.si)
    (117)     https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-1202-2021-INIT/en/pdf
    (118)     Council Recommendation on a Pact for Research and Innovation in Europe , and ERA Policy Agenda 2022-2024 annexed to the Council Conclusions on the future governance of the ERA
    (119)     www.embassy.science
    (120)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ethics-by-design-and-ethics-of-use-approaches-for-artificial-intelligence_he_en.pdf
    (121)     https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/data/ref/h2020/other/hi/coc_research-resource-poor-settings_en.pdf
    (122)     http://eneri.eu/
    (123)     http://www.enrio.eu/
    (124)    Detailed information of the mentioned EU-funded projects can be found on CORDIS website: https://cordis.europa.eu/
    (125)     https://www.trustworthyaiproject.eu/framework-for-trustworthy-ai-education/
    (126)     https://ec.europa.eu/education/education-in-the-eu/digital-education-action-plan_en
    (127)    In accordance with the Horizon Europe Rules for participation, due to the specific policy requirements, to the nature and objectives of the action, the type of legal entity and the place of establishment are limited to research performing organisations among legal entities falling under the eligibility criterion on the requirement to have a Gender Equality Plan in place (see General Annexes to the Horizon Europe Work Programme).
    (128)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/eucys_en.
    (129)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/eucys_en.
    (130) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
    (131)    To which EUR 1.00 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget will be added making a total of EUR 41.80 million for this call.
    Top

    EN

    Annex XII

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    12. Missions

    Table of contents

    Introduction    

    Mission: Adaptation to Climate Change    

    Call - Demonstration of climate resilience solutions in support of the implementation of the Adaptation to Climate Change Mission    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01-01: Testing and demonstrating transformative solutions increasing climate resilience of the agriculture and/or forestry sector.    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01-02: Testing and demonstrating transformative solutions to protect critical infrastructure from climate change, mainstreaming nature based solutions.    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01-03: Testing and demonstrating transformative solutions to build resilience towards health risks caused by the effects of climate change    

    Mission: Cancer    

    Call - Research and Innovation actions supporting the implementation of the Mission on Cancer    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-01: Addressing poorly-understood tumour-host interactions to enhance immune system-centred treatment and care interventions in childhood, adolescent, adult and elderly cancer patients.    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-02: Enhance primary cancer prevention through sustainable behavioural change    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-03: Pragmatic clinical trials on minimally invasive diagnostics    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-04: Establish best practices and tools to improve the quality of life for childhood cancer patients, survivors and their families in European regions    

    Mission: Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030    

    Call - Actions for the implementation of the Mission Restore our ocean and waters by 2030    

    Conditions for the Call    

    Objective 1 - Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-01: European Blue Parks – Protection and restoration of marine habitats    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-02: Danube river basin lighthouse – Demonstration of effective and sustainable management of sediments in the Danube river-Black sea system    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-03: Atlantic and Arctic sea basin lighthouse – Addressing climate change and human activities threats to marine biodiversity    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-04: European natural lakes: demonstration of integrated approaches for protection and restoration of natural lake ecosystems and their biodiversity    

    Objective 3 – Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular Blue economy    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-05: Lighthouse in the Baltic and the North Sea basins - Lighthouse in the Baltic and the North Sea basins - Green and energy-efficient small-scale fishing fleets    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-06: Cross-basin topic - Innovative nature-inclusive concepts to reconcile offshore renewables with ocean protection    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-07: Cross-basin topic - Analysis of the obstacles and opportunities for repurposing aged/unused offshore infrastructures    

    Mission Enabling activities: Digital Ocean and Water Knowledge System, public mobilisation and engagement, dynamic investment ecosystem    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-08: Integration of socio-ecological models into the Digital Twin Ocean    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-09: Roadmap towards the integration of inland waters into the Digital Twin Ocean    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-10: Choose your fish: a campaign for responsible consumption of products from the sea    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-11: Ocean & water and arts: the contribution of creative sectors to Mission Ocean and waters    

    Mission: 100 Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities by 2030    

    Call - Research and Innovation actions to support the implementation of the Climate-neutral and Smart Cities Mission    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01-01: Co-designed smart systems and services for user-centred shared zero-emission mobility of people and freight in urban areas (2Zero, CCAM and Cities’ Mission)    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01-02: Positive clean energy district (PED) digital twins – from modelling to creating climate neutral Cities    

    Call - Associating Ukrainian cities to the Climate-neutral and smart cities Mission    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-02-01: Associating Ukrainian cities to the Climate-neutral and smart cities Mission    

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

    1. Specific Grant Agreement to the FPA to reinforce the operations of the Mission Platform    

    Mission: A Soil Deal for Europe    

    Call - Research and Innovation and other actions to support the implementation of mission A Soil Deal for Europe    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-01: Discovering the subsoil    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-02: Soil pollution processes – modelling and inclusion in advanced digital decision-support tools    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-03: Onsite digital technologies to monitor nutrients and chemical or biological stressors in soil and plants with relevance for food safety and nutrition    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-04: Innovations to prevent and combat desertification    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-05: Soil-friendly practices in horticulture, including alternative growing media    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-06: Soils in spatial planning    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-07: Back to earth: bringing communities and citizens closer to soil    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-08: Co-creating solutions for soil health in Living Labs    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-09: Carbon farming in living labs    

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

    1. SGA: Specific Grant Agreement for a Living Lab Support Structure    

    Missions' Joint Calls    

    Joint Call between Mission 100 Climate Neutral and Smart Cities by 2030 and Mission Adaptation to Climate Change    

    Call - Demonstration of climate mitigation and resilience solutions in support of the implementation of the Adaptation to Climate Change and Cities Missions    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-CITIES-01-01: Urban greening and re-naturing for urban regeneration, resilience and climate neutrality    

    Joint Call between Mission Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030, Mission Adaptation to Climate Change and Mission A Soil Deal for Europe    

    Call - Demonstration of climate mitigation and resilience solutions in support of the implementation of the Adaptation to Climate Change, Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030 and A Soil Deal for Europe Missions    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-OCEAN-SOIL-01-01: Mission Climate adaptation, Mission Ocean & waters and Mission Soil Deal for Europe – Joint demonstration of an integrated approach to increasing landscape water retention capacity at regional scale    

    Joint Call between Mission Restore our Ocean and Seas by 2030 and Mission A Soil Deal for Europe    

    Call - Mission Ocean & waters and Mission Soil Deal for Europe Joint demonstration of approaches and solutions to address nutrient pollution in the landscape-river-sea system in the Mediterranean sea basin    

    Conditions for the Call    

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01-01: Mission Ocean and Waters and Mission A Soil Deal for Europe – Joint demonstration of approaches and solutions to address nutrient pollution in the landscape-river-sea system in the Mediterranean sea basin    

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals    

    Other budget implementation instruments    

    1. Commission expert groups: Mission Boards    

    2. Use of individual experts: Mission Board Chairs    

    3. Experts assisting with the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement, financial instruments)    

    Indirectly managed actions    

    1. European Solidarity Corps support to EU Missions    

    Budget    

    Introduction

    EU Missions aim to address some of the greatest challenges facing our society. They are bold and inspirational with clear objectives that are time-bound, realistic, measurable and targeted.

    Rooted in research and innovation, missions aim to tackle societal challenges with systemic solutions, leading to societal transformations and social impact.

    Five mission areas have been included in the Horizon Europe Regulation (Adaptation to Climate Change, including Societal Transformation; Cancer; Healthy Ocean, Seas, Coastal and Inland Waters; Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities; Soil Health and Food). In 2021, Missions went through an initial preparatory phase, during which implementations plans were developed. These included detailed objectives, specific interventions, investment strategy and performance indicators for each mission. In summer 2021, the implementation plans have been assessed against objective criteria 1 and all five proposed EU Missions have now entered their full implementation 2 :

    1.Adaptation to Climate Change: support at least 150 European regions, local authorities and communities to become climate resilient by 2030;

    2.Cancer: improving the lives of more than 3 million people by 2030 through prevention, cure and for those affected by cancer including their families, to live longer and better;

    3.100 Climate-Neutral and Smart cities by 2030​;

    4.Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030;

    5.A Soil Deal for Europe: 100 living labs and lighthouses to lead the transition towards healthy soils by 2030.

    Missions will continue to help deliver key EU policy priorities such as the European Green Deal, Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan, NextGenerationEU, the EU Industrial Strategy and A Europe fit for the Digital Age, amongst others.

    To achieve their goals and promote societal change, missions will implement the reuse and reproducibility of research results such as FAIR research data and open access to scientific publications. Also, the missions will closely involve citizens in their implementation and monitoring throughout their duration, also showcasing the added value of the EU.

    The five EU Missions work programme parts for 2023 contain actions to support the full implementation of missions according to their implementation plans. The work programme will contain actions in synergy and coordination with other missions, parts of Horizon Europe, in particular with European Partnerships and Clusters, and including also bottom-up parts such as the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions, the European Institute of Innovation and Technology or the European Research Council, as well as with other EU funding instruments and policies.

    Furthermore, they will need to be implemented in close synergy with funding, programmes and strategies both at Member State / Associated Country and regional levels, as well as with civil society and the private sector.

    Critical to the success of the missions will be the extent of wide engagement across the EU and Associated Countries and beyond, including citizens, in particular young people. To this end, Missions will contribute to the European Solidarity Corps scheme with the aim of engaging with the younger generation to deliver on the five EU Missions goals.

    Please note that legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Innovation Actions in any capacity. More details are found in the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work Programme.

    Mission: Adaptation to Climate Change

    In February 2021, the European Commission adopted a EU strategy on adaptation to climate change that sets out how the EU can adapt to the unavoidable impacts of climate change and become climate resilient by 2050.

    Pushing further on the belief that we must adjust now to tomorrow's climate, the EU has launched a specific mission to foster the resilience of all, be it regions, cities, local communities, to climate change. The Mission Adaptation to Climate Change, will enable Europe to prepare for unavoidable climate impacts and accelerate the transformation to a climate-resilient Europe. Its implementation plan specifies the goal and objectives as well as implementation details of the mission “Adaptation to Climate Change” 3 .

    Rooted in research and innovation, the Mission has set out concrete objectives and deliver tangible solutions, mainstreaming nature-based approaches, to Europeans. The work supported by the Mission will also be of particular relevance to the forthcoming Nature Restoration Law, that will set targets to restore degraded ecosystems.

    A regional approach

    The Mission wants to mobilise all actors, such as EU Member States, regional and local authorities, research institutes, industry, investors and citizens to create real and lasting impact.

    By supporting European regions, local authorities and communities to become climate resilient, the Mission will help them to be prepared for inevitable changes and extreme events.

    While some regions, and cities in Europe are well prepared to climate change, others are striving for solutions to address their vulnerabilities. Less developed regions and local authorities that are more vulnerable to climate impacts and have low adaptive capacity will receive particular attention. The Mission approach is to ask front-runners European regions to share their experience and lessons learnt with others and accompany them in finding and possibly reapplying solutions adapted to their climatic situation and economy.

    The R&I support will be provided in different ways:

    1. Provide general support to European regions, local authorities and communities to better understand, prepare for and manage climate risks and opportunities

    2. Accelerate transformations to climate resilience: cooperate with at least 150 regions, local authorities and communities to accelerate their transformation to a climate resilient future, supporting them in the co-creation of innovation pathways and the testing of solutions

    3. Demonstrate systemic transformations to climate resilience: deliver at least 75 large-scale demonstrations of systemic transformations to climate resilience across European regions, local authorities and communities.

    For 2023, the Mission will focus on supporting regions, local authorities and communities in demonstrating at real scale and in real life climate resilience solutions capable to address one or more of the systems locally identified as key for climate resilience building and as the most vulnerable to effects of climate change. Indeed, the Mission will support the innovation still needed to implement the solutions at scale, in the specific environment where the demonstration will take place, and to transform the key systems into a more climate resilient systems, with Nature-Based Solutions to be explored as priority. The demonstration projects would be ideally part of the adaptation roadmaps locally developed to address the identified climate risks, and in line with the National Adaptation Plan and regional adaptation pathway/strategy, where available. In the spirit of the Mission, those projects should also be co-designed, co-developed and co-implemented with the engagement and support of the local stakeholders, being them the citizens, the businesses and /or the social partners.

    Engagement and commitment by the Regions and the local authorities directly in the demonstration activities will assure to maintain the solutions in place for the future, beyond the implementation duration of the project. This will contribute to the aim to deliver at least 75 large-scale demonstrations of systemic transformations to climate resilience across European regions, local authorities and communities by 2030, scaling up and fostering large-scale deployment of tested innovative solutions for climate resilience, the enabling of their diffusion and the removal of barriers for their uptake. As foreseen under the Horizon Europe Regulation, the Mission will follow a portfolio approach in its related calls, in that “the evaluation committee shall rank the proposals that have passed the applicable thresholds, according to: (a) the evaluation scores; (b) their contribution to the achievement of specific policy objectives, including the constitution of a consistent portfolio of projects. In particular, the Mission calls will foster the development of a balanced portfolio of solutions across the different climate risks, the different innovation areas as identified in the Mission Implementation Plan and the different biogeographical regions, as defined by the European Environment Agency.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this Mission:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01

    82.81

    20 Sep 2023

    Overall indicative budget

    82.81

    Call - Demonstration of climate resilience solutions in support of the implementation of the Adaptation to Climate Change Mission

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 4

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 5

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 10 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 20 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01-01

    IA

    30.00 6

    8.00 to 10.00

    3

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01-02

    IA

    34.81 7

    8.00 to 11.00

    3

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01-03

    IA

    18.00 8

    4.50 to 6.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    82.81

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    In 2023, the Mission will support the development and testing of solutions addressing one or more of the systems identified in the Mission Implementation Plan as key for climate resilience building. It will foster the development of a balanced portfolio of solutions across the different climate risks and the different biogeographical regions, as defined by the European Environment Agency.

    Proposals for topics under this Mission should set out a credible pathway to adapting to Climate Change in Europe, and more specifically to all of the following impacts:

    1.Accelerate the transformation to a climate resilient future in a number of regions

    2.Deploy at full scale the systemic transformations locally needed to build climate resilience, mainstreaming nature-based solutions in the approach.

    In the spirit of the Mission Implementation Plan, all proposals should also adopt a participatory approach that takes full consideration of the local dimension of climate change and climate adaptation strategies, and entails collaboration and engagement with the local communities that are affected, in the first place, by climate challenges. Engagement of citizens should be, therefore, foreseen in the design and/or implementation of the solutions, strategies and developments.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01-01: Testing and demonstrating transformative solutions increasing climate resilience of the agriculture and/or forestry sector.

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 10.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, proposals must include demonstration activities to be carried out in 4 different regions/local authorities/ communities located in 3 different Member States /Associated Countries, involving and including in the consortium partners from these three countries.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 to 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    Seals of Excellence will be awarded to applications exceeding all of the evaluation thresholds set out in this work programme, but cannot be funded due to lack of budget available to the call.

    Evaluation and award procedure

    Proposals that attain thresholds for each evaluation criteria will be ranked based on overall score. Following the overall ranking, the highest ranked proposals for each biogeographical area 9 will be selected first, and until budget allows. Should budget be sufficient, eventually the second ranked proposals for each biogeographical area will be selected following the overall ranking and so forth, until budget is available.

    The biogeographical area focus of each proposal should be specified in the free keywords section of the proposal.

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Regions and communities have undertaken action transforming into tangible projects their roadmaps designed with the aim of fostering a systemic approach to climate resilience towards the different and multi-risks locally identified as relevant, with particular emphasis on the development of nature-based solutions, biodiversity and climate mitigation synergies, and ecosystem restoration.

    2.Regions and communities have taken the leadership and have been involved in development and testing of solutions that can transform the agriculture and the forestry sectors, making them more resilient to foreseen climate change, while making progress in the sustainable transformation required implementing the European Green Deal.

    3.Solutions contribute to the implementation at the local level of the Common Agriculture Policy and the related National Strategic Plans, and they are well in line with the foreseen measures for drought management and the river basin management plans where those are in place.

    4.Developed solutions are close to nature, are at least neutral or support biodiversity, improve or at least do not harm water quality and availability (retentiveness in the landscape), making the agriculture/forestry sector and nature at large more resilient to climate change and supporting implementation of the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030.

    5.Solutions making the agriculture and/or forestry business models more resilient to long term effects of climate change have been developed, tested and brought closer to the market.

    6.Potential economic, social and environmental losses caused by extreme weather events to the agricultural, forestry and other related sectors, are reduced, making them more resilient through better preparation.

    7.Accompanying measures for enabling conditions, that would boost the outcomes, such as support instruments for environmental services, the use of digital monitoring, access to relevant data and knowledge, facilitation of financing and mobilisation or resources, are piloted.

    8.Agriculture and other related businesses, in particular those affering to the food-water nexus, are better prepared to cope with the changing climate, also through climate adaptation targeted education, up- and re-skilling programmes.

    9.Available or emerging climate-resilient solutions particularly relevant for small farms, organic farms or farms in conversion or any type of farms looking for alternative to intensive agriculture are also made known and available to the regions and communities, contributing to the implementation of the Farm to Fork Strategy.

    Scope: This topic relates to the Mission’s objectives to mobilise at least 150 regions in testing the solutions locally most needed to build climate resilience and to deliver at least 75 deep demonstrations of systemic transformations to climate resilience.

    The proposal should develop and test at least one innovative solution, combining technological, social and business innovation, leading to an increase of the resilience and adaptation capacity to climate change in the involved regions and communities of the agriculture sector and the related value chains. Nature based solutions 10 and the restoration of cropland and grassland should be explored as priority and at the very heart of the development whenever possible.

    The proposed solution should address at least some of the following aspects:

    1.Improving resilience of the agriculture and /or forestry sector, improving the capacity of the sector to withstand dry periods and extreme droughts while protecting the ecological flows, preserving biodiversity in and around the catchment channels, preserving longitudinal connectivity of the flowing streams, slowing the falling level of the groundwater table and reversing the loss of biodiversity. This should include for example exploring value of culture rotation and other means to improve soil quality, improving soil structure by circular approaches, establishment and maintenance of landscape features (such as hedges reducing wind erosion), innovative silvo-pasture, management of genetic resources in an agro-ecological perspective and other agro-ecology approaches in farmland, in particular in relation to droughts and water multi-usage and management;

    2.Exploiting agro-ecology as an approach to enhance the climate resilience of the farming system, its functionality and sustainability, while bringing sustainable solutions and multiple benefits, such as more stable yields from adapted food crops, water efficiency, enhanced farmer livelihoods from income generation, increased biodiversity, improved water quality and water use efficiency, the ecological status of waters, improved soil structure and health, reduced erosion, and/or a higher level of carbon sequestration. 

    3.Exploring integration of available smart farming approaches (and improvements of the same based on updated data) and the use of technologies such as the AI, remote sensing and the Internet of Things (IoT) to improve climate resilience through the modification and improvement of nutrient and crop protection processes, such as fertilization, pest control and irrigation, to ensure sufficient crop yields both in terms of quality and quantity, while also reducing emissions, water consumption and preserving biodiversity.

    4.Development of more natural ecosystems, generating combined benefits for climate mitigation, reduction of water flooding and soil erosion, (by increasing green infrastructures, tree planting, or increasing of permeable green surfaces) and maintaining or restoring rivers, peatland, wetland and natural floodplain.

    5.Further demonstrate and increase awareness of the value of maintaining and restoring existing natural systems, preservation of cultural landscapes and socio-ecological systems as providing a rich spectrum of climate services compared to other anthropogenic solutions, including integration of cultural heritage considerations as the legacy from the past, to be experienced in the present, and for transmitting to future generations. In line with the Mission Implementation Plan and the new EU Climate Adaptation Strategy, implementing nature-based solutions with adequate social and environmental standards on a larger scale would increase climate resilience. Blue-green (as opposed to grey) infrastructures represent multipurpose, “no regret” solutions, which simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build climate resilience, whose uptake can be facilitated by better quantification and communication of their benefits. Nature based Solutions (NBS) essential role for sustaining healthy water, oceans and soils was recognised, together with their potential to reduce costs, provide climate-resilient services, and improve compliance with Water Framework Directive requirement for good ecological status, if they were to play a bigger role in land-use management and infrastructure planning. The forthcoming Nature Restoration Law will also play an important role in requiring MS to plan restoration activities across a range of ecosystems.

    As climate impacts, adaptive capacities and disaster risk reduction capabilities differ greatly across regions, the proposed development and innovation should address specific needs identified at regional and local scale (both at the rural, urban-rural interface and eventually in urban context) with tailor-made responses and measures, fully acknowledging place-based governance, socio-economic and identity characteristics and other place-based data.

    In line with the Mission objective to build systemic climate resilience, the proposal should address the multi-risks locally identified, design and implement a systemic solution to reduce the identified vulnerabilities of the agriculture and/or forestry sector to climate change and to mitigate its negative potential impacts.

    Under the Mission approach, collaborations to develop and test effective solutions between regions/local authorities/communities facing similar challenges are highly encouraged. To this purpose, the proposals must include at least 4 demonstrations taking place in different regions/local authorities/ communities, which should collaborate in addressing the common climate change challenges identified and in testing the most suitable solutions. These at least 4 demonstrations must be located in at least 3 different EU Member States and/ or Horizon Europe associated countries. Involvement in the proposal of regions eligible for Cohesion funds 11 to conduct at least one of the proposed demonstrations shall be regarded as a positive element.

    The proposals should clearly identify the biogeographical area, for which the proposed solution is relevant and to which the proposal is focussed. Moreover, the proposal should explore possible reapplication to other regions, starting from those located in the same biogeographical areas.

    To support a large impact, the proposed solutions should be widely re-applicable. To this purpose, identification and inclusion of at least three “replicating” regions/local authorities/communities, interested in reapplying the lessons learnt (totally, partially or with the required adjustments) in their territories is strongly encouraged; this could take the form of inclusion in the consortium of one or more partners providing support for the technical exchanges and the knowledge uptake in the “replicating” regions.

    In addition to the local/regional authorities owning the climate challenge, the consortium may include other type of partners, such as private or public research organisations, enterprises and NGOs, to ensure that all needed capabilities are available to develop and implement real life actions.

    Proposals should build (when relevant) upon previous developed or existing knowledge and adaptation solutions, designed and developed from previous projects, including from beyond the EU, addressing climate change adaptation and funded by European and national programmes, in particular the European Union Framework programmes for Research and Innovation (such as Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe under their different pillars and clusters), as well as the LIFE programme. Moreover, proposals should look into opportunities to scale up the solutions demonstrated and to foster their broad deployment across in Europe in particular through the LIFE programme and its integrated projects, and through the European Regional Development Fund programmes.

    The European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) and its Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs), with their experience in delivering holistic, transformative, citizen-driven and systemic adaptation solutions and innovations to specific global challenges, should contribute to this topic and the proposal should build on the activities of the EIT Climate-KIC or EIT Food.

    Proposals should include a mechanism and the resources to establish operational links with the Climate-ADAPT platform (run by the European Environment Agency (EEA) together with DG CLIMA) that will act as a central element for the monitoring, support and visualisation of the Mission progress in European Regions. To this purpose, projects will feed their results to the Climate-ADAPT and EEA assessments.

    Projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in the Mission Community of Practice that will be established amongst the Mission Charter signatories and and in networking and joint activities with other projects funded under other topics in the Mission Climate Adaptation as well as in other relevant Missions and partnerships, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. To this extent, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources. Beyond the Mission, the projects funded under this topic are also encouraged to exchange and identify cooperation opportunities with other projects funded under Horizon Europe, in particular those funded under Cluster 6, the Mission A Soil Deal for Europe and the future partnership on agro-ecology living labs.

    The European Commission intends to establish a network and coordination activities amongst all the projects funded for the implementation of the Climate adaptation Mission, under the Horizon 2020 European Green Deal call and under Horizon Europe, and that will be coordinated by the soon to be established Mission Implementation Platform. The projects under this topic will be requested to contribute to this effort. Applicants should acknowledge this request and already account for these obligations in their proposal, making adequate provisions in terms of resources and budget to engage and collaborate with the Mission governance.

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the different climate risks as identified in the Mission Implementation Plan and to maximize the footprint across all the different biogeographical areas 12 , the best ranked proposals for each biogeographical area will be selected.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01-02: Testing and demonstrating transformative solutions to protect critical infrastructure from climate change, mainstreaming nature based solutions.

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 8.00 and 11.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 34.81 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, proposals must include demonstration activities to be carried out in 4 different regions/local authorities/ communities located in 3 different Member States /Associated Countries, involving and including in the consortium partners from these three countries.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 to 8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    Seals of Excellence will be awarded to applications exceeding all of the evaluation thresholds set out in this work programme, but cannot be funded due to lack of budget available to the call.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    In grants awarded under this topic, costs for infrastructure construction or renovation works shall not constitute more than 20% of the total eligible costs. Beneficiaries’ own resources and/or mobilisation and leverage of additional investments from national and other EU programs and initiatives (such as EU Structural and Investment Funds) and/or other sources, private or public, should make up the remaining investment costs to secure the economic and financial sustainability of the project.

    Evaluation and award procedure

    Proposals that attain thresholds for each evaluation criteria will be ranked based on overall score. Following the overall ranking, the highest ranked proposals for each biogeographical area 13 will be selected first, and until budget allows. Should budget be sufficient, eventually the second ranked proposals for each biogeographical area will be selected following the overall ranking and so forth, until budget is available.

    The biogeographical area focus of each proposal should be specified in the free keywords section of the proposal.

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Regions, local authorities and communities have taken the leadership and have been involved in identifying weaknesses and interlinkages between critical infrastructures 14 , and development and testing of solutions that will make their existing or new critical infrastructure more resilient to climate change, in line with the most recent guidelines for climate proofing. 15

    2.Nature based solutions 16 (with adequate social and environmental standards) protecting infrastructure from adverse effects of climate change have been developed, tested and brought closer to the market, increasing evidence for their viability and business potential. Green, climate neutral and zero pollution technology solutions are broadly supported and opportunities for further inter-sectorial cooperation are fostered.

    3.Potential economic and social losses caused by extreme weather events and interruption of service due to critical infrastructures becoming unavailable are reduced, making the economy and the society as a whole more resilient through better preparation.

    4.Businesses, public and private actors are made more prepared to cope with the changing climate, also through climate adaptation targeted education and training, up- and re-skilling programmes.

    5.Prevention and management of emergency events linked to adverse climate effects is improved, thanks to “by design” integration of digital monitoring and relevant data sources in the solutions.

    Scope: This topic relates to the Mission’s objectives to mobilise at least 150 regions in testing the solutions most locally needed to build climate resilience and to deliver at least 75 deep demonstrations of systemic transformations to climate resilience.

    It complements the Climate Adaptation Mission topic 2021-CLIMA-02-03, which focussed on modelling aspects, as it mainly addresses demonstration of solutions on the ground, therefore providing a relevant context to eventually take further promising approaches already identified.

    The proposal should identify weaknesses and interlinkages of critical infrastructures, in order to develop and test innovative solutions, combining technological and social innovation, leading to an increase of the resilience and adaptation capacity to climate change in the involved regions, local authorities and communities, assuring that nature-based solutions are explored as priority and at the very heart of the development whenever possible.

    In line with the Mission Implementation Plan and moreover with the new EU Climate Adaptation Strategy, implementing nature-based solutions on a larger scale would increase climate resilience. Blue-green (as opposed to grey) infrastructures represent multipurpose, “no regret” solutions, which simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build climate resilience, which uptake can be facilitated by better quantification and communication of their benefits. Nature based solutions (NBS) essential role for sustaining healthy water, oceans, ecosystems and soils was recognised, together with their potential to reduce costs, provide climate-resilient services, and improve compliance with Water Framework Directive 17 requirement for good ecological status, if they were to play a bigger role in land-use management and infrastructure planning. The resilience of nature-based solutions to climate change should also be taken into account.

    As climate impacts, adaptive capacities and disaster risk reduction capabilities differ greatly across regions, the proposed scientific development and innovation should address specific needs identified at regional and local scale with tailor-made responses and measures, fully acknowledging place-based governance, socio-economic and identity characteristics and other place-based data. The successful methodologies and protocols are expected to be adapted to other regions, for further uptake.

    In line with the Mission objective to build systemic climate resilience, the proposal should address the local vulnerabilities in order to mitigate the potential risks on the infrastructure being it as potential natural disasters, extreme weather events or long-term changes in average climate), as well as their potential negative impacts on critical assets and infrastructures and the interdependencies between those.

    For example, the acceleration of deployment of renewable energy is not without consequences on other environmental and geopolitical challenges. The interdependency of water and energy is set to intensify in the coming years, with significant implications for both energy and water security. Coal and gas power plants require a lot of water, but also renewable sources could increase water stress or be challenged by it, either during operation or during the construction stage. For instance, hydropower requires water to be operated, so that droughts and water shortages that are likely to increase in the future may significantly affect its generation capacity in certain regions; on the other side, the expected increased water availability in certain regions might increase hydropower generation potential. Simultaneously, hydropower reservoirs can help in mitigating floods and store water, providing it during droughts. While wind or solar technologies require little water for their operation (but a significant amount, per unit of installed power capacity, during their manufacturing process), biofuels, concentrated solar power, carbon capture, renewable hydrogen produced through electrolysis or even low-carbon technologies like nuclear are water-intensive. Understanding these interlinkages and developing and testing solutions is therefore critical for the resilience of our economy and society, and to reduce sources of conflict.

    Similarly, the achievement of a more interconnected Europe faces key challenges in the development of the interconnected transport networks and corridors, as changing groundwater levels, coastal storms frequency and their spatial incurrence, extreme temperatures, accelerated coastal erosion linked to sea level rise can have very negative effects on stability of rail and road infrastructures in coastal areas (clearly, this also affecting the development and lay down of energy and water networks laid in the proximity of coastal areas).

    On that basis, the proposal should design and test solutions with the potential to reduce negative impacts both of long terms climate change and also of sudden extreme events attributable to climate change.

    More specifically, the proposed solution should address:

    1.Protecting critical infrastructure from climate impacts and making it ready to withstand the changing climate and its consequences, in particular in terms of maintaining efficiency of operations, minimizing downtime, reducing maintenance costs and protecting the capital invested;

    2.Solutions for building and/or managing new critical infrastructure and/or upgrading/regenerating/revitalising/refurbishing existing ones through green/blue/hybrid infrastructure and if needed different governance structures, in particular in relation to climate-proofing it towards extreme events. Lifecycle ecological and CO2 footprint considerations, from sourcing the materials, including water and energy needed, through transportation of the material, building, maintenance and utilisation, should be embedded in the decision concerning the type of infrastructure approach to pursue;

    3.Inclusion of digital and space solutions and services to better predict, monitor and report on climate events, in particular towards improved forecasts of adverse events and triggering adequate risk management and emergency procedures, to protect both business and population, in particular the most vulnerable and marginalised, taking into consideration the interconnections between critical infrastructures and their operation;

    Under the Mission approach, collaborations to develop and test effective solutions between regions/local authorities/ communities facing similar climate risks and similar infrastructure challenges are highly encouraged. To this purpose, the proposals must include at least 4 demonstrations taking place in at least 4 different regions/cities/communities, which should collaborate in addressing the challenge. These (at least) 4 demonstrations must be located in at least 3 different EU Member States and/or Horizon Europe associated countries. Involvement in the proposal of regions eligible for Cohesion funds 18 to conduct at least one of the proposed demonstrations shall be regarded as a positive element. In agreement with the authorities responsible for the territories where the actions will be implemented, the consortium should develop a scalability plan including the diffusion of the innovative solutions, and a process for commitments (including funding and governance) in assuring their large-scale deployment and long-term operation beyond the time-life of the project itself. The consortium should seek guarantees for the non-reversibility, sustainability and continuity of the action after the end of the project.

    The proposals should clearly identify the biogeographical area, for which the proposed solution is relevant and should explore possible reapplication to other regions, starting from those located in the same biogeographical areas. To support a large impact, the proposed solutions should be widely re-applicable. To this purpose, identification and inclusion of at least three “replicating” regions/local authorities/communities, interested in reapplying the lessons learnt (totally, partially or with the required adjustments) in their territories is strongly encouraged; this could take the form of inclusion in the consortium of one or more partners providing support for the technical exchanges and the knowledge uptake in the “replicating” regions.

    In addition to the local/regional authorities owning the climate challenge, the consortium may include other type of partners, such as private or public research organisations, enterprises, and NGOs to ensure that all needed capabilities are available to develop and implement real life actions.

    Proposals should build (when relevant) upon previous developed or existing knowledge and adaptation solutions, designed and developed from previous projects, including from beyond EU, addressing climate change adaptation and funded by European and national programmes, in particular the European Union Framework programmes for Research and Innovation (such as Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe under their different pillars and clusters), as well as the LIFE programme. Moreover, proposals should look into opportunities to scale up the solutions demonstrated and to foster their broad deployment across Europe through the LIFE programme, and its integrated projects in particular, and through the European Regional Development Fund programmes.

    Proposals should include a mechanism and the resources to establish operational links with the Climate-ADAPT platform (run by the European Environment Agency (EEA) together with DG CLIMA) that will act as a central element for the monitoring, support and visualisation of the Mission progress in European Regions. To this purpose, projects will feed their results to the Climate-ADAPT and EEA assessments.

    Projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in the Mission Community of Practice that will be established amongst the Mission Charter signatories by the Mission Implementation Platform in the course of 2023 and in the networking and joint activities with other projects funded under other topics in the Mission Climate Adaptation as well as in other relevant Missions, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. To this extent, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources.

    The European Commission intends to establish a network and coordination activities amongst all the projects funded for the implementation of the Climate adaptation Mission, under the Horizon 2020 European Green Deal call and under Horizon Europe, and that will be coordinated by the soon to be established Mission Implementation Platform. The projects under this topic will be requested to contribute to this effort. Applicants should acknowledge this request and already account for these obligations in their proposal, making adequate provisions in terms of resources and budget to engage and collaborate with the Mission governance. Beyond the Mission, the projects funded under this topic are also encouraged to exchange and identify cooperation opportunities with other projects funded under Horizon Europe, in particular those funded under Cluster 3, and its Destination 1 “Resilient Infrastructures”.

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the different climate risks as identified in the Mission Implementation Plan and to maximize the footprint across all the different biogeographical areas 19 , the best ranked proposals for each biogeographical area will be selected.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01-03: Testing and demonstrating transformative solutions to build resilience towards health risks caused by the effects of climate change

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.50 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, proposals must include demonstration activities to be carried out in 4 different regions/local authorities/ communities located in 3 different Member States /Associated Countries, involving and including in the consortium partners from these three countries.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 to 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    Seals of Excellence will be awarded to applications exceeding all of the evaluation thresholds set out in this work programme, but cannot be funded due to lack of budget available to the call.

    Evaluation and award procedure

    Proposals that attain thresholds for each evaluation criteria will be ranked based on overall score. Following the overall ranking, the highest ranked proposals for each biogeographical area 20 will be selected first, and until budget allows. Should budget be sufficient, eventually the second ranked proposals for each biogeographical area will be selected following the overall ranking and so forth, until budget is available.

    The biogeographical area focus of each proposal should be specified in the free keywords section of the proposal.

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.regions, local authorities and communities have been involved in development and testing of a whole range of transformative solutions that will help to mitigate the effect of climate change on health and human wellbeing, including making the public health sector more climate resilient and better prepared to mitigate the climate change related health challenges.

    2.climate resilience solutions that protect human health have been developed, tested and are made largely available

    Scope: This topic relates to the Mission’s objectives to mobilise at least 150 regions in testing the solutions most locally needed to build climate resilience and to deliver at least 75 deep demonstrations of systemic transformations to climate resilience.

    The proposals should test and demonstrate solutions that address both the two aspects below, including in the scope at least some of the individual points related to improve prevention and policy-making and at least some points related to improve preparedness of the health system.

    1. Improve prevention and policy-making, by:

    1.Improved insights into short- and long-term health effects of climate-related stressors, including planetary health considerations (interactions between global climate change, ecosystem, animal and human health as described in the One Health concept). Taking into consideration differences between infectious and non-communicable diseases, and the particularities of each. With regard to the infectious diseases, emphasis should be given on the surveillance and prevention of zoonotic diseases. These improved insights should made available and be integrated by the regional and local authorities in their planning. The European Climate and Health Observatory can contribute to these efforts and, reversely, learnings from the projects supported under this topic would contribute to the Observatory knowledge basis.

    2.Strengthening comprehensive and user friendly epidemiological surveillance and modelling and forecasting tools, including socio-economic trajectories and adaptation scenarios of exposure and vulnerability to climate determinants. These tools should be suitable for assessing and predicting impact of moderate, extreme and record-breaking events and disasters associated with climate change, including impacts on mental health. Environmental stressors should also be considered when relevant for the prevention of major non-communicable such as cardiovascular and respiratory diseases e.g. combination of heat waves and air pollution or increase in pollens. Surveillance, modelling and forecasting tools should be piloted in the partner regions and communities. Reflecting the One Health concept, the link between animal health impacts due to climate change and subsequent human health impacts should also be considered, when relevant.

    3.Development of better forecast, early-warning and early response systems and decision-making models for health impacts of climate change which are able to monitor both the impact and the effectiveness of solutions.

    4.Development and health impact assessment of adaptation measures and monitoring of effectiveness of solutions to improve resilience of countries, regions and cities, including effective nature-based solutions (NBS).

    2. Improve preparedness of health systems by:

    1.Development of innovative solutions (technological solutions, NBS, etc) to reduce impact of climate change on human health and wellbeing. Heat and cold waves and floods should be among the stressors considered, but proposals should not limit their work to only these two stressors and might consider the association with environmental conditions such as the association of heat waves and air quality or exposure to pollens. Solutions should be designed with a win-win objective so to not have a negative effect on climate mitigation efforts, after sufficient consideration of positive and negative interactions.

    2.Preparing training curricula on health and climate change for medical and other healthcare professionals across Europe. The proposed curricula should be trailed in the partner regions, local authorities and communities, training pilot group of professionals.

    3.Development of innovative, fit-for-purpose, end-user driven early warning and response systems or improving existing ones, including a demonstration of their predictive/response capacity, to ensure a rapid response from health services and civil protection authorities and testing/pilot such systems in the partner regions/local authorities/communities.

    4.Providing feedback and sharing best practice from pilots to the new Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority. Such tests should be accompanied by public awareness campaigns in relation to climate forecasts and health early warning systems, identifying the warning communication chain, role, tasks and responsibilities of science advisors and decision-makers.

    Under the Mission approach, collaborations to develop and test effective solutions between regions/local authorities/ communities facing similar challenges are highly encouraged. To this purpose, the proposals must include at least 4 different regions/local authorities/ communities, which should collaborate in addressing the common challenge identified and conducting demonstration activities of the most suitable solutions. These (at least) 4 demonstrations must be located in at least 3 different EU Member States and/or Horizon Europe associated countries, for which the proposed solution is relevant. Involvement in the proposal of regions eligible for Cohesion funds 21 to conduct at least one of the proposed demonstrations shall be regarded as a positive element.

    The proposals should clearly identify the biogeographical area, for which the proposed solution is relevant and should explore possible reapplication to other regions, starting from those located in the same biogeographical areas. To support a large impact, the proposed solutions should be widely re-applicable. To this purpose, identification and inclusion of at least three “replicating” regions/local authorities/communities, interested in reapplying the lessons learnt (totally, partially or with the required adjustments) in their territories is strongly encouraged; this could take the form of inclusion in the consortium of one or more partners providing support for the technical exchanges and the knowledge uptake in the “replicating” regions.

    In addition to the local/regional authorities owning the climate challenge, the consortium may include other type of partners, such as private or public research organisations, enterprises and NGOs, to ensure that all needed capabilities are available to develop and implement real life actions.

    Proposals should build (when relevant) upon previous developed solutions or existing knowledge and adaptation solutions, designed and developed from previous research projects, including from beyond EU, addressing climate change adaptation and funded by European and National programmes, in particular the European Union Framework programmes for Research and Innovation (such as Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe under their different pillars and clusters), as well as the LIFE programme. Moreover, proposals should look into opportunities to scale up the solutions demonstrated and to foster their broad deployment across in Europe through the LIFE programme, and its integrated projects in particular, and through the ERDF programmes.

    Proposals should include a mechanism and the resources to establish operational links with the Climate-ADAPT platform (run by the European Environment Agency (EEA) together with DG CLIMA) that will act as a central element for the monitoring, support and visualisation of the Mission progress in European Regions. To this purpose, projects will feed their results to the Climate-ADAPT and EEA assessments.

    Projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in the Mission Community of Practice that will be established amongst the Mission Charter signatories by the Mission Implementation Platform in the course of 2023 and in the networking and joint activities with other projects funded under other topics in the Mission Climate Adaptation as well as in other relevant Missions, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities. To this extent, proposals should provide for dedicated activities and earmark appropriate resources. Beyond the Mission, the projects funded under this topic are also encouraged to exchange and identify cooperation opportunities with other projects funded under Horizon Europe, in particular those funded under Cluster 1 and its destination 2 “Living and working in a health-promoting environment”

    The European Commission intends to establish a network and coordination activities amongst all the projects funded for the implementation of the Climate adaptation Mission, under the Horizon 2020 European Green Deal call and under Horizon Europe, and that will be coordinated by the soon to be established Mission Implementation Platform. The projects under this topic will be requested to contribute to this effort. Applicants should acknowledge this request and already account for these obligations in their proposal, making adequate provisions in terms of resources and budget to engage and collaborate with the Mission governance.

    To ensure a balanced portfolio covering the different climate risks as identified in the Mission Implementation Plan and to maximize the footprint across all the different biogeographical areas 22 , the best ranked proposals for each biogeographical area will be selected.

    Mission: Cancer

    The goal of the Mission on Cancer is to improve the lives of more than 3 million people by 2030, through prevention, cure and for those affected by cancer including their families, to live longer and better. The objectives include: Understand; Prevent what is preventable; Optimise diagnostics and treatment; Support quality of life; Ensure equitable access in all aforementioned areas. The Mission on Cancer will address all cancers including poorly-understood cancers 23 in men and women, cancers in children, adolescents and young adults as well as in the elderly, cancers in socio-economically vulnerable populations, living in either cities, rural or remote areas, across all Member States and Associated countries.

    The Mission on Cancer is implemented using a health-in-all policies approach 24 ; through infrastructure support; regional, social and citizen community development; through investments; support and commitments from public and private sources, including from Member States, Associated countries and industry; through cooperation with third countries; and through synergies with other existing EU programmes including EU4HEALTH, EURATOM, Digital Europe, Erasmus+, the EU Strategic Framework on Health and Safety at Work 2021-2027 and other initiatives related to cancer.

    It also relates to the European Green Deal, including the Farm to Fork strategy 25 . The mission proposes research and policy directions and objectives to identify effective strategies for the development and implementation of cancer prevention, including on environmental factors (e.g. exposure to workplace carcinogens, air pollution, unhealthy diet, nutrition and low physical activity).

    Furthermore, it is also in line with the industrial 26 and digitalisation strategy 27 . The mission proposes a further upscaling and digitalisation of services, innovation in diagnostics and interventions, and establishing living labs, contributing to the positive impact of efforts by industry and SMEs on the health of citizens. Envisaged opportunities are in the fields of: cancer biomarkers; cloud computing and digital applications, smart apps/sensors. The mission also supports the integration of AI, machine learning and deep learning approaches to facilitate a better understanding of cancer, to improve prevention screening and early detection, diagnosis, clinical decision-making, administration of combinational therapies, and clinical management of patients living with and after cancer.

    Calls for proposals under this mission should contribute to setting out a credible pathway for implementing the Mission on Cancer, thereby contributing to mission objectives.

    Proposals for topics under this Mission should set out a credible pathway to improving Cancer control, and more specifically to all of the following impacts:

    1.Improve understanding of the development of cancer in the context of the environment, work, and lifestyle in the broadest possible sense,

    2.Enhance cross-policy cancer prevention strategies,

    3.Optimise the diagnostics and treatment of cancer based on the principle of equitable access,

    4.Improve the quality of life of cancer patients, survivors and their families through widely analysing all key factors and needs that are related to the quality of life,

    5.Accelerate the digital transformation of research, innovation and health systems.

    The implementation plan specifies the goal and four main objectives as well as implementation details of the Mission on Cancer 28 .

    In the calls described below, the Commission envisages several actions 29 : On the Cancer Mission objective Understanding, the Commission plans to address tumour-host interactions to enhance prevention, treatment and care interventions in poorly-understood childhood as well as adult cancer patients. On the Cancer Mission objective Prevention, the Commission foresees an action on behaviour change. On the Cancer Mission objective Diagnosis and treatment, the Commission envisages an action on minimally invasive diagnostics, which will also improve the quality of life. On the Cancer Mission objective Quality of life, the Commission envisages to enhance the quality of life for survivors of childhood cancer by setting up oncology-centred living labs. The society will benefit from a reduced burden of cancer and solving healthcare barriers.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this Mission:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01

    110.68

    12 Apr 2023

    Overall indicative budget

    110.68

    Call - Research and Innovation actions supporting the implementation of the Mission on Cancer

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 30

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 31

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 12 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 12 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-01

    RIA

    36.68 32

    7.00 to 12.00

    4

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-02

    RIA

    25.00 33

    4.00 to 6.00

    5

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-03

    RIA

    43.00 34

    6.00 to 8.00

    7

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-04

    IA

    6.00 35

    Around 6.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    110.68

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-01: Addressing poorly-understood tumour-host interactions to enhance immune system-centred treatment and care interventions in childhood, adolescent, adult and elderly cancer patients.

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 7.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.68 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to ensure a balanced Cancer Mission project portfolio and to achieve the Mission’s goal, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but also to at least one application that fully addresses cancer in children, adolescents or young adults (meaning people between birth and the age of 24), provided that the application attains all thresholds.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    The page limit of the applications is 70 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Proposals under this topic should aim to deliver results that are directed and tailored towards, and to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    a.Researchers and health professionals understand tumour-host processes that spur cancer development and progression in patients and how this forms the basis for the future design and optimisation of treatment or care interventions for poorly-understood cancers and their subtypes, including in children, adolescents, adults and the elderly.

    b.Researchers, innovators, and professionals from different disciplines and sectors ensure accessibility and re-usability of their data, models, tools and technology to support the UNCAN.eu 36 platform, which is currently in preparation.

    c.Health policy makers are aware of an improved understanding of tumour-host interactions in cancer patients that would allow the co-design of cancer-related innovation and health policies in the Member States, Associated Countries and beyond, including those aimed at delivering treatment and care developing care solutions for and with cancer patients.

    Scope: This topic will contribute to the achievement of the Mission’s objective to better understand cancer by studying tumour-host interactions underpinning the development and progression of cancer, including in advanced localised or metastatic disease. The focus should be on poorly-understood 37 cancers and their subtypes in children, adolescents, adults and the elderly.

    Despite important progress and recent successes with, for example immune system-centred therapeutic interventions 38 understanding of tumour-host interactions in cancer patients remains incomplete. Challenges include uncovering which patients benefit from interventions or risk potentially debilitating side-effects, as well as ensuring affordability of interventions across Europe, across all age groups. This requires a new dimension and level of investment in innovative research with a view to intercept disease. It also requires investing in high-risk, high-reward research projects to deliver a proof-of-concept of potentially disruptive new approaches. These approaches include monitoring treatment and disease progression and disclosing disease pathways, such as through single-cell -omics technologies, innovative disease models, advanced imaging technologies, or artificial intelligence and machine learning.

    Proposals should address all of the following:

    1.Obtain a systematic understanding of processes underpinning tumour-host interactions in poorly-understood cancers and their subtypes in childhood, adolescent, adult and elderly cancer patients. Applicants should take into account social, ethnical, cultural and gender aspects, with a focus on the transition from a healthy state to cancer initiation and progression, including in advanced localised or metastatic disease (where relevant), using any relevant in silico, in vitro, in vivo, ex vivo, preclinical, or clinical disease models as well as computational, simulation and visualisation tools and technologies where appropriate.

    2.Combine knowledge and high-quality data from biomedical and clinical studies, and real-world data, using advanced digital tools and technologies such as computer modelling and artificial intelligence with the objective to understand relevant tumour-host interactions and their impact on treatment and care solutions for cancer patients.

    3.Demonstrate access to and use of multiple comprehensive databases in and beyond health research or health domains. Proposals should build on longitudinal clinically annotated, stratified patient cohorts, case-control studies, biobanks, registries and many other initiatives 39 , use state-of-the art digital and other tools for data analyses and modelling, wherever possible.

    4.Based on results obtained, propose socially acceptable, affordable novel treatment or care interventions or health technologies for uptake into health systems in the areas of treatment or care, using approaches that involve the end-user using participative research models.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Due consideration should be given to EU-funded initiatives such as: HealthyCloud 40 , EOSC-Life 41 , the Photonics21 partnership – including its Photon Hub Europe support service 42 , the Innovative Health Initiative partnership 43 , the European Health Data Space (EHDS) Joint Action 44 , 1+ Million Genomes (1+MG) 45 / Beyond One Million Genomes (B1MG) 46 , the EBrains 47 research infrastructure and the EIT Health Knowledge Innovation Community initiatives 48 . Links with the research infrastructure projects EOSC4cancer 49 and canSERV 50 , as well as projects funded by other EU programmes 51 are encouraged.

    Successful applicants will be asked to liaise with these and other initiatives where applicable 52 . The successful proposals are expected to liaise with and build on resources made available by the Knowledge Centre on Cancer (KCC) 53 in order to foster EU alignment and coordination.

    The Commission will facilitate Mission-specific coordination through future actions, notably fostering exchanges with other proposals funded under this topic. Hence, successful applicants will be asked to join the 'Understanding' cluster for the Mission on Cancer established in 2022 54 . In this regard, the Commission will take on the role of facilitator, including with relevant initiatives and stakeholders, if appropriate.

    Therefore, proposals should include a budget for networking, attendance at meetings, and potential joint activities without the prerequisite to give details of these at this stage. Examples of these activities are the organisation of joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the establishment of best practices, or the initiation of joint communication activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. The details of joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase and during the life of the project.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-02: Enhance primary cancer prevention through sustainable behavioural change

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 4.00 and 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to ensure a balanced Cancer Mission project portfolio and to achieve the Mission’s goal, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but also to at least one application that fully addresses cancer in children, adolescents or young adults (meaning people between birth and the age of 24), provided that the application attains all thresholds.

    Expected Outcome: Enhance interventions and scale these up in different geographical, socio-economic and cultural settings as well as in different environmental conditions. Proposals should aim to deliver results through sustainable behavioural change, which are directed and tailored towards and contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Citizens, including people at high risk of developing cancer, cancer patients and survivors benefit from health promotion and primary prevention programmes that reflect behavioural change and psycho-social approaches tailored to the specific needs of different population groups both in urban and rural areas;

    2.Citizens, including people at high risk of developing cancer, cancer patients and cancer survivors benefit from easy-to-understand and accessible, tailored recommendations and support programmes on sustainable behavioural changes 55 , including psycho-social care, that are easy to implement in their daily lives, including through the use of digital tools to facilitate healthier choices;

    3.Regional, local and national policymakers and authorities, promote healthy environments 56 as well as design and implement the most suitable, sustainable health promotion and prevention programmes, which take account of behavioural change and psycho-social requirements.

    Scope: With about 40% of cancer cases being preventable 57 , prevention represents the most cost-efficient and sustainable cancer control strategy. The Mission on Cancer and Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan aim to exploit the potential of primary cancer prevention by addressing key risk factors and health determinants 58 .

    Achieving sustainable behavioural change can play a major role in enhancing the impact of health promotion and preventive measures and thus contribute to reducing the number of preventable cancer cases. Despite having access to peer-reviewed existing evidence and recommendations 59 on cancer prevention, widely accepted by policymakers across the EU, their uptake to effectively change behaviour needs to be enhanced.

    In the past, evidence on how to achieve behavioural change has not been sufficiently taken into account when designing health promotion and primary prevention programmes. This is because behavioural change is a complex challenge, which is subject to manifold influences that could be better understood at individual and systems level, through public engagement and interdisciplinary approaches.

    This requires a systemic approach involving all the main actors at different levels who can facilitate sustainable behavioural change including public authorities, policymakers, health care providers, employers, educational institutions, industry, non-governmental consumer and patient organisations, citizens and media.

    Investments are needed to establish, scale-up or improve health promotion and cancer prevention programmes through increased awareness among citizens about cancer risk factors and related behavioural change, with a focus on hard-to-reach and vulnerable groups of the population.

    Proposals should further address all of the following:

    1.Develop, test and evaluate the effective impacts of innovative primary cancer prevention programmes, possibly through the use of novel, including digital, solutions 60 , for different population groups which should be involved in the design;

    2.Provide evidence-based cost-benefit analyses of the proposed programmes;

    3.Identify and address specific bottlenecks and barriers that prevent the uptake of sustainable behavioural change for different target populations, taking into account sectorial, socio-economic, cultural and geographical 61 conditions as well as gender and age;

    4.Identify the most appropriate actors and develop incentives promoting sustainable behavioural change, such as increasing the uptake of the European Code against Cancer 62 ;

    5.Assess and validate parameters and factors facilitating or impeding behavioural change, and measure their impact;

    6.In addition, attention should be paid to health determinants, including occupational and environmental factors (e.g. pollution). Furthermore, education, socio-economic status, gender, age, and inequalities to access prevention programmes, which affects for example elderly people, people with disabilities, or minorities and people living in rural areas should be taken into consideration.

    7.Approaches on how to best reach and involve disadvantaged socio-economic population groups, vulnerable groups, and people living in rural areas, should be developed.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    Due consideration should be given to EU-funded initiatives such as: the Climate-neutral and Smart Cities Mission, the Soil Health and Food Mission, as well as the successful proposals resulting from the topics HORIZON-MISS-2022-CANCER-01-01 (Improving and upscaling primary prevention of cancer through implementation research), known by mid-2023, and HORIZON-CL6-2021-FARM2FORK-01-15 (Transition to healthy and sustainable dietary behaviour) 63 . Activities should, where appropriate, complement the EU Non-Communicable Diseases Initiative “Healthier together” 64 .

    Successful applicants will be asked to liaise with these and other initiatives where applicable 65 . The successful proposals are expected to liaise with and build on resources made available by the Knowledge Centre on Cancer (KCC) 66 in order to foster EU alignment and coordination.

    The Commission will facilitate Mission-specific coordination through future actions, notably fostering exchanges with other proposals funded under this topic. Hence, successful applicants will be asked to join the ‘Prevention’ cluster for the Mission on Cancer, established in 2022 67 . In this regard, the Commission will take on the role of facilitator, including with relevant initiatives and stakeholders, if appropriate.

    Therefore, proposals should include a budget for networking, attendance at meetings, and potential joint activities without the prerequisite to give details of these at this stage. Examples of these activities are the organisation of joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the establishment of best practices, or the initiation of joint communication activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate. The details of joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase and during the life of the project.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-03: Pragmatic clinical trials on minimally invasive diagnostics

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 43.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F. The following exceptions apply:

    In order to ensure a balanced Cancer Mission project portfolio and to achieve the Mission’s goal, grants will be awarded to applications not only in order of ranking but also to at least two applications that fully address cancer in children, adolescents or young adults (meaning people between birth and the age of 24), provided that the applications attain all thresholds.

    Expected Outcome: Proposals under this topic should aim to deliver results that are directed and tailored towards and contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    ·Cancer patients and their caregivers have access to optimised and affordable, minimally-invasive diagnostic interventions that increase their quality of life, across European regions, Member States and Associated Countries;

    ·Healthcare professionals and academia deliver better outcomes through routine healthcare, including quality of life, for men and women with cancer who often suffer from sex-related co-morbidities and side-effects;

    ·National healthcare providers, policymakers and authorities in European regions, Member States and Associated Countries will have the evidence to implement optimised and affordable minimally-invasive diagnostics in their healthcare systems, including in everyday medical practice.

    Scope: While cancer research and innovation have generated novel treatment options, cancer patients across Europe need access to minimally-invasive, patient-centred diagnostic interventions which keep up with increasing demand in a complex and fragmented oncology healthcare landscape with increasing healthcare costs.

    Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic with its detrimental impact on cancer control has demonstrated the need for different clinical trial designs with fewer inclusion and exclusion criteria that would allow for the evaluation of real-world effectiveness, driving better and affordable diagnostic solutions that are widely accessible across European regions, Member States and Associated Countries.

    Healthcare professionals and academia generate clinical evidence, by evaluating effectiveness in randomised or cluster-randomised academic investigator-initiated 68 pragmatic clinical trials, on how to best perform and deploy evidence-based, minimally-invasive diagnostic interventions.

    Pragmatic clinical trials focus on choosing between care options. Pragmatic trials evaluate effectiveness, the effect of diagnostics in routine (real-world) clinical practice.

    Proposals should address all of the following:

    1.Design and conduct randomised or cluster-randomised academic investigator-initiated pragmatic clinical trials to deliver effective and evidence-based diagnostic interventions for implementation by healthcare systems at the level of local communities, European regions, Member States and Associated Countries, taking into account stratification, such as biology, molecular features, sex, gender, cancer stage, and age. Clinical trial design and conduct could be aided by computational, simulation and visualisation tools and technologies where appropriate.

    2.The chosen diagnostic intervention(s) should be adapted to the particular needs of the target population and to the specificities of the provision of care at local, regional, or national level, duly reflecting the diversity across Member States and Associated Countries. Furthermore, affordability and accessibility should be taken into account.

    3.The successful proposals should clearly justify and describe the evidence supporting the chosen diagnostic intervention.

    4.The primary and secondary endpoints of the pragmatic clinical trial should support overall survival, patient-reported outcomes and quality of life issues considered important by and for cancer patients and their caregivers.

    5.Such endpoints should be defined together with patients and their caregivers through research that uses open knowledge, (social) innovation systems and support end-user engagement, such as living labs 69 or other participative research models.

    6.These pragmatic clinical trials should include stakeholders such as physicians, academia, patients and their caregivers, patient representatives, SMEs, insurance companies, charities and foundations, research organisations, civil society, regional and national research, innovation and health authorities.

    7.Successful pragmatic clinical trials, including their analyses, should be completed within 5 years from the start of the project. Translational research is not within the scope of this topic.

    8.In all instances, sex- and gender-related issues must be taken into account. All data should be disaggregated by sex, gender, age and other relevant variables, such as by measures of socio-economic status or ethnicity.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    The successful proposals are expected to liaise with and build on resources made available by the Knowledge Centre on Cancer (KCC) 70 in order to foster EU alignment and coordination.

    The Commission will facilitate Mission-specific coordination through future actions, notably fostering exchanges with other proposals funded under this topic. Hence, successful applicants will be asked to join the ‘Diagnosis and Treatment’ cluster for the Mission on Cancer 71 . In this regard, the Commission will take on the role of facilitator, including with relevant initiatives and stakeholders, if appropriate.

    Therefore, proposals should include a budget for networking, attendance at meetings, and potential joint activities without the prerequisite to give details of these at this stage. Examples of these activities are the organisation of joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the establishment of best practices, or the initiation of joint communication activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate.

    The details of joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase and during the life of the project.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01-04: Establish best practices and tools to improve the quality of life for childhood cancer patients, survivors and their families in European regions

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    A written commitment is required from the participating regions in which the action proposed will be implemented, expressed by a letter of intent annexed to the proposal and signed by the corresponding authority/ies.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions apply:

    The thresholds for each criterion will be 4 (Excellence), 4 (Impact) and 3 (Implementation). The cumulative threshold will be 12.

    Expected Outcome: Proposals under this topic should aim to deliver results that are directed and tailored towards and contribute to all of the following expected outcomes

    1.Childhood cancer patients, survivors and their families benefit from enhanced quality of life through better supportive care, personalised counselling approaches, and digital tools that are accessible and affordable. Consequently, they can better achieve their values and personal life goals.

    2.Health care professionals, supportive workers and councillors enhance the quality of life for childhood cancer patients, survivors and their families.

    Scope: Best practices and tools to improve the quality of life for survivors of childhood cancer exist at national, regional and local level. These practices and tools should be scaled up or deployed in regions in at least three different Member States or Associated Countries in order to serve as demonstrators for wider uptake.

    Proposals should address all of the following:

    1.Best practices and validated tools (such as digital tools) related to for example education, sports, employment, medical follow-up including mental and physical health and well-being, or reproductive matters, should be tested and scaled up in regions in at least three different Member States or Associated Countries;

    2.Address hurdles, factors and situations that impede implementation of good practices and tools in real-life settings with the intention to make the life of childhood cancer survivors easier and better. Effectiveness and general applicability should be assessed and evaluated to provide enhanced real solutions in practice;

    3.Attention should be paid to social and health determinants, including sex, gender, age and other relevant variables, such as socio-economic status, living in rural or remote areas and education;

    4.Several best practices and tools should be chosen and scaled up together with childhood cancer survivors and their families. The use of participative research models, such as oncology-centred living labs 72 or other approaches to deliver (social) innovation should be considered.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.

    The successful proposal is expected to liaise with and build on resources made available by the Knowledge Centre on Cancer (KCC) 73 in order to foster EU alignment and coordination.

    Successful applicants should closely monitor and take into account the outcomes of the project supported under topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CANCER-02-02, (Develop and validate a set of quality of life and patient preference measures for cancer patients and survivors 74 ).

    The Commission will facilitate Mission-specific coordination through future actions. Hence, successful applicants will be asked to join the ‘Quality of life’ cluster for the Mission on Cancer together with the aforementioned project 75 . In this regard, the Commission will take on the role of facilitator, including with relevant initiatives and stakeholders, if appropriate.

    Therefore, proposals should include a budget for networking, attendance at meetings, and potential joint activities without the prerequisite to give details of these at this stage. Examples of these activities are the organisation of joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the establishment best practices, or the initiation of joint communication activities with projects funded under other clusters and pillars of Horizon Europe, or other EU programmes, as appropriate.

    The details of joint activities will be defined during the grant agreement preparation phase and during the life of the project.

    Mission: Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030

    The Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’ will provide a systemic approach for the restoration, protection and preservation of our ocean, seas and waters. The objective of this Mission is to restore, protect and preserve the health of our ocean, seas and waters by 2030. The Mission is designed to deliver on the European Union’s 2030 quantified and measurable targets for protecting and restoring ecosystems and biodiversity, for zero pollution, and for decarbonisation and net greenhouse gas emissions reduction towards climate-neutrality, within the EU’s ocean, seas and waters. The Mission will support many Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs): in particular restoring our ocean and waters related actions will directly contribute to SDG 14 - Life below water and SDG 6 - Clean water and sanitation, as well as to SDG13 - Climate action.

    The Mission will also contribute to the UN Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development 76 by fostering research and cooperation across European sea basins, including the EU Outermost Regions and beyond, and mobilise scientists, as well as citizens for a sustainable and healthy ocean, seas and waters.

    The implementation plan specifies the goal and objectives as well as implementation details of the Mission “Restore our Ocean, seas and waters by 2030" 77 .

    The Mission Work Programme, under Horizon Europe, will contribute to the recovery of our ocean and waters by 2030 and more specifically to the following objectives:

    1.Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity, in line with the EU Biodiversity Strategy 2030 78 ;

    2.Prevent and eliminate pollution of our ocean, seas and waters, in line with the EU Action Plan Towards Zero Pollution for Air, Water and Soil 79 ;

    3.Make the sustainable blue economy carbon-neutral and circular, in line with the proposed European Climate Law 80 and the holistic vision enshrined in the Communication on a new approach for a Sustainable Blue Economy 81 .

    The Mission will be implemented in two phases:

    1.In the first ‘development and piloting’ phase (2022-2025), research and innovation will lay the foundations for implementing the three Mission objectives and enabling actions, paving the way to further citizens participation and engagement. Research and innovation activities will support transformative and innovative solutions to be tested, piloted and validated. Enabling activities will generate new knowledge, observation and monitoring data.

    2.In the second ‘deployment and upscaling’ phase (2026-2030), the solutions will be further deployed, replicated and scaled up.

    The Mission ocean and waters supports research and innovation in a system of European and national funding programmes sharing policy objectives. To foster synergies between R&I funding instruments (European and national), align R&I investments, ensure access to excellence and translate research results for the benefit of the society and the economy, applicants should consider and actively seek complementarities with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes for a sustainable blue economy, notably EMFF/EMFAF, LIFE, ERDF, ESF+, JTF, CEF Inland Waterways or Maritime and InvestEU, as well as private funds or financial instruments. All actions of the Mission are expected to disseminate their results according to FAIR (findable, accessible, interoperable, reusable) principles compatible with ongoing EU initiatives such as the European Marine Observation and Data Network (EMODnet) and the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC). In line with this approach, specific actions within the Mission will be devoted to widening access to data and knowledge of oceans, seas and freshwater through the Digital Twin Ocean (Mission ocean and waters digital knowledge system).

    All proposals submitted to the calls listed below are required to show how their proposed activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    In the 2023 work programme, in addition to the call under the heading ‘Mission Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’ (Call HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01- Actions for the implementation of the Mission Restore our ocean and waters by 2030) the Mission ocean and waters also developed 2 joint calls with Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ and Mission ‘Adaptation to Climate change’ which are under the heading ‘Missions’ joint calls’:

    1.Joint Call between Mission Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030, Mission Adaptation to Climate Change and Mission A Soil Deal for Europe - HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-OCEAN-SOIL-01 - Demonstration of climate mitigation and resilience solutions in support of the implementation of the Adaptation to Climate Change, Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030 and A Soil Deal for Europe Missions;

    2.Joint Call between Mission Restore our Ocean and Seas by 2030 and Mission A Soil Deal for Europe - HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01 - Mission Ocean & waters and Mission A Soil Deal for Europe Joint demonstration of approaches and solutions to address nutrient pollution in the landscape-river-sea system in the Mediterranean sea basin.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this Mission:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01

    87.70

    20 Sep 2023

    Overall indicative budget

    87.70

    Call - Actions for the implementation of the Mission Restore our ocean and waters by 2030

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 82

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 83

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 17 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 20 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-01

    IA

    8.80 84

    Around 8.80

    1

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-02

    IA

    17.00 85

    Around 8.50

    2

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-03

    IA

    16.00 86

    Around 8.00

    2

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-04

    IA

    12.00 87

    Around 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-05

    IA

    12.00 88

    Around 4.00

    3

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-06

    RIA

    4.50 89

    Around 2.25

    2

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-07

    RIA

    1.40 90

    Around 1.40

    1

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-08

    RIA

    10.00 91

    Around 3.30

    3

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-09

    CSA

    2.00 92

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-10

    CSA

    2.00 93

    Around 2.00

    1

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-11

    CSA

    2.00 94

    Around 2.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    87.70

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Objective 1 - Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity

    Proposals under this heading are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission objective 1, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-01: European Blue Parks – Protection and restoration of marine habitats

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.80 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.80 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: If projects collect in-situ data and marine observations, beneficiaries must make them openly available through the European Marine Observation and Data network (EMODnet), based on FAIR (findable, accessible, interoperable, reusable) principles.

    Expected Outcome: To support the implementation of the European Green Deal, the Biodiversity Strategy and the Nature Restoration Law, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Effectively managed marine protected areas with clear science-based conservation objectives and conservation measures that contribute to the restoration and protection of marine ecosystems and support a shift towards strictly protected areas;

    2.Protection and restoration of marine habitats and species through strictly protected areas, in particular of seabed habitats, including to preserve their carbon sequestration capacity, ensure spill-over of fish, provide ecosystem functionality and maintain connectivity;

    3.Enhanced resilience and adaptation potential of coastal and marine ecosystems and improved provision of their ecosystem services, in particular in relation to climate change mitigation/adaptation and to fisheries;

    4.A blueprint for the designation and management of marine protected areas and/or for shifting their status from “protected” to “strictly protected” including criteria and tools for quantifying their success/ effectiveness in terms of conservation outcomes/results; a blueprint for the identification of ecological corridors as part of a blue Trans-European Nature Network;

    5.Active support to the Mission’s Digital Ocean and Water Knowledge system through advances in biological, ecosystem and socio-economic knowledge applied to restoration;

    6.Reinforced EU leadership in international efforts to stop and reverse biodiversity loss, in line with the EU key priorities and international commitments.

    Scope: Proposals under this topic are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission objective 1 - Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    Proposals under this topic will develop and demonstrate protection and restoration solutions to address the degradation of coastal and marine ecosystems. Proposals should significantly improve the management of marine protected areas in particular through definition of clear science-based conservation objectives and implementation of the necessary conservation measures to achieve those objectives. Amongst the conservation measures, proposals should entail implementation of passive restoration actions through e.g.: strict protection, either as a newly designated strictly protected areas or as part of the zoning in the existing marine protected areas. Proposals should address the whole marine ecosystem functioning in the designated area, including the seabed and its role in carbon storage and as fish spawning and nursery area. Nevertheless, in well justified cases, proposals may address either specific vulnerable species or habitats that are under strong pressures or that have the most potential to capture and store carbon. Proposals could consider and assess pros and cons of some active restoration activities whereby native habitat building species would be reintroduced in degraded marine and coastal habitats to facilitate the natural recovery.

    Proposals should be site-specific, and the scale and range of the protected area for demonstration activities has to be ecologically relevant and impactful. At the same time, proposals should show a significant replication potential.

    When identifying and restoring degraded areas, particular attention needs to be paid to ensuring that the ecosystem services these areas can provide are resilient to climate change and that the areas are adequately protected to prevent new degradation. Proposals should develop innovative, efficient and cost-effective tools and methods to measure the conservation results/outcomes in terms of improvements of biodiversity in demonstration areas.

    The proposals should also address the creation and long term maintenance of adequate conditions for habitats and/or for the movement of individuals and more generally species and for increasing ecosystems’ capacity to adapt to climate change. Proposals should cover a wide range of ecosystem functions and services using a coherent and systemic approach and avoid the risk of trade-offs of focusing on one or very few ecosystem services at the expense of others. In this respect, seabed protection and restoration should be integrated, including preservation of seabed carbon sequestration capacity. The approach proposed has to show the potential to be up-scaled and reproduced at European level and beyond and develop a scalability plan.

    The proposed innovation actions for the Blue Parks should seek the most effective and efficient management and supporting technologies to enable strict protection as a restoration measure and will closely follow the EU Guidance to Members States on the designation of additional protected or strictly protected areas 95 .

    Proposals are expected to contribute to the implementation of the existing legislation related to Marine Protected Areas (MPA), notably the Birds, Habitats and Marine Strategy Framework Directives. Proposals may consider marine Natura 2000 sites established under the Birds and Habitats Directives as well as explore new areas to reach the targets of protecting 30% of EU marine area by 2030, of which one third should be strictly protected.

    National and local authorities and coastal communities should be involved in the design and implementation of innovative solutions to ensure that these solutions are successfully implemented in the long term. Citizen engagement is a pillar concept for the Mission and a key element in relation to conservation and restoration actions. Activities should, therefore, use innovative participatory management practices, citizen-science initiatives and awareness-raising actions to promote a proactive involvement of local communities including scientists, land and sea use planners, marine protected area managers, and other stakeholders, to enable co-creation of solutions. Awareness raising actions to inspire and generate co-ownership for protection of local habitat and biodiversity should be included as well as collaboration with existing initiatives. Citizen engagement related activities should also be gender-responsive and socially inclusive.

    Proposals are expected to contribute to the implementation of the existing legislation, notably in relation to Natura 2000 and Marine Protected Areas, as well as to provide recommendations addressing environmental or anthropogenic pressures and how to overcome them. Governance issues could be examined as a way to ensure effectiveness of protection and conservation measures. Activities improving the state of vulnerable ecosystem conditions are expected to be integrated into best practices or innovative monitoring within relevant monitoring governance schemes.

    Proposals should build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system which will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform and with the Blue Parks technical support platform which enables the reporting, monitoring, and coordination of all relevant implementation activities. In this regard, projects should cooperate closely with projects funded under Mission Ocean topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-01 and topic HORIZON-MISS-2022-OCEAN-01-01.

    Proposals should build upon existing knowledge systems and upon the Mission Digital and Water Knowledge system for access to data, monitoring and forecasts and knowledge dissemination. The proposals should also build on research and innovation developed by projects financed under the current and/or previous EU framework programmes (Horizon 2020, in particular the FutureMARES, MaCoBios and Rest-Coast projects, LIFE, EMFF/EMFAF), national and regional programmes (e.g. Interreg 2021-2027 / EU Macroregional Strategies), EU programmes (Copernicus, EMODnet) as well as on the activities of the Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership and the Biodiversa+ Partnership.

    For improved coordination and networking, the applicants should set aside resources to engage with other actions funded under Horizon Europe, in particular projects funded under Cluster 6 topics, e. g.: HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-12 (Improved science based maritime spatial planning and identification of marine protected areas), HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-10 (Demonstration of measures and management for coastal and marine ecosystems restoration and resilience in simplified socio-ecological systems); HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-03 (Understanding and valuing coastal and marine biodiversity and ecosystems services); HORIZON-CL6-2021-BIODIV-01-04 (Assess and predict integrated impacts of cumulative direct and indirect stressors on coastal and marine biodiversity, ecosystems and their services); HORIZON-CL6-2022-CLIMATE-01-02: Understanding the oceanic carbon cycle as well as with activities supported under the H2020 Green Deal call, notably LC-GD-7-1-2020 Restoring biodiversity and ecosystem services. Additionally, projects should collaborate with projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03 to adopt best practices regarding FAIR and open data sharing.

    Proposals addressing the EU Outermost Regions are encouraged, given these regions’ natural assets.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-02: Danube river basin lighthouse – Demonstration of effective and sustainable management of sediments in the Danube river-Black sea system

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, the consortium must involve and include entities from at least three Member States and/or Associated Countries of the Danube river basin in which demonstration activities will be taking place.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The financial support to third parties may only be awarded to local and/or regional authorities from an ‘associated region’. The maximum amount to be granted to each 'associated region' is EUR 100,000, to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scalability of the solutions developed within the project in the 'associated region' 96 . Each 'associated region' may benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic within the duration of the project only once.

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: If projects collect in-situ data and marine observations, beneficiaries must make them openly available through the European Marine Observation and Data network (EMODnet), based on FAIR (findable, accessible, interoperable, reusable) principles.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Contribution to the implementation of the European Green Deal and the Water Framework Directive and related guidance documents as well as other EU instruments and policies that concern freshwater ecosystem protection, in particular to the implementation of the Updated River Basin Management Plan for Danube 97 (2021) as regards sustainable sediment management in the Danube river basin;

    2.Demonstrated sustainable and effective solutions for sediment management at a river basin scale, including solutions for the restoration of sediment balance, quality and flow in the Danube river-Black sea system;

    3.Measurable improvements in the quality (including a reduction of harmful chemicals, plastics and microplastics) and quantity of sediments flows demonstrate the effectiveness of the measures and solutions implemented;

    4.Improved transnational and trans-sectoral cooperation between national authorities and other actors involved in sediment management at river basin scale;

    5.Scaling up of solutions for the sustainable management of sediments at river basin scale in other European river basins through the involvement of river basin management bodies and ‘associated regions’;

    6.Active support to the Mission’s Digital Ocean and Water Knowledge system through advances in knowledge related to land-sea and river-sea interactions.

    Scope: Proposals under this topic are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission objective 1 - Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    Sediments, a key component of river ecosystems, provide habitats to many aquatic organisms, regulate the morphology and shape of river basin and provide key ecosystem services. Pollutants can accumulate in sediments and, once displacements occur, disperse with them throughout the entire river basin. Human activities that affect natural river flow and continuity, such as flood protection measures, commercial sediment excavation, hydropower and navigation, alter sediment balance and transport within the river basin. Land-based activities such as agriculture, are also major drivers of alterations in sediment regime. This interference results in decreased sediment flow in free flowing river sections and in a sediment surplus in impounded sections increasing the risk of damage to infrastructure and human dwellings, besides reducing the effectiveness and raising maintenance costs. Also, sediment quality, in particular the degree of pollution levels, plays an important role in achieving good ecological status of river waters. Effective sediment management at a river basin scale requires trans-national, cross-sectoral and multidisciplinary approach. Moreover, sediment management accounts for the different demands on sediments; it considers relevant protection aspects and multiple uses of a river and its floodplain (also diverging use interests, conflicts).

    In the Danube river basin, the ICPDR 98 underlines in the river management plans 2009, 2015 and 2021 the need to improve sediment management and river morphology to address an increasing discrepancy between surplus and lack of sediment, which increases flood risks, reduces navigation possibilities, impacts hydropower production and biodiversity 99 . The 2021 river management plan recognises the sediment balance alteration as a significant management issue that requires urgent trans-national solutions.

    The sediment flows in the Danube river basin were analysed in the ICPDR Danube Sediment Interreg project 100 , which provided Danube Sediment management Guidance 101 , whereas sediment quality monitoring was covered by the ICPDR ‘SIMONA’ 102 project. This knowledge and guidance should provide references for the design of effective management measures and their subsequent demonstration at a river basin scale.

    The proposals should focus on the demonstration of sustainable and effective solutions for sediment management at river basin scale, including solutions for restoration of sediment balance and flow in the Danube river-Black sea system and measures to improve sediment quality. The demonstration activities should entail a holistic approach to sediment management, involving all relevant actors at a transnational/national scale and across relevant sectors, such as ICPDR 103 , relevant national authorities, riparian communities as well as concerned economic actors. These demonstration activities should appropriately combine sediment management measures focused on sediment flow quantity such as:

    1.measures to restore sediment transport and sediment flows;

    2.measures to reduce excessive erosion (e.g. change of sediment regime, increase of bed resistance, reduction of energy slope, nature based solutions, etc.);

    3.measures to address excessive sedimentation (e.g. change of sediment regime, route sediments, increase energy slope, increase bed shear stress, etc.),

    with measures to improve sediment quality, such as pollution prevention and reduction. The measures should be adjusted to the needs of a specific river section, reservoir or embankment area and ensure a long-term sustainability of sediment flow, also improving the good ecological status and ecosystem services provided by key river ecosystems and habitats, including wetlands and protection of biodiversity. Nature based solutions and building with nature should be prioritised. Use of satellite-based remote sensing is encouraged to complement more traditional approaches on effectiveness assessment of the chosen measures and solutions.

    Proposals must:

    1.Carry out demonstration activities in 3 different Member States and/or Associated Countries of the Danube river basin, involving and including in the consortium entities from these three countries. These demonstration activities should be selected on the basis of their relevance and impact at the river basin scale and based on the recommendations and results of the previously mentioned projects (ICPDR Danube Sediment Interreg project and SIMONA);

    2.Proposals should also identify areas and locations where the proposed solutions are replicable and draw up an action plan and roadmap needed for the replication and scale up of the solutions for sustainable and effective sediment management at a river basin scale.

    The projects should include impact monitoring of the activities affecting sediment flow within the Danube river basin and into the Black sea, based on and in cooperation with the ICPDR sediments monitoring system set up through previous projects such as SIMONA and in cooperation with the national water/river management authorities concerned and relevant European Research Infrastructures. In addition, the project will monitor the impacts and effectiveness of demonstration activities at a local scale.

    To address the impact-driven approach of the Mission and the nature of Innovation Actions, proposals are expected to work with and engage at least 5 ‘associated regions’ to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scalability of the solutions developed within the projects in other areas. ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different sea basin) and/or less-developed regions, with the need to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to improve management of sediments in a river basin. The proposals should ensure that the 'associated regions' are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. The involvement of 'associated regions' that have not yet participated in Mission projects is encouraged. The partners should proactively reach out to the 'associated regions' to enable them to follow closely the project and its demonstration activities. The projects should continuously share their outcomes and knowledge with those ‘associated regions’ and provide them with technical assistance to build capacity and to implement sustainable, balanced and effective sediment management at a river basin scale in their territory that contribute to achieving the Mission objectives. The technical assistance to the ’associated regions’ should include the provision of technical advisory services necessary to the prepare roadmaps, plans and projects to restore sustainable and balanced sediment flow at a river basin scale by addressing possible barriers, improving sediment quality, implementing effective sediment monitoring systems at a river basin scale and showing the feasibility of implementing innovative solutions. Proposals should outline the selection process of the third parties to which financial support would be granted based on principles of transparency, objectivity and fairness, in accordance with part G of the general annexes to this work programme. The projects should support data and knowledge sharing through and as well benefit from the Ocean and Water Knowledge System to foster cross-regions, pan-European approaches.

    The maximum amount of Financial Support to Third Parties is EUR 100,000 per 'associated region’ for the entire duration of the action. Proposals should outline the selection process of the third parties to which financial support would be granted based on principles of transparency, objectivity and fairness.

    The proposals are expected to integrate actions to support the social and economic transitions towards sustainable, inclusive and long term management of the restored and protected ecosystems, including natural, social, economic and cultural elements and business models for generating revenue from the restored and protected ecosystems and involve for that purpose local business communities, in particular SMEs, investors and other business stakeholders.

    Training and communication activities addressing stakeholders, including regional and local authorities from the ‘associated regions’ should be included in each proposal. Local actors, including where appropriate, the European Solidarity Corps and Mission Citizen Assemblies, should be involved in the demonstration activities.

    The proposal should consider actions to prevent and reduce pollution from different sources (such as chemicals and organic pollutants) affecting sediments with a view to improving their quality 104 .

    The proposals should also build on research and innovation developed in the current and previous EU framework programmes, such as but not limited to Horizon2020 and Horizon Europe (notably with projects selected under topics HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-01-02; HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-02 and HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-04) and the Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda for the Black Sea (SRIA), LIFE, Interreg projects (such as Danube Flood Plain 105 ), EU monitoring programmes (Copernicus land and climate change monitoring services, EMODnet) and national and regional programmes in the Danube river basin (e.g. Interreg 2021-2027 / EU Macroregional Strategies) as well as the activities of Water4All Partnership and Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership and the Common Maritime Agenda for the Black Sea, in particular in the framework of sustainable sediment management. Additionally, projects should collaborate with projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03 to adopt best practices regarding FAIR and open data sharing.

    The projects funded under this topic should:

    1.build links with other Mission activities and other relevant activities within the lighthouse and its area to maximize synergies, as well as with the European Blue Parks, other Mission lighthouses and their activities;

    2.build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform and with the Danube river basin lighthouse support facility and platform, for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities in the lighthouse area as well as with the Blue Parks technical support platform;

    3.build links with the activities of the International Commission for the Protection of the Danube River in the area of sediment management, with the Danube sediment monitoring framework as well as with the national and regional authorities with competence in the area of river and water management;

    4.support the Ocean and water knowledge system, in particular by contributing to hydrological or biodiversity monitoring, modelling and knowledge creation and data.

    Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will support the European Green Deal and the European Biodiversity Strategy 106 , in particular its target of 25,000 km of free flowing rivers and demonstrate how they will achieve the Mission’s objectives, taking into account the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-03: Atlantic and Arctic sea basin lighthouse – Addressing climate change and human activities threats to marine biodiversity

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, the consortium must carry out demonstration activities in 3 different countries of the Atlantic and Arctic basin, involving and including partners from these respective countries in the consortium.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The financial support to third parties may only be awarded to local and/or regional authorities from an ‘associated region’. The maximum amount to be granted to each 'associated region' is EUR 100,000, to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scalability of the solutions developed within the project in the 'associated region' 107 . Each 'associated region' may benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic within the duration of the project only once.

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: If projects collect in-situ data and marine observations, beneficiaries must make them openly available through the European Marine Observation and Data network (EMODnet), based on FAIR (findable, accessible, interoperable, reusable) principles.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced implementation of the Biodiversity Strategy 2030 and the EU Arctic policy;

    2.Technological, logistical, social and economic innovations to counteract marine biodiversity loss;

    3.Enhanced basin-scale cooperation in the Atlantic and Arctic, including through transition arrangements that create socially and economically sustainable propositions for local stakeholders;

    4.Enhanced implementation of the European Green Deal, the EU Adaptation Strategy 108 , Marine Strategy framework Directive, the EU Bioeconomy Strategy as well as the Galway Statement, the Belém Statement, the OSPAR Convention 109 in connection with the implementation of EU marine environment, biodiversity and Arctic policies, the EU’s International Ocean Governance Agenda, the Atlantic Action Plan 2.0 with the aim to work for the benefit of all communities of stakeholders around the Atlantic and the Arctic Action Plan enhancing collaborative efforts to address the challenges in the Arctic;

    5.Active support to the Mission’s Digital Ocean and Water Knowledge system and knowledge cross-fertilization across EU sea basins;

    6.Better informed citizens and decision makers, for a better governance.

    Scope: Proposals under this topic are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission objective 1 - Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    Proposals will focus on developing and demonstrating ecosystem-based conservation measures and approaches for reducing cumulative pressure from human activities to address marine biodiversity loss at basin/regional level.

    Proposals will contain a set of activities, but are not necessarily limited to, sustainable fishery management and practices, pollution reduction and sustainable shipping, prevention and control of invasive species, marine and nursery habitat preservation and protection, establishment of marine reserves, impacts of climate change. To safeguard biodiversity against climate change and build resilience, adaptive management approaches and nature-based measures are also expected to be considered as well as minimisation of cumulative impacts of other stressors. Activities for quantifying the impact of climate change (acidification, sea-level rise, deoxygenation, ocean warmings, primary production, phytoplankton and zooplankton, etc.) on ocean and coastal ecosystems and biodiversity will be important to understand the stressors. Proposals can include application of genomics methods for the characterization of the biodiversity status, as well as for the long-term biomonitoring of restorative interventions and ecosystem evolution.

    Activities will be designed and carried out in partnership with local fishing communities and, where relevant, indigenous people as well as other relevant stakeholders (e.g.: shipping industry) to ensure that the tested solutions grant due consideration to their knowledge, expectations and needs.

    Activities will also support evidence-based data and awareness raising on biodiversity conservation in relation to local/regional development and capacity building and will establish good practices for nature-friendly local/regional initiatives and inspire specific transnational cooperation with EU Macro-regional regions.

    Citizen engagement is a pillar concept for the Mission. Proposals may involve coastal communities with important biodiversity hotspots, including islands and the EU Outermost Regions in the co-creation of measures that meet the Mission’s aims while granting due consideration to local communities’ needs and values. Proposals are expected to involve where appropriate European Solidarity Corps and citizens science activities in the restoration efforts.

    Proposals must

    1.Carry out demonstration activities in 3 different countries of the Atlantic and Arctic sea basin, involving and including in the consortium partners from these respective countries;

    2.Proposals should also identify areas and locations where the solutions are replicable and draw up an action plan and roadmap to replicate and scale up the ecosystem and biodiversity restoration solutions and actions.

    To address the impact-driven approach of the Mission and the nature of Innovation Actions, proposals are expected to work with and engage at least 5 ‘associated regions’ to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scalability of the solutions developed within the projects in other areas. ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different sea basin) and/or less-developed regions, with the need to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to restore marine ecosystems and biodiversity. The proposals should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. The partners will proactively reach out to the associated regions to enable them to follow closely the project and its demonstration activities. The projects should continuously share their outcomes and knowledge with those ‘associated regions’ and provide them with technical assistance to build capacity and solutions to address biodiversity loss and restore ecosystems in their territory, which will contribute to achieve the Mission objectives. The technical assistance to the ’associated regions’ should include advice to prepare roadmaps, plans and projects to restore marine ecosystems and biodiversity in the associated regions, to address possible barriers and show the feasibility of implementing innovative solutions for socio-economic transition processes in an ecosystem based and circular economy perspective.

    Proposals should outline the selection process of the third parties to which financial support would be granted based on principles of transparency, objectivity and fairness, in accordance with part G of the general annexes to this work programme.

    The proposals should build on research and innovation developed in the frame of related projects in the current and previous EU framework programmes, such as Horizon 2020 (e.g. the ongoing projects and activities which are part of the All-Atlantic Ocean Research Alliance 110 and projects selected under topics HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-01-02; HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-03 and HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-02-05), EU programmes (Copernicus, EMODnet), LIFE and national and regional programmes in the Atlantic/Arctic basins as well as the activities of the Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership and the Atlantic Action Plan 2.0. Additionally, projects should collaborate with projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03 to adopt best practices regarding FAIR and open data sharing. Projects may benefit from the expertise and knowledge of the Joint Research Centre, especially in the areas of large scale monitoring and assessment set-up, technical input on harmonised methodologies and making links with relevant policy frameworks.

    The projects funded under this topic should address all following issues:

    1.build links with other Mission activities and other relevant activities within the lighthouse and its area to maximize synergies, as well as with the European Blue Parks, other Mission lighthouses;

    2.build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform and with the Atlantic and Arctic sea basin lighthouse support facility and platform, for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities in the lighthouse area as well as with the Blue Parks technical support platform;

    3.support the Ocean and water knowledge system, in particular by contributing to biodiversity monitoring, modelling and knowledge creation and data.

    Projects funded under this topic are strongly encouraged to participate in networking and joint activities with other projects funded under other topics in the Mission Ocean, seas and waters as well as in other relevant Missions, as appropriate. These networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities.

    Proposals addressing the EU Outermost Regions are encouraged, given these regions’ natural assets.

    Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-04: European natural lakes: demonstration of integrated approaches for protection and restoration of natural lake ecosystems and their biodiversity

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, the consortium must carry out demonstration activities in at least 3 different countries, involving and including partners from these three countries in the consortium.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The financial support to third parties may only be awarded to local and/or regional authorities from an ‘associated region’. The maximum amount to be granted to each 'associated region' is EUR 100,000, to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scalability of the solutions developed within the project in the 'associated region' 111 . Each 'associated region' may benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic within the duration of the project only once.

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: If projects collect in-situ data and marine observations, beneficiaries must make them openly available through the European Marine Observation and Data network (EMODnet), based on FAIR (findable, accessible, interoperable, reusable) principles.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhance the implementation of the European Green Deal, the EU Biodiversity Strategy, the EU Zero Pollution Action Plan, the EU Bioeconomy Strategy and the Water Framework Directive as well as other EU instruments and policies that concern freshwater ecosystems;

    2.Improved ecological and chemical status of European natural lakes;

    3.Demonstrated integrated and replicable approaches to protection and restoration of natural lake ecosystems, their biodiversity and healthy functioning, integrating all aspects of good ecological and chemical status of lakes under the Water Framework Directive;

    4.Demonstrated effective and replicable nature based solutions for restoration and protection of European lakes;

    5.Demonstrate improved solutions and systems for effective collaboration between, municipalities, regions and, if relevant, countries within a lake catchment area;

    6.Create opportunities for scaling up of solutions for protection and restoration of European lakes through involvement of ‘associated regions’.

    Scope: Natural lakes are understood for the purposes of this Work Programme as natural inland bodies of standing surface freshwater or brackish water. There are more than 500 000 natural lakes larger than 1ha in Europe 112 . There were over 2 800 lakes in the EU with bad or poor ecological status and over 8 000 lakes with moderate ecological status in 2018 113 . The main pressures affecting the ecological status of European lakes are hydro-morphological pressures, pollution, in particular from chemicals and nutrient enrichment, water abstraction and climate change impacts. Nutrient enrichment results in algal blooms influencing the ecological status of these waters as well as their use for drinking and recreation.

    Proposals under this topic are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission objective 1 - Protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    The proposals should design and demonstrate integrated and replicable approaches to protect and restore natural lake ecosystems and their biodiversity that result in a significantly improved ecological and chemical status and maintain it in the long-term. The integrated approaches should cover physical and biochemical elements and address in an integrated way all main pressures on the lake ecosystem, (e.g.: water level regulation, water extraction, agriculture, soil pollution, aquaculture and navigation, main source of pollution, barriers to connectivity, pressures on biodiversity, including invasive alien species). Proposals should also consider threats and risks associated to climate change and pressures on biodiversity.

    The demonstration activities should combine measures and solutions to reduce pressures and stressors, to restore and protect the lake ecosystem and its biodiversity, in particular using effective nature-based and circular-biobased solutions in the lakes, along shorelines and across their catchments to reduce use of chemicals and retain nutrients. The demonstration sites should be located on natural lakes with a surface area exceeding 1 km2.

    Proposals must:

    1.Carry out demonstration activities in at least 3 different countries, involving and including in the consortium partners from these three countries;

    2.Proposals should also identify areas and locations where the solutions are replicable and draw up an action plan and roadmap to replicate and scale up the solutions and actions for the protection and restoration of natural lakes.

    To address the impact-driven approach of the Mission and the nature of Innovation Actions, proposals are expected to work with and engage at least 3 ‘associated regions’ to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scalability of the solutions developed within the projects in other areas. ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. in the context of this topic, regions with another natural lake located in EU Member States and/or Associated countries) and/or less-developed regions, with the need to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to restore freshwater ecosystems. The proposals should ensure that the 'associated regions' are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. The involvement of 'associated regions' that have not yet participated in Mission projects is encouraged. The partners will proactively reach out to the 'associated regions' to enable them to follow closely the project and its demonstration activities. The projects should continuously share their outcomes and knowledge with those ‘associated regions’ and provide them with technical assistance to build capacity and to implement natural lake restoration and protection solutions in their territory to contribute to achieve the Mission objectives. The technical assistance to the ’associated regions’ should include advice to the prepare roadmaps, plans and projects to restore and protect natural lakes, to address possible barriers and show the feasibility of implementing innovative solutions.

    Proposals should outline the selection process of the third parties to which financial support would be granted based on principles of transparency, objectivity and fairness, in accordance with part G of the general annexes to this work programme.

    The projects should support data and knowledge sharing through and as well benefit from the Ocean and Water Knowledge System to foster cross-regions, pan-European approaches. An European Digital Innovation Hub (EDIH) on Natural lakes – at interregional/transnational level – could be envisaged.

    The proposals are expected to integrate actions within basins and across lake catchments that support social and economic transitions towards sustainable, inclusive and long-term management of the restored and protected ecosystems. These should include natural, social, economic and cultural elements and business models for generating revenue from the restored and protected ecosystems. For that purpose, demonstrations should involve local business communities, in particular SMEs, investors and other business stakeholders.

    Training, upskilling and communication activities towards stakeholders, including regional and local authorities from the ‘associated regions’ should be included in each proposal. Local actors, including where appropriate, the European Solidarity Corps and Mission Citizen Assemblies, should be involved in ecosystem restoration and protection activities and any actions for social and economic transitions towards sustainable inclusive and long-term management of the restored ecosystems, using activities like citizen science to encourage involvement and stewardship of lakes and their catchments.

    The projects funded under this topic should:

    1.build links with other Mission activities and other relevant activities within the Mission lighthouses to maximize synergies, as well as with the European Blue Parks, and other Mission activities;

    2.build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform and with the lighthouse support facilities, for reporting in different basins, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities in the lighthouse area as well as with the Blue Parks technical support platform;

    3.support the Ocean and water knowledge system, in particular by contributing to biodiversity monitoring, modelling and knowledge creation and data.

    Applicants should consider to link with other actions funded under Horizon Europe and set aside resources to engage in cooperation and networking with projects funded under the EU Framework Programme, e. g: the MERCES project 114 that developed ecological tools and protocols for cost-effective marine habitat restoration; the EULAKES project 115 ; the Espon project 116 , Horizon Europe Nord-Balt-Ecosafe, H2020 MERLIN 117 as well as ECOSTAT 118 and EuropaBON 119 activities. Applicants should benefit from EU space programmes (e.g. Copernicus land and climate change monitoring services addressing hydrology). Additionally, projects should collaborate with projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03 to adopt best practices regarding FAIR and open data sharing.

    Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will support the European Green Deal and how they will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    Objective 3 – Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular Blue economy

    Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-05: Lighthouse in the Baltic and the North Sea basins - Lighthouse in the Baltic and the North Sea basins - Green and energy-efficient small-scale fishing fleets

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 4.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, the consortium must carry out demonstration activities in 3 different countries of the Baltic and North Sea basin, involving and including partners from these respective countries in the consortium.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-6 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: If projects collect in-situ data and marine observations, beneficiaries must make them openly available through the European Marine Observation and Data network (EMODnet), based on FAIR (findable, accessible, interoperable, reusable) principles.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced implementation of the European Green deal objectives and the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030;

    2.Improved understanding of technical, social, legal, regulatory and policy barriers to small-scale fisheries decarbonisation;

    3.Reduced fuel consumption and emissions from small-scale fishing vessels and improved energy efficiency in their range of activities, including acoustic noise reduction;

    4.Accelerated transition to fleets of small-scale fisheries equipped with greener and energy-efficient technologies to reduce emissions and fuel consumption;

    5.Increased users’ choices and responsible user behaviours;

    6.Improved monitoring and understanding on the impact of greener and more efficient small-scale fishing fleets on the marine environment and marine biodiversity.

    Scope: Proposals under this topic are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission objective 3 – Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular blue economy, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    Proposals will address the complex dynamic of energy consumption and energy efficiency of small-scale fishing vessel fleets and in their range of activities. Under this topic, small-scale fisheries is defined as “fishing carried out by fishing vessels of an overall length of less than 12 m and not using towed fishing gear”.

    Proposals under this topic are expected to identify a set of suitable innovative and sustainable solutions, technologies, practices and processes to be tested, validated and demonstrated in real conditions to reduce emissions and fuel consumption of small-scale fishing vessels (length of less than 12 m), to increase energy efficiency in their range of activities and comply with EU regulatory frameworks. Solutions should consider multi-disciplinary approaches and guarantee full integration in the vessels. The integrated solutions need to be tested at sea to ensure fitness for purpose in harsh marine environment and for all range of fishing-related activities. Innovative solutions such as battery/hybrid systems, wind-propulsion vessels as well as use of sensors, predictive analytics, data, etc. can be considered.

    Impact assessment on the marine environment and its biodiversity should also be carried out as well as an analysis of the obstacles, opportunities and recommendations about good practices for reducing fuel consumption and emissions from small-scale fishing vessels and improving energy efficiency in their range of activities.

    Close cooperation between the fishing community, researchers and other stakeholders as well as with environmental organisations, NGOs, national and international authorities is a crucial requirement to ensure that solutions and technologies are suitable for and acceptable by the end-users, economically viable for (often) very small fishing enterprises.

    Where appropriate activities may take into account synergies with other actions aimed to reduce waterborne transport emissions, for example projects arising from Horizon Europe calls; HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01, HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01, HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-3, HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-3 as well as with the activities carried out under the Zero Emission Waterborne Transport Partnership (ZEWT) and the Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership (SBEP). If projects collect in-situ data and marine observations, projects should collaborate with projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03 to adopt best practices regarding FAIR and open data sharing and benefit as well from EU programmes (Copernicus, EMODnet) in terms of marine observation and ocean forecasting capacities.

    The projects funded under this topic should:

    1.build links with other Mission activities and other relevant activities within the Mission lighthouses to maximize synergies, and with other Mission activities;

    2.build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform and with the lighthouse support facilities, for reporting in different basins, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities in the lighthouse area;

    3.support the Ocean and water knowledge system, in particular by contributing to ocean monitoring, modelling and knowledge creation and data.

    SMEs, early-stage business and scale-ups involved in Mission projects entailing innovative, scalable and sustainable business ventures from traditional and emerging blue economy sectors are invited to join the BlueInvest community and benefit from the BlueInvest Fund 120 .

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-06: Cross-basin topic - Innovative nature-inclusive concepts to reconcile offshore renewables with ocean protection

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.25 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.50 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcomes:

    1.Enhanced implementation of the EU Sustainable Blue Economy Strategy and the achievement of EU Green Deal objectives and the Paris Agreement targets;

    2.Development of standards for nature-inclusive design in the offshore renewables sector;

    3.New approaches for the design of environmental-friendly offshore platforms;

    4.Solutions to meet renewable energy targets and the protection/restoration targets of the EU biodiversity strategy.

    Scope: The EU offshore renewable energy strategy sets ambitious objectives for renewable energy production at sea, namely in relation to the REPowerEU Communication 121 . These objectives are particularly relevant to quickly move away from our dependency on fossil fuels. Deployment of renewable energy solutions needs to be fast and coherent with the EU biodiversity protection and restoration targets. Offshore renewable infrastructures need to be built in such a way that they do not significantly harm the marine environment (e.g.: facilitating the expansion of invasive species) and even, where possible, contribute to restore marine ecosystems. Offshore infrastructures can already have positive impacts on the surrounding biodiversity and act as reefs and refuges for certain species. Nature-inclusive designs might further decrease the negative impacts and enhance desired effects. So far, efforts on design have focused mostly on scour and cable protection in the offshore wind sector. They are limited to few small scale pilot projects and a few species (cod, flat oysters, etc.), that have shown positive impacts on marine ecosystems and concentrate on the seabed close to offshore wind turbines.

    Considering the expected expansion of offshore renewables, there is room for the development of innovative concepts to reduce impact of offshore activities and protect the ocean.

    Proposals under this topic are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission objective 3 – Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular blue economy, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    Proposals should focus on truly multidisciplinary approaches for the development of nature-inclusive concept design of offshore renewable energy devices. Proposals should address novel concepts, technologies and solutions beyond the state-of-the-art, taking a life-cycle perspective, thus addressing aspects relating to planning, installation, maintenance and end-of-life issues. Proposals should identify and assess already existing approaches and concepts and highlight the benefits and feasibility of novel solutions.

    Nature-inclusive concepts will address the design and choice of materials for the mooring foundations and for the offshore devices, either fixed or floating, noise issues, and laying cables, and show potential positive effects for biodiversity and the marine ecosystems. Multiple-use concepts could also be considered if relevant. Other ocean energy technologies beyond wind energy relying on wave, marine floating photovoltaics and tidal stream, for example, may also be considered.

    Recommendations relating to long-term monitoring regimes of the impacts are also expected. Proposals should include biodiversity and ecosystem impact and risk assessments, (also in relation to risks of propagating invasive species).

    The activities are also expected to contribute to the development of environmental standards in the field and of good practices for decision-making, planning processes and future investments. Main industry actors, such as those involved in the European Strategic Energy Technology Plan (SET Plan) 122 should be involved.

    The projects funded under this topic should:

    1.build links with other Mission activities and other relevant activities within the Mission lighthouses to maximize synergies, as well as with relevant EU Partnerships like Clean Energy Transition (CET), Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership (SBEP) or the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) and its Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs), with regard to EIT InnoEnergy activities;

    2.build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform and with the lighthouse support facilities, for reporting in different basins, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities in the lighthouse area;

    3.support the Ocean and water knowledge system, in particular by contributing to ocean monitoring, modelling and knowledge creation and data.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-07: Cross-basin topic - Analysis of the obstacles and opportunities for repurposing aged/unused offshore infrastructures

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 1.40 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.40 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Solutions to support marine restoration;

    2.Insights in view of sustainable business models;

    3.Options for repurposing aged/unused offshore platforms and enhance the circular economy transition.

    Scope: The increasing number of offshore infrastructures to be decommissioned in the near future in the European seas requires a sound assessment of environmental, social and technical impacts that decommissioning processes carry. Alternatives to decommissioning can be viewed as an opportunity to preserve the marine habitats around these platforms and to convert these infrastructures to other potentially valuable uses with environmental, economic and/or scientific benefits.

    Proposals under this topic are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission objective 3 – Sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular blue economy, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    Decisions taken in the coming years will determine whether offshore infrastructures become an environmental liability or an opportunity for preserving marine ecosystems, minimising risks and promoting innovation.

    There are several options available to dispose of offshore infrastructures, including complete removal and re-processing of the materials, partial removal or dismantling the structure and placing the materials on the seabed, reuse and re-purposing of the infrastructure for e.g. scientific and ocean monitoring purposes, economic, or recreational activities.

    Proposals under this topic should focus on analysing options to decommissioning offshore platforms, in light of marine conservation and ecosystem protection, identifying possible business models and assessing related implications for policy/decision making and for public acceptance. This analysis should complement the outcomes of the Study on “Decommissioning of offshore oil and gas installations: a technical, legal and political analysis 123 ” and will address all following issues:

    Proposals should address all following issues:

    1.Carry out a review of existing experiences, strategies and programmes for alternatives to offshore platforms decommissioning;

    2.Design a framework for cost-benefit analysis of potential options to decommissioning of offshore platforms, including a risk/benefit analysis of these potential options on marine ecosystems and biodiversity;

    3.Examine related legal, regulatory and policy issues;

    4.Carry out informed discussions among major stakeholders, environmental organisations and NGOs, owners and operators, national and regional public authorities (including Regional Sea Conventions) and agencies for defining actions to address obstacles and opportunities for repurposing aged/unused offshore platforms and identify at least 3 promising sites for future demonstration activities;

    5.Assess the socio-economic benefits including job creation of decommissioning versus repurposing.

    Mission Enabling activities: Digital Ocean and Water Knowledge System, public mobilisation and engagement, dynamic investment ecosystem

    Proposals are expected to show how their activities and results will achieve the Mission’s objectives, in line with the timeframe of the Mission phases, i.e.: by 2025 for the ‘development and piloting’ phase and 2030 for the ‘deployment and upscaling phase’.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-08: Integration of socio-ecological models into the Digital Twin Ocean

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 3.30 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-01: Underlying models for the European Digital Twin Ocean

    HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-IBA-01 EU Public Infrastructure for the European Digital Twin Ocean

    HORIZON-MISS-2022-OCEAN-01-07: Integration of biodiversity monitoring data into the Digital Twin.

    Expected Outcome: Expected outcomes should complement the capacities and uses of the European Digital Twin Ocean (EU DTO) by:

    1.Solutions to the challenges of marine social-ecological modelling that will allow for their seamless incorporation in the framework of the Digital Twin Ocean, taking into consideration their complex nature. Marine social-ecological models aim to integrate modelling approaches originating from different disciplines, focusing on different levels of analysis and implementing different methodological frameworks in a meaningful way. The challenges include interoperability of transdisciplinary data (ecological, social, economic, legal, etc.); integration of models with different spatial and temporal resolutions, calculation of uncertainties and more.

    2.Social-ecological models, developed with a multi-actor approach, that would help assess the impacts of environmental changes, human pressures and/or policy implementation on the overall ocean health, blue economy and societal prosperity;

    3.Improved understanding of complex social-ecological systems, aiming at better management of human activities, policy implementation, responding to societal needs (local communities, economic activities, growing resources needs,…) and avoiding negative outcomes of policies such as the loss of jobs, overfishing, hypoxia, or stock collapse.

    Scope: The vision for the European Digital Twin Ocean is to make ocean knowledge readily available to citizens, entrepreneurs, scientists and policy-makers and to provide them with an innovative set of user-driven and interactive tools, fostered by digital transition, empowering them to collectively share the responsibility of marine and coastal habitats and act on their restoration, to support a sustainable blue economy and to mitigate and adapt to climate change. It aims to provide consistent high-resolution, multi-dimensional description of the ocean: its physical, chemical, biological and social-ecological and economical dimensions, with forecasting periods from season to multi-decades, transforming data into knowledge. This call aims to support the necessary actions and tool developments to appropriately include the social-ecological component of the European Digital Twin Ocean, including the links and interactions with other parts of the system (data, underlying models, ecosystem models, local twins, etc.), the necessary social-economic data considerations and the development of models and other applications to simulate and predict the social and economic part of marine and coastal systems linked to the environmental/ecological components, enabling the development of normative (what-if scenarios) and decision-support tools.

    Proposals should address all activities and tasks as described below, in cooperation and complementarity with the linked actions and other relevant actions:

    1.Address the long-term and reliable accessibility and availability of spatially explicit social and economic data, fit-for-purpose for the development of social-ecological models and other relevant approaches as described below. The social and economic data should be integrated with the available marine data sources and models of the DTO in an interoperable and standardised manner. This should include considerations related to spatial and temporal scale of analysis and data collection, development of methodological protocols to connect socio-economic data with environmental data, etc.

    2.Development of a wide range of social-ecological models, tools and applications, from simple impact assessment models, to agent-based models, to integrated social-ecological models, with capacity to run and assess a variety of normative (what-if) scenarios, evaluating the impact and long-term effect of environmental change, policy alternatives and management decisions to coastal and marine systems, both environmentally and societally.

    3.Assessment of existing or development of new parallel frameworks of analysis, other than models (e.g. statistical approaches, AI) to be integrated into the framework of the DTO. As not all aspects of socio-economic systems and behaviours can be assessed through numerical models, other methodologies should be investigated and developed, to ensure inclusion of these parts of the system into the DTO and link them appropriately with the social-ecological models.

    4.Development of integrated ecological and socio-economic indicators that can be used in the assessment of the impacts of environmental, policy or management change in coastal and marine social-ecological systems.

    5.Development of new processes and tools for decision-support, participatory management and policy scenarios assessment, including the methodological approaches to effective stakeholders’ engagement.

    Proposals should address considerations of social-ecological modelling in the overall framework of the European Digital Twin Ocean, but also develop applications appropriate for use in local Twins (thematic or regional/local scale approaches to twinning).

    Proposals should support the Mission’s Blue Parks and Mission lighthouses and efficient ocean stewardship. Projects should collaborate with projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03 to adopt best practices regarding FAIR and open data sharing and benefit from existing EU programmes (e.g. Copernicus, EMODnet, EUROSTAT).

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-09: Roadmap towards the integration of inland waters into the Digital Twin Ocean

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-05-01: Underlying models for the European Digital Twin Ocean

    HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-IBA-01 EU Public Infrastructure for the European Digital Twin Ocean

    HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03: FAIR and open data sharing in support of healthy oceans, seas, coastal and inland waters

    HORIZON-MISS-2022-OCEAN-01-07: Integration of biodiversity monitoring data into the Digital Twin

    HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE-01-11: Reducing observation gaps in the land-sea interface area

    Expected Outcome: The Digital Twin Ocean is the first digital component developed to propose a Mission knowledge system supporting the objectives of the Mission “protect our oceans and waters” and supporting the implementation of Mission lighthouses.

    The Digital Twin ocean will host a digital infrastructure with data services to facilitate data analytics, advanced modelling and high performance computing, development of what if scenarios to assess policies development in a context of resilience to climate change and sustainable development, supporting as well the implementation of local twins addressing specifics requested by stakeholders at all relevant scales from global to local.

    The DTO architecture is meant to become scalable and flexible to offer the opportunity to develop an integrative approach to all-waters management from inland waters to oceans and vice versa, considering the whole as the hydrosphere.

    Projects results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Inventory and prioritization of EU/cross-boundary or international policies (WFD but not only) and topics to be addressed by the knowledge system to increase and share knowledge on inland waters (lakes, rivers, reservoirs, wetlands, snow, ice etc. excluding coastal and seas)

    2.Inventory of what is relevant from the national meteorological services duties including for climatology, and principles of interfacing with them

    3.Inventory of current actions, projects and programmes (including research projects, Research infrastructures, European Research Infrastructure Consortia – ERICs, cross-boundary programmes, Interreg) ongoing to get access to, to further develop a digital integrated inland water monitoring (from observations to forecasting or projections) that goes beyond the duties of the national meteorological services

    4.Inventory of current European digital systems of interest to build a digital twin for inland waters:

    1.Actions and systems related to inland water observations and inland water data spaces (on land and including the land/sea interface at the shore) including environmental sensing as well as socio-economic data or data crowd-sourced

    2.Modelling and data analytics capacities (including environmental representation, human activities, socio-economic dimension, from river catchment monitoring and management to flood and drought monitoring and forecasting) which are complementary to meteorological services and the Digital Twin on Extreme events

    5.Digital service portfolio relevant for a digital twin on inland waters in terms of content (data, models, data analytics tools) and in terms of digital environment based on existing assets mature enough and state-of-the-art for a leading edge digital twin of inland waters

    6.Roadmap for the integration of relevant existing assets and development of necessary digital functionalities for a digital twin for inland waters, interoperable with the Digital Twin Ocean to ensure the consistency and continuity of water management, interoperable and avoiding duplication of inland water functionalities already available in existing twins of Destination Earth and EU data spaces initiatives

    7.Architectural concept, interfaces, and standards to make data, models and technologies interoperable and integrable with the Digital Twin Ocean to propose a single digital environment for the Mission knowledge system and lighthouses.

    Scope: The objective of the CSA is to prepare the development of the inland waters part (rivers, lakes, reservoirs, wetlands, snow and ice etc.) of the Mission Knowledge system, and address activities to be developed to make it integrated or interoperable with the Digital Twin Ocean for a unified Digital twin of Ocean and waters (addressing the hydrosphere as a whole) for the Mission and the lighthouses.

    This should address the various facets of freshwater systems from static knowledge to dynamic monitoring of runoffs, hydrology, hydrodynamics, biogeochemistry to biology, interactions with soils and seas, for climate purposes, water management or natural disasters (e.g. flood, drought) etc.

    Different scales shall be addressed from catchment to global perspective of the water cycle.

    The targeted inland water digital twin shall support the implementation of the Mission through its different lighthouses and specially supporting the one dedicated to Danube.

    The project should address the following:

    Inventory

    1.Make the inventory of EU and international policies relevant to inland waters that call for monitoring, forecast, projection or simulation of the inland water cycle in all its components: physical state, chemistry, geology, biology, both static and dynamic

    2.Liaise with relevant stakeholders: researchers, industry (specially water industry operators), users (lie river basin agencies, water agencies) etc. to inventory their requirements for better policy implementation and planning in a context of climate change, considering specially the relevant lighthouses

    3.Make the inventory of data sources and sensing capacities (environmental but as well socio-economic or citizen) available or required to support the twinning

    4.Make the inventory of past or ongoing research projects, information systems and technical or operational programs (e.g. Copernicus, Wise) dealing with inland water monitoring and management and able to provide the basis for future digital services in terms of content, product, software (models, data analytics), tools or infrastructures (digital or sensors)

    5.Liaise with the national meteorological services and with the digital twins in place in DestinationEarth to scope precisely the contribution of a twin on inland waters, avoiding duplication and preparing interfaces with these external systems to be able to propose an integrative approach to inland water monitoring and management

    Critical analysis and preliminary design

    Based on the outcomes of the above tasks:

    1.Define a set of reference uses cases for a future digital twin development and set of requirements

    2.Conduct a critical analysis of current technical achievements to propose a state-of-the-art content for an inland water digital twin (products, digital services, data analytics and digital tools including models), liaising with lighthouses, stakeholders to eventually define priorities of implementation

    3.Define recommendations for a functional and system digital architecture (which data space, digital tools, digital backbone for computing and data management, APIs with external infrastructures, which reference R&D and infrastructures to consider integrating) that:

    1.can be integrated or at least interoperable with the Digital Twin Ocean (linked action with HORIZON-MISS-2021-OCEAN-IBA-01 EU Public Infrastructure for the European Digital Twin Ocean)

    2.is compatible and interoperable with the DestinationEarth initiative, especially with the two first twins that can include a hydrological component for climate and for extreme events) and with the digital platform

    3.enable the development of a mature, high-quality, scientifically state-of-art and pre-operation digital twin component for inland waters

    Roadmap

    1.Based on the recommendations defined above and the inventory made, develop a roadmap for the implementation of the Digital Twin for Inland waters including:

    1.A preliminary breakdown of the work, with priorities of implementation, into a stepped approach, in view of the complexity of the content, which will include physical, chemical and biological data

    2.A list of reference technical developments, data sources and existing programs/projects on which to build

    3.A list of reference use cases on which to build first with identified stakeholders, contributing preferably to the Danube lighthouse

    4.A tentative schedule, cost estimate and risk analysis

    5.Interfaces to be considered and set up to ensure the effective interoperability with external and ongoing developments like DTO, DestinE, ERICs

    6.A tentative technical governance to liaise with EU programs and with National meteorological services to foster an inclusive and integrative approach to the management of inland waters in a context of climate change and sustainable development

    Projects should collaborate with projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2022-EOSC-01-03 to adopt best practices regarding FAIR and open data sharing and with EU relevant programmes (Copernicus land and climate change monitoring services, EMODnet, WISE).

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-10: Choose your fish: a campaign for responsible consumption of products from the sea

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Accessible and engaging media product to offer information on seafood and aquaculture consumption choices; to ensure a higher outreach, such product must be offered in all EU official languages, and take into account fisheries and aquaculture specificities of all EU sea basins and inland waters;

    2.More informed seafood and aquaculture products purchase choices by European citizens;

    3.Encourage sustainability of consumption patterns, including on reducing food waste and carbon footprint, and in consideration of future viability of stocks;

    4.Support knowledge and consumption of local and seasonal seafood and aquaculture products;

    5.Create an awareness campaign, including communication products for e.g. Social Media, to promote the media product and support the objectives as from the above mentioned expected outcomes.

    Scope: Consumers can play a key role in realising the vision of “living well within the limits of our planet”, and can drive sustainable and responsible patterns, including the responsible consumption of seafood and aquaculture products.

    The selected proposal should help citizens to make responsible choices in relation to the seasonality of fishes and to fish population decline and, when relevant, to the sustainability of fishing techniques. The campaign should be performed by using the most effective and creative media, tools and types of initiatives to ensure a broad outreach targeting different segments of consumers, including children.

    Activities under this topic should also increase awareness and encourage consumption and purchase of seasonal and local seafood and aquaculture products, as well as awareness on health benefits and nutritional value of aquatic food. These activities should also increase awareness on the benefits to the planet from consuming sustainable seafood products (including under organic farming) as well as in relation to the lower relative carbon footprint of aquatic food.

    Activities should have a broad geographical coverage in all Member States and Associated Countries. To take in due account local/regional specificities, activities should be co-designed and co-implemented with seafood retailers, consumer associations, producers and SMEs to motivate them to support informed choices of consumers.

    Links with the “Taste the Ocean” initiative as well as with other international, national or local initiatives are encouraged in order to maximise the impact on more sustainable seafood and aquaculture products choices.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01-11: Ocean & water and arts: the contribution of creative sectors to Mission Ocean and waters

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 2.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The financial support to third parties may only be awarded to entities implementing the arts and creative sector projects. The maximum amount to be granted to each entity is EUR 50,000. Each entity shall benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic within the duration of the project only once.

    Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Stimulate the citizens’ interest in and fascination by ocean and waters;

    2.Boost interest in working in the blue economies, engaging in ocean and water management and protection and blue research and innovation;

    3.An increase of citizen and stakeholder awareness about the challenges and pressures faced by the ocean and inland waters - such as habitat and biodiversity loss, pollution (litter and plastic, chemicals, excess nutrients, light and underwater noise), invasive species, excessive human exploitation as well as climate change impacts, and mobilisation of citizens and stakeholders for the protection and restoration of ocean, seas, coastal areas as well as inland waters;

    4.Mobilisation of artistic communities (e.g. visual arts, literary arts, performing arts, architects) and creative sectors (e.g., entities and associations operating in cultural, artistic, educational fields) for the protection and restoration of ocean, seas and inland waters and their biodiversity and for and empowerment of these communities and citizens to act against pollution and destruction of marine and freshwater ecosystems;

    5.Connect coastal and maritime communities with their habitats and their ecological, aesthetic and cultural heritage;

    Scope: Art and creative sectors can play an important role in the mobilisation of citizens, stakeholders and civil society actors, such as NGOs and the philanthropic community, for the protection and restoration of the ocean and inland waters, their biodiversity, aesthetic and cultural heritage. Creative activities can also play an important role in addressing the challenges of coastal areas, thus contributing to the New Bauhaus initiative 124 . In this context, this action should bring together citizens, museums, aquaria, research institutions, engineers, architects, the civil society and citizens with artists and other creative sectors to foster interdisciplinary experimentation and entrepreneurship. Such undertakings should benefit from close cooperation with the scientific community and the philanthropists.

    Mobilisation, cooperation and coordination should be envisaged at interregional/transnational level. Proposals are encouraged to build synergies with relevant activities supported under the Creative Europe programme 125 and with other New European Bauhaus projects, notably those based in coastal and maritime regions.

    Proposals should include at least three calls for the selection of art and creative sectors projects, which will be supported through Financial Support to Third Parties under this topic. The entities implementing the arts and creative sector projects, shall be the recipient of the financial support, which should be used exclusively for the implementation of the project.

    The selection process for these projects will be based on principles of transparency, fairness and objectivity, in accordance with part G of the general annexes to this work programme.

    Proposals should ensure:

    1.among the assessment criteria, a high degree of circularity, carbon neutrality and positive environmental impact of the project;

    2.high visibility of the projects selected for funding, among others by publicising their results at the dedicated Mission website at europa.eu;

    3.promotional actions to highlight the contribution of artists and creative sectors’ projects to achieving the Mission objectives through dissemination campaigns.

    The artistic and creative sector projects that will benefit from the financial support to third parties under this topic should cover all the following elements:

    1.Creative and novel artistic expressions that unlock and strengthen the connection of the wider public with ocean, seas, inland waters and their biodiversity;

    2.Synergies with scientific domains and involve scientific and research actors, as well as engage with civil society actors;

    3.Expected impact of the projects, expected number of people involved (directly in the project, and of potential reach out), and themes directly related to Mission objectives;

    4.Strong and innovative ocean and water literacy activities aimed at the general public designed with the participation of the relevant scientific and research communities, as well as civil society actors;

    5.Full sustainability and circularity of the entire project, including the use of sustainable materials and circular solutions and renewable energy;

    6.Commitment to a Climate Pact Pledge 126 leading to full decarbonisation or at least carbon neutrality of the project and of all the proposed activities;

    7.Commitment to the Make Europe Blue Campaign 127

    Proposals submitted under this topic should:

    1.build links with other Mission activities and other relevant activities within the Mission lighthouses’ areas and Blue Parks to maximize synergies;

    2.contribute to the aims and work pursued under the EU4Ocean Coalition and the new Bauhaus initiative;

    3.build links with the Mission implementation monitoring system that will be part of the Mission Implementation Support Platform and with the basin lighthouse support facilities and platforms, for reporting, monitoring and coordination of all relevant implementation activities in the lighthouses’ areas.

    Mission: 100 Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities by 2030

    The Work Programme 2023 of the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission, in line with the provisions under the Implementation Plan of the Cities Mission, fosters the implementation of the Mission through actions that will continue to provide a strong and direct support to cities that will commit to climate neutrality and enable them to roll out their climate action plans and achieve climate neutrality by 2030, in synergy with significant progress towards zero pollution. In turn, the cities benefitting from these actions will act as experimentation and innovation hubs for other cities to become climate-neutral by 2050.

    Climate neutrality for cities is associated with important co-benefits and urban qualities such as reduced air and noise pollution, improved health and well-being, reduced urban environmental footprints, enhanced urban greening, reduced soil sealing and improved water management. It is also associated with policy coherence across sectors and with participatory and inclusive decision-making. Therefore, in addition to a significant contribution to the objective of the European Green Deal to make Europe climate-neutral by 2050, the actions funded will also contribute to the UN Agenda 2030 , the EU Zero Pollution Action Plan , the Fit for 55 strategy , the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 , the EU Strategy on adaptation to climate change , the EU Industrial Strategy , the EU Bioeconomy Strategy and the New European Bauhaus initiative . In the process, they will support cities in their twin green and digital transformation.

    Topics under the 2023 calls will continue to work on developing and scaling up R&I activities and solutions while fostering synergies and joint actions with Horizon Europe Partnerships as well as other EU Missions. The envisaged actions will aim at:

    1.accelerating the transition of European cities to climate neutrality by exploiting the potential of electric, automated and connected as well as shared people mobility and freight transport through a joint action with the Horizon Europe Partnerships dedicated to Zero-emission Road Transport (2Zero) and Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM);

    2.engage cities in decisive climate mitigation and adaptation efforts to reduce emissions, based on innovative use of urban greening and nature-based solutions through a joint action with the Adaptation to Climate Change Mission;

    3.develop and test a digital twin of a Positive clean Energy District (PED) covering modelling, management, citizen interaction, self-optimization, decision support/scenario analysis.

    The operational capacity of the Mission Platform established through a Framework Partnership Agreement (HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03) will be strengthened in order to: 1) ensure support to all the cities selected through the Call for Expression of Interest to be part of the Mission 128 , as well as to 2) provide support and basic services to all those cities that participated in the call and showed ambition and commitment to achieve climate-neutrality by 2030 but were not included in the final list of selected cities as well as cities responding to the second objective of the Mission.

    Support for financial advisory services to be provided to help cities develop and eventually implement their investment strategy for becoming climate-neutral will also be addressed under this Work Programme.

    Proposals should demonstrate, as appropriate to their scope and size, how they internalise the principles of the Cities Mission, notably: (1) the contribution of the action to an overarching strategy aiming at climate neutrality for cities, (2) the place of the action within a holistic and cross-sectoral approach to climate neutrality, and (3) diversity in terms of geographical location and size of cities.

    Applicants are encouraged to show how their proposals take into account and build upon existing programmes and/or the results of previous R&I projects. While addressing the particular challenge of a topic and ensuring the doing no harm principles, proposals should also contribute as relevant to the following cross-cutting priorities: (1) zero pollution, (2) sustainable digitisation and green ICT, (3) interoperability and shared standards, and (4) affordability, social inclusiveness and accessibility.

    Strong synergies contributing to the implementation of the objectives of the Cities Mission is expected also from other relevant Horizon Europe partnerships such as e.g. the European Partnership for People-centric Sustainable Built Environment (Built4People) and on Driving Urban Transitions to a Sustainable Future (DUT). Topics under the Cities Mission Work Programme are also relevant for the Cancer Mission, in particular when addressing co-benefits generated by achieving climate-neutrality such as reduced pollution, improved health and wellbeing, increased active mobility contributing then to cancer prevention. Similarly, actions funded under the Cancer Mission focusing on behavioural change can contribute to the objectives of the Cities Mission especially when targeting actions at urban level.

    The European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) and its Knowledge and Innovation Communities (KICs), with their experience in delivering holistic, transformative, citizen-driven and systemic solutions and innovations to specific global challenges, will also contribute to the Cities Mission in particular EIT Climate-KIC, EIT InnoEnergy and EIT Urban Mobility.

    In line with the General Conditions set out in the General Annexes to the Horizon Europe Work Programme 2023-2024 concerning eligibility under Innovation Actions, legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Horizon Europe Innovation Actions in any capacity.

    Proposals should set out a credible pathway to contributing to the main objectives of the Cities Mission, and more specifically to the following impacts:

    1.Enhanced innovation capacity of local/regional administrations and accelerated uptake of shared, smart and sustainable zero emission solutions.

    2.Increased use of transferrable solutions for sustainable mobility of people and goods exploiting the combined potential of zero-emission mobility systems, automation and connectivity.

    3.Increased deployment of solutions involving in particular urban greening, renaturing, reducing soil sealing, green/blue infrastructures, nature-based solutions and ecosystem-based approaches tackling both climate mitigation and adaptation aspects.

    4.Development and testing a digital twin of a Positive clean Energy District and improved knowledge on the necessary (replicable) elements and processes needed to make first a district and subsequently a whole city climate-neutral.

    5.Increased capacity among European cities, with particular attention to those selected under the Cities Mission, to design and roll out their Climate City Contracts, including related investment plans and to achieve climate-neutrality by 2030.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this Mission:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01

    70.00

    27 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-02

    5.00

    06 Sep 2023

    Overall indicative budget

    75.00

    Call - Research and Innovation actions to support the implementation of the Climate-neutral and Smart Cities Mission

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 129

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 130

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 10 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 27 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01-01

    IA

    50.00 131

    Around 25.00

    2

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01-02

    IA

    20.00 132

    6.00 to 7.00

    3

    Overall indicative budget

    70.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01-01: Co-designed smart systems and services for user-centred shared zero-emission mobility of people and freight in urban areas (2Zero, CCAM and Cities’ Mission)

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 25.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 50.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03

    Collaboration between the consortia awarded as well as with the 2Zero and CCAM Partnerships and the Cities Mission Platform 133 is essential and consortia must ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the work plan of the proposal. The collaboration between the consortia awarded as well as with the Mission Platform must be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the projects' starting date.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Mobility solutions that respond to people’s and cities’ needs, co-designed with local authorities, citizens and stakeholders, tested and implemented in cities to achieve climate neutrality by 2030.

    2.Transferrable solutions for mobility of people and goods exploiting the combined potential of electrification, automation and connectivity to significantly and measurably contribute to:

    1.The Cities Mission’s objective of climate neutrality by 2030;

    2.Reduction of CO2 emissions supporting the 55% reduction goal for 2030;

    3.Lower energy demand;

    4.Improved air quality, less noise;

    5.Reduced congestion, more reliable, predictive travel times and more efficient transport operations;

    6.More effective use of urban space also considering the other transport modes and multimodal hubs;

    7.Improved safety particularly for vulnerable road users;

    8.Improved inclusiveness, especially by facilitating equitable and affordable access to mobility for all users, in particular for people with reduced mobility.

    3.Economically viable, modular and adaptable solutions that are transferrable among cities committed to achieving climate neutrality by 2030.

    4.Capacity built among local authorities, users and mobility systems providers to accelerate the take-up of shared, smart and zero emission solutions and to implement their monitoring and evaluation.

    5.Implementation plans for local and regional transport authorities to replicate the roll-out of innovative smart mobility solutions and related infrastructure (in particular for charging and/or connectivity) in cities beyond those involved in the project.

    6.Contribution to updates of urban and transport policies as well as relevant strategic research and innovation agendas (SRIA), particularly of the 2Zero and CCAM partnerships 134 .

    7.Contribution to no net land take as promoted under the EU Soil Strategy 135 .

    Scope: Urban mobility is a key sector that cities need to address for accelerating their transition to climate neutrality: citizens, logistics and delivery stakeholders, urban planners, transport operators as well as technology providers should jointly exploit the combined potentials of electric, automated and connected vehicles as well as integrated and shared people mobility and freight transport in their planning and actions. This requires a mutual understanding and alignment of the opportunities of technical solutions from the CCAM and 2Zero partnerships and of needs identified by users and cities striving for the Mission target of climate neutrality.

    Proposals should include co-designed innovative passenger mobility and freight transport concepts which are agreed between technology providers and cities, in cooperation with end users, citizens and other stakeholders (for example visitors) to optimise the performance, ease of use and to maximise uptake. They should then be tested and demonstrated in real environments and use cases before being replicated. They should complement current public transport and freight transport services as well as active mobility and micromobility, also with modular and interoperable last mile choices, while being scalable for the roll out, adaptability and co-implementation for different types of cities. At the same time, they should help to identify new challenges, e.g. regarding flexibility, privacy and resilience, in order to set requirements for the further improvement of technologies.

    Proposals are expected to develop, test and demonstrate innovative solutions for mobility of people and freight exploiting the combined potential of electrification, automation and connectivity. Proposals must consider and explore the opportunities for technology transfer and synergy potentials with the respective other domain to fully cover passenger and goods mobility, although a primary focus on either people or goods mobility is possible. Solutions should be based on existing technologies and should satisfy cities’ and users’ needs, targeting implementation of pilot cases at city level to ensure feasibility, buy-in, acceptance and thus a seamless integration of mobility solutions and infrastructure in a citywide transport system.

    All the following aspects should be addressed by the proposals:

    1.Establish a co-design process between local public authorities, city planners, end users (for example inhabitants, visitors, commuters) and automated and zero-emission mobility systems providers to ensure a user-centric and seamless integration of solutions in existing ecosystems.

    2.Build upon the results of recent collaborative research on, for example, power grid integration, charging infrastructure, vehicle connectivity, automation or smart fleet, road traffic and energy management, safety of vulnerable road users, and also build upon relevant experience of cities and partnerships.

    3.Demonstrate integrated and shared, automated and zero-emission solutions and services for people mobility and freight transport. Where needed and duly justified, design of vehicles and functions and the development of specific infrastructures for energy and joint and harmonized data management 136 to extend and optimise their use can be included.

    4.Develop open while resilient systems and replicable solutions that can be scaled-up within a city environment and flexibly adapted to current and evolving needs and use cases in the context of Sustainable Urban Mobility Plans (SUMP). Mobility services to and from sub-urban areas should be included in proposed solutions, so as to widen the pool of possible users of these solutions, services and systems.

    5.Co-design implementation plans for local and regional transport authorities to roll-out innovative smart mobility solutions and related infrastructure (in particular for charging and connectivity) and to lower energy demand.

    6.Evaluate cost and benefits of the systems and services tested along with real-world challenges and opportunities, based on user and city needs, and provide feedback on viability and limitations as well as new requirements to the 2Zero and CCAM partnerships.

    7.Support the development of skills on the planning and implementation of smart, shared and zero-emission urban mobility systems within the local authorities and co-creation with private stakeholders along SUMP and SULP (Sustainable Urban Logistics Planning) guidelines, e.g. the practitioner briefing on Road Vehicle Automation of the Sustainable Urban Mobility Plans.

    8.Disseminate results via the 2Zero and CCAM partnerships and the Mission Platform and via relevant events, such as CIVITAS, Transport Research Arena (TRA) conference and other European events.

    Proposals should fully exploit technologies developed/under development in the 2Zero and CCAM partnerships when designing, testing and demonstrating solutions and services, such as, e.g., automated and connected functions or digital twins optimising the charging, parking, safe (remote) control, operational design domain of vehicles or the fleet, traffic management and last-mile operations.

    To allow for a thorough evaluation of the projects’ ambition, progress and effect compared to the state of the art in the European Union and internationally, proposals are expected to provide measurable or predictable indicators of contributions of the tested solutions to the applicable outcomes and impacts expected from the 2Zero and CCAM partnerships as well as the Cities Mission. These should be supported by clear baselines, quantified targets and appropriate review processes for each participating city and include a detailed analysis of present and future potential user groups. The ‘CIVITAS Process and Impact Evaluation Framework’ and ‘Sustainable Urban Mobility Indicators”, where appropriate in combination with other sector-specific impact evaluation methodologies, should be used to evaluate the impact of the solutions.

    Selected projects may consider including activities to investigate and foster societal readiness, for example by measuring the acceptability of new mobility solutions as well as behavioural change. This could include inter alia methods of co-assessment as well as actions to increase public awareness in order to anticipate and mitigate potential negative rebound effects.

    This should be accompanied by mechanisms for common lesson drawing and learning, within the project, between the projects funded under this topic and through the Cities Mission Platform and 2Zero/CCAM partnerships.

    Each proposal should envisage pilot demonstrations in at least two cities (lead cities) situated each in a different Member State or Associated Country. Proposals should provide the necessary evidence of the cities’ commitment to test and implement the co-designed solutions. To foster replicability and up-taking of the outcomes, each proposal should also engage at least four replication/follower cities.

    The consortia awarded under this topic must establish a collaboration agreement, to identify clear links among themselves and ensure complementarity, coordination and exchange on relevant linked activities. The consortia awarded should also foresee active collaboration with relevant and related projects funded under this call in order to address synergies and complementarities between the projects of the Cities Mission portfolio. In particular collaboration with the Mission Platform is essential. The collaboration between consortia awarded as well as with the Mission Platform must be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the projects' starting date.

    In addition, given the important role of territories in which the participating cities are located, lead cities are encouraged to seek cooperation with and support from their territories, where relevant (metropolis, functional urban area, grouping of interacting municipalities with the cities, region, etc.). Support could take the form of, for example, an integration or link in an existing or future programme of the territory, financial support, or the involvement of representatives of these territories as partners in the project.

    This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH (Social Sciences and Humanities) disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities. Social innovation should also be considered to support the actions under this topic in order to match innovative ideas with social needs. Inclusiveness of vulnerable populations (older people, children) as well as gender perspectives in mobility should be considered.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries are expected to clearly describe if and how the use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS are incorporated in the proposed solutions. In addition, if the activities proposed involve the use and/or development of AI-based systems and/or techniques, the technical and social robustness of the proposed systems has to be described in the proposal.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01-02: Positive clean energy district (PED) digital twins – from modelling to creating climate neutral Cities

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 6.00 and 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03

    Collaboration with the Cities Mission Platform 137 is essential and projects must ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the work plan of the proposal. The collaboration with the Mission Platform must be formalized through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the projects' starting date.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Increased number of (tangible) city planning actions for positive clean energy districts using the (proto-)PED design, development and management digital twin tools (based on pre-market research learnings) using open-standards based components which can be reused elsewhere.

    2.Enhanced data gathering approaches with identification relevant (standardised) multi-dimensional data set (e.g. meteorological, load profile, social, geo-spatial, etc.) high-resolution real-time data streams (e.g. renewable energy production, energy consumption), and relevant forecasting data, drawing also on the work of common European data spaces, including the smart communities data space and Destination Earth.

    3.Consolidated city sensor network specifications (based on optimal density necessary), complemented by appropriate data gathering approaches for soft data.

    4.Increased integration of existing smaller scale management systems (e.g. Building management systems) with open-standards based operational city platforms using sectorial data (e.g. Building data, mobility, Urban Planning, etc.).

    5.Increased number of city planning departments / approaches using common data and (replicable) elements and processes.

    6.Improved performance of AI based self-learning systems for optimization of positive clean energy districts and bottom-up complex models.

    Scope: Effective support for the Cities Mission should follow a systematic approach appropriate to the highly complex task of delivering climate neutral and smart cities. In order to be manageable, this task should be approached starting from the smallest representative scale, i.e. the District level.

    Measuring, analysing and modelling the characteristics and behaviour of a potential Positive clean Energy District (PED) is necessary to get the best possible picture of the status quo and the extent of the challenge. Creating a digital twin can support identification of the most effective set of integrated solutions and the management of the system in real time in order to adapt/optimise it over time and space.

    Proposed projects are expected to go beyond the creation of a digital twin and the integration of (technical) PED solutions. The proposed projects will serve as the scientific base for a reflection on the necessary, replicable elements and processes that are needed to make first a district, and later on the whole city, climate neutral.

    Proposals are expected to develop a digital twin that goes beyond the virtual representation of the built environment, by integrating a comprehensive modelling layer of the local energy systems 138 as well as mobility and transport solutions in the project defined district boundaries. The digital twin should support scenario analysis with different boundary conditions to help define the optimal solution matrix. It should draw on existing components and use open standards, technical specifications and open source software where possible.

    Projects are expected to address all of the following:

    1.Develop and test a digital twin of a (project defined) potential Positive clean Energy District (PED) in a European city.

    2.Prepare an economic impact study for this digital PED twin, a risk analysis and a data security strategy.

    3.Use the digital twin to improve evidence-based decision-making and to create district development pathways with a clear timeline for associated transformation actions.

    4.Involve/train necessary public and private actors at district/city level in building and using digital twins for co-creation, communication, public consultation/dialogues and good practice sharing.

    5.Make use of gamification and/or co-creation approaches 139 to change citizens’ awareness of and behaviour towards energy efficient/energy conservation and to make results of the digital twin analysis easily understandable to non-technical audiences.

    6.Recommend a set of actions that foster a cost effective and secure digitalization of the local energy system.

    7.Publish practical guidelines, reusable models, algorithms, data models, components and training material that will help other cities to successfully replicate digital twins in their district/cities.

    Projects should establish links to the data space for smart communities and sectoral data spaces 140 as relevant (energy, mobility) as well as working with the Data Space Support Centre 141 . Projects should collaborate with Living-in.EU to support efforts on developing the Minimal Interoperability Mechanisms (MIMs) approach to improving interoperability of data, systems and services, and to contribute to standardisation efforts in the area of local digital twins at European and international levels. Participation of partners and potential Positive Energy Districts is encouraged, in particular from Mission Innovation (MI) member countries 142 and linking to the objectives of the MI Urban Transitions Mission 143 144 .

    Collaboration with the Cities Mission Platform is essential and projects should ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the work plan of the proposal. The collaboration with the Cities Mission Platform should be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the projects starting date.

    Call - Associating Ukrainian cities to the Climate-neutral and smart cities Mission

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-02

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 145

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 146

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 04 Apr 2023

    Deadline(s): 06 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-02-01

    CSA

    5.00 147

    Around 5.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    5.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-02-01: Associating Ukrainian cities to the Climate-neutral and smart cities Mission

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03

    Collaboration with the Cities Mission Platform 148 is essential and projects must ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the work plan of the proposal. The collaboration with the Mission Platform must be formalized through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the project starting date.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Contribute to the implementation of EU policy and international commitments (European Green Deal 149 , Global Approach to Research and Innovation 150 ).

    2.Identify a core group of Ukrainian cities that would commit to a climate neutrality target, including in reconstruction efforts;

    3.Accelerate the systemic transition to climate-neutrality of Ukrainian cities by preparing local authorities to meet the overarching objectives of the European Green Deal;

    4.Increase the visibility of the EU and its cities as leaders and engage cities participating in the Cities Mission in twinning and teaming activities with collaboration-minded Ukrainian city partners.

    Scope: President von der Leyen’s statement on 27 April 2022 151 and the subsequent Commission Communication on Ukraine Relief and Reconstruction 152 of 18 May 2022 propose to involve, through partnerships, the cities of the European Union in the reconstruction of the Ukrainian cities. This effort provides a unique opportunity for Ukraine and its cities to combine reconstruction considerations with long-term climate neutrality and sustainability objectives in line with the EU Green Deal, relevant international policy frameworks and the New European Bauhaus initiative. This will require systemic approaches and the deployment of innovative solutions to reduce in particular Green House Gas emissions in all sectors of activities so as to comply with the objective of climate neutrality. The purpose of this action is to associate more closely Ukrainian cities in the process of transition towards climate neutrality that is being promoted by the Horizon Europe Climate-neutral and smart cities Mission . Proposals are expected to address all the following activities:

    1.Map, on the basis of existing EU and international initiatives 153 , the cities in Ukraine that could commit to the target of climate neutrality. The analysis that will be performed will be based on the methodological approach and guidelines published in the call for Expression of Interest of 25 November 2021 154 ;

    2.Following this analysis, identify and support a number of Ukrainian cities in developing their strategy for climate neutrality. Support should be provided to increase the awareness and the capacity of the local authorities on the issues related to climate neutrality. When developing their strategy for climate neutrality, cities should pay special attention to the need to reduce energy dependency from fossil fuels, to integrate climate neutrality considerations in their reconstruction plans and, when applicable, a citizen-driven systemic approach;

    3.Support the twinning and teaming between these Ukrainian cities and like-minded cities involved in the EU Cities Mission 155 ;

    4.Facilitate the exchange of good practices within the target group of Ukrainian cities and between them and the other cities in Ukraine.

    The proposals will take into account the work already done by global city networks such as the Global Covenant of Mayors, C40 Cities and the EU’s International Urban and Regional Cooperation Programme, by international and multilateral organisations such as the UN-Habitat, the World Economic Forum and the World Business Council for Sustainable Development, by international associations such as ICLEI and by global initiatives such as the Urban Transition Mission of Mission Innovation. Linkages should also be ensured with international networks that promote piloting activities such as the European Network of Living Labs (ENoLL) and with the initiatives for urban climate neutrality under the EU’s Neighborhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument.

    Close collaboration with the Mission Platform presently managed by the NetZeroCities project 156 is essential and projects should ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the workplan. Detailed description of the specific activities and common actions that will be undertaken is not required at proposal stage and can be further defined at a second stage during the lifetime of the projects. The collaboration with the Mission Platform should be formalised through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the project starting date.

    Collaboration with programmes and initiatives managed by the World Bank and the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD) should also be considered when helping cities identify sources of funding for the implementation of their climate-neutral strategy.

    Cooperation with the Global Covenant of Mayors 157 as well as with the European Alliance of Cities and Regions for Ukraine, which is being proposed by the European Committee of the Regions 158 for the reconstruction of Ukraine should also be taken into account in order to facilitate the peer to peer cooperation between cities and regions in the European Union and those in Ukraine.

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

    1. Specific Grant Agreement to the FPA to reinforce the operations of the Mission Platform

    Scope:

    The consortium of the selected HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform with identified beneficiary and specific grants awarded to identified beneficiary for Research and Innovation Action under the Framework Partnership Agreement, is invited to submit a proposal for a Specific Grant Agreement (SGA) to reinforce the operational capacity of the platform. The expected outcomes of the SGA should be in line with the scope of the FPA. The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts C and E of the General Annexes.

    One single proposal for SGA should be submitted. This action aims at bringing the Mission Platform to full operational capacity addressing and developing the actions needed to implement the relevant building blocks of the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform and broadly outlined in the draft action plan submitted in this context.

    The Mission Platform will assist the cities that were selected 159 as a result of the open Call for Expression of Interest which was launched in November 2021 and resulted in 377 expressions of interest from cities in all 27 EU Member States and from 9 associated countries. These cities respond to the first objective of the Mission to deliver at least 100 climate-neutral and smart European cities by 2030. Cities that are not yet able to commit to the Mission’s timeline but are willing to commit to accelerate their transition towards climate neutrality within a longer timeframe following the Cities Mission basic principles, will also receive basic support from the Mission Platform. These cities respond to the second objective of the Mission to ensure that the cities responding to the first objective act as experimentation and innovation hubs to put all European cities in a position to become climate-neutral by 2050.

    Under the proposed SGA, activities should particularly focus on:

    1.reinforcing services aimed at supporting the preparation of tailor-made investment plans, project preparation and finance for the cities selected to participate in the Mission through the Call for Expression of Interest;

    2.developing activities and the related provision of basic services targeted at cities falling under the second objective of the Mission as well as cities that applied to the Call for Expression of Interest, committed to the climate-neutrality target by 2030 but were not eventually selected in the final list.

    Regarding financial advisory services, activities should focus in particular on:

    1.Providing information, consulting services and further support cities to develop a tailor-made investment plan, including with financial and technical advisory services, to support access to public and private funding and financing as part of their Climate City Contract (CCC) and their implementation;

    2.Taking into account and building on the good practices developed by global, European and national initiatives and programmes and ensuring complementarity with services offered for instance by the EIB and the InvestEU Advisory hub, support cities in the preparation of specific investment projects for the transition to climate neutrality and provide tailored advice and coaching on how to best mobilise sustainable investments by the private sector.

    Regarding activities and services for cities falling under the second objective of the Mission as well as cities which were not eventually selected to be part of the Mission, special attention should be paid to:

    1.Expand and regularly update the open-source services of the online platform, accessible to all cities, such as a city dashboard with relevant data for a given city, including its Climate City Contract (CCC); progress on metrics; an innovation readiness self-assessment tool; contributing to a smart repository of relevant knowledge (data, reports, good practices); annual barometer synthesizing the progress achieved by all cities participating in the Mission; a collaborative space for cities participating in pilot projects; a peer-based “community social network” to facilitate peer-learning between cities;

    2.Carry out a capacity building and mutual learning programme, supporting cities’ move towards climate neutrality;

    3.Provide needs-based, but not individualised training, in the form of seminars, workshops and/or webinars addressing the main elements of urban climate neutrality. Topics should respond to the cities’ needs and should include: climate neutrality planning; governance and stakeholder engagement; GHG emission accounting and monitoring; key sectors and strategies for reducing emissions (energy, transport, waste); local energy production and renewable energy sources; the role of smart and digital solutions; investment (funding and financing); citizen engagement and social innovation;

    4.Help cities to access the best available research, expertise, tools and technologies that can enable them to quickly identify and implement portfolios of innovative, high-impact interventions on a deep decarbonisation pathway;

    5.Provide web-based assistance to European cities that are not yet ready to commit to climate neutrality for their city by 2030, but are ready to engage to accelerate their transition in accordance with the principles of the Cities Mission;

    6.Foster mutual learning and exchange of good practice;

    7.Offer mentoring and twinning opportunities for cities committing to the objectives of the Mission.

    The Mission Platform should build on existing actions, including relevant ones developed through Horizon 2020 projects. It should collaborate closely with successful ongoing initiatives that have developed knowledge and expertise, in particular with the Covenant of Mayors and their methodologies and processes co-developed with the JRC, and the Covenant Community Group of Cities Practitioners. The assets of the Smart Cities and Communities context (including Energy Communities and Living-in.eu, data space for smart communities), the Smart Cities Marketplace and the Common Services Platform should be factored in, with regard to engaging public, private and civil society stakeholders to support project financing and implementation as well as the promotion of shared standards and technical specifications to facilitate data exchange and to ensure interoperability of solutions. Synergies should be ensured with the upcoming European Urban Initiative of the Cohesion Policy and with the Urban Agenda for the EU and with actions funded under the DIGITAL European Programme.

    The Mission Platform will coordinate with the European Commission to ensure that advice and support provided to cities remains aligned to the latest policies and initiatives and makes full use of available tools and services provided or supported by the Commission.

    This action will be implemented through Research and Innovation Actions (RIA).

    Funding rate: 100%

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

    Indicative timetable: First quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 40.00 million from the 2023 budget 160

    Mission: A Soil Deal for Europe

    Life on earth depends on healthy soils. Healthy soils provide food, clean water, habitats for biodiversity and other important services while contributing to climate resilience 161 . We take these services for granted, but in fact, soils are a scarce and a threatened resource, all over Europe and beyond. It is estimated that 60-70% of soils in the EU are unhealthy, mainly because of unsustainable management practices. The effects of climate change are putting further pressure on this key resource. The Mission will support Europe’s path to sustainable soil management as part of the wider green transition, in urban as well as rural areas. The Mission’s goal is to establish 100 living labs and lighthouses to lead the transition towards healthy soils by 2030 for the benefit of food, people, nature and climate.

    To reach its goal and objectives, the Mission foresees actions across territories and sectors. It aims at having wide-reaching impact on practices in agriculture, forestry, the food sector and other industries (e.g. biobased and waste) as well as on land use planning in rural and urban areas. The Mission will also tap into the expertise from international partners and contribute to soil health globally.

    To be successful, the Mission requires that stakeholders along the whole agri-food chain, including farmers, other land managers, industries, consumers, public authorities, research and civil society at large, acknowledge the value of soils and actively contribute to soil-friendly practices, including through consumer choices.

    Many of the actions to address soil health have a direct impact on some of the goals of the other Missions: carbon sequestration and storage in soils supports climate change mitigation and adaptation and soil structure influences water-retention capacity (Climate Adaptation Mission); targeted nutrient management will lead to improvements in water quality (Ocean and Waters Mission); soils are the foundation of green urban infrastructure and nature-based solutions, e.g. for urban flood protection (Climate-neutral Cities Mission); a reduction in soil pollution reduces the risk of cancer (Cancer Mission).

    The Mission implementation plan specifies the goal and objectives as well as the mode for implementation of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe: 100 living labs and lighthouses to lead the transition towards healthy soils by 2030’ 162 . Proposals for topics under Work Programme 2023 of this Mission will be part of a wider portfolio of Mission activities. They will contribute to the Mission’s goal and objectives, and more specifically to several of the following impacts:

    1.Increased knowledge on soils and the underlying soil processes is widely available to a range of stakeholders and the wider public, and is used to further inform science, practices and policies to reduce pressures on soils.

    2.Land managers 163 , industries, consumers and society at large work together, in particular through Living Labs, to take effective action on soil health across sectors and land uses.

    3.A wide range of innovations – adapted to local conditions - are in place to address the manifold pressures on soils and improve soil conditions, thus contributing to the specific objectives of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’.

    4.“Soil literacy”, awareness and societal engagement, and appreciation of the vital functions of soils is increased, including awareness on the links between healthy soils, nutritious and safe food and a healthy environment.

    5.More sustainable methods for soil management are applied and contribute to healthy oceans and climate adaptation on land.

    6.The successful implementation of the Mission supports several EU policy and international commitments ranging from land degradation neutrality, food and nutrition security to biodiversity (e.g. Sustainable Development Goals, United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification, United Nations Convention on Biodiversity, European Green Deal including the New Soil Strategy or the Long-term Vision for the EU’s rural areas and the Common Agricultural Policy).

    Under the envisioned 2024 call of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, the Commission at this stage, plans to fund amongst others (on a provisional basis and subject to all relevant input and discretion) actions in the areas of: soil decontamination, biodiversity, citizen engagement, citizen science and the promotion of skills for sustainable land and soil management.

    Projects under the 2023 call are expected to liaise closely with the Mission Secretariat and actively contribute to the development of the European Soil Observatory (EUSO), hosted by the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). To this end, several topics provide the opportunity to establish formal collaborations with the JRC. Proposals are also encouraged to build on existing research results and best practices (for instance from the EJP Soil projects).

    Specific requirements for multi-actor projects:

    Proposals submitted for topics requesting to follow the multi-actor approach should meet all requirements listed below.

    The multi-actor approach described here, which is a form of responsible research and innovation, aims to make the research and innovation process and its outcomes more reliable, demand-driven, shared and relevant to society. A multi-actor project ensures the genuine and sufficient involvement of a targeted array of actors, which serves the objectives of the topic. For instance, actors could include but not be limited to: researchers, farmers, foresters and representatives of their professional associations, advisors, land managers and owners, spatial planners, food and bioeconomy businesses, consumer associations, local communities, educators, cultural and creative industries, citizens, civil society organisations including NGOs, and government representatives. The choice of the key actors participating in projects will depend on the objectives of the call topic and the proposals. The actors are essentially the (end-) users 164 of the project results backed up by any other useful intermediaries and actors who can contribute with further expertise and innovative ideas relevant to the topic’s objectives and support communication and dissemination. The genuine and sufficient involvement of different actors should take place over the whole course of the project: from participation in development, planning and experiments to implementation, dissemination of results and a possible demonstration phase. Building blocks for the project proposal are expected to come from science as well as from practice: it is a ‘co-creation’ process. (End-) users and practitioners are to be involved, not as a study-object, but to use their practical and local knowledge and/or entrepreneurial skills to develop solutions and create ‘co-ownership’ of results for (end-) users and practitioners. This will contribute and speed up the acceptance and up-take of new ideas, approaches, and solutions developed in the project. Therefore, a multi-actor project proposal must describe:

    1.How the proposed objectives and planning are targeting the needs/problems/challenges and opportunities of the (end-)users of the project results.

    2.How the description of the project concept and in particular the composition of the consortium reflects a balanced choice of relevant key actors who have complementary types of knowledge (scientific, practical etc.), and will ensure a broad implementation of project results which should be ready for practice.

    3.How the project intends to include existing practices and tacit knowledge. This should be illustrated in the proposals with a sufficient number of high-quality knowledge exchange activities indicating the precise and active roles of the different non-scientific actors in the work. The cross-fertilisation of skills, competencies and ideas between actors should generate innovative findings and solutions that are more likely to be applied on a broad scale.

    4.How the project will facilitate the multi-actor engagement process by making use of the most appropriate methods and expertise.

    5.How the project will result in practical and ready to use knowledge, approaches, tools or products, that are easily understandable and freely accessible.

    6.How outputs ready for practice will feed into the existing dissemination channels most consulted by the (end-) users of the project results in the countries and regions.

    In addition, to ensure EU-wide communication in all areas related to the European Innovation Partnership 'Agricultural Productivity and Sustainability' (EIP-AGRI) 165 and the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) specific objectives 166 , in particular agriculture, forestry and rural development, this knowledge must also be summarised in an appropriate number of ‘practice abstracts’ 167 in the common EIP-AGRI format 168 .

    For areas falling outside the EIP-AGRI 169 and CAP specific objectives remit, other similarly effective solutions ensuring dissemination at EU level should be sought.

    Where applicable, involvement of interactive innovation groups, such as EIP-AGRI Operational Groups funded under Rural Development Programmes 170 , is strongly recommended.

    The following call(s) in this work programme contribute to this Mission:

    Call

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Deadline(s)

    2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01

    126.00

    20 Sep 2023

    Overall indicative budget

    126.00

    Call - Research and Innovation and other actions to support the implementation of mission A Soil Deal for Europe

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 171

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 172

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 17 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 20 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-01

    RIA

    12.00 173

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-02

    RIA

    14.00 174

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-03

    IA

    12.00 175

    Around 6.00

    2

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-04

    IA

    14.00 176

    Around 7.00

    2

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-05

    IA

    13.00 177

    Around 6.50

    2

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-06

    RIA

    7.00 178

    Around 7.00

    1

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-07

    CSA

    6.00 179

    Around 6.00

    1

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-08

    RIA

    36.00 180

    Around 12.00

    3

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-09

    RIA

    12.00 181

    Around 12.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    126.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-01: Discovering the subsoil 

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Mission.

    Expected Outcome: Activities under this topic will help to progress towards the objectives of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ 182 , in particular towards its specific objectives 2 “Conserve and increase soil organic carbon stocks” and 6 “Improve soil structure to enhance habitat quality for soil biota and crops”. Activities should also contribute to the EU Soil Strategy 183 and to the Long-term vision for EU’s rural areas 184 , as the Mission is one of its flagship initiatives.

    Project results should contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Improved access for land managers and public authorities to data and knowledge on the spatial variations of the chemical, physical and biological conditions and dynamics in subsoils. This should support the development of sustainable soil management practices as well as financial and policy incentives.

    2.Accelerated deployment of sustainable management practices for protecting and restoring subsoils in agricultural, forest and other types of soils, and increasing relevant soil-dependent ecosystem services such as the provision of food and fibre or habitats for soil biodiversity.

    3.Improved understanding of the role of the subsoil in climate change adaptation and mitigation, e.g. regarding carbon and water storage.

    Scope: The term “subsoil” refers to the horizons immediately below the topsoil 185 . In the past, this layer has often been neglected as most land management practices (e.g. tillage, cover crops, forestry) are focused on the topsoil. Our understanding of subsoil issues (e.g. compaction and its persistence) in semi-natural environments (e.g. heathlands, peatlands, natural grassland) is even less developed than for agricultural and forestry subsoils. Spatial datasets on soils at both national and EU-scale have also mostly focused on topsoils.

    The subsoil can have a large impact on soil's potential for productivity and the supply of ecosystem services. It is estimated, for example, that plants extract between 10 and 80% of their nutrient and water requirements from the subsoil. Carbon sequestered in subsoils generally contributes to more than half of the total stocks within a soil profile. In contrast to topsoil, organic matter stored in subsoil horizons is characterised by high mean residence times 186 . Conversely, subsoil degradation (e.g. through compaction, pollution, salinization) may limit root penetration, reduce nutrient uptake and result in plants becoming increasingly susceptible to stress such as from pests and diseases or drought and floods. Reduced water infiltration in subsoils limits plant growth, while increasing surface water runoff and the risk of soil erosion. Timber-related activities in forests, for example, can also cause considerable soil compaction leading to a decrease in productivity of forests due to increased surface water runoff and erosion.

    Activities under this topic should improve our understanding and knowledge of the links between the subsoil and ecosystem services, and they should promote practices that enhance the health status of subsoils in agriculture, forestry and urban areas, as well as in sites of nature conservation and sensitive landscapes.

    Proposed activities should:

    1.Increase knowledge on the properties (e.g. soil structure) as well as chemical, physical and biological process dynamics and their relationships in subsoils, and how these contribute to overall soil health and the delivery of ecosystem services such as carbon storage and greenhouse gas (GHG) mitigation, water retention, nutrient provision, crop productivity, and habitat for soil biodiversity. Amongst others, activities should explore the potential of modelling to help capturing the complexity of processes and dynamics in subsoils.

    2.Identify pressures on the subsoil that impair a range of soil functions and ecosystem services, as well as drivers for subsoil degradation.

    3.Identify indicators to assess subsoil driven changes in soil ecosystem functioning.

    4.Identify the potential of subsoils to store and maintain carbon, and to contribute to mitigating other GHG (e.g. N2O) emissions. Work should take into account potential barriers and the synergies and trade-offs between climate regulation and other ecosystem services, such as the support to biodiversity. Consideration should be given to existing and future land use options.

    5.Identify existing as well as develop and test sustainable management practices to improve the conditions and functions of subsoils (e.g. water retention, nutrient provision, habitat for soil biodiversity, carbon storage). Activities should be undertaken in close cooperation with land managers and allow for wide demonstration and dissemination of practices.

    6.Develop tools and methods for risk assessment as regards subsoil degradation, reflecting diverse soil uses. Demonstrate practical approaches for the use of these tools and methods by land managers and policy-decision makers.

    7.Establish robust methods to spatially assess and monitor the chemical, physical and biological characteristics of subsoils and to improve data collection and use. For this, sampling methods for subsoil should be harmonised in order to provide comparable and reliable data. The long-term storage and access to subsoil data should be done in close collaboration with the European Soil Observatory (EUSO).

    In carrying out activities, proposals should consider various soil types and land uses and climatic/biogeographical regions in the EU and Associated Countries. With regard to agriculture, work should draw on sustainable practices, applied across a range of farming systems and benefit both conventional and organic farming. The proposals selected under this topic should dedicate the necessary resources to work closely together and maximise synergies.

    Activities should be undertaken in close cooperation with the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). The cooperation with the JRC is particularly relevant for further developing the LUCAS Soil survey and the Soil Health Dashboard under the European Soil Observatory (EUSO). Proposals should demonstrate a route towards open access, longevity, sustainability and interoperability of knowledge and outputs, amongst others through close collaboration with the EUSO. Potentially, the projects funded under this topic could also cooperate with living labs and lighthouses that will be created in this and future calls of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-02: Soil pollution processes – modelling and inclusion in advanced digital decision-support tools

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Activities under this topic will help to progress towards the objectives of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, in particular to its operational objective of building the knowledge base for soil health and its support to ecosystems services and its specific objective 4 “Reduce soil pollution and enhance restoration”.

    Project results should contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased understanding of the impact of various types of soil pollution on soil processes, soil functions and related ecosystem services along with increased insight into how soil pollution responds to different land-uses and soil-management practices, restoration mechanisms, emission controls, climate extremes, drying-rewetting cycles and land cover dynamics at various scales.

    2.Enhanced access to soil relevant knowledge and data for a wide range of stakeholders that can inform practices and policies for reduced levels of pollution, enhanced take up of sustainable soil management practices and restoration of polluted soils, especially those with high risk to human health and environmental wellbeing.

    3.Enhanced capacities are in place to integrate diverse data streams (including from Earth Observation), to model and predict soil-related processes and their interactions with soil pollutants, and ultimately to demonstrate the effectiveness of policy measures (for air, water, soils) and their impact on soils.

    4.Data and tools available can feed effectively and further advance the “Destination Earth” initiative 187 .

    Scope: Depending on the scale, severity and type of contamination, pollutants can have a detrimental effect on soils by altering underlying chemical, physical and biological processes. Examples of common soil pollutants include heavy metals, persistent organic pollutants, pesticides, microplastics and emerging pollutants like pharmaceutical and personal care products. In agriculture, soil pollution has severe consequences with regard to food safety.

    The capacity to carry out a comprehensive scenario analysis at EU level on the impact of key drivers on soil pollution (e.g. societal behaviour, changes in emissions, climate, land management practices) is currently lacking. Soil-oriented fate and transport models exist for certain pollutants (e.g. pesticides, radionuclides, nutrients, metals) but they are generally not integrated with each other, often lack a temporal capacity, and do not always provide a quantification of actual risk to human and environmental health. Models that address the extent, fate, and transport, of emerging contaminants (e.g. microplastics, pharmaceuticals, PFAS) are even scarcer.

    In addition, environmental pollution modelling is also often compartmentalized despite a clear understanding that soil can be both a recipient of atmospheric deposition (e.g. nitrogen and sulphur) and a source of atmospheric pollutants and greenhouse gases (e.g. N2O, NH4, CO2, dust, nutrients). While also acting as a buffer to water bodies from pollutants, soils can be at the origin of some of the main problems affecting terrestrial ecosystems, freshwater and marine ecosystems (e.g. nitrification, eutrophication, pesticides, in both water column and sediment) as well as compromise the production of safe food and human health. Currently, there is no integrated modelling system that seamlessly links all three environmental compartments (soil, air, water). In addition there is a clear need to demonstrate that policy measures that affect air quality or industrial emissions can, over time, have a positive impact also on soils and water bodies.

    Proposed activities should:

    1.Integrate and improve existing models and develop and test new models of soil processes that allow for better and easier integration of and reduced uncertainty about soil-related processes (physical, chemical and biological), with a particular focus on different forms of pollution and with a view to its prevention and reduction.

    2.Integrate soil processes modelling for quantification of soil ecosystem services with assessments of threats from diverse pollution sources.

    3.Ensure inter-operability between existing databases and their integration into Destination Earth and the EU Soil Observatory.

    4.Develop specific use cases for soil modelling towards the integration of local sustainable soil management practices or catchment or field scale modelling. This includes for example, the role of water and wind erosion in the movement of pollutants, nutrient flows in the context of circular economy, interactions between surface-subsurface-groundwater-air components, and links with the objectives of the Oceans and Climate Missions.

    5.Develop scenarios based on integrated models that show a) how changes in land management practices can reduce soil pollution (and in consequence air and water pollution) and b) the effects of policies on land management practices that avoid/reduce soil pollution.

    Projects funded under this topic should demonstrate a route towards open access, longevity, sustainability and interoperability of knowledge and project outputs through close collaboration with the Joint Research Centre and its EU Soil Observatory 188  and take into account other relevant projects funded under the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ (e.g. projects funded under the topic HORIZON-MISS-2022-SOIL-01-04: Remediation strategies, methods and financial models for decontamination and reuse of land in urban and rural areas and HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-01: Discovering the subsoil) and Destination Earth.

    The proposals selected under this topic should dedicate the necessary resources to work closely together to maximise synergies and minimise overlaps. Furthermore, coordination with the successful proposals under topic HORIZON-CL3-2024-DRS-01-0201: ‘Prevention, detection, response and mitigation of chemical, biological and radiological threats to agricultural production, forestry and to food processing, distribution and consumption’ should be envisaged to avoid duplication, and to exploit complementarities as well as opportunities for increased impact. To this end, proposals should foresee dedicated tasks and allocate appropriate resources.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-03: Onsite digital technologies to monitor nutrients and chemical or biological stressors in soil and plants with relevance for food safety and nutrition

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Activities under this topic will help to progress towards the objectives of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, in particular its operational objective 2, “Co-create and upscale place-based innovations to improve soil health in all places”.

    Project results should contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased scale-up, availability and use of onsite digital tools (e.g., light-based technologies, remote sensing, Artificial Intelligence (AI)) to monitor nutrients, micro-nutrients, chemical and biological stressors in soil, plants and subsequently in food in various stages of the production process (from farm to processing stages).

    2.Improved capacities for food safety risk mitigation and management throughout the various food production stages.

    Scope: Onsite digital technologies and applications are emerging in food production and have the potential to detect chemical and biological stressors in soil and plants to help assessing, managing and eventually eliminating potential food safety risks that these stressors may pose. There is a need to improve the development and application of digital tools in primary production and food industries and boost their technological scale-up as a means to address more effectively the soil-food nexus. Moreover, those technologies will help the food industry to track safety and quality of post-harvested food grown in soils.

    Proposed activities should:

    1.Advance and/or develop onsite digital technologies and applications (e.g., light-based technologies, remote sensing, AI) to analyse (detect and quantify) nutrients that could support appropriate interventions at the various food production stages (from farm to processing stages) to enrich soil or remove excess nutrients and micronutrients.

    2.Advance and/or develop onsite digital technologies and applications (e.g., light-based technologies, remote sensing, AI) to analyse (detect and quantify) chemical (contaminants, anti-nutrients, pollutants) and biological contaminants (bacteria, viruses, fungi, parasites) in soil, plants and food with the aim to mitigate/manage the potential of food safety risks associated with their presence.

    3.Advance and/or develop digital technologies and applications for in-field detection of soil parameters with relevance for food safety and nutrition to improve soil management practices (e.g., targeted fertilization, soil remediation).

    4.Advance and/or develop innovative digital technologies including exploratory modelling for calibration and prediction, to detect nutrients and micronutrients, chemical and biological contaminants which have a bearing on food quality and safety.

    5.Identify challenges to the scale-up of existing digital technologies related to the soil-food nexus.

    Proposals should also include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic, and ensure as well synergies with projects funded under topics HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-03: “Linking soil health to nutritional and safe food”, and HORIZON-CL6-2023-GOVERNANCE: “Digital technologies supporting plant health early detection, territory surveillance and phytosanitary measures”.

    Proposals should demonstrate a route towards open access, longevity, sustainability and interoperability of knowledge and outputs through close collaboration with the Joint Research Centre’s EU Soil Observatory (EUSO).

    Potentially, the projects funded under this topic could cooperate with living labs and lighthouses that will be created in this call and future calls under the Mission.

    In this topic, the integration of the gender dimension (sex and gender analysis) in research and innovation content is not a mandatory requirement.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-04: Innovations to prevent and combat desertification

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Mission.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Activities under this topic will help to progress towards the objectives of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, in particular its specific objective 1, “Reduce land degradation relating to desertification”.

    Project results should contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.The socio-economic and climatic drivers, the extent and the impacts of different types of land degradation (incl. water scarcity, vegetation loss, soil erosion) in (semi-)natural and agricultural systems of arid areas and areas becoming increasingly arid are clearly understood, accurately and reliably measured at the most relevant scale and in connection with specific land uses. This knowledge is widely shared among relevant actors from various sectors.

    2.The economic viability and environmental effectiveness of solutions for the prevention of desertification and for the restoration of degraded land (such as soil protection measures that help retain water and reduce water needs, improve management of soil organic matter, avoid salinization, protect biodiversity, minimise soil sealing and increase land resilience to droughts) is demonstrated in the different local or regional contexts.

    3.Enhanced access for land managers in desertification-prone areas to effective, context-specific restoration and prevention solutions and to information about the conditions under which they are effective.

    4.The number and size of areas under sustainable soil and water management are expanded, and the retention of moisture in the landscape and the management of soil organic matter are improved across different land-use types and local-regional conditions. In consequence, dryland soils become more resilient and less vulnerable to drought and desertification.

    Scope: In 2017, 25% of land in Southern, Central and Eastern Europe was estimated to be at high or very high risk of desertification 189 . The risk is likely to have further increased since then, and to continue increasing because of accelerating climate change and continued pressures from land use and land-use change. Desertification leads to loss of biodiversity, of organic carbon and of other land-based ecosystem services, including reduced agricultural and forest productivity. Desertification further amplifies global warming through the release of CO2 and other greenhouse gases linked with the decrease in vegetation cover. Thus, it has severe environmental, social and economic consequences which need to be urgently tackled.

    Proposed activities should:

    1.Synthesise and gather evidence on the drivers and impacts of land degradation at all relevant scales, using diverse data flows and where relevant models, with a view to supporting alternative land management actions (scenarios) that alleviate the pressures from land uses and land-use changes leading to desertification.

    2.Identify, demonstrate the effectiveness, and promote the scale-up of measures for reducing and reversing desertification and increasing soil’s water-retention capacity, taking into account (actual and projected) changes in climatic conditions. Work should be carried out at different scales and address various types of land use (agriculture, forestry and natural land) and land use changes. Due attention should be given to the role of plant and microbial diversity in increasing the resilience of land vis-a-vis desertification processes.

    3.Specifically for agricultural land including both conventional and organic farming, identify and demonstrate farming or other land-use practices which are more resilient and are suitable for combatting desertification while sustaining ecosystem services and preventing land abandonment.

    4.Facilitate learning and exchange among all relevant actors, including across sectors, by promoting in the scope of activities various types of innovations (nature-based, technological, socio-economic, cultural and institutional) and/or various types of land use (natural and semi-natural as well as agricultural, agroforestry and forest areas).

    5.Develop policy recommendations for creating incentives and overcoming obstacles for the widespread uptake of measures that have demonstrated to be effective for the prevention of desertification and restoration and are suitable for scaling-up.

    6.Carry-out activities for awareness-raising on desertification and for the demonstration and dissemination of solutions, also as part of the UN Day to combat desertification and drought.

    Proposals should demonstrate a route towards open access, longevity, sustainability and interoperability of knowledge and outputs through close collaboration with the Joint Research Centre’s EU Soil Observatory (EUSO) and with other projects to be funded under the Soil Mission. Proposals should also include a dedicated task, appropriate resources and a plan on how they will collaborate with other projects funded under this topic, and ensure synergies with projects funded as part of the Partnership for Research and Innovation in the Mediterranean Area (PRIMA) 190 and with the EU LIFE project NewLIFE4­Drylands 191 . In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged, in particular with third countries in the Mediterranean region.

    Potentially, the projects funded under this topic could cooperate with living labs and lighthouses that will be created in this call and future calls under the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-05: Soil-friendly practices in horticulture, including alternative growing media

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.50 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Mission.

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Expected Outcome: Activities under this topic will help to progress towards the objectives of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, in particular its specific objectives 2 “Conserve and increase soil organic carbon stocks”, 4 “Reduce soil pollution and enhance restoration” and 6 “Improve soil structure to enhance habitat quality for soil biota and crops”. Activities should also contribute to EU climate action and to other policies in the framework of the European Green Deal, such as the Organic Action Plan 192 , the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 193 and the proposed Nature Restoration Law 194 .

    Project results should contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Reduced carbon and overall environmental footprint of the horticultural sector 195 and more sustainable production systems, reducing negative impacts on soil health throughout the value chain.

    2.Novel products (e.g. alternative potting and soil-improving materials), production processes and management options for soil management are developed and tested and show improved environmental, social, health and safety performance, as demonstrated through improved testing and validation methods throughout the entire life cycle.

    3.Sustainable alternatives to peat are more widely available and used in conventional and organic horticulture.

    4.Policy measures and other incentives have been explored and elaborated to further the uptake of sustainable alternatives to peat.

    Scope: Practices in horticulture can affect soil health and related ecosystem services at different points in the value chain, for example at production sites as well as further upstream. Within horticultural production systems, soils are often subjected to particularly intensive use, which can cause among others soil compaction, soil pollution (e.g. excess nutrients, pesticides or microplastics), and salinization as a consequence of intensive irrigation. Peat is commonly used in nurseries, greenhouses and amateur horticulture as a growing medium and for soil improvement, as it has an excellent water retention capacity, is highly fertile due to the reduced leaching of nutrients and can improve the soil buffering capacity. The extraction of natural peat, however, is highly contentious as the disturbance of peatlands leads to habitat loss, soil degradation, CO2 emissions and increased flood risks. Therefore, sustainable alternatives to natural peat are required. While various peat-free or peat-reduced growing media have become more widely available in recent years, their performance with regard to environmental and other relevant criteria remains difficult to assess.

    Proposed activities should:

    1.Identify, develop and promote horticultural practices and production systems that conserve or improve soil health. This should include alternative materials to be used as sustainable substitutes for peat as substrate or soil improver in organic and conventional horticulture, with the aim of attenuating soil stress and strengthening ecosystem services.

    2.Demonstrate the feasibility and economic viability of the newly developed alternatives to the use of peat in horticulture. This should be done in accordance with relevant EU regulatory frameworks related to their placing on the market.

    3.Generate data to support improved environmental, social, health and safety performance of alternative growing media in a life-cycle perspective and taking into account potential trade-offs and indirect consequences, including outside of the EU, where relevant.

    4.Develop and/or improve sustainable management practices in horticulture (including digital technologies and infrastructures) to reduce the use of inputs such as plant protection products, fertilizers and water in horticultural crops. Measures should also contribute to improving soil structure and mitigating soil compaction. Where applicable, practices should cover both protected (greenhouses and tunnels) and open field systems.

    5.Identify and analyse barriers (economic, social or regulatory) that may hinder the uptake of the proposed soil-friendly practices by professional producers as well as by private consumers in amateur horticulture, and where relevant suggest suitable measures to overcome the identified obstacles.

    6.Develop and test material for awareness raising, dissemination and training to promote the uptake of soil-friendly horticultural practices. This material should be used by agricultural advisory services, in vocational training and other relevant contexts.

    In this topic the multi-actor approach has to be implemented by involving a wide range of stakeholders (e.g. industry including SMEs, public authorities, research centres, public and private investors, civil society) to co-create sustainable solutions and increase opportunities for them to be scaled up. The topic should involve the effective contribution of SSH disciplines.

    The proposals selected under this topic should dedicate the necessary resources to work closely together to maximise synergies. Proposals should demonstrate a route towards open access, longevity, sustainability and interoperability of knowledge and outputs through close collaboration with the EU Soil Observatory and other projects funded under the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’. Furthermore, proposals should take into account and build on outputs from other relevant projects such as e.g. EXCALIBUR 196 .

    Potentially, the projects funded under this topic could also cooperate with living labs and lighthouses that will be created in this call or future calls of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-06: Soils in spatial planning

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 7.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Expected Outcome: Activities under this topic will support a more structured approach to sustainable land management in line with global commitments for land degradation neutrality 197 and EU efforts for a balanced development of the EU territory. This will help to sustain ecosystems in rural and urban areas, as aimed for in the EU Long-term Vision for Rural Areas and other EU Green Deal strategies. Activities will in particular contribute to the implementation of the roadmap towards no net land take and reduced soil degradation as defined under the EU Soil Strategy 198 .

    Project results should contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.The value of soil functions and ecosystem services provided by soils is more systematically recognised and integrated in spatial planning and land use decisions in urban and rural areas, due to increased awareness of spatial planning authorities on the importance of soil functions and soil health overall. Therefore, the various societal demands for land are more easily reconciled.

    2.Municipalities and public authorities have information, data and planning tools at hand to develop and implement (participatory) strategies for more adaptive land management in accordance with land neutrality targets (no net land take by 2050). This will allow increasing land use efficiency, reducing soil sealing and applying the principles of the “land take hierarchy” 199 .

    3.Spatial plans promote the use of nature-based solutions to support soil functions and the provision of ecosystem services, in particular on currently sealed areas.

    4.Approaches for rezoning, restoration and de-sealing are available and applied for building land and infrastructure which is no longer in use or to be reused.

    Scope: Land is a limited resource and needs to be managed carefully to meet the various, sometimes conflicting societal demands on land and soil. These demands arise e.g. from urbanisation, food/biomass production and environmental protection. Inadequate practices in land management and in land use planning are main drivers of land degradation and result in the loss of important soil functions. In urban areas for example, soil sealing leads to reduced evaporation and infiltration of water into the soil. As a consequence, the risk of floods and heat waves in cities increases significantly. In rural areas, fragmented landscapes lead to a loss of habitats for species and to reduced capacities of soils to perform important functions such as water regulation or carbon storage. At the same time, pressures on rural housing, such as in the aftermath of COVID-19, also call for adequate planning to ensure that soil and land management addresses the manifold needs of rural populations. Spatial planning has a considerable role to play when it comes to steering a more balanced and sustainable use of land and ensuring that net land take is reduced, in particular if applying the principles of a “land take hierarchy” 200 .

    Activities under this topic should identify mechanisms and highlight associated benefits that accrue from the increased consideration of soil functions by the spatial planning sector, both in urban and rural environments.

    Proposed activities should:

    1.Undertake a systematic review and analysis of how soils, their functions and ecosystem services as well as soil threats are considered in the various levels of spatial planning systems in the EU and Associated Countries.

    2.Improve the knowledge on potential trade-offs regarding the provision of ecosystem services in the context of further expanding urban, peri-urban and rural areas.

    3.Identify good planning practices that integrate soils and their ecosystem services into spatial planning and show the impact of these practices on actual land use in urban and rural areas such as on: land take, the re-use of land, restoration, de-sealing and the support to soil functions. In addition to examples from Member States and Associated Countries, good experiences from Third Countries could be highlighted as well. Due attention shall be given to examples promoting soil functions and reducing soil sealing through nature-based solutions.

    4.Work together with public authorities to develop strategies for zero net land take by 2050 and provide practical recommendations for a better integration of soils into existing spatial planning practices, taking into account synergies with the management of other resources such as water. Activities should identify the main bottlenecks for the adoption of planning systems, which are based on a more integrated, sustainable, and resource efficient use of land.

    5.Provide opportunities for training and skill development of planners as well as for the exchange of experiences (e.g. events, information tools) between the various actors involved in (participatory) planning processes and land use decisions at various levels.

    6.Improve the tools as well as the data and information basis (including maps) available to spatial planners and decision-makers regarding soil functions and ecosystem services.

    The selected project(s) should liaise with the Joint Research Centre to make sure that relevant data, maps and information can potentially be used and displayed by the European Soil Observatory.

    As relevant, activities should seek to link up with the European Bauhaus and contribute to its objectives and initiatives.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-07: Back to earth: bringing communities and citizens closer to soil

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 6.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Coordination and Support Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding.

    If eligible for funding, legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action as a beneficiary or affiliated entity.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Mission.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries should provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants.The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 150 000. This should allow projects and initiatives to have the appropriate scale and ambition needed to achieve the objectives of the actions described under the scope. The financial support to third parties should not exceed 40% of the EU funding.

    Expected Outcome: Activities under this topic will help progress towards the overall goal of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, in particular by contributing to its specific objective 8 “Increase soil literacy across society” 201 . Activities should also contribute to the Education for Climate Coalition 202 and to the Long-term vision for EU’s rural areas 203 as the Mission is one of its flagship initiatives.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased societal awareness on the importance of soil and the challenges it faces and of the impact of individual decisions (like housing, food and transport behaviour) on soils. This is manifested by an increased engagement in the protection and restoration of soil health.

    2.Opportunities for engaging in creative ways in soil protection are widely available and supported by soil-related arts products and innovative methodologies (including digital ones, but not limited to these).

    3.Cultural and creative industries (CCIs), artists and civil society organisations are mobilised and work together alongside with universities, research institutes and public institutions and citizens to increase soil literacy in society.

    4.Increased capacity of public and private institutions at different levels (e.g. European, national, regional and local) to engage with the wide public in creative ways to promote sustainable soil management.

    Scope: The cultural and creative sectors were particularly affected during the COVID-19 crisis, but they are considered to be “a significant driver of local development through job creation and income generation, and generate important spillovers to the wider economy”  204  as well as to the society.

    CCIs, artists and civil society organisations can play a significant role in promoting a green transition by engaging people and giving visibility to environmental issues. Working together with soil experts, they can contribute to increasing soil literacy by mobilising the population in the protection and restoration of soil health as well as by tackling soil challenges through creative activities.

    With regard to soil health, CCIs, artists and civil society organisations have a major role to play in acting as ambassadors and giving visibility to soil related challenges. They are key for raising awareness, for example on the importance of soil and its functions for society (e.g. documentaries, communication campaigns, podcasts, music, artistic performances, exhibitions, literary arts, etc.), and for inspiring and engaging people to take part in a broader debate and in taking actions, including through innovative methodologies and tools, arts and participatory processes. Arts and other creative forms of engagement have shown to be able to mobilise people that would otherwise not easily connect to more scientific or technical information on soils. Existing examples include initiatives to raise awareness on soils in schools by painting with earth colours or citizen projects on collective composting and urban gardening or the production of documentaries and exhibitions for the general public.

    Various and innovative methodologies and tools to increase citizens’ awareness and engagement should be tested in different contexts to reach and involve a large number of people with the overall scope of increasing soil literacy across society. An increased societal awareness of the importance of soil and of the challenges it faces should lead to a better protection and restoration of this precious resource across Europe and possibly beyond.

    The successful proposal should:

    1.Establish a network of relevant actors (e.g. artists, soil scientists, researchers, communication and engagement experts, public authorities including local administrations) and projects around art, humanities, cultural and creative industries. The network should carry-out a range of activities and campaigns to elevate the importance and value of soils in the context of citizen’s lives and increase people’s awareness (both as citizens and professionals) on soils, as well as ensure meaningful citizens’ engagement.

    2.While including relevant actors as beneficiaries from the beginning, the network should gradually expand during the lifetime of the project its activities by providing financial support to third parties. This financial support should be used to fund smaller projects or initiatives (being either transnational, regional or local ones) that contribute to increasing soil literacy across society. In selecting the projects, the consortium should take into consideration quality, geographical balance and coverage aiming at covering a range of Member States and Associated Countries, and include a variety of territories ensuring that both rural and urban areas are covered. The selection process for these projects will be based on principles of transparency, fairness and objectivity.

    3.Coordinate, monitor (with appropriate indicators and KPIs) and evaluate the actions of the projects and initiatives from third parties receiving financial support. It should also scale up successful initiatives and contribute to the implementation of the third-party activities, in particular in view of supporting innovative communication campaigns and building capacities for interacting with policy makers at different levels on how to best engage people from all walks of life in the protection and restoration of soil health.

    4.Design and provide tools and material as well as build capacities and skills for supporting public and private institutions at different levels (e.g. European, national, regional and local) in their activities to engage with citizens in creative ways in the protection and restoration of soil health.

    5.Organise regular festivals (at least two) open to the public with the participation of the projects and initiatives financed through the financial support to third parties to present activities aimed at increasing soil literacy across society to a broader audience. The festival should give visibility to exemplary projects in particular areas, for example (but not exclusively) through awards. In the organisation of the festival, the proposal should consider accessibility, inclusiveness and sustainability. The proposal should also include a long-term plan to ensure the continuity of the festival beyond the life of the Horizon Europe funded project.

    The projects and initiatives financed through the financial support to third parties should:

    1.Run innovative communication campaigns through different tools (e.g. social media, magazines, podcasts, posters, arts, movies, documentaries) to raise awareness on the importance of soil. Furthermore, selected projects should engage with citizens by proposing hand-on activities on proven sustainable practices for soil protection and management. The campaigns should highlight the relevance that soil has in people’s daily lives and link it with people’s values. They should also lift the public profile of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ and promote its eight specific objectives 205 .

    2.Organise and promote artistic, soil-related activities that target and/or involve the public, such as cultural/arts events, exhibitions, and creative workshops that have at their centre the importance of soils.

    3.Engage citizens in the protection and preservation of soil as well as in tackling soil challenges (including the ones addressed by the specific objectives of the Soil Deal Mission), through innovative, participatory and creative methodologies (e.g. by applying arts-based methods for transformative engagement, citizen assemblies and collaborative projects (e.g. on composting, greening cities and reducing soil sealing, avoiding soil pollution, promoting soil biodiversity).

    The financial support to third parties will provide funding of up to 150 000 € per project or initiative. While a substantial amount of the total budget should be allocated to third parties, the support should not exceed 40%.

    Proposals must implement the multi-actor approach and involve a wide range of actors (including the end-users), such as artists, cultural and creative industries, civil society organisations, citizen engagement experts and public authorities, along with soil scientists.

    Proposals under this topic should include social sciences and humanities (SSH) disciplines (e.g. behavioural sciences, communication, and arts).

    They should demonstrate a comprehensive strategy to deal with issues of multilingualism when implementing the project to ensure effective outreach.

    Proposals are encouraged to demonstrate a route towards open access, longevity, sustainability and interoperability of knowledge and outputs through close collaboration with the European Soil Observatory (EUSO).

    Proposals should create synergies with projects funded under the topics HORIZON-MISS-2021-SOIL-02-06 “Engage with and activate municipalities and regions to protect and restore soil health” and HORIZON-MISS-2022-SOIL-01-07 “Foster soil education across society” 206 . Proposals are also encouraged to create synergies with relevant activities supported under the Creative Europe programme 207 .

    Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and Support action, as the collaboration with international experts in the fields relevant for this topic (from soil science to art, culture, communication and public engagement) can contribute to achieve the expected outcomes beyond the European territory.

    International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or associated country are exceptionally eligible for funding such as the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), due to its role in advancing international cooperation in the areas of education, sciences and culture.

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-08: Co-creating solutions for soil health in Living Labs

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 36.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Mission.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants (further to calls or, if duly justified, without a call for proposals). The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000, to allow for the active participation of appropriate stakeholders, including farmers, businesses or civil society in living labs and achieve the objectives of the actions described under the scope.

    Expected Outcome: Activities under this topic respond directly to the goal of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ 208 of setting up 100 living labs to lead the transition to healthy soils by 2030. They support the specific objectives of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ dealing with urgent soil health challenges (see in particular specific objectives 1 to 6 and 8). Activities should thereby contribute to meeting the European Green Deal ambitions and targets, such as those related to food and nutrition security, climate, biodiversity, environment and rural areas 209 .

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    a.Living labs across Europe are fully operational and have established themselves as places for co-creation and testing of solutions for soil health in rural and urban areas.

    b.Increased capacities for participatory, interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary R&I approaches, allowing for effective cooperation between research, practice and policy to tackle soil health challenges.

    c.Practice oriented knowledge and tools are more easily available to land managers and contribute to an enhanced uptake of solutions for soil health and related ecosystem services.

    d.Strengthened collaborations between actors across territories and sectors and increased consideration of effective solutions for soil health in regions where the selected living labs are operating.

    e.Policy makers in the EU and Associated Countries are more aware of local needs with regard to soil health and can use this knowledge to design more effective policies.

    Scope: While more research is needed to restore and maintain healthy soils in the EU, an important barrier still encountered to accelerate the transition towards a climate-neutral and green European Union is the gap between science and practice, between knowledge and implementation. The Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ proposes a novel approach to research and innovation in the area of soil health, including the implementation of living labs. Living labs have the potential to empower a green transition towards healthy soils by developing solutions in a co-creative manner and involving actors in real life settings at territorial level to achieve large-scale impact.

    Nowadays, there exist various definitions and conceptualizations of living labs. However, three components are recognizable within the now well-established living labs research concept, which include (a) co-creation with a large set of stakeholders, (b) carried out in real-life settings and (c) involving the end-users 210 . For the purpose of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, Soil health living labs are defined as “user-centred, place-based and transdisciplinary research and innovation ecosystems, which involve land managers, scientists and other relevant partners in systemic research and co-design, testing, monitoring and evaluation of solutions, in real-life settings, to improve their effectiveness for soil health and accelerate adoption”.

    Living labs are collaborations between multiple partners that operate and undertake experiments on several sites at regional or sub-regional level 211 . Individual sites could be e.g. farms, forest stands, urban green or industrial areas, enterprises and other entities, where the work is carried-out and monitored under real-life conditions, regardless of the land size, tenure (land ownerships) or the type of economic activity.

    Lighthouses, in contrast, are defined as “places for demonstration of solutions, training and communication that are exemplary in their performance in terms of soil health improvement”. They are individual, local sites (one farm, one forest exploitation, one industrial site, one urban city green area, etc.) that either can be part of a living lab or be situated outside a living lab.

    According to the Mission Implementation Plan, living labs involve partners from different backgrounds, disciplines and/or sectors and are composed of 10 to 20 experimental sites. However, depending on the specific context (e.g. the land use(s), the soil health challenge(s) addressed), applicants can propose living labs with fewer experimental sites. By working together on themes of common interest, the various partners involved in a living lab will be able to replicate actions and solutions, compare results, exchange good practices, validate methodologies and benefit from cross-fertilisation within a local/regional setting.

    More specifically, each of the funded projects should:

    1.Set up four to five living labs (or more, as applicable to the land use(s) and purpose of the project) to work together on thematically related soil health challenges, addressing the same or several land use types. The living labs should be located in at least three different Member States and/or Associated Countries. Proposals should describe the rationale for cooperation across the various living labs and explain how the work undertaken will contribute to one or more of the Mission’s specific objectives 212 . Living labs on carbon farming are excluded from this topic as a dedicated topic for carbon farming living labs is opened in this work programme 213 .

    2.Establish, based on the projects’ goals and objectives, a detailed work plan with the activities to be undertaken in an interdisciplinary way, ensuring the co-design, co-development, and co-implementation of locally adapted solutions.

    3.Carry out participatory and transdisciplinary research and innovation in living labs to seek practical solutions to problems/challenges identified, taking into account the relevant drivers and pressures. Moreover, activities should address challenges to the scaling up and the transferability of solutions. Proposed strategies and solutions should be adapted to the different environmental, socio-economic and cultural contexts in which the living labs are operating. Living labs working in the area of agriculture are expected to promote sustainable practices, applied across a range of farming systems and benefit both conventional and organic farming.

    4.Identify sites that demonstrate high performance in terms of their actions and results on soil health improvement and that may be converted into lighthouses.

    5.Establish for each living lab a baseline for the selected soil health challenge(s), in order to allow for an accurate assessment of the conditions and changes of soils in the different sites over time and for monitoring of progress towards the objectives of the respective living labs and the project overall. As appropriate, make use of the set of soil health indicators presented in the Soil Mission Implementation Plan. To this end, funded projects should work closely with the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) to contribute to their efforts on soil monitoring and the development of the European Union Soil Observatory (EUSO).

    6.Monitor and carry out an assessment of the effects of the developed innovative practices or introduced solutions on soil health and related ecosystem services. This should include a demonstration of the viability (e.g. technical, economic) of the proposed solutions.

    7.Propose strategies (e.g. financial, organisational) to ensure long-term sustainability and continuity of the living labs beyond the Horizon Europe funding, including the identification of possible business models and actions involving local authorities, business communities, SMEs, investors, entrepreneurs.

    8.Document in an easy and accessible way the developed solutions in order to facilitate their uptake by land managers and transmit the acquired knowledge to relevant actors.

    In line with the nature of living labs, proposals must implement the multi-actor approach. The list of stakeholders will vary depending on features specific to each living lab and can involve different types of actors such as researchers, land owners or land managers, industry (e.g. SMEs), public administrations, representatives of civil society (e.g. consumers, environmental NGOs). Care should be taken to describe the capabilities and roles of the different partners involved in the project, depending on their area of expertise. For example, while some partners may lead the conceptual work and coordinate the work within and across living labs, others may focus on carrying-out experiments, providing advice, testing and validating innovative solutions, or be involved in outreach activities.

    To encourage and facilitate the involvement of different types of actors in the living labs, applicants are reminded of the different types of participation possible under Horizon Europe: This includes not only beneficiaries (or their affiliated entities) but also associated partners, third parties giving in-kind contributions, subcontractors and recipients of financial support to third parties.

    Proposals may provide for financial support to third parties (FSTP) to implement one or more of the living lab activities described in this topic 214 further to calls or, if duly justified, without a call for proposals. Applicants are reminded to consult the standard conditions for “financial support to third parties” set out in Annex B of the General Annexes including those that apply to FSTP calls.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task and appropriate resources to collaborate with other Living Lab projects funded under this topic as well as with projects funded under other Work Programme topics of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ which are relevant to the chosen soil health challenge(s). In addition, proposals should seek for synergies with projects PREPSOIL 215 , NATI00NS 216 and NBSSOIL 217 . Additionally, projects should cooperate and benefit from the services of a dedicated ‘Living Lab Support Structure’ to be established by the Specific Grant Agreement under this Work Programme 218 .

    Cooperation with relevant networks active at local level, such as EIP-AGRI operational groups, is encouraged in order to promote the involvement of key local stakeholders in living labs activities or in the dissemination of solutions. The projects should also build on other existing activities and ensure cooperation with relevant projects and partnerships, such as EIT Knowledge and Innovation Communities (EIT KICs) or the ‘European partnership on accelerating farming systems transition: Agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’, which will also support living labs.

    Proposals should demonstrate a route towards open access, longevity, sustainability and interoperability of knowledge and outputs through close collaboration with the European Union Soil Observatory (EUSO).

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-09: Carbon farming in living labs

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Research and Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply: Proposals must apply the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Mission.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants (further to calls or, if duly justified, without a call for proposals). The maximum amount to be granted to each third party is EUR 200 000, to allow for the active participation of appropriate stakeholders, including farmers, businesses or civil society in living labs and achieve the objectives of the actions described under the scope.

    Expected Outcome: Activities under this topic respond directly to the goal of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ 219 of setting up 100 living labs by 2027 to lead the transition to healthy soils by 2030. In particular, it supports the Mission’s specific objective 2, “Conserve and increase soil organic carbon stocks”.

    Activities should also contribute to meeting the European Green Deal ambitions and targets and more specifically those of the Farm to Fork Strategy, of the Commission’s Communication on Sustainable Carbon Cycles 220 and of the upcoming regulatory proposal on the certification of carbon removals 221 , as well as to Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 13 on climate action. Activities performed within living labs will also support the Long Term Vision for EU’s Rural Areas (LTVRA) 222 .

    In its 2021 Communication on Sustainable Carbon Cycles, the Commission sets out how to increase removals of carbon from the atmosphere, including by upscaling carbon farming to store more carbon in nature. Research and innovation will also contribute to this goal, providing further solutions to farmers and foresters. Measures to achieve this goal include: standardising the monitoring, reporting and verification methodologies needed to provide a clear and reliable certification framework for carbon farming, allowing for developing voluntary carbon markets; and provide improved knowledge, data management and tailored advisory services to land managers.

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:

    1.Increased carbon sequestration and protection of carbon in soils, living biomass and dead organic matter, with environmental co-benefits safeguarded or enhanced, in different regions within the EU and Associated Countries where the selected living labs are operating.

    2.Increased capacities for participatory, interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary R&I approaches, allowing for effective cooperation between research, practice and policy, to tackle carbon farming challenges.

    3.Practice-oriented knowledge and tools are more easily available to land managers and contribute to an enhanced uptake of carbon farming.

    4.Strengthened collaborations between actors across territories and sectors as well as increased consideration of effective solutions for carbon farming in regions where the selected living labs are operating.

    5.Policy-makers in the EU and Associated Countries are more aware of local needs with regard to carbon farming and can use knowledge to design and implement more effective policies.

    Scope: Carbon farming can be defined as a green business model that rewards land managers for taking up improved land management practices, resulting in the increase of carbon sequestration in living biomass, dead organic matter and soils by enhancing carbon capture and/or reducing the release of carbon to the atmosphere, in respect of ecological principles favourable to biodiversity and the natural capital overall 223 .

    More research is still needed to increase removals of carbon from the atmosphere and achieve the EU's legally binding commitment to become climate neutral by 2050, as well as to close the gap between science and practice, between knowledge and implementation. The Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ proposes a novel approach to research and innovation in the area of soil health, including the implementation of living labs. Living labs have the potential to empower a green transition towards healthy soils by developing solutions in a co-creative manner, involving actors in real-life settings at territorial level to achieve large-scale impacts.

    Nowadays, there exist various definitions and conceptualizations of living labs. However, three components are recognizable within the now well-established living labs research concept, which include (a) co-creation with a large set of stakeholders, (b) in real-life sites and (c) involving the end-user 224 . For the purpose of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’, “Soil health living labs” are defined as “user-centred, place-based and transdisciplinary research and innovation ecosystems, which involve land managers, scientists and other relevant partners in systemic research and co-design, testing, monitoring and evaluation of solutions, in real-life settings, to improve their effectiveness for soil health and accelerate adoption”.

    Living labs are collaborations between multiple partners that operate and undertake experiments on several sites at regional or sub-regional level 225 . Individual sites could be e.g. farms, forest stands, urban green or industrial areas, enterprises and other entities, where the work is carried-out and monitored under real-life conditions regardless of the land size, tenure (land ownerships) or the type of economic activity.

    Lighthouses in contrast are defined as “places for demonstration of solutions, training and communication that are exemplary in their performance in terms of soil health improvement”. They are individual, local sites (one farm, one forest exploitation, one industrial site, one urban city green area, etc.) that can either be part of a living lab or be situated outside a living lab.

    According to the Mission Implementation Plan, living labs involve partners from different backgrounds, disciplines and/or sectors and are composed of 10 to 20 experimental sites. However, depending on the specific context (e.g. the land use(s)), applicants can propose living labs with fewer experimental sites. By working together in a carbon farming living lab, the various partners involved will be able to replicate actions and solutions, compare results, exchange good practices, validate methodologies and benefit from cross-fertilisation within a local/regional setting.

    More specifically, the funded project(s) should:

    1.Set up four to five living labs (or more, as applicable to the land use(s) and purpose of the project) to work together on carbon farming, covering one or several land use types. The living labs shall be located in at least three different Member States and/or Associated Countries. Proposals should describe the rationale for cooperation across the various living labs and explain how the work undertaken will contribute to the Mission’s specific objective 2.

    2.Establish, based on the goals and objectives of the project(s), a detailed work plan with the activities to be undertaken in an interdisciplinary way, ensuring the co-design, co-development, and co-implementation of locally adapted solutions.

    3.Carry out participatory and transdisciplinary research and innovation in living labs in view of seeking practical solutions to carbon farming challenges, taking into account the relevant drivers and pressures. Moreover, challenges to the scaling up and the transferability of solutions should be addressed. Proposed strategies and solutions should be adapted to the different environmental, socio-economic and cultural contexts in which the living labs are operating. Living labs working in the area of agriculture are expected to address sustainable practices, applied across a range of farming systems, and benefit both conventional and organic farming.

    4.Identify sites that demonstrate high performance in terms of their actions and results on carbon farming and that may be converted into lighthouses.

    5.Establish for each living lab a baseline for carbon farming, in order to allow for an accurate assessment of the conditions and changes of soils in the different sites over time, and a clear monitoring of progress towards the objectives of the respective living lab and of the project overall. The funded project(s) should make use of relevant accounting methodologies for quantification of carbon removals, addressing the durability, additionality and environmental safeguards/co-benefits of carbon farming. They should work closely with the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) to contribute to the JRC’s efforts on soil monitoring and the development of the European Union Soil Observatory (EUSO).

    6.Monitor and carry out an assessment of the innovative practices for carbon farming, taking into account the effects of ongoing climate change on carbon sequestration potential and dynamics. This should include a demonstration of the viability of the proposed solutions. Propose strategies (e.g. financial, organisational) to ensure long-term sustainability and continuity of the living labs beyond the Horizon Europe funding, including through identification of possible business models and actions involving local authorities, business communities, SMEs, investors, entrepreneurs, etc.

    7.Document in an easy and accessible way the newly developed solutions in order to facilitate their uptake by land managers and transmit the acquired knowledge to all relevant actors.

    In line with the nature of living labs, proposals must implement the multi-actor approach. The list of stakeholders will vary depending on features specific to each living lab and can involve different types of actors such as researchers, land owners or land managers, industry (incl. SMEs), public administrations, representatives of civil society (e.g. consumers, environmental NGOs). Care should be taken to describe the capabilities and roles of the different partners involved in the project and their areas of expertise. For example, while some partners may lead the conceptual work and coordinate the work within and across living labs, others may focus on carrying out experiments, providing advice, testing and validating innovative solutions, or be involved in outreach activities.

    To encourage and facilitate the involvement of different types of actors in the living labs, applicants are reminded of the different types of participation possible under Horizon Europe. This includes not only beneficiaries (or their affiliated entities) but also associated partners, third parties giving in-kind contributions, subcontractors and recipients of financial support to third parties.

    Proposals may provide for financial support to third parties (FSTP) to implement one or more of the living lab activities described in this topic 226 further to calls or, if duly justified, without a call for proposals. Applicants are reminded to consult the standard conditions for “financial support to third parties” set out in Annex B of the General Annexes including those that apply to FSTP calls.

    Proposals should include a dedicated task, and appropriate resources, on how they will collaborate with projects funded under other Work Programme topics of the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ which are relevant to carbon farming and related challenges (such as, but not limited to, HORIZON-MISS-2022-SOIL-01-06: Network on carbon farming for agricultural and forest soils). In addition, proposals should seek synergies with projects PREPSOIL 227 , NATI00NS 228 and NBSSOIL 229 . Additionally, projects should cooperate with and benefit from the services of a dedicated ‘Living Lab Support Structure’ to be established by the Specific Grant Agreement under this Work Programme.

    Cooperation with relevant networks active at local level, such as EIP-AGRI operational groups, is encouraged, in order to promote the involvement of key local stakeholders in living labs’ activities or in the dissemination of solutions. The project should also build on other existing activities and ensure cooperation with relevant projects and partnerships, such as EIT Knowledge and Innovation Communities (EIT KICs), in particular EIT Food and its regenerative agriculture activities, or the ‘European partnership on accelerating farming systems transition: Agroecology living labs and research infrastructures’ which will also support living labs.

    Proposals should demonstrate a route towards open access, longevity, sustainability and interoperability of knowledge and outputs through close collaboration with the European Union Soil Observatory (EUSO).

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

    1. SGA: Specific Grant Agreement for a Living Lab Support Structure

    Within the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) awarded under topic HORIZON-MISS-2022-SOIL-01-08: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for a living lab network support structure, the selected consortium is invited to submit a proposal for a Specific Grant Agreement (SGA). This SGA will cover the first three years of the FPA (2023-2025). One single proposal should be submitted.

    The expected outcomes of the SGA should be in line with the Expected Outcomes of the FPA described under Work Programme 2022 (HORIZON-MISS-2022-SOIL-01-08).

    The SGA should provide further detail to put in practice the action plan presented under the FPA in relation to the following tasks:

    1.Set up a structure that will act as a one-stop shop catering for the needs of living labs and lighthouses funded under the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ and providing tailor made advice to participants of living labs and lighthouses. This structure should support living labs in their day-to-day operations (including on technical, networking and communication issues) and help to harmonise approaches within and across living labs. The support structure should also flag opportunities for the living labs to make use of data and services available from European Research Infrastructures federated under the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) or from relevant Data Spaces, as indicated in the Soil Mission implementation plan 230 . The support structure should provide guidance on how to apply the criteria for living labs (as specified in the Mission Implementation Plan 231 ) to funded living lab projects and propose adjustments to these criteria, if deemed necessary. On this basis, the support structure should develop a methodology and procedure for the validation of living labs and lighthouses to establish “quality standards” (similar to a label) for living labs and lighthouses, as these are gradually established under the Soil Mission. This should support harmonisation and comparability of approaches across soil health living labs working in different settings and on different themes. In cooperation with the PREPSOIL 232 project, the support structure should identify existing living lab and lighthouse initiatives funded outside the Mission that would meet the criteria/standards for Soil Mission living labs, as a basis for their integration into the wider Living Lab network. As part of the services provided to living labs funded under the Mission, the support structure should help living labs in developing strategies to sustain their activities beyond the lifetime of the Horizon Europe project. This will include assisting living lab partners in the development of financial strategies and long-term management plans, as well as strengthen connections with local business communities, in particular SMEs, investors and other commercial stakeholders.

    2.Facilitate the exchange of knowledge, data, findings and experiences within and across living labs and lighthouses (with a focus on, but not limited to, those funded under the Mission). To this end, the support structure should identify common areas of interest between funded living labs and lighthouses and propose concrete actions to create synergies and capitalise on the wealth of existing experiences and resources. This should include, amongst others, the organization of workshops, seminars, annual network meetings, cross-visits and training modules. Activities should result in the creation of working groups, learning material and tools addressing specific technical themes (e.g. particular soil challenges or land uses) as well as transversal aspects (e.g. data management, monitoring of progress, the use of digital tools, the integration of behavioural sciences in research and innovation). In addition to enhancing operational capacities of living lab partners, the exchange of experiences should serve to promote a wider dialogue between the various living labs on their contribution to achieving the Mission’s objectives and to discuss possibilities for scaling up activities beyond the living lab areas.

    3.Promote the creation of new living labs and lighthouses by providing external stakeholders and potential applicants with information on the Mission’s living lab concept and its implementation under the Mission as well as with ideas for cooperation and with advice on the preparation of proposals for living lab calls under the Mission 233 . To reach a wide audience, the support structure should widely publicise its information, amongst others by organising targeted match-making events in close cooperation with the project NATI00NS 234 . Due attention shall be given to reaching out to a wide range of stakeholders to ensure a balanced thematic and geographic coverage of the growing network of living labs and lighthouses.

    4.Monitor and assess the activities of living labs and lighthouses in a systematic way and report on the main outcomes and experiences. This will include 6-monthly reports informing on main developments, experiences and issues encountered as well as more detailed 12-monthly analyses of the progress achieved by the funded living lab projects. The reports will bring together and complement the information arising from monitoring activities performed by each of the funded living lab projects 235 . They will feed into the overall monitoring of the Mission undertaken by the upcoming Mission Implementation Platform (MIP) 236 . Close cooperation with the MIP regarding the reporting and monitoring requirements is therefore essential, as the support structure will be the main contact point for the MIP to obtain high quality information and data on the performance of living lab projects. The support structure will also contribute to the Mission’s Dashboard developed by the MIP.

    5.Develop a web-portal and other tools and services for information, dissemination, exchange of experiences and outreach. The web-portal should be linked to and complement the websites of relevant projects and the upcoming MIP. Attention should be given to the integration and further development of existing information and resources, in particular the interactive map of living labs and lighthouses set-up by the project PREPSOIL. The support structure should prepare regular newsflashes and a 3-monthly electronic newsletter to support the evolving community of practice of living labs. Communication and outreach should benefit living labs and lighthouses (operating as part of the Soil Mission or outside) as well as a wide range of stakeholders and the wider public. Through the provision of a collaborative space for living labs and lighthouse partners, the web-portal should support the establishment of a dynamic community of practice.

    6.Disseminate solutions created, tested and demonstrated in living labs and lighthouses, so that these are widely known and can be accessed by potential users outside the living lab areas. As part of outreach activities, propose innovative measures to promote the uptake and upscaling of the innovative approaches and practices to reach new living lab initiatives, as well as the methods and process through which these innovations were generated in the living labs. If relevant, conduct specific networking activities for lighthouses on how to best demonstrate exemplary solutions.

    In addition to collaborating closely with living labs and other projects or structures mentioned previously (e.g. the MIP, JRC/EUSO, PREPSPOIL, NATI00NS), the support structure funded under this SGA should establish close contact and regular exchange with the TRAMI project (Transnational Cooperation on the Missions Approach 237 ) in order to make mutual use of relevant tools, advices and services.

    Activities performed by the living lab support structure should support all emerging living labs, regardless of their geographical and thematic coverage.

    The standard evaluation criteria, thresholds, weighting for award criteria and the maximum rate of co-financing for this type of action are provided in parts C and E of the General Annexes 238 .

    This action will be implemented through a Coordination and Support Action (CSA). Legal entities established in non-associated third countries may exceptionally participate in this Coordination and support action.

    Form of Funding: Grants not subject to calls for proposals

    Type of Action: Specific grant agreement awarded without call for proposals in relation to a Framework Partnership Agreement

    Indicative timetable: Third quarter of 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 3.20 million from the 2023 budget 239

    Missions' Joint Calls

    Joint Call between Mission 100 Climate Neutral and Smart Cities by 2030 and Mission Adaptation to Climate Change

    Call - Demonstration of climate mitigation and resilience solutions in support of the implementation of the Adaptation to Climate Change and Cities Missions

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-CITIES-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 240

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 241

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 10 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 27 Apr 2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-CITIES-01-01

    IA

    40.00 242

    10.00 to 12.00

    4

    Overall indicative budget

    40.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-CITIES-01-01: Urban greening and re-naturing for urban regeneration, resilience and climate neutrality

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of between EUR 10.00 and 12.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    Each action must include pilot demonstrations in at least four cities 243 situated each in different Member States or Associated Countries to demonstrate how urban planning and design can be optimally deployed to develop and implement greening and re-naturing solutions for regeneration, repurposing and rehabilitation purposes whilst enhancing their overall urban climate neutrality and resilience.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the following action(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03

    Collaboration with the Cities Mission Platform 244 and the soon to be established Climate adaptation Mission Platform is essential, and projects must ensure that appropriate provisions for activities and resources aimed at enforcing this collaboration are included in the work plan of the proposal. The collaboration with these Mission Platforms must be formalized through a Memorandum of Understanding to be concluded as soon as possible after the projects' starting date.

    In grants awarded under this topic, eligible costs for major infrastructure works related to the deployment/instalment of the greening and re-naturing solutions must not constitute more than 20% of the total eligible costs. Beneficiaries’ own resources and/or mobilisation and leverage of additional investments from other EU programs and initiatives (such as EU Structural and Investment Funds) and/or other sources, private or public, must make up the remaining investment costs to secure the economic and financial sustainability of the project.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected outcomes:

    1.Regenerated, rehabilitated, climate-proofed, resilient, environmentally, socially and economically upgraded built environment and in particular areas such as large estate social housing districts, deprived districts and neighbourhoods, neglected or abandoned areas, derelict industrial sites, brownfields or other dysfunctional urban sites through greening and re-naturing interventions 245 ;

    2.Improved liveability, functionality, quality of life and social cohesiveness of the urban areas by means of greener, renatured, regenerated, more bio-diverse, safer, mixed/multi-use and shared urban (public) spaces and built environments, whilst catering for climate change mitigation, adaptation, resilience and energy poverty of various social groups, including women and children, elderly and people with low socioeconomic status by:

    1.Increasing the share of newly created and/or restored public green spaces, (such as green/blue infrastructures, parks, gardens, forests, green corridors, community allotments, green roofs, restored degraded urban ecosystems, nature-based solutions) by at least 25% over the total targeted under regeneration area, compared to the baseline at the start of the project;

    2.Evidence-based urban regeneration, re-purposing and rehabilitation plans, blueprints, practical recommendations and guidelines, regulations and standards, focusing on greening and renaturing solutions for pollution abatement, cleaner air, water and soil and climate mitigation and adaptation plans compatible and coherent with the corresponding regional ones;

    3.increased citizens satisfaction by at least 20% compared to the baseline at the start of the project due to increased greening/re-naturing of the urban space and improved quality of life, air, water, soil;

    3.Integrated, transdisciplinary, adaptive, transparent and participative urban planning practices and decision making processes to facilitate the integration and take-up of greening, renaturing and biodiversity-enhancing approaches and solutions in urban climate plans enabling for considerations of cross-scalar (cities/region) compatibility and coherence of climate planning frameworks and cross-sectorial interdependencies;

    4.Innovative methods, digital tools and data-driven models enabling identification, prioritization and visualization of place-based holistic solutions and scenario analysis, assessment of feasibility and cost-effectiveness and prediction of their short, mid and long term impact;

    5.Mutually compatible and supportive EU sectorial and urban/region cross-scalar planning for climate mitigation, adaptation and neutrality at both city and region level;

    6.Increased social awareness about urban climate-related vulnerabilities (such as flooding, heat-waves, droughts etc.), and the urgency for climate mitigation and adaptation and zero pollution strategies and solutions;

    7.Innovative monitoring 246 frameworks and key performance indicators, accounting, as appropriate, for the established ones, to monitor the performance and assess the performance and impact of the deployed solutions regarding climate mitigation, adaptation and regeneration against a well-defined baseline at the start of the project;

    8.Contribution, as appropriate, to the implementation of the European Green Deal, the Climate-neutral and smart cities Mission (hereafter referred to as the Cities Mission), the Adaptation to climate change Mission (hereafter referred to as the Climate Mission), as well as other urban relevant policies and initiatives such as the Zero Pollution Action Plan, Biodiversity Strategy, Fit for 55 Strategy, EU Urban Mobility Framework, Water Framework Directive, Circular Economy Action Plan, European Urban Initiative, Urban Agenda for the EU, New Leipzig Charter, Europe’s Digital Decade, the European partnership on Driving Urban Transitions for a sustainable future (DUT) and the New European Bauhaus Initiative.

    Scope: Cities are at the forefront of tackling climate change and pollution and managing impacts through mitigation and adaptation measures. However, while in the last decade local and regional authorities gained a better understanding of the inter-related climate challenges and urgencies of their territories, less has been undertaken to effectively implement and assess climate mitigation and adaptation specific approaches and, in consequence, to adopt them into the local urban/regional policies, strategies and planning documentations, such as municipal/regional master planning, Urban Agendas, Sustainable Urban Mobility Plan (SUMPs), Sustainable Energy and Climate Action Plan (SECAP), Sustainable Energy Action Plan (SEAP), smart specialisation strategies etc.

    To meet the objectives of the European Green Deal, the Paris and Glasgow agreement and the UN (United Nations) Sustainable Development Goals, cities in close cooperation with their surrounding region, should engage in decisive actions to tackle the climate change, biodiversity and pollution imperatives and enhance their climate resilience.

    It is widely acknowledged 247 that urban “greening” and renaturing approaches and solutions, if properly designed and maintained, can address simultaneously climate change mitigation and adaptation challenges by reducing GHG emissions and atmospheric concentrations, energy demands for e.g. mobility, wastewater treatment, heating and cooling. They can also contribute to significant regeneration and upgrading of built environment whilst delivering multiple co-benefits in terms of biodiversity conservation and enhancement, cleaner air, water and soil, noise reduction, flood risks mitigation, public health and well-being.

    The objective of this topic is to explore and demonstrate how to operationalize collaborative climate mitigation and adaptation urban planning approaches deploying “greening” and renaturing solutions for regeneration, re-purposing, rehabilitation and pollution abatement purposes. The co-created plans should be in line with the guiding principles of the European Green Deal and the New European Bauhaus initiative.

    To this end, it invites for demonstration actions in at least four ‘lead’ cities accompanied by at least four ‘replicator’ cities, representing good geographical, climate and socio-economic diversity across Europe and situated each in a different Member State or Associated Country, where existent urban structure and fabric allow rehabilitation, regeneration, re-purposing or (re)conversion of areas such as large scale social housing districts, deprived districts and neighbourhoods, neglected or abandoned areas and brownfields, derelict industrial sites or dysfunctional urban places through greening and renaturing.

    Actions are expected to:

    1.Set-up in each participating city collaborative platforms (such as living labs) depicting multi-level, and multi-disciplinary governance structures and engaging local authorities, citizens, stakeholders and relevant actors 248 and expertise 249 for the co-design, testing and demonstration of co-created urban rehabilitation, regeneration, re-purposing or (re)conversion plans deploying greening and re-naturing approaches to foster more climate neutral, resilient, liveable, sustainable and functional cities with thriving nature, communities and economic activities;

    2.Ensure that the regional dimension concerning climate adaptation is properly accounted for through the continuous and seamless involvement of competent regional authorities responsible for the design and implementation of the regional climate mitigation and adaptation measures to ensure cross-scalar (city/region) compatibility and coherence of the urban/regional climate mitigation and adaptation plans.

    Actions should also foresee assessment, quantitative and qualitative, ex-ante and ex-post, of the impact of combining and integrating different greening and re-naturing interventions and actions both at local and at regional level based on robust monitoring schemes and using, as appropriate, existing methodologies and indicators.

    The ‘lead’ demonstration cities must, further to the development of the above mentioned plans, also foresee actual implementation of the co-created interventions during the life of the project. To this end, concrete implementation actions and associated costs should be described under a dedicated Work Package or a task. 

    The replicator/follower cities, under the proactive guidance and mentoring of the lead cities, should develop their co-created plans, measures and interventions with not obligation for their actual implementation during the life of the project.

    To support the integrated planning process and facilitate involvement of citizens in the decision-making process, actions should make effective use of digital tools (e.g. digital twins) integrating cross-domain static, real time and historic data from observations, modelling and simulation whilst making use of open standards and technical specifications.

    Actions should engage in clustering activities with other like-minded projects funded under this topic, other relevant projects 250 and projects supported under the Climate-neutral and smart cities and Climate Adaption Missions to promote synergies and complementarities.

    Although concrete actions for such activities would only be identified in an early stage in the projects’ lifetime, appropriate provisions and resources enabling their implementation should be put aside at the proposal level in a clearly identifiable work package. Furthermore, actions should engage in ambitious outreach, communication, dissemination and training activities to foster replication, upscaling and up-taking of the projects’ outputs beyond the projects consortia.

    To maximise impacts, in carrying out these activities, actions are strongly recommended to work in coordination and complementarity with the ‘Climate-neutral and smart cities’ and the (soon to be established) ‘Climate Adaptation’ Mission Platforms. Opportunities for collaboration and synergies should also be explored and, as appropriate, pursued with other relevant initiatives, such as the European partnership on Driving Urban Transitions for a sustainable future (DUT), the upcoming European Urban Initiative of Cohesion Policy, the Urban Agenda for the EU 251 , the CSA project selected from the call HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-01-02, the Covenant of Mayors, the CIVITAS initiative, the Living-in.EU initiative and the New European Bauhaus Community and NEBLab.

    Joint Call between Mission Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030, Mission Adaptation to Climate Change and Mission A Soil Deal for Europe

    This call is implemented jointly by Mission ‘Adaptation to Climate Change’, Mission ‘Soil Deal for Europe’ and Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’ to ensure integrated approaches and explore synergies between these Missions. As such, the activities under this joint call will address the objectives and impacts of these three Missions, as stated in their respective introductory statements.

    Call - Demonstration of climate mitigation and resilience solutions in support of the implementation of the Adaptation to Climate Change, Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030 and A Soil Deal for Europe Missions

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-OCEAN-SOIL-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 252

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 253

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 17 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 20 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-OCEAN-SOIL-01-01

    IA

    15.00 254

    Around 15.00

    1

    Overall indicative budget

    15.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    This call is implemented jointly by Mission 'Adaptation to Cliamte Change', Mission ‘Soil Deal for Europe’ and Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’ to ensure integrated approaches and explore synergies between these Missions. As such, the activities under this joint call will address the objectives and impacts of these two Missions, as stated in their respective introductory statements.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-OCEAN-SOIL-01-01: Mission Climate adaptation, Mission Ocean & waters and Mission Soil Deal for Europe – Joint demonstration of an integrated approach to increasing landscape water retention capacity at regional scale

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 15.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, the consortium must carry out demonstration activities in 3 different Member States or Associated Countries, involving and including in the consortium partners from these respective countries.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    The proposals must use the multi-actor approach. See definition of the multi-actor approach in the introduction to this Work Programme part.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices. If projects collect in-situ data and marine observations, beneficiaries must make them openly available through the European Marine Observation and Data network (EMODnet), based on FAIR (findable, accessible, interoperable, reusable) principles.

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The financial support to third parties may only be awarded to local and/or regional authorities from an ‘associated region’. The maximum amount to be granted to each 'associated region' is EUR 100,000, to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scalability of the solutions developed within the project in the 'associated region' 255 . Each 'associated region' may benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic within the duration of the project only once.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

    Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.Demonstrated effective and inclusive integrated approaches to the management of landscape, soil, water and vegetation at a regional level, to increase the resilience to climate change impacts on soils, waters, habitats and biodiversity;

    2.Demonstrated effective nature-based solutions and ecological approaches to increase landscape water retention capacity, including soil water retention capacity;

    3.Demonstrated economic feasibility of these solutions, ensuring their long term sustainability;

    4.Enhanced implementation of the European Green Deal, the EU Adaptation Strategy, the EU Biodiversity Strategy, EU legislation for the protection of freshwaters (such as the EU Water Framework Directive and EU Groundwater Directive) and the EU Soil Strategy for 2030;

    5.Better information and greater mobilisation of all relevant actors, including citizens, local and regional authorities and planning bodies, farmers, foresters, land owners, business owners and economic operators, soil protection and management organisations, water management and planning bodies, for an effective and sustainable governance of soil, water and all other landscape components to achieve climate change resilience and increase water retention in the landscape.

    Scope: This joint topic relates to the Adaptation to Climate Change Mission’s third objective, aiming to support at least 75 full-scale deep demonstrations of climate resilience, to the Mission Ocean & Waters’ objective 1, protect and restore marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity, and objective 2, prevent and eliminate pollution of marine and freshwaters. The topic also relates to several specific objectives of the Mission "A Soil Deal for Europe", including to the objectives to reduce soil degradation and soil sealing and to prevent erosion. It also contributes to the objectives of the Water Framework Directive (WFD) 256 , including achieving Good Ecological and Chemical Status and restoration of aquatic ecosystems, to the objectives of the Groundwater Directive as regards improvement of chemical status of ground waters, as well as to the freshwater objectives of the Biodiversity Strategy 2030 on the re-naturalisation of rivers and the restoration of floodplains.

    Landscape water retention capacity is understood as the ability of water bodies, soils and other ecosystems to retain water after it has fallen as precipitation; it is fundamental for the protection of biological diversity as life depends on water. High landscape water retention capacity prevents accelerated surface run-off, increases water content in soils and surface and ground water availability for vegetation, improves the quantity and quality of groundwater and aquifer recharge, reduces soil erosion and nutrient run off into surface water bodies, and improves local micro-climate by reducing local air and biomass temperature. As such, it has the potential to prevent and mitigate impacts of extreme hydrological events such as floods and to act as a buffer against heat extremes. Permanent vegetation in a landscape, such as forest areas, wetlands and permanent grasslands, significantly improves water retention capacity.

    Projects should demonstrate socio-ecological approaches and nature-based solutions to increase landscape and soil water retention capacity, leading to improvement of quality and quantity of ground and surface waters in the area where they are deployed, and boosting resilience to climate change impacts. A combination of nature-based measures with hybrid solutions and relevant Blue-Green engineering may be considered, provided these combined solutions are sustainable and provide adequate social and environmental safeguards.

    The consortium must carry out demonstration activities in 3 different Member States or Associated Countries, involving and including in the consortium partners from these respective countries. Proposals under this topic should comprise full-scale demonstration of innovative solutions in real conditions of landscapes in the countries selected for demonstration activities 257 , with specific impacts leading to a measurable increase of the resilience and adaptation capacity of the areas involved, whilst contributing to climate change mitigation, surface and ground water quality, soil health improvement and biodiversity protection and conservation. Applying a multi-actor approach, demonstrations should be carried out at the level of socio-ecological territorial units that are large enough to allow covering the different living and non-living systems (soil, water, vegetation and other biota, human communities, etc.) in a landscape and the complex web of relations among them (e.g. a region or a sea/river basin).

    Planning, implementation and management of effective measures to increase landscape water retention capacity requires involvement of various stakeholders and their expertise, such as land, owners, spatial planning and other local and regional authorities, soil protection and management experts, water management and planning bodies, landscape planning experts, farmers and forest managers. Local authorities and local communities should be involved in the design and implementation of the solutions, to ensure that these are well suited for local needs and conditions and are “owned” by the local communities. Activities should, therefore, promote the involvement of local communities as well as the relevant authorities, to consider with them the impact of intended actions, and to co-create measures while taking local communities’ needs and values on board. The proposals should involve citizens, including where appropriate European Solidarity Corps, and relevant citizen science activities.

    The project(s) should also identify, create and disseminate best-practice examples for end-users (e.g. farmers and other land managers, decision-makers, water management authorities, landscape planners) to ensure landscape water retention capacity in the long term, including soil water retention capacity, with a view to boosting resilience to climate change, preventing biodiversity loss and promoting at the same time socio-economic transition processes in an ecosystem-based and circular economy perspective, and promote those best practices among the end users.

    The demonstration sites established within the project(s) funded under this topic could qualify as “lighthouses” 258 in the sense of the Mission A Soil Deal for Europe if and when they comply with the criteria laid down in the Implementation Plan of that Mission.

    Proposals should both:

    1.Involve at least five 'associated regions' 259 as third parties, to showcase the feasibility, replicability and possibility to scale up the solutions developed. The consortium will proactively reach out to these associated regions to enable them to follow closely the project and its demonstration activities, transferring knowledge to them and technical assistance to build capacity and to implement integrated approaches for landscape, water and soil management to increase landscape water retention capacity in their territories; and

    2.Draw up an action plan and roadmap to replicate and scale up the solutions within the ‘associated regions’ and beyond them, to increase landscape water retention capacity, including soil water retention capacity.

    As a mechanism to provide knowledge transfer and technical assistance to the associated regions, the selected project should provide support to third parties in the form of grants. The maximum amount of the envisaged Financial Support to Third Parties is EUR 100 000 per third party for the entire duration of the action. Proposals should outline the process for selection of the third parties to which financial support would be granted, based on the principles of transparency, objectivity and fairness.

    The project(s) funded under this topic should address all the below points:

    1.Contribute to the networking and coordination activities and joint activities of the three Missions, including by establishing links with projects funded under Horizon 2020 260 , including the European Green Deal call, and under Horizon Europe, where they are relevant for climate adaptation and soil health knowledge and solutions;

    2.Include a mechanism and resources to establish links with the Implementation Support Platform of the Mission Ocean and Waters and build links with other activities of this Mission to maximize synergies;

    3.Include a mechanism and the resources to establish operational links with the Climate-ADAPT platform (run by the European Environment Agency (EEA) together with DG CLIMA) that will act as a central element for the monitoring, support and visualisation of the Adaptation to Climate Change Mission progress in European Regions. To this purpose, projects will feed their results to the Climate-ADAPT and EEA assessments and should include a mechanism to establish links with the Mission Adaptation to Climate Change Implementation Platform;

    4.Include a mechanism and resources to establish links with the Implementation Platform being established for the Mission A Soil Deal for Europe; and

    5.Support the Ocean and Water Knowledge System 261 and the EU Soil Observatory 262 , in particular by contributing to knowledge creation and data collection.

    Joint Call between Mission Restore our Ocean and Seas by 2030 and Mission A Soil Deal for Europe

    This call is implemented jointly by the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ and Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’ to ensure integrated approaches and explore synergies between these Missions. As such, the activities under this joint call will address the objectives and impacts of these two Missions, as stated in their respective introductory statements.

    Call - Mission Ocean & waters and Mission Soil Deal for Europe Joint demonstration of approaches and solutions to address nutrient pollution in the landscape-river-sea system in the Mediterranean sea basin

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01

    Conditions for the Call

    Indicative budget(s) 263

    Topics

    Type of Action

    Budgets (EUR million)

    Expected EU contribution per project (EUR million) 264

    Indicative number of projects expected to be funded

    2023

    Opening: 17 Jan 2023

    Deadline(s): 20 Sep 2023

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01-01

    IA

    16.00 265

    Around 8.00

    2

    Overall indicative budget

    16.00

    General conditions relating to this call

    Admissibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex A.

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B.

    Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    The criteria are described in General Annex C.

    Award criteria

    The criteria are described in General Annex D.

    Documents

    The documents are described in General Annex E.

    Procedure

    The procedure is described in General Annex F.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G.

    Joint action between Mission Ocean, Seas and Waters and Mission A Soil Deal for Europe

    This call is implemented jointly by the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ and Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters by 2030’ to ensure integrated approaches and explore synergies between these Missions. As such, the activities under this joint call will address the objectives and impacts of these two Missions, as stated in their respective introductory statements.

    Proposals are invited against the following topic(s):

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01-01: Mission Ocean and Waters and Mission A Soil Deal for Europe – Joint demonstration of approaches and solutions to address nutrient pollution in the landscape-river-sea system in the Mediterranean sea basin

    Specific conditions

    Expected EU contribution per project

    The Commission estimates that an EU contribution of around EUR 8.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.

    Indicative budget

    The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.

    Type of Action

    Innovation Actions

    Eligibility conditions

    The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following exceptions apply:

    The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the consortium selected for funding.

    The following additional eligibility criteria apply:

    In addition to the standard eligibility conditions, the consortium must carry out demonstration activities in 3 different Member States or Associated Countries of the Mediterranean basin, involving and including partners from these respective countries in the consortium.

    If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may additionally be used).

    Technology Readiness Level

    Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project – see General Annex B.

    Legal and financial set-up of the Grant Agreements

    The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions apply:

    Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations regarding open science practices: If projects collect in-situ data and marine observations, beneficiaries must make them openly available through the European Marine Observation and Data network (EMODnet), based on FAIR (findable, accessible, interoperable, reusable) principles.

    Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties. The support to third parties can only be provided in the form of grants. The financial support to third parties may only be awarded to local and/or regional authorities from an ‘associated region’. The maximum amount to be granted to each 'associated region' is EUR 100,000, to showcase the feasibility, replicability and scalability of the solutions demonstrated within the project in the 'associated region' 266 . Each 'associated region' may benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic within the duration of the project only once.

    Exceptional page limits to proposals/applications

    The page limit of the application is 70 pages.

    Expected Outcome: This topic contributes to the implementation of the European Green Deal, the Farm to Fork Strategy, the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030, the Soil Strategy for 2030, the Bioeconomy Strategy and the EU Action Plan: 'Towards Zero Pollution for Air, Water and Soil'. It addresses the Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’ specific objective 4 – reduce soil pollution and enhance restoration, targets T.4.2 – reducing fertiliser use by at least 20% and T.4.3 – reduce nutrient losses by at least 50%. It relates to the Mission Ocean and waters’ objective 2 – prevent, minimize and remediate pollution of marine and freshwater ecosystems, which has a focus on the Mediterranean Sea basin. It also contributes to the objectives of the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) and the Water Framework Directive (WFD) - including in terms of Good Environmental Status and restoration of aquatic ecosystems - and the Marine Spatial Planning Directive (MSPD).

    Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:

    1.accelerated uptake of integrated innovative and reproducible approaches to prevent, minimise and remediate soil and water pollution from excess nutrients (especially nitrogen and phosphorus) in the landscape-river catchment-sea system and transition waters in the Mediterranean Sea basin;

    2.accelerated uptake of integrated innovative and reproducible approaches to reduce the use of fertilisers and to prevent, minimize and remediate nutrient pollution and reduce ocean and inland water eutrophication;

    3.foundations for future demonstration and upscaling activities on integrated innovative approaches to prevent, minimise and remediate soil and water pollution from excess nutrients, and to reduce the use of fertilisers, in ‘associated regions’;

    4.empowerment of citizens to take action against pollution of soils, waters and the ocean.

    Scope: Soils are essential for all life-sustaining processes in our planet. If they are healthy and managed sustainably, they provide many benefits to people, nature and climate. However, 60-70% of soils in Europe are in an unhealthy condition 267 . One of the reasons for poor soil health in Europe is the excess of nutrients (mainly nitrogen and phosphorus) due to an excess of fertiliser applications. The presence of nutrients in soil at concentrations higher than plant requirements not only reduces their capacity for providing their vital ecosystem services, but the nutrient runoff contaminates groundwater, streams, rivers, wetlands, lakes and seas, and increases the risk of water and ocean eutrophication. Addressing nutrient pollution is crucial to achieve the objectives of the Water Framework Directive, in particular in relation to nutrient losses in agriculture.

    Consequently, proposals should demonstrate scalable breakthrough innovations (technological, business, social and governance) in the landscape-river catchment-sea system, including coastal ecosystems, in the Mediterranean Sea basin addressing all following issues:

    1.Upstream prevention and reduction of nutrient (especially nitrogen and phosphorus) losses from soil, and of soil and water pollution from excess nutrients, such as through reduction in the use of traditional/mineral fertilisers and/or their sustainable substitution with bio-based fertilisers, improved nutrient retention in soil and slower release to crops, improved nutrient use efficiency, integrated landscape and soil management, reduction of nutrient losses from rural and urban communities;

    2.Prevention of entry of nutrients in river catchment areas and their reduction, for example through improved wastewater treatment, use of green filters and other measures for reducing the flow of nutrients through the river system and prevention and reduction of their entry into the estuary/sea;

    3.Measures to reduce/eliminate excess nutrients in/from the estuary/sea to reduce or eliminate the risk of eutrophication.

    Proposed solutions for pollution prevention, elimination and remediation should not increase the level of anthropogenic air emissions or underwater noise, or lead to other potential environmental impacts. Proposed solutions should be in line with the EU taxonomy regulation 268 and delegated acts.

    The consortium must carry out demonstration activities in 3 different Member States or Associated Countries of the Mediterranean basin, involving and including in the consortium partners from these respective countries. The demonstrations should be carried out at the level of territorial units, such as a rural area, an urban community, a region, a river basin or an estuary, to show effectiveness of the demonstrated solutions.

    The demonstration of solutions should be fully adapted to the local conditions for reduction of use of fertilisers and of nutrient losses from soil, and they should take place in a real-life demonstrative context (e.g. actual farms and/or forests ) with well-defined system boundaries. Demonstrations should also involve actual users of the solutions (e.g. land owners, soil managers, water managers, river management authorities, etc.). Proposals should ensure a balanced regional distribution of the demonstration sites, taking into account pedo-climatic conditions, topographic conditions, soil types, farming/forestry systems, soil water regimes, and include all relevant elements of the water system (ground waters, surface waters, streams, as well as, where relevant, coastal and estuarine waters).

    In line with the impact-driven approach of the Missions, proposals are expected to work with and engage at least five ‘associated regions’ 269 to showcase in additional geographic areas the feasibility, replicability and potential for upscaling of the solutions developed within the projects. The funded projects should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium. Regions located in European sea basins other than the Mediterranean Sea basin are eligible to be selected as associated regions, with a view to upscaling and deployment of the demonstrated solutions in other areas.

    The consortia should proactively reach out to the associated regions to enable them to follow closely the project and its demonstration activities. The projects should continuously share their outcomes and knowledge with associated regions and may provide them with technical assistance to build capacity and to implement solutions to reduce fertiliser use and to prevent, minimise and remediate pollution of soil and water from excess nutrients in their territory. The technical assistance to the associated regions may include advice for the preparation of roadmaps, plans and projects to reduce fertiliser use and to prevent, minimise and remediate pollution from excess nutrients, to address possible barriers and show the feasibility of implementing integrated innovative approaches.

    As a mechanism to provide knowledge transfer and technical assistance to the associated regions, the selected projects may provide support to third parties in the form of grants. The maximum amount of the envisaged Financial Support to Third Parties is EUR 100 000 per third party for the entire duration of the action. Proposals should outline the selection process of the third parties to which financial support would be granted based on principles of transparency, objectivity and fairness. An associated region shall benefit from the Financial Support to Third Parties provided under this topic only once.

    Proposals should:

    1.Ensure the involvement of different stakeholders with complementary expertise in different stages of the projects and take into account the needs of the stakeholders and users;

    2.Build upon existing knowledge and solutions and support the upscaling of successful solutions, including from beyond the EU, designed and developed in the frame of projects funded by current and previous European and national programmes, in particular the European Union Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation (such as Horizon 2020);

    3.Include dedicated training and communication activities taking place in the demonstration sites, for dissemination and accelerated adoption by other potential users of the approaches demonstrated in the project, as well as for citizen engagement and soil, water and ocean literacy improvement (including for advisory services);

    4.Include a mechanism and resources to establish links with the Implementation Support Platform of the Mission Ocean and Waters and the Implementation Platform of the Mission A Soil Deal for Europe; as appropriate, also link with other Missions’ relevant initiatives.

    5.Include dedicated tasks and adequate resources for coordination measures, networking and joint activities with other relevant projects funded under Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe, and in particular with the other project funded under this topic. These coordination measures, networking and joint activities could, for example, involve the organisation of and participation in joint workshops, the exchange of knowledge, the coordinated development and adoption of best practices, or joint communication activities.

    6.Collaborate with the JRC’s EU Soil Observatory, in particular as regards interoperability, sustainability and longevity of data and knowledge; and

    7.Support the Ocean and Water Knowledge System, in particular by contributing to knowledge creation and data collection.

    Potentially, projects financed under this topic could cooperate with future Living Labs and Lighthouses created under dedicated call topics from the Mission A Soil Deal for Europe and working in the area of reduction of fertiliser use and of soil pollution from excess nutrients. Moreover, the sites for demonstration of solutions for reduction of use of fertilizers as well as reduction of nutrient losses from soil established within the projects funded under this topic could themselves qualify to be considered as Lighthouses in the sense of the Mission A Soil Deal for Europe, if they comply with the criteria laid down in the Implementation Plan of that Mission 270 .

    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals

    Other budget implementation instruments

    1. Commission expert groups: Mission Boards

    Objectives and scope:

    The Mission Boards experts, who have been appointed following the call for applications published in 2022 271 , provide advice, which supports the work of the European Commission in the implementation phase of five EU Missions for Horizon Europe.

    The experts included in the Mission Boards are required to provide advice based on deep knowledge on fields corresponding to the implementation of mission oriented programmes corresponding to those of the missions above, including knowledge in business, economic social and environmental programmes, research and innovation and expertise in cross-sector/cross-border collaboration, governance, citizen engagement etc., as well as country and regional interests. It includes advice on achieving synergies between Horizon Europe missions and other EU programmes and policy areas, and with similar style missions at the national level, taking into account the international research and innovation field.

    The advisory role of the Mission Boards is very closely managed in support of the dialogue with the Member States and countries associated to Horizon Europe, and prevent conflict of interest and respect confidentiality notably when pertaining to the Horizon Europe work programme and on evaluation aspects.

    The Mission Boards provide high-level advice to the Commission of such a nature that without their input the implementation of missions would not achieve the desired large scale and breadth of impact. In light of this, and as highly qualified, specialised, independent experts who were selected following a public call for applications in 2022, on the basis of objective criteria, it is justified that the members of the Mission Boards are remunerated for the services they offer pursuant Article 21 of the Commission’s horizontal rules on expert groups (‘the horizontal rules’) 272 .

    A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the Mission Board experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest. This amount is considered to be proportionate to the specific tasks to be assigned to the experts, including the number of meetings to be attended and possible preparatory work 273 .

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative timetable: 1st Quarter 2023 – 2nd Quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.90 million from the 2023 budget 274

    2. Use of individual experts: Mission Board Chairs

    Objectives and scope:

    The Mission Boards Chairs (one Chair per Mission Board) have been appointed in 2022 275 by the Director-General of DG RTD in agreement with other relevant Commission services, in order to maintain a degree of continuity with the previous Mission Boards. They are required to provide advice based on deep knowledge on fields corresponding to the implementation of mission oriented programmes corresponding to those of the missions above, including knowledge in business, economic social and environmental programmes, research and innovation and expertise in cross-sector/cross-border collaboration, governance, citizen engagement etc., as well as country and regional interests. It includes advice on achieving synergies between Horizon Europe missions and other EU programmes and policy areas, and with similar style missions at the national level, taking into account the international research and innovation field.

    The Chairs support and coordinate the work of the Mission Boards. The Chairs are also in charge of steering the work of the Mission Board according to its specific mandate. The Mission Board Chairs do not have a decision-making or executive role.

    The advisory role of the Chairs is very closely managed in support of the dialogue with the Member States and countries associated to Horizon Europe, and to respect conflict of interest and confidentiality notably when pertaining to the Horizon Europe work programme and on evaluation aspects.

    The Mission Boards Chairs provide high-level advice to the Commission of such a nature that without their input the implementation of missions would not achieve the desired large scale and breadth of impact.

    A special allowance of EUR 450/day will be paid to the experts appointed in their personal capacity who act independently and in the public interest.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative timetable: 1st Quarter 2023 – 2nd Quarter 2023

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.08 million from the 2023 budget 276

    3. Experts assisting with the monitoring of actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement, financial instruments)

    This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of running actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for Research and Innovation, and where appropriate include ethics checks, as well as compliance checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.

    Form of Funding: Other budget implementation instruments

    Type of Action: Expert contract action

    Indicative budget: EUR 0.36 million from the 2023 budget 277

    Indirectly managed actions

    1. European Solidarity Corps support to EU Missions

    At the heart of the EU’s missions approach is the rationale to drive systemic change. Missions will help deliver key EU policy priorities such as the European Green Deal, Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan, NextGenerationEU, the EU Industrial Strategy and A Europe fit for the Digital Age, amongst others. With this is the need for connection with the public in general, to build confidence in a sustainable future for the EU and Associated Countries and with the younger generation in particular who will have to make their lives in this future.

    Creating a connection between the EU missions and the European Solidarity Corps will help to deliver this systemic change. Young people across the EU and Associated Countries will be supported to take part in European Solidarity Corps projects involving volunteering activities and supporting the aims of the missions.

    The Horizon Europe contribution will complement existing European Solidarity Corps actions referred to as “Volunteering projects” in the 2023 Work Programme of the European Solidarity Corps.

    The action will comply with conditions laid down in Regulation (EU) No 2021/695 278 establishing the Horizon Europe Programme and will be implemented under the Volunteering Projects covered by the European Solidarity Corps general call for proposals 2023 with the necessary derogations to the Horizon Europe Regulation as set out below. The general call for proposals contains the European Solidarity Corps Programme Guide, which provides detailed information on the rules, procedures and criteria for the applicants and participants interested in developing projects under the Programme. The action will involve individual deployments and/or activities by volunteering teams. Projects are expected to start in 2023, with individual deployments throughout the duration of the projects.

    Grants awarded to the beneficiaries will take the form of unit contributions, except for exceptional costs, which will be funded based on actual costs. The use of the different forms of costs is authorised by Decision of 15/11/2021 authorising the use of lump sums, unit costs and flat-rate financing for volunteering and solidarity projects actions under the European Solidarity Corps 279 . The relevant unit contributions and the applicable rates are published in the European Solidarity Corps Programme Guide 2023. The funding rate is up to 100% of the eligible costs.

    The budget implementation tasks will be entrusted to the European Solidarity Corps National Agencies via the conclusion of Contribution Agreements under indirect management mode in accordance with Article 62(1)(c) of Financial Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2018/1046.

    In order to take into account the nature and the objectives of this action, and to implement this action in line with the European Solidarity Corps general call for proposals 2023, the following exceptions to Horizon Europe Regulation apply:

    1.To be eligible for funding, applicant organisations must be established in a Member State or an associated country which have a national agency designated for the management of actions under the European Solidarity Corps. However, organisations established in third countries non-associated to the European Solidarity Corps may participate indirectly as project participants working together with project beneficiaries.

    2.Financial capacity of the applicants will be verified if the grant requested is greater than EUR 60 000;

    3.Proposals will not be evaluated on the basis of the excellence award criteria;

    4.Proposals will be evaluated by the evaluation committee appointed by the National Agencies, which may be supported by independent external experts;

    5.The period for informing all applicants of the outcome of the evaluation of their application is set at a maximum of six months, from the deadline from submission of proposals;

    6.The period for signing grant agreements with applicants is set at a maximum of nine months from the deadline from submission of proposals;

    7.Eligible indirect costs will not exceed 7% of the total direct eligible costs;

    8.In-kind contributions will not be eligible;

    9.The risk associated with non-recovery of sums due by beneficiaries to the European Solidarity Corps National Agencies will not be covered by the Mutual insurance mechanism;

    10.Articles 38 to 41 of Horizon Europe Regulation concerning ownership and protection, exploitation and dissemination, transfer and licensing, and access rights will not apply to this action.

    Legal entities:

    The implementing bodies will be European Solidarity Corps national agencies established in Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, Finland, France, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Iceland, North Macedonia, Turkey, Liechtenstein.

    Form of Funding: Indirectly managed actions

    Type of Action: Indirectly managed action

    Indicative timetable: Q4 2023 – Q4 2025

    Indicative budget: EUR 16.53 million from the 2023 budget 280

    Budget 281

    Budget line(s)

    2023 Budget(EUR million)

    Calls

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-01

    82.81

    from 01.020220

    1.89

    from 01.020230

    1.81

    from 01.020240

    15.42

    from 01.020250

    54.82

    from 01.020260

    8.87

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CANCER-01

    110.68

    from 01.020210

    104.82

    from 01.020220

    2.46

    from 01.020240

    3.40

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-01

    87.70

    from 01.020220

    2.14

    from 01.020230

    2.05

    from 01.020240

    17.47

    from 01.020250

    62.14

    from 01.020260

    3.89

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-01

    70.00

    from 01.020220

    0.94

    from 01.020230

    0.90

    from 01.020240

    7.63

    from 01.020250

    57.15

    from 01.020260

    3.38

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CIT-02

    5.00

    from 01.020220

    0.12

    from 01.020230

    0.11

    from 01.020240

    0.95

    from 01.020250

    3.39

    from 01.020260

    0.42

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01

    126.00

    from 01.020220

    2.18

    from 01.020230

    2.09

    from 01.020240

    17.78

    from 01.020260

    103.95

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-CITIES-01

    40.00

    from 01.020220

    0.92

    from 01.020230

    0.88

    from 01.020240

    7.54

    from 01.020250

    26.82

    from 01.020260

    3.83

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-CLIMA-OCEAN-SOIL-01

    15.00

    from 01.020220

    0.32

    from 01.020230

    0.31

    from 01.020240

    2.63

    from 01.020250

    6.85

    from 01.020260

    4.88

    HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01

    16.00

    from 01.020220

    0.33

    from 01.020230

    0.32

    from 01.020240

    2.72

    from 01.020250

    5.67

    from 01.020260

    6.95

    Other actions

    Specific grant agreement

    See footnote 282

    from 01.020220

    0.99

    from 01.020230

    0.95

    from 01.020240

    8.09

    from 01.020250

    27.15

    from 01.020260

    6.02

    Expert contract action

    See footnote 283

    from 01.020210

    0.24

    from 01.020220

    0.02

    from 01.020230

    0.02

    from 01.020240

    0.15

    from 01.020250

    0.57

    from 01.020260

    0.34

    Indirectly managed action

    See footnote 284

    from 01.020210

    3.00

    from 01.020220

    0.21

    from 01.020230

    0.28

    from 01.020240

    1.89

    from 01.020250

    7.00

    from 01.020260

    4.15

    Estimated total budget

    614.26

    (1)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/missions-horizon-europe/assessment-criteria_en
    (2)     COM(2021) 609 fina l
    (3)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/climat_mission_implementation_plan_final_for_publication.pdf
    (4) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (5)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (6)    Of which EUR 3.21 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 5.58 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.66 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 19.86 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.69 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (7)    Of which EUR 3.73 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 6.48 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.76 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 23.04 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.79 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (8)    Of which EUR 1.93 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 3.35 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.39 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 11.92 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.41 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (9)    As defined by the Habitat Directive Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 and the related Nature2000 legislation and as indicated by the EEA: Biogeographical regions — European Environment Agency (europa.eu) : Alpine, Atlantic, Black Sea, Boreal, Continental, Macaronesian, Mediterranean, Pannonian, Steppic
    (10)    The EU Commission defines nature-based solutions as “Solutions that are inspired and supported by nature, which are cost-effective, simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build resilience. Such solutions bring more, and more diverse, nature and natural features and processes into cities, landscapes and seascapes, through locally adapted, resource-efficient and systemic interventions.” Nature-based solutions must therefore benefit biodiversity and support the delivery of a range of ecosystem services.
    (11)    Territories eligible for Cohesion funds are defined under the Cohesion policy: https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/sources/graph/poster2021/eu27.pdf?
    (12)    As defined by the Habitat Directive Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 and the related Nature2000 legislation and as indicated by the EEA: Biogeographical regions — European Environment Agency (europa.eu) : Alpine, Atlantic, Black Sea, Boreal, Continental, Macaronesian, Mediterranean, Pannonian, Steppic
    (13)    As defined by the Habitat Directive Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 and the related Nature2000 legislation and as indicated by the EEA: Biogeographical regions — European Environment Agency (europa.eu) : Alpine, Atlantic, Black Sea, Boreal, Continental, Macaronesian, Mediterranean, Pannonian, Steppic
    (14)    As defined in art. 2(a) and art. 2(b) of Directive 2008/114/EC, ‘critical infrastructure’ means an asset, system or part thereof located in Member States which is essential for the maintenance of vital societal functions, health, safety, security, economic or social well-being of people, and the disruption or destruction of which would have a significant impact in a Member State (or more Member States) as a result of the failure to maintain those functions
    (15)    “Technical guidance on the climate proofing of infrastructure in the period 2021-2027”, published in OJ C373 on 16.9.21
    (16)    The EU Commission defines nature-based solutions as “Solutions that are inspired and supported by nature, which are cost-effective, simultaneously provide environmental, social and economic benefits and help build resilience. Such solutions bring more, and more diverse, nature and natural features and processes into cities, landscapes and seascapes, through locally adapted, resource-efficient and systemic interventions.” Nature-based solutions must therefore benefit biodiversity and support the delivery of a range of ecosystem services
    (17)    Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC)
    (18)    Territories eligible for Cohesion funds are defined under the Cohesion policy: https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/sources/graph/poster2021/eu27.pdf?
    (19)    As defined by the Habitat Directive Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 and the related Nature2000 legislation and as indicated by the EEA: Biogeographical regions — European Environment Agency (europa.eu) : Alpine, Atlantic, Black Sea, Boreal, Continental, Macaronesian, Mediterranean, Pannonian, Steppic
    (20)    As defined by the Habitat Directive Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 and the related Nature2000 legislation and as indicated by the EEA: Biogeographical regions — European Environment Agency (europa.eu) : Alpine, Atlantic, Black Sea, Boreal, Continental, Macaronesian, Mediterranean, Pannonian, Steppic
    (21)    Territories eligible for Cohesion funds are defined under the Cohesion policy: https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/sources/graph/poster2021/eu27.pdf?
    (22)    As defined by the Habitat Directive Council Directive 92/43/EEC of 21 May 1992 and the related Nature2000 legislation and as indicated by the EEA: Biogeographical regions — European Environment Agency (europa.eu) : Alpine, Atlantic, Black Sea, Boreal, Continental, Macaronesian, Mediterranean, Pannonian, Steppic
    (23)    Includes refractory cancers or cancer subtypes, at any stage of the disease in any age group and part of society with a 5-year overall survival that is less than 50% from time of diagnosis.
    (24)    Health in All Policies is an approach to public policies across sectors that systematically takes into account the health implications of decisions, seeks synergies, and avoids harmful health impacts in order to improve population health and health equity. https://www.who.int/social_determinants/publications/health-policies-manual/key-messages-en.pdf
    (25)     https://ec.europa.eu/food/farm2fork_en
    (26)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/european-industrial-strategy_en
    (27)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age_en
    (28)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/cancer_implementation_plan_for_publication_final_v2.pdf
    (29)    The listed areas for potential actions are tentative and non-binding.
    (30) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (31)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (32)    Of which EUR 1.39 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 34.74 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.55 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (33)    Of which EUR 0.56 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 23.68 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.77 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (34)    Of which EUR 1.32 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 40.72 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.96 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (35)    Of which EUR 0.13 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 5.68 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.18 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (36)    Under the Mission work programme a Europe-wide research and data platform, UNCAN.eu, will be established, utilising existing, relevant research infrastructures. Once operational, the platform should enable integration of innovative models and technologies with longitudinal patient data, data beyong research, or the health domain, samples and biomarkers for translation to patients. The 4.UNCAN.eu project is preparing a blueprint. See: https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101069496)
    (37)    Includes refractory cancers and their subtypes, at any stage of the disease in any age group and part of society, with a 5-year overall survival less than 50% from time of diagnosis.
    (38)    Such as cell-based and oncolytic viral therapy, therapeutic antibodies, therapeutic DNA, RNA and peptide vaccines; and multimodal interventions combining surgery, chemotherapy, and radiotherapy with immune system-centred interventions
    (39)    Many retrospective, prospective cohorts, case-control studies and initiatives -in health and well-beyond health- at local, regional, national, European and international level, exist.
    (40)     https://healthycloud.eu/
    (41)     https://www.eosc-life.eu
    (42)     https://www.photonics21.org/index.php ; Photon Hub Europe: https://www.photonhub.eu
    (43)     https://www.ihi.europa.eu/
    (44)     https://tehdas.eu/
    (45)    https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/1-million-genomes
    (46)    https://b1mg-project.eu/
    (47)     https://ebrains.eu/
    (48)     https://eithealth.eu/who-we-are/
    (49)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/how-to-participate/org-details/999999999/project/101058427/program/43108390/details
    (50)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101058620
    (51)    E.g. pilot projects on artificial intelligence for diagnosis and treatment of paediatric cancer selected for funding from the calls PPPA-AIPC-2020 and PPPA-AIPC-2021; Joint Action “JANE” under the EU4Health programme (“Network of Comprehensive Cancer Centres: Establishment of new EU Network of Expertise on Cancers and Cancer Conditions”).
    (52)    Applicants are not expected to contact these initiatives before the submission of proposals.
    (53)    Hosted by the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC). Especially through the ’European Guidelines and Quality Assurance Schemes for Breast, Colorectal and Cervical Cancer Screening and Diagnosis‘, and the ’European Cancer Information System (ECIS)’ and the ’European Cancer Inequalities Registry (ECIR), see https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/cancer_en
    (54)    In order to address the objectives of the Mission on Cancer, participants will collaborate in project clusters to leverage EU-funding, increase networking across sectors and disciplines, and establish a portfolio of Cancer Mission R&I and policy actions.
    (55)    For example: OECD (2017), Behavioural Insights and Public Policy: Lessons from Around the World, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264270480-en ; https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/behavioural-insights/topic/behavioural-insights-health_en
    (56)    Such as living, work, study and urban environments, etc.
    (57)    Soerjomataram et al. (2018). https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30445359/
    (58)    All known risk factors and health determinants, including socio-economic and commercial ones, e.g.: tobacco; alcohol; genetics; bacterial and viral pathogens; chemicals from air, soil, water, and food; physical inactivity; diet and nutrition; gut dysbiosis; behavioural patterns; exposure to ionising radiation, UV, radon; occupational exposure; socio-economic background, education, employment.
    (59)    For example: https://policydatabase.wcrf.org/
    (60)    Such as e-learning platforms, apps and wearables
    (61)    Across and within countries, covering the urban-rural dimension.
    (62)     European Code Against Cancer - International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). European Commission: 12 ways to reduce your cancer risk.
    (63)    Proposals FEAST and PLANEAT, see: https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/horizon-cl6-2021-farm2fork-01-15
    (64)     https://health.ec.europa.eu/non-communicable-diseases_en
    (65)    Applicants are not expected to contact these initiatives before the submission of proposals
    (66)    Hosted by the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC). Especially through the ’European Guidelines and Quality Assurance Schemes for Breast, Colorectal and Cervical Cancer Screening and Diagnosis‘, and the ’European Cancer Information System (ECIS)’ and the ’European Cancer Inequalities Registry (ECIR), see https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/cancer_en
    (67)    In order to address the objectives of the Mission on Cancer, participants will collaborate in project clusters to leverage EU-funding, increase networking across sectors and disciplines, and establish a portfolio of Cancer Mission R&I and policy actions.
    (68)    Clinical trials in which a health technology (e.g. a medicinal product, a medical device, an in-vitro diagnostic medical device, a surgical or other medical intervention) is tested in humans, independently from commercial interest and for public health benefits.
    (69)     https://enoll.org/
    (70)    Hosted by the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC). Especially through the ’European Guidelines and Quality Assurance Schemes for Breast, Colorectal and Cervical Cancer Screening and Diagnosis‘, and the ’European Cancer Information System (ECIS)’ and the ’European Cancer Inequalities Registry (ECIR), see https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/cancer_en
    (71)    In order to address the objectives of the Mission on Cancer, participants will collaborate in project clusters to leverage EU-funding, increase networking across sectors and disciplines, and establish a portfolio of Cancer Mission R&I and policy actions.
    (72)     https://enoll.org/
    (73)    Hosted by the European Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC). Especially through the ’European Guidelines and Quality Assurance Schemes for Breast, Colorectal and Cervical Cancer Screening and Diagnosis‘, and the ’European Cancer Information System (ECIS)’ and the ’European Cancer Inequalities Registry (ECIR), see https://knowledge4policy.ec.europa.eu/cancer_en
    (74)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-details/horizon-miss-2021-cancer-02-02
    (75)    In order to address the objectives of the Mission on Cancer, participants will collaborate in project clusters to leverage EU-funding, increase networking across sectors and disciplines, and establish a portfolio of Cancer Mission R&I and policy actions.
    (76)     https://www.oceandecade.org/
    (77)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/ocean_and_waters_implementation_plan_for_publication.pdf
    (78)    COM/2020/380 final
    (79)    COM/2021/400 final
    (80)    COM/2020/563 final
    (81)    COM/2021/240 final
    (82) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (83)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (84)    Of which EUR 0.39 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.75 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.21 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 6.24 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (85)    Of which EUR 0.75 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 3.39 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.40 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 12.05 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.42 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (86)    Of which EUR 0.71 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 3.19 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.37 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 11.34 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.39 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (87)    Of which EUR 0.53 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 2.39 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.28 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 8.50 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.29 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (88)    Of which EUR 0.53 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 2.39 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.28 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 8.50 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.29 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (89)    Of which EUR 0.20 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.90 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.11 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 3.19 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.11 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (90)    Of which EUR 0.06 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.28 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.03 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.99 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.03 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (91)    Of which EUR 0.44 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.99 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.23 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 7.09 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.24 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (92)    Of which EUR 0.09 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.40 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 1.42 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (93)    Of which EUR 0.09 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.40 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 1.42 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (94)    Of which EUR 0.09 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.40 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 1.42 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.05 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (95)     SWD_guidance_protected_areas.pdf (europa.eu)
    (96)    ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different river basin) and/or less-developed regions, with the view to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to restore freshwater ecosystems. The proposals should ensure that the 'associated regions' are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium.
    (97)    Updated Danube River Basin management Plan.
    (98)     ICPDR - International Commission for the Protection of the Danube River |
    (99)     2021 Updates to Danube River Basin & Flood Risk Management Plans Published | ICPDR - International Commission for the Protection of the Danube River
    (100)     Danube Sediment - PA 05 (danube-region.eu) ; Interreg Danube (interreg-danube.eu)
    (101)     ee566924f1764d4798dc7bb9b59537ce84d98101.pdf (interreg-danube.eu)
    (102)     Project SIMONA | (bas.bg)
    (103)     ICPDR - International Commission for the Protection of the Danube River |
    (104)    Links with the activities carried out by projects retained under topic HORIZON-MISS-2023-OCEAN-SOIL-01-01: Mission Ocean and Waters and Mission A Soil Deal for Europe – Joint demonstration of approaches and solutions to address nutrient pollution in the landscape-river-sea system in the Mediterranean sea basin may be envisaged
    (105)     Interreg Danube (interreg-danube.eu)
    (106)    https://environment.ec.europa.eu/strategy/biodiversity-strategy-2030_en
    (107)    ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different sea basin) and/or less-developed regions, with the view to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to restore marine ecosystems. The proposals should ensure that the 'associated regions' are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium.
    (108)    COM/2021/82 final
    (109)    Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic
    (110)     https://allatlanticocean.org/whoweare
    (111)    ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or different regions) and/or less-developed regions, with the view to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to restore freshwater ecosystems. The proposals should ensure that the 'associated regions' are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium.
    (112)    EEA: Lakes — European Environment Agency (europa.eu)
    (113)    (EEA, 2018 data) Ecological status of surface water bodies — European Environment Agency (europa.eu)
    (114)     http://www.merces-project.eu/
    (115)    https://keep.eu/projects/5508/European-Lakes-Under-Environ-EN/
    (116)    https://www.espon.eu/large-lake-regions-hotspots-innovative-governance-europe
    (117)    https://project-merlin.eu/
    (118)    https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/IST-2000-26189
    (119)    https://europabon.org/
    (120)    BlueInvest provides equity from the European Maritime, Aquaculture and Fisheries Fund, matching guarantees from InvestEU, capital from the European Invest Fund and its parent the European Investment Bank to venture capital or impact funds who will crowd in other investments. See: https://webgate.ec.europa.eu/maritimeforum/en/frontpage/1451
    (121)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM%3A2022%3A230%3AFIN&qid=1653033742483
    (122)    https://energy.ec.europa.eu/strategic-energy-technology-plan-0_en
    (123)     https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/7d7d51a5-8d44-11ec-8c40-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
    (124)     https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/about/about-initiative_en
    (125)     Creative Europe | Culture and Creativity (europa.eu)
    (126)    See Pledges (europa.eu)
    (127)     https://webgate.ec.europa.eu/maritimeforum/en/node/5914
    (128)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/files/eu-cities-mission-meet-cities_en
    (129) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (130)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (131)    Of which EUR 1.69 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 3.82 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.45 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 43.58 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.47 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (132)    Of which EUR 1.69 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 3.82 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.45 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 13.58 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.47 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (133)    Conceived through the Horizon 2020 project NetZeroCities - Accelerating cities' transition to net zero emissions by 2030, Grant Agreement n. 101036519, to be scaled up through the topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform
    (134)    The budget of this topic consists of EUR 20 million coming from contributions to Missions from various Horizon Europe Clusters and an additional EUR 30 million from Cluster 5, to be considered outside the missions’ budget, representing the contribution of the partnerships involved in this topic.
    (135)     https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/soil-strategy_en
    (136)    Compliant with FAIR data principles (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf.)
    (137)    Conceived through the Horizon 2020 project NetZeroCities - Accelerating cities' transition to net zero emissions by 2030, Grant Agreement n. 101036519, to be scaled up through the topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform
    (138)    Including Energy Communities if possible.
    (139)    e.g. in support of New European Bauhaus objectives.
    (140)     https://ec.europa.eu/newsroom/repository/document/2021-46/C_2021_7914_1_EN_annexe_acte_autonome_cp_part1_v3_x3qnsqH6g4B4JabSGBy9UatCRc8_81099.pdf i.e. section 2.2
    (141)     https://ec.europa.eu/newsroom/repository/document/2021-46/C_2021_7914_1_EN_annexe_acte_autonome_cp_part1_v3_x3qnsqH6g4B4JabSGBy9UatCRc8_81099.pdf i.e. section 2.2
    (142)     http://mission-innovation.net/our-members/
    (143)     http://mission-innovation.net/missions/urban-transitions-mission/ . The global Urban Transitions Mission is co-led by the European Commission, the Global Covenant of Mayors and the Joint Partnership Initiative (JPI) Urban Europe.
    (144)    In line with the General Conditions set out in the General Annexes to the Horizon Europe Work Programme 2023-2024 concerning eligibility under Innovation Actions, legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in Horizon Europe Innovation Actions in any capacity
    (145) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (146)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (147)    Of which EUR 0.42 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.95 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.11 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 3.39 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.12 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (148)    Conceived through the Horizon 2020 project NetZeroCities - Accelerating cities' transition to net zero emissions by 2030, Grant Agreement n. 101036519, to be scaled up through the topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform
    (149)    The European Green Deal COM(2019) 640 final
    (150)    Global Approach to Research and Innovation Europe's strategy for international cooperation in a changing world COM(2021) 252 final
    (151)    Additional information available at https://ec.europa.eu/neighbourhood-enlargement/news/statement-president-von-der-leyen-local-and-regional-cooperation-between-ukraine-and-eu-ukraines-2022-04-27_en
    (152)    Document available at https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/ukraine-relief-reconstruction_en.pdf
    (153)    Proposals should in particular take into account the work done by the U-LEAD with Europe project, more information available at https://donors.decentralization.gov.ua/en/project/u-lead
    (154)    Additional information available at https://ec.europa.eu/info/news/mission-climate-neutral-and-smart-cities-info-kit-cities-now-available-2021-oct-29_en
    (155)    Additional information available at https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/822ee360-c9bf-11ec-b6f4-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-256649647
    (156)    Additional information available at https://netzerocities.eu/
    (157)    https://www.globalcovenantofmayors.org/
    (158)    Additional information at https://cor.europa.eu/en/news/Pages/Ukraine-response.aspx
    (159)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/files/eu-cities-mission-meet-cities_en
    (160)    Of which EUR 3.38 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 7.63 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 27.15 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.90 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.94 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (161)    In line with the Mission's implementation plan, soil health is defined as "the continued capacity of soils to support ecosystem services".
    (162)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/implementation-plans-eu-missions_en
    (163)    The term "land manager" includes farmers, foresters, urban and spatial planners and other decision-makers in the public or private domain with regard to land use and rural areas.
    (164)    An“(end-) user” of project result is a person who is him/herself putting the project results into practice.
    (165)    see https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en
    (166)    For areas covered by the CAP specific objectives see Article 6 of the Regulation (EU) 2021/2115 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 2 December 2021 establishing rules on support for strategic plans to be drawn up by Member States under the common agricultural policy (CAP Strategic Plans) and financed by the European Agricultural Guarantee Fund (EAGF) and by the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD) and repealing Regulations (EU) No 1305/2013 and (EU) No 1307/2013: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=uriserv:OJ.L_.2021.435.01.0001.01.ENG
    (167)    see https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/eip-agri-common-format
    (168)    The EIP common format for "practice abstracts" is available at: https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/eip-agri-common-format
    (169)    see https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en
    (170)    see https://ec.europa.eu/eip/agriculture/en/about/operational-groups
    (171) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (172)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (173)    Of which EUR 9.90 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.69 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.20 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.21 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (174)    Of which EUR 11.55 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.98 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.23 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.24 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (175)    Of which EUR 9.90 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.69 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.20 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.21 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (176)    Of which EUR 11.55 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.98 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.23 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.24 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (177)    Of which EUR 10.72 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.83 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.22 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.23 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (178)    Of which EUR 5.77 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.99 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.12 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.12 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (179)    Of which EUR 4.95 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.85 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.10 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.10 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (180)    Of which EUR 29.70 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 5.08 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.60 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.62 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (181)    Of which EUR 9.90 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.69 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.20 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.21 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (182)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/missions-horizon-europe/soil-health-and-food_en
    (183)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/soil-strategy_en
    (184)    Long-term Vision for EU’s rural areas, https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/long-term-vision-rural-areas_en
    (185)    For the purpose of this topic topsoil is defined as the uppermost layer of natural soil. Typically, this means a layer of about 10-30 cm in thickness, although this can vary according to soil type. Generally, it contains most plant roots, nutrients and biological activity, and it is affected by agricultural activities.
    (186)    Rumpel, C., Chabbi, A., Marschner, B. (2012). Carbon Storage and Sequestration in Subsoil Horizons: Knowledge, Gaps and Potentials. In: Lal, R., Lorenz, K., Hüttl, R., Schneider, B., von Braun, J. (eds) Recarbonization of the Biosphere. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-4159-1_20
    (187)     https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/destination-earth
    (188)     (https://joint-research-centre.ec.europa.eu/eu-soil-observatory-euso_en
    (189)    Prăvălie, R., Patriche, C., Bandoca, G., “Quantification of land degradation sensitivity areas in Southern and Central Southeastern Europe. New results based on improving DISMED methodology with new climate data”, Catena – An Interdisciplinary Journal of Soil Science – Hydrology – Geomorphology focusing on Geoecology and Landscape Evolution, No 158, 2017; pp. 309-320. The concept of desertification does not refer to the physical expansion of existing deserts but rather to the various processes – natural and human-induced – that threaten all dryland ecosystems and their biological productivity.
    (190)    https://prima-med.org/
    (191)     https://www.newlife4drylands.eu/
    (192)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/farming/organic-farming/organic-action-plan_en
    (193)    https://environment.ec.europa.eu/strategy/biodiversity-strategy-2030_en
    (194)    https://environment.ec.europa.eu/topics/nature-and-biodiversity/nature-restoration-law_en
    (195)    For the purposes of this topic, horticulture is understood broadly to include the production, by professionals or amateurs, of various types of vegetables, fruits, grapes, nuts, medicinal and ornamental plants (including trees and woody plants) and mushrooms as well as related practices (e.g. hydroponics and aquaponics), while excluding large-scale arable crop production or animal husbandry.
    (196)     https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/817946
    (197)    SDG target 15.3 on land degradation neutrality: https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal15
    (198)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/strategy/soil-strategy_en
    (199)    EU Soil Strategy for 2030, section 3.2.2: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52021DC0699
    (200)     See section 3.2.2 of the EU Soil Strategy: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52021DC0699
    (201)    Mission Implementation Plan, https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/soil_mission_implementation_plan_final_for_publication.pdf
    (202)    Education for Climate Coalition, https://education-for-climate.ec.europa.eu/_en
    (203)    Long-term Vision for EU’s rural areas, https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/long-term-vision-rural-areas_en
    (204)     OECD, The culture Fix, https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/docserver/991bb520-en.pdf?expires=1654264045&id=id&accname=oid031827&checksum=094F587A2DCB621EAA3F8486CCFAB8E1
    (205)    See section 2. of the implementation plan of Mission ‘A Soil Deal for Europe’: https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/knowledge-publications-tools-and-data/publications/all-publications/implementation-plans-eu-missions_en
    (206)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/wp-call/2021-2022/wp-12-missions_horizon-2021-2022_en.pdf
    (207)     Creative Europe | Culture and Creativity, https://culture.ec.europa.eu/creative-europe
    (208)     EU Mission Soil Deal for Europe Implementation Plan | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (209)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/long-term-vision-rural-areas_en
    (210) https://www.macs-g20.org/fileadmin/macs/Annual_Meetings/2019_Japan/ALL_Executive_Report.pdf (accessed on 30 June 2022)    International Agroecosystem Living Laboratories Working Group. Agroecosystem Living Laboratories: Executive Report. G20 - Meeting of Agricultural Chief Scientists (G20-MACS). 2019. Available online:
    (211)    For the purpose of the topic the regional/sub regional level will not be defined in administrative terms (e.g. NUTS 2 or 3). Instead, applicants should describe the local context and the area in which the work of the living lab will be carried out.
    (212)    Reduce land degradation relating to desertification; no net soil sealing and increase the reuse of urban soils; reduce soil pollution and enhance restoration; prevent erosion; improve soil structure to enhance habitat quality for soil biota and crops; reduce the EU global footprint on soils; increase soil literacy in society.
    (213)    See topic HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-09: Carbon farming in living labs
    (214)    To explore the full range of options including what type of costs and activities are eligible to be funded under Horizon Europe, applicants should refer to the AGA – Annotated Model Grant Agreement https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/common/guidance/aga_en.pdf
    (215)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/how-to-participate/org-details/999999999/project/101070045/program/43108390/details
    (216)     Funding & tenders (europa.eu)
    (217)     Funding & tenders (europa.eu)
    (218)    Other Actions not subject to calls for proposals: SGA: Specific Grant Agreement for a Living Lab Support Structure
    (219)     EU Mission Soil Deal for Europe Implementation Plan | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (220)     Proposals to remove, recycle and sustainably store carbon (europa.eu)
    (221)    By the end of 2022, the Commission plans to propose an EU regulatory framework for the certification of carbon removals based on robust and transparent carbon accounting rules and requirements to monitor and verify the authenticity and environmental integrity of high-quality sustainable carbon removals. Such rules will provide the necessary legal framework to scale up carbon farming. More details at Certification of carbon removals – EU rules (europa.eu) .
    (222)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/new-push-european-democracy/long-term-vision-rural-areas_en
    (223)    https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_21_6687
    (224) https://www.macs-g20.org/fileadmin/macs/Annual_Meetings/2019_Japan/ALL_Executive_Report.pdf (accessed on 30 June 2022)    International Agroecosystem Living Laboratories Working Group. Agroecosystem Living Laboratories: Executive Report. G20 - Meeting of Agricultural Chief Scientists (G20-MACS). 2019. Available online:
    (225)    For the purpose of the topic the regional/sub regional level will not be defined in administrative terms (e.g. NUTS 2 or 3). Instead, applicants should describe the local context and the area in which the work of the Living Lab will be carried out.
    (226)    To explore the full range of options including what type of costs and activities are eligible to be funded under Horizon Europe, applicants should refer to the AGA – Annotated Model Grant Agreement https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/common/guidance/aga_en.pdf
    (227)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/how-to-participate/org-details/999999999/project/101070045/program/43108390/details
    (228)     Funding & tenders (europa.eu)
    (229)     Funding & tenders (europa.eu)
    (230)     EU Mission Soil Deal for Europe Implementation Plan | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (231)    As defined in Section 3.2.3 and detailed in 8.D of the Implementation Plan
    (232)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/how-to-participate/org-details/999999999/project/101070045/program/43108390/details
    (233)    Information on the concept of Living Labs can be retrieved from the Implementation Plan of Mission A Soil Deal for Europe ( Implementation Plans for the EU Missions | European Commission (europa.eu) ) and the living labs topic “HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-08: Co-creating solutions for soil health in Living Labs”.
    (234)     Funding & tenders (europa.eu)
    (235)    See projects funded under topics HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-08 and HORIZON-MISS-2023-SOIL-01-09
    (236)    Link to Tender Specifications once published (Horizon Europe Work Programme 2021, Call HORIZON-MISS- 2021-SOIL-02: Procurement actions: Mission Implementation platform)
    (237)     Home | TRAMI (trami5missions.eu)
    (238)     wp-13-general-annexes_horizon-2021-2022_en.pdf (europa.eu)
    (239)    Of which EUR 2.64 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.45 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.05 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.06 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (240) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (241)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (242)    Of which EUR 3.83 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 7.54 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 26.82 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.88 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.92 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (243)    Their local authorities or their mandated representatives may represent one city defined as a Local Administrative Unit (LAU), or a “greater city” or metropolitan region, taking account of Functional Urban Areas (FUA) where relevant.
    (244)    Conceived through the Horizon 2020 project NetZeroCities - Accelerating cities' transition to net zero emissions by 2030, Grant Agreement n. 101036519, to be scaled up through the topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CIT-02-03: Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform
    (245)    Such as green and blue infrastructures, nature-based solutions, green roofs and corridors, restoring degraded urban ecosystems and/or ecosystem-based approaches.
    (246)    Such as CIVITAS Impact and process evaluation framework, or the schemes developed by projects funded under the LC-CLA-11-2020: Innovative nature-based solutions for carbon neutral cities and improved air quality.
    (247)    Authoritative research indicates that nature-based solutions can provide over one-third of the cost-effective climate mitigation needed between now and 2030 to stabilize warming to below 2 °C (IPBES (2019): Global assessment report on biodiversity and ecosystem services of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services).
    (248)    Such as infrastructure providers, knowledge institutions, planners, cultural and creative organizations, energy, mobility and climate agencies.
    (249)    Such as planning, design, ICT sector, social sciences and humanities, behavioural and citizens sciences, gender, ecology etc.
    (250)    Such as the CSA project resulting from the call “HORIZON-CL6-2022-BIODIV-01-03: Network for nature: multi-stakeholder dialogue platform to promote nature-based solutions” and Horizon Europe relevant projects on nature-based solutions in cities under the call “HORIZON-CL6-2023-BIODIV:Stopping biodiversity loss and enhancing ecosystem services in urban and peri-urban areas.
    (251)    More particularly, the Partnership for sustainable land use and nature-based solutions, and the resources the Partnership developed, on Sustainable Land Use | Futurium (europa.eu ) as well as the upcoming Partnership on Greening of Cities, provided that the outcome of the ex-ante assessment concerning the plans to set up this Partnership will be positive.
    (252) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (253)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (254)    Of which EUR 4.88 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 2.63 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.31 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 6.85 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.32 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (255)    ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with similar ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different river basin, including less-developed regions), which are selected with a view to building capacity to implement innovative solutions to manage landscape, water and soil in an integrated approach to restore ecosystems. Proposals should ensure that the 'associated regions' are located in Member States/Associated Countries other than those that are part of the project consortium.
    (256)    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/water/water-framework/index_en.html
    (257)    These could build on solutions studied e.g. under topic HORIZON-MISS-2022-CLIMA-01-05 “Boost the sponge function of landscape as a way to improve climate-resilience to water management challenges”, among others.
    (258)    “Lighthouses” are defined in the Implementation Plan of the Mission ‘Soil Deal for Europe’ as “places for demonstration of solutions, training and communication that are exemplary in their performance in terms of soil health improvement”. They are local sites (one farm, one forest exploitation, one industrial site, one urban city green area, etc.) that can be included in a living lab area or be situated outside a living lab area.
    (259)    ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with similar ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different river basin, including less-developed regions), which are selected with a view to building capacity to implement innovative solutions to manage landscape, water and soil in an integrated approach to restore ecosystems. Proposals should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated Countries other than those that are part of the project consortium.
    (260)    See Cordis results packs LC-CLA-13-2020, at https://cordis.europa.eu/programme/id/H2020_LC-CLA-13-2020, and LC-CLA-2020 12a Advancing climate services | Programme | H2020 | CORDIS | European Commission (europa.eu)
    (261)    See the Implementation Plan of Mission Ocean & Waters, Final outline implementation plans (europa.eu)
    (262)     https://joint-research-centre.ec.europa.eu/eu-soil-observatory-euso_en
    (263) The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
    (264)    Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
    (265)    Of which EUR 6.95 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 2.72 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.32 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 5.67 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.33 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (266)    ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or regions in a different river basin) and/or less-developed regions, with the view to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to reduce fertiliser use and to prevent, minimise and remediate pollution from excess nutrients. The proposals should ensure that the 'associated regions' are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium.
    (267)    EU Mission Soil Deal for Europe Implementation Plan, September 2021, https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/soil_mission_implementation_plan_final_for_publication.pdf
    (268)     EU taxonomy for sustainable activities | European Commission (europa.eu) .
    (269)    ‘Associated regions’ are understood as areas with ecosystems that can benefit from the demonstration activities (e.g. neighbouring regions and/or in a different sea basin) and/or less-developed regions, with the view to build capacity to implement the innovative solutions to reduce fertiliser use and to prevent, minimise and remediate pollution from excess nutrients. The proposals should ensure that the associated regions are located in Member States/Associated countries other than those that are part of the project consortium.
    (270)    https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/research_and_innovation/funding/documents/soil_mission_implementation_plan_final_for_publication.pdf
    (271)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/news/commission-looking-top-experts-advise-eu-missions-2022-jan-05_en
    (272)    C(2016) 3301
    (273)    C(2016) 3301
    (274)    Of which EUR 0.23 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.10 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.16 million from the 'Health' budget,EUR 0.02 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.38 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.01 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (275)     https://ec.europa.eu/info/news/commission-looking-top-experts-advise-eu-missions-2022-jan-05_en
    (276)    Of which EUR 0.02 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.01 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.01 million from the 'Health' budget,EUR 0.03 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.00 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.00 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (277)    Of which EUR 0.09 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 0.04 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 0.07 million from the 'Health' budget,EUR 0.01 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.15 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.00 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (278)    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32021R0695&from=EN
    (279)     https://europa.eu/youth/solidarity/organisations/reference-documents-resources_en
    (280)    Of which EUR 4.15 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget,EUR 1.89 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget,EUR 3.00 million from the 'Health' budget,EUR 7.00 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget,EUR 0.28 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget,EUR 0.21 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget.
    (281) The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.    The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
    (282)    To which EUR 6.02 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 8.09 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 27.15 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.95 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.99 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 43.20 million for these actions.
    (283)    To which EUR 0.34 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 0.15 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 0.24 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 0.02 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.57 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.02 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 1.34 million for these actions.
    (284)    To which EUR 4.15 million from the 'Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment' budget and EUR 1.89 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget and EUR 3.00 million from the 'Health' budget and EUR 7.00 million from the 'Climate, Energy and Mobility' budget and EUR 0.28 million from the 'Civil Security for Society' budget and EUR 0.21 million from the 'Culture, Creativity and Inclusive Society' budget will be added making a total of EUR 16.53 million for these actions.
    Top

    EN

    Annex XIII

    Horizon Europe

    Work Programme 2023-2024

    13. General Annexes


    Table of contents

    INTRODUCTION    

    GENERAL CONDITIONS    

    A — Admissibility    

    B — Eligibility    

    C — Financial and operational capacity and exclusion    

    D — Award criteria    

    E — Documents    

    F — Procedure    

    G — Legal and financial set-up of the grant agreements    

    SPECIFIC CONDITIONS FOR ACTIONS WITH PCP/PPI    

    H — Specific conditions for actions implementing pre-commercial procurement or procurement of innovative solutions    

       



    INTRODUCTION

    These General Annexes set out the general conditions applicable to calls and topics for grants and other forms of funding under the Horizon Europe main work programme. They also describe the evaluation and award procedures and other criteria for Horizon Europe funding. In particular, the General Annexes outline the:

    admissibility and eligibility conditions, and the criteria for financial and operational capacity and exclusion (Annexes A-C);

    award criteria, mandatory documents and evaluation procedure (Annexes D-F);

    legal and financial set-up of the grant agreements (Annex G);

    specific conditions applying to actions which include pre-commercial procurement or procurement of innovative solutions (Annex H).

    If a topic deviates from the general conditions or includes additional conditions, this is explicitly stated under the specific conditions for the topic.

    Applicants are invited to read the call documentation on the topic page of the Funding & Tenders Portal (‘Portal’) carefully, and particularly these General Annexes, the  Horizon Europe Programme Guide 1 , the  EU Funding & Tenders Portal Online Manual 2 and the EU Grants AGA — Annotated Grant Agreement . 3 These documents provide clarifications and answers to questions on preparing the application.

    Please note that calls launched by the European Research Council (ERC), the European Innovation Council (EIC), the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT), the Institutionalised European Partnerships based on Articles 185 and 187 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU), calls under the Euratom Research and Training Programme and the activities of the European Commission Joint Research Centre (JRC) are subject to separate work programmes and thus not covered by these General Annexes.

    GENERAL CONDITIONS

    A — Admissibility

    Admissibility

    Applications must be submitted before the call deadline.

    Applications must be submitted electronically via the Funding & Tenders Portal electronic submission system (accessible via the topic page in the Search Funding & Tenders  section). Paper submissions are NOT possible.

    Applications must be submitted using the forms provided inside the electronic submission system (not the templates available on the topic page, which are only for information). The structure and presentation must correspond to the instructions given in the forms.

    Applications must be complete and contain all parts and mandatory Annexes and supporting documents (see Annex E below).

    Applications must be readable, accessible and printable.

    Applications must include a plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results including communication activities, unless provided otherwise in the specific call conditions. The plan is not required for applications at the first stage of two-stage procedures. If the expected exploitation of the results entails developing, creating, manufacturing and marketing a product or process, or in creating and providing a service, the plan must include a strategy for such exploitation. If the plan provides for exploitation of the results primarily in non-associated third countries, the legal entities must explain how that exploitation is still to be considered in the EU’s interest.

    Applicants submitting a proposal under the blind evaluation pilot (see Annex F below) must not disclose their organisation names, acronyms, logos nor names of personnel in Part B of their first-stage application (see Annex E below).

    Page limits

    In addition to the above admissibility conditions, page limits will apply to parts of applications. The page limits, and sections subject to limits, will be clearly shown in the application templates in the Funding & Tenders Portal electronic submission system.

    Unless provided otherwise in the specific call conditions, the limit for a full application is 45 pages (except for ‘Coordination and support’ actions, where the limit is 30 pages, and for ‘Programme co-fund’ actions, where the limit is 70 pages). For topics using lump sum funding, the limit for ‘Research and Innovation’ actions and ‘Innovation’ actions is 50 pages and the limit for ‘Coordination and support’ action is 33 pages.

    The limit for a first-stage application is 10 pages.

    If an application exceeds the limits, there will be an automatic warning and invitation to re-submit a version that conforms to these limits. After the call deadline, excess pages will be automatically made invisible, and will not be taken into consideration by the evaluators.


    B — Eligibility

    Entities eligible to participate

    Any legal entity, regardless of its place of establishment, including legal entities from non-associated third countries or international organisations (including international European research organisations 4 ) is eligible to participate (whether it is eligible for funding or not), provided that the conditions laid down in the Horizon Europe Regulation 5 have been met, along with any other conditions laid down in the specific call topic.

    A ‘legal entity’ means any natural or legal person created and recognised as such under national law, EU law or international law, which has legal personality and which may, acting in its own name, exercise rights and be subject to obligations, or an entity without legal personality 6 .

    Beneficiaries and affiliated entities must register in the Participant Register before submitting their application, in order to get a participant identification code (PIC) and be validated by the Central Validation Service before signing the grant agreement. For the validation, they will be asked to upload the necessary documents showing their legal status and origin during the grant preparation stage. A validated PIC is not a prerequisite for submitting an application.

    Specific cases:

    Affiliated entities — Affiliated entities (i.e. entities with a legal or capital link to a beneficiary 7 which participate in the action with similar rights and obligations to the beneficiaries, but which do not sign the grant agreement and therefore do not become beneficiaries themselves) are allowed, if they are eligible for participation and funding.

    Associated partners — Associated partners (i.e. entities which participate in the action without signing the grant agreement, and without the right to charge costs or claim contributions) are allowed, subject to any conditions regarding associated partners set out in the specific call conditions.

    Entities without legal personality — Entities which do not have legal personality under their national law may exceptionally participate, provided that their representatives have the capacity to undertake legal obligations on their behalf, and offer guarantees to protect the EU’s financial interests equivalent to those offered by legal persons 8 .

    EU bodies — Legal entities created under EU law including decentralised agencies may be part of the consortium, unless provided for otherwise in their basic act.

    Joint Research Centre (‘JRC’)— Where provided for in the specific call conditions, applicants may include in their proposals the possible contribution of the JRC but the JRC will not participate in the preparation and submission of the proposal. Applicants will indicate the contribution that the JRC could bring to the project based on the scope of the topic text. After the evaluation process, the JRC and the consortium selected for funding may come to an agreement on the specific terms of the participation of the JRC. If an agreement is found, the JRC may accede to the grant agreement as beneficiary requesting zero funding or participate as an associated partner, and would accede to the consortium as a member.

    Associations and interest groupings — Entities composed of members (e.g. European research infrastructure consortia (ERICs)) may participate as ‘sole beneficiaries’ or ‘beneficiaries without legal personality’ 9 . However, if the action is in practice implemented by the individual members, those members should also participate (either as beneficiaries or as affiliated entities, otherwise their costs will NOT be eligible).

    Innovation Actions —In accordance with the 2019 “EU-China - A Strategic outlook” communication, the 2021 “Global Approach to Research and Innovation” communication, and the joint conclusions of the 4th EU-China Innovation Cooperation Dialogue of 2019, an exercise to develop a Joint Roadmap for the future of EU-China cooperation in science, technology, and innovation (Roadmap) has been established between the EU and China. It has the objective to develop a level playing field for engagement between the EU and China in the areas of science, technology, and innovation (STI) that is respectful of fundamental research and innovation values and principles. This endeavor is to be achieved through an agreement on the framework conditions contained in the Roadmap and their monitoring and evaluation. As progress so far has mainly taken place on the framework conditions linked to research rather than on those related to innovation, and taking into account the nature and objectives in particular of Innovation Actions, cooperation with entities established in China needs to be calibrated accordingly.

    Legal entities established in China are therefore not eligible to participate in Horizon Europe Innovation Actions in any capacity. This includes participation as beneficiaries, affiliated entities, associated partners, third parties giving in-kind contributions, subcontractors or recipients of financial support to third parties (if any). Exceptions may be granted on a case-by-case basis for justified reasons. The above eligibility condition may be reviewed in the future in accordance with policy developments. This exclusion is justified under Article 22(6) of the Horizon Europe Regulation given the substantive concerns regarding the use of intellectual property generated under this publicly funded programme, and the ongoing discussions between China and the EU on the Joint Roadmap for the future of EU-China cooperation in science, technology, and innovation.

    Restrictions on participation or control — For actions related to EU strategic assets, interests, autonomy or security, the specific topic conditions may limit participation to legal entities established only in EU Member States or in EU Member States and specific associated or non-associated third countries. In addition, for duly justified and exceptional reasons, to guarantee protection of the strategic interests of the EU and its Member States, the specific call conditions may also exclude the participation of legal entities directly or indirectly controlled by non-eligible third countries or by legal entities of non-eligible third countries (or make their participation subject to specific conditions), in line with Article 22(5) of the Horizon Europe Regulation. In this case, the eligible countries will be identified in the specific call conditions.

    EU restrictive measures — Entities subject to EU restrictive measures under Article 29 of the Treaty on the European Union (TEU) and Article 215 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the EU (TFEU) as well as Article 75 TFEU 10  are not eligible to participate in any capacity, including as beneficiaries, affiliated entities, associated partners, third parties giving in-kind contributions, subcontractors or recipients of financial support to third parties (if any). 

    Legal entities established in Russia, Belarus, or in non-government controlled territories of Ukraine — Given the illegal invasion of Ukraine by Russia and the involvement of Belarus, there is currently no appropriate context allowing the implementation of the actions foreseen in this programme with legal entities established in Russia, Belarus, or in non-government controlled territories of Ukraine. Therefore, even where such entities are not subject to EU restrictive measures, such legal entities are not eligible to participate in any capacity 11 . This includes participation as beneficiaries, affiliated entities, associated partners, third parties giving in-kind contributions, subcontractors or recipients of financial support to third parties (if any). Exceptions may be granted on a case-by-case basis for justified reasons.

    Special rules also apply to entities covered by Commission Guidelines No 2013/C 205/05 12 .

    For more information, see Rules for Legal Entity Validation, LEAR Appointment and Financial Capacity Assessment .

    Entities eligible for funding

    To become a beneficiary, legal entities must be eligible for funding.

    To be eligible for funding, applicants must be established in one of the following countries:

    the Member States of the European Union, including their outermost regions:

    Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czechia, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden.

    the Overseas Countries and Territories (OCTs) linked to the Member States:

    Aruba (NL), Bonaire (NL), Curação (NL), French Polynesia (FR), French Southern and Antarctic Territories (FR), Greenland (DK), New Caledonia (FR), Saba (NL), Saint Barthélemy (FR), Sint Eustatius (NL), Sint Maarten (NL), St. Pierre and Miquelon (FR), Wallis and Futuna Islands (FR).

    countries associated to Horizon Europe 13

    Albania, Armenia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Faroe Islands, Georgia, Iceland, Israel, Kosovo 14 , Moldova, Montenegro, North Macedonia, Norway, Serbia, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine. Considering the Union’s interest to retain, in principle, relations with the countries associated to Horizon 2020, most third countries associated to Horizon 2020 are expected to be associated to Horizon Europe with an intention to secure uninterrupted continuity between Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe. In addition, other third countries can also become associated to Horizon Europe during the programme. For the purposes of the eligibility conditions, applicants established in Horizon 2020 Associated Countries or in other third countries negotiating association to Horizon Europe will be treated as entities established in an Associated Country, if the Horizon Europe association agreement with the third country concerned applies at the time of signature of the grant agreement.

    the following low- and middle-income countries: 15 .

    Afghanistan, Algeria, Angola, Argentina, Azerbaijan, Bangladesh, Belarus, Belize, Benin, Bhutan, Bolivia, Botswana, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cabo Verde, Cambodia, Cameroon, Central African Republic, Chad, Colombia, Comoros, Congo (Democratic Republic), Congo (Republic), Costa Rica, Côte d'Ivoire, Cuba, Djibouti, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt (Arab Republic), El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Eswatini, Ethiopia, Fiji, Gabon, Gambia, Ghana, Grenada, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Indonesia, Iran (Islamic Republic), Iraq, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Korea (Democratic People's Republic), Kyrgyz Republic, Lao (People’s Democratic Republic), Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Libya, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Mali, Marshall Islands, Mauritania, Mauritius, Micronesia (Federated States), Mongolia, Mozambique, Myanmar, Namibia, Nepal, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Pakistan, Palestine 16 , Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Rwanda, Samoa, São Tomé and Principe, Senegal, Sierra Leone, Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Sudan, Suriname, Syrian Arab Republic, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Timor-Leste, Togo, Tonga, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela (Bolivarian Republic), Vietnam, Yemen Republic, Zambia, Zimbabwe.

    Legal entities which are established in countries not listed above will be eligible for funding if provided for in the specific call conditions, or if their participation is considered essential for implementing the action by the granting authority.

    Specific cases:

    Affiliated entities — Affiliated entities are eligible for funding if they are established in one of the countries listed above, or in a country identified in the specific call conditions.

    Associated partners — Entities not eligible for funding (and therefore not able to participate as beneficiaries) may participate as associated partners, unless specified otherwise in the specific call conditions.

    Coordination and Support Actions – To be eligible to participate as beneficiaries (or affiliated entities) in ‘Coordination and support’ actions, legal entities must be established in a Member State or Associated Country, unless the specific call conditions provide otherwise. Legal entities established in a non-associated third country may, however, participate in ‘Coordination and support’ actions as associated partners, unless this is explicitly excluded by the specific call conditions.

    EU bodies — Legal entities created under EU law may also be eligible to receive funding, unless their basic act states otherwise.

    International organisations — International European research organisations are eligible to receive funding. Unless their participation is considered essential for implementing the action by the granting authority, other international organisations are not eligible to receive funding. International organisations with headquarters in a Member State or Associated Country are eligible to receive funding for ‘Training and mobility’ actions and when provided for in the specific call conditions.

    Consortium composition

    Unless otherwise provided for in the specific call conditions, only legal entities forming a consortium are eligible to participate in actions provided that the consortium includes, as beneficiaries, three legal entities independent from each other and each established in a different country as follows:

    -at least one independent legal entity established in a Member State; and

    -at least two other independent legal entities, each established in different Member States or Associated Countries.

    As affiliated entities do not sign the grant agreement, they do not count towards the minimum eligibility criteria for consortium composition (if any).

    The Joint Research Centre, international European research organisations and legal entities created under EU law are deemed to be established in a Member State other than those in which the other legal entities participating in the action are established.

    Applications for ‘Training and mobility’ actions and for ‘Programme co-fund’ actions may be submitted by one or more legal entities, provided that one of those legal entities is established in a Member State or an Associated Country.

    Applications for ‘Coordination and support’ actions may be submitted by one or more legal entities, which may be established in a Member State, Associated Country or, in exceptional cases and if provided for in the specific call conditions, in another third country.

    Applications for ‘Pre-commercial procurement’ actions and ‘Public procurement of innovative solutions’ actions must also fulfil the eligibility criterion of three independent legal entities as beneficiaries as explained above, out of which a minimum of two beneficiaries must be independent legal entities that are public procurers 17 , each established in a different Member State or Associated Country and with at least one of them established in a Member State.

    Eligible activities

    Eligible activities are the ones described in the call conditions. Applications will only be considered eligible if their content corresponds, wholly or in part, to the topic description for which it is submitted.

    Projects must focus exclusively on civil applications and must not:

    ·aim at human cloning for reproductive purposes;

    ·intend to modify the genetic heritage of human beings which could make such changes heritable (except for research relating to cancer treatment of the gonads, which may be financed);

    ·intend to create human embryos solely for the purpose of research, or for the purpose of stem cell procurement, including by means of somatic cell nuclear transfer.

    Projects must, moreover, comply with EU policy interests and priorities (environment, social, security, industrial policy, etc.).

    The following activities are generally eligible for grants under Horizon Europe:

    Research and innovation actions (RIA) — Activities that aim primarily to establish new knowledge or to explore the feasibility of a new or improved technology, product, process, service or solution. This may include basic and applied research, technology development and integration, testing, demonstration and validation of a small-scale prototype in a laboratory or simulated environment.

    Innovation actions (IA) — Activities that aim directly to produce plans and arrangements or designs for new, altered or improved products, processes or services. These activities may include prototyping, testing, demonstrating, piloting, large-scale product validation and market replication.

    Coordination and support actions (CSA) — Activities that contribute to the objectives of Horizon Europe. This excludes research and innovation (R&I) activities, except those carried out under the ‘Widening participation and spreading excellence’ component of the programme (part of ‘Widening participation and strengthening the European Research Area’). Also eligible are bottom-up coordination actions which promote cooperation between legal entities from Member States and Associated Countries to strengthen the European Research Area, and which receive no EU co-funding for research activities.

    Programme co-fund actions (CoFund) — A programme of activities established or implemented by legal entities managing or funding R&I programmes, other than EU funding bodies. Such a programme of activities may support: networking and coordination; research; innovation; pilot actions; innovation and market deployment; training and mobility; awareness raising and communication; and dissemination and exploitation. It may also provide any relevant financial support, such as grants, prizes and procurement, as well as Horizon Europe blended finance 18 or a combination thereof. The actions may be implemented by the beneficiaries directly or by providing financial support to third parties.

    Innovation and market deployment actions (IMDA) — Activities that embed an innovation action and other activities necessary to deploy an innovation on the market. This includes the scaling-up of companies and Horizon Europe blended finance.

    Training and mobility actions (TMA) — Activities that aim to improve the skills, knowledge and career prospects of researchers, based on mobility between countries and, if relevant, between sectors or disciplines.

    Pre-commercial procurement actions (PCP) — Activities that aim to help a transnational buyers’ group to strengthen the public procurement of research, development, validation and, possibly, the first deployment of new solutions that can significantly improve quality and efficiency in areas of public interest, while opening market opportunities for industry and researchers active in Europe. Eligible activities include the preparation, management and follow-up, under the coordination of a lead procurer, of one joint PCP and additional activities to embed the PCP into a wider set of demand-side activities.

    Public procurement of innovative solutions actions (PPI) — Activities that aim to strengthen the ability of a transnational buyers’ group to deploy innovative solutions early by overcoming the fragmentation of demand for such solutions and sharing the risks and costs of acting as early adopters, while opening market opportunities for industry. Eligible activities include preparing and implementing, under the coordination of a lead procurer, one joint or several coordinated PPI by the buyers’ group and additional activities to embed the PPI into a wider set of demand-side activities.

    Technology Readiness Levels

    Where the specific call conditions require a Technology Readiness Level (TRL), the following definitions apply, unless otherwise specified:

    TRL 1 — Basic principles observed

    TRL 2 — Technology concept formulated

    TRL 3 — Experimental proof of concept

    TRL 4 — Technology validated in a lab

    TRL 5 — Technology validated in a relevant environment (industrially relevant environment in the case of key enabling technologies)

    TRL 6 — Technology demonstrated in a relevant environment (industrially relevant environment in the case of key enabling technologies)

    TRL 7 — System prototype demonstration in an operational environment

    TRL 8 — System complete and qualified

    TRL 9 — Actual system proven in an operational environment (competitive manufacturing in the case of key enabling technologies, or in space)

    Ethics

    Projects must comply with ethical principles (including the highest standards of research integrity) and applicable EU, international and national law.

    Applicants must have completed the ethics self-assessment as part of their application.

    For more information, see  How to complete your ethics self-assessment .

    Projects involving ethics issues will have to undergo an ethics review to authorise funding and may be made subject to specific ethics requirements. These requirements become part of the grant agreement as ethics deliverables, e.g. ethics committee opinions/authorisations required under national or EU law.

    Security — EU classified and sensitive information

    Projects involving classified and/or sensitive information will have to go through the security appraisal process to authorise funding and may be made subject to specific security rules (detailed in the Security Section, which is annexed to the grant agreement). Specific provisions for EU classified information (EUCI) and sensitive information (SEN) will be included in the grant agreement, as necessary and appropriate.

    The rules for protecting EU classified information (governed by Commission Decision (EU, Euratom) 2015/444 19 and/or national rules) provide for instance that:

    -projects involving information classified as TRES SECRET UE/EU TOP SECRET (or equivalent) can NOT be funded;

    -EU classified information must be marked in accordance with the applicable security instructions in the Classification Guide appendix of the Security Aspects Letter (SAL), which is contained in the Security Section of the grant agreement;

    -generation of, or access to, information with classification levels CONFIDENTIEL UE/EU CONFIDENTIAL or above (and RESTREINT UE/EU RESTRICTED, if required by national rules) may take place only on the premises of entities which have been granted a facility security clearance (FSC) issued by the competent national security authority (NSA);

    -handling of information classified CONFIDENTIEL UE/EU CONFIDENTIAL or above (and RESTREINT UE/EU RESTRICTED, if required by national rules) may take place only in a secured area accredited by the competent NSA;

    -access to and handling of information classified CONFIDENTIEL UE/EU CONFIDENTIAL or above may be granted only to individuals with a valid personnel security clearance (PSC) and an established need-to-know, who have been briefed on the applicable security rules;

    -access to, and handling of, information classified RESTREINT UE/EU RESTRICTED may be granted only to individuals who have a need-to-know and have been briefed on the applicable security rules;

    -at the end of the grant, the classified information must either be returned or continue to be protected according to the applicable rules;

    -subcontracting of tasks involving EU classified information is subject to prior written approval by the European Commission, which is the originator of EU classified information. It is only possible to subcontract these tasks to entities established in an EU Member State or in a non-EU country with a security of information agreement with the EU (or an administrative arrangement with the Commission); 

    -disclosure of EU classified information is subject to prior written approval by the European Commission.

    Depending on the type of activity, FSCs may have to be provided before the grant is signed. The granting authority will assess this for each case and fix the delivery date during the grant preparation stage. It is not possible to sign any grant agreement before at least one of the beneficiaries in the consortium has an FSC.

    In certain cases, the project results might not require classification, but they might be sensitive and require restricted disclosure or limited dissemination for security reasons, according to the applicable instructions in the Security Section. This means that, in principle, third parties should have no access to results subject to this type of restriction. Disclosure of this information is subject to prior written approval by the European Commission.

    Further security recommendations may be added to the grant agreement in the form of security deliverables (e.g. establishing a security advisory board, appointing a project security officer, limiting the level of detail, using a fake scenario, etc.).

    In addition, beneficiaries must ensure that their projects are not subject to national/third- country security requirements that could affect implementation or put into question the award of the grants (e.g. technology restrictions, national security classification, etc.). Any potential security issues must be notified immediately to the granting authority.

    Gender equality plans and gender mainstreaming

    Beneficiaries must take all measures to promote equal opportunities between men and women in implementing the action and, where applicable, in line with their gender equality plan. They must aim to achieve, to the extent possible, a gender balance at all levels of personnel assigned to the action, including at supervisory and managerial level.

    In addition, to be eligible, legal entities from Member States and Associated Countries that are public bodies, research organisations or higher education establishments (including private research organisations and higher education establishments) must have a gender equality plan, covering the following minimum process-related requirements:

    publication: a formal document published on the institution’s website and signed by the top management;

    dedicated resources: commitment of resources and expertise in gender equality to implement the plan;

    data collection and monitoring: sex/gender disaggregated data on personnel (and students, for the establishments concerned) and annual reporting based on indicators;

    training: awareness raising/training on gender equality and unconscious gender biases for staff and decision-makers.

    Content-wise, it is recommended that the gender equality plan addresses the following areas, using concrete measures and targets:

    work-life balance and organisational culture;

    gender balance in leadership and decision-making;

    gender equality in recruitment and career progression;

    integration of the gender dimension into research and teaching content;

    measures against gender-based violence, including sexual harassment.

    A self-declaration will be requested at proposal stage. If all the above-mentioned mandatory requirements are met through another strategic document, such as a development plan or an inclusion or diversity strategy, it can be considered as an equivalent. This eligibility criterion does not apply to other categories of legal entities, such as private for-profit organisations, including SMEs, non-governmental or civil society organisations.

    Financial support to third parties

    Where the specific call conditions allow for financial support to third parties, the applicants must clearly describe the objectives and the expected results, including the elements listed in the application template. The following conditions must also be fulfilled:

    projects must publish their open calls widely and adhere to EU standards of transparency, equal treatment, conflict of interest and confidentiality;

    all calls for third parties and all calls that are implemented by third parties must be published on the Funding & Tenders Portal, and on the beneficiaries’ websites;

    the calls must remain open for at least 2 months;

    if submission deadlines are changed, this must immediately be announced and registered applicants must be informed of the change;

    projects must publish the outcome of the calls without delay, including a description of third-party projects, the date of the award, the duration, and the legal name and country;

    the calls must have a clear European dimension.

    Further conditions may be stipulated in the specific conditions for the topic.

    For more information, see AGA — Annotated Model Grant Agreement, Articles 6.2.D.1 and 9.4.



     OTHER TYPES OF ACTIONS AND FORMS OF FUNDING

    In addition to the eligible activities described in Annex B above, the following types of action and forms of funding are used in Horizon Europe. They are usually placed in the ‘Other Actions’ section of the work programme parts and are not all subject to calls for proposals.

    ·Grants to identified beneficiaries — Exceptionally, a grant may be awarded to legal entities explicitly named in the work programme without a prior call for proposals. The identified beneficiaries must nevertheless submit a proposal to benefit from funding. This proposal will be evaluated and must meet the required threshold. The funding rates will correspond to the type of action indicated.

    ·Prizes — Inducement prizes: a prize to stimulate investment in a given area, by specifying a goal prior to the work being performed. Contests for inducement prizes must address technological and/or societal challenges. The award criteria will define a goal, but without prescribing how to achieve it. Contests for inducement prizes are split into awards for the contestant that first meets the specific goal defined in the rules of the contest, and awards for the best contestant within a given period. Recognition prizes: a prize to reward past achievements and outstanding work after it has been performed. Recognition prizes must help to raise public awareness of EU policies, create role models and support best practice exchange. The rules of the contest of a specific prize describe the eligibility and award criteria, the evaluation procedure, the indicative timetable and the reward. The rules are found on the call topic page on the Funding & Tenders Portal.

    ·Framework partnerships and specific grant agreements — Framework partnerships are formalised long-term cooperation mechanisms involving several or recurring grants. They must be based on jointly agreed action plans and agreements that set out the terms and conditions for receiving grants to implement the actions, framework partnership agreements (FPA) and specific grant agreements (SGA). The FPA will set out the framework conditions governing potential grants to beneficiaries on the basis of an action plan and jointly agreed general objectives. The SGA will set out the specific obligations and conditions to implement the specific action. The FPA will have no budget; the budget and rules on funding will be set out in each SGA and depend on the specific type of action. The establishment of an FPA must take place following a call for proposals. Beneficiaries will be identified from the evaluation of the proposals. In a subsequent step, beneficiaries may be invited to submit their proposals for the SGA. Framework partnerships do not give the partners (i.e. potential beneficiaries) exclusive rights to be awarded the grants covered by the FPAs. SGAs must only be signed if the FPA has been signed, and before the end date of the FPA.

    ·Operating grants — Operating grants provide financial support for the functioning of a body to enable it to carry out specific activities set out in the agreed work programme. Operating grants do not support the implementation of a specific action, but rather the annual operating budget (or part of it) for certain bodies whose statutory activities serve the strategic objectives of EU policies. Operating grants will always be mono-beneficiary grants supporting the work programme of only one organisation. Operating grants must follow the same rules as described in Annex G, but they do not differentiate between direct and indirect costs. Receiving an operating grant may make beneficiaries ineligible to receive indirect costs in all other EU action grants.

    ·Public procurement — In a public procurement action, the granting authority purchases works, supplies or services, or acquires or rents land, buildings or other immovable property. This is done by entering into a contract with an economic operator chosen by the granting authority. Before the granting authority enters into a procurement contract, a call for tender is published on the Funding & Tenders Portal.

    ·Expert contract actions — Expert contracts are used to appoint independent expert(s) to advise or assist us. Experts are used for evaluating proposals, for evaluating the programme, for ethics screenings and assessments, for advisory bodies, and for expertise related to the objectives of Horizon Europe. 

    ·Subscription actions — Subscription actions are used to pay contributions to bodies in which the EU is a member or an observer.

    ·Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre — Scientific and technical services cover research and innovation activities undertaken by the Commission through its Joint Research Centre. These (non-nuclear) activities are direct actions generating high-quality scientific evidence to support efficient and affordable public policies. Horizon Europe’s rules for participation do not apply to these actions.

    ·Indirectly managed actions — Indirectly managed actions refer to actions implemented by entities which are entrusted with implementing EU funds or budgetary guarantees through a contribution agreement.

    ·Service level agreement actions — These are actions implemented through a service level agreement. Service level agreements include agreements between Commission departments or, agreements that the Commission may conclude with another Union institution, Union body, or European office involving the provision of services. 

    C — Financial and operational capacity and exclusion

    Financial capacity

    Applicants must have stable and sufficient resources to successfully implement the projects and contribute their share. Organisations participating in several projects must have sufficient capacity to implement all these projects.

    The financial capacity check will be done on the basis of the documents uploaded in the Participant Register during the grant preparation stage (e.g. profit and loss account and balance sheet, business plan, audit report produced by an approved external auditor, certifying the accounts for the last closed financial year, etc.). The analysis will be based on neutral financial indicators, but will also take into account other aspects, such as dependency on EU funding and deficit and revenue in previous years.

    The check will normally be done for the coordinator if the requested grant amount is equal to or greater than EUR 500 000, except for:

    -public bodies (entities established as a public body under national law, including local, regional or national authorities) or international organisations; and

    -cases where the individual requested grant amount is not more than EUR 60 000 (low-value grant).

    If needed, it may also be done for the other applicants, including affiliated entities. If the financial capacity is structurally guaranteed by another legal entity, the financial capacity of that legal entity will be verified.

    If the granting authority considers that the financial capacity is not satisfactory, they may require:

    -further information;

    -an enhanced financial responsibility regime, i.e. joint and several responsibility of affiliated entities (see Annex G below); and

    -prefinancing paid in instalments;

    or

    -propose no prefinancing;

    -request that the applicant concerned is replaced or, if needed, reject the entire proposal.

    For more information, see Rules on Legal Entity Validation, LEAR Appointment and Financial Capacity Assessment .

    Operational capacity

    Applicants must have the know-how, qualifications and resources to successfully implement their tasks in the project and contribute their share (including, when appropriate, sufficient experience in EU/transnational projects of comparable size).

    This assessment of operational capacity will be carried out during the evaluation of the award criterion ‘Quality and efficiency of the implementation’. It will be based on the competence and experience of the applicants and their project teams, including their operational resources (human, technical and other) or, exceptionally, the measures proposed to obtain the necessary competence and experience by the time the tasks are implemented.

    If the evaluation of this award criterion leads to a score above the applicable threshold, then the applicants are considered to have sufficient operational capacity.

    For this assessment, applicants will be required to provide the following information in the application form:

    -description of the consortium participants; and

    -for each participant:

    oidentity of researchers involved in the proposal (through the researchers table);

    oup to five most relevant publications, widely-used datasets, software, goods, services, or any other achievements relevant to the call content;

    oup to five most relevant previous projects or activities, connected to the subject of this proposal; and

    odescription of any significant infrastructure and/or any major items of technical equipment, relevant to the proposed work.

    Additional supporting documents may be requested if they are needed to confirm the operational capacity of any applicant.

    Public bodies, Member State organisations and international organisations are exempted from the operational capacity check.

    Exclusion

    Applicants that are subject to EU administrative sanctions (i.e. exclusion) 20 or are in one of the following exclusion situations 21 that bar them from receiving EU grants can NOT participate:

    -bankruptcy, winding up, affairs administered by the courts, arrangement with creditors, suspended business activities or other similar procedures (including procedures for persons with unlimited liability for the applicant’s debts);

    -they are in breach of social security or tax obligations (including if done by persons with unlimited liability for the applicant’s debts);

    -they are guilty of grave professional misconduct (including if done by persons having powers of representation, decision-making or control, beneficial owners or persons who are essential for the award/implementation of the grant);

    -they are guilty of fraud, corruption, having links to a criminal organisation, money laundering, terrorism-related crimes (including terrorism financing), child labour or human trafficking (including if done by persons having powers of representation, decision-making or control, beneficial owners or persons who are essential for the award/implementation of the grant);

    -they have shown significant deficiencies in complying with their main obligations under an EU procurement contract, grant agreement, prize, expert contract, or similar (including if done by persons having powers of representation, decision-making or control, beneficial owners or persons who are essential for the award/implementation of the grant);

    -they are guilty of irregularities within the meaning of Article 1(2) of Regulation No 2988/95 22  (including if done by persons having powers of representation, decision- making or control, beneficial owners or persons who are essential for the award/implementation of the grant); or

    -they have created under a different jurisdiction an entity with the intent to circumvent fiscal, social or other legal obligations in the country of origin or created another entity with this purpose (including if done by persons having powers of representation, decision-making or control, beneficial owners or persons who are essential for the award/implementation of the grant).

    Applicants will also be refused if they have 23 :

    -misrepresented the information required as a condition for participating in the procedure or have failed to supply that information; or

    -were previously involved in the preparation of documents used in the award procedure where this entails a breach of the principle of equality of treatment, including distortion of competition, that cannot be remedied otherwise. 



    D — Award criteria

    Award criteria

    If admissible and eligible, the proposals will be evaluated and ranked against the following award criteria 24 , depending on the type of action:

    Excellence

    (The following aspects will be taken into account, to the extent that the proposed work corresponds to the description in the work programme)

    Impact

    Quality and efficiency of the implementation

    Research and innovation actions (RIA)

    Innovation actions (IA)

    -Clarity and pertinence of the project’s objectives, and the extent to which the proposed work is ambitious and goes beyond the state of the art.

    -Soundness of the proposed [for the first stage: overall(*)] methodology, including the underlying concepts, models, assumptions, inter-disciplinary approaches, appropriate consideration of the gender dimension in research and innovation content, and the quality of open science practices, including sharing and management of research outputs and engagement of citizens, civil society and end-users where appropriate.

    (*) Including all aspects mentioned in the first stage proposal template, which also include the integration of the gender dimension in research and innovation content as well as open science practices.

    -Credibility of the pathways to achieve the expected outcomes and impacts specified in the work programme, and the likely scale and significance of the contributions from the project.

    -Suitability and quality of the measures to maximise expected outcomes and impacts, as set out in the dissemination and exploitation plan, including communication activities.

    -Quality and effectiveness of the work plan, assessment of risks, and appropriateness of the effort assigned to work packages, and the resources overall.

    -Capacity and role of each participant, and the extent to which the consortium as a whole brings together the necessary expertise.

    Coordination and support actions (CSA)

    -Clarity and pertinence of the project’s objectives.

    -Quality of the proposed coordination and/or support measures, including soundness of methodology.

    -Credibility of the pathways to achieve the expected outcomes and impacts specified in the work programme, and the likely scale and significance of the contributions from the project.

    -Suitability and quality of the measures to maximise expected outcomes and impacts, as set out in the dissemination and exploitation plan, including communication activities.

    -Quality and effectiveness of the work plan, assessment of risks, and appropriateness of the effort assigned to work packages, and the resources overall.

    -Capacity and role of each participant, and the extent to which the consortium as a whole brings together the necessary expertise.

    Programme co-fund actions (CoFund)

    -Clarity and pertinence of the project’s objectives, and the extent to which the proposed work is ambitious, and goes beyond the state of the art.

    -Soundness of the proposed methodology, including the underlying concepts, models, assumptions, inter-disciplinary approaches, appropriate consideration of the gender dimension in research and innovation content, and the quality of open science practices, including sharing and management of research outputs and engagement of citizens, civil society and end-users where appropriate.

    -Credibility of the pathways to achieve the expected outcomes and impacts specified in the work programme, and the likely scale and significance of the contributions from the project.

    -Suitability and quality of the measures to maximise expected outcomes and impacts, as set out in the dissemination and exploitation plan, including communication activities.

    -Quality and effectiveness of the work plan, assessment of risks, and appropriateness of the effort assigned to work packages, and the resources overall.

    -Capacity and role of each participant, and the extent to which the consortium as a whole brings together the necessary expertise.

    Innovation and market deployment actions (IMDA)

    See the European Innovation Council Work Programme.

    Training and mobility actions (TMA)

    See the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions Work Programme part 2.

    Pre-commercial procurement actions (PCP)

    Public procurement of innovative solutions actions (PPI)

    -Clarity and pertinence of the objectives and the extent to which they are ambitious, and go beyond the state of the art in terms of the degree of innovation that is needed to satisfy the procurement need.

    -Soundness of the proposed methodology, taking into account the underlying concepts and assumptions.

    -Credibility of the pathways to achieve the expected outcomes and impacts specified in the work programme.

    -Suitability and quality of the measures to maximise expected outcomes and impacts, as set out in the dissemination and exploitation* plan, including communication activities.

    * For PCP actions and PPI actions, the exploitation of results by the beneficiaries means primarily the use that is made of the innovative solutions by the procurers/end-users. The manufacturing and sale of the innovative solutions are performed by the suppliers of the solutions, which are not beneficiaries but subcontractors.

    -Quality and effectiveness of the work plan, assessment of risks, and appropriateness of the effort assigned to work packages, and the resources overall.

    -Capacity and role of each participant, and the extent to which the consortium as a whole brings together the necessary expertise.

    Framework Partnership Agreements (FPA)

    -Clarity and pertinence of the project’s objectives.

    -Credibility of the action plan of the FPA to achieve the expected outcomes and impacts specified in the work programme.

    -Capacity and role of each participant, and the extent to which the consortium as a whole brings together the necessary expertise.

    -Potential for long-term cooperation among participants.

    Scores and weighting

    Evaluation scores will be awarded for the criteria, and not for the different aspects listed in the table. For full applications, each criterion will be scored out of 5. The threshold for individual criteria will be 3. The overall threshold, applying to the sum of the three individual scores, will be 10.

    To determine the ranking for ‘Innovation actions’, the score for ‘Impact’ will be given a weight of 1.5.

    Proposals that pass the individual threshold AND the overall threshold will be considered for funding, within the limits of the available call budget. Other proposals will be rejected.

    Two-stage calls

    For the evaluation of first-stage applications under a two-stage submission procedure, only the ‘Excellence’ and ‘Impact’ criteria will be evaluated. Within these criteria, only the aspects in bold will be considered.

    The threshold for both individual criteria will be 4. For each indicative budget-split in the call conditions, the overall threshold applying to the sum of the two individual scores will be set at a level that ensures the total requested budget of proposals admitted to stage 2 is as close as possible to three times the available budget, and not less than two and a half times the available budget. The actual level will therefore depend on the volume of proposals received. The threshold is expected normally to be set at 8 or 8.5.

    The evaluation procedure is explained further in Annex F below.

    E — Documents

    Submission

    All proposals must be submitted electronically via the Funders & Tenders Portal electronic submission system (accessible via the topic page in the Search Funding & Tenders  section). Paper submissions are NOT possible.

    Proposals must be complete and contain all parts and mandatory annexes and supporting documents, e.g. plan for the exploitation and dissemination of the results including communication activities, etc.

    The application form will have two parts:

    Part A (to be filled in directly online) contains administrative information about the applicant organisations (future coordinator and beneficiaries and affiliated entities), the summarised budget for the proposal and call-specific questions;

    Part B (to be downloaded from the Portal submission system, completed and then assembled and re-uploaded as a PDF in the system) contains the technical description of the project.

    Annexes and supporting documents will be directly available in the submission system and must be uploaded as PDF files (or other formats allowed by the system).

    Proposals should be designed to stay as close as possible to the award criteria (see Annex D above). The application form will help to achieve this.

    When submitting the proposal, the coordinator will have to confirm that they have the mandate to act for all applicants. Moreover, they will have to confirm that the information in the application is correct and complete and that all participants comply with the conditions for receiving EU funding (especially eligibility, financial and operational capacity, exclusion, etc.). Before signing the grant, each participant will have to confirm this again by signing a declaration of honour. Proposals not complying with these requirements will be rejected.

    For lump sum grants proposals, the estimated budget must be described in a detailed budget table. This will be used as a basis for justifying and/or fixing the lump sum amount. As the lump sum must be an approximation of the costs actually incurred, the costs included in this detailed budget table must comply with the basic eligibility conditions for EU actual cost grants (see AGA — Annotated Grant Agreement, Article 6). This is particularly important for purchases and subcontracting, which must ensure best value for money (or, if appropriate, the lowest price) and be free from any conflicts of interest. If the budget table contains ineligible costs, the grants may be reduced (even later on during implementation of the project or after they end). Exceptionally, the Decision authorising the use of lump sum funding for a specific action might specify that a detailed budget table is not required.

    Applicants may be asked at a later stage for further documents (for legal entity validation, financial capacity check, bank account validation, etc.).

    F — Procedure

    Evaluation procedure and ranking

    Calls may be subject to either a single-stage submission procedure or a two-stage submission procedure. The evaluation procedure may be organised in one (standard) or several steps.

    In the first stage of a two-stage submission, applicants will be requested to submit only an outline application (which will be evaluated against only two award criteria: ‘Excellence’ and ‘Impact’). Successful applicants will be invited to submit a full application for the second stage (which will be evaluated against the full set of award criteria).

    Proposals will be checked for formal requirements (admissibility and eligibility) and then evaluated (for each topic separately) by an evaluation committee composed of independent external experts for operational capacity and award criteria (see Annexes C and D above) and then ranked according to their quality score.

    For lump sum grants proposals, comments on the detailed lump sum budget table will be provided in the Evaluation Summary Report only for proposals invited to grant agreement preparation (or placed in the reserve list) and ones rejected (in part) due to significant overestimation or underestimation of costs.

    Exceptionally, where indicated in the specific call conditions, the evaluation committee may be composed partially or, in the case of ‘Coordination and support actions’, partially or fully of representatives of EU institutions.

    For proposals with the same score within a single budget envelope (with the exception of the first stage of two-stage submissions) a method to establish the priority order will be determined, taking into consideration the objectives of the specific topic. In the absence of special arrangements in the specific call conditions, the following method will apply:

    For each group of proposals with the same score, starting with the group achieving the highest score and continuing in descending order:

    1)Proposals that address aspects of the call that have not otherwise been covered by more highly ranked proposals will be considered to have the highest priority.

    2)The proposals identified under 1), if any, will themselves be prioritised according to the scores they have been awarded for ‘Excellence’. When these scores are equal, priority will be based on scores for ‘Impact’. In the case of ‘Innovation actions’, priority will be given to the score for ‘Impact’, followed by that for ‘Excellence’.

    3)If necessary, the gender balance among the researchers named in the researchers table in the proposal, will be used as a factor for prioritisation.

    4)If necessary, any further prioritisation will be based on geographical diversity, defined as the number of Member States or Associated Countries represented in the proposal, not otherwise receiving funds from projects higher up the ranking list (and if equal in number, then by budget).

    5)If a distinction still cannot be made, the panel may decide to further prioritise by considering other factors related to the objectives of the call, or to Horizon Europe in general. These may include, for example, enhancing the quality of the project portfolio through synergies between projects or, where relevant and feasible, involving SMEs. These factors will be documented in the panel report.

    6)The method described in 1), 2), 3) and 4) will then be applied to the remaining equally ranked proposals in the group.

    At the end of the evaluation, all applicants will be informed of the result in an evaluation result letter. Successful proposals will be invited to the next stage, ‘grant preparation’; the other proposals will be put on the reserve list or rejected.

    No commitment to provide funding — Invitation to the grant preparation stage does NOT constitute a formal commitment to funding. Various legal checks are still needed before the grant can be awarded, such as legal entity validation, financial capacity, exclusion check, etc.

    If indicated in the specific call conditions, proposals which were judged to deserve funding but did not succeed because of budget limits will receive a Seal of Excellence 25 . With prior authorisation from the applicant, the granting authority may share information concerning the proposal and the evaluation with interested financing authorities, subject to the conclusion of confidentiality agreements.

    Budget flexibility — The budgets set out in the calls and topics are indicative. Unless otherwise stated, final budgets may change following evaluation. The final figures may change by up to 20% compared to the total budget indicated in each individual part of the work programme. Changes within these limits will not be considered substantial within the meaning of Article 110(5) of Regulation (EU, Euratom) No 2018/1046.

    Joint calls for proposals — In cases of applications for joint calls with third countries (including scientific and technological organisations or agencies from third countries), international organisations or non-profit legal entities, the joint selection and evaluation procedures will be indicated in the specific call conditions.

    Blind evaluation pilot – If indicated in the specific call conditions, first-stage proposals of two-stage submissions will be evaluated blindly 26 and applicants may not disclose their identity in Part B of their proposal (see Annex A above).



    Evaluation review procedure

    If the consortium believes that the evaluation procedure was flawed, the coordinator can submit a complaint (following the deadlines and procedures also set out in the evaluation result letter).

    Only the procedural aspects of an evaluation may be the subject of a request for an evaluation review. The evaluation of the merits of a proposal will not be the subject of an evaluation review.

    A request for an evaluation review must relate to a specific proposal and must be submitted within 30 days after the beneficiary accesses the evaluation results. The maximum size limit of the request is 5 000 characters. Notifications of evaluation results which have not been opened in the Funding & Tenders Portal within 10 days after sending are considered to have been accessed and that deadlines will be counted from the date of opening/access (see also Funding & Tenders Portal Terms and Conditions ).

    An evaluation review committee will provide an opinion on the procedural aspects of the evaluation. The evaluation review committee may recommend a re-evaluation of the proposal, to be carried out by evaluators who were not involved in the previous evaluation, or a confirmation of the initial evaluation.

    Indicative timetable for evaluation and for signature of the grant agreement

    Unless otherwise stated in the specific call conditions, the timing for evaluation and grant preparation is as follows:

    information on the outcome of the evaluation: around 5 months from the deadline for submission;

    indicative date for the signing of grant agreements: around 8 months from the deadline for submission.

    For two-stage calls, the timing is different (for the evaluation result: around 3 months from the deadline for submission for the first stage and around 5 months from the deadline for submission for the second stage; for signature of the grant agreement: around 8 months from the second stage deadline for submission).

    G — Legal and financial set-up of the grant agreements

    During the grant preparation stage, the consortium will be asked to prepare the grant agreement , together with the EU project officer.

    This grant agreement will set out the framework for the grant and its terms and conditions, particularly concerning deliverables, reporting and payments. The applicable model with the complete text of the provisions is available on the topic page, together with the other call documentation.

    Starting date & project duration

    The project starting date and duration will be fixed in the grant agreement (see Data Sheet, point 1). Normally, the starting date will be after the grant has been signed. A starting date before the date the grant is signed (retroactive) can be granted exceptionally for duly justified reasons, if agreed with the granting authority. 27

    The project duration is provided in months (extensions will be possible only exceptionally, for duly justified reasons and if the granting authority agrees).

    Milestones and deliverables

    The milestones and deliverables for each project will be managed through the grant management system in the Portal and are reflected in Annex 1 of the grant agreement.

    The standard deliverables will be set out in the specific call conditions.

    Form of grant, funding rate and maximum grant amount

    The grant parameters (maximum grant amount, funding rate, total eligible costs, etc.) will be fixed in the grant agreement (Data Sheet, point 3 and Article 5).

    The project budget is provided in EUR. The amount of the grant awarded may be lower than the amount requested.

    For actual cost grants, the grant will be a budget-based, mixed actual cost grant. This means that it will reimburse ONLY certain types of costs (eligible costs) and ONLY those costs actually incurred for the project (NOT the budgeted costs).

    The costs will be reimbursed at the funding rate fixed in the specific call conditions and in the grant agreement.

    Such grants may NOT produce a profit. If there is a profit (i.e. surplus of revenues + EU grant over costs), it will be deducted from the final grant amount.

    Moreover, the final grant amount may be reduced in case of non-compliance (e.g. improper implementation, breach of obligations, etc.).

    The maximum Horizon Europe funding rates are as follows:

    Research and innovation action: 100%

    Innovation action: 70% (except for non-profit legal entities, where a rate of up to 100% applies)

    Coordination and support action: 100%

    Programme co-fund action: between 30% and 70%

    Innovation and market deployment: 70% (except for non-profit legal entities, where a rate of up to 100% applies)

    Training and mobility action: 100%

    Pre-commercial procurement action: 100%

    Public procurement of innovative solutions action: 50%

    Other funding rates may be set out in the specific call conditions.

    For lump sum and unit grants, the funding rate is already applied as part of the methodology for fixing the amounts and is therefore not shown in the grant agreement.

    Budget categories and cost eligibility rules

    The budget categories and cost eligibility rules are fixed in the grant agreement (see Data Sheet, point 3 and Article 6).

    Budget categories:

    actual costs (i.e. costs which are real and not estimated or budgeted) for:

    personnel costs (unless declared as a unit cost; see below);

    subcontracting costs;

    purchase costs (unless declared as a unit cost; see below); and

    costs of providing financial support to third parties (if provided for in the specific call conditions);

    units (i.e. an amount per unit) for:

    personnel costs of SME owners/natural persons not receiving a salary;

    personnel costs calculated by the beneficiaries according to their usual cost accounting practices (average personnel costs);

    costs of internally invoiced goods and services calculated by the beneficiaries according to their usual cost accounting practices; and

    specific unit costs (if provided for in the specific call conditions; see also Annex 2a of the grant agreement);

    flat-rate (i.e. costs calculated by applying a percentage fixed in advance to other types of eligible costs) for:

    indirect costs (25% flat-rate of the total eligible direct costs, excluding eligible direct costs for subcontracting, financial support to third parties and any unit costs or lump sums which include indirect costs);

    lump sum (i.e. a global amount deemed to cover all costs of the action or a specific category of costs, if provided for in the specific call conditions).

    Within a grant, different forms of costs can be used.

    Costs can also be declared under several EU Synergy grants, if provided for in the specific call conditions and the cummulative funding under the grants does not exceed 100% of the eligible costs and the contributions declared to them.

    Reporting & payment arrangements

    The reporting and payment arrangements are fixed in the grant agreement (Data Sheet, point 4 and Articles 21 and 22).

    After the grant has been signed, the consortium will normally receive a float to start working on the project (normally, pre-financing of 160% of the average EU funding per reporting period (i.e. maximum grant amount/number of periods); exceptionally, less or no pre-financing) . For actions with only one reporting period, it will be less, since 100% would mean the totality of the grant amount.

    Programme co-fund actions may receive additional pre-financing payments.

    Payments will be automatically lowered if one of the consortium members has outstanding debts towards the EU (granting authority or other EU bodies). Such debts will be offset by the granting authority, in line with the conditions set out in the grant agreement (see Article 22).

    At the moment of the prefinancing payment, an amount ranging from 5% to 8% of the maximum grant amount will be deducted from the prefinancing payment and transferred to the mutual insurance mechanism. This mechanism covers the risks associated with non-recovery of sums due from the beneficiaries.

    There will be one or several interim payments linked to a periodic report, depending on the duration of the project.

    At the end of the project, the consortium will be invited to submit a report on the basis of which the final grant amount will be calculated. If the total of earlier payments is higher than the final grant amount, the beneficiaries concerned (or the coordinator) will be asked to pay back the difference (recovery).



    Certificates

    Depending on the size of the grant amount and on the type of beneficiaries, beneficiaries may be required to submit a certificate on the financial statements. The thresholds for this certificate are fixed in the grant agreement (Data Sheet, point 4 and Article 24).

    Liability regime for recoveries

    The liability regime for recoveries is that of individual financial responsibility. Each beneficiary is liable only for their own debt (and those of its affiliated entities, if any) (Data Sheet point 4.4 and Article 22).

    Provisions concerning project implementation

    Proper implementation of the action (Article 11).

    Conflict of interest (Article 12).

    Confidentiality and security (EU classified information) (Article 13 and Annex 5).

    Ethics (research integrity) and values (gender mainstreaming) (Article 14 and Annex 5).

    Data protection (Article 15).

    Intellectual Property Rights (IPR), background and results, access rights and rights of use (Article 16 and Annex 5). In addition to the standard provisions, the following specific provisions in the model grant agreement will apply to all grants awarded under this work programme:

    Additional exploitation obligations in case of a public emergency: If requested by the granting authority, beneficiaries must grant non-exclusive licences to their results – for a limited period of time specified in the request and on fair and reasonable conditions – to legal entities that need the results to address the public emergency. These legal entities must commit to rapidly and broadly exploiting the resulting products and services on fair and reasonable conditions. This provision will apply up to 4 years after the end of the action.

    Additional information obligation relating to standards: Unless stated otherwise in the specific call conditions, beneficiaries must, up to 4 years after the end of the action, inform the granting authority if the results could reasonably be expected to contribute to European or international standards.

    Granting authority right to object to transfers or licensing — Horizon Europe actions: The granting authority may, up to 4 years after the end of the action, object to a transfer of ownership or to the exclusive licensing of results, as set out in the specific provision of Annex 5.

    Communication, dissemination, open science and visibility (Article 17 and Annex 5). In addition to the standard provisions, the following specific provisions in the model grant agreement will apply to all grants awarded under this work programme:

    Open science - additional practices, validation of scientific publications: Beneficiaries must provide (digital or physical) access to data or other results needed to validate the conclusions of scientific publications, to the extent that their legitimate interests or constraints are safeguarded (and unless they already provided the (open) access at publication).

    Open science - additional practices, public emergency: In case of a public emergency, if requested by the granting authority, beneficiaries must immediately deposit any research output in a repository and provide open access to it under a CC BY licence, a public domain dedication (CC 0) or equivalent.

    As an exception, if providing open access would be against the beneficiaries’ legitimate interests, the beneficiaries must grant non-exclusive licences, on fair and reasonable conditions, to legal entities that need the research output to address the public emergency. These legal entities must commit to rapidly and broadly exploiting the resulting products and services on fair and reasonable conditions. This exception is limited to 4 years after the end of the action.

    Specific rules for carrying out the action (Article 18 and Annex 5).

    Other provisions may be set out in the specific call conditions.

    Non-compliance and breach of contract

    The grant agreement (Chapter 5) provides for the measures that may be taken in case of breach of contract (and other violations of law).

    For more information, see the AGA — Annotated Grant Agreement .



     IMPORTANT

    The roles should be attributed according to the degree of participation of each participant in the project. Main participants should participate as beneficiaries or affiliated entities; other entities may participate as associated partners, subcontractors, or third parties giving in-kind contributions, provided that the related conditions are fulfilled. Associated partners and third parties giving in-kind contributions should bear their own costs (they will not become formal recipients of EU funding). Subcontracting should normally constitute a limited part and must be performed by third parties (not by one of the beneficiaries/affiliated entities, see Annex G).

    ·Do not wait until the end — Complete the application sufficiently in advance of the deadline to avoid any last minute technical problems. Problems due to last-minute submissions (e.g. congestion, etc.) will be entirely at applicants’ own risk. Call deadlines can NOT be extended at the request of applicants.

    ·Consult the topic page on the Portal regularly. The granting authority will use it to publish updates and additional information on the call (call updates).

    ·Funding & Tenders Portal electronic exchange system — By submitting the application, all applicants accept to use the electronic exchange system in accordance with the  Portal Terms & Conditions .

    ·Registration — Before submitting the application, all beneficiaries, affiliated entities and associated partners must be registered in the  Participant Register . The participant identification code (PIC) (one per participant) is mandatory for the application form. For validation, beneficiaries and affiliated entities will be requested to upload the necessary documents showing their legal status and origin during the grant preparation stage. Associated partners do not need validation.

    ·Consortium roles — When setting up the consortium, applicants should think of organisations that can help them reach objectives and solve problems.

    ·Coordinator — In multi-beneficiary grants, the beneficiaries participate as a consortium (group of beneficiaries). They will have to choose a coordinator among them, who will manage and coordinate the project and will represent the consortium towards the granting authority. In mono-beneficiary grants, the single beneficiary will automatically be the coordinator.

    ·Affiliated entities — Applicants may participate with affiliated entities. Affiliated entities will get a part of the EU funding and must therefore comply with all the call conditions (just like beneficiaries). But they do not sign the grant agreement and do not count towards the minimum eligibility criteria for consortium composition (if any).

    ·Associated partners — Applicants may participate with associated partners. They participate without funding and without signing the grant agreement and therefore do not need to be validated.

    ·Consortium agreement — For practical and legal reasons, participants must conclude a written consortium agreement to ensure the smooth and successful implementation of the action and to deal with exceptional or unforeseen circumstances, unless otherwise provided for in the specific call conditions. The consortium agreement also gives the possibility to redistribute the EU funding according to internal consortium principles and arrangements (for instance, one beneficiary can reattribute their grant share to another beneficiary). The consortium agreement thus allows the grant to be customised to the needs of the consortium and can also help to protect the members in case of disputes. Consortium agreements are not required for mono-beneficiary projects.

    ·Completed/ongoing projects — Applications for projects that have already been completed will be rejected. Applications for projects that have already started will be assessed on a case-by-case basis (in such cases, no costs can normally be reimbursed for activities that took place before the application was submitted).

    Organisations may participate in several applications. BUT: if there are several applications for the same/very similar project, only one application will be accepted and evaluated.

    This includes:

    Publication can exceptionally be waived (following a reasoned and duly substantiated request), if there is a risk that disclosure could jeopardise applicants’ rights and freedoms under the EU Charter of Fundamental Rights or harm its commercial interests.

    ·No-profit rule — Grants may NOT give a profit (i.e. surplus of revenues + EU grant over costs). This will be checked by the granting authority at the end of the project.

    ·No double funding — There is strict prohibition of double funding from the EU budget. Any given action may receive only ONE grant from the EU budget (except for EU Synergy grants) and same costs may under NO circumstances be declared to two different EU actions.

    ·Combination with EU operating grants — Combination with EU operating grants is possible, if the project remains outside the operating grant work programme and the beneficiary makes sure that cost items are clearly separated in its accounting and NOT declared twice (see AGA — Annotated Model Grant Agreement, Article 6.2.E ). 

    ·Multiple applications — Applicants may submit more than one application for different projects under the same call (and be awarded funding for them).

    ·Language — Applicants can submit their application in any official EU language. However, for reasons of efficiency, it is strongly advised to use English. If applicants need the call documentation in another official EU language, they must submit a request within 10 days after publication of the call (for the contact information, see topic page).

    ·Rejection — By submitting the application, all applicants accept the general call conditions set out in the General Annexes and the specific call conditions set out in the topics. Applications that do not comply with all the call conditions will be rejected. This applies also to applicants: all applicants need to fulfil the criteria; if any one of them does not, they must be replaced or the entire application will be rejected.

    ·Cancellation — There may be circumstances which may require the cancellation of the call. In this case, applicants will be informed via a call update. Cancellations are without entitlement to compensation.

    ·Transparency — In accordance with Article 38 of the EU Financial Regulation  2018/1046 , information about EU grants awarded is published each year on the  Europa website .

    obeneficiaries’ names;

    obeneficiaries’ addresses;

    othe purpose for which the grant was awarded;

    othe maximum amount awarded.    

    ·Data protection — The submission of an application under this call involves the collection, use and processing of personal data. This data will be processed in accordance with Regulation 2018/1725 . It will be processed solely for the purpose of evaluating the application (and subsequent management of the grant and, if needed, programme monitoring, evaluation and communication). Details are explained in the Funding & Tenders Portal privacy statement.



    SPECIFIC CONDITIONS FOR ACTIONS WITH PCP/PPI

    H — Specific conditions for actions implementing pre-commercial procurement or procurement of innovative solutions

    This Annex applies to all types of actions implementing pre-commercial procurement (PCP) and procurement of innovative solutions (PPI). It applies to both PCP/PPI actions and other types of actions which prepare and/or execute a PCP or PPI, for instance through subcontracting activities.

    Requirements for all types of actions supporting PCP or PPI

    The PCP/PPI must be prepared and executed by one of the following:

    -by one or more public procurer(s), plus possibly one or more private and/or NGO procurer(s) that provide similar services of public interest, that is (are) responsible for the acquisition and/or regulatory strategy of the relevant innovative solutions and aim to obtain ambitious quality and efficiency improvements in the area of the PCP/PPI; or

    -by entities with a mandate from one or more of these procurers to act on their behalf in the procurement (e.g. central purchasing bodies).

    Other entities (e.g. end-users) that do not have a conflict of interest with the PCP/PPI, and whose participation in the action is well justified, may participate in ‘additional activities’ to prepare, manage and follow-up the PCP/PPI and embed it into a wider set of demand-side activities. This includes disseminating results, removing obstacles to introducing the solutions onto the market (e.g. contributing to standardisation, regulation and certification), awareness raising, experience sharing/training, and preparing further cooperation among stakeholders and procurers for future PCP or PPI.

    For PCP executed by a group of procurers, the buyers’ group must jointly prepare and implement the pre-commercial procurement so that there is one joint call for tender, one joint evaluation of offers, and a lead procurer 28 awarding the research and development (R&D) service contracts in the name and on behalf of the buyers’ group. The PCP must address one concrete procurement need identified as a common challenge 29 , which requires new R&D and is described in the common specifications of the joint PCP call for tender. Each procurer in the buyers’ group must contribute financially to the total budget necessary to jointly finance the PCP, enabling the procurers to share the costs of procuring R&D services from a number of providers and comparing the merits of the alternative solutions pursued by these competing providers to address the common challenge.

    For PPI executed by a group of procurers, the lead procurer must coordinate the preparation and implementation of one joint or several coordinated public procurements of innovative solutions, based on common specifications defined jointly by the buyers’ group. Each PPI must focus on one concrete need identified as a common challenge that requires the deployment of innovative solutions 30 .

    Projects that aim to implement a PCP/PPI must contain a preparation and execution stage.

    Preparation stage

    The expected outcomes for the preparation stage, to be included as deliverables/milestones, are:

    -a prior information notice for the open market consultation: 5 days before submission for publication to the OJEU, i.e. a minimum of 50 days before the start of the first meeting;

    -a report on the result of the open market consultation, prior market analysis and its impact on the tender documents; in addition, for PPI, feedback from activities to verify market readiness before deployment (e.g. conformance testing, certification, quality labelling);

    -completed tender documents based on the Horizon Europe PCP/PPI model contract documents, including the contract notice: 30 days before its submission to the OJEU;

    -for PCP/PPI executed by a group of procurers: the signed joint procurement agreement confirming the final means of cooperation, including the financial commitment of the buyers’ group for the PCP/PPI, and final confirmation of the lead procurer.

    Execution stage

    The expected outcome of the execution stage is the implementation of the procurement procedure and of the PCP/PPI contracts. For PCP, this includes validating and comparing the performance of the competing PCP solutions to verify if they can be converted into permanent service. For PPI, this includes deploying the innovative solutions and evaluating the results in real-life operating conditions, with a duration that allows for appropriate evaluation of the potential impact of these solutions if converted into permanent service.

    Deliverables/milestones to be included in the description of work for the execution stage are:

    -a copy of the contract award notice published in TED: 48 days after the award of contracts;

    -at the end of the tender evaluation (for PCP, also after the evaluations of each phase):

    -information on the total number of bids received, particularly the data on the winning tenderer(s) and abstracts of the winning tenders for publication and evaluation purposes;

    -final ranking list of the selected projects, final scores and qualitative assessment per criterion for each bid received, along with minutes of the evaluation meeting;

    -for PCP: assessing the results achieved by each tenderer in the previous phase;

    -at the end of the action, give a demonstration to the granting authority:

    -for PCP: of the tested solutions resulting from the PCP;

    -for PPI: of the deployed innovative solution(s).

    Where the WTO Government Procurement Agreement (GPA) does not apply, participation in tendering procedures must be open on equal terms to bidders from EU Member States and all countries with which the EU has an agreement in the field of public procurement under the conditions laid down in that agreement, including all Horizon Europe Associated Countries. Where the WTO GPA applies, tendering procedures must also be open to bidders from states that have ratified this agreement, under the conditions laid down therein.

    If the specific call conditions restrict participation or control for security reasons, participation in the PCP/PPI procedure must also be limited to bidders meeting this restriction. If the specific conditions for the topic impose a place of performance obligation, the place of performance of the contract must comply with this obligation.

    Specific requirements for pre-commercial procurement (PCP)

    The following requirements apply to ensure that the provisions for PCP in the Horizon Europe rules for participation, the conditions for the R&D services exemption of the EU Directives on public procurement 31 , the EU Treaty principles 32 and the competition rules 33 are fully respected.

    Definitions

    PCP must comply with the Horizon Europe definition: ‘Pre-commercial procurement’ means procurement of R&D services involving risk-benefit sharing under market conditions and competitive development in phases, where there is a clear separation between the procurement of the R&D services procured from the deployment of commercial volumes of end-products 34 .

    ‘Risk-benefit sharing under market conditions’ refers to the PCP approach in which procurers share with suppliers at market price the risks and benefits related to the intellectual property rights (IPR) resulting from the R&D.

    ‘Competitive development in phases’ refers to buying the R&D from several competing R&D providers in parallel and to comparing and identifying the best-value-for-money solutions on the market to address the PCP challenge. To reduce the investment risk for the procurer, reward the most competitive solutions and facilitate the participation of smaller innovative companies, the R&D is also split into phases (solution design, prototyping, original development and validation/testing of the first products), with the number of competing R&D providers being reduced after each phase.

    ‘Separation from the deployment of commercial volumes of end-products’ refers to the complementarity of PCP, which focuses on the R&D phase before wide commercialisation, and PPI, which does not focus on R&D but on wide commercialisation/diffusion of solutions. Procurers can, but are not obliged, to procure R&D results from a PCP.

    Preparation and publication of the open market consultation and call for tender

    To prepare the call for tender, an open market consultation 35 with potential tenderers and end-users must be held to broach the views of the market on the intended scope of the R&D. The results of this open market consultation must be taken into account to fine-tune the tender specifications, so that the gap between state-of-the-art industry development and the procurement needs justifies the procuring of R&D 36 services.

    The PCP contract notice must be published EU-wide 37 in at least English. Offers must be accepted and communication with stakeholders must be enabled at all stages in at least English. All offers must be evaluated according to the same objective criteria, regardless of the geographical location, size of organisation or governance structure of the tenderers.

    The prior information notice for the open market consultation and the contract notice must be advertised widely, using in particular Horizon Europe internet sites and national contact points. The Commission must be informed at least 5 days before the expected date of publication of the prior information notice for the open market consultation and 30 days before the expected date of publication of the PCP contract notice. The PCP call for tenders must remain open for at least 60 days.

    Tender documentation, procurement and implementation of the contract

    The PCP contract that will be concluded with each selected tenderer must take the form of one single framework agreement covering all PCP phases, without contract renegotiations after the award. This framework agreement must contain information on the procedures for implementing the different phases (through specific contracts), including the format of the intermediate evaluations (including evaluation criteria and weightings) for each phase.

    For PCP executed by a group of procurers, the R&D service contracts are awarded by the lead procurer and all selected tenderers can be paid by the lead procurer, or pro rata by each procurer in the buyers’ group according to their share in the total PCP budget.

    The PCP contract notice must contain information on the intended number of R&D providers that will be selected (minimum of three providers) to start the PCP, the number of PCP phases and the expected duration and budget for each PCP phase. The PCP must cover the full PCP life cycle of solution design, prototyping, and original development, including installation and testing of a limited volume of test series products/services in the procurer’s/end-user’s premises. Each of the three PCP phases can be split up into further phases if appropriate.

    The following simplified and/or accelerated PCP procedures may be used: for PCP that require fast deployment 38 , one specific contract may cover both the second and third PCP phase; if fewer than two tenderers are capable of performing the R&D services in the EU Member States or Associated Countries (for security contracts, this may be restricted to the Member States), the phase 1 contracts may be awarded to a minimum of two tenderers.

    Procurers must avoid the use of selection criteria based on disproportionate qualification and financial guarantee requirements (e.g. with regard to prior customer references and minimum turnover). Functional/performance-based specifications must be used to formulate the object of the PCP call for tender as a problem to be solved, without prescribing a specific approach to be followed. Evaluation of the tenders must be based on best-value-for-money criteria, not just lowest price.

    The PCP process must be organised to avoid any conflicts of interest, including in the use of external experts. Providers cannot be beneficiaries in an action during which the PCP is planned or undertaken.

    The PCP process must require selected providers to locate the majority of the R&D activities, including the principal researcher(s) working for the PCP contract in particular, in the Member States or Associated Countries 39 .

    The PCP procurers must not reserve the R&D results exclusively for their own use. The providers generating results must own the attached IPR, and the procurers must enjoy at least royalty-free access rights to use the R&D results for their own use. The procurers must also enjoy the right to grant (or to require the granting of) non-exclusive licences to third parties, to exploit the results under fair and reasonable market conditions, without any right to sublicense. A call-back provision must ensure that, in case the providers fail to commercially exploit the results within a given period after the PCP, or use the results to the detriment of the public interest, including security interests, the procurers can require transfer of the ownership of the results.

    The procurers must inform tenderers of the right to publish public summaries of the results of the PCP project, including information about key R&D results attained and lessons learnt (e.g. on the feasibility of the solution approaches to meet the requirements and lessons learnt for potential future deployment of solutions). Details that would be contrary to the public interest, would harm legitimate business interests (e.g. regarding IPR-protected specificities of their individual approaches to solutions) or could distort fair competition may not be disclosed.

    To enable the procurers to establish the correct (best value for money) market price for the R&D service, in which case the presence of State aid can in principle be excluded, the PCP call for tender must be carried out in a competitive and transparent way in line with Treaty principles. In addition, the distribution of rights and obligations between procurers and providers (including the allocation of IPR) must be published in the PCP call for tender documents, to obtain a price according to market conditions (and rule out State aid). PCP contracts with providers must contain financial compensation according to market conditions 40 , compared to the exclusive development price, for assigning IPR to the providers.

    Specific requirements for public procurement of innovative solutions (PPI)

    Definition

    PPI must comply with the relevant Horizon Europe definitions.

    ‘Public procurement of innovative solutions (PPI)’ means procurement where contracting authorities act as a launch customer for innovative goods or services which are not yet available on a large-scale commercial basis, and may include conformity testing.

    ‘Launch customers’, also called early adopters, refer to the first 20% of customers on the EU’s internal market that buy innovative solutions. The solutions have to be new to the procurers in the project, the procurers’ market segment or new to the EU’s internal market, and relevant to procurers in other Member States and/or Associated Countries.

    ‘Innovative solutions’ are new or significantly improved products, services or processes that have already been (partially) demonstrated on a small scale, and may be nearly or already available in small quantities on the market, but which have not been widely adopted yet. Typically, owing to the residual risk of market uncertainty, they have not been produced at a large enough scale to meet mass market price/quality requirements. This also includes existing solutions that are to be utilised in a new and innovative way; PPI does not include the procurement of R&D.

    Preparation and publication of the open market consultation and call for tender

    Unless the PPI is undertaken as a follow-up to an FP7, Horizon 2020 or Horizon Europe PCP 41 , or unless the situation is a low-value PPI below national procurement thresholds, the following obligations apply:

    -To prepare the call for tenders, an open market consultation with potential tenderers and end-users must be held to inform the market well in advance of the upcoming PPI and broach the views of the market on the PPI’s intended scope. Information retrieved from this consultation about the gap between perceived procurement needs and on-going industry developments must be taken into account in the PPI tender specifications, so that the PPI duly focuses on ‘early adoption’ of ‘innovative’ solutions.

    -The market must be informed well in advance 42 of the target date for publishing the PPI call for tenders. Market readiness prior to deployment can be verified through the organisation of e.g. conformity testing, certification or quality labelling of solutions.

    -The PPI contract notices must be published EU-wide in at least English, offers must be accepted and communication with stakeholders must be enabled at all stages in at least English. All offers must be evaluated according to the same objective criteria, regardless of the geographical location, size of organisation or governance structure of the tenderers.

    -The prior information notices for the open market consultation, early announcements of the expected publication date of the PPI call for tender, and the PPI contract notice must be promoted and advertised widely, using Horizon Europe internet sites and national contact points in particular. The Commission must be informed at least 5 days before the expected date of publication of the PIN for the open market consultation and 30 days before the expected date of publication of the PPI contract notice. The PPI call for tenders must remain open for at least 60 days.

    Tender documentation, procurement and implementation of the contract

    Procurement procedures covered by the EU public procurement directives that do not involve procurement of R&D can be used. Restricted procedures with shortened timeframes for the submission of offers for reasons of urgency must not be used. Framework contracts/agreements with lots can be used.

    For PPI implemented by a group of procurers, the specific contracts for procuring specific quantities of goods/services for each procurer can be awarded and the selected tenderers can either all be paid by the lead procurer, or by each procurer in the buyers’ group individually, for their quantity of goods/services procured.

    Procurers must avoid the use of selection criteria based on disproportionate qualification and financial guarantee requirements (e.g. with regard to prior customer references and minimum turnover). Functional/performance-based specifications must be used to formulate the object of the PPI call for tenders as a problem to be solved, without prescribing a specific approach to be followed. Evaluation of the tenders must be based on best-value-for-money criteria, not just lowest price.

    Procurers must organise their procurement to avoid any conflicts of interest, including in the use of external experts. Potential providers cannot be beneficiaries in an action during which the PPI is planned or undertaken.

    To encourage fair and wide exploitation of results, ownership of IPR rights should be assigned to the party generating the IPR, except in duly justified cases (e.g. when that party is not able to exploit them).

    The PPI call for tender must be carried out in a competitive and transparent way in line with Treaty principles. The distribution of rights and obligations between procurers and providers (including the allocation of IPR) must be published in the PPI call for tender documents, to obtain a price according to market conditions (and rule out State aid).

    (1)

    The Horizon Europe Programme Guide outlines the detailed guidance on the structure, budget and political priorities of Horizon Europe.

    (2)

    The Online Manual outlines the procedures to register and submit applications online via the EU Funding & Tenders Portal and recommendations on preparing the application.

    (3)

    The AGA — Annotated Grant Agreement contains detailed annotations on all the provisions in the grant agreement that must be signed to obtain the grant.

    (4)

    ‘International European research organisation’ means an international organisation, the majority of whose members are Member States or Associated Countries, and whose principal objective is to promote scientific and technological cooperation in Europe.

    (5)

    Regulation (EU) 2021/695 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 April 2021 establishing Horizon Europe (OJ L 170 , 12.5.2021, p. 1).

    (6)

     As referred to in point (c) of Article 197 (2) of the EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 .

    (7)

    See Article 187 EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 .

    (8)

     See Article 197(2)(c) EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 .

    (9)

    See Articles 187(2) and 197(2)(c) EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 .

    (10)

     Please note that the EU Official Journal contains the official list and, in case of conflict, its content prevails over that of the EU Sanctions Map .

    (11)

    However, natural persons established in Russia, Belarus or in non-government controlled territories of Ukraine may participate in Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions provided that they are not subject to Union restrictive measures and comply with all other relevant conditions, including the specific eligibility and other conditions set out in part 2 of this Work Programme.

    (12)

     Commission guidelines No 2013/C 205/05 on the eligibility of Israeli entities and their activities in the territories occupied by Israel since June 1967 for grants, prizes and financial instruments funded by the EU from 2014 onwards (OJEU C 205 of 19.07.2013, pp. 9-11).

    (13)

    The list is correct at the time of adoption of this Work Programme. Please see the Horizon Europe List of Participating Countries on the Portal for up-to-date information on the current list and on the position for Associated Countries.

    (14)

    This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.

    (15)

    The list is correct at the time of adoption of this Work Programme. See the   on the Portal for an up-to-date list of these countries.

    (16)

    This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions of the Member States on this issue.

    (17)

    ‘Public procurers’ are organisations that are contracting authorities or contracting entities as defined in EU public procurement directives 2014/24/EU, 2014/25/EU, and 2009/81/EC.

    (18)

    ‘Horizon Europe blended finance’ means financial support for innovation and market deployment activities, consisting of a specific combination of a grant or reimbursable advance and an investment in equity or any other repayable form of support.

    (19)

    See Commission Decision (EU, Euratom) 2015/444 of 13 March 2015 on the security rules for protecting EU classified information (OJ L 72, 17.3.2015, p. 53).

    (20)

     See Article 136 EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 .

    (21)

     See Articles 136 and 141 EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 .

    (22)

    Council Regulation (EC, Euratom) No 2988/95 of 18 December 1995 on the protection of the European Communities financial interests, (OJ L 312, 23.12.1995, p. 1).

    (23)

     See Article 141 EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 .

    (24)

    For two-stage submission procedures, only the aspects in bold are considered for the evaluation of first-stage applications. See “Two-stage calls” below in this General Annex.

    (25)

      https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/funding/funding-opportunities/seal-excellence_en .

    (26)

    See Horizon Europe Programme Guide for further details.

    (27)

    See Article 193 EU Financial Regulation 2018/1046 .

    (28)

    The ‘lead procurer’ is a public procurer and is the beneficiary appointed by the buyers’ group to coordinate and lead the procurement activities. They can be either one of the procurers in the buyers’ group or another beneficiary in the action who is established or designated by the procurers in the buyers’ group to act as lead procurer.

    (29)

    Addressing the common challenge in different countries may require, beyond the common core functionality, the development and testing of additional local functionality or adaption of solutions by each procurer due to differences in the local context. A PCP that addresses a challenge consisting of several facets (sub-challenges or building blocks) is considered one joint PCP, as long as all procurers in the buyers’ group share the need for - and are willing to co-finance - all the facets of the common challenge.

    (30)

    Addressing the common challenge in different countries may require deployment and, where applicable, conformance testing, of local functionality or adaption of solutions for each procurer due to differences in the local context.

    (31)

    See Article 14 of Directive 2014/24/EU, Article 32 of Directive 2014/25/EU and Article 13(f)(j) of Directive 2009/81/EC.

    (32)

    In particular, the fundamental Treaty principles on the free movement of goods and workers, the freedom to provide services, the freedom of establishment and the free movement of capital, as well as the principles deriving therefrom, such as the principles of non-discrimination, transparency and equal treatment.

    (33)

    See, in particular, Article 2.3 of the 2014 R&D&I State aid framework.

    (34)

    See the Horizon Europe Regulation and the PCP Communication COM/2007/799 and associated SEC(1668)2007. Note that PCPs can include the purchase of the first end-products that were developed, installed and tested during the PCP, but not the purchase of larger commercial volumes of end-products requiring quantity production beyond delivering the first products for the PCP.

    (35)

    The open market consultation should be organised in a way not to preclude or distort competition. In respect of the Treaty principles, the open market consultation must be announced well in advance and widely - via a prior information notice that is published at least 45 days before the first open market consultation meeting in the Official Journal of the EU - and enable potential tenderers regardless of their geographic location to participate at least in English. All information given in answers to questions from participants in the dialogue should be documented and published.

    (36)

    In line with WTO GPA 2014 Article XIII(1)(f), R&D can cover activities such as solution exploration and design, prototyping, up to the original development of a limited volume of first products or services in the form of a test series. Original development of a first product or service may include limited production or supply to incorporate the results of field testing and demonstrate that the product or service is suitable for production or supply in quantity to acceptable quality standards. R&D does not include quantity production or supply to establish commercial viability or to recover R&D costs, nor commercial development activities such as incremental adaptations or routine or periodic changes to existing products, services, production lines, processes or other operations in progress, even if such changes may represent improvements.

    (37)

    Through the Official Journal of the EU, using the TED (Tenders Electronic Daily) web portal.

    (38)

    Especially where a budgetary commitment for deployment is already available at the start of the PCP (fast-track PCP).

    (39)

    For duly justified reasons of public security, this may be limited to the EU Member States.

    (40)

    The market price should reflect the benefits allocated to the R&D provider (e.g. commercialisation opportunities opened up by the IPR) and the risks assumed by the R&D provider (e.g. the cost of maintaining the IPR and commercialising the products).

    (41)

    In the case of a PPI following a PCP that was implemented according to the conditions described in Annex I, the negotiated procedure without publication foreseen in the EU public procurement directives can then be used (Article 32(3)(a) of Directive 2014/24/EU, Article 50(b) of Directive 2014/25/EU and Article 13(j) of Directive 2009/81/EC). At least three offers must be requested, including from the R&D providers that successfully completed the preceding PCP.

    (42)

    By means of a prior information notice in the Official Journal of the EU.

    Top